summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/macros
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2022-10-18 03:01:49 +0000
committerNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2022-10-18 03:01:49 +0000
commit0b311348359e1406b173d9c0de4974af3e90f836 (patch)
treed054509baef05d9c3f452f88e3a011219350d9cf /macros
parent95ebee51840c21223810acf500805000a2c5c0df (diff)
CTAN sync 202210180301
Diffstat (limited to 'macros')
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/DEPENDS.txt8
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/README.txt (renamed from macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/README)6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/adjcalc.dtx6
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/adjcalc.pdfbin153058 -> 162884 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/adjustbox.dtx16
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/adjustbox.pdfbin381806 -> 393152 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/trimclip.dtx23
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/trimclip.pdfbin213705 -> 225437 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/collectbox/DEPENDS.txt2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/collectbox/README.txt (renamed from macros/latex/contrib/collectbox/README)7
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/collectbox/collectbox.dtx15
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/collectbox/collectbox.pdfbin270329 -> 167134 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/docshots/README.md8
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/docshots/docshots.dtx282
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/docshots/docshots.pdfbin292815 -> 334497 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/gensymb/gensymb.dtx2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/gensymb/gensymb.pdfbin220452 -> 219979 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/CHANGES147
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/DEPENDS.txt8
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/README.md13
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdfbin1577360 -> 2237746 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example001.pdfbin0 -> 23904 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example001.pngbin0 -> 2989 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example001.tex43
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example002.pdfbin0 -> 36694 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example002.pngbin0 -> 8172 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example002.tex41
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example003.pdfbin0 -> 36443 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example003.pngbin0 -> 7702 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example003.tex29
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example004.pdfbin0 -> 36443 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example004.pngbin0 -> 7702 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example004.tex30
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example005.pdfbin0 -> 36443 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example005.pngbin0 -> 7702 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example005.tex30
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example006.pdfbin0 -> 36291 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example006.pngbin0 -> 6850 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example006.tex44
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example007.pdfbin0 -> 37155 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example007.pngbin0 -> 8774 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example007.tex28
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example008.pdfbin0 -> 62536 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example008.pngbin0 -> 9443 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example008.tex39
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example022.pdfbin0 -> 15087 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example022.pngbin0 -> 2509 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example022.tex15
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example023.pdfbin0 -> 14255 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example023.pngbin0 -> 2838 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example023.tex16
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example024.pdfbin0 -> 14263 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example024.pngbin0 -> 2825 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example024.tex16
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example025.pdfbin0 -> 10078 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example025.pngbin0 -> 671 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example025.tex12
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example030.pdfbin0 -> 28091 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example030.pngbin0 -> 9066 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example030.tex31
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user.html66437
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdfbin1290631 -> 4965728 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex43612
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries.dtx27741
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries.ins96
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html5903
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdfbin199339 -> 385141 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex3786
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html2801
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdfbin150971 -> 140991 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex999
-rwxr-xr-xmacros/latex/contrib/glossaries/makeglossaries499
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.14
-rwxr-xr-xmacros/latex/contrib/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.lua8
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/makeglossaries.176
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.pdfbin253751 -> 253736 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdfbin52281 -> 52292 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr-desc.pdfbin40453 -> 40462 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr.pdfbin36142 -> 36154 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/mwe-gls.pdfbin32434 -> 32447 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdfbin63839 -> 63848 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-chap-hyperfirst.pdfbin57363 -> 57372 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdfbin60854 -> 60867 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdfbin87954 -> 87965 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.tex12
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-dot-abbr.pdfbin56048 -> 56061 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdfbin38951 -> 38960 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-entrycount.pdfbin39327 -> 39338 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdfbin37396 -> 37407 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-font-abbr.pdfbin54880 -> 54893 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-ignored.pdfbin34306 -> 34318 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdfbin45908 -> 45914 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdfbin157981 -> 157855 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdfbin41686 -> 41705 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdfbin41693 -> 41702 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.pdfbin102925 -> 102907 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex13
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.pdfbin71461 -> 71576 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.tex10
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdfbin45028 -> 45043 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdfbin44600 -> 44614 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdfbin48812 -> 48818 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdfbin23382 -> 23392 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr-desc.pdfbin42390 -> 42398 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr.pdfbin40153 -> 40166 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample.pdfbin128111 -> 127985 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdfbin46597 -> 46607 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdfbin68907 -> 68914 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdfbin99383 -> 99391 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.pdfbin160556 -> 160559 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdfbin51288 -> 51302 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdfbin50956 -> 50963 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdfbin167747 -> 167771 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdfbin181661 -> 181791 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.pdfbin158217 -> 158227 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdfbin106120 -> 105898 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdfbin49986 -> 49998 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdfbin69909 -> 69919 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdfbin101736 -> 101605 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdfbin86105 -> 86116 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdfbin39695 -> 39704 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdfbin72384 -> 64302 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdfbin47767 -> 47779 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdfbin144217 -> 144016 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.tex2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdfbin73159 -> 73171 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy3.pdfbin190880 -> 190704 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy3.tex2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mismath/mismath.dtx167
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mismath/mismath.ins4
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/mismath/mismath.pdfbin531103 -> 360639 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/ProfLycee-doc.pdfbin886664 -> 930967 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/ProfLycee-doc.tex244
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/graphics/pl-doc-probas_a.pngbin0 -> 10939 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/graphics/pl-doc-probas_b.pngbin0 -> 10804 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/graphics/pl-doc-probas_c.pngbin0 -> 7252 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/graphics/pl-doc-probas_d.pngbin0 -> 7380 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/graphics/pl-doc-probas_e.pngbin0 -> 9965 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/graphics/pl-doc-probas_f.pngbin0 -> 7670 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/ProfLycee.sty163
-rw-r--r--macros/unicodetex/latex/bithesis/bithesis.dtx48
-rw-r--r--macros/unicodetex/latex/bithesis/bithesis.pdfbin968083 -> 975276 bytes
142 files changed, 75148 insertions, 78396 deletions
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/DEPENDS.txt b/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/DEPENDS.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..35ed13d4c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/DEPENDS.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+hard xkeyval
+hard collectbox
+hard graphicx
+soft pgf
+soft tikz
+soft calc
+soft ifoddpage
+soft storebox
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/README b/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/README.txt
index 684613ca7b..5bf3065789 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/README
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/README.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,9 @@
LaTeX bundle adjustbox
========================
-Copyright (c) 2011-2020 by Martin Scharrer <martin@scharrer-online.de>
-WWW: <https://helixteamhub.cloud/scharrer/projects/adjustbox/> (incl. bug tracker)
+Copyright (c) 2011-2022 by Martin Scharrer <martin.scharrer@web.de>
+License: LaTeX Project Public License, v1.3 or later: http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+Repository: https://github.com/MartinScharrer/adjustbox
+Issues: https://github.com/MartinScharrer/adjustbox/issues
This bundle contains the the adjustbox package and its auxiliary packages trimclip and adjcalc.
The initial purpose of adjustbox was to supplement the standard graphics/x package,
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/adjcalc.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/adjcalc.dtx
index 318bda128f..04ff271821 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/adjcalc.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/adjcalc.dtx
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%<=*COPYRIGHT>
-%% Copyright (C) 2011-2018 by Martin Scharrer <martin@scharrer-online.de>
-%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+%% Copyright C 2011-2022 by Martin Scharrer <martin.scharrer@web.de>
+%% -----------------------------------------------------------------
%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newenvironment,\def,\edef,\xdef,\gdef,\let}
% \bundle{adjustbox}
% \author{Martin Scharrer}
-% \email{martin@scharrer-online.de}
+% \email{martin.scharrer@web.de}
% \ydocpdfsettings
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/adjcalc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/adjcalc.pdf
index 7e7103f4d3..9d68f19015 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/adjcalc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/adjcalc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/adjustbox.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/adjustbox.dtx
index e6cdb33f37..170e02434f 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/adjustbox.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/adjustbox.dtx
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%<=*COPYRIGHT>
-%% Copyright (C) 2011-2020 by Martin Scharrer <martin@scharrer-online.de>
-%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+%% Copyright (C) 2011-2022 by Martin Scharrer <martin.scharrer@web.de>
+%% -------------------------------------------------------------------
%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
@@ -26,10 +26,10 @@
%<*driver>
\ProvidesFile{adjustbox.dtx}[%
%<=*DATE>
- 2020/08/19
+ 2022/10/17
%<=/DATE>
%<=*VERSION>
- v1.3
+ v1.3a
%<=/VERSION>
DTX file for the adjustbox package]
\documentclass[a4paper]{ydoc}[2011/08/11]
@@ -264,14 +264,18 @@
% * Removed old graphicx key 'print'.
% * trimclip: Added explicit luatex driver which uses the pdftex driver to avoid the fallback to PGF driver.
% }
+% \changes{v1.3a}{2022/10/17}{%^^A
+% * Updated documentation with new repository URL and new email address.
+% * Added dependency file for texlive.
+% }
%
% \GetFileInfo{adjustbox.dtx}
%
% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newenvironment,\def,\edef,\xdef,\gdef,\let}
%
% \author{Martin Scharrer}
-% \email{martin@scharrer-online.de}
-% \repository{https://helixteamhub.cloud/scharrer/projects/adjustbox/}
+% \email{martin.scharrer@web.de}
+% \repository{https://github.com/MartinScharrer/adjustbox/}
% \ydocpdfsettings
% \maketitle
%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/adjustbox.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/adjustbox.pdf
index 676c6a9aad..1861fdb0f7 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/adjustbox.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/adjustbox.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/trimclip.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/trimclip.dtx
index ab37107325..a82cefd6b9 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/trimclip.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/trimclip.dtx
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%<=*COPYRIGHT>
-%% Copyright (C) 2011-2020 by Martin Scharrer <martin@scharrer-online.de>
-%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+%% Copyright (C) 2011-2022 by Martin Scharrer <martin.scharrer@web.de>
+%% -------------------------------------------------------------------
%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
@@ -187,8 +187,7 @@
% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newenvironment,\def,\edef,\xdef,\gdef,\let}
% \bundle{adjustbox}
% \author{Martin Scharrer}
-% \email{martin@scharrer-online.de}
-% ^^A\repository{https://helixteamhub.cloud/scharrer/projects/adjustbox/}
+% \email{martin.scharrer@web.de}
% \ydocpdfsettings
% \maketitle
%
@@ -1549,7 +1548,7 @@
\begin{document}
%</standalone>
% Diagram of the TeX box model and its dimensions
-% Copyright (C) 2001 by Martin Scharrer <martin@scharrer.me>, Nov 12th 2011
+% Copyright (C) 2001 by Martin Scharrer <martin.scharrer@web.de>, Nov 12th 2011
% This is free code under the LPPL v1.3 or later version OR the CC BY-SA 3.0
\begin{tikzpicture}[font=\sffamily,>=latex]
\newcommand\Cs[1]{\texttt{\scriptsize\textbackslash #1}}
@@ -1764,7 +1763,7 @@ margin=1pt 1pt 1pt 1pt,frame,angle=1,
\begin{document}
%</standalone>
% Diagram of the TeX box model and its dimensions
-% Copyright (C) 2001 by Martin Scharrer <martin@scharrer.me>, Nov 12th 2011
+% Copyright (C) 2001 by Martin Scharrer <martin.scharrer@web.de>, Nov 12th 2011
% This is free code under the LPPL v1.3 or later version OR the CC BY-SA 3.0
\begin{tikzpicture}[font=\sffamily,>=latex]
% Save example text in box
@@ -1831,7 +1830,7 @@ margin=1pt 1pt 1pt 1pt,frame,angle=1,
\begin{document}
% Diagram of the TeX box model and its dimensions
-% Copyright (C) 2001 by Martin Scharrer <martin@scharrer.me>, Nov 12th 2011
+% Copyright (C) 2001 by Martin Scharrer <martin.scharrer@web.de>, Nov 12th 2011
% This is free code under the LPPL v1.3 or later version OR the CC BY-SA 3.0
%</standalone>
\begin{tikzpicture}[font=\sffamily,>=latex]
@@ -1899,7 +1898,7 @@ margin=1pt 1pt 1pt 1pt,frame,angle=1,
\begin{document}
%</standalone>
% Diagram of the TeX box model and its dimensions
-% Copyright (C) 2001 by Martin Scharrer <martin@scharrer.me>, Nov 12th 2011
+% Copyright (C) 2001 by Martin Scharrer <martin.scharrer@web.de>, Nov 12th 2011
% This is free code under the LPPL v1.3 or later version OR the CC BY-SA 3.0
% Save example text in box
@@ -1995,7 +1994,7 @@ margin=1pt 1pt 1pt 1pt,frame,angle=1,
\begin{document}
%</standalone>
% Diagram of the TeX box model and its dimensions
-% Copyright (C) 2001 by Martin Scharrer <martin@scharrer.me>, Nov 12th 2011
+% Copyright (C) 2001 by Martin Scharrer <martin.scharrer@web.de>, Nov 12th 2011
% This is free code under the LPPL v1.3 or later version OR the CC BY-SA 3.0
% Save example text in box
@@ -2093,7 +2092,7 @@ margin=1pt 1pt 1pt 1pt,frame,angle=1,
\begin{document}
%</standalone>
% Diagram of the TeX box model and its dimensions
-% Copyright (C) 2001 by Martin Scharrer <martin@scharrer.me>, Nov 12th 2011
+% Copyright (C) 2001 by Martin Scharrer <martin.scharrer@web.de>, Nov 12th 2011
% This is free code under the LPPL v1.3 or later version OR the CC BY-SA 3.0
\begin{tikzpicture}[font=\sffamily,>=latex]
% Save example text in box
@@ -2184,7 +2183,7 @@ margin=1pt 1pt 1pt 1pt,frame,angle=1,
\begin{document}
%</standalone>
% Diagram of the TeX box model and its dimensions
-% Copyright (C) 2001 by Martin Scharrer <martin@scharrer.me>, Nov 12th 2011
+% Copyright (C) 2001 by Martin Scharrer <martin.scharrer@web.de>, Nov 12th 2011
% This is free code under the LPPL v1.3 or later version OR the CC BY-SA 3.0
% Save example text in box
@@ -2281,7 +2280,7 @@ margin=1pt 1pt 1pt 1pt,frame,angle=1,
\begin{document}
%</standalone>
% Diagram of the TeX box model and its dimensions
-% Copyright (C) 2001 by Martin Scharrer <martin@scharrer.me>, Nov 12th 2011
+% Copyright (C) 2001 by Martin Scharrer <martin.scharrer@web.de>, Nov 12th 2011
% This is free code under the LPPL v1.3 or later version OR the CC BY-SA 3.0
% Save example text in box
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/trimclip.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/trimclip.pdf
index 01a7dd723c..4de93cc7b7 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/trimclip.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/adjustbox/trimclip.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/collectbox/DEPENDS.txt b/macros/latex/contrib/collectbox/DEPENDS.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1aaeb042a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/collectbox/DEPENDS.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+# No dependencies
+
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/collectbox/README b/macros/latex/contrib/collectbox/README.txt
index d83c61d077..2071df4211 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/collectbox/README
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/collectbox/README.txt
@@ -1,8 +1,9 @@
LaTeX package 'collectbox'
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Copyright (c) 2011 by Martin Scharrer <martin@scharrer-online.de>
-Code Repository: https://bitbucket.org/martin_scharrer/collectbox/
-WWW: http://latex.scharrer-online.de/
+Copyright (c) 2010-2022 by Martin Scharrer <martin.scharrer@web.de>
+License: LaTeX Project Public License, v1.3 or later: http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+Repository: https://github.com/MartinScharrer/collectbox
+Issues: https://github.com/MartinScharrer/collectbox/issues
This package provides macros to collect and process an macro argument (i.e.
something which looks like a macro argument) as horizontal box instead as a real
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/collectbox/collectbox.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/collectbox/collectbox.dtx
index 5981b9dd00..98e100808b 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/collectbox/collectbox.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/collectbox/collectbox.dtx
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%<=*COPYRIGHT>
-%% Copyright (C) 2012 by Martin Scharrer <martin@scharrer-online.de>
-%% --------------------------------------------------------------------
+%% Copyright (C) 2012-2022 by Martin Scharrer <martin.scharrer@web.de>
+%% -------------------------------------------------------------------
%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
@@ -24,10 +24,10 @@
%<*driver>
\ProvidesFile{collectbox.dtx}[%
%<=*DATE>
- 2012/05/17
+ 2022/10/17
%<=/DATE>
%<=*VERSION>
- v0.4b
+ v0.4c
%<=/VERSION>
DTX File of collectbox]
\documentclass{ydoc}
@@ -74,14 +74,15 @@
% Added support for tabular-like environments in macro-mode.}
% \changes{v0.4a}{2012/05/13}{Made use of \cs{noindent} by the environment version optional.}
% \changes{v0.4b}{2012/05/17}{Added \cs{@Collectbox} macro.}
+% \changes{v0.4c}{2022/10/17}{Updated repository URL and email address.}
%
%
% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newenvironment}
%
% \GetFileInfo{collectbox.dtx}
% \author{Martin Scharrer}
-% \email{martin@scharrer-online.de}
-% \repository{https://bitbucket.org/martin_scharrer/collectbox}
+% \email{martin.scharrer@web.de}
+% \repository{https://github.com/MartinScharrer/collectbox}
% \maketitle
%
% \begin{abstract}
@@ -561,7 +562,7 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\begingroup
\expandafter\ifx\csname protected\endcsname\relax
- \let\collectbox@protecteddef\def%
+ \global\let\collectbox@protecteddef\def%
\else
\gdef\collectbox@protecteddef{\protected\def}%
\fi
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/collectbox/collectbox.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/collectbox/collectbox.pdf
index 17adb6eeec..fd8f967c05 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/collectbox/collectbox.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/collectbox/collectbox.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/docshots/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/docshots/README.md
index 3e8327ed79..ff64e5ba6e 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/docshots/README.md
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/docshots/README.md
@@ -11,6 +11,11 @@ from [CTAN](https://ctan.org/pkg/docshots)
and then use like this:
```tex
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{docshots}
+\begin{document}
+Here is how you can use \LaTeX:
+
\begin{docshot}
\documentclass{article}
\pagestyle{empty}
@@ -18,6 +23,9 @@ and then use like this:
Hello, \LaTeX!
\end{document}
\end{docshot}
+
+For more informaiton, read \TeX{} Book by Donald Knuth.
+\end{document}
```
If you want to contribute yourself, make a fork, then create a branch,
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/docshots/docshots.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/docshots/docshots.dtx
index 65eade188b..18f9b6356a 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/docshots/docshots.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/docshots/docshots.dtx
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
%<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
%<package>\ProvidesPackage{docshots}
%<*package>
-[2022-10-16 0.0.2 TeX Samples Next to Their PDF Snapshots in DTX]
+[2022-10-17 0.0.3 TeX Samples Next to Their PDF Snapshots in DTX]
%</package>
%<*driver>
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
@@ -78,11 +78,12 @@
% \maketitle
%
% \textbf{\color{red}NB!}
-% You must run \TeX{} processor with |--shell-escape| option
-% and you must have
-% \href{...}{pdflatex},
+% This package doesn't work on Windows!
+% Also, you must run \TeX{} processor with |--shell-escape| option.
+% Also, you must have
+% |pdlaftex|,
% \href{https://www.perl.org}{Perl},
-% \href{...}{Ghostscript},
+% \href{https://www.ghostscript.com}{Ghostscript},
% and \href{https://ctan.org/pkg/pdfcrop}{pdfcrop}
% installed.
@@ -92,7 +93,8 @@
% how to use certain \TeX{} commands, the best way would be
% to show exactly how the entire document will be rendered in PDF,
% using a subprocess that would render it (via |pdflatex|, for example).
-% To my best knowledge, there were no packages that would allow
+% To \href{https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/661027}{my best}
+% knowledge, there were no packages that would allow
% you do exactly this. That's why I created this simple package.
% For example, this code:
%
@@ -103,8 +105,8 @@
\begin{docshot}
\documentclass{article}
\usepackage{xcolor}
-\begin{document}
\pagestyle{empty}
+\begin{document}
Hello, {\color{orange}\LaTeX}!
\end{document}
\end{docshot}
@@ -116,8 +118,8 @@
% \begin{docshot}
% \documentclass{article}
% \usepackage{xcolor}
-% \begin{document}
% \pagestyle{empty}
+% \begin{document}
% Hello, {\color{orange}\LaTeX}!
% \end{document}
% \end{docshot}
@@ -126,11 +128,11 @@
% \begin{docshot}
% \documentclass{article}
% \usepackage{tikz}
-% \begin{document}
% \pagestyle{empty}
+% \begin{document}
% \begin{tikzpicture}
% \node [circle,draw] (v0) {$v_0$};
-% \node [circle,draw,
+% \node [circle,draw=orange,thick,
% below right of=v0] (v1) {$v_1$};
% \draw [->] (v0) -- (v1);
% \end{tikzpicture}
@@ -142,10 +144,24 @@
% After a successful processing of \TeX{} sources, we use
% \href{https://ctan.org/pkg/pdfcrop}{pdfcrop} to trim the document.
-% We execute |pdflatex| with |-interaction=batchmode| option. This means that
-% \TeX{} processing errors will be ignored as much as possible and the PDF
-% rendered may look not like you expect it to look. Check your \TeX{} log
-% to understand what may go wrong.
+% We execute |pdflatex| with |-interaction=batchmode| and |-halt-on-error| options.
+% This means that
+% \TeX{} processing will stop at the first error. Check your \TeX{} log
+% to understand what went wrong.
+
+% When you render a text instead of a single picture, it's recommended to use
+% \href{https://ctan.org/pkg/geometry}{geometry} package to change the size
+% of the page and then |empty| page style to remove page numbering:
+% \begin{docshot}
+% \documentclass{article}
+% \usepackage[paperwidth=2in]{geometry}
+% \pagestyle{empty}
+% \begin{document}
+% ``There is no sadder thing than
+% a young pessimist, except an old
+% pessimist'' --- \emph{Mark Twain}
+% \end{document}
+% \end{docshot}
% \section{Package Options}
@@ -250,6 +266,120 @@ Hello, world!
%</verb>
%\fi
+% \DescribeMacro{tmpdir}
+% The default location of temp files is |\docshots@tmpdir|. You can change this using |tmpdir| option:
+%\iffalse
+%<*verb>
+%\fi
+\begin{verbatim}
+\usepackage[tmpdir=/tmp/foo]{docshot}
+\end{verbatim}
+%\iffalse
+%</verb>
+%\fi
+
+% \DescribeMacro{runs}
+% By default, we run |pdflatex| just once for each docshot. You can change this number using the package
+% option |runs|. This may be helpful if you need Bib\TeX{} processing, for example:
+%\iffalse
+%<*verb>
+%\fi
+\begin{verbatim}
+\usepackage[runs=3]{docshot}
+\end{verbatim}
+%\iffalse
+%</verb>
+%\fi
+
+% \DescribeMacro{small}
+% \DescribeMacro{tiny}
+% You don't have too much freedom in formatting of verbatim texts, but you can make
+% their font a bit smaller using |small| package option. You can also make it very
+% small using |tiny| option:
+%\iffalse
+%<*verb>
+%\fi
+\begin{verbatim}
+\usepackage[small]{docshot}
+\end{verbatim}
+%\iffalse
+%</verb>
+%\fi
+
+% \section{Prerequisites}
+
+% \DescribeMacro{\docshotPrerequisite}
+% If you need some files to be present next to the |.tex| snippet while
+% it's rendered by |pdflatex|, you can use |\docshotPrerequisite| with
+% a single mandatory argument. The argument is the name of a file you need
+% to be copied from current directory to the temporary directory, where
+% all snippets are rendered. The command can be used either in the body
+% of the document or in the preamble --- it doesn't matter, as long as
+% it shows up before the docshot that needs the prerequisite. For example:
+%\iffalse
+%<*verb>
+%\fi
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{docshot}
+\docshotPrerequisite{duck.jpg}
+\begin{document}
+\begin{docshot}
+ \documentclass{article}
+ \usepackage{graphicx}
+ \pagestyle{empty}
+ \begin{document}
+ This is my favorite picture of a duck:
+ \includegraphics[width=2in]{duck.jpg}
+ \end{document}
+\end{docshot}
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+%\iffalse
+%</verb>
+%\fi
+
+% \DescribeMacro{\docshotAfter}
+% If you need something to happen after each |pdflatex| run of a docshot, you may use
+% |\docshotAfter| command right before |docshot| environment. For example, you have a bibliography file that
+% you want to be visible for all snippets and you want all of them to
+% run \href{https://ctan.org/pkg/biber}{biber} in order to process citations:
+%\iffalse
+%<*verb>
+%\fi
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{docshot}
+\docshotPrerequisite{main.bib}
+\begin{document}
+\docshotAfter{biber $2}
+\begin{docshot}
+ \documentclass{acmart}
+ \usepackage[natbib=true]{biblatex}
+ \addbibresource{main.bib}
+ \pagestyle{empty}
+ \begin{document}
+ You must read the book of \citet{knuth1984}.
+ \printbibliography
+ \end{document}
+\end{docshot}
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+%\iffalse
+%</verb>
+%\fi
+% The script you specify in the first argument of |\docshotAfter| will get
+% three arguments when it runs:
+% \begin{description}\setlength\itemsep{0em}
+% \item[|\$1|] the cycle of |pdflatex| processing (1, 2, ...),
+% \item[|\$2|] the hash of the snippet,
+% \item[|\$3|] the name of the |.tex| file.
+% \end{description}
+% |$2| is basically equals to |$1| with an
+% attached |.tex| suffix. |\docshotAfter| applies only to the first |docshot|
+% environment that goes after it! You must specify |\docshotAfter| before
+% each |docshot| where you want such post-processing to happen.
+
% \StopEventually{}
% \section{Implementation}
@@ -272,6 +402,12 @@ Hello, world!
\pgfkeys{
/docshots/.cd,
dtx/.store in=\docshots@dtx,
+ tmpdir/.store in=\docshots@tmpdir,
+ tmpdir/.default=_docshots,
+ small/.store in=\docshots@small,
+ tiny/.store in=\docshots@tiny,
+ runs/.store in=\docshots@runs,
+ runs/.default=1,
pdflatex/.store in=\docshots@pdflatex,
pdflatex/.default=pdflatex,
gs/.store in=\docshots@gs,
@@ -281,12 +417,12 @@ Hello, world!
margin/.store in=\docshots@margin,
margin/.default=5,
hspace/.store in=\docshots@hspace,
- hspace/.default=1.8em,
+ hspace/.default=.05\linewidth,
left/.store in=\docshots@left,
left/.default=.3\linewidth,
right/.store in=\docshots@right,
- right/.default=.65\linewidth,
- pdflatex,gs,pdfcrop,margin,hspace,left,right
+ right/.default=.55\linewidth,
+ tmpdir,pdflatex,gs,pdfcrop,margin,hspace,left,right,runs
}
\ProcessPgfOptions{/docshots}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -308,7 +444,7 @@ Hello, world!
% Then, we make a directory where all temporary files will be kept:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\iexec[null]{mkdir -p _docshots/\jobname}%
+\iexec[null]{mkdir -p \docshots@tmpdir/\jobname}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{docshot}
@@ -316,40 +452,110 @@ Hello, world!
% \begin{macrocode}
\newenvironment{docshot}
{\VerbatimEnvironment\begin{VerbatimOut}
- {_docshots/\jobname/verbatim.tex}}
+ {\docshots@tmpdir/\jobname/verbatim.tex}}
{\end{VerbatimOut}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If we are in |dtx| mode, leading percent characters must be removed:
+% \begin{macrocode}
\ifdefined\docshots@dtx%
\iexec[null]{perl -i -0777pe "s/(\\n|^)\\x{25} /\\1/g"
- _docshots/\jobname/verbatim.tex}%
+ \docshots@tmpdir/\jobname/verbatim.tex}%
\fi%
- \def\hash{\pdfmdfivesum file {_docshots/\jobname/verbatim.tex}}%
- \IfFileExists{_docshots/\jobname/\hash.pdf}
- {\message{won't render, the PDF already exists: _docshots/\jobname/\hash.pdf^^J}}
- {\iexec[log,quiet]{cp _docshots/\jobname/verbatim.tex
- _docshots/\jobname/\hash.tex}%
- \iexec[log,quiet]{cd _docshots/\jobname;
- \docshots@pdflatex\space -interaction=batchmode
- -shell-escape \hash.tex}}%
- \IfFileExists{_docshots/\jobname/\hash.crop.pdf}
- {\message{won't pdfcrop, the PDF already exists: _docshots/\jobname/\hash.crop.pdf^^J}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We calculate MD5 hashsum of the file content:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\hash{\pdfmdfivesum file {\docshots@tmpdir/\jobname/verbatim.tex}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If the PDF with the required name already exists, we ignore this step.
+% Otherwise, we copy |verbatim.tex| into new file and run |pdflatex|:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \IfFileExists{\docshots@tmpdir/\jobname/\hash.pdf}
+ {\message{docshots: won't render, the PDF already exists
+ (\docshots@tmpdir/\jobname/\hash.pdf)^^J}}
+ {\iexec[log,quiet]{cp \docshots@tmpdir/\jobname/verbatim.tex
+ \docshots@tmpdir/\jobname/\hash.tex}%
+ \foreach \n in {1,...,\docshots@runs}{
+ \iexec[log,quiet]{cd \docshots@tmpdir/\jobname;
+ \docshots@pdflatex\space
+ -interaction=errorstopmode
+ -halt-on-error
+ -shell-escape
+ \hash.tex}
+ \message{docshots: pdflatex run no.\n^^J}
+ \IfFileExists{\docshots@tmpdir/\jobname/after.sh}
+ {\iexec[log,quiet]{chmod a+x
+ \docshots@tmpdir/\jobname/after.sh}
+ \iexec[log,quiet]{cd \docshots@tmpdir/\jobname;
+ ./after.sh \n\space \hash\space \hash.tex}}
+ {}}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Here we delete |after.sh| which may exist here after the last
+% compilation of |pdflatex|:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \iexec[log,quiet]{rm -f \docshots@tmpdir/\jobname/after.sh}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If a cropped version of the PDF with the required name already exists, we ignore this step.
+% Otherwise, we ask |pdfcrop| to crop the PDF:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \IfFileExists{\docshots@tmpdir/\jobname/\hash.crop.pdf}
+ {\message{docshots: on't pdfcrop, the PDF already exists
+ (\docshots@tmpdir/\jobname/\hash.crop.pdf)^^J}}
{\iexec[log,quiet]{\docshots@pdfcrop\space
--margins \docshots@margin\space
- _docshots/\jobname/\hash.pdf
- _docshots/\jobname/\hash.crop.pdf}}%
- \fvset{frame=leftline,numbers=left,numbersep=3pt,
- framerule=.4pt,rulecolor=\color{gray},
- samepage=true}%
+ \docshots@tmpdir/\jobname/\hash.pdf
+ \docshots@tmpdir/\jobname/\hash.crop.pdf}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We configure |fancyvrb|:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \fvset{numbers=left,numbersep=3pt}%
+ \fvset{frame=leftline,framerule=.4pt,rulecolor=\color{gray}}%
+ \fvset{samepage=true,baselinestretch=1}%
+ \fvset{baselinestretch=1}%
+ \ifdefined\docshots@small%
+ \fvset{fontsize=\small}%
+ \fi%
+ \ifdefined\docshots@tiny%
+ \fvset{fontsize=\scriptsize}%
+ \fi%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We render the two column content:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \begingroup%
\par%
- \tikz[baseline=(a.north)] \node[draw=gray] (a)
+ \tikz[baseline=(a.north)]
+ \node (a) [draw=gray]
{\includegraphics[width=\docshots@left]
- {_docshots/\jobname/\hash.crop.pdf}};%
+ {\docshots@tmpdir/\jobname/\hash.crop.pdf}};%
\hspace{\docshots@hspace}%
\begin{minipage}[t]{\docshots@right}%
\vspace{0pt}%
- \VerbatimInput{_docshots/\jobname/\hash.tex}%
+ \VerbatimInput{\docshots@tmpdir/\jobname/\hash.tex}%
\vspace{0pt}%
\end{minipage}%
\par%
+ \endgroup%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\docshotPrerequisite}
+% Then, we define |\docshotPrerequisite| command:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\docshotPrerequisite[1]{
+ \iexec[log,quiet]{cp #1 \docshots@tmpdir/\jobname}%
+ \message{docshots: file #1 copied to
+ \docshots@tmpdir/\jobname/#1^^J}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+% \begin{macro}{\docshotAfter}
+% Finally, we define |\docshotAfter| command:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\docshotAfter[1]{
+ \iexec[log,quiet]{/bin/echo -n '\detokenize{#1}'
+ > \docshots@tmpdir/\jobname/after.sh}%
+ \message{docshots: file \docshots@tmpdir/\jobname/after.sh created^^J}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/docshots/docshots.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/docshots/docshots.pdf
index 4c03380bb6..b4a800febd 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/docshots/docshots.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/docshots/docshots.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/gensymb/gensymb.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/gensymb/gensymb.dtx
index 8629a84f87..4b9be6150a 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/gensymb/gensymb.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/gensymb/gensymb.dtx
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
\ProvidesFile{gensymb.drv}
%</driver>
%<package>\ProvidesPackage{gensymb}
- [2022/10 v1.0.1 (KJH)]
+ [2022/10/17 v1.0.2 (KJH)]
%<*driver>
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\OnlyDescription
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/gensymb/gensymb.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/gensymb/gensymb.pdf
index f0ab15cb81..bf1b6302d0 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/gensymb/gensymb.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/gensymb/gensymb.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/CHANGES b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/CHANGES
index 729b3f2c67..fec6450cd0 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/CHANGES
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/CHANGES
@@ -1,5 +1,148 @@
glossaries change log:
+v4.50 (2022-10-14):
+
+ * glossaries.sty:
+
+ - Case-changing support now tries to detect the new mfirstuc.sty v2.08
+ commands. If available:
+
+ - exclusions, blockers and mappings will be established for \makefirstuc.
+
+ - \mfirstucMakeUppercase won't be redefined (since it will now be using
+ \text_uppercase:n instead of \MakeUppercase)
+
+ - textcase.sty (which is now deprecated) won't be loaded. All
+ the functionality of textcase is now pre-provided with
+ recent LaTeX kernels.
+
+ If an older version of mfirstuc is present, textcase will be
+ loaded and the old limitations of \makefirstuc will still apply
+ (most notably, the requirement to group any leading UTF-8 character).
+
+ For the best support, ensure you have mfirstuc v2.08 and
+ glossaries-extra v1.49 when they become available.
+
+ - new command \glssentencecase used for sentence-casing. Default
+ definition uses \makefirstuc but may be redefined to use
+ \MFUsentencecase if preferred.
+
+ - \glsentrytitlecase, \Glsentryname etc now expand to sentence case
+ in PDF bookmarks
+
+ - new package option mfirstuc implements expanded/unexpanded options
+ provided by mfirstuc v2.08+
+
+ - new commands \glslowercase and \glsuppercase
+
+ - The default setting for esclocations and \ifglswrallowprimitivemods
+ is now false. If a document requiring xindy has locations that expand to
+ robust commands you may need to switch these on or see the
+ "Problematic Locations" section of the user manual.
+
+ - new commands used by \glshypernumber:
+
+ \glswrglosslocationtarget
+ \glswrglossdisableanchorcmds
+
+ - added \glswrglossdisablelocationcmds to disable commands when
+ writing locations to the glossary file.
+
+ - \glsaddprotectedpagefmt now only has an effect with
+ esclocations=true
+
+ - automake package option has new options:
+
+ automake=makegloss -> use makeglossaries
+ automake=lite -> use makeglossaries-lite
+ automake=delayed -> formerly automake=true
+
+ automake=true is now a deprecated synonym of automake=delayed
+
+ If the value isn't specified the default is now
+ automake=immediate instead of automake=true since the immediate
+ setting is more reliable.
+
+ Note that neither makeglossaries nor makeglossaries-lite are on
+ the list of trusted applications, so the unrestricted shell escape
+ will be required with these options.
+
+ - if the automake package option is used with LuaLaTeX, the
+ shellesc package will automatically be loaded. Note that if you
+ specify automake in \setupglossaries, you'll need to explicitly
+ load shellesc
+
+ - Bug fix #196: xindy codepage now defaults to utf8 if
+ \inputencodingname isn't defined
+
+ - Bug fix #189: setting mathrel category gives ordinary spacing instead of mathrel spacing
+ https://www.dickimaw-books.com/bugtracker.php?key=194
+
+ This bug fix has introduced a new command \glsencapwrcontent
+ which adds grouping around the indexing whatsit. If this
+ grouping causes a problem redefine it without the grouping:
+
+ \renewcommand*{\glsencapwrcontent}[1]{#1}
+
+ - Bug fix #195: Conflict if xtab is loaded
+ https://www.dickimaw-books.com/bugtracker.php?key=195
+
+ If xtab has been loaded, nosuper is automatically implemented
+
+ - Bug fix #191: local \gls option not localised
+ https://www.dickimaw-books.com/bugtracker.php?key=191
+
+ - Bug fix: \GlsAddXdyCounters causes duplicate attribute
+ definitions in the .xdy file
+
+ - Bug fix: \newacronym longplural using incorrect plural suffix
+ (\acrpluralsuffix instead of \glspluralsuffix)
+
+ - Bug fix: removed inappropriate \acronymfont from around long form
+ of dua-desc style
+
+ - Added \glsshowtargetinner and \glsdoshowtarget (debug=target)
+
+ - Added package option languages
+
+ - Corrected kernelredefs choice internal commands
+
+ - Added check for \nofiles
+
+ - Entry counting now has associated conditional \ifglsresetcurrcount
+ which determines whether or not to set the counter back to 0
+ when the first use flag is reset. (This has also been added to
+ glossaries-extra v1.49.) The default is false, which is a change
+ in behaviour to previous versions.
+
+ - added sort=clear option
+
+ - added \glsindexingsetting
+
+ - added \ifglsfieldvoid
+
+ - added \glsnoidxprenumberlist (fixed nonumberlist key with
+ "noidx" indexing)
+
+ - compatibility options compatible-3.07 and compatible-2.07 are no
+ longer available. Use rollback for backward-compatibility.
+
+ - deprecated acronym style package options
+ 'description', 'footnote', 'smaller', 'smallcaps', 'dua'
+ no longer available. Use rollback for backward-compatibiliy.
+
+ * glossary-inline.sty:
+
+ - added \glsinlineifhaschildren
+
+ * makeglossaries:
+
+ - added -e switch (don't attempt to repair multiple encaps)
+
+ - added check for \glsignore when repairing multiple encaps
+
+ - added check and repair for illegal page number/digit messages
+
v4.49 (2021-11-01):
* glossary-list.sty:
@@ -1075,7 +1218,7 @@ v3.08a:
- Added \par to end of theglossary environment for index style.
(http://www.dickimaw-books.com/cgi-bin/bugtracker.cgi?action=view&key=38)
-v3.07:
+v3.07 (2013-07-05):
* glossaries.sty
@@ -1329,7 +1472,7 @@ v3.0 (Major changes):
* added more diagnostics to give more helpful messages than
those supplied by xindy or makeindex.
-v2.07:
+v2.07 (2010-07-10):
* Fixed bug that ignored format key in \glsadd
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/DEPENDS.txt b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/DEPENDS.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fd194929ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/DEPENDS.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+amsmath
+datatool
+etoolbox
+ifthen
+mfirstuc
+tracklang
+xfor
+xkeyval
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/README.md
index 9471f71aa0..cee9ead41c 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/README.md
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/README.md
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# glossaries v4.49 (2021-11-01)
+# glossaries v4.50 (2022-10-14)
Author: Nicola Talbot ([contact](http://www.dickimaw-books.com/contact))
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ This material is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License.
See http://www.ctan.org/license/lppl1.3
for the details of that license.
-Copyright 2007-2021 Nicola Talbot
+Copyright 2007-2022 Nicola Talbot
## DESCRIPTION
@@ -117,12 +117,3 @@ If you want to use `\oldacronym` with `\xspace` you will also need
xspace.sty. This needs to be explicitly loaded in your document if
required. (Not recommended.)
-## LaTeX2HTML
-
-This package comes with a LaTeX2HTML style file glossaries.perl
-which should be placed in the relevant LaTeX2HTML
-styles directory, but note that this style only supplies a sub-set
-of the commands provided by glossaries.sty, so some
-commands may not be implemented or may be implemented in a different
-way. This file has not be tested with recent versions of
-LaTeX2HTML and may no longer be compatible.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf
index 2b2f585673..bc81f9c3a3 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example001.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example001.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..64df5bcb16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example001.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example001.png b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example001.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..86a954b0f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example001.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example001.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example001.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f0d7f9cd06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example001.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+% This file is embedded in glossaries-user.pdf
+% Example 1 Simple document with no glossary
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: pdfcrop
+\documentclass[12pt]{article}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\usepackage[
+ sort=none % no sorting or indexing required
+ ] {glossaries}
+
+\newglossaryentry
+{cafe}% label
+ {% definition:
+ name={café},
+ description={small restaurant selling refreshments}
+}
+
+\setacronymstyle{long-short} \newacronym
+{html}% label
+ {HTML}% short form
+ {hypertext markup language}% long form
+
+
+\newglossaryentry
+{pi}% label
+ {% definition:
+ name={\ensuremath{\pi}},
+ description={Archimedes' Constant}
+}
+
+% This is a trivial example. For a real document I recommend you use siunitx for units
+ \newglossaryentry
+ {distance}% label
+ {% definition:
+ name={distance},
+ description={the length between two points},
+ symbol={m}
+ }
+\begin{document}
+First use: \gls{cafe}, \gls{html}, \gls{pi}. Next use: \gls{cafe}, \gls{html}, \gls{pi}.
+
+\Gls{distance} (\glsentrydesc{distance}) is measured in \glssymbol{distance}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example002.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example002.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..916e8f3943
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example002.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example002.png b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example002.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..16054de8c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example002.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example002.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example002.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dc1efc9266
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example002.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+% This file is embedded in glossaries-user.pdf
+% Example 2 Simple document with unsorted glossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: pdfcrop
+\documentclass[12pt]{article}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\usepackage[ sort=none,% no sorting or indexing required
+ abbreviations,% create list of abbreviations
+ symbols,% create list of symbols
+ postdot, % append a full stop after the descriptions
+ stylemods,style=index % set the default glossary style
+ ]{glossaries-extra}
+
+\newglossaryentry % glossaries.sty
+{cafe}% label
+ {% definition:
+ name={café},
+ description={small restaurant selling refreshments}
+}
+
+\setabbreviationstyle{long-short}% glossaries-extra.sty
+\newabbreviation % glossaries-extra.sty
+{html}% label
+ {HTML}% short form
+ {hypertext markup language}% long form
+ % requires glossaries-extra.sty 'symbols' option
+ \glsxtrnewsymbol [description={Archimedes' constant}]% options
+ {pi}% label
+ {\ensuremath{\pi}}% symbol
+ % This is a trivial example. For a real document I recommend you use siunitx for units
+ \newglossaryentry % glossaries.sty
+{distance}% label
+ {% definition:
+ name={distance}, description={the length between two points}, symbol={m} }
+\begin{document}
+First use: \gls{cafe}, \gls{html}, \gls{pi}. Next use: \gls{cafe}, \gls{html}, \gls{pi}.
+
+\Gls{distance} is measured in \glssymbol{distance}.
+\printunsrtglossaries % list all defined entries
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example003.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example003.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b9d14403be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example003.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example003.png b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example003.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1b6a5d4fc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example003.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example003.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example003.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d8b41f23ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example003.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+% This file is embedded in glossaries-user.pdf
+% Example 3 Simple document that uses TeX\ to sort entries
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: pdfcrop
+\documentclass[12pt]{article}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\usepackage[style=indexgroup]{glossaries}
+\makenoidxglossaries % use TeX to sort
+ \newglossaryentry{parrot}{name={parrot},
+ description={a brightly coloured tropical bird}}
+\newglossaryentry{duck}{name={duck},
+ description={a waterbird}}
+\newglossaryentry{puffin}{name={puffin},
+ description={a seabird with a brightly coloured bill}}
+\newglossaryentry{penguin}{name={penguin},
+ description={a flightless black and white seabird}}
+% a symbol:
+ \newglossaryentry{alpha}{name={\ensuremath{\alpha}},
+ sort={alpha},description={a variable}}
+% an acronym:
+ \setacronymstyle{short-long}
+ \newacronym{arpanet}{ARPANET}{Advanced Research Projects Agency Network}
+\begin{document}
+\Gls{puffin}, \gls{duck} and \gls{parrot}.
+\gls{arpanet} and \gls{alpha}.
+Next use: \gls{arpanet}.
+\printnoidxglossary
+\end{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example004.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example004.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..01bde654d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example004.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example004.png b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example004.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d991b85b99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example004.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example004.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example004.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d174169dbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example004.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+% This file is embedded in glossaries-user.pdf
+% Example 4 Simple document that uses makeindex to sort entries
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: pdfcrop
+\documentclass[12pt]{article}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\usepackage[style=indexgroup]{glossaries}
+\makeglossaries % open \dglspl {indexingfile}
+ \newglossaryentry{parrot}{name={parrot},
+ description={a brightly coloured tropical bird}}
+\newglossaryentry{duck}{name={duck},
+ description={a waterbird}}
+\newglossaryentry{puffin}{name={puffin},
+ description={a seabird with a brightly coloured bill}}
+\newglossaryentry{penguin}{name={penguin},
+ description={a flightless black and white seabird}}
+% a symbol:
+ \newglossaryentry{alpha}{name={\ensuremath{\alpha}},
+ sort={alpha},description={a variable}}
+% an acronym:
+ \setacronymstyle{short-long}
+ \newacronym{arpanet}{ARPANET}{Advanced Research Projects Agency Network}
+\begin{document}
+\Gls{puffin}, \gls{duck} and \gls{parrot}.
+\gls{arpanet} and \gls{alpha}.
+Next use: \gls{arpanet}.
+\printglossary
+\end{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example005.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example005.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9e946198d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example005.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example005.png b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example005.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..518a57b377
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example005.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example005.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example005.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e7f9eb535e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example005.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+% This file is embedded in glossaries-user.pdf
+% Example 5 Simple document that uses xindy to sort entries
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: pdfcrop
+\documentclass[12pt]{article}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\usepackage[xindy,style=indexgroup]{glossaries}
+\makeglossaries % open \dglspl {indexingfile}
+ \newglossaryentry{parrot}{name={parrot},
+ description={a brightly coloured tropical bird}}
+\newglossaryentry{duck}{name={duck},
+ description={a waterbird}}
+\newglossaryentry{puffin}{name={puffin},
+ description={a seabird with a brightly coloured bill}}
+\newglossaryentry{penguin}{name={penguin},
+ description={a flightless black and white seabird}}
+% a symbol:
+ \newglossaryentry{alpha}{name={\ensuremath{\alpha}},
+ sort={alpha},description={a variable}}
+% an acronym:
+ \setacronymstyle{short-long}
+ \newacronym{arpanet}{ARPANET}{Advanced Research Projects Agency Network}
+\begin{document}
+\Gls{puffin}, \gls{duck} and \gls{parrot}.
+\gls{arpanet} and \gls{alpha}.
+Next use: \gls{arpanet}.
+\printglossary
+\end{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example006.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example006.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..02283269eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example006.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example006.png b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example006.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c401aaa863
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example006.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example006.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example006.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e3a96d6606
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example006.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+% This file is embedded in glossaries-user.pdf
+% Example 6 Simple document that uses bib2gls to sort entries
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: bib2gls
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: pdfcrop
+\documentclass[12pt]{article}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\begin{filecontents*}{sample-entries.bib}
+@entry{parrot,
+ name={parrot},
+ description={a brightly coloured tropical bird}
+}
+@entry{duck,
+ name={duck},
+ description={a waterbird}
+}
+@entry{puffin,
+ name={puffin},
+ description={a seabird with a brightly coloured bill}
+}
+@entry{penguin,
+ name={penguin},
+ description={a flightless black and white seabird}
+}
+@symbol{alpha,
+ name={\ensuremath{\alpha}},
+ description={a variable}
+}
+@abbreviation{arpanet,
+ short={ARPANET},
+ long={Advanced Research Projects Agency Network}
+}
+\end{filecontents*}
+\usepackage[record,style=indexgroup]{glossaries-extra}
+\setabbreviationstyle{short-long}
+\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={sample-entries}]% data in sample-entries.bib
+
+\begin{document}
+\Gls{puffin}, \gls{duck} and \gls{parrot}.
+\gls{arpanet} and \gls{alpha}.
+Next use: \gls{arpanet}.
+\printunsrtglossary
+\end{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example007.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example007.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..25da6015a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example007.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example007.png b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example007.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0b07c4ff90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example007.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example007.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example007.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d8ac491914
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example007.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+% This file is embedded in glossaries-user.pdf
+% Example 7 Simple document with an unsorted list of all defined entries
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: pdfcrop
+\documentclass[12pt]{article}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\usepackage[style=indexgroup]{glossaries-extra}
+\newglossaryentry{parrot}{name={parrot},
+ description={a brightly coloured tropical bird}}
+\newglossaryentry{duck}{name={duck},
+ description={a waterbird}}
+\newglossaryentry{puffin}{name={puffin},
+ description={a seabird with a brightly coloured bill}}
+\newglossaryentry{penguin}{name={penguin},
+ description={a flightless black and white seabird}}
+% a symbol:
+ \newglossaryentry{alpha}{name={\ensuremath{\alpha}},
+ sort={alpha},description={a variable}}
+% an abbreviation:
+ \setabbreviationstyle{short-long}
+\newabbreviation{arpanet}{ARPANET}{Advanced Research Projects Agency Network}
+\begin{document}
+\Gls{puffin}, \gls{duck} and \gls{parrot}.
+\gls{arpanet} and \gls{alpha}.
+Next use: \gls{arpanet}.
+% entries are listed in order of definition
+ \printunsrtglossary
+\end{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example008.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example008.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d9ddc42525
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example008.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example008.png b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example008.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fe791c5a6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example008.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example008.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example008.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3b5e7f6f3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example008.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+% This file is embedded in glossaries-user.pdf
+% Example 8 Simple document with standalone entries
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: pdfcrop
+\documentclass[12pt]{article}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+\usepackage[sort=none,
+ nostyles% <- no glossary styles are required
+ ]{glossaries-extra}
+
+\newglossaryentry{set}{name={set},
+ description={a collection of any kind of objects},
+ symbol={\ensuremath{\mathcal{S}}}
+}
+
+\newglossaryentry{function}{name={function},
+ description={a rule that assigns every element in the
+ domain \gls{set} to an element in the range \gls{set}},
+ symbol={\ensuremath{f(x)}} }
+\newcommand*{\termdef}[1]{%
+ \section{\glsxtrglossentry{#1} \glsentrysymbol{#1}}%
+ \begin{quote}\em\Glsentrydesc{#1}.\end{quote}%
+}
+\begin{document}
+\tableofcontents
+
+\section{Introduction}
+Sample document about \glspl{function} and \glspl{set}.
+
+\termdef{set}
+
+More detailed information about \glspl{set} with examples.
+
+\termdef{function}
+
+More detailed information about \glspl{function} with examples.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example022.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example022.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d606a0faa2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example022.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example022.png b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example022.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d61c4249f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example022.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example022.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example022.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1167f0968b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example022.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+% This file is embedded in glossaries-user.pdf
+% Example 22 Simple document with acronyms
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: pdfcrop
+\documentclass[12pt]{article}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\usepackage{glossaries}
+\setacronymstyle{long-short}
+\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
+\newacronym{xml}{XML}{extensible markup language}
+\begin{document}
+First use: \gls{html} and \gls{xml}.
+
+Next use: \gls{html} and \gls{xml}.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example023.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example023.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7bc49fdd86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example023.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example023.png b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example023.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..09360faa5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example023.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example023.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example023.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2096c621d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example023.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+% This file is embedded in glossaries-user.pdf
+% Example 23 Defining and Using an Acronym
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: pdfcrop
+\documentclass[12pt]{article}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\usepackage{glossaries}
+\setacronymstyle{long-short}
+\newacronym{idn}{IDN}{identification number}
+\begin{document}
+First use: \gls{idn}. Next use: \gls{idn}.
+
+\glsreset{idn}% reset first use
+ The \gls{idn}['s] prefix is a capital letter.
+Next use: the \gls{idn}['s] prefix is a capital letter.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example024.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example024.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2a3bf61b6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example024.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example024.png b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example024.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8156859e0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example024.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example024.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example024.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bb48775a0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example024.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+% This file is embedded in glossaries-user.pdf
+% Example 24 Defining and Using an Acronym (Rollback)
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: pdfcrop
+\documentclass[12pt]{article}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\usepackage{glossaries}[=v4.46]% rollback to v4.46
+ % no \setacronymstyle so old style used
+ \newacronym{idn}{IDN}{identification number}
+\begin{document}
+First use: \gls{idn}. Next use: \gls{idn}.
+
+\glsreset{idn}% reset first use
+ The \gls{idn}['s] prefix is a capital letter.
+Next use: the \gls{idn}['s] prefix is a capital letter.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example025.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example025.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9e6f19d2b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example025.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example025.png b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example025.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..958bd9b554
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example025.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example025.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example025.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e2bd177cae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example025.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+% This file is embedded in glossaries-user.pdf
+% Example 25 Small-Caps Acronym
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: pdfcrop
+\documentclass[12pt]{article}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\usepackage{glossaries}
+\setacronymstyle{long-sc-short}
+\newacronym{mathml}{MathML}{mathematical markup language}
+\begin{document}
+\acrshort{mathml}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example030.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example030.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f0f00917ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example030.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example030.png b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example030.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ee722efde4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example030.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example030.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example030.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..00a5e2fe49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example030.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+% This file is embedded in glossaries-user.pdf
+% Example 30 Don't index entries that are only used once
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: pdfcrop
+\documentclass[12pt]{article}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries}
+\makeglossaries
+
+\glsenableentrycount
+
+\setacronymstyle{long-short}
+
+\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
+\newacronym{css}{CSS}{cascading style sheets}
+\newacronym{xml}{XML}{extensible markup language}
+\newacronym{sql}{SQL}{structured query language}
+\newacronym{rdbms}{RDBMS}{relational database management system}
+\newacronym{rdsms}{RDSMS}{relational data stream management system}
+\begin{document}
+These entries are only used once: \cgls{sql}, \cgls{rdbms},
+\cgls{xml}. These entries are used multiple times:
+\cgls{html}, \cgls{html}, \cgls{css}, \cgls{css}, \cgls{css},
+\cgls{rdsms}, \cgls{rdsms}.
+
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user.html b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user.html
index c3e01f1d7c..97d229ea49 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user.html
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user.html
@@ -1,49888 +1,16735 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd">
-<!--http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd-->
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
->
-<head><title></title>
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" />
-<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)" />
-<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)" />
-<!-- xhtml,fn-in,css-in,uni-html4,utf8 -->
-<meta name="src" content="glossaries-user.tex" />
-
-<style type="text/css">
-<!--
-
-/* start css.sty */
-.cmr-7{font-size:70%;}
-.cmmi-7{font-size:70%;font-style: italic;}
-.cmmi-10{font-style: italic;}
-.cmr-17{font-size:170%;}
-.cmr-12{font-size:120%;}
-.cmr-8{font-size:80%;}
-.cmtt-12{font-size:120%;font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-12{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-12{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-12{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-12{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
-.cmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
-.cmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
-.cmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.cmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.cmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.cmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.cmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.cmtt-10{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-10{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-10{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-10{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-10{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmti-10{ font-style: italic;}
-.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}
-.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}
-.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}
-.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}
-.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}
-.cmr-9{font-size:90%;}
-.cmbx-8{font-size:80%; font-weight: bold;}
-.cmbx-8{ font-weight: bold;}
-.cmbx-8{ font-weight: bold;}
-.cmtt-8{font-size:80%;font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-8{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-8{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-8{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-8{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-9{font-size:90%;font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-9{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-9{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-9{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-9{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmss-9{font-size:90%; font-family: sans-serif;}
-.cmss-9{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.cmss-9{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.cmss-9{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.cmss-9{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.tcrm-0900{font-size:90%;}
-.cmmi-9{font-size:90%;font-style: italic;}
-.msam-10x-x-90{font-size:90%;}
-.pzdr-x-x-90{font-size:90%;}
-.cmss-8{font-size:80%; font-family: sans-serif;}
-.cmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.cmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.cmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.cmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.cmbx-12{font-size:120%; font-weight: bold;}
-.cmbx-12{ font-weight: bold;}
-.cmbx-12{ font-weight: bold;}
-.tctt-1000{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmti-8{font-size:80%; font-style: italic;}
-.cmitt-10{font-family: monospace,monospace; font-style: italic;}
-.cmssi-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-style: oblique;}
-.cmssi-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-style: oblique;}
-.cmssi-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-style: oblique;}
-.cmssi-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-style: oblique;}
-.cmssi-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-style: oblique;}
-.cmbxti-10{ font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;}
-.small-caps{font-variant: small-caps; }
-p{margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0}
-p.indent{text-indent:0;}
-p + p{margin-top:1em;}
-p + div, p + pre {margin-top:1em;}
-div + p, pre + p {margin-top:1em;}
-a { overflow-wrap: break-word; word-wrap: break-word; word-break: break-word; hyphens: auto; }
-@media print {div.crosslinks {visibility:hidden;}}
-a img { border-top: 0; border-left: 0; border-right: 0; }
-center { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }
-td center { margin-top:0em; margin-bottom:0em; }
-.Canvas { position:relative; }
-img.math{vertical-align:middle;}
-div.par-math-display, div.math-display{text-align:center;}
-li p.indent { text-indent: 0em }
-li p:first-child{ margin-top:0em; }
-li p:last-child, li div:last-child { margin-bottom:0.5em; }
-li p:first-child{ margin-bottom:0; }
-li p~ul:last-child, li p~ol:last-child{ margin-bottom:0.5em; }
-.enumerate1 {list-style-type:decimal;}
-.enumerate2 {list-style-type:lower-alpha;}
-.enumerate3 {list-style-type:lower-roman;}
-.enumerate4 {list-style-type:upper-alpha;}
-div.newtheorem { margin-bottom: 2em; margin-top: 2em;}
-.obeylines-h,.obeylines-v {white-space: nowrap; }
-div.obeylines-v p { margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; }
-.overline{ text-decoration:overline; }
-.overline img{ border-top: 1px solid black; }
-td.displaylines {text-align:center; white-space:nowrap;}
-.centerline {text-align:center;}
-.rightline {text-align:right;}
-pre.verbatim {font-family: monospace,monospace; text-align:left; clear:both; }
-.fbox {padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
-div.fbox {display:table}
-div.center div.fbox {text-align:center; clear:both; padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
-div.minipage{width:100%;}
-div.center, div.center div.center {text-align: center; margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em;}
-div.center div {text-align: left;}
-div.flushright, div.flushright div.flushright {text-align: right;}
-div.flushright div {text-align: left;}
-div.flushleft {text-align: left;}
-.underline{ text-decoration:underline; }
-.underline img{ border-bottom: 1px solid black; margin-bottom:1pt; }
-.framebox-c, .framebox-l, .framebox-r { padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
-.framebox-c {text-align:center;}
-.framebox-l {text-align:left;}
-.framebox-r {text-align:right;}
-span.thank-mark{ vertical-align: super }
-span.footnote-mark sup.textsuperscript, span.footnote-mark a sup.textsuperscript{ font-size:80%; }
-div.footnotes{border-top:solid 1px black; border-bottom:solid 1px black; padding-bottom:1ex; padding-top:0.5ex; margin-right:15%; margin-top:2ex; font-style:italic; font-size:85%;}
-div.footnotes p{margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-indent:0;}
-div.tabular, div.center div.tabular {text-align: center; margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em; }
-table.tabular td p{margin-top:0em;}
-table.tabular {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
-td p:first-child{ margin-top:0em; }
-td p:last-child{ margin-bottom:0em; }
-div.td00{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:0pt; }
-div.td01{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:5pt; }
-div.td10{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:0pt; }
-div.td11{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:5pt; }
-table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
-td.td00{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:0pt; }
-td.td01{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:5pt; }
-td.td10{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:0pt; }
-td.td11{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:5pt; }
-table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
-.hline hr, .cline hr{ height : 0px; margin:0px; }
-.hline td, .cline td{ padding: 0; }
-.hline hr, .cline hr{border:none;border-top:1px solid black;}
-.hline {border-top: 1px solid black;}
-.tabbing-right {text-align:right;}
-div.float, div.figure {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
-div.float img {text-align:center;}
-div.figure img {text-align:center;}
-.marginpar,.reversemarginpar {width:20%; float:right; text-align:left; margin-left:auto; margin-top:0.5em; font-size:85%; text-decoration:underline;}
-.marginpar p,.reversemarginpar p{margin-top:0.4em; margin-bottom:0.4em;}
-.reversemarginpar{float:left;}
-table.equation {width:100%;}
-.equation td{text-align:center; }
-td.equation { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }
-td.equation-label { width:5%; text-align:center; }
-td.eqnarray4 { width:5%; white-space: normal; }
-td.eqnarray2 { width:5%; }
-table.eqnarray-star, table.eqnarray {width:100%;}
-div.eqnarray{text-align:center;}
-div.array {text-align:center;}
-div.pmatrix {text-align:center;}
-table.pmatrix {width:100%;}
-span.pmatrix img{vertical-align:middle;}
-div.pmatrix {text-align:center;}
-table.pmatrix {width:100%;}
-span.bar-css {text-decoration:overline;}
-img.cdots{vertical-align:middle;}
-.partToc a, .partToc, .likepartToc a, .likepartToc {line-height: 200%; font-weight:bold; font-size:110%;}
-.chapterToc a, .chapterToc, .likechapterToc a, .likechapterToc, .appendixToc a, .appendixToc {line-height: 200%; font-weight:bold;}
-.index-item, .index-subitem, .index-subsubitem {display:block}
-div.caption {text-indent:-2em; margin-left:3em; margin-right:1em; text-align:left;}
-div.caption span.id{font-weight: bold; white-space: nowrap; }
-h1.partHead{text-align: center}
-p.bibitem { text-indent: -2em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em; }
-p.bibitem-p { text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em; }
-.paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;}
-.subparagraphHead, .likesubparagraphHead { font-weight: bold;}
-.verse{white-space:nowrap; margin-left:2em}
-div.maketitle {text-align:center;}
-h2.titleHead{text-align:center;}
-div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; }
-div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}
-div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10%; font-size:85%; font-style:italic; }
-h1.partHead{text-align: center}
-div.abstract p {margin-left:5%; margin-right:5%;}
-div.abstract {width:100%;}
-.abstracttitle{text-align:center;margin-bottom:1em;}
-div.tabular, div.center div.tabular {text-align: center; margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em; }
-table.tabular td p{margin-top:0em;}
-table.tabular {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
-td p:first-child{ margin-top:0em; }
-td p:last-child{ margin-bottom:0em; }
-div.td00{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:0pt; }
-div.td01{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:5pt; }
-div.td10{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:0pt; }
-div.td11{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:5pt; }
-table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
-td.td00{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:0pt; }
-td.td01{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:5pt; }
-td.td10{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:0pt; }
-td.td11{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:5pt; }
-table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
-.hline hr, .cline hr{ height : 0px; margin:0px; }
-.hline td, .cline td{ padding: 0; }
-.hline hr, .cline hr{border:none;border-top:1px solid black;}
-.hline {border-top: 1px solid black;}
-div.array {text-align:center;}
-.alltt P { margin-bottom : 0em; margin-top : 0em; }
-.alltt { margin-bottom : 1em; margin-top : 1em; font-family:monospace,monospace; }
-.equation td{text-align:center; }
-.equation-star td{text-align:center; }
-table.equation-star { width:100%; }
-table.equation { width:100%; }
-table.align, table.alignat, table.xalignat, table.xxalignat, table.flalign {width:95%; margin-left:5%; white-space: nowrap;}
-table.align-star, table.alignat-star, table.xalignat-star, table.flalign-star {margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; white-space: nowrap;}
-td.align-label { width:5%; text-align:center; }
-td.align-odd { text-align:right; padding-right:0.3em;}
-td.align-even { text-align:left; padding-right:0.6em;}
-table.multline, table.multline-star {width:100%;}
-td.gather {text-align:center; }
-table.gather {width:100%;}
-div.gather-star {text-align:center;}
-table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
-div.longtable{text-align:center;}
-table.longtable{margin-left:auto; margin-right: auto;}
-.supertabular {text-align:center}
-pre.prompt {color: white; background: black; font-weight: bold; padding-bottom: 2ex; padding-left: 1em; padding-right: 1em;}
-.warningsymbol { color: red; font-weight: bold;}
-div.important { border : solid red; }
-div.verbatim { font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; text-align:left; clear:both; padding-top: 2ex; padding-bottom: 2ex;}
-span#textcolor1{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor2{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor4{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor5{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor6{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor7{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor8{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor9{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor10{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor11{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor12{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor13{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor14{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor15{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor16{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor17{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor18{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor19{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor20{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor21{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor22{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor23{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor24{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor25{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor26{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor27{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor28{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor29{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor30{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor31{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor32{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor33{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor34{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor35{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor36{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor37{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor38{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor39{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor40{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor41{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor42{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor43{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor44{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor45{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor46{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor47{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor48{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor49{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor50{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor51{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor52{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor53{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor54{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor55{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor56{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor57{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor58{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor59{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor60{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor61{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor62{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor63{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor64{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor65{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor66{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor67{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor68{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor69{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor70{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor71{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor72{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor73{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor74{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor75{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor76{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor77{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor78{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor79{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor80{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor81{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor82{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor83{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor84{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor85{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor86{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor87{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor88{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor89{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor90{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor91{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor92{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor93{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor94{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor95{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor96{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor97{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor98{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor99{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor100{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor101{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor102{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor103{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor104{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor105{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor106{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor107{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor108{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor109{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor110{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor111{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor112{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor113{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor114{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor115{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor116{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor117{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor118{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor119{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor120{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor121{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor122{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor123{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor124{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor125{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor126{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor127{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor128{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor129{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor130{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor131{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor132{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor133{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor134{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor135{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor136{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor137{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor138{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor139{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor140{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor141{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor142{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor143{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor144{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor145{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor146{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor147{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor148{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor149{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor150{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor151{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor152{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor153{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor154{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor155{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor156{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor157{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor158{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor159{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor160{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor161{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor162{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor163{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor164{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor165{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor166{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor167{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor168{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor169{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor170{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor171{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor172{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor173{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor174{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor175{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor176{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor177{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor178{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor179{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor180{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor181{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor182{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor183{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor184{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor185{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor186{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor187{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor188{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor189{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor190{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor191{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor192{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor193{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor194{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor195{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor196{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor197{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor198{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor199{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor200{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor201{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor202{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor203{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor204{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor205{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor206{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor207{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor208{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor209{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor210{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor211{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor212{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor213{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor214{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor215{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor216{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor217{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor218{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor219{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor220{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor221{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor222{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor223{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor224{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor225{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor226{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor227{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor228{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor229{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor230{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor231{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor232{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor233{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor234{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor235{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor236{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor237{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor238{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor239{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor240{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor241{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor242{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor243{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor244{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor245{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor246{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor247{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor248{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor249{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor250{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor251{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor252{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor253{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor254{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor255{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor256{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor257{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor258{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor259{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor260{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor261{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor262{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor263{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor264{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor265{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor266{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor267{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor268{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor269{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor270{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor271{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor272{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor273{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor274{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor275{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor276{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor277{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor278{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor279{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor280{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor281{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor282{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor283{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor284{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor285{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor286{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor287{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor288{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor289{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor290{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor291{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor292{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor293{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor294{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor295{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor296{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor297{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor298{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor299{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor300{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor301{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor302{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor303{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor304{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor305{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor306{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor307{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor308{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor309{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor310{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor311{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor312{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor313{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor314{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor315{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor316{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor317{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor318{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor319{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor320{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor321{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor322{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor323{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor324{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor325{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor326{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor327{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor328{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor329{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor330{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor331{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor332{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor333{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor334{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor335{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor336{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor337{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor338{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor339{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor340{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor341{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor342{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor343{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor344{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor345{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor346{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor347{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor348{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor349{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor350{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor351{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor352{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor353{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor354{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor355{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor356{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor357{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor358{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor359{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor360{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor361{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor362{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor363{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor364{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor365{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor366{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor367{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor368{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor369{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor370{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor371{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor372{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor373{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor374{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor375{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor376{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor377{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor378{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor379{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor380{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor381{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor382{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor383{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor384{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor385{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor386{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor387{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor388{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor389{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor390{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor391{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor392{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor393{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor394{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor395{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor396{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor397{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor398{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor399{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor400{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor401{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor402{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor403{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor404{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor405{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor406{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor407{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor408{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor409{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor410{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor411{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor412{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor413{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor414{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor415{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor416{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor417{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor418{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor419{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor420{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor421{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor422{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor423{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor424{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor425{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor426{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor427{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor428{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor429{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor430{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor431{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor432{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor433{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor434{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor435{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor436{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor437{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor438{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor439{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor440{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor441{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor442{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor443{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor444{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor445{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor446{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor447{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor448{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor449{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor450{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor451{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor452{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor453{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor454{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor455{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor456{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor457{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor458{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor459{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor460{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor461{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor462{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor463{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor464{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor465{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor466{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor467{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor468{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor469{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor470{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor471{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor472{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor473{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor474{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor475{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor476{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor477{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor478{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor479{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor480{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor481{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor482{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor483{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor484{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor485{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor486{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor487{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor488{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor489{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor490{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor491{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor492{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor493{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor494{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor495{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor496{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor497{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor498{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor499{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor500{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor501{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor502{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor503{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor504{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor505{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor506{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor507{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor508{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor509{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor510{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor511{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor512{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor513{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor514{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor515{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor516{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor517{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor518{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor519{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor520{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor521{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor522{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor523{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor524{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor525{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor526{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor527{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor528{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor529{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor530{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor531{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor532{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor533{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor534{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor535{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor536{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor537{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor538{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor539{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor540{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor541{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor542{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor543{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor544{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor545{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor546{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor547{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor548{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor549{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor550{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor551{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor552{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor553{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor554{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor555{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor556{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor557{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor558{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor559{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor560{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor561{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor562{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor563{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor564{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor565{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor566{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor567{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor568{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor569{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor570{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor571{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor572{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor573{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor574{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor575{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor576{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor577{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor578{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor579{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor580{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor581{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor582{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor583{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor584{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor585{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor586{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor587{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor588{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor589{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor590{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor591{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor592{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor593{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor594{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor595{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor596{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor597{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor598{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor599{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor600{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor601{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor602{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor603{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor604{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor605{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor606{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor607{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor608{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor609{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor610{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor611{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor612{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor613{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor614{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor615{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor616{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor617{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor618{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor619{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor620{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor621{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor622{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor623{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor624{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor625{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor626{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor627{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor628{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor629{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor630{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor631{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor632{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor633{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor634{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor635{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor636{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor637{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor638{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor639{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor640{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor641{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor642{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor643{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor644{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor645{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor646{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor647{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor648{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor649{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor650{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor651{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor652{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor653{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor654{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor655{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor656{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor657{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor658{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor659{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor660{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor661{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor662{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor663{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor664{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor665{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor666{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor667{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor668{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor669{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor670{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor671{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor672{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor673{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor674{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor675{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor676{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor677{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor678{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor679{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor680{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor681{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor682{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor683{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor684{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor685{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor686{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor687{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor688{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor689{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor690{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor691{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor692{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor693{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor694{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor695{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor696{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor697{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor698{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor699{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor700{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor701{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor702{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor703{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor704{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor705{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor706{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor707{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor708{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor709{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor710{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor711{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor712{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor713{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor714{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor715{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor716{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor717{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor718{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor719{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor720{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor721{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor722{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor723{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor724{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor725{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor726{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor727{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor728{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor729{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor730{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor731{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor732{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor733{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor734{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor735{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor736{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor737{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor738{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor739{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor740{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor741{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor742{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor743{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor744{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor745{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor746{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor747{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor748{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor749{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor750{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor751{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor752{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor753{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor754{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor755{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor756{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor757{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor758{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor759{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor760{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor761{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor762{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor763{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor764{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor765{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor766{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor767{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor768{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor769{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor770{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor771{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor772{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor773{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor774{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor775{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor776{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor777{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor778{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor779{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor780{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor781{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor782{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor783{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor784{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor785{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor786{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor787{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor788{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor789{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor790{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor791{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor792{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor793{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor794{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor795{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor796{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor797{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor798{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor799{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor800{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor801{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor802{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor803{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor804{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor805{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor806{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor807{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor808{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor809{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor810{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor811{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor812{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor813{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor814{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor815{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor816{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor817{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor818{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor819{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor820{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor821{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor822{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor823{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor824{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor825{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor826{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor827{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor828{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor829{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor830{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor831{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor832{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor833{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor834{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor835{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor836{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor837{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor838{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor839{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor840{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor841{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor842{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor843{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor844{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor845{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor846{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor847{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor848{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor849{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor850{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor851{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor852{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor853{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor854{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor855{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor856{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor857{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor858{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor859{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor860{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor861{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor862{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor863{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor864{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor865{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor866{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor867{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor868{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor869{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor870{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor871{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor872{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor873{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor874{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor875{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor876{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor877{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor878{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor879{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor880{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor881{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor882{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor883{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor884{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor885{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor886{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor887{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor888{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor889{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor890{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor891{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor892{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor893{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor894{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor895{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor896{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor897{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor898{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor899{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor900{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor901{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor902{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor903{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor904{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor905{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor906{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor907{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor908{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor909{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor910{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor911{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor912{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor913{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor914{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor915{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor916{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor917{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor918{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor919{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor920{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor921{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor922{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor923{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor924{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor925{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor926{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor927{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor928{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor929{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor930{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor931{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor932{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor933{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor934{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor935{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor936{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor937{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor938{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor939{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor940{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor941{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor942{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor943{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor944{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor945{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor946{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor947{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor948{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor949{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor950{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor951{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor952{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor953{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor954{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor955{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor956{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor957{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor958{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor959{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor960{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor961{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor962{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor963{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor964{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor965{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor966{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor967{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor968{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor969{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor970{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor971{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor972{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor973{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor974{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor975{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor976{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor977{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor978{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor979{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor980{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor981{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor982{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor983{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor984{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor985{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor986{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor987{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor988{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor989{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor990{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor991{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor992{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor993{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor994{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor995{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor996{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor997{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor998{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor999{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1000{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1001{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1002{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1003{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1004{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1005{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1006{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1007{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1008{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1009{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1010{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1011{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1012{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1013{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1014{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1015{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1016{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1017{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1018{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1019{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1020{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1021{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1022{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1023{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1024{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1025{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1026{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1027{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1028{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1029{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1030{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1031{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1032{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1033{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1034{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1035{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1036{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1037{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1038{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1039{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1040{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1041{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1042{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1043{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1044{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1045{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1046{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1047{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1048{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1049{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1050{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1051{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1052{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1053{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1054{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1055{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1056{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1057{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1058{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1059{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1060{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1061{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1062{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1063{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1064{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1065{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1066{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1067{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1068{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1069{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1070{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1071{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1072{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1073{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1074{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1075{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1076{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1077{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1078{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor1079{color:#008080}
-span#textcolor3{color:#008080}
-/* end css.sty */
+ <!DOCTYPE html>
+<html>
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
+<meta name="generator" content="TeX Parser Library">
+<!-- MathJax -->
+<script type="text/x-mathjax-config">
+MathJax.Hub.Config({tex2jax:
+{
+ inlineMath: [['\\(','\\)']],
+ displayMath: [ ['\\[','\\]'] ]
+}});
+</script>
+<script type="text/javascript" src="http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest/MathJax.js?config=TeX-AMS-MML_HTMLorMML">
+</script>
+ <title>User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.50</title>
+<style type="text/css">
+#main {margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 15%}
+div.tomain {position: absolute; left: 0pt; width: 5%; text-align: right; font-size: x-small;}
+div.tomain a {text-decoration: none;}
+div.labellink {display: inline; font-size: x-small; margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;}
+div.marginleft {position: absolute; left: 0pt; width: 5%;}
+div.marginright {position: absolute; right: 0pt; width: 15%;}
+div.displaymath { display: block; text-align: center; }
+span.eqno { float: right; }
+div.table { display: block; text-align: center; }
+table.tabular-cm
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: center;
+ vertical-align: middle;
+}
+table.tabular-cb
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: center;
+ vertical-align: bottom;
+}
+table.tabular-ct
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: center;
+ vertical-align: top;
+}
+table.tabular-lm
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: left;
+ vertical-align: middle;
+}
+table.tabular-lb
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: left;
+ vertical-align: bottom;
+}
+table.tabular-lt
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: left;
+ vertical-align: top;
+}
+table.tabular-rm
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: right;
+ vertical-align: middle;
+}
+table.tabular-rb
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: right;
+ vertical-align: bottom;
+}
+table.tabular-rt
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: right;
+ vertical-align: top;
+}
+table.tabular-m
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ vertical-align: middle;
+}
+table.tabular-b
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ vertical-align: bottom;
+}
+table.tabular-t
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ vertical-align: top;
+}
+table.tabular-l
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: left;
+}
+table.tabular-c
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: center;
+}
+table.tabular-r
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: right;
+}
+pre { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+div.figure { display: block; text-align: center; }
+div.caption { display: block; text-align: center; }
+div.marginpar { float: right; }
+div.abstract { display: block; margin-right: 4em; margin-left: 4em;}
+div.title { display: block; text-align: center; font-size: x-large;}
+div.author { display: block; text-align: center; font-size: large;}
+div.date { display: block; text-align: center; font-size: medium;}
+div.bibliography { display: block; margin-left: 4em; }
+div.bibitem { display: inline; float: left; text-indent: -3em; }
+span.numberline { display: inline-block; width: 3em; }
+.toc-subsection span.numberline { display: inline-block; width: 3em; }
+.toc-subsubsection span.numberline { display: inline-block; width: 4em; }
+.toc-paragraph span.numberline { display: inline-block; width: 5em; }
+.toc-subparagraph span.numberline { display: inline-block; width: 6em; }
+nav ul { list-style-type: none; }
+.toc-part { padding-left: 0em; padding-bottom: 1ex; padding-top: 1ex; font-weight: bold; font-size: large;}
+.toc-chapter { padding-left: 0em; padding-bottom: .25ex; padding-top: .25ex; font-weight: bold; }
+.toc-section { padding-left: .5em; }
+.toc-subsection { padding-left: 1.5em; }
+.toc-subsubsection { padding-left: 2em; }
+.toc-paragraph { padding-left: 2.5em; }
+.toc-subparagraph { padding-left: 3em; }
+.part { font-size: x-large; font-weight: bold; }
+div.bigskip { padding-left: 0pt; padding-right: 0pt; padding-top: 0pt; padding-bottom: 2ex;}
+div.medskip { padding-left: 0pt; padding-right: 0pt; padding-top: 0pt; padding-bottom: 1ex;}
+div.smallskip { padding-left: 0pt; padding-right: 0pt; padding-top: 0pt; padding-bottom: .5ex;}
+span.quad { padding-left: 0pt; padding-right: 1em; padding-top: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0pt;}
+span.qquad { padding-left: 0pt; padding-right: 2em; padding-top: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0pt;}
+.displaylist { display: block; list-style-type: none; }
+.inlinelist { display: inline; }
+dl.inlinetitle dt { display: inline-block; margin-left: 0; margin-right: 1em;}
+dl.inlinetitle dd { display: inline; margin: 0; }
+dl.inlinetitle dd::after { display: block; content: ''; }
+dl.inlineblock dt { display: inline-block; margin-left: 0; margin-right: 1em;}
+dl.inlineblock dd { display: inline; margin: 0; }
+dl.inlineblock dd::after { display: block; content: ''; }
+.clearfix::after { content: ""; clear: both; display: table; }
+span.inlineitem { margin-right: .5em; margin-left: .5em; }
+span.numitem { float: left; margin-left: -3em; text-align: right; min-width: 2.5em; }
+span.bulletitem { float: left; margin-left: -1em; }
+span.descitem { font: normal; font-weight: bold; }
+div.indexspace { min-height: 2ex; }
+.cell-noborder-nosep-r {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; text-align: right; }
+.cell-noborder-bothsep-l {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; }
+.cell-noborder-bothsep-r {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: right; }
+.cell-noborder-bothsep-halfwidth {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 50.000000%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; }
+.cell-noborder-nosep-l {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; text-align: left; }
+.cell-noborder-rightsep-l {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; padding-right: 0px; text-align: left; }
+.cell-noborder-leftsep-r {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; padding-right: 0px; text-align: right; }
+.cell-noborder-bothsep-c {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: center; }
+.cell-noborder-bothsep-eightypc {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 80.000000%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; }
+.cell-noborder-rightsep-c {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: center; }
+.cell-noborder-bothsep-threequarterwidth {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 75.000000%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; }
+.cell-noborder-rightsep-r {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: right; }
+.cell-noborder-bothsep-quarterwidth {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 25.000000%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; }
+.cell-noborder-rightsep-c {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; padding-right: 0px; text-align: center; }
+.cell-noborder-rightsep-l {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; }
+.cell-noborder-nosep-c {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; text-align: center; }
+span.mbox {border-style: none; }
+span.frame {border-style: solid; border-width: 1.000000pt; padding: 0.000000pt; }
+span.boxed {text-align: center; vertical-align: middle; border-style: solid; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 0.000000pt; width: 1.000000em; height: 1.000000em; display: inline-block; }
+span.circled {text-align: center; vertical-align: middle; border-style: solid; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 1.000000pt; border-radius: 5000.000000%;width: 1.000000em; height: 1.000000em; display: inline-block; }
+span.overlapped {text-align: center; border-style: none; padding: 0.000000pt; width: 1.000000em; height: 1.000000em; display: inline-block; }
+span.overlapper {text-align: center; border-style: none; padding: 0.000000pt; margin-left: -1.000000em; width: 1.000000em; height: 1.000000em; display: inline-block; }
+span.overlappertop {text-align: center; vertical-align: top; border-style: none; padding: 0.000000pt; margin-left: -1.000000em; width: 1.000000em; height: 1.000000em; display: inline-block; }
+span.partialoverlapper {text-align: center; border-style: none; padding: 0.000000pt; margin-left: -0.750000em; width: 1.000000em; height: 1.000000em; display: inline-block; }
+span.quarterleft {text-align: center; vertical-align: middle; border-style: none; padding: 0.000000pt; transform: rotate(-90.000000deg); -ms-transform: rotate(-90.000000deg); -webkit-transform: rotate(-90.000000deg); display: inline-block; }
+span.quarterright {text-align: center; vertical-align: middle; border-style: none; padding: 0.000000pt; transform: rotate(90.000000deg); -ms-transform: rotate(90.000000deg); -webkit-transform: rotate(90.000000deg); display: inline-block; }
+span.eighthleft {text-align: center; vertical-align: middle; border-style: none; padding: 0.000000pt; transform: rotate(-45.000000deg); -ms-transform: rotate(-45.000000deg); -webkit-transform: rotate(-45.000000deg); display: inline-block; }
+span.eighthright {text-align: center; vertical-align: middle; border-style: none; padding: 0.000000pt; transform: rotate(45.000000deg); -ms-transform: rotate(45.000000deg); -webkit-transform: rotate(45.000000deg); display: inline-block; }
+span.halfturn {text-align: center; vertical-align: middle; border-style: none; padding: 0.000000pt; transform: rotate(180.000000deg); -ms-transform: rotate(180.000000deg); -webkit-transform: rotate(180.000000deg); display: inline-block; }
+span.fwsdisabledicon {border-style: none; color: gray; }
+span.fwsactiveicon {border-style: none; color: green; }
+span.glsshowtargetfonttext {font-family: monospace; font-size: x-small; border-style: none; }
+dfn { font-style: normal; font-weight: bold; } a { text-decoration: none; } a:hover { text-decoration: underline; } div.tablefns { border-top: solid; } div.example { border-bottom: solid silver; padding: 20px; } div.example div.title { font-weight: bold; font-size: large; }
+div.sidenote {font-size: x-small; float: right; border-style: none; }
+span.advantage {border-style: none; color: green; }
+span.disadvantage {border-style: none; color: red; }
+strong.strong {font-weight: bold; border-style: none; }
+em.booktitle {font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; border-style: none; }
+code.code {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+code.cmd {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.cmdfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.comment {border-style: none; color: rgb(94,94,94); }
+code.csfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; color: rgb(84,111,26); }
+span.csfmtfont {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.csfmtcolourfont {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; color: rgb(84,111,26); }
+span.appfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.styfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.clsfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.envfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.optfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.csoptfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; color: rgb(104,34,139); }
+span.styoptfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; color: rgb(104,34,139); }
+span.clsoptfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.ctrfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.filefmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.extfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.deprecatedorbannedfmt {border-style: none; color: rgb(204,0,0); }
+span.summarylocfmt {font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; border-style: none; }
+span.menufmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+code.cbeg {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+code.cend {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.termslocfmt {font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; border-style: none; }
+span.crossreftag {font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; border-style: none; }
+div.crossref {border-style: none; margin-left: 1.000000em; }
+span.longargfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.shortargfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.qt {border-style: none; }
+code.qtt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+em.metainner {font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; border-style: none; }
+span.meta {font-family: serif; border-style: none; color: black; }
+em.initvalnotefmtinner {font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; border-style: none; }
+span.initvalnotefmt {font-family: serif; border-style: none; color: black; }
+span.summarytag {font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; border-style: none; }
+div.importanttitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: red; }
+div.important {border-style: solid; border-color: red; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(255,235,235); }
+div.warningtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: red; }
+div.warning {border-style: solid; border-color: red; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(255,235,235); }
+div.informationtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: rgb(0,128,128); }
+div.information {border-style: solid; border-color: rgb(0,128,128); border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(240,255,255); }
+div.pinnedboxtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+div.pinnedbox {border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(255,255,191); }
+div.terminaltitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+pre.terminal {font-family: monospace; border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(250,250,250); }
+div.transcripttitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+pre.transcript {font-family: monospace; border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(250,250,250); }
+div.ctrboxtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+div.ctrbox {border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(255,255,191); }
+div.codeboxtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+pre.codebox {font-family: monospace; border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(250,250,250); }
+div.resultboxtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+div.resultbox {border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; }
+div.badcodeboxtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+pre.badcodebox {font-family: monospace; border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(250,250,250); }
+div.unicodeboxtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+pre.unicodebox {font-family: monospace; border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(250,250,250); }
+pre.compactcodebox {font-family: monospace; border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 1.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(250,250,250); }
+pre.sidebysidecode {font-family: monospace; font-size: small; vertical-align: top; border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 1.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; margin-right: 3.000000%; margin-top: 0.000000pt; background-color: rgb(250,250,250); width: 47.000000%; display: inline-block; }
+div.sidebysideresult {vertical-align: top; border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 1.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; margin-top: 0.000000pt; width: 47.000000%; display: inline-block; }
+div.defnbox {border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 1.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(255,255,191); }
+div.optionsummarybox {border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 1.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(255,255,191); }
+div.optionvaluesummarybox {border-style: none; margin-left: 40.000000pt; }
+span.floatrightbox {float: right; border-style: none; }
+div.noteBox {border-style: none; }
+div.settingsboxtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+div.settingsbox {border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(255,255,227); }
+div.optionvalueboxtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+div.optionvaluebox {border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(255,255,245); }
+div.nlctuserguideidx0 {border-style: none; margin-left: 0.000000pt; }
+div.nlctuserguideidx1 {border-style: none; margin-left: 20.000000pt; }
+div.nlctuserguideidx2 {border-style: none; margin-left: 40.000000pt; }
+div.nlctusernavbox {border-style: none; }
+div.abstractheader {font-weight: bold; text-align: center; border-style: none; }
+div.filedef {font-family: monospace; text-align: left; border-style: none; }
+div.tablefn {font-size: x-small; border-style: none; }
+div.tablefns {text-align: left; border-style: none; width: 80.000000%; }
+code.glostypefmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; color: rgb(54,100,139); }
+code.fieldfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; color: rgb(82,139,139); }
+code.entryfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; color: rgb(139,90,43); }
+span.acrstylefmt {font-family: sans-serif; border-style: none; color: rgb(0,0,139); }
+span.glostylefmt {font-family: sans-serif; border-style: none; }
+span.catfmt {font-family: sans-serif; border-style: none; color: rgb(139,90,43); }
+span.catattrfmt {font-family: sans-serif; border-style: none; color: rgb(139,90,43); }
+span.xtrfmt {border-style: none; color: rgb(139,90,43); }
+code.xtrcsfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; color: rgb(139,90,43); }
+span.xtrcsoptfmt {border-style: none; color: rgb(139,90,43); }
+span.xtrstyoptfmt {border-style: none; color: rgb(139,90,43); }
+span.xtroptfmt {border-style: none; color: rgb(139,90,43); }
+span.xtrctrfmt {border-style: none; color: rgb(139,90,43); }
+span.abbrstylefmt {font-family: sans-serif; border-style: none; color: rgb(139,90,43); }
+span.xtrglostylefmt {font-family: sans-serif; border-style: none; color: rgb(139,90,43); }
+</style>
+</head>
+<body>
+<div id="main">
+ <header><div class="title">User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.50</div><!-- end of title --><div class="author">Nicola L.C. Talbot<br>
+
+<a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/contact">dickimaw-books.com/contact</a></div><!-- end of author --><div class="date">2022-10-14</div><!-- end of date --></header><p>
+<p>
+
+<div class="abstract"><div class="abstractheader">Abstract</div><!-- end of abstractheader -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.1"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package provides a means to define terms or <a id="wrglossary.2"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> or symbols that can be referenced within your document. Sorted lists with collated <a id="wrglossary.3"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> can be generated either using TeX or using a supplementary <a id="wrglossary.4"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a>. Sample documents are provided with the <a id="wrglossary.5"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package. These are listed in §<a href="#sec:samples">18</a>. </div><!-- end of abstract -->
+<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ Additional features not provided here may be available through the extension package <a id="wrglossary.7"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> which, if required, needs to be installed separately. New features will be added to <a id="wrglossary.8"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. Versions of the <a id="wrglossary.9"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package after v4.21 will mostly be just bug fixes or minor maintenance. The most significant update to the <a id="wrglossary.10"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package since then is version 4.50, which involved the integration of <a id="wrglossary.11"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.08 and the phasing out the use of the now deprecated <a id="wrglossary.12"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.textcase"><span class="styfmt">textcase</span></a> package.<p>
+Note that <a id="wrglossary.13"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> provides an extra indexing option (<a id="wrglossary.14"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>) which isn’t available with just the base <a id="wrglossary.15"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+If you require multilingual support you must also install the relevant language module. Each language module is called <a id="wrglossary.16"></a><a href="#glo:file.glossaries-language"><span class="filefmt">glossaries-</span><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">language</em>〉</span><span class="filefmt"></span></a>, where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">language</em>〉</span> is the root language name. For example, <a id="wrglossary.17"></a><a href="#glo:file.glossaries-french"><span class="filefmt">glossaries-french</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.18"></a><a href="#glo:file.glossaries-german"><span class="filefmt">glossaries-german</span></a>. If a language module is required, the <a id="wrglossary.19"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package will automatically try to load it and will give a warning if the module isn’t found. See §<a href="#sec:languages">1.5</a> for further details. If there isn’t any support available for your language, use the <a id="wrglossary.20"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nolangwarn"><span class="styoptfmt">nolangwarn</span></a> package option to suppress the warning and provide your own translations. (For example, use the <a id="wrglossary.21"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.title"><span class="csoptfmt">title</span></a> key in <a id="wrglossary.22"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>.)<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.23"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Documents have wide-ranging styles when it comes to presenting <a id="wrglossary.24"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> or lists of terms or notation. People have their own preferences and to a large extent this is determined by the kind of information that needs to go in the <a id="wrglossary.25"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. They may just have symbols with terse descriptions or they may have long technical words with complicated descriptions. The <a id="wrglossary.26"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package is flexible enough to accommodate such varied requirements, but this flexibility comes at a price: a big manual.<p>
+1f631 If you’re freaking out at the size of this manual, start with <a href="glossariesbegin.html"><span class="qt">“The <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package: a guide for beginners”</span></a>. You should find it in the same directory as this document or try <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.27"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div><a href="https://www.tug.org/texdoc/">texdoc</a> glossariesbegin</pre> Once you’ve got to grips with the basics, then come back to this manual to find out how to adjust the settings. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.28"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> bundle includes the following documentation:
+<dl>
+ <dt><a href="glossariesbegin.html">The <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package: a guide for beginners</a></dt>
+<dd> If you want some brief information and examples to get you going, start with the guide for beginners. </dd>
+<p>
+<dt>User Manual for glossaries.sty (<span class="filefmt">glossaries-user.pdf)</span></dt>
+<p>
+
+<dd> This document is the main user guide for the <a id="wrglossary.29"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package. </dd>
+<p>
+<dt>Documented Code for glossaries (<a href="glossaries-code.pdf">glossaries-code.pdf</a>)</dt>
+<p>
+
+<dd> Advanced users wishing to know more about the inner workings of all the packages provided in the <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> bundle should read <span class="qt">“Documented Code for glossaries v4.50”</span>. </dd>
+<p>
+<dt><a href="CHANGES">CHANGES</a></dt>
--->
-</style>
-</head><body
->
-<!--l. 690--><p class="noindent" ><a
- id="top"></a>
-</p><!--l. 690--><p class="indent" >
-
-
-</p><!--l. 690--><p class="indent" >
-
-
-</p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 690--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 690--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-17">User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.49</span>
-</p>
-<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-1" class="tabular"
+<dd> Change log. </dd>
+<p>
+<dt><a href="README.md">README.md</a></dt>
+<p>
+
+<dd> Package summary. </dd>
+<p>
+<dt><a href="Depends.txt">Depends.txt</a></dt>
+<p>
+
+<dd> List of all packages unconditionally required by <a id="wrglossary.30"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a>. Other unlisted packages may be required under certain circumstances. For help on installing packages see, for example, <a href="https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/55437">How do I update my TeX distribution?</a> or (for Linux users) <a href="https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14925">Updating TeX on Linux</a>. </dd>
+<p>
+
+</dl>
+ Related resources:
+<ul class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="bulletitem">•</span><a href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls-begin.pdf"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span> and <span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span>: An Introductory Guide</a>.<p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span><a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> FAQ</a><p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span><a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> gallery</a><p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span><a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-styles/">a summary of all glossary styles provided by <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> and <span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a><p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span><a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-performance.shtml"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> performance</a> (comparing document build times for the different options provided by <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> and <span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span>).<p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span><a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/">Using LaTeX to Write a PhD Thesis</a> (chapter 6).<p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span><a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/">Incorporating <span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span> or <span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span> or <span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span> into the document build</a><p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>The <a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span> package</a><p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span><a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>
+</ul>
+<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.31"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+If you use <a id="wrglossary.32"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.33"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a>, you must load <a id="wrglossary.34"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">first</span> (although, in general, <a id="wrglossary.35"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> should be loaded after other packages). </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+<nav class="toc">
+<section id="toc"><!-- start of section toc --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->Contents<div class="labellink"><a href="#toc">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#chapter*.2">List of Tables</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#sec:listofexamples">List of Examples</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<li class="toc-part"><a href="#userguide"><span class="numberline">I</span>User Guide</a></li><!-- end of toc-part -->
+
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#sec:intro"><span class="numberline">1</span>Introduction</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:rollback"><span class="numberline">1.1</span>Rollback</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:pkgintegration"><span class="numberline">1.2</span>Integrating Other Packages and Known Issues</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:indexingoptions"><span class="numberline">1.3</span>Indexing Options</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#wrglossary.285"><span class="numberline">1.3.1</span>Option 1 (<span class="qt">“noidx”</span>)</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#wrglossary.386"><span class="numberline">1.3.2</span>Option 2 (<span class="appfmt">makeindex</span>)</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#wrglossary.527"><span class="numberline">1.3.3</span>Option 3 (<span class="appfmt">xindy</span>)</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#wrglossary.670"><span class="numberline">1.3.4</span>Option 4 (<span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span>)</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#wrglossary.787"><span class="numberline">1.3.5</span>Option 5 (<span class="qt">“unsrt”</span>)</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#wrglossary.848"><span class="numberline">1.3.6</span>Option 6 (<span class="qt">“standalone”</span>)</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+</ul>
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:lipsum"><span class="numberline">1.4</span>Dummy Entries for Testing</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:languages"><span class="numberline">1.5</span>Multi-Lingual Support</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:fixednames"><span class="numberline">1.5.1</span>Changing the Fixed Names</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:newlang"><span class="numberline">1.5.2</span>Creating a New Language Module</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+</ul>
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:makeglossaries"><span class="numberline">1.6</span>Generating the Associated Glossary Files</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:makeglossariesapp"><span class="numberline">1.6.1</span>Using the <span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span> Perl Script</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:makeglossarieslua"><span class="numberline">1.6.2</span>Using the <span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span> Lua Script</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:xindyapp"><span class="numberline">1.6.3</span>Using <span class="appfmt">xindy</span> explicitly (Option 3)</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:makeindexapp"><span class="numberline">1.6.4</span>Using <span class="appfmt">makeindex</span> explicitly (Option 2)</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+</ul>
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:notedev"><span class="numberline">1.7</span>Note to Front-End and Script Developers</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:notedev.makeindex.xindy"><span class="numberline">1.7.1</span>MakeIndex and Xindy</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:notedev.labels"><span class="numberline">1.7.2</span>Entry Labels</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:notedev.bib2gls"><span class="numberline">1.7.3</span>Bib2Gls</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+</ul></ul>
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#sec:pkgopts"><span class="numberline">2</span>Package Options</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:pkgopts-general"><span class="numberline">2.1</span>General Options</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec"><span class="numberline">2.2</span>Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos"><span class="numberline">2.3</span>Glossary Appearance Options</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing"><span class="numberline">2.4</span>Indexing Options</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort"><span class="numberline">2.5</span>Sorting Options</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:pkgopts-type"><span class="numberline">2.6</span>Glossary Type Options</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym"><span class="numberline">2.7</span>acronym and <span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> Options</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:pkgopts-old-acronym"><span class="numberline">2.8</span>Deprecated Acronym Style Options</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:pkgopts-other"><span class="numberline">2.9</span>Other Options</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:setupglossaries"><span class="numberline">2.10</span>Setting Options After the Package is Loaded</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+</ul>
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#sec:setup"><span class="numberline">3</span>Setting Up</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:setupopt1"><span class="numberline">3.1</span>Option 1</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:setupopt23"><span class="numberline">3.2</span>Options 2 and 3</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+</ul>
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#sec:newglosentry"><span class="numberline">4</span>Defining glossary entries</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:plurals"><span class="numberline">4.1</span>Plurals</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:grammar"><span class="numberline">4.2</span>Other Grammatical Constructs</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:addkey"><span class="numberline">4.3</span>Additional Keys</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:glsaddkey"><span class="numberline">4.3.1</span>Document Keys</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:glsaddstoragekey"><span class="numberline">4.3.2</span>Storage Keys</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+</ul>
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:expansion"><span class="numberline">4.4</span>Expansion</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:subentries"><span class="numberline">4.5</span>Sub-Entries</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:hierarchical"><span class="numberline">4.5.1</span>Hierarchy</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:homographs"><span class="numberline">4.5.2</span>homographs</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+</ul>
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:loadglsentries"><span class="numberline">4.6</span>Loading Entries From a File</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:moveentry"><span class="numberline">4.7</span>Moving Entries to Another Glossary</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:docdefs"><span class="numberline">4.8</span>Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:techissues"><span class="numberline">4.8.1</span>Technical Issues</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:goodpractice"><span class="numberline">4.8.2</span>Good Practice Issues</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+</ul></ul>
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#sec:usingentries"><span class="numberline">5</span>Referencing Entries in the Document</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:glslink"><span class="numberline">5.1</span>Links to Glossary Entries</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:glslinkoptions"><span class="numberline">5.1.1</span>Options</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:gls-like"><span class="numberline">5.1.2</span>The <code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:glstext-like"><span class="numberline">5.1.3</span>The <code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Not Queried)</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:glsdisplay"><span class="numberline">5.1.4</span>Changing the Format of the <code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like Link Text</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:glshooks"><span class="numberline">5.1.5</span>Hooks</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:disablehyperlinks"><span class="numberline">5.1.6</span>Enabling and Disabling hyperlinks to Glossary Entries</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+</ul>
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:glsnolink"><span class="numberline">5.2</span>Using Glossary Terms Without Indexing</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+</ul>
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#sec:acronyms"><span class="numberline">6</span>Acronyms and Other Abbreviations</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:longshortfull"><span class="numberline">6.1</span>Displaying the Long, Short and Full Forms (Independent of First Use)</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:setacronymstyle"><span class="numberline">6.2</span>Changing the Acronym Style</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:predefinedacrstyles"><span class="numberline">6.2.1</span>Predefined Acronym Styles</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-subsubsection"><a href="#sec:acrstyleslongshort"><span class="numberline">6.2.1.1</span>Long (Short)</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsubsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsubsection"><a href="#sec:acrstylesshortlong"><span class="numberline">6.2.1.2</span>Short (Long)</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsubsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsubsection"><a href="#sec:acrstyleslongshortdesc"><span class="numberline">6.2.1.3</span>Long (Short) User Supplied Description</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsubsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsubsection"><a href="#sec:acrstylesshortlongdesc"><span class="numberline">6.2.1.4</span>Short (Long) User Supplied Description</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsubsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsubsection"><a href="#sec:acrstylesdua"><span class="numberline">6.2.1.5</span>Do Not Use Acronym (DUA)</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsubsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsubsection"><a href="#sec:acrstylesfootnote"><span class="numberline">6.2.1.6</span>Footnote</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsubsection -->
+</ul>
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:customacronym"><span class="numberline">6.2.2</span>Defining A Custom Acronym Style</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+</ul>
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:disploa"><span class="numberline">6.3</span>Displaying the List of Acronyms</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:oldacronym"><span class="numberline">6.4</span>Upgrading From the <span class="styfmt">glossary</span> Package</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+</ul>
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#sec:glsunset"><span class="numberline">7</span>Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:enableentrycount"><span class="numberline">7.1</span>Counting the Number of Times an Entry has been Used (First Use Flag Unset)</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+</ul>
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#sec:printglossary"><span class="numberline">8</span>Displaying a Glossary</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:printglossoptions"><span class="numberline">8.1</span><code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">…</em>〉</span>glossary</code> Options</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:glossmarkup"><span class="numberline">8.2</span>Glossary Markup</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+</ul>
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#sec:newglossary"><span class="numberline">9</span>Defining New Glossaries</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#sec:glsadd"><span class="numberline">10</span>Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#sec:crossref"><span class="numberline">11</span>Cross-Referencing Entries</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:customxr"><span class="numberline">11.1</span>Customising Cross-Reference Text</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+</ul>
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#sec:numberlists"><span class="numberline">12</span>Number Lists</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:encap"><span class="numberline">12.1</span>Encap Values (Location Formats)</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:ranges"><span class="numberline">12.2</span>Range Formations</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:locationsyntax"><span class="numberline">12.3</span>Locations</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:pageprecedence"><span class="numberline">12.4</span>Page Precedence</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:problemlocations"><span class="numberline">12.5</span>Problematic Locations</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:numberlistloop"><span class="numberline">12.6</span>Iterating Over Locations</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+</ul>
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#sec:styles"><span class="numberline">13</span>Glossary Styles</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:predefinedstyles"><span class="numberline">13.1</span>Predefined Styles</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:liststyles"><span class="numberline">13.1.1</span>List Styles</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:longstyles"><span class="numberline">13.1.2</span>Longtable Styles</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:longraggedstyles"><span class="numberline">13.1.3</span>Longtable Styles (Ragged Right)</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles"><span class="numberline">13.1.4</span>Longtable Styles (<span style="font-family: sans-serif; ">booktabs</span>)</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:superstyles"><span class="numberline">13.1.5</span>Supertabular Styles</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:superraggedstyles"><span class="numberline">13.1.6</span>Supertabular Styles (Ragged Right)</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:treestyles"><span class="numberline">13.1.7</span>Tree-Like Styles</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:mcolstyles"><span class="numberline">13.1.8</span>Multicols Style</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:inline"><span class="numberline">13.1.9</span>In-Line Style</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+</ul>
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:newglossarystyle"><span class="numberline">13.2</span>Defining your own glossary style</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:glossarycmds"><span class="numberline">13.2.1</span>Commands For Use in Glossary Styles</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:hypernav"><span class="numberline">13.2.2</span>Hyper Group Navigation</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:glossarystylecmds"><span class="numberline">13.2.3</span>Glossary Style Commands</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+</ul></ul>
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#sec:xindy"><span class="numberline">14</span>Xindy (Option 3)</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:xdystyles"><span class="numberline">14.1</span>Required Styles</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:langenc"><span class="numberline">14.2</span>Language and Encodings</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:xindyloc"><span class="numberline">14.3</span>Locations and Number lists</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:groups"><span class="numberline">14.4</span>Glossary Groups</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+</ul>
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#sec:utilities"><span class="numberline">15</span>Utilities</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:hyperref"><span class="numberline">15.1</span><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:casechanging"><span class="numberline">15.2</span>Case-Changing</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:loops"><span class="numberline">15.3</span>Loops</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:conditionals"><span class="numberline">15.4</span>Conditionals</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:fetchset"><span class="numberline">15.5</span>Fetching and Updating the Value of a Field</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+</ul>
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#sec:prefix"><span class="numberline">16</span>Prefixes or Determiners</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#sec:accsupp"><span class="numberline">17</span>Accessibility Support</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:accsuppkeys"><span class="numberline">17.1</span>Accessibility Keys</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:accsuppcmds"><span class="numberline">17.2</span>Incorporating Accessibility Support</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay"><span class="numberline">17.3</span>Incorporating the Access Field Values</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:glsentryaccess"><span class="numberline">17.4</span>Obtaining the Access Field Values</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:accsuppdevnote"><span class="numberline">17.5</span>Developer’s Note</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+</ul>
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#sec:samples"><span class="numberline">18</span>Sample Documents</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:samplesbasic"><span class="numberline">18.1</span>Basic</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:sampleacronyms"><span class="numberline">18.2</span>Acronyms and First Use</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:samplecounter"><span class="numberline">18.3</span>Non-Page Locations</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:samplestype"><span class="numberline">18.4</span>Multiple Glossaries</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:samplessort"><span class="numberline">18.5</span>Sorting</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:samplesparent"><span class="numberline">18.6</span>Child Entries</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:samplescrossref"><span class="numberline">18.7</span>Cross-Referencing</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:samplescustomkeys"><span class="numberline">18.8</span>Custom Keys</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:samplesxindy"><span class="numberline">18.9</span>Xindy (Option 3)</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:samplesnoidx"><span class="numberline">18.10</span>No Indexing Application (Option 1)</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:samplesother"><span class="numberline">18.11</span>Other</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+</ul>
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#sec:trouble"><span class="numberline">19</span>Troubleshooting</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<li class="toc-part"><a href="#summaries"><span class="numberline">II</span>Summaries and Index</a></li><!-- end of toc-part -->
+
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#symbols">Symbols</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#glossary">Terms</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#sec:gloskeys">Glossary Entry Keys Summary</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#idx.glsopt-optionsummary"><span style="font-family: monospace; ">\Gls</span>-Like and <span style="font-family: monospace; ">\Glstext</span>-Like Options Summary</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#idx.printglossopt-optionsummary"><span style="font-family: monospace; ">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">…</em>〉</span>glossary</span> Options Summary</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#idx.acronymstyle-optionsummary">Acronym Style Summary</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#idx.glossarystyle-optionsummary">Glossary Styles Summary</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#cmdsummary">Command Summary</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#summary.index@">Command Summary: @</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#summary.index6553600">Command Summary: A</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#summary.index6619136">Command Summary: B</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#summary.index6684672">Command Summary: C</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#summary.index6750208">Command Summary: D</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#summary.index6815744">Command Summary: E</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#summary.index6881280">Command Summary: F</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#summary.index6946816">Command Summary: G</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#summary.index7012352">Command Summary: Glo</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#summary.index7077888">Command Summary: Gls</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#summary.index7143424">Command Summary: Glsxtr</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#summary.index7208960">Command Summary: H</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#summary.index7274496">Command Summary: I</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#summary.index7471104">Command Summary: L</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#summary.index7536640">Command Summary: M</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#summary.index7602176">Command Summary: N</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#summary.index7667712">Command Summary: O</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#summary.index7733248">Command Summary: P</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#summary.index7864320">Command Summary: R</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#summary.index7929856">Command Summary: S</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#summary.index7995392">Command Summary: T</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#summary.index8192000">Command Summary: W</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#summary.index8257536">Command Summary: X</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+</ul>
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#envsummary">Environment Summary</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#styoptsummary">Package Option Summary</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+
+<li class="toc-chapter"><a href="#index">Index</a></li><!-- end of toc-chapter -->
+ </ul></nav><!-- end of toc -->
+</section><!-- end of section toc -->
+
+<section id="chapter*.2"><!-- start of section chapter*.2 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->List of Tables<div class="labellink"><a href="#chapter*.2">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+<div class="lot">
+<div class="toc-table"><a href="#tab:options"><span class="numberline">1.1</span>Glossary Options: Pros and Cons</a></div><!-- end of toc-table -->
+
+<div class="toc-table"><a href="#tab:predefinednames"><span class="numberline">1.2</span>Customised Text</a></div><!-- end of toc-table -->
+
+<div class="toc-table"><a href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds"><span class="numberline">1.3</span>Commands and package options that have no effect when using <span class="appfmt">xindy</span> or <span class="appfmt">makeindex</span> explicitly</a></div><!-- end of toc-table -->
+
+<div class="toc-table"><a href="#tab:fieldmap"><span class="numberline">4.1</span>Key to Field Mappings</a></div><!-- end of toc-table -->
+
+<div class="toc-table"><a href="#tab:shortcuts"><span class="numberline">6.1</span>Synonyms provided by the <span class="styoptfmt">shortcuts</span> package option</a></div><!-- end of toc-table -->
+
+<div class="toc-table"><a href="#tab:xspace"><span class="numberline">6.2</span>The effect of using <span class="styfmt">xspace</span> with <code class="csfmt">\oldacronym</code></a></div><!-- end of toc-table -->
+
+<div class="toc-table"><a href="#tab:hyperxx"><span class="numberline">12.1</span>Predefined Hyperlinked Location Formats</a></div><!-- end of toc-table -->
-><colgroup id="TBL-1-1g"><col
-id="TBL-1-1" /></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-1-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-1-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmr-12">Nicola L.C. Talbot </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-1-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-1-2-1"
-class="td11"> <a
-href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/contact" ><span
-class="cmtt-12">dickimaw-books.com/contact</span></a> </td></tr></table>
-</div>
-<!--l. 690--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-12">2021-11-01</span></p></div>
- <div
-class="abstract"
->
-<!--l. 692--><p class="indent" >
-
-
-</p>
- <h3 class="abstracttitle">
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">Abstract</span>
-</h3>
-<!--l. 693--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides a means to define terms or abbreviations or symbols that can be referenced
-within your document. Sorted lists with collated <a
-href="#glo:entrylocation">locations</a> can be generated either using TeX&#x00A0;or using a
-supplementary <a
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a>. Sample documents are provided with the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. These are
-listed in <a
-href="#sec:samples">&sect;18 </a><a
-href="#sec:samples">Sample Documents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:samples --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 699--><p class="indent" >
-
-
-</p>
- </div>
-<!--l. 701--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> Additional features not provided here may be available through the extension package <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> which,
-if required, needs to be installed separately. New features will be added to <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. Versions of the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package after v4.21 will mostly be just bug fixes or minor maintenance. Note that <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>
-provides an extra indexing option (<a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-2"></a></a>) which isn&#8217;t available with just the base <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 709--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 711--><p class="indent" > If you require multilingual support you must also separately install the relevant language module. Each
-language module is distributed under the name <span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">language</span>&#x27E9;, where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">language</span>&#x27E9; is the root language
-name. For example, <span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-french </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-german</span>. If a language module is required, the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
-package will automatically try to load it and will give a warning if the module isn&#8217;t found. See <a
-href="#sec:languages">&sect;1.4 </a><a
-href="#sec:languages">Multi-Lingual
-Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:languages --></a> for further details. If there isn&#8217;t any support available for your language, use the <span
-class="cmss-10">nolangwarn</span><a
- id="dx1-3"></a> package
-option to suppress the warning and provide your own translations. (For example, use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">title</span><a
- id="dx1-4"></a> key in
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 724--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package requires a number of other packages including, but not limited to, <span
-class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a
- id="dx1-5"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a
- id="dx1-6"></a>,
-<span
-class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
- id="dx1-7"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">xkeyval</span><a
- id="dx1-8"></a> (at least version dated 2006/11/18), <span
-class="cmss-10">textcase</span><a
- id="dx1-9"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">xfor</span><a
- id="dx1-10"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">datatool-base</span><a
- id="dx1-11"></a> (part of the <span
-class="cmss-10">datatool</span><a
- id="dx1-12"></a> bundle)
-and <span
-class="cmss-10">amsgen</span><a
- id="dx1-13"></a>. These packages are all available in the latest TeX&#x00A0;Live and MikTeX&#x00A0;distributions. If any of them
-are missing, please update your TeX&#x00A0;distribution using your update manager. For help on this
-see, for example, <a
-href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/55437/how-do-i-update-my-tex-distribution" >How do I update my TeX&#x00A0;distribution?</a> or (for Linux users) <a
-href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14925/updating-tex-on-linux" >Updating TeX&#x00A0;on
-Linux</a>.
-</p><!--l. 739--><p class="indent" > Note that occasionally you may find that certain packages need to be loaded <span
-class="cmti-10">after </span>packages that are required
-by <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. For example, a package &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">X</span>&#x27E9; might need to be loaded after <span
-class="cmss-10">amsgen</span><a
- id="dx1-14"></a>. In which case, load the required
-package first (for example, <span
-class="cmss-10">amsgen</span><a
- id="dx1-15"></a>), then &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">X</span>&#x27E9;, and finally load <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 745--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Documents have wide-ranging styles when it comes to presenting glossaries or lists of terms or
-notation. People have their own preferences and to a large extent this is determined by the kind of
-information that needs to go in the glossary. They may just have symbols with terse descriptions
-or they may have long technical words with complicated descriptions. The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is
-flexible enough to accommodate such varied requirements, but this flexibility comes at a price: a&#x00A0;big
-manual.
-</p><!--l. 755--><p class="indent" > &#x1F631;&#x00A0;If you&#8217;re freaking out at the size of this manual, start with <span
-class="cmtt-10">glossariesbegin.pdf </span>(&#8220;The glossaries package:
-a guide for beginnners&#8221;). You should find it in the same directory as this document or try <span
-class="cmtt-10">texdoc</span>
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">glossariesbegin.pdf</span>. Once you&#8217;ve got to grips with the basics, then come back to this manual to find out how
-to adjust the settings. </div>
-</p><!--l. 761--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 763--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>bundle includes the following documentation:
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 766--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
-href="glossariesbegin.pdf" class="url" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossariesbegin.pdf</span></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 766--><p class="noindent" >If you are a complete beginner, start with <a
-href="glossariesbegin.html" >&#8220;The glossaries package: a guide for beginners&#8221;</a>.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 771--><p class="noindent" >
-
-
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">glossaries-user.pdf</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 771--><p class="noindent" >This document is the main user guide for the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 775--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
-href="glossaries-code.pdf" class="url" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 775--><p class="noindent" >Advanced users wishing to know more about the inner workings of all the packages provided in the
- <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>bundle should read &#8220;Documented Code for glossaries v4.49&#8221;.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 780--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">CHANGES</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 780--><p class="noindent" >Change log.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 782--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">README.md</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 782--><p class="noindent" >Package summary.
-</p>
- </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 785--><p class="noindent" >Related resources: </p>
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 787--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls-begin.pdf" ><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: An Introductory Guide</a>.
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 789--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html" ><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>FAQ</a>
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 792--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries" ><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>gallery</a>
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 795--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-styles/" >a summary of all glossary styles provided by <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 799--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-performance.shtml" ><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>performance</a> (comparing document build times for the different options provided by
- <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>).
-
-
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 803--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/" >Using LaTeX to Write a PhD Thesis</a> (chapter 6).
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 807--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/" >Incorporating makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document build</a>
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 809--><p class="noindent" >The <a
-href="http://ctan.org/pkg/glossaries-extra" ><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package</a>
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 812--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="http://ctan.org/pkg/bib2gls" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a></p></li></ul>
-<!--l. 815--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"><span class="warningsymbol">&#9888;</span> If you use <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-16"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, you must load <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-17"></a> <span
-class="cmti-10">first </span>(although <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-18"></a> should be loaded after
-most other packages). Similarly the <span
-class="cmss-10">doc</span><a
- id="dx1-19"></a> package must also be loaded before <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. (If <span
-class="cmss-10">doc</span><a
- id="dx1-20"></a> is loaded, the file
-extensions for the default main glossary are changed to <span
-class="cmtt-10">gls2</span><a
- id="dx1-21"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">glo2</span><a
- id="dx1-22"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">glg2</span><a
- id="dx1-23"></a> to avoid conflict with <span
-class="cmss-10">doc</span><a
- id="dx1-24"></a>&#8217;s changes
-glossary.)<a
- id="pdflatexnote"></a>
-</p><!--l. 825--><p class="indent" > If you are using <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-25"></a>, it&#8217;s best to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">pdflatex</span><a
- id="dx1-26"></a> rather than <span
-class="cmtt-10">latex</span><a
- id="dx1-27"></a> (DVI format) as <span
-class="cmtt-10">pdflatex </span>deals with
-hyperlinks much better. If you use the DVI format, you will encounter problems where you have long hyperlinks
-or hyperlinks in subscripts or superscripts. This is an issue with the DVI format not with <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. If you really
-need to use the DVI format and have a problem with hyperlinks in maths mode, I recommend you use
-<a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> with the <span id="textcolor1"><span
-class="cmss-10">hyperoutside</span></span><a
- id="dx1-28"></a> and <span id="textcolor2"><span
-class="cmss-10">textformat</span></span><a
- id="dx1-29"></a> attributes set to appropriate values for problematic entries.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 835--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 838--><p class="indent" > <strong>The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package replaces the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package which is now obsolete.</strong> Please see the document
-<a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html" >&#8220;Upgrading from the glossary package to the glossaries package&#8221;</a> for assistance in upgrading.
-
-
-
-
-</p>
- <h2 class="likechapterHead"><a
- id="x1-1000"></a>Contents</h2>
- <div class="tableofcontents">
- <span class="chapterToc" > <a
-href="#glossary">Glossary</a></span>
-<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >1 <a
-href="#sec:intro" id="QQ2-1-5">Introduction</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >1.1 <a
-href="#sec:rollback" id="QQ2-1-6">Rollback</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >1.2 <a
-href="#sec:indexingoptions" id="QQ2-1-7">Indexing Options</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >1.3 <a
-href="#sec:lipsum" id="QQ2-1-15">Dummy Entries for Testing</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >1.4 <a
-href="#sec:languages" id="QQ2-1-16">Multi-Lingual Support</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.4.1 <a
-href="#sec:fixednames" id="QQ2-1-17">Changing the Fixed Names</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.4.2 <a
-href="#sec:newlang" id="QQ2-1-19">Creating a New Language Module</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >1.5 <a
-href="#sec:makeglossaries" id="QQ2-1-20">Generating the Associated Glossary Files</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.5.1 <a
-href="#sec:makeglossariesapp" id="QQ2-1-22">Using the makeglossaries Perl Script</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.5.2 <a
-href="#sec:makeglossarieslua" id="QQ2-1-23">Using the makeglossaries-lite Lua Script</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.5.3 <a
-href="#sec:xindyapp" id="QQ2-1-24">Using xindy explicitly (Option&#x00A0;3)</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.5.4 <a
-href="#sec:makeindexapp" id="QQ2-1-25">Using makeindex explicitly (Option&#x00A0;2)</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >1.6 <a
-href="#sec:notedev" id="QQ2-1-26">Note to Front-End and Script Developers</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.6.1 <a
-href="#makeindexandxindy" id="QQ2-1-27">MakeIndex and Xindy</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.6.2 <a
-href="#entrylabels" id="QQ2-1-28">Entry Labels</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >1.6.3 <a
-href="#bib2gls" id="QQ2-1-29">Bib2Gls</a></span>
-<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >2 <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts" id="QQ2-1-30">Package Options</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.1 <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-general" id="QQ2-1-31">General Options</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.2 <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-sec" id="QQ2-1-44">Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.3 <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos" id="QQ2-1-50">Glossary Appearance Options</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.4 <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing" id="QQ2-1-67">Indexing Options</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.5 <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-sort" id="QQ2-1-77">Sorting Options</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.6 <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-type" id="QQ2-1-88">Glossary Type Options</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.7 <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym" id="QQ2-1-95">Acronym and Abbreviation Options</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.8 <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-old-acronym" id="QQ2-1-101">Deprecated Acronym Style Options</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.9 <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-other" id="QQ2-1-107">Other Options</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2.10 <a
-href="#sec:setupglossaries" id="QQ2-1-114">Setting Options After the Package is Loaded</a></span>
-<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >3 <a
-href="#sec:setup" id="QQ2-1-115">Setting Up</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >3.1 <a
-href="#sec:setupopt1" id="QQ2-1-116">Option 1</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >3.2 <a
-href="#sec:setupopt23" id="QQ2-1-117">Options 2 and 3</a></span>
-<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >4 <a
-href="#sec:newglosentry" id="QQ2-1-118">Defining Glossary Entries</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >4.1 <a
-href="#sec:plurals" id="QQ2-1-119">Plurals</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >4.2 <a
-href="#sec:grammar" id="QQ2-1-120">Other Grammatical Constructs</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >4.3 <a
-href="#sec:addkey" id="QQ2-1-121">Additional Keys</a></span>
-
-
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >4.3.1 <a
-href="#sec:glsaddkey" id="QQ2-1-122">Document Keys</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >4.3.2 <a
-href="#sec:glsaddstoragekey" id="QQ2-1-123">Storage Keys</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >4.4 <a
-href="#sec:expansion" id="QQ2-1-124">Expansion</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >4.5 <a
-href="#sec:subentries" id="QQ2-1-126">Sub-Entries</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >4.5.1 <a
-href="#sec:hierarchical" id="QQ2-1-127">Hierarchical Categories</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >4.5.2 <a
-href="#sec:homographs" id="QQ2-1-128">Homographs</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >4.6 <a
-href="#sec:loadglsentries" id="QQ2-1-129">Loading Entries From a File</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >4.7 <a
-href="#sec:moveentry" id="QQ2-1-130">Moving Entries to Another Glossary</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >4.8 <a
-href="#sec:docdefs" id="QQ2-1-131">Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >4.8.1 <a
-href="#sec:techissues" id="QQ2-1-132">Technical Issues</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >4.8.2 <a
-href="#sec:goodpractice" id="QQ2-1-133">Good Practice Issues</a></span>
-<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >5 <a
-href="#sec:usingentries" id="QQ2-1-134">Referencing Entries in the Document</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >5.1 <a
-href="#sec:glslink" id="QQ2-1-135">Links to Glossary Entries</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.1.1 <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1" id="QQ2-1-137">The <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.1.2 <a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2" id="QQ2-1-138">The <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Not Queried)</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.1.3 <a
-href="#sec:glsdisplay" id="QQ2-1-139">Changing the format of the link text</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >5.1.4 <a
-href="#sec:disablehyperlinks" id="QQ2-1-140">Enabling and disabling hyperlinks to glossary entries</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >5.2 <a
-href="#sec:glsnolink" id="QQ2-1-141">Using Glossary Terms Without Links</a></span>
-<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >6 <a
-href="#sec:acronyms" id="QQ2-1-142">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >6.1 <a
-href="#sec:longshortfull" id="QQ2-1-143">Displaying the Long, Short and Full Forms (Independent of First Use)</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >6.2 <a
-href="#sec:setacronymstyle" id="QQ2-1-145">Changing the Acronym Style</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >6.2.1 <a
-href="#sec:predefinedacrstyles" id="QQ2-1-146">Predefined Acronym Styles</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >6.2.2 <a
-href="#sec:customacronym" id="QQ2-1-147">Defining A Custom Acronym Style</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >6.3 <a
-href="#sec:disploa" id="QQ2-1-148">Displaying the List of Acronyms</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >6.4 <a
-href="#sec:oldacronym" id="QQ2-1-149">Upgrading From the glossary Package</a></span>
-<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >7 <a
-href="#sec:glsunset" id="QQ2-1-151">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >7.1 <a
-href="#sec:enableentrycount" id="QQ2-1-152">Counting the Number of Times an Entry has been Used (First Use Flag Unset)</a></span>
-<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >8 <a
-href="#sec:printglossary" id="QQ2-1-153">Displaying a Glossary</a></span>
-<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >9 <a
-href="#sec:newglossary" id="QQ2-1-154">Defining New Glossaries</a></span>
-<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >10 <a
-href="#sec:glsadd" id="QQ2-1-155">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text</a></span>
-<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >11 <a
-href="#sec:crossref" id="QQ2-1-156">Cross-Referencing Entries</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >11.1 <a
-href="#sec:customxr" id="QQ2-1-157">Customising Cross-reference Text</a></span>
-<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >12 <a
-href="#sec:numberlists" id="QQ2-1-158">Number Lists</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >12.1 <a
-href="#sec:encap" id="QQ2-1-159">Encap Values (Location Formats)</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >12.2 <a
-href="#sec:locationsyntax" id="QQ2-1-160">Locations</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >12.3 <a
-href="#sec:ranges" id="QQ2-1-161">Range Formations</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >12.4 <a
-href="#sec:isthook" id="QQ2-1-162">Style Hook</a></span>
-<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >13 <a
-href="#sec:styles" id="QQ2-1-163">Glossary Styles</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >13.1 <a
-href="#sec:predefinedstyles" id="QQ2-1-164">Predefined Styles</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.1.1 <a
-href="#sec:liststyles" id="QQ2-1-166">List Styles</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.1.2 <a
-href="#sec:longstyles" id="QQ2-1-167">Longtable Styles</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.1.3 <a
-href="#sec:longraggedstyles" id="QQ2-1-168">Longtable Styles (Ragged Right)</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.1.4 <a
-href="#x1-16000013.1.4" id="QQ2-1-169">Longtable Styles (<span
-class="cmss-10">booktabs</span>)</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.1.5 <a
-href="#sec:superstyles" id="QQ2-1-170">Supertabular Styles</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.1.6 <a
-href="#sec:superraggedstyles" id="QQ2-1-171">Supertabular Styles (Ragged Right)</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.1.7 <a
-href="#sec:treestyles" id="QQ2-1-172">Tree-Like Styles</a></span>
-
-
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.1.8 <a
-href="#sec:mcolstyles" id="QQ2-1-173">Multicols Style</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >13.1.9 <a
-href="#sec:inline" id="QQ2-1-175">In-Line Style</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >13.2 <a
-href="#sec:newglossarystyle" id="QQ2-1-176">Defining your own glossary style</a></span>
-<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >14 <a
-href="#sec:xindy" id="QQ2-1-177">Xindy (Option 3)</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >14.1 <a
-href="#sec:langenc" id="QQ2-1-178">Language and Encodings</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >14.2 <a
-href="#sec:xindyloc" id="QQ2-1-179">Locations and Number lists</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >14.3 <a
-href="#sec:groups" id="QQ2-1-180">Glossary Groups</a></span>
-<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >15 <a
-href="#sec:utilities" id="QQ2-1-181">Utilities</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >15.1 <a
-href="#sec:loops" id="QQ2-1-182">Loops</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >15.2 <a
-href="#sec:conditionals" id="QQ2-1-183">Conditionals</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >15.3 <a
-href="#sec:fetchset" id="QQ2-1-184">Fetching and Updating the Value of a Field</a></span>
-<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >16 <a
-href="#sec:prefix" id="QQ2-1-185">Prefixes or Determiners</a></span>
-<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >17 <a
-href="#sec:accsupp" id="QQ2-1-186">Accessibility Support</a></span>
-<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >18 <a
-href="#sec:samples" id="QQ2-1-187">Sample Documents</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >18.1 <a
-href="#sec:samplesbasic" id="QQ2-1-188">Basic</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >18.2 <a
-href="#sec:sampleacronyms" id="QQ2-1-191">Acronyms and First Use</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >18.3 <a
-href="#sec:samplecounter" id="QQ2-1-201">Non-Page Locations</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >18.4 <a
-href="#sec:samplestype" id="QQ2-1-205">Multiple Glossaries</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >18.5 <a
-href="#sec:samplessort" id="QQ2-1-210">Sorting</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >18.6 <a
-href="#sec:samplesparent" id="QQ2-1-213">Child Entries</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >18.7 <a
-href="#sec:samplescrossref" id="QQ2-1-217">Cross-Referencing</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >18.8 <a
-href="#sec:samplescustomkeys" id="QQ2-1-219">Custom Keys</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >18.9 <a
-href="#sec:samplesxindy" id="QQ2-1-224">Xindy (Option 3)</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >18.10 <a
-href="#sec:samplesnoidx" id="QQ2-1-229">No Indexing Application (Option 1)</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >18.11 <a
-href="#sec:samplesother" id="QQ2-1-232">Other</a></span>
-<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >19 <a
-href="#sec:trouble" id="QQ2-1-241">Troubleshooting</a></span>
- </div>
-
-
-
-
-
-
- <h2 class="likechapterHead"><a
- id="x1-2000"></a>List of Tables</h2>
- <div class="tableofcontents"><span class="lotToc" >1.1&#x00A0;<a
-href="#tab:options">Glossary Options: Pros and Cons</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >1.2&#x00A0;<a
-href="#tab:predefinednames">Customised Text</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >1.3&#x00A0;<a
-href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">Commands
-and package options that have no effect when using xindy or makeindex
-explicitly</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >4.1&#x00A0;<a
-href="#tab:fieldmap">Key to Field Mappings</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >5.1&#x00A0;<a
-href="#tab:hyperxx">Predefined Hyperlinked Location
-Formats</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >6.1&#x00A0;<a
-href="#tab:shortcuts">Synonyms provided by the package option <span
-class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >6.2&#x00A0;<a
-href="#tab:xspace">The effect
-of using xspace</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >13.1&#x00A0;<a
-href="#tab:styles">Glossary Styles</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >13.2&#x00A0;<a
-href="#tab:mcols">Multicolumn Styles</a></span><br />
- </div>
-
-
-
-
-<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" > <a
- id="likesection.1"></a><a
- id="x1-2001x1"></a><a
- id="glossary"></a>
-
-
-</p>
- <h2 class="likechapterHead"><a
- id="x1-30001"></a>Glossary</h2>
-<!--l. 1--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmti-10">This glossary style was setup using:</span> </p>
-<table
-cellpadding="0" border="0"
-class="tabbing"><tr
-style="vertical-align:baseline;" class="tabbing"><td style="width:94;"
-class="tabbing"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span></td><td
-class="tabbing"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy,</span>
-</td></tr></table>
-<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" > </p><table
-cellpadding="0" border="0"
-class="tabbing"><tr
-style="vertical-align:baseline;" class="tabbing"><td style="width:94;"
-class="tabbing"> </td><td
-class="tabbing"><span
-class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist,</span></td></tr></table>
-<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" > </p><table
-cellpadding="0" border="0"
-class="tabbing"><tr
-style="vertical-align:baseline;" class="tabbing"><td style="width:94;"
-class="tabbing"></td><td
-class="tabbing"><span
-class="cmtt-10">toc,</span></td></tr></table>
-<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" > </p><table
-cellpadding="0" border="0"
-class="tabbing"><tr
-style="vertical-align:baseline;" class="tabbing"><td style="width:94;"
-class="tabbing"></td><td
-class="tabbing"><span
-class="cmtt-10">nopostdot,</span></td></tr></table>
-<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" > </p><table
-cellpadding="0" border="0"
-class="tabbing"><tr
-style="vertical-align:baseline;" class="tabbing"><td style="width:94;"
-class="tabbing"></td><td
-class="tabbing"><span
-class="cmtt-10">style=altlist,</span></td></tr></table>
-<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" > </p><table
-cellpadding="0" border="0"
-class="tabbing"><tr
-style="vertical-align:baseline;" class="tabbing"><td style="width:94;"
-class="tabbing"></td><td
-class="tabbing"><span
-class="cmtt-10">nogroupskip]</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">}</span></td></tr></table>
-<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" >
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 88--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="glo:bib2gls"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-3001"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 88--><p class="noindent" ><br
-class="newline" />An <a
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> that combines two functions in one: (1) fetches entry definition from a <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-3002"></a>
- file based on information provided in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a
- id="dx1-3003"></a> file (similar to <span
-class="cmtt-10">bibtex</span>); (2) hierarchically sorts and
- collates location lists (similar to <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-3004"></a></a> and <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-3005"></a></a>). This application is designed for use with
- <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> and can&#8217;t be used with just the base <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. See <a
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>. <br
-class="newline" />
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 93--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="glo:cli"></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">Command Line Interface (CLI)</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 93--><p class="noindent" ><br
-class="newline" />An application that doesn&#8217;t have a graphical user interface. That is, an application that doesn&#8217;t
- have any windows, buttons or menus and can be run in <a
-href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/novices/html/terminal.html" >a command prompt or terminal</a>. <br
-class="newline" />
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 105--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="glo:convertgls2bib"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span><a
- id="dx1-3006"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 105--><p class="noindent" ><br
-class="newline" />An application provided with <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-3007"></a></a> that converts <span
-class="cmtt-10">tex</span><a
- id="dx1-3008"></a> files containing entry definitions to <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-3009"></a>
- files suitable for use with <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-3010"></a></a>. This application is designed for files that just contain entry
-
-
- definitions, but it can work on a complete document file. However, there will be a lot of &#8220;undefined
- command&#8221; warnings as <a
-href="#glo:convertgls2bib"><span
-class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span><a
- id="dx1-3011"></a></a> only has a limited set of known commands. You can limit
- it so that it only parses the preamble with the <span
-class="cmtt-10">--preamble-only </span>switch (requires at least <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-3012"></a></a>
- v2.0). <br
-class="newline" />
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 108--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="glo:entrylocation"></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">Entry location</span><a
- id="dx1-3013"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 108--><p class="noindent" ><br
-class="newline" />The location of the entry in the document. This defaults to the page number on which the entry
- appears. An entry may have multiple locations. <br
-class="newline" />
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 115--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="glo:exlatinalph"></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">Extended Latin Alphabet</span><a
- id="dx1-3014"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 115--><p class="noindent" ><br
-class="newline" />An alphabet consisting of <a
-href="#glo:latinchar">Latin character<a
- id="dx1-3015"></a>s</a> and <a
-href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character<a
- id="dx1-3016"></a>s</a>. <br
-class="newline" />
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 118--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="glo:exlatinchar"></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">Extended Latin Character</span><a
- id="dx1-3017"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 118--><p class="noindent" ><br
-class="newline" />A character that&#8217;s created by combining <a
-href="#glo:latinchar">Latin character<a
- id="dx1-3018"></a>s</a> to form ligatures (e.g.&#x00A0;&aelig;) or by applying
- diacritical marks to a&#x00A0;Latin character<a
- id="dx1-3019"></a> or characters (e.g.&#x00A0;&aacute;). See also <a
-href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a
- id="dx1-3020"></a></a>. <br
-class="newline" />
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 152--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="glo:firstuse"></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">First use</span><a
- id="dx1-3021"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 152--><p class="noindent" ><br
-class="newline" />The first time a glossary entry is used (from the start of the document or after a reset) with one
- of the following commands: <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-3022"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a
- id="dx1-3023"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span><a
- id="dx1-3024"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a
- id="dx1-3025"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a
- id="dx1-3026"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span><a
- id="dx1-3027"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a
- id="dx1-3028"></a>. (See <a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use
- flag</a> &amp; <a
-href="#glo:firstusetext">first use text</a>.) <br
-class="newline" />
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 171--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="glo:firstuseflag"></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">First use flag</span><a
- id="dx1-3029"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 171--><p class="noindent" ><br
-class="newline" />A conditional that determines whether or not the entry has been used according to the rules of
- <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. Commands to unset or reset this conditional are described in <a
-href="#sec:glsunset">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">7</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting
- and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>. <br
-class="newline" />
-
-
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 173--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="glo:firstusetext"></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">First use text</span><a
- id="dx1-3030"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 173--><p class="noindent" ><br
-class="newline" />The text that is displayed on <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, which is governed by the <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-3031"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-3032"></a> keys of
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-3033"></a>. (May be overridden by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a
- id="dx1-3034"></a> or by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\defglsentry</span><a
- id="dx1-3035"></a>.) <br
-class="newline" />
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 268--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="glo:glossaries-extra"></a><span
-class="cmssbx-10">glossaries-extra</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 268--><p class="noindent" ><br
-class="newline" />A separate package that extends the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, providing new features or improving existing
- features. If you want to use <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, you must have both the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package and the
- <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package installed. <br
-class="newline" />
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 286--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="glo:indexingapp"></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">Indexing application</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 286--><p class="noindent" ><br
-class="newline" />An application (piece of software) separate from TeX/LaTeX&#x00A0;that collates and sorts information
- that has an associated page reference. Generally the information is an index entry but in this case
- the information is a glossary entry. There are two main indexing applications that are used with
- TeX: <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-3036"></a></a> and <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-3037"></a></a>. These are both <a
-href="#glo:cli">command line interface (CLI)</a> applications. <br
-class="newline" />
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 290--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="glo:latinalph"></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">Latin Alphabet</span><a
- id="dx1-3038"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 290--><p class="noindent" ><br
-class="newline" />The alphabet consisting of <a
-href="#glo:latinchar">Latin character<a
- id="dx1-3039"></a>s</a>. See also <a
-href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabet</a>. <br
-class="newline" />
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 292--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="glo:latinchar"></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">Latin Character</span><a
- id="dx1-3040"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 292--><p class="noindent" ><br
-class="newline" />One of the letters <span
-class="cmtt-10">a</span>, &#x2026;, <span
-class="cmtt-10">z</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">A</span>, &#x2026;, <span
-class="cmtt-10">Z</span>. See also <a
-href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character<a
- id="dx1-3041"></a></a>. <br
-class="newline" />
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 312--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="glo:linktext"></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">Link text</span><a
- id="dx1-3042"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
-
-
- <!--l. 312--><p class="noindent" ><br
-class="newline" />The text produced by commands such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-3043"></a>. It may or may not be a hyperlink to the glossary.
- <br
-class="newline" />
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 346--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="glo:makeglossaries"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-3044"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 346--><p class="noindent" ><br
-class="newline" />A custom designed Perl script interface to <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-3045"></a></a> and <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-3046"></a></a> provided with the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
- package. TeX&#x00A0;distributions on Windows convert the original <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries </span>script into an
- executable <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.exe </span>for convenience (but Perl is still required). <br
-class="newline" />
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 349--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="glo:makeglossariesgui"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossariesgui</span><a
- id="dx1-3047"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 349--><p class="noindent" ><br
-class="newline" />A Java GUI alternative to <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-3048"></a></a> that also provides diagnostic tools. Available separately
- on <a
-href="http://ctan.org/pkg/makeglossariesgui" >CTAN</a>. <br
-class="newline" />
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 368--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-3049"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 368--><p class="noindent" ><br
-class="newline" />A custom designed Lua script interface to <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-3050"></a></a> and <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-3051"></a></a> provided with the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
- package. This is a cut-down alternative to the Perl <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-3052"></a></a> script. If you have Perl
- installed, use the Perl script instead. This script is actually distributed with the file name
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span>, but TeX&#x00A0;Live (on Unix-like systems) creates a symbolic link called
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite </span>(without the <span
-class="cmtt-10">.lua </span>extension) to the actual <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span>
- script. <br
-class="newline" />
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 419--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="glo:makeindex"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-3053"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 419--><p class="noindent" ><br
-class="newline" />An <a
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a>. See <a
-href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a>. <br
-class="newline" />
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 427--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="glo:nonlatinalph"></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">Non-Latin Alphabet</span><a
- id="dx1-3054"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
-
-
- <!--l. 427--><p class="noindent" ><br
-class="newline" />An alphabet consisting of <a
-href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a
- id="dx1-3055"></a>s</a>. <br
-class="newline" />
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 435--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="glo:nonlatinchar"></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">Non-Latin Character</span><a
- id="dx1-3056"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 435--><p class="noindent" ><br
-class="newline" />An <a
-href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character<a
- id="dx1-3057"></a></a> or a&#x00A0;character that isn&#8217;t a&#x00A0;<a
-href="#glo:latinchar">Latin character<a
- id="dx1-3058"></a></a>. <br
-class="newline" />
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 483--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="glo:numberlist"></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">Number list</span><a
- id="dx1-3059"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 483--><p class="noindent" ><br
-class="newline" />A list of <a
-href="#glo:entrylocation">entry locations</a> (also called a location list). The number list can be suppressed using the
- <span
-class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-3060"></a> package option. <br
-class="newline" />
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 489--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="glo:sanitize"></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">Sanitize</span><a
- id="dx1-3061"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 489--><p class="noindent" ><br
-class="newline" />Converts command names into character sequences. That is, a command called, say, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>, is
- converted into the sequence of characters: <span
-class="cmtt-10">\</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">f</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">o</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">o</span>. Depending on the font, the backslash character
- may appear as a dash when used in the main document text, so <span
-class="cmtt-10">\foo </span>will appear as: &#8212;foo.
- </p><!--l. 489--><p class="noindent" >Earlier versions of <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>used this technique to write information to the files used by the indexing
- applications to prevent problems caused by fragile commands. Now, this is only used for the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-3062"></a>
- key. <br
-class="newline" />
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 498--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="glo:smallcaps"></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">Small caps</span><a
- id="dx1-3063"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 498--><p class="noindent" ><br
-class="newline" />Small capitals. The LaTeX&#x00A0;kernel provides <span
-class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a
- id="dx1-3064"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>to produce small capitals. This uses
- a font where lowercase letters have a small capital design. Uppercase letters have the standard
- height and there&#8217;s no noticeable difference with uppercase characters in corresponding non-small
- caps fonts. This means that for a small caps appearance, you need to use lowercase letters in the
- &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; argument. The <a
- id="dx1-3065"></a>package provides <span
-class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span><a
- id="dx1-3066"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>which simulates small caps by reducing
- the size of the font, so in this case the contents of &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; should be uppercase (otherwise the effect
- is simply smaller lowercase letters). Some fonts don&#8217;t support small caps combined with bold or
- slanted properties. In this case, there will be a font substitution warning and one of the properties
- (such as small caps or slanted) will be dropped. <br
-class="newline" />
-
-
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 502--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="glo:latexexlatinchar"></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">Standard LaTeX</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;Extended Latin Character</span><a
- id="dx1-3067"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 502--><p class="noindent" ><br
-class="newline" />An <a
-href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character<a
- id="dx1-3068"></a></a> that can be created by a&#x00A0;core LaTeX&#x00A0;command, such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\o </span>(&oslash;) or
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\&#8217;e </span>(&eacute;). That is, the character can be produced without the need to load a&#x00A0;particular package. <br
-class="newline" />
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 512--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="glo:UTF-8"></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">UTF-8</span><a
- id="dx1-3069"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 512--><p class="noindent" ><br
-class="newline" />A variable-width character encoding. This means that some characters are represented by more
- that one byte. XeLaTeX&#x00A0;and LuaLaTeX&#x00A0;treat the multi-byte sequence as a single token, but the
- older LaTeX&#x00A0;formats have single-byte tokens, which causes complications. Related blog article:
- <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/blog/binary-files-text-files-and-file-encodings/" >Binary Files, Text Files and File Encodings</a>. <br
-class="newline" />
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 565--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="glo:xindy"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-3070"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 565--><p class="noindent" ><br
-class="newline" />A flexible <a
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> with multilingual support written in Perl. See <a
-href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>. <br
-class="newline" /></p></dd></dl>
-
-
-<!--l. 857--><p class="indent" > <div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">1. <a
- id="sec:intro"></a>Introduction</h2>
-</p><!--l. 860--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is provided to assist generating lists of terms, symbols or abbreviations. (For
-convenience, these lists are all referred to as glossaries in this manual. The terms, symbols and abbreviations are
-collectively referred to as entries.) The package has a certain amount of flexibility, allowing the user
-to customize the format of the glossary and define multiple glossaries. It also supports glossary
-styles that include an associated symbol (in addition to a name and description) for each glossary
-entry.
-</p><!--l. 870--><p class="indent" > There is provision for loading a database of glossary entries. Only those entries
-indexed<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn1x1" id="fn1x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.1</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-4001f1"></a>&#x00A0;in
-the document will be displayed in the glossary. (Unless you use <a
-href="#option5">Option&#x00A0;5</a>, which doesn&#8217;t use any indexing but
-will instead list all defined entries in order of definition.)
-</p><!--l. 879--><p class="indent" > It&#8217;s not necessary to actually have a glossary in the document. You may be interested in using this package
-just as means to consistently format certain types of terms, such as abbreviations, or you may prefer to have
-descriptions scattered about the document and be able to easily link to the relevant description
-(<a
-href="#option6">Option&#x00A0;6</a>).
-</p><!--l. 885--><p class="indent" > The simplest document is one without a glossary:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-1">
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage[
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort=none&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;no&#x00A0;sorting&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;indexing&#x00A0;required
+<div class="toc-table"><a href="#tab:styles"><span class="numberline">13.1</span>Glossary Styles</a></div><!-- end of toc-table -->
+
+<div class="toc-table"><a href="#tab:mcols"><span class="numberline">13.2</span>Multicolumn Styles</a></div><!-- end of toc-table -->
+ </div><!-- end of lot -->
+</section><!-- end of section chapter*.2 -->
+
+<section id="sec:listofexamples"><!-- start of section sec:listofexamples --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->List of Examples<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:listofexamples">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+<div class="loe">
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:simplenogloss"><span class="numberline">1</span>Simple document with no glossary</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:simpleunsrt"><span class="numberline">2</span>Simple document with unsorted glossaries</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:noidx"><span class="numberline">3</span>Simple document that uses TeX to sort entries</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:mkidx"><span class="numberline">4</span>Simple document that uses <span class="appfmt">makeindex</span> to sort entries</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:xdy"><span class="numberline">5</span>Simple document that uses <span class="appfmt">xindy</span> to sort entries</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:b2g"><span class="numberline">6</span>Simple document that uses <span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span> to sort entries</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:unsrt"><span class="numberline">7</span>Simple document with an unsorted list of all defined entries</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:standalone"><span class="numberline">8</span>Simple document with standalone entries</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:diffsorts"><span class="numberline">9</span>Mixing Alphabetical and Order of Definition Sorting</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:customsort"><span class="numberline">10</span>Customizing Standard Sort (Options 2 or 3)</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:addkey"><span class="numberline">11</span>Defining Custom Keys</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:addstoragekey"><span class="numberline">12</span>Defining Custom Storage Key (Acronyms and Initialisms)</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:addstoragekey2"><span class="numberline">13</span>Defining Custom Storage Key (Acronyms and Non-Acronyms with Descriptions)</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:hierarchical"><span class="numberline">14</span>Hierarchical Divisions — Greek and Roman Mathematical Symbols</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:loadgls"><span class="numberline">15</span>Loading Entries from Another File</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:customfmt"><span class="numberline">16</span>Custom Entry Display in Text</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:defglsentryfmt"><span class="numberline">17</span>Custom Format for Particular Glossary</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:hyperdesc"><span class="numberline">18</span>First Use With Hyperlinked Footnote Description</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:hyperfirst"><span class="numberline">19</span>Suppressing Hyperlinks on First Use Just For Acronyms</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:nomathhyper"><span class="numberline">20</span>Only Hyperlink in Text Mode Not Math Mode</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:chap-hyperfirst"><span class="numberline">21</span>One Hyper Link Per Entry Per Chapter</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:simpleacronyms"><span class="numberline">22</span>Simple document with acronyms</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:newacronym"><span class="numberline">23</span>Defining and Using an Acronym</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:newacronymrollback"><span class="numberline">24</span>Defining and Using an Acronym (Rollback)</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:longscshort"><span class="numberline">25</span>Small-Caps Acronym</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:acrstyle"><span class="numberline">26</span>Adapting a Predefined Acronym Style</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:customacrstyle"><span class="numberline">27</span>Defining a Custom Acronym Style</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:font-abbr"><span class="numberline">28</span>Italic and Upright Abbreviations</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:dotabbr"><span class="numberline">29</span>Abbreviations with Full Stops (Periods)</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#sec:entrycount"><span class="numberline">30</span>Don’t index entries that are only used once</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:twocolumn"><span class="numberline">31</span>Switch to Two Column Mode for Glossary</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:dual"><span class="numberline">32</span>Dual Entries</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:glsnamefont"><span class="numberline">33</span>Changing the Font Used to Display Entry Names in the Glossary</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#sec:exnewstyle"><span class="numberline">34</span>Creating a completely new style</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#sec:exadaptstyle"><span class="numberline">35</span>Creating a new glossary style based on an existing style</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#sec:exuserstyle"><span class="numberline">36</span>Example: creating a glossary style that uses the <span class="csoptfmt">user1</span>, …, <span class="csoptfmt">user6</span> keys</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:hyperbfit"><span class="numberline">37</span>Custom Font for Displaying a Location</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:customloc"><span class="numberline">38</span>Custom Numbering System for Locations</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:dice"><span class="numberline">39</span>Locations as Dice</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:fmtcount"><span class="numberline">40</span>Locations as Words not Digits</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:determiners"><span class="numberline">41</span>Defining Determiners</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:prefixes"><span class="numberline">42</span>Using Prefixes</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+
+<div class="toc-example"><a href="#ex:plist"><span class="numberline">43</span>Adding Determiner to Glossary Style</a></div><!-- end of toc-example -->
+</div><!-- end of loe --><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:listofexamples -->
+
+<section id="userguide"><!-- start of section userguide --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<div class="part"><!-- start of part header -->I. User Guide<div class="labellink"><a href="#userguide">[link]</a></div></div><!-- end of part header -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section userguide -->
+
+<section id="sec:intro"><!-- start of section sec:intro --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->1. Introduction<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:intro">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.36"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.37"></a><code class="code"><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<dfn id="glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></dfn>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.38"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package is provided to assist generating lists of terms, symbols or <a id="wrglossary.39"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a>. For convenience, these lists are all referred to as <a id="wrglossary.40"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> in this manual. The terms, symbols and <a id="wrglossary.41"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> are collectively referred to as <a id="wrglossary.42"></a><dfn id="glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entries</dfn>.<p>
+The package has a certain amount of flexibility, allowing the user to customize the format of the <a id="wrglossary.43"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> and define multiple <a id="wrglossary.44"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>. It also supports <a id="wrglossary.45"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> that include an associated symbol (in addition to a name and description) for each <a id="wrglossary.46"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entry</a>.<p>
+There is provision for loading a database of glossary entries. Only those entries <a id="wrglossary.47"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a> in the document will be displayed in the <a id="wrglossary.48"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. (Unless you use <a id="wrglossary.49"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.unsrt">Option 5</a>, which doesn’t use any <a id="wrglossary.50"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> but will instead list all defined entries in order of definition.)<p>
+It’s not necessary to actually have a <a id="wrglossary.51"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> in the document. You may be interested in using this package just as means to consistently format certain types of terms, such as <a id="wrglossary.52"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a>, or you may prefer to have descriptions scattered about the document and be able to easily link to the relevant description (<a id="wrglossary.53"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.standalone">Option 6</a>).<p>
+The simplest document is one without a glossary: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.54"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[
+ <a id="wrglossary.55"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.56"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.none"><span class="optfmt">none</span></a> <span class="comment">% no sorting or <a id="wrglossary.57"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> required</span>
]
{glossaries}
-\newglossaryentry
-&#x00A0;{cafe}%&#x00A0;label
-&#x00A0;{%&#x00A0;definition:
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={caf\'e},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={small&#x00A0;restaurant&#x00A0;selling&#x00A0;refreshments}
-&#x00A0;}
-\setacronymstyle{long-short}
-\newacronym
-&#x00A0;{html}%&#x00A0;label
-&#x00A0;{HTML}%&#x00A0;short&#x00A0;form
-&#x00A0;{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}%&#x00A0;long&#x00A0;form
-\newglossaryentry
-&#x00A0;{pi}%&#x00A0;label
-&#x00A0;{%&#x00A0;definition:
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={\ensuremath{\pi}},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={Archimedes'&#x00A0;Constant}
-&#x00A0;}
-\newglossaryentry
-&#x00A0;{distance}%&#x00A0;label
-&#x00A0;{%&#x00A0;definition:
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={distance},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={the&#x00A0;length&#x00A0;between&#x00A0;two&#x00A0;points},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;symbol={m}
-&#x00A0;}
-\begin{document}
-First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{cafe},&#x00A0;\gls{html},&#x00A0;\gls{pi}.
-Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{cafe},&#x00A0;\gls{html},&#x00A0;\gls{pi}.
-\Gls{distance}&#x00A0;(\glsentrydesc{distance})&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;measured&#x00A0;in
-\glssymbol{distance}.
-\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 929--><p class="nopar" > (This is a trivial example. For a real document I recommend you use <span
-class="cmss-10">siunitx</span><a
- id="dx1-4006"></a> for units.)
-</p><!--l. 933--><p class="indent" > <br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package, which is distributed as a separate bundle, extends the capabilities
-of the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. The simplest document with a glossary can be created with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> (which
-
-
-internally loads the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package):
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-2">
-\documentclass{article}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 941--><p class="nopar" > </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;sort=none,%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;no</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;sorting</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;or</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;indexing</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;required</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor4"><span
-class="cmtt-10">abbreviations</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;create</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;list</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;abbreviations</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;symbols,%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;create</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;list</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;symbols</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor5"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;append</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;a</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;full</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;stop</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;after</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;descriptions</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor6"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,style=index</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;set</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;default</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;glossary</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;style</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{glossaries-extra}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-3">
-\newglossaryentry&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;provided&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;glossaries.sty
-&#x00A0;{cafe}%&#x00A0;label
-&#x00A0;{%&#x00A0;definition:
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={caf\'e},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={small&#x00A0;restaurant&#x00A0;selling&#x00A0;refreshments}
-&#x00A0;}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 958--><p class="nopar" > </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;provided</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;by</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;glossaries-extra.sty:</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor7"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-4007"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{long-short}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span id="textcolor8"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-4008"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;provided</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;by</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;glossaries-extra.sty</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{html}%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;label</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{HTML}%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;short</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;form</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{hypertext</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;markup</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;language}%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;long</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;form</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;provided</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;by</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;glossaries-extra.sty</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;'symbols'</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;option:</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor9"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span></span><a
- id="dx1-4009"></a>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;[description={Archimedes'</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;constant}]%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;options</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{pi}%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;label</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{\ensuremath{\pi}}%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;symbol</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-4">
-\newglossaryentry&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;provided&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;glossaries.sty
-&#x00A0;{distance}%&#x00A0;label
-&#x00A0;{%&#x00A0;definition:
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={distance},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={the&#x00A0;length&#x00A0;between&#x00A0;two&#x00A0;points},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;symbol={m}
-&#x00A0;}
-\begin{document}
-First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{cafe},&#x00A0;\gls{html},&#x00A0;\gls{pi}.
-Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{cafe},&#x00A0;\gls{html},&#x00A0;\gls{pi}.
-\Gls{distance}&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;measured&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;\glssymbol{distance}.
-</pre>
-<!--l. 988--><p class="nopar" > </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor10"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span></span><a
- id="dx1-4010"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;list</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;all</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;defined</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;entries</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\end{document}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Note the difference in the way the abbreviation (HTML) and symbol (<span
-class="cmmi-10">&#x03C0;</span>) are defined in the two above
-examples. The <span id="textcolor11"><span
-class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></span><a
- id="dx1-4011"></a>, <span id="textcolor12"><span
-class="cmss-10">postdot</span></span><a
- id="dx1-4012"></a> and <span id="textcolor13"><span
-class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></span><a
- id="dx1-4013"></a> options are specific to <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>. Other options are
-passed to the base <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package.
-<!--l. 999--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> In this user manual, commands and options displayed in teal, such as <span id="textcolor14"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span> and <span id="textcolor15"><span
-class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></span><a
- id="dx1-4014"></a>, are
-only available with the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package. There are also some commands and options (such as
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>and <span
-class="cmss-10">symbols</span><a
- id="dx1-4015"></a>) that are provided by the base <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package but are redefined by the
-<a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package. See the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> user manual for further details of those commands.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 1007--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1009--><p class="indent" > One of the strengths of the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is its flexibility, however the drawback of this is the necessity of
-having a large manual that covers all the various settings. If you are daunted by the size of the manual, try
-starting off with the much shorter <a
-href="glossariesbegin.html" >guide for beginners</a>.
-</p><!--l. 1015--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> There&#8217;s a&#x00A0;common misconception that you have to have Perl installed in order to use the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
-package. Perl is <span
-class="cmti-10">not </span>a&#x00A0;requirement (as demonstrated by the above examples) but it does increase the
-available options, particularly if you use an <a
-href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabet</a> or a&#x00A0;<a
-href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabet</a>.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 1021--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1023--><p class="indent" > This document uses the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. For example, when viewing the PDF version of this document in
-a hyperlinked-enabled PDF viewer (such as Adobe Reader or Okular) if you click on the word &#8220;<a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-4016"></a></a>&#8221; you&#8217;ll be
-taken to the entry in the glossary where there&#8217;s a brief description of the term &#8220;<span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-4017"></a>&#8221;. This is the way the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>mechanism works. An <a
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> is used to generate the sorted list of terms. The <a
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing
-applications</a> are <a
-href="#glo:cli">command line interface (CLI)</a> tools, which means they can be run directly from a command
-
-
-prompt or terminal, or can be integrated into some text editors, or you can use a build tool such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a
- id="dx1-4018"></a> to
-run them.
-</p><!--l. 1035--><p class="indent" > Neither of the above two examples require an <a
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a>. The first is just using the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
-package for consistent formatting, and there is no list. The second has lists but they are unsorted (see
-<a
-href="#option5">Option&#x00A0;5</a>).
-</p><!--l. 1040--><p class="indent" > The remainder of this introductory section covers the following: </p>
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 1042--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#sec:indexingoptions">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">1.2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:indexingoptions">Indexing Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:indexingoptions --></a> lists the available indexing options.
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 1045--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#sec:lipsum">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">1.3</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:lipsum">Dummy Entries for Testing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:lipsum --></a> lists the dummy glossary files that may be used for testing.
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 1048--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#sec:languages">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">1.4</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:languages">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:languages --></a> provides information for users who wish to write in a
- language other than English.
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 1051--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#sec:makeglossaries">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">1.5</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a> describes how to use an <a
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing
- application</a> to create the sorted glossaries for your document (Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>).
-</p>
- </li></ul>
-<!--l. 1057--><p class="indent" > There are some sample documents provided with this package. They are described in <a
-href="#sec:samples">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">18</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:samples">Sample
-Documents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:samples --></a>.
-</p>
-<!--l. 1060--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.1 </span> <a
- id="sec:rollback"></a>Rollback</h3>
-<!--l. 1063--><p class="noindent" >There is one rollback release: v4.46 (2020-03-19) for <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries.sty </span>and <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-list.sty</span>. The other associated
-packages haven&#8217;t been changed since that release (apart from the version numbers, which are always updated for
-each new release, regardless of whether or not the file has otherwise been changed). If you rollback to v4.46
-using:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-5">
-\usepackage{glossaries}[=v4.46]
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1071--><p class="nopar" > then the 4.46 version of <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-list.sty</span><a
- id="dx1-5001"></a> will automatically be loaded. If you use <span
-class="cmss-10">nostyles</span><a
- id="dx1-5002"></a> and subsequently load
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a
- id="dx1-5003"></a> you will also need to add the rollback version:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-6">
-\usepackage[nostyles]{glossaries}[=v4.46]
-\usepackage{glossary-list}[=v4.46]
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1078--><p class="nopar" > If you rollback using <span
-class="cmss-10">latexrelease</span><a
- id="dx1-5004"></a> to an earlier date, then you will need to specify v4.46 for <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-5005"></a> as there are
-no earlier rollback versions available.
-</p><!--l. 1083--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 1083--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.2 </span> <a
- id="sec:indexingoptions"></a>Indexing Options</h3>
-<!--l. 1086--><p class="noindent" >The basic idea behind the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is that you first define your entries (terms, symbols or
-abbreviations). Then you can reference these within your document (like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\cite </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ref</span>). You can also,
-optionally, display a&#x00A0;list of the entries you have referenced in your document (the glossary). This last part,
-displaying the glossary, is the part that most new users find difficult. There are three options available with the
-base <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package (Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option1">1</a>&#8211;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>). The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> extension package provides two extra options for lists
-(Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option4">4</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option5">5</a>) as well as an option for standalone descriptions within the document body
-(<a
-href="#option6">Option&#x00A0;6</a>).
-</p><!--l. 1097--><p class="indent" > An overview of Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option1">1</a>&#8211;<a
-href="#option5">5</a> is given in <a
-href="#tab:options">table&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmbx-10">1.1</span></a>. <a
-href="#option6">Option&#x00A0;6</a> is omitted from the table as it doesn&#8217;t
-produce a list. For a more detailed comparison of the various methods, see the <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-performance.shtml" ><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>performance
-page</a>.
-</p><!--l. 1103--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you are developing a class or package that loads <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, I recommend that you don&#8217;t
-force the user into a particular indexing method by adding an unconditional <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>
-into your class or package code. Aside from forcing the user into a particular indexing method, it
-means that they&#8217;re unable to use any commands that must come before <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>(such
-as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span>) and they can&#8217;t switch off the indexing whilst working on a draft document.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 1112--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1114--><p class="indent" > Strictly speaking, Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option5">5</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option6">6</a> aren&#8217;t actually indexing options as no indexing is performed. In the
-case of <a
-href="#option5">Option&#x00A0;5</a>, all defined entries are listed in order of definition. In the case of <a
-href="#option6">Option&#x00A0;6</a>, the
-entry hypertargets and descriptions are manually inserted at appropriate points in the document.
-These two options are included here for completeness and for comparison with the actual indexing
-options.
-</p>
- <div class="table">
-
-
-<!--l. 1121--><p class="indent" > <a
- id="tab:options"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
->
-
-
- <div class="caption"
-><span class="id">Table&#x00A0;1.1: </span><span
-class="content">Glossary Options: Pros and Cons</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-60011 -->
-
-
-<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-2" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-2-1g"><col
-id="TBL-2-1" /><col
-id="TBL-2-2" /><col
-id="TBL-2-3" /><col
-id="TBL-2-4" /><col
-id="TBL-2-5" /><col
-id="TBL-2-6" /></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 1129--><p class="noindent" > </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-2"
-class="td11"> <a
-href="#option1"><span
-class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;1</span></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-3"
-class="td11"> <a
-href="#option2"><span
-class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;2</span></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-4"
-class="td11"> <a
-href="#option3"><span
-class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;3</span></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-5"
-class="td11"> <a
-href="#option4"><span
-class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;4</span></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-6"
-class="td10"> <a
-href="#option5"><span
-class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;5</span></a></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 1131--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-9">Requires</span>
-<a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-9">glossaries-extra</span></a><span
-class="cmr-9">?</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-2"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor16"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-3"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor17"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-4"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor18"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-5"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor19"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-6"
-class="td10"> <span id="textcolor20"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-3-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 1133--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-9">Requires</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">an</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">external</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">application?</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-2"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor21"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-3"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor22"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-4"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor23"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-5"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor24"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-6"
-class="td10"> <span id="textcolor25"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 1135--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-9">Requires</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">Perl?</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-2"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor26"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-3"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor27"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-4"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor28"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-5"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor29"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-6"
-class="td10"> <span id="textcolor30"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 1137--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-9">Requires</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">Java?</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-2"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor31"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-3"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor32"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-4"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor33"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-5"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor34"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-6"
-class="td10"> <span id="textcolor35"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 1139--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-9">Can</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">sort</span>
-<a
-href="#glo:exlatinalph"><span
-class="cmr-9">extended</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">Latin</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">alphabets</span></a>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">or</span>
-<a
-href="#glo:nonlatinalph"><span
-class="cmr-9">non-Latin</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">alphabets</span></a><span
-class="cmr-9">?</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-2"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor36"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">*</span></sup> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-3"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor37"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-4"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor38"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-5"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor39"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-6"
-class="td10"> N/A </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 1142--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-9">Efficient</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">sort</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">algorithm?</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-2"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor40"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-3"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor41"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-4"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor42"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-5"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor43"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-6"
-class="td10"> N/A </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 1144--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-9">Can</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">use</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">a</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">different</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">sort</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">method</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">for</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">each</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">glossary?</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-2"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor44"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-3"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor45"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-4"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor46"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-5"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor47"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-6"
-class="td10"> N/A </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 1148--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-9">Any</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">problematic</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">sort</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">values?</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-2"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor48"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-3"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor49"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-4"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor50"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-5"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor51"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-6"
-class="td10"> <span id="textcolor52"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8225;</span></sup> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 1150--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-9">Are</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">entries</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">with</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">identical</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">sort</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">values</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">treated</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">as</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">separate</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">unique</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">entries?</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-2"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor53"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-3"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor54"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-4"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor55"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&sect;</span></sup> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-5"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor56"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-6"
-class="td10"> <span id="textcolor57"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 1153--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-9">Can</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">automatically</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">form</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">ranges</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">in</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">the</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">location</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">lists?</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-2"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor58"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-3"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor59"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-4"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor60"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-5"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor61"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-6"
-class="td10"> <span id="textcolor62"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-12-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 1155--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-9">Can</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">have</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">non-standard</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">locations</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">in</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">the</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">location</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">lists?</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-12-2"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor63"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-12-3"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor64"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-12-4"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor65"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="msam-10x-x-90">&#x2662;</span></sup> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-12-5"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor66"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-12-6"
-class="td10"> <span id="textcolor67"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">¶</span></sup> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-13-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 1160--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-9">Maximum</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">hierarchical</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">depth</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">(style-dependent)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-13-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmsy-10">&#x221E;</span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="cmr-9">#</span></sup> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-13-3"
-class="td11"> 3 </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-13-4"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmsy-10">&#x221E; </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-13-5"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmsy-10">&#x221E; </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-13-6"
-class="td10"> <span
-class="cmsy-10">&#x221E; </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-14-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 1162--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmtt-9">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-6002"></a>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">reliable?</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-14-2"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor68"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-14-3"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor69"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-14-4"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor70"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-14-5"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor71"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-14-6"
-class="td10"> <span id="textcolor72"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-15-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 1164--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmtt-9">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-6003"></a>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">allowed</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">in</span>
-<span
-class="cmss-9">document</span><a
- id="dx1-6004"></a><a
- id="dx1-6005"></a>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">environment?</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">(Not</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">recommended.)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-15-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718; </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-15-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714; </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-15-4"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714; </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-15-5"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#x203B;</span></sup> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-15-6"
-class="td10"> <span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span><sup class="textsuperscript">&#x2051;</sup> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-16-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 1167--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-9">Requires</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">additional</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">write</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">registers?</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-16-2"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor73"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-16-3"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor74"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-16-4"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor75"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-16-5"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor76"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-16-6"
-class="td10"> <span id="textcolor77"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="cmmi-9">&#x22C6;</span></sup> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-17-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 1169--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-9">Default</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">value</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">of</span>
-<span
-class="cmss-9">sanitizesort</span><a
- id="dx1-6006"></a>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">package</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-9">option</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-17-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-17-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-17-4"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-17-5"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">true</span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="pzdr-x-x-90">&#x273E;</span></sup> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-17-6"
-class="td10"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">true</span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="pzdr-x-x-90">&#x273E;</span></sup> </td>
-</tr></table>
-
-</div>
-<!--l. 1177--><p class="noindent" >______________________________________________________________________________________
-</p><!--l. 1179--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">*</span></sup> <span
-class="cmr-8">Strips standard LaTeX</span><span
-class="cmr-8">&#x00A0;accents (that is, accents generated by core LaTeX</span><span
-class="cmr-8">&#x00A0;commands) so, for example, </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\AA</span><a
- id="dx1-6007"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">is treated the</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-8">same as A.</span>
-</p><!--l. 1182--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup> <span
-class="cmr-8">Only with the hybrid method provided with </span><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-8">glossaries-extra</span></a><span
-class="cmr-8">.</span>
-</p><!--l. 1183--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8225;</span></sup> <span
-class="cmr-8">Provided </span><span
-class="cmss-8">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-8">=</span><span
-class="cmss-8">none</span><a
- id="dx1-6008"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">is used.</span>
-</p><!--l. 1184--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&sect;</span></sup> <span
-class="cmr-8">Entries with the same sort value are merged.</span>
-</p><!--l. 1185--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="msam-10x-x-90">&#x2662;</span></sup> <span
-class="cmr-8">Requires some setting up.</span>
-</p><!--l. 1186--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">¶</span></sup> <span
-class="cmr-8">The locations must be set explicitly through the custom </span><span id="textcolor78"><span
-class="cmtt-8">location</span></span><a
- id="dx1-6009"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">field provided by </span><span
-class="cmss-8">glossaries-extra</span><span
-class="cmr-8">.</span>
-</p><!--l. 1189--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="cmr-9">#</span></sup> <span
-class="cmr-8">Unlimited but unreliable.</span>
-</p><!--l. 1190--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#x203B;</span></sup> <span
-class="cmr-8">Entries are defined in </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-6010"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">format. </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\newglossaryentry </span><span
-class="cmr-8">should not be used explicitly.</span>
-</p><!--l. 1192--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript">&#x2051;</sup> <span
-class="cmr-8">Provided </span><span id="textcolor79"><span
-class="cmss-8">docdef</span><span
-class="cmtt-8">=</span><span
-class="cmss-8">true</span></span><a
- id="dx1-6011"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">or </span><span id="textcolor80"><span
-class="cmss-8">docdef</span><span
-class="cmtt-8">=</span><span
-class="cmss-8">restricted</span></span><a
- id="dx1-6012"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">but not recommended.</span>
-</p><!--l. 1194--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="cmmi-9">&#x22C6;</span></sup> <span
-class="cmr-8">Provided </span><span id="textcolor81"><span
-class="cmss-8">docdef</span><span
-class="cmtt-8">=</span><span
-class="cmss-8">false</span></span><a
- id="dx1-6013"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">or </span><span id="textcolor82"><span
-class="cmss-8">docdef</span><span
-class="cmtt-8">=</span><span
-class="cmss-8">restricted</span></span><a
- id="dx1-6014"></a><span
-class="cmr-8">.</span>
-</p><!--l. 1196--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="pzdr-x-x-90">&#x273E;</span></sup> <span
-class="cmr-8">Irrelevant with </span><span
-class="cmss-8">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-8">=</span><span
-class="cmss-8">none</span><a
- id="dx1-6015"></a><span
-class="cmr-8">. (The </span><span id="textcolor83"><span
-class="cmss-8">record</span><span
-class="cmtt-8">=</span><span
-class="cmss-8">only</span></span><a
- id="dx1-6016"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">option automatically switches this on.)</span>
-
-
-</p>
- </div><hr class="endfloat" />
- </div>
-<a
- id="x1-6017r1"></a>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-70001"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#option1">&#128279;</a><a
- id="option1"></a>Option&#x00A0;1 (TeX)</h4>
-<!--l. 1203--><p class="noindent" >This option isn&#8217;t generally recommended for reasons given below. Example Document:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-7">
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1208--><p class="nopar" > </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-7001"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;use</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;TeX</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;sort</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-8">
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}}
-\begin{document}
-\gls{sample}.
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1217--><p class="nopar" > </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-7002"></a></strong>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\end{document}</span>
-</div>
-</div> You can place all your entry definitions in a separate file and load it in the preamble with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries</span><a
- id="dx1-7003"></a>
-(<span
-class="cmti-10">after </span><span
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-7004"></a>).
-<!--l. 1226--><p class="indent" > This option doesn&#8217;t require an external <a
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> but, with the default alphabetic sorting, it&#8217;s
-very slow with severe limitations. If you want a sorted list, it doesn&#8217;t work well for <a
-href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabets</a> or
-<a
-href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabets</a> and there&#8217;s no guarantee that it will work with <a
-href="#glo:UTF-8">UTF-8</a>. However, if you use
-the <span
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-7005"></a> package option (the default for Option&#x00A0;1) then the <a
-href="#glo:latexexlatinchar">standard LaTeX&#x00A0;accent
-commands</a> will be ignored, so if an entry&#8217;s name is set to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\&#8217;e}lite</span></span></span> then the sort value will default to
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">elite </span>if <span
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-7006"></a> is used and will default to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\&#8217;elite</span></span></span> if <span
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-7007"></a> is used. If you
-have any other kinds of commands that don&#8217;t expand to ASCII characters, such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\alpha </span>or
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\si</span>, then you must use <span
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-7008"></a> or change the sort method (<span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">use</span><a
- id="dx1-7009"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">def</span><a
- id="dx1-7010"></a>) in the
-package options or explicitly set the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-7011"></a> key when you define the relevant entries. For example:
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-7012"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{alpha}{name={\ensuremath{\alpha}},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">sort={alpha}</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,description={...}}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 1247--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has a modified <span
-class="cmss-10">symbols</span><a
- id="dx1-7013"></a> package option that provides <span id="textcolor84"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span></span><a
- id="dx1-7014"></a>, which
-automatically sets the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-7015"></a> key to the entry label (instead of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-7016"></a>). </div>
-</p><!--l. 1251--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1253--><p class="indent" > This option works best with the <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">def</span><a
- id="dx1-7017"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">use</span><a
- id="dx1-7018"></a> setting. For any other setting, be prepared for a long
-document build time, especially if you have a lot of entries defined. <strong>This option is intended as a last resort for
-alphabetical sorting.</strong> This option allows a mixture of sort methods. (For example, sorting by word order for one
-glossary and order of use for another.) This option is not suitable for hierarchical glossaries and does not form
-ranges in the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-7019"></a>s</a>. If you really can&#8217;t use an <a
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> consider using <a
-href="#option5">Option&#x00A0;5</a>
-instead.
-</p><!--l. 1264--><p class="indent" > Summary:
-
-
- </p><ol class="enumerate1" >
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-7021x1">
- <!--l. 1266--><p class="noindent" >Add
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-9">
- \makenoidxglossaries
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1269--><p class="nopar" > to your preamble (before you start defining your entries, as described in <a
-href="#sec:newglosentry">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining
- Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>).
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-7023x2">
- <!--l. 1273--><p class="noindent" >Put
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-10">
- \printnoidxglossary
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1276--><p class="nopar" > where you want your list of entries to appear (described in <a
-href="#sec:printglossary">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">8</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:printglossary">Displaying a Glossary<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossary --></a>).
- Alternatively, to display all glossaries use the iterative command:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-11">
- \printnoidxglossaries
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1282--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-7025x3">
- <!--l. 1284--><p class="noindent" >Run LaTeX&#x00A0;twice on your document. (As you would do to make a&#x00A0;table of contents appear.) For example,
- click twice on the &#8220;typeset&#8221; or &#8220;build&#8221; or &#8220;PDFLaTeX&#8221; button in your editor.</p></li></ol>
-<a
- id="x1-7026r2"></a>
-<!--l. 1289--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-80002"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#option2">&#128279;</a><a
- id="option2"></a>Option&#x00A0;2 (<span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>)</h4>
-<!--l. 1291--><p class="noindent" >Example document:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-12">
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1295--><p class="nopar" > </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-8001"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;open</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;glossary</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;files</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-13">
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},
-&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}}
-\begin{document}
-\gls{sample}.
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1304--><p class="nopar" > </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-8002"></a></strong>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\end{document}</span>
-</div>
-</div> You can place all your entry definitions in a separate file and load it in the preamble with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries</span><a
- id="dx1-8003"></a>
-(<span
-class="cmti-10">after </span><span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-8004"></a>).
-<!--l. 1313--><p class="indent" > This option uses a&#x00A0;<a
-href="#glo:cli">CLI</a> application called <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-8005"></a></a> to sort the entries. This application comes with all
-modern TeX&#x00A0;distributions, but it&#8217;s hard-coded for the non-extended <a
-href="#glo:latinalph">Latin alphabet<a
- id="dx1-8006"></a></a>. It can&#8217;t correctly sort
-accent commands (such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\&#8217; </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\c</span>) and fails with <a
-href="#glo:UTF-8">UTF-8</a> characters, especially for any sort values that start
-with a <a
-href="#glo:UTF-8">UTF-8</a> character (as it separates the octets resulting in an invalid file encoding). This process involves
-making LaTeX&#x00A0;write the glossary information to a temporary file which <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-8007"></a></a> reads. Then <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-8008"></a></a>
-writes a&#x00A0;new file containing the code to typeset the glossary. Then <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>reads this file in on the
-next run.
-</p><!--l. 1325--><p class="indent" > This option works best if you want to sort entries according to the English alphabet and you don&#8217;t want to
-install Perl or Java. This method can also work with the restricted shell escape since <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-8009"></a></a> is considered a
-trusted application. (So you should be able to use the <span
-class="cmss-10">automake</span><a
- id="dx1-8010"></a> package option provided the shell escape hasn&#8217;t
-been completely disabled.)
-</p><!--l. 1332--><p class="indent" > This method can form ranges in the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-8011"></a></a> but only accepts limited number formats: <span
-class="cmtt-10">\arabic</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\roman</span>,
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\Roman</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\alph </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Alph</span>.
-</p><!--l. 1336--><p class="indent" > This option does not allow a mixture of sort methods. All glossaries must be sorted according to the same
-method: word/letter ordering or order of use or order of definition. If you need word ordering for one
-glossary and letter ordering for another you&#8217;ll have to explicitly call <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-8012"></a></a> for each glossary
-type.
-</p><!--l. 1343--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package allows a hybrid mix of Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option1">1</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> to provide word/letter ordering with
-<a
-href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a> and order of use/definition with <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>. See the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> documentation for further
-details. See also the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> alternative to <a
-href="#ex:sampleSort"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleSort.tex</span></a> in <a
-href="#sec:samplessort">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">18.5</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:samplessort">Sorting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:samplessort --></a>.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 1350--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1352--><p class="indent" > Summary:
- </p><ol class="enumerate1" >
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-8014x1">
- <!--l. 1354--><p class="noindent" >If you want to use <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-8015"></a>&#8217;s</a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">-g</span><a
- id="dx1-8016"></a> option you must change the quote character using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetQuote</span><a
- id="dx1-8017"></a>. For
- example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-14">
- \GlsSetQuote{+}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1358--><p class="nopar" > This must be used before <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. Note that if you are using <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-8018"></a>, the shorthands aren&#8217;t
- enabled until the start of the document, so you won&#8217;t be able to use the shorthands in definitions made in
- the preamble.
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-8020x2">
- <!--l. 1364--><p class="noindent" >Add
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-15">
- \makeglossaries
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1367--><p class="nopar" > to your preamble (before you start defining your entries, as described in <a
-href="#sec:newglosentry">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining
- Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>).
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-8022x3">
- <!--l. 1372--><p class="noindent" >Put
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-16">
- \printglossary
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1375--><p class="nopar" > where you want your list of entries to appear (described in <a
-href="#sec:printglossary">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">8</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:printglossary">Displaying a Glossary<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossary --></a>).
- Alternatively, to display all glossaries use the iterative command:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17">
- \printglossaries
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1381--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-8024x4">
- <!--l. 1383--><p class="noindent" >Run LaTeX&#x00A0;on your document. This creates files with the extensions <span
-class="cmtt-10">glo</span><a
- id="dx1-8025"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">ist</span><a
- id="dx1-8026"></a> (for example, if your
- LaTeX&#x00A0;document is called <span
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then you&#8217;ll have two extra files called <span
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.glo </span>and
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.ist</span>). If you look at your document at this point, you won&#8217;t see the glossary as it hasn&#8217;t been
- created yet. (If you use <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> you&#8217;ll see the section heading and some boilerplate
- text.)
- </p><!--l. 1392--><p class="noindent" >If you have used package options such as <span
-class="cmss-10">symbols</span><a
- id="dx1-8027"></a> there will also be other sets of files corresponding to the
- extra glossaries that were created by those options.
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-8029x5">
- <!--l. 1396--><p class="noindent" ><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#makeindex.run">&#128279;</a><a
- id="x1-80285"></a> Run <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-8030"></a></a> with the <span
-class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>file as the input file and the <span
-class="cmtt-10">.ist </span>file as the style so that it creates an
- output file with the extension <span
-class="cmtt-10">.gls</span>. If you have access to a terminal or a command prompt (for example,
- the MSDOS command prompt for Windows users or the bash console for Unix-like users) then you need to
- run the command:
- </p><!--l. 1402--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />makeindex -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
- (Replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc </span>with the base name of your LaTeX&#x00A0;document file. Avoid spaces in the file name if
- possible. The <span
-class="tctt-1000">$ </span>symbol indicates the command prompt and should be omitted.)
- </p><!--l. 1409--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The file extensions vary according to the glossary <span
-class="cmtt-10">type</span><a
- id="dx1-8031"></a>. See <a
-href="#sec:makeindexapp">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">1.5.4</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:makeindexapp">Using <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-8032"></a></a>
- explicitly (Option 2)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeindexapp --></a> for further details. <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-8033"></a></a> must be called for each set of files. </div>
- </p><!--l. 1413--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 1415--><p class="noindent" >If you don&#8217;t know how to use the command prompt, then you can probably access <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-8034"></a></a> via your
- text editor, but each editor has a different method of doing this. See <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/" >Incorporating makeglossaries or
- makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document build</a> for some examples.
- </p><!--l. 1421--><p class="noindent" >Alternatively, run <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-8035"></a></a> indirectly via the <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-8036"></a></a> script:
- </p><!--l. 1423--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
-
-
- <br />makeglossaries myDoc
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
- Note that the file extension isn&#8217;t supplied in this case. (Replace <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-8037"></a></a> with
- <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-8038"></a></a> if you don&#8217;t have Perl installed.) This will pick up all the file extensions
- from the <span
-class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a
- id="dx1-8039"></a> file and run <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-8040"></a></a> the appropriate number of times with all the necessary
- switches.
- </p><!--l. 1433--><p class="noindent" >The simplest approach is to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a
- id="dx1-8041"></a> and add the following comment lines to the start of your document:
- </p><div class="alltt">
- <div class="obeylines-v">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;arara:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;pdflatex</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;arara:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;makeglossaries</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;arara:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;pdflatex</span>
-</div>
- </div> (Replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries </span>with <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossarieslite </span>in the second line above if you don&#8217;t have Perl
- installed. Note that there&#8217;s no hyphen in this case.)
- <!--l. 1444--><p class="noindent" >The default sort is word order (&#8220;sea lion&#8221; comes before &#8220;seal&#8221;). If you want letter ordering you need to
- add the <span
-class="cmtt-10">-l</span><a
- id="dx1-8042"></a> switch:
- </p><!--l. 1447--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />makeindex -l -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
- (See <a
-href="#sec:makeindexapp">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">1.5.4</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:makeindexapp">Using <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-8043"></a></a> explicitly (Option 2)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeindexapp --></a> for further details on using <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-8044"></a>
- explicitly.) If you use <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-8045"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-8046"></a></a> then use the <span
-class="cmss-10">order</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">letter</span><a
- id="dx1-8047"></a> package option
- and the <span
-class="cmtt-10">-l</span><a
- id="dx1-8048"></a> option will be added automatically.
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-8050x6">
- <!--l. 1456--><p class="noindent" ><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#makeindex.relatex">&#128279;</a><a
- id="x1-80496"></a> Once you have successfully completed the previous step, you can now run LaTeX&#x00A0;on your document
- again.</p></li></ol>
-<!--l. 1459--><p class="noindent" >You&#8217;ll need to repeat the last step if you have used the <span
-class="cmss-10">toc</span><a
- id="dx1-8051"></a> option (unless you&#8217;re using <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>) to ensure the
-section heading is added to the table of contents. You&#8217;ll also need to repeat steps&#x00A0;<a
-href="#x1-80285">5<!--tex4ht:ref: makeindex.run --></a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#x1-80496">6<!--tex4ht:ref: makeindex.relatex --></a> if you have any
-cross-references which can&#8217;t be indexed until the glossary file has been created.
-<a
- id="x1-8052r3"></a>
-
-
-</p><!--l. 1466--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-90003"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#option3">&#128279;</a><a
- id="option3"></a>Option&#x00A0;3 (<span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>)</h4>
-<!--l. 1468--><p class="noindent" >Example document: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\documentclass{article}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{glossaries}</span>
-<br /><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-9001"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;open</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;glossary</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;files</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-18">
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},
-&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}}
-\begin{document}
-\gls{sample}.
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1479--><p class="nopar" > </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-9002"></a></strong>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\end{document}</span>
-</div>
-</div> You can place all your entry definitions in a separate file and load it in the preamble with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries</span><a
- id="dx1-9003"></a>
-(<span
-class="cmti-10">after </span><span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-9004"></a>).
-<!--l. 1488--><p class="indent" > This option uses a&#x00A0;<a
-href="#glo:cli">CLI</a> application called <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-9005"></a></a> to sort the entries. This application is more flexible than
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>and is able to sort <a
-href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabets</a> or <a
-href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabets</a>, however it does still have some
-limitations.
-</p><!--l. 1493--><p class="indent" > The <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-9006"></a></a> application comes with both TeX&#x00A0;Live and MiKTeX, but since <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-9007"></a></a> is a Perl script, you will
-also need to install Perl, if you don&#8217;t already have it. In a&#x00A0;similar way to <a
-href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a>, this option involves making
-LaTeX&#x00A0;write the glossary information to a&#x00A0;temporary file which <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-9008"></a></a> reads. Then <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-9009"></a></a> writes a&#x00A0;new file
-containing the code to typeset the glossary. Then <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>reads this file in on the next
-run.
-</p><!--l. 1501--><p class="indent" > This is the best option with just the base <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package if you want to sort according to
-a&#x00A0;language other than English or if you want non-standard location lists, but it can require some
-setting up (see <a
-href="#sec:xindy">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">14</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a>). There are some problems with certain sort values:
-</p>
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 1507--><p class="noindent" >entries with the same sort value are merged by <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-9010"></a> into a single glossary line so you must make
- sure that each entry has a unique sort value;
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 1510--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-9011"></a> forbids empty sort values;
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 1511--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-9012"></a> automatically strips control sequences, the math-shift character <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">$</span></span></span> and braces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{}</span></span></span> from the
- sort value, which is usually desired but this can cause the sort value to collapse to an empty string
- which <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-9013"></a> forbids.</p></li></ul>
-<!--l. 1516--><p class="noindent" >In these problematic cases, you must set the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-9014"></a> field explicitly. For example: </p><div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{alpha}{name={\ensuremath{\alpha}},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">sort={alpha},</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">description={...}}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 1522--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has a modified <span
-class="cmss-10">symbols</span><a
- id="dx1-9015"></a> package option that provides <span id="textcolor85"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span></span><a
- id="dx1-9016"></a>, which
-automatically sets the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-9017"></a> key to the entry label (instead of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-9018"></a>). </div>
-</p><!--l. 1526--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1528--><p class="indent" > All glossaries must be sorted according to the same method (word/letter ordering, order of use, or order of
-definition).
-</p><!--l. 1531--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package allows a hybrid mix of Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option1">1</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a> to provide word/letter ordering with
-<a
-href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a> and order of use/definition with <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>. See the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> documentation for further details.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 1536--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1538--><p class="indent" > Summary:
- </p><ol class="enumerate1" >
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-9020x1">
- <!--l. 1540--><p class="noindent" >Add the <span
-class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-9021"></a> option to the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package option list:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-19">
- \usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1544--><p class="nopar" > If you are using a non-Latin script you&#8217;ll also need to either switch off the creation of the number
- group:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20">
- \usepackage[xindy={glsnumbers=false}]{glossaries}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1549--><p class="nopar" > or use either <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">letter</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>(to indicate the first letter group to follow the
- digits) or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">spec</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>to indicate where the number group should be placed (see
- <a
-href="#sec:xindy">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">14</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a>).
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-9023x2">
- <!--l. 1555--><p class="noindent" >Add <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>to your preamble (before you start defining your entries, as described in
- <a
-href="#sec:newglosentry">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>).
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-9025x3">
- <!--l. 1558--><p class="noindent" >Run LaTeX&#x00A0;on your document. This creates files with the extensions <span
-class="cmtt-10">glo</span><a
- id="dx1-9026"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">xdy</span><a
- id="dx1-9027"></a> (for example, if your
- LaTeX&#x00A0;document is called <span
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then you&#8217;ll have two extra files called <span
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.glo </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.xdy</span>).
- If you look at your document at this point, you won&#8217;t see the glossary as it hasn&#8217;t been created yet. (If
- you&#8217;re using the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> extension package, you&#8217;ll see the section header and some boilerplate
- text.)
- </p><!--l. 1567--><p class="noindent" >If you have used package options such as <span
-class="cmss-10">symbols</span><a
- id="dx1-9028"></a> there will also be other sets of files corresponding to the
- extra glossaries that were created by those options.
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-9030x4">
- <!--l. 1571--><p class="noindent" >Run <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-9031"></a></a> with the <span
-class="cmtt-10">.glo </span>file as the input file and the <span
-class="cmtt-10">.xdy </span>file as a&#x00A0;module so that it creates an output
- file with the extension <span
-class="cmtt-10">.gls</span>. You also need to set the language name and input encoding. If you have
- access to a terminal or a command prompt (for example, the MSDOS command prompt for Windows
- users or the bash console for Unix-like users) then you need to run the command (all on one
- line):
- </p><!--l. 1579--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
- (Replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc </span>with the base name of your LaTeX&#x00A0;document file. Avoid spaces in the file name. If
- necessary, also replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">english </span>with the name of your language and <span
-class="cmtt-10">utf8 </span>with your input encoding, for
- example, <span
-class="cmtt-10">-L</span><a
- id="dx1-9032"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">german -C</span><a
- id="dx1-9033"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">din5007-utf8</span>.)
-
-
- </p><!--l. 1588--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The file extensions vary according to the glossary <span
-class="cmtt-10">type</span><a
- id="dx1-9034"></a>. See <a
-href="#sec:xindyapp">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">1.5.3</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:xindyapp">Using <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-9035"></a></a> explicitly
- (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindyapp --></a> for further details. <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-9036"></a></a> must be called for each set of files. </div>
- </p><!--l. 1592--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 1594--><p class="noindent" >It&#8217;s much simpler to use <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-9037"></a></a> instead:
- </p><!--l. 1595--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />makeglossaries myDoc
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
- Note that the file extension isn&#8217;t supplied in this case. This will pick up all the file extensions from the <span
-class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a
- id="dx1-9038"></a>
- file and run <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-9039"></a></a> the appropriate number of times with all the necessary switches.
- </p><!--l. 1603--><p class="noindent" >There&#8217;s no benefit in using <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-9040"></a></a> with <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-9041"></a></a>. (Remember that <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-9042"></a></a> is a Perl
- script so if you can use <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-9043"></a></a> then you can also use <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-9044"></a></a>, and if you don&#8217;t want
- to use <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-9045"></a></a> because you don&#8217;t want to install Perl, then you can&#8217;t use <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-9046"></a></a>
- either.)
- </p><!--l. 1609--><p class="noindent" >If you don&#8217;t know how to use the command prompt, then you can probably access <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-9047"></a></a> or
- <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-9048"></a></a> via your text editor, but each editor has a different method of doing this. See
- <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/" >Incorporating makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document build</a> for some
- examples.
- </p><!--l. 1615--><p class="noindent" >Again, a convenient method is to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">arara </span>and add the follow comment lines to the start of your
- document: </p><div class="alltt">
- <div class="obeylines-v">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;arara:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;pdflatex</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;arara:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;makeglossaries</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;arara:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;pdflatex</span>
-</div>
- </div>
- <!--l. 1623--><p class="noindent" >The default sort is word order (&#8220;sea lion&#8221; comes before &#8220;seal&#8221;). If you want letter ordering you need to
- add the <span
-class="cmss-10">order</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">letter</span><a
- id="dx1-9049"></a> package option:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-21">
- \usepackage[xindy,order=letter]{glossaries}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1628--><p class="nopar" > (and return to the previous step). This option is picked up by <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-9050"></a></a>. If you are explicitly using
- <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-9051"></a></a> then you&#8217;ll need to add <span
-class="cmtt-10">-M ord/letorder </span>to the options list. See <a
-href="#sec:xindyapp">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">1.5.3</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:xindyapp">Using <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-9052"></a></a>
- explicitly (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindyapp --></a> for further details on using <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-9053"></a> explicitly.
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-9055x5">
- <!--l. 1635--><p class="noindent" >Once you have successfully completed the previous step, you can now run LaTeX&#x00A0;on your document
- again. As with <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-9056"></a></a> (<a
-href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a>), you may need to repeat the previous step and this step to ensure
- the table of contents and cross-references are resolved.
-</p>
- </li></ol>
-<a
- id="x1-9057r4"></a>
-<!--l. 1642--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-100004"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#option4">&#128279;</a><a
- id="option4"></a>Option&#x00A0;4 (<span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>)</h4>
-<!--l. 1644--><p class="noindent" ><br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>This option is only available with the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> extension package. This method uses
-<a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-10001"></a></a> to both fetch entry definitions from <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-10002"></a> files and to hierarchically sort and collate.
-</p><!--l. 1649--><p class="indent" > Example document: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\documentclass{article}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><span id="textcolor86"><span
-class="cmtt-10">record=nameref</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{glossaries-extra}</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor87"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-10003"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor88"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-10004"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">={entries}]</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\begin{document}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{sample},</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\gls{alpha},</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\gls{html}.</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor89"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span><a
- id="dx1-10005"></a>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\end{document}</span>
-</div>
-</div> where the file <span
-class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>contains: <div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor90"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-10006"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{sample,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name={sample},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={an</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;example}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor91"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@symbol</span></span><a
- id="dx1-10007"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{alpha,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name={\ensuremath{\alpha}},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={...}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor92"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@abbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-10008"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{html,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;short={HTML},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;long={hypertext</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;markup</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;language}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 1675--><p class="indent" > All entries must be provided in one or more <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-10009"></a> files. See the <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-10010"></a></a> user manual for the required
-format.
-</p><!--l. 1678--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-10011"></a> key should not be used. Each entry type (<span id="textcolor93"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-10012"></a>, <span id="textcolor94"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@symbol</span></span><a
- id="dx1-10013"></a>, <span id="textcolor95"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@abbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-10014"></a>)
-has a particular field that&#8217;s used for the sort value by default (<span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-10015"></a>, the label, <span
-class="cmtt-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-10016"></a>). You will
-break this mechanism if you explicitly use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-10017"></a> key. See <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=bib2gls-sorting" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>gallery: sorting</a> for examples.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 1685--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1687--><p class="indent" > The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package needs to be loaded with the <span id="textcolor96"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span></span><a
- id="dx1-10018"></a> package option: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><span id="textcolor97"><span
-class="cmtt-10">record</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{glossaries-extra}</span>
-</div>
-</div> or (equivalently) <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><span id="textcolor98"><span
-class="cmtt-10">record=only</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{glossaries-extra}</span>
-</div>
-</div> or (with at least <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.37 and <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-10019"></a></a> v1.8): <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><span id="textcolor99"><span
-class="cmtt-10">record=nameref</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{glossaries-extra}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The <span id="textcolor100"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">nameref</span></span><a
- id="dx1-10020"></a> option is the best method.
-<!--l. 1702--><p class="indent" > (It&#8217;s possible to use a hybrid of this method and Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a> with <span id="textcolor101"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">hybrid</span></span><a
- id="dx1-10021"></a> but in general there is
-little need for this and it complicates the build process.)
-</p><!--l. 1706--><p class="indent" > Each resource set is loaded with <span id="textcolor102"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-10022"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>. For example: </p><div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor103"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-10023"></a>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">[%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;definitions</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;in</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;entries1.bib</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;and</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;entries2.bib:</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor104"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-10024"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">={entries1,entries2},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor105"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span></span><a
- id="dx1-10025"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">={de-CH-1996}%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;according</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;this</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;locale</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div> The <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-10026"></a> files are identified as a comma-separated list in the value of the <span id="textcolor106"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-10027"></a> key. The <span id="textcolor107"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span></span><a
- id="dx1-10028"></a> option identifies the
-sorting method. This may be a locale identifier for alphabetic sorting, but there are other sort methods
-available, such as character code or numeric. One resource set may cover multiple glossaries or one glossary may
-be split across multiple resource sets, forming logical sub-blocks.
-<!--l. 1723--><p class="indent" > If you want to ensure that all entries are selected, even if they haven&#8217;t been referenced in the document, then
-add the option <span id="textcolor108"><span
-class="cmtt-10">selection</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=all</span><a
- id="dx1-10029"></a>. (There are also ways of filtering the selection or you can even have a
-random selection by shuffling and truncating the list. See the <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-10030"></a></a> user manual for further
-details.)
-</p><!--l. 1729--><p class="indent" > The glossary is displayed using: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor109"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span><a
- id="dx1-10031"></a>
-</div>
-</div> Alternatively all glossaries can be displayed using the iterative command: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor110"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span></span><a
- id="dx1-10032"></a>
-</div>
-</div> The document is built using:
-<!--l. 1739--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex myDoc
- <br />bib2gls myDoc
- <br />pdflatex myDoc
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-If letter groups are required, you need the <span id="textcolor111"><span
-class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span><a
- id="dx1-10033"></a> switch:
-</p><!--l. 1745--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />bib2gls --group myDoc
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-or with <span
-class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a
- id="dx1-10034"></a>: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;arara:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;bib2gls:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;group:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;on</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;}</span>
-
-
-</div>
-</div> (You will also need an appropriate glossary style.)
-<!--l. 1754--><p class="indent" > Unlike Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>, this method doesn&#8217;t create a file containing the typeset glossary but simply
-determines which entries are needed for the document, their associated locations and (if required) their
-associated letter group. This option allows a mixture of sort methods. For example, sorting by word order for
-one glossary and order of use for another or even sorting one block of the glossary differently to another block in
-the same glossary. See <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=bib2gls-sorting" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>gallery: sorting</a>.
-</p><!--l. 1763--><p class="indent" > This method supports Unicode and uses the Common Locale Data Repository, which provides more extensive language support
-than <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-10035"></a></a>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn2x1" id="fn2x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.2</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-10036f2"></a>&#x00A0;The
-locations in the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-10038"></a></a> may be in any format. If <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-10039"></a></a> can deduce a numerical value it will attempt to
-form ranges otherwise it will simply list the locations.
-</p><!--l. 1771--><p class="indent" > Summary:
- </p><ol class="enumerate1" >
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-10041x1">
- <!--l. 1773--><p class="noindent" >Use <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> with the <span id="textcolor112"><span
-class="cmss-10">p</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span></span><a
- id="dx1-10042"></a>ackage option:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-22">
- \usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1777--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-10044x2">
- <!--l. 1779--><p class="noindent" >Use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\*</span>GlsXtrLoadResources to identify the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-10045"></a> file(s) and <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-10046"></a></a> options:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-23">
- \GlsXtrLoadResources[src={terms.bib,abbreviations.bib},sort=en]
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1783--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-10048x3">
- <!--l. 1785--><p class="noindent" >Put </p><div class="alltt">
- <div class="obeylines-v">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\*printunsrtglossary</span>
-</div>
- </div> where you want your list of entries to appear. Alternatively to display all glossaries use the iterative
- command: <div class="alltt">
- <div class="obeylines-v">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\*printunsrtglossaries</span>
-</div>
- </div>
- </li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-10050x4">
- <!--l. 1795--><p class="noindent" >Run LaTeX&#x00A0;on your document.
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-10052x5">
- <!--l. 1797--><p class="noindent" >Run <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-10053"></a></a> with just the document base name.
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-10055x6">
- <!--l. 1799--><p class="noindent" >Run LaTeX&#x00A0;on your document.
-</p>
- </li></ol>
-
-
-<!--l. 1803--><p class="indent" > See <a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls-begin.pdf" ><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: An Introductory Guide</a>&#x00A0;or the <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-10056"></a></a> user manual for further details of
-this method, and also <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/" >Incorporating makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document
-build</a>.
-<a
- id="x1-10057r5"></a>
-</p><!--l. 1809--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-110005"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#option5">&#128279;</a><a
- id="option5"></a>Option&#x00A0;5 (no sorting)</h4>
-<!--l. 1811--><p class="noindent" ><br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>This option is only available with the extension package <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>. No <a
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a>
-is required.
-</p><!--l. 1815--><p class="indent" > Example document:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24">
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage[sort=none]{glossaries-extra}
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},
-&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}}
-\newglossaryentry{alpha}{name={\ensuremath{\alpha}},
-&#x00A0;description={...}}
-\begin{document}
-\gls{sample}.
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1825--><p class="nopar" > </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor113"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span><a
- id="dx1-11001"></a>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\end{document}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 1831--><p class="indent" > This method is best used with the package option <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">none</span><a
- id="dx1-11002"></a> (as shown above). There&#8217;s no &#8220;activation&#8221;
-command (such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>for Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>). In general it&#8217;s best to use a style that doesn&#8217;t show
-letter group headings. If you do want letter headings then you must ensure that you have defined
-your entries in alphabetical order, and use XeLaTeX&#x00A0;or LuaLaTeX&#x00A0;if you require <a
-href="#glo:UTF-8">UTF-8</a> letter
-groups.
-</p><!--l. 1839--><p class="indent" > All entries must be defined before the glossary is displayed (preferably in the preamble) in the
-required order, and child entries must be defined immediately after their parent entry if they must be
-kept together in the glossary. (Some glossary styles indent entries that have a parent but it&#8217;s the
-<a
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> that ensures the child entries are listed immediately after the parent. If you&#8217;re
-opting to use this manual approach then it&#8217;s your responsibility to define the entries in the correct
-order.) You can place all your entry definitions in a separate file and load it in the preamble with
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries</span><a
- id="dx1-11003"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 1850--><p class="indent" > The glossary is displayed using: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor114"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span><a
- id="dx1-11004"></a>
-</div>
-</div> Alternatively all glossaries can be displayed using the iterative command: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor115"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span></span><a
- id="dx1-11005"></a>
-
-
-</div>
-</div> This will display <span
-class="cmti-10">all </span>defined entries, regardless of whether or not they have been used in the document. The
-<a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-11006"></a>s</a> have to be set explicitly otherwise they won&#8217;t appear. Note that this uses the same command for
-displaying the glossary as <a
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>. This is because <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-11007"></a></a> takes advantage of this method by defining the
-wanted entries in the required order and setting the locations (and letter group information, if
-required).
-<!--l. 1867--><p class="indent" > Therefore, the above example document has a glossary containing the entries: sample and <span
-class="cmmi-10">&#x03B1; </span>(in
-that order). Note that the <span
-class="cmtt-10">alpha </span>entry has been included even though it wasn&#8217;t referenced in the
-document.
-</p><!--l. 1872--><p class="indent" > This just requires a single LaTeX&#x00A0;call:
-</p><!--l. 1873--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex myDoc
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-unless the glossary needs to appear in the table of contents, in which case a second run is required:
-</p><!--l. 1878--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex myDoc
- <br />pdflatex myDoc
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-(Naturally if the document also contains citations, and so on, then additional steps are required. Similarly for all
-the other options above.)
-</p><!--l. 1886--><p class="indent" > See the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> documentation for further details of this method.
-<a
- id="x1-11008r6"></a>
-</p><!--l. 1888--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-120006"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#option6">&#128279;</a><a
- id="option6"></a>Option&#x00A0;6 (standalone)</h4>
-<!--l. 1890--><p class="noindent" ><br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>This option is only available with the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> extension
-package.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn3x1" id="fn3x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.3</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-12001f3"></a>
-Instead of creating a list, this has standalone definitions throughout the document. The entry name may or may
-not be in a section heading.
-</p><!--l. 1900--><p class="indent" > You can either define entries in the document preamble (or in an external file loaded with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries</span><a
- id="dx1-12004"></a>), as
-with <a
-href="#option5">Option&#x00A0;5</a>, for example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-25">
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
-\usepackage[sort=none,
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;nostyles%&#x00A0;&#x003C;-&#x00A0;no&#x00A0;glossary&#x00A0;styles&#x00A0;are&#x00A0;required
-&#x00A0;]{glossaries-extra}
-\newglossaryentry{set}{name={set},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;collection&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;any&#x00A0;kind&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;objects},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;symbol={\ensuremath{\mathcal{S}}}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.58"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>
+ {cafe}<span class="comment">% label</span>
+ {<span class="comment">% definition:</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.59"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={café}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.60"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={small restaurant selling refreshments}</span>
+ }
+
+<a id="wrglossary.61"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.62"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>}
+<a id="wrglossary.63"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>
+ {html}<span class="comment">% label</span>
+ {HTML}<span class="comment">% short form</span>
+ {hypertext markup language}<span class="comment">% long form</span>
+
+<a id="wrglossary.64"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>
+ {pi}<span class="comment">% label</span>
+ {<span class="comment">% definition:</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.65"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.66"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\pi</code>}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.67"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Archimedes' Constant}</span>
+ }
+
+<a id="wrglossary.68"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>
+ {distance}<span class="comment">% label</span>
+ {<span class="comment">% definition:</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.69"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={distance}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.70"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={the length between two points}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.71"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a><span class="optfmt">={m}</span>
+ }
+
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+First use: <a id="wrglossary.72"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{cafe}, <a id="wrglossary.73"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{html}, <a id="wrglossary.74"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{pi}.
+Next use: <a id="wrglossary.75"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{cafe}, <a id="wrglossary.76"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{html}, <a id="wrglossary.77"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{pi}.
+
+<a id="wrglossary.78"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a>{distance} (<a id="wrglossary.79"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></a>{distance}) is measured in
+<a id="wrglossary.80"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbol</code></a>{distance}.
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> (This is a trivial example. For a real document I recommend you use <a id="wrglossary.81"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.siunitx"><span class="styfmt">siunitx</span></a> for units.) <div class="resultbox"><div class="resultboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.82"></a><a href="#glo:sym.result"><span title="Result" class="icon">🖺</span></a></div><!-- end of resultboxtitle -->
+<a id="ex:simplenogloss"></a>Example 1: Simple document with no glossary <a href="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example001.tex" class="icon"><span title="Download TeX File" class="icon">📥<sup>🖹</sup></span></a> <a href="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example001.pdf" class="icon"><span title="Download PDF" class="icon">📥<sup>🖺</sup></span></a><p>
+<object data="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example001.png" type="image/png" width="388" height="42">Example document that defines some glossary entries and references them in the text..</object> </div><!-- end of resultbox -->
+<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.83"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+The <a id="wrglossary.84"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package, which is distributed as a separate bundle, extends the capabilities of the <a id="wrglossary.85"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package. The simplest document with a <a id="wrglossary.86"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> can be created with <a id="wrglossary.87"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> (which internally loads the <a id="wrglossary.88"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package): <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.89"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[
+ <a id="wrglossary.90"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=none</span>,<span class="comment">% no sorting or indexing required</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.91"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbreviations"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">abbreviations</span></a>,<span class="comment">% create list of <a id="wrglossary.92"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviations</span></a></span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.93"></a><a href="#glo:opt.symbols"><span class="styoptfmt">symbols</span></a>,<span class="comment">% create list of symbols</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.94"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>, <span class="comment">% append a full stop after the descriptions</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.95"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.96"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=index</span> <span class="comment">% set the default glossary style</span>
+]{glossaries-extra}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.97"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> <span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.98"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra">glossaries.sty</a></span> {cafe}<span class="comment">% label</span>
+ {<span class="comment">% definition:</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.99"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={café}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.100"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={small restaurant selling refreshments}</span>
+ }
+
+<a id="wrglossary.101"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.102"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>}<span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.103"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra">glossaries-extra.sty</a></span>
+<a id="wrglossary.104"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a> <span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.105"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra">glossaries-extra.sty</a></span> {html}<span class="comment">% label</span>
+ {HTML}<span class="comment">% short form</span>
+ {hypertext markup language}<span class="comment">% long form</span>
+
+<span class="comment">% requires <a id="wrglossary.106"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra">glossaries-extra.sty</a> '<a id="wrglossary.107"></a><a href="#glo:opt.symbols"><span class="styoptfmt">symbols</span></a>' option</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.108"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrnewsymbol"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnewsymbol</code></a>
+ [<a id="wrglossary.109"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Archimedes' constant}</span>]<span class="comment">% options</span>
+ {pi}<span class="comment">% label</span>
+ {<a id="wrglossary.110"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\pi</code>}}<span class="comment">% symbol</span>
+
+<a id="wrglossary.111"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> <span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.112"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra">glossaries.sty</a></span> {distance}<span class="comment">% label</span>
+ {<span class="comment">% definition:</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.113"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={distance}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.114"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={the length between two points}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.115"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a><span class="optfmt">={m}</span>
+ }
+
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+First use: <a id="wrglossary.116"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{cafe}, <a id="wrglossary.117"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{html}, <a id="wrglossary.118"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{pi}.
+Next use: <a id="wrglossary.119"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{cafe}, <a id="wrglossary.120"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{html}, <a id="wrglossary.121"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{pi}.
+
+<a id="wrglossary.122"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a>{distance} is measured in <a id="wrglossary.123"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbol</code></a>{distance}.
+<a id="wrglossary.124"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a> <span class="comment">% list all defined entries</span>
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre><p>
+<div class="resultbox"><div class="resultboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.125"></a><a href="#glo:sym.result"><span title="Result" class="icon">🖺</span></a></div><!-- end of resultboxtitle -->
+<a id="ex:simpleunsrt"></a>Example 2: Simple document with unsorted glossaries <a href="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example002.tex" class="icon"><span title="Download TeX File" class="icon">📥<sup>🖹</sup></span></a> <a href="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example002.pdf" class="icon"><span title="Download PDF" class="icon">📥<sup>🖺</sup></span></a><p>
+<object data="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example002.png" type="image/png" width="388" height="265">Example document that defines some glossary entries, references them in the text, and displays three simple unsorted glossaries..</object> </div><!-- end of resultbox -->
+<p>
+Note the difference in the way the <a id="wrglossary.126"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span></a> (HTML) and symbol (\(𝜋\)) are defined in the two above examples. The <a id="wrglossary.127"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbreviations"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">abbreviations</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.128"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.129"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a> options are specific to <a id="wrglossary.130"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. Other options are passed to the base <a id="wrglossary.131"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.132"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ In this user manual, commands and options displayed in <span class="xtrfmt">tan</span>, such as <a id="wrglossary.133"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.134"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a>, are only available with the <a id="wrglossary.135"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package. There are also some commands and options (such as <a id="wrglossary.136"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.137"></a><a href="#glo:opt.symbols"><span class="styoptfmt">symbols</span></a>) that are provided by the base <a id="wrglossary.138"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package but are redefined by the <a id="wrglossary.139"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package. See the <a id="wrglossary.140"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> user manual for further details of those commands. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+One of the strengths of the <a id="wrglossary.141"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package is its flexibility, however the drawback of this is the necessity of having a large manual that covers all the various settings. If you are daunted by the size of the manual, try starting off with the much shorter <a href="glossariesbegin.html">guide for beginners</a>.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.142"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+There’s a common misconception that you have to have Perl installed in order to use the <a id="wrglossary.143"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package. Perl is <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">not</span> a requirement (as demonstrated by the above examples) but it does increase the available options, particularly if you use an <a id="wrglossary.144"></a><a href="#glo:dual.exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabet</a> or a <a id="wrglossary.145"></a><a href="#glo:dual.nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabet</a>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+This document uses the <a id="wrglossary.146"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package with <a id="wrglossary.147"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> (<a id="wrglossary.148"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a>). For example, when viewing the <a id="wrglossary.149"></a><a href="#glo:PDF">PDF</a> version of this document in a <a id="wrglossary.150"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@hyperlink">hyperlinked-enabled</a> <a id="wrglossary.151"></a><a href="#glo:PDF">PDF</a> viewer (such as Adobe Reader or Okular) if you click on the word <span class="qt">“<a id="wrglossary.152"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a>”</span> you’ll be taken to the <a id="wrglossary.153"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> in the <a href="#glossary">main glossary</a> where there’s a brief description of the term. This is the way the <a id="wrglossary.154"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> mechanism works. An <a id="wrglossary.155"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a> (<a id="wrglossary.156"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> in this case) is used to generate the sorted list of terms. The <a id="wrglossary.157"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing applications</a> are <a id="wrglossary.158"></a><a href="#glo:cli">CLI</a> tools, which means they can be run directly from a command prompt or terminal, or can be integrated into some text editors, or you can use a build tool such as <a id="wrglossary.159"></a><a href="#glo:app.arara"><span class="appfmt">arara</span></a> to run them.<p>
+In addition to standard <a id="wrglossary.160"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>, this document has <span class="qt">“standalone”</span> definitions (<a id="wrglossary.161"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.standalone">Option 6</a>). For example, if you click on the command <a id="wrglossary.162"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>, the <a id="wrglossary.163"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> will take you to main part of the document where the command is described. The <a href="#index">index</a> and <a href="#summaries">summaries</a> are also glossaries. The technique used is too complicated to describe in this manual, but an example can be found in <a href="https://tug.org/TUGboat/tb2022-1/tb133talbot-bib2gls-reorder.pdf"><span class="qt">“<span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span>: Standalone entries and repeated lists (a little book of poisons)”</span> <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">TUGboat</span>, Volume 43 (2022), No. 1</a>.<p>
+Neither of the above two examples require an <a id="wrglossary.164"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a>. The first is just using the <a id="wrglossary.165"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package for consistent formatting, and there is no list. The second has lists but they are unsorted (see <a id="wrglossary.166"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.unsrt">Option 5</a>).<p>
+The remainder of this introductory section covers the following:
+<ul class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>§<a href="#sec:indexingoptions">1.3</a> lists the available indexing options.<p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>§<a href="#sec:lipsum">1.4</a> lists the files provided that contain dummy glossary entries which may be used for testing.<p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>§<a href="#sec:languages">1.5</a> provides information for users who wish to write in a language other than English.<p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>§<a href="#sec:makeglossaries">1.6</a> describes how to use an <a id="wrglossary.167"></a><a href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> to create the sorted glossaries for your document (Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>).<p>
+
+</ul>
+<p>
+In addition to the examples provided in this document, there are some sample documents provided with the <a id="wrglossary.168"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package. They are described in §<a href="#sec:samples">18</a>.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.169"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package comes with a number of sample documents that illustrate the various functions. These are listed in §<a href="#sec:samples">18</a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:intro -->
+
+<section id="sec:rollback"><!-- start of section sec:rollback --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->1.1. Rollback<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:rollback">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+The following rollback releases are available: <p>
+
+<ul class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>Version 4.49 (2021-11-01): <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.170"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}[=v4.49]
+</pre> Note that this should also rollback <a id="wrglossary.171"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> to version 2.07 if you have a later version installed.<p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>Version 4.46 (2020-03-19): <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.172"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}[=v4.46]
+</pre><p>
+
+</ul>
+<p>
+If you rollback using <a id="wrglossary.173"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.latexrelease"><span class="styfmt">latexrelease</span></a> to an earlier date, then you will need to specify v4.46 for <a id="wrglossary.174"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> as there are no earlier rollback versions available. You may want to consider using one of the historic TeX Live Docker images instead. See, for example, <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/blog/legacy-documents-and-tex-live-docker-images">Legacy Documents and TeX Live Docker Images</a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:rollback -->
+
+<section id="sec:pkgintegration"><!-- start of section sec:pkgintegration --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->1.2. Integrating Other Packages and Known Issues<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:pkgintegration">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+If you use <a id="wrglossary.175"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.176"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a>, you must load <a id="wrglossary.177"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">first</span> (although, in general, <a id="wrglossary.178"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> should be loaded after other packages).<p>
+Occasionally you may find that certain packages need to be loaded <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">after</span> packages that are required by <a id="wrglossary.179"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> but need to also be loaded before <a id="wrglossary.180"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a>. For example, a package <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">X</em>〉</span> might need to be loaded after <a id="wrglossary.181"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.amsgen"><span class="styfmt">amsgen</span></a> but before <a id="wrglossary.182"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> (which needs to be loaded before <a id="wrglossary.183"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a>). In which case, load the required package first (for example, <a id="wrglossary.184"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.amsgen"><span class="styfmt">amsgen</span></a>), then <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">X</em>〉</span>, and finally load <a id="wrglossary.185"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a>. <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{amsgen}<span class="comment">% load before <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">X</em>〉</span></span>
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">X</em>〉</span>}<span class="comment">% must be loaded after <a id="wrglossary.186"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.amsgen"><span class="styfmt">amsgen</span></a></span>
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{hyperref}<span class="comment">% load after <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">X</em>〉</span></span>
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}<span class="comment">% load after <a id="wrglossary.187"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a></span>
+</pre><p>
+Some packages don’t work with some <a id="wrglossary.188"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a>. For example, <a id="wrglossary.189"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.classicthesis"><span class="styfmt">classicthesis</span></a> doesn’t work with the styles that use the <a id="wrglossary.190"></a><a href="#glo:env.description"><span class="envfmt">description</span></a> environment, such as the <a id="wrglossary.191"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.list"><span class="glostylefmt">list</span></a> style. Since this is the default style, the <a id="wrglossary.192"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package checks for <a id="wrglossary.193"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.classicthesis"><span class="styfmt">classicthesis</span></a> and will change the default to the <a id="wrglossary.194"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.index"><span class="glostylefmt">index</span></a> style if it has been loaded.<p>
+Some packages conflict with a package that’s required by a <a id="wrglossary.195"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> style package. For example, <a id="wrglossary.196"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.xtab"><span class="styfmt">xtab</span></a> conflicts with <a id="wrglossary.197"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.supertabular"><span class="styfmt">supertabular</span></a>, which is required by <a id="wrglossary.198"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-super"><span class="styfmt">glossary-super</span></a>. In this case, ensure the problematic <a id="wrglossary.199"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> package isn’t loaded. For example, use the <a id="wrglossary.200"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nosuper"><span class="styoptfmt">nosuper</span></a> option and (with <a id="wrglossary.201"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>) don’t use <a id="wrglossary.202"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a><span class="optfmt">=super</span> or <a id="wrglossary.203"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a><span class="optfmt">=all</span>. The <a id="wrglossary.204"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package now (v4.50+) checks for <a id="wrglossary.205"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.xtab"><span class="styfmt">xtab</span></a> and will automatically implement <a id="wrglossary.206"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nosuper"><span class="styoptfmt">nosuper</span></a> if it has been loaded.<p>
+The language-support is implemented using <a id="wrglossary.207"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.tracklang"><span class="styfmt">tracklang</span></a>. This needs to know the document languages that have to be supported. It currently (version 1.6 at the time of writing) can’t detect the use of <a id="wrglossary.208"></a><a href="#glo:babelprovide"><code class="csfmt">\babelprovide</code></a>. The <a id="wrglossary.209"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.tracklang"><span class="styfmt">tracklang</span></a> package is able to pick up known language labels from the document class options, for example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.210"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>[german]{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.211"></a><a href="#glo:opt.translate"><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>]{glossaries}
+</pre> The above doesn’t load <a id="wrglossary.212"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.213"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.polyglossia"><span class="styfmt">polyglossia</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.214"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span></a>, but the <a id="wrglossary.215"></a><a href="#glo:opt.translate"><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> setting will ensure that <a id="wrglossary.216"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.tracklang"><span class="styfmt">tracklang</span></a> is loaded and the language-sensitive command provided by <a id="wrglossary.217"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> will use the definitions in <a id="wrglossary.218"></a><a href="#glo:file.glossaries-german.ldf"><span class="filefmt">glossaries-german.ldf</span></a> (which needs to be installed separately, see §<a href="#sec:languages">1.5</a>) because <a id="wrglossary.219"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.tracklang"><span class="styfmt">tracklang</span></a> can pick up the <span class="optfmt">german</span> document class option.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.220"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.tracklang"><span class="styfmt">tracklang</span></a> package is also able to pick up languages passed as package options to <a id="wrglossary.221"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.222"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span></a>, provided they were loaded before <a id="wrglossary.223"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.tracklang"><span class="styfmt">tracklang</span></a>. For example, <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.224"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[french]{babel}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.225"></a><a href="#glo:opt.translate"><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span></a><span class="optfmt">=babel</span>]{glossaries}
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.226"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.tracklang"><span class="styfmt">tracklang</span></a> package used to be able to detect languages identified by <a id="wrglossary.227"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.polyglossia"><span class="styfmt">polyglossia</span>’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.228"></a><a href="#glo:setmainlanguage"><code class="csfmt">\setmainlanguage</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.229"></a><a href="#glo:setotherlanguage"><code class="csfmt">\setotherlanguage</code></a>, but <a id="wrglossary.230"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.tracklang"><span class="styfmt">tracklang</span></a> v1.5 can’t with newer versions of <a id="wrglossary.231"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.polyglossia"><span class="styfmt">polyglossia</span></a>. You will need to upgrade to <a id="wrglossary.232"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.tracklang"><span class="styfmt">tracklang</span></a> v1.6+ to allow this to work again.<p>
+In the event that <a id="wrglossary.233"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.tracklang"><span class="styfmt">tracklang</span></a> can’t pick up the required languages, it’s also possible to identify them with the <a id="wrglossary.234"></a><a href="#glo:opt.languages"><span class="styoptfmt">languages</span></a> option. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.235"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[nil]{babel}
+<a id="wrglossary.236"></a><a href="#glo:babelprovide"><code class="csfmt">\babelprovide</code></a>{french}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.237"></a><a href="#glo:opt.languages"><span class="styoptfmt">languages</span></a><span class="optfmt">=french</span>]{glossaries}
+</pre><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:pkgintegration -->
+
+<section id="sec:indexingoptions"><!-- start of section sec:indexingoptions --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->1.3. Indexing Options<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:indexingoptions">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.238"></a>The basic idea behind the <a id="wrglossary.239"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package is that you first define your <a id="wrglossary.240"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> (terms, symbols or <a id="wrglossary.241"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a>). Then you can reference these within your document (analogous to <a id="wrglossary.242"></a><a href="#glo:cite"><code class="csfmt">\cite</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.243"></a><a href="#glo:ref"><code class="csfmt">\ref</code></a>). You can also, optionally, display a list of the <a id="wrglossary.244"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> you have referenced in your document (the <a id="wrglossary.245"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>). This last part, displaying the <a id="wrglossary.246"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, is the part that most new users find difficult. There are three options available with the base <a id="wrglossary.247"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package (Options <a id="wrglossary.248"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a>–<a id="wrglossary.249"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>). The <a id="wrglossary.250"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> extension package provides two extra options for lists (Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.unsrt">5</a>) as well as an option for standalone descriptions within the document body (<a id="wrglossary.251"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.standalone">Option 6</a>).<p>
+An overview of Options <a id="wrglossary.252"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a>–<a id="wrglossary.253"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.unsrt">5</a> is given in Table <a href="#tab:options">1.1</a>. <a id="wrglossary.254"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.standalone">Option 6</a> is omitted from the table as it doesn’t produce a list. For a more detailed comparison of the various methods, see the <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-performance.shtml"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> performance page</a>. If, for some reason, you want to know what <a id="wrglossary.255"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> option is in effect, you can test the value of: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.256"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.257"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsindexingsetting"><code class="csfmt">\glsindexingsetting</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This is initialised to: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.258"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsxindy"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsxindy</code></a> xindy<code class="cmd">\else</code> makeindex<code class="cmd">\fi</code>
+</pre> If the <a id="wrglossary.259"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.260"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.none"><span class="optfmt">none</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.261"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.262"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.clear"><span class="optfmt">clear</span></a> options are used, <a id="wrglossary.263"></a><a href="#glo:glsindexingsetting"><code class="csfmt">\glsindexingsetting</code></a> will be redefined to <code class="code">none</code>. If <a id="wrglossary.264"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> is used <a id="wrglossary.265"></a><a href="#glo:glsindexingsetting"><code class="csfmt">\glsindexingsetting</code></a> will be updated to either <code class="code">makeindex</code> or <code class="code">xindy</code> as appropriate (that is, the conditional will no longer be part of the definition). If <a id="wrglossary.266"></a><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a> is used then <a id="wrglossary.267"></a><a href="#glo:glsindexingsetting"><code class="csfmt">\glsindexingsetting</code></a> will be updated to <code class="code">noidx</code>. This means that <a id="wrglossary.268"></a><a href="#glo:glsindexingsetting"><code class="csfmt">\glsindexingsetting</code></a> can’t be fully relied on until the start of the <a id="wrglossary.269"></a><a href="#glo:env.document"><span class="envfmt">document</span></a> environment. (If you are using <a id="wrglossary.270"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.49+, then this command will also be updated to take the <a id="wrglossary.271"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a> setting into account.)<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.272"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+If you are developing a class or package that loads <a id="wrglossary.273"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a>, I recommend that you don’t force the user into a particular <a id="wrglossary.274"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> method by adding an unconditional <a id="wrglossary.275"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> into your class or package code. Aside from forcing the user into a particular indexing method, it means that they’re unable to use any commands that must come before <a id="wrglossary.276"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> (such as <a id="wrglossary.277"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>) and they can’t switch off the indexing whilst working on a draft document. (If you are using a class or package that has done this, pass the <a id="wrglossary.278"></a><a href="#glo:opt.disablemakegloss"><span class="styoptfmt">disablemakegloss</span></a> option to <a id="wrglossary.279"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a>. For example, via the document class options.) </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+Strictly speaking, Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.unsrt">5</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.standalone">6</a> aren’t actually <a id="wrglossary.280"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> options as no <a id="wrglossary.281"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> is performed. In the case of <a id="wrglossary.282"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.unsrt">Option 5</a>, all defined entries are listed in order of definition. In the case of <a id="wrglossary.283"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.standalone">Option 6</a>, the entry hypertargets and descriptions are manually inserted at appropriate points in the document. These two options are included here for completeness and for comparison with the actual <a id="wrglossary.284"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> options.<p>
+<div class="table"> <div id="tab:options" class="caption">Table&nbsp;1: Glossary Options: Pros and Cons</div><table class="tabular-c">
+<tr style=""><th style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; width: 3500.000000%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; "><span style="font-size: small; ">Option </span></th>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span style="font-weight: bold; "><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a> </span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span style="font-weight: bold; "><a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> </span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span style="font-weight: bold; "><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> </span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span style="font-weight: bold; "><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a> </span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-c"> <span style="font-weight: bold; "><a href="#glo:idx.opt.unsrt">5</a> </span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; width: 3500.000000%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; "><span style="font-size: small; ">Requires <a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>? </span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; width: 3500.000000%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; "><span style="font-size: small; ">Requires an external application? </span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; width: 3500.000000%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; "><span style="font-size: small; ">Requires Perl? </span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; width: 3500.000000%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; "><span style="font-size: small; ">Requires Java? </span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; width: 3500.000000%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; "><span style="font-size: small; ">Can sort <a href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabets</a> or <a href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabets</a>? </span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span><sup><span title="asterisk marker" class="icon">∗</span></sup> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-c"> N/A</td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; width: 3500.000000%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; "><span style="font-size: small; ">Efficient sort algorithm? </span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-c"> N/A</td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; width: 3500.000000%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; "><span style="font-size: small; ">Can use a different sort method for each glossary? </span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span><sup><span title="dagger marker" class="icon">†</span></sup> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span><sup><span title="dagger marker" class="icon">†</span></sup> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-c"> N/A</td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; width: 3500.000000%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; "><span style="font-size: small; ">Any problematic sort values? </span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span><sup><span title="double dagger marker" class="icon">‡</span></sup></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; width: 3500.000000%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; "><span style="font-size: small; ">Are entries with identical sort values treated as separate unique entries? </span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span><sup><span title="section marker" class="icon">§</span></sup> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; width: 3500.000000%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; "><span style="font-size: small; ">Can automatically form <a href="#glo:idx.range">ranges</a> in the <a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location lists</a>? </span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; width: 3500.000000%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; "><span style="font-size: small; ">Can have non-standard <a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> in the <a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location lists</a>? </span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span><sup><span title="lozenge marker" class="icon">⧫</span></sup> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span><sup><span title="pilcrow marker" class="icon">¶</span></sup></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; width: 3500.000000%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; "><span style="font-size: small; ">Maximum hierarchical depth (style-dependent) </span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="unlimited" class="icon">∞</span><sup><span title="hash marker" class="icon">#</span></sup> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> 3 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="unlimited" class="icon">∞</span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="unlimited" class="icon">∞</span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-c"> <span title="unlimited" class="icon">∞</span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; width: 3500.000000%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; "><span style="font-size: small; "><a href="#glo:glsdisplaynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisplaynumberlist</code></a> reliable? </span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; width: 3500.000000%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; "><span style="font-size: small; "><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> allowed in <a href="#glo:env.document"><span class="envfmt">document</span></a> environment? (Not recommended.) </span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="no" class="icon">✖</span><sup><span title="reference marker" class="icon">※</span></sup> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-c"> <span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span><sup><span title="vertical double asterisk marker" class="icon">⁑</span></sup></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; width: 3500.000000%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; "><span style="font-size: small; ">Requires additional write registers? </span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span><sup><span title="star marker" class="icon">★</span></sup></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; width: 3500.000000%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; "><span style="font-size: small; ">Default value of <a href="#glo:opt.sanitizesort"><span class="styoptfmt">sanitizesort</span></a> package option </span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="optfmt">false</span> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="optfmt">true</span> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="optfmt">true</span> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="optfmt">true</span><sup><span title="florette marker" class="icon">✾</span></sup> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-c"> <span class="optfmt">true</span><sup><span title="florette marker" class="icon">✾</span></sup> </td>
+</tr></table>
+ <p>
+<div class="tablefns"><div class="tablefn"><sup><span title="asterisk marker" class="icon">∗</span></sup>Strips standard LaTeX accents (that is, accents generated by core LaTeX commands) so, for example, <code class="csfmt">\AA</code> is treated the same as A.</div><!-- end of tablefn -->
+ <div class="tablefn"><sup><span title="dagger marker" class="icon">†</span></sup>Only with the hybrid method provided with <a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.</div><!-- end of tablefn -->
+ <div class="tablefn"><sup><span title="double dagger marker" class="icon">‡</span></sup>Provided <a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a href="#glo:optval.sort.none"><span class="optfmt">none</span></a> is used.</div><!-- end of tablefn -->
+ <div class="tablefn"><sup><span title="section marker" class="icon">§</span></sup>Entries with the same sort value are merged.</div><!-- end of tablefn -->
+ <div class="tablefn"><sup><span title="lozenge marker" class="icon">⧫</span></sup>Requires some setting up.</div><!-- end of tablefn -->
+ <div class="tablefn"><sup><span title="pilcrow marker" class="icon">¶</span></sup>The locations must be set explicitly through the custom <a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.location"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">location</span></a> field provided by <a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.</div><!-- end of tablefn -->
+ <div class="tablefn"><sup><span title="hash marker" class="icon">#</span></sup>Unlimited but unreliable.</div><!-- end of tablefn -->
+ <div class="tablefn"><sup><span title="reference marker" class="icon">※</span></sup>Entries are defined in <a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> format. <a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> should not be used explicitly.</div><!-- end of tablefn -->
+ <div class="tablefn"><sup><span title="vertical double asterisk marker" class="icon">⁑</span></sup>Provided <a href="#glo:opt.docdef"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">docdef</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> or <a href="#glo:opt.docdef"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">docdef</span></a><span class="optfmt">=restricted</span> but not recommended.</div><!-- end of tablefn -->
+ <div class="tablefn"><sup><span title="star marker" class="icon">★</span></sup>Provided <a href="#glo:opt.docdef"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">docdef</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> or <a href="#glo:opt.docdef"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">docdef</span></a><span class="optfmt">=restricted</span>.</div><!-- end of tablefn -->
+ <div class="tablefn"><sup><span title="florette marker" class="icon">✾</span></sup>Irrelevant with <a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a href="#glo:optval.sort.none"><span class="optfmt">none</span></a>. (The <a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=only</span> option automatically switches this on.)</div><!-- end of tablefn -->
+ </div><!-- end of tablefns -->
+ </div><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:indexingoptions -->
+
+<section id="option1"><!-- start of section option1 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->1.3.1. <a id="wrglossary.285"></a><dfn id="glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1 (<span class="qt">“noidx”</span>)</dfn><div class="labellink"><a href="#option1">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+This option isn’t generally recommended for reasons given below. It’s best used with <a id="wrglossary.286"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.287"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.use"><span class="optfmt">use</span></a> (order of use) or <a id="wrglossary.288"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.289"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.def"><span class="optfmt">def</span></a> (order of definition). Example Document: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.290"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.291"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.292"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.indexgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">indexgroup</span></a></span>]{glossaries}
+<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.293"></a><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a></strong> <span class="comment">% use TeX to sort</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.294"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{parrot}{<a id="wrglossary.295"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={parrot}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.296"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a brightly coloured tropical bird}</span>}
+<a id="wrglossary.297"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{duck}{<a id="wrglossary.298"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={duck}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.299"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a waterbird}</span>}
+<a id="wrglossary.300"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{puffin}{<a id="wrglossary.301"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={puffin}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.302"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a seabird with a brightly coloured bill}</span>}
+<a id="wrglossary.303"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{penguin}{<a id="wrglossary.304"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={penguin}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.305"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a flightless black and white seabird}</span>}
+<span class="comment">% a symbol:</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.306"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{alpha}{<a id="wrglossary.307"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.308"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.309"></a><a href="#glo:alpha"><code class="csfmt">\alpha</code></a>}}</span>,
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.310"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={alpha}</span></strong>,<a id="wrglossary.311"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a variable}</span>}
+<span class="comment">% an <a id="wrglossary.312"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a>:</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.313"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.314"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.short-long"><span class="acrstylefmt">short-long</span></a>}
+<a id="wrglossary.315"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{arpanet}{ARPANET}{Advanced Research Projects Agency Network}
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.316"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a>{puffin}, <a id="wrglossary.317"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{duck} and <a id="wrglossary.318"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{parrot}.
+<a id="wrglossary.319"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{arpanet} and <a id="wrglossary.320"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{alpha}.
+Next use: <a id="wrglossary.321"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{arpanet}.
+<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.322"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a></strong>
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> You can place all your entry definitions in a separate file and load it in the <a id="wrglossary.323"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">document preamble</a> with <a id="wrglossary.324"></a><a href="#glo:loadglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\loadglsentries</code></a> (<span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">after</span> <a id="wrglossary.325"></a><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a>). Note that six entries have been defined but only five are referenced (<a id="wrglossary.326"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a>) in the document so only those five appear in the <a id="wrglossary.327"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. <div class="resultbox"><div class="resultboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.328"></a><a href="#glo:sym.result"><span title="Result" class="icon">🖺</span></a></div><!-- end of resultboxtitle -->
+<a id="ex:noidx"></a>Example 3: Simple document that uses TeX to sort entries <a href="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example003.tex" class="icon"><span title="Download TeX File" class="icon">📥<sup>🖹</sup></span></a> <a href="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example003.pdf" class="icon"><span title="Download PDF" class="icon">📥<sup>🖺</sup></span></a><p>
+<object data="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example003.png" type="image/png" width="391" height="244">Example document that defines some entries, references a subset of them in the document and displays a sorted list of the referenced entries: alpha, ARPANET, duck, parrot and puffin. There are three letter groups, headed A, D and P.</object> </div><!-- end of resultbox -->
+ This uses the <a id="wrglossary.329"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.indexgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">indexgroup</span></a> style, which puts a heading at the start of each <a id="wrglossary.330"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a>. The <a id="wrglossary.331"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a> is determined by the first character of the sort value. For a preview of all available styles, see <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=glossaries-styles">Gallery: Predefined Styles</a>. The number 1 after each description is the <a id="wrglossary.332"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> (or <a id="wrglossary.333"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a>). This is the list of <a id="wrglossary.334"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> (page numbers, in this case) where the entry was <a id="wrglossary.335"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a>. In this example, all entries were <a id="wrglossary.336"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a> on page 1.<p>
+This option doesn’t require an external <a id="wrglossary.337"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a> but, with the default alphabetic sorting, it’s very slow with severe limitations. If you want a sorted list, it doesn’t work well for <a id="wrglossary.338"></a><a href="#glo:dual.exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabets</a> or <a id="wrglossary.339"></a><a href="#glo:dual.nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabets</a>. However, if you use the <a id="wrglossary.340"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sanitizesort"><span class="styoptfmt">sanitizesort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> package option (the default for <a id="wrglossary.341"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>) then the <a id="wrglossary.342"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@latexexlatinchar">standard LaTeX accent commands</a> will be ignored, so if an entry’s name is set to <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.343"></a><a href="#glo:cs.apos"><code class="csfmt">\'</code></a>elite</code> then the sort value will default to <code class="code">elite</code> if <a id="wrglossary.344"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sanitizesort"><span class="styoptfmt">sanitizesort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> is used and will default to the literal string \’elite if <a id="wrglossary.345"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sanitizesort"><span class="styoptfmt">sanitizesort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> is used. <p>
+<div class="warning"><div class="warningtitle"><a id="wrglossary.346"></a><a href="#glo:sym.warning"><span title="Warning" class="icon">⚠</span></a></div><!-- end of warningtitle -->
+Previously, it was also possible to strip accents from <a id="wrglossary.347"></a><a href="#glo:dual.utf8">UTF-8</a> characters, but that’s not possible following updates to the LaTeX kernel. The kernel updates are beneficial as they make it possible to use <a id="wrglossary.348"></a><a href="#glo:dual.utf8">UTF-8</a> characters in labels, but the trick of stripping accents was a hack that no longer works. </div><!-- end of warning -->
+<p>
+If you have any other kinds of commands that don’t expand to <a id="wrglossary.349"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ascii">ASCII</a> characters, such as <a id="wrglossary.350"></a><a href="#glo:alpha"><code class="csfmt">\alpha</code></a>, then you must use <a id="wrglossary.351"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sanitizesort"><span class="styoptfmt">sanitizesort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> or change the sort method (<a id="wrglossary.352"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.353"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.use"><span class="optfmt">use</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.354"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.355"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.def"><span class="optfmt">def</span></a>) in the package options or explicitly set the <a id="wrglossary.356"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key when you define the relevant entries, as shown in the above example which has: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.357"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.358"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{alpha}{<a id="wrglossary.359"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.360"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.361"></a><a href="#glo:alpha"><code class="csfmt">\alpha</code></a>}}</span>,
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.362"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={alpha}</span>,</strong><a id="wrglossary.363"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a variable}</span>
}
-\newglossaryentry{function}{name={function},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;rule&#x00A0;that&#x00A0;assigns&#x00A0;every&#x00A0;element&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;the
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;domain&#x00A0;\gls{set}&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;an&#x00A0;element&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;range&#x00A0;\gls{set}},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;symbol={\ensuremath{f(x)}}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.364"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.365"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has a modified <a id="wrglossary.366"></a><a href="#glo:opt.symbols"><span class="styoptfmt">symbols</span></a> package option that provides <a id="wrglossary.367"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrnewsymbol"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnewsymbol</code></a>, which automatically sets the <a id="wrglossary.368"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key to the entry label (instead of the <a id="wrglossary.369"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a>). </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+This option works best with the <a id="wrglossary.370"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.371"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.def"><span class="optfmt">def</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.372"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.373"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.use"><span class="optfmt">use</span></a> setting. For any other setting, be prepared for a long document build time, especially if you have a lot of entries defined. <strong class="strong">This option is intended as a last resort for alphabetical sorting.</strong> This option allows a mixture of sort methods. (For example, sorting by word order for one glossary and order of use for another.) This option is not suitable for <a id="wrglossary.374"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical</a> glossaries and does not form <a id="wrglossary.375"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">ranges</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.376"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location lists</a>. If you really can’t use an <a id="wrglossary.377"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a> consider using <a id="wrglossary.378"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.unsrt">Option 5</a> instead.<p>
+Summary:
+<ol class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="numitem">1.</span>Add <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.379"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.380"></a><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a>
+</pre> to your <a id="wrglossary.381"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a> (before you start defining your entries, as described in §<a href="#sec:newglosentry">4</a>).<p>
+<li><span class="numitem">2.</span>Put <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.382"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.383"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>
+</pre> where you want your list of entries to appear (described in §<a href="#sec:printglossary">8</a>). Alternatively, to display all glossaries use the iterative command: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.384"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.385"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossaries</code></a>
+</pre><p>
+<li><span class="numitem">3.</span>Run LaTeX twice on your document. (As you would do to make a table of contents appear.) For example, click twice on the <span class="qt">“typeset”</span> or <span class="qt">“build”</span> or <span class="qt">“pdfLaTeX”</span> button in your editor.
+</ol>
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section option1 -->
+
+<section id="option2"><!-- start of section option2 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->1.3.2. <a id="wrglossary.386"></a><dfn id="glo:idx.opt.mkidx">Option 2 (<span class="appfmt">makeindex</span>)</dfn><div class="labellink"><a href="#option2">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.387"></a>Example document: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.388"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.389"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.390"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.indexgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">indexgroup</span></a></span>]{glossaries}
+<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.391"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a></strong> <span class="comment">% open <a id="wrglossary.392"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing files</a></span>
+<a id="wrglossary.393"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{parrot}{<a id="wrglossary.394"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={parrot}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.395"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a brightly coloured tropical bird}</span>}
+<a id="wrglossary.396"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{duck}{<a id="wrglossary.397"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={duck}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.398"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a waterbird}</span>}
+<a id="wrglossary.399"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{puffin}{<a id="wrglossary.400"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={puffin}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.401"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a seabird with a brightly coloured bill}</span>}
+<a id="wrglossary.402"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{penguin}{<a id="wrglossary.403"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={penguin}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.404"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a flightless black and white seabird}</span>}
+<span class="comment">% a symbol:</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.405"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{alpha}{<a id="wrglossary.406"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.407"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.408"></a><a href="#glo:alpha"><code class="csfmt">\alpha</code></a>}}</span>,
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.409"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={alpha}</span></strong>,<a id="wrglossary.410"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a variable}</span>}
+<span class="comment">% an <a id="wrglossary.411"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a>:</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.412"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.413"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.short-long"><span class="acrstylefmt">short-long</span></a>}
+<a id="wrglossary.414"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{arpanet}{ARPANET}{Advanced Research Projects Agency Network}
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.415"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a>{puffin}, <a id="wrglossary.416"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{duck} and <a id="wrglossary.417"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{parrot}.
+<a id="wrglossary.418"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{arpanet} and <a id="wrglossary.419"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{alpha}.
+Next use: <a id="wrglossary.420"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{arpanet}.
+<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.421"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a></strong>
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> You can place all your entry definitions in a separate file and load it in the <a id="wrglossary.422"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a> with <a id="wrglossary.423"></a><a href="#glo:loadglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\loadglsentries</code></a> (<span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">after</span> <a id="wrglossary.424"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>). The result is the same as for Example <a href="#ex:noidx">3</a>. <div class="resultbox"><div class="resultboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.425"></a><a href="#glo:sym.result"><span title="Result" class="icon">🖺</span></a></div><!-- end of resultboxtitle -->
+<a id="ex:mkidx"></a>Example 4: Simple document that uses <span class="appfmt">makeindex</span> to sort entries <a href="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example004.tex" class="icon"><span title="Download TeX File" class="icon">📥<sup>🖹</sup></span></a> <a href="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example004.pdf" class="icon"><span title="Download PDF" class="icon">📥<sup>🖺</sup></span></a><p>
+<object data="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example004.png" type="image/png" width="391" height="244">Example document that defines some entries, references a subset of them in the document and displays a sorted list of the referenced entries: alpha, ARPANET, duck, parrot and puffin. There are three letter groups, headed A, D and P.</object> </div><!-- end of resultbox -->
+<p>
+This option uses a <a id="wrglossary.426"></a><a href="#glo:dual.cli">CLI</a> application called <a id="wrglossary.427"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> to sort the entries. This application comes with all modern TeX distributions, but it’s hard-coded for the non-extended <a id="wrglossary.428"></a><a href="#glo:dual.latinalph">Latin alphabet</a>. It can’t correctly sort accent commands (such as <a id="wrglossary.429"></a><a href="#glo:cs.apos"><code class="csfmt">\'</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.430"></a><a href="#glo:c"><code class="csfmt">\c</code></a>) and fails with <a id="wrglossary.431"></a><a href="#glo:dual.utf8">UTF-8</a> characters, especially for any sort values that start with a <a id="wrglossary.432"></a><a href="#glo:dual.utf8">UTF-8</a> character (as it separates the octets resulting in an invalid file <a id="wrglossary.433"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a>). This process involves making LaTeX write the <a id="wrglossary.434"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> information to a temporary file which <a id="wrglossary.435"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> reads. Then <a id="wrglossary.436"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> writes a new file containing the code to typeset the <a id="wrglossary.437"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. Then <a id="wrglossary.438"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a> reads this file in on the next run.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.439"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+There are other applications that can read <a id="wrglossary.440"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> files, such as <a id="wrglossary.441"></a><a href="#glo:app.texindy"><span class="appfmt">texindy</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.442"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindex"><span class="appfmt">xindex</span></a>, but the <a id="wrglossary.443"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package uses a customized <a id="wrglossary.444"></a><a href="#glo:ext.ist"><span class="extfmt">ist</span></a> style file (created by <a id="wrglossary.445"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>) that adjusts the special characters and input keyword and also ensures that the resulting file (which is input by <a id="wrglossary.446"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>) adheres to the <a id="wrglossary.447"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> style. If you want to use an alternative, you will need to ensure that it can honour the settings in the <a id="wrglossary.448"></a><a href="#glo:ext.ist"><span class="extfmt">ist</span></a> file. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+This option works best if you want to sort entries according to the English alphabet and you don’t want to install Perl or Java. This method can also work with the restricted <a id="wrglossary.449"></a><a href="#glo:dual.shellescape">shell escape</a> since <a id="wrglossary.450"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> is considered a trusted application, which means you should be able to use the <a id="wrglossary.451"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.452"></a><a href="#glo:optval.automake.immediate"><span class="optfmt">immediate</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.453"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.454"></a><a href="#glo:optval.automake.delayed"><span class="optfmt">true</span></a> package option provided the <a id="wrglossary.455"></a><a href="#glo:dual.shellescape">shell escape</a> hasn’t been completely disabled.<p>
+This method can form <a id="wrglossary.456"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">ranges</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.457"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> but only accepts limited number formats: <a id="wrglossary.458"></a><a href="#glo:arabic"><code class="csfmt">\arabic</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.459"></a><a href="#glo:roman"><code class="csfmt">\roman</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.460"></a><a href="#glo:Roman"><code class="csfmt">\Roman</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.461"></a><a href="#glo:alph"><code class="csfmt">\alph</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.462"></a><a href="#glo:Alph"><code class="csfmt">\Alph</code></a>. <p>
+This option does not allow a mixture of sort methods. All <a id="wrglossary.463"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> must be sorted according to the same method: word/letter ordering or order of use or order of definition. If you need word ordering for one <a id="wrglossary.464"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> and letter ordering for another you’ll have to explicitly call <a id="wrglossary.465"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> for each <a id="wrglossary.466"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> type.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.467"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.468"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package allows a hybrid mix of Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> to provide word/letter ordering with <a id="wrglossary.469"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">Option 2</a> and order of use/definition with <a id="wrglossary.470"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>. See the <a id="wrglossary.471"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> documentation for further details. See also the <a id="wrglossary.472"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> alternative to <a id="wrglossary.473"></a><a href="#glo:file.sampleSort.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleSort.tex</span></a> in §<a href="#sec:samplessort">18.5</a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+Summary:
+<ol class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="numitem">1.</span>If you want to use <a id="wrglossary.474"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span>’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.475"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkidx.g"><span class="shortargfmt">-g</span></a> option you must change the quote character using <a id="wrglossary.476"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetQuote"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetQuote</code></a>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.477"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.478"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetQuote"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetQuote</code></a>{+}
+</pre> This must be used before <a id="wrglossary.479"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>. Note that if you are using <a id="wrglossary.480"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a>, the shorthands aren’t enabled until the start of the document, so you won’t be able to use the shorthands in definitions that occur in the <a id="wrglossary.481"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a>.<p>
+<li><span class="numitem">2.</span>Add <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.482"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.483"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>
+</pre> to your <a id="wrglossary.484"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a> (before you start defining your entries, as described in §<a href="#sec:newglosentry">4</a>).<p>
+<li><span class="numitem">3.</span>Put <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.485"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.486"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>
+</pre> where you want your list of entries to appear (described in §<a href="#sec:printglossary">8</a>). Alternatively, to display all glossaries use the iterative command: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.487"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.488"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a>
+</pre><p>
+<li><span class="numitem">4.</span>Run LaTeX on your document. This creates files with the extensions <a id="wrglossary.489"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glo"><span class="extfmt">glo</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.490"></a><a href="#glo:ext.ist"><span class="extfmt">ist</span></a> (for example, if your LaTeX document is called <span class="filefmt">myDoc.tex</span>, then you’ll have two extra files called <span class="filefmt">myDoc.glo</span> and <span class="filefmt">myDoc.ist</span>). If you look at your document at this point, you won’t see the glossary as it hasn’t been created yet. (If you use <a id="wrglossary.491"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> you’ll see the section heading and some boilerplate text.)<p>
+If you have used package options such as <a id="wrglossary.492"></a><a href="#glo:opt.symbols"><span class="styoptfmt">symbols</span></a> there will also be other sets of files corresponding to the extra glossaries that were created by those options.<p>
+<li><span class="numitem">5.</span><a id="makeindex.run"></a> Run <a id="wrglossary.493"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> with the <a id="wrglossary.494"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glo"><span class="extfmt">glo</span></a> file as the input file and the <a id="wrglossary.495"></a><a href="#glo:ext.ist"><span class="extfmt">ist</span></a> file as the style so that it creates an output file with the extension <a id="wrglossary.496"></a><a href="#glo:ext.gls"><span class="extfmt">gls</span></a>: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.497"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>makeindex <a id="wrglossary.498"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkidx.s"><span class="shortargfmt">-s</span></a> myDoc.ist <a id="wrglossary.499"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkidx.o"><span class="shortargfmt">-o</span></a> myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
+</pre> (Replace <code class="code">myDoc</code> with the base name of your LaTeX document file. Avoid spaces in the file name if possible.)<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.500"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+The file extensions vary according to the <a id="wrglossary.501"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> <a id="wrglossary.502"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a>. See §<a href="#sec:makeindexapp">1.6.4</a> for further details. <a id="wrglossary.503"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> must be called for each set of files. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+If you don’t know how to use the command prompt, then you can probably access <a id="wrglossary.504"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> via your text editor, but each editor has a different method of doing this. See <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/">Incorporating makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document build</a> for some examples.<p>
+Alternatively, run <a id="wrglossary.505"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> indirectly via the <a id="wrglossary.506"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> script: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.507"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>makeglossaries myDoc
+</pre> Note that the file extension isn’t supplied in this case. (Replace <a id="wrglossary.508"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> with <a id="wrglossary.509"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a> if you don’t have Perl installed.) This will pick up all the file extensions from the <a id="wrglossary.510"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file and run <a id="wrglossary.511"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> the appropriate number of times with all the necessary switches.<p>
+The simplest approach is to use <a id="wrglossary.512"></a><a href="#glo:app.arara"><span class="appfmt">arara</span></a> and add the following comment lines to the start of your document: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.513"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+</pre> (Replace <code class="code">makeglossaries</code> with <code class="code">makeglossarieslite</code> in the second line above if you don’t have Perl installed. Note that there’s no hyphen in this case.)<p>
+The default sort is word order (<span class="qt">“sea lion”</span> comes before <span class="qt">“seal”</span>). If you want letter ordering you need to add the <a id="wrglossary.514"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkidx.l"><span class="shortargfmt">-l</span></a> switch: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.515"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>makeindex <a id="wrglossary.516"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkidx.l"><span class="shortargfmt">-l</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.517"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkidx.s"><span class="shortargfmt">-s</span></a> myDoc.ist -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
+</pre> (See §<a href="#sec:makeindexapp">1.6.4</a> for further details on using <a id="wrglossary.518"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> explicitly.) If you use <a id="wrglossary.519"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.520"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a> then use the <a id="wrglossary.521"></a><a href="#glo:opt.order"><span class="styoptfmt">order</span></a><span class="optfmt">=letter</span> package option and the <a id="wrglossary.522"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkidx.l"><span class="shortargfmt">-l</span></a> option will be added automatically.<p>
+<li><span class="numitem">6.</span><a id="makeindex.relatex"></a> Once you have successfully completed the previous step, you can now run LaTeX on your document again.
+</ol>
+ You’ll need to repeat the last step if you have used the <a id="wrglossary.523"></a><a href="#glo:opt.toc"><span class="styoptfmt">toc</span></a> option (unless you’re using <a id="wrglossary.524"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>) to ensure the section heading is added to the table of contents. You’ll also need to repeat steps <a href="#makeindex.run">5</a> and <a href="#makeindex.relatex">6</a> if you have any cross-references which can’t be <a id="wrglossary.525"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a> until the <a id="wrglossary.526"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing file</a> has been created.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section option2 -->
+
+<section id="option3"><!-- start of section option3 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->1.3.3. <a id="wrglossary.527"></a><dfn id="glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3 (<span class="appfmt">xindy</span>)</dfn><div class="labellink"><a href="#option3">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.528"></a>Example document: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.529"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.530"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a></strong>,<a id="wrglossary.531"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.532"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.indexgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">indexgroup</span></a></span>]{glossaries}
+<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.533"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a></strong> <span class="comment">% open <a id="wrglossary.534"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing files</a></span>
+<a id="wrglossary.535"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{parrot}{<a id="wrglossary.536"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={parrot}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.537"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a brightly coloured tropical bird}</span>}
+<a id="wrglossary.538"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{duck}{<a id="wrglossary.539"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={duck}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.540"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a waterbird}</span>}
+<a id="wrglossary.541"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{puffin}{<a id="wrglossary.542"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={puffin}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.543"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a seabird with a brightly coloured bill}</span>}
+<a id="wrglossary.544"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{penguin}{<a id="wrglossary.545"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={penguin}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.546"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a flightless black and white seabird}</span>}
+<span class="comment">% a symbol:</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.547"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{alpha}{<a id="wrglossary.548"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.549"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.550"></a><a href="#glo:alpha"><code class="csfmt">\alpha</code></a>}}</span>,
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.551"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={alpha}</span></strong>,<a id="wrglossary.552"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a variable}</span>}
+<span class="comment">% an <a id="wrglossary.553"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a>:</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.554"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.555"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.short-long"><span class="acrstylefmt">short-long</span></a>}
+<a id="wrglossary.556"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{arpanet}{ARPANET}{Advanced Research Projects Agency Network}
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.557"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a>{puffin}, <a id="wrglossary.558"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{duck} and <a id="wrglossary.559"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{parrot}.
+<a id="wrglossary.560"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{arpanet} and <a id="wrglossary.561"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{alpha}.
+Next use: <a id="wrglossary.562"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{arpanet}.
+<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.563"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a></strong>
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> You can place all your entry definitions in a separate file and load it in the <a id="wrglossary.564"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a> with <a id="wrglossary.565"></a><a href="#glo:loadglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\loadglsentries</code></a> (<span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">after</span> <a id="wrglossary.566"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>). The result is the same as for Example <a href="#ex:noidx">3</a> and Example <a href="#ex:mkidx">4</a>. <div class="resultbox"><div class="resultboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.567"></a><a href="#glo:sym.result"><span title="Result" class="icon">🖺</span></a></div><!-- end of resultboxtitle -->
+<a id="ex:xdy"></a>Example 5: Simple document that uses <span class="appfmt">xindy</span> to sort entries <a href="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example005.tex" class="icon"><span title="Download TeX File" class="icon">📥<sup>🖹</sup></span></a> <a href="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example005.pdf" class="icon"><span title="Download PDF" class="icon">📥<sup>🖺</sup></span></a><p>
+<object data="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example005.png" type="image/png" width="391" height="244">Example document that defines some entries, references a subset of them in the document and displays a sorted list of the referenced entries: alpha, ARPANET, duck, parrot and puffin. There are three letter groups, headed A, D and P.</object> </div><!-- end of resultbox -->
+<p>
+This option uses a <a id="wrglossary.568"></a><a href="#glo:dual.cli">CLI</a> application called <a id="wrglossary.569"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> to sort the entries. This application is more flexible than <a id="wrglossary.570"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> and is able to sort <a id="wrglossary.571"></a><a href="#glo:dual.exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabets</a> or <a id="wrglossary.572"></a><a href="#glo:dual.nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabets</a>, however it does still have some limitations.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.573"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> application comes with both TeX Live and MikTeX, but since <a id="wrglossary.574"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> is a Perl script, you will also need to install Perl, if you don’t already have it. In a similar way to <a id="wrglossary.575"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">Option 2</a>, this option involves making LaTeX write the <a id="wrglossary.576"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> information to a temporary file which <a id="wrglossary.577"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> reads. Then <a id="wrglossary.578"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> writes a new file containing the code to typeset the glossary. Then <a id="wrglossary.579"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a> reads this file in on the next run.<p>
+This is the best option with just the base <a id="wrglossary.580"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package if you want to sort according to a language other than English or if you want non-standard <a id="wrglossary.581"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location lists</a>, but it can require some setting up (see §<a href="#sec:xindy">14</a>). There are some problems with certain sort values:
+<ul class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>entries with the same sort value are merged by <a id="wrglossary.582"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> into a single glossary line so you must make sure that each entry has a unique sort value; <li><span class="bulletitem">•</span><a id="wrglossary.583"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> forbids empty sort values; <li><span class="bulletitem">•</span><a id="wrglossary.584"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> automatically strips control sequences, the math-shift character <a id="wrglossary.585"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.dollar"><code class="code">$</code></a> and braces <a id="wrglossary.586"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.bg"><code class="code">{</code></a><a id="wrglossary.587"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.eg"><code class="code">}</code></a> from the sort value, which is usually desired but this can cause the sort value to collapse to an empty string which <a id="wrglossary.588"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> forbids.
+</ul>
+ In these problematic cases, you must set the <a id="wrglossary.589"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> field explicitly, as in the above example which has: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.590"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.591"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{alpha}{<a id="wrglossary.592"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.593"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.594"></a><a href="#glo:alpha"><code class="csfmt">\alpha</code></a>}}</span>,
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.595"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={alpha}</span>,</strong><a id="wrglossary.596"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a variable}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1920--><p class="nopar" > </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newcommand*{\termdef}[1]{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\section{</span><span id="textcolor116"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12005"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{#1}</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\glsentrysymbol</span><a
- id="dx1-12006"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{#1}}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\begin{quote}\em\Glsentrydesc</span><a
- id="dx1-12007"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{#1}.\end{quote}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26">
-\begin{document}
-\tableofcontents
-\section{Introduction}
-Sample&#x00A0;document&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\glspl{function}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\glspl{set}.
-\termdef{set}
-More&#x00A0;detailed&#x00A0;information&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\glspl{set}&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;examples.
-\termdef{function}
-More&#x00A0;detailed&#x00A0;information&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\glspl{function}&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;examples.
-\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1943--><p class="nopar" > Or you can use <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-12008"></a></a> if you want to manage a large database of terms. For example (requires <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>
-v1.42, see below): </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\documentclass{article}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><span id="textcolor117"><span
-class="cmtt-10">record</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;nostyles%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;&#x003C;-</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;no</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;glossary</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;styles</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;are</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;required</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;]{glossaries-extra}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span id="textcolor118"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12009"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor119"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12010"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=terms,</span><span id="textcolor120"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12011"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=none,</span><span id="textcolor121"><span
-class="cmtt-10">save-locations</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12012"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=false]</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newcommand*{\termdef}[1]{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\section{</span><span id="textcolor122"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12013"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{#1}</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol</span><a
- id="dx1-12014"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">{#1}}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\glsadd</span><a
- id="dx1-12015"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{#1}%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;&#x003C;-</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;index</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;this</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;entry</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\begin{quote}\em\Glsentrydesc</span><a
- id="dx1-12016"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{#1}.\end{quote}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27">
-\begin{document}
-\tableofcontents
-\section{Introduction}
-Sample&#x00A0;document&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\glspl{function}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\glspl{set}.
-\termdef{set}
-More&#x00A0;detailed&#x00A0;information&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\glspl{set}&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;examples.
-\termdef{function}
-More&#x00A0;detailed&#x00A0;information&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\glspl{function}&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;examples.
-\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1978--><p class="nopar" > Where the file <span
-class="cmtt-10">terms.bib </span>contains: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor123"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12017"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{set,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name={set},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={a</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;collection</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;any</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;kind</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;objects},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;symbol={\ensuremath{\mathcal{S}}}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor124"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12018"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{function,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name={function},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={a</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;rule</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;that</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;assigns</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;every</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;element</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;in</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;domain</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\gls{set}</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;an</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;element</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;in</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;range</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\gls{set}},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;symbol={\ensuremath{f(x)}}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The advantage in this approach (with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries</span><a
- id="dx1-12019"></a> or <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-12020"></a></a>) is that you can use an existing database
-of entries shared across multiple documents, ensuring consistent notation for all of them.
-<!--l. 1998--><p class="indent" > In both cases, there&#8217;s no need to load all the glossary styles packages, as they&#8217;re not required, so I&#8217;ve used
-the <span
-class="cmss-10">nostyles</span><a
- id="dx1-12021"></a> package option to prevent them from being loaded.
-</p><!--l. 2002--><p class="indent" > In the first case, you need the <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">none</span><a
- id="dx1-12022"></a> package option (as in <a
-href="#option5">Option&#x00A0;5</a>) and then define the terms in the
-preamble. No external tool is required. Just run LaTeX&#x00A0;as normal. (Twice to ensure that the table of contents is
-up to date.)
-</p><!--l. 2006--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex myDoc
- <br />pdflatex myDoc
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-
-
- <br /></span>
-</p><!--l. 2011--><p class="indent" > In the second case, you need the <span id="textcolor125"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12023"></a> package option (as in <a
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>) since <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-12024"></a></a> is needed to select the
-required entries, but you don&#8217;t need a sorted list: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor126"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12025"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor127"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12026"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">={terms},</span><strong><span id="textcolor128"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=none</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div> This will ensure that any entries indexed in the document (through commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-12027"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span><a
- id="dx1-12028"></a>) will be
-selected by <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-12029"></a></a>, but it will skip the sorting step. (The chances are you probably also won&#8217;t need location
-lists either. If so, you can add the option <span id="textcolor129"><span
-class="cmtt-10">save-locations</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=false</span><a
- id="dx1-12030"></a>.)
-<!--l. 2023--><p class="indent" > Remember that for this second case you need to run <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-12031"></a></a> as per <a
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>:
-</p><!--l. 2024--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex myDoc
- <br />bib2gls myDoc
- <br />pdflatex myDoc
- <br />pdflatex myDoc
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-</p><!--l. 2031--><p class="indent" > For both cases (with or without <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-12032"></a></a>), instead of listing all the entries using <span id="textcolor130"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span>, you
-use <span id="textcolor131"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12033"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>where you want the name (and anchor with <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-12034"></a>) to appear in the
-document. This will allow the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-12035"></a></a> created by commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>to link to that point in the document.
-The description can simply be displayed with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydesc</span><a
- id="dx1-12036"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc</span><a
- id="dx1-12037"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>, as in the above
-examples. In both examples, I&#8217;ve defined a custom command <span
-class="cmtt-10">\termdef </span>to simplify the code and ensure
-consistency. Extra styling, such as placing the description in a coloured frame, can be added to this custom
-definition as required.
-</p><!--l. 2044--><p class="indent" > (Instead of using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydesc </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc</span>, you can use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a
- id="dx1-12038"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>, which
-will obey attributes such as <span id="textcolor132"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossdesc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12039"></a> and <span id="textcolor133"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossdescfont</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12040"></a>. See the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further
-details.)
-</p><!--l. 2049--><p class="indent" > The symbol (if required) can be displayed with either <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol</span><a
- id="dx1-12041"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol</span><a
- id="dx1-12042"></a>
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>. In the first example, I&#8217;ve used <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol</span>. In the second I&#8217;ve used <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol</span><a
- id="dx1-12043"></a>. The
-latter is necessary with <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-12044"></a></a> if the symbol needs to go in a section title as the entries aren&#8217;t defined on the
-first LaTeX&#x00A0;run.
-</p><!--l. 2056--><p class="indent" > In normal document text, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol </span>will silently do nothing if the entry hasn&#8217;t been defined, but
-when used in a section heading it will expand to an undefined internal command when written to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a
- id="dx1-12045"></a> file,
-which triggers an error.
-</p><!--l. 2061--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol</span><a
- id="dx1-12046"></a> command performs an existence check, which triggers a warning if the entry is undefined.
-(All entries will be undefined before the first <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-12047"></a></a> call.) You need at least <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.42 to use this command in
-a section title.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn4x1" id="fn4x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.4</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-12048f4"></a>
-If <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-12049"></a> has been loaded, this will use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span><a
- id="dx1-12050"></a> to allow a simple expansion for the PDF bookmarks
-(see the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> user manual for further details).
-</p><!--l. 2072--><p class="indent" > If you want to test if the <span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol</span><a
- id="dx1-12051"></a> field has been set, you need to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshassymbol</span><a
- id="dx1-12052"></a> outside of the section
-title. For example: </p><div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshassymbol{#1}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\section{</span><span id="textcolor134"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{#1}</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\glossentrysymbol{#1}}}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\section{</span><span id="textcolor135"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{#1}}}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 2081--><p class="indent" > In both of the above examples, the section titles start with a lowercase character (because the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-12053"></a> value is
-all lowercase in entry definitions). You can apply automatic case-change with the <span id="textcolor136"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossname</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12054"></a> attribute. For
-example: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor137"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12055"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{general}{glossname}{firstuc}</span>
-</div>
-</div> or (for title-case) <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor138"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12056"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{general}{glossname}{title}</span>
-</div>
-</div> However, this won&#8217;t apply the case-change in the table of contents or bookmarks.
-<!--l. 2095--><p class="indent" > In the second example, you can instead use <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-12057"></a></a> to apply a case-change: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources[</span><span id="textcolor139"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12058"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=terms,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor140"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12059"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=none,</span><span id="textcolor141"><span
-class="cmtt-10">save-locations</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12060"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=false</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor142"><span
-class="cmtt-10">replicate-fields</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12061"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">={name=text},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor143"><span
-class="cmtt-10">name-case-change</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=firstuc</span></strong>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div> (Or <span id="textcolor144"><span
-class="cmtt-10">name-case-change</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=title</span><a
- id="dx1-12062"></a> for title-case.) This copies the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-12063"></a> value to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-12064"></a> field and
-then applies a case-change to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-12065"></a> field (leaving the <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-12066"></a> field unchanged). The name in the
-section titles now starts with a capital but the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-12067"></a></a> produced by commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-12068"></a> is still
-lowercase.
-<!--l. 2111--><p class="indent" > In the first example (without <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-12069"></a></a>) you need to do this manually. For example: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{set}{name={</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">S</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">et},</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">text={set}</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={a</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;collection</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;any</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;kind</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;objects},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;symbol={\ensuremath{\mathcal{S}}}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-
-
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 2120--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use the default <span id="textcolor145"><span
-class="cmtt-10">save-locations</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=true</span><a
- id="dx1-12070"></a> with <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-12071"></a></a>, it&#8217;s possible to combine Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option4">4</a>
-and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option6">6</a> to have both standalone definitions and an index. Now I do need a glossary style. In this case I&#8217;m going
-to use <span id="textcolor146"><span
-class="cmss-10">bookindex</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12072"></a>, which is provided in the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex</span><a
- id="dx1-12073"></a> package (bundled with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>). I don&#8217;t
-need any of the other style packages, so I can still keep the <span
-class="cmss-10">nostyles</span><a
- id="dx1-12074"></a> option and just load <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex</span><a
- id="dx1-12075"></a>:
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><span id="textcolor147"><span
-class="cmtt-10">record=nameref</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;&#x003C;-</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;using</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;bib2gls</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;nostyles,%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;&#x003C;-</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;don't</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;load</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;default</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;style</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;packages</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor148"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods=bookindex</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;&#x003C;-</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;load</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;glossary-bookindex.sty</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;style=</span><span id="textcolor149"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bookindex</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;&#x003C;-</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;set</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;default</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;style</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;'bookindex'</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{glossaries-extra}</span>
-</div>
-</div> I also need to sort the entries, so the resource command is now: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor150"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12076"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor151"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12077"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=terms,%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;definitions</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;in</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;terms.bib</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor152"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12078"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=en-GB,%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;by</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;this</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;locale</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor153"><span
-class="cmtt-10">replicate-fields</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12079"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">={name=text},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor154"><span
-class="cmtt-10">name-case-change</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">={firstuc}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div> At the end of the document, I can add the glossary: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor155"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12080"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[title=Index,target=false]</span>
-</div>
-</div> Note that I&#8217;ve had to switch off the hypertargets with <a
- id="dx1-12081"></a><span id="textcolor156"><span
-class="cmtt-10">target=false</span></span> (otherwise there would be duplicate
-targets). If you want letter group headings you need to use the <span id="textcolor157"><span
-class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12082"></a> switch:
-<!--l. 2151--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />bib2gls --group myDoc
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-or if you are using <span
-class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a
- id="dx1-12083"></a>: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;arara:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;bib2gls:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;group:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;on</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-
-<!--l. 2159--><p class="indent" > The <span id="textcolor158"><span
-class="cmss-10">bookindex</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12084"></a> style doesn&#8217;t show the description, so only the name and location is displayed. Remember
-that the name has had a case-conversion so it now starts with an initial capital. If you feel this is inappropriate
-for the index, you can adjust the <span id="textcolor159"><span
-class="cmss-10">bookindex</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12085"></a> style so that it uses the <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-12086"></a> field instead. For example:
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand*{</span><span id="textcolor160"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12087"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}[1]{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor161"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentrynameother</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12088"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{#1}{text}}</span>
-</div>
-</div> See the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> user manual for further details about this style.
-<!--l. 2172--><p class="indent" > Note that on the first LaTeX&#x00A0;run none of the entries will be defined. Once they are defined, the page
-numbers may shift due to the increased amount of document text. You may therefore need to repeat the
-document build to ensure the page numbers are correct.
-</p><!--l. 2177--><p class="indent" > If there are extra terms that need to be included in the index that don&#8217;t have a description, you can define
-them with <span id="textcolor162"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@index</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12089"></a> in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-12090"></a> file. For example: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor163"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@index</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12091"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{element}</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor164"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@index</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12092"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{member,</span><span id="textcolor165"><span id="textcolor166"><span
-class="cmtt-10">alias</span></span><a
- id="dx1-12093"></a></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">={element}}</span>
-</div>
-</div> They can be used in the document as usual:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28">
-The&#x00A0;objects&#x00A0;that&#x00A0;make&#x00A0;up&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;set&#x00A0;are&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;\glspl{element}
-or&#x00A0;\glspl{member}.
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2188--><p class="nopar" > See <a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls-begin.pdf" ><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: An Introductory Guide</a>&#x00A0;or the <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-12094"></a></a> user manual for further
-details.
-</p><!--l. 2192--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package comes with a number of sample documents that illustrate the various functions. These
-are listed in <a
-href="#sec:samples">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">18</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:samples">Sample Documents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:samples --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2196--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 2196--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3 </span> <a
- id="sec:lipsum"></a>Dummy Entries for Testing</h3>
-<!--l. 2199--><p class="noindent" >In addition to the sample files described above, <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-13001"></a> also provides some files containing lorum
-ipsum dummy entries. These are provided for testing purposes and are on TeX&#8217;s path (in
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">tex/latex/glossaries/test-entries</span>) so they can be included via <span
-class="cmtt-10">\input</span><a
- id="dx1-13002"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries</span><a
- id="dx1-13003"></a>. The
-<a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-13004"></a> versions of all these files for use with <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-13005"></a></a>. The files are as
-follows:
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 2209--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-brief.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 2209--><p class="noindent" >These entries all have brief descriptions. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29">
- \newglossaryentry{lorem}{name={lorem},description={ipsum}}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 2213--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 2215--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-long.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 2215--><p class="noindent" >These entries all have long descriptions. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30">
- \newglossaryentry{loremipsum}{name={lorem&#x00A0;ipsum},
- description={dolor&#x00A0;sit&#x00A0;amet,&#x00A0;consectetuer&#x00A0;adipiscing
- elit.&#x00A0;Ut&#x00A0;purus&#x00A0;elit,&#x00A0;vestibulum&#x00A0;ut,&#x00A0;placerat&#x00A0;ac,
- adipiscing&#x00A0;vitae,&#x00A0;felis.&#x00A0;Curabitur&#x00A0;dictum&#x00A0;gravida
- mauris.}}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 2223--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 2225--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-multipar.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 2225--><p class="noindent" >These entries all have multi-paragraph descriptions. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31">
- \longnewglossaryentry{loremi-ii}{name={lorem&#x00A0;1--2}}%
- {%
- Lorem&#x00A0;ipsum&#x00A0;...
- Nam&#x00A0;dui&#x00A0;ligula...
- }
-</pre>
- <!--l. 2234--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 2236--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-symbols.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 2236--><p class="noindent" >These entries all use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol</span><a
- id="dx1-13006"></a> key. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32">
- \newglossaryentry{alpha}{name={alpha},
- symbol={\ensuremath{\alpha}},
- description={Quisque&#x00A0;ullamcorper&#x00A0;placerat&#x00A0;ipsum.}}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 2242--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 2244--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 2244--><p class="noindent" >Similar to the previous file but the <span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol</span><a
- id="dx1-13007"></a> key isn&#8217;t used. Instead the symbol is stored in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-13008"></a> key.
- For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33">
- \newglossaryentry{sym.alpha}{sort={alpha},
- name={\ensuremath{\alpha}},
- description={Quisque&#x00A0;ullamcorper&#x00A0;placerat&#x00A0;ipsum.}}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 2251--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 2253--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-images.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 2253--><p class="noindent" >These entries use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">user1</span><a
- id="dx1-13009"></a> key to store the name of an image file. (The images are provided by the <span
-class="cmss-10">mwe</span><a
- id="dx1-13010"></a>
- package and should be on TeX&#8217;s path.) One entry doesn&#8217;t have an associated image to help test for
- a&#x00A0;missing key. The descriptions are long to allow for tests with the text wrapping around the image. For
- example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34">
- \longnewglossaryentry{sedfeugiat}{name={sed&#x00A0;feugiat},
- user1={example-image}}%
- {%
- Cum&#x00A0;sociis&#x00A0;natoque...
- Etiam...
- }
-</pre>
- <!--l. 2267--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 2269--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-acronym.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 2269--><p class="noindent" >These entries are all abbreviations. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35">
- \newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{lid}{LID}{lorem&#x00A0;ipsum
- dolor}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 2274--><p class="nopar" >
- </p><!--l. 2275--><p class="noindent" ><div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> If you use the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> extension package, then <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-13011"></a> is redefined to use <span id="textcolor167"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-13012"></a>
- with the <span id="textcolor168"><span id="textcolor169"><span
-class="cmtt-10">category</span></span><a
- id="dx1-13013"></a></span> key set to <span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>(rather than the default <span
-class="cmtt-10">abbreviation</span>). This means that you need
- to set the abbreviation style for the <span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>category. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36">
- \setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 2284--><p class="nopar" > </div>
- </p><!--l. 2285--><p class="noindent" >
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 2287--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 2287--><p class="noindent" >This file contains entries that are all abbreviations that use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-13014"></a> key. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37">
- \newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={fringilla&#x00A0;a,&#x00A0;euismod&#x00A0;sodales,
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;sollicitudin&#x00A0;vel,&#x00A0;wisi}]{ndl}{NDL}{nam&#x00A0;dui&#x00A0;ligula}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 2295--><p class="nopar" >
- </p><!--l. 2296--><p class="noindent" ><div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> If you use the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> extension package, then <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-13015"></a> is redefined to use <span id="textcolor170"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-13016"></a>
- with the <span id="textcolor171"><span id="textcolor172"><span
-class="cmtt-10">category</span></span><a
- id="dx1-13017"></a></span> key set to <span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>(rather than the default <span
-class="cmtt-10">abbreviation</span>). This means that you need
- to set the abbreviation style for the <span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>category. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38">
- \setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short-desc}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 2305--><p class="nopar" > </div>
- </p><!--l. 2306--><p class="noindent" >
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 2308--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 2308--><p class="noindent" >These entries are all abbreviations, where some of them have a&#x00A0;translation supplied in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">user1</span><a
- id="dx1-13018"></a> key. For
- example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39">
- \newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,user1={love&#x00A0;itself}]
- &#x00A0;{li}{LI}{lorem&#x00A0;ipsum}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 2315--><p class="nopar" >
- </p><!--l. 2316--><p class="noindent" ><div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> If you use the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> extension package, then <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-13019"></a> is redefined to use <span id="textcolor173"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-13020"></a>
- with the <span id="textcolor174"><span id="textcolor175"><span
-class="cmtt-10">category</span></span><a
- id="dx1-13021"></a></span> key set to <span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>(rather than the default <span
-class="cmtt-10">abbreviation</span>). This means that you need
- to set the abbreviation style for the <span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>category. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40">
- \setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short-user}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 2325--><p class="nopar" > </div>
- </p><!--l. 2326--><p class="noindent" >
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 2328--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-parent.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 2328--><p class="noindent" >These are hierarchical entries where the child entries use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-13022"></a> key. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41">
- \newglossaryentry{sedmattis}{name={sed&#x00A0;mattis},
- description={erat&#x00A0;sit&#x00A0;amet}
- \newglossaryentry{gravida}{parent={sedmattis},
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={gravida},description={malesuada}}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 2337--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 2339--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-childnoname.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 2339--><p class="noindent" >These are hierarchical entries where the child entries don&#8217;t use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-13023"></a> key. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42">
- \newglossaryentry{scelerisque}{name={scelerisque},
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={at}}
- \newglossaryentry{vestibulum}{parent={scelerisque},
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={eu,&#x00A0;nulla}}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 2348--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 2350--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-longchild.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 2350--><p class="noindent" >(New to v4.47.) These entries all have long descriptions and there are some child entries. For
- example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43">
- \newglossaryentry{longsedmattis}{name={sed&#x00A0;mattis},
- &#x00A0;description={erat&#x00A0;sit&#x00A0;amet&#x00A0;dolor&#x00A0;sit&#x00A0;amet,&#x00A0;consectetuer&#x00A0;adipiscing&#x00A0;elit.
- &#x00A0;Ut&#x00A0;purus&#x00A0;elit,&#x00A0;vestibulum&#x00A0;ut,&#x00A0;placerat&#x00A0;ac,&#x00A0;adipiscing&#x00A0;vitae,&#x00A0;felis.
- &#x00A0;Curabitur&#x00A0;dictum&#x00A0;gravida&#x00A0;mauris.}}
- \newglossaryentry{longgravida}{parent={longsedmattis},name={gravida},
- &#x00A0;description={malesuada&#x00A0;libero,&#x00A0;nonummy&#x00A0;eget,&#x00A0;consectetuer&#x00A0;id,&#x00A0;vulputate&#x00A0;a,
- &#x00A0;magna.&#x00A0;Donec&#x00A0;vehicula&#x00A0;augue&#x00A0;eu&#x00A0;neque.&#x00A0;Pellentesque&#x00A0;habitant&#x00A0;morbi&#x00A0;tristique
- senectus&#x00A0;et&#x00A0;netus&#x00A0;et&#x00A0;malesuada&#x00A0;fames&#x00A0;ac&#x00A0;turpis&#x00A0;egestas.&#x00A0;Mauris&#x00A0;ut
- leo.}}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 2363--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 2365--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-childmultipar.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 2365--><p class="noindent" >(New to v4.47.) This consists of parent entries with single paragraph descriptions and child entries with
- multi-paragraph descriptions. Some entries have the <span
-class="cmtt-10">user1</span><a
- id="dx1-13024"></a> key set to the name of an image file provided
- by the <span
-class="cmss-10">mwe</span><a
- id="dx1-13025"></a> package. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44">
- \newglossaryentry{hiersedmattis}{name={sed&#x00A0;mattis},user1={example-image},
- &#x00A0;description={Erat&#x00A0;sit&#x00A0;amet&#x00A0;dolor&#x00A0;sit&#x00A0;amet,&#x00A0;consectetuer&#x00A0;adipiscing&#x00A0;elit.
- &#x00A0;Ut&#x00A0;purus&#x00A0;elit,&#x00A0;vestibulum&#x00A0;ut,&#x00A0;placerat&#x00A0;ac,&#x00A0;adipiscing&#x00A0;vitae,&#x00A0;felis.&#x00A0;Curabitur
- dictum&#x00A0;gravida&#x00A0;mauris.&#x00A0;Ut&#x00A0;pellentesque&#x00A0;augue&#x00A0;sed&#x00A0;urna.&#x00A0;Vestibulum
- diam&#x00A0;eros,&#x00A0;fringilla&#x00A0;et,&#x00A0;consectetuer&#x00A0;eu,&#x00A0;nonummy&#x00A0;id,&#x00A0;sapien.&#x00A0;Nullam
- at&#x00A0;lectus.&#x00A0;In&#x00A0;sagittis&#x00A0;ultrices&#x00A0;mauris.&#x00A0;Curabitur&#x00A0;malesuada&#x00A0;erat&#x00A0;sit
- amet&#x00A0;massa.&#x00A0;Fusce&#x00A0;blandit.&#x00A0;Aliquam&#x00A0;erat&#x00A0;volutpat.}}
- \longnewglossaryentry{hierloremi-ii}
- {name={lorem&#x00A0;1--2},parent={hiersedmattis}}%
- {%
- Lorem&#x00A0;ipsum&#x00A0;...
- Nam&#x00A0;dui&#x00A0;ligula...
- }
-</pre>
- <!--l. 2386--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 2388--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-cite.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 2388--><p class="noindent" >These entries use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">user1</span><a
- id="dx1-13026"></a> key to store a citation key (or comma-separated list of citation keys). The
- citations are defined in <span
-class="cmtt-10">xampl.bib</span>, which should be available on all modern TeX&#x00A0;distributions. One entry
- doesn&#8217;t have an associated citation to help test for a&#x00A0;missing key. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45">
- \newglossaryentry{fusce}{name={fusce},
- description={suscipit&#x00A0;cursus&#x00A0;sem},user1={article-minimal}}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 2398--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 2400--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-url.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 2400--><p class="noindent" >These entries use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">user1</span><a
- id="dx1-13027"></a> key to store an URL associated with the entry. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46">
- \newglossaryentry{aenean-url}{name={aenean},
- &#x00A0;description={adipiscing&#x00A0;auctor&#x00A0;est},
- &#x00A0;user1={http://uk.tug.org/}}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 2407--><p class="nopar" ></p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 2410--><p class="indent" > The sample file <a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossary-lipsum-examples.tex</span></a> in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">doc/latex/glossaries/samples </span>directory uses all
-these files. See also <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries" ><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>gallery</a>.
-</p><!--l. 2414--><p class="indent" > <br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides the additional test file:
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 2418--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">example-glossaries-xr.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 2418--><p class="noindent" >These entries use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-13028"></a> key provided by the base <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package and also the <span id="textcolor176"><span id="textcolor177"><span
-class="cmtt-10">alias</span></span><a
- id="dx1-13029"></a></span> and <span id="textcolor178"><span id="textcolor179"><span
-class="cmtt-10">seealso</span></span><a
- id="dx1-13030"></a></span>
- keys that require <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47">
- \newglossaryentry{alias-lorem}{name={alias-lorem},
- &#x00A0;description={ipsum},alias={lorem}}
- \newglossaryentry{amet}{name={amet},description={consectetuer},
- &#x00A0;see={dolor}}
- \newglossaryentry{arcu}{name={arcu},description={libero},
- &#x00A0;seealso={placerat,vitae,curabitur}}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 2431--><p class="nopar" ></p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 2434--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 2434--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4 </span> <a
- id="sec:languages"></a>Multi-Lingual Support</h3>
-<!--l. 2437--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package uses the <span
-class="cmss-10">tracklang </span>package to determine the document languages. Unfortunately, because
-there isn&#8217;t a standard language identification framework provided with LaTeX, <span
-class="cmss-10">tracklang </span>isn&#8217;t always able to
-detect the selected languages either as a result of using an unknown interface or where the interface doesn&#8217;t
-provide a way of detecting the language. See <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/tracklang/" >Localisation with <span
-class="cmtt-10">tracklang.tex</span></a> for further details.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 2447--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2449--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package can be used with <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-14001"></a></a> as well as <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-14002"></a></a>. If you are writing in a
-language that uses an <a
-href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabet</a> or <a
-href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabet</a> it&#8217;s best to use <a
-href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a> (<span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-14003"></a>) or
-<a
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a> (<a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-14004"></a></a>) as <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-14005"></a> (<a
-href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a>) is hard-coded for the non-extended <a
-href="#glo:latinalph">Latin alphabet<a
- id="dx1-14006"></a></a> and <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>
-can only perform limited ASCII comparisons.
-</p><!--l. 2457--><p class="indent" > This means that with Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a> or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option4">4</a> you are not restricted to the A, &#x2026;, Z letter groups. If you want to use
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-14007"></a>, remember to use the <span
-class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-14008"></a> package option. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48">
-\documentclass[french]{article}
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
-\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-\usepackage{babel}
-\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2466--><p class="nopar" > If you want to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-14009"></a>, you need to use the <span id="textcolor180"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span></span><a
- id="dx1-14010"></a> option with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> and supply the definitions in
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-14011"></a> files. (See the <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-14012"></a></a> user manual for further details.)
-</p><!--l. 2472--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although a&#x00A0;<a
-href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a
- id="dx1-14013"></a></a>, such as &eacute;, looks like a plain character in your <span
-class="cmtt-10">tex</span><a
- id="dx1-14014"></a> file, with
-standard LaTeX&#x00A0;it&#8217;s actually a&#x00A0;macro and can therefore cause expansion problems. You may need to switch off
-the field expansions with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields</span>. This issue doesn&#8217;t occur with XeLaTeX&#x00A0;or LuaLaTeX.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 2478--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2480--><p class="indent" > With <span
-class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a
- id="dx1-14015"></a>, if you use a&#x00A0;<a
-href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a
- id="dx1-14016"></a></a> (or other expandable) character at the start of an entry
-name, you must place it in a group, or it will cause a problem for commands that convert the first letter to
-upper case (e.g.&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a
- id="dx1-14017"></a>). For example: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{elite}{name={{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&eacute;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">}lite},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">description={select</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;group</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;or</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;class}}</span>
-</div>
-</div> For further details, see the &#8220;UTF-8&#8221; section in the <span
-class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a
- id="dx1-14018"></a> user manual.
-<!--l. 2491--><p class="indent" > If you are using <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-14019"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-14020"></a></a>, the application needs to know the encoding of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">tex</span><a
- id="dx1-14021"></a> file. This
-information is added to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a
- id="dx1-14022"></a> file and can be picked up by <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-14023"></a></a> and <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-14024"></a></a>. If you use <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-14025"></a></a>
-explicitly instead of via <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-14026"></a>, you may need to specify the encoding using the <span
-class="cmtt-10">-C</span><a
- id="dx1-14027"></a> option. Read the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-14028"></a> manual for further details of this option.
-</p><!--l. 2500--><p class="indent" > As from v4.24, if you are writing in German (for example, using the <span
-class="cmss-10">ngerman</span><a
- id="dx1-14029"></a>
-package<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn5x1" id="fn5x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.5</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-14030f5"></a>
-or <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-14031"></a> with the <span
-class="cmss-10">ngerman </span>package option), and you want to use <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-14032"></a>&#8217;s</a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">-g</span><a
- id="dx1-14033"></a> option, you&#8217;ll need to change
-<a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-14034"></a>&#8217;s</a> quote character using:
-</p><!--l. 2505--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-14035"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetQuote{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">character</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2507--><p class="noindent" >
-Note that &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">character</span>&#x27E9; may not be one of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">?</span></span></span> (question mark), <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">|</span></span></span> (pipe) or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">!</span></span></span> (exclamation mark). For
-example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49">
-\GlsSetQuote{+}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2513--><p class="nopar" > This must be done before <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-14036"></a> and any entry definitions. It&#8217;s only applicable for <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-14037"></a>. This
-option in conjunction with <span
-class="cmss-10">ngerman</span><a
- id="dx1-14038"></a> will also cause <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-14039"></a> to use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">-g</span><a
- id="dx1-14040"></a> switch when invoking
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-14041"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2520--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful of <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-14042"></a>&#8217;s shorthands. These aren&#8217;t switched on until the start of the document, so any entries
-defined in the preamble won&#8217;t be able to use those shorthands. However, if you define the entries in the
-document and any of those shorthands happen to be special characters for <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-14043"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-14044"></a></a> (such as the
-double-quote) then this will interfere with code that tries to escape any of those characters that occur in the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-14045"></a> key. </div>
-</p><!--l. 2529--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2531--><p class="indent" > In general, it&#8217;s best not to use <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-14046"></a>&#8217;s shorthands in entry definitions. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50">
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-\GlsSetQuote{+}
-\makeglossaries
-\newglossaryentry{rna}{name={ribonukleins\"aure},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={ribonukleins"aure},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={eine&#x00A0;Nukleins\"aure}}
-\begin{document}
-\gls{rna}
-\printglossaries
-\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2552--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2554--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="cmss-10">ngerman</span><a
- id="dx1-14047"></a> package has the shorthands on in the preamble, so they can be used in definitions if
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetQuote </span>has been used to change the <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-14048"></a></a> quote character. Example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51">
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-\GlsSetQuote{+}
-\makeglossaries
-\newglossaryentry{rna}{name={ribonukleins"aure},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={eine&#x00A0;Nukleins"aure}}
-\begin{document}
-\gls{rna}
-\printglossaries
-\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2575--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2577--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 2577--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.1 </span> <a
- id="sec:fixednames"></a>Changing the Fixed Names</h4>
-<!--l. 2580--><p class="noindent" >The fixed names are produced using the commands listed in <a
-href="#tab:predefinednames">table&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmbx-10">1.2</span></a>. If you aren&#8217;t using a
-language package such as <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-15001"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a
- id="dx1-15002"></a> that uses caption hooks, you can just redefine these commands as
-appropriate. If you are using <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-15003"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a
- id="dx1-15004"></a>, you need to use their caption hooks to change the defaults.
-See <a
-href="https://texfaq.org/FAQ-latexwords" >changing the words babel uses</a> or read the <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-15005"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a
- id="dx1-15006"></a> documentation. If you have
-loaded <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-15007"></a>, then <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-15008"></a> will attempt to load <span
-class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
- id="dx1-15009"></a>, unless you have used the <span
-class="cmss-10">notranslate</span><a
- id="dx1-15010"></a>,
-<span
-class="cmss-10">translate</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-15011"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">translate</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-15012"></a> package options. If the <span
-class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
- id="dx1-15013"></a> package is loaded, the translations
-are provided by dictionary files (for example, <span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-dictionary-English.dict</span>). See the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
- id="dx1-15014"></a> package for advice on changing translations provided by <span
-class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
- id="dx1-15015"></a> dictionaries. If you
-can&#8217;t work out how to modify these dictionary definitions, try switching to <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-15016"></a>&#8217;s interface using
-<span
-class="cmss-10">translate</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-15017"></a>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52">
-\documentclass[english,french]{article}
-\usepackage{babel}
-\usepackage[translate=babel]{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2601--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-15018"></a>&#8217;s caption hook mechanism. Note that if you pass the language options directly to <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-15019"></a>
-rather that using the document class options or otherwise passing the same options to <span
-class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
- id="dx1-15020"></a>, then <span
-class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
- id="dx1-15021"></a>
-won&#8217;t pick up the language and no dictionaries will be loaded and <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-15022"></a>&#8217;s caption hooks will be used
-instead.
-</p>
- <div class="table">
-
-
-<!--l. 2609--><p class="indent" > <a
- id="tab:predefinednames"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
->
-
-
- <div class="caption"
-><span class="id">Table&#x00A0;1.2: </span><span
-class="content">Customised Text</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-150232 -->
-
-
-<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-3" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-3-1g"><col
-id="TBL-3-1" /><col
-id="TBL-3-2" /><col
-id="TBL-3-3" /></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="cmbx-10">Command Name </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-2"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 2615--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-10">Translator</span>
- <span
-class="cmbx-10">Key</span>
- <span
-class="cmbx-10">Word</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-3"
-class="td10"> <!--l. 2616--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-10">Purpose</span> </p></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossaryname</span><a
- id="dx1-15024"></a> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-2"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 2617--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">Glossary</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-3"
-class="td10"> <!--l. 2617--><p class="noindent" >Title
- of
- the
- main
- glossary. </p></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymname</span><a
- id="dx1-15025"></a> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-2"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 2618--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">Acronyms</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-3"
-class="td10"> <!--l. 2618--><p class="noindent" >Title
- of
- the
- list
- of
- acronyms
- (when
- used
- with
- package
- option
- <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-15026"></a>). </p></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\entryname</span><a
- id="dx1-15027"></a> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-2"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 2620--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">Notation</span>
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-3"
-class="td10"> <!--l. 2621--><p class="noindent" >Header
- for
- first
- column
- in
- the
- glossary
- (for
- 2,
- 3
- or
- 4
- column
- glossaries
- that
- support
- headers). </p></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\descriptionname</span><a
- id="dx1-15028"></a> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-2"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 2623--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">Description</span>
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-3"
-class="td10"> <!--l. 2624--><p class="noindent" >Header
- for
- second
- column
- in
- the
- glossary
- (for
- 2,
- 3
- or
- 4
- column
- glossaries
- that
- support
- headers). </p></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\symbolname</span><a
- id="dx1-15029"></a> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-2"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 2626--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">Symbol</span>
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-3"
-class="td10"> <!--l. 2626--><p class="noindent" >Header
- for
- symbol
- column
- in
- the
- glossary
- for
- glossary
- styles
- that
- support
- this
- option. </p></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\pagelistname</span><a
- id="dx1-15030"></a> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-2"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 2628--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">Page</span>
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">List</span>
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-3"
-class="td10"> <!--l. 2629--><p class="noindent" >Header
- for
- page
- list
- column
- in
- the
- glossary
- for
- glossaries
- that
- support
- this
- option. </p></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolsgroupname</span><a
- id="dx1-15031"></a> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-2"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 2631--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">Symbols</span>
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-3"
-class="td10"> <!--l. 2632--><p class="noindent" >Header
- for
- symbols
- section
- of
- the
- glossary
- for
- glossary
- styles
- that
- support
- this
- option. </p></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnumbersgroupname</span><a
- id="dx1-15032"></a> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-2"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 2634--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">Numbers</span>
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-3"
-class="td10"> <!--l. 2634--><p class="noindent" >Header
- for
- numbers
- section
- of
- the
- glossary
- for
- glossary
- styles
- that
- support
- this
- option. </p></td>
-</tr></table>
-
-</div>
-
-
- </div><hr class="endfloat" />
- </div>
-<!--l. 2640--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.12, multilingual support is provided by separate language modules that need to be
-installed in addition to installing the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. You only need to install the modules for the languages
-that you require. If the language module has an unmaintained status, you can volunteer to take over the
-maintenance by contacting me at <a
-href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/contact.html" class="url" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/contact.html</span></a>. The <span
-class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
- id="dx1-15033"></a>
-dictionary files for <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>are now provided by the appropriate language module. For further details
-about information specific to a given language, please see the documentation for that language
-module.
-</p><!--l. 2652--><p class="indent" > Examples of use: </p>
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 2654--><p class="noindent" >Using <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-15034"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
- id="dx1-15035"></a>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53">
- \documentclass[english,french]{article}
- \usepackage{babel}
- \usepackage{glossaries}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 2659--><p class="nopar" > (<span
-class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
- id="dx1-15036"></a> is automatically loaded).
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 2662--><p class="noindent" >Using <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-15037"></a>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54">
- \documentclass[english,french]{article}
- \usepackage{babel}
- \usepackage[translate=babel]{glossaries}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 2667--><p class="nopar" > (<span
-class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
- id="dx1-15038"></a> isn&#8217;t loaded). The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has <span
-class="cmss-10">translate</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-15039"></a> as the default if <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-15040"></a> has been
- loaded.
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 2672--><p class="noindent" >Using <span
-class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a
- id="dx1-15041"></a>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55">
- \documentclass{article}
- \usepackage{polyglossia}
- \setmainlanguage{english}
- \usepackage{glossaries}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 2678--><p class="nopar" >
-</p>
- </li></ul>
-<!--l. 2682--><p class="indent" > Due to the varied nature of glossaries, it&#8217;s likely that the predefined translations may not be
-appropriate. If you are using the <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-15042"></a> package and the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package option <span
-class="cmss-10">translate</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-15043"></a>, you
-need to be familiar with the advice given in <a
-href="https://texfaq.org/FAQ-latexwords" >changing the words babel uses</a>. If you are using the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
- id="dx1-15044"></a> package, then you can provide your own dictionary with the necessary modifications (using
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\deftranslation</span>) and load it using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\usedictionary</span>. If you simply want to change the title of a glossary, you
-can use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">title</span><a
- id="dx1-15045"></a> key in commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>(but not the iterative commands like
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span>).
-</p><!--l. 2694--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span
-class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
- id="dx1-15046"></a> dictionaries are loaded at the beginning of the document, so it won&#8217;t have any effect
-if you put <span
-class="cmtt-10">\deftranslation </span>in the preamble. It should be put in your personal dictionary instead (as in the
-example below). See the <span
-class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
- id="dx1-15047"></a> documentation for further details. (Now with <span
-class="cmss-10">beamer</span><a
- id="dx1-15048"></a> documentation.)
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 2701--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2703--><p class="indent" > Your custom dictionary doesn&#8217;t have to be just a translation from English to another language. You may
-prefer to have a dictionary for a particular type of document. For example, suppose your institution&#8217;s in-house
-reports have to have the glossary labelled as &#8220;Nomenclature&#8221; and the page list should be labelled &#8220;Location&#8221;,
-then you can create a file called, say,
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56">
-myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2711--><p class="nopar" > that contains the following:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57">
-\ProvidesDictionary{myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary}{English}
-\deftranslation{Glossary}{Nomenclature}
-\deftranslation{Page&#x00A0;List&#x00A0;(glossaries)}{Location}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2717--><p class="nopar" > You can now load it using:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58">
-\usedictionary{myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2721--><p class="nopar" > (Make sure that <span
-class="cmtt-10">myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict </span>can be found by TeX.) If you want to
-share your custom dictionary, you can upload it to <a
-href="http://www.ctan.org/" >CTAN</a>.
-</p><!--l. 2726--><p class="indent" > If you are using <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-15049"></a> and don&#8217;t want to use the <span
-class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
- id="dx1-15050"></a> interface, you can use the package option
-<span
-class="cmss-10">translate</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-15051"></a>. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59">
-\documentclass[british]{article}
-\usepackage{babel}
-\usepackage[translate=babel]{glossaries}
-\addto\captionsbritish{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glossaryname}{List&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Terms}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acronymname}{List&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Acronyms}%
+</pre> <div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.597"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.598"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has a modified <a id="wrglossary.599"></a><a href="#glo:opt.symbols"><span class="styoptfmt">symbols</span></a> package option that provides <a id="wrglossary.600"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrnewsymbol"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnewsymbol</code></a>, which automatically sets the <a id="wrglossary.601"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key to the entry label (instead of the <a id="wrglossary.602"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a>). </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+All <a id="wrglossary.603"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> must be sorted according to the same method (word/letter ordering, order of use, or order of definition).<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.604"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.605"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package allows a hybrid mix of Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> to provide word/letter ordering with <a id="wrglossary.606"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3</a> and order of use/definition with <a id="wrglossary.607"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">Option 2</a>. See the <a id="wrglossary.608"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> documentation for further details. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+Summary:
+<ol class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="numitem">1.</span>Add the <a id="wrglossary.609"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a> option to the <a id="wrglossary.610"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package option list: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.611"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.612"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a>]{glossaries}
+</pre> If you are using a non-Latin script you’ll also need to either switch off the creation of the number <a id="wrglossary.613"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.614"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.615"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.616"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy.glsnumbers"><span class="optfmt">glsnumbers</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>}</span>]{glossaries}
+</pre> or use either <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.617"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">letter</em>〉</span>}</code> (to indicate the first <a id="wrglossary.618"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a> to follow the digits) or <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.619"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">spec</em>〉</span>}</code> to indicate where the number <a id="wrglossary.620"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> should be placed (see §<a href="#sec:xindy">14</a>).<p>
+<li><span class="numitem">2.</span>Add <a id="wrglossary.621"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> to your <a id="wrglossary.622"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a> (before you start defining your entries, as described in §<a href="#sec:newglosentry">4</a>).<p>
+<li><span class="numitem">3.</span>Run LaTeX on your document. This creates files with the extensions <a id="wrglossary.623"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glo"><span class="extfmt">glo</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.624"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> (for example, if your LaTeX document is called <span class="filefmt">myDoc.tex</span>, then you’ll have two extra files called <span class="filefmt">myDoc.glo</span> and <span class="filefmt">myDoc.xdy</span>). If you look at your document at this point, you won’t see the glossary as it hasn’t been created yet. (If you’re using the <a id="wrglossary.625"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> extension package, you’ll see the section header and some boilerplate text.)<p>
+If you have used package options such as <a id="wrglossary.626"></a><a href="#glo:opt.symbols"><span class="styoptfmt">symbols</span></a> there will also be other sets of files corresponding to the extra glossaries that were created by those options.<p>
+<li><span class="numitem">4.</span>Run <a id="wrglossary.627"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> with the <a id="wrglossary.628"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glo"><span class="extfmt">glo</span></a> file as the input file and the <a id="wrglossary.629"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> file as a module so that it creates an output file with the extension <a id="wrglossary.630"></a><a href="#glo:ext.gls"><span class="extfmt">gls</span></a>. You also need to set the language name and input <a id="wrglossary.631"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a>, as follows (all on one line): <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.632"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>xindy <a id="wrglossary.633"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.L"><span class="shortargfmt">-L</span></a> english <a id="wrglossary.634"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.C"><span class="shortargfmt">-C</span></a> utf8 <a id="wrglossary.635"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.I"><span class="shortargfmt">-I</span></a> xindy <a id="wrglossary.636"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.M"><span class="shortargfmt">-M</span></a> myDoc <a id="wrglossary.637"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.t"><span class="shortargfmt">-t</span></a> myDoc.glg <a id="wrglossary.638"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.o"><span class="shortargfmt">-o</span></a> myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
+</pre> (Replace <code class="code">myDoc</code> with the base name of your LaTeX document file. Avoid spaces in the file name. If necessary, also replace <code class="code">english</code> with the name of your language and <code class="code">utf8</code> with your input <a id="wrglossary.639"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a>, for example, <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.640"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.L"><span class="shortargfmt">-L</span></a> german <a id="wrglossary.641"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.C"><span class="shortargfmt">-C</span></a> din5007-utf8</code>.)<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.642"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+The file extensions vary according to the glossary <a id="wrglossary.643"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a>. See §<a href="#sec:xindyapp">1.6.3</a> for further details. <a id="wrglossary.644"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> must be called for each set of files. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+It’s much simpler to use <a id="wrglossary.645"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> instead: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.646"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>makeglossaries myDoc
+</pre> Note that the file extension isn’t supplied in this case. This will pick up all the file extensions from the <a id="wrglossary.647"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file and run <a id="wrglossary.648"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> the appropriate number of times with all the necessary switches.<p>
+There’s no benefit in using <a id="wrglossary.649"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a> with <a id="wrglossary.650"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>. (Remember that <a id="wrglossary.651"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> is a Perl script so if you can use <a id="wrglossary.652"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> then you can also use <a id="wrglossary.653"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>, and if you don’t want to use <a id="wrglossary.654"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> because you don’t want to install Perl, then you can’t use <a id="wrglossary.655"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> either.) If you don’t know how to use the command prompt, then you can probably access <a id="wrglossary.656"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.657"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> via your text editor, but each editor has a different method of doing this. See <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/">Incorporating makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document build</a> for some examples.<p>
+Again, a convenient method is to use <a id="wrglossary.658"></a><a href="#glo:app.arara"><span class="appfmt">arara</span></a> and add the follow comment lines to the start of your document: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.659"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+</pre><p>
+The default sort is word order (<span class="qt">“sea lion”</span> comes before <span class="qt">“seal”</span>). If you want letter ordering you need to add the <a id="wrglossary.660"></a><a href="#glo:opt.order"><span class="styoptfmt">order</span></a><span class="optfmt">=letter</span> package option: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.661"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.662"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.663"></a><a href="#glo:opt.order"><span class="styoptfmt">order</span></a><span class="optfmt">=letter</span>]{glossaries}
+</pre> (and return to the previous step). This option is picked up by <a id="wrglossary.664"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>. If you are explicitly using <a id="wrglossary.665"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> then you’ll need to add <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.666"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.M"><span class="shortargfmt">-M</span></a> ord/letorder</code> to the options list. See §<a href="#sec:xindyapp">1.6.3</a> for further details on using <a id="wrglossary.667"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> explicitly.<p>
+<li><span class="numitem">5.</span>Once you have successfully completed the previous step, you can now run LaTeX on your document again. As with <a id="wrglossary.668"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> (<a id="wrglossary.669"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">Option 2</a>), you may need to repeat the previous step and this step to ensure the table of contents and cross-references are resolved.<p>
+
+</ol>
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section option3 -->
+
+<section id="option4"><!-- start of section option4 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->1.3.4. <a id="wrglossary.670"></a><dfn id="glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4 (<span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span>)</dfn><div class="labellink"><a href="#option4">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.671"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+<a id="wrglossary.672"></a>This option is only available with the <a id="wrglossary.673"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> extension package. This method uses <a id="wrglossary.674"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> to both fetch <a id="wrglossary.675"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> definitions from <a id="wrglossary.676"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> files and to hierarchically sort and collate.<p>
+Example document: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.677"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.678"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a></strong>,<a id="wrglossary.679"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.680"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.indexgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">indexgroup</span></a></span>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+<a id="wrglossary.681"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.682"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-long</span></a>}
+<span class="comment">% data in sample-entries.bib:</span>
+<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.683"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a></strong>[<a id="wrglossary.684"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample-entries}</span>]
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.685"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a>{puffin}, <a id="wrglossary.686"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{duck} and <a id="wrglossary.687"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{parrot}.
+<a id="wrglossary.688"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{arpanet} and <a id="wrglossary.689"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{alpha}.
+Next use: <a id="wrglossary.690"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{arpanet}.
+<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.691"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a></strong>
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> Note that the <a id="wrglossary.692"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> style</a> must be set before <a id="wrglossary.693"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>. The file <span class="filefmt">sample-entries.bib</span> contains: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.694"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@entry</code>{parrot,
+ <a id="wrglossary.695"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={parrot}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.696"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a brightly coloured tropical bird}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2739--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2741--><p class="indent" > Note that <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-15052"></a></a> and <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-15053"></a></a> provide much better multi-lingual support than <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-15054"></a></a>, so I&#x00A0;recommend
-that you use Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a> or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option4">4</a> if you have glossary entries that contain <a
-href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a
- id="dx1-15055"></a>s</a>. See <a
-href="#sec:xindy">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">14</span>
-</a><a
-href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details on <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-15056"></a></a>, and see the <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-15057"></a></a> user manual for further details of that
-application.
-</p>
-<!--l. 2748--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.2 </span> <a
- id="sec:newlang"></a>Creating a New Language Module</h4>
-<!--l. 2751--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package now uses the <span
-class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a
- id="dx1-16001"></a> package to determine which language modules need
-to be loaded. If you want to create a new language module, you should first read the <span
-class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a
- id="dx1-16002"></a>
-documentation.
-</p><!--l. 2756--><p class="indent" > To create a new language module, you need to at least create two files called: <span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">lang</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">.ldf</span><a
- id="dx1-16003"></a> and
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-dictionary-</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">Lang</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">.dict</span><a
- id="dx1-16004"></a> where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">lang</span>&#x27E9; is the root language name (for example, <span
-class="cmtt-10">english</span>) and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">Lang</span>&#x27E9; is
-the language name used by <span
-class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
- id="dx1-16005"></a> (for example, <span
-class="cmtt-10">English</span>).
-</p><!--l. 2763--><p class="indent" > Here&#8217;s an example of <span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-dictionary-English.dict</span>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60">
-\ProvidesDictionary{glossaries-dictionary}{English}
-\providetranslation{Glossary}{Glossary}
-\providetranslation{Acronyms}{Acronyms}
-\providetranslation{Notation&#x00A0;(glossaries)}{Notation}
-\providetranslation{Description&#x00A0;(glossaries)}{Description}
-\providetranslation{Symbol&#x00A0;(glossaries)}{Symbol}
-\providetranslation{Page&#x00A0;List&#x00A0;(glossaries)}{Page&#x00A0;List}
-\providetranslation{Symbols&#x00A0;(glossaries)}{Symbols}
-\providetranslation{Numbers&#x00A0;(glossaries)}{Numbers}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2775--><p class="nopar" > You can use this as a template for your dictionary file. Change <span
-class="cmtt-10">English </span>to the <span
-class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
- id="dx1-16006"></a> name for your
-language (so that it matches the file name <span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-dictionary-</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">Lang</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">.dict</span>) and, for each
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\providetranslation</span>, change the second argument to the appropriate translation.
-</p><!--l. 2783--><p class="indent" > Here&#8217;s an example of <span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-english.ldf</span>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61">
-\ProvidesGlossariesLang{english}
-\glsifusedtranslatordict{English}
-{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\addglossarytocaptions{\CurrentTrackedLanguage}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\addglossarytocaptions{\CurrentTrackedDialect}%
+<code class="code">@entry</code>{duck,
+ <a id="wrglossary.697"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={duck}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.698"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a waterbird}</span>
}
-{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\@ifpackageloaded{polyglossia}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newcommand*{\glossariescaptionsenglish}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glossaryname}{\textenglish{Glossary}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acronymname}{\textenglish{Acronyms}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\entryname}{\textenglish{Notation}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\descriptionname}{\textenglish{Description}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\symbolname}{\textenglish{Symbol}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\pagelistname}{\textenglish{Page&#x00A0;List}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glssymbolsgroupname}{\textenglish{Symbols}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsnumbersgroupname}{\textenglish{Numbers}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newcommand*{\glossariescaptionsenglish}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glossaryname}{Glossary}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acronymname}{Acronyms}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\entryname}{Notation}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\descriptionname}{Description}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\symbolname}{Symbol}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\pagelistname}{Page&#x00A0;List}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glssymbolsgroupname}{Symbols}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsnumbersgroupname}{Numbers}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifcsdef{captions\CurrentTrackedDialect}
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\csappto{captions\CurrentTrackedDialect}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossariescaptionsenglish
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifcsdef{captions\CurrentTrackedLanguage}
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\csappto{captions\CurrentTrackedLanguage}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossariescaptionsenglish
-
-
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossariescaptionsenglish
+<code class="code">@entry</code>{puffin,
+ <a id="wrglossary.699"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={puffin}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.700"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a seabird with a brightly coloured bill}</span>
}
-\renewcommand*{\glspluralsuffix}{s}
-\renewcommand*{\glsacrpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}
-\renewcommand*{\glsupacrpluralsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2841--><p class="nopar" > This is a somewhat longer file, but again you can use it as a template. Replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">English </span>with the <span
-class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
- id="dx1-16007"></a>
-language label &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">Lang</span>&#x27E9; used for the dictionary file and replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">english </span>with the root language name &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">lang</span>&#x27E9;. Within
-the definition of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossariescaptions</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">lang</span>&#x27E9;, replace the English text (such as &#8220;Glossaries&#8221;) with the
-appropriate translation.
-</p><!--l. 2851--><p class="indent" > <span class="warningsymbol">&#9888;</span> The suffixes used to generate the plural forms when the plural hasn&#8217;t been specified are given by
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>(for general entries). For abbreviations defined with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsupacrpluralsuffix</span>
-is used for acronyms where the suffix needs to be set using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstextup </span>to counteract the effects of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\textsc </span>and
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsacrpluralsuffix </span>for other acronym styles. There&#8217;s no guarantee when these commands will be expanded.
-They may be expanded on definition or they may be expanded on use, depending on the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
-configuration.
-</p><!--l. 2862--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Therefore these plural suffix command definitions aren&#8217;t included in the caption mechanism as that&#8217;s
-typically not switched on until the start of the document. <strong>This means that the suffix in effect will be for the last
-loaded language that redefined these commands.</strong> It&#8217;s best to initialise these commands to the most common
-suffix required in your document and use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-16008"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">longplural</span><a
- id="dx1-16009"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-16010"></a> etc keys to override exceptions.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 2871--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2873--><p class="indent" > If you want to add a regional variation, create a file called <span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">iso lang</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">-</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">iso country</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">.ldf</span>,
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">iso lang</span>&#x27E9; is the ISO language code and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">iso country</span>&#x27E9; is the ISO country code. For example,
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-en-GB.ldf</span>. This file can load the root language file and make the appropriate changes, for
-example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62">
-&#x00A0;\ProvidesGlossariesLang{en-GB}
-&#x00A0;\RequireGlossariesLang{english}
-&#x00A0;\glsifusedtranslatordict{British}
-&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\addglossarytocaptions{\CurrentTrackedLanguage}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\addglossarytocaptions{\CurrentTrackedDialect}%
-&#x00A0;}
-&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\@ifpackageloaded{polyglossia}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;Modify&#x00A0;\glossariescaptionsenglish&#x00A0;as&#x00A0;appropriate&#x00A0;for
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;polyglossia
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;Modify&#x00A0;\glossariescaptionsenglish&#x00A0;as&#x00A0;appropriate&#x00A0;for
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;non-polyglossia
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2898--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2900--><p class="indent" > If the translations includes <a
-href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a
- id="dx1-16011"></a>s</a>, it&#8217;s necessary to provide code that&#8217;s independent of the
-input encoding. Remember that while some users may use <a
-href="#glo:UTF-8">UTF-8</a>, others may use Latin-1 or any other
-supported encoding, but while users won&#8217;t appreciate you enforcing your preference on them, it&#8217;s useful to
-provide a <a
-href="#glo:UTF-8">UTF-8</a> version for XeLaTeX&#x00A0;and LuaLaTeX&#x00A0;users.
-</p><!--l. 2907--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-irish.ldf </span>file provides this as follows:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-63">
-\ProvidesGlossariesLang{irish}
-\glsifusedtranslatordict{Irish}
-{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\addglossarytocaptions{\CurrentTrackedLanguage}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\addglossarytocaptions{\CurrentTrackedDialect}%
+<code class="code">@entry</code>{penguin,
+ <a id="wrglossary.701"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={penguin}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.702"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a flightless black and white seabird}</span>
}
-{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifdefstring{\inputencodingname}{utf8}
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\input{glossaries-irish-utf8.ldf}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifdef{\XeTeXinputencoding}%&#x00A0;XeTeX&#x00A0;defaults&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;UTF-8
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\input{glossaries-irish-utf8.ldf}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\input{glossaries-irish-noenc.ldf}}
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifcsdef{captions\CurrentTrackedDialect}
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\csappto{captions\CurrentTrackedDialect}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossariescaptionsirish
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifcsdef{captions\CurrentTrackedLanguage}
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\csappto{captions\CurrentTrackedLanguage}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossariescaptionsirish
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossariescaptionsirish
+<code class="code">@symbol</code>{alpha,
+ <a id="wrglossary.703"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.704"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.705"></a><a href="#glo:alpha"><code class="csfmt">\alpha</code></a>}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.706"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a variable}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2944--><p class="nopar" > (Again you can use this as a template. Replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">irish </span>with your root language label and <span
-class="cmtt-10">Irish </span>with the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
- id="dx1-16012"></a> dictionary label.)
-</p><!--l. 2949--><p class="indent" > There are now two extra files: <span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-irish-noenc.ldf </span>(no encoding information) and
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-irish-utf8.ldf </span>(<a
-href="#glo:UTF-8">UTF-8</a>).
-</p><!--l. 2953--><p class="indent" > These both define <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossariescaptionsirish </span>but the <span
-class="cmtt-10">*-noenc.ldf </span>uses LaTeX&#x00A0;accent commands:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64">
-\@ifpackageloaded{polyglossia}%
-{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newcommand*{\glossariescaptionsirish}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glossaryname}{\textirish{Gluais}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acronymname}{\textirish{Acrainmneacha}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\entryname}{\textirish{Ciall}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\descriptionname}{\textirish{Tuairisc}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\symbolname}{\textirish{Comhartha}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glssymbolsgroupname}{\textirish{Comhartha\'{\i}}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\pagelistname}{\textirish{Leathanaigh}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsnumbersgroupname}{\textirish{Uimhreacha}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-}%
-{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newcommand*{\glossariescaptionsirish}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glossaryname}{Gluais}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acronymname}{Acrainmneacha}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\entryname}{Ciall}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\descriptionname}{Tuairisc}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\symbolname}{Comhartha}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glssymbolsgroupname}{Comhartha\'{\i}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\pagelistname}{Leathanaigh}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsnumbersgroupname}{Uimhreacha}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+<code class="code">@abbreviation</code>{arpanet,
+ <a id="wrglossary.707"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a><span class="optfmt">={ARPANET}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.708"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Advanced Research Projects Agency Network}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2981--><p class="nopar" > whereas the <span
-class="cmtt-10">*-utf8.ldf </span>replaces the accent commands with the appropriate <a
-href="#glo:UTF-8">UTF-8</a> characters.
-</p><!--l. 2986--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 2986--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.5 </span> <a
- id="sec:makeglossaries"></a>Generating the Associated Glossary Files</h3>
-<!--l. 2989--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This section is only applicable if you have chosen Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>. You can ignore this section if you have
-chosen any of the other options. If you want to alphabetically sort your entries always remember to
-use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-17001"></a> key if the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-17002"></a> contains any LaTeX&#x00A0;commands (except if you&#8217;re using <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-17003"></a></a>).
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 2995--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2997--><p class="noindent" >If this section seriously confuses you, and you can&#8217;t work out how to run external tools like <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-17004"></a></a> or
-<a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-17005"></a></a>, you can try using the <span
-class="cmss-10">automake</span><a
- id="dx1-17006"></a> package option, described in <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">2.5</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">Sorting Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a>,
-but you will need TeX&#8217;s shell escape enabled. See also <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/" >Incorporating makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or
-bib2gls into the document build</a>.
-</p><!--l. 3006--><p class="indent" > In order to generate a sorted glossary with compact <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-17007"></a>s</a>, it is necessary to use an external <a
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing
-
-
-application</a> as an intermediate step (unless you have chosen <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, which uses TeX&#x00A0;to do the sorting or
-<a
-href="#option5">Option&#x00A0;5</a>, which doesn&#8217;t perform any sorting). It is this application that creates the file containing
-the code required to typeset the glossary. <strong>If this step is omitted, the glossaries will not appear in
-your document.</strong> The two indexing applications that are most commonly used with LaTeX&#x00A0;are
-<a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-17008"></a></a> and <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-17009"></a></a>. As from version 1.17, the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package can be used with either of these
-applications. Previous versions were designed to be used with <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-17010"></a> only. With the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>
-package, you can also use <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-17011"></a></a> as the indexing application. (See the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> and <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-17012"></a></a>
-user manuals for further details.) Note that <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-17013"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-17014"></a> have much better multi-lingual
-support than <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-17015"></a>, so <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-17016"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-17017"></a> are recommended if you&#8217;re not writing in English.
-Commands that only have an effect when <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-17018"></a> is used are described in <a
-href="#sec:xindy">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">14</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option
-3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 3026--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This is a multi-stage process, but there are methods of automating document compilation using applications
-such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">latexmk</span><a
- id="dx1-17019"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a
- id="dx1-17020"></a>. With <span
-class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a
- id="dx1-17021"></a> you can just add special comments to your document source:
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;arara:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;pdflatex</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;arara:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;makeglossaries</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;arara:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;pdflatex</span>
-</div>
-</div> With <span
-class="cmtt-10">latexmk</span><a
- id="dx1-17022"></a> you need to set up the required dependencies. </div>
-<!--l. 3037--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3039--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package comes with the Perl script <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-17023"></a></a> which will run <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-17024"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-17025"></a></a>
-on all the glossary files using a customized style file (which is created by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-17026"></a>). See
-<a
-href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">1.5.1</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">Using the makeglossaries Perl Script<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossariesapp --></a> for further details. Perl is stable, cross-platform,
-open source software that is used by a number of TeX-related applications (including <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-17027"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">latexmk</span><a
- id="dx1-17028"></a>).
-Most Unix-like operating systems come with a&#x00A0;Perl interpreter. TeX&#x00A0;Live also comes with a&#x00A0;Perl
-interpreter. MiKTeX&#x00A0;doesn&#8217;t come with a&#x00A0;Perl interpreter so if you are a&#x00A0;Windows MiKTeX&#x00A0;user
-you will need to install Perl if you want to use <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-17029"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-17030"></a></a>. Further information is
-available at <a
-href="http://www.perl.org/about.html" class="url" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">http://www.perl.org/about.html</span></a> and <a
-href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/158796/miktex-and-perl-scripts-and-one-python-script" >MiKTeX and Perl scripts (and one Python
-script)</a>.
-</p><!--l. 3055--><p class="indent" > The advantages of using <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-17031"></a>: </p>
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 3057--><p class="noindent" >It automatically detects whether to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-17032"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-17033"></a> and sets the relevant application
- switches.
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 3060--><p class="noindent" >One call of <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-17034"></a> will run <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-17035"></a>/<span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-17036"></a> for each glossary type.
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
-
-
- <!--l. 3063--><p class="noindent" >If things go wrong, <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-17037"></a></a> will scan the messages from <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-17038"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-17039"></a></a> and attempt
- to diagnose the problem in relation to the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. This will hopefully provide more
- helpful messages in some cases. If it can&#8217;t diagnose the problem, you will have to read the relevant
- transcript file and see if you can work it out from the <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-17040"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-17041"></a> messages.
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 3071--><p class="noindent" >If <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-17042"></a></a> warns about multiple encap values, <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-17043"></a></a> will detect this and attempt to
- correct the problem.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn6x1" id="fn6x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.6</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-17044f6"></a>
- This correction is only provided by <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-17046"></a></a> when <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-17047"></a></a> is used since <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-17048"></a></a> uses the
- order of the <a
- id="dx1-17049"></a>attributes list to determine which format should take precedence. (see <a
-href="#sec:xindyloc">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">14.2</span>
- </a><a
-href="#sec:xindyloc">Locations and Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindyloc --></a>.)
-</p>
- </li></ul>
-<!--l. 3081--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.16, the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package also comes with a&#x00A0;Lua script called <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-17050"></a></a>. This
-is a <span
-class="cmti-10">trimmed-down </span>alternative to the <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-17051"></a></a> Perl script. It doesn&#8217;t have some of the options that the
-Perl version has and it doesn&#8217;t attempt to diagnose any problems, but since modern TeX&#x00A0;distributions come
-with LuaTeX&#x00A0;(and therefore have a&#x00A0;Lua interpreter) you don&#8217;t need to install anything else in order to
-use <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-17052"></a></a> so it&#8217;s an alternative to <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-17053"></a></a> if you want to use <a
-href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a>
-(<a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-17054"></a></a>).
-</p><!--l. 3091--><p class="indent" > If things go wrong and you can&#8217;t work out why your glossaries aren&#8217;t being generated correctly, you can use
-<a
-href="#glo:makeglossariesgui"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossariesgui</span><a
- id="dx1-17055"></a></a> as a diagnostic tool. Once you&#8217;ve fixed the problem, you can then go back to using
-<a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-17056"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-17057"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 3097--><p class="indent" > Whilst I strongly recommended that you use the <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-17058"></a></a> Perl script or the <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-17059"></a></a>
-Lua script, it is possible to use the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package without using those applications. However, note that some
-commands and package options have no effect if you explicitly run <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-17060"></a></a>/<a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-17061"></a></a>. These are listed in
-<a
-href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">table&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmbx-10">1.3</span></a>.
-</p><!--l. 3104--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you are choosing not to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-17062"></a> because you don&#8217;t want to install Perl, you will only be able
-to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-17063"></a> as <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-17064"></a> also requires Perl. (Other useful Perl scripts include <span
-class="cmtt-10">epstopdf </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">latexmk</span>, so it&#8217;s
-well-worth the effort to install Perl.) </div>
-</p><!--l. 3110--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3112--><p class="indent" > Note that if any of your entries use an entry that is not referenced outside the glossary, you will need to do an
-additional <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-17065"></a></a>, <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-17066"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-17067"></a></a> run, as appropriate. For example, suppose you have defined the following
-entries:<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn7x1" id="fn7x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.7</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-17068f7"></a>
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65">
-\newglossaryentry{citrusfruit}{name={citrus&#x00A0;fruit},
-description={fruit&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;any&#x00A0;citrus&#x00A0;tree.&#x00A0;(See&#x00A0;also
-\gls{orange})}}
-\newglossaryentry{orange}{name={orange},
-description={an&#x00A0;orange&#x00A0;coloured&#x00A0;fruit.}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 3125--><p class="nopar" > and suppose you have <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{citrusfruit}</span></span></span> in your document but don&#8217;t reference the <span
-class="cmtt-10">orange </span>entry, then the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">orange </span>entry won&#8217;t appear in your glossary until you first create the glossary and then do another run of
-<a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-17070"></a></a>, <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-17071"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-17072"></a></a>. For example, if the document is called <span
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then you must
-do:
-</p><!--l. 3133--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex myDoc
- <br />makeglossaries myDoc
- <br />pdflatex myDoc
- <br />makeglossaries myDoc
- <br />pdflatex myDoc
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-(In the case of <a
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>, <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-17073"></a></a> will scan the description for instances of commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>to ensure they
-are selected but an extra <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-17074"></a></a> call is required to ensure the locations are included, if locations lists are
-required. See the and <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-17075"></a></a> manual for further details.)
-</p><!--l. 3146--><p class="indent" > Likewise, an additional <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-17076"></a></a> and LaTeX&#x00A0;run may be required if the document pages shift with
-re-runs. For example, if the page numbering is not reset after the table of contents, the insertion of the table of
-contents on the second LaTeX&#x00A0;run may push glossary entries across page boundaries, which means that the
-<a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-17077"></a>s</a> in the glossary may need updating.
-</p><!--l. 3154--><p class="indent" > The examples in this document assume that you are accessing <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-17078"></a></a>, <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-17079"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-17080"></a></a> via a
-terminal. Windows users can use the MSDOS Prompt which is usually accessed via the <span
-class="cmss-10">Start-</span><span
-class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span
-class="cmss-10">All Programs</span>
-menu or <span
-class="cmss-10">Start-</span><span
-class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span
-class="cmss-10">All Programs-</span><span
-class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span
-class="cmss-10">Accessories </span>menu.
-</p><!--l. 3160--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, your text editor may have the facility to create a function that will call the required
-application. See <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/" >Incorporating makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document
-build</a>.
-</p><!--l. 3166--><p class="indent" > If any problems occur, remember to check the transcript files (e.g.&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">glg</span><a
- id="dx1-17081"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">alg</span><a
- id="dx1-17082"></a>) for messages.
-</p>
- <div class="table">
-
-
-<!--l. 3169--><p class="indent" > <a
- id="tab:makeglossariesCmds"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
->
-
-
- <div class="caption"
-><span class="id">Table&#x00A0;1.3: </span><span
-class="content">Commands and package options that have no effect when using <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-17084"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-17085"></a></a> explicitly</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-170833 -->
-<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-4" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-4-1g"><col
-id="TBL-4-1" /><col
-id="TBL-4-2" /><col
-id="TBL-4-3" /></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-1-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="cmbx-10">Command or Package Option </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-1-2"
-class="td11"> <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-17086"></a></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-1-3"
-class="td10"> <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-17087"></a></a> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="cmss-10">order</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">letter</span><a
- id="dx1-17088"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-2"
-class="td11"> use <span
-class="cmtt-10">-l</span><a
- id="dx1-17089"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-3"
-class="td10"> use <span
-class="cmtt-10">-M</span><a
- id="dx1-17090"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">ord/letorder</span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="cmss-10">order</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">word</span><a
- id="dx1-17091"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-2"
-class="td11"> default </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-3"
-class="td10"> default </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-4-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-17092"></a>=<span
-class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
-class="cmss-10">language=</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">lang</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmss-10">,codename=</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmsy-10">} </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-4-2"
-class="td11"> N/A </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-4-3"
-class="td10"> use <span
-class="cmtt-10">-L</span><a
- id="dx1-17093"></a> &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">lang</span>&#x27E9; <span
-class="cmtt-10">-C</span><a
- id="dx1-17094"></a> &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9; </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-5-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span><a
- id="dx1-17095"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">lang</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-5-2"
-class="td11"> N/A </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-5-3"
-class="td10"> use <span
-class="cmtt-10">-L</span><a
- id="dx1-17096"></a> &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">lang</span>&#x27E9; </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-6-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyCodePage</span><a
- id="dx1-17097"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-6-2"
-class="td11"> N/A </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-6-3"
-class="td10"> use <span
-class="cmtt-10">-C</span><a
- id="dx1-17098"></a> &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9; </td></tr></table>
-</div>
-
-
- </div><hr class="endfloat" />
- </div>
-<!--l. 3192--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.5.1 </span> <a
- id="sec:makeglossariesapp"></a>Using the makeglossaries Perl Script</h4>
-<!--l. 3195--><p class="noindent" >The <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-18001"></a></a> script picks up the relevant information from the auxiliary (<span
-class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a
- id="dx1-18002"></a>) file and will either call
-<a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-18003"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-18004"></a></a>, depending on the supplied information. Therefore, you only need to pass the document&#8217;s
-name without the extension to <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-18005"></a>. For example, if your document is called <span
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, type the
-following in your terminal:
-</p><!--l. 3202--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex myDoc
- <br />makeglossaries myDoc
- <br />pdflatex myDoc
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-You may need to explicitly load <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-18006"></a></a> into Perl:
-</p><!--l. 3208--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />perl makeglossaries myDoc
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-</p><!--l. 3212--><p class="indent" > Windows users: TeX&#x00A0;Live on Windows has its own internal Perl interpreter and provides
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.exe </span>as a&#x00A0;convenient wrapper for the <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-18007"></a></a> Perl script. MiKTeX also
-provides a&#x00A0;wrapper <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.exe </span>but doesn&#8217;t provide a&#x00A0;Perl interpreter, which is still
-required even if you run MiKTeX&#8217;s <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.exe</span>, so with MiKTeX you&#8217;ll need to install
-Perl.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn8x1" id="fn8x1-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.8</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-18008f8"></a>
-There&#8217;s more information about this at <a
-href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/158796/19862" class="url" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/158796/19862</span></a> on the TeX.SX
-site.
-</p><!--l. 3224--><p class="indent" > The <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-18009"></a></a> script attempts to fork the <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-18010"></a></a>/<a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-18011"></a></a> process using <span
-class="cmtt-10">open() </span>on the piped
-redirection <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">2&#x003E;&amp;1</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;|</span></span></span> and parses the processor output to help diagnose problems. If this method fails
-<a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-18012"></a></a> will print an &#8220;Unable to fork&#8221; warning and will retry without redirection. If you run
-<a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-18013"></a></a> on an operating system that doesn&#8217;t support this form of redirection, then you can use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">-Q</span><a
- id="dx1-18014"></a>
-switch to suppress this warning or you can use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">-k</span><a
- id="dx1-18015"></a> switch to make <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-18016"></a></a> automatically use the
-fallback method without attempting the redirection. Without this redirection, the <span
-class="cmtt-10">-q</span><a
- id="dx1-18017"></a> (quiet) switch doesn&#8217;t
-work as well.
-</p><!--l. 3236--><p class="indent" > You can specify in which directory the <span
-class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a
- id="dx1-18018"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">glo</span><a
- id="dx1-18019"></a> etc files are located using the <span
-class="cmtt-10">-d </span>switch. For
-example:
-</p><!--l. 3239--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex -output-directory myTmpDir myDoc
- <br />makeglossaries -d myTmpDir myDoc
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-Note that <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-18020"></a> assumes by default that <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-18021"></a>/<span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-18022"></a> is on your operating system&#8217;s path. If
-this isn&#8217;t the case, you can specify the full pathname using <span
-class="cmtt-10">-m</span><a
- id="dx1-18023"></a> &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">path/to/makeindex</span>&#x27E9; for <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-18024"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">-x</span><a
- id="dx1-18025"></a>
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">path/to/xindy</span>&#x27E9; for <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-18026"></a>.
-
-
-</p><!--l. 3249--><p class="indent" > As from <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-18027"></a></a> v2.18, if you are using <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-18028"></a></a>, there&#8217;s a check for <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-18029"></a>&#8217;s multiple encap
-warning. This is where different encap values (location formats) are used on the same location for the same
-entry. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66">
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-\makeglossaries
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an&#x00A0;example}}
-\begin{document}
-\gls{sample},&#x00A0;\gls[format=textbf]{sample}.
-\printglossaries
-\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 3265--><p class="nopar" > If you explicitly use <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-18030"></a></a>, this will cause a warning and the location list will be &#8220;1, <span
-class="cmbx-10">1</span>&#8221;. That is, the page
-number will be repeated with each format. As from v2.18, <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-18031"></a></a> will check for this warning
-and, if found, will attempt to correct the problem by removing duplicate locations and retrying.
-There&#8217;s no similar check for <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-18032"></a></a> as <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-18033"></a> won&#8217;t produce any warning and will simply discard
-duplicates.
-</p><!--l. 3274--><p class="indent" > For a complete list of options do <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries --help</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3276--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When upgrading the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, make sure you also upgrade your version of <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-18034"></a></a>. The
-current version is 4.49. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3280--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3282--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 3282--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.5.2 </span> <a
- id="sec:makeglossarieslua"></a>Using the makeglossaries-lite Lua Script</h4>
-<!--l. 3285--><p class="noindent" >The Lua alternative to the <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-19001"></a></a> Perl script requires a&#x00A0;Lua interpreter, which should already be
-available if you have a&#x00A0;modern TeX&#x00A0;distribution that includes LuaTeX. Lua is a&#x00A0;light-weight, cross-platform
-scripting language, but because it&#8217;s light-weight it doesn&#8217;t have the full-functionality of heavy-weight scripting
-languages, such as Perl. The <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-19002"></a></a> script is therefore limited by this and some of the
-options available to the <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-19003"></a></a> Perl script aren&#8217;t available here. (In particular the <span
-class="cmtt-10">-d</span><a
- id="dx1-19004"></a>
-option.)
-</p><!--l. 3295--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that TeX&#x00A0;Live on Unix-like systems creates a symbolic link called <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite </span>(without the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">lua</span><a
- id="dx1-19005"></a> extension) to the actual <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua </span>script, so you may not need to supply the extension.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 3301--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3303--><p class="indent" > The <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-19006"></a></a> script can be invoked in the same way as <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-19007"></a></a>. For example, if your
-document is called <span
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then do
-</p><!--l. 3306--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />makeglossaries-lite.lua myDoc
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-
-
- <br /></span>
-or
-</p><!--l. 3310--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />makeglossaries-lite myDoc
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-</p><!--l. 3314--><p class="indent" > <span
-class="cmti-10">Some </span>of the options available with the Perl <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-19008"></a></a> script are also available with the Lua
-<a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-19009"></a></a> script. For a complete list of available options, do
-</p><!--l. 3317--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />makeglossaries-lite.lua --help
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-</p><!--l. 3323--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 3323--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.5.3 </span> <a
- id="sec:xindyapp"></a>Using <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> explicitly (Option 3)</h4>
-<!--l. 3326--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">Xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-20001"></a></a> comes with TeX&#x00A0;Live. It has also been added to MikTeX, but if you don&#8217;t have it installed, see <a
-href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/71167/how-to-use-xindy-with-miktex" >How to
-use Xindy with MikTeX</a> on <a
-href="http://www.stackexchange.com/" >TeX&#x00A0;on StackExchange</a>.
-</p><!--l. 3332--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-20002"></a></a> to process the glossary files, you must make sure you have used the <span
-class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-20003"></a> package
-option:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67">
-\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 3337--><p class="nopar" > This is required regardless of whether you use <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-20004"></a></a> explicitly or whether it&#8217;s called implicitly via applications
-such as <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-20005"></a></a>. This causes the glossary entries to be written in raw <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-20006"></a> format, so you need to use
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">-I</span><a
- id="dx1-20007"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy </span><span
-class="cmti-10">not </span><span
-class="cmtt-10">-I</span><a
- id="dx1-20008"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">tex</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3344--><p class="indent" > To run <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-20009"></a></a> type the following in your terminal (all on one line):
-</p><!--l. 3346--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />xindy -L &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">language</span>&#x27E9; -C &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">encoding</span>&#x27E9; -I xindy -M &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">style</span>&#x27E9; -t &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">base</span>&#x27E9;.glg -o &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">base</span>&#x27E9;.gls &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">base</span>&#x27E9;.glo
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">language</span>&#x27E9; is the required language name, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">encoding</span>&#x27E9; is the encoding, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">base</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the document
-without the <span
-class="cmtt-10">tex</span><a
- id="dx1-20010"></a> extension and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">style</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-20011"></a></a> style file without the <span
-class="cmtt-10">xdy</span><a
- id="dx1-20012"></a> extension. The default
-name for this style file is &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">base</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">xdy</span><a
- id="dx1-20013"></a> but can be changed via <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setStyleFile</span><a
- id="dx1-20014"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">style</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>. You may need to specify the
-full path name depending on the current working directory. If any of the file names contain spaces, you must
-delimit them using double-quotes.
-</p><!--l. 3359--><p class="indent" > For example, if your document is called <span
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex </span>and you are using UTF8 encoding in English, then type
-the following in your terminal:
-</p><!--l. 3362--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-</p><!--l. 3366--><p class="indent" > Note that this just creates the main glossary. You need to do the same for each of the other glossaries
-(including the list of acronyms if you have used the <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-20015"></a> package option), substituting <span
-class="cmtt-10">glg</span><a
- id="dx1-20016"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">gls</span><a
- id="dx1-20017"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">glo</span><a
- id="dx1-20018"></a>
-with the relevant extensions. For example, if you have used the <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-20019"></a> package option, then you would need to
-do:
-</p><!--l. 3373--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.alg -o myDoc.acr myDoc.acn
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-For additional glossaries, the extensions are those supplied when you created the glossary with
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-20020"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 3379--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-20021"></a></a> instead, you can replace all those calls to <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-20022"></a></a> with just one call to
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-20023"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 3382--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />makeglossaries myDoc
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-Note also that some commands and package options have no effect if you use <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-20024"></a></a> explicitly instead of using
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-20025"></a>. These are listed in <a
-href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">table&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmbx-10">1.3</span></a>.
-
-
-</p><!--l. 3392--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 3392--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.5.4 </span> <a
- id="sec:makeindexapp"></a>Using <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> explicitly (Option 2)</h4>
-<!--l. 3395--><p class="noindent" >If you want to use <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-21001"></a></a> explicitly, you must make sure that you haven&#8217;t used the <span
-class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-21002"></a> package option or
-the glossary entries will be written in the wrong format. To run <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-21003"></a>, type the following in your
-terminal:
-</p><!--l. 3400--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />makeindex -s &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">style</span>&#x27E9;.ist -t &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">base</span>&#x27E9;.glg -o &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">base</span>&#x27E9;.gls &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">base</span>&#x27E9;.glo
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">base</span>&#x27E9; is the name of your document without the <span
-class="cmtt-10">tex</span><a
- id="dx1-21004"></a> extension and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">style</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">ist</span><a
- id="dx1-21005"></a> is the name of the
-<a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-21006"></a></a> style file. By default, this is &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">base</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">ist</span><a
- id="dx1-21007"></a>, but may be changed via <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setStyleFile</span><a
- id="dx1-21008"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">style</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>. Note
-that there are other options, such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">-l</span><a
- id="dx1-21009"></a> (letter ordering). See the <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-21010"></a> manual for further
-details.
-</p><!--l. 3411--><p class="indent" > For example, if your document is called <span
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then type the following at the terminal:
-</p><!--l. 3413--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />makeindex -s myDoc.ist -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-Note that this only creates the main glossary. If you have additional glossaries (for example, if you have used the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-21011"></a> package option) then you must call <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-21012"></a></a> for each glossary, substituting <span
-class="cmtt-10">glg</span><a
- id="dx1-21013"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">gls</span><a
- id="dx1-21014"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">glo</span><a
- id="dx1-21015"></a> with
-the relevant extensions. For example, if you have used the <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-21016"></a> package option, then you need to type the
-following in your terminal:
-</p><!--l. 3424--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />makeindex -s myDoc.ist -t myDoc.alg -o myDoc.acr myDoc.acn
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-For additional glossaries, the extensions are those supplied when you created the glossary with
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-21017"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 3430--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-21018"></a></a> instead, you can replace all those calls to <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-21019"></a></a> with just one call
-to <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-21020"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 3433--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />makeglossaries myDoc
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-Note also that some commands and package options have no effect if you use <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-21021"></a> explicitly instead of
-using <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-21022"></a></a>. These are listed in <a
-href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">table&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmbx-10">1.3</span></a>.
-</p><!--l. 3441--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 3441--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.6 </span> <a
- id="sec:notedev"></a>Note to Front-End and Script Developers</h3>
-<!--l. 3444--><p class="noindent" >The information needed to determine whether to use <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-22001"></a></a>, <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-22002"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-22003"></a></a> is stored in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a
- id="dx1-22004"></a> file.
-This information can be gathered by a front-end, editor or script to make the glossaries where appropriate. This
-section describes how the information is stored in the auxiliary file.
-
-
-</p><!--l. 3450--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 3450--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.6.1 </span> <a
- id="makeindexandxindy"></a>MakeIndex and Xindy</h4>
-<!--l. 3453--><p class="noindent" >The file extensions used by each defined (but not ignored) glossary are given by
-</p><!--l. 3454--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23001"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\@newglossary{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">log</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">out-ext</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">in-ext</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3456--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">in-ext</span>&#x27E9; is the extension of the <a
-href="#glo:indexingapp"><span
-class="cmti-10">indexing application&#8217;s</span></a> input file (the output file from the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package&#8217;s
-point of view), &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">out-ext</span>&#x27E9; is the extension of the <span
-class="cmti-10">indexing application&#8217;s </span>output file (the input file from the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
-package&#8217;s point of view) and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">log</span>&#x27E9; is the extension of the indexing application&#8217;s transcript file. The label for the
-glossary is also given. This isn&#8217;t required with <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-23002"></a></a>, but with <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-23003"></a></a> it&#8217;s needed to pick up the associated
-language and encoding (see below). For example, the information for the default main glossary is written
-as:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68">
-\@newglossary{main}{glg}{gls}{glo}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 3470--><p class="nopar" > If <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>&#8217;s</a> hybrid method has been used (with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">sub-list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>), then the sub-list of
-glossaries that need to be processed will be identified with: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor181"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@makeglossaries</span></span><a
- id="dx1-23004"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 3478--><p class="indent" > The <a
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application&#8217;s</a> style file is specified by
-</p><!--l. 3479--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23005"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\@istfilename{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">filename</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3481--><p class="noindent" >
-The file extension indicates whether to use <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-23006"></a></a> (<span
-class="cmtt-10">ist</span><a
- id="dx1-23007"></a>) or <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-23008"></a></a> (<span
-class="cmtt-10">xdy</span><a
- id="dx1-23009"></a>). Note that the glossary information
-is formatted differently depending on which indexing application is supposed to be used, so it&#8217;s important to call
-the correct one.
-</p><!--l. 3488--><p class="indent" > For example, with <span
-class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a
- id="dx1-23010"></a> you can easily determine whether to run <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-23011"></a></a>: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;arara:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;makeglossaries</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;if</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;found("aux",</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;"@istfilename")</span>
-</div>
-</div> It&#8217;s more complicated if you want to explicitly run <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-23012"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-23013"></a></a>
-<!--l. 3495--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if you choose to explicitly call <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-23014"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-23015"></a></a> then the user will miss out on the diagnostic
-information and the encap-clash fix that <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-23016"></a></a> also provides. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3500--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3502--><p class="indent" > Word or letter ordering is specified by:
-</p><!--l. 3503--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23017"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\@glsorder{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">order</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3505--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">order</span>&#x27E9; can be either <span
-class="cmtt-10">word </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">letter</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3508--><p class="indent" > If <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-23018"></a></a> should be used, the language and code page for each glossary is specified by
-</p><!--l. 3510--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23019"></a><a
- id="dx1-23020"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\@xdylanguage{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">language</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span><br
-class="newline" /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\@gls@codepage{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3513--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; identifies the glossary, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">language</span>&#x27E9; is the root language (e.g.&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">english</span>) and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9; is the encoding
-(e.g.&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">utf8</span>). These commands are omitted if <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-23021"></a></a> should be used.
-</p><!--l. 3519--><p class="indent" > If <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> has been used, the <span
-class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a
- id="dx1-23022"></a> file will contain
-</p><!--l. 3520--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23023"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\@gls@reference{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">type</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3522--><p class="noindent" >
-for every time an entry has been referenced.
-
-
-</p><!--l. 3525--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 3525--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.6.2 </span> <a
- id="entrylabels"></a>Entry Labels</h4>
-<!--l. 3528--><p class="noindent" >If you need to gather labels for auto-completion, the <span
-class="cmss-10">writeglslabels</span><a
- id="dx1-24001"></a> package option will create a file containing the
-labels of all defined entries (regardless of whether or not the entry has been used in the document). As from
-v4.47, there is a similar option <span
-class="cmss-10">writeglslabelnames</span><a
- id="dx1-24002"></a> that writes both the label and name (separated by a
-tab).
-</p><!--l. 3535--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package also provides <span id="textcolor182"><span
-class="cmss-10">docdef</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">atom</span></span><a
- id="dx1-24003"></a>, which will create the <span
-class="cmtt-10">glsdefs</span><a
- id="dx1-24004"></a> file but will act like
-<span id="textcolor183"><span
-class="cmss-10">docdef</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">restricted</span></span><a
- id="dx1-24005"></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3539--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3541--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 3541--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.6.3 </span> <a
- id="bib2gls"></a>Bib2Gls</h4>
-<!--l. 3544--><p class="noindent" ><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em;"><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-25001"></a></a></span>If <a
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a> has been used, the <span
-class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a
- id="dx1-25002"></a> file will contain one or more instances of </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor184"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@resource</span></span><a
- id="dx1-25003"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">basename</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">basename</span>&#x27E9; is the basename of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">glstex</span><a
- id="dx1-25004"></a> file that needs to be created by <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-25005"></a></a>. If <span
-class="cmtt-10">src=</span>
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">bib list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>isn&#8217;t present in &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9; then &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">basename</span>&#x27E9; also indicates the name of the associated <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-25006"></a>
-file.
-<!--l. 3554--><p class="indent" > For example, with <span
-class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a
- id="dx1-25007"></a> you can easily determine whether or not to run <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-25008"></a></a>: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;arara:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;bib2gls</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;if</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;found("aux",</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;"glsxtr@resource")</span>
-</div>
-</div> (It gets more complicated if both <span id="textcolor185"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@resource</span></span><a
- id="dx1-25009"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\@istfilename </span>are present as that indicates the
-hybrid <span id="textcolor186"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">hybrid</span></span><a
- id="dx1-25010"></a> option.)
-<!--l. 3563--><p class="indent" > Remember that with <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-25011"></a></a>, the entries will never be defined on the first LaTeX&#x00A0;call (because their
-definitions are contained in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">glstex</span><a
- id="dx1-25012"></a> file created by <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-25013"></a></a>). You can also pick up labels from the records in
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a
- id="dx1-25014"></a> file, which will be in the form: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor187"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@record</span></span><a
- id="dx1-25015"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">h-prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">loc</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> or (with <span id="textcolor188"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">nameref</span></span><a
- id="dx1-25016"></a>) <div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor189"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@record@nameref</span></span><a
- id="dx1-25017"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">href</span><span
-class="cmitt-10">&#x00A0;prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">title</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">href</span><span
-class="cmitt-10">&#x00A0;anchor</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">href</span><span
-class="cmitt-10">&#x00A0;value</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> or (with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>) <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor190"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@recordsee</span></span><a
- id="dx1-25018"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">xr</span><span
-class="cmitt-10">&#x00A0;list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> You can also pick up the commands defined with <span id="textcolor191"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewglslike</span></span><a
- id="dx1-25019"></a>, which are added to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a
- id="dx1-25020"></a> file for
-<a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-25021"></a>&#8217;s</a> benefit: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor192"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtr@newglslike</span></span><a
- id="dx1-25022"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label-prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> If <span id="textcolor193"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetAltModifier</span></span><a
- id="dx1-25023"></a> is used, then the modifier is identified with: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor194"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtr@altmodifier</span></span><a
- id="dx1-25024"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">character</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Label prefixes (for the <span id="textcolor195"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\dgls</span></span><a
- id="dx1-25025"></a> set of commands) are identified with: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor196"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtr@prefixlabellist</span></span><a
- id="dx1-25026"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-
-<!--l. 3596--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 3596--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">2. <a
- id="sec:pkgopts"></a>Package Options</h2>
-</p><!--l. 3599--><p class="indent" > This section describes the available <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package options. You may omit the <span
-class="cmtt-10">=true </span>for boolean options.
-(For example, <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-26001"></a> is equivalent to <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-26002"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 3603--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has additional options described in the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>manual. The extension
-package also has some different default settings to the base package. Those that are available at the time of
-writing are included here. Future versions of <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> may have additional package options or new values
-for existing settings that aren&#8217;t listed here. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3610--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3612--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; package options can&#8217;t be passed via the document class options. (This includes options
-where the &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; part may be omitted, such as <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-26003"></a>.) This is a general limitation not restricted to the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. Options that aren&#8217;t &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; (such as <span
-class="cmss-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-26004"></a>) may be passed via the document class
-options. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3619--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 3621--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.1 </span> <a
- id="sec:pkgopts-general"></a>General Options</h3>
-<!--l. 3624--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-280002.1"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:nowarn"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">nowarn</span></h4>
-<!--l. 3624--><p class="noindent" >This suppresses all warnings generated by the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. Don&#8217;t use this option if you&#8217;re new to using
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>as the warnings are designed to help detect common mistakes (such as forgetting to use
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-28001"></a>). Note that if you use <span
-class="cmss-10">debug</span><a
- id="dx1-28002"></a> with any value other than <span
-class="cmss-10">false </span>it will override this
-option.
-</p><!--l. 3631--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-290002.1"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:nolangwarn"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">nolangwarn</span></h4>
-<!--l. 3631--><p class="noindent" >This suppresses the warning generated by a missing language module.
-</p><!--l. 3634--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-300002.1"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:noredefwarn"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">noredefwarn</span></h4>
-<!--l. 3634--><p class="noindent" >If you load <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>with a&#x00A0;class or another package that already defines glossary related commands, by default
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>will warn you that it&#8217;s redefining those commands. If you are aware of the consequences of using
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>with that class or package and you don&#8217;t want to be warned about it, use this option to suppress those
-warnings. Other warnings will still be issued unless you use the <span
-class="cmss-10">nowarn</span><a
- id="dx1-30001"></a> option described above. (This option is
-automatically switched on by <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.)
-
-
-</p><!--l. 3644--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-310002.1"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:debug"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">debug=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 3644--><p class="noindent" >Introduced in version 4.24. The default setting is <span
-class="cmss-10">debug</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-31001"></a>. The following values are available: <span
-class="cmss-10">false</span>, <span
-class="cmss-10">true</span>,
-<span
-class="cmss-10">showtargets </span>(v4.32+) and <span
-class="cmss-10">showaccsupp </span>(v4.45+). If no value is given, <span
-class="cmss-10">debug</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-31002"></a> is assumed.
-</p><!--l. 3650--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides extra values <span id="textcolor197"><span
-class="cmss-10">showwrgloss</span></span><a
- id="dx1-31003"></a>, that may be used to show where the indexing
-is occurring, and <span id="textcolor198"><span
-class="cmss-10">all</span></span><a
- id="dx1-31004"></a>, which switches on all debugging options. See the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 3656--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3658--><p class="indent" > All values other than <span
-class="cmss-10">debug</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-31005"></a> switch on the debug mode (and will automatically cancel the <span
-class="cmss-10">nowarn</span><a
- id="dx1-31006"></a>
-option). The <span
-class="cmss-10">debug</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">showtargets</span><a
- id="dx1-31007"></a> option will additionally use:
-</p><!--l. 3661--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31008"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsshowtarget{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">target name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3663--><p class="noindent" >
-to show the hypertarget or hyperlink name when <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdohypertarget </span>is used by commands like
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstarget </span>and when <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdohyperlink </span>is used by commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. In math mode or inner
-mode, this puts the target name in square brackets just before the link or anchor. In outer mode it
-uses:
-</p><!--l. 3669--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31009"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsshowtargetouter{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3671--><p class="noindent" >
-which by default places the target name in the margin. The font is given by:
-</p><!--l. 3674--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31010"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsshowtargetfont </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3676--><p class="noindent" >
-The default definition is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ttfamily\small</span></span></span>. This command is included in the definition of
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsshowtargetouter</span>, so if you want to redefine that command remember to include the font. For
-example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69">
-\renewcommand*{\glsshowtargetouter}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;{\glsshowtargetfont&#x00A0;[#1]}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 3684--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3686--><p class="indent" > Similarly, the <span
-class="cmss-10">debug</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">showaccsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-31011"></a> will add the accessibility support information using:
-</p><!--l. 3688--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31012"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsshowaccsupp{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">replacement text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3690--><p class="noindent" >
-This internally uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsshowtarget</span><a
- id="dx1-31013"></a>. This option is provided for use with <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-31014"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 3694--><p class="indent" > The purpose of the debug mode can be demonstrated with the following example document:
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\documentclass{article}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage{glossaries}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{sample1}{name={sample1},description={example}}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{sample2}{name={sample2},description={example}}</span>
-<br /><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span><a
- id="dx1-31015"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">{sample2}%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;&#x003C;-</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;does</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;nothing</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;here</span>
-<br /><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-31016"></a></strong>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\begin{document}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{sample1}.</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\end{document}</span>
-</div>
-</div> In this case, only the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sample1 </span>entry has been indexed, even though <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd{sample2}</span></span></span> appears in the source
-code. This is because <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd{sample2}</span></span></span> has been used before the associated file is opened by
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-31017"></a>. Since the file isn&#8217;t open yet, the information can&#8217;t be written to it, which is why the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sample2</span>
-entry doesn&#8217;t appear in the glossary.
-<!--l. 3715--><p class="indent" > Without <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>the indexing is suppressed with Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a> but, other than that,
-commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>behave as usual.
-</p><!--l. 3718--><p class="indent" > This situation doesn&#8217;t cause any errors or warnings as it&#8217;s perfectly legitimate for a user to want to use
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>to format the entries (e.g.&#x00A0;abbreviation expansion) but not display any lists of terms, abbreviations,
-symbols etc (or the user may prefer to use the unsorted Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option5">5</a> or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option6">6</a>). It&#8217;s also possible that the user may
-want to temporarily comment out <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>in order to suppress the indexing while working on a draft
-version to speed compilation, or the user may prefer to use Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option1">1</a> or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option4">4</a> for indexing, which don&#8217;t use
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3728--><p class="indent" > Therefore <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>can&#8217;t be used to enable <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>and commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. These commands must be enabled by default. (It does, however, enable the <span
-class="cmtt-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-31018"></a> key as that&#8217;s a more
-common problem. See below.)
-</p><!--l. 3733--><p class="indent" > The debug mode, enabled with the <span
-class="cmss-10">debug</span><a
- id="dx1-31019"></a> option,
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70">
-\usepackage[debug]{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 3736--><p class="nopar" > will write information to the log file when the indexing can&#8217;t occur because the associated file isn&#8217;t open. The
-message is written in the form
- </p><blockquote class="quote">
- <!--l. 3741--><p class="noindent" >Package glossaries Info: wrglossary(&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9;)(&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;) on input line &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">line number</span>&#x27E9;.</p></blockquote>
-<!--l. 3744--><p class="noindent" >where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9; is the glossary label and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; is the line of text that would&#8217;ve been written to the associated file if it had
-been open. So if any entries haven&#8217;t appeared in the glossary but you&#8217;re sure you used commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>
-or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span>, try switching on the <span
-class="cmss-10">debug</span><a
- id="dx1-31020"></a> option and see if any information has been written to the log
-file.
-</p><!--l. 3751--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-320002.1"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:savewrites"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">savewrites=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 3751--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option to minimise the number of write registers used by the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. The default is
-<span
-class="cmss-10">savewrites</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-32001"></a>. With Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>, one write register is required per (non-ignored) glossary and one for the
-style file.
-</p><!--l. 3757--><p class="indent" > With all options except Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option1">1</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option4">4</a>, another write register is required if the <span
-class="cmtt-10">docdefs</span><a
- id="dx1-32002"></a> file is needed to
-save document definitions. With both Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option1">1</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option4">4</a>, no write registers are required (document definitions
-aren&#8217;t permitted and indexing information is written to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a
- id="dx1-32003"></a> file). If you really need document definitions
-but you want to minimise the number of write registers then consider using <span id="textcolor199"><span
-class="cmss-10">docdef</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">restricted</span></span><a
- id="dx1-32004"></a> with
-<a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.
-</p><!--l. 3766--><p class="indent" > There are only a limited number of write registers, and if you have a large number of glossaries
-or if you are using a class or other packages that create a lot of external files, you may exceed
-the maximum number of available registers. If <span
-class="cmss-10">savewrites</span><a
- id="dx1-32005"></a> is set, the glossary information will be
-stored in token registers until the end of the document when they will be written to the external
-files.
-</p><!--l. 3774--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option can significantly slow document compilation and may cause the indexing to fail. Page numbers
-in the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-32006"></a></a> will be incorrect on page boundaries due to TeX&#8217;s asynchronous output routine. As an
-alternative, you can use the <span
-class="cmss-10">scrwfile</span><a
- id="dx1-32007"></a> package (part of the KOMA-Script bundle) and not use this option.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 3780--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3782--><p class="indent" > By way of comparison, <span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-multi2.tex </span>provided with <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-32008"></a></a> has a total of
-15 glossaries. With Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>, this would require 46 associated files and 16 write
-registers.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn1x2" id="fn1x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-32009f1"></a>
-With <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-32011"></a></a>, no write registers are required and there are only 10 associated files for that particular document
-(9 resource files and 1 transcript file).
-
-
-</p><!--l. 3792--><p class="indent" > <span class="warningsymbol">&#9888;</span> If you want to use TeX&#8217;s <span
-class="cmtt-10">\write18</span><a
- id="dx1-32012"></a> mechanism to call <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-32013"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-32014"></a></a> from your document and use
-<span
-class="cmss-10">savewrites</span><a
- id="dx1-32015"></a>, you must create the external files with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glswritefiles </span>before you call <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-32016"></a>/<span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-32017"></a>. Also set
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glswritefiles </span>to nothing or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\relax </span>before the end of the document to avoid rewriting the files. For
-example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71">
-\glswritefiles
-\write18{makeindex&#x00A0;-s&#x00A0;\istfilename\space
--t&#x00A0;\jobname.glg&#x00A0;-o&#x00A0;\jobname.gls&#x00A0;\jobname}
-\let\glswritefiles\relax
-</pre>
-<!--l. 3804--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3806--><p class="noindent" >In general, this package option is best avoided.
-</p><!--l. 3809--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-330002.1"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:translate"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">translate=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 3809--><p class="noindent" >This can take the following values:
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 3812--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmssbx-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-33001"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 3812--><p class="noindent" >If <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-33002"></a> has been loaded and the <span
-class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
- id="dx1-33003"></a> package is installed, <span
-class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
- id="dx1-33004"></a> will be loaded and the
- translations will be provided by the <span
-class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
- id="dx1-33005"></a> package interface. You can modify the translations
- by providing your own dictionary. If the <span
-class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
- id="dx1-33006"></a> package isn&#8217;t installed and <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-33007"></a> is loaded,
- the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-babel</span><a
- id="dx1-33008"></a> package will be loaded and the translations will be provided using <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span>&#8217;s
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\addto\caption</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">language</span>&#x27E9; mechanism. If <span
-class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a
- id="dx1-33009"></a> has been loaded, <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-polyglossia</span><a
- id="dx1-33010"></a> will be
- loaded.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 3824--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmssbx-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-33011"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 3824--><p class="noindent" >Don&#8217;t provide translations, even if <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-33012"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a
- id="dx1-33013"></a> has been loaded. (Note that <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-33014"></a> provides
- the command <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossaryname</span><a
- id="dx1-33015"></a> so that will still be translated if you have loaded <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-33016"></a>.)
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 3829--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmssbx-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-33017"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 3829--><p class="noindent" >Don&#8217;t load the <span
-class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
- id="dx1-33018"></a> package. Instead load <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-babel</span><a
- id="dx1-33019"></a>.
- </p><!--l. 3832--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> I recommend you use <span
-class="cmss-10">translate</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-33020"></a> if you have any problems with the translations or with PDF
- bookmarks, but to maintain backward compatibility, if <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-33021"></a> has been loaded the default is <span
-class="cmss-10">translate</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-33022"></a>.
- </div>
- </p><!--l. 3837--><p class="noindent" >
-
-
-</p>
- </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 3841--><p class="indent" > If <span
-class="cmss-10">translate</span><a
- id="dx1-33023"></a> is specified without a value, <span
-class="cmss-10">translate</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-33024"></a> is assumed. If <span
-class="cmss-10">translate</span><a
- id="dx1-33025"></a> isn&#8217;t specified,
-<span
-class="cmss-10">translate</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-33026"></a> is assumed if <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-33027"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a
- id="dx1-33028"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
- id="dx1-33029"></a> have been loaded. Otherwise <span
-class="cmss-10">translate</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-33030"></a> is
-assumed.
-</p><!--l. 3847--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> With <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, if <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-33031"></a> is detected then <span
-class="cmss-10">translate</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-33032"></a> is automatically passed to the base <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-33033"></a>
-package. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3851--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3853--><p class="indent" > See <a
-href="#sec:fixednames">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">1.4.1</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:fixednames">Changing the Fixed Names<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fixednames --></a> for further details.
-</p><!--l. 3855--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-340002.1"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:notranslate"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">notranslate</span></h4>
-<!--l. 3855--><p class="noindent" >This is equivalent to <span
-class="cmss-10">translate</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-34001"></a> and may be passed via the document class options.
-</p><!--l. 3859--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-350002.1"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:hyperfirst"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 3859--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option that specifies whether each term has a hyperlink on <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. The default is
-<span
-class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-35001"></a> (terms on <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> have a hyperlink, unless explicitly suppressed using starred versions of
-commands such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls*</span><a
- id="dx1-35002"></a> or by identifying the glossary with <span
-class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a
- id="dx1-35003"></a>, described above). Note that
-<span
-class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a
- id="dx1-35004"></a> overrides <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-35005"></a>. This option only affects commands that check the <a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>, such as
-the <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands (for example, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-35006"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a
- id="dx1-35007"></a>), but not the <a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands (for example,
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a
- id="dx1-35008"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a
- id="dx1-35009"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 3871--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><a
- id="dx1-35010"></a> setting applies to all glossary types (unless identified by <span
-class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a
- id="dx1-35011"></a> or defined
-with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-35012"></a>). It can be overridden on an individual basis by explicitly setting the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">hyper</span><a
- id="dx1-35013"></a> key when referencing an entry (or by using the plus or starred version of the referencing
-command).
-</p><!--l. 3878--><p class="indent" > It may be that you only want to apply this to just the acronyms (where the first use explains the meaning of
-the acronym) but not for ordinary glossary entries (where the first use is identical to subsequent uses). In this
-case, you can use <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-35014"></a> and apply <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsunsetall </span>to all the regular (non-acronym) glossaries. For
-example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72">
-&#x00A0;\usepackage[acronym,hyperfirst=false]{glossaries}
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;acronym&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;glossary&#x00A0;entry&#x00A0;definitions
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;at&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;end&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;preamble
-&#x00A0;\glsunsetall[main]
-</pre>
-<!--l. 3890--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3892--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can redefine the hook
-</p><!--l. 3893--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-35015"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3895--><p class="noindent" >
-which is used by the commands that check the <a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>, such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-35016"></a>. Within the definition of this
-command, you can use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span><a
- id="dx1-35017"></a> to reference the entry label and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstype</span><a
- id="dx1-35018"></a> to reference the glossary type. You
-can also use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a
- id="dx1-35019"></a> to determine if the entry has been used. You can test if an entry is an acronym by
-checking if it has the <span
-class="cmtt-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-35020"></a> key set using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong</span><a
- id="dx1-35021"></a>. For example, to switch off the hyperlink on first use
-just for acronyms:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73">
-\renewcommand*{\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook}{%
-&#x00A0;\ifglsused{\glslabel}{}%
-&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}}{}%
-&#x00A0;}%
+</pre> The result is slightly different from the previous examples. Letter groups aren’t created by default with <a id="wrglossary.709"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> so, even though the <a id="wrglossary.710"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> supports <a id="wrglossary.711"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter groups</a>, there’s no <a id="wrglossary.712"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> information. <div class="resultbox"><div class="resultboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.713"></a><a href="#glo:sym.result"><span title="Result" class="icon">🖺</span></a></div><!-- end of resultboxtitle -->
+<a id="ex:b2g"></a>Example 6: Simple document that uses <span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span> to sort entries <a href="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example006.tex" class="icon"><span title="Download TeX File" class="icon">📥<sup>🖹</sup></span></a> <a href="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example006.pdf" class="icon"><span title="Download PDF" class="icon">📥<sup>🖺</sup></span></a><p>
+<object data="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example006.png" type="image/png" width="391" height="151">Example document that defines some entries, references a subset of them in the document and displays a sorted list of the referenced entries: alpha, ARPANET, duck, parrot and puffin. There are no letter groups.</object> </div><!-- end of resultbox -->
+<p>
+All entries must be provided in one or more <a id="wrglossary.714"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> files. (See the <a id="wrglossary.715"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> user manual for the required format.) In this example, the terms <span class="qt">“parrot”</span>, <span class="qt">“duck”</span>, <span class="qt">“puffin”</span> and <span class="qt">“penguin”</span> are defined using <code class="code">@atentry</code>, the symbol alpha (\(𝛼\)) is defined using <code class="code">@symbol</code> and the <a id="wrglossary.716"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span></a> <span class="qt">“ARPANET”</span> is defined using <code class="code">@abbreviation</code>.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.717"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Note that the <a id="wrglossary.718"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key should not be used. Each entry type (<code class="code">@entry</code>, <code class="code">@symbol</code>, <code class="code">@abbreviation</code>) has a particular field that’s used for the sort value by default (<a id="wrglossary.719"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a>, the label, <a id="wrglossary.720"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a>). You will break this mechanism if you explicitly use the <a id="wrglossary.721"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key. See <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=label=bib2gls-sorting"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span> gallery: sorting</a> for examples. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.722"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package needs to be loaded with the <a id="wrglossary.723"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a> package option: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.724"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.725"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a>]{glossaries-extra}
+</pre> or (equivalently) <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.726"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.727"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=only</span>]{glossaries-extra}
+</pre> or (with <a id="wrglossary.728"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.37+ and <a id="wrglossary.729"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> v1.8+): <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.730"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.731"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=nameref</span>]{glossaries-extra}
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.732"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=nameref</span> option is the best method if you are using <a id="wrglossary.733"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a>.<p>
+Each resource set is loaded with <a id="wrglossary.734"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.735"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.736"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>
+[<span class="comment">% definitions in entries1.bib and entries2.bib:</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.737"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={entries1,entries2}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.738"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.sort"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={de-CH-1996}</span><span class="comment">% sort according to this locale</span>
+]
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.739"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> files are identified as a comma-separated list in the value of the <a id="wrglossary.740"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a> key. The <a id="wrglossary.741"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.sort"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">sort</span></a> option identifies the sorting method. This may be a locale identifier for alphabetic sorting, but there are other sort methods available, such as character code or numeric. One resource set may cover multiple <a id="wrglossary.742"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> or one <a id="wrglossary.743"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> may be split across multiple resource sets, forming logical sub-blocks.<p>
+If you want to ensure that all entries are selected, even if they haven’t been referenced in the document, then add the option <a id="wrglossary.744"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.selection"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">selection</span></a><span class="optfmt">=all</span>. (There are also ways of filtering the selection or you can even have a random selection by shuffling and truncating the list. See the <a id="wrglossary.745"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> user manual for further details.)<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.746"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> is displayed using: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.747"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.748"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a>
+</pre> Alternatively all glossaries can be displayed using the iterative command: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.749"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.750"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a>
+</pre> The document is built using: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.751"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex myDoc
+bib2gls myDoc
+pdflatex myDoc
+</pre> If <a id="wrglossary.752"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter groups</a> are required, you need the <a id="wrglossary.753"></a><a href="#glo:switch.group"><span class="longargfmt">--group</span></a> switch: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.754"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>bib2gls <a id="wrglossary.755"></a><a href="#glo:switch.group"><span class="longargfmt">--group</span></a> myDoc
+</pre> or with <a id="wrglossary.756"></a><a href="#glo:app.arara"><span class="appfmt">arara</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.757"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>% arara: bib2gls: { group: on }
+</pre> (You will also need an appropriate <a id="wrglossary.758"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a>.)<p>
+Unlike Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>, this method doesn’t create a file containing the typeset <a id="wrglossary.759"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> but simply determines which entries are needed for the document, their associated locations and (if required) their associated <a id="wrglossary.760"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a>. This option allows a mixture of sort methods. For example, sorting by word order for one glossary and order of use for another or even sorting one block of the <a id="wrglossary.761"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> differently to another block in the same <a id="wrglossary.762"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. See <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=label=bib2gls-sorting"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span> gallery: sorting</a>.<p>
+This method supports Unicode and uses the Common Locale Data Repository, which provides more extensive language support than <a id="wrglossary.763"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>. (Except for Klingon, which is supported by <a id="wrglossary.764"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>, but not by the CLDR.) The locations in the <a id="wrglossary.765"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> may be in any format. If <a id="wrglossary.766"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> can deduce a numerical value it will attempt to form <a id="wrglossary.767"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">ranges</a> otherwise it will simply list the <a id="wrglossary.768"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a>.<p>
+Summary:
+<ol class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="numitem">1.</span>Use <a id="wrglossary.769"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> with the <a id="wrglossary.770"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a> package option: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.771"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.772"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a>]{glossaries-extra}
+</pre><p>
+<li><span class="numitem">2.</span>Use <a id="wrglossary.773"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a> to identify the <a id="wrglossary.774"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file(s) and <a id="wrglossary.775"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> options. The <a id="wrglossary.776"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> extension may be omitted: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.777"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.778"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.779"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={terms.bib,abbreviations.bib}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.780"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.sort"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=en</span>]
+</pre><p>
+<li><span class="numitem">3.</span>Put <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.781"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.782"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a>
+</pre> where you want your list of entries to appear. Alternatively to display all glossaries use the iterative command: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.783"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.784"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a>
+</pre><p>
+<li><span class="numitem">4.</span>Run LaTeX on your document.<p>
+<li><span class="numitem">5.</span>Run <a id="wrglossary.785"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> with just the document base name.<p>
+<li><span class="numitem">6.</span>Run LaTeX on your document.<p>
+
+</ol>
+<p>
+See <a href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls-begin.pdf"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span> and <span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span>: An Introductory Guide</a> or the <a id="wrglossary.786"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> user manual for further details of this method, and also <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/">Incorporating makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document build</a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section option4 -->
+
+<section id="option5"><!-- start of section option5 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->1.3.5. <a id="wrglossary.787"></a><dfn id="glo:idx.opt.unsrt">Option 5 (<span class="qt">“unsrt”</span>)</dfn><div class="labellink"><a href="#option5">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.788"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+This option is only available with the extension package <a id="wrglossary.789"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. No <a id="wrglossary.790"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a> is required. <p>
+Example document: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.791"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.792"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.793"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.indexgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">indexgroup</span></a></span>]{glossaries-extra}
+<a id="wrglossary.794"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{parrot}{<a id="wrglossary.795"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={parrot}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.796"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a brightly coloured tropical bird}</span>}
+<a id="wrglossary.797"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{duck}{<a id="wrglossary.798"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={duck}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.799"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a waterbird}</span>}
+<a id="wrglossary.800"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{puffin}{<a id="wrglossary.801"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={puffin}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.802"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a seabird with a brightly coloured bill}</span>}
+<a id="wrglossary.803"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{penguin}{<a id="wrglossary.804"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={penguin}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.805"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a flightless black and white seabird}</span>}
+<span class="comment">% a symbol:</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.806"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{alpha}{<a id="wrglossary.807"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.808"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.809"></a><a href="#glo:alpha"><code class="csfmt">\alpha</code></a>}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.810"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a variable}</span>}
+<span class="comment">% an <a id="wrglossary.811"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span></a>:</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.812"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.813"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-long</span></a>}
+<a id="wrglossary.814"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>{arpanet}{ARPANET}{Advanced Research Projects Agency Network}
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.815"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a>{puffin}, <a id="wrglossary.816"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{duck} and <a id="wrglossary.817"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{parrot}.
+<a id="wrglossary.818"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{arpanet} and <a id="wrglossary.819"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{alpha}.
+Next use: <a id="wrglossary.820"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{arpanet}.
+<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.821"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a></strong>
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> You can place all your entry definitions in a separate file and load it in the <a id="wrglossary.822"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a> with <a id="wrglossary.823"></a><a href="#glo:loadglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\loadglsentries</code></a>. There’s no <span class="qt">“activation”</span> command (such as <a id="wrglossary.824"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> for Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>). <p>
+The result is different from the previous examples. Now all entries are listed in the <a id="wrglossary.825"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, including <span class="qt">“penguin”</span> which hasn’t been referenced in the document, and the list is in the order that the entries were defined. There are no <a id="wrglossary.826"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a>. <div class="resultbox"><div class="resultboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.827"></a><a href="#glo:sym.result"><span title="Result" class="icon">🖺</span></a></div><!-- end of resultboxtitle -->
+<a id="ex:unsrt"></a>Example 7: Simple document with an unsorted list of all defined entries <a href="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example007.tex" class="icon"><span title="Download TeX File" class="icon">📥<sup>🖹</sup></span></a> <a href="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example007.pdf" class="icon"><span title="Download PDF" class="icon">📥<sup>🖺</sup></span></a><p>
+<object data="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example007.png" type="image/png" width="391" height="293">Example document that defines some entries, references a subset of them in the document and displays an unsorted list of the defined entries: parrot, duck, puffin, penguin, alpha and ARPANET. There are four letter groups with a repeated letter: P, D, P, A.</object> </div><!-- end of resultbox -->
+ Note that the letter groups are fragmented because the list isn’t in alphabetical order, so there are two <span class="qt">“P”</span> letter groups.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.828"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a> command simply iterates over the set of all defined entries associated with the given <a id="wrglossary.829"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> and lists them in the order of definition. This means that child entries must be defined immediately after their parent entry if they must be kept together in the glossary. Some <a id="wrglossary.830"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> indent entries that have a parent but it’s the <a id="wrglossary.831"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a> that ensures the child entries are listed immediately after the parent. If you’re opting to use this manual approach then it’s your responsibility to define the entries in the correct order.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.832"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package requires entries to be defined in the <a id="wrglossary.833"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a> by default. It’s possible to remove this restriction, but bear in mind that any entries defined after <a id="wrglossary.834"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a> won’t be listed.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.835"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> is displayed using: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.836"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.837"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a>
+</pre> Alternatively all glossaries can be displayed using the iterative command: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.838"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.839"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a>
+</pre><p>
+This method will display <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">all</span> defined entries, regardless of whether or not they have been used in the document. Note that this uses the same command for displaying the <a id="wrglossary.840"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> as <a id="wrglossary.841"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a>. This is because <a id="wrglossary.842"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> takes advantage of this method by defining the wanted entries in the required order and setting the locations (and <a id="wrglossary.843"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a> information, if required). See the <a id="wrglossary.844"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.<p>
+Therefore, the above example document has a glossary containing the entries: parrot, duck, puffin, penguin, \(𝛼\) and ARPANET (in that order). Note that the <span class="qt">“penguin”</span> entry has been included even though it wasn’t referenced in the document.<p>
+This just requires a single LaTeX call: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.845"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex myDoc
+</pre> unless the glossary needs to appear in the table of contents, in which case a second run is required: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.846"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex myDoc
+pdflatex myDoc
+</pre> (Naturally if the document also contains citations, and so on, then additional steps are required. Similarly for all the other options above.)<p>
+See the <a id="wrglossary.847"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> documentation for further details of this method.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section option5 -->
+
+<section id="option6"><!-- start of section option6 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->1.3.6. <a id="wrglossary.848"></a><dfn id="glo:idx.opt.standalone">Option 6 (<span class="qt">“standalone”</span>)</dfn><div class="labellink"><a href="#option6">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.849"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+This option is only available with the <a id="wrglossary.850"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> extension package. (You can just use the base <a id="wrglossary.851"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package for the first case, but it’s less convenient. You’d have to manually insert the entry target before the sectioning command and use <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.852"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryname</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code> or <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.853"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryname"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryname</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code> to display the entry name.) Instead of creating a list, this has standalone definitions throughout the document. The entry name may or may not be in a section heading.<p>
+You can either define entries in the <a id="wrglossary.854"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a> (or in an external file loaded with <a id="wrglossary.855"></a><a href="#glo:loadglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\loadglsentries</code></a>), as with <a id="wrglossary.856"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.unsrt">Option 5</a>, for example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.857"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.858"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=none</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.859"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nostyles"><span class="styoptfmt">nostyles</span></a><span class="comment">% &lt;- no glossary styles are required</span>
+ ]{glossaries-extra}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.860"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{set}{<a id="wrglossary.861"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={set}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.862"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a collection of any kind of objects}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.863"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.864"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\mathcal</code>{S}}}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 3911--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3913--><p class="indent" > Note that this hook isn&#8217;t used by the commands that don&#8217;t check the <a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>, such as
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a
- id="dx1-35022"></a>. (You can, instead, redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a
- id="dx1-35023"></a>, which is used by both the <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;and
-<a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands.)
-</p><!--l. 3918--><p class="indent" > The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides a method of disabling the <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> hyperlink according to the entry&#8217;s
-associated category. For example, if you only to switch off the <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> hyperlink for abbreviations and
-acronyms then you simply need to set the <span id="textcolor200"><span
-class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></span><a
- id="dx1-35024"></a> attribute for the <span
-class="cmtt-10">abbreviation </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>
-categories. (Instead of using the <span
-class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span><a
- id="dx1-35025"></a> package option.) See the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further
-details.
-</p><!--l. 3927--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-360002.1"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:writeglslabels"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">writeglslabels</span></h4>
-<!--l. 3927--><p class="noindent" >This is a valueless option that will create a file called <span
-class="cmtt-10">\jobname.glslabels</span><a
- id="dx1-36001"></a> at the end of the document. This file
-simply contains a list of all defined entry labels (including those in any ignored glossaries). It&#8217;s provided for the
-benefit of text editors that need to know labels for auto-completion<a
- id="dx1-36002"></a>. If you also want the name, use
-<span
-class="cmss-10">writeglslabelnames</span><a
- id="dx1-36003"></a>. (See also <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>&#8217;s</a> <span id="textcolor201"><span
-class="cmss-10">docdef</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">atom</span></span><a
- id="dx1-36004"></a> package option.)
-</p><!--l. 3936--><p class="indent" > <div title="bib2gls" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> Note that with <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-36005"></a></a> the file will only contain the entries that <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-36006"></a></a> has selected from the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-36007"></a> files.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 3939--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3941--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-370002.1"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:writeglslabelnames"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">writeglslabelnames</span></h4>
-<!--l. 3941--><p class="noindent" >Similar to the above but writes both the label and name (separated by a tab).
-</p><!--l. 3944--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-380002.1"></a><span id="textcolor202"><a
- id="pkgopt:undefaction"></a><span id="textcolor203"><span
-class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></span><span
-class="cmss-10">=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>(glossaries-extra.sty)</span></h4>
-<!--l. 3946--><p class="noindent" >The value may be one of:
-
-
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 3948--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmssbx-10">error</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 3948--><p class="noindent" >generate an error if a referenced entry is undefined (default, and the only available setting with
- just <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>);
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 3951--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmssbx-10">warn</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 3951--><p class="noindent" >only warn if a referenced entry is undefined (automatically activated with <a
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>).</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 3955--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-390002.1"></a><span id="textcolor204"><a
- id="pkgopt:docdef"></a><span id="textcolor205"><span
-class="cmss-10">docdef</span></span><span
-class="cmss-10">=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>(glossaries-extra.sty)</span></h4>
-<!--l. 3957--><p class="noindent" >This option governs the use of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>. Available values:
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 3960--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmssbx-10">false</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 3960--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is not permitted in the <span
-class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-39001"></a><a
- id="dx1-39002"></a> environment (default with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>
- and for <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> with just the base <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package);
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 3964--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmssbx-10">restricted</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 3964--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is only permitted in the <span
-class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-39003"></a><a
- id="dx1-39004"></a> environment if it occurs before
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>(not available for some indexing options);
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 3968--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmssbx-10">atom</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 3968--><p class="noindent" >as <span
-class="cmss-10">restricted </span>but creates the <span
-class="cmtt-10">docdefs</span><a
- id="dx1-39005"></a> file for use by <span
-class="cmtt-10">atom</span><a
- id="dx1-39006"></a> (without the limitations of <span id="textcolor206"><span
-class="cmss-10">docdef</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true</span></span><a
- id="dx1-39007"></a>);
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 3972--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmssbx-10">true</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 3972--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is permitted in the <span
-class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-39008"></a><a
- id="dx1-39009"></a> environment where it would normally be
- permitted by the base <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. This will create the <span
-class="cmtt-10">docdefs</span><a
- id="dx1-39010"></a> file if <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>
- is found in the <span
-class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-39011"></a><a
- id="dx1-39012"></a> environment.</p></dd></dl>
-
-
-<!--l. 3979--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 3979--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.2 </span> <a
- id="sec:pkgopts-sec"></a>Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options</h3>
-<!--l. 3982--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-410002.2"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:toc"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">toc=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 3982--><p class="noindent" >Add the glossaries to the table of contents. Note that an extra LaTeX&#x00A0;run is required with this option.
-Alternatively, you can switch this function on and off using
-</p><!--l. 3985--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-41001"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstoctrue </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3987--><p class="noindent" >
-and
-</p><!--l. 3989--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-41002"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstocfalse </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3991--><p class="noindent" >
-The default value is <span
-class="cmss-10">toc</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-41003"></a> for the base <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package and <span
-class="cmss-10">toc</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-41004"></a> for <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.
-</p><!--l. 3996--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-420002.2"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:numberline"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">numberline=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 3996--><p class="noindent" >When used with the above <span
-class="cmss-10">toc</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-42001"></a> option, this will add <span
-class="cmtt-10">\numberline</span><a
- id="dx1-42002"></a><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{}</span></span></span> in the final argument of
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\addcontentsline</span><a
- id="dx1-42003"></a>. This will align the table of contents entry with the numbered section titles. Note that this
-option has no effect if the <span
-class="cmss-10">toc</span><a
- id="dx1-42004"></a> option is omitted. If <span
-class="cmss-10">toc</span><a
- id="dx1-42005"></a> is used without <span
-class="cmss-10">numberline</span><a
- id="dx1-42006"></a>, the title will be aligned with
-the section numbers rather than the section titles.
-</p><!--l. 4005--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-430002.2"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:section"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">section=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4007--><p class="noindent" >This option indicates the sectional unit to use for the glossary. The value should be the control
-sequence <span
-class="cmti-10">name </span>without the leading backslash or following star (e.g.&#x00A0;just <span
-class="cmtt-10">chapter </span>not <span
-class="cmtt-10">\chapter </span>or
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">chapter*</span>).
-</p><!--l. 4012--><p class="indent" > The default behaviour is for the glossary heading to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\chapter</span>, if that command exists, or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\section</span>
-otherwise. The starred or unstarred form is determined by the <span
-class="cmss-10">numberedsection</span><a
- id="dx1-43001"></a> option.
-</p><!--l. 4016--><p class="indent" > Example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74">
-\usepackage[section=subsection]{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 4019--><p class="nopar" > You can omit the value if you want to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\section</span>, i.e.&#x00A0;
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75">
-\usepackage[section]{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 4023--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76">
-\usepackage[section=section]{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 4027--><p class="nopar" > You can change this value later in the document using
-</p><!--l. 4029--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-43002"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setglossarysection{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4031--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is the sectional unit.
-</p><!--l. 4034--><p class="indent" > The start of each glossary adds information to the page header via
-</p><!--l. 4035--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-43003"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">glossary title</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4037--><p class="noindent" >
-By default this uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\@mkboth</span><span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn2x2" id="fn2x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.2</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-43004f2"></a>
-but you may need to redefine it. For example, to only change the right header:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77">
-\renewcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{\markright{#1}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 4044--><p class="nopar" > or to prevent it from changing the headers:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78">
-\renewcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 4048--><p class="nopar" > If you want <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark </span>to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase </span>in the header, use the <span
-class="cmss-10">ucmark</span><a
- id="dx1-43007"></a> option described
-below.
-</p><!--l. 4052--><p class="indent" > Occasionally you may find that another package defines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\cleardoublepage </span>when it is not required. This
-may cause an unwanted blank page to appear before each glossary. This can be fixed by redefining
-<a
- id="dx1-43008"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsclearpage</span>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79">
-\renewcommand*{\glsclearpage}{\clearpage}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 4058--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4060--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-440002.2"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:ucmark"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">ucmark=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4060--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option. The default is <span
-class="cmss-10">ucmark</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-44001"></a>, unless <span
-class="cmss-10">memoir</span><a
- id="dx1-44002"></a> has been loaded, in which case the default
-is <span
-class="cmss-10">ucmark</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-44003"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4064--><p class="indent" > If set, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark</span><a
- id="dx1-44004"></a> uses
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\MakeTextUppercase</span><a
- id="dx1-44005"></a><span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn3x2" id="fn3x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.3</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-44006f3"></a>.
-You can test whether this option has been set or not using
-</p><!--l. 4073--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsucmark</span><a
- id="dx1-44011"></a> &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">\else </span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">\fi </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4074--><p class="noindent" >
-For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80">
-\renewcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsucmark
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\markright{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\else
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\markright{#1}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\fi}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 4083--><p class="nopar" > If <span
-class="cmss-10">memoir</span><a
- id="dx1-44012"></a> has been loaded and <span
-class="cmss-10">ucmark</span><a
- id="dx1-44013"></a> is set, then <span
-class="cmss-10">memoir</span><a
- id="dx1-44014"></a>&#8217;s <span
-class="cmtt-10">\memUChead</span><a
- id="dx1-44015"></a> is used.
-</p><!--l. 4087--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-450002.2"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:numberedsection"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">numberedsection=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4088--><p class="noindent" >The glossaries are placed in unnumbered sectional units by default, but this can be changed using
-<span
-class="cmss-10">numberedsection</span><a
- id="dx1-45001"></a>. This option can take one of the following values: </p>
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 4092--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-45002"></a>: no number, i.e.&#x00A0;use starred form of sectioning command (e.g.&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">\chapter* </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\section*</span>);
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 4095--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmss-10">nolabel</span><a
- id="dx1-45003"></a>: use a numbered section, i.e.&#x00A0;the unstarred form of sectioning command (e.g.&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">\chapter </span>or
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\section</span>), but the section not labelled;
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 4100--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmss-10">autolabel</span><a
- id="dx1-45004"></a>: numbered with automatic labelling. Each glossary uses the unstarred form of a sectioning
- command (e.g.&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">\chapter </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\section</span>) and is assigned a label (via <span
-class="cmtt-10">\label</span><a
- id="dx1-45005"></a>). The label is formed
- from
- </p><!--l. 4104--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-45006"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsautoprefix </span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">type</span>&#x27E9; </div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4106--><p class="noindent" >
- where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9; is the label identifying that glossary. The default value of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsautoprefix </span>is empty. For
- example, if you load <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>using:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81">
- \usepackage[section,numberedsection=autolabel]
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;{glossaries}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 4114--><p class="nopar" > then each glossary will appear in a numbered section, and can be referenced using something
- like:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82">
- The&#x00A0;main&#x00A0;glossary&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;section~\ref{main}&#x00A0;and
- the&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;acronyms&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;section~\ref{acronym}.
-</pre>
- <!--l. 4120--><p class="nopar" > If you can&#8217;t decide whether to have the acronyms in the main glossary or a separate list of acronyms, you
- can use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a
- id="dx1-45007"></a> which is set to <span
-class="cmtt-10">main </span>if the <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-45008"></a> option is not used and is set to <span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>if the
- <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-45009"></a> option is used. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83">
- The&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;acronyms&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;section~\ref{\acronymtype}.
-</pre>
- <!--l. 4128--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine the prefix if the default label clashes with another label in your document. For
- example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84">
- \renewcommand*{\glsautoprefix}{glo:}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 4134--><p class="nopar" > will add <span
-class="cmtt-10">glo: </span>to the automatically generated label, so you can then, for example, refer to the list of
- acronyms as follows:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85">
- The&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;acronyms&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;in
- section~\ref{glo:\acronymtype}.
-</pre>
- <!--l. 4140--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are undecided on a prefix:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86">
- The&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;acronyms&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;in
- section~\ref{\glsautoprefix\acronymtype}.
-</pre>
- <!--l. 4145--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 4147--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmss-10">nameref</span><a
- id="dx1-45010"></a>: this is like <span
-class="cmss-10">autolabel</span><a
- id="dx1-45011"></a> but uses an unnumbered sectioning command (e.g.&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">\chapter*</span><a
- id="dx1-45012"></a> or
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\section*</span><a
- id="dx1-45013"></a>). It&#8217;s designed for use with the <span
-class="cmss-10">nameref</span><a
- id="dx1-45014"></a> package. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87">
- \usepackage{nameref}
- \usepackage[numberedsection=nameref]{glossaries}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 4154--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\nameref{main}</span></span></span> will display the (TOC) section title associated with the <span
-class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. As above,
- you can redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsautoprefix </span>to provide a prefix for the label.</p></li></ul>
-<!--l. 4160--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 4160--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.3 </span> <a
- id="sec:pkgopts-printglos"></a>Glossary Appearance Options</h3>
-<!--l. 4163--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-470002.3"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:savenumberlist"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">savenumberlist=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4163--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option that specifies whether or not to gather and store the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-47001"></a></a> for each entry. The
-default is <span
-class="cmss-10">savenumberlist</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-47002"></a>. (See <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-47003"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-47004"></a> in <a
-href="#sec:glsnolink">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.2</span>
-</a><a
-href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>.) This is always true if you use <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>.
-</p><!--l. 4170--><p class="indent" > <div title="bib2gls" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> If you use the <span id="textcolor207"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span></span><a
- id="dx1-47005"></a> option (with either no value or <span id="textcolor208"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">only</span></span><a
- id="dx1-47006"></a> or <span id="textcolor209"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">nameref</span></span><a
- id="dx1-47007"></a>) then this package option
-has no effect. With <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-47008"></a></a>, the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-47009"></a>s</a> are automatically saved with the default <span id="textcolor210"><span
-class="cmtt-10">save-locations</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=true</span><a
- id="dx1-47010"></a>
-and <span id="textcolor211"><span
-class="cmtt-10">save-loclist</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=true</span><a
- id="dx1-47011"></a> resource settings. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4177--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4179--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-480002.3"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:entrycounter"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">entrycounter=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4179--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option. (Default is <span
-class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-48001"></a>.) If set, each main (level&#x00A0;0) glossary entry will be
-numbered when using the standard glossary styles. This option creates the counter <a
- id="dx1-48002"></a><a
- id="dx1-48003"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4185--><p class="indent" > If you use this option, you can reference the entry number within the document using
-</p><!--l. 4187--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-48004"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4189--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the label associated with that glossary entry. The labelling systems uses &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;, where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is
-the entry&#8217;s label and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9; is given by
-</p><!--l. 4193--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-48005"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsEntryCounterLabelPrefix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4195--><p class="noindent" >
-(which defaults to <span
-class="cmtt-10">glsentry-</span>).
-
-
-</p><!--l. 4198--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span>, you must run LaTeX&#x00A0;twice after creating the glossary files using
-<a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-48006"></a></a>, <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-48007"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-48008"></a></a> to ensure the cross-references are up-to-date. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4203--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4205--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-490002.3"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:counterwithin"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">counterwithin=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4205--><p class="noindent" >This is a &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; option where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; is the name of a counter. If used, this option will automatically set
-<span
-class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-49001"></a> and the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-49002"></a> counter will be reset every time &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; is incremented.
-</p><!--l. 4212--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-49003"></a> counter isn&#8217;t automatically reset at the start of each glossary, except when glossary section
-numbering is on and the counter used by <span
-class="cmss-10">counterwithin</span><a
- id="dx1-49004"></a> is the same as the counter used in the glossary&#8217;s
-sectioning command. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4217--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4219--><p class="indent" > If you want the counter reset at the start of each glossary, you can modify the glossary preamble
-(<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span><a
- id="dx1-49005"></a>) to use
-</p><!--l. 4221--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-49006"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsresetentrycounter </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4223--><p class="noindent" >
-which sets <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-49007"></a> to zero:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88">
-\renewcommand{\glossarypreamble}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsresetentrycounter
+
+<a id="wrglossary.865"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{function}{<a id="wrglossary.866"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={function}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.867"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a rule that assigns every element in the domain <a id="wrglossary.868"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{set} to an element in the range <a id="wrglossary.869"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{set}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.870"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.871"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{f(x)}}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 4229--><p class="nopar" > or if you are using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble</span><a
- id="dx1-49008"></a>, add it to each glossary preamble, as required. For
-example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-89">
-\setglossarypreamble[acronym]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsresetentrycounter
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;The&#x00A0;preamble&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;here&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;acronyms.
+<code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\termdef</code>}[1]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.872"></a><a href="#glo:section"><code class="csfmt">\section</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.873"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrglossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtrglossentry</code></a>{#1} <a id="wrglossary.874"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysymbol</code></a>{#1}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cbeg">\begin{quote}</code><code class="cmd">\em</code><a id="wrglossary.875"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrydesc</code></a>{#1}.<code class="cend">\end{quote}</code><span class="comment">% </span>
}
-\setglossarypreamble{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsresetentrycounter
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;The&#x00A0;preamble&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;here&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;main&#x00A0;glossary.
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<code class="cmd">\tableofcontents</code>
+
+<a id="wrglossary.876"></a><a href="#glo:section"><code class="csfmt">\section</code></a>{Introduction}
+Sample document about <a id="wrglossary.877"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>{function} and <a id="wrglossary.878"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>{set}.
+
+<code class="cmd">\termdef</code>{set}
+
+More detailed information about <a id="wrglossary.879"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>{set} with examples.
+
+<code class="cmd">\termdef</code>{function}
+
+More detailed information about <a id="wrglossary.880"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>{function} with examples.
+
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> This allows the references to <a id="wrglossary.881"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> to the standalone definitions rather than to a <a id="wrglossary.882"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. <div class="resultbox"><div class="resultboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.883"></a><a href="#glo:sym.result"><span title="Result" class="icon">🖺</span></a></div><!-- end of resultboxtitle -->
+<a id="ex:standalone"></a>Example 8: Simple document with standalone entries <a href="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example008.tex" class="icon"><span title="Download TeX File" class="icon">📥<sup>🖹</sup></span></a> <a href="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example008.pdf" class="icon"><span title="Download PDF" class="icon">📥<sup>🖺</sup></span></a><p>
+<object data="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example008.png" type="image/png" width="388" height="362">Example document that defines entries and displays them in the document..</object> </div><!-- end of resultbox -->
+<p>
+Or you can use <a id="wrglossary.884"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> if you want to manage a large database of terms. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.885"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.886"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.887"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nostyles"><span class="styoptfmt">nostyles</span></a><span class="comment">% &lt;- no glossary styles are required</span>
+ ]{glossaries-extra}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.888"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.889"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={terms}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.890"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.sort"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=none</span>,<a id="wrglossary.891"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.save-locations"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">save-locations</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>]
+
+<code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\termdef</code>}[1]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.892"></a><a href="#glo:section"><code class="csfmt">\section</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.893"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrglossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtrglossentry</code></a>{#1} <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.894"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrysymbol</code></a></strong>{#1}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.895"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>{#1}<span class="comment">% &lt;- index this entry</span>
+ <code class="cbeg">\begin{quote}</code><code class="cmd">\em</code><a id="wrglossary.896"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrydesc</code></a>{#1}.<code class="cend">\end{quote}</code><span class="comment">% </span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 4241--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4243--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-500002.3"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:subentrycounter"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">subentrycounter=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4243--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option. (Default is <span
-class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-50001"></a>.) If set, each level&#x00A0;1 glossary entry will be numbered
-when using the standard glossary styles. This option creates the counter <a
- id="dx1-50002"></a><a
- id="dx1-50003"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">glossarysubentry</span>. The counter is reset
-with each main (level&#x00A0;0) entry. Note that this package option is independent of <span
-class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a
- id="dx1-50004"></a>. You can reference
-the number within the document using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span><a
- id="dx1-50005"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the label associated with the
-sub-entry.
-</p><!--l. 4254--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-510002.3"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:style"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">style=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4254--><p class="noindent" >This is a &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; option. (Default is <span
-class="cmss-10">style</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">list</span><a
- id="dx1-51001"></a>, unless <span
-class="cmss-10">classicthesis</span><a
- id="dx1-51002"></a> has been loaded, in which case the default is
-<span
-class="cmss-10">style</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-51003"></a>.) Its value should be the name of the glossary style to use. This key may only be used for styles
-defined in <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a
- id="dx1-51004"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a
- id="dx1-51005"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-super</span><a
- id="dx1-51006"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
- id="dx1-51007"></a>. Alternatively, you can set the style
-using
-</p><!--l. 4262--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">style name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4263--><p class="noindent" >
-(See <a
-href="#sec:styles">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">13</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:styles">Glossary Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:styles --></a> for further details.)
-</p><!--l. 4266--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-520002.3"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:nolong"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">nolong</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4266--><p class="noindent" >This prevents the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package from automatically loading <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a
- id="dx1-52001"></a> (which means that the <span
-class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
- id="dx1-52002"></a>
-package also won&#8217;t be loaded). This reduces overhead by not defining unwanted styles and commands. Note that
-if you use this option, you won&#8217;t be able to use any of the glossary styles defined in the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-long </span>package
-(unless you explicitly load <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a
- id="dx1-52003"></a>).
-
-
-</p><!--l. 4274--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-530002.3"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:nosuper"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">nosuper</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4274--><p class="noindent" >This prevents the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package from automatically loading <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-super</span><a
- id="dx1-53001"></a> (which means that the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">supertabular</span><a
- id="dx1-53002"></a> package also won&#8217;t be loaded). This reduces overhead by not defining unwanted styles and
-commands. Note that if you use this option, you won&#8217;t be able to use any of the glossary styles defined in the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-super </span>package (unless you explicitly load <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-super</span><a
- id="dx1-53003"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 4282--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-540002.3"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:nolist"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">nolist</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4282--><p class="noindent" >This prevents the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package from automatically loading <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a
- id="dx1-54001"></a>. This reduces overhead by not
-defining unwanted styles. Note that if you use this option, you won&#8217;t be able to use any of the glossary styles
-defined in the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-list </span>package (unless you explicitly load <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a
- id="dx1-54002"></a>). Note that since the default style is <span
-class="cmss-10">list</span><a
- id="dx1-54003"></a>
-(unless <span
-class="cmss-10">classicthesis</span><a
- id="dx1-54004"></a> has been loaded), you will also need to use the <span
-class="cmss-10">style</span><a
- id="dx1-54005"></a> option to set the style to something
-else.
-</p><!--l. 4293--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-550002.3"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:notree"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">notree</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4293--><p class="noindent" >This prevents the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package from automatically loading <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
- id="dx1-55001"></a>. This reduces overhead by not
-defining unwanted styles. Note that if you use this option, you won&#8217;t be able to use any of the glossary styles
-defined in the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-tree </span>package (unless you explicitly load <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
- id="dx1-55002"></a>). Note that if <span
-class="cmss-10">classicthesis</span><a
- id="dx1-55003"></a> has been
-loaded, the default style is <span
-class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-55004"></a>, which is provided by <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
- id="dx1-55005"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4302--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-560002.3"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:nostyles"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">nostyles</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4302--><p class="noindent" >This prevents all the predefined styles from being loaded. If you use this option, you need to load a glossary
-style package (such as <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols</span><a
- id="dx1-56001"></a>). Also if you use this option, you can&#8217;t use the <span
-class="cmss-10">style</span><a
- id="dx1-56002"></a> package option. Instead
-you must either use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a
- id="dx1-56003"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">style</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>or the <span
-class="cmtt-10">style</span><a
- id="dx1-56004"></a> key in the optional argument to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-56005"></a>.
-Example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-90">
-\usepackage[nostyles]{glossaries}
-\usepackage{glossary-mcols}
-\setglossarystyle{mcoltree}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 4313--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4315--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-570002.3"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:nonumberlist"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4315--><p class="noindent" >This option will suppress the associated <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-57001"></a>s</a> in the glossaries (see also <a
-href="#sec:numberlists">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">12</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:numberlists">Number Lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>).
-Note that if you use Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a> (<a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-57002"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-57003"></a></a>) then the locations must still be valid. This
-package option merely prevents the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-57004"></a></a> from being displayed, but both <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-57005"></a></a> and <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-57006"></a></a>
-still require a location or cross-reference for each term that&#8217;s indexed. Remember that <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-57007"></a></a>
-includes any cross-references, so suppressing the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-57008"></a></a> will also hide the cross-references (see
-below).
-</p><!--l. 4326--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-580002.3"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:seeautonumberlist"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">seeautonumberlist</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4326--><p class="noindent" >If you suppress the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-58001"></a>s</a> with <span
-class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-58002"></a>, described above, this will also suppress any
-cross-referencing information supplied by the <span
-class="cmtt-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-58003"></a> key in <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-58004"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span><a
- id="dx1-58005"></a>. If you
-use <span
-class="cmss-10">seeautonumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-58006"></a>, the <span
-class="cmtt-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-58007"></a> key will automatically implement <span
-class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist=false</span><a
- id="dx1-58008"></a> for that
-entry. (Note this doesn&#8217;t affect <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>.) For further details see <a
-href="#sec:crossref">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">11</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing
-Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4335--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-590002.3"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:counter"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">counter=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4335--><p class="noindent" >This is a &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; option. (Default is <span
-class="cmss-10">counter</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">page</span><a
- id="dx1-59001"></a>.) The value should be the name of the default counter to
-use in the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-59002"></a>s</a> (see <a
-href="#sec:numberlists">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">12</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:numberlists">Number Lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 4340--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-600002.3"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:nopostdot"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">nopostdot=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4340--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option. If no value is specified, <span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-60001"></a> is assumed. When set to <span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-60002"></a>, this option suppresses the
-default post description dot used by some of the predefined styles.
-
-
-</p><!--l. 4345--><p class="indent" > The default setting is <span
-class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-60003"></a> for the base <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package and <span
-class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-60004"></a> for
-<a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4349--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides <span id="textcolor212"><span
-class="cmss-10">postdot</span></span><a
- id="dx1-60005"></a>, which is equivalent to <span
-class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-60006"></a>, and also <span id="textcolor213"><span
-class="cmss-10">postpunc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-60007"></a>,
-which allows you to choose a different punctuation character. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4354--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4356--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-610002.3"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:nogroupskip"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">nogroupskip=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4356--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option. If no value is specified, <span
-class="cmss-10">true </span>is assumed. When set to <span
-class="cmss-10">true</span>, this option suppresses the
-default vertical gap between letter groups used by some of the predefined styles. The default setting is
-<span
-class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-61001"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4362--><p class="indent" > <div title="bib2gls" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> If you are using <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-61002"></a></a> without the <span
-class="cmtt-10">--group </span>(or <span
-class="cmtt-10">-g</span>) switch then you don&#8217;t need to use <span
-class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true </span>as
-there won&#8217;t be any letter groups. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4367--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4369--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-620002.3"></a><span id="textcolor214"><a
- id="pkgopt:stylemods"></a><span id="textcolor215"><span
-class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></span><span
-class="cmss-10">=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>(glossaries-extra.sty)</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4371--><p class="noindent" >Load the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
- id="dx1-62001"></a> package, which patches the predefined styles. The &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9; argument is
-optional. If present, this will also load <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">element</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmss-10">.sty </span>for each &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">element</span>&#x27E9; in the comma-separated
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 4376--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 4376--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.4 </span> <a
- id="sec:pkgopts-indexing"></a>Indexing Options</h3>
-<!--l. 4379--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-640002.4"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:seenoindex"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">seenoindex=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4379--><p class="noindent" >Introduced in version 4.24, this option may take one of three values: <span
-class="cmss-10">error</span>, <span
-class="cmss-10">warn </span>or <span
-class="cmss-10">ignore</span>. The <span
-class="cmtt-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-64001"></a> key
-automatically indexes the cross-referenced entry using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span><a
- id="dx1-64002"></a>. This means that if this key is
-used in an entry definition before the relevant glossary file has been opened, the indexing can&#8217;t be
-performed. Since this is easy to miss, the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package by default issues an error message if the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-64003"></a> key is used before <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-64004"></a>. This option allows you to change the error into just a
-warning (<span
-class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">warn</span><a
- id="dx1-64005"></a>) or ignore it (<span
-class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">ignore</span><a
- id="dx1-64006"></a>) if, for example, you want to temporarily
-comment out <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>to speed up the compilation of a draft document by omitting the
-indexing.
-
-
-</p><!--l. 4393--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-650002.4"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:esclocations"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">esclocations=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4393--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option. The default is <span
-class="cmss-10">esclocations</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-65001"></a>, which is needed for Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>. With <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-65002"></a> changes it to <span
-class="cmss-10">esclocations</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-65003"></a>. With <a
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a> (<a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-65004"></a></a>), this setting is
-ignored.
-</p><!--l. 4399--><p class="indent" > Both <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-65005"></a></a> and <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-65006"></a></a> are fussy about the location formats (<a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-65007"></a></a> more so than <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-65008"></a></a>) so the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package tries to ensure that special characters are escaped and allows for the location to be substituted
-for a format that&#8217;s more acceptable to the indexing application. This requires a bit of trickery to circumvent the
-problem posed by TeX&#8217;s asynchronous output routine, which can go wrong and also adds to the complexity of
-the document build.
-</p><!--l. 4408--><p class="indent" > If you&#8217;re sure that your locations will always expand to an acceptable format (or you&#8217;re prepared to
-post-process the glossary file before passing it to the relevant indexing application) then use <span
-class="cmss-10">esclocations</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-65009"></a> to
-avoid the complex escaping of location values. (See &#8220;Writing information to associated files&#8221; in the documented
-code for further details.)
-</p><!--l. 4416--><p class="indent" > This isn&#8217;t an issue for Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option1">1</a> or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option4">4</a> as the locations are written to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a
- id="dx1-65010"></a> file so no syntax conversion is
-required.
-</p><!--l. 4419--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-660002.4"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:indexonlyfirst"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4419--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option that specifies whether to only add information to the external glossary file on <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>.
-The default is <span
-class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-66001"></a>, which will add a line to the file every time one of the <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;or
-<a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands are used. Note that <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span><a
- id="dx1-66002"></a> will always add information to the external glossary
-file<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn4x2" id="fn4x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.4</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-66003f4"></a>&#x00A0;(since
-that&#8217;s the purpose of that command).
-</p><!--l. 4428--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Resetting the <a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> with commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsreset</span><a
- id="dx1-66004"></a> after an entry has been indexed will cause that
-entry to be indexed multiple times if it&#8217;s used again after the reset. Likewise unsetting the <a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> before
-an entry has been indexed will prevent it from being indexed (unless specifically indexed with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>).
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 4435--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4437--><p class="indent" > You can customise this by redefining
-</p><!--l. 4438--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-66005"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glswriteentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">wr-code</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4440--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry&#8217;s label and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">wr-code</span>&#x27E9; is the code that writes the entry&#8217;s information to the external file.
-The default definition of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glswriteentry </span>is:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91">
-\newcommand*{\glswriteentry}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsindexonlyfirst
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsused{#1}{}{#2}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\else
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;#2%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\fi
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<code class="cmd">\tableofcontents</code>
+
+<a id="wrglossary.897"></a><a href="#glo:section"><code class="csfmt">\section</code></a>{Introduction}
+Sample document about <a id="wrglossary.898"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>{function} and <a id="wrglossary.899"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>{set}.
+
+<code class="cmd">\termdef</code>{set}
+
+More detailed information about <a id="wrglossary.900"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>{set} with examples.
+
+<code class="cmd">\termdef</code>{function}
+
+More detailed information about <a id="wrglossary.901"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>{function} with examples.
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> Where the file <span class="filefmt">terms.bib</span> contains: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.902"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@entry</code>{set,
+ <a id="wrglossary.903"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={set}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.904"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a collection of any kind of objects}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.905"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.906"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\mathcal</code>{S}}}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 4452--><p class="nopar" > This checks the <span
-class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span><a
- id="dx1-66006"></a> package option (using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsindexonlyfirst</span>) and does &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">wr-code</span>&#x27E9; if this is <span
-class="cmss-10">false</span>
-otherwise it only does &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">wr-code</span>&#x27E9; of the entry hasn&#8217;t been used.
-</p><!--l. 4458--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you only want to index the first use for entries in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>glossary and not in the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">main </span>(or any other) glossary:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-92">
-\renewcommand*{\glswriteentry}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;\ifthenelse{\equal{\glsentrytype{#1}}{acronym}}
-&#x00A0;{\ifglsused{#1}{}{#2}}%
-&#x00A0;{#2}%
+<code class="code">@entry</code>{function,
+ <a id="wrglossary.907"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={function}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.908"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a rule that assigns every element in the domain <a id="wrglossary.909"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{set} to an element in the range <a id="wrglossary.910"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{set}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.911"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.912"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{f(x)}}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 4467--><p class="nopar" > Here I&#8217;ve used <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifthenelse </span>to ensure the arguments of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\equal </span>are fully expanded before the comparison is
-made.
-</p><!--l. 4471--><p class="indent" > With the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package it&#8217;s possible to only index <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for particular categories. For example, if
-you only want this enabled for abbreviations and acronyms then you can set the <span id="textcolor216"><span
-class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></span><a
- id="dx1-66007"></a> attribute for the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">abbreviation </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>categories. (Instead of using the <span
-class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span><a
- id="dx1-66008"></a> package option.) See the
-<a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.
-</p><!--l. 4479--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-670002.4"></a><span id="textcolor217"><a
- id="pkgopt:indexcrossrefs"></a><span id="textcolor218"><span
-class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span></span><span
-class="cmss-10">=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>(glossaries-extra.sty)</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4481--><p class="noindent" >If <span
-class="cmss-10">true</span>, this will automatically index (<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span><a
- id="dx1-67001"></a>) any cross-referenced entries that haven&#8217;t been marked as used at
-the end of the document. Increases document build time. See <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further
-details.
-</p><!--l. 4486--><p class="indent" > <div title="bib2gls" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> Note that <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-67002"></a></a> can automatically find dependent entries when it parses the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-67003"></a> file. Use the <span id="textcolor219">selection</span>
-option to <span id="textcolor220"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-67004"></a> to determine the selection of dependencies. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4491--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4493--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-680002.4"></a><span id="textcolor221"><a
- id="pkgopt:autoseeindex"></a><span id="textcolor222"><span
-class="cmss-10">autoseeindex</span></span><span
-class="cmss-10">=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>(glossaries-extra.sty)</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4495--><p class="noindent" >If <span
-class="cmss-10">true</span>, makes the <span
-class="cmtt-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-68001"></a> and <span id="textcolor223"><span id="textcolor224"><span
-class="cmtt-10">seealso</span></span><a
- id="dx1-68002"></a></span> keys automatically index the cross-reference (with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span><a
- id="dx1-68003"></a>) when the entry
-is defined (default, and the only option with just the base <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package).
-</p><!--l. 4500--><p class="indent" > <div title="bib2gls" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> With <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-68004"></a></a>, use the <span id="textcolor225">selection</span> option to <span id="textcolor226"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-68005"></a> to determine the selection of
-dependencies. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4504--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4506--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-690002.4"></a><span id="textcolor227"><a
- id="pkgopt:record"></a><span id="textcolor228"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span></span><span
-class="cmss-10">=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>(glossaries-extra.sty)</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4508--><p class="noindent" >If not <span
-class="cmss-10">off</span>, this option indicates that <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-69001"></a></a> is required. If the value is omitted, <span
-class="cmss-10">only </span>is assumed. Permitted
-values:
-
-
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 4511--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmssbx-10">off</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 4511--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-69002"></a></a> isn&#8217;t being used;
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 4513--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmssbx-10">only</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 4513--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-69003"></a></a> is being used to fetch entries from a <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-69004"></a> file, to sort the entries and collate the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number
- list<a
- id="dx1-69005"></a>s</a>, where the location information is the same as for Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option1">1</a>&#8211;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>;
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 4518--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmssbx-10">nameref</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 4518--><p class="noindent" >like <span
-class="cmss-10">only </span>but provides extra information that allows the associated title to be used instead of the
- location number and provides better support for hyperlinked locations;
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 4523--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmssbx-10">hybrid</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 4523--><p class="noindent" >a hybrid approach where <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-69006"></a></a> is used to fetch entries from a <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-69007"></a> file but <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-69008"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-69009"></a></a>
- are used for the indexing. This requires a more complicated document build and isn&#8217;t recommended.</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 4528--><p class="noindent" >See <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.
-</p><!--l. 4530--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-700002.4"></a><span id="textcolor229"><a
- id="pkgopt:equations"></a><span id="textcolor230"><span
-class="cmss-10">equations</span></span><span
-class="cmss-10">=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>(glossaries-extra.sty)</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4532--><p class="noindent" >If <span
-class="cmss-10">true</span>, this option will cause the default location counter to automatically switch to <span
-class="cmtt-10">equation </span>when inside a
-numbered equation environment.
-</p><!--l. 4536--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-710002.4"></a><span id="textcolor231"><a
- id="pkgopt:floats"></a><span id="textcolor232"><span
-class="cmss-10">floats</span></span><span
-class="cmss-10">=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>(glossaries-extra.sty)</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4538--><p class="noindent" >If <span
-class="cmss-10">true</span>, this option will cause the default location counter to automatically switch to the corresponding counter
-when inside a float. (Remember that with floats it&#8217;s the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\caption </span>command that increments the counter so the
-location will be incorrect if an entry is indexed within the float before the caption.)
-
-
-</p><!--l. 4544--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-720002.4"></a><span id="textcolor233"><a
- id="pkgopt:indexcounter"></a><span id="textcolor234"><span
-class="cmss-10">indexcounter</span></span> (glossaries-extra.sty)</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4546--><p class="noindent" >This valueless option is primarily intended for use with <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-72001"></a></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-72002"></a> allowing the page location
-hyperlink target to be set to the relevant point within the page (rather than the top of the page).
-Unexpected results will occur with other indexing methods. See <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further
-details.
-</p><!--l. 4553--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 4553--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5 </span> <a
- id="sec:pkgopts-sort"></a>Sorting Options</h3>
-<!--l. 4556--><p class="noindent" >This section is mostly for Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>. Only the <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-73001"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">order</span><a
- id="dx1-73002"></a> options are applicable for
-<a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>.
-</p><!--l. 4559--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> With Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option4">4</a>&#8211;<a
-href="#option6">6</a>, only <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">none</span><a
- id="dx1-73003"></a> is applicable (and this is automatically implemented by
-<span id="textcolor235"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">only</span></span><a
- id="dx1-73004"></a> and <span id="textcolor236"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">nameref</span></span><a
- id="dx1-73005"></a>). With <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-73006"></a></a>, the sort method is provided in the optional argument of
-<span id="textcolor237"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-73007"></a> not with the <span
-class="cmss-10">sort </span>package option. There&#8217;s no sorting with Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option5">5</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option6">6</a>.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 4566--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4568--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-740002.5"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:sanitizesort"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4568--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option that determines whether or not to <a
-href="#glo:sanitize">sanitize<a
- id="dx1-74001"></a></a> the sort value when writing to the external
-glossary file. For example, suppose you define an entry as follows:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-93">
-\newglossaryentry{hash}{name={\#},sort={#},
-&#x00A0;description={hash&#x00A0;symbol}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 4575--><p class="nopar" > The sort value (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">#</span></span></span>) must be sanitized before writing it to the glossary file, otherwise LaTeX&#x00A0;will try to interpret
-it as a parameter reference. If, on the other hand, you want the sort value expanded, you need to switch off the
-sanitization. For example, suppose you do:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-94">
-\newcommand{\mysortvalue}{AAA}
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={sample},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={\mysortvalue},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 4587--><p class="nopar" > and you actually want <span
-class="cmtt-10">\mysortvalue </span>expanded, so that the entry is sorted according to <span
-class="cmtt-10">AAA</span>, then use the
-package option <span
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-74002"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4592--><p class="indent" > The default for Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a> is <span
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-74003"></a>, and the default for <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> is <span
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-74004"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4595--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-750002.5"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:sort"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">sort=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4595--><p class="noindent" >If you use Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>, this package option is the only way of specifying how to sort the glossaries. Only
-<a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> allows you to specify sort methods for individual glossaries via the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-75001"></a> key in the optional argument
-of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-75002"></a>. If you have multiple glossaries in your document and you are using <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>,
-only use the package options <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">def</span><a
- id="dx1-75003"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">use</span><a
- id="dx1-75004"></a> if you want to set this sort method for <span
-class="cmti-10">all </span>your
-glossaries.
-</p><!--l. 4605--><p class="indent" > This is a &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; option where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; may be one of the following: </p>
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 4608--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmss-10">standard</span><a
- id="dx1-75005"></a> : entries are sorted according to the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-75006"></a> key used in <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-75007"></a> (if
- present) or the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-75008"></a> key (if <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-75009"></a> key is missing);
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 4613--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmss-10">def</span><a
- id="dx1-75010"></a> : entries are sorted in the order in which they were defined (the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-75011"></a> key in <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>
- is ignored);
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 4617--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmss-10">use</span><a
- id="dx1-75012"></a> : entries are sorted according to the order in which they are used in the document (the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-75013"></a>
- key in <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is ignored).
- </p><!--l. 4621--><p class="noindent" >Both <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">def</span><a
- id="dx1-75014"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">use</span><a
- id="dx1-75015"></a> set the sort key to a six digit number via
- </p><!--l. 4623--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-75016"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssortnumberfmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">number</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4625--><p class="noindent" >
- (padded with leading zeros, where necessary). This can be redefined, if required, before the entries are
- defined (in the case of <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">def</span><a
- id="dx1-75017"></a>) or before the entries are used (in the case of <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">use</span><a
- id="dx1-75018"></a>).
-
-
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 4631--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmss-10">none</span><a
- id="dx1-75019"></a> : this setting is new to version 4.30 and is only for documents that don&#8217;t use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>
- (Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>) or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>(<a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>). It omits the code used to sanitize or escape the
- sort value, since it&#8217;s not required. This can help to improve the document build speed, especially if there
- are a large number of entries.
- </p><!--l. 4638--><p class="noindent" >This option can&#8217;t be used with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>(or the iterative
- versions <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries</span>). It may be used with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>&#8217;s
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>(<a
-href="#option5">Option&#x00A0;5</a>).</p></li></ul>
-<!--l. 4644--><p class="noindent" >Note that the group styles (such as <span
-class="cmss-10">listgroup</span><a
- id="dx1-75020"></a>) are incompatible with the <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">use</span><a
- id="dx1-75021"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">def</span><a
- id="dx1-75022"></a> options.
-</p><!--l. 4648--><p class="indent" > The default is <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">standard</span><a
- id="dx1-75023"></a>. When the standard sort option is in use, you can hook into the sort mechanism
-by redefining:
-</p><!--l. 4651--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-75024"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">sort cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">type</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4653--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">sort cs</span>&#x27E9; is a temporary control sequence that stores the sort value (which was either explicitly set via the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-75025"></a> key or implicitly set via the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-75026"></a> key) before any escaping of the <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-75027"></a></a>/<a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-75028"></a></a> special characters is
-performed. By default <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>just does:
-</p><!--l. 4659--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-75029"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdosanitizesort </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4661--><p class="noindent" >
-which <a
-href="#glo:sanitize">sanitize<a
- id="dx1-75030"></a>s</a> &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">sort cs</span>&#x27E9; if the <span
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><a
- id="dx1-75031"></a> package option is set (or does nothing if the package option
-<span
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-75032"></a> is used).
-</p><!--l. 4666--><p class="indent" > The other arguments, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9; and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;, are the glossary type and the entry label for the current entry. Note
-that &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9; will always be a control sequence, but &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; will be in the form used in the first argument of
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-75033"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4671--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Redefining <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>won&#8217;t affect any entries that have already been defined and will have no
-effect at all if you are using <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">def</span><a
- id="dx1-75034"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">use</span><a
- id="dx1-75035"></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4675--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="x1-75036r1"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4677--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 1</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Mixing Alphabetical and Order of Definition Sorting)</span><a
- id="x1-75037"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4678--><p class="indent" > Suppose I have three glossaries: <span
-class="cmtt-10">main</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">notation</span>, and let&#8217;s suppose I want the <span
-class="cmtt-10">main </span>and
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>glossaries to be sorted alphabetically, but the <span
-class="cmtt-10">notation </span>type should be sorted in order of
-definition.
-</p><!--l. 4684--><p class="indent" > For <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-75038"></a> option can be used in <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-75039"></a>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-95">
-\printnoidxglossary[sort=word]
-\printnoidxglossary[type=acronym,sort=word]
-\printnoidxglossary[type=notation,sort=def]
-</pre>
-<!--l. 4690--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4692--><p class="indent" > For Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>, I can set the sort to <span
-class="cmtt-10">standard </span>(which is the default, but can be explicitly set via the
-package option <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">standard</span><a
- id="dx1-75040"></a>), and I can either define all my <span
-class="cmtt-10">main </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>entries, then redefine
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>to set &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">sort cs</span>&#x27E9; to an incremented integer, and then define all my <span
-class="cmtt-10">notation </span>entries.
-Alternatively, I can redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>to check for the glossary type and only modify &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">sort cs</span>&#x27E9; if
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9; is <span
-class="cmtt-10">notation</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4702--><p class="indent" > The first option can be achieved as follows:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-96">
-\newcounter{sortcount}
-\renewcommand{\glsprestandardsort}[3]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\stepcounter{sortcount}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\edef#1{\glssortnumberfmt{\arabic{sortcount}}}%
+</pre> The advantage in this approach (with <a id="wrglossary.913"></a><a href="#glo:loadglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\loadglsentries</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.914"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>) is that you can use an existing database of entries shared across multiple documents, ensuring consistent notation for all of them.<p>
+In both cases, there’s no need to load all the <a id="wrglossary.915"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> packages, as they’re not required, so I’ve used the <a id="wrglossary.916"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nostyles"><span class="styoptfmt">nostyles</span></a> package option to prevent them from being loaded.<p>
+In the first case, you just need to define the terms (preferably in the <a id="wrglossary.917"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a> or in a file that’s input in the <a id="wrglossary.918"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a>). No external tool is required. Just run LaTeX as normal. (Twice to ensure that the table of contents is up to date.) <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.919"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex myDoc
+pdflatex myDoc
+</pre><p>
+In the second case, you need the <a id="wrglossary.920"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a> package option (as in <a id="wrglossary.921"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a>) since <a id="wrglossary.922"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> is needed to select the required entries, but you don’t need a sorted list: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.923"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.924"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.925"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={terms}</span>,<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.926"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.sort"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=none</span></strong>]
+</pre> This will ensure that any entries <a id="wrglossary.927"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a> in the document (through commands like <a id="wrglossary.928"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.929"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>) will be selected by <a id="wrglossary.930"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, but it will skip the sorting step. (The chances are you probably also won’t need <a id="wrglossary.931"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location lists</a> either. If so, you can add the option <a id="wrglossary.932"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.save-locations"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">save-locations</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>.)<p>
+Remember that for this second case you need to run <a id="wrglossary.933"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> as per <a id="wrglossary.934"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a>: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.935"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex myDoc
+bib2gls myDoc
+pdflatex myDoc
+pdflatex myDoc
+</pre><p>
+For both cases (with or without <a id="wrglossary.936"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>), instead of listing all the entries using <a id="wrglossary.937"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a>, you use <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.938"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrglossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtrglossentry</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code> where you want the name (and anchor with <a id="wrglossary.939"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a>) to appear in the document. This will allow the <a id="wrglossary.940"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> created by commands like <a id="wrglossary.941"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> to link to that point in the document. The description can simply be displayed with <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.942"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code> or <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.943"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrydesc</code></a>{label}</code>, as in the above examples. In both examples, I’ve defined a custom command <code class="csfmt">\termdef</code> to simplify the code and ensure consistency. Extra styling, such as placing the description in a coloured frame, can be added to this custom definition as required.<p>
+(Instead of using <a id="wrglossary.944"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.945"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrydesc</code></a>, you can use <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.946"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrydesc</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code>, which will obey <a id="wrglossary.947"></a><a href="#glo:idx.categoryattribute">category attributes</a> such as <a id="wrglossary.948"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.glossdesc"><span class="csoptfmt">glossdesc</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.949"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.glossdescfont"><span class="csoptfmt">glossdescfont</span></a>. See the <a id="wrglossary.950"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.)<p>
+The symbol (if required) can be displayed with either <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.951"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysymbol</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code> or <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.952"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrysymbol</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code>. In the first example, I’ve used <a id="wrglossary.953"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysymbol</code></a>. In the second I’ve used <a id="wrglossary.954"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrysymbol</code></a>. The latter is necessary with <a id="wrglossary.955"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> if the symbol needs to go in a section title as the entries aren’t defined on the first LaTeX run.<p>
+In normal document text, <a id="wrglossary.956"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysymbol</code></a> will silently do nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined, but when used in a section heading it will expand to an undefined internal command when written to the <a id="wrglossary.957"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file, which triggers an error. <p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.958"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrysymbol</code></a> command performs an existence check, which triggers a warning if the entry is undefined. (All entries will be undefined before the first <a id="wrglossary.959"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> call.) You need at least <a id="wrglossary.960"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.42 to use this command in a section title. (<a id="wrglossary.961"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrysymbol</code></a> is defined by the base <a id="wrglossary.962"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package but is redefined by <a id="wrglossary.963"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.) If <a id="wrglossary.964"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> has been loaded, this will use <a id="wrglossary.965"></a><a href="#glo:texorpdfstring"><code class="csfmt">\texorpdfstring</code></a> to allow a simple expansion for the <a id="wrglossary.966"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a> (see the <a id="wrglossary.967"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> user manual for further details).<p>
+If you want to test if the <a id="wrglossary.968"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> field has been set, you need to use <a id="wrglossary.969"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshassymbol"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshassymbol</code></a> outside of the section title. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.970"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.971"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshassymbol"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshassymbol</code></a>{#1}<span class="comment">% </span>
+{<a id="wrglossary.972"></a><a href="#glo:section"><code class="csfmt">\section</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.973"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrglossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtrglossentry</code></a>{#1} <a id="wrglossary.974"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrysymbol</code></a>{#1}}}
+{<a id="wrglossary.975"></a><a href="#glo:section"><code class="csfmt">\section</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.976"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrglossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtrglossentry</code></a>{#1}}}
+</pre><p>
+In both of the above examples, the section titles start with a <a id="wrglossary.977"></a><a href="#glo:idx.lowercase">lowercase</a> character (because the <a id="wrglossary.978"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> value is all <a id="wrglossary.979"></a><a href="#glo:idx.lowercase">lowercase</a> in entry definitions). You can apply automatic <a id="wrglossary.980"></a><a href="#glo:dual.casechange">case change</a> with the <a id="wrglossary.981"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.glossname"><span class="csoptfmt">glossname</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.982"></a><a href="#glo:idx.categoryattribute">category attribute</a>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.983"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.984"></a><a href="#glo:glssetcategoryattribute"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glssetcategoryattribute</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.985"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.general"><span class="catfmt">general</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.986"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.glossname"><span class="csoptfmt">glossname</span></a>}{firstuc}
+</pre> or (for title-case) <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.987"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.988"></a><a href="#glo:glssetcategoryattribute"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glssetcategoryattribute</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.989"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.general"><span class="catfmt">general</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.990"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.glossname"><span class="csoptfmt">glossname</span></a>}{title}
+</pre> However, this won’t apply the <a id="wrglossary.991"></a><a href="#glo:dual.casechange">case change</a> in the table of contents or bookmarks. Instead you can use helper commands provided by <a id="wrglossary.992"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.49+ but make sure you have up-to-date versions of <a id="wrglossary.993"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.994"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a>.<p>
+In the second example, you can instead use <a id="wrglossary.995"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> to apply a <a id="wrglossary.996"></a><a href="#glo:dual.casechange">case change</a>. For example, to apply <a id="wrglossary.997"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> to the <a id="wrglossary.998"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> field: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.999"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1000"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.1001"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={terms}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.1002"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.sort"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=none</span>,<a id="wrglossary.1003"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.save-locations"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">save-locations</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span><strong class="strong">,
+ <a id="wrglossary.1004"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.replicate-fields"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">replicate-fields</span></a><span class="optfmt">={name=text}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.1005"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.name-case-change"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">name-case-change</span></a><span class="optfmt">=firstuc</span></strong>
+]
+</pre> (Or <a id="wrglossary.1006"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.name-case-change"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">name-case-change</span></a><span class="optfmt">=title</span> for <a id="wrglossary.1007"></a><a href="#glo:idx.titlecase">title case</a>.) This copies the <a id="wrglossary.1008"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> value to the <a id="wrglossary.1009"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> field and then applies a <a id="wrglossary.1010"></a><a href="#glo:dual.casechange">case change</a> to the <a id="wrglossary.1011"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> field (leaving the <a id="wrglossary.1012"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> field unchanged). The name in the section titles now starts with a capital but the <a id="wrglossary.1013"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> produced by commands like <a id="wrglossary.1014"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> is still <a id="wrglossary.1015"></a><a href="#glo:idx.lowercase">lowercase</a>.<p>
+In the first example (without <a id="wrglossary.1016"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>) you can do this manually. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1017"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1018"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{set}{<a id="wrglossary.1019"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<strong class="strong">S</strong>et}</span>,<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.1020"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a><span class="optfmt">={set}</span></strong>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.1021"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a collection of any kind of objects}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.1022"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.1023"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\mathcal</code>{S}}}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 4710--><p class="nopar" > The second option can be achieved as follows:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97">
-\newcounter{sortcount}
-\renewcommand{\glsprestandardsort}[3]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifdefstring{#2}{notation}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\stepcounter{sortcount}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\edef#1{\glssortnumberfmt{\arabic{sortcount}}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsdosanitizesort
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+</pre> A more automated solution can be obtained with the standalone helper commands for the <a id="wrglossary.1024"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmark</a> and heading text (<a id="wrglossary.1025"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.49+).<p>
+Note that if you use the default <a id="wrglossary.1026"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.save-locations"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">save-locations</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> with <a id="wrglossary.1027"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, it’s possible to combine Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.standalone">6</a> to have both standalone definitions and an index. In this case, a <a id="wrglossary.1028"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> is required. In the example below, I’ve use <a id="wrglossary.1029"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.bookindex"><span class="xtrglostylefmt">bookindex</span></a>, which is provided in the <a id="wrglossary.1030"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-bookindex"><span class="styfmt">glossary-bookindex</span></a> package (bundled with <a id="wrglossary.1031"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>). I don’t need any of the other style packages, so I can still keep the <a id="wrglossary.1032"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nostyles"><span class="styoptfmt">nostyles</span></a> option and just load <a id="wrglossary.1033"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-bookindex"><span class="styfmt">glossary-bookindex</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1034"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.1035"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=nameref</span>,<span class="comment">% &lt;- using <a id="wrglossary.1036"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.1037"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nostyles"><span class="styoptfmt">nostyles</span></a>,<span class="comment">% &lt;- don't load default style packages</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.1038"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a><span class="optfmt">=bookindex</span>,<span class="comment">% &lt;- load glossary-bookindex.sty</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.1039"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.1040"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.bookindex"><span class="xtrglostylefmt">bookindex</span></a></span><span class="comment">% &lt;- set the default style to 'bookindex'</span>
+]{glossaries-extra}
+</pre> I also need to sort the entries, so the resource command is now: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1041"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1042"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.1043"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={terms}</span>,<span class="comment">% definitions in terms.bib</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.1044"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.sort"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=en-GB</span>,<span class="comment">% sort by this locale</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.1045"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.replicate-fields"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">replicate-fields</span></a><span class="optfmt">={name=text}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.1046"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.name-case-change"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">name-case-change</span></a><span class="optfmt">=firstuc</span>
+]
+</pre> At the end of the document, I can add the <a id="wrglossary.1047"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1048"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1049"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.1050"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.title"><span class="csoptfmt">title</span></a><span class="optfmt">=Index</span>,<a id="wrglossary.1051"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.target"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">target</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>]
+</pre> Note that I’ve had to switch off the hypertargets with <a id="wrglossary.1052"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.target"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">target</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> (otherwise there would be duplicate targets). If you want <a id="wrglossary.1053"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a> headings you need to use the <a id="wrglossary.1054"></a><a href="#glo:switch.group"><span class="longargfmt">--group</span></a> switch: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.1055"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>bib2gls <a id="wrglossary.1056"></a><a href="#glo:switch.group"><span class="longargfmt">--group</span></a> myDoc
+</pre> or if you are using <a id="wrglossary.1057"></a><a href="#glo:app.arara"><span class="appfmt">arara</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1058"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>% arara: bib2gls: { group: on }
+</pre><p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.1059"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.bookindex"><span class="xtrglostylefmt">bookindex</span></a> style doesn’t show the description, so only the name and location is displayed. Remember that the name has had a <a id="wrglossary.1060"></a><a href="#glo:dual.casechange">case change</a> so it now starts with an initial capital. If you feel this is inappropriate for the index, you can adjust the <a id="wrglossary.1061"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.bookindex"><span class="xtrglostylefmt">bookindex</span></a> style so that it uses the <a id="wrglossary.1062"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> field instead. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1063"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1064"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrbookindexname"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrbookindexname</code></a>}[1]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.1065"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrynameother"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glossentrynameother</code></a>{#1}{text}}
+</pre> See the <a id="wrglossary.1066"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> user manual for further details about this style.<p>
+Note that on the first LaTeX run none of the entries will be defined. Once they are defined, the page numbers may shift due to the increased amount of document text. You may therefore need to repeat the document build to ensure the page numbers are correct.<p>
+If there are extra terms that need to be included in the index that don’t have a description, you can define them with <code class="code">@index</code> in the <a id="wrglossary.1067"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1068"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@index</code>{element}
+<code class="code">@index</code>{member,<a id="wrglossary.1069"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.alias"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">alias</span></a><span class="optfmt">={element}</span>}
+</pre> They can be used in the document as usual: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1070"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>The objects that make up a set are the <a id="wrglossary.1071"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>{element}
+or <a id="wrglossary.1072"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>{member}.
+</pre> See <a href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls-begin.pdf"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span> and <span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span>: An Introductory Guide</a> or the <a id="wrglossary.1073"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> user manual for further details.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section option6 -->
+
+<section id="sec:lipsum"><!-- start of section sec:lipsum --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->1.4. Dummy Entries for Testing<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:lipsum">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+In addition to the sample files described in §<a href="#sec:samples">18</a>, <a id="wrglossary.1074"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> also provides some files containing lorum ipsum dummy <a id="wrglossary.1075"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a>. These are provided for testing purposes and are on TeX’s path (in <span class="filefmt">tex/latex/glossaries/test-entries</span>) so they can be included via <a id="wrglossary.1076"></a><a href="#glo:input"><code class="csfmt">\input</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.1077"></a><a href="#glo:loadglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\loadglsentries</code></a>. The <a id="wrglossary.1078"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides <a id="wrglossary.1079"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> versions of all these files for use with <a id="wrglossary.1080"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. The files are as follows:<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋 <a id="wrglossary.1081"></a><dfn id="glo:file.example-glossaries-brief.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-brief.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ These entries all have brief descriptions. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1082"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1083"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{lorem}{<a id="wrglossary.1084"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={lorem}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.1085"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={ipsum}</span>}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋 <a id="wrglossary.1086"></a><dfn id="glo:file.example-glossaries-long.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-long.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ These entries all have long descriptions. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1087"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1088"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{loremipsum}{<a id="wrglossary.1089"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={lorem ipsum}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.1090"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur dictum gravida mauris.}</span>}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋 <a id="wrglossary.1091"></a><dfn id="glo:file.example-glossaries-multipar.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-multipar.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ These entries all have multi-paragraph descriptions. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1092"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1093"></a><a href="#glo:longnewglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\longnewglossaryentry</code></a>{loremi-ii}{<a id="wrglossary.1094"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={lorem 1--2}</span>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+{<span class="comment">% </span>
+Lorem ipsum ...
+
+Nam dui ligula...
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 4725--><p class="nopar" > (<span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifdefstring </span>is defined by the <span
-class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
- id="dx1-75041"></a> package.) For a complete document, see the sample file
-<a
-href="#ex:sampleSort"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleSort.tex</span></a>. </p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 4728--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4728--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<a
- id="x1-75042r2"></a>
-<!--l. 4730--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 2</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Customizing Standard Sort (Options 2 or 3))</span><a
- id="x1-75043"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4731--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want a glossary of people and you want the names listed as &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">first-name</span>&#x27E9; &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">surname</span>&#x27E9; in the glossary,
-but you want the names sorted by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">surname</span>&#x27E9;, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">first-name</span>&#x27E9;. You can do this by defining a command called, say,
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\name{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">first-name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">surname</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>that you can use in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-75044"></a> key when you define the entry, but
-hook into the standard sort mechanism to temporarily redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\name </span>while the sort value is being
-set.
-</p><!--l. 4740--><p class="indent" > First, define two commands to set the person&#8217;s name:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-98">
-\newcommand{\sortname}[2]{#2,&#x00A0;#1}
-\newcommand{\textname}[2]{#1&#x00A0;#2}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 4744--><p class="nopar" > and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\name </span>needs to be initialised to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\textname</span>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-99">
-\let\name\textname
-</pre>
-<!--l. 4748--><p class="nopar" > Now redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>so that it temporarily sets <span
-class="cmtt-10">\name </span>to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\sortname </span>and expands the sort
-value, then sets <span
-class="cmtt-10">\name </span>to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\textname </span>so that the person&#8217;s name appears as &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">first-name</span>&#x27E9; &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">surname</span>&#x27E9; in the
-text:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-100">
-\renewcommand{\glsprestandardsort}[3]{%
-&#x00A0;\let\name\sortname
-&#x00A0;\edef#1{\expandafter\expandonce\expandafter{#1}}%
-&#x00A0;\let\name\textname
-&#x00A0;\glsdosanitizesort
+</pre><p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋 <a id="wrglossary.1095"></a><dfn id="glo:file.example-glossaries-symbols.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-symbols.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ These entries all use the <a id="wrglossary.1096"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> key. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1097"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1098"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{alpha}{<a id="wrglossary.1099"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={alpha}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.1100"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.1101"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.1102"></a><a href="#glo:alpha"><code class="csfmt">\alpha</code></a>}}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.1103"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Quisque ullamcorper placerat ipsum.}</span>}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋 <a id="wrglossary.1104"></a><dfn id="glo:file.example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ Similar to the previous file but the <a id="wrglossary.1105"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> key isn’t used. Instead the symbol is stored in the <a id="wrglossary.1106"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1107"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1108"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{sym.alpha}{<a id="wrglossary.1109"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={alpha}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.1110"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.1111"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.1112"></a><a href="#glo:alpha"><code class="csfmt">\alpha</code></a>}}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.1113"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Quisque ullamcorper placerat ipsum.}</span>}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋 <a id="wrglossary.1114"></a><dfn id="glo:file.example-glossaries-images.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-images.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ These entries use the <a id="wrglossary.1115"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a> key to store the name of an image file. (The images are provided by the <a id="wrglossary.1116"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mwe"><span class="styfmt">mwe</span></a> package and should be on TeX’s path.) One entry doesn’t have an associated image to help test for a missing key. The descriptions are long to allow for tests with the text wrapping around the image. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1117"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1118"></a><a href="#glo:longnewglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\longnewglossaryentry</code></a>{sedfeugiat}{<a id="wrglossary.1119"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sed feugiat}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.1120"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a><span class="optfmt">={example-image}</span>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+{<span class="comment">% </span>
+Cum sociis natoque...
+
+Etiam...
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 4760--><p class="nopar" > (The somewhat complicate use of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\expandafter </span>etc helps to protect fragile commands, but care is still
-needed.)
-</p><!--l. 4764--><p class="indent" > Now the entries can be defined:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-101">
-\newglossaryentry{joebloggs}{name={\name{Joe}{Bloggs}},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={some&#x00A0;information&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;Joe&#x00A0;Bloggs}}
-\newglossaryentry{johnsmith}{name={\name{John}{Smith}},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={some&#x00A0;information&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;John&#x00A0;Smith}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 4771--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a
-href="#ex:samplePeople"><span
-class="cmtt-10">samplePeople.tex</span></a>. </p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 4773--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4773--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 4775--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-760002.5"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:order"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">order=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4775--><p class="noindent" >This may take two values: <span
-class="cmss-10">word</span><a
- id="dx1-76001"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">letter</span><a
- id="dx1-76002"></a>. The default is word ordering.
-</p><!--l. 4779--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that with Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>, the <span
-class="cmss-10">order</span><a
- id="dx1-76003"></a> option has no effect if you don&#8217;t use <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-76004"></a></a>.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 4782--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4784--><p class="indent" > If you use <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, this setting will be used if you use <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-76005"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=standard </span>in the optional argument of
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-76006"></a>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-102">
-\printnoidxglossary[sort=standard]
-</pre>
-<!--l. 4789--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you can specify the order for individual glossaries:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-103">
-\printnoidxglossary[sort=word]
-\printnoidxglossary[type=acronym,sort=letter]
-</pre>
-<!--l. 4794--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4796--><p class="indent" > <div title="bib2gls" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> With <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-76007"></a></a>, use the <span id="textcolor238"><span
-class="cmtt-10">break-at</span></span><a
- id="dx1-76008"></a> option in <span id="textcolor239"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-76009"></a> instead of <span
-class="cmss-10">order</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4799--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4801--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-770002.5"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:makeindex"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">makeindex</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4801--><p class="noindent" >(<a
-href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a>) The glossary information and indexing style file will be written in <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-77001"></a></a> format. If you use
-<a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-77002"></a></a>, it will automatically detect that it needs to call <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-77003"></a>. If you don&#8217;t use <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-77004"></a>,
-you need to remember to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-77005"></a> not <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-77006"></a></a>. The indexing style file will been given a&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">ist</span><a
- id="dx1-77007"></a>
-extension.
-</p><!--l. 4809--><p class="indent" > You may omit this package option if you are using <a
-href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a> as this is the default. It&#8217;s available in case you
-need to override the effect of an earlier occurrence of <span
-class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-77008"></a> in the package option list.
-</p><!--l. 4813--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-780002.5"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:xindy"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">xindy</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4813--><p class="noindent" >(<a
-href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>) The glossary information and indexing style file will be written in <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-78001"></a></a> format. If you use
-<a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-78002"></a></a>, it will automatically detect that it needs to call <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-78003"></a>. If you don&#8217;t use <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-78004"></a>,
-you need to remember to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-78005"></a> not <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-78006"></a></a>. The indexing style file will been given a <span
-class="cmtt-10">xdy</span><a
- id="dx1-78007"></a>
-extension.
-</p><!--l. 4820--><p class="indent" > This package option may additionally have a value that is a &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; comma-separated list to override the
-language and codepage. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-104">
-\usepackage[xindy={language=english,codepage=utf8}]
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 4826--><p class="nopar" > You can also specify whether you want a number group in the glossary. This defaults to true, but can be
-suppressed. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-105">
-\usepackage[xindy={glsnumbers=false}]{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 4831--><p class="nopar" > If no value is supplied to this package option (either simply writing <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>or writing <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy={}</span></span></span>) then the
-language, codepage and number group settings are unchanged. See <a
-href="#sec:xindy">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">14</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further
-details on using <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-78008"></a></a> with the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package.
-</p><!--l. 4838--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-790002.5"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:xindygloss"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">xindygloss</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4838--><p class="noindent" >(<a
-href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>) This is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy={}</span></span></span> (that is, the <span
-class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-79001"></a> option without any value supplied) and may be
-used as a document class option. The language and code page can be set via <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span><a
- id="dx1-79002"></a> and
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyCodePage</span><a
- id="dx1-79003"></a> (see <a
-href="#sec:langenc">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">14.1</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:langenc">Language and Encodings<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:langenc --></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 4844--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-800002.5"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:xindynoglsnumbers"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">xindynoglsnumbers</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4844--><p class="noindent" >(<a
-href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>) This is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy={glsnumbers=false}</span></span></span> and may be used as a document class
-option.
-</p><!--l. 4848--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-810002.5"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:automake"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">automake=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4848--><p class="noindent" >This is option was introduced to version 4.08 as a boolean option. As from version 4.42 it may now take three
-values: <span
-class="cmtt-10">false </span>(default), <span
-class="cmtt-10">true </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">immediate</span>. If no option is supplied, <span
-class="cmtt-10">immediate </span>is assumed. The
-option <span
-class="cmss-10">automake</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-81001"></a> will attempt to run <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-81002"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-81003"></a></a> using TeX&#8217;s <span
-class="cmtt-10">\write18</span><a
- id="dx1-81004"></a> mechanism
-at the end of the document. The option <span
-class="cmss-10">automake</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">immediate</span><a
- id="dx1-81005"></a> will attempt to run <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-81006"></a></a> or
-<a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-81007"></a></a> at the start of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-81008"></a> using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\immediate </span>(before the glossary files have been
-opened).
-</p><!--l. 4859--><p class="indent" > In the case of <span
-class="cmss-10">automake</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-81009"></a>, the associated files are created at the end of the document ready
-for the next LaTeX&#x00A0;run. Since there is a possibility of commands such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>occurring on the
-last page of the document, it&#8217;s not possible to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\immediate </span>to close the associated file or with
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\write18 </span>since the writing of the final indexing lines may have been delayed. In certain situations
-this can mean that the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\write18 </span>fails. In such cases, you will need to use <span
-class="cmss-10">automake</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">immediate</span><a
- id="dx1-81010"></a>
-instead.
-</p><!--l. 4869--><p class="indent" > With <span
-class="cmss-10">automake</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">immediate</span><a
- id="dx1-81011"></a>, you will get a warning on the first LaTeX&#x00A0;run as the associated glossary files
-don&#8217;t exist yet.
-
-
-</p><!--l. 4873--><p class="indent" > Since this mechanism can be a security risk, some TeX&#x00A0;distributions disable it completely, in which case this
-option won&#8217;t have an effect. (If this option doesn&#8217;t appear to work, search the log file for &#8220;runsystem&#8221; and see if
-it is followed by &#8220;enabled&#8221; or &#8220;disabled&#8221;.)
-</p><!--l. 4879--><p class="indent" > Some distributions allow <span
-class="cmtt-10">\write18 </span>in a restricted mode. This mode has a&#x00A0;limited number of trusted
-applications, which usually includes <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-81012"></a></a> but may not include <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-81013"></a></a>. So if you have the restricted mode
-on, <span
-class="cmss-10">automake</span><a
- id="dx1-81014"></a> should work with <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-81015"></a> but may not work with <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-81016"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4885--><p class="indent" > However even in unrestricted mode this option may not work with <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-81017"></a> as <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-81018"></a> uses language names that
-don&#8217;t always correspond with <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-81019"></a>&#8217;s language names. (The <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-81020"></a></a> script applies mappings to assist
-you.) Note that you still need at least two LaTeX&#x00A0;runs to ensure the document is up-to-date with this
-setting.
-</p><!--l. 4892--><p class="indent" > Since this package option attempts to run the <a
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> on every LaTeX&#x00A0;run, its use should be
-considered a last resort for those who can&#8217;t work out how to incorporate the indexing application into their
-document build. The default value for this option is <span
-class="cmss-10">automake</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-81021"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4898--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-820002.5"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:disablemakegloss"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">disablemakegloss</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4898--><p class="noindent" >This valueless option indicates that <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-82001"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-82002"></a> should be disabled.
-This option is provided in the event that you have to use a class or package that disregards the
-advice in <a
-href="#sec:indexingoptions">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">1.2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:indexingoptions">Indexing Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:indexingoptions --></a> and automatically performs <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-82003"></a> or
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-82004"></a> but you don&#8217;t want this. (For example, you want to use a different indexing method or
-you want to disable indexing while working on a draft document.)
-</p><!--l. 4908--><p class="indent" > This option may be passed in the standard document class option list or passed using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\PassOptionsToPackage</span>
-before <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-82005"></a> is loaded. Note that this does nothing if <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-82006"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-82007"></a> has
-already been used whilst enabled.
-</p><!--l. 4914--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-830002.5"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:restoremakegloss"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">restoremakegloss</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4914--><p class="noindent" >Cancels the effect of <span
-class="cmss-10">disablemakegloss</span><a
- id="dx1-83001"></a>. This option may be used in <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setupglossaries</span>. It issues a
-warning if <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-83002"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-83003"></a> has already been used whilst enabled. For
-example, suppose the class <span
-class="cmss-10">customclass.cls </span>automatically loads <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and does <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>
-but you need an extra glossary, which has to be defined before <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>, then you can
-do:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-106">
-\documentclass[disablemakegloss]{customclass}
-\newglossary*{functions}{Functions}
-\setupglossaries{restoremakegloss}
-\makeglossaries
-</pre>
-<!--l. 4927--><p class="nopar" > or
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-107">
-\PassOptionsToPackage{disablemakegloss}{glossaries}
-\documentclass{customclass}
-\newglossary*{functions}{Functions}
-\setupglossaries{restoremakegloss}
-\makeglossaries
-</pre>
-<!--l. 4935--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4937--><p class="indent" > Note that restoring these commands doesn&#8217;t necessarily mean that they can be used. It just means that their
-normal behaviour given the current settings will apply. For example, if you use the <span id="textcolor240"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">only</span></span><a
- id="dx1-83004"></a> or <span id="textcolor241"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">nameref</span></span><a
- id="dx1-83005"></a>
-options with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> then you can&#8217;t use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>regardless of
-<span
-class="cmss-10">restoremakegloss</span><a
- id="dx1-83006"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4944--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 4944--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.6 </span> <a
- id="sec:pkgopts-type"></a>Glossary Type Options</h3>
-<!--l. 4947--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-850002.6"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:nohypertypes"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">nohypertypes=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4947--><p class="noindent" >Use this option if you have multiple glossaries and you want to suppress the entry hyperlinks for a particular
-glossary or glossaries. The value of this option should be a comma-separated list of glossary types where <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-85001"></a>
-etc shouldn&#8217;t have hyperlinks by default. Make sure you enclose the value in braces if it contains any commas.
-Example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-108">
-\usepackage[acronym,nohypertypes={acronym,notation}]
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{glossaries}
-\newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 4957--><p class="nopar" > The values must be fully expanded, so <strong>don&#8217;t</strong> try <span
-class="cmtt-10">nohypertypes=\acronymtype</span><a
- id="dx1-85002"></a>. You may also
-use
-</p><!--l. 4961--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</span><a
- id="dx1-85003"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4962--><p class="noindent" >
-instead or additionally. See <a
-href="#sec:glslink">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.1</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> for further details.
-</p><!--l. 4966--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-860002.6"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:nomain"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">nomain</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4966--><p class="noindent" >This suppresses the creation of the main glossary and associated <span
-class="cmtt-10">glo</span><a
- id="dx1-86001"></a> file, if unrequired. Note that if you use this
-option, you must create another glossary in which to put all your entries (either via the <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-86002"></a> (or <span
-class="cmss-10">acronyms</span><a
- id="dx1-86003"></a>)
-package option described in <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">2.7</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">Acronym and Abbreviation Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-acronym --></a> or via the <span
-class="cmss-10">symbols</span><a
- id="dx1-86004"></a>,
-<span
-class="cmss-10">numbers</span><a
- id="dx1-86005"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-86006"></a> options described in <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-other">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">2.9</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-other">Other Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-other --></a> or via <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-86007"></a> described in
-<a
-href="#sec:newglossary">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">9</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:newglossary">Defining New Glossaries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossary --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 4976--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don&#8217;t use the main glossary and you don&#8217;t use this option, <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-86008"></a></a> will produce a warning.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 4979--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">Warning:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;File</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;'</span><span
-class="cmitt-10">filename</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">.glo'</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;is</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;empty.</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">Have</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;you</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;used</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;any</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;entries</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;defined</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;in</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;glossary</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">'main'?</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">Remember</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;use</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;package</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;option</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;'nomain'</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;if</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">you</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;don't</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;want</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;use</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;main</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;glossary.</span>
-</div>
-</div> If you did actually want to use the main glossary and you see this warning, check that you have referenced the
-entries in that glossary via commands such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-86009"></a>.
-<!--l. 4991--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-870002.6"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:symbols"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">symbols</span></h4>
-<!--l. 4991--><p class="noindent" >This valueless option defines a new glossary type with the label <span
-class="cmtt-10">symbols </span>via
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-109">
-\newglossary[slg]{symbols}{sls}{slo}{\glssymbolsgroupname}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 4995--><p class="nopar" > It also defines
-</p><!--l. 4997--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-87001"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printsymbols[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4999--><p class="noindent" >
-which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-87002"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[type=symbols,</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 5005--><p class="indent" > If you use <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, you need to use: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-87003"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[type=symbols,</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div> to display the list of symbols.
-<!--l. 5011--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span
-class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a
- id="dx1-87004"></a> package option if you&#8217;re only interested in using this <span
-class="cmtt-10">symbols </span>glossary and
-don&#8217;t intend to use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5015--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5017--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has a slightly modified version of this option which additionally provides
-<span id="textcolor242"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span></span><a
- id="dx1-87005"></a> as a convenient shortcut method for defining symbols. See the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for
-further details. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5022--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5024--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-880002.6"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:numbers"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">numbers</span></h4>
-<!--l. 5024--><p class="noindent" >This valueless option defines a new glossary type with the label <span
-class="cmtt-10">numbers </span>via
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-110">
-\newglossary[nlg]{numbers}{nls}{nlo}{\glsnumbersgroupname}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 5028--><p class="nopar" > It also defines
-</p><!--l. 5030--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-88001"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnumbers[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5032--><p class="noindent" >
-which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-88002"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[type=numbers,</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 5038--><p class="indent" > If you use <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, you need to use: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-88003"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[type=numbers,</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div> to display the list of numbers.
-<!--l. 5044--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span
-class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a
- id="dx1-88004"></a> package option if you&#8217;re only interested in using this <span
-class="cmtt-10">numbers </span>glossary and
-don&#8217;t intend to use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5048--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5050--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has a slightly modified version of this option which additionally provides
-<span id="textcolor243"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewnumber</span></span><a
- id="dx1-88005"></a> as a convenient shortcut method for defining numbers. See the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for
-further details. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5055--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5057--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-890002.6"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:index"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">index</span></h4>
-<!--l. 5057--><p class="noindent" >This valueless option defines a new glossary type with the label <span
-class="cmtt-10">index </span>via
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-111">
-\newglossary[ilg]{index}{ind}{idx}{\indexname}%
-</pre>
-<!--l. 5061--><p class="nopar" > It also defines
-</p><!--l. 5063--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-89001"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newterm[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">term</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5065--><p class="noindent" >
-which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-89002"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">term</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[type=index,name={</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">term</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">},%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">description=\nopostdesc</span><a
- id="dx1-89003"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div> and
-<!--l. 5072--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-89004"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printindex[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5074--><p class="noindent" >
-which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-89005"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[type=index,</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 5080--><p class="indent" > If you use <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, you need to use: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-89006"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[type=index,</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div> to display this glossary.
-<!--l. 5086--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span
-class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a
- id="dx1-89007"></a> package option if you&#8217;re only interested in using this <span
-class="cmtt-10">index </span>glossary and
-don&#8217;t intend to use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. Note that you can&#8217;t mix this option with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a
- id="dx1-89008"></a>. Either use
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>for the indexing or use a&#x00A0;custom indexing package, such as <span
-class="cmss-10">makeidx</span><a
- id="dx1-89009"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-89010"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">imakeidx</span><a
- id="dx1-89011"></a>. (You
-can, of course, load one of those packages and load <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>without the <span
-class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-89012"></a> package option.)
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 5095--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5097--><p class="indent" > Since the index isn&#8217;t designed for terms with descriptions, you might also want to disable the hyperlinks for
-this glossary using the package option <span
-class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-89013"></a> or the command <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</span><a
- id="dx1-89014"></a><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{index}</span></span>
- <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
-</p><!--l. 5104--><p class="indent" > The example file <a
-href="#ex:sample-index"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-index.tex</span></a> illustrates the use of the <span
-class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-89015"></a> package option.
-
-
-</p><!--l. 5107--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-900002.6"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:noglossaryindex"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">noglossaryindex</span></h4>
-<!--l. 5107--><p class="noindent" >This valueless option switches off <span
-class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-90001"></a> if <span
-class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-90002"></a> has been passed implicitly (for example, through global
-document options). This option can&#8217;t be used in <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setupglossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5113--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 5113--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.7 </span> <a
- id="sec:pkgopts-acronym"></a>Acronym and Abbreviation Options</h3>
-<!--l. 5116--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-920002.7"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:acronym"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">acronym=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 5116--><p class="noindent" >If true, this creates a new glossary with the label <span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>. This is equivalent to:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-112">
-\newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 5120--><p class="nopar" > It will also define
-</p><!--l. 5122--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-92001"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printacronyms[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5124--><p class="noindent" >
-that&#8217;s equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-92002"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[type=acronym,</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div> (unless that command is already defined before the beginning of the document or the package option
-<span
-class="cmss-10">compatible-3.07</span><a
- id="dx1-92003"></a> is used).
-<!--l. 5132--><p class="indent" > If you are using <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, you need to use </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-92004"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[type=acronym,</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div> to display the list of acronyms.
-<!--l. 5138--><p class="indent" > If the <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-92005"></a> package option is used, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a
- id="dx1-92006"></a> is set to <span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>otherwise it is set to
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">main</span>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn5x2" id="fn5x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.5</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-92007f5"></a>
-Entries that are defined using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-92013"></a> are placed in the glossary whose label is given by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a
- id="dx1-92014"></a>,
-unless another glossary is explicitly specified.
-</p><!--l. 5148--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span
-class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a
- id="dx1-92015"></a> package option if you&#8217;re only interested in using this <span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>glossary. (That
-is, you don&#8217;t intend to use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary.) </div>
-</p><!--l. 5152--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5154--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> extension package comes with an analogous <span id="textcolor244"><span
-class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></span><a
- id="dx1-92016"></a> option, which creates a new
-glossary with the label <span
-class="cmtt-10">abbreviations </span>and sets the command <span id="textcolor245"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvtype</span></span><a
- id="dx1-92017"></a> to this. If the <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-92018"></a> option
-hasn&#8217;t also been used, then <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a
- id="dx1-92019"></a> will be set to <span id="textcolor246"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvtype</span></span><a
- id="dx1-92020"></a>. This enables both <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-92021"></a>
-and <span id="textcolor247"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-92022"></a> to use the same glossary.
-</p><!--l. 5163--><p class="indent" > Make sure you have at least v1.42 of <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> if you use the <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-92023"></a> (or <span
-class="cmss-10">acronyms</span><a
- id="dx1-92024"></a>) package option
-with the extension package to avoid a bug that interferes with the abbreviation style. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5167--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5169--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-930002.7"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:acronyms"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">acronyms</span></h4>
-<!--l. 5169--><p class="noindent" >This is equivalent to <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-93001"></a> and may be used in the document class option list.
-
-
-</p><!--l. 5173--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-940002.7"></a><span id="textcolor248"><a
- id="pkgopt:abbreviations"></a><span id="textcolor249"><span
-class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></span> (glossaries-extra.sty)</span></h4>
-<!--l. 5175--><p class="noindent" >This valueless option creates a new glossary type using:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-113">
-\newglossary[glg-abr]{abbreviations}{gls-abr}{glo-abr}{\abbreviationsname}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 5178--><p class="nopar" > The label can be accessed with <span id="textcolor250"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvtype</span></span><a
- id="dx1-94001"></a>, which is analogous to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span>. See <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>
-manual for further details.
-</p><!--l. 5183--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-950002.7"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:acronymlists"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">acronymlists=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 5183--><p class="noindent" >By default, only the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype </span>glossary is considered to be a list of acronyms. If you have other lists of
-acronyms, you can specify them as a comma-separated list in the value of <span
-class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a
- id="dx1-95001"></a>. For example, if you use
-the <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-95002"></a> package option but you also want the <span
-class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary to also contain a list of acronyms, you can
-do:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-114">
-\usepackage[acronym,acronymlists={main}]{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 5191--><p class="nopar" > No check is performed to determine if the listed glossaries exist, so you can add glossaries you haven&#8217;t defined
-yet. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-115">
-\usepackage[acronym,acronymlists={main,acronym2}]
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{glossaries}
-\newglossary[alg2]{acronym2}{acr2}{acn2}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{Statistical&#x00A0;Acronyms}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 5199--><p class="nopar" > You can use
-</p><!--l. 5201--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-95003"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\DeclareAcronymList{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5203--><p class="noindent" >
-instead of or in addition to the <span
-class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a
- id="dx1-95004"></a> option. This will add the glossaries given in &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9; to the list of
-glossaries that are identified as lists of acronyms. To replace the list of acronym lists with a new list
-use:
-</p><!--l. 5208--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-95005"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\SetAcronymLists{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5210--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5212--><p class="indent" > You can determine if a glossary has been identified as being a list of acronyms using:
-</p><!--l. 5214--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-95006"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsIfListOfAcronyms{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5216--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5218--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> This option and associated commands are incompatible with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>&#8217;s</a> abbreviation mechanism.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 5221--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5223--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-960002.7"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:shortcuts"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></h4>
-<!--l. 5223--><p class="noindent" >This option provides shortcut commands for acronyms. See <a
-href="#sec:acronyms">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>
-for further details. Alternatively you can use:
-</p><!--l. 5226--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-96001"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\DefineAcronymSynonyms </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5228--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5230--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides additional shortcuts. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5232--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5234--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 5234--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.8 </span> <a
- id="sec:pkgopts-old-acronym"></a>Deprecated Acronym Style Options</h3>
-<!--l. 5237--><p class="noindent" >The package options listed in this section are now deprecated but are kept for backward-compatibility. Use
-
-
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a
- id="dx1-97001"></a> instead. See <a
-href="#sec:acronyms">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further
-details.
-</p><!--l. 5241--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-980002.8"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:description"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">description</span></h4>
-<!--l. 5241--><p class="noindent" >This option changes the definition of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-98001"></a> to allow a description. This option may be replaced
-by
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-116">
-\setacronymstyle{long-short-desc}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 5246--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
-class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a
- id="dx1-98002"></a>)
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-117">
-\setacronymstyle{long-sc-short-desc}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 5250--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
-class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a
- id="dx1-98003"></a>)
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-118">
-\setacronymstyle{long-sm-short-desc}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 5254--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
-class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-98004"></a>)
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-119">
-\setacronymstyle{footnote-desc}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 5258--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
-class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-98005"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a
- id="dx1-98006"></a>)
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-120">
-\setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 5262--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
-class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-98007"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a
- id="dx1-98008"></a>)
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-121">
-\setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 5266--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
-class="cmss-10">dua</span><a
- id="dx1-98009"></a>)
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-122">
-\setacronymstyle{dua-desc}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 5270--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5272--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-990002.8"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:smallcaps"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span></h4>
-<!--l. 5272--><p class="noindent" >This option changes the definition of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-99001"></a> and the way that acronyms are displayed. This option may
-be replaced by:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-123">
-\setacronymstyle{long-sc-short}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 5277--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
-class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-99002"></a>)
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-124">
-\setacronymstyle{long-sc-short-desc}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 5281--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
-class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-99003"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-99004"></a>)
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-125">
-\setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 5285--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5287--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-1000002.8"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:smaller"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">smaller</span></h4>
-<!--l. 5287--><p class="noindent" >This option changes the definition of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-100001"></a> and the way that acronyms are displayed.
-</p><!--l. 5289--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use this option, you will need to include the <span
-class="cmss-10">relsize</span><a
- id="dx1-100002"></a> package or otherwise define <span
-class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span><a
- id="dx1-100003"></a> or
-redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a
- id="dx1-100004"></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5293--><p class="noindent" >
-This option may be replaced by:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-126">
-\setacronymstyle{long-sm-short}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 5297--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
-class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-100005"></a>)
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-127">
-\setacronymstyle{long-sm-short-desc}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 5301--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
-class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-100006"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-100007"></a>)
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-128">
-\setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 5305--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5307--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-1010002.8"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:footnote"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">footnote</span></h4>
-<!--l. 5307--><p class="noindent" >This option changes the definition of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-101001"></a> and the way that acronyms are displayed. This option may
-be replaced by:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-129">
-\setacronymstyle{footnote}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 5312--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
-class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a
- id="dx1-101002"></a>)
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-130">
-\setacronymstyle{footnote-sc}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 5316--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
-class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a
- id="dx1-101003"></a>)
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-131">
-\setacronymstyle{footnote-sm}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 5320--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
-class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-101004"></a>)
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-132">
-\setacronymstyle{footnote-desc}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 5324--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
-class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a
- id="dx1-101005"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-101006"></a>)
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-133">
-\setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 5328--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
-class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a
- id="dx1-101007"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-101008"></a>)
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-134">
-\setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 5332--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5334--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-1020002.8"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:dua"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">dua</span></h4>
-<!--l. 5334--><p class="noindent" >This option changes the definition of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-102001"></a> so that acronyms are always expanded. This option may be
-replaced by:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-135">
-\setacronymstyle{dua}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 5339--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
-class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-102002"></a>)
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-136">
-\setacronymstyle{dua-desc}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 5343--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5345--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 5345--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.9 </span> <a
- id="sec:pkgopts-other"></a>Other Options</h3>
-<!--l. 5348--><p class="noindent" >Other available options that don&#8217;t fit any of the above categories are described below.
-</p><!--l. 5351--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-1040002.9"></a><span id="textcolor251"><a
- id="pkgopt:accsupp"></a><span id="textcolor252"><span
-class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></span> (glossaries-extra.sty)</span></h4>
-<!--l. 5353--><p class="noindent" >Load the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-104001"></a> package.
-</p><!--l. 5355--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-1050002.9"></a><span id="textcolor253"><a
- id="pkgopt:prefix"></a><span id="textcolor254"><span
-class="cmss-10">prefix</span></span> (glossaries-extra.sty)</span></h4>
-<!--l. 5357--><p class="noindent" >Load the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-105001"></a> package.
-</p><!--l. 5359--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-1060002.9"></a><span id="textcolor255"><a
- id="pkgopt:nomissingglstext"></a><span id="textcolor256"><span
-class="cmss-10">nomissingglstext</span></span><span
-class="cmss-10">=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>(glossaries-extra.sty)</span></h4>
-<!--l. 5361--><p class="noindent" >This option may be used to suppress the boilerplate text generated by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>if the glossary file is
-missing.
-</p><!--l. 5364--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-1070002.9"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:compatible-2.07"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">compatible-2.07=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 5364--><p class="noindent" >Compatibility mode for old documents created using version 2.07 or below.
-
-
-</p><!--l. 5367--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-1080002.9"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:compatible-3.07"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">compatible-3.07=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 5367--><p class="noindent" >Compatibility mode for old documents created using version 3.07 or below.
-</p><!--l. 5370--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-1090002.9"></a><a
- id="pkgopt:kernelglossredefs"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">kernelglossredefs=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmssi-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></h4>
-<!--l. 5370--><p class="noindent" >As a legacy from the precursor <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary</span><a
- id="dx1-109001"></a> package, the standard glossary commands provided by the LaTeX&#x00A0;kernel
-(<span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossary </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossary</span>) are redefined in terms of the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package&#8217;s commands. However, they
-were never documented in this user manual, and the conversion guide (<a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html" >&#8220;Upgrading from the glossary package to
-the glossaries package&#8221;</a>) explicitly discourages their use.
-</p><!--l. 5379--><p class="indent" > The use of those kernel commands (instead of the appropriate commands documented in this user guide) are
-deprecated, and you will now get a warning if you try using them.
-</p><!--l. 5383--><p class="indent" > In the event that you require the original form of these kernel commands, for example, if you need to use the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package with another class or package that also performs glossary-style indexing, then you can restore
-these commands to their previous definition (that is, their definitions prior to loading the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package)
-with the package option <span
-class="cmss-10">kernelglossredefs</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-109002"></a>. You may also need to use the <span
-class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a
- id="dx1-109003"></a> option in the event of file
-extension conflicts. (In which case, you must provide a new default glossary for use with the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-109004"></a>
-package.)
-</p><!--l. 5394--><p class="indent" > This option may take one of three values: <span
-class="cmss-10">true </span>(redefine with warnings, default), <span
-class="cmss-10">false </span>(restore previous
-definitions) or <span
-class="cmss-10">nowarn </span>(redefine without warnings, not recommended).
-</p><!--l. 5399--><p class="indent" > The only glossary-related commands provided by the LaTeX&#x00A0;kernel are <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossary </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossary</span>.
-Other packages or classes may provide additional glossary-related commands or environments that conflict with
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>(such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>and <span
-class="cmss-10">theglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-109005"></a><a
- id="dx1-109006"></a>). These non-kernel commands aren&#8217;t affected by this
-package option, and you will have to find some way to resolve the conflict if you require both glossary
-mechanisms. (The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-109007"></a> package will override the existing definitions of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>and
-<span
-class="cmss-10">theglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-109008"></a><a
- id="dx1-109009"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 5409--><p class="indent" > In general, if possible, it&#8217;s best to stick with just one package that provides a glossary mechanism. (The
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package does check for the <span
-class="cmss-10">doc</span><a
- id="dx1-109010"></a> package and patches <span
-class="cmtt-10">\PrintChanges</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 5413--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 5413--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.10 </span> <a
- id="sec:setupglossaries"></a>Setting Options After the Package is Loaded</h3>
-<!--l. 5416--><p class="noindent" >Some of the options described above may also be set after the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has been loaded
-using
-</p><!--l. 5418--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-110001"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setupglossaries{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">key-val list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5420--><p class="noindent" >
-The following package options <strong>can&#8217;t</strong> be used in <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setupglossaries</span>: <span
-class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-110002"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">xindygloss</span><a
- id="dx1-110003"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">xindynoglsnumbers</span><a
- id="dx1-110004"></a>,
-<span
-class="cmss-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-110005"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">nolong</span><a
- id="dx1-110006"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">nosuper</span><a
- id="dx1-110007"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">nolist</span><a
- id="dx1-110008"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">notree</span><a
- id="dx1-110009"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">nostyles</span><a
- id="dx1-110010"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a
- id="dx1-110011"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">compatible-2.07</span><a
- id="dx1-110012"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">translate</span><a
- id="dx1-110013"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">notranslate</span><a
- id="dx1-110014"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-110015"></a>. These
-options have to be set while the package is loading, except for the <span
-class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-110016"></a> sub-options which can
-be set using commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span><a
- id="dx1-110017"></a> (see <a
-href="#sec:xindy">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">14</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further
-details).
-
-
-</p><!--l. 5432--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you need to use this command, use it as soon as possible after loading <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>otherwise you might end
-up using it too late for the change to take effect. For example, if you try changing the acronym styles (such as
-<span
-class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a
- id="dx1-110018"></a>) after you have started defining your acronyms, you are likely to get unexpected results. If you try
-changing the sort option after you have started to define entries, you may get unexpected results.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 5440--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5442--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> With <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, use <span id="textcolor257"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossariesextrasetup</span></span><a
- id="dx1-110019"></a> instead. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5445--><p class="noindent" >
-
-
-</p>
-<!--l. 5447--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 5447--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">3. <a
- id="sec:setup"></a>Setting Up</h2>
-</p><!--l. 5450--><p class="indent" > In the preamble you need to indicate which method you want to use to generate the glossary
-(or glossaries). The available options with both <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> are summarized in
-<a
-href="#sec:indexingoptions">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">1.2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:indexingoptions">Indexing Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:indexingoptions --></a>. This chapter documents Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option1">1</a>&#8211;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>, which are provided by the
-base package. See the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> and <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-111001"></a></a> manuals for the full documentation of the other
-options.
-</p><!--l. 5458--><p class="indent" > If you don&#8217;t need to display any glossaries, for example, if you are just using the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to enable
-consistent formatting, then skip ahead to <a
-href="#sec:newglosentry">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>.
-</p>
-<!--l. 5462--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.1 </span> <a
- id="sec:setupopt1"></a>Option 1</h3>
-<!--l. 5465--><p class="noindent" >The command
-</p><!--l. 5466--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-112001"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5468--><p class="noindent" >
-must be placed in the preamble. This sets up the internal commands required to make <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> work. <strong>If you
-omit <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>none of the glossaries will be displayed.</strong>
-</p><!--l. 5474--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 5474--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.2 </span> <a
- id="sec:setupopt23"></a>Options 2 and 3</h3>
-<!--l. 5477--><p class="noindent" >The command
-</p><!--l. 5478--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-113001"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5480--><p class="noindent" >
-must be placed in the preamble in order to create the customised <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-113002"></a></a> (<span
-class="cmtt-10">ist</span><a
- id="dx1-113003"></a>) or <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-113004"></a></a> (<span
-class="cmtt-10">xdy</span><a
- id="dx1-113005"></a>) style file (for
-Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>, respectively) and to ensure that glossary entries are written to the appropriate output files. <strong>If
-you omit <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>none of the glossary files will be created.</strong>
-</p><!--l. 5488--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> If you are using <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>has an optional argument that allows you to
-have a hybrid of Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option1">1</a> or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> or Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option1">1</a> or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>. See <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 5492--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5495--><p class="indent" > <span class="warningsymbol">&#9888;</span> Note that some of the commands provided by the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package must not be used after
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>as they are required when creating the customised style file. If you attempt to use those
-commands after <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>you will generate an error. Similarly, there are some commands that must
-not be used before <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5503--><p class="indent" > You can suppress the creation of the customised <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-113006"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-113007"></a></a> style file using
-</p><!--l. 5505--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-113008"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\noist </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5507--><p class="noindent" >
-That this command must not be used after <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5509--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if you have a custom <span
-class="cmtt-10">xdy</span><a
- id="dx1-113009"></a> file created when using <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>version 2.07 or below, you will need to
-use the <span
-class="cmss-10">compatible-2.07</span><a
- id="dx1-113010"></a> package option with it. </div>
-
-
-</p><!--l. 5513--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5515--><p class="indent" > The default name for the customised style file is given by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\jobname</span><a
- id="dx1-113011"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">.ist</span><a
- id="dx1-113012"></a> (<a
-href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a>) or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\jobname</span><a
- id="dx1-113013"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a
- id="dx1-113014"></a>
-(<a
-href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>). This name may be changed using:
-</p><!--l. 5519--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-113015"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setStyleFile{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5521--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the style file without the extension. Note that this command must not be used after
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5526--><p class="indent" > Each glossary entry is assigned a <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-113016"></a></a> that lists all the locations in the document where that entry
-was used. By default, the location refers to the page number but this may be overridden using the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">counter</span><a
- id="dx1-113017"></a> package option. The default form of the location number assumes a full stop compositor
-(e.g.&#x00A0;1.2), but if your location numbers use a different compositor (e.g. 1-2) you need to set this
-using
-</p><!--l. 5533--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-113018"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsSetCompositor{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">symbol</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5535--><p class="noindent" >
-For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-137">
-\glsSetCompositor{-}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 5539--><p class="nopar" > This command must not be used after <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5542--><p class="indent" > If you use <a
-href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>, you can have a different compositor for page numbers starting with an upper case
-alphabetical character using:
-</p><!--l. 5544--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-113019"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsSetAlphaCompositor{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">symbol</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5546--><p class="noindent" >
-This command has no effect if you use <a
-href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a>. For example, if you want <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-113020"></a>s</a> containing a mixture of
-A-1 and 2.3 style formats, then do:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-138">
-\glsSetCompositor{.}\glsSetAlphaCompositor{-}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 5552--><p class="nopar" > See <a
-href="#sec:numberlists">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">12</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:numberlists">Number Lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a> for further information about <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-113021"></a>s</a>.
-
-
-</p>
-<!--l. 5556--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 5556--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">4. <a
- id="sec:newglosentry"></a>Defining Glossary Entries</h2>
-</p><!--l. 5559--><p class="indent" > <div title="bib2gls" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> If you want to use <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-114001"></a></a>, entries must be defined in <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-114002"></a> files using the syntax described in the <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-114003"></a></a>
-user manual. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5563--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5565--><p class="indent" > Acronyms are covered in <a
-href="#sec:acronyms">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> but they use the same
-underlying mechanism as all the other entries, so it&#8217;s a good idea to read this chapter first. The keys provided
-for <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>can also be used in the optional argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>, although some of them,
-such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-114004"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-114005"></a>, interfere with the acronym styles.
-</p><!--l. 5572--><p class="indent" > All glossary entries must be defined before they are used, so it is better to define them in the preamble to
-ensure this. In fact, some commands such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>may only be used in the
-preamble. See <a
-href="#sec:docdefs">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4.8</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:docdefs">Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:docdefs --></a> for a
-discussion of the problems with defining entries within the document instead of in the preamble. (The
-<a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has an option that provides a restricted form of document definitions that avoids
-some of the issues discussed in <a
-href="#sec:docdefs">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4.8</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:docdefs">Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document
-Environment<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:docdefs --></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 5581--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> enforces the preamble-only restriction on <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-114006"></a>. <a
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a> requires that definitions
-are provided in <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-114007"></a> format. <a
-href="#option5">Option&#x00A0;5</a> requires either preamble-only definitions or the use of the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>
-package option <span
-class="cmss-10">docdef=restricted</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5587--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5589--><p class="indent" > Only those entries that are indexed in the document (using any of the commands described in <a
-href="#sec:glslink">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.1</span>
-</a><a
-href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a>, <a
-href="#sec:glsadd">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">10</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a> or
-<a
-href="#sec:crossref">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">11</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>) will appear in the glossary. See <a
-href="#sec:printglossary">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">8</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:printglossary">Displaying a
-Glossary<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossary --></a> to find out how to display the glossary.
-</p><!--l. 5597--><p class="indent" > New glossary entries are defined using the command:
-</p><!--l. 5598--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-114008"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">key=value list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5600--><p class="noindent" >
-This is a short command, so values in &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">key-val list</span>&#x27E9; can&#8217;t contain any paragraph breaks. Take care to enclose
-values containing any commas (<span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>) or equal signs (<span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span>) with braces to hide them from the key=value list
-parser.
-</p><!--l. 5606--><p class="indent" > If you have a long description that needs to span multiple paragraphs, use
-</p><!--l. 5608--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-114009"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">key=value list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">long description</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5611--><p class="noindent" >
-instead. Note that this command may only be used in the preamble. Be careful of unwanted spaces.
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>will remove trailing spaces in the description (via <span
-class="cmtt-10">\unskip</span>) but won&#8217;t remove leading
-spaces. This command also appends <span
-class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc </span>to the end of the description, which suppresses the
-post-description hook. The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides a starred version of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>that
-doesn&#8217;t append either <span
-class="cmtt-10">\unskip </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5621--><p class="indent" > There are also commands that will only define the entry if it hasn&#8217;t already been defined:
-</p><!--l. 5623--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-114010"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\provideglossaryentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">key=value list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5625--><p class="noindent" >
-and
-</p><!--l. 5627--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-114011"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\longprovideglossaryentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">key=value list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">long description</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-
-
-</p><!--l. 5630--><p class="noindent" >
-(These are both preamble-only commands.)
-</p><!--l. 5633--><p class="indent" > For all the above commands, the first argument, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;, must be a&#x00A0;unique label with which to identify this
-entry. <strong>This can&#8217;t contain any non-expandable commands or active characters.</strong> The reason for this restriction
-is that the label is used to construct internal commands that store the associated information
-(similarly to commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\label</span>) and therefore must be able to expand to a valid control sequence
-name.
-</p><!--l. 5641--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although an <a
-href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character<a
- id="dx1-114012"></a></a> or other <a
-href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a
- id="dx1-114013"></a></a>, such as &eacute; or
-&szlig;, looks like a plain character in your <span
-class="cmtt-10">.tex </span>file, it&#8217;s actually a&#x00A0;macro (an active character) and
-therefore can&#8217;t be used in the label. (This applies to LaTeX&#x00A0;rather than XeLaTeX.) Also be careful of
-<span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-114014"></a>&#8217;s options that change certain punctuation characters (such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">: </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">-</span>) to active characters.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 5649--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5651--><p class="indent" > The second argument, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">key=value list</span>&#x27E9;, is a &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; list that supplies the relevant information about this
-entry. There are two required fields: <span
-class="cmtt-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-114015"></a> and either <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-114016"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">parent</span><a
- id="dx1-114017"></a>. The description is set in the third
-argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\longprovideglossaryentry</span>. With the other commands it&#8217;s set via
-the <span
-class="cmtt-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-114018"></a> key. As is typical with &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; lists, values that contain a comma or equal sign must be
-enclosed in braces. Available fields are listed below. Additional fields are provided by the supplementary
-packages <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-114019"></a> (<a
-href="#sec:prefix">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">16</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:prefix">Prefixes or Determiners<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:prefix --></a>) and <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-114020"></a> (<a
-href="#sec:accsupp">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">17</span>
-</a><a
-href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>) and also by <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>. You can also define your own custom keys (see <a
-href="#sec:addkey">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4.3</span>
-</a><a
-href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>).
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5668--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-114021"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 5668--><p class="noindent" >The name of the entry (as it will appear in the glossary). If this key is omitted and the <span
-class="cmtt-10">parent</span><a
- id="dx1-114022"></a> key
- is supplied, this value will be the same as the parent&#8217;s name.
- </p><!--l. 5672--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-114023"></a> key contains any commands, you must also use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-114024"></a> key (described below) if
- you intend sorting the entries alphabetically, otherwise the entries can&#8217;t be sorted correctly.
- </div>
- </p><!--l. 5676--><p class="noindent" >
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5678--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-114025"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 5678--><p class="noindent" >A brief description of this term (to appear in the glossary). Within this value, you can use:
- </p><!--l. 5680--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-114026"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 5682--><p class="noindent" >
- to suppress the description terminator for this entry. For example, if this entry is a parent entry that
- doesn&#8217;t require a description, you can do <span
-class="cmtt-10">description={\nopostdesc}</span>. If you want a paragraph break in
- the description use:
- </p><!--l. 5688--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-114027"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspar </span></div><hr>
-
-
- </p><!--l. 5690--><p class="noindent" >
- or, better, use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span>. However, note that not all glossary styles support multi-line
- descriptions. If you are using one of the tabular-like glossary styles that permit multi-line descriptions, use
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newline</span><a
- id="dx1-114028"></a> not <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\\</span></span></span> if you want to force a line break.
- </p><!--l. 5697--><p class="noindent" ><div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> With <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, use <span id="textcolor258"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-114029"></a> instead of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc </span>to suppress the post-description
- punctuation. </div>
- </p><!--l. 5700--><p class="noindent" >
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5702--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">parent</span><a
- id="dx1-114030"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 5702--><p class="noindent" >The label of the parent entry. Note that the parent entry must be defined before its sub-entries. See
- <a
-href="#sec:subentries">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4.5</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:subentries">Sub-Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:subentries --></a> for further details.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5706--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">descriptionplural</span><a
- id="dx1-114031"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 5706--><p class="noindent" >The plural form of the description, if required. If omitted, the value is set to the same as the <span
-class="cmtt-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-114032"></a>
- key.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5710--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-114033"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 5710--><p class="noindent" >How this entry will appear in the document text when using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-114034"></a> (or one of its upper case variants). If
- this field is omitted, the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-114035"></a> key is used.
- </p><!--l. 5714--><p class="noindent" >This key is automatically set by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>. Although it is possible to override it by using <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-114036"></a> in the
- optional argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>, it will interfere with the acronym style and cause unexpected
- results.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5719--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-114037"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 5719--><p class="noindent" >How the entry will appear in the document text on <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>&#x00A0;with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-114038"></a> (or one of its upper
- case variants). If this field is omitted, the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-114039"></a> key is used. Note that if you use
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a
- id="dx1-114040"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a
- id="dx1-114041"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span><a
- id="dx1-114042"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a
- id="dx1-114043"></a> before using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-114044"></a>, the <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-114045"></a> value won&#8217;t be used with
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-114046"></a>.
- </p><!--l. 5726--><p class="noindent" >You may prefer to use abbreviations (<a
-href="#sec:acronyms">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>) or the
- category post-link hook (<span id="textcolor259"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostlink</span></span><a
- id="dx1-114047"></a>) provided by <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> if you would like to
- automatically append content on <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>&#x00A0;in a consistent manner. See, for example, <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=sample-units" >Gallery: Units
- (<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra.sty</span>)</a>.
- </p><!--l. 5733--><p class="noindent" >Although it is possible to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-114048"></a> in the optional argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>, it can interfere with the
- acronym style and cause unexpected results.
-
-
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5737--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-114049"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 5737--><p class="noindent" >How the entry will appear in the document text when using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a
- id="dx1-114050"></a> (or one of its upper case variants). If
- this field is omitted, the value is obtained by appending <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span><a
- id="dx1-114051"></a> to the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-114052"></a> field.
- The default value of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span><a
- id="dx1-114053"></a> is the letter &#8220;s&#8221;.
- </p><!--l. 5743--><p class="noindent" >Although it is possible to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-114054"></a> in the optional argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>, it can interfere with the
- acronym style and cause unexpected results. Use <span
-class="cmtt-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-114055"></a> instead, if the default value is
- inappropriate.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5748--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-114056"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 5748--><p class="noindent" >How the entry will appear in the document text on <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>&#x00A0;with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a
- id="dx1-114057"></a> (or one of its upper case
- variants). If this field is omitted, the value is obtained from the <span
-class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-114058"></a> key, if the <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-114059"></a> key is omitted, or
- by appending <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span><a
- id="dx1-114060"></a> to the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-114061"></a> field, if the <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-114062"></a> field is present. Note that if
- you use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-114063"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a
- id="dx1-114064"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span><a
- id="dx1-114065"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp </span>before using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a
- id="dx1-114066"></a>, the <span
-class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-114067"></a> value won&#8217;t be used with
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a
- id="dx1-114068"></a>.
- </p><!--l. 5758--><p class="noindent" >Although it is possible to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-114069"></a> in the optional argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>, it can interfere with
- the acronym style and cause unexpected results. Use <span
-class="cmtt-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-114070"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">longplural</span><a
- id="dx1-114071"></a> instead, if the default
- value is inappropriate.
- </p><!--l. 5764--><p class="noindent" ><span class="warningsymbol">&#9888;</span> Note: prior to version 1.13, the default value of <span
-class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-114072"></a> was always taken by appending &#8220;s&#8221; to the
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-114073"></a> key, which meant that you had to specify both <span
-class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-114074"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-114075"></a>, even if you hadn&#8217;t used
- the <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-114076"></a> key.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5770--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol</span><a
- id="dx1-114077"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 5770--><p class="noindent" >This field is provided to allow the user to specify an associated symbol. If omitted, the value is set to
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\relax</span>. Note that not all glossary styles display the symbol.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5774--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">symbolplural</span><a
- id="dx1-114078"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 5774--><p class="noindent" >This is the plural form of the symbol (as passed to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplay</span><a
- id="dx1-114079"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplayfirst</span><a
- id="dx1-114080"></a> by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a
- id="dx1-114081"></a>,
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a
- id="dx1-114082"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span><a
- id="dx1-114083"></a>). If omitted, the value is set to the same as the <span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol</span><a
- id="dx1-114084"></a> key.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5779--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-114085"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 5779--><p class="noindent" >This value indicates the text to be used by the sort comparator when ordering all the entries. If omitted,
- the value is given by the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-114086"></a> field unless one of the package options <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">def</span><a
- id="dx1-114087"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">use</span><a
- id="dx1-114088"></a> have been used.
- With <a
-href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a> it&#8217;s best to use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-114089"></a> key if the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-114090"></a> contains commands (e.g.&#x00A0;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ensuremath{\alpha}</span></span></span>)
-
-
- and with Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option1">1</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>, it&#8217;s strongly recommended as the indexing may fail if you don&#8217;t (see
- below).
- </p><!--l. 5788--><p class="noindent" >You can also override the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-114091"></a> key by redefining <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort</span><a
- id="dx1-114092"></a> (see <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">2.5</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">Sorting
- Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a>).
- </p><!--l. 5791--><p class="noindent" ><div title="bib2gls" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-114093"></a> key shouldn&#8217;t be used with <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-114094"></a></a>. It has a system of fallbacks that allow different types of
- entries to obtain the sort value from the most relevant field. See the <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-114095"></a></a> manual for further details
- and see also <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=bib2gls-sorting" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>gallery: sorting</a>. </div>
- </p><!--l. 5797--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 5799--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> by default strips the <a
-href="#glo:latexexlatinchar">standard LaTeX&#x00A0;accents</a> (that is, accents generated by core
- LaTeX&#x00A0;commands) from the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-114096"></a> key when it sets the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-114097"></a> key. So with <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-139">
- \newglossaryentry{elite}{%
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={{\'e}lite},
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={select&#x00A0;group&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;people}
- }
-</pre>
- <!--l. 5808--><p class="nopar" > This is equivalent to:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-140">
- \newglossaryentry{elite}{%
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={{\'e}lite},
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={select&#x00A0;group&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;people},
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={elite}
- }
-</pre>
- <!--l. 5816--><p class="nopar" > Unless you use the package option <span
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-114098"></a>, in which case it&#8217;s equivalent to:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-141">
- \newglossaryentry{elite}{%
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={{\'e}lite},
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={select&#x00A0;group&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;people},
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={\'elite}
- }
-</pre>
- <!--l. 5825--><p class="nopar" > This will place the entry before the &#8220;A&#8221; letter group since the sort value starts with a symbol.
- </p><!--l. 5829--><p class="noindent" >Similarly if you use the <span
-class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a
- id="dx1-114099"></a> package: </p><div class="alltt">
- <div class="obeylines-v">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{elite}{%</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name={{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&eacute;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">}lite},</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={select</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;group</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;people}</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
- </div> This is equivalent to <div class="alltt">
- <div class="obeylines-v">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{elite}{%</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name={{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&eacute;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">}lite},</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={select</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;group</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;people},</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;sort=elite</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
- </div> Unless you use the package option <span
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-114100"></a>, in which case it&#8217;s equivalent to: <div class="alltt">
- <div class="obeylines-v">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{elite}{%</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name={{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&eacute;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">}lite},</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={select</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;group</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;people},</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;sort=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&eacute;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">lite</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
- </div> Again, this will place the entry before the &#8220;A&#8221; group.
- <!--l. 5855--><p class="noindent" >With Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>, the default value of <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-114101"></a> will either be set to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-114102"></a> key (if <span
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-114103"></a>) or
- it will set it to the expansion of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-114104"></a> key (if <span
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-114105"></a>).
-
-
- </p><!--l. 5860--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-114106"></a></a> (<a
-href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>): if you have entries with the same <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-114107"></a> value they will be treated as
- the same entry. If you use <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-114108"></a></a> and aren&#8217;t using the <span
-class="cmtt-10">def </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">use </span>sort methods, <strong>always</strong> use
- the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-114109"></a> key for entries where the name just consists of a control sequence (for example
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">name=</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">}</span>).
- </p><!--l. 5868--><p class="noindent" >Take care if you use <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> and the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-114110"></a> contains fragile commands. You will either need to explicitly
- set the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-114111"></a> key or use the <span
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-114112"></a> package option (unless you use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">def </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">use </span>sort methods).
- </div>
- </p><!--l. 5872--><p class="noindent" >
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5874--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">type</span><a
- id="dx1-114113"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 5874--><p class="noindent" >This specifies the label of the glossary in which this entry belongs. If omitted, the default
- glossary is assumed unless <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-114114"></a> is used (see <a
-href="#sec:acronyms">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other
- Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>).
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5880--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">user1</span><a
- id="dx1-114115"></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">, </span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x2026;, </span><span
-class="cmtt-10">user6</span><a
- id="dx1-114116"></a><a
- id="dx1-114117"></a><a
- id="dx1-114118"></a><a
- id="dx1-114119"></a><a
- id="dx1-114120"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 5880--><p class="noindent" >Six keys provided for any additional information the user may want to specify. (For example, an associated
- dimension or an alternative plural or some other grammatical construct.) Alternatively, you
- can add new keys using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span><a
- id="dx1-114121"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey</span><a
- id="dx1-114122"></a> (see <a
-href="#sec:addkey">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4.3</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:addkey">Additional
- Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>).
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5886--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-114123"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 5886--><p class="noindent" >A boolean key. If the value is missing or is <span
-class="cmtt-10">true</span>, this will suppress the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-114124"></a></a> just for this
- entry. Conversely, if you have used the package option <span
-class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-114125"></a>, you can activate the
- number list<a
- id="dx1-114126"></a> just for this entry with <span
-class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist=false</span><a
- id="dx1-114127"></a>. (See <a
-href="#sec:numberlists">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">12</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:numberlists">Number
- Lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.)
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5893--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-114128"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 5893--><p class="noindent" >This key essentially provides a convenient shortcut that performs </p><div class="alltt">
- <div class="obeylines-v">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssee[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">xr-label</span><span
-class="cmitt-10">&#x00A0;list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-
-
- </div> after the entry has been defined. (See <a
-href="#sec:crossref">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">11</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>.) It was originally designed
- for synonyms that may not occur in the document text but needed to be included in the glossary in order
- to redirect the reader. Note that it doesn&#8217;t index the cross-referenced entry (or entries) as that would
- interfere with their <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-114129"></a>s</a>.
- <!--l. 5904--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Using the <span
-class="cmtt-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-114130"></a> key will <span
-class="cmti-10">automatically add this entry to the glossary</span>, but will not automatically add the
- cross-referenced entry. </div>
- </p><!--l. 5908--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 5910--><p class="noindent" >For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-142">
- \newglossaryentry{courgette}{name={courgette},
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={variety&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;small&#x00A0;marrow}}
- \newglossaryentry{zucchini}{name={zucchini},
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={(North&#x00A0;American)},
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;see={courgette}}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 5917--><p class="nopar" > This defines two entries (courgette and zucchini) and automatically adds a cross-reference from zucchini
- to courgette. (That is, it adds &#8220;<span
-class="cmti-10">see </span>courgette&#8221; to zucchini&#8217;s <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-114131"></a></a>.) This doesn&#8217;t automatically index
- courgette since this would create an unwanted location in courgette&#8217;s <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-114132"></a></a>. (Page&#x00A0;1, if the
- definitions occur in the preamble.)
- </p><!--l. 5925--><p class="noindent" >Note that while it&#8217;s possible to put the cross-reference in the description instead, for example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-143">
- \newglossaryentry{zucchini}{name={zucchini},
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={(North&#x00A0;American)&#x00A0;see&#x00A0;\gls{courgette}}}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 5930--><p class="nopar" > this won&#8217;t index the zucchini entry, so if zucchini isn&#8217;t indexed elsewhere (with commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>) then it won&#8217;t appear in the glossary even if courgette does.
- </p><!--l. 5935--><p class="noindent" >The referenced entry should be supplied as the value to this key. If you want to override
- the &#8220;see&#8221; tag, you can supply the new tag in square brackets before the label. For example
- <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">see=[see</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;also]{anotherlabel}</span></span></span>. <strong>Note that if you have suppressed the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-114133"></a></a>, the cross-referencing
- information won&#8217;t appear in the glossary, as it forms part of the number list<a
- id="dx1-114134"></a>.</strong> You can override this for
- individual glossary entries using <span
-class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist=false</span><a
- id="dx1-114135"></a> (see above). Alternatively, you can use the
- <span
-class="cmss-10">seeautonumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-114136"></a> package option. For further details, see <a
-href="#sec:crossref">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">11</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing
- Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>.
- </p><!--l. 5946--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> For Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-114137"></a> must be used before any occurrence of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-114138"></a> that
- contains the <span
-class="cmtt-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-114139"></a> key. This key should not be used with entries defined in the <span
-class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-114140"></a><a
- id="dx1-114141"></a> environment.
- </div>
- </p><!--l. 5950--><p class="noindent" >
- Since it&#8217;s useful to suppress the indexing while working on a draft document, consider using the
- <span
-class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span><a
- id="dx1-114142"></a> package option to warn or ignore the <span
-class="cmtt-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-114143"></a> key while <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>is commented
- out.
- </p><!--l. 5956--><p class="noindent" >If you use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-114144"></a> key, you may want to consider using the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package which additionally
- provides a <span
-class="cmtt-10">seealso </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">alias </span>key. If you want to avoid the automatic indexing triggered by the <span
-class="cmtt-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-114145"></a> key,
- consider using <a
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>. See also the FAQ item <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/faq.php?action=view&category=glossaries&itemlabel=whyseekeyautoindex" >Why does the see key automatically index the
- entry?</a>
- </p><!--l. 5963--><p class="noindent" ><div title="bib2gls" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The analogous <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-114146"></a></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-114147"></a> field (and <span id="textcolor260"><span id="textcolor261"><span
-class="cmtt-10">seealso</span></span><a
- id="dx1-114148"></a></span>) have a slightly different meaning. The <span id="textcolor262"><span
-class="cmtt-10">selection</span></span><a
- id="dx1-114149"></a>
- resource option determines the behaviour. </div>
- </p><!--l. 5967--><p class="noindent" >
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5969--><p class="noindent" >
-<span id="textcolor263"><span id="textcolor264"><span
-class="cmtt-10">seealso</span></span><a
- id="dx1-114150"></a></span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 5969--><p class="noindent" >This key is only available with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> and is similar to <span
-class="cmtt-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-114151"></a> but it doesn&#8217;t allow for the optional
- tag. The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides <span id="textcolor265"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname</span></span><a
- id="dx1-114152"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">seealso={</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>is essentially like
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">see=[</span><span id="textcolor266"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname</span></span><a
- id="dx1-114153"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9; (Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option4">4</a> may treat these differently).
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5977--><p class="noindent" >
-<span id="textcolor267"><span id="textcolor268"><span
-class="cmtt-10">alias</span></span><a
- id="dx1-114154"></a></span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
-
-
- <!--l. 5977--><p class="noindent" >This key is only available with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> and is another form of cross-referencing. An entry can be
- aliased to another entry with <span
-class="cmtt-10">alias={</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>. This behaves like <span
-class="cmtt-10">see={</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>but also alters the
- behaviour of commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>so that they index the entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; instead of the original entry.
- (See, for example, <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=aliases" >Gallery: Aliases</a>.)
- </p><!--l. 5986--><p class="noindent" ><div title="bib2gls" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> More variations with the key are available with <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-114155"></a></a>. </div>
- </p><!--l. 5988--><p class="noindent" >
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5990--><p class="noindent" >
-<span id="textcolor269"><span id="textcolor270"><span
-class="cmtt-10">category</span></span><a
- id="dx1-114156"></a></span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 5990--><p class="noindent" >This key is only available with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> and is used to assign a category to the entry. The value
- should be a label that can be used to identify the category. See <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further
- details.
-</p>
- </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 5998--><p class="indent" > The following keys are reserved for <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-114157"></a> (see <a
-href="#sec:acronyms">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>)
-and also for <span id="textcolor271"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-114158"></a> (see the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual): <span
-class="cmtt-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-114159"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">longplural</span><a
- id="dx1-114160"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-114161"></a> and
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-114162"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6003--><p class="indent" > <div title="bib2gls" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> There are also special internal field names used by <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-114163"></a></a>. See the <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-114164"></a></a> manual for further details.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 6006--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6008--><p class="indent" > The supplementary packages <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix </span>(<a
-href="#sec:prefix">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">16</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:prefix">Prefixes or Determiners<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:prefix --></a>) and <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span>
-(<a
-href="#sec:accsupp">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">17</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>) provide additional keys.
-</p><!--l. 6011--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid using any of the <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;or <a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands within the <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-114165"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-114166"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-114167"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-114168"></a> keys
-(or their plural equivalent) or any other key that you plan to access through those commands. (For example, the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol</span><a
- id="dx1-114169"></a> key if you intend to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol</span>.) Otherwise you end up with nested links, which can cause
-complications and they won&#8217;t work with the case-changing commands. You can use them within the value of
-keys that won&#8217;t be accessed through those commands. For example, the <span
-class="cmtt-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-114170"></a> key if you don&#8217;t
-use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc</span>. Additionally, they&#8217;ll confuse the entry formatting commands, such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 6024--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6026--><p class="indent" > Note that if the name starts with <a
-href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a
- id="dx1-114171"></a></a>, you must group the character, otherwise it will cause
-a problem for commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a
- id="dx1-114172"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a
- id="dx1-114173"></a>. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-144">
-\newglossaryentry{elite}{name={{\'e}lite},
-description={select&#x00A0;group&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;class}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6033--><p class="nopar" > Note that the same applies if you are using the <span
-class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a
- id="dx1-114174"></a> package: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{elite}{name={{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&eacute;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">}lite},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">description={select</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;group</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;or</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;class}}</span>
-</div>
-</div> (This doesn&#8217;t apply for XeLaTeX&#x00A0;or LuaLaTeX&#x00A0;documents. For further details, see the &#8220;UTF-8&#8221; section in the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a
- id="dx1-114175"></a> user manual.)
-<!--l. 6044--><p class="indent" > Note that in both of the above examples, you will also need to supply the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-114176"></a> key if you are
-using <a
-href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a> whereas <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-114177"></a></a> (<a
-href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>) is usually able to sort <a
-href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a
- id="dx1-114178"></a>s</a> correctly.
-<a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> discards accents from <a
-href="#glo:latexexlatinchar">standard LaTeX&#x00A0;extended Latin character<a
- id="dx1-114179"></a>s</a> unless you use the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-114180"></a>.
-</p>
-<!--l. 6052--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.1 </span> <a
- id="sec:plurals"></a>Plurals</h3>
-<!--l. 6055--><p class="noindent" >You may have noticed from above that you can specify the plural form when you define a term. If you omit this,
-the plural will be obtained by appending
-</p><!--l. 6058--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-115001"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6060--><p class="noindent" >
-to the singular form. This command defaults to the letter &#8220;s&#8221;. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-145">
-\newglossaryentry{cow}{name=cow,description={a&#x00A0;fully&#x00A0;grown
-female&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;any&#x00A0;bovine&#x00A0;animal}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6066--><p class="nopar" > defines a new entry whose singular form is &#8220;cow&#8221; and plural form is &#8220;cows&#8221;. However, if you are writing in
-archaic English, you may want to use &#8220;kine&#8221; as the plural form, in which case you would have to
-do:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-146">
-\newglossaryentry{cow}{name=cow,plural=kine,
-description={a&#x00A0;fully&#x00A0;grown&#x00A0;female&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;any&#x00A0;bovine&#x00A0;animal}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6074--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6076--><p class="indent" > If you are writing in a language that supports multiple plurals (for a given term) then use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-115002"></a> key for
-one of them and one of the user keys to specify the other plural form. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-147">
-\newglossaryentry{cow}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name=cow,%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;fully&#x00A0;grown&#x00A0;female&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;any&#x00A0;bovine&#x00A0;animal
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(plural&#x00A0;cows,&#x00A0;archaic&#x00A0;plural&#x00A0;kine)},%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;user1={kine}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6086--><p class="nopar" > You can then use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl{cow}</span></span></span> to produce &#8220;cows&#8221; and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsuseri{cow}</span></span></span> to produce &#8220;kine&#8221;. You can, of course,
-define an easy to remember synonym. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-148">
-\let\glsaltpl\glsuseri
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6092--><p class="nopar" > Then you don&#8217;t have to remember which key you used to store the second plural. Alternatively, you can define
-your own keys using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span><a
- id="dx1-115003"></a>, described in <a
-href="#sec:addkey">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4.3</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6097--><p class="indent" > If you are using a language that usually forms plurals by appending a different letter, or sequence of letters,
-you can redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>as required. However, this must be done <span
-class="cmti-10">before </span>the entries are defined. For
-languages that don&#8217;t form plurals by simply appending a suffix, all the plural forms must be specified using the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-115004"></a> key (and the <span
-class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-115005"></a> key where necessary).
-</p><!--l. 6105--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 6105--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.2 </span> <a
- id="sec:grammar"></a>Other Grammatical Constructs</h3>
-<!--l. 6108--><p class="noindent" >You can use the six user keys to provide alternatives, such as participles. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-149">
-\let\glsing\glsuseri
-\let\glsd\glsuserii
-\newcommand*{\ingkey}{user1}
-\newcommand*{\edkey}{user2}
-\newcommand*{\newword}[3][]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newglossaryentry{#2}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={#2},%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={#3},%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\edkey={#2ed},%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ingkey={#2ing},#1%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+</pre><p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋 <a id="wrglossary.1121"></a><dfn id="glo:file.example-glossaries-acronym.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-acronym.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ These entries are all <a id="wrglossary.1122"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1123"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1124"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.1125"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.1126"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a>}</span>]{lid}{LID}{lorem ipsum
+dolor}
+</pre> <div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1127"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ If you use the <a id="wrglossary.1128"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> extension package, then <a id="wrglossary.1129"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> is redefined to use <a id="wrglossary.1130"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a> with the <a id="wrglossary.1131"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a> key set to <a id="wrglossary.1132"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a> (rather than the default <a id="wrglossary.1133"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.abbreviation"><span class="catfmt">abbreviation</span></a>). This means that you need to set the <a id="wrglossary.1134"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> style</a> for the <a id="wrglossary.1135"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a> category. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1136"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1137"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[acronym]{<a id="wrglossary.1138"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>}
+</pre> </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋 <a id="wrglossary.1139"></a><dfn id="glo:file.example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This file contains entries that are all <a id="wrglossary.1140"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> that use the <a id="wrglossary.1141"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> key. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1142"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1143"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.1144"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.1145"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a>}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.1146"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={fringilla a, euismod sodales, sollicitudin vel, wisi}</span>]{ndl}{NDL}{nam dui ligula}
+</pre> <div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1147"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ If you use the <a id="wrglossary.1148"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> extension package, then <a id="wrglossary.1149"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> is redefined to use <a id="wrglossary.1150"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a> with the <a id="wrglossary.1151"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a> key set to <a id="wrglossary.1152"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a> (rather than the default <a id="wrglossary.1153"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.abbreviation"><span class="catfmt">abbreviation</span></a>). This means that you need to set the <a id="wrglossary.1154"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> style</a> for the <a id="wrglossary.1155"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a> category. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1156"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1157"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.1158"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>]{<a id="wrglossary.1159"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short-desc</span></a>}
+</pre> </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋 <a id="wrglossary.1160"></a><dfn id="glo:file.example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ These entries are all <a id="wrglossary.1161"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a>, where some of them have a translation supplied in the <a id="wrglossary.1162"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a> key. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1163"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1164"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.1165"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.1166"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a>}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.1167"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a><span class="optfmt">={love itself}</span>]
+ {li}{LI}{lorem ipsum}
+</pre> <div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1168"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ If you use the <a id="wrglossary.1169"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> extension package, then <a id="wrglossary.1170"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> is redefined to use <a id="wrglossary.1171"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a> with the <a id="wrglossary.1172"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a> key set to <a id="wrglossary.1173"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a> (rather than the default <a id="wrglossary.1174"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.abbreviation"><span class="catfmt">abbreviation</span></a>). This means that you need to set the <a id="wrglossary.1175"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> style</a> for the <a id="wrglossary.1176"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a> category. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1177"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1178"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.1179"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>]{<a id="wrglossary.1180"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short-user</span></a>}
+</pre> </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋 <a id="wrglossary.1181"></a><dfn id="glo:file.example-glossaries-parent.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-parent.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ These are hierarchical entries where the child entries use the <a id="wrglossary.1182"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1183"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1184"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{sedmattis}{<a id="wrglossary.1185"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sed mattis}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.1186"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={erat sit amet}</span>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.1187"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{gravida}{<a id="wrglossary.1188"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sedmattis}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.1189"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={gravida}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.1190"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={malesuada}</span>}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋 <a id="wrglossary.1191"></a><dfn id="glo:file.example-glossaries-childnoname.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-childnoname.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ These are hierarchical entries where the child entries don’t use the <a id="wrglossary.1192"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1193"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1194"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{scelerisque}{<a id="wrglossary.1195"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={scelerisque}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.1196"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={at}</span>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.1197"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{vestibulum}{<a id="wrglossary.1198"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a><span class="optfmt">={scelerisque}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.1199"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={eu, nulla}</span>}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋 <a id="wrglossary.1200"></a><dfn id="glo:file.example-glossaries-longchild.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-longchild.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ These entries all have long descriptions and there are some child entries. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1201"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1202"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{longsedmattis}{<a id="wrglossary.1203"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sed mattis}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.1204"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={erat sit amet dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur dictum gravida mauris.}</span>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.1205"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{longgravida}{<a id="wrglossary.1206"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a><span class="optfmt">={longsedmattis}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.1207"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={gravida}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.1208"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={malesuada libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer id, vulputate a, magna. Donec vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas. Mauris ut leo.}</span>}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋 <a id="wrglossary.1209"></a><dfn id="glo:file.example-glossaries-childmultipar.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-childmultipar.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This consists of parent entries with single paragraph descriptions and child entries with multi-paragraph descriptions. Some entries have the <a id="wrglossary.1210"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a> key set to the name of an image file provided by the <a id="wrglossary.1211"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mwe"><span class="styfmt">mwe</span></a> package. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1212"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1213"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{hiersedmattis}{<a id="wrglossary.1214"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sed mattis}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.1215"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a><span class="optfmt">={example-image}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.1216"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Erat sit amet dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur dictum gravida mauris. Ut pellentesque augue sed urna. Vestibulum diam eros, fringilla et, consectetuer eu, nonummy id, sapien. Nullam at lectus. In sagittis ultrices mauris. Curabitur malesuada erat sit amet massa. Fusce blandit. Aliquam erat volutpat.}</span>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.1217"></a><a href="#glo:longnewglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\longnewglossaryentry</code></a>{hierloremi-ii}
+{<a id="wrglossary.1218"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={lorem 1--2}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.1219"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a><span class="optfmt">={hiersedmattis}</span>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+{<span class="comment">% </span>
+Lorem ipsum ...
+
+Nam dui ligula...
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6125--><p class="nopar" > With the above definitions, I can now define terms like this:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-150">
-\newword{play}{to&#x00A0;take&#x00A0;part&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;activities&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;enjoyment}
-\newword[\edkey={ran},\ingkey={running}]{run}{to&#x00A0;move&#x00A0;fast&#x00A0;using
-the&#x00A0;legs}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6131--><p class="nopar" > and use them in the text:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-151">
-Peter&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;\glsing{play}&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;park&#x00A0;today.
-Jane&#x00A0;\glsd{play}&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;park&#x00A0;yesterday.
-Peter&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;Jane&#x00A0;\glsd{run}&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;park&#x00A0;last&#x00A0;week.
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6139--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6141--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, you can define your own keys using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span><a
- id="dx1-116001"></a>, described below in <a
-href="#sec:addkey">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4.3</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:addkey">Additional
-Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6144--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 6144--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.3 </span> <a
- id="sec:addkey"></a>Additional Keys</h3>
-<!--l. 6147--><p class="noindent" >You can now also define your own custom keys using the commands described in this section. There are two
-types of keys: those for use within the document and those to store information used behind the scenes by other
-commands.
-</p><!--l. 6152--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want to add a key that indicates the associated unit for a&#x00A0;term, you might want to
-reference this unit in your document. In this case use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>described in <a
-href="#sec:glsaddkey">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4.3.1</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glsaddkey">Document Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsaddkey --></a>.
-If, on the other hand, you want to add a key to indicate to a glossary style or acronym style that this entry
-should be formatted differently to other entries, then you can use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>described in
-<a
-href="#sec:glsaddstoragekey">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4.3.2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glsaddstoragekey">Storage Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsaddstoragekey --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6160--><p class="indent" > In both cases, a new command &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">no link cs</span>&#x27E9; will be defined that can be used to access the value of this key
-(analogous to commands such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span>). This can be used in an expandable context (provided any
-fragile commands stored in the key have been protected). The new keys must be added using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>or
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>before glossary entries are defined.
-</p><!--l. 6167--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 6167--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.3.1 </span> <a
- id="sec:glsaddkey"></a>Document Keys</h4>
-<!--l. 6170--><p class="noindent" >A custom key that can be used in the document is defined using:
-</p><!--l. 6171--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-118001"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">key</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">default value</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">no link cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">no link ucfirst cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">link cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">link ucfirst</span>
-<span
-class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">link allcaps cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6179--><p class="noindent" >
-where:
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6182--><p class="noindent" >
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmbxti-10">key</span>&#x27E9; </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 6182--><p class="noindent" >is the new key to use in <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-118002"></a> (or similar commands such as
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-118003"></a>);
-
-
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6184--><p class="noindent" >
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmbxti-10">default value</span>&#x27E9; </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 6184--><p class="noindent" >is the default value to use if this key isn&#8217;t used in an entry definition (this may reference the current
- entry label via <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>, but you will have to switch on expansion via the starred version of
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>and protect fragile commands);
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6189--><p class="noindent" >
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmbxti-10">no link cs</span>&#x27E9; </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 6189--><p class="noindent" >is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a
- id="dx1-118004"></a>;
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6191--><p class="noindent" >
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmbxti-10">no link ucfirst cs</span>&#x27E9; </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 6191--><p class="noindent" >is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span><a
- id="dx1-118005"></a>;
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6193--><p class="noindent" >
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmbxti-10">link cs</span>&#x27E9; </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 6193--><p class="noindent" >is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a
- id="dx1-118006"></a>;
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6195--><p class="noindent" >
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmbxti-10">link ucfirst cs</span>&#x27E9; </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 6195--><p class="noindent" >is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glstext</span><a
- id="dx1-118007"></a>;
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6197--><p class="noindent" >
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmbxti-10">link allcaps cs</span>&#x27E9; </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 6197--><p class="noindent" >is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLStext</span><a
- id="dx1-118008"></a>.</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 6200--><p class="noindent" >The starred version of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>switches on expansion for this key. The unstarred version doesn&#8217;t override the
-current expansion setting.
-<a
- id="x1-118009r3"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6204--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 3</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Defining Custom Keys)</span><a
- id="x1-118010"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6205--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to define two new keys, <span
-class="cmtt-10">ed </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">ing</span>, that default to the entry text followed by &#8220;ed&#8221; and
-&#8220;ing&#8221;, respectively. The default value will need expanding in both cases, so I need to use the starred
-form:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-152">
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;Define&#x00A0;"ed"&#x00A0;key:
-&#x00A0;\glsaddkey*
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{ed}%&#x00A0;key
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsentrytext{\glslabel}ed}%&#x00A0;default&#x00A0;value
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsentryed}%&#x00A0;command&#x00A0;analogous&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;\glsentrytext
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\Glsentryed}%&#x00A0;command&#x00A0;analogous&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;\Glsentrytext
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsed}%&#x00A0;command&#x00A0;analogous&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;\glstext
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\Glsed}%&#x00A0;command&#x00A0;analogous&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;\Glstext
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\GLSed}%&#x00A0;command&#x00A0;analogous&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;\GLStext
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;Define&#x00A0;"ing"&#x00A0;key:
-&#x00A0;\glsaddkey*
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{ing}%&#x00A0;key
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsentrytext{\glslabel}ing}%&#x00A0;default&#x00A0;value
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsentrying}%&#x00A0;command&#x00A0;analogous&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;\glsentrytext
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\Glsentrying}%&#x00A0;command&#x00A0;analogous&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;\Glsentrytext
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsing}%&#x00A0;command&#x00A0;analogous&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;\glstext
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\Glsing}%&#x00A0;command&#x00A0;analogous&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;\Glstext
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\GLSing}%&#x00A0;command&#x00A0;analogous&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;\GLStext
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6229--><p class="nopar" > Now I can define some entries:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-153">
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;No&#x00A0;need&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;override&#x00A0;defaults&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;this&#x00A0;entry:
-&#x00A0;\newglossaryentry{jump}{name={jump},description={}}
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;Need&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;override&#x00A0;defaults&#x00A0;on&#x00A0;these&#x00A0;entries:
-&#x00A0;\newglossaryentry{run}{name={run},%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;ed={ran},%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;ing={running},%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={}}
-&#x00A0;\newglossaryentry{waddle}{name={waddle},%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;ed={waddled},%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;ing={waddling},%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6247--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6249--><p class="indent" > These entries can later be used in the document:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-154">
-The&#x00A0;dog&#x00A0;\glsed{jump}&#x00A0;over&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;duck.
-The&#x00A0;duck&#x00A0;was&#x00A0;\glsing{waddle}&#x00A0;round&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;dog.
-The&#x00A0;dog&#x00A0;\glsed{run}&#x00A0;away&#x00A0;from&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;duck.
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6256--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a
-href="#ex:sample-newkeys"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-newkeys.tex</span></a>. </p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 6258--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6258--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 6260--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 6260--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.3.2 </span> <a
- id="sec:glsaddstoragekey"></a>Storage Keys</h4>
-<!--l. 6263--><p class="noindent" >A custom key that can be used for simply storing information is defined using:
-</p><!--l. 6265--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-119001"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">key</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">default value</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">no link cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6267--><p class="noindent" >
-where the arguments are as the first three arguments of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span>, described above in <a
-href="#sec:glsaddkey">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4.3.1</span>
-</a><a
-href="#sec:glsaddkey">Document Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsaddkey --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6271--><p class="indent" > This is essentially the same as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>except that it doesn&#8217;t define the additional commands. You can
-access or update the value of your new field using the commands described in <a
-href="#sec:fetchset">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">15.3</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:fetchset">Fetching and
-Updating the Value of a Field<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fetchset --></a>.
-<a
- id="x1-119002r4"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6276--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 4</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Defining Custom Storage Key (Acronyms and Initialisms))</span><a
- id="x1-119003"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6277--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to define acronyms and other forms of abbreviations, such as initialisms, but I want them all
-in the same glossary and I want the acronyms on first use to be displayed with the short form followed by the
-long form in parentheses, but the opposite way round for other forms of abbreviations. (The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>
-package provides a simpler way of achieving this.)
-</p><!--l. 6284--><p class="indent" > Here I can define a new key that determines whether the term is actually an acronym rather
-than some other form of abbreviation. I&#8217;m going to call this key <span
-class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>(since <span
-class="cmtt-10">type </span>already
-exists):
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-155">
-\glsaddstoragekey
-&#x00A0;{abbrtype}%&#x00A0;key/field&#x00A0;name
-&#x00A0;{word}%&#x00A0;default&#x00A0;value&#x00A0;if&#x00A0;not&#x00A0;explicitly&#x00A0;set
-&#x00A0;{\abbrtype}%&#x00A0;custom&#x00A0;command&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;access&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;value&#x00A0;if&#x00A0;required
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6293--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6295--><p class="indent" > Now I can define a style that looks up the value of this new key to determine how to display the full
-form:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-156">
-\newacronymstyle
-&#x00A0;{mystyle}%&#x00A0;style&#x00A0;name
-&#x00A0;{%&#x00A0;Use&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;generic&#x00A0;display
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}%
-&#x00A0;}
-&#x00A0;{%&#x00A0;Put&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;long&#x00A0;form&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;description
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={\the\glslongtok}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;For&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;full&#x00A0;format,&#x00A0;test&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;value&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;"abbrtype"&#x00A0;key.
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;If&#x00A0;it's&#x00A0;set&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;"word"&#x00A0;put&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;short&#x00A0;form&#x00A0;first&#x00A0;with
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;long&#x00A0;form&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;brackets.
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsfieldeq{##1}{abbrtype}{word}
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;proper&#x00A0;acronym
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}##2\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\glsentrylong{##1})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;another&#x00A0;form&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;abbreviation
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsentrylong{##1}##2\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;first&#x00A0;letter&#x00A0;upper&#x00A0;case&#x00A0;version:
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\Genacrfullformat}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsfieldeq{##1}{abbrtype}{word}
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;proper&#x00A0;acronym
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\protect\firstacronymfont{\Glsentryshort{##1}}##2\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\glsentrylong{##1})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;another&#x00A0;form&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;abbreviation
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\Glsentrylong{##1}##2\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;plural
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsfieldeq{##1}{abbrtype}{word}
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;proper&#x00A0;acronym
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}}##2\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\glsentrylong{##1})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;another&#x00A0;form&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;abbreviation
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsentrylongpl{##1}##2\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-
-
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;plural&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;first&#x00A0;letter&#x00A0;upper&#x00A0;case
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\Genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsfieldeq{##1}{abbrtype}{word}
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;proper&#x00A0;acronym
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\protect\firstacronymfont{\Glsentryshortpl{##1}}##2\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\glsentrylong{##1})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;another&#x00A0;form&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;abbreviation
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\Glsentrylongpl{##1}##2\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;Just&#x00A0;use&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;short&#x00A0;form&#x00A0;as&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;name&#x00A0;part&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;glossary:
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;Sort&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;short&#x00A0;form:
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##1}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;Just&#x00A0;use&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;surrounding&#x00A0;font&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;short&#x00A0;form:
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{##1}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;Same&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;first&#x00A0;use:
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\firstacronymfont}[1]{\acronymfont{##1}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;Default&#x00A0;plural&#x00A0;suffix&#x00A0;if&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;plural&#x00A0;isn't&#x00A0;explicitly&#x00A0;set
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
-&#x00A0;}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6368--><p class="nopar" > Remember that the new style needs to be set before defining any terms:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-157">
-\setacronymstyle{mystyle}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6373--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6375--><p class="indent" > Since it&#8217;s a bit confusing to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-119004"></a> for something that&#8217;s not technically an acronym, let&#8217;s define a
-new command for initialisms:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-158">
-\newcommand*{\newinitialism}[4][]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newacronym[abbrtype=initialism,#1]{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+</pre><p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋 <a id="wrglossary.1220"></a><dfn id="glo:file.example-glossaries-cite.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-cite.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ These entries use the <a id="wrglossary.1221"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a> key to store a citation key (or comma-separated list of citation keys). The citations are defined in <span class="filefmt">xampl.bib</span>, which should be available on all modern TeX distributions. One entry doesn’t have an associated citation to help test for a missing key. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1222"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1223"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{fusce}{<a id="wrglossary.1224"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={fusce}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.1225"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={suscipit cursus sem}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.1226"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a><span class="optfmt">={article-minimal}</span>}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋 <a id="wrglossary.1227"></a><dfn id="glo:file.example-glossaries-url.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-url.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ These entries use the <a id="wrglossary.1228"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a> key to store an <a id="wrglossary.1229"></a><a href="#glo:URL">URL</a> associated with the entry. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1230"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1231"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{aenean-url}{<a id="wrglossary.1232"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={aenean}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.1233"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={adipiscing auctor est}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.1234"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a><span class="optfmt">={http://uk.tug.org/}</span>}
+</pre><p>
+The sample file <a href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples//glossary-lipsum-examples.tex"><span class="filefmt">glossary-lipsum-examples.tex</span></a> in the <span class="filefmt">doc/latex/glossaries/samples</span> directory uses all these files. See also <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> gallery</a>.<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.1235"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+The <a id="wrglossary.1236"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides the additional test file: <div class="filedef">🗋 <a id="wrglossary.1237"></a><dfn id="glo:file.example-glossaries-xr.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-xr.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ These entries use the <a id="wrglossary.1238"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key provided by the base <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package and also the <a id="wrglossary.1239"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.alias"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">alias</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.1240"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.seealso"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">seealso</span></a> keys that require <a id="wrglossary.1241"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1242"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1243"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{alias-lorem}{<a id="wrglossary.1244"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={alias-lorem}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.1245"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={ipsum}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.1246"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.alias"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">alias</span></a><span class="optfmt">={lorem}</span>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.1247"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{amet}{<a id="wrglossary.1248"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={amet}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.1249"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={consectetuer}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.1250"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a><span class="optfmt">={dolor}</span>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.1251"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{arcu}<a id="wrglossary.1252"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={arcu}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.1253"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={libero}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.1254"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.seealso"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">seealso</span></a><span class="optfmt">={placerat,vitae,curabitur}</span>
+</pre> <p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:lipsum -->
+
+<section id="sec:languages"><!-- start of section sec:languages --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->1.5. Multi-Lingual Support<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:languages">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.1255"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+The <a id="wrglossary.1256"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package uses the <a id="wrglossary.1257"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.tracklang"><span class="styfmt">tracklang</span></a> package to determine the document languages. Unfortunately, because there isn’t a standard language identification framework provided with LaTeX, <a id="wrglossary.1258"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.tracklang"><span class="styfmt">tracklang</span></a> isn’t always able to detect the selected languages either as a result of using an unknown interface or where the interface doesn’t provide a way of detecting the language. In particular, <a id="wrglossary.1259"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.tracklang"><span class="styfmt">tracklang</span></a> can’t pick up languages specified using <a id="wrglossary.1260"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span>’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.1261"></a><a href="#glo:babelprovide"><code class="csfmt">\babelprovide</code></a>. In the event that <a id="wrglossary.1262"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.tracklang"><span class="styfmt">tracklang</span></a> can’t detect the language, use the <a id="wrglossary.1263"></a><a href="#glo:opt.languages"><span class="styoptfmt">languages</span></a> package option. See §<a href="#sec:pkgintegration">1.2</a> and also <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/tracklang/">Localisation with <span class="filefmt">tracklang.tex</span></a> for further details. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+As from version 1.17, the <a id="wrglossary.1264"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package can be used with <a id="wrglossary.1265"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> as well as <a id="wrglossary.1266"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>. If you are writing in a language that uses an <a id="wrglossary.1267"></a><a href="#glo:dual.exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabet</a> or <a id="wrglossary.1268"></a><a href="#glo:dual.nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabet</a> it’s best to use <a id="wrglossary.1269"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3</a> (<a id="wrglossary.1270"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>) or <a id="wrglossary.1271"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a> (<a id="wrglossary.1272"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>) as <a id="wrglossary.1273"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> (<a id="wrglossary.1274"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">Option 2</a>) is hard-coded for the non-extended <a id="wrglossary.1275"></a><a href="#glo:dual.latinalph">Latin alphabet</a> and <a id="wrglossary.1276"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a> can only perform limited ASCII comparisons.<p>
+This means that with Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a> you are not restricted to the A, …, Z letter groups. If you want to use <a id="wrglossary.1277"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>, remember to use the <a id="wrglossary.1278"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a> package option. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1279"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>[french]{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[utf8]{inputenc}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[T1]{fontenc}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{babel}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.1280"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a>]{glossaries}
+</pre> If you are using a non-Latin script, you may need the <a id="wrglossary.1281"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindynoglsnumbers"><span class="styoptfmt">xindynoglsnumbers</span></a><span class="optfmt">=o</span>ption or use <a id="wrglossary.1282"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits</code></a> to indicate the first <a id="wrglossary.1283"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a> that should follow the number <a id="wrglossary.1284"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a>.<p>
+If you want to use <a id="wrglossary.1285"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, you need to use the <a id="wrglossary.1286"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a> option with <a id="wrglossary.1287"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> and supply the definitions in <a id="wrglossary.1288"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> files. (See the <a id="wrglossary.1289"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> user manual for further details.)<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.1290"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Note that although a <a id="wrglossary.1291"></a><a href="#glo:dual.nonlatinchar">non-Latin character</a>, such as é, looks like a plain character in your <a id="wrglossary.1292"></a><a href="#glo:ext.tex"><span class="extfmt">tex</span></a> file, with standard LaTeX it’s actually a macro and can therefore cause problems. (This issue doesn’t occur with XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX which both natively support <a id="wrglossary.1293"></a><a href="#glo:dual.utf8">UTF-8</a>.) Recent versions of the LaTeX kernel have made significant improvements in handling <a id="wrglossary.1294"></a><a href="#glo:dual.utf8">UTF-8</a>. To ensure you have the best <a id="wrglossary.1295"></a><a href="#glo:dual.utf8">UTF-8</a> support, use at least <a id="wrglossary.1296"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.08+ with <a id="wrglossary.1297"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+ (and, if required, <a id="wrglossary.1298"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.49+). </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+With old versions of <a id="wrglossary.1299"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> (pre v2.08), if you use a <a id="wrglossary.1300"></a><a href="#glo:dual.utf8">UTF-8</a> character at the start of an <a id="wrglossary.1301"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> name, you must place it in a group, or it will cause a problem for <a id="wrglossary.1302"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> commands (e.g. <a id="wrglossary.1303"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a>). For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1304"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.1305"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.07:</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.1306"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{elite}{<a id="wrglossary.1307"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={{é}lite}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.1308"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={select group or class}</span>}
+</pre> This isn’t necessary with <a id="wrglossary.1309"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+ and <a id="wrglossary.1310"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.08+. <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1311"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.1312"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.08:</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.1313"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{elite}{<a id="wrglossary.1314"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={élite}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.1315"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={select group or class}</span>}
+</pre><p>
+If you are using <a id="wrglossary.1316"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.1317"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, the application needs to know the <a id="wrglossary.1318"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a> of the <a id="wrglossary.1319"></a><a href="#glo:ext.tex"><span class="extfmt">tex</span></a> file. This information is added to the <a id="wrglossary.1320"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file and can be picked up by <a id="wrglossary.1321"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.1322"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. If you use <a id="wrglossary.1323"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> explicitly instead of via <a id="wrglossary.1324"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>, you may need to specify the <a id="wrglossary.1325"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a> using the <a id="wrglossary.1326"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.C"><span class="shortargfmt">-C</span></a> option. Read the <a id="wrglossary.1327"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> manual for further details of this option.<p>
+If you have the double-quote character (<a id="wrglossary.1328"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.dblquote"><code class="code">"</code></a>) as an active character (for example, a <a id="wrglossary.1329"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a> shorthand) and you want to use <a id="wrglossary.1330"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span>’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.1331"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkidx.g"><span class="shortargfmt">-g</span></a> option, you’ll need to change <a id="wrglossary.1332"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span>’s</a> quote character using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1333"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1334"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GlsSetQuote"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetQuote</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">character</em>〉</span>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Note that <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">character</em>〉</span> may not be one of <a id="wrglossary.1335"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.questionmark"><code class="code">?</code> (question mark)</a>, <a id="wrglossary.1336"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.pipe"><code class="code">|</code> (pipe)</a> or <a id="wrglossary.1337"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.exclammark"><code class="code">!</code> (exclamation mark)</a>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1338"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1339"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetQuote"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetQuote</code></a>{+}
+</pre> This must be done before <a id="wrglossary.1340"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> and any entry definitions. It’s only applicable for <a id="wrglossary.1341"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>. This option in conjunction with <span class="optfmt">ngerman</span> will also cause <a id="wrglossary.1342"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> to use the <a id="wrglossary.1343"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkidx.g"><span class="shortargfmt">-g</span></a> switch when invoking <a id="wrglossary.1344"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.1345"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Be careful of <a id="wrglossary.1346"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span>’s</a> shorthands. These aren’t switched on until the start of the document, so any entries defined in the <a id="wrglossary.1347"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a> won’t be able to use those shorthands. However, if you define the entries in the document and any of those shorthands happen to be special characters for <a id="wrglossary.1348"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.1349"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> (such as the double-quote) then this will interfere with code that tries to escape any of those characters that occur in the <a id="wrglossary.1350"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+In general, it’s best not to use <a id="wrglossary.1351"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a>’s shorthands in entry definitions. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1352"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[ngerman]{babel}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.1353"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetQuote"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetQuote</code></a>{+}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.1354"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>
+
+<a id="wrglossary.1355"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{rna}{name=ribonukleinsäure,
+ <a id="wrglossary.1356"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={ribonukleins"aure}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.1357"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={eine Nukleinsäure}</span>}
+
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.1358"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{rna}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.1359"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a>
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:languages -->
+
+<section id="sec:fixednames"><!-- start of section sec:fixednames --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->1.5.1. Changing the Fixed Names<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:fixednames">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+The fixed names are produced using the commands listed in Table <a href="#tab:predefinednames">1.2</a>. If you aren’t using a language package such as <a id="wrglossary.1360"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.1361"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.polyglossia"><span class="styfmt">polyglossia</span></a> that uses caption hooks, you can just redefine these commands as appropriate. If you are using <a id="wrglossary.1362"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.1363"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.polyglossia"><span class="styfmt">polyglossia</span></a>, you need to use their caption hooks to change the defaults. See <a href="https://texfaq.org/FAQ-latexwords">changing the words babel uses</a> or read the <a id="wrglossary.1364"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.1365"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.polyglossia"><span class="styfmt">polyglossia</span></a> documentation. If you have loaded <a id="wrglossary.1366"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a>, then <a id="wrglossary.1367"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> will attempt to load <a id="wrglossary.1368"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span></a>, unless you have used the <a id="wrglossary.1369"></a><a href="#glo:opt.notranslate"><span class="styoptfmt">notranslate</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.1370"></a><a href="#glo:opt.translate"><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> or <a id="wrglossary.1371"></a><a href="#glo:opt.translate"><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span></a><span class="optfmt">=babel</span> package options. If the <a id="wrglossary.1372"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span></a> package is loaded, the translations are provided by dictionary files (for example, <span class="filefmt">glossaries-dictionary-English.dict</span>). See the <a id="wrglossary.1373"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span></a> package for advice on changing translations provided by <a id="wrglossary.1374"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span></a> dictionaries. If you can’t work out how to modify these dictionary definitions, try switching to <a id="wrglossary.1375"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a>’s interface using <a id="wrglossary.1376"></a><a href="#glo:opt.translate"><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span></a><span class="optfmt">=babel</span>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1377"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>[english,french]{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{babel}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.1378"></a><a href="#glo:opt.translate"><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span></a><span class="optfmt">=babel</span>]{glossaries}
+</pre> and then use <a id="wrglossary.1379"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a>’s caption hook mechanism. Note that if you pass the language options directly to <a id="wrglossary.1380"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a> rather that using the document class options or otherwise passing the same options to <a id="wrglossary.1381"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span></a>, then <a id="wrglossary.1382"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span></a> won’t pick up the language and no dictionaries will be loaded and <a id="wrglossary.1383"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a>’s caption hooks will be used instead.<p>
+<div class="table"> <div id="tab:predefinednames" class="caption">Table&nbsp;2: Customised Text</div> <table class="tabular-c">
+<tr style=""><th class="cell-noborder-rightsep-l">Command Name </th>
+<td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 3000.000244%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; "> <span style="font-weight: bold; ">Translator Key Word </span></td>
+<td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 4000.000000%; padding-right: 0px; text-align: left; "> <span style="font-weight: bold; ">Purpose</span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-l"><dfn id="glo:glossaryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryname</code></dfn> </td>
+<td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 3000.000244%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; "> <code class="code">Glossary</code> </td>
+<td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 4000.000000%; padding-right: 0px; text-align: left; "> Title of the main glossary.</td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-l"><dfn id="glo:acronymname"><code class="csfmt">\acronymname</code></dfn> </td>
+<td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 3000.000244%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; "> <code class="code">Acronyms</code> </td>
+<td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 4000.000000%; padding-right: 0px; text-align: left; "> Title of the list of acronyms (when used with package option <a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a>).</td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-l"><dfn id="glo:entryname"><code class="csfmt">\entryname</code></dfn> </td>
+<td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 3000.000244%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; "> <code class="code">Notation (glossaries)</code> </td>
+<td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 4000.000000%; padding-right: 0px; text-align: left; "> Header for first column in the glossary (for 2, 3 or 4 column glossaries that support headers).</td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-l"><dfn id="glo:descriptionname"><code class="csfmt">\descriptionname</code></dfn> </td>
+<td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 3000.000244%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; "> <code class="code">Description (glossaries)</code> </td>
+<td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 4000.000000%; padding-right: 0px; text-align: left; "> Header for second column in the glossary (for 2, 3 or 4 column glossaries that support headers).</td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-l"><dfn id="glo:symbolname"><code class="csfmt">\symbolname</code></dfn> </td>
+<td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 3000.000244%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; "> <code class="code">Symbol (glossaries)</code> </td>
+<td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 4000.000000%; padding-right: 0px; text-align: left; "> Header for symbol column in the glossary for glossary styles that support this option.</td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-l"><dfn id="glo:pagelistname"><code class="csfmt">\pagelistname</code></dfn> </td>
+<td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 3000.000244%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; "> <code class="code">Page List (glossaries)</code> </td>
+<td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 4000.000000%; padding-right: 0px; text-align: left; "> Header for the <a href="#glo:idx.pagelist">page list</a> column in the glossary for glossaries that support this option.</td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-l"><dfn id="glo:glssymbolsgroupname"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbolsgroupname</code></dfn> </td>
+<td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 3000.000244%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; "> <code class="code">Symbols (glossaries)</code> </td>
+<td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 4000.000000%; padding-right: 0px; text-align: left; "> Header for symbols section of the glossary for glossary styles that support this option.</td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-l"><dfn id="glo:glsnumbersgroupname"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumbersgroupname</code></dfn> </td>
+<td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 3000.000244%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; "> <code class="code">Numbers (glossaries)</code> </td>
+<td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 4000.000000%; padding-right: 0px; text-align: left; "> Header for numbers section of the glossary for glossary styles that support this option. </td>
+</tr></table>
+ </div><p>
+As from version 4.12, multilingual support is provided by separate language modules that need to be installed in addition to installing the <a id="wrglossary.1384"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package. You only need to install the modules for the languages that you require. If the language module has an unmaintained status, you can volunteer to take over the maintenance by contacting me at <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/contact.html">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/contact.html</a>. The <a id="wrglossary.1385"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span></a> dictionary files for <a id="wrglossary.1386"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> are now provided by the appropriate language module. For further details about information specific to a given language, please see the documentation for that language module.<p>
+Examples of use:
+<ul class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>Using <a id="wrglossary.1387"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.1388"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1389"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>[english,french]{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{babel}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+</pre> (<a id="wrglossary.1390"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span></a> is automatically loaded).<p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>Using <a id="wrglossary.1391"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1392"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>[english,french]{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{babel}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.1393"></a><a href="#glo:opt.translate"><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span></a><span class="optfmt">=babel</span>]{glossaries}
+</pre> (<a id="wrglossary.1394"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span></a> isn’t loaded). The <a id="wrglossary.1395"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has <a id="wrglossary.1396"></a><a href="#glo:opt.translate"><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span></a><span class="optfmt">=babel</span> as the default if <a id="wrglossary.1397"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a> has been loaded.<p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>Using <a id="wrglossary.1398"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.polyglossia"><span class="styfmt">polyglossia</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1399"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{polyglossia}
+<code class="cmd">\setmainlanguage</code>{english}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+</pre><p>
+
+</ul>
+<p>
+Due to the varied nature of <a id="wrglossary.1400"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>, it’s likely that the predefined translations may not be appropriate. If you are using the <a id="wrglossary.1401"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a> package and the <a id="wrglossary.1402"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package option <a id="wrglossary.1403"></a><a href="#glo:opt.translate"><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span></a><span class="optfmt">=babel</span>, you need to be familiar with the advice given in <a href="https://texfaq.org/FAQ-latexwords">changing the words babel uses</a>. If you are using the <a id="wrglossary.1404"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span></a> package, then you can provide your own dictionary with the necessary modifications (using <code class="csfmt">\deftranslation</code>) and load it using <code class="csfmt">\usedictionary</code>. If you simply want to change the title of a <a id="wrglossary.1405"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, you can use the <a id="wrglossary.1406"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.title"><span class="csoptfmt">title</span></a> key in commands like <a id="wrglossary.1407"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a> (but not the iterative commands like <a id="wrglossary.1408"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a>).<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.1409"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Note that the <a id="wrglossary.1410"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span></a> dictionaries are loaded at the beginning of the document, so it won’t have any effect if you put <code class="csfmt">\deftranslation</code> in the <a id="wrglossary.1411"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a>. It should be put in your personal dictionary instead (as in the example below). See the <a id="wrglossary.1412"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span></a> documentation for further details. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+Your custom dictionary doesn’t have to be just a translation from English to another language. You may prefer to have a dictionary for a particular type of document. For example, suppose your institution’s in-house reports have to have the glossary labelled as <span class="qt">“Nomenclature”</span> and the <a id="wrglossary.1413"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a> should be labelled <span class="qt">“Location”</span>, then you can create a file called, say, <span class="filefmt">myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict</span> that contains the following: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1414"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\ProvidesDictionary</code>{myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary}{English}
+<code class="cmd">\deftranslation</code>{Glossary}{Nomenclature}
+<code class="cmd">\deftranslation</code>{Page List (glossaries)}{Location}
+</pre> You can now load it using: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1415"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usedictionary</code>{myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary}
+</pre> (Make sure that <span class="filefmt">myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict</span> can be found by TeX.) If you want to share your custom dictionary, you can upload it to <a href="http://www.ctan.org/">CTAN</a>.<p>
+If you are using <a id="wrglossary.1416"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a> and don’t want to use the <a id="wrglossary.1417"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span></a> interface, you can use the package option <a id="wrglossary.1418"></a><a href="#glo:opt.translate"><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span></a><span class="optfmt">=babel</span>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1419"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>[british]{article}
+
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{babel}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.1420"></a><a href="#glo:opt.translate"><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span></a><span class="optfmt">=babel</span>]{glossaries}
+
+<code class="cmd">\addto</code><a id="wrglossary.1421"></a><a href="#glo:captionslanguage"><code class="csfmt">\captionsbritish</code></a>{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1422"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryname</code></a>}{List of Terms}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1423"></a><a href="#glo:acronymname"><code class="csfmt">\acronymname</code></a>}{List of Acronyms}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre><p>
+Note that <a id="wrglossary.1424"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.1425"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> provide much better multi-lingual support than <a id="wrglossary.1426"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>, so I recommend that you use Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> if you have <a id="wrglossary.1427"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> entries that contain <a id="wrglossary.1428"></a><a href="#glo:dual.nonlatinchar">non-Latin characters</a>. See §<a href="#sec:xindy">14</a> for further details on <a id="wrglossary.1429"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>, and see the <a id="wrglossary.1430"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> user manual for further details of that application.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:fixednames -->
+
+<section id="sec:newlang"><!-- start of section sec:newlang --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->1.5.2. Creating a New Language Module<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:newlang">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.1431"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package now uses the <a id="wrglossary.1432"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.tracklang"><span class="styfmt">tracklang</span></a> package to determine which language modules need to be loaded. If you want to create a new language module, you should first read the <a id="wrglossary.1433"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.tracklang"><span class="styfmt">tracklang</span></a> documentation.<p>
+To create a new language module, you need to at least create two files called: <a id="wrglossary.1434"></a><a href="#glo:file.glossaries-lang.ldf"><span class="filefmt">glossaries-</span><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">lang</em>〉</span><span class="filefmt">.ldf</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.1435"></a><a href="#glo:file.glossaries-dictionary-Lang.dict"><span class="filefmt">glossaries-dictionary-</span><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">Lang</em>〉</span><span class="filefmt">.dict</span></a> where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">lang</em>〉</span> is the root language name (for example, <code class="code">english</code>) and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">Lang</em>〉</span> is the language name used by <a id="wrglossary.1436"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span></a> (for example, <code class="code">English</code>).<p>
+Here’s an example of <a id="wrglossary.1437"></a><a href="#glo:file.glossaries-dictionary-English.dict"><span class="filefmt">glossaries-dictionary-English.dict</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1438"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\ProvidesDictionary</code>{glossaries-dictionary}{English}
+
+<code class="cmd">\providetranslation</code>{Glossary}{Glossary}
+<code class="cmd">\providetranslation</code>{Acronyms}{Acronyms}
+<code class="cmd">\providetranslation</code>{Notation (glossaries)}{Notation}
+<code class="cmd">\providetranslation</code>{Description (glossaries)}{Description}
+<code class="cmd">\providetranslation</code>{Symbol (glossaries)}{Symbol}
+<code class="cmd">\providetranslation</code>{Page List (glossaries)}{Page List}
+<code class="cmd">\providetranslation</code>{Symbols (glossaries)}{Symbols}
+<code class="cmd">\providetranslation</code>{Numbers (glossaries)}{Numbers}
+</pre> You can use this as a template for your dictionary file. Change <code class="code">English</code> to the <a id="wrglossary.1439"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span></a> name for your language (so that it matches the file name <a id="wrglossary.1440"></a><a href="#glo:file.glossaries-dictionary-Lang.dict"><span class="filefmt">glossaries-dictionary-</span><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">Lang</em>〉</span><span class="filefmt">.dict</span></a>) and, for each <code class="csfmt">\providetranslation</code>, change the second argument to the appropriate translation.<p>
+Here’s an example of <a id="wrglossary.1441"></a><a href="#glo:file.glossaries-english.ldf"><span class="filefmt">glossaries-english.ldf</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1442"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1443"></a><a href="#glo:ProvidesGlossariesLang"><code class="csfmt">\ProvidesGlossariesLang</code></a>{english}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.1444"></a><a href="#glo:glsifusedtranslatordict"><code class="csfmt">\glsifusedtranslatordict</code></a>{English}
+{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.1445"></a><a href="#glo:addglossarytocaptions"><code class="csfmt">\addglossarytocaptions</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.1446"></a><a href="#glo:CurrentTrackedLanguage"><code class="csfmt">\CurrentTrackedLanguage</code></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.1447"></a><a href="#glo:addglossarytocaptions"><code class="csfmt">\addglossarytocaptions</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.1448"></a><a href="#glo:CurrentTrackedDialect"><code class="csfmt">\CurrentTrackedDialect</code></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\@ifpackageloaded</code>{polyglossia}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\glossariescaptionsenglish</code>}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1449"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryname</code></a>}{<code class="cmd">\textenglish</code>{Glossary}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1450"></a><a href="#glo:acronymname"><code class="csfmt">\acronymname</code></a>}{<code class="cmd">\textenglish</code>{Acronyms}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1451"></a><a href="#glo:entryname"><code class="csfmt">\entryname</code></a>}{<code class="cmd">\textenglish</code>{Notation}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1452"></a><a href="#glo:descriptionname"><code class="csfmt">\descriptionname</code></a>}{<code class="cmd">\textenglish</code>{Description}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1453"></a><a href="#glo:symbolname"><code class="csfmt">\symbolname</code></a>}{<code class="cmd">\textenglish</code>{Symbol}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1454"></a><a href="#glo:pagelistname"><code class="csfmt">\pagelistname</code></a>}{<code class="cmd">\textenglish</code>{Page List}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1455"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbolsgroupname"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbolsgroupname</code></a>}{<code class="cmd">\textenglish</code>{Symbols}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1456"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumbersgroupname"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumbersgroupname</code></a>}{<code class="cmd">\textenglish</code>{Numbers}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\glossariescaptionsenglish</code>}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1457"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryname</code></a>}{Glossary}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1458"></a><a href="#glo:acronymname"><code class="csfmt">\acronymname</code></a>}{Acronyms}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1459"></a><a href="#glo:entryname"><code class="csfmt">\entryname</code></a>}{Notation}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1460"></a><a href="#glo:descriptionname"><code class="csfmt">\descriptionname</code></a>}{Description}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1461"></a><a href="#glo:symbolname"><code class="csfmt">\symbolname</code></a>}{Symbol}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1462"></a><a href="#glo:pagelistname"><code class="csfmt">\pagelistname</code></a>}{Page List}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1463"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbolsgroupname"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbolsgroupname</code></a>}{Symbols}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1464"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumbersgroupname"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumbersgroupname</code></a>}{Numbers}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\ifcsdef</code>{captions<a id="wrglossary.1465"></a><a href="#glo:CurrentTrackedDialect"><code class="csfmt">\CurrentTrackedDialect</code></a>}
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\csappto</code>{captions<a id="wrglossary.1466"></a><a href="#glo:CurrentTrackedDialect"><code class="csfmt">\CurrentTrackedDialect</code></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\glossariescaptionsenglish</code>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\ifcsdef</code>{captions<a id="wrglossary.1467"></a><a href="#glo:CurrentTrackedLanguage"><code class="csfmt">\CurrentTrackedLanguage</code></a>}
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\csappto</code>{captions<a id="wrglossary.1468"></a><a href="#glo:CurrentTrackedLanguage"><code class="csfmt">\CurrentTrackedLanguage</code></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\glossariescaptionsenglish</code>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\glossariescaptionsenglish</code>
+}
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1469"></a><a href="#glo:glspluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glspluralsuffix</code></a>}{s}
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1470"></a><a href="#glo:glsacrpluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glsacrpluralsuffix</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.1471"></a><a href="#glo:glspluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glspluralsuffix</code></a>}
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1472"></a><a href="#glo:glsupacrpluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glsupacrpluralsuffix</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.1473"></a><a href="#glo:glstextup"><code class="csfmt">\glstextup</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.1474"></a><a href="#glo:glspluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glspluralsuffix</code></a>}}
+</pre> This is a somewhat longer file, but again you can use it as a template. Replace <code class="code">English</code> with the <a id="wrglossary.1475"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span></a> language label <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">Lang</em>〉</span> used for the dictionary file and replace <code class="code">english</code> with the root language name <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">lang</em>〉</span>. Within the definition of <code class="csfmt">\glossariescaptions</code><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">lang</em>〉</span>, replace the English text (such as <span class="qt">“Glossaries”</span>) with the appropriate translation.<p>
+<a id="pluralsuffix"></a>The suffixes used to generate the plural forms when the plural hasn’t been specified are given by <a id="wrglossary.1476"></a><a href="#glo:glspluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glspluralsuffix</code></a> (for general entries). For <a id="wrglossary.1477"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> defined with the base <a id="wrglossary.1478"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.1479"></a><a href="#glo:glsupacrpluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glsupacrpluralsuffix</code></a> is used for the <a id="wrglossary.1480"></a><a href="#glo:dual.smallcaps">small caps</a> <a id="wrglossary.1481"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym styles</a> where the suffix needs to be set using <a id="wrglossary.1482"></a><a href="#glo:glstextup"><code class="csfmt">\glstextup</code></a> to counteract the effects of <a id="wrglossary.1483"></a><a href="#glo:textsc"><code class="csfmt">\textsc</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.1484"></a><a href="#glo:glsacrpluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glsacrpluralsuffix</code></a> for other <a id="wrglossary.1485"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym styles</a>. There’s no guarantee when these commands will be expanded. They may be expanded on definition or they may be expanded on use, depending on the <a id="wrglossary.1486"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> configuration.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.1487"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Therefore these plural suffix command definitions aren’t included in the <a id="wrglossary.1488"></a><a href="#glo:captionslanguage"><code class="csfmt">\captions<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">language</em>〉</span></code></a> hook as that’s typically not switched used until the start of the document. <strong class="strong">This means that the suffix in effect will be for the last loaded language that redefined these commands.</strong> It’s best to initialise these commands to the most common suffix required in your document and use the <a id="wrglossary.1489"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.1490"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.1491"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></a> etc keys to override exceptions. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+If you want to add a regional variation, create a file called <a id="wrglossary.1492"></a><a href="#glo:file.glossaries-iso-lang-iso-region.ldf"><span class="filefmt">glossaries-</span><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">iso-lang</em>〉</span><span class="filefmt">-</span><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">iso-region</em>〉</span><span class="filefmt">.ldf</span></a>, where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">iso-lang</em>〉</span> is the ISO language code and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">iso-region</em>〉</span> is the ISO country code. For example, <span class="filefmt">glossaries-en-GB.ldf</span>. This file can load the root language file and make the appropriate changes, for example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1493"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1494"></a><a href="#glo:ProvidesGlossariesLang"><code class="csfmt">\ProvidesGlossariesLang</code></a>{en-GB}
+ <a id="wrglossary.1495"></a><a href="#glo:RequireGlossariesLang"><code class="csfmt">\RequireGlossariesLang</code></a>{english}
+ <a id="wrglossary.1496"></a><a href="#glo:glsifusedtranslatordict"><code class="csfmt">\glsifusedtranslatordict</code></a>{British}
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.1497"></a><a href="#glo:addglossarytocaptions"><code class="csfmt">\addglossarytocaptions</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.1498"></a><a href="#glo:CurrentTrackedLanguage"><code class="csfmt">\CurrentTrackedLanguage</code></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.1499"></a><a href="#glo:addglossarytocaptions"><code class="csfmt">\addglossarytocaptions</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.1500"></a><a href="#glo:CurrentTrackedDialect"><code class="csfmt">\CurrentTrackedDialect</code></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\@ifpackageloaded</code>{polyglossia}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% Modify <code class="cmd">\glossariescaptionsenglish</code> as appropriate for</span>
+ <span class="comment">% polyglossia</span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% Modify <code class="cmd">\glossariescaptionsenglish</code> as appropriate for</span>
+ <span class="comment">% non-polyglossia</span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }
+</pre><p>
+If the translations includes <a id="wrglossary.1501"></a><a href="#glo:dual.nonlatinchar">non-Latin characters</a>, it’s a good idea to provide code that’s independent of the input <a id="wrglossary.1502"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a>. Remember that while some users may use <a id="wrglossary.1503"></a><a href="#glo:dual.utf8">UTF-8</a> (and it’s now the default <a id="wrglossary.1504"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a> with modern LaTeX kernels), others may use Latin-1 or any other supported <a id="wrglossary.1505"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a>, but while users won’t appreciate you enforcing your preference on them, it’s useful to provide a <a id="wrglossary.1506"></a><a href="#glo:dual.utf8">UTF-8</a> version.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.1507"></a><a href="#glo:file.glossaries-irish.ldf"><span class="filefmt">glossaries-irish.ldf</span></a> file provides this as follows: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1508"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1509"></a><a href="#glo:ProvidesGlossariesLang"><code class="csfmt">\ProvidesGlossariesLang</code></a>{irish}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.1510"></a><a href="#glo:glsifusedtranslatordict"><code class="csfmt">\glsifusedtranslatordict</code></a>{Irish}
+{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.1511"></a><a href="#glo:addglossarytocaptions"><code class="csfmt">\addglossarytocaptions</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.1512"></a><a href="#glo:CurrentTrackedLanguage"><code class="csfmt">\CurrentTrackedLanguage</code></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.1513"></a><a href="#glo:addglossarytocaptions"><code class="csfmt">\addglossarytocaptions</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.1514"></a><a href="#glo:CurrentTrackedDialect"><code class="csfmt">\CurrentTrackedDialect</code></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\ifdefstring</code>{<a id="wrglossary.1515"></a><a href="#glo:inputencodingname"><code class="csfmt">\inputencodingname</code></a>}{utf8}
+ {<code class="cmd">\input</code>{glossaries-irish-utf8.ldf}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\ifdef</code><code class="cmd">\XeTeXinputencoding</code><span class="comment">% XeTeX defaults to UTF-8</span>
+ {<code class="cmd">\input</code>{glossaries-irish-utf8.ldf}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<code class="cmd">\input</code>{glossaries-irish-noenc.ldf}}
+ }
+ <code class="cmd">\ifcsdef</code>{captions<a id="wrglossary.1516"></a><a href="#glo:CurrentTrackedDialect"><code class="csfmt">\CurrentTrackedDialect</code></a>}
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\csappto</code>{captions<a id="wrglossary.1517"></a><a href="#glo:CurrentTrackedDialect"><code class="csfmt">\CurrentTrackedDialect</code></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\glossariescaptionsirish</code>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\ifcsdef</code>{captions<a id="wrglossary.1518"></a><a href="#glo:CurrentTrackedLanguage"><code class="csfmt">\CurrentTrackedLanguage</code></a>}
+ {
+ <code class="cmd">\csappto</code>{captions<a id="wrglossary.1519"></a><a href="#glo:CurrentTrackedLanguage"><code class="csfmt">\CurrentTrackedLanguage</code></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\glossariescaptionsirish</code>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\glossariescaptionsirish</code>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6382--><p class="nopar" > Now the entries can all be defined:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-159">
-\newacronym{radar}{radar}{radio&#x00A0;detecting&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;ranging}
-\newacronym{laser}{laser}{light&#x00A0;amplification&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;stimulated
-emission&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;radiation}
-\newacronym{scuba}{scuba}{self-contained&#x00A0;underwater&#x00A0;breathing
+</pre> (Again you can use this as a template. Replace <code class="code">irish</code> with your root language label and <code class="code">Irish</code> with the <a id="wrglossary.1520"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span></a> dictionary label.)<p>
+There are now two extra files: <span class="filefmt">glossaries-irish-noenc.ldf</span> (no <a id="wrglossary.1521"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a> information) and <span class="filefmt">glossaries-irish-utf8.ldf</span> (<a id="wrglossary.1522"></a><a href="#glo:dual.utf8">UTF-8</a>).<p>
+These both define <code class="csfmt">\glossariescaptionsirish</code> but the <span class="filefmt">*-noenc.ldf</span> file uses LaTeX accent commands: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1523"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\@ifpackageloaded</code>{polyglossia}<span class="comment">% </span>
+{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\glossariescaptionsirish</code>}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1524"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryname</code></a>}{<code class="cmd">\textirish</code>{Gluais}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1525"></a><a href="#glo:acronymname"><code class="csfmt">\acronymname</code></a>}{<code class="cmd">\textirish</code>{Acrainmneacha}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1526"></a><a href="#glo:entryname"><code class="csfmt">\entryname</code></a>}{<code class="cmd">\textirish</code>{Ciall}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1527"></a><a href="#glo:descriptionname"><code class="csfmt">\descriptionname</code></a>}{<code class="cmd">\textirish</code>{Tuairisc}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1528"></a><a href="#glo:symbolname"><code class="csfmt">\symbolname</code></a>}{<code class="cmd">\textirish</code>{Comhartha}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1529"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbolsgroupname"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbolsgroupname</code></a>}{<code class="cmd">\textirish</code>{Comhartha<a id="wrglossary.1530"></a><a href="#glo:cs.apos"><code class="csfmt">\'</code></a><code class="cmd">\i</code>}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1531"></a><a href="#glo:pagelistname"><code class="csfmt">\pagelistname</code></a>}{<code class="cmd">\textirish</code>{Leathanaigh}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1532"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumbersgroupname"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumbersgroupname</code></a>}{<code class="cmd">\textirish</code>{Uimhreacha}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+}<span class="comment">% </span>
+{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\glossariescaptionsirish</code>}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1533"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryname</code></a>}{Gluais}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1534"></a><a href="#glo:acronymname"><code class="csfmt">\acronymname</code></a>}{Acrainmneacha}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1535"></a><a href="#glo:entryname"><code class="csfmt">\entryname</code></a>}{Ciall}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1536"></a><a href="#glo:descriptionname"><code class="csfmt">\descriptionname</code></a>}{Tuairisc}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1537"></a><a href="#glo:symbolname"><code class="csfmt">\symbolname</code></a>}{Comhartha}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1538"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbolsgroupname"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbolsgroupname</code></a>}{Comhartha<a id="wrglossary.1539"></a><a href="#glo:cs.apos"><code class="csfmt">\'</code></a><code class="cmd">\i</code>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1540"></a><a href="#glo:pagelistname"><code class="csfmt">\pagelistname</code></a>}{Leathanaigh}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.1541"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumbersgroupname"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumbersgroupname</code></a>}{Uimhreacha}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre> whereas the <span class="filefmt">*-utf8.ldf</span> file replaces the accent commands with the appropriate <a id="wrglossary.1542"></a><a href="#glo:dual.utf8">UTF-8</a> characters.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:newlang -->
+
+<section id="sec:makeglossaries"><!-- start of section sec:makeglossaries --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->1.6. Generating the Associated Glossary Files<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:makeglossaries">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.1543"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+This section is only applicable if you have chosen Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a>. You can ignore this section if you have chosen any of the other options. If you want to alphabetically sort your entries always remember to use the <a id="wrglossary.1544"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key if the <a id="wrglossary.1545"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> contains any LaTeX commands (except if you’re using <a id="wrglossary.1546"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>). </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+If this section seriously confuses you, and you can’t work out how to run external tools like <a id="wrglossary.1547"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.1548"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>, you can try using the <a id="wrglossary.1549"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a> package option, described in §<a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">2.5</a>, but you will need TeX’s <a id="wrglossary.1550"></a><a href="#glo:dual.shellescape">shell escape</a> enabled. See also <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/">Incorporating makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document build</a>.<p>
+In order to generate a sorted <a id="wrglossary.1551"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> with compact <a id="wrglossary.1552"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a>, it is necessary to use an external <a id="wrglossary.1553"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a> as an intermediate step (unless you have chosen <a id="wrglossary.1554"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>, which uses TeX to do the sorting or <a id="wrglossary.1555"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.unsrt">Option 5</a>, which doesn’t perform any sorting). It is this application that creates the file containing the code required to typeset the <a id="wrglossary.1556"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. <strong class="strong">If this step is omitted, the <a id="wrglossary.1557"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> will not appear in your document.</strong> The two <a id="wrglossary.1558"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing applications</a> that are most commonly used with LaTeX are <a id="wrglossary.1559"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.1560"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>. As from version 1.17, the <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package can be used with either of these applications. Previous versions were designed to be used with <a id="wrglossary.1561"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> only. With the <a id="wrglossary.1562"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package, you can also use <a id="wrglossary.1563"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> as the <a id="wrglossary.1564"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a>. (See the <a id="wrglossary.1565"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.1566"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> user manuals for further details.) Note that <a id="wrglossary.1567"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.1568"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> have much better multi-lingual support than <a id="wrglossary.1569"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>, so <a id="wrglossary.1570"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.1571"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> are recommended if you’re not writing in English. Commands that only have an effect when <a id="wrglossary.1572"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> is used are described in §<a href="#sec:xindy">14</a>.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.1573"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+This is a multi-stage process, but there are methods of automating document compilation using applications such as <a id="wrglossary.1574"></a><a href="#glo:app.latexmk"><span class="appfmt">latexmk</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.1575"></a><a href="#glo:app.arara"><span class="appfmt">arara</span></a>. With <a id="wrglossary.1576"></a><a href="#glo:app.arara"><span class="appfmt">arara</span></a> you can just add special comments to your document source: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1577"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+</pre> With <a id="wrglossary.1578"></a><a href="#glo:app.latexmk"><span class="appfmt">latexmk</span></a> you need to set up the required dependencies. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.1579"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package comes with the Perl script <a id="wrglossary.1580"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> which will run <a id="wrglossary.1581"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.1582"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> on all the <a id="wrglossary.1583"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing files</a> using a customized style file (which is created by <a id="wrglossary.1584"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>). See §<a href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">1.6.1</a> for further details. Perl is stable, cross-platform, open source software that is used by a number of TeX-related applications (including <a id="wrglossary.1585"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.1586"></a><a href="#glo:app.latexmk"><span class="appfmt">latexmk</span></a>). Most Unix-like operating systems come with a Perl interpreter. TeX Live also comes with a Perl interpreter. As far as I know, MikTeX doesn’t come with a Perl interpreter so if you are a Windows MikTeX user you will need to install Perl if you want to use <a id="wrglossary.1587"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.1588"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>. Further information is available at <a href="http://www.perl.org/about.html">http://www.perl.org/about.html</a> and <a href="https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/158796">MikTeX and Perl scripts (and one Python script)</a>.<p>
+The advantages of using <a id="wrglossary.1589"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>:
+<ul class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>It automatically detects whether to use <a id="wrglossary.1590"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.1591"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> and sets the relevant application switches.<p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>One call of <a id="wrglossary.1592"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> will run <a id="wrglossary.1593"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>/<a id="wrglossary.1594"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> for each <a id="wrglossary.1595"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> type.<p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>If things go wrong, <a id="wrglossary.1596"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> will scan the messages from <a id="wrglossary.1597"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.1598"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> and attempt to diagnose the problem in relation to the <a id="wrglossary.1599"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package. This will hopefully provide more helpful messages in some cases. If it can’t diagnose the problem, you will have to read the relevant transcript file and see if you can work it out from the <a id="wrglossary.1600"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.1601"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> messages.<p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>If <a id="wrglossary.1602"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> warns about <a id="wrglossary.1603"></a><a href="#glo:idx.multipleencap">multiple encap</a> values, <a id="wrglossary.1604"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> v2.18+ will detect this and attempt to correct the problem. This correction is only provided by <a id="wrglossary.1605"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> when <a id="wrglossary.1606"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> is used since <a id="wrglossary.1607"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> uses the order of the <a id="wrglossary.1608"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@xindyattr">attributes list</a> to determine which format should take precedence. (see §<a href="#sec:xindyloc">14.3</a>.) This correction can be switched off with the <a id="wrglossary.1609"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkgls.e"><span class="shortargfmt">-e</span></a> switch.<p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>If <a id="wrglossary.1610"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> warns about invalid or <a id="wrglossary.1611"></a><a href="#glo:idx.emptylocation">empty locations</a>, <a id="wrglossary.1612"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> v4.50+ will detect this and attempt to alter the location to fit <a id="wrglossary.1613"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span>’s</a> syntax. This may or may not cause unexpected results in the <a id="wrglossary.1614"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a>, but it’s useful if the <a id="wrglossary.1615"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a> option is used.<p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>If <a id="wrglossary.1616"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> has a warning that could be the result of a command occurring within the <a id="wrglossary.1617"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a>, <a id="wrglossary.1618"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> v4.50+ will attempt to repair it by moving the command out of the location and into the <a id="wrglossary.1619"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a>.<p>
+
+</ul>
+ The first two items also apply to <a id="wrglossary.1620"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a>.<p>
+As from version 4.16, the <a id="wrglossary.1621"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package also comes with a Lua script called <a id="wrglossary.1622"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a>. This is a <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">trimmed-down</span> alternative to the <a id="wrglossary.1623"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> Perl script. It doesn’t have some of the options that the Perl version has and it doesn’t attempt to diagnose any problems, but since modern TeX distributions come with LuaTeX (and therefore have a Lua interpreter) you don’t need to install anything else in order to use <a id="wrglossary.1624"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a> so it’s an alternative to <a id="wrglossary.1625"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> if you want to use <a id="wrglossary.1626"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">Option 2</a> (<a id="wrglossary.1627"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>).<p>
+If things go wrong and you can’t work out why your <a id="wrglossary.1628"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> aren’t being generated correctly, you can use <a id="wrglossary.1629"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossariesgui"><span class="appfmt">makeglossariesgui</span></a> as a diagnostic tool. Once you’ve fixed the problem, you can then go back to using <a id="wrglossary.1630"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.1631"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a>.<p>
+Whilst I strongly recommended that you use the <a id="wrglossary.1632"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> Perl script or the <a id="wrglossary.1633"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a> Lua script, it is possible to use the <a id="wrglossary.1634"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package without using those applications. However, note that some commands and package options have no effect if you explicitly run <a id="wrglossary.1635"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>/<a id="wrglossary.1636"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>. These are listed in Table <a href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">1.3</a>.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.1637"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+If you are choosing not to use <a id="wrglossary.1638"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> because you don’t want to install Perl, you will only be able to use <a id="wrglossary.1639"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> as <a id="wrglossary.1640"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> also requires Perl. (Other useful Perl scripts include <span class="appfmt">epstopdf</span> and <a id="wrglossary.1641"></a><a href="#glo:app.latexmk"><span class="appfmt">latexmk</span></a>, so it’s well-worth the effort to install Perl.) </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+Below, references to <a id="wrglossary.1642"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> can usually be substituted with <a id="wrglossary.1643"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a>, except where noted otherwise.<p>
+If any of your entries use an entry that is not referenced outside the <a id="wrglossary.1644"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> (for example, the entry is only referenced in the description of another entry), you will need to do an additional <a id="wrglossary.1645"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.1646"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.1647"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> run, as appropriate. For example, suppose you have defined the following entries: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1648"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1649"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{citrusfruit}{<a id="wrglossary.1650"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={citrus fruit}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.1651"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={fruit of any citrus tree. (See also <a id="wrglossary.1652"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{orange})}</span>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.1653"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{orange}{<a id="wrglossary.1654"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={orange}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.1655"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={an orange coloured fruit.}</span>}
+</pre> and suppose you have <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.1656"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{citrusfruit}</code> in your document but don’t reference the <span class="qt">“orange”</span> entry, then the orange entry won’t appear in your <a id="wrglossary.1657"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> until you first create the <a id="wrglossary.1658"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> and then do another run of <a id="wrglossary.1659"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.1660"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.1661"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>. For example, if the document is called <span class="filefmt">myDoc.tex</span>, then you must do: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.1662"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex myDoc
+makeglossaries myDoc
+pdflatex myDoc
+makeglossaries myDoc
+pdflatex myDoc
+</pre> (In the case of <a id="wrglossary.1663"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a>, <a id="wrglossary.1664"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> will scan the description for instances of commands like <a id="wrglossary.1665"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> to ensure they are selected but an extra <a id="wrglossary.1666"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> call is required to ensure the <a id="wrglossary.1667"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> are included, if <a id="wrglossary.1668"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location lists</a> are required. See the and <a id="wrglossary.1669"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> manual for further details.)<p>
+Likewise, an additional <a id="wrglossary.1670"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> and LaTeX run may be required if the document pages shift with re-runs. For example, if the page numbering is not reset after the table of contents, the insertion of the table of contents on the second LaTeX run may push glossary entries across page boundaries, which means that the <a id="wrglossary.1671"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a> in the glossary may need updating.<p>
+The examples in this document assume that you are accessing <a id="wrglossary.1672"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.1673"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.1674"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> via a terminal. Windows users can use the command prompt which is usually accessed via the <kbd class="menu"><kbd class="menuitem"><samp>Start</samp></kbd><span title="menu separator" class="icon">➜</span><kbd class="menuitem"><samp>All Programs</samp></kbd></kbd> menu or <kbd class="menu"><kbd class="menuitem"><samp>Start</samp></kbd><span title="menu separator" class="icon">➜</span><kbd class="menuitem"><samp>All Programs</samp></kbd><span title="menu separator" class="icon">➜</span><kbd class="menuitem"><samp>Accessories</samp></kbd></kbd> menu or <kbd class="menu"><kbd class="menuitem"><samp>Start</samp></kbd><span title="menu separator" class="icon">➜</span><kbd class="menuitem"><samp>Windows System</samp></kbd></kbd>.<p>
+Alternatively, your text editor may have the facility to create a function that will call the required application. See <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/">Incorporating makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document build</a>.<p>
+If any problems occur, remember to check the transcript files (e.g. <a id="wrglossary.1675"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glg"><span class="extfmt">glg</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.1676"></a><a href="#glo:ext.alg"><span class="extfmt">alg</span></a>) for messages.<p>
+<div class="table"> <table class="tabular-c">
+<caption id="tab:makeglossariesCmds">Table&nbsp;3: Commands and package options that have no effect when using <span class="appfmt">xindy</span> or <span class="appfmt">makeindex</span> explicitly</caption><tr style=""><th class="cell-noborder-rightsep-l">Command or Package Option </th>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <span style="font-weight: bold; "><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> </span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-l"> <span style="font-weight: bold; "><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> </span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-l"><a href="#glo:opt.order"><span class="styoptfmt">order</span></a><span class="optfmt">=letter</span> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> use <a href="#glo:switch.mkidx.l"><span class="shortargfmt">-l</span></a> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-l"> use <code class="code"><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.M"><span class="shortargfmt">-M</span></a> ord/letorder</code></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-l"><a href="#glo:opt.order"><span class="styoptfmt">order</span></a><span class="optfmt">=word</span> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> default </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-l"> default</td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-l"><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a href="#glo:opt.xindy.language"><span class="optfmt">language</span></a><span class="optfmt">={lang}</span>,<a href="#glo:opt.xindy.codepage"><span class="optfmt">codepage</span></a><span class="optfmt">={code}</span></span> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> N/A </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-l"> use <code class="code"><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.L"><span class="shortargfmt">-L</span></a> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">lang</em>〉</span> <a href="#glo:switch.xdy.C"><span class="shortargfmt">-C</span></a> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">code</em>〉</span></code></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-l"><code class="code"><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyLanguage"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">lang</em>〉</span>}</code> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> N/A </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-l"> use <code class="code"><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.L"><span class="shortargfmt">-L</span></a> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">lang</em>〉</span></code></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-l"><code class="code"><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyCodePage"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyCodePage</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">code</em>〉</span>}</code> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> N/A </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-rightsep-l"> use <code class="code"><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.C"><span class="shortargfmt">-C</span></a> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">code</em>〉</span></code> </td>
+</tr></table>
+ <p>
+</div><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:makeglossaries -->
+
+<section id="sec:makeglossariesapp"><!-- start of section sec:makeglossariesapp --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->1.6.1. Using the <span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span> Perl Script<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+<pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.1677"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1678"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></dfn> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">aux-file</em>〉</span></code></pre><p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.1679"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> script picks up the relevant information from the auxiliary (<a id="wrglossary.1680"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a>) file and will either call <a id="wrglossary.1681"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.1682"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>, depending on the supplied information. Therefore, you only need to pass the document’s name without the extension to <a id="wrglossary.1683"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>. For example, if your document is called <span class="filefmt">myDoc.tex</span>, type the following in your terminal: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.1684"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex myDoc
+makeglossaries myDoc
+pdflatex myDoc
+</pre> If you only want one <a id="wrglossary.1685"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> processed (for example, if you are working on a draft of a large document and want to concentrate on one specific <a id="wrglossary.1686"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>) then include the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">out-ext</em>〉</span> extension supplied to <a id="wrglossary.1687"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>, such as <a id="wrglossary.1688"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glo"><span class="extfmt">glo</span></a> for the <a id="wrglossary.1689"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary. Note that if you do specify the extension and your document has multiple <a id="wrglossary.1690"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> defined, then <a id="wrglossary.1691"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> will tell you how many <a id="wrglossary.1692"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> have been ignored unless the <a id="wrglossary.1693"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkgls.q"><span class="shortargfmt">-q</span></a> has been used.<p>
+Windows users: TeX Live on Windows has its own internal Perl interpreter and provides <span class="filefmt">makeglossaries.exe</span> as a convenient wrapper for the <a id="wrglossary.1694"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> Perl script. MikTeX also provides a wrapper <span class="filefmt">makeglossaries.exe</span> but doesn’t provide a Perl interpreter (as far as I know), which is still required even if you run MikTeX’s <span class="filefmt">makeglossaries.exe</span>, so with MikTeX you’ll need to install Perl. There’s more information about this at <a href="https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/158796">MikTeX and Perl scripts (and one Python script)</a>. <p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.1695"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+When upgrading the <a id="wrglossary.1696"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package, make sure you also upgrade your version of <a id="wrglossary.1697"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>. The current version is 4.50. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+Some of the options are only applicable to <a id="wrglossary.1698"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> and some are only applicable to <a id="wrglossary.1699"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1700"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1701"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkgls.help"><span class="longargfmt">--help</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Shows a summary of all available options.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1702"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1703"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkgls.version"><span class="longargfmt">--version</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Shows the version details.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1704"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1705"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkgls.n"><span class="shortargfmt">-n</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Dry run mode. This doesn’t actually run <a id="wrglossary.1706"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>/<a id="wrglossary.1707"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> but just prints the command it would execute based on the information given in the <a id="wrglossary.1708"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file and the supplied options.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1709"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1710"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkgls.d"><span class="shortargfmt">-d</span></dfn> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">directory</em>〉</span></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Instructs <a id="wrglossary.1711"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> to change to the given directory, which should be where the <a id="wrglossary.1712"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.1713"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glo"><span class="extfmt">glo</span></a> etc files are located. For example: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.1714"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex -output-directory myTmpDir myDoc
+makeglossaries <a id="wrglossary.1715"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkgls.d"><span class="shortargfmt">-d</span></a> myTmpDir myDoc
+</pre><p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1716"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1717"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkgls.e"><span class="shortargfmt">-e</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Don’t check for <a id="wrglossary.1718"></a><a href="#glo:idx.multipleencap">multiple encaps</a> (only applicable with <a id="wrglossary.1719"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>). By default, if you are using <a id="wrglossary.1720"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.1721"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> will check the <a id="wrglossary.1722"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> transcript for <a id="wrglossary.1723"></a><a href="#glo:idx.multipleencap">multiple encap</a> warnings. <p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.1724"></a><a href="#glo:idx.multipleencap">multiple encap</a> warning is where different <a id="wrglossary.1725"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationencap">location encap</a> values (location formats) are used on the same <a id="wrglossary.1726"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> for the same entry. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1727"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+<a id="wrglossary.1728"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>
+
+<a id="wrglossary.1729"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{sample}{<a id="wrglossary.1730"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.1731"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={an example}</span>}
+
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.1732"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample}, <a id="wrglossary.1733"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.1734"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=textbf</span>]{sample}.
+<a id="wrglossary.1735"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a>
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> If you explicitly use <a id="wrglossary.1736"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>, this will cause a warning and the <a id="wrglossary.1737"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a> will be <span class="qt">“1, <span style="font-weight: bold; ">1</span>”</span>. That is, the page number will be repeated with each format. As from v2.18, <a id="wrglossary.1738"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> will check for this warning and, if found, will attempt to correct the problem by removing duplicate locations and retrying. If you actually want the duplicate location, you can prevent <a id="wrglossary.1739"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> from checking and correcting the duplicates with <a id="wrglossary.1740"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkgls.e"><span class="shortargfmt">-e</span></a>.<p>
+There’s no similar check for <a id="wrglossary.1741"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> as <a id="wrglossary.1742"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> won’t produce any warning and will simply discard duplicates.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1743"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1744"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkgls.q"><span class="shortargfmt">-q</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Suppresses messages. The <a id="wrglossary.1745"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> script attempts to fork the <a id="wrglossary.1746"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>/<a id="wrglossary.1747"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> process using <code class="code">open()</code> on the piped redirection <code class="code">2&gt;&amp;1 |</code> and parses the processor output to help diagnose problems. If this method fails <a id="wrglossary.1748"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> will print an <span class="qt">“Unable to fork”</span> warning and will retry without redirection. Without this redirection, the <a id="wrglossary.1749"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkgls.q"><span class="shortargfmt">-q</span></a> switch doesn’t work as well. Some operating systems don’t support redirection.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1750"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1751"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkgls.Q"><span class="shortargfmt">-Q</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Suppresses the <span class="qt">“Unable to fork”</span> warning.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1752"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1753"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkgls.k"><span class="shortargfmt">-k</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Don’t attempt redirection.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1754"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1755"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkgls.m"><span class="shortargfmt">-m</span></dfn> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">application</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>makeindex</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.1756"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> application. Only the name is required if it’s on the operating system’s path, otherwise the full path name will be needed.<p>
+If you want to use an application that is capable of reading <a id="wrglossary.1757"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> files (including support for <a id="wrglossary.1758"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> style files via <a id="wrglossary.1759"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkidx.s"><span class="shortargfmt">-s</span></a>), then you can use <a id="wrglossary.1760"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkgls.m"><span class="shortargfmt">-m</span></a> to specify the alternative application to use instead of <a id="wrglossary.1761"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>. Note that both <a id="wrglossary.1762"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindex"><span class="appfmt">xindex</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.1763"></a><a href="#glo:app.texindy"><span class="appfmt">texindy</span></a> can read <a id="wrglossary.1764"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> files using the default <a id="wrglossary.1765"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> syntax but, as of the time of writing this, they don’t support <a id="wrglossary.1766"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> style files.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1767"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1768"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkgls.x"><span class="shortargfmt">-x</span></dfn> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">application</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>xindy</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.1769"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> application. Only the name is required if it’s on the operating system’s path, otherwise the full path name will be needed.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1770"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1771"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkgls.c"><span class="shortargfmt">-c</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Compress intermediate blanks. This will pass <a id="wrglossary.1772"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkidx.c"><span class="shortargfmt">-c</span></a> to <a id="wrglossary.1773"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>. (Ignored if <a id="wrglossary.1774"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> should be called.)<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1775"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1776"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkgls.r"><span class="shortargfmt">-r</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Disable implicit page <a id="wrglossary.1777"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">range</a> formation. This will pass <a id="wrglossary.1778"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkidx.r"><span class="shortargfmt">-r</span></a> to <a id="wrglossary.1779"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>. (Ignored if <a id="wrglossary.1780"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> should be called.)<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1781"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1782"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkgls.p"><span class="shortargfmt">-p</span></dfn> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">num</em>〉</span></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Set the starting page number. This will pass <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.1783"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkidx.p"><span class="shortargfmt">-p</span></a> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">num</em>〉</span></code> to <a id="wrglossary.1784"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>. (Ignored if <a id="wrglossary.1785"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> should be called.)<p>
+The following switches may be used to override settings written to the <a id="wrglossary.1786"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1787"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1788"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkgls.l"><span class="shortargfmt">-l</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Use letter ordering. This will pass <a id="wrglossary.1789"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkidx.l"><span class="shortargfmt">-l</span></a> to <a id="wrglossary.1790"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.1791"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.M"><span class="shortargfmt">-M</span></a> ord/letorder</code> to <a id="wrglossary.1792"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1793"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1794"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkgls.L"><span class="shortargfmt">-L</span></dfn> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">language</em>〉</span></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ The language to pass to <a id="wrglossary.1795"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>. (Ignored if <a id="wrglossary.1796"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> should be called.)<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1797"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1798"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkgls.g"><span class="shortargfmt">-g</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Employ German word ordering. This will pass <a id="wrglossary.1799"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkidx.g"><span class="shortargfmt">-g</span></a> to <a id="wrglossary.1800"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>. (Ignored if <a id="wrglossary.1801"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> should be called.)<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1802"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1803"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkgls.s"><span class="shortargfmt">-s</span></dfn> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">filename</em>〉</span></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Set the style file. This will pass <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.1804"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkidx.s"><span class="shortargfmt">-s</span></a> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">filename</em>〉</span></code> to <a id="wrglossary.1805"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.1806"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.M"><span class="shortargfmt">-M</span></a> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">basename</em>〉</span></code> to <a id="wrglossary.1807"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> (where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">basename</em>〉</span> is <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">filename</em>〉</span> with the <a id="wrglossary.1808"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> extension removed). This will generate an error if the extension is <a id="wrglossary.1809"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> when <a id="wrglossary.1810"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> should be called, or if the extension isn’t <a id="wrglossary.1811"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> when <a id="wrglossary.1812"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> should be called.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1813"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1814"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkgls.o"><span class="shortargfmt">-o</span></dfn> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">filename</em>〉</span></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Sets the output file name. Note that this should only be used when only one <a id="wrglossary.1815"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> should be processed. The default is to set the output filename to the basename supplied to <a id="wrglossary.1816"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> with the extension associated with the <a id="wrglossary.1817"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> (the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">in-ext</em>〉</span> argument of <a id="wrglossary.1818"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>).<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1819"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1820"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkgls.t"><span class="shortargfmt">-t</span></dfn> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">filename</em>〉</span></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Sets the transcript file name. Note that this should only be used when only one <a id="wrglossary.1821"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> should be processed. The default is to set the transcript filename to the basename supplied to <a id="wrglossary.1822"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> with the extension associated with the <a id="wrglossary.1823"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> (the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">log-ext</em>〉</span> argument of <a id="wrglossary.1824"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>).<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:makeglossariesapp -->
+
+<section id="sec:makeglossarieslua"><!-- start of section sec:makeglossarieslua --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->1.6.2. Using the <span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span> Lua Script<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:makeglossarieslua">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+<pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.1825"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1826"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></dfn> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">aux-file</em>〉</span></code></pre><p>
+The Lua alternative to the <a id="wrglossary.1827"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> Perl script requires a Lua interpreter, which should already be available if you have a modern TeX distribution that includes LuaTeX. Lua is a light-weight, cross-platform scripting language, but because it’s light-weight it doesn’t have the full-functionality of heavy-weight scripting languages, such as Perl. The <a id="wrglossary.1828"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a> script is therefore limited by this and some of the options available to the <a id="wrglossary.1829"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> Perl script aren’t available here. (In particular the <a id="wrglossary.1830"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkgls.d"><span class="shortargfmt">-d</span></a> option.) Whilst it may be possible to implement those features by requiring Lua packages, this would defeat the purpose of providing this script for those don’t want the inconvenience of learning how to install interpreters or their associated packages.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1831"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+The script is actually supplied as <span class="filefmt">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span> but TeX distributions on Windows convert this to an executable wrapper <span class="filefmt">makeglossaries-lite.exe</span> and TeX Live on Unix-like systems provide a symbolic link without the extension. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.1832"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a> script can be invoked in the same way as <a id="wrglossary.1833"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>. For example, if your document is called <span class="filefmt">myDoc.tex</span>, then do <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.1834"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>makeglossaries-lite myDoc
+</pre> Note that the <a id="wrglossary.1835"></a><a href="#glo:app.arara"><span class="appfmt">arara</span></a> rule doesn’t contain the hyphen: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1836"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>% arara: makeglossarieslite
+</pre><p>
+Some of the options are only applicable to <a id="wrglossary.1837"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> and some are only applicable to <a id="wrglossary.1838"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1839"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1840"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkglslite.help"><span class="longargfmt">--help</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Shows a summary of all available options.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1841"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1842"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkglslite.version"><span class="longargfmt">--version</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Shows the version details.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1843"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1844"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkglslite.n"><span class="shortargfmt">-n</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Dry run mode. This doesn’t actually run <a id="wrglossary.1845"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>/<a id="wrglossary.1846"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> but just prints the command it would execute based on the information given in the <a id="wrglossary.1847"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file and the supplied options.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1848"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1849"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkglslite.q"><span class="shortargfmt">-q</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Quiet mode. This suppresses some but not all messages.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1850"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1851"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkglslite.m"><span class="shortargfmt">-m</span></dfn> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">application</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>makeindex</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.1852"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> application. Only the name is required if it’s on the operating system’s path, otherwise the full path name will be needed.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1853"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1854"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkglslite.x"><span class="shortargfmt">-x</span></dfn> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">application</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>xindy</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.1855"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> application. Only the name is required if it’s on the operating system’s path, otherwise the full path name will be needed.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1856"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1857"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkglslite.c"><span class="shortargfmt">-c</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Compress intermediate blanks. This will pass <a id="wrglossary.1858"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkidx.c"><span class="shortargfmt">-c</span></a> to <a id="wrglossary.1859"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>. (Ignored if <a id="wrglossary.1860"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> should be called.)<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1861"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1862"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkglslite.r"><span class="shortargfmt">-r</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Disable implicit page <a id="wrglossary.1863"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">range</a> formation. This will pass <a id="wrglossary.1864"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkidx.r"><span class="shortargfmt">-r</span></a> to <a id="wrglossary.1865"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>. (Ignored if <a id="wrglossary.1866"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> should be called.)<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1867"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1868"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkglslite.p"><span class="shortargfmt">-p</span></dfn> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">num</em>〉</span></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Set the starting page number. This will pass <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.1869"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkidx.p"><span class="shortargfmt">-p</span></a> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">num</em>〉</span></code> to <a id="wrglossary.1870"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>. (Ignored if <a id="wrglossary.1871"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> should be called.)<p>
+The following switches may be used to override settings written to the <a id="wrglossary.1872"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1873"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1874"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkglslite.l"><span class="shortargfmt">-l</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Use letter ordering. This will pass <a id="wrglossary.1875"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkidx.l"><span class="shortargfmt">-l</span></a> to <a id="wrglossary.1876"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.1877"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.M"><span class="shortargfmt">-M</span></a> ord/letorder</code> to <a id="wrglossary.1878"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1879"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1880"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkglslite.L"><span class="shortargfmt">-L</span></dfn> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">language</em>〉</span></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ The language to pass to <a id="wrglossary.1881"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>. (Ignored if <a id="wrglossary.1882"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> should be called.)<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1883"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1884"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkglslite.g"><span class="shortargfmt">-g</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Employ German word ordering. This will pass <a id="wrglossary.1885"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkidx.g"><span class="shortargfmt">-g</span></a> to <a id="wrglossary.1886"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>. (Ignored if <a id="wrglossary.1887"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> should be called.)<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1888"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1889"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkglslite.s"><span class="shortargfmt">-s</span></dfn> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">filename</em>〉</span></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Set the style file.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1890"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1891"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkglslite.o"><span class="shortargfmt">-o</span></dfn> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">filename</em>〉</span></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Sets the output file name. Note that this should only be used when only one <a id="wrglossary.1892"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> should be processed. The default is to set the output filename to the basename supplied to <a id="wrglossary.1893"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> with the extension associated with the <a id="wrglossary.1894"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> (the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">in-ext</em>〉</span> argument of <a id="wrglossary.1895"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>).<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1896"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1897"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkglslite.t"><span class="shortargfmt">-t</span></dfn> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">filename</em>〉</span></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Sets the transcript file name. Note that this should only be used when only one <a id="wrglossary.1898"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> should be processed. The default is to set the transcript filename to the basename supplied to <a id="wrglossary.1899"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> with the extension associated with the <a id="wrglossary.1900"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> (the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">log-ext</em>〉</span> argument of <a id="wrglossary.1901"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>).<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:makeglossarieslua -->
+
+<section id="sec:xindyapp"><!-- start of section sec:xindyapp --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->1.6.3. Using <span class="appfmt">xindy</span> explicitly (Option 3)<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:xindyapp">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.1902"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> comes with TeX Live. It has also been added to MikTeX, but if you don’t have it installed, see <a href="https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/71167">How to use Xindy with MikTeX</a>.<p>
+If you want to use <a id="wrglossary.1903"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> to process the glossary files, you must make sure you have used the <a id="wrglossary.1904"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a> package option: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1905"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.1906"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a>]{glossaries}
+</pre> This is required regardless of whether you use <a id="wrglossary.1907"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> explicitly or whether it’s called implicitly via applications such as <a id="wrglossary.1908"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>. This causes the glossary entries to be written in raw <a id="wrglossary.1909"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> format, so you need to use <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.1910"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.I"><span class="shortargfmt">-I</span></a> xindy</code> <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">not</span> <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.1911"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.I"><span class="shortargfmt">-I</span></a> tex</code>.<p>
+To run <a id="wrglossary.1912"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> type the following in your terminal (all on one line): <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.1913"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>xindy <a id="wrglossary.1914"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.L"><span class="shortargfmt">-L</span></a> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">language</em>〉</span> <a id="wrglossary.1915"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.C"><span class="shortargfmt">-C</span></a> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">encoding</em>〉</span> <a id="wrglossary.1916"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.I"><span class="shortargfmt">-I</span></a> xindy <a id="wrglossary.1917"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.M"><span class="shortargfmt">-M</span></a> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style</em>〉</span> <a id="wrglossary.1918"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.t"><span class="shortargfmt">-t</span></a> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">base</em>〉</span>.glg <a id="wrglossary.1919"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.o"><span class="shortargfmt">-o</span></a> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">base</em>〉</span>.gls <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">base</em>〉</span>.glo
+</pre> where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">language</em>〉</span> is the required language name, <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">encoding</em>〉</span> is the <a id="wrglossary.1920"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a>, <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">base</em>〉</span> is the name of the document without the <a id="wrglossary.1921"></a><a href="#glo:ext.tex"><span class="extfmt">tex</span></a> extension and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style</em>〉</span> is the name of the <a id="wrglossary.1922"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> style file without the <a id="wrglossary.1923"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> extension. The default name for this style file is <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">base</em>〉</span><a id="wrglossary.1924"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> but can be changed via <a id="wrglossary.1925"></a><a href="#glo:setStyleFile"><code class="csfmt">\setStyleFile</code></a>. You may need to specify the full path name depending on the current working directory. If any of the file names contain spaces, you must delimit them using double-quotes.<p>
+For example, if your document is called <span class="filefmt">myDoc.tex</span> and you are using <a id="wrglossary.1926"></a><a href="#glo:dual.utf8">UTF-8</a> <a id="wrglossary.1927"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a> in English, then type the following in your terminal: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.1928"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
+</pre><p>
+Note that this just creates the <a id="wrglossary.1929"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.1930"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. You need to do the same for each of the other <a id="wrglossary.1931"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> (including the list of <a id="wrglossary.1932"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> if you have used the <a id="wrglossary.1933"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> package option), substituting <a id="wrglossary.1934"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glg"><span class="extfmt">glg</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.1935"></a><a href="#glo:ext.gls"><span class="extfmt">gls</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.1936"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glo"><span class="extfmt">glo</span></a> with the relevant extensions. For example, if you have used the <a id="wrglossary.1937"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> package option, then you would need to do: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.1938"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.alg -o myDoc.acr myDoc.acn
+</pre> For additional <a id="wrglossary.1939"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>, the extensions are those supplied when you created the <a id="wrglossary.1940"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> with <a id="wrglossary.1941"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>.<p>
+Note that if you use <a id="wrglossary.1942"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> instead, you can replace all those calls to <a id="wrglossary.1943"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> with just one call to <a id="wrglossary.1944"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.1945"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>makeglossaries myDoc
+</pre> Note also that some commands and package options have no effect if you use <a id="wrglossary.1946"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> explicitly instead of using <a id="wrglossary.1947"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>. These are listed in Table <a href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">1.3</a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:xindyapp -->
+
+<section id="sec:makeindexapp"><!-- start of section sec:makeindexapp --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->1.6.4. Using <span class="appfmt">makeindex</span> explicitly (Option 2)<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:makeindexapp">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+If you want to use <a id="wrglossary.1948"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> explicitly, you must make sure that you haven’t used the <a id="wrglossary.1949"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a> package option or the <a id="wrglossary.1950"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entries</a> will be written in the wrong format. To run <a id="wrglossary.1951"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>, type the following in your terminal: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.1952"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>makeindex <a id="wrglossary.1953"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkidx.s"><span class="shortargfmt">-s</span></a> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style</em>〉</span>.ist <a id="wrglossary.1954"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkidx.t"><span class="shortargfmt">-t</span></a> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">base</em>〉</span>.glg <a id="wrglossary.1955"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkidx.o"><span class="shortargfmt">-o</span></a> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">base</em>〉</span>.gls <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">base</em>〉</span>.glo
+</pre> where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">base</em>〉</span> is the name of your document without the <a id="wrglossary.1956"></a><a href="#glo:ext.tex"><span class="extfmt">tex</span></a> extension and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style</em>〉</span><a id="wrglossary.1957"></a><a href="#glo:ext.ist"><span class="extfmt">ist</span></a> is the name of the <a id="wrglossary.1958"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> style file. By default, this is <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">base</em>〉</span><a id="wrglossary.1959"></a><a href="#glo:ext.ist"><span class="extfmt">ist</span></a>, but may be changed via <a id="wrglossary.1960"></a><a href="#glo:setStyleFile"><code class="csfmt">\setStyleFile</code></a>. Note that there are other options, such as <a id="wrglossary.1961"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkidx.l"><span class="shortargfmt">-l</span></a> (letter ordering). See the <a id="wrglossary.1962"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> manual for further details.<p>
+For example, if your document is called <span class="filefmt">myDoc.tex</span>, then type the following at the terminal: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.1963"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>makeindex -s myDoc.ist -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
+</pre> Note that this only creates the <a id="wrglossary.1964"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.1965"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. If you have additional <a id="wrglossary.1966"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> (for example, if you have used the <a id="wrglossary.1967"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> package option) then you must call <a id="wrglossary.1968"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> for each glossary, substituting <a id="wrglossary.1969"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glg"><span class="extfmt">glg</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.1970"></a><a href="#glo:ext.gls"><span class="extfmt">gls</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.1971"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glo"><span class="extfmt">glo</span></a> with the relevant extensions. For example, if you have used the <a id="wrglossary.1972"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> package option, then you need to type the following in your terminal: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.1973"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>makeindex -s myDoc.ist -t myDoc.alg -o myDoc.acr myDoc.acn
+</pre> For additional glossaries, the extensions are those supplied when you created the glossary with <a id="wrglossary.1974"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>.<p>
+Note that if you use <a id="wrglossary.1975"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> instead, you can replace all those calls to <a id="wrglossary.1976"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> with just one call to <a id="wrglossary.1977"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.1978"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>makeglossaries myDoc
+</pre> Note also that some commands and package options have no effect if you use <a id="wrglossary.1979"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> explicitly instead of using <a id="wrglossary.1980"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>. These are listed in Table <a href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">1.3</a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:makeindexapp -->
+
+<section id="sec:notedev"><!-- start of section sec:notedev --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->1.7. Note to Front-End and Script Developers<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:notedev">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+The information needed to determine whether to use <a id="wrglossary.1981"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.1982"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.1983"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> is stored in the <a id="wrglossary.1984"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file. This information can be gathered by a front-end, editor or script to make the <a id="wrglossary.1985"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> where appropriate. This section describes how the information is stored in the auxiliary file.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:notedev -->
+
+<section id="sec:notedev.makeindex.xindy"><!-- start of section sec:notedev.makeindex.xindy --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->1.7.1. MakeIndex and Xindy<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:notedev.makeindex.xindy">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.1986"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fileextension">file extension</a> of the <a id="wrglossary.1987"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing files</a> used for each defined <a id="wrglossary.1988"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> (not including any <a id="wrglossary.1989"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossaries</a>) are given by: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1990"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1991"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:@newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\@newglossary</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">log</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">out-ext</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">in-ext</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">in-ext</em>〉</span> is the extension of the <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; "><a id="wrglossary.1992"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application’s</a></span> input file (the output file from the <a id="wrglossary.1993"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package’s point of view), such as <a id="wrglossary.1994"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glo"><span class="extfmt">glo</span></a>, <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">out-ext</em>〉</span> is the extension of the <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; "><a id="wrglossary.1995"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application’s</a></span> output file (the input file from the <a id="wrglossary.1996"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package’s point of view), such as <a id="wrglossary.1997"></a><a href="#glo:ext.gls"><span class="extfmt">gls</span></a>, and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">log</em>〉</span> is the extension of the <a id="wrglossary.1998"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application’s</a> transcript file, such as <a id="wrglossary.1999"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glg"><span class="extfmt">glg</span></a>. The label for the <a id="wrglossary.2000"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> is also given. This isn’t required with <a id="wrglossary.2001"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>, but with <a id="wrglossary.2002"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> it’s needed to pick up the associated language and <a id="wrglossary.2003"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a> (see below). For example, the information for the default <a id="wrglossary.2004"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.2005"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> is written as: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2006"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.2007"></a><a href="#glo:@newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\@newglossary</code></a>{main}{glg}{gls}{glo}
+</pre> If <a id="wrglossary.2008"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span>’s</a> hybrid method has been used (with <a id="wrglossary.2009"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">sub-list</em>〉</span>]), then the sub-list of <a id="wrglossary.2010"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> that need to be processed will be identified with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2011"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2012"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsxtr@makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtr@makeglossaries</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label-list</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.2013"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application’s</a> style file is specified by: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2014"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2015"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:@istfilename"><code class="csfmt">\@istfilename</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">filename</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The file extension indicates whether to use <a id="wrglossary.2016"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> (<a id="wrglossary.2017"></a><a href="#glo:ext.ist"><span class="extfmt">ist</span></a>) or <a id="wrglossary.2018"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> (<a id="wrglossary.2019"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a>). Note that the <a id="wrglossary.2020"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> information has a different syntax depending on which <a id="wrglossary.2021"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a> is supposed to be used, so it’s important to call the correct one.<p>
+For example, with <a id="wrglossary.2022"></a><a href="#glo:app.arara"><span class="appfmt">arara</span></a> you can easily determine whether to run <a id="wrglossary.2023"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2024"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>% arara: makeglossaries if found("aux", "@istfilename")
+</pre> It’s more complicated if you want to explicitly run <a id="wrglossary.2025"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.2026"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.2027"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Note that if you choose to explicitly call <a id="wrglossary.2028"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.2029"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> then the user will miss out on the diagnostic information and the <a id="wrglossary.2030"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a>-clash fix that <a id="wrglossary.2031"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> also provides. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+Word or letter ordering is specified by: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2032"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2033"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:@glsorder"><code class="csfmt">\@glsorder</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">order</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">order</em>〉</span> can be either <code class="code">word</code> or <code class="code">letter</code> (obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.2034"></a><a href="#glo:opt.order"><span class="styoptfmt">order</span></a> package option).<p>
+If <a id="wrglossary.2035"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> should be used, the language for each <a id="wrglossary.2036"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> is specified by: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2037"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2038"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:@xdylanguage"><code class="csfmt">\@xdylanguage</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">language</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span> identifies the <a id="wrglossary.2039"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">language</em>〉</span> is the root language (for example, <code class="code">english</code>).<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.2040"></a><a href="#glo:idx.codepage">codepage</a> (file <a id="wrglossary.2041"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a>) for all <a id="wrglossary.2042"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> is specified by: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2043"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2044"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:@gls@codepage"><code class="csfmt">\@gls@codepage</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">code-page</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">code</em>〉</span> is the <a id="wrglossary.2045"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a> (for example, <code class="code">utf8</code>). The above two commands are omitted if <a id="wrglossary.2046"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> should be used.<p>
+If <a id="wrglossary.2047"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a> has been used, the <a id="wrglossary.2048"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file will contain <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2049"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2050"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:@gls@reference"><code class="csfmt">\@gls@reference</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ for every time an entry has been referenced. <p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:notedev.makeindex.xindy -->
+
+<section id="sec:notedev.labels"><!-- start of section sec:notedev.labels --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->1.7.2. Entry Labels<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:notedev.labels">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+If you need to gather labels for <a id="wrglossary.2051"></a><a href="#glo:idx.auto-completion">auto-completion</a>, the <a id="wrglossary.2052"></a><a href="#glo:opt.writeglslabels"><span class="styoptfmt">writeglslabels</span></a> package option will create a file containing the labels of all defined <a id="wrglossary.2053"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> (regardless of whether or not the <a id="wrglossary.2054"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> has been used in the document). As from v4.47, there is a similar option <a id="wrglossary.2055"></a><a href="#glo:opt.writeglslabelnames"><span class="styoptfmt">writeglslabelnames</span></a> that writes both the label and name (separated by a tab).<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2056"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.2057"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package also provides <a id="wrglossary.2058"></a><a href="#glo:opt.docdef"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">docdef</span></a><span class="optfmt">=atom</span>, which will create the <a id="wrglossary.2059"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glsdefs"><span class="extfmt">glsdefs</span></a> file but will act like <a id="wrglossary.2060"></a><a href="#glo:opt.docdef"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">docdef</span></a><span class="optfmt">=restricted</span>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:notedev.labels -->
+
+<section id="sec:notedev.bib2gls"><!-- start of section sec:notedev.bib2gls --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->1.7.3. Bib2Gls<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:notedev.bib2gls">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.2061"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If <a id="wrglossary.2062"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a> has been used, the <a id="wrglossary.2063"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file will contain one or more instances of: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2064"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2065"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsxtr@resource"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtr@resource</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">basename</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">basename</em>〉</span> is the basename of the <a id="wrglossary.2066"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glstex"><span class="extfmt">glstex</span></a> file that needs to be created by <a id="wrglossary.2067"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. If <a id="wrglossary.2068"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">bib list</em>〉</span>}</span> isn’t present in <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span> then <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">basename</em>〉</span> also indicates the name of the associated <a id="wrglossary.2069"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file.<p>
+For example, with <a id="wrglossary.2070"></a><a href="#glo:app.arara"><span class="appfmt">arara</span></a> you can easily determine whether or not to run <a id="wrglossary.2071"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2072"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>% arara: bib2gls if found("aux", "glsxtr@resource")
+</pre> (It gets more complicated if both <a id="wrglossary.2073"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtr@resource"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtr@resource</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.2074"></a><a href="#glo:@istfilename"><code class="csfmt">\@istfilename</code></a> are present as that indicates the hybrid <a id="wrglossary.2075"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=hybrid</span> option.)<p>
+Remember that with <a id="wrglossary.2076"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, the <a id="wrglossary.2077"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entries</a> will never be defined on the first LaTeX call (because their definitions are contained in the <a id="wrglossary.2078"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glstex"><span class="extfmt">glstex</span></a> file created by <a id="wrglossary.2079"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>). You can also pick up labels from the <a id="wrglossary.2080"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">records</a> in <a id="wrglossary.2081"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file, which will be in the form: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2082"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2083"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsxtr@record"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtr@record</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">h-prefix</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">format</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">loc</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ or (with <a id="wrglossary.2084"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=nameref</span>): <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2085"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2086"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsxtr@record@nameref"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtr@record@nameref</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">href prefix</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">format</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">title</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">href anchor</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">href value</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ or (with <a id="wrglossary.2087"></a><a href="#glo:glssee"><code class="csfmt">\glssee</code></a>): <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2088"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2089"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsxtr@recordsee"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtr@recordsee</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr list</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+{label}{xr list} You can also pick up the commands defined with <a id="wrglossary.2090"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrnewglslike"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnewglslike</code></a>, which are added to the <a id="wrglossary.2091"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file for <a id="wrglossary.2092"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span>’s</a> benefit: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2093"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2094"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:@glsxtr@newglslike"><code class="csfmt">\@glsxtr@newglslike</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label-prefix</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ If <a id="wrglossary.2095"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrSetAltModifier"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrSetAltModifier</code></a> is used, then the modifier is identified with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2096"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2097"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:@glsxtr@altmodifier"><code class="csfmt">\@glsxtr@altmodifier</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">character</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Label prefixes (for the <a id="wrglossary.2098"></a><a href="#glo:dgls"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\dgls</code></a> set of commands) are identified with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2099"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2100"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:@glsxtr@prefixlabellist"><code class="csfmt">\@glsxtr@prefixlabellist</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">list</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:notedev.bib2gls -->
+
+<section id="sec:pkgopts"><!-- start of section sec:pkgopts --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->2. Package Options<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:pkgopts">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+<p>
+This section describes the available <a id="wrglossary.2101"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package options. You may omit the <code class="code">=true</code> for boolean options. (For example, <a id="wrglossary.2102"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> is equivalent to <a id="wrglossary.2103"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>).<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2104"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.2105"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has additional options described in the <a id="wrglossary.2106"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual. The extension package also has some different default settings to the base package. Those that are available at the time of writing are included here. Future versions of <a id="wrglossary.2107"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> may have additional package options or new values for existing settings that aren’t listed here. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.2108"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Note that <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key</em>〉</span>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span> package options can’t be passed via the document class options. (This includes options where the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span> part may be omitted, such as <a id="wrglossary.2109"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a>.) This is a general limitation not restricted to the <a id="wrglossary.2110"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package. Options that aren’t <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key</em>〉</span>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span> (such as <a id="wrglossary.2111"></a><a href="#glo:opt.makeindex"><span class="styoptfmt">makeindex</span></a>) may be passed via the document class options. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:pkgopts -->
+
+<section id="sec:pkgopts-general"><!-- start of section sec:pkgopts-general --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->2.1. General Options<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2112"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2113"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.nowarn"><span class="styoptfmt">nowarn</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This suppresses all warnings generated by the <a id="wrglossary.2114"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package. Don’t use this option if you’re new to using <a id="wrglossary.2115"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> as the warnings are designed to help detect common mistakes (such as forgetting to use <a id="wrglossary.2116"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>). Note that if you use <a id="wrglossary.2117"></a><a href="#glo:opt.debug"><span class="styoptfmt">debug</span></a> with any value other than <span class="optfmt">false</span> it will override this option.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2118"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2119"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.nolangwarn"><span class="styoptfmt">nolangwarn</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This suppresses the warning generated by a missing language module.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2120"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2121"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.noredefwarn"><span class="styoptfmt">noredefwarn</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ If you load <a id="wrglossary.2122"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> with a class or another package that already defines glossary related commands, by default <a id="wrglossary.2123"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> will warn you that it’s redefining those commands. If you are aware of the consequences of using <a id="wrglossary.2124"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> with that class or package and you don’t want to be warned about it, use this option to suppress those warnings. Other warnings will still be issued unless you use the <a id="wrglossary.2125"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nowarn"><span class="styoptfmt">nowarn</span></a> option described above. (This option is automatically switched on by <a id="wrglossary.2126"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.)<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2127"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2128"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.debug"><span class="styoptfmt">debug</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Debugging mode may write information to the transcript file or add markers to the document. The following values are available: <div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2129"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2130"></a><a id="wrglossary.2131"></a><a href="#glo:opt.debug"><span class="styoptfmt">debug</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.debug.false"><span class="optfmt">false</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ Switches off debugging mode.<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2132"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2133"></a><a id="wrglossary.2134"></a><a href="#glo:opt.debug"><span class="styoptfmt">debug</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.debug.true"><span class="optfmt">true</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ This will write the following line to the transcript file if any attempt at indexing occurs before the associated files have been opened by <a id="wrglossary.2135"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>: <pre class="compactcodebox">wrglossary(<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-type</em>〉</span>)(<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">indexing info</em>〉</span>)
+</pre> Note that this setting will also cancel <a id="wrglossary.2136"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nowarn"><span class="styoptfmt">nowarn</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2137"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2138"></a><a id="wrglossary.2139"></a><a href="#glo:opt.debug"><span class="styoptfmt">debug</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.debug.showtargets"><span class="optfmt">showtargets</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ As <a id="wrglossary.2140"></a><a href="#glo:opt.debug"><span class="styoptfmt">debug</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.2141"></a><a href="#glo:optval.debug.true"><span class="optfmt">true</span></a> but also adds a marker where the <a id="wrglossary.2142"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>-related <a id="wrglossary.2143"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> and targets occur in the document.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.2144"></a><a href="#glo:opt.debug"><span class="styoptfmt">debug</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.2145"></a><a href="#glo:optval.debug.showtargets"><span class="optfmt">showtargets</span></a> option will additionally use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2146"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2147"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsshowtarget"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowtarget</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">target name</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ to show the <a id="wrglossary.2148"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hypertarget">hypertarget</a> or <a id="wrglossary.2149"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> name when <a id="wrglossary.2150"></a><a href="#glo:glsdohypertarget"><code class="csfmt">\glsdohypertarget</code></a> is used by commands like <a id="wrglossary.2151"></a><a href="#glo:glstarget"><code class="csfmt">\glstarget</code></a> and when <a id="wrglossary.2152"></a><a href="#glo:glsdohyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\glsdohyperlink</code></a> is used by commands like <a id="wrglossary.2153"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>. In <a id="wrglossary.2154"></a><a href="#glo:idx.mathmode">math mode</a> or inner mode, this uses: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2155"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2156"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsshowtargetinner"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowtargetinner</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">target name</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which typesets the target name as: <pre class="compactcodebox">[<a id="wrglossary.2157"></a><a href="#glo:glsshowtargetfonttext"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowtargetfonttext</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">target name</em>〉</span>}]
+</pre> just before the link or anchor. This uses the text-block command: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2158"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2159"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsshowtargetfonttext"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowtargetfonttext</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which checks for math-mode before applying the font change. In outer mode <a id="wrglossary.2160"></a><a href="#glo:glsshowtarget"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowtarget</code></a> uses: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2161"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2162"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsshowtargetouter"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowtargetouter</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">target name</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which by default places the target name in the margin with a symbol produced with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2163"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2164"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsshowtargetsymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowtargetsymbol</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">target name</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which defaults to a small right facing triangle.<p>
+The font used by both <a id="wrglossary.2165"></a><a href="#glo:glsshowtargetfonttext"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowtargetfonttext</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.2166"></a><a href="#glo:glsshowtargetouter"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowtargetouter</code></a> is given by the declaration: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2167"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2168"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsshowtargetfont"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowtargetfont</code></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><code class="csfmt">\ttfamily</code><code class="csfmt">\footnotesize</code></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2169"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2170"></a><a id="wrglossary.2171"></a><a href="#glo:opt.debug"><span class="styoptfmt">debug</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.debug.showaccsupp"><span class="optfmt">showaccsupp</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ As <a id="wrglossary.2172"></a><a href="#glo:opt.debug"><span class="styoptfmt">debug</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.2173"></a><a href="#glo:optval.debug.true"><span class="optfmt">true</span></a> but also adds a marker where the <a id="wrglossary.2174"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>-related accessibility information occurs (see <a id="wrglossary.2175"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a>) using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2176"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2177"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsshowaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowaccsupp</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">PDF element</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2178"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.2179"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides extra values <a id="wrglossary.2180"></a><a href="#glo:opt.debug"><span class="styoptfmt">debug</span></a><span class="optfmt">=showwrgloss</span>, that may be used to show where the <a id="wrglossary.2181"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> is occurring, and <a id="wrglossary.2182"></a><a href="#glo:opt.debug"><span class="styoptfmt">debug</span></a><span class="optfmt">=all</span>, which switches on all debugging options. See the <a id="wrglossary.2183"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+The purpose of the debug mode can be demonstrated with the following example document: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2184"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+<code class="cmd">\newglossaryentry</code>{sample1}{<a id="wrglossary.2185"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample1}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.2186"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={example}</span>}
+<code class="cmd">\newglossaryentry</code>{sample2}{<a id="wrglossary.2187"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample2}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.2188"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={example}</span>}
+<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.2189"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a></strong>{sample2}<span class="comment">% &lt;- does nothing here</span>
+<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.2190"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a></strong>
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.2191"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample1}.
+<a id="wrglossary.2192"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a>
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> In this case, only the <span class="qt">“sample1”</span> entry has been <a id="wrglossary.2193"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a>, even though <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.2194"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>{sample2}</code> appears in the source code. This is because <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.2195"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>{sample2}</code> has been used before the associated file is opened by <a id="wrglossary.2196"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>. Since the file isn’t open yet, the information can’t be written to it, which is why the <span class="qt">“sample2”</span> entry doesn’t appear in the <a id="wrglossary.2197"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>.<p>
+Without <a id="wrglossary.2198"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> the <a id="wrglossary.2199"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> is suppressed with Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> but, other than that, commands like <a id="wrglossary.2200"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> behave as usual.<p>
+This situation doesn’t cause any errors or warnings as it’s perfectly legitimate for a user to want to use <a id="wrglossary.2201"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> to format the entries (for example, to show a different form on <a id="wrglossary.2202"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>) but not display any <a id="wrglossary.2203"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> (or the user may prefer to use the unsorted Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.unsrt">5</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.standalone">6</a>). It’s also possible that the user may want to temporarily comment out <a id="wrglossary.2204"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> in order to suppress the <a id="wrglossary.2205"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> while working on a draft version to speed compilation, or the user may prefer to use Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a> for <a id="wrglossary.2206"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a>, which don’t use <a id="wrglossary.2207"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>.<p>
+Therefore <a id="wrglossary.2208"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> can’t be used to enable <a id="wrglossary.2209"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> and commands like <a id="wrglossary.2210"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.2211"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>. These commands must be enabled by default. (It does, however, enable the <a id="wrglossary.2212"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key as that’s a more common problem. See below.)<p>
+The debug mode, enabled with the <a id="wrglossary.2213"></a><a href="#glo:opt.debug"><span class="styoptfmt">debug</span></a> option, <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2214"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.2215"></a><a href="#glo:opt.debug"><span class="styoptfmt">debug</span></a>]{glossaries}
+</pre> will write information to the log file when the <a id="wrglossary.2216"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> can’t occur because the associated file isn’t open. The message is written in the form <pre class="transcript"><div class="transcripttitle"><a id="wrglossary.2217"></a><a href="#glo:sym.transcript"><span title="Transcript" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>Package glossaries Info: wrglossary(<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span>)(<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>) on
+input line <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">line number</em>〉</span>.
+</pre> where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span> is the glossary label and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> is the line of text that would’ve been written to the associated file if it had been open. So if any entries haven’t appeared in the glossary but you’re sure you used commands like <a id="wrglossary.2218"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.2219"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddall"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddall</code></a>, try switching on the <a id="wrglossary.2220"></a><a href="#glo:opt.debug"><span class="styoptfmt">debug</span></a> option and see if any information has been written to the log file.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2221"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2222"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.savewrites"><span class="styoptfmt">savewrites</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This is a boolean option to minimise the number of write registers used by the <a id="wrglossary.2223"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package. The default is <a id="wrglossary.2224"></a><a href="#glo:opt.savewrites"><span class="styoptfmt">savewrites</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>. With Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>, one write register is required per (non-ignored) <a id="wrglossary.2225"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> and one for the style file.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2226"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+In general, this package option is best avoided. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+With all options except Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a>14, another write register is required if the <a id="wrglossary.2227"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glsdefs"><span class="extfmt">glsdefs</span></a> file is needed to save document definitions. With both Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a>, no write registers are required (document definitions aren’t permitted and <a id="wrglossary.2228"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> information is written to the <a id="wrglossary.2229"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file). If you really need document definitions but you want to minimise the number of write registers then consider using <a id="wrglossary.2230"></a><a href="#glo:opt.docdef"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">docdef</span></a><span class="optfmt">=restricted</span> with <a id="wrglossary.2231"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.<p>
+There are only a limited number of write registers, and if you have a large number of <a id="wrglossary.2232"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> or if you are using a class or other packages that create a lot of external files, you may exceed the maximum number of available registers. If <a id="wrglossary.2233"></a><a href="#glo:opt.savewrites"><span class="styoptfmt">savewrites</span></a> is set, the <a id="wrglossary.2234"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> information will be stored in token registers until the end of the document when they will be written to the external files.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.2235"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+This option can significantly slow document compilation and may cause the <a id="wrglossary.2236"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> to fail. Page numbers in the <a id="wrglossary.2237"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> will be incorrect on page boundaries due to TeX’s asynchronous output routine. As an alternative, you can use the <a id="wrglossary.2238"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.scrwfile"><span class="styfmt">scrwfile</span></a> package (part of the KOMA-Script bundle) and not use this option. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+By way of comparison, <span class="filefmt">sample-multi2.tex</span> provided with <a id="wrglossary.2239"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> has a total of 15 <a id="wrglossary.2240"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>. With Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>, this would require 46 associated files and 16 write registers. (These figures don’t include standard files and registers provided by the kernel or <a id="wrglossary.2241"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a>, such as <a id="wrglossary.2242"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> and <span class="filefmt">out</span>.) With <a id="wrglossary.2243"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, no write registers are required and there are only 10 associated files for that particular document (9 resource files and 1 transcript file).<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.2244"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+If you want to use TeX’s <a id="wrglossary.2245"></a><a href="#glo:dual.shellescape">shell escape</a> to call <a id="wrglossary.2246"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.2247"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> from your document and use <a id="wrglossary.2248"></a><a href="#glo:opt.savewrites"><span class="styoptfmt">savewrites</span></a>, then use <a id="wrglossary.2249"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.2250"></a><a href="#glo:optval.automake.immediate"><span class="optfmt">immediate</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.2251"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.2252"></a><a href="#glo:optval.automake.makegloss"><span class="optfmt">makegloss</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.2253"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.2254"></a><a href="#glo:optval.automake.lite"><span class="optfmt">lite</span></a>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2255"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2256"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.translate"><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span><span class="initvalnotefmt"><em class="initvalnotefmtinner">varies</em></span></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This can take one of the values listed below. If no supported language package has been loaded the default is <a id="wrglossary.2257"></a><a href="#glo:opt.translate"><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.2258"></a><a href="#glo:optval.translate.false"><span class="optfmt">false</span></a> otherwise the default is <a id="wrglossary.2259"></a><a href="#glo:opt.translate"><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.2260"></a><a href="#glo:optval.translate.true"><span class="optfmt">true</span></a> for the base <a id="wrglossary.2261"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package and <a id="wrglossary.2262"></a><a href="#glo:opt.translate"><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.2263"></a><a href="#glo:optval.translate.babel"><span class="optfmt">babel</span></a> for <a id="wrglossary.2264"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2265"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2266"></a><a id="wrglossary.2267"></a><a href="#glo:opt.translate"><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.translate.true"><span class="optfmt">true</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ If <a id="wrglossary.2268"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a> has been loaded and the <a id="wrglossary.2269"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span></a> package is installed, <a id="wrglossary.2270"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span></a> will be loaded and the translations will be provided by the <a id="wrglossary.2271"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span></a> package interface. You can modify the translations by providing your own dictionary. If the <a id="wrglossary.2272"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span></a> package isn’t installed and <a id="wrglossary.2273"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a> is loaded, the <a id="wrglossary.2274"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-babel"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-babel</span></a> package will be loaded and the translations will be provided using <a id="wrglossary.2275"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span>’s</a> <code class="csfmt">\addto</code><a id="wrglossary.2276"></a><a href="#glo:captionslanguage"><code class="csfmt">\captions<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">language</em>〉</span></code></a> mechanism. If <a id="wrglossary.2277"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.polyglossia"><span class="styfmt">polyglossia</span></a> has been loaded, <a id="wrglossary.2278"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-polyglossia"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-polyglossia</span></a> will be loaded.<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2279"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2280"></a><a id="wrglossary.2281"></a><a href="#glo:opt.translate"><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.translate.false"><span class="optfmt">false</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ Don’t provide translations, even if <a id="wrglossary.2282"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.2283"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.polyglossia"><span class="styfmt">polyglossia</span></a> has been loaded. (Note that <a id="wrglossary.2284"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a> provides the command <a id="wrglossary.2285"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryname</code></a> so that will still be translated if you have loaded <a id="wrglossary.2286"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a>.)<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2287"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2288"></a><a id="wrglossary.2289"></a><a href="#glo:opt.translate"><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.translate.babel"><span class="optfmt">babel</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ Don’t load the <a id="wrglossary.2290"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span></a> package. Instead load <a id="wrglossary.2291"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-babel"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-babel</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.2292"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+I recommend you use <a id="wrglossary.2293"></a><a href="#glo:opt.translate"><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.2294"></a><a href="#glo:optval.translate.babel"><span class="optfmt">babel</span></a> if you have any problems with the translations or with <a id="wrglossary.2295"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>, but to maintain backward compatibility, if <a id="wrglossary.2296"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a> has been loaded the default is <a id="wrglossary.2297"></a><a href="#glo:opt.translate"><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.2298"></a><a href="#glo:optval.translate.true"><span class="optfmt">true</span></a>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+See §<a href="#sec:fixednames">1.5.1</a> for further details.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2299"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2300"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.notranslate"><span class="styoptfmt">notranslate</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This is equivalent to <a id="wrglossary.2301"></a><a href="#glo:opt.translate"><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.2302"></a><a href="#glo:optval.translate.false"><span class="optfmt">false</span></a> and may be passed via the document class options.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2303"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2304"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.languages"><span class="styoptfmt">languages</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This automatically implements <a id="wrglossary.2305"></a><a href="#glo:opt.translate"><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.2306"></a><a href="#glo:optval.translate.babel"><span class="optfmt">babel</span></a> (which means that <a id="wrglossary.2307"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span></a> won’t automatically be loaded) but will also add the list of languages to <a id="wrglossary.2308"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.tracklang"><span class="styfmt">tracklang</span>’s</a> list of tracked languages. Each element in the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">list</em>〉</span> may be an ISO language tag (such as <code class="code">pt-BR</code>) or one of <a id="wrglossary.2309"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.tracklang"><span class="styfmt">tracklang</span>’s</a> known language labels (such as <code class="code">british</code>).<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2310"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleonsetting"><span title="Toggle (On)" class="icon"><span class="fwsactiveicon">🔘</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2311"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.hyperfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">hyperfirst</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>true</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ If true, terms on <a id="wrglossary.2312"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> will have a <a id="wrglossary.2313"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a>, if supported, unless the <a id="wrglossary.2314"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> is explicitly suppressed using starred versions of commands such as <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.2315"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>*</code>. If false, only <a id="wrglossary.2316"></a><a href="#glo:dual.subsequentuse">subsequent use</a> instances will have a <a id="wrglossary.2317"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> (if supported).<p>
+Note that <a id="wrglossary.2318"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nohypertypes"><span class="styoptfmt">nohypertypes</span></a> overrides <a id="wrglossary.2319"></a><a href="#glo:opt.hyperfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">hyperfirst</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>. This option only affects commands that check the <a id="wrglossary.2320"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>, such as the <a id="wrglossary.2321"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands (for example, <a id="wrglossary.2322"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.2323"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisp</code></a>), but not the <a id="wrglossary.2324"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands (for example, <a id="wrglossary.2325"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.2326"></a><a href="#glo:glstext"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code></a>). <p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.2327"></a><a href="#glo:opt.hyperfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">hyperfirst</span></a> setting applies to all <a id="wrglossary.2328"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> types (unless identified by <a id="wrglossary.2329"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nohypertypes"><span class="styoptfmt">nohypertypes</span></a> or defined with <a id="wrglossary.2330"></a><a href="#glo:newignoredglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newignoredglossary</code></a>). It can be overridden on an individual basis by explicitly setting the <a id="wrglossary.2331"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.hyper"><span class="csoptfmt">hyper</span></a> key when referencing an entry (or by using the plus or starred version of the referencing command).<p>
+It may be that you only want to suppress <a id="wrglossary.2332"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> for just the <a id="wrglossary.2333"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> (where the <a id="wrglossary.2334"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> explains the meaning of the <a id="wrglossary.2335"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a>) but not for ordinary <a id="wrglossary.2336"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entries</a> (where the <a id="wrglossary.2337"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> is identical to <a id="wrglossary.2338"></a><a href="#glo:dual.subsequentuse">subsequent use</a>). In this case, you can use <a id="wrglossary.2339"></a><a href="#glo:opt.hyperfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">hyperfirst</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> and apply <a id="wrglossary.2340"></a><a href="#glo:glsunsetall"><code class="csfmt">\glsunsetall</code></a> to all the regular (non-<a id="wrglossary.2341"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a>) <a id="wrglossary.2342"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2343"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.2344"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.2345"></a><a href="#glo:opt.hyperfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">hyperfirst</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>]{glossaries}
+<span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.2346"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> and <a id="wrglossary.2347"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entry</a> definitions</span>
+
+<span class="comment">% at the end of the preamble</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.2348"></a><a href="#glo:glsunsetall"><code class="csfmt">\glsunsetall</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.2349"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a>]
+</pre><p>
+Alternatively you can redefine the hook <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2350"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2351"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook"><code class="csfmt">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which is used by the commands that check the <a id="wrglossary.2352"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>, such as <a id="wrglossary.2353"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>. Within the definition of this command, you can use <a id="wrglossary.2354"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a> to reference the <a id="wrglossary.2355"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> label and <a id="wrglossary.2356"></a><a href="#glo:glstype"><code class="csfmt">\glstype</code></a> to reference the <a id="wrglossary.2357"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> type. You can also use <a id="wrglossary.2358"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsused"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsused</code></a> to determine if the <a id="wrglossary.2359"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> has been used. You can test if an <a id="wrglossary.2360"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> is an <a id="wrglossary.2361"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> by checking if it has the <a id="wrglossary.2362"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a> key set using <a id="wrglossary.2363"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshaslong"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshaslong</code></a> (or if the <a id="wrglossary.2364"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> key has been set using <a id="wrglossary.2365"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshasshort"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasshort</code></a>). For example, to switch off the <a id="wrglossary.2366"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> on <a id="wrglossary.2367"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> just for <a id="wrglossary.2368"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2369"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.2370"></a><a href="#glo:glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook"><code class="csfmt">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook</code></a>}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.2371"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsused"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsused</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.2372"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}{}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.2373"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshaslong"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshaslong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.2374"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}{<code class="cmd">\setkeys</code>{glslink}{<a id="wrglossary.2375"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.hyper"><span class="csoptfmt">hyper</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre><p>
+Note that this hook isn’t used by the commands that don’t check the <a id="wrglossary.2376"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>, such as <a id="wrglossary.2377"></a><a href="#glo:glstext"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code></a>. (You can, instead, redefine <a id="wrglossary.2378"></a><a href="#glo:glslinkpostsetkeys"><code class="csfmt">\glslinkpostsetkeys</code></a>, which is used by both the <a id="wrglossary.2379"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> and <a id="wrglossary.2380"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands.)<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2381"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.2382"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides a method of disabling the <a id="wrglossary.2383"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> <a id="wrglossary.2384"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> according to the <a id="wrglossary.2385"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry’s</a> associated <a id="wrglossary.2386"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a>. For example, if you only want to switch off the <a id="wrglossary.2387"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> hyperlink for <a id="wrglossary.2388"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviations</span></a> then you simply need to set the <a id="wrglossary.2389"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.nohyperfirst"><span class="csoptfmt">nohyperfirst</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.2390"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@categoryattribute">attribute</a> for the <a id="wrglossary.2391"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.abbreviation"><span class="catfmt">abbreviation</span></a> and, if appropriate, <a id="wrglossary.2392"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a> categories. (Instead of using the <a id="wrglossary.2393"></a><a href="#glo:opt.hyperfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">hyperfirst</span></a> package option.) See the <a id="wrglossary.2394"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2395"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2396"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.writeglslabels"><span class="styoptfmt">writeglslabels</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This option will create a file called <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.2397"></a><a href="#glo:jobname"><code class="csfmt">\jobname</code></a>.<a id="wrglossary.2398"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glslabels"><span class="extfmt">glslabels</span></a></code> at the end of the document. This file simply contains a list of all defined entry labels (including those in any <a id="wrglossary.2399"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossaries</a>). It’s provided for the benefit of text editors that need to know labels for <a id="wrglossary.2400"></a><a href="#glo:idx.auto-completion">auto-completion</a>. If you also want the name, use <a id="wrglossary.2401"></a><a href="#glo:opt.writeglslabelnames"><span class="styoptfmt">writeglslabelnames</span></a>. (See also <a id="wrglossary.2402"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span>’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.2403"></a><a href="#glo:opt.docdef"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">docdef</span></a><span class="optfmt">=atom</span> package option.)<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2404"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ Note that with <a id="wrglossary.2405"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> the file will only contain the entries that <a id="wrglossary.2406"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> has selected from the <a id="wrglossary.2407"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> files. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2408"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2409"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.writeglslabelnames"><span class="styoptfmt">writeglslabelnames</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Similar to <a id="wrglossary.2410"></a><a href="#glo:opt.writeglslabels"><span class="styoptfmt">writeglslabels</span></a> but writes both the label and name (separated by a tab).<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2411"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2412"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.undefaction"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">undefaction</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>error</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+Only available with <a id="wrglossary.2413"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, the value for this option may be one of:<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2414"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2415"></a><a id="wrglossary.2416"></a><a href="#glo:opt.undefaction"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">undefaction</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.undefaction.error"><span class="xtroptfmt">error</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ Generates an error if a referenced entry is undefined (default, and the only available setting with just the base <a id="wrglossary.2417"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package).<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2418"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2419"></a><a id="wrglossary.2420"></a><a href="#glo:opt.undefaction"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">undefaction</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.undefaction.warn"><span class="xtroptfmt">warn</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ Only warns if a referenced entry is undefined (automatically activated with <a id="wrglossary.2421"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a>).<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2422"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2423"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.docdef"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">docdef</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+Only available with <a id="wrglossary.2424"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, this option governs the use of <a id="wrglossary.2425"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>. Available values:<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2426"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2427"></a><a id="wrglossary.2428"></a><a href="#glo:opt.docdef"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">docdef</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.docdef.false"><span class="xtroptfmt">false</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ This setting means that <a id="wrglossary.2429"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> is not permitted in the <a id="wrglossary.2430"></a><a href="#glo:env.document"><span class="envfmt">document</span></a> environment (default with <a id="wrglossary.2431"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> and for <a id="wrglossary.2432"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a> with just the base <a id="wrglossary.2433"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package).<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2434"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2435"></a><a id="wrglossary.2436"></a><a href="#glo:opt.docdef"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">docdef</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.docdef.restricted"><span class="xtroptfmt">restricted</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ This setting means that <a id="wrglossary.2437"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> is only permitted in the <a id="wrglossary.2438"></a><a href="#glo:env.document"><span class="envfmt">document</span></a> environment if it occurs before <a id="wrglossary.2439"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a> (not available for some indexing options, such as Option <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a>).<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2440"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2441"></a><a id="wrglossary.2442"></a><a href="#glo:opt.docdef"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">docdef</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.docdef.atom"><span class="xtroptfmt">atom</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ This setting is as <a id="wrglossary.2443"></a><a href="#glo:opt.docdef"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">docdef</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.2444"></a><a href="#glo:optval.docdef.restricted"><span class="xtroptfmt">restricted</span></a> but creates the <a id="wrglossary.2445"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glsdefs"><span class="extfmt">glsdefs</span></a> file for use by <a id="wrglossary.2446"></a><a href="#glo:app.atom"><span class="appfmt">atom</span></a> (without the limitations of <a id="wrglossary.2447"></a><a href="#glo:opt.docdef"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">docdef</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.2448"></a><a href="#glo:optval.docdef.true"><span class="xtroptfmt">true</span></a>).<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2449"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2450"></a><a id="wrglossary.2451"></a><a href="#glo:opt.docdef"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">docdef</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.docdef.true"><span class="xtroptfmt">true</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ This setting means that <a id="wrglossary.2452"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> is permitted in the <a id="wrglossary.2453"></a><a href="#glo:env.document"><span class="envfmt">document</span></a> environment where it would normally be permitted by the base <a id="wrglossary.2454"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package. This will create the <a id="wrglossary.2455"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glsdefs"><span class="extfmt">glsdefs</span></a> file if <a id="wrglossary.2456"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> is found in the <a id="wrglossary.2457"></a><a href="#glo:env.document"><span class="envfmt">document</span></a> environment.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:pkgopts-general -->
+
+<section id="sec:pkgopts-sec"><!-- start of section sec:pkgopts-sec --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->2.2. Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2458"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2459"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.toc"><span class="styoptfmt">toc</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span><span class="initvalnotefmt"><em class="initvalnotefmtinner">varies</em></span></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Adds the <a id="wrglossary.2460"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> to the <a id="wrglossary.2461"></a><a href="#glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</a> (<a id="wrglossary.2462"></a><a href="#glo:ext.toc"><span class="extfmt">toc</span></a> file). Note that an extra LaTeX run is required with this option. Alternatively, you can switch this function on and off using <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2463"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2464"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glstoctrue"><code class="csfmt">\glstoctrue</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2465"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2466"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glstocfalse"><code class="csfmt">\glstocfalse</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ You can test whether or not this option is set using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2467"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2468"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ifglstoc"><code class="csfmt">\ifglstoc</code></dfn> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\else</code> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\fi</code></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><code class="csfmt">\iffalse</code></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The default value is <a id="wrglossary.2469"></a><a href="#glo:opt.toc"><span class="styoptfmt">toc</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> for the base <a id="wrglossary.2470"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package and <a id="wrglossary.2471"></a><a href="#glo:opt.toc"><span class="styoptfmt">toc</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> for <a id="wrglossary.2472"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2473"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2474"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.numberline"><span class="styoptfmt">numberline</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ When used with <a id="wrglossary.2475"></a><a href="#glo:opt.toc"><span class="styoptfmt">toc</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> option, this will add <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.2476"></a><a href="#glo:numberline"><code class="csfmt">\numberline</code></a>{}</code> in the final argument of <a id="wrglossary.2477"></a><a href="#glo:addcontentsline"><code class="csfmt">\addcontentsline</code></a>. This will align the <a id="wrglossary.2478"></a><a href="#glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</a> entry with the numbered section titles. Note that this option has no effect with <a id="wrglossary.2479"></a><a href="#glo:opt.toc"><span class="styoptfmt">toc</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>. If <a id="wrglossary.2480"></a><a href="#glo:opt.toc"><span class="styoptfmt">toc</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> is used without <a id="wrglossary.2481"></a><a href="#glo:opt.numberline"><span class="styoptfmt">numberline</span></a>, the <a id="wrglossary.2482"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> title will be aligned with the section numbers rather than the section titles.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2483"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2484"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.section"><span class="styoptfmt">section</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>section</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ <p>
+This option indicates the sectional unit to use for the <a id="wrglossary.2485"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. The value <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span> should be the control sequence <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">name</span> without the leading backslash or following star (for example, just <code class="code">chapter</code> not <a id="wrglossary.2486"></a><a href="#glo:chapter"><code class="csfmt">\chapter</code></a> or <code class="code">chapter*</code>).<p>
+The default behaviour is for the glossary heading to use <a id="wrglossary.2487"></a><a href="#glo:chapter"><code class="csfmt">\chapter</code></a>, if that command exists, or <a id="wrglossary.2488"></a><a href="#glo:section"><code class="csfmt">\section</code></a> otherwise. The starred or unstarred form is determined by the <a id="wrglossary.2489"></a><a href="#glo:opt.numberedsection"><span class="styoptfmt">numberedsection</span></a> option.<p>
+Example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2490"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.2491"></a><a href="#glo:opt.section"><span class="styoptfmt">section</span></a><span class="optfmt">=subsection</span>]{glossaries}
+</pre> You can omit the value if you want to use <a id="wrglossary.2492"></a><a href="#glo:section"><code class="csfmt">\section</code></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2493"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.2494"></a><a href="#glo:opt.section"><span class="styoptfmt">section</span></a>]{glossaries}
+</pre> is equivalent to <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2495"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.2496"></a><a href="#glo:opt.section"><span class="styoptfmt">section</span></a><span class="optfmt">=section</span>]{glossaries}
+</pre> You can change this value later in the document using <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2497"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2498"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:setglossarysection"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarysection</code></dfn><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span> is the sectional unit.<p>
+The start of each <a id="wrglossary.2499"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> adds information to the page header via <a id="wrglossary.2500"></a><a href="#glo:glsglossarymark"><code class="csfmt">\glsglossarymark</code></a> (see §<a href="#sec:glossmarkup">8.2</a>).<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2501"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2502"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.ucmark"><span class="styoptfmt">ucmark</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span><span class="initvalnotefmt"><em class="initvalnotefmtinner">varies</em></span></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ If <a id="wrglossary.2503"></a><a href="#glo:opt.ucmark"><span class="styoptfmt">ucmark</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>, this will make <a id="wrglossary.2504"></a><a href="#glo:glsglossarymark"><code class="csfmt">\glsglossarymark</code></a> use <a id="wrglossary.2505"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a> in the header, otherwise no <a id="wrglossary.2506"></a><a href="#glo:dual.casechange">case change</a> will be applied. The default is <a id="wrglossary.2507"></a><a href="#glo:opt.ucmark"><span class="styoptfmt">ucmark</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>, unless <a id="wrglossary.2508"></a><a href="#glo:cls.memoir"><span class="clsfmt">memoir</span></a> has been loaded, in which case the default is <a id="wrglossary.2509"></a><a href="#glo:opt.ucmark"><span class="styoptfmt">ucmark</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>.<p>
+You can test if this option has been set using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2510"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2511"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ifglsucmark"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsucmark</code></dfn> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\else</code> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\fi</code></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><span class="initvalnotefmt"><em class="initvalnotefmtinner">varies</em></span></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2512"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.2513"></a><a href="#glo:glsglossarymark"><code class="csfmt">\glsglossarymark</code></a>}[1]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.2514"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsucmark"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsucmark</code></a>
+ <a id="wrglossary.2515"></a><a href="#glo:markright"><code class="csfmt">\markright</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.2516"></a><a href="#glo:glsuppercase"><code class="csfmt">\glsuppercase</code></a>{#1}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\else</code>
+ <a id="wrglossary.2517"></a><a href="#glo:markright"><code class="csfmt">\markright</code></a>{#1}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\fi</code>}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2518"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2519"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.numberedsection"><span class="styoptfmt">numberedsection</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>nolabel; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.2520"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> are placed in unnumbered sectional units by default, but this can be changed using <a id="wrglossary.2521"></a><a href="#glo:opt.numberedsection"><span class="styoptfmt">numberedsection</span></a>. This option can take one of the following values:<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2522"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2523"></a><a id="wrglossary.2524"></a><a href="#glo:opt.numberedsection"><span class="styoptfmt">numberedsection</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.numberedsection.false"><span class="optfmt">false</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ No number, that is, use the starred form of sectioning command (for example, <a id="wrglossary.2525"></a><a href="#glo:chapter"><code class="csfmt">\chapter*</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.2526"></a><a href="#glo:section"><code class="csfmt">\section*</code></a>).<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2527"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2528"></a><a id="wrglossary.2529"></a><a href="#glo:opt.numberedsection"><span class="styoptfmt">numberedsection</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.numberedsection.nolabel"><span class="optfmt">nolabel</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ Use a numbered section, that is, the unstarred form of sectioning command (for example, <a id="wrglossary.2530"></a><a href="#glo:chapter"><code class="csfmt">\chapter</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.2531"></a><a href="#glo:section"><code class="csfmt">\section</code></a>), but no label is automatically added.<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2532"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2533"></a><a id="wrglossary.2534"></a><a href="#glo:opt.numberedsection"><span class="styoptfmt">numberedsection</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.numberedsection.autolabel"><span class="optfmt">autolabel</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ Use numbered sections with automatic labelling. Each <a id="wrglossary.2535"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> uses the unstarred form of a sectioning command (for example, <a id="wrglossary.2536"></a><a href="#glo:chapter"><code class="csfmt">\chapter</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.2537"></a><a href="#glo:section"><code class="csfmt">\section</code></a>) and is assigned a label (via <a id="wrglossary.2538"></a><a href="#glo:label"><code class="csfmt">\label</code></a>). The label is formed from the <a id="wrglossary.2539"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary’s</a> label prefixed with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2540"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2541"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsautoprefix"><code class="csfmt">\glsautoprefix</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The default value of <a id="wrglossary.2542"></a><a href="#glo:glsautoprefix"><code class="csfmt">\glsautoprefix</code></a> is empty. For example, if you load <a id="wrglossary.2543"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> using: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2544"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.2545"></a><a href="#glo:opt.section"><span class="styoptfmt">section</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.2546"></a><a href="#glo:opt.numberedsection"><span class="styoptfmt">numberedsection</span></a><span class="optfmt">=autolabel</span>]
+ {glossaries}
+</pre> then each <a id="wrglossary.2547"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> will appear in a numbered section, and can be referenced using something like: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2548"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>The main glossary is in section<a id="wrglossary.2549"></a><a href="#glo:idx.nbsp"><code class="code">~</code></a><a id="wrglossary.2550"></a><a href="#glo:ref"><code class="csfmt">\ref</code></a>{main} and
+the list of acronyms is in section<a id="wrglossary.2551"></a><a href="#glo:idx.nbsp"><code class="code">~</code></a><a id="wrglossary.2552"></a><a href="#glo:ref"><code class="csfmt">\ref</code></a>{acronym}.
+</pre> If you can’t decide whether to have the acronyms in the main glossary or a separate list of acronyms, you can use <a id="wrglossary.2553"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a> which is set to <a id="wrglossary.2554"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> if the <a id="wrglossary.2555"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> option is not used and is set to <a id="wrglossary.2556"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a> if the <a id="wrglossary.2557"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> option is used. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2558"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>The list of acronyms is in section<a id="wrglossary.2559"></a><a href="#glo:idx.nbsp"><code class="code">~</code></a><a id="wrglossary.2560"></a><a href="#glo:ref"><code class="csfmt">\ref</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.2561"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a>}.
+</pre> You can redefine the prefix if the default label clashes with another label in your document. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2562"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.2563"></a><a href="#glo:glsautoprefix"><code class="csfmt">\glsautoprefix</code></a>}{glo:}
+</pre> will add <code class="code">glo:</code> to the automatically generated label, so you can then, for example, refer to the list of acronyms as follows: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2564"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>The list of acronyms is in
+section<a id="wrglossary.2565"></a><a href="#glo:idx.nbsp"><code class="code">~</code></a><a id="wrglossary.2566"></a><a href="#glo:ref"><code class="csfmt">\ref</code></a>{glo:<a id="wrglossary.2567"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a>}.
+</pre> Or, if you are undecided on a prefix: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2568"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>The list of acronyms is in
+section<a id="wrglossary.2569"></a><a href="#glo:idx.nbsp"><code class="code">~</code></a><a id="wrglossary.2570"></a><a href="#glo:ref"><code class="csfmt">\ref</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.2571"></a><a href="#glo:glsautoprefix"><code class="csfmt">\glsautoprefix</code></a><a id="wrglossary.2572"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a>}.
+</pre><p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2573"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2574"></a><a id="wrglossary.2575"></a><a href="#glo:opt.numberedsection"><span class="styoptfmt">numberedsection</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.numberedsection.nameref"><span class="optfmt">nameref</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ This setting is like <a id="wrglossary.2576"></a><a href="#glo:opt.numberedsection"><span class="styoptfmt">numberedsection</span></a><span class="optfmt">=autolabel</span> but uses an unnumbered sectioning command (for example, <a id="wrglossary.2577"></a><a href="#glo:chapter"><code class="csfmt">\chapter*</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.2578"></a><a href="#glo:section"><code class="csfmt">\section*</code></a>). It’s designed for use with the <a id="wrglossary.2579"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.nameref"><span class="styfmt">nameref</span></a> package. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2580"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{nameref}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.2581"></a><a href="#glo:opt.numberedsection"><span class="styoptfmt">numberedsection</span></a><span class="optfmt">=nameref</span>]{glossaries}
+</pre> Alternatively, since <a id="wrglossary.2582"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.nameref"><span class="styfmt">nameref</span></a> is automatically loaded by <a id="wrglossary.2583"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2584"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{hyperref}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.2585"></a><a href="#glo:opt.numberedsection"><span class="styoptfmt">numberedsection</span></a><span class="optfmt">=nameref</span>]{glossaries}
+</pre> Now <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.2586"></a><a href="#glo:nameref"><code class="csfmt">\nameref</code></a>{main}</code> will display the (<a id="wrglossary.2587"></a><a href="#glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</a>) section title associated with the <a id="wrglossary.2588"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary. As above, you can redefine <a id="wrglossary.2589"></a><a href="#glo:glsautoprefix"><code class="csfmt">\glsautoprefix</code></a> to provide a prefix for the label.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:pkgopts-sec -->
+
+<section id="sec:pkgopts-printglos"><!-- start of section sec:pkgopts-printglos --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->2.3. Glossary Appearance Options<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2590"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2591"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.savenumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">savenumberlist</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> only</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This is a boolean option that specifies whether or not to gather and store the <a id="wrglossary.2592"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> for each entry. The default is <a id="wrglossary.2593"></a><a href="#glo:opt.savenumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">savenumberlist</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> with Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>. (See <a id="wrglossary.2594"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrynumberlist</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.2595"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisplaynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisplaynumberlist</code></a> in §<a href="#sec:glsnolink">5.2</a>.) This setting is always true if you use <a id="wrglossary.2596"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a> as a by-product of the way that <a id="wrglossary.2597"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> method works.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2598"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ If you use the <a id="wrglossary.2599"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a> option (with either no value or <a id="wrglossary.2600"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=only</span> or <a id="wrglossary.2601"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=nameref</span>) then this package option has no effect. With <a id="wrglossary.2602"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, the <a id="wrglossary.2603"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a> are automatically saved with the default <a id="wrglossary.2604"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.save-locations"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">save-locations</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> and <a id="wrglossary.2605"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.save-loclist"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">save-loclist</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> resource settings. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2606"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2607"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ If set, this will create the counter: <div class="ctrbox"><div class="ctrboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2608"></a><a href="#glo:sym.counter"><span title="Counter" class="icon">№</span></a></div><!-- end of ctrboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2609"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ctr.glossaryentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossaryentry</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of ctrbox -->
+ Each <a id="wrglossary.2610"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">top level (level 0)</a> entry will increment and display that counter at the start of the <a id="wrglossary.2611"></a><a href="#glo:dual.entryline">entry line</a> when using <a id="wrglossary.2612"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> that support this setting. Note that if you also use <a id="wrglossary.2613"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a> the option order makes a difference. If <a id="wrglossary.2614"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a> is specified first, the sub-entry counter will be dependent on the <a id="wrglossary.2615"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.glossaryentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossaryentry</span></a> counter.<p>
+If you use this option (and are using a <a id="wrglossary.2616"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> that supports this option) then you can reference the <a id="wrglossary.2617"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> number within the document using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2618"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2619"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsrefentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsrefentry</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span> is the label associated with that glossary entry. This will use <a id="wrglossary.2620"></a><a href="#glo:ref"><code class="csfmt">\ref</code></a> if either <a id="wrglossary.2621"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> or <a id="wrglossary.2622"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>, with the label <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>, where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span> is the entry’s label and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span> is given by: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2623"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2624"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GlsEntryCounterLabelPrefix"><code class="csfmt">\GlsEntryCounterLabelPrefix</code></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>glsentry-</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ If both <a id="wrglossary.2625"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> and <a id="wrglossary.2626"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>, <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.2627"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code> will be used instead.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.2628"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+If you use <a id="wrglossary.2629"></a><a href="#glo:glsrefentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsrefentry</code></a>, you must run LaTeX twice after creating the <a id="wrglossary.2630"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing files</a> using <a id="wrglossary.2631"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.2632"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.2633"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> (or after creating the <a id="wrglossary.2634"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glstex"><span class="extfmt">glstex</span></a> file with <a id="wrglossary.2635"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>) to ensure the cross-references are up-to-date. This is because the counter can’t be incremented and labelled until the <a id="wrglossary.2636"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> is typeset. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.2637"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.glossaryentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossaryentry</span></a> counter can be reset back to zero with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2638"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2639"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsresetentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetentrycounter</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This does nothing if <a id="wrglossary.2640"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>. The <a id="wrglossary.2641"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.glossaryentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossaryentry</span></a> counter can be simultaneously incremented and labelled (using <a id="wrglossary.2642"></a><a href="#glo:refstepcounter"><code class="csfmt">\refstepcounter</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.2643"></a><a href="#glo:label"><code class="csfmt">\label</code></a>) with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2644"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2645"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsstepentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsstepentry</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command is within the definition of <a id="wrglossary.2646"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryitem"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryitem</code></a>, which is typically used in <a id="wrglossary.2647"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> at the start of <a id="wrglossary.2648"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">top level (level 0)</a> entries. The argument is the entry label.<p>
+The value of the <a id="wrglossary.2649"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.glossaryentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossaryentry</span></a> counter can be displayed with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2650"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2651"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:theglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\theglossaryentry</code></dfn></code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command is defined when the <a id="wrglossary.2652"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.glossaryentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossaryentry</span></a> counter is defined, so won’t be available otherwise. The formatted value is more usually displayed with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2653"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2654"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentrycounterlabel"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrycounterlabel</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This will do <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.2655"></a><a href="#glo:theglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\theglossaryentry</code></a>.<a id="wrglossary.2656"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a></code> if <a id="wrglossary.2657"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>, otherwise does nothing. This is therefore more generally useful in <a id="wrglossary.2658"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> as it will silently do nothing if the setting isn’t on. This command is used within the definition of <a id="wrglossary.2659"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryitem"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryitem</code></a>.<p>
+If you want to test whether or not this option is currently enabled, use the conditional: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2660"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2661"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ifglsentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsentrycounter</code></dfn> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\else</code> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\fi</code></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><code class="csfmt">\iffalse</code></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ You can later switch it off using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2662"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2663"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentrycounterfalse"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrycounterfalse</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ and switch it back on with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2664"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2665"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentrycountertrue"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrycountertrue</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ but note that this won’t define <a id="wrglossary.2666"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.glossaryentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossaryentry</span></a> if <a id="wrglossary.2667"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> wasn’t used initially. You can also locally enable or disable this option for a specific <a id="wrglossary.2668"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> using the <a id="wrglossary.2669"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.entrycounter"><span class="csoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.2670"></a><a href="#glo:idx.printglossopt"><code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">…</em>〉</span>glossary</code> option</a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2671"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2672"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.counterwithin"><span class="styoptfmt">counterwithin</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">parent-counter</em>〉</span></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ If used, this option will automatically set <a id="wrglossary.2673"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a>true and the <a id="wrglossary.2674"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.glossaryentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossaryentry</span></a> counter will be reset every time <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">parent-counter</em>〉</span> is incremented. An empty value indicates that <a id="wrglossary.2675"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.glossaryentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossaryentry</span></a> has no parent counter (but <a id="wrglossary.2676"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.glossaryentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossaryentry</span></a> will still be defined).<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.2677"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+The <a id="wrglossary.2678"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.glossaryentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossaryentry</span></a> counter isn’t automatically reset at the start of each glossary, except when glossary section numbering is on and the counter used by <a id="wrglossary.2679"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counterwithin"><span class="styoptfmt">counterwithin</span></a> is the same as the counter used in the glossary’s sectioning command. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+If you want the counter reset at the start of each <a id="wrglossary.2680"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, you can modify the <a id="wrglossary.2681"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarypreamble">glossary preamble</a>(<a id="wrglossary.2682"></a><a href="#glo:glossarypreamble"><code class="csfmt">\glossarypreamble</code></a>) to use <a id="wrglossary.2683"></a><a href="#glo:glsresetentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetentrycounter</code></a>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2684"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.2685"></a><a href="#glo:glossarypreamble"><code class="csfmt">\glossarypreamble</code></a>}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.2686"></a><a href="#glo:glsresetentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetentrycounter</code></a>
+}
+</pre> or if you are using <a id="wrglossary.2687"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarypreamble"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarypreamble</code></a>, add it to each <a id="wrglossary.2688"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarypreamble">glossary preamble</a>, as required. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2689"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.2690"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarypreamble"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarypreamble</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.2691"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a>]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.2692"></a><a href="#glo:glsresetentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetentrycounter</code></a>
+ The preamble text here for the list of acronyms.
+}
+<a id="wrglossary.2693"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarypreamble"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarypreamble</code></a>{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.2694"></a><a href="#glo:glsresetentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetentrycounter</code></a>
+ The preamble text here for the <a id="wrglossary.2695"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary.
+}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2696"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2697"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ If set, each <a id="wrglossary.2698"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">level 1</a> glossary <a id="wrglossary.2699"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> will be numbered at the start of its <a id="wrglossary.2700"></a><a href="#glo:dual.entryline">entry line</a> when using <a id="wrglossary.2701"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> that support this option. This option creates the counter <div class="ctrbox"><div class="ctrboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2702"></a><a href="#glo:sym.counter"><span title="Counter" class="icon">№</span></a></div><!-- end of ctrboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2703"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ctr.glossarysubentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossarysubentry</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of ctrbox -->
+ If the <a id="wrglossary.2704"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a> option is used before <a id="wrglossary.2705"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a>, then <a id="wrglossary.2706"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.glossarysubentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossarysubentry</span></a> will be added to the reset list for <a id="wrglossary.2707"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.glossaryentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossaryentry</span></a>. If <a id="wrglossary.2708"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a> is used without <a id="wrglossary.2709"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a> then the <a id="wrglossary.2710"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.glossarysubentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossarysubentry</span></a> counter will be reset by <a id="wrglossary.2711"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryitem"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryitem</code></a>. If <a id="wrglossary.2712"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a> is used before <a id="wrglossary.2713"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a> then the two counters are independent.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2714"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+There’s no support for deeper <a id="wrglossary.2715"></a><a href="#glo:dual.hierarchicallevel">hierarchical levels</a>. Some styles, such as those that don’t support any hierarchy, may not support this setting or, for those that only support level 0 and level 1, may use this setting for all child entries. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+As with the <a id="wrglossary.2716"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a> option, you can reference the number within the document using <a id="wrglossary.2717"></a><a href="#glo:glsrefentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsrefentry</code></a>. There are analogous commands to those for <a id="wrglossary.2718"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a>.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.2719"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.glossarysubentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossarysubentry</span></a> counter can be reset back to zero with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2720"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2721"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsresetsubentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetsubentrycounter</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This does nothing if <a id="wrglossary.2722"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>. This command is used within the definition of <a id="wrglossary.2723"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryitem"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryitem</code></a> if <a id="wrglossary.2724"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.2725"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.glossarysubentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossarysubentry</span></a> counter can be simultaneously incremented and labelled (using <a id="wrglossary.2726"></a><a href="#glo:refstepcounter"><code class="csfmt">\refstepcounter</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.2727"></a><a href="#glo:label"><code class="csfmt">\label</code></a>) with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2728"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2729"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsstepsubentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsstepsubentry</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command is used in <a id="wrglossary.2730"></a><a href="#glo:glssubentryitem"><code class="csfmt">\glssubentryitem</code></a> if <a id="wrglossary.2731"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>, otherwise it does nothing. The argument is the entry label and is passed to <a id="wrglossary.2732"></a><a href="#glo:label"><code class="csfmt">\label</code></a> is as for <a id="wrglossary.2733"></a><a href="#glo:glsrefentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsrefentry</code></a>.<p>
+The value of the <a id="wrglossary.2734"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.glossarysubentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossarysubentry</span></a> counter can be displayed with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2735"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2736"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:theglossarysubentry"><code class="csfmt">\theglossarysubentry</code></dfn></code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command is defined when the <a id="wrglossary.2737"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.glossarysubentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossarysubentry</span></a> counter is defined, so won’t be available otherwise. The formatted value is more usually displayed with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2738"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2739"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glssubentrycounterlabel"><code class="csfmt">\glssubentrycounterlabel</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This will do <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.2740"></a><a href="#glo:theglossarysubentry"><code class="csfmt">\theglossarysubentry</code></a>)<a id="wrglossary.2741"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a></code> if <a id="wrglossary.2742"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>, otherwise does nothing. This is therefore more generally useful in <a id="wrglossary.2743"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> as it will silently do nothing if the setting isn’t on. This command is used in <a id="wrglossary.2744"></a><a href="#glo:glssubentryitem"><code class="csfmt">\glssubentryitem</code></a>.<p>
+If you want to test whether or not this option is currently enabled, use the conditional: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2745"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2746"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ifglssubentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\ifglssubentrycounter</code></dfn> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\else</code> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\fi</code></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><code class="csfmt">\iffalse</code></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ You can later switch it off using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2747"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2748"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glssubentrycounterfalse"><code class="csfmt">\glssubentrycounterfalse</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ and switch it back on with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2749"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2750"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glssubentrycountertrue"><code class="csfmt">\glssubentrycountertrue</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ but note that this won’t define <a id="wrglossary.2751"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.glossarysubentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossarysubentry</span></a> if <a id="wrglossary.2752"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> wasn’t used initially. You can also locally enable or disable this option for a specific <a id="wrglossary.2753"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> using the <a id="wrglossary.2754"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.subentrycounter"><span class="csoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.2755"></a><a href="#glo:idx.printglossopt"><code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">…</em>〉</span>glossary</code> option</a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2756"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2757"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><span class="initvalnotefmt"><em class="initvalnotefmtinner">varies</em></span></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This option sets the default <a id="wrglossary.2758"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>. This is initialised to <a id="wrglossary.2759"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.2760"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.list"><span class="glostylefmt">list</span></a></span> unless <a id="wrglossary.2761"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.classicthesis"><span class="styfmt">classicthesis</span></a> has been loaded, in which case the default is <a id="wrglossary.2762"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.2763"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.index"><span class="glostylefmt">index</span></a></span>. (The styles that use the <a id="wrglossary.2764"></a><a href="#glo:env.description"><span class="envfmt">description</span></a> environment, such as the <a id="wrglossary.2765"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.list"><span class="glostylefmt">list</span></a> style, are incompatible with <a id="wrglossary.2766"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.classicthesis"><span class="styfmt">classicthesis</span></a>.)<p>
+This setting may only be used for styles that are defined when the <a id="wrglossary.2767"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package is loaded. This will usually be the styles in the packages <a id="wrglossary.2768"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-list"><span class="styfmt">glossary-list</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.2769"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.2770"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-super"><span class="styfmt">glossary-super</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.2771"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a>, unless they have been suppressed through options such as <a id="wrglossary.2772"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nostyles"><span class="styoptfmt">nostyles</span></a>. Style packages can also be loaded by the <a id="wrglossary.2773"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a> option provided by <a id="wrglossary.2774"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.<p>
+Alternatively, you can set the style later using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2775"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2776"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ or use the <a id="wrglossary.2777"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.style"><span class="csoptfmt">style</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.2778"></a><a href="#glo:idx.printglossopt"><code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">…</em>〉</span>glossary</code> option</a>. (See §<a href="#sec:styles">13</a> for further details.)<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2779"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2780"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.nolong"><span class="styoptfmt">nolong</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This prevents the <a id="wrglossary.2781"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package from automatically loading <a id="wrglossary.2782"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a> (which means that the <a id="wrglossary.2783"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.longtable"><span class="styfmt">longtable</span></a> package also won’t be loaded). This reduces overhead by not defining unwanted styles and commands. Note that if you use this option, you won’t be able to use any of the <a id="wrglossary.2784"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> defined in the <a id="wrglossary.2785"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a> package (unless you explicitly load <a id="wrglossary.2786"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a>).<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2787"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+Some style packages implicitly load <a id="wrglossary.2788"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a>, so this package may still end up being loaded even if you use <a id="wrglossary.2789"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nolong"><span class="styoptfmt">nolong</span></a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2790"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2791"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.nosuper"><span class="styoptfmt">nosuper</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This prevents the <a id="wrglossary.2792"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package from automatically loading <a id="wrglossary.2793"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-super"><span class="styfmt">glossary-super</span></a> (which means that the <a id="wrglossary.2794"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.supertabular"><span class="styfmt">supertabular</span></a> package also won’t be loaded). This reduces overhead by not defining unwanted styles and commands. Note that if you use this option, you won’t be able to use any of the <a id="wrglossary.2795"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> defined in the <a id="wrglossary.2796"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-super"><span class="styfmt">glossary-super</span></a> package (unless you explicitly load <a id="wrglossary.2797"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-super"><span class="styfmt">glossary-super</span></a>).<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2798"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+This option is automatically implemented if <a id="wrglossary.2799"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.xtab"><span class="styfmt">xtab</span></a> has been loaded as it’s incompatible with <a id="wrglossary.2800"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.supertabular"><span class="styfmt">supertabular</span></a>. This option is also automatically implemented if <a id="wrglossary.2801"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.supertabular"><span class="styfmt">supertabular</span></a> isn’t installed. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2802"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2803"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.nolist"><span class="styoptfmt">nolist</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This prevents the <a id="wrglossary.2804"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package from automatically loading <a id="wrglossary.2805"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-list"><span class="styfmt">glossary-list</span></a>. This reduces overhead by not defining unwanted styles. Note that if you use this option, you won’t be able to use any of the <a id="wrglossary.2806"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> defined in the <a id="wrglossary.2807"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-list"><span class="styfmt">glossary-list</span></a> package (unless you explicitly load <a id="wrglossary.2808"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-list"><span class="styfmt">glossary-list</span></a>). Note that since the default style is <a id="wrglossary.2809"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.list"><span class="glostylefmt">list</span></a> (unless <a id="wrglossary.2810"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.classicthesis"><span class="styfmt">classicthesis</span></a> has been loaded), you will also need to use the <a id="wrglossary.2811"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a> option to set the style to something else.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2812"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2813"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.notree"><span class="styoptfmt">notree</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This prevents the <a id="wrglossary.2814"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package from automatically loading <a id="wrglossary.2815"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a>. This reduces overhead by not defining unwanted styles. Note that if you use this option, you won’t be able to use any of the <a id="wrglossary.2816"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> defined in the <a id="wrglossary.2817"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a> package (unless you explicitly load <a id="wrglossary.2818"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a>). Note that if <a id="wrglossary.2819"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.classicthesis"><span class="styfmt">classicthesis</span></a> has been loaded, the default style is <a id="wrglossary.2820"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.index"><span class="glostylefmt">index</span></a>, which is provided by <a id="wrglossary.2821"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2822"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+Some style packages implicitly load <a id="wrglossary.2823"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a>, so this package may still end up being loaded even if you use <a id="wrglossary.2824"></a><a href="#glo:opt.notree"><span class="styoptfmt">notree</span></a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2825"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2826"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.nostyles"><span class="styoptfmt">nostyles</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This prevents all the predefined styles from being loaded. If you use this option, you need to load a <a id="wrglossary.2827"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> package (such as <a id="wrglossary.2828"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-mcols"><span class="styfmt">glossary-mcols</span></a>). Also if you use this option, you can’t use the <a id="wrglossary.2829"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a> package option (unless you use <a id="wrglossary.2830"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a> with <a id="wrglossary.2831"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>). Instead you must either use <a id="wrglossary.2832"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a> or the <a id="wrglossary.2833"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.style"><span class="csoptfmt">style</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.2834"></a><a href="#glo:idx.printglossopt"><code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">…</em>〉</span>glossary</code> option</a>. Example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2835"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.2836"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nostyles"><span class="styoptfmt">nostyles</span></a>]{glossaries}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossary-mcols}
+<a id="wrglossary.2837"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.2838"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcoltree"><span class="glostylefmt">mcoltree</span></a>}
+</pre> Alternatively: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2839"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.2840"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nostyles"><span class="styoptfmt">nostyles</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.2841"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a><span class="optfmt">=mcols</span>,<a id="wrglossary.2842"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.2843"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcoltree"><span class="glostylefmt">mcoltree</span></a></span>]{glossaries-extra}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2844"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2845"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This option will suppress the associated <a id="wrglossary.2846"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.2847"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> (see also §<a href="#sec:numberlists">12</a>). This option can also be locally switched on or off for a specific <a id="wrglossary.2848"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> with the <a id="wrglossary.2849"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.nonumberlist"><span class="csoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.2850"></a><a href="#glo:idx.printglossopt"><code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">…</em>〉</span>glossary</code> options</a>.<p>
+<div class="warning"><div class="warningtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2851"></a><a href="#glo:sym.warning"><span title="Warning" class="icon">⚠</span></a></div><!-- end of warningtitle -->
+Note that if you use Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> (<a id="wrglossary.2852"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.2853"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>) then the <a id="wrglossary.2854"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> must still be valid even if this setting is on. This package option merely prevents the <a id="wrglossary.2855"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> from being displayed, but both <a id="wrglossary.2856"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.2857"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> still require a <a id="wrglossary.2858"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> or cross-reference for each term that’s <a id="wrglossary.2859"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a>. </div><!-- end of warning -->
+<p>
+Remember that <a id="wrglossary.2860"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> includes any cross-references, so suppressing the <a id="wrglossary.2861"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> will also hide the cross-references (in which case, you may want to use <a id="wrglossary.2862"></a><a href="#glo:opt.seeautonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">seeautonumberlist</span></a>).<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2863"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ With <a id="wrglossary.2864"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, it’s more efficient to use <a id="wrglossary.2865"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.save-locations"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">save-locations</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> in the resource options if no <a id="wrglossary.2866"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> are required. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2867"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2868"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.seeautonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">seeautonumberlist</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ If you suppress the <a id="wrglossary.2869"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a> with <a id="wrglossary.2870"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a>, described above, this will also suppress any cross-referencing information supplied by the <a id="wrglossary.2871"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key in <a id="wrglossary.2872"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.2873"></a><a href="#glo:glssee"><code class="csfmt">\glssee</code></a>. If you use <a id="wrglossary.2874"></a><a href="#glo:opt.seeautonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">seeautonumberlist</span></a>, the <a id="wrglossary.2875"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key will automatically implement <a id="wrglossary.2876"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> for that entry. (Note this doesn’t affect <a id="wrglossary.2877"></a><a href="#glo:glssee"><code class="csfmt">\glssee</code></a>.) For further details see §<a href="#sec:crossref">11</a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2878"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2879"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter-name</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>page</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This setting indicates that <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter-name</em>〉</span> should be the default counter to use in the <a id="wrglossary.2880"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a> (see §<a href="#sec:numberlists">12</a>). This option can be overridden for a specific <a id="wrglossary.2881"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> by the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span> optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.2882"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a> or the <a id="wrglossary.2883"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.counter"><span class="csoptfmt">counter</span></a> key when defining an entry or by the <a id="wrglossary.2884"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.counter"><span class="csoptfmt">counter</span></a> option when referencing an entry.<p>
+This option will redefine: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2885"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2886"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glscounter"><code class="csfmt">\glscounter</code></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>page</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter-name</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2887"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleonsetting"><span title="Toggle (On)" class="icon"><span class="fwsactiveicon">🔘</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2888"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.nopostdot"><span class="styoptfmt">nopostdot</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>true</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ If true, this option suppresses the default terminating <a id="wrglossary.2889"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fullstop">full stop</a> in <a id="wrglossary.2890"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> that use the post-description hook: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2891"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2892"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glspostdescription"><code class="csfmt">\glspostdescription</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+The default setting is <a id="wrglossary.2893"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nopostdot"><span class="styoptfmt">nopostdot</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> for the base <a id="wrglossary.2894"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package and <a id="wrglossary.2895"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nopostdot"><span class="styoptfmt">nopostdot</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> for <a id="wrglossary.2896"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2897"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.2898"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides <a id="wrglossary.2899"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>, which is equivalent to <a id="wrglossary.2900"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nopostdot"><span class="styoptfmt">nopostdot</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>, and also <a id="wrglossary.2901"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postpunc"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postpunc</span></a>, which allows you to choose a different punctuation character. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2902"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2903"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ If true, this option suppresses the default vertical gap between letter groups used by some of the predefined <a id="wrglossary.2904"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a>. This option can also be locally switched on or off for a specific <a id="wrglossary.2905"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> with the <a id="wrglossary.2906"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.nogroupskip"><span class="csoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.2907"></a><a href="#glo:idx.printglossopt"><code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">…</em>〉</span>glossary</code> options</a>.<p>
+This option is only relevant for <a id="wrglossary.2908"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> that use the conditional: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2909"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2910"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ifglsnogroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsnogroupskip</code></dfn> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\else</code> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\fi</code></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><code class="csfmt">\iffalse</code></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ to test for this setting.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2911"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ If you are using <a id="wrglossary.2912"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> without the <a id="wrglossary.2913"></a><a href="#glo:switch.group"><span class="longargfmt">--group</span></a> (or <a id="wrglossary.2914"></a><a href="#glo:switch.group"><span class="shortargfmt">-g</span></a>) switch then this option is irrelevant as there won’t be any letter groups. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2915"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2916"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">list</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>default</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+Loads the <a id="wrglossary.2917"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra-stylemods"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span></a> package, which patches the predefined <a id="wrglossary.2918"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a>. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">list</em>〉</span> argument is optional. If present, this will also load <span class="styfmt">glossary-<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">element</em>〉</span>.sty</span> for each <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">element</em>〉</span> in the comma-separated <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">list</em>〉</span>. See the <a id="wrglossary.2919"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:pkgopts-printglos -->
+
+<section id="sec:pkgopts-indexing"><!-- start of section sec:pkgopts-indexing --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->2.4. Indexing Options<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.2920"></a><div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2921"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2922"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.seenoindex"><span class="styoptfmt">seenoindex</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>error</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ (This option is only relevant with <a id="wrglossary.2923"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.2924"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>.) The <a id="wrglossary.2925"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key automatically <a id="wrglossary.2926"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexes</a> the cross-referenced entry using <a id="wrglossary.2927"></a><a href="#glo:glssee"><code class="csfmt">\glssee</code></a>. This means that if this key is used in an entry definition before the relevant <a id="wrglossary.2928"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing file</a> has been opened, the <a id="wrglossary.2929"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> can’t be performed. Since this is easy to miss, the <a id="wrglossary.2930"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package by default issues an error message if the <a id="wrglossary.2931"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key is used before <a id="wrglossary.2932"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>. <p>
+This option may take one of the following values: <div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2933"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2934"></a><a id="wrglossary.2935"></a><a href="#glo:opt.seenoindex"><span class="styoptfmt">seenoindex</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.seenoindex.error"><span class="optfmt">error</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ This is the default setting that issues an error message.<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2936"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2937"></a><a id="wrglossary.2938"></a><a href="#glo:opt.seenoindex"><span class="styoptfmt">seenoindex</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.seenoindex.warn"><span class="optfmt">warn</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ This setting will trigger a warning rather than an error.<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2939"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2940"></a><a id="wrglossary.2941"></a><a href="#glo:opt.seenoindex"><span class="styoptfmt">seenoindex</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.seenoindex.ignore"><span class="optfmt">ignore</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ This setting will do nothing. <p>
+For example, if you want to temporarily comment out <a id="wrglossary.2942"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> to speed up the compilation of a draft document by omitting the <a id="wrglossary.2943"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a>, you can use <a id="wrglossary.2944"></a><a href="#glo:opt.seenoindex"><span class="styoptfmt">seenoindex</span></a><span class="optfmt">=warn</span> or <a id="wrglossary.2945"></a><a href="#glo:opt.seenoindex"><span class="styoptfmt">seenoindex</span></a><span class="optfmt">=ignore</span>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2946"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2947"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.esclocations"><span class="styoptfmt">esclocations</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+Only applicable to <a id="wrglossary.2948"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.2949"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>. As from v4.50, the initial setting is now <a id="wrglossary.2950"></a><a href="#glo:opt.esclocations"><span class="styoptfmt">esclocations</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>. Previously it was <a id="wrglossary.2951"></a><a href="#glo:opt.esclocations"><span class="styoptfmt">esclocations</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>.<p>
+Both <a id="wrglossary.2952"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.2953"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> are fussy about the <a id="wrglossary.2954"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> syntax (<a id="wrglossary.2955"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> more so than <a id="wrglossary.2956"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>) so, if <a id="wrglossary.2957"></a><a href="#glo:opt.esclocations"><span class="styoptfmt">esclocations</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>, the <a id="wrglossary.2958"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package will try to ensure that special characters are escaped, which allows for the <a id="wrglossary.2959"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> to be substituted for a format that’s more acceptable to the <a id="wrglossary.2960"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a>. This requires a bit of trickery to circumvent the problem posed by TeX’s asynchronous output routine, which can go wrong and also adds to the complexity of the document build.<p>
+If you’re sure that your locations will always expand to an acceptable format (or you’re prepared to post-process the <a id="wrglossary.2961"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> file before passing it to the relevant indexing application) then use <a id="wrglossary.2962"></a><a href="#glo:opt.esclocations"><span class="styoptfmt">esclocations</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> to avoid the complex escaping of location values. This is now the default. <p>
+If, however, your <a id="wrglossary.2963"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> (for example, <a id="wrglossary.2964"></a><a href="#glo:thepage"><code class="csfmt">\thepage</code></a> with the default <a id="wrglossary.2965"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.2966"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.page"><span class="ctrfmt">page</span></a></span>) expand to a robust command then you may need to use <a id="wrglossary.2967"></a><a href="#glo:opt.esclocations"><span class="styoptfmt">esclocations</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>. You may additionally need to set the following conditional to true: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2968"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2969"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ifglswrallowprimitivemods"><code class="csfmt">\ifglswrallowprimitivemods</code></dfn> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\else</code> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\fi</code></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><code class="csfmt">\iffalse</code></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which will locally redefine some primitives in order to escape special characters without prematurely expanding <a id="wrglossary.2970"></a><a href="#glo:thepage"><code class="csfmt">\thepage</code></a>. Since this hack may cause some issues and isn’t necessary for the majority of documents, this is off by default.<p>
+This conditional can be switched on with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2971"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2972"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glswrallowprimitivemodstrue"><code class="csfmt">\glswrallowprimitivemodstrue</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ but remember that it will have no effect with <a id="wrglossary.2973"></a><a href="#glo:opt.esclocations"><span class="styoptfmt">esclocations</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>. If can be switched off with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2974"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2975"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glswrallowprimitivemodsfalse"><code class="csfmt">\glswrallowprimitivemodsfalse</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+If you are using <a id="wrglossary.2976"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> and your <a id="wrglossary.2977"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> expands to content in the form <code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span> {<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">num</em>〉</span>}</code>, where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span> is a command (optionally preceded by <a id="wrglossary.2978"></a><a href="#glo:protect"><code class="csfmt">\protect</code></a>) and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">num</em>〉</span> is a location acceptable to <a id="wrglossary.2979"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>, then you can use <a id="wrglossary.2980"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> to make a suitable adjustment without <a id="wrglossary.2981"></a><a href="#glo:opt.esclocations"><span class="styoptfmt">esclocations</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>. See §<a href="#sec:problemlocations">12.5</a> for furthe details.<p>
+This isn’t an issue for Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a> as the <a id="wrglossary.2982"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> are written to the <a id="wrglossary.2983"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file and both methods use LaTeX syntax, so no conversion is required.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2984"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2985"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.indexonlyfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">indexonlyfirst</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ If true, this setting will only <a id="wrglossary.2986"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">index</a> on <a id="wrglossary.2987"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>. The default setting <a id="wrglossary.2988"></a><a href="#glo:opt.indexonlyfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">indexonlyfirst</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>, will <a id="wrglossary.2989"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">index</a> the entry every time one of the <a id="wrglossary.2990"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> or <a id="wrglossary.2991"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands are used. Note that <a id="wrglossary.2992"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a> will always add information to the external <a id="wrglossary.2993"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> file (since that’s the purpose of that command).<p>
+You can test if this setting is on using the conditional: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2994"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2995"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ifglsindexonlyfirst"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsindexonlyfirst</code></dfn> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\else</code> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\fi</code></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><code class="csfmt">\iffalse</code></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This setting can also be switched on with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2996"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2997"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsindexonlyfirsttrue"><code class="csfmt">\glsindexonlyfirsttrue</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ and off with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.2998"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.2999"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsindexonlyfirstfalse"><code class="csfmt">\glsindexonlyfirstfalse</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.3000"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Resetting the <a id="wrglossary.3001"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> with commands like <a id="wrglossary.3002"></a><a href="#glo:glsreset"><code class="csfmt">\glsreset</code></a> after an entry has been <a id="wrglossary.3003"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a> will cause that entry to be indexed multiple times if it’s used again after the reset. Likewise unsetting the <a id="wrglossary.3004"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> before an entry has been indexed will prevent it from being indexed (unless specifically indexed with <a id="wrglossary.3005"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>). </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+You can customise the default behaviour by redefining <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3006"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3007"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glswriteentry"><code class="csfmt">\glswriteentry</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">indexing code</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span> is the entry’s label and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">indexing code</em>〉</span> is the code that writes the entry’s information to the external file. The default definition of <a id="wrglossary.3008"></a><a href="#glo:glswriteentry"><code class="csfmt">\glswriteentry</code></a> is: <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.3009"></a><a href="#glo:glswriteentry"><code class="csfmt">\glswriteentry</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.3010"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsindexonlyfirst"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsindexonlyfirst</code></a>
+ <a id="wrglossary.3011"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsused"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsused</code></a>{#1}{}{#2}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\else</code>
+ #2<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\fi</code>
+}
+</pre> This does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">indexing code</em>〉</span> unless <a id="wrglossary.3012"></a><a href="#glo:opt.indexonlyfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">indexonlyfirst</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> and the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span> has been marked as <a id="wrglossary.3013"></a><a href="#glo:firstuseflag">used</a><p>
+For example, suppose you only want to index the <a id="wrglossary.3014"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> for entries in the <a id="wrglossary.3015"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a> glossary and not in the <a id="wrglossary.3016"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> (or any other) <a id="wrglossary.3017"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3018"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.3019"></a><a href="#glo:glswriteentry"><code class="csfmt">\glswriteentry</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\ifthenelse</code><code class="cmd">\equal</code>{<a id="wrglossary.3020"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytype"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytype</code></a>{#1}}{acronym}
+ {<a id="wrglossary.3021"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsused"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsused</code></a>{#1}{}{#2}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {#2}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre> Here I’ve used <code class="csfmt">\ifthenelse</code> to ensure the arguments of <code class="csfmt">\equal</code> are fully expanded before the comparison is made. There are other methods of performing an expanded string comparison, which you may prefer to use.<p>
+With the <a id="wrglossary.3022"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package it’s possible to only index <a id="wrglossary.3023"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> for particular categories. For example, if you only want this enabled for <a id="wrglossary.3024"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviations</span></a> then you can set the <a id="wrglossary.3025"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.indexonlyfirst"><span class="csoptfmt">indexonlyfirst</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.3026"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@categoryattribute">attribute</a> for the <a id="wrglossary.3027"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.abbreviation"><span class="catfmt">abbreviation</span></a> and, if appropriate, <a id="wrglossary.3028"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a> categories. (Instead of using the <a id="wrglossary.3029"></a><a href="#glo:opt.indexonlyfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">indexonlyfirst</span></a> package option.) See the <a id="wrglossary.3030"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3031"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleonsetting"><span title="Toggle (On)" class="icon"><span class="fwsactiveicon">🔘</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3032"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.indexcrossrefs"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">indexcrossrefs</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>true</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+This option is only available with <a id="wrglossary.3033"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. If true, this will automatically index (<a id="wrglossary.3034"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>) any cross-referenced entries that haven’t been marked as used at the end of the document. Note that this increases the document build time. See <a id="wrglossary.3035"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3036"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ Note that <a id="wrglossary.3037"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> can automatically find dependent entries when it parses the <a id="wrglossary.3038"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file. Use the <a id="wrglossary.3039"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.selection"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">selection</span></a> option to determine the selection of dependencies. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3040"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleonsetting"><span title="Toggle (On)" class="icon"><span class="fwsactiveicon">🔘</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3041"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.autoseeindex"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">autoseeindex</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>true</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+This option is only available with <a id="wrglossary.3042"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. The base <a id="wrglossary.3043"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package always implements <a id="wrglossary.3044"></a><a href="#glo:opt.autoseeindex"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">autoseeindex</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>.<p>
+If true, this makes the <a id="wrglossary.3045"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.3046"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.seealso"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">seealso</span></a> keys automatically index the entry (with <a id="wrglossary.3047"></a><a href="#glo:glssee"><code class="csfmt">\glssee</code></a>) when the entry is defined. This means that any entry with the <a id="wrglossary.3048"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> (or <a id="wrglossary.3049"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.seealso"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">seealso</span></a>) key will automatically be added to the <a id="wrglossary.3050"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. See the <a id="wrglossary.3051"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3052"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ With <a id="wrglossary.3053"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, use the <a id="wrglossary.3054"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.selection"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">selection</span></a> resource option to determine the selection of dependencies. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3055"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3056"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>only; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>off</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+This option is only available with <a id="wrglossary.3057"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. See <a id="wrglossary.3058"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details. A brief summary of available values:<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3059"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3060"></a><a id="wrglossary.3061"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.record.off"><span class="xtroptfmt">off</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ This default setting indicates that <a id="wrglossary.3062"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> isn’t being used.<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3063"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3064"></a><a id="wrglossary.3065"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.record.only"><span class="xtroptfmt">only</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ This setting indicates that <a id="wrglossary.3066"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> is being used to fetch entries from one or more <a id="wrglossary.3067"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> files, to sort the entries and collate the <a id="wrglossary.3068"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a>, where the <a id="wrglossary.3069"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> information is the same as for Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a>, <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>.<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3070"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3071"></a><a id="wrglossary.3072"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.record.nameref"><span class="xtroptfmt">nameref</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ This setting is like <a id="wrglossary.3073"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=only</span> but provides extra information that allows the associated title to be used instead of the location number and provides better support for hyperlinked locations.<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3074"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3075"></a><a id="wrglossary.3076"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.record.hybrid"><span class="xtroptfmt">hybrid</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ This setting indicates a hybrid approach where <a id="wrglossary.3077"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> is used to fetch entries from one or more <a id="wrglossary.3078"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> files but <a id="wrglossary.3079"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.3080"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> are used for the <a id="wrglossary.3081"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a>. This requires a more complicated document build and isn’t recommended.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3082"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3083"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.equations"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">equations</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+This option is only available with <a id="wrglossary.3084"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. If true, this option will cause the default <a id="wrglossary.3085"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationcounter">location counter</a> to automatically switch to <a id="wrglossary.3086"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.equation"><span class="ctrfmt">equation</span></a> when inside a numbered equation environment.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3087"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3088"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.floats"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">floats</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+This option is only available with <a id="wrglossary.3089"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. If true, this option will cause the default <a id="wrglossary.3090"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationcounter">location counter</a> to automatically switch to the corresponding counter when inside a float. (Remember that with floats it’s the <a id="wrglossary.3091"></a><a href="#glo:caption"><code class="csfmt">\caption</code></a> command that increments the counter so the location will be incorrect if an entry is <a id="wrglossary.3092"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a> within the float before the caption.)<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3093"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3094"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.indexcounter"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">indexcounter</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+This option is only available with <a id="wrglossary.3095"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. This valueless option is primarily intended for use with <a id="wrglossary.3096"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.3097"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> allowing the page location <a id="wrglossary.3098"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> target to be set to the relevant point within the page (rather than the top of the page). Unexpected results will occur with other indexing methods. See <a id="wrglossary.3099"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details. <a id="wrglossary.3100"></a><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:pkgopts-indexing -->
+
+<section id="sec:pkgopts-sort"><!-- start of section sec:pkgopts-sort --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->2.5. Sorting Options<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+This section is mostly for Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>. Only the <a id="wrglossary.3101"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.3102"></a><a href="#glo:opt.order"><span class="styoptfmt">order</span></a> options are applicable for <a id="wrglossary.3103"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3104"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ With Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a>, <a href="#glo:idx.opt.unsrt">5</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.standalone">6</a>, only <a id="wrglossary.3105"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=none</span> is applicable (and this is automatically implemented by <a id="wrglossary.3106"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.3107"></a><a href="#glo:optval.record.only"><span class="xtroptfmt">only</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.3108"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.3109"></a><a href="#glo:optval.record.nameref"><span class="xtroptfmt">nameref</span></a>). With <a id="wrglossary.3110"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, the sort method is provided in the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.3111"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a> not with the <a id="wrglossary.3112"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a> package option. There’s no sorting with Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.unsrt">5</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.standalone">6</a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3113"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3114"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.sanitizesort"><span class="styoptfmt">sanitizesort</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span><span class="initvalnotefmt"><em class="initvalnotefmtinner">varies</em></span></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This option determines whether or not to <a id="wrglossary.3115"></a><a href="#glo:dual.sanitize">sanitize</a> the sort value when writing to the external <a id="wrglossary.3116"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing file</a>. For example, suppose you define an entry as follows: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3117"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.3118"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{hash}{<a id="wrglossary.3119"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.3120"></a><a href="#glo:cs.hash"><code class="csfmt">\#</code></a>}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.3121"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.3122"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a>}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.3123"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={hash symbol}</span>}
+</pre> The sort value (<a id="wrglossary.3124"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a>) must be sanitized before writing it to the <a id="wrglossary.3125"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing file</a>, otherwise LaTeX will try to interpret it as a parameter reference. If, on the other hand, you want the sort value expanded, you need to switch off the sanitization. For example, suppose you do: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3126"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\mysortvalue</code>}{AAA}
+<a id="wrglossary.3127"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{sample}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.3128"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.3129"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\mysortvalue</code>}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.3130"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={an example}</span>}
+</pre> and you actually want <code class="csfmt">\mysortvalue</code> expanded, so that the entry is sorted according to <code class="code">AAA</code>, then use the package option <a id="wrglossary.3131"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sanitizesort"><span class="styoptfmt">sanitizesort</span></a>false.<p>
+The default for Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> is <a id="wrglossary.3132"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sanitizesort"><span class="styoptfmt">sanitizesort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>, and the default for <a id="wrglossary.3133"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a> is <a id="wrglossary.3134"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sanitizesort"><span class="styoptfmt">sanitizesort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3135"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3136"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>standard</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ If you use Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>, this package option is the only way of specifying how to sort the glossaries. Only <a id="wrglossary.3137"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a> allows you to specify sort methods for individual glossaries via the <a id="wrglossary.3138"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key in the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.3139"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>. If you have multiple <a id="wrglossary.3140"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> in your document and you are using <a id="wrglossary.3141"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>, only use the package options <a id="wrglossary.3142"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.3143"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.def"><span class="optfmt">def</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.3144"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.3145"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.use"><span class="optfmt">use</span></a> if you want to set this sort method for <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">all</span> your <a id="wrglossary.3146"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>.<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3147"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3148"></a><a id="wrglossary.3149"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.sort.none"><span class="optfmt">none</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ This setting is only for documents that don’t use <a id="wrglossary.3150"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> (Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>) or <a id="wrglossary.3151"></a><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a> (<a id="wrglossary.3152"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>). It omits the code used to sanitize or escape the sort value, since it’s not required. This can help to improve the document build speed, especially if there are a large number of entries. This setting may be used if no <a id="wrglossary.3153"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> is required or if <a id="wrglossary.3154"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a> is used (<a id="wrglossary.3155"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.unsrt">Option 5</a>). If you want an unsorted <a id="wrglossary.3156"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> with <a id="wrglossary.3157"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, use the resource option <a id="wrglossary.3158"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.sort"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=none</span> instead. This option will redefine <a id="wrglossary.3159"></a><a href="#glo:glsindexingsetting"><code class="csfmt">\glsindexingsetting</code></a> to <code class="code">none</code>.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3160"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+This option will still assign the <a id="wrglossary.3161"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key to its default value. It simply doesn’t process it. If you want the <a id="wrglossary.3162"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key set to an empty value instead, use <a id="wrglossary.3163"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.3164"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.clear"><span class="optfmt">clear</span></a> instead. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3165"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3166"></a><a id="wrglossary.3167"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.sort.clear"><span class="optfmt">clear</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ As <a id="wrglossary.3168"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.3169"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.none"><span class="optfmt">none</span></a> but sets the <a id="wrglossary.3170"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key to an empty value. This will affect <a id="wrglossary.3171"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a> formations in <a id="wrglossary.3172"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.3173"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.unsrt">Option 5</a>. See the <a id="wrglossary.3174"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details. This option will redefine <a id="wrglossary.3175"></a><a href="#glo:glsindexingsetting"><code class="csfmt">\glsindexingsetting</code></a> to <code class="code">none</code>. The remaining <a id="wrglossary.3176"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a> options listed below don’t change <a id="wrglossary.3177"></a><a href="#glo:glsindexingsetting"><code class="csfmt">\glsindexingsetting</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3178"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3179"></a><a id="wrglossary.3180"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.sort.def"><span class="optfmt">def</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ Entries are sorted in the order in which they were defined. With <a id="wrglossary.3181"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>, this is implemented by simply iterating over all defined entries so there’s no actual sorting. With Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>, sorting is always performed (since that’s the purpose of <a id="wrglossary.3182"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.3183"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>). This means that to obtain a list in order of definition, the <a id="wrglossary.3184"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key is assigned a numeric value that’s incremented whenever a new entry is defined.<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3185"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3186"></a><a id="wrglossary.3187"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.sort.use"><span class="optfmt">use</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ Entries are sorted according to the order in which they are used in the document. With <a id="wrglossary.3188"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>, this order is obtained by iterating over a list that’s formed with the <a id="wrglossary.3189"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file is input at the start of the document. With Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>, again the <a id="wrglossary.3190"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key is assigned a numeric value, but in this case the value is incremented, and the <a id="wrglossary.3191"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key is assigned, the first time an entry is <a id="wrglossary.3192"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a>.<p>
+Both <a id="wrglossary.3193"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.3194"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.def"><span class="optfmt">def</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.3195"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.3196"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.use"><span class="optfmt">use</span></a> zero-pad the sort key to a six digit number using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3197"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3198"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glssortnumberfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glssortnumberfmt</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">number</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This can be redefined, if required, before the entries are defined (in the case of <a id="wrglossary.3199"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.3200"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.def"><span class="optfmt">def</span></a>) or before the entries are used (in the case of <a id="wrglossary.3201"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.3202"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.use"><span class="optfmt">use</span></a>).<p>
+Note that the <a id="wrglossary.3203"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> styles (such as <a id="wrglossary.3204"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.listgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">listgroup</span></a>) are incompatible with the <a id="wrglossary.3205"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.3206"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.use"><span class="optfmt">use</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.3207"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.3208"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.def"><span class="optfmt">def</span></a> options.<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3209"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3210"></a><a id="wrglossary.3211"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.sort.standard"><span class="optfmt">standard</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ Entries are sorted according to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.3212"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key used in <a id="wrglossary.3213"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> (if present) or the <a id="wrglossary.3214"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key (if <a id="wrglossary.3215"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key is missing).<p>
+When the standard sort option is in use, you can hook into the sort mechanism by redefining: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3216"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3217"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsprestandardsort"><code class="csfmt">\glsprestandardsort</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">sort cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">sort cs</em>〉</span> is a temporary control sequence that stores the sort value (which was either explicitly set via the <a id="wrglossary.3218"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key or implicitly set via the <a id="wrglossary.3219"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key) before any escaping of the <a id="wrglossary.3220"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>/<a id="wrglossary.3221"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> special characters is performed. By default <a id="wrglossary.3222"></a><a href="#glo:glsprestandardsort"><code class="csfmt">\glsprestandardsort</code></a> just does: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3223"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3224"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsdosanitizesort"><code class="csfmt">\glsdosanitizesort</code></dfn></code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which <a id="wrglossary.3225"></a><a href="#glo:dual.sanitize">sanitizes</a> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">sort cs</em>〉</span> if <a id="wrglossary.3226"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sanitizesort"><span class="styoptfmt">sanitizesort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> (or does nothing if <a id="wrglossary.3227"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sanitizesort"><span class="styoptfmt">sanitizesort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>).<p>
+The other arguments, <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span> and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>, are the <a id="wrglossary.3228"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> type and the entry label for the current entry. Note that <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span> will always be a control sequence, but <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span> will be in the form used in the first argument of <a id="wrglossary.3229"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.3230"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Redefining <a id="wrglossary.3231"></a><a href="#glo:glsprestandardsort"><code class="csfmt">\glsprestandardsort</code></a> won’t affect any entries that have already been defined and will have no effect at all if you use another <a id="wrglossary.3232"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a> setting. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+<div class="example" id="ex:diffsorts"><div class="title">Example 9: Mixing Alphabetical and Order of Definition Sorting</div> Suppose I have three <a id="wrglossary.3233"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>: <a id="wrglossary.3234"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.3235"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a> and <code class="glostypefmt">notation</code>, and let’s suppose I want the <a id="wrglossary.3236"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.3237"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a> glossaries to be sorted alphabetically, but the <code class="glostypefmt">notation</code> type should be sorted in order of definition. <p>
+For <a id="wrglossary.3238"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>, the <a id="wrglossary.3239"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> option can be used in <a id="wrglossary.3240"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3241"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.3242"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.3243"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=word</span>]
+<a id="wrglossary.3244"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.3245"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.3246"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a></span>,<a id="wrglossary.3247"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=word</span>]
+<a id="wrglossary.3248"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.3249"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=notation</span>,<a id="wrglossary.3250"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=def</span>]
+</pre><p>
+For Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>, I can set <a id="wrglossary.3251"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.3252"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.standard"><span class="optfmt">standard</span></a> (which is the default), and I can either define all my <a id="wrglossary.3253"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.3254"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a> entries, then redefine <a id="wrglossary.3255"></a><a href="#glo:glsprestandardsort"><code class="csfmt">\glsprestandardsort</code></a> to set <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">sort cs</em>〉</span> to an incremented integer, and then define all my <code class="glostypefmt">notation</code> entries. Alternatively, I can redefine <a id="wrglossary.3256"></a><a href="#glo:glsprestandardsort"><code class="csfmt">\glsprestandardsort</code></a> to check for the glossary type and only modify <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">sort cs</em>〉</span> if <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span> is <code class="glostypefmt">notation</code>.<p>
+The first method can be achieved as follows: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3257"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcounter</code>{sortcount}
+
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.3258"></a><a href="#glo:glsprestandardsort"><code class="csfmt">\glsprestandardsort</code></a>}[3]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\stepcounter</code>{sortcount}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\edef</code>#1{<a id="wrglossary.3259"></a><a href="#glo:glssortnumberfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glssortnumberfmt</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.3260"></a><a href="#glo:arabic"><code class="csfmt">\arabic</code></a>{sortcount}}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre> The second method can be achieved as follows: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3261"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcounter</code>{sortcount}
+
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.3262"></a><a href="#glo:glsprestandardsort"><code class="csfmt">\glsprestandardsort</code></a>}[3]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\ifdefstring</code>{#2}{notation}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\stepcounter</code>{sortcount}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\edef</code>#1{<a id="wrglossary.3263"></a><a href="#glo:glssortnumberfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glssortnumberfmt</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.3264"></a><a href="#glo:arabic"><code class="csfmt">\arabic</code></a>{sortcount}}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.3265"></a><a href="#glo:glsdosanitizesort"><code class="csfmt">\glsdosanitizesort</code></a>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre> (<code class="csfmt">\ifdefstring</code> is defined by the <a id="wrglossary.3266"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.etoolbox"><span class="styfmt">etoolbox</span></a> package, which is automatically loaded by <a id="wrglossary.3267"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a>.) For a complete document, see the sample file <a id="wrglossary.3268"></a><a href="#glo:file.sampleSort.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleSort.tex</span></a>. </div><p>
+<div class="example" id="ex:customsort"><div class="title">Example 10: Customizing Standard Sort (Options 2 or 3)</div> Suppose you want a <a id="wrglossary.3269"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> of people and you want the names listed as <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">first-name</em>〉</span> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">surname</em>〉</span> in the glossary, but you want the names sorted by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">surname</em>〉</span>, <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">first-name</em>〉</span>. You can do this by defining a command called, say, <code class="csfmt">\name</code>{first-name}{surname} that you can use in the <a id="wrglossary.3270"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key when you define the entry, but hook into the standard sort mechanism to temporarily redefine <code class="csfmt">\name</code> while the sort value is being set.<p>
+First, define two commands to set the person’s name: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3271"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\sortname</code>}[2]{#2, #1}
+<code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\textname</code>}[2]{#1 #2}
+</pre> and <code class="csfmt">\name</code> needs to be initialised to <code class="csfmt">\textname</code>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3272"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\let</code><code class="cmd">\name</code><code class="cmd">\textname</code>
+</pre> Now redefine <a id="wrglossary.3273"></a><a href="#glo:glsprestandardsort"><code class="csfmt">\glsprestandardsort</code></a> so that it temporarily sets <code class="csfmt">\name</code> to <code class="csfmt">\sortname</code> and expands the sort value, then sets <code class="csfmt">\name</code> to <code class="csfmt">\textname</code> so that the person’s name appears as <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">first-name</em>〉</span> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">surname</em>〉</span> in the text: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3274"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.3275"></a><a href="#glo:glsprestandardsort"><code class="csfmt">\glsprestandardsort</code></a>}[3]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\let</code><code class="cmd">\name</code><code class="cmd">\sortname</code>
+ <code class="cmd">\edef</code>#1{<code class="cmd">\expandafter</code><code class="cmd">\expandonce</code><code class="cmd">\expandafter</code>{#1}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\let</code><code class="cmd">\name</code><code class="cmd">\textname</code>
+ <a id="wrglossary.3276"></a><a href="#glo:glsdosanitizesort"><code class="csfmt">\glsdosanitizesort</code></a>
+}
+</pre> (The somewhat complicate use of <code class="csfmt">\expandafter</code> etc helps to protect fragile commands, but care is still needed.)<p>
+Now the entries can be defined: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3277"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.3278"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{joebloggs}<a id="wrglossary.3279"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\name</code>{Joe}{Bloggs}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.3280"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={some information about Joe Bloggs}</span>
+
+<a id="wrglossary.3281"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{johnsmith}{<a id="wrglossary.3282"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\name</code>{John}{Smith}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.3283"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={some information about John Smith}</span>}
+</pre> For a complete document, see the sample file <a id="wrglossary.3284"></a><a href="#glo:file.samplePeople.tex"><span class="filefmt">samplePeople.tex</span></a>. </div><p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3285"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3286"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.order"><span class="styoptfmt">order</span></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>word</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This may take two values: <p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3287"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3288"></a><a id="wrglossary.3289"></a><a href="#glo:opt.order"><span class="styoptfmt">order</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.order.word"><span class="optfmt">word</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ Word order (<span class="qt">“sea lion”</span> before <span class="qt">“seal”</span>).<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3290"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3291"></a><a id="wrglossary.3292"></a><a href="#glo:opt.order"><span class="styoptfmt">order</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.order.letter"><span class="optfmt">letter</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ Letter order (<span class="qt">“seal”</span> before <span class="qt">“sea lion”</span>).<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.3293"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Note that with Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>, the <a id="wrglossary.3294"></a><a href="#glo:opt.order"><span class="styoptfmt">order</span></a> option has no effect if you explicitly call <a id="wrglossary.3295"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.3296"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+If you use <a id="wrglossary.3297"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>, this setting will be used if you use <a id="wrglossary.3298"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=standard</span> in the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.3299"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3300"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.3301"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.3302"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=standard</span>]
+</pre> Alternatively, you can specify the order for individual <a id="wrglossary.3303"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3304"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.3305"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.3306"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=word</span>]
+<a id="wrglossary.3307"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.3308"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.3309"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a></span>,<a id="wrglossary.3310"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=letter</span>]
+</pre><p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3311"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ With <a id="wrglossary.3312"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, use the <a id="wrglossary.3313"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.break-at"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">break-at</span></a> option in <a id="wrglossary.3314"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.3315"></a><a href="#glo:opt.order"><span class="styoptfmt">order</span></a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3316"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3317"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.makeindex"><span class="styoptfmt">makeindex</span></dfn></code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"><a id="wrglossary.3318"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">Option 2</a></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.3319"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> information and <a id="wrglossary.3320"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> style file will be written in <a id="wrglossary.3321"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> format. If you use <a id="wrglossary.3322"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.3323"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a>, it will automatically detect that it needs to call <a id="wrglossary.3324"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>. If you don’t use <a id="wrglossary.3325"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>, you need to remember to use <a id="wrglossary.3326"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> not <a id="wrglossary.3327"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>. The indexing style file will been given a <a id="wrglossary.3328"></a><a href="#glo:ext.ist"><span class="extfmt">ist</span></a> extension.<p>
+You may omit this package option if you are using <a id="wrglossary.3329"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">Option 2</a> as this is the default. It’s available in case you need to override the effect of an earlier occurrence of <a id="wrglossary.3330"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a> in the package option list.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3331"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3332"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"><a id="wrglossary.3333"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3</a></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.3334"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> information and <a id="wrglossary.3335"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> style file will be written in <a id="wrglossary.3336"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> format. If you use <a id="wrglossary.3337"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>, it will automatically detect that it needs to call <a id="wrglossary.3338"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>. If you don’t use <a id="wrglossary.3339"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>, you need to remember to use <a id="wrglossary.3340"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> not <a id="wrglossary.3341"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>. The indexing style file will been given a <a id="wrglossary.3342"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> extension.<p>
+This package option may additionally have a value that is a <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key</em>〉</span>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span> comma-separated list to override some default options. Note that these options are irrelevant if you explicitly call <a id="wrglossary.3343"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>. See §<a href="#sec:xindy">14</a> for further details on using <a id="wrglossary.3344"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> with the <a id="wrglossary.3345"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package.<p>
+You can test if this option has been set using the conditional: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3346"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3347"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ifglsxindy"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsxindy</code></dfn> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\else</code> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\fi</code></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><code class="csfmt">\iffalse</code></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Note that this conditional should not be changed after <a id="wrglossary.3348"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> otherwise the syntax in the <a id="wrglossary.3349"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> files will be incorrect. If this conditional is false, it means that any option other than <a id="wrglossary.3350"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3</a> is in effect. (If you need to know which indexing option is in effect, check the definition of <a id="wrglossary.3351"></a><a href="#glo:glsindexingsetting"><code class="csfmt">\glsindexingsetting</code></a> instead.)<p>
+The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span> value may be omitted. If set, it should be a <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key</em>〉</span>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span> list, where the following three options may be used:<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3352"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3353"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.xindy.language"><span class="optfmt">language</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ The language module to use, which is passed to <a id="wrglossary.3354"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> with the <a id="wrglossary.3355"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.L"><span class="shortargfmt">-L</span></a> switch. The default is obtained from <a id="wrglossary.3356"></a><a href="#glo:languagename"><code class="csfmt">\languagename</code></a> but note that this may not be correct as <a id="wrglossary.3357"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> has a different labelling system to <a id="wrglossary.3358"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.3359"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.polyglossia"><span class="styfmt">polyglossia</span></a>. <p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.3360"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> script has a set of mappings of known <a id="wrglossary.3361"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a> language names to <a id="wrglossary.3362"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> language names, but new <a id="wrglossary.3363"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a> dialect names may not be included. The <a id="wrglossary.3364"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a> script doesn’t have this feature (but there’s no benefit in use <a id="wrglossary.3365"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.3366"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> when using <a id="wrglossary.3367"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>). The <a id="wrglossary.3368"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a><span class="optfmt">=o</span>ption that calls <a id="wrglossary.3369"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> explicitly also doesn’t use any mapping.<p>
+However, even if the appropriate mapping is available, <a id="wrglossary.3370"></a><a href="#glo:languagename"><code class="csfmt">\languagename</code></a> may still not expand to the language required for the <a id="wrglossary.3371"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. In which case, you need to specify the correct <a id="wrglossary.3372"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> language. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3373"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[brazilian,english]{babel}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.3374"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.3375"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy.language"><span class="optfmt">language</span></a><span class="optfmt">=portuguese</span></span>]{glossaries}
+</pre> If you have multiple <a id="wrglossary.3376"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> in different languages, use <a id="wrglossary.3377"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyLanguage"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</code></a> to set the language for each glossary.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3378"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3379"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.xindy.codepage"><span class="optfmt">codepage</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.3380"></a><a href="#glo:idx.codepage">codepage</a> is the file <a id="wrglossary.3381"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a> for the <a id="wrglossary.3382"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> files and is passed to <a id="wrglossary.3383"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> with the <a id="wrglossary.3384"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.C"><span class="shortargfmt">-C</span></a> switch. The default <a id="wrglossary.3385"></a><a href="#glo:idx.codepage">codepage</a> is obtained from <a id="wrglossary.3386"></a><a href="#glo:inputencodingname"><code class="csfmt">\inputencodingname</code></a>. As from v4.50, if <a id="wrglossary.3387"></a><a href="#glo:inputencodingname"><code class="csfmt">\inputencodingname</code></a> isn’t defined, <a id="wrglossary.3388"></a><a href="#glo:dual.utf8">UTF-8</a> is assumed (which is identified by the label <code class="code">utf8</code>). If this is incorrect, you will need to use the <a id="wrglossary.3389"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy.codepage"><span class="optfmt">codepage</span></a> option but make sure you use the <a id="wrglossary.3390"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.3391"></a><a href="#glo:idx.codepage">codepage</a> label (for example, <code class="code">cp1252</code> or <code class="code">latin9</code>). See the <a id="wrglossary.3392"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> documentation for further details.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.3393"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+The <a id="wrglossary.3394"></a><a href="#glo:idx.codepage">codepage</a> may not simply be the <a id="wrglossary.3395"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a> but may include a sorting rule, such as <code class="code">ij-as-y-utf8</code> or <code class="code">din5007-utf8</code>. See §<a href="#sec:langenc">14.2</a>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3396"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.3397"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.3398"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy.language"><span class="optfmt">language</span></a><span class="optfmt">=english</span>,<a id="wrglossary.3399"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy.codepage"><span class="optfmt">codepage</span></a><span class="optfmt">=cp1252</span></span>]
+ {glossaries}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3400"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3401"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.xindy.glsnumbers"><span class="optfmt">glsnumbers</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>true</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ If true, this option will define the number <a id="wrglossary.3402"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.3403"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> style file, which by default will be placed before the <span class="qt">“A”</span> <a id="wrglossary.3404"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a>. If you don’t want this <a id="wrglossary.3405"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a>, set this option to false. Note that the <span class="qt">“A”</span> <a id="wrglossary.3406"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a> is only available with <a id="wrglossary.3407"></a><a href="#glo:dual.latinalph">Latin alphabets</a>, so if you are using a <a id="wrglossary.3408"></a><a href="#glo:dual.nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabet</a>, you will either need to switch off the number <a id="wrglossary.3409"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> or identify the <a id="wrglossary.3410"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a> that it should come before with <a id="wrglossary.3411"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3412"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3413"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.xindygloss"><span class="styoptfmt">xindygloss</span></dfn></code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"><a id="wrglossary.3414"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3</a></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This is equivalent to <a id="wrglossary.3415"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a> without any value supplied and may be used as a document class option. The language and code page can be set via <a id="wrglossary.3416"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyLanguage"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.3417"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyCodePage"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyCodePage</code></a> if the defaults are inappropriate (see §<a href="#sec:langenc">14.2</a>.)<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3418"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3419"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.xindynoglsnumbers"><span class="styoptfmt">xindynoglsnumbers</span></dfn></code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"><a id="wrglossary.3420"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3</a></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This is equivalent to <a id="wrglossary.3421"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.3422"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy.glsnumbers"><span class="optfmt">glsnumbers</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>}</span> and may be used as a document class option.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3423"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3424"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>immediate; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This option will attempt to use the <a id="wrglossary.3425"></a><a href="#glo:dual.shellescape">shell escape</a> to run the appropriate <a id="wrglossary.3426"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a>. You will still need to run LaTeX twice. For example, if the document in the file <span class="filefmt">myDoc.tex</span> contains: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3427"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.3428"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a>]{glossaries}
+<a id="wrglossary.3429"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.3430"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{sample}{<a id="wrglossary.3431"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.3432"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={an example}</span>}
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.3433"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample}
+<a id="wrglossary.3434"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a>
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> Then the document build is now: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.3435"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex myDoc
+pdflatex myDoc
+</pre> This will run <a id="wrglossary.3436"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> on every LaTeX run. If you have a large <a id="wrglossary.3437"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> with a complex document build, this can end up being more time-consuming that simply running <a id="wrglossary.3438"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> (either explicitly or via <a id="wrglossary.3439"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>) the minimum number of required times.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.3440"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Note that you will need to have the <a id="wrglossary.3441"></a><a href="#glo:dual.shellescape">shell escape</a> enabled (restricted mode for a direct call to <a id="wrglossary.3442"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> and unrestricted mode for <a id="wrglossary.3443"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.3444"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.3445"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a>). If you switch this option on and you are using LuaLaTeX, then the <a id="wrglossary.3446"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.shellesc"><span class="styfmt">shellesc</span></a> package will be loaded. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+If this option doesn’t seem to work, open the <a id="wrglossary.3447"></a><a href="#glo:ext.log"><span class="extfmt">log</span></a> file in your text editor and search for “<code class="qtt">runsystem</code>”. For example, if the document is in a file called <span class="filefmt">myDoc.tex</span> and it has: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3448"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.3449"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a>]{glossaries}
+</pre> and you run LaTeX in restricted mode, then if call was successful, you should find the following line in the file <span class="filefmt">myDoc.log</span>: <pre class="transcript"><div class="transcripttitle"><a id="wrglossary.3450"></a><a href="#glo:sym.transcript"><span title="Transcript" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>runsystem(makeindex -s myDoc.ist -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo)...executed safely (allowed).
+</pre> The parentheses immediately after “<code class="qtt">runsystem</code>” show how the command was called. The bit after the three dots <code class="code">...</code> indicates whether or not the command was run and, if so, whether it was successful. In the above case, it has <span class="qt">“executed safely (allowed)”</span>. This means that it was allowed to run in restricted mode because <a id="wrglossary.3451"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> is on the list of trusted applications.<p>
+If you change the package option to: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3452"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.3453"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.3454"></a><a href="#glo:optval.automake.makegloss"><span class="optfmt">makegloss</span></a>]{glossaries}
+</pre> and rerun LaTeX in restricted mode, then the line in <span class="filefmt">myDoc.log</span> will now be: <pre class="transcript"><div class="transcripttitle"><a id="wrglossary.3455"></a><a href="#glo:sym.transcript"><span title="Transcript" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>runsystem(makeglossaries myDoc)...disabled (restricted).
+</pre> This indicates that an attempt was made to run <a id="wrglossary.3456"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> (rather than a direct call to <a id="wrglossary.3457"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>), which isn’t permitted in restricted mode. There will be a similar message with <a id="wrglossary.3458"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.3459"></a><a href="#glo:optval.automake.lite"><span class="optfmt">lite</span></a> or if the <a id="wrglossary.3460"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a> option is used. These cases require the unrestricted <a id="wrglossary.3461"></a><a href="#glo:dual.shellescape">shell escape</a>. <p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.3462"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Think carefully before enabling unrestricted mode. Do you trust all the packages your document is loading (either explicitly or implicitly via another package)? Do you trust any code that you have copied and pasted from some third party? First compile your document in restricted mode (or with the <a id="wrglossary.3463"></a><a href="#glo:dual.shellescape">shell escape</a> disabled) and search the <a id="wrglossary.3464"></a><a href="#glo:ext.log"><span class="extfmt">log</span></a> file for “<code class="qtt">runsystem</code>” to find out exactly what system calls are being attempted. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+If the document is compiled in unrestricted mode, the corresponding line in the <a id="wrglossary.3465"></a><a href="#glo:ext.log"><span class="extfmt">log</span></a> file should now be: <pre class="transcript"><div class="transcripttitle"><a id="wrglossary.3466"></a><a href="#glo:sym.transcript"><span title="Transcript" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>runsystem(makeglossaries myDoc)...executed.
+</pre> This means that <a id="wrglossary.3467"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> was run. If it has <span class="qt">“failed”</span> instead of <span class="qt">“executed”</span>, then it means there was a fatal error. Note that just because the <a id="wrglossary.3468"></a><a href="#glo:ext.log"><span class="extfmt">log</span></a> file has <span class="qt">“executed”</span> doesn’t mean that the application ran without a problem as there may have been some warnings or non-fatal errors. If you get any unexpected results, check the <a id="wrglossary.3469"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application’s</a> transcript file (for example, the <a id="wrglossary.3470"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glg"><span class="extfmt">glg</span></a> file, <span class="filefmt">myDoc.glg</span> in the above, for the <a id="wrglossary.3471"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary).<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3472"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3473"></a><a id="wrglossary.3474"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.automake.false"><span class="optfmt">false</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ No attempt is made to use the <a id="wrglossary.3475"></a><a href="#glo:dual.shellescape">shell escape</a>.<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3476"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3477"></a><a id="wrglossary.3478"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.automake.true"><span class="optfmt">true</span></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.3479"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated">Deprecated</a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ This is now a deprecated synonym for <a id="wrglossary.3480"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.3481"></a><a href="#glo:optval.automake.delayed"><span class="optfmt">delayed</span></a>. This used to be the default if the value to <a id="wrglossary.3482"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a> wasn’t supplied, but the default switched to the less problematic <a id="wrglossary.3483"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.3484"></a><a href="#glo:optval.automake.immediate"><span class="optfmt">immediate</span></a> in version 4.50.<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3485"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3486"></a><a id="wrglossary.3487"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.automake.delayed"><span class="optfmt">delayed</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ A direct call to <a id="wrglossary.3488"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.3489"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> (as appropriate) for each non-empty <a id="wrglossary.3490"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> will be made at the end of the document using a delayed write to ensure that the <a id="wrglossary.3491"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> files are complete. (It’s necessary to delay writing to the <a id="wrglossary.3492"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing files</a> in order to ensure that <a id="wrglossary.3493"></a><a href="#glo:thepage"><code class="csfmt">\thepage</code></a> is correct.) Unfortunately, there are situations where the delayed write never occurs, for example, if there are floats on the final page. In those cases, it’s better to use an immediate write (any of the following options).<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3494"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3495"></a><a id="wrglossary.3496"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.automake.immediate"><span class="optfmt">immediate</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ A direct call to <a id="wrglossary.3497"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.3498"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> (as appropriate) for each non-empty <a id="wrglossary.3499"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> will be made at the start of <a id="wrglossary.3500"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> using an immediate write. This ensures that the <a id="wrglossary.3501"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing files</a> are read by the <a id="wrglossary.3502"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a> before they are opened (which will clear their content).<p>
+If you are using <a id="wrglossary.3503"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>, then <a id="wrglossary.3504"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.3505"></a><a href="#glo:optval.automake.makegloss"><span class="optfmt">makegloss</span></a> is a better option that this one. Either way, you will need Perl and the unrestricted mode, but with <a id="wrglossary.3506"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> you get the benefit of the language mappings and diagnostics.<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3507"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3508"></a><a id="wrglossary.3509"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.automake.makegloss"><span class="optfmt">makegloss</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ A call to <a id="wrglossary.3510"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> will be made at the start of <a id="wrglossary.3511"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> using an immediate write if the <a id="wrglossary.3512"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file exists. On the one hand, it’s better to use <a id="wrglossary.3513"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> as it has some extra diagnostic functions, but on the other hand it both requires Perl and the unrestricted <a id="wrglossary.3514"></a><a href="#glo:dual.shellescape">shell escape</a>.<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3515"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3516"></a><a id="wrglossary.3517"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.automake.lite"><span class="optfmt">lite</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ A call to <a id="wrglossary.3518"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a> will be made at the start of <a id="wrglossary.3519"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> using an immediate write if the <a id="wrglossary.3520"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file exists. There’s little benefit in this option over <a id="wrglossary.3521"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.3522"></a><a href="#glo:optval.automake.immediate"><span class="optfmt">immediate</span></a> and it has the added disadvantage of requiring the unrestricted mode.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3523"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3524"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.automakegloss"><span class="styoptfmt">automakegloss</span></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">alias: </span><span class="optfmt">makegloss</span></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This valueless option is equivalent to <a id="wrglossary.3525"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.3526"></a><a href="#glo:optval.automake.makegloss"><span class="optfmt">makegloss</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3527"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3528"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.automakeglosslite"><span class="styoptfmt">automakeglosslite</span></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">alias: </span><span class="optfmt">lite</span></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This valueless option is equivalent to <a id="wrglossary.3529"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.3530"></a><a href="#glo:optval.automake.lite"><span class="optfmt">lite</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3531"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3532"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.disablemakegloss"><span class="styoptfmt">disablemakegloss</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This valueless option indicates that <a id="wrglossary.3533"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.3534"></a><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a> should be disabled. This option is provided in the event that you have to use a class or package that disregards the advice in §<a href="#sec:indexingoptions">1.3</a> and automatically performs <a id="wrglossary.3535"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.3536"></a><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a> but you don’t want this. (For example, you want to use a different <a id="wrglossary.3537"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> method or you want to disable <a id="wrglossary.3538"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> while working on a draft document.)<p>
+Naturally, if there’s a particular reason why the class or package insists on a specific <a id="wrglossary.3539"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> method, for example, it’s an editorial requirement, then you will need to abide by that decision.<p>
+This option may be passed in the standard document class option list or passed using <a id="wrglossary.3540"></a><a href="#glo:PassOptionsToPackage"><code class="csfmt">\PassOptionsToPackage</code></a> before <a id="wrglossary.3541"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> is loaded. Note that this does nothing if <a id="wrglossary.3542"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.3543"></a><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a> has already been used whilst enabled.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3544"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3545"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.restoremakegloss"><span class="styoptfmt">restoremakegloss</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Cancels the effect of <a id="wrglossary.3546"></a><a href="#glo:opt.disablemakegloss"><span class="styoptfmt">disablemakegloss</span></a>. This option may be used in <a id="wrglossary.3547"></a><a href="#glo:setupglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\setupglossaries</code></a>. It issues a warning if <a id="wrglossary.3548"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.3549"></a><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a> has already been used whilst enabled. Note that this option removes the check for <a id="wrglossary.3550"></a><a href="#glo:nofiles"><code class="csfmt">\nofiles</code></a>, as this option is an indication that the output files are actually required.<p>
+For example, suppose the class <span class="clsfmt">customclass.cls</span> automatically loads <a id="wrglossary.3551"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> and does <a id="wrglossary.3552"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> but you need an extra <a id="wrglossary.3553"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, which has to be defined before <a id="wrglossary.3554"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>, then you can do: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3555"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>[<a id="wrglossary.3556"></a><a href="#glo:opt.disablemakegloss"><span class="styoptfmt">disablemakegloss</span></a>]{customclass}
+<a id="wrglossary.3557"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary*"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary*</code></a>{functions}{Functions}
+<a id="wrglossary.3558"></a><a href="#glo:setupglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\setupglossaries</code></a>{restoremakegloss}
+<a id="wrglossary.3559"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>
+</pre> or <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3560"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.3561"></a><a href="#glo:PassOptionsToPackage"><code class="csfmt">\PassOptionsToPackage</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.3562"></a><a href="#glo:opt.disablemakegloss"><span class="styoptfmt">disablemakegloss</span></a>}{glossaries}
+<code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{customclass}
+<a id="wrglossary.3563"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary*"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary*</code></a>{functions}{Functions}
+<a id="wrglossary.3564"></a><a href="#glo:setupglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\setupglossaries</code></a>{restoremakegloss}
+<a id="wrglossary.3565"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>
+</pre><p>
+Note that restoring these commands doesn’t necessarily mean that they can be used. It just means that their normal behaviour given the current settings will apply. For example, if you use the <a id="wrglossary.3566"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=only</span> or <a id="wrglossary.3567"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=nameref</span> options with <a id="wrglossary.3568"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> then you can’t use <a id="wrglossary.3569"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.3570"></a><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a> regardless of <a id="wrglossary.3571"></a><a href="#glo:opt.restoremakegloss"><span class="styoptfmt">restoremakegloss</span></a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:pkgopts-sort -->
+
+<section id="sec:pkgopts-type"><!-- start of section sec:pkgopts-type --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->2.6. Glossary Type Options<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:pkgopts-type">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3572"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3573"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.nohypertypes"><span class="styoptfmt">nohypertypes</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">list</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Use this option if you have multiple <a id="wrglossary.3574"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> and you want to suppress the entry <a id="wrglossary.3575"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> for a particular <a id="wrglossary.3576"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> or <a id="wrglossary.3577"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>. The value of this option should be a comma-separated list of <a id="wrglossary.3578"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> types where <a id="wrglossary.3579"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> etc shouldn’t have <a id="wrglossary.3580"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> by default. Make sure you enclose the value in braces if it contains any commas. Example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3581"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.3582"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.3583"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nohypertypes"><span class="styoptfmt">nohypertypes</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.3584"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a>,notation}</span>]
+ {glossaries}
+<a id="wrglossary.3585"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation}
+</pre> As illustrated above, the <a id="wrglossary.3586"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> doesn’t need to exist when you identify it in <a id="wrglossary.3587"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nohypertypes"><span class="styoptfmt">nohypertypes</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.3588"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+The values must be fully expanded, so <strong class="strong">don’t</strong> try, for example, <a id="wrglossary.3589"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nohypertypes"><span class="styoptfmt">nohypertypes</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.3590"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a></span>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+You may also use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3591"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3592"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GlsDeclareNoHyperList"><code class="csfmt">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">list</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ instead or additionally. See §<a href="#sec:glslink">5.1</a> for further details.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3593"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.3594"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has the <a id="wrglossary.3595"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.nohyper"><span class="csoptfmt">nohyper</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.3596"></a><a href="#glo:idx.categoryattribute">category attribute</a> which will suppress the <a id="wrglossary.3597"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> for entries with the given category, which can be used as an alternative to suppressing the <a id="wrglossary.3598"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> on a per-<a id="wrglossary.3599"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> basis. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3600"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3601"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.nomain"><span class="styoptfmt">nomain</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This suppresses the creation of the <a id="wrglossary.3602"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary and associated <a id="wrglossary.3603"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glo"><span class="extfmt">glo</span></a> file, if unrequired. Note that if you use this option, you must create another <a id="wrglossary.3604"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> in which to put all your entries (either via the <a id="wrglossary.3605"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> (or <a id="wrglossary.3606"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronyms"><span class="styoptfmt">acronyms</span></a>) package option described in §<a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">2.7</a> or via the <a id="wrglossary.3607"></a><a href="#glo:opt.symbols"><span class="styoptfmt">symbols</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.3608"></a><a href="#glo:opt.numbers"><span class="styoptfmt">numbers</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.3609"></a><a href="#glo:opt.index"><span class="styoptfmt">index</span></a> options described in §<a href="#sec:pkgopts-other">2.9</a> or via <a id="wrglossary.3610"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a> described in §<a href="#sec:newglossary">9</a>). Even if you don’t intend to display the <a id="wrglossary.3611"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, a default <a id="wrglossary.3612"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> is still required.<p>
+If you don’t use the <a id="wrglossary.3613"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary and you don’t use this option to suppress its creation, <a id="wrglossary.3614"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> will produce a warning: <pre class="transcript"><div class="transcripttitle"><a id="wrglossary.3615"></a><a href="#glo:sym.transcript"><span title="Transcript" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>Warning: File '<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">filename</em>〉</span>.glo' is empty.
+Have you used any entries defined in glossary '<a id="wrglossary.3616"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a>'?
+Remember to use package option '<a id="wrglossary.3617"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nomain"><span class="styoptfmt">nomain</span></a>' if
+you don't want to use the <a id="wrglossary.3618"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary.
+</pre> If you did actually want to use the <a id="wrglossary.3619"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary and you see this warning, check that you have referenced the entries in that <a id="wrglossary.3620"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> via commands such as <a id="wrglossary.3621"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3622"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3623"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.symbols"><span class="styoptfmt">symbols</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This valueless option defines a new <a id="wrglossary.3624"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> type with the label <a id="wrglossary.3625"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.glostype.symbols"><code class="glostypefmt">symbols</code></dfn> via <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.3626"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>[slg]{<a id="wrglossary.3627"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.symbols"><code class="glostypefmt">symbols</code></a>}{sls}{slo}{<a id="wrglossary.3628"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbolsgroupname"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbolsgroupname</code></a>}
+</pre> It also defines <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3629"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3630"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:printsymbols"><code class="csfmt">\printsymbols</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which is a synonym for <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.3631"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.3632"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.3633"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.symbols"><code class="glostypefmt">symbols</code></a></span>,<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]
+</pre><p>
+If you use <a id="wrglossary.3634"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>, you need to use: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.3635"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.3636"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.3637"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.symbols"><code class="glostypefmt">symbols</code></a></span>,<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]
+</pre> to display the list of symbols.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.3638"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Remember to use the <a id="wrglossary.3639"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nomain"><span class="styoptfmt">nomain</span></a> package option if you’re only interested in using this <a id="wrglossary.3640"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.symbols"><code class="glostypefmt">symbols</code></a> glossary and don’t intend to use the <a id="wrglossary.3641"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3642"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.3643"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has a slightly modified version of this option which additionally provides <a id="wrglossary.3644"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrnewsymbol"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnewsymbol</code></a> as a convenient shortcut method for defining symbols. See the <a id="wrglossary.3645"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3646"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3647"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.numbers"><span class="styoptfmt">numbers</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This valueless option defines a new <a id="wrglossary.3648"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> type with the label <a id="wrglossary.3649"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.glostype.numbers"><code class="glostypefmt">numbers</code></dfn> via <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.3650"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>[nlg]{<a id="wrglossary.3651"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.numbers"><code class="glostypefmt">numbers</code></a>}{nls}{nlo}{<a id="wrglossary.3652"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumbersgroupname"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumbersgroupname</code></a>}
+</pre> It also defines <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3653"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3654"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:printnumbers"><code class="csfmt">\printnumbers</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which is a synonym for <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.3655"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.3656"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.3657"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.numbers"><code class="glostypefmt">numbers</code></a></span>,<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]
+</pre><p>
+If you use <a id="wrglossary.3658"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>, you need to use: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.3659"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.3660"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.3661"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.numbers"><code class="glostypefmt">numbers</code></a></span>,<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]
+</pre> to display the list of numbers.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.3662"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Remember to use the <a id="wrglossary.3663"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nomain"><span class="styoptfmt">nomain</span></a> package option if you’re only interested in using this <a id="wrglossary.3664"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.numbers"><code class="glostypefmt">numbers</code></a> glossary and don’t intend to use the <a id="wrglossary.3665"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3666"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.3667"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has a slightly modified version of this option which additionally provides <a id="wrglossary.3668"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrnewnumber"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnewnumber</code></a> as a convenient shortcut method for defining numbers. See the <a id="wrglossary.3669"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3670"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3671"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.index"><span class="styoptfmt">index</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This valueless option defines a new <a id="wrglossary.3672"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> type with the label <a id="wrglossary.3673"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.glostype.index"><code class="glostypefmt">index</code></dfn> via <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.3674"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>[ilg]{<a id="wrglossary.3675"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.index"><code class="glostypefmt">index</code></a>}{ind}{idx}{<a id="wrglossary.3676"></a><a href="#glo:indexname"><code class="csfmt">\indexname</code></a>}
+</pre> It also defines <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3677"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3678"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:newterm"><code class="csfmt">\newterm</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which is a synonym for <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.3679"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<a id="wrglossary.3680"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.3681"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.index"><code class="glostypefmt">index</code></a>}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.3682"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={entry-label}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.3683"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.3684"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a>}</span>,<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3685"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3686"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:printindex"><code class="csfmt">\printindex</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>] v4.02+</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which is a synonym for <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.3687"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.3688"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.3689"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.index"><code class="glostypefmt">index</code></a></span>,<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]
+</pre><p>
+If you use <a id="wrglossary.3690"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>, you need to use: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.3691"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.3692"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.3693"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.index"><code class="glostypefmt">index</code></a></span>,<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]
+</pre> to display this <a id="wrglossary.3694"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.3695"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Remember to use the <a id="wrglossary.3696"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nomain"><span class="styoptfmt">nomain</span></a> package option if you’re only interested in using this <a id="wrglossary.3697"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.index"><code class="glostypefmt">index</code></a> glossary and don’t intend to use the <a id="wrglossary.3698"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary. Note that you can’t mix this option with <a id="wrglossary.3699"></a><a href="#glo:index"><code class="csfmt">\index</code></a>. Either use <a id="wrglossary.3700"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> for the <a id="wrglossary.3701"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> or use a custom <a id="wrglossary.3702"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> package, such as <a id="wrglossary.3703"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.makeidx"><span class="styfmt">makeidx</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.3704"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.imakeidx"><span class="styfmt">imakeidx</span></a>. (You can, of course, load one of those packages and load <a id="wrglossary.3705"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> without the <a id="wrglossary.3706"></a><a href="#glo:opt.index"><span class="styoptfmt">index</span></a> package option.) </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+Since the index isn’t designed for terms with descriptions, you might also want to disable the <a id="wrglossary.3707"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> for this <a id="wrglossary.3708"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> using the package option <a id="wrglossary.3709"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nohypertypes"><span class="styoptfmt">nohypertypes</span></a><span class="optfmt">=index</span> or the command <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.3710"></a><a href="#glo:GlsDeclareNoHyperList"><code class="csfmt">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.3711"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.index"><code class="glostypefmt">index</code></a>}
+</pre> However, it can also be useful to link to the index in order to look up the term’s <a id="wrglossary.3712"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a> to find other parts of the document where it might be used. For example, this manual will have a <a id="wrglossary.3713"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> to the <a href="#index">index</a> for general terms, such as <span class="qt">“<a id="wrglossary.3714"></a><a href="#glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</a>”</span>, or general commands, such as <a id="wrglossary.3715"></a><a href="#glo:index"><code class="csfmt">\index</code></a>, that aren’t defined anywhere in the document.<p>
+The example file <a id="wrglossary.3716"></a><a href="#glo:file.sample-index.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-index.tex</span></a> illustrates the use of the <a id="wrglossary.3717"></a><a href="#glo:opt.index"><span class="styoptfmt">index</span></a> package option.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3718"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3719"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.noglossaryindex"><span class="styoptfmt">noglossaryindex</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This valueless option switches off <a id="wrglossary.3720"></a><a href="#glo:opt.index"><span class="styoptfmt">index</span></a> if <a id="wrglossary.3721"></a><a href="#glo:opt.index"><span class="styoptfmt">index</span></a> has been passed implicitly (for example, through global document options). This option can’t be used in <a id="wrglossary.3722"></a><a href="#glo:setupglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\setupglossaries</code></a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:pkgopts-type -->
+
+<section id="sec:pkgopts-acronym"><!-- start of section sec:pkgopts-acronym --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->2.7. acronym and <span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> Options<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.3723"></a><a id="wrglossary.3724"></a><div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3725"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3726"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ If true, this creates a new <a id="wrglossary.3727"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> with the label <a id="wrglossary.3728"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></dfn>. This is equivalent to: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.3729"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>[alg]{<a id="wrglossary.3730"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a>}{acr}{acn}{<a id="wrglossary.3731"></a><a href="#glo:acronymname"><code class="csfmt">\acronymname</code></a>}
+</pre> It will also provide (if not already defined) <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3732"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3733"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:printacronyms"><code class="csfmt">\printacronyms</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ that’s equivalent to <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.3734"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.3735"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.3736"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a></span>,<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]
+</pre><p>
+If you are using <a id="wrglossary.3737"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>, you need to use <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.3738"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.3739"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.3740"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a></span>,<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]
+</pre> to display the list of acronyms.<p>
+If the <a id="wrglossary.3741"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> package option is used, <a id="wrglossary.3742"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a> is set to <a id="wrglossary.3743"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a> otherwise it is set to <a id="wrglossary.3744"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a> (which is normally the <a id="wrglossary.3745"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary.) Entries that are defined using <a id="wrglossary.3746"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> are placed in the <a id="wrglossary.3747"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> whose label is given by <a id="wrglossary.3748"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a>, unless another <a id="wrglossary.3749"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> is explicitly specified with the <a id="wrglossary.3750"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> key.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.3751"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Remember to use the <a id="wrglossary.3752"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nomain"><span class="styoptfmt">nomain</span></a> package option if you’re only interested in using this <a id="wrglossary.3753"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a> glossary. (That is, you don’t intend to use the <a id="wrglossary.3754"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary.) </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3755"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.3756"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> extension package comes with an analogous <a id="wrglossary.3757"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbreviations"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">abbreviations</span></a> option, which creates a new <a id="wrglossary.3758"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> with the label <a id="wrglossary.3759"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.abbreviations"><code class="glostypefmt">abbreviations</code></a> and sets the command <a id="wrglossary.3760"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrabbrvtype"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrabbrvtype</code></a> to this. If the <a id="wrglossary.3761"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> option hasn’t also been used, then <a id="wrglossary.3762"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a> will be set to <a id="wrglossary.3763"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrabbrvtype"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrabbrvtype</code></a>. This enables both <a id="wrglossary.3764"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.3765"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a> to use the same <a id="wrglossary.3766"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>.<p>
+Make sure you have at least v1.42 of <a id="wrglossary.3767"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> if you use the <a id="wrglossary.3768"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> (or <a id="wrglossary.3769"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronyms"><span class="styoptfmt">acronyms</span></a>) package option with the extension package to avoid a bug that interferes with the <a id="wrglossary.3770"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> style</a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3771"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3772"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.acronyms"><span class="styoptfmt">acronyms</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This is equivalent to <a id="wrglossary.3773"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> and may be used in the document class option list.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3774"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3775"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.abbreviations"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">abbreviations</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+This valueless option provided by <a id="wrglossary.3776"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> creates a new <a id="wrglossary.3777"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> type with the label <a id="wrglossary.3778"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.glostype.abbreviations"><code class="glostypefmt">abbreviations</code></dfn> using: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.3779"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>[glg-abr]{<a id="wrglossary.3780"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.abbreviations"><code class="glostypefmt">abbreviations</code></a>}{gls-abr}{glo-abr}{<a id="wrglossary.3781"></a><a href="#glo:abbreviationsname"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\abbreviationsname</code></a>}
+</pre> The label can be accessed with <a id="wrglossary.3782"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrabbrvtype"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrabbrvtype</code></a>, which is analogous to <a id="wrglossary.3783"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a>. See <a id="wrglossary.3784"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3785"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3786"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.acronymlists"><span class="styoptfmt">acronymlists</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label-list</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This option is used to identify the <a id="wrglossary.3787"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> that contain <a id="wrglossary.3788"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> so that they can have their <a id="wrglossary.3789"></a><a href="#glo:idx.entryformat">entry format</a> adjusted by <a id="wrglossary.3790"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>. (It also enables <a id="wrglossary.3791"></a><a href="#glo:forallacronyms"><code class="csfmt">\forallacronyms</code></a> to work.)<p>
+By default, if the list is empty when <a id="wrglossary.3792"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a> is used then it will automatically add <a id="wrglossary.3793"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a> to the list. <p>
+If you have other lists of <a id="wrglossary.3794"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a>, you can specify them as a comma-separated list in the value of <a id="wrglossary.3795"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronymlists"><span class="styoptfmt">acronymlists</span></a>. For example, if you use the <a id="wrglossary.3796"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> package option but you also want the <a id="wrglossary.3797"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary to also contain a list of <a id="wrglossary.3798"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a>, you can do: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3799"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.3800"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.3801"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronymlists"><span class="styoptfmt">acronymlists</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.3802"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a></span>]{glossaries}
+</pre> No check is performed to determine if the listed <a id="wrglossary.3803"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> exist, so you can add <a id="wrglossary.3804"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> you haven’t defined yet. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3805"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.3806"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.3807"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronymlists"><span class="styoptfmt">acronymlists</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.3808"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a>,acronym2}</span>]
+ {glossaries}
+<a id="wrglossary.3809"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>[alg2]{acronym2}{acr2}{acn2}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {Statistical Acronyms}
+</pre> You can use <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3810"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3811"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:DeclareAcronymList"><code class="csfmt">\DeclareAcronymList</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">list</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ instead of or in addition to the <a id="wrglossary.3812"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronymlists"><span class="styoptfmt">acronymlists</span></a> option. This will add the <a id="wrglossary.3813"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> given in <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">list</em>〉</span> to the list of <a id="wrglossary.3814"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> that are identified as lists of <a id="wrglossary.3815"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a>. To replace the list of <a id="wrglossary.3816"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> lists with a new list use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3817"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3818"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:SetAcronymLists"><code class="csfmt">\SetAcronymLists</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">list</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+If the list is changed after <a id="wrglossary.3819"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a> then it will result in inconsistencies in the formatting. If this does happen, and is for some reason unavoidable (such as <a id="wrglossary.3820"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a> occurring in a package that loads <a id="wrglossary.3821"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a>), you will need to set the <a id="wrglossary.3822"></a><a href="#glo:idx.entryformat">entry format</a> to match the style: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.3823"></a><a href="#glo:DeclareAcronymList"><code class="csfmt">\DeclareAcronymList</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>}
+<a id="wrglossary.3824"></a><a href="#glo:defglsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\defglsentryfmt</code></a>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>]{<a id="wrglossary.3825"></a><a href="#glo:GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle"><code class="csfmt">\GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle</code></a>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>}
+</pre><p>
+You can determine if a <a id="wrglossary.3826"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> has been identified as being a list of <a id="wrglossary.3827"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3828"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3829"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsIfListOfAcronyms"><code class="csfmt">\glsIfListOfAcronyms</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3830"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ This option and associated commands are incompatible with <a id="wrglossary.3831"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span>’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.3832"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span></a> mechanism. Lists of <a id="wrglossary.3833"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviations</span></a> don’t need identifying. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3834"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3835"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.shortcuts"><span class="styoptfmt">shortcuts</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>false; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This option provides shortcut commands for <a id="wrglossary.3836"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a>. See §<a href="#sec:acronyms">6</a> for further details. Alternatively you can use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3837"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3838"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:DefineAcronymSynonyms"><code class="csfmt">\DefineAcronymSynonyms</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3839"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.3840"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides additional shortcuts. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:pkgopts-acronym -->
+
+<section id="sec:pkgopts-old-acronym"><!-- start of section sec:pkgopts-old-acronym --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->2.8. Deprecated Acronym Style Options<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:pkgopts-old-acronym">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+The package options listed in this section were deprecated in version 4.02 (2013-12-05) and have now been removed. You will need to use rollback with them (see §<a href="#sec:rollback">1.1</a>). These options started generating warnings in version 4.47 (2021-09-20) and as from version 4.50 will now generate an error unless you use rollback.<p>
+If you want to change the <a id="wrglossary.3841"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a>, use <a id="wrglossary.3842"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a> instead. See §<a href="#sec:acronyms">6</a> for further details.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3843"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a><a id="wrglossary.3844"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3845"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.description"><span class="styoptfmt">description</span></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.3846"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated">Deprecated</a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This option changed the definition of <a id="wrglossary.3847"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> to allow a description. This option may be replaced by: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3848"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.3849"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.3850"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short-desc</span></a>}
+</pre> or (with <a id="wrglossary.3851"></a><a href="#glo:opt.smallcaps"><span class="styoptfmt">smallcaps</span></a>) <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3852"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.3853"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.3854"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sc-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sc-short-desc</span></a>}
+</pre> or (with <a id="wrglossary.3855"></a><a href="#glo:opt.smaller"><span class="styoptfmt">smaller</span></a>) <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3856"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.3857"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.3858"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sm-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sm-short-desc</span></a>}
+</pre> or (with <a id="wrglossary.3859"></a><a href="#glo:opt.footnote"><span class="styoptfmt">footnote</span></a>) <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3860"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.3861"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.3862"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-desc</span></a>}
+</pre> or (with <a id="wrglossary.3863"></a><a href="#glo:opt.footnote"><span class="styoptfmt">footnote</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.3864"></a><a href="#glo:opt.smallcaps"><span class="styoptfmt">smallcaps</span></a>) <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3865"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.3866"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.3867"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-sc-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-sc-desc</span></a>}
+</pre> or (with <a id="wrglossary.3868"></a><a href="#glo:opt.footnote"><span class="styoptfmt">footnote</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.3869"></a><a href="#glo:opt.smaller"><span class="styoptfmt">smaller</span></a>) <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3870"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.3871"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.3872"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-sm-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-sm-desc</span></a>}
+</pre> or (with <a id="wrglossary.3873"></a><a href="#glo:opt.dua"><span class="styoptfmt">dua</span></a>) <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3874"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.3875"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.3876"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.dua-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">dua-desc</span></a>}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3877"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a><a id="wrglossary.3878"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3879"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.smallcaps"><span class="styoptfmt">smallcaps</span></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.3880"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated">Deprecated</a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This option changed the definition of <a id="wrglossary.3881"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> and the way that acronyms are displayed. This option may be replaced by: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3882"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.3883"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.3884"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sc-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sc-short</span></a>}
+</pre> or (with <a id="wrglossary.3885"></a><a href="#glo:opt.description"><span class="styoptfmt">description</span></a>) <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3886"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.3887"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.3888"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sc-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sc-short-desc</span></a>}
+</pre> or (with <a id="wrglossary.3889"></a><a href="#glo:opt.description"><span class="styoptfmt">description</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.3890"></a><a href="#glo:opt.footnote"><span class="styoptfmt">footnote</span></a>) <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3891"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.3892"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.3893"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-sc-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-sc-desc</span></a>}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3894"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a><a id="wrglossary.3895"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3896"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.smaller"><span class="styoptfmt">smaller</span></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.3897"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated">Deprecated</a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This option changed the definition of <a id="wrglossary.3898"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> and the way that acronyms are displayed. This option may be replaced by: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3899"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.3900"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.3901"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sm-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sm-short</span></a>}
+</pre> or (with <a id="wrglossary.3902"></a><a href="#glo:opt.description"><span class="styoptfmt">description</span></a>) <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3903"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.3904"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.3905"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sm-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sm-short-desc</span></a>}
+</pre> or (with <a id="wrglossary.3906"></a><a href="#glo:opt.description"><span class="styoptfmt">description</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.3907"></a><a href="#glo:opt.footnote"><span class="styoptfmt">footnote</span></a>) <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3908"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.3909"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.3910"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-sm-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-sm-desc</span></a>}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3911"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a><a id="wrglossary.3912"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3913"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.footnote"><span class="styoptfmt">footnote</span></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.3914"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated">Deprecated</a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This option changed the definition of <a id="wrglossary.3915"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> and the way that acronyms are displayed. This option may be replaced by: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3916"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.3917"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.3918"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote</span></a>}
+</pre> or (with <a id="wrglossary.3919"></a><a href="#glo:opt.smallcaps"><span class="styoptfmt">smallcaps</span></a>) <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3920"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.3921"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.3922"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-sc"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-sc</span></a>}
+</pre> or (with <a id="wrglossary.3923"></a><a href="#glo:opt.smaller"><span class="styoptfmt">smaller</span></a>) <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3924"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.3925"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.3926"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-sm"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-sm</span></a>}
+</pre> or (with <a id="wrglossary.3927"></a><a href="#glo:opt.description"><span class="styoptfmt">description</span></a>) <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3928"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.3929"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.3930"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-desc</span></a>}
+</pre> or (with <a id="wrglossary.3931"></a><a href="#glo:opt.smallcaps"><span class="styoptfmt">smallcaps</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.3932"></a><a href="#glo:opt.description"><span class="styoptfmt">description</span></a>) <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3933"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.3934"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.3935"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-sc-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-sc-desc</span></a>}
+</pre> or (with <a id="wrglossary.3936"></a><a href="#glo:opt.smaller"><span class="styoptfmt">smaller</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.3937"></a><a href="#glo:opt.description"><span class="styoptfmt">description</span></a>) <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3938"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.3939"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.3940"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-sm-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-sm-desc</span></a>}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3941"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a><a id="wrglossary.3942"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3943"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.dua"><span class="styoptfmt">dua</span></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.3944"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated">Deprecated</a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This option changed the definition of <a id="wrglossary.3945"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> so that acronyms are always expanded. This option may be replaced by: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3946"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.3947"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{dua}
+</pre> or (with <a id="wrglossary.3948"></a><a href="#glo:opt.description"><span class="styoptfmt">description</span></a>) <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3949"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.3950"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.3951"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.dua-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">dua-desc</span></a>}
+</pre><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:pkgopts-old-acronym -->
+
+<section id="sec:pkgopts-other"><!-- start of section sec:pkgopts-other --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->2.9. Other Options<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:pkgopts-other">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+Other available options that don’t fit any of the above categories are described below.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3952"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3953"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.accsupp"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">accsupp</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+Only available with <a id="wrglossary.3954"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, this option loads the <a id="wrglossary.3955"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> package, which needs to be loaded either before <a id="wrglossary.3956"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> or while <a id="wrglossary.3957"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> is loaded to ensure both packages are properly integrated.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3958"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3959"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.prefix"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">prefix</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+Only available with <a id="wrglossary.3960"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, this option loads the <a id="wrglossary.3961"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> package.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3962"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3963"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.nomissingglstext"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">nomissingglstext</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+This option may be used to suppress the boilerplate text generated by <a id="wrglossary.3964"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a> if the <a id="wrglossary.3965"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing file</a> is missing.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3966"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3967"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.mfirstuc"><span class="styoptfmt">mfirstuc</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>unexpanded</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The value may be either <span class="optfmt">expanded</span> or <span class="optfmt">unexpanded</span> and performs the same function as <a id="wrglossary.3968"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span>’s</a> <span class="optfmt">expanded</span> and <span class="optfmt">unexpanded</span> package options. Note that there’s no value corresponding to <a id="wrglossary.3969"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span>’s</a> other package option.<p>
+The default is <a id="wrglossary.3970"></a><a href="#glo:opt.mfirstuc"><span class="styoptfmt">mfirstuc</span></a><span class="optfmt">=unexpanded</span> to safeguard against <a id="wrglossary.3971"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> that convert the description to <a id="wrglossary.3972"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. With older versions of <a id="wrglossary.3973"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> (pre v2.08), fragile commands in the description would not have been affected by the <a id="wrglossary.3974"></a><a href="#glo:dual.casechange">case change</a>, but now, if the entire description is passed to <a id="wrglossary.3975"></a><a href="#glo:MFUsentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\MFUsentencecase</code></a>, it will be expanded, which could break existing documents.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3976"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a><a id="wrglossary.3977"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3978"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.compatible-2.07"><span class="styoptfmt">compatible-2.07</span></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.3979"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated">Deprecated</a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+Compatibility mode for old documents created using version 2.07 or below. This option is now only available with rollback (see §<a href="#sec:rollback">1.1</a>).<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3980"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a><a id="wrglossary.3981"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3982"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.compatible-3.07"><span class="styoptfmt">compatible-3.07</span></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.3983"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated">Deprecated</a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Compatibility mode for old documents created using version 3.07 or below. This option is now only available with rollback (see §<a href="#sec:rollback">1.1</a>).<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3984"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3985"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.kernelglossredefs"><span class="styoptfmt">kernelglossredefs</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ As a legacy from the precursor <a id="wrglossary.3986"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary"><span class="styfmt">glossary</span></a> package, the standard glossary commands provided by the LaTeX kernel (<a id="wrglossary.3987"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossary"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossary</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.3988"></a><a href="#glo:cs.glossary"><code class="csfmt">\glossary</code></a>) are redefined in terms of the <a id="wrglossary.3989"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package’s commands. However, they were never documented in this user manual, and the conversion guide (<a href="glossary2glossaries.html"><span class="qt">“Upgrading from the <span class="styfmt">glossary</span> package to the <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package”</span></a>) explicitly discourages their use.<p>
+The redefinitions of these commands was removed in v4.10, but unfortunately it turned out that some packages had hacked the internal commands provided by <a id="wrglossary.3990"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> and no longer worked when they were removed, so they were restored in v4.41 with this option to undo the effect with <a id="wrglossary.3991"></a><a href="#glo:opt.kernelglossredefs"><span class="styoptfmt">kernelglossredefs</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> as the default. As from v4.50, the default is now <a id="wrglossary.3992"></a><a href="#glo:opt.kernelglossredefs"><span class="styoptfmt">kernelglossredefs</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>.<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.3993"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.3994"></a><a id="wrglossary.3995"></a><a href="#glo:opt.kernelglossredefs"><span class="styoptfmt">kernelglossredefs</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.kernelglossredefs.false"><span class="optfmt">false</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ Don’t redefine <a id="wrglossary.3996"></a><a href="#glo:cs.glossary"><code class="csfmt">\glossary</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.3997"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossary"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossary</code></a>. If they have been previously redefined by <a id="wrglossary.3998"></a><a href="#glo:opt.kernelglossredefs"><span class="styoptfmt">kernelglossredefs</span></a> their original definitions (at the time <a id="wrglossary.3999"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> was loaded) will be restored.<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4000"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4001"></a><a id="wrglossary.4002"></a><a href="#glo:opt.kernelglossredefs"><span class="styoptfmt">kernelglossredefs</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.kernelglossredefs.true"><span class="optfmt">true</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ Redefine <a id="wrglossary.4003"></a><a href="#glo:cs.glossary"><code class="csfmt">\glossary</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.4004"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossary"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossary</code></a>, but their use will trigger warnings.<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4005"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4006"></a><a id="wrglossary.4007"></a><a href="#glo:opt.kernelglossredefs"><span class="styoptfmt">kernelglossredefs</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.kernelglossredefs.nowarn"><span class="optfmt">nowarn</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ Redefine <a id="wrglossary.4008"></a><a href="#glo:cs.glossary"><code class="csfmt">\glossary</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.4009"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossary"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossary</code></a> without any warnings.<p>
+The only glossary-related commands provided by the LaTeX kernel are <a id="wrglossary.4010"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossary"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossary</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.4011"></a><a href="#glo:cs.glossary"><code class="csfmt">\glossary</code></a>. Other packages or classes may provide additional glossary-related commands or environments that conflict with <a id="wrglossary.4012"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> (such as <a id="wrglossary.4013"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.4014"></a><a href="#glo:env.theglossary"><span class="envfmt">theglossary</span></a>). These non-kernel commands aren’t affected by this package option, and you will have to find some way to resolve the conflict if you require both glossary mechanisms. (The <a id="wrglossary.4015"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package will override the existing definitions of <a id="wrglossary.4016"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.4017"></a><a href="#glo:env.theglossary"><span class="envfmt">theglossary</span></a>.)<p>
+In general, if possible, it’s best to stick with just one package that provides a glossary mechanism. (The <a id="wrglossary.4018"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package does check for the <a id="wrglossary.4019"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.doc"><span class="styfmt">doc</span></a> package and patches <a id="wrglossary.4020"></a><a href="#glo:PrintChanges"><code class="csfmt">\PrintChanges</code></a>.)<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:pkgopts-other -->
+
+<section id="sec:setupglossaries"><!-- start of section sec:setupglossaries --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->2.10. Setting Options After the Package is Loaded<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:setupglossaries">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+Some of the options described above may also be set after the <a id="wrglossary.4021"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package has been loaded using <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4022"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4023"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:setupglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\setupglossaries</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The following package options <strong class="strong">can’t</strong> be used in <a id="wrglossary.4024"></a><a href="#glo:setupglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\setupglossaries</code></a>: <a id="wrglossary.4025"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.4026"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindygloss"><span class="styoptfmt">xindygloss</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.4027"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindynoglsnumbers"><span class="styoptfmt">xindynoglsnumbers</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.4028"></a><a href="#glo:opt.makeindex"><span class="styoptfmt">makeindex</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.4029"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nolong"><span class="styoptfmt">nolong</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.4030"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nosuper"><span class="styoptfmt">nosuper</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.4031"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nolist"><span class="styoptfmt">nolist</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.4032"></a><a href="#glo:opt.notree"><span class="styoptfmt">notree</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.4033"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nostyles"><span class="styoptfmt">nostyles</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.4034"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nomain"><span class="styoptfmt">nomain</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.4035"></a><a href="#glo:opt.compatible-2.07"><span class="styoptfmt">compatible-2.07</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.4036"></a><a href="#glo:opt.translate"><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.4037"></a><a href="#glo:opt.notranslate"><span class="styoptfmt">notranslate</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.4038"></a><a href="#glo:opt.languages"><span class="styoptfmt">languages</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.4039"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a>. These options have to be set while the package is loading, except for the <a id="wrglossary.4040"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a> sub-options which can be set using commands like <a id="wrglossary.4041"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyLanguage"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</code></a> (see §<a href="#sec:xindy">14</a> for further details).<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.4042"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+If you need to use this command, use it as soon as possible after loading <a id="wrglossary.4043"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> otherwise you might end up using it too late for the change to take effect. If you try changing the sort option after you have started to define entries, you may get unexpected results. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4044"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ With <a id="wrglossary.4045"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, use <a id="wrglossary.4046"></a><a href="#glo:glossariesextrasetup"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glossariesextrasetup</code></a> instead. </div><!-- end of information -->
+ <p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:setupglossaries -->
+
+<section id="sec:setup"><!-- start of section sec:setup --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->3. Setting Up<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:setup">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+<p>
+In the <a id="wrglossary.4047"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a> you need to indicate which method you want to use to generate the <a id="wrglossary.4048"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> (or <a id="wrglossary.4049"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>). The available options with both <a id="wrglossary.4050"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.4051"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> are summarized in §<a href="#sec:indexingoptions">1.3</a>. This chapter documents Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a>, <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>, which are provided by the base package. See the <a id="wrglossary.4052"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.4053"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> manuals for the full documentation of the other options.<p>
+If you don’t need to display any <a id="wrglossary.4054"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>, for example, if you are just using the <a id="wrglossary.4055"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package to enable consistent formatting, then skip ahead to §<a href="#sec:newglosentry">4</a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:setup -->
+
+<section id="sec:setupopt1"><!-- start of section sec:setupopt1 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->3.1. Option 1<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:setupopt1">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+The command <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4056"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4057"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></dfn></code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ must be placed in the <a id="wrglossary.4058"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">document preamble</a>. This sets up the internal commands required to make <a id="wrglossary.4059"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a> work. <strong class="strong">If you omit <a id="wrglossary.4060"></a><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a> none of the <a id="wrglossary.4061"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> will be displayed.</strong><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:setupopt1 -->
+
+<section id="sec:setupopt23"><!-- start of section sec:setupopt23 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->3.2. Options 2 and 3<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:setupopt23">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+The command <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4062"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4063"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></dfn></code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ must be placed in the <a id="wrglossary.4064"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">document preamble</a>in order to create the customised <a id="wrglossary.4065"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> (<a id="wrglossary.4066"></a><a href="#glo:ext.ist"><span class="extfmt">ist</span></a>) or <a id="wrglossary.4067"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> (<a id="wrglossary.4068"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a>) style file (for Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>, respectively) and to ensure that <a id="wrglossary.4069"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> entries are written to the appropriate output files. <strong class="strong">If you omit <a id="wrglossary.4070"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> none of the <a id="wrglossary.4071"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing files</a> will be created.</strong><p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4072"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ If you are using <a id="wrglossary.4073"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.4074"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> has an optional argument that allows you to have a hybrid of Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> or Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>. See <a id="wrglossary.4075"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.4076"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Note that some of the commands provided by the <a id="wrglossary.4077"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package must not be used after <a id="wrglossary.4078"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> as they are required when creating the customised style file. If you attempt to use those commands after <a id="wrglossary.4079"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> you will generate an error. Similarly, there are some commands that must not be used before <a id="wrglossary.4080"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> because they require the associated <a id="wrglossary.4081"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing files</a> to be open, if those files should be created. These may not necessarily generate an error or warning as a different <a id="wrglossary.4082"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> option may be chosen that doesn’t require those files (such as Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.unsrt">5</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.standalone">6</a>). </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.4083"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> command internally uses: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4084"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4085"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:writeist"><code class="csfmt">\writeist</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ to create the custom <a id="wrglossary.4086"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>/<a id="wrglossary.4087"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> style file. This command disables itself by setting itself to <a id="wrglossary.4088"></a><a href="#glo:relax"><code class="csfmt">\relax</code></a> so that it can only be used once. In general, there should be no reason to use or alter this command.<p>
+The default name for the customised style file is given by <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.4089"></a><a href="#glo:jobname"><code class="csfmt">\jobname</code></a>.<a id="wrglossary.4090"></a><a href="#glo:ext.ist"><span class="extfmt">ist</span></a></code> (<a id="wrglossary.4091"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">Option 2</a>) or <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.4092"></a><a href="#glo:jobname"><code class="csfmt">\jobname</code></a>.<a id="wrglossary.4093"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a></code> (<a id="wrglossary.4094"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3</a>). This name may be changed using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4095"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4096"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:setStyleFile"><code class="csfmt">\setStyleFile</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span> is the name of the style file without the extension.<p>
+<a id="sec:isthook"></a>There is a hook near the end of <a id="wrglossary.4097"></a><a href="#glo:writeist"><code class="csfmt">\writeist</code></a> that can be set with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4098"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4099"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GlsSetWriteIstHook"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetWriteIstHook</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">code</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">code</em>〉</span> will be performed while the style file is still open, which allows additional content to be added to it. The associated write register is: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4100"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4101"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glswrite"><code class="csfmt">\glswrite</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Note that this register is defined by <a id="wrglossary.4102"></a><a href="#glo:writeist"><code class="csfmt">\writeist</code></a> to prevent an unnecessary write register from being created in the event that neither <a id="wrglossary.4103"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> nor <a id="wrglossary.4104"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> is required.<p>
+If you use the <a id="wrglossary.4105"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetWriteIstHook"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetWriteIstHook</code></a> hook to write extra information to the style file, make sure you use the appropriate syntax for the desired <a id="wrglossary.4106"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a>. For example, with <a id="wrglossary.4107"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4108"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.4109"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetWriteIstHook"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetWriteIstHook</code></a>{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.4110"></a><a href="#glo:write"><code class="csfmt">\write</code></a><a id="wrglossary.4111"></a><a href="#glo:glswrite"><code class="csfmt">\glswrite</code></a>{page_precedence "arnAR"}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.4112"></a><a href="#glo:write"><code class="csfmt">\write</code></a><a id="wrglossary.4113"></a><a href="#glo:glswrite"><code class="csfmt">\glswrite</code></a>{line_max 80}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre> This changes the <a id="wrglossary.4114"></a><a href="#glo:idx.pageprecedence">page precedence</a> and the maximum line length used by <a id="wrglossary.4115"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>.<p>
+Remember that if you switch to <a id="wrglossary.4116"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>, this will no longer be valid code.<p>
+You can suppress the creation of the customised <a id="wrglossary.4117"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.4118"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> style file using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4119"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4120"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:noist"><code class="csfmt">\noist</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This is provided in the event that you want to supply your own customized style file that can’t be replicated with the available options and commands provided by the <a id="wrglossary.4121"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package. This command sets <a id="wrglossary.4122"></a><a href="#glo:writeist"><code class="csfmt">\writeist</code></a> to <a id="wrglossary.4123"></a><a href="#glo:relax"><code class="csfmt">\relax</code></a> (making it do nothing) but will also update the <a id="wrglossary.4124"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.4125"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@xindyattr">attribute list</a> if applicable.<p>
+If you have a custom <a id="wrglossary.4126"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> file created when using <a id="wrglossary.4127"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> version 2.07 (2010-0710) or below, you will need to use rollback and the <a id="wrglossary.4128"></a><a href="#glo:opt.compatible-2.07"><span class="styoptfmt">compatible-2.07</span></a> package option with it. However, that is now so dated and the LaTeX kernel has changed significantly since that time that you may need to use a legacy distribution (see <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/blog/legacy-documents-and-tex-live-docker-images">Legacy Documents and TeX Live Docker Images</a>).<p>
+Each <a id="wrglossary.4129"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entry</a> is assigned a <a id="wrglossary.4130"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> that lists all the <a id="wrglossary.4131"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> in the document where that <a id="wrglossary.4132"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> was used. By default, the <a id="wrglossary.4133"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> refers to the page number but this may be overridden using the <a id="wrglossary.4134"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></a> package option. The default form of the <a id="wrglossary.4135"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> number assumes a full stop <a id="wrglossary.4136"></a><a href="#glo:idx.compositor">compositor</a> (for example, 1.2), but if your <a id="wrglossary.4137"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> numbers use a different <a id="wrglossary.4138"></a><a href="#glo:idx.compositor">compositor</a> (for example, 1-2) you need to set this using <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4139"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4140"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsSetCompositor"><code class="csfmt">\glsSetCompositor</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">character</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+{symbol} For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4141"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.4142"></a><a href="#glo:glsSetCompositor"><code class="csfmt">\glsSetCompositor</code></a>{-}
+</pre> This command must not be used after <a id="wrglossary.4143"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>. Note that with <a id="wrglossary.4144"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>, any <a id="wrglossary.4145"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> with the wrong <a id="wrglossary.4146"></a><a href="#glo:idx.compositor">compositor</a> (or one that hasn’t been correctly identified with <a id="wrglossary.4147"></a><a href="#glo:glsSetCompositor"><code class="csfmt">\glsSetCompositor</code></a>) will cause <a id="wrglossary.4148"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> to reject the <a id="wrglossary.4149"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> with an invalid number/digit message. As from v4.50, <a id="wrglossary.4150"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> will check for this message and attempt a correction, but this can result in an incorrectly formatted <a id="wrglossary.4151"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.4152"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>. See the information about <a id="wrglossary.4153"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span>’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.4154"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkgls.e"><span class="shortargfmt">-e</span></a> switch in §<a href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">1.6.1</a> for further details.<p>
+An invalid page number will also cause <a id="wrglossary.4155"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> to fail with a <span class="qt">“did not match any location-class”</span> warning. This is also something that <a id="wrglossary.4156"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> will check for and will provided diagnostic information, but it won’t attempt to make any correction.<p>
+If you use <a id="wrglossary.4157"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3</a>, you can have a different <a id="wrglossary.4158"></a><a href="#glo:idx.compositor">compositor</a> for page numbers starting with an upper case alphabetical character using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4159"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4160"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsSetAlphaCompositor"><code class="csfmt">\glsSetAlphaCompositor</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">character</em>〉</span>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command is only available with <a id="wrglossary.4161"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>. For example, if you want <a id="wrglossary.4162"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a> containing a mixture of A-1 and 2.3 style formats, then do: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4163"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.4164"></a><a href="#glo:glsSetCompositor"><code class="csfmt">\glsSetCompositor</code></a>{.}<a id="wrglossary.4165"></a><a href="#glo:glsSetAlphaCompositor"><code class="csfmt">\glsSetAlphaCompositor</code></a>{-}
+</pre> See §<a href="#sec:numberlists">12</a> for further information about <a id="wrglossary.4166"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:setupopt23 -->
+
+<section id="sec:newglosentry"><!-- start of section sec:newglosentry --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->4. Defining glossary entries<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:newglosentry">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4167"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ If you want to use <a id="wrglossary.4168"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, entries must be defined in <a id="wrglossary.4169"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> files using the syntax described in the <a id="wrglossary.4170"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> user manual. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.4171"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">Acronyms</a> are covered in §<a href="#sec:acronyms">6</a> but they use the same underlying mechanism as all the other <a id="wrglossary.4172"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entries</a>, so it’s a good idea to read this chapter first. The keys provided for <a id="wrglossary.4173"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> can also be used in the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.4174"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>, although some of them, such as <a id="wrglossary.4175"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.4176"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a>, interfere with the <a id="wrglossary.4177"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym styles</a>.<p>
+All <a id="wrglossary.4178"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entries</a> must be defined before they are used, so it is better to define them in the <a id="wrglossary.4179"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">document preamble</a>to ensure this. In fact, some commands such as <a id="wrglossary.4180"></a><a href="#glo:longnewglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\longnewglossaryentry</code></a> may only be used in the <a id="wrglossary.4181"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a>. See §<a href="#sec:docdefs">4.8</a> for a discussion of the problems with defining <a id="wrglossary.4182"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> within the document instead of in the <a id="wrglossary.4183"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a>. (The <a id="wrglossary.4184"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has an option that provides a restricted form of document definitions that avoids some of the issues discussed in §<a href="#sec:docdefs">4.8</a>.) <div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.4185"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4186"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a> enforces the <a id="wrglossary.4187"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a>-only restriction on <a id="wrglossary.4188"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>. <a id="wrglossary.4189"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a> requires that definitions are provided in <a id="wrglossary.4190"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> format. Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.unsrt">5</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.standalone">6</a> work best with either <a id="wrglossary.4191"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a>-only definitions or the use of the <a id="wrglossary.4192"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package option <a id="wrglossary.4193"></a><a href="#glo:opt.docdef"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">docdef</span></a><span class="optfmt">=restricted</span>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+Bear in mind that with <a id="wrglossary.4194"></a><a href="#glo:opt.docdef"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">docdef</span></a><span class="optfmt">=restricted</span>, the <a id="wrglossary.4195"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> must be defined before any <a id="wrglossary.4196"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> are used, including when they are displayed in the <a id="wrglossary.4197"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> (for example, with <a id="wrglossary.4198"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a>) or where they appear in the <a id="wrglossary.4199"></a><a href="#glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</a> or list of floats. This is essentially the same problem as defining a robust command mid-document and using it in a section title or caption.<p>
+Only those <a id="wrglossary.4200"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> that are <a id="wrglossary.4201"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a> in the document (using any of the commands described in §<a href="#sec:glslink">5.1</a>, §<a href="#sec:glsadd">10</a> or §<a href="#sec:crossref">11</a>) will appear in the <a id="wrglossary.4202"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. See §<a href="#sec:printglossary">8</a> to find out how to display the <a id="wrglossary.4203"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>.<p>
+New <a id="wrglossary.4204"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entries</a> are defined using the command: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4205"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4206"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This is a short command, so values in <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span> can’t contain any paragraph breaks. Take care to enclose values containing any commas (<a id="wrglossary.4207"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.comma"><code class="code">,</code></a>) or equal signs (<a id="wrglossary.4208"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.equals"><code class="code">=</code></a>) with braces to hide them from the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key</em>〉</span>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span> list parser.<p>
+If you have a long description that needs to span multiple paragraphs, use the following instead: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4209"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4210"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:longnewglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\longnewglossaryentry</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">description</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Note that this command may only be used in the <a id="wrglossary.4211"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a> (regardless of <a id="wrglossary.4212"></a><a href="#glo:opt.docdef"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">docdef</span></a>).<p>
+<div class="warning"><div class="warningtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4213"></a><a href="#glo:sym.warning"><span title="Warning" class="icon">⚠</span></a></div><!-- end of warningtitle -->
+Be careful of unwanted spaces. </div><!-- end of warning -->
+<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.4214"></a><a href="#glo:longnewglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\longnewglossaryentry</code></a> will remove trailing spaces in the description (via <a id="wrglossary.4215"></a><a href="#glo:unskip"><code class="csfmt">\unskip</code></a>) but won’t remove leading spaces. This command also appends <a id="wrglossary.4216"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a> to the end of the description, which suppresses the post-description hook (since the terminating punctuation is more likely to be included in a multi-paragraph description). The <a id="wrglossary.4217"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides a starred version of <a id="wrglossary.4218"></a><a href="#glo:longnewglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\longnewglossaryentry</code></a> that doesn’t append either <a id="wrglossary.4219"></a><a href="#glo:unskip"><code class="csfmt">\unskip</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.4220"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a>.<p>
+There are also commands that will only define the <a id="wrglossary.4221"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> if it hasn’t already been defined: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4222"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4223"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:provideglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\provideglossaryentry</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4224"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4225"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:longprovideglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\longprovideglossaryentry</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">description</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (These are both <a id="wrglossary.4226"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a>-only commands.)<p>
+For all the above commands, the first argument, <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>, must be a unique label with which to identify this <a id="wrglossary.4227"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a>. <strong class="strong">This can’t contain any non-expandable or fragile commands.</strong> The reason for this restriction is that the label is used to construct internal commands that store the associated information (similarly to commands like <a id="wrglossary.4228"></a><a href="#glo:label"><code class="csfmt">\label</code></a>) and therefore must be able to expand to a valid control sequence name. With modern LaTeX kernels, you should now be able to use <a id="wrglossary.4229"></a><a href="#glo:dual.utf8">UTF-8</a> characters in the label.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.4230"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Be careful of <a id="wrglossary.4231"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span>’s</a> options that change certain punctuation characters, such as colon (<a id="wrglossary.4232"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.colon"><code class="code">:</code></a>) or double-quote (<a id="wrglossary.4233"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.dblquote"><code class="code">"</code></a>), to active characters. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+The second argument, <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>, is a <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key</em>〉</span>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span> list that supplies the relevant information about this entry. There are two required fields: <a id="wrglossary.4234"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> and either <a id="wrglossary.4235"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.4236"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a>. The description is set in the third argument of <a id="wrglossary.4237"></a><a href="#glo:longnewglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\longnewglossaryentry</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.4238"></a><a href="#glo:longprovideglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\longprovideglossaryentry</code></a>. With the other commands it’s set via the <a id="wrglossary.4239"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> key.<p>
+As is typical with <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key</em>〉</span>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span> lists, values that contain a comma (<a id="wrglossary.4240"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.comma"><code class="code">,</code></a>) or equal sign (<a id="wrglossary.4241"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.equals"><code class="code">=</code></a>) must be enclosed in braces. Available fields are listed below. Additional fields are provided by the supplementary packages <a id="wrglossary.4242"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> (§<a href="#sec:prefix">16</a>) and <a id="wrglossary.4243"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> (§<a href="#sec:accsupp">17</a>) and also by <a id="wrglossary.4244"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. You can also define your own custom keys (see §<a href="#sec:addkey">4.3</a>).<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4245"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4246"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ The name of the <a id="wrglossary.4247"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> (as it will appear in the <a id="wrglossary.4248"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>). If this key is omitted and the <a id="wrglossary.4249"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a> key is supplied, this value will be the same as the parent’s name.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.4250"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+If the <a id="wrglossary.4251"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key contains any commands, you must also use the <a id="wrglossary.4252"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key (described below) if you intend sorting the <a id="wrglossary.4253"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> alphabetically with Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a>, <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>, otherwise the entries can’t be sorted correctly. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4254"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4255"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ A brief description of this term (to appear in the <a id="wrglossary.4256"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>). Within this value, you can use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4257"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4258"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ to suppress the description terminator for this entry. For example, if this entry is a parent entry that doesn’t require a description, you can do <a id="wrglossary.4259"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.4260"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a>}</span>. If you want a paragraph break in the description use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4261"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4262"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glspar"><code class="csfmt">\glspar</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ or, better, use <a id="wrglossary.4263"></a><a href="#glo:longnewglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\longnewglossaryentry</code></a>. However, note that not all <a id="wrglossary.4264"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> support multi-line descriptions. If you are using one of the tabular-like <a id="wrglossary.4265"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> that permit multi-line descriptions and you really need an explicit line break, use <a id="wrglossary.4266"></a><a href="#glo:newline"><code class="csfmt">\newline</code></a> not <a id="wrglossary.4267"></a><a href="#glo:cs.bsl"><code class="csfmt">\\</code></a> (but in general, avoid <a id="wrglossary.4268"></a><a href="#glo:cs.bsl"><code class="csfmt">\\</code></a> outside of tabular contexts anyway and use a ragged <a id="wrglossary.4269"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@glossary">style</a> if you are having problems with line breaks in a narrow column).<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4270"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ With <a id="wrglossary.4271"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, use <a id="wrglossary.4272"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrnopostpunc"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnopostpunc</code></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.4273"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a> to suppress the post-description punctuation. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4274"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4275"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">parent-label</em>〉</span></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This key establishes the <a id="wrglossary.4276"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.4277"></a><a href="#glo:dual.hierarchicallevel">hierarchical level</a>. The value must be the <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">label</span> of the parent <a id="wrglossary.4278"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> (not the <a id="wrglossary.4279"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a>, although they may be the same). The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">parent-label</em>〉</span> value must match the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> used when the parent <a id="wrglossary.4280"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> was defined. See §<a href="#sec:subentries">4.5</a> for further details.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.4281"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+The parent <a id="wrglossary.4282"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> must be defined before it’s referenced in the <a id="wrglossary.4283"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a> key of another <a id="wrglossary.4284"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4285"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4286"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.descriptionplural"><span class="csoptfmt">descriptionplural</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ The plural form of the description, if required. If omitted, the value is set to the same as the <a id="wrglossary.4287"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> key.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4288"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4289"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ How this entry will appear in the document text when using <a id="wrglossary.4290"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> on <a id="wrglossary.4291"></a><a href="#glo:dual.subsequentuse">subsequent use</a>. If this field is omitted, the value of the <a id="wrglossary.4292"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key is used.<p>
+This key is automatically set by <a id="wrglossary.4293"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>. Although it is possible to override it by using <a id="wrglossary.4294"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> in the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.4295"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>, it will interfere with the <a id="wrglossary.4296"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a> and cause unexpected results.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4297"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4298"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">first</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ How the <a id="wrglossary.4299"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> will appear in the document text on <a id="wrglossary.4300"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> with <a id="wrglossary.4301"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>. If this field is omitted, the value of the <a id="wrglossary.4302"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> key is used. Note that if you use <a id="wrglossary.4303"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.4304"></a><a href="#glo:Glspl"><code class="csfmt">\Glspl</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.4305"></a><a href="#glo:GLSpl"><code class="csfmt">\GLSpl</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.4306"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisp</code></a> before using <a id="wrglossary.4307"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>, the <a id="wrglossary.4308"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> value won’t be used with <a id="wrglossary.4309"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>.<p>
+You may prefer to use <a id="wrglossary.4310"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> (§<a href="#sec:acronyms">6</a>) or the <a id="wrglossary.4311"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviations</span></a> or the category post-link hook (<a id="wrglossary.4312"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefpostlink"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefpostlink</code></a>) provided by <a id="wrglossary.4313"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> if you would like to automatically append content on <a id="wrglossary.4314"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> in a consistent manner. See, for example, <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=sample-units">Gallery: Units (<span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra.sty</span>)</a>.<p>
+Although it is possible to use <a id="wrglossary.4315"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> in the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.4316"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>, it can interfere with the <a id="wrglossary.4317"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a> and cause unexpected results.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4318"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4319"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ How the entry will appear in the document text when using <a id="wrglossary.4320"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a> on <a id="wrglossary.4321"></a><a href="#glo:dual.subsequentuse">subsequent use</a>. If this field is omitted, the value is obtained by appending <a id="wrglossary.4322"></a><a href="#glo:glspluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glspluralsuffix</code></a> to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.4323"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> field.<p>
+Although it is possible to use <a id="wrglossary.4324"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a> in the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.4325"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>, it can interfere with the <a id="wrglossary.4326"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a> and cause unexpected results. Use <a id="wrglossary.4327"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></a> instead, if the default value is inappropriate.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4328"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4329"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.firstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">firstplural</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ How the <a id="wrglossary.4330"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> will appear in the document text on <a id="wrglossary.4331"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> with <a id="wrglossary.4332"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>. If this field is omitted, the value is obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.4333"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a> key, if the <a id="wrglossary.4334"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> key is omitted, or by appending <a id="wrglossary.4335"></a><a href="#glo:glspluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glspluralsuffix</code></a> to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.4336"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> field, if the <a id="wrglossary.4337"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> field is present. Note that if you use <a id="wrglossary.4338"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.4339"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.4340"></a><a href="#glo:GLS"><code class="csfmt">\GLS</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.4341"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisp</code></a> before using <a id="wrglossary.4342"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>, the <a id="wrglossary.4343"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">firstplural</span></a> value won’t be used with <a id="wrglossary.4344"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>.<p>
+Although it is possible to use <a id="wrglossary.4345"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">firstplural</span></a> in the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.4346"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>, it can interfere with the <a id="wrglossary.4347"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a> and cause unexpected results. Use <a id="wrglossary.4348"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.4349"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></a> instead, if the default value is inappropriate.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4350"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+Prior to version 1.13, the default value of <a id="wrglossary.4351"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">firstplural</span></a> was always taken by appending <span class="qt">“s”</span> to the <a id="wrglossary.4352"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> key, which meant that you had to specify both <a id="wrglossary.4353"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.4354"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">firstplural</span></a>, even if you hadn’t used the <a id="wrglossary.4355"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> key. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4356"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4357"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">symbol</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><a id="wrglossary.4358"></a><a href="#glo:relax"><code class="csfmt">\relax</code></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This field is provided to allow the user to specify an associated symbol. If omitted, the value is set to <a id="wrglossary.4359"></a><a href="#glo:relax"><code class="csfmt">\relax</code></a>. Note that not all <a id="wrglossary.4360"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> display the symbol.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4361"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4362"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.symbolplural"><span class="csoptfmt">symbolplural</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">symbol plural</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This is the plural form of the symbol. If omitted, the value is set to the same as the <a id="wrglossary.4363"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> key.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4364"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4365"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry name</em>〉</span></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This value indicates the text to be used by the sort comparator when ordering all the <a id="wrglossary.4366"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entries</a>. If omitted, the value is given by the <a id="wrglossary.4367"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> field unless one of the package options <a id="wrglossary.4368"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.4369"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.def"><span class="optfmt">def</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.4370"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.4371"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.use"><span class="optfmt">use</span></a> have been used. With <a id="wrglossary.4372"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">Option 2</a> it’s best to use the <a id="wrglossary.4373"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key if the <a id="wrglossary.4374"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> contains commands (for example, <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.4375"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<span class="cmdfmt">\alpha</span>}</code>) and with Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>, it’s strongly recommended as the <a id="wrglossary.4376"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> may fail if you don’t (see below).<p>
+You can also override the <a id="wrglossary.4377"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key by redefining <a id="wrglossary.4378"></a><a href="#glo:glsprestandardsort"><code class="csfmt">\glsprestandardsort</code></a> (see §<a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">2.5</a>).<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4379"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.4380"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key shouldn’t be used with <a id="wrglossary.4381"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. It has a system of fallbacks that allow different types of <a id="wrglossary.4382"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> to obtain the sort value from the most relevant field. See the <a id="wrglossary.4383"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> manual for further details, and see also <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=label=bib2gls-sorting"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span> gallery: sorting</a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.4384"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a> by default strips the <a id="wrglossary.4385"></a><a href="#glo:latexexlatinchar">standard LaTeX accents</a> (that is, accents generated by core LaTeX commands) from the <a id="wrglossary.4386"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key when it sets the <a id="wrglossary.4387"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key. So with <a id="wrglossary.4388"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4389"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.4390"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{elite}{
+ <a id="wrglossary.4391"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.4392"></a><a href="#glo:cs.apos"><code class="csfmt">\'</code></a>elite}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.4393"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={select group of people}</span>
+}
+</pre> This is equivalent to: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4394"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.4395"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{elite}{
+ <a id="wrglossary.4396"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.4397"></a><a href="#glo:cs.apos"><code class="csfmt">\'</code></a>elite}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.4398"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={select group of people}</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.4399"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={elite}</span>
+}
+</pre> Unless you use the package option <a id="wrglossary.4400"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sanitizesort"><span class="styoptfmt">sanitizesort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>, in which case it’s equivalent to: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4401"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.4402"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{elite}{
+ <a id="wrglossary.4403"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.4404"></a><a href="#glo:cs.apos"><code class="csfmt">\'</code></a>elite}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.4405"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={select group of people}</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.4406"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.4407"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.bksl"><code class="code">\</code></a><a id="wrglossary.4408"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.apos"><code class="code">'</code></a>elite}</span>,
+}
+</pre> This will place the <a id="wrglossary.4409"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> before the <span class="qt">“A”</span> <a id="wrglossary.4410"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a> since the sort value starts with a symbol (a literal backslash <a id="wrglossary.4411"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.bksl"><code class="code">\</code></a>). Note that <a id="wrglossary.4412"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a> shouldn’t be used with <a id="wrglossary.4413"></a><a href="#glo:dual.utf8">UTF-8</a> characters. With old LaTeX kernels, it was able to convert a <a id="wrglossary.4414"></a><a href="#glo:dual.utf8">UTF-8</a> character, such as <code class="code">é</code>, to an <a id="wrglossary.4415"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ascii">ASCII</a> equivalent but this is no longer possible.<p>
+With Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>, the default value of <a id="wrglossary.4416"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> will either be set to the <a id="wrglossary.4417"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key (if <a id="wrglossary.4418"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sanitizesort"><span class="styoptfmt">sanitizesort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>) or it will set it to the expansion of the <a id="wrglossary.4419"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key (if <a id="wrglossary.4420"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sanitizesort"><span class="styoptfmt">sanitizesort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>).<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.4421"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Take care with <a id="wrglossary.4422"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> (<a id="wrglossary.4423"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3</a>): if you have <a id="wrglossary.4424"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> with the same <a id="wrglossary.4425"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> value they will be treated as the same entry. If you use <a id="wrglossary.4426"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> and aren’t using the <a id="wrglossary.4427"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.def"><span class="optfmt">def</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.4428"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.use"><span class="optfmt">use</span></a> sort methods, <strong class="strong">always</strong> use the <a id="wrglossary.4429"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key for entries where the name just consists of commands (for example <a id="wrglossary.4430"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="csfmt">\alpha</code>}</span>).<p>
+Take care if you use <a id="wrglossary.4431"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a> and the <a id="wrglossary.4432"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> contains fragile commands. You will either need to explicitly set the <a id="wrglossary.4433"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key or use the <a id="wrglossary.4434"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sanitizesort"><span class="styoptfmt">sanitizesort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> package option (unless you use the <a id="wrglossary.4435"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.def"><span class="optfmt">def</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.4436"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.use"><span class="optfmt">use</span></a> sort methods). </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4437"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4438"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner"><a id="wrglossary.4439"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>-label</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><a id="wrglossary.4440"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This specifies the label of the <a id="wrglossary.4441"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> in which this entry belongs. If omitted, the default <a id="wrglossary.4442"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> identified by <a id="wrglossary.4443"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a> is assumed unless <a id="wrglossary.4444"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> is used (see §<a href="#sec:acronyms">6</a>).<p>
+Six keys are provided for any additional information the user may want to specify. (For example, an associated dimension or an alternative plural or some other grammatical construct.) Alternatively, you can add new keys using <a id="wrglossary.4445"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddkey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddkey</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.4446"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddstoragekey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddstoragekey</code></a> (see §<a href="#sec:addkey">4.3</a>).<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4447"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4448"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ The first user key.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4449"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4450"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.user2"><span class="csoptfmt">user2</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ The second user key.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4451"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4452"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.user3"><span class="csoptfmt">user3</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ The third user key.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4453"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4454"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.user4"><span class="csoptfmt">user4</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ The fourth user key.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4455"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4456"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.user5"><span class="csoptfmt">user5</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ The fifth user key.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4457"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4458"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.user6"><span class="csoptfmt">user6</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ The sixth user key.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4459"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4460"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.nonumberlist"><span class="csoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ If the value is missing or is <span class="optfmt">true</span>, this will suppress the <a id="wrglossary.4461"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> just for this <a id="wrglossary.4462"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a>. Conversely, if you have used the package option <a id="wrglossary.4463"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>, you can activate the <a id="wrglossary.4464"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> just for this entry with <a id="wrglossary.4465"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.nonumberlist"><span class="csoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a><span class="optfmt">={false}</span>. (See §<a href="#sec:numberlists">12</a>.)<p>
+This key works by adding <a id="wrglossary.4466"></a><a href="#glo:glsnonextpages"><code class="csfmt">\glsnonextpages</code></a> (<a id="wrglossary.4467"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.nonumberlist"><span class="csoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a><span class="optfmt">={true}</span>) or <a id="wrglossary.4468"></a><a href="#glo:glsnextpages"><code class="csfmt">\glsnextpages</code></a> (<a id="wrglossary.4469"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.nonumberlist"><span class="csoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a><span class="optfmt">={false}</span>) to the <a id="wrglossary.4470"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> information for Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>. Note that this means that if the entry is added to the <a id="wrglossary.4471"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> simply because it has an <a id="wrglossary.4472"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a> descendent (and has not been <a id="wrglossary.4473"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a> itself) then the first <a id="wrglossary.4474"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a> sub-entry that follows will have its <a id="wrglossary.4475"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> suppressed instead.<p>
+With <a id="wrglossary.4476"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>, this key saves the appropriate command in the <a id="wrglossary.4477"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.prenumberlist"><span class="csoptfmt">prenumberlist</span></a> internal field, which is used by <a id="wrglossary.4478"></a><a href="#glo:glsnoidxprenumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoidxprenumberlist</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4479"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4480"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></dfn>={[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">tag</em>〉</span>]<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr-list</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This key essentially provides a convenient shortcut that performs <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.4481"></a><a href="#glo:glssee"><code class="csfmt">\glssee</code></a>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">tag</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr-list</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> after the <a id="wrglossary.4482"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> has been defined. (See §<a href="#sec:crossref">11</a>.) It was originally designed for synonyms that may not occur in the document text but needed to be included in the <a id="wrglossary.4483"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> in order to redirect the reader. Note that it doesn’t <a id="wrglossary.4484"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">index</a> the cross-referenced <a id="wrglossary.4485"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> (or <a id="wrglossary.4486"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a>) as that would interfere with their <a id="wrglossary.4487"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a>.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.4488"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Using the <a id="wrglossary.4489"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key will <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">automatically add this <a id="wrglossary.4490"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> to the <a id="wrglossary.4491"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>,</span> but will not automatically add the cross-referenced <a id="wrglossary.4492"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4493"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.4494"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{courgette}{<a id="wrglossary.4495"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={courgette}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.4496"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={variety of small marrow}</span>}
+<a id="wrglossary.4497"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{zucchini}{<a id="wrglossary.4498"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={zucchini}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.4499"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={(North American)}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.4500"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a><span class="optfmt">={courgette}</span>}
+</pre> This defines two entries (courgette and zucchini) and automatically adds a cross-reference from zucchini to courgette. (That is, it adds <span class="qt">“<span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">see</span> courgette”</span> to zucchini’s <a id="wrglossary.4501"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>.) This doesn’t automatically <a id="wrglossary.4502"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">index</a> courgette since this would create an unwanted <a id="wrglossary.4503"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> in courgette’s <a id="wrglossary.4504"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>. (Page 1, if the definitions occur in the <a id="wrglossary.4505"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a>.)<p>
+Note that while it’s possible to put the cross-reference in the description instead, for example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4506"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.4507"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{zucchini}{<a id="wrglossary.4508"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={zucchini}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.4509"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={(North American) see <a id="wrglossary.4510"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{courgette}}</span>}
+</pre> this won’t <a id="wrglossary.4511"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">index</a> the zucchini entry, so if zucchini isn’t <a id="wrglossary.4512"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a> elsewhere (with commands like <a id="wrglossary.4513"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.4514"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>) then it won’t appear in the <a id="wrglossary.4515"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> even if courgette does.<p>
+The referenced <a id="wrglossary.4516"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> should be supplied as the value to this key. If you want to override the <span class="qt">“see”</span> tag, you can supply the new tag in square brackets before the label. For example <a id="wrglossary.4517"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a><span class="optfmt">={[see also]{anotherlabel}}</span>.<p>
+<div class="warning"><div class="warningtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4518"></a><a href="#glo:sym.warning"><span title="Warning" class="icon">⚠</span></a></div><!-- end of warningtitle -->
+If you have suppressed the <a id="wrglossary.4519"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>, the cross-referencing information won’t appear in the <a id="wrglossary.4520"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, as it forms part of the <a id="wrglossary.4521"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>. </div><!-- end of warning -->
+<p>
+You can override this for individual <a id="wrglossary.4522"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entries</a> using <a id="wrglossary.4523"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.nonumberlist"><span class="csoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a><span class="optfmt">={false}</span>. Alternatively, you can use the <a id="wrglossary.4524"></a><a href="#glo:opt.seeautonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">seeautonumberlist</span></a> package option. For further details, see §<a href="#sec:crossref">11</a>.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.4525"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+For Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>, <a id="wrglossary.4526"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> must be used before any occurrence of <a id="wrglossary.4527"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> that contains the <a id="wrglossary.4528"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+Since it’s useful to suppress the <a id="wrglossary.4529"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> while working on a draft document, consider using the <a id="wrglossary.4530"></a><a href="#glo:opt.seenoindex"><span class="styoptfmt">seenoindex</span></a> package option to warn about or ignore the <a id="wrglossary.4531"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key while <a id="wrglossary.4532"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> is commented out.<p>
+If you use the <a id="wrglossary.4533"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key, you may want to consider using the <a id="wrglossary.4534"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package which additionally provides a <a id="wrglossary.4535"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.seealso"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">seealso</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.4536"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.alias"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">alias</span></a> key. If you want to avoid the automatic <a id="wrglossary.4537"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> triggered by the <a id="wrglossary.4538"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key, consider using <a id="wrglossary.4539"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a>. See also the FAQ item <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/faq.php?itemlabel=whyseekeyautoindex">Why does the see key automatically index the entry?</a><p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4540"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The analogous <a id="wrglossary.4541"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.4542"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.4543"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.seealso"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">seealso</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.4544"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.alias"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">alias</span></a> fields have a slightly different meaning. The <a id="wrglossary.4545"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.selection"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">selection</span></a> resource option determines the behaviour. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4546"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4547"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.seealso"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">seealso</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr-list</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This key is only available with <a id="wrglossary.4548"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> and is similar to <a id="wrglossary.4549"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> but it doesn’t allow for the optional tag. The <a id="wrglossary.4550"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides <a id="wrglossary.4551"></a><a href="#glo:seealsoname"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\seealsoname</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.4552"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.seealso"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">seealso</span></a><span class="optfmt">={xr-list}</span> is essentially like <a id="wrglossary.4553"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a><span class="optfmt">={[<a id="wrglossary.4554"></a><a href="#glo:seealsoname"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\seealsoname</code></a>]<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr-list</em>〉</span>}</span> (Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a> may treat these differently).<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4555"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4556"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.alias"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">alias</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This key is only available with <a id="wrglossary.4557"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> and is another form of cross-referencing. An entry can be aliased to another entry with <a id="wrglossary.4558"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.alias"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">alias</span></a><span class="optfmt">={other-label}</span>. This behaves like <a id="wrglossary.4559"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a><span class="optfmt">={other-label}</span> but also alters the behaviour of commands like <a id="wrglossary.4560"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> so that they <a id="wrglossary.4561"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">index</a> the <a id="wrglossary.4562"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> given by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span> instead of the original <a id="wrglossary.4563"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a>. (See, for example, <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=aliases">Gallery: Aliases</a>.)<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4564"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ More variations with the <a id="wrglossary.4565"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.alias"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">alias</span></a> key are available with <a id="wrglossary.4566"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4567"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4568"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.counter"><span class="csoptfmt">counter</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter-name</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This key will set the default <a id="wrglossary.4569"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationcounter">location counter</a> for the given <a id="wrglossary.4570"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a>. This will override the <a id="wrglossary.4571"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@locationcounter">counter</a> assigned to the entry’s <a id="wrglossary.4572"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> in the final optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.4573"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a> (if provided) and the counter identified by the <a id="wrglossary.4574"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></a> package option. The <a id="wrglossary.4575"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationcounter">location counter</a> can be overridden by the <a id="wrglossary.4576"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.counter"><span class="csoptfmt">counter</span></a> option when using the <a id="wrglossary.4577"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> and <a id="wrglossary.4578"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4579"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4580"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">category-label</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>general</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This key is only available with <a id="wrglossary.4581"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> and is used to assign a category to the <a id="wrglossary.4582"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a>. The value should be a label that can be used to identify the category. See <a id="wrglossary.4583"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.<p>
+The following keys are reserved for <a id="wrglossary.4584"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> (see §<a href="#sec:acronyms">6</a>) and also for <a id="wrglossary.4585"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a> (see the <a id="wrglossary.4586"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual): <a id="wrglossary.4587"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></dfn>, <a id="wrglossary.4588"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></dfn>, <a id="wrglossary.4589"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></dfn> and <a id="wrglossary.4590"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></dfn>. You can use <a id="wrglossary.4591"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.4592"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></a> in the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.4593"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> (or <a id="wrglossary.4594"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>) to override the defaults, but don’t explicitly use the <a id="wrglossary.4595"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.4596"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> keys as that may interfere with <a id="wrglossary.4597"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a> (or <a id="wrglossary.4598"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> style</a>).<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4599"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ There are also special internal field names used by <a id="wrglossary.4600"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. See the <a id="wrglossary.4601"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> manual for further details. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+The supplementary packages <a id="wrglossary.4602"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> (§<a href="#sec:prefix">16</a>) and <a id="wrglossary.4603"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> (§<a href="#sec:accsupp">17</a>) provide additional keys.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.4604"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Avoid using any of the <a id="wrglossary.4605"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> or <a id="wrglossary.4606"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands within the <a id="wrglossary.4607"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.4608"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.4609"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.4610"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a> keys (or their plural equivalent) or any other key that you plan to access through those commands. (For example, the <a id="wrglossary.4611"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> key if you intend to use <a id="wrglossary.4612"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbol</code></a>.) Otherwise you can up with nested links, which can cause complications. You can use them within the value of keys that won’t be accessed through those commands. For example, the <a id="wrglossary.4613"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> key if you don’t use <a id="wrglossary.4614"></a><a href="#glo:glsdesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsdesc</code></a>. Additionally, they’ll confuse the formatting placeholder commands, such as <a id="wrglossary.4615"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>. The <a id="wrglossary.4616"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides <a id="wrglossary.4617"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrp"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrp</code></a> for this type of situation. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+With older LaTeX kernels and pre-2.08 versions of <a id="wrglossary.4618"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a>, if the name starts with <a id="wrglossary.4619"></a><a href="#glo:dual.nonlatinchar">non-Latin character</a>, you need to group the character, otherwise it will cause a problem for commands like <a id="wrglossary.4620"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.4621"></a><a href="#glo:Glspl"><code class="csfmt">\Glspl</code></a>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4622"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.4623"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.07</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.4624"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{elite}{<a id="wrglossary.4625"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={{<a id="wrglossary.4626"></a><a href="#glo:cs.apos"><code class="csfmt">\'</code></a>e}lite}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.4627"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={select group or class}</span>}
+</pre> Note that the same applies with <a id="wrglossary.4628"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.inputenc"><span class="styfmt">inputenc</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4629"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.4630"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.07</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.4631"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{elite}{<a id="wrglossary.4632"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={{é}lite}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.4633"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={select group or class}</span>}
+</pre> This doesn’t apply for XeLaTeX or LuaLaTeX documents or with <a id="wrglossary.4634"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.08+. <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4635"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.4636"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.08</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.4637"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{elite}{<a id="wrglossary.4638"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={élite}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.4639"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={select group or class}</span>}
+</pre> See the <a id="wrglossary.4640"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> manual for further details.<p>
+Note that in the above <a id="wrglossary.4641"></a><a href="#glo:dual.utf8">UTF-8</a> examples, you will also need to supply the <a id="wrglossary.4642"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key if you are using Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> whereas <a id="wrglossary.4643"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> (<a id="wrglossary.4644"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3</a>) is usually able to sort <a id="wrglossary.4645"></a><a href="#glo:dual.nonlatinchar">non-Latin characters</a> correctly.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:newglosentry -->
+
+<section id="sec:plurals"><!-- start of section sec:plurals --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->4.1. Plurals<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:plurals">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+You may have noticed from above that you can specify the plural form when you define an <a id="wrglossary.4646"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a>. If you omit this, the plural will be obtained by appending: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4647"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4648"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glspluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glspluralsuffix</code></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>s</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ to the singular form. This command may expand when the <a id="wrglossary.4649"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> is defined, if expansion is on for the relevant keys, or may not expand until the <a id="wrglossary.4650"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> is referenced, if expansion is off or if the suffix has been hidden inside non-expanding context (which can happen when defining <a id="wrglossary.4651"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> or <a id="wrglossary.4652"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviations</span></a>).<p>
+For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4653"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.4654"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{cow}{<a id="wrglossary.4655"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={cow}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.4656"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a fully grown female of any bovine animal}</span>}
+</pre> defines a new <a id="wrglossary.4657"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> whose singular form is <span class="qt">“cow”</span> and plural form is <span class="qt">“cows”</span>. However, if you are writing in archaic English, you may want to use <span class="qt">“kine”</span> as the plural form, in which case you would have to do: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4658"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.4659"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{cow}{<a id="wrglossary.4660"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={cow}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.4661"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={kine}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.4662"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a fully grown female of any bovine animal}</span>}
+</pre><p>
+If you are writing in a language that supports multiple plurals (for a given term) then use the <a id="wrglossary.4663"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a> key for one of them and one of the user keys to specify the other plural form. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4664"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.4665"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{cow}{
+ <a id="wrglossary.4666"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={cow}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.4667"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a fully grown female of any bovine animal (plural cows, archaic plural kine)}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.4668"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a><span class="optfmt">={kine}</span>}
+</pre> You can then use <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.4669"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>{cow}</code> to produce <span class="qt">“cows”</span> and <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.4670"></a><a href="#glo:glsuseri"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseri</code></a>{cow}</code> to produce <span class="qt">“kine”</span>. You can, of course, define an easy to remember synonym. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4671"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\let</code><code class="cmd">\glsaltpl</code><a id="wrglossary.4672"></a><a href="#glo:glsuseri"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseri</code></a>
+</pre> Then you don’t have to remember which key you used to store the second plural. (Be careful with using <code class="csfmt">\let</code> as it doesn’t check if the command already exists.)<p>
+Alternatively, you can define your own keys using <a id="wrglossary.4673"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddkey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddkey</code></a>, described in §<a href="#sec:addkey">4.3</a> (or simply use <a id="wrglossary.4674"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisp</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.4675"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a> with the appropriate text).<p>
+If you are using a language that usually forms plurals by appending a different letter, or sequence of letters, you can redefine <a id="wrglossary.4676"></a><a href="#glo:glspluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glspluralsuffix</code></a> as required. However, this must be done <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">before</span> the entries are defined and is unreliable for multilingual documents. For languages that don’t form plurals by simply appending a suffix, all the plural forms must be specified using the <a id="wrglossary.4677"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a> key (and the <a id="wrglossary.4678"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">firstplural</span></a> key where necessary). <p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:plurals -->
+
+<section id="sec:grammar"><!-- start of section sec:grammar --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->4.2. Other Grammatical Constructs<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:grammar">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+You can use the six user keys to provide alternatives, such as participles. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4679"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\let</code><code class="cmd">\glsing</code><a id="wrglossary.4680"></a><a href="#glo:glsuseri"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseri</code></a>
+<code class="cmd">\let</code><code class="cmd">\glsd</code><a id="wrglossary.4681"></a><a href="#glo:glsuserii"><code class="csfmt">\glsuserii</code></a>
+
+<code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\ingkey</code>}{<a id="wrglossary.4682"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a>}
+<code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\edkey</code>}{<a id="wrglossary.4683"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user2"><span class="csoptfmt">user2</span></a>}
+
+<code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\newword</code>}[3][]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.4684"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{#2}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.4685"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={#2}</span>,<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.4686"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={#3}</span>,<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\edkey</code>={#2ed},<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\ingkey</code>={#2ing},#1<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }}
+</pre> With the above definitions, I can now define terms like this: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4687"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newword</code>{play}{to take part in activities for enjoyment}
+<code class="cmd">\newword</code>[<code class="cmd">\edkey</code>={ran},<code class="cmd">\ingkey</code>={running}]{run}{to move fast using
+the legs}
+</pre> and use them in the text: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4688"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>Peter is <code class="cmd">\glsing</code>{play} in the park today.
+
+Jane <code class="cmd">\glsd</code>{play} in the park yesterday.
+
+Peter and Jane <code class="cmd">\glsd</code>{run} in the park last week.
+</pre><p>
+Alternatively, you can define your own keys using <a id="wrglossary.4689"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddkey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddkey</code></a>, described below in §<a href="#sec:addkey">4.3</a>. It may, however, be simpler just to use <a id="wrglossary.4690"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.4691"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisp</code></a> with the appropriate <a id="wrglossary.4692"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:grammar -->
+
+<section id="sec:addkey"><!-- start of section sec:addkey --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->4.3. Additional Keys<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:addkey">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+You can define your own custom keys using the commands described in this section. There are two types of keys: those for use within the document and those to store information used behind the scenes by other commands.<p>
+For example, if you want to add a key that indicates the associated unit for a term, you might want to reference this unit in your document. In this case use <a id="wrglossary.4693"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddkey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddkey</code></a> described in §<a href="#sec:glsaddkey">4.3.1</a>. If, on the other hand, you want to add a key to indicate to a <a id="wrglossary.4694"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> or <a id="wrglossary.4695"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a> that this <a id="wrglossary.4696"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> should be formatted differently to other <a id="wrglossary.4697"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a>, then you can use <a id="wrglossary.4698"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddstoragekey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddstoragekey</code></a> described in §<a href="#sec:glsaddstoragekey">4.3.2</a>.<p>
+In both cases, a new command <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">no link cs</em>〉</span> will be defined that can be used to access the value of this key (analogous to commands such as <a id="wrglossary.4699"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a>). This can be used in an expandable context (provided any fragile commands stored in the key have been protected). The new keys must be added using <a id="wrglossary.4700"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddkey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddkey</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.4701"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddstoragekey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddstoragekey</code></a> before <a id="wrglossary.4702"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entries</a> are defined.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:addkey -->
+
+<section id="sec:glsaddkey"><!-- start of section sec:glsaddkey --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->4.3.1. Document Keys<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:glsaddkey">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+A custom key that can be used in the document is defined using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4703"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4704"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsaddkey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddkey</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">default value</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">no link cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">no link ucfirst cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">link cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">link ucfirst cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">link allcaps cs</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where the arguments are as follows:
+<dl class="inlinetitle">
+ <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key</em>〉</span> is the new key to use in <a id="wrglossary.4705"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> (or similar commands such as <a id="wrglossary.4706"></a><a href="#glo:longnewglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\longnewglossaryentry</code></a>); <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">default value</em>〉</span> is the default value to use if this key isn’t used in an entry definition (this may reference the current entry label via <a id="wrglossary.4707"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>, but you will have to switch on expansion via the starred version of <a id="wrglossary.4708"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddkey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddkey</code></a> and protect fragile commands); <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">no link cs</em>〉</span> is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like <a id="wrglossary.4709"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a>; <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">no link ucfirst cs</em>〉</span> is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like <a id="wrglossary.4710"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrytext</code></a>; <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">link cs</em>〉</span> is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like <a id="wrglossary.4711"></a><a href="#glo:glstext"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code></a>; <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">link ucfirst cs</em>〉</span> is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like <a id="wrglossary.4712"></a><a href="#glo:Glstext"><code class="csfmt">\Glstext</code></a>; <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">link allcaps cs</em>〉</span> is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like <a id="wrglossary.4713"></a><a href="#glo:GLStext"><code class="csfmt">\GLStext</code></a>.
+</dl>
+ The starred version of <a id="wrglossary.4714"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddkey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddkey</code></a> switches on expansion for this key. The unstarred version doesn’t override the current expansion setting.<p>
+<div class="example" id="ex:addkey"><div class="title">Example 11: Defining Custom Keys</div> Suppose I want to define two new keys, <span class="optfmt">ed</span> and <span class="optfmt">ing</span>, that default to the entry text followed by <span class="qt">“ed”</span> and <span class="qt">“ing”</span>, respectively. The default value will need expanding in both cases, so I need to use the starred form: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4715"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><span class="comment">% Define "ed" key:</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.4716"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddkey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddkey</code></a>*
+ {ed}<span class="comment">% key</span>
+ {<a id="wrglossary.4717"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4718"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}ed}<span class="comment">% default value</span>
+ {<code class="cmd">\glsentryed</code>}<span class="comment">% command analogous to <a id="wrglossary.4719"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a></span>
+ {<code class="cmd">\Glsentryed</code>}<span class="comment">% command analogous to <a id="wrglossary.4720"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrytext</code></a></span>
+ {<code class="cmd">\glsed</code>}<span class="comment">% command analogous to <a id="wrglossary.4721"></a><a href="#glo:glstext"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code></a></span>
+ {<code class="cmd">\Glsed</code>}<span class="comment">% command analogous to <a id="wrglossary.4722"></a><a href="#glo:Glstext"><code class="csfmt">\Glstext</code></a></span>
+ {<code class="cmd">\GLSed</code>}<span class="comment">% command analogous to <a id="wrglossary.4723"></a><a href="#glo:GLStext"><code class="csfmt">\GLStext</code></a></span>
+
+<span class="comment">% Define "ing" key:</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.4724"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddkey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddkey</code></a>*
+ {ing}<span class="comment">% key</span>
+ {<a id="wrglossary.4725"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4726"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}ing}<span class="comment">% default value</span>
+ {<code class="cmd">\glsentrying</code>}<span class="comment">% command analogous to <a id="wrglossary.4727"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a></span>
+ {<code class="cmd">\Glsentrying</code>}<span class="comment">% command analogous to <a id="wrglossary.4728"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrytext</code></a></span>
+ {<code class="cmd">\glsing</code>}<span class="comment">% command analogous to <a id="wrglossary.4729"></a><a href="#glo:glstext"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code></a></span>
+ {<code class="cmd">\Glsing</code>}<span class="comment">% command analogous to <a id="wrglossary.4730"></a><a href="#glo:Glstext"><code class="csfmt">\Glstext</code></a></span>
+ {<code class="cmd">\GLSing</code>}<span class="comment">% command analogous to <a id="wrglossary.4731"></a><a href="#glo:GLStext"><code class="csfmt">\GLStext</code></a></span>
+</pre> Now I can define some <a id="wrglossary.4732"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4733"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><span class="comment">% No need to override defaults for this entry:</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.4734"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{jump}{<a id="wrglossary.4735"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={jump}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.4736"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={}</span>}
+
+<span class="comment">% Need to override defaults on these entries:</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.4737"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{run}{<a id="wrglossary.4738"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={run}</span>,
+ ed={ran},
+ ing={running},
+ <a id="wrglossary.4739"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={}</span>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.4740"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{waddle}{<a id="wrglossary.4741"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={waddle}</span>,
+ ed={waddled},
+ ing={waddling},
+ <a id="wrglossary.4742"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={}</span>}
+</pre><p>
+These <a id="wrglossary.4743"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> can later be used in the document: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4744"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>The dog <code class="cmd">\glsed</code>{jump} over the duck.
+
+The duck was <code class="cmd">\glsing</code>{waddle} round the dog.
+
+The dog <code class="cmd">\glsed</code>{run} away from the duck.
+</pre> For a complete document, see the sample file <a id="wrglossary.4745"></a><a href="#glo:file.sample-newkeys.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-newkeys.tex</span></a>. </div><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:glsaddkey -->
+
+<section id="sec:glsaddstoragekey"><!-- start of section sec:glsaddstoragekey --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->4.3.2. Storage Keys<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:glsaddstoragekey">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+A custom key that can be used for simply storing information is defined using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4746"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4747"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsaddstoragekey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddstoragekey</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">default value</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">no link cs</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where the arguments are as the first three arguments of <a id="wrglossary.4748"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddkey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddkey</code></a>, described above in §<a href="#sec:glsaddkey">4.3.1</a>.<p>
+This is essentially the same as <a id="wrglossary.4749"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddkey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddkey</code></a> except that it doesn’t define the additional commands. You can access or update the value of your new field using the commands described in §<a href="#sec:fetchset">15.5</a>.<p>
+<div class="example" id="ex:addstoragekey"><div class="title">Example 12: Defining Custom Storage Key (Acronyms and Initialisms)</div> Suppose I want to define acronyms (an abbreviation that is pronounced as a word) and other forms of abbreviations, such as initialisms, but I want them all in the same <a id="wrglossary.4750"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> and I want the acronyms on <a id="wrglossary.4751"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> to be displayed with the short form followed by the long form in parentheses, but the opposite way round for other forms of abbreviations. (The <a id="wrglossary.4752"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides a simpler way of achieving this.)<p>
+Here I can define a new key that determines whether the term is actually an acronym rather than some other form of abbreviation. I’m going to call this key <span class="optfmt">abbrtype</span> (since <a id="wrglossary.4753"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> already exists): <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4754"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.4755"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddstoragekey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddstoragekey</code></a>
+ {abbrtype}<span class="comment">% key/field name</span>
+ {word}<span class="comment">% default value if not explicitly set</span>
+ {<code class="cmd">\abbrtype</code>}<span class="comment">% custom command to access the value if required</span>
+</pre><p>
+Now I can define a <a id="wrglossary.4756"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@acronymstyle">style</a> that looks up the value of this new key to determine how to display the full form: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4757"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.4758"></a><a href="#glo:newacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\newacronymstyle</code></a>
+ {mystyle}<span class="comment">% style name</span>
+ {<span class="comment">% Use the generic display</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.4759"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshaslong"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshaslong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4760"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.4761"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenacfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenacfmt</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.4762"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenentryfmt</code></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<span class="comment">% Put the long form in the description</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.4763"></a><a href="#glo:GenericAcronymFields"><code class="csfmt">\GenericAcronymFields</code></a>}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.4764"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\the</code><a id="wrglossary.4765"></a><a href="#glo:glslongtok"><code class="csfmt">\glslongtok</code></a>}</span>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% For the full format, test the value of the "abbrtype" key.</span>
+ <span class="comment">% If it's set to "word" put the short form first with</span>
+ <span class="comment">% the long form in brackets.</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.4766"></a><a href="#glo:genacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\genacrfullformat</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.4767"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsfieldeq"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfieldeq</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4768"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}{abbrtype}{word}
+ {<span class="comment">% is a proper acronym</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\protect</code><a id="wrglossary.4769"></a><a href="#glo:firstacronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\firstacronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4770"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4771"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<a id="wrglossary.4772"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<a id="wrglossary.4773"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ (<a id="wrglossary.4774"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4775"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<span class="comment">% is another form of abbreviation</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.4776"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4777"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.4778"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<a id="wrglossary.4779"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ (<code class="cmd">\protect</code><a id="wrglossary.4780"></a><a href="#glo:firstacronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\firstacronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4781"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4782"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.4783"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> version:</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.4784"></a><a href="#glo:Genacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\Genacrfullformat</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.4785"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsfieldeq"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfieldeq</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4786"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}{abbrtype}{word}
+ {<span class="comment">% is a proper acronym</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\protect</code><a id="wrglossary.4787"></a><a href="#glo:firstacronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\firstacronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4788"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4789"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<a id="wrglossary.4790"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<a id="wrglossary.4791"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ (<a id="wrglossary.4792"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4793"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }
+ {<span class="comment">% is another form of abbreviation</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.4794"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrylong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4795"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.4796"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<a id="wrglossary.4797"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ (<code class="cmd">\protect</code><a id="wrglossary.4798"></a><a href="#glo:firstacronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\firstacronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4799"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4800"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% plural</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.4801"></a><a href="#glo:genplacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\genplacrfullformat</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.4802"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsfieldeq"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfieldeq</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4803"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}{abbrtype}{word}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<span class="comment">% is a proper acronym</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\protect</code><a id="wrglossary.4804"></a><a href="#glo:firstacronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\firstacronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4805"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshortpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4806"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<a id="wrglossary.4807"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<a id="wrglossary.4808"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ (<a id="wrglossary.4809"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4810"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<span class="comment">% is another form of abbreviation</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.4811"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylongpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylongpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4812"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.4813"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<a id="wrglossary.4814"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ (<code class="cmd">\protect</code><a id="wrglossary.4815"></a><a href="#glo:firstacronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\firstacronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4816"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshortpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4817"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% plural and <a id="wrglossary.4818"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a></span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.4819"></a><a href="#glo:Genplacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\Genplacrfullformat</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.4820"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsfieldeq"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfieldeq</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4821"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}{abbrtype}{word}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<span class="comment">% is a proper acronym</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\protect</code><a id="wrglossary.4822"></a><a href="#glo:firstacronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\firstacronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4823"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryshortpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4824"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<a id="wrglossary.4825"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<a id="wrglossary.4826"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ (<a id="wrglossary.4827"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4828"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<span class="comment">% is another form of abbreviation</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.4829"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrylongpl"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrylongpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4830"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.4831"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<a id="wrglossary.4832"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ (<code class="cmd">\protect</code><a id="wrglossary.4833"></a><a href="#glo:firstacronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\firstacronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4834"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshortpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4835"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% Just use the short form as the name part in the <a id="wrglossary.4836"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>:</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.4837"></a><a href="#glo:acronymentry"><code class="csfmt">\acronymentry</code></a>}[1]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.4838"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4839"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4840"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% Sort by the short form:</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.4841"></a><a href="#glo:acronymsort"><code class="csfmt">\acronymsort</code></a>}[2]{<a id="wrglossary.4842"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% Just use the surrounding font for the short form:</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.4843"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>}[1]{<a id="wrglossary.4844"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% Same for <a id="wrglossary.4845"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>:</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.4846"></a><a href="#glo:firstacronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\firstacronymfont</code></a>}[1]{<a id="wrglossary.4847"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4848"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% Default plural suffix if the plural isn't explicitly set</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.4849"></a><a href="#glo:acrpluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\acrpluralsuffix</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.4850"></a><a href="#glo:glspluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glspluralsuffix</code></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }
+</pre> Remember that the new style needs to be set before defining any terms: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4851"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.4852"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{mystyle}
+</pre><p>
+Since it may be a bit confusing to use <a id="wrglossary.4853"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> for something that’s not technically an acronym, let’s define a new command for initialisms: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4854"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\newinitialism</code>}[4][]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.4855"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>[abbrtype=initialism,#1]{#2}{#3}{#4}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre> Now the <a id="wrglossary.4856"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> can all be defined: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4857"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.4858"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{radar}{radar}{radio detecting and ranging}
+<a id="wrglossary.4859"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{laser}{laser}{light amplification by stimulated
+emission of radiation}
+<a id="wrglossary.4860"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{scuba}{scuba}{self-contained underwater breathing
apparatus}
-\newinitialism{dsp}{DSP}{digital&#x00A0;signal&#x00A0;processing}
-\newinitialism{atm}{ATM}{automated&#x00A0;teller&#x00A0;machine}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6392--><p class="nopar" > On <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{radar}</span></span></span> will produce &#8220;radar (radio detecting and ranging)&#8221; but <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{dsp}</span></span></span> will produce
-&#8220;DSP (digital signal processing)&#8221;.
-</p><!--l. 6397--><p class="indent" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a
-href="#ex:sample-storage-abbr"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-storage-abbr.tex</span></a>. </p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 6399--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6399--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 6401--><p class="indent" > In the above example, if <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is explicitly used (instead of through <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>) the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>key will be set to its default value of &#8220;word&#8221; but the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong </span>test in the custom acronym style
-will be false (since the <span
-class="cmtt-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-119005"></a> key hasn&#8217;t been set) so the display style will switch to that given by
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt </span>and they&#8217;ll be no test performed on the <span
-class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>field.
-<a
- id="x1-119006r5"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6410--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 5</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Defining Custom Storage Key (Acronyms and Non-Acronyms with</span>
-<span
-class="cmbx-12">Descriptions))</span><a
- id="x1-119007"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6411--><p class="indent" > The previous example can be modified if the <span
-class="cmtt-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-119008"></a> also needs to be provided. Here I&#8217;ve changed
-&#8220;word&#8221; to &#8220;acronym&#8221;:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-160">
-\glsaddstoragekey
-&#x00A0;{abbrtype}%&#x00A0;key/field&#x00A0;name
-&#x00A0;{acronym}%&#x00A0;default&#x00A0;value&#x00A0;if&#x00A0;not&#x00A0;explicitly&#x00A0;set
-&#x00A0;{\abbrtype}%&#x00A0;custom&#x00A0;command&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;access&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;value&#x00A0;if&#x00A0;required
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6419--><p class="nopar" > This may seem a little odd for non-abbreviated entries defined using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>directly, but
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong</span><a
- id="dx1-119009"></a> can be used to determine whether or not to reference the value of this new <span
-class="cmtt-10">abbrtype</span>
-field.
-</p><!--l. 6425--><p class="indent" > The new acronym style has a&#x00A0;minor modification that forces the user to specify a description. In the
-previous example, the line:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-161">
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={\the\glslongtok}}%
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6430--><p class="nopar" > needs to be changed to:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-162">
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6434--><p class="nopar" > Additionally, to accommodate the change in the default value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>key, all instances
-of
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-163">
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsfieldeq{##1}{abbrtype}{word}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6439--><p class="nopar" > need to be changed to:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-164">
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsfieldeq{##1}{abbrtype}{acronym}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6443--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6445--><p class="indent" > Once this new style has been set, the new acronyms can be defined using the optional argument to set the
-description:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-165">
-\newacronym[description={system&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;detecting&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;position&#x00A0;and
-speed&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;aircraft,&#x00A0;ships,&#x00A0;etc}]{radar}{radar}{radio&#x00A0;detecting
-and&#x00A0;ranging}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6451--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6453--><p class="indent" > No change is required for the definition of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newinitialism </span>but again the optional argument is required to
-set the description:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-166">
-\newinitialism[description={mathematical&#x00A0;manipulation&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;an
-information&#x00A0;signal}]{dsp}{DSP}{digital&#x00A0;signal&#x00A0;processing}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6458--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6460--><p class="indent" > We can also accommodate contractions in a similar manner to the initialisms:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-167">
-\newcommand*{\newcontraction}[4][]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newacronym[abbrtype=contraction,#1]{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+<code class="cmd">\newinitialism</code>{dsp}{DSP}{digital signal processing}
+<code class="cmd">\newinitialism</code>{atm}{ATM}{automated teller machine}
+</pre> On <a id="wrglossary.4861"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>, <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.4862"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{radar}</code> will produce <span class="qt">“radar (radio detecting and ranging)”</span> but <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.4863"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{dsp}</code> will produce <span class="qt">“DSP (digital signal processing)”</span>.<p>
+For a complete document, see the sample file <a id="wrglossary.4864"></a><a href="#glo:file.sample-storage-abbr.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-storage-abbr.tex</span></a>. </div><p>
+In the above example, if <a id="wrglossary.4865"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> is explicitly used (instead of through <a id="wrglossary.4866"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>) the <span class="optfmt">abbrtype</span> key will be set to its default value of <span class="qt">“word”</span> but the <a id="wrglossary.4867"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshaslong"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshaslong</code></a> test in the custom <a id="wrglossary.4868"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a> will be false (since the <a id="wrglossary.4869"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a> key hasn’t been set) so the <a id="wrglossary.4870"></a><a href="#glo:idx.entryformat">display style</a> will switch to that given by <a id="wrglossary.4871"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenentryfmt</code></a> and they’ll be no test performed on the <span class="optfmt">abbrtype</span> field.<p>
+<div class="example" id="ex:addstoragekey2"><div class="title">Example 13: Defining Custom Storage Key (Acronyms and Non-Acronyms with Descriptions)</div> The previous example can be modified if the <a id="wrglossary.4872"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> also needs to be provided. Here I’ve changed <span class="qt">“word”</span> to <span class="qt">“acronym”</span>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4873"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.4874"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddstoragekey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddstoragekey</code></a>
+ {abbrtype}<span class="comment">% key/field name</span>
+ {acronym}<span class="comment">% default value if not explicitly set</span>
+ {<code class="cmd">\abbrtype</code>}<span class="comment">% custom command to access the value if required</span>
+</pre> This may seem a little odd for non-abbreviated <a id="wrglossary.4875"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> that are defined using <a id="wrglossary.4876"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> directly, but <a id="wrglossary.4877"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshaslong"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshaslong</code></a> can be used to determine whether or not to reference the value of this new <span class="optfmt">abbrtype</span> field.<p>
+The new <a id="wrglossary.4878"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a> has a minor modification that forces the user to specify a description. In the previous example, the line: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4879"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.4880"></a><a href="#glo:GenericAcronymFields"><code class="csfmt">\GenericAcronymFields</code></a>}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.4881"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\the</code><a id="wrglossary.4882"></a><a href="#glo:glslongtok"><code class="csfmt">\glslongtok</code></a>}</span>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+</pre> needs to be changed to: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4883"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.4884"></a><a href="#glo:GenericAcronymFields"><code class="csfmt">\GenericAcronymFields</code></a>}{}<span class="comment">% </span>
+</pre> Additionally, to accommodate the change in the default value of the <span class="optfmt">abbrtype</span> key, all instances of <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4885"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.4886"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsfieldeq"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfieldeq</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4887"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}{abbrtype}{word}
+</pre> need to be changed to: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4888"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.4889"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsfieldeq"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfieldeq</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4890"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}{abbrtype}{acronym}
+</pre><p>
+Once this new <a id="wrglossary.4891"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@acronymstyle">style</a> has been set, the new acronyms can be defined using the optional argument to set the description: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4892"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.4893"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.4894"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={system for detecting the position and speed of aircraft, ships, etc}</span>]{radar}{radar}{radio detecting
+and ranging}
+</pre><p>
+No change is required for the definition of <code class="cmd">\newinitialism</code> but again the optional argument is required to set the description: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4895"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newinitialism</code>[<a id="wrglossary.4896"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={mathematical manipulation of an information signal}</span>]{dsp}{DSP}{digital signal processing}
+</pre><p>
+We can also accommodate contractions in a similar manner to the initialisms: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4897"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\newcontraction</code>}[4][]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.4898"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>[abbrtype=contraction,#1]{#2}{#3}{#4}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre> The contractions can similarly been defined using this new command: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4899"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcontraction</code>[<a id="wrglossary.4900"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={front part of a ship below the deck}</span>]{focsle}{fo'c's'le}{forecastle}
+</pre><p>
+Since the custom <a id="wrglossary.4901"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a> just checks if <span class="optfmt">abbrtype</span> is <span class="qt">“acronym”</span>, the contractions will be treated the same as the initialisms, but the <a id="wrglossary.4902"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@acronymstyle">style</a> could be modified by a further test of the <span class="optfmt">abbrtype</span> value if required.<p>
+To test regular non-abbreviated entries, I’ve also defined a simple word: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4903"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.4904"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{apple}{<a id="wrglossary.4905"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={apple}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.4906"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a fruit}</span>}
+</pre><p>
+Now for a new <a id="wrglossary.4907"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> that provides information about the abbreviation (in addition to the description): <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4908"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.4909"></a><a href="#glo:newglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\newglossarystyle</code></a>
+ {mystyle}<span class="comment">% style name</span>
+ {<span class="comment">% base it on the "list" style</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.4910"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a>{list}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.4911"></a><a href="#glo:glossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossentry</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.4912"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.4913"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryitem"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryitem</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4914"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.4915"></a><a href="#glo:glstarget"><code class="csfmt">\glstarget</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4916"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}{<a id="wrglossary.4917"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4918"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}]
+ <a id="wrglossary.4919"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshaslong"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshaslong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4920"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ { (<code class="cmd">\abbrtype</code>{<a id="wrglossary.4921"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}: <a id="wrglossary.4922"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4923"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1})<a id="wrglossary.4924"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>}{}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.4925"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrydesc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.4926"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.4927"></a><a href="#glo:glspostdescription"><code class="csfmt">\glspostdescription</code></a><a id="wrglossary.4928"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.4929"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }
+</pre> This uses <a id="wrglossary.4930"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshaslong"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshaslong</code></a> to determine whether or not the term is an abbreviation. (An alternative is to use <a id="wrglossary.4931"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshasshort"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasshort</code></a>. The <a id="wrglossary.4932"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.4933"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> keys are only set for <a id="wrglossary.4934"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a>/<a id="wrglossary.4935"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviations</span></a>.) <p>
+If the entry has an <a id="wrglossary.4936"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a>/<a id="wrglossary.4937"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a> value, the full form is supplied in parentheses and <code class="csfmt">\abbrtype</code> (defined by <a id="wrglossary.4938"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddstoragekey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddstoragekey</code></a> earlier) is used to indicate the type of abbreviation.<p>
+With this style set, the <span class="qt">“apple”</span> entry is simply displayed in the glossary as:
+<dl class="inlinetitle">
+ apple a fruit.
+</dl>
+ but the abbreviations are displayed in the form
+<dl class="inlinetitle">
+ laser (acronym: light amplification by stimulated emission of radiation) device that creates a narrow beam of intense light.
+</dl>
+ (for acronyms) or
+<dl class="inlinetitle">
+ DSP (initialism: digital signal processing) mathematical manipulation of an information signal.
+</dl>
+ (for initalisms) or
+<dl class="inlinetitle">
+ fo’c’s’le (contraction: forecastle) front part of a ship below the deck.
+</dl>
+ (for contractions).<p>
+For a complete document, see <a id="wrglossary.4939"></a><a href="#glo:file.sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex</span></a>. </div><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:glsaddstoragekey -->
+
+<section id="sec:expansion"><!-- start of section sec:expansion --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->4.4. Expansion<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:expansion">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+When you define new <a id="wrglossary.4940"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entries</a> expansion is performed by default, except for the <a id="wrglossary.4941"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.4942"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.4943"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.descriptionplural"><span class="csoptfmt">descriptionplural</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.4944"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.4945"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbolplural"><span class="csoptfmt">symbolplural</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.4946"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> keys (these keys all have expansion suppressed via <a id="wrglossary.4947"></a><a href="#glo:glssetnoexpandfield"><code class="csfmt">\glssetnoexpandfield</code></a>).<p>
+You can switch expansion on or off for individual keys using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4948"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4949"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glssetexpandfield"><code class="csfmt">\glssetexpandfield</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ or <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4950"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4951"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glssetnoexpandfield"><code class="csfmt">\glssetnoexpandfield</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ respectively, where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span> is the <a id="wrglossary.4952"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a> corresponding to the key. In most cases, this is the same as the name of the key except for those listed in Table <a href="#tab:fieldmap">4.1</a>.<p>
+<div class="table"> <table class="tabular-c">
+<caption id="tab:fieldmap">Table&nbsp;4: Key to Field Mappings</caption><tr style=""><th class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">Key </th>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <span style="font-weight: bold; ">Field</span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <dfn id="glo:opt.glosfield.sortvalue"><span class="csoptfmt">sortvalue</span></dfn></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">firstplural</span></a> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <dfn id="glo:opt.glosfield.firstpl"><span class="csoptfmt">firstpl</span></dfn></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <dfn id="glo:opt.glosfield.desc"><span class="csoptfmt">desc</span></dfn></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.descriptionplural"><span class="csoptfmt">descriptionplural</span></a> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <dfn id="glo:opt.glosfield.descplural"><span class="csoptfmt">descplural</span></dfn></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <dfn id="glo:opt.glosfield.useri"><span class="csoptfmt">useri</span></dfn></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user2"><span class="csoptfmt">user2</span></a> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <dfn id="glo:opt.glosfield.userii"><span class="csoptfmt">userii</span></dfn></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user3"><span class="csoptfmt">user3</span></a> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <dfn id="glo:opt.glosfield.useriii"><span class="csoptfmt">useriii</span></dfn></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user4"><span class="csoptfmt">user4</span></a> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <dfn id="glo:opt.glosfield.useriv"><span class="csoptfmt">useriv</span></dfn></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user5"><span class="csoptfmt">user5</span></a> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <dfn id="glo:opt.glosfield.userv"><span class="csoptfmt">userv</span></dfn></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user6"><span class="csoptfmt">user6</span></a> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <dfn id="glo:opt.glosfield.uservi"><span class="csoptfmt">uservi</span></dfn></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></a> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <dfn id="glo:opt.glosfield.longpl"><span class="csoptfmt">longpl</span></dfn></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></a> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <dfn id="glo:opt.glosfield.shortpl"><span class="csoptfmt">shortpl</span></dfn> </td>
+</tr></table>
+ </div><p>
+Any keys that haven’t had the expansion explicitly set using <a id="wrglossary.4953"></a><a href="#glo:glssetexpandfield"><code class="csfmt">\glssetexpandfield</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.4954"></a><a href="#glo:glssetnoexpandfield"><code class="csfmt">\glssetnoexpandfield</code></a> are governed by <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4955"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4956"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsexpandfields"><code class="csfmt">\glsexpandfields</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4957"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.4958"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsnoexpandfields"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoexpandfields</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+If your entries contain any fragile commands, I recommend you switch off expansion via <a id="wrglossary.4959"></a><a href="#glo:glsnoexpandfields"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoexpandfields</code></a>. (This should be used before you define the entries.)<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4960"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+Both <a id="wrglossary.4961"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.4962"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a> partially suppress expansion of some keys regardless of the above expansion settings. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:expansion -->
+
+<section id="sec:subentries"><!-- start of section sec:subentries --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->4.5. Sub-Entries<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:subentries">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+A <a id="wrglossary.4963"></a><dfn id="glo:idx.sub-entry">sub-entry</dfn> is created by setting the <a id="wrglossary.4964"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a> key. These will normally be sorted so that they are placed immediately after their parent <a id="wrglossary.4965"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a>. However, some sort methods aren’t suitable when there are <a id="wrglossary.4966"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sub-entry">sub-entries</a>. In particular, <a id="wrglossary.4967"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sub-entry">sub-entries</a> are problematic with <a id="wrglossary.4968"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>, and with <a id="wrglossary.4969"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.unsrt">Option 5</a> the <a id="wrglossary.4970"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sub-entry">sub-entries</a> must be defined immediately after their parent <a id="wrglossary.4971"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> (rather than at any point after the parent <a id="wrglossary.4972"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> has been defined).<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.4973"></a><a href="#glo:dual.hierarchicallevel">hierarchical level</a> indicates the <a id="wrglossary.4974"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sub-entry">sub-entry</a> level. An <a id="wrglossary.4975"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> with no parent (a top level entry) is a <a id="wrglossary.4976"></a><a href="#glo:dual.hierarchicallevel">hierarchical level 0</a> entry. An <a id="wrglossary.4977"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> with a parent has a <a id="wrglossary.4978"></a><a href="#glo:dual.hierarchicallevel">hierarchical level</a> that’s one more than its parent’s level. The level is calculated when an <a id="wrglossary.4979"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> is defined. <p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.4980"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+The <a id="wrglossary.4981"></a><a href="#glo:dual.hierarchicallevel">hierarchical level</a> is stored in the <a id="wrglossary.4982"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.level"><span class="csoptfmt">level</span></a> internal field. It can be accessed using commands like <a id="wrglossary.4983"></a><a href="#glo:glsfieldfetch"><code class="csfmt">\glsfieldfetch</code></a> or (with <a id="wrglossary.4984"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>) <a id="wrglossary.4985"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrusefield"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrusefield</code></a>, but neither the <a id="wrglossary.4986"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.level"><span class="csoptfmt">level</span></a> nor the <a id="wrglossary.4987"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a> values should be altered as it can cause inconsistencies in the sorting and <a id="wrglossary.4988"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> formatting. The <a id="wrglossary.4989"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> syntax for Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> is generated when the entry is first defined, so it’s too late to change the hierarchy after that, and <a id="wrglossary.4990"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> obtains the hierarchical information from the <a id="wrglossary.4991"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> files and the resource options. Note, however, that <a id="wrglossary.4992"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> does allow the ability to locally alter the level with the <a id="wrglossary.4993"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.leveloffset"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">leveloffset</span></a> option, which is mainly intended for nested <a id="wrglossary.4994"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. See the <a id="wrglossary.4995"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details and also <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=bib2gls-inner">Gallery: Inner or Nested Glossaries</a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+There are two different types of <a id="wrglossary.4996"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sub-entry">sub-entries</a>: those that have the same name as their parent (<a id="wrglossary.4997"></a><a href="#glo:dual.homograph">homographs</a>, see §<a href="#sec:homographs">4.5.2</a>) and those that establish a hierarchy (see §<a href="#sec:hierarchical">4.5.1</a>). Both types are considered <a id="wrglossary.4998"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical</a> entries from the point of view of the <a id="wrglossary.4999"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package and the <a id="wrglossary.5000"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing applications</a>, but typically <a id="wrglossary.5001"></a><a href="#glo:dual.homograph">homographs</a> will have the <a id="wrglossary.5002"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key obtained from the parent, rather than have it explicitly set, and have a maximum <a id="wrglossary.5003"></a><a href="#glo:dual.hierarchicallevel">hierarchical level</a> of 1.<p>
+Not all <a id="wrglossary.5004"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> support <a id="wrglossary.5005"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical</a> entries and may display all the <a id="wrglossary.5006"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> in a flat format. Of the <a id="wrglossary.5007"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@glossarystyle">styles</a> that support <a id="wrglossary.5008"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sub-entry">sub-entries</a>, some display the <a id="wrglossary.5009"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sub-entry">sub-entry’s</a> name whilst others don’t. Therefore you need to ensure that you use a suitable <a id="wrglossary.5010"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@glossarystyle">style</a>. (See §<a href="#sec:styles">13</a> for a list of predefined <a id="wrglossary.5011"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a>.) If you want <a id="wrglossary.5012"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">level 1</a> <a id="wrglossary.5013"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sub-entry">sub-entries</a> automatically numbered (in <a id="wrglossary.5014"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> that support it) use the <a id="wrglossary.5015"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a> package option (see §<a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">2.3</a> for further details).<p>
+Note that the parent <a id="wrglossary.5016"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> will automatically be added to the <a id="wrglossary.5017"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> if any of its child <a id="wrglossary.5018"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> are used in the document. If the parent <a id="wrglossary.5019"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> is not referenced in the document, it will not have a <a id="wrglossary.5020"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>. Note also that <a id="wrglossary.5021"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> has a restriction on the maximum <a id="wrglossary.5022"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical</a> depth.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:subentries -->
+
+<section id="sec:hierarchical"><!-- start of section sec:hierarchical --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->4.5.1. Hierarchy<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:hierarchical">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+To create a <a id="wrglossary.5023"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> with <a id="wrglossary.5024"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical</a> divisions, you need to first define the division, which will be a <a id="wrglossary.5025"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">top level (level 0)</a> entry, and then define the <a id="wrglossary.5026"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sub-entry">sub-entries</a> using the relevant higher level entry as the value of the <a id="wrglossary.5027"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a> key. (In a <a id="wrglossary.5028"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical</a> context, a higher level indicates a numerically smaller level number, so level 0 is one level higher than level 1.) The top level entry may represent, for example, a topic or classification. A level 1 entry may represent, for example, a sub-topic or sub-classification.<p>
+<div class="example" id="ex:hierarchical"><div class="title">Example 14: Hierarchical Divisions―Greek and Roman Mathematical Symbols</div><p>
+Suppose I want a <a id="wrglossary.5029"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> of mathematical symbols that are divided into Greek letters and Roman letters. Then I can define the divisions as follows: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5030"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.5031"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{greekletter}{<a id="wrglossary.5032"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Greek letters}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.5033"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.5034"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a>}</span>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.5035"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>romanletter{<a id="wrglossary.5036"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Roman letters}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.5037"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.5038"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a>}</span>}
+</pre><p>
+Note that in this example, the top level entries don’t need a description so I have set the descriptions to <a id="wrglossary.5039"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a>. This gives a blank description and suppresses the description terminator.<p>
+I can now define my <a id="wrglossary.5040"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sub-entry">sub-entries</a> as follows: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5041"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.5042"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{pi}<a id="wrglossary.5043"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.5044"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\pi</code>}}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.5045"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={pi}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.5046"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={ratio of the circumference of a circle to the diameter}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.5047"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a><span class="optfmt">={greekletter}</span>
+
+<a id="wrglossary.5048"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{C}{<a id="wrglossary.5049"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.5050"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{C}}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.5051"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={C}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.5052"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Euler's constant}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.5053"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a><span class="optfmt">={romanletter}</span>}
+</pre> For a complete document, see the sample file <a id="wrglossary.5054"></a><a href="#glo:file.sampletree.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampletree.tex</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5055"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ If you want to switch to <a id="wrglossary.5056"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.unsrt">Option 5</a>, you will need to move the definitions of the <a id="wrglossary.5057"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sub-entry">sub-entries</a> to immediately after the definition of their parent <a id="wrglossary.5058"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a>. So, in this case, <span class="qt">“pi”</span> needs to be defined after <span class="qt">“greekletter”</span> and before <span class="qt">“romanletter”</span>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+ </div><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:hierarchical -->
+
+<section id="sec:homographs"><!-- start of section sec:homographs --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->4.5.2. homographs<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:homographs">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.5059"></a><a id="wrglossary.5060"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sub-entry">Sub-entries</a> that have the same name as the parent <a id="wrglossary.5061"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> don’t need to have the <a id="wrglossary.5062"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key explicitly set. For example, the word <span class="qt">“glossary”</span> can mean a list of technical words or a collection of glosses. In both cases the plural is <span class="qt">“glossaries”</span>. So first define the parent entry: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5063"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.5064"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{glossary}{<a id="wrglossary.5065"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={glossary}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.5066"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.5067"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a>}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.5068"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={glossaries}</span>}
+</pre> As in the previous example, the parent entry has no description, so the description terminator needs to be suppressed using <a id="wrglossary.5069"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a>.<p>
+Now define the two different meanings of the word with the <a id="wrglossary.5070"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a> key set to the above parent <a id="wrglossary.5071"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> label: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5072"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.5073"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{glossarylist}{
+<a id="wrglossary.5074"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={list of technical words}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.5075"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={1}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.5076"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a><span class="optfmt">={glossary}</span>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.5077"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{glossarycol}{
+<a id="wrglossary.5078"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={collection of glosses}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.5079"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={2}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.5080"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a><span class="optfmt">={glossary}</span>}
+</pre> Note that if I reference the parent <a id="wrglossary.5081"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> (for example, <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.5082"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{glossary}</code>), the <a id="wrglossary.5083"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> will be added to the parent’s <a id="wrglossary.5084"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>, whereas if I reference any of the child entries (for example, <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.5085"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{glossarylist}</code>), the <a id="wrglossary.5086"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> will be added to the child entry’s <a id="wrglossary.5087"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>. Note also that since the <a id="wrglossary.5088"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sub-entry">sub-entries</a> have the same name, the <a id="wrglossary.5089"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key is required with <a id="wrglossary.5090"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3</a> (<a id="wrglossary.5091"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>) and recommended with <a id="wrglossary.5092"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">Option 2</a> (<a id="wrglossary.5093"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>). You can use the <a id="wrglossary.5094"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a> package option to automatically number the <a id="wrglossary.5095"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">level 1</a> child entries in the <a id="wrglossary.5096"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> (if you use a <a id="wrglossary.5097"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> that supports it). See §<a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">2.3</a> for further details.<p>
+In the above example, the plural form for both of the child entries is the same as the parent entry, so the <a id="wrglossary.5098"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a> key was not required for the child entries. However, if the <a id="wrglossary.5099"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sub-entry">sub-entries</a> have different plurals, they will need to be specified. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5100"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.5101"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{bravo}{<a id="wrglossary.5102"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={bravo}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.5103"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.5104"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a>}</span>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.5105"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{bravocry}{<a id="wrglossary.5106"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={cry of approval (pl. bravos)}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.5107"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={1}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.5108"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={bravos}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.5109"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a><span class="optfmt">={bravo}</span>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.5110"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{bravoruffian}{<a id="wrglossary.5111"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={hired ruffian or killer (pl. bravoes)}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.5112"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={2}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.5113"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={bravoes}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.5114"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a><span class="optfmt">={bravo}</span>}
+</pre> For a complete document, see the sample file <a id="wrglossary.5115"></a><a href="#glo:file.sample.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample.tex</span></a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:homographs -->
+
+<section id="sec:loadglsentries"><!-- start of section sec:loadglsentries --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->4.6. Loading Entries From a File<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:loadglsentries">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+You can store all your <a id="wrglossary.5116"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entry</a> definitions in another file and use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5117"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5118"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:loadglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\loadglsentries</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">filename</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">filename</em>〉</span> is the name of the file containing all the <a id="wrglossary.5119"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.5120"></a><a href="#glo:longnewglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\longnewglossaryentry</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.5121"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> etc commands. The optional argument <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span> is the name of the <a id="wrglossary.5122"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> to which those <a id="wrglossary.5123"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> should belong, for those <a id="wrglossary.5124"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> where the <a id="wrglossary.5125"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> key has been omitted (or, more specifically, for those entries whose <a id="wrglossary.5126"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> has been set to <a id="wrglossary.5127"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a>, which is what <a id="wrglossary.5128"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> uses by default). See <a id="wrglossary.5129"></a><a href="#glo:file.sampleDB.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleDB.tex</span></a> for a complete example document.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5130"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+Commands like <a id="wrglossary.5131"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.5132"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.5133"></a><a href="#glo:newterm"><code class="csfmt">\newterm</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.5134"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrnewsymbol"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnewsymbol</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.5135"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrnewnumber"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnewnumber</code></a> all set the <a id="wrglossary.5136"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> key to the appropriate <a id="wrglossary.5137"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. This means that the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span> optional argument won’t apply to those commands, unless they have <a id="wrglossary.5138"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.5139"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a>}</span>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+This is a <a id="wrglossary.5140"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a>-only command. You may also use <a id="wrglossary.5141"></a><a href="#glo:input"><code class="csfmt">\input</code></a> to load the file but don’t use <a id="wrglossary.5142"></a><a href="#glo:include"><code class="csfmt">\include</code></a>. If you find that your file is becoming unmanageably large, you may want to consider switching to <a id="wrglossary.5143"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> and use an application such as JabRef to manage the entry definitions.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.5144"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+If you want to use <a id="wrglossary.5145"></a><a href="#glo:AtBeginDocument"><code class="csfmt">\AtBeginDocument</code></a> to <a id="wrglossary.5146"></a><a href="#glo:input"><code class="csfmt">\input</code></a> all your <a id="wrglossary.5147"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> automatically at the start of the document, add the <a id="wrglossary.5148"></a><a href="#glo:AtBeginDocument"><code class="csfmt">\AtBeginDocument</code></a> command <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">before</span> you load the <a id="wrglossary.5149"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package (and <a id="wrglossary.5150"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a>, if you are also loading that) to avoid the creation of the <a id="wrglossary.5151"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glsdefs"><span class="extfmt">glsdefs</span></a> file and any associated problems that are caused by defining commands in the <a id="wrglossary.5152"></a><a href="#glo:env.document"><span class="envfmt">document</span></a> environment. (See §<a href="#sec:docdefs">4.8</a>.) Alternatively, if you are using <a id="wrglossary.5153"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, use the <a id="wrglossary.5154"></a><a href="#glo:opt.docdef"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">docdef</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.5155"></a><a href="#glo:optval.docdef.restricted"><span class="xtroptfmt">restricted</span></a> package option. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+<div class="example" id="ex:loadgls"><div class="title">Example 15: Loading Entries from Another File</div> Suppose I have a file called <span class="filefmt">myentries.tex</span> which contains: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5156"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.5157"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{perl}{<a id="wrglossary.5158"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.5159"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a>}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.5160"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Perl}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.5161"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={A scripting language}</span>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.5162"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{tex}{<a id="wrglossary.5163"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\TeX</code>}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.5164"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={A typesetting language}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.5165"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={TeX}</span>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.5166"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{html}{<a id="wrglossary.5167"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.5168"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a>}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.5169"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={html}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.5170"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={A mark up language}</span>}
+</pre> and suppose in my <a id="wrglossary.5171"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a> I use the command: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5172"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.5173"></a><a href="#glo:loadglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\loadglsentries</code></a>[languages]{myentries}
+</pre> then this will add the entries <span class="qt">“tex”</span> and <span class="qt">“html”</span> to the <a id="wrglossary.5174"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> whose type is given by <span class="optfmt">languages</span>, but the entry <span class="qt">“perl”</span> will be added to the <a id="wrglossary.5175"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary, since it explicitly sets the <a id="wrglossary.5176"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> to <a id="wrglossary.5177"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a>. </div><p>
+Now suppose I have a file <span class="filefmt">myacronyms.tex</span> that contains: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5178"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.5179"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{aca}{aca}{a contrived acronym}
+</pre> then (supposing I have defined a new <a id="wrglossary.5180"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> type called <span class="optfmt">altacronym</span>) <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5181"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.5182"></a><a href="#glo:loadglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\loadglsentries</code></a>[altacronym]{myacronyms}
+</pre> will add <span class="qt">“aca”</span> to the glossary type <a id="wrglossary.5183"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a>, if the package option <a id="wrglossary.5184"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> has been specified, or will add <span class="qt">“aca”</span> to the glossary type <span class="optfmt">altacronym</span>, if the package option <a id="wrglossary.5185"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> is not specified. This is because <a id="wrglossary.5186"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a> is set to <a id="wrglossary.5187"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a> if the <a id="wrglossary.5188"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> package option is not used so the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.5189"></a><a href="#glo:loadglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\loadglsentries</code></a> will work in that case, but if the <a id="wrglossary.5190"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> option is used then <a id="wrglossary.5191"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a> will be redefined to <a id="wrglossary.5192"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a>.<p>
+If you want to use <a id="wrglossary.5193"></a><a href="#glo:loadglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\loadglsentries</code></a> with the <a id="wrglossary.5194"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> package option set, there are two possible solutions to this problem:
+<ol class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="numitem">1.</span>Change <span class="filefmt">myacronyms.tex</span> so that entries are defined in the form: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5195"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.5196"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.5197"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.5198"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a>}</span>]{aca}{aca}{a
+contrived acronym}
+</pre> and do: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5199"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.5200"></a><a href="#glo:loadglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\loadglsentries</code></a>[altacronym]{myacronyms}
+</pre><p>
+<li><span class="numitem">2.</span>Temporarily change <a id="wrglossary.5201"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a> to the target <a id="wrglossary.5202"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5203"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\let</code><code class="cmd">\orgacronymtype</code><a id="wrglossary.5204"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a>
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.5205"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a>}{altacronym}
+<a id="wrglossary.5206"></a><a href="#glo:loadglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\loadglsentries</code></a>myacronyms
+<code class="cmd">\let</code><a id="wrglossary.5207"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a><code class="cmd">\orgacronymtype</code>
+</pre>
+</ol>
+<p>
+Note that only those entries that have been <a id="wrglossary.5208"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a> in the text will appear in the relevant <a id="wrglossary.5209"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>. Note also that <a id="wrglossary.5210"></a><a href="#glo:loadglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\loadglsentries</code></a> may only be used in the <a id="wrglossary.5211"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a>.<p>
+<div class="warning"><div class="warningtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5212"></a><a href="#glo:sym.warning"><span title="Warning" class="icon">⚠</span></a></div><!-- end of warningtitle -->
+Don’t use the <a id="wrglossary.5213"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key in a large file of entries that may or may not be <a id="wrglossary.5214"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a> in the document. Similarly for <a id="wrglossary.5215"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.seealso"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">seealso</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.5216"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.alias"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">alias</span></a> with <a id="wrglossary.5217"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. If you need them and you need a large database of entries, consider switching to <a id="wrglossary.5218"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. </div><!-- end of warning -->
+<p>
+Remember that you can use <a id="wrglossary.5219"></a><a href="#glo:provideglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\provideglossaryentry</code></a> rather than <a id="wrglossary.5220"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>. Suppose you want to maintain a large database of <a id="wrglossary.5221"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> or terms that you’re likely to use in your documents, but you may want to use a modified version of some of those <a id="wrglossary.5222"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a>. (Suppose, for example, one document may require a more detailed description.) Then if you define the <a id="wrglossary.5223"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> using <a id="wrglossary.5224"></a><a href="#glo:provideglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\provideglossaryentry</code></a> in your database file, you can override the definition by simply using <a id="wrglossary.5225"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> before loading the file. For example, suppose your file (called, say, <span class="filefmt">terms.tex</span>) contains: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5226"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.5227"></a><a href="#glo:provideglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\provideglossaryentry</code></a>{mallard}{<a id="wrglossary.5228"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={mallard}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.5229"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a type of duck}</span>}
+</pre> but suppose your document requires a more detailed description, you can do: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5230"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+<a id="wrglossary.5231"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>
+
+<a id="wrglossary.5232"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{mallard}{<a id="wrglossary.5233"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={mallard}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.5234"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a dabbling duck where the male has a green head}</span>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.5235"></a><a href="#glo:loadglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\loadglsentries</code></a>{terms}
+</pre> Now the <span class="qt">“mallard”</span> definition in the <span class="filefmt">terms.tex</span> file will be ignored.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:loadglsentries -->
+
+<section id="sec:moveentry"><!-- start of section sec:moveentry --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->4.7. Moving Entries to Another Glossary<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:moveentry">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+You can move an entry from one <a id="wrglossary.5236"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> to another using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5237"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5238"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsmoveentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsmoveentry</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">target glossary label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> is the unique label identifying the required <a id="wrglossary.5239"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">target glossary label</em>〉</span> is the unique label identifying the <a id="wrglossary.5240"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> in which to put the <a id="wrglossary.5241"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a>. If you are using Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>, <a id="wrglossary.5242"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> shouldn’t be moved after the <a id="wrglossary.5243"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing files</a> have been opened by <a id="wrglossary.5244"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="warning"><div class="warningtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5245"></a><a href="#glo:sym.warning"><span title="Warning" class="icon">⚠</span></a></div><!-- end of warningtitle -->
+Simply changing the value of the <a id="wrglossary.5246"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> field using a command like <a id="wrglossary.5247"></a><a href="#glo:glsfielddef"><code class="csfmt">\glsfielddef</code></a> won’t correctly move the entry, since the label needs to be removed from the old <a id="wrglossary.5248"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary’s</a> internal list and added to the new <a id="wrglossary.5249"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary’s</a> internal list to allow commands such as <a id="wrglossary.5250"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddall"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddall</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.5251"></a><a href="#glo:glsunsetall"><code class="csfmt">\glsunsetall</code></a> to work. </div><!-- end of warning -->
+<p>
+Note that no check is performed to determine the existence of the target <a id="wrglossary.5252"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. If you want to move an entry to a <a id="wrglossary.5253"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> that’s skipped by <a id="wrglossary.5254"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a>, then define an <a id="wrglossary.5255"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossary</a> with <a id="wrglossary.5256"></a><a href="#glo:newignoredglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newignoredglossary</code></a>. (See §<a href="#sec:newglossary">9</a>.) With Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.unsrt">5</a>, it’s also possible to copy an entry to another <a id="wrglossary.5257"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> with <a id="wrglossary.5258"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrcopytoglossary"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtrcopytoglossary</code></a>. See the <a id="wrglossary.5259"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.5260"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Unpredictable results may occur if you move an entry to a different <a id="wrglossary.5261"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> from its parent or children. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:moveentry -->
+
+<section id="sec:docdefs"><!-- start of section sec:docdefs --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->4.8. Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:docdefs">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+Originally, <a id="wrglossary.5262"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> (and <a id="wrglossary.5263"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>) could only be used in the <a id="wrglossary.5264"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a>. I reluctantly removed this restriction in version 1.13, but there are issues with defining commands in the <a id="wrglossary.5265"></a><a href="#glo:env.document"><span class="envfmt">document</span></a> environment instead of the <a id="wrglossary.5266"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a>, which is why the restriction is maintained for newer commands. This restriction is also reimposed for <a id="wrglossary.5267"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> by <a id="wrglossary.5268"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a> because in that case the <a id="wrglossary.5269"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> must be defined before the <a id="wrglossary.5270"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file is input. (The <a id="wrglossary.5271"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package automatically reimposes the <a id="wrglossary.5272"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a>-only restriction but provides the <a id="wrglossary.5273"></a><a href="#glo:opt.docdef"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">docdef</span></a> package option to allow document definitions for Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> if necessary.)<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5274"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ With <a id="wrglossary.5275"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a>, all <a id="wrglossary.5276"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> data should be supplied in <a id="wrglossary.5277"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> files. From <a id="wrglossary.5278"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span>’s</a> point of view, the <a id="wrglossary.5279"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> are defined in the <a id="wrglossary.5280"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> files. From TeX’s point of view, the <a id="wrglossary.5281"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> are defined in the <a id="wrglossary.5282"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glstex"><span class="extfmt">glstex</span></a> files that are input by <a id="wrglossary.5283"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>, which is a <a id="wrglossary.5284"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a>-only command. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:docdefs -->
+
+<section id="sec:techissues"><!-- start of section sec:techissues --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->4.8.1. Technical Issues<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:techissues">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+
+<ol class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="numitem">1.</span>If you define an <a id="wrglossary.5285"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> mid-way through your document, but subsequently shuffle sections around, you could end up using an <a id="wrglossary.5286"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> before it has been defined. This is essentially the same problem as defining a command with <code class="cmd">\newcommand</code> in the middle of the document and then moving things around so that the command is used before it has been defined.<p>
+<li><span class="numitem">2.</span><a id="wrglossary.5287"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">Entry</a> information is required when displaying the <a id="wrglossary.5288"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. If this occurs at the start of the document, but the <a id="wrglossary.5289"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> aren’t defined until later, then the <a id="wrglossary.5290"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> details are being looked up before the <a id="wrglossary.5291"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> has been defined. This means that it’s not possible to display the content of the <a id="wrglossary.5292"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> unless the <a id="wrglossary.5293"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> definitions are saved on the previous LaTeX run and can be picked up at the start of the <a id="wrglossary.5294"></a><a href="#glo:env.document"><span class="envfmt">document</span></a> environment on the next run (in a similar way that <a id="wrglossary.5295"></a><a href="#glo:label"><code class="csfmt">\label</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.5296"></a><a href="#glo:ref"><code class="csfmt">\ref</code></a> work).<p>
+<li><span class="numitem">3.</span>If you use a package, such as <a id="wrglossary.5297"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a>, that makes certain characters active at the start of the <a id="wrglossary.5298"></a><a href="#glo:env.document"><span class="envfmt">document</span></a> environment, there can be a problem if those characters have a special significance when defining <a id="wrglossary.5299"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entries</a>. These characters include <a id="wrglossary.5300"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.dblquote"><code class="code">"</code> (double-quote)</a>, <a id="wrglossary.5301"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.exclammark"><code class="code">!</code> (exclamation mark)</a>, <a id="wrglossary.5302"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.questionmark"><code class="code">?</code> (question mark)</a>, and <a id="wrglossary.5303"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.pipe"><code class="code">|</code> (pipe)</a>. They must not be active when defining a <a id="wrglossary.5304"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entry</a> where they occur in the <a id="wrglossary.5305"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key (and they should be avoided in the label if they may be active at any point in the document). Additionally, the comma (<a id="wrglossary.5306"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.comma"><code class="code">,</code></a>) character and the equals (<a id="wrglossary.5307"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.equals"><code class="code">=</code></a>) character should not be active when using commands that have <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key</em>〉</span>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span> arguments.<p>
+
+</ol>
+<p>
+To overcome the first two problems, as from version 4.0 the <a id="wrglossary.5308"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package modifies the definition of <a id="wrglossary.5309"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> at the beginning of the <a id="wrglossary.5310"></a><a href="#glo:env.document"><span class="envfmt">document</span></a> environment so that the definitions are written to an external file (<span class="filefmt"><a id="wrglossary.5311"></a><a href="#glo:jobname"><code class="csfmt">\jobname</code></a>.<a id="wrglossary.5312"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glsdefs"><span class="extfmt">glsdefs</span></a></span>) which is then read in at the start of the document on the next run. This means that the entry can now be looked up in the <a id="wrglossary.5313"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, even if the <a id="wrglossary.5314"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> occurs at the beginning of the document.<p>
+There are drawbacks to this mechanism: if you modify an entry definition, you need a second run to see the effect of your modification in <a id="wrglossary.5315"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a> (if it occurs at the start of the document); this method requires an extra <a id="wrglossary.5316"></a><a href="#glo:newwrite"><code class="csfmt">\newwrite</code></a>, which may exceed TeX’s maximum allocation; unexpected expansion issues could occur.<p>
+Version 4.47 has introduced changes that have removed some of the issues involved, and there are now warning messages if there is an attempt to multiply define the same <a id="wrglossary.5317"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> label.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.5318"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides a setting (but not for Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a>) that allows <a id="wrglossary.5319"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> to occur in the document environment but doesn’t create the <a id="wrglossary.5320"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glsdefs"><span class="extfmt">glsdefs</span></a> file. This circumvents some problems but it means that you can’t display any of the <a id="wrglossary.5321"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> before all the <a id="wrglossary.5322"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> have been defined (so it’s all right if all the <a id="wrglossary.5323"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> are at the end of the document but not if any occur in the front matter).<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:techissues -->
+
+<section id="sec:goodpractice"><!-- start of section sec:goodpractice --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->4.8.2. Good Practice Issues<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:goodpractice">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+§<a href="#sec:techissues">4.8.1</a> above covers technical issues that can cause your document to have compilation errors or produce incorrect output. This section focuses on good writing practice. The main reason cited by users wanting to define <a id="wrglossary.5324"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> within the <a id="wrglossary.5325"></a><a href="#glo:env.document"><span class="envfmt">document</span></a> environment rather than in the <a id="wrglossary.5326"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a> is that they want to write the definition as they type in their document text. This suggests a <span class="qt">“stream of consciousness”</span> style of writing that may be acceptable in certain literary genres but is inappropriate for factual documents.<p>
+When you write technical documents, regardless of whether it’s a PhD thesis or an article for a journal or proceedings, you must plan what you write in advance. If you plan in advance, you should have a fairly good idea of the type of terminology that your document will contain, so while you are planning, create a new file with all your <a id="wrglossary.5327"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> definitions. If, while you’re writing your document, you remember another term you need, then you can switch over to your definition file and add it. Most text editors have the ability to have more than one file open at a time. The other advantage to this approach is that if you forget the label, you can look it up in the definition file rather than searching through your document text to find the definition.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:goodpractice -->
+
+<section id="sec:usingentries"><!-- start of section sec:usingentries --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->5. Referencing Entries in the Document<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:usingentries">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+<p>
+Once you have defined a <a id="wrglossary.5328"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entry</a> using a command such as <a id="wrglossary.5329"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> (§<a href="#sec:newglosentry">4</a>) or <a id="wrglossary.5330"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> (§<a href="#sec:acronyms">6</a>), you can refer to that <a id="wrglossary.5331"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> in the document with one of the provided commands that are describe in this manual. (There are some additional commands provided by <a id="wrglossary.5332"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.) The text produced at that point in the document (the <a id="wrglossary.5333"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>) is determined by the command and can also be governed by whether or not the entry has been <a id="wrglossary.5334"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@firstuseflag">marked as used</a>.<p>
+Some of these commands are more complicated than others. Many of them are robust and can’t be used in fully expandable contexts, such as in <a id="wrglossary.5335"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>.<p>
+The commands are broadly divided into:
+<ol class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="numitem">1.</span>Those that display text in the document (where the formatting can be adjusted by a style or hook) and also <a id="wrglossary.5336"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">index</a> the <a id="wrglossary.5337"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> (so that it’s added to the <a id="wrglossary.5338"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>) are described in §<a href="#sec:glslink">5.1</a>. This set of commands can be further sub-divided into those that mark the entry as having been <a id="wrglossary.5339"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@firstuseflag">used</a> (the <a id="wrglossary.5340"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands, §<a href="#sec:gls-like">5.1.2</a>) and those that don’t (the <a id="wrglossary.5341"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands, §<a href="#sec:glstext-like">5.1.3</a>).<p>
+<li><span class="numitem">2.</span>Those that display text in the document without <a id="wrglossary.5342"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> or applying any additional formatting (§<a href="#sec:glsnolink">5.2</a>). These typically aren’t robust or can partially expand so that they can be used in <a id="wrglossary.5343"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a> (with a few exceptions).
+</ol>
+ There are additional commands specific to entries defined with <a id="wrglossary.5344"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> that are described in §<a href="#sec:longshortfull">6.1</a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:usingentries -->
+
+<section id="sec:glslink"><!-- start of section sec:glslink --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->5.1. Links to Glossary Entries<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:glslink">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+The text which appears at the point in the document when using any of the commands described in §<a href="#sec:gls-like">5.1.2</a> or §<a href="#sec:glstext-like">5.1.3</a> is referred to as the <a id="wrglossary.5345"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> (even if there are no <a id="wrglossary.5346"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a>). These commands also add content to an external <a id="wrglossary.5347"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing file</a> that is used to generate the relevant <a id="wrglossary.5348"></a><a href="#glo:dual.entryline">entry line</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.5349"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. This information includes an associated <a id="wrglossary.5350"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> that is added to the <a id="wrglossary.5351"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> for that <a id="wrglossary.5352"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a>. By default, the <a id="wrglossary.5353"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> refers to the page number. For further information on <a id="wrglossary.5354"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a>, see §<a href="#sec:numberlists">12</a>. These external <a id="wrglossary.5355"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing file</a> need to be post-processed by <a id="wrglossary.5356"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.5357"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> if you have chosen Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>. If you don’t use <a id="wrglossary.5358"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> these external files won’t be created. (Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a> write the information to the <a id="wrglossary.5359"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file instead.)<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.5360"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+The <a id="wrglossary.5361"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> isn’t scoped by default as grouping can interfere with spacing in <a id="wrglossary.5362"></a><a href="#glo:idx.mathmode">math mode</a>. Any unscoped declarations in the <a id="wrglossary.5363"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> may affect subsequent text. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+Note that repeated use of these commands for the same <a id="wrglossary.5364"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> can cause the <a id="wrglossary.5365"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> to become quite long, which may not be particular helpful to the reader. In this case, you can use the non-indexing commands described in §<a href="#sec:glsnolink">5.2</a> or you can use the <a id="wrglossary.5366"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package, which provides a means to suppress the automated <a id="wrglossary.5367"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> of the commands listed in this chapter. (For example, in this manual, common terms such as <a id="wrglossary.5368"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> have too many references in the document to list them all in their <a id="wrglossary.5369"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> in the <a href="#index">index</a>. They have a custom key created with <a id="wrglossary.5370"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddstoragekey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddstoragekey</code></a> that’s used to set their default <a id="wrglossary.5371"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> option.)<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.5372"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+I strongly recommend that you don’t use the commands defined in this chapter in the arguments of sectioning or caption commands, such as <a id="wrglossary.5373"></a><a href="#glo:chapter"><code class="csfmt">\chapter</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.5374"></a><a href="#glo:caption"><code class="csfmt">\caption</code></a>.<p>
+Aside from problems with expansion issues, <a id="wrglossary.5375"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a> and possible nested <a id="wrglossary.5376"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.5377"></a><a href="#glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</a> (or list of whatever) any use of the commands described in §<a href="#sec:gls-like">5.1.2</a> will have their <a id="wrglossary.5378"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> unset when they appear in the <a id="wrglossary.5379"></a><a href="#glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</a> (or list of whatever) which is usually too soon and will not match the actual heading or caption in the document if there is a different <a id="wrglossary.5380"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@firstuse">first</a>/<a id="wrglossary.5381"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@subsequentuse">subsequent</a> use. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+The above warning is particularly important if you are using the <a id="wrglossary.5382"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package in conjunction with the <a id="wrglossary.5383"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> package. Instead, use one of the <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">expandable</span> commands listed in §<a href="#sec:glsnolink">5.2</a> (such as <a id="wrglossary.5384"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a>). Alternatively, provide an alternative via the optional argument to the sectioning/caption command or use <a id="wrglossary.5385"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a>’s <a id="wrglossary.5386"></a><a href="#glo:texorpdfstring"><code class="csfmt">\texorpdfstring</code></a>. Examples: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5387"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.5388"></a><a href="#glo:chapter"><code class="csfmt">\chapter</code></a>An overview of <a id="wrglossary.5389"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a>{perl}
+<a id="wrglossary.5390"></a><a href="#glo:chapter"><code class="csfmt">\chapter</code></a>[An overview of Perl]An overview of <a id="wrglossary.5391"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{perl}
+<a id="wrglossary.5392"></a><a href="#glo:chapter"><code class="csfmt">\chapter</code></a>{An overview of <a id="wrglossary.5393"></a><a href="#glo:texorpdfstring"><code class="csfmt">\texorpdfstring</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.5394"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{perl}}{Perl}}
+</pre> (You can use <a id="wrglossary.5395"></a><a href="#glo:glstexorpdfstring"><code class="csfmt">\glstexorpdfstring</code></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.5396"></a><a href="#glo:texorpdfstring"><code class="csfmt">\texorpdfstring</code></a> if you don’t know whether or not <a id="wrglossary.5397"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> will be needed.) <div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5398"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.5399"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides commands for use in captions and section headings, such as <a id="wrglossary.5400"></a><a href="#glo:glsfmttext"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsfmttext</code></a>, that overcome some of the problems. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+If you want the <a id="wrglossary.5401"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to produce a <a id="wrglossary.5402"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> to the corresponding <a id="wrglossary.5403"></a><a href="#glo:dual.entryline">entry line</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.5404"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, you should load the <a id="wrglossary.5405"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> package <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">before</span> the <a id="wrglossary.5406"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package. That’s what I’ve done in this manual, so if you encounter a hyperlinked term, such as <a id="wrglossary.5407"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>, you can click on the word or phrase and it will take you to a brief description in this document’s <a id="wrglossary.5408"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> or you can click on a command name, such as <a id="wrglossary.5409"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>, and it will take you to the relevant part of the document where the command is described or you can click on a general word or phrase, such as <a id="wrglossary.5410"></a><a href="#glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</a>, and it will take you to the relevant line in the <a href="#index">index</a> where you can find the <a id="wrglossary.5411"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> to navigate to other parts of the document that are pertinent. If, however, you click on <span class="qt">“<a id="wrglossary.5412"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>”</span>, you’ll find it leads you to the <a id="wrglossary.5413"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a> entry in the index instead. This is because <a id="wrglossary.5414"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> has been aliased to <a id="wrglossary.5415"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a> using the <a id="wrglossary.5416"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.alias"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">alias</span></a> key. Whereas if you click on <span class="qt">“<a id="wrglossary.5417"></a><a href="#glo:idx.pagelist">page list</a>”</span> it will take you to the corresponding <a id="wrglossary.5418"></a><a href="#glo:idx.pagelist">page list</a> entry in the <a id="wrglossary.5419"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> that has a cross-reference to <a id="wrglossary.5420"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a>, because the <a id="wrglossary.5421"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key was used instead.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.5422"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+If you use the <a id="wrglossary.5423"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> package, I strongly recommend you use <a id="wrglossary.5424"></a><a href="#glo:app.pdflatex"><span class="appfmt">pdflatex</span></a> rather than <a id="wrglossary.5425"></a><a href="#glo:app.latex"><span class="appfmt">latex</span></a> to compile your document, if possible. The <a id="wrglossary.5426"></a><a href="#glo:DVI">DVI</a> format of LaTeX has limitations with the <a id="wrglossary.5427"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> that can cause a problem when used with the <a id="wrglossary.5428"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package. Firstly, the <a id="wrglossary.5429"></a><a href="#glo:DVI">DVI</a> format can’t break a <a id="wrglossary.5430"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> across a line whereas pdfLaTeX can. This means that long <a id="wrglossary.5431"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entries</a> (for example, the full form of an acronym) won’t be able to break across a line with the <a id="wrglossary.5432"></a><a href="#glo:DVI">DVI</a> format. Secondly, the <a id="wrglossary.5433"></a><a href="#glo:DVI">DVI</a> format doesn’t correctly size <a id="wrglossary.5434"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> in subscripts or superscripts. This means that if you define a term that may be used as a subscript or superscript, if you use the <a id="wrglossary.5435"></a><a href="#glo:DVI">DVI</a> format, it won’t come out the correct size.<p>
+These are limitations of the <a id="wrglossary.5436"></a><a href="#glo:DVI">DVI</a> format not of the <a id="wrglossary.5437"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+It may be that you only want terms in certain <a id="wrglossary.5438"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> to have <a id="wrglossary.5439"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a>, but not for other <a id="wrglossary.5440"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>. In this case, you can use the package option <a id="wrglossary.5441"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nohypertypes"><span class="styoptfmt">nohypertypes</span></a> to identify the <a id="wrglossary.5442"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> lists that shouldn’t have hyperlinked <a id="wrglossary.5443"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. See §<a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">2.1</a> for further details.<p>
+The way the <a id="wrglossary.5444"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> is displayed depends on <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5445"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5446"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glstextformat"><code class="csfmt">\glstextformat</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ For example, to make all <a id="wrglossary.5447"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> appear in a sans-serif font, do: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5448"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.5449"></a><a href="#glo:glstextformat"><code class="csfmt">\glstextformat</code></a>}[1]{<code class="cmd">\textsf</code>{#1}}
+</pre> Further customisation can be done via <a id="wrglossary.5450"></a><a href="#glo:defglsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\defglsentryfmt</code></a> or by redefining <a id="wrglossary.5451"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a>. See §<a href="#sec:glsdisplay">5.1.4</a> for further details.<p>
+Each entry has an associated conditional referred to as the <a id="wrglossary.5452"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. Some of the commands described in this chapter automatically unset this flag and can also use it to determine what text should be displayed. These types of commands are the <a id="wrglossary.5453"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands and are described in §<a href="#sec:gls-like">5.1.2</a>. The commands that don’t reference or change the <a id="wrglossary.5454"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> are <a id="wrglossary.5455"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands and are described in §<a href="#sec:glstext-like">5.1.3</a>. See §<a href="#sec:glsunset">7</a> for commands that unset (mark the entry as having been used) or reset (mark the entry as not used) the <a id="wrglossary.5456"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> without referencing the <a id="wrglossary.5457"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a>.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.5458"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> and <a id="wrglossary.5459"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands all take a first optional argument that is a comma-separated list of <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key</em>〉</span>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span> options, described below. They also have a <a id="wrglossary.5460"></a><a href="#glo:idx.starmod">star</a>-variant, which inserts <a id="wrglossary.5461"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.hyper"><span class="csoptfmt">hyper</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> at the start of the list of options and a <a id="wrglossary.5462"></a><a href="#glo:idx.plusmod">plus</a>-variant, which inserts <a id="wrglossary.5463"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.hyper"><span class="csoptfmt">hyper</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> at the start of the list of options. For example <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.5464"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a><a id="wrglossary.5465"></a><a href="#glo:idx.starmod"><code class="code">*</code></a>{sample}</code> is the same as <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.5466"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.5467"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.hyper"><span class="csoptfmt">hyper</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>]{sample}</code> and <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.5468"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a><a id="wrglossary.5469"></a><a href="#glo:idx.plusmod"><code class="code">+</code></a>{sample}</code> is the same as <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.5470"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.5471"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.hyper"><span class="csoptfmt">hyper</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>]{sample}</code>, whereas just <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.5472"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample}</code> will use the default <a id="wrglossary.5473"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> setting which depends on a number of factors (such as whether the entry is in a <a id="wrglossary.5474"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> that has been identified in the <a id="wrglossary.5475"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nohypertypes"><span class="styoptfmt">nohypertypes</span></a> list). You can override the <a id="wrglossary.5476"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.hyper"><span class="csoptfmt">hyper</span></a> key in the variant’s optional argument, for example, <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.5477"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a><a id="wrglossary.5478"></a><a href="#glo:idx.starmod"><code class="code">*</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.5479"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.hyper"><span class="csoptfmt">hyper</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>]{sample}</code> but this creates redundancy and is best avoided. The <a id="wrglossary.5480"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides the option to add a third custom variant and commands to override the behaviour of the <a id="wrglossary.5481"></a><a href="#glo:idx.starmod">star</a> and <a id="wrglossary.5482"></a><a href="#glo:idx.plusmod">plus</a> variants.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.5483"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Avoid nesting these commands. For example don’t do <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.5484"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<a id="wrglossary.5485"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label2</em>〉</span>}}</code> as this is likely to cause problems. By implication, this means that you should avoid using any of these commands within the <a id="wrglossary.5486"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.5487"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.5488"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.5489"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a> keys (or their plural equivalent) or any other key that you plan to access through these commands. (For example, the <a id="wrglossary.5490"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> key if you intend to use <a id="wrglossary.5491"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbol</code></a>.) The <a id="wrglossary.5492"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides <a id="wrglossary.5493"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrp"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrp</code></a> to use instead, which helps to mitigate against nesting problems. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:glslink -->
+
+<section id="sec:glslinkoptions"><!-- start of section sec:glslinkoptions --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->5.1.1. Options<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:glslinkoptions">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+The keys listed below are available for the optional first argument of the <a id="wrglossary.5494"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> and <a id="wrglossary.5495"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands. The <a id="wrglossary.5496"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides additional keys. (See the <a id="wrglossary.5497"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.)<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5498"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleonsetting"><span title="Toggle (On)" class="icon"><span class="fwsactiveicon">🔘</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5499"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glsopt.hyper"><span class="csoptfmt">hyper</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>true</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ If true, this option can be used to enable/disable the <a id="wrglossary.5500"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> to the relevant <a id="wrglossary.5501"></a><a href="#glo:dual.entryline">entry line</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.5502"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. If this key is omitted, the value is determined by the current settings. For example, when used with a <a id="wrglossary.5503"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> command, if this is the <a id="wrglossary.5504"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> and the <a id="wrglossary.5505"></a><a href="#glo:opt.hyperfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">hyperfirst</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> package option has been used, then the default value is <a id="wrglossary.5506"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.hyper"><span class="csoptfmt">hyper</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>. The <a id="wrglossary.5507"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> can be forced on using <a id="wrglossary.5508"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.hyper"><span class="csoptfmt">hyper</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> unless the <a id="wrglossary.5509"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> have been suppressed using <a id="wrglossary.5510"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisablehyper"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisablehyper</code></a>. You must load the <a id="wrglossary.5511"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> package before the <a id="wrglossary.5512"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package to ensure the <a id="wrglossary.5513"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> work.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5514"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5515"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs-name</em>〉</span></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This specifies how to <a id="wrglossary.5516"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@locationencap">format</a> the associated <a id="wrglossary.5517"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> number within the <a id="wrglossary.5518"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a> (see §<a href="#sec:encap">12.1</a>).<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5519"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+There is a special format <a id="wrglossary.5520"></a><a href="#glo:glsignore"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">glsignore</span></a> which simply ignores its argument to create an <a id="wrglossary.5521"></a><a href="#glo:idx.emptylocation">invisible location</a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5522"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5523"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glsopt.counter"><span class="csoptfmt">counter</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter-name</em>〉</span></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This specifies which <a id="wrglossary.5524"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@locationcounter">counter</a> to use for this <a id="wrglossary.5525"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a>. This overrides the default <a id="wrglossary.5526"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.counter"><span class="csoptfmt">counter</span></a> used by the <a id="wrglossary.5527"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a>, the default counter associated with the <a id="wrglossary.5528"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> (supplied in the final optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.5529"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>) and the default counter identified by the <a id="wrglossary.5530"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></a> package option. See also §<a href="#sec:numberlists">12</a>. The <a id="wrglossary.5531"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has additional options that affect the counter used, such as <a id="wrglossary.5532"></a><a href="#glo:opt.floats"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">floats</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.5533"></a><a href="#glo:opt.equations"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">equations</span></a>. This manual uses the <a id="wrglossary.5534"></a><a href="#glo:opt.floats"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">floats</span></a> option to automatically switch the counter to <a id="wrglossary.5535"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.table"><span class="ctrfmt">table</span></a> for any entries <a id="wrglossary.5536"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a> in tables (such as those in Table <a href="#tab:hyperxx">12.1</a>).<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5537"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5538"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glsopt.local"><span class="csoptfmt">local</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This is a boolean key that only makes a difference when used with <a id="wrglossary.5539"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands that change the entry’s <a id="wrglossary.5540"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. If <a id="wrglossary.5541"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.local"><span class="csoptfmt">local</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>, the change to the <a id="wrglossary.5542"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will be localised to the current scope.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5543"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5544"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glsopt.noindex"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">noindex</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ If true, this option will suppress the <a id="wrglossary.5545"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a>. Only available with <a id="wrglossary.5546"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. This manual doesn’t use <a id="wrglossary.5547"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.noindex"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">noindex</span></a> for common entries. Instead it uses <a id="wrglossary.5548"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.5549"></a><a href="#glo:glsignore"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">glsignore</span></a></span>, which is preferable with <a id="wrglossary.5550"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5551"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleonsetting"><span title="Toggle (On)" class="icon"><span class="fwsactiveicon">🔘</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5552"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glsopt.hyperoutside"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">hyperoutside</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>true</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ If true, this will put the <a id="wrglossary.5553"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> outside of <a id="wrglossary.5554"></a><a href="#glo:glstextformat"><code class="csfmt">\glstextformat</code></a>. Only available with <a id="wrglossary.5555"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5556"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5557"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glsopt.wrgloss"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">wrgloss</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">position</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>before</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This key determines whether to <a id="wrglossary.5558"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">index</a> before (<a id="wrglossary.5559"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.wrgloss"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">wrgloss</span></a><span class="optfmt">=before</span>) or after (<a id="wrglossary.5560"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.wrgloss"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">wrgloss</span></a><span class="optfmt">=after</span>) the <a id="wrglossary.5561"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>, which alters where the <a id="wrglossary.5562"></a><a href="#glo:dual.whatsit">whatsit</a> occurs. Only available with <a id="wrglossary.5563"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5564"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5565"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glsopt.textformat"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">textformat</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">csname</em>〉</span></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ The value is the name of the control sequence (without the leading backslash) to encapsulate the <a id="wrglossary.5566"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> instead of the default <a id="wrglossary.5567"></a><a href="#glo:glstextformat"><code class="csfmt">\glstextformat</code></a>. Only available with <a id="wrglossary.5568"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5569"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5570"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glsopt.prefix"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">prefix</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">link-prefix</em>〉</span></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This key locally redefines <a id="wrglossary.5571"></a><a href="#glo:glolinkprefix"><code class="csfmt">\glolinkprefix</code></a> to the given value. Only available with <a id="wrglossary.5572"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5573"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5574"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glsopt.thevalue"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">thevalue</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This key explicitly sets the <a id="wrglossary.5575"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> value instead of obtaining it from the <a id="wrglossary.5576"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationcounter">location counter</a>. Only available with <a id="wrglossary.5577"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5578"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5579"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glsopt.theHvalue"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">theHvalue</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">the-H-value</em>〉</span></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This key explicitly sets the <a id="wrglossary.5580"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> location value instead of obtaining it from the <a id="wrglossary.5581"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationcounter">location counter</a>. Only available with <a id="wrglossary.5582"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5583"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5584"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glsopt.prereset"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">prereset</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>local; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>none</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Determines whether or not to reset the <a id="wrglossary.5585"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> before the <a id="wrglossary.5586"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. Only available with <a id="wrglossary.5587"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5588"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5589"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glsopt.preunset"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">preunset</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>local; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>none</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Determines whether or not to unset the <a id="wrglossary.5590"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> before the <a id="wrglossary.5591"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. Only available with <a id="wrglossary.5592"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5593"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5594"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glsopt.postunset"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">postunset</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>global; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>global</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ Determines whether or not to unset the <a id="wrglossary.5595"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> after the <a id="wrglossary.5596"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. Only available with <a id="wrglossary.5597"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:glslinkoptions -->
+
+<section id="sec:gls-like"><!-- start of section sec:gls-like --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->5.1.2. The <code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:gls-like">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+This section describes the <a id="wrglossary.5598"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands that unset (mark as used) the <a id="wrglossary.5599"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> after the <a id="wrglossary.5600"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>, and in most cases they use the current state of the flag to determine the text to be <a id="wrglossary.5601"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entryformat">displayed</a>. As described above, these commands all have a <a id="wrglossary.5602"></a><a href="#glo:idx.starmod">star</a>-variant (<a id="wrglossary.5603"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.hyper"><span class="csoptfmt">hyper</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>) and a <a id="wrglossary.5604"></a><a href="#glo:idx.plusmod">plus</a>-variant (<a id="wrglossary.5605"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.hyper"><span class="csoptfmt">hyper</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>) and have an optional first argument that is a <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key</em>〉</span>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span> list. These commands use <a id="wrglossary.5606"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a> or the equivalent definition provided by <a id="wrglossary.5607"></a><a href="#glo:defglsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\defglsentryfmt</code></a> to determine the automatically generated text and its <a id="wrglossary.5608"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entryformat">format</a> (see §<a href="#sec:glsdisplay">5.1.4</a>).<p>
+Apart from <a id="wrglossary.5609"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisp</code></a>, the commands described in this section also have a <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">final</span> optional argument <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> which may be used to insert material into the automatically generated text.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.5610"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Since the commands have a final optional argument, take care if you actually want to display an open square bracket after the command when the final optional argument is absent. Insert an empty optional argument or <a id="wrglossary.5611"></a><a href="#glo:relax"><code class="csfmt">\relax</code></a> or an empty set of braces <code class="code">{}</code> immediately before the opening square bracket to prevent it from being interpreted as the final argument. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5612"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.5613"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample}[] [Editor's comment]
+<a id="wrglossary.5614"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample}{} [Editor's comment]
+<a id="wrglossary.5615"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample} <a id="wrglossary.5616"></a><a href="#glo:relax"><code class="csfmt">\relax</code></a>[Editor's comment]
+</pre> Use of a semantic command can also help avoid this problem. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5617"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\edcom</code>}[1][#1]
+<span class="comment">% later:</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.5618"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample} <code class="cmd">\edcom</code>{Editor's comment}
+</pre><p>
+Don’t use any of the <a id="wrglossary.5619"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> or <a id="wrglossary.5620"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands in the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> argument. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+Take care using these commands within commands or environments that are processed multiple times as this can confuse the <a id="wrglossary.5621"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> query and state change. This includes frames with overlays in <a id="wrglossary.5622"></a><a href="#glo:cls.beamer"><span class="clsfmt">beamer</span></a> and the <a id="wrglossary.5623"></a><a href="#glo:env.tabularx"><span class="envfmt">tabularx</span></a> environment provided by <a id="wrglossary.5624"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.tabularx"><span class="styfmt">tabularx</span></a>. The <a id="wrglossary.5625"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package automatically deals with this issue in <a id="wrglossary.5626"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.amsmath"><span class="styfmt">amsmath</span></a>’s <a id="wrglossary.5627"></a><a href="#glo:env.align"><span class="envfmt">align</span></a> environment. You can apply a patch to <a id="wrglossary.5628"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.tabularx"><span class="styfmt">tabularx</span></a> by placing the following command in the <a id="wrglossary.5629"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a>: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5630"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5631"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glspatchtabularx"><code class="csfmt">\glspatchtabularx</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This does nothing if <a id="wrglossary.5632"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.tabularx"><span class="styfmt">tabularx</span></a> hasn’t been loaded. There’s no patch available for <a id="wrglossary.5633"></a><a href="#glo:cls.beamer"><span class="clsfmt">beamer</span></a>. See §<a href="#sec:glsunset">7</a> for more details.<p>
+Most of the commands below have <a id="wrglossary.5634"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> variants to convert the <a id="wrglossary.5635"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.5636"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> or <a id="wrglossary.5637"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>. The <a id="wrglossary.5638"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> conversion is performed by <a id="wrglossary.5639"></a><a href="#glo:glssentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\glssentencecase</code></a> and the <a id="wrglossary.5640"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a> is performed by <a id="wrglossary.5641"></a><a href="#glo:glsuppercase"><code class="csfmt">\glsuppercase</code></a>. Ensure you have at least version 2.08 of <a id="wrglossary.5642"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> to use the modern LaTeX3 <a id="wrglossary.5643"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> commands instead of the now deprecated <a id="wrglossary.5644"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.textcase"><span class="styfmt">textcase</span></a> package. See the <a id="wrglossary.5645"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> manual for further details.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5646"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5647"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command typically determines the <a id="wrglossary.5648"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> from the values of the <a id="wrglossary.5649"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.5650"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> keys supplied when the <a id="wrglossary.5651"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> was defined using <a id="wrglossary.5652"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>. However, if the entry was defined using <a id="wrglossary.5653"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.5654"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a> was used, then the <a id="wrglossary.5655"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> will usually be determined from the <a id="wrglossary.5656"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.5657"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> keys (similarly for <a id="wrglossary.5658"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>).<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.5659"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> variants: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5660"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5661"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.5662"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>) and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5663"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5664"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GLS"><code class="csfmt">\GLS</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.5665"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>).<p>
+There are plural forms that are analogous to <a id="wrglossary.5666"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5667"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5668"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ <a id="wrglossary.5669"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">Sentence case</a>: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5670"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5671"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glspl"><code class="csfmt">\Glspl</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ <a id="wrglossary.5672"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">All caps</a>: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5673"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5674"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GLSpl"><code class="csfmt">\GLSpl</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ These typically determine the <a id="wrglossary.5675"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> from the <a id="wrglossary.5676"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.5677"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">firstplural</span></a> keys supplied when the <a id="wrglossary.5678"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> was defined using <a id="wrglossary.5679"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> or, if the <a id="wrglossary.5680"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> was defined with <a id="wrglossary.5681"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.5682"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a> was used, from the <a id="wrglossary.5683"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.5684"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></a> keys. (Similarly for <a id="wrglossary.5685"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>.)<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.5686"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Be careful when you use <a id="wrglossary.5687"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entries</a> in <a id="wrglossary.5688"></a><a href="#glo:idx.mathmode">math mode</a> especially if you are using <a id="wrglossary.5689"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> as it can affect the spacing of subscripts and superscripts in <a id="wrglossary.5690"></a><a href="#glo:idx.mathmode">math mode</a>. For example, suppose you have defined the following entry: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5691"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.5692"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{Falpha}{<a id="wrglossary.5693"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={F<a id="wrglossary.5694"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.sb"></a><a id="wrglossary.5695"></a><a href="#glo:alpha"><code class="csfmt">\alpha</code></a>}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.5696"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample}</span>}
+</pre> and later you use it in <a id="wrglossary.5697"></a><a href="#glo:idx.mathmode">math mode</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5698"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>$<a id="wrglossary.5699"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{Falpha}<a id="wrglossary.5700"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.sp"></a>2$
+</pre> This will result in \(F_{𝛼}^{2}\) instead of \(F_{𝛼}^{2}\). In this situation it’s best to bring the superscript into the <a id="wrglossary.5701"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> using the final <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> optional argument: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5702"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>$<a id="wrglossary.5703"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{Falpha}[<a id="wrglossary.5704"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.sp"><code class="code">^</code></a>2]$
+</pre> </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5705"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5706"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisp</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This behaves in the same way as <a id="wrglossary.5707"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>, except that the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">link text</em>〉</span> is explicitly set. There’s no final optional argument as any inserted material can be added to the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">link text</em>〉</span> argument. Even though the <a id="wrglossary.5708"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> doesn’t influence the <a id="wrglossary.5709"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>, it’s still unset after the <a id="wrglossary.5710"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> and so may influence the <a id="wrglossary.5711"></a><a href="#glo:dual.postlinkhook">post-link hook</a>.<p>
+For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5712"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.5713"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{locationcounter}{
+ <a id="wrglossary.5714"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={location counter}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.5715"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={...}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6466--><p class="nopar" > The contractions can similarly been defined using this new command:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-168">
-\newcontraction[description={front&#x00A0;part&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;ship&#x00A0;below&#x00A0;the
-deck}]{focsle}{fo'c's'le}{forecastle}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6471--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6473--><p class="indent" > Since the custom acronym style just checks if <span
-class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>is <span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>, the contractions will be treated the
-same as the initialisms, but the style could be modified by a further test of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>value if
-required.
-</p><!--l. 6478--><p class="indent" > To test regular non-abbreviated entries, I&#8217;ve also defined a simple word:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-169">
-\newglossaryentry{apple}{name={apple},description={a&#x00A0;fruit}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6482--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6484--><p class="indent" > Now for a new glossary style that provides information about the abbreviation (in addition to the
-description):
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-170">
-\newglossarystyle
-&#x00A0;{mystyle}%&#x00A0;style&#x00A0;name
-&#x00A0;{%&#x00A0;base&#x00A0;it&#x00A0;on&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;"list"&#x00A0;style
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\setglossarystyle{list}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\item[\glsentryitem{##1}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}]
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglshaslong{##1}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{&#x00A0;(\abbrtype{##1}:&#x00A0;\glsentrylong{##1})\space}{}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space&#x00A0;##2}%
-&#x00A0;}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6498--><p class="nopar" > This uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong</span><a
- id="dx1-119010"></a> to determine whether or not the term is an abbreviation. If it has an abbreviation,
-the full form is supplied in parentheses and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\abbrtype </span>(defined by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>earlier) is used to
-indicate the type of abbreviation.
-</p><!--l. 6505--><p class="indent" > With this style set, the <span
-class="cmtt-10">apple </span>entry is simply displayed in the glossary as
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6508--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">apple</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 6508--><p class="noindent" >a fruit.</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 6510--><p class="noindent" >but the abbreviations are displayed in the form
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6512--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">laser</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 6512--><p class="noindent" >(acronym: light amplification by stimulated emission of radiation) device that creates a narrow
- beam of intense light.</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 6516--><p class="noindent" >(for acronyms) or
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6518--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">DSP</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 6518--><p class="noindent" >(initialism: digital signal processing) mathematical manipulation of an information signal.</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 6521--><p class="noindent" >(for initalisms) or
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6523--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">fo&#8217;c&#8217;s&#8217;le</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 6523--><p class="noindent" >(contraction: forecastle) front part of a ship below the deck.</p></dd></dl>
-
-
-<!--l. 6526--><p class="noindent" >(for contractions).
-</p><!--l. 6528--><p class="indent" > For a complete document, see <a
-href="#ex:sample-storage-abbr-desc"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex</span></a>. </p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 6529--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6529--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 6531--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 6531--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.4 </span> <a
- id="sec:expansion"></a>Expansion</h3>
-<!--l. 6534--><p class="noindent" >When you define new glossary entries expansion is performed by default, except for the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-120001"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-120002"></a>,
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">descriptionplural</span><a
- id="dx1-120003"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol</span><a
- id="dx1-120004"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">symbolplural</span><a
- id="dx1-120005"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-120006"></a> keys (these keys all have expansion suppressed via
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetnoexpandfield</span>).
-</p><!--l. 6540--><p class="indent" > You can switch expansion on or off for individual keys using
-</p><!--l. 6541--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-120007"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetexpandfield{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6543--><p class="noindent" >
-or
-</p><!--l. 6545--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-120008"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetnoexpandfield{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6547--><p class="noindent" >
-respectively, where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; is the field tag corresponding to the key. In most cases, this is the same as the name of
-the key except for those listed in <a
-href="#tab:fieldmap">table&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4.1</span></a>.
-</p>
- <div class="table">
-
-
-<!--l. 6552--><p class="indent" > <a
- id="tab:fieldmap"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
->
-
-
- <div class="caption"
-><span class="id">Table&#x00A0;4.1: </span><span
-class="content">Key to Field Mappings</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-1200091 -->
-<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-5" class="tabular"
+<span class="comment">% later in the document:</span>
+The <a id="wrglossary.5716"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisp</code></a>{locationcounter}{counter} identifying the location.
+</pre> This ensures that the <a id="wrglossary.5717"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> is <a id="wrglossary.5718"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a> and, if enabled, creates a <a id="wrglossary.5719"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> to the <a id="wrglossary.5720"></a><a href="#glo:dual.entryline">entry line</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.5721"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. It will also follow the <a id="wrglossary.5722"></a><a href="#glo:idx.entryformat">display style</a> and have the <a id="wrglossary.5723"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> encapsulated with <a id="wrglossary.5724"></a><a href="#glo:glstextformat"><code class="csfmt">\glstextformat</code></a>.<p>
+Since the actual text is being supplied, any <a id="wrglossary.5725"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> can be placed in the argument. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5726"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.5727"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisp</code></a>{locationcounter}{Counters} associated with locations
+</pre> However, a <a id="wrglossary.5728"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> variant is provided: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5729"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5730"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\Glsdisp</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This essentially does: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.5731"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisp</code></a>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<a id="wrglossary.5732"></a><a href="#glo:glssentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\glssentencecase</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}}
+</pre> The main reason for providing this command is to set up a mapping for <a id="wrglossary.5733"></a><a href="#glo:makefirstuc"><code class="csfmt">\makefirstuc</code></a>. See the <a id="wrglossary.5734"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> manual for further details about mappings.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.5735"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Don’t use any of the <a id="wrglossary.5736"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> or <a id="wrglossary.5737"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands in the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">link text</em>〉</span> argument of <a id="wrglossary.5738"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisp</code></a>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:gls-like -->
+
+<section id="sec:glstext-like"><!-- start of section sec:glstext-like --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->5.1.3. The <code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Not Queried)<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:glstext-like">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+This section describes the commands that don’t change or reference the <a id="wrglossary.5739"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. As described above, these commands all have a <a id="wrglossary.5740"></a><a href="#glo:idx.starmod">star</a>-variant (<a id="wrglossary.5741"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.hyper"><span class="csoptfmt">hyper</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>) and a <a id="wrglossary.5742"></a><a href="#glo:idx.plusmod">plus</a>-variant (<a id="wrglossary.5743"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.hyper"><span class="csoptfmt">hyper</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>) and have an optional first argument that is a <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key</em>〉</span>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span> list. These commands also don’t use <a id="wrglossary.5744"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a> or the equivalent definition provided by <a id="wrglossary.5745"></a><a href="#glo:defglsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\defglsentryfmt</code></a> (see §<a href="#sec:glsdisplay">5.1.4</a>). They do, however, have their <a id="wrglossary.5746"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> encapsulated with <a id="wrglossary.5747"></a><a href="#glo:glstextformat"><code class="csfmt">\glstextformat</code></a>.<p>
+Additional commands for <a id="wrglossary.5748"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> are described in §<a href="#sec:acronyms">6</a>. (Additional commands for <a id="wrglossary.5749"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviations</span></a> are described in the <a id="wrglossary.5750"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual.)<p>
+Apart from <a id="wrglossary.5751"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>, the commands described in this section also have a <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">final</span> optional argument <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> which may be used to insert material into the automatically generated text. See the caveat above in §<a href="#sec:gls-like">5.1.2</a>. As with the <a id="wrglossary.5752"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands described in §<a href="#sec:gls-like">5.1.2</a>, these commands also have <a id="wrglossary.5753"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> variants.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5754"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5755"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command explicitly sets the <a id="wrglossary.5756"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> as given in the final argument. As with <a id="wrglossary.5757"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisp</code></a>, there’s a <a id="wrglossary.5758"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> variant to allow a <a id="wrglossary.5759"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> mapping to be established: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5760"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5761"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glslink"><code class="csfmt">\Glslink</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ See the <a id="wrglossary.5762"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> package for further details.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.5763"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Don’t use any of the <a id="wrglossary.5764"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> or <a id="wrglossary.5765"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands in the argument of <a id="wrglossary.5766"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>. By extension, this means that you can’t use them in the value of fields that are used to form <a id="wrglossary.5767"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5768"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5769"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glstext"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command always uses the value of the <a id="wrglossary.5770"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> key as the <a id="wrglossary.5771"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.5772"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> variants are: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5773"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5774"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glstext"><code class="csfmt">\Glstext</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.5775"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>) and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5776"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5777"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GLStext"><code class="csfmt">\GLStext</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.5778"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>).<p>
+There’s no equivalent command for <a id="wrglossary.5779"></a><a href="#glo:idx.titlecase">title case</a>, but you can use the more generic command <a id="wrglossary.5780"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytitlecase"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytitlecase</code></a> in combination with <a id="wrglossary.5781"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5782"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.5783"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>{sample}{<a id="wrglossary.5784"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytitlecase"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytitlecase</code></a>{sample}{text}}
+</pre> (See §<a href="#sec:glsnolink">5.2</a>.)<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5785"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5786"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsfirst"><code class="csfmt">\glsfirst</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command always uses the value of the <a id="wrglossary.5787"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> key as the <a id="wrglossary.5788"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.5789"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> variants are: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5790"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5791"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsfirst"><code class="csfmt">\Glsfirst</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.5792"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>) and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5793"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5794"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GLSfirst"><code class="csfmt">\GLSfirst</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.5795"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>).<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.5796"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+The value of the <a id="wrglossary.5797"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> key (and <a id="wrglossary.5798"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">firstplural</span></a> key) doesn’t necessarily match the <a id="wrglossary.5799"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> produced by <a id="wrglossary.5800"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> (or <a id="wrglossary.5801"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>) on <a id="wrglossary.5802"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> as the <a id="wrglossary.5803"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> used by <a id="wrglossary.5804"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> may be modified through <a id="wrglossary.5805"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entryformat">entry formatting</a> commands like <a id="wrglossary.5806"></a><a href="#glo:defglsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\defglsentryfmt</code></a>. (Similarly, the value of the <a id="wrglossary.5807"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.5808"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a> keys don’t necessarily match the <a id="wrglossary.5809"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> used by <a id="wrglossary.5810"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.5811"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a> on <a id="wrglossary.5812"></a><a href="#glo:dual.subsequentuse">subsequent use</a>.) </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5813"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5814"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsplural</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command always uses the value of the <a id="wrglossary.5815"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a> key as the <a id="wrglossary.5816"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.5817"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> variants are: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5818"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5819"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glsplural</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.5820"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>) and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5821"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5822"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GLSplural"><code class="csfmt">\GLSplural</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.5823"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>).<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5824"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5825"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsfirstplural</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command always uses the value of the <a id="wrglossary.5826"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">firstplural</span></a> key as the <a id="wrglossary.5827"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.5828"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> variants are: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5829"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5830"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glsfirstplural</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.5831"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>) and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5832"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5833"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GLSfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\GLSfirstplural</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.5834"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>).<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5835"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5836"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsname"><code class="csfmt">\glsname</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command always uses the value of the <a id="wrglossary.5837"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key as the <a id="wrglossary.5838"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. Note that this may be different from the values of the <a id="wrglossary.5839"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.5840"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> keys. In general it’s better to use <a id="wrglossary.5841"></a><a href="#glo:glstext"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.5842"></a><a href="#glo:glsfirst"><code class="csfmt">\glsfirst</code></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.5843"></a><a href="#glo:glsname"><code class="csfmt">\glsname</code></a>, unless you have a particular need for the actual name.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5844"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+The name is displayed in the <a id="wrglossary.5845"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> using <a id="wrglossary.5846"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a> not <a id="wrglossary.5847"></a><a href="#glo:glsname"><code class="csfmt">\glsname</code></a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.5848"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> variants are: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5849"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5850"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsname"><code class="csfmt">\Glsname</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.5851"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>) and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5852"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5853"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GLSname"><code class="csfmt">\GLSname</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.5854"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>).<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.5855"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+In general it’s best to avoid <a id="wrglossary.5856"></a><a href="#glo:glsname"><code class="csfmt">\glsname</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.5857"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a>. Instead, consider using <a id="wrglossary.5858"></a><a href="#glo:acrlong"><code class="csfmt">\acrlong</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.5859"></a><a href="#glo:acrshort"><code class="csfmt">\acrshort</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.5860"></a><a href="#glo:acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\acrfull</code></a>. Alternatively, for <a id="wrglossary.5861"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviations</span></a> defined with <a id="wrglossary.5862"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, use <a id="wrglossary.5863"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrlong"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrlong</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.5864"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrshort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrshort</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.5865"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfull"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfull</code></a>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5866"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5867"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glssymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbol</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command always uses the value of the <a id="wrglossary.5868"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> key as the <a id="wrglossary.5869"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5870"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+The symbol is displayed in the <a id="wrglossary.5871"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> using <a id="wrglossary.5872"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrysymbol</code></a> not <a id="wrglossary.5873"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbol</code></a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.5874"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> variants are: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5875"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5876"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glssymbol"><code class="csfmt">\Glssymbol</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.5877"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>) and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5878"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5879"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GLSsymbol"><code class="csfmt">\GLSsymbol</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.5880"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>).<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5881"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5882"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsdesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsdesc</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command always uses the value of the <a id="wrglossary.5883"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> key as the <a id="wrglossary.5884"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5885"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+The description is displayed in the <a id="wrglossary.5886"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> using <a id="wrglossary.5887"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrydesc</code></a> not <a id="wrglossary.5888"></a><a href="#glo:glsdesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsdesc</code></a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.5889"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> variants are: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5890"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5891"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsdesc"><code class="csfmt">\Glsdesc</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.5892"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>) and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5893"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5894"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GLSdesc"><code class="csfmt">\GLSdesc</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.5895"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>).<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5896"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5897"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsuseri"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseri</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command always uses the value of the <a id="wrglossary.5898"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a> key as the <a id="wrglossary.5899"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.5900"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> variants are: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5901"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5902"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsuseri"><code class="csfmt">\Glsuseri</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.5903"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>) and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5904"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5905"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GLSuseri"><code class="csfmt">\GLSuseri</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.5906"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>).<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5907"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5908"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsuserii"><code class="csfmt">\glsuserii</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command always uses the value of the <a id="wrglossary.5909"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user2"><span class="csoptfmt">user2</span></a> key as the <a id="wrglossary.5910"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.5911"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> variants are: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5912"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5913"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsuserii"><code class="csfmt">\Glsuserii</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.5914"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>) and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5915"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5916"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GLSuserii"><code class="csfmt">\GLSuserii</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.5917"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>).<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5918"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5919"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsuseriii"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseriii</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command always uses the value of the <a id="wrglossary.5920"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user3"><span class="csoptfmt">user3</span></a> key as the <a id="wrglossary.5921"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.5922"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> variants are: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5923"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5924"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsuseriii"><code class="csfmt">\Glsuseriii</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.5925"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>) and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5926"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5927"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GLSuseriii"><code class="csfmt">\GLSuseriii</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.5928"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>).<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5929"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5930"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsuseriv"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseriv</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command always uses the value of the <a id="wrglossary.5931"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user4"><span class="csoptfmt">user4</span></a> key as the <a id="wrglossary.5932"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.5933"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> variants are: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5934"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5935"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsuseriv"><code class="csfmt">\Glsuseriv</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.5936"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>) and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5937"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5938"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GLSuseriv"><code class="csfmt">\GLSuseriv</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.5939"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>).<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5940"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5941"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsuserv"><code class="csfmt">\glsuserv</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command always uses the value of the <a id="wrglossary.5942"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user5"><span class="csoptfmt">user5</span></a> key as the <a id="wrglossary.5943"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.5944"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> variants are: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5945"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5946"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsuserv"><code class="csfmt">\Glsuserv</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.5947"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>) and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5948"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5949"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GLSuserv"><code class="csfmt">\GLSuserv</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.5950"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>).<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5951"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5952"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsuservi"><code class="csfmt">\glsuservi</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command always uses the value of the <a id="wrglossary.5953"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user6"><span class="csoptfmt">user6</span></a> key as the <a id="wrglossary.5954"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.5955"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> variants are: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5956"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5957"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsuservi"><code class="csfmt">\Glsuservi</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.5958"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>) and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5959"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5960"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GLSuservi"><code class="csfmt">\GLSuservi</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.5961"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>).<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:glstext-like -->
+
+<section id="sec:glsdisplay"><!-- start of section sec:glsdisplay --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->5.1.4. Changing the Format of the <code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like Link Text<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5962"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.5963"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides ways of altering the <a id="wrglossary.5964"></a><a href="#glo:idx.entryformat">display style</a> according to the <a id="wrglossary.5965"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a>. See the <a id="wrglossary.5966"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+The default <a id="wrglossary.5967"></a><dfn id="glo:idx.entryformat">entry format</dfn> (display style) of the <a id="wrglossary.5968"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> for the <a id="wrglossary.5969"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands is governed by: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5970"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5971"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.5972"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package defines this to simply use <a id="wrglossary.5973"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenentryfmt</code></a>. The <a id="wrglossary.5974"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package redefines <a id="wrglossary.5975"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a> to allow it to integrated with the <a id="wrglossary.5976"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> styles</a>.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5977"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+The <a id="wrglossary.5978"></a><a href="#glo:idx.entryformat">entry format</a> is only applicable to the <a id="wrglossary.5979"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands, not the <a id="wrglossary.5980"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands. However, both sets of commands use <a id="wrglossary.5981"></a><a href="#glo:glstextformat"><code class="csfmt">\glstextformat</code></a> for the font. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+You can redefine <a id="wrglossary.5982"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a> (but beware of breaking <a id="wrglossary.5983"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviations</span></a> with <a id="wrglossary.5984"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>), but if you only want the change the <a id="wrglossary.5985"></a><a href="#glo:idx.entryformat">display style</a> for a given <a id="wrglossary.5986"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.5987"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.5988"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:defglsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\defglsentryfmt</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-type</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">definition</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ instead of redefining <a id="wrglossary.5989"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a>. The optional first argument <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-type</em>〉</span> is the <a id="wrglossary.5990"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> type. This defaults to <a id="wrglossary.5991"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a> if omitted. The second argument is the <a id="wrglossary.5992"></a><a href="#glo:idx.entryformat">entry format</a> definition, which needs to use the placeholder commands described in this section.<p>
+In the remainder of this section, <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">definition</em>〉</span> refers to the argument of <a id="wrglossary.5993"></a><a href="#glo:defglsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\defglsentryfmt</code></a> or to the definition of <a id="wrglossary.5994"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.5995"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Note that <a id="wrglossary.5996"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a> is the default <a id="wrglossary.5997"></a><a href="#glo:idx.entryformat">display style</a> for <a id="wrglossary.5998"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entries</a>. Once the <a id="wrglossary.5999"></a><a href="#glo:idx.entryformat">display style</a> has been changed for an individual <a id="wrglossary.6000"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> using <a id="wrglossary.6001"></a><a href="#glo:defglsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\defglsentryfmt</code></a>, redefining <a id="wrglossary.6002"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a> won’t have an effect on that <a id="wrglossary.6003"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, you must instead use <a id="wrglossary.6004"></a><a href="#glo:defglsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\defglsentryfmt</code></a> again. Note that <a id="wrglossary.6005"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> that have been identified as lists of <a id="wrglossary.6006"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> (via the package option <a id="wrglossary.6007"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronymlists"><span class="styoptfmt">acronymlists</span></a> or the command <a id="wrglossary.6008"></a><a href="#glo:DeclareAcronymList"><code class="csfmt">\DeclareAcronymList</code></a>, see §<a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">2.7</a>) use <a id="wrglossary.6009"></a><a href="#glo:defglsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\defglsentryfmt</code></a> to set their <a id="wrglossary.6010"></a><a href="#glo:idx.entryformat">display style</a>. (The <a id="wrglossary.6011"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides <a id="wrglossary.6012"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span></a> support within its redefinition of <a id="wrglossary.6013"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a>.) </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+Within <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">definition</em>〉</span> you may use the following commands: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6014"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6015"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This expands to the label of the <a id="wrglossary.6016"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> being referenced.<p>
+You can also access the entry’s <a id="wrglossary.6017"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> type using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6018"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6019"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glstype"><code class="csfmt">\glstype</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This is defined using <a id="wrglossary.6020"></a><a href="#glo:protected@edef"><code class="csfmt">\protected@edef</code></a> so the replacement text is the actual <a id="wrglossary.6021"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> type rather than <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.6022"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytype"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytype</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.6023"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}</code>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6024"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6025"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsinsert"><code class="csfmt">\glsinsert</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the final <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> optional argument to <a id="wrglossary.6026"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.6027"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a> and their <a id="wrglossary.6028"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> variants (or empty if <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> was omitted).<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6029"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6030"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsifplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsifplural</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ If the plural commands <a id="wrglossary.6031"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.6032"></a><a href="#glo:Glspl"><code class="csfmt">\Glspl</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.6033"></a><a href="#glo:GLSpl"><code class="csfmt">\GLSpl</code></a> was used, this command expands to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> otherwise it expands to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6034"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6035"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glscapscase"><code class="csfmt">\glscapscase</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">no change</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">sentence</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">all caps</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ If <a id="wrglossary.6036"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.6037"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.6038"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisp</code></a> were used, this expands to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">no change</em>〉</span>. If the <a id="wrglossary.6039"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> commands <a id="wrglossary.6040"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.6041"></a><a href="#glo:Glspl"><code class="csfmt">\Glspl</code></a> were used, this expands to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">sentence</em>〉</span>. If the <a id="wrglossary.6042"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a> commands <a id="wrglossary.6043"></a><a href="#glo:GLS"><code class="csfmt">\GLS</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.6044"></a><a href="#glo:GLSpl"><code class="csfmt">\GLSpl</code></a> were used, this expands to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">all caps</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6045"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6046"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glscustomtext"><code class="csfmt">\glscustomtext</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the custom text supplied in <a id="wrglossary.6047"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisp</code></a>. It’s always empty for <a id="wrglossary.6048"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.6049"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a> and their <a id="wrglossary.6050"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> variants. (You can use <a id="wrglossary.6051"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.etoolbox"><span class="styfmt">etoolbox</span></a>’s <code class="csfmt">\ifdefempty</code> to determine if <a id="wrglossary.6052"></a><a href="#glo:glscustomtext"><code class="csfmt">\glscustomtext</code></a> is empty.)<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.6053"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+If <a id="wrglossary.6054"></a><a href="#glo:Glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\Glsdisp</code></a> is used, <a id="wrglossary.6055"></a><a href="#glo:glscustomtext"><code class="csfmt">\glscustomtext</code></a> will include the <a id="wrglossary.6056"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> command (<a id="wrglossary.6057"></a><a href="#glo:glssentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\glssentencecase</code></a>), but <a id="wrglossary.6058"></a><a href="#glo:glscapscase"><code class="csfmt">\glscapscase</code></a> will expand to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">no change</em>〉</span> (since <a id="wrglossary.6059"></a><a href="#glo:Glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\Glsdisp</code></a> simply uses <a id="wrglossary.6060"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisp</code></a> without modifying the placeholder commands). However, the generic <a id="wrglossary.6061"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenentryfmt</code></a> doesn’t use <a id="wrglossary.6062"></a><a href="#glo:glscapscase"><code class="csfmt">\glscapscase</code></a> (or <a id="wrglossary.6063"></a><a href="#glo:glsifplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsifplural</code></a>) if <a id="wrglossary.6064"></a><a href="#glo:glscustomtext"><code class="csfmt">\glscustomtext</code></a> isn’t empty. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6065"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6066"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsifhyperon"><code class="csfmt">\glsifhyperon</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This will do <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the <a id="wrglossary.6067"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> are on for the current reference, otherwise it will do <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>. The <a id="wrglossary.6068"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> may be off even if it wasn’t explicitly switched off with <a id="wrglossary.6069"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.hyper"><span class="csoptfmt">hyper</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> key or the use of a starred (<a id="wrglossary.6070"></a><a href="#glo:idx.starmod"><code class="code">*</code></a>) command. It may be off because the <a id="wrglossary.6071"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> package hasn’t been loaded or because <a id="wrglossary.6072"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisablehyper"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisablehyper</code></a> has been used or because the entry is in a <a id="wrglossary.6073"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> type that’s had the <a id="wrglossary.6074"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> switched off (using <a id="wrglossary.6075"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nohypertypes"><span class="styoptfmt">nohypertypes</span></a>) or because it’s the <a id="wrglossary.6076"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> and the hyperlinks have been suppressed on <a id="wrglossary.6077"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>.<p>
+If you want to know if the calling command used to reference the <a id="wrglossary.6078"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> was used with the star (<a id="wrglossary.6079"></a><a href="#glo:idx.starmod"><code class="code">*</code></a>) or plus (<a id="wrglossary.6080"></a><a href="#glo:idx.plusmod"><code class="code">+</code></a>) variant, you can use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6081"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6082"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glslinkvar"><code class="csfmt">\glslinkvar</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">unmodified</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">star case</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">plus case</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This will do <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">unmodified</em>〉</span> if the unmodified version was used, or will do <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">star case</em>〉</span> if the starred version was used, or will do <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">plus case</em>〉</span> if the plus version was used. The custom modifier provided by <a id="wrglossary.6083"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span>’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.6084"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrSetAltModifier"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrSetAltModifier</code></a> will make <a id="wrglossary.6085"></a><a href="#glo:glslinkvar"><code class="csfmt">\glslinkvar</code></a> expand to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">unmodified</em>〉</span>.<p>
+Note that this doesn’t take into account if the <a id="wrglossary.6086"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.hyper"><span class="csoptfmt">hyper</span></a> key was used to override the default setting, so this command shouldn’t be used to guess whether or not the <a id="wrglossary.6087"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> is on for this reference. This command is therefore of limited use. If you want to make the <a id="wrglossary.6088"></a><a href="#glo:idx.starmod">star</a> or <a id="wrglossary.6089"></a><a href="#glo:idx.plusmod">plus</a> behave differently, you can try <a id="wrglossary.6090"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrSetStarModifier"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrSetStarModifier</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.6091"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrSetPlusModifier"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrSetPlusModifier</code></a> instead, if you are using <a id="wrglossary.6092"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.<p>
+Note that you can also use commands such as <a id="wrglossary.6093"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsused"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsused</code></a> within <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">definition</em>〉</span> (see §<a href="#sec:glsunset">7</a>), but don’t use <a id="wrglossary.6094"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsused"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsused</code></a> in the <a id="wrglossary.6095"></a><a href="#glo:dual.postlinkhook">post-link hook</a>.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6096"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.6097"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has additional commands that may be used within <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">definition</em>〉</span> to obtain information about the calling command. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+The commands <a id="wrglossary.6098"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.6099"></a><a href="#glo:glstype"><code class="csfmt">\glstype</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.6100"></a><a href="#glo:glsifplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsifplural</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.6101"></a><a href="#glo:glscapscase"><code class="csfmt">\glscapscase</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.6102"></a><a href="#glo:glsinsert"><code class="csfmt">\glsinsert</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.6103"></a><a href="#glo:glscustomtext"><code class="csfmt">\glscustomtext</code></a> are typically updated at the start of the <a id="wrglossary.6104"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> and <a id="wrglossary.6105"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands so they can usually be accessed in the hook user commands, such as <a id="wrglossary.6106"></a><a href="#glo:glspostlinkhook"><code class="csfmt">\glspostlinkhook</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.6107"></a><a href="#glo:glslinkpostsetkeys"><code class="csfmt">\glslinkpostsetkeys</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="warning"><div class="warningtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6108"></a><a href="#glo:sym.warning"><span title="Warning" class="icon">⚠</span></a></div><!-- end of warningtitle -->
+This means that using commands like <a id="wrglossary.6109"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> within the fields that are accessed using the <a id="wrglossary.6110"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> or <a id="wrglossary.6111"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands (such as the <a id="wrglossary.6112"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.6113"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.6114"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.6115"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> keys) will cause a problem. The definitions of the placeholder commands can’t be scoped otherwise they won’t be available for the <a id="wrglossary.6116"></a><a href="#glo:dual.postlinkhook">post-link hook</a>, and grouping can also cause unwanted spacing issues in <a id="wrglossary.6117"></a><a href="#glo:idx.mathmode">math mode</a>. </div><!-- end of warning -->
+<p>
+If you only want to make minor modifications to <a id="wrglossary.6118"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a>, you can use the generic <a id="wrglossary.6119"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entryformat">entry formatting</a> command: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6120"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6121"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsgenentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenentryfmt</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This uses the above commands to display just the <a id="wrglossary.6122"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.6123"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.6124"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.6125"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">firstplural</span></a> keys (or the custom text) with the insert text appended. For example, to make the symbol appear in parentheses for the <a id="wrglossary.6126"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.symbols"><code class="glostypefmt">symbols</code></a> glossary: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6127"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.6128"></a><a href="#glo:defglsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\defglsentryfmt</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.6129"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.symbols"><code class="glostypefmt">symbols</code></a>]{<a id="wrglossary.6130"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenentryfmt</code></a> (<a id="wrglossary.6131"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysymbol</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.6132"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>})}
+</pre><p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.6133"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym styles</a> use a similar method to adjust the formatting. For example, the <a id="wrglossary.6134"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a> style implements: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6135"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.6136"></a><a href="#glo:defglsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\defglsentryfmt</code></a>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span>]{<a id="wrglossary.6137"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshaslong"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshaslong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.6138"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.6139"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenacfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenacfmt</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.6140"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenentryfmt</code></a>}}
+</pre> For each <a id="wrglossary.6141"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> that has been identified as a list of acronyms. This uses the generic <a id="wrglossary.6142"></a><a href="#glo:idx.entryformat">entry format</a> command <a id="wrglossary.6143"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenentryfmt</code></a> for general <a id="wrglossary.6144"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> (that don’t have the <a id="wrglossary.6145"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a> key set), otherwise it uses the generic <a id="wrglossary.6146"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym format</a>: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6147"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6148"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsgenacfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenacfmt</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This uses the values from the <a id="wrglossary.6149"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.6150"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.6151"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.6152"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></a> keys, rather than using the <a id="wrglossary.6153"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.6154"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.6155"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.6156"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">firstplural</span></a> keys. The <a id="wrglossary.6157"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> singular text is obtained via: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6158"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6159"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:genacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\genacrfullformat</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ instead of from the <a id="wrglossary.6160"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> key, and the <a id="wrglossary.6161"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> plural text is obtained via: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6162"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6163"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:genplacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\genplacrfullformat</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ instead of from the <a id="wrglossary.6164"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">firstplural</span></a> key. In both cases, <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span> is the <a id="wrglossary.6165"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry’s</a> label and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> is the insert text provided in the final optional argument of commands like <a id="wrglossary.6166"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>. The default behaviour is to do the long form (or plural long form) followed by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> and a space and the short form (or plural short form) in parentheses, where the short form is in the argument of <a id="wrglossary.6167"></a><a href="#glo:firstacronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\firstacronymfont</code></a>. There are also <a id="wrglossary.6168"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> versions: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6169"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6170"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Genacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\Genacrfullformat</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6171"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6172"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Genplacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\Genplacrfullformat</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ See §<a href="#sec:acronyms">6</a> for details on changing the style of <a id="wrglossary.6173"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a>.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.6174"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Note that <a id="wrglossary.6175"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a> (or the formatting given by <a id="wrglossary.6176"></a><a href="#glo:defglsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\defglsentryfmt</code></a>) is not used by the <a id="wrglossary.6177"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+<div class="example" id="ex:customfmt"><div class="title">Example 16: Custom Entry Display in Text</div> Suppose you want a <a id="wrglossary.6178"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> of measurements and units, you can use the <a id="wrglossary.6179"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> key to store the unit: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6180"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.6181"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{distance}{<a id="wrglossary.6182"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={distance}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.6183"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={The length between two points}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.6184"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a><span class="optfmt">={km}</span>}
+</pre> and now suppose you want <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.6185"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{distance}</code> to produce <span class="qt">“distance (km)”</span> on <a id="wrglossary.6186"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>, then you can redefine <a id="wrglossary.6187"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a> as follows: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6188"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.6189"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.6190"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenentryfmt</code></a>
+ <a id="wrglossary.6191"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsused"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsused</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.6192"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}{}{<a id="wrglossary.6193"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a> (<a id="wrglossary.6194"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysymbol</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.6195"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>})}<span class="comment">% </span>
+
+</pre><p>
+(Note that I’ve used <a id="wrglossary.6196"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysymbol</code></a> rather than <a id="wrglossary.6197"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbol</code></a> to avoid nested <a id="wrglossary.6198"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a>.)<p>
+All of the <a id="wrglossary.6199"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> will be formatted according to <a id="wrglossary.6200"></a><a href="#glo:glstextformat"><code class="csfmt">\glstextformat</code></a> (described earlier). So if you do, say: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6201"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.6202"></a><a href="#glo:glstextformat"><code class="csfmt">\glstextformat</code></a>}[1]{<a id="wrglossary.6203"></a><a href="#glo:textbf"><code class="csfmt">\textbf</code></a>{#1}}
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.6204"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a>}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.6205"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenentryfmt</code></a>
+ <a id="wrglossary.6206"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsused"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsused</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.6207"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}{}{<a id="wrglossary.6208"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>(<a id="wrglossary.6209"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysymbol</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.6210"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>})}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre> then <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.6211"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{distance}</code> will produce <span class="qt">“<span style="font-weight: bold; ">distance (km)</span>”</span>. This is different from using the <a id="wrglossary.6212"></a><a href="#glo:dual.postlinkhook">post-link hook</a> which is outside of <a id="wrglossary.6213"></a><a href="#glo:glstextformat"><code class="csfmt">\glstextformat</code></a>.<p>
+For a complete document, see the sample file <a id="wrglossary.6214"></a><a href="#glo:file.sample-entryfmt.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-entryfmt.tex</span></a>. </div><p>
+<div class="example" id="ex:defglsentryfmt"><div class="title">Example 17: Custom Format for Particular Glossary</div> Suppose you have created a new <a id="wrglossary.6215"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> called <span class="optfmt">notation</span> and you want to change the way the entry is displayed on <a id="wrglossary.6216"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> so that it includes the symbol, you can do: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6217"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.6218"></a><a href="#glo:defglsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\defglsentryfmt</code></a>[notation]{<a id="wrglossary.6219"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenentryfmt</code></a>
+ <a id="wrglossary.6220"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsused"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsused</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.6221"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}{}{<a id="wrglossary.6222"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ (denoted <a id="wrglossary.6223"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysymbol</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.6224"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>})}}
+</pre> Now suppose you have defined an entry as follows: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6225"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.6226"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{set}{<a id="wrglossary.6227"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">={notation}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.6228"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={set}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.6229"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={A collection of objects}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.6230"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.6231"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>S}</span>
+}
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.6232"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@firstuse">first time</a> you reference this entry it will be displayed as: <span class="qt">“set (denoted \(S\))”</span> (assuming <a id="wrglossary.6233"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> was used).<p>
+Remember that if you use the <a id="wrglossary.6234"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> key, you need to use a <a id="wrglossary.6235"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> that displays the symbol, as many of the styles ignore it. </div><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:glsdisplay -->
+
+<section id="sec:glshooks"><!-- start of section sec:glshooks --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->5.1.5. Hooks<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:glshooks">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+Both the <a id="wrglossary.6236"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> and <a id="wrglossary.6237"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6238"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6239"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glslinkpostsetkeys"><code class="csfmt">\glslinkpostsetkeys</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ after the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span> are set. This macro does nothing by default but can be redefined. (For example, to switch off the <a id="wrglossary.6240"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> under certain conditions.) The <a id="wrglossary.6241"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package additionally provides <a id="wrglossary.6242"></a><a href="#glo:glslinkpresetkeys"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glslinkpresetkeys</code></a>.<p>
+There is also a hook (the <a id="wrglossary.6243"></a><a href="#glo:dual.postlinkhook">post-link hook</a>) that’s implemented at the end: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6244"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6245"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glspostlinkhook"><code class="csfmt">\glspostlinkhook</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This is done after the <a id="wrglossary.6246"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> has been displayed and also <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">after</span> the <a id="wrglossary.6247"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> has been unset (see example <a href="#ex:dotabbr">29</a>). This means that it’s too late to use <a id="wrglossary.6248"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsused"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsused</code></a> in the definition of <a id="wrglossary.6249"></a><a href="#glo:glspostlinkhook"><code class="csfmt">\glspostlinkhook</code></a>. The <a id="wrglossary.6250"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides <a id="wrglossary.6251"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrifwasfirstuse"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</code></a> for use in the <a id="wrglossary.6252"></a><a href="#glo:dual.postlinkhook">post-link hook</a>.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6253"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.6254"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package redefines <a id="wrglossary.6255"></a><a href="#glo:glspostlinkhook"><code class="csfmt">\glspostlinkhook</code></a> to allow for additional hooks that can vary according to the entry’s <a id="wrglossary.6256"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a>. If you migrate over from only using the base <a id="wrglossary.6257"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package to <a id="wrglossary.6258"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> and you have redefined <a id="wrglossary.6259"></a><a href="#glo:glspostlinkhook"><code class="csfmt">\glspostlinkhook</code></a>, consider moving your modifications to the category post-link hook to avoid breaking the extended <a id="wrglossary.6260"></a><a href="#glo:dual.postlinkhook">post-link hook</a> features. See the <a id="wrglossary.6261"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:glshooks -->
+
+<section id="sec:disablehyperlinks"><!-- start of section sec:disablehyperlinks --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->5.1.6. Enabling and Disabling hyperlinks to Glossary Entries<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:disablehyperlinks">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+If you load <a id="wrglossary.6262"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> prior to loading the <a id="wrglossary.6263"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package, the <a id="wrglossary.6264"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> and <a id="wrglossary.6265"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands will automatically have <a id="wrglossary.6266"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> to the relevant <a id="wrglossary.6267"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entry</a>, unless the <a id="wrglossary.6268"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.hyper"><span class="csoptfmt">hyper</span></a> option has been switched off (either explicitly or through implicit means, such as via the <a id="wrglossary.6269"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nohypertypes"><span class="styoptfmt">nohypertypes</span></a> package option).<p>
+You can disable or enable <a id="wrglossary.6270"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6271"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6272"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsdisablehyper"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisablehyper</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6273"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6274"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsenablehyper"><code class="csfmt">\glsenablehyper</code></dfn></code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ respectively. The effect can be localised by placing the commands within a group. Note that you should only use <a id="wrglossary.6275"></a><a href="#glo:glsenablehyper"><code class="csfmt">\glsenablehyper</code></a> if the commands <a id="wrglossary.6276"></a><a href="#glo:hyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\hyperlink</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.6277"></a><a href="#glo:hypertarget"><code class="csfmt">\hypertarget</code></a> have been defined, otherwise you will get undefined control sequence errors. If the <a id="wrglossary.6278"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> package is loaded before <a id="wrglossary.6279"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.6280"></a><a href="#glo:glsenablehyper"><code class="csfmt">\glsenablehyper</code></a> will be use automatically.<p>
+You can disable just the <a id="wrglossary.6281"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> links using the package option <a id="wrglossary.6282"></a><a href="#glo:opt.hyperfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">hyperfirst</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>. Note that this option only affects the <a id="wrglossary.6283"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands that recognise the <a id="wrglossary.6284"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>.<p>
+<div class="example" id="ex:hyperdesc"><div class="title">Example 18: First Use With Hyperlinked Footnote Description</div> Suppose I want the <a id="wrglossary.6285"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> to have a <a id="wrglossary.6286"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> to the description in a footnote instead of hyperlinking to the relevant place in the <a id="wrglossary.6287"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. First I need to disable the <a id="wrglossary.6288"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> on <a id="wrglossary.6289"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> via the package option <a id="wrglossary.6290"></a><a href="#glo:opt.hyperfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">hyperfirst</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6291"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.6292"></a><a href="#glo:opt.hyperfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">hyperfirst</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>]{glossaries}
+</pre> Now I need to redefine <a id="wrglossary.6293"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a> (see §<a href="#sec:glsdisplay">5.1.4</a>): <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6294"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.6295"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a>}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.6296"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenentryfmt</code></a>
+ <a id="wrglossary.6297"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsused"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsused</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.6298"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}{}{<a id="wrglossary.6299"></a><a href="#glo:footnote"><code class="csfmt">\footnote</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.6300"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.6301"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre><p>
+Now the <a id="wrglossary.6302"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> won’t have hyperlinked text, but will be followed by a footnote. See the sample file <a id="wrglossary.6303"></a><a href="#glo:file.sample-FnDesc.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-FnDesc.tex</span></a> for a complete document. </div><p>
+Note that the <a id="wrglossary.6304"></a><a href="#glo:opt.hyperfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">hyperfirst</span></a> option applies to all defined <a id="wrglossary.6305"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>. It may be that you only want to disable the <a id="wrglossary.6306"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> on <a id="wrglossary.6307"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> for <a id="wrglossary.6308"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> that have a different form on <a id="wrglossary.6309"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> (such as list of <a id="wrglossary.6310"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a>). This can be achieved by noting that since the <a id="wrglossary.6311"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> that require hyperlinking for all instances have identical <a id="wrglossary.6312"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@firstuse">first</a> and <a id="wrglossary.6313"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@subsequentuse">subsequent</a> text, they can be unset via <a id="wrglossary.6314"></a><a href="#glo:glsunsetall"><code class="csfmt">\glsunsetall</code></a> (see §<a href="#sec:glsunset">7</a>) so that the <a id="wrglossary.6315"></a><a href="#glo:opt.hyperfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">hyperfirst</span></a> option doesn’t get applied.<p>
+<div class="example" id="ex:hyperfirst"><div class="title">Example 19: Suppressing Hyperlinks on First Use Just For Acronyms</div> Suppose I want to suppress the <a id="wrglossary.6316"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> on <a id="wrglossary.6317"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> for <a id="wrglossary.6318"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> but not for <a id="wrglossary.6319"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.6320"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary. I can load the <a id="wrglossary.6321"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package using: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6322"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.6323"></a><a href="#glo:opt.hyperfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">hyperfirst</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>,<a id="wrglossary.6324"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a>]{glossaries}
+</pre> Once all <a id="wrglossary.6325"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entries</a> have been defined I then do: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6326"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.6327"></a><a href="#glo:glsunsetall"><code class="csfmt">\glsunsetall</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.6328"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a>]
+</pre> (Alternatively use the <a id="wrglossary.6329"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.nohyperfirst"><span class="csoptfmt">nohyperfirst</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.6330"></a><a href="#glo:idx.categoryattribute">category attribute</a> with <a id="wrglossary.6331"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.) </div><p>
+For more complex requirements, you might find it easier to switch off all <a id="wrglossary.6332"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> via <a id="wrglossary.6333"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisablehyper"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisablehyper</code></a> and put the <a id="wrglossary.6334"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> (where required) within the definition of <a id="wrglossary.6335"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a> (see §<a href="#sec:glsdisplay">5.1.4</a>) via <a id="wrglossary.6336"></a><a href="#glo:glshyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\glshyperlink</code></a> (see §<a href="#sec:glsnolink">5.2</a>).<p>
+<div class="example" id="ex:nomathhyper"><div class="title">Example 20: Only Hyperlink in Text Mode Not Math Mode</div> This is a bit of a contrived example, but suppose, for some reason, I only want the <a id="wrglossary.6337"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands to have hyperlinks when used in text mode, but not in <a id="wrglossary.6338"></a><a href="#glo:idx.mathmode">math mode</a>. I can do this by adding the <a id="wrglossary.6339"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> to the list of <a id="wrglossary.6340"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nohypertypes"><span class="styoptfmt">nohypertypes</span></a> and redefining <a id="wrglossary.6341"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6342"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.6343"></a><a href="#glo:GlsDeclareNoHyperList"><code class="csfmt">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.6344"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a>}
+
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.6345"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a>}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\ifmmode</code>
+ <a id="wrglossary.6346"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenentryfmt</code></a>
+ <code class="cmd">\else</code>
+ <a id="wrglossary.6347"></a><a href="#glo:glsifhyperon"><code class="csfmt">\glsifhyperon</code></a>
+ {<a id="wrglossary.6348"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenentryfmt</code></a>}<span class="comment">% hyperlink already on</span>
+ {<a id="wrglossary.6349"></a><a href="#glo:glshyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\glshyperlink</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.6350"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenentryfmt</code></a>]{<a id="wrglossary.6351"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\fi</code>
+}
+</pre> Note that this doesn’t affect the <a id="wrglossary.6352"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands, which will have the hyperlinks off unless they’re forced on using the <a id="wrglossary.6353"></a><a href="#glo:idx.plusmod">plus</a> variant or with an explicit use of <a id="wrglossary.6354"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.hyper"><span class="csoptfmt">hyper</span></a>true.<p>
+See the sample file <a id="wrglossary.6355"></a><a href="#glo:file.sample-nomathhyper.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-nomathhyper.tex</span></a> for a complete document. </div><p>
+<div class="example" id="ex:chap-hyperfirst"><div class="title">Example 21: One Hyper Link Per Entry Per Chapter</div> Here’s a more complicated example that will only have the <a id="wrglossary.6356"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> on the first time an entry is used per chapter. This doesn’t involve resetting the <a id="wrglossary.6357"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. Instead it adds a new key using <a id="wrglossary.6358"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddstoragekey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddstoragekey</code></a> (see §<a href="#sec:glsaddstoragekey">4.3.2</a>) that keeps track of the chapter number that the entry was last used in: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6359"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.6360"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddstoragekey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddstoragekey</code></a>{chapter}{0}{<code class="cmd">\glschapnum</code>}
+</pre> This creates a new user command called <code class="csfmt">\glschapnum</code> that’s analogous to <a id="wrglossary.6361"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a>. The default value for this key is 0. I then define my <a id="wrglossary.6362"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entries</a> as usual.<p>
+Next I redefine the hook <a id="wrglossary.6363"></a><a href="#glo:glslinkpostsetkeys"><code class="csfmt">\glslinkpostsetkeys</code></a> (see §<a href="#sec:glsdisplay">5.1.4</a>) so that it determines the current chapter number (which is stored in <code class="csfmt">\currentchap</code> using <code class="csfmt">\edef</code>). This value is then compared with the value of the <a id="wrglossary.6364"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry’s</a> <span class="optfmt">chapter</span> key that I defined earlier. If they’re the same, this <a id="wrglossary.6365"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> has already been used in this chapter so the <a id="wrglossary.6366"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> is switched off using <a id="wrglossary.6367"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.xkeyval"><span class="styfmt">xkeyval</span></a>’s <code class="csfmt">\setkeys</code> command. If the chapter number isn’t the same, then this <a id="wrglossary.6368"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> hasn’t been used in the current chapter. The <span class="optfmt">chapter</span> field is updated using <a id="wrglossary.6369"></a><a href="#glo:glsfieldxdef"><code class="csfmt">\glsfieldxdef</code></a> (§<a href="#sec:fetchset">15.5</a>) provided the user hasn’t switched off the <a id="wrglossary.6370"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a>. (This test is performed using <a id="wrglossary.6371"></a><a href="#glo:glsifhyperon"><code class="csfmt">\glsifhyperon</code></a>.) <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6372"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.6373"></a><a href="#glo:glslinkpostsetkeys"><code class="csfmt">\glslinkpostsetkeys</code></a>}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\edef</code><code class="cmd">\currentchap</code>{<a id="wrglossary.6374"></a><a href="#glo:arabic"><code class="csfmt">\arabic</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.6375"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.chapter"><span class="ctrfmt">chapter</span></a>}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\ifnum</code><code class="cmd">\currentchap</code>=<code class="cmd">\glschapnum</code>{<a id="wrglossary.6376"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}<a id="wrglossary.6377"></a><a href="#glo:relax"><code class="csfmt">\relax</code></a>
+ <code class="cmd">\setkeys</code>{glslink}{<a id="wrglossary.6378"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.hyper"><span class="csoptfmt">hyper</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\else</code>
+ <a id="wrglossary.6379"></a><a href="#glo:glsifhyperon"><code class="csfmt">\glsifhyperon</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.6380"></a><a href="#glo:glsfieldxdef"><code class="csfmt">\glsfieldxdef</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.6381"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}{chapter}{<code class="cmd">\currentchap</code>}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\fi</code>
+}
+</pre> Note that this will be confused if you use <a id="wrglossary.6382"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> etc when the chapter counter is 0. (That is, before the first <a id="wrglossary.6383"></a><a href="#glo:chapter"><code class="csfmt">\chapter</code></a>.)<p>
+See the sample file <a id="wrglossary.6384"></a><a href="#glo:file.sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex</span></a> for a complete document. </div><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:disablehyperlinks -->
+
+<section id="sec:glsnolink"><!-- start of section sec:glsnolink --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->5.2. Using Glossary Terms Without Indexing<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:glsnolink">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+The commands described in this section display <a id="wrglossary.6385"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> details without adding any information to the <a id="wrglossary.6386"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. They don’t use <a id="wrglossary.6387"></a><a href="#glo:glstextformat"><code class="csfmt">\glstextformat</code></a> or the <a id="wrglossary.6388"></a><a href="#glo:idx.entryformat">entry format</a>, they don’t have any optional arguments, they don’t affect the <a id="wrglossary.6389"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> and, apart from <a id="wrglossary.6390"></a><a href="#glo:glshyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\glshyperlink</code></a> and the <a id="wrglossary.6391"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> commands, they don’t produce <a id="wrglossary.6392"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a>.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.6393"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+If you want to use the <a id="wrglossary.6394"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> commands in <a id="wrglossary.6395"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>, such as <a id="wrglossary.6396"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrytext</code></a>, ensure you have at least version 2.08 of <a id="wrglossary.6397"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a>. Inside <a id="wrglossary.6398"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>, those commands will expand with the <a id="wrglossary.6399"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> applied using the expandable <a id="wrglossary.6400"></a><a href="#glo:MFUsentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\MFUsentencecase</code></a>. Outside of <a id="wrglossary.6401"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a> those commands will expand to an internal robust command that applies the <a id="wrglossary.6402"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> with <a id="wrglossary.6403"></a><a href="#glo:glssentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\glssentencecase</code></a> (which defaults to <a id="wrglossary.6404"></a><a href="#glo:makefirstuc"><code class="csfmt">\makefirstuc</code></a>). </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+If you want to <a id="wrglossary.6405"></a><a href="#glo:idx.titlecase">title case</a> a field, you can use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6406"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6407"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentrytitlecase"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytitlecase</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> is the label identifying the <a id="wrglossary.6408"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entry</a>, <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span> is the <a id="wrglossary.6409"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a> (see Table <a href="#tab:fieldmap">4.1</a>). This internally uses <a id="wrglossary.6410"></a><a href="#glo:glscapitalisewords"><code class="csfmt">\glscapitalisewords</code></a>. Within <a id="wrglossary.6411"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>, this command will expand to <a id="wrglossary.6412"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> using the expandable <a id="wrglossary.6413"></a><a href="#glo:MFUsentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\MFUsentencecase</code></a>. (The <a id="wrglossary.6414"></a><a href="#glo:idx.titlecase">title case</a> command <a id="wrglossary.6415"></a><a href="#glo:capitalisewords"><code class="csfmt">\capitalisewords</code></a> isn’t expandable.)<p>
+<div class="warning"><div class="warningtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6416"></a><a href="#glo:sym.warning"><span title="Warning" class="icon">⚠</span></a></div><!-- end of warningtitle -->
+If your field contains formatting commands, you will need to redefine <a id="wrglossary.6417"></a><a href="#glo:glscapitalisewords"><code class="csfmt">\glscapitalisewords</code></a> to use <a id="wrglossary.6418"></a><a href="#glo:capitalisefmtwords"><code class="csfmt">\capitalisefmtwords</code></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.6419"></a><a href="#glo:capitalisewords"><code class="csfmt">\capitalisewords</code></a>. See the <a id="wrglossary.6420"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> manual for further details. </div><!-- end of warning -->
+<p>
+For example, to convert the description to <a id="wrglossary.6421"></a><a href="#glo:idx.titlecase">title case</a> for the entry identified by the label <span class="qt">“sample”</span>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6422"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.6423"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytitlecase"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytitlecase</code></a>{sample}{<a id="wrglossary.6424"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.desc"><span class="csoptfmt">desc</span></a>}
+</pre> (If you want <a id="wrglossary.6425"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@titlecase">title-casing</a> in your <a id="wrglossary.6426"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a>, you might want to investigate the <a id="wrglossary.6427"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package.) This command will trigger an error if the entry is undefined.<p>
+If you want a <a id="wrglossary.6428"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> to an <a id="wrglossary.6429"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry’s</a> line in the <a id="wrglossary.6430"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> but don’t want the <a id="wrglossary.6431"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> or formatting associated with the <a id="wrglossary.6432"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> and <a id="wrglossary.6433"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands, you can use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6434"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6435"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glshyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\glshyperlink</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command provides a <a id="wrglossary.6436"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> <strong class="strong">but does not add any information to the <a id="wrglossary.6437"></a><a href="#glo:indexingfile">glossary file</a></strong>. The <a id="wrglossary.6438"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> text is given by the optional argument, which defaults to <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.6439"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code>. Note that the <a id="wrglossary.6440"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> will be suppressed if you have used <a id="wrglossary.6441"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisablehyper"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisablehyper</code></a> or if you haven’t loaded the <a id="wrglossary.6442"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> package.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.6443"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+If you use <a id="wrglossary.6444"></a><a href="#glo:glshyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\glshyperlink</code></a>, you need to ensure that the relevant entry has been added to the <a id="wrglossary.6445"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> using any of the commands described in §<a href="#sec:glslink">5.1</a> or §<a href="#sec:glsadd">10</a> otherwise you will end up with an undefined <a id="wrglossary.6446"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> target. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+The following commands in form form <code class="csfmt">\glsentry<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span></code> expand to the associated field value for the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> for the non-<a id="wrglossary.6447"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> versions. Those commands don’t check if the <a id="wrglossary.6448"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> has been defined. The <a id="wrglossary.6449"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> versions <code class="csfmt">\Glsentry<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span></code> only expand in <a id="wrglossary.6450"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>. In both cases, any fragile commands within the field values will need to be protected or made robust if the field values are required in a moving argument.<p>
+There are also commands in the form <code class="csfmt">\glossentry<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span></code> for the <a id="wrglossary.6451"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.6452"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.6453"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> that are used by the <a id="wrglossary.6454"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a>. Those commands will issue a warning if the <a id="wrglossary.6455"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> hasn’t been defined. See §<a href="#sec:styles">13</a> for further information.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6456"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6457"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryname</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.6458"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> field. Note that within <a id="wrglossary.6459"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a>, the name is displayed using <a id="wrglossary.6460"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a>. The corresponding <a id="wrglossary.6461"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> command is: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6462"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6463"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsentryname"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryname</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.6464"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+In general it’s best to avoid <a id="wrglossary.6465"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryname"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryname</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.6466"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> or <a id="wrglossary.6467"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviations</span></a>. Instead, consider using <a id="wrglossary.6468"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrylong</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.6469"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryshort</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.6470"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryfull"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryfull</code></a>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6471"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6472"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.6473"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> field. The corresponding <a id="wrglossary.6474"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> command is: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6475"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6476"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrytext</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6477"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6478"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryplural</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.6479"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a> field. The corresponding <a id="wrglossary.6480"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> command is: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6481"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6482"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsentryplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryplural</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6483"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6484"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryfirst"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfirst</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.6485"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> field. The corresponding <a id="wrglossary.6486"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> command is: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6487"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6488"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsentryfirst"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryfirst</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6489"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6490"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfirstplural</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.6491"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">firstplural</span></a> field. The corresponding <a id="wrglossary.6492"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> command is: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6493"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6494"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsentryfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryfirstplural</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6495"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6496"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.6497"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> field. Note that within <a id="wrglossary.6498"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a>, the description is displayed using <a id="wrglossary.6499"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrydesc</code></a>. The corresponding <a id="wrglossary.6500"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> command is: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6501"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6502"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrydesc</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6503"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6504"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentrydescplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydescplural</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.6505"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.descriptionplural"><span class="csoptfmt">descriptionplural</span></a> field. The corresponding <a id="wrglossary.6506"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> command is: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6507"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6508"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsentrydescplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrydescplural</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6509"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6510"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysymbol</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.6511"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> field. Note that within <a id="wrglossary.6512"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a>, the description is displayed using <a id="wrglossary.6513"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrysymbol</code></a>. The corresponding <a id="wrglossary.6514"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> command is: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6515"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6516"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrysymbol</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6517"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6518"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentrysymbolplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysymbolplural</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.6519"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbolplural"><span class="csoptfmt">symbolplural</span></a> field. The corresponding <a id="wrglossary.6520"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> command is: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6521"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6522"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsentrysymbolplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrysymbolplural</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6523"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6524"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryuseri"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuseri</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.6525"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a> field. The corresponding <a id="wrglossary.6526"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> command is: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6527"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6528"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsentryuseri"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryuseri</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6529"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6530"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryuserii"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuserii</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.6531"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user2"><span class="csoptfmt">user2</span></a> field. The corresponding <a id="wrglossary.6532"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> command is: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6533"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6534"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsentryuserii"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryuserii</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6535"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6536"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryuseriii"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuseriii</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.6537"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user3"><span class="csoptfmt">user3</span></a> field. The corresponding <a id="wrglossary.6538"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> command is: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6539"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6540"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsentryuseriii"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryuseriii</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6541"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6542"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryuseriv"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuseriv</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.6543"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user4"><span class="csoptfmt">user4</span></a> field. The corresponding <a id="wrglossary.6544"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> command is: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6545"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6546"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsentryuseriv"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryuseriv</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6547"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6548"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryuserv"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuserv</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.6549"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user5"><span class="csoptfmt">user5</span></a> field. The corresponding <a id="wrglossary.6550"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> command is: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6551"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6552"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsentryuserv"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryuserv</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6553"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6554"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryuservi"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuservi</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.6555"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user6"><span class="csoptfmt">user6</span></a> field. The corresponding <a id="wrglossary.6556"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> command is: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6557"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6558"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsentryuservi"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryuservi</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+The next two commands, <a id="wrglossary.6559"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrynumberlist</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.6560"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisplaynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisplaynumberlist</code></a>, display the <a id="wrglossary.6561"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.6562"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>. This information is readily available with Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a> (where the <a id="wrglossary.6563"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> is stored in the <a id="wrglossary.6564"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.loclist"><span class="csoptfmt">loclist</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.6565"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.location"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">location</span></a> internal fields) but not for Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> (where the <a id="wrglossary.6566"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> is simply part of the code to typeset the <a id="wrglossary.6567"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> written in the <a id="wrglossary.6568"></a><a href="#glo:indexingfile">glossary file</a>).<p>
+If you need to parse the <a id="wrglossary.6569"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>, split it into groups based on the <a id="wrglossary.6570"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationcounter">location counter</a>, or extract a primary <a id="wrglossary.6571"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> then <a id="wrglossary.6572"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a> (<a id="wrglossary.6573"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>) is your best option.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6574"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6575"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentrynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrynumberlist</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Displays the <a id="wrglossary.6576"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> for the given <a id="wrglossary.6577"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> in the same format as it’s shown by default in the <a id="wrglossary.6578"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. The <a id="wrglossary.6579"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> will have <a id="wrglossary.6580"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> if supported.<p>
+This command is at its simplest with <a id="wrglossary.6581"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a>, where it just displays the value of the <a id="wrglossary.6582"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.location"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">location</span></a> internal field that’s set by <a id="wrglossary.6583"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> in the <a id="wrglossary.6584"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glstex"><span class="extfmt">glstex</span></a> file. This will use the delimiters supplied by <a id="wrglossary.6585"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> (<a id="wrglossary.6586"></a><a href="#glo:bibglsdelimN"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\bibglsdelimN</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.6587"></a><a href="#glo:bibglslastDelimN"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\bibglslastDelimN</code></a>) for individual <a id="wrglossary.6588"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> as well as <a id="wrglossary.6589"></a><a href="#glo:delimR"><code class="csfmt">\delimR</code></a> for <a id="wrglossary.6590"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">ranges</a>, as used in the <a id="wrglossary.6591"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>.<p>
+With <a id="wrglossary.6592"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>, <a id="wrglossary.6593"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrynumberlist</code></a> passes the value of the <a id="wrglossary.6594"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.6595"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.loclist"><span class="csoptfmt">loclist</span></a> internal field (that’s created when the <a id="wrglossary.6596"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file is input) to <a id="wrglossary.6597"></a><a href="#glo:glsnoidxloclist"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoidxloclist</code></a> (which is also used by <a id="wrglossary.6598"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>). This will result in a simple list with each <a id="wrglossary.6599"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> separated with <a id="wrglossary.6600"></a><a href="#glo:delimN"><code class="csfmt">\delimN</code></a>, as used in the <a id="wrglossary.6601"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. Note that this doesn’t allow for <a id="wrglossary.6602"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">ranges</a> (as with <a id="wrglossary.6603"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>).<p>
+With Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>, you will need the <a id="wrglossary.6604"></a><a href="#glo:opt.savenumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">savenumberlist</span></a> package option, which will attempt to gather the <a id="wrglossary.6605"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> information when the <a id="wrglossary.6606"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexingfile">glossary file</a> is input by <a id="wrglossary.6607"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>. Since <a id="wrglossary.6608"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> often occur at the end of the document, this means that the information has to be saved in the <a id="wrglossary.6609"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file for the next LaTeX run. Therefore an extra LaTeX call is required if <a id="wrglossary.6610"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrynumberlist</code></a> is needed with <a id="wrglossary.6611"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.6612"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>. This will use the same <a id="wrglossary.6613"></a><a href="#glo:delimN"><code class="csfmt">\delimN</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.6614"></a><a href="#glo:delimR"><code class="csfmt">\delimR</code></a> as used in the <a id="wrglossary.6615"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6616"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6617"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsdisplaynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisplaynumberlist</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This attempts to display the <a id="wrglossary.6618"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> with the separators: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6619"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6620"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsnumlistsep"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumlistsep</code></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>,<a id="wrglossary.6621"></a><a href="#glo:idx.vbsp"><code class="code">␣</code></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ between each <a id="wrglossary.6622"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> except for the last pair and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6623"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6624"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsnumlistlastsep"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumlistlastsep</code></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><a id="wrglossary.6625"></a><a href="#glo:idx.vbsp"><code class="code">␣</code></a><a id="wrglossary.6626"></a><a href="#glo:cs.amp"><code class="csfmt">\&amp;</code></a><a id="wrglossary.6627"></a><a href="#glo:idx.vbsp"><code class="code">␣</code></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ between the last pair.<p>
+As with <a id="wrglossary.6628"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrynumberlist</code></a>, this is again at its simplest with <a id="wrglossary.6629"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a>. This works by locally setting <a id="wrglossary.6630"></a><a href="#glo:bibglsdelimN"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\bibglsdelimN</code></a> to <a id="wrglossary.6631"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumlistsep"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumlistsep</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.6632"></a><a href="#glo:bibglslastDelimN"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\bibglslastDelimN</code></a> to <a id="wrglossary.6633"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumlistlastsep"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumlistlastsep</code></a> and then displaying the value of the <a id="wrglossary.6634"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.location"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">location</span></a> field. You can instead simply redefine <a id="wrglossary.6635"></a><a href="#glo:bibglsdelimN"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\bibglsdelimN</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.6636"></a><a href="#glo:bibglslastDelimN"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\bibglslastDelimN</code></a> as desired and use <a id="wrglossary.6637"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrynumberlist</code></a>.<p>
+With <a id="wrglossary.6638"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>, the <a id="wrglossary.6639"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> information is stored in the <a id="wrglossary.6640"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.loclist"><span class="csoptfmt">loclist</span></a> internal field, which is in the format of an <a id="wrglossary.6641"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.etoolbox"><span class="styfmt">etoolbox</span></a> internal list. So with <a id="wrglossary.6642"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>, <a id="wrglossary.6643"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisplaynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisplaynumberlist</code></a> uses <a id="wrglossary.6644"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.etoolbox"><span class="styfmt">etoolbox</span>’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.6645"></a><a href="#glo:forlistloop"><code class="csfmt">\forlistloop</code></a> to iterate over the field value using the handler macro: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6646"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6647"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsnoidxdisplayloclisthandler"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoidxdisplayloclisthandler</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Note that this doesn’t allow for <a id="wrglossary.6648"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">ranges</a>.<p>
+If <a id="wrglossary.6649"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> has been loaded, <a id="wrglossary.6650"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisplaynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisplaynumberlist</code></a> doesn’t work with Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>. In which case, a warning will be triggered and <a id="wrglossary.6651"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrynumberlist</code></a> will be used instead. Without <a id="wrglossary.6652"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a>, the <a id="wrglossary.6653"></a><a href="#glo:opt.savenumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">savenumberlist</span></a> package option is still required, and an attempt will be made to parse the formatted <a id="wrglossary.6654"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> created by <a id="wrglossary.6655"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>/<a id="wrglossary.6656"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> in order to obtain the desired result.<p>
+<div class="warning"><div class="warningtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6657"></a><a href="#glo:sym.warning"><span title="Warning" class="icon">⚠</span></a></div><!-- end of warningtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6658"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisplaynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisplaynumberlist</code></a> is fairly experimental. It works best with <a id="wrglossary.6659"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a>, works with limited results with Option <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a>, but for Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> it only works when the default <a id="wrglossary.6660"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">location format</a> is used (that is, with the default <a id="wrglossary.6661"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a>glsnumberformat). This command will only work with <a id="wrglossary.6662"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> if you choose Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a>. </div><!-- end of warning -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:glsnolink -->
+
+<section id="sec:acronyms"><!-- start of section sec:acronyms --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->6. Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:acronyms">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6663"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+The term <span class="qt">“<a id="wrglossary.6664"></a><dfn id="glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</dfn>”</span> is used here to describe the base <a id="wrglossary.6665"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary"><span class="styfmt">glossary</span></a> package’s mechanism for dealing with acronyms, initialisms, contractions and anything else that may have a shortened form for brevity. The term <span class="qt">“<a id="wrglossary.6666"></a><dfn id="glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviations</span></dfn>”</span> is used to describe the enhanced mechanism provided by the <a id="wrglossary.6667"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package, which is incompatible with the base <a id="wrglossary.6668"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> mechanism. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.6669"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">Acronyms</a> internally use <a id="wrglossary.6670"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>, so you can reference them with <a id="wrglossary.6671"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.6672"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a> as with other <a id="wrglossary.6673"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a>. Whilst it is possible to simply use <a id="wrglossary.6674"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> explicitly with the <a id="wrglossary.6675"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.6676"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> keys set to provide a full form on <a id="wrglossary.6677"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> and a shortened form on <a id="wrglossary.6678"></a><a href="#glo:dual.subsequentuse">subsequent use</a>, using <a id="wrglossary.6679"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> establishes a consistent format. It also makes it possible to shift the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> optional argument of the <a id="wrglossary.6680"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands inside the full form, so that it is placed before the parentheses.<p>
+The way the <a id="wrglossary.6681"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> is displayed on <a id="wrglossary.6682"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> is governed by the <a id="wrglossary.6683"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a> that’s identified with <a id="wrglossary.6684"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>. This should be set before you define your <a id="wrglossary.6685"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6686"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+<a id="wrglossary.6687"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.6688"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>}
+<a id="wrglossary.6689"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
+<a id="wrglossary.6690"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{xml}{XML}{extensible markup language}
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+First use: <a id="wrglossary.6691"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{html} and <a id="wrglossary.6692"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{xml}.
+
+Next use: <a id="wrglossary.6693"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{html} and <a id="wrglossary.6694"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{xml}.
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> <div class="resultbox"><div class="resultboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6695"></a><a href="#glo:sym.result"><span title="Result" class="icon">🖺</span></a></div><!-- end of resultboxtitle -->
+<a id="ex:simpleacronyms"></a>Example 22: Simple document with acronyms <a href="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example022.tex" class="icon"><span title="Download TeX File" class="icon">📥<sup>🖹</sup></span></a> <a href="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example022.pdf" class="icon"><span title="Download PDF" class="icon">📥<sup>🖺</sup></span></a><p>
+<object data="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example022.png" type="image/png" width="388" height="39">Example document that defines some acronym entries and references them in the text..</object> </div><!-- end of resultbox -->
+<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.6696"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">Acronyms</a> are defined using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6697"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6698"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This creates a <a id="wrglossary.6699"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entry</a> with the given label. This automatically sets <a id="wrglossary.6700"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.6701"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a>}</span> but if the <a id="wrglossary.6702"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> should go in another <a id="wrglossary.6703"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> you can set the <a id="wrglossary.6704"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> in the optional argument <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>, which is added to the end of the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span> in <a id="wrglossary.6705"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.6706"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> command also uses the <a id="wrglossary.6707"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.6708"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.6709"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.6710"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></a> keys in <a id="wrglossary.6711"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> to store the long and short forms and their plurals. <p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6712"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ If you use <a id="wrglossary.6713"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.6714"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, you need to first set the <a id="wrglossary.6715"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> style</a> for the <a id="wrglossary.6716"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a> category with: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.6717"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.6718"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+Note that the same restrictions on <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> in <a id="wrglossary.6719"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> also apply to <a id="wrglossary.6720"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> (see §<a href="#sec:newglosentry">4</a>). Since <a id="wrglossary.6721"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> is defining the <a id="wrglossary.6722"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> with <a id="wrglossary.6723"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>, you can use <a id="wrglossary.6724"></a><a href="#glo:glsreset"><code class="csfmt">\glsreset</code></a> to reset the <a id="wrglossary.6725"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>.<p>
+<div class="warning"><div class="warningtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6726"></a><a href="#glo:sym.warning"><span title="Warning" class="icon">⚠</span></a></div><!-- end of warningtitle -->
+Remember to declare the specified <a id="wrglossary.6727"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> type as a list of <a id="wrglossary.6728"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> (via the package option <a id="wrglossary.6729"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronymlists"><span class="styoptfmt">acronymlists</span></a> or the command <a id="wrglossary.6730"></a><a href="#glo:DeclareAcronymList"><code class="csfmt">\DeclareAcronymList</code></a>) if you have multiple lists of <a id="wrglossary.6731"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a>. See §<a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">2.7</a>. Alternatively, use <a id="wrglossary.6732"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> to have better support for a mixed <a id="wrglossary.6733"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>. </div><!-- end of warning -->
+<p>
+The optional argument <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span> allows you to specify additional information. Any key that can be used in the second argument of <a id="wrglossary.6734"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> can also be used here in <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>, but be careful about overriding any keys that are set by the <a id="wrglossary.6735"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a>, such as <a id="wrglossary.6736"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.6737"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.6738"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a>.<p>
+For example, you may need to supply <a id="wrglossary.6739"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> (when used with one of the <a id="wrglossary.6740"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@acronymstyle">styles</a> that require a description, described in §<a href="#sec:setacronymstyle">6.2</a>) or you can override plural forms of <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span> or <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span> using the <a id="wrglossary.6741"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.6742"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></a> keys. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6743"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.6744"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.6745"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={diagonal matrices}</span>]
+ {dm}{DM}{diagonal matrix}
+</pre> If the <a id="wrglossary.6746"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> uses the plural form, <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.6747"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>{dm}</code> will display: diagonal matrices (DMs).<p>
+As with <a id="wrglossary.6748"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a>, if <a id="wrglossary.6749"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></a> is missing, it’s obtained by appending <a id="wrglossary.6750"></a><a href="#glo:glspluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glspluralsuffix</code></a> to the singular form. The short plural <a id="wrglossary.6751"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></a> is obtained (if not explicitly set in <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>) by appending: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6752"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6753"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsacrpluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glsacrpluralsuffix</code></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><a id="wrglossary.6754"></a><a href="#glo:glspluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glspluralsuffix</code></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ to the short form. These commands may be changed by the associated language files, but they can’t be added to the usual caption hooks as there’s no guarantee when they’ll be expanded (as <a href="#pluralsuffix">discussed earlier</a> in §<a href="#sec:newlang">1.5.2</a>). <p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6755"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ A different approach is used by <a id="wrglossary.6756"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, which has <a id="wrglossary.6757"></a><a href="#glo:idx.categoryattribute">category attributes</a> to determine whether or not to append a suffix when forming the default value of <a id="wrglossary.6758"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.6759"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Since <a id="wrglossary.6760"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> implicitly sets <a id="wrglossary.6761"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.6762"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a>}</span>, if you want to load a file containing <a id="wrglossary.6763"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> definitions using <a id="wrglossary.6764"></a><a href="#glo:loadglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\loadglsentries</code></a>, the optional argument that specifies the <a id="wrglossary.6765"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> will not have an effect unless you explicitly set <a id="wrglossary.6766"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.6767"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a>}</span> in the optional argument to <a id="wrglossary.6768"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>. See §<a href="#sec:loadglsentries">4.6</a>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+The following defines the <a id="wrglossary.6769"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> IDN and then uses it in the document text. It then resets the <a id="wrglossary.6770"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> and uses it again. <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6771"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.6772"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.6773"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>}
+<a id="wrglossary.6774"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{idn}{IDN}{identification number}
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+First use: <a id="wrglossary.6775"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{idn}. Next use: <a id="wrglossary.6776"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{idn}.
+
+<a id="wrglossary.6777"></a><a href="#glo:glsreset"><code class="csfmt">\glsreset</code></a>{idn}<span class="comment">% reset first use</span>
+The <a id="wrglossary.6778"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{idn}['s] prefix is a capital letter.
+Next use:
+the <a id="wrglossary.6779"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{idn}['s] prefix is a capital letter.
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> The reset (<a id="wrglossary.6780"></a><a href="#glo:glsreset"><code class="csfmt">\glsreset</code></a>) makes the next instance of <a id="wrglossary.6781"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> behave as <a id="wrglossary.6782"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>. Note also the way the final <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> optional argument is treated. <div class="resultbox"><div class="resultboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6783"></a><a href="#glo:sym.result"><span title="Result" class="icon">🖺</span></a></div><!-- end of resultboxtitle -->
+<a id="ex:newacronym"></a>Example 23: Defining and Using an Acronym <a href="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example023.tex" class="icon"><span title="Download TeX File" class="icon">📥<sup>🖹</sup></span></a> <a href="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example023.pdf" class="icon"><span title="Download PDF" class="icon">📥<sup>🖺</sup></span></a><p>
+<object data="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example023.png" type="image/png" width="389" height="42">Example document that defines an acronym and references it in the text..</object> </div><!-- end of resultbox -->
+ If the <a id="wrglossary.6784"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> had simply been defined with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6785"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.6786"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{idn}{
+ <a id="wrglossary.6787"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a>IDN,
+ <a id="wrglossary.6788"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a>identification number (IDN),
+ <a id="wrglossary.6789"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a>identification number
+}
+</pre> then the <a id="wrglossary.6790"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> of <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.6791"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{idn}['s]</code> would have placed in the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> after the parentheses: <div class="resultbox"><div class="resultboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6792"></a><a href="#glo:sym.result"><span title="Result" class="icon">🖺</span></a></div><!-- end of resultboxtitle -->
+The identification number (IDN)’s prefix is a capital letter. </div><!-- end of resultbox -->
+<p>
+If you want to use one of the <a id="wrglossary.6793"></a><a href="#glo:dual.smallcaps">small caps</a> <a id="wrglossary.6794"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym styles</a>, described in §<a href="#sec:setacronymstyle">6.2</a>, you need to use <a id="wrglossary.6795"></a><a href="#glo:idx.lowercase">lowercase</a> characters for the shortened form: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6796"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.6797"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.6798"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sc-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sc-short</span></a>}
+<a id="wrglossary.6799"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{idn}{idn}{identification number}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.6800"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Avoid nested definitions. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+Recall from the warning in §<a href="#sec:newglosentry">4</a> that you should avoid using the <a id="wrglossary.6801"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> and <a id="wrglossary.6802"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands within the value of keys like <a id="wrglossary.6803"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.6804"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> due to complications arising from nested links. The same applies to acronyms defined using <a id="wrglossary.6805"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>.<p>
+For example, suppose you have defined: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6806"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.6807"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{ssi}{SSI}{server side includes}
+<a id="wrglossary.6808"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
+</pre> you may be tempted to do: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6809"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.6810"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{shtml}{S<a id="wrglossary.6811"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{html}}{<a id="wrglossary.6812"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{ssi} enabled <a id="wrglossary.6813"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{html}}
+</pre> <strong class="strong">Don’t!</strong> This will break the <a id="wrglossary.6814"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> commands, such as <a id="wrglossary.6815"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a>, it will cause inconsistencies on <a id="wrglossary.6816"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>, and, if <a id="wrglossary.6817"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> are enabled, will cause nested <a id="wrglossary.6818"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a>, and it will <a id="wrglossary.6819"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">index</a> the nested <a id="wrglossary.6820"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> every time the dependent <a id="wrglossary.6821"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> is <a id="wrglossary.6822"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a>, which creates unnecessary <a id="wrglossary.6823"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a>. It will also confuse the commands used by the <a id="wrglossary.6824"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entryformat">entry formatting</a> (such as <a id="wrglossary.6825"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>).<p>
+Instead, consider doing: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6826"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.6827"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>
+ [<a id="wrglossary.6828"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.6829"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{ssi} enabled <a id="wrglossary.6830"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{html}}</span>]
+ {shtml}{SHTML}{SSI enabled HTML}
+</pre> or if the font needs to match the style: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6831"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.6832"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>
+ [<a id="wrglossary.6833"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.6834"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{ssi} enabled <a id="wrglossary.6835"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{html}}</span>]
+ {shtml}{SHTML}{<a id="wrglossary.6836"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{SSI} enabled <a id="wrglossary.6837"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{HTML}}
+</pre> Alternatively: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6838"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.6839"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>
+ [<a id="wrglossary.6840"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.6841"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{ssi} enabled <a id="wrglossary.6842"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{html}}</span>]
+ {shtml}{SHTML}
+ {server side includes enabled hypertext markup language}
+</pre> Similarly for the <a id="wrglossary.6843"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6844"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ Other approaches are available with <a id="wrglossary.6845"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. See the sections <span class="qt">“Nested Links”</span> and <span class="qt">“Multi (or Compound) Entries”</span> in the <a id="wrglossary.6846"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> user manual. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:acronyms -->
+
+<section id="sec:longshortfull"><!-- start of section sec:longshortfull --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->6.1. Displaying the Long, Short and Full Forms (Independent of First Use)<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:longshortfull">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+It may be that you want the long, short or full form regardless of whether or not the <a id="wrglossary.6847"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> has already been <a id="wrglossary.6848"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@firstuse">used</a> in the document. You can do so with the commands described in this section.<p>
+The <code class="csfmt">\acr…</code> commands described below are part of the set of <a id="wrglossary.6849"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands. That is, they <a id="wrglossary.6850"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">index</a> and can form <a id="wrglossary.6851"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a>, and they don’t modify or test the <a id="wrglossary.6852"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. However, unlike the other <a id="wrglossary.6853"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands, their <a id="wrglossary.6854"></a><a href="#glo:idx.entryformat">display</a> is governed by <a id="wrglossary.6855"></a><a href="#glo:defglsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\defglsentryfmt</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.6856"></a><a href="#glo:glscustomtext"><code class="csfmt">\glscustomtext</code></a> set to the appropriate <a id="wrglossary.6857"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. So, for example, <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.6858"></a><a href="#glo:acrshort"><code class="csfmt">\acrshort</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]
+</pre> is similar to: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.6859"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisp</code></a>{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.6860"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.6861"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}}<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> except that the <a id="wrglossary.6862"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> isn’t unset.<p>
+All caveats that apply to the <a id="wrglossary.6863"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands also apply to the following commands. (Including the above warning about nested links.)<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6864"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ If you are using <a id="wrglossary.6865"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, don’t use the commands described in this section. The <a id="wrglossary.6866"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides analogous <code class="csfmt">\glsxtr…</code> or <code class="csfmt">\glsfmt…</code> commands. For example, <a id="wrglossary.6867"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrshort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrshort</code></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.6868"></a><a href="#glo:acrshort"><code class="csfmt">\acrshort</code></a> or, if needed in a heading, <a id="wrglossary.6869"></a><a href="#glo:glsfmtshort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsfmtshort</code></a>. (Similarly for the <a id="wrglossary.6870"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> variants.) </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+The optional arguments are the same as those for the <a id="wrglossary.6871"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands, and there are similar star (<a id="wrglossary.6872"></a><a href="#glo:idx.starmod"><code class="code">*</code></a>) and plus (<a id="wrglossary.6873"></a><a href="#glo:idx.plusmod"><code class="code">+</code></a>) variants that switch off or on the <a id="wrglossary.6874"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a>. As with the <a id="wrglossary.6875"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands, the <a id="wrglossary.6876"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> is placed in the argument of <a id="wrglossary.6877"></a><a href="#glo:glstextformat"><code class="csfmt">\glstextformat</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6878"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6879"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:acrshort"><code class="csfmt">\acrshort</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This sets the <a id="wrglossary.6880"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to the short form (within the argument of <a id="wrglossary.6881"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>) for the <a id="wrglossary.6882"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> given by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. The short form is as supplied by the <a id="wrglossary.6883"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> key, which <a id="wrglossary.6884"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> implicitly sets.<p>
+There are also analogous <a id="wrglossary.6885"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> variants: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6886"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6887"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Acrshort"><code class="csfmt">\Acrshort</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.6888"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>) and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6889"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6890"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ACRshort"><code class="csfmt">\ACRshort</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.6891"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>).<p>
+There are also plural versions: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6892"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6893"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:acrshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\acrshortpl</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ As <a id="wrglossary.6894"></a><a href="#glo:acrshort"><code class="csfmt">\acrshort</code></a> but uses the <a id="wrglossary.6895"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></a> value. <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6896"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6897"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Acrshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\Acrshortpl</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.6898"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>) and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6899"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6900"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ACRshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\ACRshortpl</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.6901"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>).<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6902"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6903"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:acrlong"><code class="csfmt">\acrlong</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This sets the <a id="wrglossary.6904"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to the long form for the <a id="wrglossary.6905"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> given by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. The long form is as supplied by the <a id="wrglossary.6906"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a> key, which <a id="wrglossary.6907"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> implicitly sets.<p>
+There are also analogous <a id="wrglossary.6908"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> variants: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6909"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6910"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Acrlong"><code class="csfmt">\Acrlong</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.6911"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>) and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6912"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6913"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ACRlong"><code class="csfmt">\ACRlong</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.6914"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>).<p>
+Again there are also plural versions: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6915"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6916"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:acrlongpl"><code class="csfmt">\acrlongpl</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ As <a id="wrglossary.6917"></a><a href="#glo:acrlong"><code class="csfmt">\acrlong</code></a> but uses the <a id="wrglossary.6918"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></a> value. <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6919"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6920"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Acrlongpl"><code class="csfmt">\Acrlongpl</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.6921"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>) and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6922"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6923"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ACRlongpl"><code class="csfmt">\ACRlongpl</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.6924"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>).<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6925"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6926"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\acrfull</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This sets the <a id="wrglossary.6927"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to show the full form according to the format governed by the <a id="wrglossary.6928"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a>. This may not necessarily be the same format as that produced on the <a id="wrglossary.6929"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> of <a id="wrglossary.6930"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>. For example, the <a id="wrglossary.6931"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote</span></a> style has the long form in a footnote on the <a id="wrglossary.6932"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> of <a id="wrglossary.6933"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> but <a id="wrglossary.6934"></a><a href="#glo:acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\acrfull</code></a> has the long form in parentheses instead.<p>
+There are also analogous <a id="wrglossary.6935"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> variants: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6936"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6937"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\Acrfull</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.6938"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>) and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6939"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6940"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ACRfull"><code class="csfmt">\ACRfull</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.6941"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>).<p>
+The plural version is: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6942"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6943"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:acrfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\acrfullpl</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ with <a id="wrglossary.6944"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> variants: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6945"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6946"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Acrfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\Acrfullpl</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.6947"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>) and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6948"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6949"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ACRfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\ACRfullpl</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.6950"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>).<p>
+If you find the above commands too cumbersome to write, you can use the <a id="wrglossary.6951"></a><a href="#glo:opt.shortcuts"><span class="styoptfmt">shortcuts</span></a> package option to activate the shorter command names listed in Table <a href="#tab:shortcuts">6.1</a>.<p>
+<div class="table"> <table class="tabular-c">
+<caption id="tab:shortcuts">Table&nbsp;5: Synonyms provided by the <span class="styoptfmt">shortcuts</span> package option</caption><tr style=""><th class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">Shortcut Command </th>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <span style="font-weight: bold; ">Equivalent Command</span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:acs"><code class="csfmt">\acs</code></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:acrshort"><code class="csfmt">\acrshort</code></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:Acs"><code class="csfmt">\Acs</code></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:Acrshort"><code class="csfmt">\Acrshort</code></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:acsp"><code class="csfmt">\acsp</code></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:acrshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\acrshortpl</code></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:Acsp"><code class="csfmt">\Acsp</code></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:Acrshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\Acrshortpl</code></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:acl"><code class="csfmt">\acl</code></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:acrlong"><code class="csfmt">\acrlong</code></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:Acl"><code class="csfmt">\Acl</code></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:Acrlong"><code class="csfmt">\Acrlong</code></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:aclp"><code class="csfmt">\aclp</code></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:acrlongpl"><code class="csfmt">\acrlongpl</code></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:Aclp"><code class="csfmt">\Aclp</code></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:Acrlongpl"><code class="csfmt">\Acrlongpl</code></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:acf"><code class="csfmt">\acf</code></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\acrfull</code></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:Acf"><code class="csfmt">\Acf</code></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:Acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\Acrfull</code></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:acfp"><code class="csfmt">\acfp</code></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:acrfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\acrfullpl</code></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:Acfp"><code class="csfmt">\Acfp</code></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:Acrfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\Acrfullpl</code></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:ac"><code class="csfmt">\ac</code></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:Ac"><code class="csfmt">\Ac</code></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:acp"><code class="csfmt">\acp</code></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:Acp"><code class="csfmt">\Acp</code></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:Glspl"><code class="csfmt">\Glspl</code></a> </td>
+</tr></table>
+ </div><p>
+It is also possible to access the long and short forms without <a id="wrglossary.6952"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> using commands analogous to <a id="wrglossary.6953"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a> (described in §<a href="#sec:glsnolink">5.2</a>). These don’t include the <a id="wrglossary.6954"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> font commands, such as <a id="wrglossary.6955"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6956"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6957"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the long form (that is, the value of the <a id="wrglossary.6958"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a> key, which is internally set by <a id="wrglossary.6959"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>). The corresponding <a id="wrglossary.6960"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> command is: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6961"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6962"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrylong</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6963"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6964"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentrylongpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylongpl</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the long plural form (that is, the value of the <a id="wrglossary.6965"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></a>). The corresponding <a id="wrglossary.6966"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> command is: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6967"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6968"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsentrylongpl"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrylongpl</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6969"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6970"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the short form (that is, the value of the <a id="wrglossary.6971"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> key, which is internally set by <a id="wrglossary.6972"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>). The corresponding <a id="wrglossary.6973"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> command is: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6974"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6975"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryshort</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+An similar command is available for the full form: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6976"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6977"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryfull"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfull</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command is redefined by the <a id="wrglossary.6978"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a>. Unlike <a id="wrglossary.6979"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.6980"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a>, this does include <a id="wrglossary.6981"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>, so if you need to use it in a section heading, you may need to disable it in <a id="wrglossary.6982"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6983"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.6984"></a><a href="#glo:pdfstringdefDisableCommands"><code class="csfmt">\pdfstringdefDisableCommands</code></a>{<span class="comment">% provided by <a id="wrglossary.6985"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a></span>
+ <code class="cmd">\let</code><a id="wrglossary.6986"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a><a id="wrglossary.6987"></a><a href="#glo:@firstofone"><code class="csfmt">\@firstofone</code></a>
+ <code class="cmd">\let</code><a id="wrglossary.6988"></a><a href="#glo:firstacronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\firstacronymfont</code></a><a id="wrglossary.6989"></a><a href="#glo:@firstofone"><code class="csfmt">\@firstofone</code></a>
+}
+</pre> <p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6990"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6991"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsentryfull"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryfull</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This is like <a id="wrglossary.6992"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfull"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfull</code></a> but applies <a id="wrglossary.6993"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>.<p>
+The analogous plural commands are: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6994"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6995"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfullpl</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (no <a id="wrglossary.6996"></a><a href="#glo:dual.casechange">case change</a>) and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.6997"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.6998"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsentryfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryfullpl</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.6999"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>).<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:longshortfull -->
+
+<section id="sec:setacronymstyle"><!-- start of section sec:setacronymstyle --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->6.2. Changing the Acronym Style<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:setacronymstyle">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7000"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ If you are using <a id="wrglossary.7001"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, don’t use the commands described in this section. Use <a id="wrglossary.7002"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a> to set the <a id="wrglossary.7003"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> style</a>. This uses a different (but more consistent) naming scheme. For example, <a id="wrglossary.7004"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-noshort</span></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.7005"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.dua"><span class="acrstylefmt">dua</span></a>. See the <span class="qt">“Abbreviations”</span> chapter in the <a id="wrglossary.7006"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.7007"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a> is set using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7008"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7009"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style name</em>〉</span> is the name of the required style. The style must be set before the <a id="wrglossary.7010"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> are defined otherwise you will end up with inconsistencies.<p>
+For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7011"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.7012"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a>]{glossaries}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.7013"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>
+
+<a id="wrglossary.7014"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7015"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sc-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sc-short</span></a>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.7016"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{html}{html}{hypertext markup language}
+<a id="wrglossary.7017"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{xml}{xml}{extensible markup language}
+</pre><p>
+Unpredictable results will occur if you try to use multiple styles since each <a id="wrglossary.7018"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a> redefines commands like <a id="wrglossary.7019"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfull"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfull</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.7020"></a><a href="#glo:genacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\genacrfullformat</code></a> that govern the way the full form is displayed. The closest you can get to different styles if you only want to use the base <a id="wrglossary.7021"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package is to adjust the <a id="wrglossary.7022"></a><a href="#glo:idx.entryformat">entry format</a> (see §<a href="#sec:glsdisplay">5.1.4</a>) or to provide a custom <a id="wrglossary.7023"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a> such as in Example <a href="#ex:addstoragekey">12</a>.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.7024"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+If you need multiple styles, then use the <a id="wrglossary.7025"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package, which has better <a id="wrglossary.7026"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span></a> management. See, for example, <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=sample-name-font">Gallery: Mixing Styles</a>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.7027"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a> command will redefine <a id="wrglossary.7028"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> to use the newer <a id="wrglossary.7029"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> mechanism introduced in version 4.02 (2013-12-05). The older mechanism was available, but deprecated, for backward-compatibility until version 4.50 when it was removed. If the pre-4.02 <a id="wrglossary.7030"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> styles are required, you will need to use rollback. As from v4.50, if you don’t use <a id="wrglossary.7031"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>, the first instance of <a id="wrglossary.7032"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> will automatically implement: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7033"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.7034"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7035"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>}
+</pre> which is the closest match to the old default. The earlier Example <a href="#ex:newacronym">23</a> can be adjusted to use rollback to demonstrated the difference: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7036"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}[=v4.46]<span class="comment">% rollback to v4.46</span>
+<span class="comment">% no <a id="wrglossary.7037"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a> so old style used</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.7038"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{idn}{IDN}{identification number}
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+First use: <a id="wrglossary.7039"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{idn}. Next use: <a id="wrglossary.7040"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{idn}.
+
+<a id="wrglossary.7041"></a><a href="#glo:glsreset"><code class="csfmt">\glsreset</code></a>{idn}<span class="comment">% reset first use</span>
+The <a id="wrglossary.7042"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{idn}['s] prefix is a capital letter.
+Next use:
+the <a id="wrglossary.7043"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{idn}['s] prefix is a capital letter.
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> This produces: <div class="resultbox"><div class="resultboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7044"></a><a href="#glo:sym.result"><span title="Result" class="icon">🖺</span></a></div><!-- end of resultboxtitle -->
+<a id="ex:newacronymrollback"></a>Example 24: Defining and Using an Acronym (Rollback) <a href="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example024.tex" class="icon"><span title="Download TeX File" class="icon">📥<sup>🖹</sup></span></a> <a href="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example024.pdf" class="icon"><span title="Download PDF" class="icon">📥<sup>🖺</sup></span></a><p>
+<object data="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example024.png" type="image/png" width="389" height="42">Example document that defines an acronym and references it in the text using deprecated style with rollback..</object> </div><!-- end of resultbox -->
+ The most noticeable difference is the way the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> optional argument is treated with <a id="wrglossary.7045"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> on <a id="wrglossary.7046"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> (<code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.7047"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{idn}['s]</code>). With the old way, <a id="wrglossary.7048"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> simply set <a id="wrglossary.7049"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a>identification number (IDN) when it internally used <a id="wrglossary.7050"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> to define the <a id="wrglossary.7051"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a>. The default <a id="wrglossary.7052"></a><a href="#glo:idx.entryformat">entry format</a> simply appends the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> after the value of the <a id="wrglossary.7053"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> key. <p>
+Unlike the original pre-4.02 behaviour of <a id="wrglossary.7054"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>, the styles set via <a id="wrglossary.7055"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a> don’t use the <a id="wrglossary.7056"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> key, but instead they use <a id="wrglossary.7057"></a><a href="#glo:defglsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\defglsentryfmt</code></a> to set a custom <a id="wrglossary.7058"></a><a href="#glo:idx.entryformat">display style</a> that uses the <a id="wrglossary.7059"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.7060"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> keys (or their plural equivalents). This means that these styles cope better with plurals that aren’t formed by simply appending the singular form with the letter <span class="qt">“s”</span>. In fact, most of the predefined styles use <a id="wrglossary.7061"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenacfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenacfmt</code></a> and modify the definitions of commands like <a id="wrglossary.7062"></a><a href="#glo:genacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\genacrfullformat</code></a>. If the original behaviour is still required for some reason, use rollback.<p>
+In both the old and new implementation, the <a id="wrglossary.7063"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> key is set to the short form. Since the <a id="wrglossary.7064"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> isn’t set with the new form, it will default to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.7065"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> key. This means that with the new implementation, <a id="wrglossary.7066"></a><a href="#glo:glsfirst"><code class="csfmt">\glsfirst</code></a> will produce the same result as <a id="wrglossary.7067"></a><a href="#glo:glstext"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code></a>. This is why you need to use <a id="wrglossary.7068"></a><a href="#glo:acrlong"><code class="csfmt">\acrlong</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.7069"></a><a href="#glo:acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\acrfull</code></a> instead. Alternatively, reset the <a id="wrglossary.7070"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> and use <a id="wrglossary.7071"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>.<p>
+When you use <a id="wrglossary.7072"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a> the <a id="wrglossary.7073"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key is set to: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7074"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7075"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:acronymentry"><code class="csfmt">\acronymentry</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ and the <a id="wrglossary.7076"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key is set to <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7077"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7078"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:acronymsort"><code class="csfmt">\acronymsort</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ These commands are redefined by the <a id="wrglossary.7079"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym styles</a>. However, you can redefine them again after the style has been set but before you use <a id="wrglossary.7080"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>. Protected expansion is performed on <a id="wrglossary.7081"></a><a href="#glo:acronymsort"><code class="csfmt">\acronymsort</code></a> when the <a id="wrglossary.7082"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> is defined.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:setacronymstyle -->
+
+<section id="sec:predefinedacrstyles"><!-- start of section sec:predefinedacrstyles --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->6.2.1. Predefined Acronym Styles<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:predefinedacrstyles">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.7083"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package provides a number of predefined <a id="wrglossary.7084"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym styles</a>. These styles apply: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7085"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7086"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:firstacronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\firstacronymfont</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ to the short form on <a id="wrglossary.7087"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7088"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7089"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ on <a id="wrglossary.7090"></a><a href="#glo:dual.subsequentuse">subsequent use</a>. The styles modify the definition of <a id="wrglossary.7091"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.7092"></a><a href="#glo:firstacronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\firstacronymfont</code></a> as required. Usually, <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.7093"></a><a href="#glo:firstacronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\firstacronymfont</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code> simply does <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.7094"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code>. If you want the short form displayed differently on <a id="wrglossary.7095"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>, you can redefine <a id="wrglossary.7096"></a><a href="#glo:firstacronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\firstacronymfont</code></a> after the <a id="wrglossary.7097"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a> is set.<p>
+The predefined <a id="wrglossary.7098"></a><a href="#glo:dual.smallcaps">small caps</a> styles that contain <span class="qt">“sc”</span> in their name (for example <a id="wrglossary.7099"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sc-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sc-short</span></a>) redefine <a id="wrglossary.7100"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a> to use <a id="wrglossary.7101"></a><a href="#glo:textsc"><code class="csfmt">\textsc</code></a>, which means that the short form needs to be specified in <a id="wrglossary.7102"></a><a href="#glo:idx.lowercase">lowercase</a> if it should be rendered in <a id="wrglossary.7103"></a><a href="#glo:dual.smallcaps">small caps</a>. This is because <a id="wrglossary.7104"></a><a href="#glo:dual.smallcaps">small caps</a> has small capital glyphs for <a id="wrglossary.7105"></a><a href="#glo:idx.lowercase">lowercase</a> letters but normal sized capital glyphs for <a id="wrglossary.7106"></a><a href="#glo:idx.uppercase">uppercase</a> letters, which means there’s no visual difference between a normal upright font and a <a id="wrglossary.7107"></a><a href="#glo:dual.smallcaps">small caps</a> font if the text is in <a id="wrglossary.7108"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>. <div style="text-align: center; border-style: none; "><a id="wrglossary.7109"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a><a id="wrglossary.7110"></a><a href="#glo:sym.result"><span title="Result" class="icon">🖺</span></a></div><!-- end of frame@coderesult@title -->
+<p>
+<pre class="sidebysidecode">
+<a id="wrglossary.7111"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7112"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sc-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sc-short</span></a>}
+<a id="wrglossary.7113"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{mathml}{MathML}{mathematical markup language}
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.7114"></a><a href="#glo:acrshort"><code class="csfmt">\acrshort</code></a>{mathml}
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre><div class="sidebysideresult"><a id="ex:longscshort"></a>Example 25: Small-Caps Acronym <a href="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example025.tex" class="icon"><span title="Download TeX File" class="icon">📥<sup>🖹</sup></span></a> <a href="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example025.pdf" class="icon"><span title="Download PDF" class="icon">📥<sup>🖺</sup></span></a><p>
+<object data="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example025.png" type="image/png" width="52" height="9">Example document that uses the long-sc-short acronym style, which renders the short form in a small-capital font..</object> </div><p>
+<p>
+<a id="boldsc"></a><div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.7115"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Some fonts don’t support bold <a id="wrglossary.7116"></a><a href="#glo:dual.smallcaps">small caps</a>, so you may need to redefine <a id="wrglossary.7117"></a><a href="#glo:glsnamefont"><code class="csfmt">\glsnamefont</code></a> (see §<a href="#sec:printglossary">8</a>) to switch to medium weight if you are using a <a id="wrglossary.7118"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> that displays <a id="wrglossary.7119"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> names in bold and you have chosen an <a id="wrglossary.7120"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a> that uses <a id="wrglossary.7121"></a><a href="#glo:textsc"><code class="csfmt">\textsc</code></a>. (Alternatively, switch to a font that does support bold <a id="wrglossary.7122"></a><a href="#glo:dual.smallcaps">small caps</a>.) </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+The predefined <a id="wrglossary.7123"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> that contain <span class="qt">“sm”</span> in their name (for example <a id="wrglossary.7124"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sm-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sm-short</span></a>) redefine <a id="wrglossary.7125"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a> to use <a id="wrglossary.7126"></a><a href="#glo:textsmaller"><code class="csfmt">\textsmaller</code></a>.<p>
+<a id="smaller"></a><div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.7127"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Note that the <a id="wrglossary.7128"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package doesn’t define or load any package that defines <a id="wrglossary.7129"></a><a href="#glo:textsmaller"><code class="csfmt">\textsmaller</code></a>. If you use one of the <a id="wrglossary.7130"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym styles</a> that set <a id="wrglossary.7131"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a> to <a id="wrglossary.7132"></a><a href="#glo:textsmaller"><code class="csfmt">\textsmaller</code></a> you must explicitly load the <a id="wrglossary.7133"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.relsize"><span class="styfmt">relsize</span></a> package or otherwise define <a id="wrglossary.7134"></a><a href="#glo:textsmaller"><code class="csfmt">\textsmaller</code></a>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+The remaining predefined styles redefine <a id="wrglossary.7135"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a> to simply do its argument without any font change. <p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.7136"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+The predefined styles adjust <a id="wrglossary.7137"></a><a href="#glo:acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\acrfull</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.7138"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfull"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfull</code></a> (and their plural and <a id="wrglossary.7139"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> variants) to reflect the style. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+When <a id="wrglossary.7140"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> are defined, <a id="wrglossary.7141"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> will set the <a id="wrglossary.7142"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key to: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7143"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7144"></a><code class="code"><code class="csfmt">\acronymsort</code>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.7145"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym styles</a> redefine this to suit the style. This command must fully expand in order for the <a id="wrglossary.7146"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a> to pick up the correct sort value. If the <a id="wrglossary.7147"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key is set in the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.7148"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>, it will override this.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.7149"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key is set to: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7150"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7151"></a><code class="code"><code class="csfmt">\acronymentry</code>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Again, the <a id="wrglossary.7152"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym styles</a> redefine this to suit the style. If the <a id="wrglossary.7153"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key is set in the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.7154"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>, it will override this.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.7155"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> key is set to <a id="wrglossary.7156"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a>. If the <a id="wrglossary.7157"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> key is set in the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.7158"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>, it will override this.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.7159"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></a> is set to the short form appended by: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7160"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7161"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:acrpluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\acrpluralsuffix</code></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><a id="wrglossary.7162"></a><a href="#glo:glsacrpluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glsacrpluralsuffix</code></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This is redefined by the <a id="wrglossary.7163"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym styles</a> to the appropriate suffix. In most cases, it will simply be defined to <a id="wrglossary.7164"></a><a href="#glo:glspluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glspluralsuffix</code></a>, but the <a id="wrglossary.7165"></a><a href="#glo:dual.smallcaps">small caps</a> styles define it to: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7166"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7167"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsupacrpluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glsupacrpluralsuffix</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This uses: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7168"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7169"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glstextup"><code class="csfmt">\glstextup</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ to cancel the effect of the <a id="wrglossary.7170"></a><a href="#glo:dual.smallcaps">small caps</a> font command <a id="wrglossary.7171"></a><a href="#glo:textsc"><code class="csfmt">\textsc</code></a>.<p>
+If the <a id="wrglossary.7172"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></a> key is set in the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.7173"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>, it will override this default.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.7174"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></a> is set to the long form appended by <a id="wrglossary.7175"></a><a href="#glo:glspluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glspluralsuffix</code></a>. If the <a id="wrglossary.7176"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></a> key is set in the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.7177"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>, it will override this default.<p>
+Some styles set the <a id="wrglossary.7178"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> key to the long form, but others don’t. If you use a style that doesn’t set it, you will have to supply the <a id="wrglossary.7179"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> in the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.7180"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:predefinedacrstyles -->
+
+<section id="sec:acrstyleslongshort"><!-- start of section sec:acrstyleslongshort --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h4><!-- start of subsubsection header -->6.2.1.1. Long (Short)<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:acrstyleslongshort">[link]</a></div></h4><!-- end of subsubsection header -->
+<p>
+With the <span class="qt">“long (short)”</span> styles, <a id="wrglossary.7181"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> are displayed in the form: <pre class="compactcodebox"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span> (<a id="wrglossary.7182"></a><a href="#glo:firstacronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\firstacronymfont</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>})
+</pre> on <a id="wrglossary.7183"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> and <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.7184"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> on <a id="wrglossary.7185"></a><a href="#glo:dual.subsequentuse">subsequent use</a>.<p>
+They also set <a id="wrglossary.7186"></a><a href="#glo:acronymsort"><code class="csfmt">\acronymsort</code></a> so that it just expands to its first argument <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>. This means that the acronyms are sorted according to their short form. In addition, <a id="wrglossary.7187"></a><a href="#glo:acronymentry"><code class="csfmt">\acronymentry</code></a>{label} is set to just the short form (enclosed in <a id="wrglossary.7188"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>) and the <a id="wrglossary.7189"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> key is set to the long form.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7190"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7191"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This is the default style that will be implemented if <a id="wrglossary.7192"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a> isn’t used (as from v4.50, which has removed the default deprecated style). This shows the long form followed by the short form in parentheses on <a id="wrglossary.7193"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> and also with <a id="wrglossary.7194"></a><a href="#glo:acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\acrfull</code></a>. This redefines <a id="wrglossary.7195"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a> to simply do its argument.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7196"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7197"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sc-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sc-short</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This is like <a id="wrglossary.7198"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a> but uses <a id="wrglossary.7199"></a><a href="#glo:dual.smallcaps">small caps</a> for the short form, so it redefines <a id="wrglossary.7200"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a> to use <a id="wrglossary.7201"></a><a href="#glo:textsc"><code class="csfmt">\textsc</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.7202"></a><a href="#glo:acrpluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\acrpluralsuffix</code></a> to <a id="wrglossary.7203"></a><a href="#glo:glsacrpluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glsacrpluralsuffix</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7204"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7205"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sm-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sm-short</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This is like <a id="wrglossary.7206"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a> but uses <a id="wrglossary.7207"></a><a href="#glo:textsmaller"><code class="csfmt">\textsmaller</code></a> for the short form, so it redefines <a id="wrglossary.7208"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a> to use <a id="wrglossary.7209"></a><a href="#glo:textsmaller"><code class="csfmt">\textsmaller</code></a>. This style will require <a id="wrglossary.7210"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.relsize"><span class="styfmt">relsize</span></a> to be loaded.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7211"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7212"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sp-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sp-short</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This is like <a id="wrglossary.7213"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a> but instead of simply using a space between the long and short form, it uses: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7214"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7215"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsacspace"><code class="csfmt">\glsacspace</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This measures the short form for the given entry and, if the width is smaller than 3em, it will use <a id="wrglossary.7216"></a><a href="#glo:idx.nbsp">non-breaking space (<code class="code">~</code>)</a>. Otherwise it will use <a id="wrglossary.7217"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7218"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ Although the <a id="wrglossary.7219"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package doesn’t support the base <a id="wrglossary.7220"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym styles</a>, it does redefine <a id="wrglossary.7221"></a><a href="#glo:glsacspace"><code class="csfmt">\glsacspace</code></a> to use <a id="wrglossary.7222"></a><a href="#glo:glsacspacemax"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsacspacemax</code></a> instead of the hard-coded 3em, as <a id="wrglossary.7223"></a><a href="#glo:glsacspace"><code class="csfmt">\glsacspace</code></a> may also be useful in <a id="wrglossary.7224"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> styles</a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="example" id="ex:acrstyle"><div class="title">Example 26: Adapting a Predefined Acronym Style</div> Suppose I want to use the <a id="wrglossary.7225"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-sc-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-sc-desc</span></a> style, but I want the <a id="wrglossary.7226"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key set to the short form followed by the long form in parentheses and the <a id="wrglossary.7227"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key set to the short form. Then I need to specify the <a id="wrglossary.7228"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-sc-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-sc-desc</span></a> style: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7229"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.7230"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7231"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-sc-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-sc-desc</span></a>}
+</pre> and then redefine <a id="wrglossary.7232"></a><a href="#glo:acronymsort"><code class="csfmt">\acronymsort</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.7233"></a><a href="#glo:acronymentry"><code class="csfmt">\acronymentry</code></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7234"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7235"></a><a href="#glo:acronymsort"><code class="csfmt">\acronymsort</code></a>}[2]{#1}<span class="comment">% sort by short form</span>
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7236"></a><a href="#glo:acronymentry"><code class="csfmt">\acronymentry</code></a>}[1]{<span class="comment">% short (long) name</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7237"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7238"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a>{#1}}<a id="wrglossary.7239"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a> (<a id="wrglossary.7240"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></a>{#1})}<span class="comment">% </span>
+</pre> (I’ve used <a id="wrglossary.7241"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a> for extra clarity, but you can just use an actual space instead.)<p>
+Note that the default Computer Modern fonts don’t support bold <a id="wrglossary.7242"></a><a href="#glo:dual.smallcaps">small caps</a>, so another font is required. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7243"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[T1]{fontenc}
+</pre> The alternative is to redefine <a id="wrglossary.7244"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a> so that it always switches to medium weight to ensure the <a id="wrglossary.7245"></a><a href="#glo:dual.smallcaps">small caps</a> setting is used. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7246"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7247"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>}[1]{<code class="cmd">\textmd</code>{<code class="cmd">\scshape</code> #1}}
+</pre><p>
+The sample file <a id="wrglossary.7248"></a><a href="#glo:file.sampleFnAcrDesc.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleFnAcrDesc.tex</span></a> illustrates this example. </div><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:acrstyleslongshort -->
+
+<section id="sec:acrstylesshortlong"><!-- start of section sec:acrstylesshortlong --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h4><!-- start of subsubsection header -->6.2.1.2. Short (Long)<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:acrstylesshortlong">[link]</a></div></h4><!-- end of subsubsection header -->
+<p>
+With the <span class="qt">“short (long)”</span> styles, <a id="wrglossary.7249"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> are displayed in the form: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.7250"></a><a href="#glo:firstacronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\firstacronymfont</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>} (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span> )
+</pre> on <a id="wrglossary.7251"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> and <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.7252"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> on <a id="wrglossary.7253"></a><a href="#glo:dual.subsequentuse">subsequent use</a>.<p>
+They also set <a id="wrglossary.7254"></a><a href="#glo:acronymsort"><code class="csfmt">\acronymsort</code></a>{short}{long} to just <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>. This means that the <a id="wrglossary.7255"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> are sorted according to their short form. In addition, <a id="wrglossary.7256"></a><a href="#glo:acronymentry"><code class="csfmt">\acronymentry</code></a>{label} is set to just the short form (enclosed in <a id="wrglossary.7257"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>) and the <a id="wrglossary.7258"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> key is set to the long form.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7259"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7260"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.acrstyle.short-long"><span class="acrstylefmt">short-long</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This shows the short form followed by the long form in parentheses on <a id="wrglossary.7261"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> and also with <a id="wrglossary.7262"></a><a href="#glo:acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\acrfull</code></a>. This redefines <a id="wrglossary.7263"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a> to simply do its argument.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7264"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7265"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.acrstyle.sc-short-long"><span class="acrstylefmt">sc-short-long</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This is like <a id="wrglossary.7266"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.short-long"><span class="acrstylefmt">short-long</span></a> but uses <a id="wrglossary.7267"></a><a href="#glo:dual.smallcaps">small caps</a> for the short form, so it redefines <a id="wrglossary.7268"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a> to use <a id="wrglossary.7269"></a><a href="#glo:textsc"><code class="csfmt">\textsc</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.7270"></a><a href="#glo:acrpluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\acrpluralsuffix</code></a> to <a id="wrglossary.7271"></a><a href="#glo:glsacrpluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glsacrpluralsuffix</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7272"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7273"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.acrstyle.sm-short-long"><span class="acrstylefmt">sm-short-long</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This is like <a id="wrglossary.7274"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.short-long"><span class="acrstylefmt">short-long</span></a> but uses <a id="wrglossary.7275"></a><a href="#glo:textsmaller"><code class="csfmt">\textsmaller</code></a> for the short form, so it redefines <a id="wrglossary.7276"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a> to use <a id="wrglossary.7277"></a><a href="#glo:textsmaller"><code class="csfmt">\textsmaller</code></a>. This style will require <a id="wrglossary.7278"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.relsize"><span class="styfmt">relsize</span></a> to be loaded.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:acrstylesshortlong -->
+
+<section id="sec:acrstyleslongshortdesc"><!-- start of section sec:acrstyleslongshortdesc --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h4><!-- start of subsubsection header -->6.2.1.3. Long (Short) User Supplied Description<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:acrstyleslongshortdesc">[link]</a></div></h4><!-- end of subsubsection header -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7279"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7280"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short-desc</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This is like <a id="wrglossary.7281"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a> but the <a id="wrglossary.7282"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> key must be provided in the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.7283"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>. The sort value command <a id="wrglossary.7284"></a><a href="#glo:acronymsort"><code class="csfmt">\acronymsort</code></a> is redefined to expand to its second argument (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>), and <a id="wrglossary.7285"></a><a href="#glo:acronymentry"><code class="csfmt">\acronymentry</code></a> is redefined to show the long form followed by the short form in parentheses.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7286"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7287"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sc-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sc-short-desc</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This is like <a id="wrglossary.7288"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short-desc</span></a> except that it uses <a id="wrglossary.7289"></a><a href="#glo:dual.smallcaps">small caps</a>, as <a id="wrglossary.7290"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sc-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sc-short</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7291"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7292"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sm-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sm-short-desc</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This is like <a id="wrglossary.7293"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short-desc</span></a> except that it uses <a id="wrglossary.7294"></a><a href="#glo:textsmaller"><code class="csfmt">\textsmaller</code></a>, as <a id="wrglossary.7295"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sm-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sm-short</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7296"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7297"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sp-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sp-short-desc</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This is like <a id="wrglossary.7298"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short-desc</span></a> except that it uses <a id="wrglossary.7299"></a><a href="#glo:glsacspace"><code class="csfmt">\glsacspace</code></a>, as <a id="wrglossary.7300"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sp-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sp-short</span></a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:acrstyleslongshortdesc -->
+
+<section id="sec:acrstylesshortlongdesc"><!-- start of section sec:acrstylesshortlongdesc --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h4><!-- start of subsubsection header -->6.2.1.4. Short (Long) User Supplied Description<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:acrstylesshortlongdesc">[link]</a></div></h4><!-- end of subsubsection header -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7301"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7302"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.acrstyle.short-long-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">short-long-desc</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This is like <a id="wrglossary.7303"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.short-long"><span class="acrstylefmt">short-long</span></a> but the <a id="wrglossary.7304"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> key must be provided in the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.7305"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>. The sort value command <a id="wrglossary.7306"></a><a href="#glo:acronymsort"><code class="csfmt">\acronymsort</code></a> is redefined to expand to its second argument (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>), and <a id="wrglossary.7307"></a><a href="#glo:acronymentry"><code class="csfmt">\acronymentry</code></a> is redefined to show the long form followed by the short form in parentheses.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7308"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7309"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.acrstyle.sc-short-long-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">sc-short-long-desc</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This is like <a id="wrglossary.7310"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.short-long-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">short-long-desc</span></a> except that it uses <a id="wrglossary.7311"></a><a href="#glo:dual.smallcaps">small caps</a>, as <a id="wrglossary.7312"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sc-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sc-short</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7313"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7314"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.acrstyle.sm-short-long-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">sm-short-long-desc</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This is like <a id="wrglossary.7315"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.short-long-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">short-long-desc</span></a> except that it uses <a id="wrglossary.7316"></a><a href="#glo:textsmaller"><code class="csfmt">\textsmaller</code></a>, as <a id="wrglossary.7317"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sm-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sm-short</span></a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:acrstylesshortlongdesc -->
+
+<section id="sec:acrstylesdua"><!-- start of section sec:acrstylesdua --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h4><!-- start of subsubsection header -->6.2.1.5. Do Not Use Acronym (DUA)<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:acrstylesdua">[link]</a></div></h4><!-- end of subsubsection header -->
+<p>
+With these styles, the <a id="wrglossary.7318"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands always display the long form regardless of whether the entry has been <a id="wrglossary.7319"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>used or not. However, <a id="wrglossary.7320"></a><a href="#glo:acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\acrfull</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.7321"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfull"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfull</code></a> will display the long form followed by the short form, as per the <a id="wrglossary.7322"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a> style.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7323"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7324"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.acrstyle.dua"><span class="acrstylefmt">dua</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ The sort value command <a id="wrglossary.7325"></a><a href="#glo:acronymsort"><code class="csfmt">\acronymsort</code></a> expands to just its second argument (the long form), and <a id="wrglossary.7326"></a><a href="#glo:acronymentry"><code class="csfmt">\acronymentry</code></a> shows just the long form.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7327"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7328"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.acrstyle.dua-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">dua-desc</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ The sort value command <a id="wrglossary.7329"></a><a href="#glo:acronymsort"><code class="csfmt">\acronymsort</code></a> expands to just its second argument (the long form), and <a id="wrglossary.7330"></a><a href="#glo:acronymentry"><code class="csfmt">\acronymentry</code></a> shows just the long form.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:acrstylesdua -->
+
+<section id="sec:acrstylesfootnote"><!-- start of section sec:acrstylesfootnote --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h4><!-- start of subsubsection header -->6.2.1.6. Footnote<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:acrstylesfootnote">[link]</a></div></h4><!-- end of subsubsection header -->
+<p>
+With these styles, the <a id="wrglossary.7331"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands show the short form followed by the long form in a footnote on <a id="wrglossary.7332"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>. The footnote is simply added with <a id="wrglossary.7333"></a><a href="#glo:footnote"><code class="csfmt">\footnote</code></a>. The <a id="wrglossary.7334"></a><a href="#glo:acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\acrfull</code></a> set of commands show the short form followed by the long form in parentheses (as per styles like <a id="wrglossary.7335"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.short-long"><span class="acrstylefmt">short-long</span></a>). The definitions of <a id="wrglossary.7336"></a><a href="#glo:acronymsort"><code class="csfmt">\acronymsort</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.7337"></a><a href="#glo:acronymentry"><code class="csfmt">\acronymentry</code></a> are as for the <span class="qt">“short (long)”</span> styles described in §<a href="#sec:acrstylesshortlong">6.2.1.2</a>.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7338"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+The footnote styles automatically set <a id="wrglossary.7339"></a><a href="#glo:opt.hyperfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">hyperfirst</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> to prevent nested <a id="wrglossary.7340"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7341"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7342"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This defines <a id="wrglossary.7343"></a><a href="#glo:acronymentry"><code class="csfmt">\acronymentry</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.7344"></a><a href="#glo:acronymsort"><code class="csfmt">\acronymsort</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.7345"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a> in the same way as the <a id="wrglossary.7346"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.short-long"><span class="acrstylefmt">short-long</span></a> style<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7347"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7348"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-sc"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-sc</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This defines <a id="wrglossary.7349"></a><a href="#glo:acronymentry"><code class="csfmt">\acronymentry</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.7350"></a><a href="#glo:acronymsort"><code class="csfmt">\acronymsort</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.7351"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.7352"></a><a href="#glo:acrpluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\acrpluralsuffix</code></a> in the same way as the <a id="wrglossary.7353"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.sc-short-long"><span class="acrstylefmt">sc-short-long</span></a> style<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7354"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7355"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-sm"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-sm</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This defines <a id="wrglossary.7356"></a><a href="#glo:acronymentry"><code class="csfmt">\acronymentry</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.7357"></a><a href="#glo:acronymsort"><code class="csfmt">\acronymsort</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.7358"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a> in the same way as the <a id="wrglossary.7359"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.sm-short-long"><span class="acrstylefmt">sm-short-long</span></a> style<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7360"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7361"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-desc</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This defines <a id="wrglossary.7362"></a><a href="#glo:acronymentry"><code class="csfmt">\acronymentry</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.7363"></a><a href="#glo:acronymsort"><code class="csfmt">\acronymsort</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.7364"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a> in the same way as the <a id="wrglossary.7365"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.short-long-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">short-long-desc</span></a> style<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7366"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7367"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-sc-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-sc-desc</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This defines <a id="wrglossary.7368"></a><a href="#glo:acronymentry"><code class="csfmt">\acronymentry</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.7369"></a><a href="#glo:acronymsort"><code class="csfmt">\acronymsort</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.7370"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a> in the same way as the <a id="wrglossary.7371"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.sc-short-long-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">sc-short-long-desc</span></a> style<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7372"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7373"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-sm-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-sm-desc</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This defines <a id="wrglossary.7374"></a><a href="#glo:acronymentry"><code class="csfmt">\acronymentry</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.7375"></a><a href="#glo:acronymsort"><code class="csfmt">\acronymsort</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.7376"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a> in the same way as the <a id="wrglossary.7377"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.sm-short-long-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">sm-short-long-desc</span></a> style<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:acrstylesfootnote -->
+
+<section id="sec:customacronym"><!-- start of section sec:customacronym --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->6.2.2. Defining A Custom Acronym Style<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:customacronym">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+You may find that the predefined <a id="wrglossary.7378"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym styles</a> that come with the <a id="wrglossary.7379"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package don’t suit your requirements. In this case you can define your own style using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7380"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7381"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:newacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\newacronymstyle</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">format def</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style defs</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style name</em>〉</span> is the name of the new style (avoid active characters). The second argument, <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">format def</em>〉</span>, is equivalent to the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">definition</em>〉</span> argument of <a id="wrglossary.7382"></a><a href="#glo:defglsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\defglsentryfmt</code></a>. You can simply use <a id="wrglossary.7383"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenacfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenacfmt</code></a> or you can customize the <a id="wrglossary.7384"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entryformat">display</a> using commands like <a id="wrglossary.7385"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsused"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsused</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.7386"></a><a href="#glo:glsifplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsifplural</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.7387"></a><a href="#glo:glscapscase"><code class="csfmt">\glscapscase</code></a>. (See §<a href="#sec:glsdisplay">5.1.4</a> for further details.)<p>
+If the style is likely to be used with a mixed <a id="wrglossary.7388"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> (that is, <a id="wrglossary.7389"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> in that <a id="wrglossary.7390"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> are defined both with <a id="wrglossary.7391"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.7392"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>) then you can test if the <a id="wrglossary.7393"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> is an <a id="wrglossary.7394"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> and use <a id="wrglossary.7395"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenacfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenacfmt</code></a> if it is or <a id="wrglossary.7396"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenentryfmt</code></a> if it isn’t. For example, the <a id="wrglossary.7397"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a> style sets <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">format def</em>〉</span> as <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.7398"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshaslong"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshaslong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7399"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.7400"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenacfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenacfmt</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.7401"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenentryfmt</code></a>}
+</pre> (You can use <a id="wrglossary.7402"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshasshort"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasshort</code></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.7403"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshaslong"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshaslong</code></a> to test if the <a id="wrglossary.7404"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> is an <a id="wrglossary.7405"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> if you prefer.)<p>
+The third argument, <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style defs</em>〉</span>, can be used to redefine the commands that affect the display style, such as <a id="wrglossary.7406"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.7407"></a><a href="#glo:genacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\genacrfullformat</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7408"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+Bear in mind that you will need to use <a id="wrglossary.7409"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a> rather than <a id="wrglossary.7410"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a> to reference parameters in command definitions within <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style defs</em>〉</span>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+Note that <a id="wrglossary.7411"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a> redefines <a id="wrglossary.7412"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfull"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfull</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.7413"></a><a href="#glo:acrfullfmt"><code class="csfmt">\acrfullfmt</code></a> to use <a id="wrglossary.7414"></a><a href="#glo:genacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\genacrfullformat</code></a> (and similarly for the plural and <a id="wrglossary.7415"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> variants). If this isn’t appropriate for the style (as in the case of styles like <a id="wrglossary.7416"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.7417"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.dua"><span class="acrstylefmt">dua</span></a>) <a id="wrglossary.7418"></a><a href="#glo:newacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\newacronymstyle</code></a> should redefine these commands within <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style defs</em>〉</span>.<p>
+Within <a id="wrglossary.7419"></a><a href="#glo:newacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\newacronymstyle</code></a>’s <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style defs</em>〉</span> argument you can also redefine: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7420"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7421"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GenericAcronymFields"><code class="csfmt">\GenericAcronymFields</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This should expand to the list of additional fields to be set in <a id="wrglossary.7422"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>, when it’s internally called by <a id="wrglossary.7423"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>. You can use the following token registers to access information passed to the arguments of <a id="wrglossary.7424"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7425"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7426"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glskeylisttok"><code class="csfmt">\glskeylisttok</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Contains the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span> options.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7427"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7428"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glslabeltok"><code class="csfmt">\glslabeltok</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Contains the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7429"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7430"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsshorttok"><code class="csfmt">\glsshorttok</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Contains the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span> form argument.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7431"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7432"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glslongtok"><code class="csfmt">\glslongtok</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Contains the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span> form argument.<p>
+As with all token registers, you can obtain the value of the register with <a id="wrglossary.7433"></a><a href="#glo:the"><code class="csfmt">\the</code></a><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">register</em>〉</span>. For example, the <a id="wrglossary.7434"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a> style does: <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7435"></a><a href="#glo:GenericAcronymFields"><code class="csfmt">\GenericAcronymFields</code></a>}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7436"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.7437"></a><a href="#glo:the"><code class="csfmt">\the</code></a><a id="wrglossary.7438"></a><a href="#glo:glslongtok"><code class="csfmt">\glslongtok</code></a>}</span>}
+</pre> which sets the <a id="wrglossary.7439"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> field to the long form of the <a id="wrglossary.7440"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> whereas the <a id="wrglossary.7441"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short-desc</span></a> style does: <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7442"></a><a href="#glo:GenericAcronymFields"><code class="csfmt">\GenericAcronymFields</code></a>}{}
+</pre> since the description needs to be specified by the user.<p>
+It may be that you want to define a new <a id="wrglossary.7443"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a> that’s based on an existing style. Within <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">format def</em>〉</span> of the new style, you can use <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7444"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7445"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle"><code class="csfmt">\GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ to use the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">format def</em>〉</span> definition from the style given by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style name</em>〉</span>.<p>
+Within <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">display defs</em>〉</span> of the new style, you can use <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7446"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.7447"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GlsUseAcrStyleDefs"><code class="csfmt">\GlsUseAcrStyleDefs</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ to use the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">display defs</em>〉</span> from the style given by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style name</em>〉</span>.<p>
+For example, the <a id="wrglossary.7448"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sc-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sc-short</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.7449"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a> is based on the <a id="wrglossary.7450"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a> style with minor modifications: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.7451"></a><a href="#glo:newacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\newacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7452"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sc-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sc-short</span></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+{<span class="comment">% use the same display as <a id="wrglossary.7453"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a></span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7454"></a><a href="#glo:GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle"><code class="csfmt">\GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7455"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}<span class="comment">% </span>
+{<span class="comment">% use the same definitions as <a id="wrglossary.7456"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a></span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7457"></a><a href="#glo:GlsUseAcrStyleDefs"><code class="csfmt">\GlsUseAcrStyleDefs</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7458"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% Minor modifications:</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.7459"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>}[1]{<a id="wrglossary.7460"></a><a href="#glo:textsc"><code class="csfmt">\textsc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7461"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7462"></a><a href="#glo:acrpluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\acrpluralsuffix</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.7463"></a><a href="#glo:glstextup"><code class="csfmt">\glstextup</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7464"></a><a href="#glo:glspluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glspluralsuffix</code></a>}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="example" id="ex:customacrstyle"><div class="title">Example 27: Defining a Custom Acronym Style</div> Suppose I want my acronym on <a id="wrglossary.7465"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> to have the short form in the text and the long form with the description in a footnote. Suppose also that I want the short form to be put in small caps in the main body of the document, but I want it in normal capitals in the list of acronyms. In my list of acronyms, I want the long form as the name with the short form in brackets followed by the description. That is, in the text I want <a id="wrglossary.7466"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> on <a id="wrglossary.7467"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> to display: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.7468"></a><a href="#glo:textsc"><code class="csfmt">\textsc</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>}<a id="wrglossary.7469"></a><a href="#glo:footnote"><code class="csfmt">\footnote</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>: <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">description</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> on <a id="wrglossary.7470"></a><a href="#glo:dual.subsequentuse">subsequent use</a>: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.7471"></a><a href="#glo:textsc"><code class="csfmt">\textsc</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> and in the list of acronyms, each entry will be displayed in the form: <pre class="compactcodebox"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>) <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">description</em>〉</span>
+</pre><p>
+Let’s suppose it’s possible that I may have a mixed <a id="wrglossary.7472"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. I can check this in the second argument (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">format def</em>〉</span>) of <a id="wrglossary.7473"></a><a href="#glo:newacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\newacronymstyle</code></a> using: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7474"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.7475"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshaslong"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshaslong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7476"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.7477"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenacfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenacfmt</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.7478"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenentryfmt</code></a>}
+</pre> This will use <a id="wrglossary.7479"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenentryfmt</code></a> if the entry isn’t an <a id="wrglossary.7480"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a>, otherwise it will use <a id="wrglossary.7481"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenacfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenacfmt</code></a>. The third argument (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">display defs</em>〉</span>) of <a id="wrglossary.7482"></a><a href="#glo:newacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\newacronymstyle</code></a> needs to redefine <a id="wrglossary.7483"></a><a href="#glo:genacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\genacrfullformat</code></a> etc so that the <a id="wrglossary.7484"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> displays the short form in the text with the long form in a footnote followed by the description. This is done as follows: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7485"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><span class="comment">% No case change, singular <a id="wrglossary.7486"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>:</span>
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7487"></a><a href="#glo:genacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\genacrfullformat</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7488"></a><a href="#glo:firstacronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\firstacronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7489"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7490"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<a id="wrglossary.7491"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7492"></a><a href="#glo:footnote"><code class="csfmt">\footnote</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7493"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7494"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}: <a id="wrglossary.7495"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7496"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}<span class="comment">% </span>
+<span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.7497"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">Sentence case</a>, singular <a id="wrglossary.7498"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>:</span>
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7499"></a><a href="#glo:Genacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\Genacrfullformat</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7500"></a><a href="#glo:firstacronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\firstacronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7501"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7502"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<a id="wrglossary.7503"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7504"></a><a href="#glo:footnote"><code class="csfmt">\footnote</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7505"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7506"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}: <a id="wrglossary.7507"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7508"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}<span class="comment">% </span>
+<span class="comment">% No case change, plural <a id="wrglossary.7509"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>:</span>
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7510"></a><a href="#glo:genplacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\genplacrfullformat</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7511"></a><a href="#glo:firstacronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\firstacronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7512"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshortpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7513"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<a id="wrglossary.7514"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7515"></a><a href="#glo:footnote"><code class="csfmt">\footnote</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7516"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylongpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylongpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7517"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}: <a id="wrglossary.7518"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7519"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}<span class="comment">% </span>
+<span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.7520"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">Sentence case</a>, plural <a id="wrglossary.7521"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>:</span>
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7522"></a><a href="#glo:Genplacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\Genplacrfullformat</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7523"></a><a href="#glo:firstacronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\firstacronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7524"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryshortpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7525"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<a id="wrglossary.7526"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7527"></a><a href="#glo:footnote"><code class="csfmt">\footnote</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7528"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylongpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylongpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7529"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}: <a id="wrglossary.7530"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7531"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre> If you think it inappropriate for the short form to be capitalised at the start of a sentence you can change the above to: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7532"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><span class="comment">% No case change, singular <a id="wrglossary.7533"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>:</span>
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7534"></a><a href="#glo:genacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\genacrfullformat</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7535"></a><a href="#glo:firstacronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\firstacronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7536"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7537"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<a id="wrglossary.7538"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7539"></a><a href="#glo:footnote"><code class="csfmt">\footnote</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7540"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7541"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}: <a id="wrglossary.7542"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7543"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}<span class="comment">% </span>
+<span class="comment">% No case change, plural <a id="wrglossary.7544"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>:</span>
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7545"></a><a href="#glo:genplacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\genplacrfullformat</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7546"></a><a href="#glo:firstacronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\firstacronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7547"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshortpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7548"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<a id="wrglossary.7549"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7550"></a><a href="#glo:footnote"><code class="csfmt">\footnote</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7551"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylongpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylongpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7552"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}: <a id="wrglossary.7553"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7554"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}<span class="comment">% </span>
+<code class="cmd">\let</code><a id="wrglossary.7555"></a><a href="#glo:Genacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\Genacrfullformat</code></a><a id="wrglossary.7556"></a><a href="#glo:genacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\genacrfullformat</code></a>
+<code class="cmd">\let</code><a id="wrglossary.7557"></a><a href="#glo:Genplacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\Genplacrfullformat</code></a><a id="wrglossary.7558"></a><a href="#glo:genplacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\genplacrfullformat</code></a>
+</pre> Another variation is to use <a id="wrglossary.7559"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrylong</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.7560"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrylongpl"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrylongpl</code></a> in the footnote instead of <a id="wrglossary.7561"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.7562"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylongpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylongpl</code></a>.<p>
+Now let’s suppose that commands such as <a id="wrglossary.7563"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfull"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfull</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.7564"></a><a href="#glo:acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\acrfull</code></a> shouldn’t use a footnote, but instead use the format: <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>). This means that the style needs to redefine <a id="wrglossary.7565"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfull"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfull</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.7566"></a><a href="#glo:acrfullfmt"><code class="csfmt">\acrfullfmt</code></a> and their plural and <a id="wrglossary.7567"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> variants.<p>
+First, the non-linking commands: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7568"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7569"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfull"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfull</code></a>}[1]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7570"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7571"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.7572"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ (<a id="wrglossary.7573"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7574"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7575"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}})<span class="comment">% </span>
+}<span class="comment">% </span>
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7576"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryfull"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryfull</code></a>}[1]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7577"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrylong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7578"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.7579"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ (<a id="wrglossary.7580"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7581"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7582"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}})<span class="comment">% </span>
+}<span class="comment">% </span>
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7583"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfullpl</code></a>}[1]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7584"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylongpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylongpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7585"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.7586"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ (<a id="wrglossary.7587"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7588"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshortpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7589"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}})<span class="comment">% </span>
+}<span class="comment">% </span>
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7590"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryfullpl</code></a>}[1]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7591"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrylongpl"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrylongpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7592"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.7593"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ (<a id="wrglossary.7594"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7595"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshortpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7596"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}})<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre> Now for the linking commands: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7597"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7598"></a><a href="#glo:acrfullfmt"><code class="csfmt">\acrfullfmt</code></a>}[3]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7599"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.7600"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1]{<a id="wrglossary.7601"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7602"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7603"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<a id="wrglossary.7604"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>3<a id="wrglossary.7605"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ (<a id="wrglossary.7606"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7607"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7608"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% </span>
+}<span class="comment">% </span>
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7609"></a><a href="#glo:Acrfullfmt"><code class="csfmt">\Acrfullfmt</code></a>}[3]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7610"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.7611"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1]{<a id="wrglossary.7612"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7613"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrylong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7614"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<a id="wrglossary.7615"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>3<a id="wrglossary.7616"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ (<a id="wrglossary.7617"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7618"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7619"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% </span>
+}<span class="comment">% </span>
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7620"></a><a href="#glo:ACRfullfmt"><code class="csfmt">\ACRfullfmt</code></a>}[3]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7621"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.7622"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1]{<a id="wrglossary.7623"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7624"></a><a href="#glo:glsuppercase"><code class="csfmt">\glsuppercase</code></a>{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7625"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7626"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<a id="wrglossary.7627"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>3<a id="wrglossary.7628"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ (<a id="wrglossary.7629"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7630"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7631"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% </span>
+}<span class="comment">% </span>
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7632"></a><a href="#glo:acrfullplfmt"><code class="csfmt">\acrfullplfmt</code></a>}[3]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7633"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.7634"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1]{<a id="wrglossary.7635"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7636"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylongpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylongpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7637"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<a id="wrglossary.7638"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>3<a id="wrglossary.7639"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ (<a id="wrglossary.7640"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7641"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshortpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7642"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% </span>
+}<span class="comment">% </span>
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7643"></a><a href="#glo:Acrfullplfmt"><code class="csfmt">\Acrfullplfmt</code></a>}[3]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7644"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.7645"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1]{<a id="wrglossary.7646"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7647"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrylongpl"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrylongpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7648"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<a id="wrglossary.7649"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>3<a id="wrglossary.7650"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ (<a id="wrglossary.7651"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7652"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshortpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7653"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% </span>
+}<span class="comment">% </span>
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7654"></a><a href="#glo:ACRfullplfmt"><code class="csfmt">\ACRfullplfmt</code></a>}[3]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7655"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.7656"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1]<a id="wrglossary.7657"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7658"></a><a href="#glo:glsuppercase"><code class="csfmt">\glsuppercase</code></a>{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7659"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylongpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylongpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7660"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<a id="wrglossary.7661"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>3 (<a id="wrglossary.7662"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7663"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshortpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7664"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre> (This may cause problems with long <a id="wrglossary.7665"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a>, in which case adjust the definitions so that, for example, only the short form is inside the argument of <a id="wrglossary.7666"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>.)<p>
+The style also needs to redefine <a id="wrglossary.7667"></a><a href="#glo:acronymsort"><code class="csfmt">\acronymsort</code></a> so that the <a id="wrglossary.7668"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> are sorted according to the long form: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7669"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7670"></a><a href="#glo:acronymsort"><code class="csfmt">\acronymsort</code></a>}[2]{<a id="wrglossary.7671"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}
+</pre> If you prefer them to be sorted according to the short form you can change the above to: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7672"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7673"></a><a href="#glo:acronymsort"><code class="csfmt">\acronymsort</code></a>}[2]{<a id="wrglossary.7674"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.7675"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> font needs to be set to <a id="wrglossary.7676"></a><a href="#glo:textsc"><code class="csfmt">\textsc</code></a> and the plural suffix adjusted so that the <span class="qt">“s”</span> suffix in the plural short form doesn’t get converted to <a id="wrglossary.7677"></a><a href="#glo:dual.smallcaps">small caps</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7678"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7679"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>}[1]{<a id="wrglossary.7680"></a><a href="#glo:textsc"><code class="csfmt">\textsc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7681"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7682"></a><a href="#glo:acrpluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\acrpluralsuffix</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.7683"></a><a href="#glo:glsupacrpluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glsupacrpluralsuffix</code></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+</pre> There are a number of ways of dealing with the format in the list of <a id="wrglossary.7684"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a>. The simplest way is to redefine <a id="wrglossary.7685"></a><a href="#glo:acronymentry"><code class="csfmt">\acronymentry</code></a> to the long form followed by the upper case short form in parentheses: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7686"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7687"></a><a href="#glo:acronymentry"><code class="csfmt">\acronymentry</code></a>}[1]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7688"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrylong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7689"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.7690"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ (<a id="wrglossary.7691"></a><a href="#glo:glsuppercase"><code class="csfmt">\glsuppercase</code></a><a id="wrglossary.7692"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7693"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1})}
+</pre> (I’ve used <a id="wrglossary.7694"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrylong</code></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.7695"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></a> to capitalise the name in the <a id="wrglossary.7696"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>.)<p>
+An alternative approach is to set <a id="wrglossary.7697"></a><a href="#glo:acronymentry"><code class="csfmt">\acronymentry</code></a> to just the long form and redefine <a id="wrglossary.7698"></a><a href="#glo:GenericAcronymFields"><code class="csfmt">\GenericAcronymFields</code></a> to set the <a id="wrglossary.7699"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> key to the short form and use a <a id="wrglossary.7700"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> that displays the symbol in parentheses after the <a id="wrglossary.7701"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> (such as the <a id="wrglossary.7702"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.tree"><span class="glostylefmt">tree</span></a> style) like this: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7703"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7704"></a><a href="#glo:acronymentry"><code class="csfmt">\acronymentry</code></a>}[1]{<a id="wrglossary.7705"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrylong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7706"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7707"></a><a href="#glo:GenericAcronymFields"><code class="csfmt">\GenericAcronymFields</code></a>}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7708"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\protect</code><a id="wrglossary.7709"></a><a href="#glo:glsuppercase"><code class="csfmt">\glsuppercase</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7710"></a><a href="#glo:the"><code class="csfmt">\the</code></a><a id="wrglossary.7711"></a><a href="#glo:glsshorttok"><code class="csfmt">\glsshorttok</code></a>}}</span>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+</pre> I’m going to use the first approach and set <a id="wrglossary.7712"></a><a href="#glo:GenericAcronymFields"><code class="csfmt">\GenericAcronymFields</code></a> to do nothing: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7713"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7714"></a><a href="#glo:GenericAcronymFields"><code class="csfmt">\GenericAcronymFields</code></a>}{}<span class="comment">% </span>
+</pre><p>
+Finally, this style needs to switch off <a id="wrglossary.7715"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> on <a id="wrglossary.7716"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> to avoid nested links: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7717"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.7718"></a><a href="#glo:glshyperfirstfalse"><code class="csfmt">\glshyperfirstfalse</code></a>
+</pre> Putting this all together: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7719"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.7720"></a><a href="#glo:newacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\newacronymstyle</code></a>{custom-fn}<span class="comment">% new style name</span>
+{<span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.7721"></a><a href="#glo:idx.entryformat">entry format</a></span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7722"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshaslong"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshaslong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7723"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.7724"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenacfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenacfmt</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.7725"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenentryfmt</code></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}<span class="comment">% </span>
+{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7726"></a><a href="#glo:GenericAcronymFields"><code class="csfmt">\GenericAcronymFields</code></a>}{}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7727"></a><a href="#glo:glshyperfirstfalse"><code class="csfmt">\glshyperfirstfalse</code></a>
+ <span class="comment">% No case change, singular <a id="wrglossary.7728"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>:</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7729"></a><a href="#glo:genacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\genacrfullformat</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7730"></a><a href="#glo:firstacronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\firstacronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7731"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7732"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<a id="wrglossary.7733"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7734"></a><a href="#glo:footnote"><code class="csfmt">\footnote</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7735"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7736"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}: <a id="wrglossary.7737"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7738"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.7739"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">Sentence case</a>, singular <a id="wrglossary.7740"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>:</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7741"></a><a href="#glo:Genacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\Genacrfullformat</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7742"></a><a href="#glo:firstacronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\firstacronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7743"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7744"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<a id="wrglossary.7745"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7746"></a><a href="#glo:footnote"><code class="csfmt">\footnote</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7747"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7748"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}: <a id="wrglossary.7749"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7750"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% No case change, plural <a id="wrglossary.7751"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>:</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7752"></a><a href="#glo:genplacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\genplacrfullformat</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7753"></a><a href="#glo:firstacronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\firstacronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7754"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshortpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7755"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<a id="wrglossary.7756"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7757"></a><a href="#glo:footnote"><code class="csfmt">\footnote</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7758"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylongpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylongpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7759"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}: <a id="wrglossary.7760"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7761"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.7762"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">Sentence case</a>, plural <a id="wrglossary.7763"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>:</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7764"></a><a href="#glo:Genplacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\Genplacrfullformat</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7765"></a><a href="#glo:firstacronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\firstacronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7766"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryshortpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7767"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<a id="wrglossary.7768"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7769"></a><a href="#glo:footnote"><code class="csfmt">\footnote</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7770"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylongpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylongpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7771"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}: <a id="wrglossary.7772"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7773"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% non-linking commands</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7774"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfull"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfull</code></a>}[1]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7775"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7776"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.7777"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ (<a id="wrglossary.7778"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7779"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7780"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7781"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryfull"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryfull</code></a>}[1]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7782"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrylong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7783"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.7784"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ (<a id="wrglossary.7785"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7786"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7787"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7788"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfullpl</code></a>}[1]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7789"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylongpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylongpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7790"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.7791"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ (<a id="wrglossary.7792"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7793"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshortpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7794"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7795"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryfullpl</code></a>}[1]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7796"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrylongpl"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrylongpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7797"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.7798"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ (<a id="wrglossary.7799"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7800"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshortpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7801"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% linking commands</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7802"></a><a href="#glo:acrfullfmt"><code class="csfmt">\acrfullfmt</code></a>}[3]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7803"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.7804"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1]{<a id="wrglossary.7805"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7806"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7807"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<a id="wrglossary.7808"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>3<a id="wrglossary.7809"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ (<a id="wrglossary.7810"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7811"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7812"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7813"></a><a href="#glo:Acrfullfmt"><code class="csfmt">\Acrfullfmt</code></a>}[3]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7814"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.7815"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1]{<a id="wrglossary.7816"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7817"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrylong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7818"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<a id="wrglossary.7819"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>3<a id="wrglossary.7820"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ (<a id="wrglossary.7821"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7822"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7823"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7824"></a><a href="#glo:ACRfullfmt"><code class="csfmt">\ACRfullfmt</code></a>}[3]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7825"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.7826"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1]{<a id="wrglossary.7827"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7828"></a><a href="#glo:glsuppercase"><code class="csfmt">\glsuppercase</code></a>{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7829"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7830"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<a id="wrglossary.7831"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>3<a id="wrglossary.7832"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ (<a id="wrglossary.7833"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7834"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7835"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7836"></a><a href="#glo:acrfullplfmt"><code class="csfmt">\acrfullplfmt</code></a>}[3]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7837"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.7838"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1]{<a id="wrglossary.7839"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7840"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylongpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylongpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7841"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<a id="wrglossary.7842"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>3<a id="wrglossary.7843"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ (<a id="wrglossary.7844"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7845"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshortpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7846"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7847"></a><a href="#glo:Acrfullplfmt"><code class="csfmt">\Acrfullplfmt</code></a>}[3]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7848"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.7849"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1]{<a id="wrglossary.7850"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7851"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrylongpl"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrylongpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7852"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<a id="wrglossary.7853"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>3<a id="wrglossary.7854"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ (<a id="wrglossary.7855"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7856"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshortpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7857"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7858"></a><a href="#glo:ACRfullplfmt"><code class="csfmt">\ACRfullplfmt</code></a>}[3]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7859"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.7860"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1]<a id="wrglossary.7861"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7862"></a><a href="#glo:glsuppercase"><code class="csfmt">\glsuppercase</code></a>{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7863"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylongpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylongpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7864"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<a id="wrglossary.7865"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>3 (<a id="wrglossary.7866"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7867"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshortpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7868"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% font</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7869"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>}[1]{<a id="wrglossary.7870"></a><a href="#glo:textsc"><code class="csfmt">\textsc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7871"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7872"></a><a href="#glo:acrpluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\acrpluralsuffix</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.7873"></a><a href="#glo:glsupacrpluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glsupacrpluralsuffix</code></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.7874"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a></span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7875"></a><a href="#glo:acronymsort"><code class="csfmt">\acronymsort</code></a>}[2]{<a id="wrglossary.7876"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.7877"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a></span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7878"></a><a href="#glo:acronymentry"><code class="csfmt">\acronymentry</code></a>}[1]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7879"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrylong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7880"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.7881"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ (<a id="wrglossary.7882"></a><a href="#glo:glsuppercase"><code class="csfmt">\glsuppercase</code></a><a id="wrglossary.7883"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7884"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1})}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre><p>
+Now I need to specify that I want to use this new style: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7885"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.7886"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{custom-fn}
+</pre> I also need to use a <a id="wrglossary.7887"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> that suits this acronym style, for example <a id="wrglossary.7888"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlist"><span class="glostylefmt">altlist</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7889"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.7890"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7891"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlist"><span class="glostylefmt">altlist</span></a>}
+</pre><p>
+Once the <a id="wrglossary.7892"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a> has been set, I can define my <a id="wrglossary.7893"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7894"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.7895"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.7896"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={set of tags for use in developing hypertext documents}</span>]{html}{html}{Hyper
+Text Markup Language}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.7897"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.7898"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={language used to describe the layout of a document written in a markup language}</span>]{css}
+{css}{Cascading Style Sheet}
+</pre><p>
+The sample file <a id="wrglossary.7899"></a><a href="#glo:file.sample-custom-acronym.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-custom-acronym.tex</span></a> illustrates this example. </div><p>
+<div class="example" id="ex:font-abbr"><div class="title">Example 28: Italic and Upright Abbreviations</div> Suppose I want to have some <a id="wrglossary.7900"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> in italic and some that just use the surrounding font. Hard-coding this into the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span> argument of <a id="wrglossary.7901"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> can cause complications.<p>
+This example uses <a id="wrglossary.7902"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddstoragekey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddstoragekey</code></a> to add an extra field that can be used to store the formatting declaration (such as <code class="csfmt">\em</code>). <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7903"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.7904"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddstoragekey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddstoragekey</code></a>{font}{}{<code class="cmd">\entryfont</code>}
+</pre> This defines a new field/key called <span class="optfmt">font</span>, which defaults to nothing if it’s not explicitly set. This also defines a command called <code class="csfmt">\entryfont</code> that’s analogous to <a id="wrglossary.7905"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a>. A new style is then created to format <a id="wrglossary.7906"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> that access this field.<p>
+There are two ways to do this. The first is to create a style that doesn’t use <a id="wrglossary.7907"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenacfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenacfmt</code></a> but instead provides a modified version that doesn’t use <a id="wrglossary.7908"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a> but instead uses <pre class="compactcodebox">{<code class="cmd">\entryfont</code>{<a id="wrglossary.7909"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>}.
+</pre> The full format given by commands such as <a id="wrglossary.7910"></a><a href="#glo:genacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\genacrfullformat</code></a> need to be similarly adjusted. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7911"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7912"></a><a href="#glo:genacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\genacrfullformat</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7913"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7914"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.7915"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<a id="wrglossary.7916"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ ({<code class="cmd">\entryfont</code>{<a id="wrglossary.7917"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.7918"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7919"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}})<span class="comment">% </span>
+}<span class="comment">% </span>
+</pre> This will deal with commands like <a id="wrglossary.7920"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> but not commands like <a id="wrglossary.7921"></a><a href="#glo:acrshort"><code class="csfmt">\acrshort</code></a> which still use <a id="wrglossary.7922"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>. Another approach is to redefine <a id="wrglossary.7923"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a> to look up the required font declaration. Since <a id="wrglossary.7924"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a> doesn’t take the entry label as an argument, the following will only work if <a id="wrglossary.7925"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a> is used in a context where the label is provided by <a id="wrglossary.7926"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>. This is true in <a id="wrglossary.7927"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.7928"></a><a href="#glo:acrshort"><code class="csfmt">\acrshort</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.7929"></a><a href="#glo:acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\acrfull</code></a>. The redefinition is now: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7930"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7931"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>}[1]{{<code class="cmd">\entryfont</code>{<a id="wrglossary.7932"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}<a id="wrglossary.7933"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+</pre> So the new style can be defined as: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7934"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.7935"></a><a href="#glo:newacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\newacronymstyle</code></a>{long-font-short}
+{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7936"></a><a href="#glo:GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle"><code class="csfmt">\GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle</code></a>{long-short}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}<span class="comment">% </span>
+{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7937"></a><a href="#glo:GlsUseAcrStyleDefs"><code class="csfmt">\GlsUseAcrStyleDefs</code></a>{long-short}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7938"></a><a href="#glo:genacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\genacrfullformat</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7939"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7940"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.7941"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<a id="wrglossary.7942"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ ({<code class="cmd">\entryfont</code>{<a id="wrglossary.7943"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.7944"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7945"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7946"></a><a href="#glo:Genacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\Genacrfullformat</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7947"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrylong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7948"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.7949"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<a id="wrglossary.7950"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ ({<code class="cmd">\entryfont</code>{<a id="wrglossary.7951"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.7952"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7953"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7954"></a><a href="#glo:genplacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\genplacrfullformat</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7955"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylongpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylongpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7956"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.7957"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<a id="wrglossary.7958"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ ({<code class="cmd">\entryfont</code>{<a id="wrglossary.7959"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.7960"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7961"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7962"></a><a href="#glo:Genplacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\Genplacrfullformat</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.7963"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrylongpl"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrylongpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7964"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.7965"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<a id="wrglossary.7966"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ ({<code class="cmd">\entryfont</code>{<a id="wrglossary.7967"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.7968"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7969"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7970"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>}[1]{{<code class="cmd">\entryfont</code>{<a id="wrglossary.7971"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}<a id="wrglossary.7972"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.7973"></a><a href="#glo:acronymentry"><code class="csfmt">\acronymentry</code></a>}[1]{{<code class="cmd">\entryfont</code>{<a id="wrglossary.7974"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.7975"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.7976"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre> Remember the style needs to be set before defining the entries: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7977"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.7978"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{long-font-short}
+</pre><p>
+The complete document is contained in the sample file <a id="wrglossary.7979"></a><a href="#glo:file.sample-font-abbr.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-font-abbr.tex</span></a>. </div><p>
+Some writers and publishing houses have started to drop <a id="wrglossary.7980"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fullstop">full stops</a> (periods) from <a id="wrglossary.7981"></a><a href="#glo:idx.uppercase">uppercase</a> initials but may still retain them for <a id="wrglossary.7982"></a><a href="#glo:idx.lowercase">lowercase</a> abbreviations, while others may still use them for both <a id="wrglossary.7983"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@uppercase">upper</a> and <a id="wrglossary.7984"></a><a href="#glo:idx.lowercase">lowercase</a>. This can cause complications. Chapter 12 of <em class="booktitle">The TeXbook</em> discusses the spacing between words but, briefly, the default behaviour of TeX is to assume that an <a id="wrglossary.7985"></a><a href="#glo:idx.uppercase">uppercase</a> character followed by a <a id="wrglossary.7986"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fullstop">full stop</a> and space is an abbreviation, so the space is the default <a id="wrglossary.7987"></a><a href="#glo:idx.interwordspace">inter-word space</a> whereas a <a id="wrglossary.7988"></a><a href="#glo:idx.lowercase">lowercase</a> character followed by a <a id="wrglossary.7989"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fullstop">full stop</a> and space is a word occurring at the end of a sentence, which requires an <a id="wrglossary.7990"></a><a href="#glo:idx.intersentencespace">inter-sentence space</a> (which may or may not be the same as an <a id="wrglossary.7991"></a><a href="#glo:idx.interwordspace">inter-word space</a>). In the event that this isn’t true, you need to make a manual adjustment using <a id="wrglossary.7992"></a><a href="#glo:cs.sp"><code class="csfmt">\␣</code></a> (backslash space) in place of just a space character for an inter-word mid-sentence space and use <a id="wrglossary.7993"></a><a href="#glo:cs.at"><code class="csfmt">\@</code></a> before the <a id="wrglossary.7994"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fullstop">full stop</a> to indicate the end of the sentence.<p>
+For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7995"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>I was awarded a B.Sc. and a Ph.D. (From the same place.)
+</pre> is typeset as <div class="resultbox"><div class="resultboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7996"></a><a href="#glo:sym.result"><span title="Result" class="icon">🖺</span></a></div><!-- end of resultboxtitle -->
+I was awarded a B.Sc. and a Ph.D. (From the same place.) </div><!-- end of resultbox -->
+ The spacing is more noticeable with the typewriter font: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7997"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\ttfamily</code>
+I was awarded a B.Sc. and a Ph.D. (From the same place.)
+</pre> is typeset as <div class="resultbox"><div class="resultboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.7998"></a><a href="#glo:sym.result"><span title="Result" class="icon">🖺</span></a></div><!-- end of resultboxtitle -->
+<span style="font-family: monospace; ">I was awarded a B.Sc. and a Ph.D. (From the same place.) </div><!-- end of resultbox -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.7999"></a><a href="#glo:idx.lowercase">lowercase</a> letter at the end of <span class="qt">“B.Sc.”</span> is confusing TeX into thinking that the <a id="wrglossary.8000"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fullstop">full stop</a> after it marks the end of the sentence. Whereas the <a id="wrglossary.8001"></a><a href="#glo:idx.uppercase">uppercase</a> letter at the end of <span class="qt">“Ph.D.”</span> has confused TeX into thinking that the following <a id="wrglossary.8002"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fullstop">full stop</a> is just part of the abbreviation. These can be corrected: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8003"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>I was awarded a B.Sc.<a id="wrglossary.8004"></a><a href="#glo:cs.sp"><code class="csfmt">\ </code></a>and a Ph.D<a id="wrglossary.8005"></a><a href="#glo:cs.at"><code class="csfmt">\@</code></a>. (From the same place.)
+</pre><p>
+This situation is a bit problematic for <a id="wrglossary.8006"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a>. The <a id="wrglossary.8007"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fullstop">full stops</a> can form part of the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span> argument of <a id="wrglossary.8008"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> and the <code class="code">B.Sc.<a id="wrglossary.8009"></a><a href="#glo:cs.sp"><code class="csfmt">\␣</code></a></code> part can be dealt with by remembering to add <a id="wrglossary.8010"></a><a href="#glo:cs.sp"><code class="csfmt">\␣</code></a> (for example, <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.8011"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{bsc}<a id="wrglossary.8012"></a><a href="#glo:cs.sp"><code class="csfmt">\␣</code></a></code> but the end of sentence case is more troublesome as you need to omit the sentence terminating <a id="wrglossary.8013"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fullstop">full stop</a> (to avoid two dots) which can make the source code look a little strange but you also need to adjust the <a id="wrglossary.8014"></a><a href="#glo:idx.spacefactor">space factor</a>, which is usually done by inserting <a id="wrglossary.8015"></a><a href="#glo:cs.at"><code class="csfmt">\@</code></a> before the <a id="wrglossary.8016"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fullstop">full stop</a>.<p>
+The next example shows one way of achieving this.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8017"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.8018"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides a much simpler way of doing this, which you may prefer to use. See <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery">sample-initialisms.shtml</a>Gallery: Initialisms. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="example" id="ex:dotabbr"><div class="title">Example 29: Abbreviations with Full Stops (Periods)</div> The <a id="wrglossary.8019"></a><a href="#glo:dual.postlinkhook">post-link hook</a> (<a id="wrglossary.8020"></a><a href="#glo:glspostlinkhook"><code class="csfmt">\glspostlinkhook</code></a>) is called at the very end of the <a id="wrglossary.8021"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> and <a id="wrglossary.8022"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands. This can be redefined to check if the following character is a <a id="wrglossary.8023"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fullstop">full stop</a>. The <a id="wrglossary.8024"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.amsgen"><span class="styfmt">amsgen</span></a> package (which is automatically loaded by <a id="wrglossary.8025"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a>) provides an internal command called <code class="csfmt">\new@ifnextchar</code> that can be used to determine if the given character appears next. (For more information see the <a id="wrglossary.8026"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.amsgen"><span class="styfmt">amsgen</span></a> documentation. Alternatively, LaTeX3 may provide a better way of doing this.)<p>
+It’s possible that I may also want acronyms or contractions (without <a id="wrglossary.8027"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fullstop">full stops</a>) in my document, so I need some way to differentiate between them. Here I’m going to use the same method as in Example <a href="#ex:addstoragekey">12</a> where a new field is defined to indicate the type of abbreviation: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8028"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.8029"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddstoragekey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddstoragekey</code></a>{abbrtype}{word}{<code class="cmd">\abbrtype</code>}
+
+<code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\newabbr</code>}[1][]{<a id="wrglossary.8030"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>[abbrtype=initials,#1]}
+</pre> Now I just use <a id="wrglossary.8031"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> for the acronyms, for example, <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8032"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.8033"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{laser}{laser}{light amplification by stimulated
+emission of radiation}
+</pre> and my new command <code class="csfmt">\newabbr</code> for initials, for example, <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8034"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newabbr</code>{eg}{e.g.}{exempli gratia}
+<code class="cmd">\newabbr</code>{ie}{i.e.}{id est}
+<code class="cmd">\newabbr</code>{bsc}{B.Sc.}{Bachelor of Science}
+<code class="cmd">\newabbr</code>{ba}{B.A.}{Bachelor of Arts}
+<code class="cmd">\newabbr</code>{agm}{A.G.M.}{annual general meeting}
+</pre> Within <a id="wrglossary.8035"></a><a href="#glo:glspostlinkhook"><code class="csfmt">\glspostlinkhook</code></a> the <a id="wrglossary.8036"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry’s</a> label can be accessed using <a id="wrglossary.8037"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.8038"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsfieldeq"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfieldeq</code></a> can be used to determine if the current entry has the new <span class="optfmt">abbrtype</span> field set to <span class="qt">“initials”</span>. If it doesn’t, then nothing needs to happen, but if it does, a check is performed to see if the next character is a <a id="wrglossary.8039"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fullstop">full stop</a>. If it is, this signals the end of a sentence otherwise it’s mid-sentence.<p>
+Remember that internal commands within the document file (rather than in a class or package) need to be placed between <a id="wrglossary.8040"></a><a href="#glo:makeatletter"><code class="csfmt">\makeatletter</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.8041"></a><a href="#glo:makeatother"><code class="csfmt">\makeatother</code></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8042"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.8043"></a><a href="#glo:makeatletter"><code class="csfmt">\makeatletter</code></a>
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.8044"></a><a href="#glo:glspostlinkhook"><code class="csfmt">\glspostlinkhook</code></a>}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.8045"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsfieldeq"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfieldeq</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.8046"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}{abbrtype}{initials}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<code class="cmd">\new@ifnextchar</code><a id="wrglossary.8047"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fullstop"><code class="code">.</code></a><code class="cmd">\doendsentence</code><code class="cmd">\doendword</code>}
+ {}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+<a id="wrglossary.8048"></a><a href="#glo:makeatother"><code class="csfmt">\makeatother</code></a>
+</pre> In the event that a <a id="wrglossary.8049"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fullstop">full stop</a> is found then <code class="csfmt">\doendsentence</code> is performed, but it will be followed by the <a id="wrglossary.8050"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fullstop">full stop</a>, which needs to be discarded. Otherwise <code class="csfmt">\doendword</code> will be done, but it won’t be followed by a <a id="wrglossary.8051"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fullstop">full stop</a> so there’s nothing to discard. The definitions for these commands are: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8052"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\doendsentence</code>}[1]{<a id="wrglossary.8053"></a><a href="#glo:spacefactor"><code class="csfmt">\spacefactor</code></a>=10000 }
+<code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\doendword</code>}{<a id="wrglossary.8054"></a><a href="#glo:spacefactor"><code class="csfmt">\spacefactor</code></a>=1000 }
+</pre> Now, I can just do <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.8055"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{bsc}</code> mid-sentence and <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.8056"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{phd}<a id="wrglossary.8057"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fullstop"><code class="code">.</code></a></code> at the end of the sentence. The terminating <a id="wrglossary.8058"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fullstop">full stop</a> will be discarded in the latter case, but it won’t be discarded in, say, <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.8059"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{laser}<a id="wrglossary.8060"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fullstop"><code class="code">.</code></a></code> as that doesn’t have the <span class="optfmt">abbrtype</span> field set to <span class="qt">“initials”</span>.<p>
+This also works on <a id="wrglossary.8061"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> when the style is set to one of the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>) styles but it will fail with the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>) styles as in this case the terminating <a id="wrglossary.8062"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fullstop">full stop</a> shouldn’t be discarded. Since <a id="wrglossary.8063"></a><a href="#glo:glspostlinkhook"><code class="csfmt">\glspostlinkhook</code></a> is used after the <a id="wrglossary.8064"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> has been unset for the <a id="wrglossary.8065"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a>, this can’t be fixed by simply checking with <a id="wrglossary.8066"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsused"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsused</code></a>. One possible solution to this is to redefine <a id="wrglossary.8067"></a><a href="#glo:glslinkpostsetkeys"><code class="csfmt">\glslinkpostsetkeys</code></a> to check for the <a id="wrglossary.8068"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> and define a macro that can then be used in <a id="wrglossary.8069"></a><a href="#glo:glspostlinkhook"><code class="csfmt">\glspostlinkhook</code></a>.<p>
+The other thing to consider is what to do with plurals. One possibility is to check for plural use within <code class="csfmt">\doendsentence</code> (using <a id="wrglossary.8070"></a><a href="#glo:glsifplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsifplural</code></a>) and put the <a id="wrglossary.8071"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fullstop">full stop</a> back if the plural has been used.<p>
+The complete document is contained in the sample file <a id="wrglossary.8072"></a><a href="#glo:file.sample-dot-abbr.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-dot-abbr.tex</span></a>. </div><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:customacronym -->
+
+<section id="sec:disploa"><!-- start of section sec:disploa --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->6.3. Displaying the List of Acronyms<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:disploa">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+The list of acronyms is just like any other type of <a id="wrglossary.8073"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> and can be displayed on its own using the appropriate <a id="wrglossary.8074"></a><a href="#glo:print...glossary"><code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">…</em>〉</span>glossary</code></a> command, according to the <a id="wrglossary.8075"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> method.<p>
+For example, <a id="wrglossary.8076"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8077"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.8078"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.8079"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.8080"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a></span>]
+</pre><p>
+Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8081"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.8082"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.8083"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.8084"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a></span>]
+</pre> Or if you have used the <a id="wrglossary.8085"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.8086"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronyms"><span class="styoptfmt">acronyms</span></a> package option: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8087"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.8088"></a><a href="#glo:printacronyms"><code class="csfmt">\printacronyms</code></a>
+</pre> See §<a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">2.7</a>.)<p>
+Alternatively, the list of acronyms can be displayed with all the other <a id="wrglossary.8089"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> using <a id="wrglossary.8090"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossaries</code></a> (<a id="wrglossary.8091"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>) or <a id="wrglossary.8092"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a> (Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>).<p>
+The remaining <a id="wrglossary.8093"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> methods require <a id="wrglossary.8094"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, which has its own <a id="wrglossary.8095"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span></a> commands that are incompatible with the base <a id="wrglossary.8096"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> commands.<p>
+<div class="warning"><div class="warningtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8097"></a><a href="#glo:sym.warning"><span title="Warning" class="icon">⚠</span></a></div><!-- end of warningtitle -->
+Care must be taken to choose a <a id="wrglossary.8098"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> that’s appropriate to your <a id="wrglossary.8099"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a>. Alternatively, you can define your own custom style (see §<a href="#sec:newglossarystyle">13.2</a> for further details). </div><!-- end of warning -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:disploa -->
+
+<section id="sec:oldacronym"><!-- start of section sec:oldacronym --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->6.4. Upgrading From the <span class="styfmt">glossary</span> Package<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:oldacronym">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8100"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+The old <a id="wrglossary.8101"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary"><span class="styfmt">glossary</span></a> package was made obsolete in 2007, when the first version of <a id="wrglossary.8102"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> was released, so this section is largely redundant but is retained in the event that someone may happen to have an old document that needs to be converted to work with a modern TeX distribution. See also the accompanying document <a href="glossary2glossaries.html"><span class="qt">“Upgrading from the <span class="styfmt">glossary</span> package to the <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package”</span></a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+Users of the obsolete <a id="wrglossary.8103"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary"><span class="styfmt">glossary</span></a> package may recall that the syntax used to define new acronyms has changed with the replacement <a id="wrglossary.8104"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package. In addition, the old <a id="wrglossary.8105"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary"><span class="styfmt">glossary</span></a> package created the command <code class="csfmt">\<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">acr-name</em>〉</span></code> when defining the acronym <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">acr-name</em>〉</span>.<p>
+In order to facilitate migrating from the old <a id="wrglossary.8106"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary"><span class="styfmt">glossary</span></a> package to the new one, the <a id="wrglossary.8107"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package provides the command: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8108"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8109"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:oldacronym"><code class="csfmt">\oldacronym</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This uses the same syntax as the <a id="wrglossary.8110"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary"><span class="styfmt">glossary</span></a> package’s method of defining acronyms. It is equivalent to: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.8111"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> In addition, <a id="wrglossary.8112"></a><a href="#glo:oldacronym"><code class="csfmt">\oldacronym</code></a> also defines the commands <code class="csfmt">\<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span></code>, which is equivalent to <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.8113"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code>, and <code class="csfmt">\<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>*</code>, which is equivalent to the <a id="wrglossary.8114"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.8115"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code>. If <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span> is omitted, <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span> is used. Since commands names must consist only of alphabetical characters, <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span> must also only consist of alphabetical characters. Note that <code class="csfmt">\<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span></code> doesn’t allow you to use the first optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.8116"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.8117"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a>―you will need to explicitly use <a id="wrglossary.8118"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.8119"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a> to change the settings.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.8120"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Recall that, in general, LaTeX ignores spaces following command names consisting of alphabetical characters. This is also true for <code class="csfmt">\<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span></code> unless you additionally load the <a id="wrglossary.8121"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.xspace"><span class="styfmt">xspace</span></a> package, but be aware that there are some issues with using <a id="wrglossary.8122"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.xspace"><span class="styfmt">xspace</span></a>. (See David Carlisle’s explanation in <a href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/86565/drawbacks-of-xspace">Drawbacks of xspace</a>.) </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.8123"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package doesn’t load the <a id="wrglossary.8124"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.xspace"><span class="styfmt">xspace</span></a> package since there are both advantages and disadvantages to using <a id="wrglossary.8125"></a><a href="#glo:xspace"><code class="csfmt">\xspace</code></a> in <code class="csfmt">\<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span></code>. If you don’t use the <a id="wrglossary.8126"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.xspace"><span class="styfmt">xspace</span></a> package, then you need to explicitly force a space using <a id="wrglossary.8127"></a><a href="#glo:cs.sp"><code class="csfmt">\␣</code></a> (backslash space). On the other hand, you can follow the <code class="csfmt">\<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span></code> command with the optional <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> text in square brackets (the final optional argument to <a id="wrglossary.8128"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>). If you use the <a id="wrglossary.8129"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.xspace"><span class="styfmt">xspace</span></a> package you don’t need to escape the spaces but you can’t use the optional argument to insert text (you will have to explicitly use <a id="wrglossary.8130"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> to achieve that).<p>
+To illustrate this, suppose I define the acronym <span class="qt">“abc”</span> as follows: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8131"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.8132"></a><a href="#glo:oldacronym"><code class="csfmt">\oldacronym</code></a>{abc}{example acronym}{}
+</pre> This will create the command <code class="csfmt">\abc</code> and its starred version <code class="csfmt">\abc*</code>. Table <a href="#tab:xspace">6.2</a> illustrates the effect of <code class="csfmt">\abc</code> (on <a id="wrglossary.8133"></a><a href="#glo:dual.subsequentuse">subsequent use</a>) according to whether or not the <a id="wrglossary.8134"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.xspace"><span class="styfmt">xspace</span></a> package has been loaded. As can be seen from the final row in the table, the <a id="wrglossary.8135"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.xspace"><span class="styfmt">xspace</span></a> package prevents the optional argument from being recognised.<p>
+<div class="table"> <table class="tabular-c">
+<caption id="tab:xspace">Table&nbsp;6: The effect of using <span class="styfmt">xspace</span> with <code class="csfmt">\oldacronym</code></caption><tr style=""><th class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">Code </th>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <span style="font-weight: bold; ">With <a href="#glo:pkg.xspace"><span class="styfmt">xspace</span></a> </span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <span style="font-weight: bold; ">Without <a href="#glo:pkg.xspace"><span class="styfmt">xspace</span></a> </span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\abc</span>.</code> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> abc. </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> abc.</td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\abc</span> xyz</code> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> abc xyz </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> abcxyz</td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\abc</span><a href="#glo:cs.sp"><code class="csfmt">\ </code></a>xyz</code> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> abc xyz </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> abc xyz</td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\abc</span>* xyz</code> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> Abc xyz </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> Abc xyz</td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\abc</span>['s] xyz</code> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> abc [’s] xyz </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> abc’s xyz </td>
+</tr></table>
+ </div><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:oldacronym -->
+
+<section id="sec:glsunset"><!-- start of section sec:glsunset --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->7. Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:glsunset">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+<p>
+When using the <a id="wrglossary.8136"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands it is possible that you may want to use the value given by the <a id="wrglossary.8137"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> key, even though you have already <a id="wrglossary.8138"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@firstuse">used</a> the <a id="wrglossary.8139"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entry</a>. Conversely, you may want to use the value given by the <a id="wrglossary.8140"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> key, even though you haven’t used the <a id="wrglossary.8141"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entry</a>.<p>
+The former can be achieved by one of the following commands: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8142"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8143"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsreset"><code class="csfmt">\glsreset</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which globally resets the <a id="wrglossary.8144"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8145"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8146"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glslocalreset"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalreset</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which locally resets the <a id="wrglossary.8147"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>.<p>
+The latter can be achieved by one of the following commands: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8148"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8149"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsunset"><code class="csfmt">\glsunset</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which globally unsets the <a id="wrglossary.8150"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8151"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8152"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glslocalunset"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalunset</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which locally unsets the <a id="wrglossary.8153"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>.<p>
+The above commands are for the specific <a id="wrglossary.8154"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> identified by the argument <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. You can also reset or unset all <a id="wrglossary.8155"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> for a given <a id="wrglossary.8156"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> or multiple <a id="wrglossary.8157"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8158"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8159"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsresetall"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetall</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary labels list</em>〉</span>]</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which globally resets the <a id="wrglossary.8160"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flags</a> and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8161"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8162"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glslocalresetall"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalresetall</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary labels list</em>〉</span>]</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which locally resets the <a id="wrglossary.8163"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flags</a> or <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8164"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8165"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsunsetall"><code class="csfmt">\glsunsetall</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary labels list</em>〉</span>]</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which globally unsets the <a id="wrglossary.8166"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flags</a> and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8167"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8168"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glslocalunsetall"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalunsetall</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary labels list</em>〉</span>]</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which locally unsets the <a id="wrglossary.8169"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flags</a>.<p>
+The optional argument <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary labels list</em>〉</span> should be a comma-separated list of <a id="wrglossary.8170"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> labels. If omitted, the list of all non-<a id="wrglossary.8171"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossaries</a> is assumed.<p>
+For example, to reset all entries in the <a id="wrglossary.8172"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary and the <a id="wrglossary.8173"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a> list: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8174"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.8175"></a><a href="#glo:glsresetall"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetall</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.8176"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a>,<a id="wrglossary.8177"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a>]
+</pre><p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8178"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.8179"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package additional provides the options <a id="wrglossary.8180"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.preunset"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">preunset</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.8181"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.prereset"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">prereset</span></a> for the <a id="wrglossary.8182"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands, that will unset or reset the <a id="wrglossary.8183"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> before the <a id="wrglossary.8184"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>, which will make the <a id="wrglossary.8185"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> command behave as though it was the <a id="wrglossary.8186"></a><a href="#glo:dual.subsequentuse">subsequent use</a> or <a id="wrglossary.8187"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>, irrespective of whether or not the <a id="wrglossary.8188"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> has actually been used. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+You can determine whether an entry’s <a id="wrglossary.8189"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> is set with <a id="wrglossary.8190"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsused"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsused</code></a>. With <a id="wrglossary.8191"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, you may need to use <a id="wrglossary.8192"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined</code></a> instead.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.8193"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Be careful when using <a id="wrglossary.8194"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands within an environment or command argument that gets processed multiple times as it can cause unwanted side-effects when the <a id="wrglossary.8195"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> displayed text is different from <a id="wrglossary.8196"></a><a href="#glo:dual.subsequentuse">subsequent use</a>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+For example, the <a id="wrglossary.8197"></a><a href="#glo:env.frame"><span class="envfmt">frame</span></a> environment in <a id="wrglossary.8198"></a><a href="#glo:cls.beamer"><span class="clsfmt">beamer</span></a> processes its argument for each overlay. This means that the <a id="wrglossary.8199"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will be unset on the first overlay and subsequent overlays will use the <a id="wrglossary.8200"></a><a href="#glo:dual.subsequentuse">subsequent use</a> form.<p>
+Consider the following example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8201"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{beamer}
+
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.8202"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
+
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{frame}</code>
+ <code class="cmd">\frametitle</code>{Frame 1}
+
+ <code class="cbeg">\begin{itemize}</code>
+ <a id="wrglossary.8203"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a>&lt;+-&gt; <a id="wrglossary.8204"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{svm}
+ <a id="wrglossary.8205"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a>&lt;+-&gt; Stuff.
+ <code class="cend">\end{itemize}</code>
+<code class="cend">\end{frame}</code>
+
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre><p>
+On the first overlay, <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.8206"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{svm}</code> produces <span class="qt">“support vector machine (SVM)”</span> and then unsets the <a id="wrglossary.8207"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. When the second overlay is processed, <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.8208"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{svm}</code> now produces <span class="qt">“SVM”</span>, which is unlikely to be the desired effect. I don’t know anyway around this and I can only offer the following suggestions.<p>
+
+<ol class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="numitem">1.</span>Unset all <a id="wrglossary.8209"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> at the start of the document and explicitly use <a id="wrglossary.8210"></a><a href="#glo:acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\acrfull</code></a> when you want the full version to be displayed: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8211"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{beamer}
+
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.8212"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.8213"></a><a href="#glo:glsunsetall"><code class="csfmt">\glsunsetall</code></a>
+
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{frame}</code>
+ <code class="cmd">\frametitle</code>{Frame 1}
+
+ <code class="cbeg">\begin{itemize}</code>
+ <a id="wrglossary.8214"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a>&lt;+-&gt; <a id="wrglossary.8215"></a><a href="#glo:acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\acrfull</code></a>{svm}
+ <a id="wrglossary.8216"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a>&lt;+-&gt; Stuff.
+ <code class="cend">\end{itemize}</code>
+<code class="cend">\end{frame}</code>
+
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre><p>
+<li><span class="numitem">2.</span>Explicitly reset each <a id="wrglossary.8217"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> on <a id="wrglossary.8218"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8219"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cbeg">\begin{frame}</code>
+ <code class="cmd">\frametitle</code>{Frame 1}
+
+ <code class="cbeg">\begin{itemize}</code>
+ <a id="wrglossary.8220"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a>&lt;+-&gt; <a id="wrglossary.8221"></a><a href="#glo:glsreset"><code class="csfmt">\glsreset</code></a>{svm}<a id="wrglossary.8222"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{svm}
+ <a id="wrglossary.8223"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a>&lt;+-&gt; Stuff.
+ <code class="cend">\end{itemize}</code>
+<code class="cend">\end{frame}</code>
+</pre> Alternatively, with <a id="wrglossary.8224"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8225"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{beamer}
+
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries-extra}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.8226"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
+
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{frame}</code>
+ <code class="cmd">\frametitle</code>{Frame 1}
+
+ <code class="cbeg">\begin{itemize}</code>
+ <a id="wrglossary.8227"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a>&lt;+-&gt; <a id="wrglossary.8228"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.8229"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.prereset"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">prereset</span></a>]{svm}
+ <a id="wrglossary.8230"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a>&lt;+-&gt; Stuff.
+ <code class="cend">\end{itemize}</code>
+<code class="cend">\end{frame}</code>
+
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre><p>
+<li><span class="numitem">3.</span>Use the <a id="wrglossary.8231"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package’s unset buffering mechanism: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8232"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{beamer}
+
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries-extra}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.8233"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
+
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+
+<a id="wrglossary.8234"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.8235"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrUnsetBufferEnableRepeatLocal"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrUnsetBufferEnableRepeatLocal</code></a>
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{frame}</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.8236"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrResetLocalBuffer"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrResetLocalBuffer</code></a>
+ <code class="cmd">\frametitle</code>{Frame 1}
+
+ <code class="cbeg">\begin{itemize}</code>
+ <a id="wrglossary.8237"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a>&lt;+-&gt; <a id="wrglossary.8238"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{svm}
+ <a id="wrglossary.8239"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a>&lt;+-&gt; Stuff.
+ <code class="cend">\end{itemize}</code>
+<code class="cend">\end{frame}</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.8240"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering</code></a>
+
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> See the <a id="wrglossary.8241"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.
+</ol>
+<p>
+These are non-optimal, but the <a id="wrglossary.8242"></a><a href="#glo:cls.beamer"><span class="clsfmt">beamer</span></a> class is too complex for me to provide a programmatic solution. Other potentially problematic environments are some <a id="wrglossary.8243"></a><a href="#glo:env.tabular"><span class="envfmt">tabular</span></a>-like environments (but not <a id="wrglossary.8244"></a><a href="#glo:env.tabular"><span class="envfmt">tabular</span></a> itself) that process the contents in order to work out the column widths and then reprocess the contents to do the actual typesetting.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.8245"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.amsmath"><span class="styfmt">amsmath</span></a> environments, such as <a id="wrglossary.8246"></a><a href="#glo:env.align"><span class="envfmt">align</span></a>, also process their contents multiple times, but the <a id="wrglossary.8247"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package now checks for this. For <a id="wrglossary.8248"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.tabularx"><span class="styfmt">tabularx</span></a>, you need to explicitly patch it by placing <a id="wrglossary.8249"></a><a href="#glo:glspatchtabularx"><code class="csfmt">\glspatchtabularx</code></a> in the <a id="wrglossary.8250"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a> (or anywhere before the problematic use of <a id="wrglossary.8251"></a><a href="#glo:env.tabularx"><span class="envfmt">tabularx</span></a>).<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:glsunset -->
+
+<section id="sec:enableentrycount"><!-- start of section sec:enableentrycount --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->7.1. Counting the Number of Times an Entry has been Used (First Use Flag Unset)<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:enableentrycount">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+It’s possible to keep track of how many times an entry is used. That is, how many times the <a id="wrglossary.8252"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> is unset. Note that the supplemental <a id="wrglossary.8253"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package improves this function and also provides per-unit counting, which isn’t available with the <a id="wrglossary.8254"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.8255"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+This function is disabled by default as it adds extra overhead to the document build time and also switches <a id="wrglossary.8256"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> (and therefore <a id="wrglossary.8257"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>) into a <a id="wrglossary.8258"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a>-only command. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+To enable this function, use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8259"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8260"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsenableentrycount"><code class="csfmt">\glsenableentrycount</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ before defining your <a id="wrglossary.8261"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a>. This adds two extra (internal) fields to entries: <a id="wrglossary.8262"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.glosfield.currcount"><span class="csoptfmt">currcount</span></dfn> and <a id="wrglossary.8263"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.glosfield.prevcount"><span class="csoptfmt">prevcount</span></dfn>.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.8264"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.currcount"><span class="csoptfmt">currcount</span></a> field keeps track of how many times <a id="wrglossary.8265"></a><a href="#glo:glsunset"><code class="csfmt">\glsunset</code></a> is used within the document. A local unset (using <a id="wrglossary.8266"></a><a href="#glo:glslocalunset"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalunset</code></a>) performs a local rather than global increment to <a id="wrglossary.8267"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.currcount"><span class="csoptfmt">currcount</span></a>. Remember that not all commands use <a id="wrglossary.8268"></a><a href="#glo:glsunset"><code class="csfmt">\glsunset</code></a>. Only the <a id="wrglossary.8269"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands do this. <p>
+The behaviour of the reset commands depend on the conditional: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8270"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8271"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ifglsresetcurrcount"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsresetcurrcount</code></dfn> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\else</code> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\fi</code></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><code class="csfmt">\iffalse</code></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ If true, the reset commands <a id="wrglossary.8272"></a><a href="#glo:glsreset"><code class="csfmt">\glsreset</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.8273"></a><a href="#glo:glslocalreset"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalreset</code></a> will reset the value of the <a id="wrglossary.8274"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.currcount"><span class="csoptfmt">currcount</span></a> field back to 0. This conditional can be set to true with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8275"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8276"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsresetcurrcounttrue"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetcurrcounttrue</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ and to false with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8277"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8278"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsresetcurrcountfalse"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetcurrcountfalse</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The default is false, as from version 4.50.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.8279"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.prevcount"><span class="csoptfmt">prevcount</span></a> field stores the final value of the <a id="wrglossary.8280"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.currcount"><span class="csoptfmt">currcount</span></a> field <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">from the previous run</span>. This value is read from the <a id="wrglossary.8281"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file at the beginning of the <a id="wrglossary.8282"></a><a href="#glo:env.document"><span class="envfmt">document</span></a> environment.<p>
+You can access these fields using <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8283"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8284"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentrycurrcount"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrycurrcount</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ for the <a id="wrglossary.8285"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.currcount"><span class="csoptfmt">currcount</span></a> field, and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8286"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8287"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryprevcount"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprevcount</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ for the <a id="wrglossary.8288"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.prevcount"><span class="csoptfmt">prevcount</span></a> field. <p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.8289"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+These commands are only defined if you have used <a id="wrglossary.8290"></a><a href="#glo:glsenableentrycount"><code class="csfmt">\glsenableentrycount</code></a>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8291"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+<a id="wrglossary.8292"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>
+
+<a id="wrglossary.8293"></a><a href="#glo:glsenableentrycount"><code class="csfmt">\glsenableentrycount</code></a>
+
+<a id="wrglossary.8294"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{apple}{<a id="wrglossary.8295"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={apple}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.8296"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a fruit}</span>}
+
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+Total usage on previous run: <a id="wrglossary.8297"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryprevcount"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprevcount</code></a>{apple}.
+
+<a id="wrglossary.8298"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{apple}. <a id="wrglossary.8299"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{apple}. <a id="wrglossary.8300"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>{apple}<a id="wrglossary.8301"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a>{apple}.
+<a id="wrglossary.8302"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>{apple}{apple}. <a id="wrglossary.8303"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisp</code></a>{apple}{apple}. <a id="wrglossary.8304"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a>{apple}.
+
+Number of times apple has been used: <a id="wrglossary.8305"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrycurrcount"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrycurrcount</code></a>{apple}.
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> On the first LaTeX run, <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.8306"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryprevcount"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprevcount</code></a>{apple}</code> produces 0. At the end of the document, <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.8307"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryprevcount"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprevcount</code></a>{apple}</code> produces 4. This is because the only commands that have incremented the entry count are those that use <a id="wrglossary.8308"></a><a href="#glo:glsunset"><code class="csfmt">\glsunset</code></a>. That is: <a id="wrglossary.8309"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.8310"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisp</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.8311"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a>. The other commands used in the above example, <a id="wrglossary.8312"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.8313"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.8314"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>, don’t use <a id="wrglossary.8315"></a><a href="#glo:glsunset"><code class="csfmt">\glsunset</code></a> so they don’t increment the entry count. On the <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">next</span> LaTeX run, <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.8316"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryprevcount"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprevcount</code></a>{apple}</code> now produces 4 as that was the value of the <a id="wrglossary.8317"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.currcount"><span class="csoptfmt">currcount</span></a> field for the <span class="qt">“apple”</span> entry at the end of the document on the previous run.<p>
+When you enable the entry count using <a id="wrglossary.8318"></a><a href="#glo:glsenableentrycount"><code class="csfmt">\glsenableentrycount</code></a>, you also enable the following commands: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8319"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8320"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:cgls"><code class="csfmt">\cgls</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (no case-change, singular, analogous to <a id="wrglossary.8321"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>) <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8322"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8323"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:cglspl"><code class="csfmt">\cglspl</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (no case-change, plural, analogous to <a id="wrglossary.8324"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>) <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8325"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8326"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:cGls"><code class="csfmt">\cGls</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (first letter uppercase, singular, analogous to <a id="wrglossary.8327"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a>), and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8328"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8329"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:cGlspl"><code class="csfmt">\cGlspl</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (first letter uppercase, plural, analogous to <a id="wrglossary.8330"></a><a href="#glo:Glspl"><code class="csfmt">\Glspl</code></a>).<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8331"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ <a id="wrglossary.8332"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">All caps</a> versions are only available with <a id="wrglossary.8333"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+If you don’t use <a id="wrglossary.8334"></a><a href="#glo:glsenableentrycount"><code class="csfmt">\glsenableentrycount</code></a>, these commands behave like their counterparts <a id="wrglossary.8335"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.8336"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.8337"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.8338"></a><a href="#glo:Glspl"><code class="csfmt">\Glspl</code></a>, respectively, but there will be a warning that you haven’t enabled entry counting.<p>
+If you have enabled entry counting with <a id="wrglossary.8339"></a><a href="#glo:glsenableentrycount"><code class="csfmt">\glsenableentrycount</code></a> then these commands test if <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.8340"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryprevcount"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprevcount</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code> equals 1. If it doesn’t then the analogous <a id="wrglossary.8341"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> etc will be used. If it is 1, then the first optional argument will be ignored and <pre class="compactcodebox"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs format</em>〉</span>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}<a id="wrglossary.8342"></a><a href="#glo:glsunset"><code class="csfmt">\glsunset</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> will be performed, where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs format</em>〉</span> is a command that takes two arguments. The command used depends whether you have used <a id="wrglossary.8343"></a><a href="#glo:cgls"><code class="csfmt">\cgls</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.8344"></a><a href="#glo:cglspl"><code class="csfmt">\cglspl</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.8345"></a><a href="#glo:cGls"><code class="csfmt">\cGls</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.8346"></a><a href="#glo:cGlspl"><code class="csfmt">\cGlspl</code></a>.<p>
+The formatting command <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs format</em>〉</span> will be one of the following: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8347"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8348"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:cglsformat"><code class="csfmt">\cglsformat</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command is used by <a id="wrglossary.8349"></a><a href="#glo:cgls"><code class="csfmt">\cgls</code></a> and defaults to <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.8350"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>
+</pre> if the entry given by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> has a long form or <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.8351"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfirst"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfirst</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>
+</pre> otherwise.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8352"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8353"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:cglsplformat"><code class="csfmt">\cglsplformat</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command is used by <a id="wrglossary.8354"></a><a href="#glo:cglspl"><code class="csfmt">\cglspl</code></a> and defaults to <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.8355"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylongpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylongpl</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>
+</pre> if the entry given by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> has a long form or <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.8356"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfirstplural</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>
+</pre> otherwise.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8357"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8358"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:cGlsformat"><code class="csfmt">\cGlsformat</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command is used by <a id="wrglossary.8359"></a><a href="#glo:cGls"><code class="csfmt">\cGls</code></a> and defaults to <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.8360"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrylong</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>
+</pre> if the entry given by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> has a long form or <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.8361"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryfirst"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryfirst</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>
+</pre> otherwise.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8362"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8363"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:cGlsplformat"><code class="csfmt">\cGlsplformat</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command is used by <a id="wrglossary.8364"></a><a href="#glo:cGlspl"><code class="csfmt">\cGlspl</code></a> and defaults to <pre class="compactcodebox"><div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8365"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.8366"></a><code class="code"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrylongpl</code>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>
+</pre> if the entry given by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> has a long form or <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.8367"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryfirstplural</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>
+</pre> otherwise.<p>
+This means that if the previous count for the given entry was 1, the entry won’t be <a id="wrglossary.8368"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@hyperlink">hyperlinked</a> with the <a id="wrglossary.8369"></a><a href="#glo:cgls"><code class="csfmt">\cgls</code></a>-like commands and those commands won’t <a id="wrglossary.8370"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">index</a> (that is, they won’t add a line to the external <a id="wrglossary.8371"></a><a href="#glo:indexingfile">glossary file</a>). If you haven’t used any of the other commands that <a id="wrglossary.8372"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">index</a> (such as <a id="wrglossary.8373"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a> or the <a id="wrglossary.8374"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands) then the <a id="wrglossary.8375"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> won’t appear in the <a id="wrglossary.8376"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>.<p>
+Remember that since these commands use <a id="wrglossary.8377"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryprevcount"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprevcount</code></a> you need to run LaTeX twice to ensure they work correctly. The document build requires a second LaTeX call before running the <a id="wrglossary.8378"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a>. For example, if the document is in a file called <span class="filefmt">myDoc.tex</span>, then the document build needs to be: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.8379"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex myDoc
+pdflatex myDoc
+makeglossaries myDoc
+pdflatex myDoc
+</pre><p>
+In the following document, the <a id="wrglossary.8380"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> that have only been used once (on the previous run) only have their long form shown with <a id="wrglossary.8381"></a><a href="#glo:cgls"><code class="csfmt">\cgls</code></a>. <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8382"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.8383"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a>]{glossaries}
+<a id="wrglossary.8384"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>
+
+<a id="wrglossary.8385"></a><a href="#glo:glsenableentrycount"><code class="csfmt">\glsenableentrycount</code></a>
+
+<a id="wrglossary.8386"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.8387"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.8388"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
+<a id="wrglossary.8389"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{css}{CSS}{cascading style sheets}
+<a id="wrglossary.8390"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{xml}{XML}{extensible markup language}
+<a id="wrglossary.8391"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{sql}{SQL}{structured query language}
+<a id="wrglossary.8392"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{rdbms}{RDBMS}{relational database management system}
+<a id="wrglossary.8393"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{rdsms}{RDSMS}{relational data stream management system}
+
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+These entries are only used once: <a id="wrglossary.8394"></a><a href="#glo:cgls"><code class="csfmt">\cgls</code></a>{sql}, <a id="wrglossary.8395"></a><a href="#glo:cgls"><code class="csfmt">\cgls</code></a>{rdbms},
+<a id="wrglossary.8396"></a><a href="#glo:cgls"><code class="csfmt">\cgls</code></a>{xml}. These entries are used multiple times:
+<a id="wrglossary.8397"></a><a href="#glo:cgls"><code class="csfmt">\cgls</code></a>{html}, <a id="wrglossary.8398"></a><a href="#glo:cgls"><code class="csfmt">\cgls</code></a>{html}, <a id="wrglossary.8399"></a><a href="#glo:cgls"><code class="csfmt">\cgls</code></a>{css}, <a id="wrglossary.8400"></a><a href="#glo:cgls"><code class="csfmt">\cgls</code></a>{css}, <a id="wrglossary.8401"></a><a href="#glo:cgls"><code class="csfmt">\cgls</code></a>{css},
+<a id="wrglossary.8402"></a><a href="#glo:cgls"><code class="csfmt">\cgls</code></a>{rdsms}, <a id="wrglossary.8403"></a><a href="#glo:cgls"><code class="csfmt">\cgls</code></a>{rdsms}.
+
+<a id="wrglossary.8404"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a>
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> After a complete document build the list of <a id="wrglossary.8405"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> only includes the entries HTML, CSS and RDSMS. The entries SQL, RDBMS and XML only have their long forms displayed and don’t have a <a id="wrglossary.8406"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a>. <div class="resultbox"><div class="resultboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8407"></a><a href="#glo:sym.result"><span title="Result" class="icon">🖺</span></a></div><!-- end of resultboxtitle -->
+<a id="sec:entrycount"></a>Example 30: Don’t index entries that are only used once <a href="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example030.tex" class="icon"><span title="Download TeX File" class="icon">📥<sup>🖹</sup></span></a> <a href="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example030.pdf" class="icon"><span title="Download PDF" class="icon">📥<sup>🖺</sup></span></a><p>
+<object data="glossaries-user-examples/glossaries-user-example030.png" type="image/png" width="389" height="209">Example document that only includes the entries that have been used more than once in the document.</object> </div><!-- end of resultbox -->
+<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8408"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ With <a id="wrglossary.8409"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> there’s an analogous record counting set of commands. See <a id="wrglossary.8410"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.8411"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> manuals for further details. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:enableentrycount -->
+
+<section id="sec:printglossary"><!-- start of section sec:printglossary --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->8. Displaying a Glossary<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:printglossary">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+<p>
+All defined <a id="wrglossary.8412"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> may be displayed using the appropriate command, such as <a id="wrglossary.8413"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>, that matches the <a id="wrglossary.8414"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> method. These commands are collectively referred to as the <a id="wrglossary.8415"></a><dfn id="glo:print...glossary"><code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">…</em>〉</span>glossary</code></dfn> set of commands.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8416"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+With Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a>, <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a>, if the <a id="wrglossary.8417"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> does not appear after you re-LaTeX your document, check the <a id="wrglossary.8418"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.8419"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.8420"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> log files (<a id="wrglossary.8421"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glg"><span class="extfmt">glg</span></a> or the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">log-ext</em>〉</span> argument of <a id="wrglossary.8422"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>), as applicable, to see if there is a problem. With <a id="wrglossary.8423"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>, you just need two LaTeX runs to make the <a id="wrglossary.8424"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> appear, but you may need further runs to make the <a id="wrglossary.8425"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a> up-to-date. If you have used the <a id="wrglossary.8426"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a> option, check the <a id="wrglossary.8427"></a><a href="#glo:ext.log"><span class="extfmt">log</span></a> file for <span class="qt">“runsystem”</span> lines (see the information about the <a id="wrglossary.8428"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a> option in §<a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">2.5</a> for further details). </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.8429"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a> (must be used with <a id="wrglossary.8430"></a><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a> in the <a id="wrglossary.8431"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">document preamble</a>): <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8432"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8433"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This displays the <a id="wrglossary.8434"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> identified by the <a id="wrglossary.8435"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> option in <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span> or, if omitted, the <a id="wrglossary.8436"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> identified by <a id="wrglossary.8437"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a>. This command iterates over a list of <a id="wrglossary.8438"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> labels, which it will have to first sort with <a id="wrglossary.8439"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.8440"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.standard"><span class="optfmt">standard</span></a>. The list will only include those <a id="wrglossary.8441"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> that have been <a id="wrglossary.8442"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a> and the appropriate <a id="wrglossary.8443"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> markup is added within the loop. This makes it unsuitable for the tabular-like <a id="wrglossary.8444"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a>, such as <a id="wrglossary.8445"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long"><span class="glostylefmt">long</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.8446"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super"><span class="glostylefmt">super</span></a>.<p>
+The following is an iterative command: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8447"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8448"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:printnoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossaries</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which internally uses <a id="wrglossary.8449"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a> for each non-<a id="wrglossary.8450"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossary</a>.<p>
+Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> (must be used with <a id="wrglossary.8451"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> in the <a id="wrglossary.8452"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">document preamble</a>): <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8453"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8454"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This displays the <a id="wrglossary.8455"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> identified by the <a id="wrglossary.8456"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> option in <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span> or, if omitted, the <a id="wrglossary.8457"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> identified by <a id="wrglossary.8458"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a>. This command internally inputs the associated <a id="wrglossary.8459"></a><a href="#glo:indexingfile">glossary file</a> (created by the relevant <a id="wrglossary.8460"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a>) if it exists. The <a id="wrglossary.8461"></a><a href="#glo:indexingfile">glossary file</a> contains the markup to typeset the <a id="wrglossary.8462"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. See §<a href="#sec:makeglossaries">1.6</a> for information on how to create the <a id="wrglossary.8463"></a><a href="#glo:indexingfile">glossary file</a>.<p>
+The following is an iterative command: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8464"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8465"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which internally uses <a id="wrglossary.8466"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a> for each non-<a id="wrglossary.8467"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossary</a>.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.8468"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+While the external <a id="wrglossary.8469"></a><a href="#glo:indexingfile">glossary files</a> are missing, <a id="wrglossary.8470"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a> will just do <a id="wrglossary.8471"></a><a href="#glo:null"><code class="csfmt">\null</code></a> for each missing <a id="wrglossary.8472"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> to assist dictionary style documents that just use <a id="wrglossary.8473"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddall"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddall</code></a> without inserting any text. This use of <a id="wrglossary.8474"></a><a href="#glo:null"><code class="csfmt">\null</code></a> ensures that all <a id="wrglossary.8475"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> information is written before the final page is shipped out. Once the external <a id="wrglossary.8476"></a><a href="#glo:indexingfile">glossary files</a> are present <a id="wrglossary.8477"></a><a href="#glo:null"><code class="csfmt">\null</code></a> will no longer be used. This can cause a spurious blank page on the first LaTeX run before the <a id="wrglossary.8478"></a><a href="#glo:indexingfile">glossary files</a> have been created. Once these files are present, <a id="wrglossary.8479"></a><a href="#glo:null"><code class="csfmt">\null</code></a> will no longer be used and so shouldn’t cause interference for the final document. With <a id="wrglossary.8480"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, placeholder text is used instead. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.unsrt">5</a> (<a id="wrglossary.8481"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> only): <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8482"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8483"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This displays the <a id="wrglossary.8484"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> identified by the <a id="wrglossary.8485"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> option in <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span> or, if omitted, the <a id="wrglossary.8486"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> identified by <a id="wrglossary.8487"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a>. This command is similar to <a id="wrglossary.8488"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>, in that it iterates over a list of <a id="wrglossary.8489"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> labels, but in this case all defined entries within the given glossary are included and the list is in the order in which they were defined (that is, the order in which they were added to the <a id="wrglossary.8490"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary’s</a> internal label list).<p>
+The reason this command works with <a id="wrglossary.8491"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> is because <a id="wrglossary.8492"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> writes the entry definitions in the <a id="wrglossary.8493"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glstex"><span class="extfmt">glstex</span></a> file in the order obtained by the <a id="wrglossary.8494"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.sort"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">sort</span></a> resource option, and <a id="wrglossary.8495"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> will only include the <a id="wrglossary.8496"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> that match the required selection criteria.<p>
+With <a id="wrglossary.8497"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.unsrt">Option 5</a> (that is, without <a id="wrglossary.8498"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>) the result will be in the order the <a id="wrglossary.8499"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> were defined in the <a id="wrglossary.8500"></a><a href="#glo:ext.tex"><span class="extfmt">tex</span></a> file. There’s no attempt to gather child entries (see §<a href="#sec:subentries">4.5</a>). This means that if you don’t define child entries immediately after their parent, you will have a strange result (depending on the <a id="wrglossary.8501"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a>).<p>
+As with <a id="wrglossary.8502"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>, the <a id="wrglossary.8503"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> markup is inserted during the loop but, unlike that command, <a id="wrglossary.8504"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a> performs the loop outside of the <a id="wrglossary.8505"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a>, which means that there are no issues with the tabular-like styles. See the <a id="wrglossary.8506"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.<p>
+The following is an iterative command: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8507"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8508"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which internally uses <a id="wrglossary.8509"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a> for each non-<a id="wrglossary.8510"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossary</a>.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.8511"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package also provides <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8512"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8513"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:printunsrtinnerglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtinnerglossary</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">pre-code</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">post-code</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which is designed for inner or nested glossaries. It allows many, but not all, of the options listed below. There’s an example available in the gallery: <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=bib2gls-inner">Inner or Nested Glossaries</a>. See the <a id="wrglossary.8514"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package for further details.<p>
+All the individual <a id="wrglossary.8515"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> commands <a id="wrglossary.8516"></a><a href="#glo:print...glossary"><code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">…</em>〉</span>glossary</code></a> have an optional argument. Available options are listed in §<a href="#sec:printglossoptions">8.1</a>.<p>
+After the options have been set, the following command will be defined: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8517"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8518"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:currentglossary"><code class="csfmt">\currentglossary</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This expands to the label of the current <a id="wrglossary.8519"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> (identified by the <a id="wrglossary.8520"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> option). It may be used within <a id="wrglossary.8521"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> hooks, if required.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:printglossary -->
+
+<section id="sec:printglossoptions"><!-- start of section sec:printglossoptions --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->8.1. <code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">…</em>〉</span>glossary</code> Options<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:printglossoptions">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+These options may be used in the optional argument of the <a id="wrglossary.8522"></a><a href="#glo:print...glossary"><code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">…</em>〉</span>glossary</code></a> set of commands. Some options are available for all those commands, but those that aren’t are noted. Before the options are set, the following commands are defined to their defaults for the given <a id="wrglossary.8523"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. They may then be redefined by applicable options.<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.8524"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></dfn> Identifies the <a id="wrglossary.8525"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> to display. The value should be the <a id="wrglossary.8526"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> label. Note that you can only display an <a id="wrglossary.8527"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossary</a> with <a id="wrglossary.8528"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.8529"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtinnerglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtinnerglossary</code></a>, otherwise <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span> should correspond to a <a id="wrglossary.8530"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> that was defined with <a id="wrglossary.8531"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.8532"></a><a href="#glo:altnewglossary"><code class="csfmt">\altnewglossary</code></a>.<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.8533"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.printgloss.title"><span class="csoptfmt">title</span></dfn> Sets the <a id="wrglossary.8534"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary’s</a> title (<a id="wrglossary.8535"></a><a href="#glo:glossarytitle"><code class="csfmt">\glossarytitle</code></a>). This option isn’t available with <a id="wrglossary.8536"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtinnerglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtinnerglossary</code></a>.<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.8537"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.printgloss.toctitle"><span class="csoptfmt">toctitle</span></dfn> Sets the <a id="wrglossary.8538"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.8539"></a><a href="#glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</a> title (<a id="wrglossary.8540"></a><a href="#glo:glossarytoctitle"><code class="csfmt">\glossarytoctitle</code></a>). This option isn’t available with <a id="wrglossary.8541"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtinnerglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtinnerglossary</code></a>.<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.8542"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.printgloss.style"><span class="csoptfmt">style</span></dfn> The <a id="wrglossary.8543"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> to use with this <a id="wrglossary.8544"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> (overriding the current style that was either set with the <a id="wrglossary.8545"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a> package option or with <a id="wrglossary.8546"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a>). This option isn’t available with <a id="wrglossary.8547"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtinnerglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtinnerglossary</code></a>.<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.8548"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.printgloss.numberedsection"><span class="csoptfmt">numberedsection</span></dfn> This may be used to override the <a id="wrglossary.8549"></a><a href="#glo:opt.numberedsection"><span class="styoptfmt">numberedsection</span></a> package option, and has the same syntax as that option (see §<a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">2.2</a>). This option isn’t available with <a id="wrglossary.8550"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtinnerglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtinnerglossary</code></a>.<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.8551"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.printgloss.nonumberlist"><span class="csoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></dfn> This may be used to override the <a id="wrglossary.8552"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a> package option. Note that, unlike the valueless package option, this option is boolean.<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.8553"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.printgloss.nogroupskip"><span class="csoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></dfn> This may be used to override the <a id="wrglossary.8554"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a> package option. Only relevant if the <a id="wrglossary.8555"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> uses the conditional <a id="wrglossary.8556"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsnogroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsnogroupskip</code></a> to test for this option.<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.8557"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.printgloss.nopostdot"><span class="csoptfmt">nopostdot</span></dfn> This may be used to override the <a id="wrglossary.8558"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nopostdot"><span class="styoptfmt">nopostdot</span></a> package option. This option is only applicable if the <a id="wrglossary.8559"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> uses <a id="wrglossary.8560"></a><a href="#glo:glspostdescription"><code class="csfmt">\glspostdescription</code></a>.<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.8561"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.printgloss.entrycounter"><span class="csoptfmt">entrycounter</span></dfn> This may be used to override the <a id="wrglossary.8562"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a> package option. Note that one of the package options <a id="wrglossary.8563"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> or <a id="wrglossary.8564"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> must be used to make <a id="wrglossary.8565"></a><a href="#glo:glsrefentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsrefentry</code></a> work correctly. The setting can then be switched off with this option for individual <a id="wrglossary.8566"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> where the setting shouldn’t apply.<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.8567"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.printgloss.subentrycounter"><span class="csoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></dfn> This may be used to override the <a id="wrglossary.8568"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a> package option. Note that one of the package options <a id="wrglossary.8569"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> or <a id="wrglossary.8570"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> must be used to make <a id="wrglossary.8571"></a><a href="#glo:glsrefentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsrefentry</code></a> work correctly. The setting can then be switched off with this option for individual <a id="wrglossary.8572"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> where the setting shouldn’t apply.<p>
+<div class="warning"><div class="warningtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8573"></a><a href="#glo:sym.warning"><span title="Warning" class="icon">⚠</span></a></div><!-- end of warningtitle -->
+If you want to set both the <a id="wrglossary.8574"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.entrycounter"><span class="csoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.8575"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.subentrycounter"><span class="csoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a> settings, and you haven’t already enabled them with the <a id="wrglossary.8576"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.8577"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a> package options, make sure you specify <a id="wrglossary.8578"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.entrycounter"><span class="csoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a> first (but bear in mind <a id="wrglossary.8579"></a><a href="#glo:glsrefentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsrefentry</code></a> won’t work). In general, it’s best to enable these settings via the package options and switch them off for the <a id="wrglossary.8580"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> where they don’t apply. </div><!-- end of warning -->
+<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.8581"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></dfn> This key is only available with <a id="wrglossary.8582"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.8583"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+If you use the <a id="wrglossary.8584"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.8585"></a><a href="#glo:optval.printgloss.sort.use"><span class="optfmt">use</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.8586"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.8587"></a><a href="#glo:optval.printgloss.sort.def"><span class="optfmt">def</span></a> values make sure that you select a <a id="wrglossary.8588"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> that doesn’t have a visual indicator between groups, as the grouping no longer makes sense. Consider using the <a id="wrglossary.8589"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a> option. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+If you don’t get an error with <a id="wrglossary.8590"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.8591"></a><a href="#glo:optval.printgloss.sort.use"><span class="optfmt">use</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.8592"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.8593"></a><a href="#glo:optval.printgloss.sort.def"><span class="optfmt">def</span></a> but you do get an error with one of the other sort options, then you probably need to use the <a id="wrglossary.8594"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sanitizesort"><span class="styoptfmt">sanitizesort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> package option or make sure none of the <a id="wrglossary.8595"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> have fragile commands in their <a id="wrglossary.8596"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> field.<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8597"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8598"></a><a id="wrglossary.8599"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.printgloss.sort.use"><span class="optfmt">use</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ Order of use. There’s no actual sorting in this case. The order is obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.8600"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> information in the <a id="wrglossary.8601"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file.<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8602"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8603"></a><a id="wrglossary.8604"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.printgloss.sort.def"><span class="optfmt">def</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ Order of definition. There’s no actual sorting in this case. The order is obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.8605"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary’s</a> internal list of labels.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8606"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+The above two settings don’t perform any actual sorting. The following settings sort using simple character code comparisons and are therefore unsuitable for non-<a id="wrglossary.8607"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ascii">ASCII</a> documents.<p>
+For a locale-sensitive sort, you must use either <a id="wrglossary.8608"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> (<a id="wrglossary.8609"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3</a>) or <a id="wrglossary.8610"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> (<a id="wrglossary.8611"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a>). Note that <a id="wrglossary.8612"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> provides many other sort options. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8613"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8614"></a><a id="wrglossary.8615"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.printgloss.sort.nocase"><span class="optfmt">nocase</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ Case-insensitive order.<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8616"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8617"></a><a id="wrglossary.8618"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.printgloss.sort.case"><span class="optfmt">case</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ Case-sensitive order.<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8619"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8620"></a><a id="wrglossary.8621"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.printgloss.sort.word"><span class="optfmt">word</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ Word order.<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8622"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8623"></a><a id="wrglossary.8624"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.printgloss.sort.letter"><span class="optfmt">letter</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ Letter order.<p>
+<div class="optionvaluebox"><div class="optionvalueboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8625"></a><a href="#glo:sym.optionvalue"><span title="Option Value Definition" class="icon">🔖</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvalueboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8626"></a><a id="wrglossary.8627"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a>=<code class="code"><dfn id="glo:optval.printgloss.sort.standard"><span class="optfmt">standard</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of optionvaluebox -->
+ Word or letter order according to the <a id="wrglossary.8628"></a><a href="#glo:opt.order"><span class="styoptfmt">order</span></a> package option.<p>
+The word and letter order sort methods use <a id="wrglossary.8629"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.datatool"><span class="styfmt">datatool</span>’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.8630"></a><a href="#glo:dtlwordindexcompare"><code class="csfmt">\dtlwordindexcompare</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.8631"></a><a href="#glo:dtlletterindexcompare"><code class="csfmt">\dtlletterindexcompare</code></a> handlers. The case-insensitive sort method uses <a id="wrglossary.8632"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.datatool"><span class="styfmt">datatool</span>’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.8633"></a><a href="#glo:dtlicompare"><code class="csfmt">\dtlicompare</code></a> handler. The case-sensitive sort method uses <a id="wrglossary.8634"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.datatool"><span class="styfmt">datatool</span>’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.8635"></a><a href="#glo:dtlcompare"><code class="csfmt">\dtlcompare</code></a> handler. See the <a id="wrglossary.8636"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.datatool"><span class="styfmt">datatool</span></a> documentation for further details.<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.8637"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.printgloss.label"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">label</span></dfn> This key is only available with <a id="wrglossary.8638"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> and labels the <a id="wrglossary.8639"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> with <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.8640"></a><a href="#glo:label"><code class="csfmt">\label</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code>. This is an alternative to the package option <a id="wrglossary.8641"></a><a href="#glo:opt.numberedsection"><span class="styoptfmt">numberedsection</span></a><span class="optfmt">=autolabel</span>. This option isn’t available with <a id="wrglossary.8642"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtinnerglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtinnerglossary</code></a>.<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.8643"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.printgloss.target"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">target</span></dfn> This key is only available with <a id="wrglossary.8644"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> and can be used to switch off the automatic hypertarget for each <a id="wrglossary.8645"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a>. (This refers to the target used by commands like <a id="wrglossary.8646"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.8647"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>.)<p>
+This option is useful with <a id="wrglossary.8648"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a> as it allows the same list (or sub-list) of <a id="wrglossary.8649"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> to be displayed multiple times without causing duplicate hypertarget names.<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.8650"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.printgloss.prefix"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">prefix</span></dfn> This key is only available with <a id="wrglossary.8651"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> and provides another way of avoiding duplicate hypertarget names. In this case it uses a different prefix for those names. This locally redefines <a id="wrglossary.8652"></a><a href="#glo:glolinkprefix"><code class="csfmt">\glolinkprefix</code></a> but note this will also affect the target for any entry referenced within the glossary with commands like <a id="wrglossary.8653"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.8654"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.8655"></a><a href="#glo:glshyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\glshyperlink</code></a>.<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.8656"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.printgloss.targetnameprefix"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">targetnameprefix</span></dfn> This key is only available with <a id="wrglossary.8657"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. This is similar to the <a id="wrglossary.8658"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.prefix"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">prefix</span></a> option, but it alters the prefix of the hypertarget anchors without changing <a id="wrglossary.8659"></a><a href="#glo:glolinkprefix"><code class="csfmt">\glolinkprefix</code></a> (so it won’t change the <a id="wrglossary.8660"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> for any <a id="wrglossary.8661"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> referenced in the <a id="wrglossary.8662"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>).<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.8663"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.printgloss.groups"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">groups</span></dfn> This key is only available with <a id="wrglossary.8664"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.8665"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtinnerglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtinnerglossary</code></a>. If true, the <span class="qt">“unsrt”</span> function that creates the code for typesetting the <a id="wrglossary.8666"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> will insert <a id="wrglossary.8667"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a> headers whenever a change is detected in the <a id="wrglossary.8668"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a> label between entries of the same <a id="wrglossary.8669"></a><a href="#glo:dual.hierarchicallevel">hierarchical level</a>. See the <a id="wrglossary.8670"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.8671"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.printgloss.leveloffset"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">leveloffset</span></dfn> This key is only available with <a id="wrglossary.8672"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.8673"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtinnerglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtinnerglossary</code></a>. It can be used to locally adjust the <a id="wrglossary.8674"></a><a href="#glo:dual.hierarchicallevel">hierarchical level</a> used by the <a id="wrglossary.8675"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a>. See the <a id="wrglossary.8676"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details and also <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=bib2gls-inner">Gallery: Inner or Nested Glossaries</a>.<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.8677"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.printgloss.flatten"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">flatten</span></dfn> This key is only available with <a id="wrglossary.8678"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.8679"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtinnerglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtinnerglossary</code></a>. It can be used to locally remove the <a id="wrglossary.8680"></a><a href="#glo:dual.hierarchicallevel">hierarchical level</a> used by the <a id="wrglossary.8681"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a>. See the <a id="wrglossary.8682"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:printglossoptions -->
+
+<section id="sec:glossmarkup"><!-- start of section sec:glossmarkup --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->8.2. Glossary Markup<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:glossmarkup">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+This section describes the commands that are used to display the <a id="wrglossary.8683"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. If you want to suppress the <a id="wrglossary.8684"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a> you can use the <a id="wrglossary.8685"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a> option. If you want to save the <a id="wrglossary.8686"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a> for some other purpose outside of the <a id="wrglossary.8687"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, you can use the <a id="wrglossary.8688"></a><a href="#glo:opt.savenumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">savenumberlist</span></a> option. If you want information about an <a id="wrglossary.8689"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry’s</a> parent then you can use <a id="wrglossary.8690"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshasparent"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasparent</code></a> (to determine if the entry has a parent) or <a id="wrglossary.8691"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryparent"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryparent</code></a> (to expand to the parent’s label). The <a id="wrglossary.8692"></a><a href="#glo:dual.hierarchicallevel">hierarchical level</a> is provided in <a id="wrglossary.8693"></a><a href="#glo:subglossentry"><code class="csfmt">\subglossentry</code></a> (and is 0 with <a id="wrglossary.8694"></a><a href="#glo:glossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossentry</code></a>) but it’s also stored in the <a id="wrglossary.8695"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.level"><span class="csoptfmt">level</span></a> internal field.<p>
+If you’re trying to work out how to parse the <a id="wrglossary.8696"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> in order to gather <a id="wrglossary.8697"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> information, consider using <a id="wrglossary.8698"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> instead, which stores all the <a id="wrglossary.8699"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> information, such as <a id="wrglossary.8700"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location lists</a> and <a id="wrglossary.8701"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a> labels, in internal fields. It can also store lists of sibling entries or child entries. If you really want to input the <a id="wrglossary.8702"></a><a href="#glo:indexingfile">glossary file</a> in order to gather information obtained by <a id="wrglossary.8703"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.8704"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> without actually displaying anything (by redefining the markup commands to not produce any text), use <a id="wrglossary.8705"></a><a href="#glo:input"><code class="csfmt">\input</code></a> rather than <a id="wrglossary.8706"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.8707"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> is always started with: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.8708"></a><a href="#glo:glossarysection"><code class="csfmt">\glossarysection</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.8709"></a><a href="#glo:glossarytoctitle"><code class="csfmt">\glossarytoctitle</code></a>]{<a id="wrglossary.8710"></a><a href="#glo:glossarytitle"><code class="csfmt">\glossarytitle</code></a>}
+</pre> This creates the heading. This command sets the page header with: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.8711"></a><a href="#glo:glsglossarymark"><code class="csfmt">\glsglossarymark</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.8712"></a><a href="#glo:glossarytoctitle"><code class="csfmt">\glossarytoctitle</code></a>}
+</pre> If this is unsuitable for your chosen class file or page style package, you will need to redefine <a id="wrglossary.8713"></a><a href="#glo:glsglossarymark"><code class="csfmt">\glsglossarymark</code></a>. If <a id="wrglossary.8714"></a><a href="#glo:phantomsection"><code class="csfmt">\phantomsection</code></a> is defined (<a id="wrglossary.8715"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a>) then <a id="wrglossary.8716"></a><a href="#glo:glossarysection"><code class="csfmt">\glossarysection</code></a> will start with: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.8717"></a><a href="#glo:glsclearpage"><code class="csfmt">\glsclearpage</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.8718"></a><a href="#glo:phantomsection"><code class="csfmt">\phantomsection</code></a>
+</pre><p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8719"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8720"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glossarysection"><code class="csfmt">\glossarysection</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">toc title</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">title</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ By default, this command uses either <a id="wrglossary.8721"></a><a href="#glo:chapter"><code class="csfmt">\chapter*</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.8722"></a><a href="#glo:section"><code class="csfmt">\section*</code></a>, depending on whether or not <a id="wrglossary.8723"></a><a href="#glo:chapter"><code class="csfmt">\chapter</code></a> is defined. This can be overridden by the <a id="wrglossary.8724"></a><a href="#glo:opt.section"><span class="styoptfmt">section</span></a> package option or the <a id="wrglossary.8725"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarysection"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarysection</code></a> command. Numbered sectional units can be obtained using the <a id="wrglossary.8726"></a><a href="#glo:opt.numberedsection"><span class="styoptfmt">numberedsection</span></a> package option. If the default unnumbered section setting is on, then the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">toc-title</em>〉</span> will only be added to the <a id="wrglossary.8727"></a><a href="#glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</a> if the <a id="wrglossary.8728"></a><a href="#glo:opt.toc"><span class="styoptfmt">toc</span></a> option is set. If <a id="wrglossary.8729"></a><a href="#glo:opt.numberedsection"><span class="styoptfmt">numberedsection</span></a> is on, the addition to the <a id="wrglossary.8730"></a><a href="#glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</a> is left to the sectional command.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8731"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+Further information about these options and commands is given in §<a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">2.2</a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8732"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8733"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsglossarymark"><code class="csfmt">\glsglossarymark</code></dfn><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary title</em>〉</span></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This sets the page header, if supported by the current page style. Originally the command <a id="wrglossary.8734"></a><dfn id="glo:glossarymark"><code class="csfmt">\glossarymark</code></dfn> was provided for this purpose, but this command is also provided by other packages and classes, notably <a id="wrglossary.8735"></a><a href="#glo:cls.memoir"><span class="clsfmt">memoir</span></a> which has a different syntax. Therefore the command <a id="wrglossary.8736"></a><a href="#glo:glossarymark"><code class="csfmt">\glossarymark</code></a> will only be defined if it doesn’t already exist. In which case, <a id="wrglossary.8737"></a><a href="#glo:glsglossarymark"><code class="csfmt">\glsglossarymark</code></a> will simply use <a id="wrglossary.8738"></a><a href="#glo:glossarymark"><code class="csfmt">\glossarymark</code></a>.<p>
+If <a id="wrglossary.8739"></a><a href="#glo:cls.memoir"><span class="clsfmt">memoir</span></a> has been loaded, <a id="wrglossary.8740"></a><a href="#glo:glsglossarymark"><code class="csfmt">\glsglossarymark</code></a> will be defined to use <a id="wrglossary.8741"></a><a href="#glo:markboth"><code class="csfmt">\markboth</code></a> otherwise, if some other class or package has defined <a id="wrglossary.8742"></a><a href="#glo:glossarymark"><code class="csfmt">\glossarymark</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.8743"></a><a href="#glo:glsglossarymark"><code class="csfmt">\glsglossarymark</code></a> will be defined to use <a id="wrglossary.8744"></a><a href="#glo:@mkboth"><code class="csfmt">\@mkboth</code></a> (using the same definition as the <a id="wrglossary.8745"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package’s version of <a id="wrglossary.8746"></a><a href="#glo:glossarymark"><code class="csfmt">\glossarymark</code></a>).<p>
+If <a id="wrglossary.8747"></a><a href="#glo:opt.ucmark"><span class="styoptfmt">ucmark</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>, the <a id="wrglossary.8748"></a><a href="#glo:dual.casechange">case change</a> will be applied using <a id="wrglossary.8749"></a><a href="#glo:memUChead"><code class="csfmt">\memUChead</code></a> if <a id="wrglossary.8750"></a><a href="#glo:cls.memoir"><span class="clsfmt">memoir</span></a> has been loaded, otherwise it will use <a id="wrglossary.8751"></a><a href="#glo:glsuppercase"><code class="csfmt">\glsuppercase</code></a>.<p>
+So if you want to redefine the way the header mark is set for the <a id="wrglossary.8752"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>, you need to redefine <a id="wrglossary.8753"></a><a href="#glo:glsglossarymark"><code class="csfmt">\glsglossarymark</code></a> not <a id="wrglossary.8754"></a><a href="#glo:glossarymark"><code class="csfmt">\glossarymark</code></a>. For example, to only change the right header: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8755"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.8756"></a><a href="#glo:glsglossarymark"><code class="csfmt">\glsglossarymark</code></a>}[1]{<a id="wrglossary.8757"></a><a href="#glo:markright"><code class="csfmt">\markright</code></a>{#1}}
+</pre> or to prevent it from changing the headers: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8758"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.8759"></a><a href="#glo:glsglossarymark"><code class="csfmt">\glsglossarymark</code></a>}[1]{}
+</pre> If you want <a id="wrglossary.8760"></a><a href="#glo:glsglossarymark"><code class="csfmt">\glsglossarymark</code></a> to use <a id="wrglossary.8761"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a> in the header, use the <a id="wrglossary.8762"></a><a href="#glo:opt.ucmark"><span class="styoptfmt">ucmark</span></a> option described below.<p>
+With <a id="wrglossary.8763"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> and unnumbered section headings, <a id="wrglossary.8764"></a><a href="#glo:phantomsection"><code class="csfmt">\phantomsection</code></a> is need to create an appropriate anchor (see the <a id="wrglossary.8765"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> manual). This will need the page cleared for <a id="wrglossary.8766"></a><a href="#glo:chapter"><code class="csfmt">\chapter*</code></a>, which is done with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8767"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8768"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsclearpage"><code class="csfmt">\glsclearpage</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ If the <a id="wrglossary.8769"></a><a href="#glo:opt.section"><span class="styoptfmt">section</span></a><span class="optfmt">=chapter</span> setting is on then <a id="wrglossary.8770"></a><a href="#glo:glsclearpage"><code class="csfmt">\glsclearpage</code></a> will use <a id="wrglossary.8771"></a><a href="#glo:cleardoublepage"><code class="csfmt">\cleardoublepage</code></a>, if it’s defined and if the <a id="wrglossary.8772"></a><a href="#glo:if@openright"><code class="csfmt">\if@openright</code></a> conditional (provided by classes with an <a id="wrglossary.8773"></a><a href="#glo:opt.openright"><span class="optfmt">openright</span></a> option such as <a id="wrglossary.8774"></a><a href="#glo:cls.book"><span class="clsfmt">book</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.8775"></a><a href="#glo:cls.report"><span class="clsfmt">report</span></a>) isn’t defined or is defined and is true, otherwise <a id="wrglossary.8776"></a><a href="#glo:clearpage"><code class="csfmt">\clearpage</code></a> is used.<p>
+Occasionally you may find that another package defines <a id="wrglossary.8777"></a><a href="#glo:cleardoublepage"><code class="csfmt">\cleardoublepage</code></a> when it is not required. This may cause an unwanted blank page to appear before each <a id="wrglossary.8778"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> If you only want a single page cleared, you can redefine <a id="wrglossary.8779"></a><a href="#glo:glsclearpage"><code class="csfmt">\glsclearpage</code></a>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8780"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.8781"></a><a href="#glo:glsclearpage"><code class="csfmt">\glsclearpage</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.8782"></a><a href="#glo:clearpage"><code class="csfmt">\clearpage</code></a>}
+</pre> Note that this will no longer take the <a id="wrglossary.8783"></a><a href="#glo:opt.section"><span class="styoptfmt">section</span></a> package option into account.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8784"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8785"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glossarytitle"><code class="csfmt">\glossarytitle</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This expands to the title that should be used by the <a id="wrglossary.8786"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> section header. It’s initialised to the title provided in <a id="wrglossary.8787"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a> when the <a id="wrglossary.8788"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> was defined. The <a id="wrglossary.8789"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.title"><span class="csoptfmt">title</span></a> option will redefined this command.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8790"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8791"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glossarytoctitle"><code class="csfmt">\glossarytoctitle</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This expands to the <a id="wrglossary.8792"></a><a href="#glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</a> title that’s supplied in the optional argument of the <a id="wrglossary.8793"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> section command. It will only be added to the <a id="wrglossary.8794"></a><a href="#glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</a> is the <a id="wrglossary.8795"></a><a href="#glo:opt.toc"><span class="styoptfmt">toc</span></a> package option is on, but it may also be used in the page header (depending on the definition of <a id="wrglossary.8796"></a><a href="#glo:glsglossarymark"><code class="csfmt">\glsglossarymark</code></a> and the current page style).<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.8797"></a><a href="#glo:glossarytoctitle"><code class="csfmt">\glossarytoctitle</code></a> command is initialised to <a id="wrglossary.8798"></a><a href="#glo:glossarytitle"><code class="csfmt">\glossarytitle</code></a>. The <a id="wrglossary.8799"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.toctitle"><span class="csoptfmt">toctitle</span></a> option will redefine this command. If neither the <a id="wrglossary.8800"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.title"><span class="csoptfmt">title</span></a> nor <a id="wrglossary.8801"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.toctitle"><span class="csoptfmt">toctitle</span></a> are used, <a id="wrglossary.8802"></a><a href="#glo:glossarytoctitle"><code class="csfmt">\glossarytoctitle</code></a> will be defined via: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8803"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8804"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glssettoctitle"><code class="csfmt">\glssettoctitle</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-type</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ By default, this will redefine <a id="wrglossary.8805"></a><a href="#glo:glossarytoctitle"><code class="csfmt">\glossarytoctitle</code></a> to the title provided in <a id="wrglossary.8806"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a> when the <a id="wrglossary.8807"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> was defined.<p>
+This means that if neither <a id="wrglossary.8808"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.title"><span class="csoptfmt">title</span></a> nor <a id="wrglossary.8809"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.toctitle"><span class="csoptfmt">toctitle</span></a> are set, the <a id="wrglossary.8810"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary’s</a> associated title will be used for both. If only <a id="wrglossary.8811"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.title"><span class="csoptfmt">title</span></a> is used, then it will also apply to the <a id="wrglossary.8812"></a><a href="#glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</a> title, and if only <a id="wrglossary.8813"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.toctitle"><span class="csoptfmt">toctitle</span></a> is used, then <a id="wrglossary.8814"></a><a href="#glo:glossarytoctitle"><code class="csfmt">\glossarytoctitle</code></a> will be defined to that value but <a id="wrglossary.8815"></a><a href="#glo:glossarytitle"><code class="csfmt">\glossarytitle</code></a> will be the <a id="wrglossary.8816"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary’s</a> associated title.<p>
+After the heading, but before the main body of the <a id="wrglossary.8817"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, is the <a id="wrglossary.8818"></a>glossary preamble which is given by: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8819"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8820"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glossarypreamble"><code class="csfmt">\glossarypreamble</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ You can redefine this before the <a id="wrglossary.8821"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> is shown. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8822"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.8823"></a><a href="#glo:glossarypreamble"><code class="csfmt">\glossarypreamble</code></a>}{Numbers in italic
+indicate primary definitions.}
+</pre> A <a id="wrglossary.8824"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> may have its own specific <a id="wrglossary.8825"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarypreamble">preamble</a>. If it has one defined, then the <a id="wrglossary.8826"></a><a href="#glo:print...glossary"><code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">…</em>〉</span>glossary</code></a> set of commands will locally redefine <a id="wrglossary.8827"></a><a href="#glo:glossarypreamble"><code class="csfmt">\glossarypreamble</code></a> to that <a id="wrglossary.8828"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarypreamble">preamble</a> instead. Since this change is scoped, the previous definition will be restored after the <a id="wrglossary.8829"></a><a href="#glo:print...glossary"><code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">…</em>〉</span>glossary</code></a> command.<p>
+You can globally assign a <a id="wrglossary.8830"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarypreamble">preamble</a> to a specific <a id="wrglossary.8831"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8832"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8833"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:setglossarypreamble"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarypreamble</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ If <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span> is omitted, <a id="wrglossary.8834"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a> is used. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8835"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.8836"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarypreamble"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarypreamble</code></a>{Numbers in italic
+indicate primary definitions.}
+</pre> This will set the given <a id="wrglossary.8837"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarypreamble">preamble</a> text for just the <a id="wrglossary.8838"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary, not for any other <a id="wrglossary.8839"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. The <a id="wrglossary.8840"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package additionally provides: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8841"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8842"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:apptoglossarypreamble"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\apptoglossarypreamble</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which locally appends <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> to the <a id="wrglossary.8843"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarypreamble">preamble</a> for the specific <a id="wrglossary.8844"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8845"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8846"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:pretoglossarypreamble"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\pretoglossarypreamble</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which locally prepends <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> to the <a id="wrglossary.8847"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarypreamble">preamble</a> for the specific <a id="wrglossary.8848"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>.<p>
+There is also a <a id="wrglossary.8849"></a><dfn id="glo:idx.postamble">postamble</dfn> at the end of each <a id="wrglossary.8850"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> which is given by: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8851"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8852"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glossarypostamble"><code class="csfmt">\glossarypostamble</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This is less useful than a <a id="wrglossary.8853"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarypreamble">preamble</a> and so there’s no analogous command to <a id="wrglossary.8854"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarypreamble"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarypreamble</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8855"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+The <a id="wrglossary.8856"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarypreamble">preamble</a> and <a id="wrglossary.8857"></a><a href="#glo:idx.postamble">postamble</a> occur outside of <a id="wrglossary.8858"></a><a href="#glo:env.theglossary"><span class="envfmt">theglossary</span></a> and so shouldn’t be influenced by the <a id="wrglossary.8859"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="example" id="ex:twocolumn"><div class="title">Example 31: Switch to Two Column Mode for Glossary</div> Suppose you are using the <a id="wrglossary.8860"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">superheaderborder</span></a> style, and you want the <a id="wrglossary.8861"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> to be in two columns (you can’t use the <a id="wrglossary.8862"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">longheaderborder</span></a> style for this example as you can’t use the <a id="wrglossary.8863"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> environment in two column mode), but after the <a id="wrglossary.8864"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> you want to switch back to one column mode, you could do: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8865"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.8866"></a><a href="#glo:glossarysection"><code class="csfmt">\glossarysection</code></a>}[2][]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.8867"></a><a href="#glo:twocolumn"><code class="csfmt">\twocolumn</code></a>[{<a id="wrglossary.8868"></a><a href="#glo:chapter"><code class="csfmt">\chapter</code></a>*{#2}}]<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\setlength</code><a id="wrglossary.8869"></a><a href="#glo:glsdescwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glsdescwidth</code></a>{0.6<code class="cmd">\linewidth</code>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.8870"></a><a href="#glo:glsglossarymark"><code class="csfmt">\glsglossarymark</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.8871"></a><a href="#glo:glossarytoctitle"><code class="csfmt">\glossarytoctitle</code></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.8872"></a><a href="#glo:glossarypostamble"><code class="csfmt">\glossarypostamble</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.8873"></a><a href="#glo:onecolumn"><code class="csfmt">\onecolumn</code></a>}
+</pre> (You may prefer to use the <a id="wrglossary.8874"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcolalttree"><span class="glostylefmt">mcolalttree</span></a> style if you’re not interested in the column headers or borders.) </div><p>
+The actual <a id="wrglossary.8875"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> content is contained within the <a id="wrglossary.8876"></a><a href="#glo:env.theglossary"><span class="envfmt">theglossary</span></a> environment, which will typically be in the form: <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cbeg">\begin{theglossary}</code><a id="wrglossary.8877"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryheader"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryheader</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.8878"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupheading"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupheading</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span>}<code class="cmd">\relax</code><a id="wrglossary.8879"></a><a href="#glo:glsresetentrylist"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetentrylist</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.8880"></a><a href="#glo:glossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossentry</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">number-list</em>〉</span>}
+<a id="wrglossary.8881"></a><a href="#glo:subglossentry"><code class="csfmt">\subglossentry</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">level</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">number-list</em>〉</span>}
+<span class="comment">% …</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.8882"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupskip</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.8883"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupheading"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupheading</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span>}<code class="cmd">\relax</code><a id="wrglossary.8884"></a><a href="#glo:glsresetentrylist"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetentrylist</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.8885"></a><a href="#glo:glossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossentry</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">number-list</em>〉</span>}
+<a id="wrglossary.8886"></a><a href="#glo:subglossentry"><code class="csfmt">\subglossentry</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">level</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">number-list</em>〉</span>}
+<span class="comment">% …</span>
+<code class="cend">\end{theglossary}</code>
+</pre><p>
+The entire <a id="wrglossary.8887"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> for each <a id="wrglossary.8888"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> is encapsulated with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8889"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8890"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glossaryentrynumbers"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryentrynumbers</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">locations</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command allows <a id="wrglossary.8891"></a><a href="#glo:glsnonextpages"><code class="csfmt">\glsnonextpages</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.8892"></a><a href="#glo:glsnextpages"><code class="csfmt">\glsnextpages</code></a>, and the <a id="wrglossary.8893"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.8894"></a><a href="#glo:opt.savenumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">savenumberlist</span></a> options to work. The <a id="wrglossary.8895"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryentrynumbers"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryentrynumbers</code></a> command is reset by: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8896"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8897"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsresetentrylist"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetentrylist</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+With <a id="wrglossary.8898"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>, this command is preceded by: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8899"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8900"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsnoidxprenumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoidxprenumberlist</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The default behaviour is to use the value of the <a id="wrglossary.8901"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.prenumberlist"><span class="csoptfmt">prenumberlist</span></a> internal field. This command is not used with Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>.<p>
+If you want to suppress the <a id="wrglossary.8902"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> for a particular entry, you can add the following to the entry’s description: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8903"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8904"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsnonextpages"><code class="csfmt">\glsnonextpages</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Within the <a id="wrglossary.8905"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, this will redefine <a id="wrglossary.8906"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryentrynumbers"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryentrynumbers</code></a> to ignore its argument and then reset itself. This means that the next <a id="wrglossary.8907"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> will be suppressed. Note that if the entry doesn’t have a <a id="wrglossary.8908"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> (for example, it’s a parent entry that only appears in the <a id="wrglossary.8909"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> because it has an <a id="wrglossary.8910"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a> descendent entry) then the next <a id="wrglossary.8911"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> will be for the first child entry that’s been <a id="wrglossary.8912"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a>. This command does nothing outside of the <a id="wrglossary.8913"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>.<p>
+Similarly, if you want to override the <a id="wrglossary.8914"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a> option to ensure that the next <a id="wrglossary.8915"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> is shown, then use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8916"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8917"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsnextpages"><code class="csfmt">\glsnextpages</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command does nothing outside of the <a id="wrglossary.8918"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8919"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+The <a id="wrglossary.8920"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.nonumberlist"><span class="csoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a> key that may be used when defining an <a id="wrglossary.8921"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a>, works by automatically adding <a id="wrglossary.8922"></a><a href="#glo:glsnonextpages"><code class="csfmt">\glsnonextpages</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.8923"></a><a href="#glo:glsnextpages"><code class="csfmt">\glsnextpages</code></a> to the <a id="wrglossary.8924"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> information before <a id="wrglossary.8925"></a><a href="#glo:glossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossentry</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.8926"></a><a href="#glo:subglossentry"><code class="csfmt">\subglossentry</code></a> with Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>. With <a id="wrglossary.8927"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>, the relevant command is put in the <a id="wrglossary.8928"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.prenumberlist"><span class="csoptfmt">prenumberlist</span></a> internal field, but since <a id="wrglossary.8929"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a> only uses <a id="wrglossary.8930"></a><a href="#glo:glsnoidxprenumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoidxprenumberlist</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.8931"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryentrynumbers"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryentrynumbers</code></a> when the <a id="wrglossary.8932"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.loclist"><span class="csoptfmt">loclist</span></a> field is set, it won’t affect sub-entries. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.8933"></a><a href="#glo:env.theglossary"><span class="envfmt">theglossary</span></a> environment, and the other commands (<a id="wrglossary.8934"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryheader"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryheader</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.8935"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupskip</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.8936"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupheading"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupheading</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.8937"></a><a href="#glo:glossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossentry</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.8938"></a><a href="#glo:subglossentry"><code class="csfmt">\subglossentry</code></a>) are all redefined by <a id="wrglossary.8939"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> and are described in §<a href="#sec:newglossarystyle">13.2</a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:glossmarkup -->
+
+<section id="sec:newglossary"><!-- start of section sec:newglossary --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->9. Defining New Glossaries<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:newglossary">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+<p>
+A new <a id="wrglossary.8940"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> can be defined using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8941"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8942"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">log-ext</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">in-ext</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">out-ext</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">title</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>]</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span> is the label to assign to this <a id="wrglossary.8943"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. This label is used to reference the <a id="wrglossary.8944"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> in the value of the <a id="wrglossary.8945"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> key when defining <a id="wrglossary.8946"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> or, the similarly named, <a id="wrglossary.8947"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> option in the <a id="wrglossary.8948"></a><a href="#glo:print...glossary"><code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">…</em>〉</span>glossary</code></a> commands.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.8949"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+As with labels in general, <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span> must not contain any active characters. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+The arguments <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">in-ext</em>〉</span> and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">out-ext</em>〉</span> specify the extensions of the input and output (from TeX’s point of view) <a id="wrglossary.8950"></a><a href="#glo:indexingfile">files</a> for that <a id="wrglossary.8951"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">title</em>〉</span> is the default title for this new <a id="wrglossary.8952"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, and the final optional argument <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span> specifies which <a id="wrglossary.8953"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationcounter">location counter</a> to use for the associated <a id="wrglossary.8954"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a> (see also §<a href="#sec:numberlists">12</a>). If not specified, the default <a id="wrglossary.8955"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationcounter">location counter</a> will be the one identified in the <a id="wrglossary.8956"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></a> option, if that option is used, otherwise it will be the <a id="wrglossary.8957"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.page"><span class="ctrfmt">page</span></a> counter.<p>
+The first optional argument <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">log-ext</em>〉</span> specifies the extension for the <a id="wrglossary.8958"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application’s</a> transcript file (this information is used by <a id="wrglossary.8959"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> which picks up the information from the <a id="wrglossary.8960"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file and also by the <a id="wrglossary.8961"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a> option). If omitted, <a id="wrglossary.8962"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glg"><span class="extfmt">glg</span></a> is used.<p>
+The file extensions only apply to Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>. For the other options, the <a id="wrglossary.8963"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> information is written to the <a id="wrglossary.8964"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file for Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a>. No input file is required for <a id="wrglossary.8965"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a> and <a id="wrglossary.8966"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a> always has the <a id="wrglossary.8967"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glstex"><span class="extfmt">glstex</span></a> file extension. Since the file extensions are only relevant for Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>, there is a starred version that omits those arguments: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8968"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8969"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:newglossary*"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary*</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">title</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>]</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This is equivalent to <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.8970"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>-glg]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>-gls}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>-glo}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">title</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>]
+</pre> or you can use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8971"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8972"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:altnewglossary"><code class="csfmt">\altnewglossary</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">tag</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">title</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>]</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which is equivalent to <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.8973"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">tag</em>〉</span>-glg]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">tag</em>〉</span>-gls}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">tag</em>〉</span>-glo}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">title</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>]
+</pre> Note that in both cases distinct file extensions are defined so these commands are still useful with Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>.<p>
+It may be that you have some terms that are so common that they don’t need to be listed. In this case, you can define a special type of <a id="wrglossary.8974"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> that doesn’t create any associated files. This is referred to as an <span class="qt">“<a id="wrglossary.8975"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossary</a>”</span> and it’s ignored by commands that iterate over all the <a id="wrglossary.8976"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>, such as <a id="wrglossary.8977"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a>. To define an <a id="wrglossary.8978"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossary</a>, use <a id="wrglossary.8979"></a><a href="#glo:newignoredglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newignoredglossary</code></a> where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span> is the glossary label (as above). This <a id="wrglossary.8980"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> type will automatically be added to the <a id="wrglossary.8981"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nohypertypes"><span class="styoptfmt">nohypertypes</span></a> list, since there are no hypertargets for the entries in an <a id="wrglossary.8982"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossary</a>. (The sample file <a id="wrglossary.8983"></a><a href="#glo:file.sample-entryfmt.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-entryfmt.tex</span></a> defines an ignored glossary.)<p>
+An <a id="wrglossary.8984"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossary</a> can’t be displayed with <a id="wrglossary.8985"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.8986"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a> but can be displayed with <a id="wrglossary.8987"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.8988"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtinnerglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtinnerglossary</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8989"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.8990"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides a starred version <a id="wrglossary.8991"></a><a href="#glo:newignoredglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newignoredglossary*</code></a> that doesn’t suppress <a id="wrglossary.8992"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> (since <a id="wrglossary.8993"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossaries</a> can be useful with <a id="wrglossary.8994"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>). There is also an analogous <a id="wrglossary.8995"></a><a href="#glo:provideignoredglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\provideignoredglossary</code></a> command. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+You can test if a <a id="wrglossary.8996"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> is an ignored one using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.8997"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.8998"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ifignoredglossary"><code class="csfmt">\ifignoredglossary</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifier: </span>* </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span> was defined as an <a id="wrglossary.8999"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossary</a>, otherwise it does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>.<p>
+Note that the <a id="wrglossary.9000"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></dfn> (default) <a id="wrglossary.9001"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> is automatically created as: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.9002"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>{main}{<a id="wrglossary.9003"></a><a href="#glo:ext.gls"><span class="extfmt">gls</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.9004"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glo"><span class="extfmt">glo</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.9005"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryname</code></a>}
+</pre> so it can be identified by the label <a id="wrglossary.9006"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> (unless the <a id="wrglossary.9007"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nomain"><span class="styoptfmt">nomain</span></a> package option is used). If the <a id="wrglossary.9008"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.doc"><span class="styfmt">doc</span></a> package has been loaded (which uses the <a id="wrglossary.9009"></a><a href="#glo:ext.gls"><span class="extfmt">gls</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.9010"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glo"><span class="extfmt">glo</span></a> extensions for the change log) then the <a id="wrglossary.9011"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary will instead be defined as: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.9012"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.9013"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glg2"><span class="extfmt">glg2</span></a>]{main}{<a id="wrglossary.9014"></a><a href="#glo:ext.gls2"><span class="extfmt">gls2</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.9015"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glo2"><span class="extfmt">glo2</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.9016"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryname</code></a>}
+</pre> If you are using a class or package that similarly requires <a id="wrglossary.9017"></a><a href="#glo:ext.gls"><span class="extfmt">gls</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.9018"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glo"><span class="extfmt">glo</span></a> as file extensions, you will need to use the <a id="wrglossary.9019"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nomain"><span class="styoptfmt">nomain</span></a> option and define your own custom <a id="wrglossary.9020"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, but be aware of other possible conflicts, such as different definitions of commands and environments like <a id="wrglossary.9021"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.9022"></a><a href="#glo:env.theglossary"><span class="envfmt">theglossary</span></a>.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.9023"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> (or <a id="wrglossary.9024"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronyms"><span class="styoptfmt">acronyms</span></a>) package option is equivalent to: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.9025"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.9026"></a><a href="#glo:ext.alg"><span class="extfmt">alg</span></a>]{<a id="wrglossary.9027"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.9028"></a><a href="#glo:ext.acr"><span class="extfmt">acr</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.9029"></a><a href="#glo:ext.acn"><span class="extfmt">acn</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.9030"></a><a href="#glo:acronymname"><code class="csfmt">\acronymname</code></a>}
+</pre> so it can be identified by the label <a id="wrglossary.9031"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a>. If you are not sure whether the <a id="wrglossary.9032"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> option has been used, you can identify the list of <a id="wrglossary.9033"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> by the command: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9034"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.9035"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><a id="wrglossary.9036"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The default definition is simply <a id="wrglossary.9037"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a>. The <a id="wrglossary.9038"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.9039"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronyms"><span class="styoptfmt">acronyms</span></a> option will redefine <a id="wrglossary.9040"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a> to <a id="wrglossary.9041"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a>. If you want additional <a id="wrglossary.9042"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> for use with <a id="wrglossary.9043"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a>, remember to declare them with <a id="wrglossary.9044"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronymlists"><span class="styoptfmt">acronymlists</span></a>.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.9045"></a><a href="#glo:opt.symbols"><span class="styoptfmt">symbols</span></a> package option creates a new <a id="wrglossary.9046"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> with the label <a id="wrglossary.9047"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.symbols"><code class="glostypefmt">symbols</code></a> using: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.9048"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.9049"></a><a href="#glo:ext.slg"><span class="extfmt">slg</span></a>]{<a id="wrglossary.9050"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.symbols"><code class="glostypefmt">symbols</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.9051"></a><a href="#glo:ext.sls"><span class="extfmt">sls</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.9052"></a><a href="#glo:ext.slo"><span class="extfmt">slo</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.9053"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbolsgroupname"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbolsgroupname</code></a>}
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.9054"></a><a href="#glo:opt.numbers"><span class="styoptfmt">numbers</span></a> package option creates a new <a id="wrglossary.9055"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> with the label <a id="wrglossary.9056"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.numbers"><code class="glostypefmt">numbers</code></a> using: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.9057"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.9058"></a><a href="#glo:ext.nlg"><span class="extfmt">nlg</span></a>]{<a id="wrglossary.9059"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.numbers"><code class="glostypefmt">numbers</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.9060"></a><a href="#glo:ext.nls"><span class="extfmt">nls</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.9061"></a><a href="#glo:ext.nlo"><span class="extfmt">nlo</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.9062"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumbersgroupname"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumbersgroupname</code></a>}
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.9063"></a><a href="#glo:opt.index"><span class="styoptfmt">index</span></a> package option creates a new <a id="wrglossary.9064"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> with the label <a id="wrglossary.9065"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.index"><code class="glostypefmt">index</code></a> using: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.9066"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.9067"></a><a href="#glo:ext.ilg"><span class="extfmt">ilg</span></a>]{<a id="wrglossary.9068"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.index"><code class="glostypefmt">index</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.9069"></a><a href="#glo:ext.ind"><span class="extfmt">ind</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.9070"></a><a href="#glo:ext.idx"><span class="extfmt">idx</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.9071"></a><a href="#glo:indexname"><code class="csfmt">\indexname</code></a>}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.9072"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+With Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> all <a id="wrglossary.9073"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> must be defined before <a id="wrglossary.9074"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> to ensure that the relevant output <a id="wrglossary.9075"></a><a href="#glo:indexingfile">files</a> are opened.<p>
+See §<a href="#sec:fixednames">1.5.1</a> if you want to redefine <a id="wrglossary.9076"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryname</code></a>, especially if you are using a language package. (Similarly for <a id="wrglossary.9077"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbolsgroupname"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbolsgroupname</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.9078"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumbersgroupname"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumbersgroupname</code></a>.) If you want to redefine <a id="wrglossary.9079"></a><a href="#glo:indexname"><code class="csfmt">\indexname</code></a>, just follow the advice in <a href="https://texfaq.org/FAQ-fixnam">How to change LaTeX’s <span class="qt">“fixed names”</span></a>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:newglossary -->
+
+<section id="sec:glsadd"><!-- start of section sec:glsadd --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->10. Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:glsadd">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+<p>
+It is possible to <a id="wrglossary.9080"></a><a href="#glo:index"><code class="csfmt">\index</code></a>indexing an <a id="wrglossary.9081"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> without <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9082"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.9083"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This is similar to the <a id="wrglossary.9084"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands, only it doesn’t produce any text. Therefore, there is no <a id="wrglossary.9085"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.hyper"><span class="csoptfmt">hyper</span></a> key available in <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span> but all the other base options that can be used with the <a id="wrglossary.9086"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands can be passed to <a id="wrglossary.9087"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>. The <a id="wrglossary.9088"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides addition options, such as <a id="wrglossary.9089"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.textformat"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">textformat</span></a>, that aren’t applicable when there’s no <a id="wrglossary.9090"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>, so they are also not available. This ensures that the given entry is listed in the <a id="wrglossary.9091"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> and that the current <a id="wrglossary.9092"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> is included in the entry’s <a id="wrglossary.9093"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>.<p>
+This command is particularly useful to create an explicit <a id="wrglossary.9094"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">range</a> that covers an entire section or block of text that might otherwise end up with a long, ragged <a id="wrglossary.9095"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>. For example, suppose I have defined an <a id="wrglossary.9096"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> with the label <span class="qt">“set”</span>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9097"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.9098"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{set}{<a id="wrglossary.9099"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={set}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.9100"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a collection}</span>}
+</pre> Suppose I have a section about sets spanning from page 3 to page 8 with repeated use of <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.9101"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{set}</code> on pages 3, 5, 7 and 8. This will result in the <a id="wrglossary.9102"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> <span class="qt">“3, 5, 7, 8”</span> which is a bit untidy. It would look far more compact, and better emphasize that the section of the document from page 3 to 8 covers sets, if the <a id="wrglossary.9103"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> was simply <span class="qt">“3–8”</span>.<p>
+This can be done with an explicit <a id="wrglossary.9104"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">range</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9105"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.9106"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.9107"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.9108"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.startrange"><code class="code">(</code></a></span>]{set}
+Lots of text about sets spanning page 3 to page 8.
+<a id="wrglossary.9109"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.9110"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.9111"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.endrange"><code class="code">)</code></a></span>]{set}
+</pre> See §<a href="#sec:encap">12.1</a> for more information about the <a id="wrglossary.9112"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationencap">location encap</a>.<p>
+To add all entries that have been defined, use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9113"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.9114"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsaddall"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddall</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The optional argument is the same as for <a id="wrglossary.9115"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>, except there is also a key <a id="wrglossary.9116"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.glsopt.types"><span class="csoptfmt">types</span></dfn> which can be used to specify which <a id="wrglossary.9117"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> to use. This should be a comma-separated list. For example, if you only want to add all the <a id="wrglossary.9118"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> belonging to the list of acronyms (specified by the glossary type <a id="wrglossary.9119"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a>) and a list of notation (specified by the glossary type <span class="optfmt">notation</span>) then you can do: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9120"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.9121"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddall"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddall</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.9122"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.types"><span class="csoptfmt">types</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.9123"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a>,notation}</span>]
+</pre><p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9124"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ If you are using <a id="wrglossary.9125"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> with <a id="wrglossary.9126"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, you can’t use <a id="wrglossary.9127"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddall"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddall</code></a>. Instead use the <a id="wrglossary.9128"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.selection"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">selection</span></a><span class="optfmt">=all</span> resource option to select all <a id="wrglossary.9129"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> in the given <a id="wrglossary.9130"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> files. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.9131"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Note that <a id="wrglossary.9132"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.9133"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddall"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddall</code></a> add the current <a id="wrglossary.9134"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> to the <a id="wrglossary.9135"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>. In the case of <a id="wrglossary.9136"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddall"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddall</code></a>, all <a id="wrglossary.9137"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> in the listed <a id="wrglossary.9138"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> will have the same <a id="wrglossary.9139"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.9140"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> (the <a id="wrglossary.9141"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> at the point in the document where <a id="wrglossary.9142"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddall"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddall</code></a> was used, which will be page 1 if it occurs in the <a id="wrglossary.9143"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a>). If you want to use <a id="wrglossary.9144"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddall"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddall</code></a>, it’s best to suppress the <a id="wrglossary.9145"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> with the <a id="wrglossary.9146"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a> package option. (See sections <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">2.3</a> and <a href="#sec:numberlists">12</a>.) </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+If you want to ensure that all <a id="wrglossary.9147"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> are added to the <a id="wrglossary.9148"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, but only want the <a id="wrglossary.9149"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> of entries that have actually been used in the document, then you can use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9150"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.9151"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsaddallunused"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddallunused</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary types</em>〉</span>]</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Note that in this case, the optional argument is simply a list of <a id="wrglossary.9152"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> labels. The options available to <a id="wrglossary.9153"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.9154"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddall"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddall</code></a> aren’t available here. If the optional argument is omitted, the list of all non-<a id="wrglossary.9155"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossaries</a> is assumed.<p>
+This command implements: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.9156"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.9157"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.9158"></a><a href="#glo:glsignore"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">glsignore</span></a></span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> for each <a id="wrglossary.9159"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> in each <a id="wrglossary.9160"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> listed in the optional argument if the entry has been marked as <a id="wrglossary.9161"></a><a href="#glo:firstuseflag">used</a>. Since <a id="wrglossary.9162"></a><a href="#glo:glsignore"><code class="csfmt">\glsignore</code></a> discards its argument, this effectively creates an <a id="wrglossary.9163"></a><a href="#glo:idx.emptylocation">invisible location</a>. This is necessary because <a id="wrglossary.9164"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.9165"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> require an associated <a id="wrglossary.9166"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> for each line in the <a id="wrglossary.9167"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing file</a>. (They are <a id="wrglossary.9168"></a><a href="#glo:indexingapp"><span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">indexing</span> applications</a> not glossary applications, so they expect page numbers.)<p>
+This means that <a id="wrglossary.9169"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddallunused"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddallunused</code></a> adds <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.9170"></a><a href="#glo:glsignore"><code class="csfmt">\glsignore</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}</code> to the <a id="wrglossary.9171"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> of all the <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">unused</span> <a id="wrglossary.9172"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a>. If any of those <a id="wrglossary.9173"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a> have other <a id="wrglossary.9174"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> (for example, the <a id="wrglossary.9175"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flags</a> was reset before <a id="wrglossary.9176"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddallunused"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddallunused</code></a> or only the <a id="wrglossary.9177"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands were used or if any <a id="wrglossary.9178"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> occurs after <a id="wrglossary.9179"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddallunused"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddallunused</code></a>) then this will cause spurious commas or en-dashes in the <a id="wrglossary.9180"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> that have been placed before or after the <a id="wrglossary.9181"></a><a href="#glo:idx.emptylocation">invisible location</a>.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.9182"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+If you want to use <a id="wrglossary.9183"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddallunused"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddallunused</code></a>, it’s best to place the command at the end of the document to ensure that all the commands you intend to use have already been used and make sure to use the <a id="wrglossary.9184"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands and don’t issue any resets (<a id="wrglossary.9185"></a><a href="#glo:glsreset"><code class="csfmt">\glsreset</code></a> etc). </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9186"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ Since <a id="wrglossary.9187"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> was designed specifically for <a id="wrglossary.9188"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, it recognises <a id="wrglossary.9189"></a><a href="#glo:glsignore"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">glsignore</span></a> as a special format that indicates the <a id="wrglossary.9190"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> shouldn’t be added to the <a id="wrglossary.9191"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a> but the <a id="wrglossary.9192"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> should be selected.<p>
+Alternatively, the <a id="wrglossary.9193"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.selection"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">selection</span></a><span class="optfmt">=all</span> resource option can be used, which will ensure all <a id="wrglossary.9194"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> are selected but only those <a id="wrglossary.9195"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a> with one or more non-ignored <a id="wrglossary.9196"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> will have a <a id="wrglossary.9197"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+Base <a id="wrglossary.9198"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package only: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9199"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+<a id="wrglossary.9200"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.9201"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{cat}{<a id="wrglossary.9202"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={cat}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.9203"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={feline}</span>}
+<a id="wrglossary.9204"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{dog}{<a id="wrglossary.9205"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={dog}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.9206"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={canine}</span>}
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.9207"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{cat}.
+<a id="wrglossary.9208"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.9209"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddallunused"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddallunused</code></a> <span class="comment">% &lt;- make sure dog is also listed</span>
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> Corresponding <a id="wrglossary.9210"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.9211"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> document code: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9212"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.9213"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a>]{glossaries-extra}
+<a id="wrglossary.9214"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.9215"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">=entries</span>,<a id="wrglossary.9216"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.selection"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">selection</span></a><span class="optfmt">=all</span>]
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.9217"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{cat}.
+<a id="wrglossary.9218"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a>
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> With the file <span class="filefmt">entries.bib</span>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9219"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@entry</code>{cat,<a id="wrglossary.9220"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={cat}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.9221"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={feline}</span>}
+<code class="code">@entry</code>{dog,<a id="wrglossary.9222"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={dog}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.9223"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={canine}</span>}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="example" id="ex:dual"><div class="title">Example 32: Dual Entries</div> The example file <a id="wrglossary.9224"></a><a href="#glo:file.sample-dual.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-dual.tex</span></a> makes use of <a id="wrglossary.9225"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a> to allow for an <a id="wrglossary.9226"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> that should appear both in the <a id="wrglossary.9227"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary and in the list of <a id="wrglossary.9228"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a>. This example sets up the list of <a id="wrglossary.9229"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> using the <a id="wrglossary.9230"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> package option: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9231"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.9232"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a>]{glossaries}
+</pre> A new command (<a id="wrglossary.9233"></a><a href="#glo:newdualentry"><code class="csfmt">\newdualentry</code></a>) is then defined to make it easier to define dual entries: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9234"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\newdualentry</code>}[5][]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.9235"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{main-#2}{<a id="wrglossary.9236"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={#4}</span>,<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.9237"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a><span class="optfmt">={#3<a id="wrglossary.9238"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>{#2}}</span>,<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.9239"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={#5}</span>,<span class="comment">% </span>
+ #1
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.9240"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{#2}{#3<a id="wrglossary.9241"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>{main-#2}}{#4}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre> This has the following syntax: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.9242"></a><a href="#glo:newdualentry"><code class="csfmt">\newdualentry</code></a>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">abbrv</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">description</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> You can then define a new dual entry: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9243"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.9244"></a><a href="#glo:newdualentry"><code class="csfmt">\newdualentry</code></a>{svm}<span class="comment">% label</span>
+ {SVM}<span class="comment">% abbreviation</span>
+ {support vector machine}<span class="comment">% long form</span>
+ {Statistical pattern recognition technique}<span class="comment">% description</span>
+</pre> Now you can reference the acronym with <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.9245"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{svm}</code> or you can reference the entry in the <a id="wrglossary.9246"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary with <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.9247"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{main-svm}</code>.<p>
+This is just an example. In general, think twice before you add this kind of duplication. If all information (short, long and description) can be provided in a single list, it’s redundant to provide a second list unless any of the short forms start with a different letter to the associated long form, which may make it harder to lookup.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9248"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ Note that with <a id="wrglossary.9249"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, there are special dual entry types that implement this behaviour. That is, if an entry is referenced then its corresponding dual entry will automatically be selected as well. So there is less need for <a id="wrglossary.9250"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.9251"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. (Although it can still be useful, for example with <a id="wrglossary.9252"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.standalone">Option 6</a>.) </div><!-- end of information -->
+ </div><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:glsadd -->
+
+<section id="sec:crossref"><!-- start of section sec:crossref --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->11. Cross-Referencing Entries<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:crossref">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.9253"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+You must use <a id="wrglossary.9254"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> (Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>) or <a id="wrglossary.9255"></a><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a> (<a id="wrglossary.9256"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>) <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">before</span> defining any <a id="wrglossary.9257"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> that cross-reference other <a id="wrglossary.9258"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a>. If any of the <a id="wrglossary.9259"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> that you have cross-referenced don’t appear in the <a id="wrglossary.9260"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, check that you have put <a id="wrglossary.9261"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>/<a id="wrglossary.9262"></a><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a> before all entry definitions. The <a id="wrglossary.9263"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides better cross-reference handling. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+There are several ways of cross-referencing <a id="wrglossary.9264"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.9265"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>: <p>
+
+<ol class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="numitem">1.</span><a id="itm.descsee"></a> You can use commands such as <a id="wrglossary.9266"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> in the entries description. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9267"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.9268"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{apple}{<a id="wrglossary.9269"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={apple}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.9270"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={firm, round fruit. See also <a id="wrglossary.9271"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{pear}}</span>}
+</pre> Note that with this method, if you don’t use the cross-referenced term in the main part of the document, you will need two runs of <a id="wrglossary.9272"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.9273"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex filename
+makeglossaries filename
+pdflatex filename
+makeglossaries filename
+pdflatex filename
+</pre> This is because the <a id="wrglossary.9274"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> in the description won’t be detected until the <a id="wrglossary.9275"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> has been created (unless the description is used elsewhere in the document with <a id="wrglossary.9276"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></a>). Take care not to use <a id="wrglossary.9277"></a><a href="#glo:glsdesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsdesc</code></a> (or <a id="wrglossary.9278"></a><a href="#glo:Glsdesc"><code class="csfmt">\Glsdesc</code></a>) in this case as it will cause a nested link.<p>
+<li><span class="numitem">2.</span><a id="itm.glssee"></a> After you have defined the entry, use <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9279"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.9280"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glssee"><code class="csfmt">\glssee</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">tag</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr-list</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr-list</em>〉</span> is a comma-separated list of <a id="wrglossary.9281"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> labels to be cross-referenced, <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> is the label of the <a id="wrglossary.9282"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> doing the cross-referencing and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">tag</em>〉</span> is the <span class="qt">“see”</span> tag. (The default value of <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">tag</em>〉</span> is <a id="wrglossary.9283"></a><a href="#glo:seename"><code class="csfmt">\seename</code></a>.)<p>
+This command is essentially performing: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.9284"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.9285"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cross-ref-encap</em>〉</span></span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cross-ref-encap</em>〉</span> is a special form of <a id="wrglossary.9286"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationencap">location encap</a> that includes <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">tag</em>〉</span> and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr-list</em>〉</span>. Remember from §<a href="#sec:glsadd">10</a> that <a id="wrglossary.9287"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> always requires a <a id="wrglossary.9288"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a>. This special <a id="wrglossary.9289"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationencap">location encap</a> discards the provided location (which <a id="wrglossary.9290"></a><a href="#glo:glssee"><code class="csfmt">\glssee</code></a> sets to <span class="qt">“Z”</span> to push the cross-reference to the end of the <a id="wrglossary.9291"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>) and replaces it with the cross-reference in the form <span class="qt">“<span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">see</span> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name(s)</em>〉</span>”</span>.<p>
+This means that <a id="wrglossary.9292"></a><a href="#glo:glssee"><code class="csfmt">\glssee</code></a> indexes <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> so that <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> appears in the <a id="wrglossary.9293"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> but it doesn’t <a id="wrglossary.9294"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">index</a> any of the entries listed in <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr-list</em>〉</span>.<p>
+For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9295"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.9296"></a><a href="#glo:glssee"><code class="csfmt">\glssee</code></a>[see also]{series}{FourierSeries,TaylorsTheorem}
+</pre> This <a id="wrglossary.9297"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexes</a> the entry identified by the label <span class="qt">“series”</span> and adds a <a id="wrglossary.9298"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> to the <span class="qt">“series”</span> <a id="wrglossary.9299"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> that looks something like: <pre class="compactcodebox"><span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">see also</span> <a id="wrglossary.9300"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryname</code></a>{FourierSeries} <a id="wrglossary.9301"></a><a href="#glo:cs.amp"><code class="csfmt">\&amp;</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.9302"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryname</code></a>{TaylorsTheorem}
+</pre> (The actual format is performed with <a id="wrglossary.9303"></a><a href="#glo:glsseeformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsseeformat</code></a>.)<p>
+<li><span class="numitem">3.</span><a id="itm.seekey"></a> As described in §<a href="#sec:newglosentry">4</a>, you can use the <a id="wrglossary.9304"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key when you define the entry. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9305"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.9306"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{MaclaurinSeries}{<a id="wrglossary.9307"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Maclaurin series}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.9308"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Series expansion}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.9309"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a><span class="optfmt">={TaylorsTheorem}</span>}
+</pre> This key was provided as a simple shortcut that does: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9310"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.9311"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{MaclaurinSeries}{<a id="wrglossary.9312"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Maclaurin series}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.9313"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Series expansion}</span>}
+<a id="wrglossary.9314"></a><a href="#glo:glssee"><code class="csfmt">\glssee</code></a>{MaclaurinSeries}{TaylorsTheorem}
+</pre> This means that <span class="qt">“MaclaurinSeries”</span> will automatically be added to the <a id="wrglossary.9315"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> with something like <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.9316"></a><a href="#glo:emph"><code class="csfmt">\emph</code></a>{see} <a id="wrglossary.9317"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryname</code></a>{TaylorsTheorem}
+</pre> in its <a id="wrglossary.9318"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>, but <span class="qt">“TaylorsTheorem”</span> will need to be <a id="wrglossary.9319"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a> elsewhere to ensure that it also appears in the <a id="wrglossary.9320"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> otherwise, it would end up with the preamble <a id="wrglossary.9321"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> (page 1) in its <a id="wrglossary.9322"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>, assuming that the <a id="wrglossary.9323"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> was defined in the <a id="wrglossary.9324"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a>.<p>
+You therefore need to ensure that you use the cross-referenced term with the commands described in §<a href="#sec:glslink">5.1</a> or §<a href="#sec:glsadd">10</a>.<p>
+The <span class="qt">“see”</span> tag is produce using <a id="wrglossary.9325"></a><a href="#glo:seename"><code class="csfmt">\seename</code></a>, but can be overridden in specific instances using square brackets at the start of the <a id="wrglossary.9326"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> value. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9327"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.9328"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{MaclaurinSeries}{<a id="wrglossary.9329"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Maclaurin series}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.9330"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Series expansion}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.9331"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a>=[see also]{TaylorsTheorem}}
+</pre> Take care if you want to use the optional argument of commands such as <a id="wrglossary.9332"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.9333"></a><a href="#glo:newterm"><code class="csfmt">\newterm</code></a> as the value will need to be grouped. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9334"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.9335"></a><a href="#glo:newterm"><code class="csfmt">\newterm</code></a>{seal}
+<a id="wrglossary.9336"></a><a href="#glo:newterm"><code class="csfmt">\newterm</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.9337"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a><span class="optfmt">={[see also]seal}</span>]{sea lion}
+</pre> Similarly if the value contains a list. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9338"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.9339"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryentry</code></a>{lemon}
+{
+ <a id="wrglossary.9340"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={lemon}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.9341"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Yellow citrus fruit}</span>
+}
+<a id="wrglossary.9342"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryentry</code></a>{lime}
+{
+ <a id="wrglossary.9343"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={lime}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.9344"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Green citrus fruit}</span>
+}
+<a id="wrglossary.9345"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryentry</code></a>{citrus}
+{
+ <a id="wrglossary.9346"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={citrus}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.9347"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Plant in the Rutaceae family}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.9348"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a><span class="optfmt">={lemon,lime}</span>
+}
+</pre>
+</ol>
+<p>
+In both cases <a href="#itm.glssee">2</a> and <a href="#itm.seekey">3</a> above, the cross-referenced information appears in the <a id="wrglossary.9349"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>, whereas in case <a href="#itm.descsee">1</a>, the cross-referenced information appears in the description. (See the <a id="wrglossary.9350"></a><a href="#glo:file.sample-crossref.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-crossref.tex</span></a> example file that comes with this package.) This means that in cases <a href="#itm.glssee">2</a> and <a href="#itm.seekey">3</a>, the cross-referencing information won’t appear if you have suppressed the <a id="wrglossary.9351"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>. In this case, you will need to activate the <a id="wrglossary.9352"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> for the given entries using <a id="wrglossary.9353"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.nonumberlist"><span class="csoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a>false. Alternatively, if you just use the <a id="wrglossary.9354"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key instead of <a id="wrglossary.9355"></a><a href="#glo:glssee"><code class="csfmt">\glssee</code></a>, you can automatically activate the <a id="wrglossary.9356"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> using the <a id="wrglossary.9357"></a><a href="#glo:opt.seeautonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">seeautonumberlist</span></a> package option.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9358"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ <a id="wrglossary.9359"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> provides much better support for cross-references, including the ability to only show the cross-reference in the <a id="wrglossary.9360"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a> (<a id="wrglossary.9361"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.save-locations"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">save-locations</span></a><span class="optfmt">={see}</span>) without the actual <a id="wrglossary.9362"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a>. See, for example, <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery">index.php?label=bib2gls-xr</a>Gallery: Cross-References (bib2gls). </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:crossref -->
+
+<section id="sec:customxr"><!-- start of section sec:customxr --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->11.1. Customising Cross-Reference Text<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:customxr">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+When you use either the <a id="wrglossary.9363"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key or the <a id="wrglossary.9364"></a><a href="#glo:glssee"><code class="csfmt">\glssee</code></a> command, the cross-referencing information will be typeset in the <a id="wrglossary.9365"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> (within the <a id="wrglossary.9366"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>) according to: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9367"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.9368"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsseeformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsseeformat</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">tag</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr-list</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The default definition: <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cmd">\emph</code>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">tag</em>〉</span>} <a id="wrglossary.9369"></a><a href="#glo:glsseelist"><code class="csfmt">\glsseelist</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr-list</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> Note that the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span> argument is always ignored. (<a id="wrglossary.9370"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> will always assign a <a id="wrglossary.9371"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> number, even if it’s not needed, so it needs to be discarded.) For example, if you want the tag to appear in bold, you can do: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9372"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.9373"></a><a href="#glo:glsseeformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsseeformat</code></a>}[3][<a id="wrglossary.9374"></a><a href="#glo:seename"><code class="csfmt">\seename</code></a>]{<code class="cmd">\textbf</code>{#1}
+ <a id="wrglossary.9375"></a><a href="#glo:glsseelist"><code class="csfmt">\glsseelist</code></a>{#2}}
+</pre><p>
+The list of labels is formatted by: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9376"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.9377"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsseelist"><code class="csfmt">\glsseelist</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label-list</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This iterates through the comma-separated list of <a id="wrglossary.9378"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> labels <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label-list</em>〉</span> and formats each entry in the list. The <a id="wrglossary.9379"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> are separated by: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9380"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.9381"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsseesep"><code class="csfmt">\glsseesep</code></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>,<a id="wrglossary.9382"></a><a href="#glo:idx.vbsp"><code class="code">␣</code></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ between all but the last pair, and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9383"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.9384"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsseelastsep"><code class="csfmt">\glsseelastsep</code></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>,<a id="wrglossary.9385"></a><a href="#glo:idx.vbsp"><code class="code">␣</code></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ between the last pair.<p>
+Each entry item in the list is formatted with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9386"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.9387"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsseeitem"><code class="csfmt">\glsseeitem</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This does: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.9388"></a><a href="#glo:glshyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\glshyperlink</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.9389"></a><a href="#glo:glsseeitemformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsseeitemformat</code></a>{#1}]{#1}
+</pre> which creates a <a id="wrglossary.9390"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a>, if enabled, to the cross-referenced entry. The <a id="wrglossary.9391"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> text is given by: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9392"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.9393"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsseeitemformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsseeitemformat</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This does: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.9394"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshasshort"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasshort</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}
+ {<a id="wrglossary.9395"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}}<span class="comment">% acronym</span>
+ {<a id="wrglossary.9396"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryname</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}}<span class="comment">% non-acronym</span>
+</pre> which uses the <a id="wrglossary.9397"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> field for <a id="wrglossary.9398"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> and the <a id="wrglossary.9399"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> field otherwise.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9400"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+When <a id="wrglossary.9401"></a><a href="#glo:glssee"><code class="csfmt">\glssee</code></a> was first introduced in v1.17, the cross-referenced entry was displayed with just <a id="wrglossary.9402"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryname</code></a>, but this caused problems because back then the <a id="wrglossary.9403"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> field had to be sanitized because it was written to the <a id="wrglossary.9404"></a><a href="#glo:indexingfile">glossary file</a>, which caused strange results if the <a id="wrglossary.9405"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> contained any commands. So in v3.0, the default definition was switched to using <a id="wrglossary.9406"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a> to avoid the issue. In v3.08a, the information written to the <a id="wrglossary.9407"></a><a href="#glo:indexingfile">glossary file</a> was changed and the <a id="wrglossary.9408"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> was no longer sanitized, but the new definition was retained for backward-compatibility.<p>
+However, the original definition is more appropriate in some ways, as it makes more sense for the cross-reference to show the name as it appears in the <a id="wrglossary.9409"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, except for <a id="wrglossary.9410"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> which could have wide names if the long form is included. So in v4.50, which had major compatibility-breaking changes to remove the unconditional dependency on the now deprecated <a id="wrglossary.9411"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.textcase"><span class="styfmt">textcase</span></a> package, the original use of <a id="wrglossary.9412"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> was restored for non-<a id="wrglossary.9413"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a>, which brings it into line with <a id="wrglossary.9414"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+For example, to make the cross-referenced list use small caps with the <a id="wrglossary.9415"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> (not <a id="wrglossary.9416"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a>) field: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9417"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.9418"></a><a href="#glo:glsseeitemformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsseeitemformat</code></a>}[1]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.9419"></a><a href="#glo:textsc"><code class="csfmt">\textsc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.9420"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a>{#1}}}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9421"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.9422"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package redefines <a id="wrglossary.9423"></a><a href="#glo:glsseeitemformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsseeitemformat</code></a> to use <a id="wrglossary.9424"></a><a href="#glo:glsfmttext"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsfmttext</code></a> for <a id="wrglossary.9425"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviations</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.9426"></a><a href="#glo:glsfmtname"><code class="csfmt">\glsfmtname</code></a> otherwise. Additionally, it provides <a id="wrglossary.9427"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrhiername"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrhiername</code></a> which can be used as an alternative for <a id="wrglossary.9428"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical</a> entries. See the <a id="wrglossary.9429"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.9430"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+You can use <a id="wrglossary.9431"></a><a href="#glo:glsseeformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsseeformat</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.9432"></a><a href="#glo:glsseelist"><code class="csfmt">\glsseelist</code></a> in the main body of the text, but they won’t automatically add the cross-referenced entries to the <a id="wrglossary.9433"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. If you want them added with that location, you can do: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9434"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>Some information (see also
+<a id="wrglossary.9435"></a><a href="#glo:glsseelist"><code class="csfmt">\glsseelist</code></a>{FourierSeries,TaylorsTheorem}<span class="comment">% </span>
+<a id="wrglossary.9436"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>{FourierSeries}<a id="wrglossary.9437"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>{TaylorsTheorem}).
+</pre> </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:customxr -->
+
+<section id="sec:numberlists"><!-- start of section sec:numberlists --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->12. Number Lists<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:numberlists">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+<p>
+Each <a id="wrglossary.9438"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.9439"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> has an associated <a id="wrglossary.9440"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> (or <a id="wrglossary.9441"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a>). By default, these numbers (the <a id="wrglossary.9442"></a><a href="#glo:dual.entrylocation">entry locations</a>) refer to the pages on which that <a id="wrglossary.9443"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> has been <a id="wrglossary.9444"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a> (using any of the commands described in §<a href="#sec:glslink">5.1</a> and §<a href="#sec:glsadd">10</a>) and will also include any cross-references obtained with <a id="wrglossary.9445"></a><a href="#glo:glssee"><code class="csfmt">\glssee</code></a> (or the <a id="wrglossary.9446"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key).<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.9447"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.9448"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> are separated with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9449"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.9450"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:delimN"><code class="csfmt">\delimN</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.9451"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> can be suppressed using the <a id="wrglossary.9452"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a> package option, or an alternative counter can be set as the default using the <a id="wrglossary.9453"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></a> package option. The <a id="wrglossary.9454"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package additionally provides the <a id="wrglossary.9455"></a><a href="#glo:opt.equations"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">equations</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.9456"></a><a href="#glo:opt.floats"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">floats</span></a> options that can be used to automatically switch the <a id="wrglossary.9457"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationcounter">location counter</a> in certain environments.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9458"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ With <a id="wrglossary.9459"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> you can prevent the <a id="wrglossary.9460"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> from being created with the <a id="wrglossary.9461"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.save-locations"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">save-locations</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> resource option, or only include the cross-references with the <a id="wrglossary.9462"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.save-locations"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">save-locations</span></a><span class="optfmt">=see</span> option. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.9463"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">Number lists</a> are more common with indexes rather than <a id="wrglossary.9464"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> (although you can use the <a id="wrglossary.9465"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package for indexes as well). However, Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> makes use of <a id="wrglossary.9466"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.9467"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> to hierarchically sort and collate the <a id="wrglossary.9468"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a>. These applications are readily available with most modern TeX distributions, but because they are both designed as <a id="wrglossary.9469"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing applications</a> they both require that terms either have a valid <a id="wrglossary.9470"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> or a cross-reference. <p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.9471"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Even if you use <a id="wrglossary.9472"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a>, the <a id="wrglossary.9473"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> must still be provided and acceptable to the <a id="wrglossary.9474"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a> or they will cause an error during the <a id="wrglossary.9475"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> stage, which will interrupt the document build. <a id="wrglossary.9476"></a><a href="#glo:idx.emptylocation">Empty locations</a> are not permitted with Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>. See §<a href="#sec:problemlocations">12.5</a>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+If you’re not interested in the <a id="wrglossary.9477"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a>, each <a id="wrglossary.9478"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> only needs to be indexed once, so consider using <a id="wrglossary.9479"></a><a href="#glo:opt.indexonlyfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">indexonlyfirst</span></a>, which can improve the document build time by only <a id="wrglossary.9480"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> the <a id="wrglossary.9481"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> of each term.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.9482"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddall"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddall</code></a> command (see §<a href="#sec:glsadd">10</a>), which is used to automatically <a id="wrglossary.9483"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">index</a> all <a id="wrglossary.9484"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a>, iterates over all defined <a id="wrglossary.9485"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> (in non-<a id="wrglossary.9486"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossaries</a>) and does <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.9487"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code> for each <a id="wrglossary.9488"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> (where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> is that <a id="wrglossary.9489"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry’s</a> label). This means that <a id="wrglossary.9490"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddall"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddall</code></a> automatically adds the same <a id="wrglossary.9491"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> to every entry’s <a id="wrglossary.9492"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>, which looks weird if the <a id="wrglossary.9493"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> hasn’t been suppressed.<p>
+With <a id="wrglossary.9494"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a>, the <a id="wrglossary.9495"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> is performed by <a id="wrglossary.9496"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, which was specifically designed for the <a id="wrglossary.9497"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package. So it will allow <a id="wrglossary.9498"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@emptylocation">empty</a> or unusual locations. (As from <a id="wrglossary.9499"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> v3.0, <a id="wrglossary.9500"></a><a href="#glo:idx.emptylocation">empty locations</a> will be converted to <a id="wrglossary.9501"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredlocation">ignored locations</a>.) Additionally, the <a id="wrglossary.9502"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.selection"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">selection</span></a><span class="optfmt">=all</span> resource option option will select all <a id="wrglossary.9503"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> without adding an unwanted <a id="wrglossary.9504"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> to the <a id="wrglossary.9505"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>. If <a id="wrglossary.9506"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> can deduce a numerical value for a <a id="wrglossary.9507"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a>, it will attempt to form a <a id="wrglossary.9508"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">range</a> over consecutive <a id="wrglossary.9509"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a>, otherwise it won’t try to form a <a id="wrglossary.9510"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">range</a> and the <a id="wrglossary.9511"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> will just form an individual item in the list.<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.9512"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a> also allows any <a id="wrglossary.9513"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> but it doesn’t form <a id="wrglossary.9514"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">ranges</a>. Any <a id="wrglossary.9515"></a><a href="#glo:idx.emptylocation">empty locations</a> or location with the <a id="wrglossary.9516"></a><a href="#glo:glsignore"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">glsignore</span></a> format will result in an <a id="wrglossary.9517"></a><a href="#glo:idx.emptylocation">invisible location</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.9518"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:numberlists -->
+
+<section id="sec:encap"><!-- start of section sec:encap --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->12.1. Encap Values (Location Formats)<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:encap">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.9519"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@locationencap">location encap or format</a> is the encapsulating command used to format an <a id="wrglossary.9520"></a><a href="#glo:dual.entrylocation">entry location</a>. That is, it’s a command that takes an argument that will be the <a id="wrglossary.9521"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a>.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9522"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+If you aren’t using <a id="wrglossary.9523"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> then you can use the control sequence name of any text-block command that takes a single argument. For example, <a id="wrglossary.9524"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.9525"></a><a href="#glo:emph"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">emph</span></a></span>. If you require <a id="wrglossary.9526"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> then it’s more complicated. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+The <span class="qt">“<a id="wrglossary.9527"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a>”</span> usually refers to the control sequence <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">name</span> without the leading backslash (such as <a id="wrglossary.9528"></a><a href="#glo:textbf"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">textbf</span></a>) and is essentially the same as the <a id="wrglossary.9529"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.9530"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a> value that can be provided within the standard <a id="wrglossary.9531"></a><a href="#glo:index"><code class="csfmt">\index</code></a> command.<p>
+<div class="warning"><div class="warningtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9532"></a><a href="#glo:sym.warning"><span title="Warning" class="icon">⚠</span></a></div><!-- end of warningtitle -->
+Be careful not to use a declaration (such as <a id="wrglossary.9533"></a><a href="#glo:bfseries"><code class="csfmt">\bfseries</code></a>) instead of a text-block command (such as <a id="wrglossary.9534"></a><a href="#glo:textbf"><code class="csfmt">\textbf</code></a>) as the effect is not guaranteed to be localised, either within the <a id="wrglossary.9535"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> or throughout the <a id="wrglossary.9536"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. </div><!-- end of warning -->
+<p>
+There is a special format: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9537"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.9538"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsignore"><code class="csfmt">\glsignore</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which simply ignores its argument. With Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a>, <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> this creates an <a id="wrglossary.9539"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@emptylocation">empty (invisible) location</a> which can lead to spurious commas or en-dashes if the <a id="wrglossary.9540"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> contains other <a id="wrglossary.9541"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a>. However, with <a id="wrglossary.9542"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, this format identifies the <a id="wrglossary.9543"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> as a special <a id="wrglossary.9544"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredlocation">ignored location</a> which won’t be added to the <a id="wrglossary.9545"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a> but will influence selection.<p>
+If you want to apply more than one style to a given <a id="wrglossary.9546"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> (for example, <span style="font-weight: bold; ">bold</span> and <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">italic</span>) you will need to create a command that applies both formats. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9547"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\textbfem</code>}[1]{<a id="wrglossary.9548"></a><a href="#glo:textbf"><code class="csfmt">\textbf</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.9549"></a><a href="#glo:emph"><code class="csfmt">\emph</code></a>{#1}}}
+</pre> and use that command.<p>
+In this document, <a id="wrglossary.9550"></a><a href="#glo:idx.standardformat">standard location format</a>refer to the standard text block commands such as <a id="wrglossary.9551"></a><a href="#glo:textbf"><code class="csfmt">\textbf</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.9552"></a><a href="#glo:emph"><code class="csfmt">\emph</code></a> or any of the commands listed in Table <a href="#tab:hyperxx">12.1</a>.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.9553"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+If you use <a id="wrglossary.9554"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.9555"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>, you must use <a id="wrglossary.9556"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyAttribute"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</code></a> to identify any non-<a id="wrglossary.9557"></a><a href="#glo:idx.standardformat">standard formats</a> that you want to use with the <a id="wrglossary.9558"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a> key. So if you use <a id="wrglossary.9559"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> with the above example <code class="csfmt">\textbfem</code>, you would need to add: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9560"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.9561"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyAttribute"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</code></a>{textbfem}
+</pre> See §<a href="#sec:xindy">14</a> for further details. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+If you are using <a id="wrglossary.9562"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> and you want to change the font of the hyperlinked <a id="wrglossary.9563"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a>  don’t use <a id="wrglossary.9564"></a><a href="#glo:hyperpage"><code class="csfmt">\hyperpage</code></a> (provided by the <a id="wrglossary.9565"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> package) as the <a id="wrglossary.9566"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> may not refer to a page number and the location argument may contain the range delimiter <a id="wrglossary.9567"></a><a href="#glo:delimR"><code class="csfmt">\delimR</code></a>. Instead, the <a id="wrglossary.9568"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package provides <a id="wrglossary.9569"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a>-supported <a id="wrglossary.9570"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encaps</a> listed in Table <a href="#tab:hyperxx">12.1</a>. These commands all use <a id="wrglossary.9571"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a> (described below) and so shouldn’t be used in other contexts.<p>
+The <code class="csfmt">\hyper<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xx</em>〉</span></code> can also be used without <a id="wrglossary.9572"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a>, since <a id="wrglossary.9573"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a> will simply do its argument if <a id="wrglossary.9574"></a><a href="#glo:hyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\hyperlink</code></a> hasn’t been defined. In which case, only the font change will be applied.<p>
+<div class="table"> <table class="tabular-c">
+<caption id="tab:hyperxx">Table&nbsp;7: Predefined Hyperlinked Location Formats</caption><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:hyperrm"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperrm</span></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> serif (<a href="#glo:textrm"><code class="csfmt">\textrm</code></a>) <a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:hypersf"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hypersf</span></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> sans-serif (<a href="#glo:textsf"><code class="csfmt">\textsf</code></a>) <a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:hypertt"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hypertt</span></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> monospaced (<a href="#glo:texttt"><code class="csfmt">\texttt</code></a>) <a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:hyperbf"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperbf</span></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> bold (<a href="#glo:textbf"><code class="csfmt">\textbf</code></a>) <a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:hypermd"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hypermd</span></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> medium weight (<a href="#glo:textmd"><code class="csfmt">\textmd</code></a>) <a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:hyperit"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperit</span></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> italic (<a href="#glo:textit"><code class="csfmt">\textit</code></a>) <a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:hypersl"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hypersl</span></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> slanted (<a href="#glo:textsl"><code class="csfmt">\textsl</code></a>) <a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:hyperup"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperup</span></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> upright (<a href="#glo:textup"><code class="csfmt">\textup</code></a>) <a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:hypersc"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hypersc</span></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> small caps (<a href="#glo:textsc"><code class="csfmt">\textsc</code></a>) <a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:hyperemph"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperemph</span></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> emphasized (<a href="#glo:emph"><code class="csfmt">\emph</code></a>) <a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> </td>
+</tr></table>
+ <p>
+</div><p>
+If you want to make a new <a id="wrglossary.9575"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">location format</a> that supports <a id="wrglossary.9576"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a>, you will need to define a command which takes one argument and use that with the location encapsulated with <a id="wrglossary.9577"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a> or the appropriate <code class="csfmt">\hyper<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xx</em>〉</span></code> command. For example, if you want the <a id="wrglossary.9578"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> number to be in a bold sans-serif font, you can define a command called, say, <code class="csfmt">\hyperbsf</code>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9579"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\hyperbsf</code>}[1]{<a id="wrglossary.9580"></a><a href="#glo:textbf"><code class="csfmt">\textbf</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.9581"></a><a href="#glo:hypersf"><code class="csfmt">\hypersf</code></a>{#1}}}
+</pre> and then use <span class="optfmt">hyperbsf</span> as the value for the <a id="wrglossary.9582"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a> key.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.9583"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+When defining a custom <a id="wrglossary.9584"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">location format</a> command that uses one of the <code class="csfmt">\hyper<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xx</em>〉</span></code> commands, make sure that the argument of <code class="csfmt">\hyper<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xx</em>〉</span></code> is just the <a id="wrglossary.9585"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a>. Any formatting must be outside of <code class="csfmt">\hyper<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xx</em>〉</span></code> (as in the above <code class="csfmt">\hyperbfsf</code> example). </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+Remember that if you use <a id="wrglossary.9586"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>, you will need to add this to the list of location <a id="wrglossary.9587"></a><a href="#glo:idx.xindyattr">xindy attributes</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9588"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.9589"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyAttribute"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</code></a>{hyperbsf}
+</pre><p>
+Complications can arise if you use different <a id="wrglossary.9590"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a> values for the same <a id="wrglossary.9591"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a>. For example, suppose on page 10 you have both the default <a id="wrglossary.9592"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumberformat"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">glsnumberformat</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.9593"></a><a href="#glo:hyperbf"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperbf</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.9594"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encaps</a>. While it may seem apparent that <a id="wrglossary.9595"></a><a href="#glo:hyperbf"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperbf</span></a> should override <a id="wrglossary.9596"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumberformat"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">glsnumberformat</span></a> in this situation, the <a id="wrglossary.9597"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a> may not know it. This is therefore something you need to be careful about if you use the <a id="wrglossary.9598"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a> key or if you use a command that implicitly sets it.<p>
+In the case of <a id="wrglossary.9599"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>, it only accepts one <a id="wrglossary.9600"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a> (according to the order of precedence given in the <a id="wrglossary.9601"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> module) and discards the others for identical <a id="wrglossary.9602"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> (for the same <a id="wrglossary.9603"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a>). This can cause a problem if a discarded <a id="wrglossary.9604"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> forms the start or end of a <a id="wrglossary.9605"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">range</a>. <p>
+In the case of <a id="wrglossary.9606"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>, it accepts different <a id="wrglossary.9607"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encaps</a> for the same <a id="wrglossary.9608"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a>, but warns about it (<span class="qt">“<a id="wrglossary.9609"></a><a href="#glo:idx.multipleencap">multiple encaps</a>”</span>). This leads to a <a id="wrglossary.9610"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> with the same <a id="wrglossary.9611"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> repeated in different formats. If you use the <a id="wrglossary.9612"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> Perl script with <a id="wrglossary.9613"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">Option 2</a> it will detect <a id="wrglossary.9614"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span>’s</a> warning and attempt to fix the problem, ensuring that the <a id="wrglossary.9615"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumberformat"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">glsnumberformat</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.9616"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a> always has the least precedence unless it includes a <a id="wrglossary.9617"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">range</a> identifier. Other conflicting <a id="wrglossary.9618"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encaps</a> will have the last one override earlier ones for the same <a id="wrglossary.9619"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> with <a id="wrglossary.9620"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">range</a> identifiers taking priority. If you actually want the repeat, you can disable this feature with the <a id="wrglossary.9621"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkgls.e"><span class="shortargfmt">-e</span></a> switch.<p>
+No discard occurs with <a id="wrglossary.9622"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a> so again you get the same <a id="wrglossary.9623"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> repeated in different formats. With <a id="wrglossary.9624"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a>, <a id="wrglossary.9625"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> will discard according to order of precedence, giving priority to start and end <a id="wrglossary.9626"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">ranges</a>. (See the <a id="wrglossary.9627"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> manual for further details.)<p>
+The default <a id="wrglossary.9628"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> format is: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9629"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.9630"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsnumberformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumberformat</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This will simply do its argument <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span> if <a id="wrglossary.9631"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> hasn’t been loaded, otherwise it will use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9632"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.9633"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This will create a <a id="wrglossary.9634"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> to the <a id="wrglossary.9635"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> or will simply do its argument if <a id="wrglossary.9636"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> hasn’t been loaded. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span> argument may contain multiple <a id="wrglossary.9637"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a>. If so, they must be separated with <a id="wrglossary.9638"></a><a href="#glo:delimR"><code class="csfmt">\delimR</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.9639"></a><a href="#glo:delimN"><code class="csfmt">\delimN</code></a>. (Usually <a id="wrglossary.9640"></a><a href="#glo:delimN"><code class="csfmt">\delimN</code></a> won’t occur. The <a id="wrglossary.9641"></a><a href="#glo:delimR"><code class="csfmt">\delimR</code></a> separator may occur with <a id="wrglossary.9642"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">ranges</a> and <a id="wrglossary.9643"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>.) Any other markup is likely to cause a problem (see §<a href="#sec:problemlocations">12.5</a>).<p>
+Each <a id="wrglossary.9644"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> within <a id="wrglossary.9645"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a> will have a <a id="wrglossary.9646"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> created with: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.9647"></a><a href="#glo:hyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\hyperlink</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">anchor</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> where the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> is the location encapsulated with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9648"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.9649"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glswrglosslocationtextfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glswrglosslocationtextfmt</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This just does its argument by default.<p>
+The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">anchor</em>〉</span> is constructed from the location but requires the prefix and <a id="wrglossary.9650"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationcounter">location counter</a>, which first have to be set with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9651"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.9652"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:setentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\setentrycounter</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command will be automatically inserted before the location in the <a id="wrglossary.9653"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> by the appropriate <a id="wrglossary.9654"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> method. In the case of <a id="wrglossary.9655"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>, this will be inserted at the start of the <a id="wrglossary.9656"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a> information, but with <a id="wrglossary.9657"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> the counter will form part of the <a id="wrglossary.9658"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@xindyattr">attribute</a> and a helper command has to be provided that uses <a id="wrglossary.9659"></a><a href="#glo:setentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\setentrycounter</code></a>. With <a id="wrglossary.9660"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a> the command occurs inside the definition of <a id="wrglossary.9661"></a><a href="#glo:glsnoidxdisplayloc"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoidxdisplayloc</code></a>. <p>
+The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span> will be stored in: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9662"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.9663"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrycounter</code></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><a id="wrglossary.9664"></a><a href="#glo:glscounter"><code class="csfmt">\glscounter</code></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ and may be used in the hooks described below. Note that the prefix can’t be referenced as <a id="wrglossary.9665"></a><a href="#glo:glswrglossdisableanchorcmds"><code class="csfmt">\glswrglossdisableanchorcmds</code></a> is also used when obtaining the prefix during <a id="wrglossary.9666"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a>.<p>
+The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">anchor</em>〉</span> is then constructed as follows:
+<ol class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="numitem">1.</span>Use the <a id="wrglossary.9667"></a><a href="#glo:glswrglossdisableanchorcmds"><code class="csfmt">\glswrglossdisableanchorcmds</code></a> hook to disable problematic commands (scoped). <li><span class="numitem">2.</span>Expand (protected) <pre class="compactcodebox"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span><a id="wrglossary.9668"></a><a href="#glo:glswrglosslocationtarget"><code class="csfmt">\glswrglosslocationtarget</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> <li><span class="numitem">3.</span>Sanitize the result.
+</ol>
+ For example: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.9669"></a><a href="#glo:setentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\setentrycounter</code></a>[]{<a id="wrglossary.9670"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.page"><span class="ctrfmt">page</span></a>}<span class="comment">% page counter and empty prefix</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.9671"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a>{1}
+</pre> will essentially do: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.9672"></a><a href="#glo:hyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\hyperlink</code></a>{page.1}1
+</pre> whereas <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.9673"></a><a href="#glo:setentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\setentrycounter</code></a>[1]{<a id="wrglossary.9674"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.equation"><span class="ctrfmt">equation</span></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+<a id="wrglossary.9675"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a>{2}
+</pre> will essentially do: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.9676"></a><a href="#glo:hyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\hyperlink</code></a>{equation.1.2}2
+</pre><p>
+The initial hook to disable the problematic commands is: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9677"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.9678"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glswrglossdisableanchorcmds"><code class="csfmt">\glswrglossdisableanchorcmds</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ By default, this is defined to: <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cmd">\let</code><a id="wrglossary.9679"></a><a href="#glo:glstexorpdfstring"><code class="csfmt">\glstexorpdfstring</code></a><code class="cmd">\@secondoftwo</code>
+</pre> If <a id="wrglossary.9680"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> is loaded the definition will also include: <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cmd">\let</code><a id="wrglossary.9681"></a><a href="#glo:texorpdfstring"><code class="csfmt">\texorpdfstring</code></a><code class="cmd">\@secondoftwo</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.9682"></a><a href="#glo:pdfstringdefPreHook"><code class="csfmt">\pdfstringdefPreHook</code></a>
+</pre> The location is encapsulated with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9683"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.9684"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glswrglosslocationtarget"><code class="csfmt">\glswrglosslocationtarget</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This must expand but may be used to make adjustments. The default definition is to simply expand to its argument. The <a id="wrglossary.9685"></a><a href="#glo:glswrglossdisableanchorcmds"><code class="csfmt">\glswrglossdisableanchorcmds</code></a> hook may be used to alter the definition if some condition is required, but bear in mind that <a id="wrglossary.9686"></a><a href="#glo:glswrglosslocationtarget"><code class="csfmt">\glswrglosslocationtarget</code></a> won’t be used when the prefix is obtained during <a id="wrglossary.9687"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a>.<p>
+Any leftover robust or protected commands will end up sanitized to prevent an obscure error from occurring, but an invalid target name is likely to result. See §<a href="#sec:problemlocations">12.5</a> for an example.<p>
+The use of <a id="wrglossary.9688"></a><a href="#glo:setentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\setentrycounter</code></a> to set the prefix and counter is necessary because the hypertarget can’t be included in the <a id="wrglossary.9689"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> information supplied to <a id="wrglossary.9690"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.9691"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>, because neither the <a id="wrglossary.9692"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> nor <a id="wrglossary.9693"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> syntax supports it. Unfortunately, not all definitions of <a id="wrglossary.9694"></a><a href="#glo:theHcounter"><code class="csfmt">\theH<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span></code></a> can be split into a prefix and location that can be recombined in this way. This problem can occur, for example, with <a id="wrglossary.9695"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.9696"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.equation"><span class="ctrfmt">equation</span></a></span> when it depends on the <a id="wrglossary.9697"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.chapter"><span class="ctrfmt">chapter</span></a> counter. This can result in warnings in the form: <pre class="transcript"><div class="transcripttitle"><a id="wrglossary.9698"></a><a href="#glo:sym.transcript"><span title="Transcript" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>name{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">target-name</em>〉</span>} has been referenced but does not exist, replaced by a fixed one
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.9699"></a><a href="#glo:file.sampleEq.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleEq.tex</span></a> sample file deals with this issue by redefining <a id="wrglossary.9700"></a><a href="#glo:theHcounter"><code class="csfmt">\theHequation</code></a> as follows: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9701"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*<a id="wrglossary.9702"></a><a href="#glo:theHcounter"><code class="csfmt">\theHequation</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.9703"></a><a href="#glo:theHcounter"><code class="csfmt">\theHchapter</code></a>.<a id="wrglossary.9704"></a><a href="#glo:arabic"><code class="csfmt">\arabic</code></a>{equation}}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9705"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ This issue is avoided with <a id="wrglossary.9706"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.9707"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=nameref</span> as that syntax allows the <a id="wrglossary.9708"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> target to be supplied with the <a id="wrglossary.9709"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> information. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:encap -->
+
+<section id="sec:ranges"><!-- start of section sec:ranges --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->12.2. Range Formations<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:ranges">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+There are two types of <a id="wrglossary.9710"></a>ranges: explicit and implicit. Neither are supported with <a id="wrglossary.9711"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>. Both are supported by Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a>, <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a>. Implicit ranges can be switched off using the appropriate option for the required <a id="wrglossary.9712"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a>. The start and end of a <a id="wrglossary.9713"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">range</a> is separated with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9714"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.9715"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:delimR"><code class="csfmt">\delimR</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> can merge implicit and explicit <a id="wrglossary.9716"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">ranges</a> that overlap. With <a id="wrglossary.9717"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a>, individual <a id="wrglossary.9718"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> can be merged into an explicit range, but an individual location on either side of the explicit range won’t be merged into the explicit range.<p>
+As with <a id="wrglossary.9719"></a><a href="#glo:index"><code class="csfmt">\index</code></a>, the characters <a id="wrglossary.9720"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.startrange"><code class="code">(</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.9721"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.endrange"><code class="code">)</code></a> can be used at the start of the <a id="wrglossary.9722"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a> value to specify the beginning and ending of a number <a id="wrglossary.9723"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">range</a>. They must be in matching pairs with the same <a id="wrglossary.9724"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a>. For example, <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9725"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.9726"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.9727"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.9728"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.startrange"><code class="code">(</code></a><a id="wrglossary.9729"></a><a href="#glo:emph"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">emph</span></a></span>]{sample}
+</pre> on one page to start the <a id="wrglossary.9730"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">range</a> and later: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9731"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.9732"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.9733"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.9734"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.endrange"><code class="code">)</code></a><a id="wrglossary.9735"></a><a href="#glo:emph"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">emph</span></a></span>]{sample}
+</pre> to close the <a id="wrglossary.9736"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">range</a>. This will create an explicit <a id="wrglossary.9737"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">range</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.9738"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> that’s encapsulated with <a id="wrglossary.9739"></a><a href="#glo:emph"><code class="csfmt">\emph</code></a>. If the default <a id="wrglossary.9740"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumberformat"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">glsnumberformat</span></a> should be used, you can omit it and just have the <a id="wrglossary.9741"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.startrange"><code class="code">(</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.9742"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.endrange"><code class="code">)</code></a> characters.<p>
+Implicit <a id="wrglossary.9743"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">ranges</a> are formed by concatenating a sequence of three or more consecutive <a id="wrglossary.9744"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a>. For example, if an <a id="wrglossary.9745"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> is <a id="wrglossary.9746"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a> on pages 3, 4, 5, and 6, this will be compacted into <span class="qt">“3–6”</span>.<p>
+With <a id="wrglossary.9747"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3</a>, you can vary the minimum sequence length using <a id="wrglossary.9748"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength</code></a> where the argument is either the minimum number or the keyword <span class="optfmt">none</span>, which indicates that no implicit <a id="wrglossary.9749"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">ranges</a> should be formed. See §<a href="#sec:xindyloc">14.3</a> for further details.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9750"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ With <a id="wrglossary.9751"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a>, the minimum number for form implicit <a id="wrglossary.9752"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">ranges</a> is given by the <a id="wrglossary.9753"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.min-loc-range"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">min-loc-range</span></a> resource option. Again, the value is either the minimum number or the keyword <span class="optfmt">none</span>, which indicates that no implicit <a id="wrglossary.9754"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">ranges</a> should be formed. It’s also possible to compact a ragged sequence into a range with <a id="wrglossary.9755"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.max-loc-diff"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">max-loc-diff</span></a>. For example, with <a id="wrglossary.9756"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.max-loc-diff"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">max-loc-diff</span></a><span class="optfmt">=2</span>, the sequence <span class="qt">“2, 4, 5, 6, 8”</span> can be compressed into the range <span class="qt">“2–8”</span>. Another <a id="wrglossary.9757"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">range</a>-related option is <a id="wrglossary.9758"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.compact-ranges"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">compact-ranges</span></a> which allows <a id="wrglossary.9759"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">ranges</a> to be more compact by omitting matching initial digits at the end of the <a id="wrglossary.9760"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">range</a>. For example, <span class="qt">“184–189”</span> can be compacted into <span class="qt">“184–9”</span>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+With both <a id="wrglossary.9761"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.9762"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> (Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>), you can replace the separator and the closing number at the end of the range using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9763"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.9764"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsSetSuffixF"><code class="csfmt">\glsSetSuffixF</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">suffix</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ to set the suffix for two consecutive <a id="wrglossary.9765"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9766"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.9767"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsSetSuffixFF"><code class="csfmt">\glsSetSuffixFF</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">suffix</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ to set the suffix for three or more consecutive <a id="wrglossary.9768"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a>. <a id="wrglossary.9769"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a> provides a similar feature with the <a id="wrglossary.9770"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.suffixF"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">suffixF</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.9771"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.suffixFF"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">suffixFF</span></a> resource options.<p>
+For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9772"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.9773"></a><a href="#glo:glsSetSuffixF"><code class="csfmt">\glsSetSuffixF</code></a>{f.}
+<a id="wrglossary.9774"></a><a href="#glo:glsSetSuffixFF"><code class="csfmt">\glsSetSuffixFF</code></a>{ff.}
+</pre> Note that if you use <a id="wrglossary.9775"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> (<a id="wrglossary.9776"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3</a>), you will also need to set the minimum range length to 1 if you want to change these suffixes: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9777"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.9778"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength</code></a>{1}
+</pre> If you use the <a id="wrglossary.9779"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> package, you will need to use <a id="wrglossary.9780"></a><a href="#glo:nohyperpage"><code class="csfmt">\nohyperpage</code></a> in the suffix to ensure that the <a id="wrglossary.9781"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> work correctly. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9782"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.9783"></a><a href="#glo:glsSetSuffixF"><code class="csfmt">\glsSetSuffixF</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.9784"></a><a href="#glo:nohyperpage"><code class="csfmt">\nohyperpage</code></a>{f.}}
+<a id="wrglossary.9785"></a><a href="#glo:glsSetSuffixFF"><code class="csfmt">\glsSetSuffixFF</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.9786"></a><a href="#glo:nohyperpage"><code class="csfmt">\nohyperpage</code></a>{ff.}}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.9787"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Note that <a id="wrglossary.9788"></a><a href="#glo:glsSetSuffixF"><code class="csfmt">\glsSetSuffixF</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.9789"></a><a href="#glo:glsSetSuffixFF"><code class="csfmt">\glsSetSuffixFF</code></a> must be used before <a id="wrglossary.9790"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> and have no effect if <a id="wrglossary.9791"></a><a href="#glo:noist"><code class="csfmt">\noist</code></a> is used. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:ranges -->
+
+<section id="sec:locationsyntax"><!-- start of section sec:locationsyntax --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->12.3. Locations<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:locationsyntax">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+Each <a id="wrglossary.9792"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> in an <a id="wrglossary.9793"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.9794"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> is the result of <a id="wrglossary.9795"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> the <a id="wrglossary.9796"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> at the point in the document that corresponds to the location (typically where a command such as <a id="wrglossary.9797"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> occurred). By default, this is the page number, but can be changed with the <a id="wrglossary.9798"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></a> package option, the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span> optional argument in <a id="wrglossary.9799"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>, the <a id="wrglossary.9800"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.counter"><span class="csoptfmt">counter</span></a> key in <a id="wrglossary.9801"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> or the <a id="wrglossary.9802"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.counter"><span class="csoptfmt">counter</span></a> option in the <a id="wrglossary.9803"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> and <a id="wrglossary.9804"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands (or in <a id="wrglossary.9805"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>).<p>
+The syntax of the <a id="wrglossary.9806"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> must be valid for the given <a id="wrglossary.9807"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a> if you use Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>. In the case of <a id="wrglossary.9808"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>, the syntax is quite restricted. The <a id="wrglossary.9809"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> may be a digit (<a id="wrglossary.9810"></a><a href="#glo:arabic"><code class="csfmt">\arabic</code></a>), upper or lowercase Roman numerals (<a id="wrglossary.9811"></a><a href="#glo:Roman"><code class="csfmt">\Roman</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.9812"></a><a href="#glo:roman"><code class="csfmt">\roman</code></a>) or upper or lowercase <a id="wrglossary.9813"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ascii">ASCII</a> letters (<a id="wrglossary.9814"></a><a href="#glo:Alph"><code class="csfmt">\Alph</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.9815"></a><a href="#glo:alph"><code class="csfmt">\alph</code></a>). The syntax also allows <a id="wrglossary.9816"></a><a href="#glo:idx.compositor">composite locations</a> formed by combining the allowed digits, numerals and letters with a <a id="wrglossary.9817"></a><a href="#glo:idx.compositor">compositor</a> (which can be identified with <a id="wrglossary.9818"></a><a href="#glo:glsSetCompositor"><code class="csfmt">\glsSetCompositor</code></a>).<p>
+The following <a id="wrglossary.9819"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> are valid, assuming the default <a id="wrglossary.9820"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fullstop">full stop</a> compositor:
+<ul class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="bulletitem">•</span><span class="qt">“325”</span>: a numeric location (<a id="wrglossary.9821"></a><a href="#glo:arabic"><code class="csfmt">\arabic</code></a>); <li><span class="bulletitem">•</span><span class="qt">“IV”</span>: a Roman numeral location (<a id="wrglossary.9822"></a><a href="#glo:Roman"><code class="csfmt">\Roman</code></a>); <li><span class="bulletitem">•</span><span class="qt">“B”</span>: an alphabetic location (<a id="wrglossary.9823"></a><a href="#glo:Alph"><code class="csfmt">\Alph</code></a>); <li><span class="bulletitem">•</span><span class="qt">“12.3.4”</span>: a <a id="wrglossary.9824"></a><a href="#glo:idx.compositor">composite location</a>.
+</ul>
+ The following are invalid:
+<ul class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="bulletitem">•</span><span class="qt">“I-3.2”</span>: mixed <a id="wrglossary.9825"></a><a href="#glo:idx.compositor">compositors</a> not permitted; <li><span class="bulletitem">•</span><span class="qt">“X7”</span>: a separator must be used in <a id="wrglossary.9826"></a><a href="#glo:idx.compositor">composite locations</a>; <li><span class="bulletitem">•</span><span class="qt">“Ø”</span>: letters must be <a id="wrglossary.9827"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ascii">ASCII</a>; <li><span class="bulletitem">•</span><span class="qt">“<code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.9828"></a><a href="#glo:textsc"><code class="csfmt">\textsc</code></a>{iv}</code>”</span>: commands not permitted in locations; <li><span class="bulletitem">•</span><span class="qt">“”</span>: locations can’t be <a id="wrglossary.9829"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@emptylocation">empty</a>.
+</ul>
+<p>
+<div class="warning"><div class="warningtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9830"></a><a href="#glo:sym.warning"><span title="Warning" class="icon">⚠</span></a></div><!-- end of warningtitle -->
+Invalid <a id="wrglossary.9831"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> will be rejected by <a id="wrglossary.9832"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>, which will result in the entry being dropped from the <a id="wrglossary.9833"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> if it has no valid <a id="wrglossary.9834"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a>. </div><!-- end of warning -->
+<p>
+In the case of <a id="wrglossary.9835"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>, the <a id="wrglossary.9836"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> syntax must be declared in the <a id="wrglossary.9837"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> style file. This covers both the way that the location appears in the <a id="wrglossary.9838"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing file</a> as a result of protected expansion but also the <a id="wrglossary.9839"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@locationcounter">counter</a> used to obtain the <a id="wrglossary.9840"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a>, and is described in more detail in §<a href="#sec:xindyloc">14.3</a>. The standard digit (<a id="wrglossary.9841"></a><a href="#glo:arabic"><code class="csfmt">\arabic</code></a>), upper or lowercase Roman numerals (<a id="wrglossary.9842"></a><a href="#glo:Roman"><code class="csfmt">\Roman</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.9843"></a><a href="#glo:roman"><code class="csfmt">\roman</code></a>) or upper or lowercase <a id="wrglossary.9844"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ascii">ASCII</a> letters (<a id="wrglossary.9845"></a><a href="#glo:Alph"><code class="csfmt">\Alph</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.9846"></a><a href="#glo:alph"><code class="csfmt">\alph</code></a>) are automatically added for the <a id="wrglossary.9847"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.page"><span class="ctrfmt">page</span></a> counter.<p>
+If a <a id="wrglossary.9848"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> doesn’t match any declared syntax, a warning will be written to <a id="wrglossary.9849"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span>’s</a> transcript file (<a id="wrglossary.9850"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glg"><span class="extfmt">glg</span></a>): <pre class="transcript"><div class="transcripttitle"><a id="wrglossary.9851"></a><a href="#glo:sym.transcript"><span title="Transcript" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>WARNING: location-reference "{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}" did not match any location-class! (ignored)
+</pre> As with <a id="wrglossary.9852"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> when it encounters an invalid <a id="wrglossary.9853"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a>, <a id="wrglossary.9854"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> will drop that <a id="wrglossary.9855"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a>, which will result in the entry being dropped from the <a id="wrglossary.9856"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> if it has no valid <a id="wrglossary.9857"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a>.<p>
+Additional problems can occur with <a id="wrglossary.9858"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> if any of <a id="wrglossary.9859"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span>’s</a> special characters occur in the <a id="wrglossary.9860"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a>. This includes the backslash <a id="wrglossary.9861"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.bksl"><code class="code">\</code></a> character, which is particularly problematic if any robust or protected commands are written in the location as <code class="csfmt">\<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">csname</em>〉</span></code> will have to be written to the file as <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.9862"></a><a href="#glo:cs.bsl"><code class="csfmt">\\</code></a><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">csname</em>〉</span></code>. This is quite difficult to do without prematurely expanding <a id="wrglossary.9863"></a><a href="#glo:thepage"><code class="csfmt">\thepage</code></a>.<p>
+If <a id="wrglossary.9864"></a><a href="#glo:opt.esclocations"><span class="styoptfmt">esclocations</span></a>true, an attempt will be made to hack commands like <a id="wrglossary.9865"></a><a href="#glo:@arabic"><code class="csfmt">\@arabic</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.9866"></a><a href="#glo:@roman"><code class="csfmt">\@roman</code></a> to enable this, but, like all hacks, this is problematic and liable to break in awkward situations or with future releases of the LaTeX kernel or other packages. This setting is now off by default and it’s better to use the hooks below to ensure that the content written to the file is valid.<p>
+<div class="warning"><div class="warningtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9867"></a><a href="#glo:sym.warning"><span title="Warning" class="icon">⚠</span></a></div><!-- end of warningtitle -->
+Any commands that end up in the <a id="wrglossary.9868"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> can interfere with <a id="wrglossary.9869"></a><a href="#glo:glsdohypertarget"><code class="csfmt">\glsdohypertarget</code></a> when it tries to create <a id="wrglossary.9870"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a>. </div><!-- end of warning -->
+<p>
+The following hook is used during the protected write: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9871"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.9872"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glswrglossdisablelocationcmds"><code class="csfmt">\glswrglossdisablelocationcmds</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This does nothing by default but may be used to disable problematic commands that could lead to an invalid location. Note that this can lead to unexpected results in the <a id="wrglossary.9873"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>, but you may be able to correct this with a custom <a id="wrglossary.9874"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a> or (if <a id="wrglossary.9875"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a> creates a <a id="wrglossary.9876"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a>) a custom definition of <a id="wrglossary.9877"></a><a href="#glo:glswrglosslocationtextfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glswrglosslocationtextfmt</code></a>. See §<a href="#sec:problemlocations">12.5</a> for an example.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.9878"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+The <a id="wrglossary.9879"></a><a href="#glo:glswrglossdisablelocationcmds"><code class="csfmt">\glswrglossdisablelocationcmds</code></a> hook occurs after <a id="wrglossary.9880"></a><a href="#glo:protected@write"><code class="csfmt">\protected@write</code></a> sets <a id="wrglossary.9881"></a><a href="#glo:thepage"><code class="csfmt">\thepage</code></a> to <a id="wrglossary.9882"></a><a href="#glo:relax"><code class="csfmt">\relax</code></a>. By the time <a id="wrglossary.9883"></a><a href="#glo:thepage"><code class="csfmt">\thepage</code></a> actually gets expanded when it’s written to the <a id="wrglossary.9884"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing file</a>, any changes made within the hook will be lost. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+Both Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a> write the <a id="wrglossary.9885"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> information in the <a id="wrglossary.9886"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file and will accept any <a id="wrglossary.9887"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> syntax (that’s valid in a LaTeX document). In the case of <a id="wrglossary.9888"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a>, <a id="wrglossary.9889"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> will try parsing the <a id="wrglossary.9890"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> and if it fits a common pattern that allows it to obtain a numeric value, then it will be able to form an implicit <a id="wrglossary.9891"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">range</a> (if required), otherwise it will accept the <a id="wrglossary.9892"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> but not form any implicit <a id="wrglossary.9893"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">ranges</a>.<p>
+With Options <a id="wrglossary.9894"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a>–<a id="wrglossary.9895"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a> (except with <a id="wrglossary.9896"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=nameref</span>) the location anchor isn’t included in the <a id="wrglossary.9897"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> information. If a <a id="wrglossary.9898"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> is required for the location, the target (anchor name) has to be constructed from the location. The <a id="wrglossary.9899"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> package provides <a id="wrglossary.9900"></a><a href="#glo:hyperpage"><code class="csfmt">\hyperpage</code></a> for normal indexes (with <a id="wrglossary.9901"></a><a href="#glo:index"><code class="csfmt">\index</code></a>), but this forms the anchor from <code class="code">page.<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span></code> which isn’t suitable with <a id="wrglossary.9902"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> as the <a id="wrglossary.9903"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationcounter">location counter</a> may not be the default <a id="wrglossary.9904"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.page"><span class="ctrfmt">page</span></a>. Therefore the counter is saved within the <a id="wrglossary.9905"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a>. A prefix is also necessary if <a id="wrglossary.9906"></a><a href="#glo:theHcounter"><code class="csfmt">\theH<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span></code></a> is defined and isn’t equivalent to <a id="wrglossary.9907"></a><a href="#glo:thecounter"><code class="csfmt">\the<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span></code></a>. <p>
+The assumption here is that <a id="wrglossary.9908"></a><a href="#glo:theHcounter"><code class="csfmt">\theH<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span></code></a> expands to the equivalent of <code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span><a id="wrglossary.9909"></a><a href="#glo:thecounter"><code class="csfmt">\the<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span></code></a></code>. If <a id="wrglossary.9910"></a><a href="#glo:theHcounter"><code class="csfmt">\theH<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span></code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.9911"></a><a href="#glo:thecounter"><code class="csfmt">\the<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span></code></a> are equivalent then <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span> will be empty.<p>
+The prefix is found as follows:
+<ol class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="numitem">1.</span>Use the <a id="wrglossary.9912"></a><a href="#glo:glswrglossdisableanchorcmds"><code class="csfmt">\glswrglossdisableanchorcmds</code></a> hook to disable problematic commands (scoped).<p>
+<li><span class="numitem">2.</span>Perform a protected expansion on <a id="wrglossary.9913"></a><a href="#glo:theHcounter"><code class="csfmt">\theH<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span></code></a> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">Hloc</em>〉</span>) and <a id="wrglossary.9914"></a><a href="#glo:thecounter"><code class="csfmt">\the<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span></code></a> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">loc</em>〉</span>). If <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">Hloc</em>〉</span> ends with <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">loc</em>〉</span>, so that <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">Hloc</em>〉</span> is <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">loc</em>〉</span>, then the prefix is the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span> substring.<p>
+In this step, <a id="wrglossary.9915"></a><a href="#glo:thepage"><code class="csfmt">\thepage</code></a> may be incorrect, due to TeX’s asynchronous output routine, but it will be incorrect in both <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">Hloc</em>〉</span> and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">loc</em>〉</span> and shouldn’t occur in the prefix (unless you have an unusual numbering system that’s reset on every page, in which case you may have other problems), so it shouldn’t affect the prefix formation. When the actual write operation occurs, <a id="wrglossary.9916"></a><a href="#glo:thepage"><code class="csfmt">\thepage</code></a> should then expand correctly.
+</ol>
+<p>
+Unfortunately, not all definitions of <a id="wrglossary.9917"></a><a href="#glo:theHcounter"><code class="csfmt">\theH<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span></code></a> will expand in the form <code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span><a id="wrglossary.9918"></a><a href="#glo:thecounter"><code class="csfmt">\the<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span></code></a></code>. In which case a warning will occur: <pre class="transcript"><div class="transcripttitle"><a id="wrglossary.9919"></a><a href="#glo:sym.transcript"><span title="Transcript" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>Hyper target `<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">Hloc</em>〉</span>' can't be formed by prefixing
+location `<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">loc</em>〉</span>'. You need to modify the definition of <a id="wrglossary.9920"></a><a href="#glo:theHcounter"><code class="csfmt">\theH<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span></code></a>
+otherwise you will get the warning: "`name{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>.<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">loc</em>〉</span>}' has been
+referenced but does not exist"
+</pre> If you need the <a id="wrglossary.9921"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> hyperlink, you will either have to redefine <a id="wrglossary.9922"></a><a href="#glo:theHcounter"><code class="csfmt">\theH<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span></code></a> or switch to <a id="wrglossary.9923"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a> and <a id="wrglossary.9924"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=nameref</span>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:locationsyntax -->
+
+<section id="sec:pageprecedence"><!-- start of section sec:pageprecedence --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->12.4. Page Precedence<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:pageprecedence">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.9925"></a><dfn id="glo:idx.pageprecedence">page precedence</dfn> indicates the <a id="wrglossary.9926"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> ordering within the <a id="wrglossary.9927"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> based on the <a id="wrglossary.9928"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> syntax. For example, if an <a id="wrglossary.9929"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> has been <a id="wrglossary.9930"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a> on pages 5, 7, i and ii, then the <a id="wrglossary.9931"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> will be <span class="qt">“i, ii, 5, 7”</span> with the default order of precedence.<p>
+With <a id="wrglossary.9932"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>, the default precedence is <code class="code">rnaRA</code>, which indicates: <a id="wrglossary.9933"></a><a href="#glo:idx.lowercase">lowercase</a> Roman (<a id="wrglossary.9934"></a><a href="#glo:roman"><code class="csfmt">\roman</code></a>), numeric (<a id="wrglossary.9935"></a><a href="#glo:arabic"><code class="csfmt">\arabic</code></a>), <a id="wrglossary.9936"></a><a href="#glo:idx.lowercase">lowercase</a> alphabetic (<a id="wrglossary.9937"></a><a href="#glo:alph"><code class="csfmt">\alph</code></a>), <a id="wrglossary.9938"></a><a href="#glo:idx.uppercase">uppercase</a> Roman (<a id="wrglossary.9939"></a><a href="#glo:Roman"><code class="csfmt">\Roman</code></a>), and <a id="wrglossary.9940"></a><a href="#glo:idx.uppercase">uppercase</a> alphabetic (<a id="wrglossary.9941"></a><a href="#glo:Alph"><code class="csfmt">\Alph</code></a>). This order can be changed by adding the <code class="code">page_precedence</code> parameter to the <a id="wrglossary.9942"></a><a href="#glo:ext.ist"><span class="extfmt">ist</span></a> file. There’s no specific command provided for this, so you will need to use the <a id="wrglossary.9943"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetWriteIstHook"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetWriteIstHook</code></a> to add this. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9944"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.9945"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetWriteIstHook"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetWriteIstHook</code></a>{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.9946"></a><a href="#glo:write"><code class="csfmt">\write</code></a><a id="wrglossary.9947"></a><a href="#glo:glswrite"><code class="csfmt">\glswrite</code></a>{page_precedence "arnAR"}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre><p>
+With <a id="wrglossary.9948"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>, the precedence is given by the order the location classes are listed in <code class="code">define-location-class-order</code> within the <a id="wrglossary.9949"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> style file. This order can either be changed in a custom <a id="wrglossary.9950"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> file or can be set with <a id="wrglossary.9951"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder</code></a>.<p>
+Since neither Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a> recognise specific location classes, they have no concept of <a id="wrglossary.9952"></a><a href="#glo:idx.pageprecedence">page precedence</a>. They will both create <a id="wrglossary.9953"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location lists</a> that are in the same order as the <a id="wrglossary.9954"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> were <a id="wrglossary.9955"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a>, which means they will match the order those locations occur in the document. However, with <a id="wrglossary.9956"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, it’s possible to gather the <a id="wrglossary.9957"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> into sub-groups according to the associated <a id="wrglossary.9958"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@locationcounter">counter</a> or split off <a id="wrglossary.9959"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> with identified primary formats. See the <a id="wrglossary.9960"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> manual for further details.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:pageprecedence -->
+
+<section id="sec:problemlocations"><!-- start of section sec:problemlocations --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->12.5. Problematic Locations<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:problemlocations">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+The default <a id="wrglossary.9961"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationcounter">location counter</a> is the <a id="wrglossary.9962"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.page"><span class="ctrfmt">page</span></a> counter, the value of which is obtained with <a id="wrglossary.9963"></a><a href="#glo:thepage"><code class="csfmt">\thepage</code></a>. Due to TeX’s asynchronous output routine, <a id="wrglossary.9964"></a><a href="#glo:thepage"><code class="csfmt">\thepage</code></a> may be incorrect at the start of a new page. To ensure that the page number is correct, a delayed write is needed, which is what is usually done when writing information to the <a id="wrglossary.9965"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.9966"></a><a href="#glo:ext.toc"><span class="extfmt">toc</span></a> files (and to <a id="wrglossary.9967"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing files</a>).<p>
+This works fine with Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a> since neither of those options have any restrictions on the location syntax (provided that it’s valid LaTeX code). With <a id="wrglossary.9968"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, if it can’t work out a numeric value for the location then it simply won’t be able to form a <a id="wrglossary.9969"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">range</a>. Additionally, <a id="wrglossary.9970"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> v3.0+, converts an <a id="wrglossary.9971"></a><a href="#glo:idx.emptylocation">empty location</a> into an <a id="wrglossary.9972"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredlocation">ignored location</a>, which means the <a id="wrglossary.9973"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> will still be selected so that it can be included in the <a id="wrglossary.9974"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, but it won’t cause a spurious comma or en-dash as there won’t be an invisible location in the <a id="wrglossary.9975"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>.<p>
+The only problematic <a id="wrglossary.9976"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> with Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a> are where <a id="wrglossary.9977"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> are required but the target name can’t be formed from the prefix, counter and location information (see §<a href="#sec:locationsyntax">12.3</a>). The best solution with <a id="wrglossary.9978"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> in this case is to use <a id="wrglossary.9979"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=nameref</span>, which saves the actual target name in the <a id="wrglossary.9980"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> record. With <a id="wrglossary.9981"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a> you will have to redefine <a id="wrglossary.9982"></a><a href="#glo:theHcounter"><code class="csfmt">\theH<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span></code></a> as appropriate.<p>
+With Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>, the <a id="wrglossary.9983"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> must expand to content that is compatible with the <a id="wrglossary.9984"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application’s</a> syntax. The syntax for <a id="wrglossary.9985"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> is quite restrictive and is described in §<a href="#sec:locationsyntax">12.3</a>.<p>
+For example, <a id="wrglossary.9986"></a><a href="#glo:thecounter"><code class="csfmt">\thepart</code></a> is normally formatted as an <a id="wrglossary.9987"></a><a href="#glo:idx.uppercase">uppercase</a> Roman numeral. There’s no Roman numeral for 0 so if the <a id="wrglossary.9988"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.part"><span class="ctrfmt">part</span></a> counter is 0 (that is, before the first <a id="wrglossary.9989"></a><a href="#glo:part"><code class="csfmt">\part</code></a>) then <a id="wrglossary.9990"></a><a href="#glo:thecounter"><code class="csfmt">\thepart</code></a> will expand to nothing. This can be demonstrated in the following document: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.9991"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.9992"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.9993"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.part"><span class="ctrfmt">part</span></a></span>]{glossaries}
+<a id="wrglossary.9994"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.9995"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{sample}{<a id="wrglossary.9996"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.9997"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={}</span>}
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.9998"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample}<span class="comment">% part = 0</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.9999"></a><a href="#glo:part"><code class="csfmt">\part</code></a>{Sample Part}
+<a id="wrglossary.10000"></a><a href="#glo:section"><code class="csfmt">\section</code></a>{Sample Section}
+<a id="wrglossary.10001"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample}.
+<a id="wrglossary.10002"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a>
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> In the above, the first instance of <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.10003"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample}</code> will have an <a id="wrglossary.10004"></a><a href="#glo:idx.emptylocation">empty location</a>. This will cause <a id="wrglossary.10005"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> to reject the <a id="wrglossary.10006"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> with the following message in the transcript (assuming the document file is called <span class="filefmt">myDoc.tex</span>): <pre class="transcript"><div class="transcripttitle"><a id="wrglossary.10007"></a><a href="#glo:sym.transcript"><span title="Transcript" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>!! Input index error (file = myDoc.glo, line = 1):
+ -- Illegal page number or page_precedence rnaRA.
+</pre> If <a id="wrglossary.10008"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> encounters this warning, it will replace the <a id="wrglossary.10009"></a><a href="#glo:idx.emptylocation">empty location</a> with <span class="qt">“0”</span> and change the <a id="wrglossary.10010"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationencap">location encap</a> to <a id="wrglossary.10011"></a><a href="#glo:glsignore"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">glsignore</span></a>. In the above example, this will lead to an <a id="wrglossary.10012"></a><a href="#glo:idx.emptylocation">invisible location</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.10013"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>, but that’s exactly what an <a id="wrglossary.10014"></a><a href="#glo:idx.emptylocation">empty location</a> would do if <a id="wrglossary.10015"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> allowed it.<p>
+Similarly, if the <a id="wrglossary.10016"></a><a href="#glo:idx.compositor">page compositor</a> hasn’t been correctly identified, then it can also result in an invalid <a id="wrglossary.10017"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10018"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.10019"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.10020"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.section"><span class="ctrfmt">section</span></a></span>]{glossaries}
+<a id="wrglossary.10021"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.10022"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{sample}{<a id="wrglossary.10023"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.10024"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={}</span>}
+<span class="comment">% default compositor is '.' not '-'</span>
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.10025"></a><a href="#glo:thecounter"><code class="csfmt">\thesection</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.10026"></a><a href="#glo:thecounter"><code class="csfmt">\thepart</code></a>-<a id="wrglossary.10027"></a><a href="#glo:arabic"><code class="csfmt">\arabic</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.10028"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.section"><span class="ctrfmt">section</span></a>}}
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.10029"></a><a href="#glo:part"><code class="csfmt">\part</code></a>{Sample Part}
+<a id="wrglossary.10030"></a><a href="#glo:section"><code class="csfmt">\section</code></a>{Sample Section}
+<a id="wrglossary.10031"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample}.
+<a id="wrglossary.10032"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a>
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> This will cause <a id="wrglossary.10033"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> to reject the <a id="wrglossary.10034"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> with the following message in the transcript: <pre class="transcript"><div class="transcripttitle"><a id="wrglossary.10035"></a><a href="#glo:sym.transcript"><span title="Transcript" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>!! Input index error (file = myDoc.glo, line = 1):
+ -- Illegal Roman number: position 2 in I-1.
+</pre> If <a id="wrglossary.10036"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> encounters this warning, it will replace any invalid content (the hyphen, in this case) with the <a id="wrglossary.10037"></a><a href="#glo:idx.compositor">page compositor</a> specified in the <a id="wrglossary.10038"></a><a href="#glo:ext.ist"><span class="extfmt">ist</span></a> file.<p>
+In both of the above examples, using <a id="wrglossary.10039"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> will help the document build to complete without the <a id="wrglossary.10040"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> disappearing from the <a id="wrglossary.10041"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, however the resulting <a id="wrglossary.10042"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> may look strange. If you are using <a id="wrglossary.10043"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a> then this isn’t a problem.<p>
+If you don’t use <a id="wrglossary.10044"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> but explicitly call <a id="wrglossary.10045"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> then you won’t have those corrections, and some or all of your <a id="wrglossary.10046"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> may be omitted from the <a id="wrglossary.10047"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. In which case, you will have to adjust the <a id="wrglossary.10048"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> so that it fits <a id="wrglossary.10049"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span>’s</a> syntax <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">even if you have <a id="wrglossary.10050"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a>.</span> In the case of the invalid <a id="wrglossary.10051"></a><a href="#glo:idx.compositor">page compositor</a> problem, you can simply use <a id="wrglossary.10052"></a><a href="#glo:glsSetCompositor"><code class="csfmt">\glsSetCompositor</code></a> to set the correct compositor. In the case of <a id="wrglossary.10053"></a><a href="#glo:idx.emptylocation">empty locations</a> you will need to chose a different <a id="wrglossary.10054"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationcounter">location counter</a>.<p>
+Other problems occur with commands that don’t fully expand, which results in LaTeX markup in the <a id="wrglossary.10055"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.10056"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing file</a>. For example, if <a id="wrglossary.10057"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a> is used with <span class="optfmt">spanish</span>, <a id="wrglossary.10058"></a><a href="#glo:idx.lowercase">lowercase</a> Roman numerals (which may occur in the front matter) will expand to the internal command <a id="wrglossary.10059"></a><a href="#glo:es@scroman"><code class="csfmt">\es@scroman</code></a>, as in the following: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10060"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{book}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[T1]{fontenc}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[spanish]{babel}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+<a id="wrglossary.10061"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.10062"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{sample}{<a id="wrglossary.10063"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.10064"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={un ejemplo}</span>}
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.10065"></a><a href="#glo:frontmatter"><code class="csfmt">\frontmatter</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.10066"></a><a href="#glo:chapter"><code class="csfmt">\chapter</code></a>{Foreword}
+<a id="wrglossary.10067"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample}<span class="comment">% problem location</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.10068"></a><a href="#glo:mainmatter"><code class="csfmt">\mainmatter</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.10069"></a><a href="#glo:chapter"><code class="csfmt">\chapter</code></a>{Sample}
+<a id="wrglossary.10070"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample}
+<a id="wrglossary.10071"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a>
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> The first instance of <a id="wrglossary.10072"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> occurs in the front matter on page i, which in this case is formatted in faked <a id="wrglossary.10073"></a><a href="#glo:dual.smallcaps">small caps</a> with <a id="wrglossary.10074"></a><a href="#glo:es@scroman"><code class="csfmt">\es@scroman</code></a>. This can be found in the <a id="wrglossary.10075"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glo"><span class="extfmt">glo</span></a> file, which contains: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10076"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\glossaryentry</code>{sample?<a id="wrglossary.10077"></a><a href="#glo:glossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossentry</code></a>{sample}|setentrycounter[]{page}<a id="wrglossary.10078"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.dblquote"><code class="code">"</code></a><a id="wrglossary.10079"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumberformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumberformat</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.10080"></a><a href="#glo:es@scroman"><code class="csfmt">\es@scroman</code></a> {i}}
+<code class="cmd">\glossaryentry</code>{sample?<a id="wrglossary.10081"></a><a href="#glo:glossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossentry</code></a>{sample}|setentrycounter[]{<a id="wrglossary.10082"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.page"><span class="ctrfmt">page</span></a>}<a id="wrglossary.10083"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.dblquote"><code class="code">"</code></a><a id="wrglossary.10084"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumberformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumberformat</code></a>}{1}
+</pre> Each line in the <a id="wrglossary.10085"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glo"><span class="extfmt">glo</span></a> file corresponds to a single <a id="wrglossary.10086"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> instance (created with <a id="wrglossary.10087"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> in this case).<p>
+The double-quote (<a id="wrglossary.10088"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.dblquote"><code class="code">"</code></a>) is <a id="wrglossary.10089"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span>’s</a> escape character (which can be changed with <a id="wrglossary.10090"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetQuote"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetQuote</code></a>). It’s not necessary in the above but was added as a by-product of the internal escaping of special characters (the backslash isn’t a special character for <a id="wrglossary.10091"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>, except in the <a id="wrglossary.10092"></a><a href="#glo:ext.ist"><span class="extfmt">ist</span></a> file, but is for <a id="wrglossary.10093"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>).<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10094"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> data is contained in the arguments of: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10095"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10096"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryentry</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">data</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This isn’t a defined command but is simply used as a keyword in the <a id="wrglossary.10097"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing file</a>. By default, <a id="wrglossary.10098"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> expects <a id="wrglossary.10099"></a><a href="#glo:indexentry"><code class="csfmt">\indexentry</code></a>. The custom <a id="wrglossary.10100"></a><a href="#glo:ext.ist"><span class="extfmt">ist</span></a> style file created by <a id="wrglossary.10101"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> identifies <a id="wrglossary.10102"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryentry</code></a> as the keyword: <pre class="compactcodebox">keyword "\\glossaryentry"
+</pre><p>
+The syntax for the second argument <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span> is as described in §<a href="#sec:locationsyntax">12.3</a>. The syntax for the first argument <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">data</em>〉</span> is in the form: <pre class="compactcodebox"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">sort</em>〉</span><a id="wrglossary.10103"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.questionmark"><code class="code">?</code></a><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span><a id="wrglossary.10104"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.pipe"><code class="code">|</code></a><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">encap</em>〉</span>
+</pre> or for sub-entries: <pre class="compactcodebox"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">parent sort</em>〉</span><a id="wrglossary.10105"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.questionmark"><code class="code">?</code></a><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">parent text</em>〉</span><a id="wrglossary.10106"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.exclammark"><code class="code">!</code></a><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">sort</em>〉</span><a id="wrglossary.10107"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.questionmark"><code class="code">?</code></a><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span><a id="wrglossary.10108"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.pipe"><code class="code">|</code></a><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">encap</em>〉</span>
+</pre> The question mark (<a id="wrglossary.10109"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.questionmark"><code class="code">?</code></a>) is the <span class="qt">“actual character”</span> and separates the sort value from the actual text that’s written to the <a id="wrglossary.10110"></a><a href="#glo:ext.gls"><span class="extfmt">gls</span></a> file (which is input by <a id="wrglossary.10111"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>).<p>
+By default, <a id="wrglossary.10112"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> uses <a id="wrglossary.10113"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.at"><code class="code">@</code></a> as the actual character but this caused a problem for early versions of <a id="wrglossary.10114"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> where there was a greater chance of internal commands occurring in the <a id="wrglossary.10115"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glo"><span class="extfmt">glo</span></a> file. The custom <a id="wrglossary.10116"></a><a href="#glo:ext.ist"><span class="extfmt">ist</span></a> file identifies <a id="wrglossary.10117"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.questionmark"><code class="code">?</code></a> as the actual character: <pre class="compactcodebox">actual '?'
+</pre><p>
+You may remember from §<a href="#sec:encap">12.1</a> that the <a id="wrglossary.10118"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a> option specifies the <a id="wrglossary.10119"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a>, which I claimed was essentially the same as the <a id="wrglossary.10120"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a> with <a id="wrglossary.10121"></a><a href="#glo:index"><code class="csfmt">\index</code></a>, but as can be seen from the above example, that’s not strictly speaking true. The real <a id="wrglossary.10122"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a> has to include <a id="wrglossary.10123"></a><a href="#glo:setentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\setentrycounter</code></a> so that (if <a id="wrglossary.10124"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> are supported) the appropriate target name can be constructed.<p>
+The way that <a id="wrglossary.10125"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> works is that it will write <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.10126"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.bksl"><code class="code">\</code></a><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">encap</em>〉</span>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> in the <a id="wrglossary.10127"></a><a href="#glo:ext.gls"><span class="extfmt">gls</span></a> (or equivalent) file. What <a id="wrglossary.10128"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> actually needs for the <a id="wrglossary.10129"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> to work is: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.10130"></a><a href="#glo:setentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\setentrycounter</code></a>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>}<a id="wrglossary.10131"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.bksl"><code class="code">\</code></a><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span> is the real formatting command name (identified in the <a id="wrglossary.10132"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a> option).<p>
+So from <a id="wrglossary.10133"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span>’s</a> point of view, the real <a id="wrglossary.10134"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a> in the above example is the literal string: <pre class="compactcodebox">setentrycounter[]{page}<code class="cmd">\glsnumberformat</code>
+</pre><p>
+In the above example, the <a id="wrglossary.10135"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> has ended up as <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.10136"></a><a href="#glo:es@scroman"><code class="csfmt">\es@scroman</code></a> {i}</code> which is invalid, as <a id="wrglossary.10137"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> requires the location to consist solely of digits, Roman numerals or alphabetic, optionally separated by a <a id="wrglossary.10138"></a><a href="#glo:idx.compositor">compositors</a>.<p>
+That means that this example will trigger a message from <a id="wrglossary.10139"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> which will be written to the <a id="wrglossary.10140"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glg"><span class="extfmt">glg</span></a> transcript file: <pre class="transcript"><div class="transcripttitle"><a id="wrglossary.10141"></a><a href="#glo:sym.transcript"><span title="Transcript" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>Scanning input file myDoc.glo...
+!! Input index error (file = myDoc.glo, line = 1):
+ -- Illegal space within numerals in second argument.
+.done (1 entries accepted, 1 rejected).
+Sorting entries...done (0 comparisons).
+Generating output file myDoc.gls....done (6 lines written, 0 warnings).
+</pre> Note that 1 entry has been rejected, but it also shows 0 warnings and it has a 0 exit code, which means that it won’t interrupt the overall document build.<p>
+If you run <a id="wrglossary.10142"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> instead of running <a id="wrglossary.10143"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> explicitly, then <a id="wrglossary.10144"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> will search the <a id="wrglossary.10145"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glg"><span class="extfmt">glg</span></a> transcript for the <span class="qt">“(<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">n</em>〉</span> entries accepted, <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">m</em>〉</span> rejected)”</span> line, and if <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">m</em>〉</span> is greater than 0 it will attempt to diagnose and fix the problem.<p>
+Messages about the <span class="qt">“second argument”</span> (as in <span class="qt">“Illegal space within numerals in second argument”</span>) indicate that the problem is with the <a id="wrglossary.10146"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a>, so <a id="wrglossary.10147"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> will search the locations for content that matches <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">csname</em>〉</span></span>
+{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">num</em>〉</span>}</code> (with any or no spaces after the command name and optionally preceded by <a id="wrglossary.10148"></a><a href="#glo:protect"><code class="csfmt">\protect</code></a>). If it finds a match, it will shift <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">csname</em>〉</span> into the <a id="wrglossary.10149"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a> with the following message: <pre class="transcript"><div class="transcripttitle"><a id="wrglossary.10150"></a><a href="#glo:sym.transcript"><span title="Transcript" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>Encap/location issue: potential LaTeX commands in location detected. Attempting to remedy.
+Reading myDoc.glo...
+Invalid location '<a id="wrglossary.10151"></a><a href="#glo:es@scroman"><code class="csfmt">\es@scroman</code></a> {i}' detected for entry 'sample'. Replaced with 'i'
+Writing myDoc.glo...
+Retrying
+</pre> The altered <a id="wrglossary.10152"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glo"><span class="extfmt">glo</span></a> file now contains: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.10153"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryentry</code></a>{sample?<a id="wrglossary.10154"></a><a href="#glo:glossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossentry</code></a>{sample}|setentrycounter[]{page}<a id="wrglossary.10155"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.dblquote"><code class="code">"</code></a><a id="wrglossary.10156"></a><a href="#glo:glslocationcstoencap"><code class="csfmt">\glslocationcstoencap</code></a>{glsnumberformat}{es@scroman}}{i}
+<a id="wrglossary.10157"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryentry</code></a>{sample?<a id="wrglossary.10158"></a><a href="#glo:glossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossentry</code></a>{sample}|setentrycounter[]{page}<a id="wrglossary.10159"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.dblquote"><code class="code">"</code></a><a id="wrglossary.10160"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumberformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumberformat</code></a>}{1}
+</pre> and <a id="wrglossary.10161"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> will re-run <a id="wrglossary.10162"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>.<p>
+Following this correction, the <a id="wrglossary.10163"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> for the <span class="qt">“sample”</span> entry now contains: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.10164"></a><a href="#glo:setentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\setentrycounter</code></a>[]{<a id="wrglossary.10165"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.page"><span class="ctrfmt">page</span></a>}<a id="wrglossary.10166"></a><a href="#glo:glslocationcstoencap"><code class="csfmt">\glslocationcstoencap</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.10167"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumberformat"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">glsnumberformat</span></a>}{es@scroman}{i}<a id="wrglossary.10168"></a><a href="#glo:delimN"><code class="csfmt">\delimN</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.10169"></a><a href="#glo:setentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\setentrycounter</code></a>[]{<a id="wrglossary.10170"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.page"><span class="ctrfmt">page</span></a>}<a id="wrglossary.10171"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumberformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumberformat</code></a>{1}
+</pre> The corrected <a id="wrglossary.10172"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> needs to be encapsulated with both the designated <a id="wrglossary.10173"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a> (<a id="wrglossary.10174"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumberformat"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">glsnumberformat</span></a> in this case) and the formatting command that needs to be applied to the <a id="wrglossary.10175"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a>. This is done via: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10176"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10177"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glslocationcstoencap"><code class="csfmt">\glslocationcstoencap</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">encap-csname</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location-csname</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This is simply defined to do: <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cmd">\csuse</code>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location-csname</em>〉</span>}{<code class="cmd">\csuse</code>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">encap-csname</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}}
+</pre> This puts the intended <a id="wrglossary.10178"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a> (<a id="wrglossary.10179"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumberformat"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">glsnumberformat</span></a> in this case) closer to the <a id="wrglossary.10180"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> to enable it to work better with <a id="wrglossary.10181"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a>, although this may not always work, particularly if the command with the name <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location-csname</em>〉</span> expects a numerical argument.<p>
+In the above example, the location command is <a id="wrglossary.10182"></a><a href="#glo:es@scroman"><code class="csfmt">\es@scroman</code></a> which is provided by <span class="styfmt">babel-spanish</span> and performs fake <a id="wrglossary.10183"></a><a href="#glo:dual.smallcaps">small caps</a>. Internal commands provided by other packages for their own private use can’t be relied upon. So the <a id="wrglossary.10184"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package can’t assume they will stay the same, and the above example document may produce a different result with different versions of <a id="wrglossary.10185"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a>. However, in this case (provided you use <a id="wrglossary.10186"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>), the document will correctly end up with the <a id="wrglossary.10187"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> <span class="qt">“<span style="font-style: normal; font-variant: small-caps; ">i</span>, 1”</span> for the <span class="qt">“sample”</span> entry in the <a id="wrglossary.10188"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, which matches the document page numbering. If you use <a id="wrglossary.10189"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> explicitly, the <a id="wrglossary.10190"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> will simply be <span class="qt">“1”</span>.<p>
+This become more complicated if <a id="wrglossary.10191"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> is added to the document (before <a id="wrglossary.10192"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a>). Now <a id="wrglossary.10193"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumberformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumberformat</code></a> uses <a id="wrglossary.10194"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a>, which needs to take into account that its argument may contain a <a id="wrglossary.10195"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">range</a> with the start and end location separated by <a id="wrglossary.10196"></a><a href="#glo:delimR"><code class="csfmt">\delimR</code></a> (the range delimiter), and it needs to create a separate <a id="wrglossary.10197"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> for each location component.<p>
+Here’s a modified example that has an implicit <a id="wrglossary.10198"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">range</a> in the front matter and an explicit <a id="wrglossary.10199"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">range</a> in the main matter. <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10200"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{book}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[T1]{fontenc}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[spanish]{babel}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+<a id="wrglossary.10201"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.10202"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{sample}{<a id="wrglossary.10203"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.10204"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={un ejemplo}</span>}
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.10205"></a><a href="#glo:frontmatter"><code class="csfmt">\frontmatter</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.10206"></a><a href="#glo:chapter"><code class="csfmt">\chapter</code></a>{Foreword}
+<a id="wrglossary.10207"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample}
+<code class="cmd">\newpage</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.10208"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample}
+<code class="cmd">\newpage</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.10209"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample}
+<a id="wrglossary.10210"></a><a href="#glo:mainmatter"><code class="csfmt">\mainmatter</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.10211"></a><a href="#glo:chapter"><code class="csfmt">\chapter</code></a>{Sample}
+<a id="wrglossary.10212"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.10213"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.10214"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.startrange"><code class="code">(</code></a><a id="wrglossary.10215"></a><a href="#glo:hyperbf"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperbf</span></a></span>]{sample}
+<code class="cmd">\newpage</code>
+Some text
+<code class="cmd">\newpage</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.10216"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.10217"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.10218"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.endrange"><code class="code">)</code></a><a id="wrglossary.10219"></a><a href="#glo:hyperbf"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperbf</span></a></span>]{sample}
+<a id="wrglossary.10220"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a>
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> This again has problematic <a id="wrglossary.10221"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a>, but <a id="wrglossary.10222"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> can shift the <a id="wrglossary.10223"></a><a href="#glo:es@scroman"><code class="csfmt">\es@scroman</code></a> into the <a id="wrglossary.10224"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a> as before. The resulting <a id="wrglossary.10225"></a><a href="#glo:ext.gls"><span class="extfmt">gls</span></a> file has the following <a id="wrglossary.10226"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> for the <span class="qt">“sample”</span> entry: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.10227"></a><a href="#glo:setentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\setentrycounter</code></a>[]{<a id="wrglossary.10228"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.page"><span class="ctrfmt">page</span></a>}<span class="comment">% prefix and counter</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.10229"></a><a href="#glo:glslocationcstoencap"><code class="csfmt">\glslocationcstoencap</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.10230"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumberformat"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">glsnumberformat</span></a>}{es@scroman}{i<a id="wrglossary.10231"></a><a href="#glo:delimR"><code class="csfmt">\delimR</code></a> iii}<a id="wrglossary.10232"></a><a href="#glo:delimN"><code class="csfmt">\delimN</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.10233"></a><a href="#glo:setentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\setentrycounter</code></a>[]{<a id="wrglossary.10234"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.page"><span class="ctrfmt">page</span></a>}<span class="comment">% prefix and counter</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.10235"></a><a href="#glo:hyperbf"><code class="csfmt">\hyperbf</code></a>{1<a id="wrglossary.10236"></a><a href="#glo:delimR"><code class="csfmt">\delimR</code></a> 3}
+</pre> Both <a id="wrglossary.10237"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">ranges</a> have been compacted so that the <a id="wrglossary.10238"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">range</a>, including the <a id="wrglossary.10239"></a><a href="#glo:delimR"><code class="csfmt">\delimR</code></a> separator, is in the argument of the <a id="wrglossary.10240"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a> command.<p>
+The default definition of <a id="wrglossary.10241"></a><a href="#glo:glslocationcstoencap"><code class="csfmt">\glslocationcstoencap</code></a> means that the first <a id="wrglossary.10242"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">range</a> is formatted according to: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.10243"></a><a href="#glo:es@scroman"><code class="csfmt">\es@scroman</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.10244"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a>{i<a id="wrglossary.10245"></a><a href="#glo:delimR"><code class="csfmt">\delimR</code></a> iii}}
+</pre> This allows <a id="wrglossary.10246"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a> to detect the delimiter and split up the range so that it can apply a separate <a id="wrglossary.10247"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> to the start and end locations, so that it effectively becomes: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.10248"></a><a href="#glo:es@scroman"><code class="csfmt">\es@scroman</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.10249"></a><a href="#glo:hyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\hyperlink</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">target1</em>〉</span>}{i}<a id="wrglossary.10250"></a><a href="#glo:delimR"><code class="csfmt">\delimR</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.10251"></a><a href="#glo:hyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\hyperlink</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">target2</em>〉</span>}{iii}}
+</pre> In this type of situation, the most problematic document is one where the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location-csname</em>〉</span> can’t handle <a id="wrglossary.10252"></a><a href="#glo:hyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\hyperlink</code></a> in its argument and needs to be shifted into the <a id="wrglossary.10253"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> text. In the above example document, no actual error occurs, but there are warnings from pdfTeX: <pre class="transcript"><div class="transcripttitle"><a id="wrglossary.10254"></a><a href="#glo:sym.transcript"><span title="Transcript" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdfTeX warning (dest): name{page.iii} has been referenced but does not exist, replaced by a fixed one
+[...]
+pdfTeX warning (dest): name{page.i} has been referenced but does not exist, replaced by a fixed one
+</pre> This is due to the way that <a id="wrglossary.10255"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a> forms the target name. Since the actual target name isn’t saved in the <a id="wrglossary.10256"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> data, it has to be reconstituted from available information: the prefix, the counter and the location. So the targets become <code class="code">page.i</code> for location <span class="qt">“i”</span> and <code class="code">page.iii</code> for location <span class="qt">“iii”</span>. This usually works for common page formats, but it doesn’t in this case. Adding <span class="optfmt">debug</span> to <a id="wrglossary.10257"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span>’s</a> package options reveals the following information in the transcript: <pre class="transcript"><div class="transcripttitle"><a id="wrglossary.10258"></a><a href="#glo:sym.transcript"><span title="Transcript" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>Package hyperref Info: Anchor `page.I'
+[...]
+Package hyperref Info: Anchor `page.II'
+</pre> So the correct anchors are <span class="qt">“page.I”</span> and <span class="qt">“page.II”</span>.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10259"></a><a href="#glo:dual.casechange">case change</a> occurs as a result of the fake <a id="wrglossary.10260"></a><a href="#glo:dual.smallcaps">small caps</a>, but since <a id="wrglossary.10261"></a><a href="#glo:es@scroman"><code class="csfmt">\es@scroman</code></a> is outside of <a id="wrglossary.10262"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a>, the <a id="wrglossary.10263"></a><a href="#glo:dual.casechange">case change</a> isn’t part of the location and so doesn’t affect the anchor name.<p>
+I can redefine <a id="wrglossary.10264"></a><a href="#glo:glslocationcstoencap"><code class="csfmt">\glslocationcstoencap</code></a> to swap them around: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10265"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.10266"></a><a href="#glo:glslocationcstoencap"><code class="csfmt">\glslocationcstoencap</code></a>}[3]{<code class="cmd">\csuse</code>{#1}{<code class="cmd">\csuse</code>{#2}{#3}}}
+</pre> However, now the transcript shows: <pre class="transcript"><div class="transcripttitle"><a id="wrglossary.10267"></a><a href="#glo:sym.transcript"><span title="Transcript" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdfTeX warning (dest): name{page.\\protect\040\\es@scroman\040\040{i--iii}} has been referenced but does not exist, replaced by a fixed one
+</pre> This is because <a id="wrglossary.10268"></a><a href="#glo:es@scroman"><code class="csfmt">\es@scroman</code></a> doesn’t fully expand.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10269"></a><a href="#glo:glswrglossdisableanchorcmds"><code class="csfmt">\glswrglossdisableanchorcmds</code></a> hook provides a workaround for the problematic command: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10270"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.10271"></a><a href="#glo:appto"><code class="csfmt">\appto</code></a><a id="wrglossary.10272"></a><a href="#glo:glswrglossdisableanchorcmds"><code class="csfmt">\glswrglossdisableanchorcmds</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.10273"></a><a href="#glo:csletcs"><code class="csfmt">\csletcs</code></a>{es@scroman}{text_uppercase:n}}
+</pre> This will cause <a id="wrglossary.10274"></a><a href="#glo:es@scroman"><code class="csfmt">\es@scroman</code></a> to be locally redefined to just convert its argument to <a id="wrglossary.10275"></a>uppercase while the anchor is being constructed. Unfortunately this patch is only partially successful as the transcript now has: <pre class="transcript"><div class="transcripttitle"><a id="wrglossary.10276"></a><a href="#glo:sym.transcript"><span title="Transcript" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdfTeX warning (dest): name{page.I-- III} has been referenced but does not exist, replaced by a fixed one
+</pre> The problem now is that <a id="wrglossary.10277"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a> can’t split on the <a id="wrglossary.10278"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">range</a> delimiter, so the location is now <span class="qt">“I--III”</span>.<p>
+If the <a id="wrglossary.10279"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> doesn’t contain any <a id="wrglossary.10280"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">ranges</a>, then the above redefinition of <a id="wrglossary.10281"></a><a href="#glo:glslocationcstoencap"><code class="csfmt">\glslocationcstoencap</code></a> and the addition to <a id="wrglossary.10282"></a><a href="#glo:glswrglossdisableanchorcmds"><code class="csfmt">\glswrglossdisableanchorcmds</code></a> will fix the <a id="wrglossary.10283"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a>.<p>
+Instead of redefining <a id="wrglossary.10284"></a><a href="#glo:glslocationcstoencap"><code class="csfmt">\glslocationcstoencap</code></a> and altering <a id="wrglossary.10285"></a><a href="#glo:glswrglossdisableanchorcmds"><code class="csfmt">\glswrglossdisableanchorcmds</code></a>, a solution that works with <a id="wrglossary.10286"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">ranges</a> can be achieved by redefining <a id="wrglossary.10287"></a><a href="#glo:glswrglosslocationtarget"><code class="csfmt">\glswrglosslocationtarget</code></a> to convert its argument to <a id="wrglossary.10288"></a><a href="#glo:idx.uppercase">uppercase</a>. You can do this with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10289"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.10290"></a><a href="#glo:glswrglosslocationtarget"><code class="csfmt">\glswrglosslocationtarget</code></a>}[1]{<a id="wrglossary.10291"></a><a href="#glo:glsuppercase"><code class="csfmt">\glsuppercase</code></a>{#1}}
+</pre><p>
+This will successfully construct the anchor names <code class="code">page.I</code> and <code class="code">page.III</code>. It won’t affect the anchors for the main matter as digits aren’t affected by the <a id="wrglossary.10292"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> command.<p>
+If you’re not using <a id="wrglossary.10293"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> and are either calling <a id="wrglossary.10294"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> explicitly or via <a id="wrglossary.10295"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a> or with the <a id="wrglossary.10296"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a> option, then you will need to find another way of converting problematic <a id="wrglossary.10297"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> into a form that won’t be discarded by <a id="wrglossary.10298"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>. This is quite difficult if the problematic content is inside <a id="wrglossary.10299"></a><a href="#glo:thepage"><code class="csfmt">\thepage</code></a> since its delayed expansion means that any attempt at locally changing the problematic within <a id="wrglossary.10300"></a><a href="#glo:glswrglossdisablelocationcmds"><code class="csfmt">\glswrglossdisablelocationcmds</code></a> will be lost.<p>
+The earlier example can be rewritten to (sort of!) work without <a id="wrglossary.10301"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10302"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{book}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[T1]{fontenc}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[spanish]{babel}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+<a id="wrglossary.10303"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.10304"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{sample}{<a id="wrglossary.10305"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.10306"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={un ejemplo}</span>}
+
+<code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\locthepage</code>}{<a id="wrglossary.10307"></a><a href="#glo:Roman"><code class="csfmt">\Roman</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.10308"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.page"><span class="ctrfmt">page</span></a>}}
+<code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\delayedlocthepage</code>}{<code class="cmd">\expandonce</code>{<code class="cmd">\locthepage</code>}}
+<code class="cmd">\appto</code><a id="wrglossary.10309"></a><a href="#glo:glswrglossdisablelocationcmds"><code class="csfmt">\glswrglossdisablelocationcmds</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\let</code><a id="wrglossary.10310"></a><a href="#glo:thepage"><code class="csfmt">\thepage</code></a><code class="cmd">\delayedlocthepage</code>}
+
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.10311"></a><a href="#glo:frontmatter"><code class="csfmt">\frontmatter</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.10312"></a><a href="#glo:chapter"><code class="csfmt">\chapter</code></a>{Foreword}
+<a id="wrglossary.10313"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample}
+<code class="cmd">\newpage</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.10314"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample}
+<code class="cmd">\newpage</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.10315"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample}
+<a id="wrglossary.10316"></a><a href="#glo:mainmatter"><code class="csfmt">\mainmatter</code></a>
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\locthepage</code>}{<a id="wrglossary.10317"></a><a href="#glo:arabic"><code class="csfmt">\arabic</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.10318"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.page"><span class="ctrfmt">page</span></a>}}
+<a id="wrglossary.10319"></a><a href="#glo:chapter"><code class="csfmt">\chapter</code></a>{Sample}
+<a id="wrglossary.10320"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.10321"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.10322"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.startrange"><code class="code">(</code></a><a id="wrglossary.10323"></a><a href="#glo:hyperbf"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperbf</span></a></span>]{sample}
+<code class="cmd">\newpage</code>
+Some text
+<code class="cmd">\newpage</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.10324"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.10325"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.10326"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.endrange"><code class="code">)</code></a><a id="wrglossary.10327"></a><a href="#glo:hyperbf"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperbf</span></a></span>]{sample}
+<a id="wrglossary.10328"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a>
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> Note that the custom <code class="csfmt">\locthepage</code> command needs to be redefined after the page numbering changes at the start of the main matter.<p>
+This ensures that the locations are valid in the <a id="wrglossary.10329"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glo"><span class="extfmt">glo</span></a> file, so <a id="wrglossary.10330"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> will process it without losing any rejecting any entry lines. The hyperlink targets will also be correct. The only problem now is that the front matter <a id="wrglossary.10331"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> will be in <a id="wrglossary.10332"></a><a href="#glo:idx.uppercase">uppercase</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.10333"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>.<p>
+The above problems are all due to <a id="wrglossary.10334"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> having a restrictive location syntax. With <a id="wrglossary.10335"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>, you can define location classes for custom <a id="wrglossary.10336"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a>. Unfortunately, the backslash <a id="wrglossary.10337"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.bksl"><code class="code">\</code></a> is a special character for <a id="wrglossary.10338"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> that indicates an escape sequence that indicates the next character should be interpreted literally, which means that any LaTeX commands that end up in the <a id="wrglossary.10339"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.10340"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing file</a> must have their initial backslash escaped. This is quite tricky to do given the delayed expansion of <a id="wrglossary.10341"></a><a href="#glo:thepage"><code class="csfmt">\thepage</code></a>. If it’s expanded early in order to pre-process it then the page number could end up being incorrect.<p>
+The sample file <a id="wrglossary.10342"></a><a href="#glo:file.samplexdy.tex"><span class="filefmt">samplexdy.tex</span></a> provides a custom page format that uses a robust command called <code class="csfmt">\tallynum</code>, which ends up in the <a id="wrglossary.10343"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glo"><span class="extfmt">glo</span></a> file. With the default <a id="wrglossary.10344"></a><a href="#glo:opt.esclocations"><span class="styoptfmt">esclocations</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> setting, the location for the first page is written to the file as: <pre class="compactcodebox">:locref "{}{<code class="cmd">\tallynum</code> {1}}"
+</pre> This results in the following message from <a id="wrglossary.10345"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>: <pre class="transcript"><div class="transcripttitle"><a id="wrglossary.10346"></a><a href="#glo:sym.transcript"><span title="Transcript" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>WARNING: location-reference "{}{tallynum {1}}" did not match any location-class! (ignored)
+</pre> Note that the backslash has gone from the start of <code class="code">tallynum</code>. As with <a id="wrglossary.10347"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>, invalid <a id="wrglossary.10348"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> are dropped.<p>
+If you use <a id="wrglossary.10349"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> rather than running <a id="wrglossary.10350"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> directly, <a id="wrglossary.10351"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> will detect the warning and provide some diagnostic information: <pre class="transcript"><div class="transcripttitle"><a id="wrglossary.10352"></a><a href="#glo:sym.transcript"><span title="Transcript" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>You may have forgotten to add a location
+class with <a id="wrglossary.10353"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyLocation"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyLocation</code></a> or you may have
+the format incorrect or you may need
+the package option <a id="wrglossary.10354"></a><a href="#glo:opt.esclocations"><span class="styoptfmt">esclocations</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>.
+</pre> In this case, you need to use the package option <a id="wrglossary.10355"></a><a href="#glo:opt.esclocations"><span class="styoptfmt">esclocations</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>. This will use a hack to provide a way to escape the backslash without prematurely expanding the actual value of the <a id="wrglossary.10356"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.page"><span class="ctrfmt">page</span></a> counter. As this is a hack, it may not work and can result in obscure error messages.<p>
+Returning to the earlier <span class="styfmt">babel-spanish</span> example, if it’s converted to use <a id="wrglossary.10357"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.10358"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>, a similar problem arises. For example, simply adding the <a id="wrglossary.10359"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a> package option: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10360"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{book}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[T1]{fontenc}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[spanish]{babel}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.10361"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a></strong>]{glossaries}
+<a id="wrglossary.10362"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.10363"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{sample}{<a id="wrglossary.10364"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.10365"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={un ejemplo}</span>}
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.10366"></a><a href="#glo:frontmatter"><code class="csfmt">\frontmatter</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.10367"></a><a href="#glo:chapter"><code class="csfmt">\chapter</code></a>{Foreword}
+<a id="wrglossary.10368"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample}
+<code class="cmd">\newpage</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.10369"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample}
+<code class="cmd">\newpage</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.10370"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample}
+<a id="wrglossary.10371"></a><a href="#glo:mainmatter"><code class="csfmt">\mainmatter</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.10372"></a><a href="#glo:chapter"><code class="csfmt">\chapter</code></a>{Sample}
+<a id="wrglossary.10373"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.10374"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.10375"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.startrange"><code class="code">(</code></a><a id="wrglossary.10376"></a><a href="#glo:hyperbf"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperbf</span></a></span>]{sample}
+<code class="cmd">\newpage</code>
+Some text
+<code class="cmd">\newpage</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.10377"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.10378"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.10379"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.endrange"><code class="code">)</code></a><a id="wrglossary.10380"></a><a href="#glo:hyperbf"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperbf</span></a></span>]{sample}
+<a id="wrglossary.10381"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a>
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.10382"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glo"><span class="extfmt">glo</span></a> file now contains locations with <a id="wrglossary.10383"></a><a href="#glo:es@scroman"><code class="csfmt">\es@scroman</code></a>, but as with the <code class="csfmt">\tallynum</code> example, the leading backslash hasn’t been escaped: <pre class="compactcodebox">:locref "{}{<a id="wrglossary.10384"></a><a href="#glo:es@scroman"><code class="csfmt">\es@scroman</code></a> {i}}"
+</pre> This needs <a id="wrglossary.10385"></a><a href="#glo:opt.esclocations"><span class="styoptfmt">esclocations</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> to escape the backslash. <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10386"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.10387"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a>,<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.10388"></a><a href="#glo:opt.esclocations"><span class="styoptfmt">esclocations</span></a></strong>]{glossaries}
+</pre> Note that this produces a different result in the <a id="wrglossary.10389"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glo"><span class="extfmt">glo</span></a> file: <pre class="compactcodebox">:locref "{}{\\protect \\es@scroman {i}}"
+</pre> This results from the partial protected expansion used on <a id="wrglossary.10390"></a><a href="#glo:thepage"><code class="csfmt">\thepage</code></a> before the special characters are escaped. If you inspect the <a id="wrglossary.10391"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> file created by <a id="wrglossary.10392"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>, you should find the following: <pre class="compactcodebox">(define-location-class "roman-page-numbers"
+ ( :sep "{}{" :sep "<a id="wrglossary.10393"></a><a href="#glo:protect"><code class="csfmt">\protect</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.10394"></a><a href="#glo:es@scroman"><code class="csfmt">\es@scroman</code></a> {" "roman-numbers-lowercase" :sep "}" :sep "}" )
+ :min-range-length 2
+)
+</pre> This is because the non-default behaviour of <a id="wrglossary.10395"></a><a href="#glo:roman"><code class="csfmt">\roman</code></a> has been detected and a custom location class has automatically been supplied. (Whereas with the <a id="wrglossary.10396"></a><a href="#glo:file.samplexdy.tex"><span class="filefmt">samplexdy.tex</span></a> sample file, it was necessary to provide the custom class to support <code class="csfmt">\tallynum</code> with <a id="wrglossary.10397"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyLocation"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyLocation</code></a>.)<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:problemlocations -->
+
+<section id="sec:numberlistloop"><!-- start of section sec:numberlistloop --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->12.6. Iterating Over Locations<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:numberlistloop">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.10398"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Not available with Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>. The commands described here rely on the <a id="wrglossary.10399"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> being stored in the <a id="wrglossary.10400"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.loclist"><span class="csoptfmt">loclist</span></a> internal field in an <a id="wrglossary.10401"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.etoolbox"><span class="styfmt">etoolbox</span></a> internal list format, which is what happens with <a id="wrglossary.10402"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10403"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a> command displays the <a id="wrglossary.10404"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a> using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10405"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10406"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsnoidxloclist"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoidxloclist</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">list cs</em>〉</span>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">list cs</em>〉</span> is a temporary command that contains the value of the <a id="wrglossary.10407"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.loclist"><span class="csoptfmt">loclist</span></a> field. This uses <a id="wrglossary.10408"></a><a href="#glo:forlistloop"><code class="csfmt">\forlistloop</code></a> to iterate over all the <a id="wrglossary.10409"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> in the list with the handler macro: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10410"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10411"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsnoidxloclisthandler"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoidxloclisthandler</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This keeps track of the previous element in the list to determine whether or not to insert the <a id="wrglossary.10412"></a><a href="#glo:delimN"><code class="csfmt">\delimN</code></a> separator. Note that it doesn’t attempt to determine whether or not any of the locations are <a id="wrglossary.10413"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">ranges</a>.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10414"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.10415"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a> command will also use <a id="wrglossary.10416"></a><a href="#glo:glsnoidxloclist"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoidxloclist</code></a> if the <a id="wrglossary.10417"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.loclist"><span class="csoptfmt">loclist</span></a> field has been set but the <a id="wrglossary.10418"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.location"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">location</span></a> field hasn’t, but in general it’s better to instruct <a id="wrglossary.10419"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> to save the formatted <a id="wrglossary.10420"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a> (which is the default). </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+You can iterate over an entry’s <a id="wrglossary.10421"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.loclist"><span class="csoptfmt">loclist</span></a> field using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10422"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10423"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsnumberlistloop"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumberlistloop</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">handler</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr handler cs</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> is the entry’s label and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">handler cs</em>〉</span> is a handler control sequence with the syntax: <pre class="compactcodebox"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">handler cs</em>〉</span>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">format</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span> is the hypertarget prefix, <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span> is the name of the <a id="wrglossary.10424"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationcounter">location counter</a>, <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">format</em>〉</span> is the <a id="wrglossary.10425"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationencap">location encap</a> (for example, <a id="wrglossary.10426"></a><a href="#glo:textbf"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">textbf</span></a>) and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span> is the <a id="wrglossary.10427"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a>.<p>
+The third argument <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr handler cs</em>〉</span> is the control sequence that will be applied to any cross-references in the list. This handler should have the syntax: <pre class="compactcodebox"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr handler cs</em>〉</span>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">tag</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr list</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">empty</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">tag</em>〉</span> is the cross-referenced textual tag (for example, <span class="qt">“see”</span>) and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr list</em>〉</span> is a comma-separated list of <a id="wrglossary.10428"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> labels. The final argument <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">empty</em>〉</span> will always be empty, but it allows for <a id="wrglossary.10429"></a><a href="#glo:glsseeformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsseeformat</code></a> to be used as the handler.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10430"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ This method is designed for <a id="wrglossary.10431"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>, but <a id="wrglossary.10432"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> also saves individual <a id="wrglossary.10433"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.10434"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.loclist"><span class="csoptfmt">loclist</span></a> field (in addition to the formatted <a id="wrglossary.10435"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a> which is stored in the <a id="wrglossary.10436"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.location"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">location</span></a> field). However, the format for each item in the internal list varies depending on whether <a id="wrglossary.10437"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=only</span> or <a id="wrglossary.10438"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=nameref</span> was used. See the <a id="wrglossary.10439"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+For example, if on page 12 I have: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10440"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.10441"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.10442"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.10443"></a><a href="#glo:textbf"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">textbf</span></a></span>]{apple}
+</pre> and on page 18 I have: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10444"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.10445"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.10446"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=emph</span>]{apple}
+</pre> then <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10447"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.10448"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumberlistloop"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumberlistloop</code></a>{apple}{<code class="cmd">\myhandler</code>}
+</pre> will be equivalent to: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10449"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\myhandler</code>{}{<a id="wrglossary.10450"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.page"><span class="ctrfmt">page</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.10451"></a><a href="#glo:textbf"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">textbf</span></a>}{12}<span class="comment">% </span>
+<code class="cmd">\myhandler</code>{}{<a id="wrglossary.10452"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.page"><span class="ctrfmt">page</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.10453"></a><a href="#glo:emph"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">emph</span></a>}{18}<span class="comment">% </span>
+</pre> There is a predefined handler that’s used to display the <a id="wrglossary.10454"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> in <a id="wrglossary.10455"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10456"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10457"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsnoidxdisplayloc"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoidxdisplayloc</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">format</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This simply does: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.10458"></a><a href="#glo:setentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\setentrycounter</code></a>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+<code class="cmd">\csuse</code>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">format</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> which sets up the <a id="wrglossary.10459"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> information needed for <a id="wrglossary.10460"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a> (in case it’s required by the <a id="wrglossary.10461"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a>) and encapsulates the <a id="wrglossary.10462"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a>, with the provided formatting command.<p>
+Internally, <a id="wrglossary.10463"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumberlistloop"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumberlistloop</code></a> uses <a id="wrglossary.10464"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.etoolbox"><span class="styfmt">etoolbox</span>’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.10465"></a><a href="#glo:forlistloop"><code class="csfmt">\forlistloop</code></a> with the handler: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10466"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10467"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsnoidxnumberlistloophandler"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoidxnumberlistloophandler</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location item</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The default behaviour is simply to do its argument, which (for <a id="wrglossary.10468"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>) will be in the form: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.10469"></a><a href="#glo:glsnoidxdisplayloc"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoidxdisplayloc</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">format</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.10470"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumberlistloop"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumberlistloop</code></a> works by temporarily redefining <a id="wrglossary.10471"></a><a href="#glo:glsnoidxdisplayloc"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoidxdisplayloc</code></a> to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">handler</em>〉</span> and <a id="wrglossary.10472"></a><a href="#glo:glsseeformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsseeformat</code></a> to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr handler cs</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10473"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ With <a id="wrglossary.10474"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, you can use the more general purpose <a id="wrglossary.10475"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfieldforlistloop"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfieldforlistloop</code></a> and provide your own handler that can be customized to suit <a id="wrglossary.10476"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=only</span> or <a id="wrglossary.10477"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=nameref</span>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:numberlistloop -->
+
+<section id="sec:styles"><!-- start of section sec:styles --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->13. Glossary Styles<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:styles">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+<p>
+The markup used in the <a id="wrglossary.10478"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> is described in §<a href="#sec:glossmarkup">8.2</a>. §<a href="#sec:newglossarystyle">13.2</a> describes how to define a new <a id="wrglossary.10479"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a>. Commands that may be used in styles, but should not be redefined by styles, are described in §§<a href="#sec:glossarycmds">13.2.1</a> & <a href="#sec:hypernav">13.2.2</a>. The commands that should be redefined by the <a id="wrglossary.10480"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> are described in §<a href="#sec:glossarystylecmds">13.2.3</a>.<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.10481"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">Glossary styles</a> typically use <a id="wrglossary.10482"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a> to display the <a id="wrglossary.10483"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry’s</a> name, but some may use the <a id="wrglossary.10484"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> version <a id="wrglossary.10485"></a><a href="#glo:Glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\Glossentryname</code></a> instead. Both encapsulate the name with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10486"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10487"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsnamefont"><code class="csfmt">\glsnamefont</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which takes one argument: the entry name (obtained with <a id="wrglossary.10488"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryname</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.10489"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryname"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryname</code></a>).<p>
+By default, <a id="wrglossary.10490"></a><a href="#glo:glsnamefont"><code class="csfmt">\glsnamefont</code></a> simply displays its argument in whatever the surrounding font happens to be, but bear in mind that the <a id="wrglossary.10491"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> may switch the font.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10492"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ With <a id="wrglossary.10493"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> the <a id="wrglossary.10494"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.glossnamefont"><span class="csoptfmt">glossnamefont</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.10495"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.glossname"><span class="csoptfmt">glossname</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.10496"></a><a href="#glo:idx.categoryattribute">category attributes</a> can be used to adjust font and, for <a id="wrglossary.10497"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a> only, <a id="wrglossary.10498"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+For example, the <a id="wrglossary.10499"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.tree"><span class="glostylefmt">tree</span></a> style displays the name as follows: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.10500"></a><a href="#glo:glstreenamefmt"><code class="csfmt">\glstreenamefmt</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.10501"></a><a href="#glo:glstarget"><code class="csfmt">\glstarget</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<a id="wrglossary.10502"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}}}
+</pre> which is essentially (ignoring the <a id="wrglossary.10503"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> target): <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.10504"></a><a href="#glo:glstreenamefmt"><code class="csfmt">\glstreenamefmt</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.10505"></a><a href="#glo:glsnamefont"><code class="csfmt">\glsnamefont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.10506"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryname</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}}}
+</pre> Since <a id="wrglossary.10507"></a><a href="#glo:glstreenamefmt"><code class="csfmt">\glstreenamefmt</code></a> is defined to display its argument in bold, the name will end up in bold unless <a id="wrglossary.10508"></a><a href="#glo:glsnamefont"><code class="csfmt">\glsnamefont</code></a> is redefined to change it.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10509"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.list"><span class="glostylefmt">list</span></a> style displays the name in the option argument of <a id="wrglossary.10510"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a>: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.10511"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.10512"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryitem"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryitem</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}<a id="wrglossary.10513"></a><a href="#glo:glstarget"><code class="csfmt">\glstarget</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<a id="wrglossary.10514"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}}]
+</pre> which is essentially (ignoring the <a id="wrglossary.10515"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter">entry counter</a> and <a id="wrglossary.10516"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> target): <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.10517"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.10518"></a><a href="#glo:glsnamefont"><code class="csfmt">\glsnamefont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.10519"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryname</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}}]
+</pre> This occurs within the <a id="wrglossary.10520"></a><a href="#glo:env.description"><span class="envfmt">description</span></a> environment, which by default uses bold for the item text. However, this may be changed by various classes or packages. So the name may end up in bold or may be in some other font, such as sans-serif.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10521"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long"><span class="glostylefmt">long</span></a> style displays the name in the first column of a <a id="wrglossary.10522"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a>: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.10523"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryitem"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryitem</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}<a id="wrglossary.10524"></a><a href="#glo:glstarget"><code class="csfmt">\glstarget</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<a id="wrglossary.10525"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}} <a id="wrglossary.10526"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.amp"><code class="code">&amp;</code></a>
+</pre> So the only font change will come from <a id="wrglossary.10527"></a><a href="#glo:glsnamefont"><code class="csfmt">\glsnamefont</code></a>, which doesn’t apply any change by default.<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.10528"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">Glossary styles</a> will typically display the description with <a id="wrglossary.10529"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrydesc</code></a> but may not show the symbol. If the symbol is shown, it should be displayed with <a id="wrglossary.10530"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrysymbol</code></a>.<p>
+There’s no analogous font command for the description or symbol, but the <a id="wrglossary.10531"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides the <a id="wrglossary.10532"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.glossdescfont"><span class="csoptfmt">glossdescfont</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.10533"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.glosssymbolfont"><span class="csoptfmt">glosssymbolfont</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.10534"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@categoryattribute">attributes</a> to change the font according to the <a id="wrglossary.10535"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry’s</a> category.<p>
+Some styles may supply their own helper commands (such as <a id="wrglossary.10536"></a><a href="#glo:glstreenamefmt"><code class="csfmt">\glstreenamefmt</code></a>) to make it easier to adjust the formatting without having to define a new <a id="wrglossary.10537"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a>.<p>
+<div class="example" id="ex:glsnamefont"><div class="title">Example 33: Changing the Font Used to Display Entry Names in the Glossary</div> Suppose you want all the <a id="wrglossary.10538"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> names to appear in medium weight small caps in your <a id="wrglossary.10539"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>, then you can do: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10540"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.10541"></a><a href="#glo:glsnamefont"><code class="csfmt">\glsnamefont</code></a>}[1]{<a id="wrglossary.10542"></a><a href="#glo:textsc"><code class="csfmt">\textsc</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\mdseries</code> #1}}
+</pre> </div><p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10543"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.10544"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra-stylemods"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span></a> package provides additional hooks that can be used to make other minor adjustments. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+Some styles support <a id="wrglossary.10545"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a>. These may simply insert a vertical gap between groups, but some may also include a heading with the <a id="wrglossary.10546"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> title. The base <a id="wrglossary.10547"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package only has a simple mechanism for obtaining the title from the <a id="wrglossary.10548"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> label via <a id="wrglossary.10549"></a><a href="#glo:glsgetgrouptitle"><code class="csfmt">\glsgetgrouptitle</code></a>, which will test if <a id="wrglossary.10550"></a><a href="#glo:group-labelgroupname"><code class="csfmt">\<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span>groupname</code></a> exists where the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span> is <code class="code">glssymbols</code>, <code class="code">glsnumbers</code> or a single character.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10551"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.10552"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has commands <a id="wrglossary.10553"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrsetgrouptitle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.10554"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle</code></a> to set the <a id="wrglossary.10555"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> title, which take precedence over <a id="wrglossary.10556"></a><a href="#glo:group-labelgroupname"><code class="csfmt">\<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span>groupname</code></a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:styles -->
+
+<section id="sec:predefinedstyles"><!-- start of section sec:predefinedstyles --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->13.1. Predefined Styles<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:predefinedstyles">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+The predefined styles can accommodate numbered <a id="wrglossary.10557"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">top level (level 0)</a> and <a id="wrglossary.10558"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">level 1</a> entries. See the package options <a id="wrglossary.10559"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.10560"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counterwithin"><span class="styoptfmt">counterwithin</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.10561"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a> described in §<a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">2.3</a>. There is a summary of available styles in Table <a href="#tab:styles">13.1</a>. You can view samples of all the predefined styles at <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-styles/">dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-styles/</a>. Note that <a id="wrglossary.10562"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> provides additional styles in the supplementary packages <a id="wrglossary.10563"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-bookindex"><span class="styfmt">glossary-bookindex</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.10564"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-topic"><span class="styfmt">glossary-topic</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.10565"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longextra"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longextra</span></a>. See the <a id="wrglossary.10566"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.10567"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Note that the <a id="wrglossary.10568"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> styles (such as <a id="wrglossary.10569"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.listgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">listgroup</span></a>) will have unexpected results if used with the <a id="wrglossary.10570"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.10571"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.def"><span class="optfmt">def</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.10572"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.10573"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.use"><span class="optfmt">use</span></a> options. If you don’t sort your entries alphabetically, it’s best to set the <a id="wrglossary.10574"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a> package option to prevent odd vertical gaps appearing. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10575"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> title is obtained using <a id="wrglossary.10576"></a><a href="#glo:glsgetgrouptitle"><code class="csfmt">\glsgetgrouptitle</code></a>{label}, which is described in §<a href="#sec:newglossarystyle">13.2</a>.<p>
+<div class="table"> <table class="tabular-c">
+<caption id="tab:styles">Table&nbsp;8: Glossary Styles. An asterisk in the style name indicates anything that matches that doesn’t match any previously listed style (for example, <code class="code">long3col*</code> matches <a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3col"><span class="glostylefmt">long3col</span></a>, <a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">long3colheader</span></a>, <a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">long3colborder</span></a> and <a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">long3colheaderborder</span></a>). A maximum level of 0 indicates a flat glossary (sub-entries are displayed in the same way as main entries). Where the maximum level is given as <span title="unlimited" class="icon">∞</span> there is no limit, but note that <a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> (<a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">Option 2</a>) imposes a limit of 2 sub-levels. If the <a href="#glo:dual.homograph">homograph</a> column is checked, then the name is not displayed for sub-entries. If the symbol column is checked, then the symbol will be displayed.</caption><tr style=""><th class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">Style </th>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span style="font-weight: bold; ">Maximum Level </span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span style="font-weight: bold; ">Homograph </span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span style="font-weight: bold; ">Symbol</span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><code class="code">listdotted</code> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> 0 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><code class="code">sublistdotted</code> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> 1 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><code class="code">list*</code> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> 1 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><code class="code">altlist*</code> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> 1 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><code class="code">long*3col*</code> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> 1 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><code class="code">long4col*</code> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> 1 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><code class="code">altlong*4col*</code> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> 1 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><code class="code">long*</code> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> 1 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><code class="code">super*3col*</code> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> 1 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><code class="code">super4col*</code> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> 1 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><code class="code">altsuper*4col*</code> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> 1 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><code class="code">super*</code> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> 1 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><code class="code">*index*</code> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> 2 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><code class="code">treenoname*</code> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="unlimited" class="icon">∞</span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><code class="code">*alttree*</code> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="unlimited" class="icon">∞</span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><code class="code">*tree*</code> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="unlimited" class="icon">∞</span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><code class="code">inline</code> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> 1 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> </td>
+</tr></table>
+ <p>
+</div><p>
+The tabular-like styles that allow multi-line descriptions and <a id="wrglossary.10577"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a> use the length: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10578"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10579"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsdescwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glsdescwidth</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ to set the width of the description column and the length <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10580"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10581"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glspagelistwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glspagelistwidth</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ to set the width of the <a id="wrglossary.10582"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> column.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10583"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+These lengths will not be available if you use both the <a id="wrglossary.10584"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nolong"><span class="styoptfmt">nolong</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.10585"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nosuper"><span class="styoptfmt">nosuper</span></a> package options or if you use the <a id="wrglossary.10586"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nostyles"><span class="styoptfmt">nostyles</span></a> package option unless you explicitly load the relevant package. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+These will need to be changed using <code class="cmd">\setlength</code> if the <a id="wrglossary.10587"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> is too wide. Note that the <a id="wrglossary.10588"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long4col"><span class="glostylefmt">long4col</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.10589"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super4col"><span class="glostylefmt">super4col</span></a> styles (and their header and border variations) don’t use these lengths as they are designed for single line <a id="wrglossary.10590"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a>. Instead you should use the analogous <a id="wrglossary.10591"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlong4col"><span class="glostylefmt">altlong4col</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.10592"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altsuper4col"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuper4col</span></a> styles. If you need to explicitly create a line-break within a multi-line description in a tabular-like style it’s better to use <a id="wrglossary.10593"></a><a href="#glo:newline"><code class="csfmt">\newline</code></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.10594"></a><a href="#glo:cs.bsl"><code class="csfmt">\\</code></a> (but consider using a ragged style with narrow columns).<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.10595"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Remember that a cell within a tabular-like environment can’t be broken across a page, so even if a tabular-like style, such as <a id="wrglossary.10596"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long"><span class="glostylefmt">long</span></a>, allows multilined descriptions, you’ll probably encounter page-breaking problems if you have entries with long descriptions. You may want to consider using the <a id="wrglossary.10597"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttree"><span class="glostylefmt">alttree</span></a> style instead. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+Note that if you use the <a id="wrglossary.10598"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.style"><span class="csoptfmt">style</span></a> key in the optional argument to <a id="wrglossary.10599"></a><a href="#glo:print...glossary"><code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">…</em>〉</span>glossary</code></a>, it will override any previous style settings for the given <a id="wrglossary.10600"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, so if, for example, you do <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10601"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.10602"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupskip</code></a>}{}<span class="comment">% no effect</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.10603"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.10604"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.style"><span class="csoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.10605"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long"><span class="glostylefmt">long</span></a></span>]
+</pre> then the new definition of <a id="wrglossary.10606"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupskip</code></a> will not have an affect for this <a id="wrglossary.10607"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, as <a id="wrglossary.10608"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupskip</code></a> is redefined by <a id="wrglossary.10609"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.style"><span class="csoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.10610"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long"><span class="glostylefmt">long</span></a></span>. Likewise, <a id="wrglossary.10611"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a> will also override any previous style definitions, so, again <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10612"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.10613"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupskip</code></a>}<span class="comment">% no effect</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.10614"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.10615"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long"><span class="glostylefmt">long</span></a>}
+</pre> will reset <a id="wrglossary.10616"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupskip</code></a> back to its default definition for the named <a id="wrglossary.10617"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> (<a id="wrglossary.10618"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long"><span class="glostylefmt">long</span></a> in this case). If you want to modify the styles, either use <a id="wrglossary.10619"></a><a href="#glo:newglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\newglossarystyle</code></a> (described in the next section) or make the modifications after <a id="wrglossary.10620"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10621"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.10622"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.10623"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long"><span class="glostylefmt">long</span></a>}
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.10624"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupskip</code></a>}{}
+</pre> In this case, it’s better to use <a id="wrglossary.10625"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a> to suppress the gap between groups for the default styles instead of redefining <a id="wrglossary.10626"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupskip</code></a>.<p>
+All the styles except for the three- and four-column styles and the <a id="wrglossary.10627"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.listdotted"><span class="glostylefmt">listdotted</span></a> style use the <a id="wrglossary.10628"></a><a href="#glo:dual.postdeschook">post-description hook</a>: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10629"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10630"></a><code class="code"><code class="csfmt">\glspostdescription</code></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ after the description. This simply displays a <a id="wrglossary.10631"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fullstop">full stop</a> by default. To eliminate this <a id="wrglossary.10632"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fullstop">full stop</a> (or replace it with something else, say, a comma) you will need to redefine <a id="wrglossary.10633"></a><a href="#glo:glspostdescription"><code class="csfmt">\glspostdescription</code></a> before the <a id="wrglossary.10634"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> is displayed. Alternatively, you can suppress it for a given entry by placing <a id="wrglossary.10635"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a> in the entry’s description. Note that <a id="wrglossary.10636"></a><a href="#glo:longnewglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\longnewglossaryentry</code></a> puts <a id="wrglossary.10637"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a> at the end of the description. The <a id="wrglossary.10638"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides a starred version that doesn’t.<p>
+Alternatively, you can use the package option <a id="wrglossary.10639"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nopostdot"><span class="styoptfmt">nopostdot</span></a> to suppress this <a id="wrglossary.10640"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fullstop">full stop</a>. This is implemented by default with <a id="wrglossary.10641"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. You can switch it back on with <a id="wrglossary.10642"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nopostdot"><span class="styoptfmt">nopostdot</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> or <a id="wrglossary.10643"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a><span class="optfmt">=o</span>r you can use <a id="wrglossary.10644"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postpunc"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postpunc</span></a> for a different punctuation character.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10645"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.10646"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra-stylemods"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span></a> package provides some adjustments to some of the predefined styles listed here, allowing for greater flexibility. See the <a id="wrglossary.10647"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> documentation for further details. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:predefinedstyles -->
+
+<section id="sec:liststyles"><!-- start of section sec:liststyles --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->13.1.1. List Styles<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:liststyles">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10648"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10649"></a><code class="code"><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{<dfn id="glo:pkg.glossary-list"><span class="styfmt">glossary-list</span></dfn>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox">automatically loaded with <code class="code"><code class="csfmt">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}</code></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10650"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> described in this section are all defined in the package <a id="wrglossary.10651"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-list"><span class="styfmt">glossary-list</span></a>. Since they all use the <a id="wrglossary.10652"></a><a href="#glo:env.description"><span class="envfmt">description</span></a> environment, they are governed by the same parameters as that environment. These styles all ignore the <a id="wrglossary.10653"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.10654"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a>. Note that these styles will automatically be available unless you use the <a id="wrglossary.10655"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nolist"><span class="styoptfmt">nolist</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.10656"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nostyles"><span class="styoptfmt">nostyles</span></a> package options.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.10657"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Note that, except for the <a id="wrglossary.10658"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.listdotted"><span class="glostylefmt">listdotted</span></a> style, these list styles are incompatible with <a id="wrglossary.10659"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.classicthesis"><span class="styfmt">classicthesis</span></a>. They may also be incompatible with other classes or packages that modify the <a id="wrglossary.10660"></a><a href="#glo:env.description"><span class="envfmt">description</span></a> environment. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+There is an initialisation hook that provides a patch if the <a id="wrglossary.10661"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.gettitlestring"><span class="styfmt">gettitlestring</span></a> package is loaded, since this is used by <a id="wrglossary.10662"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a>. <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10663"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10664"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glslistinit"><code class="csfmt">\glslistinit</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Note that this automatically implements: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10665"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.10666"></a><a href="#glo:GetTitleStringSetup"><code class="csfmt">\GetTitleStringSetup</code></a>{expand}
+</pre> This patch should ensure that the combination of <a id="wrglossary.10667"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.10668"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a> will correctly expand the <a id="wrglossary.10669"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> name to the <a id="wrglossary.10670"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file. The name is expanded using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10671"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10672"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glslistexpandedname"><code class="csfmt">\glslistexpandedname</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This uses <a id="wrglossary.10673"></a><a href="#glo:glsunexpandedfieldvalue"><code class="csfmt">\glsunexpandedfieldvalue</code></a>. If you need the name to fully expand, you can redefine this. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10674"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.10675"></a><a href="#glo:glslistexpandedname"><code class="csfmt">\glslistexpandedname</code></a>}[1]{<a id="wrglossary.10676"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryname</code></a>{#1}}
+</pre><p>
+If <a id="wrglossary.10677"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>, the <a id="wrglossary.10678"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupskip</code></a> command creates a vertical space using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10679"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10680"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:indexspace"><code class="csfmt">\indexspace</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command is defined by some other packages, so it’s only defined by <a id="wrglossary.10681"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-list"><span class="styfmt">glossary-list</span></a> if it hasn’t already been defined.<p>
+For the styles that should <a id="wrglossary.10682"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> headings, the group title is encapsulated with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10683"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10684"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glslistgroupheaderfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glslistgroupheaderfmt</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">title</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This simply does its argument by default, but it occurs inside the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.10685"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a> so may appear bold from the item font change.<p>
+For the styles that have a navigation line, the line is formatted according to: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10686"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10687"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glslistnavigationitem"><code class="csfmt">\glslistnavigationitem</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">navigation items</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This puts its argument inside the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.10688"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a>, which can cause a problem if the navigation line is too long, in which case you will need to redefine <a id="wrglossary.10689"></a><a href="#glo:glslistnavigationitem"><code class="csfmt">\glslistnavigationitem</code></a>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10690"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.10691"></a><a href="#glo:glslistnavigationitem"><code class="csfmt">\glslistnavigationitem</code></a>}[1]{<a id="wrglossary.10692"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.10693"></a><a href="#glo:textbf"><code class="csfmt">\textbf</code></a>{#1}}
+</pre> You may prefer to use the tree-like styles, such as <a id="wrglossary.10694"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">treehypergroup</span></a> instead.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10695"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10696"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.list"><span class="glostylefmt">list</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.10697"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.list"><span class="glostylefmt">list</span></a> style uses the <a id="wrglossary.10698"></a><a href="#glo:env.description"><span class="envfmt">description</span></a> environment. The <a id="wrglossary.10699"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> name is placed in the optional argument of the <a id="wrglossary.10700"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a> command (so it will usually appear in bold by default). The description follows, and then the associated <a id="wrglossary.10701"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> for that entry. The symbol is ignored. If the entry has child entries, the description and number list follows (but not the name) for each child entry. Groups are separated using <a id="wrglossary.10702"></a><a href="#glo:indexspace"><code class="csfmt">\indexspace</code></a> with the default <a id="wrglossary.10703"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>.<p>
+The closest matching non-list style is the <a id="wrglossary.10704"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.index"><span class="glostylefmt">index</span></a> style.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10705"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10706"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.listgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">listgroup</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.10707"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.listgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">listgroup</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.10708"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.list"><span class="glostylefmt">list</span></a> but the <a id="wrglossary.10709"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a> have headings obtained using <a id="wrglossary.10710"></a><a href="#glo:glsgetgrouptitle"><code class="csfmt">\glsgetgrouptitle</code></a>, which is described in §<a href="#sec:newglossarystyle">13.2</a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10711"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10712"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.listhypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">listhypergroup</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.10713"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.listhypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">listhypergroup</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.10714"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.listgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">listgroup</span></a> but has a navigation line at the start of the <a id="wrglossary.10715"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> with links to each <a id="wrglossary.10716"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> that is present in the glossary, which is displayed in the glossary header with <a id="wrglossary.10717"></a><a href="#glo:glslistnavigationitem"><code class="csfmt">\glslistnavigationitem</code></a>. This requires an additional run through LaTeX to ensure the <a id="wrglossary.10718"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> information is up to date. Within the navigation line, each <a id="wrglossary.10719"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> item is separated by <a id="wrglossary.10720"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernavsep"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernavsep</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10721"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10722"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.altlist"><span class="glostylefmt">altlist</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.10723"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlist"><span class="glostylefmt">altlist</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.10724"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.list"><span class="glostylefmt">list</span></a> but the description starts on the line following the name. (As with the <a id="wrglossary.10725"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.list"><span class="glostylefmt">list</span></a> style, the symbol is ignored.) Each child entry starts a new line, but as with the <a id="wrglossary.10726"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.list"><span class="glostylefmt">list</span></a> style, the name associated with each child entry is ignored.<p>
+The closest matching non-list style is the <a id="wrglossary.10727"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.index"><span class="glostylefmt">index</span></a> style with the following adjustment: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10728"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.10729"></a><a href="#glo:glstreepredesc"><code class="csfmt">\glstreepredesc</code></a>}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.10730"></a><a href="#glo:glstreeitem"><code class="csfmt">\glstreeitem</code></a><code class="cmd">\parindent</code><code class="cmd">\hangindent</code>}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10731"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10732"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.altlistgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">altlistgroup</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.10733"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlistgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">altlistgroup</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.10734"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlist"><span class="glostylefmt">altlist</span></a> but the glossary <a id="wrglossary.10735"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a> have headings.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10736"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10737"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.altlisthypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">altlisthypergroup</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.10738"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlisthypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">altlisthypergroup</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.10739"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlistgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">altlistgroup</span></a> but has a set of links to the glossary <a id="wrglossary.10740"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a>. The navigation line is the same as that for <a id="wrglossary.10741"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.listhypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">listhypergroup</span></a>, described above.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10742"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10743"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.listdotted"><span class="glostylefmt">listdotted</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This style uses the <a id="wrglossary.10744"></a><a href="#glo:env.description"><span class="envfmt">description</span></a> environment.<sup><a id="fnback-footnote.1"></a><a href="#footnote.1">1</a></sup> Each entry starts with <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.10745"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a>[]</code>, followed by the name followed by a dotted line, followed by the description. Note that this style ignores both the <a id="wrglossary.10746"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> and the symbol. The length <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10747"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10748"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glslistdottedwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glslistdottedwidth</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ governs where the description should start. This is a flat style, so child entries are formatted in the same way as the parent entries.<p>
+A non-list alternative is to use the <a id="wrglossary.10749"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.index"><span class="glostylefmt">index</span></a> style with <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10750"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.10751"></a><a href="#glo:glstreepredesc"><code class="csfmt">\glstreepredesc</code></a>}{<code class="cmd">\dotfill</code>}
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.10752"></a><a href="#glo:glstreechildpredesc"><code class="csfmt">\glstreechildpredesc</code></a>}{<code class="cmd">\dotfill</code>}
+</pre> Note that this doesn’t use <a id="wrglossary.10753"></a><a href="#glo:glslistdottedwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glslistdottedwidth</code></a> and causes the description to be flush-right and will display the symbol, if provided. (It also doesn’t suppress the <a id="wrglossary.10754"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>, but that can be achieved with the <a id="wrglossary.10755"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a> option.)<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10756"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10757"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.sublistdotted"><span class="glostylefmt">sublistdotted</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This is a variation on the <a id="wrglossary.10758"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.listdotted"><span class="glostylefmt">listdotted</span></a> style designed for <a id="wrglossary.10759"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical</a> glossaries. The main entries have just the name displayed. The sub entries are displayed in the same manner as <a id="wrglossary.10760"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.listdotted"><span class="glostylefmt">listdotted</span></a>. Unlike the <a id="wrglossary.10761"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.listdotted"><span class="glostylefmt">listdotted</span></a> style, this style is incompatible with <a id="wrglossary.10762"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.classicthesis"><span class="styfmt">classicthesis</span></a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:liststyles -->
+
+<section id="sec:longstyles"><!-- start of section sec:longstyles --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->13.1.2. Longtable Styles<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:longstyles">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10763"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10764"></a><code class="code"><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{<dfn id="glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></dfn>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox">automatically loaded with <code class="code"><code class="csfmt">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}</code></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10765"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> described in this section are all defined in the package <a id="wrglossary.10766"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a>. Since they all use the <a id="wrglossary.10767"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> environment, they are governed by the same parameters as that environment. Note that these styles will automatically be available unless you use the <a id="wrglossary.10768"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nolong"><span class="styoptfmt">nolong</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.10769"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nostyles"><span class="styoptfmt">nostyles</span></a> package options. These styles fully justify the description and <a id="wrglossary.10770"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> columns. If you want ragged right formatting instead, use the analogous styles described in §<a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">13.1.3</a>. If you want to incorporate rules from the <a id="wrglossary.10771"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.booktabs"><span class="styfmt">booktabs</span></a> package, try the styles described in §<a href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles">13.1.4</a>.<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.10772"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">Groups</a> are separated with a blank row unless <a id="wrglossary.10773"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a> is used <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">before</span> the style is set. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10774"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.10775"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a>]{glossaries}
+<a id="wrglossary.10776"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.10777"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long"><span class="glostylefmt">long</span></a>}
+</pre> Both may be combined in the same option list. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10778"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.10779"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.10780"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.10781"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long"><span class="glostylefmt">long</span></a></span>]{glossaries}
+</pre> Or <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10782"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.10783"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.10784"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.nogroupskip"><span class="csoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.10785"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.style"><span class="csoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.10786"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged</span></a></span>]
+</pre> The following doesn’t work: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.10787"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.10788"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long"><span class="glostylefmt">long</span></a>}
+<a id="wrglossary.10789"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.10790"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.nogroupskip"><span class="csoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a>]<span class="comment">% too late</span>
+</pre> This is because the <a id="wrglossary.10791"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsnogroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsnogroupskip</code></a> conditional needs to be outside of <a id="wrglossary.10792"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupskip</code></a> with tabular-like styles, so the conditional is in the style definition to determine the appropriate definition of <a id="wrglossary.10793"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupskip</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10794"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ There are additional styles that use the <a id="wrglossary.10795"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> environment provided with the <a id="wrglossary.10796"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longextra"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longextra</span></a> package, but that requires <a id="wrglossary.10797"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10798"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10799"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.long"><span class="glostylefmt">long</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10800"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long"><span class="glostylefmt">long</span></a> style uses the <a id="wrglossary.10801"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> environment (defined by the <a id="wrglossary.10802"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.longtable"><span class="styfmt">longtable</span></a> package). It has two columns: the first column contains the <a id="wrglossary.10803"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry’s</a> name and the second column contains the description followed by the <a id="wrglossary.10804"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. The width of the first column is governed by the widest entry in that column. The width of the second column is governed by the length <a id="wrglossary.10805"></a><a href="#glo:glsdescwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glsdescwidth</code></a>. Child entries have a similar format to the parent entries except that their name is suppressed.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10806"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10807"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.longborder"><span class="glostylefmt">longborder</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10808"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longborder"><span class="glostylefmt">longborder</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.10809"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long"><span class="glostylefmt">long</span></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10810"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10811"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.longheader"><span class="glostylefmt">longheader</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10812"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longheader"><span class="glostylefmt">longheader</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.10813"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long"><span class="glostylefmt">long</span></a> but has a header row. You may prefer the <a id="wrglossary.10814"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">long-booktabs</span></a> style instead.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10815"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10816"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.longheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">longheaderborder</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10817"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">longheaderborder</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.10818"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longheader"><span class="glostylefmt">longheader</span></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. The <a id="wrglossary.10819"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">long-booktabs</span></a> style is generally better.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10820"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10821"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.long3col"><span class="glostylefmt">long3col</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10822"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3col"><span class="glostylefmt">long3col</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.10823"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long"><span class="glostylefmt">long</span></a> but has three columns. The first column contains the entry’s name, the second column contains the description and the third column contains the <a id="wrglossary.10824"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. The width of the first column is governed by the widest entry in that column, the width of the second column is governed by the length <a id="wrglossary.10825"></a><a href="#glo:glsdescwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glsdescwidth</code></a>, and the width of the third column is governed by the length <a id="wrglossary.10826"></a><a href="#glo:glspagelistwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glspagelistwidth</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10827"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10828"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.long3colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">long3colborder</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10829"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">long3colborder</span></a> style is like the <a id="wrglossary.10830"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3col"><span class="glostylefmt">long3col</span></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10831"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10832"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.long3colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">long3colheader</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10833"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">long3colheader</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.10834"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3col"><span class="glostylefmt">long3col</span></a> but has a header row. You may prefer the <a id="wrglossary.10835"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3col-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">long3col-booktabs</span></a> style instead.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10836"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10837"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.long3colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">long3colheaderborder</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10838"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">long3colheaderborder</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.10839"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">long3colheader</span></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. The <a id="wrglossary.10840"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3col-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">long3col-booktabs</span></a> style is generally better.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10841"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10842"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.long4col"><span class="glostylefmt">long4col</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10843"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long4col"><span class="glostylefmt">long4col</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.10844"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3col"><span class="glostylefmt">long3col</span></a> but has an additional column in which the entry’s associated symbol appears. This style is used for brief single line descriptions. The column widths are governed by the widest entry in the given column. Use <a id="wrglossary.10845"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlong4col"><span class="glostylefmt">altlong4col</span></a> for multi-line descriptions.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10846"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10847"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.long4colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">long4colborder</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10848"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long4colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">long4colborder</span></a> style is like the <a id="wrglossary.10849"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long4col"><span class="glostylefmt">long4col</span></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10850"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10851"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.long4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">long4colheader</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10852"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">long4colheader</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.10853"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long4col"><span class="glostylefmt">long4col</span></a> but has a header row. You may prefer the <a id="wrglossary.10854"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long4col-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">long4col-booktabs</span></a> style instead.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10855"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10856"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.long4colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">long4colheaderborder</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10857"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long4colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">long4colheaderborder</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.10858"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">long4colheader</span></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10859"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10860"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.altlong4col"><span class="glostylefmt">altlong4col</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10861"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlong4col"><span class="glostylefmt">altlong4col</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.10862"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long4col"><span class="glostylefmt">long4col</span></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and <a id="wrglossary.10863"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a>. The width of the description column is governed by the length <a id="wrglossary.10864"></a><a href="#glo:glsdescwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glsdescwidth</code></a> and the width of the <a id="wrglossary.10865"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> column is governed by the length <a id="wrglossary.10866"></a><a href="#glo:glspagelistwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glspagelistwidth</code></a>. The widths of the name and symbol columns are governed by the widest entry in the given column.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10867"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10868"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.altlong4colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altlong4colborder</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10869"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlong4colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altlong4colborder</span></a> style is like the <a id="wrglossary.10870"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long4colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">long4colborder</span></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and <a id="wrglossary.10871"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10872"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10873"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.altlong4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">altlong4colheader</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10874"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlong4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">altlong4colheader</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.10875"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">long4colheader</span></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and <a id="wrglossary.10876"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a>. You may prefer the <a id="wrglossary.10877"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlong4col-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">altlong4col-booktabs</span></a> style instead.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10878"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10879"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.altlong4colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altlong4colheaderborder</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10880"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlong4colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altlong4colheaderborder</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.10881"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long4colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">long4colheaderborder</span></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and <a id="wrglossary.10882"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:longstyles -->
+
+<section id="sec:longraggedstyles"><!-- start of section sec:longraggedstyles --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->13.1.3. Longtable Styles (Ragged Right)<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10883"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10884"></a><code class="code"><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{<dfn id="glo:pkg.glossary-longragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longragged</span></dfn>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox">load explicitly or with <code class="code"><code class="csfmt">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.10885"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a><span class="optfmt">=longragged</span>]{glossaries-extra}</code></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10886"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> described in this section are all defined in the package <a id="wrglossary.10887"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longragged</span></a>. These styles are analogous to those defined in <a id="wrglossary.10888"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a> but the multiline columns are left justified instead of fully justified. Since these styles all use the <a id="wrglossary.10889"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> environment, they are governed by the same parameters as that environment. The <a id="wrglossary.10890"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longragged</span></a> package additionally requires the <a id="wrglossary.10891"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.array"><span class="styfmt">array</span></a> package. Note that these styles will only be available if you explicitly load <a id="wrglossary.10892"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longragged</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10893"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossary-longragged}
+<a id="wrglossary.10894"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.10895"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged3col"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged3col</span></a>}
+</pre> Note that you can’t set these styles using the <a id="wrglossary.10896"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a> package option since the styles aren’t defined until after the <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package has been loaded. If you want to incorporate rules from the <a id="wrglossary.10897"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.booktabs"><span class="styfmt">booktabs</span></a> package, try the styles described in §<a href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles">13.1.4</a>.<p>
+With <a id="wrglossary.10898"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, you can load both the package and style with the <a id="wrglossary.10899"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.10900"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a> options. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10901"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.10902"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.10903"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged3col"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged3col</span></a></span>,<a id="wrglossary.10904"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a><span class="optfmt">=longragged</span>]{glossaries-extra}
+</pre><p>
+As with the <a id="wrglossary.10905"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a> styles, <a id="wrglossary.10906"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a> are separated with a blank row unless <a id="wrglossary.10907"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a> is used <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">before</span> the style is set. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10908"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.10909"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a>]{glossaries}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossary-longragged}
+<a id="wrglossary.10910"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.10911"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged</span></a>}
+</pre> Or <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10912"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.10913"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.10914"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.nogroupskip"><span class="csoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.10915"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.style"><span class="csoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.10916"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged</span></a></span>]
+</pre><p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10917"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10918"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.longragged"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10919"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged</span></a> style has two columns: the first column contains the <a id="wrglossary.10920"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry’s</a> name and the second column contains the (left-justified) description followed by the <a id="wrglossary.10921"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. The width of the first column is governed by the widest entry in that column. The width of the second column is governed by the length <a id="wrglossary.10922"></a><a href="#glo:glsdescwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glsdescwidth</code></a>. Child entries have a similar format to the parent entries except that their name is suppressed.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10923"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10924"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.longraggedborder"><span class="glostylefmt">longraggedborder</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10925"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longraggedborder"><span class="glostylefmt">longraggedborder</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.10926"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged</span></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10927"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10928"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.longraggedheader"><span class="glostylefmt">longraggedheader</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10929"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longraggedheader"><span class="glostylefmt">longraggedheader</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.10930"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged</span></a> but has a header row. You may prefer the <a id="wrglossary.10931"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged-booktabs</span></a> style instead.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10932"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10933"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.longraggedheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">longraggedheaderborder</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10934"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longraggedheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">longraggedheaderborder</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.10935"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longraggedheader"><span class="glostylefmt">longraggedheader</span></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10936"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10937"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.longragged3col"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged3col</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10938"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged3col"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged3col</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.10939"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged</span></a> but has three columns. The first column contains the entry’s name, the second column contains the (left justified) description and the third column contains the (left justified) <a id="wrglossary.10940"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. The width of the first column is governed by the widest entry in that column, the width of the second column is governed by the length <a id="wrglossary.10941"></a><a href="#glo:glsdescwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glsdescwidth</code></a>, and the width of the third column is governed by the length <a id="wrglossary.10942"></a><a href="#glo:glspagelistwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glspagelistwidth</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10943"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10944"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.longragged3colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged3colborder</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10945"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged3colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged3colborder</span></a> style is like the <a id="wrglossary.10946"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged3col"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged3col</span></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10947"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10948"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.longragged3colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged3colheader</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10949"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged3colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged3colheader</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.10950"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged3col"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged3col</span></a> but has a header row. You may prefer the <a id="wrglossary.10951"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged3col-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged3col-booktabs</span></a> style instead.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10952"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10953"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.longragged3colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged3colheaderborder</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10954"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged3colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged3colheaderborder</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.10955"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged3colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged3colheader</span></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10956"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10957"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.altlongragged4col"><span class="glostylefmt">altlongragged4col</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10958"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlongragged4col"><span class="glostylefmt">altlongragged4col</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.10959"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged3col"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged3col</span></a> but has an additional column in which the entry’s associated symbol appears. The width of the description column is governed by the length <a id="wrglossary.10960"></a><a href="#glo:glsdescwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glsdescwidth</code></a> and the width of the <a id="wrglossary.10961"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> column is governed by the length <a id="wrglossary.10962"></a><a href="#glo:glspagelistwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glspagelistwidth</code></a>. The widths of the name and symbol columns are governed by the widest entry in the given column.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10963"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10964"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.altlongragged4colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altlongragged4colborder</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10965"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlongragged4colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altlongragged4colborder</span></a> style is like the <a id="wrglossary.10966"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlongragged4col"><span class="glostylefmt">altlongragged4col</span></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10967"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10968"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.altlongragged4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">altlongragged4colheader</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10969"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlongragged4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">altlongragged4colheader</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.10970"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlongragged4col"><span class="glostylefmt">altlongragged4col</span></a> but has a header row. You may prefer the <a id="wrglossary.10971"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlongragged4col-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">altlongragged4col-booktabs</span></a> style instead.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10972"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10973"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.altlongragged4colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altlongragged4colheaderborder</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10974"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlongragged4colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altlongragged4colheaderborder</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.10975"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlongragged4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">altlongragged4colheader</span></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:longraggedstyles -->
+
+<section id="sec:longbooktabsstyles"><!-- start of section sec:longbooktabsstyles --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->13.1.4. Longtable Styles (<span class="styfmt">booktabs</span>)<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10976"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.10977"></a><code class="code"><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{<dfn id="glo:pkg.glossary-longbooktabs"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longbooktabs</span></dfn>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox">load explicitly or with <code class="code"><code class="csfmt">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.10978"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a><span class="optfmt">=longbooktabs</span>]{glossaries-extra}</code></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.10979"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> described in this section are all defined in the package <a id="wrglossary.10980"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longbooktabs"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longbooktabs</span></a>.<p>
+Since these styles all use the <a id="wrglossary.10981"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> environment, they are governed by the same parameters as that environment. The <a id="wrglossary.10982"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longbooktabs"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longbooktabs</span></a> package automatically loads the <a id="wrglossary.10983"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a> (§<a href="#sec:longstyles">13.1.2</a>) and <a id="wrglossary.10984"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longragged</span></a> (§<a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">13.1.3</a>) packages. Note that these styles will only be available if you explicitly load <a id="wrglossary.10985"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longbooktabs"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longbooktabs</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10986"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossary-longbooktabs}
+</pre> Note that you can’t set these styles using the <a id="wrglossary.10987"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a> package option since the styles aren’t defined until after the <a id="wrglossary.10988"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package has been loaded.<p>
+With <a id="wrglossary.10989"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, you can load both the package and style with the <a id="wrglossary.10990"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.10991"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a> options. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10992"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.10993"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.10994"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3col-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">long3col-booktabs</span></a></span>,<a id="wrglossary.10995"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a><span class="optfmt">=longbooktabs</span>]{glossaries-extra}
+</pre><p>
+As with the <a id="wrglossary.10996"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a> styles, <a id="wrglossary.10997"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a> are separated with a blank row unless <a id="wrglossary.10998"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a> is used <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">before</span> the style is set. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.10999"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.11000"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a>]{glossaries}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossary-longbooktabs}
+<a id="wrglossary.11001"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11002"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">long-booktabs</span></a>}
+</pre> Or <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11003"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.11004"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.11005"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.nogroupskip"><span class="csoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.11006"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.style"><span class="csoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.11007"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">long-booktabs</span></a></span>]
+</pre><p>
+These styles are similar to the <span class="qt">“header”</span> styles in the <a id="wrglossary.11008"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.11009"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longragged</span></a> packages, but they add the rules provided by the <a id="wrglossary.11010"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.booktabs"><span class="styfmt">booktabs</span></a> package, <a id="wrglossary.11011"></a><a href="#glo:toprule"><code class="csfmt">\toprule</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.11012"></a><a href="#glo:midrule"><code class="csfmt">\midrule</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.11013"></a><a href="#glo:bottomrule"><code class="csfmt">\bottomrule</code></a>. Additionally these styles patch the <a id="wrglossary.11014"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> environment to check for instances of the group skip occurring at a page break. If you don’t want this patch to affect any other use of <a id="wrglossary.11015"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> in your document, you can scope the effect by only setting the style through the <a id="wrglossary.11016"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.style"><span class="csoptfmt">style</span></a> key in the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.11017"></a><a href="#glo:print...glossary"><code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">…</em>〉</span>glossary</code></a>.<p>
+Alternatively, you can restore the original <a id="wrglossary.11018"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> behaviour with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11019"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11020"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsrestoreLToutput"><code class="csfmt">\glsrestoreLToutput</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+The penalty check is tested with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11021"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11022"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsLTpenaltycheck"><code class="csfmt">\glsLTpenaltycheck</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The default definition is: <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cmd">\ifnum</code><code class="cmd">\outputpenalty</code>=-50<code class="cmd">\vskip</code>-<code class="cmd">\normalbaselineskip</code><code class="cmd">\relax</code><code class="cmd">\fi</code>
+</pre><p>
+With the default <a id="wrglossary.11023"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>, <a id="wrglossary.11024"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupskip</code></a> will be defined to use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11025"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11026"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glspenaltygroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glspenaltygroupskip</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ to insert the vertical gap. This is defined as: <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cmd">\noalign</code>{<code class="cmd">\penalty</code>-50<code class="cmd">\vskip</code><code class="cmd">\normalbaselineskip</code>}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11027"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11028"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.long-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">long-booktabs</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+This style is similar to the <a id="wrglossary.11029"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longheader"><span class="glostylefmt">longheader</span></a> style but adds rules above and below the header (<a id="wrglossary.11030"></a><a href="#glo:toprule"><code class="csfmt">\toprule</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.11031"></a><a href="#glo:midrule"><code class="csfmt">\midrule</code></a>) and inserts a rule at the bottom of the table (<a id="wrglossary.11032"></a><a href="#glo:bottomrule"><code class="csfmt">\bottomrule</code></a>).<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11033"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11034"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.long3col-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">long3col-booktabs</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+This style is similar to the <a id="wrglossary.11035"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">long3colheader</span></a> style but adds rules as per <a id="wrglossary.11036"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">long-booktabs</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11037"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11038"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.long4col-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">long4col-booktabs</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+This style is similar to the <a id="wrglossary.11039"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">long4colheader</span></a> style but adds rules as above.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11040"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11041"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.altlong4col-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">altlong4col-booktabs</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+This style is similar to the <a id="wrglossary.11042"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlong4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">altlong4colheader</span></a> style but adds rules as above.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11043"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11044"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.longragged-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged-booktabs</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+This style is similar to the <a id="wrglossary.11045"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longraggedheader"><span class="glostylefmt">longraggedheader</span></a> style but adds rules as above.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11046"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11047"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.longragged3col-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged3col-booktabs</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+This style is similar to the <a id="wrglossary.11048"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged3colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged3colheader</span></a> style but adds rules as above.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11049"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11050"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.altlongragged4col-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">altlongragged4col-booktabs</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+This style is similar to the <a id="wrglossary.11051"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlongragged4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">altlongragged4colheader</span></a> style but adds rules as above.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:longbooktabsstyles -->
+
+<section id="sec:superstyles"><!-- start of section sec:superstyles --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->13.1.5. Supertabular Styles<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:superstyles">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11052"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11053"></a><code class="code"><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{<dfn id="glo:pkg.glossary-super"><span class="styfmt">glossary-super</span></dfn>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox">automatically loaded with <code class="code"><code class="csfmt">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}</code></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11054"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> described in this section are all defined in the package <a id="wrglossary.11055"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-super"><span class="styfmt">glossary-super</span></a>. Since they all use the <a id="wrglossary.11056"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> environment, they are governed by the same parameters as that environment. Note that these styles will automatically be available unless you use the <a id="wrglossary.11057"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nosuper"><span class="styoptfmt">nosuper</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.11058"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nostyles"><span class="styoptfmt">nostyles</span></a> package options. In general, the <a id="wrglossary.11059"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> environment is better, but there are some circumstances where it is better to use <a id="wrglossary.11060"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a>. (For example, with the <a id="wrglossary.11061"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.flowfram"><span class="styfmt">flowfram</span></a> package.) These styles fully justify the description and <a id="wrglossary.11062"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> columns. If you want ragged right formatting instead, use the analogous styles described in §<a href="#sec:superraggedstyles">13.1.6</a>.<p>
+As with the <a id="wrglossary.11063"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a> styles, <a id="wrglossary.11064"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a> are separated with a blank row unless <a id="wrglossary.11065"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a> is used <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">before</span> the style is set. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11066"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.11067"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a>]{glossaries}
+<a id="wrglossary.11068"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11069"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super"><span class="glostylefmt">super</span></a>}
+</pre> Or <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11070"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.11071"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.11072"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.11073"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super"><span class="glostylefmt">super</span></a></span>]{glossaries}
+</pre> Or <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11074"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.11075"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.11076"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.nogroupskip"><span class="csoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.11077"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.style"><span class="csoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.11078"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super"><span class="glostylefmt">super</span></a></span>]
+</pre><p>
+<div class="warning"><div class="warningtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11079"></a><a href="#glo:sym.warning"><span title="Warning" class="icon">⚠</span></a></div><!-- end of warningtitle -->
+Sometimes the <a id="wrglossary.11080"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> style doesn’t put page breaks in the right place. If you have unexpected output, try the <a id="wrglossary.11081"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a> styles instead. Alternatively, try the <a id="wrglossary.11082"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttree"><span class="glostylefmt">alttree</span></a> style. </div><!-- end of warning -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11083"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11084"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.super"><span class="glostylefmt">super</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11085"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super"><span class="glostylefmt">super</span></a> style uses the <a id="wrglossary.11086"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> environment (defined by the <a id="wrglossary.11087"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.supertabular"><span class="styfmt">supertabular</span></a> package). It has two columns: the first column contains the <a id="wrglossary.11088"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry’s</a> name and the second column contains the description followed by the <a id="wrglossary.11089"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. The width of the first column is governed by the widest entry in that column. The width of the second column is governed by the length <a id="wrglossary.11090"></a><a href="#glo:glsdescwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glsdescwidth</code></a>. Child entries have a similar format to the parent entries except that their name is suppressed.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11091"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11092"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.superborder"><span class="glostylefmt">superborder</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11093"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superborder"><span class="glostylefmt">superborder</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.11094"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super"><span class="glostylefmt">super</span></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11095"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11096"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.superheader"><span class="glostylefmt">superheader</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11097"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superheader"><span class="glostylefmt">superheader</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.11098"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super"><span class="glostylefmt">super</span></a> but has a header row.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11099"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11100"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.superheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">superheaderborder</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11101"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">superheaderborder</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.11102"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superheader"><span class="glostylefmt">superheader</span></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11103"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11104"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.super3col"><span class="glostylefmt">super3col</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11105"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super3col"><span class="glostylefmt">super3col</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.11106"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super"><span class="glostylefmt">super</span></a> but has three columns. The first column contains the entry’s name, the second column contains the description and the third column contains the <a id="wrglossary.11107"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. The width of the first column is governed by the widest entry in that column. The width of the second column is governed by the length <a id="wrglossary.11108"></a><a href="#glo:glsdescwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glsdescwidth</code></a>. The width of the third column is governed by the length <a id="wrglossary.11109"></a><a href="#glo:glspagelistwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glspagelistwidth</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11110"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11111"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.super3colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">super3colborder</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11112"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super3colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">super3colborder</span></a> style is like the <a id="wrglossary.11113"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super3col"><span class="glostylefmt">super3col</span></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11114"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11115"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.super3colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">super3colheader</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11116"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super3colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">super3colheader</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.11117"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super3col"><span class="glostylefmt">super3col</span></a> but has a header row.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11118"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11119"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.super3colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">super3colheaderborder</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11120"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super3colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">super3colheaderborder</span></a> style is like the <a id="wrglossary.11121"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super3colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">super3colheader</span></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11122"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11123"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.super4col"><span class="glostylefmt">super4col</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11124"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super4col"><span class="glostylefmt">super4col</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.11125"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super3col"><span class="glostylefmt">super3col</span></a> but has an additional column in which the entry’s associated symbol appears. This style is designed for entries with brief single line descriptions. The column widths are governed by the widest entry in the given column. Use <a id="wrglossary.11126"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altsuper4col"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuper4col</span></a> for multi-line descriptions.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11127"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11128"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.super4colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">super4colborder</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11129"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super4colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">super4colborder</span></a> style is like the <a id="wrglossary.11130"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super4col"><span class="glostylefmt">super4col</span></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11131"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11132"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.super4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">super4colheader</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11133"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">super4colheader</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.11134"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super4col"><span class="glostylefmt">super4col</span></a> but has a header row.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11135"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11136"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.super4colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">super4colheaderborder</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11137"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super4colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">super4colheaderborder</span></a> style is like the <a id="wrglossary.11138"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">super4colheader</span></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11139"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11140"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.altsuper4col"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuper4col</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11141"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altsuper4col"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuper4col</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.11142"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super4col"><span class="glostylefmt">super4col</span></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and <a id="wrglossary.11143"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a>. The width of the description column is governed by the length <a id="wrglossary.11144"></a><a href="#glo:glsdescwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glsdescwidth</code></a> and the width of the <a id="wrglossary.11145"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> column is governed by the length <a id="wrglossary.11146"></a><a href="#glo:glspagelistwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glspagelistwidth</code></a>. The width of the name and symbol columns is governed by the widest entry in the given column.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11147"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11148"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.altsuper4colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuper4colborder</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11149"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altsuper4colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuper4colborder</span></a> style is like the <a id="wrglossary.11150"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super4colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">super4colborder</span></a> style but allows multi-line descriptions and <a id="wrglossary.11151"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11152"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11153"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.altsuper4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuper4colheader</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11154"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altsuper4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuper4colheader</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.11155"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">super4colheader</span></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and <a id="wrglossary.11156"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11157"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11158"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.altsuper4colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuper4colheaderborder</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11159"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altsuper4colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuper4colheaderborder</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.11160"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super4colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">super4colheaderborder</span></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and <a id="wrglossary.11161"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:superstyles -->
+
+<section id="sec:superraggedstyles"><!-- start of section sec:superraggedstyles --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->13.1.6. Supertabular Styles (Ragged Right)<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:superraggedstyles">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11162"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11163"></a><code class="code"><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{<dfn id="glo:pkg.glossary-superragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-superragged</span></dfn>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox">load explicitly or with <code class="code"><code class="csfmt">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.11164"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a><span class="optfmt">=superragged</span>]{glossaries-extra}</code></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11165"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> described in this section are all defined in the package <a id="wrglossary.11166"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-superragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-superragged</span></a>. These styles are analogous to those defined in <a id="wrglossary.11167"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-super"><span class="styfmt">glossary-super</span></a> but the multiline columns are left justified instead of fully justified. Since these styles all use the <a id="wrglossary.11168"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> environment, they are governed by the same parameters as that environment. The <a id="wrglossary.11169"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-superragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-superragged</span></a> package additionally requires the <a id="wrglossary.11170"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.array"><span class="styfmt">array</span></a> package. Note that these styles will only be available if you explicitly load <a id="wrglossary.11171"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-superragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-superragged</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11172"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossary-superragged}
+</pre> Note that you can’t set these styles using the <a id="wrglossary.11173"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a> package option since the styles aren’t defined until after the <a id="wrglossary.11174"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package has been loaded.<p>
+With <a id="wrglossary.11175"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, you can load both the package and style with the <a id="wrglossary.11176"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.11177"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a> options. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11178"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.11179"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.11180"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superragged3col"><span class="glostylefmt">superragged3col</span></a></span>,<a id="wrglossary.11181"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a><span class="optfmt">=superragged</span>]{glossaries-extra}
+</pre><p>
+As with the <a id="wrglossary.11182"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a> styles, <a id="wrglossary.11183"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a> are separated with a blank row unless <a id="wrglossary.11184"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a> is used <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">before</span> the style is set. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11185"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.11186"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a>]{glossaries}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossary-superragged}
+<a id="wrglossary.11187"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11188"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superragged"><span class="glostylefmt">superragged</span></a>}
+</pre> Or <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11189"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.11190"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.11191"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.nogroupskip"><span class="csoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.11192"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.style"><span class="csoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.11193"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superragged"><span class="glostylefmt">superragged</span></a></span>]
+</pre><p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11194"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11195"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.superragged"><span class="glostylefmt">superragged</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11196"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superragged"><span class="glostylefmt">superragged</span></a> style uses the <a id="wrglossary.11197"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> environment (defined by the <a id="wrglossary.11198"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.supertabular"><span class="styfmt">supertabular</span></a> package). It has two columns: the first column contains the <a id="wrglossary.11199"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry’s</a> name and the second column contains the (left justified) description followed by the <a id="wrglossary.11200"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. The width of the first column is governed by the widest entry in that column. The width of the second column is governed by the length <a id="wrglossary.11201"></a><a href="#glo:glsdescwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glsdescwidth</code></a>. Child entries have a similar format to the parent entries except that their name is suppressed.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11202"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11203"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.superraggedborder"><span class="glostylefmt">superraggedborder</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11204"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superraggedborder"><span class="glostylefmt">superraggedborder</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.11205"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superragged"><span class="glostylefmt">superragged</span></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11206"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11207"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.superraggedheader"><span class="glostylefmt">superraggedheader</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11208"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superraggedheader"><span class="glostylefmt">superraggedheader</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.11209"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superragged"><span class="glostylefmt">superragged</span></a> but has a header row.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11210"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11211"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.superraggedheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">superraggedheaderborder</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11212"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superraggedheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">superraggedheaderborder</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.11213"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superraggedheader"><span class="glostylefmt">superraggedheader</span></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11214"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11215"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.superragged3col"><span class="glostylefmt">superragged3col</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11216"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superragged3col"><span class="glostylefmt">superragged3col</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.11217"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superragged"><span class="glostylefmt">superragged</span></a> but has three columns. The first column contains the entry’s name, the second column contains the (left justified) description and the third column contains the (left justified) <a id="wrglossary.11218"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>. The entry’s symbol is ignored. The width of the first column is governed by the widest entry in that column. The width of the second column is governed by the length <a id="wrglossary.11219"></a><a href="#glo:glsdescwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glsdescwidth</code></a>. The width of the third column is governed by the length <a id="wrglossary.11220"></a><a href="#glo:glspagelistwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glspagelistwidth</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11221"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11222"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.superragged3colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">superragged3colborder</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11223"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superragged3colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">superragged3colborder</span></a> style is like the <a id="wrglossary.11224"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superragged3col"><span class="glostylefmt">superragged3col</span></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11225"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11226"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.superragged3colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">superragged3colheader</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11227"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superragged3colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">superragged3colheader</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.11228"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superragged3col"><span class="glostylefmt">superragged3col</span></a> but has a header row.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11229"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11230"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.superragged3colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">superragged3colheaderborder</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11231"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superragged3colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">superragged3colheaderborder</span></a> style is like the above but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11232"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11233"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.altsuperragged4col"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuperragged4col</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11234"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altsuperragged4col"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuperragged4col</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.11235"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superragged3col"><span class="glostylefmt">superragged3col</span></a> but has an additional column in which the entry’s associated symbol appears. The column widths for the name and symbol column are governed by the widest entry in the given column.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11236"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11237"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.altsuperragged4colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuperragged4colborder</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11238"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altsuperragged4colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuperragged4colborder</span></a> style is like the <a id="wrglossary.11239"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altsuperragged4col"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuperragged4col</span></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11240"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11241"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.altsuperragged4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuperragged4colheader</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11242"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altsuperragged4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuperragged4colheader</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.11243"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altsuperragged4col"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuperragged4col</span></a> but has a header row.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11244"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11245"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.altsuperragged4colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuperragged4colheaderborder</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11246"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altsuperragged4colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuperragged4colheaderborder</span></a> style is like the above but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:superraggedstyles -->
+
+<section id="sec:treestyles"><!-- start of section sec:treestyles --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->13.1.7. Tree-Like Styles<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:treestyles">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11247"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11248"></a><code class="code"><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{<dfn id="glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></dfn>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox">automatically loaded with <code class="code"><code class="csfmt">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}</code></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11249"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> described in this section are all defined in the package <a id="wrglossary.11250"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a>. These styles are designed for <a id="wrglossary.11251"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical</a> glossaries but can also be used with glossaries that don’t have sub-entries. These styles will display the <a id="wrglossary.11252"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry’s</a> symbol if it has been set. Note that these styles will automatically be available unless you use the <a id="wrglossary.11253"></a><a href="#glo:opt.notree"><span class="styoptfmt">notree</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.11254"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nostyles"><span class="styoptfmt">nostyles</span></a> package options. <p>
+These styles all format the entry name using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11255"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11256"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glstreenamefmt"><code class="csfmt">\glstreenamefmt</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This defaults to <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.11257"></a><a href="#glo:textbf"><code class="csfmt">\textbf</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code>, but note that <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> will include <a id="wrglossary.11258"></a><a href="#glo:glsnamefont"><code class="csfmt">\glsnamefont</code></a> so the bold setting in <a id="wrglossary.11259"></a><a href="#glo:glstreenamefmt"><code class="csfmt">\glstreenamefmt</code></a> may be counteracted by another font change in <a id="wrglossary.11260"></a><a href="#glo:glsnamefont"><code class="csfmt">\glsnamefont</code></a> (or in <a id="wrglossary.11261"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>). The tree-like styles that also display the header use <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11262"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11263"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glstreegroupheaderfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glstreegroupheaderfmt</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ to format the heading. This defaults to <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.11264"></a><a href="#glo:glstreenamefmt"><code class="csfmt">\glstreenamefmt</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code>. The tree-like styles that display navigation links to the groups (such as <a id="wrglossary.11265"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.indexhypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">indexhypergroup</span></a>), format the navigation line using <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11266"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11267"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glstreenavigationfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glstreenavigationfmt</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which defaults to <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.11268"></a><a href="#glo:glstreenamefmt"><code class="csfmt">\glstreenamefmt</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code>. <p>
+Note that this is different from <a id="wrglossary.11269"></a><a href="#glo:glslistnavigationitem"><code class="csfmt">\glslistnavigationitem</code></a>, provided with the styles such as <a id="wrglossary.11270"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.listhypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">listhypergroup</span></a>, as that also includes <a id="wrglossary.11271"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a>.<p>
+With the exception of the <a id="wrglossary.11272"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttree"><span class="glostylefmt">alttree</span></a> style (and those derived from it), the space before the description for top-level entries is produced with <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11273"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11274"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glstreepredesc"><code class="csfmt">\glstreepredesc</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This defaults to <a id="wrglossary.11275"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>.<p>
+With the exception of the <a id="wrglossary.11276"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treenoname"><span class="glostylefmt">treenoname</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.11277"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttree"><span class="glostylefmt">alttree</span></a> styles (and those derived from them), the space before the description for child entries is produced with <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11278"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11279"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glstreechildpredesc"><code class="csfmt">\glstreechildpredesc</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This defaults to <a id="wrglossary.11280"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.11281"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Most of these styles are not designed for multi-paragraph descriptions. (The <a id="wrglossary.11282"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.tree"><span class="glostylefmt">tree</span></a> style isn’t too bad for multi-paragraph top-level entry descriptions, or you can use the <a id="wrglossary.11283"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.index"><span class="glostylefmt">index</span></a> style with the adjustment shown below.) </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11284"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11285"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.index"><span class="glostylefmt">index</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11286"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.index"><span class="glostylefmt">index</span></a> style is similar to the way standard indices are usually formatted in that it has a <a id="wrglossary.11287"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical</a> structure up to three levels (the main level plus two sub-levels). If the symbol is present it is set in parentheses after the name and before the description. Sub-entries are indented and also include the name, the symbol in brackets (if present) and the description. <a id="wrglossary.11288"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">Groups</a> are separated using <a id="wrglossary.11289"></a><a href="#glo:indexspace"><code class="csfmt">\indexspace</code></a>.<p>
+Each main level item is started with <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11290"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11291"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glstreeitem"><code class="csfmt">\glstreeitem</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.11292"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">level 1</a> entries are started with <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11293"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11294"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glstreesubitem"><code class="csfmt">\glstreesubitem</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11295"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">level 2</a> entries are started with <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11296"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11297"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glstreesubsubitem"><code class="csfmt">\glstreesubsubitem</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+Note that the <a id="wrglossary.11298"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.index"><span class="glostylefmt">index</span></a> style automatically sets <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cmd">\let</code><a id="wrglossary.11299"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a><a id="wrglossary.11300"></a><a href="#glo:glstreeitem"><code class="csfmt">\glstreeitem</code></a>
+<code class="cmd">\let</code><a id="wrglossary.11301"></a><a href="#glo:subitem"><code class="csfmt">\subitem</code></a><a id="wrglossary.11302"></a><a href="#glo:glstreesubitem"><code class="csfmt">\glstreesubitem</code></a>
+<code class="cmd">\let</code><a id="wrglossary.11303"></a><a href="#glo:subsubitem"><code class="csfmt">\subsubitem</code></a><a id="wrglossary.11304"></a><a href="#glo:glstreesubsubitem"><code class="csfmt">\glstreesubsubitem</code></a>
+</pre> at the start of the <a id="wrglossary.11305"></a><a href="#glo:env.theglossary"><span class="envfmt">theglossary</span></a> environment for backward compatibility.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11306"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.index"><span class="glostylefmt">index</span></a> style isn’t suitable for multi-paragraph descriptions, but this limitation can be overcome by redefining the above commands. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11307"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.11308"></a><a href="#glo:glstreeitem"><code class="csfmt">\glstreeitem</code></a>}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\parindent</code>0pt<code class="cmd">\par</code><code class="cmd">\hangindent</code>40pt
+ <code class="cmd">\everypar</code>{<code class="cmd">\parindent</code>50pt<code class="cmd">\hangindent</code>40pt}}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11309"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11310"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.indexgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">indexgroup</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11311"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.indexgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">indexgroup</span></a> style is similar to the <a id="wrglossary.11312"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.index"><span class="glostylefmt">index</span></a> style except that each group has a heading obtained using <a id="wrglossary.11313"></a><a href="#glo:glsgetgrouptitle"><code class="csfmt">\glsgetgrouptitle</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11314"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11315"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.indexhypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">indexhypergroup</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11316"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.indexhypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">indexhypergroup</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.11317"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.indexgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">indexgroup</span></a> but has a set of links to the glossary <a id="wrglossary.11318"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a>. The navigation line is the same as that for <a id="wrglossary.11319"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.listhypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">listhypergroup</span></a>, described above, but is formatted using <a id="wrglossary.11320"></a><a href="#glo:glstreenavigationfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glstreenavigationfmt</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11321"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11322"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.tree"><span class="glostylefmt">tree</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11323"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.tree"><span class="glostylefmt">tree</span></a> style is similar to the <a id="wrglossary.11324"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.index"><span class="glostylefmt">index</span></a> style except that it can have arbitrary <a id="wrglossary.11325"></a><a href="#glo:dual.hierarchicallevel">hierarchical levels</a>. (Note that <a id="wrglossary.11326"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> is limited to three levels, so you will need to use another indexing method if you want more than three levels.) Each sub-level is indented according to the length <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11327"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11328"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glstreeindent"><code class="csfmt">\glstreeindent</code></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>10pt</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This value can be changed with <code class="cmd">\setlength</code>.<p>
+Note that the name, symbol (if present) and description are placed in the same paragraph block. If you want the name to be apart from the description, use the <a id="wrglossary.11329"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttree"><span class="glostylefmt">alttree</span></a> style instead. (See below.)<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11330"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11331"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.treegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">treegroup</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11332"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">treegroup</span></a> style is similar to the <a id="wrglossary.11333"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.tree"><span class="glostylefmt">tree</span></a> style except that each <a id="wrglossary.11334"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> has a heading.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11335"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11336"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.treehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">treehypergroup</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11337"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">treehypergroup</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.11338"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">treegroup</span></a> but has a set of links to the glossary <a id="wrglossary.11339"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a>. The navigation line is the same as that for <a id="wrglossary.11340"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.listhypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">listhypergroup</span></a>, described above, but is formatted using <a id="wrglossary.11341"></a><a href="#glo:glstreenavigationfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glstreenavigationfmt</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11342"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11343"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.treenoname"><span class="glostylefmt">treenoname</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11344"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treenoname"><span class="glostylefmt">treenoname</span></a> style is like the <a id="wrglossary.11345"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.tree"><span class="glostylefmt">tree</span></a> style except that the name for each sub-entry is ignored.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11346"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11347"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.treenonamegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">treenonamegroup</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11348"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treenonamegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">treenonamegroup</span></a> style is similar to the <a id="wrglossary.11349"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treenoname"><span class="glostylefmt">treenoname</span></a> style except that each group has a heading.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11350"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11351"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.treenonamehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">treenonamehypergroup</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11352"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treenonamehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">treenonamehypergroup</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.11353"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treenonamegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">treenonamegroup</span></a> but has a set of links to the glossary <a id="wrglossary.11354"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a>. The navigation line is the same as that for <a id="wrglossary.11355"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.listhypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">listhypergroup</span></a>, described above, but is formatted using <a id="wrglossary.11356"></a><a href="#glo:glstreenavigationfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glstreenavigationfmt</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11357"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11358"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.alttree"><span class="glostylefmt">alttree</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11359"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttree"><span class="glostylefmt">alttree</span></a> style is similar to the <a id="wrglossary.11360"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.tree"><span class="glostylefmt">tree</span></a> style except that the indentation for each level is determined by the width of the text specified by <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11361"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11362"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glssetwidest"><code class="csfmt">\glssetwidest</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">level</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The optional argument <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">level</em>〉</span> indicates the <a id="wrglossary.11363"></a><a href="#glo:dual.hierarchicallevel">hierarchical level</a>, where 0 indicates the top-most level, 1 indicates the first level sub-entries, etc. If <a id="wrglossary.11364"></a><a href="#glo:glssetwidest"><code class="csfmt">\glssetwidest</code></a> hasn’t been used for a given sub-level, the level 0 widest text is used instead. If <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">level</em>〉</span> is omitted, 0 is assumed.<p>
+<div class="warning"><div class="warningtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11365"></a><a href="#glo:sym.warning"><span title="Warning" class="icon">⚠</span></a></div><!-- end of warningtitle -->
+If you use the <a id="wrglossary.11366"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttree"><span class="glostylefmt">alttree</span></a> style without setting the widest <a id="wrglossary.11367"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">top level (level 0)</a> name, there will be no room available for the name. If a name overlaps the description, then this is an indication that there is a name wider than the one specified. </div><!-- end of warning -->
+<p>
+This requires keeping track of which <a id="wrglossary.11368"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> has the widest name, which may not be practical for large <a id="wrglossary.11369"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>. Instead you can use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11370"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11371"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsfindwidesttoplevelname"><code class="csfmt">\glsfindwidesttoplevelname</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary labels</em>〉</span>]</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This iterates over all entries in the glossaries identified by the comma-separated list <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary labels</em>〉</span> and determines the widest <a id="wrglossary.11372"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">top level (level 0)</a> entry. If the optional argument is omitted, all non-<a id="wrglossary.11373"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossaries</a> are assumed.<p>
+For example, to have the same name width for all glossaries: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11374"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.11375"></a><a href="#glo:glsfindwidesttoplevelname"><code class="csfmt">\glsfindwidesttoplevelname</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.11376"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11377"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttree"><span class="glostylefmt">alttree</span></a>}
+<a id="wrglossary.11378"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a>
+</pre> Alternatively, to compute the widest entry for each glossary before it’s displayed: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11379"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.11380"></a><a href="#glo:glossarypreamble"><code class="csfmt">\glossarypreamble</code></a>}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11381"></a><a href="#glo:glsfindwidesttoplevelname"><code class="csfmt">\glsfindwidesttoplevelname</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.11382"></a><a href="#glo:currentglossary"><code class="csfmt">\currentglossary</code></a>]}
+<a id="wrglossary.11383"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11384"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttree"><span class="glostylefmt">alttree</span></a>}
+<a id="wrglossary.11385"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a>
+</pre><p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11386"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+These commands only affects the <a id="wrglossary.11387"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttree"><span class="glostylefmt">alttree</span></a> styles, including those listed below and the ones in the <a id="wrglossary.11388"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-mcols"><span class="styfmt">glossary-mcols</span></a> package. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11389"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.11390"></a><a href="#glo:glssetwidest"><code class="csfmt">\glssetwidest</code></a> command also affects the styles provided by <a id="wrglossary.11391"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-topic"><span class="styfmt">glossary-topic</span></a>. The <a id="wrglossary.11392"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra-stylemods"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span></a> package provides additional commands. With <a id="wrglossary.11393"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, you may prefer the <a id="wrglossary.11394"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.set-widest"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">set-widest</span></a> resource option. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+For each level, the name is placed to the left of the paragraph block containing the symbol (optional) and the description. If the symbol is present, it is placed in parentheses before the description.<p>
+The name is placed inside a left-aligned <a id="wrglossary.11395"></a><a href="#glo:makebox"><code class="csfmt">\makebox</code></a>, created with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11396"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11397"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glstreenamebox"><code class="csfmt">\glstreenamebox</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">width</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">width</em>〉</span> is the width of the box (calculated from the widest name) and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> is the contents of the box. For example, to make the name right-aligned: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11398"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.11399"></a><a href="#glo:glstreenamebox"><code class="csfmt">\glstreenamebox</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\makebox</code>[#1][r]{#2}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11400"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11401"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.alttreegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">alttreegroup</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11402"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttreegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">alttreegroup</span></a> is like the <a id="wrglossary.11403"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttree"><span class="glostylefmt">alttree</span></a> style except that each <a id="wrglossary.11404"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> has a heading.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11405"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11406"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.alttreehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">alttreehypergroup</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11407"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttreehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">alttreehypergroup</span></a> style is like <a id="wrglossary.11408"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttreegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">alttreegroup</span></a> but has a set of links to the glossary <a id="wrglossary.11409"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:treestyles -->
+
+<section id="sec:mcolstyles"><!-- start of section sec:mcolstyles --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->13.1.8. Multicols Style<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:mcolstyles">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11410"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11411"></a><code class="code"><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{<dfn id="glo:pkg.glossary-mcols"><span class="styfmt">glossary-mcols</span></dfn>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox">load explicitly or with <code class="code"><code class="csfmt">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.11412"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a>=mcols]{glossaries-extra}</code></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11413"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-mcols"><span class="styfmt">glossary-mcols</span></a> package provides tree-like <a id="wrglossary.11414"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> that are in the <a id="wrglossary.11415"></a><a href="#glo:env.multicols"><span class="envfmt">multicols</span></a> environment (defined by the <a id="wrglossary.11416"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.multicol"><span class="styfmt">multicol</span></a> package). The style names are as their analogous tree styles (as defined in §<a href="#sec:treestyles">13.1.7</a>) but are prefixed with <span class="qt">“mcol”</span>. For example, the <a id="wrglossary.11417"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcolindex"><span class="glostylefmt">mcolindex</span></a> style is essentially the <a id="wrglossary.11418"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.index"><span class="glostylefmt">index</span></a> style but put in a <a id="wrglossary.11419"></a><a href="#glo:env.multicols"><span class="envfmt">multicols</span></a> environment. For the complete list, see Table <a href="#tab:mcols">13.2</a>. The <a id="wrglossary.11420"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a> package is automatically loaded by <a id="wrglossary.11421"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-mcols"><span class="styfmt">glossary-mcols</span></a> (even if the <a id="wrglossary.11422"></a><a href="#glo:opt.notree"><span class="styoptfmt">notree</span></a> package option is used when loading <a id="wrglossary.11423"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a>). The formatting commands <a id="wrglossary.11424"></a><a href="#glo:glstreenamefmt"><code class="csfmt">\glstreenamefmt</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.11425"></a><a href="#glo:glstreegroupheaderfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glstreegroupheaderfmt</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.11426"></a><a href="#glo:glstreenavigationfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glstreenavigationfmt</code></a> are all used by the corresponding <a id="wrglossary.11427"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-mcols"><span class="styfmt">glossary-mcols</span></a> styles.<p>
+Note that these styles will only be available if you explicitly load <a id="wrglossary.11428"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-mcols"><span class="styfmt">glossary-mcols</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11429"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossary-mcols}
+</pre> Note that you can’t set these styles using the <a id="wrglossary.11430"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a> package option since the styles aren’t defined until after the <a id="wrglossary.11431"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package has been loaded.<p>
+With <a id="wrglossary.11432"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, you can load both the package and style with the <a id="wrglossary.11433"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.11434"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a> options. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11435"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.11436"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.11437"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcolindex"><span class="glostylefmt">mcolindex</span></a></span>,<a id="wrglossary.11438"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a><span class="optfmt">=mcols</span>]{glossaries-extra}
+</pre><p>
+The default number of columns is 2, but can be changed by redefining: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11439"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11440"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsmcols"><code class="csfmt">\glsmcols</code></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>2</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ For example, for a three column glossary: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11441"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossary-mcols}
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.11442"></a><a href="#glo:glsmcols"><code class="csfmt">\glsmcols</code></a>}{3}
+<a id="wrglossary.11443"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a>{mcolindex}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="table"> <table class="tabular-c">
+<caption id="tab:mcols">Table&nbsp;9: Multicolumn Styles</caption><tr style=""><th class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-mcols"><span class="styfmt">glossary-mcols</span></a> Style </th>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <span style="font-weight: bold; ">Analogous Tree Style</span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.mcolindex"><span class="glostylefmt">mcolindex</span></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.index"><span class="glostylefmt">index</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.mcolindexgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">mcolindexgroup</span></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.indexgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">indexgroup</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.mcolindexhypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">mcolindexhypergroup</span></dfn> or <dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.mcolindexspannav"><span class="glostylefmt">mcolindexspannav</span></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.indexhypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">indexhypergroup</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.mcoltree"><span class="glostylefmt">mcoltree</span></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.tree"><span class="glostylefmt">tree</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.mcoltreegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">mcoltreegroup</span></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">treegroup</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.mcoltreehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">mcoltreehypergroup</span></dfn> or <dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.mcoltreespannav"><span class="glostylefmt">mcoltreespannav</span></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">treehypergroup</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.mcoltreenoname"><span class="glostylefmt">mcoltreenoname</span></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treenoname"><span class="glostylefmt">treenoname</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.mcoltreenonamegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">mcoltreenonamegroup</span></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treenonamegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">treenonamegroup</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.mcoltreenonamehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">mcoltreenonamehypergroup</span></dfn> or <dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.mcoltreenonamespannav"><span class="glostylefmt">mcoltreenonamespannav</span></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treenonamehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">treenonamehypergroup</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.mcolalttree"><span class="glostylefmt">mcolalttree</span></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttree"><span class="glostylefmt">alttree</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.mcolalttreegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">mcolalttreegroup</span></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttreegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">alttreegroup</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.mcolalttreehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">mcolalttreehypergroup</span></dfn> or <dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.mcolalttreespannav"><span class="glostylefmt">mcolalttreespannav</span></dfn> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttreehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">alttreehypergroup</span></a> </td>
+</tr></table>
+ </div><p>
+The styles with a navigation line, such as <a id="wrglossary.11444"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcoltreehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">mcoltreehypergroup</span></a>, now have a variant (as from v4.22) with <span class="qt">“hypergroup”</span> replaced with <span class="qt">“spannav”</span> in the style name. The original <span class="qt">“hypergroup”</span> styles place the navigation line at the start of the first column. The newer <span class="qt">“spannav”</span> styles put the navigation line in the optional argument of the <a id="wrglossary.11445"></a><a href="#glo:env.multicols"><span class="envfmt">multicols</span></a> environment so that it spans across all the columns.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:mcolstyles -->
+
+<section id="sec:inline"><!-- start of section sec:inline --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->13.1.9. In-Line Style<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:inline">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11446"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11447"></a><code class="code"><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{<dfn id="glo:pkg.glossary-inline"><span class="styfmt">glossary-inline</span></dfn>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox">load explicitly or with <code class="code"><code class="csfmt">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.11448"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a><span class="optfmt">=inline</span>]{glossaries-extra}</code></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+This section covers the <a id="wrglossary.11449"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-inline"><span class="styfmt">glossary-inline</span></a> package that supplies the <a id="wrglossary.11450"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.inline"><span class="glostylefmt">inline</span></a> style. This is a <a id="wrglossary.11451"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> that is designed for in-line use (as opposed to block styles, such as lists or tables). This style doesn’t display the <a id="wrglossary.11452"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>.<p>
+Note that this style will only be available if you explicitly load <a id="wrglossary.11453"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-inline"><span class="styfmt">glossary-inline</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11454"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossary-inline}
+</pre><p>
+With <a id="wrglossary.11455"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, you can load both the package and style with the <a id="wrglossary.11456"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.11457"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a> options. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11458"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.11459"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.11460"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.inline"><span class="glostylefmt">inline</span></a></span>,<a id="wrglossary.11461"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a><span class="optfmt">=inline</span>]{glossaries-extra}
+</pre><p>
+You will most likely need to redefine <a id="wrglossary.11462"></a><a href="#glo:glossarysection"><code class="csfmt">\glossarysection</code></a> with this style. For example, suppose you are required to have your <a id="wrglossary.11463"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> and list of <a id="wrglossary.11464"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> in a footnote, you can do: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11465"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossary-inline}
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.11466"></a><a href="#glo:glossarysection"><code class="csfmt">\glossarysection</code></a>}[2][]{<a id="wrglossary.11467"></a><a href="#glo:textbf"><code class="csfmt">\textbf</code></a>{#1}: }
+<a id="wrglossary.11468"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a>{inline}
+</pre> Then where you need to include your <a id="wrglossary.11469"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> as a footnote you can do: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11470"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.11471"></a><a href="#glo:footnote"><code class="csfmt">\footnote</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11472"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a>}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11473"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11474"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.inline"><span class="glostylefmt">inline</span></dfn></code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+ This is the only style provided by <a id="wrglossary.11475"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-inline"><span class="styfmt">glossary-inline</span></a>.<p>
+The group skip command <a id="wrglossary.11476"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupskip</code></a> is defined to do nothing, regardless of the <a id="wrglossary.11477"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a> option. Likewise, <a id="wrglossary.11478"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupheading"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupheading</code></a> is defined to do nothing. If you want to create a custom style base on the <a id="wrglossary.11479"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.inline"><span class="glostylefmt">inline</span></a> style that shows a heading, then add <a id="wrglossary.11480"></a><dfn id="glo:glsinlinedopostchild"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlinedopostchild</code></dfn> to the definition of <a id="wrglossary.11481"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupheading"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupheading</code></a> in case a <a id="wrglossary.11482"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> heading follows a child entry.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.11483"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Don’t redefine <a id="wrglossary.11484"></a><a href="#glo:glsinlinedopostchild"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlinedopostchild</code></a>. It’s provided as a user command to make it easier to add it to the start of a custom definition of <a id="wrglossary.11485"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryheader"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryheader</code></a> to enable <a id="wrglossary.11486"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> headings. If you need to adjust the content between a sub-entry and the next entry, redefine <a id="wrglossary.11487"></a><a href="#glo:glsinlinepostchild"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlinepostchild</code></a> instead. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11488"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.inline"><span class="glostylefmt">inline</span></a> style is governed by the following commands.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11489"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11490"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsinlineseparator"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlineseparator</code></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>;<a id="wrglossary.11491"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This is used between <a id="wrglossary.11492"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">top level (level 0)</a> entries.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11493"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11494"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsinlinesubseparator"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlinesubseparator</code></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>,<a id="wrglossary.11495"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This is used between sub-entries.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11496"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11497"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsinlineparentchildseparator"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlineparentchildseparator</code></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>:<a id="wrglossary.11498"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This is used between a <a id="wrglossary.11499"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">top level (level 0)</a> parent entry and its first sub-entry.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11500"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11501"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glspostinline"><code class="csfmt">\glspostinline</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This is used at the end of the glossary. The default definition is: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.11502"></a><a href="#glo:glspostdescription"><code class="csfmt">\glspostdescription</code></a><a id="wrglossary.11503"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+</pre> This is the only place that the post-description hook is used in this style.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11504"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11505"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsinlinenameformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlinenameformat</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This is used to create the target, where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span> is provided in the form <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.11506"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code> and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> is the entry’s label. The default definition is: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.11507"></a><a href="#glo:glstarget"><code class="csfmt">\glstarget</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span>}
+</pre><p>
+For example, if you want the name to appear in <a id="wrglossary.11508"></a><a href="#glo:dual.smallcaps">small caps</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11509"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.11510"></a><a href="#glo:glsinlinenameformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlinenameformat</code></a>}[2]{<a id="wrglossary.11511"></a><a href="#glo:glstarget"><code class="csfmt">\glstarget</code></a>{#1}{<a id="wrglossary.11512"></a><a href="#glo:textsc"><code class="csfmt">\textsc</code></a>{#2}}}
+</pre><p>
+This style needs to know if an entry has any children. This test is performed with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11513"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11514"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsinlineifhaschildren"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlineifhaschildren</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The default definition simply uses <a id="wrglossary.11515"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshaschildren"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshaschildren</code></a>, which is inefficient as it has to iterate through all <a id="wrglossary.11516"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> (in the same <a id="wrglossary.11517"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> as <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>) to determine which ones have the given entry as a parent. This can be time-consuming for large <a id="wrglossary.11518"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>, but the assumption here is that an inline <a id="wrglossary.11519"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> is unlikely to be used with a large set of entries. However, if you are using <a id="wrglossary.11520"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> with the <a id="wrglossary.11521"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.save-child-count"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">save-child-count</span></a> resource option, it’s more efficient to use <a id="wrglossary.11522"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount</code></a> instead (particularly if you are using <a id="wrglossary.11523"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a> with a filtered subset). For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11524"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.11525"></a><a href="#glo:glsinlineifhaschildren"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlineifhaschildren</code></a>}[3]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11526"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">#1</em>〉</span>}{#2}{#3}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre><p>
+Sub-entry names are formatted according to: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11527"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11528"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsinlinesubnameformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlinesubnameformat</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which has the same syntax as <a id="wrglossary.11529"></a><a href="#glo:glsinlinenameformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlinenameformat</code></a> but a different definition: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.11530"></a><a href="#glo:glstarget"><code class="csfmt">\glstarget</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{}
+</pre> which means that the sub-entry name is ignored.<p>
+If the description is empty or has been suppressed (according to <a id="wrglossary.11531"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshasdesc"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasdesc</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.11532"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsdescsuppressed"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsdescsuppressed</code></a>, respectively) then: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11533"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11534"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsinlineemptydescformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlineemptydescformat</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">symbol</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location list</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (which does nothing by default) is used, otherwise the description is formatted according to: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11535"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11536"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsinlinedescformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlinedescformat</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">description</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">symbol</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location list</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This defaults to just <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.11537"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">description</em>〉</span></code> so the symbol and <a id="wrglossary.11538"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a> are ignored.<p>
+For example, if you want a colon between the name and the description: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11539"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.11540"></a><a href="#glo:glsinlinedescformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlinedescformat</code></a>}[3]{: #1}
+</pre><p>
+The sub-entry description is formatted according to: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11541"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11542"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsinlinesubdescformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlinesubdescformat</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">description</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">symbol</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location list</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This defaults to just <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">description</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11543"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11544"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsinlinepostchild"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlinepostchild</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This hook is used at the start of a <a id="wrglossary.11545"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">top level (level 0)</a> entry that immediate follows a sub-entry. It does nothing by default.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:inline -->
+
+<section id="sec:newglossarystyle"><!-- start of section sec:newglossarystyle --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->13.2. Defining your own glossary style<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:newglossarystyle">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+The markup used in the <a id="wrglossary.11546"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> is described in §<a href="#sec:glossmarkup">8.2</a>. Commands that may be used by styles, but should not be redefined by styles, are described in §§<a href="#sec:glossarycmds">13.2.1</a> & <a href="#sec:hypernav">13.2.2</a>. The commands that should be redefined by the <a id="wrglossary.11547"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> are described in §<a href="#sec:glossarystylecmds">13.2.3</a>.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.11548"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Commands like <a id="wrglossary.11549"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a> are designed to produce content in the <a id="wrglossary.11550"></a><a href="#glo:PDF">PDF</a>. If your intention is to design a style that doesn’t print any content (for example, to simply capture information) then you are likely to experience unwanted side-effects. If you just want to capture <a id="wrglossary.11551"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> information (such as <a id="wrglossary.11552"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a>) then a much better approach is to use <a id="wrglossary.11553"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, which automatically stores this information in dedicated fields when the entry is defined. If you still really want to use a style to capture information obtained from <a id="wrglossary.11554"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.11555"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> then simply <a id="wrglossary.11556"></a><a href="#glo:input"><code class="csfmt">\input</code></a> the <a id="wrglossary.11557"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing file</a> instead of using <a id="wrglossary.11558"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+If the predefined <a id="wrglossary.11559"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> don’t fit your requirements, you can define your own style using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11560"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11561"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:newglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\newglossarystyle</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">definitions</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span> is the name of the new <a id="wrglossary.11562"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> (to be used in the <a id="wrglossary.11563"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a> option or <a id="wrglossary.11564"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a>). An existing style can be redefined with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11565"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11566"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:renewglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\renewglossarystyle</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">definitions</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ In both cases, the second argument <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">definitions</em>〉</span> needs to redefine all of the commands listed in §<a href="#sec:glossarystylecmds">13.2.3</a>.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.11567"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Bear in mind that parameters will need to be referenced with <a id="wrglossary.11568"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a> rather than <a id="wrglossary.11569"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+A style may inherit from an existing style by starting <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">definitions</em>〉</span> with <a id="wrglossary.11570"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a> and then just redefine the commands that are different from the inherited style.<p>
+For example, the <a id="wrglossary.11571"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.indexgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">indexgroup</span></a> style is basically the same as the <a id="wrglossary.11572"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.index"><span class="glostylefmt">index</span></a> style, except for the definition of <a id="wrglossary.11573"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupheading"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupheading</code></a>, so the style is simply defined as: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.11574"></a><a href="#glo:newglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\newglossarystyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11575"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.indexgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">indexgroup</span></a>}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11576"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11577"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.index"><span class="glostylefmt">index</span></a>}<span class="comment">% inherit <a id="wrglossary.11578"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.index"><span class="glostylefmt">index</span></a></span>
+<span class="comment">% alter the command that's different:</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.11579"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupheading"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupheading</code></a>}[1]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11580"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a><a id="wrglossary.11581"></a><a href="#glo:glstreegroupheaderfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glstreegroupheaderfmt</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11582"></a><a href="#glo:glsgetgrouptitle"><code class="csfmt">\glsgetgrouptitle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11583"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11584"></a><a href="#glo:indexspace"><code class="csfmt">\indexspace</code></a>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:newglossarystyle -->
+
+<section id="sec:glossarycmds"><!-- start of section sec:glossarycmds --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->13.2.1. Commands For Use in Glossary Styles<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:glossarycmds">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+These commands are typically used in style definitions but should not be modified by the style. See §<a href="#sec:hypernav">13.2.2</a> for <a id="wrglossary.11585"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> to <a id="wrglossary.11586"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> headings.<p>
+In order to support the <a id="wrglossary.11587"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=o</span>ption, a style needs to use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11588"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11589"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryitem"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryitem</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ at the place where the associated number should appear if the option is set. If <a id="wrglossary.11590"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>, <a id="wrglossary.11591"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryitem"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryitem</code></a> will do: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.11592"></a><a href="#glo:glsstepentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsstepentry</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}<a id="wrglossary.11593"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrycounterlabel"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrycounterlabel</code></a>
+</pre> otherwise it will do <a id="wrglossary.11594"></a><a href="#glo:glsresetsubentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetsubentrycounter</code></a> (which ensures the sub-entry counter is reset if it has been enabled with <a id="wrglossary.11595"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a>).<p>
+For example, the <a id="wrglossary.11596"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.list"><span class="glostylefmt">list</span></a> style defines <a id="wrglossary.11597"></a><a href="#glo:glossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossentry</code></a> as follows: <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.11598"></a><a href="#glo:glossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossentry</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11599"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.11600"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryitem"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryitem</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11601"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11602"></a><a href="#glo:glstarget"><code class="csfmt">\glstarget</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11603"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}{<a id="wrglossary.11604"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11605"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}]
+ <a id="wrglossary.11606"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrydesc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11607"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.11608"></a><a href="#glo:glspostdescription"><code class="csfmt">\glspostdescription</code></a><a id="wrglossary.11609"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.11610"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}
+</pre><p>
+In order to support the <a id="wrglossary.11611"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=o</span>ption, a style needs to use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11612"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11613"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glssubentryitem"><code class="csfmt">\glssubentryitem</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ at the place where the associated number should appear if the option is set. If <a id="wrglossary.11614"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>, this will do: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.11615"></a><a href="#glo:glsstepsubentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsstepsubentry</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}<a id="wrglossary.11616"></a><a href="#glo:glssubentrycounterlabel"><code class="csfmt">\glssubentrycounterlabel</code></a>
+</pre> otherwise it does nothing. This will typically only be used with <a id="wrglossary.11617"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">level 1</a> and omitted for deeper <a id="wrglossary.11618"></a><a href="#glo:dual.hierarchicallevel">hierarchical levels</a>.<p>
+For example, the <a id="wrglossary.11619"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.index"><span class="glostylefmt">index</span></a> style has: <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.11620"></a><a href="#glo:subglossentry"><code class="csfmt">\subglossentry</code></a>}[3]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\ifcase</code><a id="wrglossary.11621"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1 <span class="comment">% level 0</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11622"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a>
+ <code class="cmd">\or</code>
+ <span class="comment">% level 1</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11623"></a><a href="#glo:subitem"><code class="csfmt">\subitem</code></a>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11624"></a><a href="#glo:glssubentryitem"><code class="csfmt">\glssubentryitem</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11625"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\else</code>
+ <span class="comment">% all other levels</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11626"></a><a href="#glo:subsubitem"><code class="csfmt">\subsubitem</code></a>
+ <code class="cmd">\fi</code>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11627"></a><a href="#glo:glstreenamefmt"><code class="csfmt">\glstreenamefmt</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11628"></a><a href="#glo:glstarget"><code class="csfmt">\glstarget</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11629"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}{<a id="wrglossary.11630"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11631"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11632"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshassymbol"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshassymbol</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11633"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}{<a id="wrglossary.11634"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>(<a id="wrglossary.11635"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrysymbol</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11636"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2})}{}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11637"></a><a href="#glo:glstreechildpredesc"><code class="csfmt">\glstreechildpredesc</code></a><a id="wrglossary.11638"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrydesc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11639"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<a id="wrglossary.11640"></a><a href="#glo:glspostdescription"><code class="csfmt">\glspostdescription</code></a><a id="wrglossary.11641"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.11642"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>3<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre> The test for level 0 is redundant in this case as <a id="wrglossary.11643"></a><a href="#glo:glossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossentry</code></a> will be used for <a id="wrglossary.11644"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">top level (level 0)</a> entries, but is provided for completeness. Note that <a id="wrglossary.11645"></a><a href="#glo:glssubentryitem"><code class="csfmt">\glssubentryitem</code></a> is only used for level 1.<p>
+The style will typically also create the target to enable <a id="wrglossary.11646"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> from an entry reference within the document (created with commands like <a id="wrglossary.11647"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>) to the <a id="wrglossary.11648"></a><a href="#glo:dual.entryline">entry line</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.11649"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>.<p>
+The target is created with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11650"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11651"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glstarget"><code class="csfmt">\glstarget</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ If <a id="wrglossary.11652"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> aren’t enabled, this simply does the second argument <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>, otherwise it will create a target with the name <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>, where the prefix is obtained by expanding: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11653"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11654"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glolinkprefix"><code class="csfmt">\glolinkprefix</code></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>glo:</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.11655"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has options, such as <a id="wrglossary.11656"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.prefix"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">prefix</span></a>, that can be used to override this.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11657"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11658"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This is used in <a id="wrglossary.11659"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> to display the name encapsulated with <a id="wrglossary.11660"></a><a href="#glo:glsnamefont"><code class="csfmt">\glsnamefont</code></a>. Unlike <a id="wrglossary.11661"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryname</code></a>, this command will trigger a warning if the <a id="wrglossary.11662"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> hasn’t been defined. The <a id="wrglossary.11663"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> version is: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11664"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11665"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\Glossentryname</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Both commands internally use <a id="wrglossary.11666"></a><a href="#glo:glsnamefont"><code class="csfmt">\glsnamefont</code></a> so there’s no need to explicitly use that command in a style.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11667"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ With <a id="wrglossary.11668"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, the <a id="wrglossary.11669"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.glossnamefont"><span class="csoptfmt">glossnamefont</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.11670"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.glossname"><span class="csoptfmt">glossname</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.11671"></a><a href="#glo:idx.categoryattribute">category attributes</a> can be used to adjust font and, for <a id="wrglossary.11672"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.11673"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a>. If you just use <a id="wrglossary.11674"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryname</code></a>, the style won’t be influenced by those attributes. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11675"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11676"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrydesc</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This is used in <a id="wrglossary.11677"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> to display the description. Unlike <a id="wrglossary.11678"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></a>, this command will trigger a warning if the <a id="wrglossary.11679"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> hasn’t been defined. The <a id="wrglossary.11680"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> version is: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11681"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11682"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\Glossentrydesc</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11683"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ With <a id="wrglossary.11684"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> the <a id="wrglossary.11685"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.glossdescfont"><span class="csoptfmt">glossdescfont</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.11686"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.glossdesc"><span class="csoptfmt">glossdesc</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.11687"></a><a href="#glo:idx.categoryattribute">category attributes</a> can be used to adjust font and, for <a id="wrglossary.11688"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrydesc</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.11689"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a>. If you just use <a id="wrglossary.11690"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></a>, the style won’t be influenced by those attributes. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11691"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11692"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glossentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrysymbol</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This is used in <a id="wrglossary.11693"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> to display the <a id="wrglossary.11694"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a>. Unlike <a id="wrglossary.11695"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysymbol</code></a>, this command will trigger a warning if the <a id="wrglossary.11696"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> hasn’t been defined. The <a id="wrglossary.11697"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> version is: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11698"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11699"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glossentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\Glossentrysymbol</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11700"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ With <a id="wrglossary.11701"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> you can use the <a id="wrglossary.11702"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.glosssymbolfont"><span class="csoptfmt">glosssymbolfont</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.11703"></a><a href="#glo:idx.categoryattribute">category attribute</a> to adjust font. If you just use <a id="wrglossary.11704"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysymbol</code></a>, the style won’t be influenced by that attribute. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.11705"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> that support <a id="wrglossary.11706"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a> can obtain the group title with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11707"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11708"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsgetgrouptitle"><code class="csfmt">\glsgetgrouptitle</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This gets the title associated with the <a id="wrglossary.11709"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span> and displays it. The title is determined as follows:
+<ul class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>if <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span> is a single character or either <code class="code">glsnumbers</code> or <code class="code">glssymbols</code> and the command <a id="wrglossary.11710"></a><dfn id="glo:group-labelgroupname"><code class="csfmt">\<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span>groupname</code></dfn> exists, then that command is used as the title.<p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>otherwise the title is the same as the group label.
+</ul>
+<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11711"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.11712"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides improved support for <a id="wrglossary.11713"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> titles, but redefines <a id="wrglossary.11714"></a><a href="#glo:glsgetgrouptitle"><code class="csfmt">\glsgetgrouptitle</code></a> to accommodate the enhanced features. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:glossarycmds -->
+
+<section id="sec:hypernav"><!-- start of section sec:hypernav --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->13.2.2. Hyper Group Navigation<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:hypernav">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11715"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11716"></a><code class="code"><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{<dfn id="glo:pkg.glossary-hypernav"><span class="styfmt">glossary-hypernav</span></dfn>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox">automatically loaded with <code class="code"><code class="csfmt">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}</code></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+There is no need to load this package. It will automatically be loaded by <a id="wrglossary.11717"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a>. If <a id="wrglossary.11718"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> hasn’t been loaded, these commands will still be available but simply won’t form <a id="wrglossary.11719"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> or targets, so they can be used in <a id="wrglossary.11720"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> without any need to check for <a id="wrglossary.11721"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> support. (However, the result might look a bit strange if the reader expects the navigation text to be <a id="wrglossary.11722"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a>.)<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11723"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11724"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsnavhypertarget"><code class="csfmt">\glsnavhypertarget</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-title</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Creates a hyper target for a <a id="wrglossary.11725"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a>. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span> argument is the label that identifies the <a id="wrglossary.11726"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. If omitted, <a id="wrglossary.11727"></a><a href="#glo:currentglossary"><code class="csfmt">\currentglossary</code></a> is assumed. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span> argument is the label that identifies the <a id="wrglossary.11728"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a>. This additionally writes information to the <a id="wrglossary.11729"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file so that on the next LaTeX run, <a id="wrglossary.11730"></a><a href="#glo:glsnavigation"><code class="csfmt">\glsnavigation</code></a> will have a list of <a id="wrglossary.11731"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a> for the <a id="wrglossary.11732"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>.<p>
+For example, the <a id="wrglossary.11733"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.indexhypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">indexhypergroup</span></a> includes a <a id="wrglossary.11734"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> target in the header: <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.11735"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupheading"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupheading</code></a>}[1]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11736"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a><a id="wrglossary.11737"></a><a href="#glo:glstreegroupheaderfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glstreegroupheaderfmt</code></a>
+ {<a id="wrglossary.11738"></a><a href="#glo:glsnavhypertarget"><code class="csfmt">\glsnavhypertarget</code></a>{#1}{<a id="wrglossary.11739"></a><a href="#glo:glsgetgrouptitle"><code class="csfmt">\glsgetgrouptitle</code></a>{#1}}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11740"></a><a href="#glo:indexspace"><code class="csfmt">\indexspace</code></a>
+}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11741"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11742"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsnavhyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\glsnavhyperlink</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-title</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Creates a <a id="wrglossary.11743"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> to the given <a id="wrglossary.11744"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a>, where the target name is obtained from: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11745"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11746"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsnavhyperlinkname"><code class="csfmt">\glsnavhyperlinkname</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span> argument is the label that identifies the <a id="wrglossary.11747"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. If omitted, <a id="wrglossary.11748"></a><a href="#glo:currentglossary"><code class="csfmt">\currentglossary</code></a> is assumed. Typically, styles don’t need to explicitly use this command as they can use the following command instead.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11749"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11750"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsnavigation"><code class="csfmt">\glsnavigation</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Displays a simple navigation list, where each item in the list has a <a id="wrglossary.11751"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> created with <a id="wrglossary.11752"></a><a href="#glo:glsnavhyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\glsnavhyperlink</code></a> to a <a id="wrglossary.11753"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a>, where the <a id="wrglossary.11754"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> title is obtained with <a id="wrglossary.11755"></a><a href="#glo:glsgetgrouptitle"><code class="csfmt">\glsgetgrouptitle</code></a>. The items are separated with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11756"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11757"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glshypernavsep"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernavsep</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The default definition is <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.11758"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a><a id="wrglossary.11759"></a><a href="#glo:textbar"><code class="csfmt">\textbar</code></a><a id="wrglossary.11760"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a></code> which creates a vertical bar with a space on either side.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11761"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11762"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glssymbolnav"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbolnav</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Just produces a simple set of navigation links for the symbol and number <a id="wrglossary.11763"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a> and ends with the <a id="wrglossary.11764"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernavsep"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernavsep</code></a> separator. Unlike <a id="wrglossary.11765"></a><a href="#glo:glsnavigation"><code class="csfmt">\glsnavigation</code></a>, there’s no check to determine if the <a id="wrglossary.11766"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> has those <a id="wrglossary.11767"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a>. This command is a historical artefact leftover from early versions. There should be little need for it now as <a id="wrglossary.11768"></a><a href="#glo:glsnavigation"><code class="csfmt">\glsnavigation</code></a> should include all the <a id="wrglossary.11769"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a> that are in the <a id="wrglossary.11770"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:hypernav -->
+
+<section id="sec:glossarystylecmds"><!-- start of section sec:glossarystylecmds --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->13.2.3. Glossary Style Commands<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:glossarystylecmds">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+The commands listed in this section should all be redefined by every <a id="wrglossary.11771"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a>. However, a style may be based on another style, in which case the style definitions should start with <a id="wrglossary.11772"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a> and then only redefine the commands that should differ from the inherited style.<p>
+Note that <a id="wrglossary.11773"></a><a href="#glo:print...glossary"><code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">…</em>〉</span>glossary</code></a> sets <a id="wrglossary.11774"></a><a href="#glo:currentglossary"><code class="csfmt">\currentglossary</code></a> to the current glossary label, so it’s possible to create a glossary style that varies according to the glossary type, but this will generally limit its usefulness.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11775"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11776"></a><code class="code"><code class="cmd">\begin</code>{<dfn id="glo:env.theglossary"><span class="envfmt">theglossary</span></dfn>}<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">content</em>〉</span><code class="cend">\end{<span class="envfmt">theglossary</span>}</code></code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The actual content of the <a id="wrglossary.11777"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> is placed inside the <a id="wrglossary.11778"></a><a href="#glo:env.theglossary"><span class="envfmt">theglossary</span></a> environment. For example, the <a id="wrglossary.11779"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.list"><span class="glostylefmt">list</span></a> style redefines this to start and end the <a id="wrglossary.11780"></a><a href="#glo:env.description"><span class="envfmt">description</span></a> environment: <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cmd">\renewenvironment</code>{theglossary}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<a id="wrglossary.11781"></a><a href="#glo:glslistinit"><code class="csfmt">\glslistinit</code></a><code class="cbeg">\begin{description}</code>}{<code class="cend">\end{description}</code>}
+</pre> Immediately after <code class="code"><code class="cbeg">\begin{theglossary}</code></code> comes the header: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11782"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11783"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glossaryheader"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryheader</code></dfn></code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ For example, the <a id="wrglossary.11784"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longheader"><span class="glostylefmt">longheader</span></a> style has: <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.11785"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryheader"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryheader</code></a>}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\bfseries</code> <a id="wrglossary.11786"></a><a href="#glo:entryname"><code class="csfmt">\entryname</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.11787"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.amp"><code class="code">&amp;</code></a> <code class="cmd">\bfseries</code> <a id="wrglossary.11788"></a><a href="#glo:descriptionname"><code class="csfmt">\descriptionname</code></a><code class="cmd">\tabularnewline</code><code class="cmd">\endhead</code>}
+</pre> (Note that this is not the same as the <a id="wrglossary.11789"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarypreamble">preamble</a> which occurs before the start of the <a id="wrglossary.11790"></a><a href="#glo:env.theglossary"><span class="envfmt">theglossary</span></a> environment and is not part of the style.)<p>
+The rest of the contents of the <a id="wrglossary.11791"></a><a href="#glo:env.theglossary"><span class="envfmt">theglossary</span></a> environment is divided into <a id="wrglossary.11792"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a> blocks. Each block starts with the <a id="wrglossary.11793"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> heading: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11794"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11795"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsgroupheading"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupheading</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Note that the argument is a label that identifies the <a id="wrglossary.11796"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a>. Some <a id="wrglossary.11797"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> redefine this command to do nothing, which means there’s no <a id="wrglossary.11798"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> title displayed. Others, such as <a id="wrglossary.11799"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a>, will obtain the group title from the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span> and format the title to fit the style.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11800"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span> is typically obtained by the <a id="wrglossary.11801"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a>, based on the sort value. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+With Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a>, <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>, <a id="wrglossary.11802"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a> only related to <a id="wrglossary.11803"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">top level (level 0)</a> entries.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11804"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.11805"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package additionally provides <a id="wrglossary.11806"></a><a href="#glo:glssubgroupheading"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glssubgroupheading</code></a> to support sub-<a id="wrglossary.11807"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a>, which are only available with Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.unsrt">5</a>. <a id="wrglossary.11808"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">Glossary styles</a> should only include a redefinition of <a id="wrglossary.11809"></a><a href="#glo:glssubgroupheading"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glssubgroupheading</code></a> if the style is specifically designed for use with <a id="wrglossary.11810"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> as the command won’t be available with just the base <a id="wrglossary.11811"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package. (A default definition will be provided if this command isn’t set with <a id="wrglossary.11812"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.) </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+After the <a id="wrglossary.11813"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> heading, each <a id="wrglossary.11814"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">top level (level 0)</a> <a id="wrglossary.11815"></a><a href="#glo:entryline">entry line</a> within the <a id="wrglossary.11816"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> is formatted with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11817"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11818"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossentry</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">number-list</em>〉</span>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The first argument is the <a id="wrglossary.11819"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry’s</a> label. The second is the <a id="wrglossary.11820"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> that was collated by the <a id="wrglossary.11821"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a>.<p>
+The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">number-list</em>〉</span> argument may be empty or <a id="wrglossary.11822"></a><a href="#glo:relax"><code class="csfmt">\relax</code></a>, or may contain the <a id="wrglossary.11823"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> encapsulated with <a id="wrglossary.11824"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryentrynumbers"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryentrynumbers</code></a>, possibly prefixed with a pre-<a id="wrglossary.11825"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> hook. If <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">number-list</em>〉</span> is an unbraced <a id="wrglossary.11826"></a><a href="#glo:relax"><code class="csfmt">\relax</code></a>, that typically indicates that Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> were used and the entry was a parent that wasn’t <a id="wrglossary.11827"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a> but has been included because it has an <a id="wrglossary.11828"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a> child entry. An empty <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">number-list</em>〉</span> argument is more likely to be a result of Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a>, <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.unsrt">5</a>, in which case nothing can be inferred about whether or not the entry was actually <a id="wrglossary.11829"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a>.<p>
+Each <a id="wrglossary.11830"></a><a href="#glo:entryline">sub-entry line</a> is formatted with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11831"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11832"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:subglossentry"><code class="csfmt">\subglossentry</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">level</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">number-list</em>〉</span>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">level</em>〉</span> is the <a id="wrglossary.11833"></a><a href="#glo:dual.hierarchicallevel">hierarchical level</a>. The other arguments are the same as for <a id="wrglossary.11834"></a><a href="#glo:glossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossentry</code></a>. Some <a id="wrglossary.11835"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> redefine this command to simply use <a id="wrglossary.11836"></a><a href="#glo:glossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossentry</code></a>, in which case the <a id="wrglossary.11837"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> will have a flat (no-hierarchy) appearance, but the <a id="wrglossary.11838"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a> will still take the hierarchy into account when ordering the <a id="wrglossary.11839"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a>.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.11840"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+The <a id="wrglossary.11841"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> should redefine <a id="wrglossary.11842"></a><a href="#glo:glossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossentry</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.11843"></a><a href="#glo:subglossentry"><code class="csfmt">\subglossentry</code></a> to fit the style, but they should not redefine the markup in <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">number-list</em>〉</span>. If the style doesn’t support <a id="wrglossary.11844"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a>, then the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">number-list</em>〉</span> argument should simply be ignored. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.11845"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> will typically redefine <a id="wrglossary.11846"></a><a href="#glo:glossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossentry</code></a> to use <a id="wrglossary.11847"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryitem"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryitem</code></a> to support the <a id="wrglossary.11848"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a> option, <a id="wrglossary.11849"></a><a href="#glo:glstarget"><code class="csfmt">\glstarget</code></a> to create the <a id="wrglossary.11850"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> target, and will use <a id="wrglossary.11851"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a> to format the name.<p>
+Similarly, <a id="wrglossary.11852"></a><a href="#glo:subglossentry"><code class="csfmt">\subglossentry</code></a> will typically start with <a id="wrglossary.11853"></a><a href="#glo:glssubentryitem"><code class="csfmt">\glssubentryitem</code></a> to support the <a id="wrglossary.11854"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a> option. Again <a id="wrglossary.11855"></a><a href="#glo:glstarget"><code class="csfmt">\glstarget</code></a> is needed to create the <a id="wrglossary.11856"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> target. The entry name may be displayed with <a id="wrglossary.11857"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a> or may be omitted to support <a id="wrglossary.11858"></a><a href="#glo:dual.homograph">homographs</a>.<p>
+Between each <a id="wrglossary.11859"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a> block (that is, before all instances of <a id="wrglossary.11860"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupheading"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupheading</code></a> except for the first one) is the <a id="wrglossary.11861"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> skip: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11862"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.11863"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsgroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupskip</code></dfn></code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Some <a id="wrglossary.11864"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> redefine this to do nothing, but some may define it to create a vertical gap in order to visually separate the <a id="wrglossary.11865"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter groups</a>. Most of the predefined styles use the <a id="wrglossary.11866"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsnogroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsnogroupskip</code></a> conditional within this command to determine whether or not to add the gap.<p>
+For example, the <a id="wrglossary.11867"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.list"><span class="glostylefmt">list</span></a> style defines <a id="wrglossary.11868"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupskip</code></a> as follows: <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.11869"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupskip</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.11870"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsnogroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsnogroupskip</code></a><code class="cmd">\else</code><a id="wrglossary.11871"></a><a href="#glo:indexspace"><code class="csfmt">\indexspace</code></a><code class="cmd">\fi</code>}</pre> This has the conditional inside the definition of <a id="wrglossary.11872"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupskip</code></a> which allows it to be changed after the style has been set. This causes a problem for tabular-like styles, so those need to have the conditional outside of the definition. For example, the <a id="wrglossary.11873"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">long-booktabs</span></a> style has: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.11874"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsnogroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsnogroupskip</code></a>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.11875"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupskip</code></a>}{}<span class="comment">% </span>
+<code class="cmd">\else</code>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.11876"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupskip</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.11877"></a><a href="#glo:glspenaltygroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glspenaltygroupskip</code></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+<code class="cmd">\fi</code>
+</pre> This requires the conditional to be set before the style definitions are performed.<p>
+<div class="example" id="sec:exnewstyle"><div class="title">Example 34: Creating a completely new style</div><p>
+If you want a completely new style, you will need to redefine all of the commands and the environment listed above in this section. <p>
+For example, suppose you want each entry to start with a bullet point. This means that the <a id="wrglossary.11878"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> should be placed in the <a id="wrglossary.11879"></a><a href="#glo:env.itemize"><span class="envfmt">itemize</span></a> environment, so <a id="wrglossary.11880"></a><a href="#glo:env.theglossary"><span class="envfmt">theglossary</span></a> should start and end that environment. Let’s also suppose that you don’t want anything between the glossary <a id="wrglossary.11881"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a> (so <a id="wrglossary.11882"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupheading"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupheading</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.11883"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupskip</code></a> should do nothing) and suppose you don’t want anything to appear immediately after <code class="code"><code class="cbeg">\begin{theglossary}</code></code> (so <a id="wrglossary.11884"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryheader"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryheader</code></a> should do nothing). In addition, let’s suppose the symbol should appear in brackets after the name, followed by the description and last of all the <a id="wrglossary.11885"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> should appear within square brackets at the end. Then you can create this new <a id="wrglossary.11886"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a>, called, say, <span class="optfmt">mylist</span>, as follows: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11887"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.11888"></a><a href="#glo:newglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\newglossarystyle</code></a>{mylist}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% put the glossary in the itemize environment:</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewenvironment</code>{<a id="wrglossary.11889"></a><a href="#glo:env.theglossary"><span class="envfmt">theglossary</span></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<code class="cbeg">\begin{itemize}</code>}{<code class="cend">\end{itemize}</code>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% no header after <code class="cbeg">\begin{theglossary}</code></span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.11890"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryheader"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryheader</code></a>}{}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% no visual distinction between glossary <a id="wrglossary.11891"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a>:</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.11892"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupheading"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupheading</code></a>}[1]{}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.11893"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupskip</code></a>}{}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% set how each entry should appear:</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.11894"></a><a href="#glo:glossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossentry</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11895"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a> <span class="comment">% bullet point</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11896"></a><a href="#glo:glstarget"><code class="csfmt">\glstarget</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11897"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}{<a id="wrglossary.11898"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11899"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<span class="comment">% the entry name</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11900"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a> (<a id="wrglossary.11901"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrysymbol</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11902"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1})<span class="comment">% the symbol in brackets</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11903"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.11904"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrydesc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11905"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<span class="comment">% the description</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11906"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a> [<a id="wrglossary.11907"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2]<span class="comment">% the number list in square brackets</span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% set how sub-entries appear:</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.11908"></a><a href="#glo:subglossentry"><code class="csfmt">\subglossentry</code></a>}[3]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11909"></a><a href="#glo:glossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossentry</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11910"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}{<a id="wrglossary.11911"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>3}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }
+</pre> Note that this style creates a flat glossary, where sub-entries are displayed in exactly the same way as the top level entries. It also hasn’t used <a id="wrglossary.11912"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryitem"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryitem</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.11913"></a><a href="#glo:glssubentryitem"><code class="csfmt">\glssubentryitem</code></a> so it won’t be affected by the <a id="wrglossary.11914"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.11915"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counterwithin"><span class="styoptfmt">counterwithin</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.11916"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a> package options.<p>
+Variations:
+<ul class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>You might want the entry name to start with a capital, in which case use <a id="wrglossary.11917"></a><a href="#glo:Glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\Glossentryname</code></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.11918"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a>.<p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>You might want to check if the symbol hasn’t been set and omit the parentheses if the symbol is absent. In this case you can use <a id="wrglossary.11919"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshassymbol"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshassymbol</code></a> (see §<a href="#sec:utilities">15</a>): <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11920"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.11921"></a><a href="#glo:glossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossentry</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11922"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a> <span class="comment">% bullet point</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11923"></a><a href="#glo:glstarget"><code class="csfmt">\glstarget</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11924"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}{<a id="wrglossary.11925"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11926"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<span class="comment">% the entry name</span>
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.11927"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshassymbol"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshassymbol</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11928"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}</strong><span class="comment">% check if symbol exists</span>
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11929"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a> (<a id="wrglossary.11930"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrysymbol</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11931"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1})<span class="comment">% the symbol in brackets</span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {}<span class="comment">% no symbol so do nothing</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11932"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.11933"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrydesc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11934"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<span class="comment">% the description</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11935"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a> [<a id="wrglossary.11936"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2]<span class="comment">% the number list in square brackets</span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+</pre>
+</ul>
+ </div><p>
+<div class="example" id="sec:exadaptstyle"><div class="title">Example 35: Creating a new glossary style based on an existing style</div><p>
+If you want to define a new style that is a slightly modified version of an existing style, you can use <a id="wrglossary.11937"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a> within the second argument of <a id="wrglossary.11938"></a><a href="#glo:newglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\newglossarystyle</code></a> followed by whatever alterations you require. For example, suppose you want a style like the <a id="wrglossary.11939"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.list"><span class="glostylefmt">list</span></a> style but you don’t want the extra vertical space created by <a id="wrglossary.11940"></a><a href="#glo:indexspace"><code class="csfmt">\indexspace</code></a> between <a id="wrglossary.11941"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a>, then you can create a new <a id="wrglossary.11942"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> called, say, <span class="optfmt">mylist</span> as follows: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11943"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newglossarystyle</code>{mylist}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11944"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11945"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.list"><span class="glostylefmt">list</span></a>}<span class="comment">% base this style on the list style</span>
+ <span class="comment">% make nothing happen between <a id="wrglossary.11946"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a>:</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.11947"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupskip</code></a>}{}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre> (In this case, you can actually achieve the same effect using the <a id="wrglossary.11948"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.list"><span class="glostylefmt">list</span></a> style in combination with the package option <a id="wrglossary.11949"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a>.) </div><p>
+<div class="example" id="sec:exuserstyle"><div class="title">Example 36: Example: creating a glossary style that uses the <span class="csoptfmt">user1</span>, …, <span class="csoptfmt">user6</span> keys</div><p>
+Suppose each <a id="wrglossary.11950"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> not only has an associated symbol, but also units (stored in <a id="wrglossary.11951"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a>) and dimension (stored in <a id="wrglossary.11952"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user2"><span class="csoptfmt">user2</span></a>). Then you can define a <a id="wrglossary.11953"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> that displays each entry in a <a id="wrglossary.11954"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> as follows: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.11955"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.11956"></a><a href="#glo:newglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\newglossarystyle</code></a>{long6col}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% put the glossary in a <a id="wrglossary.11957"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> environment:</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewenvironment</code>{<a id="wrglossary.11958"></a><a href="#glo:env.theglossary"><span class="envfmt">theglossary</span></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<code class="cbeg">\begin{longtable}</code>{lp{<a id="wrglossary.11959"></a><a href="#glo:glsdescwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glsdescwidth</code></a>}cccp{<a id="wrglossary.11960"></a><a href="#glo:glspagelistwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glspagelistwidth</code></a>}}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<code class="cend">\end{longtable}</code>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% Set the table's header:</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.11961"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryheader"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryheader</code></a>}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11962"></a><a href="#glo:bfseries"><code class="csfmt">\bfseries</code></a> Term <a id="wrglossary.11963"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.amp"><code class="code">&amp;</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.11964"></a><a href="#glo:bfseries"><code class="csfmt">\bfseries</code></a> Description <a id="wrglossary.11965"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.amp"><code class="code">&amp;</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.11966"></a><a href="#glo:bfseries"><code class="csfmt">\bfseries</code></a> Symbol <a id="wrglossary.11967"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.amp"><code class="code">&amp;</code></a>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11968"></a><a href="#glo:bfseries"><code class="csfmt">\bfseries</code></a> Units <a id="wrglossary.11969"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.amp"><code class="code">&amp;</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.11970"></a><a href="#glo:bfseries"><code class="csfmt">\bfseries</code></a> Dimensions <a id="wrglossary.11971"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.amp"><code class="code">&amp;</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.11972"></a><a href="#glo:bfseries"><code class="csfmt">\bfseries</code></a> Page List
+ <a id="wrglossary.11973"></a><a href="#glo:cs.bsl"><code class="csfmt">\\</code></a><code class="cmd">\endhead</code>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% No heading between <a id="wrglossary.11974"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a>:</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.11975"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupheading"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupheading</code></a>}[1]{}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.11976"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">top level (level 0)</a> entries displayed in a row optionally numbered:</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.11977"></a><a href="#glo:glossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossentry</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11978"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryitem"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryitem</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11979"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<span class="comment">% Entry number if required</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11980"></a><a href="#glo:glstarget"><code class="csfmt">\glstarget</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11981"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}{<a id="wrglossary.11982"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11983"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}<span class="comment">% Name</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11984"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.amp"><code class="code">&amp;</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.11985"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrydesc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11986"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<span class="comment">% Description</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11987"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.amp"><code class="code">&amp;</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.11988"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrysymbol</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11989"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<span class="comment">% Symbol</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11990"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.amp"><code class="code">&amp;</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.11991"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryuseri"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuseri</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11992"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<span class="comment">% Units</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11993"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.amp"><code class="code">&amp;</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.11994"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryuserii"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuserii</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.11995"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<span class="comment">% Dimensions</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11996"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.amp"><code class="code">&amp;</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.11997"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<span class="comment">% Page list</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\tabularnewline</code> <span class="comment">% end of row</span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% Similarly for sub-entries (no sub-entry numbers)</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.11998"></a><a href="#glo:subglossentry"><code class="csfmt">\subglossentry</code></a>}[3]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% ignoring first argument (sub-level)</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.11999"></a><a href="#glo:glstarget"><code class="csfmt">\glstarget</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.12000"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}{<a id="wrglossary.12001"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.12002"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}}<span class="comment">% Name</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.12003"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.amp"><code class="code">&amp;</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.12004"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrydesc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.12005"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<span class="comment">% Description</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.12006"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.amp"><code class="code">&amp;</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.12007"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrysymbol</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.12008"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<span class="comment">% Symbol</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.12009"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.amp"><code class="code">&amp;</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.12010"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryuseri"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuseri</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.12011"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<span class="comment">% Units</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.12012"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.amp"><code class="code">&amp;</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.12013"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryuserii"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuserii</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.12014"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2}<span class="comment">% Dimensions</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.12015"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.amp"><code class="code">&amp;</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.12016"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>3<span class="comment">% Page list</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\tabularnewline</code> <span class="comment">% end of row</span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% Nothing between <a id="wrglossary.12017"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a>:</span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.12018"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupskip</code></a>}{}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre> </div><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:glossarystylecmds -->
+
+<section id="sec:xindy"><!-- start of section sec:xindy --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->14. Xindy (Option 3)<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:xindy">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.12019"></a><a id="wrglossary.12020"></a>If you want to use <a id="wrglossary.12021"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> to sort the <a id="wrglossary.12022"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, you must use the package option <a id="wrglossary.12023"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12024"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.12025"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a>]{glossaries}
+</pre> This ensures that the information is written to the <a id="wrglossary.12026"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing files</a> using <a id="wrglossary.12027"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span>’s</a> raw syntax.<p>
+§<a href="#sec:makeglossaries">1.6</a> covers how to use the external <a id="wrglossary.12028"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a>, and §<a href="#sec:locationsyntax">12.3</a> covers the issues involved in the <a id="wrglossary.12029"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> syntax. This section covers the commands provided by the <a id="wrglossary.12030"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package that allow you to adjust the <a id="wrglossary.12031"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> style file (<a id="wrglossary.12032"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a>) and parameters.<p>
+To assist writing information to the <a id="wrglossary.12033"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> style file, the <a id="wrglossary.12034"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package provides the following commands: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12035"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12036"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsopenbrace"><code class="csfmt">\glsopenbrace</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which expands to <a id="wrglossary.12037"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.bg"></a> (a literal open brace) and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12038"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12039"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsclosebrace"><code class="csfmt">\glsclosebrace</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which expands to <a id="wrglossary.12040"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.eg"></a> (a literal closing brace). This is needed because <a id="wrglossary.12041"></a><a href="#glo:cs.openbrace"><code class="csfmt">\{</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.12042"></a><a href="#glo:cs.closebrace"><code class="csfmt">\}</code></a> don’t expand to a simple brace character when written to a file.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12043"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12044"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glspercentchar"><code class="csfmt">\glspercentchar</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to <a id="wrglossary.12045"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.pc"></a> (a literal percent).<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12046"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12047"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glstildechar"><code class="csfmt">\glstildechar</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to <a id="wrglossary.12048"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.tilde"><code class="code">~</code></a> (a literal tilde).<p>
+For example, a newline character is specified in a <a id="wrglossary.12049"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> style file using <a id="wrglossary.12050"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.tilden"><code class="code">~n</code></a> so you can use <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.12051"></a><a href="#glo:glstildechar"><code class="csfmt">\glstildechar</code></a> n</code> to write this correctly (or you can do <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.12052"></a><a href="#glo:string"><code class="csfmt">\string</code></a><a id="wrglossary.12053"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.tilde"><code class="code">~</code> (literal)</a>n</code>).<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12054"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12055"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsbackslash"><code class="csfmt">\glsbackslash</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to <a id="wrglossary.12056"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.bksl"><code class="code">\</code></a> (a literal tilde).<p>
+In addition, if you are using a package that makes <a id="wrglossary.12057"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.dblquote"><code class="code">"</code> (double-quote)</a> active you can use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12058"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12059"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsquote"><code class="csfmt">\glsquote</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which will produce <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.12060"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.dblquote"><code class="code">"</code></a><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span><a id="wrglossary.12061"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.dblquote"><code class="code">"</code></a></code>, where <a id="wrglossary.12062"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.dblquote"><code class="code">"</code></a> is a literal character. Alternatively, you can use <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.12063"></a><a href="#glo:string"><code class="csfmt">\string</code></a><a id="wrglossary.12064"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.dblquote"><code class="code">"</code></a></code> to write the double-quote character. This document assumes that the double quote character has not been made active, so the examples just use <a id="wrglossary.12065"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.dblquote"><code class="code">"</code></a> for clarity.<p>
+If you want greater control over the <a id="wrglossary.12066"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> style file than is available through the LaTeX commands provided by the <a id="wrglossary.12067"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package, you will need to edit the <a id="wrglossary.12068"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> style file. In which case, you must use <a id="wrglossary.12069"></a><a href="#glo:noist"><code class="csfmt">\noist</code></a> to prevent the style file from being overwritten by <a id="wrglossary.12070"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> package. For additional information about <a id="wrglossary.12071"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>, read the <a id="wrglossary.12072"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> documentation. I’m sorry I can’t provide any assistance with writing <a id="wrglossary.12073"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> style files. If you need help, I recommend you ask on the <a id="wrglossary.12074"></a><span class="appfmt">xindy</span> <a href="http://xindy.sourceforge.net/mailing-list.html">mailing list</a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:xindy -->
+
+<section id="sec:xdystyles"><!-- start of section sec:xdystyles --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->14.1. Required Styles<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:xdystyles">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.12075"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> file created by <a id="wrglossary.12076"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> starts with identifying the required styles. By default, the <span class="optfmt">tex</span> style is automatically added, so the <a id="wrglossary.12077"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> file should contain: <pre class="compactcodebox">; required styles
+
+(require "tex.xdy")
+</pre> Any additional styles can be identified in the <a id="wrglossary.12078"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a> (before <a id="wrglossary.12079"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>) with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12080"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12081"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GlsAddXdyStyle"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyStyle</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The styles are all stored as a comma-separated list, so you can list multiple styles within the argument, but avoid spurious spaces. You can reset the style list (for example, if a style needs to be identified before <span class="filefmt">tex.xdy</span>) with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12082"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12083"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GlsSetXdyStyles"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyStyles</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style name list</em>〉</span>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The argument should be a comma-separated list where, again, you need to make sure there are no spurious spaces.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:xdystyles -->
+
+<section id="sec:langenc"><!-- start of section sec:langenc --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->14.2. Language and Encodings<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:langenc">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12084"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+The commands in this section are only relevant if you use <a id="wrglossary.12085"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.12086"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a>. If you are calling <a id="wrglossary.12087"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> explicitly you need to set the <a id="wrglossary.12088"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.L"><span class="shortargfmt">-L</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.12089"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.C"><span class="shortargfmt">-C</span></a> switches appropriately. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+When you use <a id="wrglossary.12090"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>, you need to specify the language and encoding used (unless you have written your own custom <a id="wrglossary.12091"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> style file that defines the relevant alphabet and sort rules). If you use <a id="wrglossary.12092"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>, this information is obtained from the document’s auxiliary (<a id="wrglossary.12093"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a>) file. The <a id="wrglossary.12094"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> script attempts to find the <a id="wrglossary.12095"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> language name given your document settings, which may not match the <a id="wrglossary.12096"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.12097"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.polyglossia"><span class="styfmt">polyglossia</span></a> name, using set of known mappings. <p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12098"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+Language mappings aren’t supported with <a id="wrglossary.12099"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.12100"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+The default is to use <a id="wrglossary.12101"></a><a href="#glo:languagename"><code class="csfmt">\languagename</code></a>. The information is written to the <a id="wrglossary.12102"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file at the start of <a id="wrglossary.12103"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>, which means that it should match the language in the document at that point.<p>
+In the event that <a id="wrglossary.12104"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> gets the language name wrong or if <a id="wrglossary.12105"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> doesn’t support that language, then you can specify the required language using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12106"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12107"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GlsSetXdyLanguage"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-type</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">language</em>〉</span>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">language</em>〉</span> is the name of the language. The optional argument can be used if you have multiple <a id="wrglossary.12108"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> in different languages. If <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary type</em>〉</span> is omitted, <a id="wrglossary.12109"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a> is assumed. If a language hasn’t been set for a particular <a id="wrglossary.12110"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> then the language will be as for the default glossary.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12111"></a><a href="#glo:sym.information"><span title="Information" class="icon">🛈</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+The <a id="wrglossary.12112"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.12113"></a><dfn id="glo:idx.codepage">codepage</dfn> may not simply be the file <a id="wrglossary.12114"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a> but may also include sorting rules. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+The default <a id="wrglossary.12115"></a><a href="#glo:idx.codepage">codepage</a> will be obtained from the value of <a id="wrglossary.12116"></a><a href="#glo:inputencodingname"><code class="csfmt">\inputencodingname</code></a>. If that command isn’t defined or is empty, <code class="code">utf8</code> is assumed. As with <a id="wrglossary.12117"></a><a href="#glo:languagename"><code class="csfmt">\languagename</code></a>, the input <a id="wrglossary.12118"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a> name obtained with <a id="wrglossary.12119"></a><a href="#glo:inputencodingname"><code class="csfmt">\inputencodingname</code></a> may not match the <a id="wrglossary.12120"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.12121"></a><a href="#glo:idx.codepage">codepage</a> name, which may include additional information, such as <code class="code">ij-as-ij</code> (with Dutch) or <code class="code">din5007</code> (with German).<p>
+Again, <a id="wrglossary.12122"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> will try to adjust the <a id="wrglossary.12123"></a><a href="#glo:idx.codepage">codepage</a> for known cases, but it may get it wrong. Neither <a id="wrglossary.12124"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a> nor the <a id="wrglossary.12125"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a> option will make those adjustments.<p>
+If the default is incorrect, you can specify the correct <a id="wrglossary.12126"></a><a href="#glo:idx.codepage">codepage</a> using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12127"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12128"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GlsSetXdyCodePage"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyCodePage</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">codepage</em>〉</span>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">code-page</em>〉</span> is the name of the <a id="wrglossary.12129"></a><a href="#glo:idx.codepage">codepage</a>. Note there’s only one <a id="wrglossary.12130"></a><a href="#glo:idx.codepage">codepage</a> for all <a id="wrglossary.12131"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> as it’s rare to switch <a id="wrglossary.12132"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a> mid-document. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12133"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.12134"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyLanguage"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</code></a>{dutch}
+<a id="wrglossary.12135"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyCodePage"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyCodePage</code></a>{ij-as-y-utf8}
+</pre> This can also be implemented as a package option: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12136"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.12137"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.12138"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy.language"><span class="optfmt">language</span></a><span class="optfmt">=dutch</span></span>,<a id="wrglossary.12139"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy.codepage"><span class="optfmt">codepage</span></a><span class="optfmt">=ij-as-y-utf8</span>]{glossaries}
+</pre><p>
+In the event that you want one <a id="wrglossary.12140"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> sorted with <code class="code">ij-as-y</code> and another with <code class="code">ij-as-ij</code> you will need to call <a id="wrglossary.12141"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> explicitly for each <a id="wrglossary.12142"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.12143"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Some <a id="wrglossary.12144"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> modules only support one encoding for a particular language. For example, the Latin language module only supports <a id="wrglossary.12145"></a><a href="#glo:dual.utf8">UTF-8</a> </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+If you write your own custom <a id="wrglossary.12146"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> style file that includes the language settings, you need to set the language to nothing: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12147"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.12148"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyLanguage"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</code></a>{}
+</pre> (and remember to use <a id="wrglossary.12149"></a><a href="#glo:noist"><code class="csfmt">\noist</code></a> to prevent the style file from being overwritten).<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:langenc -->
+
+<section id="sec:xindyloc"><!-- start of section sec:xindyloc --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->14.3. Locations and Number lists<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:xindyloc">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+If you use <a id="wrglossary.12150"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>, the <a id="wrglossary.12151"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package needs to know which <a id="wrglossary.12152"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@locationcounter">counters</a> you will be using in the <a id="wrglossary.12153"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> in order to correctly format the <a id="wrglossary.12154"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> style file. Counters specified using the <a id="wrglossary.12155"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></a> package option or the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span> option of <a id="wrglossary.12156"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a> are automatically taken care of, but if you plan to use a different counter in the <a id="wrglossary.12157"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.counter"><span class="csoptfmt">counter</span></a> key for the <a id="wrglossary.12158"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> or <a id="wrglossary.12159"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands, then you need to identify these counters <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">before</span> <a id="wrglossary.12160"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12161"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12162"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GlsAddXdyCounters"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyCounters</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter list</em>〉</span>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter list</em>〉</span> is a comma-separated list of counter names.<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.12163"></a><dfn id="glo:idx.xindyattr">Xindy attributes</dfn> normally correspond to the <a id="wrglossary.12164"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a> when using the standard <a id="wrglossary.12165"></a><a href="#glo:index"><code class="csfmt">\index</code></a> command where the <a id="wrglossary.12166"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> are all page numbers, but the <a id="wrglossary.12167"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package needs to incorporate the <a id="wrglossary.12168"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationcounter">location counter</a> as well. For example, if the <a id="wrglossary.12169"></a><a href="#glo:hyperbf"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperbf</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.12170"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a> is used with the <a id="wrglossary.12171"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.section"><span class="ctrfmt">section</span></a> counter, then the <a id="wrglossary.12172"></a><a href="#glo:idx.xindyattr">xindy attribute</a> will be <code class="code">sectionhyperbf</code>. This is in contrast to using <a id="wrglossary.12173"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>, where the counter is incorporated in the <a id="wrglossary.12174"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a> with <a id="wrglossary.12175"></a><a href="#glo:setentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\setentrycounter</code></a>.<p>
+The most likely <a id="wrglossary.12176"></a><a href="#glo:idx.xindyattr">xindy attributes</a> (such as <code class="code">pagehyperbf</code>) are automatically added to the <a id="wrglossary.12177"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> style file, but if you want to use another <a id="wrglossary.12178"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a>, you need to add it with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12179"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12180"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GlsAddXdyAttribute"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span> is the name of the <a id="wrglossary.12181"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a>, as used in the <a id="wrglossary.12182"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a> key. <p>
+Note that <a id="wrglossary.12183"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyAttribute"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</code></a> will define commands in the form: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12184"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12185"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsXcounterXformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsX<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>X<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">format</em>〉</span></code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">H-prefix</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span> is the <a id="wrglossary.12186"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationcounter">location counter</a> and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">format</em>〉</span> is the <a id="wrglossary.12187"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a> (identified by the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span> argument of <a id="wrglossary.12188"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyAttribute"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</code></a>).<p>
+This command is provided for each counter that has been identified either by the <a id="wrglossary.12189"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></a> package option, the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span> option for <a id="wrglossary.12190"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a> or in the argument of <a id="wrglossary.12191"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyCounters"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyCounters</code></a>. Each command has a definition in the form: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.12192"></a><a href="#glo:setentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\setentrycounter</code></a>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">H-prefix</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>}<code class="csfmt">\<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">format</em>〉</span></code>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> This ensures that, if required, location <a id="wrglossary.12193"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> can be supported.<p>
+<div class="warning"><div class="warningtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12194"></a><a href="#glo:sym.warning"><span title="Warning" class="icon">⚠</span></a></div><!-- end of warningtitle -->
+The <a id="wrglossary.12195"></a><a href="#glo:glsXcounterXformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsX<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>X<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">format</em>〉</span></code></a> commands may need redefining for unusual <a id="wrglossary.12196"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> where the default definition won’t work with <a id="wrglossary.12197"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> (see Example <a href="#ex:dice">39</a>). </div><!-- end of warning -->
+<p>
+Take care if you have multiple instances of the same <a id="wrglossary.12198"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> with different formats. The duplicate <a id="wrglossary.12199"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> will be discarded according to the order in which the <a id="wrglossary.12200"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@xindyattr">attributes</a> are listed. Consider defining semantic commands to use for primary references. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12201"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\primary</code>}[1]{<a id="wrglossary.12202"></a><a href="#glo:hyperbf"><code class="csfmt">\hyperbf</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.12203"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a>1}}
+<a id="wrglossary.12204"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyAttribute"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</code></a>{primary}
+</pre> Then in the document: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12205"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>A <a id="wrglossary.12206"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.12207"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=primary</span>]{duck} is an aquatic bird.
+There are lots of different types of <a id="wrglossary.12208"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{duck}.
+</pre> This will give the <a id="wrglossary.12209"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=primary</span> instance preference over the next use that doesn’t use the <a id="wrglossary.12210"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a> key.<p>
+<div class="example" id="ex:hyperbfit"><div class="title">Example 37: Custom Font for Displaying a Location</div> Suppose I want a bold, italic, hyperlinked location. I first need to define a command that will do this: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12211"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\hyperbfit</code>}[1]{<a id="wrglossary.12212"></a><a href="#glo:textit"><code class="csfmt">\textit</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.12213"></a><a href="#glo:hyperbf"><code class="csfmt">\hyperbf</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.12214"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a>1}}}
+</pre> but with <a id="wrglossary.12215"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>, I also need to add this as an allowed <a id="wrglossary.12216"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@xindyattr">attribute</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12217"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.12218"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyAttribute"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</code></a>{hyperbfit}
+</pre> Now I can use it in the optional argument of commands like <a id="wrglossary.12219"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12220"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>Here is a <a id="wrglossary.12221"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.12222"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a>hyperbfit]{sample} entry.
+</pre> (where <span class="qt">“sample”</span> is the label of the required entry). </div><p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.12223"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Note that <a id="wrglossary.12224"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyAttribute"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</code></a> has no effect if <a id="wrglossary.12225"></a><a href="#glo:noist"><code class="csfmt">\noist</code></a> is used or if <a id="wrglossary.12226"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> is omitted. <a id="wrglossary.12227"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyAttribute"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</code></a> must be used before <a id="wrglossary.12228"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>. Additionally, <a id="wrglossary.12229"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyCounters"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyCounters</code></a> must come before <a id="wrglossary.12230"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyAttribute"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</code></a>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+If the <a id="wrglossary.12231"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> include robust or protected formatting commands, then you need to add a location style using the appropriate <a id="wrglossary.12232"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> syntax using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12233"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12234"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GlsAddXdyLocation"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyLocation</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">H-prefix</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">definition</em>〉</span>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span> is the name of the location style and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">definition</em>〉</span> is the <a id="wrglossary.12235"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> definition. The optional argument <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">H-prefix</em>〉</span> is needed if <a id="wrglossary.12236"></a><a href="#glo:theHcounter"><code class="csfmt">\theH<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span></code></a> either isn’t defined or is different from <a id="wrglossary.12237"></a><a href="#glo:thecounter"><code class="csfmt">\the<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span></code></a>. Be sure to also read §<a href="#sec:locationsyntax">12.3</a> for some issues that you may encounter.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.12238"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Note that <a id="wrglossary.12239"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyLocation"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyLocation</code></a> has no effect if <a id="wrglossary.12240"></a><a href="#glo:noist"><code class="csfmt">\noist</code></a> is used or if <a id="wrglossary.12241"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> is omitted. <a id="wrglossary.12242"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyLocation"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyLocation</code></a> must be used before <a id="wrglossary.12243"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+<div class="example" id="ex:customloc"><div class="title">Example 38: Custom Numbering System for Locations</div> Suppose I decide to use a somewhat eccentric numbering system for sections where I redefine <a id="wrglossary.12244"></a><a href="#glo:thecounter"><code class="csfmt">\thesection</code></a> as follows: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12245"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.12246"></a><a href="#glo:thecounter"><code class="csfmt">\thesection</code></a>}{[<a id="wrglossary.12247"></a><a href="#glo:thecounter"><code class="csfmt">\thechapter</code></a>]<a id="wrglossary.12248"></a><a href="#glo:arabic"><code class="csfmt">\arabic</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.12249"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.section"><span class="ctrfmt">section</span></a>}}
+</pre> If I haven’t used the package option <a id="wrglossary.12250"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=section</span>, then I need to specify that the <a id="wrglossary.12251"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.section"><span class="ctrfmt">section</span></a> counter will be used as a <a id="wrglossary.12252"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationcounter">location counter</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12253"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.12254"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyCounters"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyCounters</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.12255"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.section"><span class="ctrfmt">section</span></a>}
+</pre> Next I need to add the location syntax: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12256"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.12257"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyLocation"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyLocation</code></a>{section}{:sep "[" "arabic-numbers" :sep "]"
+ "arabic-numbers"
+}
+</pre> This assumes that <a id="wrglossary.12258"></a><a href="#glo:thecounter"><code class="csfmt">\thechapter</code></a> is defined as <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.12259"></a><a href="#glo:arabic"><code class="csfmt">\arabic</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.12260"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.chapter"><span class="ctrfmt">chapter</span></a>}</code>.<p>
+Note that if I have further decided to use the <a id="wrglossary.12261"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> package and want to redefine <a id="wrglossary.12262"></a><a href="#glo:theHcounter"><code class="csfmt">\theHsection</code></a> as: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12263"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.12264"></a><a href="#glo:theHcounter"><code class="csfmt">\theHsection</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.12265"></a><a href="#glo:thecounter"><code class="csfmt">\thepart</code></a>.<a id="wrglossary.12266"></a><a href="#glo:thecounter"><code class="csfmt">\thesection</code></a>}
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.12267"></a><a href="#glo:thecounter"><code class="csfmt">\thepart</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.12268"></a><a href="#glo:Roman"><code class="csfmt">\Roman</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.12269"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.part"><span class="ctrfmt">part</span></a>}}
+</pre> then I need to modify the <a id="wrglossary.12270"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyLocation"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyLocation</code></a> code above to: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12271"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.12272"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyLocation"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyLocation</code></a>["roman-numbers-uppercase"]{section}{:sep "["
+ "arabic-numbers" :sep "]" "arabic-numbers"
+}
+</pre> Since <a id="wrglossary.12273"></a><a href="#glo:Roman"><code class="csfmt">\Roman</code></a> will result in an empty string if the counter is zero, it’s a good idea to add an extra location to catch this: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12274"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.12275"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyLocation"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyLocation</code></a>{zero.section}{:sep "["
+ "arabic-numbers" :sep "]" "arabic-numbers"
+}
+</pre> This example is illustrated in the sample file <a id="wrglossary.12276"></a><a href="#glo:file.samplexdy2.tex"><span class="filefmt">samplexdy2.tex</span></a>. </div><p>
+<div class="example" id="ex:dice"><div class="title">Example 39: Locations as Dice</div> This example will cause <a id="wrglossary.12277"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> special characters to appear in the <a id="wrglossary.12278"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a>, which means that location escaping will need to be enabled: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12279"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.12280"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.12281"></a><a href="#glo:opt.esclocations"><span class="styoptfmt">esclocations</span></a>]{glossaries}
+<a id="wrglossary.12282"></a><a href="#glo:glswrallowprimitivemodstrue"><code class="csfmt">\glswrallowprimitivemodstrue</code></a>
+</pre><p>
+Suppose I want a rather eccentric page numbering system that’s represented by the number of dots on dice. The <a id="wrglossary.12283"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.stix"><span class="styfmt">stix</span></a> package provides <a id="wrglossary.12284"></a><a href="#glo:dicei"><code class="csfmt">\dicei</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.12285"></a><a id="wrglossary.12286"></a><a id="wrglossary.12287"></a><a id="wrglossary.12288"></a>…, <a id="wrglossary.12289"></a><a href="#glo:dicevi"><code class="csfmt">\dicevi</code></a> that represent the six sides of a die. I can define a command that takes a number as its argument. If the number is less than seven, the appropriate <code class="csfmt">\dice<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">n</em>〉</span></code> command is used otherwise it does <a id="wrglossary.12290"></a><a href="#glo:dicevi"><code class="csfmt">\dicevi</code></a> the required number of times with the leftover in a final <code class="csfmt">\dice<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">n</em>〉</span></code>. For example, the number 16 is represented by <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.12291"></a><a href="#glo:dicevi"><code class="csfmt">\dicevi</code></a><a id="wrglossary.12292"></a><a href="#glo:dicevi"><code class="csfmt">\dicevi</code></a><a id="wrglossary.12293"></a><a href="#glo:diceiv"><code class="csfmt">\diceiv</code></a></code> (\(6+6+4=16\)). I’ve called this command <code class="cmd">\tallynum</code> to match the example given earlier in §<a href="#sec:locationsyntax">12.3</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12294"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newrobustcmd</code>{<code class="cmd">\tallynum</code>}[1]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\ifnum</code><code class="cmd">\number</code><a id="wrglossary.12295"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a>1&lt;7
+ $<code class="cmd">\csname</code> dice<code class="cmd">\romannumeral</code><a id="wrglossary.12296"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a>1<code class="cmd">\endcsname</code>$<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\else</code>
+ $<a id="wrglossary.12297"></a><a href="#glo:dicevi"><code class="csfmt">\dicevi</code></a>$<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\expandafter</code><code class="cmd">\tallynum</code><code class="cmd">\expandafter</code>{<code class="cmd">\numexpr</code><a id="wrglossary.12298"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a>1-6}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\fi</code>
+}
+</pre> Here’s the counter command: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12299"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\tally</code>}[1]{<code class="cmd">\tallynum</code>{<a id="wrglossary.12300"></a><a href="#glo:arabic"><code class="csfmt">\arabic</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.12301"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a>1}}}
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.12302"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.page"><span class="ctrfmt">page</span></a> counter representation (<a id="wrglossary.12303"></a><a href="#glo:thecounter"><code class="csfmt">\thepage</code></a>) needs to be changed to use this command: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12304"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.12305"></a><a href="#glo:thecounter"><code class="csfmt">\thepage</code></a>}{<code class="cmd">\tally</code>{<a id="wrglossary.12306"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.page"><span class="ctrfmt">page</span></a>}}
+</pre> The <code class="cmd">\tally</code> command expands to <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\tallynum</span> {number}</code> so this needs a location class that <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">exactly</span> matches this format: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12307"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.12308"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyLocation"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyLocation</code></a>{tally}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ :sep "<code class="cmd">\string</code><code class="cmd">\tallynum</code><a id="wrglossary.12309"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a><a id="wrglossary.12310"></a><a href="#glo:glsopenbrace"><code class="csfmt">\glsopenbrace</code></a>"
+ "arabic-numbers"
+ :sep "<a id="wrglossary.12311"></a><a href="#glo:glsclosebrace"><code class="csfmt">\glsclosebrace</code></a>"
+}
+</pre> The space between <code class="cmd">\tallynum</code> and {number} is significant to <a id="wrglossary.12312"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> so <a id="wrglossary.12313"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a> is required.<p>
+The sample file <a id="wrglossary.12314"></a><a href="#glo:file.samplexdy.tex"><span class="filefmt">samplexdy.tex</span></a>, which comes with the <a id="wrglossary.12315"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package, uses the default <a id="wrglossary.12316"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.page"><span class="ctrfmt">page</span></a> counter for <a id="wrglossary.12317"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a>, and it uses the default <a id="wrglossary.12318"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumberformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumberformat</code></a> and a custom <code class="cmd">\hyperbfit</code> format. A new <a id="wrglossary.12319"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> location called <span class="qt">“tallynum”</span>, as illustrated above, is defined to make the page numbers appear as dice. In order for the location numbers to hyperlink to the relevant pages, I need to redefine the necessary <a id="wrglossary.12320"></a><a href="#glo:glsXcounterXformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsX<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>X<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">format</em>〉</span></code></a> commands: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12321"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\glsXpageXglsnumberformat</code>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\linkpagenumber</code><a id="wrglossary.12322"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a>2<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\glsXpageXhyperbfit</code>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.12323"></a><a href="#glo:textbf"><code class="csfmt">\textbf</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\em</code><code class="cmd">\linkpagenumber</code><a id="wrglossary.12324"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a>2}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+
+<code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\linkpagenumber</code>}[2]{<a id="wrglossary.12325"></a><a href="#glo:hyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\hyperlink</code></a>{page.<a id="wrglossary.12326"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a>2}{<a id="wrglossary.12327"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a>1{<a id="wrglossary.12328"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a>2}}}
+</pre> Note that the second argument of <code class="cmd">\glsXpageXglsnumberformat</code> is in the form <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\tallynum</span>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">number</em>〉</span>}</code> so the line <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12329"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\linkpagenumber</code><a id="wrglossary.12330"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a>2<span class="comment">% </span>
+</pre> does <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12331"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\linkpagenumber</code><code class="cmd">\tallynum</code>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">number</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> so <code class="cmd">\tallynum</code> is the first argument of <code class="cmd">\linkpagenumber</code> and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">number</em>〉</span> is the second argument. </div><p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.12332"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+This method is very sensitive to the internal definition of the location command. If you are defining your own command, you control how it expands, but if you are using a command provided by another package, be aware that it may stop working in a future version of that package. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+<div class="example" id="ex:fmtcount"><div class="title">Example 40: Locations as Words not Digits</div> This example will cause <a id="wrglossary.12333"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> special characters to appear in the <a id="wrglossary.12334"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a>, which means that location escaping will need to be enabled: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12335"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.12336"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.12337"></a><a href="#glo:opt.esclocations"><span class="styoptfmt">esclocations</span></a>]{glossaries}
+<a id="wrglossary.12338"></a><a href="#glo:glswrallowprimitivemodstrue"><code class="csfmt">\glswrallowprimitivemodstrue</code></a>
+</pre><p>
+Suppose I want the page numbers written as words rather than digits and I use the <a id="wrglossary.12339"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.fmtcount"><span class="styfmt">fmtcount</span></a> package to do this. I can redefine <a id="wrglossary.12340"></a><a href="#glo:thepage"><code class="csfmt">\thepage</code></a> as follows: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12341"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.12342"></a><a href="#glo:thepage"><code class="csfmt">\thepage</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.12343"></a><a href="#glo:Numberstring"><code class="csfmt">\Numberstring</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.12344"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.page"><span class="ctrfmt">page</span></a>}}
+</pre> This <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">used</span> to get expanded to <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cmd">\protect</code> <code class="cmd">\Numberstringnum</code> {<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">n</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">n</em>〉</span> is the Arabic page number. This means that I needed to define a new location with the form: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12345"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.12346"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyLocation"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyLocation</code></a>{Numberstring}{:sep "<code class="cmd">\string</code><code class="cmd">\protect</code><a id="wrglossary.12347"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ <code class="cmd">\string</code><code class="cmd">\Numberstringnum</code><a id="wrglossary.12348"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a><a id="wrglossary.12349"></a><a href="#glo:glsopenbrace"><code class="csfmt">\glsopenbrace</code></a>"
+ "arabic-numbers" :sep "<a id="wrglossary.12350"></a><a href="#glo:glsclosebrace"><code class="csfmt">\glsclosebrace</code></a>"}
+</pre> and if I’d used the <code class="cmd">\linkpagenumber</code> command from the previous example, it would need <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">three</span> arguments (the first being <code class="cmd">\protect</code>): <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12351"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\linkpagenumber</code>}[3]{<a id="wrglossary.12352"></a><a href="#glo:hyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\hyperlink</code></a>{page.<a id="wrglossary.12353"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a>3}{<a id="wrglossary.12354"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a>1<a id="wrglossary.12355"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a>2{<a id="wrglossary.12356"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a>3}}}
+</pre><p>
+The internal definition of <a id="wrglossary.12357"></a><a href="#glo:Numberstring"><code class="csfmt">\Numberstring</code></a> has since changed so that it now expands to <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cmd">\Numberstringnum</code> {<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">n</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> (no <code class="cmd">\protect</code>). This means that the location class definition must be changed to: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12358"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.12359"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyLocation"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyLocation</code></a>{Numberstring}{<span class="comment">% no <code class="cmd">\protect</code> now!</span>
+ :sep "<code class="cmd">\string</code><code class="cmd">\Numberstringnum</code><a id="wrglossary.12360"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a><a id="wrglossary.12361"></a><a href="#glo:glsopenbrace"><code class="csfmt">\glsopenbrace</code></a>"
+ "arabic-numbers" :sep "<a id="wrglossary.12362"></a><a href="#glo:glsclosebrace"><code class="csfmt">\glsclosebrace</code></a>"}
+</pre> and <code class="cmd">\linkpagenumber</code> goes back to only two arguments: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12363"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\linkpagenumber</code>}[2]{<a id="wrglossary.12364"></a><a href="#glo:hyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\hyperlink</code></a>{page.<a id="wrglossary.12365"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a>2}{<a id="wrglossary.12366"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a>1{<a id="wrglossary.12367"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a>2}}}
+</pre> The other change is that <a id="wrglossary.12368"></a><a href="#glo:Numberstring"><code class="csfmt">\Numberstring</code></a> uses <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cmd">\the</code><code class="cmd">\value</code>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> instead of <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cmd">\expandafter</code><code class="cmd">\the</code><code class="cmd">\csname</code> c@<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span><code class="cmd">\endcsname</code>
+</pre> so it hides <code class="cmd">\c@page</code> from the location escaping mechanism (see §<a href="#sec:locationsyntax">12.3</a>). This means that the page number may be incorrect if the <a id="wrglossary.12369"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> occurs during the output routine.<p>
+A more recent change to <a id="wrglossary.12370"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.fmtcount"><span class="styfmt">fmtcount</span></a> (v3.03) now puts three instances of <code class="cmd">\expandafter</code> before <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\the</span><span class="cmdfmt">\value</span></code> which no longer hides <code class="cmd">\c@page</code> from the location escaping mechanism, so the page numbers should once more be correct. Further changes to the <a id="wrglossary.12371"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.fmtcount"><span class="styfmt">fmtcount</span></a> package may cause a problem again.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.12372"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+When dealing with custom formats where the internal definitions are outside of your control and liable to change, it’s best to provide a wrapper command. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+Instead of directly using <a id="wrglossary.12373"></a><a href="#glo:Numberstring"><code class="csfmt">\Numberstring</code></a> in the definition of <a id="wrglossary.12374"></a><a href="#glo:thepage"><code class="csfmt">\thepage</code></a>, I can provide a custom command in the same form as the earlier <code class="cmd">\tally</code> command: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12375"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\customfmt</code>}[1]{<code class="cmd">\customfmtnum</code>{<a id="wrglossary.12376"></a><a href="#glo:arabic"><code class="csfmt">\arabic</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.12377"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a>1}}}
+<code class="cmd">\newrobustcmd</code>{<code class="cmd">\customfmtnum</code>}[1]{<code class="cmd">\Numberstringnum</code>{<a id="wrglossary.12378"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a>1}}
+</pre> This ensures that the location will always be written to the indexing file in the form: <pre class="compactcodebox">:locref "<a id="wrglossary.12379"></a><a href="#glo:glsopenbrace"><code class="csfmt">\glsopenbrace</code></a><a id="wrglossary.12380"></a><a href="#glo:glsclosebrace"><code class="csfmt">\glsclosebrace</code></a><a id="wrglossary.12381"></a><a href="#glo:glsopenbrace"><code class="csfmt">\glsopenbrace</code></a><code class="cmd">\string</code><a id="wrglossary.12382"></a><a href="#glo:cs.bsl"><code class="csfmt">\\</code></a>customfmtnum {<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">n</em>〉</span>}<a id="wrglossary.12383"></a><a href="#glo:glsclosebrace"><code class="csfmt">\glsclosebrace</code></a>"
+</pre> So the location class can be defined as: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.12384"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyLocation"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyLocation</code></a>{customfmt}{
+ :sep "<code class="cmd">\string</code><code class="cmd">\customfmtnum</code><a id="wrglossary.12385"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a><a id="wrglossary.12386"></a><a href="#glo:glsopenbrace"><code class="csfmt">\glsopenbrace</code></a>"
+ "arabic-numbers"
+ :sep "<a id="wrglossary.12387"></a><a href="#glo:glsclosebrace"><code class="csfmt">\glsclosebrace</code></a>"}
+</pre><p>
+The sample file <a id="wrglossary.12388"></a><a href="#glo:file.samplexdy3.tex"><span class="filefmt">samplexdy3.tex</span></a> illustrates this. </div><p>
+In the <a id="wrglossary.12389"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>, the <a id="wrglossary.12390"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> are sorted according to the list of provided location classes. The default ordering is:
+<ol class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="numitem">1.</span><code class="code">roman-page-numbers</code> (i, ii, …); <li><span class="numitem">2.</span><code class="code">arabic-page-numbers</code> (1, 2, …); <li><span class="numitem">3.</span><code class="code">arabic-section-numbers</code> (for example, 1.1 if the <a id="wrglossary.12391"></a><a href="#glo:idx.compositor">compositor</a> is a full stop or 1-1 if the compositor is a hyphen); <li><span class="numitem">4.</span><code class="code">alpha-page-numbers</code> (a, b, …); <li><span class="numitem">5.</span><code class="code">Roman-page-numbers</code> (I, II, …); <li><span class="numitem">6.</span><code class="code">Alpha-page-numbers</code> (A, B, …); <li><span class="numitem">7.</span><code class="code">Appendix-page-numbers</code> (for example, A.1 if the Alpha compositor, see <a id="wrglossary.12392"></a><a href="#glo:glsSetAlphaCompositor"><code class="csfmt">\glsSetAlphaCompositor</code></a>, is a full stop or A-1 if the Alpha <a id="wrglossary.12393"></a><a href="#glo:idx.compositor">compositor</a> is a hyphen); <li><span class="numitem">8.</span>user defined location names (as specified by <a id="wrglossary.12394"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyLocation"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyLocation</code></a> in the order in which they were defined); <li><span class="numitem">9.</span><code class="code">see</code> (cross-referenced entries).
+</ol>
+<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12395"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ With <a id="wrglossary.12396"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> <code class="code">seealso</code> is appended to the end of the list. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+This ordering can be changed using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12397"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12398"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location names</em>〉</span>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where each location name is delimited by double quote marks and separated by white space. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12399"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.12400"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder</code></a>{
+ "arabic-page-numbers"
+ "arabic-section-numbers"
+ "roman-page-numbers"
+ "Roman-page-numbers"
+ "alpha-page-numbers"
+ "Alpha-page-numbers"
+ "Appendix-page-numbers"
+ "see"
+}
+</pre> (Remember to add <code class="code">"seealso"</code> if you’re using <a id="wrglossary.12401"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.)<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.12402"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Note that <a id="wrglossary.12403"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder</code></a> has no effect if <a id="wrglossary.12404"></a><a href="#glo:noist"><code class="csfmt">\noist</code></a> is used or if <a id="wrglossary.12405"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> is omitted. <a id="wrglossary.12406"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder</code></a> must be used before <a id="wrglossary.12407"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+If a <a id="wrglossary.12408"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> consists of a sequence of consecutive numbers, the range will be concatenated. The number of consecutive locations that causes a range formation defaults to 2, but can be changed using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12409"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12410"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span> may be the keyword <span class="optfmt">none</span>, to indicate no <a id="wrglossary.12411"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">range</a> formation, or a number. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12412"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.12413"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength</code></a>{3}
+</pre> See the <a id="wrglossary.12414"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> manual for further details on <a id="wrglossary.12415"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">range</a> formations.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.12416"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Note that <a id="wrglossary.12417"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength</code></a> has no effect if <a id="wrglossary.12418"></a><a href="#glo:noist"><code class="csfmt">\noist</code></a> is used or if <a id="wrglossary.12419"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> is omitted. <a id="wrglossary.12420"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength</code></a> must be used before <a id="wrglossary.12421"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+ See also §<a href="#sec:ranges">12.2</a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:xindyloc -->
+
+<section id="sec:groups"><!-- start of section sec:groups --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->14.4. Glossary Groups<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:groups">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.12422"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> is divided into <a id="wrglossary.12423"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a> according to the first letter of the sort key. The <a id="wrglossary.12424"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package also adds a number <a id="wrglossary.12425"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> by default, unless you suppress it in the <a id="wrglossary.12426"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a> package option. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12427"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.12428"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.12429"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy.glsnumbers"><span class="optfmt">glsnumbers</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span></span>]{glossaries}
+</pre> Any entry that doesn’t go in one of the letter <a id="wrglossary.12430"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a> or the number group is placed in the default group. If you want <a id="wrglossary.12431"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> to sort the number group numerically (rather than by a string sort) then you need to use <a id="wrglossary.12432"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span>’s</a> <span class="optfmt">numeric-sort</span> module: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12433"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.12434"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyStyle"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyStyle</code></a>{numeric-sort}
+</pre><p>
+With the default <a id="wrglossary.12435"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy.glsnumbers"><span class="optfmt">glsnumbers</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>, the number group will be placed before the <span class="qt">“A”</span> letter group. This is done in the <code class="code">define-letter-group</code> block in the <a id="wrglossary.12436"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> file: <pre class="compactcodebox">(define-letter-group "glsnumbers"
+ :prefixes ("0" "1" "2" "3" "4" "5" "6" "7" "8" "9")
+ :before "A")
+</pre><p>
+If you are not using a Roman alphabet, you need to change this with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12437"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12438"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">letter</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifier: </span>* </span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+{letter} where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">letter</em>〉</span> is the first letter of your alphabet. This will change <code class="code">:before "A"</code> to <code class="code">:before "<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">letter</em>〉</span>"</code>.<p>
+A starred version of this command was added to v4.33 which sanitized <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">letter</em>〉</span> before writing it to the <a id="wrglossary.12439"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> file to protect it from expansion with <a id="wrglossary.12440"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.inputenc"><span class="styfmt">inputenc</span></a>. This shouldn’t be necessary with recent LaTeX kernels.<p>
+Alternatively you can use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12441"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12442"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">relative location</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifier: </span>* </span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This will change <code class="code">:before "A"</code> to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">relative location</em>〉</span>. Again, a starred version was provided to sanitize the argument, which should no longer be necessary unless <a id="wrglossary.12443"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.dblquote"><code class="code">"</code> (double-quote)</a> is active.<p>
+For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12444"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.12445"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder</code></a>{:after "Z"}
+</pre> will put the number group after the <span class="qt">“Z”</span> letter group.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.12446"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Note that these commands have no effect if <a id="wrglossary.12447"></a><a href="#glo:noist"><code class="csfmt">\noist</code></a> is used or if <a id="wrglossary.12448"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> is omitted. <a id="wrglossary.12449"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits</code></a> must be used before <a id="wrglossary.12450"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.12451"></a><a id="wrglossary.12452"></a><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:groups -->
+
+<section id="sec:utilities"><!-- start of section sec:utilities --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->15. Utilities<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:utilities">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+<p>
+This section describes the utility commands provided with the base <a id="wrglossary.12453"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12454"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.12455"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides extra utility commands, such as <a id="wrglossary.12456"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrusefield"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrusefield</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.12457"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfieldformatlist"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfieldformatlist</code></a>. See the <a id="wrglossary.12458"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:utilities -->
+
+<section id="sec:hyperref"><!-- start of section sec:hyperref --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->15.1. <span class="styfmt">hyperref</span><div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:hyperref">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.12459"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> package needs to be loaded before <a id="wrglossary.12460"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> to ensure that the commands provided by <a id="wrglossary.12461"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> are only used if they have been defined.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12462"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12463"></a><code class="code"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisablehyper</code></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This disables the creation of <a id="wrglossary.12464"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> and targets by commands such as <a id="wrglossary.12465"></a><a href="#glo:glshyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\glshyperlink</code></a>, the <a id="wrglossary.12466"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> and <a id="wrglossary.12467"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands and <a id="wrglossary.12468"></a><a href="#glo:glstarget"><code class="csfmt">\glstarget</code></a>. This setting is the default if <a id="wrglossary.12469"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> hasn’t been loaded.<p>
+The commands that normally create a <a id="wrglossary.12470"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> will use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12471"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12472"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsdonohyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\glsdonohyperlink</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">target</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+The internal command used by <a id="wrglossary.12473"></a><a href="#glo:glstarget"><code class="csfmt">\glstarget</code></a> to create a target is just set to <code class="cmd">\@secondoftwo</code>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12474"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12475"></a><code class="code"><code class="csfmt">\glsenablehyper</code></code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This enables the creation of <a id="wrglossary.12476"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> and targets, and is the default if <a id="wrglossary.12477"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> has been loaded.<p>
+The internal command used by <a id="wrglossary.12478"></a><a href="#glo:glstarget"><code class="csfmt">\glstarget</code></a> to create a target is set to: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12479"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12480"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsdohypertarget"><code class="csfmt">\glsdohypertarget</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">target</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This will include the debugging information if <a id="wrglossary.12481"></a><a href="#glo:opt.debug"><span class="styoptfmt">debug</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.12482"></a><a href="#glo:optval.debug.showtargets"><span class="optfmt">showtargets</span></a> has been used, but also measures the height of <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> so that it can place the actual target at the top of <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> rather than along the baseline. This helps to prevent <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> from scrolling off the top of the page out of sight.<p>
+The corresponding command that’s used to link to this target is: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12483"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12484"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsdohyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\glsdohyperlink</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">target</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This includes the debugging information, if applicable, and creates a link with <a id="wrglossary.12485"></a><a href="#glo:hyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\hyperlink</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12486"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12487"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glstexorpdfstring"><code class="csfmt">\glstexorpdfstring</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">TeX</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">PDF</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ If you’re not sure whether or not the <a id="wrglossary.12488"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> package will be loaded, this command will use <a id="wrglossary.12489"></a><a href="#glo:texorpdfstring"><code class="csfmt">\texorpdfstring</code></a> if that command has been defined, otherwise it will simply expand to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">TeX</em>〉</span>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:hyperref -->
+
+<section id="sec:casechanging"><!-- start of section sec:casechanging --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->15.2. Case-Changing<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:casechanging">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+These commands may be used to perform a <a id="wrglossary.12490"></a><a href="#glo:dual.casechange">case change</a>.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.12491"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Ensure you have at least <a id="wrglossary.12492"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.08 installed to take advantage of improved case-changing. If you also use <a id="wrglossary.12493"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, make sure you have at least v1.49. See the <a id="wrglossary.12494"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> manual for further details. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12495"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12496"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsuppercase"><code class="csfmt">\glsuppercase</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+An expandable command that converts <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> to <a id="wrglossary.12497"></a><a href="#glo:idx.uppercase">uppercase</a> (<a id="wrglossary.12498"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>). This is used by commands such as <a id="wrglossary.12499"></a><a href="#glo:GLS"><code class="csfmt">\GLS</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.12500"></a><a href="#glo:GLStext"><code class="csfmt">\GLStext</code></a> and is affected by <a id="wrglossary.12501"></a><a href="#glo:glsmfuexcl"><code class="csfmt">\glsmfuexcl</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12502"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12503"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glslowercase"><code class="csfmt">\glslowercase</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+An expandable command that converts <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> to <a id="wrglossary.12504"></a><a href="#glo:idx.lowercase">lowercase</a>. This isn’t used by the <a id="wrglossary.12505"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package, but you may find it useful with <a id="wrglossary.12506"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> or <a id="wrglossary.12507"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span></a> font commands for <a id="wrglossary.12508"></a><a href="#glo:dual.smallcaps">small caps</a> styles. This command is affected by <a id="wrglossary.12509"></a><a href="#glo:glsmfuexcl"><code class="csfmt">\glsmfuexcl</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12510"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12511"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:MFUsentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\MFUsentencecase</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+This command is used by <a id="wrglossary.12512"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> commands, such as <a id="wrglossary.12513"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrytext</code></a>, when expanding in a <a id="wrglossary.12514"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmark</a>.<p>
+This command is actually defined by <a id="wrglossary.12515"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.08+, but if an old version of <a id="wrglossary.12516"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> is installed, the <a id="wrglossary.12517"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package will provide the same command. This command is affected by <a id="wrglossary.12518"></a><a href="#glo:glsmfuexcl"><code class="csfmt">\glsmfuexcl</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12519"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12520"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glssentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\glssentencecase</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+Converts <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> to <a id="wrglossary.12521"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. This is used by commands such as <a id="wrglossary.12522"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.12523"></a><a href="#glo:Glstext"><code class="csfmt">\Glstext</code></a>, and also by commands like <a id="wrglossary.12524"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrytext</code></a> in the document text.<p>
+The default definition is to use the robust <a id="wrglossary.12525"></a><a href="#glo:makefirstuc"><code class="csfmt">\makefirstuc</code></a> provided by the <a id="wrglossary.12526"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> package. If you need an expandable command, use <a id="wrglossary.12527"></a><a href="#glo:MFUsentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\MFUsentencecase</code></a> instead.<p>
+Note that <a id="wrglossary.12528"></a><a href="#glo:makefirstuc"><code class="csfmt">\makefirstuc</code></a> internally uses <a id="wrglossary.12529"></a><a href="#glo:glsmakefirstuc"><code class="csfmt">\glsmakefirstuc</code></a>, which is provided by <a id="wrglossary.12530"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a>. The default definition is: <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.12531"></a><a href="#glo:glsmakefirstuc"><code class="csfmt">\glsmakefirstuc</code></a>}[1]{<a id="wrglossary.12532"></a><a href="#glo:MFUsentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\MFUsentencecase</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\unexpanded</code>{<a id="wrglossary.12533"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a>1}}}
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.12534"></a><a href="#glo:opt.mfirstuc"><span class="styoptfmt">mfirstuc</span></a><span class="optfmt">=expanded</span> package option will redefine this command without <code class="cmd">\unexpanded</code>.<p>
+The reason for the use of <code class="cmd">\unexpanded</code> is mostly a backward-compatibility feature, as without it there is now the possibility for fragile commands to expand prematurely and cause an error.<p>
+This is because the LaTeX3 kernel command used by <a id="wrglossary.12535"></a><a href="#glo:MFUsentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\MFUsentencecase</code></a> expands its argument before applying the <a id="wrglossary.12536"></a><a href="#glo:dual.casechange">case change</a>. With previous versions of <a id="wrglossary.12537"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.12538"></a><a href="#glo:glsmakefirstuc"><code class="csfmt">\glsmakefirstuc</code></a> would simply apply the <a id="wrglossary.12539"></a><a href="#glo:dual.casechange">case change</a> to the first token.<p>
+Suppose a document created with <a id="wrglossary.12540"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.07 had something like: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.12541"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{sample}{
+ <a id="wrglossary.12542"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.12543"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={an example with a <code class="cmd">\fragilecommand</code>}</span>
+}
+</pre> and a <a id="wrglossary.12544"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> is used that performs automated sentence-casing for the description (for example, with the <a id="wrglossary.12545"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.topic"><span class="xtrglostylefmt">topic</span></a> style, provided by <a id="wrglossary.12546"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>), then this would essentially do: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.12547"></a><a href="#glo:makefirstuc"><code class="csfmt">\makefirstuc</code></a>{an example with a <code class="cmd">\fragilecommand</code>}
+</pre> With old versions of <a id="wrglossary.12548"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a>, this would simply end up as: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.12549"></a><a href="#glo:MakeTextUppercase"><code class="csfmt">\MakeTextUppercase</code></a>an example with a <code class="cmd">\fragilecommand</code>
+</pre> so the fragile command is unaffected.<p>
+However, with <a id="wrglossary.12550"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.08 and <a id="wrglossary.12551"></a><a href="#glo:opt.mfirstuc"><span class="styoptfmt">mfirstuc</span></a><span class="optfmt">=expanded</span> this would end up as: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.12552"></a><a href="#glo:MFUsentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\MFUsentencecase</code></a>an example with a <code class="cmd">\fragilecommand</code>
+</pre> and the underlying <code class="cmd">\text_titlecase_first:n</code> will expand the entire argument, which will break the fragile command.<p>
+The use of <code class="cmd">\unexpanded</code> prevents this from happening, but if you don’t have fragile commands and you want the content to be expanded, then use <a id="wrglossary.12553"></a><a href="#glo:opt.mfirstuc"><span class="styoptfmt">mfirstuc</span></a><span class="optfmt">=expanded</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12554"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12555"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glscapitalisewords"><code class="csfmt">\glscapitalisewords</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">content</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+Converts <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> to <a id="wrglossary.12556"></a><a href="#glo:idx.titlecase">title case</a>. The default definition is to use the robust <a id="wrglossary.12557"></a><a href="#glo:capitalisewords"><code class="csfmt">\capitalisewords</code></a> provided by <a id="wrglossary.12558"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a>. You may need to redefine this command to use <a id="wrglossary.12559"></a><a href="#glo:capitalisefmtwords"><code class="csfmt">\capitalisefmtwords</code></a> instead.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12560"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12561"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsmfuexcl"><code class="csfmt">\glsmfuexcl</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+This uses <a id="wrglossary.12562"></a><a href="#glo:MFUexcl"><code class="csfmt">\MFUexcl</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.12563"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.08+, otherwise its defined in the same way (so it won’t affect <a id="wrglossary.12564"></a><a href="#glo:makefirstuc"><code class="csfmt">\makefirstuc</code></a> but will affect commands like <a id="wrglossary.12565"></a><a href="#glo:glsuppercase"><code class="csfmt">\glsuppercase</code></a>).<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12566"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12567"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsmfublocker"><code class="csfmt">\glsmfublocker</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+This uses <a id="wrglossary.12568"></a><a href="#glo:MFUblocker"><code class="csfmt">\MFUblocker</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.12569"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.08+, otherwise it simply uses <a id="wrglossary.12570"></a><a href="#glo:glsmfuexcl"><code class="csfmt">\glsmfuexcl</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12571"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12572"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsmfuaddmap"><code class="csfmt">\glsmfuaddmap</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs1</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs2</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+This uses <a id="wrglossary.12573"></a><a href="#glo:MFUaddmap"><code class="csfmt">\MFUaddmap</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.12574"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.08+, otherwise it simply does <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.12575"></a><a href="#glo:glsmfuexcl"><code class="csfmt">\glsmfuexcl</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>}
+<a id="wrglossary.12576"></a><a href="#glo:glsmfublocker"><code class="csfmt">\glsmfublocker</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">Cs</em>〉</span>}
+</pre><p>
+This uses <a id="wrglossary.12577"></a><a href="#glo:MFUblocker"><code class="csfmt">\MFUblocker</code></a> if defined, otherwise it simply uses <a id="wrglossary.12578"></a><a href="#glo:glsmfuexcl"><code class="csfmt">\glsmfuexcl</code></a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:casechanging -->
+
+<section id="sec:loops"><!-- start of section sec:loops --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->15.3. Loops<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:loops">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.12579"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Some of the commands described here take a comma-separated list as an argument. As with LaTeX’s <a id="wrglossary.12580"></a><a href="#glo:@for"><code class="csfmt">\@for</code></a> command, make sure your list doesn’t have any unwanted spaces in it as they don’t get stripped. (Discussed in more detail in <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/admin/html/docsvlist.shtml#spacesinlists">§2.7.2 of <span class="qt">“LaTeX for Administrative Work”</span></a>.) </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12581"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12582"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:forallglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\forallglossaries</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">types</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">body</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This iterates through <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">types</em>〉</span>, a comma-separated list of <a id="wrglossary.12583"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> labels (as supplied when the glossary was defined). At each iteration the command <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span> is defined to the <a id="wrglossary.12584"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> label for the current iteration and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">body</em>〉</span> is performed. If <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">types</em>〉</span> is omitted, the default is to iterate over all non-<a id="wrglossary.12585"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossaries</a>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12586"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12587"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:forallacronyms"><code class="csfmt">\forallacronyms</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">body</em>〉</span>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This is like <a id="wrglossary.12588"></a><a href="#glo:forallglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\forallglossaries</code></a> but only iterates over the lists of <a id="wrglossary.12589"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> (that have previously been declared using <a id="wrglossary.12590"></a><a href="#glo:DeclareAcronymList"><code class="csfmt">\DeclareAcronymList</code></a> or the <a id="wrglossary.12591"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronymlists"><span class="styoptfmt">acronymlists</span></a> package option). This command doesn’t have an optional argument. If you want to explicitly say which lists to iterate over, just use the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.12592"></a><a href="#glo:forallglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\forallglossaries</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12593"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.12594"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides an analogous command <a id="wrglossary.12595"></a><a href="#glo:forallabbreviationlists"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\forallabbreviationlists</code></a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12596"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12597"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:forglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\forglsentries</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">body</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This iterates through all <a id="wrglossary.12598"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.12599"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> given by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span>. At each iteration the command <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span> is defined to the entry label for the current iteration and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">body</em>〉</span> is performed. If <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span> is omitted, <a id="wrglossary.12600"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a> is used.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12601"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12602"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:forallglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\forallglsentries</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">types</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">body</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This is just a nested loop that essentially does: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.12603"></a><a href="#glo:forallglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\forallglossaries</code></a>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">types</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type-cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner"><span class="comment">% outer loop</span> <a id="wrglossary.12604"></a><a href="#glo:forglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\forglsentries</code></a>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type-cs</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">body</em>〉</span>}<span class="comment">% inner loop</span> </em>〉</span>}
+</pre> If <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">types</em>〉</span> is omitted, the default is the list of all non-<a id="wrglossary.12605"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossaries</a>. (The current glossary label can be obtained using <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.12606"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytype"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytype</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>}</code> within <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">body</em>〉</span>.)<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12607"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.12608"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides commands like <a id="wrglossary.12609"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrforcsvfield"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrforcsvfield</code></a> to iterate over any fields that contain comma-separated lists. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:loops -->
+
+<section id="sec:conditionals"><!-- start of section sec:conditionals --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->15.4. Conditionals<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:conditionals">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12610"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.12611"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides many more conditional commands. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12612"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12613"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ifglossaryexists"><code class="csfmt">\ifglossaryexists</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-type</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifier: </span>* </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+This checks if the <a id="wrglossary.12614"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> given by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-type</em>〉</span> exists (that is, if it has been defined). If it does exist <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true part</em>〉</span> is performed, otherwise <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false part</em>〉</span>.<p>
+The unstarred form will treat <a id="wrglossary.12615"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossaries</a> as non-existent. The starred form will consider them as existing. So both forms will do <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-type</em>〉</span> was defined by <a id="wrglossary.12616"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>, but only the starred form will do <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-type</em>〉</span> was defined with <a id="wrglossary.12617"></a><a href="#glo:newignoredglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newignoredglossary</code></a>.<p>
+For example, given: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12618"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.12619"></a><a href="#glo:newignoredglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newignoredglossary</code></a>{common}
+</pre> then <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12620"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.12621"></a><a href="#glo:ifglossaryexists"><code class="csfmt">\ifglossaryexists</code></a>{common}{true}{false}
+<a id="wrglossary.12622"></a><a href="#glo:ifglossaryexists"><code class="csfmt">\ifglossaryexists</code></a>*{common}{true}{false}
+</pre> will produce <span class="qt">“false true”</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12623"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12624"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ifglsentryexists"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsentryexists</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+This checks if the <a id="wrglossary.12625"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entry</a> given by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> exists. If it does exist then <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> is performed, otherwise this does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>. Simply uses <a id="wrglossary.12626"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.etoolbox"><span class="styfmt">etoolbox</span>’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.12627"></a><a href="#glo:ifcsundef"><code class="csfmt">\ifcsundef</code></a> so can expand.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12628"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12629"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsdoifexists"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifexists</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">code</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">code</em>〉</span> if the entry given by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> exists. If it doesn’t exist, an undefined error is generated.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12630"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12631"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsdoifnoexists"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifnoexists</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">code</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">code</em>〉</span> if the entry given by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> doesn’t exist. If it does exist, an already defined error is generated.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12632"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12633"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsdoifexistsorwarn"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifexistsorwarn</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">code</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ As <a id="wrglossary.12634"></a><a href="#glo:glsdoifexists"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifexists</code></a> but issues a warning rather than an error if the entry doesn’t exist.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12635"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12636"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsdoifexistsordo"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifexistsordo</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">code</em>〉</span> if the entry given by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> exists otherwise it generates an undefined error and does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">else code</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12637"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The undefined/already defined errors can be converted to warnings with <a id="wrglossary.12638"></a><a href="#glo:opt.undefaction"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">undefaction</span></a><span class="optfmt">=warn</span>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12639"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12640"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ifglsused"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsused</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+Tests the entry’s <a id="wrglossary.12641"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. If the <a id="wrglossary.12642"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> has been used, <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> will be done, otherwise (if the <a id="wrglossary.12643"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> has been defined) <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span> will be done. If the <a id="wrglossary.12644"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> isn’t defined, then an undefined error will occur and neither <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> nor <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span> will be done (see §<a href="#sec:glsunset">7</a>).<p>
+This means that <a id="wrglossary.12645"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsused"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsused</code></a> is unreliable with <a id="wrglossary.12646"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> as no <a id="wrglossary.12647"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> are defined on the first LaTeX run, which means there’s no way of determining if it has been used, so <a id="wrglossary.12648"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> provides a similar command: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12649"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12650"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ In this case, <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> will be done if the entry hasn’t been used or hasn’t been defined, which is essentially the logical negation of <a id="wrglossary.12651"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsused"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsused</code></a> for defined <a id="wrglossary.12652"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a>.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.12653"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Some of the following <code class="csfmt">\ifglshas<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xxx</em>〉</span></code> commands use <a id="wrglossary.12654"></a><a href="#glo:glsdoifexists"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifexists</code></a>. In those cases, the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> or <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span> parts are only performed if the entry exists. Neither are done if the entry doesn’t exist. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12655"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12656"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ifglshaschildren"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshaschildren</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+This does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if any <a id="wrglossary.12657"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> in the same <a id="wrglossary.12658"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> as <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> had <a id="wrglossary.12659"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</span>. This is inefficient and time-consuming if there are a large number of entries defined. Uses <a id="wrglossary.12660"></a><a href="#glo:glsdoifexists"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifexists</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12661"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ If you use <a id="wrglossary.12662"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, a more efficient method is to use the <a id="wrglossary.12663"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.save-child-count"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">save-child-count</span></a> resource option and test the value of the <a id="wrglossary.12664"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.childcount"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">childcount</span></a> field with <a id="wrglossary.12665"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount</code></a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12666"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12667"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ifglshasparent"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasparent</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+This does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the <a id="wrglossary.12668"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a> field is non-empty for the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. Uses <a id="wrglossary.12669"></a><a href="#glo:glsdoifexists"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifexists</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12670"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12671"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ifglshassymbol"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshassymbol</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+A robust command that does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the <a id="wrglossary.12672"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> field is non-empty and not <a id="wrglossary.12673"></a><a href="#glo:relax"><code class="csfmt">\relax</code></a> for the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12674"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12675"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ifglshaslong"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshaslong</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+A robust command that does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the <a id="wrglossary.12676"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a> field is non-empty and not <a id="wrglossary.12677"></a><a href="#glo:relax"><code class="csfmt">\relax</code></a> for the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12678"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12679"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ifglshasshort"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasshort</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+A robust command that does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the <a id="wrglossary.12680"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> field is non-empty and not <a id="wrglossary.12681"></a><a href="#glo:relax"><code class="csfmt">\relax</code></a> for the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12682"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12683"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ifglshasdesc"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasdesc</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the <a id="wrglossary.12684"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> is empty for the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>, otherwise expands to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>. Compare with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12685"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12686"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ifglsdescsuppressed"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsdescsuppressed</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This expands to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if <a id="wrglossary.12687"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.12688"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a>}</span> for the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> otherwise expands to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>.<p>
+There are also commands available for arbitrary fields. Some may allow the field to be identified by its corresponding key (such as <a id="wrglossary.12689"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a>) but some require the <a id="wrglossary.12690"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a> (such as <a id="wrglossary.12691"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.desc"><span class="csoptfmt">desc</span></a>). See Table <a href="#tab:fieldmap">4.1</a> for the <a id="wrglossary.12692"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field labels</a> that correspond to each key. If you provide your own keys, for example with <a id="wrglossary.12693"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddkey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddkey</code></a>, then the internal label will be the same as the key.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12694"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12695"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ifglsfieldvoid"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfieldvoid</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the field identified by its <a id="wrglossary.12696"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span> is void for the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>, otherwise it expands to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>. The void test is performed with <a id="wrglossary.12697"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.etoolbox"><span class="styfmt">etoolbox</span>’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.12698"></a><a href="#glo:ifcsvoid"><code class="csfmt">\ifcsvoid</code></a>. This means that an undefined field or an undefined entry will be considered void. An empty field value or a field set to <a id="wrglossary.12699"></a><a href="#glo:relax"><code class="csfmt">\relax</code></a> are also considered void.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12700"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12701"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ifglshasfield"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasfield</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox"></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+This robust command tests the value of the field given by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span> for the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span> argument may either be the key associated with the field or the <a id="wrglossary.12702"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a>.<p>
+If the field value is empty or <a id="wrglossary.12703"></a><a href="#glo:relax"><code class="csfmt">\relax</code></a>, then <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span> is performed, otherwise <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> is performed. If the field supplied is unrecognised <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false part</em>〉</span> is performed and a warning is issued. If the entry is undefined, an undefined error occurs.<p>
+Within <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>, you can access the field’s value with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12704"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12705"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glscurrentfieldvalue"><code class="csfmt">\glscurrentfieldvalue</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command is initially defined to empty but has no relevance outside of the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> argument. This saves re-accessing the field if the test is true. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12706"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.12707"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshasfield"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasfield</code></a>{useri}{sample}{, <a id="wrglossary.12708"></a><a href="#glo:glscurrentfieldvalue"><code class="csfmt">\glscurrentfieldvalue</code></a>}{}
+</pre> will insert a comma, space and the field value if the <a id="wrglossary.12709"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a> key has been set for the entry whose label is <span class="qt">“sample”</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12710"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12711"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ifglsfieldeq"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfieldeq</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">string</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This robust command does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> has the field identified by its <a id="wrglossary.12712"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a> (not the key) <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span> defined and set to the given <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">string</em>〉</span>. The test is performed by <a id="wrglossary.12713"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.etoolbox"><span class="styfmt">etoolbox</span>’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.12714"></a><a href="#glo:ifcsstring"><code class="csfmt">\ifcsstring</code></a>. An error will occur if the field value is undefined or if the entry hasn’t been defined.<p>
+The result may vary depending on whether or not expansion was on for the given field when the entry was defined (see §<a href="#sec:expansion">4.4</a>). For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12715"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+
+<code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\foo</code>}{FOO}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.12716"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{sample1}{<a id="wrglossary.12717"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample1}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.12718"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={an example}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.12719"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a><span class="optfmt">={FOO}</span>}
+<a id="wrglossary.12720"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{sample2}{<a id="wrglossary.12721"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample2}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.12722"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={an example}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.12723"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\foo</code>}</span>}
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.12724"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsfieldeq"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfieldeq</code></a>{sample1}{<a id="wrglossary.12725"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useri"><span class="csoptfmt">useri</span></a>}{FOO}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
+
+<a id="wrglossary.12726"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsfieldeq"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfieldeq</code></a>{sample2}{<a id="wrglossary.12727"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useri"><span class="csoptfmt">useri</span></a>}{FOO}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> This will produce <span class="qt">“TRUE”</span> in both cases since expansion is on for the <a id="wrglossary.12728"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a> key, so <code class="cmd">\foo</code> was expanded to <span class="qt">“FOO”</span> when <span class="qt">“sample2”</span> was defined. If the tests are changed to: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12729"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.12730"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsfieldeq"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfieldeq</code></a>{sample1}{<a id="wrglossary.12731"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useri"><span class="csoptfmt">useri</span></a>}{<code class="cmd">\foo</code>}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
+
+<a id="wrglossary.12732"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsfieldeq"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfieldeq</code></a>{sample2}{<a id="wrglossary.12733"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useri"><span class="csoptfmt">useri</span></a>}{<code class="cmd">\foo</code>}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
+</pre> then this will produce <span class="qt">“FALSE”</span> in both cases. Now suppose expansion is switched off for the <a id="wrglossary.12734"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a> key: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12735"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+
+<code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\foo</code>}{FOO}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.12736"></a><a href="#glo:glssetnoexpandfield"><code class="csfmt">\glssetnoexpandfield</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.12737"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useri"><span class="csoptfmt">useri</span></a>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.12738"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{sample1}{<a id="wrglossary.12739"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample1}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.12740"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={an example}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.12741"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a><span class="optfmt">={FOO}</span>}
+<a id="wrglossary.12742"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{sample2}{<a id="wrglossary.12743"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample2}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.12744"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={an example}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.12745"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\foo</code>}</span>}
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.12746"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsfieldeq"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfieldeq</code></a>{sample1}{<a id="wrglossary.12747"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useri"><span class="csoptfmt">useri</span></a>}{FOO}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
+
+<a id="wrglossary.12748"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsfieldeq"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfieldeq</code></a>{sample2}{<a id="wrglossary.12749"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useri"><span class="csoptfmt">useri</span></a>}{FOO}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> This now produces <span class="qt">“TRUE”</span> for the first case (comparing <span class="qt">“FOO”</span> with <span class="qt">“FOO”</span>) and <span class="qt">“FALSE”</span> for the second case (comparing <span class="qt">“<code class="cmd">\foo</code>”</span> with <span class="qt">“FOO”</span>).<p>
+The reverse happens in the following: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12750"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+
+<code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\foo</code>}{FOO}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.12751"></a><a href="#glo:glssetnoexpandfield"><code class="csfmt">\glssetnoexpandfield</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.12752"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useri"><span class="csoptfmt">useri</span></a>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.12753"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{sample1}{<a id="wrglossary.12754"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample1}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.12755"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={an example}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.12756"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a><span class="optfmt">={FOO}</span>}
+<a id="wrglossary.12757"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{sample2}{<a id="wrglossary.12758"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample2}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.12759"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={an example}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.12760"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\foo</code>}</span>}
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.12761"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsfieldeq"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfieldeq</code></a>{sample1}{<a id="wrglossary.12762"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useri"><span class="csoptfmt">useri</span></a>}{<code class="cmd">\foo</code>}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
+
+<a id="wrglossary.12763"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsfieldeq"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfieldeq</code></a>{sample2}{<a id="wrglossary.12764"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useri"><span class="csoptfmt">useri</span></a>}{<code class="cmd">\foo</code>}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> This now produces <span class="qt">“FALSE”</span> for the first case (comparing <span class="qt">“FOO”</span> with <span class="qt">“<code class="cmd">\foo</code>”</span>) and <span class="qt">“TRUE”</span> for the second case (comparing <span class="qt">“<code class="cmd">\foo</code>”</span> with <span class="qt">“<code class="cmd">\foo</code>”</span>).<p>
+You can test if the value of a field is equal to the replacement text of a command using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12765"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12766"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ifglsfielddefeq"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfielddefeq</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This robust command is essentially like <a id="wrglossary.12767"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsfieldeq"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfieldeq</code></a> but internally uses <a id="wrglossary.12768"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.etoolbox"><span class="styfmt">etoolbox</span></a>’s <a id="wrglossary.12769"></a><a href="#glo:ifdefstrequal"><code class="csfmt">\ifdefstrequal</code></a> command to perform the comparison. The argument <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span> argument must be a macro.<p>
+For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12770"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+
+<code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\foo</code>}{FOO}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.12771"></a><a href="#glo:glssetnoexpandfield"><code class="csfmt">\glssetnoexpandfield</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.12772"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useri"><span class="csoptfmt">useri</span></a>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.12773"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{sample1}{<a id="wrglossary.12774"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample1}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.12775"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={an example}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.12776"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a><span class="optfmt">={FOO}</span>}
+<a id="wrglossary.12777"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{sample2}{<a id="wrglossary.12778"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample2}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.12779"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={an example}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.12780"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\foo</code>}</span>}
+
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.12781"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsfielddefeq"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfielddefeq</code></a>{sample1}{<a id="wrglossary.12782"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useri"><span class="csoptfmt">useri</span></a>}{<code class="cmd">\foo</code>}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
+
+<a id="wrglossary.12783"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsfielddefeq"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfielddefeq</code></a>{sample2}{<a id="wrglossary.12784"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useri"><span class="csoptfmt">useri</span></a>}{<code class="cmd">\foo</code>}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> Here, the first case produces <span class="qt">“TRUE”</span> since the value of the <a id="wrglossary.12785"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useri"><span class="csoptfmt">useri</span></a> field (<span class="qt">“FOO”</span>) is the same as the replacement text (definition) of <code class="cmd">\foo</code> (<span class="qt">“FOO”</span>). We have the result <span class="qt">“<code class="code">FOO</code>”</span> is equal to <span class="qt">“<code class="code">FOO</code>”</span>.<p>
+The second case produces <span class="qt">“FALSE”</span> since the value of the <a id="wrglossary.12786"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useri"><span class="csoptfmt">useri</span></a> field (<span class="qt">“<code class="cmd">\foo</code>”</span>) is not the same as the replacement text (definition) of <code class="cmd">\foo</code> (<span class="qt">“FOO”</span>). No expansion has been performed on the value of the <a id="wrglossary.12787"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useri"><span class="csoptfmt">useri</span></a> field. We have the result <span class="qt">“<code class="cmd">\foo</code>”</span> is not equal to <span class="qt">“<code class="code">FOO</code>”</span>.<p>
+If we add: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12788"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\FOO</code>}{<code class="cmd">\foo</code>}
+<a id="wrglossary.12789"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsfielddefeq"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfielddefeq</code></a>{sample2}{<a id="wrglossary.12790"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useri"><span class="csoptfmt">useri</span></a>}{<code class="cmd">\FOO</code>}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
+</pre> we now get <span class="qt">“TRUE”</span> since the value of the <a id="wrglossary.12791"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useri"><span class="csoptfmt">useri</span></a> field (<span class="qt">“<code class="cmd">\foo</code>”</span>) is the same as the replacement text (definition) of <code class="cmd">\FOO</code> (<span class="qt">“<code class="cmd">\foo</code>”</span>). We have the result <span class="qt">“<code class="cmd">\foo</code>”</span> is equal to <span class="qt">“<code class="cmd">\foo</code>”</span>.<p>
+There is a similar command that requires the control sequence name (without the leading backslash) instead of the actual control sequence: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12792"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12793"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ifglsfieldcseq"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfieldcseq</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs-name</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This robust command is like ifglsfielddefeq but internally uses <a id="wrglossary.12794"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.etoolbox"><span class="styfmt">etoolbox</span></a>’s <a id="wrglossary.12795"></a><a href="#glo:ifcsstrequal"><code class="csfmt">\ifcsstrequal</code></a> command instead of <a id="wrglossary.12796"></a><a href="#glo:ifdefstrequal"><code class="csfmt">\ifdefstrequal</code></a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:conditionals -->
+
+<section id="sec:fetchset"><!-- start of section sec:fetchset --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->15.5. Fetching and Updating the Value of a Field<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:fetchset">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+In addition to the commands described in §<a href="#sec:glsnolink">5.2</a>, the commands described in this section may also be used to fetch field information.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12797"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.12798"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has additional commands, such as <a id="wrglossary.12799"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrusefield"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrusefield</code></a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12800"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12801"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentrytype"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytype</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the entry’s <a id="wrglossary.12802"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> field, which is the label of the <a id="wrglossary.12803"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> the entry has been assigned to. No existence check is performed.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12804"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12805"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryparent"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryparent</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the entry’s <a id="wrglossary.12806"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a> field, which is the label identifying the entry’s parent. No existence check is performed.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12807"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12808"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentrysort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysort</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the entry’s <a id="wrglossary.12809"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> value. No existence check is performed. This is not intended for general use, but can be useful to display the value for debugging purposes. Note that there is also an <a id="wrglossary.12810"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@internalfieldlabel">internal field</a> <a id="wrglossary.12811"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.sortvalue"><span class="csoptfmt">sortvalue</span></a> which contains the escaped sort value, which may not necessarily be the same as the <a id="wrglossary.12812"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> value.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12813"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12814"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsfieldfetch"><code class="csfmt">\glsfieldfetch</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+{label}{field}{cs}<p>
+This robust command fetches the value of the field identified by its <a id="wrglossary.12815"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span> for the <a id="wrglossary.12816"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> and stores it in the given command <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>. An error will occur if the entry doesn’t exist or if the field hasn’t been defined.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12817"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12818"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsletentryfield"><code class="csfmt">\glsletentryfield</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+This command simply assigns the supplied command <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span> to the value of the field identified by its <a id="wrglossary.12819"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span> for the <a id="wrglossary.12820"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. This differs from <a id="wrglossary.12821"></a><a href="#glo:glsfieldfetch"><code class="csfmt">\glsfieldfetch</code></a> in that it doesn’t test for existence. If either the field or the entry haven’t been defined, no error or warning will be trigger but <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span> will be undefined. You can then use <a id="wrglossary.12822"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.etoolbox"><span class="styfmt">etoolbox</span>’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.12823"></a><a href="#glo:ifdef"><code class="csfmt">\ifdef</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.12824"></a><a href="#glo:ifundef"><code class="csfmt">\ifundef</code></a> on <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>.<p>
+For example, to store the description for the entry whose label is <span class="qt">“apple”</span> in the control sequence <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\tmp</span></code>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12825"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.12826"></a><a href="#glo:glsletentryfield"><code class="csfmt">\glsletentryfield</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\tmp</code>}{apple}{<a id="wrglossary.12827"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.desc"><span class="csoptfmt">desc</span></a>}
+<a id="wrglossary.12828"></a><a href="#glo:ifdef"><code class="csfmt">\ifdef</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\tmp</code>}description: <code class="cmd">\tmp</code>{no description}
+</pre> An alternative is to use <a id="wrglossary.12829"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshasfield"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasfield</code></a> or, with <a id="wrglossary.12830"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.12831"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrifhasfield"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrifhasfield</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12832"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12833"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsunexpandedfieldvalue"><code class="csfmt">\glsunexpandedfieldvalue</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command is provided for use in expandable contexts where the field value is required but the contents should not be expanded. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span> argument must be the <a id="wrglossary.12834"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a>. Does nothing if the field or entry isn’t defined.<p>
+You can change the value of a given field using one of the following commands. Note that these commands only change the value of the given field. They have no affect on any related field. For example, if you change the value of the <a id="wrglossary.12835"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> field, it won’t modify the value given by the <a id="wrglossary.12836"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.12837"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.12838"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> or any other related key.<p>
+<div class="warning"><div class="warningtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12839"></a><a href="#glo:sym.warning"><span title="Warning" class="icon">⚠</span></a></div><!-- end of warningtitle -->
+There are some fields that should only be set when the <a id="wrglossary.12840"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> is defined and will cause unexpected results if changed later. For example, <a id="wrglossary.12841"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> (which additionally needs to add the <a id="wrglossary.12842"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry’s</a> label to the corresponding <a id="wrglossary.12843"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary’s</a> internal list), <a id="wrglossary.12844"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a> (which needs to calculate the <a id="wrglossary.12845"></a><a href="#glo:dual.hierarchicallevel">hierarchical level</a> and setup the <a id="wrglossary.12846"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> syntax appropriately), and <a id="wrglossary.12847"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> (which may need pre-processing and is required to setup the <a id="wrglossary.12848"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> syntax). </div><!-- end of warning -->
+<p>
+In all the four related commands below, <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> identifies the entry and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span> is the <a id="wrglossary.12849"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a>. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">definition</em>〉</span> argument is the new value of the field. Both the entry and field must already be defined. If you want internal fields that don’t require a corresponding key to be defined, you will need the supplementary commands provided by <a id="wrglossary.12850"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12851"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12852"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsfielddef"><code class="csfmt">\glsfielddef</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This robust command uses <a id="wrglossary.12853"></a><a href="#glo:def"><code class="csfmt">\def</code></a> to change the value of the field (so it will be localised by any grouping).<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12854"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12855"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsfieldedef"><code class="csfmt">\glsfieldedef</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This robust command uses <a id="wrglossary.12856"></a><a href="#glo:protected@csedef"><code class="csfmt">\protected@csedef</code></a> to change the value of the field (so it will be localised by any grouping).<p>
+<code class="cmd">\glsfieldgdef</code> This uses <a id="wrglossary.12857"></a><a href="#glo:gdef"><code class="csfmt">\gdef</code></a> to change the value of the field (so it will have a global effect).<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12858"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12859"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsfieldxdef"><code class="csfmt">\glsfieldxdef</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This robust command uses <a id="wrglossary.12860"></a><a href="#glo:protected@csxdef"><code class="csfmt">\protected@csxdef</code></a> to change the value of the field (so it will be localised by any grouping).<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:fetchset -->
+
+<section id="sec:prefix"><!-- start of section sec:prefix --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->16. Prefixes or Determiners<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:prefix">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12861"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12862"></a><code class="code"><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<dfn id="glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></dfn>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox">automatically loaded with <code class="code"><code class="csfmt">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.12863"></a><a href="#glo:opt.prefix"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">prefix</span></a>]{glossaries-extra}</code></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.12864"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> package that comes with the <a id="wrglossary.12865"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package provides additional keys that can be used as prefixes. For example, if you want to specify determiners (such as <span class="qt">“a”</span>, <span class="qt">“an”</span> or <span class="qt">“the”</span>). The <a id="wrglossary.12866"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> package automatically loads the <a id="wrglossary.12867"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package and has the same package options.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12868"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.12869"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> package can automatically be loaded with <a id="wrglossary.12870"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> via the <a id="wrglossary.12871"></a><a href="#glo:opt.prefix"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">prefix</span></a> package option. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+The extra keys for <a id="wrglossary.12872"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> are as follows:<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12873"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12874"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.prefix"><span class="csoptfmt">prefix</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The prefix associated with the <a id="wrglossary.12875"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> key. This defaults to nothing.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12876"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12877"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.prefixplural"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixplural</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The prefix associated with the <a id="wrglossary.12878"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a> key. This defaults to nothing.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12879"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12880"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.prefixfirst"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixfirst</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The prefix associated with the <a id="wrglossary.12881"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> key. If omitted, this defaults to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.12882"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefix"><span class="csoptfmt">prefix</span></a> key.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12883"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12884"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.prefixfirstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixfirstplural</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The prefix associated with the <a id="wrglossary.12885"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">firstplural</span></a> key. If omitted, this defaults to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.12886"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixplural"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixplural</span></a> key.<p>
+<div class="example" id="ex:determiners"><div class="title">Example 41: Defining Determiners</div> Here’s the start of my example document: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12887"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.12888"></a><a href="#glo:opt.toc"><span class="styoptfmt">toc</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.12889"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a>]{glossaries-prefix}
+</pre> Note that I’ve simply replaced <a id="wrglossary.12890"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> from previous sample documents with <a id="wrglossary.12891"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a>. Now for a sample definition: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12892"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.12893"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{sample}{<a id="wrglossary.12894"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a>sample,
+ <a id="wrglossary.12895"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={an example}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.12896"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefix"><span class="csoptfmt">prefix</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a<a id="wrglossary.12897"></a><a href="#glo:idx.nbsp"><code class="code">~</code></a>}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.12898"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixplural"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixplural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={the<a id="wrglossary.12899"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>}</span>
+}
+</pre> (Single letter words, such as <span class="qt">“a”</span> and <span class="qt">“I”</span> should typically not appear at the end of a line, hence the non-breakable space <a id="wrglossary.12900"></a><a href="#glo:idx.nbsp"><code class="code">~</code></a> after <span class="qt">“a”</span> in the <a id="wrglossary.12901"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefix"><span class="csoptfmt">prefix</span></a> field.)<p>
+Note that I’ve had to explicitly insert a space after the prefix since there’s no designated separator between the prefix and the term being referenced. This not only means that you can vary between a breaking space and non-breaking space, but also allows for the possibility of prefixes that shouldn’t have a space, such as: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12902"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.12903"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{oeil}{<a id="wrglossary.12904"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={oeil}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.12905"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={yeux}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.12906"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={eye}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.12907"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefix"><span class="csoptfmt">prefix</span></a><span class="optfmt">={l'}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.12908"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixplural"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixplural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={les<a id="wrglossary.12909"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>}</span>}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.12910"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Where a space is required at the end of the prefix, you must use a spacing command, such as <a id="wrglossary.12911"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.12912"></a><a href="#glo:cs.sp"><code class="csfmt">\ </code></a> (backslash space) or <a id="wrglossary.12913"></a><a href="#glo:idx.nbsp"><code class="code">~</code></a> due to the automatic spacing trimming performed in <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key</em>〉</span>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span> options. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+In the event that you always require a space between the prefix and the term, then you can instead redefine <a id="wrglossary.12914"></a><a href="#glo:glsprefixsep"><code class="csfmt">\glsprefixsep</code></a> to do a space. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12915"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.12916"></a><a href="#glo:glsprefixsep"><code class="csfmt">\glsprefixsep</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.12917"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>}
+</pre><p>
+The prefixes can also be used with acronyms. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12918"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.12919"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>
+ [
+ <a id="wrglossary.12920"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefix"><span class="csoptfmt">prefix</span></a><span class="optfmt">={an<a id="wrglossary.12921"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.12922"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixfirst"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixfirst</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a<a id="wrglossary.12923"></a><a href="#glo:idx.nbsp"><code class="code">~</code></a>}</span>
+ ]{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
+</pre> </div><p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.12924"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> package provides convenient commands to use these prefixes with commands such as <a id="wrglossary.12925"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>. Note that the prefix is not considered part of the <a id="wrglossary.12926"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>, so it’s not included in the hyperlink (where hyperlinks are enabled). The options and any star or plus modifier are passed on to the appropriate <a id="wrglossary.12927"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> command. (See §<a href="#sec:glslink">5.1</a> for further details.)<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12928"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12929"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsprefixsep"><code class="csfmt">\glsprefixsep</code></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><span class="initvalnotefmt"><em class="initvalnotefmtinner">empty</em></span></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The separator used between the appropriate prefix and the corresponding <a id="wrglossary.12930"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> command.<p>
+Each of the following commands <code class="csfmt">\p<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">gls</em>〉</span></code> essentially does <code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span><a id="wrglossary.12931"></a><a href="#glo:glsprefixsep"><code class="csfmt">\glsprefixsep</code></a><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">gls</em>〉</span></code> if the appropriate prefix field has been set, otherwise it simply does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">gls</em>〉</span>, where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">gls</em>〉</span> is the corresponding <a id="wrglossary.12932"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> command.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.12933"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a> commands <code class="csfmt">\P<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">GLS</em>〉</span></code> will convert the prefix to <a id="wrglossary.12934"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a> (using <a id="wrglossary.12935"></a><a href="#glo:glsuppercase"><code class="csfmt">\glsuppercase</code></a>) and use the <a id="wrglossary.12936"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a> <a id="wrglossary.12937"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> counterpart.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.12938"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> commands <code class="csfmt">\P<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">Gls</em>〉</span></code> are slightly more complicated. If the appropriate prefix field has been set, then the prefix will have the <a id="wrglossary.12939"></a><a href="#glo:dual.casechange">case change</a> applied and the non-case <a id="wrglossary.12940"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> command will be used (<a id="wrglossary.12941"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.12942"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>). If the appropriate prefix field hasn’t been set, then the <a id="wrglossary.12943"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> <a id="wrglossary.12944"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> command is used (<a id="wrglossary.12945"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.12946"></a><a href="#glo:Glspl"><code class="csfmt">\Glspl</code></a>).<p>
+The usual <a id="wrglossary.12947"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> optional argument and star (<a id="wrglossary.12948"></a><a href="#glo:idx.starmod"><code class="code">*</code></a>) and plus (<a id="wrglossary.12949"></a><a href="#glo:idx.plusmod"><code class="code">+</code></a>) modifiers can be used with these commands, in which case they will be applied to the applicable <a id="wrglossary.12950"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> command.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12951"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12952"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:pgls"><code class="csfmt">\pgls</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Does <code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span><a id="wrglossary.12953"></a><a href="#glo:glsprefixsep"><code class="csfmt">\glsprefixsep</code></a><a id="wrglossary.12954"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a></code> if <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span> is non-empty otherwise just uses <a id="wrglossary.12955"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>.<p>
+The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span> will be the value of the <a id="wrglossary.12956"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixfirst"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixfirst</span></a> key on <a id="wrglossary.12957"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> or the <a id="wrglossary.12958"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefix"><span class="csoptfmt">prefix</span></a> key on <a id="wrglossary.12959"></a><a href="#glo:dual.subsequentuse">subsequent use</a>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12960"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12961"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:pglspl"><code class="csfmt">\pglspl</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Does <code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span><a id="wrglossary.12962"></a><a href="#glo:glsprefixsep"><code class="csfmt">\glsprefixsep</code></a><a id="wrglossary.12963"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a></code> if <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span> is non-empty otherwise just uses <a id="wrglossary.12964"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>.<p>
+The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span> will be the value of the <a id="wrglossary.12965"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixfirstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixfirstplural</span></a> key on <a id="wrglossary.12966"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> or the <a id="wrglossary.12967"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixplural"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixplural</span></a> key on <a id="wrglossary.12968"></a><a href="#glo:dual.subsequentuse">subsequent use</a>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12969"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12970"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Pgls"><code class="csfmt">\Pgls</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Does <code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span><a id="wrglossary.12971"></a><a href="#glo:glsprefixsep"><code class="csfmt">\glsprefixsep</code></a><a id="wrglossary.12972"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a></code> if <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span> is non-empty otherwise just uses <a id="wrglossary.12973"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a>.<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.12974"></a><a href="#glo:pgls"><code class="csfmt">\pgls</code></a>, the prefix fields are <a id="wrglossary.12975"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixfirst"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixfirst</span></a> on <a id="wrglossary.12976"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> or the <a id="wrglossary.12977"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefix"><span class="csoptfmt">prefix</span></a> on <a id="wrglossary.12978"></a><a href="#glo:dual.subsequentuse">subsequent use</a>, but the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span> will now be obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.12979"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> commands <a id="wrglossary.12980"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryprefix"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryprefix</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.12981"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryprefixfirst"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryprefixfirst</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12982"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12983"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Pglspl"><code class="csfmt">\Pglspl</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Does <code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span><a id="wrglossary.12984"></a><a href="#glo:glsprefixsep"><code class="csfmt">\glsprefixsep</code></a><a id="wrglossary.12985"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a></code> if <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span> is non-empty otherwise just uses <a id="wrglossary.12986"></a><a href="#glo:Glspl"><code class="csfmt">\Glspl</code></a>.<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.12987"></a><a href="#glo:pglspl"><code class="csfmt">\pglspl</code></a>, the prefix fields are <a id="wrglossary.12988"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixfirstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixfirstplural</span></a> on <a id="wrglossary.12989"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> or the <a id="wrglossary.12990"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixplural"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixplural</span></a> on <a id="wrglossary.12991"></a><a href="#glo:dual.subsequentuse">subsequent use</a>, but the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span> will now be obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.12992"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> commands <a id="wrglossary.12993"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryprefixplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryprefixplural</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.12994"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryprefixfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryprefixfirstplural</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.12995"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.12996"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:PGLS"><code class="csfmt">\PGLS</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Does: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.12997"></a><a href="#glo:glsuppercase"><code class="csfmt">\glsuppercase</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span><a id="wrglossary.12998"></a><a href="#glo:glsprefixsep"><code class="csfmt">\glsprefixsep</code></a>}<a id="wrglossary.12999"></a><a href="#glo:GLS"><code class="csfmt">\GLS</code></a>
+</pre> if <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span> is non-empty otherwise just uses <a id="wrglossary.13000"></a><a href="#glo:GLS"><code class="csfmt">\GLS</code></a>.<p>
+The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span> will be the value of the <a id="wrglossary.13001"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixfirst"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixfirst</span></a> key on <a id="wrglossary.13002"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> or the <a id="wrglossary.13003"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefix"><span class="csoptfmt">prefix</span></a> key on <a id="wrglossary.13004"></a><a href="#glo:dual.subsequentuse">subsequent use</a>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13005"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13006"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:PGLSpl"><code class="csfmt">\PGLSpl</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Does: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.13007"></a><a href="#glo:glsuppercase"><code class="csfmt">\glsuppercase</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span><a id="wrglossary.13008"></a><a href="#glo:glsprefixsep"><code class="csfmt">\glsprefixsep</code></a>}<a id="wrglossary.13009"></a><a href="#glo:GLSpl"><code class="csfmt">\GLSpl</code></a>
+</pre> if <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span> is non-empty otherwise just uses <a id="wrglossary.13010"></a><a href="#glo:GLSpl"><code class="csfmt">\GLSpl</code></a>.<p>
+The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span> will be the value of the <a id="wrglossary.13011"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixfirstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixfirstplural</span></a> key on <a id="wrglossary.13012"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> or the <a id="wrglossary.13013"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixplural"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixplural</span></a> key on <a id="wrglossary.13014"></a><a href="#glo:dual.subsequentuse">subsequent use</a>.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13015"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.13016"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides additional commands, such as <a id="wrglossary.13017"></a><a href="#glo:pglsxtrshort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\pglsxtrshort</code></a>, for use in section headings. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="example" id="ex:prefixes"><div class="title">Example 42: Using Prefixes</div> Continuing from Example <a href="#ex:determiners">41</a>, now that I’ve defined my entries, I can use them in the text via the above commands: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13018"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>First use: <a id="wrglossary.13019"></a><a href="#glo:pgls"><code class="csfmt">\pgls</code></a>{svm}. Next use: <a id="wrglossary.13020"></a><a href="#glo:pgls"><code class="csfmt">\pgls</code></a>{svm}.
+Singular: <a id="wrglossary.13021"></a><a href="#glo:pgls"><code class="csfmt">\pgls</code></a>{sample}, <a id="wrglossary.13022"></a><a href="#glo:pgls"><code class="csfmt">\pgls</code></a>{oeil}.
+Plural: <a id="wrglossary.13023"></a><a href="#glo:pglspl"><code class="csfmt">\pglspl</code></a>{sample}, <a id="wrglossary.13024"></a><a href="#glo:pglspl"><code class="csfmt">\pglspl</code></a>{oeil}.
+</pre> which produces: <div class="resultbox"><div class="resultboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13025"></a><a href="#glo:sym.result"><span title="Result" class="icon">🖺</span></a></div><!-- end of resultboxtitle -->
+First use: a support vector machine (SVM). Next use: an SVM. Singular: a sample, l’oeil. Plural: the samples, les yeux. </div><!-- end of resultbox -->
+ For a complete document, see <a id="wrglossary.13026"></a><a href="#glo:file.sample-prefix.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-prefix.tex</span></a>. </div><p>
+This package also provides the commands described below, none of which perform any check to determine the entry’s existence.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13027"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13028"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ifglshasprefix"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasprefix</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the <a id="wrglossary.13029"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefix"><span class="csoptfmt">prefix</span></a> field is non-empty, otherwise expands to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13030"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13031"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ifglshasprefixplural"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasprefixplural</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the <a id="wrglossary.13032"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixplural"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixplural</span></a> field is non-empty, otherwise expands to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13033"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13034"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ifglshasprefixfirst"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasprefixfirst</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the <a id="wrglossary.13035"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixfirst"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixfirst</span></a> field is non-empty, otherwise expands to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13036"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13037"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:ifglshasprefixfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasprefixfirstplural</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the <a id="wrglossary.13038"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixfirstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixfirstplural</span></a> field is non-empty, otherwise expands to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13039"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13040"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryprefix"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprefix</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value if the <a id="wrglossary.13041"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefix"><span class="csoptfmt">prefix</span></a> field.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13042"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13043"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryprefixplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprefixplural</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value if the <a id="wrglossary.13044"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixplural"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixplural</span></a> field.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13045"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13046"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryprefixfirst"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprefixfirst</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value if the <a id="wrglossary.13047"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixfirst"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixfirst</span></a> field.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13048"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13049"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryprefixfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprefixfirstplural</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value if the <a id="wrglossary.13050"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixfirstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixfirstplural</span></a> field.<p>
+There are also variants that convert to <a id="wrglossary.13051"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. As with command like <a id="wrglossary.13052"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrytext</code></a>, these will use <a id="wrglossary.13053"></a><a href="#glo:MFUsentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\MFUsentencecase</code></a> to expand in <a id="wrglossary.13054"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>, but will use <a id="wrglossary.13055"></a><a href="#glo:glssentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\glssentencecase</code></a> in the document.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13056"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13057"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsentryprefix"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryprefix</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ As <a id="wrglossary.13058"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryprefix"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprefix</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.13059"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> applied.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13060"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13061"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsentryprefixplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryprefixplural</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ As <a id="wrglossary.13062"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryprefixplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprefixplural</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.13063"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> applied.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13064"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13065"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsentryprefixfirst"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryprefixfirst</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ As <a id="wrglossary.13066"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryprefixfirst"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprefixfirst</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.13067"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> applied.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13068"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13069"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glsentryprefixfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryprefixfirstplural</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ As <a id="wrglossary.13070"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryprefixfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprefixfirstplural</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.13071"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> applied.<p>
+<div class="example" id="ex:plist"><div class="title">Example 43: Adding Determiner to Glossary Style</div> You can use the above commands to define a new <a id="wrglossary.13072"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> that uses the determiner. For example, the following style is a slight modification of the <a id="wrglossary.13073"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.list"><span class="glostylefmt">list</span></a> style that inserts the prefix before the name: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13074"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.13075"></a><a href="#glo:newglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\newglossarystyle</code></a>{plist}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.13076"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.13077"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.list"><span class="glostylefmt">list</span></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.13078"></a><a href="#glo:glossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossentry</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.13079"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.13080"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryitem"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryitem</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.13081"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"></a>1}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.13082"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryprefix"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprefix</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.13083"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"></a>1}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.13084"></a><a href="#glo:glstarget"><code class="csfmt">\glstarget</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.13085"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"></a>1}{<a id="wrglossary.13086"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.13087"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"></a>1}}]
+ <a id="wrglossary.13088"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrydesc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.13089"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.13090"></a><a href="#glo:glspostdescription"><code class="csfmt">\glspostdescription</code></a><a id="wrglossary.13091"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.13092"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"></a>2}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre> If you want to change the prefix separator (<a id="wrglossary.13093"></a><a href="#glo:glsprefixsep"><code class="csfmt">\glsprefixsep</code></a>) then the following is better: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13094"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.13095"></a><a href="#glo:newglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\newglossarystyle</code></a>{plist}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.13096"></a><a href="#glo:glossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossentry</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.13097"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.13098"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryitem"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryitem</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.13099"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"></a>1}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.13100"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshasprefix"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasprefix</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.13101"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"></a>1}{<a id="wrglossary.13102"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryprefix"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprefix</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.13103"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.13104"></a><a href="#glo:glsprefixsep"><code class="csfmt">\glsprefixsep</code></a>}{}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.13105"></a><a href="#glo:glstarget"><code class="csfmt">\glstarget</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.13106"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"></a>1}{<a id="wrglossary.13107"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.13108"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"></a>1}}]
+ <a id="wrglossary.13109"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrydesc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.13110"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.13111"></a><a href="#glo:glspostdescription"><code class="csfmt">\glspostdescription</code></a><a id="wrglossary.13112"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.13113"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"></a>2}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre> The conditional is also useful if you want the style to use an <a id="wrglossary.13114"></a><a href="#glo:idx.uppercase">uppercase</a> letter at the start of the entry item: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13115"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.13116"></a><a href="#glo:newglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\newglossarystyle</code></a>{plist}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.13117"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.13118"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.list"><span class="glostylefmt">list</span></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.13119"></a><a href="#glo:glossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossentry</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.13120"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.13121"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryitem"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryitem</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.13122"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"></a>1}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.13123"></a><a href="#glo:glstarget"><code class="csfmt">\glstarget</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.13124"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"></a>1}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.13125"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshasprefix"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasprefix</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.13126"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"></a>1}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<a id="wrglossary.13127"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryprefix"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryprefix</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.13128"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.13129"></a><a href="#glo:glsprefixsep"><code class="csfmt">\glsprefixsep</code></a><a id="wrglossary.13130"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.13131"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"></a>1}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<a id="wrglossary.13132"></a><a href="#glo:Glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\Glossentryname</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.13133"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"></a>1}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }]
+ <a id="wrglossary.13134"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrydesc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.13135"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"></a>1}<a id="wrglossary.13136"></a><a href="#glo:glspostdescription"><code class="csfmt">\glspostdescription</code></a><a id="wrglossary.13137"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.13138"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"></a>2}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre> </div><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:prefix -->
+
+<section id="sec:accsupp"><!-- start of section sec:accsupp --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->17. Accessibility Support<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:accsupp">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13139"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13140"></a><code class="code"><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<dfn id="glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></dfn>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox">automatically loaded with <code class="code"><code class="csfmt">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.13141"></a><a href="#glo:opt.accsupp"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">accsupp</span></a>]{glossaries-extra}</code></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+Limited accessibility support is provided by the accompanying <a id="wrglossary.13142"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> package, but note that this package is experimental. This package automatically loads the <a id="wrglossary.13143"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package. Any options are passed to <a id="wrglossary.13144"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> (if it hasn’t already been loaded). For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13145"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.13146"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a>]{glossaries-accsupp}
+</pre> This will load <a id="wrglossary.13147"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> with the <a id="wrglossary.13148"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> package option as well as loading <a id="wrglossary.13149"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13150"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ If you are using the <a id="wrglossary.13151"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> extension package, you need to load <a id="wrglossary.13152"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> with the <a id="wrglossary.13153"></a><a href="#glo:opt.accsupp"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">accsupp</span></a> package option. For example: <pre>
+\usepackage[abbreviations,accsupp]{glossaries-extra}
+</pre> This will load <a id="wrglossary.13154"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> (with the <a id="wrglossary.13155"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbreviations"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">abbreviations</span></a> option), <a id="wrglossary.13156"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.13157"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> and make appropriate patches to integrate the accessibility support with the extension commands. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:accsupp -->
+
+<section id="sec:accsuppkeys"><!-- start of section sec:accsuppkeys --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->17.1. Accessibility Keys<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.13158"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> package defines additional keys that may be used when defining <a id="wrglossary.13159"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entries</a>. If a key isn’t set, then there will be not accessibility support for the corresponding field.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13160"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13161"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.access"><span class="csoptfmt">access</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.13162"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13163"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13164"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.textaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">textaccess</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.13165"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> key.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13166"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13167"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.firstaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">firstaccess</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.13168"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> key.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13169"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13170"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.pluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">pluralaccess</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.13171"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a> key.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13172"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13173"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.firstpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">firstpluralaccess</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.13174"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">firstplural</span></a> key.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13175"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13176"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.symbolaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">symbolaccess</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.13177"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> key.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13178"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13179"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.symbolpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">symbolpluralaccess</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.13180"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbolplural"><span class="csoptfmt">symbolplural</span></a> key.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13181"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13182"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.descriptionaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">descriptionaccess</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.13183"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> key. The corresponding <a id="wrglossary.13184"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a> is <a id="wrglossary.13185"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.descaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">descaccess</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13186"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13187"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.descriptionpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">descriptionpluralaccess</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.13188"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.descriptionplural"><span class="csoptfmt">descriptionplural</span></a> key. The corresponding <a id="wrglossary.13189"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a> is <a id="wrglossary.13190"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.descpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">descpluralaccess</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13191"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13192"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.longaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">longaccess</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.13193"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a> key.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13194"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13195"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.longpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">longpluralaccess</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.13196"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></a> key.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13197"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13198"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.shortaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">shortaccess</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.13199"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> key.<p>
+If you define <a id="wrglossary.13200"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> with <a id="wrglossary.13201"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>, the <a id="wrglossary.13202"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">shortaccess</span></a> field will automatically be set to: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13203"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13204"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsdefaultshortaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaultshortaccess</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This just expands to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>. If redefined, this command must be fully expandable. It expands when the <a id="wrglossary.13205"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> is defined.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13206"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13207"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.shortpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">shortpluralaccess</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.13208"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></a> key.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13209"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13210"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.user1access"><span class="csoptfmt">user1access</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.13211"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a> key. The corresponding <a id="wrglossary.13212"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a> is <a id="wrglossary.13213"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useriaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">useriaccess</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13214"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13215"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.user2access"><span class="csoptfmt">user2access</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.13216"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user2"><span class="csoptfmt">user2</span></a> key. The corresponding <a id="wrglossary.13217"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a> is <a id="wrglossary.13218"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useriiaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">useriiaccess</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13219"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13220"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.user3access"><span class="csoptfmt">user3access</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.13221"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user3"><span class="csoptfmt">user3</span></a> key. The corresponding <a id="wrglossary.13222"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a> is <a id="wrglossary.13223"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useriiiaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">useriiiaccess</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13224"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13225"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.user4access"><span class="csoptfmt">user4access</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.13226"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user4"><span class="csoptfmt">user4</span></a> key. The corresponding <a id="wrglossary.13227"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a> is <a id="wrglossary.13228"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.userivaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">userivaccess</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13229"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13230"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.user5access"><span class="csoptfmt">user5access</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.13231"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user5"><span class="csoptfmt">user5</span></a> key. The corresponding <a id="wrglossary.13232"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a> is <a id="wrglossary.13233"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.uservaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">uservaccess</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="settingsbox"><div class="settingsboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13234"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></div><!-- end of settingsboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13235"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.user6access"><span class="csoptfmt">user6access</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of settingsbox -->
+<p>
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.13236"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user6"><span class="csoptfmt">user6</span></a> key. The corresponding <a id="wrglossary.13237"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a> is <a id="wrglossary.13238"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.userviaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">userviaccess</span></a>.<p>
+For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13239"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.13240"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{tex}{<a id="wrglossary.13241"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\TeX</code>}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.13242"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Document preparation language}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.13243"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.access"><span class="csoptfmt">access</span></a><span class="optfmt">={TeX}</span>}
+</pre> Now the <a id="wrglossary.13244"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> produced by <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.13245"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{tex}</code> will be: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13246"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.13247"></a><a href="#glo:BeginAccSupp"><code class="csfmt">\BeginAccSupp</code></a>{ActualText={TeX}}<code class="cmd">\TeX</code><a id="wrglossary.13248"></a><a href="#glo:EndAccSupp"><code class="csfmt">\EndAccSupp</code></a>
+</pre> which is produced via <a id="wrglossary.13249"></a><a href="#glo:glsaccessibility"><code class="csfmt">\glsaccessibility</code></a>. If you want to use another accessibility package, see §<a href="#sec:accsuppdevnote">17.5</a>.<p>
+The sample file <a id="wrglossary.13250"></a><a href="#glo:file.sampleaccsupp.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleaccsupp.tex</span></a> illustrates the <a id="wrglossary.13251"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> package.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:accsuppkeys -->
+
+<section id="sec:accsuppcmds"><!-- start of section sec:accsuppcmds --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->17.2. Incorporating Accessibility Support<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:accsuppcmds">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.13252"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> and <a id="wrglossary.13253"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands have their <a id="wrglossary.13254"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> adjusted to incorporate the accessibility support, if provided. A helper command is used to identify the replacement text that depends on the field name: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13255"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13256"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsfieldaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsfieldaccsupp</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">replacement</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">content</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This will use <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13257"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13258"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsfield-labelaccsupp"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\gls<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>accsupp</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">replacement</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">content</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ if it’s defined otherwise it will just use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13259"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13260"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsaccsupp</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">replacement</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">content</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Note that <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span> is the <a id="wrglossary.13261"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a> which may not match the corresponding key. For example, the <a id="wrglossary.13262"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.shortpl"><span class="csoptfmt">shortpl</span></a> field label corresponds to the <a id="wrglossary.13263"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></a> key.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13264"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ With <a id="wrglossary.13265"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, there’s a prior test for the existence of the command <a id="wrglossary.13266"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrcategoryfieldaccsupp"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtr<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">category</em>〉</span><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span>accsupp</code></a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+There are two commands pre-defined: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13267"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13268"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsshortaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsshortaccsupp</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">replacement</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">content</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which is defined as: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.13269"></a><a href="#glo:glsaccessibility"><code class="csfmt">\glsaccessibility</code></a>{E}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">replacement</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">content</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> and <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13270"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13271"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsshortplaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsshortplaccsupp</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">replacement</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">content</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ which is simply defined to use <a id="wrglossary.13272"></a><a href="#glo:glsshortaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsshortaccsupp</code></a>.<p>
+These helper commands all internally use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13273"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13274"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsaccessibility"><code class="csfmt">\glsaccessibility</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">PDF element</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">content</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The default definition uses commands provided by the <a id="wrglossary.13275"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.accsupp"><span class="styfmt">accsupp</span></a> package. If you want to experiment with another accessibility package, see §<a href="#sec:accsuppdevnote">17.5</a>. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span> are passed to the underlying accessibility support command.<p>
+The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">PDF element</em>〉</span> argument is the appropriate <a id="wrglossary.13276"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFelement">PDF element</a> tag. The <a id="wrglossary.13277"></a><a href="#glo:PDF">PDF</a> specification identifies three different types of replacement text:
+<dl>
+ <dt>Alt</dt>
-><colgroup id="TBL-5-1g"><col
-id="TBL-5-1" /><col
-id="TBL-5-2" /></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">Key </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-1-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">Field </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-2-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-120010"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-2-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">sortvalue </span></td></tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-3-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-120011"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-3-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">firstpl</span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-4-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-120012"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-4-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">desc </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-5-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">descriptionplural</span><a
- id="dx1-120013"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-5-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">descplural </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-6-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">user1</span><a
- id="dx1-120014"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-6-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">useri </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-7-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">user2</span><a
- id="dx1-120015"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-7-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">userii </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-8-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">user3</span><a
- id="dx1-120016"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-8-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">useriii </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-9-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">user4</span><a
- id="dx1-120017"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-9-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">useriv </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-10-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">user5</span><a
- id="dx1-120018"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-10-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">userv </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-11-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">user6</span><a
- id="dx1-120019"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-11-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">uservi </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-12-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">longplural</span><a
- id="dx1-120020"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-12-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">longpl </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-13-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-120021"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-13-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">shortpl </span></td></tr></table>
-</div>
-
-
- </div><hr class="endfloat" />
- </div>
-<!--l. 6573--><p class="indent" > Any keys that haven&#8217;t had the expansion explicitly set using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetexpandfield </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetnoexpandfield</span>
-are governed by
-</p><!--l. 6575--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-120022"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsexpandfields </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6577--><p class="noindent" >
-and
-</p><!--l. 6579--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-120023"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6581--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6583--><p class="indent" > If your entries contain any fragile commands, I recommend you switch off expansion via <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields</span>.
-(This should be used before you define the entries.)
-</p>
-<!--l. 6587--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5 </span> <a
- id="sec:subentries"></a>Sub-Entries</h3>
-<!--l. 6590--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, it is possible to specify sub-entries. These may be used to order the glossary into
-categories, in which case the sub-entry will have a different name to its parent entry, or it may be used to
-distinguish different definitions for the same word, in which case the sub-entries will have the same name as the
-parent entry. Note that not all glossary styles support hierarchical entries and may display all the entries in a
-flat format. Of the styles that support sub-entries, some display the sub-entry&#8217;s name whilst others don&#8217;t.
-Therefore you need to ensure that you use a suitable style. (See <a
-href="#sec:styles">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">13</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:styles">Glossary Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:styles --></a> for a list of
-predefined styles.) As from version 3.0, level&#x00A0;1 sub-entries are automatically numbered in the predefined styles if
-you use the <span
-class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a
- id="dx1-121001"></a> package option (see <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">2.3</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">Glossary Appearance Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> for
-further details).
-</p><!--l. 6605--><p class="indent" > Note that the parent entry will automatically be added to the glossary if any of its child entries are used in
-the document. If the parent entry is not referenced in the document, it will not have a <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-121002"></a></a>. Note also
-that <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-121003"></a></a> has a restriction on the maximum sub-entry depth.
-</p><!--l. 6611--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 6611--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5.1 </span> <a
- id="sec:hierarchical"></a>Hierarchical Categories</h4>
-<!--l. 6614--><p class="noindent" >To arrange a glossary with hierarchical categories, you need to first define the category and then define the
-sub-entries using the relevant category entry as the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">parent</span><a
- id="dx1-122001"></a> key.
-<a
- id="x1-122002r6"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6619--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 6</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Hierarchical Categories&#8212;Greek and Roman Mathematical</span>
-<span
-class="cmbx-12">Symbols)</span><a
- id="x1-122003"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6621--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want a glossary of mathematical symbols that are divided into Greek letters and Roman letters.
-Then I can define the categories as follows:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-171">
-\newglossaryentry{greekletter}{name={Greek&#x00A0;letters},
-description={\nopostdesc}}
-\newglossaryentry{romanletter}{name={Roman&#x00A0;letters},
-description={\nopostdesc}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6630--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6632--><p class="indent" > Note that in this example, the category entries don&#8217;t need a description so I have set the descriptions to
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a
- id="dx1-122004"></a>. This gives a blank description and suppresses the description terminator.
-</p><!--l. 6637--><p class="indent" > I can now define my sub-entries as follows:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-172">
-\newglossaryentry{pi}{name={\ensuremath{\pi}},sort={pi},
-description={ratio&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;circumference&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;circle&#x00A0;to
-the&#x00A0;diameter},
-parent=greekletter}
-\newglossaryentry{C}{name={\ensuremath{C}},sort={C},
-description={Euler's&#x00A0;constant},
-parent=romanletter}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6647--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a
-href="#ex:sampletree"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampletree.tex</span></a>. </p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 6649--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6649--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 6651--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 6651--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5.2 </span> <a
- id="sec:homographs"></a>Homographs</h4>
-<!--l. 6654--><p class="noindent" >Sub-entries that have the same name as the parent entry, don&#8217;t need to have the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-123001"></a> key. For example, the
-word &#8220;glossary&#8221; can mean a list of technical words or a collection of glosses. In both cases the plural is
-&#8220;glossaries&#8221;. So first define the parent entry:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-173">
-\newglossaryentry{glossary}{name=glossary,
-description={\nopostdesc},
-plural={glossaries}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6663--><p class="nopar" > Again, the parent entry has no description, so the description terminator needs to be suppressed using
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a
- id="dx1-123002"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6667--><p class="indent" > Now define the two different meanings of the word:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-174">
-\newglossaryentry{glossarylist}{
-description={list&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;technical&#x00A0;words},
-sort={1},
-parent={glossary}}
-\newglossaryentry{glossarycol}{
-description={collection&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;glosses},
-sort={2},
-parent={glossary}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6678--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I reference the parent entry, the location will be added to the parent&#8217;s <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-123003"></a></a>, whereas if I
-reference any of the child entries, the location will be added to the child entry&#8217;s number list. Note also that since
-the sub-entries have the same name, the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-123004"></a> key is required unless you are using the <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">use</span><a
- id="dx1-123005"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">def</span><a
- id="dx1-123006"></a>
-package options (see <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">2.5</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">Sorting Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a>). You can use the <span
-class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a
- id="dx1-123007"></a> package option to
-automatically number the first-level child entries. See <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">2.3</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">Glossary Appearance Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> for
-further details.
-</p><!--l. 6690--><p class="indent" > In the above example, the plural form for both of the child entries is the same as the parent entry, so the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-123008"></a> key was not required for the child entries. However, if the sub-entries have different plurals, they will
-need to be specified. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-175">
-\newglossaryentry{bravo}{name={bravo},
-description={\nopostdesc}}
-\newglossaryentry{bravocry}{description={cry&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;approval
-(pl.\&#x00A0;bravos)},
-sort={1},
-plural={bravos},
-parent=bravo}
-\newglossaryentry{bravoruffian}{description={hired
-ruffian&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;killer&#x00A0;(pl.\&#x00A0;bravoes)},
-sort={2},
-plural={bravoes},
-parent=bravo}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6709--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6712--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 6712--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.6 </span> <a
- id="sec:loadglsentries"></a>Loading Entries From a File</h3>
-<!--l. 6715--><p class="noindent" >You can store all your glossary entry definitions in another file and use:
-</p><!--l. 6717--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-124001"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">type</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">filename</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6719--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">filename</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the file containing all the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-124002"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-124003"></a>
-commands. The optional argument &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the glossary to which those entries should
-belong, for those entries where the <span
-class="cmtt-10">type</span><a
- id="dx1-124004"></a> key has been omitted (or, more specifically, for those entries
-whose type has been specified by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype</span><a
- id="dx1-124005"></a>, which is what <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-124006"></a> uses by
-default).
-</p><!--l. 6729--><p class="indent" > This is a&#x00A0;preamble-only command. You may also use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\input</span><a
- id="dx1-124007"></a> to load the file but don&#8217;t use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\include</span><a
- id="dx1-124008"></a>. If you
-find that your file is becoming unmanageably large, you may want to consider switching to <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-124009"></a></a> and use an
-application such as JabRef to manage the entry definitions.
-</p><!--l. 6735--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\AtBeginDocument</span><a
- id="dx1-124010"></a> to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\input </span>all your entries automatically at the start of the document,
-add the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\AtBeginDocument </span>command <span
-class="cmti-10">before </span>you load the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-124011"></a> package (and <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-124012"></a>, if you are also loading
-that) to avoid the creation of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">glsdefs</span><a
- id="dx1-124013"></a> file and any associated problems that are caused by defining
-commands in the <span
-class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-124014"></a><a
- id="dx1-124015"></a> environment. (See <a
-href="#sec:docdefs">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4.8</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:docdefs">Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document
-Environment<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:docdefs --></a>.) </div>
-</p><!--l. 6744--><p class="noindent" >
-
-
-<a
- id="x1-124016r7"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6746--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 7</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Loading Entries from Another File)</span><a
- id="x1-124017"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6747--><p class="indent" > Suppose I have a file called <span
-class="cmtt-10">myentries.tex </span>which contains:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-176">
-\newglossaryentry{perl}{type=main,
-name={Perl},
-description={A&#x00A0;scripting&#x00A0;language}}
-\newglossaryentry{tex}{name={\TeX},
-description={A&#x00A0;typesetting&#x00A0;language},sort={TeX}}
-\newglossaryentry{html}{type=\glsdefaulttype,
-name={html},
-description={A&#x00A0;mark&#x00A0;up&#x00A0;language}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6759--><p class="nopar" > and suppose in my document preamble I use the command:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-177">
-\loadglsentries[languages]{myentries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6763--><p class="nopar" > then this will add the entries <span
-class="cmtt-10">tex </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">html </span>to the glossary whose type is given by <span
-class="cmtt-10">languages</span>,
-but the entry <span
-class="cmtt-10">perl </span>will be added to the main glossary, since it explicitly sets the type to <span
-class="cmtt-10">main</span>.
-</p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 6768--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6768--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 6771--><p class="indent" > <span class="warningsymbol">&#9888;</span> Note: if you use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-124018"></a> (see <a
-href="#sec:acronyms">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>) the type is set
-as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">type=\acronymtype</span></span></span> unless you explicitly override it. For example, if my file <span
-class="cmtt-10">myacronyms.tex</span>
-contains:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-178">
-\newacronym{aca}{aca}{a&#x00A0;contrived&#x00A0;acronym}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6776--><p class="nopar" > then (supposing I have defined a new glossary type called <span
-class="cmtt-10">altacronym</span>)
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-179">
-\loadglsentries[altacronym]{myacronyms}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6781--><p class="nopar" > will add <span
-class="cmtt-10">aca </span>to the glossary type <span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>, if the package option <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-124019"></a> has been specified,
-or will add <span
-class="cmtt-10">aca </span>to the glossary type <span
-class="cmtt-10">altacronym</span>, if the package option <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-124020"></a> is not
-specified.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn1x4" id="fn1x4-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.1</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-124021f1"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6789--><p class="indent" > If you have used the <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-124025"></a> package option, there are two possible solutions to this problem:
- </p><ol class="enumerate1" >
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-124027x1">
- <!--l. 6792--><p class="noindent" >Change <span
-class="cmtt-10">myacronyms.tex </span>so that entries are defined in the form:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-180">
- \newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{aca}{aca}{a
- contrived&#x00A0;acronym}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 6797--><p class="nopar" > and do:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-181">
- \loadglsentries[altacronym]{myacronyms}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 6801--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-124029x2">
- <!--l. 6803--><p class="noindent" >Temporarily change <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype </span>to the target glossary:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-182">
- \let\orgacronymtype\acronymtype
- \renewcommand{\acronymtype}{altacronym}
- \loadglsentries{myacronyms}
- \let\acronymtype\orgacronymtype
-</pre>
- <!--l. 6809--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol>
-<!--l. 6812--><p class="indent" > Note that only those entries that have been used in the text will appear in the relevant glossaries. Note also
-that <span
-class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries </span>may only be used in the preamble.
-</p><!--l. 6817--><p class="indent" > Remember that you can use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\provideglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-124030"></a> rather than <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-124031"></a>. Suppose you want
-to maintain a large database of acronyms or terms that you&#8217;re likely to use in your documents, but you may
-want to use a modified version of some of those entries. (Suppose, for example, one document may require a
-more detailed description.) Then if you define the entries using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\provideglossaryentry </span>in your database file,
-you can override the definition by simply using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>before loading the file. For example,
-suppose your file (called, say, <span
-class="cmtt-10">terms.tex</span>) contains:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-183">
-\provideglossaryentry{mallard}{name=mallard,
-&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;type&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;duck}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6830--><p class="nopar" > but suppose your document requires a more detailed description, you can do:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-184">
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-\makeglossaries
-\newglossaryentry{mallard}{name=mallard,
-&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;dabbling&#x00A0;duck&#x00A0;where&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;male&#x00A0;has&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;green&#x00A0;head}}
-\loadglsentries{terms}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 6841--><p class="nopar" > Now the <span
-class="cmtt-10">mallard </span>definition in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">terms.tex </span>file will be ignored.
-</p><!--l. 6845--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 6845--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.7 </span> <a
- id="sec:moveentry"></a>Moving Entries to Another Glossary</h3>
-<!--l. 6848--><p class="noindent" >As from version&#x00A0;3.02, you can move an entry from one glossary to another using:
-</p><!--l. 6850--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-125001"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsmoveentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">target glossary label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6852--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the unique label identifying the required entry and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">target glossary label</span>&#x27E9; is the unique label
-identifying the glossary in which to put the entry.
-</p><!--l. 6857--><p class="indent" > Note that no check is performed to determine the existence of the target glossary. If you want to move an
-entry to a glossary that&#8217;s skipped by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-125002"></a>, then define an ignored glossary with
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-125003"></a>. (See <a
-href="#sec:newglossary">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">9</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:newglossary">Defining New Glossaries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossary --></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 6863--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Unpredictable results may occur if you move an entry to a different glossary from its parent or children.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 6866--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6868--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 6868--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.8 </span> <a
- id="sec:docdefs"></a>Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment</h3>
-<!--l. 6871--><p class="noindent" >Originally, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-126001"></a> (and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-126002"></a>) could only be used in the preamble. I reluctantly removed
-this restriction in version 1.13, but there are issues with defining commands in the <span
-class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-126003"></a><a
- id="dx1-126004"></a> environment
-instead of the preamble, which is why the restriction is maintained for newer commands. This restriction is also
-reimposed for <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>by the new <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>. (The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package automatically reimposes
-this restriction for Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a> but provides a package option to allow document definitions if
-necessary.)
-
-
-</p><!--l. 6881--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 6881--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.8.1 </span> <a
- id="sec:techissues"></a>Technical Issues</h4>
-<!--l. 6884--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><ol class="enumerate1" >
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-127002x1">
- <!--l. 6885--><p class="noindent" >If you define an entry mid-way through your document, but subsequently shuffle sections around,
- you could end up using an entry before it has been defined.
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-127004x2">
- <!--l. 6889--><p class="noindent" >Entry information is required when displaying the glossary. If this occurs at the start of the
- document, but the entries aren&#8217;t defined until later, then the entry details are being looked up
- before the entry has been defined. This means that it&#8217;s not possible to display the content of the
- glossary unless the entry definitions are saved on the previous LaTeX&#x00A0;run and can be picked up
- at the start of the <span
-class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-127005"></a><a
- id="dx1-127006"></a> environment on the next run (in a similar way that <span
-class="cmtt-10">\label </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ref</span>
- work).
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-127008x3">
- <!--l. 6898--><p class="noindent" >If you use a package, such as <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-127009"></a>, that makes certain characters active at the start of the <span
-class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-127010"></a><a
- id="dx1-127011"></a>
- environment, there will be a&#x00A0;problem if those characters have a&#x00A0;special significance when defining
- glossary entries. These characters include the double-quote <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">"</span></span></span> character, the exclamation mark <span
-class="cmtt-10">!</span>
- character, the question mark <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">?</span></span></span> character, and the pipe <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">|</span></span></span> character. They must not be active when
- defining a&#x00A0;glossary entry where they occur in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-127012"></a> key (and they should be avoided in the label
- if they may be active at any point in the document). Additionally, the comma <span
-class="cmtt-10">, </span>character and the
- equals <span
-class="cmtt-10">= </span>character should not be active when using commands that have &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; arguments.
-</p>
- </li></ol>
-<!--l. 6914--><p class="noindent" >To overcome the first two problems, as from version 4.0 the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package modifies the definition of
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>at the beginning of the <span
-class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-127013"></a><a
- id="dx1-127014"></a> environment so that the definitions are written to an
-external file (<span
-class="cmtt-10">\jobname.glsdefs</span><a
- id="dx1-127015"></a>) which is then read in at the start of the document on the next run. This
-means that the entry can now be looked up in the glossary, even if the glossary occurs at the beginning of the
-document.
-</p><!--l. 6923--><p class="indent" > There are drawbacks to this mechanism: if you modify an entry definition, you need a second run to see the
-effect of your modification in <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>(if it occurs at the start of the document); this method requires
-an extra <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newwrite</span>, which may exceed TeX&#8217;s maximum allocation; unexpected expansion issues could
-occur.
-</p><!--l. 6930--><p class="indent" > Version 4.47 has introduced changes that have removed some of the issues involved, and there are now
-warning messages if there is an attempt to multiple define the same entry label.
-
-
-</p><!--l. 6934--><p class="indent" > The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides a setting (but only for Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>) that allows <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>
-to occur in the document environment but doesn&#8217;t create the <span
-class="cmtt-10">glsdefs</span><a
- id="dx1-127016"></a> file. This circumvents some problems but
-it means that you can&#8217;t display any of the glossaries before all the entries have been defined (so
-it&#8217;s all right if all the glossaries are at the end of the document but not if any occur in the front
-matter).
-</p><!--l. 6942--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 6942--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.8.2 </span> <a
- id="sec:goodpractice"></a>Good Practice Issues</h4>
-<!--l. 6945--><p class="noindent" >The above section covers technical issues that can cause your document to have compilation errors or produce
-incorrect output. This section focuses on good writing practice. The main reason cited by users wanting to
-define entries within the <span
-class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-128001"></a><a
- id="dx1-128002"></a> environment rather than in the preamble is that they want to
-write the definition as they type in their document text. This suggests a &#8220;stream of consciousness&#8221;
-style of writing that may be acceptable in certain literary genres but is inappropriate for factual
-documents.
-</p><!--l. 6954--><p class="indent" > When you write technical documents, regardless of whether it&#8217;s a PhD thesis or an article for a&#x00A0;journal or
-proceedings, you must plan what you write in advance. If you plan in advance, you should have a fairly good
-idea of the type of terminology that your document will contain, so while you are planning, create a new file
-with all your entry definitions. If, while you&#8217;re writing your document, you remember another term you need,
-then you can switch over to your definition file and add it. Most text editors have the ability to have more than
-one file open at a time. The other advantage to this approach is that if you forget the label, you
-can look it up in the definition file rather than searching through your document text to find the
-definition.
-
-
-</p>
-<!--l. 6967--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 6967--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">5. <a
- id="sec:usingentries"></a>Referencing Entries in the Document</h2>
-</p><!--l. 6970--><p class="indent" > Once you have defined a glossary entry using a command like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-129001"></a> (<a
-href="#sec:newglosentry">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4</span>
-</a><a
-href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>) or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-129002"></a> (<a
-href="#sec:acronyms">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>), you can refer
-to that entry in the document with one of the provided commands that are describe in this manual. (There are
-some additional commands provided by <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.) The text produced at that point in the document is
-determined by the command and can also be governed by whether or not the entry has been <a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">marked as
-used</a>.
-</p><!--l. 6980--><p class="indent" > Some of these commands are more complicated than others. Many of them are robust and can&#8217;t be used in
-fully expandable contexts, such as in PDF bookmarks.
-</p><!--l. 6984--><p class="indent" > The commands are broadly divided into:
- </p><ol class="enumerate1" >
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-129004x1">
- <!--l. 6986--><p class="noindent" >Those that display text in the document (where the formatting can be adjusted by a style or
- hook) and also index the entry (so that it&#8217;s added to the document) are described in <a
-href="#sec:glslink">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.1</span>
- </a><a
-href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a>. This set of commands can be further sub-divided into those that mark
- the entry as having been used (the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like commands, <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.1.1</span> </a><a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1">The <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands
- (First Use Flag Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:gls-like --></a>) and those that don&#8217;t (the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like commands, <a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.1.2</span>
- </a><a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2">The <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Not Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glstext-like --></a>).
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-129006x2">
- <!--l. 6994--><p class="noindent" >Those that display text in the document without indexing or applying any additional formatting
- (<a
-href="#sec:glsnolink">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>).</p></li></ol>
-<!--l. 6997--><p class="noindent" >There are additional commands specific to entries defined with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>that are described in
-<a
-href="#sec:longshortfull">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">6.1</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:longshortfull">Displaying the Long, Short and Full Forms (Independent of First Use)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:longshortfull --></a>.
-</p>
-<!--l. 7000--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.1 </span> <a
- id="sec:glslink"></a>Links to Glossary Entries</h3>
-<!--l. 7003--><p class="noindent" >The text which appears at the point in the document when using any of the commands described in
-<a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.1.1</span> </a><a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1">The <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:gls-like --></a> or <a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.1.2</span> </a><a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2">The <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-Like
-Commands (First Use Flag Not Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glstext-like --></a> is referred to as the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-130001"></a></a> (even if there are no hyperlinks). These
-commands also add a line to an external file that is used to generate the relevant entry in the glossary. This
-information includes an associated location that is added to the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-130002"></a></a> for that entry. By default, the
-location refers to the page number. For further information on number lists, see <a
-href="#sec:numberlists">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">12</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:numberlists">Number
-Lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>. These external files need to be post-processed by <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-130003"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-130004"></a></a> unless you have chosen Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option1">1</a>
-or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option4">4</a>. If you don&#8217;t use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-130005"></a> these external files won&#8217;t be created. (Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option1">1</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option4">4</a> write the
-information to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a
- id="dx1-130006"></a> file.)
-</p><!--l. 7017--><p class="indent" > Note that repeated use of these commands for the same entry can cause the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-130007"></a></a> to become quite
-long, which may not be particular helpful to the reader. In this case, you can use the non-indexing commands
-described in <a
-href="#sec:glsnolink">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a> or you can use the supplemental
-<a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package, which provides a means to suppress the automated indexing of the commands listed in
-
-
-this chapter.
-</p><!--l. 7025--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> I strongly recommend that you don&#8217;t use the commands defined in this chapter in the arguments of
-sectioning or caption commands or any other command that has a moving argument.
-</p><!--l. 7030--><p class="indent" > Aside from problems with expansion issues, PDF bookmarks and possible nested hyperlinks in the table of
-contents (or list of whatever) any use of the commands described in <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.1.1</span> </a><a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1">The <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands
-(First Use Flag Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:gls-like --></a> will have their <a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>&#x00A0;unset when they appear in the table of contents (or list of
-whatever). </div>
-</p><!--l. 7035--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7037--><p class="indent" > The above warning is particularly important if you are using the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package in conjunction with the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-130008"></a> package. Instead, use one of the <span
-class="cmti-10">expandable </span>commands listed in <a
-href="#sec:glsnolink">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms
-Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a> (such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a
- id="dx1-130009"></a> <span
-class="cmti-10">but not </span>the non-expandable case changing versions like
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span><a
- id="dx1-130010"></a>). Alternatively, provide an alternative via the optional argument to the sectioning/caption
-command or use <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-130011"></a>&#8217;s <span
-class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span><a
- id="dx1-130012"></a>. Examples:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-185">
-\chapter{An&#x00A0;overview&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;\glsentrytext{perl}}
-\chapter[An&#x00A0;overview&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Perl]{An&#x00A0;overview&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;\gls{perl}}
-\chapter{An&#x00A0;overview&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;\texorpdfstring{\gls{perl}}{Perl}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 7049--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7050--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> If you want to retain the formatting that&#8217;s available through commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>(for example, if you
-are using one of the small caps styles), then you might want to consider the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package which
-provides commands for this purpose. </div>
-</p><!--l. 7056--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7058--><p class="indent" > If you want the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-130013"></a></a> to produce a hyperlink to the corresponding entry details in the glossary, you
-should load the <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-130014"></a> package <span
-class="cmti-10">before </span>the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. That&#8217;s what I&#8217;ve done in this document, so if you
-see a hyperlinked term, such as <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-130015"></a></a>, you can click on the word or phrase and it will take you to a brief
-description in this document&#8217;s glossary.
-</p><!--l. 7066--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-130016"></a> package, I strongly recommend you use <span
-class="cmtt-10">pdflatex</span><a
- id="dx1-130017"></a> rather than <span
-class="cmtt-10">latex</span><a
- id="dx1-130018"></a> to compile your
-document, if possible. The DVI format of LaTeX&#x00A0;has limitations with the hyperlinks that can cause a problem
-when used with the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. Firstly, the DVI format can&#8217;t break a hyperlink across a line
-whereas PDFLaTeX&#x00A0;can. This means that long glossary entries (for example, the full form of an
-acronym) won&#8217;t be able to break across a line with the DVI format. Secondly, the DVI format doesn&#8217;t
-correctly size hyperlinks in subscripts or superscripts. This means that if you define a term that may
-be used as a subscript or superscript, if you use the DVI format, it won&#8217;t come out the correct
-size.
-</p><!--l. 7080--><p class="indent" > These are limitations of the DVI format not of the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-130019"></a> package. </div>
-</p><!--l. 7082--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7084--><p class="indent" > It may be that you only want terms in certain glossaries to have hyperlinks, but not for other
-glossaries. In this case, you can use the package option <span
-class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a
- id="dx1-130020"></a> to identify the glossary lists
-that shouldn&#8217;t have hyperlinked <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-130021"></a></a>. See <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-general">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">2.1</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-general">General Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-general --></a> for further
-details.
-</p><!--l. 7090--><p class="indent" > The way the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-130022"></a></a> is displayed depends on
-</p><!--l. 7091--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-130023"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7093--><p class="noindent" >
-For example, to make all <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-130024"></a></a> appear in a sans-serif font, do:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-186">
-\renewcommand*{\glstextformat}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 7098--><p class="nopar" > Further customisation can be done via <span
-class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-130025"></a> or by redefining <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-130026"></a>. See <a
-href="#sec:glsdisplay">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.1.3</span>
-</a><a
-href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a> for further details.
-</p><!--l. 7103--><p class="indent" > Each entry has an associated conditional referred to as the <a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. Some of the commands described in
-this chapter automatically unset this flag and can also use it to determine what text should be displayed. These
-types of commands are the <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands and are described in <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.1.1</span> </a><a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1">The <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like
-Commands (First Use Flag Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:gls-like --></a>. The commands that don&#8217;t reference or change the <a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>&#x00A0;are
-<a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands and are described in <a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.1.2</span> </a><a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2">The <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag
-Not Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glstext-like --></a>. See <a
-href="#sec:glsunset">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">7</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a> for commands that unset (mark the
-entry as having been used) or reset (mark the entry as not used) the <a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>&#x00A0;without referencing the
-entries.
-</p><!--l. 7115--><p class="indent" > The <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;and <a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands all take a first optional argument that is a comma-separated
-list of &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; options, described below. They also have a star-variant, which inserts <span
-class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>at the
-start of the list of options and a plus-variant, which inserts <span
-class="cmtt-10">hyper=true </span>at the start of the list of options. For
-example <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls*{sample}</span></span></span> is the same as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls[hyper=false]{sample}</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls+{sample}</span></span></span> is the same as
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls[hyper=true]{sample}</span></span></span>, whereas just <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{sample}</span></span></span> will use the default hyperlink setting which depends
-on a number of factors (such as whether the entry is in a glossary that has been identified in the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a
- id="dx1-130027"></a> list). You can override the <span
-class="cmtt-10">hyper</span><a
- id="dx1-130028"></a> key in the variant&#8217;s optional argument, for example,
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls*[hyper=true]{sample}</span></span></span> but this creates redundancy and is best avoided. The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package
-provides the option to add a third custom variant.
-</p><!--l. 7132--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid nesting these commands. For example don&#8217;t do <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslink{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label2</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">} </span>as this is likely to
-cause problems. By implication, this means that you should avoid using any of these commands within the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-130029"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-130030"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-130031"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-130032"></a> keys (or their plural equivalent) or any other key that you plan to
-access through these commands. (For example, the <span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol</span><a
- id="dx1-130033"></a> key if you intend to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol</span>.)
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 7142--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7144--><p class="indent" > The keys listed below are available for the optional first argument. The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides
-additional keys. (See the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>manual for further details.)
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7148--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">hyper</span><a
- id="dx1-130034"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 7148--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean key which can be used to enable/disable the hyperlink to the relevant entry in
- the glossary. If this key is omitted, the value is determined by current settings, as indicated above.
- For example, when used with a <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;command, if this is the first use and the <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-130035"></a>
- package option has been used, then the default value is <span
-class="cmtt-10">hyper=false</span>. The hyperlink can be forced
- on using <span
-class="cmtt-10">hyper=true </span>unless the hyperlinks have been suppressed using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper</span><a
- id="dx1-130036"></a>. You
- must load the <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-130037"></a> package before the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-130038"></a> package to ensure the hyperlinks work.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
-
-
- <!--l. 7159--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">format</span><a
- id="dx1-130039"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 7159--><p class="noindent" >This specifies how to format the associated location number for this entry in the glossary. This value is
- equivalent to the <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-130040"></a></a> encap value, and (as with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a
- id="dx1-130041"></a>) the value needs to be the name of a
- command <span
-class="cmti-10">without </span>the initial backslash. As with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a
- id="dx1-130042"></a>, the characters <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">(</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span> can also be used to specify
- the beginning and ending of a number range and they must be in matching pairs. (For example,
- <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls[format={(}]{sample}</span></span></span> on one page to start the range and later <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls[format={)}]{sample}</span></span></span> to
- close the range.) Again as with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a
- id="dx1-130043"></a>, the command should be the name of a command
- which takes an argument (which will be the associated location). Be careful not to use a
- declaration (such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">bfseries</span>) instead of a text block command (such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">textbf</span>) as the
- effect is not guaranteed to be localised. If you want to apply more than one style to a given
- entry (e.g.&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmbx-10">bold </span>and <span
-class="cmti-10">italic</span>) you will need to create a command that applies both formats,
- e.g.&#x00A0;
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-187">
- \newcommand*{\textbfem}[1]{\textbf{\emph{#1}}}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 7178--><p class="nopar" > and use that command.
- </p><!--l. 7181--><p class="noindent" >In this document, the standard formats refer to the standard text block commands such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\textbf</span><a
- id="dx1-130044"></a> or
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\emph</span><a
- id="dx1-130045"></a> or any of the commands listed in <a
-href="#tab:hyperxx">table&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.1</span></a>. You can combine a range and format using
- <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">(</span></span></span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">format</span>&#x27E9; to start the range and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">format</span>&#x27E9; to end the range. The &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">format</span>&#x27E9; part must match. For example,
- <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">format={(emph}</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">format={)emph}</span></span></span>.
- </p><!--l. 7188--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-130046"></a></a> instead of <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-130047"></a></a>, you must specify any non-standard formats that you want to use
- with the <span
-class="cmtt-10">format</span><a
- id="dx1-130048"></a> key using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</span><a
- id="dx1-130049"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>. So if you use <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-130050"></a> with the above example,
- you would need to add:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-188">
- \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textbfem}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 7196--><p class="nopar" > See <a
-href="#sec:xindy">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">14</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details. </div>
- </p><!--l. 7198--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 7200--><p class="noindent" >If you are using hyperlinks and you want to change the font of the hyperlinked location, don&#8217;t use
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\hyperpage</span><a
- id="dx1-130051"></a> (provided by the <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-130052"></a> package) as the locations may not refer to a page number. Instead,
- the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides number formats listed in <a
-href="#tab:hyperxx">table&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.1</span></a>. These commands are
- designed to work with the particular location formats created by <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-130053"></a></a> and <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-130054"></a></a> and shouldn&#8217;t be
- used in other contexts.
-</p>
- <div class="table">
- <!--l. 7209--><p class="noindent" ><a
- id="tab:hyperxx"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
->
- <div class="caption"
-><span class="id">Table&#x00A0;5.1: </span><span
-class="content">Predefined Hyperlinked Location Formats</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-1300551 -->
-<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-6" class="tabular"
+<dd> Description of some content that’s non-textual (for example, an image). A word break is assumed after the content. </dd>
+<p>
+<dt>ActualText</dt>
+<p>
+
+<dd> A character or sequence of characters that replaces textual content (for example, a dropped capital, a ligature or a symbol). No word break is assumed after the content. </dd>
+<p>
+<dt>E</dt>
+<p>
+
+<dd> Expansion of an abbreviation to avoid ambiguity (for example, <span class="qt">“St”</span> could be short for <span class="qt">“saint”</span> or <span class="qt">“street”</span>). </dd>
-><colgroup id="TBL-6-1g"><col
-id="TBL-6-1" /><col
-id="TBL-6-2" /></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">hyperrm</span><a
- id="dx1-130056"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-2"
-class="td11"> serif hyperlink </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">hypersf</span><a
- id="dx1-130057"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-2"
-class="td11"> sans-serif hyperlink </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-3-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">hypertt</span><a
- id="dx1-130058"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-3-2"
-class="td11"> monospaced hyperlink </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-4-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">hyperbf</span><a
- id="dx1-130059"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-4-2"
-class="td11"> bold hyperlink </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-5-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">hypermd</span><a
- id="dx1-130060"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-5-2"
-class="td11"> medium weight hyperlink </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-6-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">hyperit</span><a
- id="dx1-130061"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-6-2"
-class="td11"> italic hyperlink </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-7-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">hypersl</span><a
- id="dx1-130062"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-7-2"
-class="td11"> slanted hyperlink </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-8-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">hyperup</span><a
- id="dx1-130063"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-8-2"
-class="td11"> upright hyperlink </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-9-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">hypersc</span><a
- id="dx1-130064"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-9-2"
-class="td11"> small caps hyperlink </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-10-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">hyperemph</span><a
- id="dx1-130065"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-10-2"
-class="td11"> emphasized hyperlink </td></tr></table>
-</div>
- </div><hr class="endfloat" />
- </div>
- <!--l. 7229--><p class="noindent" >Note that if the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink</span><a
- id="dx1-130066"></a> command hasn&#8217;t been defined, the <span
-class="cmtt-10">hyper</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">xx</span>&#x27E9; formats are equivalent to the
- analogous <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">xx</span>&#x27E9; font commands (and <span
-class="cmtt-10">hyperemph </span>is equivalent to <span
-class="cmtt-10">emph</span>). If you want to make a new
- format, you will need to define a command which takes one argument and use that. For example, if you
- want the location number to be in a bold sans-serif font, you can define a command called, say,
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\hyperbsf</span><a
- id="dx1-130067"></a>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-189">
- \newcommand{\hyperbsf}[1]{\textbf{\hypersf{#1}}}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 7239--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span
-class="cmtt-10">hyperbsf </span>as the value for the <span
-class="cmtt-10">format</span><a
- id="dx1-130068"></a>
- key.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn1x5" id="fn1x5-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">5.1</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-130069f1"></a>
- </p><!--l. 7245--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> When defining a custom location format command that uses one of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\hyper</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">xx</span>&#x27E9;<a
- id="dx1-130070"></a> commands, make sure
- that the argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\hyper</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">xx</span>&#x27E9;<a
- id="dx1-130071"></a> is just the location. Any formatting must be outside of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\hyper</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">xx</span>&#x27E9;<a
- id="dx1-130072"></a> (as in
- the above <span
-class="cmtt-10">\hyperbfsf </span>example). </div>
- </p><!--l. 7251--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 7253--><p class="noindent" >Remember that if you use <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-130073"></a></a>, you will need to add this to the list of location <a
- id="dx1-130074"></a>attributes:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-190">
- \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbsf}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 7257--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7259--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">counter</span><a
- id="dx1-130075"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 7259--><p class="noindent" >This specifies which counter to use for this location. This overrides the default counter used by this entry.
- (See also <a
-href="#sec:numberlists">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">12</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:numberlists">Number Lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.)
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7263--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">local</span><a
- id="dx1-130076"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 7263--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean key that only makes a difference when used with <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands that change the
- entry&#8217;s <a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. If <span
-class="cmtt-10">local=true</span>, the change to the first use flag will be localised to the current scope.
- The default is <span
-class="cmtt-10">local=false</span>.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7269--><p class="noindent" >
-<span id="textcolor272"><span id="textcolor273"><span
-class="cmtt-10">noindex</span></span><a
- id="dx1-130077"></a></span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 7269--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean key that suppresses the indexing. Only available with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7272--><p class="noindent" >
-<span id="textcolor274"><span id="textcolor275"><span
-class="cmtt-10">hyperoutside</span></span><a
- id="dx1-130078"></a></span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 7272--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean key that determines whether to put the hyperlink outside of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><a
- id="dx1-130079"></a>. Only
- available with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7276--><p class="noindent" >
-<span id="textcolor276"><span id="textcolor277"><span
-class="cmtt-10">wrgloss</span></span><a
- id="dx1-130080"></a></span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 7276--><p class="noindent" >This key determines whether to index before (<span
-class="cmtt-10">wrgloss=before</span>) or after (<span
-class="cmtt-10">wrgloss=after</span>) the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-130081"></a></a>.
- Only available with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7281--><p class="noindent" >
-<span id="textcolor278"><span id="textcolor279"><span
-class="cmtt-10">textformat</span></span><a
- id="dx1-130082"></a></span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 7281--><p class="noindent" >This key identifies the name of the control sequence to encapsulate the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-130083"></a></a> instead of the default
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><a
- id="dx1-130084"></a>. Only available with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.
-
-
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7286--><p class="noindent" >
-<span id="textcolor280"><span id="textcolor281"><span
-class="cmtt-10">prefix</span></span><a
- id="dx1-130085"></a></span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 7286--><p class="noindent" >This key locally redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix</span><a
- id="dx1-130086"></a> to the given value. Only available with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7290--><p class="noindent" >
-<span id="textcolor282"><span id="textcolor283"><span
-class="cmtt-10">thevalue</span></span><a
- id="dx1-130087"></a></span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 7290--><p class="noindent" >This key explicitly sets the location. Only available with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7294--><p class="noindent" >
-<span id="textcolor284"><span id="textcolor285"><span
-class="cmtt-10">theHvalue</span></span><a
- id="dx1-130088"></a></span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 7294--><p class="noindent" >This key explicitly sets the hyperlink location. Only available with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.
-</p>
- </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 7300--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-130089"></a></a> isn&#8217;t scoped by default with just the base <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. Any unscoped declarations in the
-<a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-130090"></a></a> may affect subsequent text. </div>
-</p><!--l. 7304--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7306--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 7306--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.1.1 </span> <a
- id="x1-1310005.1.1"></a>The <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)</h4>
-<!--l. 7309--><p class="noindent" >This section describes the commands that unset (mark as used) the <a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>&#x00A0;on completion, and in most
-cases they use the current state of the flag to determine the text to be displayed. As described above, these
-commands all have a star-variant (<span
-class="cmtt-10">hyper=false</span>) and a plus-variant (<span
-class="cmtt-10">hyper=true</span>) and have an optional first
-argument that is a &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; list. These commands use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-131001"></a> or the equivalent definition provided by
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-131002"></a> to determine the automatically generated text and its format (see <a
-href="#sec:glsdisplay">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.1.3</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing
-the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 7319--><p class="indent" > Apart from <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a
- id="dx1-131003"></a>, the commands described in this section also have a <span
-class="cmti-10">final </span>optional argument &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;
-which may be used to insert material into the automatically generated text.
-</p><!--l. 7323--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since the commands have a final optional argument, take care if you actually want to display an open
-square bracket after the command when the final optional argument is absent. Insert an empty set of braces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{}</span></span></span>
-immediately before the opening square bracket to prevent it from being interpreted as the final argument. For
-example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-191">
-\gls{sample}&#x00A0;{}[Editor's&#x00A0;comment]
-</pre>
-<!--l. 7332--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7334--><p class="indent" > Don&#8217;t use any of the <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;or <a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands in the &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; argument. </div>
-</p><!--l. 7336--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7338--><p class="indent" > Take care using these commands within commands or environments that are processed multiple times as this
-can confuse the first use flag query and state change. This includes frames with overlays in <span
-class="cmss-10">beamer</span><a
- id="dx1-131004"></a> and the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">tabularx </span>environment provided by <span
-class="cmss-10">tabularx</span><a
- id="dx1-131005"></a>. The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package automatically deals with this issue in
-<span
-class="cmss-10">amsmath</span><a
- id="dx1-131006"></a>&#8217;s <span
-class="cmss-10">align </span>environment. You can apply a patch to <span
-class="cmss-10">tabularx</span><a
- id="dx1-131007"></a> by placing the following command (new to
-v4.28) in the preamble:
-</p><!--l. 7346--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-131008"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspatchtabularx </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7348--><p class="noindent" >
-This does nothing if <span
-class="cmss-10">tabularx</span><a
- id="dx1-131009"></a> hasn&#8217;t been loaded. There&#8217;s no patch available for <span
-class="cmss-10">beamer</span><a
- id="dx1-131010"></a>. See <a
-href="#sec:glsunset">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">7</span>
-</a><a
-href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a> for more details.
-</p><!--l. 7353--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-131011"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7355--><p class="noindent" >
-This command typically determines the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-131012"></a></a> from the values of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-131013"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-131014"></a> keys supplied when the
-entry was defined using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-131015"></a>. However, if the entry was defined using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-131016"></a> and
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a
- id="dx1-131017"></a> was used, then the link text<a
- id="dx1-131018"></a> will usually be determined from the <span
-class="cmtt-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-131019"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-131020"></a>
-keys.
-</p><!--l. 7363--><p class="indent" > There are two upper case variants:
-</p><!--l. 7364--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-131021"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7366--><p class="noindent" >
-and
-</p><!--l. 7368--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-131022"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLS[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7370--><p class="noindent" >
-which make the first letter of the link text or all the link text upper case, respectively. For the former, the
-uppercasing of the first letter is performed by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc</span><a
- id="dx1-131023"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7375--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The first letter uppercasing command <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc </span>has limitations which must be taken into
-account if you use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>or any of the other commands that convert the first letter to uppercase.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 7380--><p class="noindent" >
-The upper casing is performed as follows: </p>
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 7383--><p class="noindent" >If the first thing in the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-131024"></a></a> is a command follow by a group, the upper casing is performed on the
- first object of the group. For example, if an entry has been defined as
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-192">
- \newglossaryentry{sample}{
- &#x00A0;name={\emph{sample}&#x00A0;phrase},
- &#x00A0;sort={sample&#x00A0;phrase},
- &#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 7391--><p class="nopar" > Then <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{sample}</span></span></span> will set the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-131025"></a></a> to<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn2x5" id="fn2x5-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">5.2</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-131026f2"></a>
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-193">
- \emph{\MakeUppercase&#x00A0;sample}&#x00A0;phrase
-</pre>
- <!--l. 7397--><p class="nopar" > which will appear as <span
-class="cmti-10">Sample </span>phrase.
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 7400--><p class="noindent" >If the first thing in the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-131027"></a></a> isn&#8217;t a command or is a command but isn&#8217;t followed by a group, then the
- upper casing will be performed on that first thing. For example, if an entry has been defined
- as:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-194">
- \newglossaryentry{sample}{
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={\oe-ligature},
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={oe-ligature},
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}
- }
-</pre>
- <!--l. 7410--><p class="nopar" > Then <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{sample}</span></span></span> will set the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-131028"></a></a> to
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-195">
- \MakeUppercase&#x00A0;\oe-ligature
-</pre>
- <!--l. 7414--><p class="nopar" > which will appear as &#338;-ligature.
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 7417--><p class="noindent" >If you have <span
-class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a
- id="dx1-131029"></a> v2.01 or above, an extra case is added. If the first thing is <span
-class="cmtt-10">\protect </span>it will be
- discarded and the above rules will then be tried.
-</p>
- </li></ul>
-<!--l. 7422--><p class="noindent" >(Note the use of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-131030"></a> key in the above examples.)
-</p><!--l. 7424--><p class="indent" > There are hundreds of LaTeX&#x00A0;packages that altogether define thousands of commands with
-various syntax and it&#8217;s impossible for <span
-class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a
- id="dx1-131031"></a> to take them all into account. The above rules are
-quite simplistic and are designed for <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-131032"></a></a> that starts with a&#x00A0;text-block command (such as
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\emph</span>) or a command that produces a character (such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\oe</span>). This means that if your <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-131033"></a></a>
-starts with something that doesn&#8217;t adhere to <span
-class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a
- id="dx1-131034"></a>&#8217;s assumptions then things are likely to go
-wrong.
-</p><!--l. 7433--><p class="indent" > For example, starting with a math-shift symbol:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-196">
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={$a$},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={a},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}
+</dl>
+<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.13278"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Many <a id="wrglossary.13279"></a><a href="#glo:PDF">PDF</a> viewers don’t actually support any type of replacement text. Some may support <span class="qt">“ActualText”</span> but not <span class="qt">“Alt”</span> or <span class="qt">“E”</span>. <a href="https://pdfbox.apache.org/">PDFBox</a>’s <span class="qt">“PDFDebugger”</span> tool can be used to inspect the PDF content to make sure that the replacement text has been correctly set. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+You can define your own custom helper commands for specific fields that require them. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13280"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.13281"></a><a href="#glo:glsfield-labelaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbolaccsupp</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.13282"></a><a href="#glo:glsaccessibility"><code class="csfmt">\glsaccessibility</code></a>[method=hex,unicode]{ActualText}{<a id="wrglossary.13283"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a>1}{<a id="wrglossary.13284"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a>2}<span class="comment">% </span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 7440--><p class="nopar" > This falls into case&#x00A0;2 above, so the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-131035"></a></a> will be set to
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-197">
-\MakeUppercase&#x00A0;$a$
-</pre>
-<!--l. 7444--><p class="nopar" > This attempts to uppercase the math-shift <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">$</span></span></span>, which will go wrong. In this case it&#8217;s not appropriate to perform
-any case-changing, but it may be that you want to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>programmatically without checking if
-the text contains any maths. In this case, the simplest solution is to insert an empty brace at the
-start:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-198">
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={{}$a$},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={a},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}
+</pre> This definition requires the replacement text to be specified with the hexadecimal character code. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13285"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.13286"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{int}{<a id="wrglossary.13287"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={int}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.13288"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={integral}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.13289"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.13290"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\int</code>}}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.13291"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbolaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">symbolaccess</span></a><span class="optfmt">={222B}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 7457--><p class="nopar" > Now the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-131036"></a></a> will be set to
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-199">
-\MakeUppercase{}$a$
-</pre>
-<!--l. 7461--><p class="nopar" > and the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\uppercase </span>becomes harmless.
-</p><!--l. 7464--><p class="indent" > Another issue occurs when the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-131037"></a></a> starts with a command followed by an argument (case&#x00A0;1) but the
-argument is a label, identifier or something else that shouldn&#8217;t have a case-change. A common example is when
-the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-131038"></a></a> starts with one of the commands described in this chapter. (But you haven&#8217;t done that, have you?
-What with the warning not to do it at the beginning of the chapter.) Or when the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-131039"></a></a> starts with one of
-the non-linking commands described in <a
-href="#sec:glsnolink">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>. For
-example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-200">
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an&#x00A0;example}}
-\newglossaryentry{sample2}{
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={\glsentrytext{sample}&#x00A0;two},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={sample&#x00A0;two},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={another&#x00A0;example}
-&#x00A0;}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 7479--><p class="nopar" > Now the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-131040"></a></a> will be set to:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-201">
-\glsentrytext{\MakeUppercase&#x00A0;sample}&#x00A0;two
-</pre>
-<!--l. 7483--><p class="nopar" > This will generate an error because there&#8217;s no entry with the label &#8220;<span
-class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase sample</span>&#8221;. The best
-solution here is to write the term out in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-131041"></a> field and use the command in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-131042"></a> field. If you don&#8217;t use
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsname </span>anywhere in your document, you can use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-131043"></a> field:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-202">
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an&#x00A0;example}}
-\newglossaryentry{sample2}{
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={\gls{sample}&#x00A0;two},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={sample&#x00A0;two},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;text={sample&#x00A0;two},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={another&#x00A0;example}
-&#x00A0;}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 7497--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7499--><p class="indent" > If the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-131044"></a></a> starts with a command that has an optional argument or with multiple arguments where the
-actual text isn&#8217;t in the first argument, then <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc </span>will also fail. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-203">
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{
-&#x00A0;name={\textcolor{blue}{sample}&#x00A0;phrase},
-&#x00A0;sort={sample&#x00A0;phrase},
-&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 7508--><p class="nopar" > Now the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-131045"></a></a> will be set to:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-204">
-\textcolor{\MakeUppercase&#x00A0;blue}{sample}&#x00A0;phrase
-</pre>
-<!--l. 7512--><p class="nopar" > This won&#8217;t work because <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;blue</span></span></span> isn&#8217;t a recognised colour name. In this case you will have to
-define a helper command where the first argument is the text. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-205">
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{
-\newcommand*{\blue}[1]{\textcolor{blue}{#1}}
-&#x00A0;name={\blue{sample}&#x00A0;phrase},
-&#x00A0;sort={sample&#x00A0;phrase},
-&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 7522--><p class="nopar" > In fact, since the whole design ethos of LaTeX&#x00A0;is the separation of content and style, it&#8217;s better to use a
-semantic command. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-206">
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{
-\newcommand*{\keyword}[1]{\textcolor{blue}{#1}}
-&#x00A0;name={\keyword{sample}&#x00A0;phrase},
-&#x00A0;sort={sample&#x00A0;phrase},
-&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 7532--><p class="nopar" > For further details see the <span
-class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a
- id="dx1-131046"></a> user manual.
-</p><!--l. 7535--><p class="indent" > There are plural forms that are analogous to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>:
-</p><!--l. 7536--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-131047"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7538--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7539--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-131048"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glspl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7541--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7542--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-131049"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7544--><p class="noindent" >
-These typically determine the link text from the <span
-class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-131050"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-131051"></a> keys supplied when the entry was
-defined using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-131052"></a> or, if the entry is an abbreviation and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span>was used, from the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">longplural</span><a
- id="dx1-131053"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-131054"></a> keys.
-</p><!--l. 7551--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when you use glossary entries in math mode especially if you are using <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-131055"></a> as it can affect
-the spacing of subscripts and superscripts. For example, suppose you have defined the following
-entry:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-207">
-\newglossaryentry{Falpha}{name={F_\alpha},
-description=sample}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 7559--><p class="nopar" > and later you use it in math mode:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-208">
-$\gls{Falpha}^2$
-</pre>
-<!--l. 7563--><p class="nopar" > This will result in <span
-class="cmmi-10">F</span><sub><span
-class="cmmi-7">&#x03B1;</span></sub><sup><span
-class="cmr-7">2</span></sup> instead of <span
-class="cmmi-10">F</span><sub><span
-class="cmmi-7">&#x03B1;</span></sub><sup><span
-class="cmr-7">2</span></sup>. In this situation it&#8217;s best to bring the superscript into the hyperlink
-using the final &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; optional argument:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-209">
-$\gls{Falpha}[^2]$
-</pre>
-<!--l. 7569--><p class="nopar" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 7570--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7572--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-131056"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">link text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7574--><p class="noindent" >
-This behaves in the same way as the above commands, except that the &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">link text</span>&#x27E9; is explicitly set. There&#8217;s no final
-optional argument as any inserted material can be added to the &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">link text</span>&#x27E9; argument.
-</p><!--l. 7580--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don&#8217;t use any of the <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;or <a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands in the &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">link text</span>&#x27E9; argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span>.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 7583--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7585--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 7585--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.1.2 </span> <a
- id="x1-1320005.1.2"></a>The <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Not Queried)</h4>
-<!--l. 7588--><p class="noindent" >This section describes the commands that don&#8217;t change or reference the <a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. As described above, these
-commands all have a star-variant (<span
-class="cmtt-10">hyper=false</span>) and a plus-variant (<span
-class="cmtt-10">hyper=true</span>) and have an optional first
-argument that is a &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; list. These commands also don&#8217;t use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-132001"></a> or the equivalent
-definition provided by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-132002"></a> (see <a
-href="#sec:glsdisplay">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.1.3</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>).
-Additional commands for abbreviations are described in <a
-href="#sec:acronyms">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other
-Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7598--><p class="indent" > Apart from <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a
- id="dx1-132003"></a>, the commands described in this section also have a <span
-class="cmti-10">final </span>optional argument &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;
-which may be used to insert material into the automatically generated text. See the caveat above in
-<a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.1.1</span> </a><a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1">The <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:gls-like --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7603--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132004"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslink[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">link text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7605--><p class="noindent" >
-This command explicitly sets the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-132005"></a></a> as given in the final argument.
-</p><!--l. 7609--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don&#8217;t use any of the <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;or <a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands in the argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>. By
-extension, this means that you can&#8217;t use them in the value of fields that are used to form <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-132006"></a></a>.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 7614--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7616--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132007"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7618--><p class="noindent" >
-This command always uses the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-132008"></a> key as the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-132009"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7622--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands:
-</p><!--l. 7623--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132010"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glstext[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7625--><p class="noindent" >
-
-
-</p><!--l. 7626--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132011"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLStext[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7628--><p class="noindent" >
-These convert the first character or all the characters to uppercase, respectively. See the note on <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>above for
-details on the limitations of converting the first letter to upper case.
-</p><!--l. 7633--><p class="indent" > There&#8217;s no equivalent command for title-casing, but you can use the more generic command
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytitlecase</span><a
- id="dx1-132012"></a> in combination with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-210">
-\glslink{sample}{\glsentrytitlecase{sample}{text}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 7638--><p class="nopar" > (See <a
-href="#sec:glsnolink">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 7641--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132013"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7643--><p class="noindent" >
-This command always uses the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-132014"></a> key as the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-132015"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7647--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 7648--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132016"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsfirst[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7650--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7651--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132017"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSfirst[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7653--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7655--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-132018"></a> key (and <span
-class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-132019"></a> key) doesn&#8217;t necessarily match the text produced by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-132020"></a> (or
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a
- id="dx1-132021"></a>) on <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>&#x00A0;as the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-132022"></a></a> used by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-132023"></a> may be modified through commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\defglsentry</span><a
- id="dx1-132024"></a>.
-(Similarly, the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-132025"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-132026"></a> keys don&#8217;t necessarily match the link text<a
- id="dx1-132027"></a> used by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>
-on subsequent use.) </div>
-</p><!--l. 7663--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7665--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132028"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsplural[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7667--><p class="noindent" >
-This command always uses the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-132029"></a> key as the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-132030"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7671--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 7672--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132031"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsplural[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7674--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7675--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132032"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSplural[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7677--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7679--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132033"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstplural[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7681--><p class="noindent" >
-This command always uses the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-132034"></a> key as the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-132035"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7685--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 7686--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132036"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsfirstplural[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7688--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7689--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132037"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSfirstplural[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7691--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7693--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132038"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsname[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7695--><p class="noindent" >
-This command always uses the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-132039"></a> key as the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-132040"></a></a>. Note that this may be different from the
-
-
-values of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-132041"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-132042"></a> keys. In general it&#8217;s better to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst </span>instead of
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsname</span>.
-</p><!--l. 7701--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 7702--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132043"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsname[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7704--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7705--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132044"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSname[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7707--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7709--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general it&#8217;s best to avoid <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsname </span>with acronyms. Instead, consider using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acrlong</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acrshort </span>or
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acrfull</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 7712--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7714--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132045"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7716--><p class="noindent" >
-This command always uses the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol</span><a
- id="dx1-132046"></a> key as the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-132047"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7720--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 7721--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132048"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glssymbol[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7723--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7724--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132049"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSsymbol[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7726--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7728--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132050"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7730--><p class="noindent" >
-This command always uses the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-132051"></a> key as the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-132052"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7734--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 7735--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132053"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsdesc[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7737--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7738--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132054"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSdesc[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7740--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7742--><p class="indent" > If you want the title case version you can use
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-211">
-\glslink{sample}{\glsentrytitlecase{sample}{desc}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 7745--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7747--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132055"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsuseri[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7749--><p class="noindent" >
-This command always uses the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">user1</span><a
- id="dx1-132056"></a> key as the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-132057"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7753--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 7754--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132058"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsuseri[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7756--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7757--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132059"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSuseri[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7759--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7761--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132060"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsuserii[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7763--><p class="noindent" >
-This command always uses the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">user2</span><a
- id="dx1-132061"></a> key as the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-132062"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7767--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 7768--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132063"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsuserii[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7770--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7771--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132064"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSuserii[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7773--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7775--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132065"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsuseriii[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7777--><p class="noindent" >
-This command always uses the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">user3</span><a
- id="dx1-132066"></a> key as the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-132067"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7781--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 7782--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132068"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsuseriii[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7784--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7785--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132069"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSuseriii[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7787--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7789--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132070"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsuseriv[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7791--><p class="noindent" >
-This command always uses the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">user4</span><a
- id="dx1-132071"></a> key as the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-132072"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7795--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 7796--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132073"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsuseriv[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7798--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7799--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132074"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSuseriv[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-
-
-</p><!--l. 7801--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7803--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132075"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsuserv[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7805--><p class="noindent" >
-This command always uses the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">user5</span><a
- id="dx1-132076"></a> key as the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-132077"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7809--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 7810--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132078"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsuserv[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7812--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7813--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132079"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSuserv[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7815--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7817--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132080"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsuservi[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7819--><p class="noindent" >
-This command always uses the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">user6</span><a
- id="dx1-132081"></a> key as the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-132082"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7823--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 7824--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132083"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsuservi[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7826--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7827--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-132084"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSuservi[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7829--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7831--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 7831--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.1.3 </span> <a
- id="sec:glsdisplay"></a>Changing the format of the link text</h4>
-<!--l. 7834--><p class="noindent" ><div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides ways of altering the format according to the category. See the
-<a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details. </div>
-</p><!--l. 7838--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7840--><p class="noindent" >The default format of the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-133001"></a></a> for the <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands is governed
-by<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn3x5" id="fn3x5-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">5.3</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-133002f3"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 7844--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-133006"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7846--><p class="noindent" >
-This may be redefined but if you only want the change the display style for a given glossary, then you need to
-use
-</p><!--l. 7849--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-133007"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">type</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">definition</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7851--><p class="noindent" >
-instead of redefining <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span>. The optional first argument &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9; is the glossary type. This defaults to
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype</span><a
- id="dx1-133008"></a> if omitted. The second argument is the entry format definition.
-</p><!--l. 7857--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>is the default display format for entries. Once the display format has been changed
-for an individual glossary using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-133009"></a>, redefining <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>won&#8217;t have an effect on that
-glossary, you must instead use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt </span>again. Note that glossaries that have been identified as
-lists of acronyms (via the package option <span
-class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a
- id="dx1-133010"></a> or the command <span
-class="cmtt-10">\DeclareAcronymList</span><a
- id="dx1-133011"></a>, see
-<a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">2.7</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">Acronym and Abbreviation Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-acronym --></a>) use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt </span>to set their display style.
-
-
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 7867--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7869--><p class="indent" > Within the &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">definition</span>&#x27E9; argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span>, or if you want to redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span>, you may use
-the following commands:
-</p><!--l. 7873--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-133012"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7875--><p class="noindent" >
-This is the label of the entry being referenced. As from version 4.08, you can also access the glossary entry type
-using:
-</p><!--l. 7878--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-133013"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstype </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7880--><p class="noindent" >
-This is defined using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\edef</span><a
- id="dx1-133014"></a> so the replacement text is the actual glossary type rather than
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytype{\glslabel}</span></span></span>.
-</p><!--l. 7884--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-133015"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glscustomtext </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7886--><p class="noindent" >
-This is the custom text supplied in <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span>. It&#8217;s always empty for <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-133016"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a
- id="dx1-133017"></a> and their upper case variants.
-(You can use <span
-class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
- id="dx1-133018"></a>&#8217;s <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifdefempty </span>to determine if <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glscustomtext </span>is empty.)
-</p><!--l. 7892--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-133019"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsinsert </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7894--><p class="noindent" >
-The custom text supplied in the final optional argument to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>and their upper case
-variants.
-</p><!--l. 7898--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-133020"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsifplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">true text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">false text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7900--><p class="noindent" >
-If <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl </span>was used, this command does &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">true text</span>&#x27E9; otherwise it does &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">false text</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 7904--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-133021"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glscapscase{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">no case</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">first uc</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">all caps</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7906--><p class="noindent" >
-If <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp </span>were used, this does &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">no case</span>&#x27E9;. If <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>were used, this does &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">first uc</span>&#x27E9;. If
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLS </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl </span>were used, this does &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">all caps</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 7911--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-133022"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsifhyperon{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">hyper true</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">hyper false</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7913--><p class="noindent" >
-This will do &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">hyper true</span>&#x27E9; if the hyperlinks are on for the current reference, otherwise it will do &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">hyper false</span>&#x27E9;. The
-hyperlink may be off even if it wasn&#8217;t explicitly switched off with the <span
-class="cmtt-10">hyper</span><a
- id="dx1-133023"></a> key or the use of a starred
-command. It may be off because the <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-133024"></a> package hasn&#8217;t been loaded or because <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper</span><a
- id="dx1-133025"></a>
-has been used or because the entry is in a glossary type that&#8217;s had the hyperlinks switched off
-(using <span
-class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a
- id="dx1-133026"></a>) or because it&#8217;s the <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>&#x00A0;and the hyperlinks have been suppressed on first
-use.
-</p><!--l. 7924--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsifhyperon </span>command should be used instead of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsifhyper</span><a
- id="dx1-133027"></a>, which is now deprecated (and no
-longer documented). </div>
-</p><!--l. 7927--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7929--><p class="indent" > If you want to know if the command used to reference this entry was used with the star or plus variant, you
-can use:
-</p><!--l. 7931--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-133028"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslinkvar{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">unmodified</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">star</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">plus</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7933--><p class="noindent" >
-This will do &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">unmodified</span>&#x27E9; if the unmodified version was used, or will do &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">star</span>&#x27E9; if the starred version was used, or
-will do &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">plus</span>&#x27E9; if the plus version was used. Note that this doesn&#8217;t take into account if the <span
-class="cmtt-10">hyper</span><a
- id="dx1-133029"></a> key was used to
-
-
-override the default setting, so this command shouldn&#8217;t be used to guess whether or not the hyperlink is on for
-this reference.
-</p><!--l. 7942--><p class="indent" > Note that you can also use commands such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a
- id="dx1-133030"></a> within the definition of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>(see
-<a
-href="#sec:glsunset">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">7</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 7945--><p class="indent" > The commands <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span><a
- id="dx1-133031"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstype</span><a
- id="dx1-133032"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsifplural</span><a
- id="dx1-133033"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glscapscase</span><a
- id="dx1-133034"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsinsert</span><a
- id="dx1-133035"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glscustomtext</span><a
- id="dx1-133036"></a> are
-typically updated at the start of the <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;and <a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands so they can usually be accessed in
-the hook user commands, such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook</span><a
- id="dx1-133037"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a
- id="dx1-133038"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7951--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This means that using commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-133039"></a> within the fields that are accessed using the <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;or
-<a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands (such as the <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-133040"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-133041"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-133042"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-133043"></a> keys) will cause a problem. The entry
-formatting performed by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>and related commands isn&#8217;t scoped (otherwise if would
-cause problems for <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook </span>which may need to look ahead as well as look behind). This
-means that any nested commands will, at the very least, change the label stored in <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 7961--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7963--><p class="indent" > If you only want to make minor modifications to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span>, you can use
-</p><!--l. 7965--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-133044"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7967--><p class="noindent" >
-This uses the above commands to display just the <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-133045"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-133046"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-133047"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-133048"></a> keys (or the custom
-text) with the insert text appended.
-</p><!--l. 7972--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if you want to change the entry format for abbreviations (defined via <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-133049"></a>) you can
-use:
-</p><!--l. 7974--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-133050"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7976--><p class="noindent" >
-This uses the values from the <span
-class="cmtt-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-133051"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-133052"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">longplural</span><a
- id="dx1-133053"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-133054"></a> keys, rather than using the <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-133055"></a>,
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-133056"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-133057"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-133058"></a> keys. The first use singular text is obtained via:
-</p><!--l. 7981--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-133059"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7983--><p class="noindent" >
-instead of from the <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-133060"></a> key, and the first use plural text is obtained via:
-</p><!--l. 7986--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-133061"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\genplacrfullformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7988--><p class="noindent" >
-instead of from the <span
-class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-133062"></a> key. In both cases, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry&#8217;s label and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; is the insert text
-provided in the final optional argument of commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-133063"></a>. The default behaviour is to do the long form (or
-plural long form) followed by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; and a&#x00A0;space and the short form (or plural short form) in parentheses, where
-the short form is in the argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont</span><a
- id="dx1-133064"></a>. There are also first letter upper case
-versions:
-</p><!--l. 7997--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-133065"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Genacrfullformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7999--><p class="noindent" >
-and
-</p><!--l. 8001--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-133066"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Genplacrfullformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8003--><p class="noindent" >
-By default these perform a protected expansion on their no-case-change equivalents and then use
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc</span><a
- id="dx1-133067"></a> to convert the first character to upper case. If there are issues caused by this expansion, you
-will need to redefine those commands to explicitly use commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong</span><a
- id="dx1-133068"></a> (which is
-what the predefined acronym styles, such as <span
-class="cmss-10">long-short</span><a
- id="dx1-133069"></a>, do). Otherwise, you only need to redefine
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat</span><a
- id="dx1-133070"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\genplacrfullformat</span><a
- id="dx1-133071"></a> to change the behaviour of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-133072"></a>. See
-
-
-<a
-href="#sec:acronyms">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms and Other Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further details on changing the style of
-acronyms.
-</p><!--l. 8015--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>(or the formatting given by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span>) is not used by the
-<a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands. </div>
-</p><!--l. 8018--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8020--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.16, both the <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;and <a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands use
-</p><!--l. 8022--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-133073"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8024--><p class="noindent" >
-after the &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9; are set. This macro does nothing by default but can be redefined. (For example, to switch off
-the hyperlink under certain conditions.) This version also introduces
-</p><!--l. 8028--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-133074"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8030--><p class="noindent" >
-which is done after the link text has been displayed and also <span
-class="cmti-10">after </span>the <a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>&#x00A0;has been unset (see
-example&#x00A0;<a
-href="#x1-140078r18">18<!--tex4ht:ref: ex:dotabbr --></a>).
-<a
- id="x1-133075r8"></a>
-</p><!--l. 8035--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 8</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Custom Entry Display in Text)</span><a
- id="x1-133076"></a>
-</p><!--l. 8036--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want a glossary of measurements and units, you can use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol</span><a
- id="dx1-133077"></a> key to store the
-unit:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-212">
-\newglossaryentry{distance}{name=distance,
-description={The&#x00A0;length&#x00A0;between&#x00A0;two&#x00A0;points},
-symbol={km}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 8042--><p class="nopar" > and now suppose you want <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{distance}</span></span></span> to produce &#8220;distance (km)&#8221; on <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, then you can redefine
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-133078"></a> as follows:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-213">
-\renewcommand*{\glsentryfmt}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsgenentryfmt
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space&#x00A0;(\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel})}%
+</pre><p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13292"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.13293"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides additional support. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:accsuppcmds -->
+
+<section id="sec:glsentryaccessdisplay"><!-- start of section sec:glsentryaccessdisplay --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->17.3. Incorporating the Access Field Values<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+These robust commands are all in the form <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="csfmt">\gls<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span>accessdisplay</code>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> They may be used to apply the supplied accessibility information to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>. If the relevant access field hasn’t been set, these simply do <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.13294"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+The <a id="wrglossary.13295"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides convenient wrapper commands such as: <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.13296"></a><a href="#glo:glsaccessname"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsaccessname</code></a>}[1]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.13297"></a><a href="#glo:glsnameaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsnameaccessdisplay</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.13298"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryname</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.13299"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a>1}}<a id="wrglossary.13300"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hash"></a>1<span class="comment">% </span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 8051--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8053--><p class="indent" > (Note that I&#8217;ve used <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol</span><a
- id="dx1-133079"></a> rather than <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol</span><a
- id="dx1-133080"></a> to avoid nested hyperlinks.)
-</p><!--l. 8056--><p class="indent" > Note also that all of the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-133081"></a></a> will be formatted according to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><a
- id="dx1-133082"></a> (described earlier). So if
-you do, say:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-214">
-\renewcommand{\glstextformat}[1]{\textbf{#1}}
-\renewcommand*{\glsentryfmt}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsgenentryfmt
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space(\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel})}%
+</pre> See the <a id="wrglossary.13301"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13302"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13303"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsnameaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsnameaccessdisplay</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Applies the accessibility information from the <a id="wrglossary.13304"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.access"><span class="csoptfmt">access</span></a> field to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13305"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13306"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glstextaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glstextaccessdisplay</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Applies the accessibility information from the <a id="wrglossary.13307"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.textaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">textaccess</span></a> field to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13308"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13309"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glspluralaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glspluralaccessdisplay</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Applies the accessibility information from the <a id="wrglossary.13310"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.pluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">pluralaccess</span></a> field to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13311"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13312"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Applies the accessibility information from the <a id="wrglossary.13313"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">firstpluralaccess</span></a> field to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13314"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13315"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glssymbolaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbolaccessdisplay</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Applies the accessibility information from the <a id="wrglossary.13316"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbolaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">symbolaccess</span></a> field to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13317"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13318"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Applies the accessibility information from the <a id="wrglossary.13319"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbolpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">symbolpluralaccess</span></a> field to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13320"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13321"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsdescriptionaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Applies the accessibility information from the <a id="wrglossary.13322"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.descaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">descaccess</span></a> field (which corresponds to the <a id="wrglossary.13323"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.descriptionaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">descriptionaccess</span></a> key) to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13324"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13325"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Applies the accessibility information from the <a id="wrglossary.13326"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.descpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">descpluralaccess</span></a> field (which corresponds to the <a id="wrglossary.13327"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.descriptionpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">descriptionpluralaccess</span></a> key) to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13328"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13329"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsshortaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsshortaccessdisplay</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Applies the accessibility information from the <a id="wrglossary.13330"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">shortaccess</span></a> field to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13331"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13332"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsshortpluralaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Applies the accessibility information from the <a id="wrglossary.13333"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">shortpluralaccess</span></a> field to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13334"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13335"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glslongaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glslongaccessdisplay</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Applies the accessibility information from the <a id="wrglossary.13336"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">longaccess</span></a> field to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13337"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13338"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glslongpluralaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glslongpluralaccessdisplay</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Applies the accessibility information from the <a id="wrglossary.13339"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">longpluralaccess</span></a> field to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13340"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13341"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsuseriaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseriaccessdisplay</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Applies the accessibility information from the <a id="wrglossary.13342"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useriaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">useriaccess</span></a> field (which corresponds to the <a id="wrglossary.13343"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1access"><span class="csoptfmt">user1access</span></a> key) to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13344"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13345"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsuseriiaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseriiaccessdisplay</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Applies the accessibility information from the <a id="wrglossary.13346"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useriiaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">useriiaccess</span></a> field (which corresponds to the <a id="wrglossary.13347"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user2access"><span class="csoptfmt">user2access</span></a> key) to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13348"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13349"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsuseriiiaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseriiiaccessdisplay</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Applies the accessibility information from the <a id="wrglossary.13350"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useriiiaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">useriiiaccess</span></a> field (which corresponds to the <a id="wrglossary.13351"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user3access"><span class="csoptfmt">user3access</span></a> key) to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13352"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13353"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsuserivaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsuserivaccessdisplay</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Applies the accessibility information from the <a id="wrglossary.13354"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.userivaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">userivaccess</span></a> field (which corresponds to the <a id="wrglossary.13355"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user4access"><span class="csoptfmt">user4access</span></a> key) to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13356"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13357"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsuservaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsuservaccessdisplay</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Applies the accessibility information from the <a id="wrglossary.13358"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.uservaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">uservaccess</span></a> field (which corresponds to the <a id="wrglossary.13359"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user5access"><span class="csoptfmt">user5access</span></a> key) to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13360"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13361"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsuserviaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsuserviaccessdisplay</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Applies the accessibility information from the <a id="wrglossary.13362"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.userviaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">userviaccess</span></a> field (which corresponds to the <a id="wrglossary.13363"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user6access"><span class="csoptfmt">user6access</span></a> key) to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:glsentryaccessdisplay -->
+
+<section id="sec:glsentryaccess"><!-- start of section sec:glsentryaccess --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->17.4. Obtaining the Access Field Values<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+There are commands analogous to <a id="wrglossary.13364"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a> if you need to obtain the value of any of the accessibility fields. Since the accessibility information isn’t intended to be typeset but should be written as a <a id="wrglossary.13365"></a><a href="#glo:PDF">PDF</a> string, use the expandable <a id="wrglossary.13366"></a><a href="#glo:MFUsentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\MFUsentencecase</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.13367"></a><a href="#glo:glsuppercase"><code class="csfmt">\glsuppercase</code></a> if any <a id="wrglossary.13368"></a><a href="#glo:dual.casechange">case change</a> is required.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13369"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13370"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryaccess</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.13371"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.access"><span class="csoptfmt">access</span></a> field.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13372"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13373"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentrytextaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytextaccess</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.13374"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.textaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">textaccess</span></a> field.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13375"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13376"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryfirstaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfirstaccess</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.13377"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">firstaccess</span></a> field.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13378"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13379"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentrypluralaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrypluralaccess</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.13380"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.pluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">pluralaccess</span></a> field.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13381"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13382"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryfirstpluralaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfirstpluralaccess</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.13383"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">firstpluralaccess</span></a> field.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13384"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13385"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentrysymbolaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysymbolaccess</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.13386"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbolaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">symbolaccess</span></a> field.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13387"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13388"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentrysymbolpluralaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysymbolpluralaccess</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.13389"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbolpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">symbolpluralaccess</span></a> field.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13390"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13391"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentrydescaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydescaccess</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.13392"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.descaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">descaccess</span></a> field, which corresponds to the <a id="wrglossary.13393"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.descriptionaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">descriptionaccess</span></a> key.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13394"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13395"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentrydescpluralaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydescpluralaccess</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.13396"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.descpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">descpluralaccess</span></a> field, which corresponds to the <a id="wrglossary.13397"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.descriptionpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">descriptionpluralaccess</span></a> key.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13398"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13399"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryshortaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshortaccess</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.13400"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">shortaccess</span></a> field.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13401"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13402"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryshortpluralaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshortpluralaccess</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.13403"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">shortpluralaccess</span></a> field.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13404"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13405"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentrylongaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylongaccess</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.13406"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">longaccess</span></a> field.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13407"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13408"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentrylongpluralaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylongpluralaccess</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.13409"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">longpluralaccess</span></a> field.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13410"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13411"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryuseriaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuseriaccess</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.13412"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useriaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">useriaccess</span></a> field, which corresponds to the <a id="wrglossary.13413"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1access"><span class="csoptfmt">user1access</span></a> key.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13414"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13415"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryuseriiaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuseriiaccess</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.13416"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useriiaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">useriiaccess</span></a> field, which corresponds to the <a id="wrglossary.13417"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user2access"><span class="csoptfmt">user2access</span></a> key.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13418"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13419"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryuseriiiaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuseriiiaccess</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.13420"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useriiiaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">useriiiaccess</span></a> field, which corresponds to the <a id="wrglossary.13421"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user3access"><span class="csoptfmt">user3access</span></a> key.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13422"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13423"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryuserivaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuserivaccess</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.13424"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.userivaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">userivaccess</span></a> field, which corresponds to the <a id="wrglossary.13425"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user4access"><span class="csoptfmt">user4access</span></a> key.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13426"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13427"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryuservaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuservaccess</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.13428"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.uservaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">uservaccess</span></a> field, which corresponds to the <a id="wrglossary.13429"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user5access"><span class="csoptfmt">user5access</span></a> key.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13430"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13431"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentryuserviaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuserviaccess</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.13432"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.userviaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">userviaccess</span></a> field, which corresponds to the <a id="wrglossary.13433"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user6access"><span class="csoptfmt">user6access</span></a> key.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:glsentryaccess -->
+
+<section id="sec:accsuppdevnote"><!-- start of section sec:accsuppdevnote --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->17.5. Developer’s Note<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:accsuppdevnote">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+Currently there’s only support for <a id="wrglossary.13434"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.accsupp"><span class="styfmt">accsupp</span></a>. If you want to experiment with another package that provides accessibility support, define the following command before <a id="wrglossary.13435"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> is loaded: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13436"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13437"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:gls@accsupp@engine"><code class="csfmt">\gls@accsupp@engine</code></dfn></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>accsupp</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ If this command has its default definition of <code class="code">accsupp</code> when <a id="wrglossary.13438"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> loads then the <a id="wrglossary.13439"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.accsupp"><span class="styfmt">accsupp</span></a> package will automatically be loaded, otherwise it won’t and you’ll need to redefine <a id="wrglossary.13440"></a><a href="#glo:gls@accessibility"><code class="csfmt">\gls@accessibility</code></a> to use the appropriate accessibility commands.<p>
+<div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13441"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.13442"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:gls@accessibility"><code class="csfmt">\gls@accessibility</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">PDF element</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">content</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This command is used internally by <a id="wrglossary.13443"></a><a href="#glo:glsaccessibility"><code class="csfmt">\glsaccessibility</code></a>. The default definition if <a id="wrglossary.13444"></a><a href="#glo:gls@accsupp@engine"><code class="csfmt">\gls@accsupp@engine</code></a> is defined to <code class="code">accsupp</code> does: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.13445"></a><a href="#glo:BeginAccSupp"><code class="csfmt">\BeginAccSupp</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>,<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">PDF element</em>〉</span>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span>}}<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">content</em>〉</span><a id="wrglossary.13446"></a><a href="#glo:EndAccSupp"><code class="csfmt">\EndAccSupp</code></a>{}
+</pre> Otherwise it simply does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">content</em>〉</span>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:accsuppdevnote -->
+
+<section id="sec:samples"><!-- start of section sec:samples --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->18. Sample Documents<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:samples">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.13447"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package is provided with some sample documents that illustrate the various functions. These should be located in the <span class="filefmt">samples</span> subdirectory (folder) of the <a id="wrglossary.13448"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> documentation directory. This location varies according to your operating system and TeX distribution. You can use <a id="wrglossary.13449"></a><a href="#glo:app.texdoc"><span class="appfmt">texdoc</span></a> to locate the main <a id="wrglossary.13450"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> documentation. For example: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.13451"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div><a href="https://www.tug.org/texdoc/">texdoc</a> -l glossaries</pre> This should display a list of all the files in the <a id="wrglossary.13452"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> documentation directory with their full pathnames. (The <a id="wrglossary.13453"></a><a href="#glo:dual.gui">GUI</a> version of <a id="wrglossary.13454"></a><a href="#glo:app.texdoc"><span class="appfmt">texdoc</span></a> may also provide you with the information.)<p>
+If you can’t find the sample files on your computer, they are also available from your nearest CTAN mirror at <a href="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/">http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/</a>. Each sample file listed below has a <a id="wrglossary.13455"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> to the file’s location on the CTAN mirror.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.13456"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package and <a id="wrglossary.13457"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> provide some additional sample files. There are also examples in the <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery">Dickimaw Books Gallery</a>.<p>
+If you prefer to use <a id="wrglossary.13458"></a><a href="#glo:dual.utf8">UTF-8</a> aware engines (<span class="appfmt">xelatex</span> or <span class="appfmt">lualatex</span>) remember that you’ll need to switch from <a id="wrglossary.13459"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.fontenc"><span class="styfmt">fontenc</span></a> &amp; <a id="wrglossary.13460"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.inputenc"><span class="styfmt">inputenc</span></a> to <a id="wrglossary.13461"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.fontspec"><span class="styfmt">fontspec</span></a> where appropriate.<p>
+If you get any errors or unexpected results, check that you have up-to-date versions of all the required packages. (Search the log file for lines starting with “<code class="qtt">Package: </code>”.) Where <a id="wrglossary.13462"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> is loaded you will get warnings about non-existent references that look something like: <pre class="transcript"><div class="transcripttitle"><a id="wrglossary.13463"></a><a href="#glo:sym.transcript"><span title="Transcript" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdfTeX warning (dest): name{glo:aca} has been
+referenced but does not exist, replaced by a fixed one
+</pre> These warnings may be ignored on the first LaTeX run. (The destinations won’t be defined until the <a id="wrglossary.13464"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> has been created.)<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:samples -->
+
+<section id="sec:samplesbasic"><!-- start of section sec:samplesbasic --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->18.1. Basic<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:samplesbasic">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/minimalgls.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.13465"></a><dfn id="glo:file.minimalgls.tex"><span class="filefmt">minimalgls.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document is a minimal working example. You can test your installation using this file. To create the complete document you will need to do the following steps:
+<ol class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="numitem">1.</span>Run <a id="wrglossary.13466"></a><a href="#glo:file.minimalgls.tex"><span class="filefmt">minimalgls.tex</span></a> through LaTeX either by typing <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.13467"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex minimalgls
+</pre> in a terminal or by using the relevant button or menu item in your text editor or front-end. This will create the required associated files but you will not see the <a id="wrglossary.13468"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> in the document.<p>
+<li><span class="numitem">2.</span>If you have Perl installed, run <a id="wrglossary.13469"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> on the document (§<a href="#sec:makeglossaries">1.6</a>). This can be done on a terminal by typing: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.13470"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>makeglossaries minimalgls
+</pre> otherwise use <a id="wrglossary.13471"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a>: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.13472"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>makeglossaries-lite minimalgls
+</pre> If for some reason you want to call <a id="wrglossary.13473"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> explicitly, you can do this in a terminal by typing (all on one line): <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.13474"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>makeindex -s minimalgls.ist -t minimalgls.glg -o minimalgls.gls minimalgls.glo
+</pre> See §<a href="#sec:makeindexapp">1.6.4</a> for further details on using <a id="wrglossary.13475"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> explicitly.<p>
+Note that if the file name contains spaces, you will need to use the double-quote character to delimit the name.<p>
+<li><span class="numitem">3.</span>Run <a id="wrglossary.13476"></a><a href="#glo:file.minimalgls.tex"><span class="filefmt">minimalgls.tex</span></a> through LaTeX again (as step 1)
+</ol>
+ You should now have a complete document. The number following each entry in the <a id="wrglossary.13477"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> is the <a id="wrglossary.13478"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location number</a>. By default, this is the page number where the entry was referenced.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.13479"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> package option creates a second <a id="wrglossary.13480"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> with the label <a id="wrglossary.13481"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a> (which can be referenced with <a id="wrglossary.13482"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a>). If you decide to enable this option then there will be a second set of <a id="wrglossary.13483"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing files</a> that need to be processed by <a id="wrglossary.13484"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>. If you use <a id="wrglossary.13485"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.13486"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a> you don’t need to worry about it, as those scripts automatically detect which files need to be processed and will run <a id="wrglossary.13487"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> (or <a id="wrglossary.13488"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>) the appropriate number of times.<p>
+If for some reason you don’t want to use <a id="wrglossary.13489"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.13490"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a> and you want the <a id="wrglossary.13491"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> package option then the complete build process is: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.13492"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex minimalgls
+makeindex -s minimalgls.ist -t minimalgls.glg -o minimalgls.gls minimalgls.glo
+makeindex -s minimalgls.ist -t minimalgls.alg -o minimalgls.acr minimalgls.acn
+pdflatex minimalgls
+</pre><p>
+There are three other files that can be used as <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/minexample/">minimal working examples</a>: <a href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples//mwe-gls.tex"><span class="filefmt">mwe-gls.tex</span></a>, <a href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples//mwe-acr.tex"><span class="filefmt">mwe-acr.tex</span></a> and <a href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples//mwe-acr-desc.tex"><span class="filefmt">mwe-acr-desc.tex</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.13493"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If you want to try out the <a id="wrglossary.13494"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> extension package, you need to replace the package loading line: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13495"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.13496"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries</strong>}
+</pre> with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13497"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.13498"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a><strong class="strong">,<a id="wrglossary.13499"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.13500"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a></strong>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre> Note the different default package options. (You may omit the <a id="wrglossary.13501"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> package option in both cases if you only want a single <a id="wrglossary.13502"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>.) The <a id="wrglossary.13503"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package internally loads the base <a id="wrglossary.13504"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package so you don’t need to explicitly load both (in fact, it’s better to let <a id="wrglossary.13505"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> load <a id="wrglossary.13506"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a>).<p>
+Next, replace: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13507"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.13508"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.13509"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>}
+</pre> with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13510"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.13511"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.13512"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a></strong>]{<a id="wrglossary.13513"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>}
+</pre> The optional argument <a id="wrglossary.13514"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a> identifies the category that this style should be applied to. The <a id="wrglossary.13515"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> command provided by the base <a id="wrglossary.13516"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package is redefined by <a id="wrglossary.13517"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> to use <a id="wrglossary.13518"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a> with the category set to <a id="wrglossary.13519"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>.<p>
+If you prefer to replace <a id="wrglossary.13520"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.13521"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a> then the default category is <a id="wrglossary.13522"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.abbreviation"><span class="catfmt">abbreviation</span></a> so the style should instead be: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13523"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.13524"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.13525"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.abbreviation"><span class="catfmt">abbreviation</span></a></strong>]{<a id="wrglossary.13526"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>}
+</pre> This is actually the default category if the optional argument is omitted, so you can simply do: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13527"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.13528"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.13529"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>}
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.13530"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short</span></a> style is the default for the <a id="wrglossary.13531"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.abbreviation"><span class="catfmt">abbreviation</span></a> category so you can omit this line completely if you replace <a id="wrglossary.13532"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>. (The default style for the <a id="wrglossary.13533"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a> category is <a id="wrglossary.13534"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-nolong</span></a>, which only shows the short form on <a id="wrglossary.13535"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>.)<p>
+As mentioned earlier, the <a id="wrglossary.13536"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> package option creates a new <a id="wrglossary.13537"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> with the label <a id="wrglossary.13538"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a>. This is independent of the <a id="wrglossary.13539"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a> category. You can use the <a id="wrglossary.13540"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> package option with either <a id="wrglossary.13541"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.13542"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>.<p>
+You may instead prefer to use the <a id="wrglossary.13543"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbreviations"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">abbreviations</span></a> package option, which creates a new <a id="wrglossary.13544"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> with the label <a id="wrglossary.13545"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.abbreviations"><code class="glostypefmt">abbreviations</code></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13546"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.13547"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbreviations"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">abbreviations</span></a></strong>,<a id="wrglossary.13548"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.13549"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre> This can again be used with either <a id="wrglossary.13550"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.13551"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>, but the file extensions are different. This isn’t a problem if you are using <a id="wrglossary.13552"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.13553"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a>. If you are explicitly calling <a id="wrglossary.13554"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> (or <a id="wrglossary.13555"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>) then you need to modify the file extensions. See the <a id="wrglossary.13556"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> user manual for further details.<p>
+If you use both the <a id="wrglossary.13557"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.13558"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbreviations"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">abbreviations</span></a> package options then <a id="wrglossary.13559"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> will default to the <a id="wrglossary.13560"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a> glossary and <a id="wrglossary.13561"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a> will default to the <a id="wrglossary.13562"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.abbreviations"><code class="glostypefmt">abbreviations</code></a> glossary.<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.13563"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If you want to try <a id="wrglossary.13564"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, you first need to convert the document to use <a id="wrglossary.13565"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> as described above. Then add the <a id="wrglossary.13566"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a> package option. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13567"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.13568"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a></strong>,<a id="wrglossary.13569"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.13570"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre> Next you need to convert the <a id="wrglossary.13571"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> definitions into the <a id="wrglossary.13572"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> format required by <a id="wrglossary.13573"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. This can easily be done with <a id="wrglossary.13574"></a><a href="#glo:app.convertgls2bib"><span class="appfmt">convertgls2bib</span></a>. For example: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.13575"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>convertgls2bib <a id="wrglossary.13576"></a><a href="#glo:switch.preamble-only"><span class="longargfmt">--preamble-only</span></a> minimalgls.tex entries.bib
+</pre> This will create a file called <strong class="strong"><span class="filefmt">entries.bib</span></strong>. Next, replace: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13577"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.13578"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>
+</pre> with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13579"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.13580"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.13581"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<strong class="strong">entries</strong>}</span>]
+</pre> Now remove all the entry definitions in the <a id="wrglossary.13582"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">document preamble</a>(<a id="wrglossary.13583"></a><a href="#glo:longnewglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\longnewglossaryentry</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.13584"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.13585"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.13586"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>). <p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.13587"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> style</a> command must go before <a id="wrglossary.13588"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>. For example (if you are using <a id="wrglossary.13589"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>): <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13590"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.13591"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.13592"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>]{<a id="wrglossary.13593"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>}
+<a id="wrglossary.13594"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.13595"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={entries}</span>]
+</pre> Finally, replace: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13596"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.13597"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a>
+</pre> with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13598"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.13599"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a>
+</pre> The document build is now: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.13600"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex minimalgls
+bib2gls minimalgls
+pdflatex minimalgls
+</pre><p>
+<a id="wrglossary.13601"></a><a href="#glo:file.sampleDB.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleDB.tex</span></a> This document illustrates how to load external files containing the glossary entry definitions. It also illustrates how to define a new <a id="wrglossary.13602"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> type. This document has the <a id="wrglossary.13603"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> suppressed and uses <a id="wrglossary.13604"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddall"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddall</code></a> to add all the entries to the <a id="wrglossary.13605"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> without referencing each one explicitly. (Note that it’s more efficient to use <a id="wrglossary.13606"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.13607"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> if you have a large number of entries.) To create the document do: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.13608"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sampleDB
+makeglossaries sampleDB
+pdflatex sampleDB
+</pre> or <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.13609"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sampleDB
+makeglossaries-lite sampleDB
+pdflatex sampleDB
+</pre> The glossary definitions are stored in the accompanying files <a href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples//database1.tex"><span class="filefmt">database1.tex</span></a> and <a href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples//database2.tex"><span class="filefmt">database2.tex</span></a>. If for some reason you want to call <a id="wrglossary.13610"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> explicitly you must have a separate call for each glossary:
+<ol class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="numitem">1.</span>Create the <a id="wrglossary.13611"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary (all on one line): <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.13612"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>makeindex -s sampleDB.ist -t sampleDB.glg -o sampleDB.gls sampleDB.glo
+</pre> <li><span class="numitem">2.</span>Create the secondary glossary (all on one line): <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.13613"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>makeindex -s sampleDB.ist -t sampleDB.nlg -o sampleDB.not sampleDB.ntn
+</pre> Note that both <a id="wrglossary.13614"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.13615"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a> do this all in one call, so they not only make it easier because you don’t need to supply all the switches and remember all the extensions but they also call <a id="wrglossary.13616"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> the appropriate number of times.
+</ol>
+<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.13617"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If you want to switch to using <a id="wrglossary.13618"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> with <a id="wrglossary.13619"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, you can convert <a href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples//database1.tex"><span class="filefmt">database1.tex</span></a> and <a href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples//database2.tex"><span class="filefmt">database2.tex</span></a> to <a id="wrglossary.13620"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> files using <a id="wrglossary.13621"></a><a href="#glo:app.convertgls2bib"><span class="appfmt">convertgls2bib</span></a>: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.13622"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>convertgls2bib database1.tex database1.bib
+convertgls2bib database2.tex database2.bib
+</pre> The document code then needs to be: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13623"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[colorlinks,plainpages=false]{hyperref}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.13624"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a></strong>,<a id="wrglossary.13625"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+
+<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.13626"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary*"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary*</code></a></strong>{punc}{Punctuation Characters}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.13627"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.13628"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={database1}</span>,
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.13629"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.selection"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">selection</span></a><span class="optfmt">=all</span></strong>,<a id="wrglossary.13630"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.sort"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=en</span>]
+<a id="wrglossary.13631"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.13632"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={database2}</span>,<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.13633"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.type"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=punc</span>,</strong>
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.13634"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.selection"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">selection</span></a><span class="optfmt">=all</span></strong>,<a id="wrglossary.13635"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.sort"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=letter-case</span>]
+
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.13636"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\print<strong class="strong">unsrt</strong>glossaries</code></a>
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> Note that the <a id="wrglossary.13637"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a> package option has been omitted. It’s not needed because there are no locations in this amended document (whereas in the original <a id="wrglossary.13638"></a><a href="#glo:file.sampleDB.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleDB.tex</span></a> locations are created with <a id="wrglossary.13639"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddall"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddall</code></a>). The starred <a id="wrglossary.13640"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary*"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary*</code></a> is used since the <a id="wrglossary.13641"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>/<a id="wrglossary.13642"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> extensions are now irrelevant.<p>
+Instead of using <a id="wrglossary.13643"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> you need to use <a id="wrglossary.13644"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> when you build the document: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.13645"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sampleDB
+bib2gls sampleDB
+pdflatex sampleDB
+</pre> Note that one <a id="wrglossary.13646"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> call processes all the <a id="wrglossary.13647"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> (rather than one call per <a id="wrglossary.13648"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>). Unlike <a id="wrglossary.13649"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.13650"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.13651"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> processes each resource set in turn, but the resource sets aren’t linked to a specific <a id="wrglossary.13652"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. Multiple <a id="wrglossary.13653"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> may be processed in a single resource set or sub-blocks of a single glossary may be processed by multiple resource sets. In this example, there happens to be one resource set per glossary because each glossary requires a different sort method. (A locale-sensitive alphabetical sort for the first and a character code sort for the second.)<p>
+If you want <a id="wrglossary.13654"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter groups</a>, you need to use the <a id="wrglossary.13655"></a><a href="#glo:switch.group"><span class="longargfmt">--group</span></a> switch: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.13656"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>bib2gls <a id="wrglossary.13657"></a><a href="#glo:switch.group"><span class="longargfmt">--group</span></a> sampleDB
+</pre> and use an appropriate glossary style.<p>
+See also <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=label=bib2gls-sorting"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span> gallery: sorting</a>, <a href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls-begin.pdf"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span> and <span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span>: An Introductory Guide</a> and the <a id="wrglossary.13658"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> user manual.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:samplesbasic -->
+
+<section id="sec:sampleacronyms"><!-- start of section sec:sampleacronyms --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->18.2. Acronyms and First Use<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:sampleacronyms">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.13659"></a><a href="#glo:file.sampleAcr.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleAcr.tex</span></a> This document has some sample <a id="wrglossary.13660"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a>. It also adds the <a id="wrglossary.13661"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> to the <a id="wrglossary.13662"></a><a href="#glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</a>, so an extra run through LaTeX is required to ensure the document is up to date: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.13663"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sampleAcr
+makeglossaries sampleAcr
+pdflatex sampleAcr
+pdflatex sampleAcr
+</pre> (or use <a id="wrglossary.13664"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a>).<p>
+Note that if the <a id="wrglossary.13665"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> is at the start of the document and spans across multiple pages, then this can cause the locations to be shifted. In that case, an extra <a id="wrglossary.13666"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> and LaTeX call are required. In this particular example, the <a id="wrglossary.13667"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> is at the end of the document so it’s not a problem. It’s also not a problem for a <a id="wrglossary.13668"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> at the start of the document if the page numbering is reset at the end of the glossary. For example, if the <a id="wrglossary.13669"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> is at the end of the front matter in a book-style document.<p>
+This document uses <a id="wrglossary.13670"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsused"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsused</code></a> to determine whether to use <span class="qt">“a”</span> or <span class="qt">“an”</span> in: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13671"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>… is <a id="wrglossary.13672"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsused"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsused</code></a>{svm}{an}{a} <a id="wrglossary.13673"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{svm} …</pre> This clumsy bit of code can be tidied up with the <a id="wrglossary.13674"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> package. Since that package automatically loads <a id="wrglossary.13675"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> and passes all its options to the base package it’s possible to do a simple replacement of: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13676"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.13677"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.13678"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long"><span class="glostylefmt">long</span></a></span>,<a id="wrglossary.13679"></a><a href="#glo:opt.toc"><span class="styoptfmt">toc</span></a>]{glossaries}
+</pre> with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13680"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.13681"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.13682"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long"><span class="glostylefmt">long</span></a></span>,<a id="wrglossary.13683"></a><a href="#glo:opt.toc"><span class="styoptfmt">toc</span></a>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-prefix</strong>}
+</pre> The definition of <span class="qt">“svm”</span> now needs an adjustment: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13684"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.13685"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.13686"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={statistical pattern recognition technique<a id="wrglossary.13687"></a><a href="#glo:idx.nbsp"><code class="code">~</code></a><code class="cmd">\protect</code><a id="wrglossary.13688"></a><a href="#glo:cite"><code class="csfmt">\cite</code></a>{svm}}</span>,
+<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.13689"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixfirst"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixfirst</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a<a id="wrglossary.13690"></a><a href="#glo:idx.nbsp"><code class="code">~</code></a>}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.13691"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefix"><span class="csoptfmt">prefix</span></a><span class="optfmt">={an<a id="wrglossary.13692"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>}</span></strong>
+]{svm}{svm}{support vector machine}
+</pre> The clumsy text can now simply be changed to: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13693"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>… is <a id="wrglossary.13694"></a><a href="#glo:pgls"><code class="csfmt">\pgls</code></a>{svm} …</pre><p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.13695"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If you want to convert this sample document to use <a id="wrglossary.13696"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, you may want the patched version of the styles provided in <a id="wrglossary.13697"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a>, in which case you can also add <a id="wrglossary.13698"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13699"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.13700"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a>,</strong><a id="wrglossary.13701"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.13702"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long"><span class="glostylefmt">long</span></a></span>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre> If you want to suppress all the other glossary style packages with <a id="wrglossary.13703"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nostyles"><span class="styoptfmt">nostyles</span></a>, then you need to specify exactly which package (or packages) that you do want: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13704"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.13705"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nostyles"><span class="styoptfmt">nostyles</span></a>,</strong><a id="wrglossary.13706"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a><strong class="strong">=long</strong>,<a id="wrglossary.13707"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.13708"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long"><span class="glostylefmt">long</span></a></span>]{glossaries-extra}
+</pre> (Now that <a id="wrglossary.13709"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> is being used, there are more available <span class="qt">“long”</span> styles in the <a id="wrglossary.13710"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longextra"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longextra</span></a> package, which you may prefer.)<p>
+If you want to use <a id="wrglossary.13711"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a>, you can simply add the <a id="wrglossary.13712"></a><a href="#glo:opt.prefix"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">prefix</span></a> package option.<p>
+Note that the <a id="wrglossary.13713"></a><a href="#glo:opt.toc"><span class="styoptfmt">toc</span></a> package option has been dropped. This is the default with <a id="wrglossary.13714"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, so it doesn’t need to be specified now. The document build is now shorter: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.13715"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sampleAcr
+makeglossaries sampleAcr
+pdflatex sampleAcr
+</pre> The third LaTeX call is no longer required to make the <a id="wrglossary.13716"></a><a href="#glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</a> up-to-date. This is because <a id="wrglossary.13717"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> provides boilerplate text on the first LaTeX call when the <a id="wrglossary.13718"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing files</a> are missing. This means that the <a id="wrglossary.13719"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> header is added to the <a id="wrglossary.13720"></a><a href="#glo:ext.toc"><span class="extfmt">toc</span></a> file on the first LaTeX call, whereas with just the base <a id="wrglossary.13721"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package, the header isn’t present until the second LaTeX call. (As with just the base <a id="wrglossary.13722"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package, if the <a id="wrglossary.13723"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> occurs at the start of the document without a page reset after it then part of the build process needs repeating to ensure all referenced page numbers are up-to-date. This problem isn’t specific to the <a id="wrglossary.13724"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package.)<p>
+The other different default setting is the post-description punctuation. The base package has <a id="wrglossary.13725"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nopostdot"><span class="styoptfmt">nopostdot</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> as the default. This means that a <a id="wrglossary.13726"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fullstop">full stop</a> (period) is automatically inserted after the description in the glossary. The extension package has <a id="wrglossary.13727"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nopostdot"><span class="styoptfmt">nopostdot</span></a>true as the default. If you want the original behaviour then you can use <a id="wrglossary.13728"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nopostdot"><span class="styoptfmt">nopostdot</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> or the shorter synonym <a id="wrglossary.13729"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>. <p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.13730"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has different <a id="wrglossary.13731"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span></a> handling that’s far more flexible than that provided by the base <a id="wrglossary.13732"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package. The style now needs to be set with <a id="wrglossary.13733"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.13734"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13735"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.13736"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.13737"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>]{<a id="wrglossary.13738"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short-sc</span></a>}</strong>
+<a id="wrglossary.13739"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{svm}{svm}{support vector machine}
+</pre> (Note the different style name <a id="wrglossary.13740"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short-sc</span></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.13741"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sc-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sc-short</span></a> and the optional argument <a id="wrglossary.13742"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>.) If you prefer to replace <a id="wrglossary.13743"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.13744"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a> then omit the optional argument: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13745"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.13746"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.13747"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short-sc</span></a>}
+<a id="wrglossary.13748"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>{svm}{svm}{support vector machine}
+</pre> (The optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.13749"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a> is the category to which the style should be applied. If it’s omitted, <a id="wrglossary.13750"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.abbreviation"><span class="catfmt">abbreviation</span></a> is assumed. You can therefore have different styles for different categories.)<p>
+Finally, you need to replace <a id="wrglossary.13751"></a><a href="#glo:acrshort"><code class="csfmt">\acrshort</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.13752"></a><a href="#glo:acrlong"><code class="csfmt">\acrlong</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.13753"></a><a href="#glo:acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\acrfull</code></a> and their variants with <a id="wrglossary.13754"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrshort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrshort</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.13755"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrlong"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrlong</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.13756"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfull"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfull</code></a> etc.<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sampleAcrDesc.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.13757"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sampleAcrDesc.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleAcrDesc.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This is similar to the previous example, except that the <a id="wrglossary.13758"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> have an associated description. As with the previous example, the <a id="wrglossary.13759"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> is added to the table of contents, so an extra run through LaTeX is required: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.13760"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sampleAcrDesc
+makeglossaries sampleAcrDesc
+pdflatex sampleAcrDesc
+pdflatex sampleAcrDesc
+</pre> This document uses the <a id="wrglossary.13761"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> package option, which creates a new <a id="wrglossary.13762"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> used by <a id="wrglossary.13763"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>. This leaves the default <a id="wrglossary.13764"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary available for general terms. However, in this case there are no general terms so the <a id="wrglossary.13765"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary is redundant. The <a id="wrglossary.13766"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nomain"><span class="styoptfmt">nomain</span></a> package option will prevent its creation. Obviously, if you decide to add some terms with <a id="wrglossary.13767"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> you will need to remove the <a id="wrglossary.13768"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nomain"><span class="styoptfmt">nomain</span></a> option as the <a id="wrglossary.13769"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary will now be required.<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.13770"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+As with the previous example, if you want to convert this document to use <a id="wrglossary.13771"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> you need to make a few modifications. The most obvious one is to replace <a id="wrglossary.13772"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> with <a id="wrglossary.13773"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> in the <code class="csfmt">\usepackage</code> argument. Again you can omit <a id="wrglossary.13774"></a><a href="#glo:opt.toc"><span class="styoptfmt">toc</span></a> as this is the default for <a id="wrglossary.13775"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. As in the previous example, you may want to use the patched styles. This document uses <a id="wrglossary.13776"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlist"><span class="glostylefmt">altlist</span></a> which is provided by <a id="wrglossary.13777"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-list"><span class="styfmt">glossary-list</span></a>, so the style can be patched with <a id="wrglossary.13778"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a>. <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13779"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.13780"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.13781"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nomain"><span class="styoptfmt">nomain</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.13782"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=altlist</span><strong class="strong">,<a id="wrglossary.13783"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a></strong>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre> You may prefer to replace the <a id="wrglossary.13784"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> option with <a id="wrglossary.13785"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbreviations"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">abbreviations</span></a>, but this will change the file extensions. If you use <a id="wrglossary.13786"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.13787"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a> you don’t need to worry about it.<p>
+Again the style command needs to be changed: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13788"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.13789"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.13790"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>]{<a id="wrglossary.13791"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short-sc-desc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short-sc-desc</span></a>}
+</pre> (Note the change in style name <a id="wrglossary.13792"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short-sc-desc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short-sc-desc</span></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.13793"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sc-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sc-short-desc</span></a> and the optional argument <a id="wrglossary.13794"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>.) <p>
+As with the previous example, if you prefer to use <a id="wrglossary.13795"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.13796"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> then you need to omit the optional argument: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13797"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.13798"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.13799"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short-sc-desc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short-sc-desc</span></a>}
+</pre> The original document uses: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13800"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.13801"></a><a href="#glo:glsseeitemformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsseeitemformat</code></a>}[1]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.13802"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.13803"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a>{#1}}}
+</pre> to ensure that the cross-references (from the <a id="wrglossary.13804"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key) use the acronym font. The new <a id="wrglossary.13805"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> styles</a> don’t use <a id="wrglossary.13806"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a> so this isn’t appropriate with <a id="wrglossary.13807"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. If you’re using at least version 1.42 of <a id="wrglossary.13808"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, you don’t need to do anything as it automatically redefines <a id="wrglossary.13809"></a><a href="#glo:glsseeitemformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsseeitemformat</code></a> to take the style formatting into account. If you have an earlier version you can redefine this command as follows: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13810"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.13811"></a><a href="#glo:glsseeitemformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsseeitemformat</code></a>}[1]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.13812"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshasshort"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasshort</code></a>{#1}{<a id="wrglossary.13813"></a><a href="#glo:glsfmttext"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsfmttext</code></a>{#1}}{<a id="wrglossary.13814"></a><a href="#glo:glsfmtname"><code class="csfmt">\glsfmtname</code></a>{#1}}<span class="comment">% </span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 8064--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{distance}</span></span></span> will produce &#8220;<span
-class="cmbx-10">distance (km)</span>&#8221;.
-</p><!--l. 8067--><p class="indent" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a
-href="#ex:sample-entryfmt"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-entryfmt.tex</span></a>. </p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 8068--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8068--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<a
- id="x1-133083r9"></a>
-<!--l. 8070--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 9</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Custom Format for Particular Glossary)</span><a
- id="x1-133084"></a>
-</p><!--l. 8071--><p class="indent" > Suppose you have created a new glossary called <span
-class="cmtt-10">notation </span>and you want to change the way the entry is
-displayed on <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>&#x00A0;so that it includes the symbol, you can do:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-215">
-\defglsentryfmt[notation]{\glsgenentryfmt
-&#x00A0;\ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(denoted&#x00A0;\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel})}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 8078--><p class="nopar" > Now suppose you have defined an entry as follows:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-216">
-\newglossaryentry{set}{type=notation,
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name=set,
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={A&#x00A0;collection&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;objects},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;symbol={$S$}
+</pre> This will just show the short form in the cross-reference. If you prefer the name instead (which includes the short and long form) you can use: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13815"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.13816"></a><a href="#glo:glsseeitemformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsseeitemformat</code></a>}[1]{<a id="wrglossary.13817"></a><a href="#glo:glsfmtname"><code class="csfmt">\glsfmtname</code></a>{#1}}
+</pre><p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.13818"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides two additional cross-referencing keys <a id="wrglossary.13819"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.seealso"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">seealso</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.13820"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.alias"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">alias</span></a>, so <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.13821"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a><span class="optfmt">={[see also]{svm}}</span></code> can be replaced with a more appropriate key: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13822"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.13823"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.13824"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Statistical pattern recognition technique using the ``kernel trick''}</span>,
+<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.13825"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.seealso"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">seealso</span></a><span class="optfmt">={svm}</span></strong>,
+]{ksvm}{ksvm}{kernel support vector machine}
+</pre><p>
+Finally, as with the previous example, you need to replace <a id="wrglossary.13826"></a><a href="#glo:acrshort"><code class="csfmt">\acrshort</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.13827"></a><a href="#glo:acrlong"><code class="csfmt">\acrlong</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.13828"></a><a href="#glo:acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\acrfull</code></a> etc with <a id="wrglossary.13829"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrshort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrshort</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.13830"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrlong"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrlong</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.13831"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfull"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfull</code></a> etc.<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.13832"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If you want to convert this document so that it uses <a id="wrglossary.13833"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, you first need to convert it to use <a id="wrglossary.13834"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, as above, but remember that you now need the <a id="wrglossary.13835"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a> option: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13836"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.13837"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.13838"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nomain"><span class="styoptfmt">nomain</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.13839"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=altlist</span>,<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.13840"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.13841"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.13842"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a></strong>]
+{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre> Now you need to convert the <a id="wrglossary.13843"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> definitions to the <a id="wrglossary.13844"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> format required by <a id="wrglossary.13845"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. This can be done with: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.13846"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>convertgls2bib <a id="wrglossary.13847"></a><a href="#glo:switch.preamble-only"><span class="longargfmt">--preamble-only</span></a> sampleAcrDesc.tex entries.bib
+</pre> If you retained <a id="wrglossary.13848"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> from the original example file, then the new <span class="filefmt">entries.bib</span> file will contain entries defined with <code class="code">@acronym</code>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13849"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@acronym</code>{ksvm,
+ <a id="wrglossary.13850"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Statistical pattern recognition technique using the ``kernel trick''}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.13851"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.seealso"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">seealso</span></a><span class="optfmt">={svm}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.13852"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a><span class="optfmt">={ksvm}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.13853"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a><span class="optfmt">={kernel support vector machine}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 8086--><p class="nopar" > The <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first time</a> you reference this entry it will be displayed as: &#8220;set (denoted <span
-class="cmmi-10">S</span>)&#8221; (assuming <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-133085"></a> was
-used).
-</p><!--l. 8090--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if you expect all the symbols to be set in math mode, you can do:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-217">
-\defglsentryfmt[notation]{\glsgenentryfmt
-&#x00A0;\ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(denoted&#x00A0;$\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}$)}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 8096--><p class="nopar" > and define entries like this:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-218">
-\newglossaryentry{set}{type=notation,
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name=set,
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={A&#x00A0;collection&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;objects},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;symbol={S}
+</pre> If you switched to <a id="wrglossary.13854"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a> then the entries will instead be defined with <code class="code">@abbreviation</code>.<p>
+Next replace <a id="wrglossary.13855"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> with the resource command, but note that the <a id="wrglossary.13856"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> style</a> must be set first: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13857"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.13858"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.13859"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>]{<a id="wrglossary.13860"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short-sc-desc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short-sc-desc</span></a>}</strong>
+<a id="wrglossary.13861"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.13862"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={entries}</span>,<span class="comment">% terms defined in entries.bib</span>
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.13863"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.abbreviation-sort-fallback"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">abbreviation-sort-fallback</span></a><span class="optfmt">=long</span></strong>]
+</pre> Another possibility is to make <code class="code">@acronym</code> behave as though it was actually <code class="code">@abbreviation</code>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13864"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.13865"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.13866"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short-sc-desc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short-sc-desc</span></a>}</strong>
+<a id="wrglossary.13867"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.13868"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={entries}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.13869"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.abbreviation-sort-fallback"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">abbreviation-sort-fallback</span></a><span class="optfmt">=long</span><strong class="strong">,
+ <a id="wrglossary.13870"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.entry-type-aliases"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">entry-type-aliases</span></a><span class="optfmt">={acronym=abbreviation}</span></strong>]
+</pre> Note that the category is now <a id="wrglossary.13871"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.abbreviation"><span class="catfmt">abbreviation</span></a> not <a id="wrglossary.13872"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a> so the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.13873"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a> needs to be removed.<p>
+If the <a id="wrglossary.13874"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> field is missing (which should usually be the case), then both <code class="code">@acronym</code> and <code class="code">@abbreviation</code> will fallback on the <a id="wrglossary.13875"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> field (not the <a id="wrglossary.13876"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> field, which is usually set by the style and therefore not visible to <a id="wrglossary.13877"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>). For some styles, as in this example, it’s more appropriate to sort by the long form so the fallback is changed. (Remember that you will break this fallback mechanism if you explicitly set the sort value.) See the <a id="wrglossary.13878"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> manual for further details and other examples.<p>
+Remember to delete any <a id="wrglossary.13879"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.13880"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a> in the <a id="wrglossary.13881"></a><a href="#glo:ext.tex"><span class="extfmt">tex</span></a> file. Finally replace <a id="wrglossary.13882"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.13883"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a>. The document build is now: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.13884"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sampleAcrDesc
+bib2gls sampleAcrDesc
+pdflatex sampleAcrDesc
+</pre><p>
+Note that it’s now much easier to revert back to the descriptionless style used in <a id="wrglossary.13885"></a><a href="#glo:file.sampleAcr.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleAcr.tex</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13886"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.13887"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.13888"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>]{<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.13889"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short-sc</span></a></strong>}
+<a id="wrglossary.13890"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.13891"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={entries}</span><strong class="strong">,<a id="wrglossary.13892"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.ignore-fields"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">ignore-fields</span></a><span class="optfmt">={description}</span></strong>]
+</pre> With the other options it would be necessary to delete all the <a id="wrglossary.13893"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> fields from the <a id="wrglossary.13894"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span></a> definitions in order to omit them, but with <a id="wrglossary.13895"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> you can simply instruct <a id="wrglossary.13896"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> to ignore the description. This makes it much easier to have a large database of <a id="wrglossary.13897"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviations</span></a> for use across multiple documents that may or may not require the description.<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sampleDesc.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.13898"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sampleDesc.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleDesc.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This is similar to the previous example, except that it defines the <a id="wrglossary.13899"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> as normal <a id="wrglossary.13900"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> using <a id="wrglossary.13901"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.13902"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>. As with the previous example, the <a id="wrglossary.13903"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> is added to the <a id="wrglossary.13904"></a><a href="#glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</a>, so an extra run through LaTeX is required: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.13905"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sampleDesc
+makeglossaries sampleDesc
+pdflatex sampleDesc
+pdflatex sampleDesc
+</pre> This sample file demonstrates the use of the <a id="wrglossary.13906"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.13907"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> keys but in general it’s better to use <a id="wrglossary.13908"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> instead as it’s more flexible. For even greater flexibility use <a id="wrglossary.13909"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a> provided by <a id="wrglossary.13910"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. For other variations, such as showing the symbol on <a id="wrglossary.13911"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>, you may prefer to make use of the post-link category hook. For examples, see the section <span class="qt">“Changing the Formatting”</span> in <a href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls-begin.pdf"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span> and <span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span>: An Introductory Guide</a>.<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.13912"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sampleFnAcrDesc.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleFnAcrDesc.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document has some sample <a id="wrglossary.13913"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> that use the <a id="wrglossary.13914"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-sc-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-sc-desc</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.13915"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a>. As with the previous example, the <a id="wrglossary.13916"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> is added to the <a id="wrglossary.13917"></a><a href="#glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</a>, so an extra run through LaTeX is required: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.13918"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sampleFnAcrDesc
+makeglossaries sampleFnAcrDesc
+pdflatex sampleFnAcrDesc
+pdflatex sampleFnAcrDesc
+</pre> <div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.13919"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If you want to convert this sample document to use <a id="wrglossary.13920"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, then you just need to follow the same steps as for <a id="wrglossary.13921"></a><a href="#glo:file.sampleAcr.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleAcr.tex</span></a> with a slight modification. This time the <a id="wrglossary.13922"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote-desc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-sc-footnote-desc</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.13923"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> style</a> is needed: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13924"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.13925"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.13926"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>]{<a id="wrglossary.13927"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote-desc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-sc-footnote-desc</span></a>}
+</pre> The command redefinitions (performed with <code class="csfmt">\renewcommand</code>) should now all be deleted as they are no longer applicable.<p>
+You may prefer to use the <a id="wrglossary.13928"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-sc-postfootnote-desc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-sc-postfootnote-desc</span></a> style instead. There are subtle differences between the <a id="wrglossary.13929"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.postfootnote"><span class="abbrstylefmt">postfootnote</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.13930"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.footnote"><span class="abbrstylefmt">footnote</span></a> set of styles. Try changing the <a id="wrglossary.13931"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> style</a> to <a id="wrglossary.13932"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-sc-footnote</span></a> and compare the position of the footnote marker with the two styles.<p>
+This modified sample file now has a shorter build: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.13933"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sampleFnAcrDesc
+makeglossaries sampleFnAcrDesc
+pdflatex sampleFnAcrDesc
+</pre> This is because the <a id="wrglossary.13934"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package produces boilerplate text when the <a id="wrglossary.13935"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing file</a> is missing (on the first LaTeX run) which adds the <a id="wrglossary.13936"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> title to the <a id="wrglossary.13937"></a><a href="#glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</a> (<a id="wrglossary.13938"></a><a href="#glo:ext.toc"><span class="extfmt">toc</span></a>) file.<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sampleCustomAcr.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.13939"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sampleCustomAcr.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleCustomAcr.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document has some sample <a id="wrglossary.13940"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> with a custom <a id="wrglossary.13941"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a>. It also adds the <a id="wrglossary.13942"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> to the <a id="wrglossary.13943"></a><a href="#glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</a>, so an extra run through LaTeX is required: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.13944"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sampleCustomAcr
+makeglossaries sampleCustomAcr
+pdflatex sampleCustomAcr
+pdflatex sampleCustomAcr
+</pre> This is a slight variation on the previous example where the name is in the form <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>) instead of <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>), and the <a id="wrglossary.13945"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key is set to the long form instead of the short form. On <a id="wrglossary.13946"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, the footnote text is in the form <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>: <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">description</em>〉</span> (instead of just the long form). This requires defining a <a id="wrglossary.13947"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> style that inherits from the <a id="wrglossary.13948"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-sc-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-sc-desc</span></a> style.<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.13949"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+The conversion to <a id="wrglossary.13950"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> starts in much the same way as the previous examples: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13951"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.13952"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.13953"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nomain"><span class="styoptfmt">nomain</span></a>,<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.13954"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.13955"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a>,</strong><a id="wrglossary.13956"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.13957"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlist"><span class="glostylefmt">altlist</span></a></span>]
+{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.13958"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> styles</a> have associated helper commands that may be redefined to make minor modifications. These redefinitions should be done before the <a id="wrglossary.13959"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviations</span></a> are defined.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.13960"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote-desc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-sc-footnote-desc</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.13961"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> style</a> is the closest match to the requirement, so replace the <a id="wrglossary.13962"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a> command with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13963"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.13964"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.13965"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>]{<a id="wrglossary.13966"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote-desc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-sc-footnote-desc</span></a>}
+</pre> Again, you may prefer <a id="wrglossary.13967"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-sc-postfootnote-desc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-sc-postfootnote-desc</span></a>. Both styles use the same helper commands.<p>
+Next some adjustments need to be made to fit the new requirements. The name needs to be <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>): <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13968"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.13969"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfootnotedescname"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfootnotedescname</code></a>}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\protect</code><strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.13970"></a><a href="#glo:glslongfont"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glslongfont</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\the</code><a id="wrglossary.13971"></a><a href="#glo:glslongtok"><code class="csfmt">\glslongtok</code></a>}</strong><span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\protect</code><a id="wrglossary.13972"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfullsep"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfullsep</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\the</code><a id="wrglossary.13973"></a><a href="#glo:glslabeltok"><code class="csfmt">\glslabeltok</code></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\protect</code><a id="wrglossary.13974"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrparen"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrparen</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\protect</code><strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.13975"></a><a href="#glo:glsabbrvfont"><code class="csfmt">\glsabbrvfont</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\the</code><a id="wrglossary.13976"></a><a href="#glo:glsshorttok"><code class="csfmt">\glsshorttok</code></a>}</strong>}<span class="comment">% </span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 8104--><p class="nopar" > </p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 8105--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8105--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 8107--><p class="indent" > Remember that if you use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol</span><a
- id="dx1-133086"></a> key, you need to use a glossary style that displays the symbol, as many
-of the styles ignore it.
-</p><!--l. 8111--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 8111--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.1.4 </span> <a
- id="sec:disablehyperlinks"></a>Enabling and disabling hyperlinks to glossary entries</h4>
-<!--l. 8114--><p class="noindent" >If you load the <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-134001"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">html</span><a
- id="dx1-134002"></a> packages prior to loading the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, the <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;and
-<a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands will automatically have hyperlinks to the relevant glossary entry, unless the <span
-class="cmtt-10">hyper</span><a
- id="dx1-134003"></a>
-option has been switched off (either explicitly or through implicit means, such as via the <span
-class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a
- id="dx1-134004"></a> package
-option).
-</p><!--l. 8121--><p class="indent" > You can disable or enable links using:
-</p><!--l. 8122--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-134005"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8124--><p class="noindent" >
-and
-</p><!--l. 8126--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-134006"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsenablehyper </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8128--><p class="noindent" >
-respectively. The effect can be localised by placing the commands within a group. Note that you should only use
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsenablehyper </span>if the commands <span
-class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink</span><a
- id="dx1-134007"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\hypertarget</span><a
- id="dx1-134008"></a> have been defined (for example, by the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-134009"></a> package).
-</p><!--l. 8134--><p class="indent" > You can disable just the <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> links using the package option <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-134010"></a>. Note that this option only
-affects the <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands that recognise the <a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>.
-<a
- id="x1-134011r10"></a>
-</p><!--l. 8138--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 10</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(First Use With Hyperlinked Footnote Description)</span><a
- id="x1-134012"></a>
-</p><!--l. 8139--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want the first use to have a hyperlink to the description in a footnote instead of hyperlinking to
-the relevant place in the glossary. First I need to disable the hyperlinks on first use via the package option
-<span
-class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-134013"></a>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-219">
-\usepackage[hyperfirst=false]{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 8145--><p class="nopar" > Now I need to redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-134014"></a> (see <a
-href="#sec:glsdisplay">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.1.3</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>):
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-220">
-\renewcommand*{\glsentryfmt}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsgenentryfmt
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\footnote{\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}}%
+</pre> This command expands when the <a id="wrglossary.13977"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviations</span></a> are defined so take care to <code class="csfmt">\protect</code> commands that shouldn’t be expanded at that point, and make sure that the token registers that store the label, long and short values are able to expand. Similarly the sort value needs adjusting: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13978"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.13979"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfootnotedescsort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfootnotedescsort</code></a>}{<strong class="strong"><code class="cmd">\the</code><a id="wrglossary.13980"></a><a href="#glo:glslongtok"><code class="csfmt">\glslongtok</code></a></strong>}
+</pre> The footnote for all the footnote <a id="wrglossary.13981"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> styles</a> is produced with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13982"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.13983"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrabbrvfootnote"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrabbrvfootnote</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> is the singular or plural long form, depending on what command was used to reference the <a id="wrglossary.13984"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span></a> (<a id="wrglossary.13985"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.13986"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a> etc). This can simply be redefined as: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13987"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.13988"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrabbrvfootnote"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrabbrvfootnote</code></a>}[2]{<a id="wrglossary.13989"></a><a href="#glo:footnote"><code class="csfmt">\footnote</code></a>{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ #2: <a id="wrglossary.13990"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></a>{#1}}}
+</pre> This will mimic the result from the original sample document. Note that newer versions of <a id="wrglossary.13991"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> may have additional helper commands associated with certain <a id="wrglossary.13992"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> styles</a>.<p>
+You may prefer to replace <code class="code">#2</code> with a reference to a specific field (or fields). For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.13993"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.13994"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrabbrvfootnote"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrabbrvfootnote</code></a>}[2]{<a id="wrglossary.13995"></a><a href="#glo:footnote"><code class="csfmt">\footnote</code></a>{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.13996"></a><a href="#glo:Glsfmtlong"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsfmtlong</code></a>{#1} (<a id="wrglossary.13997"></a><a href="#glo:glsfmtshort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsfmtshort</code></a>{#1}): <a id="wrglossary.13998"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></a>{#1}.}}
+</pre> As with the earlier <a id="wrglossary.13999"></a><a href="#glo:file.sampleAcrDesc.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleAcrDesc.tex</span></a>, you need to remove or change the redefinition of <a id="wrglossary.14000"></a><a href="#glo:glsseeitemformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsseeitemformat</code></a> since <a id="wrglossary.14001"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a> is no longer appropriate.<p>
+In the original <a id="wrglossary.14002"></a><a href="#glo:file.sampleCustomAcr.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleCustomAcr.tex</span></a> source code, I started the description with a capital: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14003"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14004"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.14005"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Statistical pattern recognition technique using the ``kernel trick''}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.14006"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a><span class="optfmt">={[see also]{svm}}</span>,
+]{ksvm}{ksvm}{kernel support vector machine}
+</pre> This leads to a capital letter after the colon in the footnote, which is undesirable, but I would like to have the description start with a capital in the <a id="wrglossary.14007"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. The solution to this problem is easy with <a id="wrglossary.14008"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. I start the description with a <a id="wrglossary.14009"></a><a href="#glo:idx.lowercase">lowercase</a> letter and set the <a id="wrglossary.14010"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.glossdesc"><span class="csoptfmt">glossdesc</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.14011"></a><a href="#glo:idx.categoryattribute">category attribute</a> to <span class="optfmt">firstuc</span> to convert the description to <a id="wrglossary.14012"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.14013"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14014"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14015"></a><a href="#glo:glssetcategoryattribute"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glssetcategoryattribute</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14016"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.14017"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.glossdesc"><span class="csoptfmt">glossdesc</span></a>}{firstuc}
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.14018"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span></a> definitions are modified slightly: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14019"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14020"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.14021"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<strong class="strong">s</strong>tatistical pattern recognition technique using the ``kernel trick''}</span>,
+<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14022"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.seealso"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">seealso</span></a><span class="optfmt">={svm}</span></strong>,
+]{ksvm}{ksvm}{kernel support vector machine}
+</pre> Note the use of the <a id="wrglossary.14023"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.seealso"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">seealso</span></a> key, which is only available with <a id="wrglossary.14024"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.<p>
+If you prefer to use <a id="wrglossary.14025"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.14026"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>, then the category needs to be <a id="wrglossary.14027"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.abbreviation"><span class="catfmt">abbreviation</span></a> rather than <a id="wrglossary.14028"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14029"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14030"></a><a href="#glo:glssetcategoryattribute"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glssetcategoryattribute</code></a>{<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14031"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.abbreviation"><span class="catfmt">abbreviation</span></a></strong>}{<a id="wrglossary.14032"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.glossdesc"><span class="csoptfmt">glossdesc</span></a>}{firstuc}
+</pre> and the style command needs to be adjusted so that it omits the optional argument. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14033"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14034"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14035"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-sc-postfootnote-desc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-sc-postfootnote-desc</span></a>}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sample-FnDesc.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.14036"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sample-FnDesc.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-FnDesc.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This example defines a custom <a id="wrglossary.14037"></a><a href="#glo:idx.entryformat">entry format</a>display format that puts the description in a footnote on <a id="wrglossary.14038"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>. <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.14039"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample-FnDesc
+makeglossaries sample-FnDesc
+pdflatex sample-FnDesc
+</pre> In order to prevent nested <a id="wrglossary.14040"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a>, this document uses the <a id="wrglossary.14041"></a><a href="#glo:opt.hyperfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">hyperfirst</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> package option (otherwise the footnote marker <a id="wrglossary.14042"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> would be inside the <a id="wrglossary.14043"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> around the <a id="wrglossary.14044"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> which would result in a nested <a id="wrglossary.14045"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a>).<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.14046"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+The <a id="wrglossary.14047"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has category <a id="wrglossary.14048"></a><a href="#glo:dual.postlinkhook">post-link hooks</a> that make it easier to adjust the <a id="wrglossary.14049"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entryformat">formatting</a>. The <a id="wrglossary.14050"></a><a href="#glo:dual.postlinkhook">post-link hook</a> is placed after the <a id="wrglossary.14051"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> around the <a id="wrglossary.14052"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>, so a <a id="wrglossary.14053"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> created by <a id="wrglossary.14054"></a><a href="#glo:footnote"><code class="csfmt">\footnote</code></a> in the <a id="wrglossary.14055"></a><a href="#glo:dual.postlinkhook">post-link hook</a> won’t cause a nested link. This means that the <a id="wrglossary.14056"></a><a href="#glo:opt.hyperfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">hyperfirst</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> option isn’t required: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14057"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.14058"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.14059"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.14060"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Never use commands like <a id="wrglossary.14061"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.14062"></a><a href="#glo:glsdesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsdesc</code></a> in the <a id="wrglossary.14063"></a><a href="#glo:dual.postlinkhook">post-link hook</a> as you can end up with infinite recursion. Use commands that don’t themselves have a <a id="wrglossary.14064"></a><a href="#glo:dual.postlinkhook">post-link hook</a>, such as <a id="wrglossary.14065"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.14066"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrydesc</code></a>, instead. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+In the original <a id="wrglossary.14067"></a><a href="#glo:file.sample-FnDesc.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-FnDesc.tex</span></a> file, the <a id="wrglossary.14068"></a><a href="#glo:idx.entryformat">entry format</a> was adjusted with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14069"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.14070"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a>}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.14071"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenentryfmt</code></a>
+ <a id="wrglossary.14072"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsused"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsused</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14073"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}{}{<a id="wrglossary.14074"></a><a href="#glo:footnote"><code class="csfmt">\footnote</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14075"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14076"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}}}}
+</pre> This can be changed to: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14077"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14078"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefpostlink"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefpostlink</code></a>
+{<a id="wrglossary.14079"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.general"><span class="catfmt">general</span></a>}<span class="comment">% category label</span>
+{<a id="wrglossary.14080"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrifwasfirstuse"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14081"></a><a href="#glo:footnote"><code class="csfmt">\footnote</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14082"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14083"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}}}{}}
+</pre> This sets the <a id="wrglossary.14084"></a><a href="#glo:dual.postlinkhook">post-link hook</a> for the <a id="wrglossary.14085"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.general"><span class="catfmt">general</span></a> category (which is the default category for <a id="wrglossary.14086"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> defined with <a id="wrglossary.14087"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>). If I added some <a id="wrglossary.14088"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviations</span></a> (which have a different category) then this change wouldn’t apply to them.<p>
+The first paragraph in the document is: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14089"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>First use: <a id="wrglossary.14090"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample}.
+</pre> So the <a id="wrglossary.14091"></a><a href="#glo:PDF">PDF</a> will have the word <span class="qt">“sample”</span> (the <a id="wrglossary.14092"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> created by <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.14093"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample}</code>) as a <a id="wrglossary.14094"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> to the entry in the <a id="wrglossary.14095"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> followed by the footnote marker, which is a <a id="wrglossary.14096"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> to the footnote. This is then followed by the sentence terminator. <span class="qt">“First use: sample¹.”</span><p>
+It would look tidier if the footnote marker could be shifted after the full stop. <span class="qt">“First use: sample.¹”</span> This can easily be achieved with a minor modification: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14097"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14098"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefpostlink"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefpostlink</code></a>
+{<a id="wrglossary.14099"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.general"><span class="catfmt">general</span></a>}<span class="comment">% category label</span>
+{<a id="wrglossary.14100"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrifwasfirstuse"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</code></a>
+ {<a id="wrglossary.14101"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrdopostpunc"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrdopostpunc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14102"></a><a href="#glo:footnote"><code class="csfmt">\footnote</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14103"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14104"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}}}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {}<span class="comment">% </span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 8153--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8155--><p class="indent" > Now the first use won&#8217;t have hyperlinked text, but will be followed by a footnote. See the sample file
-<a
-href="#ex:sample-FnDesc"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-FnDesc.tex</span></a> for a complete document. </p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 8158--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8158--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 8160--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><a
- id="dx1-134015"></a> option applies to all defined glossaries. It may be that you only want to disable the
-hyperlinks on <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for glossaries that have a different form on first use. This can be achieved by noting that
-since the entries that require hyperlinking for all instances have identical first and subsequent text, they can be
-unset via <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsunsetall</span><a
- id="dx1-134016"></a> (see <a
-href="#sec:glsunset">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">7</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>) so that the <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><a
- id="dx1-134017"></a> option
-doesn&#8217;t get applied.
-<a
- id="x1-134018r11"></a>
-</p><!--l. 8170--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 11</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Suppressing Hyperlinks on First Use Just For Acronyms)</span><a
- id="x1-134019"></a>
-</p><!--l. 8171--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to suppress the hyperlink on <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for acronyms but not for entries in the main glossary.
-I&#x00A0;can load the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package using:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-221">
-\usepackage[hyperfirst=false,acronym]{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 8176--><p class="nopar" > Once all glossary entries have been defined I&#x00A0;then do:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-222">
-\glsunsetall[main]
-</pre>
-<!--l. 8180--><p class="nopar" >
-</p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 8182--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8182--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 8184--><p class="indent" > For more complex requirements, you might find it easier to switch off all hyperlinks via <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper</span><a
- id="dx1-134020"></a>
-and put the hyperlinks (where required) within the definition of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-134021"></a> (see <a
-href="#sec:glsdisplay">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.1.3</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing
-the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>) via <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glshyperlink</span><a
- id="dx1-134022"></a> (see <a
-href="#sec:glsnolink">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without
-Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>).
-<a
- id="x1-134023r12"></a>
-</p><!--l. 8191--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 12</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Only Hyperlink in Text Mode Not Math Mode)</span><a
- id="x1-134024"></a>
-</p><!--l. 8192--><p class="indent" > This is a bit of a contrived example, but suppose, for some reason, I only want the <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands to
-have hyperlinks when used in text mode, but not in math mode. I&#x00A0;can do this by adding the glossary to the list
-of nohypertypes and redefining <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-134025"></a>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-223">
-\GlsDeclareNoHyperList{main}
-\renewcommand*{\glsentryfmt}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifmmode
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsgenentryfmt
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\else
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsifhyperon
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsgenentryfmt}%&#x00A0;hyperlink&#x00A0;already&#x00A0;on
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glshyperlink[\glsgenentryfmt]{\glslabel}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\fi
+</pre> You may prefer to use <a id="wrglossary.14105"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrydesc</code></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.14106"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></a>. This will obey the <a id="wrglossary.14107"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.glossdesc"><span class="csoptfmt">glossdesc</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.14108"></a><a href="#glo:idx.categoryattribute">category attribute</a>. If you append <a id="wrglossary.14109"></a><a href="#glo:glspostdescription"><code class="csfmt">\glspostdescription</code></a>, you can also pick up the <a id="wrglossary.14110"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a> package option. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14111"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14112"></a><a href="#glo:glssetcategoryattribute"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glssetcategoryattribute</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14113"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.general"><span class="catfmt">general</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.14114"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.glossdesc"><span class="csoptfmt">glossdesc</span></a>}{firstuc}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.14115"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefpostlink"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefpostlink</code></a>
+{<a id="wrglossary.14116"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.general"><span class="catfmt">general</span></a>}<span class="comment">% category label</span>
+{<a id="wrglossary.14117"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrifwasfirstuse"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</code></a>
+ {<a id="wrglossary.14118"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrdopostpunc"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrdopostpunc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14119"></a><a href="#glo:footnote"><code class="csfmt">\footnote</code></a>{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14120"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrydesc</code></a></strong>{<a id="wrglossary.14121"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14122"></a><a href="#glo:glspostdescription"><code class="csfmt">\glspostdescription</code></a></strong>}}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {}<span class="comment">% </span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 8209--><p class="nopar" > Note that this doesn&#8217;t affect the <a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands, which will have the hyperlinks off unless they&#8217;re
-forced on using the plus variant.
-</p><!--l. 8214--><p class="indent" > See the sample file <a
-href="#ex:sample-nomathhyper"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-nomathhyper.tex</span></a> for a complete document. </p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 8216--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8216--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<a
- id="x1-134026r13"></a>
-<!--l. 8218--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 13</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(One Hyper Link Per Entry Per Chapter)</span><a
- id="x1-134027"></a>
-</p><!--l. 8219--><p class="indent" > Here&#8217;s a more complicated example that will only have the hyperlink on the first time an entry is used per
-chapter. This doesn&#8217;t involve resetting the <a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. Instead it adds a&#x00A0;new key using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey</span><a
- id="dx1-134028"></a>
-(see <a
-href="#sec:glsaddstoragekey">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4.3.2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glsaddstoragekey">Storage Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsaddstoragekey --></a>) that keeps track of the chapter number that the entry was last used
-in:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-224">
-\glsaddstoragekey{chapter}{0}{\glschapnum}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 8226--><p class="nopar" > This creates a new user command called <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glschapnum </span>that&#8217;s analogous to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span>. The default value
-for this key is&#x00A0;0. I&#x00A0;then define my glossary entries as usual.
-</p><!--l. 8231--><p class="indent" > Next I redefine the hook <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a
- id="dx1-134029"></a> (see <a
-href="#sec:glsdisplay">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.1.3</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>)
-so that it determines the current chapter number (which is stored in <span
-class="cmtt-10">\currentchap </span>using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\edef</span>). This value is
-then compared with the value of the entry&#8217;s <span
-class="cmtt-10">chapter </span>key that I defined earlier. If they&#8217;re the same, this entry
-has already been used in this chapter so the hyperlink is switched off using <span
-class="cmss-10">xkeyval</span><a
- id="dx1-134030"></a>&#8217;s <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setkeys </span>command.
-If the chapter number isn&#8217;t the same, then this entry hasn&#8217;t been used in the current chapter.
-The <span
-class="cmtt-10">chapter </span>field is updated using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldxdef</span><a
- id="dx1-134031"></a> (<a
-href="#sec:fetchset">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">15.3</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:fetchset">Fetching and Updating the
-Value of a Field<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fetchset --></a>) provided the user hasn&#8217;t switched off the hyperlink. (This test is performed using
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsifhyperon</span>.
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-225">
-\renewcommand*{\glslinkpostsetkeys}{%
-&#x00A0;\edef\currentchap{\arabic{chapter}}%
-&#x00A0;\ifnum\currentchap=\glschapnum{\glslabel}\relax
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}%
-&#x00A0;\else
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsifhyperon{\glsfieldxdef{\glslabel}{chapter}{\currentchap}}{}%
-&#x00A0;\fi
+</pre> Alternatively, you could just use <a id="wrglossary.14123"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrydesc</code></a> and explicitly append the full stop.<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sample-custom-acronym.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.14124"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sample-custom-acronym.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-custom-acronym.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document illustrates how to define your own <a id="wrglossary.14125"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a> if the predefined styles don’t suit your requirements. <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.14126"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample-custom-acronym
+makeglossaries sample-custom-acronym
+pdflatex sample-custom-acronym
+</pre> In this case, a style is defined to show the short form in the text with the long form and description in a footnote on <a id="wrglossary.14127"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>. The long form is used for the <a id="wrglossary.14128"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> value. The short form is displayed in <a id="wrglossary.14129"></a><a href="#glo:dual.smallcaps">small caps</a> in the main part of the document but in <a id="wrglossary.14130"></a><a href="#glo:idx.uppercase">uppercase</a> in the list of acronyms. (So it’s a slight variation of some of the examples above.) The <a id="wrglossary.14131"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> is set to the long form (starting with an initial capital) followed by the <a id="wrglossary.14132"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a> short form in parentheses. The final requirement is that the inline form should show the long form followed by the short form in parentheses.<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.14133"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+As with <a id="wrglossary.14134"></a><a href="#glo:file.sampleFnAcrDesc.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleFnAcrDesc.tex</span></a>, the <a id="wrglossary.14135"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote-desc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-sc-footnote-desc</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.14136"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-sc-postfootnote-desc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-sc-postfootnote-desc</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.14137"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> styles</a> produce almost the required effect so one of those can be used as a starting point. However the final requirement doesn’t fit. It’s now necessary to actually define a custom <a id="wrglossary.14138"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> style</a>, but it can mostly inherit from the <a id="wrglossary.14139"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote-desc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-sc-footnote-desc</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.14140"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-sc-postfootnote-desc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-sc-postfootnote-desc</span></a> style: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14141"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14142"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviationstyle</code></a>{custom-fn}<span class="comment">% </span>
+{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.14143"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14144"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote-desc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-sc-footnote-desc</span></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}<span class="comment">% </span>
+{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.14145"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14146"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote-desc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-sc-footnote-desc</span></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.14147"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrinlinefullformat"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrinlinefullformat</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14148"></a><a href="#glo:glsfirstlongfootnotefont"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont</code></a></strong>{<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14149"></a><a href="#glo:glsaccesslong"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsaccesslong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14150"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}</strong><span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.14151"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsxtrinsertinside"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</code></a><a id="wrglossary.14152"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<code class="cmd">\fi</code>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.14153"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsxtrinsertinside"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</code></a><code class="cmd">\else</code><a id="wrglossary.14154"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<code class="cmd">\fi</code><a id="wrglossary.14155"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfullsep"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfullsep</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14156"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.14157"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrparen"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrparen</code></a>{<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14158"></a><a href="#glo:glsfirstabbrvscfont"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsfirstabbrvscfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14159"></a><a href="#glo:glsaccessshort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsaccessshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14160"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}</strong>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.14161"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrinlinefullplformat"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrinlinefullplformat</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14162"></a><a href="#glo:glsfirstlongfootnotefont"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont</code></a></strong>{<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14163"></a><a href="#glo:glsaccesslongpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsaccesslongpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14164"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}</strong><span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.14165"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsxtrinsertinside"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</code></a><a id="wrglossary.14166"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<code class="cmd">\fi</code>} <a id="wrglossary.14167"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsxtrinsertinside"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</code></a><code class="cmd">\else</code><a id="wrglossary.14168"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<code class="cmd">\fi</code><a id="wrglossary.14169"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfullsep"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfullsep</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14170"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.14171"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrparen"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrparen</code></a>{<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14172"></a><a href="#glo:glsfirstabbrvscfont"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsfirstabbrvscfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14173"></a><a href="#glo:glsaccessshortpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsaccessshortpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14174"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}</strong>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ } <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.14175"></a><a href="#glo:Glsxtrinlinefullformat"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsxtrinlinefullformat</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14176"></a><a href="#glo:glsfirstlongfootnotefont"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont</code></a></strong>{<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14177"></a><a href="#glo:Glsaccesslong"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsaccesslong</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14178"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}</strong><span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.14179"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsxtrinsertinside"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</code></a><a id="wrglossary.14180"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<code class="cmd">\fi</code>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.14181"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsxtrinsertinside"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</code></a><code class="cmd">\else</code><a id="wrglossary.14182"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<code class="cmd">\fi</code><a id="wrglossary.14183"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfullsep"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfullsep</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14184"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.14185"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrparen"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrparen</code></a>{<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14186"></a><a href="#glo:glsfirstabbrvscfont"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsfirstabbrvscfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14187"></a><a href="#glo:glsaccessshort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsaccessshort</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14188"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}</strong>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.14189"></a><a href="#glo:Glsxtrinlinefullplformat"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14190"></a><a href="#glo:glsfirstlongfootnotefont"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont</code></a></strong>{<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14191"></a><a href="#glo:Glsaccesslongpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsaccesslongpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14192"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}</strong><span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.14193"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsxtrinsertinside"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</code></a><a id="wrglossary.14194"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<code class="cmd">\fi</code>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.14195"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsxtrinsertinside"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</code></a><code class="cmd">\else</code><a id="wrglossary.14196"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>2<code class="cmd">\fi</code><a id="wrglossary.14197"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfullsep"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfullsep</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14198"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.14199"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrparen"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrparen</code></a>{<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14200"></a><a href="#glo:glsfirstabbrvscfont"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsfirstabbrvscfont</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14201"></a><a href="#glo:glsaccessshortpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsaccessshortpl</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14202"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></a>1}}</strong>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 8252--><p class="nopar" > Note that this will be confused if you use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>etc when the chapter counter is&#x00A0;0. (That is, before the first
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\chapter</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 8256--><p class="indent" > See the sample file <a
-href="#ex:sample-chap-hyperfirst"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex</span></a> for a complete document. </p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 8258--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8258--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 8260--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 8260--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.2 </span> <a
- id="sec:glsnolink"></a>Using Glossary Terms Without Links</h3>
-<!--l. 8263--><p class="noindent" >The commands described in this section display entry details without adding any information to the glossary.
-They don&#8217;t use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><a
- id="dx1-135001"></a>, they don&#8217;t have any optional arguments, they don&#8217;t affect the <a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use
-flag</a>&#x00A0;and, apart from <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glshyperlink</span><a
- id="dx1-135002"></a>, they don&#8217;t produce hyperlinks.
-</p><!--l. 8269--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Commands that aren&#8217;t expandable will be ignored by PDF bookmarks, so you will need to provide an
-alternative via <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-135003"></a>&#8217;s <span
-class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring </span>if you want to use them in sectioning commands. (This isn&#8217;t specific
-to the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package.) See the <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-135004"></a> documentation for further details. All the commands that convert the
-first letter to upper case aren&#8217;t expandable. The other commands depend on whether their corresponding keys
-were assigned non-expandable values. </div>
-</p><!--l. 8278--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8280--><p class="indent" > If you want to title case a field, you can use:
-</p><!--l. 8281--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135005"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytitlecase{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8283--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the label identifying the glossary entry, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; is the field label (see <a
-href="#tab:fieldmap">table&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4.1</span></a>). This
-internally uses:
-</p><!--l. 8287--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135006"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glscapitalisewords{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8289--><p class="noindent" >
-which defaults to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\capitalisewords{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>. If your field contains formatting commands, you will need to
-redefine this to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\capitalisefmtwords</span>. See the <span
-class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a
- id="dx1-135007"></a> manual for further details.
-</p><!--l. 8295--><p class="indent" > For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-226">
-\glsentrytitlecase{sample}{desc}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 8298--><p class="nopar" > (If you want title-casing in your glossary style, you might want to investigate the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package.) This
-command will trigger an error if the entry is undefined.
-</p><!--l. 8303--><p class="indent" > Note that this command has the same limitations as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc </span>which is used by commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span>
-and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryname </span>to upper-case the first letter (see the notes about <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>in <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.1.1</span> </a><a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1">The <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like
-Commands (First Use Flag Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:gls-like --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 8307--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135008"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8309--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8310--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135009"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryname{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8312--><p class="noindent" >
-These commands display the name of the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;, as specified by the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-135010"></a> key.
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryname </span>makes the first letter upper case. Neither of these commands check for the existence of &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-The first form <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>is expandable (unless the name contains unexpandable commands). Note that
-this may be different from the values of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-135011"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-135012"></a> keys. In general it&#8217;s better to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>or
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfirst </span>instead of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname</span>.
-</p><!--l. 8323--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general it&#8217;s best to avoid <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryname </span>with abbreviations. Instead, consider using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong</span>,
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryshort </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 8326--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8328--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135013"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8330--><p class="noindent" >
-This is like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">} </span>but also checks for the existence of &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;. This command is
-not expandable. It&#8217;s used in the predefined glossary styles, so if you want to change the way the
-name is formatted in the glossary, you can redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>to use the required fonts. For
-example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-227">
-\renewcommand*{\glsnamefont}[1]{\textmd{\sffamily&#x00A0;#1}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 8339--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8340--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135014"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8342--><p class="noindent" >
-This is like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname </span>but makes the first letter of the name upper case.
-</p><!--l. 8346--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135015"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8348--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8349--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135016"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8351--><p class="noindent" >
-These commands display the subsequent use text for the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;, as specified by the <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-135017"></a>
-key. <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext </span>makes the first letter upper case. The first form is expandable (unless the text contains
-unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 8359--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135018"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8361--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8362--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135019"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8364--><p class="noindent" >
-These commands display the subsequent use plural text for the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;, as specified by the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-135020"></a> key. <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryplural </span>makes the first letter upper case. The first form is expandable (unless the value
-of that key contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the
-existence of &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 8373--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135021"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfirst{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8375--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8376--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135022"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirst{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8378--><p class="noindent" >
-These commands display the <a
-href="#glo:firstusetext">first use text</a>&#x00A0;for the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;, as specified by the <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-135023"></a> key.
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirst </span>makes the first letter upper case. The first form is expandable (unless the value of that key
-contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 8386--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135024"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfirstplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8388--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8389--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135025"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirstplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8391--><p class="noindent" >
-These commands display the plural form of the <a
-href="#glo:firstusetext">first use text</a>&#x00A0;for the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;, as specified
-by the <span
-class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-135026"></a> key. <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirstplural </span>makes the first letter upper case. The first form is expandable
-(unless the value of that key contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither
-checks for the existence of &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-
-
-</p><!--l. 8400--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135027"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8402--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8403--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135028"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8405--><p class="noindent" >
-These commands display the description for the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 8409--><p class="indent" > <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc </span>makes the first letter upper case. The first form is expandable (unless the value of that key
-contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 8414--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135029"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8416--><p class="noindent" >
-This is like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>but also checks for the existence of &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;. This command is not expandable.
-It&#8217;s used in the predefined glossary styles to display the description.
-</p><!--l. 8421--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135030"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glossentrydesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8423--><p class="noindent" >
-This is like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc </span>but converts the first letter to upper case. This command is not
-expandable.
-</p><!--l. 8427--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135031"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydescplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8429--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8430--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135032"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydescplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8432--><p class="noindent" >
-These commands display the plural description for the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;. <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydescplural</span>
-makes the first letter upper case. The first form is expandable (unless the value of that key contains
-unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 8441--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135033"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8443--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8444--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135034"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8446--><p class="noindent" >
-These commands display the symbol for the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 8450--><p class="indent" > <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbol </span>makes the first letter upper case. The first form is expandable (unless the value of that
-key contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 8456--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135035"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsletentryfield{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8458--><p class="noindent" >
-This command doesn&#8217;t display anything. It merely fetches the value associated with the given field (where the
-available field names are listed in <a
-href="#tab:fieldmap">table&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4.1</span></a>) and stores the result in the control sequence &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;.
-For example, to store the description for the entry whose label is &#8220;apple&#8221; in the control sequence
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\tmp</span></span></span>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-228">
-\glsletentryfield{\tmp}{apple}{desc}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 8467--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8469--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135036"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8471--><p class="noindent" >
-This is like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>but also checks for the existence of &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;. This command is not expandable.
-It&#8217;s used in some of the predefined glossary styles to display the symbol.
-</p><!--l. 8476--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135037"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glossentrysymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8478--><p class="noindent" >
-This is like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol </span>but converts the first letter to upper case. This command is not
-expandable.
-</p><!--l. 8482--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135038"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbolplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8484--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8485--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135039"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbolplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8487--><p class="noindent" >
-These commands display the plural symbol for the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;. <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbolplural</span>
-makes the first letter upper case. The first form is expandable (unless the value of that key contains
-unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 8495--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135040"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseri{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8497--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8498--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135041"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuseri{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8500--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8501--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135042"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuserii{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8503--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8504--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135043"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuserii{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8506--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8507--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135044"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseriii{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8509--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8510--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135045"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuseriii{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8512--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8513--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135046"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseriv{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8515--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8516--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135047"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuseriv{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-
-
-</p><!--l. 8518--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8519--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135048"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuserv{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8521--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8522--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135049"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuserv{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8524--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8525--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135050"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuservi{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8527--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8528--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135051"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuservi{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8530--><p class="noindent" >
-These commands display the value of the user keys for the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;. The lower case forms
-are expandable (unless the value of the key contains unexpandable commands). The commands beginning with
-an upper case letter convert the first letter of the required value to upper case and are not expandable. None of
-these commands check for the existence of &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 8539--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135052"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glshyperlink[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">link text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8541--><p class="noindent" >
-This command provides a hyperlink to the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; <strong>but does not add
-any information to the glossary file</strong>. The link text is given by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a
- id="dx1-135053"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>by
-default<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn4x5" id="fn4x5-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">5.4</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-135054f4"></a>,
-but can be overridden using the optional argument. Note that the hyperlink will be suppressed if you have used
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper</span><a
- id="dx1-135058"></a> or if you haven&#8217;t loaded the <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-135059"></a> package.
-</p><!--l. 8552--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glshyperlink</span>, you need to ensure that the relevant entry has been added to the glossary using
-any of the commands described in <a
-href="#sec:glslink">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.1</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> or <a
-href="#sec:glsadd">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">10</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an
-Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a> otherwise you will end up with an undefined link.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 8557--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8559--><p class="indent" > The next two commands are only available with <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> or with the <span
-class="cmss-10">savenumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-135060"></a> package
-option:
-</p><!--l. 8561--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135061"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8563--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8564--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135062"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8566--><p class="noindent" >
-Both display the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-135063"></a></a> for the entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;. When used with <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> a&#x00A0;rerun is required to
-ensure this list is up-to-date, when used with Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a> a run of <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-135064"></a></a> (or <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-135065"></a></a>/<a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-135066"></a></a>)
-followed by one or two runs of LaTeX&#x00A0;is required.
-</p><!--l. 8573--><p class="indent" > The first command, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span>, simply displays the number list as is. The second command,
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span>, formats the list using:
-</p><!--l. 8576--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135067"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnumlistsep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8578--><p class="noindent" >
-as the separator between all but the last two elements and
-</p><!--l. 8580--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-135068"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnumlistlastsep </span></div><hr>
-
-
-</p><!--l. 8582--><p class="noindent" >
-between the final two elements. The defaults are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">,&#x2423;</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x2423;\&amp;&#x2423;</span></span></span>, respectively.
-</p><!--l. 8586--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist </span>is fairly experimental. It works with Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option1">1</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option4">4</a>, but for Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a>
-or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a> it only works when the default counter format is used (that is, when the <span
-class="cmtt-10">format</span><a
- id="dx1-135069"></a> key is set to
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat</span>). This command will only work with <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-135070"></a> if you choose Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option1">1</a> or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option4">4</a>. If you try using
-this command with Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-135071"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist </span>will be used instead.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 8594--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8596--><p class="indent" > For further information see &#8220;Displaying entry details without adding information to the glossary&#8221; in the
-documented code (<span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>).
-
-
-</p>
-<!--l. 8600--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 8600--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">6. <a
- id="sec:acronyms"></a>Acronyms and Other Abbreviations</h2>
-</p><!--l. 8603--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides superior abbreviation handling. You may want to consider using that
-package instead of the commands described here. </div>
-</p><!--l. 8607--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8609--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although this chapter uses the term &#8220;acronym&#8221;, you can also use the commands
-described here for initialisms or contractions (as in the case of some of the examples given below). If
-the glossary title is no longer applicable (for example, it should be &#8220;Abbreviations&#8221; rather than
-&#8220;Acronyms&#8221;) then you can change the title either by redefining <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymname</span><a
- id="dx1-136001"></a> (see <a
-href="#sec:languages">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">1.4</span>
-</a><a
-href="#sec:languages">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:languages --></a>) or by using the <span
-class="cmtt-10">title</span><a
- id="dx1-136002"></a> key in the optional argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-136003"></a> (or
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\printacronyms</span><a
- id="dx1-136004"></a>). Alternatively consider using the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package&#8217;s <span id="textcolor286"><span
-class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></span><a
- id="dx1-136005"></a> option instead.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 8621--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8623--><p class="indent" > Acronyms use the same underlying mechanism as terms defined with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>so you can
-reference them with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-136006"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a
- id="dx1-136007"></a>. The way the acronym is displayed on <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> is governed by the
-acronym style, which should be set before you define your acronyms. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-229">
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-\setacronymstyle{long-short}
-\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
-\newacronym{xml}{XML}{extensible&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
-\begin{document}
-First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{html}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{xml}.
-Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{html}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{xml}.
-\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 8638--><p class="nopar" > If you don&#8217;t specify a style, you will have a less-flexible, but backward-compatible, &#8220;long (short)&#8221; style with just
-the base <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package or the <span id="textcolor287"><span
-class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></span><a
- id="dx1-136008"></a> style (which only displays the short form on <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>) with
-<a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.
-</p><!--l. 8645--><p class="indent" > Acronyms are defined using:
-</p><!--l. 8646--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-136009"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">key-val list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">abbrv</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8648--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8650--><p class="indent" > This creates an entry with the given label in the glossary given by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a
- id="dx1-136010"></a>. You can specify a different
-glossary using the <span
-class="cmtt-10">type</span><a
- id="dx1-136011"></a> key within the optional argument. The <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>command also uses the <span
-class="cmtt-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-136012"></a>,
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">longplural</span><a
- id="dx1-136013"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-136014"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-136015"></a> keys in <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>to store the long and abbreviated forms and
-their plurals.
-</p><!--l. 8658--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> If you use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, you need to first set the style with: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor288"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-136016"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[acronym]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">style-name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> </div>
-<!--l. 8664--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8666--><p class="indent" > Note that the same restrictions on the entry &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; in <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-136017"></a> also apply to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>(see
-<a
-href="#sec:newglosentry">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>). Since <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-136018"></a> works like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-136019"></a>, you can use
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsreset</span><a
- id="dx1-136020"></a> to reset the <a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>.
-</p><!--l. 8672--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you haven&#8217;t identified the specified glossary type as a list of acronyms (via the package option <span
-class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a
- id="dx1-136021"></a>
-or the command <span
-class="cmtt-10">\DeclareAcronymList</span><a
- id="dx1-136022"></a>, see <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">2.7</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">Acronym and Abbreviation Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-acronym --></a>)
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>will add it to the list and <span
-class="cmti-10">reset the display style </span>for that glossary via <span
-class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-136023"></a>. If you
-have a mixture of acronyms and regular entries within the same glossary, care is needed if you want to change
-the display style: you must first identify that glossary as a list of acronyms and then use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-136024"></a> (not
-redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-136025"></a>) before defining your entries. Alternatively, use <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> to have better support for
-a mixed glossary. </div>
-</p><!--l. 8684--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8686--><p class="indent" > The optional argument <span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">key-val list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>allows you to specify additional information. Any key that can be used
-in the second argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-136026"></a> can also be used here in &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">key-val list</span>&#x27E9;. For example, <span
-class="cmtt-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-136027"></a>
-
-
-(when used with one of the styles that require a description, described in <a
-href="#sec:setacronymstyle">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">6.2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:setacronymstyle">Changing the
-Acronym Style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setacronymstyle --></a>) or you can override plural forms of &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">abbrv</span>&#x27E9; or &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; using the <span
-class="cmtt-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-136028"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">longplural</span><a
- id="dx1-136029"></a> keys.
-For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-230">
-\newacronym[longplural={diagonal&#x00A0;matrices}]%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{dm}{DM}{diagonal&#x00A0;matrix}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 8699--><p class="nopar" > If the <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>&#x00A0;uses the plural form, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl{dm}</span></span></span> will display: diagonal matrices (DMs). If you want to use the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">longplural</span><a
- id="dx1-136030"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-136031"></a> keys, I recommend you use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a
- id="dx1-136032"></a> to set the display style rather than
-using one of the pre-version 4.02 acronym styles (described in <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-old-acronym">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">2.8</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-old-acronym">Deprecated Acronym
-Style Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-old-acronym --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 8707--><p class="indent" > As with <span
-class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-136033"></a>, if <span
-class="cmtt-10">longplural</span><a
- id="dx1-136034"></a> is missing, it&#8217;s obtained by appending <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span><a
- id="dx1-136035"></a> to the singular
-form. The short plural <span
-class="cmtt-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-136036"></a> is obtained (if not explicitly set) by appending <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsacrpluralsuffix</span><a
- id="dx1-136037"></a> to
-the short form. These commands may be changed by the associated language files, but they can&#8217;t be
-added to the usual caption hooks as there&#8217;s no guarantee when they&#8217;ll be expanded (as <a
-href="#sec:newlang">discussed
-earlier</a>).
-</p><!--l. 8716--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> A different approach is used by <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, which has <a
- id="dx1-136038"></a>category attributes to determine whether or not
-to append a suffix when forming the default value of <span
-class="cmtt-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-136039"></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 8721--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8723--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>sets <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">type=\acronymtype</span></span></span>, if you want to load a file containing acronym definitions using
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries</span><a
- id="dx1-136040"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">filename</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>, the optional argument &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9; will not have an effect unless you explicitly set
-the type as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">type=\glsdefaulttype</span></span></span> in the optional argument to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-136041"></a>. See <a
-href="#sec:loadglsentries">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4.6</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:loadglsentries">Loading
-Entries From a File<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:loadglsentries --></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 8730--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="x1-136042r14"></a>
-</p><!--l. 8732--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 14</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Defining an Abbreviation)</span><a
- id="x1-136043"></a>
-</p><!--l. 8733--><p class="indent" > The following defines the abbreviation IDN:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-231">
-\setacronymstyle{long-short}
-\newacronym{idn}{IDN}{identification&#x00A0;number}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 8737--><p class="nopar" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{idn}</span></span></span> will produce &#8220;identification number (IDN)&#8221; on <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>&#x00A0;and &#8220;IDN&#8221; on subsequent uses. If you want
-to use one of the <a
-href="#glo:smallcaps">small caps<a
- id="dx1-136044"></a></a> acronym styles, described in <a
-href="#sec:setacronymstyle">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">6.2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:setacronymstyle">Changing the Acronym Style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setacronymstyle --></a>,
-you need to use lower case characters for the shortened form:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-232">
-\setacronymstyle{long-sc-short}
-\newacronym{idn}{idn}{identification&#x00A0;number}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 8746--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{idn}</span></span></span> will produce &#8220;identification number (<span
-class="cmcsc-10"><span
-class="small-caps">i</span><span
-class="small-caps">d</span><span
-class="small-caps">n</span></span>)&#8221; on <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>&#x00A0;and &#8220;<span
-class="cmcsc-10"><span
-class="small-caps">i</span><span
-class="small-caps">d</span><span
-class="small-caps">n</span></span>&#8221; on subsequent uses.
-</p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 8750--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8750--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 8752--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid nested definitions. </div>
-</p><!--l. 8754--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8756--><p class="indent" > Recall from the warning in <a
-href="#sec:newglosentry">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a> that you should avoid
-using the <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;and <a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands within the value of keys like <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-136045"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-136046"></a>
-due to complications arising from nested links. The same applies to abbreviations defined using
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>.
-</p><!--l. 8763--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you have defined:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-233">
-\newacronym{ssi}{SSI}{server&#x00A0;side&#x00A0;includes}
-\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 8767--><p class="nopar" > you may be tempted to do:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-234">
-\newacronym{shtml}{S\gls{html}}{\gls{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\gls{html}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 8771--><p class="nopar" > <strong>Don&#8217;t!</strong> This will break the case-changing commands, such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a
- id="dx1-136047"></a>, it will cause inconsistencies on <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, and,
-if hyperlinks are enabled, will cause nested hyperlinks. It will also confuse the commands used by the entry
-formatting (such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span><a
- id="dx1-136048"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 8778--><p class="indent" > Instead, consider doing:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-235">
-\newacronym
-&#x00A0;[description={\gls{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\gls{html}}]
-&#x00A0;{shtml}{SHTML}{SSI&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;HTML}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 8783--><p class="nopar" > or
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-236">
-\newacronym
-&#x00A0;[description={\gls{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\gls{html}}]
-&#x00A0;{shtml}{SHTML}
-&#x00A0;{server&#x00A0;side&#x00A0;includes&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 8790--><p class="nopar" > Similarly for the <a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands.
-</p><!--l. 8793--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> Other approaches are available with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>. See the section &#8220;Nested Links&#8221; in the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
-user manual. </div>
-</p><!--l. 8797--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 8800--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1 </span> <a
- id="sec:longshortfull"></a>Displaying the Long, Short and Full Forms (Independent of First Use)</h3>
-<!--l. 8803--><p class="noindent" >It may be that you want the long, short or full form regardless of whether or not the acronym has already been
-used in the document. You can do so with the commands described in this section.
-</p><!--l. 8808--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acr</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x2026; </span>commands described below are part of the set of <a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands. That is, they
-index and can form hyperlinks, but they don&#8217;t modify the <a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. However, their display is
-governed by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\defentryfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-137001"></a> with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glscustomtext</span><a
- id="dx1-137002"></a> set as appropriate. All caveats that apply to the
-<a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands also apply to the following commands. (Including the above warning about nested
-links.)
-</p><!--l. 8816--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> If you are using <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, don&#8217;t use the commands described in this section. The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>
-package provides analogous <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x2026; </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfmt</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x2026; </span>commands. For example, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>instead of
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>or, if needed in a heading, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort</span>. (Similarly for the case-changing variants.)
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 8823--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8825--><p class="indent" > The optional arguments are the same as those for the <a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands, and there are similar star
-and plus variants that switch off or on the hyperlinks. As with the <a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands, the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-137003"></a></a> is
-placed in the argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><a
- id="dx1-137004"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 8830--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137005"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrshort[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8832--><p class="noindent" >
-This sets the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-137006"></a></a> to the short form (within the argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a
- id="dx1-137007"></a>) for the entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-The short form is as supplied by the <span
-class="cmtt-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-137008"></a> key, which <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-137009"></a> implicitly sets.
-</p><!--l. 8838--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants:
-</p><!--l. 8839--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137010"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acrshort[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8841--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8842--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137011"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ACRshort[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8844--><p class="noindent" >
-There are also plural versions:
-</p><!--l. 8846--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137012"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrshortpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8848--><p class="noindent" >
-
-
-</p><!--l. 8849--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137013"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acrshortpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8851--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8852--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137014"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ACRshortpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8854--><p class="noindent" >
-The short plural form is as supplied by the <span
-class="cmtt-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-137015"></a> key, which <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-137016"></a> implicitly sets.
-</p><!--l. 8858--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137017"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrlong[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8860--><p class="noindent" >
-This sets the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-137018"></a></a> to the long form for the entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;. The long form is as supplied by the <span
-class="cmtt-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-137019"></a>
-key, which <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-137020"></a> implicitly sets.
-</p><!--l. 8865--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants:
-</p><!--l. 8866--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137021"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acrlong[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8868--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8869--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137022"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ACRlong[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8871--><p class="noindent" >
-Again there are also plural versions:
-</p><!--l. 8873--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137023"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrlongpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8875--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8876--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137024"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acrlongpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8878--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8879--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137025"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ACRlongpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8881--><p class="noindent" >
-The long plural form is as supplied by the <span
-class="cmtt-10">longplural</span><a
- id="dx1-137026"></a> key, which <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-137027"></a> implicitly sets.
-</p><!--l. 8885--><p class="indent" > The commands below display the full form of the acronym, but note that this isn&#8217;t necessarily the same as
-the form used on <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. These full-form commands are shortcuts that use the above commands, rather than
-creating the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-137028"></a></a> from the complete full form. These full-form commands have star and plus variants and
-optional arguments that are passed to the above commands.
-</p><!--l. 8892--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137029"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrfull[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8894--><p class="noindent" >
-This is a shortcut for
-</p><!--l. 8896--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137030"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrfullfmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8898--><p class="noindent" >
-which by default does </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrfullformat</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{\acrlong[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{\acrshort[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}}</span>
-</div>
-</div> where
-<!--l. 8906--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137031"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrfullformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-
-
-</p><!--l. 8908--><p class="noindent" >
-by default does &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;). This command is now deprecated for new acronym styles but is used by default
-for backward compatibility if <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span>(<a
-href="#sec:setacronymstyle">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">6.2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:setacronymstyle">Changing the Acronym
-Style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setacronymstyle --></a>) hasn&#8217;t been used. (For further details of these format commands see the documented code,
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 8917--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants:
-</p><!--l. 8918--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137032"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acrfull[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8920--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8921--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137033"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ACRfull[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8923--><p class="noindent" >
-and plural versions:
-</p><!--l. 8925--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137034"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrfullpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8927--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8928--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137035"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acrfullpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8930--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8931--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137036"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ACRfullpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8933--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8935--><p class="indent" > If you find the above commands too cumbersome to write, you can use the <span
-class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span><a
- id="dx1-137037"></a> package option to
-activate the shorter command names listed in <a
-href="#tab:shortcuts">table&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmbx-10">6.1</span></a>.
-</p>
- <div class="table">
-
-
-<!--l. 8939--><p class="indent" > <a
- id="tab:shortcuts"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
->
-
-
- <div class="caption"
-><span class="id">Table&#x00A0;6.1: </span><span
-class="content">Synonyms provided by the package option <span
-class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-1370381 -->
-<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-7" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-7-1g"><col
-id="TBL-7-1" /><col
-id="TBL-7-2" /></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">Shortcut Command </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-1-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">Equivalent Command </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-2-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acs</span><a
- id="dx1-137039"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-2-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-137040"></a> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-3-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acs</span><a
- id="dx1-137041"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-3-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-137042"></a> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-4-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acsp</span><a
- id="dx1-137043"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-4-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrshortpl</span><a
- id="dx1-137044"></a> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-5-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acsp</span><a
- id="dx1-137045"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-5-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acrshortpl</span><a
- id="dx1-137046"></a> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-6-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acl</span><a
- id="dx1-137047"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-6-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span><a
- id="dx1-137048"></a> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-7-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acl</span><a
- id="dx1-137049"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-7-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acrlong</span><a
- id="dx1-137050"></a> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-8-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\aclp</span><a
- id="dx1-137051"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-8-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrlongpl</span><a
- id="dx1-137052"></a> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-9-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Aclp</span><a
- id="dx1-137053"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-9-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acrlongpl</span><a
- id="dx1-137054"></a> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-10-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acf</span><a
- id="dx1-137055"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-10-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a
- id="dx1-137056"></a> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-11-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acf</span><a
- id="dx1-137057"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-11-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acrfull</span><a
- id="dx1-137058"></a> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-12-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acfp</span><a
- id="dx1-137059"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-12-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrfullpl</span><a
- id="dx1-137060"></a> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-13-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acfp</span><a
- id="dx1-137061"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-13-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acrfullpl</span><a
- id="dx1-137062"></a> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-14-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ac</span><a
- id="dx1-137063"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-14-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-137064"></a> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-15-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Ac</span><a
- id="dx1-137065"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-15-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a
- id="dx1-137066"></a> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-16-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acp</span><a
- id="dx1-137067"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-16-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a
- id="dx1-137068"></a> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-17-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acp</span><a
- id="dx1-137069"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-17-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a
- id="dx1-137070"></a> </td></tr></table>
-</div>
-
-
- </div><hr class="endfloat" />
- </div>
-<!--l. 8965--><p class="indent" > It is also possible to access the long and short forms without adding information to the glossary using
-commands analogous to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a
- id="dx1-137071"></a> (described in <a
-href="#sec:glsnolink">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without
-Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 8969--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands that convert the first letter to upper case come with the same caveats as those for analogous
-commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span><a
- id="dx1-137072"></a> (non-expandable, can&#8217;t be used in PDF bookmarks, care needs to be taken if the
-first letter is an accented character etc). See <a
-href="#sec:glsnolink">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 8975--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8977--><p class="indent" > The long form can be accessed using:
-</p><!--l. 8978--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137073"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8980--><p class="noindent" >
-or, with the first letter converted to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 8982--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137074"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8984--><p class="noindent" >
-Plural forms:
-</p><!--l. 8986--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137075"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylongpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8988--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8989--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137076"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylongpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8991--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8993--><p class="indent" > Similarly, to access the short form:
-</p><!--l. 8994--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137077"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8996--><p class="noindent" >
-or, with the first letter converted to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 8998--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137078"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryshort{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9000--><p class="noindent" >
-Plural forms:
-</p><!--l. 9002--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137079"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshortpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9004--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9005--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137080"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryshortpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9007--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9009--><p class="indent" > And the full form can be obtained using:
-</p><!--l. 9010--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137081"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9012--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9013--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137082"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9015--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9016--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137083"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-
-
-</p><!--l. 9018--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9019--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-137084"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfullpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9021--><p class="noindent" >
-These again use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrfullformat</span><a
- id="dx1-137085"></a> by default, but the new styles described in the section below use different
-formatting commands.
-</p>
-<!--l. 9026--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.2 </span> <a
- id="sec:setacronymstyle"></a>Changing the Acronym Style</h3>
-<!--l. 9029--><p class="noindent" ><div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> If you are using <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, don&#8217;t use the commands described in this section. Use <span id="textcolor289"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-138001"></a> to
-set the style. This uses a different (but more consistent) naming scheme. For example, <span id="textcolor290"><span
-class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></span><a
- id="dx1-138002"></a> instead of
-<span
-class="cmss-10">dua</span><a
- id="dx1-138003"></a>. See the &#8220;Acronym Style Modifications&#8221; section and the &#8220;Abbreviations&#8221; chapter in the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>
-manual for further details. </div>
-</p><!--l. 9037--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9039--><p class="noindent" >The acronym style is set using:
-</p><!--l. 9040--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-138004"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">style name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9042--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">style name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the required style.
-</p><!--l. 9045--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span><span
-class="cmti-10">before </span>you define the acronyms with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 9048--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9050--><p class="indent" > For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-237">
-\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries}
-\makeglossaries
-\setacronymstyle{long-sc-short}
-\newacronym{html}{html}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
-\newacronym{xml}{xml}{extensible&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9060--><p class="nopar" > Unpredictable results can occur if you try to use multiple styles.
-</p><!--l. 9063--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you need multiple abbreviation styles, then use the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package, which has better abbreviation
-management. See, for example, <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=sample-name-font" >Gallery: Mixing Styles</a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 9068--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9070--><p class="indent" > Unlike the backward-compatible default behaviour of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>, the styles set via <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span>
-don&#8217;t use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-138005"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-138006"></a> keys, but instead they use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-138007"></a> to set a&#x00A0;custom format
-that uses the <span
-class="cmtt-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-138008"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-138009"></a> keys (or their plural equivalents). This means that these styles cope
-better with plurals that aren&#8217;t formed by simply appending the singular form with the letter &#8220;s&#8221;. In
-fact, most of the predefined styles use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-138010"></a> and modify the definitions of commands like
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat</span><a
- id="dx1-138011"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 9080--><p class="indent" > Note that when you use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span>the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-138012"></a> key is set to
-</p><!--l. 9082--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-138013"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9084--><p class="noindent" >
-and the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-138014"></a> key is set to
-</p><!--l. 9086--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-138015"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9088--><p class="noindent" >
-These commands are redefined by the acronym styles. However, you can redefine them again after the style has
-been set but before you use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>. Protected expansion is performed on <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort </span>when the entry is
-defined.
-</p><!--l. 9094--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 9094--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.2.1 </span> <a
- id="sec:predefinedacrstyles"></a>Predefined Acronym Styles</h4>
-<!--l. 9097--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides a&#x00A0;number of predefined styles. These styles apply
-</p><!--l. 9099--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-139001"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9101--><p class="noindent" >
-to the short form on first use and
-</p><!--l. 9103--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-139002"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9105--><p class="noindent" >
-on subsequent use. The styles modify the definition of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont </span>as required, but <span
-class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont</span><a
- id="dx1-139003"></a> is
-only set once by the package when it&#8217;s loaded. By default <span
-class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont</span><a
- id="dx1-139004"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>is the same as
-
-
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a
- id="dx1-139005"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>. If you want the short form displayed differently on first use, you can redefine
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont</span><a
- id="dx1-139006"></a> independently of the acronym style.
-</p><!--l. 9115--><p class="indent" > The predefined styles that contain <span
-class="cmtt-10">sc </span>in their name (for example <span
-class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a
- id="dx1-139007"></a>) redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont </span>to use
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a
- id="dx1-139008"></a>, which means that the short form needs to be specified in lower case.
-</p><!--l. 9121--><p class="indent" > <a
- id="boldsc"></a>
-</p><!--l. 9122--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note">Some fonts don&#8217;t support bold <a
-href="#glo:smallcaps">small caps<a
- id="dx1-139009"></a></a>, so you may need to redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont</span><a
- id="dx1-139010"></a> (see
-<a
-href="#sec:printglossary">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">8</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:printglossary">Displaying a Glossary<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossary --></a>) to switch to medium weight if you are using a glossary
-style that displays entry names in bold and you have chosen an acronym style that uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a
- id="dx1-139011"></a>.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 9128--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9130--><p class="indent" > The predefined styles that contain <span
-class="cmtt-10">sm </span>in their name (for example <span
-class="cmss-10">long-sm-short</span><a
- id="dx1-139012"></a>) redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont </span>to
-use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span><a
- id="dx1-139013"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 9134--><p class="indent" > <a
- id="smaller"></a>
-</p><!--l. 9135--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package doesn&#8217;t define or load any package that defines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span><a
- id="dx1-139014"></a>. If you use
-one of the acronym styles that set <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a
- id="dx1-139015"></a> to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller </span>you must explicitly load the <span
-class="cmss-10">relsize</span><a
- id="dx1-139016"></a> package
-or otherwise define <span
-class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 9141--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9143--><p class="indent" > The remaining predefined styles redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>to simply do its argument &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 9146--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In most cases, the predefined styles adjust <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a
- id="dx1-139017"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a
- id="dx1-139018"></a> (and their plural and upper case
-variants) to reflect the style. The only exceptions to this are the <span
-class="cmss-10">dua</span><a
- id="dx1-139019"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-139020"></a> styles (and their variants).
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 9151--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9153--><p class="indent" > The following styles are supplied by the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package: </p>
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 9156--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmss-10">long-short</span><a
- id="dx1-139021"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a
- id="dx1-139022"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">long-sm-short</span><a
- id="dx1-139023"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a
- id="dx1-139024"></a>:
- </p><!--l. 9159--><p class="noindent" >With these three styles, acronyms are displayed in the form
- </p><!--l. 9161--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition">&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9; <span
-class="cmtt-10">(\firstacronymfont</span><a
- id="dx1-139025"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}) </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 9162--><p class="noindent" >
- on first use and
- </p><!--l. 9165--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a
- id="dx1-139026"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 9166--><p class="noindent" >
- on subsequent use. They also set <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>to just &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;. This means that the
- acronyms are sorted according to their short form. In addition, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>is set to
- just the short form (enclosed in <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span>) and the <span
-class="cmtt-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-139027"></a> key is set to the long
- form.
- </p><!--l. 9174--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a
- id="dx1-139028"></a> style was introduced in version&#x00A0;4.16 and uses
- </p><!--l. 9176--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-139029"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 9178--><p class="noindent" >
- for the space between the long and short forms. This defaults to a&#x00A0;non-breakable space (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">~</span></span></span>) if
-
-
- (<span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>) is less than 3em, otherwise it uses a&#x00A0;normal space. This may be redefined as
- required. For example, to always use a&#x00A0;non-breakable space:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-238">
- \renewcommand*{\glsacspace}[1]{~}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 9186--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 9188--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmss-10">short-long</span><a
- id="dx1-139030"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">sc-short-long</span><a
- id="dx1-139031"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">sm-short-long</span><a
- id="dx1-139032"></a>:
- </p><!--l. 9191--><p class="noindent" >These three styles are analogous to the above three styles, except the display order is swapped
- to
- </p><!--l. 9194--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont</span><a
- id="dx1-139033"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} (</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">) </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 9195--><p class="noindent" >
- on first use.
- </p><!--l. 9198--><p class="noindent" >Note, however, that <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort</span><a
- id="dx1-139034"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span><a
- id="dx1-139035"></a> are the same as for the &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;) styles above,
- so the acronyms are still sorted according to the short form.
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 9202--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-139036"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">long-sc-short-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-139037"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">long-sm-short-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-139038"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">long-sp-short-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-139039"></a>:
- </p><!--l. 9205--><p class="noindent" >These are like the <span
-class="cmss-10">long-short</span><a
- id="dx1-139040"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a
- id="dx1-139041"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">long-sm-short</span><a
- id="dx1-139042"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a
- id="dx1-139043"></a> styles described above, except
- that the <span
-class="cmtt-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-139044"></a> key must be supplied in the optional argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-139045"></a>. They also redefine
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span><a
- id="dx1-139046"></a> to <span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>(<span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>) and redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort</span><a
- id="dx1-139047"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>to just &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;.
- This means that the acronyms are sorted according to the long form, and in the list of acronyms
- the name field has the long form followed by the short form in parentheses. I&#x00A0;recommend
- you use a&#x00A0;glossary style such as <span
-class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a
- id="dx1-139048"></a> with these acronym styles to allow for the long name
- field.
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 9217--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-139049"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">sc-short-long-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-139050"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">sm-short-long-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-139051"></a>:
- </p><!--l. 9220--><p class="noindent" >These styles are analogous to the above three styles, but the first use display style is:
- </p><!--l. 9223--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} (</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">) </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 9224--><p class="noindent" >
- The definitions of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry </span>are the same as those for <span
-class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-139052"></a>
- etc.
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 9228--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmss-10">dua</span><a
- id="dx1-139053"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">dua-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-139054"></a>:
-
-
- </p><!--l. 9230--><p class="noindent" >With these styles, the <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands always display the long form regardless of whether
- the entry has been used or not. However, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a
- id="dx1-139055"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a
- id="dx1-139056"></a> will display &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;
- (<span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>). In the case of <span
-class="cmss-10">dua</span><a
- id="dx1-139057"></a>, the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-139058"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-139059"></a> keys are set to the short
- form and the description is set to the long form. In the case of <span
-class="cmss-10">dua-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-139060"></a>, the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-139061"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-139062"></a>
- keys are set to the long form and the description is supplied in the optional argument of
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-139063"></a>.
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 9239--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-139064"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">footnote-sc</span><a
- id="dx1-139065"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span><a
- id="dx1-139066"></a>:
- </p><!--l. 9242--><p class="noindent" >With these three styles, on first use the <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands display:
- </p><!--l. 9244--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}\footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-139067"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 9245--><p class="noindent" >
- However, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a
- id="dx1-139068"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a
- id="dx1-139069"></a> are set to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>(&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;). On subsequent use the
- display is:
- </p><!--l. 9249--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 9250--><p class="noindent" >
- The <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-139070"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-139071"></a> keys are set to the short form, and the <span
-class="cmtt-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-139072"></a> is set to the long
- form.
- </p><!--l. 9255--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> In order to avoid nested hyperlinks on <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>&#x00A0;the footnote styles automatically implement
- <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-139073"></a> for the acronym lists. </div>
- </p><!--l. 9259--><p class="noindent" >
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 9261--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmss-10">footnote-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-139074"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-139075"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">footnote-sm-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-139076"></a>:
- </p><!--l. 9264--><p class="noindent" >These three styles are similar to the previous three styles, but the description has to be supplied in the
- optional argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-139077"></a>. The <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-139078"></a> key is set to the long form followed by the short form in
- parentheses and the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-139079"></a> key is set to the long form. This means that the acronyms will be sorted
- according to the long form. In addition, since the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-139080"></a> will typically be quite wide it&#8217;s best to choose a
- glossary style that can accommodate this, such as <span
-class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a
- id="dx1-139081"></a>.
-</p>
- </li></ul>
-<a
- id="x1-139082r15"></a>
-<!--l. 9275--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 15</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Adapting a Predefined Acronym Style)</span><a
- id="x1-139083"></a>
-</p><!--l. 9276--><p class="indent" > Suppose I&#x00A0;want to use the <span
-class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-139084"></a> style, but I&#x00A0;want the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-139085"></a> key set to the short form followed by
-the long form in parentheses and the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-139086"></a> key set to the short form. Then I need to specify the <span
-class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-139087"></a>
-style:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-239">
-\setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9282--><p class="nopar" > and then redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort</span><a
- id="dx1-139088"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span><a
- id="dx1-139089"></a>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-240">
-\renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{#1}%&#x00A0;sort&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;short&#x00A0;form
-\renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{#1}}\space&#x00A0;(\glsentrylong{#1})}%
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9288--><p class="nopar" > (I&#8217;ve used <span
-class="cmtt-10">\space </span>for extra clarity, but you can just use an actual space instead.)
-</p><!--l. 9292--><p class="indent" > Note that the default Computer Modern fonts don&#8217;t support bold <a
-href="#glo:smallcaps">small caps<a
- id="dx1-139090"></a></a>, so another font is required. For
-example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-241">
-\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9296--><p class="nopar" > The alternative is to redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a
- id="dx1-139091"></a> so that it always switches to medium weight to ensure the <a
-href="#glo:smallcaps">small
-caps<a
- id="dx1-139092"></a></a> setting is used. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-242">
-\renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textmd{\scshape&#x00A0;#1}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9302--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9304--><p class="indent" > The sample file <a
-href="#ex:sampleFnAcrDesc"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleFnAcrDesc.tex</span></a> illustrates this example. </p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 9306--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9306--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 9308--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 9308--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.2.2 </span> <a
- id="sec:customacronym"></a>Defining A Custom Acronym Style</h4>
-<!--l. 9311--><p class="noindent" >You may find that the predefined acronyms styles that come with the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package don&#8217;t suit your
-requirements. In this case you can define your own style using:
-</p><!--l. 9314--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-140001"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">style name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">display</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">definitions</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9316--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">style name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the new style (avoid active characters). The second argument, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">display</span>&#x27E9;, is
-equivalent to the mandatory argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-140002"></a>. You can simply use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-140003"></a> or you can
-customize the display using commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a
- id="dx1-140004"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsifplural</span><a
- id="dx1-140005"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glscapscase</span><a
- id="dx1-140006"></a>. (See
-<a
-href="#sec:glsdisplay">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.1.3</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a> for further details.) If the style is likely to be used with a
-mixed glossary (that is entries in that glossary are defined both with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-140007"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-140008"></a>)
-then you can test if the entry is an acronym and use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-140009"></a> if it is or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-140010"></a> if it isn&#8217;t. For
-example, the <span
-class="cmss-10">long-short</span><a
- id="dx1-140011"></a> style sets &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">display</span>&#x27E9; as
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-243">
-\ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}%
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9331--><p class="nopar" > (You can use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasshort</span><a
- id="dx1-140012"></a> instead of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong</span><a
- id="dx1-140013"></a> to test if the entry is an acronym if you
-prefer.)
-</p><!--l. 9335--><p class="indent" > The third argument, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">definitions</span>&#x27E9;, can be used to redefine the commands that affect the display style, such as
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a
- id="dx1-140014"></a> or, if &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">display</span>&#x27E9; uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat</span><a
- id="dx1-140015"></a> and its variants.
-</p><!--l. 9340--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a
- id="dx1-140016"></a> redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a
- id="dx1-140017"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrfullfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-140018"></a> to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat</span><a
- id="dx1-140019"></a> (and
-similarly for the plural and upper case variants). If this isn&#8217;t appropriate for the style (as in the
-case of styles like <span
-class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-140020"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">dua</span><a
- id="dx1-140021"></a>) <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle </span>should redefine these commands within
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">definitions</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 9348--><p class="indent" > Within <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span>&#8217;s &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">definitions</span>&#x27E9; argument you can also redefine
-</p><!--l. 9350--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-140022"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GenericAcronymFields </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9352--><p class="noindent" >
-This is a list of additional fields to be set in <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-140023"></a>. You can use the following token registers to access
-the entry label, long form and short form: <a
- id="dx1-140024"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslabeltok</span>, <a
- id="dx1-140025"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslongtok </span>and <a
- id="dx1-140026"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsshorttok</span>. As with all
-TeX&#x00A0;registers, you can access their values by preceding the register with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\the</span><a
- id="dx1-140027"></a>. For example, the <span
-class="cmss-10">long-short</span><a
- id="dx1-140028"></a> style
-does:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-244">
-\renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={\the\glslongtok}}%
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9363--><p class="nopar" > which sets the <span
-class="cmtt-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-140029"></a> field to the long form of the acronym whereas the <span
-class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-140030"></a> style
-does:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-245">
-\renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9368--><p class="nopar" > since the description needs to be specified by the user.
-</p><!--l. 9371--><p class="indent" > It may be that you want to define a new acronym style that&#8217;s based on an existing style. Within &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">display</span>&#x27E9; you
-can use
-</p><!--l. 9373--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-140031"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">style name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9375--><p class="noindent" >
-to use the &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">display</span>&#x27E9; definition from the style given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">style name</span>&#x27E9;. Within &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">definitions</span>&#x27E9; you can use
-</p><!--l. 9378--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-140032"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">style name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9380--><p class="noindent" >
-to use the &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">definitions</span>&#x27E9; from the style given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">style name</span>&#x27E9;. For example, the <span
-class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a
- id="dx1-140033"></a> acronym style is
-based on the <span
-class="cmss-10">long-short</span><a
- id="dx1-140034"></a> style with minor modifications (remember to use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">##</span></span></span> instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">#</span></span></span> within
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">definitions</span>&#x27E9;):
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-246">
-\newacronymstyle{long-sc-short}%
-{%&#x00A0;use&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;same&#x00A0;display&#x00A0;as&#x00A0;"long-short"
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{long-short}%
-}%
-{%&#x00A0;use&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;same&#x00A0;definitions&#x00A0;as&#x00A0;"long-short"
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{long-short}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;Minor&#x00A0;modifications:
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsc{##1}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}}%
+</pre> (See the <a id="wrglossary.14203"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> user manual for further details.)<p>
+This new custom style now needs to be set: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14204"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14205"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.14206"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>]{custom-fn}
+</pre> Remember that if you decide to use <a id="wrglossary.14207"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.14208"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> then the category will be <a id="wrglossary.14209"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.abbreviation"><span class="catfmt">abbreviation</span></a> not <a id="wrglossary.14210"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14211"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14212"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>{custom-fn}
+</pre> This custom style simply adjusts the inline full form. There are other adjustments to be made that apply to the inherited style. (The alternative is to design a new style from scratch.) The footnote contains the long form followed by the description. This is the same as the modification to an earlier example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14213"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.14214"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrabbrvfootnote"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrabbrvfootnote</code></a>}[2]{<a id="wrglossary.14215"></a><a href="#glo:footnote"><code class="csfmt">\footnote</code></a>{#2:
+<a id="wrglossary.14216"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></a>{#1}.}}
+</pre> As with <a id="wrglossary.14217"></a><a href="#glo:file.sampleCustomAcr.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleCustomAcr.tex</span></a>, if you specifically want the singular long form then you can ignore the second argument. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14218"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.14219"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrabbrvfootnote"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrabbrvfootnote</code></a>}[2]{<a id="wrglossary.14220"></a><a href="#glo:footnote"><code class="csfmt">\footnote</code></a>
+ {<a id="wrglossary.14221"></a><a href="#glo:Glsfmtlong"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsfmtlong</code></a>{#1}: <a id="wrglossary.14222"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></a>{#1}.}}
+</pre><p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.14223"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> now needs to be the long form followed by the short form in parentheses, but note the new requirement that the short form should now be in <a id="wrglossary.14224"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a> not <a id="wrglossary.14225"></a><a href="#glo:dual.smallcaps">small caps</a> and the long form should start with a capital letter. <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14226"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.14227"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfootnotedescname"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfootnotedescname</code></a>}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\protect</code><a id="wrglossary.14228"></a><a href="#glo:glsfirstlongfootnotefont"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont</code></a>
+ {<a id="wrglossary.14229"></a><a href="#glo:makefirstuc"><code class="csfmt">\makefirstuc</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\the</code><a id="wrglossary.14230"></a><a href="#glo:glslongtok"><code class="csfmt">\glslongtok</code></a>}}
+ (<code class="cmd">\protect</code><a id="wrglossary.14231"></a><a href="#glo:glsuppercase"><code class="csfmt">\glsuppercase</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\the</code><a id="wrglossary.14232"></a><a href="#glo:glsshorttok"><code class="csfmt">\glsshorttok</code></a>})<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre> The inherited <a id="wrglossary.14233"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> style</a> uses the short form as the <a id="wrglossary.14234"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> value by default. This needs to be changed to the long form: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14235"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.14236"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfootnotedescsort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfootnotedescsort</code></a>}{<code class="cmd">\the</code><strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14237"></a><a href="#glo:glslongtok"><code class="csfmt">\glslongtok</code></a></strong>}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14238"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ If you want to switch to using <a id="wrglossary.14239"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, remember to set the <a id="wrglossary.14240"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> style</a> before the resource command and change the default sort fallback field to <a id="wrglossary.14241"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a>, as with <a id="wrglossary.14242"></a><a href="#glo:file.sampleAcrDesc.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleAcrDesc.tex</span></a>. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sample-dot-abbr.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.14243"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sample-dot-abbr.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-dot-abbr.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document illustrates how to use the base <a id="wrglossary.14244"></a><a href="#glo:dual.postlinkhook">post-link hook</a> to adjust the space factor after <a id="wrglossary.14245"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a>. <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.14246"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample-dot-abbr
+makeglossaries sampledot-abbrf
+pdflatex sample-dot-abbr
+</pre> This example creates a custom storage key that provides a similar function to <a id="wrglossary.14247"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span>’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.14248"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a> key.<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.14249"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+This example is much simpler with <a id="wrglossary.14250"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. The custom storage key, which is defined using: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14251"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14252"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddstoragekey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddstoragekey</code></a>{abbrtype}{word}{<code class="cmd">\abbrtype</code>}
+</pre> can now be removed.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.14253"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a> key is set to <span class="qt">“initials”</span> for the initialisms (which are defined with the custom <code class="csfmt">\newacr</code> command). The <a id="wrglossary.14254"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> styles</a> can be set with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14255"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14256"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.14257"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>]{<a id="wrglossary.14258"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>}
+<a id="wrglossary.14259"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[initials]{<a id="wrglossary.14260"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>}
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.14261"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.discardperiod"><span class="csoptfmt">discardperiod</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.14262"></a><a href="#glo:idx.categoryattribute">category attribute</a> will discard any <a id="wrglossary.14263"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fullstop">full stop</a> (period) following commands like <a id="wrglossary.14264"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14265"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14266"></a><a href="#glo:glssetcategoryattribute"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glssetcategoryattribute</code></a>{initials}{<a id="wrglossary.14267"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.discardperiod"><span class="csoptfmt">discardperiod</span></a>}{true}
+</pre> (If you want to use the <a id="wrglossary.14268"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.noshortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">noshortplural</span></a> attribute then you will also need to set the <a id="wrglossary.14269"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.pluraldiscardperiod"><span class="csoptfmt">pluraldiscardperiod</span></a> attribute.)<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.14270"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> is governed by the <a id="wrglossary.14271"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.retainfirstuseperiod"><span class="csoptfmt">retainfirstuseperiod</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.14272"></a><a href="#glo:idx.categoryattribute">category attribute</a>. If set, the period won’t be discarded if it follows the <a id="wrglossary.14273"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> of commands like <a id="wrglossary.14274"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>. This is useful for styles where the <a id="wrglossary.14275"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> doesn’t end with the short form. In this case, the <a id="wrglossary.14276"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> of the <a id="wrglossary.14277"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short</span></a> style ends with a closing parenthesis, so the end of sentence might be clearer if the period is retained: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14278"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14279"></a><a href="#glo:glssetcategoryattribute"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glssetcategoryattribute</code></a>{initials}{<a id="wrglossary.14280"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.retainfirstuseperiod"><span class="csoptfmt">retainfirstuseperiod</span></a>}{true}
+</pre><p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.14281"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.insertdots"><span class="csoptfmt">insertdots</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.14282"></a><a href="#glo:idx.categoryattribute">category attribute</a> can automatically insert dots into the short form with a final space factor adjustment: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14283"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14284"></a><a href="#glo:glssetcategoryattribute"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glssetcategoryattribute</code></a>{initials}{<a id="wrglossary.14285"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.insertdots"><span class="csoptfmt">insertdots</span></a>}{true}
+</pre><p>
+The custom helper command defined in the example needs to be slightly modified: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14286"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\newabbr</code>}[1][]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14287"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a></strong>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14288"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a></strong>=initials,#1]}
+</pre> The definitions need to be slightly modified to work with the <a id="wrglossary.14289"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.insertdots"><span class="csoptfmt">insertdots</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.14290"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@categoryattribute">attribute</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14291"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newabbr</code>{eg}{<strong class="strong">eg</strong>}{eg}
+<code class="cmd">\newabbr</code>{ie}{<strong class="strong">ie</strong>}{ie}
+<code class="cmd">\newabbr</code>{bsc}{<strong class="strong">B{Sc}</strong>}{Bachelor of Science}
+<code class="cmd">\newabbr</code>{ba}{<strong class="strong">BA</strong>}{BA}
+<code class="cmd">\newabbr</code>{agm}{<strong class="strong">AGM</strong>}{AGM}
+</pre> (This makes it much easier to change your mind if you decide at a later date to omit the dots, especially if you are storing all your definitions in a file that’s shared across multiple documents, but note the need to group <span class="qt">“Sc”</span>.)<p>
+The <span class="qt">“laser”</span> definition remains unchanged: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14292"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14293"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{laser}{laser}{light amplification by stimulated
+emission of radiation}
+</pre> The remaining code in the <a id="wrglossary.14294"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">document preamble</a>must now be removed. (It will interfere with <a id="wrglossary.14295"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span>’s</a> category post-link hooks.) No change is required in the document body.<p>
+See the <a id="wrglossary.14296"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> user manual for further details about <a id="wrglossary.14297"></a><a href="#glo:idx.categoryattribute">category attributes</a> and post-link hooks.<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sample-font-abbr.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.14298"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sample-font-abbr.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-font-abbr.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document illustrates how to have different fonts for <a id="wrglossary.14299"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> within the style. The document build is: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.14300"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample-font-abbr
+makeglossaries sample-font-abbr
+pdflatex sample-font-abbr
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.14301"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> mechanism provided by the base <a id="wrglossary.14302"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package isn’t well suited to having a mixture of styles. This example provides a workaround that involves defining a new storage key with <a id="wrglossary.14303"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddstoragekey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddstoragekey</code></a> that’s used to hold the font declaration (such as <code class="csfmt">\em</code>). <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14304"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14305"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddstoragekey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddstoragekey</code></a>{font}{}{<code class="cmd">\entryfont</code>}
+</pre> A new custom <a id="wrglossary.14306"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a> is defined that fetches the font information from this new key so that it can be applied to the <a id="wrglossary.14307"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a>. Some helper commands are also provided to define the different types of <a id="wrglossary.14308"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14309"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\newitabbr</code>}[1][]{<a id="wrglossary.14310"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>[font=<code class="cmd">\em</code>,#1]}
+<code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\newupabbr</code>}{<a id="wrglossary.14311"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>}
+
+<code class="cmd">\newitabbr</code>{eg}{e.g.}{exempli gratia}
+<code class="cmd">\newupabbr</code>{bsc}{BSc}{Bachelor of Science}
+</pre> This makes the <a id="wrglossary.14312"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> of <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.14313"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{eg}</code> appear as <span class="qt">“exempli gratia (<span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">e.g.</span>)”</span> whereas the <a id="wrglossary.14314"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> of <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.14315"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{bsc}</code> is <span class="qt">“Bachelor of Science (BSc)”</span>.<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.14316"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+This example document is much simpler with <a id="wrglossary.14317"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. First the <code class="csfmt">\usepackage</code> command needs adjusting: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14318"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.14319"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.14320"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre> The custom storage key can now be removed and also the custom <a id="wrglossary.14321"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a>. Now replace the <a id="wrglossary.14322"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a> line with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14323"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14324"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.14325"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>]{<a id="wrglossary.14326"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short-em"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short-em</span></a>}
+</pre> and change the definition of the helper commands: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14327"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\newitabbr</code>}{<a id="wrglossary.14328"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>}
+<code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\newupabbr</code>}{<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14329"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a></strong>}
+</pre> Note that the <code class="code">font=<span class="cmdfmt">\em</span>,</code> part has been removed from the definition of the first command and the second command uses <a id="wrglossary.14330"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.14331"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>. This means that <code class="csfmt">\newitabbr</code> will default to <a id="wrglossary.14332"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.14333"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>}</span> and <code class="csfmt">\newupabbr</code> will default to <a id="wrglossary.14334"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.14335"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.abbreviation"><span class="catfmt">abbreviation</span></a>}</span>. The default style for the <a id="wrglossary.14336"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.abbreviation"><span class="catfmt">abbreviation</span></a> category is <a id="wrglossary.14337"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>, which is the required style for this example. This just means that only the <a id="wrglossary.14338"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a> category needs to have the style set (with the above <a id="wrglossary.14339"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a> command).<p>
+Finally, the <a id="wrglossary.14340"></a><a href="#glo:acrshort"><code class="csfmt">\acrshort</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.14341"></a><a href="#glo:acrlong"><code class="csfmt">\acrlong</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.14342"></a><a href="#glo:acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\acrfull</code></a> commands need to be replaced with <a id="wrglossary.14343"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrshort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrshort</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.14344"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrlong"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrlong</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.14345"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfull"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfull</code></a>.<p>
+You may notice that the spacing after <span class="qt">“e.g.”</span> and <span class="qt">“i.e.”</span> isn’t correct. This is similar to the <a id="wrglossary.14346"></a><a href="#glo:file.sample-dot-abbr.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-dot-abbr.tex</span></a> example where the space factor needs adjusting. In this case I’ve inserted the dots manually (rather than relying on the <a id="wrglossary.14347"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.insertdots"><span class="csoptfmt">insertdots</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.14348"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@categoryattribute">attribute</a>). You can either remove the dots and use <a id="wrglossary.14349"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.insertdots"><span class="csoptfmt">insertdots</span></a> with <a id="wrglossary.14350"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.discardperiod"><span class="csoptfmt">discardperiod</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14351"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14352"></a><a href="#glo:glssetcategoryattribute"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glssetcategoryattribute</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14353"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.14354"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.insertdots"><span class="csoptfmt">insertdots</span></a>}{true}
+<a id="wrglossary.14355"></a><a href="#glo:glssetcategoryattribute"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glssetcategoryattribute</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14356"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.14357"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.discardperiod"><span class="csoptfmt">discardperiod</span></a>}{true}
+
+<code class="cmd">\newitabbr</code>{eg}{<strong class="strong">eg</strong>}{exempli gratia}
+<code class="cmd">\newitabbr</code>{ie}{<strong class="strong">ie</strong>}{id est}
+</pre> Or you can manually insert the space factor adjustment with <a id="wrglossary.14358"></a><a href="#glo:cs.at"><code class="csfmt">\@</code></a> and only use the <a id="wrglossary.14359"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.discardperiod"><span class="csoptfmt">discardperiod</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.14360"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@categoryattribute">attribute</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14361"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14362"></a><a href="#glo:glssetcategoryattribute"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glssetcategoryattribute</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14363"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.14364"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.discardperiod"><span class="csoptfmt">discardperiod</span></a>}{true}
+
+<code class="cmd">\newitabbr</code>{eg}{e.g.<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14365"></a><a href="#glo:cs.at"><code class="csfmt">\@</code></a></strong>}{exempli gratia}
+<code class="cmd">\newitabbr</code>{ie}{i.e.<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14366"></a><a href="#glo:cs.at"><code class="csfmt">\@</code></a></strong>}{id est}
+</pre><p>
+You don’t have to use the <a id="wrglossary.14367"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a> category. You may prefer a different label that fits better semantically. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14368"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14369"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[<strong class="strong">latinabbr</strong>]{<a id="wrglossary.14370"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short-em"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short-em</span></a>}
+<code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\new<strong class="strong">latin</strong>abbr</code>}[1][]{<a id="wrglossary.14371"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.14372"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<strong class="strong">latinabbr</strong>}</span>,#1]}
+<a id="wrglossary.14373"></a><a href="#glo:glssetcategoryattribute"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glssetcategoryattribute</code></a>{<strong class="strong">latinabbr</strong>}{<a id="wrglossary.14374"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.insertdots"><span class="csoptfmt">insertdots</span></a>}{true}
+<a id="wrglossary.14375"></a><a href="#glo:glssetcategoryattribute"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glssetcategoryattribute</code></a>{<strong class="strong">latinabbr</strong>}{<a id="wrglossary.14376"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.discardperiod"><span class="csoptfmt">discardperiod</span></a>}{true}
+
+<code class="cmd">\new<strong class="strong">latin</strong>abbr</code>{eg}{e.g.<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14377"></a><a href="#glo:cs.at"><code class="csfmt">\@</code></a></strong>}{exempli gratia}
+<code class="cmd">\new<strong class="strong">latin</strong>abbr</code>{ie}{i.e.<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14378"></a><a href="#glo:cs.at"><code class="csfmt">\@</code></a></strong>}{id est}
+</pre><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:sampleacronyms -->
+
+<section id="sec:samplecounter"><!-- start of section sec:samplecounter --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->18.3. Non-Page Locations<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:samplecounter">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sampleEq.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.14379"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sampleEq.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleEq.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document illustrates how to change the <a id="wrglossary.14380"></a><a href="#glo:dual.entrylocation">entry location</a> to something other than the page number. In this case, the <a id="wrglossary.14381"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.equation"><span class="ctrfmt">equation</span></a> counter is used since all <a id="wrglossary.14382"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entries</a> appear inside an <a id="wrglossary.14383"></a><a href="#glo:env.equation"><span class="envfmt">equation</span></a> environment. To create the document do: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.14384"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sampleEq
+makeglossaries sampleEq
+pdflatex sampleEq
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.14385"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package provides some <a id="wrglossary.14386"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">location formats</a>, such as <a id="wrglossary.14387"></a><a href="#glo:hyperrm"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperrm</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.14388"></a><a href="#glo:hyperbf"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperbf</span></a>, that allow the <a id="wrglossary.14389"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.14390"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> to <a id="wrglossary.14391"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> to the appropriate place in the document (if <a id="wrglossary.14392"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> has been used). Since it’s not possible to include the <a id="wrglossary.14393"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> name in the <a id="wrglossary.14394"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> information with <a id="wrglossary.14395"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.14396"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>, the <a id="wrglossary.14397"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package has to reform the name from a prefix and the <a id="wrglossary.14398"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> value.<p>
+Unfortunately it’s not always possible to split the link name into a prefix and location. That happens with the <a id="wrglossary.14399"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.equation"><span class="ctrfmt">equation</span></a> counter in certain classes, such as the <a id="wrglossary.14400"></a><a href="#glo:cls.report"><span class="clsfmt">report</span></a> class (which is used in this example). This means that it’s necessary to redefine <a id="wrglossary.14401"></a><a href="#glo:theHcounter"><code class="csfmt">\theHequation</code></a> so that it has a format that fits the requirement: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14402"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*<a id="wrglossary.14403"></a><a href="#glo:theHcounter"><code class="csfmt">\theHequation</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14404"></a><a href="#glo:theHcounter"><code class="csfmt">\theHchapter</code></a>.<a id="wrglossary.14405"></a><a href="#glo:arabic"><code class="csfmt">\arabic</code></a>{equation}}
+</pre> If you don’t do this, the equation <a id="wrglossary.14406"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.14407"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> won’t form valid <a id="wrglossary.14408"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a>.<p>
+Each <a id="wrglossary.14409"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entry</a> represents a mathematical symbol. This means that with Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a>, <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> it’s necessary to use the <a id="wrglossary.14410"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14411"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14412"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{Gamma}{<a id="wrglossary.14413"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.14414"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\Gamma</code>(z)}}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.14415"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Gamma function}</span>,<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14416"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Gamma}</span></strong>}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.14417"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If you want to switch to using <a id="wrglossary.14418"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, the first change you need to make is to switch from explicitly loading <a id="wrglossary.14419"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> to loading <a id="wrglossary.14420"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> with the <a id="wrglossary.14421"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a> package option. If <a id="wrglossary.14422"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=only</span> (or <a id="wrglossary.14423"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a> without a value) is used, then the above redefinition of <a id="wrglossary.14424"></a><a href="#glo:theHcounter"><code class="csfmt">\theHequation</code></a> is still required. If <a id="wrglossary.14425"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=nameref</span> is used instead then the redefinition of <a id="wrglossary.14426"></a><a href="#glo:theHcounter"><code class="csfmt">\theHequation</code></a> isn’t required. You may also want to use the <a id="wrglossary.14427"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.14428"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a> options: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14429"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14430"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=nameref</span></strong>,<a id="wrglossary.14431"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.14432"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.14433"></a><a href="#glo:opt.ucmark"><span class="styoptfmt">ucmark</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.14434"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.14435"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">long3colheader</span></a></span>,<a id="wrglossary.14436"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.14437"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.equation"><span class="ctrfmt">equation</span></a></span>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre> The entries now need to be converted into the <a id="wrglossary.14438"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> format required by <a id="wrglossary.14439"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, which can be done with <a id="wrglossary.14440"></a><a href="#glo:app.convertgls2bib"><span class="appfmt">convertgls2bib</span></a>: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.14441"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>convertgls2bib <a id="wrglossary.14442"></a><a href="#glo:switch.preamble-only"><span class="longargfmt">--preamble-only</span></a> sampleEq.tex entries.bib
+</pre> This will create a file called <span class="filefmt">entries.bib</span> that starts: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14443"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><span class="comment">% Encoding: UTF-8</span>
+<code class="code">@entry</code>{Gamma,
+ <a id="wrglossary.14444"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.14445"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\Gamma</code>(z)}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.14446"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Gamma function}</span>
+}
+</pre> You may prefer to change <code class="code">@entry</code> to <code class="code">@symbol</code>. (This should be easy to do with your text editor’s search and replace function.)<p>
+Note that the <a id="wrglossary.14447"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key has been omitted. This is because it typically shouldn’t be used. The difference between using <code class="code">@entry</code> and <code class="code">@symbol</code> is that with <code class="code">@entry</code> the sort value will be obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.14448"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> but with <code class="code">@symbol</code> the sort value will be obtained from the label. If you explicitly use the <a id="wrglossary.14449"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key then you will break this behaviour. (If you try this example out, notice the difference in the ordering if you switch between <code class="code">@entry</code> and <code class="code">@symbol</code>. See also <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=label=bib2gls-sorting"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span> gallery: sorting</a>.)<p>
+Next replace <a id="wrglossary.14450"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14451"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14452"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.14453"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={entries}</span>]
+</pre> If you have used <a id="wrglossary.14454"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=nameref</span> then you can remove the redefinition of <a id="wrglossary.14455"></a><a href="#glo:theHcounter"><code class="csfmt">\theHequation</code></a>. Next remove all the lines defining the glossary entries (since they’re now defined in the <a id="wrglossary.14456"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file). <p>
+Finally, replace <a id="wrglossary.14457"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.14458"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14459"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14460"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a></strong>[<a id="wrglossary.14461"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.title"><span class="csoptfmt">title</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Index of Special Functions and Notations}</span>]
+</pre> The rest of the document remains unchanged (unless you want to use <a id="wrglossary.14462"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfmt"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfmt</code></a> as described in the following example).<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sampleEqPg.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.14463"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sampleEqPg.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleEqPg.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This is similar to the previous example, but the <a id="wrglossary.14464"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a> are a mixture of page numbers and equation numbers. This example adds the <a id="wrglossary.14465"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> to the <a id="wrglossary.14466"></a><a href="#glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</a>, so an extra LaTeX run is required: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.14467"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sampleEqPg
+makeglossaries sampleEqPg
+pdflatex sampleEqPg
+pdflatex sampleEqPg
+</pre> As with the previous example, entries are defined like this: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14468"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14469"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{Gamma}<a id="wrglossary.14470"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.14471"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\Gamma</code>(z)}}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.14472"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Gamma function}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.14473"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Gamma}</span>
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.14474"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.14475"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.equation"><span class="ctrfmt">equation</span></a></span> package option is used to set the default indexing counter to <a id="wrglossary.14476"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.equation"><span class="ctrfmt">equation</span></a>. This means that it has to be changed for <a id="wrglossary.14477"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> outside of any numbered equation. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14478"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14479"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.14480"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.14481"></a><a href="#glo:hyperbf"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperbf</span></a></span>,<a id="wrglossary.14482"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.counter"><span class="csoptfmt">counter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.14483"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.page"><span class="ctrfmt">page</span></a></span>]{Gamma}{gamma function}
+</pre> I’ve set the <a id="wrglossary.14484"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a> to <a id="wrglossary.14485"></a><a href="#glo:hyperbf"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperbf</span></a> to indicate that this is a primary reference. (Note that I’m using <a id="wrglossary.14486"></a><a href="#glo:hyperbf"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperbf</span></a> not <a id="wrglossary.14487"></a><a href="#glo:textbf"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">textbf</span></a> in order to include a <a id="wrglossary.14488"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> in the location.)<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.14489"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> here is almost identical to the description. The only difference is that the description starts with a capital (<a id="wrglossary.14490"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>). If it started with a <a id="wrglossary.14491"></a><a href="#glo:idx.lowercase">lowercase</a> character instead, I could simply use <a id="wrglossary.14492"></a><a href="#glo:glsdesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsdesc</code></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.14493"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>. If I change the entry descriptions so that they all start with a <a id="wrglossary.14494"></a><a href="#glo:idx.lowercase">lowercase</a> letter then I would need to create a custom <a id="wrglossary.14495"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> that used <a id="wrglossary.14496"></a><a href="#glo:Glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\Glossentrydesc</code></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.14497"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrydesc</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.14498"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If I switch to using <a id="wrglossary.14499"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> I wouldn’t need a new <a id="wrglossary.14500"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a>. Instead I could just use the <a id="wrglossary.14501"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.glossdesc"><span class="csoptfmt">glossdesc</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.14502"></a><a href="#glo:idx.categoryattribute">category attribute</a> to perform the <a id="wrglossary.14503"></a><a href="#glo:dual.casechange">case change</a>. Remember that the first change to make is to replace <a id="wrglossary.14504"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> with <a id="wrglossary.14505"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14506"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.14507"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.14508"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">long3colheader</span></a></span>,<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14509"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.14510"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a></strong>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.14511"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.14512"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.equation"><span class="ctrfmt">equation</span></a></span>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre> The entries are now all defined so that the description starts with a lowercase letter (except for the descriptions that start with a proper noun). For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14513"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14514"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{Gamma}{<a id="wrglossary.14515"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.14516"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\Gamma</code>(z)}}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.14517"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<strong class="strong">g</strong>amma function}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.14518"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Gamma}</span>}
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.14519"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.glossdesc"><span class="csoptfmt">glossdesc</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.14520"></a><a href="#glo:idx.categoryattribute">category attribute</a> needs setting: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14521"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14522"></a><a href="#glo:glssetcategoryattribute"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glssetcategoryattribute</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14523"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.general"><span class="catfmt">general</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.14524"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.glossdesc"><span class="csoptfmt">glossdesc</span></a>}{firstuc}
+</pre> This means that I can now use <a id="wrglossary.14525"></a><a href="#glo:glsdesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsdesc</code></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.14526"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>.<p>
+It’s a bit cumbersome typing <code class="code">[<a id="wrglossary.14527"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.14528"></a><a href="#glo:hyperbf"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperbf</span></a></span>,<a id="wrglossary.14529"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.counter"><span class="csoptfmt">counter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.14530"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.page"><span class="ctrfmt">page</span></a></span>]</code> for each primary reference, but <a id="wrglossary.14531"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> provides a convenient way of having a third modifier for commands like <a id="wrglossary.14532"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.14533"></a><a href="#glo:glstext"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code></a>. This needs to be a single punctuation character (but not <code class="code">*</code> or <code class="code">+</code> which are already in use). For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14534"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14535"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrSetAltModifier"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrSetAltModifier</code></a>{<strong class="strong">!</strong>}{<a id="wrglossary.14536"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.14537"></a><a href="#glo:hyperbf"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperbf</span></a></span>,<a id="wrglossary.14538"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.counter"><span class="csoptfmt">counter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.14539"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.page"><span class="ctrfmt">page</span></a></span>}
+</pre> Now <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.14540"></a><a href="#glo:glsdesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsdesc</code></a><strong class="strong">!</strong>{Gamma}</code> is equivalent to: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14541"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14542"></a><a href="#glo:glsdesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsdesc</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.14543"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.14544"></a><a href="#glo:hyperbf"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperbf</span></a></span>,<a id="wrglossary.14545"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.counter"><span class="csoptfmt">counter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.14546"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.page"><span class="ctrfmt">page</span></a></span>]{Gamma}
+</pre> So the text at the start of the <span class="qt">“Gamma Functions”</span> chapter is now just: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14547"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>The <a id="wrglossary.14548"></a><a href="#glo:glsdesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsdesc</code></a>!{Gamma} is defined as
+</pre> which is much more compact. Similar changes can be made for the other instance of <a id="wrglossary.14549"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a> where the <a id="wrglossary.14550"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> is just the description: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14551"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>The <a id="wrglossary.14552"></a><a href="#glo:glsdesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsdesc</code></a>!{erf} is defined as
+</pre><p>
+There are three other instances of <a id="wrglossary.14553"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>, such as: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14554"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14555"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>{Gamma}{<code class="cmd">\Gamma</code>(x+1)}
+</pre> If I just use <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.14556"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{Gamma}</code> then I would get \(𝛤(z)\) as the <a id="wrglossary.14557"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. For entries like this that represent functions with variable parameters it would be more convenient (and help with consistency) if a command was available to easily replace the parameters.<p>
+With the base <a id="wrglossary.14558"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package, one simple solution that works for this example is to save just the function symbol in the <a id="wrglossary.14559"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> field, for example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14560"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14561"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{Gamma}{<a id="wrglossary.14562"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.14563"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\Gamma</code>(z)}}</span>,
+<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14564"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.14565"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\Gamma</code>}}</span>,</strong>
+<a id="wrglossary.14566"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={gamma function}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.14567"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Gamma}</span>}
+</pre> and then use: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14568"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14569"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbol</code></a></strong>{Gamma}<strong class="strong">[</strong>(<code class="cmd">\Gamma</code>(x+1))<strong class="strong">]</strong>
+</pre> (which includes the function parameter inside the <a id="wrglossary.14570"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>) or just: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14571"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14572"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbol</code></a>{Gamma}(<code class="cmd">\Gamma</code>(x+1))
+</pre> (which has the function parameter after the <a id="wrglossary.14573"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>). This is a convenient approach where the extra material can simply follow the symbol, and it can also be used with <a id="wrglossary.14574"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.14575"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides another possibility. It requires a command that takes a single argument, for example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14576"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\Gammafunction</code>}[1]{<code class="cmd">\Gamma</code>(#1)}
+</pre> The control sequence name (the command name without the leading backslash) is stored in the field identified by the command <a id="wrglossary.14577"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrFmtField"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrFmtField</code></a> (this should be the internal field name not the key name, see Table <a href="#tab:fieldmap">4.1</a>). The default is <a id="wrglossary.14578"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useri"><span class="csoptfmt">useri</span></a> which corresponds to the <a id="wrglossary.14579"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a> key. This means that the <span class="qt">“Gamma”</span> entry would need to be defined with <a id="wrglossary.14580"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Gammafunction}</span>. With this approach, each function entry would need a separate associated command.<p>
+Another approach is to store the parameterless function in the <a id="wrglossary.14581"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> key (as earlier) and have a more generic command that uses this symbol. This requires the entry label, which can be obtained with <a id="wrglossary.14582"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a> within the <a id="wrglossary.14583"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14584"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\entryfunc</code>}[1]{<a id="wrglossary.14585"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysymbol</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14586"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}(#1)}
+</pre> (Obviously, this command can’t be used outside of the <a id="wrglossary.14587"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> or post-link hooks since it uses <a id="wrglossary.14588"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>.)<p>
+So the entry now needs the parameterless function in <a id="wrglossary.14589"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> and the control sequence name of this generic command in <a id="wrglossary.14590"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14591"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14592"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{Gamma}{<a id="wrglossary.14593"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.14594"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\Gamma</code>(z)}}</span>,
+<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14595"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.14596"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\Gamma</code>}}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.14597"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a><span class="optfmt">={entryfunc}</span>,</strong>
+<a id="wrglossary.14598"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={gamma function}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.14599"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Gamma}</span>}
+</pre> (This doesn’t need to be done for the <span class="qt">“C”</span> and <span class="qt">“G”</span> entries since they’re constants not functions.)<p>
+You may want to consider providing helper commands to make the functions easier to define. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14600"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\func</code>}[2]{#1(#2)}
+<code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\entryfunc</code>}[1]{<code class="cmd">\func</code>{<a id="wrglossary.14601"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysymbol</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.14602"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}}{#1}}
+<code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\newfunc</code>}[5][]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.14603"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{#2}{<a id="wrglossary.14604"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.14605"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\func</code>{#3}{#4}}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.14606"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a><span class="optfmt">={#3}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.14607"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a><span class="optfmt">={entryfunc}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.14608"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={#5}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.14609"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={#2}</span>,#1
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre> The entries can now be defined using this custom <code class="csfmt">\newfunc</code> command. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14610"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newfunc</code>{Gamma}{<code class="cmd">\Gamma</code>}{z}{gamma function}
+<code class="cmd">\newfunc</code>[<a id="wrglossary.14611"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={gamma1}</span>]{gamma}{<code class="cmd">\gamma</code>}{<code class="cmd">\alpha</code>,x}{lower
+ incomplete gamma function}
+<code class="cmd">\newfunc</code>[<a id="wrglossary.14612"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Gamma2}</span>]{iGamma}{<code class="cmd">\Gamma</code>}{<code class="cmd">\alpha</code>,x}{upper
+ incomplete gamma function}
+</pre><p>
+Note that in <code class="csfmt">\newfunc</code> the <a id="wrglossary.14613"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> key doesn’t have its value encapsulated with <a id="wrglossary.14614"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a> so <a id="wrglossary.14615"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbol</code></a> will need to explicitly be placed in <a id="wrglossary.14616"></a><a href="#glo:idx.mathmode">math mode</a>. If you switch to a <a id="wrglossary.14617"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> that displays the symbol, you will either need to adjust the definition of <code class="csfmt">\newfunc</code> to use <a id="wrglossary.14618"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a> in the <a id="wrglossary.14619"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> field or you can add the encapsulation with the <a id="wrglossary.14620"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.glosssymbolfont"><span class="csoptfmt">glosssymbolfont</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.14621"></a><a href="#glo:idx.categoryattribute">category attribute</a>.<p>
+Now <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.14622"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>{Znu}{Z_<span class="cmdfmt">\nu</span>}</code> can simply be replaced with <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.14623"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbol</code></a>{Znu}</code> (no parameter is required in this case). For the other cases, where the parameter is different from that given in the <a id="wrglossary.14624"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> field (which is obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.14625"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a>), you can use <a id="wrglossary.14626"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfmt"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfmt</code></a>. For example, <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.14627"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>{Gamma}{<span class="cmdfmt">\Gamma</span>(x+1)}</code> can now be replaced with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14628"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14629"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfmt"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfmt</code></a>{Gamma}{x+1}
+</pre> This effectively works like <a id="wrglossary.14630"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a> but omits the post-link hook. (See the <a id="wrglossary.14631"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> user manual for further details.)<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.14632"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Don’t use <a id="wrglossary.14633"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfmt"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfmt</code></a> within the argument of another <a id="wrglossary.14634"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfmt"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfmt</code></a> command (or inside any other <a id="wrglossary.14635"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>). </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+Similarly <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.14636"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>{Gamma}{<span class="cmdfmt">\Gamma</span>(<span class="cmdfmt">\alpha</span>)}</code> can now be replaced with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14637"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14638"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfmt"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfmt</code></a>{Gamma}{<code class="cmd">\alpha</code>}
+</pre> Note that it’s still possible to use: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14639"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14640"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbol</code></a>{Gamma}[(<code class="cmd">\alpha</code>)]
+</pre> You may prefer to define a helper command that makes it easier to switch between your preferred method. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14641"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\Fn</code>}[3][]{<a id="wrglossary.14642"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbol</code></a>[#1]{#2}[(#3)]}
+</pre> or: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14643"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\Fn</code>}[3][]{<a id="wrglossary.14644"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfmt"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfmt</code></a>[#1]{#2}{#3}}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.14645"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If you want to convert this example so that it works with <a id="wrglossary.14646"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, first convert it to use <a id="wrglossary.14647"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> (as described above), and then follow the instructions from <a id="wrglossary.14648"></a><a href="#glo:file.sampleEq.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleEq.tex</span></a>. The <a id="wrglossary.14649"></a><a href="#glo:app.convertgls2bib"><span class="appfmt">convertgls2bib</span></a> application recognises <code class="csfmt">\newcommand</code> so it will be able to parse the custom <code class="csfmt">\newfunc</code> commands.<p>
+Note that <a id="wrglossary.14650"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> allows you to separate the <a id="wrglossary.14651"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.14652"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> into different groups according to the <a id="wrglossary.14653"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@locationcounter">counter</a> used for the location. This can be done with the <a id="wrglossary.14654"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.loc-counters"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">loc-counters</span></a> resource option. It’s also possible to identify primary <a id="wrglossary.14655"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@locationencap">formats</a> (such as <a id="wrglossary.14656"></a><a href="#glo:hyperbf"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperbf</span></a> used in this example) using the <a id="wrglossary.14657"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.primary-location-formats"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">primary-location-formats</span></a> option. The primary <a id="wrglossary.14658"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> can then be given a more prominent position in the <a id="wrglossary.14659"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>. See the <a id="wrglossary.14660"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> user manual for further details.<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sampleSec.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.14661"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sampleSec.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleSec.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document also illustrates how to change the <a id="wrglossary.14662"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> to something other than the page number. In this case, the <a id="wrglossary.14663"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.section"><span class="ctrfmt">section</span></a> counter is used. This example adds the <a id="wrglossary.14664"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> to the <a id="wrglossary.14665"></a><a href="#glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</a>, so an extra LaTeX run is required: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.14666"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sampleSec
+makeglossaries sampleSec
+pdflatex sampleSec
+pdflatex sampleSec
+</pre> Note that there are conflicting <a id="wrglossary.14667"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">location formats</a>, which trigger a warning from <a id="wrglossary.14668"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.14669"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>## Warning (input = sampleSec.glo, line = 6; output = sampleSec.gls, line = 9):
+ -- Conflicting entries: <a id="wrglossary.14670"></a><a href="#glo:idx.multipleencap">multiple encaps</a> for the same page under same key.
+
+## Warning (input = sampleSec.glo, line = 2; output = sampleSec.gls, line = 10):
+ -- Conflicting entries: <a id="wrglossary.14671"></a><a href="#glo:idx.multipleencap">multiple encaps</a> for the same page under same key.
+</pre> This is the result of <a id="wrglossary.14672"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> an entry multiple times for the same <a id="wrglossary.14673"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> with different values of the <a id="wrglossary.14674"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a> key (<a id="wrglossary.14675"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encaps</a>). (<a id="wrglossary.14676"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> assumes that the <a id="wrglossary.14677"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> is a page number)<p>
+In this case, it’s caused by three references to the <span class="qt">“ident”</span> entry in section 2.1: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14678"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14679"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.14680"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.14681"></a><a href="#glo:hyperit"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperit</span></a></span>]{ident}
+<a id="wrglossary.14682"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>{ident} <span class="comment">% default <a id="wrglossary.14683"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.14684"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumberformat"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">glsnumberformat</span></a></span></span>
+<a id="wrglossary.14685"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>*[<a id="wrglossary.14686"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.14687"></a><a href="#glo:hyperbf"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperbf</span></a></span>]{ident}
+</pre><p>
+If you use the <a id="wrglossary.14688"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> Perl script it will detect the warnings in the <a id="wrglossary.14689"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> transcript file and attempt to fix the conflict by removing entries from the <a id="wrglossary.14690"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glo"><span class="extfmt">glo</span></a> file: <pre class="transcript"><div class="transcripttitle"><a id="wrglossary.14691"></a><a href="#glo:sym.transcript"><span title="Transcript" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14692"></a><a href="#glo:idx.multipleencap">Multiple encaps</a> detected. Attempting to remedy.
+Reading sampleSec.glo...
+Writing sampleSec.glo...
+Retrying
+</pre> (Range formats have highest precedence. The default <a id="wrglossary.14693"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumberformat"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">glsnumberformat</span></a> has the lowest precedence.)<p>
+If you use <a id="wrglossary.14694"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a> or call <a id="wrglossary.14695"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> directly then the problem won’t be fixed and the <a id="wrglossary.14696"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> will end up with the rather odd <a id="wrglossary.14697"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> for the identity matrix entry consisting of three references to section 2.1: the first in the default font, followed by bold (<a id="wrglossary.14698"></a><a href="#glo:hyperbf"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperbf</span></a>) and then italic (<a id="wrglossary.14699"></a><a href="#glo:hyperit"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperit</span></a>), which results in 2.1, <span style="font-weight: bold; ">2.1</span>, <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">2.1</span>. If you use <a id="wrglossary.14700"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> then only the bold entry (<span style="font-weight: bold; ">2.1</span>) will be present. However, if you don’t want the problem corrected, call <a id="wrglossary.14701"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> with the <a id="wrglossary.14702"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkgls.e"><span class="shortargfmt">-e</span></a> switch.<p>
+If you switch to <a id="wrglossary.14703"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14704"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14705"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a></strong>,<a id="wrglossary.14706"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.14707"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlist"><span class="glostylefmt">altlist</span></a></span>,<a id="wrglossary.14708"></a><a href="#glo:opt.toc"><span class="styoptfmt">toc</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.14709"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.14710"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.section"><span class="ctrfmt">section</span></a></span>]{glossaries}
+</pre> then the conflict will be resolved using the number format <a id="wrglossary.14711"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@xindyattr">attribute</a> list order of priority. In this case, <a id="wrglossary.14712"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumberformat"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">glsnumberformat</span></a> has the highest priority. This means that only the upright medium weight entry (2.1) will be present. The simplest way of altering this is to provide your own custom format. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14713"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<strong class="strong"><code class="cmd">\primary</code></strong>}[1]{<a id="wrglossary.14714"></a><a href="#glo:hyperit"><code class="csfmt">\hyperit</code></a>{#1}}
+<a id="wrglossary.14715"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyAttribute"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</code></a>{<strong class="strong">primary</strong>}
+</pre> and change <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.14716"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.14717"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=hyperit</span>]</code> to <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.14718"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.14719"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<strong class="strong">primary</strong></span>]</code> etc. This will give <a id="wrglossary.14720"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=primary</span> the highest priority. (It’s also better practice to provide this kind of semantic command.)<p>
+With <a id="wrglossary.14721"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, you can supply rules to deal with <a id="wrglossary.14722"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">location format</a> conflicts, as illustrated below.<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.14723"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+In order to switch to <a id="wrglossary.14724"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, first replace <a id="wrglossary.14725"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> with <a id="wrglossary.14726"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, and add the <a id="wrglossary.14727"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a> package option. Remember that <a id="wrglossary.14728"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> has a different set of defaults and you may also want to patch the predefined base styles. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14729"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.14730"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.14731"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlist"><span class="glostylefmt">altlist</span></a></span>,<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14732"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.14733"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a></strong>,<a id="wrglossary.14734"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.14735"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.section"><span class="ctrfmt">section</span></a></span>]
+{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre><p>
+The entry definitions now need to be converted into <a id="wrglossary.14736"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> format and saved in a <a id="wrglossary.14737"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file (say, <span class="filefmt">entries.bib</span>). You can use <a id="wrglossary.14738"></a><a href="#glo:app.convertgls2bib"><span class="appfmt">convertgls2bib</span></a>: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.14739"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>convertgls2bib <a id="wrglossary.14740"></a><a href="#glo:switch.preamble-only"><span class="longargfmt">--preamble-only</span></a> sampleSec.tex entries.bib
+</pre> <p>
+Next replace <a id="wrglossary.14741"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14742"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14743"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.14744"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={entries}</span>]
+</pre> and remove all the <a id="wrglossary.14745"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> commands.<p>
+Finally, replace <a id="wrglossary.14746"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.14747"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a>. The document build is now: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.14748"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sampleSec
+bib2gls sampleSec
+pdflatex sampleSec
+</pre> As with the original example, there’s still a location format conflict, which <a id="wrglossary.14749"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> warns about: <pre class="transcript"><div class="transcripttitle"><a id="wrglossary.14750"></a><a href="#glo:sym.transcript"><span title="Transcript" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>Warning: Entry location conflict for formats: <a id="wrglossary.14751"></a><a href="#glo:hyperbf"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperbf</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.14752"></a><a href="#glo:hyperit"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperit</span></a>
+Discarding: {ident}{}{<a id="wrglossary.14753"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.section"><span class="ctrfmt">section</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.14754"></a><a href="#glo:hyperbf"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperbf</span></a>}{2.1}
+Conflicts with: {ident}{}{<a id="wrglossary.14755"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.section"><span class="ctrfmt">section</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.14756"></a><a href="#glo:hyperit"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">hyperit</span></a>}{2.1}
+</pre> This means that it has discarded the bold location and kept the italic one. (As with <a id="wrglossary.14757"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>, range formats have the highest priority and <a id="wrglossary.14758"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumberformat"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">glsnumberformat</span></a> has the lowest.)<p>
+It would be better if the conflict could be merged into a single location that was both bold and italic. To achieve this, it’s first necessary to define a command that produces this effect: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14759"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\hyperbfit</code>}[1]{<code class="cmd">\textbf</code>{<a id="wrglossary.14760"></a><a href="#glo:hyperit"><code class="csfmt">\hyperit</code></a>{#1}}}
+</pre> Now <a id="wrglossary.14761"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> needs to be invoked with the appropriate mapping with the <a id="wrglossary.14762"></a><a href="#glo:switch.map-format"><span class="longargfmt">--map-format</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.14763"></a><a href="#glo:switch.map-format"><span class="shortargfmt">-m</span></a> switch: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.14764"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>bib2gls <a id="wrglossary.14765"></a><a href="#glo:switch.map-format"><span class="shortargfmt">-m</span></a> "hyperbf:hyperbfit,hyperit:hyperbfit" sampleSec
+</pre> If you are using <a id="wrglossary.14766"></a><a href="#glo:app.arara"><span class="appfmt">arara</span></a> the directive should be: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14767"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>% arara: bib2gls: { mapformats: [ [hyperbf, hyperbfit],
+% arara: --&gt; [hyperit, hyperbfit] ] }
+</pre><p>
+If you try out this example, notice the difference between <a id="wrglossary.14768"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=only</span> and <a id="wrglossary.14769"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=nameref</span>. If you use the latter, the <a id="wrglossary.14770"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> will now be the section titles rather than the section numbers. If you use the <a id="wrglossary.14771"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=nameref</span> setting you can customize the <a id="wrglossary.14772"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> by defining the command: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14773"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14774"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrcounterlocfmt"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtr<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>locfmt</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">title</em>〉</span>}
+</pre><p>
+In this case the counter is <a id="wrglossary.14775"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.section"><span class="ctrfmt">section</span></a>, so the command should be <a id="wrglossary.14776"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrcounterlocfmt"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrsectionlocfmt</code></a>. It takes two arguments: the first is the location and the second is the title. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14777"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.14778"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrcounterlocfmt"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrsectionlocfmt</code></a>}[2]{<a id="wrglossary.14779"></a><a href="#glo:S"><code class="csfmt">\S</code></a>#1 #2}
+</pre> (The only command of this type that is defined by default is the one for the <a id="wrglossary.14780"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.equation"><span class="ctrfmt">equation</span></a> counter, <a id="wrglossary.14781"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrcounterlocfmt"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrequationlocfmt</code></a>.) Make sure that you have at least version 1.42 of <a id="wrglossary.14782"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:samplecounter -->
+
+<section id="sec:samplestype"><!-- start of section sec:samplestype --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->18.4. Multiple Glossaries<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:samplestype">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+See also <a id="wrglossary.14783"></a><a href="#glo:file.sampleSort.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleSort.tex</span></a> in §<a href="#sec:samplessort">18.5</a>, which has three glossaries.<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sampleNtn.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.14784"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sampleNtn.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleNtn.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document illustrates how to create an additional <a id="wrglossary.14785"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> type. This example adds the <a id="wrglossary.14786"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> to the <a id="wrglossary.14787"></a><a href="#glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</a>, so an extra LaTeX run is required: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.14788"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sampleNtn
+makeglossaries sampleNtn
+pdflatex sampleNtn
+pdflatex sampleNtn
+</pre> Note that if you want to call <a id="wrglossary.14789"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> explicitly instead of using the <a id="wrglossary.14790"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.14791"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a> scripts then you need to call <a id="wrglossary.14792"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> twice:
+<ol class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="numitem">1.</span>Create the <a id="wrglossary.14793"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary (all on one line): <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.14794"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>makeindex -s sampleNtn.ist -t sampleNtn.glg -o sampleNtn.gls sampleNtn.glo
+</pre> <li><span class="numitem">2.</span>Create the secondary glossary (all on one line): <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.14795"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>makeindex -s sampleNtn.ist -t sampleNtn.nlg -o sampleNtn.not sampleNtn.ntn
+</pre>
+</ol>
+ This document creates a new glossary using: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14796"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14797"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation}
+</pre> This defines a <a id="wrglossary.14798"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> that can be identified with the label <span class="qt">“notation”</span> with the default title <span class="qt">“Notation”</span>. The other arguments are the file extensions required with Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>. For those two options, the <a id="wrglossary.14799"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package needs to know the input and output files required by <a id="wrglossary.14800"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.14801"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>. <p>
+(The optional argument is the file extension of the <a id="wrglossary.14802"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> transcript file, which <a id="wrglossary.14803"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> doesn’t need to know about (unless <a id="wrglossary.14804"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a> is used), but it writes the information to the <a id="wrglossary.14805"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file for the benefit of <a id="wrglossary.14806"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.14807"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a>.)<p>
+If you switch to a different <a id="wrglossary.14808"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> option then these file extensions aren’t required, in which case it’s simpler to use the starred form: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14809"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14810"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary*"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary*</code></a>{notation}{Notation}
+</pre><p>
+This example uses a label prefixing system to differentiate between the different types of entries. (If you use <a id="wrglossary.14811"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a> with a language that makes <a id="wrglossary.14812"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.colon"><code class="code">:</code> (colon)</a> active you will need to change the prefix.) For example, the term <span class="qt">“set”</span> is defined as: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14813"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14814"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{gls:set}{<a id="wrglossary.14815"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={set}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.14816"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={A collection of distinct objects}</span>}
+</pre> and the set notation is defined as: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14817"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14818"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{not:set}{<a id="wrglossary.14819"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">={notation}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.14820"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.14821"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\mathcal</code>{S}}}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.14822"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={A <a id="wrglossary.14823"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{gls:set}}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.14824"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={S}</span>}
+</pre> Notice that the latter description contains <a id="wrglossary.14825"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>. This means you shouldn’t use <a id="wrglossary.14826"></a><a href="#glo:glsdesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsdesc</code></a> with this entry otherwise you will end up with nested links.<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.14827"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+The <a id="wrglossary.14828"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides a command for use in within field values to prevent nested <a id="wrglossary.14829"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14830"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14831"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrp"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrp</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> There are convenient shortcuts for common fields: <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.14832"></a><a href="#glo:glsps"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsps</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code> (for the <a id="wrglossary.14833"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> field) and <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.14834"></a><a href="#glo:glspt"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glspt</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code> (for the <a id="wrglossary.14835"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> field). So the set notation definition can be modified: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14836"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14837"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{not:set}{<a id="wrglossary.14838"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">={notation}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.14839"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.14840"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\mathcal</code>{S}}}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.14841"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={A <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14842"></a><a href="#glo:glspt"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glspt</code></a>{gls:set}</strong>}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.14843"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={S}</span>}
+</pre> This will stop the inner reference from causing interference if you use <a id="wrglossary.14844"></a><a href="#glo:glsdesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsdesc</code></a>. It will also suppress <a id="wrglossary.14845"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> within the <a id="wrglossary.14846"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> but will have a <a id="wrglossary.14847"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> (if <a id="wrglossary.14848"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> is used).<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.14849"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides a way of defining commands like <a id="wrglossary.14850"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> that automatically insert a prefix. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14851"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14852"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrnewgls"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnewgls</code></a>{not:}{<code class="cmd">\sym</code>}
+<a id="wrglossary.14853"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrnewglslike"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnewglslike</code></a>{gls:}{<code class="cmd">\term</code>}{<code class="cmd">\termpl</code>}{<code class="cmd">\Term</code>}{<code class="cmd">\Termpl</code>}
+</pre> (there’s no point providing commands for plural or <a id="wrglossary.14854"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> with symbols). Now <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.14855"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{not:set}</code> can be replaced with <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\sym</span>{set}</code> and <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.14856"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{gls:set}</code> can be replaced with <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\term</span>{set}</code>.<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.14857"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+These two commands are primarily provided for the benefit of <a id="wrglossary.14858"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> as the information is written to the <a id="wrglossary.14859"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file. This allows <a id="wrglossary.14860"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> to recognise the custom commands if they have been used in the <a id="wrglossary.14861"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> files. When combined with <a id="wrglossary.14862"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.label-prefix"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">label-prefix</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.14863"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.ext-prefixes"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">ext-prefixes</span></a> (see below) this makes it much simpler to change the prefixes if necessary.<p>
+If you want to convert this document to use <a id="wrglossary.14864"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, remember that you need the <a id="wrglossary.14865"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.14866"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=nameref</span> option. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14867"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14868"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a>,</strong><a id="wrglossary.14869"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.14870"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a>]{glossaries-extra}
+</pre> As with earlier examples, <a id="wrglossary.14871"></a><a href="#glo:app.convertgls2bib"><span class="appfmt">convertgls2bib</span></a> can be used to convert the entry definitions into the required <a id="wrglossary.14872"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> format. You may prefer to split the entries into separate files according to type. (Requires at least <a id="wrglossary.14873"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> v2.0.) This is useful if you want to reuse a large database of entries across multiple documents as it doesn’t lock you into using a specific glossary. For example: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.14874"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>convertgls2bib <a id="wrglossary.14875"></a><a href="#glo:switch.split-on-type"><span class="longargfmt">--split-on-type</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.14876"></a><a href="#glo:switch.preamble-only"><span class="longargfmt">--preamble-only</span></a> sampleNtn.tex entries.bib
+</pre> This will create a file called <span class="filefmt">entries.bib</span> that contains the entries that didn’t have a <a id="wrglossary.14877"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> assigned in the original file, such as: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14878"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@entry</code>{gls:set,
+ <a id="wrglossary.14879"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={set}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.14880"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={A collection of distinct objects}</span>
+}
+</pre> It will also create a file called <span class="filefmt">notation.bib</span> that contains the entries that had the <a id="wrglossary.14881"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> set to <span class="qt">“notation”</span> in the original file, such as: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14882"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@entry</code>{not:set,
+ <a id="wrglossary.14883"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.14884"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\mathcal</code>{S}}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.14885"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={A <a id="wrglossary.14886"></a><a href="#glo:glspt"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glspt</code></a>{gls:set}}</span>
+}
+</pre> Note that the <a id="wrglossary.14887"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> field has been removed. The above entry in the <span class="filefmt">notation.bib</span> file references a term in the <span class="filefmt">entries.bib</span> file. It’s possible to strip all the prefixes from the <a id="wrglossary.14888"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> files and get <a id="wrglossary.14889"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> to automatically insert them. In which case, this cross-reference needs adjusting to indicate that it’s referring to an entry in another file. This can be done with one of the special <span class="xtroptfmt">ext<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">n</em>〉</span>.</span> prefixes: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14890"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@entry</code>{<strong class="strong">set</strong>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.14891"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.14892"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\mathcal</code>{S}}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.14893"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={A <a id="wrglossary.14894"></a><a href="#glo:glspt"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glspt</code></a>{<strong class="strong"><span class="xtrfmt">ext1.</span></strong>set}}</span>
+}
+</pre> The corresponding term in the <span class="filefmt">entries.bib</span> file is now: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14895"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@entry</code>{<strong class="strong">set</strong>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.14896"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={set}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.14897"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={A collection of distinct objects}</span>
+}
+</pre><p>
+Now you can replace <a id="wrglossary.14898"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14899"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14900"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.14901"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={entries}</span>,<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14902"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.label-prefix"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">label-prefix</span></a><span class="optfmt">={gls:}</span></strong>]
+<a id="wrglossary.14903"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.14904"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={notation}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.14905"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.type"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=notation</span>,
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14906"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.label-prefix"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">label-prefix</span></a><span class="optfmt">={not:}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.14907"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.ext-prefixes"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">ext-prefixes</span></a><span class="optfmt">={gls:}</span></strong>]
+</pre> Remove all the <a id="wrglossary.14908"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> definitions and replace <a id="wrglossary.14909"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.14910"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a>.<p>
+Regardless of how many resource sets the document contains, only one <a id="wrglossary.14911"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> call is required: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.14912"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sampleNtn
+bib2gls sampleNtn
+pdflatex sampleNtn
+</pre><p>
+You may notice that the ordering in the notations list has changed from the original. This is because the <a id="wrglossary.14913"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> field was automatically removed by <a id="wrglossary.14914"></a><a href="#glo:app.convertgls2bib"><span class="appfmt">convertgls2bib</span></a>, so the entries are now sorted according to the <a id="wrglossary.14915"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> field (since they are defined with <code class="code">@entry</code>). You can use your text editor’s search and replace function to replace all instances of <code class="code">@entry</code> with <code class="code">@symbol</code> in the <span class="filefmt">notations.bib</span> file so that, for example, the <span class="qt">“set”</span> definition becomes: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14916"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><strong class="strong"><code class="code">@symbol</code></strong>{set,
+ <a id="wrglossary.14917"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.14918"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\mathcal</code>{S}}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.14919"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={A <a id="wrglossary.14920"></a><a href="#glo:glspt"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glspt</code></a>{<span class="xtrfmt">ext1.</span>set}}</span>
+}
+</pre> Now these <code class="code">@symbol</code> entries will be sorted according to their label. (The original label in the <a id="wrglossary.14921"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file, not the prefixed label.) This will put them in the same order as the original document. (See the <span class="qt">“Examples”</span> chapter of the <a id="wrglossary.14922"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> user manual for examples of varying the sorting and also <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=label=bib2gls-sorting"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span> gallery: sorting</a>.)<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sample-dual.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.14923"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sample-dual.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-dual.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document illustrates how to define an entry that both appears in the list of acronyms and in the <a id="wrglossary.14924"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary. To create the document do: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.14925"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample-dual
+makeglossaries sample-dual
+pdflatex sample-dual
+</pre> This defines a custom command <a id="wrglossary.14926"></a><a href="#glo:newdualentry"><code class="csfmt">\newdualentry</code></a> that defines two <a id="wrglossary.14927"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> at once (a normal <a id="wrglossary.14928"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> and an <a id="wrglossary.14929"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a>). It uses <a id="wrglossary.14930"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a> to ensure that if one is used then the other is automatically <a id="wrglossary.14931"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14932"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.14933"></a><a href="#glo:newdualentry"><code class="csfmt">\newdualentry</code></a>}[5][]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% main entry:</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.14934"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{main-#2}{<a id="wrglossary.14935"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={#4}</span>,<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.14936"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a><span class="optfmt">={#3<a id="wrglossary.14937"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>{#2}}</span>,<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.14938"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={#5}</span>,<span class="comment">% </span>
+ #1<span class="comment">% additional options for main entry</span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.14939"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a>:</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.14940"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{#2}{#3<a id="wrglossary.14941"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>{main-#2}}{#4}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre> A sample dual entry is defined with this command: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14942"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14943"></a><a href="#glo:newdualentry"><code class="csfmt">\newdualentry</code></a>{svm}<span class="comment">% label</span>
+ {SVM}<span class="comment">% short form</span>
+ {support vector machine}<span class="comment">% long form</span>
+ {Statistical pattern recognition technique}<span class="comment">% description</span>
+</pre> This defines an <a id="wrglossary.14944"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> with the label <span class="qt">“svm”</span> that can be referenced with <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.14945"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{svm}</code> but it also defines an <a id="wrglossary.14946"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> with the label <span class="qt">“main-svm”</span>. This isn’t used in the document with <a id="wrglossary.14947"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> but it’s automatically added from the <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.14948"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>{main-svm}</code> code in the short form of <span class="qt">“svm”</span>.<p>
+For this trivial document, this kind of dual entry is redundant and unnecessarily leads the reader down a trail, first to the list of acronyms and from there the reader then has to go to the <a id="wrglossary.14949"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary to look up the description. It’s better to simply include the description in the list of acronyms.<p>
+There are, however, uses for repeating <a id="wrglossary.14950"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> across multiple lists. For example, this user manual defines all described commands (such as <a id="wrglossary.14951"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>) as <a id="wrglossary.14952"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entries</a>. They appear in the <a href="#cmdsummary">command summary</a> (where the syntax is given with a brief description and the principle <a id="wrglossary.14953"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> in the document where the command is described) and they also appear in the <a href="#index">index</a> (where just the name and <a id="wrglossary.14954"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a> is shown).<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.14955"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If you want to switch over to <a id="wrglossary.14956"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, first change to <a id="wrglossary.14957"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14958"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.14959"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a></strong>,<a id="wrglossary.14960"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.14961"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.14962"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre> Next, the definition needs to be converted to the <a id="wrglossary.14963"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> format required by <a id="wrglossary.14964"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. If you do: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.14965"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>convertgls2bib <a id="wrglossary.14966"></a><a href="#glo:switch.preamble-only"><span class="longargfmt">--preamble-only</span></a> sample-dual.tex entries.bib
+</pre> then <a id="wrglossary.14967"></a><a href="#glo:app.convertgls2bib"><span class="appfmt">convertgls2bib</span></a> will report the following: <pre class="transcript"><div class="transcripttitle"><a id="wrglossary.14968"></a><a href="#glo:sym.transcript"><span title="Transcript" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>Overriding default definition of <a id="wrglossary.14969"></a><a href="#glo:newdualentry"><code class="csfmt">\newdualentry</code></a> with custom
+definition. (Change <code class="csfmt">\newcommand</code> to <a id="wrglossary.14970"></a><a href="#glo:providecommand"><code class="csfmt">\providecommand</code></a> if you want
+<a id="wrglossary.14971"></a><a href="#glo:newdualentry"><code class="csfmt">\newdualentry</code></a>[options]{label}{short}{long}{description}
+converted to <code class="code">@dualabbreviationentry</code>.)
+</pre> This is because <a id="wrglossary.14972"></a><a href="#glo:app.convertgls2bib"><span class="appfmt">convertgls2bib</span></a> has its own internal definition of <a id="wrglossary.14973"></a><a href="#glo:newdualentry"><code class="csfmt">\newdualentry</code></a>, but if it encounters a new definition that will override its default. If you want to retain <a id="wrglossary.14974"></a><a href="#glo:app.convertgls2bib"><span class="appfmt">convertgls2bib</span>’s</a> definition (recommended) then just replace <code class="csfmt">\newcommand</code> with <code class="csfmt">\providecommand</code> in the document source and rerun <a id="wrglossary.14975"></a><a href="#glo:app.convertgls2bib"><span class="appfmt">convertgls2bib</span></a>.<p>
+With <code class="csfmt">\providecommand</code>, the new <span class="filefmt">entries.bib</span> file created by <a id="wrglossary.14976"></a><a href="#glo:app.convertgls2bib"><span class="appfmt">convertgls2bib</span></a> contains: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14977"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@dualabbreviationentry</code>{svm,
+ <a id="wrglossary.14978"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a><span class="optfmt">={SVM}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.14979"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Statistical pattern recognition technique}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.14980"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a><span class="optfmt">={support vector machine}</span>
+}
+</pre> If <code class="csfmt">\newcommand</code> is retained, it will instead contain: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14981"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@entry</code>{main-svm,
+ <a id="wrglossary.14982"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={support vector machine}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.14983"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Statistical pattern recognition technique}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.14984"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a><span class="optfmt">={SVM<a id="wrglossary.14985"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>{svm}}</span>
+}
+
+<code class="code">@acronym</code>{svm,
+ <a id="wrglossary.14986"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a><span class="optfmt">={SVM<a id="wrglossary.14987"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>{main-svm}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.14988"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a><span class="optfmt">={support vector machine}</span>
+}
+</pre> In the first case, <a id="wrglossary.14989"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> creates two linked entries using its primary-dual mechanism. In the second case, <a id="wrglossary.14990"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> creates two entries that simply reference each other.<p>
+Assuming that your <span class="filefmt">entries.bib</span> file just contains <code class="code">@dualabbreviationentry</code>, now replace <a id="wrglossary.14991"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.14992"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.14993"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.14994"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={entries}</span>,<span class="comment">% entries.bib</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.14995"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.type"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.14996"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a></span>,<a id="wrglossary.14997"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.dual-type"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">dual-type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.14998"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a></span>,<a id="wrglossary.14999"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.dual-prefix"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">dual-prefix</span></a><span class="optfmt">={main-}</span>]
+</pre><p>
+Then remove the definition of <a id="wrglossary.15000"></a><a href="#glo:newdualentry"><code class="csfmt">\newdualentry</code></a> and the entry definition. Finally, replace <a id="wrglossary.15001"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.15002"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a>. The document build is: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.15003"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample-dual
+bib2gls sample-dual
+pdflatex sample-dual
+</pre><p>
+If, instead, your <span class="filefmt">entries.bib</span> file contains separate <code class="code">@entry</code> and <code class="code">@acronym</code>, then you need: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15004"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15005"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.15006"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>]{<a id="wrglossary.15007"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>}
+<a id="wrglossary.15008"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.15009"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={entries}</span>]
+</pre> If you need <a id="wrglossary.15010"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a>, the document build is now <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.15011"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample-dual
+bib2gls sample-dual
+pdflatex sample-dual
+bib2gls sample-dual
+pdflatex sample-dual
+</pre> and this time <a id="wrglossary.15012"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> complains about the use of <a id="wrglossary.15013"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a> within the <a id="wrglossary.15014"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.15015"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> fields as this can be problematic. (The extra <a id="wrglossary.15016"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> and LaTeX calls are to ensure the <a id="wrglossary.15017"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> is up to date for the <span class="qt">“main-svm”</span> entry, which can only be <a id="wrglossary.15018"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexed</a> with <a id="wrglossary.15019"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a> after <span class="qt">“svm”</span> has been defined.)<p>
+Dual entries make much more sense when one <a id="wrglossary.15020"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> is for a <a id="wrglossary.15021"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> with the description displayed but no <a id="wrglossary.15022"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> (or just a primary <a id="wrglossary.15023"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a>), and the other is for the index without the description but with a <a id="wrglossary.15024"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>. This can be created by replacing <code class="code">@dualabbreviationentry</code> with <code class="code">@dualindexabbreviation</code>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15025"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@dualindexabbreviation</code>{svm,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15026"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Statistical pattern recognition technique}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15027"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a><span class="optfmt">={SVM}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15028"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a><span class="optfmt">={support vector machine}</span>
+}
+</pre> This can be mixed with <code class="code">@index</code> terms for example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15029"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@index</code>{machlearn,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15030"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={machine learning}</span>
+}
+</pre> The document needs modifying: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15031"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.15032"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.15033"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15034"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nostyles"><span class="styoptfmt">nostyles</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.15035"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<span class="xtroptfmt">bookindex</span>,list</span>,<span class="comment">% only want <a id="wrglossary.15036"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.bookindex"><span class="xtrglostylefmt">bookindex</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.15037"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.list"><span class="glostylefmt">list</span></a> styles</span>
+ acronym]{glossaries-extra}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.15038"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.15039"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short-desc</span></a>}
+<a id="wrglossary.15040"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.15041"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={entries}</span>,<span class="comment">% entries.bib</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.15042"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.dual-type"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">dual-type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.15043"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a></span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15044"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.label-prefix"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">label-prefix</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<strong class="strong">idx.</strong>}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.15045"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.dual-prefix"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">dual-prefix</span></a><span class="optfmt">={}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15046"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.combine-dual-locations"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">combine-dual-locations</span></a><span class="optfmt">={primary}</span>]
+
+<a id="wrglossary.15047"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrnewglslike"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnewglslike</code></a>{<strong class="strong">idx.</strong>}{<strong class="strong"><code class="cmd">\idx</code></strong>}{<code class="cmd">\idxpl</code>}{<code class="cmd">\Idx</code>}{<code class="cmd">\Idxpl</code>}
+
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.15048"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{svm} and <strong class="strong"><code class="cmd">\idx</code></strong>{machlearn}.
+
+<a id="wrglossary.15049"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.15050"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.15051"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a></span>,<a id="wrglossary.15052"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.style"><span class="csoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.15053"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlist"><span class="glostylefmt">altlist</span></a></span>]
+<a id="wrglossary.15054"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.15055"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.style"><span class="csoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.15056"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.bookindex"><span class="xtrglostylefmt">bookindex</span></a></span>,<a id="wrglossary.15057"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.title"><span class="csoptfmt">title</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Index}</span>]
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> See the <a id="wrglossary.15058"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> manual for further details.<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sample-langdict.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.15059"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sample-langdict.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-langdict.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document illustrates how to use the <a id="wrglossary.15060"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package to create English to French and French to English dictionaries. To create the document do: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.15061"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample-langdict
+makeglossaries sample-langdict
+pdflatex sample-langdict
+</pre> This example uses the <a id="wrglossary.15062"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nomain"><span class="styoptfmt">nomain</span></a> package option to prevent the creation of the <a id="wrglossary.15063"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary. This means that the document must provide its own <a id="wrglossary.15064"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15065"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15066"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>[glg]{english}{gls}{glo}{English to French}
+<a id="wrglossary.15067"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>[flg]{french}{flx}{flo}{French to English}
+</pre> This means that if you want to call <a id="wrglossary.15068"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> explicitly you need to take these new extensions into account: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.15069"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>makeindex -s sample-langdict.ist -t sample-langdict.glg -o sample-langdict.gls sample-langdict.glo
+makeindex -s sample-langdict.ist -t sample-langdict.flg -o sample-langdict.flx sample-langdict.flo
+</pre> As with the previous example, this document provides a custom command that defines two related entries: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15070"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\newword</code>}[4]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.15071"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{en-#1}{<a id="wrglossary.15072"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">={english}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.15073"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={#2}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.15074"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={#3 #4}</span>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.15075"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{fr-#1}{<a id="wrglossary.15076"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">={french}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.15077"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={#3 #4}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.15078"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a><span class="optfmt">={#4}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.15079"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={#4}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15080"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={#2}</span>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre> This has the syntax: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15081"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newword</code>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">english</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">determiner</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">french</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> (Note that this trivial example doesn’t take plurals into account.) This custom command will define two terms with labels <code class="code">en-<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span></code> (for the English term) and <code class="code">fr-<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span></code> (for the French term). So <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15082"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newword</code>{cat}{cat}{le}{chat}
+</pre> is equivalent to: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15083"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15084"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{en-cat}{<a id="wrglossary.15085"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">={english}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.15086"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={cat}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.15087"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={le chat}</span>}
+<a id="wrglossary.15088"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{fr-cat}{<a id="wrglossary.15089"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">={french}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.15090"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={le chat}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.15091"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={chat}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15092"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={cat}</span>}
+</pre><p>
+Unlike the previous example (<a id="wrglossary.15093"></a><a href="#glo:file.sample-dual.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-dual.tex</span></a>), there’s no link between these two entries. If the document only uses <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.15094"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{en-cat}</code>, then the <span class="qt">“en-cat”</span> entry will appear in the <span class="optfmt">english</span> glossary but the <span class="qt">“fr-cat”</span> entry won’t appear in the <span class="optfmt">french</span> one.<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.15095"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If you want to switch to <a id="wrglossary.15096"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> then you first need to convert the document so that it uses <a id="wrglossary.15097"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, but include the <a id="wrglossary.15098"></a><a href="#glo:opt.prefix"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">prefix</span></a> option to ensure that <a id="wrglossary.15099"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> is also loaded: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15100"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15101"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.15102"></a><a href="#glo:opt.prefix"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">prefix</span></a></strong>,<a id="wrglossary.15103"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.15104"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.15105"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nomain"><span class="styoptfmt">nomain</span></a>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre> You don’t need to worry about file extensions now, so it’s simpler to use the starred <a id="wrglossary.15106"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary*"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary*</code></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15107"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15108"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary*"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code><strong class="strong">*</strong></a>{english}{English to French}
+<a id="wrglossary.15109"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary*"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code><strong class="strong">*</strong></a>{french}{French to English}
+</pre> Next the entries need to be converted to the <a id="wrglossary.15110"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> format required by <a id="wrglossary.15111"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.15112"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>convertgls2bib <a id="wrglossary.15113"></a><a href="#glo:switch.preamble-only"><span class="longargfmt">--preamble-only</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.15114"></a><a href="#glo:switch.ignore-type"><span class="longargfmt">--ignore-type</span></a> sample-langdict.tex entries.bib
+</pre> This creates the file <span class="filefmt">entries.bib</span> that contains entries defined like: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15115"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@entry</code>{en-cat,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15116"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={cat}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15117"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={le chat}</span>
+}
+
+<code class="code">@entry</code>{fr-cat,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15118"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={le chat}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15119"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={cat}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15120"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a><span class="optfmt">={chat}</span>
+}
+</pre> (Note that the <a id="wrglossary.15121"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.15122"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> fields have been omitted.)<p>
+This would be more flexible, and much briefer, if these entries were defined using <a id="wrglossary.15123"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span>’s</a> dual entry system combined with the <a id="wrglossary.15124"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> package: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15125"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@dualentry</code>{cat,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15126"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={chat}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15127"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={cat}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15128"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefix"><span class="csoptfmt">prefix</span></a><span class="optfmt">={le}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15129"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixplural"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixplural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={les}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9397--><p class="nopar" > (<a
- id="dx1-140035"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstextup </span>is used to cancel the effect of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a
- id="dx1-140036"></a>. This defaults to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\textulc</span><a
- id="dx1-140037"></a>, if defined, otherwise <span
-class="cmtt-10">\textup</span><a
- id="dx1-140038"></a>.
-For example, the plural of <span
-class="cmcsc-10"><span
-class="small-caps">s</span><span
-class="small-caps">v</span><span
-class="small-caps">m</span> </span>should be rendered as <span
-class="cmcsc-10"><span
-class="small-caps">s</span><span
-class="small-caps">v</span><span
-class="small-caps">m</span></span>s rather than <span
-class="cmcsc-10"><span
-class="small-caps">s</span><span
-class="small-caps">v</span><span
-class="small-caps">m</span><span
-class="small-caps">s</span></span>.)
-<a
- id="x1-140039r16"></a>
-</p><!--l. 9403--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 16</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Defining a Custom Acronym Style)</span><a
- id="x1-140040"></a>
-</p><!--l. 9404--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want my acronym on <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>&#x00A0;to have the short form in the text and the long form with the
-description in a footnote. Suppose also that I want the short form to be put in small caps in the main body of
-the document, but I want it in normal capitals in the list of acronyms. In my list of acronyms, I want the long
-form as the name with the short form in brackets followed by the description. That is, in the text I want <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-140041"></a>
-on <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> to display: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a
- id="dx1-140042"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">abbrv</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}\footnote</span><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span></span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;: &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">description</span>&#x27E9;<span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></span>
- <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
-on subsequent use: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a
- id="dx1-140043"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">abbrv</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
- <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
-and in the list of acronyms, each entry will be displayed in the form: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;) &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">description</span>&#x27E9;
- <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
-</p><!--l. 9425--><p class="indent" > Let&#8217;s suppose it&#8217;s possible that I may have a mixed glossary. I can check this in the second argument of
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a
- id="dx1-140044"></a> using:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-247">
-\ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}%
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9429--><p class="nopar" > This will use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-140045"></a> if the entry isn&#8217;t an acronym, otherwise it will use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-140046"></a>. The third
-argument (&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">definitions</span>&#x27E9;) of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a
- id="dx1-140047"></a> needs to redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat</span><a
- id="dx1-140048"></a> etc so that the <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first
-use</a>&#x00A0;displays the short form in the text with the long form in a footnote followed by the description. This is done
-as follows (remember to use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">##</span></span></span> instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">#</span></span></span>):
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-248">
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;No&#x00A0;case&#x00A0;change,&#x00A0;singular&#x00A0;first&#x00A0;use:
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}##2%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\footnote{\glsentrylong{##1}:&#x00A0;\glsentrydesc{##1}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;First&#x00A0;letter&#x00A0;upper&#x00A0;case,&#x00A0;singular&#x00A0;first&#x00A0;use:
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\Genacrfullformat}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\firstacronymfont{\Glsentryshort{##1}}##2%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\footnote{\glsentrylong{##1}:&#x00A0;\glsentrydesc{##1}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;No&#x00A0;case&#x00A0;change,&#x00A0;plural&#x00A0;first&#x00A0;use:
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}}##2%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\footnote{\glsentrylongpl{##1}:&#x00A0;\glsentrydesc{##1}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;First&#x00A0;letter&#x00A0;upper&#x00A0;case,&#x00A0;plural&#x00A0;first&#x00A0;use:
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\Genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\firstacronymfont{\Glsentryshortpl{##1}}##2%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\footnote{\glsentrylongpl{##1}:&#x00A0;\glsentrydesc{##1}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9458--><p class="nopar" > If you think it inappropriate for the short form to be capitalised at the start of a sentence you can change the
-above to:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-249">
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;No&#x00A0;case&#x00A0;change,&#x00A0;singular&#x00A0;first&#x00A0;use:
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}##2%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\footnote{\glsentrylong{##1}:&#x00A0;\glsentrydesc{##1}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;No&#x00A0;case&#x00A0;change,&#x00A0;plural&#x00A0;first&#x00A0;use:
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}}##2%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\footnote{\glsentrylongpl{##1}:&#x00A0;\glsentrydesc{##1}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;\let\Genacrfullformat\genacrfullformat
-&#x00A0;\let\Genplacrfullformat\genplacrfullformat
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9474--><p class="nopar" > Another variation is to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong</span><a
- id="dx1-140049"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylongpl</span><a
- id="dx1-140050"></a> in the footnote instead of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong</span><a
- id="dx1-140051"></a>
-and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylongpl</span><a
- id="dx1-140052"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 9479--><p class="indent" > Now let&#8217;s suppose that commands such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a
- id="dx1-140053"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a
- id="dx1-140054"></a> shouldn&#8217;t use a&#x00A0;footnote, but
-instead use the format: &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;). This means that the style needs to redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrfullfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-140055"></a>
-and their plural and upper case variants.
-</p><!--l. 9486--><p class="indent" > First, the non-linking commands:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-250">
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsentryfull}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsentrylong{##1}\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\Glsentryfull}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\Glsentrylong{##1}\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsentryfullpl}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsentrylongpl{##1}\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\Glsentryfullpl}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\Glsentrylongpl{##1}\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9504--><p class="nopar" > Now for the linking commands:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-251">
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acrfullfmt}[3]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glslink[##1]{##2}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsentrylong{##2}##3\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\Acrfullfmt}[3]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glslink[##1]{##2}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\Glsentrylong{##2}##3\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\ACRfullfmt}[3]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glslink[##1]{##2}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\MakeTextUppercase{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsentrylong{##2}##3\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glslink[##1]{##2}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsentrylongpl{##2}##3\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\Acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glslink[##1]{##2}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\Glsentrylongpl{##2}##3\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\ACRfullplfmt}[3]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glslink[##1]{##2}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\MakeTextUppercase{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsentrylongpl{##2}##3\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9547--><p class="nopar" > (This may cause problems with long hyperlinks, in which case adjust the definitions so that, for example, only
-the short form is inside the argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a
- id="dx1-140056"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 9552--><p class="indent" > The style also needs to redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort</span><a
- id="dx1-140057"></a> so that the acronyms are sorted according to the long
-form:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-252">
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9556--><p class="nopar" > If you prefer them to be sorted according to the short form you can change the above to:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-253">
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##1}%
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9561--><p class="nopar" > The acronym font needs to be set to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a
- id="dx1-140058"></a> and the plural suffix adjusted so that the &#8220;s&#8221; suffix in the plural
-short form doesn&#8217;t get converted to <a
-href="#glo:smallcaps">small caps<a
- id="dx1-140059"></a></a>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-254">
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsc{##1}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}}%
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9568--><p class="nopar" > There are a number of ways of dealing with the format in the list of acronyms. The simplest way is to redefine
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span><a
- id="dx1-140060"></a> to the long form followed by the upper case short form in parentheses:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-255">
-&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\Glsentrylong{##1}\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\MakeTextUppercase{\glsentryshort{##1}})}%
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9576--><p class="nopar" > (I&#8217;ve used <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong</span><a
- id="dx1-140061"></a> instead of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong</span><a
- id="dx1-140062"></a> to capitalise the name in the glossary.)
-</p><!--l. 9580--><p class="indent" > An alternative approach is to set <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span><a
- id="dx1-140063"></a> to just the long form and redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GenericAcronymFields</span><a
- id="dx1-140064"></a> to
-set the <span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol</span><a
- id="dx1-140065"></a> key to the short form and use a glossary style that displays the symbol in parentheses after the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-140066"></a> (such as the <span
-class="cmss-10">tree</span><a
- id="dx1-140067"></a> style) like this:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-256">
-&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{\Glsentrylong{##1}}%
-&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;symbol={\protect\MakeTextUppercase{\the\glsshorttok}}}%
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9589--><p class="nopar" > I&#8217;m going to use the first approach and set <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GenericAcronymFields</span><a
- id="dx1-140068"></a> to do nothing:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-257">
-&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9594--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9596--><p class="indent" > Finally, this style needs to switch off hyperlinks on first use to avoid nested links:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-258">
-&#x00A0;\glshyperfirstfalse
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9600--><p class="nopar" > Putting this all together:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-259">
-\newacronymstyle{custom-fn}%&#x00A0;new&#x00A0;style&#x00A0;name
-{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}%
-}%
-{%
-&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
-&#x00A0;\glshyperfirstfalse
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}##2%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\footnote{\glsentrylong{##1}:&#x00A0;\glsentrydesc{##1}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\Genacrfullformat}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\firstacronymfont{\Glsentryshort{##1}}##2%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\footnote{\glsentrylong{##1}:&#x00A0;\glsentrydesc{##1}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}}##2%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\footnote{\glsentrylongpl{##1}:&#x00A0;\glsentrydesc{##1}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\Genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\firstacronymfont{\Glsentryshortpl{##1}}##2%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\footnote{\glsentrylongpl{##1}:&#x00A0;\glsentrydesc{##1}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsentryfull}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsentrylong{##1}\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\Glsentryfull}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\Glsentrylong{##1}\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsentryfullpl}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsentrylongpl{##1}\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\Glsentryfullpl}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\Glsentrylongpl{##1}\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acrfullfmt}[3]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glslink[##1]{##2}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsentrylong{##2}##3\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\Acrfullfmt}[3]{%
-
-
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glslink[##1]{##2}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\Glsentrylong{##2}##3\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\ACRfullfmt}[3]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glslink[##1]{##2}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\MakeTextUppercase{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsentrylong{##2}##3\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glslink[##1]{##2}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsentrylongpl{##2}##3\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\Acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glslink[##1]{##2}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\Glsentrylongpl{##2}##3\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\ACRfullplfmt}[3]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glslink[##1]{##2}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\MakeTextUppercase{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsentrylongpl{##2}##3\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsc{##1}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\Glsentrylong{##1}\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\MakeTextUppercase{\glsentryshort{##1}})}%
+</pre> Similarly for the <span class="qt">“chair”</span> entry: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15130"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@dualentry</code>{chair,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15131"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={chaise}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15132"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={chair}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15133"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefix"><span class="csoptfmt">prefix</span></a><span class="optfmt">={la}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15134"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixplural"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixplural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={les}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9689--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9691--><p class="indent" > Now I need to specify that I want to use this new style:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-260">
-\setacronymstyle{custom-fn}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9694--><p class="nopar" > I also need to use a glossary style that suits this acronym style, for example <span
-class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a
- id="dx1-140069"></a>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-261">
-\setglossarystyle{altlist}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9699--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9701--><p class="indent" > Once the acronym style has been set, I can define my acronyms:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-262">
-\newacronym[description={set&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;tags&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;use&#x00A0;in
-developing&#x00A0;hypertext&#x00A0;documents}]{html}{html}{Hyper
-Text&#x00A0;Markup&#x00A0;Language}
-\newacronym[description={language&#x00A0;used&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;describe&#x00A0;the
-layout&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;document&#x00A0;written&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}]{css}
-{css}{Cascading&#x00A0;Style&#x00A0;Sheet}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9710--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9712--><p class="indent" > The sample file <a
-href="#ex:sample-custom-acronym"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-custom-acronym.tex</span></a> illustrates this example. </p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 9714--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9714--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<a
- id="x1-140070r17"></a>
-<!--l. 9716--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 17</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Italic and Upright Abbreviations)</span><a
- id="x1-140071"></a>
-</p><!--l. 9717--><p class="indent" > Suppose I&#x00A0;want to have some abbreviations in italic and some that just use the surrounding font.
-Hard-coding this into the &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>can cause complications.
-</p><!--l. 9721--><p class="indent" > This example uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey</span><a
- id="dx1-140072"></a> to add an extra field that can be used to store the formatting
-declaration (such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\em</span>).
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-263">
-\glsaddstoragekey{font}{}{\entryfont}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9725--><p class="nopar" > This defines a&#x00A0;new field/key called <span
-class="cmtt-10">font</span>, which defaults to nothing if it&#8217;s not explicitly set. This also defines a
-command called <span
-class="cmtt-10">\entryfont </span>that&#8217;s analogous to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span>. A&#x00A0;new style is then created to format
-abbreviations that access this field.
-</p><!--l. 9731--><p class="indent" > There are two ways to do this. The first is to create a style that doesn&#8217;t use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-140073"></a>
-but instead provides a&#x00A0;modified version that doesn&#8217;t use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>but instead uses
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">\entryfont</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\glslabel}</span></span></span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></span></span>. The full format given by commands such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat </span>need to be
-similarly adjusted. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-264">
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsentrylong{##1}##2\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;({\entryfont{##1}\glsentryshort{##1}})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9743--><p class="nopar" > This will deal with commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-140074"></a> but not commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-140075"></a> which still use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a
- id="dx1-140076"></a>.
-Another approach is to redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont </span>to look up the required font declaration. Since <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span>
-doesn&#8217;t take the entry label as an argument, the following will only work if <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont </span>is used in a&#x00A0;context
-where the label is provided by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span><a
- id="dx1-140077"></a>. This is true in <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span>. The redefinition is
-now:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-265">
-\renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{{\entryfont{\glslabel}#1}}%
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9754--><p class="nopar" > So the new style can be defined as:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-266">
-\newacronymstyle{long-font-short}
-{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{long-short}%
+</pre><p>
+With <code class="code">@dualentry</code>, the English and French terms are now automatically linked from <a id="wrglossary.15135"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span>’s</a> point of view. If only one is referenced in the document, the other will also be added by default.<p>
+Now that the determiner has been moved out of the description, it won’t show in the <a id="wrglossary.15136"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. However, it’s possible to include it by providing a command to encapsulate the description (which can also apply the language change as well).<p>
+<pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15137"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15138"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.15139"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={entries}</span>,<span class="comment">% entries.bib</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.15140"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.append-prefix-field"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">append-prefix-field</span></a><span class="optfmt">={space}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15141"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a><span class="optfmt">={same as type}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.15142"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.dual-category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">dual-category</span></a><span class="optfmt">={same as type}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15143"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.label-prefix"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">label-prefix</span></a><span class="optfmt">={en-}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.15144"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.dual-prefix"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">dual-prefix</span></a><span class="optfmt">={fr-}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15145"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.type"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=english</span>,<a id="wrglossary.15146"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.dual-type"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">dual-type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=french</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15147"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.sort"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=en</span>,<a id="wrglossary.15148"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.dual-sort"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">dual-sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=fr</span>]
+
+<code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\FrEncap</code>}[1]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.15149"></a><a href="#glo:foreignlanguage"><code class="csfmt">\foreignlanguage</code></a>{french}{<a id="wrglossary.15150"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryprefix"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprefix</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.15151"></a><a href="#glo:glscurrententrylabel"><code class="csfmt">\glscurrententrylabel</code></a>}#1}}
+<code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\EnEncap</code>}[1]{<a id="wrglossary.15152"></a><a href="#glo:foreignlanguage"><code class="csfmt">\foreignlanguage</code></a>{english}{#1}}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.15153"></a><a href="#glo:glssetcategoryattribute"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glssetcategoryattribute</code></a>{english}{<a id="wrglossary.15154"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.glossnamefont"><span class="csoptfmt">glossnamefont</span></a>}{EnEncap}
+<a id="wrglossary.15155"></a><a href="#glo:glssetcategoryattribute"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glssetcategoryattribute</code></a>{english}{<a id="wrglossary.15156"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.glossdescfont"><span class="csoptfmt">glossdescfont</span></a>}{FrEncap}
+<a id="wrglossary.15157"></a><a href="#glo:glssetcategoryattribute"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glssetcategoryattribute</code></a>{french}{<a id="wrglossary.15158"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.glossnamefont"><span class="csoptfmt">glossnamefont</span></a>}{FrEncap}
+<a id="wrglossary.15159"></a><a href="#glo:glssetcategoryattribute"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glssetcategoryattribute</code></a>{french}{<a id="wrglossary.15160"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.glossdescfont"><span class="csoptfmt">glossdescfont</span></a>}{EnEncap}
+</pre><p>
+Remember to remove <a id="wrglossary.15161"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>, the definition of <code class="csfmt">\newword</code> and the entry definitions from the <a id="wrglossary.15162"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">document preamble</a>, and replace <a id="wrglossary.15163"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a> with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15164"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15165"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a>
+</pre><p>
+Other refinements that you might like to make include using <a id="wrglossary.15166"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrnewglslike"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnewglslike</code></a> so you don’t have to worry about the label prefix (<span class="qt">“en-”</span> and <span class="qt">“fr-”</span>). See the <a id="wrglossary.15167"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sample-index.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.15168"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sample-index.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-index.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document uses the <a id="wrglossary.15169"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package to create both a glossary and an index. This requires two <a id="wrglossary.15170"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> (or <a id="wrglossary.15171"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a>) calls to ensure the document is up to date: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.15172"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample-index
+makeglossaries sample-index
+pdflatex sample-index
+makeglossaries sample-index
+pdflatex sample-index
+</pre><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:samplestype -->
+
+<section id="sec:samplessort"><!-- start of section sec:samplessort --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->18.5. Sorting<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:samplessort">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/samplePeople.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.15173"></a><dfn id="glo:file.samplePeople.tex"><span class="filefmt">samplePeople.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document illustrates how you can hook into the standard sort mechanism to adjust the way the sort key is set. This requires an additional run to ensure the <a id="wrglossary.15174"></a><a href="#glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</a> is up-to-date: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.15175"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex samplePeople
+makeglossaries samplePeople
+pdflatex samplePeople
+pdflatex samplePeople
+</pre> This provides two commands for typesetting a name: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15176"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\sortname</code>}[2]{#2, #1}
+<code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\textname</code>}[2]{#1 #2}
+</pre> where the first argument contains the forenames and the second is the surname. The first command is the one required for sorting the name and the second is the one required for displaying the name in the document. A synonym is then defined: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15177"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\let</code><code class="cmd">\name</code><code class="cmd">\textname</code>
+</pre> This command defaults to the display name command (<code class="csfmt">\textname</code>) but is temporarily redefined to the sort name command (<code class="csfmt">\sortname</code>) within the <a id="wrglossary.15178"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> field assignment hook: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15179"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.15180"></a><a href="#glo:glsprestandardsort"><code class="csfmt">\glsprestandardsort</code></a>}[3]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <strong class="strong"><code class="cmd">\let</code><code class="cmd">\name</code><code class="cmd">\sortname</code></strong>
+ <code class="cmd">\edef</code>#1{<code class="cmd">\expandafter</code><code class="cmd">\expandonce</code><code class="cmd">\expandafter</code>{#1}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <strong class="strong"><code class="cmd">\let</code><code class="cmd">\name</code><code class="cmd">\textname</code></strong>
+ <a id="wrglossary.15181"></a><a href="#glo:glsdosanitizesort"><code class="csfmt">\glsdosanitizesort</code></a>
}
-{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{long-short}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsentrylong{##1}##2\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;({\entryfont{##1}\glsentryshort{##1}})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\Genacrfullformat}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\Glsentrylong{##1}##2\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;({\entryfont{##1}\glsentryshort{##1}})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsentrylongpl{##1}##2\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;({\entryfont{##1}\glsentryshortpl{##1}})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\Genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\Glsentrylongpl{##1}##2\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;({\entryfont{##1}\glsentryshortpl{##1}})%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{{\entryfont{\glslabel}##1}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{{\entryfont{##1}\glsentryshort{##1}}}%
+</pre> The people are defined using the custom <code class="csfmt">\name</code> command: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15182"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15183"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{joebloggs}{<a id="wrglossary.15184"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<strong class="strong"><code class="cmd">\name</code></strong>{Joe}{Bloggs}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15185"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.15186"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a>}</span>}
+</pre> Since <code class="csfmt">\name</code> is temporarily changed while the <a id="wrglossary.15187"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key is being assigned, the sort value for this entry ends up as <span class="qt">“Bloggs, Joe”</span>, but the name appears in the document as <span class="qt">“Joe Bloggs”</span>.<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.15188"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If you want to use <a id="wrglossary.15189"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, you first need to convert the document to use <a id="wrglossary.15190"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> but make sure you include the <a id="wrglossary.15191"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a> option: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15192"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15193"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a></strong>,<a id="wrglossary.15194"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.15195"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.15196"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.listgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">listgroup</span></a></span>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre> Next it’s necessary to convert the entry definitions to the <a id="wrglossary.15197"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> format required by <a id="wrglossary.15198"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. You can simply do: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.15199"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>convertgls2bib <a id="wrglossary.15200"></a><a href="#glo:switch.preamble-only"><span class="longargfmt">--preamble-only</span></a> samplePeople people.bib
+</pre> which will create a file called <span class="filefmt">people.bib</span> that contains definitions like: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15201"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@entry</code>{joebloggs,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15202"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\name</code>{Joe}{Bloggs}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15203"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.15204"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a>}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9782--><p class="nopar" > Remember the style needs to be set before defining the entries:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-267">
-\setacronymstyle{long-font-short}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9786--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9788--><p class="indent" > The complete document is contained in the sample file <a
-href="#ex:sample-font-abbr"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-font-abbr.tex</span></a>. </p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 9790--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9790--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 9792--><p class="indent" > Some writers and publishing houses have started to drop full stops (periods) from upper case initials but
-may still retain them for lower case abbreviations, while others may still use them for both upper and lower
-case. This can cause complications. Chapter&#x00A0;12 of <span
-class="cmti-10">The TeXbook </span>discusses the spacing between words but,
-briefly, the default behaviour of TeX&#x00A0;is to assume that an upper case character followed by a&#x00A0;full stop and
-space is an abbreviation, so the space is the default inter-word space whereas a&#x00A0;lower case character followed by
-a&#x00A0;full stop and space is a word occurring at the end of a&#x00A0;sentence. In the event that this isn&#8217;t true, you
-need to make a&#x00A0;manual adjustment using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x2423;</span></span></span> (back slash space) in place of just a&#x00A0;space character
-for an inter-word mid-sentence space and use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\@</span></span></span> before the full stop to indicate the end of the
-sentence.
-</p><!--l. 9807--><p class="indent" > For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-268">
-I&#x00A0;was&#x00A0;awarded&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;B.Sc.&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;Ph.D.&#x00A0;(From&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;same&#x00A0;place.)
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9810--><p class="nopar" > is typeset as <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />I was awarded a B.Sc. and a Ph.D. (From the same place.)
- <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
-The spacing is more noticeable with the typewriter font:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-269">
-\ttfamily
-I&#x00A0;was&#x00A0;awarded&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;B.Sc.&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;Ph.D.&#x00A0;(From&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;same&#x00A0;place.)
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9819--><p class="nopar" > is typeset as <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">I was awarded a B.Sc. and a Ph.D. (From the same place.)</span>
- <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
-The lower case letter at the end of &#8220;B.Sc.&#8221;&#x00A0;is confusing TeX&#x00A0;into thinking that the full stop after it marks the
-end of the sentence. Whereas the upper case letter at the end of &#8220;Ph.D.&#8221; has confused TeX&#x00A0;into thinking that
-the following full stop is just part of the abbreviation. These can be corrected:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-270">
-I&#x00A0;was&#x00A0;awarded&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;B.Sc.\&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;Ph.D\@.&#x00A0;(From&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;same&#x00A0;place.)
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9831--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9833--><p class="indent" > This situation is a bit problematic for <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. The full stops can form part of the &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; argument of
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>and the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">B.Sc.\&#x2423;</span></span></span> part can be dealt with by remembering to add <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\&#x2423;</span></span></span> (for example,
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{bsc}\&#x2423;</span></span></span>) but the end of sentence case is more troublesome as you need to omit the sentence
-terminating full stop (to avoid two dots) which can make the source code look a little strange
-but you also need to adjust the space factor, which is usually done by inserting <span
-class="cmtt-10">\@ </span>before the full
-stop.
-</p><!--l. 9843--><p class="indent" > The next example shows one way of achieving this. (Note that the supplemental <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>
-package provides a much simpler way of doing this, which you may prefer to use. See <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/sample-initialisms.shtml" >Gallery:
-Initialisms</a>.)
-<a
- id="x1-140078r18"></a>
-</p><!--l. 9848--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 18</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Abbreviations with Full Stops (Periods))</span><a
- id="x1-140079"></a>
-</p><!--l. 9849--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.16, there&#8217;s now a hook (<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook</span><a
- id="dx1-140080"></a>) that&#8217;s called at the very end of the
-<a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;and <a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands. This can be redefined to check if the following character is a full stop.
-The <span
-class="cmss-10">amsgen</span><a
- id="dx1-140081"></a> package (which is automatically loaded by <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>) provides an internal command called
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\new@ifnextchar </span>that can be used to determine if the given character appears next. (For more information see
-the <span
-class="cmss-10">amsgen</span><a
- id="dx1-140082"></a> documentation.)
-</p><!--l. 9858--><p class="indent" > It&#8217;s possible that I&#x00A0;may also want acronyms or contractions in my document, so I&#x00A0;need some way to
-differentiate between them. Here I&#8217;m going to use the same method as in example&#x00A0;<a
-href="#x1-119002r4">4<!--tex4ht:ref: ex:addstoragekey --></a> where a&#x00A0;new field is defined
-to indicate the type of abbreviation:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-271">
-\glsaddstoragekey{abbrtype}{word}{\abbrtype}
-\newcommand*{\newabbr}[1][]{\newacronym[abbrtype=initials,#1]}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9867--><p class="nopar" > Now I just use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-140083"></a> for the acronyms, for example,
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-272">
-\newacronym{laser}{laser}{light&#x00A0;amplification&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;stimulated
-emission&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;radiation}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9872--><p class="nopar" > and my new command <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbr </span>for initials, for example,
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-273">
-\newabbr{eg}{e.g.}{exempli&#x00A0;gratia}
-\newabbr{ie}{i.e.}{id&#x00A0;est}
-\newabbr{bsc}{B.Sc.}{Bachelor&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Science}
-\newabbr{ba}{B.A.}{Bachelor&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Arts}
-\newabbr{agm}{A.G.M.}{annual&#x00A0;general&#x00A0;meeting}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9880--><p class="nopar" > Within <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook </span>the entry&#8217;s label can be accessed using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span><a
- id="dx1-140084"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldeq</span><a
- id="dx1-140085"></a> can be used
-to determine if the current entry has the new <span
-class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>field set to &#8220;initials&#8221;. If it doesn&#8217;t, then nothing needs to
-happen, but if it does, a&#x00A0;check is performed to see if the next character is a&#x00A0;full stop. If it is, this signals the
-end of a&#x00A0;sentence otherwise it&#8217;s mid-sentence.
-</p><!--l. 9889--><p class="indent" > Remember that internal commands within the document file (rather than in a&#x00A0;class or package) need to be
-placed between <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeatletter</span><a
- id="dx1-140086"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeatother</span><a
- id="dx1-140087"></a>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-274">
-\makeatletter
-\renewcommand{\glspostlinkhook}{%
-&#x00A0;\ifglsfieldeq{\glslabel}{abbrtype}{initials}%
-&#x00A0;{\new@ifnextchar.\doendsentence\doendword}
-&#x00A0;{}%
+</pre> However, you may prefer to use the <a id="wrglossary.15205"></a><a href="#glo:switch.index-conversion"><span class="longargfmt">--index-conversion</span></a> (<a id="wrglossary.15206"></a><a href="#glo:switch.index-conversion"><span class="shortargfmt">-i</span></a>) switch: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.15207"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>convertgls2bib <a id="wrglossary.15208"></a><a href="#glo:switch.index-conversion"><span class="shortargfmt">-i</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.15209"></a><a href="#glo:switch.preamble-only"><span class="longargfmt">--preamble-only</span></a> samplePeople people.bib
+</pre> This will discard the <a id="wrglossary.15210"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> field and use <code class="code">@index</code> instead of <code class="code">@entry</code> if the <a id="wrglossary.15211"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> is either empty or simply set to <a id="wrglossary.15212"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.15213"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrnopostpunc"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnopostpunc</code></a>. The <span class="filefmt">people.bib</span> file now contains definitions like: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15214"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@index</code>{joebloggs,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15215"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\name</code>{Joe}{Bloggs}}</span>
}
-\makeatother
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9900--><p class="nopar" > In the event that a full stop is found <span
-class="cmtt-10">\doendsentence </span>is performed but it will be followed by the full stop,
-which needs to be discarded. Otherwise <span
-class="cmtt-10">\doendword </span>will be done but it won&#8217;t be followed by a full stop so
-there&#8217;s nothing to discard. The definitions for these commands are:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-275">
-\newcommand{\doendsentence}[1]{\spacefactor=10000{}}
-\newcommand{\doendword}{\spacefactor=1000{}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 9909--><p class="nopar" > Now, I can just do <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{bsc}</span></span></span> mid-sentence and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{phd}.</span></span></span> at the end of the sentence. The terminating full
-stop will be discarded in the latter case, but it won&#8217;t be discarded in, say, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{laser}.</span></span></span> as that doesn&#8217;t have
-the <span
-class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>field set to &#8220;initials&#8221;.
-</p><!--l. 9916--><p class="indent" > This also works on first use when the style is set to one of the &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;) styles but it will fail with the
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;) styles as in this case the terminating full stop shouldn&#8217;t be discarded. Since <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook</span><a
- id="dx1-140088"></a> is
-used after the <a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>&#x00A0;has been unset for the entry, this can&#8217;t be fixed by simply checking with
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a
- id="dx1-140089"></a>. One possible solution to this is to redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a
- id="dx1-140090"></a> to check for the <a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use
-flag</a>&#x00A0;and define a macro that can then be used in <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook</span><a
- id="dx1-140091"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 9926--><p class="indent" > The other thing to consider is what to do with plurals. One possibility is to check for plural use
-within <span
-class="cmtt-10">\doendsentence </span>(using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsifplural</span><a
- id="dx1-140092"></a>) and put the full stop back if the plural has been
-used.
-</p><!--l. 9931--><p class="indent" > The complete document is contained in the sample file <a
-href="#ex:sample-dot-abbr"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-dot-abbr.tex</span></a>. </p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 9933--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9933--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 9935--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 9935--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.3 </span> <a
- id="sec:disploa"></a>Displaying the List of Acronyms</h3>
-<!--l. 9938--><p class="noindent" >The list of acronyms is just like any other type of glossary and can be displayed on its own using:
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 9941--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
-href="#option1"><span
-class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;1</span></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 9941--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <div class="alltt">
- <div class="obeylines-v">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-141001"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[type=\acronymtype</span><a
- id="dx1-141002"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
- </div>
-
-
- </dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 9946--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">Options</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;</span><a
-href="#option2"><span
-class="cmbx-10">2</span></a> <span
-class="cmbx-10">and</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;</span><a
-href="#option3"><span
-class="cmbx-10">3</span></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 9946--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <div class="alltt">
- <div class="obeylines-v">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-141003"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[type=\acronymtype</span><a
- id="dx1-141004"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
- </div>
- <!--l. 9951--><p class="noindent" >(If you use the <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-141005"></a> package option you can also use </p><div class="alltt">
- <div class="obeylines-v">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printacronyms</span><a
- id="dx1-141006"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
- </div> as a synonym for <div class="alltt">
- <div class="obeylines-v">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-141007"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[type=\acronymtype</span><a
- id="dx1-141008"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
- </div> See <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">2.7</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">Acronym and Abbreviation Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-acronym --></a>.)
- </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 9963--><p class="noindent" >Alternatively the list of acronyms can be displayed with all the other glossaries using:
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 9966--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
-href="#option1"><span
-class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;1</span></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 9966--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-141009"></a>
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 9968--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">Options</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;</span><a
-href="#option2"><span
-class="cmbx-10">2</span></a> <span
-class="cmbx-10">and</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;</span><a
-href="#option3"><span
-class="cmbx-10">3</span></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 9968--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-141010"></a></p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 9971--><p class="indent" > However, care must be taken to choose a glossary style that&#8217;s appropriate to your acronym style.
-Alternatively, you can define your own custom style (see <a
-href="#sec:newglossarystyle">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">13.2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:newglossarystyle">Defining your own glossary style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossarystyle --></a>
-for further details).
-
-
-</p><!--l. 9976--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 9976--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.4 </span> <a
- id="sec:oldacronym"></a>Upgrading From the glossary Package</h3>
-<!--l. 9979--><p class="noindent" >Users of the obsolete <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary</span><a
- id="dx1-142001"></a> package may recall that the syntax used to define new acronyms has changed with
-the replacement <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. In addition, the old <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary</span><a
- id="dx1-142002"></a> package created the command <span
-class="cmtt-10">\</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">acr-name</span>&#x27E9; when
-defining the acronym &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">acr-name</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 9985--><p class="indent" > In order to facilitate migrating from the old package to the new one, the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
-package<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn1x6" id="fn1x6-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">6.1</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-142003f1"></a>
-provides the command:
-</p><!--l. 9988--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-142004"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\oldacronym[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">abbrv</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">key-val list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9990--><p class="noindent" >
-This uses the same syntax as the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary</span><a
- id="dx1-142005"></a> package&#8217;s method of defining acronyms. It is equivalent to:
-<spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-142006"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">key-val list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">abbrv</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
- <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
-In addition, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\oldacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-142007"></a> also defines the commands <span
-class="cmtt-10">\</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;, which is equivalent to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-142008"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>, and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">*</span>,
-which is equivalent to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a
- id="dx1-142009"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>. If &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is omitted, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">abbrv</span>&#x27E9; is used. Since commands names must consist only
-of alphabetical characters, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; must also only consist of alphabetical characters. Note that <span
-class="cmtt-10">\</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; doesn&#8217;t allow
-you to use the first optional argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-142010"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a
- id="dx1-142011"></a> &#8212; you will need to explicitly use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-142012"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a
- id="dx1-142013"></a> to change
-the settings.
-</p><!--l. 10007--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Recall that, in general, LaTeX&#x00A0;ignores spaces following command names consisting of alphabetical
-characters. This is also true for <span
-class="cmtt-10">\</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; unless you additionally load the <span
-class="cmss-10">xspace</span><a
- id="dx1-142014"></a> package, but be aware that there
-are some issues with using <span
-class="cmss-10">xspace</span><a
- id="dx1-142015"></a>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn2x6" id="fn2x6-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">6.2</sup></a></span></div>
-</p><!--l. 10013--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="x1-142016f2"></a>
-</p><!--l. 10018--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package doesn&#8217;t load the <span
-class="cmss-10">xspace</span><a
- id="dx1-142017"></a> package since there are both advantages and disadvantages to
-using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\xspace</span><a
- id="dx1-142018"></a> in <span
-class="cmtt-10">\</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;. If you don&#8217;t use the <span
-class="cmss-10">xspace</span><a
- id="dx1-142019"></a> package you need to explicitly force a space
-using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\&#x2423;</span></span></span> (backslash space) however you can follow <span
-class="cmtt-10">\</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; with additional text in square brackets
-(the final optional argument to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-142020"></a>). If you use the <span
-class="cmss-10">xspace</span><a
- id="dx1-142021"></a> package you don&#8217;t need to escape
-the spaces but you can&#8217;t use the optional argument to insert text (you will have to explicitly use
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-142022"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 10029--><p class="indent" > To illustrate this, suppose I define the acronym &#8220;abc&#8221; as follows:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-276">
-\oldacronym{abc}{example&#x00A0;acronym}{}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 10033--><p class="nopar" > This will create the command <span
-class="cmtt-10">\abc </span>and its starred version <span
-class="cmtt-10">\abc*</span>. <a
-href="#tab:xspace">Table&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmbx-10">6.2</span></a> illustrates the effect of
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\abc </span>(on subsequent use) according to whether or not the <span
-class="cmss-10">xspace</span><a
- id="dx1-142023"></a> package has been loaded. As can be seen
-from the final row in the table, the <span
-class="cmss-10">xspace</span><a
- id="dx1-142024"></a> package prevents the optional argument from being
-recognised.
-</p>
- <div class="table">
-
-
-<!--l. 10041--><p class="indent" > <a
- id="tab:xspace"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
->
-
-
- <div class="caption"
-><span class="id">Table&#x00A0;6.2: </span><span
-class="content">The effect of using <span
-class="cmss-10">xspace </span>with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\oldacronym</span></span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-1420252 -->
-<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-8" class="tabular"
+</pre> Regardless of which approach you used to create the <a id="wrglossary.15216"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file, you now need to edit it to provide a definition of the custom <code class="csfmt">\name</code> command for <a id="wrglossary.15217"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span>’s</a> use: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15218"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@preamble</code>{"<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15219"></a><a href="#glo:providecommand"><code class="csfmt">\providecommand</code></a></strong>{<code class="cmd">\name</code>}[2]{#2, #1}"}
+</pre> Note the use of <a id="wrglossary.15220"></a><a href="#glo:providecommand"><code class="csfmt">\providecommand</code></a> instead of <code class="csfmt">\newcommand</code>.<p>
+In the document (<a id="wrglossary.15221"></a><a href="#glo:file.samplePeople.tex"><span class="filefmt">samplePeople.tex</span></a>) you now need to delete <a id="wrglossary.15222"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>, the definitions of <code class="csfmt">\sortname</code>, <code class="csfmt">\textname</code>, <code class="csfmt">\name</code>, <a id="wrglossary.15223"></a><a href="#glo:glsprestandardsort"><code class="csfmt">\glsprestandardsort</code></a>, and all the entry definitions. Then add the following to the <a id="wrglossary.15224"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">document preamble</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15225"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\name</code>}[2]{#1 #2}
+<a id="wrglossary.15226"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.15227"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={people}</span>]
+</pre> Next, use your text editor’s search and replace function to substitute all instances of <a id="wrglossary.15228"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a> in the chapter headings with <a id="wrglossary.15229"></a><a href="#glo:glsfmttext"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsfmttext</code></a>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15230"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15231"></a><a href="#glo:chapter"><code class="csfmt">\chapter</code></a>{<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15232"></a><a href="#glo:glsfmttext"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsfmttext</code></a></strong>{joebloggs}}
+</pre> Finally, replace <a id="wrglossary.15233"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a> with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15234"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15235"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a>
+</pre> The document build is now: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.15236"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex samplePeople
+bib2gls samplePeople
+pdflatex samplePeople
+pdflatex samplePeople
+</pre> The third LaTeX call is required to ensure that the <a id="wrglossary.15237"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a> are up to date, as the entries aren’t defined until after the <a id="wrglossary.15238"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> run (which is why you have to use <a id="wrglossary.15239"></a><a href="#glo:glsfmttext"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsfmttext</code></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.15240"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a>).<p>
+This again leads to a list sorted by surname. The reason this works is because <a id="wrglossary.15241"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> only sees the definition of <code class="csfmt">\name</code> provided in <code class="code">@preamble</code>, but the document uses the definition of <code class="csfmt">\name</code> provided before <a id="wrglossary.15242"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>. The use of <a id="wrglossary.15243"></a><a href="#glo:providecommand"><code class="csfmt">\providecommand</code></a> in <code class="code">@preamble</code> prevents <code class="csfmt">\name</code> from being redefined within the document.<p>
+See also the <span class="qt">“Examples”</span> chapter of the <a id="wrglossary.15244"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> user manual, which provides another <span class="qt">“people”</span> example and <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=aliases">Aliases</a>.<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sampleSort.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.15245"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sampleSort.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleSort.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This is another document that illustrates how to hook into the standard sort mechanism. An additional run is required to ensure the <a id="wrglossary.15246"></a><a href="#glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</a> is up-to-date: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.15247"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sampleSort
+makeglossaries sampleSort
+pdflatex sampleSort
+pdflatex sampleSort
+</pre> This document has three glossaries (<a id="wrglossary.15248"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.15249"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a> and a custom <code class="glostypefmt">notation</code>), so if you want to use <a id="wrglossary.15250"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> explicitly you will need to have three <a id="wrglossary.15251"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> calls with the appropriate file extensions: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.15252"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sampleSort
+makeindex -s sampleSort.ist -t sampleSort.alg -o sampleSort.acr sampleSort.acn
+makeindex -s sampleSort.ist -t sampleSort.glg -o sampleSort.gls sampleSort.glo
+makeindex -s sampleSort.ist -t sampleSort.nlg -o sampleSort.not sampleSort.ntn
+pdflatex sampleSort
+pdflatex sampleSort
+</pre> It’s much simpler to just use <a id="wrglossary.15253"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.15254"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a>.<p>
+In this example, the sort hook is adjusted to ensure the list of notation is sorted according to the order of definition. A new counter is defined to keep track of the entry number: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15255"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcounter</code>{sortcount}
+</pre> The sort hook is then redefined to increment this counter and assign the sort key to that numerical value, but only for the <code class="glostypefmt">notation</code> glossary. The other two <a id="wrglossary.15256"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> have their sort keys assigned as normal: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15257"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.15258"></a><a href="#glo:glsprestandardsort"><code class="csfmt">\glsprestandardsort</code></a>}[3]<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\ifdefstring</code>{#2}{notation}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\stepcounter</code>{sortcount}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\edef</code>#1{<a id="wrglossary.15259"></a><a href="#glo:glssortnumberfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glssortnumberfmt</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.15260"></a><a href="#glo:arabic"><code class="csfmt">\arabic</code></a>{sortcount}}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.15261"></a><a href="#glo:glsdosanitizesort"><code class="csfmt">\glsdosanitizesort</code></a>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+
+</pre> This means that <a id="wrglossary.15262"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> will sort the notation in numerical order.<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.15263"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If you want to convert this document to use <a id="wrglossary.15264"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, a much simpler approach is available with its hybrid method. First change the package loading line to: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15265"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.15266"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.15267"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.15268"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre> Either remove <a id="wrglossary.15269"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a> and replace all instances of <a id="wrglossary.15270"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.15271"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a> or replace: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15272"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15273"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.15274"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>}
+</pre> with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15275"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15276"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.15277"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>]{<a id="wrglossary.15278"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>}
+</pre><p>
+The custom counter and redefinition of <a id="wrglossary.15279"></a><a href="#glo:glsprestandardsort"><code class="csfmt">\glsprestandardsort</code></a> can now be removed. The file extensions for the custom <span class="glostylefmt">notation</span> glossary are no longer relevant so the <a id="wrglossary.15280"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> definition can be changed to: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15281"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15282"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary*"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary<strong class="strong">*</strong></code></a>{notation}{Notation}
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.15283"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> command now needs to be adjusted to indicate which <a id="wrglossary.15284"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> need to be processed by <a id="wrglossary.15285"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15286"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15287"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a><strong class="strong">[<a id="wrglossary.15288"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a>,<a id="wrglossary.15289"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a>]</strong>
+</pre> Finally, <a id="wrglossary.15290"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a> needs to be replaced with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15291"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15292"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.15293"></a><a href="#glo:printacronyms"><code class="csfmt">\printacronyms</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.15294"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\print<strong class="strong">noidx</strong>glossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.15295"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=notation</span><strong class="strong">,<a id="wrglossary.15296"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=def</span></strong>]
+</pre> Note that the <span class="glostylefmt">notation</span> glossary, which hasn’t been listed in the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.15297"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>, must be displayed with <a id="wrglossary.15298"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>.<p>
+This means that <a id="wrglossary.15299"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> only needs to process the <a id="wrglossary.15300"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.15301"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a> glossaries. No actual sorting is performed for the <code class="glostypefmt">notation</code> glossary because, when used with <a id="wrglossary.15302"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=def</span>, <a id="wrglossary.15303"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a> simply iterates over the list of entries that have been indexed.<p>
+The document build doesn’t need the third LaTeX call now (since none of the <a id="wrglossary.15304"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> extend beyond a page break): <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.15305"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sampleSort
+makeglossaries sampleSort
+pdflatex sampleSort
+</pre> This time <a id="wrglossary.15306"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> will include the message: <pre class="transcript"><div class="transcripttitle"><a id="wrglossary.15307"></a><a href="#glo:sym.transcript"><span title="Transcript" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>only processing subset '<a id="wrglossary.15308"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a>,<a id="wrglossary.15309"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a>'
+</pre> This means that although <a id="wrglossary.15310"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> has noticed the <code class="glostypefmt">notation</code> glossary, it will be skipped.<p>
+If you are explicitly calling <a id="wrglossary.15311"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> then you need to drop the call for the <code class="glostypefmt">notation</code> glossary: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.15312"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sampleSort
+makeindex -s sampleSort.ist -t sampleSort.alg -o sampleSort.acr sampleSort.acn
+makeindex -s sampleSort.ist -t sampleSort.glg -o sampleSort.gls sampleSort.glo
+pdflatex sampleSort
+</pre><p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.15313"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If you prefer to use <a id="wrglossary.15314"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, the package loading line needs to be changed to: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15315"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15316"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a></strong>,<a id="wrglossary.15317"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.15318"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.15319"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre> Next the entry definitions need to be convert to the <a id="wrglossary.15320"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> format required by <a id="wrglossary.15321"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>.<p>
+For this example, it’s simpler to split the entries into different files according to the glossary type. This can be done with the <a id="wrglossary.15322"></a><a href="#glo:switch.split-on-type"><span class="longargfmt">--split-on-type</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.15323"></a><a href="#glo:switch.split-on-type"><span class="shortargfmt">-t</span></a> switch: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.15324"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>convertgls2bib <a id="wrglossary.15325"></a><a href="#glo:switch.split-on-type"><span class="shortargfmt">-t</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.15326"></a><a href="#glo:switch.preamble-only"><span class="longargfmt">--preamble-only</span></a> sampleSort.tex entries.bib
+</pre> This will create three files:
+<dl>
+ <dt><span class="filefmt">entries.bib</span></dt>
-><colgroup id="TBL-8-1g"><col
-id="TBL-8-1" /><col
-id="TBL-8-2" /><col
-id="TBL-8-3" /></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">Code </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-1-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">With </span><span
-class="cmssbx-10">xspace </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-1-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">Without </span><span
-class="cmssbx-10">xspace </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-2-1"
-class="td11"> <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\abc.</span></span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-2-2"
-class="td11"> abc. </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-2-3"
-class="td11"> abc. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-3-1"
-class="td11"> <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\abc</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;xyz</span></span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-3-2"
-class="td11"> abc xyz </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-3-3"
-class="td11"> abcxyz </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-4-1"
-class="td11"> <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\abc\</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;xyz</span></span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-4-2"
-class="td11"> abc xyz </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-4-3"
-class="td11"> abc xyz </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-5-1"
-class="td11"> <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\abc*</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;xyz</span></span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-5-2"
-class="td11"> Abc xyz </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-5-3"
-class="td11"> Abc xyz </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-6-1"
-class="td11"> <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\abc[&#8217;s]</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;xyz</span></span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-6-2"
-class="td11"> abc [&#8217;s] xyz </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-6-3"
-class="td11"> abc&#8217;s xyz </td></tr></table>
-</div>
-
-
- </div><hr class="endfloat" />
- </div>
-
-
-<!--l. 10059--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 10059--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">7. <a
- id="sec:glsunset"></a>Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags</h2>
-</p><!--l. 10062--><p class="indent" > When using the <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands it is possible that you may want to use the value given by the <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-143001"></a>
-key, even though you have already <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">used</a> the glossary entry. Conversely, you may want to use the value given by
-the <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-143002"></a> key, even though you haven&#8217;t used the glossary entry. The former can be achieved by one of the
-following commands:
-</p><!--l. 10068--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-143003"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsreset{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10070--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10071--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-143004"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10073--><p class="noindent" >
-while the latter can be achieved by one of the following commands:
-</p><!--l. 10075--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-143005"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsunset{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10077--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10078--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-143006"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10080--><p class="noindent" >
-You can also reset or unset all entries for a given glossary or list of glossaries using:
-</p><!--l. 10083--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-143007"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsresetall[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10085--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10086--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-143008"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslocalresetall[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10088--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10089--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-143009"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsunsetall[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10091--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10092--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-143010"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunsetall[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10094--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9; is a comma-separated list of glossary labels. If omitted, all defined glossaries are assumed
-(except for the ignored ones). For example, to reset all entries in the main glossary and the list of
-acronyms:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-277">
-\glsresetall[main,acronym]
-</pre>
-<!--l. 10102--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10104--><p class="indent" > You can determine whether an entry&#8217;s <a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> is set using:
-</p><!--l. 10105--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-143011"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10107--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the label of the required entry. If the entry has been used, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">true part</span>&#x27E9; will be done, otherwise &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">false</span>
-<span
-class="cmti-10">part</span>&#x27E9; will be done.
-</p><!--l. 10112--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused </span>is unreliable with <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-143012"></a></a> as the entry isn&#8217;t defined on the first LaTeX&#x00A0;run,
-which means there&#8217;s no way of determining if it has been used, so <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> provides a similar
-command:
-</p><!--l. 10117--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span id="textcolor291"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined</span></span><a
- id="dx1-143013"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10118--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10120--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when using <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands within an environment or command argument that gets
-processed multiple times as it can cause unwanted side-effects when the first use displayed text is different from
-subsequent use. </div>
-</p><!--l. 10125--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10127--><p class="indent" > For example, the <span
-class="cmss-10">frame</span><a
- id="dx1-143014"></a><a
- id="dx1-143015"></a> environment in <span
-class="cmss-10">beamer</span><a
- id="dx1-143016"></a> processes its argument for each overlay. This means that the
-<a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>&#x00A0;will be unset on the first overlay and subsequent overlays will use the non-first use
-form.
-</p><!--l. 10132--><p class="indent" > Consider the following example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-278">
-\documentclass{beamer}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-\newacronym{svm}{SVM}{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
-\begin{document}
-\begin{frame}
-&#x00A0;\frametitle{Frame&#x00A0;1}
-&#x00A0;\begin{itemize}
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\item&#x003C;+-&#x003E;&#x00A0;\gls{svm}
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\item&#x003C;+-&#x003E;&#x00A0;Stuff.
-&#x00A0;\end{itemize}
-\end{frame}
-\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 10152--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10154--><p class="indent" > On the first overlay, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> produces &#8220;support vector machine (SVM)&#8221; and then unsets the <a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>.
-When the second overlay is processed, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> now produces &#8220;SVM&#8221;, which is unlikely to be the desired
-effect. I&#x00A0;don&#8217;t know anyway around this and I can only offer two suggestions.
-</p><!--l. 10160--><p class="indent" > Firstly, unset all acronyms at the start of the document and explicitly use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a
- id="dx1-143017"></a> when you want the full
-version to be displayed:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-279">
-\documentclass{beamer}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-\newacronym{svm}{SVM}{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
-\glsunsetall
-\begin{document}
-\begin{frame}
-&#x00A0;\frametitle{Frame&#x00A0;1}
-&#x00A0;\begin{itemize}
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\item&#x003C;+-&#x003E;&#x00A0;\acrfull{svm}
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\item&#x003C;+-&#x003E;&#x00A0;Stuff.
-&#x00A0;\end{itemize}
-\end{frame}
-\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 10182--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10184--><p class="indent" > Secondly, explicitly reset each acronym on first use:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-280">
-\begin{frame}
-&#x00A0;\frametitle{Frame&#x00A0;1}
-&#x00A0;\begin{itemize}
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\item&#x003C;+-&#x003E;&#x00A0;\glsreset{svm}\gls{svm}
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\item&#x003C;+-&#x003E;&#x00A0;Stuff.
-&#x00A0;\end{itemize}
-\end{frame}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 10194--><p class="nopar" > These are non-optimal, but the <span
-class="cmss-10">beamer</span><a
- id="dx1-143018"></a> class is too complex for me to provide a programmatic solution. Other
-potentially problematic environments are some <span
-class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
- id="dx1-143019"></a><a
- id="dx1-143020"></a>-like environments (but not <span
-class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
- id="dx1-143021"></a><a
- id="dx1-143022"></a> itself) that process the
-contents in order to work out the column widths and then reprocess the contents to do the actual
-typesetting.
-</p><!--l. 10202--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="cmss-10">amsmath</span><a
- id="dx1-143023"></a> environments, such as <span
-class="cmss-10">align</span><a
- id="dx1-143024"></a><a
- id="dx1-143025"></a>, also process their contents multiple times, but the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
-package now checks for this. For <span
-class="cmss-10">tabularx</span><a
- id="dx1-143026"></a>, you need to explicitly patch it by placing <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspatchtabularx </span>in the
-preamble (or anywhere before the problematic use of <span
-class="cmss-10">tabularx</span>).
-</p><!--l. 10208--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> If you need to use commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in any problematic context that interferes with the <a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>,
-then you can try using the buffering system provided with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>. See the &#8220;First Use Flag&#8221; section of
-the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual. </div>
-</p><!--l. 10213--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 10216--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.1 </span> <a
- id="sec:enableentrycount"></a>Counting the Number of Times an Entry has been Used (First Use Flag Unset)</h3>
-<!--l. 10219--><p class="noindent" >As from version 4.14, it&#8217;s now possible to keep track of how many times an entry is used. That is,
-how many times the <a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>&#x00A0;is unset. Note that the supplemental <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package
-improves this function and also provides per-unit counting, which isn&#8217;t available with the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
-package.
-</p><!--l. 10225--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This function is disabled by default as it adds extra overhead to the document build time and
-also switches <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-144001"></a> (and therefore <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-144002"></a>) into a&#x00A0;preamble-only command.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 10230--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10232--><p class="indent" > To enable this function, use
-</p><!--l. 10233--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-144003"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10235--><p class="noindent" >
-before defining your entries. This adds two extra (internal) fields to entries: <span
-class="cmtt-10">currcount </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">prevcount</span>.
-</p><!--l. 10239--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="cmtt-10">currcount </span>field keeps track of how many times <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>is used within the document. A&#x00A0;local unset
-(using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset</span>) performs a&#x00A0;local rather than global increment to <span
-class="cmtt-10">currcount</span>. Remember that
-not all commands use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsunset</span>. Only the <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands do this. The reset commands
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsreset </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset </span>reset this field back to zero (where <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset </span>performs a&#x00A0;local
-change).
-
-
-</p><!--l. 10247--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="cmtt-10">prevcount </span>field stores the final value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">currcount </span>field <span
-class="cmti-10">from the previous run</span>. This value is read
-from the <span
-class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a
- id="dx1-144004"></a> file at the beginning of the <span
-class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-144005"></a><a
- id="dx1-144006"></a> environment.
-</p><!--l. 10252--><p class="indent" > You can access these fields using
-</p><!--l. 10253--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-144007"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycurrcount{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10255--><p class="noindent" >
-for the <span
-class="cmtt-10">currcount </span>field, and
-</p><!--l. 10257--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-144008"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10259--><p class="noindent" >
-for the <span
-class="cmtt-10">prevcount </span>field.
-</p><!--l. 10262--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> These commands are only defined if you have used <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 10264--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10266--><p class="indent" > For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-281">
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-\makeglossaries
-\glsenableentrycount
-\newglossaryentry{apple}{name=apple,description={a&#x00A0;fruit}}
-\begin{document}
-Total&#x00A0;usage&#x00A0;on&#x00A0;previous&#x00A0;run:&#x00A0;\glsentryprevcount{apple}.
-\gls{apple}.&#x00A0;\gls{apple}.&#x00A0;\glsadd{apple}\glsentrytext{apple}.
-\glslink{apple}{apple}.&#x00A0;\glsdisp{apple}{apple}.&#x00A0;\Gls{apple}.
-Number&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;times&#x00A0;apple&#x00A0;has&#x00A0;been&#x00A0;used:&#x00A0;\glsentrycurrcount{apple}.
-\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 10284--><p class="nopar" > On the first LaTeX&#x00A0;run, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{apple}</span></span></span> produces&#x00A0;0. At the end of the document,
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycurrcount{apple}</span></span></span> produces&#x00A0;4. This is because the only commands that have incremented the entry
-count are those that use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsunset</span>. That is: <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span>. The other commands used in the above
-example, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>, don&#8217;t use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>so they don&#8217;t increment the
-entry count. On the <span
-class="cmti-10">next </span>LaTeX&#x00A0;run, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{apple}</span></span></span> now produces&#x00A0;4 as that was
-the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">currcount </span>field for the <span
-class="cmtt-10">apple </span>entry at the end of the document on the previous
-run.
-</p><!--l. 10297--><p class="indent" > When you enable the entry count using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, you also enable the following
-commands:
-</p><!--l. 10299--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-144009"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\cgls[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10301--><p class="noindent" >
-(no case-change, singular)
-</p><!--l. 10303--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-144010"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\cglspl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10305--><p class="noindent" >
-(no case-change, plural)
-</p><!--l. 10307--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-144011"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\cGls[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10309--><p class="noindent" >
-(first letter uppercase, singular), and
-</p><!--l. 10311--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-144012"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\cGlspl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10313--><p class="noindent" >
-(first letter uppercase, plural). These all have plus and starred variants like the analogous <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span>
-and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>commands.
-</p><!--l. 10318--><p class="indent" > If you don&#8217;t use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, these commands behave like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span>,
-respectively, only there will be a warning that you haven&#8217;t enabled entry counting. If you have enabled entry
-counting with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount </span>then these commands test if <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>equals&#x00A0;1. If it
-doesn&#8217;t then the analogous <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>etc will be used. If it does, then the first optional argument will be ignored and
-</p><div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">cs</span><span
-class="cmitt-10">&#x00A0;format</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}\glsunset{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> will be performed, where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">cs format</span>&#x27E9; is a command that takes two arguments. The command used depends
-whether you have used <span
-class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\cglspl</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\cGls </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\cGlspl</span>.
-<!--l. 10333--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-144013"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10335--><p class="noindent" >
-This command is used by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>and defaults to </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;
-</div>
-</div> if the entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; has a&#x00A0;long form or <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfirst{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;
-</div>
-</div> otherwise.
-<!--l. 10347--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-144014"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\cglsplformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10349--><p class="noindent" >
-This command is used by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\cglspl </span>and defaults to </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylongpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;
-</div>
-</div> if the entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; has a&#x00A0;long form or <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfirstplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;
-</div>
-</div> otherwise.
-<!--l. 10361--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-144015"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\cGlsformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10363--><p class="noindent" >
-This command is used by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\cGls </span>and defaults to </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;
-</div>
-</div> if the entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; has a&#x00A0;long form or <div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirst{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;
-</div>
-</div> otherwise.
-<!--l. 10374--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-144016"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\cGlsplformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10376--><p class="noindent" >
-This command is used by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\cGlspl </span>and defaults to </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylongpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;
-</div>
-</div> if the entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; has a&#x00A0;long form or <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirstplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;
-</div>
-</div> otherwise.
-<!--l. 10387--><p class="indent" > This means that if the previous count for the given entry was&#x00A0;1, the entry won&#8217;t be hyperlinked with the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span>-like commands and they won&#8217;t add a&#x00A0;line to the external glossary file. If you haven&#8217;t used any of the
-other commands that add information to the glossary file (such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>or the <a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands)
-then the entry won&#8217;t appear in the glossary.
-</p><!--l. 10394--><p class="indent" > Remember that since these commands use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount </span>you need to run LaTeX&#x00A0;twice to ensure
-they work correctly. The document build order is now (at least): <span
-class="cmtt-10">(pdf)latex</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">(pdf)latex</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span>,
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">(pdf)latex</span>.
-<a
- id="x1-144017r19"></a>
-</p><!--l. 10399--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 19</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Don&#8217;t index entries that are only used once)</span><a
- id="x1-144018"></a>
-</p><!--l. 10400--><p class="indent" > In this example, the abbreviations that have only been used once (on the previous run) only have their long
-form shown with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span>.
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-282">
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
-\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries}
-\makeglossaries
-\glsenableentrycount
-\setacronymstyle{long-short}
-\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
-\newacronym{css}{CSS}{cascading&#x00A0;style&#x00A0;sheets}
-\newacronym{xml}{XML}{extensible&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
-\newacronym{sql}{SQL}{structured&#x00A0;query&#x00A0;language}
-\newacronym{rdbms}{RDBMS}{relational&#x00A0;database&#x00A0;management&#x00A0;system}
-\newacronym{rdsms}{RDSMS}{relational&#x00A0;data&#x00A0;stream&#x00A0;management&#x00A0;system}
-\begin{document}
-These&#x00A0;entries&#x00A0;are&#x00A0;only&#x00A0;used&#x00A0;once:&#x00A0;\cgls{sql},&#x00A0;\cgls{rdbms},
-\cgls{xml}.&#x00A0;These&#x00A0;entries&#x00A0;are&#x00A0;used&#x00A0;multiple&#x00A0;times:
-\cgls{html},&#x00A0;\cgls{html},&#x00A0;\cgls{css},&#x00A0;\cgls{css},&#x00A0;\cgls{css},
-\cgls{rdsms},&#x00A0;\cgls{rdsms}.
-\printglossaries
-\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 10428--><p class="nopar" > After a complete document build (<span
-class="cmtt-10">latex</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">latex</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">latex</span>) the list of abbreviations only
-includes the entries HTML, CSS and RDSMS. The entries SQL, RDBMS and XML only have their long forms
-displayed and don&#8217;t have a&#x00A0;hyperlink. </p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 10434--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10434--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 10436--><p class="indent" > Remember that if you don&#8217;t like typing <span
-class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>you can create a synonym. For example
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-283">
-\let\ac\cgls
-</pre>
-<!--l. 10440--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10442--><p class="indent" > <div title="bib2gls" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> With <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-144019"></a></a> there&#8217;s an analogous record counting set of commands. See <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> and <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-144020"></a></a>
-manuals for further details. </div>
-</p><!--l. 10445--><p class="noindent" >
-
-
-</p>
-<!--l. 10447--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 10447--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">8. <a
- id="sec:printglossary"></a>Displaying a Glossary</h2>
-</p><!--l. 10450--><p class="indent" > All defined glossaries may be displayed using:
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 10452--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
-href="#option1"><span
-class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;1</span></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 10452--><p class="noindent" >(Must be used with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-145001"></a> in the preamble.)
- </p><!--l. 10454--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-145002"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 10456--><p class="noindent" >
- which internally uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>for each glossary.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 10459--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">Options</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;</span><a
-href="#option2"><span
-class="cmbx-10">2</span></a> <span
-class="cmbx-10">and</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;</span><a
-href="#option3"><span
-class="cmbx-10">3</span></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 10459--><p class="noindent" >(Must be used with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-145003"></a> in the preamble.)
- </p><!--l. 10461--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-145004"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 10463--><p class="noindent" >
- which internally uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>for each glossary.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 10466--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">Options</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;</span><a
-href="#option4"><span
-class="cmbx-10">4</span></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#8211;</span><a
-href="#option6"><span
-class="cmbx-10">6</span></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 10466--><p class="noindent" >(<a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> only)
- </p><!--l. 10467--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-145005"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 10469--><p class="noindent" >
- which internally uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>for each glossary.</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 10472--><p class="noindent" >These commands will display all the glossaries in the order in which they were defined.
-</p><!--l. 10475--><p class="indent" > Note that, in the case of Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>, no glossaries will appear until you have either used the Perl script
-<a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-145006"></a></a> or Lua script <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-145007"></a></a> or have directly used <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-145008"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-145009"></a></a> (as described
-in <a
-href="#sec:makeglossaries">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">1.5</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a>). In the case of <a
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>, no glossary will
-appear until you have used <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-145010"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 10482--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> While the external files are missing, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>will just do <span
-class="cmtt-10">\null</span><a
- id="dx1-145011"></a> for each missing glossary to assist
-dictionary style documents that just use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>without inserting any text. This use of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\null</span><a
- id="dx1-145012"></a> ensures that
-all indexing information is written before the final page is shipped out. Once the external files are present <span
-class="cmtt-10">\null</span>
-will no longer be used. This can cause a spurious blank page on the first LaTeX&#x00A0;run before the glossary files
-have been created. Once these files are present, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\null </span>will no longer be used and so shouldn&#8217;t cause interference
-for the final document. </div>
-</p><!--l. 10493--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10495--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> If you use <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, it will insert a heading and boilerplate text when the external files are missing.
-See the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details. </div>
-
-
-</p><!--l. 10499--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10501--><p class="indent" > If the glossary still does not appear after you re-LaTeX&#x00A0;your document, check the <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-145013"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-145014"></a> or
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-145015"></a> log files, as applicable, to see if there is a problem. With <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, you just need two
-LaTeX&#x00A0;runs to make the glossaries appear, but you may need further runs to make the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-145016"></a>s</a>
-up-to-date.
-</p><!--l. 10507--><p class="indent" > An individual glossary can be displayed using:
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 10509--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
-href="#option1"><span
-class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;1</span></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 10509--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 10510--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-145017"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 10512--><p class="noindent" >
- (Must be used with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-145018"></a> in the preamble.)
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 10515--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">Options</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;</span><a
-href="#option2"><span
-class="cmbx-10">2</span></a> <span
-class="cmbx-10">and</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;</span><a
-href="#option3"><span
-class="cmbx-10">3</span></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 10515--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 10516--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-145019"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 10518--><p class="noindent" >
- (Must be used with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-145020"></a> in the preamble.)
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 10521--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">Options</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;</span><a
-href="#option4"><span
-class="cmbx-10">4</span></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#8211;</span><a
-href="#option6"><span
-class="cmbx-10">6</span></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 10521--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 10523--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span id="textcolor292"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span><a
- id="dx1-145021"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 10524--><p class="noindent" >
- (May be used with or without <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-145022"></a></a>.)</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 10527--><p class="noindent" >where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9; is a &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; list of options. (Again, when the associated external file is missing, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\null </span>is inserted
-into the document.)
-</p><!--l. 10531--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package also provides
-</p><!--l. 10534--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span id="textcolor293"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtinnerglossary</span></span><a
- id="dx1-145023"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">pre code</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">post code</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10536--><p class="noindent" >
-which is designed for inner or nested glossaries. It allows many, but not all, of the options listed below. There&#8217;s
-an example available in the gallery: <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=bib2gls-inner" >Inner or Nested Glossaries</a>. See the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package for further
-details. </div>
-</p><!--l. 10541--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10543--><p class="indent" > The following keys are available in <span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>:
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
-
-
- <!--l. 10545--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">type</span><a
- id="dx1-145024"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 10545--><p class="noindent" >The value of this key specifies which glossary to print. If omitted, the default glossary is assumed. For
- example, to print the list of acronyms:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-284">
- \printglossary[type=\acronymtype]
-</pre>
- <!--l. 10550--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can&#8217;t display an ignored glossary, so don&#8217;t try setting <span
-class="cmtt-10">type</span><a
- id="dx1-145025"></a> to the name of a glossary
- that was defined using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-145026"></a>, described in <a
-href="#sec:newglossary">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">9</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:newglossary">Defining New
- Glossaries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossary --></a>. (You can display an ignored glossary with <span id="textcolor294"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span><a
- id="dx1-145027"></a> provided by
- <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.)
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 10557--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">title</span><a
- id="dx1-145028"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 10557--><p class="noindent" >This is the glossary&#8217;s title (overriding the title specified when the glossary was defined).
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 10561--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">toctitle</span><a
- id="dx1-145029"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 10561--><p class="noindent" >This is the title to use for the table of contents (if the <span
-class="cmss-10">toc</span><a
- id="dx1-145030"></a> package option has been used). It may also
- be used for the page header, depending on the page style. If omitted, the value of <span
-class="cmtt-10">title</span><a
- id="dx1-145031"></a> is
- used.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 10567--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">style</span><a
- id="dx1-145032"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 10567--><p class="noindent" >This specifies which glossary style to use for this glossary, overriding the effect of the <span
-class="cmss-10">style</span><a
- id="dx1-145033"></a> package option
- or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossarystyle</span><a
- id="dx1-145034"></a>.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 10571--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">numberedsection</span><a
- id="dx1-145035"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 10571--><p class="noindent" >This specifies whether to use a numbered section for this glossary, overriding the effect of the
- <span
-class="cmss-10">numberedsection</span><a
- id="dx1-145036"></a> package option. This key has the same syntax as the <span
-class="cmss-10">numberedsection</span><a
- id="dx1-145037"></a> package option,
- described in <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">2.2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sec --></a>.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 10577--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-145038"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 10577--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean key. If true (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist=true</span></span></span>) the numberlist is suppressed for this glossary. If false
- (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist=false</span></span></span>) the numberlist is displayed for this glossary.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
-
-
- <!--l. 10582--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">nogroupskip</span><a
- id="dx1-145039"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 10582--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean key. If true the vertical gap between groups is suppressed for this glossary.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 10586--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">nopostdot</span><a
- id="dx1-145040"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 10586--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean key. If true the full stop after the description is suppressed for this glossary.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 10590--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">entrycounter</span><a
- id="dx1-145041"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 10590--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean key. Behaves similar to the package option of the same name. The corresponding package
- option must be used to make <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span><a
- id="dx1-145042"></a> work correctly.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 10595--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">subentrycounter</span><a
- id="dx1-145043"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 10595--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean key. Behaves similar to the package option of the same name. If you want to set both
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">entrycounter</span><a
- id="dx1-145044"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">subentrycounter</span><a
- id="dx1-145045"></a>, make sure you specify <span
-class="cmtt-10">entrycounter</span><a
- id="dx1-145046"></a> first. The corresponding
- package option must be used to make <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span><a
- id="dx1-145047"></a> work correctly.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 10602--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-145048"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 10602--><p class="noindent" >This key is only available for <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>. Possible values are: <span
-class="cmtt-10">word </span>(word order), <span
-class="cmtt-10">letter </span>(letter order),
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">standard </span>(word or letter ordering taken from the <span
-class="cmss-10">order</span><a
- id="dx1-145049"></a> package option), <span
-class="cmtt-10">use </span>(order of use), <span
-class="cmtt-10">def </span>(order of
- definition) <span
-class="cmtt-10">nocase </span>(case-insensitive) or <span
-class="cmtt-10">case </span>(case-sensitive). Note that the word and letter comparisons
- (that is, everything other than <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort=use </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort=def</span>) just use a simple character code comparison. For
- a locale-sensitive sort, you must use either <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-145050"></a></a> (<a
-href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>) or <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-145051"></a></a> (<a
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>). Note that <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-145052"></a></a>
- provides many other sort options.
- </p><!--l. 10614--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">use </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">def </span>values make sure that you select a glossary style that doesn&#8217;t have a visual
- indicator between groups, as the grouping no longer makes sense. Consider using the <span
-class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a
- id="dx1-145053"></a> option.
- </div>
- </p><!--l. 10619--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 10622--><p class="noindent" >The
- word
- and
- letter
- order
- sort
- methods
- use
-
-
- <span
-class="cmss-10">datatool</span><a
- id="dx1-145054"></a>&#8217;s
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\dtlwordindexcompare</span><a
- id="dx1-145055"></a>
- and
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\dtlletterindexcompare</span><a
- id="dx1-145056"></a>
- handlers.
- The
- case-insensitive
- sort
- method
- uses
- <span
-class="cmss-10">datatool</span><a
- id="dx1-145057"></a>&#8217;s
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\dtlicompare</span><a
- id="dx1-145058"></a>
- handler.
- The
- case-sensitive
- sort
- method
- uses
- <span
-class="cmss-10">datatool</span><a
- id="dx1-145059"></a>&#8217;s
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\dtlcompare</span><a
- id="dx1-145060"></a>
- handler.
- See
- the
- <span
-class="cmss-10">datatool</span><a
- id="dx1-145061"></a>
- documentation
- for
- further
- details.
- </p><!--l. 10631--><p class="noindent" >If you don&#8217;t get an error with <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort=use </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort=def </span>but you do get an error with one of the other sort
- options, then you probably need to use the <span
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-145062"></a> package option or make sure none of the
- entries have fragile commands in their <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-145063"></a> field.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 10637--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="dx1-145064"></a><span id="textcolor295"><span
-class="cmtt-10">label={</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 10637--><p class="noindent" >This key is only available with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> and labels the glossary with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\label{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>. This is an
- alternative to the package option <span
-class="cmss-10">numberedsection</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">autolabel</span><a
- id="dx1-145065"></a>
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 10642--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="dx1-145066"></a><span id="textcolor296"><span
-class="cmtt-10">target={</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 10642--><p class="noindent" >This boolean key is only available with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> and can be used to switch off the
- automatic hypertarget for each entry. (This refers to the target used by commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>.)
- </p><!--l. 10647--><p class="noindent" >This option is useful with <span id="textcolor297"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span><a
- id="dx1-145067"></a> as it allows the same list (or sub-list) of entries to be
-
-
- displayed multiple times without causing duplicate hypertarget names.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 10651--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="dx1-145068"></a><span id="textcolor298"><span
-class="cmtt-10">prefix={</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 10651--><p class="noindent" >This key is only available with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> and provides another way of avoiding duplicate hypertarget
- names. In this case it uses a different prefix for those names. This locally redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix</span><a
- id="dx1-145069"></a> but
- note this will also affect the target for any entry referenced within the glossary with commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>,
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glshypertarget</span>.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 10659--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="dx1-145070"></a><span id="textcolor299"><span
-class="cmtt-10">targetnameprefix={</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 10659--><p class="noindent" >This key is only available with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>. This is similar to the <span
-class="cmss-10">prefix </span>option, but it alters the prefix of
- the hypertarget anchors without changing <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslinkprefix</span><a
- id="dx1-145071"></a> (so it won&#8217;t change the hyperlinks for any
- entries referenced in the glossary).
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 10666--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="dx1-145072"></a><span id="textcolor300"><span
-class="cmtt-10">groups={</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">boolean</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 10666--><p class="noindent" >This boolean key is only available with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> and, if true, will attempt to perform group
- formation. See the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 10671--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="dx1-145073"></a><span id="textcolor301"><span
-class="cmtt-10">leveloffset={</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">n</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 10671--><p class="noindent" >This key is only available with <span id="textcolor302"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span><a
- id="dx1-145074"></a>. It can be used to locally adjust the hierarchical
- level used by the glossary style. See the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 10678--><p class="indent" > By default, the glossary is started either by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\chapter*</span><a
- id="dx1-145075"></a> or by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\section*</span><a
- id="dx1-145076"></a>, depending on whether or not
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\chapter</span><a
- id="dx1-145077"></a> is defined. This can be overridden by the <span
-class="cmss-10">section</span><a
- id="dx1-145078"></a> package option or the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setglossarysection</span><a
- id="dx1-145079"></a>
-command. Numbered sectional units can be obtained using the <span
-class="cmss-10">numberedsection</span><a
- id="dx1-145080"></a> package option. Each glossary
-sets the page header via the command
-</p><!--l. 10684--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-145081"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark</span><a
- id="dx1-145082"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">title</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10686--><p class="noindent" >
-If this mechanism is unsuitable for your chosen class file or page style package, you will need to redefine
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark</span><a
- id="dx1-145083"></a>. Further information about these options and commands is given in <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">2.2</span>
-</a><a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sec --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 10692--><p class="indent" > Information can be added to the start of the glossary (after the title and before the main body of the
-glossary) by redefining
-</p><!--l. 10694--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-145084"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10696--><p class="noindent" >
-For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-285">
-\renewcommand{\glossarypreamble}{Numbers&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;italic
-indicate&#x00A0;primary&#x00A0;definitions.}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 10701--><p class="nopar" > This needs to be done before the glossary is displayed.
-</p><!--l. 10704--><p class="indent" > If you want a different preamble per glossary you can use
-</p><!--l. 10705--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-145085"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">type</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">preamble text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10707--><p class="noindent" >
-If &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9; is omitted, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype </span>is used.
-</p><!--l. 10710--><p class="indent" > For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-286">
-\setglossarypreamble{Numbers&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;italic
-indicate&#x00A0;primary&#x00A0;definitions.}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 10714--><p class="nopar" > This will print the given preamble text for the main glossary, but not have any preamble text for any other
-glossaries.
-</p><!--l. 10718--><p class="indent" > There is an analogous command to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble </span>called
-</p><!--l. 10719--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-145086"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossarypostamble </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10721--><p class="noindent" >
-which is placed at the end of each glossary.
-<a
- id="x1-145087r20"></a>
-</p><!--l. 10724--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 20</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Switch to Two Column Mode for Glossary)</span><a
- id="x1-145088"></a>
-</p><!--l. 10725--><p class="indent" > Suppose you are using the <span
-class="cmss-10">superheaderborder</span><a
- id="dx1-145089"></a>
-style<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn1x8" id="fn1x8-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.1</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-145090f1"></a>,
-and you want the glossary to be in two columns, but after the glossary you want to switch back to one column
-mode, you could do:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-287">
-\renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\twocolumn[{\chapter*{#2}}]%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\setlength\glsdescwidth{0.6\linewidth}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsglossarymark{\glossarytoctitle}%
+<dd> This contains the entries that were defined with <a id="wrglossary.15327"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15328"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@entry</code>{gls:set,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15329"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={set}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15330"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={A collection of distinct objects}</span>
}
-\renewcommand*{\glossarypostamble}{\onecolumn}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 10739--><p class="nopar" >
-</p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 10741--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10741--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 10743--><p class="indent" > Within each glossary, each entry name is formatted according to
-</p><!--l. 10744--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-145094"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10746--><p class="noindent" >
-which takes one argument: the entry name. This command is always used regardless of the glossary style. By
-default, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>simply displays its argument in whatever the surrounding font happens to be.
-This means that in the list-like glossary styles (defined in the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a
- id="dx1-145095"></a> style file) the name will
-appear in bold, since the name is placed in the optional argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\item</span>, whereas in the tabular
-styles (defined in the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a
- id="dx1-145096"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-super</span><a
- id="dx1-145097"></a> style files) the name will appear in the normal
-font. The hierarchical glossary styles (defined in the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
- id="dx1-145098"></a> style file) also set the name in
-bold.
-</p><!--l. 10759--><p class="indent" > If you want to change the font for the description, or if you only want to change the name
-font for some types of entries but not others, you might want to consider using the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>
-package.
-<a
- id="x1-145099r21"></a>
-</p><!--l. 10765--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 21</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Changing the Font Used to Display Entry Names in the</span>
-<span
-class="cmbx-12">Glossary)</span><a
- id="x1-145100"></a>
-</p><!--l. 10766--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want all the entry names to appear in medium weight small caps in your glossaries, then you
-can do:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-288">
-\renewcommand{\glsnamefont}[1]{\textsc{\mdseries&#x00A0;#1}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 10770--><p class="nopar" > </p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 10771--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10771--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 10773--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides additional hooks that can be used to make other minor adjustments.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 10776--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10778--><p class="indent" > The letter group titles (which are displayed for styles like <span
-class="cmss-10">indexgroup</span><a
- id="dx1-145101"></a>) can be changed either by redefining the
-corresponding <span
-class="cmtt-10">\</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">group-label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">groupname </span>commands, such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolsgroupname</span><a
- id="dx1-145102"></a>, (see <a
-href="#sec:fixednames">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">1.4.1</span>
-</a><a
-href="#sec:fixednames">Changing the Fixed Names<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fixednames --></a>) or by using the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> commands <span id="textcolor303"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-145103"></a> and
-<span id="textcolor304"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-145104"></a>. The &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">group-label</span>&#x27E9; is typically obtained by the <a
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a>.
-
-
-</p>
-<!--l. 10786--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 10786--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">9. <a
- id="sec:newglossary"></a>Defining New Glossaries</h2>
-</p><!--l. 10789--><p class="indent" > A new glossary can be defined using:
-</p><!--l. 10790--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-146001"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossary[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">log-ext</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">in-ext</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">out-ext</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">title</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10792--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is the label to assign to this glossary. The arguments &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">in-ext</span>&#x27E9; and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">out-ext</span>&#x27E9; specify the extensions to
-give to the input and output files for that glossary, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">title</span>&#x27E9; is the default title for this new glossary and the final
-optional argument &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9; specifies which counter to use for the associated <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-146002"></a>s</a> (see also
-<a
-href="#sec:numberlists">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">12</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:numberlists">Number Lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>). The first optional argument specifies the extension for the <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-146003"></a></a>
-(<a
-href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a>) or <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-146004"></a></a> (<a
-href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>) transcript file (this information is only used by <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-146005"></a></a> which picks
-up the information from the auxiliary file). If you use <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, the &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">log-ext</span>&#x27E9;, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">in-ext</span>&#x27E9; and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">out-ext</span>&#x27E9; arguments are
-ignored.
-</p><!--l. 10806--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The glossary label &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; must not contain any active characters. It&#8217;s generally best to stick with just
-characters that have category code&#x00A0;11 (typically the non-extended <a
-href="#glo:latinchar">Latin character<a
- id="dx1-146006"></a>s</a> for standard LaTeX).
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 10811--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10813--><p class="indent" > There is also a starred version (new to v4.08):
-</p><!--l. 10814--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-146007"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossary*{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">title</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10816--><p class="noindent" >
-which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossary[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">-glg]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">-gls</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">-glo</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">}</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">title</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div> or you can also use:
-<!--l. 10822--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-146008"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\altnewglossary{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">title</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10824--><p class="noindent" >
-which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossary[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">-glg]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">-gls</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">-glo</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">}</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">title</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 10830--><p class="indent" > It may be that you have some terms that are so common that they don&#8217;t need to be listed. In this case, you
-can define a&#x00A0;special type of glossary that doesn&#8217;t create any associated files. This is referred to as an &#8220;ignored
-glossary&#8221; and it&#8217;s ignored by commands that iterate over all the glossaries, such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-146009"></a>. To
-define an ignored glossary, use
-</p><!--l. 10836--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-146010"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10838--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the glossary (as above). This glossary type will automatically be added to the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a
- id="dx1-146011"></a> list, since there are no hypertargets for the entries in an ignored glossary. (The sample file
-<a
-href="#ex:sample-entryfmt"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-entryfmt.tex</span></a> defines an ignored glossary.)
-
-
-</p><!--l. 10845--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides a starred version of this command that allows hyperlinks (since
-ignored glossaries can be useful with <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-146012"></a></a>). There is also an analogous <span id="textcolor305"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\provideignoredglossary</span></span><a
- id="dx1-146013"></a>
-command. </div>
-</p><!--l. 10850--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10852--><p class="indent" > You can test if a glossary is an ignored one using:
-</p><!--l. 10853--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-146014"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifignoredglossary{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">true</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10855--><p class="noindent" >
-This does &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">true</span>&#x27E9; if &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; was defined as an ignored glossary, otherwise it does &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">false</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 10859--><p class="indent" > Note that the main (default) glossary is automatically created as:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-289">
-\newglossary{main}{gls}{glo}{\glossaryname}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 10862--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span
-class="cmtt-10">main </span>(unless the <span
-class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a
- id="dx1-146015"></a> package option is used). Using the <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-146016"></a> package
-option is equivalent to:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-290">
-\newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 10868--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>. If you are not sure whether the <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-146017"></a> option has been used, you
-can identify the list of acronyms by the command <a
- id="dx1-146018"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype </span>which is set to <span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>, if the <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-146019"></a>
-option has been used, otherwise it is set to <span
-class="cmtt-10">main</span>. Note that if you are using the main glossary
-as your list of acronyms, you need to declare it as a list of acronyms using the package option
-<span
-class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a
- id="dx1-146020"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 10879--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="cmss-10">symbols</span><a
- id="dx1-146021"></a> package option creates a new glossary with the label <span
-class="cmtt-10">symbols </span>using:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-291">
-\newglossary[slg]{symbols}{sls}{slo}{\glssymbolsgroupname}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 10883--><p class="nopar" > The <span
-class="cmss-10">numbers</span><a
- id="dx1-146022"></a> package option creates a new glossary with the label <span
-class="cmtt-10">numbers </span>using:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-292">
-\newglossary[nlg]{numbers}{nls}{nlo}{\glsnumbersgroupname}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 10888--><p class="nopar" > The <span
-class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-146023"></a> package option creates a new glossary with the label <span
-class="cmtt-10">index </span>using:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-293">
-\newglossary[ilg]{index}{ind}{idx}{\indexname}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 10893--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10895--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>: all glossaries must be defined before <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-146024"></a> to ensure that the relevant output
-files are opened.
-</p><!--l. 10899--><p class="indent" > See <a
-href="#sec:fixednames">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">1.4.1</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:fixednames">Changing the Fixed Names<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fixednames --></a> if you want to redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossaryname</span>, especially if you
-are using <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-146025"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
- id="dx1-146026"></a>. (Similarly for <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolsgroupname </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnumbersgroupname</span>.) If you
-want to redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\indexname</span><a
- id="dx1-146027"></a>, just follow the advice in <a
-href="https://texfaq.org/FAQ-fixnam" >How to change LaTeX&#8217;s &#8220;fixed names&#8221;</a>.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 10906--><p class="noindent" >
-
-
-</p>
-<!--l. 10908--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 10908--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">10. <a
- id="sec:glsadd"></a>Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text</h2>
-</p><!--l. 10911--><p class="indent" > It is possible to add a line to the glossary file without generating any text at that point in the document
-using:
-</p><!--l. 10913--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-147001"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10915--><p class="noindent" >
-This is similar to the <a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands, only it doesn&#8217;t produce any text (so therefore, there is no <span
-class="cmtt-10">hyper</span><a
- id="dx1-147002"></a>
-key available in &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9; but all the other options that can be used with <a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands can be passed
-to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>).
-</p><!--l. 10921--><p class="indent" > This command essentially works like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\index </span>(provided by the LaTeX&#x00A0;kernel) in that it doesn&#8217;t produce text
-but it does add a line with an associated location to the glossary file. In this case, the &#8220;encap&#8221; (the page
-encapsulator information) is specified with the <span
-class="cmtt-10">format</span><a
- id="dx1-147003"></a> key. (See <a
-href="#sec:encap">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">12.1</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:encap">Encap Values (Location
-Formats)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:encap --></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 10927--><p class="indent" > For example, to add a page range to the glossary number list for the entry whose label is given by
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">set</span>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-294">
-\glsadd[format=(]{set}
-Lots&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;sets&#x00A0;spanning&#x00A0;many&#x00A0;pages.
-\glsadd[format=)]{set}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 10933--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10935--><p class="indent" > To add all entries that have been defined, use:
-</p><!--l. 10936--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-147004"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10938--><p class="noindent" >
-The optional argument is the same as for <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>, except there is also a key <span
-class="cmtt-10">types</span><a
- id="dx1-147005"></a> which can be
-used to specify which glossaries to use. This should be a comma-separated list. For example, if
-you only want to add all the entries belonging to the list of acronyms (specified by the glossary
-type <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a
- id="dx1-147006"></a>) and a list of notation (specified by the glossary type <span
-class="cmtt-10">notation</span>) then you can
-do:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-295">
-\glsaddall[types={\acronymtype,notation}]
-</pre>
-<!--l. 10949--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10951--><p class="indent" > <div title="bib2gls" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> If you are using <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-147007"></a></a> with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, you can&#8217;t use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span>. Instead use the <span
-class="cmss-10">selection=all</span>
-resource option to select all entries in the given <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-147008"></a> files. </div>
-</p><!--l. 10955--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10957--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>add the current location to the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-147009"></a></a>. In the case of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span>,
-all entries in the glossary will have the same location in the number list. If you want to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span>, it&#8217;s
-best to suppress the number list with the <span
-class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-147010"></a> package option. (See sections&#x00A0;<a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">2.3<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#sec:numberlists">12<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.)
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 10964--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10966--><p class="indent" > There is now a variation of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>that skips any entries that have been <a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">marked as used</a>:
-</p><!--l. 10968--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-147011"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10970--><p class="noindent" >
-This command uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd[format=glsignore] </span>which will ignore this location in the number list. (See
-<a
-href="#sec:encap">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">12.1</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:encap">Encap Values (Location Formats)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:encap --></a>.) The optional argument &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9; is a comma-separated list of
-glossary types. If omitted, it defaults to the list of all defined glossaries.
-</p><!--l. 10977--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused</span>, it&#8217;s best to place the command at the end of the document to ensure
-that all the commands you intend to use have already been used. Otherwise you could end up with a spurious
-comma or dash in the location list. </div>
-</p><!--l. 10982--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10984--><p class="indent" > <div title="bib2gls" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> With <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> and <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-147012"></a></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">glsignore </span>indicates an &#8220;ignored location&#8221; which influences selection but
-isn&#8217;t added to the location list. In this case, if you use <span
-class="cmss-10">selection=all </span>then only those entries that have been
-explicitly indexed in the document will have location lists. The other entries that were selected as a result of
-<span
-class="cmss-10">selection=all </span>won&#8217;t have location lists. </div>
-</p><!--l. 10992--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10994--><p class="indent" > Base <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-147013"></a> package only:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-296">
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-\makeglossaries
-\newglossaryentry{cat}{name={cat},description={feline}}
-\newglossaryentry{dog}{name={dog},description={canine}}
-\begin{document}
-\gls{cat}.
-\printglossaries
-\glsaddallunused&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;&#x003C;-&#x00A0;make&#x00A0;sure&#x00A0;dog&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;also&#x00A0;listed
-\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11006--><p class="nopar" > Corresponding <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> and <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-147014"></a></a> document code:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-297">
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
-\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={entries},selection=all]
-\begin{document}
-\gls{cat}.
-\printunsrtglossaries
-\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11016--><p class="nopar" > With the file <span
-class="cmtt-10">entries.bib</span>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-298">
-@entry{cat,name={cat},description={feline}}
-@entry{dog,name={dog},description={canine}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11021--><p class="nopar" >
-<a
- id="x1-147015r22"></a>
-</p><!--l. 11023--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 22</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Dual Entries)</span><a
- id="x1-147016"></a>
-</p><!--l. 11024--><p class="indent" > The example file <a
-href="#ex:sample-dual"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-dual.tex</span></a> makes use of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>to allow for an entry that should appear both in
-the main glossary and in the list of acronyms. This example sets up the list of acronyms using the <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-147017"></a>
-package option:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-299">
-\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11030--><p class="nopar" > A new command is then defined to make it easier to define dual entries:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-300">
-\newcommand*{\newdualentry}[5][]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newglossaryentry{main-#2}{name={#4},%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;text={#3\glsadd{#2}},%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={#5},%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;#1
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newacronym{#2}{#3\glsadd{main-#2}}{#4}%
+</pre> </dd>
+<p>
+<dt><span class="filefmt">abbreviations.bib</span></dt>
+
+<dd> This contains the entries that were defined with <a id="wrglossary.15331"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15332"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@acronym</code>{zfc,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15333"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a><span class="optfmt">={ZFC}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15334"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Zermelo-Fraenkel set theory}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11042--><p class="nopar" > This has the following syntax: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newdualentry</span><a
- id="dx1-147018"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">abbrv</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">description</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> You can then define a new dual entry:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-301">
-\newdualentry{svm}%&#x00A0;label
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{SVM}%&#x00A0;abbreviation
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}%&#x00A0;long&#x00A0;form
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{Statistical&#x00A0;pattern&#x00A0;recognition&#x00A0;technique}%&#x00A0;description
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11053--><p class="nopar" > Now you can reference the acronym with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> or you can reference the entry in the main glossary with
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{main-svm}</span></span></span>.
-</p><!--l. 11057--><p class="indent" > This is just an example. In general, think twice before you add this kind of duplication. If all information
-(short, long and description) can be provided in a single list, it&#8217;s redundant to provide a second list unless any of
-the short forms start with a different letter to the associated long form, which may make it harder to
-lookup.
-</p><!--l. 11064--><p class="indent" > <div title="bib2gls" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> Note that with <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-147019"></a></a>, there are special dual entry types that implement this behaviour. That is, if an
-entry is referenced then its corresponding dual entry will automatically be selected as well. So there
-is less need for <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>with <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-147020"></a></a>. (Although it can still be useful, as shown in <a
-href="#option6">Option&#x00A0;6</a>.)
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 11070--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 11071--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11071--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-
-
-<!--l. 11073--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 11073--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">11. <a
- id="sec:crossref"></a>Cross-Referencing Entries</h2>
-</p><!--l. 11076--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-148001"></a> (Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>) or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-148002"></a> (<a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>) <span
-class="cmti-10">before</span>
-defining any terms that cross-reference entries. If any of the terms that you have cross-referenced
-don&#8217;t appear in the glossary, check that you have put <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>/<span
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>
-before all entry definitions. The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides better cross-reference handling.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 11084--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11086--><p class="indent" > There are several ways of cross-referencing entries in the glossary:
- </p><ol class="enumerate1" >
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-148004x1">
- <!--l. 11090--><p class="noindent" >You can use commands such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-148005"></a> in the entries description. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-302">
- \newglossaryentry{apple}{name=apple,
- description={firm,&#x00A0;round&#x00A0;fruit.&#x00A0;See&#x00A0;also&#x00A0;\gls{pear}}}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 11095--><p class="nopar" > Note that with this method, if you don&#8217;t use the cross-referenced term in the main part of the document,
- you will need two runs of <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-148006"></a></a>:
- </p><!--l. 11099--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex filename
- <br />makeglossaries filename
- <br />pdflatex filename
- <br />makeglossaries filename
- <br />pdflatex filename
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
- This is because the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the description won&#8217;t be detected until the glossary has been created (unless
- the description is used elsewhere in the document with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydesc</span><a
- id="dx1-148007"></a>). Take care not to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc</span><a
- id="dx1-148008"></a>
- (or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsdesc</span><a
- id="dx1-148009"></a>) in this case as it will cause a nested link.
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-148011x2">
- <!--l. 11112--><p class="noindent" >As described in <a
-href="#sec:newglosentry">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>, you can use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-148012"></a> key when you define
- the entry. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-303">
- \newglossaryentry{MaclaurinSeries}{name={Maclaurin
- series},
- description={Series&#x00A0;expansion},
- see={TaylorsTheorem}}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 11119--><p class="nopar" > Note that in this case, the entry with the <span
-class="cmtt-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-148013"></a> key will automatically be added to the glossary, but the
- cross-referenced entry won&#8217;t. You therefore need to ensure that you use the cross-referenced term with the
- commands described in <a
-href="#sec:glslink">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.1</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> or <a
-href="#sec:glsadd">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">10</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the
- Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a>.
- </p><!--l. 11126--><p class="noindent" >The &#8220;see&#8221; tag is produce using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\seename</span><a
- id="dx1-148014"></a>, but can be overridden in specific instances using square brackets
- at the start of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-148015"></a> value. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-304">
- \newglossaryentry{MaclaurinSeries}{name={Maclaurin
- series},
- description={Series&#x00A0;expansion},
- see=[see&#x00A0;also]{TaylorsTheorem}}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 11134--><p class="nopar" > Take care if you want to use the optional argument of commands such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-148016"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a
- id="dx1-148017"></a> as
- the value will need to be grouped. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-305">
- \newterm{seal}
- \newterm[see={[see&#x00A0;also]seal}]{sea&#x00A0;lion}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 11141--><p class="nopar" > Similarly if the value contains a list. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-306">
- \glossaryentry{lemon}{
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={lemon},
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={Yellow&#x00A0;citrus&#x00A0;fruit}
- }
- \glossaryentry{lime}
- {
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={lime},
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={Green&#x00A0;citrus&#x00A0;fruit}
- }
- \glossaryentry{citrus}
- {
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={citrus},
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={Plant&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;Rutaceae&#x00A0;family},
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;see={lemon,lime}
- }
-</pre>
- <!--l. 11159--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-148019x3">
- <!--l. 11161--><p class="noindent" >After you have defined the entry, use
- </p><!--l. 11162--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-148020"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssee[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">xr label list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 11164--><p class="noindent" >
- where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">xr label list</span>&#x27E9; is a comma-separated list of entry labels to be cross-referenced, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the label of the
- entry doing the cross-referencing and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">tag</span>&#x27E9; is the &#8220;see&#8221; tag. (The default value of &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">tag</span>&#x27E9; is <span
-class="cmtt-10">\seename</span><a
- id="dx1-148021"></a>.) For
- example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-307">
- \glssee[see&#x00A0;also]{series}{FourierSeries,TaylorsTheorem}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 11172--><p class="nopar" > Note that this automatically adds the entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; to the glossary but doesn&#8217;t add the
- cross-referenced entries (specified by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">xr label list</span>&#x27E9;) to the glossary.</p></li></ol>
-<!--l. 11178--><p class="indent" > In both cases&#x00A0;2 and 3 above, the cross-referenced information appears in the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-148022"></a></a>, whereas in case&#x00A0;1,
-the cross-referenced information appears in the description. (See the <a
-href="#ex:sample-crossref"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-crossref.tex</span></a> example file that
-comes with this package.) This means that in cases&#x00A0;2 and&#x00A0;3, the cross-referencing information won&#8217;t appear if
-you have suppressed the number list<a
- id="dx1-148023"></a>. In this case, you will need to activate the number list<a
- id="dx1-148024"></a> for
-the given entries using <span
-class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist=false</span><a
- id="dx1-148025"></a>. Alternatively, if you just use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-148026"></a> key instead
-of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span><a
- id="dx1-148027"></a>, you can automatically activate the number list<a
- id="dx1-148028"></a> using the <span
-class="cmss-10">seeautonumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-148029"></a> package
-option.
-</p><!--l. 11190--><p class="indent" > <div title="bib2gls" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-148030"></a></a> provides much better support for cross-references. See, for example, <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=bib2gls-xr" >Gallery: Cross-References
-(bib2gls)</a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 11194--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 11196--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1 </span> <a
- id="sec:customxr"></a>Customising Cross-reference Text</h3>
-<!--l. 11199--><p class="noindent" >When you use either the <span
-class="cmtt-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-149001"></a> key or the command <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>, the cross-referencing information will be typeset in
-the glossary according to:
-</p><!--l. 11202--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-149002"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label-list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11204--><p class="noindent" >
-The default definition of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat </span>is: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\emph{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} \glsseelist{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label-list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
- <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
-Note that the location is always ignored.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn1x11" id="fn1x11-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">11.1</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-149003f1"></a>
-For example, if you want the tag to appear in bold, you can
-do:<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn2x11" id="fn2x11-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">11.2</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-149005f2"></a>
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-308">
-\renewcommand*{\glsseeformat}[3][\seename]{\textbf{#1}
-&#x00A0;\glsseelist{#2}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11220--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11223--><p class="indent" > The list of labels is dealt with by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span>, which iterates through the list and typesets each entry in
-the label. The entries are separated by
-</p><!--l. 11226--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-149008"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsseesep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11228--><p class="noindent" >
-or (for the last pair)
-</p><!--l. 11230--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-149009"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsseelastsep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11232--><p class="noindent" >
-These default to &#8220;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">,\space</span></span></span>&#8221; and &#8220;<span
-class="cmtt-10">\space\andname</span><a
- id="dx1-149010"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">\space</span>&#8221; respectively. The list entry text is displayed
-using:
-</p><!--l. 11236--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-149011"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11238--><p class="noindent" >
-This defaults to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a
- id="dx1-149012"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn3x11" id="fn3x11-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">11.3</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-149013f3"></a>
-For example, to make the cross-referenced list use small caps:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-309">
-\renewcommand{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\textsc{\glsentrytext{#1}}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11246--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11247--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat </span>and additionally provides <span id="textcolor306"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiername</span></span><a
- id="dx1-149016"></a>
-which can be used as an alternative to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span>. See the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 11252--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11254--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat</span><a
- id="dx1-149017"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span><a
- id="dx1-149018"></a> in the main body of the text, but they won&#8217;t automatically
-add the cross-referenced entries to the glossary. If you want them added with that location, you can
-do:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-310">
-Some&#x00A0;information&#x00A0;(see&#x00A0;also
-\glsseelist{FourierSeries,TaylorsTheorem}%
-\glsadd{FourierSeries}\glsadd{TaylorsTheorem}).
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11263--><p class="nopar" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 11264--><p class="noindent" >
-
-
-</p>
-<!--l. 11266--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 11266--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">12. <a
- id="sec:numberlists"></a>Number Lists</h2>
-</p><!--l. 11269--><p class="indent" > Each entry in the glossary has an associated <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-150001"></a></a>. By default, these numbers refer to the pages on
-which that entry has been indexed (using any of the commands described in <a
-href="#sec:glslink">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.1</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary
-Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> and <a
-href="#sec:glsadd">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">10</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a>). The number list
-can be suppressed using the <span
-class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-150002"></a> package option, or an alternative counter can be set as
-the default using the <span
-class="cmss-10">counter</span><a
- id="dx1-150003"></a> package option. The number list is also referred to as the location
-list<a
- id="dx1-150004"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 11278--><p class="indent" > <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">Number list<a
- id="dx1-150005"></a>s</a> are more common with indexes rather than glossaries (although you can use the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
-package for indexes as well). However, the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package makes use of <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-150006"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-150007"></a></a> to hierarchically
-sort and collate the entries since they are readily available with most modern TeX&#x00A0;distributions. Since these are
-both designed as <a
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing applications</a> they both require that terms either have a valid location or a
-cross-reference. Even if you use <span
-class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-150008"></a>, the locations must still be provided and acceptable to the <a
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing
-application</a> or they will cause an error during the indexing stage, which will interrupt the document build.
-However, if you&#8217;re not interested in the locations, each entry only needs to be indexed once, so consider using
-<span
-class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span><a
- id="dx1-150009"></a>, which can improve the document build time by only indexing the <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of each
-term.
-</p><!--l. 11293--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span><a
- id="dx1-150010"></a> command (see <a
-href="#sec:glsadd">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">10</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a>),
-which is used to automatically index all entries, iterates over all defined entries and does <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>for
-each entry (where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is that entry&#8217;s label). This means that <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>automatically adds
-the same location to every entry&#8217;s <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-150011"></a></a>, which looks weird if the number list<a
- id="dx1-150012"></a> hasn&#8217;t been
-suppressed.
-</p><!--l. 11300--><p class="indent" > With <a
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>, the indexing is performed by <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-150013"></a></a>, which was specifically designed for the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>
-package. So it will allow any location format, and its <span
-class="cmtt-10">selection=all </span>option will select all entries without
-adding an unwanted location to the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-150014"></a></a>. If <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-150015"></a></a> can deduce a numerical value for a location, it will
-attempt to form a range over consecutive locations, otherwise it won&#8217;t try to form a range and the location will
-just form an individual item in the list. <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> also allows any location but it doesn&#8217;t form
-ranges.
-</p>
-<!--l. 11310--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12.1 </span> <a
- id="sec:encap"></a>Encap Values (Location Formats)</h3>
-<!--l. 11313--><p class="noindent" >Each location in the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-151001"></a></a> is encapsulated with a command formed from the <span
-class="cmti-10">encap</span><a
- id="dx1-151002"></a> value. By default this
-is the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberformat</span><a
- id="dx1-151003"></a> command, which corresponds to the encap <span
-class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat</span>, but this may be
-overridden using the <span
-class="cmtt-10">format</span><a
- id="dx1-151004"></a> key in the optional argument to commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. (See <a
-href="#sec:glslink">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.1</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glslink">Links to
-Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a>.) For example, you may want the location to appear in bold to indicate the principle use of a
-term or symbol. If the encap starts with an open parenthesis&#x00A0;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">(</span></span></span> this signifies the start of a range and if the encap
-starts with close parenthesis&#x00A0;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span> this signifies the end of a range. These must always occur in matching
-pairs.
-</p><!--l. 11325--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides the command:
-</p><!--l. 11326--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsignore{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11328--><p class="noindent" >
-which ignores its argument. This is the format used by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused </span>to suppress the location,
-which works fine as long as no other locations are added to the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-151005"></a></a>. For example, if you use
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{sample}</span></span></span> on page&#x00A0;2 then reset the <a
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> and then use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused </span>on page&#x00A0;10, the
-<a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-151006"></a></a> for <span
-class="cmtt-10">sample </span>will be <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">2,</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\glsignore{10}</span></span></span> which will result in &#8220;2,&#x00A0;&#8221; which has a spurious
-
-
-comma.
-</p><!--l. 11337--><p class="indent" > This isn&#8217;t a problem with <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-151007"></a></a> because you would need to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">selection=all </span>instead of
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused</span>, but even if you explicitly had used <span
-class="cmtt-10">glsignore</span>, for example, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls[format=glsignore]</span>
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>, then <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-151008"></a></a> will recognise <span
-class="cmtt-10">glsignore </span>as a special encap indicating an ignored location, so it will
-select the entry but not add that location to the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-151009"></a></a>. It&#8217;s a problem for all the other indexing
-options.
-</p><!--l. 11346--><p class="indent" > Complications can arise if you use different encap values for the same location. For example, suppose on
-page&#x00A0;10 you have both the default <span
-class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">textbf </span>encaps. While it may seem apparent that
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">textbf </span>should override <span
-class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat </span>in this situation, the <a
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> may not know it. This is
-therefore something you need to be careful about if you use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">format</span><a
- id="dx1-151010"></a> key or if you use a command that
-implicitly sets it.
-</p><!--l. 11355--><p class="indent" > In the case of <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-151011"></a></a>, it only accepts one encap (according to the order of precedence given in the <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-151012"></a></a>
-module) and discards the others for identical locations (for the same entry). This can cause a problem if a
-discarded location forms the start or end of a range.
-</p><!--l. 11360--><p class="indent" > In the case of <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-151013"></a></a>, it accepts different encaps for the same location, but warns about it. This leads to
-a <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-151014"></a></a> with the same location repeated in different formats. If you use the <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-151015"></a></a> Perl script
-with <a
-href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a> it will detect <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-151016"></a></a>&#8217;s warning and attempt to fix the problem, ensuring that the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat </span>encap always has the least precedence unless it includes a range identifier. Other conflicting
-encaps will have the last one override earlier ones for the same location with range identifiers taking
-priority.
-</p><!--l. 11370--><p class="indent" > No discard occurs with <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> so again you get the same location repeated in different formats. With
-<a
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>, <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-151017"></a></a> will discard according to order of precedence, giving priority to start and end range encaps.
-(See the <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-151018"></a></a> manual for further details.)
-</p><!--l. 11375--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 11375--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12.2 </span> <a
- id="sec:locationsyntax"></a>Locations</h3>
-<!--l. 11378--><p class="noindent" >Neither <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> nor <a
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a> care about the location syntax as long as it&#8217;s valid LaTeX&#x00A0;code (and doesn&#8217;t
-contain fragile commands). In both cases, the indexing is performed by writing a line to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a
- id="dx1-152001"></a> file. The write
-operation is deferred to avoid the problems associated with TeX&#8217;s asynchronous output routine. (See, for
-example, <a
-href="https://texfaq.org/FAQ-oddpage" >Finding if you&#8217;re on an odd or an even page</a> for more details on this issue.) Unfortunately
-Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a> are far more problematic and need some complex code to deal with awkward
-locations.
-</p><!--l. 11389--><p class="indent" > If you know that your locations will always expand to a format acceptable to your chosen <a
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing
-application</a> then use the package option <span
-class="cmss-10">esclocations</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-152002"></a> to bypass this operation. This setting only affects
-Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a> as the problem doesn&#8217;t arise with the other indexing options.
-</p><!--l. 11395--><p class="indent" > Both <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-152003"></a></a> and <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-152004"></a></a> are fussy about the syntax of the locations. In the case of <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-152005"></a></a>, only the
-numbering system obtained with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\arabic</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\roman</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Roman</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\alph </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Alph </span>or composites formed from them
-with the same separator (set with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsSetCompositor{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">char</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>) are accepted. (<a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-152006"></a></a> won&#8217;t accept an empty
-location.) In the case of <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-152007"></a></a>, you can define your own location classes, but if the location contains a robust
-command then the leading backslash must be escaped. The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-152008"></a> package tries to do this, but it&#8217;s caught
-between two conflicting requirements:
- </p><ol class="enumerate1" >
-
-
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-152010x1">
- <!--l. 11406--><p class="noindent" >The location must be fully expanded before <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\</span></span></span> can be converted to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\\</span></span></span> (there&#8217;s no point converting
- <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\thepage</span></span></span> to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\\thepage</span></span></span>);
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-152012x2">
- <!--l. 11409--><p class="noindent" >The page number can&#8217;t be expanded until the deferred write operation (so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\c@page</span></span></span> mustn&#8217;t
- expand in the previous step but <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\the\c@page</span></span></span> mustn&#8217;t be converted to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\\the\\c@page</span></span></span> and
- <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\number\c@page</span></span></span> mustn&#8217;t be converted to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\\number\\c@page</span></span></span> etc).</p></li></ol>
-<!--l. 11415--><p class="noindent" >There&#8217;s a certain amount of trickery needed to deal with this conflict and the code requires the location to be in a
-form that doesn&#8217;t embed the counter&#8217;s internal register in commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\value</span>. For example,
-suppose you have a robust command called <span
-class="cmtt-10">\tallynum </span>that takes a number as the argument and an
-expandable command called <span
-class="cmtt-10">\tally </span>that converts a counter name into the associated register or
-number to pass to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\tallynum</span>. Let&#8217;s suppose that this command is used to represent the page
-number:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-311">
-\renewcommand{\thepage}{\tally{page}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11425--><p class="nopar" > Now let&#8217;s suppose that a term is indexed at the beginning of page&#x00A0;2 at the end of a paragraph that started on
-page&#x00A0;1. With <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-152013"></a></a>, the location <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\tally{page}</span></span></span> needs to be written to the file as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\\tallynum{2}</span></span></span>. If it&#8217;s written
-as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\tallynum{2}</span></span></span> then <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-152014"></a></a> will interpret <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\t</span></span></span> as the character &#8220;t&#8221; (which means the location would appear as
-&#8220;tallynum2&#8221;). So <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-152015"></a> tries to expand <span
-class="cmtt-10">\thepage </span>without expanding <span
-class="cmtt-10">\c@page </span>and then escapes all the
-backslashes, except for the page counter&#8217;s internal command. The following definitions of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\tally </span>will work:
-</p>
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 11437--><p class="noindent" >In the following, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\arabic </span>works as its internal command <span
-class="cmtt-10">\c@arabic </span>is temporarily redefined to check for
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\c@page</span>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-312">
- \newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\arabic{#1}}}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 11441--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 11443--><p class="noindent" >The form <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\expandafter\the\csname</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;c@</span></span></span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\endcsname</span></span></span> also works (provided <span
-class="cmtt-10">\the </span>is allowed to be
- temporarily redefined, see below):
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-313">
- \newcommand{\tally}[1]{%
- &#x00A0;\tallynum{\expandafter\the\csname&#x00A0;c@#1\endcsname}}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 11449--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 11451--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\expandafter\the\value</span></span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>now also works (with the same condition as above):
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-314">
- \newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\expandafter\the\value{#1}}}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 11455--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 11457--><p class="noindent" >Another variation that will work:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-315">
- \newcommand{\tally}[1]{%
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;\expandafter\tallynum\expandafter{\the\csname&#x00A0;c@#1\endcsname}}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 11461--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 11463--><p class="noindent" >and also:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-316">
- \newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\the\csname&#x00A0;c@#1\endcsname}}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 11466--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ul>
-<!--l. 11468--><p class="noindent" >The following <span
-class="cmti-10">don&#8217;t work</span>: </p>
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 11470--><p class="noindent" >This definition leads to the premature expansion of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\c@page </span>to &#8220;1&#8221; when, in this case, it should be
- &#8220;2&#8221;:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-317">
- \newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\the\value{#1}}}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 11474--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 11475--><p class="noindent" >This definition leads to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\\c@page</span></span></span> in the glossary file:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-318">
- \newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\csname&#x00A0;c@#1\endcsname}}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 11478--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ul>
-<!--l. 11480--><p class="noindent" >If you have a numbering system where <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\</span></span></span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">cs name</span>&#x27E9;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{page}</span></span></span> expands to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\</span></span></span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">\c@page </span>(for example, if
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\tally{page}</span></span></span> expands to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\tallynum\c@page</span></span></span>) then you need to use:
-</p><!--l. 11485--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-152016"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddprotectedpagefmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">internal cs name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11487--><p class="noindent" >
-Note that the backslash must be omitted from &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>&#x27E9; and the corresponding command must be able
-to process a count register as the (sole) argument.
-</p><!--l. 11492--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you have a style <span
-class="cmtt-10">samplenum </span>that is implemented as follows:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-319">
-&#x00A0;\newcommand*{\samplenum}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\expandafter\@samplenum\csname&#x00A0;c@#1\endcsname}
-&#x00A0;\newcommand*{\@samplenum}[1]{\two@digits{#1}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11499--><p class="nopar" > (That is, it displays the value of the counter as a two-digit number.) Then to ensure the location is correct for
-entries in page-spanning paragraphs, you need to do:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-320">
-\glsaddprotectedpagefmt{@samplenum}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11505--><p class="nopar" > (If you are using a different counter for the location, such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">section </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">equation</span>, you don&#8217;t need to worry
-about this provided the inner command is expandable.)
-</p><!--l. 11510--><p class="indent" > If the inner macro (as given by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\</span></span></span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>&#x27E9;) contains non-expandable commands then you may need
-to redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">page </span>after using </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddprotectedpagefmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">internal</span><span
-class="cmitt-10">&#x00A0;cs</span><span
-class="cmitt-10">&#x00A0;name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> This command doesn&#8217;t take any arguments as <span
-class="cmti-10">the location is assumed to be given by </span><span
-class="cmitt-10">\c@page </span>because that&#8217;s
-the only occasion this command should be used. For example, suppose now my page counter format uses small
-caps Roman numerals:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-321">
-&#x00A0;\newcommand*{\samplenum}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\expandafter\@samplenum\csname&#x00A0;c@#1\endcsname}
-&#x00A0;\newcommand*{\@samplenum}[1]{\textsc{\romannumeral#1}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11524--><p class="nopar" > Again, the inner macro needs to be identified using:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-322">
-\glsaddprotectedpagefmt{@samplenum}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11528--><p class="nopar" > However, since <span
-class="cmtt-10">\textsc </span>isn&#8217;t fully expandable, the location is written to the file as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{i}</span></span></span> (for page&#x00A0;1),
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{ii}</span></span></span> (for page&#x00A0;2), etc. This format may cause a problem for the <a
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a>
-(particularly for <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-152017"></a></a>). To compensate for this, the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">page </span>command
-may be redefined so that it expands to a format that&#8217;s acceptable to the indexing application. For
-example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-323">
-\renewcommand*{\gls@samplenumpage}{\romannumeral\c@page}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11538--><p class="nopar" > While this modification means that the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-152018"></a></a> in the glossary won&#8217;t exactly match the format of the page
-numbers (displaying lower case Roman numbers instead of small cap Roman numerals) this method
-will at least work correctly for both <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-152019"></a></a> and <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-152020"></a></a>. If you are using <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-152021"></a></a>, the following
-definition:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-324">
-&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\gls@samplenumpage}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsbackslash\string\textsc{\romannumeral\c@page}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11548--><p class="nopar" > combined with
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-325">
-\GlsAddXdyLocation{romansc}{:sep&#x00A0;"\string\textsc\glsopenbrace"
-&#x00A0;"roman-numbers-lowercase"&#x00A0;:sep&#x00A0;"\glsclosebrace"}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11553--><p class="nopar" > will now have lowercase Roman numerals in the location list (see <a
-href="#sec:xindyloc">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">14.2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:xindyloc">Locations and Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindyloc --></a> for
-further details on that command). Take care of the backslashes. The location (which ends up in the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">:locref</span><a
- id="dx1-152022"></a> attribute) needs <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\\</span></span></span> but the location class (identified with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation</span>) just
-has a single backslash. Note that this example will cause problems if your locations should be
-hyperlinks.
-</p><!--l. 11562--><p class="indent" > Another possibility that may work with both <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-152023"></a></a> and <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-152024"></a></a> is to redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">page</span>
-(<span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls@samplenumpage </span>in this example) to just expand to the decimal page number (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\number\c@page</span></span></span>) and
-redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberformat</span><a
- id="dx1-152025"></a> to change the displayed format:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-326">
-\renewcommand*{\gls@samplenumpage}{\number\c@page}
-\renewcommand*{\glsnumberformat}[1]{\textsc{\romannumeral#1}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11570--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11572--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">page</span>, you must make sure that <span
-class="cmtt-10">\c@page </span>is expanded when it&#8217;s written
-to the file. (So don&#8217;t, for example, hide <span
-class="cmtt-10">\c@page </span>inside a robust command.) </div>
-</p><!--l. 11577--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11579--><p class="indent" > The mechanism that allows this to work temporarily redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\the</span><a
- id="dx1-152026"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\number</span><a
- id="dx1-152027"></a> while it processes the
-location. If this causes a problem you can disallow it using
-</p><!--l. 11582--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-152028"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glswrallowprimitivemodsfalse </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11584--><p class="noindent" >
-but you will need to find some other way to ensure the location expands correctly.
-</p><!--l. 11588--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 11588--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12.3 </span> <a
- id="sec:ranges"></a>Range Formations</h3>
-<!--l. 11591--><p class="noindent" >Both <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-153001"></a></a> and <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-153002"></a></a> (Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>) concatenate a sequence of&#x00A0;3 or more consecutive
-pages into&#x00A0;a range. With <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-153003"></a> (<a
-href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>) you can vary the minimum sequence length using
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength</span><a
- id="dx1-153004"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">n</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">n</span>&#x27E9; is either an integer or the keyword <span
-class="cmtt-10">none </span>which indicates that
-there should be no range formation (see <a
-href="#sec:xindyloc">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">14.2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:xindyloc">Locations and Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindyloc --></a> for further
-details).
-</p><!--l. 11599--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength </span>must be used before <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-153005"></a> and has no effect if <span
-class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a
- id="dx1-153006"></a>
-is used. </div>
-</p><!--l. 11602--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11604--><p class="indent" > With both <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-153007"></a></a> and <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-153008"></a></a> (Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>), you can replace the separator and the closing number
-in the range using:
-</p><!--l. 11606--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-153009"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixF{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">suffix</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11608--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11609--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-153010"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixFF{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">suffix</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11611--><p class="noindent" >
-where the former command specifies the suffix to use for a 2 page list and the latter specifies the suffix to use for
-longer lists. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-327">
-\glsSetSuffixF{f.}
-\glsSetSuffixFF{ff.}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11618--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-153011"></a></a> (<a
-href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>), you will also need to set the minimum range length to 1 if you want to
-change these suffixes:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-328">
-\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength{1}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11624--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use the <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-153012"></a> package, you will need to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\nohyperpage</span><a
- id="dx1-153013"></a> in the suffix to ensure that the
-hyperlinks work correctly. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-329">
-\glsSetSuffixF{\nohyperpage{f.}}
-\glsSetSuffixFF{\nohyperpage{ff.}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11631--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11633--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixF </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixFF </span>must be used before <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-153014"></a> and have no
-effect if <span
-class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a
- id="dx1-153015"></a> is used. </div>
-</p><!--l. 11637--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11639--><p class="indent" > It&#8217;s also possible to concatenate a sequence of consecutive locations into a range or have suffixes with
-<a
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>, but with <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-153016"></a></a> these implicit ranges can&#8217;t be merged with explicit ranges (created with the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">(</span></span></span> and
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span> encaps). See the <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-153017"></a></a> manual for further details.
-</p><!--l. 11645--><p class="indent" > <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> doesn&#8217;t form ranges. However, with this option you can iterate over an entry&#8217;s <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-153018"></a></a>
-using:
-</p><!--l. 11647--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-153019"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberlistloop{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">handler cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">xr handler cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11650--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry&#8217;s label and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">handler cs</span>&#x27E9; is a handler control sequence of the form:
-</p><!--l. 11654--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition">&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">handler cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11655--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9; is the <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-153020"></a> prefix, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the counter used for the location, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">format</span>&#x27E9; is the
-format used to display the location (e.g.&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">textbf</span>) and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">location</span>&#x27E9; is the location. The third argument
-is the control sequence to use for any cross-references in the list. This handler should have the
-syntax:
-</p><!--l. 11663--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition">&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">xr handler cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11664--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">tag</span>&#x27E9; is the cross-referenced text (e.g.&#x00A0;&#8220;see&#8221;) and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9; is a&#x00A0;comma-separated list of labels. (This actually
-has a third argument but it&#8217;s always empty when used with <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>.)
-</p><!--l. 11669--><p class="indent" > For example, if on page&#x00A0;12 I&#x00A0;have used
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-330">
-\gls[format=textbf]{apple}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11673--><p class="nopar" > and on page&#x00A0;18 I&#x00A0;have used
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-331">
-\gls[format=emph]{apple}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11677--><p class="nopar" > then
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-332">
-\glsnumberlistloop{apple}{\myhandler}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11681--><p class="nopar" > will be equivalent to:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-333">
-\myhandler{}{page}{textbf}{12}%
-\myhandler{}{page}{emph}{18}%
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11686--><p class="nopar" > There is a predefined handler that&#8217;s used to display the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-153021"></a></a> in the glossary:
-</p><!--l. 11689--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-153022"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnoidxdisplayloc{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11691--><p class="noindent" >
-The predefined handler used for the cross-references in the glossary is:
-</p><!--l. 11694--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11695--><p class="noindent" >
-which is described in <a
-href="#sec:customxr">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">11.1</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:customxr">Customising Cross-reference Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:customxr --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 11698--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberlistloop </span>is not available for Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 11700--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11702--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 11702--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12.4 </span> <a
- id="sec:isthook"></a>Style Hook</h3>
-<!--l. 11705--><p class="noindent" >As from version 4.24, there&#8217;s a hook that&#8217;s used near the end of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\writeist</span><a
- id="dx1-154001"></a> before the file is closed. You can set
-the code to be performed then using:
-</p><!--l. 11708--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-154002"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetWriteIstHook{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11710--><p class="noindent" >
-If you want the &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9; to write any information to the file, you need to use
-</p><!--l. 11713--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-154003"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\write\glswrite{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">style information</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11715--><p class="noindent" >
-Make sure you use the correct format within &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">style information</span>&#x27E9;. For example, if you are using <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-154004"></a>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-334">
-\GlsSetWriteIstHook{%
-&#x00A0;\write\glswrite{page_precedence&#x00A0;"arnAR"}%
-&#x00A0;\write\glswrite{line_max&#x00A0;80}%
+</pre> If you changed <a id="wrglossary.15335"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> to <a id="wrglossary.15336"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a> then <code class="code">@abbreviation</code> will be used instead: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15337"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@abbreviation</code>{zfc,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15338"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a><span class="optfmt">={ZFC}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15339"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Zermelo-Fraenkel set theory}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11723--><p class="nopar" > This changes the page type precedence<a
- id="dx1-154005"></a> and the maximum line length used by <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-154006"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 11727--><p class="indent" > Remember that if you switch to <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-154007"></a>, this will no longer be valid code.
-
-
-</p>
-<!--l. 11730--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 11730--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">13. <a
- id="sec:styles"></a>Glossary Styles</h2>
-</p><!--l. 11733--><p class="indent" > Glossaries vary from lists that simply contain a symbol with a terse description to lists of terms or phrases
-with lengthy descriptions. Some glossaries may have terms with associated symbols. Some may have
-hierarchical entries. There is therefore no single style that fits every type of glossary. The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
-package comes with a number of pre-defined glossary styles, described in <a
-href="#sec:predefinedstyles">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">13.1</span>
-</a><a
-href="#sec:predefinedstyles">Predefined Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:predefinedstyles --></a>. You can choose one of these that best suits your type of glossary or, if none of
-them suit your document, you can defined your own style (see <a
-href="#sec:newglossarystyle">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">13.2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:newglossarystyle">Defining
-your own glossary style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossarystyle --></a>). There are some examples of glossary styles available at the <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries" ><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
-gallery</a>.
-</p><!--l. 11745--><p class="indent" > The glossary style can be set using the <span
-class="cmtt-10">style</span><a
- id="dx1-155001"></a> key in the optional argument to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-155002"></a>
-(<a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>) or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-155003"></a> (Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>) or using the command:
-</p><!--l. 11748--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-155004"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">style-name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11750--><p class="noindent" >
-(before the glossary is displayed).
-</p><!--l. 11753--><p class="indent" > Some of the predefined glossary styles may also be set using the <span
-class="cmss-10">style</span><a
- id="dx1-155005"></a> package option, it depends if the
-package in which they are defined is automatically loaded by the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package.
-</p><!--l. 11757--><p class="indent" > You can use the lorum ipsum dummy entries provided in the accompanying <span
-class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-*.tex</span>
-files (described in <a
-href="#sec:lipsum">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">1.3</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:lipsum">Dummy Entries for Testing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:lipsum --></a>) to test the different styles.
-</p><!--l. 11762--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
- id="dx1-155006"></a> package provided with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> patches the predefined styles. There also
-more styles available with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 11766--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 11768--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1 </span> <a
- id="sec:predefinedstyles"></a>Predefined Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 11771--><p class="noindent" >The predefined styles can accommodate numbered level&#x00A0;0 (main) and level&#x00A0;1 entries. See the package options
-<span
-class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a
- id="dx1-156001"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">counterwithin</span><a
- id="dx1-156002"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a
- id="dx1-156003"></a> described in <a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">2.3</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">Glossary Appearance
-Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a>. There is a summary of available styles in <a
-href="#tab:styles">table&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmbx-10">13.1</span></a>. You can view samples of all the predefined
-styles at <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-styles/" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-styles/</span></a>. Note that <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>
-provides additional styles in the supplementary packages <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex</span><a
- id="dx1-156004"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-topic</span><a
- id="dx1-156005"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra</span><a
- id="dx1-156006"></a>.
-See the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.
-</p><!--l. 11784--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the group styles (such as <span
-class="cmss-10">listgroup</span><a
- id="dx1-156007"></a>) will have unexpected results if used with the <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">def</span><a
- id="dx1-156008"></a> or
-<span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">use</span><a
- id="dx1-156009"></a> options. If you don&#8217;t sort your entries alphabetically, it&#8217;s best to set the <span
-class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a
- id="dx1-156010"></a> package option to
-prevent odd vertical gaps appearing. </div>
-</p><!--l. 11790--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11792--><p class="indent" > The group title is obtained using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgetgrouptitle{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>, which is described in <a
-href="#sec:newglossarystyle">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">13.2</span>
-</a><a
-href="#sec:newglossarystyle">Defining your own glossary style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossarystyle --></a>.
-</p>
- <div class="table">
-
-
-<!--l. 11795--><p class="indent" > <a
- id="tab:styles"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
->
-
-
- <div class="caption"
-><span class="id">Table&#x00A0;13.1: </span><span
-class="content">Glossary Styles. An asterisk in the style name indicates anything that matches that doesn&#8217;t
-match any previously listed style (e.g.&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">long3col* </span>matches <span
-class="cmss-10">long3col</span><a
- id="dx1-156012"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">long3colheader</span><a
- id="dx1-156013"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">long3colborder</span><a
- id="dx1-156014"></a> and
-<span
-class="cmss-10">long3colheaderborder</span><a
- id="dx1-156015"></a>). A maximum level of 0 indicates a flat glossary (sub-entries are displayed in the
-same way as main entries). Where the maximum level is given as &#8212; there is no limit, but note that
-<a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-156016"></a></a> (<a
-href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a>) imposes a limit of 2 sub-levels. If the homograph column is checked, then the
-name is not displayed for sub-entries. If the symbol column is checked, then the symbol will be displayed.</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-1560111 -->
-<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-9" class="tabular"
+</pre> </dd>
+<p>
+<dt><span class="filefmt">notation.bib</span></dt>
-><colgroup id="TBL-9-1g"><col
-id="TBL-9-1" /><col
-id="TBL-9-2" /><col
-id="TBL-9-3" /><col
-id="TBL-9-4" /></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">Style </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-1-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">Maximum Level </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-1-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">Homograph </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-1-4"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">Symbol </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-2-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">listdotted </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-2-2"
-class="td11"> 0 </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-2-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-2-4"
-class="td11"> </td></tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-3-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">sublistdotted </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-3-2"
-class="td11"> 1 </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-3-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-3-4"
-class="td11"></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-4-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">list* </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-4-2"
-class="td11"> 1 </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-4-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2713; </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-4-4"
-class="td11"> </td></tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-5-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">altlist* </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-5-2"
-class="td11"> 1 </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-5-3"
-class="td11">
-<span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2713; </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-5-4"
-class="td11"> </td></tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-6-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">long*3col* </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-6-2"
-class="td11"> 1 </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-6-3"
-class="td11">
-<span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2713; </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-6-4"
-class="td11"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-7-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">long4col* </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-7-2"
-class="td11"> 1 </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-7-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2713; </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-7-4"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2713; </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-8-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">altlong*4col* </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-8-2"
-class="td11"> 1 </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-8-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2713; </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-8-4"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2713; </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-9-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">long* </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-9-2"
-class="td11"> 1 </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-9-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2713; </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-9-4"
-class="td11"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-10-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">super*3col* </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-10-2"
-class="td11"> 1 </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-10-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2713; </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-10-4"
-class="td11"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-11-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">super4col* </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-11-2"
-class="td11"> 1 </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-11-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2713; </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-11-4"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2713; </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-12-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">altsuper*4col* </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-12-2"
-class="td11"> 1 </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-12-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2713; </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-12-4"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2713; </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-13-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">super* </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-13-2"
-class="td11"> 1 </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-13-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2713; </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-13-4"
-class="td11"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-14-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">*index* </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-14-2"
-class="td11"> 2 </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-14-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-14-4"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2713; </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-15-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">treenoname* </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-15-2"
-class="td11"> &#8212; </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-15-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2713; </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-15-4"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2713; </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-16-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">*alttree* </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-16-2"
-class="td11"> &#8212; </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-16-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-16-4"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2713; </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-17-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">*tree* </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-17-2"
-class="td11"> &#8212; </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-17-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-17-4"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2713; </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-18-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">inline </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-18-2"
-class="td11"> 1 </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-18-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2713; </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-9-18-4"
-class="td11"> </td></tr></table></div>
-
-
- </div><hr class="endfloat" />
- </div>
-<!--l. 11835--><p class="indent" > The tabular-like styles that allow multi-line descriptions and page lists use the length
-</p><!--l. 11837--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-156017"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11839--><p class="noindent" >
-to set the width of the description column and the length
-</p><!--l. 11841--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-156018"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11843--><p class="noindent" >
-to set the width of the page list column.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn1x13" id="fn1x13-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.1</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-156019f1"></a>
-These will need to be changed using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setlength </span>if the glossary is too wide. Note that the <span
-class="cmss-10">long4col</span><a
- id="dx1-156023"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">super4col</span><a
- id="dx1-156024"></a>
-styles (and their header and border variations) don&#8217;t use these lengths as they are designed for single line
-entries. Instead you should use the analogous <span
-class="cmss-10">altlong4col</span><a
- id="dx1-156025"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">altsuper4col</span><a
- id="dx1-156026"></a> styles. If you want to explicitly create
-a line-break within a multi-line description in a tabular-like style it&#8217;s better to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newline</span><a
- id="dx1-156027"></a> instead of
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\\</span></span></span>.
-</p><!--l. 11858--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that a cell within a tabular-like environment can&#8217;t be broken across a page, so even if a
-tabular-like style, such as <span
-class="cmss-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-156028"></a>, allows multilined descriptions, you&#8217;ll probably encounter page-breaking problems
-if you have entries with long descriptions. You may want to consider using the <span
-class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-156029"></a> style instead.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 11864--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11866--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">style</span><a
- id="dx1-156030"></a> key in the optional argument to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-156031"></a> (<a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>) or
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-156032"></a> (Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>), it will override any previous style settings for the given glossary, so if, for
-example, you do
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-335">
-\renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}
-\printglossary[style=long]
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11874--><p class="nopar" > then the new definition of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip</span><a
- id="dx1-156033"></a> will not have an affect for this glossary, as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>is
-redefined by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">style=long</span></span></span>. Likewise, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a
- id="dx1-156034"></a> will also override any previous style definitions, so,
-again
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-336">
-\renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}
-\setglossarystyle{long}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11882--><p class="nopar" > will reset <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>back to its default definition for the named glossary style (<span
-class="cmss-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-156035"></a> in this case). If you
-want to modify the styles, either use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossarystyle</span><a
- id="dx1-156036"></a> (described in the next section) or make the
-modifications after <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a
- id="dx1-156037"></a>, e.g.:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-337">
-\setglossarystyle{long}
-\renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11891--><p class="nopar" > As from version 3.03, you can now use the package option <span
-class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a
- id="dx1-156038"></a> to suppress the gap between groups for
-the default styles instead of redefining <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11896--><p class="indent" > All the styles except for the three- and four-column styles and the <span
-class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a
- id="dx1-156039"></a> style use the command
-</p><!--l. 11898--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-156040"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11900--><p class="noindent" >
-after the description. This simply displays a full stop by default. To eliminate this full stop (or replace it with
-something else, say, a comma) you will need to redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>before the glossary is displayed.
-Alternatively, you can suppress it for a given entry by placing <span
-class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a
- id="dx1-156041"></a> in the entry&#8217;s description. Note that
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-156042"></a> puts <span
-class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc </span>at the end of the description. The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides
-a starred version that doesn&#8217;t.
-</p><!--l. 11910--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03 you can now use the package option <span
-class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span><a
- id="dx1-156043"></a> to suppress this full stop. This is the
-better option if you want to use the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package. The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
- id="dx1-156044"></a> package provides
-some adjustments some of to the predefined styles listed here, allowing for greater flexibility. See the
-<a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> documentation for further details.
-</p>
-<!--l. 11918--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1.1 </span> <a
- id="sec:liststyles"></a>List Styles</h4>
-<!--l. 11921--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a
- id="dx1-157001"></a>. Since they all use the <span
-class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-157002"></a><a
- id="dx1-157003"></a>
-environment, they are governed by the same parameters as that environment. These styles all ignore the entry&#8217;s
-symbol. Note that these styles will automatically be available unless you use the <span
-class="cmss-10">nolist</span><a
- id="dx1-157004"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">nostyles</span><a
- id="dx1-157005"></a> package
-options.
-</p><!--l. 11928--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that, except for the <span
-class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a
- id="dx1-157006"></a> style, these list styles are incompatible with <span
-class="cmss-10">classicthesis</span><a
- id="dx1-157007"></a>. They
-may also be incompatible with other classes or packages that modify the <span
-class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-157008"></a><a
- id="dx1-157009"></a> environment.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 11933--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11935--><p class="indent" > As from v4.48, there is an initialisation hook that provides a patch if the <span
-class="cmss-10">gettitlestring</span><a
- id="dx1-157010"></a> package is loaded,
-since this is used by <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-157011"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 11938--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-157012"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslistinit </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11940--><p class="noindent" >
-This patch should ensure that the combination of <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-157013"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">entercounter</span><a
- id="dx1-157014"></a> should correctly expand the entry
-name to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a
- id="dx1-157015"></a> file. The name is expanded using:
-</p><!--l. 11944--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-157016"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslistexpandedname{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11946--><p class="noindent" >
-This uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsunexpandedfieldvalue</span><a
- id="dx1-157017"></a>. If you need the name to fully expand, you can redefine this. For
-example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-338">
-\newcommand{\glslistexpandedname}[1]{\glsentryname{#1}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 11951--><p class="nopar" >
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 11954--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">list</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 11954--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">list</span><a
- id="dx1-157018"></a> style uses the <span
-class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-157019"></a><a
- id="dx1-157020"></a> environment. The entry name is placed in the optional argument
- of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\item</span><a
- id="dx1-157021"></a> command (so it will usually appear in bold by default). The description follows,
- and then the associated <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-157022"></a></a> for that entry. The symbol is ignored. If the entry has child
- entries, the description and number list follows (but not the name) for each child entry. Groups are
- separated using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\indexspace</span><a
- id="dx1-157023"></a>.
- </p><!--l. 11962--><p class="noindent" >The closest matching non-list style is the <span
-class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-157024"></a> style.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 11964--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">listgroup</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 11964--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">listgroup</span><a
- id="dx1-157025"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">list</span><a
- id="dx1-157026"></a> but the glossary groups have headings obtained using
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgetgrouptitle{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>, which is described in <a
-href="#sec:newglossarystyle">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">13.2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:newglossarystyle">Defining your own
- glossary style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossarystyle --></a>.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 11969--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">listhypergroup</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 11969--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span><a
- id="dx1-157027"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">listgroup</span><a
- id="dx1-157028"></a> but has a navigation line at the start of the glossary with links to
- each group that is present in the glossary. This requires an additional run through LaTeX&#x00A0;to
- ensure the group information is up to date. In the navigation line, each group is separated
- by
- </p><!--l. 11975--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-157029"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glshypernavsep </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 11977--><p class="noindent" >
- which defaults to a vertical bar with a space on either side. For example, to simply have a space separating
- each group, do:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-339">
- \renewcommand*{\glshypernavsep}{\space}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 11982--><p class="nopar" >
- </p><!--l. 11984--><p class="noindent" >Note that the hyper-navigation line is now (as from version 1.14) set inside the optional
- argument to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\item</span><a
- id="dx1-157030"></a> instead of after it to prevent a spurious space at the start. This can cause a
- problem if the navigation line is too long. As from v4.22, if you need to adjust this, you can
- redefine
- </p><!--l. 11989--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-157031"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslistnavigationitem{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">navigation line</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 11991--><p class="noindent" >
- The default definition is <span
-class="cmtt-10">\item[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">navigation line</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span>but may be redefined independently of setting the style.
- For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-340">
- \renewcommand*{\glslistnavigationitem}[1]{\item&#x00A0;\textbf{#1}}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 11996--><p class="nopar" >
- </p><!--l. 11998--><p class="noindent" >You may prefer to use the tree-like styles, such as <span
-class="cmss-10">treehypergroup</span><a
- id="dx1-157032"></a> instead.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12001--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">altlist</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12001--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a
- id="dx1-157033"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">list</span><a
- id="dx1-157034"></a> but the description starts on the line following the name. (As with the <span
-class="cmss-10">list</span><a
- id="dx1-157035"></a> style,
- the symbol is ignored.) Each child entry starts a new line, but as with the <span
-class="cmss-10">list</span><a
- id="dx1-157036"></a> style, the name associated
- with each child entry is ignored.
- </p><!--l. 12007--><p class="noindent" >The closest matching non-list style is the <span
-class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-157037"></a> style with the following adjustment:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-341">
- \renewcommand{\glstreepredesc}{%
- &#x00A0;\glstreeitem\parindent\hangindent}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 12012--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12015--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">altlistgroup</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12015--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">altlistgroup</span><a
- id="dx1-157038"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a
- id="dx1-157039"></a> but the glossary groups have headings.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12018--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">altlisthypergroup</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12018--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">altlisthypergroup</span><a
- id="dx1-157040"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">altlistgroup</span><a
- id="dx1-157041"></a> but has a set of links to the glossary groups. The navigation
- line is the same as that for <span
-class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span><a
- id="dx1-157042"></a>, described above.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12023--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">listdotted</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12023--><p class="noindent" >This style uses the <span
-class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-157043"></a><a
- id="dx1-157044"></a> environment.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn2x13" id="fn2x13-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.2</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-157045f2"></a>
- Each entry starts with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\item[]</span></span></span>, followed by the name followed by a dotted line, followed
- by the description. Note that this style ignores both the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-157046"></a></a> and the symbol. The
- length
- </p><!--l. 12028--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-157047"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslistdottedwidth </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 12030--><p class="noindent" >
- governs where the description should start. This is a flat style, so child entries are formatted in the same
- way as the parent entries.
- </p><!--l. 12034--><p class="noindent" >A non-list alternative is to use the <span
-class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-157048"></a> style with
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-342">
- \renewcommand{\glstreepredesc}{\dotfill}
- \renewcommand{\glstreechildpredesc}{\dotfill}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 12039--><p class="nopar" > Note that this doesn&#8217;t use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslistdottedwidth </span>and causes the description to be flush-right and will
- display the symbol, if provided. (It also doesn&#8217;t suppress the number list<a
- id="dx1-157049"></a>, but that can be achieved with
- the <span
-class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-157050"></a> option.)
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12046--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">sublistdotted</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12046--><p class="noindent" >This is a variation on the <span
-class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a
- id="dx1-157051"></a> style designed for hierarchical glossaries. The main entries have just
- the name displayed. The sub entries are displayed in the same manner as <span
-class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a
- id="dx1-157052"></a>. Unlike the <span
-class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a
- id="dx1-157053"></a>
- style, this style is incompatible with <span
-class="cmss-10">classicthesis</span><a
- id="dx1-157054"></a>.</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 12055--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 12055--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1.2 </span> <a
- id="sec:longstyles"></a>Longtable Styles</h4>
-<!--l. 12058--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a
- id="dx1-158001"></a>. Since they all use the <span
-class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
- id="dx1-158002"></a><a
- id="dx1-158003"></a>
-environment, they are governed by the same parameters as that environment. Note that these styles will
-automatically be available unless you use the <span
-class="cmss-10">nolong</span><a
- id="dx1-158004"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">nostyles</span><a
- id="dx1-158005"></a> package options. These styles fully justify the
-description and page list columns. If you want ragged right formatting instead, use the analogous styles
-described in <a
-href="#sec:longraggedstyles">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">13.1.3</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:longraggedstyles">Longtable Styles (Ragged Right)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:longraggedstyles --></a>. If you want to incorporate rules
-from the <span
-class="cmss-10">booktabs</span><a
- id="dx1-158006"></a> package, try the styles described in <a
-href="#x1-16000013.1.4">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">13.1.4</span> </a><a
-href="#x1-16000013.1.4">Longtable Styles
-(<span
-class="cmss-10">booktabs</span>)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:longbooktabsstyles --></a>.
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12070--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">long</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12070--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-158007"></a> style uses the <span
-class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
- id="dx1-158008"></a><a
- id="dx1-158009"></a> environment (defined by the <span
-class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
- id="dx1-158010"></a> package). It has two columns:
- the first column contains the entry&#8217;s name and the second column contains the description followed
- by the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-158011"></a></a>. The entry&#8217;s symbol is ignored. Sub groups are separated with a blank row. The
- width of the first column is governed by the widest entry in that column. The width of the second
- column is governed by the length <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a
- id="dx1-158012"></a>. Child entries have a similar format to the parent
- entries except that their name is suppressed.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12081--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">longborder</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12081--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">longborder</span><a
- id="dx1-158013"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-158014"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.
-
-
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12084--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">longheader</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12084--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">longheader</span><a
- id="dx1-158015"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-158016"></a> but has a header row.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12087--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">longheaderborder</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12087--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">longheaderborder</span><a
- id="dx1-158017"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">longheader</span><a
- id="dx1-158018"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12091--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">long3col</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12091--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">long3col</span><a
- id="dx1-158019"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-158020"></a> but has three columns. The first column contains the entry&#8217;s name,
- the second column contains the description and the third column contains the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-158021"></a></a>. The
- entry&#8217;s symbol is ignored. The width of the first column is governed by the widest entry in that
- column, the width of the second column is governed by the length <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a
- id="dx1-158022"></a>, and the width
- of the third column is governed by the length <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a
- id="dx1-158023"></a>.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12101--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">long3colborder</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12101--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">long3colborder</span><a
- id="dx1-158024"></a> style is like the <span
-class="cmss-10">long3col</span><a
- id="dx1-158025"></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12105--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">long3colheader</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12105--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">long3colheader</span><a
- id="dx1-158026"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">long3col</span><a
- id="dx1-158027"></a> but has a header row.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12108--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">long3colheaderborder</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12108--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">long3colheaderborder</span><a
- id="dx1-158028"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">long3colheader</span><a
- id="dx1-158029"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around
- it.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12112--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">long4col</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12112--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">long4col</span><a
- id="dx1-158030"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">long3col</span><a
- id="dx1-158031"></a> but has an additional column in which the entry&#8217;s associated
- symbol appears. This style is used for brief single line descriptions. The column widths are governed
- by the widest entry in the given column. Use <span
-class="cmss-10">altlong4col</span><a
- id="dx1-158032"></a> for multi-line descriptions.
-
-
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12119--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">long4colborder</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12119--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">long4colborder</span><a
- id="dx1-158033"></a> style is like the <span
-class="cmss-10">long4col</span><a
- id="dx1-158034"></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12123--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">long4colheader</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12123--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">long4colheader</span><a
- id="dx1-158035"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">long4col</span><a
- id="dx1-158036"></a> but has a header row.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12126--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">long4colheaderborder</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12126--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">long4colheaderborder</span><a
- id="dx1-158037"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">long4colheader</span><a
- id="dx1-158038"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around
- it.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12130--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">altlong4col</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12130--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">altlong4col</span><a
- id="dx1-158039"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">long4col</span><a
- id="dx1-158040"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists. The width
- of the description column is governed by the length <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a
- id="dx1-158041"></a> and the width of the page
- list column is governed by the length <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a
- id="dx1-158042"></a>. The widths of the name and symbol
- columns are governed by the widest entry in the given column.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12138--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">altlong4colborder</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12138--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">altlong4colborder</span><a
- id="dx1-158043"></a> style is like the <span
-class="cmss-10">long4colborder</span><a
- id="dx1-158044"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page
- lists.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12142--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">altlong4colheader</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12142--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">altlong4colheader</span><a
- id="dx1-158045"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">long4colheader</span><a
- id="dx1-158046"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12146--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">altlong4colheaderborder</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12146--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">altlong4colheaderborder</span><a
- id="dx1-158047"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">long4colheaderborder</span><a
- id="dx1-158048"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and
- page lists.</p></dd></dl>
-
-
-<!--l. 12152--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 12152--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1.3 </span> <a
- id="sec:longraggedstyles"></a>Longtable Styles (Ragged Right)</h4>
-<!--l. 12155--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-longragged</span><a
- id="dx1-159001"></a>. These styles are analogous
-to those defined in <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a
- id="dx1-159002"></a> but the multiline columns are left justified instead of fully justified. Since these
-styles all use the <span
-class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
- id="dx1-159003"></a><a
- id="dx1-159004"></a> environment, they are governed by the same parameters as that environment. The
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-longragged</span><a
- id="dx1-159005"></a> package additionally requires the <span
-class="cmss-10">array</span><a
- id="dx1-159006"></a> package. Note that these styles will only be available
-if you explicitly load <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-longragged</span><a
- id="dx1-159007"></a>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-343">
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-\usepackage{glossary-longragged}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 12167--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can&#8217;t set these styles using the <span
-class="cmss-10">style</span><a
- id="dx1-159008"></a> package option since the styles aren&#8217;t defined until after the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has been loaded. If you want to incorporate rules from the <span
-class="cmss-10">booktabs</span><a
- id="dx1-159009"></a> package, try the styles
-described in <a
-href="#x1-16000013.1.4">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">13.1.4</span> </a><a
-href="#x1-16000013.1.4">Longtable Styles (<span
-class="cmss-10">booktabs</span>)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:longbooktabsstyles --></a>.
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12175--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">longragged</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12175--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">longragged</span><a
- id="dx1-159010"></a> style has two columns: the first column contains the entry&#8217;s name and the second
- column contains the (left-justified) description followed by the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-159011"></a></a>. The entry&#8217;s symbol is
- ignored. Sub groups are separated with a blank row. The width of the first column is governed
- by the widest entry in that column. The width of the second column is governed by the length
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a
- id="dx1-159012"></a>. Child entries have a similar format to the parent entries except that their name
- is suppressed.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12185--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">longraggedborder</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12185--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">longraggedborder</span><a
- id="dx1-159013"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">longragged</span><a
- id="dx1-159014"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12188--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">longraggedheader</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12188--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">longraggedheader</span><a
- id="dx1-159015"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">longragged</span><a
- id="dx1-159016"></a> but has a header row.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12191--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">longraggedheaderborder</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12191--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">longraggedheaderborder</span><a
- id="dx1-159017"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">longraggedheader</span><a
- id="dx1-159018"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines
- around it.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12195--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">longragged3col</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12195--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">longragged3col</span><a
- id="dx1-159019"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">longragged</span><a
- id="dx1-159020"></a> but has three columns. The first column contains the
- entry&#8217;s name, the second column contains the (left justified) description and the third column
- contains the (left justified) <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-159021"></a></a>. The entry&#8217;s symbol is ignored. The width of the first
- column is governed by the widest entry in that column, the width of the second column is governed
- by the length <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a
- id="dx1-159022"></a>, and the width of the third column is governed by the length
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a
- id="dx1-159023"></a>.
-
-
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12205--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">longragged3colborder</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12205--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">longragged3colborder</span><a
- id="dx1-159024"></a> style is like the <span
-class="cmss-10">longragged3col</span><a
- id="dx1-159025"></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines
- around it.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12209--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">longragged3colheader</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12209--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">longragged3colheader</span><a
- id="dx1-159026"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">longragged3col</span><a
- id="dx1-159027"></a> but has a header row.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12212--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">longragged3colheaderborder</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12212--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">longragged3colheaderborder</span><a
- id="dx1-159028"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">longragged3colheader</span><a
- id="dx1-159029"></a> but has horizontal and vertical
- lines around it.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12216--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">altlongragged4col</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12216--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">altlongragged4col</span><a
- id="dx1-159030"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">longragged3col</span><a
- id="dx1-159031"></a> but has an additional column in which the
- entry&#8217;s associated symbol appears. The width of the description column is governed by the
- length <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a
- id="dx1-159032"></a> and the width of the page list column is governed by the length
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a
- id="dx1-159033"></a>. The widths of the name and symbol columns are governed by the widest
- entry in the given column.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12224--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">altlongragged4colborder</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12224--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">altlongragged4colborder</span><a
- id="dx1-159034"></a> style is like the <span
-class="cmss-10">altlongragged4col</span><a
- id="dx1-159035"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines
- around it.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12229--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">altlongragged4colheader</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12229--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">altlongragged4colheader</span><a
- id="dx1-159036"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">altlongragged4col</span><a
- id="dx1-159037"></a> but has a header row.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12233--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">altlongragged4colheaderborder</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12233--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">altlongragged4colheaderborder</span><a
- id="dx1-159038"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">altlongragged4colheader</span><a
- id="dx1-159039"></a> but has horizontal and
- vertical lines around it.
-</p>
- </dd></dl>
-
-
-<!--l. 12240--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 12240--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1.4 </span> <a
- id="x1-16000013.1.4"></a>Longtable Styles (<span
-class="cmss-10">booktabs</span>)</h4>
-<!--l. 12243--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-longbooktabs</span><a
- id="dx1-160001"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 12246--><p class="indent" > Since these styles all use the <span
-class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
- id="dx1-160002"></a><a
- id="dx1-160003"></a> environment, they are governed by the same parameters as that
-environment. The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-longbooktabs</span><a
- id="dx1-160004"></a> package automatically loads the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a
- id="dx1-160005"></a> (<a
-href="#sec:longstyles">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">13.1.2</span>
-</a><a
-href="#sec:longstyles">Longtable Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:longstyles --></a>) and <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-longragged</span><a
- id="dx1-160006"></a> (<a
-href="#sec:longraggedstyles">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">13.1.3</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:longraggedstyles">Longtable Styles (Ragged Right)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:longraggedstyles --></a>) packages.
-Note that these styles will only be available if you explicitly load <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-longbooktabs</span><a
- id="dx1-160007"></a>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-344">
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-\usepackage{glossary-longbooktabs}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 12257--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can&#8217;t set these styles using the <span
-class="cmss-10">style</span><a
- id="dx1-160008"></a> package option since the styles aren&#8217;t defined until after the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has been loaded.
-</p><!--l. 12262--><p class="indent" > These styles are similar to the &#8220;header&#8221; styles in the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a
- id="dx1-160009"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-ragged</span><a
- id="dx1-160010"></a> packages, but they add
-the rules provided by the <span
-class="cmss-10">booktabs</span><a
- id="dx1-160011"></a> package, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\toprule</span><a
- id="dx1-160012"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\midrule</span><a
- id="dx1-160013"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\bottomrule</span><a
- id="dx1-160014"></a>. Additionally these styles
-patch the <span
-class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
- id="dx1-160015"></a><a
- id="dx1-160016"></a> environment to check for instances of the group skip occurring at a page break. If you don&#8217;t
-want this patch to affect any other use of <span
-class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
- id="dx1-160017"></a><a
- id="dx1-160018"></a> in your document, you can scope the effect by only setting
-the style through the <span
-class="cmtt-10">style</span><a
- id="dx1-160019"></a> key in the optional argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span>. (The <span
-class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a
- id="dx1-160020"></a> package option
-is checked by these styles.)
-</p><!--l. 12275--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, you can restore the original <span
-class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
- id="dx1-160021"></a><a
- id="dx1-160022"></a> behaviour with:
-</p><!--l. 12277--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-160023"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsrestoreLToutput </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12279--><p class="noindent" >
-For more information about the patch, see the documented code (<span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>).
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12284--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmssbx-10">long-booktabs</span><a
- id="dx1-160024"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12284--><p class="noindent" >This style is similar to the <span
-class="cmss-10">longheader</span><a
- id="dx1-160025"></a> style but adds rules above and below the header (<span
-class="cmtt-10">\toprule</span>
- and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\midrule</span>) and inserts a rule at the bottom of the table (<span
-class="cmtt-10">\bottomrule</span>).
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12289--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmssbx-10">long3col-booktabs</span><a
- id="dx1-160026"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12289--><p class="noindent" >This style is similar to the <span
-class="cmss-10">long3colheader</span><a
- id="dx1-160027"></a> style but adds rules as per <span
-class="cmss-10">long-booktabs</span><a
- id="dx1-160028"></a>.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12293--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmssbx-10">long4col-booktabs</span><a
- id="dx1-160029"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12293--><p class="noindent" >This style is similar to the <span
-class="cmss-10">long4colheader</span><a
- id="dx1-160030"></a> style but adds rules as above.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12296--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmssbx-10">altlong4col-booktabs</span><a
- id="dx1-160031"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12296--><p class="noindent" >This style is similar to the <span
-class="cmss-10">altlong4colheader</span><a
- id="dx1-160032"></a> style but adds rules as above.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12299--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmssbx-10">longragged-booktabs</span><a
- id="dx1-160033"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12299--><p class="noindent" >This style is similar to the <span
-class="cmss-10">longraggedheader</span><a
- id="dx1-160034"></a> style but adds rules as above.
-
-
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12302--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmssbx-10">longragged3col-booktabs</span><a
- id="dx1-160035"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12302--><p class="noindent" >This style is similar to the <span
-class="cmss-10">longragged3colheader</span><a
- id="dx1-160036"></a> style but adds rules as above.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12305--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmssbx-10">altlongragged4col-booktabs</span><a
- id="dx1-160037"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12305--><p class="noindent" >This style is similar to the <span
-class="cmss-10">altlongragged4colheader</span><a
- id="dx1-160038"></a> style but adds rules as above.
-</p>
- </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 12310--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 12310--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1.5 </span> <a
- id="sec:superstyles"></a>Supertabular Styles</h4>
-<!--l. 12313--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-super</span><a
- id="dx1-161001"></a>. Since they all use the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">supertabular</span><a
- id="dx1-161002"></a><a
- id="dx1-161003"></a> environment, they are governed by the same parameters as that environment. Note that these styles
-will automatically be available unless you use the <span
-class="cmss-10">nosuper</span><a
- id="dx1-161004"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">nostyles</span><a
- id="dx1-161005"></a> package options. In general,
-the <span
-class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
- id="dx1-161006"></a><a
- id="dx1-161007"></a> environment is better, but there are some circumstances where it is better to use
-<span
-class="cmss-10">supertabular</span><a
- id="dx1-161008"></a><a
- id="dx1-161009"></a>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn3x13" id="fn3x13-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.3</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-161010f3"></a>
-These styles fully justify the description and page list columns. If you want ragged right formatting
-instead, use the analogous styles described in <a
-href="#sec:superraggedstyles">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">13.1.6</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:superraggedstyles">Supertabular Styles (Ragged
-Right)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:superraggedstyles --></a>.
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12326--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">super</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12326--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">super</span><a
- id="dx1-161012"></a> style uses the <span
-class="cmss-10">supertabular</span><a
- id="dx1-161013"></a><a
- id="dx1-161014"></a> environment (defined by the <span
-class="cmss-10">supertabular</span><a
- id="dx1-161015"></a> package). It has two
- columns: the first column contains the entry&#8217;s name and the second column contains the description
- followed by the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-161016"></a></a>. The entry&#8217;s symbol is ignored. Sub groups are separated with a blank
- row. The width of the first column is governed by the widest entry in that column. The width of
- the second column is governed by the length <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a
- id="dx1-161017"></a>. Child entries have a similar format
- to the parent entries except that their name is suppressed.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12337--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">superborder</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12337--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">superborder</span><a
- id="dx1-161018"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">super</span><a
- id="dx1-161019"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12340--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">superheader</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
-
-
- <!--l. 12340--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">superheader</span><a
- id="dx1-161020"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">super</span><a
- id="dx1-161021"></a> but has a header row.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12343--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">superheaderborder</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12343--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">superheaderborder</span><a
- id="dx1-161022"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">superheader</span><a
- id="dx1-161023"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12347--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">super3col</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12347--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">super3col</span><a
- id="dx1-161024"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">super</span><a
- id="dx1-161025"></a> but has three columns. The first column contains the entry&#8217;s name,
- the second column contains the description and the third column contains the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-161026"></a></a>. The
- entry&#8217;s symbol is ignored. The width of the first column is governed by the widest entry in that
- column. The width of the second column is governed by the length <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a
- id="dx1-161027"></a>. The width of
- the third column is governed by the length <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a
- id="dx1-161028"></a>.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12357--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">super3colborder</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12357--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">super3colborder</span><a
- id="dx1-161029"></a> style is like the <span
-class="cmss-10">super3col</span><a
- id="dx1-161030"></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12361--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">super3colheader</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12361--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">super3colheader</span><a
- id="dx1-161031"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">super3col</span><a
- id="dx1-161032"></a> but has a header row.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12364--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">super3colheaderborder</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12364--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">super3colheaderborder</span><a
- id="dx1-161033"></a> style is like the <span
-class="cmss-10">super3colheader</span><a
- id="dx1-161034"></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines
- around it.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12368--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">super4col</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12368--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">super4col</span><a
- id="dx1-161035"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">super3col</span><a
- id="dx1-161036"></a> but has an additional column in which the entry&#8217;s associated
- symbol appears. This style is designed for entries with brief single line descriptions. The column
- widths are governed by the widest entry in the given column. Use <span
-class="cmss-10">altsuper4col</span><a
- id="dx1-161037"></a> for multi-line
- descriptions.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12375--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">super4colborder</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12375--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">super4colborder</span><a
- id="dx1-161038"></a> style is like the <span
-class="cmss-10">super4col</span><a
- id="dx1-161039"></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.
-
-
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12379--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">super4colheader</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12379--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">super4colheader</span><a
- id="dx1-161040"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">super4col</span><a
- id="dx1-161041"></a> but has a header row.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12382--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">super4colheaderborder</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12382--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">super4colheaderborder</span><a
- id="dx1-161042"></a> style is like the <span
-class="cmss-10">super4colheader</span><a
- id="dx1-161043"></a> style but has horizontal and vertical lines
- around it.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12386--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">altsuper4col</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12386--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">altsuper4col</span><a
- id="dx1-161044"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">super4col</span><a
- id="dx1-161045"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists. The width
- of the description column is governed by the length <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a
- id="dx1-161046"></a> and the width of the page list
- column is governed by the length <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a
- id="dx1-161047"></a>. The width of the name and symbol columns
- is governed by the widest entry in the given column.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12395--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">altsuper4colborder</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12395--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">altsuper4colborder</span><a
- id="dx1-161048"></a> style is like the <span
-class="cmss-10">super4colborder</span><a
- id="dx1-161049"></a> style but allows multi-line descriptions and
- page lists.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12399--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">altsuper4colheader</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12399--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">altsuper4colheader</span><a
- id="dx1-161050"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">super4colheader</span><a
- id="dx1-161051"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12403--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">altsuper4colheaderborder</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12403--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">altsuper4colheaderborder</span><a
- id="dx1-161052"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">super4colheaderborder</span><a
- id="dx1-161053"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions
- and page lists.</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 12409--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 12409--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1.6 </span> <a
- id="sec:superraggedstyles"></a>Supertabular Styles (Ragged Right)</h4>
-<!--l. 12412--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-superragged</span><a
- id="dx1-162001"></a>. These styles are
-analogous to those defined in <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-super</span><a
- id="dx1-162002"></a> but the multiline columns are left justified instead of fully justified.
-Since these styles all use the <span
-class="cmss-10">supertabular</span><a
- id="dx1-162003"></a><a
- id="dx1-162004"></a> environment, they are governed by the same parameters as that
-environment. The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-superragged</span><a
- id="dx1-162005"></a> package additionally requires the <span
-class="cmss-10">array</span><a
- id="dx1-162006"></a> package. Note that these styles
-will only be available if you explicitly load <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-superragged</span><a
- id="dx1-162007"></a>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-345">
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-\usepackage{glossary-superragged}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 12424--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can&#8217;t set these styles using the <span
-class="cmss-10">style</span><a
- id="dx1-162008"></a> package option since the styles aren&#8217;t defined until after the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has been loaded.
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12430--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">superragged</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12430--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">superragged</span><a
- id="dx1-162009"></a> style uses the <span
-class="cmss-10">supertabular</span><a
- id="dx1-162010"></a><a
- id="dx1-162011"></a> environment (defined by the <span
-class="cmss-10">supertabular</span><a
- id="dx1-162012"></a> package). It
- has two columns: the first column contains the entry&#8217;s name and the second column contains the
- (left justified) description followed by the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-162013"></a></a>. The entry&#8217;s symbol is ignored. Sub groups
- are separated with a blank row. The width of the first column is governed by the widest entry in
- that column. The width of the second column is governed by the length <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a
- id="dx1-162014"></a>. Child
- entries have a similar format to the parent entries except that their name is suppressed.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12441--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">superraggedborder</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12441--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">superraggedborder</span><a
- id="dx1-162015"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">superragged</span><a
- id="dx1-162016"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12445--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">superraggedheader</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12445--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">superraggedheader</span><a
- id="dx1-162017"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">superragged</span><a
- id="dx1-162018"></a> but has a header row.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12448--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">superraggedheaderborder</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12448--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">superraggedheaderborder</span><a
- id="dx1-162019"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">superraggedheader</span><a
- id="dx1-162020"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines
- around it.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12453--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">superragged3col</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12453--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">superragged3col</span><a
- id="dx1-162021"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">superragged</span><a
- id="dx1-162022"></a> but has three columns. The first column contains
- the entry&#8217;s name, the second column contains the (left justified) description and the third column
- contains the (left justified) <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-162023"></a></a>. The entry&#8217;s symbol is ignored. The width of the first
- column is governed by the widest entry in that column. The width of the second column is
- governed by the length <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a
- id="dx1-162024"></a>. The width of the third column is governed by the length
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a
- id="dx1-162025"></a>.
-
-
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12463--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">superragged3colborder</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12463--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">superragged3colborder</span><a
- id="dx1-162026"></a> style is like the <span
-class="cmss-10">superragged3col</span><a
- id="dx1-162027"></a> style but has horizontal and vertical
- lines around it.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12467--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">superragged3colheader</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12467--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">superragged3colheader</span><a
- id="dx1-162028"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">superragged3col</span><a
- id="dx1-162029"></a> but has a header row.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12470--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">superragged3colheaderborder</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12470--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">superragged3colheaderborder</span><a
- id="dx1-162030"></a> style is like the above but has horizontal and vertical lines around
- it.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12475--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">altsuperragged4col</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12475--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">altsuperragged4col</span><a
- id="dx1-162031"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">superragged3col</span><a
- id="dx1-162032"></a> but has an additional column in which the entry&#8217;s
- associated symbol appears. The column widths for the name and symbol column are governed by
- the widest entry in the given column.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12481--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">altsuperragged4colborder</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12481--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">altsuperragged4colborder</span><a
- id="dx1-162033"></a> style is like the <span
-class="cmss-10">altsuperragged4col</span><a
- id="dx1-162034"></a> style but has horizontal and vertical
- lines around it.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12486--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">altsuperragged4colheader</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12486--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">altsuperragged4colheader</span><a
- id="dx1-162035"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">altsuperragged4col</span><a
- id="dx1-162036"></a> but has a header row.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12490--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">altsuperragged4colheaderborder</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12490--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">altsuperragged4colheaderborder</span><a
- id="dx1-162037"></a> style is like the above but has horizontal and vertical lines
- around it.
-</p>
- </dd></dl>
-
-
-<!--l. 12497--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 12497--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1.7 </span> <a
- id="sec:treestyles"></a>Tree-Like Styles</h4>
-<!--l. 12500--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
- id="dx1-163001"></a>. These styles are designed for
-hierarchical glossaries but can also be used with glossaries that don&#8217;t have sub-entries. These styles will display
-the entry&#8217;s symbol if it exists. Note that these styles will automatically be available unless you use the <span
-class="cmss-10">notree</span><a
- id="dx1-163002"></a> or
-<span
-class="cmss-10">nostyles</span><a
- id="dx1-163003"></a> package options.
-</p><!--l. 12508--><p class="indent" > These styles all format the entry name using:
-</p><!--l. 12509--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-163004"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12511--><p class="noindent" >
-This defaults to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\textbf{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>, but note that &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; includes <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont</span><a
- id="dx1-163005"></a> so the bold setting in
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefont </span>may be counteracted by another font change in <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>(or in <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span>). The
-tree-like styles that also display the header use
-</p><!--l. 12517--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-163006"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderfmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12519--><p class="noindent" >
-to format the heading. This defaults to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>. The tree-like styles that display navigation
-links to the groups (such as <span
-class="cmss-10">indexhypergroup</span><a
- id="dx1-163007"></a>), format the navigation line using
-</p><!--l. 12524--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-163008"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstreenavigationfmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12526--><p class="noindent" >
-which defaults to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 12529--><p class="indent" > Note that this is different from <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslistnavigationitem</span>, provided with the styles such as <span
-class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span><a
- id="dx1-163009"></a>, as
-that also includes <span
-class="cmtt-10">\item</span>.
-</p><!--l. 12533--><p class="indent" > With the exception of the <span
-class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-163010"></a> style (and those derived from it), the space before the description for
-top-level entries is produced with
-</p><!--l. 12536--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-163011"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstreepredesc </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12538--><p class="noindent" >
-This defaults to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\space</span>.
-</p><!--l. 12541--><p class="indent" > With the exception of the <span
-class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a
- id="dx1-163012"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-163013"></a> styles (and those derived from them), the space before the
-description for child entries is produced with
-</p><!--l. 12545--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-163014"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildpredesc </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12547--><p class="noindent" >
-This defaults to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\space</span>.
-</p><!--l. 12550--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Most of these styles are not designed for multi-paragraph descriptions. (The <span
-class="cmss-10">tree</span><a
- id="dx1-163015"></a> style isn&#8217;t too bad for
-multi-paragraph top-level entry descriptions, or you can use the <span
-class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-163016"></a> style with the adjustment shown below.)
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 12555--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12558--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">index</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12558--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-163017"></a> style is similar to the way indices are usually formatted in that it has a hierarchical
- structure up to three levels (the main level plus two sub-levels). The name is typeset in bold, and if
- the symbol is present it is set in parentheses after the name and before the description. Sub-entries
- are indented and also include the name, the symbol in brackets (if present) and the description.
-
-
- Groups are separated using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\indexspace</span><a
- id="dx1-163018"></a>.
- </p><!--l. 12567--><p class="noindent" >Each main level item is started with
- </p><!--l. 12568--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-163019"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstreeitem </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 12570--><p class="noindent" >
- The level&#x00A0;1 entries are started with
- </p><!--l. 12572--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-163020"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstreesubitem </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 12574--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 12576--><p class="noindent" >The level&#x00A0;2 entries are started with
- </p><!--l. 12577--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-163021"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstreesubsubitem </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 12579--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 12581--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <span
-class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-163022"></a> style automatically sets
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-346">
- \let\item\glstreeitem
- \let\subitem\glstreesubitem
- \let\subsubitem\glstreesubsubitem
-</pre>
- <!--l. 12586--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the glossary for backward compatibility.
- </p><!--l. 12589--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-163023"></a> style isn&#8217;t suitable for multi-paragraph descriptions, but this limitation can be overcome by
- redefining the above commands. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-347">
- \renewcommand{\glstreeitem}{%
- &#x00A0;\parindent0pt\par\hangindent40pt
- &#x00A0;\everypar{\parindent50pt\hangindent40pt}}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 12596--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12598--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">indexgroup</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12598--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">indexgroup</span><a
- id="dx1-163024"></a> style is similar to the <span
-class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-163025"></a> style except that each group has a heading obtained using
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgetgrouptitle{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>, which is described in <a
-href="#sec:newglossarystyle">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">13.2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:newglossarystyle">Defining your own glossary
- style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossarystyle --></a>.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12603--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">indexhypergroup</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12603--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">indexhypergroup</span><a
- id="dx1-163026"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">indexgroup</span><a
- id="dx1-163027"></a> but has a set of links to the glossary groups. The
- navigation line is the same as that for <span
-class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span><a
- id="dx1-163028"></a>, described above, but is formatted using
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstreenavigationfmt</span>.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12609--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">tree</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12609--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">tree</span><a
- id="dx1-163029"></a> style is similar to the <span
-class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-163030"></a> style except that it can have arbitrary levels. (Note that <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-163031"></a></a> is
- limited to three levels, so you will need to use <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-163032"></a></a> if you want more than three levels.) Each sub-level is
- indented by <a
- id="dx1-163033"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstreeindent</span>. Note that the name, symbol (if present) and description are placed in the
- same paragraph block. If you want the name to be apart from the description, use the <span
-class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-163034"></a> style instead.
- (See below.)
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12619--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">treegroup</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12619--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">treegroup</span><a
- id="dx1-163035"></a> style is similar to the <span
-class="cmss-10">tree</span><a
- id="dx1-163036"></a> style except that each group has a heading.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12622--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">treehypergroup</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12622--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">treehypergroup</span><a
- id="dx1-163037"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">treegroup</span><a
- id="dx1-163038"></a> but has a set of links to the glossary groups. The
- navigation line is the same as that for <span
-class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span><a
- id="dx1-163039"></a>, described above, but is formatted using
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstreenavigationfmt</span>.
-
-
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12628--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">treenoname</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12628--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a
- id="dx1-163040"></a> style is like the <span
-class="cmss-10">tree</span><a
- id="dx1-163041"></a> style except that the name for each sub-entry is ignored.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12632--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">treenonamegroup</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12632--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">treenonamegroup</span><a
- id="dx1-163042"></a> style is similar to the <span
-class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a
- id="dx1-163043"></a> style except that each group has a
- heading.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12636--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">treenonamehypergroup</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12636--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">treenonamehypergroup</span><a
- id="dx1-163044"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">treenonamegroup</span><a
- id="dx1-163045"></a> but has a set of links to the glossary groups. The
- navigation line is the same as that for <span
-class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span><a
- id="dx1-163046"></a>, described above, but is formatted using
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstreenavigationfmt</span>.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12642--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">alttree</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12642--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-163047"></a> style is similar to the <span
-class="cmss-10">tree</span><a
- id="dx1-163048"></a> style except that the indentation for each level is determined by the
- width of the text specified by
- </p><!--l. 12645--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-163049"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 12647--><p class="noindent" >
- The optional argument &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">level</span>&#x27E9; indicates the level, where 0 indicates the top-most level, 1 indicates the first
- level sub-entries, etc. If <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>hasn&#8217;t been used for a given sub-level, the level&#x00A0;0 widest text is
- used instead. If &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">level</span>&#x27E9; is omitted, 0 is assumed.
- </p><!--l. 12654--><p class="noindent" >As from v4.22, the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
- id="dx1-163050"></a> package also provides
- </p><!--l. 12655--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-163051"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfindwidesttoplevelname[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 12657--><p class="noindent" >
- This iterates over all parentless entries in the given glossary lists and determines the widest entry. If the
- optional argument is omitted, all glossaries are assumed (as per <span
-class="cmtt-10">\forallglossaries</span>).
- </p><!--l. 12662--><p class="noindent" >For example, to have the same name width for all glossaries:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-348">
- \glsfindwidesttoplevelname
- \setglossarystyle{alttree}
- \printglossaries
-</pre>
- <!--l. 12667--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, to compute the widest entry for each glossary before it&#8217;s displayed:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-349">
- \renewcommand{\glossarypreamble}{%
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsfindwidesttoplevelname[\currentglossary]}
- \setglossarystyle{alttree}
- \printglossaries
-</pre>
- <!--l. 12675--><p class="nopar" >
- </p><!--l. 12677--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> These commands only affects the <span
-class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-163052"></a> styles, including those listed below and the ones in the
- <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols</span><a
- id="dx1-163053"></a> package. If you forget to set the widest entry name, the description will overwrite the name.
- </div>
- </p><!--l. 12682--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 12684--><p class="noindent" >For each level, the name is placed to the left of the paragraph block containing the symbol
- (optional) and the description. If the symbol is present, it is placed in parentheses before the
- description.
- </p><!--l. 12689--><p class="noindent" >The name is placed inside a left-aligned <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makebox</span>. As from v4.19, this can now be adjusted by
- redefining
- </p><!--l. 12691--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-163054"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamebox{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">width</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 12693--><p class="noindent" >
- where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">width</span>&#x27E9; is the width of the box and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; is the contents of the box. For example, to make the name
- right-aligned:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-350">
- \renewcommand*{\glstreenamebox}[2]{%
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;\makebox[#1][r]{#2}%
- }
-</pre>
- <!--l. 12700--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12702--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">alttreegroup</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12702--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">alttreegroup</span><a
- id="dx1-163055"></a> is like the <span
-class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-163056"></a> style except that each group has a heading.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12705--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">alttreehypergroup</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 12705--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">alttreehypergroup</span><a
- id="dx1-163057"></a> style is like <span
-class="cmss-10">alttreegroup</span><a
- id="dx1-163058"></a> but has a set of links to the glossary groups. The navigation
- line is the same as that for <span
-class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span><a
- id="dx1-163059"></a>, described above.
-</p>
- </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 12712--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 12712--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1.8 </span> <a
- id="sec:mcolstyles"></a>Multicols Style</h4>
-<!--l. 12715--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols</span><a
- id="dx1-164001"></a> package provides tree-like styles that are in the <span
-class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a
- id="dx1-164002"></a><a
- id="dx1-164003"></a> environment (defined by the <span
-class="cmss-10">multicol</span><a
- id="dx1-164004"></a>
-package). The style names are as their analogous tree styles (as defined in <a
-href="#sec:treestyles">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">13.1.7</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:treestyles">Tree-Like Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:treestyles --></a>) but
-are prefixed with &#8220;mcol&#8221;. For example, the <span
-class="cmss-10">mcolindex</span><a
- id="dx1-164005"></a> style is essentially the <span
-class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-164006"></a> style but put in a <span
-class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a
- id="dx1-164007"></a><a
- id="dx1-164008"></a>
-environment. For the complete list, see <a
-href="#tab:mcols">table&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmbx-10">13.2</span></a>. The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
- id="dx1-164009"></a> package is automatically loaded by
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols</span><a
- id="dx1-164010"></a> (even if the <span
-class="cmss-10">notree</span><a
- id="dx1-164011"></a> package option is used when loading <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>). The formatting commands
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderfmt </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstreenavigationfmt </span>are all used by the corresponding
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols</span><a
- id="dx1-164012"></a> styles.
-</p><!--l. 12730--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols</span><a
- id="dx1-164013"></a> is not loaded by <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. If you want to use any of the multicol styles in that
-package you need to load it explicitly with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage </span>and set the required glossary style using
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a
- id="dx1-164014"></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 12735--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 12737--><p class="indent" > The default number of columns is 2, but can be changed by redefining
-</p><!--l. 12738--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-164015"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsmcols </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12740--><p class="noindent" >
-to the required number. For example, for a three column glossary:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-351">
-\usepackage{glossary-mcols}
-\renewcommand*{\glsmcols}{3}
-\setglossarystyle{mcolindex}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 12746--><p class="nopar" >
-</p>
- <div class="table">
-
-
-<!--l. 12748--><p class="indent" > <a
- id="tab:mcols"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
->
-
-
- <div class="caption"
-><span class="id">Table&#x00A0;13.2: </span><span
-class="content">Multicolumn Styles</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-1640162 -->
-<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-10" class="tabular"
+<dd> This contains the entries that were defined with <a id="wrglossary.15340"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">={notation}</span>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15341"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@entry</code>{not:set,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15342"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={$<code class="cmd">\mathcal</code>{S}$}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15343"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={A set}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15344"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\mathcal</code>{S}}</span>
+}
+</pre> You may prefer to replace <code class="code">@entry</code> with <code class="code">@symbol</code> in this file. </dd>
-><colgroup id="TBL-10-1g"><col
-id="TBL-10-1" /><col
-id="TBL-10-2" /></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmssbx-10">glossary-mcols</span><a
- id="dx1-164017"></a> <span
-class="cmbx-10">Style </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-1-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">Analogous Tree Style </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-2-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmss-10">mcolindex</span><a
- id="dx1-164018"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-2-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-164019"></a> </td></tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-3-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmss-10">mcolindexgroup</span><a
- id="dx1-164020"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-3-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmss-10">indexgroup</span><a
- id="dx1-164021"></a></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-4-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmss-10">mcolindexhypergroup</span><a
- id="dx1-164022"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">mcolindexspannav</span><a
- id="dx1-164023"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-4-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmss-10">indexhypergroup</span><a
- id="dx1-164024"></a> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-5-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmss-10">mcoltree</span><a
- id="dx1-164025"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-5-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmss-10">tree</span><a
- id="dx1-164026"></a> </td></tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-6-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmss-10">mcoltreegroup</span><a
- id="dx1-164027"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-6-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmss-10">treegroup</span><a
- id="dx1-164028"></a></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-7-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmss-10">mcoltreehypergroup</span><a
- id="dx1-164029"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">mcoltreespannav</span><a
- id="dx1-164030"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-7-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmss-10">treehypergroup</span><a
- id="dx1-164031"></a> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-8-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmss-10">mcoltreenoname</span><a
- id="dx1-164032"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-8-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a
- id="dx1-164033"></a> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-9-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmss-10">mcoltreenonamegroup</span><a
- id="dx1-164034"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-9-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmss-10">treenonamegroup</span><a
- id="dx1-164035"></a> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-10-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmss-10">mcoltreenonamehypergroup</span><a
- id="dx1-164036"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">mcoltreenonamespannav</span><a
- id="dx1-164037"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-10-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmss-10">treenonamehypergroup</span><a
- id="dx1-164038"></a> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-11-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmss-10">mcolalttree</span><a
- id="dx1-164039"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-11-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-164040"></a> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-12-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmss-10">mcolalttreegroup</span><a
- id="dx1-164041"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-12-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmss-10">alttreegroup</span><a
- id="dx1-164042"></a> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-13-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmss-10">mcolalttreehypergroup</span><a
- id="dx1-164043"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">mcolalttreespannav</span><a
- id="dx1-164044"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-13-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmss-10">alttreehypergroup</span><a
- id="dx1-164045"></a> </td></tr></table></div>
-
-
- </div><hr class="endfloat" />
- </div>
-<!--l. 12773--><p class="indent" > The styles with a navigation line, such as <span
-class="cmss-10">mcoltreehypergroup</span><a
- id="dx1-164046"></a>, now have a variant (as from
-v4.22) with &#8220;hypergroup&#8221; replaced with &#8220;spannav&#8221; in the style name. The original &#8220;hypergroup&#8221;
-styles place the navigation line at the start of the first column. The newer &#8220;spannav&#8221; styles put the
-navigation line in the optional argument of the <span
-class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a
- id="dx1-164047"></a><a
- id="dx1-164048"></a> environment so that it spans across all the
-columns.
-</p>
-<!--l. 12781--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1.9 </span> <a
- id="sec:inline"></a>In-Line Style</h4>
-<!--l. 12784--><p class="noindent" >This section covers the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-inline</span><a
- id="dx1-165001"></a> package that supplies the <span
-class="cmss-10">inline</span><a
- id="dx1-165002"></a> style. This is a style that is designed for
-in-line use (as opposed to block styles, such as lists or tables). This style doesn&#8217;t display the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number
-list<a
- id="dx1-165003"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 12789--><p class="indent" > You will most likely need to redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossarysection</span><a
- id="dx1-165004"></a> with this style. For example, suppose you are
-required to have your glossaries and list of acronyms in a footnote, you can do:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-352">
-&#x00A0;\usepackage{glossary-inline}
-&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{\textbf{#1}:&#x00A0;}
-&#x00A0;\setglossarystyle{inline}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 12797--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 12799--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that you need to include <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-inline</span><a
- id="dx1-165005"></a> with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage </span>as it&#8217;s not automatically included by the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package and then set the style using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a
- id="dx1-165006"></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 12804--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 12806--><p class="indent" > Where you need to include your glossaries as a footnote you can do:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-353">
-\footnote{\printglossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 12809--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 12811--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="cmss-10">inline</span><a
- id="dx1-165007"></a> style is governed by the following:
-</p><!--l. 12812--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-165008"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsinlineseparator</span><a
- id="dx1-165009"></a> </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12814--><p class="noindent" >
-This defaults to &#8220;<span
-class="cmtt-10">; </span>&#8221; and is used between main (i.e.&#x00A0;level&#x00A0;0) entries.
-</p><!--l. 12817--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-165010"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsinlinesubseparator</span><a
- id="dx1-165011"></a> </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12819--><p class="noindent" >
-This defaults to &#8220;<span
-class="cmtt-10">, </span>&#8221; and is used between sub-entries.
-</p><!--l. 12822--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-165012"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsinlineparentchildseparator</span><a
- id="dx1-165013"></a> </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12824--><p class="noindent" >
-This defaults to &#8220;<span
-class="cmtt-10">: </span>&#8221; and is used between a parent main entry and its first sub-entry.
-</p><!--l. 12827--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-165014"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspostinline</span><a
- id="dx1-165015"></a> </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12829--><p class="noindent" >
-This defaults to &#8220;<span
-class="cmtt-10">; </span>&#8221; and is used at the end of the glossary.
-</p><!--l. 12832--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-165016"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsinlinenameformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12834--><p class="noindent" >
-This is used to format the entry name and defaults to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstarget{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>, where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is provided in
-the form <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry&#8217;s label. For example, if you want the name to appear in
-<a
-href="#glo:smallcaps">small caps<a
- id="dx1-165017"></a></a>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-354">
-\renewcommand*{\glsinlinenameformat}[2]{\glstarget{#1}{\textsc{#2}}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 12842--><p class="nopar" > Sub-entry names are formatted according to
-</p><!--l. 12844--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-165018"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsinlinesubnameformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12846--><p class="noindent" >
-This defaults to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstarget{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{}</span></span></span> so the sub-entry name is ignored.
-</p><!--l. 12850--><p class="indent" > If the description has been suppressed (according to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsdescsuppressed</span>) then
-</p><!--l. 12852--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-165019"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsinlineemptydescformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">symbol</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">number list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12854--><p class="noindent" >
-(which defaults to nothing) is used, otherwise the description is formatted according to
-</p><!--l. 12857--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-165020"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsinlinedescformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">description</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">symbol</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">number list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12860--><p class="noindent" >
-This defaults to just <span
-class="cmtt-10">\space</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">description</span>&#x27E9; so the symbol and location list are ignored. If the description is missing
-(according to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasdesc</span>), then <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsinlineemptydescformat </span>is used instead.
-</p><!--l. 12866--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want a colon between the name and the description:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-355">
-\renewcommand*{\glsinlinedescformat}[3]{:&#x00A0;#1}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 12870--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 12872--><p class="indent" > The sub-entry description is formatted according to:
-</p><!--l. 12873--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-165021"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsinlinesubdescformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">description</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">symbol</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">number list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12876--><p class="noindent" >
-This defaults to just &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">description</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 12879--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 12879--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.2 </span> <a
- id="sec:newglossarystyle"></a>Defining your own glossary style</h3>
-<!--l. 12882--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>are designed to produce content in the PDF. If your intention is to design a
-style that doesn&#8217;t print any content (for example, to simply capture information) then you are likely to
-experience unwanted side-effects. If you just want to capture indexing information (such as locations) then a
-much better approach is to use <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-166001"></a></a>, which automatically stores this information in dedicated fields when
-the entry is defined. </div>
-</p><!--l. 12890--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 12892--><p class="noindent" >If the predefined styles don&#8217;t fit your requirements, you can define your own style using:
-</p><!--l. 12894--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-166002"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossarystyle{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">definitions</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12896--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the new glossary style (to be used in <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span>). The second argument
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">definitions</span>&#x27E9; needs to redefine all of the following:
-</p><!--l. 12901--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-166003"></a><a
- id="dx1-166004"></a> <span
-class="cmss-10">theglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-166005"></a><a
- id="dx1-166006"></a> </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12903--><p class="noindent" >
-This environment defines how the main body of the glossary should be typeset.
-</p><!--l. 12907--><p class="indent" > Note that this does not include the section heading, the glossary preamble (defined by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span><a
- id="dx1-166007"></a>)
-or the glossary postamble (defined by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossarypostamble</span><a
- id="dx1-166008"></a>). For example, the <span
-class="cmss-10">list</span><a
- id="dx1-166009"></a> style uses the <span
-class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-166010"></a><a
- id="dx1-166011"></a>
-environment, so the <span
-class="cmss-10">theglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-166012"></a><a
- id="dx1-166013"></a> environment is simply redefined to begin and end the <span
-class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-166014"></a><a
- id="dx1-166015"></a>
-environment.
-</p><!--l. 12914--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-166016"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossaryheader </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12916--><p class="noindent" >
-This macro indicates what to do at the start of the main body of the glossary. Note that this is not the same as
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span><a
- id="dx1-166017"></a>, which should not be affected by changes in the glossary style. The <span
-class="cmss-10">list</span><a
- id="dx1-166018"></a> glossary style
-redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossaryheader</span><a
- id="dx1-166019"></a> to do nothing, whereas the <span
-class="cmss-10">longheader</span><a
- id="dx1-166020"></a> glossary style redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossaryheader </span>to
-do a header row.
-</p><!--l. 12924--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-166021"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12926--><p class="noindent" >
-This macro indicates what to do at the start of each logical block within the main body of the glossary. If you
-use <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-166022"></a></a> the glossary is sub-divided into a maximum of twenty-eight logical blocks that are determined by
-
-
-the first character of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-166023"></a> key (or <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-166024"></a> key if the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-166025"></a> key is omitted). The sub-divisions are in the
-following order: symbols, numbers, A, &#x2026;, Z. If you use <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-166026"></a></a>, the sub-divisions depend on the language
-settings.
-</p><!--l. 12937--><p class="indent" > Note that the argument to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading </span>is a label <span
-class="cmti-10">not </span>the group title. The group title can be obtained
-via
-</p><!--l. 12940--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-166027"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgetgrouptitle{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12942--><p class="noindent" >
-This obtains the title as follows: if &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; consists of a single non-active character or &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is equal to <span
-class="cmtt-10">glssymbols</span>
-or <span
-class="cmtt-10">glsnumbers </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">groupname </span>exists, this is taken to be the title, otherwise the title is just &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-(The &#8220;symbols&#8221; group has the label <span
-class="cmtt-10">glssymbols</span>, so the command <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolsgroupname</span><a
- id="dx1-166028"></a> is used,
-and the &#8220;numbers&#8221; group has the label <span
-class="cmtt-10">glsnumbers</span>, so the command <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnumbersgrouptitle</span><a
- id="dx1-166029"></a> is
-used.) If you are using <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-166030"></a></a>, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; may be an active character (for example &oslash;), in which case the
-title will be set to just &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;. You can redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgetgrouptitle </span>if this is unsuitable for your
-document.
-</p><!--l. 12956--><p class="indent" > A navigation hypertarget can be created using
-</p><!--l. 12957--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-166031"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnavhypertarget{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12959--><p class="noindent" >
-This typically requires <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossaryheader </span>to be redefined to use
-</p><!--l. 12961--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-166032"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnavigation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12963--><p class="noindent" >
-which displays the navigation line.
-</p><!--l. 12966--><p class="indent" > For further details about <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnavhypertarget</span>, see the documented code (<span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>).
-</p><!--l. 12970--><p class="indent" > Most of the predefined glossary styles redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading </span>to simply ignore its argument. The
-<span
-class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span><a
- id="dx1-166033"></a> style redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading </span>as follows:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-356">
-\renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
-\item[\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}]}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 12976--><p class="nopar" > See also <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>below.
-</p><!--l. 12979--><p class="indent" > Note that command definitions within <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossarystyle</span><a
- id="dx1-166034"></a> must use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">##1</span></span></span> instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">#1</span></span></span> etc.
-</p><!--l. 12982--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-166035"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12984--><p class="noindent" >
-This macro determines what to do after one logical group but before the header for the next logical group. The
-<span
-class="cmss-10">list</span><a
- id="dx1-166036"></a> glossary style simply redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>to be <span
-class="cmtt-10">\indexspace</span><a
- id="dx1-166037"></a>, whereas the tabular-like styles redefine
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>to produce a blank row.
-</p><!--l. 12991--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03, the package option <span
-class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a
- id="dx1-166038"></a> can be used to suppress this default gap for the
-predefined styles.
-</p><!--l. 12994--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-166039"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">number list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12996--><p class="noindent" >
-This macro indicates what to do for each top-level (level&#x00A0;0) glossary entry. The entry label is given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; and
-the associated <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-166040"></a></a> is given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">number list</span>&#x27E9;. You can redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentry</span><a
- id="dx1-166041"></a> to use commands like
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a
- id="dx1-166042"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a
- id="dx1-166043"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol</span><a
- id="dx1-166044"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>to display the name,
-description and symbol fields, or to access other fields, use commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseri</span><a
- id="dx1-166045"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>. (See
-<a
-href="#sec:glsnolink">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a> for further details.) You can also use the following
-commands:
-</p><!--l. 13007--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-166046"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13009--><p class="noindent" >
-This macro will increment and display the associated counter for the main (level&#x00A0;0) entries if the <span
-class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a
- id="dx1-166047"></a> or
-<span
-class="cmss-10">counterwithin</span><a
- id="dx1-166048"></a> package options have been used. This macro is typically called by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>before
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span>. The format of the counter is controlled by the macro
-</p><!--l. 13015--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-166049"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycounterlabel </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13017--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 13019--><p class="indent" > Each time you use a glossary entry it creates a hyperlink (if hyperlinks are enabled) to the relevant line in
-the glossary. Your new glossary style must therefore redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>to set the appropriate target. This is
-done using
-</p><!--l. 13024--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-166050"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstarget{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13026--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry&#8217;s label. Note that you don&#8217;t need to worry about whether the <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-166051"></a> package has been
-loaded, as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstarget </span>won&#8217;t create a target if <span
-class="cmtt-10">\hypertarget </span>hasn&#8217;t been defined.
-</p><!--l. 13032--><p class="indent" > For example, the <span
-class="cmss-10">list</span><a
- id="dx1-166052"></a> style defines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>as follows:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-357">
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\item[\glsentryitem{##1}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}]
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space&#x00A0;##2}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13038--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 13040--><p class="indent" > Note also that &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">number list</span>&#x27E9; will always be of the form
-</p><!--l. 13042--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span><a
- id="dx1-166053"></a><span
-class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">\relax</span><br
-class="newline" /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setentrycounter</span><a
- id="dx1-166054"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">Hprefix</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">format cmd</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">number(s)</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13044--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">number(s)</span>&#x27E9; may contain <span
-class="cmtt-10">\delimN</span><a
- id="dx1-166055"></a> (to delimit individual numbers) and/or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\delimR</span><a
- id="dx1-166056"></a> (to indicate a range of
-numbers). There may be multiple occurrences of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setentrycounter</span><a
- id="dx1-166057"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">Hprefix</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">counter name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">format cmd</span>&#x27E9;
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">number(s)</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>, but note that the entire number list is enclosed within the argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span><a
- id="dx1-166058"></a>.
-The user can redefine this to change the way the entire number list is formatted, regardless of the glossary style.
-However the most common use of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span><a
- id="dx1-166059"></a> is to provide a means of suppressing the number list
-altogether. (In fact, the <span
-class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-166060"></a> option redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span><a
- id="dx1-166061"></a> to ignore its argument.)
-Therefore, when you define a new glossary style, you don&#8217;t need to worry about whether the user has specified
-the <span
-class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-166062"></a> package option.
-</p><!--l. 13061--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-166063"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">number list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13063--><p class="noindent" >
-This is used to display sub-entries. The first argument, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">level</span>&#x27E9;, indicates the sub-entry level. This must be an
-integer from 1 (first sub-level) onwards. The remaining arguments are analogous to those for <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentry</span><a
- id="dx1-166064"></a>
-described above.
-</p><!--l. 13070--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-166065"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssubentryitem{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13072--><p class="noindent" >
-This macro will increment and display the associated counter for the level&#x00A0;1 entries if the <span
-class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a
- id="dx1-166066"></a>
-package option has been used. This macro is typically called by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>before <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span><a
- id="dx1-166067"></a>. The
-format of the counter is controlled by the macro
-</p><!--l. 13078--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-166068"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssubentrycounterlabel </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13080--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 13082--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-166069"></a> (which <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-166070"></a> calls) sets
-</p><!--l. 13084--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-166071"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\currentglossary </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13086--><p class="noindent" >
-to the current glossary label, so it&#8217;s possible to create a glossary style that varies according to the glossary
-type.
-</p><!--l. 13090--><p class="indent" > For further details of these commands, see &#8220;Displaying the glossary&#8221; in the documented code
-(<span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>).
-<a
- id="x1-166072r23"></a>
-</p><!--l. 13094--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 23</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Creating a completely new style)</span><a
- id="x1-166073"></a>
-</p><!--l. 13096--><p class="indent" > If you want a completely new style, you will need to redefine all of the commands and the environment listed
-
-
-above.
-</p><!--l. 13099--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want each entry to start with a bullet point. This means that the glossary should
-be placed in the <span
-class="cmss-10">itemize</span><a
- id="dx1-166074"></a><a
- id="dx1-166075"></a> environment, so <span
-class="cmss-10">theglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-166076"></a><a
- id="dx1-166077"></a> should start and end that environment. Let&#8217;s also suppose
-that you don&#8217;t want anything between the glossary groups (so <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading</span><a
- id="dx1-166078"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip</span><a
- id="dx1-166079"></a> should
-do nothing) and suppose you don&#8217;t want anything to appear immediately after <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\begin{theglossary}</span></span></span> (so
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossaryheader</span><a
- id="dx1-166080"></a> should do nothing). In addition, let&#8217;s suppose the symbol should appear in brackets
-after the name, followed by the description and last of all the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-166081"></a></a> should appear within
-square brackets at the end. Then you can create this new glossary style, called, say, <span
-class="cmtt-10">mylist</span>, as
-follows:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-358">
-&#x00A0;\newglossarystyle{mylist}{%
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;put&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;glossary&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;itemize&#x00A0;environment:
-&#x00A0;\renewenvironment{theglossary}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\begin{itemize}}{\end{itemize}}%
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;have&#x00A0;nothing&#x00A0;after&#x00A0;\begin{theglossary}:
-&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;have&#x00A0;nothing&#x00A0;between&#x00A0;glossary&#x00A0;groups:
-&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
-&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;set&#x00A0;how&#x00A0;each&#x00A0;entry&#x00A0;should&#x00A0;appear:
-&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;\item&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;bullet&#x00A0;point
-&#x00A0;\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}%&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;entry&#x00A0;name
-&#x00A0;\space&#x00A0;(\glossentrysymbol{##1})%&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;symbol&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;brackets
-&#x00A0;\space&#x00A0;\glossentrydesc{##1}%&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;description
-&#x00A0;\space&#x00A0;[##2]%&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;number&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;square&#x00A0;brackets
-&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;set&#x00A0;how&#x00A0;sub-entries&#x00A0;appear:
-&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\subglossentry}[3]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossentry{##2}{##3}}%
-&#x00A0;}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13133--><p class="nopar" > Note that this style creates a flat glossary, where sub-entries are displayed in exactly the same way as the top
-level entries. It also hasn&#8217;t used <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem</span><a
- id="dx1-166082"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssubentryitem</span><a
- id="dx1-166083"></a> so it won&#8217;t be affected by the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a
- id="dx1-166084"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">counterwithin</span><a
- id="dx1-166085"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a
- id="dx1-166086"></a> package options.
-</p><!--l. 13140--><p class="indent" > Variations: </p>
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 13142--><p class="noindent" >You might want the entry name to be capitalised, in which case use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname</span><a
- id="dx1-166087"></a> instead of
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a
- id="dx1-166088"></a>.
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 13145--><p class="noindent" >You might want to check if the symbol hasn&#8217;t been set and omit the parentheses if the symbol is absent. In
- this case you can use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshassymbol</span><a
- id="dx1-166089"></a> (see <a
-href="#sec:utilities">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">15</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:utilities">Utilities<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:utilities --></a>):
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-359">
- &#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
- &#x00A0;\item&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;bullet&#x00A0;point
- &#x00A0;\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}%&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;entry&#x00A0;name
- &#x00A0;\ifglshassymbol{##1}%&#x00A0;check&#x00A0;if&#x00A0;symbol&#x00A0;exists
- &#x00A0;{%
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\space&#x00A0;(\glossentrysymbol{##1})%&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;symbol&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;brackets
- &#x00A0;}%
- &#x00A0;{}%&#x00A0;no&#x00A0;symbol&#x00A0;so&#x00A0;do&#x00A0;nothing
- &#x00A0;\space&#x00A0;\glossentrydesc{##1}%&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;description
- &#x00A0;\space&#x00A0;[##2]%&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;number&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;square&#x00A0;brackets
- &#x00A0;}%
-</pre>
- <!--l. 13160--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ul>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 13162--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 13162--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<a
- id="x1-166090r24"></a>
-<!--l. 13165--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 24</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Creating a new glossary style based on an existing style)</span><a
- id="x1-166091"></a>
-</p><!--l. 13167--><p class="indent" > If you want to define a new style that is a slightly modified version of an existing style, you can use
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a
- id="dx1-166092"></a> within the second argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossarystyle</span><a
- id="dx1-166093"></a> followed by whatever alterations you
-require. For example, suppose you want a style like the <span
-class="cmss-10">list</span><a
- id="dx1-166094"></a> style but you don&#8217;t want the extra vertical space
-created by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\indexspace</span><a
- id="dx1-166095"></a> between groups, then you can create a new glossary style called, say, <span
-class="cmtt-10">mylist </span>as
-follows:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-360">
-\newglossarystyle{mylist}{%
-\setglossarystyle{list}%&#x00A0;base&#x00A0;this&#x00A0;style&#x00A0;on&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;style
-\renewcommand{\glsgroupskip}{}%&#x00A0;make&#x00A0;nothing&#x00A0;happen
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;between&#x00A0;groups
+</dl>
+ <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">After</span> the definition of the <code class="glostypefmt">notation</code> glossary (<a id="wrglossary.15345"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>), add: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15346"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.15347"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> style</a> must be set first:</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.15348"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.15349"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>]{<a id="wrglossary.15350"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>}
+<a id="wrglossary.15351"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.15352"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={entries,abbreviations}</span>]
+<a id="wrglossary.15353"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.15354"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={notation}</span>,<span class="comment">% notation.bib</span>
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15355"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.type"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=notation</span></strong>,<a id="wrglossary.15356"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.sort"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<strong class="strong">unsrt</strong></span>]
+</pre> Delete the remainder of the <a id="wrglossary.15357"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">document preamble</a>(<a id="wrglossary.15358"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> and entry definitions).<p>
+Finally, replace the lines that display the <a id="wrglossary.15359"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15360"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15361"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a>
+</pre> The build process is now: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.15362"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sampleSort
+bib2gls sampleSort
+pdflatex sampleSort
+</pre><p>
+In this case, I have one resource command that processes two glossaries (<a id="wrglossary.15363"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.15364"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a>) at the same time. The entries in these glossaries are ordered alphabetically. The second resource command processes the <code class="glostypefmt">notation</code> glossary but the entries in this glossary aren’t sorted (and so will appear in the order of definition within the <a id="wrglossary.15365"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file).<p>
+See also <a id="wrglossary.15366"></a><a href="#glo:file.sampleNtn.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleNtn.tex</span></a>, <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=label=bib2gls-sorting"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span> gallery: sorting</a> and the <a id="wrglossary.15367"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> user manual for more examples.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:samplessort -->
+
+<section id="sec:samplesparent"><!-- start of section sec:samplesparent --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->18.6. Child Entries<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:samplesparent">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sample.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.15368"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sample.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document illustrates some of the basics, including how to create child entries that use the same name as the parent entry. This example adds the glossary to the <a id="wrglossary.15369"></a><a href="#glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</a> and it also uses <a id="wrglossary.15370"></a><a href="#glo:glsrefentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsrefentry</code></a>, so an extra LaTeX run is required: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.15371"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample
+makeglossaries sample
+pdflatex sample
+pdflatex sample
+</pre> You can see the difference between word and letter ordering if you add the package option <a id="wrglossary.15372"></a><a href="#glo:opt.order"><span class="styoptfmt">order</span></a><span class="optfmt">=letter</span>. (Note that this will only have an effect if you use <a id="wrglossary.15373"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.15374"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a>. If you use <a id="wrglossary.15375"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> explicitly, you will need to use the <a id="wrglossary.15376"></a><a href="#glo:switch.mkidx.l"><span class="shortargfmt">-l</span></a> switch to indicate letter ordering.)<p>
+One of the entries has its name encapsulated with a semantic command: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15377"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<strong class="strong"><code class="cmd">\scriptlang</code></strong>}[1]{<code class="cmd">\textsf</code>{#1}}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.15378"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{Perl}{<a id="wrglossary.15379"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<strong class="strong"><code class="cmd">\scriptlang</code></strong>{Perl}}</span>,<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15380"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Perl}</span>,</strong>
+<a id="wrglossary.15381"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={A scripting language}</span>}
+</pre> This means that this entry needs to have the <a id="wrglossary.15382"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key set otherwise <a id="wrglossary.15383"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> will assign it to the <span class="qt">“symbol”</span> <a id="wrglossary.15384"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a>, since it starts with a backslash (which <a id="wrglossary.15385"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> simply treats as punctuation).<p>
+The homograph entries <span class="qt">“glossary”</span> and <span class="qt">“bravo”</span> are defined as sub-entries that inherit the name from the parent entry. The parent entry doesn’t have a description, but with the default <a id="wrglossary.15386"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nopostdot"><span class="styoptfmt">nopostdot</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> setting this will lead to a spurious dot. This can be removed by adding <a id="wrglossary.15387"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a> to the description, which suppresses the post-description hook for that entry.<p>
+Since the child entries have the same name as the parent, this means that the child entries will have duplicate sort values unless the default is changed with the <a id="wrglossary.15388"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15389"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15390"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{glossary}{<a id="wrglossary.15391"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={glossary}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15392"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15393"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a></strong>}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.15394"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={glossaries}</span>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.15395"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{glossarycol}{
+ <a id="wrglossary.15396"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={collection of glosses}</span>,
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15397"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={2}</span>,</strong>
+ <a id="wrglossary.15398"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a><span class="optfmt">={glossary}</span><span class="comment">% parent <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">label</span></span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13181--><p class="nopar" > (In this case, you can actually achieve the same effect using the <span
-class="cmss-10">list</span><a
- id="dx1-166096"></a> style in combination with the package
-option <span
-class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a
- id="dx1-166097"></a>.) </p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 13185--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 13185--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<a
- id="x1-166098r25"></a>
-<!--l. 13189--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 25</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Example: creating a glossary style that uses the </span><span
-class="cmtt-12">user1</span><a
- id="dx1-166099"></a><span
-class="cmbx-12">, </span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x2026;, </span><span
-class="cmtt-12">user6</span><a
- id="dx1-166100"></a>
-<span
-class="cmbx-12">keys)</span><a
- id="x1-166101"></a>
-</p><!--l. 13191--><p class="indent" > Suppose each entry not only has an associated symbol, but also units (stored in <span
-class="cmtt-10">user1</span><a
- id="dx1-166102"></a>) and dimension
-(stored in <span
-class="cmtt-10">user2</span><a
- id="dx1-166103"></a>). Then you can define a glossary style that displays each entry in a <span
-class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
- id="dx1-166104"></a><a
- id="dx1-166105"></a> as
-follows:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-361">
-\newglossarystyle{long6col}{%
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;put&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;glossary&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;longtable&#x00A0;environment:
-&#x00A0;\renewenvironment{theglossary}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\begin{longtable}{lp{\glsdescwidth}cccp{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\end{longtable}}%
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;Set&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;table's&#x00A0;header:
-&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\bfseries&#x00A0;Term&#x00A0;&amp;&#x00A0;\bfseries&#x00A0;Description&#x00A0;&amp;&#x00A0;\bfseries&#x00A0;Symbol&#x00A0;&amp;
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\bfseries&#x00A0;Units&#x00A0;&amp;&#x00A0;\bfseries&#x00A0;Dimensions&#x00A0;&amp;&#x00A0;\bfseries&#x00A0;Page&#x00A0;List
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\\\endhead}%
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;No&#x00A0;heading&#x00A0;between&#x00A0;groups:
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;Main&#x00A0;(level&#x00A0;0)&#x00A0;entries&#x00A0;displayed&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;row&#x00A0;optionally&#x00A0;numbered:
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsentryitem{##1}%&#x00A0;Entry&#x00A0;number&#x00A0;if&#x00A0;required
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}%&#x00A0;Name
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&amp;&#x00A0;\glossentrydesc{##1}%&#x00A0;Description
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&amp;&#x00A0;\glossentrysymbol{##1}%&#x00A0;Symbol
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&amp;&#x00A0;\glsentryuseri{##1}%&#x00A0;Units
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&amp;&#x00A0;\glsentryuserii{##1}%&#x00A0;Dimensions
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&amp;&#x00A0;##2%&#x00A0;Page&#x00A0;list
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\tabularnewline&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;end&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;row
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;Similarly&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;sub-entries&#x00A0;(no&#x00A0;sub-entry&#x00A0;numbers):
-&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\subglossentry}[3]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;ignoring&#x00A0;first&#x00A0;argument&#x00A0;(sub-level)
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glstarget{##2}{\glossentryname{##2}}%&#x00A0;Name
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&amp;&#x00A0;\glossentrydesc{##2}%&#x00A0;Description
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&amp;&#x00A0;\glossentrysymbol{##2}%&#x00A0;Symbol
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&amp;&#x00A0;\glsentryuseri{##2}%&#x00A0;Units
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&amp;&#x00A0;\glsentryuserii{##2}%&#x00A0;Dimensions
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&amp;&#x00A0;##3%&#x00A0;Page&#x00A0;list
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\tabularnewline&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;end&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;row
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;Nothing&#x00A0;between&#x00A0;groups:
-&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+
+<a id="wrglossary.15399"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{glossarylist}{
+ <a id="wrglossary.15400"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={list of technical words}</span>,
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15401"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={1}</span>,</strong>
+ <a id="wrglossary.15402"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a><span class="optfmt">={glossary}</span><span class="comment">% parent <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">label</span></span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13233--><p class="nopar" > </p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 13234--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 13234--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-
-
-<!--l. 13236--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 13236--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">14. <a
- id="sec:xindy"></a>Xindy (Option 3)</h2>
-</p><!--l. 13239--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-167001"></a></a> to sort the glossary, you must use the package option <span
-class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-167002"></a>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-362">
-\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13243--><p class="nopar" > This ensures that the glossary information is written in <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-167003"></a> syntax.
-</p><!--l. 13247--><p class="indent" > <a
-href="#sec:makeglossaries">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">1.5</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a> covers how to use the external <a
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing
-application</a>, and <a
-href="#sec:locationsyntax">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">12.2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:locationsyntax">Locations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:locationsyntax --></a> covers the issues involved in the location syntax. This section
-covers the commands provided by the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package that allow you to adjust the <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-167004"></a></a> style file (<span
-class="cmtt-10">xdy</span><a
- id="dx1-167005"></a>) and
-parameters.
-</p><!--l. 13254--><p class="indent" > To assist writing information to the <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-167006"></a></a> style file, the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides the following
-commands:
-</p><!--l. 13257--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-167007"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsopenbrace </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13259--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 13260--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-167008"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsclosebrace </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13262--><p class="noindent" >
-which produce an open and closing brace. (This is needed because <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\{</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\}</span></span></span> don&#8217;t expand to a simple brace
-character when written to a file.) Similarly, you can write a percent character using:
-</p><!--l. 13267--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-167009"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspercentchar </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13269--><p class="noindent" >
-and a tilde character using:
-</p><!--l. 13271--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-167010"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstildechar </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13273--><p class="noindent" >
-For example, a newline character is specified in a <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-167011"></a></a> style file using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">~n</span></span></span> so you can use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstildechar n </span>to
-write this correctly (or you can do <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\string~n</span></span></span>). A backslash can be written to a file using
-</p><!--l. 13278--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-167012"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsbackslash </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13280--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 13282--><p class="indent" > In addition, if you are using a package that makes the double quote character active (e.g. <span
-class="cmss-10">ngerman</span><a
- id="dx1-167013"></a>) you can
-use:
-</p><!--l. 13284--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-167014"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsquote{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13286--><p class="noindent" >
-which will produce <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">"</span></span></span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">"</span></span></span>. Alternatively, you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\string"</span></span></span> to write the double-quote character. This
-document assumes that the double quote character has not been made active, so the examples just use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">"</span></span></span> for
-clarity.
-</p><!--l. 13292--><p class="indent" > If you want greater control over the <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-167015"></a></a> style file than is available through the LaTeX&#x00A0;commands
-provided by the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, you will need to edit the <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-167016"></a> style file. In which case, you must use
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a
- id="dx1-167017"></a> to prevent the style file from being overwritten by the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. For additional
-information about <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-167018"></a>, read the <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-167019"></a> documentation. I&#8217;m sorry I can&#8217;t provide any assistance
-with writing <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-167020"></a> style files. If you need help, I recommend you ask on the <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-167021"></a> mailing list
-(<a
-href="http://xindy.sourceforge.net/mailing-list.html" class="url" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">http://xindy.sourceforge.net/mailing-list.html</span></a>).
-</p>
-
-
-<!--l. 13303--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">14.1 </span> <a
- id="sec:langenc"></a>Language and Encodings</h3>
-<!--l. 13306--><p class="noindent" >When you use <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-168001"></a></a>, you need to specify the language and encoding used (unless you have written your own
-custom <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-168002"></a> style file that defines the relevant alphabet and sort rules). If you use <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-168003"></a></a>,
-this information is obtained from the document&#8217;s auxiliary (<span
-class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a
- id="dx1-168004"></a>) file. The <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-168005"></a></a> script
-attempts to find the root language given your document settings, but in the event that it gets
-it wrong or if <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-168006"></a> doesn&#8217;t support that language, then you can specify the required language
-using:
-</p><!--l. 13315--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-168007"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">glossary type</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">language</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13317--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">language</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the language. The optional argument can be used if you have multiple glossaries
-in different languages. If &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">glossary type</span>&#x27E9; is omitted, it will be applied to all glossaries, otherwise the language
-setting will only be applied to the glossary given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">glossary type</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 13325--><p class="indent" > If the <span
-class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a
- id="dx1-168008"></a> package is used, the encoding will be obtained from the value of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\inputencodingname</span><a
- id="dx1-168009"></a>.
-Alternatively, you can specify the encoding using:
-</p><!--l. 13328--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-168010"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyCodePage{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13330--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the encoding. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-363">
-\GlsSetXdyCodePage{utf8}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13334--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 13336--><p class="indent" > Note that you can also specify the language and encoding using the package option
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy={language=</span></span></span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">lang</span>&#x27E9;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">,codepage=</span></span></span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></span></span>. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-364">
-\usepackage[xindy={language=english,codepage=utf8}]{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13342--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 13344--><p class="indent" > If you write your own custom <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-168011"></a></a> style file that includes the language settings, you need to set the
-language to nothing:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-365">
-\GlsSetXdyLanguage{}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13349--><p class="nopar" > (and remember to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a
- id="dx1-168012"></a> to prevent the style file from being overwritten).
-</p><!--l. 13353--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyCodePage </span>have no effect if you don&#8217;t use
-<a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-168013"></a></a>. If you call <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-168014"></a></a> without <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-168015"></a> you need to remember to set the language and
-encoding using the <span
-class="cmtt-10">-L</span><a
- id="dx1-168016"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">-C</span><a
- id="dx1-168017"></a> switches. </div>
-</p><!--l. 13359--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 13361--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 13361--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">14.2 </span> <a
- id="sec:xindyloc"></a>Locations and Number lists</h3>
-<!--l. 13364--><p class="noindent" >If you use <span
-class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-169001"></a>, the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package needs to know which counters you will be using in the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-169002"></a></a> in
-order to correctly format the <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-169003"></a></a> style file. Counters specified using the <span
-class="cmss-10">counter</span><a
- id="dx1-169004"></a> package option or the &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;
-option of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-169005"></a> are automatically taken care of, but if you plan to use a different counter in the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">counter</span><a
- id="dx1-169006"></a> key for commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a
- id="dx1-169007"></a>, then you need to identify these counters <span
-class="cmti-10">before </span><span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-169008"></a>
-using:
-</p><!--l. 13372--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-169009"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyCounters{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">counter list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13374--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">counter list</span>&#x27E9; is a comma-separated list of counter names.
-</p><!--l. 13377--><p class="indent" > The most likely <a
- id="dx1-169010"></a>attributes used in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">format</span><a
- id="dx1-169011"></a> key (<span
-class="cmtt-10">textrm</span><a
- id="dx1-169012"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">hyperrm</span><a
- id="dx1-169013"></a> etc) are automatically added to the
-<a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-169014"></a></a> style file, but if you want to use another attribute, you need to add it using:
-</p><!--l. 13381--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-169015"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13383--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the attribute, as used in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">format</span><a
- id="dx1-169016"></a> key.
-</p><!--l. 13387--><p class="indent" > Take care if you have multiple instances of the same location with different formats. The duplicate locations
-will be discarded according to the order in which the <a
- id="dx1-169017"></a>attributes are listed. Consider defining semantic commands
-to use for primary references. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-366">
-\newcommand*{\primary}[1]{\textbf{#1}}
-\GlsAddXdyAttribute{primary}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13395--><p class="nopar" > Then in the document:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-367">
-A&#x00A0;\gls[format=primary]{duck}&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;an&#x00A0;aquatic&#x00A0;bird.
-There&#x00A0;are&#x00A0;lots&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;different&#x00A0;types&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;\gls{duck}.
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13400--><p class="nopar" > This will give the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">format=primary</span></span></span> instance preference over the next use that doesn&#8217;t use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">format</span><a
- id="dx1-169018"></a>
-key.
-<a
- id="x1-169019r26"></a>
-</p><!--l. 13404--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 26</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Custom Font for Displaying a Location)</span><a
- id="x1-169020"></a>
-</p><!--l. 13405--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want a bold, italic, hyperlinked location. I first need to define a command that will do
-this:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-368">
-\newcommand*{\hyperbfit}[1]{\textit{\hyperbf{#1}}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13409--><p class="nopar" > but with <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-169021"></a></a>, I also need to add this as an allowed <a
- id="dx1-169022"></a>attribute:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-369">
-\GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbfit}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13414--><p class="nopar" > Now I can use it in the optional argument of commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-169023"></a>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-370">
-Here&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;\gls[format=hyperbfit]{sample}&#x00A0;entry.
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13419--><p class="nopar" > (where <span
-class="cmtt-10">sample </span>is the label of the required entry). </p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 13421--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 13421--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 13423--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute </span>has no effect if <span
-class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a
- id="dx1-169024"></a> is used or if <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-169025"></a> is omitted.
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute </span>must be used before <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-169026"></a>. Additionally, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyCounters </span>must come
-before <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 13429--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 13431--><p class="indent" > If the location numbers include formatting commands, then you need to add a location style in the
-appropriate format using
-</p><!--l. 13433--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-169027"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">prefix-location</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">definition</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13435--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the format and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">definition</span>&#x27E9; is the <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-169028"></a></a> definition. The optional argument
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">prefix-location</span>&#x27E9; is needed if <span
-class="cmtt-10">\theH</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9; either isn&#8217;t defined or is different from <span
-class="cmtt-10">\the</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;. Be sure to also
-read <a
-href="#sec:locationsyntax">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">12.2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:locationsyntax">Locations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:locationsyntax --></a> for some issues that you may encounter.
-</p><!--l. 13443--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>has no effect if <span
-class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a
- id="dx1-169029"></a> is used or if <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-169030"></a> is omitted.
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>must be used before <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-169031"></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 13447--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="x1-169032r27"></a>
-</p><!--l. 13449--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 27</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Custom Numbering System for Locations)</span><a
- id="x1-169033"></a>
-</p><!--l. 13450--><p class="indent" > Suppose I decide to use a somewhat eccentric numbering system for sections where I redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\thesection</span>
-as follows:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-371">
-\renewcommand*{\thesection}{[\thechapter]\arabic{section}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13454--><p class="nopar" > If I haven&#8217;t done <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">counter=section</span></span></span> in the package option, I need to specify that the counter will be used as a
-location number:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-372">
-\GlsAddXdyCounters{section}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13460--><p class="nopar" > Next I need to add the location style (<span
-class="cmtt-10">\thechapter </span>is assumed to be the standard <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\arabic{chapter}</span></span></span>):
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-373">
-\GlsAddXdyLocation{section}{:sep&#x00A0;"["&#x00A0;"arabic-numbers"&#x00A0;:sep&#x00A0;"]"
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;"arabic-numbers"
+</pre> (Remember that the entries are sorted hierarchically.) This will place <span class="qt">“glossarylist”</span> before <span class="qt">“glossarycol”</span>, but both will come immediately after their parent <span class="qt">“glossary”</span> entry.<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.15403"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If you switch to using <a id="wrglossary.15404"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, remember that the default package options are different: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15405"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15406"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.15407"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a></strong>,<a id="wrglossary.15408"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.15409"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treenonamegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">treenonamegroup</span></a></span>,<a id="wrglossary.15410"></a><a href="#glo:opt.order"><span class="styoptfmt">order</span></a><span class="optfmt">=word</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15411"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre><p>
+You may now want to consider replacing <a id="wrglossary.15412"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a> in the descriptions with <a id="wrglossary.15413"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrnopostpunc"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnopostpunc</code></a> (using your text editor’s search and replace function). This suppresses the post-description punctuation but not the category post-description hook.<p>
+You may have noticed that some of the descriptions include the plural form, but it’s not done very consistently. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15414"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15415"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{cow}{<a id="wrglossary.15416"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={cow}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15417"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={cows}</span>,<span class="comment">% not required as this is the default</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.15418"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a><span class="optfmt">={kine}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15419"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={(<code class="cmd">\emph</code>{pl.}<a id="wrglossary.15420"></a><a href="#glo:cs.sp"><code class="csfmt">\ </code></a>cows, <code class="cmd">\emph</code>{archaic} kine) an adult female of any bovine animal}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13467--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I have further decided to use the <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-169034"></a> package and want to redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\theHsection</span>
-as:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-374">
-\renewcommand*{\theHsection}{\thepart.\thesection}
-\renewcommand*{\thepart}{\Roman{part}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13473--><p class="nopar" > then I need to modify the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>code above to:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-375">
-\GlsAddXdyLocation["roman-numbers-uppercase"]{section}{:sep&#x00A0;"["
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;"arabic-numbers"&#x00A0;:sep&#x00A0;"]"&#x00A0;"arabic-numbers"
+</pre> which has the parenthetical material at the start of the description with emphasis, <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15421"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15422"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{bravocry}{
+ <a id="wrglossary.15423"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={cry of approval (pl.<a id="wrglossary.15424"></a><a href="#glo:cs.sp"><code class="csfmt">\ </code></a>bravos)}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15425"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={1}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15426"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a><span class="optfmt">={bravo}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13479--><p class="nopar" > Since <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Roman</span><a
- id="dx1-169035"></a> will result in an empty string if the counter is zero, it&#8217;s a good idea to add an extra location to
-catch this:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-376">
-\GlsAddXdyLocation{zero.section}{:sep&#x00A0;"["
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;"arabic-numbers"&#x00A0;:sep&#x00A0;"]"&#x00A0;"arabic-numbers"
+</pre> which has the parenthetical material at the end of the description without emphasis even though it’s a regular plural, <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15427"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15428"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{bravoruffian}{
+ <a id="wrglossary.15429"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={hired ruffian or killer (pl.<a id="wrglossary.15430"></a><a href="#glo:cs.sp"><code class="csfmt">\ </code></a>bravoes)}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15431"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={2}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15432"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={bravoes}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15433"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a><span class="optfmt">={bravo}</span>}
+</pre> which has the parenthetical material at the end of the description without emphasis, and <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15434"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15435"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{glossary}{<a id="wrglossary.15436"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={glossary}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15437"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.15438"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a>}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15439"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={glossaries}</span>}
+</pre> which doesn’t show the plural in the description.<p>
+With <a id="wrglossary.15440"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, you can remove this parenthetical material and implement it using the category post-description hook instead. For example, the above definitions become: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15441"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15442"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{cow}{<a id="wrglossary.15443"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={cow}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15444"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a><span class="optfmt">={kine}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15445"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={an adult female of any bovine animal}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13486--><p class="nopar" > This example is illustrated in the sample file <a
-href="#ex:samplexdy2"><span
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy2.tex</span></a>. </p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 13489--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 13489--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<a
- id="x1-169036r28"></a>
-<!--l. 13491--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 28</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Locations as Dice)</span><a
- id="x1-169037"></a>
-</p><!--l. 13492--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want a rather eccentric page numbering system that&#8217;s represented by the number of dots on dice.
-The <span
-class="cmss-10">stix</span><a
- id="dx1-169038"></a> package provides <span
-class="cmtt-10">\dicei</span>, &#x2026;, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\dicevi </span>that represent the six sides of a die. I can define a command
-that takes a number as its argument. If the number is less than seven, the appropriate <span
-class="cmtt-10">\dice</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">n</span>&#x27E9;
-command is used otherwise it does <span
-class="cmtt-10">\dicevi </span>the required number of times with the leftover in a final
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\dice</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">n</span>&#x27E9;. For example, the number 16 is represented by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\dicevi\dicevi\diceiv</span></span></span> (6 + 6 + 4 = 16).
-I&#8217;ve called this command <span
-class="cmtt-10">\tallynum </span>to match the example given earlier in <a
-href="#sec:locationsyntax">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">12.2</span>
-</a><a
-href="#sec:locationsyntax">Locations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:locationsyntax --></a>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-377">
-\newrobustcmd{\tallynum}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;\ifnum\number#1&#x003C;7
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;$\csname&#x00A0;dice\romannumeral#1\endcsname$%
-&#x00A0;\else
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;$\dicevi$%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\expandafter\tallynum\expandafter{\numexpr#1-6}%
-&#x00A0;\fi
+
+<a id="wrglossary.15446"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{bravocry}{
+ <a id="wrglossary.15447"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={cry of approval}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15448"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={1}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15449"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a><span class="optfmt">={bravo}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13512--><p class="nopar" > Here&#8217;s the counter command:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-378">
-newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\arabic{#1}}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13516--><p class="nopar" > The <span
-class="cmss-10">page</span><a
- id="dx1-169039"></a> counter representation (<span
-class="cmtt-10">\thepage</span>) needs to be changed to use this command:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-379">
-\renewcommand*{\thepage}{\tally{page}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13521--><p class="nopar" > The <span
-class="cmtt-10">\tally </span>command expands to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\tallynum {</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">number</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>so this needs a location class that matches this
-format:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-380">
-\GlsAddXdyLocation{tally}{%
-&#x00A0;:sep&#x00A0;"\string\tallynum\space\glsopenbrace"
-&#x00A0;"arabic-numbers"
-&#x00A0;:sep&#x00A0;"\glsclosebrace"
+
+<a id="wrglossary.15450"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{bravoruffian}{
+ <a id="wrglossary.15451"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={hired ruffian or killer}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15452"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={2}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15453"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={bravoes}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15454"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a><span class="optfmt">={bravo}</span>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.15455"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{glossary}{<a id="wrglossary.15456"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={glossary}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15457"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15458"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrnopostpunc"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnopostpunc</code></a></strong>}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15459"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={glossaries}</span>}
+</pre> The post-description hook for the <a id="wrglossary.15460"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.general"><span class="catfmt">general</span></a> category can now be set: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15461"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15462"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefpostdesc"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsdefpostdesc</code></a>{general}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+<span class="comment">% Has the <a id="wrglossary.15463"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a> key been set?</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.15464"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrifhasfield"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrifhasfield</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.15465"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useri"><span class="csoptfmt">useri</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.15466"></a><a href="#glo:glscurrententrylabel"><code class="csfmt">\glscurrententrylabel</code></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<a id="wrglossary.15467"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>(<code class="cmd">\emph</code>{pl.}<a id="wrglossary.15468"></a><a href="#glo:cs.sp"><code class="csfmt">\ </code></a><a id="wrglossary.15469"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryplural</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.15470"></a><a href="#glo:glscurrententrylabel"><code class="csfmt">\glscurrententrylabel</code></a>},
+ <code class="cmd">\emph</code>{archaic} <a id="wrglossary.15471"></a><a href="#glo:glscurrentfieldvalue"><code class="csfmt">\glscurrentfieldvalue</code></a>)<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+<span class="comment">% The <a id="wrglossary.15472"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a> key hasn't been set. Is the plural the same as the</span>
+<span class="comment">% singular form with the plural suffix appended?</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.15473"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.15474"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.15475"></a><a href="#glo:glscurrententrylabel"><code class="csfmt">\glscurrententrylabel</code></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<a id="wrglossary.15476"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.15477"></a><a href="#glo:glscurrententrylabel"><code class="csfmt">\glscurrententrylabel</code></a>}<a id="wrglossary.15478"></a><a href="#glo:glspluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glspluralsuffix</code></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+<span class="comment">% Sibling check with <a id="wrglossary.15479"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> (see below)</span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+<span class="comment">% The plural isn't the default. Does this entry have a parent?</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.15480"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshasparent"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasparent</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.15481"></a><a href="#glo:glscurrententrylabel"><code class="csfmt">\glscurrententrylabel</code></a>} {<span class="comment">% </span>
+<span class="comment">% This entry has a parent.</span>
+<span class="comment">% Are the plurals for the child and parent the same?</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.15482"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.15483"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.15484"></a><a href="#glo:glscurrententrylabel"><code class="csfmt">\glscurrententrylabel</code></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<a id="wrglossary.15485"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryplural</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.15486"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryparent"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryparent</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.15487"></a><a href="#glo:glscurrententrylabel"><code class="csfmt">\glscurrententrylabel</code></a>}}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {}<span class="comment">% child and parent plurals the same</span>
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.15488"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>(<code class="cmd">\emph</code>{pl.}<a id="wrglossary.15489"></a><a href="#glo:cs.sp"><code class="csfmt">\ </code></a><a id="wrglossary.15490"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryplural</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.15491"></a><a href="#glo:glscurrententrylabel"><code class="csfmt">\glscurrententrylabel</code></a>})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ } {<a id="wrglossary.15492"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>(<code class="cmd">\emph</code>{pl.}<a id="wrglossary.15493"></a><a href="#glo:cs.sp"><code class="csfmt">\ </code></a><a id="wrglossary.15494"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryplural</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.15495"></a><a href="#glo:glscurrententrylabel"><code class="csfmt">\glscurrententrylabel</code></a>})}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13530--><p class="nopar" > The space between <span
-class="cmtt-10">\tallynum </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">number</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>is significant to <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-169040"></a></a> so <span
-class="cmtt-10">\space </span>is required.
-</p><!--l. 13534--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">definition</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>will define commands in the form:
-</p><!--l. 13537--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsX</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">X</span></span></span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">Hprefix</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13538--><p class="noindent" >
-for each counter that has been identified either by the <span
-class="cmss-10">counter</span><a
- id="dx1-169041"></a> package option, the &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9; option for
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-169042"></a> or in the argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyCounters</span><a
- id="dx1-169043"></a>. The first argument &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">Hprefix</span>&#x27E9; is only relevant when
-used with the <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-169044"></a> package and indicates that <span
-class="cmtt-10">\theH</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9; is given by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Hprefix</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">.</span></span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">\the</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 13546--><p class="indent" > The sample file <a
-href="#ex:samplexdy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.tex</span></a>, which comes with the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, uses the default <span
-class="cmss-10">page</span><a
- id="dx1-169045"></a> counter for
-locations, and it uses the default <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberformat</span><a
- id="dx1-169046"></a> and a custom <span
-class="cmtt-10">\hyperbfit </span>format. A new <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-169047"></a></a> location
-called <span
-class="cmtt-10">tallynum</span>, as illustrated above, is defined to make the page numbers appear as dice. In order for the
-location numbers to hyperlink to the relevant pages, I&#x00A0;need to redefine the necessary <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsX</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">X</span></span></span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">format</span>&#x27E9;
-commands:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-381">
-\renewcommand{\glsXpageXglsnumberformat}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;\linkpagenumber#2%
+</pre> (If you try this example out, notice the difference for the <span class="qt">“glossary”</span> entry if you use <a id="wrglossary.15496"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a> and then replace it with <a id="wrglossary.15497"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrnopostpunc"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnopostpunc</code></a>.) See the <a id="wrglossary.15498"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> user manual for further details and also <a href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls-begin.pdf"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span> and <span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span>: An Introductory Guide</a>.<p>
+The <span class="qt">“bravo”</span> homographs are an oddity where the singular form is identical but the plural is different (<span class="qt">“bravos”</span> and <span class="qt">“bravoes”</span>). In the original, both descriptions included the plural term. The above modifications drop the display of the regular <span class="qt">“bravos”</span> plural (for the <span class="qt">“bravocry”</span> term) and only show the <span class="qt">“bravoes”</span> plural (for the <span class="qt">“bravoruffian”</span> term). In this particular case it might be useful to show the regular plural in order to highlight the difference.<p>
+While it’s straightforward to access an entry’s parent label (with <a id="wrglossary.15499"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryparent"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryparent</code></a>) it’s much harder to access entry’s children or siblings. The <a id="wrglossary.15500"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshaschildren"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshaschildren</code></a> command has to iterate over all entries to determine if any have a parent that matches the given label. This is obviously very time-consuming if you have a large database of entries. It also doesn’t provide a way of determining whether or not the child entries have been indexed.<p>
+With <a id="wrglossary.15501"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, it’s possible to save this information with the <a id="wrglossary.15502"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.save-child-count"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">save-child-count</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.15503"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.save-sibling-count"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">save-sibling-count</span></a>, which not only save the total but also save the child or sibling labels in an <a id="wrglossary.15504"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.etoolbox"><span class="styfmt">etoolbox</span></a> internal list. This makes the information much faster to access and also only includes the labels of those entries that have actually been indexed.<p>
+In the above, the comment line: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15505"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><span class="comment">% Sibling check with <a id="wrglossary.15506"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> (see below)</span>
+</pre> indicates where to put the extra code. If you switch to <a id="wrglossary.15507"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> and make sure to use <a id="wrglossary.15508"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.save-sibling-count"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">save-sibling-count</span></a> then you can insert the following code in the block above where that comment is: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15509"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15510"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.15511"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.siblingcount"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">siblingcount</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.15512"></a><a href="#glo:glscurrententrylabel"><code class="csfmt">\glscurrententrylabel</code></a>}%
+{<span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.15513"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.siblingcount"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">siblingcount</span></a> field value non-zero</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.15514"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfieldforlistloop"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfieldforlistloop</code></a> <span class="comment">% iterate over internal list</span>
+ {<a id="wrglossary.15515"></a><a href="#glo:glscurrententrylabel"><code class="csfmt">\glscurrententrylabel</code></a>} <span class="comment">% entry label</span>
+ {<a id="wrglossary.15516"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.siblinglist"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">siblinglist</span></a>} <span class="comment">% label of field containing list</span>
+ {<code class="cmd">\siblinghandler</code>} <span class="comment">% loop handler</span>
+}<span class="comment">% </span>
+{}<span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.15517"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.siblingcount"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">siblingcount</span></a> field value 0 or empty or missing</span>
+</pre> This uses a custom handler that’s defined as follows: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15518"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\siblinghandler</code>}[1]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.15519"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr</code></a>*{<a id="wrglossary.15520"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.15521"></a><a href="#glo:glscurrententrylabel"><code class="csfmt">\glscurrententrylabel</code></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<a id="wrglossary.15522"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryplural</code></a>{#1}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {}<span class="comment">% current entry's plural same as sibling's plural</span>
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.15523"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>(<code class="cmd">\emph</code>{pl.}<a id="wrglossary.15524"></a><a href="#glo:cs.sp"><code class="csfmt">\ </code></a><a id="wrglossary.15525"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryplural</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.15526"></a><a href="#glo:glscurrententrylabel"><code class="csfmt">\glscurrententrylabel</code></a>})<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.15527"></a><a href="#glo:listbreak"><code class="csfmt">\listbreak</code></a>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
}
-\renewcommand{\glsXpageXhyperbfit}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;\textbf{\em\linkpagenumber#2}%
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.15528"></a><a href="#glo:listbreak"><code class="csfmt">\listbreak</code></a> command is provided by <a id="wrglossary.15529"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.etoolbox"><span class="styfmt">etoolbox</span></a> and is used for prematurely exiting a loop. The handler tests if the sibling’s <a id="wrglossary.15530"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a> field is identical to the current entry’s <a id="wrglossary.15531"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a> field. If they are the same, it does nothing. If they are different, it displays the current entry’s plural and breaks the loop.<p>
+Note that this assumes that the parent entry hasn’t had the plural form explicitly set to <span class="qt">“bravoes”</span> instead of the default <span class="qt">“bravos”</span>. In that case, the parent entry would show the plural but the <span class="qt">“bravoruffian”</span> child entry wouldn’t show the plural (since this case would led to the empty code block identified with the comment <span class="qt">“child and parent plurals the same”</span>). The <span class="qt">“bravoes”</span> plural form would instead be shown for the parent, which wouldn’t look right.<p>
+If you don’t use <a id="wrglossary.15532"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> or if you use it without the <a id="wrglossary.15533"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.save-sibling-count"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">save-sibling-count</span></a> resource option then the sibling information won’t be available.<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.15534"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+In order to switch to using <a id="wrglossary.15535"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, it’s first necessary to switch to using <a id="wrglossary.15536"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> (as above). Remember that the <a id="wrglossary.15537"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a> option is required: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15538"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15539"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a>,</strong><a id="wrglossary.15540"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.15541"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.15542"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.15543"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treenonamegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">treenonamegroup</span></a></span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.15544"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a>]{glossaries-extra}
+</pre> Next the entry definitions need to be converted to the <a id="wrglossary.15545"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> format required by <a id="wrglossary.15546"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. This can be done with <a id="wrglossary.15547"></a><a href="#glo:app.convertgls2bib"><span class="appfmt">convertgls2bib</span></a>: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.15548"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>convertgls2bib <a id="wrglossary.15549"></a><a href="#glo:switch.preamble-only"><span class="longargfmt">--preamble-only</span></a> sample.tex entries.
+</pre> The semantic command may be moved to the <a id="wrglossary.15550"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file’s <a id="wrglossary.15551"></a><a href="#glo:idx.bibpreamble">preamble</a> to ensure it’s defined: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15552"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@preamble</code>{"<a id="wrglossary.15553"></a><a href="#glo:providecommand"><code class="csfmt">\providecommand</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\scriptlang</code>}[1]{<code class="cmd">\textsf</code>{#1}}"}
+</pre><p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.15554"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> field typically shouldn’t be set when using <a id="wrglossary.15555"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, so <a id="wrglossary.15556"></a><a href="#glo:app.convertgls2bib"><span class="appfmt">convertgls2bib</span></a> strips it. If the <a id="wrglossary.15557"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> field is missing, <a id="wrglossary.15558"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> will obtain it from the sort fallback for that entry type. In this case, <code class="code">@entry</code> has the <a id="wrglossary.15559"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> field as the sort fallback. If this is also missing then its value is obtained from the parent’s <a id="wrglossary.15560"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> field (see <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=label=bib2gls-sorting"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span> gallery: sorting</a> for other examples).<p>
+Therefore the <span class="qt">“Perl”</span> entry is simply defined as: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15561"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@entry</code>{Perl,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15562"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\scriptlang</code>{Perl}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15563"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={A scripting language}</span>
}
-\newcommand{\linkpagenumber}[2]{\hyperlink{page.#2}{#1{#2}}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13564--><p class="nopar" > Note that the second argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsXpageXglsnumberformat </span>is in the format <span
-class="cmtt-10">\tallynum{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">n</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>so the
-line
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-382">
-&#x00A0;\linkpagenumber#2%
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13569--><p class="nopar" > does </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\linkpagenumber\tallynum{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">number</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> so <span
-class="cmtt-10">\tallynum </span>is the first argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\linkpagenumber </span>and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">number</span>&#x27E9; is the second argument.
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 13576--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 13576--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 13578--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This method is very sensitive to the internal definition of the location command. </div>
-</p><!--l. 13581--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="x1-169048r29"></a>
-</p><!--l. 13583--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 29</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Locations as Words not Digits)</span><a
- id="x1-169049"></a>
-</p><!--l. 13584--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want the page numbers written as words rather than digits and I&#x00A0;use the <span
-class="cmss-10">fmtcount</span><a
- id="dx1-169050"></a> package to do
-this. I&#x00A0;can redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\thepage</span><a
- id="dx1-169051"></a> as follows:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-383">
-\renewcommand*{\thepage}{\Numberstring{page}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13589--><p class="nopar" > This <span
-class="cmti-10">used </span>to get expanded to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\protect</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\Numberstringnum</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">n</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">n</span>&#x27E9; is the Arabic page number. This
-means that I&#x00A0;needed to define a new location with the form:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-384">
-\GlsAddXdyLocation{Numberstring}{:sep&#x00A0;"\string\protect\space
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string\Numberstringnum\space\glsopenbrace"
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;"arabic-numbers"&#x00A0;:sep&#x00A0;"\glsclosebrace"}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13597--><p class="nopar" > and if I&#8217;d used the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\linkpagenumber </span>command from the previous example, it would need <span
-class="cmti-10">three </span>arguments (the
-first being <span
-class="cmtt-10">\protect</span>):
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-385">
-\newcommand{\linkpagenumber}[3]{\hyperlink{page.#3}{#1#2{#3}}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13603--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 13605--><p class="indent" > The internal definition of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Numberstring </span>has since changed so that it now expands to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Numberstringnum</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span></span>
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">n</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>(no <span
-class="cmtt-10">\protect</span>). This means that the location class definition must be changed to:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-386">
-\GlsAddXdyLocation{Numberstring}{%&#x00A0;no&#x00A0;\protect&#x00A0;now!
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;:sep&#x00A0;"\string\Numberstringnum\space\glsopenbrace"
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;"arabic-numbers"&#x00A0;:sep&#x00A0;"\glsclosebrace"}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13613--><p class="nopar" > and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\linkpagenumber </span>goes back to only two arguments:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-387">
-\newcommand{\linkpagenumber}[2]{\hyperlink{page.#2}{#1{#2}}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13617--><p class="nopar" > The other change is that <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Numberstring </span>uses </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\the\value{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> instead of <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\expandafter\the\csname</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;c@</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">\endcsname</span>
-</div>
-</div> so it hides <span
-class="cmtt-10">\c@page </span>from the location escaping mechanism (see <a
-href="#sec:locationsyntax">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">12.2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:locationsyntax">Locations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:locationsyntax --></a>). This means
-that the page number may be incorrect if the indexing occurs during the output routine.
-<!--l. 13631--><p class="indent" > A more recent change to <span
-class="cmss-10">fmtcount</span><a
- id="dx1-169052"></a> (v3.03) now puts three instances of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\expandafter </span>before
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\the\value</span></span></span> which no longer hides <span
-class="cmtt-10">\c@page </span>from the location escaping mechanism, so the page
-numbers should once more be correct. Further changes to the <span
-class="cmss-10">fmtcount</span><a
- id="dx1-169053"></a> package may cause a problem
-again.
-</p><!--l. 13637--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When dealing with custom formats where the internal definitions are outside of your control and liable to
-change, it&#8217;s best to provide a wrapper command. </div>
-</p><!--l. 13641--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 13643--><p class="indent" > Instead of directly using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Numberstring </span>in the definition of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\thepage</span>, I can provide a custom command in
-the same form as the earlier <span
-class="cmtt-10">\tally </span>command:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-388">
-\newcommand{\customfmt}[1]{\customfmtnum{\arabic{#1}}}
-\newrobustcmd{\customfmtnum}[1]{\Numberstringnum{#1}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13649--><p class="nopar" > This ensures that the location will always be written to the indexing file in the form: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">:locref</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;"{}{\\customfmtnum</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">n</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}}"</span>
-</div>
-</div> So the location class can be defined as:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-389">
-\GlsAddXdyLocation{customfmt}{
-&#x00A0;:sep&#x00A0;"\string\customfmtnum\space\glsopenbrace"
-&#x00A0;"arabic-numbers"
-&#x00A0;:sep&#x00A0;"\glsclosebrace"}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13661--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 13663--><p class="indent" > The sample file <a
-href="#ex:samplexdy3"><span
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy3.tex</span></a> illustrates this. </p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 13665--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 13665--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 13667--><p class="indent" > In the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-169054"></a></a>, the locations are sorted according to the list of provided location classes.
-The default ordering is: <span
-class="cmtt-10">roman-page-numbers </span>(i, ii, &#x2026;), <span
-class="cmtt-10">arabic-page-numbers </span>(1, 2, &#x2026;),
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">arabic-section-numbers </span>(for example, 1.1 if the compositor is a full stop or 1-1 if the compositor is a
-hyphen<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn1x14" id="fn1x14-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">14.1</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-169055f1"></a>),
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">alpha-page-numbers </span>(a, b, &#x2026;), <span
-class="cmtt-10">Roman-page-numbers </span>(I, II, &#x2026;), <span
-class="cmtt-10">Alpha-page-numbers </span>(A, B, &#x2026;),
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">Appendix-page-numbers </span>(for example, A.1 if the Alpha compositor is a full stop or A-1 if the Alpha compositor is a
-hyphen<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn2x14" id="fn2x14-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">14.2</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-169057f2"></a>), user defined
-location names (as specified by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation</span><a
- id="dx1-169059"></a> in the order in which they were defined), and finally <span
-class="cmtt-10">see </span>(cross-referenced
-entries).<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn3x14" id="fn3x14-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">14.3</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-169060f3"></a>
-This ordering can be changed using:
-</p><!--l. 13684--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-169061"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">location names</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13686--><p class="noindent" >
-where each location name is delimited by double quote marks and separated by white space. For
-example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-390">
-\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder{
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;"arabic-page-numbers"
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;"arabic-section-numbers"
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;"roman-page-numbers"
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;"Roman-page-numbers"
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;"alpha-page-numbers"
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;"Alpha-page-numbers"
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;"Appendix-page-numbers"
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;"see"
+</pre> This isn’t a problem for <a id="wrglossary.15564"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. In this case, the command has been provided in the <code class="code">@preamble</code>, but <a id="wrglossary.15565"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> strips font information so the sort value becomes <span class="qt">“Perl”</span>. If the definition isn’t placed in <code class="code">@preamble</code> then <a id="wrglossary.15566"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> will simply ignore the command (as <a id="wrglossary.15567"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> does) so the sort value will still end up as <span class="qt">“Perl”</span>.<p>
+The homograph entries have also had their <a id="wrglossary.15568"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> fields omitted: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15569"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@entry</code>{glossarycol,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15570"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a><span class="optfmt">={glossary}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15571"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={collection of glosses}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13700--><p class="nopar" > (Remember to add <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">"seealso"</span></span></span> if you&#8217;re using <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 13704--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder </span>has no effect if <span
-class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a
- id="dx1-169062"></a> is used or if <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-169063"></a> is
-omitted. <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder </span>must be used before <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-169064"></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 13709--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 13711--><p class="indent" > If a <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-169065"></a></a> consists of a sequence of consecutive numbers, the range will be concatenated. The
-number of consecutive locations that causes a range formation defaults to 2, but can be changed
-using:
-</p><!--l. 13716--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-169066"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">n</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13718--><p class="noindent" >
-For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-391">
-\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength{3}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13722--><p class="nopar" > The argument may also be the keyword <span
-class="cmtt-10">none</span>, to indicate that there should be no range formations. See the
-<a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-169067"></a></a> manual for further details on range formations.
-</p><!--l. 13727--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength </span>has no effect if <span
-class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a
- id="dx1-169068"></a> is used or if <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-169069"></a> is omitted.
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength </span>must be used before <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-169070"></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 13732--><p class="noindent" >
-See also <a
-href="#sec:ranges">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">12.3</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:ranges">Range Formations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:ranges --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 13735--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 13735--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">14.3 </span> <a
- id="sec:groups"></a>Glossary Groups</h3>
-<!--l. 13738--><p class="noindent" >The glossary is divided into groups according to the first letter of the sort key. The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package also adds a
-number group by default, unless you suppress it in the <span
-class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-170001"></a> package option. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-392">
-\usepackage[xindy={glsnumbers=false}]{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13744--><p class="nopar" > Any entry that doesn&#8217;t go in one of the letter groups or the number group is placed in the default group. If you
-want <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-170002"></a></a> to sort the number group numerically (rather than by a string sort) then you need to use <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-170003"></a>&#8217;s</a>
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">numeric-sort </span>module:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-393">
-\GlsAddXdyStyle{numeric-sort}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13751--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 13753--><p class="indent" > If you don&#8217;t use <span
-class="cmtt-10">glsnumbers=false</span>, the default behaviour is to locate the number group before the &#8220;A&#8221;
-letter group. If you are not using a Roman alphabet, you need to change this using:
-</p><!--l. 13758--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-170004"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">letter</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13760--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">letter</span>&#x27E9; is the first letter of your alphabet. Take care if you&#8217;re using <span
-class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a
- id="dx1-170005"></a> as non-ASCII characters are
-actually active characters that expand. (This isn&#8217;t a problem with the native <a
-href="#glo:UTF-8">UTF-8</a> engines and
-<span
-class="cmss-10">fontspec</span><a
- id="dx1-170006"></a>.) The starred form will sanitize the argument to prevent expansion. Alternatively you can
-use:
-</p><!--l. 13769--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-170007"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">relative location</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13771--><p class="noindent" >
-to change the default </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">:before</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\string"</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">letter</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">\string"</span>
-</div>
-</div> to &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">relative location</span>&#x27E9;. For example:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-394">
-\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder{:after&#x00A0;\string"Z\string"}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13779--><p class="nopar" > will put the number group after the &#8220;Z&#8221; letter group. Again take care of active characters. There&#8217;s a starred
-version that sanitizes the argument (so don&#8217;t use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\string </span>in it). </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder*</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">:after</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;"</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">Ö</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">"</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 13787--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that these commands have no effect if <span
-class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a
- id="dx1-170008"></a> is used or if <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-170009"></a> is omitted.
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits </span>must be used before <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-170010"></a>.
- </div>
-</p><!--l. 13792--><p class="noindent" >
-
-
-</p>
-<!--l. 13795--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 13795--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">15. <a
- id="sec:utilities"></a>Utilities</h2>
-</p><!--l. 13798--><p class="indent" > This section describes some utility commands. Additional commands can be found in the documented code
-(glossaries-code.pdf).
-</p><!--l. 13801--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides extra utility commands. See the &#8220;Utilities&#8221; section of the
-<a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual. </div>
-</p><!--l. 13804--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 13806--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1 </span> <a
- id="sec:loops"></a>Loops</h3>
-<!--l. 13809--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Some of the commands described here take a comma-separated list as an argument. As with LaTeX&#8217;s <span
-class="cmtt-10">\@for</span>
-command, make sure your list doesn&#8217;t have any unwanted spaces in it as they don&#8217;t get stripped. (Discussed in
-more detail in <a
-href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/admin/html/docsvlist.shtml#spacesinlists" >&sect;2.7.2 of &#8220;LaTeX&#x00A0;for Administrative Work&#8221;</a>.) </div>
-</p><!--l. 13816--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 13818--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-172001"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\forallglossaries[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">body</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13820--><p class="noindent" >
-This iterates through &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;, a comma-separated list of glossary labels (as supplied when the glossary was
-defined). At each iteration &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9; (which must be a control sequence) is set to the glossary label for the current
-iteration and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">body</span>&#x27E9; is performed. If &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9; is omitted, the default is to iterate over all glossaries (except the
-ignored ones).
-</p><!--l. 13828--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-172002"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\forallacronyms{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">body</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13830--><p class="noindent" >
-This is like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\forallglossaries </span>but only iterates over the lists of acronyms (that have previously been declared
-using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\DeclareAcronymList</span><a
- id="dx1-172003"></a> or the <span
-class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a
- id="dx1-172004"></a> package option). This command doesn&#8217;t have an optional
-argument. If you want to explicitly say which lists to iterate over, just use the optional argument of
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\forallglossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 13838--><p class="noindent" ><div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides an analogous command <span id="textcolor307"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\forallabbreviationlists</span></span><a
- id="dx1-172005"></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 13842--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 13844--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-172006"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\forglsentries[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">glossary label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">body</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13846--><p class="noindent" >
-This iterates through all entries in the glossary given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">glossary label</span>&#x27E9;. At each iteration &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9; (which must be a
-control sequence) is set to the entry label for the current iteration and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">body</span>&#x27E9; is performed. If &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">glossary label</span>&#x27E9; is
-omitted, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype</span><a
- id="dx1-172007"></a> (usually the main glossary) is used.
-</p><!--l. 13853--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-172008"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\forallglsentries[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">body</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13855--><p class="noindent" >
-This is like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\forglsentries </span>but for each glossary in &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9; (a comma-separated list of glossary labels). If
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9; is omitted, the default is the list of all defined glossaries (except the ignored ones). At each iteration
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9; is set to the entry label and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">body</span>&#x27E9; is performed. (The current glossary label can be obtained using
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytype{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>within &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">body</span>&#x27E9;.)
-
-
-</p><!--l. 13864--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 13864--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.2 </span> <a
- id="sec:conditionals"></a>Conditionals</h3>
-<!--l. 13867--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-173001"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglossaryexists</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9; </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13870--><p class="noindent" >
-This checks if the glossary given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; exists. If it does &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">true part</span>&#x27E9; is performed, otherwise &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;.
-The unstarred form will do &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">false part</span>&#x27E9; for ignored glossaries. As from v4.46, there is now a starred
-form of this command which will also consider ignored glossaries as existing. For example, given:
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-173002"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{common}</span>
-</div>
-</div> then
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-395">
-\ifglossaryexists{common}{true}{false}
-\ifglossaryexists*{common}{true}{false}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 13884--><p class="nopar" > will produce &#8220;false true&#8221;.
-</p><!--l. 13887--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-173003"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsentryexists</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9; </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13890--><p class="noindent" >
-This checks if the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; exists. If it does &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">true part</span>&#x27E9; is performed, otherwise &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;.
-(Note that <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsentryexists </span>will always be true after the containing glossary has been displayed via
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-173004"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-173005"></a> even if the entry is explicitly defined later in the document. This is
-because the entry has to be defined before it can be displayed in the glossary, see <a
-href="#sec:techissues">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4.8.1</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:techissues">Technical
-Issues<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:techissues --></a> for further details.)
-</p><!--l. 13900--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-173006"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13902--><p class="noindent" >
-Does &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9; if the entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; exists. If it doesn&#8217;t exist, an error is generated. (This command uses
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsentryexists</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 13907--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-173007"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifnoexists{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13909--><p class="noindent" >
-Does the reverse of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span>. (This command uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsentryexists</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 13913--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-173008"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexistsorwarn{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13915--><p class="noindent" >
-As <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists </span>but issues a warning rather than an error if the entry doesn&#8217;t exist.
-</p><!--l. 13919--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-173009"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexistsordo{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">else code</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13921--><p class="noindent" >
-Does &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9; if the entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; exists otherwise generate an error and do &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">else code</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 13925--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-173010"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifnoexistsordo{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">else code</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13927--><p class="noindent" >
-Does &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9; if the entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; doesn&#8217;t exist otherwise generate an error and do &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">else code</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 13931--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-173011"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9; </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13934--><p class="noindent" >
-See <a
-href="#sec:glsunset">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">7</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 13937--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-173012"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaschildren</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9; </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13940--><p class="noindent" >
-This checks if the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; has any sub-entries. If it does, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">true part</span>&#x27E9; is performed, otherwise
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;. This uses an inefficient method since this information isn&#8217;t stored.
-</p><!--l. 13946--><p class="indent" > <div title="bib2gls" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> If you use <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-173013"></a></a>, a more efficient method is to use the <span id="textcolor308"><span
-class="cmtt-10">save-child-count</span></span><a
- id="dx1-173014"></a> resource option and test the
-value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">childcount</span><a
- id="dx1-173015"></a> field. </div>
-</p><!--l. 13950--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 13952--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-173016"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasparent</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9; </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13955--><p class="noindent" >
-This checks if the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; has a parent entry. If it does, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">true part</span>&#x27E9; is performed, otherwise
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 13960--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-173017"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshassymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-
-
-</p><!--l. 13962--><p class="noindent" >
-This checks if the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; has had the <span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol</span><a
- id="dx1-173018"></a> field set. If it has, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">true part</span>&#x27E9; is performed,
-otherwise &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 13967--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-173019"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13969--><p class="noindent" >
-This checks if the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; has had the <span
-class="cmtt-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-173020"></a> field set. If it has, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">true part</span>&#x27E9; is performed,
-otherwise &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;. This should be true for any entry that has been defined via <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-173021"></a>. There is no
-check for the existence of &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 13976--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-173022"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasshort{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13978--><p class="noindent" >
-This checks if the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; has had the <span
-class="cmtt-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-173023"></a> field set. If it has, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">true part</span>&#x27E9; is performed,
-otherwise &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;. This should be true for any entry that has been defined via <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-173024"></a>. There is no
-check for the existence of &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 13985--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-173025"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasdesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13987--><p class="noindent" >
-This checks if the <span
-class="cmtt-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-173026"></a> field is non-empty for the entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;. If it has, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">true part</span>&#x27E9; is performed,
-otherwise &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;. Compare with:
-</p><!--l. 13991--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-173027"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsdescsuppressed{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 13993--><p class="noindent" >
-This checks if the <span
-class="cmtt-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-173028"></a> field has been set to just <span
-class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a
- id="dx1-173029"></a> for the entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;. If it has, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">true</span>
-<span
-class="cmti-10">part</span>&#x27E9; is performed, otherwise &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;. There is no check for the existence of &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 13999--><p class="indent" > For all other fields you can use:
-</p><!--l. 14000--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-173030"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14003--><p class="noindent" >
-This tests the value of the field given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; for the entry identified by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;. If the value is empty <span
-class="cmti-10">or the</span>
-<span
-class="cmti-10">default value</span>, then &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">false part</span>&#x27E9; is performed, otherwise &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">true part</span>&#x27E9; is performed. If the field supplied is unrecognised
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">false part</span>&#x27E9; is performed and a warning is issued. Unlike the above commands, such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasshort</span>, an error
-occurs if the entry is undefined.
-</p><!--l. 14012--><p class="indent" > As from version 4.23, within &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">true part</span>&#x27E9; you can use
-</p><!--l. 14013--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-173031"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14015--><p class="noindent" >
-to access the field value. This command is initially defined to nothing but has no relevance outside &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;.
-This saves re-accessing the field if the test is true. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-396">
-\ifglshasfield{useri}{sample}{,&#x00A0;\glscurrentfieldvalue}{}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 14022--><p class="nopar" > will insert a comma, space and the field value if the <span
-class="cmtt-10">user1</span><a
- id="dx1-173032"></a> key has been set for the entry whose label is
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">sample</span>.
-</p><!--l. 14027--><p class="indent" > You can test if the value of the field is equal to a given string using:
-</p><!--l. 14029--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-173033"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldeq{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">string</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">true</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14031--><p class="noindent" >
-In this case the &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; must be the field name not the key (see <a
-href="#tab:fieldmap">table&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4.1</span></a>). If the field isn&#8217;t recognised,
-an error will occur. This command internally uses <span
-class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
- id="dx1-173034"></a>&#8217;s <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifcsstring </span>to perform the comparison. <span
-class="cmti-10">The</span>
-<span
-class="cmti-10">string is not expanded during the test.</span>
-</p><!--l. 14038--><p class="indent" > The result may vary depending on whether or not expansion is on for the given field (when the entry was
-defined). For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-397">
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-\newcommand*{\foo}{FOO}
-\newglossaryentry{sample1}{name={sample1},description={an&#x00A0;example},
-user1={FOO}}
-\newglossaryentry{sample2}{name={sample2},description={an&#x00A0;example},
-user1={\foo}}
-\begin{document}
-\ifglsfieldeq{sample1}{useri}{FOO}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
-\ifglsfieldeq{sample2}{useri}{FOO}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
-\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 14057--><p class="nopar" > This will produce &#8220;TRUE&#8221; in both cases since expansion is on, so <span
-class="cmtt-10">\foo </span>was expanded to &#8220;FOO&#8221; when <span
-class="cmtt-10">sample2</span>
-was defined. If the tests are changed to:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-398">
-\ifglsfieldeq{sample1}{useri}{\foo}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
-\ifglsfieldeq{sample2}{useri}{\foo}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
-</pre>
-<!--l. 14065--><p class="nopar" > then this will produce &#8220;FALSE&#8221; in both cases. Now suppose expansion is switched off for the <span
-class="cmtt-10">user1</span><a
- id="dx1-173035"></a>
-key:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-399">
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-\newcommand*{\foo}{FOO}
-\glssetnoexpandfield{useri}
-\newglossaryentry{sample1}{name={sample1},description={an&#x00A0;example},
-user1={FOO}}
-\newglossaryentry{sample2}{name={sample2},description={an&#x00A0;example},
-user1={\foo}}
-\begin{document}
-\ifglsfieldeq{sample1}{useri}{FOO}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
-\ifglsfieldeq{sample2}{useri}{FOO}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
-\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 14087--><p class="nopar" > This now produces &#8220;TRUE&#8221; for the first case (comparing &#8220;FOO&#8221; with &#8220;FOO&#8221;) and &#8220;FALSE&#8221; for the second
-case (comparing &#8220;<span
-class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>&#8221; with &#8220;FOO&#8221;).
-</p><!--l. 14092--><p class="indent" > The reverse happens in the following:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-400">
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-\newcommand*{\foo}{FOO}
-\glssetnoexpandfield{useri}
-\newglossaryentry{sample1}{name={sample1},description={an&#x00A0;example},
-user1={FOO}}
-\newglossaryentry{sample2}{name={sample2},description={an&#x00A0;example},
-user1={\foo}}
-\begin{document}
-\ifglsfieldeq{sample1}{useri}{\foo}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
-\ifglsfieldeq{sample2}{useri}{\foo}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
-\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 14112--><p class="nopar" > This now produces &#8220;FALSE&#8221; for the first case (comparing &#8220;FOO&#8221; with &#8220;<span
-class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>&#8221;) and &#8220;TRUE&#8221; for the second
-case (comparing &#8220;<span
-class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>&#8221; with &#8220;<span
-class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>&#8221;).
-</p><!--l. 14117--><p class="indent" > You can test if the value of a field is equal to the replacement text of a command using:
-</p><!--l. 14119--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-173036"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfielddefeq{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">command</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">true</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14121--><p class="noindent" >
-This internally uses <span
-class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
- id="dx1-173037"></a>&#8217;s <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifdefstrequal </span>command to perform the comparison. The argument &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">command</span>&#x27E9;
-must be a macro.
-</p><!--l. 14125--><p class="indent" > For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-401">
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-\newcommand*{\foo}{FOO}
-\glssetnoexpandfield{useri}
-\newglossaryentry{sample1}{name={sample1},description={an&#x00A0;example},
-user1={FOO}}
-\newglossaryentry{sample2}{name={sample2},description={an&#x00A0;example},
-user1={\foo}}
-\begin{document}
-\ifglsfielddefeq{sample1}{useri}{\foo}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
-\ifglsfielddefeq{sample2}{useri}{\foo}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
-\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 14145--><p class="nopar" > Here, the first case produces &#8220;TRUE&#8221; since the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">useri </span>field (&#8220;FOO&#8221;) is the same as the
-replacement text (definition) of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\foo </span>(&#8220;FOO&#8221;). We have the result &#8220;<span
-class="cmtt-10">FOO</span>&#8221; is equal to &#8220;<span
-class="cmtt-10">FOO</span>&#8221;.
-</p><!--l. 14151--><p class="indent" > The second case produces &#8220;FALSE&#8221; since the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">useri </span>field (&#8220;<span
-class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>&#8221;) is not the same as the
-replacement text (definition) of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\foo </span>(&#8220;FOO&#8221;). No expansion has been performed on the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">useri</span>
-field. We have the result &#8220;<span
-class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>&#8221; is not equal to &#8220;<span
-class="cmtt-10">FOO</span>&#8221;.
-</p><!--l. 14157--><p class="indent" > If we add:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-402">
-\newcommand{\FOO}{\foo}
-\ifglsfielddefeq{sample2}{useri}{\FOO}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
-</pre>
-<!--l. 14161--><p class="nopar" > we now get &#8220;TRUE&#8221; since the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">useri </span>field (&#8220;<span
-class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>&#8221;) is the same as the replacement text (definition)
-of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\FOO </span>(&#8220;<span
-class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>&#8221;). We have the result &#8220;<span
-class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>&#8221; is equal to &#8220;<span
-class="cmtt-10">\foo</span>&#8221;.
-</p><!--l. 14167--><p class="indent" > There is a similar command that requires the control sequence name (without the leading backslash) instead
-of the actual control sequence:
-</p><!--l. 14169--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-173038"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldcseq{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">csname</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">true</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14171--><p class="noindent" >
-This internally uses <span
-class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
- id="dx1-173039"></a>&#8217;s <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifcsstrequal </span>command instead of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifdefstrequal</span>.
-</p><!--l. 14175--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 14175--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.3 </span> <a
- id="sec:fetchset"></a>Fetching and Updating the Value of a Field</h3>
-<!--l. 14178--><p class="noindent" >In addition to the commands described in <a
-href="#sec:glsnolink">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>, the following
-may also be used to fetch field information.
-</p><!--l. 14180--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-174001"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytype{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14182--><p class="noindent" >
-Expands to the entry&#8217;s glossary type. No existence check is performed.
-</p><!--l. 14186--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-174002"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryparent{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14188--><p class="noindent" >
-Expands to the label of the entry&#8217;s parent. No existence check is performed.
-</p><!--l. 14192--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-174003"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysort{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14194--><p class="noindent" >
-Expands to the entry&#8217;s sort value. No existence check is performed.
-</p><!--l. 14197--><p class="indent" > You can fetch the value of a given field and store it in a control sequence using:
-</p><!--l. 14199--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-174004"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldfetch{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14201--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the label identifying the glossary entry, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; is the field label (see <a
-href="#tab:fieldmap">table&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4.1</span></a>) and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9; is
-the control sequence in which to store the value. Remember that &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; is the internal label and is not necessarily
-the same as the key used to set that field in the argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>(or the optional argument of
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>). This command uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists </span>so an error will occur if the entry hasn&#8217;t been
-defined.
-</p><!--l. 14211--><p class="indent" > If you need to expand to the field value without expanding the contents you can use:
-</p><!--l. 14213--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-174005"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsunexpandedfieldvalue{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14215--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the label identifying the glossary entry, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; is the internal field label (see <a
-href="#tab:fieldmap">table&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4.1</span></a>).
-If the entry doesn&#8217;t exist or if the field isn&#8217;t defined or hasn&#8217;t been set this expands to nothing.
-</p><!--l. 14221--><p class="indent" > You can change the value of a given field using one of the following commands. Note that these commands
-only change the value of the given field. They have no affect on any related field. For example, if you change the
-
-
-value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-174006"></a> field, it won&#8217;t modify the value given by the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-174007"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-174008"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-174009"></a> or any other related
-key.
-</p><!--l. 14227--><p class="indent" > In all the four related commands below, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; are as above and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">definition</span>&#x27E9; is the new value of the
-field.
-</p><!--l. 14231--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-174010"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfielddef{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">definition</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14233--><p class="noindent" >
-This uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\def </span>to change the value of the field (so it will be localised by any grouping).
-</p><!--l. 14237--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-174011"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldedef{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">definition</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14239--><p class="noindent" >
-This uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\edef </span>to change the value of the field (so it will be localised by any grouping). Any fragile commands
-contained in the &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">definition</span>&#x27E9; must be protected.
-</p><!--l. 14244--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-174012"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldgdef{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">definition</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14246--><p class="noindent" >
-This uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gdef </span>to change the value of the field.
-</p><!--l. 14249--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-174013"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldxdef{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">definition</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14251--><p class="noindent" >
-This uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\xdef </span>to change the value of the field. Any fragile commands contained in the &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">definition</span>&#x27E9; must be
-protected.
-
-
-</p>
-<!--l. 14256--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 14256--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">16. <a
- id="sec:prefix"></a>Prefixes or Determiners</h2>
-</p><!--l. 14258--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-175001"></a> package that comes with the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides additional keys that can be
-used as prefixes. For example, if you want to specify determiners (such as &#8220;a&#8221;, &#8220;an&#8221; or &#8220;the&#8221;).
-The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix </span>package automatically loads the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package and has the same package
-options.
-</p><!--l. 14266--><p class="indent" > The extra keys for <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-175002"></a> are as follows:
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 14268--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-175003"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 14268--><p class="noindent" >The prefix associated with the <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-175004"></a> key. This defaults to nothing.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 14271--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">prefixplural</span><a
- id="dx1-175005"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 14271--><p class="noindent" >The prefix associated with the <span
-class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-175006"></a> key. This defaults to nothing.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 14274--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">prefixfirst</span><a
- id="dx1-175007"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 14274--><p class="noindent" >The prefix associated with the <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-175008"></a> key. If omitted, this defaults to the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-175009"></a> key.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 14278--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">prefixfirstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-175010"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 14278--><p class="noindent" >The prefix associated with the <span
-class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-175011"></a> key. If omitted, this defaults to the value of the
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">prefixplural</span><a
- id="dx1-175012"></a> key.</p></dd></dl>
-<a
- id="x1-175013r30"></a>
-<!--l. 14283--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 30</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Defining Determiners)</span><a
- id="x1-175014"></a>
-</p><!--l. 14284--><p class="indent" > Here&#8217;s the start of my example document:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-403">
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
-\usepackage[toc,acronym]{glossaries-prefix}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 14290--><p class="nopar" > Note that I&#8217;ve simply replaced <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>from previous sample documents with <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span>. Now for a sample
-definition<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn1x16" id="fn1x16-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">16.1</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-175015f1"></a>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-404">
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example},%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;prefix={a~},%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;prefixplural={the\space}%
+
+<code class="code">@entry</code>{glossarylist,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15572"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a><span class="optfmt">={glossary}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15573"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={list of technical words}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 14302--><p class="nopar" > Note that I&#8217;ve had to explicitly insert a&#x00A0;space after the prefix since there&#8217;s no designated separator between the
-prefix and the term being referenced. This not only means that you can vary between a breaking space and
-non-breaking space, but also allows for the possibility of prefixes that shouldn&#8217;t have a&#x00A0;space, such
-as:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-405">
-\newglossaryentry{oeil}{name={oeil},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;plural={yeux},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={eye},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;prefix={l'},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;prefixplural={les\space}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 14315--><p class="nopar" > Where a space is required at the end of the prefix, you must use a&#x00A0;spacing command, such as
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\space</span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\&#x2423;</span></span></span> (backslash space) or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">~</span></span></span> due to the automatic spacing trimming performed in &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9;
-options.
-</p><!--l. 14321--><p class="indent" > In the event that you always require a space between the prefix and the term, then you can instead
-redefine
-</p><!--l. 14323--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-175017"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsprefixsep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14325--><p class="noindent" >
-to do a space. (This command does nothing by default.) For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-406">
-\renewcommand{\glsprefixsep}{\space}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 14329--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 14331--><p class="indent" > The prefixes can also be used with acronyms. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-407">
-\newacronym
-&#x00A0;[%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;prefix={an\space},prefixfirst={a~}%
-&#x00A0;]{svm}{SVM}{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 14337--><p class="nopar" > </p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 14338--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 14338--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 14340--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-175018"></a> package provides convenient commands to use these prefixes with commands such as
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-175019"></a>. Note that the prefix is not considered part of the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-175020"></a></a>, so it&#8217;s not included in the hyperlink (where
-hyperlinks are enabled). The options and any star or plus modifier are passed on to the <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;command.
-(See <a
-href="#sec:glslink">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.1</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> for further details.)
-</p><!--l. 14347--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-175021"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\pgls[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14349--><p class="noindent" >
-This is inserts the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-175022"></a> key (or <span
-class="cmtt-10">prefixfirst</span><a
- id="dx1-175023"></a> key, on <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>) in front of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>.
-</p><!--l. 14354--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-175024"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Pgls[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14356--><p class="noindent" >
-If the <span
-class="cmtt-10">prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-175025"></a> key (or <span
-class="cmtt-10">prefixfirst</span><a
- id="dx1-175026"></a>, on first use) has been set, this displays the value of that key with the first
-letter converted to upper case followed by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>. If that key hasn&#8217;t been set, this is
-equivalent to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a
- id="dx1-175027"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>.
-</p><!--l. 14364--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-175028"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\PGLS[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14366--><p class="noindent" >
-As <span
-class="cmtt-10">\pgls </span>but converts the prefix to upper case and uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span><a
- id="dx1-175029"></a> instead of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 14370--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-175030"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\pglspl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14372--><p class="noindent" >
-This is inserts the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">prefixplural</span><a
- id="dx1-175031"></a> key (or <span
-class="cmtt-10">prefixfirstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-175032"></a> key, on <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>) in front of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>.
-</p><!--l. 14377--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-175033"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Pglspl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14379--><p class="noindent" >
-If the <span
-class="cmtt-10">prefixplural</span><a
- id="dx1-175034"></a> key (or <span
-class="cmtt-10">prefixfirstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-175035"></a>, on first use) has been set, this displays the value of that key
-with the first letter converted to upper case followed by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>. If that key hasn&#8217;t been
-set, this is equivalent to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a
- id="dx1-175036"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>.
-</p><!--l. 14387--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-175037"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\PGLSpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14389--><p class="noindent" >
-As <span
-class="cmtt-10">\pglspl </span>but converts the prefix to upper case and uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span><a
- id="dx1-175038"></a> instead of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>.
-<a
- id="x1-175039r31"></a>
-</p><!--l. 14393--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 31</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Using Prefixes)</span><a
- id="x1-175040"></a>
-</p><!--l. 14394--><p class="indent" > Continuing from Example&#x00A0;<a
-href="#x1-175013r30">30<!--tex4ht:ref: ex:determiners --></a>, now that I&#8217;ve defined my entries, I&#x00A0;can use them in the text via the above
-
-
-commands:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-408">
-First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\pgls{svm}.&#x00A0;Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\pgls{svm}.
-Singular:&#x00A0;\pgls{sample},&#x00A0;\pgls{oeil}.
-Plural:&#x00A0;\pglspl{sample},&#x00A0;\pglspl{oeil}.
-</pre>
-<!--l. 14400--><p class="nopar" > which produces:
- </p><blockquote class="quote">
- <!--l. 14403--><p class="noindent" >First use: a&#x00A0;support vector machine (SVM). Next use: an SVM. Singular: a&#x00A0;sample, l&#8217;oeil.
- Plural: the samples, les yeux.</p></blockquote>
-<!--l. 14407--><p class="noindent" >For a complete document, see <a
-href="#ex:sample-prefix"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-prefix.tex</span></a>. </p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 14408--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 14408--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 14410--><p class="indent" > This package also provides the commands described below, none of which perform any check to determine
-the entry&#8217;s existence.
-</p><!--l. 14413--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-175041"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasprefix{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14415--><p class="noindent" >
-Does &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">true part</span>&#x27E9; if the entry identified by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; has a non-empty value for the <span
-class="cmtt-10">prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-175042"></a> key.
-</p><!--l. 14419--><p class="indent" > This package also provides the following commands:
-</p><!--l. 14420--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-175043"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasprefixplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14422--><p class="noindent" >
-Does &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">true part</span>&#x27E9; if the entry identified by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; has a non-empty value for the <span
-class="cmtt-10">prefixplural</span><a
- id="dx1-175044"></a> key.
-</p><!--l. 14426--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-175045"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasprefixfirst{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14428--><p class="noindent" >
-Does &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">true part</span>&#x27E9; if the entry identified by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; has a non-empty value for the <span
-class="cmtt-10">prefixfirst</span><a
- id="dx1-175046"></a> key.
-</p><!--l. 14432--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-175047"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasprefixfirstplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14434--><p class="noindent" >
-Does &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">true part</span>&#x27E9; if the entry identified by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; has a non-empty value for the <span
-class="cmtt-10">prefixfirstplural</span>
-key.
-</p><!--l. 14438--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-175048"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefix{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14440--><p class="noindent" >
-Displays the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-175049"></a> key for the entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 14444--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-175050"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefixfirst{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14446--><p class="noindent" >
-Displays the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">prefixfirst</span><a
- id="dx1-175051"></a> key for the entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 14450--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-175052"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefixplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14452--><p class="noindent" >
-Displays the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">prefixplural</span><a
- id="dx1-175053"></a> key for the entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;. (No check is performed to determine if
-the entry exists.)
-</p><!--l. 14457--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-175054"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefixfirstplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-
-
-</p><!--l. 14459--><p class="noindent" >
-Displays the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">prefixfirstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-175055"></a> key for the entry given by &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;. (No check is performed to
-determine if the entry exists.)
-</p><!--l. 14464--><p class="indent" > There are also variants that convert the first letter to upper
-case<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn2x16" id="fn2x16-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">16.2</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-175056f2"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 14467--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-175057"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefix{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14469--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 14470--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-175058"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixfirst{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14472--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 14473--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-175059"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14475--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 14477--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-175060"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixfirstplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14479--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 14481--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> As with analogous commands such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span><a
- id="dx1-175061"></a>, these commands aren&#8217;t expandable so can&#8217;t be used
-in PDF bookmarks. </div>
-</p><!--l. 14484--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="x1-175062r32"></a>
-</p><!--l. 14486--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmbx-12">Example 32</span><span
-class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Adding Determiner to Glossary Style)</span><a
- id="x1-175063"></a>
-</p><!--l. 14487--><p class="indent" > You can use the above commands to define a new glossary style that uses the determiner. For
-example, the following style is a slight modification of the <span
-class="cmss-10">list</span><a
- id="dx1-175064"></a> style that inserts the prefix before the
-name:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-409">
-\newglossarystyle{plist}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\setglossarystyle{list}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\item[\glsentryitem{##1}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsentryprefix{##1}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}]
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space&#x00A0;##2}%
+</pre><p>
+This means that the sort value for both these child entries is <span class="qt">“glossary”</span>. When <a id="wrglossary.15574"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> encounters identical sort values it acts according to its <a id="wrglossary.15575"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.identical-sort-action"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">identical-sort-action</span></a> setting. The default action is to sort by the label using a simple string comparison. In this case, it would put <span class="qt">“glossarycol”</span> before <span class="qt">“glossarylist”</span>. In the original document, the <a id="wrglossary.15576"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> value was manually chosen to ensure that the entries are ordered according to <a id="wrglossary.15577"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>. This ordering can easily be obtained by changing <a id="wrglossary.15578"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span>’s</a> identical sort action (requires at least <a id="wrglossary.15579"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> v2.0): <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15580"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15581"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.15582"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={entries}</span>,<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15583"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.identical-sort-action"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">identical-sort-action</span></a><span class="optfmt">=use</span></strong>]
+</pre> This command should replace <a id="wrglossary.15584"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>. If you want the sibling information (see earlier), then you need to remember to add <a id="wrglossary.15585"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.save-sibling-count"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">save-sibling-count</span></a> to the list of options.<p>
+Note that this is a better solution than in the original example. If I edit the document so that <span class="qt">“glossarycol”</span> is used first, then the ordering will be updated accordingly, but with the original example, the <a id="wrglossary.15586"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> keys would need to be manually changed.<p>
+The remainder of the <a id="wrglossary.15587"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">document preamble</a>(that is, the definition of <code class="csfmt">\scriptlang</code> and all the entry definitions) should now be removed.<p>
+Finally, replace <a id="wrglossary.15588"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.15589"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a>. The document build is now: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.15590"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample
+bib2gls <a id="wrglossary.15591"></a><a href="#glo:switch.group"><span class="longargfmt">--group</span></a> sample
+pdflatex sample
+pdflatex sample
+</pre> Note use of the <a id="wrglossary.15592"></a><a href="#glo:switch.group"><span class="longargfmt">--group</span></a> (or <a id="wrglossary.15593"></a><a href="#glo:switch.group"><span class="shortargfmt">-g</span></a>) switch, which is needed to support the <a id="wrglossary.15594"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treenonamegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">treenonamegroup</span></a> style. The third LaTeX call is needed because the document contains <a id="wrglossary.15595"></a><a href="#glo:glsrefentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsrefentry</code></a>.<p>
+Note that you can’t use the <a id="wrglossary.15596"></a><a href="#glo:opt.order"><span class="styoptfmt">order</span></a><span class="optfmt">=letter</span> package option with <a id="wrglossary.15597"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. Instead use the <a id="wrglossary.15598"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.break-at"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">break-at</span></a><span class="optfmt">=none</span> resource option: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15599"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15600"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.15601"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={entries}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.15602"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.identical-sort-action"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">identical-sort-action</span></a><span class="optfmt">=use</span>,
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15603"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.break-at"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">break-at</span></a><span class="optfmt">=none</span></strong>
+]
+</pre><p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sample-inline.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.15604"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sample-inline.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-inline.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document is like <a id="wrglossary.15605"></a><a href="#glo:file.sample.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample.tex</span></a>, above, but uses the <a id="wrglossary.15606"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.inline"><span class="glostylefmt">inline</span></a> glossary style to put the <a id="wrglossary.15607"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> in a footnote. The document build is: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.15608"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample-inline
+makeglossaries sample-inline
+pdflatex sample-inline
+pdflatex sample-inline
+</pre> If you want to convert this document to <a id="wrglossary.15609"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, follow the same procedure as above. If you want to use <a id="wrglossary.15610"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> then you don’t need the <a id="wrglossary.15611"></a><a href="#glo:switch.group"><span class="longargfmt">--group</span></a> switch since no letter groups are required.<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sampletree.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.15612"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sampletree.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampletree.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document illustrates a <a id="wrglossary.15613"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical</a> glossary structure where child entries have different names to their corresponding parent entry. To create the document do: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.15614"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sampletree
+makeglossaries sampletree
+pdflatex sampletree
+</pre> The document uses the <a id="wrglossary.15615"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttreehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">alttreehypergroup</span></a> glossary style, which needs to know the widest name for each <a id="wrglossary.15616"></a><a href="#glo:dual.hierarchicallevel">hierarchical level</a>. This has been assigned manually in the <a id="wrglossary.15617"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">document preamble</a>with <a id="wrglossary.15618"></a><a href="#glo:glssetwidest"><code class="csfmt">\glssetwidest</code></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15619"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15620"></a><a href="#glo:glssetwidest"><code class="csfmt">\glssetwidest</code></a>{Roman letters} <span class="comment">% level 0 widest name</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.15621"></a><a href="#glo:glssetwidest"><code class="csfmt">\glssetwidest</code></a>[1]{Sigma} <span class="comment">% level 1 widest name</span>
+</pre> (Level 0 is the top-most level. That is, entries that don’t have a parent.) It’s possible to get <a id="wrglossary.15622"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> to compute the widest top-level entry with <a id="wrglossary.15623"></a><a href="#glo:glsfindwidesttoplevelname"><code class="csfmt">\glsfindwidesttoplevelname</code></a> but this will iterate over all top-level entries, regardless of whether or not they appear in the <a id="wrglossary.15624"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. If you have a large database of entries, this will firstly take time and secondly the width may be too large due to an unindexed entry with a big name.<p>
+This sample document doesn’t require any of the tabular styles so I’ve prevented those packages from being loaded with <a id="wrglossary.15625"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nolong"><span class="styoptfmt">nolong</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.15626"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nosuper"><span class="styoptfmt">nosuper</span></a>. The reduces the overall package loading and reduces the potential of package conflict. <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15627"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.15628"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.15629"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttreehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">alttreehypergroup</span></a></span>,<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15630"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nolong"><span class="styoptfmt">nolong</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.15631"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nosuper"><span class="styoptfmt">nosuper</span></a></strong>]
+{glossaries}
+</pre> (This example glossary is actually better suited for one of the topic styles provided with <a id="wrglossary.15632"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-topic"><span class="styfmt">glossary-topic</span></a>, see below.)<p>
+This is obviously a contrived example since it’s strange to have the symbol names (such as <span class="qt">“Sigma”</span>) in the glossary. The purpose is to demonstrate the <a id="wrglossary.15633"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttreehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">alttreehypergroup</span></a> with an entry that’s noticeably wider than the others in the same <a id="wrglossary.15634"></a><a href="#glo:dual.hierarchicallevel">hierarchical level</a>. A more sensible document would have the symbol in the <a id="wrglossary.15635"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key.<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.15636"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If you want to switch to <a id="wrglossary.15637"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, then you can instead use a combination of <a id="wrglossary.15638"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nostyles"><span class="styoptfmt">nostyles</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.15639"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15640"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.15641"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.15642"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttreehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">alttreehypergroup</span></a></span>,<a id="wrglossary.15643"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>,<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15644"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nostyles"><span class="styoptfmt">nostyles</span></a>,
+<a id="wrglossary.15645"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a><span class="optfmt">=tree</span></strong>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.15646"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a> package not only patches the original styles provided by the base <a id="wrglossary.15647"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package (such as <a id="wrglossary.15648"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a> used in this example) but also provides extra helper commands. In this case, it provides additional commands to calculate the widest name. For example, instead of manually setting the widest entry with <a id="wrglossary.15649"></a><a href="#glo:glssetwidest"><code class="csfmt">\glssetwidest</code></a>, you could add the following before the glossary: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15650"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15651"></a><a href="#glo:glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.15652"></a><a href="#glo:glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo</code></a>
+</pre> This will only take into account the entries that have actually been used in the document, but it can still be time-consuming if you have a large number of entries.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.15653"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Note that the glossary must be at the end of the document (after all required entries have been used) with this method. The alternative is to perform the calculation at the end of the document and save the results in the <a id="wrglossary.15654"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file for the next run. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+This example document is using top-level entries for topics without descriptions. This means that the descriptions simply contain <a id="wrglossary.15655"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a> to prevent the post-description punctuation from being automatically inserted. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15656"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15657"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{greekletter}{<a id="wrglossary.15658"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Greek letters}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.15659"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Greek letter}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.15660"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.15661"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a>}</span>}
+</pre> With <a id="wrglossary.15662"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, you can convert this to <a id="wrglossary.15663"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrnopostpunc"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnopostpunc</code></a> which will prevent the post-description punctuation without interfering with the category post-description hook.<p>
+In order to distinguish between the child entries, which are symbols, and the parent entries, which are topics, it’s useful to give these two different types of entries different categories. The topics can use the default <a id="wrglossary.15664"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.general"><span class="catfmt">general</span></a> category, but the symbol entries can be assigned to a different category. The value of the <a id="wrglossary.15665"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a> key must be a label. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15666"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15667"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{C}{<a id="wrglossary.15668"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={C}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.15669"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Euler's constant}</span>,
+<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15670"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.15671"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.symbol"><span class="catfmt">symbol</span></a>}</span>,</strong>
+<a id="wrglossary.15672"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a><span class="optfmt">={romanletter}</span>}
+</pre><p>
+There is some redundancy caused by a parenthetical note after the <a id="wrglossary.15673"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> in some of the symbol entries. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15674"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15675"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{pi}{<a id="wrglossary.15676"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={pi}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.15677"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.15678"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\pi</code>}}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.15679"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.15680"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\pi</code>} (lowercase pi)}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.15681"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Transcendental number}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.15682"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a><span class="optfmt">={greekletter}</span>}
+</pre> With <a id="wrglossary.15683"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> this can be dealt with through the category post-link hook: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15684"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15685"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefpostlink"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefpostlink</code></a>{symbol}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.15686"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrifwasfirstuse"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</code></a>
+ {<span class="comment">% first use</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.15687"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrifhasfield"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrifhasfield</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.15688"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useri"><span class="csoptfmt">useri</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.15689"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ { (<a id="wrglossary.15690"></a><a href="#glo:glscurrentfieldvalue"><code class="csfmt">\glscurrentfieldvalue</code></a>)}{}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {}<span class="comment">% not first use</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 14500--><p class="nopar" > If you want to change the prefix separator (<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsprefixsep</span>) then the following is better:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-410">
-\newglossarystyle{plist}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\setglossarystyle{list}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\item[\glsentryitem{##1}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglshasprefix{##1}{\glsentryprefix{##1}\glsprefixsep}{}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}]
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space&#x00A0;##2}%
+</pre> The parenthetical material is now stored in the <a id="wrglossary.15691"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a> key. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15692"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15693"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{sigma}{<a id="wrglossary.15694"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Sigma}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.15695"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.15696"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a><code class="cmd">\Sigma</code>}</span>,
+<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15697"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a><span class="optfmt">={uppercase sigma}</span>,</strong>
+<a id="wrglossary.15698"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Used to indicate summation}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.15699"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a><span class="optfmt">={greekletter}</span>}
+</pre> The category post-description link is also set to ensure that the symbol is displayed after the description in the glossary: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15700"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15701"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefpostdesc"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsdefpostdesc</code></a>{symbol}{<a id="wrglossary.15702"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>
+ ($<a id="wrglossary.15703"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.15704"></a><a href="#glo:glscurrententrylabel"><code class="csfmt">\glscurrententrylabel</code></a>}$)}
+</pre> These modifications only affect entries with the <a id="wrglossary.15705"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a> set to <a id="wrglossary.15706"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.symbol"><span class="catfmt">symbol</span></a>.<p>
+With <a id="wrglossary.15707"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, it’s now possible to use the topic styles provided with the <a id="wrglossary.15708"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-topic"><span class="styfmt">glossary-topic</span></a> package: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15709"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.15710"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15711"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.topic"><span class="xtrglostylefmt">topic</span></a></strong></span>,<a id="wrglossary.15712"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>,<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15713"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nostyles"><span class="styoptfmt">nostyles</span></a></strong>,<a id="wrglossary.15714"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a><span class="optfmt">={tree<strong class="strong">,topic</strong>}</span>]
+{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.15715"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.topic"><span class="xtrglostylefmt">topic</span></a> style is designed for this kind of hierarchy where all the top-level entries don’t have descriptions. This means that the <a id="wrglossary.15716"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.15717"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrnopostpunc"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnopostpunc</code></a> commands aren’t required. The top-level entries can simply be defined as: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15718"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15719"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{greekletter}{<a id="wrglossary.15720"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Greek letters}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.15721"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Greek letter}</span>, <a id="wrglossary.15722"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={}</span>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.15723"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{romanletter}{<a id="wrglossary.15724"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Roman letters}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.15725"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Roman letter}</span>, <a id="wrglossary.15726"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={}</span>}
+</pre> I’ve now loaded both the <a id="wrglossary.15727"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.15728"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-topic"><span class="styfmt">glossary-topic</span></a> packages (via <a id="wrglossary.15729"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a><span class="optfmt">={tree,topic}</span>). The <a id="wrglossary.15730"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-topic"><span class="styfmt">glossary-topic</span></a> package can be used without <a id="wrglossary.15731"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a>, in which case it will behave more like the normal <a id="wrglossary.15732"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.tree"><span class="glostylefmt">tree</span></a> rather than <a id="wrglossary.15733"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttree"><span class="glostylefmt">alttree</span></a> styles (but with different indentation and no description in the top-level). However, if you use <a id="wrglossary.15734"></a><a href="#glo:glssetwidest"><code class="csfmt">\glssetwidest</code></a> (provided by <a id="wrglossary.15735"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a>) then the <a id="wrglossary.15736"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.topic"><span class="xtrglostylefmt">topic</span></a> style will behave more like <a id="wrglossary.15737"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttree"><span class="glostylefmt">alttree</span></a>.<p>
+Since there’s no description for the top-level entries, the <a id="wrglossary.15738"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.topic"><span class="xtrglostylefmt">topic</span></a> style ignores the widest name setting for the top-level, so I can just have the level 1 setting: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15739"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15740"></a><a href="#glo:glssetwidest"><code class="csfmt">\glssetwidest</code></a>[1]Sigma
+</pre><p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.15741"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If you want to convert this document so that it uses <a id="wrglossary.15742"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, you first need to convert it to using <a id="wrglossary.15743"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, as described above, but remember that you now need the <a id="wrglossary.15744"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a> option. <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15745"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15746"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a>,</strong><a id="wrglossary.15747"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.15748"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.topic"><span class="xtrglostylefmt">topic</span></a></span>,<a id="wrglossary.15749"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.15750"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nostyles"><span class="styoptfmt">nostyles</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.15751"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a><span class="optfmt">={tree,topic}</span>]
+{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre> Next convert the entries to the <a id="wrglossary.15752"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> format required by <a id="wrglossary.15753"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.15754"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>convertgls2bib <a id="wrglossary.15755"></a><a href="#glo:switch.preamble-only"><span class="longargfmt">--preamble-only</span></a> sampletree.tex entries.bib
+</pre> Now replace <a id="wrglossary.15756"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15757"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15758"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.15759"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">=entries</span>,<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15760"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.set-widest"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">set-widest</span></a></strong>]
+</pre> I’ve used the <a id="wrglossary.15761"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.set-widest"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">set-widest</span></a> option here to get <a id="wrglossary.15762"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> to compute the widest name. (Obviously, it can only do this if it can correctly interpret any commands contained in the <a id="wrglossary.15763"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> field.)<p>
+This means that the <a id="wrglossary.15764"></a><a href="#glo:glssetwidest"><code class="csfmt">\glssetwidest</code></a> commands can now be removed completely. All the <a id="wrglossary.15765"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> commands also need to be removed from the <a id="wrglossary.15766"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">document preamble</a>. Finally, <a id="wrglossary.15767"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a> needs to be replaced with <a id="wrglossary.15768"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a>. The document build is now: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.15769"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sampletree
+bib2gls sampletree
+pdflatex sampletree
+</pre><p>
+This produces the same result as with just <a id="wrglossary.15770"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.15771"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>. However, there are some modifications that can be made to the <a id="wrglossary.15772"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file to make it neater. <p>
+The top-level entries are defined as: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15773"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@entry</code>{greekletter,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15774"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Greek letters}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15775"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15776"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Greek letter}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 14512--><p class="nopar" > The conditional is also useful if you want the style to use an uppercase letter at the start of the entry
-item:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-411">
-\newglossarystyle{plist}{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\setglossarystyle{list}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\item[\glsentryitem{##1}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glstarget{##1}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglshasprefix{##1}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\Glsentryprefix{##1}\glsprefixsep\glossentryname{##1}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\Glossentryname{##1}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}]
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space&#x00A0;##2}%
+
+<code class="code">@entry</code>{romanletter,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15777"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Roman letters}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15778"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15779"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Roman letter}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 14528--><p class="nopar" > </p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 14529--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 14529--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-
-
-<!--l. 14531--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 14531--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">17. <a
- id="sec:accsupp"></a>Accessibility Support</h2>
-</p><!--l. 14533--><p class="indent" > Limited accessibility support is provided by the accompanying <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-176001"></a> package, but note that this
-package is experimental and it requires the <span
-class="cmss-10">accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-176002"></a> package which is also listed as experimental. This package
-automatically loads the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-176003"></a> package. Any options are passed to <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-176004"></a> (if it hasn&#8217;t already been loaded).
-For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-412">
-\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries-accsupp}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 14541--><p class="nopar" > This will load <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-176005"></a> with the <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-176006"></a> package option as well as loading <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-176007"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 14545--><p class="indent" > If you are using the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> extension package, you need to load <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> with the <span id="textcolor309"><span
-class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></span><a
- id="dx1-176008"></a>
-package option. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-413">
-\usepackage[abbreviations,accsupp]{glossaries-extra}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 14550--><p class="nopar" > This will load <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> (with the <span id="textcolor310"><span
-class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></span><a
- id="dx1-176009"></a> option), <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-176010"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-176011"></a> and make
-appropriate patches to integrate the accessibility support with the extension commands.
-</p><!--l. 14556--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-176012"></a> package defines additional keys that may be used when defining glossary entries. The
-keys are as follows:
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 14560--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">access</span><a
- id="dx1-176013"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 14560--><p class="noindent" >The
- replacement
- text
- corresponding
- to
- the
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-176014"></a>
- key.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 14563--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">textaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-176015"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 14563--><p class="noindent" >The
- replacement
- text
- corresponding
- to
- the
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-176016"></a>
- key.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 14566--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">firstaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-176017"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 14566--><p class="noindent" >The
- replacement
- text
- corresponding
- to
-
-
- the
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-176018"></a>
- key.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 14569--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">pluralaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-176019"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 14569--><p class="noindent" >The
- replacement
- text
- corresponding
- to
- the
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-176020"></a>
- key.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 14572--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">firstpluralaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-176021"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 14572--><p class="noindent" >The
- replacement
- text
- corresponding
- to
- the
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-176022"></a>
- key.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 14575--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">symbolaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-176023"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 14575--><p class="noindent" >The
- replacement
- text
- corresponding
- to
- the
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol</span><a
- id="dx1-176024"></a>
- key.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 14578--><p class="noindent" >
-
-
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">symbolpluralaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-176025"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 14578--><p class="noindent" >The
- replacement
- text
- corresponding
- to
- the
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">symbolplural</span><a
- id="dx1-176026"></a>
- key.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 14581--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">descriptionaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-176027"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 14581--><p class="noindent" >The
- replacement
- text
- corresponding
- to
- the
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-176028"></a>
- key.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 14584--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">descriptionpluralaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-176029"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 14584--><p class="noindent" >The
- replacement
- text
- corresponding
- to
- the
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">descriptionplural</span><a
- id="dx1-176030"></a>
- key.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 14587--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">longaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-176031"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 14587--><p class="noindent" >The
- replacement
- text
- corresponding
-
-
- to
- the
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-176032"></a>
- key
- (used
- by
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-176033"></a>).
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 14590--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">shortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-176034"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 14590--><p class="noindent" >The
- replacement
- text
- corresponding
- to
- the
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-176035"></a>
- key
- (used
- by
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-176036"></a>).
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 14593--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">longpluralaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-176037"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 14593--><p class="noindent" >The
- replacement
- text
- corresponding
- to
- the
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">longplural</span><a
- id="dx1-176038"></a>
- key
- (used
- by
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-176039"></a>).
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 14596--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-176040"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 14596--><p class="noindent" >The
-
-
- replacement
- text
- corresponding
- to
- the
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-176041"></a>
- key
- (used
- by
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-176042"></a>).
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 14599--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">user1access</span><a
- id="dx1-176043"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 14599--><p class="noindent" >The
- replacement
- text
- corresponding
- to
- the
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">user1</span><a
- id="dx1-176044"></a>
- key.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 14602--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">user2access</span><a
- id="dx1-176045"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 14602--><p class="noindent" >The
- replacement
- text
- corresponding
- to
- the
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">user2</span><a
- id="dx1-176046"></a>
- key.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 14605--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">user3access</span><a
- id="dx1-176047"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 14605--><p class="noindent" >The
- replacement
- text
- corresponding
-
-
- to
- the
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">user3</span><a
- id="dx1-176048"></a>
- key.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 14608--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">user4access</span><a
- id="dx1-176049"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 14608--><p class="noindent" >The
- replacement
- text
- corresponding
- to
- the
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">user4</span><a
- id="dx1-176050"></a>
- key.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 14611--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">user5access</span><a
- id="dx1-176051"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 14611--><p class="noindent" >The
- replacement
- text
- corresponding
- to
- the
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">user5</span><a
- id="dx1-176052"></a>
- key.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 14614--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">user6access</span><a
- id="dx1-176053"></a> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 14614--><p class="noindent" >The
- replacement
- text
- corresponding
- to
- the
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">user6</span><a
- id="dx1-176054"></a>
- key.</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 14617--><p class="noindent" >For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-414">
-\newglossaryentry{tex}{name={\TeX},description={Document
-preparation&#x00A0;language},access={TeX}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 14621--><p class="nopar" > Now the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-176055"></a></a> produced by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{tex}</span></span></span> will be:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-415">
-\BeginAccSupp{ActualText={TeX}}\TeX\EndAccSupp{}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 14625--><p class="nopar" > The sample file <a
-href="#ex:sampleaccsupp"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleaccsupp.tex</span></a> illustrates the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-176056"></a> package.
-</p><!--l. 14629--><p class="indent" > If you prefer to use <span
-class="cmss-10">accessibility</span><a
- id="dx1-176057"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">tagpdf</span><a
- id="dx1-176058"></a> instead of <span
-class="cmss-10">accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-176059"></a> then you&#8217;ll need to define <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls@accsupp@engine</span>
-and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls@accessibility </span>before loading <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-176060"></a>. See the section &#8220;Accessibility Support&#8221;in the
-documented code for further details.
-</p><!--l. 14636--><p class="indent" > The PDF specification identifies three different types of replacement text:
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 14639--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">Alt</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 14639--><p class="noindent" >Description of some content that&#8217;s non-textual (for example, an image). A word break is assumed
- after the content.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 14641--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">ActualText</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 14641--><p class="noindent" >A character or sequence of characters that replaces textual content (for example, a dropped capital,
- a ligature or a symbol). No word break is assumed after the content.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 14644--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmbx-10">E</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 14644--><p class="noindent" >Expansion of an abbreviation to avoid ambiguity (for example, &#8220;St&#8221; could be short for &#8220;saint&#8221; or
- &#8220;street&#8221;).</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 14648--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Many PDF viewers don&#8217;t actually support any type of replacement text. Some may support &#8220;ActualText&#8221;
-but not &#8220;Alt&#8221; or &#8220;E&#8221;. <a
-href="https://pdfbox.apache.org/" >PDFBox</a>&#8217;s &#8220;PDFDebugger&#8221; tool can be used to inspect the PDF content to make sure
-that the replacement text has been correctly set. </div>
-</p><!--l. 14654--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 14656--><p class="indent" > If you define abbreviations with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-176061"></a>, the <span
-class="cmtt-10">shortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-176062"></a> field will automatically be set
-to:
-</p><!--l. 14658--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-176063"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaultshortaccess{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14660--><p class="noindent" >
-With the base <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package this just expands to &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;. With <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> this expands to &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;).
-This command must be fully expandable. It expands when the abbreviation is defined.
-</p><!--l. 14666--><p class="indent" > As from <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-176064"></a> v4.45, the helper command used to identify the replacement text depends on the
-field name. Previous versions just used:
-</p><!--l. 14669--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-176065"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaccsupp{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">replacement</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">content</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14671--><p class="noindent" >
-for all fields. This is defined to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">ActualText</span>, which is appropriate for symbols but not for abbreviations.
-</p><!--l. 14675--><p class="indent" > As from v4.45, there&#8217;s a new helper command:
-
-
-</p><!--l. 14676--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-176066"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldaccsupp{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">replacement</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">content</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14678--><p class="noindent" >
-This will use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-176067"></a> if it&#8217;s defined otherwise it will just use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaccsupp</span>. There are just two of
-these field commands for <span
-class="cmtt-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-176068"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-176069"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 14682--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-176070"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsshortaccsupp{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">replacement</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">content</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14684--><p class="noindent" >
-which is like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaccsupp </span>but uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">E </span>instead of <span
-class="cmtt-10">ActualText </span>and
-</p><!--l. 14687--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-176071"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsshortplaccsupp{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">replacement</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">content</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14689--><p class="noindent" >
-which just does <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsshortaccsupp{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">replacement</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">content</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>. Note that &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; indicates the <span
-class="cmti-10">internal </span>field name
-(such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">shortpl</span>) not the key name (such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">shortplural</span>). See <a
-href="#tab:fieldmap">table&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4.1</span></a>.
-</p><!--l. 14695--><p class="indent" > Rather than explicitly using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\BeginAccSupp</span><a
- id="dx1-176072"></a>, these helper commands can use:
-</p><!--l. 14697--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-176073"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessibility[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">content</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 14699--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">tag</span>&#x27E9; is one of <span
-class="cmtt-10">E</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">Alt </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">ActualText</span>. The replacement text for &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">content</span>&#x27E9; should be provided in &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9;. This
-does: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\BeginAccSupp</span><a
- id="dx1-176074"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">={</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">},</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">content</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">\EndAccSupp</span><a
- id="dx1-176075"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{}</span>
-</div>
-</div> but it also provides debugging information if <span
-class="cmss-10">debug</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">showaccsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-176076"></a> is used. If you explicitly use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\BeginAccSupp</span>
-instead of this command then the debugging support won&#8217;t be available.
-<!--l. 14711--><p class="indent" > You can define your own custom helper commands for specific fields that require them. For
-example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-416">
-\newcommand{\glssymbolaccsupp}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;\glsaccessibility[method=hex,unicode]{ActualText}{#1}{#2}%
+</pre> This is a direct translation from the <a id="wrglossary.15780"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> commands (after switching to the <a id="wrglossary.15781"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.topic"><span class="xtrglostylefmt">topic</span></a> style). There’s a more appropriate entry type: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15782"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@indexplural</code>{greekletter,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15783"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Greek letter}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 14717--><p class="nopar" > This definition requires the replacement text to be specified with the hexadecimal character code. For
-example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-417">
-\newglossaryentry{int}{name={int},description={integral},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;symbol={\ensuremath{\int}},symbolaccess={222B}
+
+<code class="code">@indexplural</code>{romanletter,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15784"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Roman letter}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 14724--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 14726--><p class="indent" > If you are using <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, then <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldaccsupp </span>will first test for the existence of
-<span id="textcolor311"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">accsupp</span></span><a
- id="dx1-176077"></a> and <span id="textcolor312"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">accsupp</span></span><a
- id="dx1-176078"></a> and then for <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-176079"></a>. For
-example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-418">
-\usepackage{siunitx}
-\usepackage[accsupp]{glossaries-extra}
-\glsnoexpandfields
-\newcommand{\glsxtrsymbolaccsupp}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;\glsaccessibility[method=hex,unicode]{ActualText}{#1}{#2}%
+</pre> The <code class="code">@indexplural</code> entry type doesn’t require the <a id="wrglossary.15785"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> and will set the <a id="wrglossary.15786"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> field to the same as the <a id="wrglossary.15787"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a> field. Since the <a id="wrglossary.15788"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a> field hasn’t been set it’s obtained by appending <span class="qt">“s”</span> to the <a id="wrglossary.15789"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> field.<p>
+Now let’s assume that the symbol entries are defined in a more rational manner, with the actual symbol in the <a id="wrglossary.15790"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> field. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15791"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@entry</code>{sigma,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15792"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a><span class="optfmt">={uppercase sigma}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15793"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a><span class="optfmt">={greekletter}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15794"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Used to indicate summation}</span>,
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15795"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.15796"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\Sigma</code>}}</span></strong>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15797"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.15798"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.symbol"><span class="catfmt">symbol</span></a>}</span>
}
-\newcommand{\glsxtrunitaccsupp}[2]{\glsaccessibility{E}{#1}{#2}}
-\newglossaryentry{cm}{name={\si{\centi\metre}},
-&#x00A0;access={centimetre},
-&#x00A0;description={centimetre},
-&#x00A0;category=unit
+
+<code class="code">@entry</code>{C,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15799"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a><span class="optfmt">={romanletter}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15800"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.15801"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{C}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15802"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Euler's constant}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15803"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.15804"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.symbol"><span class="catfmt">symbol</span></a>}</span>
}
-\newglossaryentry{int}{name={\ensuremath{\int}},access={222B},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={integral},category={symbol}
+</pre> The category post-description hook (provided with <a id="wrglossary.15805"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefpostdesc"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsdefpostdesc</code></a>) should now be removed from the document.<p>
+If you make these changes and rebuild the document, you’ll find that the order has changed. Now the <span class="qt">“sigma”</span> entry is before the <span class="qt">“pi”</span> entry. This is because <a id="wrglossary.15806"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> is obtaining the sort values from the <a id="wrglossary.15807"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> field, which is the sort fallback for <code class="code">@entry</code>. This means that the sort values end up as \(𝛴\) and \(𝜋\) (<a id="wrglossary.15808"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> recognises the commands <code class="csfmt">\Sigma</code> and <code class="csfmt">\pi</code> and converts them to the Unicode characters 0x1D6F4 and 0x1D70B).<p>
+If you change <code class="code">@entry</code> to <code class="code">@symbol</code> then you will once again get the order from the original example (<span class="qt">“pi”</span> before <span class="qt">“Sigma”</span>). This is because the sort fallback for <code class="code">@symbol</code> is the label not the <a id="wrglossary.15809"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a>. (Remember that the sort fallback is only used if the <a id="wrglossary.15810"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> field isn’t set. If you explicitly set the <a id="wrglossary.15811"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> field then no fallback is required. See <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=label=bib2gls-sorting"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span> gallery: sorting</a>.)<p>
+You can further tidy the <a id="wrglossary.15812"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file by removing the <a id="wrglossary.15813"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a> fields. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15814"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@symbol</code>{sigma,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15815"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a><span class="optfmt">={uppercase sigma}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15816"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a><span class="optfmt">={greekletter}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15817"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Used to indicate summation}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15818"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.15819"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\Sigma</code>}}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 14752--><p class="nopar" > The above uses the <span id="textcolor313"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">accsupp</span></span><a
- id="dx1-176080"></a> form that doesn&#8217;t include the field name. Remember that if you
-want to supply a command specifically for the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-176081"></a> field then it won&#8217;t be picked up by the <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-176082"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-176083"></a>,
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-176084"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-176085"></a> fields. You&#8217;d need to supply them all. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-419">
-\newcommand{\glsnameaccsupp}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;\glsaccessibility[method=hex,unicode]{ActualText}{#1}{#2}%
+</pre> You can then assign the <a id="wrglossary.15820"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a> in the resource set: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15821"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15822"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.15823"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">=entries</span>,<a id="wrglossary.15824"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.set-widest"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">set-widest</span></a>,<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15825"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a><span class="optfmt">={same as entry}</span></strong>]
+</pre> This means that all the entries defined with <code class="code">@symbol</code> will have the <a id="wrglossary.15826"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a> set to <a id="wrglossary.15827"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.symbol"><span class="catfmt">symbol</span></a> and all the entries defined with <code class="code">@indexplural</code> will have the <a id="wrglossary.15828"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a> set to <span class="catfmt">indexplural</span>. (Only the <a id="wrglossary.15829"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.symbol"><span class="catfmt">symbol</span></a> category is significant in this example.)<p>
+You can make the <a id="wrglossary.15830"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> files even more flexible by introducing field and entry aliases with <a id="wrglossary.15831"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.field-aliases"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">field-aliases</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.15832"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.entry-type-aliases"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">entry-type-aliases</span></a>. See the <a id="wrglossary.15833"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> manual for further details.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:samplesparent -->
+
+<section id="sec:samplescrossref"><!-- start of section sec:samplescrossref --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->18.7. Cross-Referencing<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:samplescrossref">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sample-crossref.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.15834"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sample-crossref.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-crossref.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document illustrates how to cross-reference entries in the glossary. <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.15835"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample-crossref
+makeglossaries sample-crossref
+pdflatex sample-crossref
+</pre> The document provides a command <a id="wrglossary.15836"></a><a href="#glo:alsoname"><code class="csfmt">\alsoname</code></a> to produce some fixed text, which can be changed as appropriate (usually within a language hook): <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15837"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15838"></a><a href="#glo:providecommand"><code class="csfmt">\providecommand</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.15839"></a><a href="#glo:alsoname"><code class="csfmt">\alsoname</code></a>}{see also}
+</pre> I’ve used <a id="wrglossary.15840"></a><a href="#glo:providecommand"><code class="csfmt">\providecommand</code></a> as some packages define this command. This is used to create a <span class="qt">“see also”</span> cross-reference with the <a id="wrglossary.15841"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15842"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15843"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{apple}{<a id="wrglossary.15844"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={apple}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.15845"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={firm, round fruit}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.15846"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a><span class="optfmt">={[<a id="wrglossary.15847"></a><a href="#glo:alsoname"><code class="csfmt">\alsoname</code></a>]{pear}}</span>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.15848"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{marrow}{<a id="wrglossary.15849"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={marrow}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15850"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={long vegetable with thin green skin and white flesh}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15851"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a><span class="optfmt">={[<a id="wrglossary.15852"></a><a href="#glo:alsoname"><code class="csfmt">\alsoname</code></a>]courgette}</span>}
+</pre><p>
+Note that <span class="qt">“marrow”</span> is included in the glossary even though it hasn’t been referenced in the text. This is because the <a id="wrglossary.15853"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key automatically triggers <a id="wrglossary.15854"></a><a href="#glo:glssee"><code class="csfmt">\glssee</code></a> which indexes the term. This behaviour is intended for documents where only the terms that are actually required in the document are defined. It’s not suitable for a large database of terms shared across multiple documents that may or may not be used in a particular document. In that case, you may want to consider using <a id="wrglossary.15855"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> (see below).<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.15856"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+This example is quite simple to convert to <a id="wrglossary.15857"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. If you want the dot after the description, you need the <a id="wrglossary.15858"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nopostdot"><span class="styoptfmt">nopostdot</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> or <a id="wrglossary.15859"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a> package option. You may also want to consider using the <a id="wrglossary.15860"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a> option.<p>
+In order to prevent the <span class="qt">“marrow”</span> entry from being automatically being added to the glossary as a result of the cross-reference, you can use <a id="wrglossary.15861"></a><a href="#glo:opt.autoseeindex"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">autoseeindex</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> to prevent the automatic indexing triggered by the <a id="wrglossary.15862"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key (or the <a id="wrglossary.15863"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.seealso"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">seealso</span></a> key provided by <a id="wrglossary.15864"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>).<p>
+<pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15865"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15866"></a><a href="#glo:opt.autoseeindex"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">autoseeindex</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span></strong>,<a id="wrglossary.15867"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.15868"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a>]{glossaries-extra}
+</pre> The document build is the same, but now the <span class="qt">“marrow”</span> and <span class="qt">“zucchini”</span> entries aren’t present in the document.<p>
+Note that the <span class="qt">“fruit”</span> entry is still included even though it hasn’t been used in the document. This is because it was explicitly indexed with <a id="wrglossary.15869"></a><a href="#glo:glssee"><code class="csfmt">\glssee</code></a> not via the <a id="wrglossary.15870"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key.<p>
+The entries that contains <a id="wrglossary.15871"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a>[<a id="wrglossary.15872"></a><a href="#glo:alsoname"><code class="csfmt">\alsoname</code></a><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr-label</em>〉</span>] can be converted to use the <a id="wrglossary.15873"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.seealso"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">seealso</span></a> key: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15874"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15875"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{apple}{<a id="wrglossary.15876"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={apple}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.15877"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={firm, round fruit}</span>,
+<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15878"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.seealso"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">seealso</span></a><span class="optfmt">={pear}</span></strong>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.15879"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{marrow}{<a id="wrglossary.15880"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={marrow}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15881"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={long vegetable with thin green skin and white flesh}</span>,
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15882"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.seealso"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">seealso</span></a><span class="optfmt">={courgette}</span></strong>}
+</pre> (The provided <a id="wrglossary.15883"></a><a href="#glo:alsoname"><code class="csfmt">\alsoname</code></a> definition may be removed.)<p>
+The original example redefines the cross-referencing format to use <a id="wrglossary.15884"></a><a href="#glo:dual.smallcaps">small caps</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15885"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.15886"></a><a href="#glo:glsseeitemformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsseeitemformat</code></a>}[1]{<a id="wrglossary.15887"></a><a href="#glo:textsc"><code class="csfmt">\textsc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.15888"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryname</code></a>{#1}}}
+</pre> This will still produce the desired effect with <a id="wrglossary.15889"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> for this simple example but, as with <a id="wrglossary.15890"></a><a href="#glo:file.sampleAcrDesc.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleAcrDesc.tex</span></a>, this redefinition isn’t necessary if you have at least <a id="wrglossary.15891"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.42.<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.15892"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If you want to switch to <a id="wrglossary.15893"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> then you first need to switch to <a id="wrglossary.15894"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, as described above, but you now need the <a id="wrglossary.15895"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a> option but no longer need the <a id="wrglossary.15896"></a><a href="#glo:opt.autoseeindex"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">autoseeindex</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> option: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15897"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15898"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a></strong>,<a id="wrglossary.15899"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.15900"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a>]{glossaries-extra}
+</pre> Next the entry definitions need to be converted to the <a id="wrglossary.15901"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> format required by <a id="wrglossary.15902"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.15903"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>convertgls2bib sample-crossref.tex entries.bib
+</pre> If you have at least v2.0 then <a id="wrglossary.15904"></a><a href="#glo:app.convertgls2bib"><span class="appfmt">convertgls2bib</span></a> will absorb the cross-referencing information supplied by: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15905"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15906"></a><a href="#glo:glssee"><code class="csfmt">\glssee</code></a>{fruit}{pear,apple,banana}
+</pre> into the <span class="qt">“fruit”</span> definition: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15907"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@entry</code>{fruit,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15908"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a><span class="optfmt">={pear,apple,banana}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15909"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={fruit}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15910"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sweet, fleshy product of plant containing seed}</span>
}
-\newcommand{\glstextaccsupp}{\glsnameaccsupp}
-\newcommand{\glspluralaccsupp}{\glsnameaccsupp}
-\newcommand{\glsfirstaccsupp}{\glsnameaccsupp}
-\newcommand{\glsfirstplaccsupp}{\glsnameaccsupp}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 14766--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 14768--><p class="indent" > See the documented code (<span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>) for further details. I&#x00A0;recommend that you also read the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-176086"></a> documentation. See also the <span
-class="cmss-10">accessibility</span><a
- id="dx1-176087"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">tagpdf</span><a
- id="dx1-176088"></a> packages.
-
-
-</p>
-<!--l. 14773--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 14773--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">18. <a
- id="sec:samples"></a>Sample Documents</h2>
-</p><!--l. 14776--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is provided with some sample documents that illustrate the various functions. These
-should be located in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">samples </span>subdirectory (folder) of the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>documentation directory. This
-location varies according to your operating system and TeX&#x00A0;distribution. You can use <span
-class="cmtt-10">texdoc</span>
-to locate the main glossaries documentation. For example, in a <a
-href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/novices/html/terminal.html" >terminal or command prompt</a>,
-type:
-</p><!--l. 14784--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />texdoc -l glossaries
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-This should display a list of all the files in the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>documentation directory with their full pathnames.
-(The GUI version of <span
-class="cmtt-10">texdoc </span>may also provide you with the information.)
-</p><!--l. 14791--><p class="indent" > If you can&#8217;t find the sample files on your computer, they are also available from your nearest CTAN mirror
-at <a
-href="http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/" class="url" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/</span></a>. Each sample file listed below has
-a hyperlink to the file&#8217;s location on the CTAN mirror.
-</p><!--l. 14797--><p class="indent" > The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package and <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-177001"></a></a> provide some additional sample files. There are also examples in
-the <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/" >Dickimaw Books Gallery</a>.
-</p><!--l. 14801--><p class="indent" > If you prefer to use <a
-href="#glo:UTF-8">UTF-8</a> aware engines (<span
-class="cmtt-10">xelatex </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">lualatex</span>) remember that you&#8217;ll need to switch from
-<span
-class="cmss-10">fontenc </span>&amp; <span
-class="cmss-10">inputenc </span>to <span
-class="cmss-10">fontspec </span>where appropriate.
-</p><!--l. 14807--><p class="indent" > If you get any errors or unexpected results, check that you have up-to-date versions of all the required
-packages. (Search the log file for lines starting with &#8220;<span
-class="cmtt-10">Package:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span>&#8221;.) Where <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-177002"></a> is loaded you will get
-warnings about non-existent references that look something like:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-420">
-pdfTeX&#x00A0;warning&#x00A0;(dest):&#x00A0;name{glo:aca}&#x00A0;has&#x00A0;been
-referenced&#x00A0;but&#x00A0;does&#x00A0;not&#x00A0;exist,&#x00A0;replaced&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;fixed&#x00A0;one
-</pre>
-<!--l. 14814--><p class="nopar" > These warnings may be ignored on the first LaTeX&#x00A0;run. (The destinations won&#8217;t be defined until the glossary
-has been created.)
-</p>
-<!--l. 14818--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">18.1 </span> <a
- id="sec:samplesbasic"></a>Basic</h3>
-<a
- id="x1-178001r1"></a>
-<!--l. 14821--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:minimalgls"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:minimalgls">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">minimalgls.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 14821--><p class="noindent" >This document is a minimal working example. You can test your installation using this file. To create the
-complete document you will need to do the following steps:
- </p><ol class="enumerate1" >
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-179002x1">
- <!--l. 14826--><p class="noindent" >Run <span
-class="cmtt-10">minimalgls.tex </span>through LaTeX&#x00A0;either by typing
- </p><!--l. 14828--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex minimalgls
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
- in a terminal or by using the relevant button or menu item in your text editor or front-end. This will
- create the required associated files but you will not see the glossary in the document.
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-179004x2">
- <!--l. 14835--><p class="noindent" >If you have Perl installed, run <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-179005"></a></a> on the document (<a
-href="#sec:makeglossaries">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">1.5</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the
- Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a>). This can be done on a terminal by typing:
- </p><!--l. 14837--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />makeglossaries minimalgls
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
- otherwise do:
- </p><!--l. 14841--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
-
-
- <br />makeglossaries-lite minimalgls
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
- If for some reason you want to call <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-179006"></a></a> explicitly, you can do this in a terminal by typing (all on
- one line):
- </p><!--l. 14846--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />makeindex -s minimalgls.ist -t minimalgls.glg -o minimalgls.gls minimalgls.glo
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
- See <a
-href="#sec:makeindexapp">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">1.5.4</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:makeindexapp">Using <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-179007"></a></a> explicitly (Option 2)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeindexapp --></a> for further details on using <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-179008"></a>
- explicitly.
- </p><!--l. 14852--><p class="noindent" >Note that if the file name contains spaces, you will need to use the double-quote character to delimit the
- name.
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-179010x3">
- <!--l. 14855--><p class="noindent" >Run <span
-class="cmtt-10">minimalgls.tex </span>through LaTeX&#x00A0;again (as step&#x00A0;1)</p></li></ol>
-<!--l. 14857--><p class="noindent" >You should now have a complete document. The number following each entry in the glossary is the location
-number. By default, this is the page number where the entry was referenced.
-</p><!--l. 14861--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-179011"></a> package option creates a second glossary with the label <span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>(which can be referenced with
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span>). If you decide to enable this option then there will be a second set of glossary files that need to
-be processed by <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-179012"></a></a>. If you use <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-179013"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-179014"></a></a> you don&#8217;t need to worry
-about it, as those scripts automatically detect which files need to be processed and will run <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-179015"></a></a> (or
-<a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-179016"></a></a>) the appropriate number of times.
-</p><!--l. 14871--><p class="indent" > If for some reason you don&#8217;t want to use <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-179017"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-179018"></a></a> and you want the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-179019"></a> package option then the complete build process is:
-</p><!--l. 14874--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex minimalgls
- <br />makeindex -s minimalgls.ist -t minimalgls.glg -o minimalgls.gls minimalgls.glo
- <br />makeindex -s minimalgls.ist -t minimalgls.alg -o minimalgls.acr minimalgls.acn
- <br />pdflatex minimalgls
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-</p><!--l. 14881--><p class="indent" > There are three other files that can be used as <a
-href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/minexample/" >minimal working examples</a>: <a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/mwe-gls.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">mwe-gls.tex</span></a>, <a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">mwe-acr.tex</span></a> and
-<a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr-desc.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">mwe-acr-desc.tex</span></a>.
-</p><!--l. 14886--><p class="indent" > <br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>If you want to try out the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> extension package, you need to replace the package
-loading line: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[acronym]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-
-
-</div>
-</div> with: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[acronym</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor314"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor315"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Note the different default package options. (You may omit the <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-179020"></a> package option in both cases if
-you only want a single glossary.) The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package internally loads the base <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
-package so you don&#8217;t need to explicitly load both (in fact, it&#8217;s better to let <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> load
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>).
-<!--l. 14903--><p class="indent" > Next, replace: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle{long-short}</span>
-</div>
-</div> with: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor316"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-179021"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{long-short}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The optional argument <span id="textcolor317"><span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span></span><a
- id="dx1-179022"></a> identifies the category that this style should be applied to. The <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>
-command provided by the base <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is redefined by <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> to use <span id="textcolor318"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-179023"></a> with
-the category set to <span id="textcolor319"><span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span></span><a
- id="dx1-179024"></a>.
-<!--l. 14917--><p class="indent" > If you prefer to replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>with <span id="textcolor320"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-179025"></a> then the default category is <span id="textcolor321"><span
-class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-179026"></a> so the
-style should instead be: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor322"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-179027"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">abbreviation</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{long-short}</span>
-</div>
-</div> This is actually the default category if the optional argument is omitted, so you can simply do:
-<div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor323"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-179028"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{long-short}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The <span id="textcolor324"><span
-class="cmss-10">long-short</span></span><a
- id="dx1-179029"></a> style is the default for the <span id="textcolor325"><span
-class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-179030"></a> category so you can omit this line completely if you
-replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>. (The default style for the <span id="textcolor326"><span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span></span><a
- id="dx1-179031"></a> category is <span id="textcolor327"><span
-class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></span><a
- id="dx1-179032"></a>, which only shows the short
-form on <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>.)
-<!--l. 14934--><p class="indent" > As mentioned earlier, the <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-179033"></a> package option creates a new glossary with the label <span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>. This is
-independent of the <span id="textcolor328"><span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span></span><a
- id="dx1-179034"></a> category. You can use the <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-179035"></a> package option with either <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>or
-<span id="textcolor329"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-179036"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 14939--><p class="indent" > You may instead prefer to use the <span id="textcolor330"><span
-class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></span><a
- id="dx1-179037"></a> package option, which creates a new glossary with the label
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">abbreviations</span>: </p><div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><strong><span id="textcolor331"><span
-class="cmtt-10">abbreviations</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor332"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor333"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> This can again be used with either <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>or <span id="textcolor334"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-179038"></a>, but the file extensions are different.
-This isn&#8217;t a problem if you are using <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-179039"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-179040"></a></a>. If you are explicitly calling
-<a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-179041"></a></a> (or <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-179042"></a></a>) then you need to modify the file extensions. See the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> user manual for
-further details.
-<!--l. 14952--><p class="indent" > If you use both the <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-179043"></a> and <span id="textcolor335"><span
-class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></span><a
- id="dx1-179044"></a> package options then <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>will default to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>
-glossary and <span id="textcolor336"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-179045"></a> will default to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">abbreviations </span>glossary.
-</p><!--l. 14957--><p class="indent" > <span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em;"><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-179046"></a></a></span>If you want to try <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-179047"></a></a>, you first need to convert the document to use <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> as
-described above. Then add the <span id="textcolor337"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span></span><a
- id="dx1-179048"></a> package option. For example: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><strong><span id="textcolor338"><span
-class="cmtt-10">record</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor339"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor340"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Next you need to convert the entry definitions into the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-179049"></a> format required by <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-179050"></a></a>. This can easily be
-done with <a
-href="#glo:convertgls2bib"><span
-class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span><a
- id="dx1-179051"></a></a>. For example:
-<!--l. 14967--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />convertgls2bib --preamble-only minimalgls.tex entries.bib
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-This will create a file called <strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">entries.bib</span></strong>. Next, replace: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>
-</div>
-</div> with: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor341"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-179052"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor342"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-179053"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">entries</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div> Now remove all the entry definitions in the preamble (<span
-class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>and
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>).
-<!--l. 14982--><p class="indent" > The abbreviation style command must go before <span id="textcolor343"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-179054"></a>. For example (if you are using
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>): </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor344"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-179055"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[acronym]{long-short}</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor345"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-179056"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor346"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-179057"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=entries]</span>
-</div>
-</div> Finally, replace:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-421">
-\printglossaries
-</pre>
-<!--l. 14992--><p class="nopar" > with: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor347"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span></span><a
- id="dx1-179058"></a>
-</div>
-</div> The document build is now:
-<!--l. 14998--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex minimalgls
- <br />bib2gls minimalgls
- <br />pdflatex minimalgls
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-<a
- id="x1-179059r2"></a>
-</p><!--l. 15004--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sampleDB"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sampleDB">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 15004--><p class="noindent" >This document illustrates how to load external files containing the glossary definitions. It also illustrates how to
-define a new glossary type. This document has the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-180001"></a></a> suppressed and uses <a
-href="#sec:glsadd"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span><a
- id="dx1-180002"></a></a> to add all the
-entries to the glossaries without referencing each one explicitly. (Note that it&#8217;s more efficient to
-use <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> and <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-180003"></a></a> if you have a large number of entries.) To create the document
-do:
-</p><!--l. 15012--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sampleDB
- <br />makeglossaries sampleDB
- <br />pdflatex sampleDB
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-or
-</p><!--l. 15018--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sampleDB
- <br />makeglossaries-lite sampleDB
- <br />pdflatex sampleDB
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-The glossary definitions are stored in the accompanying files <a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/database1.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">database1.tex</span></a> and <a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/database2.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">database2.tex</span></a>.
-If for some reason you want to call <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-180004"></a></a> explicitly you must have a separate call for each
-glossary:
-
-
- </p><ol class="enumerate1" >
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-180006x1">
- <!--l. 15028--><p class="noindent" >Create the main glossary (all on one line):
- </p><!--l. 15029--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />makeindex -s sampleDB.ist -t sampleDB.glg -o sampleDB.gls sampleDB.glo
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-180008x2">
- <!--l. 15032--><p class="noindent" >Create the secondary glossary (all on one line):
- </p><!--l. 15033--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />makeindex -s sampleDB.ist -t sampleDB.nlg -o sampleDB.not sampleDB.ntn
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
- Note that both <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-180009"></a></a> and <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-180010"></a></a> do this all in one call, so they not only make
- it easier because you don&#8217;t need to supply all the switches and remember all the extensions but they also
- call <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-180011"></a></a> the appropriate number of times.</p></li></ol>
-<!--l. 15042--><p class="indent" > <span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em;"><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-180012"></a></a></span>If you want to switch to using <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-180013"></a></a> with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, you can convert <a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/database1.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">database1.tex</span></a> and
-<a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/database2.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">database2.tex</span></a> to <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-180014"></a> files using <a
-href="#glo:convertgls2bib"><span
-class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span><a
- id="dx1-180015"></a></a>:
-</p><!--l. 15046--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />convertgls2bib database1.tex database1.bib
- <br />convertgls2bib database2.tex database2.bib
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-The document code then needs to be: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\documentclass{article}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[colorlinks,plainpages=false]{hyperref}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><strong><span id="textcolor348"><span
-class="cmtt-10">record</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor349"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossary*</span><a
- id="dx1-180016"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">{punc}{Punctuation</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;Characters}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span id="textcolor350"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-180017"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor351"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-180018"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">={database1},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span id="textcolor352"><span
-class="cmtt-10">selection</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=all</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor353"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span></span><a
- id="dx1-180019"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=en]</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor354"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-180020"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor355"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-180021"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">={database2},</span><strong><span id="textcolor356"><span
-class="cmtt-10">type</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=punc,</span></strong>
-
-
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span id="textcolor357"><span
-class="cmtt-10">selection</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=all</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor358"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span></span><a
- id="dx1-180022"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=letter-case]</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\begin{document}</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor359"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\print</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">unsrt</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries</span></span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\end{document}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Note that the <span
-class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-180023"></a> package option has been omitted. It&#8217;s not needed because there are no
-locations in this amended document (whereas in the original <a
-href="#ex:sampleDB"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleDB.tex</span></a> locations are created with
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span>). The starred <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossary*</span><a
- id="dx1-180024"></a> is used since the <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-180025"></a></a>/<a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-180026"></a></a> extensions are now
-irrelevant.
-<!--l. 15074--><p class="indent" > Instead of using <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-180027"></a></a> you need to use <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-180028"></a></a> when you build the document:
-</p><!--l. 15076--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sampleDB
- <br />bib2gls sampleDB
- <br />pdflatex sampleDB
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-Note that one <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-180029"></a></a> call processes all the indexing (rather than one call per glossary). Unlike <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-180030"></a></a> and
-<a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-180031"></a></a>, <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-180032"></a></a> processes each resource set in turn, but the resource sets aren&#8217;t linked to a specific glossary.
-Multiple glossaries may be processed in a single resource set or sub-blocks of a single glossary may be processed
-by multiple resource sets. In this example, there happens to be one resource set per glossary because each
-glossary requires a different sort method. (A locale-sensitive alphabetical sort for the first and a character code
-sort for the second.)
-</p><!--l. 15092--><p class="indent" > If you want letter groups, you need to use the <span id="textcolor360"><span
-class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span><a
- id="dx1-180033"></a> switch:
-</p><!--l. 15094--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />bib2gls --group sampleDB
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-and use an appropriate glossary style.
-</p><!--l. 15099--><p class="indent" > See also <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=bib2gls-sorting" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>gallery: sorting</a>, <a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls-begin.pdf" ><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: An Introductory Guide</a>&#x00A0;and the <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-180034"></a></a> user
-manual.
-</p><!--l. 15101--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 15101--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">18.2 </span> <a
- id="sec:sampleacronyms"></a>Acronyms and First Use</h3>
-<a
- id="x1-181001r3"></a>
-<!--l. 15104--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sampleAcr"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sampleAcr">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleAcr.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 15104--><p class="noindent" >This document has some sample abbreviations. It also adds the glossary to the table of contents, so an extra run
-through LaTeX&#x00A0;is required to ensure the document is up to date:
-</p><!--l. 15108--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
-
-
- <br />pdflatex sampleAcr
- <br />makeglossaries sampleAcr
- <br />pdflatex sampleAcr
- <br />pdflatex sampleAcr
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-(or use <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-182001"></a></a>).
-</p><!--l. 15116--><p class="indent" > Note that if the glossary is at the start of the document and spans across multiple pages, then this can cause
-the locations to be shifted. In that case, an extra <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-182002"></a></a> and LaTeX&#x00A0;call are required. In
-this particular example, the glossary is at the end of the document so it&#8217;s not a problem. It&#8217;s also
-not a problem for a glossary at the start of the document if the page numbering is reset at the
-end of the glossary. For example, if the glossary is at the end of the front matter in a book-style
-document.
-</p><!--l. 15125--><p class="indent" > This document uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a
- id="dx1-182003"></a> to determine whether to use &#8220;a&#8221; or &#8220;an&#8221; in: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x2026;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;is</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\ifglsused</span><a
- id="dx1-182004"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{svm}{an}{a}</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\gls{svm}</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x2026;</span>
-</div>
-</div> This clumsy bit of code can be tidied up with the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-182005"></a> package. Since that package automatically
-loads <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and passes all its options to the base package it&#8217;s possible to do a simple replacement
-of:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-422">
-\usepackage[style=long,toc]{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 15136--><p class="nopar" > with: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[style=long,toc]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-prefix</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The definition of <span
-class="cmtt-10">svm </span>now needs an adjustment: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-182006"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[description={statistical</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;pattern</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;recognition</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">technique~\protect\cite{svm}},</span>
-<br /><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">prefixfirst={a~},prefix={an\space</span><a
- id="dx1-182007"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></strong>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{svm}{svm}{support</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;vector</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;machine}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The clumsy text can now simply be changed to: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x2026;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;is</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\pgls</span><a
- id="dx1-182008"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{svm}</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x2026;</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 15153--><p class="indent" > <br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>If you want to convert this sample document to use <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, you may want the
-patched version of the styles provided in <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a
- id="dx1-182009"></a>, in which case you can also add <span id="textcolor361"><span
-class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></span><a
- id="dx1-182010"></a>:
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><strong><span id="textcolor362"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">style=long]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> If you want to suppress all the other glossary style packages with <span
-class="cmss-10">nostyles</span><a
- id="dx1-182011"></a>, then you need to specify exactly
-which package (or packages) that you do want: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">nostyles,</span></strong><span id="textcolor363"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">=long</span></strong></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,style=long]{glossaries-extra}</span>
-</div>
-</div> (Now that <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> is being used, there are more available &#8220;long&#8221; styles in the <span id="textcolor364"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra</span></span><a
- id="dx1-182012"></a> package,
-which you may prefer.)
-
-
-<!--l. 15170--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-182013"></a>, you can either load it after <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> or (with at least <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>
-v1.42) you can simply use the <span id="textcolor365"><span
-class="cmss-10">prefix</span></span><a
- id="dx1-182014"></a> package option.
-</p><!--l. 15175--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span
-class="cmss-10">toc</span><a
- id="dx1-182015"></a> package option has been dropped. This is the default with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, so it doesn&#8217;t
-need to be specified now. The document build is now shorter:
-</p><!--l. 15178--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sampleAcr
- <br />makeglossaries sampleAcr
- <br />pdflatex sampleAcr
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-The third LaTeX&#x00A0;call is no longer required to make the table of contents up-to-date. This is because
-<a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> provides boilerplate text on the first LaTeX&#x00A0;call when the glossary files are missing. This means
-that the glossary header is added to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">toc</span><a
- id="dx1-182016"></a> file on the first LaTeX&#x00A0;call, whereas with just the base <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
-package, the header isn&#8217;t present until the second LaTeX&#x00A0;call. (As with just the base <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, if the
-glossary occurs at the start of the document without a page reset after it then part of the build process needs
-repeating to ensure all referenced page numbers are up-to-date. This problem isn&#8217;t specific to the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-182017"></a>
-package.)
-</p><!--l. 15195--><p class="indent" > The other different default setting is the post-description punctuation. The base package has <span
-class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-182018"></a>
-as the default. This means that a full stop (period) is automatically inserted after the description in the
-glossary. The extension package has <span
-class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-182019"></a> as the default. If you want the original behaviour then you
-can use <span
-class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-182020"></a> or the shorter synonym <span id="textcolor366"><span
-class="cmss-10">postdot</span></span><a
- id="dx1-182021"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 15203--><p class="indent" > The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has different abbreviation handling that&#8217;s far more flexible than that provided
-by the base <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. The style now needs to be set with <span id="textcolor367"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-182022"></a> instead of
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a
- id="dx1-182023"></a>: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<strong><span id="textcolor368"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-182024"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[acronym]{long-short-sc}</span></strong>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-182025"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{svm}{svm}{support</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;vector</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;machine}</span>
-</div>
-</div> (Note the different style name <span id="textcolor369"><span
-class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-182026"></a> instead of <span
-class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a
- id="dx1-182027"></a> and the optional argument <span id="textcolor370"><span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span></span><a
- id="dx1-182028"></a>.) If
-you prefer to replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-182029"></a> with <span id="textcolor371"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-182030"></a> then omit the optional argument:
-<div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor372"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-182031"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{long-short-sc}</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor373"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-182032"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{svm}{svm}{support</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;vector</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;machine}</span>
-</div>
-</div> (The optional argument of <span id="textcolor374"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-182033"></a> is the category to which the style should be
-applied. If it&#8217;s omitted, <span id="textcolor375"><span
-class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-182034"></a> is assumed. You can therefore have different styles for different
-categories.)
-<!--l. 15224--><p class="indent" > Finally, you need to replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-182035"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span><a
- id="dx1-182036"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a
- id="dx1-182037"></a> and their variants with <span id="textcolor376"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span></span><a
- id="dx1-182038"></a>,
-<span id="textcolor377"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span></span><a
- id="dx1-182039"></a> and <span id="textcolor378"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span></span><a
- id="dx1-182040"></a> etc.
-<a
- id="x1-182041r4"></a>
-
-
-</p><!--l. 15228--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sampleAcrDesc"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sampleAcrDesc">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleAcrDesc.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 15228--><p class="noindent" >This is similar to the previous example, except that the abbreviations have an associated description. As with
-the previous example, the glossary is added to the table of contents, so an extra run through LaTeX&#x00A0;is
-required:
-</p><!--l. 15232--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sampleAcrDesc
- <br />makeglossaries sampleAcrDesc
- <br />pdflatex sampleAcrDesc
- <br />pdflatex sampleAcrDesc
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-This document uses the <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-183001"></a> package option, which creates a new glossary used by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>. This
-leaves the default <span
-class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary available for general terms. However, in this case there are no general terms so
-the <span
-class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary is redundant. The <span
-class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a
- id="dx1-183002"></a> package option will prevent its creation. Obviously, if you decide to
-add some terms with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>you will need to remove the <span
-class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a
- id="dx1-183003"></a> option as the <span
-class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary will
-now be required.
-</p><!--l. 15248--><p class="indent" > <br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>As with the previous example, if you want to convert this document to use <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> you
-need to make a few modifications. The most obvious one is to replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries </span>with <span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra </span>in
-the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage </span>argument. Again you can omit <span
-class="cmss-10">toc</span><a
- id="dx1-183004"></a> as this is the default for <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>. As in the previous
-example, you may want to use the patched styles. This document uses <span
-class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a
- id="dx1-183005"></a> which is provided by <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a
- id="dx1-183006"></a>, so
-the style can be patched with <span id="textcolor379"><span
-class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183007"></a>. </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[acronym,nomain,style=altlist</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor380"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> You may prefer to replace the <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-183008"></a> option with <span id="textcolor381"><span
-class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183009"></a>, but this will change the file
-extensions. If you use <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-183010"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-183011"></a></a> you don&#8217;t need to worry about
-it.
-<!--l. 15266--><p class="indent" > Again the style command needs to be changed: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor382"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183012"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[acronym]{long-short-sc-desc}</span>
-</div>
-</div> (Note the change in style name <span id="textcolor383"><span
-class="cmss-10">long-short-sc-desc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183013"></a> instead of <span
-class="cmss-10">long-sc-short-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-183014"></a> and the optional argument
-<span id="textcolor384"><span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183015"></a>.)
-<!--l. 15273--><p class="indent" > As with the previous example, if you prefer to use <span id="textcolor385"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183016"></a> instead of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-183017"></a> then you need
-to omit the optional argument: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor386"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183018"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{long-short-sc-desc}</span>
-
-
-</div>
-</div> The original document uses: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat</span><a
- id="dx1-183019"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}[1]{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\acronymfont</span><a
- id="dx1-183020"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\glsentrytext</span><a
- id="dx1-183021"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{#1}}}</span>
-</div>
-</div> to ensure that the cross-references (from the <span
-class="cmtt-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-183022"></a> key) use the acronym font. The new abbreviation styles don&#8217;t
-use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a
- id="dx1-183023"></a> so this isn&#8217;t appropriate with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>. If you&#8217;re using at least version 1.42 of
-<a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, you don&#8217;t need to do anything as it automatically redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat</span><a
- id="dx1-183024"></a> to take the
-style formatting into account. If you have an earlier version you can redefine this command as follows:
-<div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat</span><a
- id="dx1-183025"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}[1]{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\ifglshasshort</span><a
- id="dx1-183026"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{#1}{</span><span id="textcolor387"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183027"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{#1}}{</span><span id="textcolor388"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtname</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183028"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{#1}}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> This will just show the short form in the cross-reference. If you prefer the name instead (which includes the
-short and long form) you can use: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat</span><a
- id="dx1-183029"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}[1]{</span><span id="textcolor389"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtname</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183030"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{#1}}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 15303--><p class="indent" > The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides two additional cross-referencing keys <span id="textcolor390"><span id="textcolor391"><span
-class="cmtt-10">seealso</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183031"></a></span> and <span id="textcolor392"><span id="textcolor393"><span
-class="cmtt-10">alias</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183032"></a></span>, so <span
-class="cmtt-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-183033"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">={[see</span>
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">also]{svm}} </span>can be replaced with a more appropriate key: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-183034"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[description={Statistical</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;pattern</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;recognition</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">technique</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;using</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;``kernel</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;trick''},</span>
-<br /><strong><span id="textcolor394"><span id="textcolor395"><span
-class="cmtt-10">seealso</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183035"></a></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">={svm}</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{ksvm}{ksvm}{kernel</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;support</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;vector</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;machine}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 15314--><p class="indent" > Finally, as with the previous example, you need to replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-183036"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span><a
- id="dx1-183037"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a
- id="dx1-183038"></a> etc with
-<span id="textcolor396"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183039"></a>, <span id="textcolor397"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183040"></a> and <span id="textcolor398"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183041"></a> etc.
-</p><!--l. 15318--><p class="indent" > <span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em;"><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-183042"></a></a></span>If you want to convert this document so that it uses <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-183043"></a></a>, you first need to convert it to use
-<a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, as above, but remember that you now need the <span id="textcolor399"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183044"></a> option: </p><div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[acronym,nomain,style=altlist,</span><strong><span id="textcolor400"><span
-class="cmtt-10">record</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor401"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor402"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Now you need to convert the abbreviation definitions to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-183045"></a> format required by <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-183046"></a></a>. This can be done
-with:
-<!--l. 15328--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />convertgls2bib --preamble-only sampleAcrDesc.tex entries.bib
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-If you retained <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-183047"></a> from the original example file, then the new <span
-class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>file will contain entries
-defined with <span id="textcolor403"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@acronym</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183048"></a>. For example: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor404"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@acronym</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183049"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{ksvm,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{Statistical</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;pattern</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;recognition</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;technique</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;using</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;``kernel</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;trick''},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor405"><span
-class="cmtt-10">seealso</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{svm},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;short</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{ksvm},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;long</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{kernel</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;support</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;vector</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;machine}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> If you switched to <span id="textcolor406"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183050"></a> then the entries will instead be defined with <span id="textcolor407"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@abbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183051"></a>.
-<!--l. 15346--><p class="indent" > Next replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>with the resource command, but note that the abbreviation style must be set
-first: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<strong><span id="textcolor408"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183052"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[acronym]{long-short-sc-desc}</span></strong>
-<br /><span id="textcolor409"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183053"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor410"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183054"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=entries,%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;terms</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;defined</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;in</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;entries.bib</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span id="textcolor411"><span
-class="cmtt-10">abbreviation-sort-fallback</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=long</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div> Another possibility is to make <span id="textcolor412"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@acronym</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183055"></a> behave as though it was actually <span id="textcolor413"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@abbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183056"></a>: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<strong><span id="textcolor414"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183057"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{long-short-sc-desc}</span></strong>
-<br /><span id="textcolor415"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183058"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor416"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183059"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=entries,</span><span id="textcolor417"><span
-class="cmtt-10">abbreviation-sort-fallback</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183060"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=long</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;entry-type-aliases={acronym=abbreviation}</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div> Note that the category is now <span id="textcolor418"><span
-class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183061"></a> not <span id="textcolor419"><span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183062"></a> so the optional argument of <span id="textcolor420"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183063"></a>
-needs adjusting.
-<!--l. 15363--><p class="indent" > If the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-183064"></a> field is missing (which should usually be the case), then both <span id="textcolor421"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@acronym</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183065"></a> and <span id="textcolor422"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@abbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183066"></a> will
-fallback on the <span
-class="cmtt-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-183067"></a> field (not the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-183068"></a> field, which is usually set by the style and therefore not visible to
-<a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-183069"></a></a>). For some styles, as in this example, it&#8217;s more appropriate to sort by the long form so the fallback is
-
-
-changed. (Remember that you will break this fallback mechanism if you explicitly set the sort value.) See the
-<a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-183070"></a></a> manual for further details and other examples.
-</p><!--l. 15373--><p class="indent" > Remember to delete any <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">tex</span><a
- id="dx1-183071"></a> file. Finally replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span>
-with <span id="textcolor423"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183072"></a>. The document build is now:
-</p><!--l. 15377--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sampleAcrDesc
- <br />bib2gls sampleAcrDesc
- <br />pdflatex sampleAcrDesc
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-</p><!--l. 15383--><p class="indent" > Note that it&#8217;s now much easier to revert back to the descriptionless style used in <a
-href="#ex:sampleAcr"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleAcr.tex</span></a>:
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor424"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183073"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[acronym]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">long-short-sc</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor425"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183074"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor426"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183075"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=entries</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor427"><span
-class="cmtt-10">ignore-fields</span></span><a
- id="dx1-183076"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=description</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div> With the other options it would be necessary to delete all the <span
-class="cmtt-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-183077"></a> fields from the abbreviation
-definitions in order to omit them, but with <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-183078"></a></a> you can simply instruct <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-183079"></a></a> to ignore the description.
-This makes it much easier to have a large database of abbreviations for use across multiple documents that may
-or may not require the description.
-<a
- id="x1-183080r5"></a>
-<!--l. 15396--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sampleDesc"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sampleDesc">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleDesc.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 15396--><p class="noindent" >This is similar to the previous example, except that it defines the abbreviations using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-184001"></a>
-instead of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-184002"></a>. As with the previous example, the glossary is added to the table of contents, so an
-extra run through LaTeX&#x00A0;is required:
-</p><!--l. 15401--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sampleDesc
- <br />makeglossaries sampleDesc
- <br />pdflatex sampleDesc
- <br />pdflatex sampleDesc
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-This sample file demonstrates the use of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-184003"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-184004"></a> keys but in general it&#8217;s better to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-184005"></a>
-instead as it&#8217;s more flexible. For even greater flexibility use <span id="textcolor428"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-184006"></a> provided by <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>. For
-other variations, such as showing the symbol on <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, you may prefer to make use of the post-link category
-hook. For examples, see the section &#8220;Changing the Formatting&#8221; in <a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls-begin.pdf" ><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: An Introductory
-Guide</a>.
-<a
- id="x1-184007r6"></a>
-
-
-</p><!--l. 15415--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sampleFnAcrDesc"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sampleFnAcrDesc">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleFnAcrDesc.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 15415--><p class="noindent" >This document has some sample abbreviations that use the <span
-class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-185001"></a> acronym style. As with the
-previous example, the glossary is added to the table of contents, so an extra run through LaTeX&#x00A0;is
-required:
-</p><!--l. 15419--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sampleFnAcrDesc
- <br />makeglossaries sampleFnAcrDesc
- <br />pdflatex sampleFnAcrDesc
- <br />pdflatex sampleFnAcrDesc
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-<br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>If you want to convert this sample document to use <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, then you just need to follow
-the same steps as for <a
-href="#ex:sampleAcr"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleAcr.tex</span></a> with a slight modification. This time the <span id="textcolor429"><span
-class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote-desc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-185002"></a>
-abbreviation style is needed: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor430"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-185003"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[acronym]{short-sc-footnote-desc}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The command redefinitions (performed with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand</span>) should now all be deleted as they are no longer
-applicable.
-<!--l. 15436--><p class="indent" > You may prefer to use the <span id="textcolor431"><span
-class="cmss-10">short-sc-postfootnote-desc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-185004"></a> style instead. There are subtle differences between the
-<span id="textcolor432"><span
-class="cmss-10">postfootnote</span></span><a
- id="dx1-185005"></a> and <span id="textcolor433"><span
-class="cmss-10">footnote</span></span><a
- id="dx1-185006"></a> set of styles. Try changing the abbreviation style to <span id="textcolor434"><span
-class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote</span></span><a
- id="dx1-185007"></a> and compare the
-location of the footnote marker with the two styles.
-</p><!--l. 15442--><p class="indent" > This modified sample file now has a shorter build:
-</p><!--l. 15443--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sampleFnAcrDesc
- <br />makeglossaries sampleFnAcrDesc
- <br />pdflatex sampleFnAcrDesc
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-This is because the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package produces boilerplate text when the glossary file is missing (on the
-first LaTeX&#x00A0;run) which adds the glossary title to the table of contents (<span
-class="cmtt-10">toc</span><a
- id="dx1-185008"></a>) file.
-<a
- id="x1-185009r7"></a>
-</p><!--l. 15453--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sampleCustomAcr"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sampleCustomAcr">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleCustomAcr.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 15453--><p class="noindent" >This document has some sample abbreviations with a custom acronym style. It also adds the glossary to the
-table of contents, so an extra run through LaTeX&#x00A0;is required:
-</p><!--l. 15456--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sampleCustomAcr
- <br />makeglossaries sampleCustomAcr
-
-
- <br />pdflatex sampleCustomAcr
- <br />pdflatex sampleCustomAcr
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-This is a slight variation on the previous example where the name is in the form &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;) instead of &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;
-(&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;), and the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-186001"></a> key is set to the long form instead of the short form. On <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, the footnote text is in
-the form &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;: &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">description</span>&#x27E9; (instead of just the long form). This requires defining a new acronym style that
-inherits from the <span
-class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-186002"></a> style.
-</p><!--l. 15470--><p class="indent" > <br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>The conversion to <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> starts in much the same way as the previous examples:
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[acronym,nomain,</span><strong><span id="textcolor435"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor436"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">style=altlist]</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The abbreviation styles have associated helper commands that may be redefined to make minor modifications.
-These redefinitions should be done before the abbreviations are defined.
-<!--l. 15481--><p class="indent" > The <span id="textcolor437"><span
-class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote-desc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-186003"></a> abbreviation style is the closest match to the requirement, so replace the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span>command with: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor438"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-186004"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[acronym]{short-sc-footnote-desc}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Again, you may prefer <span id="textcolor439"><span
-class="cmss-10">short-sc-postfootnote-desc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-186005"></a>. Both styles use the same helper commands.
-<!--l. 15490--><p class="indent" > Next some adjustments need to be made to fit the new requirements. The name needs to be &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;):
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand*{</span><span id="textcolor440"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotedescname</span></span><a
- id="dx1-186006"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\protect</span><strong><span id="textcolor441"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslongfont</span></span><a
- id="dx1-186007"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\the\glslongtok</span><a
- id="dx1-186008"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\protect</span><span id="textcolor442"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span></span><a
- id="dx1-186009"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\the\glslabeltok</span><a
- id="dx1-186010"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\protect</span><span id="textcolor443"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen</span></span><a
- id="dx1-186011"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\protect</span><strong><span id="textcolor444"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span></span><a
- id="dx1-186012"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\the\glsshorttok</span><a
- id="dx1-186013"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> This command expands when the abbreviations are defined so take care to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\protect </span>commands that shouldn&#8217;t
-be expanded at that point, and make sure that the token registers that store the label, long and short values are
-able to expand. Similarly the sort value needs adjusting: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand*{</span><span id="textcolor445"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotedescsort</span></span><a
- id="dx1-186014"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\the\glslongtok</span><a
- id="dx1-186015"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-
-
-</div>
-</div> The footnote for all the footnote abbreviation styles is produced with: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor446"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvfootnote</span></span><a
- id="dx1-186016"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; is the singular or plural long form, depending on what command was used to reference the
-abbreviation (<span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>etc). This can simply be redefined as: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand*{</span><span id="textcolor447"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvfootnote</span></span><a
- id="dx1-186017"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}[2]{\footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-186018"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;#2:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\glsentrydesc</span><a
- id="dx1-186019"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{#1}}}</span>
-</div>
-</div> This will mimic the result from the original sample document.
-<!--l. 15521--><p class="indent" > You may prefer to replace <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">#2</span></span></span> with a reference to a specific field (or fields). For example: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand*{</span><span id="textcolor448"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvfootnote</span></span><a
- id="dx1-186020"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}[2]{\footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-186021"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor449"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtlong</span></span><a
- id="dx1-186022"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{#1}</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;(</span><span id="textcolor450"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort</span></span><a
- id="dx1-186023"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{#1}):</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\glsentrydesc</span><a
- id="dx1-186024"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{#1}.}}</span>
-</div>
-</div> As with the earlier <a
-href="#ex:sampleAcrDesc"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleAcrDesc.tex</span></a>, you need to remove or change the redefinition of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat</span><a
- id="dx1-186025"></a>
-since <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont </span>is no longer appropriate.
-<!--l. 15530--><p class="indent" > In the original <span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleCustomAcr.tex </span>source code, I started the description with a capital:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-423">
-\newacronym[description={Statistical&#x00A0;pattern&#x00A0;recognition
-technique&#x00A0;using&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;``kernel&#x00A0;trick''},
-see={[see&#x00A0;also]{svm}},
-]{ksvm}{ksvm}{kernel&#x00A0;support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 15537--><p class="nopar" > This leads to a capital letter after the colon in the footnote, which is undesirable, but I would like to
-have the description start with a capital in the glossary. The solution to this problem is easy with
-<a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>. I start the description with a lowercase letter and set the <span id="textcolor451"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossdesc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-186026"></a> attribute to <span
-class="cmss-10">firstuc</span>:
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor452"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute</span></span><a
- id="dx1-186027"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{acronym}{glossdesc}{firstuc}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The abbreviation definitions are modified slightly: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-186028"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[description={</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">s</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">tatistical</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;pattern</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;recognition</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">technique</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;using</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;``kernel</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;trick''},</span>
-<br /><strong><span id="textcolor453"><span id="textcolor454"><span
-class="cmtt-10">seealso</span></span><a
- id="dx1-186029"></a></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">={svm}</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{ksvm}{ksvm}{kernel</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;support</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;vector</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;machine}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Note the use of the <span id="textcolor455"><span id="textcolor456"><span
-class="cmtt-10">seealso</span></span><a
- id="dx1-186030"></a></span> key, which is only available with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.
-<!--l. 15557--><p class="indent" > If you prefer to use <span id="textcolor457"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-186031"></a> instead of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-186032"></a>, then the category needs to be <span id="textcolor458"><span
-class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-186033"></a>
-rather than <span id="textcolor459"><span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span></span><a
- id="dx1-186034"></a>: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor460"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute</span></span><a
- id="dx1-186035"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">abbreviation</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{glossdesc}{firstuc}</span>
-</div>
-</div> and the style command needs to be adjusted so that it omits the optional argument. For example:
-<div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor461"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-186036"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{short-sc-postfootnote-desc}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a
- id="x1-186037r8"></a>
-
-
-<!--l. 15569--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sample-FnDesc"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sample-FnDesc">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-FnDesc.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 15569--><p class="noindent" >This example defines a custom display format that puts the description in a footnote on <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>.
-</p><!--l. 15572--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample-FnDesc
- <br />makeglossaries sample-FnDesc
- <br />pdflatex sample-FnDesc
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-In order to prevent nested hyperlinks, this document uses the <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-187001"></a> package option (otherwise the
-footnote marker hyperlink would be inside the hyperlink around the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-187002"></a></a> which would result in a nested
-hyperlink).
-</p><!--l. 15582--><p class="indent" > <br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has category post-link hooks that make it easier to adjust the
-formatting. The post-link hook is placed after the hyperlink around the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-187003"></a></a>, so a hyperlink created by
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-187004"></a> in the post-link hook won&#8217;t cause a nested link. This means that the <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-187005"></a> option isn&#8217;t
-required: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><span id="textcolor462"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor463"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 15593--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Never use commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc </span>in the post-link hook as you can end up with infinite recursion.
-Use commands that don&#8217;t themselves have a post-link hook, such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydesc </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span>,
-instead. </div>
-</p><!--l. 15598--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 15600--><p class="indent" > In the original <span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-FnDesc.tex </span>file, the format was adjusted with: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand*{\glsentryfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-187006"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\glsgenentryfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-187007"></a>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\ifglsused</span><a
- id="dx1-187008"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\glslabel</span><a
- id="dx1-187009"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{}{\footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-187010"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\glsentrydesc</span><a
- id="dx1-187011"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\glslabel</span><a
- id="dx1-187012"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}}}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> This can be changed to: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor464"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostlink</span></span><a
- id="dx1-187013"></a>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">{general}%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;category</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;label</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><span id="textcolor465"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</span></span><a
- id="dx1-187014"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-187015"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\glsentrydesc</span><a
- id="dx1-187016"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\glslabel</span><a
- id="dx1-187017"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}}}{}}</span>
-
-
-</div>
-</div> This sets the post-link hook for the <span id="textcolor466"><span
-class="cmss-10">general</span></span><a
- id="dx1-187018"></a> category (which is the default category for entries defined with
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-187019"></a>). If I added some abbreviations (which have a different category) then this change wouldn&#8217;t
-apply to them.
-<!--l. 15619--><p class="indent" > The first paragraph in the document is:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-424">
-First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{sample}.
-</pre>
-<!--l. 15622--><p class="nopar" > So the PDF will have the word &#8220;sample&#8221; (the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-187020"></a></a> created by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{sample}</span></span></span>) as a hyperlink to the entry in
-the glossary followed by the footnote marker, which is a hyperlink to the footnote. This is then followed by the
-sentence terminator. &#8220;First use: sample<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="cmr-9">1</span></sup>.&#8221;
-</p><!--l. 15629--><p class="indent" > It would look tidier if the footnote marker could be shifted after the full stop. &#8220;First use: sample.<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="cmr-9">1</span></sup>&#8221; This can
-easily be achieved with a minor modification: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor467"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostlink</span></span><a
- id="dx1-187021"></a>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">{general}%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;category</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;label</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><span id="textcolor468"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</span></span><a
- id="dx1-187022"></a>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{</span><span id="textcolor469"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdopostpunc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-187023"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-187024"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\glsentrydesc</span><a
- id="dx1-187025"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\glslabel</span><a
- id="dx1-187026"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}}}}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> You may prefer to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a
- id="dx1-187027"></a> instead of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydesc</span><a
- id="dx1-187028"></a>. This will obey the <span id="textcolor470"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossdesc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-187029"></a> attribute. If
-you append <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span><a
- id="dx1-187030"></a>, you can also pick up the <span id="textcolor471"><span
-class="cmss-10">postdot</span></span><a
- id="dx1-187031"></a> package option. For example:
-<div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor472"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute</span></span><a
- id="dx1-187032"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{general}{glossdesc}{firstuc}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span id="textcolor473"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostlink</span></span><a
- id="dx1-187033"></a>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">{general}%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;category</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;label</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><span id="textcolor474"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</span></span><a
- id="dx1-187034"></a>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{</span><span id="textcolor475"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdopostpunc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-187035"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-187036"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a
- id="dx1-187037"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\glslabel</span><a
- id="dx1-187038"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span><a
- id="dx1-187039"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}}}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Alternatively, you could just use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc</span><a
- id="dx1-187040"></a> and explicitly append the full stop.
-<a
- id="x1-187041r9"></a>
-<!--l. 15658--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sample-custom-acronym"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sample-custom-acronym">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-custom-acronym.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 15659--><p class="noindent" >This document illustrates how to define your own acronym style if the predefined styles don&#8217;t suit your
-requirements.
-
-
-</p><!--l. 15661--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample-custom-acronym
- <br />makeglossaries sample-custom-acronym
- <br />pdflatex sample-custom-acronym
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-In this case, a style is defined to show the short form in the text with the long form and description in a
-footnote on <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. The long form is used for the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-188001"></a> value. The short form is displayed in <a
-href="#glo:smallcaps">small caps<a
- id="dx1-188002"></a></a> in the
-main part of the document but in uppercase in the list of acronyms. (So it&#8217;s a slight variation of some of the
-examples above.) The <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-188003"></a> is set to the long form (starting with an initial capital) followed by the all caps short
-form in parentheses. The final requirement is that the inline form should show the long form followed by the
-short form in parentheses.
-</p><!--l. 15677--><p class="indent" > <br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>As with <a
-href="#ex:sampleFnAcrDesc"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleFnAcrDesc.tex</span></a>, the <span id="textcolor476"><span
-class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote-desc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188004"></a> and <span id="textcolor477"><span
-class="cmss-10">short-sc-postfootnote-desc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188005"></a>
-abbreviation styles produce almost the required effect so one of those can be used as a starting point.
-However the final requirement doesn&#8217;t fit. It&#8217;s now necessary to actually define a custom abbreviation
-style, but it can mostly inherit from the <span id="textcolor478"><span
-class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote-desc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188006"></a> or <span id="textcolor479"><span
-class="cmss-10">short-sc-postfootnote-desc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188007"></a> style:
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor480"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188008"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{custom-fn}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor481"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188009"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{short-sc-footnote-desc}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor482"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188010"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{short-sc-footnote-desc}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{</span><span id="textcolor483"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinlinefullformat</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188011"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}[2]{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span id="textcolor484"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188012"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><strong><span id="textcolor485"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesslong</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188013"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{##1}</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor486"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188014"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">##2\fi}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor487"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188015"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">\else##2\fi</span><span id="textcolor488"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188016"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{##1}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor489"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188017"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><strong><span id="textcolor490"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscfont</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188018"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><span id="textcolor491"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshort</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188019"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{##1}}</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{</span><span id="textcolor492"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinlinefullplformat</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188020"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}[2]{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span id="textcolor493"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188021"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><strong><span id="textcolor494"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesslongpl</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188022"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{##1}</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor495"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188023"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">##2\fi}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor496"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188024"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">\else##2\fi</span><span id="textcolor497"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188025"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{##1}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor498"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188026"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><strong><span id="textcolor499"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscfont</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188027"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><span id="textcolor500"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshortpl</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188028"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{##1}}</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{</span><span id="textcolor501"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrinlinefullformat</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188029"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}[2]{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span id="textcolor502"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188030"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><strong><span id="textcolor503"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesslong</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188031"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{##1}</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor504"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188032"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">##2\fi}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor505"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188033"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">\else##2\fi</span><span id="textcolor506"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188034"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{##1}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor507"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188035"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><strong><span id="textcolor508"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscfont</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188036"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><span id="textcolor509"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshort</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188037"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{##1}}</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{</span><span id="textcolor510"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188038"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}[2]{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span id="textcolor511"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188039"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><strong><span id="textcolor512"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesslongpl</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188040"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{##1}</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">%</span>
-
-
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor513"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188041"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">##2\fi}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor514"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188042"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">\else##2\fi</span><span id="textcolor515"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188043"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{##1}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor516"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188044"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><strong><span id="textcolor517"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscfont</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188045"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><span id="textcolor518"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshortpl</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188046"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{##1}}</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> (See the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> user manual for further details.)
-<!--l. 15719--><p class="indent" > This new custom style now needs to be set: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor519"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188047"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[acronym]{custom-fn}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Remember that if you decide to use <span id="textcolor520"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188048"></a> instead of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-188049"></a> then the category will be
-<span id="textcolor521"><span
-class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188050"></a> not <span id="textcolor522"><span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188051"></a>: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor523"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188052"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{custom-fn}</span>
-</div>
-</div> This custom style simply adjusts the inline full form. There are other adjustments to be made that apply to the
-inherited style. (The alternative is to design a new style from scratch.) The footnote contains the
-long form followed by the description. This is the same as the modification to an earlier example:
-<div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand*{</span><span id="textcolor524"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvfootnote</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188053"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}[2]{\footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-188054"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{#2:</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydesc</span><a
- id="dx1-188055"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{#1}.}}</span>
-</div>
-</div> As with <a
-href="#ex:sampleCustomAcr"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleCustomAcr.tex</span></a>, if you specifically want the singular long form then you can ignore the second
-argument. For example: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand*{</span><span id="textcolor525"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvfootnote</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188056"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}[2]{\footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-188057"></a>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{</span><span id="textcolor526"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtlong</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188058"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{#1}:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\glsentrydesc</span><a
- id="dx1-188059"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{#1}.}}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 15745--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-188060"></a> now needs to be the long form followed by the short form in parentheses, but note the new
-requirement that the short form should now be in all capitals not <a
-href="#glo:smallcaps">small caps<a
- id="dx1-188061"></a></a> and the long form should start with
-a capital letter. </p><div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand*{</span><span id="textcolor527"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotedescname</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188062"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\protect</span><span id="textcolor528"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188063"></a>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{\makefirstuc</span><a
- id="dx1-188064"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\the\glslongtok</span><a
- id="dx1-188065"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;(\protect\MakeTextUppercase</span><a
- id="dx1-188066"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\the\glsshorttok</span><a
- id="dx1-188067"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">})%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The inherited abbreviation style uses the short form as the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-188068"></a> value by default. This needs to be changed to
-the long form: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand*{</span><span id="textcolor529"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotedescsort</span></span><a
- id="dx1-188069"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{\the</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslongtok</span><a
- id="dx1-188070"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 15762--><p class="indent" > <div title="bib2gls" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> If you want to switch to using <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-188071"></a></a>, remember to set the abbreviation style before the
-resource command and change the default sort fallback field to <span
-class="cmtt-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-188072"></a>, as with <a
-href="#ex:sampleAcrDesc"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleAcrDesc.tex</span></a>.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 15767--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
- id="x1-188073r10"></a>
-</p><!--l. 15769--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sample-dot-abbr"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sample-dot-abbr">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-dot-abbr.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-dot-abbr.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 15769--><p class="noindent" >This document illustrates how to use the base post link hook to adjust the space factor after abbreviations.
-</p><!--l. 15771--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample-dot-abbr
- <br />makeglossaries sampledot-abbrf
- <br />pdflatex sample-dot-abbr
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-This example creates a custom storage key that provides a similar function to <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>&#8217;s</a> <span id="textcolor530"><span id="textcolor531"><span
-class="cmtt-10">category</span></span><a
- id="dx1-189001"></a></span>
-key.
-</p><!--l. 15779--><p class="indent" > <br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>This example is much simpler with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>. The custom storage key, which is defined
-using: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey</span><a
- id="dx1-189002"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{abbrtype}{word}{\abbrtype}</span>
-</div>
-</div> can now be removed.
-<!--l. 15787--><p class="indent" > The <span id="textcolor532"><span id="textcolor533"><span
-class="cmtt-10">category</span></span><a
- id="dx1-189003"></a></span> key is set to <span
-class="cmtt-10">initials </span>for the initialisms (which are defined with the custom <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacr</span>
-command). The abbreviation styles can be set with: </p><div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor534"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-189004"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[acronym]{long-short}</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor535"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-189005"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[initials]{long-short}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The <span id="textcolor536"><span
-class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></span><a
- id="dx1-189006"></a> attribute will discard any full stop (period) following commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor537"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute</span></span><a
- id="dx1-189007"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{initials}{discardperiod}{true}</span>
-</div>
-</div> (If you want to use the <span id="textcolor538"><span
-class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span></span><a
- id="dx1-189008"></a> attribute then you will also need to set the <span id="textcolor539"><span
-class="cmss-10">pluraldiscardperiod</span></span><a
- id="dx1-189009"></a>
-attribute.)
-<!--l. 15802--><p class="indent" > The <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> is governed by the <span id="textcolor540"><span
-class="cmss-10">retainfirstuseperiod</span></span><a
- id="dx1-189010"></a> attribute. If set, the period won&#8217;t be discarded if it
-follows the <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. This is useful for styles where the <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> doesn&#8217;t end with the
-short form. In this case, the <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span id="textcolor541"><span
-class="cmss-10">long-short</span></span><a
- id="dx1-189011"></a> style ends with a closing parenthesis, so the end of
-sentence might be clearer if the period is retained: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor542"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute</span></span><a
- id="dx1-189012"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{initials}{retainfirstuseperiod}{true}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 15813--><p class="indent" > The <span id="textcolor543"><span
-class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></span><a
- id="dx1-189013"></a> attribute can automatically insert dots into the short form with a final space factor
-adjustment: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor544"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute</span></span><a
- id="dx1-189014"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{initials}{insertdots}{true}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 15819--><p class="indent" > The custom helper command defined in the example needs to be slightly modified: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newcommand*{\newabbr}[1][]{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span id="textcolor545"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-189015"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><strong><span id="textcolor546"><span
-class="cmtt-10">category</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">=initials,#1]}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The definitions need to be slightly modified to work with the <span id="textcolor547"><span
-class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></span><a
- id="dx1-189016"></a> attribute: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbr{eg}{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">eg</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{eg}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbr{ie}{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">ie</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{ie}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbr{bsc}{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">B{Sc}</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{Bachelor</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;Science}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbr{ba}{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">BA</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{BA}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbr{agm}{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">AGM</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{AGM}</span>
-
-
-</div>
-</div> (This makes it much easier to change your mind if you decide at a later date to omit the dots, especially if you
-are storing all your definitions in a file that&#8217;s shared across multiple documents, but note the need to group
-&#8220;Sc&#8221;.)
-<!--l. 15839--><p class="indent" > The &#8220;laser&#8221; definition remains unchanged:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-425">
-\newacronym{laser}{laser}{light&#x00A0;amplification&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;stimulated
-emission&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;radiation}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 15843--><p class="nopar" > The remaining code in the preamble must now be removed. (It will interfere with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>&#8217;s</a> category
-post-link hooks.) No change is required in the document body.
-</p><!--l. 15848--><p class="indent" > See the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> user manual for further details about category attributes and post-link
-hooks.
-<a
- id="x1-189017r11"></a>
-</p><!--l. 15851--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sample-font-abbr"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sample-font-abbr">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-font-abbr.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-font-abbr.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 15851--><p class="noindent" >This document illustrates how to have different fonts for abbreviations within the style. The document build
-is:
-</p><!--l. 15853--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample-font-abbr
- <br />makeglossaries sample-font-abbr
- <br />pdflatex sample-font-abbr
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-The acronym mechanism provided by the base <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package isn&#8217;t well suited to having a mixture of styles.
-This example provides a workaround that involves defining a new storage key with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey</span><a
- id="dx1-190001"></a> that&#8217;s
-used to hold the font declaration (such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\em</span>).
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-426">
-\glsaddstoragekey{font}{}{\entryfont}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 15865--><p class="nopar" > A new custom acronym style is defined that fetches the font information from this new key so that it can be
-applied to the abbreviation. Some helper commands are also provided to define the different types of
-abbreviation:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-427">
-\newcommand*{\newitabbr}[1][]{\newacronym[font=\em,#1]}
-\newcommand*{\newupabbr}{\newacronym}
-\newitabbr{eg}{e.g.}{exempli&#x00A0;gratia}
-\newupabbr{bsc}{BSc}{Bachelor&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Science}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 15876--><p class="nopar" > This makes the <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{eg}</span></span></span> appear as &#8220;exempli gratia (<span
-class="cmti-10">e.g.</span>)&#8221; whereas the <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{bsc}</span></span></span> is
-&#8220;Bachelor of Science (BSc)&#8221;.
-</p><!--l. 15881--><p class="indent" > <br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>This example document is much simpler with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>. First the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage</span>
-command needs adjusting: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><span id="textcolor548"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor549"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The custom storage key can now be removed and also the custom acronym style. Now replace the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a
- id="dx1-190002"></a> line with: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor550"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-190003"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[acronym]{long-short-em}</span>
-</div>
-</div> and change the definition of the helper commands: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newcommand*{\newitabbr}{\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-190004"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newcommand*{\newupabbr}{</span><strong><span id="textcolor551"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-190005"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Note that the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">font=\em,</span></span></span> part has been removed from the definition of the first command and the second
-command uses <span id="textcolor552"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-190006"></a> instead of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-190007"></a>. This means that <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newitabbr </span>will default to
-<span id="textcolor553"><span id="textcolor554"><span
-class="cmtt-10">category</span></span><a
- id="dx1-190008"></a></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=acronym </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newupabbr </span>will default to <span id="textcolor555"><span id="textcolor556"><span
-class="cmtt-10">category</span></span><a
- id="dx1-190009"></a></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=abbreviation</span>. The default style for the
-<span id="textcolor557"><span
-class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-190010"></a> category is <span id="textcolor558"><span
-class="cmss-10">long-short</span></span><a
- id="dx1-190011"></a>, which is the required style for this example. This just means that
-only the <span id="textcolor559"><span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span></span><a
- id="dx1-190012"></a> category needs to have the style set (with the above <span id="textcolor560"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-190013"></a>
-command).
-<!--l. 15909--><p class="indent" > Finally, the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-190014"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span><a
- id="dx1-190015"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrfull </span>commands need to be replaced with <span id="textcolor561"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span></span><a
- id="dx1-190016"></a>,
-<span id="textcolor562"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span></span><a
- id="dx1-190017"></a> and <span id="textcolor563"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span></span><a
- id="dx1-190018"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 15913--><p class="indent" > You may notice that the spacing after &#8220;e.g.&#8221; and &#8220;i.e.&#8221; isn&#8217;t correct. This is similar to the <a
-href="#ex:sample-dot-abbr"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-dot-abbr.tex</span></a>
-example where the space factor needs adjusting. In this case I&#8217;ve inserted the dots manually (rather than relying
-on the <span id="textcolor564"><span
-class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></span><a
- id="dx1-190019"></a> attribute). You can either remove the dots and use <span id="textcolor565"><span
-class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></span><a
- id="dx1-190020"></a> with <span id="textcolor566"><span
-class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></span><a
- id="dx1-190021"></a>:
-</p><div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor567"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute</span></span><a
- id="dx1-190022"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{acronym}{insertdots}{true}</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor568"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute</span></span><a
- id="dx1-190023"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{acronym}{discardperiod}{true}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newitabbr{eg}{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">eg</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{exempli</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;gratia}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newitabbr{ie}{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">ie</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{id</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;est}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Or you can manually insert the space factor adjustment and only use the <span id="textcolor569"><span
-class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></span><a
- id="dx1-190024"></a> attribute:
-<div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor570"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute</span></span><a
- id="dx1-190025"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{acronym}{discardperiod}{true}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newitabbr{eg}{e.g.</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\@</span><a
- id="dx1-190026"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{exempli</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;gratia}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newitabbr{ie}{i.e.</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\@</span><a
- id="dx1-190027"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{id</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;est}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 15935--><p class="indent" > You don&#8217;t have to use the <span id="textcolor571"><span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span></span><a
- id="dx1-190028"></a> category. You may prefer a different label that fits better semantically.
-For example: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor572"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-190029"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">latinabbr</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{long-short-em}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newcommand*{\new</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">latin</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">abbr}[1][]{</span><span id="textcolor573"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-190030"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor574"><span
-class="cmtt-10">category</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">latinabbr</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,#1]}</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor575"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute</span></span><a
- id="dx1-190031"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">latinabbr</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{insertdots}{true}</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor576"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute</span></span><a
- id="dx1-190032"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">latinabbr</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{discardperiod}{true}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\new</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">latin</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">abbr{eg}{e.g.</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\@</span><a
- id="dx1-190033"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{exempli</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;gratia}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\new</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">latin</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">abbr{ie}{i.e.</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\@</span><a
- id="dx1-190034"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{id</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;est}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 15947--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 15947--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">18.3 </span> <a
- id="sec:samplecounter"></a>Non-Page Locations</h3>
-<a
- id="x1-191001r12"></a>
-<!--l. 15950--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sampleEq"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sampleEq">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleEq.tex</span></a></h4>
-
-
-<!--l. 15950--><p class="noindent" >This document illustrates how to change the location to something other than the page number. In this case,
-the <span
-class="cmss-10">equation </span>counter is used since all glossary entries appear inside an <span
-class="cmss-10">equation</span><a
- id="dx1-192001"></a><a
- id="dx1-192002"></a> environment. To create the
-document do:
-</p><!--l. 15955--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sampleEq
- <br />makeglossaries sampleEq
- <br />pdflatex sampleEq
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides some location formats, such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\hyperrm</span><a
- id="dx1-192003"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\hyperbf</span><a
- id="dx1-192004"></a>, that allow the
-locations in the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-192005"></a></a> to hyperlink to the appropriate place in the document (if <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-192006"></a> has
-been used). Since it&#8217;s not possible to include the hyperlink name in the indexing information with
-<a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-192007"></a></a> and <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-192008"></a></a>, the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has to reform the name from a prefix and the location
-value.
-</p><!--l. 15968--><p class="indent" > Unfortunately it&#8217;s not always possible to split the link name into a prefix and location. That happens with
-the <span
-class="cmss-10">equation </span>counter in certain classes, such as the <span
-class="cmss-10">report </span>class (which is used in this example).
-This means that it&#8217;s necessary to redefine <span
-class="cmtt-10">\theHequation</span><a
- id="dx1-192009"></a> so that it has a format that fits the
-requirement:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-428">
-\renewcommand*\theHequation{\theHchapter.\arabic{equation}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 15975--><p class="nopar" > If you don&#8217;t do this, the equation locations in the glossary won&#8217;t form valid hyperlinks.
-</p><!--l. 15979--><p class="indent" > Each glossary entry represents a mathematical symbol. This means that with Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option1">1</a>&#8211;<a
-href="#option3">3</a> it&#8217;s necessary to
-use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-192010"></a> key. For example: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{Gamma}{name=\ensuremath{\Gamma(z)},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">description=Gamma</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;function,</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">sort=Gamma</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 15987--><p class="indent" > <span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em;"><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-192011"></a></a></span>If you want to switch to using <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-192012"></a></a>, the first change you need to make is to switch from
-explicitly loading <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>to loading <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> with the <span id="textcolor577"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span></span><a
- id="dx1-192013"></a> package option. If <span id="textcolor578"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">only</span></span><a
- id="dx1-192014"></a> (or <span id="textcolor579"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span></span><a
- id="dx1-192015"></a>
-without a value) is used, then the above redefinition of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\theHequation </span>is still required. If <span id="textcolor580"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">nameref</span></span><a
- id="dx1-192016"></a> is used
-instead then the redefinition of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\theHequation </span>isn&#8217;t required. You may also want to use the <span id="textcolor581"><span
-class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></span><a
- id="dx1-192017"></a> and
-<span id="textcolor582"><span
-class="cmss-10">postdot</span></span><a
- id="dx1-192018"></a> options: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><strong><strong><span id="textcolor583"><span
-class="cmtt-10">record=nameref</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor584"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor585"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;ucmark,style=long3colheader,counter=equation]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The entries now need to be converted into the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-192019"></a> format required by <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-192020"></a></a>, which can be done with
-<a
-href="#glo:convertgls2bib"><span
-class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span><a
- id="dx1-192021"></a></a>:
-<!--l. 16003--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />convertgls2bib --preamble-only sampleEq.tex entries.bib
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-This will create a file called <span
-class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>that starts: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;Encoding:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;UTF-8</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor586"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-192022"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{Gamma,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{\ensuremath{\Gamma(z)}},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{Gamma</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;function}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> You may prefer to change <span id="textcolor587"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-192023"></a> to <span id="textcolor588"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@symbol</span></span><a
- id="dx1-192024"></a>. (This should be easy to do with your text editor&#8217;s search and
-replace function.)
-
-
-<!--l. 16018--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-192025"></a> key has been omitted. This is because it typically shouldn&#8217;t be used. The difference
-between using <span id="textcolor589"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-192026"></a> and <span id="textcolor590"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@symbol</span></span><a
- id="dx1-192027"></a> is that with <span id="textcolor591"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-192028"></a> the sort value will be obtained from the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-192029"></a> but with
-<span id="textcolor592"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@symbol</span></span><a
- id="dx1-192030"></a> the sort value will be obtained from the label. If you explicitly use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-192031"></a> key then you will break
-this behaviour. (If you try this example out, notice the difference in the ordering if you switch between <span id="textcolor593"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-192032"></a>
-and <span id="textcolor594"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@symbol</span></span><a
- id="dx1-192033"></a>. See also <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=bib2gls-sorting" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>gallery: sorting</a>.)
-</p><!--l. 16028--><p class="indent" > Next replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>with: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<strong><span id="textcolor595"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-192034"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor596"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-192035"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=entries]</span></strong>
-</div>
-</div> If you have used <span id="textcolor597"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">nameref</span></span><a
- id="dx1-192036"></a> then you can remove the redefinition of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\theHequation</span>. Next remove all the
-lines defining the glossary entries (since they&#8217;re now defined in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-192037"></a> file).
-<!--l. 16037--><p class="indent" > Finally, replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-192038"></a> with <span id="textcolor598"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span><a
- id="dx1-192039"></a>: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<strong><span id="textcolor599"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span><a
- id="dx1-192040"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">[title={Index</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;Special</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;Functions</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;and</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">Notations}]</span>
-</div>
-</div> The rest of the document remains unchanged (unless you want to use <span id="textcolor600"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt</span></span><a
- id="dx1-192041"></a> as described in the following
-example).
-<a
- id="x1-192042r13"></a>
-<!--l. 16045--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sampleEqPg"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sampleEqPg">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleEqPg.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 16045--><p class="noindent" >This is similar to the previous example, but the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-193001"></a>s</a> are a mixture of page numbers and
-equation numbers. This example adds the glossary to the table of contents, so an extra LaTeX&#x00A0;run is
-required:
-</p><!--l. 16049--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sampleEqPg
- <br />makeglossaries sampleEqPg
- <br />pdflatex sampleEqPg
- <br />pdflatex sampleEqPg
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-As with the previous example, entries are defined like this:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-429">
-\newglossaryentry{Gamma}{name=\ensuremath{\Gamma(z)},
-description=Gamma&#x00A0;function,sort=Gamma}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 16059--><p class="nopar" > The <span
-class="cmss-10">counter</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">equation</span><a
- id="dx1-193002"></a> package option is used to set the default indexing counter to <span
-class="cmss-10">equation</span>. This means that it
-has to be changed for indexing outside of any numbered equation. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-430">
-\glslink[format=hyperbf,counter=page]{Gamma}{gamma&#x00A0;function}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 16066--><p class="nopar" > I&#8217;ve set the <span
-class="cmtt-10">format</span><a
- id="dx1-193003"></a> to <span
-class="cmtt-10">hyperbf</span><a
- id="dx1-193004"></a> to indicate that this is a primary reference. (Note that I&#8217;m using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\hyperbf</span><a
- id="dx1-193005"></a> not
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\textbf</span><a
- id="dx1-193006"></a> in order to include a hyperlink in the location.)
-</p><!--l. 16071--><p class="indent" > The <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-193007"></a></a> here is almost identical to the description. The only difference is that the description starts
-with a capital. If it started with a lowercase character instead, I could simply use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc</span><a
- id="dx1-193008"></a> instead of
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a
- id="dx1-193009"></a>. If I change the entry descriptions so that they all start with a lowercase letter then I would need to
-create a custom glossary style that used <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glossentrydesc</span><a
- id="dx1-193010"></a> instead of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a
- id="dx1-193011"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 16079--><p class="indent" > <br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>If I switch to using <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> I wouldn&#8217;t need a new glossary style. Instead I could just
-use the <span id="textcolor601"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossdesc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-193012"></a> attribute to perform the case change. Remember that the first change to make is to replace
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[style=long3colheader,</span><strong><span id="textcolor602"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor603"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;counter=equation]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The entries are now all defined so that the description starts with a lowercase letter (except for the descriptions
-that start with a proper noun). For example: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-193013"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{Gamma}{name=\ensuremath{\Gamma(z)},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">description=</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">g</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">amma</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;function,sort=Gamma}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The <span id="textcolor604"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossdesc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-193014"></a> attribute needs setting: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor605"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute</span></span><a
- id="dx1-193015"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{general}{glossdesc}{firstuc}</span>
-</div>
-</div> This means that I can now use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc</span><a
- id="dx1-193016"></a> instead of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a
- id="dx1-193017"></a>.
-<!--l. 16102--><p class="indent" > It&#8217;s a bit cumbersome typing <span
-class="cmtt-10">[format=hyperbf,counter=page] </span>for each primary reference, but
-<a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> provides a convenient way of having a third modifier for commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>. This
-needs to be a single punctuation character (but not <span
-class="cmtt-10">* </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">+ </span>which are already in use). For example:
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor606"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetAltModifier</span></span><a
- id="dx1-193018"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">!</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{format=hyperbf,counter=page}</span>
-
-
-</div>
-</div> Now <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc</span><a
- id="dx1-193019"></a><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">!</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">{Gamma} </span>is equivalent to: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc</span><a
- id="dx1-193020"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[format=hyperbf,counter=page]{Gamma}</span>
-</div>
-</div> So the text at the start of the &#8220;Gamma Functions&#8221; chapter is now just: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">The</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\glsdesc</span><a
- id="dx1-193021"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">!{Gamma}</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;is</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;defined</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;as</span>
-</div>
-</div> which is much more compact. Similar changes can be made for the other instance of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a
- id="dx1-193022"></a> where the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link
-text<a
- id="dx1-193023"></a></a> is just the description: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">The</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\glsdesc</span><a
- id="dx1-193024"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">!{erf}</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;is</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;defined</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;as</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 16127--><p class="indent" > There are three other instances of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a
- id="dx1-193025"></a>, such as: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a
- id="dx1-193026"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{Gamma}{\Gamma(x+1)}</span>
-</div>
-</div> If I just use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{Gamma}</span></span></span> then I would get &#x0393;(<span
-class="cmmi-10">z</span>) as the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-193027"></a></a>. For entries like this that represent functions
-with variable parameters it would be more convenient (and help with consistency) if a command was available
-to easily replace the parameters.
-<!--l. 16137--><p class="indent" > With the base <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, one simple solution that works for this example is to save just the function
-symbol in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol</span><a
- id="dx1-193028"></a> field, for example: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-193029"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{Gamma}{name=\ensuremath{\Gamma(z)},</span>
-<br /><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol={\ensuremath{\Gamma}},</span></strong>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">description=gamma</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;function,sort=Gamma}</span>
-</div>
-</div> and then use: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol</span><a
- id="dx1-193030"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">{Gamma}</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">(\Gamma(x+1))</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span></strong>
-</div>
-</div> (which includes the function parameter inside the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-193031"></a></a>) or just: <div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol</span><a
- id="dx1-193032"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{Gamma}(\Gamma(x+1))</span>
-</div>
-</div> (which has the function parameter after the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-193033"></a></a>). This is a convenient approach where the extra material
-can simply follow the symbol, and it can also be used with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.
-<!--l. 16157--><p class="indent" > The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides another possibility. It requires a command that takes a single
-argument, for example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-431">
-\newcommand{\Gammafunction}[1]{\Gamma(#1)}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 16161--><p class="nopar" > The control sequence name (the command name without the leading backslash) is stored in the field identified
-by the command <span id="textcolor607"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtField</span></span><a
- id="dx1-193034"></a> (this should be the internal field name not the key name, see
-<a
-href="#tab:fieldmap">table&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4.1</span></a>). The default is <span
-class="cmtt-10">useri</span><a
- id="dx1-193035"></a> which corresponds to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">user1</span><a
- id="dx1-193036"></a> key. This means that the <span
-class="cmtt-10">Gamma</span>
-entry would need to be defined with <span
-class="cmtt-10">user1=Gammafunction</span>. With this approach, each function entry would
-need a separate associated command.
-</p><!--l. 16170--><p class="indent" > Another approach is to store the parameterless function in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol</span><a
- id="dx1-193037"></a> key (as earlier) and have a more
-generic command that uses this symbol. This requires the entry label, which can be obtained with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>
-within the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-193038"></a></a>: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newcommand{\entryfunc}[1]{\glsentrysymbol</span><a
- id="dx1-193039"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\glslabel</span><a
- id="dx1-193040"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}(#1)}</span>
-</div>
-</div> (Obviously, this command can&#8217;t be used outside of the <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-193041"></a></a> or post-link hooks since it uses
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span><a
- id="dx1-193042"></a>.)
-<!--l. 16180--><p class="indent" > So the entry now needs the parameterless function in <span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol</span><a
- id="dx1-193043"></a> and the control sequence name of this generic
-command in <span
-class="cmtt-10">user1</span><a
- id="dx1-193044"></a>. For example: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-193045"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{Gamma}{name=\ensuremath{\Gamma(z)},</span>
-<br /><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol={\ensuremath{\Gamma}},user1=entryfunc,</span></strong>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">description=gamma</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;function,sort=Gamma}</span>
-</div>
-</div> (This doesn&#8217;t need to be done for the <span
-class="cmtt-10">C </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">G </span>entries since they&#8217;re constants not functions.)
-<!--l. 16191--><p class="indent" > You may want to consider providing helper commands to make the functions easier to define. For
-example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-432">
-\newcommand{\func}[2]{#1(#2)}
-\newcommand{\entryfunc}[1]{\func{\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{#1}}
-\newcommand{\newfunc}[5][]{%
-&#x00A0;\newglossaryentry{#2}{name={\ensuremath{\func{#3}{#4}}},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;symbol={#3},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;user1={entryfunc},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={#5},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={#2},#1
-&#x00A0;}%
+</pre> Now remove <a id="wrglossary.15911"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> and all the entry definition commands (including <a id="wrglossary.15912"></a><a href="#glo:glssee"><code class="csfmt">\glssee</code></a> from the <a id="wrglossary.15913"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">document preamble</a>) and add: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15914"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15915"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.15916"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">=entries</span>]
+</pre> Finally, replace <a id="wrglossary.15917"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.15918"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a>. The document build is now: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.15919"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample-crossref
+bib2gls sample-crossref
+pdflatex sample-crossref
+</pre> The glossary now contains: apple, banana, courgette and pear. Note that it doesn’t contain fruit, zucchini or marrow.<p>
+Now change the selection criteria: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15920"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15921"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.15922"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">=entries</span>,
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15923"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.selection"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">selection</span></a><span class="optfmt">={recorded and deps and see}</span></strong>]
+</pre> The glossary now includes fruit, zucchini and marrow.<p>
+The fruit and zucchini use the <a id="wrglossary.15924"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key which is a simple redirection for the reader. There’s no <a id="wrglossary.15925"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> for either of these entries. Whereas marrow uses the <a id="wrglossary.15926"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.seealso"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">seealso</span></a> key, which is typically intended as a supplement to a <a id="wrglossary.15927"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> but in this case there are no <a id="wrglossary.15928"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> as marrow hasn’t been used in the text.<p>
+With at least v2.0, there’s an alternative: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15929"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15930"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.15931"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">=entries</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15932"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.selection"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">selection</span></a><span class="optfmt">={recorded and deps and see<strong class="strong"> not also</strong>}</span>]
+</pre> In this case, the glossary includes fruit and zucchini but not marrow.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:samplescrossref -->
+
+<section id="sec:samplescustomkeys"><!-- start of section sec:samplescustomkeys --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->18.8. Custom Keys<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:samplescustomkeys">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sample-newkeys.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.15933"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sample-newkeys.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-newkeys.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document illustrates how add custom keys (using <a id="wrglossary.15934"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddkey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddkey</code></a>). There are two custom keys <span class="csoptfmt">ed</span>, where the default value is the <a id="wrglossary.15935"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> field with <span class="qt">“ed”</span> appended, and <span class="csoptfmt">ing</span>, where the default value is the <a id="wrglossary.15936"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> field with <span class="qt">“ing”</span> appended. Since the default value in both cases references the <a id="wrglossary.15937"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> field, the starred version <a id="wrglossary.15938"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddkey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddkey*</code></a> is required to ensure that the default value is expanded on definition if no alternative has been provided.<p>
+The entries are then defined as follows: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15939"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15940"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{jump}{<a id="wrglossary.15941"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={jump}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.15942"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={}</span>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.15943"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{run}{<a id="wrglossary.15944"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={run}</span>,
+ ed={ran},
+ ing={running},
+ <a id="wrglossary.15945"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={}</span>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.15946"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{waddle}{name=waddle,
+ ed={waddled},
+ ing={waddling},
+ <a id="wrglossary.15947"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={}</span>}
+</pre><p>
+Each custom key is provided a set of commands analogous to <a id="wrglossary.15948"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a>, that allows the key value to be accessed, and <a id="wrglossary.15949"></a><a href="#glo:glstext"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code></a> that allows the key value to be access with indexing and hyperlinking (where applicable).<p>
+If you find yourself wanting to create a lot of custom keys that produce minor variations of existing keys (such as different tenses) you may find it simpler to just use <a id="wrglossary.15950"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisp</code></a>. When editing the document source, it’s usually simpler to read: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15951"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>The dog <a id="wrglossary.15952"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisp</code></a>{jump}{jumped} over the duck.
+</pre> than <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15953"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>The dog <code class="cmd">\glsed</code>{jump} over the duck.
+</pre><p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.15954"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If you want to convert this document to use <a id="wrglossary.15955"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, you first need to switch to <a id="wrglossary.15956"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, but remember that you need the <a id="wrglossary.15957"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a> option: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15958"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.15959"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a></strong>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre> Next convert the entry definitions to the <a id="wrglossary.15960"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> format required by <a id="wrglossary.15961"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.15962"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>convertgls2bib <a id="wrglossary.15963"></a><a href="#glo:switch.index-conversion"><span class="longargfmt">--index-conversion</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.15964"></a><a href="#glo:switch.preamble-only"><span class="longargfmt">--preamble-only</span></a> sample-newkeys.tex entries.bib
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.15965"></a><a href="#glo:switch.index-conversion"><span class="longargfmt">--index-conversion</span></a> switch requires at least v2.0 and will convert entries without a description (or where the description is simply <a id="wrglossary.15966"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.15967"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrnopostpunc"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnopostpunc</code></a>) to <code class="code">@index</code> instead of <code class="code">@entry</code>. This means that the new <span class="filefmt">entries.bib</span> file will contain: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15968"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@index</code>{jump,
+ <a id="wrglossary.15969"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={jump}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 16204--><p class="nopar" > The entries can now be defined using this custom <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newfunc </span>command. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-433">
-\newfunc{Gamma}{\Gamma}{z}{gamma&#x00A0;function}
-\newfunc[sort=gamma1]{gamma}{\gamma}{\alpha,x}{lower
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;incomplete&#x00A0;gamma&#x00A0;function}
-\newfunc[sort=Gamma2]{iGamma}{\Gamma}{\alpha,x}{upper
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;incomplete&#x00A0;gamma&#x00A0;function}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 16213--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 16215--><p class="indent" > Note that in <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newfunc </span>the <span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol</span><a
- id="dx1-193046"></a> key doesn&#8217;t have its value encapsulated with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ensuremath</span><a
- id="dx1-193047"></a> so <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol</span>
-will need to explicitly be placed in math mode. If you switch to a glossary style that displays the symbol, you
-will either need to adjust the definition of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newfunc </span>to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ensuremath</span><a
- id="dx1-193048"></a> in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol</span><a
- id="dx1-193049"></a> field or you can add the
-encapsulation with the <span id="textcolor608"><span
-class="cmss-10">glosssymbolfont</span></span><a
- id="dx1-193050"></a> attribute.
-</p><!--l. 16223--><p class="indent" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslink{Znu}{Z_\nu}</span></span></span> can simply be replaced with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol</span><a
- id="dx1-193051"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{Znu} </span>(no parameter is required in
-this case). For the other cases, where the parameter is different from that given in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-193052"></a> field (which is
-obtained from the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-193053"></a>), you can use <span id="textcolor609"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt</span></span><a
- id="dx1-193054"></a>. For example, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslink{Gamma}{\Gamma(x+1)} </span>can now be
-replaced with: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor610"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt</span></span><a
- id="dx1-193055"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{Gamma}{x+1}</span>
-</div>
-</div> This effectively works like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>but omits the post-link hook. (See the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> user manual for
-further details.)
-<!--l. 16235--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don&#8217;t use <span id="textcolor611"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt</span></span><a
- id="dx1-193056"></a> within the argument of another <span id="textcolor612"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt</span></span><a
- id="dx1-193057"></a> command (or inside any other <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link
-text<a
- id="dx1-193058"></a></a>). </div>
-</p><!--l. 16238--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 16240--><p class="indent" > Similarly <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslink{Gamma}{\Gamma(\alpha)}</span></span></span> can now be replaced with: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor613"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt</span></span><a
- id="dx1-193059"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{Gamma}{\alpha}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Note that it&#8217;s still possible to use: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol</span><a
- id="dx1-193060"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{Gamma}[(\alpha)]</span>
-</div>
-</div> You may prefer to define a helper command that makes it easier to switch between your preferred method. For
-example:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-434">
-\newcommand*{\Fn}[3][]{\glssymbol[#1]{#2}[(#3)]}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 16253--><p class="nopar" > or: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newcommand*{\Fn}[3][]{</span><span id="textcolor614"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt</span></span><a
- id="dx1-193061"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[#1]{#2}{#3}}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 16259--><p class="indent" > <span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em;"><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-193062"></a></a></span>If you want to convert this example so that it works with <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-193063"></a></a>, first convert it to use
-<a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> (as described above), and then follow the instructions from <a
-href="#ex:sampleEq"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleEq.tex</span></a>. The
-<a
-href="#glo:convertgls2bib"><span
-class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span><a
- id="dx1-193064"></a></a> application recognises <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newcommand </span>so it will be able to parse the custom <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newfunc</span>
-commands.
-</p><!--l. 16266--><p class="indent" > Note that <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-193065"></a></a> allows you to separate the locations in the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-193066"></a></a> into different groups according to
-the counter used for the location. This can be done with the <span id="textcolor615"><span
-class="cmtt-10">loc-counters</span></span><a
- id="dx1-193067"></a> resource option. It&#8217;s also possible to
-identify primary formats (such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">hyperbf</span><a
- id="dx1-193068"></a> used in this example) using the <span id="textcolor616"><span
-class="cmtt-10">primary-location-formats</span></span><a
- id="dx1-193069"></a> option.
-The primary locations can then be given a more prominent position in the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-193070"></a></a>. See the <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-193071"></a></a> user
-manual for further details.
-<a
- id="x1-193072r14"></a>
-</p><!--l. 16276--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sampleSec"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sampleSec">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleSec.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 16276--><p class="noindent" >This document also illustrates how to change the location to something other than the page number. In this
-case, the <span
-class="cmtt-10">section </span>counter is used. This example adds the glossary to the table of contents, so an extra
-LaTeX&#x00A0;run is required:
-</p><!--l. 16281--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sampleSec
- <br />makeglossaries sampleSec
- <br />pdflatex sampleSec
- <br />pdflatex sampleSec
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-Note that there are conflicting location formats, which trigger a warning from <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-194001"></a></a>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-435">
-##&#x00A0;Warning&#x00A0;(input&#x00A0;=&#x00A0;sampleSec.glo,&#x00A0;line&#x00A0;=&#x00A0;6;&#x00A0;output&#x00A0;=
-sampleSec.gls,&#x00A0;line&#x00A0;=&#x00A0;9):
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;--&#x00A0;Conflicting&#x00A0;entries:&#x00A0;multiple&#x00A0;encaps&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;same&#x00A0;page
-under&#x00A0;same&#x00A0;key.
-##&#x00A0;Warning&#x00A0;(input&#x00A0;=&#x00A0;sampleSec.glo,&#x00A0;line&#x00A0;=&#x00A0;2;&#x00A0;output&#x00A0;=
-sampleSec.gls,&#x00A0;line&#x00A0;=&#x00A0;10):
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;--&#x00A0;Conflicting&#x00A0;entries:&#x00A0;multiple&#x00A0;encaps&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;same&#x00A0;page
-under&#x00A0;same&#x00A0;key.
-</pre>
-<!--l. 16299--><p class="nopar" > This is the result of indexing an entry multiple times for the same
-location<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn1x18" id="fn1x18-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">18.1</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-194002f1"></a>
-with different values of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">format</span><a
- id="dx1-194004"></a> key. In this case, it&#8217;s caused by three references to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">ident </span>entry in
-section&#x00A0;2.1:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-436">
-\gls[format=hyperit]{ident}
-\glspl{ident}&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;default&#x00A0;format=glsnumberformat
-\gls*[format=hyperbf]{ident}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 16308--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 16310--><p class="indent" > If you use the <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-194005"></a></a> Perl script it will detect the warnings in the <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-194006"></a></a> transcript file and
-attempt to fix the conflict by removing entries from the <span
-class="cmtt-10">glo</span><a
- id="dx1-194007"></a> file:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-437">
-Multiple&#x00A0;encaps&#x00A0;detected.&#x00A0;Attempting&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;remedy.
-Reading&#x00A0;sampleSec.glo...
-Writing&#x00A0;sampleSec.glo...
-Retrying
-</pre>
-<!--l. 16318--><p class="nopar" > (Range formats have highest precedence. The default <span
-class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat</span><a
- id="dx1-194008"></a> has the lowest precedence.)
-</p><!--l. 16322--><p class="indent" > If you use <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-194009"></a></a> or call <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-194010"></a></a> directly then the problem won&#8217;t be fixed and the
-glossary will end up with the rather odd <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-194011"></a></a> for the identity matrix entry consisting of three references
-to section 2.1: the first in the default font, followed by bold (<span
-class="cmtt-10">hyperbf</span><a
- id="dx1-194012"></a>) and then italic (<span
-class="cmtt-10">hyperit</span><a
- id="dx1-194013"></a>),
-which results in 2.1, <span
-class="cmbx-10">2.1</span>, <span
-class="cmti-10">2.1</span>. If you use <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-194014"></a></a> then only the bold entry (<span
-class="cmbx-10">2.1</span>) will be
-present.
-</p><!--l. 16331--><p class="indent" > If you switch to <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-194015"></a></a>: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,style=altlist,toc,counter=section]{glossaries}</span>
-</div>
-</div> then the conflict will be resolved using the number format attribute list order of priority. In this case,
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat</span><a
- id="dx1-194016"></a> has the highest priority. This means that only the upright medium weight entry (2.1) will be
-present. The simplest way of altering this is to provide your own custom format. For example:
-<div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newcommand*{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\primary</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}[1]{\hyperit</span><a
- id="dx1-194017"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{#1}}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</span><a
- id="dx1-194018"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">primary</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> and change <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls[format=hyperit]</span></span></span> to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls[format=</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">primary</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span>etc. This will give <span
-class="cmtt-10">format</span><a
- id="dx1-194019"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=primary</span><a
- id="dx1-194020"></a> the highest
-priority. (It&#8217;s also better practice to provide this kind of semantic command.)
-<!--l. 16348--><p class="indent" > With <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-194021"></a></a>, you can supply rules to deal with location format conflicts, as illustrated below.
-</p><!--l. 16351--><p class="indent" > <span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em;"><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-194022"></a></a></span>In order to switch to <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-194023"></a></a>, first replace <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, and add the <span id="textcolor617"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span></span><a
- id="dx1-194024"></a>
-package option. Remember that <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> has a different set of defaults and you may also want to patch
-the predefined base styles. For example: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[style=altlist,</span><strong><span id="textcolor618"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor619"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,counter=section]</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 16362--><p class="indent" > The entry definitions now need to be converted into <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-194025"></a></a> format and saved in a <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-194026"></a> file (say,
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">entries.bib</span>). You can use <a
-href="#glo:convertgls2bib"><span
-class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span><a
- id="dx1-194027"></a></a>:
-
-
-</p><!--l. 16365--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />convertgls2bib --preamble-only sampleSec.tex entries.bib
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-</p><!--l. 16369--><p class="indent" > Next replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-194028"></a> with: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor620"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-194029"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[src=entries]</span>
-</div>
-</div> and remove all the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>commands.
-<!--l. 16375--><p class="indent" > Finally, replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-194030"></a> with <span id="textcolor621"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span></span><a
- id="dx1-194031"></a>. The document build is now:
-</p><!--l. 16377--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sampleSec
- <br />bib2gls sampleSec
- <br />pdflatex sampleSec
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-As with the original example, there&#8217;s still a location format conflict, which <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-194032"></a></a> warns about:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-438">
-Warning:&#x00A0;Entry&#x00A0;location&#x00A0;conflict&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;formats:&#x00A0;hyperbf&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;hyperit
-Discarding:&#x00A0;{ident}{}{section}{hyperbf}{2.1}
-Conflicts&#x00A0;with:&#x00A0;{ident}{}{section}{hyperit}{2.1}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 16388--><p class="nopar" > This means that it has discarded the bold location and kept the italic one. (As with <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-194033"></a></a>, range
-formats have the highest priority and <span
-class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat</span><a
- id="dx1-194034"></a> has the lowest.)
-</p><!--l. 16393--><p class="indent" > It would be better if the conflict could be merged into a single location that was both bold and italic. To
-achieve this, it&#8217;s first necessary to define a command that produces this effect: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newcommand*{\hyperbfit</span><a
- id="dx1-194035"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}[1]{\textbf{\hyperit{#1}}}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Now <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-194036"></a></a> needs to be invoked with the appropriate mapping with the <span id="textcolor622"><span
-class="cmtt-10">--map-format</span></span><a
- id="dx1-194037"></a> or <span id="textcolor623"><span
-class="cmtt-10">-m</span></span><a
- id="dx1-194038"></a>
-switch:
-<!--l. 16401--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />bib2gls -m &#8221;hyperbf:hyperbfit,hyperit:hyperbfit&#8221; sampleSec
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-If you are using <span
-class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a
- id="dx1-194039"></a> the directive should be: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;arara:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;bib2gls:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;mapformats:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;[</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;[hyperbf,</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;hyperbfit],</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;arara:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;--&#x003E;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;[hyperit,</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;hyperbfit]</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;]</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 16410--><p class="indent" > If you try out this example, notice the difference between <span id="textcolor624"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">only</span></span><a
- id="dx1-194040"></a> and <span id="textcolor625"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">nameref</span></span><a
- id="dx1-194041"></a>. If you use the
-latter, the locations will now be the section titles rather than the section numbers. If you use the <span
-class="cmss-10">nameref </span>setting
-you can customize the location by defining the command: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor626"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">locfmt</span></span><a
- id="dx1-194042"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">title</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 16419--><p class="indent" > In this case the counter is <span
-class="cmss-10">section</span>, so the command should be <span id="textcolor627"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsectionlocfmt</span></span><a
- id="dx1-194043"></a>. It takes two
-arguments: the first is the location and the second is the title. For example: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newcommand*{</span><span id="textcolor628"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsectionlocfmt</span></span><a
- id="dx1-194044"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}[2]{\S</span><a
- id="dx1-194045"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">#1</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;#2}</span>
-
-
-</div>
-</div> (The only command of this type that is defined by default is the one for the <span
-class="cmss-10">equation </span>counter,
-<span id="textcolor629"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrequationlocfmt</span></span><a
- id="dx1-194046"></a>.) Make sure that you have at least version 1.42 of <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.
-<!--l. 16429--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 16429--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">18.4 </span> <a
- id="sec:samplestype"></a>Multiple Glossaries</h3>
-<!--l. 16432--><p class="noindent" >See also <a
-href="#ex:sampleSort"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleSort.tex</span></a> in <a
-href="#sec:samplessort">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">18.5</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:samplessort">Sorting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:samplessort --></a>, which has three glossaries.
-<a
- id="x1-195001r15"></a>
-</p><!--l. 16435--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sampleNtn"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sampleNtn">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 16435--><p class="noindent" >This document illustrates how to create an additional glossary type. This example adds the glossary to the table
-of contents, so an extra LaTeX&#x00A0;run is required:
-</p><!--l. 16439--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sampleNtn
- <br />makeglossaries sampleNtn
- <br />pdflatex sampleNtn
- <br />pdflatex sampleNtn
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-Note that if you want to call <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-196001"></a></a> explicitly instead of using the <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-196002"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-196003"></a></a>
-scripts then you need to call <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-196004"></a></a> twice:
- </p><ol class="enumerate1" >
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-196006x1">
- <!--l. 16449--><p class="noindent" >Create the main glossary (all on one line):
- </p><!--l. 16450--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />makeindex -s sampleNtn.ist -t sampleNtn.glg -o sampleNtn.gls sampleNtn.glo
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-196008x2">
- <!--l. 16453--><p class="noindent" >Create the secondary glossary (all on one line):
- </p><!--l. 16454--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />makeindex -s sampleNtn.ist -t sampleNtn.nlg -o sampleNtn.not sampleNtn.ntn
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-
-
- <br /></span>
- </p></li></ol>
-<!--l. 16458--><p class="noindent" >This document creates a new glossary using: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-196009"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation}</span>
-</div>
-</div> This defines a glossary that can be identified with the label <span
-class="cmtt-10">notation </span>with the default title &#8220;Notation&#8221;. The
-other arguments are the file extensions required with Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>. For those two options, the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
-package needs to know the input and output files required by <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-196010"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-196011"></a></a>.
-<!--l. 16468--><p class="indent" > (The optional argument is the file extension of the indexing transcript file, which <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>doesn&#8217;t need to
-know about, but it writes the information to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a
- id="dx1-196012"></a> file for the benefit of <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-196013"></a></a> and
-<a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-196014"></a></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 16473--><p class="indent" > If you switch to a different indexing option then these file extensions aren&#8217;t required, in which case it&#8217;s
-simpler to use the starred form: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossary*</span><a
- id="dx1-196015"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{notation}{Notation}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 16479--><p class="indent" > This example uses a label prefixing system<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn2x18" id="fn2x18-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">18.2</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-196016f2"></a>&#x00A0;to
-differentiate between the different types of entries. For example, the term &#8220;set&#8221; is defined as:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-439">
-\newglossaryentry{gls:set}{name=set,
-description={A&#x00A0;collection&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;distinct&#x00A0;objects}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 16487--><p class="nopar" > and the set notation is defined as:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-440">
-\newglossaryentry{not:set}{type=notation,
-name={\ensuremath{\mathcal{S}}},
-description={A&#x00A0;\gls{gls:set}},sort={S}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 16493--><p class="nopar" > Notice that the latter description contains <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. This means you shouldn&#8217;t use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc</span><a
- id="dx1-196018"></a> with this entry
-otherwise you will end up with nested links.
-</p><!--l. 16498--><p class="indent" > <br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides a command for use in within field values to prevent
-nested <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-196019"></a></a>: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor630"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp</span></span><a
- id="dx1-196020"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> There are convenient shortcuts for common fields: <span id="textcolor631"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsps</span></span><a
- id="dx1-196021"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>(for the <span
-class="cmtt-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-196022"></a> field) and <span id="textcolor632"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspt</span></span><a
- id="dx1-196023"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-(for the <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-196024"></a> field). So the set notation definition can be modified: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{not:set}{type=notation,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">name={\ensuremath{\mathcal{S}}},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">description={A</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span id="textcolor633"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspt</span></span><a
- id="dx1-196025"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{gls:set}</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">},sort=S}</span>
-</div>
-</div> This will stop the inner reference from causing interference if you use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc</span><a
- id="dx1-196026"></a>. It will also suppress indexing
-within the glossary but will have a hyperlink (if <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref </span>is used).
-<!--l. 16517--><p class="indent" > The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides a way of defining commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>that automatically insert a
-prefix. For example: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor634"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewgls</span></span><a
- id="dx1-196027"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{not:}{\sym}</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor635"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewglslike</span></span><a
- id="dx1-196028"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{gls:}{\term}{\termpl}{\Term}{\Termpl}</span>
-</div>
-</div> (there&#8217;s no point providing commands for plural or case-changing with symbols). Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{not:set}</span></span></span> can be
-replaced with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\sym{set}</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{gls:set}</span></span></span> can be replaced with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\term{set}</span></span></span>.
-<!--l. 16528--><p class="indent" > <span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em;"><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-196029"></a></a></span>These two commands are primarily provided for the benefit of <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-196030"></a></a> as the information is written
-to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a
- id="dx1-196031"></a> file. This allows <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-196032"></a></a> to recognise the custom commands if they have been used in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-196033"></a> files.
-When combined with <span id="textcolor636"><span
-class="cmtt-10">label-prefix</span></span><a
- id="dx1-196034"></a> and <span id="textcolor637"><span
-class="cmtt-10">ext-prefixes</span></span><a
- id="dx1-196035"></a> (see below) this makes it much simpler to change the
-prefixes if necessary.
-</p><!--l. 16537--><p class="indent" > If you want to convert this document to use <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-196036"></a></a>, remember that you need the <span id="textcolor638"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span></span><a
- id="dx1-196037"></a> or <span id="textcolor639"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">nameref</span></span><a
- id="dx1-196038"></a>
-option. For example: </p><div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><strong><span id="textcolor640"><span
-class="cmtt-10">record</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span></strong><span id="textcolor641"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor642"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{glossaries-extra}</span>
-</div>
-</div> As with earlier examples, <a
-href="#glo:convertgls2bib"><span
-class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span><a
- id="dx1-196039"></a></a> can be used to convert the entry definitions into
-the required <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-196040"></a> format. You may prefer to split the entries into separate files according to
-type.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn3x18" id="fn3x18-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">18.3</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-196041f3"></a>
-This is useful if you want to reuse a large database of entries across multiple documents as it doesn&#8217;t lock you
-into using a specific glossary. For example:
-<!--l. 16550--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />convertgls2bib --split-on-type --preamble-only sampleNtn.tex entries.bib
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-This will create a file called <span
-class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>that contains the entries that didn&#8217;t have a <span
-class="cmtt-10">type</span><a
- id="dx1-196043"></a> assigned in the
-original file, such as: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor643"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-196044"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{gls:set,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{set},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{A</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;collection</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;distinct</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;objects}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> It will also create a file called <span
-class="cmtt-10">notation.bib </span>that contains the entries that had the <span
-class="cmtt-10">type</span><a
- id="dx1-196045"></a> set to <span
-class="cmtt-10">notation </span>in the
-original file, such as: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor644"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-196046"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{not:set,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{\ensuremath{\mathcal{S}}},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{A</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor645"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspt</span></span><a
- id="dx1-196047"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{gls:set}}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Note that the <span
-class="cmtt-10">type</span><a
- id="dx1-196048"></a> field has been removed. The above entry in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">notation.bib </span>file references a term in
-the <span
-class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>file. It&#8217;s possible to strip all the prefixes from the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-196049"></a> files and get <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-196050"></a></a> to
-automatically insert them. In which case, this cross-reference needs adjusting to indicate that it&#8217;s
-referring to an entry in another file. This can be done with one of the special <span id="textcolor646"><span
-class="cmtt-10">ext</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">n</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">.</span></span>&#x00A0;prefixes:
-<div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor647"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-196051"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">set</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{\ensuremath{\mathcal{S}}},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{A</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor648"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspt</span></span><a
- id="dx1-196052"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><strong><span id="textcolor649"><span
-class="cmtt-10">ext1.</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">set}}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-
-
-</div>
-</div> The corresponding term in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>file is now: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor650"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-196053"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">set</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{set},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{A</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;collection</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;distinct</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;objects}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 16593--><p class="indent" > Now you can replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>with: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor651"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-196054"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor652"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-196055"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">={entries},</span><strong><span id="textcolor653"><span
-class="cmtt-10">label-prefix</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">={gls:}</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor654"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-196056"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor655"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-196057"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">={notation},</span><span id="textcolor656"><span
-class="cmtt-10">type</span></span><a
- id="dx1-196058"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=notation,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span id="textcolor657"><span
-class="cmtt-10">label-prefix</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">={not:},</span><span id="textcolor658"><span
-class="cmtt-10">ext-prefixes</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">={gls:}</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div> Remove all the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>definitions and replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span>with <span id="textcolor659"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span></span><a
- id="dx1-196059"></a>.
-<!--l. 16602--><p class="indent" > Regardless of how many resource sets the document contains, only one <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-196060"></a></a> call is required:
-</p><!--l. 16604--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sampleNtn
- <br />bib2gls sampleNtn
- <br />pdflatex sampleNtn
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-</p><!--l. 16610--><p class="indent" > You may notice that the ordering in the notations list has changed from the original. This is because the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-196061"></a> field was automatically removed by <a
-href="#glo:convertgls2bib"><span
-class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span><a
- id="dx1-196062"></a></a>, so the entries are now sorted according to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-196063"></a>
-field (since they are defined with <span id="textcolor660"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-196064"></a>). You can use your text editor&#8217;s search and replace function to replace
-all instances of <span id="textcolor661"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-196065"></a> with <span id="textcolor662"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@symbol</span></span><a
- id="dx1-196066"></a> in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">notations.bib </span>file so that, for example, the <span
-class="cmtt-10">set </span>definition
-becomes: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<strong><span id="textcolor663"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@symbol</span></span><a
- id="dx1-196067"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">{set,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{\ensuremath{\mathcal{S}}},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{A</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor664"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspt</span></span><a
- id="dx1-196068"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><span id="textcolor665"><span
-class="cmtt-10">ext1.</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">set}}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Now these <span id="textcolor666"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@symbol</span></span><a
- id="dx1-196069"></a> entries will be sorted according to their label. (The original label in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-196070"></a> file, not the
-prefixed label.) This will put them in the same order as the original document. (See the &#8220;Examples&#8221;
-chapter of the <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-196071"></a></a> user manual for examples of varying the sorting and also <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=bib2gls-sorting" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>gallery:
-sorting</a>.)
-<a
- id="x1-196072r16"></a>
-
-
-<!--l. 16631--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sample-dual"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sample-dual">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-dual.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 16631--><p class="noindent" >This document illustrates how to define an entry that both appears in the list of acronyms and in the main
-glossary. To create the document do:
-</p><!--l. 16634--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample-dual
- <br />makeglossaries sample-dual
- <br />pdflatex sample-dual
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-This defines a custom command <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newdualentry</span><a
- id="dx1-197001"></a> that defines two entries at once (a normal entry and
-an abbreviation). It uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span><a
- id="dx1-197002"></a> to ensure that if one is used then the other is automatically
-indexed:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-441">
-\newcommand*{\newdualentry}[5][]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;main&#x00A0;entry:
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newglossaryentry{main-#2}{name={#4},%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;text={#3\glsadd{#2}},%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={#5},%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;#1%&#x00A0;additional&#x00A0;options&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;main&#x00A0;entry
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;abbreviation:
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newacronym{#2}{#3\glsadd{main-#2}}{#4}%
+
+<code class="code">@index</code>{run,
+ ing = {running},
+ <a id="wrglossary.15970"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={run}</span>,
+ ed = {ran}
+}
+
+<code class="code">@index</code>{waddle,
+ ing = {waddling},
+ <a id="wrglossary.15971"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={waddle}</span>,
+ ed = {waddled}
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 16653--><p class="nopar" > A sample dual entry is defined with this command:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-442">
-\newdualentry{svm}%&#x00A0;label
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{SVM}%&#x00A0;abbreviation
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}%&#x00A0;long&#x00A0;form
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{Statistical&#x00A0;pattern&#x00A0;recognition&#x00A0;technique}%&#x00A0;description
-</pre>
-<!--l. 16660--><p class="nopar" > This defines an acronym with the label <span
-class="cmtt-10">svm </span>that can be referenced with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> but it also defines an entry
-with the label <span
-class="cmtt-10">main-svm</span>. This isn&#8217;t used in the document with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>but it&#8217;s automatically added from the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd{main-svm} </span>in the short form of <span
-class="cmtt-10">svm</span>.
-</p><!--l. 16668--><p class="indent" > For this trivial document, this kind of dual entry is redundant and unnecessarily leads the
-reader down a trail, first to the list of acronyms and from there the reader then has to go to the
-main glossary to look up the description. It&#8217;s better to simply include the description in the list of
-acronyms.
-</p><!--l. 16674--><p class="indent" > <span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em;"><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-197003"></a></a></span>If you want to switch over to <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-197004"></a></a>, first change to <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><strong><span id="textcolor667"><span
-class="cmtt-10">record</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor668"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor669"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,acronym]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Next, the definition needs to be converted to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-197005"></a> format required by <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-197006"></a></a>. If you do:
-<!--l. 16682--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />convertgls2bib --preamble-only sample-dual.tex entries.bib
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-then <a
-href="#glo:convertgls2bib"><span
-class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span><a
- id="dx1-197007"></a></a> will report the following:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-443">
-Overriding&#x00A0;default&#x00A0;definition&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;\newdualentry&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;custom
-definition.&#x00A0;(Change&#x00A0;\newcommand&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;\providecommand&#x00A0;if&#x00A0;you&#x00A0;want
-\newdualentry[options]{label}{short}{long}{description}
-converted&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;@dualabbreviationentry.)
-</pre>
-<!--l. 16691--><p class="nopar" > This is because <a
-href="#glo:convertgls2bib"><span
-class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span><a
- id="dx1-197008"></a></a> has its own internal definition of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newdualentry</span>, but if it encounters a
-new definition that will override its default. If you want to retain <a
-href="#glo:convertgls2bib"><span
-class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span><a
- id="dx1-197009"></a>&#8217;s</a> definition
-(recommended) then just replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newcommand </span>with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\providecommand </span>in the document source and rerun
-<a
-href="#glo:convertgls2bib"><span
-class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span><a
- id="dx1-197010"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 16699--><p class="indent" > With <span
-class="cmtt-10">\providecommand</span>, the new <span
-class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>file created by <a
-href="#glo:convertgls2bib"><span
-class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span><a
- id="dx1-197011"></a></a> contains: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor670"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@dualabbreviationentry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-197012"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{svm,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;short</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{SVM},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{Statistical</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;pattern</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;recognition</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;technique},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;long</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{support</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;vector</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;machine}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> If <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newcommand </span>is retained, it will instead contain: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor671"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-197013"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{main-svm,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{support</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;vector</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;machine},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{Statistical</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;pattern</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;recognition</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;technique},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;text</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{SVM\glsadd{svm}}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span id="textcolor672"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@acronym</span></span><a
- id="dx1-197014"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{svm,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;short</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{SVM\glsadd{main-svm}},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;long</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{support</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;vector</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;machine}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> In the first case, <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-197015"></a></a> creates two linked entries using its primary-dual mechanism. In the second case,
-<a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-197016"></a></a> creates two entries that simply reference each other.
-<!--l. 16725--><p class="indent" > Assuming that your <span
-class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>file just contains <span id="textcolor673"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@dualabbreviationentry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-197017"></a>, now replace
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>with: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources[</span><span id="textcolor674"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-197018"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=entries,%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;entries.bib</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor675"><span
-class="cmtt-10">type</span></span><a
- id="dx1-197019"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=acronym,</span><span id="textcolor676"><span
-class="cmtt-10">dual-type</span></span><a
- id="dx1-197020"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=main,</span><span id="textcolor677"><span
-class="cmtt-10">dual-prefix</span></span><a
- id="dx1-197021"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">={main-}]</span>
-
-
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 16733--><p class="indent" > Then remove the definition of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newdualentry </span>and the entry definition. Finally, replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span>
-with <span id="textcolor678"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span></span><a
- id="dx1-197022"></a>. The document build is:
-</p><!--l. 16737--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample-dual
- <br />bib2gls sample-dual
- <br />pdflatex sample-dual
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-</p><!--l. 16743--><p class="indent" > If, instead, your <span
-class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>file contains separate <span id="textcolor679"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-197023"></a> and <span id="textcolor680"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@acronym</span></span><a
- id="dx1-197024"></a>, then you need: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor681"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-197025"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[acronym]{long-short}</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor682"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-197026"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor683"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-197027"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=entries]</span>
-</div>
-</div> If you need <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-197028"></a>s</a>, the document build is now
-<!--l. 16750--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample-dual
- <br />bib2gls sample-dual
- <br />pdflatex sample-dual
- <br />bib2gls sample-dual
- <br />pdflatex sample-dual
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-and this time <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-197029"></a></a> complains about the use of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span><a
- id="dx1-197030"></a> within the <span
-class="cmtt-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-197031"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-197032"></a> fields as
-this can be problematic. (The extra <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-197033"></a></a> and LaTeX&#x00A0;calls are to ensure the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-197034"></a></a> is
-up to date for the <span
-class="cmtt-10">main-svm </span>entry, which can only be indexed with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>after <span
-class="cmtt-10">svm </span>has been
-defined.)
-</p><!--l. 16764--><p class="indent" > Dual entries make much more sense when one entry is for a glossary with the description displayed but
-no <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-197035"></a></a>, and the other is for the index without the description but with a <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-197036"></a></a>.
-This can be created with by replacing <span id="textcolor684"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@dualabbreviationentry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-197037"></a> with <span id="textcolor685"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@dualindexabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-197038"></a>:
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor686"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@dualindexabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-197039"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{svm,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{Statistical</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;pattern</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;recognition</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;technique},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;short</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{SVM},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;long</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{support</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;vector</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;machine}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> This can be mixed with <span id="textcolor687"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@index</span></span><a
- id="dx1-197040"></a> terms for example: <div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor688"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@index</span></span><a
- id="dx1-197041"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{machlearn,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name={machine</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;learning}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The document needs modifying: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\documentclass{article}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage</span><a
- id="dx1-197042"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor689"><span
-class="cmtt-10">record</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor690"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;nostyles,</span><span id="textcolor691"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">={</span><span id="textcolor692"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bookindex</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,list},%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;only</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;want</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;bookindex</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;and</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;list</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;styles</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;acronym]{glossaries-extra}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span id="textcolor693"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-197043"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{long-short-desc}</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor694"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-197044"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor695"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-197045"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=entries,%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;entries.bib</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor696"><span
-class="cmtt-10">dual-type</span></span><a
- id="dx1-197046"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=acronym,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor697"><span
-class="cmtt-10">label-prefix</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">={</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">idx.</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">},</span><span id="textcolor698"><span
-class="cmtt-10">dual-prefix</span></span><a
- id="dx1-197047"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">={},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor699"><span
-class="cmtt-10">combine-dual-locations</span></span><a
- id="dx1-197048"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">={primary}]</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span id="textcolor700"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewglslike</span></span><a
- id="dx1-197049"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">idx.</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\idx</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{\idxpl}{\Idx}{\Idxpl}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\begin{document}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;and</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\idx</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">{machlearn}.</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span id="textcolor701"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span><a
- id="dx1-197050"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[type=main,style=altlist]</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor702"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span><a
- id="dx1-197051"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[style=bookindex,title={Index}]</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\end{document}</span>
-</div>
-</div> See the <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-197052"></a></a> manual for further details.
-<a
- id="x1-197053r17"></a>
-<!--l. 16807--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sample-langdict"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sample-langdict">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-langdict.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 16807--><p class="noindent" >This document illustrates how to use the glossaries package to create English to French and French to English
-dictionaries. To create the document do:
-</p><!--l. 16811--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample-langdict
- <br />makeglossaries sample-langdict
- <br />pdflatex sample-langdict
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-
-
- <br /></span>
-This example uses the <span
-class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a
- id="dx1-198001"></a> package option to prevent the creation of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. This means that the
-document must provide its own glossaries:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-444">
-\newglossary[glg]{english}{gls}{glo}{English&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;French}
-\newglossary[flg]{french}{flx}{flo}{French&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;English}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 16822--><p class="nopar" > This means that if you want to call <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-198002"></a></a> explicitly you need to take these new extensions into
-account:
-</p><!--l. 16825--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />makeindex -s sample-langdict.ist -t sample-langdict.glg -o sample-langdict.gls sample-langdict.glo
- <br />makeindex -s sample-langdict.ist -t sample-langdict.flg -o sample-langdict.flx sample-langdict.flo
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-As with the previous example, this document provides a custom command that defines two related
-entries:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-445">
-\newcommand*{\newword}[4]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newglossaryentry{en-#1}{type=english,name={#2},description={#3&#x00A0;#4}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newglossaryentry{fr-#1}{type=french,name={#3&#x00A0;#4},text={#4},sort={#4},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={#2}}%
+</pre> Now replace <a id="wrglossary.15972"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> with <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15973"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15974"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.15975"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">=entries</span>]
+</pre> and delete the <a id="wrglossary.15976"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> commands. Finally replace <a id="wrglossary.15977"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.15978"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a>.<p>
+The document build is now: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.15979"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample-newkeys
+bib2gls sample-newkeys
+pdflatex sample-newkeys
+</pre> Note that there’s no need for the <a id="wrglossary.15980"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a> package option when you don’t use <a id="wrglossary.15981"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span>’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.15982"></a><a href="#glo:switch.group"><span class="longargfmt">--group</span></a> switch. <div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sample-storage-abbr.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.15983"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sample-storage-abbr.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-storage-abbr.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document illustrates how add custom storage keys (using <a id="wrglossary.15984"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddstoragekey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddstoragekey</code></a>). The document build is: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.15985"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample-storage-abbr
+makeglossaries sample-storage-abbr
+pdflatex sample-storage-abbr
+</pre><p>
+The custom storage key is called <span class="csoptfmt">abbrtype</span> which defaults to <span class="qt">“word”</span> if not explicitly set. Its value can be accessed with the provided custom command <code class="csfmt">\abbrtype</code>. <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15986"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15987"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddstoragekey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddstoragekey</code></a>{abbrtype}{word}{<code class="cmd">\abbrtype</code>}
+</pre> A custom <a id="wrglossary.15988"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a> is then defined that checks the value of this key and makes certain adjustments depending on whether or not its value is the default <span class="qt">“word”</span>.<p>
+This essentially forms a very similar function to the <a id="wrglossary.15989"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package’s <a id="wrglossary.15990"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a> key, which is also defined as a storage key: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15991"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.15992"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddstoragekey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddstoragekey</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.15993"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.15994"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.general"><span class="catfmt">general</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.15995"></a><a href="#glo:glscategory"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glscategory</code></a>}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.15996"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+This document is much simpler with the <a id="wrglossary.15997"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15998"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.15999"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+<a id="wrglossary.16000"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.16001"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16002"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a></strong>]{<a id="wrglossary.16003"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-long</span></a>}
+<a id="wrglossary.16004"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{radar}{radar}{radio detecting and ranging}
+<a id="wrglossary.16005"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{laser}{laser}{light amplification by stimulated
+emission of radiation}
+<a id="wrglossary.16006"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{scuba}{scuba}{self-contained underwater breathing
+apparatus}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.16007"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>{dsp}{DSP}{digital signal processing}
+<a id="wrglossary.16008"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>{atm}{ATM}{automated teller machine}
+
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+First use: <a id="wrglossary.16009"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{radar}, <a id="wrglossary.16010"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{laser}, <a id="wrglossary.16011"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{scuba}, <a id="wrglossary.16012"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{dsp},
+<a id="wrglossary.16013"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{atm}.
+
+Next use: <a id="wrglossary.16014"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{radar}, <a id="wrglossary.16015"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{laser}, <a id="wrglossary.16016"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{scuba}, <a id="wrglossary.16017"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{dsp},
+<a id="wrglossary.16018"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{atm}.
+
+<a id="wrglossary.16019"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a>
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre><p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.16020"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ An extension of the previous example where the user needs to provide a description.<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.16021"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document illustrates how to add a custom key using <a id="wrglossary.16022"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddstoragekey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddstoragekey</code></a> and hook into the <a id="wrglossary.16023"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> and <a id="wrglossary.16024"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> mechanism used to determine whether or not to <a id="wrglossary.16025"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> an <a id="wrglossary.16026"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a>. The document build is: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16027"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample-chap-hyperfirst
+makeglossaries sample-chap-hyperfirst
+pdflatex sample-chap-hyperfirst
+</pre> This example creates a storage key called <span class="qt">“chapter”</span> used to store the chapter number. <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16028"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16029"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddstoragekey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddstoragekey</code></a>{<strong class="strong">chapter</strong>}{0}{<strong class="strong"><code class="cmd">\glschapnum</code></strong>}
+</pre> It’s initialised to 0 and the <a id="wrglossary.16030"></a><a href="#glo:glslinkpostsetkeys"><code class="csfmt">\glslinkpostsetkeys</code></a> hook is used to check this value against the current chapter number. If the values are the same then the <a id="wrglossary.16031"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> is switched off, otherwise the key value is updated unless the <a id="wrglossary.16032"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> has been switched off (through the optional argument of commands like <a id="wrglossary.16033"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.16034"></a><a href="#glo:glstext"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code></a>). <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16035"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.16036"></a><a href="#glo:glslinkpostsetkeys"><code class="csfmt">\glslinkpostsetkeys</code></a>}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\edef</code><code class="cmd">\currentchap</code>{<a id="wrglossary.16037"></a><a href="#glo:arabic"><code class="csfmt">\arabic</code></a>{chapter}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\ifnum</code><code class="cmd">\currentchap</code>=<strong class="strong"><code class="cmd">\glschapnum</code></strong>{<a id="wrglossary.16038"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}<code class="cmd">\relax</code>
+ <code class="cmd">\setkeys</code>{glslink}{<a id="wrglossary.16039"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.hyper"><span class="csoptfmt">hyper</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\else</code>
+ <a id="wrglossary.16040"></a><a href="#glo:glsifhyperon"><code class="csfmt">\glsifhyperon</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.16041"></a><a href="#glo:glsfieldxdef"><code class="csfmt">\glsfieldxdef</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.16042"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}{<strong class="strong">chapter</strong>}{<code class="cmd">\currentchap</code>}}{}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\fi</code>
+}
+</pre> Since this key isn’t intended for use when the <a id="wrglossary.16043"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> is being defined, it would be more appropriate to simply use an internal field that doesn’t have an associated key or helper command, but <a id="wrglossary.16044"></a><a href="#glo:glsfieldxdef"><code class="csfmt">\glsfieldxdef</code></a> requires the existence of the field. The <a id="wrglossary.16045"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides utility commands designed to work on internal fields that don’t have an associated key and may not have had a value assigned.<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.16046"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If you want to switch to <a id="wrglossary.16047"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> you need to change the package loading line: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16048"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.16049"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre> The custom storage key (provided with <a id="wrglossary.16050"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddstoragekey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddstoragekey</code></a>) can be removed, and the <a id="wrglossary.16051"></a><a href="#glo:glslinkpostsetkeys"><code class="csfmt">\glslinkpostsetkeys</code></a> hook can be changed to: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16052"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.16053"></a><a href="#glo:glslinkpostsetkeys"><code class="csfmt">\glslinkpostsetkeys</code></a>}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\edef</code><code class="cmd">\currentchap</code>{<a id="wrglossary.16054"></a><a href="#glo:arabic"><code class="csfmt">\arabic</code></a>{chapter}}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16055"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrIfFieldEqNum"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqNum</code></a>*</strong>{<strong class="strong">chapter</strong>}{<a id="wrglossary.16056"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}{<code class="cmd">\currentchap</code>}
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\setkeys</code>{glslink}{<a id="wrglossary.16057"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.hyper"><span class="csoptfmt">hyper</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+ {<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.16058"></a><a href="#glo:glsifhyperon"><code class="csfmt">\glsifhyperon</code></a>{<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16059"></a><a href="#glo:xGlsXtrSetField"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\xGlsXtrSetField</code></a></strong>{<a id="wrglossary.16060"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}{<strong class="strong">chapter</strong>}{<code class="cmd">\currentchap</code>}}{}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ }<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre> The field name is still called <span class="qt">“chapter”</span> but there’s no longer an associated key or command.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:samplescustomkeys -->
+
+<section id="sec:samplesxindy"><!-- start of section sec:samplesxindy --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->18.9. Xindy (Option 3)<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:samplesxindy">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+Most of the earlier <a id="wrglossary.16061"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> sample files can be adapted to use <a id="wrglossary.16062"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> instead by adding the <a id="wrglossary.16063"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a> package option. Situations that you need to be careful about are when the sort value (obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.16064"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> if the <a id="wrglossary.16065"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key is omitted) contains commands (such as <a id="wrglossary.16066"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="csfmt">\pi</code>}</span>) or is identical to another value (or is identical after <a id="wrglossary.16067"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> has stripped all commands and braces). This section describes sample documents that use features which are unavailable with <a id="wrglossary.16068"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/samplexdy.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.16069"></a><dfn id="glo:file.samplexdy.tex"><span class="filefmt">samplexdy.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ The document uses <a id="wrglossary.16070"></a><a href="#glo:dual.utf8">UTF-8</a> <a id="wrglossary.16071"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a> (with the <a id="wrglossary.16072"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.inputenc"><span class="styfmt">inputenc</span></a> package). This is information that needs to be passed to <a id="wrglossary.16073"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>, so the <a id="wrglossary.16074"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a> is picked up by <a id="wrglossary.16075"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> from the <a id="wrglossary.16076"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file.<p>
+This document has an exotic numbering system which requires the package option <a id="wrglossary.16077"></a><a href="#glo:opt.esclocations"><span class="styoptfmt">esclocations</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>. Before <a id="wrglossary.16078"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50, this was the default setting, but the default is now <a id="wrglossary.16079"></a><a href="#glo:opt.esclocations"><span class="styoptfmt">esclocations</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>, so this package option now needs to be set explicitly.<p>
+By default, this document will create a <a id="wrglossary.16080"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> style file called <span class="filefmt">samplexdy.xdy</span>, but if you uncomment the lines <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16081"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16082"></a><a href="#glo:setStyleFile"><code class="csfmt">\setStyleFile</code></a>{samplexdy-mc}
+<a id="wrglossary.16083"></a><a href="#glo:noist"><code class="csfmt">\noist</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.16084"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyLanguage"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</code></a>{}
+</pre> it will set the style file to <span class="filefmt">samplexdy-mc.xdy</span> instead. This provides an additional <a id="wrglossary.16085"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a> for entries starting with <span class="qt">“Mc”</span> or <span class="qt">“Mac”</span>. If you use <a id="wrglossary.16086"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.16087"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a>, you don’t need to supply any additional information. If you don’t use <a id="wrglossary.16088"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>, you will need to specify the required information. Note that if you set the style file to <span class="filefmt">samplexdy-mc.xdy</span> you must also specify <a id="wrglossary.16089"></a><a href="#glo:noist"><code class="csfmt">\noist</code></a>, otherwise the <a id="wrglossary.16090"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package will overwrite <span class="filefmt">samplexdy-mc.xdy</span> and you will lose the <span class="qt">“Mc”</span> <a id="wrglossary.16091"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a>.<p>
+To create the document do: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16092"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex samplexdy
+makeglossaries samplexdy
+pdflatex samplexdy
+</pre> If you don’t have Perl installed then you can’t use <a id="wrglossary.16093"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>, but you also can’t use <a id="wrglossary.16094"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>! However, if for some reason you want to call <a id="wrglossary.16095"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> explicitly instead of using <a id="wrglossary.16096"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> (or <a id="wrglossary.16097"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a>):
+<ul class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>if you are using the default style file <span class="filefmt">samplexdy.xdy</span>, then do (no line breaks): <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16098"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>xindy <a id="wrglossary.16099"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.L"><span class="shortargfmt">-L</span></a> english <a id="wrglossary.16100"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.C"><span class="shortargfmt">-C</span></a> utf8 <a id="wrglossary.16101"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.I"><span class="shortargfmt">-I</span></a> xindy <a id="wrglossary.16102"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.M"><span class="shortargfmt">-M</span></a> samplexdy <a id="wrglossary.16103"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.t"><span class="shortargfmt">-t</span></a> samplexdy.glg <a id="wrglossary.16104"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.o"><span class="shortargfmt">-o</span></a> samplexdy.gls samplexdy.glo
+</pre> <li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>if you are using <span class="filefmt">samplexdy-mc.xdy</span>, then do (no line breaks): <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16105"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>xindy <a id="wrglossary.16106"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.I"><span class="shortargfmt">-I</span></a> xindy <a id="wrglossary.16107"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.M"><span class="shortargfmt">-M</span></a> samplexdy-mc <a id="wrglossary.16108"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.t"><span class="shortargfmt">-t</span></a> samplexdy.glg <a id="wrglossary.16109"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.o"><span class="shortargfmt">-o</span></a> samplexdy.gls samplexdy.glo
+</pre>
+</ul>
+<p>
+This document creates a new command to use with the <a id="wrglossary.16110"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a> key in the optional argument of commands like <a id="wrglossary.16111"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> to format the <a id="wrglossary.16112"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.16113"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>. The usual type of definition when a hyperlinked location is required should use one of the <code class="csfmt">\hyper<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xx</em>〉</span></code> commands listed in Table <a href="#tab:hyperxx">12.1</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16114"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\hyperbfit</code>}[1]{<code class="cmd">\textit</code>{<a id="wrglossary.16115"></a><a href="#glo:hyperbf"><code class="csfmt">\hyperbf</code></a>{#1}}}
+</pre> Unfortunately, this definition doesn’t work for this particular document and some adjustments are needed (see below). As a result of the adjustments, this command doesn’t actually get used by TeX, even though <code class="code">hyperbfit</code> is used in the <a id="wrglossary.16116"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a> key. It does, however, need to be identified as an <a id="wrglossary.16117"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@xindyattr">attribute</a> so that <a id="wrglossary.16118"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> can recognise it: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16119"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16120"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyAttribute"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</code></a>{hyperbfit}
+</pre> This will add information to the <a id="wrglossary.16121"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> file when it’s created by <a id="wrglossary.16122"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>. If you prevent the creation of this file with <a id="wrglossary.16123"></a><a href="#glo:noist"><code class="csfmt">\noist</code></a> then you will need to add the <a id="wrglossary.16124"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@xindyattr">attribute</a> to your custom <a id="wrglossary.16125"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> file (see the provided <span class="filefmt">samplexdy-mc.xdy</span> file).<p>
+In order to illustrate unusual location formats, this sample document provides a command called <code class="csfmt">\tallynum</code>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">n</em>〉</span>} that represents its numerical argument with a die or dice where the dots add up to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">n</em>〉</span>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16126"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newrobustcmd</code>*{<code class="cmd">\tallynum</code>}[1]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\ifnum</code><code class="cmd">\number</code>#1&lt;7
+ $<code class="cmd">\csname</code> dice<code class="cmd">\romannumeral</code>#1<code class="cmd">\endcsname</code>$<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\else</code>
+ $<code class="cmd">\dicevi</code>$<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\expandafter</code><code class="cmd">\tallynum</code><code class="cmd">\expandafter</code>{<code class="cmd">\numexpr</code>#1-6}<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\fi</code>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 16837--><p class="nopar" > This has the syntax: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newword{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">english</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">determiner</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">french</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> (Note that this trivial example doesn&#8217;t take plurals into account.) This custom command will
-define two terms with labels <span
-class="cmtt-10">en-</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9; (for the English term) and <span
-class="cmtt-10">fr-</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9; (for the French term).
-So
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-446">
-\newword{cat}{cat}{le}{chat}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 16848--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-447">
-\newglossaryentry{en-cat}{type=english,name={cat},description={le&#x00A0;chat}}
-\newglossaryentry{fr-cat}{type=french,name={le&#x00A0;chat},sort={chat},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={cat}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 16854--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 16856--><p class="indent" > Unlike the previous example (<a
-href="#ex:sample-dual"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-dual.tex</span></a>), there&#8217;s no link between these two entries. If the document
-only uses <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{en-cat}</span></span></span>, then the <span
-class="cmtt-10">en-cat </span>entry will appear in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">english </span>glossary but the <span
-class="cmtt-10">fr-cat </span>entry won&#8217;t
-appear in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">french </span>one.
-</p><!--l. 16862--><p class="indent" > <span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em;"><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-198003"></a></a></span>If you want to switch to <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-198004"></a></a> then you first need to convert the document so that it
-uses <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, but include the <span id="textcolor703"><span
-class="cmss-10">prefix</span></span><a
- id="dx1-198005"></a> option to ensure that <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-198006"></a> is also loaded:
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><strong><span id="textcolor704"><span
-class="cmtt-10">record</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor705"><span
-class="cmtt-10">prefix</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor706"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor707"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,nomain]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> You don&#8217;t need to worry about file extensions now, so it&#8217;s simpler to use the starred form of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span>:
-<div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">*</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">{english}{English</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;French}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">*</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">{french}{French</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;English}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Next the entries need to be converted to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-198007"></a> format required by <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-198008"></a></a>:
-<!--l. 16878--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />convertgls2bib --only-preamble sample-langdict.tex entries.bib
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-This creates the file <span
-class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>that contains entries defined like: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor708"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-198009"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{en-cat,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{cat},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{le</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;chat},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;type</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{english}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span id="textcolor709"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-198010"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{fr-cat,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{le</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;chat},</span>
-
-
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{cat},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;text</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{chat},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;type</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{french}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> (Note that the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-198011"></a> field has been omitted.)
-<!--l. 16899--><p class="indent" > This would be more flexible, and much briefer, if these entries were defined using <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-198012"></a>&#8217;s</a> dual entry
-system combined with the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-198013"></a> package: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor710"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@dualentry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-198014"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{cat,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{chat},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{cat},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-198015"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{le},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;prefixplural</span><a
- id="dx1-198016"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{les}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Similarly for the &#8220;chair&#8221; entry: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor711"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@dualentry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-198017"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{chair,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{chaise},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{chair},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-198018"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{la},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;prefixplural</span><a
- id="dx1-198019"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{les}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 16920--><p class="indent" > With <span id="textcolor712"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@dualentry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-198020"></a>, the English and French terms are now automatically linked from <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-198021"></a>&#8217;s</a> point of view.
-If only one is referenced in the document, the other will also be added by default.
-</p><!--l. 16924--><p class="indent" > Now that the determiner has been moved out of the description, it won&#8217;t show in the glossary. However, it&#8217;s
-possible to include it by providing a command to encapsulate the description (which can also apply the language
-change as well).
-</p>
- <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor713"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-198022"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor714"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-198023"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=entries,%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;entries.bib</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor715"><span
-class="cmtt-10">append-prefix-field</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">={space},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor716"><span
-class="cmtt-10">category</span></span><a
- id="dx1-198024"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">={same</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;as</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;type},</span><span id="textcolor717"><span
-class="cmtt-10">dual-category</span></span><a
- id="dx1-198025"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">={same</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;as</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;type},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor718"><span
-class="cmtt-10">label-prefix</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">={en-},</span><span id="textcolor719"><span
-class="cmtt-10">dual-prefix</span></span><a
- id="dx1-198026"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">={fr-},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor720"><span
-class="cmtt-10">type</span></span><a
- id="dx1-198027"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=english,</span><span id="textcolor721"><span
-class="cmtt-10">dual-type</span></span><a
- id="dx1-198028"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=french,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor722"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span></span><a
- id="dx1-198029"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=en,</span><span id="textcolor723"><span
-class="cmtt-10">dual-sort</span></span><a
- id="dx1-198030"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=fr]</span>
-
-
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newcommand{\FrEncap}[1]{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\foreignlanguage</span><a
- id="dx1-198031"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{french}{\glsentryprefix</span><a
- id="dx1-198032"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\glscurrententrylabel</span><a
- id="dx1-198033"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}#1}}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newcommand{\EnEncap}[1]{\foreignlanguage</span><a
- id="dx1-198034"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{english}{#1}}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span id="textcolor724"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute</span></span><a
- id="dx1-198035"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{english}{glossnamefont}{EnEncap}</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor725"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute</span></span><a
- id="dx1-198036"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{english}{glossdescfont}{FrEncap}</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor726"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute</span></span><a
- id="dx1-198037"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{french}{glossnamefont}{FrEncap}</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor727"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute</span></span><a
- id="dx1-198038"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{french}{glossdescfont}{EnEncap}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 16947--><p class="indent" > Remember to remove <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>, the definition of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newword </span>and the entry definitions from the
-document preamble, and replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>with: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor728"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span><a
- id="dx1-198039"></a>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 16954--><p class="indent" > Other refinements that you might like to make include using <span id="textcolor729"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewglslike</span></span><a
- id="dx1-198040"></a> so you don&#8217;t have to worry
-about the label prefix (&#8220;en-&#8221; and &#8220;fr-&#8221;).
-<a
- id="x1-198041r18"></a>
-</p><!--l. 16958--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sample-index"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sample-index">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-index.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-index.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 16958--><p class="noindent" >This document uses the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to create both a glossary and an index. This requires two
-<a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-199001"></a></a> (or <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-199002"></a></a>) calls to ensure the document is up to date:
-</p><!--l. 16963--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample-index
- <br />makeglossaries sample-index
- <br />pdflatex sample-index
- <br />makeglossaries sample-index
- <br />pdflatex sample-index
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-</p><!--l. 16971--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 16971--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">18.5 </span> <a
- id="sec:samplessort"></a>Sorting</h3>
-<a
- id="x1-200001r19"></a>
-
-
-<!--l. 16974--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:samplePeople"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:samplePeople">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">samplePeople.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 16974--><p class="noindent" >This document illustrates how you can hook into the standard sort mechanism to adjust the way the sort key is
-set. This requires an additional run to ensure the table of contents is up-to-date:
-</p><!--l. 16978--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex samplePeople
- <br />makeglossaries samplePeople
- <br />pdflatex samplePeople
- <br />pdflatex samplePeople
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-This provides two commands for typesetting a name:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-448">
-\newcommand{\sortname}[2]{#2,&#x00A0;#1}
-\newcommand{\textname}[2]{#1&#x00A0;#2}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 16988--><p class="nopar" > where the first argument contains the forenames and the second is the surname. The first command is the one
-required for sorting the name and the second is the one required for displaying the name in the document. A
-synonym is then defined:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-449">
-\let\name\textname
-</pre>
-<!--l. 16995--><p class="nopar" > This command defaults to the display name command (<span
-class="cmtt-10">\textname</span>) but is temporarily redefined to the sort
-name command (<span
-class="cmtt-10">\sortname</span>) within the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-201001"></a> field assignment hook: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand{\glsprestandardsort</span><a
- id="dx1-201002"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}[3]{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\let\name\sortname</span></strong>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\edef#1{\expandafter\expandonce\expandafter{#1}}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\let\name\textname</span></strong>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\glsdosanitizesort</span><a
- id="dx1-201003"></a>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The people are defined using the custom <span
-class="cmtt-10">\name </span>command: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{joebloggs}{name={</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\name</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">{Joe}{Bloggs}},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={\nopostdesc}}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Since <span
-class="cmtt-10">\name </span>is temporarily changed while the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-201004"></a> key is being assigned, the sort value for this entry ends up
-as &#8220;Bloggs, Joe&#8221;, but the name appears in the document as &#8220;Joe Bloggs&#8221;.
-<!--l. 17016--><p class="indent" > <span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em;"><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-201005"></a></a></span>If you want to use <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-201006"></a></a>, you first need to convert the document to use <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> but make
-sure you include the <span id="textcolor730"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span></span><a
- id="dx1-201007"></a> option: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><strong><span id="textcolor731"><span
-class="cmtt-10">record</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor732"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,style=listgroup]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Next it&#8217;s necessary to convert the entry definitions to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-201008"></a> format required by <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-201009"></a></a>. You can simply
-do:
-<!--l. 17025--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />convertgls2bib --preamble-only samplePeople people.bib
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-which will create a file called <span
-class="cmtt-10">people.bib </span>that contains definitions like: </p><div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor733"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-201010"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{joebloggs,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{\name{Joe}{Bloggs}},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{\nopostdesc</span><a
- id="dx1-201011"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> However, you may prefer to use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">--index-conversion </span>(<span
-class="cmtt-10">-i</span>) switch:
-<!--l. 17038--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />convertgls2bib -i --preamble-only samplePeople people.bib
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-This will discard the <span
-class="cmtt-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-201012"></a> field and use <span id="textcolor734"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@index</span></span><a
- id="dx1-201013"></a> instead of <span id="textcolor735"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-201014"></a> if the <span
-class="cmtt-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-201015"></a> is either empty or
-simply set to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a
- id="dx1-201016"></a> or <span id="textcolor736"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-201017"></a>. The <span
-class="cmtt-10">people.bib </span>file now contains definitions like:
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor737"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@index</span></span><a
- id="dx1-201018"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{joebloggs,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{\name{Joe}{Bloggs}}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Regardless of which approach you used to create the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-201019"></a> file, you now need to edit it to provide a definition of
-the custom <span
-class="cmtt-10">\name </span>command for <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-201020"></a>&#8217;s</a> use: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor738"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@preamble</span></span><a
- id="dx1-201021"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{"</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\providecommand</span><a
- id="dx1-201022"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\name}[2]{#2,</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;#1}"}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Note the use of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\providecommand </span>instead of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newcommand</span>.
-<!--l. 17059--><p class="indent" > In the document (<span
-class="cmtt-10">samplePeople.tex</span>) you now need to delete <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>, the definitions of
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\sortname</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\textname</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\name</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort</span>, and all the entry definitions. Then add the following to
-the document preamble: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newcommand{\name}[2]{#1</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;#2}</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor739"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-201023"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor740"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-201024"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=people]</span>
-</div>
-</div> Next, use your text editor&#8217;s search and replace function to subsitute all instances of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>in the
-chapter headings with <span id="textcolor741"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext</span></span><a
- id="dx1-201025"></a>. For example: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\chapter</span><a
- id="dx1-201026"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><strong><span id="textcolor742"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext</span></span><a
- id="dx1-201027"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">{joebloggs}}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Finally, replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries </span>with: <div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor743"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span></span><a
- id="dx1-201028"></a>
-</div>
-</div> The document build is now:
-<!--l. 17078--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex samplePeople
- <br />bib2gls samplePeople
- <br />pdflatex samplePeople
- <br />pdflatex samplePeople
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-The third LaTeX&#x00A0;call is required to ensure that the PDF bookmarks are up to date, as the entries
-aren&#8217;t defined until after the <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-201029"></a></a> run (which is why you have to use <span id="textcolor744"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext</span></span><a
- id="dx1-201030"></a> instead of
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span>).
-</p><!--l. 17089--><p class="indent" > This again leads to a list sorted by surname. The reason this works is because <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-201031"></a></a> only sees the
-definition of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\name </span>provided in <span id="textcolor745"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@preamble</span></span><a
- id="dx1-201032"></a>, but the document uses the definition of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\name </span>provided before
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>. The use of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\providecommand</span><a
- id="dx1-201033"></a> in <span id="textcolor746"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@preamble</span></span><a
- id="dx1-201034"></a> prevents <span
-class="cmtt-10">\name </span>from being redefined
-within the document.
-</p><!--l. 17096--><p class="indent" > See also the &#8220;Examples&#8221; chapter of the <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-201035"></a></a> user manual, which provides another &#8220;people&#8221;
-example.
-<a
- id="x1-201036r20"></a>
-</p><!--l. 17099--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sampleSort"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sampleSort">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleSort.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 17099--><p class="noindent" >This is another document that illustrates how to hook into the standard sort mechanism. An additional run is
-required to ensure the table of contents is up-to-date:
-</p><!--l. 17102--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sampleSort
- <br />makeglossaries sampleSort
- <br />pdflatex sampleSort
- <br />pdflatex sampleSort
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-This document has three glossaries (<span
-class="cmtt-10">main</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>and a custom <span
-class="cmtt-10">notation</span>), so if you want to
-use <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-202001"></a></a> explicitly you will need to have three <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-202002"></a></a> calls with the appropriate file
-extensions:
-</p><!--l. 17112--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sampleSort
- <br />makeindex -s sampleSort.ist -t sampleSort.alg -o sampleSort.acr sampleSort.acn
- <br />makeindex -s sampleSort.ist -t sampleSort.glg -o sampleSort.gls sampleSort.glo
- <br />makeindex -s sampleSort.ist -t sampleSort.nlg -o sampleSort.not sampleSort.ntn
- <br />pdflatex sampleSort
-
-
- <br />pdflatex sampleSort
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-It&#8217;s much simpler to just use <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-202003"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-202004"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 17122--><p class="indent" > In this example, the sort hook is adjusted to ensure the list of notation is sorted according to the order of
-definition. A new counter is defined to keep track of the entry number:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-450">
-\newcounter{sortcount}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 17127--><p class="nopar" > The sort hook is then redefined to increment this counter and assign the sort key to that numerical
-value, but only for the <span
-class="cmtt-10">notation </span>glossary. The other two glossaries have their sort keys assigned as
-normal:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-451">
-\renewcommand{\glsprestandardsort}[3]{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifdefstring{#2}{notation}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\stepcounter{sortcount}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\edef#1{\glssortnumberfmt{\arabic{sortcount}}}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsdosanitizesort
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+</pre> This command needs to be robust to prevent it from being expanded when it’s written to any of the auxiliary files. The <a id="wrglossary.16127"></a><a href="#glo:dicei"><code class="csfmt">\dicei</code></a>, …, <code class="csfmt">\dicevi</code> commands are provided by the <a id="wrglossary.16128"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.stix"><span class="styfmt">stix</span></a> package, so that needs to be loaded.<p>
+An associated command <code class="csfmt">\tally</code>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>} is defined that formats the value of the named <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span> according to <code class="csfmt">\tallynum</code>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16129"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<code class="cmd">\tally</code>}[1]{<code class="cmd">\tallynum</code>{<a id="wrglossary.16130"></a><a href="#glo:arabic"><code class="csfmt">\arabic</code></a>{#1}}}
+</pre> (This shouldn’t be robust as it needs the counter value to expand.) The page numbers are altered to use this format (by redefining <a id="wrglossary.16131"></a><a href="#glo:thepage"><code class="csfmt">\thepage</code></a>).<p>
+This custom location format also needs to be identified in the <a id="wrglossary.16132"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> file so that <a id="wrglossary.16133"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> can recognise it and determine how to form ranges if required. <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16134"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16135"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyLocation"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyLocation</code></a>{tally}{<span class="comment">% tally location format</span>
+ :sep "<code class="cmd">\string</code><code class="cmd">\tallynum</code><a id="wrglossary.16136"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a><a id="wrglossary.16137"></a><a href="#glo:glsopenbrace"><code class="csfmt">\glsopenbrace</code></a>"
+ "arabic-numbers"
+ :sep "<a id="wrglossary.16138"></a><a href="#glo:glsclosebrace"><code class="csfmt">\glsclosebrace</code></a>"
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 17143--><p class="nopar" > This means that <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-202005"></a></a> will sort the notation in numerical order.
-</p><!--l. 17146--><p class="indent" > <br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>If you want to convert this document to use <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, a much simpler approach is
-available with its hybrid method. First change the package loading line to: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><span id="textcolor747"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor748"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,acronym]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Either remove <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span>and replace all instances of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>with <span id="textcolor749"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-202006"></a> or
-replace:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-452">
-\setacronymstyle{long-short}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 17157--><p class="nopar" > with: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor750"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-202007"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[acronym]{long-short}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 17163--><p class="indent" > The custom counter and redefinition of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>can now be removed. The file extensions for
-the custom <span
-class="cmtt-10">notation </span>glossary are no longer relevant so the glossary definition can be changed to:
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">*</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">{notation}{Notation}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-202008"></a> command now needs to be adjusted to indicate which glossaries need to be processed by
-<a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-202009"></a></a>: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">[main,acronym]</span></strong>
-</div>
-</div> Finally, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-202010"></a> needs to be replaced with: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printacronyms</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\print</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">noidx</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossary[type=notation</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,sort=def</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div> Note that the <span
-class="cmtt-10">notation </span>glossary, which hasn&#8217;t been listed in the optional argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>, must
-be displayed with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-202011"></a>.
-<!--l. 17184--><p class="indent" > This means that <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-202012"></a></a> only needs to process the <span
-class="cmtt-10">main </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>glossaries. No actual sorting is
-performed for the <span
-class="cmtt-10">notation </span>glossary because, when used with <a
- id="dx1-202013"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">sort=def</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>simply iterates
-over the list of entries that have been indexed.
-</p><!--l. 17190--><p class="indent" > The document build doesn&#8217;t need the third LaTeX&#x00A0;call now (since none of the glossaries extend beyond a
-page break):
-</p><!--l. 17192--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sampleSort
- <br />makeglossaries sampleSort
-
-
- <br />pdflatex sampleSort
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-This time <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-202014"></a></a> will include the message:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-453">
-only&#x00A0;processing&#x00A0;subset&#x00A0;'main,acronym'
-</pre>
-<!--l. 17200--><p class="nopar" > This means that although <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-202015"></a></a> has noticed the <span
-class="cmtt-10">notation </span>glossary, it will be skipped.
-</p><!--l. 17204--><p class="indent" > If you are explicitly calling <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-202016"></a></a> then you need to drop the call for the <span
-class="cmtt-10">notation </span>glossary:
-</p><!--l. 17206--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sampleSort
- <br />makeindex -s sampleSort.ist -t sampleSort.alg -o sampleSort.acr sampleSort.acn
- <br />makeindex -s sampleSort.ist -t sampleSort.glg -o sampleSort.gls sampleSort.glo
- <br />pdflatex sampleSort
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-</p><!--l. 17213--><p class="indent" > <span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em;"><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-202017"></a></a></span>If you prefer to use <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-202018"></a></a>, the package loading line needs to be changed to: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><strong><span id="textcolor751"><span
-class="cmtt-10">record</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor752"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor753"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,acronym]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Next the entry definitions need to be convert to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-202019"></a> format required by <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-202020"></a></a>.
-<!--l. 17222--><p class="indent" > For this example, it&#8217;s simpler to split the entries into different files according to the glossary type. This can
-be done with the <span
-class="cmtt-10">--split-on-type </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">-t </span>switch:
-</p><!--l. 17225--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />convertgls2bib -t --preamble-only sampleSort.tex entries.bib
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-This will create three files:
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 17230--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">entries.bib</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 17230--><p class="noindent" >which contains the entries that were defined with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-202021"></a>. For example: </p><div class="alltt">
- <div class="obeylines-v">
- <span id="textcolor754"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-202022"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{gls:set,</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;set,</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;A</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;collection</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;distinct</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;objects</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
- </div>
-
-
- </dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 17239--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">abbreviations.bib</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 17239--><p class="noindent" >which contains the entries that were defined with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-202023"></a>. For example: </p><div class="alltt">
- <div class="obeylines-v">
- <span id="textcolor755"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@acronym</span></span><a
- id="dx1-202024"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{zfc,</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;short</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{ZFC},</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;long</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{Zermelo-Fraenkel</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;set</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;theory}</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
- </div> If you changed <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-202025"></a> to <span id="textcolor756"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-202026"></a> then <span id="textcolor757"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@abbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-202027"></a> will be used instead:
- <div class="alltt">
- <div class="obeylines-v">
- <span id="textcolor758"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@abbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-202028"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{zfc,</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;short</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{ZFC},</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;long</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{Zermelo-Fraenkel</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;set</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;theory}</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
- </div>
- </dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 17256--><p class="noindent" >
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">notation.bib</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 17256--><p class="noindent" >which contains the entries that were defined with <span
-class="cmtt-10">type</span><a
- id="dx1-202029"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=notation</span>. For example: </p><div class="alltt">
- <div class="obeylines-v">
- <span id="textcolor759"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-202030"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{not:set,</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{</span><span
-class="tctt-1000">$</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">\mathcal{S}</span><span
-class="tctt-1000">$</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">},</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{A</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;set},</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;text</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{\mathcal{S}}</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
- </div> You may prefer to replace <span id="textcolor760"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-202031"></a> with <span id="textcolor761"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@symbol</span></span><a
- id="dx1-202032"></a> in this file.</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 17268--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmti-10">After </span>the definition of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">notation </span>glossary (<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span>), add: </p><div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;abbreviation</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;style</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;must</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;be</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;set</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;first:</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor762"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-202033"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[acronym]{long-short}</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor763"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-202034"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor764"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-202035"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">={entries,abbreviations}]</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor765"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-202036"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor766"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-202037"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">={notation},%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;notation.bib</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span id="textcolor767"><span
-class="cmtt-10">type</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=notation</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor768"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span></span><a
- id="dx1-202038"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">unsrt</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div> Delete the remainder of the preamble (<span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>and entry definitions).
-<!--l. 17280--><p class="indent" > Finally, replace the lines that display the glossaries with: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor769"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span></span><a
- id="dx1-202039"></a>
-</div>
-</div> The build process is now:
-<!--l. 17285--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sampleSort
- <br />bib2gls sampleSort
- <br />pdflatex sampleSort
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-</p><!--l. 17291--><p class="indent" > In this case, I have one resource command that processes two glossaries (<span
-class="cmtt-10">main </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>) at the same
-time. The entries in these glossaries are ordered alphabetically. The second resource command processes the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">notation </span>glossary but the entries in this glossary aren&#8217;t sorted (and so will appear in the order of definition
-within the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-202040"></a> file).
-</p><!--l. 17298--><p class="indent" > See also <a
-href="#ex:sampleNtn"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleNtn.tex</span></a>, <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=bib2gls-sorting" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>gallery: sorting</a> and the <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-202041"></a></a> user manual for more examples.
-</p><!--l. 17301--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 17301--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">18.6 </span> <a
- id="sec:samplesparent"></a>Child Entries</h3>
-<a
- id="x1-203001r21"></a>
-<!--l. 17304--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sample"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sample">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 17304--><p class="noindent" >This document illustrates some of the basics, including how to create child entries that use the same name as
-the parent entry. This example adds the glossary to the table of contents and it also uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span><a
- id="dx1-204001"></a>, so an
-extra LaTeX&#x00A0;run is required:
-</p><!--l. 17309--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample
-
-
- <br />makeglossaries sample
- <br />pdflatex sample
- <br />pdflatex sample
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-You can see the difference between word and letter ordering if you add the package option <span
-class="cmss-10">order</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">letter</span><a
- id="dx1-204002"></a>. (Note
-that this will only have an effect if you use <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-204003"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-204004"></a></a>. If you use <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-204005"></a></a>
-explicitly, you will need to use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">-l</span><a
- id="dx1-204006"></a> switch to indicate letter ordering.)
-</p><!--l. 17322--><p class="indent" > One of the entries has its name encapsulated with a semantic command: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newcommand{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\scriptlang</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}[1]{\textsf{#1}}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{Perl}{name=</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\scriptlang</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">{Perl},</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">sort=Perl,</span></strong>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">description={A</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;scripting</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;language}}</span>
-</div>
-</div> This means that this entry needs to have the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-204007"></a> key set otherwise <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-204008"></a></a> will assign it
-to the &#8220;symbol&#8221; letter group, since it starts with a backslash (which <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-204009"></a></a> simply treats as
-punctuation).
-<!--l. 17334--><p class="indent" > The homograph entries &#8220;glossary&#8221; and &#8220;bravo&#8221; are defined as sub-entries that inherit the name from the
-parent entry. The parent entry doesn&#8217;t have a description, but with the default <span
-class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-204010"></a> setting this will
-lead to a spurious dot. This can be removed by adding <span
-class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a
- id="dx1-204011"></a> to the description, which suppresses the
-post-description hook for that entry.
-</p><!--l. 17341--><p class="indent" > Since the child entries have the same name as the parent, this means that the child entries will have
-duplicate sort values unless the default is changed with the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-204012"></a> key: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{glossary}{name=glossary,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a
- id="dx1-204013"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">},plural={glossaries}}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-204014"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{glossarycol}{</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={collection</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;glosses},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">sort={2},</span></strong>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;parent={glossary}%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;parent</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{glossarylist}{</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={list</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;technical</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;words},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">sort={1},</span></strong>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;parent={glossary}%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;parent</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> (Remember that the entries are sorted hierarchically.) This will place <span
-class="cmtt-10">glossarylist </span>before <span
-class="cmtt-10">glossarycol</span>, but
-both will come immediately after their parent <span
-class="cmtt-10">glossary </span>entry.
-
-
-<!--l. 17364--><p class="indent" > <br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>If you switch to using <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, remember that the default package options are different:
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><strong><span id="textcolor770"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor771"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,style=treenonamegroup,order=word,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;subentrycounter]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 17372--><p class="indent" > You may now want to consider replacing <span
-class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a
- id="dx1-204015"></a> in the descriptions with <span id="textcolor772"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204016"></a> (using
-your text editor&#8217;s search and replace function). This suppresses the post-description punctuation but not the
-category post-description hook.
-</p><!--l. 17378--><p class="indent" > You may have noticed that some of the descriptions include the plural form, but it&#8217;s not done very
-consistently. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-454">
-\newglossaryentry{cow}{name=cow,
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;plural=cows,%&#x00A0;not&#x00A0;required&#x00A0;as&#x00A0;this&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;default
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;user1=kine,
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={(\emph{pl.}\&#x00A0;cows,&#x00A0;\emph{archaic}&#x00A0;kine)&#x00A0;an&#x00A0;adult
-female&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;any&#x00A0;bovine&#x00A0;animal}
+</pre> Again this information is written to the <a id="wrglossary.16139"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> file by <a id="wrglossary.16140"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> so if you use <a id="wrglossary.16141"></a><a href="#glo:noist"><code class="csfmt">\noist</code></a> then you need to manually add it to your custom <a id="wrglossary.16142"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> file.<p>
+When <a id="wrglossary.16143"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> creates the associated <a id="wrglossary.16144"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing files</a>, the <a id="wrglossary.16145"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> will be written using: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16146"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16147"></a><a href="#glo:glsXcounterXformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsX<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>X<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">format</em>〉</span></code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">hyper-prefix</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> In this case: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16148"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16149"></a><a href="#glo:glsXcounterXformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsXpageXglsnumberformat</code></a>{}{<code class="cmd">\tallynum</code>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">number</em>〉</span>}}
+</pre> or <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16150"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16151"></a><a href="#glo:glsXcounterXformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsXpageXhyperbfit</code></a>{}{<code class="cmd">\tallynum</code>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">number</em>〉</span>}}
+</pre> This means that although <a id="wrglossary.16152"></a><a href="#glo:hyperbf"><code class="csfmt">\hyperbf</code></a> is designed to create hyperlinked locations, the presence of <code class="csfmt">\tallynum</code> interferes with it. In order to make the <a id="wrglossary.16153"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> work correctly, the definitions of <a id="wrglossary.16154"></a><a href="#glo:glsXcounterXformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsXpageXhyperbfit</code></a> need to be redefined in order to grab the number part in order to work out the location’s numeric value. If the value of <code class="csfmt">\tally</code> is changed so that it expands differently then these modifications won’t work.<p>
+Remember that in both cases, the second argument #2 is in the form <code class="code"><code class="csfmt">\tally</code>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">n</em>〉</span>}</code>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16155"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.16156"></a><a href="#glo:glsXcounterXformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsXpageXglsnumberformat</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\linkpagenumber</code>#2<span class="comment">% </span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 17387--><p class="nopar" > which has the parenthetical material at the start of the description with emphasis,
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-455">
-\newglossaryentry{bravocry}{
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={cry&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;approval&#x00A0;(pl.\&#x00A0;bravos)},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={1},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;parent={bravo}
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.16157"></a><a href="#glo:glsXcounterXformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsXpageXhyperbfit</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\textbf</code>{<code class="cmd">\em</code><code class="cmd">\linkpagenumber</code>#2}<span class="comment">% </span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 17396--><p class="nopar" > which has the parenthetical material at the end of the description without emphasis even though it&#8217;s a regular
-plural,
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-456">
-\newglossaryentry{bravoruffian}{
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={hired&#x00A0;ruffian&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;killer&#x00A0;(pl.\&#x00A0;bravoes)},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={2},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;plural={bravoes},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;parent=bravo}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 17405--><p class="nopar" > which has the parenthetical material at the end of the description without emphasis, and
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-457">
-\newglossaryentry{glossary}{name=glossary,
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={\nopostdesc},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;plural={glossaries}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 17412--><p class="nopar" > which doesn&#8217;t show the plural in the description.
-</p><!--l. 17415--><p class="indent" > With <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, you can remove this parenthetical material and implement it using the category
-post-description hook instead. For example, the above definitions become:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-458">
-\newglossaryentry{cow}{name=cow,
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;user1=kine,
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;adult&#x00A0;female&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;any&#x00A0;bovine&#x00A0;animal}
+</pre> These need a command that can grab the actual number and correctly encapsulate it: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16158"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\linkpagenumber</code>}[2]{<a id="wrglossary.16159"></a><a href="#glo:hyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\hyperlink</code></a>{page.#2}{#1{#2}}}
+</pre><p>
+If you want to try out the <span class="filefmt">samplexdy-mc.xdy</span> file, the entries starting with <span class="qt">“Mac”</span> or <span class="qt">“Mc”</span> will be placed in their own <span class="qt">“Mc”</span> <a id="wrglossary.16160"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a>. Ideally it should be possible to do this simply with <a id="wrglossary.16161"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddLetterGroup"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddLetterGroup</code></a> (and not require a custom <a id="wrglossary.16162"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> file) but unfortunately the <span class="qt">“M”</span> <a id="wrglossary.16163"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a> will have already been defined and take precedence over <span class="qt">“Mc”</span>, which is why a custom file is required and the normal language module must be suppressed: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16164"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16165"></a><a href="#glo:setStyleFile"><code class="csfmt">\setStyleFile</code></a>{samplexdy-mc}
+<a id="wrglossary.16166"></a><a href="#glo:noist"><code class="csfmt">\noist</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.16167"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyLanguage"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</code></a>{}
+</pre><p>
+This <span class="qt">“Mc”</span> <a id="wrglossary.16168"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> is suitable for names like <span class="qt">“Maclaurin”</span> but not for <span class="qt">“Mach”</span>. To prevent this, the <a id="wrglossary.16169"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key for that value is set to lower case: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16170"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16171"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{mach}{<a id="wrglossary.16172"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Mach, Ernst}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.16173"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Ernst Mach}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.16174"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Mach}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.16175"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={mach, Ernst}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.16176"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Czech/Austrian physicist and philosopher}</span>}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.16177"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If you want to convert this document so that it uses <a id="wrglossary.16178"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, you first need to switch to <a id="wrglossary.16179"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> and use the <a id="wrglossary.16180"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a> package option: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16181"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16182"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a></strong>,<a id="wrglossary.16183"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.16184"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>-only commands can now all be removed (<a id="wrglossary.16185"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@xindyattr">attribute</a> <a id="wrglossary.16186"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyAttribute"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</code></a>, location <a id="wrglossary.16187"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyLocation"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyLocation</code></a>, language <a id="wrglossary.16188"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyLanguage"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.16189"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationencap">location encaps</a> <a id="wrglossary.16190"></a><a href="#glo:glsXcounterXformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsX<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>X<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">format</em>〉</span></code></a> and the custom helper <code class="csfmt">\linkpagenumber</code>). Also <a id="wrglossary.16191"></a><a href="#glo:noist"><code class="csfmt">\noist</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.16192"></a><a href="#glo:setStyleFile"><code class="csfmt">\setStyleFile</code></a> aren’t relevant with <a id="wrglossary.16193"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> and so should be removed.<p>
+The definitions of <code class="csfmt">\hyperbfit</code> should be retained (as well as <code class="csfmt">\tallynum</code>, <code class="csfmt">\tally</code> and the redefinition of <a id="wrglossary.16194"></a><a href="#glo:thepage"><code class="csfmt">\thepage</code></a>).<p>
+The entries all need to be converted to the <a id="wrglossary.16195"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> format required by <a id="wrglossary.16196"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16197"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>convertgls2bib <a id="wrglossary.16198"></a><a href="#glo:switch.preamble-only"><span class="longargfmt">--preamble-only</span></a> samplexdy.tex entries.bib
+</pre> Next replace <a id="wrglossary.16199"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16200"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16201"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.16202"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">=entries</span>]
+</pre> and remove all the entry definitions from the <a id="wrglossary.16203"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">document preamble</a>. Use the search and replace function on your text editor to replace all instances of <a id="wrglossary.16204"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfirst"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfirst</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.16205"></a><a href="#glo:glsfmtfirst"><code class="csfmt">\glsfmtfirst</code></a>, and all instances of <a id="wrglossary.16206"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryname</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.16207"></a><a href="#glo:glsfmtname"><code class="csfmt">\glsfmtname</code></a>.<p>
+Finally, replace <a id="wrglossary.16208"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.16209"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a>. The document build is now: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16210"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex samplexdy
+bib2gls <a id="wrglossary.16211"></a><a href="#glo:switch.group"><span class="longargfmt">--group</span></a> samplexdy
+pdflatex samplexdy
+</pre><p>
+This results in a slightly different ordering from the original document (without the <span class="qt">“Mc”</span> <a id="wrglossary.16212"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a>). In the original example, <span class="qt">“Mach number”</span> was listed before <span class="qt">“Mach, Ernest”</span>. The modified document now has <span class="qt">“Mach, Ernest”</span> before <span class="qt">“Mach number”</span>. This difference is due to <a id="wrglossary.16213"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span>’s</a> default <a id="wrglossary.16214"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.break-at"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">break-at</span></a><span class="optfmt">=word</span> setting, which marks word boundaries with the <a id="wrglossary.16215"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.pipe"><code class="code">|</code> (pipe)</a> character, so the sort values for <a id="wrglossary.16216"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> are <code class="code">Mach|Earnest|</code> and <code class="code">Mach|number|</code>. See the <a id="wrglossary.16217"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> manual for further details of this option, and also see the examples chapter of that manual for alternative approaches when creating entries that contain people’s names.<p>
+If you want the <span class="qt">“Mc”</span> <a id="wrglossary.16218"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a>, it can be obtained by providing a custom sort rule: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16219"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16220"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.16221"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">=entries</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16222"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.sort"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<strong class="strong">custom</strong></span>,
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16223"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.sort-rule"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">sort-rule</span></a><span class="optfmt">={</strong>}</span><a id="wrglossary.16224"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrGeneralInitRules"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrGeneralInitRules</code></a>
+ &lt;<a id="wrglossary.16225"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrGeneralLatinAtoGrules"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrGeneralLatinAtoGrules</code></a>
+ &lt;h,H&lt;i,I&lt;j,J&lt;k,K&lt;l,L<strong class="strong">&lt;Mc=Mac</strong>&lt;m,M
+ &lt;<a id="wrglossary.16226"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrGeneralLatinNtoZrules"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrGeneralLatinNtoZrules</code></a>
+
+]
+</pre> Unfortunately, as with <a id="wrglossary.16227"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>, this puts <span class="qt">“Mach”</span> into the <span class="qt">“Mc”</span> <a id="wrglossary.16228"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a>. (See the <a id="wrglossary.16229"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for details about the sort rule commands.)<p>
+One way to get around this problem is to define a custom command to help identify genuine <span class="qt">“Mc”</span>/<span class="qt">“Mac”</span> prefixes with names that happen to start with <span class="qt">“Mac”</span>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16230"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@entry</code>{mcadam,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16231"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<strong class="strong"><code class="cmd">\Mac</code>{Mc}</strong>Adam, John Loudon}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16232"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Scottish engineer}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16233"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a><span class="optfmt">={McAdam}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16234"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a><span class="optfmt">={John Loudon McAdam}</span>
}
-\newglossaryentry{bravocry}{
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={cry&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;approval},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={1},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;parent={bravo}
+
+<code class="code">@entry</code>{maclaurin,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16235"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<strong class="strong"><code class="cmd">\Mac</code>{Mac}</strong>laurin, Colin}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16236"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Scottish mathematician best known for the <a id="wrglossary.16237"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{maclaurinseries}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16238"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Maclaurin}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16239"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Colin Maclaurin}</span>
}
-\newglossaryentry{bravoruffian}{
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={hired&#x00A0;ruffian&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;killer},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={2},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;plural={bravoes},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;parent=bravo}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 17435--><p class="nopar" > </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{glossary}{name=glossary,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={</span><strong><span id="textcolor773"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204017"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;plural={glossaries}}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The post-description hook for the <span id="textcolor774"><span
-class="cmss-10">general</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204018"></a> category can now be set: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor775"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostdesc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204019"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{general}{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmti-10">%</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;Has</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;user1</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;key</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;been</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;set?</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor776"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204020"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{useri}{\glscurrententrylabel</span><a
- id="dx1-204021"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{\space(\emph{pl.}\</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\glsentryplural</span><a
- id="dx1-204022"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\glscurrententrylabel</span><a
- id="dx1-204023"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\emph{archaic}</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\glscurrentfieldvalue</span><a
- id="dx1-204024"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">)%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmti-10">%</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;The</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;user1</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;key</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;hasnflt</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;been</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;set.</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;Is</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;plural</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;same</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;as</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;the</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmti-10">%</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;singular</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;form</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;with</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;plural</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;suffix</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;appended?</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor777"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204025"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{plural}{\glscurrententrylabel</span><a
- id="dx1-204026"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{\glsentrytext</span><a
- id="dx1-204027"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\glscurrententrylabel</span><a
- id="dx1-204028"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}\glspluralsuffix</span><a
- id="dx1-204029"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmti-10">%</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;Sibling</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;check</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;with</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;</span><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmitt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-204030"></a></a><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;(see</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;below)</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;}%</span>
-
-
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmti-10">%</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;The</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;plural</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;isnflt</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;default.</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;Does</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;this</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;entry</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;have</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;a</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;parent?</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\ifglshasparent{\glscurrententrylabel}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmti-10">%</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;This</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;entry</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;has</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;a</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;parent.</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmti-10">%</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;Are</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;plurals</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;for</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;child</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;and</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;parent</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;same?</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor778"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204031"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{plural}{\glscurrententrylabel}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{\glsentryplural{\glsentryparent{\glscurrententrylabel}}}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{}%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmti-10">child</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;and</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;parent</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;plurals</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;same</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\space(\emph{pl.}\</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\glsentryplural{\glscurrententrylabel})%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{\space(\emph{pl.}\</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\glsentryplural</span><a
- id="dx1-204032"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\glscurrententrylabel</span><a
- id="dx1-204033"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">})}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> (If you try this example out, notice the difference for the <span
-class="cmtt-10">glossary </span>entry if you use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc </span>and then
-replace it with <span id="textcolor779"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204034"></a>.) See the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> user manual for further details and also
-<a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls-begin.pdf" ><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: An Introductory Guide</a>.
-<!--l. 17482--><p class="indent" > The &#8220;bravo&#8221; homographs are an oddity where the singular form is identical but the plural is different
-(&#8220;bravos&#8221; and &#8220;bravoes&#8221;). In the original, both descriptions included the plural term. The above modifications
-drop the display of the regular &#8220;bravos&#8221; plural (for the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bravocry </span>term) and only show the &#8220;bravoes&#8221; plural (for
-the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bravoruffian </span>term). In this particular case it might be useful to show the regular plural in order to
-highlight the difference.
-</p><!--l. 17491--><p class="indent" > While it&#8217;s straightforward to access an entry&#8217;s parent label (with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryparent</span><a
- id="dx1-204035"></a>) it&#8217;s much harder to
-access entry&#8217;s children or siblings. The <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaschildren</span><a
- id="dx1-204036"></a> command has to iterate over all entries to determine
-if any have a parent that matches the given label. This is obviously very time-consuming if you have a large
-database of entries. It also doesn&#8217;t provide a way of determining whether or not the child entries have been
-indexed.
-</p><!--l. 17499--><p class="indent" > With <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-204037"></a></a>, it&#8217;s possible to save this information with the <span id="textcolor780"><span
-class="cmtt-10">save-child-count</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204038"></a> and <span id="textcolor781"><span
-class="cmtt-10">save-sibling-count</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204039"></a>,
-which not only save the total but also save the child or sibling labels in an <span
-class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
- id="dx1-204040"></a> internal list. This makes the
-information much faster to access and also only includes the labels of those entries that have actually been
-indexed.
-</p><!--l. 17506--><p class="indent" > In the above, the comment line: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmti-10">%</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;Sibling</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;check</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;with</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;</span><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmitt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-204041"></a></a><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;(see</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;below)</span>
-</div>
-</div> indicates where to put the extra code. If you switch to <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-204042"></a></a> and make sure to use <span id="textcolor782"><span
-class="cmtt-10">save-sibling-count</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204043"></a>
-then you can insert the following code in the block above where that comment is: <div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor783"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204044"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{siblingcount}{\glscurrententrylabel}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">{%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor784"><span
-class="cmitt-10">siblingcount</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204045"></a><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;field</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;value</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;non-zero</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor785"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldforlistloop</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204046"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmti-10">iterate</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;over</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;internal</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;list</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{\glscurrententrylabel}%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmti-10">entry</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;label</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{siblinglist}%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmti-10">label</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;field</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;containing</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;list</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{\siblinghandler}%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmti-10">loop</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;handler</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">{}%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor786"><span
-class="cmitt-10">siblingcount</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204047"></a><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;field</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;value</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;0</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;or</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;empty</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;or</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;missing</span>
-</div>
-</div> This uses a custom handler that&#8217;s defined as follows: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newcommand{\siblinghandler}[1]{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor787"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204048"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">*{plural}{\glscurrententrylabel}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{\glsentryplural{#1}}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{}%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmti-10">current</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;entryfls</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;plural</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;same</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;as</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;siblingfls</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;plural</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\space(\emph{pl.}\</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\glsentryplural{\glscurrententrylabel})%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\listbreak</span><a
- id="dx1-204049"></a>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The <span
-class="cmtt-10">\listbreak </span>command is provided by <span
-class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
- id="dx1-204050"></a> and is used for prematurely exiting a loop. The handler
-tests if the sibling&#8217;s <span
-class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-204051"></a> field is identical to the current entry&#8217;s <span
-class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-204052"></a> field. If they are the
-same, it does nothing. If they are different, it displays the current entry&#8217;s plural and breaks the
-loop.
-<!--l. 17542--><p class="indent" > Note that this assumes that the parent entry hasn&#8217;t had the plural form explicitly set to &#8220;bravoes&#8221; instead of
-the default &#8220;bravos&#8221;. In that case, the parent entry would show the plural but the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bravoruffian </span>child entry
-wouldn&#8217;t show the plural (since this case would led to the empty code block identified with the comment &#8220;child
-and parent plurals the same&#8221;). The &#8220;bravoes&#8221; plural form would instead be shown for the parent, which
-wouldn&#8217;t look right.
-</p><!--l. 17551--><p class="indent" > If you don&#8217;t use <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-204053"></a></a> or if you use it without the <span id="textcolor788"><span
-class="cmtt-10">save-sibling-count</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204054"></a> resource option then the sibling
-information won&#8217;t be available.
-</p><!--l. 17555--><p class="indent" > <span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em;"><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-204055"></a></a></span>In order to switch to using <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-204056"></a></a>, it&#8217;s first necessary to switch to using <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> (as above).
-Remember that the <span id="textcolor789"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204057"></a> option is required: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><strong><span id="textcolor790"><span
-class="cmtt-10">record</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span></strong><span id="textcolor791"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor792"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,style=treenonamegroup,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">subentrycounter]{glossaries-extra}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Next the entry definitions need to be converted to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-204058"></a> format required by <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-204059"></a></a>. This can be done with
-<a
-href="#glo:convertgls2bib"><span
-class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span><a
- id="dx1-204060"></a></a>: <div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;--preamble-only</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;sample.tex</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;entries.</span>
-</div>
-</div> The semantic command may be moved to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-204061"></a> file to ensure it&#8217;s defined: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor793"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@preamble</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204062"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{"\providecommand{\scriptlang}[1]{\textsf{#1}}"}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 17575--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-204063"></a> field typically shouldn&#8217;t be set when using <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-204064"></a></a>, so <a
-href="#glo:convertgls2bib"><span
-class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span><a
- id="dx1-204065"></a></a> strips it. If the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-204066"></a> field
-is missing, <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-204067"></a></a> will obtain it from the sort fallback for that entry type. In this case, <span id="textcolor794"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204068"></a> has the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-204069"></a>
-field as the sort fallback. If this is also missing then its value is obtained from the parent&#8217;s <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-204070"></a> field (see
-<a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=bib2gls-sorting" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>gallery: sorting</a> for other examples).
-</p><!--l. 17583--><p class="indent" > Therefore the &#8220;Perl&#8221; entry is simply defined as: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor795"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204071"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{Perl,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{\scriptlang{Perl}},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{A</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;scripting</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;language}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> This isn&#8217;t a problem for <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-204072"></a></a>. In this case, the command has been provided in the <span id="textcolor796"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@preamble</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204073"></a>, but <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-204074"></a></a>
-strips font information so the sort value becomes <span
-class="cmtt-10">Perl</span>. If the definition isn&#8217;t placed in <span id="textcolor797"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@preamble</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204075"></a> then
-<a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-204076"></a></a> will simply ignore the command (as <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-204077"></a></a> does) so the sort value will still end up as
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">Perl</span>.
-<!--l. 17597--><p class="indent" > The homograph entries have also had their <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-204078"></a> fields omitted: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor798"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204079"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{glossarycol,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;parent</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{glossary},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{collection</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;glosses}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span id="textcolor799"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204080"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{glossarylist,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;parent</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{glossary},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{list</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;technical</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;words}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-
-<!--l. 17610--><p class="indent" > This means that the sort value for both these child entries is &#8220;glossary&#8221;. When <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-204081"></a></a> encounters identical
-sort values it acts according to its <span id="textcolor800"><span
-class="cmtt-10">identical-sort-action</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204082"></a> setting. The default action is to sort by the label
-using a simple string comparison. In this case, it would put <span
-class="cmtt-10">glossarycol </span>before <span
-class="cmtt-10">glossarylist</span>. In the original
-document, the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-204083"></a> value was manually chosen to ensure that the entries are ordered according to <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>.
-This ordering can easily be obtained by changing <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-204084"></a>&#8217;s</a> identical sort action (requires at least <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-204085"></a></a>
-v2.0): </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor801"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204086"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor802"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204087"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">={entries},</span><strong><span id="textcolor803"><span
-class="cmtt-10">identical-sort-action</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=use</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div> This command should replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. If you want the sibling information (see earlier), then you
-need to remember to add <span id="textcolor804"><span
-class="cmtt-10">save-sibling-count</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204088"></a> to the list of options.
-<!--l. 17627--><p class="indent" > Note that this is a better solution than in the original example. If I edit the document so that <span
-class="cmtt-10">glossarycol</span>
-is used first, then the ordering will be updated accordingly, but with the original example, the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-204089"></a> keys would
-need to be manually changed.
-</p><!--l. 17632--><p class="indent" > The remainder of the preamble (that is, the definition of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\scriptlang </span>and all the entry definitions) should
-now be removed.
-</p><!--l. 17636--><p class="indent" > Finally, replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span>with <span id="textcolor805"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204090"></a>. The document build is now:
-</p><!--l. 17638--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample
- <br />bib2gls --group sample
- <br />pdflatex sample
- <br />pdflatex sample
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-Note use of the <span id="textcolor806"><span
-class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204091"></a> (or <span id="textcolor807"><span
-class="cmtt-10">-g</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204092"></a>) switch, which is needed to support the <span
-class="cmss-10">treenonamegroup</span><a
- id="dx1-204093"></a> style. The third
-LaTeX&#x00A0;call is needed because the document contains <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span><a
- id="dx1-204094"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 17648--><p class="indent" > Note that you can&#8217;t use the <span
-class="cmss-10">order</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">letter</span><a
- id="dx1-204095"></a> package option with <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-204096"></a></a>. Instead use the <span id="textcolor808"><span
-class="cmtt-10">break-at</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=none</span><a
- id="dx1-204097"></a>
-resource option: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor809"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204098"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor810"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-204099"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">={entries},</span><span id="textcolor811"><span
-class="cmtt-10">identical-sort-action</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=use,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span id="textcolor812"><span
-class="cmtt-10">break-at</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=none</span></strong>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a
- id="x1-204100r22"></a>
-<!--l. 17657--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sample-inline"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sample-inline">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-inline.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 17657--><p class="noindent" >This document is like <span
-class="cmtt-10">sample.tex</span>, above, but uses the <span
-class="cmss-10">inline</span><a
- id="dx1-205001"></a> glossary style to put the glossary in a footnote.
-The document build is:
-
-
-</p><!--l. 17661--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample-inline
- <br />makeglossaries sample-inline
- <br />pdflatex sample-inline
- <br />pdflatex sample-inline
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-If you want to convert this document to <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, follow the same procedure as above. If you want to use
-<a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-205002"></a></a> then you don&#8217;t need the <span id="textcolor813"><span
-class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span><a
- id="dx1-205003"></a> switch since no letter groups are required.
-<a
- id="x1-205004r23"></a>
-</p><!--l. 17672--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sampletree"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sampletree">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampletree.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampletree.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 17672--><p class="noindent" >This document illustrates a hierarchical glossary structure where child entries have different names to their
-corresponding parent entry. To create the document do:
-</p><!--l. 17676--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sampletree
- <br />makeglossaries sampletree
- <br />pdflatex sampletree
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-The document uses the <span
-class="cmss-10">alttreehypergroup</span><a
- id="dx1-206001"></a> glossary style, which needs to know the widest name for each
-hierarchical level. This has been assigned manually in the preamble with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest</span><a
- id="dx1-206002"></a>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-459">
-\glssetwidest{Roman&#x00A0;letters}&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;level&#x00A0;0&#x00A0;widest&#x00A0;name
-\glssetwidest[1]{Sigma}&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;level&#x00A0;1&#x00A0;widest&#x00A0;name
-</pre>
-<!--l. 17688--><p class="nopar" > (Level&#x00A0;0 is the top-most level. That is, entries that don&#8217;t have a parent.) It&#8217;s possible to get <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>to
-compute the widest top-level entry with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfindwidesttoplevelname</span><a
- id="dx1-206003"></a> but this will iterate over all top-level
-entries, regardless of whether or not they appear in the glossary. If you have a large database of entries, this will
-firstly take time and secondly the width may be too large due to an unindexed entry with a big
-name.
-</p><!--l. 17697--><p class="indent" > This sample document doesn&#8217;t require any of the tabular styles so I&#8217;ve prevented those packages from being
-loaded with <span
-class="cmss-10">nolong</span><a
- id="dx1-206004"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">nosuper</span><a
- id="dx1-206005"></a>. The reduces the overall package loading. </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[style=alttreehypergroup,</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">nolong,nosuper</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">{glossaries}</span>
-</div>
-</div> (This example glossary is actually better suited for one of the topic styles provided with <span id="textcolor814"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-topic</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206006"></a>, see
-below.)
-<!--l. 17707--><p class="indent" > This is obviously a contrived example since it&#8217;s strange to have the symbol names (such as &#8220;Sigma&#8221;) in the
-glossary. The purpose is to demonstrate the <span
-class="cmss-10">alttreehypergroup</span><a
- id="dx1-206007"></a> with an entry that&#8217;s noticeably wider than the
-others in the same hierarchical level. A more sensible document would have the symbol in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-206008"></a>
-key.
-</p><!--l. 17714--><p class="indent" > <br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>If you want to switch to <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, then you can instead use a combination of <span
-class="cmss-10">nostyles</span><a
- id="dx1-206009"></a>
-and <span id="textcolor815"><span
-class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206010"></a>: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[style=alttreehypergroup,</span><span id="textcolor816"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">nostyles,</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor817"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods=tree</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The <span id="textcolor818"><span
-class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206011"></a> package not only patches the original styles provided by the base <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package (such
-as <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
- id="dx1-206012"></a> used in this example) but also provides extra helper commands. In this case, it
-provides additional commands to calculate the widest name. For example, instead of manually
-setting the widest entry with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest</span><a
- id="dx1-206013"></a>, you could add the following before the glossary:
-<div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor819"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206014"></a>
-<br /><span id="textcolor820"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206015"></a>
-
-
-</div>
-</div> This will only take into account the entries that have actually been used in the document, but it can still be
-time-consuming if you have a large number of entries.
-<!--l. 17737--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the glossary must be at the end of the document (after all required entries have been used) with
-this method. The alternative is to perform the calculation at the end of the document and save the results in the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a
- id="dx1-206016"></a> file for the next run. </div>
-</p><!--l. 17742--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 17744--><p class="indent" > This example document is using top-level entries for topics without descriptions. This means that the
-descriptions simply contain <span
-class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a
- id="dx1-206017"></a> to prevent the post-description punctuation from being automatically
-inserted. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-460">
-\newglossaryentry{greekletter}{name={Greek&#x00A0;letters},
-text={Greek&#x00A0;letter},
-description={\nopostdesc}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 17752--><p class="nopar" > With <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, you can convert this to <span id="textcolor821"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206018"></a> which will prevent the post-description
-punctuation without interfering with the category post-description hook.
-</p><!--l. 17758--><p class="indent" > In order to distinguish between the child entries, which are symbols, and the parent entries, which are topics,
-it&#8217;s useful to give these two different types of entries different categories. The topics can use the default <span id="textcolor822"><span
-class="cmss-10">general</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206019"></a>
-category, but the symbol entries can be assigned to a different category. The value of the <span id="textcolor823"><span id="textcolor824"><span
-class="cmtt-10">category</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206020"></a></span> key must be
-a label. For example: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{C}{name={C},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">description={Euler's</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;constant},</span>
-<br /><strong><span id="textcolor825"><span
-class="cmtt-10">category</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=symbol,</span></strong>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">parent=romanletter}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 17771--><p class="indent" > There is some redundancy caused by a parenthetical note after the <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> in some of the symbol entries.
-For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-461">
-\newglossaryentry{pi}{name={pi},
-text={\ensuremath{\pi}},
-first={\ensuremath{\pi}&#x00A0;(lowercase&#x00A0;pi)},
-description={Transcendental&#x00A0;number},
-parent=greekletter}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 17779--><p class="nopar" > With <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> this can be dealt with through the category post-link hook: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor826"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostlink</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206021"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{symbol}{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor827"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206022"></a>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;first</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;use</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor828"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206023"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{useri}{\glslabel</span><a
- id="dx1-206024"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;(\glscurrentfieldvalue</span><a
- id="dx1-206025"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">)}{}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{}%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;not</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;first</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;use</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The parenthetical material is now stored in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">user1</span><a
- id="dx1-206026"></a> key. For example: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{sigma}{name=Sigma,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">text={\ensuremath\Sigma},</span>
-<br /><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">user1={uppercase</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;sigma},</span></strong>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">description={Used</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;indicate</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;summation},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">parent=greekletter}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The category post-description link is also set to ensure that the symbol is displayed after the description in the
-glossary: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor829"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostdesc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206027"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{symbol}{\space</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;(</span><span
-class="tctt-1000">$</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a
- id="dx1-206028"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\glscurrententrylabel</span><a
- id="dx1-206029"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span><span
-class="tctt-1000">$</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">)}</span>
-</div>
-</div> These modifications only affect entries with the <span id="textcolor830"><span id="textcolor831"><span
-class="cmtt-10">category</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206030"></a></span> set to <span id="textcolor832"><span
-class="cmss-10">symbol</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206031"></a>.
-<!--l. 17809--><p class="indent" > With <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, it&#8217;s now possible to use the topic styles provided with the <span id="textcolor833"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-topic</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206032"></a> package:
-</p><div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[style=</span><strong><span id="textcolor834"><span
-class="cmtt-10">topic</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor835"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">nostyles,</span><span id="textcolor836"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods={tree</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,topic</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The <span id="textcolor837"><span
-class="cmss-10">topic</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206033"></a> style is designed for this kind of hierarchy where all the top-level entries don&#8217;t have descriptions. This
-means that the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\nopostdot</span><a
- id="dx1-206034"></a> and <span id="textcolor838"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206035"></a> commands aren&#8217;t required. The top-level entries can
-simply be defined as: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{greekletter}{name={Greek</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;letters},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">text={Greek</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;letter},</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={}}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{romanletter}{name={Roman</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;letters},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">text={Roman</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;letter},</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={}}</span>
-</div>
-</div> I&#8217;ve now loaded both the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
- id="dx1-206036"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-topic</span><a
- id="dx1-206037"></a> packages (via <span id="textcolor839"><span
-class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206038"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">={tree,topic}</span>). The
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-topic</span><a
- id="dx1-206039"></a> package can be used without <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
- id="dx1-206040"></a>, in which case it will behave more like the normal <span
-class="cmss-10">tree</span><a
- id="dx1-206041"></a>
-rather than <span
-class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-206042"></a> styles (but with different indentation and no description in the top-level). However,
-if you use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest</span><a
- id="dx1-206043"></a> (provided by <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
- id="dx1-206044"></a>) then the <span id="textcolor840"><span
-class="cmss-10">topic</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206045"></a> style will behave more like
-<span
-class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-206046"></a>.
-<!--l. 17837--><p class="indent" > Since there&#8217;s no description for the top-level entries, the <span id="textcolor841"><span
-class="cmss-10">topic</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206047"></a> style ignores the widest name setting for the
-top-level, so I can just have the level&#x00A0;1 setting:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-462">
-\glssetwidest[1]{Sigma}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 17842--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 17844--><p class="indent" > <span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em;"><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-206048"></a></a></span>If you want to convert this document so that it uses <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-206049"></a></a>, you first need to convert it
-to using <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, as described above, but remember that you now need the <span id="textcolor842"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206050"></a> option.
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><strong><span id="textcolor843"><span
-class="cmtt-10">record</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">style=topic,</span><span id="textcolor844"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,nostyles,</span><span id="textcolor845"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods={tree,topic}</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Next convert the entries to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-206051"></a> format required by <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-206052"></a></a>:
-<!--l. 17855--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />convertgls2bib --preamble-only sampletree.tex entries.bib
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-Now replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>with: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor846"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206053"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor847"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206054"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=entries,</span><strong><span id="textcolor848"><span
-class="cmtt-10">set-widest</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div> I&#8217;ve used the <span id="textcolor849"><span
-class="cmtt-10">set-widest</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206055"></a> option here to get <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-206056"></a></a> to compute the widest name. (Obviously, it can only do
-this if it can correctly interpret any commands contained in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-206057"></a> field.)
-<!--l. 17867--><p class="indent" > This means that the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest</span><a
- id="dx1-206058"></a> commands can now be removed completely. All the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>
-commands also need to be removed from the preamble. Finally, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries </span>needs to be replaced
-with <span id="textcolor850"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206059"></a>. The document build is now:
-</p><!--l. 17871--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sampletree
- <br />bib2gls sampletree
- <br />pdflatex sampletree
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-</p><!--l. 17877--><p class="indent" > This produces the same result as with just <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> and <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-206060"></a></a>. However, there are some
-modifications that can be made to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-206061"></a> file to make it neater.
-</p><!--l. 17881--><p class="indent" > The top-level entries are defined as: </p><div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor851"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206062"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{greekletter,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{Greek</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;letters},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;text</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{Greek</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;letter}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span id="textcolor852"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206063"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{romanletter,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{Roman</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;letters},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;text</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{Roman</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;letter}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> This is a direct translation from the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>commands (after switching to the <span id="textcolor853"><span
-class="cmss-10">topic</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206064"></a> style). There&#8217;s
-a more appropriate entry type: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor854"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@indexplural</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206065"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{greekletter,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;text</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{Greek</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;letter}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span id="textcolor855"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@indexplural</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206066"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{romanletter,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;text</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{Roman</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;letter}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The <span id="textcolor856"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@indexplural</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206067"></a> entry type doesn&#8217;t require the <span
-class="cmtt-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-206068"></a> and will set the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-206069"></a> field to the same as the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-206070"></a> field. Since the <span
-class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-206071"></a> field hasn&#8217;t been set it&#8217;s obtained by appending &#8220;s&#8221; to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-206072"></a>
-field.
-<!--l. 17913--><p class="indent" > Now let&#8217;s assume that the symbol entries are defined in a more rational manner, with the actual symbol in
-the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-206073"></a> field. For example: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor857"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206074"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{sigma,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;user1</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{uppercase</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;sigma},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;parent</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{greekletter},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{Used</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;indicate</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;summation},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{\ensuremath{\Sigma}}</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;category</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{symbol}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span id="textcolor858"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206075"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{C,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;parent</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{romanletter},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{\ensuremath{C}},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{Euler's</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;constant},</span>
-
-
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;category</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{symbol}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The category post-description hook (provided with <span id="textcolor859"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostdesc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206076"></a>) should now be removed from the
-document.
-<!--l. 17935--><p class="indent" > If you make these changes and rebuild the document, you&#8217;ll find that the order has changed. Now the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sigma</span>
-entry is before the <span
-class="cmtt-10">pi </span>entry. This is because <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-206077"></a></a> is obtaining the sort values from the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-206078"></a> field,
-which is the sort fallback for <span id="textcolor860"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206079"></a>. This means that the sort values end up as &#x03A3; and <span
-class="cmmi-10">&#x03C0; </span>(<a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-206080"></a></a>
-recognises the commands <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Sigma</span><a
- id="dx1-206081"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\pi</span><a
- id="dx1-206082"></a> and converts them to the Unicode characters 0x1D6F4 and
-0x1D70B).
-</p><!--l. 17944--><p class="indent" > If you change <span id="textcolor861"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206083"></a> to <span id="textcolor862"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@symbol</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206084"></a> then you will once again get the order from the original example (<span
-class="cmtt-10">pi </span>before
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">Sigma</span>). This is because the sort fallback for <span id="textcolor863"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@symbol</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206085"></a> is the label not the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-206086"></a>. (Remember that the sort
-fallback is only used if the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-206087"></a> field isn&#8217;t set. If you explicitly set the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-206088"></a> field then no fallback is required. See
-<a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=bib2gls-sorting" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>gallery: sorting</a>.)
-</p><!--l. 17952--><p class="indent" > You can further tidy the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-206089"></a> file by removing the <span id="textcolor864"><span id="textcolor865"><span
-class="cmtt-10">category</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206090"></a></span> fields. For example: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor866"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@symbol</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206091"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{sigma,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;user1</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{uppercase</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;sigma},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;parent</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{greekletter},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{Used</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;indicate</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;summation},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{\ensuremath{\Sigma}}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> You can then assign the <span id="textcolor867"><span id="textcolor868"><span
-class="cmtt-10">category</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206092"></a></span> in the resource set: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor869"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206093"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor870"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206094"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=entries,</span><span id="textcolor871"><span
-class="cmtt-10">set-widest</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><strong><span id="textcolor872"><span
-class="cmtt-10">category</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">={same</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;as</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;entry}</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div> This means that all the entries defined with <span id="textcolor873"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@symbol</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206095"></a> will have the <span id="textcolor874"><span id="textcolor875"><span
-class="cmtt-10">category</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206096"></a></span> set to <span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol </span>and all the entries
-defined with <span id="textcolor876"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@indexplural</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206097"></a> will have the <span id="textcolor877"><span id="textcolor878"><span
-class="cmtt-10">category</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206098"></a></span> set to <span
-class="cmtt-10">indexplural</span>. (Only the <span id="textcolor879"><span
-class="cmss-10">symbol</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206099"></a> category is significant
-in this example.)
-<!--l. 17972--><p class="indent" > You can make the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-206100"></a> files even more flexible by introducing field and entry aliases with <span id="textcolor880"><span
-class="cmtt-10">field-aliases</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206101"></a> and
-<span id="textcolor881"><span
-class="cmtt-10">entry-type-aliases</span></span><a
- id="dx1-206102"></a>. See the <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-206103"></a></a> manual for further details.
-</p><!--l. 17977--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 17977--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">18.7 </span> <a
- id="sec:samplescrossref"></a>Cross-Referencing</h3>
-<a
- id="x1-207001r24"></a>
-
-
-<!--l. 17980--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sample-crossref"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sample-crossref">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-crossref.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 17981--><p class="noindent" >This document illustrates how to cross-reference entries in the glossary.
-</p><!--l. 17983--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample-crossref
- <br />makeglossaries sample-crossref
- <br />pdflatex sample-crossref
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-The document provides a command <span
-class="cmtt-10">\alsoname</span><a
- id="dx1-208001"></a> to produce some fixed text, which can be changed as
-appropriate (usually within a language hook):
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-463">
-\providecommand{\alsoname}{see&#x00A0;also}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 17992--><p class="nopar" > I&#8217;ve used <span
-class="cmtt-10">\providecommand </span>as some packages define this command. This is used to create a &#8220;see also&#8221;
-cross-reference with the <span
-class="cmtt-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-208002"></a> key:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-464">
-\newglossaryentry{apple}{name=apple,description={firm,&#x00A0;round&#x00A0;fruit},
-see=[\alsoname]{pear}}
-\newglossaryentry{marrow}{name={marrow},
-&#x00A0;description={long&#x00A0;vegetable&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;thin&#x00A0;green&#x00A0;skin&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;white&#x00A0;flesh},
-&#x00A0;see={[\alsoname]courgette}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 18003--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 18005--><p class="indent" > Note that &#8220;marrow&#8221; is included in the glossary even though it hasn&#8217;t been referenced in the text. This is
-because the <span
-class="cmtt-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-208003"></a> key automatically triggers <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span><a
- id="dx1-208004"></a> which indexes the term. This behaviour is intended for
-documents where only the terms that are actually required in the document are defined. It&#8217;s not
-suitable for a large database of terms shared across multiple documents that may or may not be
-used in a particular document. In that case, you may want to consider using <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> (see
-below).
-</p><!--l. 18015--><p class="indent" > <br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>This example is quite simple to convert to <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>. If you want the dot after the
-description, you need the <span
-class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-208005"></a> or <span id="textcolor882"><span
-class="cmss-10">postdot</span></span><a
- id="dx1-208006"></a> package option. You may also want to consider using the
-<span id="textcolor883"><span
-class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></span><a
- id="dx1-208007"></a> option.
-</p><!--l. 18021--><p class="indent" > In order to prevent the &#8220;marrow&#8221; entry from being automatically being added to the glossary as a result of
-the cross-reference, you can use <span id="textcolor884"><span
-class="cmss-10">autoseeindex</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span></span><a
- id="dx1-208008"></a> to prevent the automatic indexing triggered by the <span
-class="cmtt-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-208009"></a> key
-(or the <span id="textcolor885"><span id="textcolor886"><span
-class="cmtt-10">seealso</span></span><a
- id="dx1-208010"></a></span> key provided by <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>).
-</p>
- <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><strong><span id="textcolor887"><span
-class="cmtt-10">autoseeindex</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=false</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor888"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor889"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{glossaries-extra}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The document build is the same, but now the &#8220;marrow&#8221; and &#8220;zucchini&#8221; entries aren&#8217;t present in the
-document.
-<!--l. 18033--><p class="indent" > Note that the &#8220;fruit&#8221; entry is still included even though it hasn&#8217;t been used in the document. This is because
-it was explicitly indexed with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span><a
- id="dx1-208011"></a> not via the <span
-class="cmtt-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-208012"></a> key.
-</p><!--l. 18037--><p class="indent" > The entries that contains <span
-class="cmtt-10">see=[\alsoname] </span>can be converted to use the <span id="textcolor890"><span id="textcolor891"><span
-class="cmtt-10">seealso</span></span><a
- id="dx1-208013"></a></span> key: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{apple}{name=apple,description={firm,</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;round</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;fruit},</span>
-<br /><strong><span id="textcolor892"><span
-class="cmtt-10">seealso</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">={pear}</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{marrow}{name={marrow},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={long</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;vegetable</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;with</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;thin</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;green</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;skin</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;and</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;white</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;flesh},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span id="textcolor893"><span
-class="cmtt-10">seealso</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">={courgette}</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-
-
-</div>
-</div> (The provided <span
-class="cmtt-10">\alsoname </span>definition may be removed.)
-<!--l. 18049--><p class="indent" > The original example redefines the cross-referencing format to use <a
-href="#glo:smallcaps">small caps<a
- id="dx1-208014"></a></a>: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand{\glsseeitemformat</span><a
- id="dx1-208015"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}[1]{\textsc{\glsentryname</span><a
- id="dx1-208016"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{#1}}}</span>
-</div>
-</div> This will still produce the desired effect with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> for this simple example but, as with
-<a
-href="#ex:sampleAcrDesc"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleAcrDesc.tex</span></a>, this redefinition isn&#8217;t necessary if you have at least <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.42.
-<!--l. 18059--><p class="indent" > <span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em;"><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-208017"></a></a></span>If you want to switch to <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-208018"></a></a> then you first need to switch to <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, as
-described above, but you now need the <span id="textcolor894"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span></span><a
- id="dx1-208019"></a> option but no longer need the <span id="textcolor895"><span
-class="cmss-10">autoseeindex</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span></span><a
- id="dx1-208020"></a> option:
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><strong><span id="textcolor896"><span
-class="cmtt-10">record</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor897"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor898"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{glossaries-extra}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Next the entry definitions need to be converted to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-208021"></a> format required by <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-208022"></a></a>.
-<!--l. 18069--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />convertgls2bib sample-crossref.tex entries.bib
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-If you have at least v2.0 then <a
-href="#glo:convertgls2bib"><span
-class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span><a
- id="dx1-208023"></a></a> will absorb the cross-referencing information supplied
-by:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-465">
-\glssee{fruit}{pear,apple,banana}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 18076--><p class="nopar" > into the <span
-class="cmtt-10">fruit </span>definition: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor899"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-208024"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{fruit,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;see</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{pear,apple,banana},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{fruit},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{sweet,</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;fleshy</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;product</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;plant</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;containing</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;seed}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Now remove <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>and all the entry definition commands (including <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssee </span>from the preamble)
-and add: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor900"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-208025"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor901"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-208026"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=entries.bib]</span>
-</div>
-</div> Finally, replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span>with <span id="textcolor902"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span></span><a
- id="dx1-208027"></a>. The document build is now:
-<!--l. 18092--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample-crossref
- <br />bib2gls sample-crossref
- <br />pdflatex sample-crossref
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-The glossary now contains: apple, banana, courgette and pear. Note that it doesn&#8217;t contain fruit, zucchini or
-marrow.
-</p><!--l. 18100--><p class="indent" > Now change the selection criteria: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor903"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-208028"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor904"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-208029"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=entries.bib,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span id="textcolor905"><span
-class="cmtt-10">selection</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">={recorded</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;and</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;deps</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;and</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;see}</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div> The glossary now includes fruit, zucchini and marrow.
-<!--l. 18107--><p class="indent" > The fruit and zucchini use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-208030"></a> key which is a simple redirection for the reader. There&#8217;s no <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-208031"></a></a>
-for either of these entries. Whereas marrow uses the <span id="textcolor906"><span id="textcolor907"><span
-class="cmtt-10">seealso</span></span><a
- id="dx1-208032"></a></span> key, which is typically intended as a
-supplement to a <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-208033"></a></a> but in this case there are no locations as marrow hasn&#8217;t been used in the
-text.
-</p><!--l. 18114--><p class="indent" > With at least v2.0, there&#8217;s an alternative: </p><div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor908"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-208034"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor909"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-208035"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=entries.bib,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor910"><span
-class="cmtt-10">selection</span></span><a
- id="dx1-208036"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">={recorded</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;and</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;deps</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;and</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;see</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;not</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;also</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}]</span>
-</div>
-</div> In this case, the glossary includes fruit and zucchini but not marrow.
-<!--l. 18122--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 18122--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">18.8 </span> <a
- id="sec:samplescustomkeys"></a>Custom Keys</h3>
-<a
- id="x1-209001r25"></a>
-<!--l. 18125--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sample-newkeys"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sample-newkeys">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-newkeys.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 18125--><p class="noindent" >This document illustrates how add custom keys (using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span><a
- id="dx1-210001"></a>). There are two custom keys <span
-class="cmtt-10">ed</span>, where the
-default value is the <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-210002"></a> field with &#8220;ed&#8221; appended, and <span
-class="cmtt-10">ing</span>, where the default value is the <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-210003"></a> field with &#8220;ing&#8221;
-appended. Since the default value in both cases references the <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-210004"></a> field, the starred version <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey*</span>
-is required to ensure that the default value is expanded on definition if no alternative has been
-provided.
-</p><!--l. 18134--><p class="indent" > The entries are then defined as follows:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-466">
-\newglossaryentry{jump}{name={jump},description={}}
-\newglossaryentry{run}{name={run},%
-&#x00A0;ed={ran},%
-&#x00A0;ing={running},
-&#x00A0;description={}}
-\newglossaryentry{waddle}{name={waddle},%
-&#x00A0;ed={waddled},%
-&#x00A0;ing={waddling},%
-&#x00A0;description={}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 18147--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 18149--><p class="indent" > Each custom key is provided a set of commands analogous to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span>, that allows the key value to
-be accessed, and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>that allows the key value to be access with indexing and hyperlinking (where
-applicable).
-</p><!--l. 18154--><p class="indent" > If you find yourself wanting to create a lot of custom keys that produce minor variations of existing keys
-(such as different tenses) you may find it simpler to just use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span>. When editing the document source, it&#8217;s
-usually simpler to read:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-467">
-The&#x00A0;dog&#x00A0;\glsdisp{jump}{jumped}&#x00A0;over&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;duck.
-</pre>
-<!--l. 18160--><p class="nopar" > than
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-468">
-The&#x00A0;dog&#x00A0;\glsed{jump}&#x00A0;over&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;duck.
-</pre>
-<!--l. 18164--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 18166--><p class="indent" > <span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em;"><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-210005"></a></a></span>If you want to convert this document to use <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-210006"></a></a>, you first need to switch to <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, but
-remember that you need the <span id="textcolor911"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span></span><a
- id="dx1-210007"></a> option: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><strong><span id="textcolor912"><span
-class="cmtt-10">record</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong>
-</div>
-</div> Next convert the entry definitions to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-210008"></a> format required by <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-210009"></a></a>:
-<!--l. 18175--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />convertgls2bib --index-conversion --preamble-only sample-newkeys.tex entries.bib
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-The <span
-class="cmtt-10">--index-conversion </span>switch requires at least v2.0 and will convert entries without a description (or where
-the description is simply <span
-class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a
- id="dx1-210010"></a> or <span id="textcolor913"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-210011"></a>) to <span id="textcolor914"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@index</span></span><a
- id="dx1-210012"></a> instead of <span id="textcolor915"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-210013"></a>. This means that
-the new <span
-class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>file will contain: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor916"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@index</span></span><a
- id="dx1-210014"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{jump,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{jump}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span id="textcolor917"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@index</span></span><a
- id="dx1-210015"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{run,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;ing</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{running},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{run},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;ed</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{ran}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span id="textcolor918"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@index</span></span><a
- id="dx1-210016"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{waddle,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;ing</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{waddling},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{waddle},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;ed</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{waddled}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Now replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>with <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor919"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-210017"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor920"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-210018"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=entries]</span>
-
-
-</div>
-</div> and delete the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>commands. Finally replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span>with <span id="textcolor921"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span></span><a
- id="dx1-210019"></a>.
-<!--l. 18207--><p class="indent" > The document build is now:
-</p><!--l. 18208--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample-newkeys
- <br />bib2gls sample-newkeys
- <br />pdflatex sample-newkeys
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-Note that there&#8217;s no need for the <span
-class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-210020"></a> package option when you don&#8217;t use <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-210021"></a>&#8217;s</a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">--group</span>
-switch.
-<a
- id="x1-210022r26"></a>
-</p><!--l. 18217--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sample-storage-abbr"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sample-storage-abbr">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-storage-abbr.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 18217--><p class="noindent" >This document illustrates how add custom storage keys (using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey</span>). The document build
-is:
-</p><!--l. 18219--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample-storage-abbr
- <br />makeglossaries sample-storage-abbr
- <br />pdflatex sample-storage-abbr
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-</p><!--l. 18225--><p class="indent" > The custom storage key is called <span
-class="cmtt-10">abbrtype </span>which defaults to <span
-class="cmtt-10">word </span>if not explicitly set. Its value can be
-accessed with the provided custom command <span
-class="cmtt-10">\abbrtype</span>. </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey</span><a
- id="dx1-211001"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{abbrtype}{word}{\abbrtype}</span>
-</div>
-</div> A custom abbreviation style is then defined that checks the value of this key and makes certain adjustments
-depending on whether or not its value is the default <span
-class="cmtt-10">word</span>.
-<!--l. 18235--><p class="indent" > This essentially forms a very similar function to the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package&#8217;s <span id="textcolor922"><span id="textcolor923"><span
-class="cmtt-10">category</span></span><a
- id="dx1-211002"></a></span> key, which is also
-defined as a storage key: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey{category}{general}{</span><span id="textcolor924"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glscategory</span></span><a
- id="dx1-211003"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 18242--><p class="indent" > <br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>This document is much simpler with the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package: </p><div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\documentclass{article}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><span id="textcolor925"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor926"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-211004"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{short-long}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-211005"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{radar}{radar}{radio</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;detecting</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;and</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;ranging}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-211006"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{laser}{laser}{light</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;amplification</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;by</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;stimulated</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">emission</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;radiation}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-211007"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{scuba}{scuba}{self-contained</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;underwater</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;breathing</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">apparatus}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span id="textcolor927"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-211008"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{dsp}{DSP}{digital</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;signal</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;processing}</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor928"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-211009"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{atm}{ATM}{automated</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;teller</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;machine}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\begin{document}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">First</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;use:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\gls{radar},</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\gls{laser},</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\gls{scuba},</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\gls{dsp},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{atm}.</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">Next</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;use:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\gls{radar},</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\gls{laser},</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\gls{scuba},</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\gls{dsp},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{atm}.</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\end{document}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a
- id="x1-211010r27"></a>
-<!--l. 18271--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sample-storage-abbr-desc"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sample-storage-abbr-desc">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 18271--><p class="noindent" >An extension of the previous example where the user needs to provide a&#x00A0;description.
-<a
- id="x1-212001r28"></a>
-</p><!--l. 18274--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sample-chap-hyperfirst"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sample-chap-hyperfirst">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 18274--><p class="noindent" >This document illustrates how to add a&#x00A0;custom key using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>and hook into the <a
-href="#x1-1310005.1.1"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;and
-<a
-href="#x1-1320005.1.2"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;mechanism used to determine whether or not to hyperlink an entry. The document build
-is:
-</p><!--l. 18279--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample-chap-hyperfirst
-
-
- <br />makeglossaries sample-chap-hyperfirst
- <br />pdflatex sample-chap-hyperfirst
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-This example creates a storage key called <span
-class="cmtt-10">chapter </span>used to store the chapter number. </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey</span><a
- id="dx1-213001"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">chapter</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{0}{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glschapnum</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> It&#8217;s initialised to 0 and the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a
- id="dx1-213002"></a> hook is used to check this value against the current chapter
-number. If the values are the same then the hyperlink is switched off, otherwise the key value is updated unless
-the hyperlink has been switched off (through the optional argument of commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>).
-<div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand*{\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a
- id="dx1-213003"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\edef\currentchap{\arabic{chapter}}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\ifnum\currentchap=</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glschapnum</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\glslabel}\relax</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\else</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\glsifhyperon</span><a
- id="dx1-213004"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\glsfieldxdef</span><a
- id="dx1-213005"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\glslabel}{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">chapter</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{\currentchap}}{}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\fi</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Since this key isn&#8217;t intended for use when the entry is being defined, it would be more appropriate to simply
-use an internal field that doesn&#8217;t have an associated key or helper command, but <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldxdef</span><a
- id="dx1-213006"></a> requires the
-existence of the field. The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides utility commands designed to work on internal fields
-that don&#8217;t have an associated key and may not have had a value assigned.
-<!--l. 18312--><p class="indent" > <br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>If you want to switch to <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> you need to change the package loading line:
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><span id="textcolor929"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The custom storage key (provided with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey</span>) can be removed, and the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a
- id="dx1-213007"></a>
-hook can be changed to: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand*{\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a
- id="dx1-213008"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\edef\currentchap{\arabic{chapter}}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span id="textcolor930"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqNum</span></span><a
- id="dx1-213009"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">*</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">chapter</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{\glslabel}{\currentchap}</span>
-
-
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\glsifhyperon</span><a
- id="dx1-213010"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><strong><span id="textcolor931"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\xGlsXtrSetField</span></span><a
- id="dx1-213011"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\glslabel}{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">chapter</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{\currentchap}}{}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The field name is still called <span
-class="cmtt-10">chapter </span>but there&#8217;s no longer an associated key or command.
-<!--l. 18335--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 18335--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">18.9 </span> <a
- id="sec:samplesxindy"></a>Xindy (Option 3)</h3>
-<!--l. 18338--><p class="noindent" >Most of the earlier <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-214001"></a></a> sample files can be adapted to use <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-214002"></a></a> instead by adding the <span
-class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-214003"></a> package
-option. Situations that you need to be careful about are when the sort value (obtained from the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-214004"></a> if the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-214005"></a>
-key is omitted) contains commands (such as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">name={\pi}</span></span></span>) or is identical to another value (or is identical after
-<a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-214006"></a></a> has stripped all commands and braces). This section describes sample documents that use features which
-are unavailable with <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-214007"></a></a>.
-<a
- id="x1-214008r29"></a>
-</p><!--l. 18347--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:samplexdy"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:samplexdy">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 18347--><p class="noindent" >The document uses UTF8 encoding (with the <span
-class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a
- id="dx1-215001"></a> package). This is information that needs to be passed to
-<a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-215002"></a></a>, so the encoding is picked up by <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-215003"></a></a> from the <span
-class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a
- id="dx1-215004"></a> file.
-</p><!--l. 18352--><p class="indent" > By default, this document will create a <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-215005"></a></a> style file called <span
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.xdy</span>, but if you uncomment the
-lines
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-469">
-\setStyleFile{samplexdy-mc}
-\noist
-\GlsSetXdyLanguage{}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 18358--><p class="nopar" > it will set the style file to <span
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy </span>instead. This provides an additional letter group for entries
-starting with &#8220;Mc&#8221; or &#8220;Mac&#8221;. If you use <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-215006"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-215007"></a></a>, you don&#8217;t need to supply
-any additional information. If you don&#8217;t use <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-215008"></a>, you will need to specify the required
-information. Note that if you set the style file to <span
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy </span>you must also specify <span
-class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a
- id="dx1-215009"></a>,
-otherwise the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package will overwrite <span
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy </span>and you will lose the &#8220;Mc&#8221; letter
-group.
-</p><!--l. 18371--><p class="indent" > To create the document do:
-</p><!--l. 18372--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex samplexdy
- <br />makeglossaries samplexdy
- <br />pdflatex samplexdy
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-If you don&#8217;t have Perl installed then you can&#8217;t use <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-215010"></a></a>, but you also can&#8217;t use <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-215011"></a></a>! However, if
-for some reason you want to call <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-215012"></a></a> explicitly instead of using <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-215013"></a></a> (or <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-215014"></a></a>):
-</p>
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 18383--><p class="noindent" >if you are using the default style file <span
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.xdy</span>, then do (no line breaks):
- </p><!--l. 18385--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M samplexdy -t samplexdy.glg -o samplexdy.gls samplexdy.glo
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 18388--><p class="noindent" >if you are using <span
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy</span>, then do (no line breaks):
- </p><!--l. 18390--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />xindy -I xindy -M samplexdy-mc -t samplexdy.glg -o samplexdy.gls samplexdy.glo
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
- </p></li></ul>
-<!--l. 18395--><p class="indent" > This document creates a new command to use with the <span
-class="cmtt-10">format</span><a
- id="dx1-215015"></a> key in the optional argument of commands
-like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>to format the location in the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-215016"></a></a>. The usual type of definition when a hyperlinked location is
-required should use one of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\hyper</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">xx</span>&#x27E9;<a
- id="dx1-215017"></a> commands listed in <a
-href="#tab:hyperxx">table&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmbx-10">5.1</span></a>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-470">
-\newcommand*{\hyperbfit}[1]{\textit{\hyperbf{#1}}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 18403--><p class="nopar" > Unfortunately, this definition doesn&#8217;t work for this particular document and some adjustments are needed (see
-below). As a result of the adjustments, this command doesn&#8217;t actually get used by TeX, even though <span
-class="cmtt-10">hyperbfit</span>
-is used in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">format</span><a
- id="dx1-215018"></a> key. It does, however, need to be identified as an attribute so that <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-215019"></a></a> can recognise
-it:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-471">
-\GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbfit}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 18412--><p class="nopar" > This will add information to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">xdy</span><a
- id="dx1-215020"></a> file when it&#8217;s created by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. If you prevent the creation of
-this file with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a
- id="dx1-215021"></a> then you will need to add the attribute to your custom <span
-class="cmtt-10">xdy</span><a
- id="dx1-215022"></a> file (see the provided
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy </span>file).
-</p><!--l. 18419--><p class="indent" > In order to illustrate unusual location formats, this sample document provides a command called
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\tallynum{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">n</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>that represents its numerical argument with a die or dice where the dots add up to
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">n</span>&#x27E9;:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-472">
-\newrobustcmd*{\tallynum}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;\ifnum\number#1&#x003C;7
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;$\csname&#x00A0;dice\romannumeral#1\endcsname$%
-&#x00A0;\else
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;$\dicevi$%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\expandafter\tallynum\expandafter{\numexpr#1-6}%
-&#x00A0;\fi
+</pre> but not for <span class="qt">“Mach”</span>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16240"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@entry</code>{mach,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16241"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Mach, Ernst}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16242"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Czech/Austrian physicist and philosopher}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16243"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Mach}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16244"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Ernst Mach}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 18431--><p class="nopar" > This command needs to be robust to prevent it from being expanded when it&#8217;s written to any of the auxiliary
-files. The <span
-class="cmtt-10">\dicei</span><a
- id="dx1-215023"></a>, &#x2026;, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\dicevi </span>commands are provided by the <span
-class="cmss-10">stix</span><a
- id="dx1-215024"></a> package, so that needs to be
-loaded.
-</p><!--l. 18437--><p class="indent" > An associated command <span
-class="cmtt-10">\tally{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>is defined that formats the value of the named &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9; according
-to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\tallynum</span>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-473">
-\newcommand*{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\arabic{#1}}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 18442--><p class="nopar" > (This shouldn&#8217;t be robust as it needs the counter value to expand.) The page numbers are altered to use this
-format (by redefining <span
-class="cmtt-10">\thepage</span><a
- id="dx1-215025"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 18446--><p class="indent" > This custom location format also needs to be identified in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">xdy</span><a
- id="dx1-215026"></a> file so that <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-215027"></a></a> can recognise it and
-determine how to form ranges if required.
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-474">
-\GlsAddXdyLocation{tally}{%&#x00A0;tally&#x00A0;location&#x00A0;format
-&#x00A0;:sep&#x00A0;"\string\tallynum\space\glsopenbrace"
-&#x00A0;"arabic-numbers"
-&#x00A0;:sep&#x00A0;"\glsclosebrace"
+</pre> With LaTeX, this command should simply do its argument: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16245"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\Mac</code>}[1]{#1}
+</pre> However, when <a id="wrglossary.16246"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> works out the <a id="wrglossary.16247"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> value, it needs to be defined with something unique that won’t happen to occur at the start of another term. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16248"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\providecommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\Mac</code>}[1]{MC}
+</pre> (Remember that <a id="wrglossary.16249"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.break-at"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">break-at</span></a><span class="optfmt">=word</span> will strip spaces and punctuation so don’t include them unless you switch to <a id="wrglossary.16250"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.break-at"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">break-at</span></a><span class="optfmt">=none</span>.)<p>
+So add the first definition of <code class="csfmt">\Mac</code> to the <a id="wrglossary.16251"></a><a href="#glo:ext.tex"><span class="extfmt">tex</span></a> file and modify <span class="filefmt">entries.bib</span> so that it includes the second definition: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16252"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@preamble</code>{"<a id="wrglossary.16253"></a><a href="#glo:providecommand"><code class="csfmt">\providecommand</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\Mac</code>}[1]{MC}"}
+</pre> Then modify the <span class="qt">“Mc”</span>/<span class="qt">“Mac”</span> entries as appropriate (see the above <span class="qt">“McAdam”</span> and <span class="qt">“Maclaurin”</span> examples).<p>
+The custom sort rule needs to be modified: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16254"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16255"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.16256"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">=entries</span>,
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16257"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.write-preamble"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">write-preamble</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>,</strong>
+ <a id="wrglossary.16258"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.sort"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=custom</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16259"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.sort-rule"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">sort-rule</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.16260"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrGeneralInitRules"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrGeneralInitRules</code></a> &lt;<a id="wrglossary.16261"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrGeneralLatinAtoGrules"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrGeneralLatinAtoGrules</code></a> &lt;h,H&lt;i,I&lt;j,J&lt;k,K&lt;l,L<strong class="strong">&lt;MC</strong>&lt;m,M &lt;<a id="wrglossary.16262"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrGeneralLatinNtoZrules"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrGeneralLatinNtoZrules</code></a> </span>
+]
+</pre> This will create a <span class="qt">“Mc”</span> <a id="wrglossary.16263"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a> that only includes the names that start with the custom <code class="csfmt">\Mac</code> command.<p>
+Other alternatives include moving <code class="code">@preamble</code> into a separate <a id="wrglossary.16264"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file, so that you can choose whether or not to include it. See the <span class="qt">“Examples”</span> chapter of the <a id="wrglossary.16265"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> user manual for further examples.<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/samplexdy2.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.16266"></a><dfn id="glo:file.samplexdy2.tex"><span class="filefmt">samplexdy2.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document illustrates how to use the <a id="wrglossary.16267"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package where the <a id="wrglossary.16268"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> numbers don’t follow a standard syntax. This example won’t work with <a id="wrglossary.16269"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>, which only accepts a limited set of location syntax. To create the document do: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16270"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex samplexdy2
+makeglossaries samplexdy2
+pdflatex samplexdy2
+</pre> The explicit <a id="wrglossary.16271"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> call is: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16272"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M samplexdy2 -t samplexdy2.glg -o samplexdy2.gls samplexdy2.glo
+</pre> This example uses the <a id="wrglossary.16273"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.section"><span class="ctrfmt">section</span></a> counter with <a id="wrglossary.16274"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16275"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.16276"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.16277"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=section</span>]{glossaries}
+</pre> The document employs an eccentric section numbering system for illustrative purposes. The section numbers are prefixed by the chapter number in square brackets: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16278"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.16279"></a><a href="#glo:thecounter"><code class="csfmt">\thesection</code></a>}{[<a id="wrglossary.16280"></a><a href="#glo:thecounter"><code class="csfmt">\thechapter</code></a>]<a id="wrglossary.16281"></a><a href="#glo:arabic"><code class="csfmt">\arabic</code></a>{section}}
+</pre> Parts use Roman numerals: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16282"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.16283"></a><a href="#glo:thecounter"><code class="csfmt">\thepart</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.16284"></a><a href="#glo:Roman"><code class="csfmt">\Roman</code></a>{part}}
+</pre> The section <a id="wrglossary.16285"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> name includes the part: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16286"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.16287"></a><a href="#glo:theHcounter"><code class="csfmt">\theHsection</code></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.16288"></a><a href="#glo:thecounter"><code class="csfmt">\thepart</code></a>.<a id="wrglossary.16289"></a><a href="#glo:thecounter"><code class="csfmt">\thesection</code></a>}
+</pre> This custom numbering scheme needs to be identified in the <a id="wrglossary.16290"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> file: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16291"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16292"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyLocation"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyLocation</code></a>["roman-numbers-uppercase"]{section}{:sep "["
+ "arabic-numbers" :sep "]" "arabic-numbers"
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 18455--><p class="nopar" > Again this information is written to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">xdy</span><a
- id="dx1-215028"></a> file by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>so if you use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\noist </span>then you need to
-manually add it to your custom <span
-class="cmtt-10">xdy</span><a
- id="dx1-215029"></a> file.
-</p><!--l. 18460--><p class="indent" > When <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-215030"></a></a> creates the associated glossary files, the locations will be written using: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsX</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">X</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<a
- id="dx1-215031"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">hyper-prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> In this case: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsXpageXglsnumberformat{}{\tallynum{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">number</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}}</span>
-</div>
-</div> or <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsXpageXhyperbfit{}{\tallynum{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">number</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}}</span>
-</div>
-</div> This means that although <span
-class="cmtt-10">\hyperbf </span>is designed to create hyperlinked locations, the presence of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\tallynum</span>
-interferes with it. In order to make the hyperlinks work correctly, the definitions of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsXpageXhyperbfit </span>need
-to be redefined in order to grab the number part in order to work out the location&#8217;s numeric value.
-If the value of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\tally </span>is changed so that it expands differently then these modifications won&#8217;t
-work.
-<!--l. 18482--><p class="indent" > Remember that in both cases, the second argument <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">#2</span></span></span> is in the form <span
-class="cmtt-10">\tally{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">n</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-475">
-\renewcommand{\glsXpageXglsnumberformat}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;\linkpagenumber#2%
+</pre> If the part is 0 then <a id="wrglossary.16293"></a><a href="#glo:thecounter"><code class="csfmt">\thepart</code></a> will be <a id="wrglossary.16294"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@emptylocation">empty</a> (there isn’t a zero Roman numeral). An extra case is needed to catch this: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16295"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16296"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyLocation"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyLocation</code></a>{zero.section}{:sep "["
+ "arabic-numbers" :sep "]" "arabic-numbers"
}
-\renewcommand{\glsXpageXhyperbfit}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;\textbf{\em\linkpagenumber#2}%
+</pre> Note that this will stop <a id="wrglossary.16297"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> giving a warning, but the <a id="wrglossary.16298"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> hyperlinks will be invalid if no <a id="wrglossary.16299"></a><a href="#glo:part"><code class="csfmt">\part</code></a> is used.<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.16300"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If you want to switch to <a id="wrglossary.16301"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, you first need to switch to <a id="wrglossary.16302"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> but remember to use <a id="wrglossary.16303"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.16304"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16305"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16306"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a></strong>,<a id="wrglossary.16307"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=section</span>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre> Next remove the <a id="wrglossary.16308"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyLocation"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyLocation</code></a> commands and convert the entry definitions to the <a id="wrglossary.16309"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> format required by <a id="wrglossary.16310"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16311"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>convertgls2bib <a id="wrglossary.16312"></a><a href="#glo:switch.preamble-only"><span class="longargfmt">--preamble-only</span></a> samplexdy2.tex entries.bib
+</pre> Now replace <a id="wrglossary.16313"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16314"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16315"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.16316"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">=entries</span>]
+</pre> and remove the <a id="wrglossary.16317"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> commands. Finally, replace <a id="wrglossary.16318"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.16319"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a>.<p>
+The document build is: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16320"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex samplexdy2
+bib2gls samplexdy2
+pdflatex samplexdy2
+</pre><p>
+With unusual numbering systems, it’s sometimes better to use <a id="wrglossary.16321"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=nameref</span>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16322"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16323"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=nameref</span></strong>,<a id="wrglossary.16324"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=section</span>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre> In this case, the locations will be the actual section headings, rather than the section number. In order to make the number appear instead you need to define: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16325"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.16326"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrcounterlocfmt"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrsectionlocfmt</code></a>}[2]{#1}
+</pre> (Make sure you have at least v1.42 of <a id="wrglossary.16327"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.) See also the earlier <a id="wrglossary.16328"></a><a href="#glo:file.sampleSec.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleSec.tex</span></a>. <p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/samplexdy3.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.16329"></a><dfn id="glo:file.samplexdy3.tex"><span class="filefmt">samplexdy3.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document is very similar to <a id="wrglossary.16330"></a><a href="#glo:file.samplexdy.tex"><span class="filefmt">samplexdy.tex</span></a> but uses the command <a id="wrglossary.16331"></a><a href="#glo:Numberstring"><code class="csfmt">\Numberstring</code></a> from the <a id="wrglossary.16332"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.fmtcount"><span class="styfmt">fmtcount</span></a> package to format the page numbers instead of the <code class="csfmt">\tally</code> command from the earlier example.<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sampleutf8.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.16333"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sampleutf8.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleutf8.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This is another example that uses <a id="wrglossary.16334"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>. Unlike <a id="wrglossary.16335"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.16336"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> recognises <a id="wrglossary.16337"></a><a href="#glo:dual.nonlatinchar">non-Latin characters</a> (provided the correct <a id="wrglossary.16338"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a> is passed to <a id="wrglossary.16339"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> via the <a id="wrglossary.16340"></a><a href="#glo:switch.xdy.C"><span class="shortargfmt">-C</span></a> switch). This document uses <a id="wrglossary.16341"></a><a href="#glo:dual.utf8">UTF-8</a> <a id="wrglossary.16342"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a>. To create the document do: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16343"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sampleutf8
+makeglossaries sampleutf8
+pdflatex sampleutf8
+</pre> The explicit <a id="wrglossary.16344"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> call is (no line breaks): <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16345"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M sampleutf8 -t sampleutf8.glg -o sampleutf8.gls sampleutf8.glo
+</pre><p>
+If you remove the <a id="wrglossary.16346"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a> option from <a id="wrglossary.16347"></a><a href="#glo:file.sampleutf8.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleutf8.tex</span></a> and do: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16348"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sampleutf8
+makeglossaries sampleutf8
+pdflatex sampleutf8
+</pre> or <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16349"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sampleutf8
+makeglossaries-lite sampleutf8
+pdflatex sampleutf8
+</pre> you will see that the entries that start with an <a id="wrglossary.16350"></a><a href="#glo:dual.exlatinchar">extended Latin character</a> now appear in the symbols <a id="wrglossary.16351"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a>, and the word <span class="qt">“manœuvre”</span> is now after <span class="qt">“manor”</span> instead of before it. If you want to explicitly call <a id="wrglossary.16352"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> (no line breaks): <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16353"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>makeindex -s sampleutf8.ist -t sampleutf8.glg -o sampleutf8.gls sampleutf8.glo
+</pre><p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.16354"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If you want to switch to <a id="wrglossary.16355"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, you first need to switch to <a id="wrglossary.16356"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> but replace <a id="wrglossary.16357"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a> with <a id="wrglossary.16358"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16359"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16360"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a></strong>,<a id="wrglossary.16361"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.16362"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.16363"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.16364"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.listgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">listgroup</span></a></span>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre> Note that you don’t need the <a id="wrglossary.16365"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a> option with <a id="wrglossary.16366"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. You can instruct <a id="wrglossary.16367"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> to simply not save the <a id="wrglossary.16368"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a>, but in this case there won’t be any locations as there’s no actual <a id="wrglossary.16369"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a>.<p>
+The entries need to be converted to the <a id="wrglossary.16370"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> format required by <a id="wrglossary.16371"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16372"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>convertgls2bib <a id="wrglossary.16373"></a><a href="#glo:switch.preamble-only"><span class="longargfmt">--preamble-only</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.16374"></a><a href="#glo:switch.texenc"><span class="longargfmt">--texenc</span></a> UTF-8 <a id="wrglossary.16375"></a><a href="#glo:switch.bibenc"><span class="longargfmt">--bibenc</span></a> UTF-8 sampleutf8.tex entries.bib
+</pre> Note the first line of the <span class="filefmt">entries.bib</span> file: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16376"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><span class="comment">% Encoding: UTF-8</span>
+</pre> This is the <a id="wrglossary.16377"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a> of the <a id="wrglossary.16378"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file. It doesn’t have to match the <a id="wrglossary.16379"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a> of the <a id="wrglossary.16380"></a><a href="#glo:ext.tex"><span class="extfmt">tex</span></a> file, but it’s generally better to be consistent. When <a id="wrglossary.16381"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> parses this file, it will look for this <a id="wrglossary.16382"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a> line. (If the <a id="wrglossary.16383"></a><a href="#glo:switch.texenc"><span class="longargfmt">--texenc</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.16384"></a><a href="#glo:switch.bibenc"><span class="longargfmt">--bibenc</span></a> switches aren’t used, <a id="wrglossary.16385"></a><a href="#glo:app.convertgls2bib"><span class="appfmt">convertgls2bib</span></a> will assume your Java default <a id="wrglossary.16386"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a>. See the <a id="wrglossary.16387"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> manual for further details.)<p>
+Next replace <a id="wrglossary.16388"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16389"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16390"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.16391"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">=entries</span>,<a id="wrglossary.16392"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.selection"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">selection</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<strong class="strong">all</strong></span>]
+</pre> and remove all the <a id="wrglossary.16393"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> commands.<p>
+Iterative commands like <a id="wrglossary.16394"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddall"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddall</code></a> don’t work with <a id="wrglossary.16395"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. Instead, you can select all entries using the <a id="wrglossary.16396"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.selection"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">selection</span></a><span class="optfmt">=all</span> option. This is actually better than <a id="wrglossary.16397"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddall"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddall</code></a>, which enforces the selection of all entries by <a id="wrglossary.16398"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> each entry. As a result, with <a id="wrglossary.16399"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.16400"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> (and <a id="wrglossary.16401"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>), every entry will have the same location (which is the location of the <a id="wrglossary.16402"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddall"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddall</code></a> command, in this case page 1). With <a id="wrglossary.16403"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.selection"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">selection</span></a><span class="optfmt">=all</span>, <a id="wrglossary.16404"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> will automatically selection all entries even if they don’t have any records (<a id="wrglossary.16405"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> information) so in this case there are no <a id="wrglossary.16406"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a>.<p>
+Finally, replace <a id="wrglossary.16407"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.16408"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a>. The build process is now: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16409"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sampleutf8
+bib2gls <a id="wrglossary.16410"></a><a href="#glo:switch.group"><span class="longargfmt">--group</span></a> sampleutf8
+pdflatex sampleutf8
+</pre> <a id="wrglossary.16411"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> picks up the <a id="wrglossary.16412"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a> of the <a id="wrglossary.16413"></a><a href="#glo:ext.tex"><span class="extfmt">tex</span></a> file from the <a id="wrglossary.16414"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16415"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16416"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtr@texencoding"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtr@texencoding</code></a>{utf8}
+</pre> If you experience any <a id="wrglossary.16417"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a> issues, check the <a id="wrglossary.16418"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file for this command and check the <a id="wrglossary.16419"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file for the <a id="wrglossary.16420"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a> comment line. Also check <a id="wrglossary.16421"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span>’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.16422"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glg"><span class="extfmt">glg</span></a> transcript file for <a id="wrglossary.16423"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a> messages, which should look like: <pre class="transcript"><div class="transcripttitle"><a id="wrglossary.16424"></a><a href="#glo:sym.transcript"><span title="Transcript" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>TeX character encoding: UTF-8
+</pre><p>
+The document language, if it has been set, is also added to the <a id="wrglossary.16425"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file when the <a id="wrglossary.16426"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a> option is used. In this case, no language package has been used, so <a id="wrglossary.16427"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> will fallback on the system’s default locale. If no sort method is set, the entries will be sorted according to the document language, if set, or the default locale. You can specify a specific locale using the <a id="wrglossary.16428"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.sort"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">sort</span></a> key with a locale tag identifier. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16429"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16430"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.16431"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">=entries</span>,<a id="wrglossary.16432"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.selection"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">selection</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<strong class="strong">all</strong></span>,<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16433"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.sort"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=de-CH-1996</span></strong>]
+</pre> (Swiss German new orthography) or: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16434"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16435"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.16436"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">=entries</span>,<a id="wrglossary.16437"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.selection"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">selection</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<strong class="strong">all</strong></span>,<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16438"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.sort"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=is</span></strong>]
+</pre> (Icelandic).<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:samplesxindy -->
+
+<section id="sec:samplesnoidx"><!-- start of section sec:samplesnoidx --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->18.10. No Indexing Application (Option 1)<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:samplesnoidx">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sample-noidxapp.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.16439"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sample-noidxapp.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-noidxapp.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document illustrates how to use the <a id="wrglossary.16440"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package without an external <a id="wrglossary.16441"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a> (<a id="wrglossary.16442"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>). To create the complete document, you need to do: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16443"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample-noidxapp
+pdflatex sample-noidxapp
+</pre> With old LaTeX kernels and old versions of <a id="wrglossary.16444"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a>, it was necessary to group the accent command that occurs at the start of the <a id="wrglossary.16445"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16446"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16447"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{elite}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ name={<strong class="strong">{<a id="wrglossary.16448"></a><a href="#glo:cs.apos"><code class="csfmt">\'</code></a>e}</strong>lite},<span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.16449"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.07</span>
+ description={select group of people}
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 18491--><p class="nopar" > These need a command that can grab the actual number and correctly encapsulate it:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-476">
-\newcommand{\linkpagenumber}[2]{\hyperlink{page.#2}{#1{#2}}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 18496--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 18498--><p class="indent" > If you want to try out the <span
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy-mc.xdy </span>file, the entries starting with &#8220;Mac&#8221; or &#8220;Mc&#8221; will be placed in
-their own &#8220;Mc&#8221; letter group. Ideally it should be possible to do this simply with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddLetterGroup</span><a
- id="dx1-215032"></a> (and not
-require a custom <span
-class="cmtt-10">xdy</span><a
- id="dx1-215033"></a> file) but unfortunately the &#8220;M&#8221; letter group will have already been defined and take
-precedence over &#8220;Mc&#8221;, which is why a custom file is required and the normal language module must be
-suppressed:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-477">
-\setStyleFile{samplexdy-mc}
-\noist
-\GlsSetXdyLanguage{}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 18510--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 18512--><p class="indent" > This &#8220;Mc&#8221; group is suitable for names like &#8220;Maclaurin&#8221; but not for &#8220;Mach&#8221;. To prevent this, the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-215034"></a> key
-for that value is set to lower case:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-478">
-\newglossaryentry{mach}{name={Mach,&#x00A0;Ernst},
-first={Ernst&#x00A0;Mach},text={Mach},
-sort={mach,&#x00A0;Ernst},
-description={Czech/Austrian&#x00A0;physicist&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;philosopher}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 18520--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 18522--><p class="indent" > <span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em;"><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-215035"></a></a></span>If you want to convert this document so that it uses <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-215036"></a></a>, you first need to switch to
-<a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> and use the <span id="textcolor932"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215037"></a> package option: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><strong><span id="textcolor933"><span
-class="cmtt-10">record</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor934"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-215038"></a></a>-only commands can now all be removed (attribute <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</span>, location
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation</span>, language <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span>, location encapsulators <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsX</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">X</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<a
- id="dx1-215039"></a> and the
-custom helper <span
-class="cmtt-10">\linkpagenumber</span>). Also <span
-class="cmtt-10">\noist </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setStyleFile </span>aren&#8217;t relevant with <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-215040"></a></a> and so should
-be removed.
-<!--l. 18537--><p class="indent" > The definitions of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\hyperbfit </span>should be retained (as well as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\tallynum</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\tally </span>and the redefinition of
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\thepage</span>).
-</p><!--l. 18540--><p class="indent" > The entries all need to be converted to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-215041"></a> format required by <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-215042"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 18542--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />convertgls2bib --preamble-only samplexdy.tex entries.bib
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-Next replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>with: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor935"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215043"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor936"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215044"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=entries]</span>
-</div>
-</div> and remove all the entry definitions from the preamble. Use the search and replace function on your text editor
-to replace all instances of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfirst</span><a
- id="dx1-215045"></a> with <span id="textcolor937"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfirst</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215046"></a>, and all instances of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname</span><a
- id="dx1-215047"></a> with
-<span id="textcolor938"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtname</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215048"></a>.
-<!--l. 18554--><p class="indent" > Finally, replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-215049"></a> with <span id="textcolor939"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215050"></a>. The document build is now:
-</p><!--l. 18556--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex samplexdy
- <br />bib2gls --group samplexdy
- <br />pdflatex samplexdy
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-
-
-</p><!--l. 18562--><p class="indent" > This results in a slightly different ordering from the original document (without the &#8220;Mc&#8221; letter group). In
-the original example, &#8220;Mach number&#8221; was listed before &#8220;Mach, Ernest&#8221;. The modified document now has
-&#8220;Mach, Ernest&#8221; before &#8220;Mach number&#8221;. This difference is due to <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-215051"></a>&#8217;s</a> default <span id="textcolor940"><span
-class="cmtt-10">break-at</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=word</span><a
- id="dx1-215052"></a> setting,
-which marks word boundaries with the pipe (<span
-class="cmtt-10">|</span>) character, so the sort values for <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-215053"></a></a> are <span
-class="cmtt-10">Mach|Earnest|</span>
-and <span
-class="cmtt-10">Mach|number|</span>. See the <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-215054"></a></a> manual for further details of this option, and also see the
-examples chapter of that manual for alternative approaches when creating entries that contain people&#8217;s
-names.
-</p><!--l. 18574--><p class="indent" > If you want the &#8220;Mc&#8221; letter group, it can be obtained by providing a custom sort rule: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor941"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215055"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor942"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215056"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=entries,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor943"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215057"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">custom</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span id="textcolor944"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sort-rule</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">={</span><span id="textcolor945"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcontrolrules</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215058"></a>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;;</span><span id="textcolor946"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrspacerules</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215059"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">;</span><span id="textcolor947"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnonprintablerules</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215060"></a>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;;</span><span id="textcolor948"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215061"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor949"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphenrules</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215062"></a>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;&#x003C;</span><span id="textcolor950"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215063"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x003C;</span><span id="textcolor951"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdigitrules</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215064"></a>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;&#x003C;a,A&#x003C;b,B&#x003C;c,C&#x003C;d,D&#x003C;e,E&#x003C;f,F&#x003C;g,G&#x003C;h,H&#x003C;i,I&#x003C;j,J&#x003C;k,K&#x003C;l,L</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x003C;Mc=Mac</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x003C;m,M&#x003C;o,O</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;&#x003C;p,P&#x003C;q,Q&#x003C;r,R&#x003C;s,S&#x003C;t,T&#x003C;u,U&#x003C;v,V&#x003C;r,R&#x003C;s,S&#x003C;t,T&#x003C;u,U&#x003C;v,V&#x003C;w,W&#x003C;x,X&#x003C;y,Y&#x003C;z,Z</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div> Unfortunately, as with <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-215065"></a></a>, this puts &#8220;Mach&#8221; into the &#8220;Mc&#8221; letter group.
-<!--l. 18591--><p class="indent" > One way to get around this problem is to define a custom command to help identify genuine &#8220;Mc&#8221;/&#8220;Mac&#8221;
-prefixes with names that happen to start with &#8220;Mac&#8221;. For example: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor952"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215066"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{mcadam,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Mac{Mc}</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">Adam,</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;John</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;Loudon},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{Scottish</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;engineer},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;text</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{McAdam},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;first</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{John</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;Loudon</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;McAdam}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span id="textcolor953"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215067"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{maclaurin,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Mac{Mac}</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">laurin,</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;Colin},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;={Scottish</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;mathematician</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;best</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;known</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;for</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;the</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{maclaurinseries}},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;text</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{Maclaurin},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;first</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{Colin</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;Maclaurin}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> but not for &#8220;Mach&#8221;: <div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor954"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215068"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{mach,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{Mach,</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;Ernst},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{Czech/Austrian</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;physicist</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;and</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;philosopher},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;text</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{Mach},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;first</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{Ernst</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;Mach}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> With LaTeX, this command should simply do its argument:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-479">
-\newcommand{\Mac}[1]{#1}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 18622--><p class="nopar" > However, when <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-215069"></a></a> works out the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-215070"></a> value, it needs to be defined with something unique that won&#8217;t
-happen to occur at the start of another term. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-480">
-\providecommand{\Mac}[1]{MC}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 18628--><p class="nopar" > (Remember that <span id="textcolor955"><span
-class="cmtt-10">break-at</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=word</span><a
- id="dx1-215071"></a> will strip spaces and punctuation so don&#8217;t include them unless you switch to
-<span id="textcolor956"><span
-class="cmtt-10">break-at</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=none</span><a
- id="dx1-215072"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 18633--><p class="indent" > So add the first definition of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Mac </span>to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">tex</span><a
- id="dx1-215073"></a> file and modify <span
-class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>so that it includes the second
-definition: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor957"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@preamble</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215074"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{"\providecommand{\Mac}[1]{MC}"}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Then modify the &#8220;Mc&#8221;/&#8220;Mac&#8221; entries as appropriate (see the above &#8220;McAdam&#8221; and &#8220;Maclaurin&#8221;
-examples).
-<!--l. 18641--><p class="indent" > The custom sort rule needs to be modified: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor958"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215075"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor959"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215076"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=entries,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span id="textcolor960"><span
-class="cmtt-10">write-preamble</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=false,</span></strong>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor961"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215077"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=custom,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span id="textcolor962"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sort-rule</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215078"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">={</span><span id="textcolor963"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcontrolrules</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215079"></a>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;;</span><span id="textcolor964"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrspacerules</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215080"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">;</span><span id="textcolor965"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnonprintablerules</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215081"></a>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;;</span><span id="textcolor966"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215082"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor967"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphenrules</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215083"></a>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;&#x003C;</span><span id="textcolor968"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215084"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x003C;</span><span id="textcolor969"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdigitrules</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215085"></a>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;&#x003C;a,A&#x003C;b,B&#x003C;c,C&#x003C;d,D&#x003C;e,E&#x003C;f,F&#x003C;g,G&#x003C;h,H&#x003C;i,I&#x003C;j,J&#x003C;k,K&#x003C;l,L</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x003C;MC</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x003C;m,M&#x003C;o,O</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;&#x003C;p,P&#x003C;q,Q&#x003C;r,R&#x003C;s,S&#x003C;t,T&#x003C;u,U&#x003C;v,V&#x003C;r,R&#x003C;s,S&#x003C;t,T&#x003C;u,U&#x003C;v,V&#x003C;w,W&#x003C;x,X&#x003C;y,Y&#x003C;z,Z</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div> This will create a &#8220;Mc&#8221; letter group that only includes the names that start with the custom <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Mac</span>
-command.
-<!--l. 18658--><p class="indent" > Other alternatives include moving <span id="textcolor970"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@preamble</span></span><a
- id="dx1-215086"></a> into a separate <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-215087"></a> file, so that you can choose
-whether or not to include it. See the &#8220;Examples&#8221; chapter of the <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-215088"></a></a> user manual for further
-examples.
-<a
- id="x1-215089r30"></a>
-</p><!--l. 18663--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:samplexdy2"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:samplexdy2">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy2.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 18663--><p class="noindent" >This document illustrates how to use the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package where the location numbers don&#8217;t follow a standard
-format. This example will only work with <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-216001"></a></a>. To create the document do:
-
-
-</p><!--l. 18667--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex samplexdy2
- <br />makeglossaries samplexdy2
- <br />pdflatex samplexdy2
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-The explicit <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-216002"></a></a> call is:
-</p><!--l. 18673--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M samplexdy2 -t samplexdy2.glg -o samplexdy2.gls samplexdy2.glo
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-This example uses the <span
-class="cmtt-10">section </span>counter with <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-216003"></a></a>:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-481">
-\usepackage[xindy,counter=section]{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 18679--><p class="nopar" > The document employs an eccentric section numbering system for illustrative purposes. The section numbers
-are prefixed by the chapter number in square brackets:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-482">
-\renewcommand*{\thesection}{[\thechapter]\arabic{section}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 18685--><p class="nopar" > Parts use Roman numerals:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-483">
-\renewcommand*{\thepart}{\Roman{part}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 18689--><p class="nopar" > The section hyperlink name includes the part:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-484">
-\renewcommand*{\theHsection}{\thepart.\thesection}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 18693--><p class="nopar" > This custom numbering scheme needs to be identified in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">xdy</span><a
- id="dx1-216004"></a> file:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-485">
-\GlsAddXdyLocation["roman-numbers-uppercase"]{section}{:sep&#x00A0;"["
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;"arabic-numbers"&#x00A0;:sep&#x00A0;"]"&#x00A0;"arabic-numbers"
+</pre> This used to be necessary to allow the term to work with <a id="wrglossary.16450"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a>. With a new kernel and latest versions of <a id="wrglossary.16451"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.16452"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a>, this should no longer be necessary. <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16453"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16454"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{elite}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ name={<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16455"></a><a href="#glo:cs.apos"><code class="csfmt">\'</code></a>e</strong>lite},<span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.16456"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.08</span>
+ description={select group of people}
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 18700--><p class="nopar" > If the part is 0 then <span
-class="cmtt-10">\thepart </span>will be empty (there isn&#8217;t a zero Roman numeral). An extra case is needed to
-catch this:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-486">
-\GlsAddXdyLocation{zero.section}{:sep&#x00A0;"["
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;"arabic-numbers"&#x00A0;:sep&#x00A0;"]"&#x00A0;"arabic-numbers"
+</pre><p>
+Notice also how the <a id="wrglossary.16457"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a> can’t be compacted into ranges. For example, the list <span class="qt">“1, 2, 3”</span> would be converted to <span class="qt">“1–3”</span> with a proper indexing application (Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> or, with <a id="wrglossary.16458"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.16459"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a>).<p>
+The larger the list of entries, the longer the document build time. This method is very inefficient for large glossaries. See <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-performance.shtml">Gallery: glossaries performance</a> for a comparison.<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.16460"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ As the previous example, except that it uses the <a id="wrglossary.16461"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.inputenc"><span class="styfmt">inputenc</span></a> package. In this case, the <a id="wrglossary.16462"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key is used for the entries with <a id="wrglossary.16463"></a><a href="#glo:dual.utf8">UTF-8</a> characters in the names. To create the complete document, you need to do: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16464"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample-noidxapp-utf8
+pdflatex sample-noidxapp-utf8
+</pre> This method is unsuitable for sorting languages with <a id="wrglossary.16465"></a><a href="#glo:dual.exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabets</a> or <a id="wrglossary.16466"></a><a href="#glo:dual.nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabets</a>. Use Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a> instead.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:samplesnoidx -->
+
+<section id="sec:samplesother"><!-- start of section sec:samplesother --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->18.11. Other<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:samplesother">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sample4col.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.16467"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sample4col.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample4col.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document illustrates a four column <a id="wrglossary.16468"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> where the entries have a symbol in addition to the name and description. To create the complete document, you need to do: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16469"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample4col
+makeglossaries sample4col
+pdflatex sample4col
+</pre> or <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16470"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample4col
+makeglossaries-lite sample4col
+pdflatex sample4col
+</pre> The vertical gap between entries is the gap created at the start of each <a id="wrglossary.16471"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a>. This can be suppressed using the <a id="wrglossary.16472"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a> package option. (If you switch to <a id="wrglossary.16473"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, simply omit the <a id="wrglossary.16474"></a><a href="#glo:switch.group"><span class="longargfmt">--group</span></a> command line option.)<p>
+This example uses the <a id="wrglossary.16475"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long4colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">long4colheaderborder</span></a>. This style doesn’t allow multi-line descriptions. You may prefer to use <a id="wrglossary.16476"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlong4colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altlong4colheaderborder</span></a> with long descriptions. However, in either case a style that uses <a id="wrglossary.16477"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.booktabs"><span class="styfmt">booktabs</span></a> is preferable. For example, <a id="wrglossary.16478"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long4col-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">long4col-booktabs</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.16479"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlongragged4col-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">altlongragged4col-booktabs</span></a>. Note that this requires <a id="wrglossary.16480"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longbooktabs"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longbooktabs</span></a>, which needs to be explicitly loaded. The style can only be set once this package has been loaded: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16481"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossary-longbooktabs}
+<a id="wrglossary.16482"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.16483"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlongragged4col-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">altlongragged4col-booktabs</span></a>}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.16484"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+The <a id="wrglossary.16485"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides a more compact way of doing this with the <a id="wrglossary.16486"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a> option: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16487"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.16488"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.16489"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlongragged4col-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">altlongragged4col-booktabs</span></a></span>,<a id="wrglossary.16490"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<strong class="strong">longbooktabs</strong></span>]
+{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.16491"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides additional styles, including more <span class="qt">“long”</span> styles with the <a id="wrglossary.16492"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longextra"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longextra</span></a> package. For example, the <a id="wrglossary.16493"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long-name-desc-sym-loc"><span class="xtrglostylefmt">long-name-desc-sym-loc</span></a> style: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16494"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.16495"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16496"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long-name-desc-sym-loc"><span class="xtrglostylefmt">long-name-desc-sym-loc</span></a></strong></span>,<a id="wrglossary.16497"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<strong class="strong">longextra</strong></span>]
+{glossaries-extra}
+</pre> If you use the <a id="wrglossary.16498"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a> option with an argument, you may prefer to use it with <a id="wrglossary.16499"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nostyles"><span class="styoptfmt">nostyles</span></a> to prevent unwanted styles from being automatically loaded. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16500"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.16501"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.16502"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long-name-desc-sym-loc"><span class="xtrglostylefmt">long-name-desc-sym-loc</span></a></span>,<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16503"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nostyles"><span class="styoptfmt">nostyles</span></a>,</strong><a id="wrglossary.16504"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a><span class="optfmt">=longextra</span>]
+{glossaries-extra}
+</pre> See also the <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-styles/">gallery of predefined styles</a>.<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sample-numberlist.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.16505"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sample-numberlist.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-numberlist.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document illustrates how to reference the <a id="wrglossary.16506"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> in the document text. This requires an additional LaTeX run: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16507"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample-numberlist
+makeglossaries sample-numberlist
+pdflatex sample-numberlist
+pdflatex sample-numberlist
+</pre> This uses the <a id="wrglossary.16508"></a><a href="#glo:opt.savenumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">savenumberlist</span></a> package option, which enables <a id="wrglossary.16509"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrynumberlist</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.16510"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisplaynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisplaynumberlist</code></a> (with limitations). The location counter is set to <a id="wrglossary.16511"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.chapter"><span class="ctrfmt">chapter</span></a>, so the <a id="wrglossary.16512"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> refers to the chapter numbers. <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16513"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.16514"></a><a href="#glo:opt.savenumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">savenumberlist</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.16515"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.16516"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.chapter"><span class="ctrfmt">chapter</span></a></span>]{glossaries}
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.16517"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> can’t be obtained until <a id="wrglossary.16518"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> (or <a id="wrglossary.16519"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>) has created the <a id="wrglossary.16520"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing file</a>. The <a id="wrglossary.16521"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> is picked up when this file is input by <a id="wrglossary.16522"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a> and is then saved in the <a id="wrglossary.16523"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file so that it’s available on the next LaTeX run.<p>
+This document contains both commands: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16524"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>This is a <a id="wrglossary.16525"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample} document. <a id="wrglossary.16526"></a><a href="#glo:Glspl"><code class="csfmt">\Glspl</code></a>{sample}
+are discussed in chapters <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16527"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisplaynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisplaynumberlist</code></a></strong>{sample}
+(or <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16528"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrynumberlist</code></a></strong>{sample}).
+</pre> Without <a id="wrglossary.16529"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a>, the first list shows as <span class="qt">“1–3, 5 &amp; 6”</span> and the second list shows as <span class="qt">“1–3, 5, 6”</span>.<p>
+Note that you can’t use <a id="wrglossary.16530"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisplaynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisplaynumberlist</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.16531"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> and Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>. If you do, you will get the warning: <pre class="transcript"><div class="transcripttitle"><a id="wrglossary.16532"></a><a href="#glo:sym.transcript"><span title="Transcript" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>Package glossaries Warning: <a id="wrglossary.16533"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisplaynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisplaynumberlist</code></a> doesn't work with hyperref.
+Using <a id="wrglossary.16534"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrynumberlist</code></a> instead
+</pre> Now both lists show as <span class="qt">“1–3, 5, 6”</span>.<p>
+If you switch to <a id="wrglossary.16535"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a> (replace <a id="wrglossary.16536"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.16537"></a><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a> and replace <a id="wrglossary.16538"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.16539"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossaries</code></a>), then the document build is simply: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16540"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample-numberlist
+pdflatex sample-numberlist
+</pre> Now <a id="wrglossary.16541"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisplaynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisplaynumberlist</code></a> works with <a id="wrglossary.16542"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a>, however there are no ranges, so the first list shows as <span class="qt">“1, 2, 3, 5, &amp; 6”</span> and the second list shows as <span class="qt">“1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6”</span>.<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.16543"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If you want to switch to <a id="wrglossary.16544"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, you first need to switch to <a id="wrglossary.16545"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> (at least v1.42) but remember to include the <a id="wrglossary.16546"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a> option: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16547"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16548"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a></strong>,<a id="wrglossary.16549"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.16550"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.chapter"><span class="ctrfmt">chapter</span></a></span>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre> Note that the <a id="wrglossary.16551"></a><a href="#glo:opt.savenumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">savenumberlist</span></a> option is no longer required. Next convert the entry to the <a id="wrglossary.16552"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> format required by <a id="wrglossary.16553"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16554"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>convertgls2bib sample-numberlist.tex entries.bib
+</pre> Replace <a id="wrglossary.16555"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16556"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16557"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.16558"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">=entries</span>]
+</pre> and remove the <a id="wrglossary.16559"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> command from the <a id="wrglossary.16560"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">document preamble</a>. Finally, replace <a id="wrglossary.16561"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.16562"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a>. The build process is now: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16563"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample-numberlist
+bib2gls sample-numberlist
+pdflatex sample-numberlist
+</pre> Now both ranges and <a id="wrglossary.16564"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> work. The first list shows <span class="qt">“1–3, 5, &amp; 6”</span> and the second list shows <span class="qt">“1–3, 5, 6”</span>. You can also use: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16565"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16566"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfieldformatlist"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfieldformatlist</code></a>{sample}{loclist}
+</pre> which will show the complete list without ranges <span class="qt">“1, 2, 3, 5 &amp; 6”</span>.<p>
+This method works much better than using the <a id="wrglossary.16567"></a><a href="#glo:opt.savenumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">savenumberlist</span></a> option because <a id="wrglossary.16568"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> saves the formatted <a id="wrglossary.16569"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.16570"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.location"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">location</span></a> field (which is provided by <a id="wrglossary.16571"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> for the benefit of <a id="wrglossary.16572"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>) and the unformatted <a id="wrglossary.16573"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.16574"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.loclist"><span class="csoptfmt">loclist</span></a> internal field (which is also used by <a id="wrglossary.16575"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>).<p>
+With Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>, both <a id="wrglossary.16576"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.16577"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> simply create a file containing the commands to typeset the glossary, which is input by <a id="wrglossary.16578"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>. This means that it’s quite hard to gather information obtained by the <a id="wrglossary.16579"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a>.<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.16580"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, on the other hand, doesn’t write a file containing the <a id="wrglossary.16581"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. It writes a file containing the entry definitions and uses internal fields to save the <a id="wrglossary.16582"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> information. The <a id="wrglossary.16583"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> is then displayed with <a id="wrglossary.16584"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a>, which simply iterates over all defined entries and fetches the required information from those internal fields.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.16585"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisplaynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisplaynumberlist</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.16586"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrynumberlist</code></a> commands are redefined by <a id="wrglossary.16587"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra-bib2gls"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span></a> to simply access the <a id="wrglossary.16588"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.location"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">location</span></a> field. However, if you want a complete list without ranges you can use: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16589"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16590"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfieldformatlist"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfieldformatlist</code></a>{sample}{loclist}
+</pre> In this example, this produces <span class="qt">“1, 2, 3, 5 &amp; 6”</span>. <p>
+Note the difference if you use the <a id="wrglossary.16591"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=nameref</span> package option instead of just <a id="wrglossary.16592"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sample-nomathhyper.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.16593"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sample-nomathhyper.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-nomathhyper.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document illustrates how to selectively enable and disable entry <a id="wrglossary.16594"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> in <a id="wrglossary.16595"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a>. The document build is: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16596"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample-nomathhyper
+makeglossaries sample-nomathhyper
+pdflatex sample-nomathhyper
+</pre> This disables the <a id="wrglossary.16597"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> for the <a id="wrglossary.16598"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> glossary with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16599"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16600"></a><a href="#glo:GlsDeclareNoHyperList"><code class="csfmt">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.16601"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a>}
+</pre> and then redefines <a id="wrglossary.16602"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a> so that it adds a <a id="wrglossary.16603"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> if not in maths mode and the <a id="wrglossary.16604"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> haven’t been forced off (with the <a id="wrglossary.16605"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.hyper"><span class="csoptfmt">hyper</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> key).<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.16606"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If you want to switch to <a id="wrglossary.16607"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, then you can instead use the hook that comes before the keys are set. The <a id="wrglossary.16608"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">preamble</a> is much simpler: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16609"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.16610"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>
+
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>{<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16611"></a><a href="#glo:glslinkpresetkeys"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glslinkpresetkeys</code></a></strong>}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <code class="cmd">\ifmmode</code> <code class="cmd">\setkeys</code>{glslink}{<a id="wrglossary.16612"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.hyper"><span class="csoptfmt">hyper</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>}<code class="cmd">\fi</code>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 18707--><p class="nopar" > Note that this will stop xindy giving a warning, but the location hyperlinks will be invalid if no <span
-class="cmtt-10">\part </span>is
-used.
-</p><!--l. 18711--><p class="indent" > <span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em;"><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-216005"></a></a></span>If you want to switch to <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-216006"></a></a>, you first need to switch to <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> but remember to use
-<span id="textcolor971"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span></span><a
- id="dx1-216007"></a> instead of <span
-class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-216008"></a>: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><strong><span id="textcolor972"><span
-class="cmtt-10">record</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,counter=section]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Next remove the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>commands and convert the entry definitions to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-216009"></a> format required
-by <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-216010"></a></a>:
-<!--l. 18721--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />convertgls2bib --preamble-only samplexdy2.tex entries.bib
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-Now replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>with: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor973"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-216011"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor974"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-216012"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=entries]</span>
-</div>
-</div> and remove the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>commands. Finally, replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span>with
-<span id="textcolor975"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span></span><a
- id="dx1-216013"></a>.
-<!--l. 18731--><p class="indent" > The document build is:
-</p><!--l. 18732--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex samplexdy2
- <br />bib2gls samplexdy2
- <br />pdflatex samplexdy2
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-</p><!--l. 18738--><p class="indent" > With unusual numbering systems, it&#8217;s sometimes better to use <span id="textcolor976"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">nameref</span></span><a
- id="dx1-216014"></a>: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><strong><span id="textcolor977"><span
-class="cmtt-10">record</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=nameref</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,counter=section]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-
-
-</div>
-</div> In this case, the locations will be the actual section headings, rather than the section number. In order to make
-the number appear instead you need to define: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newcommand*{</span><span id="textcolor978"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsectionlocfmt</span></span><a
- id="dx1-216015"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}[2]{#1}</span>
-</div>
-</div> (Make sure you have at least v1.42 of <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.) See also the earlier <a
-href="#ex:sampleSec"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleSec.tex</span></a>.
-<a
- id="x1-216016r31"></a>
-<!--l. 18751--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:samplexdy3"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:samplexdy3">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy3.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy3.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 18751--><p class="noindent" >This document is very similar to <a
-href="#ex:samplexdy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">samplexdy.tex</span></a> but uses the command <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Numberstring </span>from the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">fmtcount</span><a
- id="dx1-217001"></a> package to format the page numbers instead of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\tally </span>command from the earlier
-example.
-<a
- id="x1-217002r32"></a>
-</p><!--l. 18756--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sampleutf8"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sampleutf8">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 18756--><p class="noindent" >This is another example that uses <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-218001"></a></a>. Unlike <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-218002"></a></a>, <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-218003"></a></a> can cope with <a
-href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a
- id="dx1-218004"></a>s</a>. This
-document uses <a
-href="#glo:UTF-8">UTF-8</a> encoding. To create the document do:
-</p><!--l. 18760--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sampleutf8
- <br />makeglossaries sampleutf8
- <br />pdflatex sampleutf8
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-The explicit <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-218005"></a></a> call is (no line breaks):
-</p><!--l. 18767--><p class="indent" >
-<spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
-<br />xindy
--L
-english
--C
-utf8
--I
-xindy
--M
-sampleutf8
--t
-
-
-sampleutf8.glg
--o
-sampleutf8.gls
-sampleutf8.glo
-<br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
-<br /></span>
-</p><!--l. 18771--><p class="indent" > If you remove the <span
-class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-218006"></a> option from <span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleutf8.tex </span>and do:
-</p><!--l. 18773--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sampleutf8
- <br />makeglossaries sampleutf8
- <br />pdflatex sampleutf8
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-or
-</p><!--l. 18779--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sampleutf8
- <br />makeglossaries-lite sampleutf8
- <br />pdflatex sampleutf8
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-you will see that the entries that start with an <a
-href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character<a
- id="dx1-218007"></a></a> now appear in the symbols group, and
-the word &#8220;man&#339;uvre&#8221; is now after &#8220;manor&#8221; instead of before it. If you want to explicitly call <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-218008"></a></a> (no
-line breaks):
-</p><!--l. 18788--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />makeindex -s sampleutf8.ist -t sampleutf8.glg -o sampleutf8.gls sampleutf8.glo
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-</p><!--l. 18792--><p class="indent" > <span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em;"><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-218009"></a></a></span>If you want to switch to <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-218010"></a></a>, you first need to switch to <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> but replace <span
-class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-218011"></a> with
-<span id="textcolor979"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span></span><a
- id="dx1-218012"></a>: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><strong><span id="textcolor980"><span
-class="cmtt-10">record</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor981"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor982"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,style=listgroup]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Note that you don&#8217;t need the <span
-class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-218013"></a> option with <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-218014"></a></a>. You can instruct <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-218015"></a></a> to
-simply not save the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-218016"></a>s</a>, but in this case there won&#8217;t be any locations as there&#8217;s no actual
-indexing.
-<!--l. 18804--><p class="indent" > The entries need to be converted to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-218017"></a> format required by <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-218018"></a></a>:
-</p><!--l. 18806--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />convertgls2bib --preamble-only --texenc UTF-8 --bibenc UTF-8 sampleutf8.tex entries.bib
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-Note the first line of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>file: </p><div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;Encoding:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;UTF-8</span>
-</div>
-</div> This is the encoding of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-218019"></a> file. It doesn&#8217;t have to match the encoding of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">tex</span><a
- id="dx1-218020"></a> file, but it&#8217;s generally
-better to be consistent. When <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-218021"></a></a> parses this file, it will look for this encoding line. (If the <span
-class="cmtt-10">--texenc </span>and
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">--bibenc </span>switches aren&#8217;t used, <a
-href="#glo:convertgls2bib"><span
-class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span><a
- id="dx1-218022"></a></a> will assume your system&#8217;s default encoding. See the <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-218023"></a></a>
-manual for further details.)
-<!--l. 18821--><p class="indent" > Next replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>with: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor983"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-218024"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor984"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-218025"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=entries,</span><span id="textcolor985"><span
-class="cmtt-10">selection</span></span><a
- id="dx1-218026"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">all</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div> and remove all the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>commands.
-<!--l. 18827--><p class="indent" > Iterative commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span><a
- id="dx1-218027"></a> don&#8217;t work with <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-218028"></a></a>. Instead, you can select all entries using the
-<span id="textcolor986"><span
-class="cmtt-10">selection</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=all</span><a
- id="dx1-218029"></a> option. This is actually better than <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span>, which enforces the selection of all entries by
-indexing each entry. As a result, with <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-218030"></a></a> and <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-218031"></a></a> (and <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>), every entry will have the same
-location (which is the location of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>command, in this case page&#x00A0;1). With <span id="textcolor987"><span
-class="cmtt-10">selection</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=all</span><a
- id="dx1-218032"></a>,
-<a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-218033"></a></a> will automatically selection all entries even if they don&#8217;t have any records (indexing information) so in
-this case there are no <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-218034"></a>s</a>.
-</p><!--l. 18839--><p class="indent" > Finally, replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span>with <span id="textcolor988"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span></span><a
- id="dx1-218035"></a>. The build process is now:
-</p><!--l. 18841--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sampleutf8
- <br />bib2gls --group sampleutf8
- <br />pdflatex sampleutf8
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-<a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-218036"></a></a> picks up the encoding of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">tex</span><a
- id="dx1-218037"></a> file from the <span
-class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a
- id="dx1-218038"></a> file: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor989"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@texencoding</span></span><a
- id="dx1-218039"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{utf8}</span>
-</div>
-</div> If you experience any encoding issues, check the <span
-class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a
- id="dx1-218040"></a> file for this command and check the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-218041"></a> file for the
-encoding comment line. Also check <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-218042"></a>&#8217;s</a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">glg</span><a
- id="dx1-218043"></a> transcript file for encoding messages, which should look
-like:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-487">
-TeX&#x00A0;character&#x00A0;encoding:&#x00A0;UTF-8
-</pre>
-<!--l. 18857--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 18859--><p class="indent" > The document language, if it has been set, is also added to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a
- id="dx1-218044"></a> file when the <span
-class="cmss-10">record</span><a
- id="dx1-218045"></a> option is used. In
-this case, no language package has been used, so <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-218046"></a></a> will fallback on the system&#8217;s default locale. If no sort
-method is set, the entries will be sorted according to the document language, if set, or the default
-locale. You can specify a specific locale using the <span id="textcolor990"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span></span><a
- id="dx1-218047"></a> key with a locale tag identifier. For example:
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor991"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-218048"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor992"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-218049"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=entries,</span><span id="textcolor993"><span
-class="cmtt-10">selection</span></span><a
- id="dx1-218050"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">all</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><strong><span id="textcolor994"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=de-CH-1996</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div> (Swiss German new orthography) or: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor995"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-218051"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor996"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-218052"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=entries,</span><span id="textcolor997"><span
-class="cmtt-10">selection</span></span><a
- id="dx1-218053"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">all</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><strong><span id="textcolor998"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=is</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div> (Icelandic).
-<!--l. 18875--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 18875--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">18.10 </span> <a
- id="sec:samplesnoidx"></a>No Indexing Application (Option 1)</h3>
-<a
- id="x1-219001r33"></a>
-<!--l. 18878--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sample-noidxapp"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sample-noidxapp">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-noidxapp.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 18878--><p class="noindent" >This document illustrates how to use the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package without an external <a
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a>
-(<a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>). To create the complete document, you need to do:
-</p><!--l. 18881--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample-noidxapp
- <br />pdflatex sample-noidxapp
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-Note the need to group the accent command that occurs at the start of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-220001"></a>: </p><div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{elite}{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name={</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\'</span><a
- id="dx1-220002"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">e}</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">lite},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={select</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;group</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;people}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> This is necessary to allow the term to work with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a
- id="dx1-220003"></a>. Notice also how the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-220004"></a>s</a> can&#8217;t be compacted
-into ranges. For example, the list &#8220;1, 2, 3&#8221; would be converted to &#8220;1&#8211;3&#8221; with a proper indexing application
-(Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a> or, with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, <a
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>).
-<!--l. 18899--><p class="indent" > The larger the list of entries, the longer the document build time. This method is very inefficient for large
-glossaries. See <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-performance.shtml" >Gallery: glossaries performance</a> for a comparison.
-<a
- id="x1-220005r34"></a>
-</p><!--l. 18903--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sample-noidxapp-utf8"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sample-noidxapp-utf8">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 18903--><p class="noindent" >As the previous example, except that it uses the <span
-class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a
- id="dx1-221001"></a> package. To create the complete document, you need
-to do:
-</p><!--l. 18906--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample-noidxapp-utf8
- <br />pdflatex sample-noidxapp-utf8
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-This method is unsuitable for sorting languages with <a
-href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabets</a> or <a
-href="#glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabets</a>. Use
-Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a> or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option4">4</a> instead.
-</p><!--l. 18913--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 18913--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">18.11 </span> <a
- id="sec:samplesother"></a>Other</h3>
-<a
- id="x1-222001r35"></a>
-<!--l. 18916--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sample4col"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sample4col">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample4col.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample4col.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 18916--><p class="noindent" >This document illustrates a four column glossary where the entries have a symbol in addition to the name and
-description. To create the complete document, you need to do:
-</p><!--l. 18920--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample4col
- <br />makeglossaries sample4col
- <br />pdflatex sample4col
-
-
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-or
-</p><!--l. 18926--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample4col
- <br />makeglossaries-lite sample4col
- <br />pdflatex sample4col
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-The vertical gap between entries is the gap created at the start of each group. This can be suppressed using the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a
- id="dx1-223001"></a> package option. (If you switch to <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-223002"></a></a>, simply omit the <span
-class="cmtt-10">--group </span>command line
-option.)
-</p><!--l. 18936--><p class="indent" > This example uses the <span
-class="cmss-10">long4colheaderborder</span><a
- id="dx1-223003"></a>. This style doesn&#8217;t allow multi-line descriptions. You may prefer
-to use <span
-class="cmss-10">altlong4colheaderborder</span><a
- id="dx1-223004"></a> with long descriptions. However, in either case a style that uses <span
-class="cmss-10">booktabs</span><a
- id="dx1-223005"></a> is
-preferable. For example, <span
-class="cmss-10">long4col-booktabs</span><a
- id="dx1-223006"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">altlongragged4col-booktabs</span><a
- id="dx1-223007"></a>. Note that this requires
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-longbooktabs</span><a
- id="dx1-223008"></a>, which needs to be explicitly loaded. The style can only be set once this package has been
-loaded: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage{glossaries}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage{glossary-longbooktabs}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle{altlongragged4col-booktabs}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 18950--><p class="indent" > <br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides a more compact way of doing this with the <span id="textcolor999"><span
-class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></span><a
- id="dx1-223009"></a>
-option: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[style=altlongragged4col-booktabs,</span><span id="textcolor1000"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">longbooktabs</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides additional styles, including more &#8220;long&#8221; styles with the <span id="textcolor1001"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra</span></span><a
- id="dx1-223010"></a>
-package. For example, the <span id="textcolor1002"><span
-class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym-loc</span></span><a
- id="dx1-223011"></a> style: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[style=</span><strong><span id="textcolor1003"><span
-class="cmtt-10">long-name-desc-sym-loc</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor1004"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">longextra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">{glossaries-extra}</span>
-</div>
-</div> If you use the <span id="textcolor1005"><span
-class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></span><a
- id="dx1-223012"></a> option with an argument, you may prefer to use it with <span
-class="cmss-10">nostyles</span><a
- id="dx1-223013"></a> to prevent unwanted
-styles from being automatically loaded. For example: <div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[style=</span><span id="textcolor1006"><span
-class="cmtt-10">long-name-desc-sym-loc</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><strong><span id="textcolor1007"><span
-class="cmtt-10">nostyles</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span></strong><span id="textcolor1008"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=longextra]</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">{glossaries-extra}</span>
-</div>
-</div> See also the <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-styles/" >gallery of predefined styles</a>.
-<a
- id="x1-223014r36"></a>
-<!--l. 18975--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sample-numberlist"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sample-numberlist">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-numberlist.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 18975--><p class="noindent" >This document illustrates how to reference the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-224001"></a></a> in the document text. This requires an additional
-LaTeX&#x00A0;run:
-</p><!--l. 18978--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample-numberlist
- <br />makeglossaries sample-numberlist
- <br />pdflatex sample-numberlist
- <br />pdflatex sample-numberlist
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-This uses the <span
-class="cmss-10">savenumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-224002"></a> package option, which enables <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-224003"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-224004"></a>
-(with limitations). The location counter is set to <span
-class="cmtt-10">chapter</span>, so the <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-224005"></a></a> refers to the chapter
-numbers.
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-488">
-\usepackage[savenumberlist,counter=chapter]{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 18991--><p class="nopar" > The <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-224006"></a></a> can&#8217;t be obtained until <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-224007"></a></a> (or <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-224008"></a></a>) has created the glossary file. The <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-224009"></a></a> is
-picked up when this file is input by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>and is then saved in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">aux</span><a
- id="dx1-224010"></a> file so that it&#8217;s available on
-the next LaTeX&#x00A0;run.
-</p><!--l. 18998--><p class="indent" > This document contains both commands: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">This</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;is</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;a</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\gls{sample}</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;document.</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\Glspl{sample}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">are</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;discussed</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;in</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;chapters~</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-224011"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">{sample}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">(or</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-224012"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">{sample}).</span>
-</div>
-</div> Without <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-224013"></a>, the first list shows as &#8220;1&#8211;3, 5 &amp; 6&#8221; and the second list shows as &#8220;1&#8211;3, 5, 6&#8221;.
-<!--l. 19007--><p class="indent" > Note that you can&#8217;t use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-224014"></a> with <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-224015"></a> and Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>. If you do, you will get
-the warning:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-489">
-Package&#x00A0;glossaries&#x00A0;Warning:&#x00A0;\glsdisplaynumberlist&#x00A0;doesn't&#x00A0;work&#x00A0;with
-hyperref.
-Using&#x00A0;\glsentrynumberlist&#x00A0;instead
-</pre>
-<!--l. 19013--><p class="nopar" > Now both lists show as &#8220;1&#8211;3, 5, 6&#8221;.
-</p><!--l. 19016--><p class="indent" > If you switch to <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> (replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>and replace
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span>with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries</span>), then the document build is simply:
-</p><!--l. 19019--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample-numberlist
- <br />pdflatex sample-numberlist
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-Now <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-224016"></a> works with <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-224017"></a>, however there are no ranges, so the first list shows as &#8220;1, 2,
-3, 5, &amp; 6&#8221; and the second list shows as &#8220;1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6&#8221;.
-</p><!--l. 19027--><p class="indent" > <span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em;"><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-224018"></a></a></span>If you want to switch to <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-224019"></a></a>, you first need to switch to <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> (at least v1.42) but
-remember to include the <span
-class="cmss-10">record</span><a
- id="dx1-224020"></a> option: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><strong><span id="textcolor1009"><span
-class="cmtt-10">record</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,counter=chapter]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Note that the <span
-class="cmss-10">savenumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-224021"></a> option is no longer required. Next convert the entry to the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-224022"></a> format required by
-<a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-224023"></a></a>:
-<!--l. 19037--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />convertgls2bib sample-numberlist.tex entries.bib
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-Replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>with: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor1010"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-224024"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor1011"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-224025"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=entries.bib]</span>
-</div>
-</div> and remove the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>command from the document preamble. Finally, replace
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span>with <span id="textcolor1012"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span></span><a
- id="dx1-224026"></a>. The build process is now:
-<!--l. 19047--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample-numberlist
- <br />bib2gls sample-numberlist
- <br />pdflatex sample-numberlist
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-Now both ranges and hyperlinks work. The first list shows &#8220;1&#8211;3, 5, &amp; 6&#8221; and the second list shows &#8220;1&#8211;3, 5, 6&#8221;.
-You can also use: </p><div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor1013"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldformatlist</span></span><a
- id="dx1-224027"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{sample}{loclist}</span>
-</div>
-</div> which will show the complete list without ranges &#8220;1, 2, 3, 5 &amp; 6&#8221;.
-<!--l. 19061--><p class="indent" > This method works much better than using the <span
-class="cmss-10">savenumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-224028"></a> option because <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-224029"></a></a> saves the formatted
-<a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-224030"></a></a> in the <span id="textcolor1014"><span
-class="cmtt-10">location</span></span><a
- id="dx1-224031"></a> field (which is an internal field provided by <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> for the benefit of
-<a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-224032"></a></a>) and the unformatted <a
-href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
- id="dx1-224033"></a></a> in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">loclist</span><a
- id="dx1-224034"></a> internal field (which is also used by
-<a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>).
-</p><!--l. 19068--><p class="indent" > With Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>, both <a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-224035"></a></a> and <a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-224036"></a></a> simply create a file containing the commands to typeset
-the glossary, which is input by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span>. This means that it&#8217;s quite hard to gather information obtained
-by the <a
-href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a>.
-</p><!--l. 19073--><p class="indent" > <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-224037"></a></a>, on the other hand, doesn&#8217;t write a file containing the glossary. It writes a file containing the entry
-definitions and uses internal fields to save the indexing information. The glossary is then displayed with
-<span id="textcolor1015"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span><a
- id="dx1-224038"></a>, which simply iterates over all defined entries and fetches the required information from
-those internal fields.
-</p><!--l. 19080--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-224039"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-224040"></a> commands are redefined by <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-224041"></a>
-to simply access the <span id="textcolor1016"><span
-class="cmtt-10">location</span></span><a
- id="dx1-224042"></a> field. However, if you want a complete list without ranges you can use:
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor1017"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldformatlist</span></span><a
- id="dx1-224043"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{sample}{loclist}</span>
-</div>
-</div> In this example, this produces &#8220;1, 2, 3, 5 &amp; 6&#8221;.
-<!--l. 19089--><p class="indent" > Note the difference if you use the <span id="textcolor1018"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">nameref</span></span><a
- id="dx1-224044"></a> package option instead of just <span id="textcolor1019"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span></span><a
- id="dx1-224045"></a>.
-<a
- id="x1-224046r37"></a>
-</p><!--l. 19092--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sample-nomathhyper"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sample-nomathhyper">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-nomathhyper.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 19092--><p class="noindent" >This document illustrates how to selectively enable and disable entry hyperlinks in <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-225001"></a>. The
-document build is:
-</p><!--l. 19095--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample-nomathhyper
- <br />makeglossaries sample-nomathhyper
- <br />pdflatex sample-nomathhyper
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-This disables the hyperlinks for the main glossary with: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</span><a
- id="dx1-225002"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{main}</span>
-
-
-</div>
-</div> and then redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>so that it adds a hyperlink if not in maths mode and the hyperlinks haven&#8217;t
-been forced off (with the <span
-class="cmtt-10">hyper</span><a
- id="dx1-225003"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=false </span>key).
-<!--l. 19108--><p class="indent" > <br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>If you want to switch to <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, then you can instead use the hook that comes before
-the keys are set. The preamble is much simpler: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand{</span><strong><span id="textcolor1020"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span></span><a
- id="dx1-225004"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\ifmmode</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}\fi</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;entry</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;definition</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<a
- id="x1-225005r38"></a>
-<!--l. 19124--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sample-entryfmt"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sample-entryfmt">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-entryfmt.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 19124--><p class="noindent" >This document illustrates how to change the way an entry is displayed in the text. (This is just a test document.
-For a real document, I recommend you use the <span
-class="cmss-10">siunitx</span><a
- id="dx1-226001"></a> package to typeset units.) The document build
-is:
-</p><!--l. 19128--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample-entryfmt
- <br />makeglossaries sample-entryfmt
- <br />pdflatex sample-entryfmt
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-This redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-226002"></a> to add the symbol on <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand*{\glsentryfmt}{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\glsgenentryfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-226003"></a>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\ifglsused</span><a
- id="dx1-226004"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\glslabel}{}{\space</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;(</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol</span><a
- id="dx1-226005"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\glslabel})}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Note the use of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol </span><span
-class="cmti-10">not </span><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol </span>(which would result in nested <a
-href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
- id="dx1-226006"></a></a>).
-<!--l. 19144--><p class="indent" > <br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>If you want to switch to the <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package, you can make use of the category
-post-link hook instead: </p><div class="alltt">
-
-
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><span id="textcolor1021"><span
-class="cmtt-10">stylemods</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,style=tree]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span id="textcolor1022"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostlink</span></span><a
- id="dx1-226007"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">unit</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span><span id="textcolor1023"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse</span></span><a
- id="dx1-226008"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{distance}{</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor1024"><span
-class="cmtt-10">category</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">={</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">unit</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">name=distance,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">description={The</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;length</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;between</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;two</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;points},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol={km}}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Note that in this case the symbol is now outside of the hyperlink.
-<a
- id="x1-226009r39"></a>
-<!--l. 19162--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sample-prefix"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sample-prefix">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-prefix.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 19162--><p class="noindent" >This document illustrates the use of the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-227001"></a> package. An additional run is required to ensure the
-table of contents is up-to-date:
-</p><!--l. 19165--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample-prefix
- <br />makeglossaries sample-prefix
- <br />pdflatex sample-prefix
- <br />pdflatex sample-prefix
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-Remember that the default separator between the prefix and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(or one of its variants) is empty, so if a space
-is required it must be inserted at the end of the prefix. However, the <span
-class="cmss-10">xkeyval</span><a
- id="dx1-227002"></a> package (which is used to parse the
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; lists) trims leading and trailing space from the values, so an ordinary space character will be lost.
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={an</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;example},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;prefix={a</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">~</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;prefixplural={the</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\space</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{oeil}{name={oeil},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;plural={yeux},</span>
-
-
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={eye},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;prefix={l'},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;prefixplural={les</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">\space</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 19191--><p class="indent" > <br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>If you want to convert this example to use <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, then (as from v1.42) you can use
-the <span id="textcolor1025"><span
-class="cmss-10">prefix</span></span><a
- id="dx1-227003"></a> option: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><strong><span id="textcolor1026"><span
-class="cmtt-10">prefix</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor1027"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,acronym]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> (Alternatively load <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-227004"></a> after <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>.) The rest of the document is the same as for the base
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, unless you want to switch to using <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-227005"></a></a>.
-<!--l. 19202--><p class="indent" > <span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em;"><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-227006"></a></a></span>If you want to switch to <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-227007"></a></a>, first switch to <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> (as above) but make sure you
-include the <span id="textcolor1028"><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span></span><a
- id="dx1-227008"></a> package option: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><strong><span id="textcolor1029"><span
-class="cmtt-10">record</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor1030"><span
-class="cmtt-10">prefix</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><span id="textcolor1031"><span
-class="cmtt-10">postdot</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,acronym]{glossaries-extra}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Next convert the entries into the <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a
- id="dx1-227009"></a> format required by <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-227010"></a></a>:
-<!--l. 19211--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />convertgls2bib --preamble-only sample-prefix.tex entries.bib
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-Replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>with </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor1032"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-227011"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[acronym]{long-short}</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor1033"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-227012"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor1034"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-227013"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=entries]</span>
-</div>
-</div> remove the entry definitions from the preamble, and replace <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary[style=plist]</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printacronyms</span>
-</div>
-</div> with <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor1035"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span><a
- id="dx1-227014"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[style=plist]</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor1036"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtacronyms</span></span><a
- id="dx1-227015"></a>
-
-
-</div>
-</div> The document build is now:
-<!--l. 19230--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample-prefix
- <br />bib2gls sample-prefix
- <br />pdflatex sample-prefix
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-</p><!--l. 19236--><p class="indent" > With <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-227016"></a></a> v2.0+, you don&#8217;t need to manually insert the spaces at the end of the prefixes. Instead you
-can instruct <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-227017"></a></a> to insert them. To try this out, remove the trailing <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">~</span></span></span> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\space </span>from the <span
-class="cmtt-10">entries.bib</span>
-file: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor1037"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-227018"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{sample,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;prefix</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{a},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{sample},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{an</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;example},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;prefixplural</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{the}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span id="textcolor1038"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span></span><a
- id="dx1-227019"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{oeil,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;plural</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{yeux},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;prefix</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{l'},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{oeil},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{eye},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;prefixplural</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{les}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span id="textcolor1039"><span
-class="cmtt-10">@acronym</span></span><a
- id="dx1-227020"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{svm,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;prefixfirst</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{a},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;prefix</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{an},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;short</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{SVM},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;long</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;=</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{support</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;vector</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;machine}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Now add the <span id="textcolor1040"><span
-class="cmtt-10">append-prefix-field</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">={space or nbsp}</span><a
- id="dx1-227021"></a> resource option: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor1041"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span><a
- id="dx1-227022"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><span id="textcolor1042"><span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span></span><a
- id="dx1-227023"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=entries,</span><strong><span id="textcolor1043"><span
-class="cmtt-10">append-prefix-field</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">={space</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;or</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;nbsp}</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-</div>
-</div> See the <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-227024"></a></a> manual for further details.
-<a
- id="x1-227025r40"></a>
-
-
-<!--l. 19270--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sampleaccsupp"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sampleaccsupp">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sampleaccsupp.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 19270--><p class="noindent" >This document uses the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-228001"></a> package (see <a
-href="#sec:accsupp">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">17</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>). That package
-automatically loads <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and passes all options to the base package. So you can load both packages at once
-with just:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-490">
-\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries-accsupp}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 19276--><p class="nopar" > This provides additional keys that aren&#8217;t available with just the base package, which may be used to provide
-replacement text. The replacement text is inserted using <span
-class="cmss-10">accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-228002"></a>&#8217;s <span
-class="cmtt-10">\BeginAccSupp</span><a
- id="dx1-228003"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\EndAccSupp</span><a
- id="dx1-228004"></a>
-commands. See the <span
-class="cmss-10">accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-228005"></a> package for further details of those commands.
-</p><!--l. 19283--><p class="indent" > Note that this example document is provided to demonstrate <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-228006"></a> as succinctly as possible. The
-resulting document isn&#8217;t fully accessible as it&#8217;s not tagged. See the <span
-class="cmss-10">accessibility</span><a
- id="dx1-228007"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">tagpdf</span><a
- id="dx1-228008"></a> packages for further
-information about tagging documents.
-</p><!--l. 19289--><p class="indent" > It&#8217;s not essential to use <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-228009"></a>. You can simply insert the replacement text directly into the field
-values. For example:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-491">
-\newglossaryentry{Drive}{
-&#x00A0;name={\BeginAccSupp{Actual=Drive}Dr.\EndAccSupp{}},
-&#x00A0;description={Drive}
+
+<span class="comment">% entry definition</span>
+</pre><p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sample-entryfmt.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.16613"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sample-entryfmt.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-entryfmt.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document illustrates how to change the way an entry is displayed in the text. (This is just a test document. For a real document, I recommend you use the <a id="wrglossary.16614"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.siunitx"><span class="styfmt">siunitx</span></a> package to typeset units.) The document build is: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16615"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample-entryfmt
+makeglossaries sample-entryfmt
+pdflatex sample-entryfmt
+</pre> This redefines <a id="wrglossary.16616"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a> to add the symbol on <a id="wrglossary.16617"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16618"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.16619"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a>}{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.16620"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenentryfmt</code></a>
+ <a id="wrglossary.16621"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsused"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsused</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.16622"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>}{}{<a id="wrglossary.16623"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a> (<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16624"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysymbol</code></a></strong>{<a id="wrglossary.16625"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>})}<span class="comment">% </span>
}
-\newglossaryentry{image}{name={sample&#x00A0;image},
-&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example&#x00A0;image},
-&#x00A0;user1={\protect\BeginAccSupp{Alt={a&#x00A0;boilerplate&#x00A0;image&#x00A0;used&#x00A0;in
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;examples}}\protect\includegraphics
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;[height=20pt]{example-image}\protect\EndAccSupp{}}
+</pre> Note the use of <a id="wrglossary.16626"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysymbol</code></a> <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">not</span> <a id="wrglossary.16627"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbol</code></a> (which would result in nested <a id="wrglossary.16628"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>).<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.16629"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If you want to switch to the <a id="wrglossary.16630"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package, you can make use of the category post-link hook instead: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16631"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.16632"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.16633"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=tree</span>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.16634"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>
+
+<a id="wrglossary.16635"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefpostlink"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefpostlink</code></a>{<strong class="strong">unit</strong>}{<a id="wrglossary.16636"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse</code></a>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.16637"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{distance}{
+<a id="wrglossary.16638"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<strong class="strong">unit</strong>}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.16639"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={distance}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.16640"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={The length between two points}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.16641"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a><span class="optfmt">={km}</span>}
+</pre> Note that in this case the symbol is now outside of the <a id="wrglossary.16642"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a>.<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sample-prefix.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.16643"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sample-prefix.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-prefix.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document illustrates the use of the <a id="wrglossary.16644"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> package. An additional run is required to ensure the <a id="wrglossary.16645"></a><a href="#glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</a> is up-to-date: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16646"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample-prefix
+makeglossaries sample-prefix
+pdflatex sample-prefix
+pdflatex sample-prefix
+</pre> Remember that the default separator between the prefix and <a id="wrglossary.16647"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> (or one of its variants) is empty, so if a space is required it must be inserted at the end of the prefix. However, the <a id="wrglossary.16648"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.xkeyval"><span class="styfmt">xkeyval</span></a> package (which is used to parse the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key</em>〉</span>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span> lists) trims leading and trailing space from the values, so an ordinary space character will be lost. <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16649"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16650"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{sample}{<a id="wrglossary.16651"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16652"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={an example}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16653"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefix"><span class="csoptfmt">prefix</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16654"></a><a href="#glo:idx.nbsp"><code class="code">~</code></a></strong>}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16655"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixplural"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixplural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={the<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16656"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a></strong>}</span>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.16657"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{oeil}{<a id="wrglossary.16658"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={oeil}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16659"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={yeux}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16660"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={eye}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16661"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefix"><span class="csoptfmt">prefix</span></a><span class="optfmt">={l'}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16662"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixplural"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixplural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={les<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16663"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a></strong>}</span>}
+</pre><p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.16664"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If you want to convert this example to use <a id="wrglossary.16665"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, then (as from v1.42) you can use the <a id="wrglossary.16666"></a><a href="#glo:opt.prefix"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">prefix</span></a> option: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16667"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16668"></a><a href="#glo:opt.prefix"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">prefix</span></a></strong>,<a id="wrglossary.16669"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.16670"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre> (Alternatively load <a id="wrglossary.16671"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> after <a id="wrglossary.16672"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.) The rest of the document is the same as for the base <a id="wrglossary.16673"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package, unless you want to switch to using <a id="wrglossary.16674"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.16675"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If you want to switch to <a id="wrglossary.16676"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, first switch to <a id="wrglossary.16677"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> (as above) but make sure you include the <a id="wrglossary.16678"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a> package option: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16679"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16680"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a></strong>,<a id="wrglossary.16681"></a><a href="#glo:opt.prefix"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">prefix</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.16682"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.16683"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a>]{glossaries-extra}
+</pre> Next convert the entries into the <a id="wrglossary.16684"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> format required by <a id="wrglossary.16685"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16686"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>convertgls2bib <a id="wrglossary.16687"></a><a href="#glo:switch.preamble-only"><span class="longargfmt">--preamble-only</span></a> sample-prefix.tex entries.bib
+</pre> Replace <a id="wrglossary.16688"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> with <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16689"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16690"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.16691"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>]{<a id="wrglossary.16692"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>}
+<a id="wrglossary.16693"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.16694"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">=entries</span>]
+</pre> remove the entry definitions from the <a id="wrglossary.16695"></a><a href="#glo:idx.documentpreamble">document preamble</a>, and replace <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16696"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16697"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.16698"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.style"><span class="csoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=plist</span>]
+<a id="wrglossary.16699"></a><a href="#glo:printacronyms"><code class="csfmt">\printacronyms</code></a>
+</pre> with <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16700"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16701"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.16702"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.style"><span class="csoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=plist</span>]
+<a id="wrglossary.16703"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtacronyms"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtacronyms</code></a>
+</pre> The document build is now: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16704"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample-prefix
+bib2gls sample-prefix
+pdflatex sample-prefix
+</pre><p>
+With <a id="wrglossary.16705"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> v2.0+, you don’t need to manually insert the spaces at the end of the prefixes. Instead you can instruct <a id="wrglossary.16706"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> to insert them. To try this out, remove the trailing <a id="wrglossary.16707"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.16708"></a><a href="#glo:idx.nbsp">non-breaking space (<code class="code">~</code>)</a> from the <span class="filefmt">entries.bib</span> file: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16709"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@entry</code>{sample,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16710"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefix"><span class="csoptfmt">prefix</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16711"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16712"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={an example}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16713"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixplural"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixplural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={the}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 19302--><p class="nopar" > However, this can cause interference (especially with case-changing). With <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-228010"></a> it&#8217;s possible to
-obtain the field values without the accessibility information if required. (If in the future <span
-class="cmtt-10">\includegraphics </span>is
-given extra options to provide replacement text then the image example here won&#8217;t be necessary. However, the
-example can be adapted for images created with TeX&#x00A0;code.)
-</p><!--l. 19311--><p class="indent" > The acronym style is set using:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-492">
-\setacronymstyle{long-short}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 19314--><p class="nopar" > The first abbreviation is straightforward:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-493">
-\newacronym{eg}{e.g.}{for&#x00A0;example}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 19318--><p class="nopar" > The <span
-class="cmtt-10">shortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-228011"></a> replacement text is automatically set to the long form. The next abbreviation is awkward as
-the long form contains formatting commands which can&#8217;t be included in the replacement text. This means that
-the <span
-class="cmtt-10">shortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-228012"></a> key must be supplied: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym[</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">shortaccess</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">={TiKZ</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;ist</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;kein</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;Zeichenprogramm}]</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">{tikz}{Ti\emph{k}Z}{Ti\emph{k}Z</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;ist</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\emph{kein}</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;Zeichenprogramm}</span>
-</div>
-</div> In the above two cases, the short form obtained in <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will use the &#8220;E&#8221; PDF element.
-<!--l. 19330--><p class="indent" > By way of comparison, there are some entries that are technically abbreviations but are defined using
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-228013"></a> instead of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-228014"></a>. The replacement text is provided in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">access</span><a
- id="dx1-228015"></a> key:
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{Doctor}{name=Dr,description={Doctor},</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">access</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">={Doctor}}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{Drive}{name={Dr.},plural={Drvs},description={Drive},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">access</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">={Drive}}</span>
-</div>
-</div> These will use PDF&#8217;s &#8220;ActualText&#8221; element (not &#8220;E&#8221;).
-<!--l. 19341--><p class="indent" > The next entry is a symbol (the integration symbol <span
-class="cmex-10">&#x222B;</span>
- ). This could be defined simply as:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-494">
-\newglossaryentry{int}{name={int},description={integral},
-&#x00A0;symbol={\ensuremath{\int}}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 19346--><p class="nopar" > and then referenced in the text like this:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-495">
-Symbol:&#x00A0;\gls{int}&#x00A0;(\glssymbol{int}).
-</pre>
-<!--l. 19350--><p class="nopar" > This results in the text &#8220;Symbol: integral (<span
-class="cmex-10">&#x222B;</span>
- ).&#8221; However if you copy and paste this from the PDF you will
-find the resulting text is &#8220;Symbol: int (R).&#8221; This is what&#8217;s actually read out by the text-to-speech
-system.
-</p><!--l. 19356--><p class="indent" > It would be better if the actual text was the Unicode character 0x222B. This would not only assist the
-text-to-speech system but also make it easier to copy and paste the text. The simplest method is to identify the
-character by its hexadecimal code, but in order to do this the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\BeginAccSupp</span><a
- id="dx1-228016"></a> command needs to have the
-options adjusted.
-</p><!--l. 19362--><p class="indent" > In order to determine whether to use &#8220;E&#8221;, &#8220;ActualText&#8221; or &#8220;Alt&#8221; for a particular field, <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-228017"></a> will
-check if the command <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-228018"></a> exists (where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; is the internal field label, see <a
-href="#tab:fieldmap">table&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4.1</span></a>).
-Only two of these commands are predefined: <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsshortaccsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-228019"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsshortplaccsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-228020"></a>, which is why the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">shortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-228021"></a> field uses &#8220;E&#8221;. If the given command doesn&#8217;t exist then the generic <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaccsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-228022"></a> command is used
-instead.
-</p><!--l. 19371--><p class="indent" > This means that in order to simply set <span
-class="cmtt-10">symbolaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-228023"></a> to the hexadecimal character code, I need to provide a
-command called <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolaccsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-228024"></a>: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newcommand{\gls</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">accsupp}[2]{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\glsaccessibility</span><a
- id="dx1-228025"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">method=hex,unicode</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">ActualText</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{#1}{#2}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> Now I can adjust the definition of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">int </span>entry: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{int}{name={int},description={integral},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;symbol={\ensuremath{\int}},</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">symbolaccess={222B}</span></strong>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 19386--><p class="indent" > The final entry has an image stored in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">user1</span><a
- id="dx1-228026"></a> key. (The image file is provided with the <span
-class="cmss-10">mwe</span><a
- id="dx1-228027"></a>
-package.) This should use &#8220;Alt&#8221; instead of &#8220;ActualText&#8221; so I need to define <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsuseriaccsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-228028"></a>:
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newcommand{\gls</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">useri</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">accsupp}[2]{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\glsaccessibility</span><a
- id="dx1-228029"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">Alt</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}{#1}{#2}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-
-
-</div>
-</div> The image description is provided in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">user1access</span><a
- id="dx1-228030"></a> key: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{sampleimage}{name={sample</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;image},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={an</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;example</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;image},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;user1={\protect\includegraphics</span><a
- id="dx1-228031"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[height=20pt]{example-image}},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">user1access</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">={a</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;boilerplate</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;image</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;used</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;in</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;examples}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> (Note the need to protect the fragile <span
-class="cmtt-10">\includegraphics</span><a
- id="dx1-228032"></a>. The alternative is to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields </span>before
-defining the command. See <a
-href="#sec:expansion">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">4.4</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:expansion">Expansion<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:expansion --></a>.)
-<!--l. 19407--><p class="indent" > If you try this example and inspect the
-PDF<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn4x18" id="fn4x18-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">18.4</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-228033f4"></a>&#x00A0;then
-you will find content like:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-496">
-/Span&#x00A0;&#x003C;&#x003C;&#x00A0;/ActualText&#x00A0;(Doctor)&#x00A0;&#x003E;&#x003E;&#x00A0;BDC
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;BT
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;/F8&#x00A0;9.9626&#x00A0;Tf
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;73.102&#x00A0;697.123&#x00A0;Td
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;[&#x00A0;(Dr)&#x00A0;]&#x00A0;TJ
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;ET
+
+<code class="code">@entry</code>{oeil,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16714"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={yeux}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16715"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefix"><span class="csoptfmt">prefix</span></a><span class="optfmt">={l'}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16716"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={oeil}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16717"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={eye}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16718"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixplural"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixplural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={les}</span>
+}
+
+<code class="code">@acronym</code>{svm,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16719"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixfirst"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixfirst</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16720"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefix"><span class="csoptfmt">prefix</span></a><span class="optfmt">={an}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16721"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a><span class="optfmt">={SVM}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16722"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a><span class="optfmt">={support vector machine}</span>
+}
+</pre> Now add the <a id="wrglossary.16723"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.append-prefix-field"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">append-prefix-field</span></a><span class="optfmt">={space or nbsp}</span> resource option: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16724"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16725"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.16726"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">=entries</span>,<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16727"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.append-prefix-field"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">append-prefix-field</span></a><span class="optfmt">={space or nbsp}</span></strong>]
+</pre> See the <a id="wrglossary.16728"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> manual for further details.<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sampleaccsupp.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.16729"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sampleaccsupp.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleaccsupp.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document uses the <a id="wrglossary.16730"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> package (see §<a href="#sec:accsupp">17</a>). That package automatically loads <a id="wrglossary.16731"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> and passes all options to the base package. So you can load both packages at once with just: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16732"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.16733"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a>]{glossaries-accsupp}
+</pre> This provides additional keys that aren’t available with just the base package, which may be used to provide replacement text. The replacement text is inserted using <a id="wrglossary.16734"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.accsupp"><span class="styfmt">accsupp</span>’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.16735"></a><a href="#glo:BeginAccSupp"><code class="csfmt">\BeginAccSupp</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.16736"></a><a href="#glo:EndAccSupp"><code class="csfmt">\EndAccSupp</code></a> commands. See the <a id="wrglossary.16737"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.accsupp"><span class="styfmt">accsupp</span></a> package for further details of those commands.<p>
+Note that this example document is provided to demonstrate <a id="wrglossary.16738"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> as succinctly as possible. The resulting document isn’t fully accessible as it’s not tagged. See the <a id="wrglossary.16739"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.accessibility"><span class="styfmt">accessibility</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.16740"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.tagpdf"><span class="styfmt">tagpdf</span></a> packages for further information about tagging documents.<p>
+It’s not essential to use <a id="wrglossary.16741"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a>. You can simply insert the replacement text directly into the field values. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16742"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16743"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{Drive}{
+ <a id="wrglossary.16744"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.16745"></a><a href="#glo:BeginAccSupp"><code class="csfmt">\BeginAccSupp</code></a>{Actual=Drive}Dr.<a id="wrglossary.16746"></a><a href="#glo:EndAccSupp"><code class="csfmt">\EndAccSupp</code></a>{}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16747"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Drive}</span>
+}
+<a id="wrglossary.16748"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{image}{<a id="wrglossary.16749"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample image}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16750"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={an example image}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16751"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\protect</code><a id="wrglossary.16752"></a><a href="#glo:BeginAccSupp"><code class="csfmt">\BeginAccSupp</code></a>{Alt={a boilerplate image used in examples}}<code class="cmd">\protect</code><a id="wrglossary.16753"></a><a href="#glo:includegraphics"><code class="csfmt">\includegraphics</code></a> [height=20pt]{example-image}<code class="cmd">\protect</code><a id="wrglossary.16754"></a><a href="#glo:EndAccSupp"><code class="csfmt">\EndAccSupp</code></a>{}}</span>
+}
+</pre> However, this can cause interference (especially with <a id="wrglossary.16755"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a>). With <a id="wrglossary.16756"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> it’s possible to obtain the field values without the accessibility information if required. (If in the future <a id="wrglossary.16757"></a><a href="#glo:includegraphics"><code class="csfmt">\includegraphics</code></a> is given extra options to provide replacement text then the image example here won’t be necessary. However, the example can be adapted for images created with TeX code.)<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.16758"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a> is set using: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16759"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16760"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.16761"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>}
+</pre> The first <a id="wrglossary.16762"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> is straightforward: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16763"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16764"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{eg}{e.g.}{for example}
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.16765"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">shortaccess</span></a> replacement text is automatically set to the long form. The next <a id="wrglossary.16766"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> is awkward as the long form contains formatting commands which can’t be included in the replacement text. This means that the <a id="wrglossary.16767"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">shortaccess</span></a> key must be supplied: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16768"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16769"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>[<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16770"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">shortaccess</span></a></strong>={TiKZ ist kein Zeichenprogramm}]
+{tikz}{Ti<code class="cmd">\emph</code>{k}Z}{Ti<code class="cmd">\emph</code>{k}Z ist <code class="cmd">\emph</code>{kein} Zeichenprogramm}
+</pre> In the above two cases, the short form obtained in <a id="wrglossary.16771"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> will use the <span class="qt">“E”</span> <a id="wrglossary.16772"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFelement">PDF element</a>.<p>
+By way of comparison, there are some entries that are technically abbreviations but are defined using <a id="wrglossary.16773"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.16774"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>. The replacement text is provided in the <a id="wrglossary.16775"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.access"><span class="csoptfmt">access</span></a> key: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16776"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16777"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{Doctor}{<a id="wrglossary.16778"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Dr}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.16779"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Doctor}</span>,<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16780"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.access"><span class="csoptfmt">access</span></a></strong>={Doctor}}
+<a id="wrglossary.16781"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{Drive}{<a id="wrglossary.16782"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Dr.}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.16783"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Drvs}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.16784"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Drive}</span>,
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16785"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.access"><span class="csoptfmt">access</span></a></strong>={Drive}}
+</pre> These will use the <span class="qt">“ActualText”</span> <a id="wrglossary.16786"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFelement">PDF element</a> (not <span class="qt">“E”</span>).<p>
+The next <a id="wrglossary.16787"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> is a symbol (the integration symbol \(\int \)). This could be defined simply as: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16788"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16789"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{int}{<a id="wrglossary.16790"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={int}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.16791"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={integral}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16792"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.16793"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\int</code>}}</span>}
+</pre> and then referenced in the text like this: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16794"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>Symbol: <a id="wrglossary.16795"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{int} (<a id="wrglossary.16796"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbol</code></a>{int}).
+</pre> This results in the text <span class="qt">“Symbol: integral (\(\int \)).”</span> However if you copy and paste this from the <a id="wrglossary.16797"></a><a href="#glo:PDF">PDF</a> you will find the resulting text is <span class="qt">“Symbol: int (R).”</span> This is what’s actually read out by the text-to-speech system.<p>
+It would be better if the actual text was the Unicode character 0x222B. This would not only assist the text-to-speech system but also make it easier to copy and paste the text. The simplest method is to identify the character by its hexadecimal code, but in order to do this the <a id="wrglossary.16798"></a><a href="#glo:BeginAccSupp"><code class="csfmt">\BeginAccSupp</code></a> command needs to have the options adjusted.<p>
+In order to determine whether to use <span class="qt">“E”</span>, <span class="qt">“ActualText”</span> or <span class="qt">“Alt”</span> for a particular field, <a id="wrglossary.16799"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> will check if the command <a id="wrglossary.16800"></a><a href="#glo:glsfield-labelaccsupp"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\gls<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>accsupp</code></a> exists (where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span> is the <a id="wrglossary.16801"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a>, see Table <a href="#tab:fieldmap">4.1</a>). Only two of these commands are predefined: <a id="wrglossary.16802"></a><a href="#glo:glsshortaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsshortaccsupp</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.16803"></a><a href="#glo:glsshortplaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsshortplaccsupp</code></a>, which is why the <a id="wrglossary.16804"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">shortaccess</span></a> field uses <span class="qt">“E”</span>. If the given command doesn’t exist then the generic <a id="wrglossary.16805"></a><a href="#glo:glsaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsaccsupp</code></a> command is used instead.<p>
+This means that in order to simply set <a id="wrglossary.16806"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbolaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">symbolaccess</span></a> to the hexadecimal character code, I need to provide a command called <a id="wrglossary.16807"></a><a href="#glo:glsfield-labelaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbolaccsupp</code></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16808"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.16809"></a><a href="#glo:glsfield-labelaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\gls<strong class="strong">symbol</strong>accsupp</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.16810"></a><a href="#glo:glsaccessibility"><code class="csfmt">\glsaccessibility</code></a>[<strong class="strong">method=hex,unicode</strong>]{<strong class="strong">ActualText</strong>}{#1}{#2}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre> Now I can adjust the definition of the <span class="qt">“int”</span> <a id="wrglossary.16811"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16812"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16813"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{int}{<a id="wrglossary.16814"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={int}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.16815"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={integral}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16816"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.16817"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\int</code>}}</span>,<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16818"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbolaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">symbolaccess</span></a><span class="optfmt">={222B}</span></strong>
+}
+</pre><p>
+The final <a id="wrglossary.16819"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> has an image stored in the <a id="wrglossary.16820"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a> key. (The image file is provided with the <a id="wrglossary.16821"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mwe"><span class="styfmt">mwe</span></a> package.) This should use <span class="qt">“Alt”</span> instead of <span class="qt">“ActualText”</span> so I need to define <a id="wrglossary.16822"></a><a href="#glo:glsfield-labelaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseriaccsupp</code></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16823"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.16824"></a><a href="#glo:glsfield-labelaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\gls<strong class="strong">useri</strong>accsupp</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.16825"></a><a href="#glo:glsaccessibility"><code class="csfmt">\glsaccessibility</code></a>{<strong class="strong">Alt</strong>}{#1}{#2}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+</pre> The image description is provided in the <a id="wrglossary.16826"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1access"><span class="csoptfmt">user1access</span></a> key: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16827"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newglossaryentry</code>{sampleimage}{<a id="wrglossary.16828"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample image}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16829"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={an example image}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16830"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\protect</code><a id="wrglossary.16831"></a><a href="#glo:includegraphics"><code class="csfmt">\includegraphics</code></a>[height=20pt]{example-image}}</span>,
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16832"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1access"><span class="csoptfmt">user1access</span></a></strong>={a boilerplate image used in examples}
+}
+</pre> (Note the need to protect the fragile <a id="wrglossary.16833"></a><a href="#glo:includegraphics"><code class="csfmt">\includegraphics</code></a>. The alternative is to use <a id="wrglossary.16834"></a><a href="#glo:glsnoexpandfields"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoexpandfields</code></a> before defining the command. See §<a href="#sec:expansion">4.4</a>.)<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.16835"></a><a href="#glo:PDF">PDF</a> can be inspected either by uncompressing the file and viewing it in a text editor or you can use a tool such as the PDFDebugger provided with <a href="https://pdfbox.apache.org/">PDFBox</a>. If you do this you will find content like: <pre>
+/Span << /ActualText (Doctor) >> BDC
+ BT
+ /F8 9.9626 Tf
+ 73.102 697.123 Td
+ [ (Dr) ] TJ
+ ET
EMC
-</pre>
-<!--l. 19420--><p class="nopar" > This shows that &#8220;ActualText&#8221; was used for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{Doctor}</span></span></span>. The integral symbol (<span
-class="cmex-10">&#x222B;</span>
- ) created with
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol{int}</span></span></span> is:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-497">
-/Span&#x00A0;&#x003C;&#x003C;&#x00A0;/ActualText&#x00A0;(\376\377"+)&#x00A0;&#x003E;&#x003E;&#x00A0;BDC
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;BT
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;/F1&#x00A0;9.9626&#x00A0;Tf
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;97.732&#x00A0;650.382&#x00A0;Td
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;[&#x00A0;(R)&#x00A0;]&#x00A0;TJ
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;ET
+</pre> This shows that <span class="qt">“ActualText”</span> was used for <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.16836"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{Doctor}</code>. The integral symbol (\(\int \)) created with <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.16837"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbol</code></a>{int}</code> is: <pre>
+/Span << /ActualText (\376\377"+) >> BDC
+ BT
+ /F1 9.9626 Tf
+ 97.732 650.382 Td
+ [ (R) ] TJ
+ ET
EMC
-</pre>
-<!--l. 19431--><p class="nopar" > Again, &#8220;ActualText&#8221; has been used, but the character code has been supplied. The image created with
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsuseri{sampleimage}</span></span></span> is:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-498">
-/Span&#x00A0;&#x003C;&#x003C;&#x00A0;/Alt&#x00A0;(a&#x00A0;boilerplate&#x00A0;image&#x00A0;used&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;examples)&#x00A0;&#x003E;&#x003E;&#x00A0;BDC
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;1&#x00A0;0&#x00A0;0&#x00A0;1&#x00A0;106.588&#x00A0;618.391&#x00A0;cm
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;q
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;0.08301&#x00A0;0&#x00A0;0&#x00A0;0.08301&#x00A0;0&#x00A0;0&#x00A0;cm
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;q
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;1&#x00A0;0&#x00A0;0&#x00A0;1&#x00A0;0&#x00A0;0&#x00A0;cm
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;/Im1&#x00A0;Do
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;Q
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;Q
+</pre> Again, <span class="qt">“ActualText”</span> has been used, but the character code has been supplied. The image created with <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.16838"></a><a href="#glo:glsuseri"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseri</code></a>{sampleimage}</code> is: <pre>
+/Span << /Alt (a boilerplate image used in examples) >> BDC
+ 1 0 0 1 106.588 618.391 cm
+ q
+ 0.08301 0 0 0.08301 0 0 cm
+ q
+ 1 0 0 1 0 0 cm
+ /Im1 Do
+ Q
+ Q
EMC
-</pre>
-<!--l. 19445--><p class="nopar" > This shows that &#8220;Alt&#8221; has been used.
-</p><!--l. 19448--><p class="indent" > The first use of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{eg}</span></span></span> produces the long form (not reproduced here) followed by the short
-form:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-499">
-/Span&#x00A0;&#x003C;&#x003C;&#x00A0;/E&#x00A0;(for&#x00A0;example)&#x00A0;&#x003E;&#x003E;&#x00A0;BDC
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;BT
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;/F8&#x00A0;9.9626&#x00A0;Tf
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;161.687&#x00A0;563.624&#x00A0;Td
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;[&#x00A0;(e.g.)&#x00A0;]&#x00A0;TJ
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;ET
+</pre> This shows that <span class="qt">“Alt”</span> has been used.<p>
+The first use of <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.16839"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{eg}</code> produces the long form (not reproduced here) followed by the short form: <pre>
+/Span << /E (for example) >> BDC
+ BT
+ /F8 9.9626 Tf
+ 161.687 563.624 Td
+ [ (e.g.) ] TJ
+ ET
EMC
-</pre>
-<!--l. 19458--><p class="nopar" > The subsequent use also has the &#8220;E&#8221; element:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-500">
-/Span&#x00A0;&#x003C;&#x003C;&#x00A0;/E&#x00A0;(for&#x00A0;example)&#x00A0;&#x003E;&#x003E;&#x00A0;BDC
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;BT
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;/F8&#x00A0;9.9626&#x00A0;Tf
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;118.543&#x00A0;551.669&#x00A0;Td
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;[&#x00A0;(e.g.)&#x00A0;]&#x00A0;TJ
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;ET
+</pre> The subsequent use also has the <span class="qt">“E”</span> element: <pre>
+/Span << /E (for example) >> BDC
+ BT
+ /F8 9.9626 Tf
+ 118.543 551.669 Td
+ [ (e.g.) ] TJ
+ ET
EMC
-</pre>
-<!--l. 19468--><p class="nopar" > Similarly for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrshort{eg}</span></span></span>. You can also use the <span
-class="cmss-10">debug</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">showaccsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-228034"></a> package option. This will show
-the replacement text in the document, but note that this is the content before it&#8217;s processed by
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\BeginAccSupp</span>.
-</p><!--l. 19474--><p class="indent" > If the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a
- id="dx1-228035"></a> command is removed (or commented out) then the result would be different. The
-<a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>uses &#8220;E&#8221; for the short form but the subsequent use has &#8220;ActualText&#8221; instead. This is because
-without <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a
- id="dx1-228036"></a> the original acronym mechanism is used, which is less sophisticated than the newer
-acronym mechanism that&#8217;s triggered with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a
- id="dx1-228037"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 19481--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to convert this example so that it uses <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, make sure you have at least version 1.42
-of the extension package. </div>
-</p><!--l. 19485--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 19487--><p class="indent" > <br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; "><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a></span>If you want to convert this example so that it uses <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>, you need to replace the
-explicit loading of <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-228038"></a> with an implicit load through the <span id="textcolor1044"><span
-class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></span><a
- id="dx1-228039"></a> package option:
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage[</span><span id="textcolor1045"><span
-class="cmtt-10">abbreviations</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span><strong><span id="textcolor1046"><span
-class="cmtt-10">accsupp</span></span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> I&#8217;m switching from <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-228040"></a> to <span id="textcolor1047"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-228041"></a>, which means that the default category is <span id="textcolor1048"><span
-class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-228042"></a>
-and also the file extensions are different. If you are using <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-228043"></a></a> or <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-228044"></a></a> you don&#8217;t
-need to worry about it. However, if you&#8217;re not using those helper scripts then you will need to adjust the file
-extensions in your document build process.
-<!--l. 19502--><p class="indent" > The style command <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle{long-short} </span>needs to be replaced with: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span><a
- id="dx1-228045"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{long-short}</span>
-</div>
-</div> This is actually the default so you can simply delete the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span>line. Substitute the two instances
-of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-228046"></a> with <span id="textcolor1049"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-228047"></a>. For example: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<strong><span id="textcolor1050"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-228048"></a></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">{eg}{e.g.}{for</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;example}</span>
-
-
-</div>
-</div> Note that for the <span
-class="cmtt-10">tikz </span>entry you can now remove the explicit assignment of <span
-class="cmtt-10">shortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-228049"></a> with <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>
-v1.42 as it will strip formatting commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\emph</span>: <div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor1051"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-228050"></a>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;{tikz}{Ti\emph{k}Z}{Ti\emph{k}Z</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;ist</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\emph{kein}</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;Zeichenprogramm}</span>
-</div>
-</div> It&#8217;s also necessary to replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrlong </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrfull </span>with <span id="textcolor1052"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span></span><a
- id="dx1-228051"></a>, <span id="textcolor1053"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span></span><a
- id="dx1-228052"></a> and
-<span id="textcolor1054"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span></span><a
- id="dx1-228053"></a>.
-<!--l. 19523--><p class="indent" > You may notice a slight difference from the original example. The <span
-class="cmtt-10">shortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-228054"></a> field now shows &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;)
-instead of just &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;. This is because <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> redefines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaultshortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-228055"></a> to include the short
-form.
-</p><!--l. 19528--><p class="indent" > Now that the extension package is being used, there are some other modifications that would tidy up the
-code and fix a few issues.
-</p><!--l. 19531--><p class="indent" > The &#8220;Doctor&#8221; and &#8220;Drive&#8221; entries should really be defined as abbreviations but they shouldn&#8217;t be
-expanded on first use. The <span id="textcolor1055"><span
-class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></span><a
- id="dx1-228056"></a> style can achieve this and it happens to be the default style
-for the <span id="textcolor1056"><span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span></span><a
- id="dx1-228057"></a> category. This means that you can simply replace the &#8220;Doctor&#8221; definition with:
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-228058"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{Doctor}{Dr}{Doctor}</span>
-</div>
-</div> The <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{Doctor}</span></span></span> is just &#8220;Dr&#8221;. This means that the &#8220;E&#8221; element will be used instead
-of &#8220;ActualText&#8221;. Now I don&#8217;t need to supply the accessibility text as its obtained from the long
-form.
-<!--l. 19544--><p class="indent" > The &#8220;Drive&#8221; entry can be similarly defined but it has the awkward terminating full stop. This means that I
-had to omit the end of sentence terminator in:
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-501">
-\gls{Doctor}&#x00A0;Smith&#x00A0;lives&#x00A0;at&#x00A0;2,&#x00A0;Blueberry&#x00A0;\gls{Drive}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 19549--><p class="nopar" > This looks odd when reading the document source and it&#8217;s easy to forgot. This is very similar to the situation
-in the <a
-href="#ex:sample-dot-abbr"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-dot-abbr.tex</span></a> example. I can again use the <span id="textcolor1057"><span
-class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></span><a
- id="dx1-228059"></a> attribute, but I need to assign a
-different category so that it doesn&#8217;t interfere with the &#8220;Doctor&#8221; entry.
-</p><!--l. 19556--><p class="indent" > The category is simply a label that&#8217;s used in the construction of some internal command names. This means
-that it must be fully expandable, but I can choose whatever label I like (<span id="textcolor1058"><span
-class="cmss-10">general</span></span><a
- id="dx1-228060"></a>, <span id="textcolor1059"><span
-class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-228061"></a>, <span id="textcolor1060"><span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span></span><a
- id="dx1-228062"></a>, <span id="textcolor1061"><span
-class="cmss-10">index</span></span><a
- id="dx1-228063"></a>,
-<span id="textcolor1062"><span
-class="cmss-10">symbol</span></span><a
- id="dx1-228064"></a> and <span id="textcolor1063"><span
-class="cmss-10">number</span></span><a
- id="dx1-228065"></a> are used by various commands provided by <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a>).
-</p><!--l. 19563--><p class="indent" > In this case, I&#8217;ve decided to have a category called <span
-class="cmtt-10">shortdotted </span>to indicate an abbreviation that ends with a
-dot but only the short form is shown on <a
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor1064"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-228066"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[shortdotted]{short-nolong-noreg}</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor1065"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute</span></span><a
- id="dx1-228067"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{shortdotted}{discardperiod}{true}</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor1066"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-228068"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[category=shortdotted]{Drive}{Dr.\@}{Drive}</span>
-</div>
-</div> In the <a
-href="#ex:sample-dot-abbr"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-dot-abbr.tex</span></a> example, I also used the <span id="textcolor1067"><span
-class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></span><a
- id="dx1-228069"></a> attribute to automatically insert the dots and
-add the space factor (which is adjusted if <span id="textcolor1068"><span
-class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></span><a
- id="dx1-228070"></a> discards a period). In this case I&#8217;m inserting the dot
-manually so I&#8217;ve also added the space factor with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\@</span><a
- id="dx1-228071"></a> in case the abbreviation is used mid-sentence. For
-example:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-502">
-\gls{Doctor}&#x00A0;Smith&#x00A0;lives&#x00A0;at&#x00A0;2,&#x00A0;Blueberry&#x00A0;\gls{Drive}.&#x00A0;Next&#x00A0;sentence.
-\gls{Doctor}&#x00A0;Smith&#x00A0;lives&#x00A0;at&#x00A0;2,&#x00A0;Blueberry&#x00A0;\gls{Drive}&#x00A0;end&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;sentence.
-</pre>
-<!--l. 19581--><p class="nopar" > (The spacing is more noticeable if you first switch to a monospaced font with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ttfamily</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 19585--><p class="indent" > The &#8220;e.g.&#8221;&#x00A0;abbreviation similarly ends with a dot. It&#8217;s not usual to write &#8220;for example (e.g.)&#8221;&#x00A0;in a
-document, so it really ought to have the same <span
-class="cmtt-10">shortdotted </span>category, but it has a long-short form for illustrative
-purposes in this test document. In this case I need to choose another category so that I can apply a different
-style. For example: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span id="textcolor1069"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span><a
- id="dx1-228072"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[longshortdotted]{long-short}</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor1070"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute</span></span><a
- id="dx1-228073"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{longshortdotted}{discardperiod}{true}</span>
-<br /><span id="textcolor1071"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span><a
- id="dx1-228074"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[category=longshortdotted]{e.g.}{e.g.\@}{for</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">example}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 19598--><p class="indent" > To further illustrate categories, let&#8217;s suppose the symbol and image should be in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-228075"></a> field instead of the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol</span><a
- id="dx1-228076"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">user1</span><a
- id="dx1-228077"></a> fields. Now the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolaccsupp </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsuseriaccsupp </span>commands won&#8217;t be used. I
-can&#8217;t deal with both cases if I just provide <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnameaccsupp</span>.
-</p><!--l. 19605--><p class="indent" > I could provide category-field versions, such as <span id="textcolor1072"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsymbolnameaccsupp</span></span>, but remember that this only
-covers accessing the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-228078"></a> field, which is typically only done in the glossary. I would also need similar commands
-for the <span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-228079"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-228080"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-228081"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-228082"></a> keys. This is quite complicated, but since I don&#8217;t need to worry
-about any of the other fields it&#8217;s simpler to just provide the <span id="textcolor1073"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">accsupp</span></span><a
- id="dx1-228083"></a> version:
-</p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newcommand{</span><span id="textcolor1074"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">accsupp</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">}[2]{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\glsaccessibility</span><a
- id="dx1-228084"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[method=hex,unicode]{ActualText}{#1}{#2}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newcommand{</span><span id="textcolor1075"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">image</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">accsupp</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">}[2]{%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\glsaccessibility</span><a
- id="dx1-228085"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{Alt}{#1}{#2}%</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{int}{</span><strong><span id="textcolor1076"><span
-class="cmtt-10">category</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=symbol</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">={\ensuremath{\int}},</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">access</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">={222B},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={integral}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{sampleimage}{</span><strong><span id="textcolor1077"><span
-class="cmtt-10">category</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=image</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
-
-
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={an</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;example</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;image},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">={\protect\includegraphics[height=20pt]{example-image}},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">access</span></strong><span
-class="cmtt-10">={a</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;boilerplate</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;image</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;used</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;in</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;examples}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> If it&#8217;s necessary to provide support for additional fields, then the category-field command
-<span id="textcolor1078"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">accsupp</span></span><a
- id="dx1-228086"></a> could be used to override the more general category command
-<span id="textcolor1079"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">accsupp</span></span><a
- id="dx1-228087"></a>.
-<a
- id="x1-228088r41"></a>
-<!--l. 19636--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sample-ignored"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sample-ignored">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-ignored.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-ignored.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 19636--><p class="noindent" >This document defines an ignored glossary for common terms that don&#8217;t need a definition. The document build
-is:
-</p><!--l. 19638--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample-ignored
- <br />makeglossaries sample-ignored
- <br />pdflatex sample-ignored
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-A new &#8220;ignored&#8221; glossary is defined with: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-229001"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{common}</span>
-</div>
-</div> There are no associated files with an ignored glossary. An entry is defined with this as its glossary
-type:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-503">
-\newglossaryentry{commonex}{type=common,name={common&#x00A0;term}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 19651--><p class="nopar" > Note that the <span
-class="cmtt-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-229002"></a> key isn&#8217;t required. This term may be referenced with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(which is useful for
-consistent formatting) but it won&#8217;t be indexed.
-<a
- id="x1-229003r42"></a>
-</p><!--l. 19656--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="ex:sample-entrycount"></a><a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="#ex:sample-entrycount">&#128279;</a><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-entrycount.tex" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">sample-entrycount.tex</span></a></h4>
-<!--l. 19656--><p class="noindent" >This document uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a
- id="dx1-230001"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a
- id="dx1-230002"></a> (described in <a
-href="#sec:enableentrycount">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">7.1</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:enableentrycount">Counting the
-Number of Times an Entry has been Used (First Use Flag Unset)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:enableentrycount --></a>) so that acronyms only used once don&#8217;t
-appear in the list of acronyms. The document build is:
-</p><!--l. 19660--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10><pre class="prompt"><span class="obeylines-h">
- <br />pdflatex sample-entrycount
- <br />pdflatex sample-entrycount
- <br />makeglossaries sample-entrycount
- <br />pdflatex sample-entrycount
- <br /></pre><spacer type=vertical size=10>
- <br /></span>
-Note the need to call LaTeX&#x00A0;twice before <a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-230003"></a></a>, and then a final LaTeX&#x00A0;call is required at the
-end.
-</p><!--l. 19669--><p class="indent" > <div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> The <a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has additions that extend this mechanism and comes with some other sample
-files related to entry counting. </div>
-</p><!--l. 19672--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 19674--><p class="indent" > <div title="bib2gls" style="border: solid 2pt green;"> If you switch to <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-230004"></a></a> you can use record counting instead. See the <a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-230005"></a></a> manual for further details.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 19677--><p class="noindent" >
-
-
-</p>
-<!--l. 19679--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 19679--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">19. <a
- id="sec:trouble"></a>Troubleshooting</h2>
-</p><!--l. 19682--><p class="indent" > In addition to the sample files listed in <a
-href="#sec:samples">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-10">18</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:samples">Sample Documents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:samples --></a>, the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package comes with
-some minimal example files, <span
-class="cmtt-10">minimalgls.tex</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">mwe-gls.tex</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">mwe-acr.tex </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">mwe-acr-desc.tex</span>, which can
-be used for testing. These should be located in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">samples </span>subdirectory (folder) of the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>documentation
-directory. The location varies according to your operating system and TeX&#x00A0;installation. For example, on my
-Linux partition it can be found in <span
-class="cmtt-10">/usr/local/texlive/2014/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/</span>. The
-<a
-href="#glo:makeglossariesgui"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossariesgui</span><a
- id="dx1-231001"></a></a> application can also be used to test for various problems. Further information on
-debugging LaTeX&#x00A0;code is available at <a
-href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/minexample/" class="url" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/minexample/</span></a>.
-</p><!--l. 19697--><p class="indent" > If you have any problems, please first consult the <a
-href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html" ><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>FAQ</a>. If that doesn&#8217;t help, try posting your query
-to somewhere like the <span
-class="cmtt-10">comp.text.tex </span>newsgroup, the <a
-href="https://latex.org/forum/" >LaTeX&#x00A0;Community Forum</a> or <a
-href="https://tex.stackexchange.com/" >TeX&#x00A0;on StackExchange</a>.
-Bug reports can be submitted via <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/bug-report.html" >my package bug report form</a>.
-
-
-</p>
-<!--l. 2--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 2--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="likechapterHead"><a
- id="x1-23200019"></a>Index</h2>
- <span
-class="cmbx-10">Symbols</span>
- <div class="theindex"><span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\&#8217;</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-220002" >1</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\@</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190026" >2</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190027" >3</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190033" >4</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190034" >5</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228071" >6</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\@gls@codepage</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23020" ><span
-class="cmti-10">7</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\@gls@reference</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23023" ><span
-class="cmti-10">8</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\@glsorder</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23017" ><span
-class="cmti-10">9</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtr@altmodifier</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25024" >10</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtr@newglslike</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25022" >11</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtr@prefixlabellist</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25026" >12</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\@istfilename</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23005" ><span
-class="cmti-10">13</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\@newglossary</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23001" ><span
-class="cmti-10">14</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\@xdylanguage</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23019" ><span
-class="cmti-10">15</span></a> <br /></span>
-<p class="theindex"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">A</span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\AA</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6007" >16</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup>abbreviation styles:<br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">footnote</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-185006" >17</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">long-noshort</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-138002" >18</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">long-short</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179029" >19</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-189011" >20</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190011" >21</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">long-short-sc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182026" >22</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">long-short-sc-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183013" >23</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">postfootnote</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-185005" >24</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">short-nolong</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136008" >25</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179032" >26</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228056" >27</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">short-sc-footnote</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-185007" >28</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">short-sc-footnote-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-185002" >29</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186003" >30</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188004" >31</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188006" >32</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">short-sc-postfootnote-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-185004" >33</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186005" >34</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188005" >35</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188007" >36</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Ac</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137065" >37</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ac</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137063" >38</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">accessibility </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176057" >39</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176087" >40</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228007" >41</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">accsupp </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176002" >42</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176059" >43</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176086" >44</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228002" >45</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228005" >46</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acf</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137057" >47</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\acf</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137055" >48</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acfp</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137061" >49</a> <br /></span>
-
-
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\acfp</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137059" >50</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137049" >51</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\acl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137047" >52</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Aclp</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137053" >53</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\aclp</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137051" >54</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acp</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137069" >55</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\acp</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137067" >56</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ACRfull</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137033" ><span
-class="cmti-10">57</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acrfull</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137032" ><span
-class="cmti-10">58</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137058" >59</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137029" ><span
-class="cmti-10">60</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137056" >61</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139017" >62</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139055" >63</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139068" >64</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140054" >65</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-143017" >66</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182037" >67</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183038" >68</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrfullfmt</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137030" ><span
-class="cmti-10">69</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140018" >70</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140055" >71</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrfullformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137031" ><span
-class="cmti-10">72</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137085" >73</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ACRfullpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137036" ><span
-class="cmti-10">74</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acrfullpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137035" ><span
-class="cmti-10">75</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137062" >76</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrfullpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137034" ><span
-class="cmti-10">77</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137060" >78</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ACRlong</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137022" ><span
-class="cmti-10">79</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acrlong</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137021" ><span
-class="cmti-10">80</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137050" >81</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137017" ><span
-class="cmti-10">82</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137048" >83</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182036" >84</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183037" >85</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190015" >86</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ACRlongpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137025" ><span
-class="cmti-10">87</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acrlongpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137024" ><span
-class="cmti-10">88</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137054" >89</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrlongpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137023" ><span
-class="cmti-10">90</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137052" >91</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item">acronym styles:<br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">dua</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-138003" >92</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139019" >93</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139053" >94</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139057" >95</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140021" >96</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">dua-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139054" >97</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139060" >98</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">footnote</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139020" >99</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139064" >100</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140020" >101</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">footnote-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139074" >102</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">footnote-sc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139065" >103</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">footnote-sc-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139075" >104</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139084" >105</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139087" >106</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-185001" >107</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186002" >108</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">footnote-sm</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139066" >109</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">footnote-sm-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139076" >110</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">long-sc-short</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139007" >111</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139022" >112</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139041" >113</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140033" >114</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182027" >115</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">long-sc-short-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139037" >116</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183014" >117</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">long-short</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133069" >118</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139021" >119</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139040" >120</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140011" >121</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140028" >122</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140034" >123</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">long-short-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139036" >124</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139052" >125</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140030" >126</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">long-sm-short</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139012" >127</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139023" >128</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139042" >129</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">long-sm-short-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139038" >130</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">long-sp-short</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139024" >131</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139028" >132</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139043" >133</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">long-sp-short-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139039" >134</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">sc-short-long</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139031" >135</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">sc-short-long-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139050" >136</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">short-long</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139030" >137</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">short-long-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139049" >138</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">sm-short-long</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139032" >139</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">sm-short-long-desc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139051" >140</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-138013" ><span
-class="cmti-10">141</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139035" >142</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139046" >143</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139089" >144</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140060" >145</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140063" >146</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-100004" >147</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137007" >148</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139002" ><span
-class="cmti-10">149</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139005" >150</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139015" >151</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139026" >152</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139091" >153</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140014" >154</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140076" >155</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183020" >156</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183023" >157</a> <br /></span>
-
-
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15025" >158</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136001" >159</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-138015" ><span
-class="cmti-10">160</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139034" >161</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139047" >162</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139088" >163</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140057" >164</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45007" >165</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85002" >166</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92006" >167</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92014" >168</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92019" >169</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136010" >170</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-141002" >171</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-141004" >172</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-141008" >173</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-146018" ><span
-class="cmti-10">174</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-147006" >175</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92008" >176</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-124022" >177</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ACRshort</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137011" ><span
-class="cmti-10">178</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acrshort</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137010" ><span
-class="cmti-10">179</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137042" >180</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137005" ><span
-class="cmti-10">181</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137040" >182</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140075" >183</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182035" >184</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183036" >185</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190014" >186</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4004" >187</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ACRshortpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137014" ><span
-class="cmti-10">188</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acrshortpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137013" ><span
-class="cmti-10">189</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137046" >190</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrshortpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137012" ><span
-class="cmti-10">191</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137044" >192</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acs</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137041" >193</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\acs</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137039" >194</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Acsp</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137045" >195</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\acsp</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137043" >196</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-42003" >197</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\alsoname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208001" >198</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\altnewglossary</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-146008" ><span
-class="cmti-10">199</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">amsgen </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13" >200</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14" >201</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15" >202</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140081" >203</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140082" >204</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">amsmath </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131006" >205</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-143023" >206</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\andname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-149010" >207</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">arara</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4018" >208</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8041" >209</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10034" >210</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12083" >211</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17020" >212</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17021" >213</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23010" >214</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25007" >215</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194039" >216</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">array </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159006" >217</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162006" >218</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\AtBeginDocument</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-124010" >219</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">atom</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-39006" >220</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item">auto-completion&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-36002" >221</a> <br /></span>
-</p><p class="theindex"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">B</span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">babel </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8018" >222</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14031" >223</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14042" >224</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14046" >225</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15001" >226</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15003" >227</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15005" >228</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15007" >229</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15016" >230</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15018" >231</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15019" >232</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15022" >233</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15034" >234</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15037" >235</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15040" >236</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15042" >237</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15049" >238</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33002" >239</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33007" >240</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33012" >241</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33014" >242</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33016" >243</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33021" >244</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33027" >245</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33031" >246</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81019" >247</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114014" >248</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-124012" >249</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-127009" >250</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-146025" >251</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196017" >252</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">beamer </span>class&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131004" >253</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131010" >254</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-143016" >255</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-143018" >256</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">beamer </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15048" >257</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\BeginAccSupp</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176072" >258</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176074" >259</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228003" >260</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228016" >261</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-2" >262</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3001" ><span
-class="cmbx-10">263</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3007" >264</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3010" >265</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3012" >266</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10001" >267</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10010" >268</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10019" >269</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10030" >270</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10039" >271</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10046" >272</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10053" >273</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10056" >274</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11007" >275</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12008" >276</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12020" >277</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12024" >278</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12029" >279</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12031" >280</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12032" >281</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12044" >282</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12047" >283</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12057" >284</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12069" >285</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12071" >286</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12094" >287</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13005" >288</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14004" >289</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14009" >290</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14012" >291</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14020" >292</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14024" >293</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15053" >294</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15057" >295</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17003" >296</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17011" >297</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17012" >298</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17014" >299</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17017" >300</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17073" >301</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17074" >302</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17075" >303</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22003" >304</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25001" >305</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25005" >306</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25008" >307</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25011" >308</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25013" >309</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25021" >310</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32008" >311</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32011" >312</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-36005" >313</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-36006" >314</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47008" >315</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61002" >316</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65004" >317</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-67002" >318</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68004" >319</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69001" >320</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69002" >321</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69003" >322</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69006" >323</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72001" >324</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73006" >325</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76007" >326</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-111001" >327</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114001" >328</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114003" >329</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114094" >330</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114095" >331</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114146" >332</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114155" >333</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114163" >334</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114164" >335</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-124009" >336</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-143012" >337</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-144019" >338</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-144020" >339</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145010" >340</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145015" >341</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145022" >342</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145051" >343</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145052" >344</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-146012" >345</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-147007" >346</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-147012" >347</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-147014" >348</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-147019" >349</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-147020" >350</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-148030" >351</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-150013" >352</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-150015" >353</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-151007" >354</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-151008" >355</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-151017" >356</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-151018" >357</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-153016" >358</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-153017" >359</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166001" >360</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173013" >361</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-177001" >362</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179046" >363</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179047" >364</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179050" >365</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180003" >366</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180012" >367</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180013" >368</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180028" >369</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180029" >370</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180032" >371</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180034" >372</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183042" >373</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183043" >374</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183046" >375</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183069" >376</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183070" >377</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183078" >378</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183079" >379</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188071" >380</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192011" >381</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192012" >382</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192020" >383</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193062" >384</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193063" >385</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193065" >386</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193071" >387</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194021" >388</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194022" >389</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194023" >390</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194025" >391</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194032" >392</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194036" >393</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196029" >394</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196030" >395</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196032" >396</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196036" >397</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196050" >398</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196060" >399</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196071" >400</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197003" >401</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197004" >402</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197006" >403</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197015" >404</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197016" >405</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197029" >406</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197033" >407</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197052" >408</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198003" >409</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198004" >410</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198008" >411</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198012" >412</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198021" >413</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201005" >414</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201006" >415</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201009" >416</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201020" >417</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201029" >418</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201031" >419</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201035" >420</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202017" >421</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202018" >422</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202020" >423</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202041" >424</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204030" >425</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204037" >426</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204041" >427</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204042" >428</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204053" >429</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204055" >430</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204056" >431</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204059" >432</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204064" >433</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204067" >434</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204072" >435</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204074" >436</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204076" >437</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204081" >438</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204084" >439</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204085" >440</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204096" >441</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-205002" >442</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206048" >443</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206049" >444</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206052" >445</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206056" >446</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206077" >447</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206080" >448</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206103" >449</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208017" >450</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208018" >451</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208022" >452</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-210005" >453</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-210006" >454</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-210009" >455</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-210021" >456</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215035" >457</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215036" >458</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215040" >459</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215042" >460</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215051" >461</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215053" >462</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215054" >463</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215069" >464</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215088" >465</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-216005" >466</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-216006" >467</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-216010" >468</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218009" >469</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218010" >470</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218014" >471</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218015" >472</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218018" >473</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218021" >474</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218023" >475</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218028" >476</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218033" >477</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218036" >478</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218042" >479</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218046" >480</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-223002" >481</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224018" >482</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224019" >483</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224023" >484</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224029" >485</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224032" >486</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224037" >487</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-227005" >488</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-227006" >489</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-227007" >490</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-227010" >491</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-227016" >492</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-227017" >493</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-227024" >494</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-230004" >495</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-230005" >496</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196042" >497</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">--group</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10033" >498</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12082" >499</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180033" >500</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204091" >501</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-205003" >502</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">--map-format</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194037" >503</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">-g</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204092" >504</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">-m</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194038" >505</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>entry types<br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">@abbreviation</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10008" >506</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10014" >507</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183051" >508</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183056" >509</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183066" >510</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202027" >511</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202028" >512</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">@acronym</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183048" >513</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183049" >514</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183055" >515</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183065" >516</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197014" >517</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197024" >518</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202024" >519</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-227020" >520</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">@dualabbreviationentry</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197012" >521</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197017" >522</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197037" >523</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">@dualentry</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198014" >524</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198017" >525</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198020" >526</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">@dualindexabbreviation</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197038" >527</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197039" >528</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10006" >529</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10012" >530</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12017" >531</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12018" >532</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192022" >533</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192023" >534</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192026" >535</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192028" >536</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192032" >537</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196044" >538</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196046" >539</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196051" >540</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196053" >541</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196064" >542</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196065" >543</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197013" >544</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197023" >545</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198009" >546</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198010" >547</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201010" >548</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201014" >549</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202022" >550</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202030" >551</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202031" >552</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204068" >553</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204071" >554</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204079" >555</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204080" >556</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206062" >557</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206063" >558</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206074" >559</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206075" >560</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206079" >561</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206083" >562</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208024" >563</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-210013" >564</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215066" >565</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215067" >566</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215068" >567</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-227018" >568</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-227019" >569</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">@index</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12089" >570</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12091" >571</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12092" >572</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197040" >573</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197041" >574</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201013" >575</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201018" >576</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-210012" >577</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-210014" >578</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-210015" >579</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-210016" >580</a> <br /></span>
-
-
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">@indexplural</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206065" >581</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206066" >582</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206067" >583</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206097" >584</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">@preamble</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201021" >585</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201032" >586</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201034" >587</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204062" >588</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204073" >589</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204075" >590</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215074" >591</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215086" >592</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">@symbol</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10007" >593</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10013" >594</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192024" >595</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192027" >596</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192030" >597</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192033" >598</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196066" >599</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196067" >600</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196069" >601</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202032" >602</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206084" >603</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206085" >604</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206091" >605</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206095" >606</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">booktabs </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158006" >607</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159009" >608</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160011" >609</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-223005" >610</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\bottomrule</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160014" >611</a> <br /></span>
-</p><p class="theindex"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">C</span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup>categories<br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">abbreviation</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179026" >612</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179030" >613</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182034" >614</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183061" >615</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186033" >616</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188050" >617</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190010" >618</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228042" >619</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228061" >620</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179022" >621</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179024" >622</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179031" >623</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179034" >624</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182028" >625</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183015" >626</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183062" >627</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186034" >628</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188051" >629</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190012" >630</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190028" >631</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228057" >632</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228062" >633</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">general</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187018" >634</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204018" >635</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206019" >636</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228060" >637</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">index</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228063" >638</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">number</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228065" >639</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206031" >640</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206099" >641</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228064" >642</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup>category attributes&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136038" >643</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-189006" >644</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190021" >645</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190024" >646</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228059" >647</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228070" >648</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">glossdesc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12039" >649</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186026" >650</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187029" >651</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193012" >652</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193014" >653</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">glossdescfont</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12040" >654</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">glossname</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12054" >655</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">glosssymbolfont</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193050" >656</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">hyperoutside</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28" >657</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66007" >658</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">insertdots</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-189013" >659</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-189016" >660</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190019" >661</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190020" >662</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228069" >663</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35024" >664</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-189008" >665</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">pluraldiscardperiod</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-189009" >666</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">retainfirstuseperiod</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-189010" >667</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">textformat</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29" >668</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\cGls</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-144011" ><span
-class="cmti-10">669</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-144009" ><span
-class="cmti-10">670</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-230002" >671</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\cGlsformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-144015" ><span
-class="cmti-10">672</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-144013" ><span
-class="cmti-10">673</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\cGlspl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-144012" ><span
-class="cmti-10">674</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\cglspl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-144010" ><span
-class="cmti-10">675</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\cGlsplformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-144016" ><span
-class="cmti-10">676</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\cglsplformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-144014" ><span
-class="cmti-10">677</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\chapter</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145077" >678</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201026" >679</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\chapter*</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45012" >680</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145075" >681</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">classicthesis </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51002" >682</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54004" >683</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55003" >684</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157007" >685</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157054" >686</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3006" ><span
-class="cmbx-10">687</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3011" >688</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179051" >689</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180015" >690</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192021" >691</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193064" >692</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194027" >693</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196039" >694</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196062" >695</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197007" >696</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197008" >697</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197009" >698</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197010" >699</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197011" >700</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204060" >701</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204065" >702</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208023" >703</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218022" >704</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\currentglossary</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166071" ><span
-class="cmti-10">705</span></a> <br /></span>
-</p><p class="theindex"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">D</span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">datatool </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12" >706</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145054" >707</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145057" >708</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145059" >709</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145061" >710</a> <br /></span>
-
-
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">datatool-base </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11" >711</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\DeclareAcronymList</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-95003" ><span
-class="cmti-10">712</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133011" >713</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136022" >714</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-172003" >715</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\defentryfmt</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137001" >716</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\defglsentry</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3035" >717</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132024" >718</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130025" >719</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131002" >720</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132002" >721</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133007" ><span
-class="cmti-10">722</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133009" >723</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136023" >724</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136024" >725</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-138007" >726</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140002" >727</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\DefineAcronymSynonyms</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-96001" ><span
-class="cmti-10">728</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\delimN</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166055" >729</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\delimR</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166056" >730</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\descriptionname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15028" >731</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\dgls</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25025" >732</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\dicei</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215023" >733</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">doc </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19" >734</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20" >735</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24" >736</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-109010" >737</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\dtlcompare</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145060" >738</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\dtlicompare</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145058" >739</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\dtlletterindexcompare</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145056" >740</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\dtlwordindexcompare</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145055" >741</a> <br /></span>
-</p><p class="theindex"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">E</span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\edef</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133014" >742</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\emph</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130045" >743</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item">encap&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-151002" >744</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\EndAccSupp</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176075" >745</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228004" >746</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ensuremath</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193047" >747</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193048" >748</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item">entry location&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3013" ><span
-class="cmbx-10">749</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\entryname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15027" >750</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item">environments:<br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">theglossary</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166004" ><span
-class="cmti-10">751</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">etoolbox </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7" >752</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75041" >753</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133018" >754</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173034" >755</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173037" >756</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173039" >757</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204040" >758</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204050" >759</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item">Extended Latin Alphabet&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3014" ><span
-class="cmbx-10">760</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item">extended Latin character&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3016" >761</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3017" ><span
-class="cmbx-10">762</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3041" >763</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3057" >764</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3068" >765</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114012" >766</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218007" >767</a> <br /></span>
-</p><p class="theindex"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">F</span>
-<span class="index-item">file types<br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">alg</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17082" >768</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">aux</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3003" >769</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8039" >770</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9038" >771</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12045" >772</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14022" >773</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18002" >774</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18018" >775</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22004" >776</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23022" >777</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25002" >778</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25014" >779</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25020" >780</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32003" >781</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65010" >782</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130006" >783</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-144004" >784</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-152001" >785</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157015" >786</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-168004" >787</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196012" >788</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196031" >789</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206016" >790</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215004" >791</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218038" >792</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218040" >793</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218044" >794</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224010" >795</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">bib</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3002" >796</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3009" >797</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6010" >798</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10002" >799</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10009" >800</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10026" >801</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10045" >802</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12090" >803</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13004" >804</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14011" >805</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25006" >806</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-36007" >807</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-67003" >808</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69004" >809</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69007" >810</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114002" >811</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114007" >812</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-147008" >813</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179049" >814</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180014" >815</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183045" >816</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192019" >817</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192037" >818</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194026" >819</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196033" >820</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196040" >821</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196049" >822</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196070" >823</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197005" >824</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198007" >825</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201008" >826</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201019" >827</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202019" >828</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202040" >829</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204058" >830</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204061" >831</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206051" >832</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206061" >833</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206089" >834</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206100" >835</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208021" >836</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-210008" >837</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215041" >838</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215087" >839</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-216009" >840</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218017" >841</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218019" >842</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218041" >843</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224022" >844</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-227009" >845</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">dict</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16004" >846</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">docdefs</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32002" >847</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-39005" >848</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-39010" >849</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">glg</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17081" >850</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20016" >851</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21013" >852</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218043" >853</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">glg2</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23" >854</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">glo</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8025" >855</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9026" >856</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18019" >857</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20018" >858</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21015" >859</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86001" >860</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194007" >861</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">glo2</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22" >862</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">gls</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20017" >863</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21014" >864</a> <br /></span>
-
-
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">gls2</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21" >865</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">glsdefs</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24004" >866</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-124013" >867</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-127015" >868</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-127016" >869</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">glslabels</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-36001" >870</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">glstex</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25004" >871</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25012" >872</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">ist</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8026" >873</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21005" >874</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21007" >875</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23007" >876</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77007" >877</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-113003" >878</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-113012" >879</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">ldf</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16003" >880</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">lua</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19005" >881</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">tex</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3008" >882</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14014" >883</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14021" >884</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20010" >885</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21004" >886</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183071" >887</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215073" >888</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218020" >889</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218037" >890</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">toc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182016" >891</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-185008" >892</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">xdy</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9027" >893</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20012" >894</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20013" >895</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23009" >896</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78007" >897</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-113005" >898</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-113009" >899</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-113014" >900</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-167005" >901</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215020" >902</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215022" >903</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215026" >904</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215028" >905</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215029" >906</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215033" >907</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-216004" >908</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item">first use&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3021" >909</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;flag&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3029" >910</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3030" >911</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133064" >912</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139001" ><span
-class="cmti-10">913</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139003" >914</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139004" >915</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139006" >916</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139025" >917</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139033" >918</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">flowfram </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161011" >919</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">fmtcount </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169050" >920</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169052" >921</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169053" >922</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-217001" >923</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">fontspec </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-170006" >924</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139067" >925</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186018" >926</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186021" >927</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187004" >928</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187010" >929</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187015" >930</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187024" >931</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187036" >932</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188054" >933</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188057" >934</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\forallabbreviationlists</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-172005" >935</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\forallacronyms</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-172002" ><span
-class="cmti-10">936</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\forallglossaries</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-172001" ><span
-class="cmti-10">937</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\forallglsentries</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-172008" ><span
-class="cmti-10">938</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\foreignlanguage</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198031" >939</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198034" >940</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\forglsentries</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-172006" ><span
-class="cmti-10">941</span></a> <br /></span>
-</p><p class="theindex"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">G</span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Genacrfullformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133065" ><span
-class="cmti-10">942</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133059" ><span
-class="cmti-10">943</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133070" >944</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-138011" >945</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140015" >946</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140019" >947</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140048" >948</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GenericAcronymFields</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140022" ><span
-class="cmti-10">949</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140064" >950</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140068" >951</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Genplacrfullformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133066" ><span
-class="cmti-10">952</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\genplacrfullformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133061" ><span
-class="cmti-10">953</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133071" >954</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">gettitlestring </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157010" >955</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130086" >956</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145069" >957</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5005" >958</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13001" >959</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15008" >960</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33033" >961</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82005" >962</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-109004" >963</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-109007" >964</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-124011" >965</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130019" >966</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130038" >967</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-147013" >968</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-152008" >969</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-152015" >970</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176003" >971</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176004" >972</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176005" >973</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176010" >974</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182017" >975</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-31014" >976</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-104001" >977</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114020" >978</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176001" >979</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176007" >980</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176011" >981</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176012" >982</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176056" >983</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176060" >984</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176064" >985</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228001" >986</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228006" >987</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228009" >988</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228010" >989</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228017" >990</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228038" >991</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-babel </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33008" >992</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33019" >993</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224041" >994</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62001" >995</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-155006" >996</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156044" >997</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-polyglossia </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33010" >998</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-105001" >999</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114019" >1000</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175001" >1001</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175018" >1002</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182005" >1003</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182013" >1004</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198006" >1005</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198013" >1006</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-227001" >1007</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-227004" >1008</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossariesextrasetup</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-110019" >1009</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item">glossary counters:<br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaryentry</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48003" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1010</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">glossarysubentry</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50003" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1011</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-109001" >1012</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-142001" >1013</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-142002" >1014</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-142005" >1015</a> <br /></span>
-
-
-<span class="index-item">glossary styles:<br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">altlist</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139048" >1016</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139081" >1017</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140069" >1018</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157033" >1019</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157039" >1020</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183005" >1021</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">altlistgroup</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157038" >1022</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157041" >1023</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">altlisthypergroup</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157040" >1024</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">altlong4col</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156025" >1025</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158032" >1026</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158039" >1027</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">altlong4col-booktabs</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160031" >1028</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">altlong4colborder</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158043" >1029</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">altlong4colheader</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158045" >1030</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160032" >1031</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">altlong4colheaderborder</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158047" >1032</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-223004" >1033</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">altlongragged4col</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159030" >1034</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159035" >1035</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159037" >1036</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">altlongragged4col-booktabs</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160037" >1037</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-223007" >1038</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">altlongragged4colborder</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159034" >1039</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">altlongragged4colheader</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159036" >1040</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159039" >1041</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160038" >1042</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">altlongragged4colheaderborder</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159038" >1043</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">altsuper4col</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156026" >1044</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161037" >1045</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161044" >1046</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">altsuper4colborder</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161048" >1047</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">altsuper4colheader</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161050" >1048</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">altsuper4colheaderborder</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161052" >1049</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">altsuperragged4col</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162031" >1050</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162034" >1051</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162036" >1052</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">altsuperragged4colborder</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162033" >1053</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">altsuperragged4colheader</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162035" >1054</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">altsuperragged4colheaderborder</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162037" >1055</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">alttree</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156029" >1056</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163010" >1057</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163013" >1058</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163034" >1059</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163047" >1060</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163052" >1061</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163056" >1062</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164040" >1063</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206042" >1064</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206046" >1065</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">alttreegroup</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163055" >1066</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163058" >1067</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164042" >1068</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">alttreehypergroup</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163057" >1069</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164045" >1070</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206001" >1071</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206007" >1072</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmtt-10">bookindex</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12072" >1073</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12084" >1074</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12085" >1075</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">index</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55004" >1076</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157024" >1077</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157037" >1078</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157048" >1079</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163016" >1080</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163017" >1081</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163022" >1082</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163023" >1083</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163025" >1084</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163030" >1085</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164006" >1086</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164019" >1087</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">indexgroup</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145101" >1088</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163024" >1089</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163027" >1090</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164021" >1091</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">indexhypergroup</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163007" >1092</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163026" >1093</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164024" >1094</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">inline</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-165002" >1095</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-165007" >1096</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-205001" >1097</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">list</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54003" >1098</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157018" >1099</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157026" >1100</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157034" >1101</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157035" >1102</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157036" >1103</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166009" >1104</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166018" >1105</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166036" >1106</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166052" >1107</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166094" >1108</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166096" >1109</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175064" >1110</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">listdotted</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156039" >1111</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157006" >1112</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157051" >1113</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157052" >1114</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157053" >1115</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">listgroup</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75020" >1116</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156007" >1117</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157025" >1118</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157028" >1119</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">listhypergroup</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157027" >1120</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157042" >1121</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163009" >1122</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163028" >1123</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163039" >1124</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163046" >1125</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163059" >1126</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166033" >1127</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">long</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156028" >1128</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156035" >1129</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158007" >1130</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158014" >1131</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158016" >1132</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158020" >1133</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">long-booktabs</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160024" >1134</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160028" >1135</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmtt-10">long-name-desc-sym-loc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-223011" >1136</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">long3col</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156012" >1137</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158019" >1138</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158025" >1139</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158027" >1140</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158031" >1141</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">long3col-booktabs</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160026" >1142</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">long3colborder</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156014" >1143</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158024" >1144</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">long3colheader</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156013" >1145</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158026" >1146</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158029" >1147</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160027" >1148</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">long3colheaderborder</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156015" >1149</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158028" >1150</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">long4col</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156023" >1151</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158030" >1152</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158034" >1153</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158036" >1154</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158040" >1155</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">long4col-booktabs</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160029" >1156</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-223006" >1157</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">long4colborder</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158033" >1158</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158044" >1159</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">long4colheader</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158035" >1160</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158038" >1161</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158046" >1162</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160030" >1163</a> <br /></span>
-
-
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">long4colheaderborder</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158037" >1164</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158048" >1165</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-223003" >1166</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">longborder</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158013" >1167</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">longheader</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158015" >1168</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158018" >1169</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160025" >1170</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166020" >1171</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">longheaderborder</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158017" >1172</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145091" >1173</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">longragged</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159010" >1174</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159014" >1175</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159016" >1176</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159020" >1177</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">longragged-booktabs</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160033" >1178</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">longragged3col</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159019" >1179</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159025" >1180</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159027" >1181</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159031" >1182</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">longragged3col-booktabs</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160035" >1183</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">longragged3colborder</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159024" >1184</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">longragged3colheader</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159026" >1185</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159029" >1186</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160036" >1187</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">longragged3colheaderborder</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159028" >1188</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">longraggedborder</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159013" >1189</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">longraggedheader</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159015" >1190</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159018" >1191</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160034" >1192</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">longraggedheaderborder</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159017" >1193</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">mcolalttree</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164039" >1194</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">mcolalttreegroup</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164041" >1195</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">mcolalttreehypergroup</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164043" >1196</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">mcolalttreespannav</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164044" >1197</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">mcolindex</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164005" >1198</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164018" >1199</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">mcolindexgroup</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164020" >1200</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">mcolindexhypergroup</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164022" >1201</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">mcolindexspannav</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164023" >1202</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">mcoltree</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164025" >1203</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">mcoltreegroup</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164027" >1204</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">mcoltreehypergroup</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164029" >1205</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164046" >1206</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">mcoltreenoname</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164032" >1207</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">mcoltreenonamegroup</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164034" >1208</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">mcoltreenonamehypergroup</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164036" >1209</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">mcoltreenonamespannav</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164037" >1210</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">mcoltreespannav</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164030" >1211</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">super</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161012" >1212</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161019" >1213</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161021" >1214</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161025" >1215</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">super3col</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161024" >1216</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161030" >1217</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161032" >1218</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161036" >1219</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">super3colborder</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161029" >1220</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">super3colheader</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161031" >1221</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161034" >1222</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">super3colheaderborder</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161033" >1223</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">super4col</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156024" >1224</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161035" >1225</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161039" >1226</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161041" >1227</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161045" >1228</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">super4colborder</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161038" >1229</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161049" >1230</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">super4colheader</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161040" >1231</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161043" >1232</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161051" >1233</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">super4colheaderborder</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161042" >1234</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161053" >1235</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">superborder</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161018" >1236</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">superheader</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161020" >1237</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161023" >1238</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">superheaderborder</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145089" >1239</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161022" >1240</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">superragged</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162009" >1241</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162016" >1242</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162018" >1243</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162022" >1244</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">superragged3col</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162021" >1245</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162027" >1246</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162029" >1247</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162032" >1248</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">superragged3colborder</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162026" >1249</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">superragged3colheader</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162028" >1250</a> <br /></span>
-
-
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">superragged3colheaderborder</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162030" >1251</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">superraggedborder</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162015" >1252</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">superraggedheader</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162017" >1253</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162020" >1254</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">superraggedheaderborder</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162019" >1255</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmtt-10">topic</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206033" >1256</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206045" >1257</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206047" >1258</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206064" >1259</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">tree</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140067" >1260</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163015" >1261</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163029" >1262</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163036" >1263</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163041" >1264</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163048" >1265</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164026" >1266</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206041" >1267</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">treegroup</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163035" >1268</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163038" >1269</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164028" >1270</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">treehypergroup</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157032" >1271</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163037" >1272</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164031" >1273</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">treenoname</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163012" >1274</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163040" >1275</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163043" >1276</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164033" >1277</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">treenonamegroup</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163042" >1278</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163045" >1279</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164035" >1280</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204093" >1281</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">treenonamehypergroup</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163044" >1282</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164038" >1283</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12073" >1284</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12075" >1285</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156004" >1286</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-inline </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-165001" >1287</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-165005" >1288</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-list </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5003" >1289</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51004" >1290</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54001" >1291</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54002" >1292</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145095" >1293</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157001" >1294</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183006" >1295</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-list.sty </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5001" >1296</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-long </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51005" >1297</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52001" >1298</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52003" >1299</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145096" >1300</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158001" >1301</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159002" >1302</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160005" >1303</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160009" >1304</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182009" >1305</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-longbooktabs </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160001" >1306</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160004" >1307</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160007" >1308</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-223008" >1309</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182012" >1310</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-223010" >1311</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156006" >1312</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-longragged </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159001" >1313</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159005" >1314</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159007" >1315</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160006" >1316</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56001" >1317</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163053" >1318</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164001" >1319</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164010" >1320</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164012" >1321</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164013" >1322</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164017" >1323</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-ragged </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160010" >1324</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-super </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51006" >1325</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53001" >1326</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53003" >1327</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145097" >1328</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161001" >1329</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162002" >1330</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-superragged </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162001" >1331</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162005" >1332</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162007" >1333</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-topic </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206006" >1334</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206032" >1335</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-topic </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156005" >1336</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206037" >1337</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206039" >1338</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-tree </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51007" >1339</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55001" >1340</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55002" >1341</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-55005" >1342</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145098" >1343</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163001" >1344</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163050" >1345</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164009" >1346</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206012" >1347</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206036" >1348</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206040" >1349</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206044" >1350</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaryentry </span>(counter)&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48002" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1351</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49002" >1352</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49003" >1353</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49007" >1354</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166053" >1355</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166058" >1356</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166059" >1357</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166061" >1358</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossaryheader</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166016" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1359</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166019" >1360</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166080" >1361</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossaryname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15024" >1362</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33015" >1363</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossarypostamble</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145086" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1364</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166008" >1365</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49005" >1366</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145084" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1367</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166007" >1368</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166017" >1369</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossarysection</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-165004" >1370</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossarystyle</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145034" >1371</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">glossarysubentry </span>(counter)&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50002" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1372</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentry</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166039" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1373</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166041" >1374</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166064" >1375</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glossentrydesc</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135030" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1376</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193010" >1377</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12038" >1378</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135029" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1379</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166043" >1380</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187027" >1381</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187037" >1382</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193011" >1383</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135014" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1384</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166087" >1385</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135013" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1386</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166042" >1387</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166088" >1388</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentrynameother</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12088" >1389</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glossentrysymbol</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135037" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1390</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12014" >1391</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12042" >1392</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12043" >1393</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12046" >1394</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135036" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1395</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166044" >1396</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3024" >1397</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114065" >1398</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131022" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1399</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175029" >1400</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3023" >1401</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14017" >1402</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114064" >1403</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114172" >1404</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131021" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1405</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136047" >1406</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137066" >1407</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-142009" >1408</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-142011" >1409</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-142013" >1410</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175027" >1411</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-220003" >1412</a> <br /></span>
-
-
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3022" >1413</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3043" >1414</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12027" >1415</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12068" >1416</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35006" >1417</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35016" >1418</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85001" >1419</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86009" >1420</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114034" >1421</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114038" >1422</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114044" >1423</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114046" >1424</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114063" >1425</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131011" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1426</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132020" >1427</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132023" >1428</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133016" >1429</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133039" >1430</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133063" >1431</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133085" >1432</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136006" >1433</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137064" >1434</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140041" >1435</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140074" >1436</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-142008" >1437</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-142010" >1438</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-142012" >1439</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-142020" >1440</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-142022" >1441</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-148005" >1442</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169023" >1443</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175019" >1444</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17069" >1445</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls*</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35002" >1446</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186012" >1447</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessibility</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176073" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1448</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228025" >1449</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228029" >1450</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228084" >1451</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228085" >1452</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesslong</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188031" >1453</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesslong</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188013" >1454</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesslongpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188040" >1455</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesslongpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188022" >1456</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshort</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188019" >1457</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188037" >1458</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshortpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188028" >1459</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188046" >1460</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaccsupp</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176065" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1461</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228022" >1462</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsacrpluralsuffix</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136037" >1463</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139029" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1464</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12015" >1465</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12028" >1466</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-31015" >1467</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66002" >1468</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-67001" >1469</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-147001" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1470</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197002" >1471</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197030" >1472</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-147004" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1473</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-150010" >1474</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180002" >1475</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218027" >1476</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>options<br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">types</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-147005" >1477</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-147011" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1478</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114121" >1479</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-115003" >1480</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-116001" >1481</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-118001" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1482</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-210001" >1483</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddLetterGroup</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215032" >1484</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddprotectedpagefmt</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-152016" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1485</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114122" >1486</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-119001" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1487</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-134028" >1488</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140072" >1489</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-189002" >1490</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190001" >1491</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-211001" >1492</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-213001" >1493</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130049" >1494</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169015" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1495</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194018" >1496</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyCounters</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169009" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1497</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169043" >1498</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169027" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1499</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169059" >1500</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsautoprefix</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45006" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1501</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsbackslash</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-167012" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1502</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glscapitalisewords</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135006" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1503</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glscapscase</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133021" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1504</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133034" >1505</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140006" >1506</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glscategory</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-211003" >1507</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsclearpage</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43008" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1508</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsclosebrace</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-167008" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1509</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glscurrententrylabel</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198033" >1510</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204021" >1511</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204023" >1512</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204026" >1513</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204028" >1514</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204033" >1515</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206029" >1516</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173031" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1517</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204024" >1518</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206025" >1519</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glscustomtext</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133015" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1520</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133036" >1521</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137002" >1522</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-85003" >1523</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-89014" >1524</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-225002" >1525</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaultshortaccess</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176063" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1526</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228055" >1527</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-124005" >1528</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133008" >1529</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-172007" >1530</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92009" >1531</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92011" >1532</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-124023" >1533</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostdesc</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204019" >1534</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206027" >1535</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206076" >1536</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostlink</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114047" >1537</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187013" >1538</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187021" >1539</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187033" >1540</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206021" >1541</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-226007" >1542</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSdesc</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132054" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1543</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsdesc</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132053" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1544</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-148009" >1545</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132050" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1546</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-148008" >1547</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193008" >1548</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193016" >1549</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193019" >1550</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193020" >1551</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193021" >1552</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193024" >1553</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196018" >1554</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196026" >1555</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156017" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1556</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158012" >1557</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158022" >1558</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158041" >1559</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159012" >1560</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159022" >1561</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159032" >1562</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161017" >1563</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161027" >1564</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161046" >1565</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162014" >1566</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162024" >1567</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130036" >1568</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133025" >1569</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-134005" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1570</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-134020" >1571</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135058" >1572</a> <br /></span>
-
-
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3028" >1573</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3034" >1574</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35007" >1575</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114043" >1576</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131003" >1577</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131056" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1578</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplay</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114079" >1579</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133004" >1580</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplayfirst</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114080" >1581</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133003" >1582</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6002" >1583</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47004" >1584</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135062" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1585</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224004" >1586</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224011" >1587</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224014" >1588</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224016" >1589</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224039" >1590</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173006" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1591</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexistsordo</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173009" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1592</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexistsorwarn</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173008" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1593</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifnoexists</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173007" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1594</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifnoexistsordo</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173010" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1595</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdosanitizesort</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75029" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1596</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201003" >1597</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-144003" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1598</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-230001" >1599</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsenablehyper</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-134006" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1600</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycounterlabel</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166049" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1601</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsEntryCounterLabelPrefix</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48005" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1602</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycurrcount</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-144007" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1603</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12007" >1604</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12016" >1605</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12037" >1606</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135028" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1607</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187040" >1608</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydesc</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12036" >1609</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135027" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1610</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-148007" >1611</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186019" >1612</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186024" >1613</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187011" >1614</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187016" >1615</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187025" >1616</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187028" >1617</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188055" >1618</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188059" >1619</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydescplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135032" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1620</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydescplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135031" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1621</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirst</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135022" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1622</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfirst</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135021" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1623</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215045" >1624</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirstplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135025" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1625</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfirstplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135024" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1626</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130026" >1627</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131001" >1628</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132001" >1629</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133006" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1630</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133078" >1631</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-134014" >1632</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-134021" >1633</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-134025" >1634</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136025" >1635</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187006" >1636</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-225001" >1637</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-226002" >1638</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137082" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1639</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137081" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1640</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139018" >1641</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139056" >1642</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139069" >1643</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140017" >1644</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140053" >1645</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfullpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137084" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1646</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137083" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1647</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166046" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1648</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166082" >1649</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133068" >1650</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137074" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1651</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140049" >1652</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140061" >1653</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137073" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1654</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140051" >1655</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140062" >1656</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylongpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137076" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1657</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140050" >1658</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylongpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137075" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1659</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140052" >1660</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135009" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1661</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12003" >1662</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135008" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1663</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208016" >1664</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215047" >1665</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12002" >1666</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135055" >1667</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47003" >1668</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135061" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1669</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224003" >1670</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224012" >1671</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224040" >1672</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryparent</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-174002" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1673</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204035" >1674</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135019" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1675</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135018" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1676</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204022" >1677</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204032" >1678</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefix</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175057" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1679</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefix</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175048" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1680</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198032" >1681</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixfirst</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175058" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1682</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefixfirst</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175050" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1683</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixfirstplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175060" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1684</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefixfirstplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175054" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1685</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175059" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1686</span></a> <br /></span>
-
-
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefixplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175052" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1687</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-144008" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1688</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryshort</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137078" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1689</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137077" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1690</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryshortpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137080" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1691</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshortpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137079" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1692</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysort</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-174003" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1693</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbol</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135034" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1694</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12006" >1695</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12041" >1696</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133079" >1697</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135033" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1698</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193039" >1699</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-226005" >1700</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbolplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135039" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1701</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbolplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135038" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1702</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-118005" >1703</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130010" >1704</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135016" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1705</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137072" >1706</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175061" >1707</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-118004" >1708</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130009" >1709</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135015" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1710</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135053" >1711</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137071" >1712</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-149012" >1713</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183021" >1714</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204027" >1715</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206028" >1716</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytitlecase</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132012" >1717</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135005" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1718</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytype</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-174001" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1719</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuseri</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135041" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1720</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseri</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135040" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1721</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166045" >1722</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuserii</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135043" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1723</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuserii</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135042" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1724</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuseriii</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135045" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1725</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseriii</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135044" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1726</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuseriv</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135047" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1727</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseriv</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135046" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1728</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuserv</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135049" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1729</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuserv</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135048" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1730</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuservi</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135051" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1731</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuservi</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135050" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1732</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsexpandfields</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-120022" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1733</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldaccsupp</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176066" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1734</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfielddef</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-174010" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1735</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldedef</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-174011" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1736</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldfetch</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-174004" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1737</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldgdef</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-174012" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1738</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldxdef</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-134031" >1739</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-174013" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1740</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-213005" >1741</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-213006" >1742</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfindwidesttoplevelname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163051" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1743</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206003" >1744</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206015" >1745</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206014" >1746</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSfirst</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132017" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1747</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsfirst</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132016" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1748</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132013" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1749</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscfont</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188018" >1750</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188027" >1751</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188036" >1752</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188045" >1753</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188012" >1754</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188021" >1755</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188030" >1756</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188039" >1757</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188063" >1758</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSfirstplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132037" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1759</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsfirstplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132036" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1760</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132033" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1761</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfirst</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215046" >1762</a> <br /></span>
-
-
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtlong</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186022" >1763</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188058" >1764</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183028" >1765</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183030" >1766</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215048" >1767</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186023" >1768</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183027" >1769</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201025" >1770</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201027" >1771</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201030" >1772</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133050" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1773</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133072" >1774</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-138010" >1775</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140003" >1776</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140009" >1777</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140046" >1778</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140073" >1779</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133044" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1780</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140010" >1781</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140045" >1782</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187007" >1783</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-226003" >1784</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgetgrouptitle</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166027" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1785</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43003" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1786</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44004" >1787</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145081" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1788</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145082" >1789</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145083" >1790</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166021" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1791</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166078" >1792</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156033" >1793</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166035" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1794</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166079" >1795</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glshyperlink</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-134022" >1796</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135002" >1797</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135052" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1798</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glshypernavsep</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157029" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1799</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsifhyper</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133027" >1800</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsifhyperon</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133022" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1801</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-213004" >1802</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-213010" >1803</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsIfListOfAcronyms</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-95006" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1804</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsifplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133020" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1805</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133033" >1806</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140005" >1807</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140092" >1808</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsinlinedescformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-165020" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1809</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsinlineemptydescformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-165019" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1810</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsinlinenameformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-165016" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1811</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsinlineparentchildseparator</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-165012" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1812</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-165013" >1813</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsinlineseparator</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-165008" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1814</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-165009" >1815</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsinlinesubdescformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-165021" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1816</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsinlinesubnameformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-165018" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1817</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsinlinesubseparator</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-165010" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1818</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-165011" >1819</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsinsert</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133019" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1820</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133035" >1821</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35017" >1822</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133012" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1823</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133031" >1824</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136048" >1825</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140077" >1826</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140084" >1827</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187009" >1828</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187012" >1829</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187017" >1830</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187026" >1831</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187038" >1832</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193040" >1833</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193042" >1834</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206024" >1835</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslabeltok</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140024" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1836</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186010" >1837</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsletentryfield</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135035" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1838</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35008" >1839</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132003" >1840</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132004" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1841</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140056" >1842</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169007" >1843</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193009" >1844</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193017" >1845</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193022" >1846</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193025" >1847</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193026" >1848</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>options<br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">counter</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130075" >1849</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169006" >1850</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">format</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130039" >1851</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130048" >1852</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130068" >1853</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135069" >1854</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-151004" >1855</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-151010" >1856</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169011" >1857</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169016" >1858</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169018" >1859</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193003" >1860</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194004" >1861</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194019" >1862</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215015" >1863</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215018" >1864</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">hyper</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35013" >1865</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130028" >1866</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130034" >1867</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133023" >1868</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133029" >1869</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-134003" >1870</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-147002" >1871</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-225003" >1872</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmtt-10">hyperoutside</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130078" >1873</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">local</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130076" >1874</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmtt-10">noindex</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130077" >1875</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmtt-10">prefix</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130085" >1876</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmtt-10">textformat</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130082" >1877</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmtt-10">theHvalue</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130088" >1878</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmtt-10">thevalue</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130087" >1879</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmtt-10">wrgloss</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130080" >1880</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35015" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1881</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35023" >1882</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133038" >1883</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133073" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1884</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-134029" >1885</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140090" >1886</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-213002" >1887</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-213003" >1888</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-213007" >1889</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-213008" >1890</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslinkprefix</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145071" >1891</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-225004" >1892</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslinkvar</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133028" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1893</span></a> <br /></span>
-
-
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslistdottedwidth</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157047" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1894</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslistexpandedname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157016" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1895</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslistinit</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157012" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1896</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslistnavigationitem</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157031" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1897</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-143004" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1898</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslocalresetall</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-143008" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1899</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-143006" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1900</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunsetall</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-143010" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1901</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslongfont</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186007" >1902</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslongtok</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140025" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1903</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186008" >1904</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186015" >1905</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188065" >1906</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188070" >1907</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsmcols</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164015" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1908</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsmoveentry</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-125001" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1909</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132044" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1910</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132043" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1911</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132038" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1912</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139010" >1913</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145094" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1914</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163005" >1915</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnavhypertarget</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166031" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1916</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnavigation</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166032" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1917</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-120023" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1918</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnoidxdisplayloc</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-153022" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1919</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-151003" >1920</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-152025" >1921</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169046" >1922</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194008" >1923</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194016" >1924</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194034" >1925</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberlistloop</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-153019" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1926</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnumbersgroupname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15032" >1927</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnumbersgrouptitle</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166029" >1928</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnumlistlastsep</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135068" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1929</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnumlistsep</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135067" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1930</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsopenbrace</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-167007" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1931</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156018" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1932</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158023" >1933</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158042" >1934</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159023" >1935</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159033" >1936</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161028" >1937</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161047" >1938</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162025" >1939</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspar</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114027" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1940</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspatchtabularx</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131008" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1941</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspercentchar</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-167009" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1942</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3027" >1943</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114042" >1944</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114083" >1945</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131049" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1946</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175038" >1947</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3026" >1948</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114041" >1949</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114082" >1950</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114173" >1951</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131048" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1952</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137070" >1953</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175036" >1954</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3025" >1955</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114040" >1956</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114050" >1957</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114057" >1958</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114066" >1959</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114068" >1960</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114081" >1961</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131047" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1962</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132021" >1963</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133017" >1964</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136007" >1965</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137068" >1966</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132032" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1967</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132031" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1968</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132028" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1969</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114051" >1970</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114053" >1971</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114060" >1972</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-115001" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1973</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136035" >1974</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204029" >1975</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156040" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1976</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187030" >1977</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187039" >1978</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspostinline</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-165014" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1979</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-165015" >1980</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133037" >1981</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133074" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1982</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140080" >1983</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140088" >1984</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140091" >1985</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsprefixsep</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175017" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1986</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75024" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1987</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114092" >1988</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201002" >1989</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsps</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196021" >1990</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspt</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196023" >1991</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196025" >1992</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196047" >1993</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196052" >1994</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196068" >1995</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsquote</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-167014" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1996</span></a> <br /></span>
-
-
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48004" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1997</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50005" >1998</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145042" >1999</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145047" >2000</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204001" >2001</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204094" >2002</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsreset</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66004" >2003</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136020" >2004</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-143003" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2005</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsresetall</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-143007" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2006</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsresetentrycounter</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49006" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2007</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsrestoreLToutput</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160023" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2008</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58005" >2009</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64002" >2010</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68003" >2011</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-148020" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2012</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-148027" >2013</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208004" >2014</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208011" >2015</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4002" >2016</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-149002" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2017</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-149017" >2018</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-149011" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2019</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183019" >2020</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183024" >2021</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183025" >2022</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183029" >2023</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186025" >2024</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208015" >2025</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsseelastsep</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-149009" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2026</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-149018" >2027</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsseesep</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-149008" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2028</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsSetAlphaCompositor</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-113019" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2029</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169058" >2030</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12055" >2031</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12056" >2032</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186027" >2033</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186035" >2034</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187032" >2035</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-189007" >2036</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-189012" >2037</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-189014" >2038</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190022" >2039</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190023" >2040</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190025" >2041</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190031" >2042</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190032" >2043</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193015" >2044</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198035" >2045</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198036" >2046</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198037" >2047</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198038" >2048</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228067" >2049</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228073" >2050</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsSetCompositor</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-113018" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2051</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169056" >2052</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetexpandfield</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-120007" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2053</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetnoexpandfield</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-120008" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2054</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetQuote</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8017" >2055</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14035" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2056</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixF</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-153009" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2057</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixFF</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-153010" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2058</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163049" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2059</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206002" >2060</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206013" >2061</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206043" >2062</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206058" >2063</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetWriteIstHook</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-154002" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2064</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyCodePage</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17097" >2065</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79003" >2066</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-168010" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2067</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-170004" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2068</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17095" >2069</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79002" >2070</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-110017" >2071</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-168007" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2072</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169061" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2073</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-153004" >2074</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169066" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2075</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-170007" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2076</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsshortaccsupp</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176070" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2077</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228019" >2078</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsshortplaccsupp</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176071" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2079</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228020" >2080</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsshorttok</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140026" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2081</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186013" >2082</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188067" >2083</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsshowaccsupp</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-31012" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2084</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsshowtarget</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-31008" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2085</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-31013" >2086</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsshowtargetfont</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-31010" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2087</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsshowtargetouter</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-31009" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2088</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssortnumberfmt</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75016" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2089</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssubentrycounterlabel</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166068" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2090</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssubentryitem</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166065" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2091</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166083" >2092</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSsymbol</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132049" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2093</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glssymbol</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132048" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2094</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132045" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2095</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133080" >2096</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193030" >2097</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193032" >2098</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193051" >2099</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193060" >2100</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolaccsupp</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228024" >2101</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolsgroupname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15031" >2102</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145102" >2103</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166028" >2104</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166050" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2105</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166067" >2106</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLStext</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-118008" >2107</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132011" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2108</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glstext</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-118007" >2109</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132010" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2110</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35009" >2111</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35022" >2112</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-118006" >2113</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132007" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2114</span></a> <br /></span>
-
-
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130023" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2115</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130079" >2116</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130084" >2117</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133082" >2118</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135001" >2119</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137004" >2120</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstextup</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140035" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2121</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstildechar</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-167010" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2122</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstocfalse</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41002" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2123</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstoctrue</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41001" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2124</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildpredesc</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163014" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2125</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderfmt</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163006" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2126</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstreeindent</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163033" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2127</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstreeitem</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163019" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2128</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamebox</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163054" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2129</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163004" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2130</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstreenavigationfmt</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163008" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2131</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstreepredesc</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163011" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2132</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstreesubitem</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163020" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2133</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstreesubsubitem</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163021" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2134</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glstype</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35018" >2135</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133013" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2136</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133032" >2137</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsunexpandedfieldvalue</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157017" >2138</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-174005" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2139</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsunset</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-143005" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2140</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsunsetall</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-134016" >2141</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-143009" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2142</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140031" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2143</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsUseAcrStyleDefs</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140032" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2144</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSuseri</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132059" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2145</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsuseri</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132058" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2146</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsuseri</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132055" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2147</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsuseriaccsupp</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228028" >2148</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSuserii</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132064" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2149</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsuserii</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132063" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2150</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsuserii</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132060" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2151</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSuseriii</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132069" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2152</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsuseriii</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132068" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2153</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsuseriii</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132065" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2154</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSuseriv</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132074" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2155</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsuseriv</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132073" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2156</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsuseriv</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132070" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2157</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSuserv</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132079" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2158</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsuserv</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132078" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2159</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsuserv</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132075" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2160</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GLSuservi</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132084" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2161</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsuservi</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132083" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2162</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsuservi</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132080" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2163</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glswrallowprimitivemodsfalse</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-152028" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2164</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glswrite</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-154003" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2165</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glswriteentry</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66005" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2166</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@makeglossaries</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23004" >2167</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@record</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25015" >2168</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@record@nameref</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25017" >2169</a> <br /></span>
-
-
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@recordsee</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25018" >2170</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@resource</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25003" >2171</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25009" >2172</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr@texencoding</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218039" >2173</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvfootnote</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186016" >2174</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186017" >2175</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186020" >2176</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188053" >2177</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188056" >2178</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvtype</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92017" >2179</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92020" >2180</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-94001" >2181</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12087" >2182</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215061" >2183</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215082" >2184</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcontrolrules</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215058" >2185</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215079" >2186</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdigitrules</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215064" >2187</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215085" >2188</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdopostpunc</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187023" >2189</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187035" >2190</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrequationlocfmt</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194046" >2191</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldforlistloop</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204046" >2192</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldformatlist</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224027" >2193</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224043" >2194</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192041" >2195</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193054" >2196</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193055" >2197</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193056" >2198</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193057" >2199</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193059" >2200</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193061" >2201</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtField</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193034" >2202</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotedescname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186006" >2203</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188062" >2204</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotedescsort</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186014" >2205</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188069" >2206</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182040" >2207</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183041" >2208</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190018" >2209</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228053" >2210</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186009" >2211</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188016" >2212</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188025" >2213</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188034" >2214</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188043" >2215</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215063" >2216</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215084" >2217</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12005" >2218</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12013" >2219</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12033" >2220</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiername</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-149016" >2221</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphenrules</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215062" >2222</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215083" >2223</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqNum</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-213009" >2224</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204044" >2225</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204020" >2226</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206023" >2227</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-143013" >2228</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187014" >2229</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187022" >2230</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187034" >2231</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206022" >2232</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204025" >2233</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204031" >2234</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204048" >2235</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrinlinefullformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188029" >2236</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinlinefullformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188011" >2237</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188038" >2238</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinlinefullplformat</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188020" >2239</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10003" >2240</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10022" >2241</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10023" >2242</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12009" >2243</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12025" >2244</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12076" >2245</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-67004" >2246</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68005" >2247</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73007" >2248</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76009" >2249</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179052" >2250</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179054" >2251</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179056" >2252</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180017" >2253</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180020" >2254</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183053" >2255</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183058" >2256</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183074" >2257</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192034" >2258</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194029" >2259</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196054" >2260</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196056" >2261</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197026" >2262</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197044" >2263</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198022" >2264</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201023" >2265</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202034" >2266</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202036" >2267</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204086" >2268</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204098" >2269</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206053" >2270</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206093" >2271</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208025" >2272</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208028" >2273</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208034" >2274</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-210017" >2275</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215043" >2276</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215055" >2277</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215075" >2278</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-216011" >2279</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218024" >2280</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218048" >2281</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218051" >2282</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224024" >2283</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-227012" >2284</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-227022" >2285</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span>options<br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">abbreviation-sort-fallback</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183060" >2286</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">append-prefix-field</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-227021" >2287</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">break-at</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76008" >2288</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204097" >2289</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215052" >2290</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215071" >2291</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215072" >2292</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">category</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198024" >2293</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">combine-dual-locations</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197048" >2294</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">dual-category</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198025" >2295</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">dual-prefix</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197021" >2296</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197047" >2297</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198026" >2298</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">dual-sort</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198030" >2299</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">dual-type</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197020" >2300</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197046" >2301</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198028" >2302</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">entry-type-aliases</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206102" >2303</a> <br /></span>
-
-
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">ext-prefixes</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196035" >2304</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">field-aliases</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206101" >2305</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">identical-sort-action</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204082" >2306</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">ignore-fields</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183076" >2307</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">label-prefix</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196034" >2308</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">loc-counters</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193067" >2309</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">name-case-change</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12062" >2310</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">primary-location-formats</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193069" >2311</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">replicate-fields</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12061" >2312</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12079" >2313</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">save-child-count</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173014" >2314</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204038" >2315</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">save-locations</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12030" >2316</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12070" >2317</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47010" >2318</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">save-loclist</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47011" >2319</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">save-sibling-count</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204039" >2320</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204043" >2321</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204054" >2322</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204088" >2323</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">save-locations</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12012" >2324</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12060" >2325</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">selection</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10029" >2326</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114149" >2327</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208036" >2328</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218026" >2329</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218029" >2330</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218032" >2331</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218050" >2332</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218053" >2333</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">set-widest</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206055" >2334</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10025" >2335</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10028" >2336</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12011" >2337</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12059" >2338</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12078" >2339</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180019" >2340</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180022" >2341</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198029" >2342</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202038" >2343</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215057" >2344</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215077" >2345</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218047" >2346</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">sort-rule</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215078" >2347</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">src</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10004" >2348</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10024" >2349</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10027" >2350</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12010" >2351</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12026" >2352</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12058" >2353</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12077" >2354</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179053" >2355</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179057" >2356</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180018" >2357</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180021" >2358</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183054" >2359</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183059" >2360</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183075" >2361</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192035" >2362</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196055" >2363</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196057" >2364</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197018" >2365</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197027" >2366</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197045" >2367</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198023" >2368</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201024" >2369</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202035" >2370</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202037" >2371</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204087" >2372</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204099" >2373</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206054" >2374</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206094" >2375</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208026" >2376</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208029" >2377</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208035" >2378</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-210018" >2379</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215044" >2380</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215056" >2381</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215076" >2382</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-216012" >2383</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218025" >2384</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218049" >2385</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218052" >2386</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224025" >2387</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-227013" >2388</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-227023" >2389</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">type</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196058" >2390</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197019" >2391</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198027" >2392</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145104" >2393</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182039" >2394</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183040" >2395</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190017" >2396</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228052" >2397</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewgls</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196027" >2398</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewglslike</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25019" >2399</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196028" >2400</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197049" >2401</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198040" >2402</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewnumber</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88005" >2403</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4009" >2404</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7014" >2405</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9016" >2406</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-87005" >2407</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnonprintablerules</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215060" >2408</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215081" >2409</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114029" >2410</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201017" >2411</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204016" >2412</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204017" >2413</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204034" >2414</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206018" >2415</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206035" >2416</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-210011" >2417</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196020" >2418</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186011" >2419</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188017" >2420</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188026" >2421</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188035" >2422</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188044" >2423</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-226008" >2424</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsectionlocfmt</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194043" >2425</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194044" >2426</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-216015" >2427</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetAltModifier</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25023" >2428</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193018" >2429</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145103" >2430</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182038" >2431</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183039" >2432</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190016" >2433</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228051" >2434</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4005" >2435</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrspacerules</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215059" >2436</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215080" >2437</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188010" >2438</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188009" >2439</a> <br /></span>
-</p><p class="theindex"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">H</span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">html </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-134002" >2440</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\hyperbf</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130059" >2441</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192004" >2442</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193004" >2443</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193005" >2444</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193068" >2445</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194012" >2446</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\hyperbfit</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194035" >2447</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\hyperbsf</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130067" >2448</a> <br /></span>
-
-
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\hyperemph</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130065" >2449</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\hyperit</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130061" >2450</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194013" >2451</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194017" >2452</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130066" >2453</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-134007" >2454</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\hypermd</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130060" >2455</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130051" >2456</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16" >2457</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17" >2458</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18" >2459</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25" >2460</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12034" >2461</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12049" >2462</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-72002" >2463</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130008" >2464</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130011" >2465</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130014" >2466</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130016" >2467</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130037" >2468</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130052" >2469</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131055" >2470</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133024" >2471</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-134001" >2472</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-134009" >2473</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135003" >2474</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135004" >2475</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135059" >2476</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135070" >2477</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135071" >2478</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-153012" >2479</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-153020" >2480</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157011" >2481</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157013" >2482</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166051" >2483</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169034" >2484</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169044" >2485</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-177002" >2486</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192006" >2487</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224013" >2488</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224015" >2489</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224017" >2490</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32010" >2491</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\hyperrm</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130056" >2492</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169013" >2493</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192003" >2494</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\hypersc</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130064" >2495</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\hypersf</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130057" >2496</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\hypersl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130062" >2497</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\hypertarget</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-134008" >2498</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\hypertt</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130058" >2499</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\hyperup</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130063" >2500</a> <br /></span>
-</p><p class="theindex"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">I</span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglossaryexists</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173001" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2501</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsdescsuppressed</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173027" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2502</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsentryexists</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173003" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2503</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldcseq</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173038" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2504</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfielddefeq</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173036" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2505</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldeq</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140085" >2506</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173033" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2507</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaschildren</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173012" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2508</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204036" >2509</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasdesc</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173025" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2510</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173030" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2511</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35021" >2512</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-119009" >2513</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-119010" >2514</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140013" >2515</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173019" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2516</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasparent</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173016" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2517</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasprefix</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175041" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2518</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasprefixfirst</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175045" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2519</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasprefixfirstplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175047" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2520</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasprefixplural</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175043" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2521</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasshort</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140012" >2522</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173022" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2523</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183026" >2524</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglshassymbol</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12052" >2525</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166089" >2526</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173017" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2527</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsucmark</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44011" >2528</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35019" >2529</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133030" >2530</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140004" >2531</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140089" >2532</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-143011" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2533</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173011" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2534</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182003" >2535</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182004" >2536</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187008" >2537</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-226004" >2538</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188014" >2539</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188015" >2540</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188023" >2541</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188024" >2542</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188032" >2543</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188033" >2544</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188041" >2545</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188042" >2546</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifignoredglossary</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-146014" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2547</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">imakeidx </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-89011" >2548</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\include</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-124008" >2549</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\includegraphics</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228031" >2550</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228032" >2551</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\index</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-89008" >2552</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130041" >2553</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130042" >2554</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130043" >2555</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">index </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-89010" >2556</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\indexname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-146027" >2557</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\indexspace</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157023" >2558</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163018" >2559</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166037" >2560</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166095" >2561</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\input</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13002" >2562</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-124007" >2563</a> <br /></span>
-
-
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">inputenc </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14015" >2564</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114099" >2565</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114174" >2566</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-168008" >2567</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-170005" >2568</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215001" >2569</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-221001" >2570</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\inputencodingname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-168009" >2571</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item">internal fields:<br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">childcount</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173015" >2572</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmtt-10">location</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6009" >2573</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224031" >2574</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224042" >2575</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">loclist</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224034" >2576</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmtt-10">siblingcount</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204045" >2577</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204047" >2578</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">useri</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193035" >2579</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\item</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157021" >2580</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157030" >2581</a> <br /></span>
-</p><p class="theindex"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">J</span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\jobname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-113011" >2582</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-113013" >2583</a> <br /></span>
-</p><p class="theindex"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">L</span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\label</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45005" >2584</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">latex</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27" >2585</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130018" >2586</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">latexmk</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17019" >2587</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17022" >2588</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17028" >2589</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">latexrelease </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5004" >2590</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item">Latin alphabet&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3038" ><span
-class="cmbx-10">2591</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8006" >2592</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14006" >2593</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item">Latin character&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3015" >2594</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3018" >2595</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3019" >2596</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3039" >2597</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3040" ><span
-class="cmbx-10">2598</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3058" >2599</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-146006" >2600</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item">link text&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3042" ><span
-class="cmbx-10">2601</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12035" >2602</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12067" >2603</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130001" >2604</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130013" >2605</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130015" >2606</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130021" >2607</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130022" >2608</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130024" >2609</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130081" >2610</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130083" >2611</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130089" >2612</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130090" >2613</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131012" >2614</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131018" >2615</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131024" >2616</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131025" >2617</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131027" >2618</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131028" >2619</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131032" >2620</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131033" >2621</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131035" >2622</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131036" >2623</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131037" >2624</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131038" >2625</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131039" >2626</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131040" >2627</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131044" >2628</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131045" >2629</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132005" >2630</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132006" >2631</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132009" >2632</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132015" >2633</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132022" >2634</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132027" >2635</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132030" >2636</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132035" >2637</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132040" >2638</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132047" >2639</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132052" >2640</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132057" >2641</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132062" >2642</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132067" >2643</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132072" >2644</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132077" >2645</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132082" >2646</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133001" >2647</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133081" >2648</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137003" >2649</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137006" >2650</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137018" >2651</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137028" >2652</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175020" >2653</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176055" >2654</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187002" >2655</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187003" >2656</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187020" >2657</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193007" >2658</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193023" >2659</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193027" >2660</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193031" >2661</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193033" >2662</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193038" >2663</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193041" >2664</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193058" >2665</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196019" >2666</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-226006" >2667</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\listbreak</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204049" >2668</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7003" >2669</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8003" >2670</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9003" >2671</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11003" >2672</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12004" >2673</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12019" >2674</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13003" >2675</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-124001" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2676</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136040" >2677</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item">location list&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmti-10">see </span><a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-150004" >number list</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114009" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2679</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-118003" >2680</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-124003" >2681</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156042" >2682</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\longprovideglossaryentry</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114011" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2683</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">longtable </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52002" >2684</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158010" >2685</a> <br /></span>
-</p><p class="theindex"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">M</span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeatletter</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140086" >2686</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeatother</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140087" >2687</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131023" >2688</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133067" >2689</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188064" >2690</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44009" >2691</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3044" ><span
-class="cmbx-10">2692</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3048" >2693</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3052" >2694</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8036" >2695</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8037" >2696</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8045" >2697</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9037" >2698</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9044" >2699</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9045" >2700</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9048" >2701</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9050" >2702</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14023" >2703</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14026" >2704</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14039" >2705</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17004" >2706</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17023" >2707</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17029" >2708</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17031" >2709</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17034" >2710</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17037" >2711</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17043" >2712</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17046" >2713</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17051" >2714</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17053" >2715</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17056" >2716</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17058" >2717</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17062" >2718</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17065" >2719</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17070" >2720</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17076" >2721</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17078" >2722</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18001" >2723</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18005" >2724</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18006" >2725</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18007" >2726</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18009" >2727</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18012" >2728</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18013" >2729</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18016" >2730</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18020" >2731</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18027" >2732</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18031" >2733</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18034" >2734</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19001" >2735</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19003" >2736</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19007" >2737</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19008" >2738</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20005" >2739</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20021" >2740</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20023" >2741</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20025" >2742</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21018" >2743</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21020" >2744</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21022" >2745</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23011" >2746</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23016" >2747</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48006" >2748</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76004" >2749</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77002" >2750</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77004" >2751</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78002" >2752</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78004" >2753</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81020" >2754</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86008" >2755</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135064" >2756</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145006" >2757</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-146005" >2758</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-148006" >2759</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-151015" >2760</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-168003" >2761</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-168005" >2762</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-168013" >2763</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-168015" >2764</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179005" >2765</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179013" >2766</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179017" >2767</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179039" >2768</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180009" >2769</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180027" >2770</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182002" >2771</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183010" >2772</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194005" >2773</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194014" >2774</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194033" >2775</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196002" >2776</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196013" >2777</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-199001" >2778</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202003" >2779</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202014" >2780</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202015" >2781</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204003" >2782</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206060" >2783</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215003" >2784</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215006" >2785</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215008" >2786</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215010" >2787</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215013" >2788</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228043" >2789</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-230003" >2790</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17045" >2791</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">-d</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19004" >2792</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">-k</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18015" >2793</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">-m</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18023" >2794</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">-Q</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18014" >2795</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">-q</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18017" >2796</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">-x</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18025" >2797</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8001" >2798</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8004" >2799</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9001" >2800</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9004" >2801</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14036" >2802</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17026" >2803</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28001" >2804</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-31016" >2805</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-31017" >2806</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64004" >2807</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81008" >2808</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82001" >2809</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82003" >2810</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82006" >2811</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83002" >2812</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-113001" ><span
-class="cmti-10">2813</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114137" >2814</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130005" >2815</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145003" >2816</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145020" >2817</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-146024" >2818</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-148001" >2819</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-153005" >2820</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-153014" >2821</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169008" >2822</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169025" >2823</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169026" >2824</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169030" >2825</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169031" >2826</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169063" >2827</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169064" >2828</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169069" >2829</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169070" >2830</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-170009" >2831</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-170010" >2832</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194028" >2833</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202008" >2834</a> <br /></span>
-
-
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3049" ><span
-class="cmbx-10">2835</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8038" >2836</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8046" >2837</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9040" >2838</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17050" >2839</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17052" >2840</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17057" >2841</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17059" >2842</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19002" >2843</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19006" >2844</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19009" >2845</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145007" >2846</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179014" >2847</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179018" >2848</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179040" >2849</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180010" >2850</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182001" >2851</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183011" >2852</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194009" >2853</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196003" >2854</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196014" >2855</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-199002" >2856</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202004" >2857</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204004" >2858</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215007" >2859</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215014" >2860</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228044" >2861</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossariesgui</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3047" ><span
-class="cmbx-10">2862</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17055" >2863</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-231001" >2864</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">makeidx </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-89009" >2865</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3004" >2866</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3036" >2867</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3046" >2868</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3051" >2869</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3053" ><span
-class="cmbx-10">2870</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8005" >2871</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8007" >2872</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8008" >2873</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8009" >2874</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8012" >2875</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8015" >2876</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8030" >2877</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8032" >2878</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8033" >2879</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8034" >2880</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8035" >2881</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8040" >2882</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8043" >2883</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8044" >2884</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9056" >2885</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14002" >2886</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14005" >2887</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14032" >2888</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14034" >2889</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14037" >2890</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14041" >2891</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14043" >2892</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14048" >2893</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15054" >2894</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17005" >2895</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17008" >2896</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17010" >2897</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17015" >2898</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17024" >2899</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17032" >2900</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17035" >2901</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17038" >2902</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17040" >2903</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17042" >2904</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17047" >2905</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17054" >2906</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17060" >2907</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17063" >2908</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17066" >2909</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17071" >2910</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17080" >2911</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17085" >2912</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17086" >2913</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18004" >2914</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18010" >2915</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18021" >2916</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18024" >2917</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18028" >2918</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18029" >2919</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18030" >2920</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-210001.5.4" >2921</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21001" >2922</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21003" >2923</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21006" >2924</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21010" >2925</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21012" >2926</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21019" >2927</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21021" >2928</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22002" >2929</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23002" >2930</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23006" >2931</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23012" >2932</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23014" >2933</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23021" >2934</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32013" >2935</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32016" >2936</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48007" >2937</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57002" >2938</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57005" >2939</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65005" >2940</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65007" >2941</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69008" >2942</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75027" >2943</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77001" >2944</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77003" >2945</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77005" >2946</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78006" >2947</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81002" >2948</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81006" >2949</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81012" >2950</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81015" >2951</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-113002" >2952</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-113007" >2953</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-121003" >2954</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130003" >2955</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130040" >2956</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130047" >2957</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130053" >2958</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135065" >2959</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145008" >2960</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145013" >2961</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-146003" >2962</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-150006" >2963</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-151013" >2964</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-151016" >2965</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-152003" >2966</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-152005" >2967</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-152006" >2968</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-152017" >2969</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-152019" >2970</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-152023" >2971</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-153001" >2972</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-153007" >2973</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-154004" >2974</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-154006" >2975</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156016" >2976</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163031" >2977</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166022" >2978</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179006" >2979</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179007" >2980</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179008" >2981</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179012" >2982</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179015" >2983</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179041" >2984</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180004" >2985</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180011" >2986</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180025" >2987</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180030" >2988</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192007" >2989</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194001" >2990</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194006" >2991</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194010" >2992</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196001" >2993</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196004" >2994</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196010" >2995</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198002" >2996</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202001" >2997</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202002" >2998</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202005" >2999</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202009" >3000</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202012" >3001</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202016" >3002</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204005" >3003</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204008" >3004</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204009" >3005</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-214001" >3006</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-214007" >3007</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218002" >3008</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218008" >3009</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218030" >3010</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224007" >3011</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224035" >3012</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-149004" >3013</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194003" >3014</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">-g</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8016" >3015</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14033" >3016</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14040" >3017</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">-l</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8042" >3018</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8048" >3019</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17089" >3020</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21009" >3021</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204006" >3022</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7001" >3023</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7004" >3024</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65002" >3025</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82002" >3026</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82004" >3027</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-82007" >3028</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83003" >3029</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-112001" ><span
-class="cmti-10">3030</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145001" >3031</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145018" >3032</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-148002" >3033</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\MakeTextUppercase</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44005" >3034</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188066" >3035</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\markboth</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43006" >3036</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">memoir </span>class&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44002" >3037</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44012" >3038</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44014" >3039</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43005" >3040</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\memUChead</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44015" >3041</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">mfirstuc </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6" >3042</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14018" >3043</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114175" >3044</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131029" >3045</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131031" >3046</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131034" >3047</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131046" >3048</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135007" >3049</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\mfirstucMakeUppercase</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44007" >3050</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\midrule</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160013" >3051</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">multicol </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164004" >3052</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">mwe </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13010" >3053</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13025" >3054</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228027" >3055</a> <br /></span>
-</p><p class="theindex"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">N</span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">nameref </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45014" >3056</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4008" >3057</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13012" >3058</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13016" >3059</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13020" >3060</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92022" >3061</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114158" >3062</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179023" >3063</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179025" >3064</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179036" >3065</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179038" >3066</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179045" >3067</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182030" >3068</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182032" >3069</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183016" >3070</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183050" >3071</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-184006" >3072</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186031" >3073</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188048" >3074</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-189015" >3075</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190005" >3076</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190006" >3077</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190030" >3078</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202006" >3079</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202026" >3080</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-211008" >3081</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-211009" >3082</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228041" >3083</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228047" >3084</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228048" >3085</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228050" >3086</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228068" >3087</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228074" >3088</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviationstyle</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188008" >3089</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13011" >3090</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13015" >3091</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13019" >3092</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92013" >3093</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92021" >3094</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-98001" >3095</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-99001" >3096</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-100001" >3097</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-101001" >3098</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-102001" >3099</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114114" >3100</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114157" >3101</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-119004" >3102</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-124018" >3103</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-126002" >3104</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-129002" >3105</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131016" >3106</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133049" >3107</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136009" ><span
-class="cmti-10">3108</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136018" >3109</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136041" >3110</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137009" >3111</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137016" >3112</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137020" >3113</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137027" >3114</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139045" >3115</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139063" >3116</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139077" >3117</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140007" >3118</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140023" >3119</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140083" >3120</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-142006" >3121</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-144002" >3122</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-148016" >3123</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173021" >3124</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173024" >3125</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176033" >3126</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176036" >3127</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176039" >3128</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176042" >3129</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176061" >3130</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182006" >3131</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182025" >3132</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182029" >3133</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183017" >3134</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183034" >3135</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183047" >3136</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-184002" >3137</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-184005" >3138</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186028" >3139</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186032" >3140</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188049" >3141</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190004" >3142</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190007" >3143</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202023" >3144</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202025" >3145</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-211005" >3146</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-211006" >3147</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-211007" >3148</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228014" >3149</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228040" >3150</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228046" >3151</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228058" >3152</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140001" ><span
-class="cmti-10">3153</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140044" >3154</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140047" >3155</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newdualentry</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-147018" >3156</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197001" >3157</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20020" >3158</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21017" >3159</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86007" >3160</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-146001" ><span
-class="cmti-10">3161</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169005" >3162</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169042" >3163</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196009" >3164</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossary*</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-146007" ><span
-class="cmti-10">3165</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180016" >3166</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180024" >3167</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196015" >3168</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3033" >3169</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6003" >3170</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7012" >3171</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58004" >3172</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75007" >3173</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75033" >3174</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-89002" >3175</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114006" >3176</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114008" ><span
-class="cmti-10">3177</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114138" >3178</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-118002" >3179</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-124002" >3180</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-124006" >3181</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-124031" >3182</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-126001" >3183</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-129001" >3184</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131015" >3185</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131052" >3186</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136017" >3187</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136019" >3188</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136026" >3189</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140008" >3190</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-144001" >3191</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175002" >3192</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-184001" >3193</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187019" >3194</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193013" >3195</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193029" >3196</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193045" >3197</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202021" >3198</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204014" >3199</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228013" >3200</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>options<br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">access</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176013" >3201</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228015" >3202</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmtt-10">alias</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12093" >3203</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13029" >3204</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114154" >3205</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183032" >3206</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmtt-10">category</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13013" >3207</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13017" >3208</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13021" >3209</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114156" >3210</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-189001" >3211</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-189003" >3212</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190008" >3213</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190009" >3214</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206020" >3215</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206030" >3216</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206090" >3217</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206092" >3218</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206096" >3219</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206098" >3220</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-211002" >3221</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">description</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13014" >3222</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114015" >3223</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114018" >3224</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114025" >3225</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114032" >3226</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114170" >3227</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-119008" >3228</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-120002" >3229</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-120012" >3230</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132051" >3231</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136027" >3232</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139027" >3233</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139044" >3234</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139072" >3235</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140029" >3236</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173026" >3237</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173028" >3238</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176028" >3239</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183077" >3240</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201012" >3241</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201015" >3242</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206068" >3243</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-229002" >3244</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">descriptionaccess</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176027" >3245</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">descriptionplural</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114031" >3246</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-120003" >3247</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-120013" >3248</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176030" >3249</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">descriptionpluralaccess</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176029" >3250</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">entrycounter</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145044" >3251</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145046" >3252</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">first</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3031" >3253</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114004" >3254</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114037" >3255</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114045" >3256</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114048" >3257</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114059" >3258</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114061" >3259</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114062" >3260</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114073" >3261</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114076" >3262</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114166" >3263</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130030" >3264</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131014" >3265</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132014" >3266</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132018" >3267</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132042" >3268</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133040" >3269</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133045" >3270</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133057" >3271</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133060" >3272</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135012" >3273</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135023" >3274</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136046" >3275</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-138005" >3276</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-143001" >3277</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-174009" >3278</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175008" >3279</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176018" >3280</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176085" >3281</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-184003" >3282</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228079" >3283</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">firstaccess</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176017" >3284</a> <br /></span>
-
-
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">firstplural</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3032" >3285</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114056" >3286</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114067" >3287</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114069" >3288</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114072" >3289</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114075" >3290</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-115005" >3291</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-120011" >3292</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131051" >3293</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132019" >3294</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132034" >3295</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133048" >3296</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133058" >3297</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133062" >3298</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135026" >3299</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175011" >3300</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176022" >3301</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176084" >3302</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228080" >3303</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">firstpluralaccess</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176021" >3304</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">format</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-147003" >3305</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">long</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35020" >3306</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114159" >3307</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114168" >3308</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-119005" >3309</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130032" >3310</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131019" >3311</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133042" >3312</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133051" >3313</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136012" >3314</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137019" >3315</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-138008" >3316</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173020" >3317</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176032" >3318</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188072" >3319</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">longaccess</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176031" >3320</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">longplural</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16009" >3321</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114071" >3322</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114160" >3323</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-120020" >3324</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131053" >3325</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133053" >3326</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136013" >3327</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136029" >3328</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136030" >3329</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136034" >3330</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137026" >3331</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176038" >3332</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">longpluralaccess</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176037" >3333</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7016" >3334</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9018" >3335</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10015" >3336</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12053" >3337</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12063" >3338</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12065" >3339</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13008" >3340</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13022" >3341</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13023" >3342</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17002" >3343</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75008" >3344</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75026" >3345</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75044" >3346</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114016" >3347</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114021" >3348</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114023" >3349</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114035" >3350</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114086" >3351</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114090" >3352</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114096" >3353</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114102" >3354</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114104" >3355</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114110" >3356</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-120001" >3357</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-123001" >3358</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131042" >3359</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131043" >3360</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132039" >3361</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135010" >3362</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-138012" >3363</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139058" >3364</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139061" >3365</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139071" >3366</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139078" >3367</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139080" >3368</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139085" >3369</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140066" >3370</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166024" >3371</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-174007" >3372</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176014" >3373</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176081" >3374</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183068" >3375</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188003" >3376</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188060" >3377</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192029" >3378</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193053" >3379</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196063" >3380</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204069" >3381</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204070" >3382</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206008" >3383</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206057" >3384</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206069" >3385</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206073" >3386</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206078" >3387</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206086" >3388</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-214004" >3389</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-220001" >3390</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228075" >3391</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228078" >3392</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135056" >3393</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-149014" >3394</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114123" >3395</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">parent</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114017" >3396</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114022" >3397</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114030" >3398</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-122001" >3399</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">plural</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16008" >3400</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114005" >3401</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114049" >3402</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114054" >3403</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114058" >3404</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114074" >3405</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-115002" >3406</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-115004" >3407</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-123008" >3408</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131050" >3409</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132026" >3410</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132029" >3411</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133047" >3412</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133056" >3413</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135020" >3414</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136033" >3415</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-174008" >3416</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175006" >3417</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176020" >3418</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176083" >3419</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204051" >3420</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204052" >3421</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206070" >3422</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206071" >3423</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228082" >3424</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">pluralaccess</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176019" >3425</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">prefix</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175003" >3426</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175009" >3427</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175022" >3428</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175025" >3429</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175042" >3430</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175049" >3431</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198015" >3432</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198018" >3433</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175016" >3434</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">prefixfirst</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175007" >3435</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175023" >3436</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175026" >3437</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175046" >3438</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175051" >3439</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">prefixfirstplural</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175010" >3440</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175032" >3441</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175035" >3442</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175055" >3443</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">prefixplural</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175005" >3444</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175012" >3445</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175031" >3446</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175034" >3447</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175044" >3448</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175053" >3449</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198016" >3450</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198019" >3451</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">see</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13028" >3452</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-31018" >3453</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58003" >3454</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58007" >3455</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64001" >3456</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64003" >3457</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68001" >3458</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114128" >3459</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114130" >3460</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114139" >3461</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114143" >3462</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114144" >3463</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114145" >3464</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114147" >3465</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114151" >3466</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-148012" >3467</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-148013" >3468</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-148015" >3469</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-148026" >3470</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-149001" >3471</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183022" >3472</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183033" >3473</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208002" >3474</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208003" >3475</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208009" >3476</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208012" >3477</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208030" >3478</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4003" >3479</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-149007" >3480</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmtt-10">seealso</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13030" >3481</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-68002" >3482</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114148" >3483</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114150" >3484</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183031" >3485</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183035" >3486</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186029" >3487</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186030" >3488</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208010" >3489</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208013" >3490</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208032" >3491</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">short</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10016" >3492</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114161" >3493</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114167" >3494</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130031" >3495</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131020" >3496</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133043" >3497</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133052" >3498</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136014" >3499</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137008" >3500</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-138009" >3501</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173023" >3502</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176035" >3503</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176068" >3504</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183067" >3505</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196022" >3506</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197031" >3507</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">shortaccess</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176034" >3508</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176062" >3509</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228011" >3510</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228012" >3511</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228021" >3512</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228049" >3513</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228054" >3514</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">shortplural</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16010" >3515</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114055" >3516</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114070" >3517</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114162" >3518</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-120021" >3519</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131054" >3520</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133054" >3521</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136015" >3522</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136028" >3523</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136031" >3524</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136036" >3525</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136039" >3526</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137015" >3527</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176041" >3528</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176069" >3529</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">shortpluralaccess</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176040" >3530</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3062" >3531</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7011" >3532</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7015" >3533</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9014" >3534</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9017" >3535</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10011" >3536</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10017" >3537</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14045" >3538</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17001" >3539</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75006" >3540</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75009" >3541</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75011" >3542</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75013" >3543</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75025" >3544</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114024" >3545</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114085" >3546</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114089" >3547</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114091" >3548</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114093" >3549</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114097" >3550</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114101" >3551</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114107" >3552</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114109" >3553</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114111" >3554</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114176" >3555</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-120006" >3556</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-120010" >3557</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-123004" >3558</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-127012" >3559</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131030" >3560</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-138014" >3561</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139059" >3562</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139062" >3563</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139070" >3564</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139079" >3565</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139086" >3566</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145063" >3567</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166023" >3568</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166025" >3569</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183064" >3570</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186001" >3571</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188001" >3572</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188068" >3573</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192010" >3574</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192025" >3575</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192031" >3576</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196061" >3577</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198011" >3578</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201001" >3579</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201004" >3580</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204007" >3581</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204012" >3582</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204063" >3583</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204066" >3584</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204078" >3585</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204083" >3586</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204089" >3587</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206087" >3588</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206088" >3589</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-214005" >3590</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215034" >3591</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215070" >3592</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">subentrycounter</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145045" >3593</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12051" >3594</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13006" >3595</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13007" >3596</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114077" >3597</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114084" >3598</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114169" >3599</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-120004" >3600</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130033" >3601</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132046" >3602</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133077" >3603</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133086" >3604</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140065" >3605</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173018" >3606</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176024" >3607</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193028" >3608</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193037" >3609</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193043" >3610</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193046" >3611</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193049" >3612</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228076" >3613</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">symbolaccess</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176023" >3614</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228023" >3615</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">symbolplural</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114078" >3616</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-120005" >3617</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176026" >3618</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">symbolpluralaccess</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176025" >3619</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">text</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12064" >3620</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12066" >3621</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12086" >3622</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114033" >3623</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114036" >3624</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114039" >3625</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114052" >3626</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114165" >3627</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130029" >3628</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131013" >3629</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131041" >3630</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132008" >3631</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132025" >3632</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132041" >3633</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133041" >3634</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133046" >3635</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133055" >3636</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135011" >3637</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135017" >3638</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136045" >3639</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-138006" >3640</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-143002" >3641</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-174006" >3642</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175004" >3643</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176016" >3644</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176082" >3645</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-184004" >3646</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193052" >3647</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196024" >3648</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197032" >3649</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206072" >3650</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-210002" >3651</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-210003" >3652</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-210004" >3653</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228081" >3654</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">textaccess</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176015" >3655</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">type</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8031" >3656</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9034" >3657</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114113" >3658</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-124004" >3659</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136011" >3660</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196043" >3661</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196045" >3662</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196048" >3663</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202029" >3664</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">user1</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13009" >3665</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13018" >3666</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13024" >3667</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13026" >3668</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13027" >3669</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114115" >3670</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-120014" >3671</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132056" >3672</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166099" >3673</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166102" >3674</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173032" >3675</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173035" >3676</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176044" >3677</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193036" >3678</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193044" >3679</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206026" >3680</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228026" >3681</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228077" >3682</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">user1access</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176043" >3683</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228030" >3684</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">user2</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114117" >3685</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-120015" >3686</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132061" >3687</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166103" >3688</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176046" >3689</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">user2access</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176045" >3690</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">user3</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114118" >3691</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-120016" >3692</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132066" >3693</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176048" >3694</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">user3access</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176047" >3695</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">user4</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114119" >3696</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-120017" >3697</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132071" >3698</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176050" >3699</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">user4access</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176049" >3700</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">user5</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114120" >3701</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-120018" >3702</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132076" >3703</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176052" >3704</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">user5access</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176051" >3705</a> <br /></span>
-
-
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">user6</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114116" >3706</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-120019" >3707</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-132081" >3708</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166100" >3709</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176054" >3710</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">user6access</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176053" >3711</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossarystyle</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156036" >3712</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166002" ><span
-class="cmti-10">3713</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166034" >3714</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166093" >3715</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35012" >3716</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-125003" >3717</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145026" >3718</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-146010" ><span
-class="cmti-10">3719</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173002" >3720</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-229001" >3721</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newline</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114028" >3722</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156027" >3723</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-89001" ><span
-class="cmti-10">3724</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-148017" >3725</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">ngerman </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14029" >3726</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14038" >3727</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14047" >3728</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-167013" >3729</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\nohyperpage</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-153013" >3730</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\noist</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-113008" ><span
-class="cmti-10">3731</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-153006" >3732</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-153015" >3733</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-167017" >3734</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-168012" >3735</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169024" >3736</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169029" >3737</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169062" >3738</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169068" >3739</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-170008" >3740</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215009" >3741</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215021" >3742</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item">Non-Latin Alphabet&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3054" ><span
-class="cmbx-10">3743</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item">non-Latin character&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3020" >3744</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3055" >3745</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3056" ><span
-class="cmbx-10">3746</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14013" >3747</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14016" >3748</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15055" >3749</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16011" >3750</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114013" >3751</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114171" >3752</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114178" >3753</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218004" >3754</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-89003" >3755</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114026" ><span
-class="cmti-10">3756</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-122004" >3757</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-123002" >3758</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156041" >3759</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173029" >3760</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201011" >3761</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201016" >3762</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204011" >3763</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204013" >3764</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204015" >3765</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206017" >3766</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-210010" >3767</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\nopostdot</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206034" >3768</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\null</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145011" >3769</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145012" >3770</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\number</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-152027" >3771</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item">number list&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3059" ><span
-class="cmbx-10">3772</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7019" >3773</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8011" >3774</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10038" >3775</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11006" >3776</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17007" >3777</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17077" >3778</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32006" >3779</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47001" >3780</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47009" >3781</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57001" >3782</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57004" >3783</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57007" >3784</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57008" >3785</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58001" >3786</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59002" >3787</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69005" >3788</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-113016" >3789</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-113020" >3790</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-113021" >3791</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114124" >3792</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114126" >3793</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114129" >3794</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114131" >3795</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114132" >3796</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114133" >3797</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114134" >3798</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-121002" >3799</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-123003" >3800</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130002" >3801</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130007" >3802</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135063" >3803</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145016" >3804</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-146002" >3805</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-147009" >3806</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-148022" >3807</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-148023" >3808</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-148024" >3809</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-148028" >3810</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-150001" >3811</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-150005" >3812</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-150011" >3813</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-150012" >3814</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-150014" >3815</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-151001" >3816</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-151005" >3817</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-151006" >3818</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-151009" >3819</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-151014" >3820</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-152018" >3821</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-153018" >3822</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-153021" >3823</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157022" >3824</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157046" >3825</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157049" >3826</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158011" >3827</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158021" >3828</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159011" >3829</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159021" >3830</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161016" >3831</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161026" >3832</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162013" >3833</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162023" >3834</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-165003" >3835</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166040" >3836</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166081" >3837</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169002" >3838</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169054" >3839</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169065" >3840</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180001" >3841</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192005" >3842</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193001" >3843</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193066" >3844</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193070" >3845</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194011" >3846</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197028" >3847</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197034" >3848</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197035" >3849</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197036" >3850</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208031" >3851</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208033" >3852</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215016" >3853</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218016" >3854</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218034" >3855</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-220004" >3856</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224001" >3857</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224005" >3858</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224006" >3859</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224009" >3860</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224030" >3861</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224033" >3862</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\numberline</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-42002" >3863</a> <br /></span>
-</p><p class="theindex"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">O</span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\oldacronym</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-142004" ><span
-class="cmti-10">3864</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-142007" >3865</a> <br /></span>
-</p><p class="theindex"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">P</span>
-<span class="index-item">package options:<br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4011" >3866</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92016" >3867</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-940002.7" >3868</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136005" >3869</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176009" >3870</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179037" >3871</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179044" >3872</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183009" >3873</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmss-10">accsupp</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-1040002.9" >3874</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176008" >3875</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228039" >3876</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15026" >3877</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20015" >3878</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20019" >3879</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21011" >3880</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21016" >3881</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26001" >3882</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26003" >3883</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45008" >3884</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45009" >3885</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86002" >3886</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-920002.7" >3887</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92005" >3888</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92018" >3889</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92023" >3890</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-95002" >3891</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-110015" >3892</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-124019" >3893</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-124020" >3894</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-124025" >3895</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-141005" >3896</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-146016" >3897</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-146017" >3898</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-146019" >3899</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-147017" >3900</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176006" >3901</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179011" >3902</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179019" >3903</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179020" >3904</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179033" >3905</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179035" >3906</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179043" >3907</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183001" >3908</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183008" >3909</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92010" >3910</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-124024" >3911</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">true</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26002" >3912</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-93001" >3913</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-950002.7" >3914</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-95001" >3915</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-95004" >3916</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133010" >3917</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136021" >3918</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-146020" >3919</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-172004" >3920</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">acronyms</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86003" >3921</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92024" >3922</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-930002.7" >3923</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">automake</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8010" >3924</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17006" >3925</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-810002.5" >3926</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81014" >3927</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">false</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81021" >3928</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">immediate</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81005" >3929</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81010" >3930</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81011" >3931</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">true</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81001" >3932</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81009" >3933</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmss-10">autoseeindex</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-680002.4" >3934</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">false</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208008" >3935</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208020" >3936</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">compatible-2.07</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-1070002.9" >3937</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-110012" >3938</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-113010" >3939</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">compatible-3.07</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92003" >3940</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-1080002.9" >3941</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133005" >3942</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">counter</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-590002.3" >3943</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-113017" >3944</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-150003" >3945</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169004" >3946</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169041" >3947</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">equation</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193002" >3948</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">page</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-59001" >3949</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">counterwithin</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-490002.3" >3950</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49004" >3951</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156002" >3952</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166048" >3953</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166085" >3954</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">debug</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28002" >3955</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-310002.1" >3956</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-31019" >3957</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-31020" >3958</a> <br /></span>
-
-
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmss-10">all</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-31004" >3959</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">false</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-31001" >3960</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-31005" >3961</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">showaccsupp</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-31011" >3962</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176076" >3963</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228034" >3964</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">showtargets</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-31007" >3965</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmss-10">showwrgloss</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-31003" >3966</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">true</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-31002" >3967</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">description </span>(deprecated)&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-980002.8" >3968</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-99002" >3969</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-99003" >3970</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-100005" >3971</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-100006" >3972</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-101004" >3973</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-101006" >3974</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-101008" >3975</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-102002" >3976</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">disablemakegloss</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-820002.5" >3977</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83001" >3978</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmss-10">docdef</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-390002.1" >3979</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">atom</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24003" >3980</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-36004" >3981</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">false</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6013" >3982</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">restricted</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6012" >3983</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6014" >3984</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24005" >3985</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32004" >3986</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">true</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6011" >3987</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-39007" >3988</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">dua </span>(deprecated)&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-98009" >3989</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-1020002.8" >3990</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">entercounter</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157014" >3991</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-480002.3" >3992</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50004" >3993</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156001" >3994</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166047" >3995</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166084" >3996</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">false</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48001" >3997</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">true</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49001" >3998</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmss-10">equations</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-700002.4" >3999</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">esclocations</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-650002.4" >4000</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">false</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65003" >4001</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65009" >4002</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-152002" >4003</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">true</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65001" >4004</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmss-10">floats</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-710002.4" >4005</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">footnote </span>(deprecated)&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-98004" >4006</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-98005" >4007</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-98007" >4008</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-99004" >4009</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-100007" >4010</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-1010002.8" >4011</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-350002.1" >4012</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35010" >4013</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-134015" >4014</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-134017" >4015</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">false</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35014" >4016</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130035" >4017</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-134010" >4018</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-134013" >4019</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139073" >4020</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187001" >4021</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187005" >4022</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">true</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35001" >4023</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35005" >4024</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">index</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86006" >4025</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-890002.6" >4026</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-89012" >4027</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-89015" >4028</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-90001" >4029</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-90002" >4030</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-146023" >4031</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmss-10">indexcounter</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-720002.4" >4032</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-670002.4" >4033</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-660002.4" >4034</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66006" >4035</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66008" >4036</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-150009" >4037</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">false</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-66001" >4038</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">kernelglossredefs</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-1090002.9" >4039</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">false</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-109002" >4040</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">makeindex</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26004" >4041</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-770002.5" >4042</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-110005" >4043</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">noglossaryindex</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-900002.6" >4044</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-610002.3" >4045</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145053" >4046</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156010" >4047</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156038" >4048</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160020" >4049</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166038" >4050</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166097" >4051</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-223001" >4052</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">false</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61001" >4053</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35025" >4054</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35003" >4055</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35004" >4056</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35011" >4057</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-850002.6" >4058</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130020" >4059</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130027" >4060</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-133026" >4061</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-134004" >4062</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-146011" >4063</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">index</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-89013" >4064</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">nolangwarn</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3" >4065</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-290002.1" >4066</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">nolist</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-540002.3" >4067</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-110008" >4068</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157004" >4069</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">nolong</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-520002.3" >4070</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-110006" >4071</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158004" >4072</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206004" >4073</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156020" >4074</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">nomain</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-860002.6" >4075</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-87004" >4076</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88004" >4077</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-89007" >4078</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92015" >4079</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-109003" >4080</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-110011" >4081</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-146015" >4082</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183002" >4083</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183003" >4084</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198001" >4085</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92012" >4086</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmss-10">nomissingglstext</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-1060002.9" >4087</a> <br /></span>
-
-
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3060" >4088</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-570002.3" >4089</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58002" >4090</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114125" >4091</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-147010" >4092</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-150002" >4093</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-150008" >4094</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157050" >4095</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166060" >4096</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166062" >4097</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180023" >4098</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-210020" >4099</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218013" >4100</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-600002.3" >4101</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156043" >4102</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">false</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60003" >4103</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60006" >4104</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182018" >4105</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182020" >4106</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204010" >4107</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208005" >4108</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">true</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60001" >4109</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60002" >4110</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60004" >4111</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182019" >4112</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">noredefwarn</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-300002.1" >4113</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">nostyles</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5002" >4114</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12021" >4115</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12074" >4116</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-560002.3" >4117</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-110010" >4118</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-157005" >4119</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-158005" >4120</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161005" >4121</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163003" >4122</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182011" >4123</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206009" >4124</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-223013" >4125</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156022" >4126</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">nosuper</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-530002.3" >4127</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-110007" >4128</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161004" >4129</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206005" >4130</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156021" >4131</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">notranslate</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15010" >4132</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-340002.1" >4133</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-110014" >4134</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">notree</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-550002.3" >4135</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-110009" >4136</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163002" >4137</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164011" >4138</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">nowarn</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-280002.1" >4139</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-30001" >4140</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-31006" >4141</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">numberedsection</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43001" >4142</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-450002.2" >4143</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45001" >4144</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145036" >4145</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145037" >4146</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145080" >4147</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">autolabel</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45004" >4148</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45011" >4149</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145065" >4150</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">false</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45002" >4151</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">nameref</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45010" >4152</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">nolabel</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45003" >4153</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">numberline</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-420002.2" >4154</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-42006" >4155</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">numbers</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86005" >4156</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-880002.6" >4157</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-146022" >4158</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">order</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73002" >4159</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-760002.5" >4160</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76003" >4161</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145049" >4162</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">letter</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8047" >4163</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9049" >4164</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17088" >4165</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76002" >4166</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204002" >4167</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204095" >4168</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">word</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17091" >4169</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76001" >4170</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmss-10">p</span><br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">record</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10042" >4171</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmss-10">postdot</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4012" >4172</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60005" >4173</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182021" >4174</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-187031" >4175</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192018" >4176</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208006" >4177</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmss-10">postpunc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-60007" >4178</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmss-10">prefix</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-1050002.9" >4179</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182014" >4180</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198005" >4181</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-227003" >4182</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmss-10">record</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10018" >4183</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12023" >4184</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14010" >4185</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47005" >4186</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-690002.4" >4187</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179048" >4188</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183044" >4189</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192013" >4190</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192015" >4191</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194024" >4192</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196037" >4193</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201007" >4194</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204057" >4195</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206050" >4196</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208019" >4197</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-210007" >4198</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215037" >4199</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-216007" >4200</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218012" >4201</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224045" >4202</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-227008" >4203</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">hybrid</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10021" >4204</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25010" >4205</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">nameref</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10020" >4206</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-25016" >4207</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47007" >4208</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73005" >4209</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83005" >4210</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192016" >4211</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192036" >4212</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194041" >4213</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196038" >4214</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-216014" >4215</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224044" >4216</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">only</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6016" >4217</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47006" >4218</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73004" >4219</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83004" >4220</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192014" >4221</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194040" >4222</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">record</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218045" >4223</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224020" >4224</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">restoremakegloss</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-830002.5" >4225</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-83006" >4226</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6006" >4227</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-740002.5" >4228</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75031" >4229</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">false</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7005" >4230</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7006" >4231</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74002" >4232</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74004" >4233</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75032" >4234</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114105" >4235</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">true</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7007" >4236</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7008" >4237</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74003" >4238</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114098" >4239</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114100" >4240</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114103" >4241</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114112" >4242</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114180" >4243</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145062" >4244</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">savenumberlist</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-470002.3" >4245</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135060" >4246</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224002" >4247</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224021" >4248</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224028" >4249</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">false</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-47002" >4250</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">savewrites</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-320002.1" >4251</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32005" >4252</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32015" >4253</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">false</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32001" >4254</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">section</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-430002.2" >4255</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145078" >4256</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">seeautonumberlist</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-580002.3" >4257</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-58006" >4258</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114136" >4259</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-148029" >4260</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-640002.4" >4261</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114142" >4262</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">ignore</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64006" >4263</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">warn</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-64005" >4264</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-960002.7" >4265</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-137037" >4266</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">smallcaps </span>(deprecated)&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-98002" >4267</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-98006" >4268</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-990002.8" >4269</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-101002" >4270</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-101005" >4271</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-110018" >4272</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">smaller </span>(deprecated)&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-98003" >4273</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-98008" >4274</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-1000002.8" >4275</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-101003" >4276</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-101007" >4277</a> <br /></span>
-
-
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73001" >4278</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-750002.5" >4279</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">def</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7010" >4280</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7017" >4281</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75003" >4282</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75010" >4283</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75014" >4284</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75017" >4285</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75022" >4286</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75034" >4287</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114087" >4288</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-123006" >4289</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156008" >4290</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">none</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6008" >4291</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6015" >4292</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11002" >4293</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12022" >4294</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-73003" >4295</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75019" >4296</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">standard</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75005" >4297</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75023" >4298</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75040" >4299</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">use</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7009" >4300</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7018" >4301</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75004" >4302</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75012" >4303</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75015" >4304</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75018" >4305</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75021" >4306</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75035" >4307</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114088" >4308</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-123005" >4309</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156009" >4310</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">style</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-510002.3" >4311</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-54005" >4312</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56002" >4313</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145033" >4314</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-155005" >4315</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-159008" >4316</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160008" >4317</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162008" >4318</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">index</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51003" >4319</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">list</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51001" >4320</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmss-10">stylemods</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4013" >4321</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4014" >4322</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-620002.3" >4323</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182010" >4324</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183007" >4325</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192017" >4326</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206010" >4327</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206011" >4328</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206038" >4329</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208007" >4330</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-223009" >4331</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-223012" >4332</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-500002.3" >4333</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-121001" >4334</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-123007" >4335</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156003" >4336</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166066" >4337</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166086" >4338</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">false</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-50001" >4339</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">symbols</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4015" >4340</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7013" >4341</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8027" >4342</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9015" >4343</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9028" >4344</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-86004" >4345</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-870002.6" >4346</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-146021" >4347</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">toc</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8051" >4348</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-410002.2" >4349</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-42004" >4350</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-42005" >4351</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145030" >4352</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182015" >4353</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183004" >4354</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">false</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41003" >4355</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">true</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41004" >4356</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-42001" >4357</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">translate</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-330002.1" >4358</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33023" >4359</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33025" >4360</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-110013" >4361</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15012" >4362</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15017" >4363</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15039" >4364</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15043" >4365</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15051" >4366</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33017" >4367</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33020" >4368</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33032" >4369</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">false</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15011" >4370</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33011" >4371</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33030" >4372</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34001" >4373</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">true</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33001" >4374</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33022" >4375</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33024" >4376</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33026" >4377</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">ucmark</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43007" >4378</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-440002.2" >4379</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44013" >4380</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">false</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44001" >4381</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">true</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44003" >4382</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmss-10">undefaction</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-380002.1" >4383</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">writeglslabelnames</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24002" >4384</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-36003" >4385</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-370002.1" >4386</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">writeglslabels</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-24001" >4387</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-360002.1" >4388</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">xindy</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9021" >4389</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14008" >4390</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17092" >4391</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20003" >4392</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21002" >4393</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77008" >4394</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-780002.5" >4395</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-79001" >4396</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-110002" >4397</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-110016" >4398</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-167002" >4399</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169001" >4400</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-170001" >4401</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-214003" >4402</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-216008" >4403</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218006" >4404</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218011" >4405</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">xindygloss</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-790002.5" >4406</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-110003" >4407</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">xindynoglsnumbers</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-800002.5" >4408</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-110004" >4409</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">page </span>(counter)&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169039" >4410</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169045" >4411</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item">page type precedence&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-154005" >4412</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\pagelistname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15030" >4413</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">pdflatex</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26" >4414</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130017" >4415</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\PGLS</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175028" ><span
-class="cmti-10">4416</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Pgls</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175024" ><span
-class="cmti-10">4417</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\pgls</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175021" ><span
-class="cmti-10">4418</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182008" >4419</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\PGLSpl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175037" ><span
-class="cmti-10">4420</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Pglspl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175033" ><span
-class="cmti-10">4421</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\pglspl</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-175030" ><span
-class="cmti-10">4422</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\pi</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206082" >4423</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">polyglossia </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15002" >4424</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15004" >4425</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15006" >4426</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15041" >4427</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33009" >4428</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33013" >4429</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33028" >4430</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\primary</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194020" >4431</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printacronyms</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92001" ><span
-class="cmti-10">4432</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136004" >4433</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-141006" >4434</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-125002" >4435</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-141010" >4436</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145004" ><span
-class="cmti-10">4437</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-146009" >4438</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166070" >4439</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173005" >4440</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194030" >4441</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202010" >4442</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215049" >4443</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8002" >4444</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9002" >4445</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56005" >4446</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-87002" >4447</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88002" >4448</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-89005" >4449</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92002" >4450</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136003" >4451</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-141003" >4452</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-141007" >4453</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145019" ><span
-class="cmti-10">4454</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-155003" >4455</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156032" >4456</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166069" >4457</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-173004" >4458</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192038" >4459</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>options<br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">entrycounter</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145041" >4460</a> <br /></span>
-
-
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmtt-10">groups</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145072" >4461</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmtt-10">label</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145064" >4462</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmtt-10">leveloffset</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145073" >4463</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">nogroupskip</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145039" >4464</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">nonumberlist</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145038" >4465</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">nopostdot</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145040" >4466</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">numberedsection</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145035" >4467</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmtt-10">prefix</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145068" >4468</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">style</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56004" >4469</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145032" >4470</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-155001" >4471</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156030" >4472</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160019" >4473</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">subentrycounter</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145043" >4474</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmtt-10">target</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12081" >4475</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145066" >4476</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span
-class="cmtt-10">targetnameprefix</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145070" >4477</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">title</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4" >4478</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15045" >4479</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136002" >4480</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145028" >4481</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145031" >4482</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">toctitle</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145029" >4483</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">type</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145024" >4484</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145025" >4485</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printindex</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-89004" ><span
-class="cmti-10">4486</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-141009" >4487</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145002" ><span
-class="cmti-10">4488</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7002" >4489</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75002" >4490</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75039" >4491</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76006" >4492</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-87003" >4493</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88003" >4494</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-89006" >4495</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-92004" >4496</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-141001" >4497</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145017" ><span
-class="cmti-10">4498</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-155002" >4499</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156031" >4500</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202011" >4501</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>options<br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75001" >4502</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75038" >4503</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-76005" >4504</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145048" >4505</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202013" >4506</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnumbers</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-88001" ><span
-class="cmti-10">4507</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printsymbols</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-87001" ><span
-class="cmti-10">4508</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtacronyms</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-227015" >4509</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4010" >4510</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10032" >4511</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11005" >4512</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179058" >4513</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194031" >4514</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196059" >4515</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197022" >4516</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201028" >4517</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202039" >4518</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204090" >4519</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206059" >4520</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208027" >4521</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-210019" >4522</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215050" >4523</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-216013" >4524</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218035" >4525</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224026" >4526</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145005" ><span
-class="cmti-10">4527</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10005" >4528</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10031" >4529</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11001" >4530</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11004" >4531</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12080" >4532</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145021" >4533</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145027" >4534</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145067" >4535</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145074" >4536</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183072" >4537</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192039" >4538</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192040" >4539</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197050" >4540</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197051" >4541</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-198039" >4542</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224038" >4543</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-227014" >4544</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtinnerglossary</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145023" >4545</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\providecommand</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201022" >4546</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-201033" >4547</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\provideglossaryentry</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114010" ><span
-class="cmti-10">4548</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-124030" >4549</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\provideignoredglossary</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-146013" >4550</a> <br /></span>
-</p><p class="theindex"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">R</span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">relsize </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3065" >4551</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-100002" >4552</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139016" >4553</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Roman</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169035" >4554</a> <br /></span>
-</p><p class="theindex"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">S</span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\S</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194045" >4555</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item">sanitize&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3061" ><span
-class="cmbx-10">4556</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-74001" >4557</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75030" >4558</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135057" >4559</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-149015" >4560</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">scrwfile </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32007" >4561</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\section*</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45013" >4562</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145076" >4563</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114152" >4564</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114153" >4565</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\seename</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-148014" >4566</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-148021" >4567</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-149006" >4568</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4007" >4569</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136016" >4570</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-138001" >4571</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179021" >4572</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179027" >4573</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179028" >4574</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179055" >4575</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182022" >4576</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182024" >4577</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182031" >4578</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182033" >4579</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183012" >4580</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183018" >4581</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183052" >4582</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183057" >4583</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183063" >4584</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-183073" >4585</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-185003" >4586</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186004" >4587</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-186036" >4588</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188047" >4589</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188052" >4590</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-189004" >4591</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-189005" >4592</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190003" >4593</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190013" >4594</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190029" >4595</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197025" >4596</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197043" >4597</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202007" >4598</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-202033" >4599</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-211004" >4600</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-227011" >4601</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228066" >4602</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228072" >4603</a> <br /></span>
-
-
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228045" >4604</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\SetAcronymLists</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-95005" ><span
-class="cmti-10">4605</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-97001" >4606</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131017" >4607</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136032" >4608</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-138004" ><span
-class="cmti-10">4609</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140016" >4610</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182023" >4611</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-190002" >4612</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228035" >4613</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228036" >4614</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228037" >4615</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setentrycounter</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166054" >4616</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166057" >4617</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-49008" >4618</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145085" ><span
-class="cmti-10">4619</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setglossarysection</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43002" ><span
-class="cmti-10">4620</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145079" >4621</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56003" >4622</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-155004" ><span
-class="cmti-10">4623</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156034" >4624</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-156037" >4625</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-164014" >4626</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-165006" >4627</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166092" >4628</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setStyleFile</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20014" >4629</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-21008" >4630</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-113015" ><span
-class="cmti-10">4631</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setupglossaries</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-110001" ><span
-class="cmti-10">4632</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Sigma</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-206081" >4633</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">siunitx </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4006" >4634</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-226001" >4635</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item">small caps&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3063" ><span
-class="cmbx-10">4636</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-136044" >4637</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139009" >4638</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139090" >4639</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139092" >4640</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140059" >4641</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-165017" >4642</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188002" >4643</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-188061" >4644</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-208014" >4645</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\space</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-182007" >4646</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item">standard LaTeX&#x00A0;extended Latin character&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3067" ><span
-class="cmbx-10">4647</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114179" >4648</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">stix </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169038" >4649</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215024" >4650</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166063" ><span
-class="cmti-10">4651</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">supertabular </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53002" >4652</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-161015" >4653</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-162012" >4654</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\symbolname</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15029" >4655</a> <br /></span>
-</p><p class="theindex"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">T</span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">tabularx </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131005" >4656</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131007" >4657</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-131009" >4658</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-143026" >4659</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">tagpdf </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176058" >4660</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-176088" >4661</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-228008" >4662</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-12050" >4663</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130012" >4664</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\textbf</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130044" >4665</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-193006" >4666</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">textcase </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9" >4667</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44008" >4668</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44010" >4669</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\textrm</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169012" >4670</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3064" >4671</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139008" >4672</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139011" >4673</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140036" >4674</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140042" >4675</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140043" >4676</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140058" >4677</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3066" >4678</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-100003" >4679</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139013" >4680</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-139014" >4681</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\textulc</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140037" >4682</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\textup</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140038" >4683</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\the</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-140027" >4684</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-152026" >4685</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">theglossary </span>(environment)&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166003" ><span
-class="cmti-10">4686</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\theHequation</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192009" >4687</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\thepage</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169051" >4688</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215025" >4689</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\toprule</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-160012" >4690</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">tracklang </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5" >4691</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16001" >4692</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16002" >4693</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">translator </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15009" >4694</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15013" >4695</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15014" >4696</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15015" >4697</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15020" >4698</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15021" >4699</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15033" >4700</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15035" >4701</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15036" >4702</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15038" >4703</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15044" >4704</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15046" >4705</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15047" >4706</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15050" >4707</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16005" >4708</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16006" >4709</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16007" >4710</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16012" >4711</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33003" >4712</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33004" >4713</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33005" >4714</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33006" >4715</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33018" >4716</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33029" >4717</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-146026" >4718</a> <br /></span>
-</p><p class="theindex"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">U</span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-197042" >4719</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item">UTF-8&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3069" ><span
-class="cmbx-10">4720</span></a> <br /></span>
-</p><p class="theindex"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">W</span>
-
-
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\write18</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32012" >4721</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81004" >4722</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\writeist</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-154001" >4723</a> <br /></span>
-</p><p class="theindex"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">X</span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">xfor </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10" >4724</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\xGlsXtrSetField</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-213011" >4725</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3005" >4726</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3037" >4727</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3045" >4728</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3050" >4729</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3070" ><span
-class="cmbx-10">4730</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4016" >4731</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4017" >4732</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9005" >4733</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9006" >4734</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9007" >4735</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9008" >4736</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9009" >4737</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9010" >4738</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9011" >4739</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9012" >4740</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9013" >4741</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9031" >4742</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9035" >4743</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9036" >4744</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9039" >4745</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9041" >4746</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9042" >4747</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9043" >4748</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9046" >4749</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9047" >4750</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9051" >4751</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9052" >4752</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9053" >4753</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10035" >4754</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14001" >4755</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14003" >4756</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14007" >4757</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14019" >4758</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14025" >4759</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14028" >4760</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14044" >4761</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15052" >4762</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15056" >4763</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17009" >4764</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17013" >4765</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17016" >4766</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17018" >4767</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17025" >4768</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17027" >4769</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17030" >4770</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17033" >4771</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17036" >4772</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17039" >4773</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17041" >4774</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17048" >4775</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17061" >4776</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17064" >4777</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17067" >4778</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17072" >4779</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17079" >4780</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17084" >4781</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17087" >4782</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18003" >4783</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18011" >4784</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18022" >4785</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18026" >4786</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18032" >4787</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18033" >4788</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#x1-200001.5.3" >4789</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20001" >4790</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20002" >4791</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20004" >4792</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20006" >4793</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20009" >4794</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20011" >4795</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20022" >4796</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20024" >4797</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-22001" >4798</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23003" >4799</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23008" >4800</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23013" >4801</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23015" >4802</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-23018" >4803</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32014" >4804</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32017" >4805</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-48008" >4806</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57003" >4807</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57006" >4808</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65006" >4809</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-65008" >4810</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-69009" >4811</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-75028" >4812</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-77006" >4813</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78001" >4814</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78003" >4815</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78005" >4816</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-78008" >4817</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81003" >4818</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81007" >4819</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81013" >4820</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81016" >4821</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81017" >4822</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-81018" >4823</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-113004" >4824</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-113006" >4825</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114106" >4826</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114108" >4827</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-114177" >4828</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130004" >4829</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130046" >4830</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130050" >4831</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130054" >4832</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130073" >4833</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-135066" >4834</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145009" >4835</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145014" >4836</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-145050" >4837</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-146004" >4838</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-150007" >4839</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-151011" >4840</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-151012" >4841</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-152004" >4842</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-152007" >4843</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-152013" >4844</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-152014" >4845</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-152020" >4846</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-152021" >4847</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-152024" >4848</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-153002" >4849</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-153003" >4850</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-153008" >4851</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-153011" >4852</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-154007" >4853</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-163032" >4854</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166026" >4855</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-166030" >4856</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-167001" >4857</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-167003" >4858</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-167004" >4859</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-167006" >4860</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-167011" >4861</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-167015" >4862</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-167016" >4863</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-167018" >4864</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-167019" >4865</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-167020" >4866</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-167021" >4867</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-168001" >4868</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-168002" >4869</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-168006" >4870</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-168011" >4871</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-168014" >4872</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169003" >4873</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169014" >4874</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169021" >4875</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169028" >4876</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169040" >4877</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169047" >4878</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169067" >4879</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-170002" >4880</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-170003" >4881</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179016" >4882</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-179042" >4883</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180026" >4884</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-180031" >4885</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-192008" >4886</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-194015" >4887</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-196011" >4888</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-204077" >4889</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-214002" >4890</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-214006" >4891</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215002" >4892</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215005" >4893</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215011" >4894</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215012" >4895</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215019" >4896</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215027" >4897</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215030" >4898</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215038" >4899</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-215065" >4900</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-216001" >4901</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-216002" >4902</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-216003" >4903</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218001" >4904</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218003" >4905</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218005" >4906</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-218031" >4907</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224008" >4908</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-224036" >4909</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10037" >4910</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">-C</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9033" >4911</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14027" >4912</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17094" >4913</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17098" >4914</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-168017" >4915</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">-I</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20007" >4916</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-20008" >4917</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">-L</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9032" >4918</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17093" >4919</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17096" >4920</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-168016" >4921</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">-M</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17090" >4922</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item">xindy attributes&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17049" >4923</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-130074" >4924</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169010" >4925</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169017" >4926</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-169022" >4927</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">:locref</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-152022" >4928</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">xkeyval </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8" >4929</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-134030" >4930</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-227002" >4931</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\xspace</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-142018" >4932</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">xspace </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-142014" >4933</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-142015" >4934</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-142017" >4935</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-142019" >4936</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-142021" >4937</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-142023" >4938</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-142024" >4939</a> <br /></span>
-</p></div>
-
-
- <div class="footnotes"><!--l. 875--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn1x1-bk" id="fn1x1"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.1</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">That is, if the entry has been referenced using any of the commands described in </span><a
-href="#sec:glslink">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-8"></span><span class="cmr-8">5.1 </span></a><a
-href="#sec:glslink"><span
-class="cmr-8">Links to Glossary Entries</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a>
-<span
-class="cmr-8">and </span><a
-href="#sec:glsadd">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-8"></span><span class="cmr-8">10 </span></a><a
-href="#sec:glsadd"><span
-class="cmr-8">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">or via </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\glssee</span><a
- id="dx1-4002"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">(or the </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">see</span><a
- id="dx1-4003"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">key) or commands such as</span>
-<span
-class="cmtt-8">\acrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-4004"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">or </span><span id="textcolor3"><span
-class="cmtt-8">\glsxtrshort</span></span><a
- id="dx1-4005"></a><span
-class="cmr-8">.</span></p>
-<!--l. 1766--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn2x1-bk" id="fn2x1"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.2</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">Except for Klingon, which is supported by </span><a
-href="#glo:xindy"><span
-class="cmtt-8">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-10037"></a></a><span
-class="cmr-8">, but not by the CLDR.</span></p>
-<!--l. 1896--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn3x1-bk" id="fn3x1"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.3</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">You can just use the base </span><span
-class="cmss-8">glossaries </span><span
-class="cmr-8">package for the first case, but it&#8217;s less convenient. You&#8217;d have to manually insert the</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-8">entry target before the sectioning command and use </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\glsentryname</span><a
- id="dx1-12002"></a><span
-class="cmtt-8">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-8">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-8">} </span><span
-class="cmr-8">or </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\Glsentryname</span><a
- id="dx1-12003"></a><span
-class="cmtt-8">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-8">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-8">} </span><span
-class="cmr-8">to display the entry</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-8">name.</span></p><!--l. 2067--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn4x1-bk" id="fn4x1"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.4</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\glossentrysymbol </span><span
-class="cmr-8">is defined by the base </span><span
-class="cmss-8">glossaries </span><span
-class="cmr-8">package but is redefined by </span><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-8">glossaries-extra</span></a><span
-class="cmr-8">.</span></p>
-<!--l. 2501--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn5x1-bk" id="fn5x1"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.5</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">deprecated, use </span><span
-class="cmss-8">babel </span><span
-class="cmr-8">instead</span></p>
-<!--l. 3073--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn6x1-bk" id="fn6x1"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.6</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">Added to version </span><a
-href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
-class="cmtt-8">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-17045"></a></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">2.18.</span></p>
-<!--l. 3117--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn7x1-bk" id="fn7x1"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.7</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">As from v3.01 </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-17069"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">is no longer fragile and doesn&#8217;t need protecting.</span></p>
-<!--l. 3220--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn8x1-bk" id="fn8x1"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.8</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">The batch file </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">makeglossaries.bat </span><span
-class="cmr-8">has been removed since the TeX</span><span
-class="cmr-8">&#x00A0;distributions for Windows provide</span>
-<span
-class="cmtt-8">makeglossaries.exe</span><span
-class="cmr-8">.</span></p>
-<!--l. 3787--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn1x2-bk" id="fn1x2"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">These figures don&#8217;t include standard files and registers provided by the kernel or </span><span
-class="cmss-8">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-32010"></a><span
-class="cmr-8">, such as </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">aux </span><span
-class="cmr-8">and</span>
-<span
-class="cmtt-8">out</span><span
-class="cmr-8">.</span></p><!--l. 4039--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn2x2-bk" id="fn2x2"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.2</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">unless </span><span
-class="cmss-8">memoir</span><a
- id="dx1-43005"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">is loaded, which case it uses </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\markboth</span><a
- id="dx1-43006"></a></p>
-<!--l. 4070--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn3x2-bk" id="fn3x2"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.3</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">Actually it uses </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\mfirstucMakeUppercase</span><a
- id="dx1-44007"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">which is set to </span><span
-class="cmss-8">textcase</span><a
- id="dx1-44008"></a><span
-class="cmr-8">&#8217;s </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\MakeTextUppercase </span><span
-class="cmr-8">by the </span><span
-class="cmss-8">glossaries </span><span
-class="cmr-8">package. This</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-8">makes it consistent with </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\makefirstuc</span><a
- id="dx1-44009"></a><span
-class="cmr-8">. (The </span><span
-class="cmss-8">textcase</span><a
- id="dx1-44010"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">package is automatically loaded by </span><span
-class="cmss-8">glossaries</span><span
-class="cmr-8">.)</span></p>
-<!--l. 4426--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn4x2-bk" id="fn4x2"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.4</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">bug fix in v4.16 has corrected the code to ensure this.</span></p>
-<!--l. 5143--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn5x2-bk" id="fn5x2"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.5</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">Actually it sets </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\acronymtype</span><a
- id="dx1-92008"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">to </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\glsdefaulttype</span><a
- id="dx1-92009"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">if the </span><span
-class="cmss-8">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-92010"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">package option is not used, but </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\glsdefaulttype</span><a
- id="dx1-92011"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">usually</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-8">has the value </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">main </span><span
-class="cmr-8">unless the </span><span
-class="cmss-8">nomain</span><a
- id="dx1-92012"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">option has been used.</span></p>
-<!--l. 6787--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn1x4-bk" id="fn1x4"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.1</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">This is because </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\acronymtype</span><a
- id="dx1-124022"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">is set to </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\glsdefaulttype</span><a
- id="dx1-124023"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">if the </span><span
-class="cmss-8">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-124024"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">package option is not used.</span></p>
-<!--l. 7243--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn1x5-bk" id="fn1x5"><sup class="textsuperscript">5.1</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">See also &#8220;Displaying the glossary&#8221; in the documented code, </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">glossaries-code.pdf</span><span
-class="cmr-8">.</span></p>
-<!--l. 7394--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn2x5-bk" id="fn2x5"><sup class="textsuperscript">5.2</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">I&#8217;ve used </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\MakeUppercase </span><span
-class="cmr-8">in all the examples for clarity, but it will actually use </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\mfirstucMakeUppercase</span><span
-class="cmr-8">.</span></p>
-<!--l. 7843--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn3x5-bk" id="fn3x5"><sup class="textsuperscript">5.3</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\glsdisplayfirst</span><a
- id="dx1-133003"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">and </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\glsdisplay</span><a
- id="dx1-133004"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">are now deprecated. Backwards compatibility should be preserved but you may need to</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-8">use the </span><span
-class="cmss-8">compatible-3.07</span><a
- id="dx1-133005"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">option</span></p>
-<!--l. 8547--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn4x5-bk" id="fn4x5"><sup class="textsuperscript">5.4</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">versions before 3.0 used </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\glsentryname</span><a
- id="dx1-135055"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">as the default, but this could cause problems when </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">name</span><a
- id="dx1-135056"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">had been</span>
-<a
-href="#glo:sanitize"><span
-class="cmr-8">sanitized</span><a
- id="dx1-135057"></a></a><span
-class="cmr-8">.</span></p><!--l. 9986--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn1x6-bk" id="fn1x6"><sup class="textsuperscript">6.1</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">as from version 1.18</span></p>
-<!--l. 10016--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn2x6-bk" id="fn2x6"><sup class="textsuperscript">6.2</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">See David Carlisle&#8217;s explanation in </span><a
-href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/86565/drawbacks-of-xspace" ><span
-class="cmr-8">Drawbacks of xspace</span></a></p>
-<!--l. 10728--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn1x8-bk" id="fn1x8"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.1</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">you can&#8217;t use the </span><span
-class="cmss-8">longheaderborder</span><a
- id="dx1-145091"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">style for this example as you can&#8217;t use the </span><span
-class="cmss-8">longtable</span><a
- id="dx1-145092"></a><a
- id="dx1-145093"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">environment in two column</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-8">mode.</span></p><!--l. 11211--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn1x11-bk" id="fn1x11"><sup class="textsuperscript">11.1</sup></a></span><a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-8">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-149004"></a></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">will always assign a location number, even if it&#8217;s not needed, so it needs to be discarded.</span></p>
-<!--l. 11216--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn2x11-bk" id="fn2x11"><sup class="textsuperscript">11.2</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">If you redefine </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\glsseeformat</span><span
-class="cmr-8">, keep the default value of the optional argument as </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\seename</span><a
- id="dx1-149006"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">as both </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">see</span><a
- id="dx1-149007"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">and </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\glssee</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-8">explicitly write </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">[\seename] </span><span
-class="cmr-8">in the output file if no optional argument is given.</span></p>
-<!--l. 11241--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn3x11-bk" id="fn3x11"><sup class="textsuperscript">11.3</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">In versions before 3.0, </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\glsentryname </span><span
-class="cmr-8">was used, but this could cause problems when the </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">name</span><a
- id="dx1-149014"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">key was</span>
-<a
-href="#glo:sanitize"><span
-class="cmr-8">sanitized</span><a
- id="dx1-149015"></a></a><span
-class="cmr-8">.</span></p><!--l. 11847--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn1x13-bk" id="fn1x13"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.1</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">These lengths will not be available if you use both the </span><span
-class="cmss-8">nolong</span><a
- id="dx1-156020"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">and </span><span
-class="cmss-8">nosuper</span><a
- id="dx1-156021"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">package options or if you use the </span><span
-class="cmss-8">nostyles</span><a
- id="dx1-156022"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">package</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-8">option unless you explicitly load the relevant package.</span></p>
-<!--l. 12024--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn2x13-bk" id="fn2x13"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.2</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">This style was supplied by Axel</span><span
-class="cmr-8">&#x00A0;Menzel.</span></p>
-<!--l. 12321--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn3x13-bk" id="fn3x13"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.3</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">e.g.</span><span
-class="cmr-8">&#x00A0;with the </span><span
-class="cmss-8">flowfram</span><a
- id="dx1-161011"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">package.</span></p>
-<!--l. 13673--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn1x14-bk" id="fn1x14"><sup class="textsuperscript">14.1</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">see </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\glsSetCompositor</span><a
- id="dx1-169056"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">described in </span><a
-href="#sec:setup">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-8"></span><span class="cmr-8">3 </span></a><a
-href="#sec:setup"><span
-class="cmr-8">Setting Up</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setup --></a></p>
-<!--l. 13678--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn2x14-bk" id="fn2x14"><sup class="textsuperscript">14.2</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">see </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\glsSetAlphaCompositor</span><a
- id="dx1-169058"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">described in </span><a
-href="#sec:setup">&sect;<span
-class="cmbx-8"></span><span class="cmr-8">3 </span></a><a
-href="#sec:setup"><span
-class="cmr-8">Setting Up</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setup --></a></p>
-<!--l. 13682--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn3x14-bk" id="fn3x14"><sup class="textsuperscript">14.3</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">With </span><a
-href="#glo:glossaries-extra"><span
-class="cmss-8">glossaries-extra</span></a> <span
-class="cmtt-8">seealso </span><span
-class="cmr-8">is appended to the end of the list.</span></p>
-<!--l. 14295--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn1x16-bk" id="fn1x16"><sup class="textsuperscript">16.1</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">Single letter words, such as &#8220;a&#8221; and &#8220;I&#8221; should typically not appear at the end of a line, hence the non-breakable space after</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-8">&#8220;a&#8221; in the </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-175016"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">field.</span></p>
-<!--l. 14466--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn2x16-bk" id="fn2x16"><sup class="textsuperscript">16.2</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">The earlier caveats about initial non-Latin characters apply.</span></p>
-<!--l. 16302--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn1x18-bk" id="fn1x18"><sup class="textsuperscript">18.1</sup></a></span><a
-href="#glo:makeindex"><span
-class="cmtt-8">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-194003"></a></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">assumes that the location is a page number</span></p>
-<!--l. 16481--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn2x18-bk" id="fn2x18"><sup class="textsuperscript">18.2</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">If you use </span><span
-class="cmss-8">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-196017"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">with a language that makes the colon character </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">: </span><span
-class="cmr-8">active you will need to change the prefix.</span></p>
-<!--l. 16546--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn3x18-bk" id="fn3x18"><sup class="textsuperscript">18.3</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">Requires at least </span><a
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
-class="cmtt-8">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-196042"></a></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">v2.0.</span></p>
-<!--l. 19410--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn4x18-bk" id="fn4x18"><sup class="textsuperscript">18.4</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">You can either uncompress the PDF file and view it in a text editor or you can use a tool such as the PDFDebugger</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-8">provided with </span><a
-href="https://pdfbox.apache.org/" ><span
-class="cmr-8">PDFBox</span></a><span
-class="cmr-8">.</span></p> </div>
+</pre> Similarly for <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.16840"></a><a href="#glo:acrshort"><code class="csfmt">\acrshort</code></a>{eg}</code>. You can also use the <a id="wrglossary.16841"></a><a href="#glo:opt.debug"><span class="styoptfmt">debug</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.16842"></a><a href="#glo:optval.debug.showaccsupp"><span class="optfmt">showaccsupp</span></a> package option. This will show the replacement text in the document, but note that this is the content before it’s processed by <a id="wrglossary.16843"></a><a href="#glo:BeginAccSupp"><code class="csfmt">\BeginAccSupp</code></a>.<p>
+If the <a id="wrglossary.16844"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a> command is removed (or commented out) then the result would be different. The <a id="wrglossary.16845"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> of <a id="wrglossary.16846"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> uses <span class="qt">“E”</span> for the short form but the subsequent use has <span class="qt">“ActualText”</span> instead. This is because without <a id="wrglossary.16847"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a> the original acronym mechanism is used, which is less sophisticated than the newer acronym mechanism that’s triggered with <a id="wrglossary.16848"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.16849"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+If you want to convert this example so that it uses <a id="wrglossary.16850"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, make sure you have at least version 1.42 of the extension package. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+<div class="sidenote"><a id="wrglossary.16851"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><span class="clearfix"></span><!-- end of sidenote -->
+If you want to convert this example so that it uses <a id="wrglossary.16852"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, you need to replace the explicit loading of <a id="wrglossary.16853"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> with an implicit load through the <a id="wrglossary.16854"></a><a href="#glo:opt.accsupp"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">accsupp</span></a> package option: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16855"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.16856"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbreviations"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">abbreviations</span></a>,<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16857"></a><a href="#glo:opt.accsupp"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">accsupp</span></a></strong>]{<strong class="strong">glossaries-extra</strong>}
+</pre> I’m switching from <a id="wrglossary.16858"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> to <a id="wrglossary.16859"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>, which means that the default category is <a id="wrglossary.16860"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.abbreviation"><span class="catfmt">abbreviation</span></a> and also the file extensions are different. If you are using <a id="wrglossary.16861"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.16862"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a> you don’t need to worry about it. However, if you’re not using those helper scripts then you will need to adjust the file extensions in your document build process.<p>
+The style command <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.16863"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.16864"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>}</code> needs to be replaced with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16865"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16866"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.16867"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>}
+</pre> This is actually the default so you can simply delete the <a id="wrglossary.16868"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a> line. Substitute the two instances of <a id="wrglossary.16869"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.16870"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16871"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16872"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a></strong>{eg}{e.g.}{for example}
+</pre> Note that for the <span class="qt">“tikz”</span> entry you can now remove the explicit assignment of <a id="wrglossary.16873"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">shortaccess</span></a> with <a id="wrglossary.16874"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.42 as it will strip formatting commands like <code class="csfmt">\emph</code>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16875"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16876"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>
+ {tikz}{Ti<code class="cmd">\emph</code>{k}Z}{Ti<code class="cmd">\emph</code>{k}Z ist <code class="cmd">\emph</code>{kein} Zeichenprogramm}
+</pre> It’s also necessary to replace <a id="wrglossary.16877"></a><a href="#glo:acrshort"><code class="csfmt">\acrshort</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.16878"></a><a href="#glo:acrlong"><code class="csfmt">\acrlong</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.16879"></a><a href="#glo:acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\acrfull</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.16880"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrshort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrshort</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.16881"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrlong"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrlong</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.16882"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfull"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfull</code></a>.<p>
+You may notice a slight difference from the original example if you use a version of <a id="wrglossary.16883"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> between 1.42 and 1.48. The <a id="wrglossary.16884"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">shortaccess</span></a> field shows <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>) instead of just <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>. This is because <a id="wrglossary.16885"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.42 redefined <a id="wrglossary.16886"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaultshortaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaultshortaccess</code></a> to include the short form. The original definition was restored in <a id="wrglossary.16887"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.49.<p>
+Now that the extension package is being used, there are some other modifications that would tidy up the code and fix a few issues.<p>
+The <span class="qt">“Doctor”</span> and <span class="qt">“Drive”</span> entries should really be defined as <a id="wrglossary.16888"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviations</span></a> but they shouldn’t be expanded on <a id="wrglossary.16889"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>. The <a id="wrglossary.16890"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-nolong</span></a> style can achieve this and it happens to be the default style for the <a id="wrglossary.16891"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a> category. This means that you can simply replace the <span class="qt">“Doctor”</span> definition with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16892"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16893"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{Doctor}{Dr}{Doctor}
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.16894"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> of <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.16895"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{Doctor}</code> is just <span class="qt">“Dr”</span>. This means that the <span class="qt">“E”</span> <a id="wrglossary.16896"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFelement">PDF element</a> will be used instead of <span class="qt">“ActualText”</span>. Now I don’t need to supply the accessibility text as its obtained from the long form.<p>
+The <span class="qt">“Drive”</span> <a id="wrglossary.16897"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> can be similarly defined but it has the awkward terminating full stop. This means that I had to omit the end of sentence terminator in: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16898"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16899"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{Doctor} Smith lives at 2, Blueberry <a id="wrglossary.16900"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{Drive}
+</pre> This looks odd when reading the document source and it’s easy to forgot. This is very similar to the situation in the <a id="wrglossary.16901"></a><a href="#glo:file.sample-dot-abbr.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-dot-abbr.tex</span></a> example. I can again use the <a id="wrglossary.16902"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.discardperiod"><span class="csoptfmt">discardperiod</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.16903"></a><a href="#glo:idx.categoryattribute">category attribute</a>, but I need to assign a different category so that it doesn’t interfere with the <span class="qt">“Doctor”</span> <a id="wrglossary.16904"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a>.<p>
+The category is simply a label that’s used in the construction of some internal command names. This means that it must be fully expandable, but I can choose whatever label I like (<a id="wrglossary.16905"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.general"><span class="catfmt">general</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.16906"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.abbreviation"><span class="catfmt">abbreviation</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.16907"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.16908"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.index"><span class="catfmt">index</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.16909"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.symbol"><span class="catfmt">symbol</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.16910"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.number"><span class="catfmt">number</span></a> are used by various commands provided by <a id="wrglossary.16911"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>).<p>
+In this case, I’ve decided to have a category called <span class="catfmt">shortdotted</span> to indicate an <a id="wrglossary.16912"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span></a> that ends with a dot but only the short form is shown on <a id="wrglossary.16913"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16914"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16915"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[shortdotted]{<a id="wrglossary.16916"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-nolong-noreg"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-nolong-noreg</span></a>}
+<a id="wrglossary.16917"></a><a href="#glo:glssetcategoryattribute"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glssetcategoryattribute</code></a>{shortdotted}{<a id="wrglossary.16918"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.discardperiod"><span class="csoptfmt">discardperiod</span></a>}{true}
+<a id="wrglossary.16919"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.16920"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a><span class="optfmt">={shortdotted}</span>]{Drive}{Dr.<a id="wrglossary.16921"></a><a href="#glo:cs.at"><code class="csfmt">\@</code></a>}{Drive}
+</pre> In the <a id="wrglossary.16922"></a><a href="#glo:file.sample-dot-abbr.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-dot-abbr.tex</span></a> example, I also used the <a id="wrglossary.16923"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.insertdots"><span class="csoptfmt">insertdots</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.16924"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@categoryattribute">attribute</a> to automatically insert the dots and add the space factor (which is adjusted if <a id="wrglossary.16925"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.discardperiod"><span class="csoptfmt">discardperiod</span></a> discards a period). In this case I’m inserting the dot manually so I’ve also added the space factor with <a id="wrglossary.16926"></a><a href="#glo:cs.at"><code class="csfmt">\@</code></a> in case the <a id="wrglossary.16927"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span></a> is used mid-sentence. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16928"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16929"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{Doctor} Smith lives at 2, Blueberry <a id="wrglossary.16930"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{Drive}. Next sentence.
+
+<a id="wrglossary.16931"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{Doctor} Smith lives at 2, Blueberry <a id="wrglossary.16932"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{Drive} end of sentence.
+</pre> (The spacing is more noticeable if you first switch to a monospaced font with <code class="cmd">\ttfamily</code>.)<p>
+The <span class="qt">“e.g.”</span> <a id="wrglossary.16933"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span></a> similarly ends with a dot. It’s not usual to write <span class="qt">“for example (e.g.)”</span> in a document, so it really ought to have the same <span class="catfmt">shortdotted</span> category, but it has a long-short form for illustrative purposes in this test document. In this case I need to choose another category so that I can apply a different style. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16934"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16935"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[longshortdotted]{<a id="wrglossary.16936"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>}
+<a id="wrglossary.16937"></a><a href="#glo:glssetcategoryattribute"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glssetcategoryattribute</code></a>{longshortdotted}{<a id="wrglossary.16938"></a><a href="#glo:opt.catattr.discardperiod"><span class="csoptfmt">discardperiod</span></a>}{true}
+<a id="wrglossary.16939"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.16940"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a><span class="optfmt">={longshortdotted}</span>]{e.g.}{e.g.<a id="wrglossary.16941"></a><a href="#glo:cs.at"><code class="csfmt">\@</code></a>}{for example}
+</pre><p>
+To further illustrate categories, let’s suppose the symbol and image should be in the <a id="wrglossary.16942"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> field instead of the <a id="wrglossary.16943"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.16944"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a> fields. Now the <a id="wrglossary.16945"></a><a href="#glo:glsfield-labelaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbolaccsupp</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.16946"></a><a href="#glo:glsfield-labelaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseriaccsupp</code></a> commands won’t be used. I can’t deal with both cases if I just provide <a id="wrglossary.16947"></a><a href="#glo:glsfield-labelaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsnameaccsupp</code></a>. <p>
+I could provide category+field versions, such as <a id="wrglossary.16948"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrcategoryfieldaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtrsymbolnameaccsupp</code></a>, but remember that this only covers accessing the <a id="wrglossary.16949"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> field, which is typically only done in the glossary. I would also need similar commands for the <a id="wrglossary.16950"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.16951"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">firstplural</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.16952"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.16953"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a> keys. This is quite complicated, but since I don’t need to worry about any of the other fields it’s simpler to just provide the <a id="wrglossary.16954"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrcategoryaccsupp"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtr<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">category</em>〉</span>accsupp</code></a> version: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16955"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.16956"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrcategoryaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtr<strong class="strong">symbol</strong>accsupp</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.16957"></a><a href="#glo:glsaccessibility"><code class="csfmt">\glsaccessibility</code></a>[method=hex,unicode]{ActualText}{#1}{#2}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+<code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<a id="wrglossary.16958"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrcategoryaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtr<strong class="strong">image</strong>accsupp</code></a>}[2]{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.16959"></a><a href="#glo:glsaccessibility"><code class="csfmt">\glsaccessibility</code></a>{Alt}{#1}{#2}<span class="comment">% </span>
+}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.16960"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{int}{<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16961"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.16962"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.symbol"><span class="catfmt">symbol</span></a>}</span></strong>,
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16963"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a></strong>={<a id="wrglossary.16964"></a><a href="#glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></a>{<code class="cmd">\int</code>}},<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16965"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.access"><span class="csoptfmt">access</span></a></strong>={222B},
+ <a id="wrglossary.16966"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={integral}</span>
+}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.16967"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{sampleimage}{<strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16968"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a><span class="optfmt">={image}</span></strong>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.16969"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={an example image}</span>,
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16970"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a></strong>={<code class="cmd">\protect</code><a id="wrglossary.16971"></a><a href="#glo:includegraphics"><code class="csfmt">\includegraphics</code></a>[height=20pt]{example-image}},
+ <strong class="strong"><a id="wrglossary.16972"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.access"><span class="csoptfmt">access</span></a></strong>={a boilerplate image used in examples}
+}
+</pre> If it’s necessary to provide support for additional fields, then the category+field command <a id="wrglossary.16973"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrcategoryfieldaccsupp"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtr<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">category</em>〉</span><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span>accsupp</code></a> could be used to override the more general category command <a id="wrglossary.16974"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrcategoryaccsupp"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtr<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">category</em>〉</span>accsupp</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sample-ignored.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.16975"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sample-ignored.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-ignored.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document defines an <a id="wrglossary.16976"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossary</a> for common terms that don’t need a definition. The document build is: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16977"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample-ignored
+makeglossaries sample-ignored
+pdflatex sample-ignored
+</pre> A new <a id="wrglossary.16978"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossary</a> is defined with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16979"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16980"></a><a href="#glo:newignoredglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newignoredglossary</code></a>{common}
+</pre> There are no associated files with an <a id="wrglossary.16981"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossary</a>. An entry is defined with this as its <a id="wrglossary.16982"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> type: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16983"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.16984"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{commonex}{<a id="wrglossary.16985"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">={common}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.16986"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={common term}</span>}
+</pre> Note that the <a id="wrglossary.16987"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> key isn’t required. This term may be referenced with <a id="wrglossary.16988"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> (which is useful for consistent formatting) but it won’t be indexed.<p>
+<div class="filedef">🗋<a href="samples/sample-entrycount.tex">📥</a> <a id="wrglossary.16989"></a><dfn id="glo:file.sample-entrycount.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-entrycount.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of filedef -->
+ This document uses <a id="wrglossary.16990"></a><a href="#glo:glsenableentrycount"><code class="csfmt">\glsenableentrycount</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.16991"></a><a href="#glo:cgls"><code class="csfmt">\cgls</code></a> (described in §<a href="#sec:enableentrycount">7.1</a>) so that acronyms only used once don’t appear in the list of acronyms. The document build is: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.16992"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex sample-entrycount
+pdflatex sample-entrycount
+makeglossaries sample-entrycount
+pdflatex sample-entrycount
+</pre> Note the need to call LaTeX twice before <a id="wrglossary.16993"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>, and then a final LaTeX call is required at the end.<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16994"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.16995"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package has additions that extend this mechanism and comes with some other sample files related to entry counting. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+<div class="information"><div class="informationtitle"><a id="wrglossary.16996"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></div><!-- end of informationtitle -->
+ If you switch to <a id="wrglossary.16997"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> you can use record counting instead. See the <a id="wrglossary.16998"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> manual for further details. </div><!-- end of information -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:samplesother -->
+
+<section id="sec:trouble"><!-- start of section sec:trouble --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->19. Troubleshooting<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:trouble">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+<p>
+In addition to the sample files listed in §<a href="#sec:samples">18</a>, the <a id="wrglossary.16999"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package comes with some minimal example files, <a id="wrglossary.17000"></a><a href="#glo:file.minimalgls.tex"><span class="filefmt">minimalgls.tex</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.17001"></a><a href="#glo:file.mwe-gls.tex"><span class="filefmt">mwe-gls.tex</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.17002"></a><a href="#glo:file.mwe-acr.tex"><span class="filefmt">mwe-acr.tex</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.17003"></a><a href="#glo:file.mwe-acr-desc.tex"><span class="filefmt">mwe-acr-desc.tex</span></a>, which can be used for testing. These should be located in the <span class="filefmt">samples</span> subdirectory (folder) of the <a id="wrglossary.17004"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> documentation directory. The location varies according to your operating system and TeX installation. For example, on Linux it may be in <span class="filefmt">/usr/local/texlive/2022/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/</span>. The <a id="wrglossary.17005"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossariesgui"><span class="appfmt">makeglossariesgui</span></a> application can also be used to test for various problems. Further information on debugging LaTeX code is available at <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/minexample/">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/minexample/</a>.<p>
+If you have any problems, please first consult the <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> FAQ</a>. If that doesn’t help, try posting your query to somewhere like the <span style="font-family: monospace; ">comp.text.tex</span> newsgroup, the <a href="https://latex.org/forum/">LaTeX Community Forum</a> or <a href="https://tex.stackexchange.com/">TeX on StackExchange</a>. Bug reports can be submitted via <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/bug-report.html">my package bug report form</a>. <p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:trouble -->
+
+<section id="summaries"><!-- start of section summaries --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<div class="part"><!-- start of part header -->II. Summaries and Index<div class="labellink"><a href="#summaries">[link]</a></div></div><!-- end of part header -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summaries -->
+
+<section id="symbols"><!-- start of section symbols --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->Symbols<div class="labellink"><a href="#symbols">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+
+<dl class="inlineblock">
+<dt><dfn id="glo:sym.counter">№</dfn></dt>
+<dd>A counter is being described.</dd>
+<dt><dfn id="glo:sym.definition">📌</dfn></dt>
+<dd>The syntax and usage of a command, environment or option etc.</dd>
+<dt><dfn id="glo:sym.deprecated"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></dfn></dt>
+<dd>A command, environment or option that is now deprecated.</dd>
+<dt><dfn id="glo:sym.important">ℹ</dfn></dt>
+<dd>An important message.</dd>
+<dt><dfn id="glo:sym.information">🛈</dfn></dt>
+<dd>Prominent information.</dd>
+<dt><dfn id="glo:sym.code">🖹</dfn></dt>
+<dd>LaTeX code to insert into your document.</dd>
+<dt><dfn id="glo:sym.optionvalue">🔖</dfn></dt>
+<dd>The definition of an option value.</dd>
+<dt><dfn id="glo:sym.result">🖺</dfn></dt>
+<dd>How the example code should appear in the PDF.</dd>
+<dt><dfn id="glo:sym.valuesetting"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></dfn></dt>
+<dd>An option that takes a value.</dd>
+<dt><dfn id="glo:sym.terminal">🔎</dfn></dt>
+<dd>A command-line application invocation that needs to be entered into a <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/novices/html/terminal.html">terminal or command prompt</a>. See also <span class="qt">“<a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries">Incorporating makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document build</a>”</span>.</dd>
+<dt><dfn id="glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></dfn></dt>
+<dd>A boolean option that is initially false.</dd>
+<dt><dfn id="glo:sym.toggleonsetting"><span class="fwsactiveicon">🔘</span></dfn></dt>
+<dd>A boolean option that is initially true.</dd>
+<dt><dfn id="glo:sym.transcript">🔎</dfn></dt>
+<dd>Text in a transcript or log file or written to STDOUT or STDERR.</dd>
+<dt><dfn id="glo:sym.novaluesetting">𝍢</dfn></dt>
+<dd>An option that doesn’t take a value.</dd>
+<dt><dfn id="glo:sym.warning">⚠</dfn></dt>
+<dd>A warning.</dd>
+
+</dl>
+
+</section><!-- end of section symbols -->
+
+<section id="glossary"><!-- start of section glossary --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->Terms<div class="labellink"><a href="#glossary">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+
+<dl>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17006"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.ascii">American Standard Code for Information Interchange (ASCII)</dfn></dt>
+<dd>A single-byte character <a id="wrglossary.17007"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a>. Related blog article: <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/blog/binary-files-text-files-and-file-encodings/">Binary Files, Text Files and File Encodings</a>.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17008"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.casechange">Case change</dfn></dt>
+<dd>There are four types of case-changing commands provided by the <a id="wrglossary.17009"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package:
+<dl>
+ <dt><a id="wrglossary.17010"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a></dt>
+
+<dd>For example, <a id="wrglossary.17011"></a><a href="#glo:GLS"><code class="csfmt">\GLS</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.17012"></a><a href="#glo:GLStext"><code class="csfmt">\GLStext</code></a>. All letters in the given text are converted to <a id="wrglossary.17013"></a><a href="#glo:idx.uppercase">uppercase</a> (capitals). The actual case-conversion is performed by <a id="wrglossary.17014"></a><a href="#glo:glsuppercase"><code class="csfmt">\glsuppercase</code></a>.</dd>
+ <dt><a id="wrglossary.17015"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a></dt>
-</body></html>
+<dd>For example, <a id="wrglossary.17016"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.17017"></a><a href="#glo:Glstext"><code class="csfmt">\Glstext</code></a>. Only the first letter is converted to <a id="wrglossary.17018"></a><a href="#glo:idx.uppercase">uppercase</a>. The case-conversion for the <a id="wrglossary.17019"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> and <a id="wrglossary.17020"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands is performed via <a id="wrglossary.17021"></a><a href="#glo:glssentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\glssentencecase</code></a>, which is simply defined to use the robust <a id="wrglossary.17022"></a><a href="#glo:makefirstuc"><code class="csfmt">\makefirstuc</code></a>. Commands such as <a id="wrglossary.17023"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrytext</code></a> also use <a id="wrglossary.17024"></a><a href="#glo:glssentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\glssentencecase</code></a> in the document but use the expandable <a id="wrglossary.17025"></a><a href="#glo:MFUsentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\MFUsentencecase</code></a> in <a id="wrglossary.17026"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>.</dd>
+ <dt><a id="wrglossary.17027"></a><a href="#glo:idx.titlecase">title case</a></dt>
+
+<dd>For example, <a id="wrglossary.17028"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytitlecase"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytitlecase</code></a>. The first letter of each word is converted to <a id="wrglossary.17029"></a><a href="#glo:idx.uppercase">uppercase</a>. The case-conversion is performed using <a id="wrglossary.17030"></a><a href="#glo:glscapitalisewords"><code class="csfmt">\glscapitalisewords</code></a> in the document text, but commands designed for use in section headings, use the expandable <a id="wrglossary.17031"></a><a href="#glo:MFUsentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\MFUsentencecase</code></a> in <a id="wrglossary.17032"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>.</dd>
+ <dt><a id="wrglossary.17033"></a><a href="#glo:idx.lowercase">lowercase</a></dt>
+
+<dd>The command <a id="wrglossary.17034"></a><a href="#glo:glslowercase"><code class="csfmt">\glslowercase</code></a> is provided for use in modifying <a id="wrglossary.17035"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> or <a id="wrglossary.17036"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span></a> commands to convert the short form to <a id="wrglossary.17037"></a><a href="#glo:idx.lowercase">lowercase</a> for <a id="wrglossary.17038"></a><a href="#glo:dual.smallcaps">small caps</a> styles, but isn’t actually used by any of the commands provided by <a id="wrglossary.17039"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a>. This command should be preferred to the robust <a id="wrglossary.17040"></a><a href="#glo:MakeLowercase"><code class="csfmt">\MakeLowercase</code></a> if expansion is required.</dd>
+
+</dl>
+ Ensure that you have at least <a id="wrglossary.17041"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.08 for improved case-changing performed by new LaTeX3 commands. See the <a id="wrglossary.17042"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> manual for further details.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17043"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.cli">Command-line interface (CLI)</dfn></dt>
+<dd>An application that doesn’t have a graphical user interface. That is, an application that doesn’t have any windows, buttons or menus and can be run in <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/novices/html/terminal.html">a command prompt or terminal</a>.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17044"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.entryline">Entry line</dfn></dt>
+<dd>The line in the <a id="wrglossary.17045"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> where the <a id="wrglossary.17046"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> is shown. This may be a single row in a tabular-style or the start of a paragraph for list or index styles or mid-paragraph for the <a id="wrglossary.17047"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.inline"><span class="glostylefmt">inline</span></a> style. The exact formatting depends on the <a id="wrglossary.17048"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a>, but usually includes the name and description. If <a id="wrglossary.17049"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> are enabled, the <a id="wrglossary.17050"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> and <a id="wrglossary.17051"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands will create a <a id="wrglossary.17052"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> to this line.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17053"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.entrylocation">Entry location</dfn></dt>
+<dd>The location of the entry in the document (obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.17054"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationcounter">location counter</a> or from the <a id="wrglossary.17055"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.thevalue"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">thevalue</span></a> option). This defaults to the page number on which the entry has been referenced with any of the <a id="wrglossary.17056"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a>, <a id="wrglossary.17057"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> or <a id="wrglossary.17058"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a> commands. An entry may have multiple locations that form a list. See also §<a href="#sec:locationsyntax">12.3</a>.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17059"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.exlatinalph">Extended Latin alphabet</dfn></dt>
+<dd>An alphabet consisting of <a id="wrglossary.17060"></a><a href="#glo:dual.latinchar">Latin characters</a> and <a id="wrglossary.17061"></a><a href="#glo:dual.exlatinchar">extended Latin characters</a>.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17062"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.exlatinchar">Extended Latin character</dfn></dt>
+<dd>A character that’s created by combining <a id="wrglossary.17063"></a><a href="#glo:dual.latinchar">Latin characters</a> to form ligatures (e.g. æ) or by applying diacritical marks to a <a id="wrglossary.17064"></a><a href="#glo:dual.latinchar">Latin character</a> or characters (e.g. á).</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17065"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.field">Field</dfn></dt>
+<dd>Entry data is stored in fields. These may have a corresponding key used to set the value, such as <a id="wrglossary.17066"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.17067"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a>.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17068"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.firstuse">First use</dfn></dt>
+<dd>The first time an entry is used by a command that unsets the <a id="wrglossary.17069"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> (or the first time since the flag was reset).</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17070"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.firstuseflag">First use flag</dfn></dt>
+<dd>A conditional that keeps track of whether or not an entry has been referenced by any of the <a id="wrglossary.17071"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands (which can adjust their behaviour according to whether or not this flag is true). The conditional is true if the entry hasn’t been used by one of these commands (or if the flag has been reset) and false if it has been used (or if the flag has been unset).</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17072"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.firstusetext">First use text</dfn></dt>
+<dd>The <a id="wrglossary.17073"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> that is displayed on <a id="wrglossary.17074"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> of the <a id="wrglossary.17075"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17076"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.idx.group">Group (letters, numbers, symbols)</dfn></dt>
+<dd>A logical division within a <a id="wrglossary.17077"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> that is typically a by-product of the <a id="wrglossary.17078"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application’s</a> sorting algorithm. <a id="wrglossary.17079"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">Glossary styles</a> may or may not start each group with a title (such as <span class="qt">“Symbols”</span> or <span class="qt">“A”</span>) or a vertical space. See also <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=logicaldivisions">Gallery: Logical Glossary Divisions (type vs group vs parent)</a>.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17080"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.gui">Graphical user interface (GUI)</dfn></dt>
+<dd>An application that has windows, buttons or menus.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17081"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.glossary">Glossary</dfn></dt>
+<dd>Technically a glossary is an alphabetical list of words relating to a particular topic. For the purposes of describing the <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> and <a id="wrglossary.17082"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> packages, a glossary is either the list produced by commands like <a id="wrglossary.17083"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.17084"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a> (which may or may not be ordered alphabetically) or a glossary is a set of <a id="wrglossary.17085"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> labels where the set is identified by the glossary label or type.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17086"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</dfn></dt>
+<dd>Commands like <a id="wrglossary.17087"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.17088"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisp</code></a> that change the <a id="wrglossary.17089"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. These commands index the entry (if indexing is enabled), create a <a id="wrglossary.17090"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> to the entry’s <a id="wrglossary.17091"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> listing (if enabled) and unset the <a id="wrglossary.17092"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. These commands end with the <a id="wrglossary.17093"></a><a href="#glo:dual.postlinkhook">post-link hook</a>.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17094"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</dfn></dt>
+<dd>Commands like <a id="wrglossary.17095"></a><a href="#glo:glstext"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.17096"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a> that don’t change the <a id="wrglossary.17097"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. These commands index the entry (if indexing is enabled) and create a <a id="wrglossary.17098"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> to the entry’s <a id="wrglossary.17099"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> listing (if enabled). These commands end with the <a id="wrglossary.17100"></a><a href="#glo:dual.postlinkhook">post-link hook</a>.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17101"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.hierarchicallevel">Hierarchical level</dfn></dt>
+<dd>A number that indicates how many ancestors an entry has. An entry with no parent has hierarchical level 0. If an entry has a parent then the hierarchical level for the entry is one more than the hierarchical level of the parent. Most styles will format an entry according to its hierarchical level, giving prominence to level 0 entries, although some may have a maximum supported limit. The level is stored in the <a id="wrglossary.17102"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.level"><span class="csoptfmt">level</span></a> internal field. It can be accessed using commands like <a id="wrglossary.17103"></a><a href="#glo:glsfieldfetch"><code class="csfmt">\glsfieldfetch</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.17104"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrusefield"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrusefield</code></a>, but neither the <a id="wrglossary.17105"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.level"><span class="csoptfmt">level</span></a> nor the <a id="wrglossary.17106"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a> values should be altered as it will cause inconsistencies in the sorting and <a id="wrglossary.17107"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> formatting. See also §<a href="#sec:subentries">4.5</a>.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17108"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.homograph">Homograph</dfn></dt>
+<dd>Each of a set of words that have the same spelling but have different meanings and origins. They may or may not have different pronunciations.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17109"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.ignoredglossary">Ignored glossary</dfn></dt>
+<dd>A <a id="wrglossary.17110"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> that has been defined using a command like <a id="wrglossary.17111"></a><a href="#glo:newignoredglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newignoredglossary</code></a>. These <a id="wrglossary.17112"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> are omitted by iterative commands, such as <a id="wrglossary.17113"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.17114"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a>. An ignored <a id="wrglossary.17115"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> can only be displayed with <a id="wrglossary.17116"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a>.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17117"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.ignoredlocation">Ignored location (or record)</dfn></dt>
+<dd>A <a id="wrglossary.17118"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> that uses <a id="wrglossary.17119"></a><a href="#glo:glsignore"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">glsignore</span></a> as the <a id="wrglossary.17120"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a>. With <a id="wrglossary.17121"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, this indicates that the entry needs to be selected but the <a id="wrglossary.17122"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> isn’t added to the <a id="wrglossary.17123"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a>. With other methods, this will simply create an invisible <a id="wrglossary.17124"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a>, which can result in unwanted commas if the <a id="wrglossary.17125"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a> has other items. With <a id="wrglossary.17126"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> v3.0+, <a id="wrglossary.17127"></a><a href="#glo:idx.emptylocation">empty locations</a> will be converted to ignored locations.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17128"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.indexingapp">Indexing application</dfn></dt>
+<dd>An application (piece of software) separate from TeX/LaTeX that collates and sorts information that has an associated page reference. Generally the information is an index entry but in this case the information is a <a id="wrglossary.17129"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> entry. There are two main indexing applications that are used with TeX: <a id="wrglossary.17130"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.17131"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>. (There is also a new application called <a id="wrglossary.17132"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindex"><span class="appfmt">xindex</span></a>, but this isn’t supported by <a id="wrglossary.17133"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.17134"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>.) The <a id="wrglossary.17135"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package additionally supports <a id="wrglossary.17136"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. These are all <a id="wrglossary.17137"></a><a href="#glo:dual.cli">CLI</a> applications.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17138"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.indexingfile">Indexing file</dfn></dt>
+<dd>A file that’s input (read) by an <a id="wrglossary.17139"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a>, such as the style file (<a id="wrglossary.17140"></a><a href="#glo:ext.ist"><span class="extfmt">ist</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.17141"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a>) or the files containing the <a id="wrglossary.17142"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> data (the sort value, <a id="wrglossary.17143"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical</a> information, <a id="wrglossary.17144"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationencap">location encap</a> and <a id="wrglossary.17145"></a><a href="#glo:dual.entrylocation">entry location</a>). These files are output files from the point of view of the <a id="wrglossary.17146"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package as it’s TeX that creates and writes to those files. An indexing file may also refer to the files that are created by the <a id="wrglossary.17147"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a>. These are output files from the <a id="wrglossary.17148"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application’s</a> point of view, but they are input files from TeX’s point of view as they are input by commands used in the document.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17149"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.indexing">Indexing (or recording)</dfn></dt>
+<dd>The process of saving the <a id="wrglossary.17150"></a><a href="#glo:dual.entrylocation">entry location</a> and any associated information that is required in the <a id="wrglossary.17151"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. In the case of <a id="wrglossary.17152"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.17153"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>, the <a id="wrglossary.17154"></a><a href="#glo:dual.entrylocation">entry location</a>, <a id="wrglossary.17155"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a>, entry item and sort value are written to a supplementary file associated with the <a id="wrglossary.17156"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> that is subsequently read by <a id="wrglossary.17157"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>/<a id="wrglossary.17158"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>. In the case of <a id="wrglossary.17159"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> and the <span class="qt">“noidx”</span> method, the <a id="wrglossary.17160"></a><a href="#glo:dual.entrylocation">entry location</a>, <a id="wrglossary.17161"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a> and label is written to the <a id="wrglossary.17162"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17163"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.internalfield">Internal field</dfn></dt>
+<dd>An internal <a id="wrglossary.17164"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> may refer to a key that shouldn’t be used in the <a id="wrglossary.17165"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file (<a id="wrglossary.17166"></a><a href="#glo:dual.bib2glsinternalfield">internal field (<span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span>)</a>), such as the <a id="wrglossary.17167"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.group"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">group</span></a> field, or it may refer to the <a id="wrglossary.17168"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@internalfieldlabel">label</a> used to internally represent the <a id="wrglossary.17169"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> (which may or may not match the key used to set the <a id="wrglossary.17170"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> or may not have an associated key), such as <a id="wrglossary.17171"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useri"><span class="csoptfmt">useri</span></a> which corresponds to the <a id="wrglossary.17172"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a> key, or it may refer to a <a id="wrglossary.17173"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> that is only ever used internally that should not be explicitly modified, such as the field used to store the entry’s hierarchical level .</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17174"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.bib2glsinternalfield">Internal field (<span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span>)</dfn></dt>
+<dd>A <a id="wrglossary.17175"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> that is used or assigned by <a id="wrglossary.17176"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> that should typically not be used in the <a id="wrglossary.17177"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17178"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">Internal field label</dfn></dt>
+<dd>The field label that forms part of the internal control sequence used to store the field value. This may or may not match the key used to assign the value when defining the entry. See Table <a href="#tab:fieldmap">4.1</a>.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17179"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.latinalph">Latin alphabet</dfn></dt>
+<dd>The alphabet consisting of <a id="wrglossary.17180"></a><a href="#glo:dual.latinchar">Latin characters</a>.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17181"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.latinchar">Latin character</dfn></dt>
+<dd>One of the letters <span class="qt">“a”</span>, …, <span class="qt">“z”</span>, <span class="qt">“A”</span>, …, <span class="qt">“Z”</span>.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17182"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.linktext">Link text</dfn></dt>
+<dd>The text produced by <a id="wrglossary.17183"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">gls</span>-like</a> and <a id="wrglossary.17184"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">glstext</span>-like</a> commands that have the potential to be a <a id="wrglossary.17185"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a>.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17186"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.locationcounter">Location counter</dfn></dt>
+<dd>The counter used to obtain the <a id="wrglossary.17187"></a><a href="#glo:dual.entrylocation">entry location</a>.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17188"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.locationencap">Location encap (format)</dfn></dt>
+<dd>A command used to encapsulate an <a id="wrglossary.17189"></a><a href="#glo:dual.entrylocation">entry location</a>. The control sequence name (without the leading backslash) is identified by the <a id="wrglossary.17190"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a> key. The default encap is <a id="wrglossary.17191"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumberformat"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">glsnumberformat</span></a>. See §<a href="#sec:encap">12.1</a> for further details.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17192"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.locationlist">Location list</dfn></dt>
+<dd>A list of <a id="wrglossary.17193"></a><a href="#glo:dual.entrylocation">entry locations</a> (also called a number list). May be suppressed for all <a id="wrglossary.17194"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> with the package option <a id="wrglossary.17195"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a> or for individual <a id="wrglossary.17196"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> with <a id="wrglossary.17197"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.nonumberlist"><span class="csoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a>. With <a id="wrglossary.17198"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, the list may also be suppressed with <a id="wrglossary.17199"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.save-locations"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">save-locations</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17200"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.nonlatinalph">Non-Latin alphabet</dfn></dt>
+<dd>An alphabet consisting of <a id="wrglossary.17201"></a><a href="#glo:dual.nonlatinchar">non-Latin characters</a>.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17202"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.nonlatinchar">Non-Latin character</dfn></dt>
+<dd>An <a id="wrglossary.17203"></a><a href="#glo:dual.exlatinchar">extended Latin character</a> or a character that isn’t a <a id="wrglossary.17204"></a><a href="#glo:dual.latinchar">Latin character</a>.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17205"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.postdeschook">Post-description hook</dfn></dt>
+<dd>A hook (<a id="wrglossary.17206"></a><a href="#glo:glspostdescription"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">glspostdescription</span></a>) included in some <a id="wrglossary.17207"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> that is used after the description is displayed. The <a id="wrglossary.17208"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package modifies this command to provide additional hooks.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17209"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.postlinkhook">Post-link hook</dfn></dt>
+<dd>A hook (command) that is used after <a id="wrglossary.17210"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to allow code to be automatically added. The base <a id="wrglossary.17211"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package provides a general purpose hook <a id="wrglossary.17212"></a><a href="#glo:glspostlinkhook"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">glspostlinkhook</span></a>. The <a id="wrglossary.17213"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package modifies this command to provide additional hooks.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17214"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.unsrtfam">Print <span class="qt">“unsrt”</span> glossary commands</dfn></dt>
+<dd>The set of commands used for displaying a <a id="wrglossary.17215"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> or partial <a id="wrglossary.17216"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> that have <span class="qt">“unsrt”</span> in the name, such as <a id="wrglossary.17217"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a>. See the <a id="wrglossary.17218"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17219"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.resourcefile">Resource file</dfn></dt>
+<dd>The <a id="wrglossary.17220"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glstex"><span class="extfmt">glstex</span></a> file created by <a id="wrglossary.17221"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> and loaded by <a id="wrglossary.17222"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17223"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.resourceset">Resource set</dfn></dt>
+<dd>All the settings (<a id="wrglossary.17224"></a><a href="#glo:idx.resourceopt">resource options</a>) and entries associated with a particular instance of <a id="wrglossary.17225"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17226"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.sanitize">Sanitize</dfn></dt>
+<dd>Converts command names into character sequences. That is, a command called, say, <span class="csfmtcolourfont">foo</span>, is converted into the sequence of characters: <span class="csfmtcolourfont"></span>, <code class="code">f</code>, <code class="code">o</code>, <code class="code">o</code>. Depending on the font, the backslash character may appear as a dash when used in the main document text, so <span class="csfmtcolourfont">foo</span> will appear as: —foo. <p>
+Earlier versions of <a id="wrglossary.17227"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> used this technique to write information to the files used by the indexing applications to prevent problems caused by fragile commands. Now, this is only used for the <a id="wrglossary.17228"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17229"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.shellescape">Shell escape</dfn></dt>
+<dd>TeX has the ability to run <a id="wrglossary.17230"></a><a href="#glo:dual.cli">CLI</a> applications while it’s typesetting a document. Whilst this is a convenient way of using tools to help build the document, it’s a security risk. To help protect users from arbitrary―and potentially dangerous―code from begin executed, TeX has a restricted mode, where only trusted applications are allowed to run. This is usually the default mode, but your TeX installation may be set up so that the shell escape is disabled by default. The unrestricted mode allows you to run any application from the shell escape. Take care about enabling this option. If you receive a document or package from an untrusted source, first run LaTeX with the shell escape disabled or in restricted mode and search the <a id="wrglossary.17231"></a><a href="#glo:ext.log"><span class="extfmt">log</span></a> file for <span class="qt">“runsystem”</span> before using the unrestricted mode.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17232"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.smallcaps">Small capitals (small caps)</dfn></dt>
+<dd>The LaTeX kernel provides <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.17233"></a><a href="#glo:textsc"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">textsc</span></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code> to produce small capitals. This uses a font where <a id="wrglossary.17234"></a><a href="#glo:idx.lowercase">lowercase</a> letters have a small capital design. <a id="wrglossary.17235"></a><a href="#glo:idx.uppercase">Uppercase</a> letters have the standard height and there’s no noticeable difference with <a id="wrglossary.17236"></a><a href="#glo:idx.uppercase">uppercase</a> characters in corresponding non-small caps fonts. This means that for a small caps appearance, you need to use <a id="wrglossary.17237"></a><a href="#glo:idx.lowercase">lowercase</a> letters in the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> argument. The <a id="wrglossary.17238"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.relsize"><span class="styfmt">relsize</span></a> package provides <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.17239"></a><a href="#glo:textsmaller"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">textsmaller</span></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code> which simulates small caps by reducing the size of the font, so in this case the contents of <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> should be <a id="wrglossary.17240"></a><a href="#glo:idx.uppercase">uppercase</a> (otherwise the effect is simply smaller <a id="wrglossary.17241"></a><a href="#glo:idx.lowercase">lowercase</a> letters). Some fonts don’t support small caps combined with bold or slanted properties. In this case, there will be a font substitution warning and one of the properties (such as small caps or slanted) will be dropped.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17242"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.latexexlatinchar">Standard LaTeX extended Latin character</dfn></dt>
+<dd>An <a id="wrglossary.17243"></a><a href="#glo:dual.exlatinchar">extended Latin character</a> that can be created by a core LaTeX command, such as <span class="csfmtcolourfont">o</span> (ø) or <code class="code"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">'</span>e</code> (é). That is, the character can be produced without the need to load a particular package.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17244"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.subsequentuse">Subsequent use</dfn></dt>
+<dd>Using an entry that unsets the <a id="wrglossary.17245"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> when it has already been unset.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17246"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.utf8">Unicode Transformation Format (8-bit) (UTF-8)</dfn></dt>
+<dd>A variable-width <a id="wrglossary.17247"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a> that uses 8-bit code units. This means that some characters are represented by more that one byte. XeLaTeX and LuaLaTeX treat the multi-byte sequence as a single token, but the older LaTeX formats have single-byte tokens, which can cause complications, although these have mostly been addressed with the newer kernels introduced over the past few years. Related blog article: <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/blog/binary-files-text-files-and-file-encodings/">Binary Files, Text Files and File Encodings</a>.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.17248"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.whatsit">Whatsit</dfn></dt>
+<dd>A command whose execution is delayed or an OS-specific special command. This includes writing to external files (which is what indexing does).</dd>
+
+</dl>
+
+</section><!-- end of section glossary -->
+
+<section id="sec:gloskeys"><!-- start of section sec:gloskeys --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->Glossary Entry Keys Summary<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:gloskeys">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+<a id="wrglossary.17249"></a>These are options that can be passed to commands that define entries, such as <a id="wrglossary.17250"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.17251"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17252"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.access"><span class="csoptfmt">access</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17253"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17254"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Accessibility text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.17255"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13161">375</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17256"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.alias"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">alias</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17257"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17258"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.12</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Behaves in a similar manner to <a id="wrglossary.17259"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a><span class="optfmt">={[<a id="wrglossary.17260"></a><a href="#glo:seealsoname"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\seealsoname</code></a>]<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr-label</em>〉</span>}</span> but also sets up aliasing which makes the <a id="wrglossary.17261"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> hyperlink to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr-label</em>〉</span> instead. <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4556">135</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17262"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">category-label</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>general <a id="wrglossary.17263"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17264"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+The entry’s <a id="wrglossary.17265"></a><a href="#glo:idx.category">category</a> (must be a simple label). <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4580">135</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17266"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.counter"><span class="csoptfmt">counter</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter-name</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17267"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17268"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+If set, the value indicates the <a id="wrglossary.17269"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationcounter">location counter</a> to use by default when <a id="wrglossary.17270"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> this entry (overrides the counter associated with the <a id="wrglossary.17271"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> or the <a id="wrglossary.17272"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></a> package option). <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4568">135</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17273"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17274"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17275"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+The entry’s description, as displayed in the <a id="wrglossary.17276"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. If required in the text, use <a id="wrglossary.17277"></a><a href="#glo:glsdesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsdesc</code></a> (if <a id="wrglossary.17278"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> and <a id="wrglossary.17279"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> are required) or <a id="wrglossary.17280"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></a>. <a id="wrglossary.17281"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">Glossary styles</a> should use <a id="wrglossary.17282"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrydesc</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.17283"></a><a href="#glo:glspostdescription"><code class="csfmt">\glspostdescription</code></a> to incorporate the <a id="wrglossary.17284"></a><a href="#glo:dual.postdeschook">post-description hook</a>. <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4255">128</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17285"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.descriptionaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">descriptionaccess</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17286"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17287"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Accessibility text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.17288"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13182">376</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17289"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.descriptionplural"><span class="csoptfmt">descriptionplural</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17290"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17291"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+The plural form of the entry’s description, if applicable. If omitted, this is set to the same value as the <a id="wrglossary.17292"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a>, since descriptions tend not to be a singular entity. <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4286">129</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17293"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.descriptionpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">descriptionpluralaccess</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17294"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17295"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Accessibility text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.17296"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.descriptionplural"><span class="csoptfmt">descriptionplural</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13187">376</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17297"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">first</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17298"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17299"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+The entry’s text, as displayed on <a id="wrglossary.17300"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> of <a id="wrglossary.17301"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands. Note that using an <a id="wrglossary.17302"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a> or <a id="wrglossary.17303"></a><a href="#glo:dual.postlinkhook">post-link hooks</a> is a more flexible approach. If omitted, this value is assumed to be the same as the <a id="wrglossary.17304"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> key. <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4298">129</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17305"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">firstaccess</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17306"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17307"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Accessibility text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.17308"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13167">376</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17309"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">firstplural</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17310"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17311"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+The entry’s plural form, as displayed on <a id="wrglossary.17312"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> of plural <a id="wrglossary.17313"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands, such as <a id="wrglossary.17314"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>. If this key is omitted, then the value will either be the same as the <a id="wrglossary.17315"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a> field, if the <a id="wrglossary.17316"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> key wasn’t used, or the value will be taken from the <a id="wrglossary.17317"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> key with <a id="wrglossary.17318"></a><a href="#glo:glspluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glspluralsuffix</code></a> appended. <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4329">130</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17319"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">firstpluralaccess</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17320"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17321"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Accessibility text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.17322"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">firstplural</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13173">376</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17323"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.group"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">group</span></dfn>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17324"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17325"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.11+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.17326"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> label that identifies which <a id="wrglossary.17327"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a> the entry belongs to. This key is only available with the <a id="wrglossary.17328"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.17329"></a><a href="#glo:optval.record.only"><span class="xtroptfmt">only</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.17330"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.17331"></a><a href="#glo:optval.record.nameref"><span class="xtroptfmt">nameref</span></a> options, and is set by <a id="wrglossary.17332"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, if invoked with <a id="wrglossary.17333"></a><a href="#glo:switch.group"><span class="longargfmt">--group</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.17334"></a><a href="#glo:switch.group"><span class="shortargfmt">-g</span></a>. Although this has a key, this is considered an <a id="wrglossary.17335"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@bib2glsinternalfield">internal key</a> assigned by <a id="wrglossary.17336"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> as a by-product of sorting. Explicit use without reference to the order of entries can result in fragmented groups. The corresponding title can be set with <a id="wrglossary.17337"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrsetgrouptitle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle</code></a>, although this is more commonly done implicitly within the <a id="wrglossary.17338"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glstex"><span class="extfmt">glstex</span></a> file. See also <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=logicaldivisions">Gallery: Logical Glossary Divisions (type vs group vs parent)</a>.<p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17339"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.location"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">location</span></dfn>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location-list</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17340"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17341"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(requires <a id="wrglossary.17342"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a>)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+The formatted <a id="wrglossary.17343"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a> used by the <a id="wrglossary.17344"></a><a href="#glo:dual.unsrtfam"><span class="qt">“unsrt”</span> family of commands</a>. This key is only available with the <a id="wrglossary.17345"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a> option and is set by <a id="wrglossary.17346"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> unless <a id="wrglossary.17347"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.save-locations"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">save-locations</span></a>false is set. Although it has an associated key, it’s usually considered an internal field.<p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17348"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long-form</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17349"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17350"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+A <a id="wrglossary.17351"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> that is set by <a id="wrglossary.17352"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> (and <a id="wrglossary.17353"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>) to the entry’s long (unabbreviated) form. It typically shouldn’t be used explicitly with <a id="wrglossary.17354"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> as <a id="wrglossary.17355"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> (and <a id="wrglossary.17356"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>) makes other modifications to ensure that when the entry is referenced with the <a id="wrglossary.17357"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands, it will obey the appropriate <a id="wrglossary.17358"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a> (or <a id="wrglossary.17359"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> style</a>). If you are using <a id="wrglossary.17360"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> then this field should be used in the <a id="wrglossary.17361"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file when defining <a id="wrglossary.17362"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviations</span></a>. <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4587">135</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17363"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">longaccess</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17364"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17365"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Accessibility text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.17366"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13192">377</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17367"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long-form</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17368"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17369"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.17370"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a> but the plural form. <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4588">135</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17371"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">longpluralaccess</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17372"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17373"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Accessibility text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.17374"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13195">377</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17375"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17376"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17377"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+The entry’s name, as displayed in the <a id="wrglossary.17378"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. This typically isn’t used outside of the <a id="wrglossary.17379"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> (the <a id="wrglossary.17380"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.17381"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a> keys are used instead). However, if there is a need to specifically display the entry name, use <a id="wrglossary.17382"></a><a href="#glo:glsname"><code class="csfmt">\glsname</code></a> (if <a id="wrglossary.17383"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> and <a id="wrglossary.17384"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> are required) or <a id="wrglossary.17385"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryname</code></a>. <a id="wrglossary.17386"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">Glossary styles</a> should use <a id="wrglossary.17387"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a> rather than explicitly using <a id="wrglossary.17388"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryname</code></a>. <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4246">128</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17389"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.nonumberlist"><span class="csoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false <a id="wrglossary.17390"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17391"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+If set, suppress the <a id="wrglossary.17392"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a> for this entry. This is done by adding <a id="wrglossary.17393"></a><a href="#glo:glsnonextpages"><code class="csfmt">\glsnonextpages</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.17394"></a><a href="#glo:glsnextpages"><code class="csfmt">\glsnextpages</code></a> to the <a id="wrglossary.17395"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> information for Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> or to the <a id="wrglossary.17396"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.prenumberlist"><span class="csoptfmt">prenumberlist</span></a> field for <a id="wrglossary.17397"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>. <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4460">133</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17398"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">parent-label</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17399"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17400"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+The label of the entry’s parent (from which the entry’s <a id="wrglossary.17401"></a><a href="#glo:dual.hierarchicallevel">hierarchical level</a> is obtained). <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4275">129</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17402"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17403"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17404"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+The entry’s plural form, as displayed on <a id="wrglossary.17405"></a><a href="#glo:dual.subsequentuse">subsequent use</a> of plural <a id="wrglossary.17406"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands, such as <a id="wrglossary.17407"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>. This should be the appropriate plural form of the value provided by the <a id="wrglossary.17408"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> key. If omitted, this value is assumed to be the value of the <a id="wrglossary.17409"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> key with <a id="wrglossary.17410"></a><a href="#glo:glspluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glspluralsuffix</code></a> appended. <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4319">129</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17411"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.pluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">pluralaccess</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17412"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17413"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Accessibility text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.17414"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13170">376</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17415"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefix"><span class="csoptfmt">prefix</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17416"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17417"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> v3.14a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.17418"></a><a href="#glo:dual.subsequentuse">subsequent use</a> singular prefix. <a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12874">367</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17419"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixfirst"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixfirst</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17420"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17421"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> v3.14a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.17422"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> singular prefix. <a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12880">367</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17423"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixfirstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixfirstplural</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17424"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17425"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> v3.14a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.17426"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> plural prefix. <a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12884">367</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17427"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixplural"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixplural</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17428"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17429"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> v3.14a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.17430"></a><a href="#glo:dual.subsequentuse">subsequent use</a> plural prefix. <a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12877">367</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17431"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a>=<code class="code">{[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">tag</em>〉</span>]<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr-list</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17432"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17433"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+With the base <a id="wrglossary.17434"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package this simply triggers an automatic cross-reference with <a id="wrglossary.17435"></a><a href="#glo:glssee"><code class="csfmt">\glssee</code></a>. The <a id="wrglossary.17436"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package additionally saves the value. Use <a id="wrglossary.17437"></a><a href="#glo:opt.autoseeindex"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">autoseeindex</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> to prevent the automatic cross-reference. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">tag</em>〉</span> defaults to <a id="wrglossary.17438"></a><a href="#glo:seename"><code class="csfmt">\seename</code></a> and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr-list</em>〉</span> should be a comma-separated list of entries that have already been defined. <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4480">133</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17439"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.seealso"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">seealso</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr-list</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17440"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17441"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.16+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Behaves in a similar manner to <a id="wrglossary.17442"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a><span class="optfmt">={[<a id="wrglossary.17443"></a><a href="#glo:seealsoname"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\seealsoname</code></a>]<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr-list</em>〉</span>}</span>. <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4547">135</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17444"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short-form</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17445"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17446"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+A <a id="wrglossary.17447"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> that is set by <a id="wrglossary.17448"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> to the entry’s short (abbreviated) form. It typically shouldn’t be used explicitly with <a id="wrglossary.17449"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> as <a id="wrglossary.17450"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> (and <a id="wrglossary.17451"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>) makes other modifications to ensure that when the entry is referenced with the <a id="wrglossary.17452"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands, it will obey the appropriate <a id="wrglossary.17453"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a> (or <a id="wrglossary.17454"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> style</a>). If you are using <a id="wrglossary.17455"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> then this field should be used in the <a id="wrglossary.17456"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file when defining <a id="wrglossary.17457"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviations</span></a>. <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4589">135</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17458"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">shortaccess</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17459"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17460"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Accessibility text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.17461"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13198">377</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17462"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short-form</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17463"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17464"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.17465"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> but the plural form. The default is obtained by appending the <a id="wrglossary.17466"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> or <a id="wrglossary.17467"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span></a> plural suffix. <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4590">135</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17468"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">shortpluralaccess</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17469"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17470"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Accessibility text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.17471"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13207">377</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17472"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry name</em>〉</span> <a id="wrglossary.17473"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17474"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Specifies the value to use for sorting (overrides the default). This key is usually required for <a id="wrglossary.17475"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> if the <a id="wrglossary.17476"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key only contains commands (for example, the entry is a symbol), but explicitly using this key in other contexts can break certain sort methods. <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=bib2gls-sorting">Don’t use the <a id="wrglossary.17477"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> field with <a id="wrglossary.17478"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> </a>. <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4365">130</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17479"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">symbol</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><a id="wrglossary.17480"></a><a href="#glo:relax"><code class="csfmt">\relax</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.17481"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17482"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+The entry’s associated symbol (optional), which can be displayed with <a id="wrglossary.17483"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbol</code></a> (if <a id="wrglossary.17484"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> and <a id="wrglossary.17485"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> are required) or with <a id="wrglossary.17486"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysymbol</code></a>. <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4357">130</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17487"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbolaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">symbolaccess</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17488"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17489"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Accessibility text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.17490"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13176">376</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17491"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbolplural"><span class="csoptfmt">symbolplural</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">symbol plural</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17492"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17493"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+The plural form of the <a id="wrglossary.17494"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a>, if applicable, which can be displayed with <a id="wrglossary.17495"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbolplural"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbolplural</code></a> (if <a id="wrglossary.17496"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> and <a id="wrglossary.17497"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> are required) or with <a id="wrglossary.17498"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrysymbolplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysymbolplural</code></a>. If omitted, this value is set to the same as the <a id="wrglossary.17499"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> key (since symbols usually don’t have a plural form). <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4362">130</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17500"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbolpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">symbolpluralaccess</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17501"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17502"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Accessibility text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.17503"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbolplural"><span class="csoptfmt">symbolplural</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13179">376</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17504"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17505"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17506"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+The entry’s text, as displayed on <a id="wrglossary.17507"></a><a href="#glo:dual.subsequentuse">subsequent use</a> of <a id="wrglossary.17508"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands. If omitted, this value is assumed to be the same as the <a id="wrglossary.17509"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key. <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4289">129</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17510"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.textaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">textaccess</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17511"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17512"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Accessibility text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.17513"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13164">376</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17514"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner"><a id="wrglossary.17515"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>-label</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><a id="wrglossary.17516"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.17517"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17518"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Assigns the entry to the <a id="wrglossary.17519"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner"><a id="wrglossary.17520"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>-label</em>〉</span>. <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4438">132</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17521"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17522"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17523"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+A generic field, which can be displayed with <a id="wrglossary.17524"></a><a href="#glo:glsuseri"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseri</code></a> (if <a id="wrglossary.17525"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> and <a id="wrglossary.17526"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> are required) or with <a id="wrglossary.17527"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryuseri"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuseri</code></a>. <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4448">132</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17528"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1access"><span class="csoptfmt">user1access</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17529"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17530"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Accessibility text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.17531"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13210">377</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17532"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user2"><span class="csoptfmt">user2</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17533"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17534"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+A generic field, which can be displayed with <a id="wrglossary.17535"></a><a href="#glo:glsuserii"><code class="csfmt">\glsuserii</code></a> (if <a id="wrglossary.17536"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> and <a id="wrglossary.17537"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> are required) or with <a id="wrglossary.17538"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryuserii"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuserii</code></a>. <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4450">132</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17539"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user2access"><span class="csoptfmt">user2access</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17540"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17541"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Accessibility text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.17542"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user2"><span class="csoptfmt">user2</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13215">377</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17543"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user3"><span class="csoptfmt">user3</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17544"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17545"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+A generic field, which can be displayed with <a id="wrglossary.17546"></a><a href="#glo:glsuseriii"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseriii</code></a> (if <a id="wrglossary.17547"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> and <a id="wrglossary.17548"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> are required) or with <a id="wrglossary.17549"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryuseriii"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuseriii</code></a>. <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4452">132</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17550"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user3access"><span class="csoptfmt">user3access</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17551"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17552"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Accessibility text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.17553"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user3"><span class="csoptfmt">user3</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13220">377</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17554"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user4"><span class="csoptfmt">user4</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17555"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17556"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+A generic field, which can be displayed with <a id="wrglossary.17557"></a><a href="#glo:glsuseriv"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseriv</code></a> (if <a id="wrglossary.17558"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> and <a id="wrglossary.17559"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> are required) or with <a id="wrglossary.17560"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryuseriv"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuseriv</code></a>. <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4454">132</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17561"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user4access"><span class="csoptfmt">user4access</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17562"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17563"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Accessibility text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.17564"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user4"><span class="csoptfmt">user4</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13225">378</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17565"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user5"><span class="csoptfmt">user5</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17566"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17567"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+A generic field, which can be displayed with <a id="wrglossary.17568"></a><a href="#glo:glsuserv"><code class="csfmt">\glsuserv</code></a> (if <a id="wrglossary.17569"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> and <a id="wrglossary.17570"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> are required) or with <a id="wrglossary.17571"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryuserv"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuserv</code></a>. <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4456">132</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17572"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user5access"><span class="csoptfmt">user5access</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17573"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17574"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Accessibility text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.17575"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user5"><span class="csoptfmt">user5</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13230">378</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17576"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user6"><span class="csoptfmt">user6</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17577"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17578"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+A generic field, which can be displayed with <a id="wrglossary.17579"></a><a href="#glo:glsuservi"><code class="csfmt">\glsuservi</code></a> (if <a id="wrglossary.17580"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> and <a id="wrglossary.17581"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> are required) or with <a id="wrglossary.17582"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryuservi"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuservi</code></a>. <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4458">133</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17583"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user6access"><span class="csoptfmt">user6access</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17584"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17585"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Accessibility text corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.17586"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user6"><span class="csoptfmt">user6</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13235">378</a><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:gloskeys -->
+
+<section id="idx.glsopt-optionsummary"><!-- start of section idx.glsopt-optionsummary --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header --><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-Like and <code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-Like Options Summary<div class="labellink"><a href="#idx.glsopt-optionsummary">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+<a id="wrglossary.17587"></a>Most (but not all) of these options can be used in the optional argument of all the <a id="wrglossary.17588"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a>, <a id="wrglossary.17589"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> and <a id="wrglossary.17590"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a> commands.<p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17591"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.counter"><span class="csoptfmt">counter</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter-name</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17592"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17593"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.17594"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationcounter">location counter</a>. <a href="#sec:glslinkoptions">§5.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5523">162</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17595"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs-name</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17596"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17597"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.17598"></a><a href="#glo:locationencap">encap</a> or control sequence name (without the leading backslash) that should be used to <a id="wrglossary.17599"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@locationencap">encapsulate</a> the <a id="wrglossary.17600"></a><a href="#glo:dual.entrylocation">entry location</a>. <a href="#sec:glslinkoptions">§5.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5515">161</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17601"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.hyper"><span class="csoptfmt">hyper</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>true <a id="wrglossary.17602"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleonsetting"><span title="Toggle (On)" class="icon"><span class="fwsactiveicon">🔘</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17603"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Determines whether or not the <a id="wrglossary.17604"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> should have a <a id="wrglossary.17605"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> (provided <a id="wrglossary.17606"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> are supported). <a href="#sec:glslinkoptions">§5.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5499">161</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17607"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.hyperoutside"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">hyperoutside</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>true <a id="wrglossary.17608"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleonsetting"><span title="Toggle (On)" class="icon"><span class="fwsactiveicon">🔘</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17609"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.21+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Determines whether the <a id="wrglossary.17610"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> should be inside or outside of <a id="wrglossary.17611"></a><a href="#glo:glstextformat"><code class="csfmt">\glstextformat</code></a>. <a href="#sec:glslinkoptions">§5.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5552">162</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17612"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.local"><span class="csoptfmt">local</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false <a id="wrglossary.17613"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17614"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+If true use <a id="wrglossary.17615"></a><a href="#glo:glslocalunset"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalunset</code></a> to unset the <a id="wrglossary.17616"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>, otherwise use <a id="wrglossary.17617"></a><a href="#glo:glsunset"><code class="csfmt">\glsunset</code></a> (only applies to <a id="wrglossary.17618"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands). <a href="#sec:glslinkoptions">§5.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5538">162</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17619"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.noindex"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">noindex</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false <a id="wrglossary.17620"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17621"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+If <span class="optfmt">true</span> this option will suppress <a id="wrglossary.17622"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a>. If you are using <a id="wrglossary.17623"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, you may want to consider using <a id="wrglossary.17624"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.17625"></a><a href="#glo:glsignore"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">glsignore</span></a></span> to prevent a <a id="wrglossary.17626"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> but ensure that the entry is selected. <a href="#sec:glslinkoptions">§5.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5544">162</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17627"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.postunset"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">postunset</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>global; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>global <a id="wrglossary.17628"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17629"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.49+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Determines whether or not to unset the <a id="wrglossary.17630"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> after the <a id="wrglossary.17631"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. The value may be one of: <code class="code">global</code>, <code class="code">local</code> or <code class="code">none</code> (only applies to <a id="wrglossary.17632"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands). <a href="#sec:glslinkoptions">§5.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5594">163</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17633"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.prefix"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">prefix</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">link-prefix</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17634"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17635"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.31+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+The prefix to use for the entry’s hyperlink target. <a href="#sec:glslinkoptions">§5.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5570">163</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17636"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.prereset"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">prereset</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>local; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>none <a id="wrglossary.17637"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17638"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.49+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Determines whether or not to reset the entry before the <a id="wrglossary.17639"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. Allowed values: <span class="optfmt">none</span> (no reset), <span class="optfmt">local</span> (localise the reset) and <span class="optfmt">global</span>. <a href="#sec:glslinkoptions">§5.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5584">163</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17640"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.preunset"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">preunset</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>local; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>none <a id="wrglossary.17641"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17642"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.49+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Determines whether or not to unset the entry before the <a id="wrglossary.17643"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. Allowed values: <span class="optfmt">none</span> (no unset), <span class="optfmt">local</span> (localise the unset) and <span class="optfmt">global</span>. <a href="#sec:glslinkoptions">§5.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5589">163</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17644"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.textformat"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">textformat</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">csname</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17645"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17646"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.30+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+The name of the control sequence to use instead of <a id="wrglossary.17647"></a><a href="#glo:glstextformat"><code class="csfmt">\glstextformat</code></a> to encapsulate the <a id="wrglossary.17648"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. <a href="#sec:glslinkoptions">§5.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5565">162</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17649"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.theHvalue"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">theHvalue</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">the-H-value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17650"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17651"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.19+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Set the hyper <a id="wrglossary.17652"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> to this value instead of obtaining it from <a id="wrglossary.17653"></a><a href="#glo:theHcounter"><code class="csfmt">\theH<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span></code></a>. <a href="#sec:glslinkoptions">§5.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5579">163</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17654"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.thevalue"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">thevalue</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17655"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17656"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.19+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Set the <a id="wrglossary.17657"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> to this value instead of obtaining it from the <a id="wrglossary.17658"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationcounter">location counter</a>. <a href="#sec:glslinkoptions">§5.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5574">163</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17659"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.types"><span class="csoptfmt">types</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary list</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17660"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17661"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Only available with <a id="wrglossary.17662"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddall"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddall</code></a>, the value is the list of glossaries to iterate over. <a href="#sec:glsadd">§10</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9116">255</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17663"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.wrgloss"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">wrgloss</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">position</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>before <a id="wrglossary.17664"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17665"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.14+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Determines whether to do the <a id="wrglossary.17666"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> before or after the <a id="wrglossary.17667"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. Allowed values: <span class="optfmt">before</span> and <span class="optfmt">after</span>. <a href="#sec:glslinkoptions">§5.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5557">162</a><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section idx.glsopt-optionsummary -->
+
+<section id="idx.printglossopt-optionsummary"><!-- start of section idx.printglossopt-optionsummary --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header --><code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">…</em>〉</span>glossary</code> Options Summary<div class="labellink"><a href="#idx.printglossopt-optionsummary">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+<a id="wrglossary.17668"></a>Most (but not all) of these options can be used in the optional argument of all the <a id="wrglossary.17669"></a><a href="#glo:print...glossary"><code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">…</em>〉</span>glossary</code></a> commands.<p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17670"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.entrycounter"><span class="csoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false <a id="wrglossary.17671"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17672"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.08+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+If true, enable the entry counter. <a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8561">242</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17673"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.flatten"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">flatten</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false <a id="wrglossary.17674"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17675"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.49+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+If true, treats all entries as though they have the same hierarchical level (the value of <a id="wrglossary.17676"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.leveloffset"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">leveloffset</span></a>). This option is only available for the <span class="qt">“unsrt”</span> commands. <a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8677">244</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17677"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.groups"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">groups</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>true <a id="wrglossary.17678"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleonsetting"><span title="Toggle (On)" class="icon"><span class="fwsactiveicon">🔘</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17679"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.44+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Enables <a id="wrglossary.17680"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a> formation. This option is only available for the <span class="qt">“unsrt”</span> commands. Note that no <a id="wrglossary.17681"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a> will be formed when invoking <a id="wrglossary.17682"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> with the default <a id="wrglossary.17683"></a><a href="#glo:switch.no-group"><span class="longargfmt">--no-group</span></a>, regardless of this setting. <a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8663">244</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17684"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.label"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">label</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17685"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17686"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.39+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Adds <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.17687"></a><a href="#glo:label"><code class="csfmt">\label</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code> to the start of the <a id="wrglossary.17688"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> (after the title). <a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8637">243</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17689"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.leveloffset"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">leveloffset</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">offset</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>0 <a id="wrglossary.17690"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17691"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.44+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Set or increment the <a id="wrglossary.17692"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical level</a> offset. If <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">offset</em>〉</span> starts with <code class="code">++</code> then the current offset is incremented by the given amount otherwise the current offset is set to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">offset</em>〉</span>. For example, an entry with a normal <a id="wrglossary.17693"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical level</a> of 1 will be treated as though it has <a id="wrglossary.17694"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical level</a> \(1+<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">offset</em>〉</span>\). This option is only available for the <span class="qt">“unsrt”</span> commands. <a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8671">244</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17695"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.nogroupskip"><span class="csoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false <a id="wrglossary.17696"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17697"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.08a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+If true, suppress the gap implemented by some <a id="wrglossary.17698"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> between <a id="wrglossary.17699"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a>. <a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8553">242</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17700"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.nonumberlist"><span class="csoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false <a id="wrglossary.17701"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17702"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.14+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Suppress the <a id="wrglossary.17703"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">location list</a>. Note that <a id="wrglossary.17704"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.nonumberlist"><span class="csoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> will have no effect with the <a id="wrglossary.17705"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.save-locations"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">save-locations</span></a>false <a id="wrglossary.17706"></a><a href="#glo:idx.resourceopt">resource option</a> as there won’t be any <a id="wrglossary.17707"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">location lists</a> to display. Likewise if <a id="wrglossary.17708"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a> is used without <a id="wrglossary.17709"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. <a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8551">242</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17710"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.nopostdot"><span class="csoptfmt">nopostdot</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false <a id="wrglossary.17711"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17712"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.08+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+If true, suppress the post-description punctuation. <a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8557">242</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17713"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.numberedsection"><span class="csoptfmt">numberedsection</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>nolabel; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false <a id="wrglossary.17714"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17715"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.14+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Indicates whether or not <a id="wrglossary.17716"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> section headers will be numbered and also if they should automatically be labelled. The <a id="wrglossary.17717"></a><a href="#glo:opt.numberedsection"><span class="styoptfmt">numberedsection</span></a> package option will change the default setting to match. <a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8548">242</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17718"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.prefix"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">prefix</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17719"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17720"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.31+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Redefines <a id="wrglossary.17721"></a><a href="#glo:glolinkprefix"><code class="csfmt">\glolinkprefix</code></a> to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span>. <a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8650">244</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17722"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">method</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17723"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17724"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Only available with <a id="wrglossary.17725"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>, this indicates how the <a id="wrglossary.17726"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> should be ordered. <a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8581">242</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17727"></a><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.printgloss.sort.case"><span class="optfmt">case</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Case-sensitive sort. <a href="#wrglossary.8617">243</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17728"></a><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.printgloss.sort.def"><span class="optfmt">def</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Order of definition. <a href="#wrglossary.8603">243</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17729"></a><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.printgloss.sort.letter"><span class="optfmt">letter</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Letter order. <a href="#wrglossary.8623">243</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17730"></a><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.printgloss.sort.nocase"><span class="optfmt">nocase</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Case-insensitive sort. <a href="#wrglossary.8614">243</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17731"></a><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.printgloss.sort.standard"><span class="optfmt">standard</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Word or letter order according to the <a id="wrglossary.17732"></a><a href="#glo:opt.order"><span class="styoptfmt">order</span></a> package option. <a href="#wrglossary.8626">243</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17733"></a><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.printgloss.sort.use"><span class="optfmt">use</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Order of use. <a href="#wrglossary.8598">242</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17734"></a><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.printgloss.sort.word"><span class="optfmt">word</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Word order. <a href="#wrglossary.8620">243</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17735"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.style"><span class="csoptfmt">style</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17736"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Use the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span> <a id="wrglossary.17737"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a>. <a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8542">241</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17738"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.subentrycounter"><span class="csoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false <a id="wrglossary.17739"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17740"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.08+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+If true, enable the sub-entry counter. <a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8567">242</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17741"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.target"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">target</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>true <a id="wrglossary.17742"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleonsetting"><span title="Toggle (On)" class="icon"><span class="fwsactiveicon">🔘</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17743"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+If true, each entry in the <a id="wrglossary.17744"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> should have a hypertarget created, if supported by the <a id="wrglossary.17745"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> and if <a id="wrglossary.17746"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> are enabled. <a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8643">244</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17747"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.targetnameprefix"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">targetnameprefix</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17748"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17749"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.20+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Inserts <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span> at the start of the hypertarget names. <a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8656">244</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17750"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.title"><span class="csoptfmt">title</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17751"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Sets the glossary title (overriding the default). <a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8533">241</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17752"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.toctitle"><span class="csoptfmt">toctitle</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17753"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.17754"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.03+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Sets the glossary toc title (overriding the default). <a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8537">241</a><p>
+<div class="optionsummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.17755"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span><a id="wrglossary.17756"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.17757"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionsummarybox -->
+<p>
+Identifies the <a id="wrglossary.17758"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> to display. <a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8524">241</a><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section idx.printglossopt-optionsummary -->
+
+<section id="idx.acronymstyle-optionsummary"><!-- start of section idx.acronymstyle-optionsummary --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->Acronym Style Summary<div class="labellink"><a href="#idx.acronymstyle-optionsummary">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+<a id="wrglossary.17759"></a>The style should be set with <a id="wrglossary.17760"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a> before the first instance of <a id="wrglossary.17761"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17762"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.dua-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">dua-desc</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17763"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Both the first use and subsequent use only show the long form and the description must be supplied. <a href="#sec:acrstylesdua">§6.2.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7328">209</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17764"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.dua"><span class="acrstylefmt">dua</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17765"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Both the first use and subsequent use only show the long form. <a href="#sec:acrstylesdua">§6.2.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7324">209</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17766"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-desc</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17767"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+First use shows <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span> followed by the long form in a footnote and the description must be supplied. <a href="#sec:acrstylesfootnote">§6.2.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7361">210</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17768"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-sc-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-sc-desc</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17769"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+First use shows <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span> in smallcaps followed by the long form in a footnote and the description must be supplied. <a href="#sec:acrstylesfootnote">§6.2.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7367">210</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17770"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-sc"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-sc</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17771"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+First use shows <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span> in smallcaps followed by the long form in a footnote. <a href="#sec:acrstylesfootnote">§6.2.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7348">210</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17772"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-sm-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-sm-desc</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17773"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+First use shows <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span> in a smaller font followed by the long form in a footnote and the description must be supplied. <a href="#sec:acrstylesfootnote">§6.2.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7373">210</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17774"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-sm"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-sm</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17775"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+First use shows <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span> in a smaller font followed by the long form in a footnote. <a href="#sec:acrstylesfootnote">§6.2.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7355">210</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17776"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17777"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+First use shows <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span> followed by the long form in a footnote. <a href="#sec:acrstylesfootnote">§6.2.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7342">210</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17778"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sc-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sc-short-desc</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17779"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+First use shows <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>) with the short form in smallcaps and the description must be supplied. <a href="#sec:acrstyleslongshortdesc">§6.2.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7287">208</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17780"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sc-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sc-short</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17781"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+First use shows <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>) with the short form in smallcaps. <a href="#sec:acrstyleslongshort">§6.2.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7197">206</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17782"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short-desc</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17783"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+First use shows <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>) where the description must be supplied. <a href="#sec:acrstyleslongshortdesc">§6.2.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7280">208</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17784"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17785"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+First use shows <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>). <a href="#sec:acrstyleslongshort">§6.2.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7191">206</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17786"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sm-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sm-short-desc</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17787"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+First use shows <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>) with the short form in a smaller font and the description must be supplied. <a href="#sec:acrstyleslongshortdesc">§6.2.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7292">208</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17788"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sm-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sm-short</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17789"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+First use shows <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>) with the short form in a smaller font. <a href="#sec:acrstyleslongshort">§6.2.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7205">206</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17790"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sp-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sp-short-desc</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17791"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.16+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+First use shows <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>) where the space may be converted to a non-breaking space and the description must be supplied. <a href="#sec:acrstyleslongshortdesc">§6.2.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7297">208</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17792"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sp-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sp-short</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17793"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.16+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+First use shows <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>) where the space may be converted to a non-breaking space. <a href="#sec:acrstyleslongshort">§6.2.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7212">206</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17794"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.sc-short-long-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">sc-short-long-desc</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17795"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+First use shows <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>) with the short form in smallcaps and a description must be supplied. <a href="#sec:acrstylesshortlongdesc">§6.2.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7309">209</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17796"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.sc-short-long"><span class="acrstylefmt">sc-short-long</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17797"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+First use shows <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>) with short form in smallcaps. <a href="#sec:acrstylesshortlong">§6.2.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7265">208</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17798"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.short-long-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">short-long-desc</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17799"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+First use shows <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>) and a description must be supplied. <a href="#sec:acrstylesshortlongdesc">§6.2.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7302">208</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17800"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.short-long"><span class="acrstylefmt">short-long</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17801"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+First use shows <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>). <a href="#sec:acrstylesshortlong">§6.2.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7260">207</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17802"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.sm-short-long-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">sm-short-long-desc</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17803"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+First use shows <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>) with the short form in a smaller font and a description must be supplied. <a href="#sec:acrstylesshortlongdesc">§6.2.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7314">209</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17804"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.sm-short-long"><span class="acrstylefmt">sm-short-long</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17805"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+First use shows <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>) with short form in a smaller font. <a href="#sec:acrstylesshortlong">§6.2.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7273">208</a><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section idx.acronymstyle-optionsummary -->
+
+<section id="idx.glossarystyle-optionsummary"><!-- start of section idx.glossarystyle-optionsummary --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->Glossary Styles Summary<div class="labellink"><a href="#idx.glossarystyle-optionsummary">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+<a id="wrglossary.17806"></a>The default style may be set with <a id="wrglossary.17807"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a> or with the <a id="wrglossary.17808"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a> package option. The default style can be overridden for individual <a id="wrglossary.17809"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> with the <a id="wrglossary.17810"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.style"><span class="csoptfmt">style</span></a> option. For a summary of all available styles, see <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=glossaries-styles">Gallery: Predefined Styles</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17811"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlist"><span class="glostylefmt">altlist</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17812"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-list"><span class="styfmt">glossary-list</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A list style using the <a id="wrglossary.17813"></a><a href="#glo:env.description"><span class="envfmt">description</span></a> environment with the entry’s description starting on a new line. <a href="#sec:liststyles">§13.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10722">298</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17814"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlistgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">altlistgroup</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17815"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-list"><span class="styfmt">glossary-list</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A list style using the <a id="wrglossary.17816"></a><a href="#glo:env.description"><span class="envfmt">description</span></a> environment with the entry’s description starting on a new line with letter <a id="wrglossary.17817"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> headings. <a href="#sec:liststyles">§13.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10732">298</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17818"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlisthypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">altlisthypergroup</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17819"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-list"><span class="styfmt">glossary-list</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A list style using the <a id="wrglossary.17820"></a><a href="#glo:env.description"><span class="envfmt">description</span></a> environment with the entry’s description starting on a new line with letter <a id="wrglossary.17821"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> headings and a navigation line. <a href="#sec:liststyles">§13.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10737">298</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17822"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlong4col-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">altlong4col-booktabs</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17823"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longbooktabs"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longbooktabs</span></a> v4.21+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17824"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 4 columns allowing for multi-lined descriptions, a header row and rules. <a href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles">§13.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11041">307</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17825"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlong4col"><span class="glostylefmt">altlong4col</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17826"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17827"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 4 columns allowing a multiline description. <a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10860">302</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17828"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlong4colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altlong4colborder</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17829"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17830"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 4 columns allowing a multiline description with border lines. <a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10868">302</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17831"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlong4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">altlong4colheader</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17832"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17833"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 4 columns allowing a multiline description with a header row. <a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10873">302</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17834"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlong4colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altlong4colheaderborder</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17835"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17836"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 4 columns allowing a multiline description with a header row and border lines. <a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10879">302</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17837"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlongragged4col-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">altlongragged4col-booktabs</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17838"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longbooktabs"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longbooktabs</span></a> v4.21+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17839"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 4 columns, a header row and rules, and ragged right formatting for the description. <a href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles">§13.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11050">308</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17840"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlongragged4col"><span class="glostylefmt">altlongragged4col</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17841"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longragged</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17842"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 4 columns and ragged right formatting for the description. <a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">§13.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10957">305</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17843"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlongragged4colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altlongragged4colborder</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17844"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longragged</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17845"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 4 columns and ragged right formatting for the description and border lines. <a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">§13.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10964">305</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17846"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlongragged4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">altlongragged4colheader</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17847"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longragged</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17848"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 4 columns and ragged right formatting for the description, and a header row. <a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">§13.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10968">305</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17849"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlongragged4colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altlongragged4colheaderborder</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17850"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longragged</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17851"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 4 columns and ragged right formatting for the description, border lines and a header row. <a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">§13.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10973">305</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17852"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altsuper4col"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuper4col</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17853"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-super"><span class="styfmt">glossary-super</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17854"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> with 4 columns allowing multiline descriptions. <a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11140">311</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17855"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altsuper4colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuper4colborder</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17856"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-super"><span class="styfmt">glossary-super</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+ <a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11148">311</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17857"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altsuper4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuper4colheader</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17858"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-super"><span class="styfmt">glossary-super</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17859"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> with 4 columns and a header row allowing multiline descriptions. <a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11153">311</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17860"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altsuper4colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuper4colheaderborder</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17861"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-super"><span class="styfmt">glossary-super</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17862"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> with 4 columns, a header row and border lines allowing multiline descriptions. <a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11158">311</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17863"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altsuperragged4col"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuperragged4col</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17864"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-superragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-superragged</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17865"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> with 4 columns and ragged right formatting for the description. <a href="#sec:superraggedstyles">§13.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11233">313</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17866"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altsuperragged4colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuperragged4colborder</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17867"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-superragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-superragged</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17868"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> with 4 columns and border lines, and ragged right formatting for the description. <a href="#sec:superraggedstyles">§13.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11237">314</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17869"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altsuperragged4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuperragged4colheader</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17870"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-superragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-superragged</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17871"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> with 4 columns and a header row, and ragged right formatting for the description. <a href="#sec:superraggedstyles">§13.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11241">314</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17872"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altsuperragged4colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuperragged4colheaderborder</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17873"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-superragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-superragged</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17874"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> with 4 columns, a header row and border lines, and ragged right formatting for the description. <a href="#sec:superraggedstyles">§13.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11245">314</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17875"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttree"><span class="glostylefmt">alttree</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17876"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A <a id="wrglossary.17877"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical</a> style that shows the name, description and, if set, the symbol. The name is set in a box whose width is given by the widest name that has to be identified with <a id="wrglossary.17878"></a><a href="#glo:glssetwidest"><code class="csfmt">\glssetwidest</code></a>. <a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11358">317</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17879"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttreegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">alttreegroup</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17880"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A <a id="wrglossary.17881"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical</a> style with letter <a id="wrglossary.17882"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> headings that shows the name, description and, if set, the symbol. The name is set in a box whose width is given by the widest name that has to be identified with <a id="wrglossary.17883"></a><a href="#glo:glssetwidest"><code class="csfmt">\glssetwidest</code></a>. <a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11401">319</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17884"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttreehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">alttreehypergroup</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17885"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A <a id="wrglossary.17886"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical</a> style with letter <a id="wrglossary.17887"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> headings and navigation line that shows the name, description and, if set, the symbol. The name is set in a box whose width is given by the widest name that has to be identified with <a id="wrglossary.17888"></a><a href="#glo:glssetwidest"><code class="csfmt">\glssetwidest</code></a>. <a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11406">319</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17889"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.bookindex"><span class="xtrglostylefmt">bookindex</span></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17890"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-bookindex"><span class="styfmt">glossary-bookindex</span></a> v1.21+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Designed for indexes, the description isn’t shown.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17891"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.index"><span class="glostylefmt">index</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17892"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A style similar to standard indexes but also shows the description and, if set, the symbol. <a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11285">315</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17893"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.indexgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">indexgroup</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17894"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A style similar to standard indexes with letter <a id="wrglossary.17895"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> headings but also shows the description and, if set, the symbol. <a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11310">316</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17896"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.indexhypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">indexhypergroup</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17897"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A style similar to standard indexes with letter <a id="wrglossary.17898"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> headings and a navigation line but also shows the description and, if set, the symbol. <a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11315">316</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17899"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.inline"><span class="glostylefmt">inline</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17900"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-inline"><span class="styfmt">glossary-inline</span></a> v3.03+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+An inline <a id="wrglossary.17901"></a><a href="#glo:dual.homograph">homograph</a> style. <a href="#sec:inline">§13.1.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11474">322</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17902"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.list"><span class="glostylefmt">list</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17903"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-list"><span class="styfmt">glossary-list</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A list style using the <a id="wrglossary.17904"></a><a href="#glo:env.description"><span class="envfmt">description</span></a> environment. <a href="#sec:liststyles">§13.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10696">297</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17905"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.listdotted"><span class="glostylefmt">listdotted</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17906"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-list"><span class="styfmt">glossary-list</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A list style with a dotted leader between the name and description. <a href="#sec:liststyles">§13.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10743">298</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17907"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.listgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">listgroup</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17908"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-list"><span class="styfmt">glossary-list</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A list style using the <a id="wrglossary.17909"></a><a href="#glo:env.description"><span class="envfmt">description</span></a> environment with letter <a id="wrglossary.17910"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> headings. <a href="#sec:liststyles">§13.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10706">298</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17911"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.listhypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">listhypergroup</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17912"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-list"><span class="styfmt">glossary-list</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A list style using the <a id="wrglossary.17913"></a><a href="#glo:env.description"><span class="envfmt">description</span></a> environment with letter <a id="wrglossary.17914"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> headings and a navigation line. <a href="#sec:liststyles">§13.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10712">298</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17915"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">long-booktabs</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17916"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longbooktabs"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longbooktabs</span></a> v4.21+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17917"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 2 columns a header row and rules. <a href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles">§13.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11028">307</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17918"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.long-name-desc-sym-loc"><span class="xtrglostylefmt">long-name-desc-sym-loc</span></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17919"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longextra"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longextra</span></a> v1.21+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Tabular style with 4 columns.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17920"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.long-name-desc"><span class="xtrglostylefmt">long-name-desc</span></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17921"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longextra"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longextra</span></a> v1.37+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Tabular style with 2 columns.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17922"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long"><span class="glostylefmt">long</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17923"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17924"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 2 columns. <a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10799">300</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17925"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3col-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">long3col-booktabs</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17926"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longbooktabs"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longbooktabs</span></a> v4.21+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17927"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 3 columns a header row and rules. <a href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles">§13.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11034">307</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17928"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3col"><span class="glostylefmt">long3col</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17929"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17930"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 3 columns. <a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10821">301</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17931"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">long3colborder</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17932"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17933"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 3 columns and border lines. <a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10828">301</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17934"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">long3colheader</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17935"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17936"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 3 columns and a header row. <a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10832">301</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17937"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">long3colheaderborder</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17938"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17939"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 3 columns, a header row and border lines. <a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10837">301</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17940"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long4col-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">long4col-booktabs</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17941"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longbooktabs"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longbooktabs</span></a> v4.21+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17942"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 4 columns a header row and rules. <a href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles">§13.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11038">307</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17943"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long4col"><span class="glostylefmt">long4col</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17944"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17945"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 4 columns. <a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10842">301</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17946"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long4colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">long4colborder</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17947"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17948"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 4 columns and border lines. <a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10847">302</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17949"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">long4colheader</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17950"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17951"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 4 columns and a header row. <a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10851">302</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17952"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long4colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">long4colheaderborder</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17953"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17954"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 4 columns, a header row and border lines. <a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10856">302</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17955"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longborder"><span class="glostylefmt">longborder</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17956"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17957"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 2 columns and border lines. <a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10807">300</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17958"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longheader"><span class="glostylefmt">longheader</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17959"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17960"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 2 columns and a header row. <a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10811">301</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17961"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">longheaderborder</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17962"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17963"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 2 columns, a header row and border lines. <a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10816">301</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17964"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged-booktabs</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17965"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longbooktabs"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longbooktabs</span></a> v4.21+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17966"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 2 columns, a header row and rules, and ragged right formatting for the description. <a href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles">§13.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11044">308</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17967"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17968"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longragged</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17969"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 2 columns and ragged right formatting for the description. <a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">§13.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10918">304</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17970"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged3col-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged3col-booktabs</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17971"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longbooktabs"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longbooktabs</span></a> v4.21+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17972"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 3 columns, a header row and rules, and ragged right formatting for the description. <a href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles">§13.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11047">308</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17973"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged3col"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged3col</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17974"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longragged</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17975"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 3 columns and ragged right formatting for the description. <a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">§13.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10937">304</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17976"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged3colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged3colborder</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17977"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longragged</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17978"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 3 columns and ragged right formatting for the description and border lines. <a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">§13.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10944">304</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17979"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged3colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged3colheader</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17980"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longragged</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17981"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 3 columns and ragged right formatting for the description, and a header row. <a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">§13.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10948">305</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17982"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged3colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged3colheaderborder</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17983"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longragged</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17984"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 3 columns and ragged right formatting for the description, border lines and a header row. <a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">§13.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10953">305</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17985"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longraggedborder"><span class="glostylefmt">longraggedborder</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17986"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longragged</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17987"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 2 columns and ragged right formatting for the description and border lines. <a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">§13.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10924">304</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17988"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longraggedheader"><span class="glostylefmt">longraggedheader</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17989"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longragged</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17990"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 2 columns and ragged right formatting for the description, and a header row. <a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">§13.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10928">304</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17991"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longraggedheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">longraggedheaderborder</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17992"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longragged</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.17993"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> with 2 columns and ragged right formatting for the description, border lines and a header row. <a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">§13.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10933">304</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17994"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcolalttree"><span class="glostylefmt">mcolalttree</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17995"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-mcols"><span class="styfmt">glossary-mcols</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A multicolumn <a id="wrglossary.17996"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical</a> style that shows the name, description and, if set, the symbol. The name is set in a box whose width is given by the widest name that has to be identified with <a id="wrglossary.17997"></a><a href="#glo:glssetwidest"><code class="csfmt">\glssetwidest</code></a>. <a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.17998"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcolalttreegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">mcolalttreegroup</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.17999"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-mcols"><span class="styfmt">glossary-mcols</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A multicolumn <a id="wrglossary.18000"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical</a> style with letter <a id="wrglossary.18001"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> headings that shows the name, description and, if set, the symbol. The name is set in a box whose width is given by the widest name that has to be identified with <a id="wrglossary.18002"></a><a href="#glo:glssetwidest"><code class="csfmt">\glssetwidest</code></a>. <a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18003"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcolalttreehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">mcolalttreehypergroup</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18004"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-mcols"><span class="styfmt">glossary-mcols</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A <a id="wrglossary.18005"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical</a> style with letter <a id="wrglossary.18006"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> headings and navigation line at the start of the first column that shows the name, description and, if set, the symbol. The name is set in a box whose width is given by the widest name that has to be identified with <a id="wrglossary.18007"></a><a href="#glo:glssetwidest"><code class="csfmt">\glssetwidest</code></a>. <a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18008"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcolalttreespannav"><span class="glostylefmt">mcolalttreespannav</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18009"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-mcols"><span class="styfmt">glossary-mcols</span></a> v4.22+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A <a id="wrglossary.18010"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical</a> style with letter <a id="wrglossary.18011"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> headings and navigation line spanning all columns that shows the name, description and, if set, the symbol. The name is set in a box whose width is given by the widest name that has to be identified with <a id="wrglossary.18012"></a><a href="#glo:glssetwidest"><code class="csfmt">\glssetwidest</code></a>. <a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18013"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcolindex"><span class="glostylefmt">mcolindex</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18014"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-mcols"><span class="styfmt">glossary-mcols</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A multicolumn style similar to standard indexes but also shows the description and, if set, the symbol. <a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18015"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcolindexgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">mcolindexgroup</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18016"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-mcols"><span class="styfmt">glossary-mcols</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A multicolumn style similar to standard indexes with letter <a id="wrglossary.18017"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> headings but also shows the description and, if set, the symbol. <a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18018"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcolindexhypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">mcolindexhypergroup</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18019"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-mcols"><span class="styfmt">glossary-mcols</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A multicolumn style similar to standard indexes with letter <a id="wrglossary.18020"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> headings and a navigation line at the start of the first column but also shows the description and, if set, the symbol. <a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18021"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcolindexspannav"><span class="glostylefmt">mcolindexspannav</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18022"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-mcols"><span class="styfmt">glossary-mcols</span></a> v4.22+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A multicolumn style similar to standard indexes with letter <a id="wrglossary.18023"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> headings and a navigation line spanning all columns but also shows the description and, if set, the symbol. <a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18024"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcoltree"><span class="glostylefmt">mcoltree</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18025"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-mcols"><span class="styfmt">glossary-mcols</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A multicolumn <a id="wrglossary.18026"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical</a> style that shows the name, description and, if set, the symbol. <a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18027"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcoltreegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">mcoltreegroup</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18028"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-mcols"><span class="styfmt">glossary-mcols</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A multicolumn <a id="wrglossary.18029"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical</a> style with letter <a id="wrglossary.18030"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> headings that shows the name, description and, if set, the symbol. <a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18031"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcoltreehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">mcoltreehypergroup</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18032"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-mcols"><span class="styfmt">glossary-mcols</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A multicolumn <a id="wrglossary.18033"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical</a> style with letter <a id="wrglossary.18034"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> headings and navigation line at the start of the first column that shows the name, description and, if set, the symbol. <a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18035"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcoltreenoname"><span class="glostylefmt">mcoltreenoname</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18036"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-mcols"><span class="styfmt">glossary-mcols</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A multicolumn <a id="wrglossary.18037"></a><a href="#glo:dual.homograph">homograph</a> style that shows the top-level name, description and, if set, the symbol, but omits the name for sub-entries. <a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18038"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcoltreenonamegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">mcoltreenonamegroup</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18039"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-mcols"><span class="styfmt">glossary-mcols</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A multicolumn <a id="wrglossary.18040"></a><a href="#glo:dual.homograph">homograph</a> style with letter <a id="wrglossary.18041"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> headings that shows the top-level name, description and, if set, the symbol, but omits the name for sub-entries. <a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18042"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcoltreenonamehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">mcoltreenonamehypergroup</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18043"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-mcols"><span class="styfmt">glossary-mcols</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A multicolumn <a id="wrglossary.18044"></a><a href="#glo:dual.homograph">homograph</a> style with letter <a id="wrglossary.18045"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> headings and navigation line at the start of the first column that shows the top-level name, description and, if set, the symbol, but omits the name for sub-entries. <a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18046"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcoltreenonamespannav"><span class="glostylefmt">mcoltreenonamespannav</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18047"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-mcols"><span class="styfmt">glossary-mcols</span></a> v4.22+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A multicolumn <a id="wrglossary.18048"></a><a href="#glo:dual.homograph">homograph</a> style with letter <a id="wrglossary.18049"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> headings and navigation line spanning all columns that shows the top-level name, description and, if set, the symbol, but omits the name for sub-entries. <a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18050"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcoltreespannav"><span class="glostylefmt">mcoltreespannav</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18051"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-mcols"><span class="styfmt">glossary-mcols</span></a> v4.22+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A multicolumn <a id="wrglossary.18052"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical</a> style with letter <a id="wrglossary.18053"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> headings and navigation line spanning all columns that shows the name, description and, if set, the symbol. <a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18054"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.sublistdotted"><span class="glostylefmt">sublistdotted</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18055"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-list"><span class="styfmt">glossary-list</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A list style with just the name for top-level entries and a dotted leader between the name and description for sub-entries. <a href="#sec:liststyles">§13.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10757">299</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18056"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super"><span class="glostylefmt">super</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18057"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-super"><span class="styfmt">glossary-super</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.18058"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> with 2 columns. <a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11084">309</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18059"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super3col"><span class="glostylefmt">super3col</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18060"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-super"><span class="styfmt">glossary-super</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.18061"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> with 3 columns. <a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11104">309</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18062"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super3colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">super3colborder</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18063"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-super"><span class="styfmt">glossary-super</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.18064"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> with 3 columns and border lines. <a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11111">310</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18065"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super3colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">super3colheader</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18066"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-super"><span class="styfmt">glossary-super</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.18067"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> with 3 columns and a header row. <a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11115">310</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18068"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super3colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">super3colheaderborder</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18069"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-super"><span class="styfmt">glossary-super</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.18070"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> with 3 columns, a header row and border lines. <a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11119">310</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18071"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super4col"><span class="glostylefmt">super4col</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18072"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-super"><span class="styfmt">glossary-super</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.18073"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> with 4 columns. <a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11123">310</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18074"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super4colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">super4colborder</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18075"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-super"><span class="styfmt">glossary-super</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.18076"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> with 4 columns and border lines. <a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11128">310</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18077"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">super4colheader</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18078"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-super"><span class="styfmt">glossary-super</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.18079"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> with 4 columns and a header row. <a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11132">310</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18080"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super4colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">super4colheaderborder</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18081"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-super"><span class="styfmt">glossary-super</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.18082"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> with 4 columns, a header row and border lines. <a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11136">310</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18083"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superborder"><span class="glostylefmt">superborder</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18084"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-super"><span class="styfmt">glossary-super</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.18085"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> with 2 columns and border lines. <a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11092">309</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18086"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superheader"><span class="glostylefmt">superheader</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18087"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-super"><span class="styfmt">glossary-super</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.18088"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> with 2 columns and a header row. <a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11096">309</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18089"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">superheaderborder</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18090"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-super"><span class="styfmt">glossary-super</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.18091"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> with 2 columns, a header row and border lines. <a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11100">309</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18092"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superragged"><span class="glostylefmt">superragged</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18093"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-superragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-superragged</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.18094"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> with 2 columns and ragged right formatting for the description. <a href="#sec:superraggedstyles">§13.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11195">312</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18095"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superragged3col"><span class="glostylefmt">superragged3col</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18096"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-superragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-superragged</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.18097"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> with 3 columns and ragged right formatting for the description. <a href="#sec:superraggedstyles">§13.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11215">313</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18098"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superragged3colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">superragged3colborder</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18099"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-superragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-superragged</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.18100"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> with 3 columns and border lines, and ragged right formatting for the description. <a href="#sec:superraggedstyles">§13.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11222">313</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18101"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superragged3colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">superragged3colheader</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18102"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-superragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-superragged</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.18103"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> with 3 columns and a header row, and ragged right formatting for the description. <a href="#sec:superraggedstyles">§13.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11226">313</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18104"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superragged3colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">superragged3colheaderborder</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18105"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-superragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-superragged</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.18106"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> with 3 columns, a header row and border lines, and ragged right formatting for the description. <a href="#sec:superraggedstyles">§13.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11230">313</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18107"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superraggedborder"><span class="glostylefmt">superraggedborder</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18108"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-superragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-superragged</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.18109"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> with 2 columns and border lines, and ragged right formatting for the description. <a href="#sec:superraggedstyles">§13.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11203">312</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18110"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superraggedheader"><span class="glostylefmt">superraggedheader</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18111"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-superragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-superragged</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.18112"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> with 2 columns and a header row, and ragged right formatting for the description. <a href="#sec:superraggedstyles">§13.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11207">313</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18113"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superraggedheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">superraggedheaderborder</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18114"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-superragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-superragged</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A tabular style using <a id="wrglossary.18115"></a><a href="#glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span></a> with 2 columns, a header row and border lines, and ragged right formatting for the description. <a href="#sec:superraggedstyles">§13.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11211">313</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18116"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.topic"><span class="xtrglostylefmt">topic</span></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18117"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-topic"><span class="styfmt">glossary-topic</span></a> v1.40+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Designed for paragraph length top-level descriptions.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18118"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.topicmcols"><span class="xtrglostylefmt">topicmcols</span></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18119"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-topic"><span class="styfmt">glossary-topic</span></a> v1.40+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Designed for paragraph length top-level descriptions with sub-entries in multiple columns.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18120"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.tree"><span class="glostylefmt">tree</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18121"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A <a id="wrglossary.18122"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical</a> style that shows the name, description and, if set, the symbol. <a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11322">316</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18123"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">treegroup</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18124"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A <a id="wrglossary.18125"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical</a> style with letter <a id="wrglossary.18126"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> headings that shows the name, description and, if set, the symbol. <a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11331">317</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18127"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">treehypergroup</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18128"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A <a id="wrglossary.18129"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical</a> style with letter <a id="wrglossary.18130"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> headings and navigation line that shows the name, description and, if set, the symbol. <a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11336">317</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18131"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treenoname"><span class="glostylefmt">treenoname</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18132"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A <a id="wrglossary.18133"></a><a href="#glo:dual.homograph">homograph</a> style that shows the top-level name, description and, if set, the symbol, but omits the name for sub-entries. <a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11343">317</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18134"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treenonamegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">treenonamegroup</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18135"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A <a id="wrglossary.18136"></a><a href="#glo:dual.homograph">homograph</a> style with letter <a id="wrglossary.18137"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> headings that shows the top-level name, description and, if set, the symbol, but omits the name for sub-entries. <a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11347">317</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18138"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treenonamehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">treenonamehypergroup</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18139"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A <a id="wrglossary.18140"></a><a href="#glo:dual.homograph">homograph</a> style with letter <a id="wrglossary.18141"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> headings and navigation line that shows the top-level name, description and, if set, the symbol, but omits the name for sub-entries. <a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11351">317</a><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section idx.glossarystyle-optionsummary -->
+
+<section id="cmdsummary"><!-- start of section cmdsummary --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->Command Summary<div class="labellink"><a href="#cmdsummary">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section cmdsummary -->
+
+<section id="summary.index@"><!-- start of section summary.index@ --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->@<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index@">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18142"></a><a href="#glo:@gls@codepage"><code class="csfmt">\@gls@codepage</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">code-page</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18143"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+This command is written to the <a id="wrglossary.18144"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file for the benefit of <a id="wrglossary.18145"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.18146"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a>. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">code-page</em>〉</span> indicates the <a id="wrglossary.18147"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.18148"></a><a href="#glo:idx.codepage">codepage</a>. <a href="#sec:notedev.makeindex.xindy">§1.7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2044">66</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18149"></a><a href="#glo:@gls@reference"><code class="csfmt">\@gls@reference</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18150"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+This command is written to the <a id="wrglossary.18151"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file to provide the information for <a id="wrglossary.18152"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>. <a href="#sec:notedev.makeindex.xindy">§1.7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2050">66</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18153"></a><a href="#glo:@glsorder"><code class="csfmt">\@glsorder</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">order</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+This command is written to the <a id="wrglossary.18154"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file for the benefit of <a id="wrglossary.18155"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.18156"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a>. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">order</em>〉</span> should be either <code class="code">letter</code> or <code class="code">word</code>. <a href="#sec:notedev.makeindex.xindy">§1.7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2033">66</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18157"></a><a href="#glo:@glsxtr@altmodifier"><code class="csfmt">\@glsxtr@altmodifier</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">character</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18158"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.37+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+This command is written to the <a id="wrglossary.18159"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file to provide the <a id="wrglossary.18160"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrSetAltModifier"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrSetAltModifier</code></a> information for <a id="wrglossary.18161"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. <a href="#sec:notedev.bib2gls">§1.7.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2097">68</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18162"></a><a href="#glo:@glsxtr@newglslike"><code class="csfmt">\@glsxtr@newglslike</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label-prefix</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18163"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.37+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+This command is written to the <a id="wrglossary.18164"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file to provide the <a id="wrglossary.18165"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrnewglslike"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnewglslike</code></a> information for <a id="wrglossary.18166"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. <a href="#sec:notedev.bib2gls">§1.7.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2094">68</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18167"></a><a href="#glo:@glsxtr@prefixlabellist"><code class="csfmt">\@glsxtr@prefixlabellist</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">list</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18168"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.37+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+This command is written to the <a id="wrglossary.18169"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file to provide the <a id="wrglossary.18170"></a><a href="#glo:dgls"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\dgls</code></a> information for <a id="wrglossary.18171"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. <a href="#sec:notedev.bib2gls">§1.7.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2100">68</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18172"></a><a href="#glo:@istfilename"><code class="csfmt">\@istfilename</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">filename</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+This command is written to the <a id="wrglossary.18173"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file for the benefit of <a id="wrglossary.18174"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.18175"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a>. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">filename</em>〉</span> is the name of the style file. <a href="#sec:notedev.makeindex.xindy">§1.7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2015">65</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18176"></a><a href="#glo:@newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\@newglossary</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">log</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">out-ext</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">in-ext</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+This command is written to the <a id="wrglossary.18177"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file for the benefit of <a id="wrglossary.18178"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.18179"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a>. The arguments indicate the file extensions associated with the given glossary. <a href="#sec:notedev.makeindex.xindy">§1.7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1991">65</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18180"></a><a href="#glo:@xdylanguage"><code class="csfmt">\@xdylanguage</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">language</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18181"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+This command is written to the <a id="wrglossary.18182"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file for the benefit of <a id="wrglossary.18183"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.18184"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a>. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">language</em>〉</span> is the language to pass to <a id="wrglossary.18185"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> for the given glossary. <a href="#sec:notedev.makeindex.xindy">§1.7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2038">66</a><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index@ -->
+
+<section id="summary.index6553600"><!-- start of section summary.index6553600 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->A<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index6553600">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18186"></a><dfn id="glo:abbreviationsname"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\abbreviationsname</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>Abbreviations; <a id="wrglossary.18187"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(language-sensitive)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the title of the <a id="wrglossary.18188"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.abbreviations"><code class="glostypefmt">abbreviations</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.18189"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. The default is <span class="qt">“Abbreviations”</span> or <a id="wrglossary.18190"></a><a href="#glo:acronymname"><code class="csfmt">\acronymname</code></a> if <a id="wrglossary.18191"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a> has been detected.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18192"></a><a href="#glo:Ac"><code class="csfmt">\Ac</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">inset</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A synonym for <a id="wrglossary.18193"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a> defined by the <a id="wrglossary.18194"></a><a href="#glo:opt.shortcuts"><span class="styoptfmt">shortcuts</span></a> package option. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18195"></a><a href="#glo:ac"><code class="csfmt">\ac</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">inset</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A synonym for <a id="wrglossary.18196"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> defined by the <a id="wrglossary.18197"></a><a href="#glo:opt.shortcuts"><span class="styoptfmt">shortcuts</span></a> package option. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18198"></a><a href="#glo:Acf"><code class="csfmt">\Acf</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">inset</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A synonym for <a id="wrglossary.18199"></a><a href="#glo:Acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\Acrfull</code></a> defined by the <a id="wrglossary.18200"></a><a href="#glo:opt.shortcuts"><span class="styoptfmt">shortcuts</span></a> package option. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18201"></a><a href="#glo:acf"><code class="csfmt">\acf</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">inset</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A synonym for <a id="wrglossary.18202"></a><a href="#glo:acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\acrfull</code></a> defined by the <a id="wrglossary.18203"></a><a href="#glo:opt.shortcuts"><span class="styoptfmt">shortcuts</span></a> package option. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18204"></a><a href="#glo:Acfp"><code class="csfmt">\Acfp</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">inset</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A synonym for <a id="wrglossary.18205"></a><a href="#glo:Acrfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\Acrfullpl</code></a> defined by the <a id="wrglossary.18206"></a><a href="#glo:opt.shortcuts"><span class="styoptfmt">shortcuts</span></a> package option. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18207"></a><a href="#glo:acfp"><code class="csfmt">\acfp</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">inset</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A synonym for <a id="wrglossary.18208"></a><a href="#glo:acrfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\acrfullpl</code></a> defined by the <a id="wrglossary.18209"></a><a href="#glo:opt.shortcuts"><span class="styoptfmt">shortcuts</span></a> package option. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18210"></a><a href="#glo:Acl"><code class="csfmt">\Acl</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">inset</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A synonym for <a id="wrglossary.18211"></a><a href="#glo:Acrlong"><code class="csfmt">\Acrlong</code></a> defined by the <a id="wrglossary.18212"></a><a href="#glo:opt.shortcuts"><span class="styoptfmt">shortcuts</span></a> package option. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18213"></a><a href="#glo:acl"><code class="csfmt">\acl</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">inset</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A synonym for <a id="wrglossary.18214"></a><a href="#glo:acrlong"><code class="csfmt">\acrlong</code></a> defined by the <a id="wrglossary.18215"></a><a href="#glo:opt.shortcuts"><span class="styoptfmt">shortcuts</span></a> package option. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18216"></a><a href="#glo:Aclp"><code class="csfmt">\Aclp</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">inset</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A synonym for <a id="wrglossary.18217"></a><a href="#glo:Acrlongpl"><code class="csfmt">\Acrlongpl</code></a> defined by the <a id="wrglossary.18218"></a><a href="#glo:opt.shortcuts"><span class="styoptfmt">shortcuts</span></a> package option. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18219"></a><a href="#glo:aclp"><code class="csfmt">\aclp</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">inset</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A synonym for <a id="wrglossary.18220"></a><a href="#glo:acrlongpl"><code class="csfmt">\acrlongpl</code></a> defined by the <a id="wrglossary.18221"></a><a href="#glo:opt.shortcuts"><span class="styoptfmt">shortcuts</span></a> package option. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18222"></a><a href="#glo:Acp"><code class="csfmt">\Acp</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">inset</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A synonym for <a id="wrglossary.18223"></a><a href="#glo:Glspl"><code class="csfmt">\Glspl</code></a> defined by the <a id="wrglossary.18224"></a><a href="#glo:opt.shortcuts"><span class="styoptfmt">shortcuts</span></a> package option. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18225"></a><a href="#glo:acp"><code class="csfmt">\acp</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">inset</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A synonym for <a id="wrglossary.18226"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a> defined by the <a id="wrglossary.18227"></a><a href="#glo:opt.shortcuts"><span class="styoptfmt">shortcuts</span></a> package option. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18228"></a><a href="#glo:ACRfull"><code class="csfmt">\ACRfull</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18229"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.18230"></a><a href="#glo:acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\acrfull</code></a> but <a id="wrglossary.18231"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6940">198</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18232"></a><a href="#glo:Acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\Acrfull</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18233"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.18234"></a><a href="#glo:acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\acrfull</code></a> but <a id="wrglossary.18235"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6937">198</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18236"></a><a href="#glo:acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\acrfull</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18237"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+References the <a id="wrglossary.18238"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. The text produced shows the full form, formatted according to the <a id="wrglossary.18239"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a>. With <a id="wrglossary.18240"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, use <a id="wrglossary.18241"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfull"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfull</code></a> instead. For the first optional argument, see <a id="wrglossary.18242"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glsopt"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code> options</a>. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6926">198</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18243"></a><dfn id="glo:ACRfullfmt"><code class="csfmt">\ACRfullfmt</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18244"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.18245"></a><a href="#glo:ACRfull"><code class="csfmt">\ACRfull</code></a> to format the full form. This command is redefined by <a id="wrglossary.18246"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym styles</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18247"></a><dfn id="glo:Acrfullfmt"><code class="csfmt">\Acrfullfmt</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18248"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.18249"></a><a href="#glo:Acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\Acrfull</code></a> to format the full form. This command is redefined by <a id="wrglossary.18250"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym styles</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18251"></a><dfn id="glo:acrfullfmt"><code class="csfmt">\acrfullfmt</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18252"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.18253"></a><a href="#glo:acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\acrfull</code></a> to format the full form. This command is redefined by <a id="wrglossary.18254"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym styles</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18255"></a><a id="wrglossary.18256"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:acrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\acrfullformat</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18257"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated with the introduction of <a id="wrglossary.18258"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a> but used in the initial definition of commands like <a id="wrglossary.18259"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a> before they are redefined by the <a id="wrglossary.18260"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a>. This may be removed in a future release.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18261"></a><a href="#glo:ACRfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\ACRfullpl</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18262"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.18263"></a><a href="#glo:acrfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\acrfullpl</code></a> but <a id="wrglossary.18264"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6949">198</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18265"></a><a href="#glo:Acrfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\Acrfullpl</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18266"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.18267"></a><a href="#glo:acrfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\acrfullpl</code></a> but <a id="wrglossary.18268"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6946">198</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18269"></a><a href="#glo:acrfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\acrfullpl</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18270"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.18271"></a><a href="#glo:acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\acrfull</code></a> but shows the full plural form of an <a id="wrglossary.18272"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a>. With <a id="wrglossary.18273"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, use <a id="wrglossary.18274"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfullpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfullpl</code></a> instead. For the first optional argument, see <a id="wrglossary.18275"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glsopt"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code> options</a>. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6943">198</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18276"></a><dfn id="glo:ACRfullplfmt"><code class="csfmt">\ACRfullplfmt</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18277"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.18278"></a><a href="#glo:ACRfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\ACRfullpl</code></a> to format the full form. This command is redefined by <a id="wrglossary.18279"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym styles</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18280"></a><dfn id="glo:Acrfullplfmt"><code class="csfmt">\Acrfullplfmt</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18281"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.18282"></a><a href="#glo:Acrfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\Acrfullpl</code></a> to format the full form. This command is redefined by <a id="wrglossary.18283"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym styles</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18284"></a><dfn id="glo:acrfullplfmt"><code class="csfmt">\acrfullplfmt</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18285"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.18286"></a><a href="#glo:acrfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\acrfullpl</code></a> to format the full form. This command is redefined by <a id="wrglossary.18287"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym styles</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18288"></a><a id="wrglossary.18289"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:acrlinkfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\acrlinkfullformat</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">internal long cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">internal short cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18290"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated with the introduction of <a id="wrglossary.18291"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a> but used in the initial definition of commands like <a id="wrglossary.18292"></a><a href="#glo:acrfullfmt"><code class="csfmt">\acrfullfmt</code></a> before they are redefined by the <a id="wrglossary.18293"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a>. This may be removed in a future release.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18294"></a><a href="#glo:ACRlong"><code class="csfmt">\ACRlong</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18295"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.18296"></a><a href="#glo:acrlong"><code class="csfmt">\acrlong</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.18297"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.18298"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6913">197</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18299"></a><a href="#glo:Acrlong"><code class="csfmt">\Acrlong</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18300"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.18301"></a><a href="#glo:acrlong"><code class="csfmt">\acrlong</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.18302"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.18303"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6910">197</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18304"></a><a href="#glo:acrlong"><code class="csfmt">\acrlong</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18305"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+References the <a id="wrglossary.18306"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. The text produced is obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.18307"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a> value. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> argument will be inserted at the end of the <a id="wrglossary.18308"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. This command does not alter or depend on the <a id="wrglossary.18309"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. With <a id="wrglossary.18310"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, use <a id="wrglossary.18311"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrlong"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrlong</code></a> instead. For the first optional argument, see <a id="wrglossary.18312"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glsopt"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code> options</a>. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6903">197</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18313"></a><a href="#glo:ACRlongpl"><code class="csfmt">\ACRlongpl</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18314"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.18315"></a><a href="#glo:acrlongpl"><code class="csfmt">\acrlongpl</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.18316"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.18317"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6923">198</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18318"></a><a href="#glo:Acrlongpl"><code class="csfmt">\Acrlongpl</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18319"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.18320"></a><a href="#glo:acrlongpl"><code class="csfmt">\acrlongpl</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.18321"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.18322"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6920">197</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18323"></a><a href="#glo:acrlongpl"><code class="csfmt">\acrlongpl</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18324"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+References the <a id="wrglossary.18325"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. The text produced is obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.18326"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></a> value. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> argument will be inserted at the end of the <a id="wrglossary.18327"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. This command does not alter or depend on the <a id="wrglossary.18328"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. With <a id="wrglossary.18329"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, use <a id="wrglossary.18330"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrlongpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrlongpl</code></a> instead. For the first optional argument, see <a id="wrglossary.18331"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glsopt"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code> options</a>. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6916">197</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18332"></a><dfn id="glo:acrnameformat"><code class="csfmt">\acrnameformat</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18333"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.18334"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym styles</a> that require an additional description to determine what information is displayed in the name.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18335"></a><a href="#glo:acronymentry"><code class="csfmt">\acronymentry</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18336"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.18337"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym styles</a> to format the <a id="wrglossary.18338"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> name. <a href="#sec:setacronymstyle">§6.2</a>; <a href="#sec:predefinedacrstyles">§6.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7075">203</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7151">204</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18339"></a><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18340"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used to encapsulate the <a id="wrglossary.18341"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> short form on <a id="wrglossary.18342"></a><a href="#glo:dual.subsequentuse">subsequent use</a>. <a href="#sec:predefinedacrstyles">§6.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7089">203</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18343"></a><a href="#glo:acronymname"><code class="csfmt">\acronymname</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>Acronyms; <a id="wrglossary.18344"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(language-sensitive)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Provided by <a id="wrglossary.18345"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> if it hasn’t already been defined. Used as the default title for the <a id="wrglossary.18346"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> created by the <a id="wrglossary.18347"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronyms"><span class="styoptfmt">acronyms</span></a> option. <a href="#sec:fixednames">§1.5.1</a>; <a href="#tab:predefinednames">Table 1.2</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18348"></a><a href="#glo:acronymsort"><code class="csfmt">\acronymsort</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18349"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.18350"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym styles</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.18351"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> <a id="wrglossary.18352"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key. <a href="#sec:setacronymstyle">§6.2</a>; <a href="#sec:predefinedacrstyles">§6.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7078">203</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7144">204</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18353"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><a id="wrglossary.18354"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a>; <a id="wrglossary.18355"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the label of the default <a id="wrglossary.18356"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> <a id="wrglossary.18357"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. The <a id="wrglossary.18358"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.18359"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronyms"><span class="styoptfmt">acronyms</span></a> package option will redefine this to <a id="wrglossary.18360"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a>. The <a id="wrglossary.18361"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package’s <a id="wrglossary.18362"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbreviations"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">abbreviations</span></a> option will redefine this to <a id="wrglossary.18363"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrabbrvtype"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrabbrvtype</code></a> if <a id="wrglossary.18364"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronyms"><span class="styoptfmt">acronyms</span></a>/<a id="wrglossary.18365"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> isn’t used. <a href="#sec:newglossary">§9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9035">253</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18366"></a><a href="#glo:acrpluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\acrpluralsuffix</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><a id="wrglossary.18367"></a><a href="#glo:glsacrpluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glsacrpluralsuffix</code></a>; <a id="wrglossary.18368"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Suffix used in the default <a id="wrglossary.18369"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></a> value by <a id="wrglossary.18370"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>. <a href="#sec:predefinedacrstyles">§6.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7161">205</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18371"></a><a href="#glo:ACRshort"><code class="csfmt">\ACRshort</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18372"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.18373"></a><a href="#glo:acrshort"><code class="csfmt">\acrshort</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.18374"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.18375"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6890">196</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18376"></a><a href="#glo:Acrshort"><code class="csfmt">\Acrshort</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18377"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.18378"></a><a href="#glo:acrshort"><code class="csfmt">\acrshort</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.18379"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.18380"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6887">196</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18381"></a><a href="#glo:acrshort"><code class="csfmt">\acrshort</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18382"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+References the <a id="wrglossary.18383"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. The text produced is obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.18384"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> value, formatted according to the <a id="wrglossary.18385"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a>. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> argument will be inserted at the end of the <a id="wrglossary.18386"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. This command does not alter or depend on the <a id="wrglossary.18387"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. With <a id="wrglossary.18388"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, use <a id="wrglossary.18389"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrshort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrshort</code></a> instead. For the first optional argument, see <a id="wrglossary.18390"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glsopt"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code> options</a>. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6879">196</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18391"></a><a href="#glo:ACRshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\ACRshortpl</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18392"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.18393"></a><a href="#glo:acrshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\acrshortpl</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.18394"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.18395"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6900">197</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18396"></a><a href="#glo:Acrshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\Acrshortpl</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18397"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.18398"></a><a href="#glo:acrshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\acrshortpl</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.18399"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.18400"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6897">197</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18401"></a><a href="#glo:acrshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\acrshortpl</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18402"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+References the <a id="wrglossary.18403"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. The text produced is obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.18404"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></a> value, formatted according to the <a id="wrglossary.18405"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a>. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> argument will be inserted at the end of the <a id="wrglossary.18406"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. This command does not alter or depend on the <a id="wrglossary.18407"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. With <a id="wrglossary.18408"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, use <a id="wrglossary.18409"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrshortpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrshortpl</code></a> instead. For the first optional argument, see <a id="wrglossary.18410"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glsopt"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code> options</a>. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6893">197</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18411"></a><a href="#glo:Acs"><code class="csfmt">\Acs</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">inset</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A synonym for <a id="wrglossary.18412"></a><a href="#glo:Acrshort"><code class="csfmt">\Acrshort</code></a> defined by the <a id="wrglossary.18413"></a><a href="#glo:opt.shortcuts"><span class="styoptfmt">shortcuts</span></a> package option. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18414"></a><a href="#glo:acs"><code class="csfmt">\acs</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">inset</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A synonym for <a id="wrglossary.18415"></a><a href="#glo:acrshort"><code class="csfmt">\acrshort</code></a> defined by the <a id="wrglossary.18416"></a><a href="#glo:opt.shortcuts"><span class="styoptfmt">shortcuts</span></a> package option. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18417"></a><a href="#glo:Acsp"><code class="csfmt">\Acsp</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">inset</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A synonym for <a id="wrglossary.18418"></a><a href="#glo:Acrshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\Acrshortpl</code></a> defined by the <a id="wrglossary.18419"></a><a href="#glo:opt.shortcuts"><span class="styoptfmt">shortcuts</span></a> package option. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18420"></a><a href="#glo:acsp"><code class="csfmt">\acsp</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">inset</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A synonym for <a id="wrglossary.18421"></a><a href="#glo:acrshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\acrshortpl</code></a> defined by the <a id="wrglossary.18422"></a><a href="#glo:opt.shortcuts"><span class="styoptfmt">shortcuts</span></a> package option. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18423"></a><dfn id="glo:addglossarytocaptions"><code class="csfmt">\addglossarytocaptions</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">language</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18424"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Adds the redefinition of <a id="wrglossary.18425"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryname</code></a> to <a id="wrglossary.18426"></a><a href="#glo:captionslanguage"><code class="csfmt">\captions<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">language</em>〉</span></code></a> if <a id="wrglossary.18427"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span></a> has been loaded (does nothing if <a id="wrglossary.18428"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span></a> hasn’t been loaded).<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18429"></a><a href="#glo:altnewglossary"><code class="csfmt">\altnewglossary</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">tag</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">title</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18430"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.06+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A shortcut that supplies file extensions based on the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">tag</em>〉</span> argument:<pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.18431"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">tag</em>〉</span>-glg]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">tag</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">tag</em>〉</span>-gls}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">tag</em>〉</span>-glo</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">title</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>]</pre> <a href="#sec:newglossary">§9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8972">252</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18432"></a><dfn id="glo:andname"><code class="csfmt">\andname</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><a id="wrglossary.18433"></a><a href="#glo:cs.amp"><code class="csfmt">\&amp;</code></a>; <a id="wrglossary.18434"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Provided by <a id="wrglossary.18435"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> if it hasn’t already been defined.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18436"></a><a href="#glo:apptoglossarypreamble"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\apptoglossarypreamble</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18437"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Locally appends <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> to the <a id="wrglossary.18438"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarypreamble">preamble</a> for the <a id="wrglossary.18439"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span>. If <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span> is omitted, <a id="wrglossary.18440"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a> is assumed. <a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8842">248</a><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index6553600 -->
+
+<section id="summary.index6619136"><!-- start of section summary.index6619136 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->B<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index6619136">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18441"></a><dfn id="glo:bibglsdelimN"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\bibglsdelimN</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><a id="wrglossary.18442"></a><a href="#glo:delimN"><code class="csfmt">\delimN</code></a>; <a id="wrglossary.18443"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Delimiter used between <a id="wrglossary.18444"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.18445"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a>, except for the last pair.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18446"></a><dfn id="glo:bibglslastDelimN"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\bibglslastDelimN</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><a id="wrglossary.18447"></a><a href="#glo:delimN"><code class="csfmt">\delimN</code></a>; <a id="wrglossary.18448"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Delimiter used between the last pair of <a id="wrglossary.18449"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.18450"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index6619136 -->
+
+<section id="summary.index6684672"><!-- start of section summary.index6684672 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->C<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index6684672">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18451"></a><dfn id="glo:capitalisefmtwords"><code class="csfmt">\capitalisefmtwords</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18452"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.03+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Converts <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> to <a id="wrglossary.18453"></a><a href="#glo:idx.titlecase">title case</a>, where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> may contain text-block commands. The starred form only permits a text-block command at the start of the argument. Limitations apply, see the <a id="wrglossary.18454"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> documentation for further details, either: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.18455"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div><a href="https://www.tug.org/texdoc/">texdoc</a> mfirstuc</pre> or visit <a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/mfirstuc">ctan.org/pkg/mfirstuc</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18456"></a><dfn id="glo:capitalisewords"><code class="csfmt">\capitalisewords</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18457"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v1.06+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Converts <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> to <a id="wrglossary.18458"></a><a href="#glo:idx.titlecase">title case</a>. Limitations apply, see the <a id="wrglossary.18459"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> documentation for further details, either: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.18460"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div><a href="https://www.tug.org/texdoc/">texdoc</a> mfirstuc</pre> or visit <a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/mfirstuc">ctan.org/pkg/mfirstuc</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18461"></a><a href="#glo:cGls"><code class="csfmt">\cGls</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18462"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.14+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Like <a id="wrglossary.18463"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a> but hooks into the entry counting mechanism. <a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8326">235</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18464"></a><a href="#glo:cgls"><code class="csfmt">\cgls</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18465"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.14+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Like <a id="wrglossary.18466"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> but hooks into the entry counting mechanism. <a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8320">234</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18467"></a><a href="#glo:cGlsformat"><code class="csfmt">\cGlsformat</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18468"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.14+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Format used by <a id="wrglossary.18469"></a><a href="#glo:cGls"><code class="csfmt">\cGls</code></a> if the entry was only used once on the previous run. <a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8358">236</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18470"></a><a href="#glo:cglsformat"><code class="csfmt">\cglsformat</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18471"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.14+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Format used by <a id="wrglossary.18472"></a><a href="#glo:cgls"><code class="csfmt">\cgls</code></a> if the entry was only used once on the previous run. <a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8348">235</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18473"></a><a href="#glo:cGlspl"><code class="csfmt">\cGlspl</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18474"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.14+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Like <a id="wrglossary.18475"></a><a href="#glo:Glspl"><code class="csfmt">\Glspl</code></a> but hooks into the entry counting mechanism. <a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8329">235</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18476"></a><a href="#glo:cglspl"><code class="csfmt">\cglspl</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18477"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.14+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Like <a id="wrglossary.18478"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a> but hooks into the entry counting mechanism. <a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8323">235</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18479"></a><a href="#glo:cGlsplformat"><code class="csfmt">\cGlsplformat</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18480"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.14+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Format used by <a id="wrglossary.18481"></a><a href="#glo:cGlspl"><code class="csfmt">\cGlspl</code></a> if the entry was only used once on the previous run. <a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8363">236</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18482"></a><a href="#glo:cglsplformat"><code class="csfmt">\cglsplformat</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18483"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.14+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Format used by <a id="wrglossary.18484"></a><a href="#glo:cglspl"><code class="csfmt">\cglspl</code></a> if the entry was only used once on the previous run. <a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8353">236</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18485"></a><a href="#glo:currentglossary"><code class="csfmt">\currentglossary</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18486"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defined by the <a id="wrglossary.18487"></a><a href="#glo:print...glossary"><code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">…</em>〉</span>glossary</code></a> commands to the current <a id="wrglossary.18488"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> label. <a href="#sec:printglossary">§8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8518">241</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18489"></a><a id="wrglossary.18490"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:CustomAcronymFields"><code class="csfmt">\CustomAcronymFields</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18491"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.06</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated with the introduction of <a id="wrglossary.18492"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>. Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility required or use <a id="wrglossary.18493"></a><a href="#glo:newacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\newacronymstyle</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.18494"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18495"></a><a id="wrglossary.18496"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:CustomNewAcronymDef"><code class="csfmt">\CustomNewAcronymDef</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18497"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.06</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated with the introduction of <a id="wrglossary.18498"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>. Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility required or use <a id="wrglossary.18499"></a><a href="#glo:newacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\newacronymstyle</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.18500"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index6684672 -->
+
+<section id="summary.index6750208"><!-- start of section summary.index6750208 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->D<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index6750208">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18501"></a><a href="#glo:DeclareAcronymList"><code class="csfmt">\DeclareAcronymList</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">list</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18502"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Identifies the list of <a id="wrglossary.18503"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> as lists of acronyms. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">§2.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3811">114</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18504"></a><a id="wrglossary.18505"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:DefaultNewAcronymDef"><code class="csfmt">\DefaultNewAcronymDef</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18506"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated with the introduction of <a id="wrglossary.18507"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>. Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility required or use <a id="wrglossary.18508"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18509"></a><a id="wrglossary.18510"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:defglsdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\defglsdisplay</code></dfn></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+This was originally used to define a format the way the <a id="wrglossary.18511"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> was displayed on <a id="wrglossary.18512"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> by the <a id="wrglossary.18513"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands. Deprecated in v3.11a and removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility required, but it’s better to switch to <a id="wrglossary.18514"></a><a href="#glo:defglsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\defglsentryfmt</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18515"></a><a id="wrglossary.18516"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:defglsdisplayfirst"><code class="csfmt">\defglsdisplayfirst</code></dfn></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+This was originally used to define a format the way the <a id="wrglossary.18517"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> was displayed on <a id="wrglossary.18518"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> by the <a id="wrglossary.18519"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands. Deprecated in v3.11a and removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility required, but it’s better to switch to <a id="wrglossary.18520"></a><a href="#glo:defglsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\defglsentryfmt</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18521"></a><a href="#glo:defglsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\defglsentryfmt</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-type</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">definition</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18522"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.11a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defines the display format used by the <a id="wrglossary.18523"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands for entries assigned to the glossary identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-type</em>〉</span> (<a id="wrglossary.18524"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a> if omitted). <a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5988">174</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18525"></a><a href="#glo:DefineAcronymSynonyms"><code class="csfmt">\DefineAcronymSynonyms</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18526"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Provides the shortcut commands for <a id="wrglossary.18527"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">§2.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3838">115</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18528"></a><a href="#glo:delimN"><code class="csfmt">\delimN</code></a></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used as a separator between <a id="wrglossary.18529"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a>. <a href="#sec:numberlists">§12</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9450">265</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18530"></a><a href="#glo:delimR"><code class="csfmt">\delimR</code></a></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used between the start and end of a <a id="wrglossary.18531"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> <a id="wrglossary.18532"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">range</a>. <a href="#sec:ranges">§12.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9715">271</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18533"></a><a id="wrglossary.18534"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:DescriptionDUANewAcronymDef"><code class="csfmt">\DescriptionDUANewAcronymDef</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18535"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated with the introduction of <a id="wrglossary.18536"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>. Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility required or use <a id="wrglossary.18537"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18538"></a><a id="wrglossary.18539"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:DescriptionFootnoteNewAcronymDef"><code class="csfmt">\DescriptionFootnoteNewAcronymDef</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18540"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated with the introduction of <a id="wrglossary.18541"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>. Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility required or use <a id="wrglossary.18542"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18543"></a><a href="#glo:descriptionname"><code class="csfmt">\descriptionname</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>Description; <a id="wrglossary.18544"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(language-sensitive)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Provided by <a id="wrglossary.18545"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> if it hasn’t already been defined. Used as a column header for some of the tabular-like <a id="wrglossary.18546"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a>. <a href="#sec:fixednames">§1.5.1</a>; <a href="#tab:predefinednames">Table 1.2</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18547"></a><a id="wrglossary.18548"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:DescriptionNewAcronymDef"><code class="csfmt">\DescriptionNewAcronymDef</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18549"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated with the introduction of <a id="wrglossary.18550"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>. Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility required or use <a id="wrglossary.18551"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18552"></a><dfn id="glo:dgls"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\dgls</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18553"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra-bib2gls"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span></a> v1.37+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.18554"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span>{entry-label}}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code> for the first prefix in the prefix list that matches a defined <a id="wrglossary.18555"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18556"></a><dfn id="glo:DTLformatlist"><code class="csfmt">\DTLformatlist</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">csv-list</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18557"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.datatool-base"><span class="styfmt">datatool-base</span></a> v2.28+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Formats the comma-separated list <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">csv-list</em>〉</span>. One-level expansion is performed on <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">csv-list</em>〉</span>. See the <a id="wrglossary.18558"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.datatool"><span class="styfmt">datatool</span></a> documentation for further details, either: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.18559"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div><a href="https://www.tug.org/texdoc/">texdoc</a> datatool</pre> or visit <a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/datatool">ctan.org/pkg/datatool</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18560"></a><dfn id="glo:DTLifinlist"><code class="csfmt">\DTLifinlist</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">element</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">csv-list</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18561"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.datatool-base"><span class="styfmt">datatool-base</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">element</em>〉</span> is contained in the comma-separated list <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">csv-list</em>〉</span>, otherwise does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>. One-level expansion is performed on <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">csv-list</em>〉</span>, but not on <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">element</em>〉</span>. See the <a id="wrglossary.18562"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.datatool"><span class="styfmt">datatool</span></a> documentation for further details, either: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.18563"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div><a href="https://www.tug.org/texdoc/">texdoc</a> datatool</pre> or visit <a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/datatool">ctan.org/pkg/datatool</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18564"></a><a id="wrglossary.18565"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:DUANewAcronymDef"><code class="csfmt">\DUANewAcronymDef</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18566"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated with the introduction of <a id="wrglossary.18567"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>. Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility required or use <a id="wrglossary.18568"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index6750208 -->
+
+<section id="summary.index6815744"><!-- start of section summary.index6815744 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->E<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index6815744">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18569"></a><a href="#glo:entryname"><code class="csfmt">\entryname</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>Notation; <a id="wrglossary.18570"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(language-sensitive)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Provided by <a id="wrglossary.18571"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> if it hasn’t already been defined. Used as a column header for some of the tabular-like <a id="wrglossary.18572"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a>. <a href="#sec:fixednames">§1.5.1</a>; <a href="#tab:predefinednames">Table 1.2</a><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index6815744 -->
+
+<section id="summary.index6881280"><!-- start of section summary.index6881280 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->F<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index6881280">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18573"></a><a href="#glo:firstacronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\firstacronymfont</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18574"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.14+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used to encapsulate the <a id="wrglossary.18575"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> short form on <a id="wrglossary.18576"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>. <a href="#sec:predefinedacrstyles">§6.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7086">203</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18577"></a><a id="wrglossary.18578"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:FootnoteNewAcronymDef"><code class="csfmt">\FootnoteNewAcronymDef</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18579"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated with the introduction of <a id="wrglossary.18580"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>. Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility required or use <a id="wrglossary.18581"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18582"></a><dfn id="glo:forallabbreviationlists"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\forallabbreviationlists</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">body</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18583"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.42+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Iterates overall all lists of abbreviations, defines the command <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span> to the current label and does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">body</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18584"></a><a href="#glo:forallacronyms"><code class="csfmt">\forallacronyms</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">body</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18585"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.08+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(don’t use with <a id="wrglossary.18586"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Iterates overall all <a id="wrglossary.18587"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> that have been declared lists of <a id="wrglossary.18588"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a>, defines the command <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span> to the current label and does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">body</em>〉</span>. <a href="#sec:loops">§15.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12587">356</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18589"></a><a href="#glo:forallglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\forallglossaries</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">types</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">body</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18590"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Iterates overall all the <a id="wrglossary.18591"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> labels given in the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">types</em>〉</span> argument, defines the command <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span> to the current label and does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">body</em>〉</span>. If the optional argument is omitted, the list of all non-<a id="wrglossary.18592"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossaries</a> is assumed. <a href="#sec:loops">§15.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12582">356</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18593"></a><a href="#glo:forallglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\forallglsentries</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">types</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">body</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18594"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <a id="wrglossary.18595"></a><a href="#glo:forglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\forglsentries</code></a> for each <a id="wrglossary.18596"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. The optional argument <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">types</em>〉</span> is a comma-separated list of <a id="wrglossary.18597"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> labels. If omitted, all non-<a id="wrglossary.18598"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossaries</a> is assumed. <a href="#sec:loops">§15.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12602">356</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18599"></a><a href="#glo:forglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\forglsentries</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">body</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18600"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Iterates over all entries in the given <a id="wrglossary.18601"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> and, at each iteration, defines the command <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span> to the current entry label and does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">body</em>〉</span>. The optional argument <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span> is the <a id="wrglossary.18602"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> label and defaults to <a id="wrglossary.18603"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a> if omitted. This command can’t be used with <a id="wrglossary.18604"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> since there are no defined entries until <a id="wrglossary.18605"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> has selected them and added them to the <a id="wrglossary.18606"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glstex"><span class="extfmt">glstex</span></a> file. <a href="#sec:loops">§15.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12597">356</a><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index6881280 -->
+
+<section id="summary.index6946816"><!-- start of section summary.index6946816 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->G<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index6946816">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18607"></a><a href="#glo:Genacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\Genacrfullformat</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18608"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.18609"></a><a href="#glo:genacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\genacrfullformat</code></a> but <a id="wrglossary.18610"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6170">178</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18611"></a><a href="#glo:genacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\genacrfullformat</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18612"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.18613"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenacfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenacfmt</code></a> to display the <a id="wrglossary.18614"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> singular full form on <a id="wrglossary.18615"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>. Redefined by <a id="wrglossary.18616"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym styles</a>. <a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6159">177</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18617"></a><a href="#glo:GenericAcronymFields"><code class="csfmt">\GenericAcronymFields</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18618"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the additional keys that need to be provided to <a id="wrglossary.18619"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> when called by <a id="wrglossary.18620"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>. For example, the <a id="wrglossary.18621"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> key. <a href="#sec:customacronym">§6.2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7421">211</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18622"></a><a href="#glo:Genplacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\Genplacrfullformat</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18623"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.18624"></a><a href="#glo:genplacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\genplacrfullformat</code></a> but <a id="wrglossary.18625"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6172">178</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18626"></a><a href="#glo:genplacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\genplacrfullformat</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18627"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.18628"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenacfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenacfmt</code></a> to display the <a id="wrglossary.18629"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> plural full form on <a id="wrglossary.18630"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>. Redefined by <a id="wrglossary.18631"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym styles</a>. <a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6163">178</a><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index6946816 -->
+
+<section id="summary.index7012352"><!-- start of section summary.index7012352 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->Glo<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index7012352">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18632"></a><a href="#glo:glolinkprefix"><code class="csfmt">\glolinkprefix</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>glo:</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the prefix used for entry targets. <a href="#sec:glossarycmds">§13.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11654">327</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18633"></a><dfn id="glo:glossariesextrasetup"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glossariesextrasetup</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18634"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Change allowed options that are defined or modified by the <a id="wrglossary.18635"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package. Note that some options can only be passed as package options.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18636"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryentry</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">data</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+This isn’t actually defined as a command but is used as a keyword for <a id="wrglossary.18637"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>. <a href="#sec:problemlocations">§12.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10096">279</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18638"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryentrynumbers"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryentrynumbers</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">locations</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18639"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Encapsulations the <a id="wrglossary.18640"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.18641"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> and is also used to save the <a id="wrglossary.18642"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> with the <a id="wrglossary.18643"></a><a href="#glo:opt.savenumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">savenumberlist</span></a> option. This command is redefined by options such as <a id="wrglossary.18644"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a> or commands like <a id="wrglossary.18645"></a><a href="#glo:glsnonextpages"><code class="csfmt">\glsnonextpages</code></a>. <a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8890">249</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18646"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryheader"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryheader</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18647"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(<a id="wrglossary.18648"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> command)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does the header code after <code class="code"><code class="cbeg">\begin{<a id="wrglossary.18649"></a><a href="#glo:env.theglossary"><span class="envfmt">theglossary</span></a>}</code></code>. <a href="#sec:glossarystylecmds">§13.2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11783">331</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18650"></a><a id="wrglossary.18651"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <a href="#glo:glossarymark"><code class="csfmt">\glossarymark</code></a><code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary title</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18652"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Only provided if it hasn’t already been defined for backward-compatibility. Use <a id="wrglossary.18653"></a><a href="#glo:glsglossarymark"><code class="csfmt">\glsglossarymark</code></a> instead. <a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8734">245</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18654"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryname</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>Glossary; <a id="wrglossary.18655"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(language-sensitive)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Provided by <a id="wrglossary.18656"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> if it hasn’t already been defined. Used as the default title for <a id="wrglossary.18657"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> without a specified title. May already be defined by a language package. <a href="#sec:fixednames">§1.5.1</a>; <a href="#tab:predefinednames">Table 1.2</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18658"></a><a href="#glo:glossarypostamble"><code class="csfmt">\glossarypostamble</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18659"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used at the end of the <a id="wrglossary.18660"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. <a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8852">248</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18661"></a><a href="#glo:glossarypreamble"><code class="csfmt">\glossarypreamble</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18662"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used at the start of the <a id="wrglossary.18663"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. This will be locally redefined to the <a id="wrglossary.18664"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarypreamble">preamble</a> associated with the current glossary, if one has been set. <a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8820">247</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18665"></a><a href="#glo:glossarysection"><code class="csfmt">\glossarysection</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">toc title</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">title</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used to display the glossary heading. <a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8720">245</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18666"></a><a id="wrglossary.18667"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:glossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\glossarystyle</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18668"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.0–v4.49</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets the default <a id="wrglossary.18669"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>. Deprecated in v3.08a and removed in v4.50. Now only available with rollback. Use <a id="wrglossary.18670"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a> instead.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18671"></a><a href="#glo:glossarytitle"><code class="csfmt">\glossarytitle</code></a></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defined by <a id="wrglossary.18672"></a><a href="#glo:print...glossary"><code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">…</em>〉</span>glossary</code></a> to the current <a id="wrglossary.18673"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary’s</a> title. <a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8785">246</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18674"></a><a href="#glo:glossarytoctitle"><code class="csfmt">\glossarytoctitle</code></a></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defined by <a id="wrglossary.18675"></a><a href="#glo:print...glossary"><code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">…</em>〉</span>glossary</code></a> to the current <a id="wrglossary.18676"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary’s</a> title for the <a id="wrglossary.18677"></a><a href="#glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</a> (if <a id="wrglossary.18678"></a><a href="#glo:opt.toc"><span class="styoptfmt">toc</span></a>true). <a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8791">246</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18679"></a><a href="#glo:glossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossentry</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">number-list</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18680"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.08a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(<a id="wrglossary.18681"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> command)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Redefined by the <a id="wrglossary.18682"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> to display <a id="wrglossary.18683"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">top level (level 0)</a> entries. <a href="#sec:glossarystylecmds">§13.2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11818">332</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18684"></a><a href="#glo:Glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\Glossentrydesc</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18685"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.08a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.18686"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrydesc</code></a> but <a id="wrglossary.18687"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:glossarycmds">§13.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11682">328</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18688"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrydesc</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18689"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.08a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used within <a id="wrglossary.18690"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> to display the description. <a href="#sec:glossarycmds">§13.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11676">328</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18691"></a><a href="#glo:Glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\Glossentryname</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18692"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.08a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.18693"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a> but <a id="wrglossary.18694"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:glossarycmds">§13.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11665">328</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18695"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18696"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.08a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used within <a id="wrglossary.18697"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> to display the name encapsulated with <a id="wrglossary.18698"></a><a href="#glo:glsnamefont"><code class="csfmt">\glsnamefont</code></a>. <a href="#sec:glossarycmds">§13.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11658">327</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18699"></a><dfn id="glo:glossentrynameother"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glossentrynameother</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18700"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.22+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Behaves like <a id="wrglossary.18701"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a> but uses the given field (identified by its <a id="wrglossary.18702"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@internalfieldlabel">internal label</a>) instead of <a id="wrglossary.18703"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18704"></a><a href="#glo:Glossentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\Glossentrysymbol</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18705"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.08a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.18706"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrysymbol</code></a> but <a id="wrglossary.18707"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:glossarycmds">§13.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11699">328</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18708"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrysymbol</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18709"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.08a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used within <a id="wrglossary.18710"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> to display the symbol. <a href="#sec:glossarycmds">§13.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11692">328</a><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index7012352 -->
+
+<section id="summary.index7077888"><!-- start of section summary.index7077888 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->Gls<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index7077888">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18711"></a><a href="#glo:GLS"><code class="csfmt">\GLS</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18712"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.18713"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.18714"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.18715"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>. <a href="#sec:gls-like">§5.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5664">165</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18716"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18717"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.18718"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.18719"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.18720"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:gls-like">§5.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5661">165</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18721"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18722"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+References the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. The text produced depends on whether or not this is the <a id="wrglossary.18723"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> argument may be inserted at the end of the <a id="wrglossary.18724"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> or may be inserted at a different point (for example, after the long form on <a id="wrglossary.18725"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> for some <a id="wrglossary.18726"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> or <a id="wrglossary.18727"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span></a> styles. For the first optional argument, see <a id="wrglossary.18728"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glsopt"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code> options</a>. <a href="#sec:gls-like">§5.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5647">165</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18729"></a><a href="#glo:gls@accessibility"><code class="csfmt">\gls@accessibility</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">PDF element</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">content</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18730"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.18731"></a><a href="#glo:glsaccessibility"><code class="csfmt">\glsaccessibility</code></a> to provide the accessibility support. <a href="#sec:accsuppdevnote">§17.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13442">386</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18732"></a><a href="#glo:gls@accsupp@engine"><code class="csfmt">\gls@accsupp@engine</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>accsupp; <a id="wrglossary.18733"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the accessibility support engine. This command may be defined before <a id="wrglossary.18734"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> is loaded. <a href="#sec:accsuppdevnote">§17.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13437">386</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18735"></a><dfn id="glo:glsabbrvfont"><code class="csfmt">\glsabbrvfont</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18736"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Font formatting command for the short form, initialised by the abbreviation style.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18737"></a><a href="#glo:glsaccessibility"><code class="csfmt">\glsaccessibility</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">PDF element</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">content</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18738"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Applies <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span> as the <a id="wrglossary.18739"></a><a href="#glo:idx.accessattr">accessibility attribute</a> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">PDF element</em>〉</span> for the given <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">content</em>〉</span>. This internally uses the accessibility support provided by <a id="wrglossary.18740"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.accsupp"><span class="styfmt">accsupp</span></a>. <a href="#sec:accsuppcmds">§17.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13274">379</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18741"></a><dfn id="glo:Glsaccesslong"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsaccesslong</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18742"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.18743"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> version of <a id="wrglossary.18744"></a><a href="#glo:glsaccesslong"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsaccesslong</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18745"></a><dfn id="glo:glsaccesslong"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsaccesslong</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18746"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If accessibility support was enabled when <a id="wrglossary.18747"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> was loaded (<a id="wrglossary.18748"></a><a href="#glo:opt.accsupp"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">accsupp</span></a>) this will display the value of the <a id="wrglossary.18749"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a> key with the accessibility support enabled for that key (<a id="wrglossary.18750"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">longaccess</span></a>). If there is no accessibility support, this just uses <a id="wrglossary.18751"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18752"></a><dfn id="glo:Glsaccesslongpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsaccesslongpl</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18753"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.18754"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> version of <a id="wrglossary.18755"></a><a href="#glo:glsaccesslongpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsaccesslongpl</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18756"></a><dfn id="glo:glsaccesslongpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsaccesslongpl</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18757"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If accessibility support was enabled when <a id="wrglossary.18758"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> was loaded (<a id="wrglossary.18759"></a><a href="#glo:opt.accsupp"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">accsupp</span></a>) this will display the value of the <a id="wrglossary.18760"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></a> key with the accessibility support enabled for that key (<a id="wrglossary.18761"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">longpluralaccess</span></a>). If there is no accessibility support, this just uses <a id="wrglossary.18762"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylongpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylongpl</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18763"></a><dfn id="glo:glsaccessname"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsaccessname</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18764"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If accessibility support was enabled when <a id="wrglossary.18765"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> was loaded (<a id="wrglossary.18766"></a><a href="#glo:opt.accsupp"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">accsupp</span></a>) this will display the value of the <a id="wrglossary.18767"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key with the accessibility support enabled for that key (<a id="wrglossary.18768"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.access"><span class="csoptfmt">access</span></a>). If there is no accessibility support, this just uses <a id="wrglossary.18769"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryname</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18770"></a><dfn id="glo:glsaccessshort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsaccessshort</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18771"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If accessibility support was enabled when <a id="wrglossary.18772"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> was loaded (<a id="wrglossary.18773"></a><a href="#glo:opt.accsupp"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">accsupp</span></a>) this will display the value of the <a id="wrglossary.18774"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> key with the accessibility support enabled for that key (<a id="wrglossary.18775"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">shortaccess</span></a>). If there is no accessibility support, this just uses <a id="wrglossary.18776"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18777"></a><dfn id="glo:glsaccessshortpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsaccessshortpl</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18778"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If accessibility support was enabled when <a id="wrglossary.18779"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> was loaded (<a id="wrglossary.18780"></a><a href="#glo:opt.accsupp"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">accsupp</span></a>) this will display the value of the <a id="wrglossary.18781"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></a> key with the accessibility support enabled for that key (<a id="wrglossary.18782"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">shortpluralaccess</span></a>). If there is no accessibility support, this just uses <a id="wrglossary.18783"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshortpl</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18784"></a><a href="#glo:glsaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsaccsupp</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">replacement</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">content</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18785"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Applies <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">replacement</em>〉</span> as the ActualText for <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">content</em>〉</span> using <a id="wrglossary.18786"></a><a href="#glo:glsaccessibility"><code class="csfmt">\glsaccessibility</code></a>. <a href="#sec:accsuppcmds">§17.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13260">379</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18787"></a><a href="#glo:glsacrpluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glsacrpluralsuffix</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><a id="wrglossary.18788"></a><a href="#glo:glspluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glspluralsuffix</code></a>; <a id="wrglossary.18789"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Short plural suffix, this command is changed by <a id="wrglossary.18790"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym styles</a>. <a href="#sec:acronyms">§6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6753">193</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18791"></a><a href="#glo:glsacspace"><code class="csfmt">\glsacspace</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18792"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.16+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Uses a non-breakable space if the short form is less than 3em. This command is redefined by <a id="wrglossary.18793"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> to use <a id="wrglossary.18794"></a><a href="#glo:glsacspacemax"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsacspacemax</code></a> instead of the hard-coded 3em. <a href="#sec:acrstyleslongshort">§6.2.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7215">206</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18795"></a><dfn id="glo:glsacspacemax"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsacspacemax</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18796"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the maximum width used by <a id="wrglossary.18797"></a><a href="#glo:glsacspace"><code class="csfmt">\glsacspace</code></a>. This is a macro not a register. The default is <code class="code">3em</code>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18798"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18799"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Indexes the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. <a href="#sec:glsadd">§10</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9083">254</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18800"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddall"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddall</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18801"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Iterates over all non-<a id="wrglossary.18802"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossaries</a> (or all those listed in the <a id="wrglossary.18803"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.types"><span class="csoptfmt">types</span></a> option) and <a id="wrglossary.18804"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexes</a> each entry in the <a id="wrglossary.18805"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. The optional argument <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span> are passed to <a id="wrglossary.18806"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>. This command can’t be used with <a id="wrglossary.18807"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. Use the <a id="wrglossary.18808"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.selection"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">selection</span></a><span class="optfmt">=all</span> <a id="wrglossary.18809"></a><a href="#glo:idx.resourceopt">resource option</a> instead. <a href="#sec:glsadd">§10</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9114">255</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18810"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddallunused"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddallunused</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary types</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18811"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.08a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Iterates over all <a id="wrglossary.18812"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> listed in <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary types</em>〉</span> (all all non-<a id="wrglossary.18813"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossaries</a> if omitted) and <a id="wrglossary.18814"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">indexes</a> each entry (with <a id="wrglossary.18815"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.18816"></a><a href="#glo:glsignore"><span class="csfmtcolourfont">glsignore</span></a></span>) that hasn’t been used. This command can’t be used with <a id="wrglossary.18817"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. Use the <a id="wrglossary.18818"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.selection"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">selection</span></a><span class="optfmt">=all</span> <a id="wrglossary.18819"></a><a href="#glo:idx.resourceopt">resource option</a> instead. <a href="#sec:glsadd">§10</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9151">255</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18820"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddkey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddkey</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">default value</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">no link cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">no link ucfirst cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">link cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">link ucfirst cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">link allcaps cs</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18821"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.12a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defines a new <a id="wrglossary.18822"></a><a href="#glo:idx.gloskey">glossary entry key</a> with the given default value and commands that are analogous to <a id="wrglossary.18823"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">no link cs</em>〉</span>), <a id="wrglossary.18824"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrytext</code></a> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">no link ucfirst cs</em>〉</span>), <a id="wrglossary.18825"></a><a href="#glo:glstext"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code></a> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">link cs</em>〉</span>), <a id="wrglossary.18826"></a><a href="#glo:Glstext"><code class="csfmt">\Glstext</code></a> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">link ucfirst cs</em>〉</span>), <a id="wrglossary.18827"></a><a href="#glo:GLStext"><code class="csfmt">\GLStext</code></a> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">link allcaps cs</em>〉</span>). The starred version switches on field expansion for the given key. <a href="#sec:glsaddkey">§4.3.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4704">139</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18828"></a><dfn id="glo:GlsAddLetterGroup"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddLetterGroup</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xindy code</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18829"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(<a id="wrglossary.18830"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> only)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Adds a new <a id="wrglossary.18831"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> letter <a id="wrglossary.18832"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a>, identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span> and defined by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xindy code</em>〉</span>. This information is written to the <a id="wrglossary.18833"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> file that’s created by <a id="wrglossary.18834"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18835"></a><a href="#glo:glsaddstoragekey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddstoragekey</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">default value</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">no link cs</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18836"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.16+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Provides a new <a id="wrglossary.18837"></a><a href="#glo:idx.gloskey">glossary entry key</a> with a default value and a command for simply accessing the value (without indexing or <a id="wrglossary.18838"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a>). The starred version switches on field expansion for the given key. <a href="#sec:glsaddstoragekey">§4.3.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4747">141</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18839"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyAttribute"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18840"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(<a id="wrglossary.18841"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> only)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Adds the <a id="wrglossary.18842"></a><a href="#glo:idx.xindyattr">xindy attributes</a> associated with <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span> to the <a id="wrglossary.18843"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> style file. <a href="#sec:xindyloc">§14.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12180">341</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18844"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyCounters"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyCounters</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter list</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18845"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(<a id="wrglossary.18846"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> only)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Identifies all the <a id="wrglossary.18847"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationcounter">location counters</a> required in the document. <a href="#sec:xindyloc">§14.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12162">341</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18848"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyLocation"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyLocation</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">H-prefix</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">definition</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18849"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(<a id="wrglossary.18850"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> only)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Adds the given location syntax to the <a id="wrglossary.18851"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> style file. <a href="#sec:xindyloc">§14.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12234">343</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18852"></a><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyStyle"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyStyle</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18853"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(<a id="wrglossary.18854"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> only)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Adds a required <a id="wrglossary.18855"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> file to the <a id="wrglossary.18856"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> style file. <a href="#sec:xdystyles">§14.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12081">338</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18857"></a><a href="#glo:glsautoprefix"><code class="csfmt">\glsautoprefix</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18858"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.14+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the prefix for the label used by <a id="wrglossary.18859"></a><a href="#glo:opt.numberedsection"><span class="styoptfmt">numberedsection</span></a><span class="optfmt">=autolabel</span> and <a id="wrglossary.18860"></a><a href="#glo:opt.numberedsection"><span class="styoptfmt">numberedsection</span></a><span class="optfmt">=nameref</span>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2541">80</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18861"></a><a href="#glo:glsbackslash"><code class="csfmt">\glsbackslash</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18862"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.11+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to <a id="wrglossary.18863"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.bksl"><code class="code">\</code></a> (a literal backslash). <a href="#sec:xindy">§14</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12055">338</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18864"></a><a href="#glo:glscapitalisewords"><code class="csfmt">\glscapitalisewords</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">content</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18865"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.48+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Just does <a id="wrglossary.18866"></a><a href="#glo:capitalisewords"><code class="csfmt">\capitalisewords</code></a> but may be redefined to use <a id="wrglossary.18867"></a><a href="#glo:capitalisefmtwords"><code class="csfmt">\capitalisefmtwords</code></a>, if required. <a href="#sec:casechanging">§15.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12555">355</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18868"></a><a href="#glo:glscapscase"><code class="csfmt">\glscapscase</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">no change</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">sentence</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">all caps</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18869"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.11a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defined by the <a id="wrglossary.18870"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands to expand to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">no change</em>〉</span> if the calling command wasn’t a <a id="wrglossary.18871"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> command (<a id="wrglossary.18872"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.18873"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>), to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">sentence</em>〉</span> for <a id="wrglossary.18874"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> commands (<a id="wrglossary.18875"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.18876"></a><a href="#glo:Glspl"><code class="csfmt">\Glspl</code></a>) or to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">all caps</em>〉</span> for <a id="wrglossary.18877"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a> commands (<a id="wrglossary.18878"></a><a href="#glo:GLS"><code class="csfmt">\GLS</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.18879"></a><a href="#glo:GLSpl"><code class="csfmt">\GLSpl</code></a>). <a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6035">175</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18880"></a><dfn id="glo:glscategory"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glscategory</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18881"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the entry’s category.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18882"></a><a href="#glo:glsclearpage"><code class="csfmt">\glsclearpage</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18883"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.19+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used to clear the page at the start of a <a id="wrglossary.18884"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. <a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8768">246</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18885"></a><a href="#glo:glsclosebrace"><code class="csfmt">\glsclosebrace</code></a></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to <a id="wrglossary.18886"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.eg"></a> (a literal closing brace). <a href="#sec:xindy">§14</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12039">337</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18887"></a><a href="#glo:glscounter"><code class="csfmt">\glscounter</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>page; <a id="wrglossary.18888"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+The default counter as specified by the <a id="wrglossary.18889"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></a> option. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2886">89</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18890"></a><dfn id="glo:glscurrententrylabel"><code class="csfmt">\glscurrententrylabel</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18891"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Assigned at the start of each <a id="wrglossary.18892"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> item within the <a id="wrglossary.18893"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. This command may be used by <a id="wrglossary.18894"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> hooks, such as <a id="wrglossary.18895"></a><a href="#glo:glspostdescription"><code class="csfmt">\glspostdescription</code></a>, to reference the current entry.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18896"></a><a href="#glo:glscurrentfieldvalue"><code class="csfmt">\glscurrentfieldvalue</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18897"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.23+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Conditional commands such as <a id="wrglossary.18898"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshasfield"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasfield</code></a> set this to the field’s value for use within the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> code. <a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12705">360</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18899"></a><a href="#glo:glscustomtext"><code class="csfmt">\glscustomtext</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18900"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.11a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Placeholder command that expands to the text provided in <a id="wrglossary.18901"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisp</code></a>. <a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6046">175</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18902"></a><a href="#glo:GlsDeclareNoHyperList"><code class="csfmt">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">list</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18903"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.05+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Identifies the list of <a id="wrglossary.18904"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> that should have <a id="wrglossary.18905"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> suppressed. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-type">§2.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3592">109</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18906"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaultshortaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaultshortaccess</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18907"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+The default value for the <a id="wrglossary.18908"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">shortaccess</span></a> key when defining <a id="wrglossary.18909"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> with <a id="wrglossary.18910"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>. <a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13204">377</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18911"></a><dfn id="glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>main; <a id="wrglossary.18912"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the label of the default <a id="wrglossary.18913"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, which is normally <code class="code">main</code> but if <a id="wrglossary.18914"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nomain"><span class="styoptfmt">nomain</span></a> is used, it will be the label of the first <a id="wrglossary.18915"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> to be defined.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18916"></a><dfn id="glo:glsdefpostdesc"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsdefpostdesc</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">category</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">definition</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18917"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.31+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defines <a id="wrglossary.18918"></a><a href="#glo:dual.postdeschook">post-description hook</a> associated with the category identified by the label <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">category</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18919"></a><dfn id="glo:glsdefpostlink"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefpostlink</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">category</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">definition</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18920"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.31+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defines <a id="wrglossary.18921"></a><a href="#glo:dual.postlinkhook">post-link hook</a> associated with the category identified by the label <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">category</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18922"></a><dfn id="glo:glsdefs@newdocentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefs@newdocentry</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18923"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v4.47+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+This command is written to the <a id="wrglossary.18924"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glsdefs"><span class="extfmt">glsdefs</span></a> file to define the given <a id="wrglossary.18925"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> using the definition provided in the <a id="wrglossary.18926"></a><a href="#glo:env.document"><span class="envfmt">document</span></a> environment on the previous LaTeX run.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18927"></a><a href="#glo:GLSdesc"><code class="csfmt">\GLSdesc</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18928"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.18929"></a><a href="#glo:glsdesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsdesc</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.18930"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.18931"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5894">171</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18932"></a><a href="#glo:Glsdesc"><code class="csfmt">\Glsdesc</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18933"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.18934"></a><a href="#glo:glsdesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsdesc</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.18935"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.18936"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. Use <a id="wrglossary.18937"></a><a href="#glo:Glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\Glossentrydesc</code></a> within custom glossary styles instead of this command. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5891">171</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18938"></a><a href="#glo:glsdesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsdesc</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18939"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+References the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. The text produced is obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.18940"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> value. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> argument will be inserted at the end of the <a id="wrglossary.18941"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. This command does not alter or depend on the <a id="wrglossary.18942"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. For the first optional argument, see <a id="wrglossary.18943"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glsopt"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code> options</a>. Use <a id="wrglossary.18944"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrydesc</code></a> within custom glossary styles instead of this command. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5882">171</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18945"></a><dfn id="glo:GLSdescplural"><code class="csfmt">\GLSdescplural</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18946"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.18947"></a><a href="#glo:glsdescplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsdescplural</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.18948"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.18949"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18950"></a><dfn id="glo:Glsdescplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glsdescplural</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18951"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.18952"></a><a href="#glo:glsdescplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsdescplural</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.18953"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.18954"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18955"></a><dfn id="glo:glsdescplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsdescplural</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18956"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.18957"></a><a href="#glo:glsdesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsdesc</code></a> but for the <a id="wrglossary.18958"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.descriptionplural"><span class="csoptfmt">descriptionplural</span></a> field.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18959"></a><a href="#glo:glsdescriptionaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18960"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> with the <a id="wrglossary.18961"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.descriptionaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">descriptionaccess</span></a> replacement text (if set). <a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13321">381</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18962"></a><a href="#glo:glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18963"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> with the <a id="wrglossary.18964"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.descriptionpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">descriptionpluralaccess</span></a> replacement text (if set). <a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13325">382</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18965"></a><a href="#glo:glsdescwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glsdescwidth</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18966"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a> &amp; <a id="wrglossary.18967"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-super"><span class="styfmt">glossary-super</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A length register used to set the width of the description column for <a id="wrglossary.18968"></a><a href="#glo:env.tabular"><span class="envfmt">tabular</span></a>-like styles. <a href="#sec:predefinedstyles">§13.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10579">293</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18969"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisablehyper"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisablehyper</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18970"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Disables <a id="wrglossary.18971"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> (may be scoped to localise the effect). <a href="#sec:hyperref">§15.1</a>; <a href="#sec:disablehyperlinks">§5.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6272">180</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12463">352</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18972"></a><a href="#glo:Glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\Glsdisp</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18973"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.18974"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisp</code></a> but converts <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> to <a id="wrglossary.18975"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:gls-like">§5.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5730">167</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18976"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisp</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.18977"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.19+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+References the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> with the given <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> as the <a id="wrglossary.18978"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. This command unsets the <a id="wrglossary.18979"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> (use <a id="wrglossary.18980"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a> instead, if the <a id="wrglossary.18981"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> should not be altered). This command is considered a <a id="wrglossary.18982"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> command. For the first optional argument, see <a id="wrglossary.18983"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glsopt"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code> options</a>. <a href="#sec:gls-like">§5.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5706">166</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18984"></a><a id="wrglossary.18985"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:glsdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisplay</code></dfn></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+This was originally used to format the way the <a id="wrglossary.18986"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> was displayed on <a id="wrglossary.18987"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> by the <a id="wrglossary.18988"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands. Deprecated in v3.11a and removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility required, but it’s better to switch to <a id="wrglossary.18989"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18990"></a><a id="wrglossary.18991"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:glsdisplayfirst"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisplayfirst</code></dfn></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+This was originally used to format the way the <a id="wrglossary.18992"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> was displayed on <a id="wrglossary.18993"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> by the <a id="wrglossary.18994"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands. Deprecated in v3.11a and removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility required, but it’s better to switch to <a id="wrglossary.18995"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.18996"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisplaynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisplaynumberlist</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.18997"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Formats the <a id="wrglossary.18998"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a> for the given entry. Redefined by <a id="wrglossary.18999"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra-bib2gls"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span></a> to obtain the <a id="wrglossary.19000"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a> from the <a id="wrglossary.19001"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.location"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">location</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6617">189</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19002"></a><a href="#glo:glsdohyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\glsdohyperlink</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">target</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19003"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.08+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Creates a hyperlink to the given target using <a id="wrglossary.19004"></a><a href="#glo:hyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\hyperlink</code></a>, and includes the debugging information if <a id="wrglossary.19005"></a><a href="#glo:opt.debug"><span class="styoptfmt">debug</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.19006"></a><a href="#glo:optval.debug.showtargets"><span class="optfmt">showtargets</span></a>. <a href="#sec:hyperref">§15.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12484">353</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19007"></a><a href="#glo:glsdohypertarget"><code class="csfmt">\glsdohypertarget</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">target</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19008"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.08+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Creates a hypertarget, and includes the debugging information if <a id="wrglossary.19009"></a><a href="#glo:opt.debug"><span class="styoptfmt">debug</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.19010"></a><a href="#glo:optval.debug.showtargets"><span class="optfmt">showtargets</span></a>. This uses <a id="wrglossary.19011"></a><a href="#glo:hypertarget"><code class="csfmt">\hypertarget</code></a> but measures the height of <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> so that the target can be placed at the top of <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> instead of along the baseline. <a href="#sec:hyperref">§15.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12480">352</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19012"></a><a href="#glo:glsdoifexists"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifexists</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">code</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19013"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">code</em>〉</span> if the <a id="wrglossary.19014"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> given by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> exists. If the entry doesn’t exist, this will generate an error. <a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12629">357</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19015"></a><a href="#glo:glsdoifexistsordo"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifexistsordo</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19016"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.19+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Similar to <a id="wrglossary.19017"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsentryexists"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsentryexists</code></a>, this does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the <a id="wrglossary.19018"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> given by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> exists. If the <a id="wrglossary.19019"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> doesn’t it exist, this does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span> and generates an error. <a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12636">358</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19020"></a><a href="#glo:glsdoifexistsorwarn"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifexistsorwarn</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">code</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19021"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.03+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Like <a id="wrglossary.19022"></a><a href="#glo:glsdoifexists"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifexists</code></a>, but always warns (no error) if the <a id="wrglossary.19023"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> doesn’t exist. <a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12633">358</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19024"></a><a href="#glo:glsdoifnoexists"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifnoexists</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">code</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19025"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">code</em>〉</span> if the <a id="wrglossary.19026"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> given by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> does not exist. If the entry does exist, this will generate an error. <a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12631">358</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19027"></a><a href="#glo:glsdonohyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\glsdonohyperlink</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">target</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19028"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.20+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used instead of <a id="wrglossary.19029"></a><a href="#glo:glsdohyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\glsdohyperlink</code></a> when <a id="wrglossary.19030"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> are disabled. This simply expands to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>. <a href="#sec:hyperref">§15.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12472">352</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19031"></a><a href="#glo:glsdosanitizesort"><code class="csfmt">\glsdosanitizesort</code></a><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(only available with <a id="wrglossary.19032"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.19033"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.standard"><span class="optfmt">standard</span></a>)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sanitizes the sort value if <a id="wrglossary.19034"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sanitizesort"><span class="styoptfmt">sanitizesort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3224">98</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19035"></a><a href="#glo:glsenableentrycount"><code class="csfmt">\glsenableentrycount</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19036"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.14+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Enables entry counting. <a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8260">233</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19037"></a><a href="#glo:glsenablehyper"><code class="csfmt">\glsenablehyper</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19038"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(requires <a id="wrglossary.19039"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a>)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Enables <a id="wrglossary.19040"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> (may be scoped to localise the effect). <a href="#sec:hyperref">§15.1</a>; <a href="#sec:disablehyperlinks">§5.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6274">180</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12475">352</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19041"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryaccess</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19042"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19043"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.access"><span class="csoptfmt">access</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13370">383</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19044"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrycounter</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><a id="wrglossary.19045"></a><a href="#glo:glscounter"><code class="csfmt">\glscounter</code></a>; <a id="wrglossary.19046"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defined by <a id="wrglossary.19047"></a><a href="#glo:setentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\setentrycounter</code></a> to its <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span> argument. <a href="#sec:encap">§12.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9663">269</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19048"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrycounterfalse"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrycounterfalse</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19049"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets <a id="wrglossary.19050"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsentrycounter</code></a> to false. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2663">84</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19051"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrycounterlabel"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrycounterlabel</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19052"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Displays the formatted value of the <a id="wrglossary.19053"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.glossaryentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossaryentry</span></a> counter or does nothing if <a id="wrglossary.19054"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2654">83</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19055"></a><a href="#glo:GlsEntryCounterLabelPrefix"><code class="csfmt">\GlsEntryCounterLabelPrefix</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>glsentry-; <a id="wrglossary.19056"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.38+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the prefix used by <a id="wrglossary.19057"></a><a href="#glo:glsrefentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsrefentry</code></a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2624">82</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19058"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrycountertrue"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrycountertrue</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19059"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets <a id="wrglossary.19060"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsentrycounter</code></a> to true. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2665">84</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19061"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrycurrcount"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrycurrcount</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19062"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.14+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the current entry count running total or 0 if not available (needs to be enabled with <a id="wrglossary.19063"></a><a href="#glo:glsenableentrycount"><code class="csfmt">\glsenableentrycount</code></a>). <a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8284">233</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19064"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrydesc</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19065"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Partially robust command that displays the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19066"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19067"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> with <a id="wrglossary.19068"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> applied. As from <a id="wrglossary.19069"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50, this command can expand in <a id="wrglossary.19070"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>. Outside of <a id="wrglossary.19071"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a> it will expand to a robust internal command. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6502">186</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19072"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19073"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Simply expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19074"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19075"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a>. Does nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined. May be used in expandable contexts provided that the <a id="wrglossary.19076"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19077"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> doesn’t contain any fragile commands. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6496">186</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19078"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydescaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydescaccess</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19079"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19080"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.descaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">descaccess</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13391">384</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19081"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrydescplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrydescplural</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19082"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Partially robust command that displays the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19083"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.descriptionplural"><span class="csoptfmt">descriptionplural</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19084"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> with <a id="wrglossary.19085"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> applied. As from <a id="wrglossary.19086"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50, this command can expand in <a id="wrglossary.19087"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>. Outside of <a id="wrglossary.19088"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a> it will expand to a robust internal command. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6508">186</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19089"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydescplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydescplural</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19090"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Simply expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19091"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.descriptionplural"><span class="csoptfmt">descriptionplural</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19092"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a>. Does nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined. May be used in expandable contexts provided that the <a id="wrglossary.19093"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.descriptionplural"><span class="csoptfmt">descriptionplural</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19094"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> doesn’t contain any fragile commands. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6504">186</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19095"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrydescpluralaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydescpluralaccess</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19096"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19097"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.descpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">descpluralaccess</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13395">384</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19098"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryfirst"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryfirst</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19099"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Partially robust command that displays the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19100"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19101"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> with <a id="wrglossary.19102"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> applied. As from <a id="wrglossary.19103"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50, this command can expand in <a id="wrglossary.19104"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>. Outside of <a id="wrglossary.19105"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a> it will expand to a robust internal command. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6488">186</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19106"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfirst"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfirst</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19107"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Simply expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19108"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19109"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a>. Does nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined. May be used in expandable contexts provided that the <a id="wrglossary.19110"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19111"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> doesn’t contain any fragile commands. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6484">185</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19112"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfirstaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfirstaccess</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19113"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19114"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">firstaccess</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13376">383</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19115"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryfirstplural</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19116"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Partially robust command that displays the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19117"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">firstplural</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19118"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> with <a id="wrglossary.19119"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> applied. As from <a id="wrglossary.19120"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50, this command can expand in <a id="wrglossary.19121"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>. Outside of <a id="wrglossary.19122"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a> it will expand to a robust internal command. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6494">186</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19123"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfirstplural</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19124"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Simply expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19125"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">firstplural</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19126"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a>. Does nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined. May be used in expandable contexts provided that the <a id="wrglossary.19127"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">firstplural</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19128"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> doesn’t contain any fragile commands. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6490">186</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19129"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfirstpluralaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfirstpluralaccess</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19130"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19131"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">firstpluralaccess</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13382">384</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19132"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19133"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.11a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+The default display format used by the <a id="wrglossary.19134"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands. This command is redefined by the <a id="wrglossary.19135"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package. <a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5971">174</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19136"></a><dfn id="glo:GLSentryfull"><code class="csfmt">\GLSentryfull</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19137"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.19138"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfull"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfull</code></a> but <a id="wrglossary.19139"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19140"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryfull"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryfull</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19141"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.19142"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfull"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfull</code></a> but <a id="wrglossary.19143"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6991">200</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19144"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfull"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfull</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19145"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Displays the singular full form of the <a id="wrglossary.19146"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>, without <a id="wrglossary.19147"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> or <a id="wrglossary.19148"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a>. This command is redefined by <a id="wrglossary.19149"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym styles</a> to match the style format. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6977">200</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19150"></a><dfn id="glo:GLSentryfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\GLSentryfullpl</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19151"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.19152"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfullpl</code></a> but <a id="wrglossary.19153"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19154"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryfullpl</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19155"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.19156"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfullpl</code></a> but <a id="wrglossary.19157"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6998">200</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19158"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfullpl</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19159"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Displays the plural full form of the <a id="wrglossary.19160"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>, without <a id="wrglossary.19161"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> or <a id="wrglossary.19162"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a>. This command is redefined by <a id="wrglossary.19163"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym styles</a> to match the style format. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6995">200</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19164"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryitem"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryitem</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19165"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used for <a id="wrglossary.19166"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">top level (level 0)</a> entries in <a id="wrglossary.19167"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> to increment and display the entry counter if <a id="wrglossary.19168"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>. <a href="#sec:glossarycmds">§13.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11589">326</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19169"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrylong</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19170"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Displays the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19171"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19172"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> with <a id="wrglossary.19173"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> applied. Does nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined. As from <a id="wrglossary.19174"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50, this command can expand in <a id="wrglossary.19175"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>. Outside of <a id="wrglossary.19176"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a> it will expand to a robust internal command. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6962">199</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19177"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19178"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Simply expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19179"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19180"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a>. Does nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined. May be used in expandable contexts provided that the <a id="wrglossary.19181"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19182"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> doesn’t contain any fragile commands. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6957">199</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19183"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylongaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylongaccess</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19184"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19185"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">longaccess</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13405">385</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19186"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrylongpl"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrylongpl</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19187"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Displays the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19188"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19189"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> with <a id="wrglossary.19190"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> applied. Does nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined. As from <a id="wrglossary.19191"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50, this command can expand in <a id="wrglossary.19192"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>. Outside of <a id="wrglossary.19193"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a> it will expand to a robust internal command. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>, <a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6968">199</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8366">236</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19194"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylongpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylongpl</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19195"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Simply expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19196"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19197"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a>. Does nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined. May be used in expandable contexts provided that the <a id="wrglossary.19198"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19199"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> doesn’t contain any fragile commands. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6964">199</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19200"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylongpluralaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylongpluralaccess</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19201"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19202"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">longpluralaccess</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13408">385</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19203"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryname"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryname</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19204"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Partially robust command that displays the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19205"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> field with <a id="wrglossary.19206"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> applied. As from <a id="wrglossary.19207"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50, this command can expand in <a id="wrglossary.19208"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>. Outside of <a id="wrglossary.19209"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a> it will expand to a robust internal command. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6463">185</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19210"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryname</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19211"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Simply expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19212"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key. Does nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined. May be used in expandable contexts provided that the <a id="wrglossary.19213"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key doesn’t contain any fragile commands. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6457">185</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19214"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrynumberlist</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19215"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Displays the <a id="wrglossary.19216"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a> for the given entry. Redefined by <a id="wrglossary.19217"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra-bib2gls"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span></a> to obtain the <a id="wrglossary.19218"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a> from the <a id="wrglossary.19219"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.location"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">location</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6575">188</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19220"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryparent"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryparent</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19221"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19222"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a> field. Expands to nothing if the <a id="wrglossary.19223"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a> field hasn’t been set and expands to <a id="wrglossary.19224"></a><a href="#glo:relax"><code class="csfmt">\relax</code></a> if the entry hasn’t been defined. <a href="#sec:fetchset">§15.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12805">364</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19225"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryplural</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19226"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Partially robust command that displays the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19227"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19228"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> with <a id="wrglossary.19229"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> applied. As from <a id="wrglossary.19230"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50, this command can expand in <a id="wrglossary.19231"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>. Outside of <a id="wrglossary.19232"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a> it will expand to a robust internal command. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6482">185</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19233"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryplural</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19234"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Simply expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19235"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19236"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a>. Does nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined. May be used in expandable contexts provided that the <a id="wrglossary.19237"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19238"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> doesn’t contain any fragile commands. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6478">185</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19239"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrypluralaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrypluralaccess</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19240"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19241"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.pluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">pluralaccess</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13379">384</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19242"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryprefix"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryprefix</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19243"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> v3.14a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.19244"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryprefix"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprefix</code></a> but <a id="wrglossary.19245"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13057">372</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19246"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryprefix"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprefix</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19247"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> v3.14a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19248"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefix"><span class="csoptfmt">prefix</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13040">372</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19249"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryprefixfirst"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryprefixfirst</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19250"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> v3.14a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.19251"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryprefixfirst"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprefixfirst</code></a> but <a id="wrglossary.19252"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13065">372</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19253"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryprefixfirst"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprefixfirst</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19254"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> v3.14a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19255"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixfirst"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixfirst</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13046">372</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19256"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryprefixfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryprefixfirstplural</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19257"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> v3.14a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.19258"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryprefixfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprefixfirstplural</code></a> but <a id="wrglossary.19259"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13069">373</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19260"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryprefixfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprefixfirstplural</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19261"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> v3.14a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19262"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixfirstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixfirstplural</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13049">372</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19263"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryprefixplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryprefixplural</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19264"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> v3.14a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.19265"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryprefixplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprefixplural</code></a> but <a id="wrglossary.19266"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13061">372</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19267"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryprefixplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprefixplural</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19268"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> v3.14a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19269"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixplural"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixplural</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13043">372</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19270"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryprevcount"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprevcount</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19271"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.14+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the final entry count total from the previous LaTeX run or if 0 if not available (needs to be enabled with <a id="wrglossary.19272"></a><a href="#glo:glsenableentrycount"><code class="csfmt">\glsenableentrycount</code></a>). <a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8287">234</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19273"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryshort</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19274"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Displays the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19275"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19276"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> with <a id="wrglossary.19277"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> applied. Does nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined. As from <a id="wrglossary.19278"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50, this command can expand in <a id="wrglossary.19279"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>. Outside of <a id="wrglossary.19280"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a> it will expand to a robust internal command. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6975">200</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19281"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19282"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Simply expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19283"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19284"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a>. Does nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined. May be used in expandable contexts provided that the <a id="wrglossary.19285"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19286"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> doesn’t contain any fragile commands. <a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6970">200</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19287"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshortaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshortaccess</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19288"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19289"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">shortaccess</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13399">384</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19290"></a><dfn id="glo:Glsentryshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryshortpl</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19291"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Displays the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19292"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19293"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> with <a id="wrglossary.19294"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> applied. Does nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined. As from <a id="wrglossary.19295"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50, this command can expand in <a id="wrglossary.19296"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>. Outside of <a id="wrglossary.19297"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a> it will expand to a robust internal command.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19298"></a><dfn id="glo:glsentryshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshortpl</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19299"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Simply expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19300"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19301"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a>. Does nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined. May be used in expandable contexts provided that the <a id="wrglossary.19302"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19303"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> doesn’t contain any fragile commands.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19304"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshortpluralaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshortpluralaccess</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19305"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19306"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">shortpluralaccess</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13402">384</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19307"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrysort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysort</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19308"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Simply expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19309"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key. Does nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined. <a href="#sec:fetchset">§15.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12808">364</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19310"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrysymbol</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19311"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Partially robust command that displays the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19312"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19313"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> with <a id="wrglossary.19314"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> applied. As from <a id="wrglossary.19315"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50, this command can expand in <a id="wrglossary.19316"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>. Outside of <a id="wrglossary.19317"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a> it will expand to a robust internal command. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6516">187</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19318"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysymbol</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19319"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Simply expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19320"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19321"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a>. Does nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined. May be used in expandable contexts provided that the <a id="wrglossary.19322"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19323"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> doesn’t contain any fragile commands. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6510">186</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19324"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrysymbolaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysymbolaccess</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19325"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19326"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbolaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">symbolaccess</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13385">384</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19327"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrysymbolplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrysymbolplural</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19328"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Partially robust command that displays the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19329"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbolplural"><span class="csoptfmt">symbolplural</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19330"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> with <a id="wrglossary.19331"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> applied. As from <a id="wrglossary.19332"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50, this command can expand in <a id="wrglossary.19333"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>. Outside of <a id="wrglossary.19334"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a> it will expand to a robust internal command. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6522">187</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19335"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrysymbolplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysymbolplural</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19336"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Simply expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19337"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbolplural"><span class="csoptfmt">symbolplural</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19338"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a>. Does nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined. May be used in expandable contexts provided that the <a id="wrglossary.19339"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbolplural"><span class="csoptfmt">symbolplural</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19340"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> doesn’t contain any fragile commands. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6518">187</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19341"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrysymbolpluralaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysymbolpluralaccess</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19342"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19343"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbolpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">symbolpluralaccess</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13388">384</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19344"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrytext</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19345"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Partially robust command that displays the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19346"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19347"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> with <a id="wrglossary.19348"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> applied. As from <a id="wrglossary.19349"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50, this command can expand in <a id="wrglossary.19350"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>. Outside of <a id="wrglossary.19351"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a> it will expand to a robust internal command. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6476">185</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19352"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19353"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Simply expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19354"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> field. Does nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined. May be used in expandable contexts provided that the <a id="wrglossary.19355"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> field doesn’t contain any fragile commands. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6472">185</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19356"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytextaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytextaccess</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19357"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19358"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.textaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">textaccess</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13373">383</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19359"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytitlecase"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytitlecase</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19360"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.22+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Applies <a id="wrglossary.19361"></a><a href="#glo:idx.titlecase">title case</a> to the given field using <a id="wrglossary.19362"></a><a href="#glo:glscapitalisewords"><code class="csfmt">\glscapitalisewords</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.19363"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> in <a id="wrglossary.19364"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6407">184</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19365"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytype"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytype</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19366"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Simply expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19367"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> key. Does nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined. <a href="#sec:fetchset">§15.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12801">364</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19368"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryuseri"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryuseri</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19369"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Partially robust command that displays the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19370"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19371"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> with <a id="wrglossary.19372"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> applied. As from <a id="wrglossary.19373"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50, this command can expand in <a id="wrglossary.19374"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>. Outside of <a id="wrglossary.19375"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a> it will expand to a robust internal command. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6528">187</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19376"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryuseri"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuseri</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19377"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Simply expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19378"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19379"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a>. Does nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined. May be used in expandable contexts provided that the <a id="wrglossary.19380"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19381"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> doesn’t contain any fragile commands. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6524">187</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19382"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryuseriaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuseriaccess</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19383"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19384"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1access"><span class="csoptfmt">user1access</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13411">385</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19385"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryuserii"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryuserii</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19386"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Partially robust command that displays the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19387"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user2"><span class="csoptfmt">user2</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19388"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> with <a id="wrglossary.19389"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> applied. As from <a id="wrglossary.19390"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50, this command can expand in <a id="wrglossary.19391"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>. Outside of <a id="wrglossary.19392"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a> it will expand to a robust internal command. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6534">187</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19393"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryuserii"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuserii</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19394"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Simply expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19395"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user2"><span class="csoptfmt">user2</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19396"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a>. Does nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined. May be used in expandable contexts provided that the <a id="wrglossary.19397"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user2"><span class="csoptfmt">user2</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19398"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> doesn’t contain any fragile commands. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6530">187</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19399"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryuseriiaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuseriiaccess</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19400"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19401"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user2access"><span class="csoptfmt">user2access</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13415">385</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19402"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryuseriii"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryuseriii</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19403"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Partially robust command that displays the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19404"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user3"><span class="csoptfmt">user3</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19405"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> with <a id="wrglossary.19406"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> applied. As from <a id="wrglossary.19407"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50, this command can expand in <a id="wrglossary.19408"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>. Outside of <a id="wrglossary.19409"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a> it will expand to a robust internal command. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6540">187</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19410"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryuseriii"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuseriii</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19411"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Simply expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19412"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user3"><span class="csoptfmt">user3</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19413"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a>. Does nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined. May be used in expandable contexts provided that the <a id="wrglossary.19414"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user3"><span class="csoptfmt">user3</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19415"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> doesn’t contain any fragile commands. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6536">187</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19416"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryuseriiiaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuseriiiaccess</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19417"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19418"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user3access"><span class="csoptfmt">user3access</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13419">385</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19419"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryuseriv"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryuseriv</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19420"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Partially robust command that displays the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19421"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user4"><span class="csoptfmt">user4</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19422"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> with <a id="wrglossary.19423"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> applied. As from <a id="wrglossary.19424"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50, this command can expand in <a id="wrglossary.19425"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>. Outside of <a id="wrglossary.19426"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a> it will expand to a robust internal command. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6546">188</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19427"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryuseriv"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuseriv</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19428"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Simply expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19429"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user4"><span class="csoptfmt">user4</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19430"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a>. Does nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined. May be used in expandable contexts provided that the <a id="wrglossary.19431"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user4"><span class="csoptfmt">user4</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19432"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> doesn’t contain any fragile commands. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6542">188</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19433"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryuserivaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuserivaccess</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19434"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19435"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user4access"><span class="csoptfmt">user4access</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13423">385</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19436"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryuserv"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryuserv</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19437"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Partially robust command that displays the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19438"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user5"><span class="csoptfmt">user5</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19439"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> with <a id="wrglossary.19440"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> applied. As from <a id="wrglossary.19441"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50, this command can expand in <a id="wrglossary.19442"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>. Outside of <a id="wrglossary.19443"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a> it will expand to a robust internal command. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6552">188</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19444"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryuserv"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuserv</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19445"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Simply expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19446"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user5"><span class="csoptfmt">user5</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19447"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a>. Does nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined. May be used in expandable contexts provided that the <a id="wrglossary.19448"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user5"><span class="csoptfmt">user5</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19449"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> doesn’t contain any fragile commands. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6548">188</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19450"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryuservaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuservaccess</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19451"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19452"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user5access"><span class="csoptfmt">user5access</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13427">385</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19453"></a><a href="#glo:Glsentryuservi"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryuservi</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19454"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Partially robust command that displays the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19455"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user6"><span class="csoptfmt">user6</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19456"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> with <a id="wrglossary.19457"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> applied. As from <a id="wrglossary.19458"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50, this command can expand in <a id="wrglossary.19459"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a>. Outside of <a id="wrglossary.19460"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</a> it will expand to a robust internal command. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6558">188</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19461"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryuservi"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuservi</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19462"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Simply expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19463"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user6"><span class="csoptfmt">user6</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19464"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a>. Does nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined. May be used in expandable contexts provided that the <a id="wrglossary.19465"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user6"><span class="csoptfmt">user6</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.19466"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> doesn’t contain any fragile commands. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6554">188</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19467"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryuserviaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuserviaccess</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19468"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19469"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user6access"><span class="csoptfmt">user6access</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13431">385</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19470"></a><a href="#glo:glsexpandfields"><code class="csfmt">\glsexpandfields</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19471"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.08a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expand values when assigning fields during entry definition (except for specific fields that are overridden by <a id="wrglossary.19472"></a><a href="#glo:glssetnoexpandfield"><code class="csfmt">\glssetnoexpandfield</code></a>). <a href="#sec:expansion">§4.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4956">147</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19473"></a><a href="#glo:glsfield-labelaccsupp"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\gls<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>accsupp</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">replacement</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">content</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If defined, used by <a id="wrglossary.19474"></a><a href="#glo:glsfieldaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsfieldaccsupp</code></a> for the accessibility support for the <a id="wrglossary.19475"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a> given by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>. <a href="#sec:accsuppcmds">§17.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13258">379</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19476"></a><a href="#glo:glsfieldaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsfieldaccsupp</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">replacement</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">content</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19477"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If <a id="wrglossary.19478"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> has been loaded, this command will first check for the existence of the command <a id="wrglossary.19479"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrcategoryfieldaccsupp"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtr<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">category</em>〉</span><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span>accsupp</code></a>. If that command doesn’t exist or if <a id="wrglossary.19480"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> hasn’t been loaded, it then checks for the existence of <code class="csfmt">\gls<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span>accsupp</code> (for example, <a id="wrglossary.19481"></a><a href="#glo:glsshortaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsshortaccsupp</code></a>). Failing that it will use <a id="wrglossary.19482"></a><a href="#glo:glsaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsaccsupp</code></a>. Whichever command is found first, <code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">replacement</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">content</em>〉</span>}</code> is performed. <a href="#sec:accsuppcmds">§17.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13256">378</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19483"></a><a href="#glo:glsfielddef"><code class="csfmt">\glsfielddef</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19484"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.16+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Locally assigns the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span> to the given field (identified by the <a id="wrglossary.19485"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span>) for the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. Produces an error (or warning with <a id="wrglossary.19486"></a><a href="#glo:opt.undefaction"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">undefaction</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.19487"></a><a href="#glo:optval.undefaction.warn"><span class="xtroptfmt">warn</span></a>) if the entry or field doesn’t exist. Note that this doesn’t update any associated fields. <a href="#sec:fetchset">§15.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12852">366</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19488"></a><a href="#glo:glsfieldedef"><code class="csfmt">\glsfieldedef</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19489"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.16+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Locally assigns the full expansion of <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span> to the given field (identified by the <a id="wrglossary.19490"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span>) for the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. Produces an error (or warning with <a id="wrglossary.19491"></a><a href="#glo:opt.undefaction"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">undefaction</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.19492"></a><a href="#glo:optval.undefaction.warn"><span class="xtroptfmt">warn</span></a>) if the entry or field doesn’t exist. Note that this doesn’t update any associated fields. <a href="#sec:fetchset">§15.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12855">366</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19493"></a><a href="#glo:glsfieldfetch"><code class="csfmt">\glsfieldfetch</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19494"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.16+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Fetches the value of the given field for the given entry and stores it in the command <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>. Triggers an error if the given field (identified by its <a id="wrglossary.19495"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a>) hasn’t been defined. Uses <a id="wrglossary.19496"></a><a href="#glo:glsdoifexists"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifexists</code></a>. <a href="#sec:fetchset">§15.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12814">364</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19497"></a><dfn id="glo:glsfieldgdef"><code class="csfmt">\glsfieldgdef</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19498"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.16+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.19499"></a><a href="#glo:glsfielddef"><code class="csfmt">\glsfielddef</code></a> but does a global assignment.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19500"></a><a href="#glo:glsfieldxdef"><code class="csfmt">\glsfieldxdef</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19501"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.16+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.19502"></a><a href="#glo:glsfieldedef"><code class="csfmt">\glsfieldedef</code></a> but does a global assignment. <a href="#sec:fetchset">§15.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12859">366</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19503"></a><a href="#glo:glsfindwidesttoplevelname"><code class="csfmt">\glsfindwidesttoplevelname</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary labels</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19504"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a> v4.22+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Finds and sets the widest name for all top-level entries in the given <a id="wrglossary.19505"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>. If the optional argument is omitted, the list of all non-<a id="wrglossary.19506"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossaries</a> is assumed. <a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11371">318</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19507"></a><dfn id="glo:glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary labels</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19508"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra-stylemods"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span></a> v1.05+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Finds and sets the widest name for all entries that have been marked as <a id="wrglossary.19509"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@firstuseflag">used</a> with <a id="wrglossary.19510"></a><a href="#glo:dual.hierarchicallevel">hierarchical level</a> less than or equal to 2 in the given <a id="wrglossary.19511"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19512"></a><dfn id="glo:glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary labels</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19513"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra-stylemods"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span></a> v1.05+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Finds and sets the widest name for all top-level entries that have been marked as <a id="wrglossary.19514"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@firstuseflag">used</a> in the given <a id="wrglossary.19515"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19516"></a><a href="#glo:GLSfirst"><code class="csfmt">\GLSfirst</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.19517"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.19518"></a><a href="#glo:glsfirst"><code class="csfmt">\glsfirst</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.19519"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.19520"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5794">169</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19521"></a><a href="#glo:Glsfirst"><code class="csfmt">\Glsfirst</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.19522"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.19523"></a><a href="#glo:glsfirst"><code class="csfmt">\glsfirst</code></a> but converts <a id="wrglossary.19524"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.19525"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5791">168</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19526"></a><a href="#glo:glsfirst"><code class="csfmt">\glsfirst</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.19527"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+References the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. The text produced is obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.19528"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a> value. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> argument will be inserted at the end of the <a id="wrglossary.19529"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. This command does not alter or depend on the <a id="wrglossary.19530"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. If you have defined the entry with <a id="wrglossary.19531"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> consider using <a id="wrglossary.19532"></a><a href="#glo:acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\acrfull</code></a> (or <a id="wrglossary.19533"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfull"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfull</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.19534"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>) for the full form or <a id="wrglossary.19535"></a><a href="#glo:acrlong"><code class="csfmt">\acrlong</code></a> (or <a id="wrglossary.19536"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrlong"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrlong</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.19537"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>) for the long form instead. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5786">168</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19538"></a><dfn id="glo:glsfirstabbrvscfont"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsfirstabbrvscfont</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19539"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Short form font used by the <a id="wrglossary.19540"></a><a href="#glo:dual.smallcaps">small caps</a> <span class="qt">“sc”</span> abbreviation styles on <a id="wrglossary.19541"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19542"></a><dfn id="glo:glsfirstaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsfirstaccessdisplay</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19543"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> with the <a id="wrglossary.19544"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">firstaccess</span></a> replacement text (if set).<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19545"></a><dfn id="glo:glsfirstlongfootnotefont"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19546"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.05+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Formatting command for the <a id="wrglossary.19547"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> long form used by the footnote abbreviation styles.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19548"></a><a href="#glo:GLSfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\GLSfirstplural</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.19549"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.19550"></a><a href="#glo:glsfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsfirstplural</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.19551"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.19552"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5833">170</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19553"></a><a href="#glo:Glsfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glsfirstplural</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.19554"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.19555"></a><a href="#glo:glsfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsfirstplural</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.19556"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.19557"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5830">169</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19558"></a><a href="#glo:glsfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsfirstplural</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.19559"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+References the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. The text produced is obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.19560"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">firstplural</span></a> value. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> argument will be inserted at the end of the <a id="wrglossary.19561"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. This command does not alter or depend on the <a id="wrglossary.19562"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. If you have defined the entry with <a id="wrglossary.19563"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> consider using <a id="wrglossary.19564"></a><a href="#glo:acrfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\acrfullpl</code></a> (or <a id="wrglossary.19565"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfullpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfullpl</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.19566"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>) for the full form or <a id="wrglossary.19567"></a><a href="#glo:acrlongpl"><code class="csfmt">\acrlongpl</code></a> (or <a id="wrglossary.19568"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrlongpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrlongpl</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.19569"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>) for the long form instead. For the first optional argument, see <a id="wrglossary.19570"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glsopt"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code> options</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5825">169</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19571"></a><a href="#glo:glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19572"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> with the <a id="wrglossary.19573"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">firstpluralaccess</span></a> replacement text (if set). <a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13312">381</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19574"></a><dfn id="glo:glsfmtfirst"><code class="csfmt">\glsfmtfirst</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+For use within captions or section titles to display the formatted <a id="wrglossary.19575"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19576"></a><dfn id="glo:Glsfmtlong"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsfmtlong</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19577"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+For use within captions or section titles to display the formatted <a id="wrglossary.19578"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> long form.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19579"></a><dfn id="glo:glsfmtname"><code class="csfmt">\glsfmtname</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+For use within captions or section titles to display the formatted <a id="wrglossary.19580"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19581"></a><dfn id="glo:glsfmtshort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsfmtshort</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19582"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+For use within captions or section titles to display the formatted short form.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19583"></a><dfn id="glo:glsfmttext"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsfmttext</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19584"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+For use within captions or section titles to display the formatted <a id="wrglossary.19585"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19586"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenacfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenacfmt</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19587"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+The generic <a id="wrglossary.19588"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> display <a id="wrglossary.19589"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">format</a> used by the <a id="wrglossary.19590"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands. <a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6148">177</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19591"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenentryfmt</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19592"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.11a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+The generic display format used by the <a id="wrglossary.19593"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands. <a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6121">177</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19594"></a><a href="#glo:glsgetgrouptitle"><code class="csfmt">\glsgetgrouptitle</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19595"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Robust command that determines the title associated with <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span> and displays it. <a href="#sec:glossarycmds">§13.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11708">329</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19596"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupheading"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupheading</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19597"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(<a id="wrglossary.19598"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> command)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Redefined by <a id="wrglossary.19599"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> to show, if applicable, the title associated with the <a id="wrglossary.19600"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a> identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span>. <a href="#sec:glossarystylecmds">§13.2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11795">331</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19601"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupskip</code></a><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(<a id="wrglossary.19602"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> command)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Redefined by <a id="wrglossary.19603"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> to produce a vertical gap between <a id="wrglossary.19604"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter groups</a>, if applicable. <a href="#sec:glossarystylecmds">§13.2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11863">333</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19605"></a><a href="#glo:glsglossarymark"><code class="csfmt">\glsglossarymark</code></a><code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary title</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19606"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets the header mark for the <a id="wrglossary.19607"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. <a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8733">245</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19608"></a><dfn id="glo:glshyperfirstfalse"><code class="csfmt">\glshyperfirstfalse</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19609"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets <a id="wrglossary.19610"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshyperfirst"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshyperfirst</code></a> to false.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19611"></a><dfn id="glo:glshyperfirsttrue"><code class="csfmt">\glshyperfirsttrue</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19612"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets <a id="wrglossary.19613"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshyperfirst"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshyperfirst</code></a> to true.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19614"></a><a href="#glo:glshyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\glshyperlink</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19615"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Creates a hyperlink to the given entry with the hyperlink text provided in the optional argument. If omitted, the default is <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.19616"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code>. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6435">184</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19617"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernavsep"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernavsep</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19618"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-hypernav"><span class="styfmt">glossary-hypernav</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used as a separator by <a id="wrglossary.19619"></a><a href="#glo:glsnavigation"><code class="csfmt">\glsnavigation</code></a>. <a href="#sec:hypernav">§13.2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11757">330</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19620"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19621"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+This will encapsulate each <a id="wrglossary.19622"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> with a <a id="wrglossary.19623"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a>, if supported. This may be used as a <a id="wrglossary.19624"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationencap">location encap</a>. The argument may be a single location or locations delimited by <a id="wrglossary.19625"></a><a href="#glo:delimR"><code class="csfmt">\delimR</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.19626"></a><a href="#glo:delimN"><code class="csfmt">\delimN</code></a>. This command should not be used outside of <a id="wrglossary.19627"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location lists</a> as it requires additional information in order to correctly form the <a id="wrglossary.19628"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a>. <a href="#sec:encap">§12.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9633">269</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19629"></a><a id="wrglossary.19630"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:glsifhyper"><code class="csfmt">\glsifhyper</code></dfn></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+This was originally used in <a id="wrglossary.19631"></a><a href="#glo:glsgenentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenentryfmt</code></a> to test if the <a id="wrglossary.19632"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.hyper"><span class="csoptfmt">hyper</span></a> option was set. Deprecated in v4.08 and removed in v4.50. Use <a id="wrglossary.19633"></a><a href="#glo:glsifhyperon"><code class="csfmt">\glsifhyperon</code></a> instead.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19634"></a><a href="#glo:glsifhyperon"><code class="csfmt">\glsifhyperon</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19635"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.08+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defined by the <a id="wrglossary.19636"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands to expand to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the <a id="wrglossary.19637"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> setting is on for the current reference. Otherwise it expands to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>. <a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6066">176</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19638"></a><a href="#glo:glsIfListOfAcronyms"><code class="csfmt">\glsIfListOfAcronyms</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19639"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>, if the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span> has been identified as a list of acronyms. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">§2.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3829">115</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19640"></a><a href="#glo:glsifplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsifplural</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19641"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.11a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defined by the <a id="wrglossary.19642"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands to expand to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the calling command was a plural form (for example, <a id="wrglossary.19643"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>) and to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span> for the other commands. <a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6030">175</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19644"></a><dfn id="glo:glsifusedtranslatordict"><code class="csfmt">\glsifusedtranslatordict</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">Lang</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19645"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if <a id="wrglossary.19646"></a><a href="#glo:opt.translate"><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.19647"></a><a href="#glo:optval.translate.true"><span class="optfmt">true</span></a> and the <a id="wrglossary.19648"></a><a href="#glo:file.glossaries-dictionary-Lang.dict"><span class="filefmt">glossaries-dictionary-</span><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">Lang</em>〉</span><span class="filefmt">.dict</span></a> file has been loaded, otherwise does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19649"></a><a href="#glo:glsignore"><code class="csfmt">\glsignore</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19650"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does nothing. When used as a <a id="wrglossary.19651"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationencap">location encap</a>, this signifies to <a id="wrglossary.19652"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> that the entry is required but the <a id="wrglossary.19653"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> shouldn’t be added to the <a id="wrglossary.19654"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a>. With other <a id="wrglossary.19655"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> methods, this simply creates an invisible <a id="wrglossary.19656"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a>. <a href="#sec:encap">§12.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9538">266</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19657"></a><a href="#glo:glsindexingsetting"><code class="csfmt">\glsindexingsetting</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19658"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Indicates what <a id="wrglossary.19659"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> option has been chosen. <a href="#sec:indexingoptions">§1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.257">9</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19660"></a><a href="#glo:glsindexonlyfirstfalse"><code class="csfmt">\glsindexonlyfirstfalse</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19661"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets <a id="wrglossary.19662"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsindexonlyfirst"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsindexonlyfirst</code></a> to false. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2999">93</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19663"></a><a href="#glo:glsindexonlyfirsttrue"><code class="csfmt">\glsindexonlyfirsttrue</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19664"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets <a id="wrglossary.19665"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsindexonlyfirst"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsindexonlyfirst</code></a> to true. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2997">93</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19666"></a><a href="#glo:glsinlinedescformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlinedescformat</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">description</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">symbol</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location list</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19667"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-inline"><span class="styfmt">glossary-inline</span></a> v3.03+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Formats the description, symbol and <a id="wrglossary.19668"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a> for top-level entries. <a href="#sec:inline">§13.1.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11536">324</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19669"></a><a href="#glo:glsinlinedopostchild"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlinedopostchild</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19670"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-inline"><span class="styfmt">glossary-inline</span></a> v3.03+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Hook at the start of <a id="wrglossary.19671"></a><a href="#glo:glossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossentry</code></a> that finishes off the previous child entry, if the current <a id="wrglossary.19672"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">top level (level 0)</a> entry follows a child entry. This command is redefined within <a id="wrglossary.19673"></a><a href="#glo:glossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossentry</code></a> to use <a id="wrglossary.19674"></a><a href="#glo:glsinlinepostchild"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlinepostchild</code></a> after a <a id="wrglossary.19675"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">top level (level 0)</a> entry if that entry has any children. <a href="#sec:inline">§13.1.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11480">322</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19676"></a><a href="#glo:glsinlineemptydescformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlineemptydescformat</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">symbol</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location list</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19677"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-inline"><span class="styfmt">glossary-inline</span></a> v3.03+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used to format the symbol and <a id="wrglossary.19678"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a> when the description is suppressed. <a href="#sec:inline">§13.1.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11534">324</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19679"></a><a href="#glo:glsinlineifhaschildren"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlineifhaschildren</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19680"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-inline"><span class="styfmt">glossary-inline</span></a> v4.50+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used to test if the entry has any children. <a href="#sec:inline">§13.1.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11514">323</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19681"></a><a href="#glo:glsinlinenameformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlinenameformat</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19682"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-inline"><span class="styfmt">glossary-inline</span></a> v3.03+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Creates the target for <a id="wrglossary.19683"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">top level (level 0)</a> entries and may be used to adjust the format of the name. <a href="#sec:inline">§13.1.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11505">323</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19684"></a><a href="#glo:glsinlineparentchildseparator"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlineparentchildseparator</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>:<a id="wrglossary.19685"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>; <a id="wrglossary.19686"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-inline"><span class="styfmt">glossary-inline</span></a> v3.03+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Separator used between a <a id="wrglossary.19687"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">top level (level 0)</a> parent and its first child entry. <a href="#sec:inline">§13.1.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11497">322</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19688"></a><a href="#glo:glsinlinepostchild"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlinepostchild</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19689"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-inline"><span class="styfmt">glossary-inline</span></a> v3.03+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Hook used between a <a id="wrglossary.19690"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">top level (level 0)</a> entry and its first sub-entry. <a href="#sec:inline">§13.1.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11544">324</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19691"></a><a href="#glo:glsinlineseparator"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlineseparator</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>;<a id="wrglossary.19692"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>; <a id="wrglossary.19693"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-inline"><span class="styfmt">glossary-inline</span></a> v3.03+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Separator used between <a id="wrglossary.19694"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">top level (level 0)</a> entries. <a href="#sec:inline">§13.1.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11490">322</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19695"></a><a href="#glo:glsinlinesubdescformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlinesubdescformat</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">description</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">symbol</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location list</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19696"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-inline"><span class="styfmt">glossary-inline</span></a> v3.03+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Formats the description, symbol and <a id="wrglossary.19697"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a> for child entries. <a href="#sec:inline">§13.1.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11542">324</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19698"></a><a href="#glo:glsinlinesubnameformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlinesubnameformat</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19699"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-inline"><span class="styfmt">glossary-inline</span></a> v3.03+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Creates the target for sub entries and may be used to adjust the format of the name. <a href="#sec:inline">§13.1.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11528">323</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19700"></a><a href="#glo:glsinlinesubseparator"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlinesubseparator</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>,<a id="wrglossary.19701"></a><a href="#glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></a>; <a id="wrglossary.19702"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-inline"><span class="styfmt">glossary-inline</span></a> v3.03+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Separator used between sub-entries. <a href="#sec:inline">§13.1.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11494">322</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19703"></a><a href="#glo:glsinsert"><code class="csfmt">\glsinsert</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19704"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.11a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Placeholder command that expands to the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> final optional argument of the <a id="wrglossary.19705"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands. <a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6025">175</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19706"></a><a href="#glo:glskeylisttok"><code class="csfmt">\glskeylisttok</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19707"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A token register used by <a id="wrglossary.19708"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> (and <a id="wrglossary.19709"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>) to store the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span> supplied in the optional argument. <a href="#sec:customacronym">§6.2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7426">211</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19710"></a><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19711"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.15+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Placeholder command that expands to the entry label. <a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6015">175</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19712"></a><a href="#glo:glslabeltok"><code class="csfmt">\glslabeltok</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19713"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A token register used by <a id="wrglossary.19714"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> (and <a id="wrglossary.19715"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>) to store the <a id="wrglossary.19716"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> label. <a href="#sec:customacronym">§6.2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7428">211</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19717"></a><a href="#glo:glsletentryfield"><code class="csfmt">\glsletentryfield</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19718"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.07+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Fetches the value of the given field (identified by its <a id="wrglossary.19719"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@internalfieldlabel">internal label</a> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>) for the entry given by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> and stores it in the command <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>. <a href="#sec:fetchset">§15.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12818">365</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19720"></a><a href="#glo:Glslink"><code class="csfmt">\Glslink</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.19721"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.19722"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a> but converts <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> to <a id="wrglossary.19723"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5761">167</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19724"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+References the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> with the given <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> as the <a id="wrglossary.19725"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. This command does not alter or depend on the <a id="wrglossary.19726"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> (use <a id="wrglossary.19727"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisp</code></a> instead, if the <a id="wrglossary.19728"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> needs to be unset). This command is considered a <a id="wrglossary.19729"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> command. For the first optional argument, see <a id="wrglossary.19730"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glsopt"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code> options</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5755">167</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19731"></a><a href="#glo:glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook"><code class="csfmt">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19732"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.08+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Hook used when checking whether or not to switch off <a id="wrglossary.19733"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> on <a id="wrglossary.19734"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2351">75</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19735"></a><a href="#glo:glslinkpostsetkeys"><code class="csfmt">\glslinkpostsetkeys</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19736"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.16+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Hook implemented after setting the options passed to the <a id="wrglossary.19737"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> and <a id="wrglossary.19738"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands. <a href="#sec:glshooks">§5.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6239">180</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19739"></a><dfn id="glo:glslinkpresetkeys"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glslinkpresetkeys</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19740"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.26+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Hook implemented before setting the options passed to the <a id="wrglossary.19741"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> and <a id="wrglossary.19742"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19743"></a><a href="#glo:glslinkvar"><code class="csfmt">\glslinkvar</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">unmodified</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">star case</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">plus case</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19744"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.08+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defined by the <a id="wrglossary.19745"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands test if the unmodified, starred (<a id="wrglossary.19746"></a><a href="#glo:idx.starmod"><code class="code">*</code></a>) or plus (<a id="wrglossary.19747"></a><a href="#glo:idx.plusmod"><code class="code">+</code></a>) command was used. <a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6082">176</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19748"></a><a href="#glo:glslistdottedwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glslistdottedwidth</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19749"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-list"><span class="styfmt">glossary-list</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A length register used by <a id="wrglossary.19750"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.listdotted"><span class="glostylefmt">listdotted</span></a>. <a href="#sec:liststyles">§13.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10748">299</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19751"></a><a href="#glo:glslistexpandedname"><code class="csfmt">\glslistexpandedname</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19752"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-list"><span class="styfmt">glossary-list</span></a> v4.48+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.19753"></a><a href="#glo:glslistinit"><code class="csfmt">\glslistinit</code></a> to provide better integration with <a id="wrglossary.19754"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.gettitlestring"><span class="styfmt">gettitlestring</span></a>. <a href="#sec:liststyles">§13.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10672">297</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19755"></a><a href="#glo:glslistgroupheaderfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glslistgroupheaderfmt</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">title</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19756"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-list"><span class="styfmt">glossary-list</span></a> v4.22+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used to encapsulate the <a id="wrglossary.19757"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> title. <a href="#sec:liststyles">§13.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10684">297</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19758"></a><a href="#glo:glslistinit"><code class="csfmt">\glslistinit</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19759"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-list"><span class="styfmt">glossary-list</span></a> v4.48+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used to disable problematic commands at the start the <a id="wrglossary.19760"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.list"><span class="glostylefmt">list</span></a> styles to provide better integration with <a id="wrglossary.19761"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.gettitlestring"><span class="styfmt">gettitlestring</span></a>. <a href="#sec:liststyles">§13.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10664">296</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19762"></a><a href="#glo:glslistnavigationitem"><code class="csfmt">\glslistnavigationitem</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">navigation items</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19763"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-list"><span class="styfmt">glossary-list</span></a> v4.22+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used in styles like <a id="wrglossary.19764"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.listhypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">listhypergroup</span></a> to display the navigation line. <a href="#sec:liststyles">§13.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10687">297</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19765"></a><a href="#glo:glslocalreset"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalreset</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19766"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Locally resets the <a id="wrglossary.19767"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. <a href="#sec:glsunset">§7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8146">228</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19768"></a><a href="#glo:glslocalresetall"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalresetall</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary labels list</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19769"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Locally resets the <a id="wrglossary.19770"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> for all <a id="wrglossary.19771"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> in whose labels are listed in the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary labels list</em>〉</span> comma-separated list. If the optional argument is omitted, the list of all non-<a id="wrglossary.19772"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossaries</a> is assumed. <a href="#sec:glsunset">§7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8162">228</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19773"></a><a href="#glo:glslocalunset"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalunset</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19774"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Locally unsets the <a id="wrglossary.19775"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. <a href="#sec:glsunset">§7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8152">228</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19776"></a><a href="#glo:glslocalunsetall"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalunsetall</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary labels list</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19777"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Locally unsets the <a id="wrglossary.19778"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> for all <a id="wrglossary.19779"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> in whose labels are listed in the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary labels list</em>〉</span> comma-separated list. If the optional argument is omitted, the list of all non-<a id="wrglossary.19780"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossaries</a> is assumed. <a href="#sec:glsunset">§7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8168">229</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19781"></a><a href="#glo:glslocationcstoencap"><code class="csfmt">\glslocationcstoencap</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">encap-csname</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location-csname</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19782"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.19783"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> when repairing problematic locations with <a id="wrglossary.19784"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>. <a href="#sec:problemlocations">§12.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10177">281</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19785"></a><a href="#glo:glslongaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glslongaccessdisplay</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19786"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> with the <a id="wrglossary.19787"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">longaccess</span></a> replacement text (if set). <a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13335">382</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19788"></a><dfn id="glo:glslongfont"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glslongfont</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19789"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Font formatting command for the long form, initialised by the abbreviation style.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19790"></a><a href="#glo:glslongpluralaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glslongpluralaccessdisplay</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19791"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> with the <a id="wrglossary.19792"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">longpluralaccess</span></a> replacement text (if set). <a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13338">382</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19793"></a><a href="#glo:glslongtok"><code class="csfmt">\glslongtok</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19794"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A token register used by <a id="wrglossary.19795"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> (and <a id="wrglossary.19796"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>) to store the supplied long form. <a href="#sec:customacronym">§6.2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7432">212</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19797"></a><a href="#glo:glslowercase"><code class="csfmt">\glslowercase</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19798"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Converts <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> to <a id="wrglossary.19799"></a><a href="#glo:idx.lowercase">lowercase</a> using the modern LaTeX3 <a id="wrglossary.19800"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> command, which is expandable. <a href="#sec:casechanging">§15.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12503">353</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19801"></a><a href="#glo:glsLTpenaltycheck"><code class="csfmt">\glsLTpenaltycheck</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19802"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longbooktabs"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longbooktabs</span></a> v4.21+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Penalty check used by <a id="wrglossary.19803"></a><a href="#glo:glspatchLToutput"><code class="csfmt">\glspatchLToutput</code></a>. <a href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles">§13.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11022">307</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19804"></a><dfn id="glo:glsmakefirstuc"><code class="csfmt">\glsmakefirstuc</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19805"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v1.05+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.19806"></a><a href="#glo:makefirstuc"><code class="csfmt">\makefirstuc</code></a> to perform the actual case-change. As from <a id="wrglossary.19807"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.08+ this just uses <a id="wrglossary.19808"></a><a href="#glo:MFUsentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\MFUsentencecase</code></a>. Despite the <span class="qt">“gls”</span> prefix in the command name, this command is provided by <a id="wrglossary.19809"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a>, but dates back to when <a id="wrglossary.19810"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> was part of the <a id="wrglossary.19811"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19812"></a><a href="#glo:glsmcols"><code class="csfmt">\glsmcols</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>2; <a id="wrglossary.19813"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-mcols"><span class="styfmt">glossary-mcols</span></a> v3.05+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the number of columns for the <span class="qt">“mcol”</span> styles. <a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11440">320</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19814"></a><a href="#glo:glsmfuaddmap"><code class="csfmt">\glsmfuaddmap</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs1</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs2</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19815"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+ &amp; <a id="wrglossary.19816"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.49+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If <a id="wrglossary.19817"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.08+ is installed, this will use <a id="wrglossary.19818"></a><a href="#glo:MFUaddmap"><code class="csfmt">\MFUaddmap</code></a>, otherwise it will use <a id="wrglossary.19819"></a><a href="#glo:glsmfuexcl"><code class="csfmt">\glsmfuexcl</code></a> instead. See §<a href="#sec:casechanging">15.2</a> for further details. <a href="#sec:casechanging">§15.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12572">355</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19820"></a><a href="#glo:glsmfublocker"><code class="csfmt">\glsmfublocker</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19821"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+ &amp; <a id="wrglossary.19822"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.49+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If <a id="wrglossary.19823"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.08+ is installed, this will use <a id="wrglossary.19824"></a><a href="#glo:MFUblocker"><code class="csfmt">\MFUblocker</code></a>, otherwise it will use <a id="wrglossary.19825"></a><a href="#glo:glsmfuexcl"><code class="csfmt">\glsmfuexcl</code></a> instead. See §<a href="#sec:casechanging">15.2</a> for further details. <a href="#sec:casechanging">§15.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12567">355</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19826"></a><a href="#glo:glsmfuexcl"><code class="csfmt">\glsmfuexcl</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19827"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+ &amp; <a id="wrglossary.19828"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.49+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If <a id="wrglossary.19829"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.08+ is installed, this will use <a id="wrglossary.19830"></a><a href="#glo:MFUexcl"><code class="csfmt">\MFUexcl</code></a>, otherwise it will implement something similar. <a href="#sec:casechanging">§15.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12561">355</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19831"></a><a href="#glo:glsmoveentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsmoveentry</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">target glossary label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19832"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Moves the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> to the <a id="wrglossary.19833"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">target glossary label</em>〉</span>. <a href="#sec:moveentry">§4.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5238">155</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19834"></a><a href="#glo:GLSname"><code class="csfmt">\GLSname</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.19835"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.19836"></a><a href="#glo:glsname"><code class="csfmt">\glsname</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.19837"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.19838"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5853">170</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19839"></a><a href="#glo:Glsname"><code class="csfmt">\Glsname</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.19840"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.19841"></a><a href="#glo:glsname"><code class="csfmt">\glsname</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.19842"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.19843"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. Use <a id="wrglossary.19844"></a><a href="#glo:Glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\Glossentryname</code></a> within custom glossary styles instead of this command. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5850">170</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19845"></a><a href="#glo:glsname"><code class="csfmt">\glsname</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.19846"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+References the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. The text produced is obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.19847"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> value. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> argument will be inserted at the end of the <a id="wrglossary.19848"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. This command does not alter or depend on the <a id="wrglossary.19849"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. For the first optional argument, see <a id="wrglossary.19850"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glsopt"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code> options</a>. Use <a id="wrglossary.19851"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a> within custom glossary styles instead of this command. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5836">170</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19852"></a><a href="#glo:glsnameaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsnameaccessdisplay</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19853"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> with the <a id="wrglossary.19854"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.access"><span class="csoptfmt">access</span></a> replacement text (if set). <a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13303">381</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19855"></a><a href="#glo:glsnamefont"><code class="csfmt">\glsnamefont</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19856"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.19857"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a> to apply a font change to the <a id="wrglossary.19858"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a>. <a href="#sec:styles">§13</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10487">291</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19859"></a><a href="#glo:glsnavhyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\glsnavhyperlink</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-title</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19860"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-hypernav"><span class="styfmt">glossary-hypernav</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Creates a hyperlink to the given <a id="wrglossary.19861"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a>, where the target name is obtained from <a id="wrglossary.19862"></a><a href="#glo:glsnavhyperlinkname"><code class="csfmt">\glsnavhyperlinkname</code></a>. <a href="#sec:hypernav">§13.2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11742">330</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19863"></a><a href="#glo:glsnavhyperlinkname"><code class="csfmt">\glsnavhyperlinkname</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19864"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-hypernav"><span class="styfmt">glossary-hypernav</span></a> v4.29+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the anchor for the given <a id="wrglossary.19865"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a>. <a href="#sec:hypernav">§13.2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11746">330</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19866"></a><a href="#glo:glsnavhypertarget"><code class="csfmt">\glsnavhypertarget</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-title</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19867"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-hypernav"><span class="styfmt">glossary-hypernav</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used to create a hyper target for a <a id="wrglossary.19868"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> in order to support styles that have navigation links to glossary <a id="wrglossary.19869"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">groups</a>. <a href="#sec:hypernav">§13.2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11724">329</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19870"></a><a href="#glo:glsnavigation"><code class="csfmt">\glsnavigation</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19871"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-hypernav"><span class="styfmt">glossary-hypernav</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Displays a simple glossary <a id="wrglossary.19872"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> navigation line with the items separated by <a id="wrglossary.19873"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernavsep"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernavsep</code></a>. <a href="#sec:hypernav">§13.2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11750">330</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19874"></a><a href="#glo:glsnextpages"><code class="csfmt">\glsnextpages</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19875"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does nothing outside of <a id="wrglossary.19876"></a><a href="#glo:print...glossary"><code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">…</em>〉</span>glossary</code></a>. Within the <a id="wrglossary.19877"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, this redefines <a id="wrglossary.19878"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryentrynumbers"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryentrynumbers</code></a> to do its argument and then reset itself. <a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8917">250</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19879"></a><a href="#glo:glsnoexpandfields"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoexpandfields</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19880"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.08a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Don’t expand values when assigning fields during entry definition (except for specific fields that are overridden by <a id="wrglossary.19881"></a><a href="#glo:glssetexpandfield"><code class="csfmt">\glssetexpandfield</code></a>). <a href="#sec:expansion">§4.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4958">148</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19882"></a><a href="#glo:glsnoidxdisplayloc"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoidxdisplayloc</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">format</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19883"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used to display an individual location within the <a id="wrglossary.19884"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> when <a id="wrglossary.19885"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a> formats the <a id="wrglossary.19886"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a>. <a href="#sec:numberlistloop">§12.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10457">290</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19887"></a><a href="#glo:glsnoidxdisplayloclisthandler"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoidxdisplayloclisthandler</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19888"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Handler macro used by <a id="wrglossary.19889"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisplaynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisplaynumberlist</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.19890"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6647">189</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19891"></a><a href="#glo:glsnoidxloclist"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoidxloclist</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">list cs</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19892"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a>)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Displays the <a id="wrglossary.19893"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a> by iterating over the <a id="wrglossary.19894"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.loclist"><span class="csoptfmt">loclist</span></a> field with the <a id="wrglossary.19895"></a><a href="#glo:glsnoidxloclisthandler"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoidxloclisthandler</code></a> handler. <a href="#sec:numberlistloop">§12.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10406">288</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19896"></a><a href="#glo:glsnoidxloclisthandler"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoidxloclisthandler</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19897"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(<a id="wrglossary.19898"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Handler macro used by <a id="wrglossary.19899"></a><a href="#glo:glsnoidxloclist"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoidxloclist</code></a>. <a href="#sec:numberlistloop">§12.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10411">288</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19900"></a><a href="#glo:glsnoidxnumberlistloophandler"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoidxnumberlistloophandler</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location item</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19901"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+List loop handler used by <a id="wrglossary.19902"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumberlistloop"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumberlistloop</code></a>. <a href="#sec:numberlistloop">§12.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10467">290</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19903"></a><a href="#glo:glsnoidxprenumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoidxprenumberlist</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19904"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used before the <a id="wrglossary.19905"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> for <a id="wrglossary.19906"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>. By default it expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.19907"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.prenumberlist"><span class="csoptfmt">prenumberlist</span></a> internal field, if set. <a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8900">249</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19908"></a><a href="#glo:glsnonextpages"><code class="csfmt">\glsnonextpages</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19909"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does nothing outside of <a id="wrglossary.19910"></a><a href="#glo:print...glossary"><code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">…</em>〉</span>glossary</code></a>. Within the <a id="wrglossary.19911"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, this redefines <a id="wrglossary.19912"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryentrynumbers"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryentrynumbers</code></a> to ignore its argument and then reset itself. <a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8904">249</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19913"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumberformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumberformat</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19914"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+The default <a id="wrglossary.19915"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@locationencap">format</a> for <a id="wrglossary.19916"></a><a href="#glo:dual.entrylocation">entry locations</a>. If <a id="wrglossary.19917"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> are defined, this will use <a id="wrglossary.19918"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a> otherwise it will simply display its argument, which may be a single <a id="wrglossary.19919"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a>, or locations delimited by <a id="wrglossary.19920"></a><a href="#glo:delimR"><code class="csfmt">\delimR</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.19921"></a><a href="#glo:delimN"><code class="csfmt">\delimN</code></a>. <a href="#sec:encap">§12.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9630">268</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19922"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumberlistloop"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumberlistloop</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">handler</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr handler cs</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19923"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Iterates over the <a id="wrglossary.19924"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.loclist"><span class="csoptfmt">loclist</span></a> internal field. <a href="#sec:numberlistloop">§12.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10423">288</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19925"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumbersgroupname"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumbersgroupname</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>Numbers; <a id="wrglossary.19926"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(language-sensitive)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Provided by <a id="wrglossary.19927"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> if it hasn’t already been defined. The title associated with the <code class="code">glsnumbers</code> <a id="wrglossary.19928"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a>. Also used as the title for the <a id="wrglossary.19929"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> created with the <a id="wrglossary.19930"></a><a href="#glo:opt.numbers"><span class="styoptfmt">numbers</span></a> package option. <a href="#sec:fixednames">§1.5.1</a>; <a href="#tab:predefinednames">Table 1.2</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19931"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumlistlastsep"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumlistlastsep</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><a id="wrglossary.19932"></a><a href="#glo:idx.vbsp"><code class="code">␣</code></a><a id="wrglossary.19933"></a><a href="#glo:cs.amp"><code class="csfmt">\&amp;</code></a><a id="wrglossary.19934"></a><a href="#glo:idx.vbsp"><code class="code">␣</code></a>; <a id="wrglossary.19935"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Separator used by <a id="wrglossary.19936"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisplaynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisplaynumberlist</code></a> between the last two <a id="wrglossary.19937"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a>. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6624">189</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19938"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumlistsep"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumlistsep</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>,<a id="wrglossary.19939"></a><a href="#glo:idx.vbsp"><code class="code">␣</code></a>; <a id="wrglossary.19940"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Separator used by <a id="wrglossary.19941"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisplaynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisplaynumberlist</code></a> between all but the last two <a id="wrglossary.19942"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a>. <a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6620">189</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19943"></a><a href="#glo:glsopenbrace"><code class="csfmt">\glsopenbrace</code></a></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to <a id="wrglossary.19944"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.bg"></a> (a literal open brace). <a href="#sec:xindy">§14</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12036">337</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19945"></a><a href="#glo:glspagelistwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glspagelistwidth</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19946"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a> &amp; <a id="wrglossary.19947"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-super"><span class="styfmt">glossary-super</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A length register used to set the width of the <a id="wrglossary.19948"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a> column for <a id="wrglossary.19949"></a><a href="#glo:env.tabular"><span class="envfmt">tabular</span></a>-like styles. <a href="#sec:predefinedstyles">§13.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10581">293</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19950"></a><a href="#glo:glspar"><code class="csfmt">\glspar</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19951"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Paragraph break (for instances where <a id="wrglossary.19952"></a><a href="#glo:par"><code class="csfmt">\par</code></a> can’t be used directly). <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4262">128</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19953"></a><dfn id="glo:glspatchLToutput"><code class="csfmt">\glspatchLToutput</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19954"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longbooktabs"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longbooktabs</span></a> v4.21+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Applies a patch to <a id="wrglossary.19955"></a><a href="#glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span></a> to check for instances of the group skip occurring at a page break.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19956"></a><a href="#glo:glspatchtabularx"><code class="csfmt">\glspatchtabularx</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19957"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.28+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Patches <a id="wrglossary.19958"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.tabularx"><span class="styfmt">tabularx</span></a> (if it has been loaded) to prevent the <a id="wrglossary.19959"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> from being unset while <a id="wrglossary.19960"></a><a href="#glo:env.tabularx"><span class="envfmt">tabularx</span></a> is calculating the column widths. <a href="#sec:gls-like">§5.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5631">164</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19961"></a><a href="#glo:glspenaltygroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glspenaltygroupskip</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19962"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longbooktabs"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longbooktabs</span></a> v4.21+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+The definition of <a id="wrglossary.19963"></a><a href="#glo:glsgroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupskip</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.19964"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> for the <a id="wrglossary.19965"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longbooktabs"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longbooktabs</span></a> styles. <a href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles">§13.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11026">307</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19966"></a><a href="#glo:glspercentchar"><code class="csfmt">\glspercentchar</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.19967"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.10+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to <a id="wrglossary.19968"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.pc"></a> (a literal percent character). <a href="#sec:xindy">§14</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12044">337</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19969"></a><a href="#glo:GLSpl"><code class="csfmt">\GLSpl</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.19970"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.19971"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.19972"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.19973"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>. <a href="#sec:gls-like">§5.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5674">165</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19974"></a><a href="#glo:Glspl"><code class="csfmt">\Glspl</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.19975"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.19976"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.19977"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.19978"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:gls-like">§5.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5671">165</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19979"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.19980"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.19981"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> but uses the relevant plural form. <a href="#sec:gls-like">§5.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5668">165</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19982"></a><a href="#glo:GLSplural"><code class="csfmt">\GLSplural</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.19983"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.19984"></a><a href="#glo:glsplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsplural</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.19985"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.19986"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5822">169</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19987"></a><a href="#glo:Glsplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glsplural</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.19988"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.19989"></a><a href="#glo:glsplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsplural</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.19990"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.19991"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5819">169</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.19992"></a><a href="#glo:glsplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsplural</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.19993"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+References the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. The text produced is obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.19994"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a> value. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> argument will be inserted at the end of the <a id="wrglossary.19995"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. This command does not alter or depend on the <a id="wrglossary.19996"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. If you have defined the entry with <a id="wrglossary.19997"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> consider using <a id="wrglossary.19998"></a><a href="#glo:acrshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\acrshortpl</code></a> (or <a id="wrglossary.19999"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrshortpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrshortpl</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.20000"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>) instead. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5814">169</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20001"></a><a href="#glo:glspluralaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glspluralaccessdisplay</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20002"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> with the <a id="wrglossary.20003"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.pluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">pluralaccess</span></a> replacement text (if set). <a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13309">381</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20004"></a><a href="#glo:glspluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glspluralsuffix</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>s; <a id="wrglossary.20005"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Suffix used to obtain default plurals. <a href="#sec:plurals">§4.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4648">137</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20006"></a><a href="#glo:glspostdescription"><code class="csfmt">\glspostdescription</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20007"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A hook that is usually placed after the description in <a id="wrglossary.20008"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a>. Some of the styles provided with the <a id="wrglossary.20009"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package don’t use this hook. The <a id="wrglossary.20010"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra-stylemods"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span></a> redefines those styles to include the hook. The default definition of this command tests for the <a id="wrglossary.20011"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nopostdot"><span class="styoptfmt">nopostdot</span></a> option, but the <a id="wrglossary.20012"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postpunc"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postpunc</span></a> option redefines the command to implement the chosen punctuation. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>, <a href="#sec:predefinedstyles">§13.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2892">90</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10630">295</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20013"></a><a href="#glo:glspostinline"><code class="csfmt">\glspostinline</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20014"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-inline"><span class="styfmt">glossary-inline</span></a> v3.03+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used at the end of the <a id="wrglossary.20015"></a><a href="#glo:env.theglossary"><span class="envfmt">theglossary</span></a> environment. <a href="#sec:inline">§13.1.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11501">322</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20016"></a><dfn id="glo:glspostinlinedescformat"><code class="csfmt">\glspostinlinedescformat</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">description</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">symbol</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location list</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20017"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-inline"><span class="styfmt">glossary-inline</span></a> v3.03+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Formats the top-level entry’s description, symbol and <a id="wrglossary.20018"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20019"></a><dfn id="glo:glspostinlinesubdescformat"><code class="csfmt">\glspostinlinesubdescformat</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">description</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">symbol</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location list</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20020"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-inline"><span class="styfmt">glossary-inline</span></a> v3.03+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Formats the child entry’s description, symbol and <a id="wrglossary.20021"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20022"></a><a href="#glo:glspostlinkhook"><code class="csfmt">\glspostlinkhook</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20023"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.16</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A <a id="wrglossary.20024"></a><a href="#glo:dual.postlinkhook">post-link hook</a> used after all the <a id="wrglossary.20025"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> and <a id="wrglossary.20026"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands. This is redefined by <a id="wrglossary.20027"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> to use <a id="wrglossary.20028"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrpostlinkhook"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrpostlinkhook</code></a>. <a href="#sec:glshooks">§5.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6245">180</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20029"></a><a href="#glo:glsprefixsep"><code class="csfmt">\glsprefixsep</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><span class="initvalnotefmt"><em class="initvalnotefmtinner">empty</em></span>; <a id="wrglossary.20030"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> v4.45</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Separator between the prefix and the term. <a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12929">369</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20031"></a><a href="#glo:glsprestandardsort"><code class="csfmt">\glsprestandardsort</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">sort cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20032"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.13a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Hook used with <a id="wrglossary.20033"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.20034"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.standard"><span class="optfmt">standard</span></a> to adjust the default sort value (with <a id="wrglossary.20035"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.20036"></a><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a> only). <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3217">98</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20037"></a><dfn id="glo:glsps"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsps</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20038"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.07+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Shortcut for <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.20039"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrp"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrp</code></a>{short}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20040"></a><dfn id="glo:glspt"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glspt</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20041"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.07+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Shortcut for <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.20042"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrp"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrp</code></a>{text}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20043"></a><a href="#glo:glsquote"><code class="csfmt">\glsquote</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20044"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to <a id="wrglossary.20045"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.dblquote"><code class="code">"</code></a><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span><a id="wrglossary.20046"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.dblquote"><code class="code">"</code></a>, where the <a id="wrglossary.20047"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.dblquote"><code class="code">"</code></a> is a literal character. <a href="#sec:xindy">§14</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12059">338</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20048"></a><a href="#glo:glsrefentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsrefentry</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20049"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+For use with <a id="wrglossary.20050"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.20051"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a>, this references the value of the <a id="wrglossary.20052"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.glossaryentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossaryentry</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.20053"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.glossarysubentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossarysubentry</span></a> counter associated with the glossary entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>. If <a id="wrglossary.20054"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> and <a id="wrglossary.20055"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>, this simply uses <a id="wrglossary.20056"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> otherwise it uses <a id="wrglossary.20057"></a><a href="#glo:ref"><code class="csfmt">\ref</code></a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2619">82</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20058"></a><a href="#glo:glsreset"><code class="csfmt">\glsreset</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20059"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Globally resets the <a id="wrglossary.20060"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. <a href="#sec:glsunset">§7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8143">228</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20061"></a><a href="#glo:glsresetall"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetall</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary labels list</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20062"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Globally resets the <a id="wrglossary.20063"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> for all <a id="wrglossary.20064"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> in whose labels are listed in the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary labels list</em>〉</span> comma-separated list. If the optional argument is omitted, the list of all non-<a id="wrglossary.20065"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossaries</a> is assumed. <a href="#sec:glsunset">§7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8159">228</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20066"></a><a href="#glo:glsresetcurrcountfalse"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetcurrcountfalse</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20067"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets the <a id="wrglossary.20068"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsresetcurrcount"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsresetcurrcount</code></a> conditional to <code class="csfmt">\iffalse</code>. <a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8278">233</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20069"></a><a href="#glo:glsresetcurrcounttrue"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetcurrcounttrue</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20070"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets the <a id="wrglossary.20071"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsresetcurrcount"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsresetcurrcount</code></a> conditional to <code class="csfmt">\iftrue</code>. <a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8276">233</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20072"></a><a href="#glo:glsresetentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetentrycounter</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20073"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Resets <a id="wrglossary.20074"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.glossaryentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossaryentry</span></a> back to zero if <a id="wrglossary.20075"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2639">83</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20076"></a><a href="#glo:glsresetentrylist"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetentrylist</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20077"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Resets <a id="wrglossary.20078"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryentrynumbers"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryentrynumbers</code></a>. <a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8897">249</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20079"></a><a href="#glo:glsresetsubentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetsubentrycounter</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20080"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Resets <a id="wrglossary.20081"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.glossarysubentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossarysubentry</span></a> back to zero if <a id="wrglossary.20082"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2721">85</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20083"></a><a href="#glo:glsrestoreLToutput"><code class="csfmt">\glsrestoreLToutput</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20084"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longbooktabs"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longbooktabs</span></a> v4.21+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Reverses the effect of <a id="wrglossary.20085"></a><a href="#glo:glspatchLToutput"><code class="csfmt">\glspatchLToutput</code></a>. <a href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles">§13.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11020">307</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20086"></a><a href="#glo:glssee"><code class="csfmt">\glssee</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">tag</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr-list</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20087"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Indexes the <a id="wrglossary.20088"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> as a general cross-reference to the <a id="wrglossary.20089"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> identified in the comma-separated list <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr-list</em>〉</span>. The optional argument is the textual tag that’s inserted before the cross-reference list and defaults to <a id="wrglossary.20090"></a><a href="#glo:seename"><code class="csfmt">\seename</code></a>. <a href="#sec:crossref">§11</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9280">259</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20091"></a><a href="#glo:glsseeformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsseeformat</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">tag</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr-list</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20092"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used to format the <a id="wrglossary.20093"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> cross-reference in the <a id="wrglossary.20094"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">location list</a>. This requires a <a id="wrglossary.20095"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> argument for <a id="wrglossary.20096"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> even though it isn’t required. The default definition is <code class="code"><code class="csfmt">\emph</code>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">tag</em>〉</span>} <a id="wrglossary.20097"></a><a href="#glo:glsseelist"><code class="csfmt">\glsseelist</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr-list</em>〉</span>}</code>. <a href="#sec:customxr">§11.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9368">262</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20098"></a><a href="#glo:glsseeitem"><code class="csfmt">\glsseeitem</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20099"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.20100"></a><a href="#glo:glsseelist"><code class="csfmt">\glsseelist</code></a> to format each <a id="wrglossary.20101"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> item. This adds a <a id="wrglossary.20102"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a>, if enabled, to the appropriate <a id="wrglossary.20103"></a><a href="#glo:dual.entryline">entry line</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.20104"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> with the text obtained with <a id="wrglossary.20105"></a><a href="#glo:glsseeitemformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsseeitemformat</code></a>. <a href="#sec:customxr">§11.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9387">263</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20106"></a><a href="#glo:glsseeitemformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsseeitemformat</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20107"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.20108"></a><a href="#glo:glsseeitem"><code class="csfmt">\glsseeitem</code></a> to produce the <a id="wrglossary.20109"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> text. <a href="#sec:customxr">§11.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9393">263</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20110"></a><a href="#glo:glsseelastsep"><code class="csfmt">\glsseelastsep</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>,<a id="wrglossary.20111"></a><a href="#glo:idx.vbsp"><code class="code">␣</code></a>; <a id="wrglossary.20112"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.20113"></a><a href="#glo:glsseelist"><code class="csfmt">\glsseelist</code></a> as a separator between the final pair. <a href="#sec:customxr">§11.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9384">263</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20114"></a><a href="#glo:glsseelist"><code class="csfmt">\glsseelist</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label-list</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20115"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Iterates over a comma-separated list of entry labels <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label-list</em>〉</span> and formats them. Each label in the list is encapsulated with <a id="wrglossary.20116"></a><a href="#glo:glsseeitem"><code class="csfmt">\glsseeitem</code></a>. The separators are <a id="wrglossary.20117"></a><a href="#glo:glsseelastsep"><code class="csfmt">\glsseelastsep</code></a> (between the penultimate and last items) and <a id="wrglossary.20118"></a><a href="#glo:glsseesep"><code class="csfmt">\glsseesep</code></a> (between all the other items). <a href="#sec:customxr">§11.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9377">263</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20119"></a><a href="#glo:glsseesep"><code class="csfmt">\glsseesep</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>,<a id="wrglossary.20120"></a><a href="#glo:idx.vbsp"><code class="code">␣</code></a>; <a id="wrglossary.20121"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.20122"></a><a href="#glo:glsseelist"><code class="csfmt">\glsseelist</code></a> as a separator between each <a id="wrglossary.20123"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> except the last pair. <a href="#sec:customxr">§11.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9381">263</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20124"></a><a href="#glo:glssentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\glssentencecase</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20125"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+ &amp; <a id="wrglossary.20126"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.49+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.20127"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> commands, such as <a id="wrglossary.20128"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a>, to perform the <a id="wrglossary.20129"></a><a href="#glo:dual.casechange">case change</a>. This is simply defined to use <a id="wrglossary.20130"></a><a href="#glo:makefirstuc"><code class="csfmt">\makefirstuc</code></a>. <a href="#sec:casechanging">§15.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12520">354</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20131"></a><a href="#glo:glsSetAlphaCompositor"><code class="csfmt">\glsSetAlphaCompositor</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">character</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20132"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(<a id="wrglossary.20133"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> only)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets the <a id="wrglossary.20134"></a><a href="#glo:idx.compositor">compositor</a> for <a id="wrglossary.20135"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> that start with an <a id="wrglossary.20136"></a><a href="#glo:idx.uppercase">uppercase</a> alphabetical character. <a href="#sec:setupopt23">§3.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4160">125</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20137"></a><dfn id="glo:glssetcategoryattribute"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glssetcategoryattribute</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">category</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">attribute</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20138"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Locally sets the given <a id="wrglossary.20139"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@categoryattribute">attribute</a> to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span> for the given category.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20140"></a><a href="#glo:glsSetCompositor"><code class="csfmt">\glsSetCompositor</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">character</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20141"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets the location <a id="wrglossary.20142"></a><a href="#glo:idx.compositor">compositor</a> for the <a id="wrglossary.20143"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> style file created by <a id="wrglossary.20144"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>. <a href="#sec:setupopt23">§3.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4140">124</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20145"></a><a href="#glo:glssetexpandfield"><code class="csfmt">\glssetexpandfield</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20146"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.13a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Indicates that the given field should always have its value expanded when the entry is defined. This overrides <a id="wrglossary.20147"></a><a href="#glo:glsnoexpandfields"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoexpandfields</code></a>. <a href="#sec:expansion">§4.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4949">147</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20148"></a><a href="#glo:glssetnoexpandfield"><code class="csfmt">\glssetnoexpandfield</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20149"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.13a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Indicates that the given field should always have its value expanded when the entry is defined. This overrides <a id="wrglossary.20150"></a><a href="#glo:glsexpandfields"><code class="csfmt">\glsexpandfields</code></a>. <a href="#sec:expansion">§4.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4951">147</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20151"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetQuote"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetQuote</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">character</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20152"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.24+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(<a id="wrglossary.20153"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> only)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Set <a id="wrglossary.20154"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span>’s</a> quote character (used for escaping special characters) to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">character</em>〉</span>. <a href="#sec:languages">§1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1334">43</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20155"></a><a href="#glo:glsSetSuffixF"><code class="csfmt">\glsSetSuffixF</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">suffix</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20156"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+The suffix for two consecutive locations. <a href="#sec:ranges">§12.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9764">272</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20157"></a><a href="#glo:glsSetSuffixFF"><code class="csfmt">\glsSetSuffixFF</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">suffix</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20158"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+The suffix for three or more consecutive locations. <a href="#sec:ranges">§12.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9767">272</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20159"></a><a href="#glo:glssettoctitle"><code class="csfmt">\glssettoctitle</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-type</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20160"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.20161"></a><a href="#glo:print...glossary"><code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">…</em>〉</span>glossary</code></a> to set the table of contents title for the given <a id="wrglossary.20162"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> if a title hasn’t been supplied with <a id="wrglossary.20163"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.toctitle"><span class="csoptfmt">toctitle</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.20164"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.title"><span class="csoptfmt">title</span></a>. <a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8804">247</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20165"></a><a href="#glo:glssetwidest"><code class="csfmt">\glssetwidest</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">level</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20166"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Indicates that <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span> is the widest name for the given <a id="wrglossary.20167"></a><a href="#glo:dual.hierarchicallevel">hierarchical level</a>. <a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11362">318</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20168"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetWriteIstHook"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetWriteIstHook</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">code</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20169"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.24+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Adds <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">code</em>〉</span> to the <a id="wrglossary.20170"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> style file. <a href="#sec:setupopt23">§3.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4099">123</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20171"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyCodePage"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyCodePage</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">codepage</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20172"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(<a id="wrglossary.20173"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> &amp; <a id="wrglossary.20174"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> only)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets the <a id="wrglossary.20175"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.20176"></a><a href="#glo:idx.codepage">codepage</a>. This information is written to the <a id="wrglossary.20177"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file for <a id="wrglossary.20178"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> to pick up. It has no effect if <a id="wrglossary.20179"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> is called explicitly. <a href="#sec:langenc">§14.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12128">340</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20180"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">letter</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifier: </span>* <a id="wrglossary.20181"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(<a id="wrglossary.20182"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> only)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Identifies the first letter <a id="wrglossary.20183"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> to occur after the number group. <a href="#sec:groups">§14.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12438">350</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20184"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyLanguage"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-type</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">language</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20185"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(<a id="wrglossary.20186"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> &amp; <a id="wrglossary.20187"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> only)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets the <a id="wrglossary.20188"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> language for the given <a id="wrglossary.20189"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. This information is written to the <a id="wrglossary.20190"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file for <a id="wrglossary.20191"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> to pick up. It has no effect if <a id="wrglossary.20192"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> is called explicitly. <a href="#sec:langenc">§14.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12107">339</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20193"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location names</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20194"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(<a id="wrglossary.20195"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> only)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+May be used to change the ordering of location class names. <a href="#sec:xindyloc">§14.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12398">349</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20196"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20197"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(<a id="wrglossary.20198"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> only)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets the minimum number of consecutive <a id="wrglossary.20199"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> to form an implicit <a id="wrglossary.20200"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">range</a>. The value may be <span class="qt">“none”</span> to indicate no <a id="wrglossary.20201"></a><a href="#glo:idx.range">range</a> formation. <a href="#sec:xindyloc">§14.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12410">349</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20202"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">relative location</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifier: </span>* <a id="wrglossary.20203"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.33+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(<a id="wrglossary.20204"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> only)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets the relative location of the number <a id="wrglossary.20205"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a>. <a href="#sec:groups">§14.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12442">351</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20206"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyStyles"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyStyles</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style name list</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20207"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(<a id="wrglossary.20208"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> only)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Resets the list of required <a id="wrglossary.20209"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> files. <a href="#sec:xdystyles">§14.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12083">338</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20210"></a><a href="#glo:glsshortaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsshortaccessdisplay</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20211"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> with the <a id="wrglossary.20212"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">shortaccess</span></a> replacement text (if set). <a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13329">382</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20213"></a><a href="#glo:glsshortaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsshortaccsupp</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">replacement</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">content</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20214"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Applies <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">replacement</em>〉</span> as the expansion (E) <a id="wrglossary.20215"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@accessattr">attribute</a> for <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">content</em>〉</span> using <a id="wrglossary.20216"></a><a href="#glo:glsaccessibility"><code class="csfmt">\glsaccessibility</code></a> for the <a id="wrglossary.20217"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:accsuppcmds">§17.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13268">379</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20218"></a><a href="#glo:glsshortplaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsshortplaccsupp</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">replacement</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">content</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20219"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Applies <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">replacement</em>〉</span> as the expansion (E) <a id="wrglossary.20220"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@accessattr">attribute</a> for <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">content</em>〉</span> using <a id="wrglossary.20221"></a><a href="#glo:glsaccessibility"><code class="csfmt">\glsaccessibility</code></a> for the <a id="wrglossary.20222"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:accsuppcmds">§17.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13271">379</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20223"></a><a href="#glo:glsshortpluralaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20224"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> with the <a id="wrglossary.20225"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">shortpluralaccess</span></a> replacement text (if set). <a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13332">382</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20226"></a><a href="#glo:glsshorttok"><code class="csfmt">\glsshorttok</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20227"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A token register used by <a id="wrglossary.20228"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> (and <a id="wrglossary.20229"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>) to store the supplied short form. <a href="#sec:customacronym">§6.2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7430">211</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20230"></a><a href="#glo:glsshowaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowaccsupp</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">PDF element</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20231"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.20232"></a><a href="#glo:glsshowtarget"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowtarget</code></a> in outer mode. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2177">71</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20233"></a><a href="#glo:glsshowtarget"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowtarget</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">target name</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20234"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.32+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used with <a id="wrglossary.20235"></a><a href="#glo:opt.debug"><span class="styoptfmt">debug</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.20236"></a><a href="#glo:optval.debug.showtargets"><span class="optfmt">showtargets</span></a> to show the target. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2147">70</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20237"></a><a href="#glo:glsshowtargetfont"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowtargetfont</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><code class="csfmt">\ttfamily</code><code class="csfmt">\footnotesize</code>; <a id="wrglossary.20238"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.20239"></a><a href="#glo:glsshowtargetfonttext"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowtargetfonttext</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.20240"></a><a href="#glo:glsshowtargetouter"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowtargetouter</code></a> to set the font. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2168">71</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20241"></a><a href="#glo:glsshowtargetfonttext"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowtargetfonttext</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20242"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.20243"></a><a href="#glo:glsshowtargetinner"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowtargetinner</code></a> to set the font. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2159">71</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20244"></a><a href="#glo:glsshowtargetinner"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowtargetinner</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">target name</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20245"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.20246"></a><a href="#glo:glsshowtarget"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowtarget</code></a> in <a id="wrglossary.20247"></a><a href="#glo:idx.mathmode">math mode</a> and inner mode. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2156">70</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20248"></a><a href="#glo:glsshowtargetouter"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowtargetouter</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">target name</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20249"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.20250"></a><a href="#glo:glsshowtarget"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowtarget</code></a> in outer mode. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2162">71</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20251"></a><a href="#glo:glsshowtargetsymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowtargetsymbol</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">target name</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20252"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.20253"></a><a href="#glo:glsshowtargetouter"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowtargetouter</code></a> to mark the target. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2164">71</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20254"></a><a href="#glo:glssortnumberfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glssortnumberfmt</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">number</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20255"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the given <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">number</em>〉</span> zero-padded to six digits. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3198">98</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20256"></a><a href="#glo:glsstepentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsstepentry</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20257"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Increments <a id="wrglossary.20258"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.glossaryentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossaryentry</span></a> with <a id="wrglossary.20259"></a><a href="#glo:refstepcounter"><code class="csfmt">\refstepcounter</code></a> if <a id="wrglossary.20260"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2645">83</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20261"></a><a href="#glo:glsstepsubentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsstepsubentry</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20262"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Increments <a id="wrglossary.20263"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.glossarysubentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossarysubentry</span></a> with <a id="wrglossary.20264"></a><a href="#glo:refstepcounter"><code class="csfmt">\refstepcounter</code></a> if <a id="wrglossary.20265"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2729">85</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20266"></a><a href="#glo:glssubentrycounterfalse"><code class="csfmt">\glssubentrycounterfalse</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20267"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets <a id="wrglossary.20268"></a><a href="#glo:ifglssubentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\ifglssubentrycounter</code></a> to false. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2748">86</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20269"></a><a href="#glo:glssubentrycounterlabel"><code class="csfmt">\glssubentrycounterlabel</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20270"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Displays the formatted value of the <a id="wrglossary.20271"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.glossarysubentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossarysubentry</span></a> counter or does nothing if <a id="wrglossary.20272"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2739">86</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20273"></a><a href="#glo:glssubentrycountertrue"><code class="csfmt">\glssubentrycountertrue</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20274"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets <a id="wrglossary.20275"></a><a href="#glo:ifglssubentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\ifglssubentrycounter</code></a> to true. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2750">86</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20276"></a><a href="#glo:glssubentryitem"><code class="csfmt">\glssubentryitem</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20277"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used for <a id="wrglossary.20278"></a><a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">level 1</a> entries in <a id="wrglossary.20279"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> to increment and display the sub-entry counter if <a id="wrglossary.20280"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>. <a href="#sec:glossarycmds">§13.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11613">326</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20281"></a><dfn id="glo:glssubgroupheading"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glssubgroupheading</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">previous level</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">level</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">parent-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20282"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.49+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(<a id="wrglossary.20283"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> command)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used to format sub-<a id="wrglossary.20284"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> headings.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20285"></a><a href="#glo:GLSsymbol"><code class="csfmt">\GLSsymbol</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20286"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20287"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbol</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.20288"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.20289"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5879">171</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20290"></a><a href="#glo:Glssymbol"><code class="csfmt">\Glssymbol</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20291"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20292"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbol</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.20293"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.20294"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. Use <a id="wrglossary.20295"></a><a href="#glo:Glossentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\Glossentrysymbol</code></a> within custom glossary styles instead of this command. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5876">171</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20296"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbol</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20297"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+References the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. The text produced is obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.20298"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> value. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> argument will be inserted at the end of the <a id="wrglossary.20299"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. This command does not alter or depend on the <a id="wrglossary.20300"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. For the first optional argument, see <a id="wrglossary.20301"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glsopt"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code> options</a>. Use <a id="wrglossary.20302"></a><a href="#glo:glossentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrysymbol</code></a> within custom glossary styles instead of this command. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5867">170</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20303"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbolaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbolaccessdisplay</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20304"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> with the <a id="wrglossary.20305"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbolaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">symbolaccess</span></a> replacement text (if set). <a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13315">381</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20306"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbolnav"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbolnav</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20307"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-hypernav"><span class="styfmt">glossary-hypernav</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Produces a simple navigation set of links for just the symbols and number groups separated by <a id="wrglossary.20308"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernavsep"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernavsep</code></a>. <a href="#sec:hypernav">§13.2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11762">330</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20309"></a><dfn id="glo:GLSsymbolplural"><code class="csfmt">\GLSsymbolplural</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20310"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20311"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbolplural"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbolplural</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.20312"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.20313"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20314"></a><dfn id="glo:Glssymbolplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glssymbolplural</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20315"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20316"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbolplural"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbolplural</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.20317"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.20318"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20319"></a><dfn id="glo:glssymbolplural"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbolplural</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20320"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20321"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbol</code></a> but for the <a id="wrglossary.20322"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbolplural"><span class="csoptfmt">symbolplural</span></a> field.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20323"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20324"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> with the <a id="wrglossary.20325"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbolpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">symbolpluralaccess</span></a> replacement text (if set). <a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13318">381</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20326"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbolsgroupname"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbolsgroupname</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>Symbols; <a id="wrglossary.20327"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(language-sensitive)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Provided by <a id="wrglossary.20328"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> if it hasn’t already been defined. The title associated with the <code class="code">glssymbols</code> <a id="wrglossary.20329"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a>. Also used as the title for the <a id="wrglossary.20330"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> created with the <a id="wrglossary.20331"></a><a href="#glo:opt.symbols"><span class="styoptfmt">symbols</span></a> package option. <a href="#sec:fixednames">§1.5.1</a>; <a href="#tab:predefinednames">Table 1.2</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20332"></a><a href="#glo:glstarget"><code class="csfmt">\glstarget</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20333"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.18+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.20334"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> to create a hypertarget (if enabled) for the <a id="wrglossary.20335"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> (identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>). The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> is usually <a id="wrglossary.20336"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}, but it can be something else. <a href="#sec:glossarycmds">§13.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11651">327</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20337"></a><a href="#glo:glstexorpdfstring"><code class="csfmt">\glstexorpdfstring</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">TeX</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">PDF</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20338"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If <a id="wrglossary.20339"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> has been loaded, this uses <a id="wrglossary.20340"></a><a href="#glo:texorpdfstring"><code class="csfmt">\texorpdfstring</code></a> otherwise it just expands to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">TeX</em>〉</span>. <a href="#sec:hyperref">§15.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12487">353</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20341"></a><a href="#glo:GLStext"><code class="csfmt">\GLStext</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20342"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20343"></a><a href="#glo:glstext"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.20344"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.20345"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5777">168</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20346"></a><a href="#glo:Glstext"><code class="csfmt">\Glstext</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20347"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20348"></a><a href="#glo:glstext"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code></a> but converts the first character of the <a id="wrglossary.20349"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.20350"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5774">168</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20351"></a><a href="#glo:glstext"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20352"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+References the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. The text produced is obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.20353"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> value. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> argument will be inserted at the end of the <a id="wrglossary.20354"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. This command does not alter or depend on the <a id="wrglossary.20355"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. If you have defined the entry with <a id="wrglossary.20356"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> consider using <a id="wrglossary.20357"></a><a href="#glo:acrshort"><code class="csfmt">\acrshort</code></a> for the short form (or <a id="wrglossary.20358"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrshort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrshort</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.20359"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>). For the first optional argument, see <a id="wrglossary.20360"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glsopt"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code> options</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5769">168</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20361"></a><a href="#glo:glstextaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glstextaccessdisplay</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20362"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> with the <a id="wrglossary.20363"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.textaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">textaccess</span></a> replacement text (if set). <a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13306">381</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20364"></a><a href="#glo:glstextformat"><code class="csfmt">\glstextformat</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20365"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by the <a id="wrglossary.20366"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> and <a id="wrglossary.20367"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands to format the <a id="wrglossary.20368"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. <a href="#sec:glslink">§5.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5446">160</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20369"></a><a href="#glo:glstextup"><code class="csfmt">\glstextup</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20370"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.09a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If <a id="wrglossary.20371"></a><a href="#glo:textulc"><code class="csfmt">\textulc</code></a> is defined, this will use that command, otherwise it will use <a id="wrglossary.20372"></a><a href="#glo:textup"><code class="csfmt">\textup</code></a> to cancel the effect of the <a id="wrglossary.20373"></a><a href="#glo:dual.smallcaps">small caps</a> font command <a id="wrglossary.20374"></a><a href="#glo:textsc"><code class="csfmt">\textsc</code></a>. <a href="#sec:predefinedacrstyles">§6.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7169">205</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20375"></a><a href="#glo:glstildechar"><code class="csfmt">\glstildechar</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20376"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.10+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to <a id="wrglossary.20377"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.tilde"><code class="code">~</code></a> (a literal tilde character). <a href="#sec:xindy">§14</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12047">337</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20378"></a><a href="#glo:glstocfalse"><code class="csfmt">\glstocfalse</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20379"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets <a id="wrglossary.20380"></a><a href="#glo:ifglstoc"><code class="csfmt">\ifglstoc</code></a> to false. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2466">78</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20381"></a><a href="#glo:glstoctrue"><code class="csfmt">\glstoctrue</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20382"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets <a id="wrglossary.20383"></a><a href="#glo:ifglstoc"><code class="csfmt">\ifglstoc</code></a> to true. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2464">78</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20384"></a><a href="#glo:glstreechildpredesc"><code class="csfmt">\glstreechildpredesc</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20385"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a> v4.26+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Space inserted before child descriptions. <a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11279">315</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20386"></a><a href="#glo:glstreegroupheaderfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glstreegroupheaderfmt</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20387"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a> v4.22+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used to format the <a id="wrglossary.20388"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> title for the <a id="wrglossary.20389"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">treegroup</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.20390"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.indexgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">indexgroup</span></a> styles. <a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11263">314</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20391"></a><a href="#glo:glstreeindent"><code class="csfmt">\glstreeindent</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>10pt; <a id="wrglossary.20392"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Length register used by the <a id="wrglossary.20393"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.tree"><span class="glostylefmt">tree</span></a> style. <a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11328">317</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20394"></a><a href="#glo:glstreeitem"><code class="csfmt">\glstreeitem</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20395"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a> v4.26+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used to indent the top-level entries for the <a id="wrglossary.20396"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.index"><span class="glostylefmt">index</span></a> styles. <a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11291">315</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20397"></a><a href="#glo:glstreenamebox"><code class="csfmt">\glstreenamebox</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">width</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20398"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a> v4.19+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Creates the box for the name with styles like <a id="wrglossary.20399"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttree"><span class="glostylefmt">alttree</span></a>. <a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11397">319</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20400"></a><a href="#glo:glstreenamefmt"><code class="csfmt">\glstreenamefmt</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20401"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a> v4.08+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used to format the name for the <a id="wrglossary.20402"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.tree"><span class="glostylefmt">tree</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.20403"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.index"><span class="glostylefmt">index</span></a> styles. <a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11256">314</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20404"></a><a href="#glo:glstreenavigationfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glstreenavigationfmt</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20405"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a> v4.22+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used to format the navigation element for styles like <a id="wrglossary.20406"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">treehypergroup</span></a>. <a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11267">315</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20407"></a><a href="#glo:glstreepredesc"><code class="csfmt">\glstreepredesc</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20408"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a> v4.26+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Space inserted before top-level descriptions. <a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11274">315</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20409"></a><a href="#glo:glstreesubitem"><code class="csfmt">\glstreesubitem</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20410"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a> v4.26+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used to indent the level 1 entries for the <a id="wrglossary.20411"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.index"><span class="glostylefmt">index</span></a> styles. <a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11294">316</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20412"></a><a href="#glo:glstreesubsubitem"><code class="csfmt">\glstreesubsubitem</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20413"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a> v4.26+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used to indent the level 2 entries for the <a id="wrglossary.20414"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.index"><span class="glostylefmt">index</span></a> styles. <a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11297">316</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20415"></a><a href="#glo:glstype"><code class="csfmt">\glstype</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20416"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.08+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Placeholder command that expands to the entry’s <a id="wrglossary.20417"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> type. <a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6019">175</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20418"></a><dfn id="glo:glsucmarkfalse"><code class="csfmt">\glsucmarkfalse</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20419"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets <a id="wrglossary.20420"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsucmark"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsucmark</code></a> to false.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20421"></a><dfn id="glo:glsucmarktrue"><code class="csfmt">\glsucmarktrue</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20422"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets <a id="wrglossary.20423"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsucmark"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsucmark</code></a> to true.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20424"></a><a href="#glo:glsunexpandedfieldvalue"><code class="csfmt">\glsunexpandedfieldvalue</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20425"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.48+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+For use in expandable contexts where the field value is required but the contents should not be expanded. The field should be identified by its <a id="wrglossary.20426"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a>. Expands to nothing with no error or warning if the entry or field aren’t defined. <a href="#sec:fetchset">§15.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12833">365</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20427"></a><a href="#glo:glsunset"><code class="csfmt">\glsunset</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20428"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Globally unsets the <a id="wrglossary.20429"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. <a href="#sec:glsunset">§7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8149">228</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20430"></a><a href="#glo:glsunsetall"><code class="csfmt">\glsunsetall</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary labels list</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20431"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Globally unsets the <a id="wrglossary.20432"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> for all <a id="wrglossary.20433"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> in whose labels are listed in the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary labels list</em>〉</span> comma-separated list. If the optional argument is omitted, the list of all non-<a id="wrglossary.20434"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossaries</a> is assumed. <a href="#sec:glsunset">§7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8165">229</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20435"></a><a href="#glo:glsupacrpluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glsupacrpluralsuffix</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20436"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Suffix used to obtain the default <a id="wrglossary.20437"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></a> value with the base <a id="wrglossary.20438"></a><a href="#glo:dual.smallcaps">small caps</a> <a id="wrglossary.20439"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym styles</a>. <a href="#sec:predefinedacrstyles">§6.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7167">205</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20440"></a><a href="#glo:glsuppercase"><code class="csfmt">\glsuppercase</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20441"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Converts <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> to <a id="wrglossary.20442"></a><a href="#glo:idx.uppercase">uppercase</a> using the modern LaTeX3 <a id="wrglossary.20443"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@casechange">case-changing</a> command, which is expandable. <a href="#sec:casechanging">§15.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12496">353</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20444"></a><a href="#glo:GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle"><code class="csfmt">\GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20445"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Implements the <a id="wrglossary.20446"></a><a href="#glo:idx.entryformat">entry format</a> part of the given <a id="wrglossary.20447"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a> (the code supplied in the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">format def</em>〉</span> argument of <a id="wrglossary.20448"></a><a href="#glo:newacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\newacronymstyle</code></a>). <a href="#sec:customacronym">§6.2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7445">212</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20449"></a><a href="#glo:GlsUseAcrStyleDefs"><code class="csfmt">\GlsUseAcrStyleDefs</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20450"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Implements the style definitions part of the given <a id="wrglossary.20451"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a> (the code supplied in the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">display defs</em>〉</span> argument of <a id="wrglossary.20452"></a><a href="#glo:newacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\newacronymstyle</code></a>). <a href="#sec:customacronym">§6.2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7447">212</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20453"></a><a href="#glo:GLSuseri"><code class="csfmt">\GLSuseri</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20454"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20455"></a><a href="#glo:glsuseri"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseri</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.20456"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.20457"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5905">172</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20458"></a><a href="#glo:Glsuseri"><code class="csfmt">\Glsuseri</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20459"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20460"></a><a href="#glo:glsuseri"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseri</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.20461"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.20462"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5902">171</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20463"></a><a href="#glo:glsuseri"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseri</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20464"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+References the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. The text produced is obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.20465"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a> value. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> argument will be inserted at the end of the <a id="wrglossary.20466"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. This command does not alter or depend on the <a id="wrglossary.20467"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. For the first optional argument, see <a id="wrglossary.20468"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glsopt"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code> options</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5897">171</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20469"></a><a href="#glo:glsuseriaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseriaccessdisplay</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20470"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> with the <a id="wrglossary.20471"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1access"><span class="csoptfmt">user1access</span></a> replacement text (if set). <a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13341">382</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20472"></a><a href="#glo:GLSuserii"><code class="csfmt">\GLSuserii</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20473"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20474"></a><a href="#glo:glsuserii"><code class="csfmt">\glsuserii</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.20475"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.20476"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5916">172</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20477"></a><a href="#glo:Glsuserii"><code class="csfmt">\Glsuserii</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20478"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20479"></a><a href="#glo:glsuserii"><code class="csfmt">\glsuserii</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.20480"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.20481"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5913">172</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20482"></a><a href="#glo:glsuserii"><code class="csfmt">\glsuserii</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20483"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+References the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. The text produced is obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.20484"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user2"><span class="csoptfmt">user2</span></a> value. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> argument will be inserted at the end of the <a id="wrglossary.20485"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. This command does not alter or depend on the <a id="wrglossary.20486"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. For the first optional argument, see <a id="wrglossary.20487"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glsopt"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code> options</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5908">172</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20488"></a><a href="#glo:glsuseriiaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseriiaccessdisplay</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20489"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> with the <a id="wrglossary.20490"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user2access"><span class="csoptfmt">user2access</span></a> replacement text (if set). <a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13345">382</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20491"></a><a href="#glo:GLSuseriii"><code class="csfmt">\GLSuseriii</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20492"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20493"></a><a href="#glo:glsuseriii"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseriii</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.20494"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.20495"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5927">172</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20496"></a><a href="#glo:Glsuseriii"><code class="csfmt">\Glsuseriii</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20497"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20498"></a><a href="#glo:glsuseriii"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseriii</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.20499"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.20500"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5924">172</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20501"></a><a href="#glo:glsuseriii"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseriii</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20502"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+References the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. The text produced is obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.20503"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user3"><span class="csoptfmt">user3</span></a> value. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> argument will be inserted at the end of the <a id="wrglossary.20504"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. This command does not alter or depend on the <a id="wrglossary.20505"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. For the first optional argument, see <a id="wrglossary.20506"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glsopt"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code> options</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5919">172</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20507"></a><a href="#glo:glsuseriiiaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseriiiaccessdisplay</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20508"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> with the <a id="wrglossary.20509"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user3access"><span class="csoptfmt">user3access</span></a> replacement text (if set). <a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13349">382</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20510"></a><a href="#glo:GLSuseriv"><code class="csfmt">\GLSuseriv</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20511"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20512"></a><a href="#glo:glsuseriv"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseriv</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.20513"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.20514"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5938">173</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20515"></a><a href="#glo:Glsuseriv"><code class="csfmt">\Glsuseriv</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20516"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20517"></a><a href="#glo:glsuseriv"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseriv</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.20518"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.20519"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5935">173</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20520"></a><a href="#glo:glsuseriv"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseriv</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20521"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+References the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. The text produced is obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.20522"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user4"><span class="csoptfmt">user4</span></a> value. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> argument will be inserted at the end of the <a id="wrglossary.20523"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. This command does not alter or depend on the <a id="wrglossary.20524"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. For the first optional argument, see <a id="wrglossary.20525"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glsopt"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code> options</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5930">172</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20526"></a><a href="#glo:glsuserivaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsuserivaccessdisplay</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20527"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> with the <a id="wrglossary.20528"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user4access"><span class="csoptfmt">user4access</span></a> replacement text (if set). <a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13353">383</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20529"></a><a href="#glo:GLSuserv"><code class="csfmt">\GLSuserv</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20530"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20531"></a><a href="#glo:glsuserv"><code class="csfmt">\glsuserv</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.20532"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.20533"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5949">173</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20534"></a><a href="#glo:Glsuserv"><code class="csfmt">\Glsuserv</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20535"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20536"></a><a href="#glo:glsuserv"><code class="csfmt">\glsuserv</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.20537"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.20538"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5946">173</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20539"></a><a href="#glo:glsuserv"><code class="csfmt">\glsuserv</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20540"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+References the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. The text produced is obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.20541"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user5"><span class="csoptfmt">user5</span></a> value. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> argument will be inserted at the end of the <a id="wrglossary.20542"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. This command does not alter or depend on the <a id="wrglossary.20543"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. For the first optional argument, see <a id="wrglossary.20544"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glsopt"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code> options</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5941">173</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20545"></a><a href="#glo:glsuservaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsuservaccessdisplay</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20546"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> with the <a id="wrglossary.20547"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user5access"><span class="csoptfmt">user5access</span></a> replacement text (if set). <a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13357">383</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20548"></a><a href="#glo:GLSuservi"><code class="csfmt">\GLSuservi</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20549"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20550"></a><a href="#glo:glsuservi"><code class="csfmt">\glsuservi</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.20551"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.20552"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5960">173</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20553"></a><a href="#glo:Glsuservi"><code class="csfmt">\Glsuservi</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20554"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20555"></a><a href="#glo:glsuservi"><code class="csfmt">\glsuservi</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.20556"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.20557"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5957">173</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20558"></a><a href="#glo:glsuservi"><code class="csfmt">\glsuservi</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20559"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+References the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. The text produced is obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.20560"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user6"><span class="csoptfmt">user6</span></a> value. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> argument will be inserted at the end of the <a id="wrglossary.20561"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. This command does not alter or depend on the <a id="wrglossary.20562"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. For the first optional argument, see <a id="wrglossary.20563"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glsopt"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code> options</a>. <a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5952">173</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20564"></a><a href="#glo:glsuserviaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsuserviaccessdisplay</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20565"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> with the <a id="wrglossary.20566"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user6access"><span class="csoptfmt">user6access</span></a> replacement text (if set). <a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13361">383</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20567"></a><a href="#glo:glswrallowprimitivemodsfalse"><code class="csfmt">\glswrallowprimitivemodsfalse</code></a></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets <a id="wrglossary.20568"></a><a href="#glo:ifglswrallowprimitivemods"><code class="csfmt">\ifglswrallowprimitivemods</code></a> to false. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2975">92</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20569"></a><a href="#glo:glswrallowprimitivemodstrue"><code class="csfmt">\glswrallowprimitivemodstrue</code></a></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets <a id="wrglossary.20570"></a><a href="#glo:ifglswrallowprimitivemods"><code class="csfmt">\ifglswrallowprimitivemods</code></a> to true. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2972">92</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20571"></a><a href="#glo:glswrglossdisableanchorcmds"><code class="csfmt">\glswrglossdisableanchorcmds</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20572"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Hook used to locally disable problematic commands whilst constructing the anchor for <a id="wrglossary.20573"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a>. <a href="#sec:encap">§12.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9678">270</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20574"></a><a href="#glo:glswrglossdisablelocationcmds"><code class="csfmt">\glswrglossdisablelocationcmds</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20575"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Hook used to locally disable problematic commands whilst writing the location to the <a id="wrglossary.20576"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing file</a> with Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>. <a href="#sec:locationsyntax">§12.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9872">275</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20577"></a><a href="#glo:glswrglosslocationtarget"><code class="csfmt">\glswrglosslocationtarget</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20578"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Must be expandable. May be used to alter the location suffix whilst constructing the anchor for <a id="wrglossary.20579"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a>. <a href="#sec:encap">§12.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9684">270</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20580"></a><a href="#glo:glswrglosslocationtextfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glswrglosslocationtextfmt</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20581"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used to encapsulate the location in the <a id="wrglossary.20582"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</a> text for <a id="wrglossary.20583"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a>. <a href="#sec:encap">§12.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9649">269</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20584"></a><a href="#glo:glswrite"><code class="csfmt">\glswrite</code></a></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+The write register used to create the <a id="wrglossary.20585"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> style file. <a href="#sec:setupopt23">§3.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4101">123</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20586"></a><dfn id="glo:glswritedefhook"><code class="csfmt">\glswritedefhook</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20587"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.10a</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Hook used when writing entries to the <a id="wrglossary.20588"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glsdefs"><span class="extfmt">glsdefs</span></a> file after all the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key</em>〉</span>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span> information has been written and before the end brace that closes the final argument of <a id="wrglossary.20589"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefs@newdocentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefs@newdocentry</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20590"></a><a href="#glo:glswriteentry"><code class="csfmt">\glswriteentry</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">indexing code</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20591"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.16+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">indexing code</em>〉</span> unless <a id="wrglossary.20592"></a><a href="#glo:opt.indexonlyfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">indexonlyfirst</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> and the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span> has been marked as <a id="wrglossary.20593"></a><a href="#glo:firstuseflag">used</a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3007">93</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20594"></a><a href="#glo:glsXcounterXformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsX<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>X<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">format</em>〉</span></code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">H-prefix</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(<a id="wrglossary.20595"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> only)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used with <a id="wrglossary.20596"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> for location formats. <a href="#sec:xindyloc">§14.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12185">341</a><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index7077888 -->
+
+<section id="summary.index7143424"><!-- start of section summary.index7143424 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->Glsxtr<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index7143424">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20597"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtr@makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtr@makeglossaries</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label-list</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20598"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.09+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+This command is written to the <a id="wrglossary.20599"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file for the benefit of <a id="wrglossary.20600"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.20601"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a>. <a href="#sec:notedev.makeindex.xindy">§1.7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2012">65</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20602"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtr@record"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtr@record</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">h-prefix</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">format</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">loc</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20603"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.08+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+This command is written to the <a id="wrglossary.20604"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file to provide the indexing information for <a id="wrglossary.20605"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. <a href="#sec:notedev.bib2gls">§1.7.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2083">67</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20606"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtr@record@nameref"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtr@record@nameref</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">href prefix</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">format</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">title</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">href anchor</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">href value</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20607"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.37+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+This command is written to the <a id="wrglossary.20608"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file to provide the indexing information for <a id="wrglossary.20609"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> when the <a id="wrglossary.20610"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=nameref</span> option is used. <a href="#sec:notedev.bib2gls">§1.7.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2086">67</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20611"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtr@recordsee"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtr@recordsee</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">xr list</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20612"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.14+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+This command is written to the <a id="wrglossary.20613"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file to provide the <a id="wrglossary.20614"></a><a href="#glo:glssee"><code class="csfmt">\glssee</code></a> information for <a id="wrglossary.20615"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. <a href="#sec:notedev.bib2gls">§1.7.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2089">68</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20616"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtr@resource"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtr@resource</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">basename</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20617"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.08+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+This command is written to the <a id="wrglossary.20618"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file to provide the resource options for <a id="wrglossary.20619"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. <a href="#sec:notedev.bib2gls">§1.7.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2065">67</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20620"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtr@texencoding"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtr@texencoding</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">encoding</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20621"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.11+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+This command is written to the <a id="wrglossary.20622"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file to provide the file <a id="wrglossary.20623"></a><a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a> information for <a id="wrglossary.20624"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20625"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrabbrvfootnote"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrabbrvfootnote</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20626"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.07+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Command that produces the footnote for the footnote abbreviation styles, such as <a id="wrglossary.20627"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.footnote"><span class="abbrstylefmt">footnote</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.20628"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.postfootnote"><span class="abbrstylefmt">postfootnote</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20629"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrabbrvtype"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrabbrvtype</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><a id="wrglossary.20630"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a>; <a id="wrglossary.20631"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the label of the default <a id="wrglossary.20632"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.20633"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. The <a id="wrglossary.20634"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbreviations"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">abbreviations</span></a> package option will redefine this to <code class="code">abbreviations</code>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20635"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrbookindexname"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrbookindexname</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20636"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-bookindex"><span class="styfmt">glossary-bookindex</span></a> v1.21+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by the <a id="wrglossary.20637"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.bookindex"><span class="xtrglostylefmt">bookindex</span></a> style to display a top-level entry’s name.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20638"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrcategoryaccsupp"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtr<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">category</em>〉</span>accsupp</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">replacement</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">content</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If defined, used by <a id="wrglossary.20639"></a><a href="#glo:glsfieldaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsfieldaccsupp</code></a> for the accessibility support for the category identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">category</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20640"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrcategoryfieldaccsupp"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtr<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">category</em>〉</span><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span>accsupp</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">replacement</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">content</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If defined, used by <a id="wrglossary.20641"></a><a href="#glo:glsfieldaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsfieldaccsupp</code></a> for the accessibility support for the category identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">category</em>〉</span> and the <a id="wrglossary.20642"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a> given by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20643"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrcopytoglossary"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtrcopytoglossary</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-type</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifier: </span>* <a id="wrglossary.20644"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Copies the entry to the internal <a id="wrglossary.20645"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> list for the given <a id="wrglossary.20646"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. The starred version performs a global change. The unstarred version can be localised. Only for use with the <a id="wrglossary.20647"></a><a href="#glo:dual.unsrtfam"><span class="qt">“unsrt”</span> family of commands</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20648"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrcounterlocfmt"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtr<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>locfmt</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">title</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If defined, used with <a id="wrglossary.20649"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="optfmt">=name</span> to format locations associated with <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20650"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrdopostpunc"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrdopostpunc</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">code</em>〉</span>}<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">token</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20651"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.49+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">token</em>〉</span> is a recognised punctuation character this does the punctuation character and then <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">code</em>〉</span>, otherwise if does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">code</em>〉</span> followed by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">token</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20652"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrfieldforlistloop"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfieldforlistloop</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">handler-cs</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20653"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Iterates over the given field’s value using <a id="wrglossary.20654"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.etoolbox"><span class="styfmt">etoolbox</span>’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.20655"></a><a href="#glo:forlistcsloop"><code class="csfmt">\forlistcsloop</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20656"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrfieldformatlist"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfieldformatlist</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20657"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.42+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Formats the value of the given field, which should be an <a id="wrglossary.20658"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.etoolbox"><span class="styfmt">etoolbox</span></a> internal list, using the same list handler macro as <a id="wrglossary.20659"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.datatool"><span class="styfmt">datatool</span>’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.20660"></a><a href="#glo:DTLformatlist"><code class="csfmt">\DTLformatlist</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20661"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrfmt"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfmt</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20662"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Behaves like <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.20663"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="cmdfmt">\<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">csname</em>〉</span></span>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}</code> where the control sequence name <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">csname</em>〉</span> is obtained from a designated field.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20664"></a><dfn id="glo:GlsXtrFmtField"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrFmtField</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><code class="code">useri</code>; <a id="wrglossary.20665"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the name of the <a id="wrglossary.20666"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@internalfieldlabel">u</a>sed by <a id="wrglossary.20667"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfmt"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfmt</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20668"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrfootnotedescname"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfootnotedescname</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20669"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.42+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the name value for styles like <a id="wrglossary.20670"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-footnote-desc</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20671"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrfootnotedescsort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfootnotedescsort</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20672"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.42+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the sort value for footnote styles like <a id="wrglossary.20673"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-footnote-desc</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20674"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrforcsvfield"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrforcsvfield</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">handler cs</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifier: </span>* <a id="wrglossary.20675"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.24+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Iterates over the comma-separated list stored in the given field (identified by its <a id="wrglossary.20676"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@internalfieldlabel">internal label</a>) for the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> and performs <code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">handler cs</em>〉</span>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">element</em>〉</span>}</code> for each element of the list.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20677"></a><dfn id="glo:GLSxtrfull"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GLSxtrfull</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20678"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20679"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfull"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfull</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.20680"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.20681"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20682"></a><dfn id="glo:Glsxtrfull"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsxtrfull</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20683"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20684"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfull"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfull</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.20685"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.20686"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20687"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrfull"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfull</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20688"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+References the <a id="wrglossary.20689"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span></a> identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. The text produced is obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.20690"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.20691"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a> values, formatted according to the <a id="wrglossary.20692"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> style</a> associated with the entry’s <a id="wrglossary.20693"></a><a href="#glo:idx.category">category</a>. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> argument will be inserted at the end of the <a id="wrglossary.20694"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. This command does not alter or depend on the <a id="wrglossary.20695"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. The format produced by this command may not match the format produced by the <a id="wrglossary.20696"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> of <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.20697"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code>, depending on the abbreviation style.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20698"></a><dfn id="glo:GLSxtrfullpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GLSxtrfullpl</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20699"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20700"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfullpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfullpl</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.20701"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.20702"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20703"></a><dfn id="glo:Glsxtrfullpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsxtrfullpl</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20704"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20705"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfullpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfullpl</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.20706"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.20707"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20708"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrfullpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfullpl</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20709"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20710"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfull"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfull</code></a> but for the plural form.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20711"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrfullsep"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfullsep</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20712"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Separator used by the parenthetical inline full and also for some display full forms.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20713"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrGeneralInitRules"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrGeneralInitRules</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20714"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra-bib2gls"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span></a> v1.49+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A shortcut that expands to the ignorable rules, combining diacritic rules, hyphen rules, general punctuation rules, digit rules, and fraction rules.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20715"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrGeneralLatinAtoGrules"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrGeneralLatinAtoGrules</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20716"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra-bib2gls"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span></a> v1.49+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the A–G subset of General Latin I sort rules.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20717"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrGeneralLatinNtoZrules"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrGeneralLatinNtoZrules</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20718"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra-bib2gls"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span></a> v1.49+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the N–Z subset of General Latin I sort rules.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20719"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrgetgrouptitle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrgetgrouptitle</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20720"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.14+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Obtains the title corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.20721"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span> and stores the result in the control sequence <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20722"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrglossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtrglossentry</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20723"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.21+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used for standalone entries to display the name with <a id="wrglossary.20724"></a><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a>, with appropriate hooks.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20725"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrhiername"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrhiername</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20726"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.37+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Displays the entry’s hierarchical name.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20727"></a><dfn id="glo:GlsXtrIfFieldEqNum"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqNum</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">number</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifier: </span>* <a id="wrglossary.20728"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.31+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Compares the numeric value stored in the given field with <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">number</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20729"></a><dfn id="glo:GlsXtrIfFieldEqStr"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqStr</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifier: </span>* <a id="wrglossary.20730"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.21+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Tests if the entry given by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> has the <a id="wrglossary.20731"></a><a href="#glo:dual.field">field</a> identified by its <a id="wrglossary.20732"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@internalfieldlabel">internal label</a> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span> set to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20733"></a><dfn id="glo:GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifier: </span>* <a id="wrglossary.20734"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.31+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Tests if the numeric value stored in the given field is non-zero.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20735"></a><dfn id="glo:GlsXtrIfFieldUndef"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrIfFieldUndef</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20736"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.23+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expandable command that tests if the given field (identified by its <a id="wrglossary.20737"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@internalfieldlabel">internal label</a>) is undefined for the entry given by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. Internally uses <a id="wrglossary.20738"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.etoolbox"><span class="styfmt">etoolbox</span>’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.20739"></a><a href="#glo:ifcsundef"><code class="csfmt">\ifcsundef</code></a> command.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20740"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrifhasfield"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrifhasfield</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifier: </span>* <a id="wrglossary.20741"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.19+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Tests if the field identified by its <a id="wrglossary.20742"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@internalfieldlabel">internal label</a> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span> for the entry given by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> is defined and is not empty. This is like <a id="wrglossary.20743"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshasfield"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasfield</code></a> but doesn’t produce a warning if the entry or field doesn’t exist. This sets <a id="wrglossary.20744"></a><a href="#glo:glscurrentfieldvalue"><code class="csfmt">\glscurrentfieldvalue</code></a> to the field value and does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if its defined and not empty, otherwise it does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>. The unstarred version adds implicit grouping to make nesting easier. The starred version doesn’t (to make assignments easier).<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20745"></a><dfn id="glo:GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifier: </span>* <a id="wrglossary.20746"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra-bib2gls"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span></a> v1.47+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Tests if the value in the <a id="wrglossary.20747"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.childcount"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">childcount</span></a> field is non-zero (using <a id="wrglossary.20748"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero</code></a>). This requires the <a id="wrglossary.20749"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.save-child-count"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">save-child-count</span></a> resource option.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20750"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20751"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.34+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the entry hasn’t been defined or hasn’t been marked as <a id="wrglossary.20752"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@firstuseflag">used</a>, otherwise does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>. Note that this command will generate an error or warning (according to <a id="wrglossary.20753"></a><a href="#glo:opt.undefaction"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">undefaction</span></a>) if the entry hasn’t been defined, but will still do <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>. <a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12650">358</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20754"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrifwasfirstuse"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20755"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Initialised by the <a id="wrglossary.20756"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> and <a id="wrglossary.20757"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands, this expands to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the calling command was considered the <a id="wrglossary.20758"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>, otherwise it expands to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>. This command may be used within the <a id="wrglossary.20759"></a><a href="#glo:dual.postlinkhook">post-link hook</a> (where it’s too late to test the <a id="wrglossary.20760"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> with <a id="wrglossary.20761"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsused"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsused</code></a>).<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20762"></a><dfn id="glo:GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifier: </span>* <a id="wrglossary.20763"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.31+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Like <a id="wrglossary.20764"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrIfFieldEqStr"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqStr</code></a> but first (protected) expands both the field value and the supplied <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20765"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrIgnorableRules"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrIgnorableRules</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20766"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra-bib2gls"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span></a> v1.49+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A shortcut that expands to the control rules, space rules and non-printable rules.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20767"></a><dfn id="glo:Glsxtrinlinefullformat"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsxtrinlinefullformat</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.20768"></a><a href="#glo:Glsxtrfull"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsxtrfull</code></a> to display the <a id="wrglossary.20769"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> inline full form (defined by the abbreviation style).<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20770"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrinlinefullformat"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrinlinefullformat</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20771"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.20772"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfull"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfull</code></a> to display the inline full form (defined by the abbreviation style).<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20773"></a><dfn id="glo:Glsxtrinlinefullplformat"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20774"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.20775"></a><a href="#glo:Glsxtrfullpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsxtrfullpl</code></a> to display the plural <a id="wrglossary.20776"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> inline full form (defined by the abbreviation style).<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20777"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrinlinefullplformat"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrinlinefullplformat</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20778"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used by <a id="wrglossary.20779"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrfullpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfullpl</code></a> to display the plural inline full form (defined by the abbreviation style).<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20780"></a><dfn id="glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20781"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.11+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+For use with <a id="wrglossary.20782"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, this both sets up the resource options (which <a id="wrglossary.20783"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> can detect from the <a id="wrglossary.20784"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file) and inputs the <a id="wrglossary.20785"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glstex"><span class="extfmt">glstex</span></a> file created by <a id="wrglossary.20786"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20787"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-title</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20788"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.24+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Locally assigns the given title <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-title</em>〉</span> to the <a id="wrglossary.20789"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20790"></a><dfn id="glo:GLSxtrlong"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GLSxtrlong</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20791"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20792"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrlong"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrlong</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.20793"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.20794"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20795"></a><dfn id="glo:Glsxtrlong"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsxtrlong</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20796"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20797"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrlong"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrlong</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.20798"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.20799"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20800"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrlong"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrlong</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20801"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+References the <a id="wrglossary.20802"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span></a> identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. The text produced is obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.20803"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a> value, formatted according to the <a id="wrglossary.20804"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> style</a> associated with the entry’s <a id="wrglossary.20805"></a><a href="#glo:idx.category">category</a>. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> argument will be inserted at the end of the <a id="wrglossary.20806"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. This command does not alter or depend on the <a id="wrglossary.20807"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20808"></a><dfn id="glo:GLSxtrlongpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GLSxtrlongpl</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20809"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20810"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrlongpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrlongpl</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.20811"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.20812"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20813"></a><dfn id="glo:Glsxtrlongpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsxtrlongpl</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20814"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20815"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrlongpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrlongpl</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.20816"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.20817"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20818"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrlongpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrlongpl</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20819"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20820"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrlong"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrlong</code></a> but the text produced is obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.20821"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></a> value.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20822"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrnewgls"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnewgls</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">default-options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20823"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.21+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defines the command <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>} to behave like <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.20824"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">default-options</em>〉</span>,<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20825"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrnewglslike"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnewglslike</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">default-options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner"><a id="wrglossary.20826"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>-like cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner"><a id="wrglossary.20827"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>-like cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner"><a id="wrglossary.20828"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a>-like cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner"><a id="wrglossary.20829"></a><a href="#glo:Glspl"><code class="csfmt">\Glspl</code></a>-like cs</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20830"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.21+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Like <a id="wrglossary.20831"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrnewgls"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnewgls</code></a> but provides plural and <a id="wrglossary.20832"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> commands as well.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20833"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrnewnumber"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnewnumber</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">num</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20834"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(requires <code class="code"><code class="csfmt">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.20835"></a><a href="#glo:opt.numbers"><span class="styoptfmt">numbers</span></a>]{glossaries-extra}</code>)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defines a new <a id="wrglossary.20836"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> entry with the given label, <a id="wrglossary.20837"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> set to <code class="code">numbers</code>, the <a id="wrglossary.20838"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a> set to <code class="code">number</code>, the <a id="wrglossary.20839"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> set to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">num</em>〉</span> and the <a id="wrglossary.20840"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> set to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. The optional argument is a comma-separated list of <a id="wrglossary.20841"></a><a href="#glo:idx.gloskey">glossary entry keys</a>, which can be used to override the defaults.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20842"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrnewsymbol"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnewsymbol</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">sym</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20843"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(requires <code class="code"><code class="csfmt">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.20844"></a><a href="#glo:opt.symbols"><span class="styoptfmt">symbols</span></a>]{glossaries-extra}</code>)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defines a new <a id="wrglossary.20845"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> entry with the given label, <a id="wrglossary.20846"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> set to <a id="wrglossary.20847"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.symbols"><code class="glostypefmt">symbols</code></a>, the <a id="wrglossary.20848"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a> set to <code class="code">symbol</code>, the <a id="wrglossary.20849"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> set to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">sym</em>〉</span> and the <a id="wrglossary.20850"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> set to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. The optional argument is a comma-separated list of <a id="wrglossary.20851"></a><a href="#glo:idx.gloskey">glossary entry keys</a>, which can be used to override the defaults.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20852"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrnopostpunc"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnopostpunc</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20853"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.22+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+When placed at the end of the <a id="wrglossary.20854"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a>, this switches off the post-description punctuation (inserted automatically via options such as <a id="wrglossary.20855"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>) but doesn’t suppress the <a id="wrglossary.20856"></a><a href="#glo:dual.postdeschook">post-description hook</a>. Does nothing outside of the <a id="wrglossary.20857"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20858"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrp"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrp</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20859"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.07+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+For use in headings and captions (instead of the <a id="wrglossary.20860"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> or <a id="wrglossary.20861"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands). This command is designed to expand to the field value if used in a <a id="wrglossary.20862"></a><a href="#glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmark</a> and can also expand to a more appropriate command if it ends up in the page header. Note that there’s no option argument.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20863"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrparen"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrparen</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20864"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used to encapsulate <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> in parentheses.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20865"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20866"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+May be used within a <a id="wrglossary.20867"></a><a href="#glo:dual.postlinkhook">post-link hook</a> to display the symbol in parentheses on <a id="wrglossary.20868"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20869"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrpostlinkhook"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrpostlinkhook</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20870"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+An additional <a id="wrglossary.20871"></a><a href="#glo:dual.postlinkhook">post-link hook</a> that supports categories.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20872"></a><dfn id="glo:GlsXtrResetLocalBuffer"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrResetLocalBuffer</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20873"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.49+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If local unset for repeat entries has been enabled with <a id="wrglossary.20874"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrUnsetBufferEnableRepeatLocal"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrUnsetBufferEnableRepeatLocal</code></a>, this will locally reset all entries that are in the buffer that hadn’t been marked as used before the function was enabled.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20875"></a><dfn id="glo:GlsXtrSetAltModifier"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrSetAltModifier</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">token</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">token</em>〉</span> as a modifier for the <a id="wrglossary.20876"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> and <a id="wrglossary.20877"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands that will automatically implement the given options.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20878"></a><dfn id="glo:GlsXtrSetField"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrSetField</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20879"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Assigns <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span> to the field identified by its <a id="wrglossary.20880"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@internalfieldlabel">internal label</a> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span> for the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. An error (or warning with <a id="wrglossary.20881"></a><a href="#glo:opt.undefaction"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">undefaction</span></a><span class="optfmt">=warn</span>) occurs if the entry hasn’t been defined.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20882"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrsetgrouptitle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-title</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20883"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.14+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Globally assigns the given title <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-title</em>〉</span> to the <a id="wrglossary.20884"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">group</a> identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20885"></a><dfn id="glo:GlsXtrSetPlusModifier"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrSetPlusModifier</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20886"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.49+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Overrides the options that should be implemented by the plus (<code class="code">+</code>) modifier for <a id="wrglossary.20887"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> and <a id="wrglossary.20888"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20889"></a><dfn id="glo:GlsXtrSetStarModifier"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrSetStarModifier</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20890"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.49+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Overrides the options that should be implemented by the star (<code class="code">*</code>) modifier for <a id="wrglossary.20891"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> and <a id="wrglossary.20892"></a><a href="#glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</a> commands.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20893"></a><dfn id="glo:GLSxtrshort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GLSxtrshort</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20894"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20895"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrshort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrshort</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.20896"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.20897"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20898"></a><dfn id="glo:Glsxtrshort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsxtrshort</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20899"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20900"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrshort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrshort</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.20901"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.20902"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20903"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrshort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrshort</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20904"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+References the <a id="wrglossary.20905"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span></a> identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. The text produced is obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.20906"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> value, formatted according to the <a id="wrglossary.20907"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> style</a> associated with the entry’s <a id="wrglossary.20908"></a><a href="#glo:idx.category">category</a>. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> argument will be inserted at the end of the <a id="wrglossary.20909"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>. This command does not alter or depend on the <a id="wrglossary.20910"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. For the first optional argument, see <a id="wrglossary.20911"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glsopt"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code> options</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20912"></a><dfn id="glo:Glsxtrshortpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsxtrshortpl</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20913"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20914"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrshortpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrshortpl</code></a> but converts the <a id="wrglossary.20915"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.20916"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20917"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrshortpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrshortpl</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.20918"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.20919"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrshort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrshort</code></a> but the text produced is obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.20920"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></a> value.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20921"></a><dfn id="glo:GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifier: </span>* <a id="wrglossary.20922"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.30+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Enables unset buffering. The starred version doesn’t check for duplicates.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20923"></a><dfn id="glo:GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifier: </span>* <a id="wrglossary.20924"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.30+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Stops buffering. The starred version performs a global unset.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20925"></a><dfn id="glo:GlsXtrUnsetBufferEnableRepeatLocal"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrUnsetBufferEnableRepeatLocal</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20926"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.49+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Allows repeat entries within the buffering code to be locally unset before the <a id="wrglossary.20927"></a><a href="#glo:dual.linktext">link text</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20928"></a><dfn id="glo:GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20929"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Implements the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">display definitions</em>〉</span> code for the given abbreviation style.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20930"></a><dfn id="glo:GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20931"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Implements the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">setup</em>〉</span> code for the given abbreviation style.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20932"></a><dfn id="glo:glsxtrusefield"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrusefield</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20933"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the value of the given field (identified by its <a id="wrglossary.20934"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@internalfieldlabel">internal label</a> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>) for the entry given by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>. Expands to <a id="wrglossary.20935"></a><a href="#glo:relax"><code class="csfmt">\relax</code></a> if the entry or field are undefined.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index7143424 -->
+
+<section id="summary.index7208960"><!-- start of section summary.index7208960 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->H<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index7208960">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20936"></a><a href="#glo:hyperbf"><code class="csfmt">\hyperbf</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20937"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If <a id="wrglossary.20938"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> are supported this does <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\textbf</span>{<a id="wrglossary.20939"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}}</code> otherwise it just does <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\textbf</span>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}</code>. <a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20940"></a><a href="#glo:hyperemph"><code class="csfmt">\hyperemph</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20941"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If <a id="wrglossary.20942"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> are supported this does <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\emph</span>{<a id="wrglossary.20943"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}}</code> otherwise it just does <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\emph</span>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}</code>. <a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20944"></a><a href="#glo:hyperit"><code class="csfmt">\hyperit</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20945"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If <a id="wrglossary.20946"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> are supported this does <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\textit</span>{<a id="wrglossary.20947"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}}</code> otherwise it just does <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\textit</span>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}</code>. <a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20948"></a><a href="#glo:hypermd"><code class="csfmt">\hypermd</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20949"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If <a id="wrglossary.20950"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> are supported this does <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\textmd</span>{<a id="wrglossary.20951"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}}</code> otherwise it just does <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\textmd</span>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}</code>. <a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20952"></a><a href="#glo:hyperrm"><code class="csfmt">\hyperrm</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20953"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If <a id="wrglossary.20954"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> are supported this does <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\textrm</span>{<a id="wrglossary.20955"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}}</code> otherwise it just does <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\textrm</span>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}</code>. <a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20956"></a><a href="#glo:hypersc"><code class="csfmt">\hypersc</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20957"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If <a id="wrglossary.20958"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> are supported this does <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\textsc</span>{<a id="wrglossary.20959"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}}</code> otherwise it just does <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\textsc</span>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}</code>. <a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20960"></a><a href="#glo:hypersf"><code class="csfmt">\hypersf</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20961"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If <a id="wrglossary.20962"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> are supported this does <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\textsf</span>{<a id="wrglossary.20963"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}}</code> otherwise it just does <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\textsf</span>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}</code>. <a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20964"></a><a href="#glo:hypersl"><code class="csfmt">\hypersl</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20965"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If <a id="wrglossary.20966"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> are supported this does <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\textsl</span>{<a id="wrglossary.20967"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}}</code> otherwise it just does <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\textsl</span>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}</code>. <a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20968"></a><a href="#glo:hypertt"><code class="csfmt">\hypertt</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20969"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If <a id="wrglossary.20970"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> are supported this does <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\texttt</span>{<a id="wrglossary.20971"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}}</code> otherwise it just does <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\texttt</span>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}</code>. <a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20972"></a><a href="#glo:hyperup"><code class="csfmt">\hyperup</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20973"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If <a id="wrglossary.20974"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> are supported this does <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\textup</span>{<a id="wrglossary.20975"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}}</code> otherwise it just does <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\textup</span>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">location(s)</em>〉</span>}</code>. <a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index7208960 -->
+
+<section id="summary.index7274496"><!-- start of section summary.index7274496 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->I<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index7274496">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20976"></a><a href="#glo:ifglossaryexists"><code class="csfmt">\ifglossaryexists</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-type</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifier: </span>* <a id="wrglossary.20977"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If the <a id="wrglossary.20978"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> given by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-type</em>〉</span> exists, this does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>, otherwise it does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>. The unstarred form treats <a id="wrglossary.20979"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossaries</a> as non-existent. The starred form (v4.46+) will do <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-type</em>〉</span> matches an ignored glossary. <a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12613">357</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20980"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsdescsuppressed"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsdescsuppressed</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20981"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.08a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the entry’s <a id="wrglossary.20982"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> field is just <a id="wrglossary.20983"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a> otherwise does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>. <a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12686">360</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20984"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsentrycounter</code></a><code class="code"> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\else</code> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\fi</code></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><code class="csfmt">\iffalse</code>; <a id="wrglossary.20985"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Conditional corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.20986"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a> option. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2661">83</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20987"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsentryexists"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsentryexists</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the entry given by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> exists, otherwise does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>. <a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12624">357</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20988"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsfieldcseq"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfieldcseq</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs-name</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20989"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.16+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Tests if the value of the given field is equal to the replacement text of the command given by the control sequence name <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs-name</em>〉</span> using <a id="wrglossary.20990"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.etoolbox"><span class="styfmt">etoolbox</span>’s</a> <code class="csfmt">\ifcsstrequal</code>. Triggers an error if the given field (identified by its <a id="wrglossary.20991"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a>) hasn’t been defined. Uses <a id="wrglossary.20992"></a><a href="#glo:glsdoifexists"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifexists</code></a>. <a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12793">364</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20993"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsfielddefeq"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfielddefeq</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20994"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.16+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Tests if the value of the given field is equal to the replacement text of the given command <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span> using <a id="wrglossary.20995"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.etoolbox"><span class="styfmt">etoolbox</span>’s</a> <code class="csfmt">\ifdefstrequal</code>. Triggers an error if the given field (identified by its <a id="wrglossary.20996"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a>) hasn’t been defined. Uses <a id="wrglossary.20997"></a><a href="#glo:glsdoifexists"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifexists</code></a>. <a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12766">363</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.20998"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsfieldeq"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfieldeq</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">string</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.20999"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.16+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Tests if the value of the given field is equal to the given string using <a id="wrglossary.21000"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.etoolbox"><span class="styfmt">etoolbox</span>’s</a> <code class="csfmt">\ifcsstring</code>. Triggers an error if the given field (identified by its <a id="wrglossary.21001"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a>) hasn’t been defined. Uses <a id="wrglossary.21002"></a><a href="#glo:glsdoifexists"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifexists</code></a>. <a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12711">361</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21003"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsfieldvoid"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfieldvoid</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21004"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+An expandable test to determine if the entry is undefined or the field is undefined or empty. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span> must be the field’s <a id="wrglossary.21005"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@internalfieldlabel">internal label</a>. Internally uses <a id="wrglossary.21006"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.etoolbox"><span class="styfmt">etoolbox</span>’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.21007"></a><a href="#glo:ifcsvoid"><code class="csfmt">\ifcsvoid</code></a> command. <a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12695">360</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21008"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshaschildren"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshaschildren</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21009"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the given entry has child entries otherwise does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>. Note that this has to iterate over the set of defined entries for the entry’s <a id="wrglossary.21010"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> to find one that has the entry identified in its <a id="wrglossary.21011"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a> field. A more efficient approach can be achieved with <a id="wrglossary.21012"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> and the <a id="wrglossary.21013"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.save-child-count"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">save-child-count</span></a> resource option. <a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12656">359</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21014"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshasdesc"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasdesc</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21015"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.08a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the entry’s <a id="wrglossary.21016"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> field is set otherwise does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>. <a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12683">360</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21017"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshasfield"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasfield</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21018"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.03+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(robust)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If the field identified by either its key or its <a id="wrglossary.21019"></a><a href="#glo:dual.internalfieldlabel">internal field label</a> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span> for the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> is set and non-empty, this sets <a id="wrglossary.21020"></a><a href="#glo:glscurrentfieldvalue"><code class="csfmt">\glscurrentfieldvalue</code></a> to the field value and does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> otherwise it does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>. <a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12701">360</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21021"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshaslong"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshaslong</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21022"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.11a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the entry’s <a id="wrglossary.21023"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a> field is set otherwise does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>. <a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12675">359</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21024"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshasparent"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasparent</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21025"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the entry’s <a id="wrglossary.21026"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a> field is set otherwise does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>. <a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12667">359</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21027"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshasprefix"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasprefix</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21028"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the <a id="wrglossary.21029"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefix"><span class="csoptfmt">prefix</span></a> field is non-empty. <a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13028">371</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21030"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshasprefixfirst"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasprefixfirst</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21031"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the <a id="wrglossary.21032"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixfirst"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixfirst</span></a> field is non-empty. <a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13034">371</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21033"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshasprefixfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasprefixfirstplural</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21034"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the <a id="wrglossary.21035"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixfirstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixfirstplural</span></a> field is non-empty. <a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13037">372</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21036"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshasprefixplural"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasprefixplural</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21037"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the <a id="wrglossary.21038"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixplural"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixplural</span></a> field is non-empty. <a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13031">371</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21039"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshasshort"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasshort</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21040"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.11a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the entry’s <a id="wrglossary.21041"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> field is set otherwise does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>. <a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12679">359</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21042"></a><a href="#glo:ifglshassymbol"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshassymbol</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21043"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.08a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the entry’s <a id="wrglossary.21044"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> field is set otherwise does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>. <a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12671">359</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21045"></a><dfn id="glo:ifglshyperfirst"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshyperfirst</code></dfn><code class="code"> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\else</code> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\fi</code></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><code class="csfmt">\iftrue</code>; <a id="wrglossary.21046"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Conditional corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.21047"></a><a href="#glo:opt.hyperfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">hyperfirst</span></a> option.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21048"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsindexonlyfirst"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsindexonlyfirst</code></a><code class="code"> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\else</code> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\fi</code></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><code class="csfmt">\iffalse</code>; <a id="wrglossary.21049"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Conditional corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.21050"></a><a href="#glo:opt.indexonlyfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">indexonlyfirst</span></a> option. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2995">92</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21051"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsnogroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsnogroupskip</code></a><code class="code"> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\else</code> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\fi</code></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><code class="csfmt">\iffalse</code>; <a id="wrglossary.21052"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.03+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Conditional set by the <a id="wrglossary.21053"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a> option. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2910">90</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21054"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsresetcurrcount"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsresetcurrcount</code></a><code class="code"> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\else</code> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\fi</code></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><code class="csfmt">\iffalse</code>; <a id="wrglossary.21055"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Conditional that determines whether or not the reset commands should reset the entry count stored in <a id="wrglossary.21056"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.currcount"><span class="csoptfmt">currcount</span></a> to zero. <a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8271">233</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21057"></a><a href="#glo:ifglssubentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\ifglssubentrycounter</code></a><code class="code"> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\else</code> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\fi</code></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><code class="csfmt">\iffalse</code>; <a id="wrglossary.21058"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Conditional corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.21059"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a> option. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2746">86</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21060"></a><a href="#glo:ifglstoc"><code class="csfmt">\ifglstoc</code></a><code class="code"> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\else</code> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\fi</code></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><code class="csfmt">\iffalse</code>; <a id="wrglossary.21061"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Conditional corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.21062"></a><a href="#glo:opt.toc"><span class="styoptfmt">toc</span></a> option. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2468">78</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21063"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsucmark"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsucmark</code></a><code class="code"> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\else</code> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\fi</code></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><span class="initvalnotefmt"><em class="initvalnotefmtinner">varies</em></span>; <a id="wrglossary.21064"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Conditional corresponding to the <a id="wrglossary.21065"></a><a href="#glo:opt.ucmark"><span class="styoptfmt">ucmark</span></a> option. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2511">79</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21066"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsused"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsused</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21067"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the <a id="wrglossary.21068"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entry</a> has been marked as <a id="wrglossary.21069"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@firstuseflag">used</a>, does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span> if the entry is marked as <a id="wrglossary.21070"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@firstuseflag">unused</a>, and does neither if the entry hasn’t been defined (but will generate an error). <a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12640">358</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21071"></a><a href="#glo:ifglswrallowprimitivemods"><code class="csfmt">\ifglswrallowprimitivemods</code></a><code class="code"> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\else</code> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\fi</code></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><code class="csfmt">\iffalse</code>; <a id="wrglossary.21072"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.22+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If <a id="wrglossary.21073"></a><a href="#glo:opt.esclocations"><span class="styoptfmt">esclocations</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> and this conditional is true, then some primitives will be locally redefined while <a id="wrglossary.21074"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> occurs in order to escape special characters in the location without prematurely expanding <a id="wrglossary.21075"></a><a href="#glo:thepage"><code class="csfmt">\thepage</code></a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2969">92</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21076"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsxindy"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsxindy</code></a><code class="code"> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\else</code> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\fi</code></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><code class="csfmt">\iffalse</code>; <a id="wrglossary.21077"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Conditional that, if true, indicates that <a id="wrglossary.21078"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> should be used. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3347">102</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21079"></a><dfn id="glo:ifglsxtrinsertinside"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</code></dfn><code class="code"> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\else</code> <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span><code class="csfmt">\fi</code></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><code class="csfmt">\iffalse</code>; <a id="wrglossary.21080"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.02</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A conditional used by the predefined abbreviation styles to determine whether the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> part should go inside or outside of the style’s font formatting commands.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21081"></a><a href="#glo:ifignoredglossary"><code class="csfmt">\ifignoredglossary</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifier: </span>* <a id="wrglossary.21082"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.08+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">true</em>〉</span> if the <a id="wrglossary.21083"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span> has been defined as an <a id="wrglossary.21084"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossary</a>, otherwise does <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">false</em>〉</span>. <a href="#sec:newglossary">§9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8998">252</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21085"></a><a href="#glo:indexspace"><code class="csfmt">\indexspace</code></a></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Provided by various packages, including <a id="wrglossary.21086"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-list"><span class="styfmt">glossary-list</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.21087"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a>, this creates a vertical space. <a href="#sec:liststyles">§13.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10680">297</a><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index7274496 -->
+
+<section id="summary.index7471104"><!-- start of section summary.index7471104 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->L<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index7471104">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21088"></a><a href="#glo:loadglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\loadglsentries</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">filename</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21089"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Locally assigns <a id="wrglossary.21090"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a> to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span> and inputs <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">filename</em>〉</span>. If the optional argument is omitted, the default glossary is assumed. Note that if any entries with <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">filename</em>〉</span> have the <a id="wrglossary.21091"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> key set (including implicitly in commands like <a id="wrglossary.21092"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>), then this will override the type given in the optional argument. <a href="#sec:loadglsentries">§4.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5118">152</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21093"></a><a href="#glo:longnewglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\longnewglossaryentry</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">description</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21094"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.11a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defines a new <a id="wrglossary.21095"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> entry with the given label. The second argument is a comma-separated list of <a id="wrglossary.21096"></a><a href="#glo:idx.gloskey">glossary entry keys</a>. The third argument is the description, which may include paragraph breaks. <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4210">127</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21097"></a><a href="#glo:longprovideglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\longprovideglossaryentry</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">description</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21098"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.14a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.21099"></a><a href="#glo:longnewglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\longnewglossaryentry</code></a> but does nothing if the entry is already defined. <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4225">127</a><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index7471104 -->
+
+<section id="summary.index7536640"><!-- start of section summary.index7536640 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->M<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index7536640">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21100"></a><dfn id="glo:makefirstuc"><code class="csfmt">\makefirstuc</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21101"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Robust command that converts the first character of <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> to <a id="wrglossary.21102"></a><a href="#glo:idx.uppercase">uppercase</a> (<a id="wrglossary.21103"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>) unless <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> starts with a command, in which case it will attempt to apply the <a id="wrglossary.21104"></a><a href="#glo:dual.casechange">case change</a> to the first character of the first argument following the command, if the command is followed by a group. As from <a id="wrglossary.21105"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.08, this command internally uses <a id="wrglossary.21106"></a><a href="#glo:MFUsentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\MFUsentencecase</code></a> to perform the actual <a id="wrglossary.21107"></a><a href="#glo:dual.casechange">case change</a>. See the <a id="wrglossary.21108"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> documentation for further details, either: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.21109"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div><a href="https://www.tug.org/texdoc/">texdoc</a> mfirstuc</pre> or visit <a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/mfirstuc">ctan.org/pkg/mfirstuc</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21110"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21111"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> only)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Opens the associated <a id="wrglossary.21112"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing files</a> that need to be processed by <a id="wrglossary.21113"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.21114"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>. This command has an optional argument with <a id="wrglossary.21115"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. <a href="#sec:setupopt23">§3.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4063">122</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21116"></a><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21117"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(<a id="wrglossary.21118"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a> only)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets up all non-<a id="wrglossary.21119"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossaries</a> so that they can be displayed with <a id="wrglossary.21120"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>. <a href="#sec:setupopt1">§3.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4057">122</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21121"></a><dfn id="glo:mfirstucMakeUppercase"><code class="csfmt">\mfirstucMakeUppercase</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21122"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+This command was used by <a id="wrglossary.21123"></a><a href="#glo:makefirstuc"><code class="csfmt">\makefirstuc</code></a> to convert its argument to <a id="wrglossary.21124"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a> and was redefined by <a id="wrglossary.21125"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> to use <a id="wrglossary.21126"></a><a href="#glo:MakeTextUppercase"><code class="csfmt">\MakeTextUppercase</code></a>, but with <a id="wrglossary.21127"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.08+ and <a id="wrglossary.21128"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+ this command is instead defined to use the LaTeX3 <a id="wrglossary.21129"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a> command, which is expandable. This command is no longer used by <a id="wrglossary.21130"></a><a href="#glo:makefirstuc"><code class="csfmt">\makefirstuc</code></a> (which instead uses <a id="wrglossary.21131"></a><a href="#glo:MFUsentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\MFUsentencecase</code></a>). The <a id="wrglossary.21132"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> (v4.50+) and <a id="wrglossary.21133"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> (v1.49+) packages now use <a id="wrglossary.21134"></a><a href="#glo:glsuppercase"><code class="csfmt">\glsuppercase</code></a> for the <a id="wrglossary.21135"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a> commands, such as <a id="wrglossary.21136"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21137"></a><dfn id="glo:MFUaddmap"><code class="csfmt">\MFUaddmap</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs1</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs2</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21138"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.08+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Identifies a mapping from the command <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs1</em>〉</span> to command <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs2</em>〉</span> for <a id="wrglossary.21139"></a><a href="#glo:makefirstuc"><code class="csfmt">\makefirstuc</code></a> and also identifies <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs2</em>〉</span> as a blocker. Mappings and blockers aren’t supported by <a id="wrglossary.21140"></a><a href="#glo:MFUsentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\MFUsentencecase</code></a>, so both <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs1</em>〉</span> and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs2</em>〉</span> are identified as exclusions for <a id="wrglossary.21141"></a><a href="#glo:MFUsentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\MFUsentencecase</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21142"></a><dfn id="glo:MFUblocker"><code class="csfmt">\MFUblocker</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21143"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.08+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Locally identifies <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span> as a blocker command for <a id="wrglossary.21144"></a><a href="#glo:makefirstuc"><code class="csfmt">\makefirstuc</code></a> and an exclusion for <a id="wrglossary.21145"></a><a href="#glo:MFUsentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\MFUsentencecase</code></a> (which doesn’t support blockers).<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21146"></a><dfn id="glo:MFUexcl"><code class="csfmt">\MFUexcl</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21147"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.08+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Locally identifies <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cs</em>〉</span> as an exclusion command, which will be recognised by both <a id="wrglossary.21148"></a><a href="#glo:makefirstuc"><code class="csfmt">\makefirstuc</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.21149"></a><a href="#glo:MFUsentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\MFUsentencecase</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21150"></a><a href="#glo:MFUsentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\MFUsentencecase</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21151"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.08+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Fully expands <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> and converts the first letter to <a id="wrglossary.21152"></a><a href="#glo:idx.uppercase">uppercase</a><a id="wrglossary.21153"></a>. Unlike <a id="wrglossary.21154"></a><a href="#glo:makefirstuc"><code class="csfmt">\makefirstuc</code></a>, this command is expandable, but only recognises commands identified as exclusions. See the <a id="wrglossary.21155"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> documentation for further details. This command is provided by <a id="wrglossary.21156"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.49+ if an old version of <a id="wrglossary.21157"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> is detected. <a href="#sec:casechanging">§15.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12511">353</a><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index7536640 -->
+
+<section id="summary.index7602176"><!-- start of section summary.index7602176 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->N<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index7602176">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21158"></a><dfn id="glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21159"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defines a new entry that represents an <a id="wrglossary.21160"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span></a>. This internally uses <a id="wrglossary.21161"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> and any provided options (<a id="wrglossary.21162"></a><a href="#glo:idx.gloskey">glossary entry keys</a>) given in <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span> will be appended. The <a id="wrglossary.21163"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a> is set to <a id="wrglossary.21164"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.abbreviation"><span class="catfmt">abbreviation</span></a> by default, but may be overridden in <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>. The appropriate style should be set before the abbreviation is defined with <a id="wrglossary.21165"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21166"></a><dfn id="glo:newabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviationstyle</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">setup</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">display definitions</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21167"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defines an abbreviation style, which can be set with <a id="wrglossary.21168"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21169"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21170"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+This command is provided by the base <a id="wrglossary.21171"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package to define a new <a id="wrglossary.21172"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> but it’s redefined by <a id="wrglossary.21173"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> to use <a id="wrglossary.21174"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a> with the <a id="wrglossary.21175"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a> key set to <a id="wrglossary.21176"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>. With just the base <a id="wrglossary.21177"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package, use <a id="wrglossary.21178"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a> to set the style. With <a id="wrglossary.21179"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, use <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.21180"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.21181"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></a>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style</em>〉</span>}</code> to set the style that governs <a id="wrglossary.21182"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>. <a href="#sec:acronyms">§6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6698">192</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21183"></a><dfn id="glo:newacronymhook"><code class="csfmt">\newacronymhook</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21184"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Hook used by <a id="wrglossary.21185"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> just before the entry is defined by <a id="wrglossary.21186"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21187"></a><a href="#glo:newacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\newacronymstyle</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">format def</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style defs</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21188"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defines an <a id="wrglossary.21189"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a> for use with the base <a id="wrglossary.21190"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package’s <a id="wrglossary.21191"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> mechanism. These styles are not compatible with <a id="wrglossary.21192"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">format def</em>〉</span> part is the code used as the <a id="wrglossary.21193"></a><a href="#glo:idx.entryformat">entry format</a> definition within <a id="wrglossary.21194"></a><a href="#glo:defglsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\defglsentryfmt</code></a>. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style defs</em>〉</span> is the code that redefines the <a id="wrglossary.21195"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> formatting commands, such as <a id="wrglossary.21196"></a><a href="#glo:genacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\genacrfullformat</code></a>, and the additional fields command <a id="wrglossary.21197"></a><a href="#glo:GenericAcronymFields"><code class="csfmt">\GenericAcronymFields</code></a>. <a href="#sec:customacronym">§6.2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7381">210</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21198"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">log-ext</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">in-ext</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">out-ext</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">title</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21199"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defines a <a id="wrglossary.21200"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span> (which can be referenced by the <a id="wrglossary.21201"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> key when defining an entry). The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">title</em>〉</span> will be used when displaying the <a id="wrglossary.21202"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> (using commands like <a id="wrglossary.21203"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>), but this title can be overridden by the <a id="wrglossary.21204"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.title"><span class="csoptfmt">title</span></a> option. The optional <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span> indicates which <a id="wrglossary.21205"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@locationcounter">counter</a> should be used by default for the <a id="wrglossary.21206"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">location</a> when <a id="wrglossary.21207"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> any entries that have been assigned to this <a id="wrglossary.21208"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. (This can be overridden by the <a id="wrglossary.21209"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.counter"><span class="csoptfmt">counter</span></a> option.) The other arguments are file extensions for use with <a id="wrglossary.21210"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.21211"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>. These arguments aren’t relevant for other <a id="wrglossary.21212"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> options (in which case, you may prefer to use <a id="wrglossary.21213"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary*"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary*</code></a>). <a href="#sec:newglossary">§9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8942">251</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21214"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary*"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary*</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">title</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21215"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.08+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A shortcut that supplies file extensions based on the <a id="wrglossary.21216"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> label:<pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.21217"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>-glg]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>-gls}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>-glo</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">title</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>]</pre> <a href="#sec:newglossary">§9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8969">251</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21218"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21219"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defines a new <a id="wrglossary.21220"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> entry with the given label. The second argument is a comma-separated list of <a id="wrglossary.21221"></a><a href="#glo:idx.gloskey">glossary entry keys</a>. <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4206">126</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21222"></a><a href="#glo:newglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\newglossarystyle</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">definitions</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21223"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defines a new <a id="wrglossary.21224"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> called <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>. <a href="#sec:newglossarystyle">§13.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11561">325</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21225"></a><dfn id="glo:newignoredglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newignoredglossary</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21226"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.08+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defines a <a id="wrglossary.21227"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> that should be ignored by iterative commands, such as <a id="wrglossary.21228"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a>. This <a id="wrglossary.21229"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> has no associated <a id="wrglossary.21230"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing files</a> and has <a id="wrglossary.21231"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> disabled. You can use an <a id="wrglossary.21232"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossary</a> for common terms or <a id="wrglossary.21233"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> or <a id="wrglossary.21234"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviations</span></a> that don’t need to be included in any listing (but you may want these terms defined as entries to allow automated formatting with the <a id="wrglossary.21235"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands). An <a id="wrglossary.21236"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossary</a> can’t be displayed with <a id="wrglossary.21237"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a> but may be displayed with the <a id="wrglossary.21238"></a><a href="#glo:dual.unsrtfam"><span class="qt">“unsrt”</span> family of commands</a>, such as <a id="wrglossary.21239"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a>. The <a id="wrglossary.21240"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides a starred form of this command.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21241"></a><a href="#glo:newterm"><code class="csfmt">\newterm</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21242"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(requires <a id="wrglossary.21243"></a><a href="#glo:opt.index"><span class="styoptfmt">index</span></a> package option)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defines a new <a id="wrglossary.21244"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> entry with the given label, <a id="wrglossary.21245"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> set to <code class="code">index</code>, the <a id="wrglossary.21246"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> set to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> and the <a id="wrglossary.21247"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> set to <a id="wrglossary.21248"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a>. The optional argument is a comma-separated list of <a id="wrglossary.21249"></a><a href="#glo:idx.gloskey">glossary entry keys</a>, which can be used to override the defaults. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-type">§2.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3678">111</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21250"></a><a href="#glo:noist"><code class="csfmt">\noist</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21251"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Prevents <a id="wrglossary.21252"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> from creating the default <a id="wrglossary.21253"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a> style file. <a href="#sec:setupopt23">§3.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4120">124</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21254"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21255"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+When placed at the end of the <a id="wrglossary.21256"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a>, this switches off the <a id="wrglossary.21257"></a><a href="#glo:dual.postdeschook">post-description hook</a> (including the post-description punctuation). Does nothing outside of the <a id="wrglossary.21258"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4258">128</a><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index7602176 -->
+
+<section id="summary.index7667712"><!-- start of section summary.index7667712 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->O<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index7667712">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21259"></a><a href="#glo:oldacronym"><code class="csfmt">\oldacronym</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21260"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.18+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defines an <a id="wrglossary.21261"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> using the syntax of the old <a id="wrglossary.21262"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary"><span class="styfmt">glossary</span></a> package. <a href="#sec:oldacronym">§6.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8109">226</a><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index7667712 -->
+
+<section id="summary.index7733248"><!-- start of section summary.index7733248 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->P<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index7733248">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21263"></a><a href="#glo:pagelistname"><code class="csfmt">\pagelistname</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>Page List; <a id="wrglossary.21264"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(language-sensitive)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Provided by <a id="wrglossary.21265"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> if it hasn’t already been defined. Used as the <a id="wrglossary.21266"></a><a href="#glo:idx.pagelist">page list</a> column header for some of the tabular-like <a id="wrglossary.21267"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a>. <a href="#sec:fixednames">§1.5.1</a>; <a href="#tab:predefinednames">Table 1.2</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21268"></a><a href="#glo:PGLS"><code class="csfmt">\PGLS</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.21269"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> v3.14a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.21270"></a><a href="#glo:pgls"><code class="csfmt">\pgls</code></a> but <a id="wrglossary.21271"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>. <a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12996">370</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21272"></a><a href="#glo:Pgls"><code class="csfmt">\Pgls</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.21273"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> v3.14a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.21274"></a><a href="#glo:pgls"><code class="csfmt">\pgls</code></a> but <a id="wrglossary.21275"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12970">370</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21276"></a><a href="#glo:pgls"><code class="csfmt">\pgls</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.21277"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> v3.14a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Similar to <a id="wrglossary.21278"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> but inserts the appropriate prefix, if provided. <a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12952">369</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21279"></a><a href="#glo:PGLSpl"><code class="csfmt">\PGLSpl</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.21280"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> v3.14a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.21281"></a><a href="#glo:pgls"><code class="csfmt">\pgls</code></a> but <a id="wrglossary.21282"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a>. <a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13006">370</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21283"></a><a href="#glo:Pglspl"><code class="csfmt">\Pglspl</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.21284"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> v3.14a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.21285"></a><a href="#glo:pgls"><code class="csfmt">\pgls</code></a> but <a id="wrglossary.21286"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>. <a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12983">370</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21287"></a><a href="#glo:pglspl"><code class="csfmt">\pglspl</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.21288"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a> v3.14a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Similar to <a id="wrglossary.21289"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a> but inserts the appropriate prefix, if provided. <a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12961">370</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21290"></a><dfn id="glo:pglsxtrshort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\pglsxtrshort</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.21291"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.49+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(requires <a id="wrglossary.21292"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a>)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.21293"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrshort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrshort</code></a> but inserts the <a id="wrglossary.21294"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefix"><span class="csoptfmt">prefix</span></a> field and separator in front if set.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21295"></a><a href="#glo:pretoglossarypreamble"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\pretoglossarypreamble</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21296"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Locally prepends <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> to the <a id="wrglossary.21297"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarypreamble">preamble</a> for the <a id="wrglossary.21298"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span>. If <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span> is omitted, <a id="wrglossary.21299"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a> is assumed. <a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8846">248</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21300"></a><dfn id="glo:printabbreviations"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printabbreviations</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21301"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(requires <code class="code"><code class="csfmt">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.21302"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbreviations"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">abbreviations</span></a>]{glossaries-extra}</code>)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Shortcut for <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.21303"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.21304"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.21305"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrabbrvtype"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrabbrvtype</code></a></span>]</code>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21306"></a><a href="#glo:printacronyms"><code class="csfmt">\printacronyms</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21307"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.08a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(requires the <a id="wrglossary.21308"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronyms"><span class="styoptfmt">acronyms</span></a> package option)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Shortcut for <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.21309"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.21310"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.21311"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a></span>]</code>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">§2.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3733">113</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21312"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21313"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Iterates over all non-<a id="wrglossary.21314"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossaries</a> and does <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.21315"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.21316"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span></span>]</code> for each <a id="wrglossary.21317"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. <a href="#sec:printglossary">§8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8465">240</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21318"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21319"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Displays the <a id="wrglossary.21320"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> by inputting a file created by <a id="wrglossary.21321"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.21322"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>. Must be used with <a id="wrglossary.21323"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> and either <a id="wrglossary.21324"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.21325"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>. <a href="#sec:printglossary">§8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8454">239</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21326"></a><a href="#glo:printindex"><code class="csfmt">\printindex</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>] v4.02+</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(requires the <a id="wrglossary.21327"></a><a href="#glo:opt.index"><span class="styoptfmt">index</span></a> package option)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Shortcut provided by the <a id="wrglossary.21328"></a><a href="#glo:opt.index"><span class="styoptfmt">index</span></a> package option that simply does <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.21329"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.21330"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=index</span>]</code>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-type">§2.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3686">111</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21331"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossaries</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21332"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Iterates over all non-<a id="wrglossary.21333"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossaries</a> and does <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.21334"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.21335"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span></span>]</code> for each <a id="wrglossary.21336"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. <a href="#sec:printglossary">§8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8448">239</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21337"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21338"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Displays the <a id="wrglossary.21339"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> by obtaining the <a id="wrglossary.21340"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> information from the <a id="wrglossary.21341"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file and using TeX to sort and collate. Must be used with <a id="wrglossary.21342"></a><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a> or with the <a id="wrglossary.21343"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> not identified in the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.21344"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> when using the hybrid method. This method can be very slow and has limitations. <a href="#sec:printglossary">§8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8433">239</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21345"></a><a href="#glo:printnumbers"><code class="csfmt">\printnumbers</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21346"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(requires the <a id="wrglossary.21347"></a><a href="#glo:opt.numbers"><span class="styoptfmt">numbers</span></a> package option)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Shortcut for <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.21348"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.21349"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=numbers</span>]</code>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-type">§2.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3654">110</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21350"></a><a href="#glo:printsymbols"><code class="csfmt">\printsymbols</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21351"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(requires the <a id="wrglossary.21352"></a><a href="#glo:opt.symbols"><span class="styoptfmt">symbols</span></a> package option)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Shortcut for <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.21353"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.21354"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.21355"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.symbols"><code class="glostypefmt">symbols</code></a></span>]</code>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-type">§2.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3630">110</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21356"></a><dfn id="glo:printunsrtacronyms"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtacronyms</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21357"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra-bib2gls"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span></a> v1.40+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(requires <code class="code"><code class="csfmt">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.21358"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronyms"><span class="styoptfmt">acronyms</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.21359"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a>]{glossaries-extra}</code>)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Shortcut for <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.21360"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.21361"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.21362"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a></span>]</code>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21363"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21364"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.08+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Iterates over all non-<a id="wrglossary.21365"></a><a href="#glo:dual.ignoredglossary">ignored glossaries</a> and does <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.21366"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.21367"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span></span>]</code> for each <a id="wrglossary.21368"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. <a href="#sec:printglossary">§8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8508">241</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21369"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21370"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.08+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Displays the <a id="wrglossary.21371"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> by iterating over all entries associated with the given <a id="wrglossary.21372"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> (in the order in which they were added to the <a id="wrglossary.21373"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>). <a id="wrglossary.21374"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">Group</a> headers will only be inserted if the <a id="wrglossary.21375"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.group"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">group</span></a> key has been defined and has been set (typically with the <a id="wrglossary.21376"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a> option and <a id="wrglossary.21377"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>). <a id="wrglossary.21378"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationlist">Location lists</a> will only be shown if the <a id="wrglossary.21379"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.location"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">location</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.21380"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.loclist"><span class="csoptfmt">loclist</span></a> fields have been set (typically by <a id="wrglossary.21381"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>). <a href="#sec:printglossary">§8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8483">240</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21382"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtinnerglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtinnerglossary</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">pre-code</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">post-code</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21383"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.44+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Similar to <a id="wrglossary.21384"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a> but doesn’t contain the code that starts and ends the <a id="wrglossary.21385"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> (such as beginning and ending the <a id="wrglossary.21386"></a><a href="#glo:env.theglossary"><span class="envfmt">theglossary</span></a> environment). See the <a id="wrglossary.21387"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> manual for further details. <a href="#sec:printglossary">§8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8513">241</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21388"></a><a href="#glo:provideglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\provideglossaryentry</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21389"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.14a</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.21390"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> but does nothing if the entry is already defined. <a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4223">127</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21391"></a><dfn id="glo:provideignoredglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\provideignoredglossary</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifier: </span>* <a id="wrglossary.21392"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.21393"></a><a href="#glo:newignoredglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newignoredglossary</code></a> but does nothing if the <a id="wrglossary.21394"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> has already been defined.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21395"></a><dfn id="glo:ProvidesGlossariesLang"><code class="csfmt">\ProvidesGlossariesLang</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">language</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">version</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21396"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used at the start of a <a id="wrglossary.21397"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> language definition file (<a id="wrglossary.21398"></a><a href="#glo:ext.ldf"><span class="extfmt">ldf</span></a>) to declare the file and version details.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index7733248 -->
+
+<section id="summary.index7864320"><!-- start of section summary.index7864320 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->R<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index7864320">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21399"></a><dfn id="glo:renewacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\renewacronymstyle</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">format def</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">display defs</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21400"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.21401"></a><a href="#glo:newacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\newacronymstyle</code></a> but redefines an existing <a id="wrglossary.21402"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21403"></a><a href="#glo:renewglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\renewglossarystyle</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">definitions</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21404"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Redefines the <a id="wrglossary.21405"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> called <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>. <a href="#sec:newglossarystyle">§13.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11566">325</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21406"></a><dfn id="glo:RequireGlossariesLang"><code class="csfmt">\RequireGlossariesLang</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">language</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21407"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Indicates that the language definition file (<a id="wrglossary.21408"></a><a href="#glo:ext.ldf"><span class="extfmt">ldf</span></a>) corresponding to the given language should be loaded, if it hasn’t already been loaded.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index7864320 -->
+
+<section id="summary.index7929856"><!-- start of section summary.index7929856 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->S<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index7929856">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21409"></a><dfn id="glo:seealsoname"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\seealsoname</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>see also; <a id="wrglossary.21410"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.16+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(language-sensitive)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used as a cross-reference tag. The default value is <a id="wrglossary.21411"></a><a href="#glo:alsoname"><code class="csfmt">\alsoname</code></a>, if that command has been defined, or <span class="qt">“see also”</span>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21412"></a><dfn id="glo:seename"><code class="csfmt">\seename</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>see; <a id="wrglossary.21413"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(language-sensitive)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Provided by <a id="wrglossary.21414"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> if it hasn’t already been defined. May already be defined by a language package.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21415"></a><dfn id="glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">category</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21416"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets the current <a id="wrglossary.21417"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> style</a> to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span> for the category identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">category</em>〉</span>. If the optional argument is omitted, <a id="wrglossary.21418"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.abbreviation"><span class="catfmt">abbreviation</span></a> is assumed.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21419"></a><a href="#glo:SetAcronymLists"><code class="csfmt">\SetAcronymLists</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">list</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21420"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets the list of <a id="wrglossary.21421"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> lists (overriding any that have previously been identified). <a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">§2.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3818">114</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21422"></a><a id="wrglossary.21423"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:SetAcronymStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetAcronymStyle</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21424"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated with the introduction of <a id="wrglossary.21425"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>. Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility required or use <a id="wrglossary.21426"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21427"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21428"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets the <a id="wrglossary.21429"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> style. Don’t use with <a id="wrglossary.21430"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. <a href="#sec:setacronymstyle">§6.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7009">201</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21431"></a><a id="wrglossary.21432"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:SetCustomStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetCustomStyle</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21433"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.06</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated with the introduction of <a id="wrglossary.21434"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>. Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility required or use <a id="wrglossary.21435"></a><a href="#glo:newacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\newacronymstyle</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.21436"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21437"></a><a id="wrglossary.21438"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:SetDefaultAcronymStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetDefaultAcronymStyle</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21439"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated with the introduction of <a id="wrglossary.21440"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>. Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility required or use <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.21441"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.21442"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>}</code>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21443"></a><a id="wrglossary.21444"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:SetDescriptionAcronymDisplayStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetDescriptionAcronymDisplayStyle</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21445"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated with the introduction of <a id="wrglossary.21446"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>. Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility required or use <a id="wrglossary.21447"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21448"></a><a id="wrglossary.21449"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:SetDescriptionAcronymStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetDescriptionAcronymStyle</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21450"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated with the introduction of <a id="wrglossary.21451"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>. Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility required or use <a id="wrglossary.21452"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21453"></a><a id="wrglossary.21454"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:SetDescriptionDUAAcronymDisplayStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetDescriptionDUAAcronymDisplayStyle</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21455"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated with the introduction of <a id="wrglossary.21456"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>. Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility required or use <a id="wrglossary.21457"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21458"></a><a id="wrglossary.21459"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:SetDescriptionDUAAcronymStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetDescriptionDUAAcronymStyle</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21460"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated with the introduction of <a id="wrglossary.21461"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>. Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility required or use <a id="wrglossary.21462"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21463"></a><a id="wrglossary.21464"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:SetDescriptionFootnoteAcronymDisplayStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetDescriptionFootnoteAcronymDisplayStyle</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21465"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated with the introduction of <a id="wrglossary.21466"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>. Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility required or use <a id="wrglossary.21467"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21468"></a><a id="wrglossary.21469"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:SetDescriptionFootnoteAcronymStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetDescriptionFootnoteAcronymStyle</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21470"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated with the introduction of <a id="wrglossary.21471"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>. Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility required or use <a id="wrglossary.21472"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21473"></a><a id="wrglossary.21474"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:SetDUADisplayStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetDUADisplayStyle</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21475"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated with the introduction of <a id="wrglossary.21476"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>. Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility required or use <a id="wrglossary.21477"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21478"></a><a id="wrglossary.21479"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:SetDUAStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetDUAStyle</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21480"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated with the introduction of <a id="wrglossary.21481"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>. Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility required or use <a id="wrglossary.21482"></a><a href="#glo:newacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\newacronymstyle</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.21483"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21484"></a><a href="#glo:setentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\setentrycounter</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">prefix</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21485"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets up the hypertarget prefix and <a id="wrglossary.21486"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationcounter">location counter</a> for use with <a id="wrglossary.21487"></a><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a>. <a href="#sec:encap">§12.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9652">269</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21488"></a><a id="wrglossary.21489"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:SetFootnoteAcronymDisplayStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetFootnoteAcronymDisplayStyle</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21490"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated with the introduction of <a id="wrglossary.21491"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>. Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility required or use <a id="wrglossary.21492"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21493"></a><a id="wrglossary.21494"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:SetFootnoteAcronymStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetFootnoteAcronymStyle</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21495"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated with the introduction of <a id="wrglossary.21496"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>. Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility required or use <a id="wrglossary.21497"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21498"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarypreamble"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarypreamble</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21499"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.07+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Globally sets the <a id="wrglossary.21500"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarypreamble">preamble</a> for the <a id="wrglossary.21501"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span> to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>. If <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span> is omitted, <a id="wrglossary.21502"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a> is assumed. <a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8833">247</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21503"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarysection"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarysection</code></a><code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21504"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.1+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Equivalent to the package option <a id="wrglossary.21505"></a><a href="#glo:opt.section"><span class="styoptfmt">section</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span></span>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2498">79</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21506"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21507"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.08a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets the default <a id="wrglossary.21508"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2776">87</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21509"></a><a id="wrglossary.21510"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:SetSmallAcronymDisplayStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetSmallAcronymDisplayStyle</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21511"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated with the introduction of <a id="wrglossary.21512"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>. Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility required or use <a id="wrglossary.21513"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21514"></a><a id="wrglossary.21515"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:SetSmallAcronymStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetSmallAcronymStyle</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21516"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated with the introduction of <a id="wrglossary.21517"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>. Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility required or use <a id="wrglossary.21518"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21519"></a><a href="#glo:setStyleFile"><code class="csfmt">\setStyleFile</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21520"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets the file name of the <a id="wrglossary.21521"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.21522"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> style file that’s created by <a id="wrglossary.21523"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>. <a href="#sec:setupopt23">§3.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4096">123</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21524"></a><a href="#glo:setupglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\setupglossaries</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21525"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.11a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Change allowed options that are defined by the base <a id="wrglossary.21526"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package. Note that some options can only be passed as package options. To change options defined or modified by the <a id="wrglossary.21527"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package, use <a id="wrglossary.21528"></a><a href="#glo:glossariesextrasetup"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glossariesextrasetup</code></a>. <a href="#sec:setupglossaries">§2.10</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4023">121</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21529"></a><a id="wrglossary.21530"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <dfn id="glo:SmallNewAcronymDef"><code class="csfmt">\SmallNewAcronymDef</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21531"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated with the introduction of <a id="wrglossary.21532"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>. Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility required or use <a id="wrglossary.21533"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21534"></a><a href="#glo:subglossentry"><code class="csfmt">\subglossentry</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">level</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">number-list</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21535"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.08a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(<a id="wrglossary.21536"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> command)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Redefined by the <a id="wrglossary.21537"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> to display child entries. <a href="#sec:glossarystylecmds">§13.2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11832">332</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21538"></a><a href="#glo:symbolname"><code class="csfmt">\symbolname</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>Symbol; <a id="wrglossary.21539"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(language-sensitive)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Provided by <a id="wrglossary.21540"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> if it hasn’t already been defined. Used as a column header for some of the tabular-like <a id="wrglossary.21541"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a>. <a href="#sec:fixednames">§1.5.1</a>; <a href="#tab:predefinednames">Table 1.2</a><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index7929856 -->
+
+<section id="summary.index7995392"><!-- start of section summary.index7995392 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->T<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index7995392">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21542"></a><a href="#glo:theglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\theglossaryentry</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21543"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(requires <a id="wrglossary.21544"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Displays the value of the <a id="wrglossary.21545"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.glossaryentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossaryentry</span></a> counter. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2651">83</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21546"></a><a href="#glo:theglossarysubentry"><code class="csfmt">\theglossarysubentry</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21547"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(requires <a id="wrglossary.21548"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Displays the value of the <a id="wrglossary.21549"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.glossarysubentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossarysubentry</span></a> counter. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2736">86</a><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index7995392 -->
+
+<section id="summary.index8192000"><!-- start of section summary.index8192000 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->W<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index8192000">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21550"></a><a href="#glo:writeist"><code class="csfmt">\writeist</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21551"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Writes the <a id="wrglossary.21552"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>/<a id="wrglossary.21553"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> style file. This command is used by <a id="wrglossary.21554"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> and then disabled. <a href="#sec:setupopt23">§3.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4085">123</a><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index8192000 -->
+
+<section id="summary.index8257536"><!-- start of section summary.index8257536 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->X<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index8257536">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21555"></a><dfn id="glo:xcapitalisefmtwords"><code class="csfmt">\xcapitalisefmtwords</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21556"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.03+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Passes the argument to <a id="wrglossary.21557"></a><a href="#glo:capitalisefmtwords"><code class="csfmt">\capitalisefmtwords</code></a> but with the first token in <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> expanded. The starred version uses the starred version of <a id="wrglossary.21558"></a><a href="#glo:capitalisefmtwords"><code class="csfmt">\capitalisefmtwords</code></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21559"></a><dfn id="glo:xGlsXtrSetField"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\xGlsXtrSetField</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21560"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.21561"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrSetField"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrSetField</code></a> but expands the value and uses a global assignment.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index8257536 -->
+
+<section id="envsummary"><!-- start of section envsummary --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->Environment Summary<div class="labellink"><a href="#envsummary">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21562"></a><a href="#glo:env.theglossary"><code class="cbeg">\begin{<span class="envfmt">theglossary</span>}</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21563"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(<a id="wrglossary.21564"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> environment)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Redefined by the <a id="wrglossary.21565"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a> to format the <a id="wrglossary.21566"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> according to the style specifications. The entire <a id="wrglossary.21567"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> content (not including the section header, <a id="wrglossary.21568"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarypreamble">preamble</a> and <a id="wrglossary.21569"></a><a href="#glo:idx.postamble">postamble</a>) is contained within this environment. <a href="#sec:glossarystylecmds">§13.2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11776">331</a><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section envsummary -->
+
+<section id="styoptsummary"><!-- start of section styoptsummary --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->Package Option Summary<div class="labellink"><a href="#styoptsummary">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21570"></a><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<dfn id="glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></dfn>}</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Extension package that loads <a id="wrglossary.21571"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a>, provides additional commands, and modifies some of the base <a id="wrglossary.21572"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> commands to integrate them with the new commands or to make them more flexible.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21573"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbreviations"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">abbreviations</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21574"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Provides a new <a id="wrglossary.21575"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> with the label <a id="wrglossary.21576"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.abbreviations"><code class="glostypefmt">abbreviations</code></a> and title given by <a id="wrglossary.21577"></a><a href="#glo:abbreviationsname"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\abbreviationsname</code></a>, redefines <a id="wrglossary.21578"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrabbrvtype"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrabbrvtype</code></a> to <a id="wrglossary.21579"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.abbreviations"><code class="glostypefmt">abbreviations</code></a>, redefines <a id="wrglossary.21580"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a> to <a id="wrglossary.21581"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrabbrvtype"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrabbrvtype</code></a> (unless the <a id="wrglossary.21582"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.21583"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronyms"><span class="styoptfmt">acronyms</span></a> option has been used), and provides <a id="wrglossary.21584"></a><a href="#glo:printabbreviations"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printabbreviations</code></a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">§2.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3775">113</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21585"></a><a href="#glo:opt.accsupp"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">accsupp</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21586"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Loads <a id="wrglossary.21587"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-other">§2.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3953">119</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21588"></a><a href="#glo:opt.autoseeindex"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">autoseeindex</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>true <a id="wrglossary.21589"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleonsetting"><span title="Toggle (On)" class="icon"><span class="fwsactiveicon">🔘</span></span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Indicates whether or not to enable automatic <a id="wrglossary.21590"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> of <a id="wrglossary.21591"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.21592"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.seealso"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">seealso</span></a> fields. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3041">94</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21593"></a><a href="#glo:opt.docdef"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">docdef</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false <a id="wrglossary.21594"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Determines whether or not <a id="wrglossary.21595"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> is permitted in the <a id="wrglossary.21596"></a><a href="#glo:env.document"><span class="envfmt">document</span></a> environment. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2423">77</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.21597"></a><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">docdef</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.docdef.atom"><span class="xtroptfmt">atom</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+As <span class="optfmt">restricted</span> but creates the <a id="wrglossary.21598"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glsdefs"><span class="extfmt">glsdefs</span></a> file for atom’s autocomplete support. <a href="#wrglossary.2441">77</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.21599"></a><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">docdef</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.docdef.false"><span class="xtroptfmt">false</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Don’t allow <a id="wrglossary.21600"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> in the <a id="wrglossary.21601"></a><a href="#glo:env.document"><span class="envfmt">document</span></a> environment. <a href="#wrglossary.2427">77</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.21602"></a><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">docdef</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.docdef.restricted"><span class="xtroptfmt">restricted</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Allow <a id="wrglossary.21603"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> in the <a id="wrglossary.21604"></a><a href="#glo:env.document"><span class="envfmt">document</span></a> environment, but only before any <a id="wrglossary.21605"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>. <a href="#wrglossary.2435">77</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.21606"></a><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">docdef</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.docdef.true"><span class="xtroptfmt">true</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Allow <a id="wrglossary.21607"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> in the <a id="wrglossary.21608"></a><a href="#glo:env.document"><span class="envfmt">document</span></a> environment if the base <a id="wrglossary.21609"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package would allow it. <a href="#wrglossary.2450">77</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21610"></a><a href="#glo:opt.equations"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">equations</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false <a id="wrglossary.21611"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Automatically switch the <a id="wrglossary.21612"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationcounter">location counter</a> to <a id="wrglossary.21613"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.equation"><span class="ctrfmt">equation</span></a> when inside a numbered equation environment. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3083">95</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21614"></a><a href="#glo:opt.floats"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">floats</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false <a id="wrglossary.21615"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Automatically switch the <a id="wrglossary.21616"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationcounter">location counter</a> to the corresponding counter when inside a floating environment. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3088">95</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21617"></a><a href="#glo:opt.indexcounter"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">indexcounter</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21618"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defines the index counter <a id="wrglossary.21619"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.wrglossary"><span class="xtrctrfmt">wrglossary</span></a> and implements <a id="wrglossary.21620"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></a><span class="optfmt">=wrglossary</span>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3094">95</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21621"></a><a href="#glo:opt.indexcrossrefs"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">indexcrossrefs</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>true <a id="wrglossary.21622"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleonsetting"><span title="Toggle (On)" class="icon"><span class="fwsactiveicon">🔘</span></span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If true, automatically indexes cross references at the end of the document. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3032">94</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21623"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nomissingglstext"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">nomissingglstext</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false <a id="wrglossary.21624"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Determines whether or not to display warning text if the external <a id="wrglossary.21625"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing file</a> hasn’t been generated due to an incomplete build. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-other">§2.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3963">119</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21626"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21627"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21628"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.12+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A shortcut for <a id="wrglossary.21629"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nopostdot"><span class="styoptfmt">nopostdot</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21630"></a><dfn id="glo:opt.postpunc"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postpunc</span></dfn>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21631"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21632"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.21+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+An alternative to <a id="wrglossary.21633"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a>, this can be used to insert a different punctuation character after the description.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21634"></a><a href="#glo:opt.prefix"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">prefix</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21635"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21636"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.42+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Loads <a id="wrglossary.21637"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-other">§2.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3959">119</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21638"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>only; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>off <a id="wrglossary.21639"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Indicates whether or not <a id="wrglossary.21640"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> is being used (in which case entry <a id="wrglossary.21641"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> is performed by adding <a id="wrglossary.21642"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21643"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">records</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.21644"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file). <a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3056">94</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.21645"></a><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.record.hybrid"><span class="xtroptfmt">hybrid</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Performs a mixture of <a id="wrglossary.21646"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21647"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">records</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.21648"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file (to select entries from a <a id="wrglossary.21649"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file) and <a id="wrglossary.21650"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>/<a id="wrglossary.21651"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21652"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> in their associated files. This option is best avoided. <a href="#wrglossary.3075">95</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.21653"></a><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.record.nameref"><span class="xtroptfmt">nameref</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Entry <a id="wrglossary.21654"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> is performed by adding <a id="wrglossary.21655"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> nameref <a id="wrglossary.21656"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">records</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.21657"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file. Glossaries should be displayed with the <a id="wrglossary.21658"></a><a href="#glo:dual.unsrtfam"><span class="qt">“unsrt”</span> family of commands</a>. <a href="#wrglossary.3071">95</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.21659"></a><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.record.off"><span class="xtroptfmt">off</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Entry <a id="wrglossary.21660"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> is performed as per the base <a id="wrglossary.21661"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package, using either <a id="wrglossary.21662"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.21663"></a><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a>. <a href="#wrglossary.3060">95</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.21664"></a><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.record.only"><span class="xtroptfmt">only</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Entry <a id="wrglossary.21665"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> is performed by adding <a id="wrglossary.21666"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21667"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">records</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.21668"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file. Glossaries should be displayed with the <a id="wrglossary.21669"></a><a href="#glo:dual.unsrtfam"><span class="qt">“unsrt”</span> family of commands</a>. <a href="#wrglossary.3064">95</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21670"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">list</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>default <a id="wrglossary.21671"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Loads <a id="wrglossary.21672"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra-stylemods"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span></a> with the given options. If <a id="wrglossary.21673"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a><span class="optfmt">=default</span> then no options are passed to <a id="wrglossary.21674"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra-stylemods"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span></a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2916">90</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21675"></a><a href="#glo:opt.undefaction"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">undefaction</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>error <a id="wrglossary.21676"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Indicates whether to trigger an error or warning if an unknown entry label is referenced. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2412">76</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.21677"></a><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">undefaction</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.undefaction.error"><span class="xtroptfmt">error</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Trigger an error if an unknown entry label is referenced. <a href="#wrglossary.2415">76</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.21678"></a><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">undefaction</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.undefaction.warn"><span class="xtroptfmt">warn</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Trigger a warning if an unknown entry label is referenced. <a href="#wrglossary.2419">77</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21679"></a><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a>}</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Base package. This package will be implicitly loaded by <a id="wrglossary.21680"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.21681"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.21682"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. <a href="#sec:intro">§1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.37">2</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21683"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false <a id="wrglossary.21684"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If true, provides a new <a id="wrglossary.21685"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> with the label <a id="wrglossary.21686"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a> and title given by <a id="wrglossary.21687"></a><a href="#glo:acronymname"><code class="csfmt">\acronymname</code></a>, redefines <a id="wrglossary.21688"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a> to <code class="code">acronym</code>, and provides <a id="wrglossary.21689"></a><a href="#glo:printacronyms"><code class="csfmt">\printacronyms</code></a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">§2.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3726">112</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21690"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronymlists"><span class="styoptfmt">acronymlists</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label-list</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21691"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21692"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Identifies the <a id="wrglossary.21693"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> that contain <a id="wrglossary.21694"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a> (defined with the base <a id="wrglossary.21695"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> packages <a id="wrglossary.21696"></a><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronym</a> mechanism). <a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">§2.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3786">114</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21697"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronyms"><span class="styoptfmt">acronyms</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21698"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21699"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.14a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Provides a new <a id="wrglossary.21700"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> with the label <a id="wrglossary.21701"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a>, redefines <a id="wrglossary.21702"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a> to <code class="code">acronym</code>, and provides <a id="wrglossary.21703"></a><a href="#glo:printacronyms"><code class="csfmt">\printacronyms</code></a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">§2.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3772">113</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21704"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>immediate; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false <a id="wrglossary.21705"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21706"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.08+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Indicates whether or not to attempt to use TeX’s <a id="wrglossary.21707"></a><a href="#glo:dual.shellescape">shell escape</a> to run an <a id="wrglossary.21708"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingapp">indexing application</a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3424">104</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.21709"></a><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.automake.delayed"><span class="optfmt">delayed</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21710"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Use the <a id="wrglossary.21711"></a><a href="#glo:dual.shellescape">shell escape</a> to run <a id="wrglossary.21712"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.21713"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> at the end of the document. <a href="#wrglossary.3486">106</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3477">106</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.21714"></a><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.automake.false"><span class="optfmt">false</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21715"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.08+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Don’t use the <a id="wrglossary.21716"></a><a href="#glo:dual.shellescape">shell escape</a>. <a href="#wrglossary.3473">106</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.21717"></a><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.automake.immediate"><span class="optfmt">immediate</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21718"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.42+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Use the <a id="wrglossary.21719"></a><a href="#glo:dual.shellescape">shell escape</a> to run <a id="wrglossary.21720"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.21721"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> before <a id="wrglossary.21722"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> opens the associated <a id="wrglossary.21723"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing files</a>. <a href="#wrglossary.3495">106</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.21724"></a><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.automake.lite"><span class="optfmt">lite</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21725"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Use the <a id="wrglossary.21726"></a><a href="#glo:dual.shellescape">shell escape</a> to run <a id="wrglossary.21727"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a> before <a id="wrglossary.21728"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> opens the associated <a id="wrglossary.21729"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing files</a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3516">107</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3528">107</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.21730"></a><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.automake.makegloss"><span class="optfmt">makegloss</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21731"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Use the <a id="wrglossary.21732"></a><a href="#glo:dual.shellescape">shell escape</a> to run <a id="wrglossary.21733"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> before <a id="wrglossary.21734"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> opens the associated <a id="wrglossary.21735"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing files</a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3508">107</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3524">107</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.21736"></a><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.automake.true"><span class="optfmt">true</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">alias: </span> <span class="optfmt">delayed</span>; <a id="wrglossary.21737"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.08+<a id="wrglossary.21738"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated synonym for <a id="wrglossary.21739"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.21740"></a><a href="#glo:optval.automake.delayed"><span class="optfmt">delayed</span></a>. <a href="#wrglossary.3477">106</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21741"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automakegloss"><span class="styoptfmt">automakegloss</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">alias: </span> <span class="optfmt">makegloss</span> <a id="wrglossary.21742"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21743"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Synonym for <a id="wrglossary.21744"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.21745"></a><a href="#glo:optval.automake.makegloss"><span class="optfmt">makegloss</span></a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3524">107</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21746"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automakeglosslite"><span class="styoptfmt">automakeglosslite</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">alias: </span> <span class="optfmt">lite</span> <a id="wrglossary.21747"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21748"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Synonym for <a id="wrglossary.21749"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.21750"></a><a href="#glo:optval.automake.lite"><span class="optfmt">lite</span></a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3528">107</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21751"></a><a id="wrglossary.21752"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <a href="#glo:opt.compatible-2.07"><span class="styoptfmt">compatible-2.07</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21753"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Option removed in version 4.50. Now only available with rollback. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-other">§2.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3978">119</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21754"></a><a id="wrglossary.21755"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <a href="#glo:opt.compatible-3.07"><span class="styoptfmt">compatible-3.07</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21756"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Option removed in version 4.50. Now only available with rollback. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-other">§2.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3982">119</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21757"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter-name</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>page <a id="wrglossary.21758"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets the default <a id="wrglossary.21759"></a><a href="#glo:dual.locationcounter">location counter</a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2879">89</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21760"></a><a href="#glo:opt.counterwithin"><span class="styoptfmt">counterwithin</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">parent-counter</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21761"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21762"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets the parent counter for <a id="wrglossary.21763"></a><a href="#glo:ctr.glossaryentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossaryentry</span></a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2672">84</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21764"></a><a href="#glo:opt.debug"><span class="styoptfmt">debug</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false <a id="wrglossary.21765"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21766"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.24+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Adds markers to the document for debugging purposes. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2128">70</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.21767"></a><span class="styoptfmt">debug</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.debug.false"><span class="optfmt">false</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21768"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.24+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Disable debugging actions. <a href="#wrglossary.2130">70</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.21769"></a><span class="styoptfmt">debug</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.debug.showaccsupp"><span class="optfmt">showaccsupp</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21770"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Implements <a id="wrglossary.21771"></a><a href="#glo:opt.debug"><span class="styoptfmt">debug</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> and also shows accessibility information in the document. <a href="#wrglossary.2170">71</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.21772"></a><span class="styoptfmt">debug</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.debug.showtargets"><span class="optfmt">showtargets</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21773"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.24+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Implements <a id="wrglossary.21774"></a><a href="#glo:opt.debug"><span class="styoptfmt">debug</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> and also shows target markers in the document. <a href="#wrglossary.2138">70</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.21775"></a><span class="styoptfmt">debug</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.debug.true"><span class="optfmt">true</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21776"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.24+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Writes <code class="code">wrglossary(<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span>)(<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner"><a id="wrglossary.21777"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> info</em>〉</span>)</code> to the <a id="wrglossary.21778"></a><a href="#glo:ext.log"><span class="extfmt">log</span></a> file if there is an attempt to index an entry before the associated <a id="wrglossary.21779"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing file</a> has been opened (<a id="wrglossary.21780"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.21781"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> only). With <a id="wrglossary.21782"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, this setting will also display the label of any undefined entries that are referenced in the document. <a href="#wrglossary.2133">70</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21783"></a><a id="wrglossary.21784"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <a href="#glo:opt.description"><span class="styoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21785"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated in version 4.02 (2013-12-05) and removed in version 4.50. Now only available with rollback. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-old-acronym">§2.8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3845">115</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21786"></a><a href="#glo:opt.disablemakegloss"><span class="styoptfmt">disablemakegloss</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21787"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21788"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Disables <a id="wrglossary.21789"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3532">107</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21790"></a><a id="wrglossary.21791"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <a href="#glo:opt.dua"><span class="styoptfmt">dua</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21792"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated in version 4.02 (2013-12-05) and removed in version 4.50. Now only available with rollback. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-old-acronym">§2.8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3943">118</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21793"></a><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false <a id="wrglossary.21794"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21795"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Enables the entry counter for top-level entries. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2607">82</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21796"></a><a href="#glo:opt.esclocations"><span class="styoptfmt">esclocations</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false <a id="wrglossary.21797"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21798"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.33+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If true, escapes <a id="wrglossary.21799"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@entrylocation">locations</a> before <a id="wrglossary.21800"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2947">91</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21801"></a><a id="wrglossary.21802"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <a href="#glo:opt.footnote"><span class="styoptfmt">footnote</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21803"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated in version 4.02 (2013-12-05) and removed in version 4.50. Now only available with rollback. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-old-acronym">§2.8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3913">117</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21804"></a><a href="#glo:opt.hyperfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">hyperfirst</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>true <a id="wrglossary.21805"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleonsetting"><span title="Toggle (On)" class="icon"><span class="fwsactiveicon">🔘</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21806"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.03+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If false, this option will suppress <a id="wrglossary.21807"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> on <a id="wrglossary.21808"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> for the <a id="wrglossary.21809"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2311">75</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21810"></a><a href="#glo:opt.index"><span class="styoptfmt">index</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21811"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21812"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Provides a new <a id="wrglossary.21813"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> with the label <code class="code">index</code> and the title <a id="wrglossary.21814"></a><a href="#glo:indexname"><code class="csfmt">\indexname</code></a>, and provides <a id="wrglossary.21815"></a><a href="#glo:printindex"><code class="csfmt">\printindex</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.21816"></a><a href="#glo:newterm"><code class="csfmt">\newterm</code></a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-type">§2.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3671">111</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21817"></a><a href="#glo:opt.indexonlyfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">indexonlyfirst</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false <a id="wrglossary.21818"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21819"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Indicates whether or not to only <a id="wrglossary.21820"></a><a href="#glo:@@glslabel@indexing">index</a> the <a id="wrglossary.21821"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2985">92</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21822"></a><a href="#glo:opt.kernelglossredefs"><span class="styoptfmt">kernelglossredefs</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false <a id="wrglossary.21823"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21824"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.41+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Indicates whether or not to redefined the kernel glossary commands <a id="wrglossary.21825"></a><a href="#glo:cs.glossary"><code class="csfmt">\glossary</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.21826"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossary"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossary</code></a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-other">§2.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3985">120</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.21827"></a><span class="styoptfmt">kernelglossredefs</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.kernelglossredefs.false"><span class="optfmt">false</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Don’t redefine <a id="wrglossary.21828"></a><a href="#glo:cs.glossary"><code class="csfmt">\glossary</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.21829"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossary"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossary</code></a>. <a href="#wrglossary.3994">120</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.21830"></a><span class="styoptfmt">kernelglossredefs</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.kernelglossredefs.nowarn"><span class="optfmt">nowarn</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Redefine <a id="wrglossary.21831"></a><a href="#glo:cs.glossary"><code class="csfmt">\glossary</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.21832"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossary"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossary</code></a> without any warnings. <a href="#wrglossary.4006">120</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.21833"></a><span class="styoptfmt">kernelglossredefs</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.kernelglossredefs.true"><span class="optfmt">true</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Redefine <a id="wrglossary.21834"></a><a href="#glo:cs.glossary"><code class="csfmt">\glossary</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.21835"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossary"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossary</code></a> but their use will trigger a warning. <a href="#wrglossary.4001">120</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21836"></a><a href="#glo:opt.languages"><span class="styoptfmt">languages</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21837"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21838"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Implements <a id="wrglossary.21839"></a><a href="#glo:opt.translate"><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span></a><span class="optfmt">=babel</span> and adds the supplied languages to <a id="wrglossary.21840"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.tracklang"><span class="styfmt">tracklang</span>’s</a> list of tracked languages. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2304">74</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21841"></a><a href="#glo:opt.makeindex"><span class="styoptfmt">makeindex</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21842"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(<a id="wrglossary.21843"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">Option 2</a>)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Indicates that the <a id="wrglossary.21844"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> should be performed by <a id="wrglossary.21845"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> (default). <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3317">102</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21846"></a><a href="#glo:opt.mfirstuc"><span class="styoptfmt">mfirstuc</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>unexpanded <a id="wrglossary.21847"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21848"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+The value may be either <span class="optfmt">expanded</span> or <span class="optfmt">unexpanded</span> and performs the same function as <a id="wrglossary.21849"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span>’s</a> <span class="optfmt">expanded</span> and <span class="optfmt">unexpanded</span> package options. Note that there’s no value corresponding to <a id="wrglossary.21850"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span>’s</a> other package option. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-other">§2.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3967">119</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21851"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false <a id="wrglossary.21852"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21853"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.03+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If true, suppress the gap between <a id="wrglossary.21854"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter groups</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.21855"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> by default. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2903">90</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21856"></a><a href="#glo:opt.noglossaryindex"><span class="styoptfmt">noglossaryindex</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21857"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21858"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.42+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Counteracts the <a id="wrglossary.21859"></a><a href="#glo:opt.index"><span class="styoptfmt">index</span></a> option. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-type">§2.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3719">112</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21860"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nohypertypes"><span class="styoptfmt">nohypertypes</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">list</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21861"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21862"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.05+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Identifies the list of <a id="wrglossary.21863"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> that should have <a id="wrglossary.21864"></a><a href="#glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlinks</a> suppressed. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-type">§2.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3573">108</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21865"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nolangwarn"><span class="styoptfmt">nolangwarn</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21866"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21867"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.33+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Suppresses the warning if no language support is found. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2119">69</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21868"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nolist"><span class="styoptfmt">nolist</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21869"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21870"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.18+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Don’t load <a id="wrglossary.21871"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-list"><span class="styfmt">glossary-list</span></a>, which is normally loaded automatically. Note that if <a id="wrglossary.21872"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> is loaded before <a id="wrglossary.21873"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, then this option should be passed directly to <a id="wrglossary.21874"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> not <a id="wrglossary.21875"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> otherwise it will be too late to implement. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2803">87</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21876"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nolong"><span class="styoptfmt">nolong</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21877"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21878"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.18+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Don’t load <a id="wrglossary.21879"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span></a>, which is normally loaded automatically. Note that if <a id="wrglossary.21880"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> is loaded before <a id="wrglossary.21881"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, then this option should be passed directly to <a id="wrglossary.21882"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> not <a id="wrglossary.21883"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> otherwise it will be too late to implement. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2780">87</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21884"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nomain"><span class="styoptfmt">nomain</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21885"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21886"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v2.01+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Prevents the definition of the <a id="wrglossary.21887"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.21888"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. You will need to define another <a id="wrglossary.21889"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> to use instead. For example, with the <a id="wrglossary.21890"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronyms"><span class="styoptfmt">acronyms</span></a> package option. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-type">§2.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3601">109</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21891"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21892"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Set no <a id="wrglossary.21893"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">location lists</a> as the default for all <a id="wrglossary.21894"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>. May be overridden for individual <a id="wrglossary.21895"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> with <a id="wrglossary.21896"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.nonumberlist"><span class="csoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2845">88</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21897"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nopostdot"><span class="styoptfmt">nopostdot</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>true <a id="wrglossary.21898"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleonsetting"><span title="Toggle (On)" class="icon"><span class="fwsactiveicon">🔘</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21899"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.03+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If true, suppresses the automatic insertion of a <a id="wrglossary.21900"></a><a href="#glo:idx.fullstop">full stop</a> after each entry’s description in the <a id="wrglossary.21901"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> (for styles that support this). The default is <a id="wrglossary.21902"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nopostdot"><span class="styoptfmt">nopostdot</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> for <a id="wrglossary.21903"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.21904"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nopostdot"><span class="styoptfmt">nopostdot</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> for just <a id="wrglossary.21905"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2888">89</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21906"></a><a href="#glo:opt.noredefwarn"><span class="styoptfmt">noredefwarn</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21907"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Suppresses a warning if <a id="wrglossary.21908"></a><a href="#glo:env.theglossary"><span class="envfmt">theglossary</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.21909"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a> have already been defined (which indicates that the document class or another package also provides a mechanism for creating a <a id="wrglossary.21910"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> that could potentially conflict with <a id="wrglossary.21911"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a>). This option is automatically implemented with <a id="wrglossary.21912"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2121">69</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21913"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nostyles"><span class="styoptfmt">nostyles</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21914"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21915"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.18+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Don’t load the default set of predefined styles. Note that if <a id="wrglossary.21916"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> is loaded before <a id="wrglossary.21917"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, then this option should be passed directly to <a id="wrglossary.21918"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> not <a id="wrglossary.21919"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> otherwise it will be too late to implement. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2826">88</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21920"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nosuper"><span class="styoptfmt">nosuper</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21921"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21922"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.18+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Don’t load <a id="wrglossary.21923"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-super"><span class="styfmt">glossary-super</span></a>, which is normally loaded automatically. Note that if <a id="wrglossary.21924"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> is loaded before <a id="wrglossary.21925"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, then this option should be passed directly to <a id="wrglossary.21926"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> not <a id="wrglossary.21927"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> otherwise it will be too late to implement. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2791">87</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21928"></a><a href="#glo:opt.notranslate"><span class="styoptfmt">notranslate</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21929"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21930"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.14a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Equivalent to <a id="wrglossary.21931"></a><a href="#glo:opt.translate"><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2300">74</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21932"></a><a href="#glo:opt.notree"><span class="styoptfmt">notree</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21933"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21934"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.18+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Don’t load <a id="wrglossary.21935"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span></a>, which is normally loaded automatically. Note that if <a id="wrglossary.21936"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> is loaded before <a id="wrglossary.21937"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, then this option should be passed directly to <a id="wrglossary.21938"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> not <a id="wrglossary.21939"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> otherwise it will be too late to implement. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2813">88</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21940"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nowarn"><span class="styoptfmt">nowarn</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21941"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Suppresses warnings. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2113">69</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21942"></a><a href="#glo:opt.numberedsection"><span class="styoptfmt">numberedsection</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>nolabel; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false <a id="wrglossary.21943"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21944"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.1+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Indicates whether or not <a id="wrglossary.21945"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> section headers will be numbered and also if they should automatically be labelled. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2519">79</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.21946"></a><span class="styoptfmt">numberedsection</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.numberedsection.autolabel"><span class="optfmt">autolabel</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Use numbered sectional units for <a id="wrglossary.21947"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> and automatically add a label based on the <a id="wrglossary.21948"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> label. <a href="#wrglossary.2533">80</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.21949"></a><span class="styoptfmt">numberedsection</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.numberedsection.false"><span class="optfmt">false</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Use unnumbered sectional units for <a id="wrglossary.21950"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>. <a href="#wrglossary.2523">80</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.21951"></a><span class="styoptfmt">numberedsection</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.numberedsection.nameref"><span class="optfmt">nameref</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Use unnumbered sectional units for <a id="wrglossary.21952"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> and automatically add a label based on the <a id="wrglossary.21953"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> label. <a href="#wrglossary.2574">81</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.21954"></a><span class="styoptfmt">numberedsection</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.numberedsection.nolabel"><span class="optfmt">nolabel</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Use numbered sectional units for <a id="wrglossary.21955"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> but no label. <a href="#wrglossary.2528">80</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21956"></a><a href="#glo:opt.numberline"><span class="styoptfmt">numberline</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false <a id="wrglossary.21957"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21958"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.1+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If true (and <a id="wrglossary.21959"></a><a href="#glo:opt.toc"><span class="styoptfmt">toc</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span>), includes <a id="wrglossary.21960"></a><a href="#glo:numberline"><code class="csfmt">\numberline</code></a> when adding a <a id="wrglossary.21961"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> to the table of contents. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2474">78</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21962"></a><a href="#glo:opt.numbers"><span class="styoptfmt">numbers</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21963"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21964"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.11a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Provides a new <a id="wrglossary.21965"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> with the label <code class="code">numbers</code> and the title <a id="wrglossary.21966"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumbersgroupname"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumbersgroupname</code></a>, and provides <a id="wrglossary.21967"></a><a href="#glo:printnumbers"><code class="csfmt">\printnumbers</code></a>. With <a id="wrglossary.21968"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, this additionally defines <a id="wrglossary.21969"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrnewnumber"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnewnumber</code></a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-type">§2.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3647">110</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21970"></a><a href="#glo:opt.order"><span class="styoptfmt">order</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>word <a id="wrglossary.21971"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21972"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Indicates whether word or letter order should be used. With Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>, this information is written to the <a id="wrglossary.21973"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file, where it can be picked up by <a id="wrglossary.21974"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>. This option will have no effect if you call <a id="wrglossary.21975"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.21976"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> explicitly. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3286">101</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.21977"></a><span class="styoptfmt">order</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.order.letter"><span class="optfmt">letter</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Letter order (<span class="qt">“seal”</span> before <span class="qt">“sea lion”</span>). <a href="#wrglossary.3291">101</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.21978"></a><span class="styoptfmt">order</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.order.word"><span class="optfmt">word</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Word order (<span class="qt">“sea lion”</span> before <span class="qt">“seal”</span>). <a href="#wrglossary.3288">101</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21979"></a><a href="#glo:opt.restoremakegloss"><span class="styoptfmt">restoremakegloss</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.21980"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21981"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Cancels the effect of <a id="wrglossary.21982"></a><a href="#glo:opt.disablemakegloss"><span class="styoptfmt">disablemakegloss</span></a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3545">107</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21983"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sanitizesort"><span class="styoptfmt">sanitizesort</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span><span class="initvalnotefmt"><em class="initvalnotefmtinner">varies</em></span> <a id="wrglossary.21984"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Indicates whether the default sort value should be sanitized (only applicable with <a id="wrglossary.21985"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=</span><a id="wrglossary.21986"></a><a href="#glo:optval.sort.standard"><span class="optfmt">standard</span></a>). <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3114">96</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21987"></a><a href="#glo:opt.savenumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">savenumberlist</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false <a id="wrglossary.21988"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21989"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> only)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If true, save <a id="wrglossary.21990"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number lists</a>. Only applicable with Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> as Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a> have the <a id="wrglossary.21991"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> stored in the <a id="wrglossary.21992"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.loclist"><span class="csoptfmt">loclist</span></a> field and <a id="wrglossary.21993"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a> also has the formatted <a id="wrglossary.21994"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">number list</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.21995"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.location"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">location</span></a> field. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2591">82</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.21996"></a><a href="#glo:opt.savewrites"><span class="styoptfmt">savewrites</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false <a id="wrglossary.21997"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.21998"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If true, <a id="wrglossary.21999"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> information is stored until the end of the document to reduce the number of write registers. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2222">73</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.22000"></a><a href="#glo:opt.section"><span class="styoptfmt">section</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>section <a id="wrglossary.22001"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Indicates which section heading command to use for the <a id="wrglossary.22002"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. The value may be one of the standard sectioning command’s control sequence name (without the leading backslash), such as <code class="code">chapter</code> or <code class="code">section</code>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2484">78</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.22003"></a><a href="#glo:opt.seeautonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">seeautonumberlist</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.22004"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.22005"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Automatically adds <a id="wrglossary.22006"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.nonumberlist"><span class="csoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a><span class="optfmt">={false}</span> to any <a id="wrglossary.22007"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">entries</a> with the <a id="wrglossary.22008"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key set. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2868">89</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.22009"></a><a href="#glo:opt.seenoindex"><span class="styoptfmt">seenoindex</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>error <a id="wrglossary.22010"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.22011"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.24+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Indicates what to do if the <a id="wrglossary.22012"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key is used before the associated <a id="wrglossary.22013"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexingfile">indexing files</a> have been opened by <a id="wrglossary.22014"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2922">91</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.22015"></a><span class="styoptfmt">seenoindex</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.seenoindex.error"><span class="optfmt">error</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Triggers an error if the <a id="wrglossary.22016"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key is used before <a id="wrglossary.22017"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>. <a href="#wrglossary.2934">91</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.22018"></a><span class="styoptfmt">seenoindex</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.seenoindex.ignore"><span class="optfmt">ignore</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Does nothing if the <a id="wrglossary.22019"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key is used before <a id="wrglossary.22020"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>. <a href="#wrglossary.2940">91</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.22021"></a><span class="styoptfmt">seenoindex</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.seenoindex.warn"><span class="optfmt">warn</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Triggers a warning if the <a id="wrglossary.22022"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key is used before <a id="wrglossary.22023"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>. <a href="#wrglossary.2937">91</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.22024"></a><a href="#glo:opt.shortcuts"><span class="styoptfmt">shortcuts</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>false; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false <a id="wrglossary.22025"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defines various shortcut commands. Has additional values with <a id="wrglossary.22026"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">§2.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3835">115</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.22027"></a><a id="wrglossary.22028"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <a href="#glo:opt.smallcaps"><span class="styoptfmt">smallcaps</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.22029"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated in version 4.02 (2013-12-05) and removed in version 4.50. Now only available with rollback. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-old-acronym">§2.8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3879">116</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.22030"></a><a id="wrglossary.22031"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <a href="#glo:opt.smaller"><span class="styoptfmt">smaller</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.22032"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Deprecated in version 4.02 (2013-12-05) and removed in version 4.50. Now only available with rollback. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-old-acronym">§2.8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3896">117</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.22033"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>standard <a id="wrglossary.22034"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.22035"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Indicates how the <a id="wrglossary.22036"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key should automatically be assigned if not explicitly provided (for <a id="wrglossary.22037"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.22038"></a><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a> only). <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3136">97</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.22039"></a><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.sort.clear"><span class="optfmt">clear</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.22040"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Sets the <a id="wrglossary.22041"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key to an empty value. Use this option if no <a id="wrglossary.22042"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> is required for a slightly faster build. <a href="#wrglossary.3166">97</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.22043"></a><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.sort.def"><span class="optfmt">def</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Use the (zero-padded) order of definition as the default for the <a id="wrglossary.22044"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key. <a href="#wrglossary.3179">97</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.22045"></a><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.sort.none"><span class="optfmt">none</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.22046"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.30+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Don’t process the <a id="wrglossary.22047"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key. Use this option if no <a id="wrglossary.22048"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> is required for a slightly faster build. <a href="#wrglossary.3148">97</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.22049"></a><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.sort.standard"><span class="optfmt">standard</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Use the value of the <a id="wrglossary.22050"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key as the default for the <a id="wrglossary.22051"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key and implement the <a id="wrglossary.22052"></a><a href="#glo:glsprestandardsort"><code class="csfmt">\glsprestandardsort</code></a> hook. <a href="#wrglossary.3210">98</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.22053"></a><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.sort.use"><span class="optfmt">use</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Use the (zero-padded) order of use as the default for the <a id="wrglossary.22054"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key. <a href="#wrglossary.3186">98</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.22055"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span><span class="initvalnotefmt"><em class="initvalnotefmtinner">varies</em></span> <a id="wrglossary.22056"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets the default <a id="wrglossary.22057"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2757">86</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.22058"></a><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>false <a id="wrglossary.22059"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.22060"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.0+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Enables the entry counter for level 1 entries. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2697">85</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.22061"></a><a href="#glo:opt.symbols"><span class="styoptfmt">symbols</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.22062"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.22063"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.11a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Provides a new <a id="wrglossary.22064"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> with the label <a id="wrglossary.22065"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.symbols"><code class="glostypefmt">symbols</code></a> and the title <a id="wrglossary.22066"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbolsgroupname"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbolsgroupname</code></a>, and provides <a id="wrglossary.22067"></a><a href="#glo:printsymbols"><code class="csfmt">\printsymbols</code></a>. With <a id="wrglossary.22068"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, this additionally defines <a id="wrglossary.22069"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrnewsymbol"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnewsymbol</code></a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-type">§2.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3623">109</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.22070"></a><a href="#glo:opt.toc"><span class="styoptfmt">toc</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span><span class="initvalnotefmt"><em class="initvalnotefmtinner">varies</em></span> <a id="wrglossary.22071"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+If true, each <a id="wrglossary.22072"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> will be automatically added to the <a id="wrglossary.22073"></a><a href="#glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</a>. The default is <a id="wrglossary.22074"></a><a href="#glo:opt.toc"><span class="styoptfmt">toc</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> with <a id="wrglossary.22075"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.22076"></a><a href="#glo:opt.toc"><span class="styoptfmt">toc</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> with <a id="wrglossary.22077"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2459">77</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.22078"></a><a href="#glo:opt.translate"><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span><span class="initvalnotefmt"><em class="initvalnotefmtinner">varies</em></span> <a id="wrglossary.22079"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.22080"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.1+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Indicates how multilingual support should be provided, if applicable. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2256">73</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.22081"></a><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.translate.babel"><span class="optfmt">babel</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Uses <a id="wrglossary.22082"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span>’s</a> language hooks to implement multilingual support (default for <a id="wrglossary.22083"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> if <a id="wrglossary.22084"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a> has been detected). <a href="#wrglossary.2288">74</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.22085"></a><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.translate.false"><span class="optfmt">false</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Don’t implement multilingual support (default if no language package has been detected). <a href="#wrglossary.2280">74</a><p>
+<div class="optionvaluesummarybox"><a id="wrglossary.22086"></a><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span>=<a href="#glo:optval.translate.true"><span class="optfmt">true</span></a></div><!-- end of optionvaluesummarybox -->
+<p>
+Uses <a id="wrglossary.22087"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span>’s</a> language hooks to implement multilingual support (default for <a id="wrglossary.22088"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> if a language package has been detected). <a href="#wrglossary.2266">74</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.22089"></a><a href="#glo:opt.ucmark"><span class="styoptfmt">ucmark</span></a>=<code class="code"><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span></code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span><span class="initvalnotefmt"><em class="initvalnotefmtinner">varies</em></span> <a id="wrglossary.22090"></a><a href="#glo:sym.toggleoffsetting"><span title="Toggle (Off)" class="icon"><span class="fwsdisabledicon">🔘︎</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.22091"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Indicates whether or not to use <a id="wrglossary.22092"></a><a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a> in the <a id="wrglossary.22093"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> header. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2502">79</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.22094"></a><a href="#glo:opt.writeglslabelnames"><span class="styoptfmt">writeglslabelnames</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.22095"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.22096"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.47+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Creates a file called <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.22097"></a><a href="#glo:jobname"><code class="csfmt">\jobname</code></a>.<a id="wrglossary.22098"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glslabels"><span class="extfmt">glslabels</span></a></code> that contains all defined entry labels and names (for the benefit of <a id="wrglossary.22099"></a><a href="#glo:idx.auto-completion">auto-completion</a> tools). <a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2409">76</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.22100"></a><a href="#glo:opt.writeglslabels"><span class="styoptfmt">writeglslabels</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.22101"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.22102"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.45+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Creates a file called <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.22103"></a><a href="#glo:jobname"><code class="csfmt">\jobname</code></a>.<a id="wrglossary.22104"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glslabels"><span class="extfmt">glslabels</span></a></code> that contains all defined entry labels (for the benefit of <a id="wrglossary.22105"></a><a href="#glo:idx.auto-completion">auto-completion</a> tools). <a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2396">76</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.22106"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.22107"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a> <a id="wrglossary.22108"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(<a id="wrglossary.22109"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3</a>)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Indicates that the <a id="wrglossary.22110"></a><a href="#glo:dual.indexing">indexing</a> should be performed by <a id="wrglossary.22111"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3332">102</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.22112"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy.codepage"><span class="optfmt">codepage</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.22113"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets the <a id="wrglossary.22114"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.22115"></a><a href="#glo:idx.codepage">codepage</a>. Defaults to <code class="code">utf8</code> if <a id="wrglossary.22116"></a><a href="#glo:inputencodingname"><code class="csfmt">\inputencodingname</code></a> isn’t defined. Only applicable if you use <a id="wrglossary.22117"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.22118"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3379">103</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.22119"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy.glsnumbers"><span class="optfmt">glsnumbers</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">boolean</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">default: </span>true; <span class="summarytag">initial: </span>true <a id="wrglossary.22120"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Indicates whether or not to add the <code class="code">glsnumbers</code> <a id="wrglossary.22121"></a><a href="#glo:idx.group">letter group</a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3401">103</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.22122"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy.language"><span class="optfmt">language</span></a>=<code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">value</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.22123"></a><a href="#glo:sym.valuesetting"><span title="Setting" class="icon"><span class="quarterleft">🎚</span></span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets the <a id="wrglossary.22124"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> language module. Only applicable if you use <a id="wrglossary.22125"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.22126"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3353">102</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.22127"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindygloss"><span class="styoptfmt">xindygloss</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.22128"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.22129"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v3.14a+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(<a id="wrglossary.22130"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3</a>)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Equivalent to <a id="wrglossary.22131"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a> with no value. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3413">104</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.22132"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindynoglsnumbers"><span class="styoptfmt">xindynoglsnumbers</span></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.22133"></a><a href="#glo:sym.novaluesetting"><span title="Valueless Setting" class="icon">𝍢</span></a> <a id="wrglossary.22134"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.02+</span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(<a id="wrglossary.22135"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3</a>)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Equivalent to <a id="wrglossary.22136"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<a id="wrglossary.22137"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy.glsnumbers"><span class="optfmt">glsnumbers</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>}</span>. <a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3419">104</a><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section styoptsummary -->
+
+<section id="index"><!-- start of section index --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h1><!-- start of chapter header -->Index<div class="labellink"><a href="#index">[link]</a></div></h1><!-- end of chapter header -->
+<div class="nlctusernavbox"><a href="#indexglssymbols">Symbols</a> <a href="#index@">@</a> <a href="#index6553600">A</a> <a href="#index6619136">B</a> <a href="#index6684672">C</a> <a href="#index6750208">D</a> <a href="#index6815744">E</a> <a href="#index6881280">F</a> <a href="#index6946816">G</a> <a href="#index7012352">Glo</a> <a href="#index7077888">Gls</a> <a href="#index7143424">Glsxtr</a> <a href="#index7208960">H</a> <a href="#index7274496">I</a> <a href="#index7340032">J</a> <a href="#index7471104">L</a> <a href="#index7536640">M</a> <a href="#index7602176">N</a> <a href="#index7667712">O</a> <a href="#index7733248">P</a> <a href="#index7864320">R</a> <a href="#index7929856">S</a> <a href="#index7995392">T</a> <a href="#index8060928">U</a> <a href="#index8192000">W</a> <a href="#index8257536">X</a></div><!-- end of nlctusernavbox -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index -->
+
+<section id="indexglssymbols"><!-- start of section indexglssymbols --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->Symbols<div class="labellink"><a href="#indexglssymbols">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:cs.bsl"><code class="csfmt">\\</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4267">128</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9862">274</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10594">295</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:cs.closebrace"><code class="csfmt">\}</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12042">337</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:cs.openbrace"><code class="csfmt">\{</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12041">337</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.sym.bg"><code class="code">{</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.586">20</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12037">337</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19944">597</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.sym.eg"><code class="code">}</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.587">20</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12040">337</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18886">562</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.sym.pc"><code class="code">%</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12045">337</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19968">598</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.sym.sb"><code class="code">_</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5694">166</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.sym.comma"><code class="code">,</code> (comma)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4207">126</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4240">128</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5306">156</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.sym.colon"><code class="code">:</code> (colon)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4232">127</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14812">423</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.sym.exclammark"><code class="code">!</code> (exclamation mark)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1337">43</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5301">156</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.sym.questionmark"><code class="code">?</code> (question mark)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1335">43</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5302">156</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10109">280</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.sym.fullstop"><code class="code">.</code> (full stop or period)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:idx.fullstop">full stop (<code class="code">.</code>)</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.sym.sp"><code class="code">^</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5700">166</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.sym.tilde"><code class="code">~</code> (literal)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12048">337</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12053">338</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20377">612</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.sym.nbsp"><code class="code">~</code> (non-breaking space)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:idx.nbsp">non-breaking space (<code class="code">~</code>)</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.sym.tilden"><code class="code">~n</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12050">337</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:cs.apos"><code class="csfmt">\'</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.343">12</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.429">15</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.sym.apos"><code class="code">'</code> (apostrophe)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4408">131</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.sym.dblquote"><code class="code">"</code> (double-quote)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1328">43</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4233">127</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5300">156</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10088">279</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12057">338</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12443">351</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20045">601</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.sym.bksl"><code class="code">\</code> (literal backslash)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4411">131</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9861">274</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10337">286</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12056">338</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18863">561</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.sym.endrange"><code class="code">)</code> (range end)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9111">254</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9721">271</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9742">272</a>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:idx.range">ranges (locations)</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.sym.startrange"><code class="code">(</code> (range start)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9108">254</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9720">271</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9741">272</a>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:idx.range">ranges (locations)</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:cs.dollar"><code class="csfmt">\$</code></dfn></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.sym.dollar"><code class="code">$</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.585">20</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.starmod"><code class="code">*</code> (star modifier)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5460">161</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5602">163</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5740">167</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6070">176</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6872">196</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12948">369</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19746">591</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:cs.amp"><code class="csfmt">\&amp;</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.6626">189</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18433">546</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19933">597</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.sym.amp"><code class="code">&amp;</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.10526">292</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:cs.hash"><code class="csfmt">\#</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3120">96</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.sym.hash"><code class="code">#</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3122">96</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7410">211</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11569">325</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13299">381</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.sym.hashhash"><code class="code">##</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.7409">211</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11568">325</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.plusmod"><code class="code">+</code> (plus modifier)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5462">161</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5604">163</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5742">167</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6080">176</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6353">182</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6873">196</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12949">369</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19747">591</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.sym.equals"><code class="code">=</code> (equals)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4208">126</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4241">128</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5307">156</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.sym.pipe"><code class="code">|</code> (pipe)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1336">43</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5303">156</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16215">467</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:cs.sp"><code class="csfmt">\␣</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:xspace">Table 6.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7992">222</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.8127">226</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.12912">368</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15468">444</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.15524">446</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.vbsp"><code class="code">␣</code> (space)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.6621">189</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9382">263</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19932">597</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20111">603</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section indexglssymbols -->
+
+<section id="index@"><!-- start of section index@ --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->@<div class="labellink"><a href="#index@">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:cs.at"><code class="csfmt">\@</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.7993">222</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8015">223</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14358">411</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16921">488</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.sym.at"><code class="code">@</code> (at)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.10113">280</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:@arabic"><code class="csfmt">\@arabic</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9865">274</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:@firstofone"><code class="csfmt">\@firstofone</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.6987">200</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:@for"><code class="csfmt">\@for</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12580">355</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:@gobble"><code class="csfmt">\@gobble</code></dfn></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:@gls@codepage"><code class="csfmt">\@gls@codepage</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:notedev.makeindex.xindy">§1.7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2044">66</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18142">537</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:@gls@reference"><code class="csfmt">\@gls@reference</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:notedev.makeindex.xindy">§1.7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2050">66</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18149">537</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:@glsorder"><code class="csfmt">\@glsorder</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:notedev.makeindex.xindy">§1.7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2033">66</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18153">537</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:@glsxtr@altmodifier"><code class="csfmt">\@glsxtr@altmodifier</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:notedev.bib2gls">§1.7.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2097">68</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18157">537</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:@glsxtr@newglslike"><code class="csfmt">\@glsxtr@newglslike</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:notedev.bib2gls">§1.7.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2094">68</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18162">537</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:@glsxtr@prefixlabellist"><code class="csfmt">\@glsxtr@prefixlabellist</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:notedev.bib2gls">§1.7.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2100">68</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18167">537</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:@istfilename"><code class="csfmt">\@istfilename</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:notedev.makeindex.xindy">§1.7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2015">65</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2074">67</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18172">538</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:@mkboth"><code class="csfmt">\@mkboth</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8744">245</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:@newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\@newglossary</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:notedev.makeindex.xindy">§1.7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1991">65</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18176">538</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:@roman"><code class="csfmt">\@roman</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9866">274</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:@xdylanguage"><code class="csfmt">\@xdylanguage</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:notedev.makeindex.xindy">§1.7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2038">66</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18180">538</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index@ -->
+
+<section id="index6553600"><!-- start of section index6553600 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->A<div class="labellink"><a href="#index6553600">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> style (<span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span>)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.692">22</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1134">38</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1154">39</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3770">113</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4598">136</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5976">174</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6715">192</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7003">201</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7224">206</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13587">391</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13805">397</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.14254">408</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.17359">503</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17454">506</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20692">623</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20804">628</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20907">631</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21417">649</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.abbrstyle.footnote"><span class="abbrstylefmt">footnote</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13930">400</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20627">621</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-em-short-em</span></dfn></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-noshort</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.7004">201</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short-desc</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1159">39</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15039">429</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short-em"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short-em</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.14326">410</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short-sc-desc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short-sc-desc</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13792">397</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13860">398</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short-sc</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13740">396</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13889">399</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short-user</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1180">39</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13530">390</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14277">408</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14337">410</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.abbrstyle.postfootnote"><span class="abbrstylefmt">postfootnote</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13929">400</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20628">621</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-footnote-desc</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.20670">623</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-long"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-long</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.682">22</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-nolong-noreg"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-nolong-noreg</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.16916">488</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-nolong</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13534">390</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16890">488</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote-desc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-sc-footnote-desc</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13922">400</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13960">401</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14135">405</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-sc-footnote</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13932">400</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-sc-postfootnote-desc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-sc-postfootnote-desc</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13928">400</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13967">401</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14136">405</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:idx.abbreviation"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviations</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3724">112</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6666">191</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21160">641</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:abbreviationsname"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\abbreviationsname</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18186">538</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21577">656</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Ac"><code class="csfmt">\Ac</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18192">538</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ac"><code class="csfmt">\ac</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18195">538</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.accessibility"><span class="styfmt">accessibility</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.16739">483</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.accessattr">accessibility attribute</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.18739">557</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20215">606</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20220">607</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.accsupp"><span class="styfmt">accsupp</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13275">379</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13434">386</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16734">482</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18740">557</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Acf"><code class="csfmt">\Acf</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18198">539</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:acf"><code class="csfmt">\acf</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18201">539</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Acfp"><code class="csfmt">\Acfp</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18204">539</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:acfp"><code class="csfmt">\acfp</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18207">539</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Acl"><code class="csfmt">\Acl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18210">539</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:acl"><code class="csfmt">\acl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18213">539</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Aclp"><code class="csfmt">\Aclp</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18216">539</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:aclp"><code class="csfmt">\aclp</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18219">539</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Acp"><code class="csfmt">\Acp</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18222">540</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:acp"><code class="csfmt">\acp</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18225">540</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ACRfull"><code class="csfmt">\ACRfull</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6940">198</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18228">540</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\Acrfull</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6937">198</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18199">539</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18232">540</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.18249">541</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:acrfull"><code class="csfmt">\acrfull</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5860">170</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6926">198</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7069">202</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.7320">209</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.7564">214</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7929">221</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8210">230</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13753">396</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13828">398</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14342">410</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16879">487</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18202">539</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18236">540</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.18253">541</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19532">583</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ACRfullfmt"><code class="csfmt">\ACRfullfmt</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18243">540</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Acrfullfmt"><code class="csfmt">\Acrfullfmt</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18247">540</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:acrfullfmt"><code class="csfmt">\acrfullfmt</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.7413">211</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7566">215</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18251">541</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.18292">542</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:acrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\acrfullformat</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22138"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18255">541</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ACRfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\ACRfullpl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6949">198</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18261">541</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Acrfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\Acrfullpl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6946">198</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18205">539</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18265">541</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.18282">542</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:acrfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\acrfullpl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6943">198</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18208">539</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18269">541</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.18286">542</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19564">584</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ACRfullplfmt"><code class="csfmt">\ACRfullplfmt</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18276">541</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Acrfullplfmt"><code class="csfmt">\Acrfullplfmt</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18280">541</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:acrfullplfmt"><code class="csfmt">\acrfullplfmt</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18284">542</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:acrlinkfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\acrlinkfullformat</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22139"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18288">542</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ACRlong"><code class="csfmt">\ACRlong</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6913">197</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18294">542</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Acrlong"><code class="csfmt">\Acrlong</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6910">197</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18211">539</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18299">542</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:acrlong"><code class="csfmt">\acrlong</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5858">170</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6903">197</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7068">202</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13752">396</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13827">398</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14341">410</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16878">487</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18214">539</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18304">542</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19535">583</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ACRlongpl"><code class="csfmt">\ACRlongpl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6923">198</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18313">542</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Acrlongpl"><code class="csfmt">\Acrlongpl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6920">197</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18217">539</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18318">543</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:acrlongpl"><code class="csfmt">\acrlongpl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6916">197</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18220">540</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18315">542</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18323">543</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19567">584</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:acrnameformat"><code class="csfmt">\acrnameformat</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18332">543</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.acronymformat">acronym format</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1481">49</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1485">50</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3841">115</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4177">126</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.4326">130</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.4597">136</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.4901">146</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.6133">177</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6683">191</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.6794">194</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.6928">198</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.7220">206</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.7378">210</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7443">212</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7892">220</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8099">225</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13915">400</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14125">405</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14306">409</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14321">410</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15988">460</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16758">483</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17302">502</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.17453">506</a> passim, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17759">517</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.18239">540</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.18405">545</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18616">553</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18790">559</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19149">571</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19589">585</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20439">614</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20447">615</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21189">642</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21402">648</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.dua-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">dua-desc</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:acrstylesdua">§6.2.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7328">209</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17762">517</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.dua"><span class="acrstylefmt">dua</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:acrstylesdua">§6.2.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7005">201</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7324">209</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7417">211</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17764">517</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-desc</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:acrstylesfootnote">§6.2.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7361">210</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17766">517</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-sc-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-sc-desc</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:acrstylesfootnote">§6.2.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7225">206</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7367">210</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13914">400</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13948">401</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17768">517</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-sc"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-sc</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:acrstylesfootnote">§6.2.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7348">210</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17770">517</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-sm-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-sm-desc</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:acrstylesfootnote">§6.2.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7373">210</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17772">517</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote-sm"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote-sm</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:acrstylesfootnote">§6.2.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7355">210</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17774">518</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.footnote"><span class="acrstylefmt">footnote</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:acrstylesfootnote">§6.2.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6931">198</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7342">210</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7416">211</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17776">518</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sc-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sc-short-desc</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:acrstyleslongshortdesc">§6.2.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7287">208</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13793">397</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17778">518</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sc-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sc-short</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:acrstyleslongshort">§6.2.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7099">203</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.7448">212</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.13741">396</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17780">518</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short-desc</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:acrstyleslongshortdesc">§6.2.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7280">208</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7441">212</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17782">518</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:acrstyleslongshort">§6.2.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6134">177</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7191">206</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.7434">212</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.16864">487</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17784">518</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21442">650</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sm-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sm-short-desc</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:acrstyleslongshortdesc">§6.2.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7292">208</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17786">518</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sm-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sm-short</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:acrstyleslongshort">§6.2.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7124">204</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.7317">209</a> passim, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17788">519</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sp-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sp-short-desc</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:acrstyleslongshortdesc">§6.2.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7297">208</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17790">519</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sp-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sp-short</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:acrstyleslongshort">§6.2.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7212">206</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7300">208</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17792">519</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.sc-short-long-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">sc-short-long-desc</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:acrstylesshortlongdesc">§6.2.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7309">209</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7371">210</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17794">519</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.sc-short-long"><span class="acrstylefmt">sc-short-long</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:acrstylesshortlong">§6.2.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7265">208</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7353">210</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17796">519</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.short-long-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">short-long-desc</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:acrstylesshortlongdesc">§6.2.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7302">208</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.7365">210</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17798">519</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.short-long"><span class="acrstylefmt">short-long</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:acrstylesshortlong">§6.2.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7260">207</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.7346">210</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17800">519</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.sm-short-long-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">sm-short-long-desc</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:acrstylesshortlongdesc">§6.2.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7314">209</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7377">210</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17802">519</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.sm-short-long"><span class="acrstylefmt">sm-short-long</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:acrstylesshortlong">§6.2.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7273">208</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7359">210</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17804">520</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:acronymentry"><code class="csfmt">\acronymentry</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:setacronymstyle">§6.2</a>; <a href="#sec:predefinedacrstyles">§6.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7075">203</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.7343">210</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.7685">216</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7697">217</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18335">543</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:acronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\acronymfont</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:predefinedacrstyles">§6.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6881">196</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.7406">211</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.7908">220</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7922">221</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11261">314</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13806">397</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14001">402</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18339">543</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:acronymname"><code class="csfmt">\acronymname</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:fixednames">§1.5.1</a>; <a href="#tab:predefinednames">Table 1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1423">47</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.1458">49</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18190">538</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18343">543</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21687">658</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:idx.acronym">acronyms</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1122">38</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3723">112</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6664">191</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21172">642</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:acronymsort"><code class="csfmt">\acronymsort</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:setacronymstyle">§6.2</a>; <a href="#sec:predefinedacrstyles">§6.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7078">203</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.7344">210</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.7667">216</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18348">543</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglossary">§9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3742">113</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9035">253</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18353">544</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:acrpluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\acrpluralsuffix</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:predefinedacrstyles">§6.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7161">205</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.7352">210</a> passim, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18366">544</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ACRshort"><code class="csfmt">\ACRshort</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6890">196</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18371">544</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Acrshort"><code class="csfmt">\Acrshort</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6887">196</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18376">544</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.18412">545</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:acrshort"><code class="csfmt">\acrshort</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5859">170</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6879">196</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6894">197</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7921">221</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13751">396</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13826">398</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14340">410</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16840">486</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16877">487</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18381">544</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.18415">545</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20357">611</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ACRshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\ACRshortpl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6900">197</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18391">544</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Acrshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\Acrshortpl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6897">197</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18396">545</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:acrshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\acrshortpl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6893">197</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18393">544</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18401">545</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19998">599</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Acs"><code class="csfmt">\Acs</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18411">545</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:acs"><code class="csfmt">\acs</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18414">545</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Acsp"><code class="csfmt">\Acsp</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18417">545</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:acsp"><code class="csfmt">\acsp</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#tab:shortcuts">Table 6.1</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18420">545</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:addcontentsline"><code class="csfmt">\addcontentsline</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2477">78</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:addglossarytocaptions"><code class="csfmt">\addglossarytocaptions</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1445">48</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.1511">51</a> passim, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18423">545</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:env.align"><span class="envfmt">align</span> environment</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5627">164</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8246">232</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2505">79</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5637">164</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6042">175</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12498">353</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12933">369</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14132">405</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:Alph"><code class="csfmt">\Alph</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.462">16</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9814">273</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.9941">276</a> passim</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:alph"><code class="csfmt">\alph</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.461">16</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9815">273</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.9937">276</a> passim</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:alpha"><code class="csfmt">\alpha</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.350">12</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5695">166</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:alsoname"><code class="csfmt">\alsoname</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.15836">455</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15872">456</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21411">649</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:altnewglossary"><code class="csfmt">\altnewglossary</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglossary">§9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8532">241</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8972">252</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18429">546</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.amsgen"><span class="styfmt">amsgen</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.181">7</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8024">223</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.amsmath"><span class="styfmt">amsmath</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5626">164</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8245">232</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:andname"><code class="csfmt">\andname</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18432">546</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:appto"><code class="csfmt">\appto</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.10271">284</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:apptoglossarypreamble"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\apptoglossarypreamble</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8842">248</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18436">546</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:arabic"><code class="csfmt">\arabic</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.458">16</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9810">273</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.9935">276</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.12259">343</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15260">437</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:app.arara"><span class="appfmt">arara</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.159">6</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.512">17</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.658">22</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.756">25</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1057">35</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1575">53</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1835">60</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2022">66</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2070">67</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14766">421</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.array"><span class="styfmt">array</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.10891">303</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11170">311</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:ascii">ASCII</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.349">12</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4415">131</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8607">243</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9813">273</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9827">274</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17006">494</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:AtBeginDocument"><code class="csfmt">\AtBeginDocument</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5145">152</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:app.atom"><span class="appfmt">atom</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2446">77</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.attribute">attribute</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:idx.accessattr">accessibility attribute</a>, <a href="#glo:idx.categoryattribute">category attributes</a> &amp; <a href="#glo:idx.xindyattr">xindy attributes</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.auto-completion">auto-completion</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2051">67</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2400">76</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.22099">665</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index6553600 -->
+
+<section id="index6619136"><!-- start of section index6619136 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->B<div class="labellink"><a href="#index6619136">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.212">8</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.480">16</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1260">42</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.1416">47</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2268">74</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3358">102</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4231">127</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5150">152</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5297">156</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10057">278</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10185">282</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12096">339</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14811">423</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18191">538</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.22082">665</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:babelprovide"><code class="csfmt">\babelprovide</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.208">8</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1261">42</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:cls.beamer"><span class="clsfmt">beamer</span> class</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5622">164</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8198">229</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8242">232</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:BeginAccSupp"><code class="csfmt">\BeginAccSupp</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.16735">482</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.16843">486</a> passim</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:bfseries"><code class="csfmt">\bfseries</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9533">266</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.672">22</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:switch.b2g.g"><span class="shortargfmt">-g</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:switch.group"><span class="longargfmt">--group</span></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:switch.group"><span class="longargfmt">--group</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.753">25</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1054">35</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2913">90</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13655">393</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15591">448</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15982">460</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16211">467</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16410">473</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16474">475</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17333">503</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:switch.b2g.m"><span class="shortargfmt">-m</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:switch.map-format"><span class="longargfmt">--map-format</span></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:switch.map-format"><span class="longargfmt">--map-format</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.14762">421</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:switch.no-group"><span class="longargfmt">--no-group</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.17683">513</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:bibglsdelimN"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\bibglsdelimN</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.6586">188</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6630">189</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18441">546</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:bibglslastDelimN"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\bibglslastDelimN</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.6587">188</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6632">189</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18446">546</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:cls.book"><span class="clsfmt">book</span> class</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8774">246</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.booktabs"><span class="styfmt">booktabs</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.10771">299</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10897">303</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11010">306</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16477">475</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:bottomrule"><code class="csfmt">\bottomrule</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.11013">306</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11032">307</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index6619136 -->
+
+<section id="index6684672"><!-- start of section index6684672 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->C<div class="labellink"><a href="#index6684672">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:c"><code class="csfmt">\c</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.430">15</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:capitalisefmtwords"><code class="csfmt">\capitalisefmtwords</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.6418">184</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12559">355</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18451">546</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.18867">561</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21557">654</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:capitalisewords"><code class="csfmt">\capitalisewords</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.6415">184</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12557">355</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18456">547</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.18866">561</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:caption"><code class="csfmt">\caption</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3091">95</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5374">159</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:captionslanguage"><code class="csfmt">\captions<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">language</em>〉</span></code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1421">47</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1488">50</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2276">74</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18426">545</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:casechange">case change</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12490">353</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17008">494</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:idx.uppercase">uppercase</a>, <a href="#glo:idx.lowercase">lowercase</a>, <a href="#glo:idx.titlecase">title case</a>, <a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> &amp; <a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.category">categories</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.17265">501</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20693">623</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20805">628</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20908">631</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.cat.abbreviation"><span class="catfmt">abbreviation</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1133">38</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1153">39</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2391">76</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3027">94</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13522">389</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13531">390</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13750">396</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13871">399</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14027">403</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14209">406</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14335">410</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16860">487</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16906">488</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21164">641</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21418">649</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="catfmt">acronym</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1132">38</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1152">39</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2392">76</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3028">94</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6716">192</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13514">389</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13533">390</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13742">396</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.13872">399</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14028">403</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14210">406</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14325">410</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14367">411</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16891">488</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21176">642</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.cat.general"><span class="catfmt">general</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.14085">404</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15460">444</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15664">450</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15994">460</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16905">488</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.cat.index"><span class="catfmt">index</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.16908">488</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.cat.number"><span class="catfmt">number</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.16910">488</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.cat.symbol"><span class="catfmt">symbol</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.15706">451</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15827">455</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16909">488</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.categoryattribute">category attributes</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.947">33</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.982">34</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2390">76</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3026">94</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3596">109</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6330">182</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6757">193</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10496">291</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10534">292</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11671">328</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11703">329</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14011">402</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14108">404</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14262">408</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.14621">417</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.16903">488</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20139">604</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.catattr.discardperiod"><span class="csoptfmt">discardperiod</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.14261">408</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.14359">411</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.16902">488</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.catattr.glossdesc"><span class="csoptfmt">glossdesc</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.948">33</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11686">328</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14010">402</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14107">404</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14501">414</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.catattr.glossdescfont"><span class="csoptfmt">glossdescfont</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.949">33</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10532">292</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11685">328</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15156">433</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.catattr.glossname"><span class="csoptfmt">glossname</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.981">34</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10495">291</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11670">328</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.catattr.glossnamefont"><span class="csoptfmt">glossnamefont</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.10494">291</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11669">328</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15154">433</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.catattr.glosssymbolfont"><span class="csoptfmt">glosssymbolfont</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.10533">292</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11702">329</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14620">417</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.catattr.indexonlyfirst"><span class="csoptfmt">indexonlyfirst</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3025">94</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.catattr.insertdots"><span class="csoptfmt">insertdots</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.14281">408</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.14347">410</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16923">488</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.catattr.nohyper"><span class="csoptfmt">nohyper</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3595">109</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.catattr.nohyperfirst"><span class="csoptfmt">nohyperfirst</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2389">76</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6329">182</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.catattr.noshortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">noshortplural</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.14268">408</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.catattr.pluraldiscardperiod"><span class="csoptfmt">pluraldiscardperiod</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.14269">408</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.catattr.retainfirstuseperiod"><span class="csoptfmt">retainfirstuseperiod</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.14271">408</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:cGls"><code class="csfmt">\cGls</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8326">235</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8359">236</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18461">547</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glsenableentrycount"><code class="csfmt">\glsenableentrycount</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:cGlsformat"><code class="csfmt">\cGlsformat</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:cgls"><code class="csfmt">\cgls</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8320">234</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.8369">237</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.16991">490</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18464">547</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glsenableentrycount"><code class="csfmt">\glsenableentrycount</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:cglsformat"><code class="csfmt">\cglsformat</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:cGlsformat"><code class="csfmt">\cGlsformat</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8358">236</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18467">547</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:cglsformat"><code class="csfmt">\cglsformat</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8348">235</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18470">547</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:cGlspl"><code class="csfmt">\cGlspl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8329">235</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8364">236</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18473">547</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.18481">548</a>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glsenableentrycount"><code class="csfmt">\glsenableentrycount</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:cGlsplformat"><code class="csfmt">\cGlsplformat</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:cglspl"><code class="csfmt">\cglspl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8323">235</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8354">236</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18476">548</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glsenableentrycount"><code class="csfmt">\glsenableentrycount</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:cglsplformat"><code class="csfmt">\cglsplformat</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:cGlsplformat"><code class="csfmt">\cGlsplformat</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8363">236</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18479">548</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:cglsplformat"><code class="csfmt">\cglsplformat</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8353">236</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18482">548</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:chapter"><code class="csfmt">\chapter</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2486">78</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.2577">81</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.5373">159</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6383">183</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8721">245</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.8868">248</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.15231">436</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:ctr.chapter"><span class="ctrfmt">chapter</span> counter</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9697">271</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12260">343</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16511">476</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:cite"><code class="csfmt">\cite</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.242">8</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.classicthesis"><span class="styfmt">classicthesis</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.189">7</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2761">86</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.2819">88</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10659">296</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10762">299</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:cleardoublepage"><code class="csfmt">\cleardoublepage</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8771">246</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:clearpage"><code class="csfmt">\clearpage</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8776">246</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:cli">CLI</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.158">6</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.426">15</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.568">19</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17043">495</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.17137">497</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17230">499</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:idx.codepage">codepage</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2040">66</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3380">103</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12113">339</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12123">340</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18148">537</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20176">605</a>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:idx.encoding">encoding</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.compositelocation">composite location</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:idx.compositor">compositor</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.compositor">compositor</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4136">124</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4158">125</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9817">273</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.10138">280</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.12391">348</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20134">604</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:app.convertgls2bib"><span class="appfmt">convertgls2bib</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13574">390</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13621">392</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14440">412</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14649">418</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14738">420</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14871">424</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.14967">427</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.15547">446</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15556">447</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15904">457</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16385">472</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:switch.bibenc"><span class="longargfmt">--bibenc</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.16375">472</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:switch.i"><span class="shortargfmt">-i</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:switch.index-conversion"><span class="longargfmt">--index-conversion</span></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:switch.ignore-type"><span class="longargfmt">--ignore-type</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.15114">431</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:switch.index-conversion"><span class="longargfmt">--index-conversion</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.15205">435</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15963">459</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:switch.preamble-only"><span class="longargfmt">--preamble-only</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13576">390</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13847">398</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14442">412</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14740">420</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14876">424</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14966">427</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15113">431</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15200">435</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15326">439</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15549">446</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15755">452</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15964">459</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16198">466</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16312">470</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16373">472</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16687">481</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:switch.split-on-type"><span class="longargfmt">--split-on-type</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.14875">424</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15322">439</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:switch.t"><span class="shortargfmt">-t</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:switch.split-on-type"><span class="longargfmt">--split-on-type</span></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:switch.texenc"><span class="longargfmt">--texenc</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.16374">472</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:csletcs"><code class="csfmt">\csletcs</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.10273">284</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:currentglossary"><code class="csfmt">\currentglossary</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:printglossary">§8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8518">241</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11727">329</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.11774">331</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18485">548</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:CurrentTrackedDialect"><code class="csfmt">\CurrentTrackedDialect</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1448">48</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.1514">51</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:CurrentTrackedLanguage"><code class="csfmt">\CurrentTrackedLanguage</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1446">48</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.1512">51</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:CustomAcronymFields"><code class="csfmt">\CustomAcronymFields</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22140"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18489">548</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:CustomNewAcronymDef"><code class="csfmt">\CustomNewAcronymDef</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22141"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18495">548</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index6684672 -->
+
+<section id="index6750208"><!-- start of section index6750208 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->D<div class="labellink"><a href="#index6750208">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.datatool-base"><span class="styfmt">datatool-base</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.18557">550</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18561">551</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.datatool"><span class="styfmt">datatool</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8629">243</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18558">550</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18562">551</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20659">622</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:DeclareAcronymList"><code class="csfmt">\DeclareAcronymList</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">§2.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3811">114</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6008">174</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6730">192</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12590">356</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18501">548</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:def"><code class="csfmt">\def</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12853">366</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:DefaultNewAcronymDef"><code class="csfmt">\DefaultNewAcronymDef</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22142"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18504">549</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:defglsdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\defglsdisplay</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22143"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18509">549</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:defglsdisplayfirst"><code class="csfmt">\defglsdisplayfirst</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22144"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18515">549</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:defglsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\defglsentryfmt</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5450">160</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5607">164</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.5806">169</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.5988">174</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6176">178</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6855">196</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7057">202</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7382">210</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18521">549</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21194">642</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:DefineAcronymSynonyms"><code class="csfmt">\DefineAcronymSynonyms</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">§2.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3838">115</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18525">549</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:opt.shortcuts"><span class="styoptfmt">shortcuts</span></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:delimN"><code class="csfmt">\delimN</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:numberlists">§12</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6600">189</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9450">265</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9639">269</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10412">288</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18442">546</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18528">549</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19626">586</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19921">597</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:delimR"><code class="csfmt">\delimR</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:ranges">§12.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6589">188</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6614">189</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9567">267</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.9715">271</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.10196">282</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10239">283</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18530">549</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19625">586</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19920">597</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:env.description"><span class="envfmt">description</span> environment</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.190">7</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2764">86</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10520">292</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10652">296</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.10744">299</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.11780">331</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17813">521</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17904">525</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17913">526</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:DescriptionDUANewAcronymDef"><code class="csfmt">\DescriptionDUANewAcronymDef</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22145"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18533">550</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:DescriptionFootnoteNewAcronymDef"><code class="csfmt">\DescriptionFootnoteNewAcronymDef</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22146"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18538">550</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:descriptionname"><code class="csfmt">\descriptionname</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:fixednames">§1.5.1</a>; <a href="#tab:predefinednames">Table 1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1452">48</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1460">49</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18543">550</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:DescriptionNewAcronymDef"><code class="csfmt">\DescriptionNewAcronymDef</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22147"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18547">550</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:dgls"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\dgls</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2098">68</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18170">538</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18552">550</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:dicei"><code class="csfmt">\dicei</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12284">344</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16127">464</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:diceii"><code class="csfmt">\diceii</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12285">344</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:diceiii"><code class="csfmt">\diceiii</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12286">344</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:diceiv"><code class="csfmt">\diceiv</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12287">344</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:dicev"><code class="csfmt">\dicev</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12288">344</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:dicevi"><code class="csfmt">\dicevi</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12289">344</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.displaystyle">display style (or format)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:idx.entryformat">entry format</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.doc"><span class="styfmt">doc</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4019">120</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9008">252</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:env.document"><span class="envfmt">document</span> environment</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:options">Table 1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.269">9</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2430">77</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5152">152</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.5325">157</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.8282">233</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18926">563</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21596">656</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:dtlcompare"><code class="csfmt">\dtlcompare</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8635">243</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:DTLformatlist"><code class="csfmt">\DTLformatlist</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18556">550</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20660">622</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:dtlicompare"><code class="csfmt">\dtlicompare</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8633">243</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:DTLifinlist"><code class="csfmt">\DTLifinlist</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18560">551</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:dtlletterindexcompare"><code class="csfmt">\dtlletterindexcompare</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8631">243</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:dtlwordindexcompare"><code class="csfmt">\dtlwordindexcompare</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8630">243</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:DUANewAcronymDef"><code class="csfmt">\DUANewAcronymDef</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22148"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18564">551</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:DVI">DVI (device independent file format)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5426">160</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index6750208 -->
+
+<section id="index6815744"><!-- start of section index6815744 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->E<div class="labellink"><a href="#index6815744">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:emph"><code class="csfmt">\emph</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9525">266</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9552">267</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9739">272</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.encap">encap</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:locationencap">location encap (format)</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.encoding">encoding</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.433">15</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.631">21</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1318">43</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1502">50</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1521">51</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1920">63</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.2041">66</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.3381">103</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12114">339</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12132">340</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16071">463</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16338">471</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.16412">473</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17007">494</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17247">499</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20623">621</a>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:idx.codepage">codepage</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:EndAccSupp"><code class="csfmt">\EndAccSupp</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.16736">482</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16746">483</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:ensuremath"><code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.864">30</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4375">130</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14614">417</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.entry">entry</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entries</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:idx.entryformat">entry format</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3789">114</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3822">115</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4870">144</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5601">163</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.5805">169</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.5967">174</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6119">177</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6388">183</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6824">195</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6854">196</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7022">201</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7052">202</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7384">211</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14037">403</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14068">404</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20446">615</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21193">642</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:entryline">entry line</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2611">82</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2700">85</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5348">158</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.5501">161</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.5720">166</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11648">327</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11815">332</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17044">495</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20103">603</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:entrylocation">entry location</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9442">265</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9520">266</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9792">273</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17053">495</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.17150">497</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17193">498</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:entryname"><code class="csfmt">\entryname</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:fixednames">§1.5.1</a>; <a href="#tab:predefinednames">Table 1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1451">48</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1459">49</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18569">551</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:ctr.equation"><span class="ctrfmt">equation</span> counter</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3086">95</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9696">271</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14381">411</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.14475">414</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.14780">421</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21613">656</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:env.equation"><span class="envfmt">equation</span> environment</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.14383">411</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:es@scroman"><code class="csfmt">\es@scroman</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.10059">278</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.10383">287</a> passim</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.etoolbox"><span class="styfmt">etoolbox</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3266">100</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6051">175</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6641">189</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10401">288</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10464">290</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12626">357</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.12822">365</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.15504">445</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15529">446</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20654">622</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20738">626</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20990">635</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.example-glossaries-acronym.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-acronym.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:lipsum">§1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1121">38</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:lipsum">§1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1139">38</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:lipsum">§1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1160">39</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.example-glossaries-brief.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-brief.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:lipsum">§1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1081">36</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.example-glossaries-childmultipar.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-childmultipar.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:lipsum">§1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1209">40</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.example-glossaries-childnoname.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-childnoname.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:lipsum">§1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1191">39</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.example-glossaries-cite.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-cite.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:lipsum">§1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1220">41</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.example-glossaries-images.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-images.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:lipsum">§1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1114">38</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.example-glossaries-long.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-long.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:lipsum">§1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1086">37</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.example-glossaries-longchild.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-longchild.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:lipsum">§1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1200">40</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.example-glossaries-multipar.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-multipar.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:lipsum">§1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1091">37</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.example-glossaries-parent.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-parent.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:lipsum">§1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1181">39</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:lipsum">§1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1104">37</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.example-glossaries-symbols.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-symbols.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:lipsum">§1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1095">37</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.example-glossaries-url.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-url.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:lipsum">§1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1227">41</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.example-glossaries-xr.tex"><span class="filefmt">example-glossaries-xr.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:lipsum">§1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1237">41</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabet</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:options">Table 1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.144">6</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.338">12</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.571">19</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1267">42</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16465">475</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17059">495</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.16350">472</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17062">495</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.17203">498</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17243">499</a>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index6815744 -->
+
+<section id="index6881280"><!-- start of section index6881280 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->F<div class="labellink"><a href="#index6881280">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:field">field</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17065">495</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.fileextension">file extensions</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1986">65</a>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:fileformat">file formats</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:fileformat">file formats</dfn></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.acn"><span class="extfmt">acn</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9029">253</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.acr"><span class="extfmt">acr</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9028">253</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.alg"><span class="extfmt">alg</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9026">253</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1680">56</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1712">57</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1984">65</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3512">107</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5270">155</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6596">189</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8960">251</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9965">276</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11729">329</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17162">497</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21341">646</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.676">22</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2069">67</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9130">255</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17177">497</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.glg"><span class="extfmt">glg</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1934">63</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.1999">65</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3470">106</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8421">239</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8962">251</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10140">280</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.glg2"><span class="extfmt">glg2</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9013">253</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.glo"><span class="extfmt">glo</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.489">17</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.623">21</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1713">57</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1936">63</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.1994">65</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9004">252</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10075">279</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.glo2"><span class="extfmt">glo2</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9015">253</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.gls"><span class="extfmt">gls</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.496">17</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.630">21</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1935">63</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.1997">65</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9003">252</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10110">280</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.gls2"><span class="extfmt">gls2</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9014">253</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.glsdefs"><span class="extfmt">glsdefs</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2059">67</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2445">77</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5151">152</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5312">156</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18924">563</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20588">619</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.glslabels"><span class="extfmt">glslabels</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.22098">665</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.glstex"><span class="extfmt">glstex</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2066">67</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8967">251</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17220">498</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.idx"><span class="extfmt">idx</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9070">253</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.ilg"><span class="extfmt">ilg</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9067">253</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.ind"><span class="extfmt">ind</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9069">253</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.ist"><span class="extfmt">ist</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.444">15</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.490">17</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2017">66</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4066">122</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4090">123</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9942">276</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.10100">279</a> passim</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.ldf"><span class="extfmt">ldf</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.21398">648</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.log"><span class="extfmt">log</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3447">105</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8427">239</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21778">659</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.nlg"><span class="extfmt">nlg</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9058">253</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.nlo"><span class="extfmt">nlo</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9061">253</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.nls"><span class="extfmt">nls</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9060">253</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.slg"><span class="extfmt">slg</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9049">253</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.slo"><span class="extfmt">slo</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9052">253</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.sls"><span class="extfmt">sls</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9051">253</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.tex"><span class="extfmt">tex</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1319">43</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.toc"><span class="extfmt">toc</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2462">78</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.624">21</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1808">59</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2019">66</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4068">122</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4093">123</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9837">274</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9949">276</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10391">287</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12020">337</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.12452">351</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:firstuse">first use</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4300">129</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4331">130</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6157">177</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6285">181</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6816">195</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12957">370</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17068">495</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5452">160</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.5585">163</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.6852">196</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8252">232</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12641">358</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17070">495</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19767">591</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19770">592</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20060">601</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20429">614</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:firstusetext">first use text</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17072">495</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:firstacronymfont"><code class="csfmt">\firstacronymfont</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:predefinedacrstyles">§6.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6167">178</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6988">200</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.7250">207</a> passim, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18573">551</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.flowfram"><span class="styfmt">flowfram</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.11061">308</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.fmtcount"><span class="styfmt">fmtcount</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12339">346</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12370">347</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16332">471</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.fontenc"><span class="styfmt">fontenc</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13459">387</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.fontspec"><span class="styfmt">fontspec</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13461">387</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:footnote"><code class="csfmt">\footnote</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.6299">181</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7333">209</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14054">403</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:FootnoteNewAcronymDef"><code class="csfmt">\FootnoteNewAcronymDef</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22149"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18577">551</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:forallabbreviationlists"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\forallabbreviationlists</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12595">356</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18582">552</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:forallacronyms"><code class="csfmt">\forallacronyms</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:loops">§15.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3791">114</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12587">356</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18584">552</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:forallglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\forallglossaries</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:loops">§15.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12582">356</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18589">552</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:forallglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\forallglsentries</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:loops">§15.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12602">356</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18593">552</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:foreignlanguage"><code class="csfmt">\foreignlanguage</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.15149">433</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:forglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\forglsentries</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:loops">§15.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12597">356</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18599">552</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:forlistcsloop"><code class="csfmt">\forlistcsloop</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.20655">622</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:forlistloop"><code class="csfmt">\forlistloop</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.6645">189</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10408">288</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10465">290</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.format">format</dfn></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:idx.abbrvformat"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:idx.abbrvstyle"><span class="xtrfmt">abbreviation</span> style (<span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span>)</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:idx.formatacronym">acronym</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:idx.acronymstyle">acronym style</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:idx.formatentry">entry</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:idx.entryformat">entry format</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:idx.glossaryformat">glossary</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:idx.locationformat">location</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:locationencap">location encap (format)</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:idx.formatstandard">standard</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:idx.standardformat">standard location format</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:env.frame"><span class="envfmt">frame</span> environment</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8197">229</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:frontmatter"><code class="csfmt">\frontmatter</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.10065">279</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.fullstop">full stop (<code class="code">.</code>)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2889">89</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7980">222</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.8071">225</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9820">273</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10631">295</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10640">296</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13726">395</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14263">408</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21900">661</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index6881280 -->
+
+<section id="index6946816"><!-- start of section index6946816 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->G<div class="labellink"><a href="#index6946816">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:gdef"><code class="csfmt">\gdef</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12857">366</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Genacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\Genacrfullformat</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6170">178</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18607">553</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:genacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\genacrfullformat</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6159">177</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7020">201</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7062">202</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7407">211</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7483">213</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7910">220</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18611">553</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21196">642</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GenericAcronymFields"><code class="csfmt">\GenericAcronymFields</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:customacronym">§6.2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7421">211</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7698">217</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18617">553</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21197">642</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Genplacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\Genplacrfullformat</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6172">178</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18622">553</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:genplacrfullformat"><code class="csfmt">\genplacrfullformat</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6163">178</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18626">553</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.gettitlestring"><span class="styfmt">gettitlestring</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.10661">296</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19754">591</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:GetTitleStringSetup"><code class="csfmt">\GetTitleStringSetup</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.10666">296</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:group-labelgroupname"><code class="csfmt">\<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">group-label</em>〉</span>groupname</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossarycmds">§13.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10550">292</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10556">293</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11710">329</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.group">group (letters, numbers, symbols)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.330">12</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.613">20</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.843">29</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.1053">35</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1284">42</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3171">97</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3203">98</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3402">103</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3410">104</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4410">131</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8667">244</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10545">292</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10555">293</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10682">297</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.10772">299</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10906">303</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.11064">308</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.11183">312</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.11586">325</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.11706">329</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.11941">335</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.12423">350</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13654">393</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15384">442</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16085">463</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.16471">475</a> passim, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17076">495</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.17326">503</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17681">513</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17699">514</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17817">521</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.17914">526</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.18001">530</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.18137">536</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.18832">560</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19600">585</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19757">591</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19861">595</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19928">597</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20183">605</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.20388">612</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.20721">625</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.20884">631</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.21374">647</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21854">661</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:gui">GUI</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13453">387</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17080">496</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index6946816 -->
+
+<section id="index7012352"><!-- start of section index7012352 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->Glo<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7012352">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glolinkprefix"><code class="csfmt">\glolinkprefix</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossarycmds">§13.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5571">163</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8652">244</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11654">327</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17721">514</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18632">553</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-accsupp"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-accsupp</span> package</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:accsupp">§17</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2175">71</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3955">119</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4243">128</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4603">136</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13140">375</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13251">378</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13435">386</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16730">482</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.16853">487</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.17254">501</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.17574">509</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.18730">557</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18785">559</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18907">563</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.19572">584</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.19786">592</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19853">594</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20002">599</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20211">606</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.20362">611</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.20470">615</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.20546">618</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21587">656</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21681">658</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.glossaries-babel"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-babel</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2274">74</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:file.glossaries-dictionary-English.dict"><span class="filefmt">glossaries-dictionary-English.dict</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1437">48</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:file.glossaries-dictionary-Lang.dict"><span class="filefmt">glossaries-dictionary-</span><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">Lang</em>〉</span><span class="filefmt">.dict</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1435">47</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1440">48</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19648">587</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:file.glossaries-english.ldf"><span class="filefmt">glossaries-english.ldf</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1441">48</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.glossaries-extra-bib2gls"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.16587">478</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18553">550</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18999">566</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19217">573</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20714">624</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.20766">627</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.21357">647</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.glossaries-extra-stylemods"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2917">90</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10544">292</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10646">296</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11392">319</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19508">582</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20010">600</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21672">657</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span> package</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.7">a</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21570">656</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.abbreviations"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">abbreviations</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">§2.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.127">5</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3775">113</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13155">375</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13543">390</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13785">396</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18362">544</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20634">621</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21302">645</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21573">656</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.accsupp"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">accsupp</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-other">§2.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3953">119</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13141">375</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16854">487</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18748">558</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18780">559</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21585">656</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.autoseeindex"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">autoseeindex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3041">94</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15861">456</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17437">505</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21588">656</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.docdef"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">docdef</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#tab:options">Table 1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2058">67</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2230">73</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.2423">77</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.4193">126</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4212">127</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5273">155</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21593">656</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.docdef.atom"><span class="xtroptfmt">atom</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2441">77</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21597">656</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.docdef.false"><span class="xtroptfmt">false</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2427">77</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21599">656</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.docdef.restricted"><span class="xtroptfmt">restricted</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2435">77</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5155">152</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21602">656</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.docdef.true"><span class="xtroptfmt">true</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2450">77</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21606">656</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.equations"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">equations</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3083">95</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5533">162</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9455">265</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21610">656</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.floats"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">floats</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3088">95</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5532">162</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9456">265</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21614">657</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.indexcounter"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">indexcounter</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3094">95</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21617">657</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.indexcrossrefs"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">indexcrossrefs</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3032">94</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21621">657</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.nomissingglstext"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">nomissingglstext</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-other">§2.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3963">119</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21623">657</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.128">5</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2899">90</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10643">296</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13729">395</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14110">404</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14428">412</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15033">429</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15859">456</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20855">629</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21626">657</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:opt.nopostdot"><span class="styoptfmt">nopostdot</span></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:opt.postpunc"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postpunc</span></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.postpunc"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postpunc</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2901">90</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10644">296</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20012">600</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21630">657</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.prefix"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">prefix</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-other">§2.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3959">119</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12863">367</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13712">395</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15098">431</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16666">480</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21634">657</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">record</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#tab:options">Table 1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.271">9</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.678">22</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.770">26</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.920">33</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1286">42</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2075">67</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2599">82</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3056">94</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3073">95</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3566">108</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9707">271</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9896">275</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.9979">277</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10437">289</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10476">290</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13566">390</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13835">398</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14421">412</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14454">413</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14727">420</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.14865">424</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.15032">429</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15191">435</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15537">446</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15744">452</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15895">456</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15957">459</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16180">466</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16303">470</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.16426">473</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16546">477</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.16678">481</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.17342">503</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20610">620</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20649">622</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21359">647</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21638">657</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.record.hybrid"><span class="xtroptfmt">hybrid</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3075">95</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21645">657</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.record.nameref"><span class="xtroptfmt">nameref</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3071">95</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3109">96</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17331">503</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21653">657</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.record.off"><span class="xtroptfmt">off</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3060">95</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21659">657</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.record.only"><span class="xtroptfmt">only</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3064">95</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3107">96</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17329">503</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21664">657</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">stylemods</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.129">5</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.202">7</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2773">86</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.2916">90</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.10885">303</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10978">306</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11164">311</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11177">312</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11412">319</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.11448">321</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13698">395</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13778">396</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14427">412</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15035">429</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15639">449</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15729">452</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15860">456</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16486">475</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16498">476</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21670">657</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.undefaction"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">undefaction</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2412">76</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12638">358</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20753">626</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20881">630</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21675">658</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.undefaction.error"><span class="xtroptfmt">error</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2415">76</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21677">658</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.undefaction.warn"><span class="xtroptfmt">warn</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2419">77</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19487">581</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21678">658</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:file.glossaries-french"><span class="filefmt">glossaries-french</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.17">a</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:file.glossaries-german.ldf"><span class="filefmt">glossaries-german.ldf</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.218">8</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:file.glossaries-german"><span class="filefmt">glossaries-german</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.18">a</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:file.glossaries-irish.ldf"><span class="filefmt">glossaries-irish.ldf</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1507">50</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:file.glossaries-iso-lang-iso-region.ldf"><span class="filefmt">glossaries-</span><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">iso-lang</em>〉</span><span class="filefmt">-</span><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">iso-region</em>〉</span><span class="filefmt">.ldf</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1492">50</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:file.glossaries-lang.ldf"><span class="filefmt">glossaries-</span><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">lang</em>〉</span><span class="filefmt">.ldf</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1434">47</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:file.glossaries-language"><span class="filefmt">glossaries-</span><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">language</em>〉</span><span class="filefmt"></span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.16">a</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.glossaries-polyglossia"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-polyglossia</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2278">74</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-prefix"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-prefix</span> package</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3961">119</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4242">128</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4602">136</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12862">367</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.12924">369</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13674">394</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13711">395</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15099">431</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15124">432</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16644">480</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16671">481</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17417">505</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19243">573</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19247">574</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20030">600</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21028">636</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21034">637</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21269">644</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21277">645</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21637">657</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21680">658</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:intro">§1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1">a</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.37">2</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8102">226</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21679">658</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">§2.7</a>; <a href="#tab:predefinednames">Table 1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1933">63</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1967">64</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2102">69</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2555">80</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3605">109</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.3796">114</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.4039">121</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5184">153</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8085">225</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9023">253</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9230">257</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13148">375</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13479">388</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.13536">390</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13761">396</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18358">544</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21582">656</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21683">658</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.acronymlists"><span class="styoptfmt">acronymlists</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">§2.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3786">114</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6007">174</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6729">192</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9044">253</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12591">356</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21690">658</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.acronyms"><span class="styoptfmt">acronyms</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">§2.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3606">109</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3772">113</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8086">225</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9024">253</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18347">543</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18359">544</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21308">646</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21358">647</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21583">656</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21697">658</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21890">661</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1549">52</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3368">103</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.3482">106</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.8426">239</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8961">251</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10296">285</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12086">339</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12125">340</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14804">422</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21704">658</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.automake.delayed"><span class="optfmt">delayed</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.454">15</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3486">106</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21709">658</a></span>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21736">659</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21740">659</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.automake.false"><span class="optfmt">false</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3473">106</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21714">658</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.automake.immediate"><span class="optfmt">immediate</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.452">15</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2250">73</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3495">106</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3522">107</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21717">658</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.automake.lite"><span class="optfmt">lite</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2254">73</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3459">105</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3516">107</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21724">658</a></span>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21746">659</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21750">659</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.automake.makegloss"><span class="optfmt">makegloss</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2252">73</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3505">106</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3508">107</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21730">658</a></span>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21741">659</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21745">659</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.automake.true"><span class="optfmt">true</span></a><a id="wrglossary.22150"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:optval.automake.delayed"><span class="optfmt">delayed</span></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.automakegloss"><span class="styoptfmt">automakegloss</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:optval.automake.makegloss"><span class="optfmt">makegloss</span></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.automakeglosslite"><span class="styoptfmt">automakeglosslite</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:optval.automake.lite"><span class="optfmt">lite</span></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.compatible-2.07"><span class="styoptfmt">compatible-2.07</span></a><a id="wrglossary.22151"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-other">§2.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3978">119</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.4128">124</a> passim, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21751">659</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.compatible-3.07"><span class="styoptfmt">compatible-3.07</span></a><a id="wrglossary.22152"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-other">§2.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3982">119</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21754">659</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2879">89</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2965">92</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4134">124</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4574">135</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5530">162</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8956">251</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9453">265</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9695">271</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9798">273</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12155">340</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.12250">343</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.14474">414</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17272">501</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18889">562</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21620">657</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21757">659</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.counterwithin"><span class="styoptfmt">counterwithin</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2672">84</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10560">293</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11915">334</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21760">659</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.debug"><span class="styoptfmt">debug</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2117">69</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.2213">72</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21764">659</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.debug.false"><span class="optfmt">false</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2130">70</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21767">659</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.debug.showaccsupp"><span class="optfmt">showaccsupp</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2170">71</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16842">486</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21769">659</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.debug.showtargets"><span class="optfmt">showtargets</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2138">70</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12482">353</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19006">566</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20236">607</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21772">659</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.debug.true"><span class="optfmt">true</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2133">70</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2173">71</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21775">659</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.description"><span class="styoptfmt">description</span></a><a id="wrglossary.22153"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-old-acronym">§2.8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3845">115</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.3927">118</a> passim, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21783">659</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.disablemakegloss"><span class="styoptfmt">disablemakegloss</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.278">9</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3532">107</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3546">108</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21786">659</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21982">663</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.dua"><span class="styoptfmt">dua</span></a><a id="wrglossary.22154"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-old-acronym">§2.8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3873">116</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3943">118</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21790">660</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.entrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2607">82</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.2704">85</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8562">242</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10515">291</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.10668">296</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.11587">326</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11848">333</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11914">334</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19054">568</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19168">571</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20050">601</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20075">602</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20260">608</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20986">635</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21544">653</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21793">660</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.esclocations"><span class="styoptfmt">esclocations</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2947">91</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2962">92</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9864">274</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10344">286</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10385">287</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12281">344</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12337">346</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16077">463</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21073">638</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21796">660</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.footnote"><span class="styoptfmt">footnote</span></a><a id="wrglossary.22155"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-old-acronym">§2.8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3859">116</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3913">117</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21801">660</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.hyperfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">hyperfirst</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2311">75</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2393">76</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5505">161</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6282">181</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7339">209</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14041">403</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21047">637</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21804">660</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.index"><span class="styoptfmt">index</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-type">§2.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3609">109</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.3706">112</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.9063">253</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21243">643</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21327">646</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21810">660</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21859">661</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.indexonlyfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">indexonlyfirst</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2985">92</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.3029">94</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9479">265</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20592">620</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21050">637</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21817">660</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.kernelglossredefs"><span class="styoptfmt">kernelglossredefs</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-other">§2.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3985">120</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21822">660</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.kernelglossredefs.false"><span class="optfmt">false</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3994">120</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21827">660</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.kernelglossredefs.nowarn"><span class="optfmt">nowarn</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4006">120</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21830">660</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.kernelglossredefs.true"><span class="optfmt">true</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4001">120</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21833">660</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.languages"><span class="styoptfmt">languages</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.234">8</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1263">42</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2304">74</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4038">121</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21836">660</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.makeindex"><span class="styoptfmt">makeindex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2111">69</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3317">102</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4028">121</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21841">660</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.mfirstuc"><span class="styoptfmt">mfirstuc</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-other">§2.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3967">119</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12534">354</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12553">355</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21846">661</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2903">90</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8554">242</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10574">293</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.10773">299</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.10907">303</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.11065">308</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.11184">312</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11477">322</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11949">335</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16472">475</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19964">598</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21053">637</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21851">661</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.noglossaryindex"><span class="styoptfmt">noglossaryindex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-type">§2.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3719">112</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21856">661</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.nohypertypes"><span class="styoptfmt">nohypertypes</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-type">§2.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2318">75</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3573">108</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.3709">112</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.5441">160</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5475">161</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6075">176</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6269">180</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6340">182</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8981">252</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21860">661</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.nolangwarn"><span class="styoptfmt">nolangwarn</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.20">a</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2119">69</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21865">661</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.nolist"><span class="styoptfmt">nolist</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2803">87</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4031">121</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10655">296</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21868">661</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.nolong"><span class="styoptfmt">nolong</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2780">87</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4029">121</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10584">293</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10768">299</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15625">449</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21876">661</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.nomain"><span class="styoptfmt">nomain</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-type">§2.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3601">109</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.3752">113</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4034">121</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9007">252</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9019">253</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13766">396</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15062">430</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18914">563</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21884">661</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1615">54</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2845">88</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2870">89</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4463">133</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8552">242</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8685">244</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8893">249</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8914">250</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9146">255</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9452">265</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10043">278</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10755">299</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13637">393</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15980">460</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16365">472</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17195">498</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18644">554</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21891">661</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.nopostdot"><span class="styoptfmt">nopostdot</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2888">89</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2893">90</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8558">242</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10639">296</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13725">395</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15386">442</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15858">456</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20011">600</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21629">657</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21897">661</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postdot</span></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:opt.postpunc"><span class="xtrstyoptfmt">postpunc</span></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.noredefwarn"><span class="styoptfmt">noredefwarn</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2121">69</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21906">661</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.nostyles"><span class="styoptfmt">nostyles</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.859">30</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.1032">35</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.2772">86</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2826">88</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4033">121</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10586">293</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.10769">299</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.11058">308</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11254">314</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13703">395</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15034">429</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15638">449</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16499">476</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21913">662</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.nosuper"><span class="styoptfmt">nosuper</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.200">7</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2791">87</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4030">121</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10585">293</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11057">308</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15626">449</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21920">662</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.notranslate"><span class="styoptfmt">notranslate</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1369">44</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2300">74</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4037">121</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21928">662</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.notree"><span class="styoptfmt">notree</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2813">88</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4032">121</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11253">314</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11422">319</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21932">662</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.nowarn"><span class="styoptfmt">nowarn</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2113">69</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2125">70</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21940">662</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.numberedsection"><span class="styoptfmt">numberedsection</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2489">78</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.2576">81</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8549">242</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.8726">245</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.17717">514</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18859">561</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21942">662</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.numberedsection.autolabel"><span class="optfmt">autolabel</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2533">80</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21946">662</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.numberedsection.false"><span class="optfmt">false</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2523">80</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21949">662</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.numberedsection.nameref"><span class="optfmt">nameref</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2574">81</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21951">662</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.numberedsection.nolabel"><span class="optfmt">nolabel</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2528">80</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21954">662</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.numberline"><span class="styoptfmt">numberline</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2474">78</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21956">662</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.numbers"><span class="styoptfmt">numbers</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-type">§2.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3608">109</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3647">110</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9054">253</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19930">597</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20835">629</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21347">647</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21962">662</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.order"><span class="styoptfmt">order</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">Table 1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.521">18</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.660">22</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2034">66</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3102">96</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3286">101</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8628">243</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15372">441</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15596">448</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17732">515</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21970">663</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.order.letter"><span class="optfmt">letter</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3291">101</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21977">663</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.order.word"><span class="optfmt">word</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3288">101</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21978">663</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.restoremakegloss"><span class="styoptfmt">restoremakegloss</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3545">107</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3571">108</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21979">663</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.sanitizesort"><span class="styoptfmt">sanitizesort</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#tab:options">Table 1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.340">12</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3114">96</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.3226">98</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4400">131</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4434">132</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8594">242</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19034">567</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21983">663</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.savenumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">savenumberlist</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2591">82</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6604">189</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8688">244</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8894">249</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16508">476</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.16567">478</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18643">554</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21987">663</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.savewrites"><span class="styoptfmt">savewrites</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2222">73</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21996">663</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.section"><span class="styoptfmt">section</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2484">78</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8724">245</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8769">246</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21505">652</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.22000">663</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.seeautonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">seeautonumberlist</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2868">89</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4524">134</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9357">262</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.22003">663</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.seenoindex"><span class="styoptfmt">seenoindex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2922">91</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4530">134</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.22009">663</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.seenoindex.error"><span class="optfmt">error</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2934">91</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.22015">663</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.seenoindex.ignore"><span class="optfmt">ignore</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2940">91</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.22018">663</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.seenoindex.warn"><span class="optfmt">warn</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2937">91</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.22021">664</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.shortcuts"><span class="styoptfmt">shortcuts</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">§2.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3835">115</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6951">198</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18194">538</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.18221">540</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18413">545</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.22024">664</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.smallcaps"><span class="styoptfmt">smallcaps</span></a><a id="wrglossary.22156"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-old-acronym">§2.8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3879">116</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.3931">118</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.22027">664</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.smaller"><span class="styoptfmt">smaller</span></a><a id="wrglossary.22157"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-old-acronym">§2.8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3855">116</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.3923">118</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.22030">664</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.858">30</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3101">96</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.3232">99</a> passim, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.22033">664</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.sort.clear"><span class="optfmt">clear</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.262">9</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3166">97</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.22039">664</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.sort.def"><span class="optfmt">def</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.289">9</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.355">13</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3179">97</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3194">98</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4369">130</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4427">132</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10571">293</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.22043">664</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.sort.none"><span class="optfmt">none</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:options">Table 1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.260">9</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3148">97</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.22045">664</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.sort.standard"><span class="optfmt">standard</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3210">98</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3252">99</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8440">239</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19033">567</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20034">601</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21986">663</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.22049">664</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.sort.use"><span class="optfmt">use</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.287">9</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.373">13</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.3145">97</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3186">98</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4371">130</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4428">132</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10573">293</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.22053">664</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.679">22</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2757">86</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2811">88</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8545">241</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10896">303</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10987">306</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11173">312</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11430">320</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11456">321</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11563">325</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17808">521</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.22055">664</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.subentrycounter"><span class="styoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2613">82</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.2742">86</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.5015">149</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5094">151</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8564">242</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10561">293</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11595">326</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11854">333</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11916">334</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20051">601</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20265">608</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20280">609</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21059">638</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21548">653</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.22058">664</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.symbols"><span class="styoptfmt">symbols</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-type">§2.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.137">5</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.366">13</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.492">17</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.626">21</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.3623">109</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9045">253</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20331">610</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20844">629</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21352">647</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.22061">664</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.toc"><span class="styoptfmt">toc</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.523">18</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2459">77</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2469">78</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8728">245</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8795">247</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13713">395</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13774">396</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18678">555</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21062">638</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21959">662</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.22070">665</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.translate"><span class="styoptfmt">translate</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.215">8</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1370">44</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.1418">47</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.2256">73</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4036">121</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21839">660</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21931">662</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.22078">665</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.translate.babel"><span class="optfmt">babel</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2288">74</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.22081">665</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.translate.false"><span class="optfmt">false</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2280">74</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.22085">665</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.translate.true"><span class="optfmt">true</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2266">74</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19647">587</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.22086">665</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.ucmark"><span class="styoptfmt">ucmark</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2502">79</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8747">245</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8762">246</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21065">638</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.22089">665</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.writeglslabelnames"><span class="styoptfmt">writeglslabelnames</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2055">67</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2409">76</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.22094">665</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.writeglslabels"><span class="styoptfmt">writeglslabels</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2052">67</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2396">76</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.22100">665</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">Table 1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.609">20</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1278">42</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1904">63</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1949">64</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3332">102</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.3460">105</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.4025">121</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10359">286</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12023">337</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12426">350</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16063">462</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16304">470</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.16357">472</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.22106">665</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:opt.xindy.codepage"><span class="optfmt">codepage</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">Table 1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3379">103</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:opt.xindy.glsnumbers"><span class="optfmt">glsnumbers</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3401">103</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3422">104</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12429">350</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.22122">665</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:opt.xindy.language"><span class="optfmt">language</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">Table 1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3353">102</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.xindygloss"><span class="styoptfmt">xindygloss</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3413">104</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4026">121</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.22112">665</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.xindynoglsnumbers"><span class="styoptfmt">xindynoglsnumbers</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1281">42</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3419">104</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4027">121</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.22117">665</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glossariesextrasetup"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glossariesextrasetup</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4046">121</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18633">553</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21528">652</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:cs.glossary"><code class="csfmt">\glossary</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3988">120</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21825">660</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.glossary-bookindex"><span class="styfmt">glossary-bookindex</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1030">35</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10563">293</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17890">524</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20636">621</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-hypernav"><span class="styfmt">glossary-hypernav</span> package</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:hypernav">§13.2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11716">329</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19618">586</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19860">595</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20307">610</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-inline"><span class="styfmt">glossary-inline</span> package</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:inline">§13.1.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11447">321</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11475">322</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17900">525</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19667">587</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.19696">589</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20014">600</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-list"><span class="styfmt">glossary-list</span> package</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:liststyles">§13.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2768">86</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2805">87</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10649">296</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10681">297</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13777">396</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17812">521</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17903">525</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17912">526</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18055">532</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19749">591</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21086">639</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21871">661</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-long"><span class="styfmt">glossary-long</span> package</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2769">86</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2782">87</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10764">299</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10888">303</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.11182">312</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.13697">395</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17826">521</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17829">522</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17923">526</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.17956">528</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18966">565</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19946">598</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21879">661</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longbooktabs"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longbooktabs</span> package</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles">§13.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10977">306</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16480">475</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17823">521</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17838">522</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17916">526</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.17965">528</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19802">593</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19954">598</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20084">602</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.glossary-longextra"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longextra</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.10565">293</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10796">300</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13710">395</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16492">476</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17919">526</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-longragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-longragged</span> package</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">§13.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10884">303</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10984">306</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17841">522</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17850">523</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17968">528</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17977">529</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-mcols"><span class="styfmt">glossary-mcols</span> package</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2828">88</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11388">318</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.11427">320</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17995">529</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.18043">532</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19813">593</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-super"><span class="styfmt">glossary-super</span> package</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.198">7</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2770">86</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2793">87</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11053">308</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11167">311</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17853">523</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18057">532</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.18090">534</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18967">565</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19947">598</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21923">662</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-superragged"><span class="styfmt">glossary-superragged</span> package</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superraggedstyles">§13.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11163">311</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17864">523</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17870">524</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18093">534</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18111">535</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.glossary-topic"><span class="styfmt">glossary-topic</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.10564">293</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11391">319</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15632">449</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.15728">452</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.18117">535</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-tree"><span class="styfmt">glossary-tree</span> package</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2771">86</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2815">88</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11248">314</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11420">319</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15648">449</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15727">452</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17876">524</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17892">525</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18121">535</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18132">536</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19504">582</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20166">605</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20385">612</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20398">613</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21087">639</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21935">662</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:glossary">glossary</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.40">2</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.245">8</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4248">128</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5236">155</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8412">239</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8940">251</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12583">356</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17081">496</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.abbreviations"><code class="glostypefmt">abbreviations</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">§2.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3778">113</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13545">390</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18188">538</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21576">656</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.acronym"><code class="glostypefmt">acronym</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">§2.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3728">112</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21686">658</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.index"><code class="glostypefmt">index</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-type">§2.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3673">111</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3697">112</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9065">253</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.main"><code class="glostypefmt">main</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglossary">§9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3602">109</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9000">252</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21887">661</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.numbers"><code class="glostypefmt">numbers</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-type">§2.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3649">110</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3664">111</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9056">253</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostype.symbols"><code class="glostypefmt">symbols</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-type">§2.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3625">109</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3640">110</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6126">177</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9047">253</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20847">629</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21355">647</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.22065">664</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.glossary"><span class="styfmt">glossary</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3986">120</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6665">191</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8101">226</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21262">644</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:idx.glossaryentry">glossary entries</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.42">2</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.240">8</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4204">126</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5328">158</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6699">192</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.glosfield">glossary entry fields</dfn></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glosfield.childcount"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">childcount</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12664">359</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20747">626</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glosfield.childlist"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">childlist</span></dfn></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.currcount"><span class="csoptfmt">currcount</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8262">233</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8285">234</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21056">638</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.desc"><span class="csoptfmt">desc</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:expansion">§4.4</a>; <a href="#tab:fieldmap">Table 4.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12691">360</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glosfield.descaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">descaccess</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13185">376</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13322">382</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13392">384</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19080">569</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.descplural"><span class="csoptfmt">descplural</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:expansion">§4.4</a>; <a href="#tab:fieldmap">Table 4.1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glosfield.descpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">descpluralaccess</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13190">377</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13326">382</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13396">384</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19097">569</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.firstpl"><span class="csoptfmt">firstpl</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:expansion">§4.4</a>; <a href="#tab:fieldmap">Table 4.1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glosfield.level"><span class="csoptfmt">level</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4982">149</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8695">244</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17102">496</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glosfield.loclist"><span class="csoptfmt">loclist</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.6564">188</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6595">189</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8932">250</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10400">288</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10434">289</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16574">478</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19894">596</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19924">597</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21380">647</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21992">663</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.longpl"><span class="csoptfmt">longpl</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:expansion">§4.4</a>; <a href="#tab:fieldmap">Table 4.1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glosfield.prenumberlist"><span class="csoptfmt">prenumberlist</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4477">133</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8901">249</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8928">250</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17396">504</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19907">596</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.prevcount"><span class="csoptfmt">prevcount</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8263">233</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8288">234</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.shortpl"><span class="csoptfmt">shortpl</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:expansion">§4.4</a>; <a href="#tab:fieldmap">Table 4.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13262">379</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glosfield.siblingcount"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">siblingcount</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.15511">445</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15517">446</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glosfield.siblinglist"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">siblinglist</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.15516">445</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.sortvalue"><span class="csoptfmt">sortvalue</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:expansion">§4.4</a>; <a href="#tab:fieldmap">Table 4.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12811">364</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useri"><span class="csoptfmt">useri</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:expansion">§4.4</a>; <a href="#tab:fieldmap">Table 4.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12785">363</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14578">416</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15465">444</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17171">497</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glosfield.useriaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">useriaccess</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13213">377</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13342">382</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13412">385</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.userii"><span class="csoptfmt">userii</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:expansion">§4.4</a>; <a href="#tab:fieldmap">Table 4.1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glosfield.useriiaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">useriiaccess</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13218">377</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13346">382</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13416">385</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useriii"><span class="csoptfmt">useriii</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:expansion">§4.4</a>; <a href="#tab:fieldmap">Table 4.1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glosfield.useriiiaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">useriiiaccess</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13223">378</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13350">383</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13420">385</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.useriv"><span class="csoptfmt">useriv</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:expansion">§4.4</a>; <a href="#tab:fieldmap">Table 4.1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glosfield.userivaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">userivaccess</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13228">378</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13354">383</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13424">385</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.userv"><span class="csoptfmt">userv</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:expansion">§4.4</a>; <a href="#tab:fieldmap">Table 4.1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glosfield.uservaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">uservaccess</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13233">378</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13358">383</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13428">385</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glosfield.uservi"><span class="csoptfmt">uservi</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:expansion">§4.4</a>; <a href="#tab:fieldmap">Table 4.1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glosfield.userviaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">userviaccess</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13238">378</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13362">383</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13432">386</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.gloskey">glossary entry keys</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17249">501</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.access"><span class="csoptfmt">access</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13161">375</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13304">381</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13371">383</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16775">484</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17252">501</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.18768">558</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19043">567</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19854">594</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.alias"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">alias</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1239">41</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4536">134</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4556">135</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5216">154</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5416">160</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13820">397</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17256">501</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1131">38</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1151">39</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2386">76</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4580">135</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5965">174</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6256">180</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14248">408</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14332">410</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15665">450</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.15826">455</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.15990">460</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16920">488</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17262">501</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20838">629</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21163">641</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21175">642</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.counter"><span class="csoptfmt">counter</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2883">89</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4568">135</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5526">162</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9800">273</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17266">501</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#tab:fieldmap">Table 4.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.862">30</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1141">38</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3123">96</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4234">127</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.4287">129</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4613">136</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4872">144</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4942">147</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5883">171</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6452">185</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6497">186</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6739">192</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7178">205</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.7439">212</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.12684">360</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12895">368</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13183">376</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13893">399</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15210">435</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15785">453</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16652">480</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16747">483</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16987">490</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17067">495</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17273">501</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.17288">502</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18621">553</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18940">564</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19066">568</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20854">629</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20982">634</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21016">636</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21247">644</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.descriptionaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">descriptionaccess</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13182">376</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13323">382</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13393">384</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17285">502</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.18961">564</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.descriptionplural"><span class="csoptfmt">descriptionplural</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#tab:fieldmap">Table 4.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4286">129</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4943">147</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6505">186</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13188">376</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17289">502</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.18958">564</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19083">569</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.descriptionpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">descriptionpluralaccess</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13187">376</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13327">382</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13397">384</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17293">502</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.18964">565</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4175">126</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.4334">130</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.4608">136</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5487">161</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5650">165</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.5840">170</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.6112">177</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6160">178</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6485">186</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6675">191</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6804">194</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7049">202</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8137">228</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12838">365</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12881">367</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13168">376</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13906">399</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16950">489</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17297">502</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19100">569</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19528">583</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19575">584</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">firstaccess</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13167">376</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13377">384</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17305">502</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19114">570</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19544">583</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">firstplural</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#tab:fieldmap">Table 4.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4329">130</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4678">138</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5677">165</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5798">169</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6125">177</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6164">178</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6491">186</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12885">367</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13174">376</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16951">489</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17309">502</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.17322">503</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19117">570</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19560">584</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">firstpluralaccess</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13173">376</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13313">381</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13383">384</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17319">502</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19131">570</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19573">584</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.group"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">group</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.17167">497</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17323">503</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21375">647</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.location"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">location</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:options">Table 1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6565">188</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6634">189</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10418">288</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10436">289</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16570">478</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17339">503</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19001">566</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19219">573</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21379">647</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21995">663</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2362">75</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4587">135</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4595">136</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4869">144</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.4937">147</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.5489">161</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5656">165</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6114">177</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6707">192</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6906">197</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.7059">202</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.12676">359</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13193">377</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14241">407</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17348">503</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.17370">504</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18307">542</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18749">558</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19171">571</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19179">572</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20691">623</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20803">628</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21023">636</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">longaccess</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13192">377</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13336">382</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13406">385</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17363">503</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.18750">558</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19185">572</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19787">592</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#tab:fieldmap">Table 4.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1490">50</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4349">130</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4588">135</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4591">136</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5683">165</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6151">177</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6708">192</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6918">197</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6965">199</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7174">205</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13196">377</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17367">503</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.17374">504</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18326">543</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18760">558</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19188">572</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20821">628</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">longpluralaccess</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13195">377</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13339">382</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13409">385</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17371">504</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.18761">558</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19202">572</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19792">592</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.369">13</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.602">20</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.719">24</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.861">30</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.978">34</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.1182">39</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.1545">52</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3119">96</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.3270">100</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.4235">127</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.4430">132</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4941">147</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.5062">150</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.5837">170</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6451">185</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6736">192</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7073">203</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.7226">206</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7701">217</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9399">263</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9405">264</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12836">365</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12894">368</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13162">376</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13876">399</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14131">405</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14223">407</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14448">413</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14625">417</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14915">425</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15559">447</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.15807">454</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.16064">462</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16445">474</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16651">480</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16744">483</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16942">489</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17066">495</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17255">501</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17375">504</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.17476">506</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17509">507</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18703">556</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18767">558</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19205">572</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19212">573</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19580">584</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19847">594</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19858">595</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20839">629</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21246">644</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.22050">664</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.nonumberlist"><span class="csoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4460">133</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4523">134</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8920">250</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9353">262</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17389">504</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.22006">663</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.parent"><span class="csoptfmt">parent</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4236">127</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.4275">129</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4964">148</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.5070">151</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.12659">359</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12806">364</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12844">365</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17106">496</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17398">504</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19222">573</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21011">636</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1489">50</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4176">126</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.4324">130</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.4663">137</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4677">138</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5098">151</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5676">165</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5808">169</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6124">177</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6479">185</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6748">192</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12837">365</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12878">367</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13171">376</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15474">444</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15520">446</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15787">453</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16659">480</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16953">489</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17315">502</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17402">504</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.17414">505</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19227">573</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19994">599</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.pluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">pluralaccess</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13170">376</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13310">381</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13380">384</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17411">504</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19241">573</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20003">599</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefix"><span class="csoptfmt">prefix</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12874">367</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.13041">372</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.16653">480</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17415">505</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19248">574</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21029">636</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21294">645</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixfirst"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixfirst</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12880">367</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.13035">372</a> passim, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17419">505</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19255">574</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21032">637</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixfirstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixfirstplural</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12884">367</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.13038">372</a> passim, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17423">505</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19262">574</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21035">637</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.prefixplural"><span class="csoptfmt">prefixplural</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12877">367</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.13044">372</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.16655">480</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17427">505</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19269">574</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21038">637</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1238">41</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2212">72</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2871">89</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.3045">94</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.4480">133</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.4542">135</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5213">154</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5421">160</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9304">260</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.9446">265</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.13804">397</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15841">455</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.15924">457</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17259">501</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17431">505</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20093">603</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21591">656</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.22008">663</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.22022">664</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.seealso"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">seealso</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1240">41</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3046">94</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4535">134</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4547">135</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5215">154</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13819">397</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14023">403</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15863">456</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15926">457</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17439">505</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21592">656</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.720">24</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2364">75</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4589">135</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4596">136</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4933">146</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4936">147</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5488">161</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5657">165</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6115">177</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6709">192</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6883">196</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6971">200</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7060">202</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12680">359</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13199">377</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13875">399</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14833">423</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15014">429</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17444">505</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.17461">506</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18384">544</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18774">558</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19275">575</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20217">606</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20690">623</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20906">631</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21041">637</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">shortaccess</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13198">377</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13330">382</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13400">384</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16765">483</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.16873">487</a> passim, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17458">506</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.18775">558</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18908">563</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19289">575</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20212">606</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#tab:fieldmap">Table 4.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1491">50</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4327">130</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4590">135</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4592">136</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5684">165</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6152">177</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6710">192</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6758">193</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6895">197</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7159">205</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13208">377</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13263">379</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17462">506</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.18369">544</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18404">545</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18781">559</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19292">575</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20222">607</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20437">614</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20920">632</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">shortpluralaccess</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13207">377</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13333">382</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13403">385</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17468">506</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.18782">559</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19306">576</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20225">607</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#tab:fieldmap">Table 4.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.356">13</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.589">20</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.718">24</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1350">44</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1544">52</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3121">96</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.3190">98</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4252">128</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.4425">132</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.4642">137</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4946">147</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5089">151</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5305">156</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7076">203</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.7227">206</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.8596">242</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12809">364</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12847">365</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13874">399</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13945">401</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14128">405</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14234">407</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14410">412</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14447">413</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14913">425</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15121">432</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.15187">435</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.15382">442</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15554">447</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15586">448</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15810">454</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16065">462</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16169">466</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16247">468</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16462">475</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17228">499</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17472">506</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.18352">544</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19309">576</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20840">629</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.22036">664</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.863">30</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.968">34</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1096">37</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4357">130</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4611">136</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4944">147</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5490">161</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5868">170</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6179">178</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6234">179</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6453">185</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6511">186</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7699">217</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10654">296</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11694">328</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12672">359</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13177">376</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14559">415</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.14613">417</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16943">489</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17479">506</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.17490">507</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19312">576</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20298">609</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21044">637</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbolaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">symbolaccess</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13176">376</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13316">381</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13386">384</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16806">484</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17487">507</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19326">576</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20305">610</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbolplural"><span class="csoptfmt">symbolplural</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4362">130</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4945">147</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6519">187</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13180">376</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17491">507</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19329">576</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19337">577</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20322">610</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbolpluralaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">symbolpluralaccess</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13179">376</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13319">381</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13389">384</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17500">507</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19343">577</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20325">610</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1009">34</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1062">36</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4289">129</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4323">130</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4607">136</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5486">161</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5649">165</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.5839">170</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.6113">177</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6473">185</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6676">191</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6803">194</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7063">202</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8140">228</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9397">263</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9415">264</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12835">365</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12875">367</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13165">376</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13907">399</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14624">417</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14835">423</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15015">429</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15789">453</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15935">458</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16952">489</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17304">502</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17380">504</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17504">507</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19346">577</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19585">584</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20353">611</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.textaccess"><span class="csoptfmt">textaccess</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13164">376</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13307">381</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13374">383</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17510">507</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19358">577</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20363">611</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.502">17</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.643">21</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3750">113</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4438">132</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4753">142</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5125">152</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.5246">155</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.6700">192</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6761">193</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7155">205</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8945">251</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12802">364</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12841">365</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14877">424</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15122">432</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15340">440</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17514">507</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19367">577</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20837">629</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21091">639</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.21245">644</a> passim</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#tab:fieldmap">Table 4.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1115">38</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.1221">41</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4448">132</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5898">171</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6525">187</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11951">335</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12709">361</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13211">377</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14579">416</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15463">444</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15691">451</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16751">483</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16820">485</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16944">489</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17172">497</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17521">507</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.17531">508</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19370">578</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20465">615</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1access"><span class="csoptfmt">user1access</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13210">377</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13343">382</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13413">385</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16826">485</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17528">508</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19384">578</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20471">615</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user2"><span class="csoptfmt">user2</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#tab:fieldmap">Table 4.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4450">132</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5909">172</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6531">187</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11952">335</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13216">377</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17532">508</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19387">578</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20484">616</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user2access"><span class="csoptfmt">user2access</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13215">377</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13347">382</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13417">385</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17539">508</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19401">578</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20490">616</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user3"><span class="csoptfmt">user3</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#tab:fieldmap">Table 4.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4452">132</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5920">172</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6537">187</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13221">378</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17543">508</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19404">579</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20503">616</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user3access"><span class="csoptfmt">user3access</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13220">377</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13351">383</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13421">385</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17550">508</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19418">579</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20509">617</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user4"><span class="csoptfmt">user4</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#tab:fieldmap">Table 4.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4454">132</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5931">172</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6543">188</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13226">378</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17554">508</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19421">579</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20522">617</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user4access"><span class="csoptfmt">user4access</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13225">378</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13355">383</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13425">385</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17561">508</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19435">579</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20528">617</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user5"><span class="csoptfmt">user5</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#tab:fieldmap">Table 4.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4456">132</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5942">173</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6549">188</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13231">378</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17565">509</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19438">580</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20541">618</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user5access"><span class="csoptfmt">user5access</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13230">378</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13359">383</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13429">385</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17572">509</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19452">580</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20547">618</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user6"><span class="csoptfmt">user6</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#tab:fieldmap">Table 4.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4458">133</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5953">173</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6555">188</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13236">378</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17576">509</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19455">580</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20560">618</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user6access"><span class="csoptfmt">user6access</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13235">378</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13363">383</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13433">386</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17583">509</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19469">580</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20566">618</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.glossaryfile">glossary file</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:indexingfile">indexing file</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.glossaryignored">glossary, ignored</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:ignoredglossary">ignored glossary</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2758">86</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5004">149</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8859">248</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17806">521</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlist"><span class="glostylefmt">altlist</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:liststyles">§13.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7888">220</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10722">298</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13776">396</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15053">430</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17811">521</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlistgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">altlistgroup</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:liststyles">§13.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10732">298</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17814">521</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlisthypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">altlisthypergroup</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:liststyles">§13.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10737">298</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17818">521</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlong4col-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">altlong4col-booktabs</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles">§13.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10877">302</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11041">307</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17822">521</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlong4col"><span class="glostylefmt">altlong4col</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10591">293</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10860">302</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17825">521</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlong4colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altlong4colborder</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10868">302</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17828">522</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlong4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">altlong4colheader</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10873">302</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11042">308</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17831">522</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlong4colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altlong4colheaderborder</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10879">302</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16476">475</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17834">522</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlongragged4col-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">altlongragged4col-booktabs</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles">§13.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10971">305</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11050">308</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16479">475</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17837">522</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlongragged4col"><span class="glostylefmt">altlongragged4col</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">§13.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10957">305</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17840">522</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlongragged4colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altlongragged4colborder</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">§13.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10964">305</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17843">522</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlongragged4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">altlongragged4colheader</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">§13.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10968">305</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11051">308</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17846">522</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlongragged4colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altlongragged4colheaderborder</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">§13.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10973">305</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17849">523</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altsuper4col"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuper4col</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10592">293</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11126">310</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11140">311</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17852">523</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altsuper4colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuper4colborder</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11148">311</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17855">523</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altsuper4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuper4colheader</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11153">311</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17857">523</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altsuper4colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuper4colheaderborder</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11158">311</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17860">523</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altsuperragged4col"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuperragged4col</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superraggedstyles">§13.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11233">313</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11239">314</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17863">523</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altsuperragged4colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuperragged4colborder</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superraggedstyles">§13.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11237">314</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17866">523</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altsuperragged4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuperragged4colheader</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superraggedstyles">§13.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11241">314</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17869">524</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altsuperragged4colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">altsuperragged4colheaderborder</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superraggedstyles">§13.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11245">314</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17872">524</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttree"><span class="glostylefmt">alttree</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10597">295</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11082">309</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11272">315</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.11403">319</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.15733">452</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17875">524</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20399">613</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttreegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">alttreegroup</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11401">319</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17879">524</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.alttreehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">alttreehypergroup</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11406">319</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15615">449</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17884">524</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.bookindex"><span class="xtrglostylefmt">bookindex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1029">35</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1059">36</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15036">429</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15056">430</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17889">524</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20637">621</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.index"><span class="glostylefmt">index</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.194">7</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2763">86</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2820">88</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10704">298</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10749">299</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11285">315</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.11418">319</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.11572">325</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11619">326</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17891">525</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20396">613</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.indexgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">indexgroup</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.329">12</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.680">22</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11310">316</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11571">325</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17893">525</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20390">612</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.indexhypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">indexhypergroup</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11265">314</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11315">316</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11733">329</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17896">525</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.inline"><span class="glostylefmt">inline</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:inline">§13.1.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11450">321</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11474">322</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15606">448</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17047">495</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17899">525</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.list"><span class="glostylefmt">list</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:liststyles">§13.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.191">7</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2760">86</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2809">87</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10509">291</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10696">297</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10708">298</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11596">326</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11779">331</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.11939">335</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.13073">373</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15037">429</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17902">525</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19760">591</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.listdotted"><span class="glostylefmt">listdotted</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:liststyles">§13.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10627">295</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.10758">299</a> passim, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17905">525</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19750">591</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.listgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">listgroup</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:liststyles">§13.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3204">98</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10569">293</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10706">298</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17907">525</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.listhypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">listhypergroup</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:liststyles">§13.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10712">298</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11270">315</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.11340">317</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17911">526</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19764">591</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">long-booktabs</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles">§13.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10814">301</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11028">307</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11873">333</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17915">526</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long-name-desc-sym-loc"><span class="xtrglostylefmt">long-name-desc-sym-loc</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.16493">476</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17918">526</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long-name-desc"><span class="xtrglostylefmt">long-name-desc</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17920">526</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long"><span class="glostylefmt">long</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8445">239</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10521">292</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10596">295</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10799">300</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10809">301</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17922">526</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3col-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">long3col-booktabs</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles">§13.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10835">301</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11034">307</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17925">526</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3col"><span class="glostylefmt">long3col</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#tab:styles">Table 13.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10821">301</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17928">526</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">long3colborder</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#tab:styles">Table 13.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10828">301</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17931">526</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">long3colheader</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#tab:styles">Table 13.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10832">301</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11035">307</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17934">527</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">long3colheaderborder</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#tab:styles">Table 13.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10837">301</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17937">527</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long4col-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">long4col-booktabs</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles">§13.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10854">302</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11038">307</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16478">475</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17940">527</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long4col"><span class="glostylefmt">long4col</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10588">293</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10842">301</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10849">302</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17943">527</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long4colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">long4colborder</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10847">302</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17946">527</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">long4colheader</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10851">302</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11039">307</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17949">527</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long4colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">long4colheaderborder</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10856">302</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16475">475</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17952">527</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longborder"><span class="glostylefmt">longborder</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10807">300</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10808">301</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17955">528</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longheader"><span class="glostylefmt">longheader</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10811">301</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11029">307</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11784">331</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17958">528</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">longheaderborder</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longstyles">§13.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8862">248</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10816">301</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17961">528</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged-booktabs</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles">§13.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10931">304</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11044">308</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17964">528</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">§13.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10918">304</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17967">528</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged3col-booktabs"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged3col-booktabs</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles">§13.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10951">305</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11047">308</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17970">528</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged3col"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged3col</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">§13.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10937">304</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10950">305</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17973">528</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged3colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged3colborder</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">§13.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10944">304</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17976">529</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged3colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged3colheader</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">§13.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10948">305</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11048">308</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17979">529</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longragged3colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">longragged3colheaderborder</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">§13.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10953">305</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17982">529</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longraggedborder"><span class="glostylefmt">longraggedborder</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">§13.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10924">304</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17985">529</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longraggedheader"><span class="glostylefmt">longraggedheader</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">§13.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10928">304</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11045">308</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17988">529</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longraggedheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">longraggedheaderborder</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">§13.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10933">304</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17991">529</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcolalttree"><span class="glostylefmt">mcolalttree</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8874">248</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17994">529</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcolalttreegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">mcolalttreegroup</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17998">530</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcolalttreehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">mcolalttreehypergroup</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18003">530</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcolalttreespannav"><span class="glostylefmt">mcolalttreespannav</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18008">530</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcolindex"><span class="glostylefmt">mcolindex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11417">319</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18013">530</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcolindexgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">mcolindexgroup</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18015">530</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcolindexhypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">mcolindexhypergroup</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18018">530</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcolindexspannav"><span class="glostylefmt">mcolindexspannav</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18021">531</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcoltree"><span class="glostylefmt">mcoltree</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18024">531</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcoltreegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">mcoltreegroup</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18027">531</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcoltreehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">mcoltreehypergroup</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11444">321</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18031">531</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcoltreenoname"><span class="glostylefmt">mcoltreenoname</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18035">531</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcoltreenonamegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">mcoltreenonamegroup</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18038">531</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcoltreenonamehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">mcoltreenonamehypergroup</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18042">532</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcoltreenonamespannav"><span class="glostylefmt">mcoltreenonamespannav</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18046">532</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcoltreespannav"><span class="glostylefmt">mcoltreespannav</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18050">532</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.sublistdotted"><span class="glostylefmt">sublistdotted</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:liststyles">§13.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10757">299</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18054">532</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super"><span class="glostylefmt">super</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8446">239</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11084">309</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18056">532</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super3col"><span class="glostylefmt">super3col</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11104">309</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11113">310</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18059">532</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super3colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">super3colborder</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11111">310</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18062">532</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super3colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">super3colheader</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11115">310</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18065">533</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super3colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">super3colheaderborder</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11119">310</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18068">533</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super4col"><span class="glostylefmt">super4col</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10589">293</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11123">310</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11142">311</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18071">533</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super4colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">super4colborder</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11128">310</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11150">311</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18074">533</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super4colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">super4colheader</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11132">310</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11155">311</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18077">533</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super4colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">super4colheaderborder</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11136">310</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11160">311</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18080">533</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superborder"><span class="glostylefmt">superborder</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11092">309</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18083">533</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superheader"><span class="glostylefmt">superheader</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11096">309</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18086">533</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">superheaderborder</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superstyles">§13.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8860">248</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11100">309</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18089">534</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superragged"><span class="glostylefmt">superragged</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superraggedstyles">§13.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11195">312</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11209">313</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18092">534</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superragged3col"><span class="glostylefmt">superragged3col</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superraggedstyles">§13.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11215">313</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18095">534</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superragged3colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">superragged3colborder</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superraggedstyles">§13.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11222">313</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18098">534</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superragged3colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">superragged3colheader</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superraggedstyles">§13.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11226">313</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18101">534</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superragged3colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">superragged3colheaderborder</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superraggedstyles">§13.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11230">313</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18104">534</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superraggedborder"><span class="glostylefmt">superraggedborder</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superraggedstyles">§13.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11203">312</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18107">534</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superraggedheader"><span class="glostylefmt">superraggedheader</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superraggedstyles">§13.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11207">313</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18110">535</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superraggedheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">superraggedheaderborder</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:superraggedstyles">§13.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11211">313</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18113">535</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.topic"><span class="xtrglostylefmt">topic</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12545">354</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15715">451</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.15781">453</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18116">535</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.topicmcols"><span class="xtrglostylefmt">topicmcols</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18118">535</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.tree"><span class="glostylefmt">tree</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7702">217</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10499">291</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11282">315</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.11360">318</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15732">452</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18120">535</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20393">612</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20402">613</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">treegroup</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11331">317</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18123">535</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20389">612</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">treehypergroup</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10694">297</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11336">317</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18127">535</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20406">613</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treenoname"><span class="glostylefmt">treenoname</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11276">315</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11343">317</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18131">536</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treenonamegroup"><span class="glostylefmt">treenonamegroup</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11347">317</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15594">448</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18134">536</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.treenonamehypergroup"><span class="glostylefmt">treenonamehypergroup</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#tab:mcols">Table 13.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11351">317</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18138">536</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryentry</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:problemlocations">§12.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10096">279</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18636">554</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ctr.glossaryentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossaryentry</span> counter</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2609">82</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.2707">85</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19053">568</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20052">601</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20074">602</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20258">608</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21545">653</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21763">659</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glossaryentrynumbers"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryentrynumbers</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8890">249</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8931">250</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11824">332</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18638">554</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19878">595</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19912">597</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20078">602</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glossaryheader"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryheader</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossarystylecmds">§13.2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8934">250</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11485">322</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11783">331</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11884">333</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18646">554</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glossarymark"><code class="csfmt">\glossarymark</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22158"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8734">245</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8754">246</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18650">554</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glossaryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryname</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:fixednames">§1.5.1</a>; <a href="#tab:predefinednames">Table 1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1422">47</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.1457">49</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2285">74</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9076">253</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18425">545</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18654">554</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glossarypostamble"><code class="csfmt">\glossarypostamble</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8852">248</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18658">554</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glossarypreamble"><code class="csfmt">\glossarypreamble</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2682">84</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8820">247</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18661">555</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:setglossarypreamble"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarypreamble</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glossarysection"><code class="csfmt">\glossarysection</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8720">245</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8866">248</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11462">321</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18665">555</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\glossarystyle</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22159"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18666">555</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ctr.glossarysubentry"><span class="ctrfmt">glossarysubentry</span> counter</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2703">85</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2734">86</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20053">601</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20081">602</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20263">608</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21549">653</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glossarytitle"><code class="csfmt">\glossarytitle</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8535">241</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8785">246</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8798">247</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18671">555</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glossarytoctitle"><code class="csfmt">\glossarytoctitle</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8540">241</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8791">246</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.8871">248</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18674">555</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glossentry</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossarystylecmds">§13.2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8694">244</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8925">250</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11597">326</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11643">327</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11818">332</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11846">333</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18679">555</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19671">588</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\Glossentrydesc</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossarycmds">§13.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11682">328</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14496">414</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18684">555</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.18937">564</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glossentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrydesc</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossarycmds">§13.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.946">33</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5887">171</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6499">186</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10529">292</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11676">328</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14066">404</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14497">414</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17282">501</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18686">555</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18688">556</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.18944">564</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\Glossentryname</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossarycmds">§13.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10485">291</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11665">328</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11917">334</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18691">556</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19844">594</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glossentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossentryname</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossarycmds">§13.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5846">170</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6460">185</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10482">291</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10525">292</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11506">323</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11658">327</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11672">328</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11851">333</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11918">334</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17387">504</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18695">556</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19851">594</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19857">595</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20336">611</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20724">625</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glossentrynameother"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glossentrynameother</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1065">36</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18699">556</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glossentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\Glossentrysymbol</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossarycmds">§13.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11699">328</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18704">556</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20295">609</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glossentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glossentrysymbol</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossarycmds">§13.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.952">33</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5872">170</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6513">187</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10530">292</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11692">328</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18708">556</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20302">609</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7012352 -->
+
+<section id="index7077888"><!-- start of section index7077888 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->Gls<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7077888">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GLS"><code class="csfmt">\GLS</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:gls-like">§5.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5664">165</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13000">370</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18711">556</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:gls-like">§5.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5661">165</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12973">370</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18716">557</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:gls-like">§5.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4290">129</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5647">165</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12954">369</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12972">370</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18721">557</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5453">160</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5598">163</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17086">496</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.glsopt"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like and <code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like options</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17587">510</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.counter"><span class="csoptfmt">counter</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glslinkoptions">§5.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2884">89</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4576">135</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5523">162</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9802">273</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12157">340</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14529">414</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17591">510</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21209">643</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glslinkoptions">§5.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5515">161</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5548">162</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6661">190</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9524">266</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.9722">271</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.10118">280</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12182">341</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12209">342</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14484">414</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14674">419</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14717">420</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16110">464</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17190">498</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17595">510</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.17624">511</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18815">560</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.hyper"><span class="csoptfmt">hyper</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glslinkoptions">§5.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2331">75</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5499">161</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5603">163</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5741">167</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6069">176</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6268">180</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6354">182</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9085">254</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16605">479</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17601">510</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19632">586</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.hyperoutside"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">hyperoutside</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glslinkoptions">§5.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5552">162</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17607">510</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.local"><span class="csoptfmt">local</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glslinkoptions">§5.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5538">162</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17612">510</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.noindex"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">noindex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glslinkoptions">§5.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5544">162</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17619">511</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.postunset"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">postunset</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glslinkoptions">§5.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5594">163</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17627">511</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.prefix"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">prefix</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glslinkoptions">§5.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5570">163</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17633">511</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.prereset"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">prereset</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glslinkoptions">§5.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5584">163</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8181">229</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17636">511</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.preunset"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">preunset</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glslinkoptions">§5.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5589">163</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8180">229</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17640">511</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.textformat"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">textformat</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glslinkoptions">§5.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5565">162</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9089">254</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17644">511</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.theHvalue"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">theHvalue</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glslinkoptions">§5.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5579">163</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17649">511</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.thevalue"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">thevalue</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glslinkoptions">§5.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5574">163</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17055">495</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17654">512</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.types"><span class="csoptfmt">types</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsadd">§10</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9116">255</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17659">512</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.18803">559</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.wrgloss"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">wrgloss</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glslinkoptions">§5.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5557">162</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17663">512</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:gls@accessibility"><code class="csfmt">\gls@accessibility</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:accsuppdevnote">§17.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13442">386</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18729">557</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:gls@accsupp@engine"><code class="csfmt">\gls@accsupp@engine</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:accsuppdevnote">§17.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13437">386</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18732">557</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsabbrvfont"><code class="csfmt">\glsabbrvfont</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18735">557</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsaccessibility"><code class="csfmt">\glsaccessibility</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:accsuppcmds">§17.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13249">378</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13274">379</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13443">386</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18737">557</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.18786">559</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20216">606</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20221">607</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsaccesslong"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsaccesslong</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18741">557</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsaccesslong"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsaccesslong</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18745">558</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsaccesslongpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsaccesslongpl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18752">558</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsaccesslongpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsaccesslongpl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18756">558</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsaccessname"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsaccessname</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13296">381</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18763">558</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsaccessshort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsaccessshort</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18770">558</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsaccessshortpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsaccessshortpl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18777">558</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsaccsupp</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:accsuppcmds">§17.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13260">379</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16805">484</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18784">559</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19482">581</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsacrpluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glsacrpluralsuffix</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:acronyms">§6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1470">49</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6753">193</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7162">205</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.7271">208</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.18367">544</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18787">559</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsacspace"><code class="csfmt">\glsacspace</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:acrstyleslongshort">§6.2.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7215">206</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7299">208</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18791">559</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsacspacemax"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsacspacemax</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.7222">206</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18795">559</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsadd">§10</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.929">33</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2194">72</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2992">92</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.3034">94</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4514">134</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8312">234</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8373">237</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9083">254</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.9250">258</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.9487">265</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9805">273</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14930">426</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15013">429</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17058">495</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17590">510</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18798">559</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsaddall"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddall</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsadd">§10</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2219">72</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5250">155</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8473">240</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9114">255</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9482">265</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13604">391</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13639">393</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16394">473</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17662">512</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18800">559</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsaddallunused"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddallunused</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsadd">§10</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9151">255</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9169">256</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18810">560</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsaddkey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddkey</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsaddkey">§4.3.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4445">132</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4673">138</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.4748">141</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12693">360</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15934">458</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18820">560</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glsaddstoragekey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddstoragekey</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsAddLetterGroup"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddLetterGroup</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.16161">466</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18828">560</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsaddstoragekey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddstoragekey</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsaddstoragekey">§4.3.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4446">132</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4698">139</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4747">141</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4938">147</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5370">159</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6358">182</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7902">220</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14303">409</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15984">460</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.16050">462</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18835">560</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glsaddkey"><code class="csfmt">\glsaddkey</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyAttribute"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:xindyloc">§14.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9556">267</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9589">268</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12180">341</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12224">342</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16120">464</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16186">466</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18839">560</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyCounters"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyCounters</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:xindyloc">§14.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12162">341</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12229">342</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18844">560</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyLocation"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyLocation</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:xindyloc">§14.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10353">286</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10397">288</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12234">343</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12270">344</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12394">349</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16135">465</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16187">466</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16308">470</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18848">561</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyStyle"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyStyle</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:xdystyles">§14.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12081">338</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18852">561</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyStyles"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyStyles</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsautoprefix"><code class="csfmt">\glsautoprefix</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2541">80</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2589">81</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18857">561</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsbackslash"><code class="csfmt">\glsbackslash</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:xindy">§14</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12055">338</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18861">561</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glscapitalisewords"><code class="csfmt">\glscapitalisewords</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:casechanging">§15.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6410">184</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12555">355</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17030">494</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18864">561</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19362">577</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glscapscase"><code class="csfmt">\glscapscase</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6035">175</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6062">176</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7387">211</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18868">561</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glsifplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsifplural</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glsinsert"><code class="csfmt">\glsinsert</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:glscustomtext"><code class="csfmt">\glscustomtext</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glscategory"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glscategory</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.15995">460</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18880">562</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsclearpage"><code class="csfmt">\glsclearpage</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8768">246</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18882">562</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsclosebrace"><code class="csfmt">\glsclosebrace</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:xindy">§14</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12039">337</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16138">465</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18885">562</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glscounter"><code class="csfmt">\glscounter</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2886">89</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9664">269</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18887">562</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19045">567</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glscurrententrylabel"><code class="csfmt">\glscurrententrylabel</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.15151">433</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15466">444</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.15521">446</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18890">562</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glscurrentfieldvalue"><code class="csfmt">\glscurrentfieldvalue</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12705">360</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15471">444</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18896">562</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20744">626</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21020">636</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glscustomtext"><code class="csfmt">\glscustomtext</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6046">175</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6064">176</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6856">196</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18899">562</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glsifplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsifplural</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glscapscase"><code class="csfmt">\glscapscase</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:glsinsert"><code class="csfmt">\glsinsert</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsDeclareNoHyperList"><code class="csfmt">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-type">§2.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3592">109</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18902">562</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsdefaultshortaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaultshortaccess</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:accsuppkeys">§17.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13204">377</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16886">487</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18906">563</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3744">113</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4440">132</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5127">152</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5187">153</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5991">174</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6767">193</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8437">239</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8487">240</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8834">247</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9036">253</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12109">339</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12600">356</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17516">507</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17756">516</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18354">544</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.18603">552</a> passim, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18911">563</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20630">621</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21090">639</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21299">645</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21502">652</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsdefpostdesc"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsdefpostdesc</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.15462">444</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15805">454</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18916">563</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsdefpostlink"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefpostlink</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4312">129</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18919">563</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsdefs@newdocentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefs@newdocentry</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18922">563</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20589">619</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GLSdesc"><code class="csfmt">\GLSdesc</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5894">171</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18927">563</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsdesc"><code class="csfmt">\Glsdesc</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5891">171</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9278">259</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18932">563</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsdesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsdesc</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4614">136</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5882">171</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9277">259</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14062">404</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14492">414</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14540">415</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14826">423</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17277">501</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18929">563</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18938">564</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GLSdescplural"><code class="csfmt">\GLSdescplural</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18945">564</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsdescplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glsdescplural</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18950">564</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsdescplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsdescplural</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18955">564</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsdescriptionaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13321">381</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18959">564</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13325">382</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18962">564</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsdescwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glsdescwidth</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:predefinedstyles">§13.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8869">248</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10579">293</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10805">300</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.10960">305</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.11090">309</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.11219">313</a> passim, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18965">565</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsdisablehyper"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisablehyper</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:hyperref">§15.1</a>; <a href="#sec:disablehyperlinks">§5.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5510">161</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6072">176</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6272">180</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.6441">184</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.12463">352</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18969">565</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\Glsdisp</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:gls-like">§5.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5730">167</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6054">175</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18972">565</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsdisp"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisp</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:gls-like">§5.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2323">75</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4306">129</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4341">130</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4674">138</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4691">139</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5609">164</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.5738">167</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.6038">175</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6060">176</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8310">234</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15950">458</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17088">496</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18901">562</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18976">565</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19727">590</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisplay</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22160"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18984">565</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsdisplayfirst"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisplayfirst</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22161"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18990">565</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsdisplaynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisplaynumberlist</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#tab:options">Table 1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2595">82</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6560">188</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.6658">190</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16510">476</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.16585">478</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.18996">566</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19889">596</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19936">597</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsdohyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\glsdohyperlink</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:hyperref">§15.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2152">70</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12484">353</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19002">566</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19029">567</a>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glsdohypertarget"><code class="csfmt">\glsdohypertarget</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:glsdonohyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\glsdonohyperlink</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsdohypertarget"><code class="csfmt">\glsdohypertarget</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:hyperref">§15.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2150">70</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9869">274</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12480">352</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19007">566</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsdoifexists"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifexists</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12629">357</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.12654">359</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19012">566</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19496">582</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20992">635</a>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:ifglsentryexists"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsentryexists</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glsdoifexistsordo"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifexistsordo</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:glsdoifnoexists"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifnoexists</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsdoifexistsordo"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifexistsordo</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12636">358</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19015">566</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:ifglsentryexists"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsentryexists</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glsdoifexists"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifexists</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:glsdoifnoexists"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifnoexists</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsdoifexistsorwarn"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifexistsorwarn</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12633">358</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19020">566</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsdoifnoexists"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifnoexists</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12631">358</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19024">566</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:ifglsentryexists"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsentryexists</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glsdoifexistsordo"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifexistsordo</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:glsdoifexists"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifexists</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsdonohyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\glsdonohyperlink</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:hyperref">§15.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12472">352</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19027">567</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsdosanitizesort"><code class="csfmt">\glsdosanitizesort</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3224">98</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15261">437</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19031">567</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsenableentrycount"><code class="csfmt">\glsenableentrycount</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8260">233</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.8334">235</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16990">490</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19035">567</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19063">568</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19272">575</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsenablehyper"><code class="csfmt">\glsenablehyper</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:hyperref">§15.1</a>; <a href="#sec:disablehyperlinks">§5.1.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6274">180</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6275">181</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12475">352</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19037">567</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryaccess</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13370">383</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19041">567</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrycounter</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:encap">§12.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9663">269</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19044">567</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentrycounterfalse"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrycounterfalse</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2663">84</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19048">567</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentrycounterlabel"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrycounterlabel</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2654">83</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19051">568</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsEntryCounterLabelPrefix"><code class="csfmt">\GlsEntryCounterLabelPrefix</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2624">82</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19055">568</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentrycountertrue"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrycountertrue</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2665">84</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19058">568</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentrycurrcount"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrycurrcount</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8284">233</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19061">568</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrydesc</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.875">30</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.943">33</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6502">186</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14123">405</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19064">568</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentrydesc"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydesc</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.942">33</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6496">186</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9276">259</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11678">328</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14065">404</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17280">501</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19072">568</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentrydescaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydescaccess</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13391">384</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19078">569</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsentrydescplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrydescplural</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6508">186</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19081">569</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentrydescplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydescplural</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6504">186</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19089">569</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentrydescpluralaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrydescpluralaccess</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13395">384</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19095">569</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsentryfirst"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryfirst</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6488">186</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19098">569</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryfirst"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfirst</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6484">185</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16204">467</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19106">569</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryfirstaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfirstaccess</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13376">383</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19112">570</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsentryfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryfirstplural</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6494">186</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19115">570</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfirstplural</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6490">186</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19123">570</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryfirstpluralaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfirstpluralaccess</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13382">384</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19129">570</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5451">160</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5606">164</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5744">167</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5971">174</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.6335">182</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.16595">478</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16602">479</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18259">541</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18989">565</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19132">570</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glsgenentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenentryfmt</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:defglsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\defglsentryfmt</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GLSentryfull"><code class="csfmt">\GLSentryfull</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19136">570</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsentryfull"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryfull</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6470">185</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6991">200</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19140">570</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryfull"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfull</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6977">200</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.7138">204</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.7321">209</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.7565">215</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.19138">570</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19144">571</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GLSentryfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\GLSentryfullpl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19150">571</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsentryfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryfullpl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6998">200</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19154">571</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryfullpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfullpl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6995">200</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19158">571</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryitem"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryitem</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossarycmds">§13.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2646">83</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2711">85</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10523">292</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11589">326</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11847">333</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11912">334</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19164">571</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrylong</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6468">185</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6962">199</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7559">214</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7694">217</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19169">571</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6957">199</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6979">200</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7561">214</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7695">217</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18751">558</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19177">571</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentrylongaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylongaccess</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13405">385</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19183">572</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsentrylongpl"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrylongpl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>, <a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6968">199</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7560">214</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8366">236</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19186">572</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentrylongpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylongpl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6964">199</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7562">214</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18762">558</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19194">572</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentrylongpluralaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylongpluralaccess</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13408">385</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19200">572</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsentryname"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryname</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.853">29</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6463">185</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10489">291</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19203">572</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryname"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryname</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.852">29</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6457">185</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9402">263</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10488">291</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11661">327</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11674">328</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13298">381</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16206">467</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17385">504</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18769">558</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19210">572</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentrynumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrynumberlist</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2594">82</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6575">188</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6593">189</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16509">476</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.16586">478</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19214">573</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryparent"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryparent</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:fetchset">§15.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8691">244</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12805">364</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15486">444</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15499">445</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19220">573</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsentryplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryplural</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6482">185</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19225">573</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryplural</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6478">185</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15469">444</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.15522">446</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19233">573</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentrypluralaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrypluralaccess</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13379">384</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19239">573</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsentryprefix"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryprefix</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12980">370</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13057">372</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19242">573</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryprefix"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprefix</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13040">372</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15150">433</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19246">574</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsentryprefixfirst"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryprefixfirst</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12981">370</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13065">372</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19249">574</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryprefixfirst"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprefixfirst</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13046">372</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13066">373</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19253">574</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsentryprefixfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryprefixfirstplural</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12994">370</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13069">373</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19256">574</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryprefixfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprefixfirstplural</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13049">372</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13070">373</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19260">574</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsentryprefixplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryprefixplural</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12993">370</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13061">372</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19263">574</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryprefixplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprefixplural</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13043">372</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19267">574</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryprevcount"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryprevcount</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8287">234</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.8377">237</a> passim, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19270">575</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryshort</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6469">185</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6975">200</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19273">575</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longshortfull">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6970">200</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18776">558</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19281">575</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryshortaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshortaccess</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13399">384</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19287">575</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsentryshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryshortpl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19290">575</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshortpl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.18783">559</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19298">575</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryshortpluralaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshortpluralaccess</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13402">384</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19304">576</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentrysort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysort</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:fetchset">§15.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12808">364</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19307">576</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrysymbol</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6516">187</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19310">576</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentrysymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysymbol</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.874">30</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.951">33</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6196">179</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6510">186</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11695">328</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11704">329</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16626">479</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17486">506</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19318">576</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentrysymbolaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysymbolaccess</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13385">384</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19324">576</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsentrysymbolplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrysymbolplural</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6522">187</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19327">576</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentrysymbolplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysymbolplural</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6518">187</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17498">507</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19335">576</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentrysymbolpluralaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrysymbolpluralaccess</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13388">384</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19341">577</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentrytext</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4710">140</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6396">183</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6476">185</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12513">354</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13052">372</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17023">494</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18824">560</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19344">577</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4699">139</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5384">159</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6361">183</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.6472">185</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6953">199</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7905">220</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8313">234</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9406">264</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13364">383</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15228">436</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15476">444</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15948">458</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18823">560</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19352">577</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19616">586</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentrytextaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytextaccess</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13373">383</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19356">577</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentrytitlecase"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytitlecase</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5780">168</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6407">184</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17028">494</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19359">577</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentrytype"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytype</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:fetchset">§15.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6022">175</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12606">356</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12801">364</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19365">577</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsentryuseri"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryuseri</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6528">187</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19368">578</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryuseri"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuseri</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6524">187</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17527">507</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19376">578</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryuseriaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuseriaccess</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13411">385</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19382">578</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsentryuserii"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryuserii</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6534">187</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19385">578</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryuserii"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuserii</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6530">187</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17538">508</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19393">578</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryuseriiaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuseriiaccess</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13415">385</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19399">578</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsentryuseriii"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryuseriii</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6540">187</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19402">579</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryuseriii"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuseriii</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6536">187</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17549">508</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19410">579</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryuseriiiaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuseriiiaccess</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13419">385</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19416">579</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsentryuseriv"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryuseriv</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6546">188</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19419">579</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryuseriv"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuseriv</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6542">188</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17560">508</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19427">579</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryuserivaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuserivaccess</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13423">385</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19433">579</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsentryuserv"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryuserv</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6552">188</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19436">580</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryuserv"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuserv</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6548">188</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17571">509</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19444">580</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryuservaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuservaccess</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13427">385</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19450">580</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsentryuservi"><code class="csfmt">\Glsentryuservi</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6558">188</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19453">580</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryuservi"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuservi</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6554">188</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17582">509</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19461">580</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryuserviaccess"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryuserviaccess</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccess">§17.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13431">385</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19467">580</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsexpandfields"><code class="csfmt">\glsexpandfields</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:expansion">§4.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4956">147</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19470">581</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20150">604</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsfield-labelaccsupp"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\gls<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field-label</em>〉</span>accsupp</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:accsuppcmds">§17.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13258">379</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16800">484</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16822">485</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16945">489</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19473">581</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsfieldaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsfieldaccsupp</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:accsuppcmds">§17.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13256">378</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19476">581</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20639">621</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsfielddef"><code class="csfmt">\glsfielddef</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:fetchset">§15.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5247">155</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12852">366</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19483">581</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19499">582</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsfieldedef"><code class="csfmt">\glsfieldedef</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:fetchset">§15.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12855">366</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19488">581</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19502">582</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsfieldfetch"><code class="csfmt">\glsfieldfetch</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:fetchset">§15.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4983">149</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12814">364</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12821">365</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17103">496</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19493">581</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsfieldgdef"><code class="csfmt">\glsfieldgdef</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19497">582</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsfieldxdef"><code class="csfmt">\glsfieldxdef</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:fetchset">§15.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6369">183</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12859">366</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16044">462</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19500">582</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsfindwidesttoplevelname"><code class="csfmt">\glsfindwidesttoplevelname</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11371">318</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15623">449</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19503">582</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.15652">450</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19507">582</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.15651">450</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19512">582</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GLSfirst"><code class="csfmt">\GLSfirst</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5794">169</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19516">582</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsfirst"><code class="csfmt">\Glsfirst</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5791">168</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19521">583</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsfirst"><code class="csfmt">\glsfirst</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5786">168</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5842">170</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7066">202</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19518">582</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19526">583</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsfirstabbrvscfont"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsfirstabbrvscfont</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19538">583</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsfirstaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsfirstaccessdisplay</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19542">583</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsfirstlongfootnotefont"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19545">583</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GLSfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\GLSfirstplural</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5833">170</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19548">583</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glsfirstplural</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5830">169</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19553">583</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsfirstplural</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5825">169</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19550">583</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19558">584</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13312">381</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19571">584</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsfmtfirst"><code class="csfmt">\glsfmtfirst</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.16205">467</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19574">584</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsfmtlong"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsfmtlong</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19576">584</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsfmtname"><code class="csfmt">\glsfmtname</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9426">264</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16207">467</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19579">584</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsfmtshort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsfmtshort</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.6869">196</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19581">584</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsfmttext"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsfmttext</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5400">159</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9424">264</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15229">436</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19583">584</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsgenacfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenacfmt</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6148">177</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7061">202</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7383">211</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7481">213</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7907">220</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18613">553</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19586">585</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsgenentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsgenentryfmt</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4871">144</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5973">174</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.6121">177</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.7396">211</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7479">213</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19591">585</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19631">586</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsgetgrouptitle"><code class="csfmt">\glsgetgrouptitle</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossarycmds">§13.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10549">292</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10576">293</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10710">298</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11313">316</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11708">329</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11755">330</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19594">585</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glsxtrsetgrouptitle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsgroupheading"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupheading</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossarystylecmds">§13.2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8936">250</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11478">322</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11573">325</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11795">331</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11860">333</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19596">585</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsgroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glsgroupskip</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossarystylecmds">§13.2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8935">250</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10606">295</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.10792">300</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.11024">307</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11476">322</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11863">333</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19601">585</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19963">598</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsglossarymark"><code class="csfmt">\glsglossarymark</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2500">79</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8733">245</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.8870">248</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18653">554</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19605">585</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glshyperfirstfalse"><code class="csfmt">\glshyperfirstfalse</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.7718">217</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19608">585</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glshyperfirsttrue"><code class="csfmt">\glshyperfirsttrue</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19611">585</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glshyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\glshyperlink</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6336">182</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.6435">184</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8655">244</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12465">352</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19614">586</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glshypernavsep"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernavsep</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:hypernav">§13.2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10720">298</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11757">330</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19617">586</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19873">595</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20308">610</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glshypernumber"><code class="csfmt">\glshypernumber</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:encap">§12.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9571">267</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9633">269</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9875">275</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10194">282</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.10262">284</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10460">290</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19620">586</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19918">597</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20573">619</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20939">633</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20963">634</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21487">651</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsifhyper"><code class="csfmt">\glsifhyper</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22162"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19629">586</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsifhyperon"><code class="csfmt">\glsifhyperon</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6066">176</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6371">183</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19634">586</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:glslinkvar"><code class="csfmt">\glslinkvar</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsIfListOfAcronyms"><code class="csfmt">\glsIfListOfAcronyms</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">§2.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3829">115</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19638">586</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsifplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsifplural</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6030">175</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6063">176</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7386">211</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8070">225</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19640">587</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glscapscase"><code class="csfmt">\glscapscase</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glsinsert"><code class="csfmt">\glsinsert</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:glscustomtext"><code class="csfmt">\glscustomtext</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsifusedtranslatordict"><code class="csfmt">\glsifusedtranslatordict</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1444">48</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.1510">51</a> passim, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19644">587</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsignore"><code class="csfmt">\glsignore</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:encap">§12.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5520">162</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9162">255</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9170">256</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9538">266</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10011">277</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17119">496</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17625">511</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18816">560</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19649">587</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsindexingsetting"><code class="csfmt">\glsindexingsetting</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:indexingoptions">§1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.257">9</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3159">97</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3351">102</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19657">587</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsindexonlyfirstfalse"><code class="csfmt">\glsindexonlyfirstfalse</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2999">93</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19660">587</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsindexonlyfirsttrue"><code class="csfmt">\glsindexonlyfirsttrue</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2997">93</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19663">587</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsinlinedescformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlinedescformat</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:inline">§13.1.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11536">324</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19666">587</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsinlinedopostchild"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlinedopostchild</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:inline">§13.1.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11480">322</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19669">588</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsinlineemptydescformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlineemptydescformat</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:inline">§13.1.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11534">324</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19676">588</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsinlineifhaschildren"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlineifhaschildren</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:inline">§13.1.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11514">323</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19679">588</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsinlinenameformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlinenameformat</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:inline">§13.1.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11505">323</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19681">588</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsinlineparentchildseparator"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlineparentchildseparator</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:inline">§13.1.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11497">322</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19684">588</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsinlinepostchild"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlinepostchild</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:inline">§13.1.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11487">322</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11544">324</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19688">588</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsinlineseparator"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlineseparator</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:inline">§13.1.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11490">322</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19691">588</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsinlinesubdescformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlinesubdescformat</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:inline">§13.1.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11542">324</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19695">589</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsinlinesubnameformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlinesubnameformat</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:inline">§13.1.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11528">323</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19698">589</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsinlinesubseparator"><code class="csfmt">\glsinlinesubseparator</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:inline">§13.1.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11494">322</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19700">589</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsinsert"><code class="csfmt">\glsinsert</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6025">175</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6102">176</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19703">589</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glsifplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsifplural</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glscapscase"><code class="csfmt">\glscapscase</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:glscustomtext"><code class="csfmt">\glscustomtext</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glskeylisttok"><code class="csfmt">\glskeylisttok</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:customacronym">§6.2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7426">211</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19706">589</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2354">75</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4615">136</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4707">139</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6015">175</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6098">176</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6825">195</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7926">221</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8037">224</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14582">416</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19710">589</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glsifplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsifplural</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glscapscase"><code class="csfmt">\glscapscase</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glsinsert"><code class="csfmt">\glsinsert</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glscustomtext"><code class="csfmt">\glscustomtext</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:glstype"><code class="csfmt">\glstype</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glslabeltok"><code class="csfmt">\glslabeltok</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:customacronym">§6.2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7428">211</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19712">589</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsletentryfield"><code class="csfmt">\glsletentryfield</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:fetchset">§15.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12818">365</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19717">590</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glslink"><code class="csfmt">\Glslink</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5761">167</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19720">590</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2325">75</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4675">138</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4690">139</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5484">161</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5755">167</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5766">168</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7666">216</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8314">234</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8647">244</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14493">414</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.14622">417</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.17096">496</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18980">565</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19724">590</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20663">622</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook"><code class="csfmt">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2351">75</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19731">590</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glslinkpostsetkeys"><code class="csfmt">\glslinkpostsetkeys</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glshooks">§5.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2378">76</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6107">176</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6239">180</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6363">183</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8067">224</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16030">461</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16051">462</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19735">590</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glslinkpresetkeys"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glslinkpresetkeys</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.6242">180</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19739">590</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glslinkvar"><code class="csfmt">\glslinkvar</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6082">176</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19743">590</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glsentryfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryfmt</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:glslinkvar"><code class="csfmt">\glslinkvar</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glslistdottedwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glslistdottedwidth</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:liststyles">§13.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10748">299</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19748">591</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glslistexpandedname"><code class="csfmt">\glslistexpandedname</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:liststyles">§13.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10672">297</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19751">591</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glslistgroupheaderfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glslistgroupheaderfmt</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:liststyles">§13.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10684">297</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19755">591</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glslistinit"><code class="csfmt">\glslistinit</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:liststyles">§13.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10664">296</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19758">591</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glslistnavigationitem"><code class="csfmt">\glslistnavigationitem</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:liststyles">§13.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10687">297</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10717">298</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11269">315</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19762">591</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glslocalreset"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalreset</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsunset">§7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8146">228</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8273">233</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19765">591</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glsreset"><code class="csfmt">\glsreset</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glsresetall"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetall</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:glsunset"><code class="csfmt">\glsunset</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glslocalresetall"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalresetall</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsunset">§7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8162">228</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19768">591</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glsreset"><code class="csfmt">\glsreset</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glslocalreset"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalreset</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glsresetall"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetall</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:glslocalunsetall"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalunsetall</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glslocalunset"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalunset</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsunset">§7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8152">228</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8266">233</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17615">510</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19773">592</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glsunset"><code class="csfmt">\glsunset</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glsunsetall"><code class="csfmt">\glsunsetall</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:glsreset"><code class="csfmt">\glsreset</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glslocalunsetall"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalunsetall</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsunset">§7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8168">229</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19776">592</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glsunset"><code class="csfmt">\glsunset</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glslocalunset"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalunset</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glsunsetall"><code class="csfmt">\glsunsetall</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:glslocalresetall"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalresetall</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glslocationcstoencap"><code class="csfmt">\glslocationcstoencap</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:problemlocations">§12.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10177">281</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.10264">284</a> passim, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19781">592</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glslongaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glslongaccessdisplay</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13335">382</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19785">592</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glslongfont"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glslongfont</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19788">592</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glslongpluralaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glslongpluralaccessdisplay</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13338">382</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19790">592</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glslongtok"><code class="csfmt">\glslongtok</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:customacronym">§6.2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7432">212</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19793">592</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glslowercase"><code class="csfmt">\glslowercase</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:casechanging">§15.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12503">353</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17034">494</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19797">593</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsLTpenaltycheck"><code class="csfmt">\glsLTpenaltycheck</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles">§13.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11022">307</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19801">593</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsmakefirstuc"><code class="csfmt">\glsmakefirstuc</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12529">354</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19804">593</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsmcols"><code class="csfmt">\glsmcols</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:mcolstyles">§13.1.8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11440">320</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19812">593</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsmfuaddmap"><code class="csfmt">\glsmfuaddmap</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:casechanging">§15.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12572">355</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19814">593</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsmfublocker"><code class="csfmt">\glsmfublocker</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:casechanging">§15.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12567">355</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19820">593</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsmfuexcl"><code class="csfmt">\glsmfuexcl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:casechanging">§15.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12501">353</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.12561">355</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19819">593</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19826">594</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsmoveentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsmoveentry</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:moveentry">§4.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5238">155</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19831">594</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glsxtrcopytoglossary"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtrcopytoglossary</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GLSname"><code class="csfmt">\GLSname</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5853">170</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19834">594</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsname"><code class="csfmt">\Glsname</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5850">170</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19839">594</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsname"><code class="csfmt">\glsname</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5836">170</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17382">504</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19845">594</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsnameaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsnameaccessdisplay</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13303">381</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19852">594</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsnamefont"><code class="csfmt">\glsnamefont</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:styles">§13</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7117">204</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10487">291</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10527">292</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11258">314</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11660">327</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11666">328</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18698">556</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19855">594</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsnavhyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\glsnavhyperlink</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:hypernav">§13.2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11742">330</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19859">595</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsnavhyperlinkname"><code class="csfmt">\glsnavhyperlinkname</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:hypernav">§13.2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11746">330</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19863">595</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsnavhypertarget"><code class="csfmt">\glsnavhypertarget</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:hypernav">§13.2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11724">329</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19866">595</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsnavigation"><code class="csfmt">\glsnavigation</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:hypernav">§13.2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11730">329</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11750">330</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19619">586</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19870">595</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsnextpages"><code class="csfmt">\glsnextpages</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4468">133</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8892">249</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8917">250</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17394">504</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19874">595</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsnoexpandfields"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoexpandfields</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:expansion">§4.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4958">148</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16834">485</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19879">595</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20147">604</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsnoidxdisplayloc"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoidxdisplayloc</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:numberlistloop">§12.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9661">269</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10457">290</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19882">596</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsnoidxdisplayloclisthandler"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoidxdisplayloclisthandler</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6647">189</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19887">596</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsnoidxloclist"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoidxloclist</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:numberlistloop">§12.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6597">189</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10406">288</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19891">596</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsnoidxloclisthandler"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoidxloclisthandler</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:numberlistloop">§12.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10411">288</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19896">596</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsnoidxnumberlistloophandler"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoidxnumberlistloophandler</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:numberlistloop">§12.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10467">290</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19900">596</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsnoidxprenumberlist"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoidxprenumberlist</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4478">133</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8900">249</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8930">250</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19903">596</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsnonextpages"><code class="csfmt">\glsnonextpages</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4466">133</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8904">249</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8922">250</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17393">504</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18645">554</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19908">596</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsnumberformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumberformat</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:encap">§12.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9630">268</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9740">272</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10174">281</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10193">282</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12318">345</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14693">419</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14758">421</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17191">498</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19913">597</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsnumberlistloop"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumberlistloop</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:numberlistloop">§12.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10423">288</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10463">290</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19902">596</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19922">597</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsnumbersgroupname"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumbersgroupname</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:fixednames">§1.5.1</a>; <a href="#tab:predefinednames">Table 1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1456">48</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1464">49</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9078">253</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19925">597</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21966">662</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsnumlistlastsep"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumlistlastsep</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6624">189</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19931">597</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsnumlistsep"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumlistsep</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsnolink">§5.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6620">189</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19938">597</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsopenbrace"><code class="csfmt">\glsopenbrace</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:xindy">§14</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12036">337</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16137">465</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19943">597</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glspagelistwidth"><code class="csfmt">\glspagelistwidth</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:predefinedstyles">§13.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10581">293</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10826">301</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.10962">305</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.11109">309</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.11220">313</a> passim, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19945">598</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glspar"><code class="csfmt">\glspar</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4262">128</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19950">598</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glspatchLToutput"><code class="csfmt">\glspatchLToutput</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.19803">593</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19953">598</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20085">602</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glspatchtabularx"><code class="csfmt">\glspatchtabularx</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:gls-like">§5.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5631">164</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8249">232</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19956">598</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glspenaltygroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\glspenaltygroupskip</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles">§13.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11026">307</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19961">598</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glspercentchar"><code class="csfmt">\glspercentchar</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:xindy">§14</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12044">337</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19966">598</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GLSpl"><code class="csfmt">\GLSpl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:gls-like">§5.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5674">165</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6033">175</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13010">371</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19969">598</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glspl"><code class="csfmt">\Glspl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:gls-like">§5.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5671">165</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6032">175</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12986">370</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19974">599</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:gls-like">§5.1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4320">130</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5668">165</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6031">175</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12963">370</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19979">599</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GLSplural"><code class="csfmt">\GLSplural</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5822">169</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19982">599</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glsplural</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5819">169</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19987">599</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsplural"><code class="csfmt">\glsplural</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5814">169</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.19992">599</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glspluralaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glspluralaccessdisplay</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13309">381</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20001">599</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glspluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glspluralsuffix</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:plurals">§4.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1469">49</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4322">130</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4648">137</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4676">138</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6750">192</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6754">193</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7164">205</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15478">444</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17318">502</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17410">504</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18788">559</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20004">599</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glspostdescription"><code class="csfmt">\glspostdescription</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>, <a href="#sec:predefinedstyles">§13.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2892">90</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8560">242</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10630">295</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14109">404</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17206">498</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17283">501</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18895">562</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20006">600</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glspostinline"><code class="csfmt">\glspostinline</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:inline">§13.1.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11501">322</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20013">600</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glspostinlinedescformat"><code class="csfmt">\glspostinlinedescformat</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20016">600</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glspostinlinesubdescformat"><code class="csfmt">\glspostinlinesubdescformat</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20019">600</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glspostlinkhook"><code class="csfmt">\glspostlinkhook</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glshooks">§5.1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6106">176</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6245">180</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8020">223</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8035">224</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17212">498</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20022">600</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsprefixsep"><code class="csfmt">\glsprefixsep</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12914">368</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.13093">373</a> passim, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20029">600</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsprestandardsort"><code class="csfmt">\glsprestandardsort</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3217">98</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.3273">100</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4378">131</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15223">435</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.15279">438</a> passim, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20031">600</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.22052">664</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsps"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsps</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.14832">423</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20037">601</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glspt"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glspt</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.14834">423</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20040">601</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsquote"><code class="csfmt">\glsquote</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:xindy">§14</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12059">338</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20043">601</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsrefentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsrefentry</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2619">82</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.2717">85</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.8565">242</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15370">441</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15595">448</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19057">568</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20048">601</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsreset"><code class="csfmt">\glsreset</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsunset">§7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3002">93</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6724">192</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6780">193</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8143">228</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8272">233</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9185">256</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20058">601</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glslocalreset"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalreset</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glsresetall"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetall</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:glsunset"><code class="csfmt">\glsunset</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsresetall"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetall</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsunset">§7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8159">228</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20061">601</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glsreset"><code class="csfmt">\glsreset</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glslocalreset"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalreset</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glslocalresetall"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalresetall</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:glsunsetall"><code class="csfmt">\glsunsetall</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsresetcurrcountfalse"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetcurrcountfalse</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8278">233</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20066">602</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsresetcurrcounttrue"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetcurrcounttrue</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8276">233</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20069">602</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsresetentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetentrycounter</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2639">83</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2683">84</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20072">602</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsresetentrylist"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetentrylist</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8897">249</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20076">602</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsresetsubentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetsubentrycounter</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2721">85</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11594">326</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20079">602</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsrestoreLToutput"><code class="csfmt">\glsrestoreLToutput</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:longbooktabsstyles">§13.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11020">307</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20083">602</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glssee"><code class="csfmt">\glssee</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:crossref">§11</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2087">68</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2873">89</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.3047">94</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.4481">133</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9280">259</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.9445">265</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.15854">455</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.15912">457</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17435">505</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20086">602</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20614">620</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsseeformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsseeformat</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:customxr">§11.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9303">260</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.9431">264</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.10429">289</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10472">290</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20091">602</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsseeitem"><code class="csfmt">\glsseeitem</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:customxr">§11.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9387">263</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20098">603</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsseeitemformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsseeitemformat</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:customxr">§11.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9393">263</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9423">264</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13809">397</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14000">402</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20106">603</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsseelastsep"><code class="csfmt">\glsseelastsep</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:customxr">§11.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9384">263</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20110">603</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsseelist"><code class="csfmt">\glsseelist</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:customxr">§11.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9377">263</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9432">264</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20114">603</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsseesep"><code class="csfmt">\glsseesep</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:customxr">§11.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9381">263</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20119">603</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glssentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\glssentencecase</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:casechanging">§15.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5639">164</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6057">175</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6403">183</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12520">354</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13055">372</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17021">494</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20124">603</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsSetAlphaCompositor"><code class="csfmt">\glsSetAlphaCompositor</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:setupopt23">§3.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4160">125</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12392">348</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20131">604</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glssetcategoryattribute"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glssetcategoryattribute</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.15153">433</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16917">488</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20137">604</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsSetCompositor"><code class="csfmt">\glsSetCompositor</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:setupopt23">§3.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4140">124</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9818">273</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10052">278</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20140">604</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glssetexpandfield"><code class="csfmt">\glssetexpandfield</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:expansion">§4.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4949">147</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19881">595</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20145">604</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glssetnoexpandfield"><code class="csfmt">\glssetnoexpandfield</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:expansion">§4.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4951">147</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19472">581</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20148">604</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsSetQuote"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetQuote</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:languages">§1.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.476">16</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1334">43</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10090">279</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20151">604</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsSetSuffixF"><code class="csfmt">\glsSetSuffixF</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:ranges">§12.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9764">272</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9788">273</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20155">604</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsSetSuffixFF"><code class="csfmt">\glsSetSuffixFF</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:ranges">§12.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9767">272</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9789">273</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20157">605</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glssettoctitle"><code class="csfmt">\glssettoctitle</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8804">247</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20159">605</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glssetwidest"><code class="csfmt">\glssetwidest</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11362">318</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11390">319</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15618">449</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.15734">452</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.17878">524</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17997">530</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20165">605</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsSetWriteIstHook"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetWriteIstHook</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:setupopt23">§3.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4099">123</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4109">124</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9943">276</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20168">605</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyCodePage"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyCodePage</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:langenc">§14.2</a>; <a href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">Table 1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3417">104</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12128">340</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20171">605</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:groups">§14.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.617">20</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1282">42</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12438">350</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12449">351</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20180">605</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyLanguage"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:langenc">§14.2</a>; <a href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">Table 1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3377">103</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3416">104</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4041">121</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12107">339</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16084">463</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16188">466</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20184">605</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:xindyloc">§14.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9951">276</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12398">349</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20193">606</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:xindyloc">§14.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9748">272</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12410">349</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12417">350</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20196">606</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:groups">§14.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.619">20</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3411">104</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12442">351</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20202">606</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsSetXdyStyles"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetXdyStyles</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:xdystyles">§14.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12083">338</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20206">606</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:GlsAddXdyStyle"><code class="csfmt">\GlsAddXdyStyle</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsshortaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsshortaccessdisplay</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13329">382</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20210">606</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsshortaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsshortaccsupp</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:accsuppcmds">§17.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13268">379</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16802">484</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19481">581</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20213">606</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsshortplaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsshortplaccsupp</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:accsuppcmds">§17.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13271">379</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16803">484</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20218">607</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsshortpluralaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13332">382</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20223">607</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsshorttok"><code class="csfmt">\glsshorttok</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:customacronym">§6.2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7430">211</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20226">607</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsshowaccsupp"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowaccsupp</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2177">71</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20230">607</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsshowtarget"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowtarget</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2147">70</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2160">71</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20233">607</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20246">608</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsshowtargetfont"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowtargetfont</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2168">71</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20237">607</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsshowtargetfonttext"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowtargetfonttext</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2159">71</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20241">607</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsshowtargetinner"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowtargetinner</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2156">70</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20244">607</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsshowtargetouter"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowtargetouter</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2162">71</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20240">607</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20248">608</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsshowtargetsymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glsshowtargetsymbol</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-general">§2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2164">71</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20251">608</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glssortnumberfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glssortnumberfmt</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3198">98</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15259">437</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20254">608</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsstepentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsstepentry</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2645">83</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20256">608</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsstepsubentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsstepsubentry</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2729">85</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20261">608</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glssubentrycounterfalse"><code class="csfmt">\glssubentrycounterfalse</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2748">86</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20266">608</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glssubentrycounterlabel"><code class="csfmt">\glssubentrycounterlabel</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2739">86</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20269">608</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glssubentrycountertrue"><code class="csfmt">\glssubentrycountertrue</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2750">86</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20273">609</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glssubentryitem"><code class="csfmt">\glssubentryitem</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossarycmds">§13.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2730">85</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2744">86</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11613">326</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11645">327</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11853">333</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11913">334</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20276">609</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glssubgroupheading"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glssubgroupheading</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.11806">332</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20281">609</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GLSsymbol"><code class="csfmt">\GLSsymbol</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5879">171</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20285">609</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glssymbol"><code class="csfmt">\Glssymbol</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5876">171</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20290">609</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glssymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbol</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4612">136</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5491">161</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5867">170</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6197">179</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14615">417</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16627">479</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16837">485</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17483">506</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20296">609</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20321">610</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glssymbolaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbolaccessdisplay</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13315">381</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20303">610</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glssymbolnav"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbolnav</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:hypernav">§13.2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11762">330</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20306">610</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GLSsymbolplural"><code class="csfmt">\GLSsymbolplural</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20309">610</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glssymbolplural"><code class="csfmt">\Glssymbolplural</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20314">610</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glssymbolplural"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbolplural</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.17495">507</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20319">610</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13318">381</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20323">610</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glssymbolsgroupname"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbolsgroupname</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:fixednames">§1.5.1</a>; <a href="#tab:predefinednames">Table 1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1455">48</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1463">49</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9077">253</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20326">610</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.22066">664</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glstarget"><code class="csfmt">\glstarget</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossarycmds">§13.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2151">70</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10524">292</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11651">327</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11849">333</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12468">352</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20332">611</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glstexorpdfstring"><code class="csfmt">\glstexorpdfstring</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:hyperref">§15.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5395">159</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9679">270</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12487">353</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20337">611</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GLStext"><code class="csfmt">\GLStext</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4713">140</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5777">168</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12500">353</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17012">494</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18827">560</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20341">611</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glstext"><code class="csfmt">\Glstext</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4712">140</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5774">168</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12523">354</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17017">494</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18826">560</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20346">611</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glstext"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2326">75</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2377">76</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4711">140</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5769">168</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5841">170</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7067">202</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14533">414</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15949">458</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16034">461</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17095">496</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18825">560</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20351">611</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:glstextlike"><code class="csfmt">\glstext</code>-like</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5455">160</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17094">496</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glstextaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glstextaccessdisplay</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13306">381</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20361">611</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glstextformat"><code class="csfmt">\glstextformat</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glslink">§5.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5446">160</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.5747">167</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.5981">174</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6200">179</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6387">183</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6877">196</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17611">510</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17647">511</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20364">611</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glstextup"><code class="csfmt">\glstextup</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:predefinedacrstyles">§6.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1473">49</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7169">205</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20369">612</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glstildechar"><code class="csfmt">\glstildechar</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:xindy">§14</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12047">337</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12051">338</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20375">612</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glstocfalse"><code class="csfmt">\glstocfalse</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2466">78</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20378">612</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glstoctrue"><code class="csfmt">\glstoctrue</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2464">78</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20381">612</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glstreechildpredesc"><code class="csfmt">\glstreechildpredesc</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11279">315</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20384">612</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glstreegroupheaderfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glstreegroupheaderfmt</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11263">314</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11425">320</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20386">612</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glstreeindent"><code class="csfmt">\glstreeindent</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11328">317</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20391">612</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glstreeitem"><code class="csfmt">\glstreeitem</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11291">315</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11300">316</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20394">612</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glstreenamebox"><code class="csfmt">\glstreenamebox</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11397">319</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20397">613</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glstreenamefmt"><code class="csfmt">\glstreenamefmt</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10507">291</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10536">292</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11256">314</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11268">315</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11424">320</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20400">613</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glstreenavigationfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glstreenavigationfmt</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11267">315</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.11426">320</a> passim, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20404">613</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glstreepredesc"><code class="csfmt">\glstreepredesc</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11274">315</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20407">613</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glstreesubitem"><code class="csfmt">\glstreesubitem</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11294">316</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20409">613</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glstreesubsubitem"><code class="csfmt">\glstreesubsubitem</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:treestyles">§13.1.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11297">316</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20412">613</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glstype"><code class="csfmt">\glstype</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">§5.1.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2356">75</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6019">175</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6099">176</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20415">613</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glslabel"><code class="csfmt">\glslabel</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsucmarkfalse"><code class="csfmt">\glsucmarkfalse</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20418">614</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsucmarktrue"><code class="csfmt">\glsucmarktrue</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20421">614</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsunexpandedfieldvalue"><code class="csfmt">\glsunexpandedfieldvalue</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:fetchset">§15.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10673">297</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12833">365</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20424">614</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsunset"><code class="csfmt">\glsunset</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsunset">§7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8149">228</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8265">233</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8308">234</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17617">510</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20427">614</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glslocalunset"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalunset</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glsunsetall"><code class="csfmt">\glsunsetall</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:glsreset"><code class="csfmt">\glsreset</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsunsetall"><code class="csfmt">\glsunsetall</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsunset">§7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2340">75</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5251">155</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6314">181</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8165">229</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20430">614</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glsunset"><code class="csfmt">\glsunset</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glslocalunset"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalunset</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glslocalunsetall"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalunsetall</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:glsresetall"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetall</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsupacrpluralsuffix"><code class="csfmt">\glsupacrpluralsuffix</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:predefinedacrstyles">§6.2.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1472">49</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7167">205</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20435">614</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsuppercase"><code class="csfmt">\glsuppercase</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:casechanging">§15.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5641">164</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8751">245</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12496">353</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12565">355</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12935">369</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13367">383</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17014">494</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20440">614</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21134">641</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle"><code class="csfmt">\GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:customacronym">§6.2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7445">212</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20444">615</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsUseAcrStyleDefs"><code class="csfmt">\GlsUseAcrStyleDefs</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:customacronym">§6.2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7447">212</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20449">615</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GLSuseri"><code class="csfmt">\GLSuseri</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5905">172</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20453">615</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsuseri"><code class="csfmt">\Glsuseri</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5902">171</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20458">615</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsuseri"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseri</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4670">138</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5897">171</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16838">486</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17524">507</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20463">615</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsuseriaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseriaccessdisplay</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13341">382</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20469">615</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GLSuserii"><code class="csfmt">\GLSuserii</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5916">172</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20472">615</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsuserii"><code class="csfmt">\Glsuserii</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5913">172</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20477">616</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsuserii"><code class="csfmt">\glsuserii</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5908">172</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17535">508</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20474">615</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20482">616</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsuseriiaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseriiaccessdisplay</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13345">382</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20488">616</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GLSuseriii"><code class="csfmt">\GLSuseriii</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5927">172</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20491">616</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsuseriii"><code class="csfmt">\Glsuseriii</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5924">172</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20496">616</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsuseriii"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseriii</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5919">172</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17546">508</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20501">616</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsuseriiiaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseriiiaccessdisplay</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13349">382</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20507">616</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GLSuseriv"><code class="csfmt">\GLSuseriv</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5938">173</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20510">617</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsuseriv"><code class="csfmt">\Glsuseriv</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5935">173</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20515">617</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsuseriv"><code class="csfmt">\glsuseriv</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5930">172</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17557">508</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20520">617</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsuserivaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsuserivaccessdisplay</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13353">383</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20526">617</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GLSuserv"><code class="csfmt">\GLSuserv</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5949">173</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20529">617</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsuserv"><code class="csfmt">\Glsuserv</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5946">173</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20534">617</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsuserv"><code class="csfmt">\glsuserv</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5941">173</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17568">509</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20539">617</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsuservaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsuservaccessdisplay</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13357">383</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20545">618</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GLSuservi"><code class="csfmt">\GLSuservi</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5960">173</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20548">618</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsuservi"><code class="csfmt">\Glsuservi</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5957">173</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20553">618</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsuservi"><code class="csfmt">\glsuservi</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glstext-like">§5.1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5952">173</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17579">509</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20558">618</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsuserviaccessdisplay"><code class="csfmt">\glsuserviaccessdisplay</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glsentryaccessdisplay">§17.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13361">383</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20564">618</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glswrallowprimitivemodsfalse"><code class="csfmt">\glswrallowprimitivemodsfalse</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2975">92</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20567">618</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glswrallowprimitivemodstrue"><code class="csfmt">\glswrallowprimitivemodstrue</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2972">92</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12282">344</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12338">346</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20569">619</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glswrglossdisableanchorcmds"><code class="csfmt">\glswrglossdisableanchorcmds</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:encap">§12.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9665">269</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9678">270</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9912">275</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10269">284</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20571">619</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glswrglossdisablelocationcmds"><code class="csfmt">\glswrglossdisablelocationcmds</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:locationsyntax">§12.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9872">275</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10300">285</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20574">619</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glswrglosslocationtarget"><code class="csfmt">\glswrglosslocationtarget</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:encap">§12.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9684">270</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9686">271</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10287">284</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20577">619</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glswrglosslocationtextfmt"><code class="csfmt">\glswrglosslocationtextfmt</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:encap">§12.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9649">269</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9877">275</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20580">619</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glswrite"><code class="csfmt">\glswrite</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:setupopt23">§3.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4101">123</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4111">124</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20584">619</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glswritedefhook"><code class="csfmt">\glswritedefhook</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20586">619</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glswriteentry"><code class="csfmt">\glswriteentry</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3007">93</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20590">620</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsXcounterXformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsX<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>X<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">format</em>〉</span></code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:xindyloc">§14.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12185">341</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12320">345</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16147">465</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16190">466</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20594">620</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7077888 -->
+
+<section id="index7143424"><!-- start of section index7143424 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->Glsxtr<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7143424">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtr@makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtr@makeglossaries</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:notedev.makeindex.xindy">§1.7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2012">65</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20597">620</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtr@record"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtr@record</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:notedev.bib2gls">§1.7.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2083">67</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20602">620</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtr@record@nameref"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtr@record@nameref</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:notedev.bib2gls">§1.7.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2086">67</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20606">620</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtr@recordsee"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtr@recordsee</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:notedev.bib2gls">§1.7.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2089">68</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20611">620</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtr@resource"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtr@resource</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:notedev.bib2gls">§1.7.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2065">67</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20616">621</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtr@texencoding"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtr@texencoding</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20620">621</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrabbrvfootnote"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrabbrvfootnote</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20625">621</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrabbrvtype"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrabbrvtype</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3760">113</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3782">114</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18363">544</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20629">621</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21305">646</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21578">656</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrbookindexname"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrbookindexname</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1064">36</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20635">621</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrcategoryaccsupp"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtr<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">category</em>〉</span>accsupp</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.16954">489</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20638">621</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrcategoryfieldaccsupp"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtr<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">category</em>〉</span><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">field</em>〉</span>accsupp</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13266">379</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16948">489</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19479">581</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20640">621</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrcopytoglossary"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtrcopytoglossary</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5258">155</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20643">622</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glsmoveentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsmoveentry</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrcounterlocfmt"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtr<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>locfmt</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.14776">421</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16326">471</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20648">622</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrdopostpunc"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrdopostpunc</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20650">622</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrfieldforlistloop"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfieldforlistloop</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.10475">290</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15514">445</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20652">622</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrfieldformatlist"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfieldformatlist</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12457">352</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20656">622</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrfmt"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfmt</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.14462">413</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14626">417</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20661">622</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20667">623</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsXtrFmtField"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrFmtField</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.14577">416</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20664">622</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrfootnotedescname"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfootnotedescname</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20668">623</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrfootnotedescsort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfootnotedescsort</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20671">623</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrforcsvfield"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrforcsvfield</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12609">357</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20674">623</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GLSxtrfull"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GLSxtrfull</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20677">623</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsxtrfull"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsxtrfull</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20682">623</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20768">627</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrfull"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfull</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5865">170</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13756">396</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13831">398</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14345">410</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16882">487</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18241">540</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19533">583</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20687">623</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20710">624</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20772">627</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GLSxtrfullpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GLSxtrfullpl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20698">624</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsxtrfullpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsxtrfullpl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20703">624</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20775">627</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrfullpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfullpl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.18274">541</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19565">584</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20708">624</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20779">627</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrfullsep"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrfullsep</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20711">624</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrGeneralInitRules"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrGeneralInitRules</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.16260">469</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20713">624</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrGeneralLatinAtoGrules"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrGeneralLatinAtoGrules</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.16261">469</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20715">624</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrGeneralLatinNtoZrules"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrGeneralLatinNtoZrules</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.16262">469</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20717">624</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrgetgrouptitle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrgetgrouptitle</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20719">625</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrglossentry"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtrglossentry</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.873">30</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.938">33</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20722">625</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrhiername"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrhiername</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9427">264</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20725">625</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsXtrIfFieldEqNum"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqNum</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20727">625</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsXtrIfFieldEqStr"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqStr</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20729">625</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20764">627</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.15510">445</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20733">625</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20748">626</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsXtrIfFieldUndef"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrIfFieldUndef</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20735">625</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:ifglsfieldvoid"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfieldvoid</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrifhasfield"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrifhasfield</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12831">365</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15464">444</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20740">626</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.11522">323</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12665">359</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20745">626</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8192">229</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12650">358</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20750">626</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:ifglsused"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsused</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:glsxtrifwasfirstuse"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrifwasfirstuse"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.6251">180</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20754">626</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.15473">444</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15519">446</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20762">626</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrIgnorableRules"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrIgnorableRules</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20765">627</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsxtrinlinefullformat"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsxtrinlinefullformat</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20767">627</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrinlinefullformat"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrinlinefullformat</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20770">627</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsxtrinlinefullplformat"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20773">627</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrinlinefullplformat"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrinlinefullplformat</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20777">627</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.683">22</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.773">26</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.924">33</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.1042">35</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3111">96</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3314">101</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5283">156</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13588">391</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13861">398</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13890">399</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15040">429</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15138">433</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15242">436</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16255">469</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17222">498</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20780">627</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.10554">293</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20787">628</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GLSxtrlong"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GLSxtrlong</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20790">628</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsxtrlong"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsxtrlong</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20795">628</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrlong"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrlong</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5863">170</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13755">396</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13830">398</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14344">410</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16881">487</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18311">542</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19536">583</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20800">628</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GLSxtrlongpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GLSxtrlongpl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20808">628</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsxtrlongpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsxtrlongpl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20813">628</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrlongpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrlongpl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.18330">543</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19568">584</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20818">628</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrnewgls"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnewgls</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20822">629</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrnewglslike"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnewglslike</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2090">68</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15047">429</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15166">433</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18165">537</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20825">629</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrnewnumber"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnewnumber</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3668">111</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5135">152</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20833">629</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21969">662</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrnewsymbol"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnewsymbol</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.367">13</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.600">20</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3644">110</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5134">152</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20842">629</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.22069">664</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrnopostpunc"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnopostpunc</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4272">128</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15213">435</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15413">442</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15497">445</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15663">450</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15717">452</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15967">459</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20852">629</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrp"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrp</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4617">136</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5493">161</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20039">601</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20858">629</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrparen"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrparen</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20863">630</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20865">630</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrpostlinkhook"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrpostlinkhook</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.20028">600</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20869">630</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsXtrResetLocalBuffer"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrResetLocalBuffer</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20872">630</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsXtrSetAltModifier"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrSetAltModifier</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2095">68</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6084">176</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18160">537</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20875">630</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsXtrSetField"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrSetField</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20878">630</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21561">654</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrsetgrouptitle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.10553">293</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17337">503</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20882">631</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsXtrSetPlusModifier"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrSetPlusModifier</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.6091">176</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20885">631</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsXtrSetStarModifier"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrSetStarModifier</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.6090">176</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20889">631</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GLSxtrshort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GLSxtrshort</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20893">631</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsxtrshort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsxtrshort</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20898">631</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrshort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrshort</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5864">170</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6867">196</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13754">396</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13829">398</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14343">410</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16880">487</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18389">544</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20358">611</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20903">631</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20919">632</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21293">645</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glsxtrshortpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\Glsxtrshortpl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20912">631</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrshortpl"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrshortpl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.18409">545</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19999">599</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20917">632</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20921">632</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20923">632</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsXtrUnsetBufferEnableRepeatLocal"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrUnsetBufferEnableRepeatLocal</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.20874">630</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20925">632</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20928">632</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20930">632</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrusefield"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrusefield</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4985">149</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12456">352</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12799">364</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17104">496</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20932">632</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7143424 -->
+
+<section id="index7208960"><!-- start of section index7208960 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->H<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7208960">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical level</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4277">129</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4973">148</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17101">496</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:homograph">homograph</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:styles">Table 13.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4997">149</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5059">150</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11858">333</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17108">496</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.17901">525</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18037">531</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18044">532</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18133">536</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:hyperbf"><code class="csfmt">\hyperbf</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9593">268</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12169">341</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14388">412</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14485">414</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14656">418</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.14751">421</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.16152">465</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20936">633</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:hyperemph"><code class="csfmt">\hyperemph</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20940">633</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:hyperit"><code class="csfmt">\hyperit</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.14699">419</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14752">421</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20944">633</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:hyperlink"><code class="csfmt">\hyperlink</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.6276">181</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9574">267</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9647">269</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10252">283</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12485">353</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19004">566</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.hyperlink">hyperlink</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.150">6</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.881">30</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2149">70</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2313">75</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2384">76</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3597">109</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5427">160</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.5553">162</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5701">166</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6067">176</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6266">180</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6428">184</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6817">195</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6851">196</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7340">209</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8368">237</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9526">266</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.9634">269</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.9781">273</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9977">277</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12464">352</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16025">461</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17049">495</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17185">498</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:hypermd"><code class="csfmt">\hypermd</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20948">633</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:hyperpage"><code class="csfmt">\hyperpage</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9564">267</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9900">275</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.32">c</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.175">7</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.733">24</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.939">33</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.964">34</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2241">73</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2583">81</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3097">96</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5383">159</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.5511">161</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5689">165</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6071">176</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6262">180</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.6442">184</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.6649">189</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6662">190</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6985">200</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8715">245</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8763">246</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9523">266</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.9899">275</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.10191">282</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10257">283</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10662">296</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11718">329</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12261">343</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12459">352</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12488">353</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13462">387</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14392">412</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14848">423</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16529">477</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19039">567</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20339">611</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:hyperrm"><code class="csfmt">\hyperrm</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.14387">412</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20952">633</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:hypersc"><code class="csfmt">\hypersc</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20956">633</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:hypersf"><code class="csfmt">\hypersf</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20960">633</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:hypersl"><code class="csfmt">\hypersl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20964">634</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:hypertarget"><code class="csfmt">\hypertarget</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.6277">181</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19011">566</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.hypertarget">hypertarget</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2148">70</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:hypertt"><code class="csfmt">\hypertt</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20968">634</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:hyperup"><code class="csfmt">\hyperup</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a>; <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20972">634</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7208960 -->
+
+<section id="index7274496"><!-- start of section index7274496 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->I<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7274496">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:if@openright"><code class="csfmt">\if@openright</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8772">246</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:ifcsstrequal"><code class="csfmt">\ifcsstrequal</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12795">364</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:ifcsstring"><code class="csfmt">\ifcsstring</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12714">361</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:ifcsundef"><code class="csfmt">\ifcsundef</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12627">357</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20739">626</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:ifcsvoid"><code class="csfmt">\ifcsvoid</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12698">360</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21007">635</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:ifdef"><code class="csfmt">\ifdef</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12823">365</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:ifdefstrequal"><code class="csfmt">\ifdefstrequal</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12769">363</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12796">364</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglossaryexists"><code class="csfmt">\ifglossaryexists</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12613">357</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20976">634</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglsdescsuppressed"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsdescsuppressed</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11532">324</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12686">360</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20980">634</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglsentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsentrycounter</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2661">83</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19050">568</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20984">634</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglsentryexists"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsentryexists</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12624">357</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19017">566</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20987">635</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glsdoifexistsordo"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifexistsordo</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glsdoifexists"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifexists</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:glsdoifnoexists"><code class="csfmt">\glsdoifnoexists</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglsfieldcseq"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfieldcseq</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12793">364</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20988">635</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglsfielddefeq"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfielddefeq</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12766">363</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20993">635</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglsfieldeq"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfieldeq</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8038">224</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12711">361</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12767">363</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.20998">635</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglsfieldvoid"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfieldvoid</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12695">360</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21003">635</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:GlsXtrIfFieldUndef"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrIfFieldUndef</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglshaschildren"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshaschildren</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11515">323</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12656">359</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15500">445</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21008">636</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglshasdesc"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasdesc</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11531">324</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12683">360</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21014">636</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglshasfield"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasfield</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12701">360</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12829">365</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18898">562</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20743">626</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21017">636</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:ifglsfieldvoid"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsfieldvoid</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglshaslong"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshaslong</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2363">75</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4867">144</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.4930">146</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7403">211</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12675">359</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21021">636</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglshasparent"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasparent</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8690">244</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12667">359</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15480">444</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21024">636</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglshasprefix"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasprefix</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13028">371</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21027">636</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglshasprefixfirst"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasprefixfirst</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13034">371</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21030">636</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglshasprefixfirstplural"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasprefixfirstplural</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13037">372</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21033">637</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglshasprefixplural"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasprefixplural</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13031">371</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21036">637</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglshasshort"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshasshort</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2365">75</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4931">146</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7402">211</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12679">359</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21039">637</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglshassymbol"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshassymbol</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.969">34</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11919">334</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12671">359</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21042">637</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglshyperfirst"><code class="csfmt">\ifglshyperfirst</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.19610">585</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19613">586</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21045">637</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglsindexonlyfirst"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsindexonlyfirst</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2995">92</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19662">587</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21048">637</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglsnogroupskip"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsnogroupskip</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2910">90</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8556">242</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10791">300</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11866">333</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21051">637</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglsresetcurrcount"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsresetcurrcount</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:enableentrycount">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8271">233</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20068">602</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21054">638</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glsenableentrycount"><code class="csfmt">\glsenableentrycount</code></a>, <a href="#glo:glsreset"><code class="csfmt">\glsreset</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:glslocalreset"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalreset</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglssubentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\ifglssubentrycounter</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2746">86</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20268">608</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20275">609</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21057">638</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglstoc"><code class="csfmt">\ifglstoc</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2468">78</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20380">612</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21060">638</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglsucmark"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsucmark</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2511">79</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20420">614</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21063">638</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglsused"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsused</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:conditionals">§15.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2358">75</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6093">176</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6248">180</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7385">211</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8066">224</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8190">229</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12640">358</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13670">394</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20761">626</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21066">638</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglswrallowprimitivemods"><code class="csfmt">\ifglswrallowprimitivemods</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-indexing">§2.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2969">92</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20568">618</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20570">619</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21071">638</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglsxindy"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsxindy</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3347">102</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21076">638</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglsxtrinsertinside"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21079">639</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifignoredglossary"><code class="csfmt">\ifignoredglossary</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglossary">§9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8998">252</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21081">639</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:ifundef"><code class="csfmt">\ifundef</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12824">365</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:ignoredglossary">ignored glossary</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8975">252</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17109">496</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21232">643</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:ignoredlocation">ignored location (or record)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9501">266</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9972">277</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17117">496</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.imakeidx"><span class="styfmt">imakeidx</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3704">112</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:include"><code class="csfmt">\include</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5142">152</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:includegraphics"><code class="csfmt">\includegraphics</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.16753">483</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16833">485</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:index"><code class="csfmt">\index</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3699">112</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9080">254</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9531">266</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9719">271</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9901">275</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10121">280</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12165">341</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:indexentry"><code class="csfmt">\indexentry</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.10099">279</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:indexingapp">indexing application</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17128">497</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:indexingfile">indexing file</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.526">18</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1583">53</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1987">65</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2630">83</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2928">91</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3116">96</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3492">106</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3965">119</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.4081">123</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.5243">155</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5347">158</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6437">184</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6568">188</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6606">189</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8371">237</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.8461">240</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.8702">244</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8950">251</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.9167">256</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.9404">264</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9838">274</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.10097">279</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.10340">286</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11557">325</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12026">337</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13483">388</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13718">395</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13935">400</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16144">465</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16520">476</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17138">497</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20576">619</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21112">640</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21230">643</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21625">657</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.21735">659</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.22013">663</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:indexing">indexing (or recording)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.238">8</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2920">91</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.3100">96</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5336">158</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5545">162</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6850">196</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8370">237</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17149">497</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:indexname"><code class="csfmt">\indexname</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9079">253</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21814">660</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:indexspace"><code class="csfmt">\indexspace</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:liststyles">§13.1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10680">297</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10702">298</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11289">315</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11940">335</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21085">639</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:input"><code class="csfmt">\input</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1076">36</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5141">152</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8705">244</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11556">325</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.inputenc"><span class="styfmt">inputenc</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4628">136</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12440">351</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13460">387</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16072">463</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16461">475</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:inputencodingname"><code class="csfmt">\inputencodingname</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1515">51</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3386">103</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12116">339</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.intersentencespace">inter-sentence space</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.7990">222</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.interwordspace">inter-word space</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.7987">222</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:internalfield">internal field</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17163">497</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:idx.glosfield">glossary entry fields</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:bib2glsinternalfield">internal field (<span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span>)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17174">497</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.17335">503</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:internalfieldlabel">internal field label</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4952">147</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6409">184</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12690">360</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.12819">365</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.13184">376</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.13261">379</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16801">484</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17178">497</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.18702">556</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19475">581</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19495">582</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19719">590</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20426">614</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20642">621</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.20737">626</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.20880">630</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.21019">636</a> passim</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.invisiblelocation">invisible location</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:idx.emptylocation">location, empty (or invisible)</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.10510">291</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10685">297</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10745">299</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11271">315</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11299">316</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:env.itemize"><span class="envfmt">itemize</span> environment</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.11879">333</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7274496 -->
+
+<section id="index7340032"><!-- start of section index7340032 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->J<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7340032">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:jobname"><code class="csfmt">\jobname</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2397">76</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4089">123</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5311">156</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.22097">665</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7340032 -->
+
+<section id="index7471104"><!-- start of section index7471104 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->L<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7471104">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:label"><code class="csfmt">\label</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2538">80</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.2727">85</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.4228">127</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5295">156</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8640">243</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17687">513</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:languagename"><code class="csfmt">\languagename</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3356">102</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3370">103</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12101">339</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:app.latex"><span class="appfmt">latex</span> (DVI)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5425">160</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:app.latexmk"><span class="appfmt">latexmk</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1574">53</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1641">54</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.latexrelease"><span class="styfmt">latexrelease</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.173">7</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:latinalph">Latin alphabet</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.428">15</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1275">42</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3407">103</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17179">497</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:exlatinalph">extended Latin alphabet</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:latinchar">Latin character</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.17060">495</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17180">497</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17181">498</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.lettergroup">letter group</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:idx.group">group (letters, numbers, symbols)</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:linktext">link text</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5333">158</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5401">159</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5600">163</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5635">164</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17182">498</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:listbreak"><code class="csfmt">\listbreak</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.15527">446</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:loadglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\loadglsentries</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:loadglsentries">§4.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.324">11</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.423">14</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.565">19</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.823">27</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.913">32</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.1077">36</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5118">152</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.5210">154</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6764">193</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21088">639</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:locationcounter">location counter</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3085">95</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4569">135</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5524">162</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5576">163</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6570">188</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8953">251</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9457">265</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9650">269</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9839">274</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.10054">278</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.10424">289</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12152">340</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.12252">343</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.14653">418</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17054">495</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17186">498</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.17269">501</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17594">510</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17658">512</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18847">561</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21205">642</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21486">651</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21612">656</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.21759">659</a> passim</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.emptylocation">location, empty (or invisible)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1611">54</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5521">162</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9163">255</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9181">256</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9476">265</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9498">266</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9829">274</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.10053">278</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.16294">470</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17127">497</a>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:ignoredlocation">ignored location (or record)</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:locationencap">location encap (format)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1619">54</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1725">57</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2030">66</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5516">161</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6660">190</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9112">254</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9286">260</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9519">266</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.9724">271</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.9874">275</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.10224">283</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.10425">289</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10461">290</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12164">341</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14386">412</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14655">418</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.14722">420</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16189">466</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17120">496</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17144">497</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17188">498</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.17599">510</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19624">586</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19651">587</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19915">597</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.locationignored">location, ignored/invisible</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:ignoredlocation">ignored location (or record)</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:locationlist">location list</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.332">12</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.457">16</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.581">19</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.765">26</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.826">28</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1552">53</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1671">55</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2237">73</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2592">82</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2846">88</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2855">89</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3068">95</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4130">124</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4162">125</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4461">133</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4501">134</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5020">149</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5084">151</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5351">158</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.5411">160</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6391">183</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6562">188</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6605">189</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8425">239</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8684">244</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8887">249</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.9171">256</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.9291">260</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.10279">284</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.10454">290</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10577">293</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10701">297</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.11218">313</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.11452">321</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11820">332</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11885">333</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12153">340</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12389">348</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12408">349</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13603">391</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14390">412</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14464">413</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14652">418</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14697">419</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15010">428</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15017">429</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15925">457</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15927">458</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16113">464</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16368">472</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.16569">478</a> passim, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17192">498</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.18640">554</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19884">596</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21990">663</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.locationrange">location range</dfn></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:longnewglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\longnewglossaryentry</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4180">126</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.4263">128</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4706">139</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5120">152</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10636">295</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13583">391</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21093">639</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21099">640</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:longprovideglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\longprovideglossaryentry</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4225">127</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21097">640</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:env.longtable"><span class="envfmt">longtable</span> environment</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8863">248</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10522">292</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10767">299</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.11059">308</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.11954">335</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17824">521</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.17978">529</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.19955">598</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.longtable"><span class="styfmt">longtable</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2783">87</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10802">300</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.lowercase">lowercase</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.977">34</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6795">194</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7102">203</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7982">222</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9933">276</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10058">278</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12504">353</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14009">402</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14491">414</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17033">494</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17234">499</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19799">593</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7471104 -->
+
+<section id="index7536640"><!-- start of section index7536640 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->M<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7536640">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:mainmatter"><code class="csfmt">\mainmatter</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.10068">279</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:makeatletter"><code class="csfmt">\makeatletter</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8040">224</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:makeatother"><code class="csfmt">\makeatother</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8041">224</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:makebox"><code class="csfmt">\makebox</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.11395">319</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:makefirstuc"><code class="csfmt">\makefirstuc</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5733">167</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6404">184</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12525">354</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12564">355</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17022">494</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19806">593</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20130">603</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21100">640</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21130">641</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:setupopt23">§3.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.136">5</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.264">9</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.424">14</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.621">21</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.824">27</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1324">43</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1584">53</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2009">65</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2116">69</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.2196">72</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.2932">91</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3150">97</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3348">102</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3500">106</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.3548">108</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4063">122</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.4143">124</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4526">134</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5244">155</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5358">158</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8451">239</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9074">253</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9254">259</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9790">273</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10101">279</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10392">287</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12070">338</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.12241">343</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.12405">349</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.12448">351</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13855">398</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14450">413</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14741">420</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14898">425</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14991">428</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15161">433</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.15358">440</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.15584">448</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15756">452</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15911">457</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15972">459</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16122">464</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.16199">466</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16313">470</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16388">473</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16536">477</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16688">481</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18834">560</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20035">601</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20144">604</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21110">640</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21252">644</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.21344">647</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.21523">652</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21554">653</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21662">657</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.22023">664</a> passim</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossarieslua">§1.6.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.509">17</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.649">21</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.1620">54</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1826">60</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3323">102</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.3518">107</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.10295">285</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12099">339</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12124">340</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13471">388</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.13787">396</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.14694">419</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14791">422</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15171">433</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15254">437</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15374">441</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16087">463</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16862">487</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18146">537</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18175">538</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20601">620</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21727">658</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkglslite.c"><span class="shortargfmt">-c</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossarieslua">§1.6.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1857">61</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkglslite.g"><span class="shortargfmt">-g</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossarieslua">§1.6.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1884">62</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkglslite.help"><span class="longargfmt">--help</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossarieslua">§1.6.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1840">61</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkglslite.L"><span class="shortargfmt">-L</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossarieslua">§1.6.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1880">62</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkglslite.l"><span class="shortargfmt">-l</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossarieslua">§1.6.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1874">62</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkglslite.m"><span class="shortargfmt">-m</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossarieslua">§1.6.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1851">61</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkglslite.n"><span class="shortargfmt">-n</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossarieslua">§1.6.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1844">61</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkglslite.o"><span class="shortargfmt">-o</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossarieslua">§1.6.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1891">62</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkglslite.p"><span class="shortargfmt">-p</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossarieslua">§1.6.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1868">62</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkglslite.q"><span class="shortargfmt">-q</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossarieslua">§1.6.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1849">61</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkglslite.r"><span class="shortargfmt">-r</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossarieslua">§1.6.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1862">62</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkglslite.s"><span class="shortargfmt">-s</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossarieslua">§1.6.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1889">62</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkglslite.t"><span class="shortargfmt">-t</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossarieslua">§1.6.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1897">62</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkglslite.version"><span class="longargfmt">--version</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossarieslua">§1.6.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1842">61</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkglslite.x"><span class="shortargfmt">-x</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossarieslua">§1.6.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1854">61</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">§1.6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.506">17</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.664">22</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.1321">43</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1547">52</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.2023">66</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.2631">83</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2980">92</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3322">102</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.3614">109</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.4150">124</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4156">125</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8959">251</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9272">259</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9612">268</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10008">277</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.10349">286</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.12085">339</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12122">340</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13469">388</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.13786">396</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.14688">419</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.14790">422</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.15170">433</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15253">437</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.15373">441</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.15771">453</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16075">463</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16861">487</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16993">490</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18145">537</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18174">538</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19783">592</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20174">605</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20191">606</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20600">620</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21733">659</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21974">663</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkgls.c"><span class="shortargfmt">-c</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">§1.6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1771">59</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkgls.d"><span class="shortargfmt">-d</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">§1.6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1710">57</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1830">60</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkgls.e"><span class="shortargfmt">-e</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">§1.6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1609">54</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.1740">58</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.4154">124</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9621">268</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14702">419</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkgls.g"><span class="shortargfmt">-g</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">§1.6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1798">59</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkgls.help"><span class="longargfmt">--help</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">§1.6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1701">57</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkgls.k"><span class="shortargfmt">-k</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">§1.6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1753">58</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkgls.L"><span class="shortargfmt">-L</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">§1.6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1794">59</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkgls.l"><span class="shortargfmt">-l</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">§1.6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1788">59</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkgls.m"><span class="shortargfmt">-m</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">§1.6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1755">58</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkgls.n"><span class="shortargfmt">-n</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">§1.6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1705">57</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkgls.o"><span class="shortargfmt">-o</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">§1.6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1814">60</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkgls.p"><span class="shortargfmt">-p</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">§1.6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1782">59</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkgls.Q"><span class="shortargfmt">-Q</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">§1.6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1751">58</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkgls.q"><span class="shortargfmt">-q</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">§1.6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1693">56</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1744">58</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkgls.r"><span class="shortargfmt">-r</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">§1.6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1776">59</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkgls.s"><span class="shortargfmt">-s</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">§1.6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1803">59</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkgls.t"><span class="shortargfmt">-t</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">§1.6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1820">60</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkgls.version"><span class="longargfmt">--version</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">§1.6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1703">57</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:switch.mkgls.x"><span class="shortargfmt">-x</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">§1.6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1768">58</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:app.makeglossariesgui"><span class="appfmt">makeglossariesgui</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1629">54</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17005">491</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:makeglossary"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossary</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3987">120</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21826">660</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.makeidx"><span class="styfmt">makeidx</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3703">112</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.387">14</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4065">122</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17130">497</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21113">640</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21321">646</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21845">660</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkidx.c"><span class="shortargfmt">-c</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1772">59</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1858">61</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkidx.g"><span class="shortargfmt">-g</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.475">16</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1331">43</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1799">59</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1885">62</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkidx.l"><span class="shortargfmt">-l</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">Table 1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.514">18</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1789">59</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.1961">64</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.15376">441</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkidx.o"><span class="shortargfmt">-o</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.499">17</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1955">64</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkidx.p"><span class="shortargfmt">-p</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1783">59</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1869">62</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkidx.r"><span class="shortargfmt">-r</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1778">59</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1864">62</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkidx.s"><span class="shortargfmt">-s</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.498">17</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.517">18</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1759">58</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1804">59</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1953">64</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:switch.mkidx.t"><span class="shortargfmt">-t</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1954">64</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:MakeLowercase"><code class="csfmt">\MakeLowercase</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.17040">494</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:setupopt1">§3.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.266">9</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.380">13</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.3151">97</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3534">107</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3549">108</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4057">122</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8430">239</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9255">259</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16537">477</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20036">601</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21116">640</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21342">646</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21663">657</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.22038">664</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:MakeTextUppercase"><code class="csfmt">\MakeTextUppercase</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.21126">640</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:MakeUppercase"><code class="csfmt">\MakeUppercase</code></dfn></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:mark-both"><code class="csfmt">\mark-both</code></dfn></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:markboth"><code class="csfmt">\markboth</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8741">245</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:markright"><code class="csfmt">\markright</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8757">246</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.mathmode">math mode</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2154">70</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5362">159</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5688">165</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5697">166</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6117">177</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6338">182</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14616">417</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20247">608</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:cls.memoir"><span class="clsfmt">memoir</span> class</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2508">79</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8735">245</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:memUChead"><code class="csfmt">\memUChead</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8749">245</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.11">a</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.171">7</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.994">34</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1296">43</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3968">119</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4618">136</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4640">137</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5642">164</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.5762">168</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.6397">183</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6420">184</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12492">353</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.12558">355</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16444">474</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17041">494</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18452">546</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18457">547</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19805">593</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19829">594</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21101">640</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21138">641</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21556">654</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21849">661</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:mfirstucMakeUppercase"><code class="csfmt">\mfirstucMakeUppercase</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21121">640</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:MFUaddmap"><code class="csfmt">\MFUaddmap</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12573">355</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19818">593</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21137">641</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:MFUexcl"><code class="csfmt">\MFUexcl</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:MFUblocker"><code class="csfmt">\MFUblocker</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:MFUblocker"><code class="csfmt">\MFUblocker</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12568">355</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19824">593</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21142">641</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:MFUexcl"><code class="csfmt">\MFUexcl</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:MFUaddmap"><code class="csfmt">\MFUaddmap</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:MFUexcl"><code class="csfmt">\MFUexcl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12562">355</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19830">594</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21146">641</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:MFUblocker"><code class="csfmt">\MFUblocker</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:MFUaddmap"><code class="csfmt">\MFUaddmap</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:MFUsentencecase"><code class="csfmt">\MFUsentencecase</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:casechanging">§15.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3975">119</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6400">183</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6413">184</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12511">353</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12527">354</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13053">372</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13366">383</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17025">494</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19808">593</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21106">640</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21150">641</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:midrule"><code class="csfmt">\midrule</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.11012">306</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11031">307</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.minimalgls.tex"><span class="filefmt">minimalgls.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplesbasic">§18.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13465">387</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13466">388</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17000">491</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.multicol"><span class="styfmt">multicol</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.11416">319</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:env.multicols"><span class="envfmt">multicols</span> environment</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.11415">319</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11445">321</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.multipleencap">multiple encaps</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1603">54</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1718">57</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9609">268</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14670">419</a>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:locationencap">location encap (format)</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:file.mwe-acr.tex"><span class="filefmt">mwe-acr.tex</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.17002">491</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:file.mwe-acr-desc.tex"><span class="filefmt">mwe-acr-desc.tex</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.17003">491</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:file.mwe-gls.tex"><span class="filefmt">mwe-gls.tex</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.17001">491</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.mwe"><span class="styfmt">mwe</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1116">38</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1211">40</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16821">485</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7536640 -->
+
+<section id="index7602176"><!-- start of section index7602176 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->N<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7602176">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:nameref"><code class="csfmt">\nameref</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2586">81</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.nameref"><span class="styfmt">nameref</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2579">81</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.133">5</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1130">38</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1150">39</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3765">113</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4585">135</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4594">136</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4962">148</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5132">152</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5658">165</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13518">389</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.13586">391</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13744">396</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.13880">399</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14025">403</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14207">406</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14330">410</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15271">438</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15336">440</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16859">487</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16919">488</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17353">503</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17451">506</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19709">589</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19796">593</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20229">607</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21092">639</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21158">641</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21174">642</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:newabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\newabbreviationstyle</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21166">642</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:acronyms">§6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1129">38</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1149">39</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1478">49</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3746">113</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.3945">118</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.4174">126</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.4593">136</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.4853">144</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4961">148</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5121">152</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.5330">158</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.5653">165</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6679">191</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.7391">211</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.7901">220</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8008">223</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8257">233</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9332">261</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13201">377</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13515">389</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.13585">391</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13743">396</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.14208">406</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.14331">410</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15270">438</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15331">440</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16774">483</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16858">487</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17251">501</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.17448">506</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.17761">517</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18370">544</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18620">553</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18910">563</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19531">583</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19563">584</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19708">589</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19795">593</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19997">599</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20228">607</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20356">611</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21169">642</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:newacronymhook"><code class="csfmt">\newacronymhook</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21183">642</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:newacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\newacronymstyle</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:customacronym">§6.2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7381">210</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.7473">213</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.18493">548</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20448">615</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21187">642</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21401">648</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.21482">651</a> passim</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:newdualentry"><code class="csfmt">\newdualentry</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9233">257</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14926">426</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.15000">428</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglossary">§9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.277">9</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1687">56</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1818">60</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.1941">64</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.2882">89</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3610">109</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4573">135</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5529">162</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8422">239</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8531">241</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8787">246</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8806">247</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8942">251</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9799">273</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12156">340</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12190">341</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12616">357</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15345">440</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21198">642</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:newglossary*"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary*</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglossary">§9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8969">251</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13640">393</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15106">431</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21214">643</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#tab:options">Table 1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.860">30</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2209">72</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2425">77</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2872">89</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3118">96</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3213">98</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4206">126</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4527">134</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4705">139</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4865">144</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4876">145</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5119">152</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.5329">158</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.5652">165</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6670">191</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6705">192</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7050">202</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7392">211</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8256">233</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9801">273</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12872">367</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12893">368</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13584">391</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13767">396</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13901">399</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14087">404</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14745">420</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14908">425</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15327">439</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15765">453</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15976">459</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16317">470</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16393">473</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16559">478</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.16743">483</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.17250">501</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.17449">506</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.18619">553</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21161">641</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21186">642</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21218">643</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21390">648</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21595">656</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:newglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\newglossarystyle</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglossarystyle">§13.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10619">295</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11561">325</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11938">335</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21222">643</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:newignoredglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newignoredglossary</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2330">75</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5256">155</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8979">252</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12617">357</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17111">496</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21225">643</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21393">648</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:newline"><code class="csfmt">\newline</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4266">128</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10593">295</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:newterm"><code class="csfmt">\newterm</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-type">§2.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3678">111</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5133">152</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9333">261</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21241">643</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21816">660</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:newwrite"><code class="csfmt">\newwrite</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5316">156</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:NoCaseChange"><code class="csfmt">\NoCaseChange</code></dfn></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:nofiles"><code class="csfmt">\nofiles</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3550">108</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:nohyperpage"><code class="csfmt">\nohyperpage</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9780">273</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:noist"><code class="csfmt">\noist</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:setupopt23">§3.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4120">124</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9791">273</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12069">338</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.12240">343</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.12404">349</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.12447">351</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16083">463</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.16191">466</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21250">644</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.nbsp">non-breaking space (<code class="code">~</code>)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.7216">206</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12897">368</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16654">480</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16708">481</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:nonlatinalph">non-Latin alphabet</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:options">Table 1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.145">6</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.339">12</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.572">19</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1268">42</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3408">103</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16466">475</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17200">498</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1291">42</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1428">47</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1501">50</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4619">136</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4645">137</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16337">471</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17202">498</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4216">127</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4258">128</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5039">150</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5069">151</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10635">295</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10637">296</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12688">360</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15212">435</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15387">442</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15496">445</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15655">450</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15716">452</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15966">459</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20983">634</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21254">644</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:glsxtrnopostpunc"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\glsxtrnopostpunc</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:null"><code class="csfmt">\null</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8471">240</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.numberlist">number list</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:locationlist">location list</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:numberline"><code class="csfmt">\numberline</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2476">78</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21960">662</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:Numberstring"><code class="csfmt">\Numberstring</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12357">347</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12373">348</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16331">471</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7602176 -->
+
+<section id="index7667712"><!-- start of section index7667712 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->O<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7667712">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:oldacronym"><code class="csfmt">\oldacronym</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:oldacronym">§6.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8109">226</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21259">644</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:onecolumn"><code class="csfmt">\onecolumn</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8873">248</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:opt.openright"><span class="optfmt">openright</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8773">246</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1 (<span class="qt">“noidx”</span>)</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:options">Table 1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.248">8</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.341">12</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.470">16</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1276">42</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1554">53</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2047">66</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2432">77</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2596">82</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3103">96</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.3297">101</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.3634">110</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.3737">113</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.4059">122</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4186">126</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4384">131</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.4476">133</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4968">148</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5268">155</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6592">189</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8076">225</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8423">239</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8898">249</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.8965">251</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9256">259</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9512">266</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.9711">271</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.9894">275</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9981">277</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10402">288</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.10468">290</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16401">473</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.16575">478</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.17397">504</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19890">596</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21118">640</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">Option 2 (<span class="appfmt">makeindex</span>)</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:options">Table 1.1</a>, <a href="#tab:styles">Table 13.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.386">14</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.669">22</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.1274">42</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1626">54</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3318">102</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4091">123</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4372">130</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5092">151</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9613">268</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21843">660</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3 (<span class="appfmt">xindy</span>)</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:options">Table 1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.249">8</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.527">18</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.606">20</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1269">42</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3333">102</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3414">104</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4094">123</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4157">125</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4423">132</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4644">137</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5090">151</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8609">243</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9747">272</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9776">273</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.22109">665</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4 (<span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span>)</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:options">Table 1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.148">6</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.670">22</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.841">29</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.921">33</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1271">42</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1663">55</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2062">67</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2421">77</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4189">126</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4539">134</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5275">156</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6572">188</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.6659">190</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8611">243</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8966">251</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9494">266</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.9923">276</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.16459">474</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21993">663</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:idx.opt.unsrt">Option 5 (<span class="qt">“unsrt”</span>)</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:options">Table 1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.49">2</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.166">6</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.282">9</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.378">13</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.787">27</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.856">29</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1555">53</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3155">97</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4969">148</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5056">150</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8497">240</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:idx.opt.standalone">Option 6 (<span class="qt">“standalone”</span>)</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.53">2</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.161">6</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.283">9</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.848">29</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9252">258</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7667712 -->
+
+<section id="index7733248"><!-- start of section index7733248 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->P<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7733248">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:ctr.page"><span class="ctrfmt">page</span> counter</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2966">92</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8957">251</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9847">274</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.9962">276</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10356">286</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12302">345</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14530">414</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.pagecompositor">page compositor</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:idx.compositor">compositor</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.pagelist">page list</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:predefinednames">Table 1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5417">160</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21266">644</a>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:locationlist">location list</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:idx.pageprecedence">page precedence</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4114">124</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9925">276</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:pagelistname"><code class="csfmt">\pagelistname</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:fixednames">§1.5.1</a>; <a href="#tab:predefinednames">Table 1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1454">48</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1462">49</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21263">644</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:par"><code class="csfmt">\par</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.19952">598</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:part"><code class="csfmt">\part</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9989">277</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16299">470</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:ctr.part"><span class="ctrfmt">part</span> counter</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9988">277</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:PassOptionsToPackage"><code class="csfmt">\PassOptionsToPackage</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3540">107</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:PDF">PDF (Portable Document Format)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.149">6</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11550">324</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13277">379</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.13365">383</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.14091">404</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16797">484</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16835">485</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.PDFbookmark">PDF bookmarks</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.966">34</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1024">35</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2295">74</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5335">158</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5375">159</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6395">183</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.6450">185</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6982">200</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12514">354</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13054">372</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15237">436</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17026">494</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19070">568</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.19442">580</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.20862">629</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.PDFelement">PDF element</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13276">379</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16772">483</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16786">484</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16896">488</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:app.pdflatex"><span class="appfmt">pdflatex</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5424">160</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pdfstringdefDisableCommands"><code class="csfmt">\pdfstringdefDisableCommands</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.6984">200</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pdfstringdefPreHook"><code class="csfmt">\pdfstringdefPreHook</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9682">270</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.period">period (<code class="code">.</code>)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:idx.fullstop">full stop (<code class="code">.</code>)</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:PGLS"><code class="csfmt">\PGLS</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12996">370</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21268">644</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Pgls"><code class="csfmt">\Pgls</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12970">370</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21272">644</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:pgls"><code class="csfmt">\pgls</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12952">369</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12974">370</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21270">644</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21276">645</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:PGLSpl"><code class="csfmt">\PGLSpl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13006">370</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21279">645</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Pglspl"><code class="csfmt">\Pglspl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12983">370</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21283">645</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:pglspl"><code class="csfmt">\pglspl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:prefix">§16</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12961">370</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21287">645</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:pglsxtrshort"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\pglsxtrshort</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13017">371</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21290">645</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:phantomsection"><code class="csfmt">\phantomsection</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8714">245</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8764">246</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.polyglossia"><span class="styfmt">polyglossia</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.213">8</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1361">44</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1398">46</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2277">74</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3359">102</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12097">339</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:postdeschook">post-description hook</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.10628">295</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17205">498</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.17284">501</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18918">563</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20856">629</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21257">644</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:postlinkhook">post-link hook</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5711">166</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6095">176</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.6243">180</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.8019">223</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14048">403</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.14244">407</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.17093">496</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17209">498</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.17303">502</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18921">563</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20024">600</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20759">626</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20867">630</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:idx.postamble">postamble</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8849">248</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21569">655</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.preamble">preamble</dfn></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:idx.bibpreamble"><span class="filefmt">bib</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.15551">446</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:idx.documentpreamble">document</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.481">16</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.833">28</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1347">44</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1411">46</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4047">122</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4187">126</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4211">127</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5140">152</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5264">155</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8258">233</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:idx.glossarypreamble">glossary</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2681">84</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8818">247</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8837">248</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11789">331</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18438">546</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18664">555</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21297">645</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21500">652</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21568">655</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:pretoglossarypreamble"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\pretoglossarypreamble</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8846">248</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21295">645</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.printglossopt"><code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">…</em>〉</span>glossary</code> options</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2670">84</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.2907">90</a> passim, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17668">513</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.entrycounter"><span class="csoptfmt">entrycounter</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2669">84</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8561">242</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17670">513</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.flatten"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">flatten</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8677">244</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17673">513</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.groups"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">groups</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8663">244</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17677">513</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.label"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">label</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8637">243</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17684">513</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.leveloffset"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">leveloffset</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4993">149</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8671">244</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17689">513</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.nogroupskip"><span class="csoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2906">90</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8553">242</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17695">514</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.nonumberlist"><span class="csoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2849">88</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8551">242</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17197">498</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17700">514</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21896">661</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.nopostdot"><span class="csoptfmt">nopostdot</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8557">242</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17710">514</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.numberedsection"><span class="csoptfmt">numberedsection</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8548">242</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17713">514</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.prefix"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">prefix</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8650">244</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11656">327</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17718">514</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3138">97</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.3298">101</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.8581">242</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15302">438</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17722">514</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.printgloss.sort.case"><span class="optfmt">case</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8617">243</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17727">514</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.printgloss.sort.def"><span class="optfmt">def</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8587">242</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8603">243</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17728">514</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.printgloss.sort.letter"><span class="optfmt">letter</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8623">243</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17729">515</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.printgloss.sort.nocase"><span class="optfmt">nocase</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8614">243</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17730">515</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.printgloss.sort.standard"><span class="optfmt">standard</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8626">243</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17731">515</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.printgloss.sort.use"><span class="optfmt">use</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8598">242</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17733">515</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx2"><a href="#glo:optval.printgloss.sort.word"><span class="optfmt">word</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8620">243</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17734">515</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx2 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.style"><span class="csoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2777">87</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2833">88</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8542">241</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10598">295</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11016">307</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15052">430</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17735">515</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.17810">521</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.subentrycounter"><span class="csoptfmt">subentrycounter</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2754">86</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8567">242</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17738">515</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.target"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">target</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1052">35</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8643">244</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17741">515</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.targetnameprefix"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">targetnameprefix</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8656">244</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17747">515</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.title"><span class="csoptfmt">title</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.21">a</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1406">46</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8533">241</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8789">246</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8800">247</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15057">430</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17750">515</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20164">605</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21204">642</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.toctitle"><span class="csoptfmt">toctitle</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8537">241</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8799">247</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17752">516</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.20163">605</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:printglossoptions">§8.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8435">239</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.8524">241</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8947">251</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15050">430</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17755">516</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21304">646</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21349">647</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:unsrtfam">print <span class="qt">“unsrt”</span> glossary commands</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17214">498</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.17344">503</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20647">622</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21238">643</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21658">657</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:printabbreviations"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printabbreviations</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21300">645</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21584">656</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:printacronyms"><code class="csfmt">\printacronyms</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">§2.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3733">113</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21306">646</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21689">658</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:PrintChanges"><code class="csfmt">\PrintChanges</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4020">120</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:printglossary">§8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.488">16</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1408">46</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5254">155</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8092">225</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8465">240</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8977">252</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14746">420</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14909">425</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15001">428</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15233">436</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15290">438</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15588">448</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15767">453</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15917">457</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15977">459</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16208">467</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.16407">473</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.16538">477</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16561">478</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17113">496</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21228">643</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21312">646</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:printglossary">§8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.22">a</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.438">15</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.579">19</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.1407">46</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2439">77</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3964">119</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4013">120</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5315">156</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6607">189</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8454">239</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8466">240</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8706">244</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8986">252</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9021">253</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10111">280</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11549">324</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11558">325</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12103">339</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13882">399</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14457">413</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15163">433</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16522">476</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16578">478</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17083">496</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21203">642</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21237">643</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21318">646</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21348">647</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21909">661</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:printindex"><code class="csfmt">\printindex</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-type">§2.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3686">111</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21326">646</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21815">660</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossaries</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:printglossary">§8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.385">13</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8090">225</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8448">239</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16539">477</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21331">646</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:printglossary">§8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.383">13</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3139">97</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.3299">101</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.6598">189</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8433">239</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.8582">242</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.8929">250</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8985">252</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10403">288</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10455">290</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15298">438</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17725">514</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18152">537</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19885">596</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21120">640</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21337">646</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:printnumbers"><code class="csfmt">\printnumbers</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-type">§2.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3654">110</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21345">647</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21967">662</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:printsymbols"><code class="csfmt">\printsymbols</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-type">§2.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3630">110</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21350">647</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.22067">664</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:printunsrtacronyms"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtacronyms</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21356">647</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:printglossary">§8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.750">25</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.839">29</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.8508">241</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14747">420</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14910">425</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15002">428</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15589">448</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15768">453</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15918">457</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15978">459</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16209">467</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.16408">473</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.16562">478</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17114">496</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21363">647</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:printglossary">§8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.691">22</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.828">28</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.937">33</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3154">97</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4198">126</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8483">240</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.8648">244</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.8987">252</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10415">288</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11523">323</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13883">399</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14458">413</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15049">430</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16584">478</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17084">496</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17217">498</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17708">514</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21239">643</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21369">647</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21384">648</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:printunsrtinnerglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtinnerglossary</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:printglossary">§8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8513">241</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.8642">244</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.8988">252</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21382">647</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:print...glossary"><code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">…</em>〉</span>glossary</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:printglossary">§8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8415">239</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8522">241</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17669">513</a>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>, <a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>, <a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:printunsrtinnerglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\printunsrtinnerglossary</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:protect"><code class="csfmt">\protect</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2978">92</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10148">281</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:protected@csedef"><code class="csfmt">\protected@csedef</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12856">366</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:protected@csxdef"><code class="csfmt">\protected@csxdef</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12860">366</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:protected@edef"><code class="csfmt">\protected@edef</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.6020">175</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:protected@write"><code class="csfmt">\protected@write</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9880">275</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:providecommand"><code class="csfmt">\providecommand</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.14970">427</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15219">435</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15243">436</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15840">455</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:provideglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\provideglossaryentry</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglosentry">§4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4223">127</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5219">154</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21388">648</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:provideignoredglossary"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\provideignoredglossary</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8995">252</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21391">648</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ProvidesGlossariesLang"><code class="csfmt">\ProvidesGlossariesLang</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1443">48</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.1509">51</a> passim, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21395">648</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7733248 -->
+
+<section id="index7864320"><!-- start of section index7864320 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->R<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7864320">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.range">ranges (locations)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:options">Table 1.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.375">13</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.456">16</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.767">26</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1777">59</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1863">62</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6590">188</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6602">189</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9094">254</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9508">266</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.9969">277</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.10195">282</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.10278">284</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10413">288</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12411">349</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12415">350</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18532">550</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20200">606</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:ref"><code class="csfmt">\ref</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.243">8</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2620">82</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5296">156</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20057">601</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:refstepcounter"><code class="csfmt">\refstepcounter</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2642">83</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2726">85</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20259">608</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:relax"><code class="csfmt">\relax</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4088">123</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4123">124</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4358">130</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5611">164</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9882">275</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11822">332</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12673">359</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12699">360</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17480">506</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19224">573</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20935">632</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.relsize"><span class="styfmt">relsize</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.7133">204</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.7278">208</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.17238">499</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:renewacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\renewacronymstyle</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21399">648</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:renewglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\renewglossarystyle</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:newglossarystyle">§13.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.11566">325</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21403">648</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:cls.report"><span class="clsfmt">report</span> class</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8775">246</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14400">412</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:RequireGlossariesLang"><code class="csfmt">\RequireGlossariesLang</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1495">50</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21406">648</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:resourcefile">resource file</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17219">498</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.resourceopt">resource options</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.17224">498</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17706">514</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18809">559</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18819">560</a>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.abbreviation-sort-fallback"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">abbreviation-sort-fallback</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13863">398</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.append-prefix-field"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">append-prefix-field</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.15140">433</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16723">482</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.break-at"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">break-at</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3313">101</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15598">448</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16214">467</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16249">468</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">category</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.15141">433</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.combine-dual-locations"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">combine-dual-locations</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.15046">429</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.compact-ranges"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">compact-ranges</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9758">272</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.dual-category"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">dual-category</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.15142">433</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.dual-prefix"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">dual-prefix</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.15045">429</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15144">433</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.dual-sort"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">dual-sort</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.15148">433</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.dual-type"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">dual-type</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.15042">429</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15146">433</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.entry-type-aliases"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">entry-type-aliases</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.15832">455</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.ext-prefixes"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">ext-prefixes</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.14863">424</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.field-alias"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">field-alias</span></dfn></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.field-aliases"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">field-aliases</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.15831">455</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.group"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">group</span></dfn></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.identical-sort-action"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">identical-sort-action</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.15575">447</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.ignore-fields"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">ignore-fields</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13892">399</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.label-prefix"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">label-prefix</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.14862">424</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15044">429</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15143">433</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.loc-counters"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">loc-counters</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.14654">418</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.max-loc-diff"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">max-loc-diff</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9755">272</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.min-loc-range"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">min-loc-range</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9753">272</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.name-case-change"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">name-case-change</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1005">34</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1046">35</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.primary-location-formats"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">primary-location-formats</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.14657">418</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.replicate-fields"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">replicate-fields</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1004">34</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1045">35</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.save-child-count"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">save-child-count</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.11521">323</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12663">359</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15502">445</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20749">626</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21013">636</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.save-locations"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">save-locations</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.932">33</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.1026">35</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2604">82</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2865">89</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9361">262</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9461">265</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17199">498</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17347">503</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17705">514</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.save-loclist"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">save-loclist</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2605">82</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.save-sibling-count"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">save-sibling-count</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.15503">445</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.15585">448</a> passim</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.selection"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">selection</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.744">25</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3039">94</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4545">135</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9128">255</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9193">256</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9502">266</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16396">473</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18808">559</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18818">560</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.set-widest"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">set-widest</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.11394">319</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15761">452</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.sort-field"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">sort-field</span></dfn></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.sort-rule"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">sort-rule</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.16259">469</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.sort"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">sort</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.738">25</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.926">33</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.1044">35</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3158">97</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8494">240</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15147">433</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16258">469</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16428">473</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">src</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.684">22</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.737">25</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.925">33</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.1043">35</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2068">67</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13862">398</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13891">399</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15041">429</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15139">433</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16256">469</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.suffixF"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">suffixF</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9770">272</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.suffixFF"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">suffixFF</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9771">272</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.type"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">type</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.15145">433</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.write-preamble"><span class="xtrcsoptfmt">write-preamble</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.16257">469</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:resourceset">resource set</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17223">498</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:Roman"><code class="csfmt">\Roman</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.460">16</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9811">273</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.9939">276</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.12273">344</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:roman"><code class="csfmt">\roman</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.459">16</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9812">273</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.9934">276</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.10395">288</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7864320 -->
+
+<section id="index7929856"><!-- start of section index7929856 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->S<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7929856">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:S"><code class="csfmt">\S</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.14779">421</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sample.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplesparent">§18.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5115">151</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15368">441</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15605">448</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplescustomkeys">§18.8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6384">183</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16021">461</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sample-crossref.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-crossref.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplescrossref">§18.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9350">262</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15834">455</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sample-custom-acronym.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-custom-acronym.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:sampleacronyms">§18.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7899">220</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14124">405</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sample-dot-abbr.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-dot-abbr.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:sampleacronyms">§18.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8072">225</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14243">407</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14346">410</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16901">488</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sample-dual.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-dual.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplestype">§18.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9224">257</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14923">426</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15093">431</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sample-entrycount.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-entrycount.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplesother">§18.11</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.16989">490</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sample-entryfmt.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-entryfmt.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplesother">§18.11</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6214">179</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8983">252</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16613">479</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sample-FnDesc.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-FnDesc.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:sampleacronyms">§18.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6303">181</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14036">403</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14067">404</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sample-font-abbr.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-font-abbr.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:sampleacronyms">§18.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7979">222</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14298">409</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sample-ignored.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-ignored.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplesother">§18.11</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.16975">490</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sample-index.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-index.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplestype">§18.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3716">112</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15168">433</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sample-inline.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-inline.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplesparent">§18.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.15604">448</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sample-langdict.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-langdict.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplestype">§18.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.15059">430</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sample-newkeys.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-newkeys.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplescustomkeys">§18.8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4745">141</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15933">458</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sample-noidxapp.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-noidxapp.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplesnoidx">§18.10</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.16439">474</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplesnoidx">§18.10</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.16460">474</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sample-nomathhyper.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-nomathhyper.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplesother">§18.11</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.6355">182</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16593">478</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sample-numberlist.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-numberlist.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplesother">§18.11</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.16505">476</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sample-prefix.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-prefix.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplesother">§18.11</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13026">371</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16643">480</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:file.sample-si.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-si.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sample-storage-abbr.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-storage-abbr.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplescustomkeys">§18.8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4864">144</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15983">460</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplescustomkeys">§18.8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4939">147</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16020">461</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.samplefile">sample files</dfn></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sample4col.tex"><span class="filefmt">sample4col.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplesother">§18.11</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.16467">475</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sampleaccsupp.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleaccsupp.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplesother">§18.11</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13250">378</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16729">482</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:file.sampleAcr.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleAcr.tex</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13659">393</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13885">399</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13921">400</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sampleAcrDesc.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleAcrDesc.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:sampleacronyms">§18.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13757">396</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13999">402</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14242">407</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15890">456</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:file.sampleacronyms.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleacronyms.tex</span></dfn></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sampleCustomAcr.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleCustomAcr.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:sampleacronyms">§18.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13939">400</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14002">402</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14217">407</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:file.sampleDB.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleDB.tex</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5129">152</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13601">391</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13638">393</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sampleDesc.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleDesc.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:sampleacronyms">§18.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13898">399</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sampleEq.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleEq.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplecounter">§18.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9699">271</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14379">411</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14648">418</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sampleEqPg.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleEqPg.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplecounter">§18.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.14463">413</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sampleFnAcrDesc.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleFnAcrDesc.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:sampleacronyms">§18.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7248">207</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13912">400</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14134">405</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sampleNtn.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleNtn.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplestype">§18.4</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.14784">422</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15366">441</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.samplePeople.tex"><span class="filefmt">samplePeople.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplessort">§18.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3284">101</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15173">434</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15221">435</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sampleSec.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleSec.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplecounter">§18.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.14661">418</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16328">471</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sampleSort.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleSort.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplessort">§18.5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.473">16</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3268">100</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14783">422</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15245">436</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sampletree.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampletree.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplesparent">§18.6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.5054">150</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15612">448</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.sampleutf8.tex"><span class="filefmt">sampleutf8.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplesxindy">§18.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.16333">471</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.samplexdy.tex"><span class="filefmt">samplexdy.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplesxindy">§18.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10342">286</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10396">288</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12314">345</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16069">462</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16330">471</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.samplexdy2.tex"><span class="filefmt">samplexdy2.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplesxindy">§18.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12276">344</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16266">469</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:file.samplexdy3.tex"><span class="filefmt">samplexdy3.tex</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:samplesxindy">§18.9</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.12388">348</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16329">471</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:sanitize">sanitize</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3115">96</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3225">98</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17226">499</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.scrwfile"><span class="styfmt">scrwfile</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2238">73</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:section"><code class="csfmt">\section</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.872">30</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2488">78</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.2578">81</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.8722">245</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:ctr.section"><span class="ctrfmt">section</span> counter</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12171">341</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12251">343</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14663">418</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14753">421</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16273">469</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:seealsoname"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\seealsoname</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4551">135</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17260">501</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17443">505</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21409">649</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:seename"><code class="csfmt">\seename</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9283">260</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9325">261</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17438">505</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20090">602</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21412">649</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5636">164</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6039">175</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6394">183</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12512">354</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12938">369</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13051">372</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21153">641</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.681">22</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1157">39</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7002">201</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13733">395</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.13873">399</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.14324">410</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15038">429</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16915">488</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21165">642</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21415">649</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:SetAcronymLists"><code class="csfmt">\SetAcronymLists</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">§2.7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3818">114</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21419">649</a></span>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:DeclareAcronymList"><code class="csfmt">\DeclareAcronymList</code></a> &amp; <a href="#glo:opt.acronymlists"><span class="styoptfmt">acronymlists</span></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:SetAcronymStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetAcronymStyle</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22163"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21422">649</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:setacronymstyle">§6.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3790">114</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3842">115</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5654">165</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6684">191</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7009">201</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.7192">206</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.7411">211</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13734">395</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13962">401</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14322">410</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15269">438</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16844">486</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16863">487</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17760">517</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18258">541</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18291">542</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18492">548</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.18580">552</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21178">642</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21427">649</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21434">650</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.21532">653</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:SetCustomStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetCustomStyle</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22164"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21431">649</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:SetDefaultAcronymStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetDefaultAcronymStyle</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22165"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21437">650</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:SetDescriptionAcronymDisplayStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetDescriptionAcronymDisplayStyle</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22166"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21443">650</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:SetDescriptionAcronymStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetDescriptionAcronymStyle</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22167"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21448">650</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:SetDescriptionDUAAcronymDisplayStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetDescriptionDUAAcronymDisplayStyle</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22168"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21453">650</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:SetDescriptionDUAAcronymStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetDescriptionDUAAcronymStyle</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22169"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21458">650</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:SetDescriptionFootnoteAcronymDisplayStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetDescriptionFootnoteAcronymDisplayStyle</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22170"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21463">650</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:SetDescriptionFootnoteAcronymStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetDescriptionFootnoteAcronymStyle</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22171"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21468">651</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:SetDUADisplayStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetDUADisplayStyle</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22172"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21473">651</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:SetDUAStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetDUAStyle</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22173"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21478">651</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:setentrycounter"><code class="csfmt">\setentrycounter</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:encap">§12.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9652">269</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9688">271</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10123">280</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12175">341</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19047">567</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21484">651</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:SetFootnoteAcronymDisplayStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetFootnoteAcronymDisplayStyle</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22174"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21488">651</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:SetFootnoteAcronymStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetFootnoteAcronymStyle</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22175"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21493">651</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:setglossarypreamble"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarypreamble</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossmarkup">§8.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2687">84</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8833">247</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8854">248</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21498">651</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:setglossarysection"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarysection</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2498">79</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8725">245</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21503">652</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2776">87</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2832">88</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8546">241</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10611">295</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11564">325</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11772">331</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11937">335</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17807">521</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18670">555</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21506">652</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:setmainlanguage"><code class="csfmt">\setmainlanguage</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.228">8</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:setotherlanguage"><code class="csfmt">\setotherlanguage</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.229">8</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:SetSmallAcronymDisplayStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetSmallAcronymDisplayStyle</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22176"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21509">652</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:SetSmallAcronymStyle"><code class="csfmt">\SetSmallAcronymStyle</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22177"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21514">652</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:setStyleFile"><code class="csfmt">\setStyleFile</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:setupopt23">§3.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1925">63</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1960">64</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4096">123</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16082">463</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16192">466</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21519">652</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:setupglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\setupglossaries</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:setupglossaries">§2.10</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.3547">108</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3722">112</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4023">121</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21524">652</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:shellescape">shell escape</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.449">15</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1550">52</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2245">73</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3425">104</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.3514">107</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17229">499</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21707">658</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21732">659</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.shellesc"><span class="styfmt">shellesc</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3446">105</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.siunitx"><span class="styfmt">siunitx</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.81">3</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16614">479</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:smallcaps">small capitals (small caps)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1480">49</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6793">194</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7098">203</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.7311">209</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7677">216</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10073">279</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.10260">284</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.11508">323</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12508">353</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14129">405</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14225">407</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.15884">456</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17038">494</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17232">499</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.19540">583</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20373">612</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20438">614</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:SmallNewAcronymDef"><code class="csfmt">\SmallNewAcronymDef</code></a><a id="wrglossary.22178"></a><a href="#glo:sym.deprecated"><span title="Deprecated" class="icon"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🗑</span></span></a> <span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21529">653</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:space"><code class="csfmt">\space</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.7217">206</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.spacefactor">space factor</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8014">223</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:spacefactor"><code class="csfmt">\spacefactor</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8053">224</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:latexexlatinchar">standard LaTeX extended Latin character</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.342">12</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4385">131</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17242">499</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.standardformat">standard location format</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9550">267</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.stix"><span class="styfmt">stix</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12283">344</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16128">464</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:string"><code class="csfmt">\string</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12052">338</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:idx.sub-entry">sub-entry</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4963">148</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.5088">151</a>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:hierarchicallevel">hierarchical level</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:subglossentry"><code class="csfmt">\subglossentry</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossarystylecmds">§13.2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8693">244</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8926">250</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11832">332</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11852">333</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21534">653</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:subitem"><code class="csfmt">\subitem</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.11301">316</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:subsequentuse">subsequent use</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4291">129</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12959">370</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17244">499</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:subsubitem"><code class="csfmt">\subsubitem</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.11303">316</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:env.supertabular"><span class="envfmt">supertabular</span> environment</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.11056">308</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.11197">312</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.17854">523</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17868">524</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18058">532</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.18112">535</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.supertabular"><span class="styfmt">supertabular</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.197">7</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2794">87</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11087">309</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11198">312</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:symbolname"><code class="csfmt">\symbolname</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:fixednames">§1.5.1</a>; <a href="#tab:predefinednames">Table 1.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1453">48</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1461">49</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21538">653</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7929856 -->
+
+<section id="index7995392"><!-- start of section index7995392 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->T<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7995392">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:ctr.table"><span class="ctrfmt">table</span> counter</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5535">162</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:env.table"><span class="envfmt">table</span> environment</dfn></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.tableofcontents">table of contents</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2461">78</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4199">126</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5377">159</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8539">241</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8727">245</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8792">246</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:env.tabular"><span class="envfmt">tabular</span> environment</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8243">232</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18968">565</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19949">598</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:env.tabularx"><span class="envfmt">tabularx</span> environment</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5623">164</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8251">232</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19960">598</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.tabularx"><span class="styfmt">tabularx</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5624">164</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8248">232</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19958">598</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.tagpdf"><span class="styfmt">tagpdf</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.16740">483</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.testfile">test files</dfn></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:app.texdoc"><span class="appfmt">texdoc</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.13449">387</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:app.texindy"><span class="appfmt">texindy</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.441">15</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1763">58</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:texorpdfstring"><code class="csfmt">\texorpdfstring</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.965">34</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5386">159</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9681">270</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12489">353</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20340">611</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:textbar"><code class="csfmt">\textbar</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.11759">330</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:textbf"><code class="csfmt">\textbf</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9528">266</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9551">267</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10426">289</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11257">314</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14487">414</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.textcase"><span class="styfmt">textcase</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12">a</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5644">165</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9411">264</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:textit"><code class="csfmt">\textit</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:textmd"><code class="csfmt">\textmd</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:textrm"><code class="csfmt">\textrm</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:textsc"><code class="csfmt">\textsc</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1483">49</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7101">203</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.7269">208</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.7676">216</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9828">274</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17233">499</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20374">612</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:textsf"><code class="csfmt">\textsf</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:textsl"><code class="csfmt">\textsl</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:textsmaller"><code class="csfmt">\textsmaller</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.7126">204</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.7316">209</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.17239">499</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:texttt"><code class="csfmt">\texttt</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:textulc"><code class="csfmt">\textulc</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.20371">612</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:textup"><code class="csfmt">\textup</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:hyperxx">Table 12.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.20372">612</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:the"><code class="csfmt">\the</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.7433">212</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:thecounter"><code class="csfmt">\the<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span></code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9907">275</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9986">277</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12237">343</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12303">345</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16293">470</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:env.theglossary"><span class="envfmt">theglossary</span> environment</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glossarystylecmds">§13.2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4014">120</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8858">248</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.9022">253</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.11305">316</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11776">331</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11880">333</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18649">554</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20015">600</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21386">648</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21562">655</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.21908">661</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:theglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\theglossaryentry</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2651">83</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21542">653</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:theglossarysubentry"><code class="csfmt">\theglossarysubentry</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.2736">86</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21546">653</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:theHcounter"><code class="csfmt">\theH<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span></code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.9694">271</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9906">275</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.9982">277</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12236">343</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14401">412</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14455">413</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17653">511</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:thepage"><code class="csfmt">\thepage</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2964">92</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3493">106</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9863">274</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.9963">276</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10299">285</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.10390">287</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12340">346</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12374">348</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16131">464</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16194">466</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21075">638</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.titlecase">title case</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1007">34</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.5779">168</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6405">184</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12556">355</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17027">494</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18453">546</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18458">547</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.19361">577</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:toprule"><code class="csfmt">\toprule</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.11011">306</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11030">307</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.tracklang"><span class="styfmt">tracklang</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.207">8</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1257">42</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1432">47</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2308">74</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2309">75</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21840">660</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.translator"><span class="styfmt">translator</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.214">8</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1368">44</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.1520">51</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.2269">74</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18427">545</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.22087">665</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:twocolumn"><code class="csfmt">\twocolumn</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8867">248</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7995392 -->
+
+<section id="index8060928"><!-- start of section index8060928 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->U<div class="labellink"><a href="#index8060928">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:unskip"><code class="csfmt">\unskip</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4215">127</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.uppercase">uppercase</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.7106">203</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.7981">222</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9938">276</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9987">277</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10275">284</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.10332">286</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12497">353</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13114">373</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14130">405</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17013">494</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17235">499</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20136">604</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.20442">614</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21102">640</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21152">641</a>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:idx.titlecase">title case</a>, <a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a> &amp; <a href="#glo:idx.allcaps">all caps</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:URL">URL (Uniform Resource Locator)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1229">41</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:utf8">UTF-8</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.347">12</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.431">15</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1293">43</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1503">50</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.1542">52</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1926">63</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3388">103</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4229">127</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4413">131</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4641">137</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12145">340</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.13458">387</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16070">463</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16341">471</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16463">475</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17246">499</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index8060928 -->
+
+<section id="index8192000"><!-- start of section index8192000 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->W<div class="labellink"><a href="#index8192000">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:whatsit">whatsit</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5562">162</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.17248">500</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:ctr.wrglossary"><span class="xtrctrfmt">wrglossary</span> counter</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.21619">657</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:write"><code class="csfmt">\write</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4110">124</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:writeist"><code class="csfmt">\writeist</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:setupopt23">§3.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.4085">123</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4122">124</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21550">653</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
-
+</section><!-- end of section index8192000 -->
+<section id="index8257536"><!-- start of section index8257536 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->X<div class="labellink"><a href="#index8257536">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:xcapitalisefmtwords"><code class="csfmt">\xcapitalisefmtwords</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21555">654</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:xGlsXtrSetField"><code class="xtrcsfmt">\xGlsXtrSetField</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.21559">654</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:app.xindex"><span class="appfmt">xindex</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.442">15</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1762">58</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17132">497</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.528">18</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4067">122</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12019">337</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.12451">351</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17131">497</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.17475">506</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21114">640</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.21322">646</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.22111">665</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:switch.xdy.C"><span class="shortargfmt">-C</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">Table 1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.634">21</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1326">43</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1915">63</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3384">103</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12089">339</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16100">463</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16340">471</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:switch.xdy.I"><span class="shortargfmt">-I</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.635">21</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1910">63</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16101">463</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:switch.xdy.L"><span class="shortargfmt">-L</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">Table 1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.633">21</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1914">63</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.3355">102</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12088">339</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16099">463</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:switch.xdy.M"><span class="shortargfmt">-M</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">Table 1.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.636">21</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.666">22</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1791">59</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.1917">63</a> passim, <a href="#wrglossary.16102">463</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:switch.xdy.o"><span class="shortargfmt">-o</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.638">21</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1919">63</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16104">463</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:switch.xdy.t"><span class="shortargfmt">-t</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.637">21</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1918">63</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16103">463</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:idx.xindyattr">xindy attributes</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1608">54</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.4125">124</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9587">268</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.9658">269</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12163">341</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12216">342</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14711">419</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16117">464</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16185">466</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18842">560</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.xkeyval"><span class="styfmt">xkeyval</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.6367">183</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.16648">480</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:xspace"><code class="csfmt">\xspace</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.8125">226</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.xspace"><span class="styfmt">xspace</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:xspace">Table 6.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8121">226</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.8134">227</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.xtab"><span class="styfmt">xtab</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.196">7</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.2799">87</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<p>
+</section><!-- end of section index8257536 -->
+<p><hr><p>
+<sup><a id="footnote.1"></a><a href="#fnback-footnote.1">1</a></sup>This style was supplied by Axel Menzel.</div><!-- end of main -->
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf
index c69d8fb532..28434f8b5c 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex
index 1e489709b6..7b9fd3fe22 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex
@@ -1,1012 +1,11823 @@
-\documentclass[report,inlinetitle,noprint,wbprompt,x11names]{nlctdoc}
-
-\usepackage[inner=0.25in,outer=0.5in,includemp]{geometry}
-
-\usepackage{array}
-\usepackage{alltt}
-\usepackage{pifont}
-\usepackage{textcomp}
-\usepackage{amssymb}
-\usepackage{accsupp}
-\ifpdf
- \usepackage{lmodern}
- \usepackage{mathpazo}
- \usepackage[scaled=.88]{helvet}
- \usepackage{courier}
- \usepackage{metalogo}
-\else
- \newcommand{\grimace}{{\fontencoding {U}\fontfamily{futs}\selectfont \char77}}
- \providecommand{\XeLaTeX}{XeLaTeX}
- \providecommand{\XeTeX}{XeTeX}
- \providecommand{\LuaLaTeX}{LuaLaTeX}
-\fi
-\usepackage[colorlinks,
- bookmarks,
- linkcolor=blue,
- urlcolor=Magenta4,
- hyperindex=false,
- pdfauthor={Nicola L.C. Talbot},
- pdftitle={User Manual for glossaries.sty},
- pdfkeywords={LaTeX,package,glossary,acronyms}]{hyperref}
-\usepackage{xr-hyper}
+% This document takes a while to compile from scratch. See
+% notes below.
+%
+% arara: lualatex if missing("glstex")
+% arara: bib2gls: { group: on, packages: [ mfirstuc-english ] } if missing("glstex")
+% arara: lualatex: { shell: yes }
+% arara: bib2gls: { group: on, packages: [ mfirstuc-english ] }
+% arara: lualatex
+% arara: lualatex if found("log", "Rerun to get")
+%
+% This manual creates example documents on the fly in the
+% directory created by the following line:
+\directlua{os.execute("mkdir -p glossaries-user-examples")}
+% If the above doesn't work, you'll have to create the directory
+% manually.
+
+% If the shell escape is enabled the example documents will be
+% automatically built with arara. If you already have the example .tex and
+% .pdf files in the above directory, the shell escape isn't
+% required. You'll need to run pdfcrop on the example pdf files if
+% you don't have the *-crop.pdf files. If you only have the .tex
+% files in the examples directory, then you need to run arara on
+% each .tex file (which will call pdfcrop where applicable).
+%
+% This document requires glossaries-extra v1.49, bib2gls v3.0
+% and nlctuserguide.sty. Some of the example documents require
+% glossaries v4.50 and mfirstuc v2.08. If they haven't already
+% been uploaded to CTAN, they will be shortly.
+
+\documentclass[titlepage=false,oneside,toc=listof,
+ fontsize=12pt,captions=tableheading]{scrbook}
+
+\usepackage{relsize}
+\usepackage{mfirstuc-english}
\usepackage[
- xindy,
- nonumberlist,
- toc,
- nopostdot,
- nogroupskip,
- style=altlist
-]{glossaries}
-\usepackage{glossary-inline}
+ deephierarchy,
+ numberedsection,
+ abbreviations,
+ %debug=showwrgloss,
+ %showtargets=annoteleft
+ ]{nlctuserguide}
-\pagestyle{headings}
+\hypersetup{pdfauthor={Nicola Talbot},
+ pdftitle={glossaries manual},
+ bookmarksdepth=5}
-\glsnoexpandfields
+\GetTitleStringSetup{expand}
-\renewcommand*{\glsseeformat}[3][\seename]{%
- (\xmakefirstuc{#1} \glsseelist{#2}.)%
-}
-
-\renewcommand*{\glossarypreamble}{%
-\emph{This glossary style was setup using:}
-\begin{ttfamily}
-\begin{tabbing}
-\cs{usepackage}[\=xindy,\\
-\+\>nonumberlist,\\
- toc,\\
- nopostdot,\\
- style=altlist,\\
- nogroupskip]\{glossaries\}
-\end{tabbing}
-\end{ttfamily}
-}
-
-\renewcommand{\nlctdocmainencap}{}
-
-\makeglossaries
+\renewcommand*{\thispackagename}{glossaries}
+\renewcommand{\cmdnotefmt}[1]{}
-\renewcommand{\importantfmt}{}
-\renewcommand{\importantsymbolfont}[1]{\textcolor{red}{\bfseries\Huge#1}}
-
-\newcommand*{\xtrfont}[1]{\textcolor{teal}{#1}}
-
-\newcommand*{\codecomment}[1]{\emph{\rmfamily\color{gray}#1}}
-
-\makeatletter
-\@nlctdoc@if@usingtexht
-{
- % Need an extra line break in the html version
- % (Don't have time to fiddle with cfg files!)
- \renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
- \item[\glsentryitem{#1}\glstarget{#1}{\glossentryname{#1}}]\mbox{}\newline
- \glossentrydesc{#1}\glspostdescription\space #2\newline}%
- \newcommand*{\htmldoc}[2]{\href{#2.html}{\qt{#1}}}
- \newcommand{\glsxtrnote}{\HCode{<br/><span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em; ">}\gls{glossaries-extra}\HCode{</span>}}
- \newcommand{\bibglsnote}{\HCode{<span style="float: left; font-size: small; border: solid 2px green; margin-right: 1em;">}\gls{bib2gls}\HCode{</span>}}
- \newenvironment{xtr}%
- {\par
- \HCode{<div title="glossaries-extra.sty" style="border: solid 2pt green;">}}%
- {\HCode{</div>}\par\noindent}
- \newenvironment{bib2gls}%
- {\par
- \HCode{<div title="bib2gls" style="border: solid 2pt green;">}}%
- {\HCode{</div>}\par\noindent}
-
- \newcommand{\commandpromptnote}{}
- \newcommand{\maincommandpromptnote}{}
- \newenvironment{important*}{\begin{important}\importantpar}{\end{important}}
- \renewcommand{\S}{\HCode{&\#167;}}
- \newcommand{\strong}[1]{\HCode{<strong>}#1\HCode{</strong>}}
- \newcommand*{\linkanchor}[1]{\HCode{<a title="anchor" style="font-size: x-small; text-decoration: none;" href="\##1">&\#128279;</a>}}
-}
-{
- \externaldocument{glossaries-code}
- \renewcommand{\idxmarker}{\textsuperscript{\xtrfont{\textdagger}}}
- \newcommand*{\htmldoc}[2]{\qt{#1}}
- \newcommand{\glsxtrnote}{%
- \leavevmode\marginpar{\glslink{glossaries-extra}{\xtrfont{\footnotesize\styfmt{glossaries-extra.sty}}}}%
- }
- \newcommand{\bibglsnote}{%
- \leavevmode\marginpar{{\footnotesize\glslink{bib2gls}{\xtrfont{\appfmt{bib2gls}}}}}%
- }
- \newenvironment{xtr}[1][\glsxtrnote]%
- {%
- \def\xtrmarginnote{#1}%
- \setlength{\fboxrule}{4pt}%
- \setlength\defwidth{\linewidth}%
- \addtolength\defwidth{-2\fboxsep}%
- \addtolength\defwidth{-2\fboxrule}%
- \begin{lrbox}{\defsbox}%
- \begin{minipage}[t]{\defwidth}%
- \setlength\parindent{1em}%
- \noindent\ignorespaces
- }%
- {%
- \end{minipage}%
- \end{lrbox}%
- \par\vskip10pt\noindent
- \xtrmarginnote
- \fcolorbox{teal}{white}{\usebox{\defsbox}}\par\vskip10pt
- \noindent\ignorespacesafterend
- }
- \newenvironment{bib2gls}{\begin{xtr}[\bibglsnote]}{\end{xtr}}
- \newcommand{\commandpromptnote}{The \texttt{\bfseries\$} symbol in the instructions
- indicates the command prompt. It should be omitted when copying the text. }
- \newcommand{\maincommandpromptnote}{The command prompt is indicated with
- \texttt{\bfseries\$} in this documentation. Don't type that character when
- copying examples. }
-
- \def\verbatim@font{\MacroFont}
-
- \newenvironment{important*}%
- {%
- \renewcommand{\importantsymbolfont}[1]{\textcolor{red}{\bfseries\huge##1}}%
- \begin{important}\importantpar[-2][-1ex]%
- }%
- {\end{important}}
- \newcommand{\strong}{\textbf}
- \newcommand{\linkanchor}[1]{}
-}
-\renewcommand*{\@isty}[1]{\index{#1 package=\styfmt{#1}
- package|hyperpage}}
-\renewcommand*{\s@isty}[1]{\index{#1 package=\doidxmarker\styfmt{#1}
- package|hyperpage}}
-\renewcommand*{\@icls}[1]{\index{#1 class=\clsfmt{#1}
- class|hyperpage}}
-\renewcommand*{\s@icls}[1]{\index{#1 class=\doidxmarker\clsfmt{#1}
- class|hyperpage}}
-
-\renewrobustcmd*{\iterm}[1]{\index{#1|hyperpage}}
-
-\makeatother
-\renewcommand*{\main}[1]{\hyperpage{#1}}
-\newcommand*{\htextbf}[1]{\textbf{\hyperpage{#1}}}
-\newcommand*{\itermdef}[1]{\index{#1|htextbf}}
-
-\newcommand{\itempar}[1]{\item[{#1}]\mbox{}\par}
-
-\newcommand{\Index}[1]{#1\index{#1|hyperpage}}
-
-\newcommand{\xtrpkgoptdef}[1]{\hypertarget{pkgopt:#1}{\pkgopt*{#1}}}
-\newcommand{\pkgoptdef}[1]{\hypertarget{pkgopt:#1}{\pkgopt{#1}}}
-\newcommand{\deppkgoptdef}[1]{\hypertarget{pkgopt:#1}{\deprecatedpkgopt{#1}}}
-
-\newcommand{\pkgoptsec}[2][]{%
- \pdfbookmark[2]{#2}{pkgopt.#2}
- \ifstrempty{#1}%
- {\subsection*{\protect\pkgoptdef{#2}}}%
- {\subsection*{\protect\pkgoptdef{#2}\pkgoptfmt{=\protect\marg{#1}}}}%
+\appto\terminaldesc{. See also
+\qt{\dickimawhref{latex/buildglossaries}{Incorporating
+makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document
+build}}}
+
+\renewcommand{\optionlistprefix}{idx.opt.}
+\renewcommand{\glsxtrtaggedlistsep}{~}
+\newcommand{\idxoptiondef}[1]{%
+ \protect\glsxtrtitleorpdforheading
+ {\texidxoptiondef{#1}}% document text
+ {\glsentryname{idx.opt.#1}}% PDF bookmark
+ {\glsentryname{idx.opt.#1}}% page header
+}
+\newrobustcmd{\texidxoptiondef}[1]{%
+ \glsentryname{idx.opt.#1}%
+}
+\newcommand{\maintexidxoptiondef}[1]{%
+ \inlineidxdef{opt.#1}%
+}
+\newcommand{\toctexidxoptiondef}[1]{%
+ \inlineidxdef{opt.#1}%
+}
+\glsxtrnewgls{idx.opt.}{\optionnum}
+
+\MFUblocker{\csfmt}
+
+\newcommand{\combase}{\comment{\glslink{pkg.glossaries-extra}{glossaries.sty}}}
+\newcommand{\comxr}{\comment{\glslink{pkg.glossaries-extra}{glossaries-extra.sty}}}
+\newcommand{\comxronly}{\comment{\glslink{pkg.glossaries-extra}{glossaries-extra.sty} only}}
+\newcommand{\comxrkey}{\comment{\glslink{pkg.glossaries-extra}{glossaries-extra.sty} key}}
+\newcommand{\comxropt}[1]{\comment{requires \glslink{pkg.glossaries-extra}{glossaries-extra.sty} '\opt{#1}' option}}
+
+\newcommand{\location}{\idxc{entrylocation}{location}}
+\newcommand{\locations}{\idxc{entrylocation}{locations}}
+
+\newcommand{\encap}[2][]{{\let\csfmt\csfmtcolourfont\gls[#1]{#2}}}
+\newcommand{\inlineencapdef}[1]{{\let\csfmt\csfmtcolourfont\inlineglsdef[]{#1}}}
+
+\newcommand{\indexed}{\idxc{indexing}{indexed}}
+\newcommand{\recorded}{\idxc{indexing}{recorded}}
+\newcommand{\record}{\idxc{indexing}{record}}
+\newcommand{\records}{\idxc{indexing}{records}}
+\newcommand{\sanitized}{\idxc{sanitize}{sanitized}}
+\newcommand{\sanitization}{\idxc{sanitize}{sanitization}}
+\newcommand{\casechanging}{\idxc{casechange}{case-changing}}
+\newcommand{\atentry}[1]{\texorpdfstring{\code{@#1}}{@#1}}
+\newcommand{\thecounter}[1]{\glslink{thecounter}{\csfmt{the\-#1}}}
+\newcommand{\theHcounter}[1]{\glslink{theHcounter}{\csfmt{the\-H\-#1}}}
+\newcommand{\thecountername}{\glslink{thecounter}{\csfmt{the\-\meta{counter-name}}}}
+\newcommand{\theHcountername}{\glslink{theHcounter}{\csfmt{the\-\meta{counter-name}}}}
+\newcommand{\recordcounterfield}[1]{%
+ \glslink{opt.glosfield.recordcount.counter}{\csoptfmt{record\-count\dfullstop#1}}}
+\newcommand{\recordcounterlocationfield}[2]{%
+ \glslink{opt.glosfield.recordcount.counter.location}{\csoptfmt{record\-count\dfullstop#1\dfullstop#2}}}
+\newcommand{\captionslanguage}[1]{\glslink{captionslanguage}{\csfmt{captions\-#1}}}
+\newcommand{\glsxtrcounterlocfmt}[1]{\glslink{glsxtrcounterlocfmt}{\xtrcsfmt{gls\-xtr\-#1\-loc\-fmt}}}
+\newcommand{\glsXcounterXformat}[2]{\glslink{glsXcounterXformat}{\csfmt{gls\-X\-#1\-X\-#2}}}
+\newcommand{\glsfieldlabelaccsupp}[1]{\glslink{glsfield-labelaccsupp}{\csfmt{gls\-#1\-acc\-supp}}}
+\newcommand{\glsxtrcategoryfieldaccsupp}[1]{\glslink{glsxtrcategoryfieldaccsupp}{\csfmt{glsxtr\-#1\-acc\-supp}}}
+\newcommand{\glsxtrcategoryaccsupp}[1]{\glslink{glsxtrcategoryaccsupp}{\csfmt{glsxtr\-#1\-acc\-supp}}}
+
+\MFUhyphentrue
+\setabbreviationstyle[termacronym]{short-sm-desc}
+\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{short-sm-nolong}
+
+\glsxtrnewgls{opt.printgloss.}{\printglossopt}
+\newcommand{\printglossoptval}[2]{\optval{printgloss.#1}{#2}}
+\newcommand{\printglossoptvalm}[2]{\optval{printgloss.#1}{\marg{#2}}}
+\newcommand{\printglossopteqvalref}[2]{\opteqvalref{printgloss.#1}{#2}}
+
+\newcommand{\styoptxdyval}[2]{\optval{xindy.#1}{#2}}
+\newcommand{\styoptxdyvalm}[2]{\styoptxdyval{#1}{\marg{#2}}}
+
+\glsxtrnewgls{opt.glsopt.}{\glsopt}
+\newcommand{\glsoptval}[2]{\optval{glsopt.#1}{#2}}
+\newcommand{\glsoptvalm}[2]{\optvalm{glsopt.#1}{#2}}
+
+\glsxtrnewgls{opt.gloskey.}{\gloskey}
+\newcommand{\gloskeyval}[2]{\optval{gloskey.#1}{\marg{#2}}}
+\newcommand{\gloskeyfmttext}[1]{\glsfmttext{opt.gloskey.#1}}
+
+\glsxtrnewgls{opt.glosfield.}{\glosfield}
+\newcommand{\glosfielddisp}[3][]{\glsdisp[#1]{opt.glosfield.#2}{\csoptfmt{#3}}}
+
+\newcommand{\glosfielddef}[1]{\inlineglsdef[optdef]{opt.glosfield.#1}}
+\newcommand{\glostypedef}[1]{\inlineglsdef[optdef]{opt.glostype.#1}}
+\newcommand{\glsoptdef}[1]{\inlineglsdef[optdef]{opt.glsopt.#1}}
+\newcommand{\printglossoptdef}[1]{\inlineglsdef[optdef]{opt.printgloss.#1}}
+
+\newcommand{\inlineglostyledef}[1]{\inlineglsdef[optdef]{opt.glostyle.#1}}
+\newcommand{\glostyledef}[1]{\optiondef{glostyle.#1}}
+
+\defsemanticcmd[style2]{\glostypefmt}{\texttt}{}
+\glsxtrnewgls{opt.glostype.}{\glostype}
+
+\glsxtrnewgls{opt.cat.}{\cat}
+\glsxtrnewgls{opt.catattr.}{\catattr}
+\glsxtrnewgls{opt.resource.}{\resourceopt}
+\newcommand{\resourceoptval}[2]{\optval{resource.#1}{#2}}
+\newcommand{\resourceoptvalm}[2]{\optval{resource.#1}{\marg{#2}}}
+
+\glsxtrnewgls{switch.mkidx.}{\mkidxopt}
+\glsxtrnewgls{switch.xdy.}{\xdyopt}
+\glsxtrnewgls{switch.mkgls.}{\mkglsopt}
+\glsxtrnewgls{switch.mkglslite.}{\mkglsliteopt}
+\glsxtrnewgls{switch.b2g.}{\bibglsopt}
+
+\glsxtrnewgls{opt.glostyle.}{\glostyle}
+\glsxtrnewgls{opt.abbrstyle.}{\abbrstyle}
+\glsxtrnewgls{opt.acrstyle.}{\acrstyle}
+
+\defsemanticcmd[style1]{\fieldfmt}{\texttt}{}
+\defsemanticcmd[style6]{\entryfmt}{\texttt}{}
+\newcommand*{\atentryfmt}[1]{\entryfmt{@#1}}
+
+\newcommand*{\acrstyledef}[1]{\optiondef{acrstyle.#1}}
+\defsemanticcmd[style3]{\acrstylefmt}{\textsf}{}
+\defsemanticcmd{\glostylefmt}{\textsf}{}
+
+\defsemanticcmd[style6]{\catfmt}{\textsf}{}
+\defsemanticcmd[style6]{\catattrfmt}{\textsf}{}
+\defsemanticcmd[style6]{\xtrfmt}{}{}
+\defsemanticcmd[style6]{\xtrcsfmt}{\texttt}{\codebackslash}
+\defsemanticcmd[style6]{\xtrcsoptfmt}{\optfmt}{}
+\defsemanticcmd[style6]{\xtrstyoptfmt}{\optfmt}{}
+\defsemanticcmd[style6]{\xtroptfmt}{\optfmt}{}
+\defsemanticcmd[style6]{\xtrctrfmt}{\ctrfmt}{}
+\defsemanticcmd[style6]{\abbrstylefmt}{\textsf}{}
+\defsemanticcmd[style6]{\xtrglostylefmt}{\textsf}{}
+
+\newcommand{\xtrcmd}[1]{\xtrfmt{\cmd{#1}}}
+
+\newcommand{\hierarchical}{\glslink{hierarchicallevel}{hierarchical}}
+\newcommand{\toplevel}{\glslink{hierarchicallevel}{top level (level~0)}}
+\newcommand{\hierlevel}[1]{\glslink{hierarchicallevel}{level~#1}}
+
+\newcommand{\samplefile}[1]{\file{sample#1.tex}}
+
+\renewcommand{\nlctuserguidecustomentryaliases}{%
+ glossarystyle=index,
+ abbreviationstyle=index,
+ acronymstyle=index,
}
-\newcommand{\deppkgoptsec}[2][]{%
- \pdfbookmark[2]{#2}{pkgopt.#2}
- \ifstrempty{#1}%
- {\subsection*{\protect\deppkgoptdef{#2}}}%
- {\subsection*{\protect\deppkgoptdef{#2}\pkgoptfmt{=\marg{#1}}}}%
+\appto{\nlctexampledisablecmds}{%
+ \letcs{\opt}{@firstofone}%
+ \letcs{\glostype}{@firstofone}%
+ \letcs{\cat}{@firstofone}%
+ \letcs{\catattr}{@firstofone}%
+ \letcs{\resourceopt}{@firstofone}%
+ \letcs{\acrstyle}{@firstofone}%
+ \letcs{\abbrstyle}{@firstofone}%
+ \letcs{\glostyle}{@firstofone}%
+ \letcs{\glsopt}{@firstofone}%
+ \letcs{\mglsopt}{@firstofone}%
+ \letcs{\gloskey}{@firstofone}%
+ \letcs{\glosfield}{@firstofone}%
+ \letcs{\printglossopt}{@firstofone}%
+ \let\resourceoptval\keyeqvalue
+ \let\resourceoptvalm\keyeqvaluem
+ \let\optval\keyeqvalue
+ \let\opteqvalref\keyeqvalue
+ \let\gloskeyval\keyeqvaluem
+ \let\glsoptval\keyeqvaluem
+ \let\mglsoptval\keyeqvaluem
+ \let\printglossoptval\keyeqvalue
+ \let\printglossoptvalm\keyeqvaluem
}
-\newcommand{\xtrpkgoptsec}[2][]{%
- \pdfbookmark[2]{#2 (glossaries-extra.sty)}{pkgopt.#2}
- \ifstrempty{#1}%
- {\subsection*{\protect\xtrfont{\protect\xtrpkgoptdef{#2} (glossaries-extra.sty)}}}%
- {\subsection*{\protect\xtrfont{\protect\xtrpkgoptdef{#2}\pkgoptfmt{=\protect\marg{#1}}
- (glossaries-extra.sty)}}}%
+\newcommand{\summaryentryglossarystyle}[1]{%
+ {%
+ \renewcommand*{\glostylefmt}[1]{\texttt{##1}}%
+ \genericsummaryentryoption{#1}%
+ }%
}
-\newcommand{\glslike}{\hyperref[sec:gls-like]{\cs{gls}-like}}
-\newcommand{\glstextlike}{\hyperref[sec:glstext-like]{\cs{glstext}-like}}
-
-\newcommand{\gallery}[2]{\href{https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#1}{#2}}
-\newcommand{\galleryurl}[1]{\gallery{#1}{\nolinkurl{https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#1}}}
-\newcommand{\gallerytopic}[1]{\gallery{\##1}{\styfmt{#1} gallery}}
-
-\newcommand*{\bibglsgallery}[2][\gallerytitle]{%
- \def\gallerytitle{#2}%
- \gallery{index.php?label=bib2gls-#2}{\appfmt{bib2gls} gallery: \gallerytitle}}
-
-\newcommand*{\bibglsbegin}{%
- \href{http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls-begin.pdf}{\styfmt{glossaries-extra} and \appfmt{bib2gls}: An Introductory Guide}}
-
-\IndexPrologue{\chapter*{\indexname}
- \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\indexname}%
- \markboth{\indexname}{\indexname}
- \par\idxmarker Requires \gls{glossaries-extra}.
+\newcommand{\summaryentryacronymstyle}[1]{%
+ {%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrstylefmt}[1]{\texttt{##1}}%
+ \genericsummaryentryoption{#1}%
+ }%
}
-\longnewglossaryentry{indexingapp}%
-{
- name={Indexing application},
- text={indexing application}
-}%
-{%
- An application (piece of software) separate from
- \TeX/\LaTeX\ that collates and sorts information that has an
- associated page reference. Generally the information is an index
- entry but in this case the information is a glossary entry.
- There are two main indexing applications that are used with \TeX:
- \gls{makeindex} and \gls{xindy}. These are both
- \gls{cli} applications.
+\renewcommand{\nlctuserguideletterrules}{%
+ \glsxtrGeneralLatinAtoGrules
+ \string<glo,Glo,GLO\string<gls,Gls,GLS\string<glsxtr,Glsxtr,GlsXtr,GLSxtr,GLSXTR
+ \glsxtrGeneralLatinHtoMrules
+ \glsxtrGeneralLatinNtoZrules
}
-\longnewglossaryentry{cli}
+\nlctuserguidegls[selection=all,max-loc-diff=3]
{
- name={Command Line Interface (CLI)},
- first={command line interface (CLI)},
- text={CLI}
-}
-{%
- An application that doesn't have a graphical user
- interface. That is, an application that doesn't have any windows,
- buttons or menus and can be run in
- \href{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/novices/html/terminal.html}{a command
- prompt or terminal}. \maincommandpromptnote
-}
-
-\longnewglossaryentry{xindy}{%
- name={\appfmt{xindy}\index{xindy=\appfmt{xindy}|htextbf}},
- sort={xindy},
- text={\appfmt{xindy}\iapp{xindy}}
-}%
-{%
- A flexible \gls{indexingapp} with multilingual
- support written in Perl. See \opt3.
-}
-
-\newglossaryentry{makeindex}{%
-name={\appfmt{makeindex}\index{makeindex=\appfmt{makeindex}|htextbf}},%
-sort={makeindex},%
-text={\appfmt{makeindex}\iapp{makeindex}},%
-description={An \gls{indexingapp}. See \opt2.}
-}
-
-\newglossaryentry{bib2gls}{%
-name={\appfmt{bib2gls}\index{bib2gls=\doidxmarker\appfmt{bib2gls}|htextbf}},%
-sort={bib2gls},%
-text={\appfmt{bib2gls}\iapp*{bib2gls}},%
-description={An \gls{indexingapp} that combines two functions in
-one: (1) fetches entry definition from a \filetype{bib} file
-based on information provided in the \filetype{aux} file (similar
-to \appfmt{bibtex}); (2) hierarchically sorts and collates location
-lists (similar to \gls{makeindex} and \gls{xindy}).
-This application is designed for use with \gls{glossaries-extra}
-and can't be used with just the base \styfmt{glossaries} package.
-See \opt4.}
-}
-
-\newglossaryentry{convertgls2bib}{%
-name={\appfmt{convertgls2bib}\index{convertgls2bib=\doidxmarker\appfmt{convertgls2bib}|htextbf}},%
-sort={convertgls2bib},%
-text={\appfmt{convertgls2bib}\iapp*{convertgls2bib}},%
-description={An application provided with \gls{bib2gls} that
-converts \filetype{tex} files containing entry definitions to
-\filetype{bib} files suitable for use with \gls{bib2gls}.
-This application is designed for files that just contain entry
-definitions, but it can work on a complete document file.
-However, there will be a lot of \qt{undefined command} warnings as
-\gls{convertgls2bib} only has a limited set of known commands. You
-can limit it so that it only parses the preamble with the
-\texttt{-{}-preamble-only} switch (requires at least \gls{bib2gls}
-v2.0).}
-}
-
-\newglossaryentry{makeglossaries}{%
-name={\appfmt{makeglossaries}\index{makeglossaries=\appfmt{makeglossaries}|htextbf}},%
-sort={makeglossaries},%
-text={\appfmt{makeglossaries}\iapp{makeglossaries}},%
-description={A custom designed Perl script interface
-to \gls{xindy} and \gls{makeindex} provided with the \styfmt{glossaries}
-package. \TeX\ distributions on Windows convert the original
-\texttt{makeglossaries} script into an executable
-\texttt{makeglossaries.exe} for convenience (but Perl is still
-required).}
-}
-
-\newglossaryentry{makeglossaries-lite.lua}{%
-name={\appfmt{makeglossaries-lite}\index{makeglossaries-lite=\appfmt{makeglossaries-lite}|htextbf}},%
-sort={makeglossaries-lite},%
-text={\appfmt{makeglossaries-lite}\iapp{makeglossaries-lite}},%
-description={A custom designed Lua script interface
-to \gls{xindy} and \gls{makeindex} provided with the \styfmt{glossaries}
-package. This is a cut-down alternative to the Perl
-\gls{makeglossaries} script. If you have Perl installed, use the
-Perl script instead. This script is actually distributed with the
-file name \texttt{makeglossaries-lite.lua}, but \TeX~Live
-(on Unix-like systems) creates a symbolic link
-called \texttt{makeglossaries-lite} (without the \texttt{.lua}
-extension) to the actual \texttt{makeglossaries-lite.lua} script.}
-}
-
-\longnewglossaryentry{makeglossariesgui}{%
-name={\appfmt{makeglossariesgui}\index{makeglossariesgui=\appfmt{makeglossariesgui}|htextbf}},%
-sort={makeglossariesgui},%
-text={\appfmt{makeglossariesgui}\iapp{makeglossariesgui}}%
-}%
-{%
- A Java GUI alternative to \gls{makeglossaries} that
- also provides diagnostic tools. Available separately on
- \href{http://ctan.org/pkg/makeglossariesgui}{CTAN}.
-}
-
-\newglossaryentry{numberlist}{%
-name={Number list\itermdef{number list}},%
-sort={number list},%
-text={number list\iterm{number list}},%
-description={A list of \glslink{entrylocation}{entry locations} (also
-called a location list). The number list can be suppressed using the
-\pkgopt{nonumberlist} package option.}
-}
-
-\newglossaryentry{entrylocation}{%
-name={Entry location\itermdef{entry location}},%
-sort={entry location},%
-text={entry location\iterm{entry location}},%
-description={The location of the entry in the document. This
-defaults to the page number on which the entry appears. An entry may
-have multiple locations.}
-}
-
-\newglossaryentry{locationlist}{%
-name={Location list},%
-text={location list},
-sort={location list},%
-description={A list of \glslink{entrylocation}{entry locations}.
-See \gls{numberlist}.}%
-}
-
-\newglossaryentry{linktext}{%
-name={Link text\itermdef{link text}},
-sort={link text},%
-text={link text\iterm{link text}},
-description={The text produced by commands such as \ics{gls}. It may
-or may not be a hyperlink to the glossary.}
-}
-
-\newglossaryentry{smallcaps}{%
- name={Small caps\itermdef{small caps}},
- sort={small caps},
- text={small caps\iterm{small caps}},
- description={Small capitals. The \LaTeX\ kernel provides
- \ics{textsc}\marg{text} to produce small capitals. This uses a
- font where lowercase letters have a small capital design.
- Uppercase letters have the standard height and there's no
- noticeable difference with uppercase characters in corresponding non-small caps fonts.
- This means that for a small caps appearance, you need to use lowercase letters in the
- \meta{text} argument. The \isty{relsize} package provides
- \ics{textsmaller}\marg{text} which simulates small caps by reducing the size
- of the font, so in this case the contents of \meta{text} should be
- uppercase (otherwise the effect is simply smaller lowercase
- letters). Some fonts don't support small caps combined with bold or slanted
- properties. In this case, there will be a font substitution
- warning and one of the properties (such as small caps or slanted) will be
- dropped.}
-}
-
-\let\glsd\glsuseri
-\let\glsation\glsuserii
-
-\longnewglossaryentry{firstuse}{%
-name={First use\ifirstuse},
-sort={first use},%
-text={first use},%
-user1={first used}}
-{%
- The first time a glossary entry is used (from the start of the
- document or after a reset) with one of the
- following commands: \ics{gls}, \ics{Gls}, \ics{GLS}, \ics{glspl},
- \ics{Glspl}, \ics{GLSpl} or \ics{glsdisp}.
- \glsseeformat{firstuseflag,firstusetext}{}
+ \def\gxtrcmd#1#2{\glsbibwriteentry{command}{#1}{\field{name}{\xtrcsfmt{#1}}#2}}%
+ \def\gxtrcmds#1#2{\glsbibwriteentry{command}{#1}{\field{name}{\xtrcsfmt{#1}}\field{modifiers}{*}#2}}%
+ \def\gxtrcmdsp#1#2{\glsbibwriteentry{command}{#1}{\field{name}{\xtrcsfmt{#1}}\field{modifiers}{*,+}#2}}%
+ \def\gxtrcmdmeta#1#2#3#4{\glsbibwriteentry{command}{#1#2#3}{\field{name}{\xtrcsfmt{#1\meta{#2}#3}}#4}}%
+ \def\gxtrcmdmetameta#1#2#3#4#5#6{\glsbibwriteentry{command}{#1#2#3#4#5}{\field{name}{\xtrcsfmt{#1\meta{#2}#3\meta{#4}#5}}#6}}%
+ \def\gxtrstyopt#1#2{\glsbibwriteentry{packageoption}{opt.#1}{\field{name}{\xtrstyoptfmt{#1}}#2}}%
+ \def\gxtroptval#1#2#3{\glsbibwriteentry{optionvalue}{optval.#1.#2}{\field{name}{\xtroptfmt{#2}}\field{parent}{opt.#1}#3}}%
+ \def\gxtrctr#1#2{\glsbibwriteentry{counter}{ctr.#1}{\field{name}{\xtrctrfmt{#1}}#2}}%
+ \def\gprintglossopt#1#2{%
+ \glsbibwriteentry{commandoption}{opt.printgloss.#1}{%
+ \field{name}{\csoptfmt{#1}}\parent{idx.printglossopt}#2}}%
+ \def\gxtrprintglossopt#1#2{%
+ \glsbibwriteentry{commandoption}{opt.printgloss.#1}{%
+ \field{name}{\xtrcsoptfmt{#1}}\parent{idx.printglossopt}#2}}%
+ \def\gglsopt#1#2{%
+ \glsbibwriteentry{commandoption}{opt.glsopt.#1}{%
+ \field{name}{\csoptfmt{#1}}\parent{idx.glsopt}#2}}%
+ \def\gxtrglsopt#1#2{%
+ \glsbibwriteentry{commandoption}{opt.glsopt.#1}{%
+ \field{name}{\xtrcsoptfmt{#1}}\parent{idx.glsopt}#2}}%
+ \def\ggloskey#1#2{%
+ \glsbibwriteentry{commandoption}{opt.gloskey.#1}{%
+ \field{name}{\csoptfmt{#1}}\parent{idx.gloskey}#2}}%
+ \def\gxtrgloskey#1#2{%
+ \glsbibwriteentry{commandoption}{opt.gloskey.#1}{%
+ \field{name}{\xtrcsoptfmt{#1}}\parent{idx.gloskey}#2}}%
+ \def\gglosfield#1#2{%
+ \glsbibwriteentry{commandoption}{opt.glosfield.#1}{%
+ \field{name}{\csoptfmt{#1}}\parent{idx.glosfield}#2}}%
+ \def\gxtrglosfield#1#2{%
+ \glsbibwriteentry{commandoption}{opt.glosfield.#1}{%
+ \field{name}{\xtrcsoptfmt{#1}}\parent{idx.glosfield}#2}}%
+ \def\gglostype#1#2{%
+ \glsbibwriteentry{optionvalue}{opt.glostype.#1}{%
+ \field{name}{\glostypefmt{#1}}\parent{glossary}#2}}%
+ \def\gcat#1#2{%
+ \glsbibwriteentry{optionvalue}{opt.cat.#1}{%
+ \field{name}{\catfmt{#1}}\parent{idx.category}#2}}%
+ \def\gcatattr#1#2{%
+ \glsbibwriteentry{optionvalue}{opt.catattr.#1}{%
+ \field{name}{\csoptfmt{#1}}\parent{idx.categoryattribute}#2}}%
+ \def\gglosty#1#2{\glsbibwriteentry{glossarystyle}{opt.glostyle.#1}%
+ {\field{name}{\glostylefmt{#1}}\parent{idx.glossarystyle}#2}}%
+ \def\gxtrglosty#1#2{\glsbibwriteentry{glossarystyle}{opt.glostyle.#1}%
+ {\field{name}{\xtrglostylefmt{#1}}\parent{idx.glossarystyle}#2}}%
+ \def\gabbrsty#1#2{\glsbibwriteentry{abbreviationstyle}{opt.abbrstyle.#1}%
+ {\field{name}{\abbrstylefmt{#1}}\parent{idx.abbrvstyle}#2}}%
+ \def\gabbrstyalias#1#2{\gabbrsty{#1}{\field{alias}{opt.abbrstyle.#2}}}%
+ \def\gdepabbrsty#1#2{\gabbrsty{#1}{\deprecated\field{alias}{opt.abbrstyle.#2}}}%
+ \def\gacrsty#1#2{\glsbibwriteentry{acronymstyle}{opt.acrstyle.#1}%
+ {\field{name}{\acrstylefmt{#1}}\parent{idx.acronymstyle}#2}}%
+ \def\gresourceopt#1#2{%
+ \glsbibwriteentry{commandoption}{opt.resource.#1}{%
+ \field{name}{\xtrcsoptfmt{#1}}\parent{idx.resourceopt}#2}}%
+ \def\gbibglsswitch#1#2{\glsbibwriteentry{switch}{switch.b2g.#1}{\field{name}{\shortargfmt{#1}}\inapp{bib2gls}#2}}%
+ \def\gmkidxswitch#1#2{\glsbibwriteentry{switch}{switch.mkidx.#1}{\field{name}{\shortargfmt{#1}}\inapp{makeindex}#2}}%
+ \def\gxdyswitch#1#2{\glsbibwriteentry{switch}{switch.xdy.#1}{\field{name}{\shortargfmt{#1}}\inapp{xindy}#2}}%
+ \def\gmkglsswitch#1#2{\glsbibwriteentry{switch}{switch.mkgls.#1}{\field{name}{\shortargfmt{#1}}\inapp{makeglossaries}#2}}%
+ \def\gmkglsliteswitch#1#2{\glsbibwriteentry{switch}{switch.mkglslite.#1}{\field{name}{\shortargfmt{#1}}\inapp{makeglossaries-lite}#2}}%
+ \gidxpl{glossarystyle}%
+ {%
+ \common
+ \field{text}{glossary style}%
+ \desc{the default style may be set with \gls{setglossarystyle}
+or with the \opt{style} package option.
+The default style can be overridden for individual \idxpl{glossary}
+with the \printglossopt{style} option. For a summary of all
+available styles, see \gallerypage{glossaries-styles}{Gallery:
+Predefined Styles}}
+ }
+ \gidx{glossaryformat}%
+ {%
+ \name{glossary}
+ \field{parent}{idx.format}
+ \field{text}{glossary format}
+ \field{alias}{idx.glossarystyle}
+ }
+ \gidx{acronymstyle}{\name{acronym style}
+ \desc{the style should be set with \gls{setacronymstyle} before
+ the first instance of \gls{newacronym}}}
+ \gidx{format}{}
+ \gidx{abbrvstyle}{\name{\xtrfmt{abbreviation} style (\styfmt{glossaries-extra})}
+ \field{text}{\xtrfmt{abbreviation} style}
+ }
+ \gidx{abbrvformat}%
+ {%
+ \name{\xtrfmt{abbreviation}}
+ \field{parent}{idx.format}
+ \field{text}{\xtrfmt{abbreviation} format}
+ \field{alias}{idx.abbrvstyle}
+ }
+ \gidxpl{category}{\field{text}{category}\field{plural}{categories}}
+ \gidx{categoryattribute}{\name{category attributes}\field{text}{category attribute}}
+ % FILES
+ % sample files:
+ \gidx{samplefile}{\name{sample files}\field{text}{sample file}}%
+ \gfile{minimalgls.tex}{}% file: minimalgls.tex
+ \gfile{mwe\dhyphen gls.tex}{}% file: mwe-gls.tex
+ \gfile{mwe\dhyphen acr.tex}{}% file: mwe-acr.tex
+ \gfile{mwe\dhyphen acr\dhyphen desc.tex}{}% file: mwe-acr-desc.tex
+ \gfile{sample.tex}{}% file: sample.tex
+ \gfile{sample4col.tex}{}% file: sample4col.tex
+ \gfile{sampleaccsupp.tex}{}% file: sampleaccsupp.tex
+ \gfile{sampleAcrDesc.tex}{}% file: sampleAcrDesc.tex
+ \gfile{sampleacronyms.tex}{}% file: sampleacronyms.tex
+ \gfile{sampleAcr.tex}{}% file: sampleAcr.tex
+ \gfile{sample\dhyphen chap\dhyphen hyperfirst.tex}{}% file: sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex
+ \gfile{sample\dhyphen crossref.tex}{}% file: sample-crossref.tex
+ \gfile{sample\dhyphen custom\dhyphen acronym.tex}{}% file: sample-custom-acronym.tex
+ \gfile{sampleCustomAcr.tex}{}% file: sampleCustomAcr.tex
+ \gfile{sampleDB.tex}{}% file: sampleDB.tex
+ \gfile{sampleDesc.tex}{}% file: sampleDesc.tex
+ \gfile{sample\dhyphen dot\dhyphen abbr.tex}{}% file: sample-dot-abbr.tex
+ \gfile{sample\dhyphen dual.tex}{}% file: sample-dual.tex
+ \gfile{sample\dhyphen entrycount.tex}{}% file: sample-entrycount.tex
+ \gfile{sample\dhyphen entryfmt.tex}{}% file: sample-entryfmt.tex
+ \gfile{sampleEq.tex}{}% file: sampleEq.tex
+ \gfile{sampleEqPg.tex}{}% file: sampleEqPg.tex
+ \gfile{sampleFnAcrDesc.tex}{}% file: sampleFnAcrDesc.tex
+ \gfile{sample\dhyphen FnDesc.tex}{}% file: sample-FnDesc.tex
+ \gfile{sample\dhyphen font\dhyphen abbr.tex}{}% file: sample-font-abbr.tex
+ \gfile{sample\dhyphen ignored.tex}{}% file: sample-ignored.tex
+ \gfile{sample\dhyphen index.tex}{}% file: sample-index.tex
+ \gfile{sample\dhyphen inline.tex}{}% file: sample-inline.tex
+ \gfile{sample\dhyphen langdict.tex}{}% file: sample-langdict.tex
+ \gfile{sample\dhyphen newkeys.tex}{}% file: sample-newkeys.tex
+ \gfile{sample\dhyphen noidxapp.tex}{}% file: sample-noidxapp.tex
+ \gfile{sample\dhyphen noidxapp\dhyphen utf8.tex}{}% file: sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex
+ \gfile{sample\dhyphen nomathhyper.tex}{}% file: sample-nomathhyper.tex
+ \gfile{sampleNtn.tex}{}% file: sampleNtn.tex
+ \gfile{sample\dhyphen numberlist.tex}{}% file: sample-numberlist.tex
+ \gfile{samplePeople.tex}{}% file: samplePeople.tex
+ \gfile{sample\dhyphen prefix.tex}{}% file: sample-prefix.tex
+ \gfile{sampleSec.tex}{}% file: sampleSec.tex
+ \gfile{sample\dhyphen si.tex}{}% file: sample-si.tex
+ \gfile{sampleSort.tex}{}% file: sampleSort.tex
+ \gfile{sample\dhyphen storage\dhyphen abbr\dhyphen desc.tex}{}% file: sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex
+ \gfile{sample\dhyphen storage\dhyphen abbr.tex}{}% file: sample-storage-abbr.tex
+ \gfile{sampletree.tex}{}% file: sampletree.tex
+ \gfile{sampleutf8.tex}{}% file: sampleutf8.tex
+ \gfile{samplexdy2.tex}{}% file: samplexdy2.tex
+ \gfile{samplexdy3.tex}{}% file: samplexdy3.tex
+ \gfile{samplexdy.tex}{}% file: samplexdy.tex
+ % test files:
+ \gidx{testfile}{\name{test files}\field{text}{test file}}%
+ % example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex
+ \gfile{example\dhyphen glossaries\dhyphen acronym\dhyphen desc.tex}%
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.33+}}%
+ % example-glossaries-longchild.tex
+ \gfile{example\dhyphen glossaries\dhyphen longchild.tex}%
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.47+}}%
+ % example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex
+ \gfile{example\dhyphen glossaries\dhyphen acronyms\dhyphen lang.tex}%
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.33+}}%
+ % example-glossaries-long.tex
+ \gfile{example\dhyphen glossaries\dhyphen long.tex}%
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.33+}}%
+ % example-glossaries-acronym.tex
+ \gfile{example\dhyphen glossaries\dhyphen acronym.tex}%
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.33+}}%
+ % example-glossaries-multipar.tex
+ \gfile{example\dhyphen glossaries\dhyphen multipar.tex}%
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.33+}}%
+ % example-glossaries-brief.tex
+ \gfile{example\dhyphen glossaries\dhyphen brief.tex}%
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.33+}}%
+ % example-glossaries-parent.tex
+ \gfile{example\dhyphen glossaries\dhyphen parent.tex}%
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.33+}}%
+ % example-glossaries-childmultipar.tex
+ \gfile{example\dhyphen glossaries\dhyphen childmultipar.tex}%
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.47+}}%
+ % example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex
+ \gfile{example\dhyphen glossaries\dhyphen symbolnames.tex}%
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.33+}}%
+ % example-glossaries-childnoname.tex
+ \gfile{example\dhyphen glossaries\dhyphen childnoname.tex}%
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.33+}}%
+ % example-glossaries-symbols.tex
+ \gfile{example\dhyphen glossaries\dhyphen symbols.tex}%
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.33+}}%
+ % example-glossaries-cite.tex
+ \gfile{example\dhyphen glossaries\dhyphen cite.tex}%
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.33+}}%
+ % example-glossaries-url.tex
+ \gfile{example\dhyphen glossaries\dhyphen url.tex}%
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.33+}}%
+ % example-glossaries-images.tex
+ \gfile{example\dhyphen glossaries\dhyphen images.tex}%
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.33+}}%
+ % example-glossaries-xr.tex
+ \gfile{example\dhyphen glossaries\dhyphen xr.tex}%
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.16+}}%
+ % glossaries-english.ldf
+ \gfile{glossaries\dhyphen english.ldf}{}
+ % glossaries-irish.ldf
+ \gfile{glossaries\dhyphen irish.ldf}{}
+ % glossaries-dictionary-English.dict
+ \gfile{glossaries\dhyphen dictionary\dhyphen English.dict}{}
+ % glossaries-<lang>.ldf
+ \gfilemeta{glossaries\dhyphen}{lang}{.ldf}{}
+ % glossaries-dictionary-<Lang>.dict
+ \gfilemeta{glossaries\dhyphen dictionary\dhyphen }{Lang}{.dict}{}
+ % glossaries-<iso-lang>-<iso-region>.ldf
+ \gfilemetameta{glossaries\dhyphen}{iso-lang}{\dhyphen}{iso-region}{.ldf}{}
+ % packages:
+ \gpkg{glossaries}% glossaries.sty
+ {%
+ \common
+ \syntax{\meta{options}}%
+ \desc{base package. This package will be implicitly loaded by
+ \sty{glossaries-prefix}, \sty{glossaries-accsupp} and
+ \sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ }
+ \gpkg{glossaries\dhyphen extra}% glossaries-extra.sty
+ {%
+ \common
+ \syntax{\meta{options}}%
+ \desc{extension package that loads \sty{glossaries}, provides
+ additional commands, and modifies some of the base
+ \sty{glossaries} commands to integrate them with the new
+ commands or to make them more flexible}
+ }
+ \gpkg{glossaries\dhyphen extra\dhyphen stylemods}% glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{options}}%
+ \note{or \code{\csfmt{usepackage}[\optval{stylemods}{\meta{options}}]\marg{glossaries-extra}}}
+ \desc{modifies the \idxpl{glossarystyle} supplied with the base \sty{glossaries}
+ package to make them more flexible and to integrate support
+ for features provided by \sty{glossaries-extra} or \app{bib2gls}}
+ }
+ \gpkg{glossaries\dhyphen extra\dhyphen bib2gls}% glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty
+ {%
+ \desc{automatically loaded with \optval{record}{only} and
+ \optval{record}{nameref}}
+ }
+ % glossaries-babel.sty
+ \gpkg{glossaries\dhyphen babel}
+ {
+ \syntax{\meta{options}}%
+ \desc{interface package that provides \sty{babel} support for
+ \sty{glossaries}. The actual language settings are in independently
+ distributed packages}
+ }
+ % glossaries-polyglossia.sty
+ \gpkg{glossaries\dhyphen polyglossia}
+ {
+ \syntax{\meta{options}}%
+ \desc{interface package that provides \sty{polyglossia} support for
+ \sty{glossaries}. The actual language settings are in independently
+ distributed packages}
+ }
+ % glossaries-prefix.sty
+ \gpkg{glossaries\dhyphen prefix}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{options}}%
+ \note{automatically loaded with
+ \code{\csfmt{usepackage}[\opt{prefix}]\marg{glossaries-extra}}}
+ \desc{provides additional keys and commands to associated
+ prefixes with \idx{glossary} entries. If loaded on its own, it will
+ automatically load \sty{glossaries} with the given options}
+ }
+ % glossaries-accsupp.sty
+ \gpkg{glossaries\dhyphen accsupp}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{options}}%
+ \note{automatically loaded with
+ \code{\csfmt{usepackage}[\opt{accsupp}]\marg{glossaries-extra}}}
+ \desc{provides additional keys and commands to make it easier to
+ integrate accessibility support into \idx{glossary} entry definitions.
+ If loaded on its own, it will automatically load \sty{glossaries}
+ with the given options}
+ }
+ % glossary-hypernav.sty
+ \gpkg{glossary\dhyphen hypernav}%
+ {%
+ \note{automatically loaded with \code{\csfmt{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}}}
+ \desc{provides support for \idxpl{glossarystyle}, such as \glostyle{listhypergroup}}
+ }
+ % glossary-list.sty
+ \gpkg{glossary\dhyphen list}%
+ {%
+ \note{automatically loaded with \code{\csfmt{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}}}
+ \desc{provides list-like \idxpl{glossarystyle}, such as
+ \glostyle{list}. These styles are patched by \sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods}}
+ }
+ % glossary-tree.sty
+ \gpkg{glossary\dhyphen tree}%
+ {%
+ \note{automatically loaded with \code{\csfmt{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}}}
+ \desc{provides \hierarchical\ index or tree-like \idxpl{glossarystyle}, such as
+ \glostyle{index} and \glostyle{tree}.
+ These styles are patched by \sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods}}
+ }
+ % glossary-mcols.sty
+ \gpkg{glossary\dhyphen mcols}%
+ {%
+ \note{load explicitly or with
+ \code{\csfmt{usepackage}[\opt{stylemods}\dequals mcols]\marg{glossaries-extra}}}
+ \desc{provides multicolumn \hierarchical\ index and tree-like
+ \idxpl{glossarystyle},
+ such as \glostyle{mcolindex} and \glostyle{mcoltree}. This package
+ automatically loads \sty{glossary-tree} and \sty{multicol}.
+ These styles are patched by \sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods}}
+ }
+ % glossary-inline.sty
+ \gpkg{glossary\dhyphen inline}%
+ {%
+ \note{load explicitly or with
+ \code{\csfmt{usepackage}[\optval{stylemods}{inline}]\marg{glossaries-extra}}}
+ \desc{provides the \glostyle{inline} \idx{glossarystyle}.
+ This style is patched by \sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods}}
+ }
+ % glossary-long.sty
+ \gpkg{glossary\dhyphen long}%
+ {%
+ \note{automatically loaded with \code{\csfmt{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}}}
+ \desc{provides tabular-like \idxpl{glossarystyle}, such as
+ \glostyle{long} that use the \sty{longtable} package.
+ These styles are patched by \sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods}}
+ }
+ % glossary-longbooktabs.sty
+ \gpkg{glossary\dhyphen long\-book\-tabs}%
+ {%
+ \note{load explicitly or with
+ \code{\csfmt{usepackage}[\optval{stylemods}{longbooktabs}]\marg{glossaries-extra}}}
+ \desc{provides tabular-like \idxpl{glossarystyle}, such as
+ \glostyle{long-booktabs} that use the \sty{longtable} package with
+ the \sty{booktabs} package to provide horizontal rules.
+ These styles are patched by \sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods}}
+ }
+ % glossary-longragged.sty
+ \gpkg{glossary\dhyphen long\-ragged}%
+ {%
+ \note{load explicitly or with
+ \code{\csfmt{usepackage}[\optval{stylemods}{longragged}]\marg{glossaries-extra}}}
+ \desc{provides tabular-like \idxpl{glossarystyle}, such as
+ \glostyle{longragged} that use the \sty{longtable} package with
+ the \sty{array} package to left-justify the description column.
+ These styles are patched by \sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods}}
+ }
+ % glossary-super.sty
+ \gpkg{glossary\dhyphen super}%
+ {%
+ \note{automatically loaded with \code{\csfmt{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}}}
+ \desc{provides tabular-like \idxpl{glossarystyle}, such as
+ \glostyle{super} that use the \sty{supertabular} package.
+ These styles are patched by \sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods}}
+ }
+ % glossary-superragged.sty
+ \gpkg{glossary\dhyphen super\-ragged}%
+ {%
+ \note{load explicitly or with
+ \code{\csfmt{usepackage}[\optval{stylemods}{superragged}]\marg{glossaries-extra}}}
+ \desc{provides tabular-like \idxpl{glossarystyle}, such as
+ \glostyle{superragged} that use the \sty{supertabular} package with
+ the \sty{array} package to left-justify the description column.
+ These styles are patched by \sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods}}
+ }
+ % glossary-bookindex.sty
+ \gpkg{glossary\dhyphen book\-index}%
+ {%
+ \note{load explicitly or with
+ \code{\csfmt{usepackage}[\optval{stylemods}{bookindex}]\marg{glossaries-extra}}}
+ \desc{provides the \glostyle{bookindex} \idx{glossarystyle}, which
+ doesn't show descriptions. This package is distributed with
+ \sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ }
+ % glossary-longextra.sty
+ \gpkg{glossary\dhyphen long\-extra}%
+ {%
+ \note{load explicitly or with
+ \code{\csfmt{usepackage}[\optval{stylemods}{longextra}]\marg{glossaries-extra}}}
+ \desc{provides more flexible tabular-like \idxpl{glossarystyle}, such
+ as \glostyle{long-name-desc}. This package is distributed with
+ \sty{glossaries-extra} and automatically loads
+ \sty{glossary-longbooktabs}}
+ }
+ % glossary-topic.sty
+ \gpkg{glossary\dhyphen topic}%
+ {%
+ \note{load explicitly or with
+ \code{\csfmt{usepackage}[\optval{stylemods}{topic}]\marg{glossaries-extra}}}
+ \desc{provides the \hierarchical\ \glostyle{topic} and \glostyle{topicmcols}
+ \idxpl{glossarystyle}. This package is distributed with
+ \sty{glossaries-extra} and automatically loads \sty{multicol}}
+ }
+ % Language modules
+ \gfile{glossaries\dhyphen german.ldf}{}% glossaries-german.ldf
+ % OTHER PACKAGES:
+ \gpkg{glossary}{}% glossary.sty
+ \gpkg{long\-table}{}% longtable.sty
+ \gpkg{super\-tabular}{}% supertabular.sty
+ \gpkg{array}{}% array.sty
+ \gpkg{book\-tabs}{}% booktabs.sty
+ \gpkg{multi\-col}{}% multicol.sty
+ \gpkg{babel}{}% babel.sty
+ \gpkg{poly\-glossia}{}% polyglossia.sty
+ \gpkg{translator}{}% translator.sty
+ \gcls{memoir}{}% memoir.cls
+ \gcls{report}{}% report.cls
+ \gcls{book}{}% book.cls
+ \gcls{beamer}{}% beamer.cls
+ \gpkg{hyper\-ref}{}% hyperref.sty
+ \gpkg{name\-ref}{}% nameref.sty
+ \gpkg{get\-title\-string}{}% gettitlestring.sty
+ \gpkg{ams\-math}{}% amsmath.sty
+ \gpkg{ams\-gen}{}% amsgen.sty
+ \gpkg{etool\-box}{}% etoolbox.sty
+ \gpkg{input\-enc}{}% inputenc.sty
+ \gpkg{font\-enc}{}% fontenc.sty
+ \gpkg{font\-spec}{}% fontspec.sty
+ \gpkg{rel\-size}{}% relsize.sty
+ \gpkg{acc\-supp}{}% accsupp.sty
+ \gpkg{accessibility}{}% accessibility.sty
+ \gpkg{tag\-pdf}{}% tagpdf.sty
+ \gpkg{xkey\-val}{}% xkeyval.sty
+ \gpkg{text\-case}{}% textcase.sty
+ \gpkg{siunitx}{}% siunitx.sty
+ \gpkg{latex\-release}{}% latexrelease.sty
+ \gpkg{mwe}{}% mwe.sty
+ \gpkg{stix}{}% stix.sty
+ \gpkg{fmt\-count}{}% fmtcount.sty
+ \gpkg{classic\-thesis}{}% classicthesis.sty
+ \gpkg{xtab}{}% xtab.sty
+ \gpkg{doc}{}% doc.sty
+ \gpkg{tabularx}{}% tabularx.sty
+ \gpkg{xspace}{}% xspace.sty
+ \gpkg{flow\-fram}{}% flowfram.sty
+ \gpkg{shell\-esc}{}% shellesc.sty
+ \gpkg{make\-idx}{}% makeidx.sty
+ \gpkg{imake\-idx}{}% imakeidx.sty
+ \gpkg{scr\-w\-file}{}% scrwfile.sty
+ % mfirstuc package
+ \gpkg{mfirst\-uc}{}% mfirstuc.sty
+ % \makefirstuc
+ \gcmd{make\-first\-uc}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \providedby{\sty{mfirstuc}}
+ \desc{robust command that converts the first character of \meta{text} to
+ \idx{uppercase} (\idx{sentencecase}) unless \meta{text}
+ starts with a command, in which case it will attempt to apply
+ the \idx{casechange} to the first character of the first
+ argument following the command, if the command is followed by a
+ group. As from \sty{mfirstuc} v2.08, this command internally
+ uses \gls{MFUsentencecase} to perform the actual \idx{casechange}.
+ See the \sty{mfirstuc} documentation for further details, either:
+ \texdocref{mfirstuc} or visit \ctanpkg{mfirstuc}}
+ }
+ % \MFUsentencecase
+ \gcmd{MFU\-sentence\-case}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \providedby{\sty{mfirstuc} v2.08+}
+ \desc{fully expands \meta{text} and converts the first letter to
+ \idx{uppercase}\glsadd{idx.sentencecase}. Unlike
+ \gls{makefirstuc}, this command is expandable, but only
+ recognises commands identified as exclusions. See the
+ \sty{mfirstuc} documentation for further details. This command
+ is provided by \sty{glossaries-extra} v1.49+ if an old version
+ of \sty{mfirstuc} is detected}
+ }
+ % \MFUexcl
+ \gcmd{MFU\-excl}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{mfirstuc} v2.08+}
+ \syntax{\margm{cs}}%
+ \desc{locally identifies \meta{cs} as an exclusion command,
+ which will be recognised by both \gls{makefirstuc} and
+ \gls{MFUsentencecase}}
+ \field{seealso}{MFUblocker,MFUaddmap}
+ }
+ % \MFUblocker
+ \gcmd{MFU\-blocker}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{mfirstuc} v2.08+}
+ \syntax{\margm{cs}}%
+ \desc{locally identifies \meta{cs} as a blocker command for
+ \gls{makefirstuc} and an exclusion for \gls{MFUsentencecase}
+ (which doesn't support blockers)}
+ \field{seealso}{MFUexcl,MFUaddmap}
+ }
+ % \MFUaddmap
+ \gcmd{MFU\-add\-map}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{mfirstuc} v2.08+}
+ \syntax{\margm{cs1}\margm{cs2}}%
+ \desc{identifies a mapping from the command \meta{cs1} to
+ command \meta{cs2} for \gls{makefirstuc} and also identifies
+ \meta{cs2} as a blocker. Mappings and blockers aren't supported
+ by \gls{MFUsentencecase}, so both \meta{cs1} and \meta{cs2} are
+ identified as exclusions for \gls{MFUsentencecase}}
+ \field{seealso}{MFUexcl,MFUblocker}
+ }
+ % \glsmfuexcl
+ \gcmd{gls\-mfu\-excl}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+ \& \sty{glossaries-extra} v1.49+}
+ \syntax{\margm{cs}}%
+ \desc{if \sty{mfirstuc} v2.08+ is installed, this will use
+ \gls+{MFUexcl}, otherwise it will implement something similar}
+ }
+ % \glsmfublocker
+ \gcmd{gls\-mfu\-block\-er}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+ \& \sty{glossaries-extra} v1.49+}
+ \syntax{\margm{cs}}%
+ \desc{if \sty{mfirstuc} v2.08+ is installed, this will use
+ \gls+{MFUblocker}, otherwise it will use \gls{glsmfuexcl} instead.
+ See \sectionref{sec:casechanging} for further details}
+ }
+ % \glsmfuaddmap
+ \gcmd{gls\-mfu\-add\-map}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+ \& \sty{glossaries-extra} v1.49+}
+ \syntax{\margm{cs1}\margm{cs2}}%
+ \desc{if \sty{mfirstuc} v2.08+ is installed, this will use
+ \gls+{MFUaddmap}, otherwise it will use \gls{glsmfuexcl} instead.
+ See \sectionref{sec:casechanging} for further details}
+ }
+ % \capitalisewords
+ \gcmd{capitalise\-words}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \providedby{\sty{mfirstuc} v1.06+}
+ \desc{converts \meta{text} to \idx{titlecase}. Limitations
+ apply, see the \sty{mfirstuc} documentation for further details, either:
+ \texdocref{mfirstuc} or visit \ctanpkg{mfirstuc}}
+ }
+ % \capitalisefmtwords
+ \gcmd{capitalise\-fmt\-words}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \providedby{\sty{mfirstuc} v2.03+}
+ \desc{converts \meta{text} to \idx{titlecase}, where \meta{text}
+ may contain text-block commands. The starred form only permits a
+ text-block command at the start of the argument. Limitations
+ apply, see the \sty{mfirstuc} documentation for further details, either:
+ \texdocref{mfirstuc} or visit \ctanpkg{mfirstuc}}
+ }
+ % \xcapitalisefmtwords
+ \gcmd{xcapitalise\-fmt\-words}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \providedby{\sty{mfirstuc} v2.03+}
+ \desc{passes the argument to \gls{capitalisefmtwords} but with the
+ first token in \meta{text} expanded. The starred version uses
+ the starred version of \gls{capitalisefmtwords}}
+ }
+ % \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ \gcmd{mfirst\-uc\-Make\-Upper\-case}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{mfirstuc}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{this command was used by \gls{makefirstuc} to convert its argument to
+ \idx{allcaps} and was redefined by \sty{glossaries} to use
+ \gls{MakeTextUppercase}, but with \sty{mfirstuc} v2.08+ and
+ \sty{glossaries} v4.50+ this command is instead defined
+ to use the \LaTeX3 \idx{allcaps} command, which is expandable.
+ This command is no longer used by \gls{makefirstuc} (which instead uses
+ \gls{MFUsentencecase}). The \sty{glossaries} (v4.50+) and
+ \sty{glossaries-extra} (v1.49+) packages now use \gls{glsuppercase}
+ for the \idx{allcaps} commands, such as \gls{Gls}}
+ }
+ % \glsmakefirstuc
+ \gcmd{gls\-make\-first\-uc}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \providedby{\sty{mfirstuc} v1.05+}
+ \desc{used by \gls{makefirstuc} to perform the actual
+ case-change. As from \sty{mfirstuc} v2.08+ this just uses
+ \gls{MFUsentencecase}. Despite the \qt{gls} prefix in the
+ command name, this command is provided by \sty{mfirstuc}, but dates
+ back to when \sty{mfirstuc} was part of the \sty{glossaries}
+ package}
+ }
+ \gpkg{datatool}{}% datatool.sty
+ \gpkg{datatool\dhyphen base}{}% datatool-base.sty
+ % \DTLformatlist
+ \gcmd{DTL\-format\-list}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{csv-list}}
+ \providedby{\sty{datatool-base} v2.28+}
+ \desc{formats the comma-separated list \meta{csv-list}.
+ One-level expansion is performed on \meta{csv-list}. See the
+ \sty{datatool} documentation for further details, either:
+ \texdocref{datatool} or visit \ctanpkg{datatool}}
+ }
+ % \DTLifinlist
+ \gcmd{DTL\-if\-in\-list}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{element}\margm{csv-list}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \providedby{\sty{datatool-base}}
+ \desc{does \meta{true} if \meta{element} is contained in the comma-separated
+ list \meta{csv-list}, otherwise does \meta{false}.
+ One-level expansion is performed on \meta{csv-list}, but not on
+ \meta{element}. See the \sty{datatool} documentation for further
+ details, either:
+ \texdocref{datatool} or visit \ctanpkg{datatool}}
+ }
+ % \dtlwordindexcompare
+ \gcmd{dtl\-word\-index\-compare}{}
+ % \dtlletterindexcompare
+ \gcmd{dtl\-letter\-index\-compare}{}
+ % \dtlicompare
+ \gcmd{dtl\-i\-compare}{}
+ % \dtlcompare
+ \gcmd{dtlcompare}{}
+ \gpkg{track\-lang}{}% tracklang.sty
+ % \CurrentTrackedLanguage
+ \gcmd{Current\-Tracked\-Language}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{tracklang}}
+ \syntax{placeholder for use in \ext{ldf} files, expands to the
+ current language label}
+ }
+ % \CurrentTrackedDialect
+ \gcmd{Current\-Tracked\-Dialect}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{tracklang}}
+ \syntax{placeholder for use in \ext{ldf} files, expands to the
+ current dialect label}
+ }
+ % applications:
+ \gapp{make\-index}% makeindex
+ {%
+ \common
+ \syntax{\meta{options} \meta{\idx{indexingfile}}}%
+ \desc{a general purpose \idx{indexingapp}. See \option{mkidx}}%
+ }
+ \gapp{xindy}%
+ {%
+ \common
+ \syntax{\meta{options} \meta{\idx{indexingfile}}}%
+ \desc{a flexible \idx{indexingapp} with multilingual support
+ written in Perl. See \option{xdy}}
+ }
+ \gapp{texindy}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{options} \meta{\idx{indexingfile}}}%
+ \desc{runs \app{xindy} with modules set up for input written in
+ \app{makeindex}['s] syntax}
+ }
+ \gapp{make\-glos\-saries}% makeglossaries
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{options} \meta{aux-file}}%
+ \desc{a custom designed Perl script interface
+ to \app+{xindy} and \app+{makeindex} provided with the \sty{glossaries}
+ package}
+ }
+ \gapp{make\-glos\-saries\dhyphen lite}% makeglossaries-lite
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{options} \meta{aux-file}}%
+ \desc{a custom designed Lua script interface
+ to \app+{xindy} and \app+{makeindex} provided with the \sty{glossaries}
+ package. This is a cut-down alternative to the Perl
+ \app{makeglossaries} script. If you have Perl installed, use the
+ Perl script instead}
+ }
+ \gapp{make\-glos\-saries\-gui}% makeglossariesgui
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{options} \meta{aux-file}}%
+ \desc{a Java \gls{gui} alternative to \app{makeglossaries} that
+ also provides diagnostic tools. Available separately on
+ \CTANpkg{makeglossariesgui}}
+ }
+ \gapp{bib2gls}%
+ {%
+ \common
+ \syntax{\meta{options} \meta{aux-file}}%
+ \desc{an \idx{indexingapp} that combines two functions in
+ one: (1) fetches entry definition from a \ext+{bib} file
+ based on information provided in the \ext+{aux} file (similar
+ to \BibTeX); (2) hierarchically sorts and collates location
+ lists (similar to \app{makeindex} and \app{xindy}).
+ This application is designed for use with \sty{glossaries-extra}
+ and can't be used with just the base \sty{glossaries} package.
+ Available separately on \CTANpkg{bib2gls}. See \option{b2g}}
+ }
+ \gapp{con\-vert\-gls2bib}% convertgls2bib
+ {%
+ \desc{An application provided with \app{bib2gls} that
+ converts \ext+{tex} files containing entry definitions to
+ \ext{bib} files suitable for use with \app{bib2gls}.
+ This application is designed for files that just contain entry
+ definitions, but it can work on a complete document file.
+ However, there will be a lot of \qt{undefined command} warnings as
+ \app{convertgls2bib} only has a limited set of known commands. You
+ can limit it so that it only parses the \idxf{documentpreamble} with the
+ \switch{preamble-only} switch (requires at least \app{bib2gls} v2.0)}
+ }
+ \gapp{xindex}{}
+ \gapp{arara}{}
+ \gapp{latexmk}{}
+ \gapp{atom}{}
+ \gapp{texdoc}{}
+ \gapp{pdflatex}{}
+ \gapp{latex}{\name{\appfmt{latex} (DVI)}\field{text}{\appfmt{latex}}}
+ % switches
+ % bib2gls --group
+ \glongswitch{group}{\inapp{bib2gls}}
+ % bib2gls -g
+ \gbibglsswitch{g}{\field{alias}{switch.group}}
+ % bib2gls --no-group
+ \glongswitch{no\dhyphen group}{\inapp{bib2gls}}
+ % bib2gls --map-format
+ \glongswitch{map\dhyphen format}{\inapp{bib2gls}}
+ % bib2gls -m
+ \gbibglsswitch{m}{\field{alias}{switch.map-format}}
+ % convertgls2bib --preamble-only
+ \glongswitch{preamble\dhyphen only}{\inapp{convertgls2bib}}
+ % convertgls2bib --texenc
+ \glongswitch{texenc}{\inapp{convertgls2bib}}
+ % convertgls2bib --bibenc
+ \glongswitch{bibenc}{\inapp{convertgls2bib}}
+ % convertgls2bib --split-on-type
+ \glongswitch{split\dhyphen on\dhyphen type}{\inapp{convertgls2bib}}
+ % convertgls2bib -t
+ \gshortswitch{t}{\inapp{convertgls2bib}\field{alias}{switch.split-on-type}}
+ % convertgls2bib --ignore-type
+ \glongswitch{ignore\dhyphen type}{\inapp{convertgls2bib}}
+ % convertgls2bib --index-conversion
+ \glongswitch{index\dhyphen conversion}{\inapp{convertgls2bib}}
+ % convertgls2bib -i
+ \gshortswitch{i}{\inapp{convertgls2bib}\field{alias}{switch.index-conversion}}
+ % makeindex -g
+ \gmkidxswitch{g}{}
+ % makeindex -s
+ \gmkidxswitch{s}{}
+ % makeindex -o
+ \gmkidxswitch{o}{}
+ % makeindex -l
+ \gmkidxswitch{l}{}
+ % makeindex -p
+ \gmkidxswitch{p}{}
+ % makeindex -c
+ \gmkidxswitch{c}{}
+ % makeindex -r
+ \gmkidxswitch{r}{}
+ % makeindex -t
+ \gmkidxswitch{t}{}
+ % xindy -M
+ \gxdyswitch{M}{}
+ % xindy -L
+ \gxdyswitch{L}{}
+ % xindy -C
+ \gxdyswitch{C}{}
+ % xindy -I
+ \gxdyswitch{I}{}
+ % xindy -t
+ \gxdyswitch{t}{}
+ % xindy -o
+ \gxdyswitch{o}{}
+ % makeglossaries -Q
+ \gmkglsswitch{Q}{\providedby{\appfmt{makeglossaries} v2.14+}}
+ % makeglossaries -k
+ \gmkglsswitch{k}{\providedby{\appfmt{makeglossaries} v2.14+}}
+ % makeglossaries -q
+ \gmkglsswitch{q}{}
+ % makeglossaries -m
+ \gmkglsswitch{m}{%
+ \initval{makeindex}
+ \providedby{\appfmt{makeglossaries} v2.08+}%
+ \syntax{\meta{application}}
+ }
+ % makeglossaries -x
+ \gmkglsswitch{x}{
+ \initval{xindy}
+ \providedby{\appfmt{makeglossaries} v2.08+}%
+ \syntax{\meta{application}}
+ }
+ % makeglossaries -d
+ \gmkglsswitch{d}{%
+ \providedby{\appfmt{makeglossaries} v2.05+}
+ \syntax{\meta{directory}}
+ }
+ % makeglossaries -e
+ \gmkglsswitch{e}{\providedby{\appfmt{makeglossaries} v4.50+}}
+ % makeglossaries -n
+ \gmkglsswitch{n}{\providedby{\appfmt{makeglossaries} v1.5+}}
+ % makeglossaries -l
+ \gmkglsswitch{l}{\providedby{\appfmt{makeglossaries} v1.5+}}
+ % makeglossaries -L
+ \gmkglsswitch{L}{\syntax{\meta{language}}}
+ % makeglossaries -r
+ \gmkglsswitch{r}{}
+ % makeglossaries -c
+ \gmkglsswitch{c}{}
+ % makeglossaries -g
+ \gmkglsswitch{g}{}
+ % makeglossaries -p
+ \gmkglsswitch{p}{%
+ \syntax{\meta{num}}
+ }
+ % makeglossaries -s
+ \gmkglsswitch{s}{%
+ \syntax{\meta{filename}}
+ }
+ % makeglossaries -o
+ \gmkglsswitch{o}{%
+ \syntax{\meta{filename}}
+ }
+ % makeglossaries -t
+ \gmkglsswitch{t}{%
+ \syntax{\meta{filename}}
+ }
+ % makeglossaries --help
+ \glongswitch{mkgls.help}{%
+ \field{name}{\longargfmt{help}}%
+ \inapp{makeglossaries}%
+ \providedby{\appfmt{makeglossaries} v1.2+}
+ }
+ % makeglossaries --version
+ \glongswitch{mkgls.version}{%
+ \field{name}{\longargfmt{version}}%
+ \inapp{makeglossaries}%
+ \providedby{\appfmt{makeglossaries} v1.2+}
+ }
+ % makeglossaries-lite -q
+ \gmkglsliteswitch{q}{}
+ % makeglossaries-lite -l
+ \gmkglsliteswitch{l}{}
+ % makeglossaries-lite -n
+ \gmkglsliteswitch{n}{}
+ % makeglossaries-lite -s
+ \gmkglsliteswitch{s}{%
+ \syntax{\meta{filename}}
+ }
+ % makeglossaries-lite -o
+ \gmkglsliteswitch{o}{%
+ \syntax{\meta{filename}}
+ }
+ % makeglossaries-lite -t
+ \gmkglsliteswitch{t}{%
+ \syntax{\meta{filename}}
+ }
+ % makeglossaries-lite -L
+ \gmkglsliteswitch{L}{\syntax{\meta{language}}}
+ % makeglossaries-lite -r
+ \gmkglsliteswitch{r}{}
+ % makeglossaries-lite -c
+ \gmkglsliteswitch{c}{}
+ % makeglossaries-lite -g
+ \gmkglsliteswitch{g}{}
+ % makeglossaries-lite -p
+ \gmkglsliteswitch{p}{%
+ \syntax{\meta{num}}
+ }
+ % makeglossaries-lite -m
+ \gmkglsliteswitch{m}{%
+ \initval{makeindex}
+ \syntax{\meta{application}}
+ }
+ % makeglossaries-lite -x
+ \gmkglsliteswitch{x}{
+ \initval{xindy}
+ \syntax{\meta{application}}
+ }
+ % makeglossaries-lite --help
+ \glongswitch{mkglslite.help}{%
+ \field{name}{\longargfmt{help}}%
+ \inapp{makeglossaries-lite}%
+ }
+ % makeglossaries-lite --version
+ \glongswitch{mkglslite.version}{%
+ \field{name}{\longargfmt{version}}%
+ \inapp{makeglossaries-lite}%
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: ENTRY DEFINITIONS
+ % \loadglsentries
+ \gcmd{load\-gls\-entries}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}%
+ \syntax{\oargm{type}\margm{filename}}
+ \desc{locally assigns \gls{glsdefaulttype} to \meta{type} and
+ inputs \meta{filename}. If the optional argument is omitted,
+ the default glossary is assumed. Note that if any entries with
+ \meta{filename} have the \gloskey{type} key set (including
+ implicitly in commands like \gls{newabbreviation}), then this will
+ override the type given in the optional argument}
+ }
+ % \GlsXtrLoadResources
+ \gxtrcmd{Gls\-Xtr\-Load\-Resources}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.11+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}}
+ \desc{for use with \app{bib2gls}, this both sets up the resource options
+ (which \app{bib2gls} can detect from the \ext{aux} file) and
+ inputs the \ext{glstex} file created by \app{bib2gls}}
+ }
+ % \newglossaryentry
+ \gcmd{new\-glossary\-entry}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\marg{\keyvallist}}
+ \desc{defines a new \idx{glossary} entry with the given label. The
+ second argument is a comma-separated list of \idxpl{gloskey}}
+ }
+ % \longnewglossaryentry
+ \gcmd{long\-new\-glossary\-entry}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.11a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{key=value list}\margm{description}}
+ \desc{defines a new \idx{glossary} entry with the given label. The
+ second argument is a comma-separated list of \idxpl{gloskey}.
+ The third argument is the description, which may include
+ paragraph breaks}
+ }
+ % \provideglossaryentry
+ \gcmd{provide\-glossary\-entry}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.14a}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\marg{\keyvallist}}
+ \desc{as \gls{newglossaryentry} but does nothing if the entry is
+ already defined}
+ }
+ % \longprovideglossaryentry
+ \gcmd{long\-provide\-glossary\-entry}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.14a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{key=value list}\margm{description}}
+ \desc{as \gls{longnewglossaryentry} but does nothing if the entry is
+ already defined}
+ }
+ % \newterm
+ \gcmd{new\-term}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{key=value list}\margm{entry-label}}
+ \note{requires \opt{index} package option}
+ \desc{defines a new \idx{glossary} entry with the given label,
+ \gloskey{type} set to \code{index}, the \gloskey{name}
+ set to \meta{entry-label} and the \gloskey{description}
+ set to \gls{nopostdesc}. The
+ optional argument is a comma-separated list of \idxpl{gloskey},
+ which can be used to override the defaults}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrnewsymbol
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-new\-symbol}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\oargm{key=value list}\margm{entry-label}\margm{sym}}
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \note{requires \code{\csfmt{usepackage}\oarg{\opt{symbols}}\marg{glossaries-extra}}}
+ \desc{defines a new \idx{glossary} entry with the given label,
+ \gloskey{type} set to \glostype{symbols}, the \gloskey{category} set
+ to \code{symbol}, the \gloskey{name} set to \meta{sym} and the \gloskey{sort}
+ set to \meta{entry-label}. The optional argument is a comma-separated list of \idxpl{gloskey},
+ which can be used to override the defaults}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrnewnumber
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-new\-number}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\oargm{key=value list}\margm{entry-label}\margm{num}}
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \note{requires \code{\csfmt{usepackage}\oarg{\opt{numbers}}\marg{glossaries-extra}}}
+ \desc{defines a new \idx{glossary} entry with the given label,
+ \gloskey{type} set to \code{numbers}, the \gloskey{category} set
+ to \code{number}, the \gloskey{name} set to \meta{num} and the \gloskey{sort}
+ set to \meta{entry-label}. The optional argument is a comma-separated list of \idxpl{gloskey},
+ which can be used to override the defaults}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrnopostpunc
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-no\-post\-punc}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.22+}
+ \desc{when placed at the end of the \gloskey{description}, this
+ switches off the post-description punctuation (inserted
+ automatically via options such as \opt{postdot}) but doesn't
+ suppress the \idx{postdeschook}. Does nothing outside of the
+ \idx{glossary}}
+ \field{seealso}{nopostdesc}
+ }
+ % \nopostdesc
+ \gcmd{no\-post\-desc}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \desc{when placed at the end of the \gloskey{description}, this
+ switches off the \idx{postdeschook} (including the
+ post-description punctuation). Does nothing outside of the
+ \idx{glossary}}
+ \field{seealso}{glsxtrnopostpunc}
+ }
+ % \glspar
+ \gcmd{gls\-par}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{paragraph break (for instances where \gls{par} can't be used directly)}
+ }
+ % \glsaddkey
+ \gcmd{gls\-add\-key}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.12a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{key}\margm{default value}\margm{no link cs}\margm{no link ucfirst
+ cs}\margm{link cs}\margm{link ucfirst cs}\margm{link allcaps cs}}
+ \desc{defines a new \idx{gloskey} with the given default value
+ and commands that are analogous to \gls{glsentrytext} (\meta{no
+ link cs}), \gls{Glsentrytext} (\meta{no link ucfirst cs}),
+ \gls{glstext} (\meta{link cs}), \gls{Glstext} (\meta{link ucfirst cs}),
+ \gls{GLStext} (\meta{link allcaps cs}). The starred version switches on field
+ expansion for the given key}
+ \field{seealso}{glsaddstoragekey}
+ }
+ % \glsaddstoragekey
+ \gcmd{gls\-add\-storage\-key}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.16+}
+ \syntax{\margm{key}\margm{default value}\margm{no link cs}}
+ \desc{provides a new \idx{gloskey} with a default value and a
+ command for simply accessing the value (without indexing
+ or \idxpl{hyperlink}). The starred version switches on field
+ expansion for the given key}
+ \field{seealso}{glsaddkey}
+ }
+ % \glssetexpandfield
+ \gcmd{gls\-set\-ex\-pand\-field}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.13a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{field}}
+ \desc{indicates that the given field should always have its
+ value expanded when the entry is defined. This overrides
+ \gls{glsnoexpandfields}}
+ }
+ % \glssetnoexpandfield
+ \gcmd{gls\-set\-no\-ex\-pand\-field}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.13a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{field}}
+ \desc{indicates that the given field should always have its
+ value expanded when the entry is defined. This overrides
+ \gls{glsexpandfields}}
+ }
+ % \glsnoexpandfields
+ \gcmd{gls\-no\-ex\-pand\-fields}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.08a+}
+ \desc{don't expand values when assigning fields during entry
+ definition (except for specific fields that are overridden by
+ \gls{glssetexpandfield})}
+ }
+ % \glsexpandfields
+ \gcmd{gls\-ex\-pand\-fields}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.08a+}
+ \desc{expand values when assigning fields during entry
+ definition (except for specific fields that are overridden by
+ \gls{glssetnoexpandfield})}
+ }
+ % \glsmoveentry
+ \gcmd{gls\-move\-entry}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.02+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{target glossary label}}
+ \desc{moves the entry identified by \meta{entry-label} to the
+ \idx{glossary} identified by \meta{target glossary label}}
+ \field{seealso}{glsxtrcopytoglossary}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrcopytoglossary
+ \gcmds{gls\-xtr\-copy\-to\-glos\-sary}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.12+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{glossary-type}}
+ \desc{copies the entry to the internal \idx{glossary} list for
+ the given \idx{glossary}. The starred version performs a global
+ change. The unstarred version can be localised. Only for use with
+ the \idx{unsrtfam}}
+ \field{seealso}{glsmoveentry}
+ }
+ % \glsdoifexistsordo
+ \gcmd{gls\-do\-if\-exists\-or\-do}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.19+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{similar to \gls{ifglsentryexists}, this does \meta{true}
+ if the \idx{entry} given by \meta{entry-label}
+ exists. If the \idx{entry} doesn't it exist, this does \meta{false}
+ and generates an error}
+ \field{seealso}{ifglsentryexists,glsdoifexists,glsdoifnoexists}
+ }
+ % \glsdoifexistsorwarn
+ \gcmd{gls\-do\-if\-exists\-or\-warn}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.03+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{code}}
+ \desc{like \gls{glsdoifexists}, but always warns (no error) if
+ the \idx{entry} doesn't exist}
+ }
+ % \glsdoifnoexists
+ \gcmd{gls\-do\-if\-no\-exists}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{code}}
+ \desc{does \meta{code} if the \idx{entry} given by \meta{entry-label}
+ does not exist. If the entry does exist, this will generate an error}
+ \field{seealso}{ifglsentryexists,glsdoifexistsordo,glsdoifexists}
+ }
+ % \glsdoifexists
+ \gcmd{gls\-do\-if\-exists}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{code}}
+ \desc{does \meta{code} if the \idx{entry} given by \meta{entry-label}
+ exists. If the entry doesn't exist, this will generate
+ an error}
+ \field{seealso}{ifglsentryexists,glsdoifexistsordo,glsdoifnoexists}
+ }
+ % \ifglsentryexists
+ \gcmd{if\-gls\-entry\-exists}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{does \meta{true} if the entry given by \meta{entry-label}
+ exists, otherwise does \meta{false}}
+ \field{seealso}{glsdoifexistsordo,glsdoifexists,glsdoifnoexists}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: FETCHING AND UPDATING FIELDS
+ % \glsletentryfield
+ \gcmd{gls\-let\-entry\-field}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.07+}
+ \syntax{\margm{cs}\margm{entry-label}\margm{field-label}}
+ \desc{fetches the value of the given field
+ (identified by its \idxc{internalfieldlabel}{internal label}
+ \meta{field-label}) for the entry given by
+ \meta{entry-label} and stores it in the command \meta{cs}}
+ }
+ % \glsfielddef
+ \gcmd{gls\-field\-def}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.16+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{field}\margm{value}}
+ \desc{locally assigns the \meta{value} to the given field
+ (identified by the \idx{internalfieldlabel} \meta{field}) for the entry identified by
+ \meta{entry-label}. Produces an error (or warning with
+ \opteqvalref{undefaction}{warn}) if the entry or field doesn't
+ exist. Note that this doesn't update any associated fields}
+ }
+ % \glsfieldgdef
+ \gcmd{gls\-field\-gdef}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.16+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{field}\margm{value}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsfielddef} but does a global assignment}
+ }
+ % \glsfieldedef
+ \gcmd{gls\-field\-edef}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{field}\margm{value}}
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.16+}
+ \desc{locally assigns the full expansion of \meta{value} to the given field
+ (identified by the \idx{internalfieldlabel} \meta{field}) for the entry identified by
+ \meta{entry-label}. Produces an error (or warning with
+ \opteqvalref{undefaction}{warn}) if the entry or field doesn't
+ exist. Note that this doesn't update any associated fields}
+ }
+ % \glsfieldxdef
+ \gcmd{gls\-field\-xdef}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.16+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{field}\margm{value}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsfieldedef} but does a global assignment}
+ }
+ % \glsfieldfetch
+ \gcmd{gls\-field\-fetch}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{field-label}\margm{cs}}
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.16+}
+ \desc{fetches the value of the given field for the given entry and stores it in
+ the command \meta{cs}. Triggers an error if the given field (identified by its
+ \idx{internalfieldlabel}) hasn't been defined. Uses
+ \gls{glsdoifexists}}
+ }
+ % \glsunexpandedfieldvalue
+ \gcmd{gls\-un\-expanded\-field\-value}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{field-label}}
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.48+}
+ \desc{for use in expandable contexts where the field value is
+ required but the contents should not be expanded. The field
+ should be identified by its \idx{internalfieldlabel}. Expands
+ to nothing with no error or warning if the entry or field aren't defined}
+ }
+ % \ifglsfieldeq
+ \gcmd{if\-gls\-field\-eq}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{field-label}\margm{string}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.16+}
+ \desc{tests if the value of the given field is equal to the
+ given string using \sty{etoolbox}['s] \csfmt{ifcsstring}.
+ Triggers an error if the given field (identified by its
+ \idx{internalfieldlabel}) hasn't been defined. Uses
+ \gls{glsdoifexists}}
+ }
+ % \ifglsfielddefeq
+ \gcmd{if\-gls\-field\-def\-eq}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{field-label}\margm{cs}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.16+}
+ \desc{tests if the value of the given field is equal to the
+ replacement text of the given command \meta{cs} using \sty{etoolbox}['s]
+ \csfmt{ifdefstrequal}.
+ Triggers an error if the given field (identified by its
+ \idx{internalfieldlabel}) hasn't been defined. Uses
+ \gls{glsdoifexists}}
+ }
+ % \ifglsfieldcseq
+ \gcmd{if\-gls\-field\-cs\-eq}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{field-label}\margm{cs-name}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.16+}
+ \desc{tests if the value of the given field is equal to the
+ replacement text of the command given by the control sequence
+ name \meta{cs-name} using \sty{etoolbox}['s] \csfmt{ifcsstrequal}.
+ Triggers an error if the given field (identified by its
+ \idx{internalfieldlabel}) hasn't been defined. Uses
+ \gls{glsdoifexists}}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrfieldformatlist
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-field\-format\-list}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.42+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{field-label}}
+ \desc{formats the value of the given field, which should be
+ an \sty{etoolbox} internal list, using the same list handler
+ macro as \sty{datatool}['s] \gls{DTLformatlist}}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrusefield
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-use\-field}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.12+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{field-label}}
+ \desc{expands to the value of the given field
+ (identified by its \idxc{internalfieldlabel}{internal label}
+ \meta{field-label}) for the entry given by
+ \meta{entry-label}. Expands to \gls{relax} if the entry or field are undefined}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: FIRST USE FLAG
+ % \glsunset
+ \gcmd{gls\-un\-set}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{globally unsets the \idx+{firstuseflag}}
+ \field{seealso}{glslocalunset,glsunsetall,glsreset}
+ }
+ % \glslocalunset
+ \gcmd{gls\-local\-un\-set}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{locally unsets the \idx+{firstuseflag}}
+ \field{seealso}{glsunset,glsunsetall,glsreset}
+ }
+ % \glsunsetall
+ \gcmd{gls\-un\-set\-all}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{glossary labels list}}
+ \desc{globally unsets the \idx+{firstuseflag} for all
+ \idxpl{entry} in whose labels are listed in the \meta{glossary
+ labels list} comma-separated list. If the optional argument is
+ omitted, the list of all non-\idxpl{ignoredglossary} is assumed}
+ \field{seealso}{glsunset,glslocalunset,glslocalunsetall,glsresetall}
+ }
+ % \glslocalunsetall
+ \gcmd{gls\-local\-un\-set\-all}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{glossary labels list}}
+ \desc{locally unsets the \idx+{firstuseflag} for all
+ \idxpl{entry} in whose labels are listed in the \meta{glossary
+ labels list} comma-separated list. If the optional argument is
+ omitted, the list of all non-\idxpl{ignoredglossary} is assumed}
+ \field{seealso}{glsunset,glslocalunset,glsunsetall,glslocalresetall}
+ }
+ % \glsreset
+ \gcmd{gls\-re\-set}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{globally resets the \idx+{firstuseflag}}
+ \field{seealso}{glslocalreset,glsresetall,glsunset}
+ }
+ % \glslocalreset
+ \gcmd{gls\-local\-re\-set}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{locally resets the \idx+{firstuseflag}}
+ \field{seealso}{glsreset,glsresetall,glsunset}
+ }
+ % \glsresetall
+ \gcmd{gls\-re\-set\-all}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{glossary labels list}}
+ \desc{globally resets the \idx+{firstuseflag} for all
+ \idxpl{entry} in whose labels are listed in the \meta{glossary
+ labels list} comma-separated list. If the optional argument is
+ omitted, the list of all non-\idxpl{ignoredglossary} is assumed}
+ \field{seealso}{glsreset,glslocalreset,glslocalresetall,glsunsetall}
+ }
+ % \glslocalresetall
+ \gcmd{gls\-local\-re\-set\-all}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{glossary labels list}}
+ \desc{locally resets the \idx+{firstuseflag} for all
+ \idxpl{entry} in whose labels are listed in the \meta{glossary
+ labels list} comma-separated list. If the optional argument is
+ omitted, the list of all non-\idxpl{ignoredglossary} is assumed}
+ \field{seealso}{glsreset,glslocalreset,glsresetall,glslocalunsetall}
+ }
+ % \ifglsused
+ \gcmd{if\-gls\-used}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{does \meta{true} if the \idx{entry} has been marked as
+ \idxc{firstuseflag}{used}, does \meta{false} if the entry is
+ marked as \idxc{firstuseflag}{unused}, and does neither if
+ the entry hasn't been defined (but will generate an error)}
+ }
+ % \GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined
+ \gcmd{Gls\-Xtr\-If\-Unused\-Or\-Undefined}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.34+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{does \meta{true} if the entry hasn't been defined or hasn't been marked as
+ \idxc{firstuseflag}{used}, otherwise does \meta{true}. Note
+ that this command will generate an error or warning (according to
+ \opt{undefaction}) if the entry hasn't been defined, but will
+ still do \meta{true}}
+ \field{seealso}{ifglsused,glsxtrifwasfirstuse}
+ }
+ % \GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering
+ \gxtrcmds{Gls\-Xtr\-Start\-Unset\-Buffering}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.30+}
+ \desc{enables unset buffering. The starred version doesn't check
+ for duplicates}
+ \field{seealso}{GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering}
+ }
+ % \GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering
+ \gxtrcmds{Gls\-Xtr\-Stop\-Unset\-Buffering}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.30+}
+ \desc{stops buffering. The starred version performs a global unset}
+ \field{seealso}{GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering}
+ }
+ % \GlsXtrUnsetBufferEnableRepeatLocal
+ \gcmd{Gls\-Xtr\-Unset\-Buffer\-Enable\-Repeat\-Local}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.49+}
+ \desc{allows repeat entries within the buffering code to be
+ locally unset before the \idx{linktext}}
+ }
+ % \GlsXtrResetLocalBuffer
+ \gcmd{Gls\-Xtr\-Reset\-Local\-Buffer}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.49+}
+ \desc{if local unset for repeat entries has been enabled with
+ \gls{GlsXtrUnsetBufferEnableRepeatLocal}, this will locally
+ reset all entries that are in the buffer that hadn't been
+ marked as used before the function was enabled}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: UTILITIES - CONDITIONALS
+ % \ifignoredglossary
+ \gcmds{if\-ignored\-glos\-sary}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.08+}
+ \syntax{\margm{glossary-label}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{does \meta{true} if the \idx{glossary} identified by
+ \meta{glossary-label} has been defined as an
+ \idx{ignoredglossary}, otherwise does \meta{false}}
+ }
+ % \ifglossaryexists
+ \gcmds{if\-glos\-sary\-exists}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{glossary-type}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{if the \idx{glossary} given by \meta{glossary-type} exists,
+ this does \meta{true}, otherwise it does \meta{false}. The
+ unstarred form treats \idxpl{ignoredglossary} as non-existent. The
+ starred form (v4.46+) will do \meta{true} if \meta{glossary-type} matches
+ an ignored glossary}
+ }
+ % \ifglsfieldvoid
+ \gcmd{if\-gls\-field\-void}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+}
+ \syntax{\margm{field-label}\margm{entry-label}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{an expandable test to determine if the entry is undefined
+ or the field is undefined or empty. The \meta{field-label}
+ must be the field's \idxc{internalfieldlabel}{internal label}.
+ Internally uses \sty{etoolbox}['s] \gls{ifcsvoid} command}
+ \field{seealso}{GlsXtrIfFieldUndef}
+ }%
+ % \GlsXtrIfFieldUndef
+ \gxtrcmd{Gls\-Xtr\-If\-Field\-Undef}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.23+}
+ \syntax{\margm{field-label}\margm{entry-label}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{expandable command that tests if the given field (identified by its
+ \idxc{internalfieldlabel}{internal label}) is undefined for the
+ entry given by \meta{entry-label}. Internally uses \sty{etoolbox}['s]
+ \gls{ifcsundef} command}
+ \field{seealso}{ifglsfieldvoid}
+ }
+ % \glscurrentfieldvalue
+ \gcmd{gls\-current\-field\-value}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.23+}
+ \desc{conditional commands such as \gls{ifglshasfield} set this
+ to the field's value for use within the \meta{true} code}
+ }
+ % \ifglshasfield
+ \gcmd{if\-gls\-has\-field}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.03+}
+ \syntax{\margm{field}\margm{entry-label}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \note{robust}
+ \desc{if the field identified by either its key or its
+ \idx{internalfieldlabel} \meta{field} for the entry identified by
+ \meta{entry-label} is set and non-empty, this sets
+ \gls{glscurrentfieldvalue} to the field value and does \meta{true}
+ otherwise it does \meta{false}}
+ \field{seealso}{ifglsfieldvoid}
+ }
+ % \ifglshasparent
+ \gcmd{if\-gls\-has\-parent}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.02+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{does \meta{true} if the entry's \gloskey{parent} field is
+ set otherwise does \meta{false}}
+ }
+ % \ifglshasdesc
+ \gcmd{if\-gls\-has\-desc}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.08a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{does \meta{true} if the entry's \gloskey{description} field is
+ set otherwise does \meta{false}}
+ }
+ % \ifglsdescsuppressed
+ \gcmd{if\-gls\-desc\-suppressed}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.08a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{does \meta{true} if the entry's \gloskey{description} field is
+ just \gls{nopostdesc} otherwise does \meta{false}}
+ }
+ % \ifglshassymbol
+ \gcmd{if\-gls\-has\-symbol}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.08a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{does \meta{true} if the entry's \gloskey{symbol} field is
+ set otherwise does \meta{false}}
+ }
+ % \ifglshaslong
+ \gcmd{if\-gls\-has\-long}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.11a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{does \meta{true} if the entry's \gloskey{long} field is
+ set otherwise does \meta{false}}
+ }
+ % \ifglshasshort
+ \gcmd{if\-gls\-has\-short}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.11a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{does \meta{true} if the entry's \gloskey{short} field is
+ set otherwise does \meta{false}}
+ }
+ % \ifglshaschildren
+ \gcmd{if\-gls\-has\-children}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.02+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{does \meta{true} if the given entry has child entries
+ otherwise does \meta{false}. Note that this has to iterate over
+ the set of defined entries for the entry's \idx{glossary} to
+ find one that has the entry identified in its \gloskey{parent}
+ field. A more efficient approach can be achieved with
+ \app{bib2gls} and the \resourceopt{save-child-count} resource option}
+ }
+ % \GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount
+ \gxtrcmds{Gls\-Xtr\-If\-Has\-Non\-Zero\-Child\-Count}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra-bib2gls} v1.47+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{tests if the value in the \glosfield{childcount} field is
+ non-zero (using \gls{GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero}). This requires the
+ \resourceopt{save-child-count} resource option}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrifhasfield
+ \gxtrcmds{gls\-xtr\-if\-has\-field}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.19+}
+ \syntax{\margm{field-label}\margm{entry-label}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{tests if the field identified by its
+ \idxc{internalfieldlabel}{internal label} \meta{field-label} for the entry
+ given by \meta{entry-label} is defined and is not empty. This is like
+ \gls{ifglshasfield} but doesn't produce a warning if the entry or field
+ doesn't exist. This sets \gls{glscurrentfieldvalue} to the field value and
+ does \meta{true} if its defined and not empty, otherwise it does
+ \meta{false}. The unstarred version adds implicit grouping to
+ make nesting easier. The starred version doesn't (to make
+ assignments easier)}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: UTILITIES - LOOPS
+ % \forglsentries
+ \gcmd{for\-gls\-entries}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{type}\margm{cs}\margm{body}}
+ \desc{iterates over all entries in the given \idx{glossary}
+ and, at each iteration, defines the command \meta{cs}
+ to the current entry label and does \meta{body}. The optional
+ argument \meta{type} is the \idx{glossary}
+ label and defaults to \gls{glsdefaulttype} if omitted.
+ This command can't be used with \app{bib2gls} since there are no
+ defined entries until \app{bib2gls} has selected them and added
+ them to the \ext{glstex} file}
+ }
+ % \forallglsentries
+ \gcmd{for\-all\-gls\-entries}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{types}\margm{cs}\margm{body}}
+ \desc{does \gls{forglsentries} for each \idx{glossary}. The optional
+ argument \meta{types} is a comma-separated list of \idx{glossary}
+ labels. If omitted, all non-\idxpl{ignoredglossary} is assumed}
+ }
+ % \forallglossaries
+ \gcmd{for\-all\-glossaries}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{types}\margm{cs}\margm{body}}
+ \desc{iterates overall all the \idx{glossary} labels given in
+ the \meta{types} argument, defines the command \meta{cs} to the
+ current label and does \meta{body}. If the optional argument is
+ omitted, the list of all non-\idxpl{ignoredglossary} is assumed}
+ }
+ % \forallacronyms
+ \gcmd{for\-all\-acronyms}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.08+}
+ \syntax{\margm{cs}\margm{body}}
+ \desc{iterates overall all \idxpl{glossary} that have been
+ declared lists of \idxpl{acronym}, defines the command \meta{cs} to the
+ current label and does \meta{body}}
+ \note{don't use with \sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ }
+ % \forallabbreviationlists
+ \gxtrcmd{forallabbreviationlists}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.42+}
+ \syntax{\margm{cs}\margm{body}}
+ \desc{iterates overall all lists of abbreviations, defines the
+ command \meta{cs} to the current label and does \meta{body}}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrforcsvfield
+ \gxtrcmds{gls\-xtr\-for\-csv\-field}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.24+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{field-label}\margm{handler cs}}
+ \desc{iterates over the comma-separated list stored in the given field
+ (identified by its \idxc{internalfieldlabel}{internal label})
+ for the entry identified by \meta{entry-label} and performs
+ \code{\meta{handler cs}\margm{element}} for each element of the
+ list}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: ENTRY COUNTING
+ % \glsenableentrycount
+ \gcmd{gls\-enable\-entry\-count}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.14+}
+ \desc{enables entry counting}
+ }
+ % \ifglsresetcurrcount
+ \gcond{if\-gls\-reset\-curr\-count}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+}
+ \initval{\csfmt{iffalse}}
+ \desc{conditional that determines whether or not the reset
+ commands should reset the entry count stored in
+ \glosfield{currcount} to zero}
+ \field{seealso}{glsenableentrycount,glsreset,glslocalreset}
+ }
+ % \glsresetcurrcountfalse
+ \gcmd{gls\-re\-set\-curr\-count\-false}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+}
+ \desc{sets the \gls{ifglsresetcurrcount} conditional to \csfmt{iffalse}}
+ }
+ % \glsresetcurrcounttrue
+ \gcmd{gls\-re\-set\-curr\-count\-true}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+}
+ \desc{sets the \gls{ifglsresetcurrcount} conditional to \csfmt{iftrue}}
+ }
+ % \glsentrycurrcount
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-curr\-count}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.14+}
+ \desc{expands to the current entry count running total or 0 if
+ not available (needs to be enabled with
+ \gls{glsenableentrycount})}
+ }
+ % \glsentryprevcount
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-prev\-count}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.14+}
+ \desc{expands to the final entry count total from the previous
+ \LaTeX\ run or if 0 if not available (needs to be enabled with
+ \gls{glsenableentrycount})}
+ }
+ % \cgls
+ \gcmdsp{cgls}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.14+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{like \gls{gls} but hooks into the entry counting mechanism}
+ \field{seealso}{glsenableentrycount,cglsformat}
+ }
+ % \cglspl
+ \gcmdsp{cgls\-pl}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.14+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{like \gls{glspl} but hooks into the entry counting mechanism}
+ \field{seealso}{glsenableentrycount,cglsplformat}
+ }
+ % \cGls
+ \gcmdsp{cGls}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.14+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{like \gls{Gls} but hooks into the entry counting mechanism}
+ \field{seealso}{glsenableentrycount,cGlsformat}
+ }
+ % \cGlspl
+ \gcmdsp{cGls\-pl}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.14+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{like \gls{Glspl} but hooks into the entry counting mechanism}
+ \field{seealso}{glsenableentrycount,cGlsplformat}
+ }
+ % \cglsformat
+ \gcmd{cgls\-format}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.14+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{insert}}
+ \desc{format used by \gls{cgls} if the entry was only used once
+ on the previous run}
+ }
+ % \cglsplformat
+ \gcmd{cgls\-pl\-format}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.14+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{insert}}
+ \desc{format used by \gls{cglspl} if the entry was only used once
+ on the previous run}
+ }
+ % \cGlsformat
+ \gcmd{cGls\-format}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.14+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{insert}}
+ \desc{format used by \gls{cGls} if the entry was only used once
+ on the previous run}
+ }
+ % \cGlsplformat
+ \gcmd{cGls\-pl\-format}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.14+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{insert}}
+ \desc{format used by \gls{cGlspl} if the entry was only used
+ once on the previous run}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
+ % \newacronym
+ \gcmd{new\-acronym}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oarg{\keyvallist}\margm{entry-label}\margm{short}\margm{long}}
+ \desc{this command is provided by the base \sty{glossaries}
+ package to define a new \idx+{acronym} but it's redefined by
+ \sty{glossaries-extra} to use
+ \gls{newabbreviation} with the \gloskey{category} key set to
+ \cat{acronym}. With just the base \sty{glossaries} package, use
+ \gls{setacronymstyle} to set the style. With
+ \sty{glossaries-extra}, use
+ \code{\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{\cat{acronym}}\margm{style}} to
+ set the style that governs \gls{newacronym}}
+ }
+ % \oldacronym
+ \gcmd{old\-acronym}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.18+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{label}\margm{short}\margm{long}\marg{\keyvallist}}
+ \desc{defines an \idx{acronym} using the syntax of the old
+ \sty{glossary} package}
+ }
+ % \setacronymstyle
+ \gcmd{set\-acronym\-style}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \syntax{\margm{style-name}}
+ \desc{sets the \idx{acronym} style. Don't use with \sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ }
+ % \newacronymstyle
+ \gcmd{new\-acronym\-style}%
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \syntax{\margm{name}\margm{format def}\margm{style defs}}
+ \desc{defines an \idx{acronymstyle} for use with the base
+ \sty{glossaries} package's \idx{acronym} mechanism. These styles are not
+ compatible with \sty{glossaries-extra}. The \meta{format def}
+ part is the code used as the \idx{entryformat} definition within
+ \gls{defglsentryfmt}. The \meta{style defs} is the code that
+ redefines the \idx{acronym} formatting commands, such as
+ \gls{genacrfullformat}, and the additional fields command
+ \gls{GenericAcronymFields}}
+ }
+ % \renewacronymstyle
+ \gcmd{re\-new\-acronym\-style}%
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \syntax{\margm{name}\margm{format def}\margm{display defs}}
+ \desc{as \gls{newacronymstyle} but redefines an existing \idx{acronymstyle}}
+ }
+ \gxtrcmd{new\-abbreviation}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\oarg{\keyvallist}\margm{label}\margm{short}\margm{long}}
+ \desc{defines a new entry that represents an \idx+{abbreviation}.
+ This internally uses \gls{newglossaryentry} and any provided
+ options (\idxpl{gloskey}) given in \keyvallist\ will be appended. The
+ \gloskey{category} is set to \cat{abbreviation} by default, but
+ may be overridden in \meta{options}. The
+ appropriate style should be set before the abbreviation is
+ defined with \gls{setabbreviationstyle}}
+ }
+ % \setabbreviationstyle
+ \gxtrcmd{set\-abbreviation\-style}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{category}\margm{style-name}}
+ \desc{sets the current \idx{abbrvstyle} to \meta{style-name}
+ for the category identified by \meta{category}. If the
+ optional argument is omitted, \cat{abbreviation} is assumed}
+ }
+ % \newabbreviationstyle
+ \gxtrcmd{new\-ab\-bre\-vi\-a\-tion\-style}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\margm{style-name}\margm{setup}\margm{display definitions}}
+ \desc{defines an abbreviation style, which can be set with
+ \gls{setabbreviationstyle}}
+ }
+ % \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup
+ \gxtrcmd{Gls\-Xtr\-Use\-Abbr\-Style\-Set\-up}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\margm{style-name}}
+ \desc{implements the \meta{setup} code for the given
+ abbreviation style}
+ }
+ % \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts
+ \gxtrcmd{Gls\-Xtr\-Use\-Abbr\-Style\-Fmts}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\margm{style-name}}
+ \desc{implements the \meta{display definitions} code for the given
+ abbreviation style}
+ }
+ % \firstacronymfont
+ \gcmd{first\-acronym\-font}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.14+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{used to encapsulate the \idx{acronym} short form on \idx{firstuse}}
+ }
+ % \acronymfont
+ \gcmd{acronym\-font}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{used to encapsulate the \idx{acronym} short form on
+ \idx{subsequentuse}}
+ }
+ % \acronymentry
+ \gcmd{acronym\-entry}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{used by \idxpl{acronymstyle} to format the \idx{acronym} name}
+ }
+ % \acronymsort
+ \gcmd{acronym\-sort}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{short}\margm{long}}
+ \desc{used by \idxpl{acronymstyle} in the \idx{acronym} \gloskey{sort} key}
+ }
+ % \acronymtype
+ \gcmd{acronym\-type}%
+ {%
+ \common
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \initval{\gls{glsdefaulttype}}%
+ \desc{expands to the label of the default \idx{acronym} \idx{glossary}. The
+ \opt{acronym} or \opt{acronyms} package option will redefine
+ this to \glostype{acronym}. The \sty{glossaries-extra} package's
+ \opt{abbreviations} option will redefine this to \gls{glsxtrabbrvtype} if
+ \opt{acronyms}\slash\opt{acronym} isn't used}
+ }%
+ % \glsxtrabbrvtype
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-abbrv\-type}%
+ {%
+ \initval{\gls{glsdefaulttype}}%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \desc{expands to the label of the default \idx{abbreviation} \idx{glossary}. The
+ \opt{abbreviations} package option will redefine
+ this to \code{abbreviations}}
+ }
+ % \genacrfullformat
+ \gcmd{gen\-acr\-full\-format}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \syntax{\margm{label}\margm{insert}}
+ \desc{used by \gls{glsgenacfmt} to display the \idx{acronym} singular full
+ form on \idx{firstuse}. Redefined by \idxpl{acronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \Genacrfullformat
+ \gcmd{Gen\-acr\-full\-format}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \syntax{\margm{label}\margm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{genacrfullformat} but \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \genplacrfullformat
+ \gcmd{gen\-pl\-acr\-full\-format}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \syntax{\margm{label}\margm{insert}}
+ \desc{used by \gls{glsgenacfmt} to display the \idx{acronym} plural full
+ form on \idx{firstuse}. Redefined by \idxpl{acronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \Genplacrfullformat
+ \gcmd{Gen\-pl\-acr\-full\-format}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \syntax{\margm{label}\margm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{genplacrfullformat} but \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \acrfullfmt
+ \gcmd{acr\-full\-fmt}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \syntax{\margm{options}\margm{entry-label}\margm{insert}}
+ \desc{used by \gls{acrfull} to format the full form. This
+ command is redefined by \idxpl{acronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \Acrfullfmt
+ \gcmd{Acr\-full\-fmt}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \syntax{\margm{options}\margm{entry-label}\margm{insert}}
+ \desc{used by \gls{Acrfull} to format the full form. This
+ command is redefined by \idxpl{acronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \ACRfullfmt
+ \gcmd{ACR\-full\-fmt}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \syntax{\margm{options}\margm{entry-label}\margm{insert}}
+ \desc{used by \gls{ACRfull} to format the full form. This
+ command is redefined by \idxpl{acronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \acrfullplfmt
+ \gcmd{acr\-full\-pl\-fmt}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \syntax{\margm{options}\margm{entry-label}\margm{insert}}
+ \desc{used by \gls{acrfullpl} to format the full form. This
+ command is redefined by \idxpl{acronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \Acrfullplfmt
+ \gcmd{Acr\-full\-pl\-fmt}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \syntax{\margm{options}\margm{entry-label}\margm{insert}}
+ \desc{used by \gls{Acrfullpl} to format the full form. This
+ command is redefined by \idxpl{acronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \ACRfullplfmt
+ \gcmd{ACR\-full\-pl\-fmt}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \syntax{\margm{options}\margm{entry-label}\margm{insert}}
+ \desc{used by \gls{ACRfullpl} to format the full form. This
+ command is redefined by \idxpl{acronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \acrnameformat
+ \gcmd{acr\-name\-format}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{short text}\margm{long text}}
+ \desc{used by \idxpl{acronymstyle} that require an additional
+ description to determine what information is displayed in the name}
+ }
+ % \glskeylisttok
+ \gcmd{gls\-key\-list\-tok}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{a token register used by \gls{newacronym} (and
+ \gls{newabbreviation}) to store the \keyvallist\ supplied in the
+ optional argument}
+ }
+ % \glslabeltok
+ \gcmd{gls\-label\-tok}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{a token register used by \gls{newacronym} (and
+ \gls{newabbreviation}) to store the \idx{entry} label}
+ }
+ % \glsshorttok
+ \gcmd{gls\-short\-tok}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{a token register used by \gls{newacronym} (and
+ \gls{newabbreviation}) to store the supplied short form}
+ }
+ % \glslongtok
+ \gcmd{gls\-long\-tok}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{a token register used by \gls{newacronym} (and
+ \gls{newabbreviation}) to store the supplied long form}
+ }
+ % \newacronymhook
+ \gcmd{new\-acronym\-hook}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{hook used by \gls{newacronym} just before the entry is
+ defined by \gls{newglossaryentry}}
+ }
+ % \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle
+ \gcmd{Gls\-Use\-Acr\-Entry\-Disp\-Style}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \syntax{\margm{style-name}}
+ \desc{implements the \idx{entryformat} part of the given \idx{acronymstyle}
+ (the code supplied in the \meta{format def} argument of
+ \gls{newacronymstyle})}
+ }
+ % \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs
+ \gcmd{Gls\-Use\-Acr\-Style\-Defs}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \syntax{\margm{style-name}}
+ \desc{implements the style definitions part of the given \idx{acronymstyle}
+ (the code supplied in the \meta{display defs} argument of
+ \gls{newacronymstyle})}
+ }
+ % \GenericAcronymFields
+ \gcmd{Generic\-Acronym\-Fields}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{expands to the additional keys that need to be provided to
+ \gls{newglossaryentry} when called by \gls{newacronym}. For
+ example, the \gloskey{description} key}
+ }
+ % \glsentryfull
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-full}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{displays the singular full form of the \idx{acronym} identified by
+ \meta{entry-label}, without \idxpl{hyperlink} or \idx{indexing}.
+ This command is redefined by \idxpl{acronymstyle} to match the style format}
+ }
+ % \Glsentryfull
+ \gcmd{Gls\-entry\-full}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsentryfull} but \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \GLSentryfull
+ \gcmd{GLS\-entry\-full}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsentryfull} but \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \glsentryfullpl
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-full\-pl}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{displays the plural full form of the \idx{acronym} identified by
+ \meta{entry-label}, without \idxpl{hyperlink} or \idx{indexing}.
+ This command is redefined by \idxpl{acronymstyle} to match the style format}
+ }
+ % \Glsentryfullpl
+ \gcmd{Gls\-entry\-full\-pl}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsentryfullpl} but \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \GLSentryfullpl
+ \gcmd{GLS\-entry\-full\-pl}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsentryfullpl} but \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \acrshort
+ \gcmdsp{acr\-short}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{references the \idx{acronym} identified by \meta{entry-label}. The text
+ produced is obtained from the \gloskey{short} value, formatted
+ according to the \idx{acronymstyle}.
+ The \meta{insert} argument will be inserted at the end of the
+ \idx{linktext}. This command does not alter or depend on the
+ \idx{firstuseflag}. With \sty{glossaries-extra}, use
+ \gls{glsxtrshort} instead. For the first optional argument, see \idxpl{glsopt}}
+ }
+ % \Acrshort
+ \gcmdsp{Acr\-short}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{acrshort} but converts the \idx{linktext} to
+ \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \ACRshort
+ \gcmdsp{ACR\-short}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{acrshort} but converts the \idx{linktext} to \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \acrshortpl
+ \gcmdsp{acr\-short\-pl}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{references the \idx{acronym} identified by \meta{entry-label}. The text
+ produced is obtained from the \gloskey{shortplural} value, formatted
+ according to the \idx{acronymstyle}.
+ The \meta{insert} argument will be inserted at the end of the
+ \idx{linktext}. This command does not alter or depend on the
+ \idx{firstuseflag}. With \sty{glossaries-extra}, use
+ \gls{glsxtrshortpl} instead. For the first optional argument, see \idxpl{glsopt}}
+ }
+ % \Acrshortpl
+ \gcmdsp{Acr\-short\-pl}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{acrshortpl} but converts the \idx{linktext} to
+ \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \ACRshortpl
+ \gcmdsp{ACR\-short\-pl}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{acrshortpl} but converts the \idx{linktext} to \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \acrlong
+ \gcmdsp{acr\-long}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{references the \idx{acronym} identified by \meta{entry-label}. The text
+ produced is obtained from the \gloskey{long} value.
+ The \meta{insert} argument will be inserted at the end of the
+ \idx{linktext}. This command does not alter or depend on the
+ \idx{firstuseflag}. With \sty{glossaries-extra}, use
+ \gls{glsxtrlong} instead. For the first optional argument, see \idxpl{glsopt}}
+ }
+ % \Acrlong
+ \gcmdsp{Acr\-long}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{acrlong} but converts the \idx{linktext} to
+ \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \ACRlong
+ \gcmdsp{ACR\-long}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{acrlong} but converts the \idx{linktext} to \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \acrlongpl
+ \gcmdsp{acr\-long\-pl}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{references the \idx{acronym} identified by \meta{entry-label}. The text
+ produced is obtained from the \gloskey{longplural} value.
+ The \meta{insert} argument will be inserted at the end of the
+ \idx{linktext}. This command does not alter or depend on the
+ \idx{firstuseflag}. With \sty{glossaries-extra}, use
+ \gls{glsxtrlongpl} instead. For the first optional argument, see \idxpl{glsopt}}
+ }
+ % \Acrlongpl
+ \gcmdsp{Acr\-long\-pl}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{acrlongpl} but converts the \idx{linktext} to
+ \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \ACRlongpl
+ \gcmdsp{ACR\-long\-pl}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{acrlongpl} but converts the \idx{linktext} to \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \acrfull
+ \gcmdsp{acr\-full}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{references the \idx{acronym} identified by \meta{entry-label}. The text
+ produced shows the full form, formatted according to the \idx{acronymstyle}.
+ With \sty{glossaries-extra}, use
+ \gls{glsxtrfull} instead. For the first optional argument, see \idxpl{glsopt}}
+ }
+ % \Acrfull
+ \gcmdsp{Acr\-full}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{acrfull} but \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \ACRfull
+ \gcmdsp{ACR\-full}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{acrfull} but \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \acrfullpl
+ \gcmdsp{acr\-full\-pl}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{acrfull} but shows the full plural
+ form of an \idx{acronym}. With \sty{glossaries-extra}, use
+ \gls{glsxtrfullpl} instead. For the first optional argument, see \idxpl{glsopt}}
+ }
+ % \Acrfullpl
+ \gcmdsp{Acr\-full\-pl}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{acrfullpl} but \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \ACRfullpl
+ \gcmdsp{ACR\-full\-pl}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{acrfullpl} but \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \ac
+ \gcmdsp{ac}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{options}\margm{entry-label}\margm{inset}}
+ \desc{a synonym for \gls{gls} defined by the
+ \opt{shortcuts} package option}
+ }
+ % \Ac
+ \gcmdsp{Ac}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{options}\margm{entry-label}\margm{inset}}
+ \desc{a synonym for \gls{Gls} defined by the
+ \opt{shortcuts} package option}
+ }
+ % \acp
+ \gcmdsp{acp}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{options}\margm{entry-label}\margm{inset}}
+ \desc{a synonym for \gls{glspl} defined by the
+ \opt{shortcuts} package option}
+ }
+ % \Acp
+ \gcmdsp{Acp}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{options}\margm{entry-label}\margm{inset}}
+ \desc{a synonym for \gls{Glspl} defined by the
+ \opt{shortcuts} package option}
+ }
+ % \acs
+ \gcmdsp{acs}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{options}\margm{entry-label}\margm{inset}}
+ \desc{a synonym for \gls{acrshort} defined by the
+ \opt{shortcuts} package option}
+ }
+ % \Acs
+ \gcmdsp{Acs}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{options}\margm{entry-label}\margm{inset}}
+ \desc{a synonym for \gls{Acrshort} defined by the
+ \opt{shortcuts} package option}
+ }
+ % \acsp
+ \gcmdsp{acsp}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{options}\margm{entry-label}\margm{inset}}
+ \desc{a synonym for \gls{acrshortpl} defined by the
+ \opt{shortcuts} package option}
+ }
+ % \Acsp
+ \gcmdsp{Acsp}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{options}\margm{entry-label}\margm{inset}}
+ \desc{a synonym for \gls{Acrshortpl} defined by the
+ \opt{shortcuts} package option}
+ }
+ % \acl
+ \gcmdsp{acl}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{options}\margm{entry-label}\margm{inset}}
+ \desc{a synonym for \gls{acrlong} defined by the
+ \opt{shortcuts} package option}
+ }
+ % \aclp
+ \gcmdsp{aclp}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{options}\margm{entry-label}\margm{inset}}
+ \desc{a synonym for \gls{acrlongpl} defined by the
+ \opt{shortcuts} package option}
+ }
+ % \Acl
+ \gcmdsp{Acl}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{options}\margm{entry-label}\margm{inset}}
+ \desc{a synonym for \gls{Acrlong} defined by the
+ \opt{shortcuts} package option}
+ }
+ % \Aclp
+ \gcmdsp{Aclp}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{options}\margm{entry-label}\margm{inset}}
+ \desc{a synonym for \gls{Acrlongpl} defined by the
+ \opt{shortcuts} package option}
+ }
+ % \acf
+ \gcmdsp{acf}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{options}\margm{entry-label}\margm{inset}}
+ \desc{a synonym for \gls{acrfull} defined by the
+ \opt{shortcuts} package option}
+ }
+ % \acfp
+ \gcmdsp{acfp}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{options}\margm{entry-label}\margm{inset}}
+ \desc{a synonym for \gls{acrfullpl} defined by the
+ \opt{shortcuts} package option}
+ }
+ % \Acf
+ \gcmdsp{Acf}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{options}\margm{entry-label}\margm{inset}}
+ \desc{a synonym for \gls{Acrfull} defined by the
+ \opt{shortcuts} package option}
+ }
+ % \Acfp
+ \gcmdsp{Acfp}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{options}\margm{entry-label}\margm{inset}}
+ \desc{a synonym for \gls{Acrfullpl} defined by the
+ \opt{shortcuts} package option}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrshort
+ \gxtrcmdsp{gls\-xtr\-short}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{references the \idx{abbreviation} identified by \meta{entry-label}. The text
+ produced is obtained from the \gloskey{short} value, formatted
+ according to the \idx{abbrvstyle} associated with the entry's \idx{category}.
+ The \meta{insert} argument will be inserted at the end of the
+ \idx{linktext}. This command does not alter or depend on the
+ \idx{firstuseflag}. For the first optional argument, see \idxpl{glsopt}}
+ }
+ % \Glsxtrshort
+ \gxtrcmdsp{Gls\-xtr\-short}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsxtrshort} but converts the \idx{linktext} to
+ \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \GLSxtrshort
+ \gxtrcmdsp{GLS\-xtr\-short}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsxtrshort} but converts the \idx{linktext} to \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrshortpl
+ \gxtrcmdsp{gls\-xtr\-shortpl}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsxtrshort} but the text produced is obtained
+ from the \gloskey{shortplural} value}
+ }
+ % \Glsxtrshortpl
+ \gxtrcmdsp{Gls\-xtr\-shortpl}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsxtrshortpl} but converts the \idx{linktext} to
+ \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrlong
+ \gxtrcmdsp{gls\-xtr\-long}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{references the \idx{abbreviation} identified by \meta{entry-label}. The text
+ produced is obtained from the \gloskey{long} value, formatted
+ according to the \idx{abbrvstyle} associated with the entry's \idx{category}.
+ The \meta{insert} argument will be inserted at the end of the
+ \idx{linktext}. This command does not alter or depend on the
+ \idx{firstuseflag}}
+ }
+ % \Glsxtrlong
+ \gxtrcmdsp{Gls\-xtr\-long}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsxtrlong} but converts the \idx{linktext} to
+ \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \GLSxtrlong
+ \gxtrcmdsp{GLS\-xtr\-long}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsxtrlong} but converts the \idx{linktext} to \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrlongpl
+ \gxtrcmdsp{gls\-xtr\-long\-pl}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsxtrlong} but the text produced is obtained
+ from the \gloskey{longplural} value}
+ }
+ % \Glsxtrlongpl
+ \gxtrcmdsp{Gls\-xtr\-long\-pl}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsxtrlongpl} but converts the \idx{linktext} to
+ \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \GLSxtrlongpl
+ \gxtrcmdsp{GLS\-xtr\-long\-pl}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsxtrlongpl} but converts the \idx{linktext} to \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrfull
+ \gxtrcmdsp{gls\-xtr\-full}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{references the \idx{abbreviation} identified by \meta{entry-label}. The text
+ produced is obtained from the \gloskey{short} and \gloskey{long} values, formatted
+ according to the \idx{abbrvstyle} associated with the entry's \idx{category}.
+ The \meta{insert} argument will be inserted at the end of the
+ \idx{linktext}. This command does not alter or depend on the
+ \idx{firstuseflag}. The format produced by this command may not
+ match the format produced by the \idx{firstuse} of
+ \code{\gls{gls}\margm{entry-label}}, depending on the abbreviation
+ style}
+ }
+ % \Glsxtrfull
+ \gxtrcmdsp{Gls\-xtr\-full}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsxtrfull} but converts the \idx{linktext} to
+ \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \GLSxtrfull
+ \gxtrcmdsp{GLS\-xtr\-full}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsxtrfull} but converts the \idx{linktext} to
+ \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrfull
+ \gxtrcmdsp{gls\-xtr\-full\-pl}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsxtrfull} but for the plural form}
+ }
+ % \Glsxtrfullpl
+ \gxtrcmdsp{Gls\-xtr\-full\-pl}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsxtrfullpl} but converts the \idx{linktext} to
+ \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \GLSxtrfullpl
+ \gxtrcmdsp{GLS\-xtr\-full\-pl}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsxtrfullpl} but converts the \idx{linktext} to
+ \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \glsacspace
+ \gcmd{gls\-ac\-space}%
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.16+}
+ \syntax{\margm{label}}
+ \desc{uses a non-breakable space if the short form is less than
+ 3em. This command is redefined by \sty{glossaries-extra} to use
+ \gls{glsacspacemax} instead of the hard-coded 3em}
+ }
+ % \glsacspacemax
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-ac\-space\-max}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \desc{expands to the maximum width used by \gls{glsacspace}.
+ This is a macro not a register. The default is \code{3em}}
+ }
+ % \glstextup
+ \gcmd{gls\-text\-up}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.09a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{if \gls+{textulc} is defined, this will use that command,
+ otherwise it will use \gls+{textup} to cancel the effect of the
+ \idx+{smallcaps} font command \gls+{textsc}}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: OPTIONS
+ % \setupglossaries
+ \gcmd{set\-up\-glos\-saries}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.11a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{options}}
+ \desc{change allowed options that are defined by the base
+ \sty{glossaries} package. Note that some options can only be
+ passed as package options. To change options defined or modified
+ by the \sty{glossaries-extra} package, use
+ \gls{glossariesextrasetup}}
+ }
+ % \glossariesextrasetup
+ \gxtrcmd{glos\-saries\-extra\-setup}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\margm{options}}
+ \desc{change allowed options that are defined or modified by the
+ \sty{glossaries-extra} package. Note that some options can only be
+ passed as package options}
+ }
+ % \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \gcond{if\-gls\-no\-group\-skip}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.03+}
+ \initval{\csfmt{iffalse}}
+ \desc{conditional set by the \opt{nogroupskip} option}
+ }
+ % \ifglsxindy
+ \gcond{if\-gls\-xindy}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \initval{\csfmt{iffalse}}
+ \desc{conditional that, if true, indicates that \app{xindy}
+ should be used}
+ }
+ % \glsindexingsetting
+ \gcmd{gls\-index\-ing\-setting}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+}
+ \desc{indicates what \idx{indexing} option has been chosen}
+ }
+ % \ifglstoc
+ \gcond{if\-gls\-toc}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \initval{\csfmt{iffalse}}
+ \desc{conditional corresponding to the \opt{toc} option}
+ }
+ % \glstoctrue
+ \gcmd{gls\-toc\-true}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{sets \gls{ifglstoc} to true}
+ }
+ % \glstocfalse
+ \gcmd{gls\-toc\-false}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{sets \gls{ifglstoc} to false}
+ }
+ % \ifglshyperfirst
+ \gcond{if\-gls\-hyper\-first}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \initval{\csfmt{iftrue}}
+ \desc{conditional corresponding to the \opt{hyperfirst} option}
+ }
+ % \glshyperfirsttrue
+ \gcmd{gls\-hyper\-first\-true}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{sets \gls{ifglshyperfirst} to true}
+ }
+ % \glshyperfirstfalse
+ \gcmd{gls\-hyper\-first\-false}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{sets \gls{ifglshyperfirst} to false}
+ }
+ % \setglossarysection
+ \gcmd{set\-glossary\-section}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.1+}
+ \syntax{\meta{name}}
+ \desc{equivalent to the package option \optval{section}{\meta{name}}}
+ }
+ % \glossarytitle
+ \gcmd{glossary\-title}
+ {
+ \desc{defined by \gls{print...glossary} to the current
+ \idx{glossary}['s] title}
+ }
+ % \glossarytoctitle
+ \gcmd{glossary\-toc\-title}
+ {
+ \desc{defined by \gls{print...glossary} to the current
+ \idx{glossary}['s] title for the \idx{tableofcontents}
+ (if \opt{toc}{true})}
+ }
+ % \glssettoctitle
+ \gcmd{gls\-set\-toc\-title}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{glossary-type}}
+ \desc{used by \gls{print...glossary} to set the table of contents title
+ for the given \idx{glossary} if a title hasn't been supplied
+ with \printglossopt{toctitle} or \printglossopt{title}}
+ }
+ % \glsglossarymark
+ \gcmd{gls\-glossary\-mark}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.02+}
+ \syntax{\meta{glossary title}}
+ \desc{sets the header mark for the \idx{glossary}}
+ }
+ % \glossarymark
+ \gcmd{glossary\-mark}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.0+}
+ \syntax{\meta{glossary title}}
+ \desc{only provided if it hasn't already been defined for
+ backward-compatibility. Use \gls{glsglossarymark} instead}
+ }
+ % \glsclearpage
+ \gcmd{gls\-clear\-page}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.19+}
+ \desc{used to clear the page at the start of a \idx{glossary}}
+ }
+ % \ifglsucmark
+ \gcond{if\-gls\-uc\-mark}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.02+}
+ \initvalvaries
+ \desc{conditional corresponding to the \opt{ucmark} option}
+ }
+ % \glsucmarktrue
+ \gcmd{gls\-uc\-mark\-true}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.02+}
+ \desc{sets \gls{ifglsucmark} to true}
+ }
+ % \glsucmarkfalse
+ \gcmd{gls\-uc\-mark\-false}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.02+}
+ \desc{sets \gls{ifglsucmark} to false}
+ }
+ % \glsautoprefix
+ \gcmd{gls\-auto\-prefix}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.14+}
+ \desc{expands to the prefix for the label used by
+ \optval{numberedsection}{autolabel} and \optval{numberedsection}{nameref}}
+ }
+ % \ifglsentrycounter
+ \gcond{if\-gls\-entry\-count\-er}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \initval{\csfmt{iffalse}}
+ \desc{conditional corresponding to the \opt{entrycounter} option}
+ }
+ % \glsentrycountertrue
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-count\-er\-true}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \desc{sets \gls{ifglsentrycounter} to true}
+ }
+ % \glsentrycounterfalse
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-count\-er\-false}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \desc{sets \gls{ifglsentrycounter} to false}
+ }
+ % \ifglssubentrycounter
+ \gcond{if\-gls\-sub\-entry\-count\-er}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \initval{\csfmt{iffalse}}
+ \desc{conditional corresponding to the \opt{subentrycounter} option}
+ }
+ % \glssubentrycountertrue
+ \gcmd{gls\-sub\-entry\-count\-er\-true}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \desc{sets \gls{ifglssubentrycounter} to true}
+ }
+ % \glssubentrycounterfalse
+ \gcmd{gls\-sub\-entry\-count\-er\-false}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \desc{sets \gls{ifglssubentrycounter} to false}
+ }
+ % \glsrefentry
+ \gcmd{gls\-ref\-entry}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \syntax{\margm{label}}
+ \desc{for use with \opt{entrycounter} and \opt{subentrycounter},
+ this references the value of the \ctr{glossaryentry} or
+ \ctr{glossarysubentry} counter associated with the glossary entry
+ identified by \meta{label}. If \optval{entrycounter}{false}
+ and \optval{subentrycounter}{false}, this simply uses \gls{gls}
+ otherwise it uses \gls{ref}}
+ }
+ % \GlsEntryCounterLabelPrefix
+ \gcmd{Gls\-Entry\-Count\-er\-Label\-Pre\-fix}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.38+}
+ \initval{glsentry-}
+ \desc{expands to the prefix used by \gls{glsrefentry}}
+ }
+ % \glsresetentrycounter
+ \gcmd{gls\-reset\-entry\-count\-er}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.02+}
+ \desc{resets \ctr{glossaryentry} back to zero if
+ \optval{entrycounter}{true}}
+ }
+ % \glsresetsubentrycounter
+ \gcmd{gls\-reset\-sub\-entry\-count\-er}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \desc{resets \ctr{glossarysubentry} back to zero if
+ \optval{entrycounter}{true}}
+ }
+ % \glsstepentry
+ \gcmd{gls\-step\-entry}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \syntax{\margm{label}}
+ \desc{increments \ctr{glossaryentry} with \gls{refstepcounter} if
+ \optval{entrycounter}{true}}
+ }
+ % \glsstepsubentry
+ \gcmd{gls\-step\-sub\-entry}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \syntax{\margm{label}}
+ \desc{increments \ctr{glossarysubentry} with \gls{refstepcounter} if
+ \optval{subentrycounter}{true}}
+ }
+ % \theglossaryentry
+ \gcmd{the\-glossary\-entry}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \desc{displays the value of the \ctr{glossaryentry} counter}
+ \note{requires \optval{entrycounter}{true}}
+ }
+ % \glsentrycounterlabel
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-count\-er\-label}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \desc{displays the formatted value of the \ctr{glossaryentry} counter
+ or does nothing if \optval{entrycounter}{false}}
+ }
+ % \theglossarysubentry
+ \gcmd{the\-glossary\-sub\-entry}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \desc{displays the value of the \ctr{glossarysubentry} counter}
+ \note{requires \optval{subentrycounter}{true}}
+ }
+ % \glssubentrycounterlabel
+ \gcmd{gls\-sub\-entry\-count\-er\-label}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \desc{displays the formatted value of the \ctr{glossarysubentry} counter
+ or does nothing if \optval{subentrycounter}{false}}
+ }
+ % \glsentryitem
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-item}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \syntax{\margm{label}}
+ \desc{used for \toplevel\ entries in \idxpl{glossarystyle} to
+ increment and display the entry counter if \optval{entrycounter}{true}}
+ }
+ % \glssubentryitem
+ \gcmd{gls\-sub\-entry\-item}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \syntax{\margm{label}}
+ \desc{used for \hierlevel{1} entries in
+ \idxpl{glossarystyle} to increment and display the sub-entry counter
+ if \optval{subentrycounter}{true}}
+ }
+ % \ifglsindexonlyfirst
+ \gcond{if\-gls\-index\-only\-first}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.02+}
+ \initval{\csfmt{iffalse}}
+ \desc{conditional corresponding to the \opt{indexonlyfirst} option}
+ }
+ % \glsindexonlyfirsttrue
+ \gcmd{gls\-index\-only\-first\-true}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.02+}
+ \desc{sets \gls{ifglsindexonlyfirst} to true}
+ }
+ % \glsindexonlyfirstfalse
+ \gcmd{gls\-index\-only\-first\-false}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.02+}
+ \desc{sets \gls{ifglsindexonlyfirst} to false}
+ }
+ % \GlsDeclareNoHyperList
+ \gcmd{GlsDeclareNoHyperList}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.05+}
+ \syntax{\margm{list}}
+ \desc{identifies the list of \idxpl{glossary} that should have
+ \idxpl{hyperlink} suppressed}
+ }
+ % \DeclareAcronymList
+ \gcmd{Declare\-Acronym\-List}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{list}}
+ \desc{identifies the list of \idxpl{glossary} as lists of acronyms}
+ }
+ % \glsIfListOfAcronyms
+ \gcmd{glsIfListOfAcronyms}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{glossary-label}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{does \meta{true}, if the \meta{glossary-label} has been
+ identified as a list of acronyms}
+ }
+ % \SetAcronymLists
+ \gcmd{Set\-Acronym\-Lists}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{list}}
+ \desc{sets the list of \idx{acronym} lists (overriding any that have
+ previously been identified)}
+ \field{seealso}{DeclareAcronymList,opt.acronymlists}
+ }
+ % \DefineAcronymSynonyms
+ \gcmd{Define\-Acronym\-Synonyms}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \desc{provides the shortcut commands for \idxpl{acronym}}
+ \field{seealso}{opt.shortcuts}
+ }
+ % \glsdisablehyper
+ \gcmd{gls\-disable\-hyper}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{disables \idxpl{hyperlink} (may be scoped to localise the effect)}
+ }
+ % \glsenablehyper
+ \gcmd{gls\-enable\-hyper}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{enables \idxpl{hyperlink} (may be scoped to localise the effect)}
+ \note{requires \sty{hyperref}}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: REFERENCING ENTRIES
+ % \gls
+ \gcmdsp{gls}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \common
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{references the entry identified by \meta{entry-label}. The text
+ produced depends on whether or not this is the \idx{firstuse}.
+ The \meta{insert} argument may be inserted at the end of the
+ \idx{linktext} or may be inserted at a different point (for
+ example, after the long form on \idx{firstuse} for some
+ \idx{acronym} or \idx{abbreviation}
+ styles. For the first optional argument, see \idxpl{glsopt}}
+ }
+ % \Gls
+ \gcmdsp{Gls}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \common
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{gls} but converts the \idx{linktext} to \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \GLS
+ \gcmdsp{GLS}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \common
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{gls} but converts the \idx{linktext} to \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \glspl
+ \gcmdsp{glspl}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \common
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{gls} but uses the relevant plural form}
+ }
+ % \Glspl
+ \gcmdsp{Glspl}{%
+ \common
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glspl} but converts the \idx{linktext} to
+ \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \GLSpl
+ \gcmdsp{GLSpl}{%
+ \common
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glspl} but converts the \idx{linktext} to \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \glsdisp
+ \gcmdsp{gls\-disp}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.19+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\margm{text}}
+ \desc{references the entry identified by \meta{entry-label} with the
+ given \meta{text} as the \idx{linktext}. This command unsets the
+ \idx{firstuseflag} (use \gls{glslink} instead, if the
+ \idx{firstuseflag} should not be altered).
+ This command is considered a \gls{glslike} command.
+ For the first optional argument, see \idxpl{glsopt}}
+ }
+ % \Glsdisp
+ \gcmdsp{Glsdisp}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\margm{text}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsdisp} but converts \meta{text} to
+ \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \glslink
+ \gcmdsp{gls\-link}{%
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\margm{text}}
+ \desc{references the entry identified by \meta{entry-label} with the
+ given \meta{text} as the \idx{linktext}. This command does not
+ alter or depend on the \idx{firstuseflag} (use \gls{glsdisp} instead, if the
+ \idx{firstuseflag} needs to be unset).
+ This command is considered a \gls{glstextlike} command.
+ For the first optional argument, see \idxpl{glsopt}}
+ }
+ % \Glslink
+ \gcmdsp{Glslink}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\margm{text}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glslink} but converts \meta{text} to
+ \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \glsname
+ \gcmdsp{gls\-name}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{references the entry identified by \meta{entry-label}. The text
+ produced is obtained from the \gloskey{name} value.
+ The \meta{insert} argument will be inserted at the end of the
+ \idx{linktext}. This command does not alter or depend on the
+ \idx{firstuseflag}. For the first optional argument, see \idxpl{glsopt}.
+ Use \gls{glossentryname} within custom glossary styles
+ instead of this command}
+ }
+ % \Glsname
+ \gcmdsp{Gls\-name}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsname} but converts the \idx{linktext} to
+ \idx{sentencecase}. Use \gls{Glossentryname} within custom glossary styles
+ instead of this command}
+ }
+ % \GLSname
+ \gcmdsp{GLS\-name}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsname} but converts the \idx{linktext} to
+ \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \glsdesc
+ \gcmdsp{gls\-desc}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{references the entry identified by \meta{entry-label}. The text
+ produced is obtained from the \gloskey{description} value.
+ The \meta{insert} argument will be inserted at the end of the
+ \idx{linktext}. This command does not alter or depend on the
+ \idx{firstuseflag}. For the first optional argument, see
+ \idxpl{glsopt}. Use \gls{glossentrydesc} within custom glossary styles
+ instead of this command}
+ }
+ % \Glsdesc
+ \gcmdsp{Gls\-desc}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsdesc} but converts the
+ \idx{linktext} to \idx{sentencecase}. Use
+ \gls{Glossentrydesc} within custom glossary styles
+ instead of this command}
+ }
+ % \GLSdesc
+ \gcmdsp{GLS\-desc}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsdesc} but converts the \idx{linktext} to
+ \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \glsdescplural
+ \gcmdsp{gls\-desc\-plural}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.12+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsdesc} but for the \gloskey{descriptionplural} field}
+ }
+ % \Glsdescplural
+ \gcmdsp{Gls\-desc\-plural}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.12+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsdescplural} but converts the
+ \idx{linktext} to \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \GLSdescplural
+ \gcmdsp{GLS\-desc\-plural}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.12+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsdescplural} but converts the
+ \idx{linktext} to \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \glssymbol
+ \gcmdsp{gls\-symbol}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{references the entry identified by \meta{entry-label}. The text
+ produced is obtained from the \gloskey{symbol} value.
+ The \meta{insert} argument will be inserted at the end of the
+ \idx{linktext}. This command does not alter or depend on the
+ \idx{firstuseflag}. For the first optional argument, see
+ \idxpl{glsopt}. Use \gls{glossentrysymbol} within custom glossary styles
+ instead of this command}
+ }
+ % \Glssymbol
+ \gcmdsp{Gls\-symbol}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glssymbol} but converts the
+ \idx{linktext} to \idx{sentencecase}. Use
+ \gls{Glossentrysymbol} within custom glossary styles
+ instead of this command}
+ }
+ % \GLSsymbol
+ \gcmdsp{GLS\-symbol}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glssymbol} but converts the \idx{linktext} to
+ \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \glssymbolplural
+ \gcmdsp{gls\-symbol\-plural}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.12+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glssymbol} but for the \gloskey{symbolplural} field}
+ }
+ % \Glssymbolplural
+ \gcmdsp{Gls\-symbol\-plural}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.12+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glssymbolplural} but converts the
+ \idx{linktext} to \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \GLSsymbolplural
+ \gcmdsp{GLS\-symbol\-plural}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.12+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glssymbolplural} but converts the
+ \idx{linktext} to \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \glstext
+ \gcmdsp{gls\-text}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{references the entry identified by \meta{entry-label}. The text
+ produced is obtained from the \gloskey{text} value.
+ The \meta{insert} argument will be inserted at the end of the
+ \idx{linktext}. This command does not alter or depend on the
+ \idx{firstuseflag}. If you have defined the entry with
+ \gls{newacronym} consider using \gls{acrshort} for the short form (or
+ \gls{glsxtrshort} with \sty{glossaries-extra}).
+ For the first optional argument, see \idxpl{glsopt}}
+ }
+ % \Glstext
+ \gcmdsp{Gls\-text}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glstext} but converts the first character of the
+ \idx{linktext} to \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \GLStext
+ \gcmdsp{GLS\-text}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glstext} but converts the \idx{linktext} to \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \glsplural
+ \gcmdsp{gls\-plural}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{references the entry identified by \meta{entry-label}. The text
+ produced is obtained from the \gloskey{plural} value.
+ The \meta{insert} argument will be inserted at the end of the
+ \idx{linktext}. This command does not alter or depend on the
+ \idx{firstuseflag}. If you have defined the entry with
+ \gls{newacronym} consider using \gls{acrshortpl} (or \gls{glsxtrshortpl}
+ with \sty{glossaries-extra}) instead}
+ }
+ % \Glsplural
+ \gcmdsp{Gls\-plural}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsplural} but converts the \idx{linktext} to
+ \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \GLSplural
+ \gcmdsp{GLS\-plural}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsplural} but converts the \idx{linktext} to \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \glsfirst
+ \gcmdsp{gls\-first}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{references the entry identified by \meta{entry-label}. The text
+ produced is obtained from the \gloskey{first} value.
+ The \meta{insert} argument will be inserted at the end of the
+ \idx{linktext}. This command does not alter or depend on the
+ \idx{firstuseflag}. If you have defined the entry with
+ \gls{newacronym} consider using \gls{acrfull} (or \gls{glsxtrfull}
+ with \sty{glossaries-extra})
+ for the full form or \gls{acrlong} (or \gls{glsxtrlong} with
+ \sty{glossaries-extra}) for the long form instead}
+ }
+ % \Glsfirst
+ \gcmdsp{Gls\-first}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsfirst} but converts \idx{linktext} to
+ \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \GLSfirst
+ \gcmdsp{GLS\-first}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsfirst} but converts the \idx{linktext} to \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \glsfirstplural
+ \gcmdsp{gls\-first\-plural}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{references the entry identified by \meta{entry-label}. The text
+ produced is obtained from the \gloskey{firstplural} value.
+ The \meta{insert} argument will be inserted at the end of the
+ \idx{linktext}. This command does not alter or depend on the
+ \idx{firstuseflag}. If you have defined the entry with
+ \gls{newacronym} consider using \gls{acrfullpl} (or \gls{glsxtrfullpl} with
+ \sty{glossaries-extra}) for the full form or \gls{acrlongpl}
+ (or \gls{glsxtrlongpl} with \sty{glossaries-extra}) for the long form instead.
+ For the first optional argument, see \idxpl{glsopt}}
+ }
+ % \Glsfirstplural
+ \gcmdsp{Gls\-first\-plural}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsfirstplural} but converts the \idx{linktext} to
+ \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \GLSfirstplural
+ \gcmdsp{GLS\-first\-plural}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsfirstplural} but converts the \idx{linktext} to \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \glsuseri
+ \gcmdsp{gls\-useri}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{references the entry identified by \meta{entry-label}. The text
+ produced is obtained from the \gloskey{user1} value.
+ The \meta{insert} argument will be inserted at the end of the
+ \idx{linktext}. This command does not alter or depend on the
+ \idx{firstuseflag}. For the first optional argument, see
+ \idxpl{glsopt}}
+ }
+ % \Glsuseri
+ \gcmdsp{Gls\-useri}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsuseri} but converts the
+ \idx{linktext} to \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \GLSuseri
+ \gcmdsp{GLS\-useri}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsuseri} but converts the \idx{linktext} to
+ \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \glsuserii
+ \gcmdsp{gls\-userii}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{references the entry identified by \meta{entry-label}. The text
+ produced is obtained from the \gloskey{user2} value.
+ The \meta{insert} argument will be inserted at the end of the
+ \idx{linktext}. This command does not alter or depend on the
+ \idx{firstuseflag}. For the first optional argument, see
+ \idxpl{glsopt}}
+ }
+ % \Glsuserii
+ \gcmdsp{Gls\-userii}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsuserii} but converts the
+ \idx{linktext} to \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \GLSuserii
+ \gcmdsp{GLS\-userii}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsuserii} but converts the \idx{linktext} to
+ \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \glsuseriii
+ \gcmdsp{gls\-useriii}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{references the entry identified by \meta{entry-label}. The text
+ produced is obtained from the \gloskey{user3} value.
+ The \meta{insert} argument will be inserted at the end of the
+ \idx{linktext}. This command does not alter or depend on the
+ \idx{firstuseflag}. For the first optional argument, see
+ \idxpl{glsopt}}
+ }
+ % \Glsuseriii
+ \gcmdsp{Gls\-useriii}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsuseriii} but converts the
+ \idx{linktext} to \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \GLSuseriii
+ \gcmdsp{GLS\-useriii}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsuseriii} but converts the \idx{linktext} to
+ \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \glsuseriv
+ \gcmdsp{gls\-useriv}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{references the entry identified by \meta{entry-label}. The text
+ produced is obtained from the \gloskey{user4} value.
+ The \meta{insert} argument will be inserted at the end of the
+ \idx{linktext}. This command does not alter or depend on the
+ \idx{firstuseflag}. For the first optional argument, see
+ \idxpl{glsopt}}
+ }
+ % \Glsuseriv
+ \gcmdsp{Gls\-useriv}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsuseriv} but converts the
+ \idx{linktext} to \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \GLSuseriv
+ \gcmdsp{GLS\-useriv}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsuseriv} but converts the \idx{linktext} to
+ \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \glsuserv
+ \gcmdsp{gls\-userv}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{references the entry identified by \meta{entry-label}. The text
+ produced is obtained from the \gloskey{user5} value.
+ The \meta{insert} argument will be inserted at the end of the
+ \idx{linktext}. This command does not alter or depend on the
+ \idx{firstuseflag}. For the first optional argument, see
+ \idxpl{glsopt}}
+ }
+ % \Glsuserv
+ \gcmdsp{Gls\-userv}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsuserv} but converts the
+ \idx{linktext} to \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \GLSuserv
+ \gcmdsp{GLS\-userv}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsuserv} but converts the \idx{linktext} to
+ \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \glsuservi
+ \gcmdsp{gls\-uservi}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{references the entry identified by \meta{entry-label}. The text
+ produced is obtained from the \gloskey{user6} value.
+ The \meta{insert} argument will be inserted at the end of the
+ \idx{linktext}. This command does not alter or depend on the
+ \idx{firstuseflag}. For the first optional argument, see
+ \idxpl{glsopt}}
+ }
+ % \Glsuservi
+ \gcmdsp{Gls\-uservi}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsuservi} but converts the
+ \idx{linktext} to \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \GLSuservi
+ \gcmdsp{GLS\-uservi}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsuservi} but converts the \idx{linktext} to
+ \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \glshyperlink
+ \gcmd{gls\-hyper\-link}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{text}\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{creates a hyperlink to the given entry with the hyperlink
+ text provided in the optional argument. If omitted, the default is
+ \code{\gls{glsentrytext}\margm{entry-label}}}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: INDEXING
+ % \glsadd
+ \gcmd{gls\-add}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{indexes the entry identified by \meta{entry-label}}
+ }
+ % \glsaddall
+ \gcmd{gls\-add\-all}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}}
+ \desc{iterates over all non-\idxpl{ignoredglossary} (or all those
+ listed in the \glsopt{types} option)
+ and \idxc{indexing}{indexes} each entry in the \idx{glossary}. The optional
+ argument \meta{options} are passed to \gls{glsadd}.
+ This command can't be used with \app{bib2gls}. Use the
+ \resourceoptval{selection}{all} \idx{resourceopt} instead}
+ }
+ % \glsaddallunused
+ \gcmd{gls\-add\-all\-unused}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.08a+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{glossary types}}
+ \desc{iterates over all \idxpl{glossary} listed in
+ \meta{glossary types} (all all non-\idxpl{ignoredglossary} if
+ omitted) and \idxc{indexing}{indexes} each entry
+ (with \glsoptval{format}{\encap{glsignore}}) that hasn't been used.
+ This command can't be used with \app{bib2gls}. Use the
+ \resourceoptval{selection}{all} \idx{resourceopt} instead}
+ }
+ % \glssee
+ \gcmd{gls\-see}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{tag}\margm{entry-label}\margm{xr-list}}
+ \desc{indexes the \idx{entry} identified by \meta{entry-label} as a
+ general cross-reference to the \idxpl{entry} identified in the comma-separated
+ list \meta{xr-list}. The optional argument is the textual tag
+ that's inserted before the cross-reference list and defaults to
+ \gls{seename}}
+ }
+ % \glsseeformat
+ \gcmd{gls\-see\-format}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{tag}\margm{xr-list}\margm{location}}
+ \desc{used to format the \gloskey{see} cross-reference in the
+ \idx{locationlist}. This requires a \location\ argument for
+ \app{makeindex} even though it isn't required. The default
+ definition is \code{\csfmt{emph}\margm{tag} \gls{glsseelist}\margm{xr-list}}}
+ }
+ % \glsseelist
+ \gcmd{gls\-see\-list}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\margm{label-list}}
+ \desc{iterates over a comma-separated list of entry labels
+ \meta{label-list} and formats them. Each label in the list is
+ encapsulated with \gls{glsseeitem}. The separators are
+ \gls{glsseelastsep} (between the penultimate and last items)
+ and \gls{glsseesep} (between all the other items)}
+ }
+ % \glsseeitem
+ \gcmd{gls\-see\-item}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{used by \gls{glsseelist} to format each \idx{entry} item.
+ This adds a \idx{hyperlink}, if enabled, to the appropriate
+ \idx{entryline} in the \idx{glossary} with the text obtained
+ with \gls{glsseeitemformat}}
+ }
+ % \glsseeitemformat
+ \gcmd{gls\-see\-item\-format}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{used by \gls{glsseeitem} to produce the \idx{hyperlink} text}
+ }
+ % \glsseesep
+ \gcmd{gls\-see\-sep}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \initval{,\sym{vbsp}}
+ \desc{used by \gls{glsseelist} as a separator between each \idx{entry}
+ except the last pair}
+ }
+ % \glsseelastsep
+ \gcmd{gls\-see\-last\-sep}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \initval{,\sym{vbsp}}
+ \desc{used by \gls{glsseelist} as a separator between the final pair}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: INDEXING INITIALISATION
+ % \writeist
+ \gcmd{write\-ist}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{writes the \app{makeindex}\slash\app{xindy} style file.
+ This command is used by \gls{makeglossaries} and then disabled}
+ }
+ % \GlsSetWriteIstHook
+ \gcmd{Gls\-Set\-Write\-Ist\-Hook}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.24+}
+ \syntax{\margm{code}}
+ \desc{adds \meta{code} to the \idx{indexing} style file}
+ }
+ % \glswrite
+ \gcmd{gls\-write}
+ {
+ \desc{the write register used to create the \idx{indexing} style file}
+ }
+ % \setStyleFile
+ \gcmd{set\-Style\-File}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\margm{name}}
+ \desc{sets the file name of the \app{makeindex} or \app{xindy}
+ style file that's created by \gls{makeglossaries}}
+ }
+ % \glsSetCompositor
+ \gcmd{gls\-Set\-Compositor}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\margm{character}}
+ \desc{sets the location \idx{compositor} for the \idx{indexing} style file created by
+ \gls{makeglossaries}}
+ }
+ % \glsSetAlphaCompositor
+ \gcmd{gls\-Set\-Alpha\-Compositor}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\margm{character}}
+ \desc{sets the \idx{compositor} for \locations\ that start with
+ an \idx{uppercase} alphabetical character}
+ \note{\app{xindy} only}
+ }
+ % \GlsSetQuote
+ \gcmd{Gls\-Set\-Quote}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.24+}
+ \syntax{\margm{character}}
+ \desc{set \app{makeindex}['s] quote character (used for escaping
+ special characters) to \meta{character}}
+ \note{\app{makeindex} only}
+ }
+ % \glsprestandardsort
+ \gcmd{gls\-pre\-standard\-sort}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.13a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{sort cs}\margm{type}\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{hook used with \opteqvalref{sort}{standard} to adjust the
+ default sort value (with \gls{makeglossaries} or
+ \gls{makenoidxglossaries} only)}
+ }
+ % \glsdosanitizesort
+ \gcmd{gls\-do\-sanitize\-sort}
+ {
+ \desc{sanitizes the sort value if \optval{sanitizesort}{true}}
+ \note{only available with \opteqvalref{sort}{standard}}
+ }
+ % \glssortnumberfmt
+ \gcmd{gls\-sort\-number\-fmt}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \syntax{\margm{number}}
+ \desc{expands to the given \meta{number} zero-padded to six digits}
+ }
+ % \noist
+ \gcmd{no\-ist}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{prevents \gls{makeglossaries} from creating the default
+ \idx{indexingapp} style file}
+ }
+ % \makeglossaries
+ \gcmd{make\-glossaries}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{opens the associated \idxpl{indexingfile} that need to be
+ processed by \app+{makeindex} or \app+{xindy}. This command has
+ an optional argument with \sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \note{\options{mkidx,xdy} only}
+ }
+ % \makenoidxglossaries
+ \gcmd{make\-noidx\-glossaries}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.04+}
+ \desc{sets up all non-\idxpl{ignoredglossary} so that they can be displayed
+ with \gls{printnoidxglossary}}
+ \note{\option{noidx} only}
+ }
+ % \GlsSetXdyLanguage
+ \gcmd{Gls\-Set\-Xdy\-Language}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{glossary-type}\margm{language}}
+ \desc{sets the \app{xindy} language for the given
+ \idx{glossary}. This information is written to the \ext{aux} file
+ for \app{makeglossaries} to pick up. It has no effect if \app{xindy}
+ is called explicitly}
+ \note{\app{xindy} \& \app{makeglossaries} only}
+ }
+ % \GlsSetXdyCodePage
+ \gcmd{Gls\-Set\-Xdy\-Code\-Page}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\margm{codepage}}
+ \desc{sets the \app{xindy} \idx{codepage}.
+ This information is written to the \ext{aux} file
+ for \app{makeglossaries} to pick up. It has no effect if \app{xindy}
+ is called explicitly}
+ \note{\app{xindy} \& \app{makeglossaries} only}
+ }
+ % \GlsAddLetterGroup
+ \gcmd{Gls\-Add\-Letter\-Group}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\margm{name}\margm{xindy code}}
+ \desc{adds a new \app{xindy} letter \idx{group}, identified by
+ \meta{name} and defined by \meta{xindy code}. This information
+ is written to the \ext{xdy} file that's created by
+ \gls{makeglossaries}}
+ \note{\app{xindy} only}
+ }
+ % \GlsAddXdyCounters
+ \gcmd{Gls\-Add\-Xdy\-Counters}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \syntax{\margm{counter list}}
+ \desc{identifies all the \idxpl{locationcounter} required in
+ the document}
+ \note{\app{xindy} only}
+ }
+ % \GlsAddXdyAttribute
+ \gcmd{Gls\-Add\-Xdy\-Attribute}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\margm{name}}
+ \desc{adds the \idxpl{xindyattr} associated with \meta{name} to the
+ \ext{xdy} style file}
+ \note{\app{xindy} only}
+ }
+ % \glsX<counter>X<format>
+ \gcmdmetameta{glsX}{counter}{X}{format}{}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{H-prefix}\margm{location}}
+ \desc{used with \app{xindy} for location formats}
+ \note{\app{xindy} only}
+ }
+ % \GlsAddXdyLocation
+ \gcmd{Gls\-Add\-Xdy\-Location}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{H-prefix}\margm{name}\margm{definition}}
+ \desc{adds the given location syntax to the \ext{xdy} style file}
+ \note{\app{xindy} only}
+ }
+ % \GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder
+ \gcmd{Gls\-Set\-Xdy\-Location\-Class\-Order}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\margm{location names}}
+ \desc{may be used to change the ordering of location class names}
+ \note{\app{xindy} only}
+ }
+ % \GlsAddXdyStyle
+ \gcmd{Gls\-Add\-Xdy\-Style}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\margm{style-name}}
+ \desc{adds a required \app{xindy} file to the \ext{xdy} style file}
+ \note{\app{xindy} only}
+ \field{seealso}{GlsSetXdyStyles}
+ }
+ % \GlsSetXdyStyles
+ \gcmd{Gls\-Set\-Xdy\-Styles}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\margm{style name list}}
+ \desc{resets the list of required \app{xindy} files}
+ \note{\app{xindy} only}
+ \field{seealso}{GlsAddXdyStyle}
+ }
+ % \GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits
+ \gcmds{Gls\-Set\-Xdy\-First\-Letter\-After\-Digits}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\margm{letter}}
+ \desc{identifies the first letter \idx{group} to occur after the number group}
+ \note{\app{xindy} only}
+ }
+ % \GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder
+ \gcmds{Gls\-Set\-Xdy\-Number\-Group\-Order}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.33+}
+ \syntax{\margm{relative location}}
+ \desc{sets the relative location of the number \idx{group}}
+ \note{\app{xindy} only}
+ }
+ % \glsopenbrace
+ \gcmd{gls\-open\-brace}
+ {
+ \desc{expands to \sym+{bg} (a literal open brace)}
+ }
+ % \glsclosebrace
+ \gcmd{gls\-close\-brace}
+ {
+ \desc{expands to \sym+{eg} (a literal closing brace)}
+ }
+ % \glsbackslash
+ \gcmd{gls\-back\-slash}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.11+}
+ \desc{expands to \sym+{bksl} (a literal backslash)}
+ }
+ % \glspercentchar
+ \gcmd{gls\-per\-cent\-char}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.10+}
+ \desc{expands to \sym+{pc} (a literal percent character)}
+ }
+ % \glstildechar
+ \gcmd{gls\-tilde\-char}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.10+}
+ \desc{expands to \sym+{tilde} (a literal tilde character)}
+ }
+ % \glsquote
+ \gcmd{gls\-quote}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{expands to \sym{dblquote}\meta{text}\sym{dblquote}, where
+ the \sym{dblquote} is a literal character}
+ }
+ % \GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength
+ \gcmd{Gls\-Set\-Xdy\-Min\-Range\-Length}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\margm{value}}
+ \desc{sets the minimum number of consecutive \locations\ to
+ form an implicit \idx{range}. The value may be \qt{none} to
+ indicate no \idx{range} formation}
+ \note{\app{xindy} only}
+ }
+ % \glsSetSuffixF
+ \gcmd{gls\-Set\-SuffixF}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\margm{suffix}}
+ \desc{the suffix for two consecutive locations}
+ }
+ % \glsSetSuffixFF
+ \gcmd{gls\-Set\-SuffixFF}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\margm{suffix}}
+ \desc{the suffix for three or more consecutive locations}
+ }
+ % \glslocationcstoencap
+ \gcmd{gls\-location\-cs\-to\-encap}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+}
+ \syntax{\margm{encap-csname}\margm{location-csname}}
+ \desc{used by \app{makeglossaries} when repairing problematic
+ locations with \app{makeindex}}
+ }
+ % \ifglswrallowprimitivemods
+ \gcond{if\-gls\-wr\-allow\-primitive\-mods}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.22+}
+ \initval{\csfmt{iffalse}}
+ \desc{if \optval{esclocations}{true} and this conditional is
+ true, then some primitives will be locally redefined while
+ \idx{indexing} occurs in order to escape special characters in the
+ location without prematurely expanding \gls{thepage}}
+ }
+ % \glswrallowprimitivemodstrue
+ \gcmd{gls\-wr\-allow\-primitive\-mods\-true}
+ {
+ \desc{sets \gls{ifglswrallowprimitivemods} to true}
+ }
+ % \glswrallowprimitivemodsfalse
+ \gcmd{gls\-wr\-allow\-primitive\-mods\-false}
+ {
+ \desc{sets \gls{ifglswrallowprimitivemods} to false}
+ }
+ % \glossaryentry
+ \gcmd{glossary\-entry}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{data}\margm{location}}
+ \desc{this isn't actually defined as a command but is used
+ as a keyword for \app{makeindex}}
+ }
+ % \glswrglossdisableanchorcmds
+ \gcmd{gls\-wr\-gloss\-disable\-anchor\-cmds}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+}
+ \desc{hook used to locally disable problematic commands whilst
+ constructing the anchor for \gls{glshypernumber}}
+ }
+ % \glswrglosslocationtarget
+ \gcmd{gls\-wr\-gloss\-location\-target}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+}
+ \syntax{\margm{location}}
+ \desc{must be expandable. May be used to alter the location
+ suffix whilst constructing the anchor for \gls{glshypernumber}}
+ }
+ % \glswrglosslocationtextfmt
+ \gcmd{gls\-wr\-gloss\-location\-text\-fmt}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+}
+ \syntax{\margm{location}}
+ \desc{used to encapsulate the location in the \idx{hyperlink}
+ text for \gls{glshypernumber}}
+ }
+ % \glswrglossdisablelocationcmds
+ \gcmd{gls\-wr\-gloss\-disable\-location\-cmds}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+}
+ \desc{hook used to locally disable problematic commands whilst
+ writing the location to the \idx{indexingfile} with
+ \options{mkidx,xdy}}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: FORMATTING
+ % \glstextformat
+ \gcmd{gls\-text\-format}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{used by the \gls{glslike} and \gls{glstextlike} commands
+ to format the \idx{linktext}}
+ }
+ % \glsentryfmt
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-fmt}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.11a+}
+ \desc{the default display format used by the \gls{glslike}
+ commands. This command is redefined by the
+ \sty{glossaries-extra} package}
+ \field{seealso}{glsgenentryfmt,defglsentryfmt}
+ }
+ % \defglsentryfmt
+ \gcmd{def\-gls\-entry\-fmt}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.11a+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{glossary-type}\margm{definition}}
+ \desc{defines the display format used by the \gls{glslike}
+ commands for entries assigned to the glossary identified by
+ \meta{glossary-type} (\gls{glsdefaulttype} if omitted)}
+ }
+ % \glsgenentryfmt
+ \gcmd{gls\-gen\-entry\-fmt}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.11a+}
+ \desc{the generic display format used by the \gls{glslike}
+ commands}
+ }
+ % \glsgenacfmt
+ \gcmd{gls\-gen\-ac\-fmt}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02a+}
+ \desc{the generic \idx{acronym} display \idxc{acronymformat}{format}
+ used by the \gls{glslike} commands}
+ }
+ % \glslabel
+ \gcmd{gls\-label}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.15+}
+ \desc{placeholder command that expands to the entry label}
+ \field{seealso}{glsentryfmt,glsifplural,glscapscase,glsinsert,glscustomtext,glstype}
+ }
+ % \glstype
+ \gcmd{gls\-type}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.08+}
+ \desc{placeholder command that expands to the entry's \idx{glossary} type}
+ \field{seealso}{glslabel}
+ }
+ % \glscustomtext
+ \gcmd{gls\-custom\-text}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.11a+}
+ \desc{placeholder command that expands to the text provided in \gls{glsdisp}}
+ \field{seealso}{glsentryfmt,glslabel,glsifplural,glscapscase,glsinsert}
+ }
+ % \glsinsert
+ \gcmd{gls\-insert}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.11a+}
+ \desc{placeholder command that expands to the \meta{insert}
+ final optional argument of the \gls{glslike} commands}
+ \field{seealso}{glsentryfmt,glslabel,glsifplural,glscapscase,glscustomtext}
+ }
+ % \glsifplural
+ \gcmd{gls\-if\-plural}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.11a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{defined by the \gls{glslike} commands to expand to
+ \meta{true} if the calling command was a plural form (for
+ example, \gls{glspl}) and to \meta{false} for the other
+ commands}
+ \field{seealso}{glsentryfmt,glslabel,glscapscase,glsinsert,glscustomtext}
+ }
+ % \glscapscase
+ \gcmd{gls\-caps\-case}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.11a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{no change}\margm{sentence}\margm{all caps}}
+ \desc{defined by the \gls{glslike} commands to expand to
+ \meta{no change} if the calling command wasn't a \casechanging\
+ command (\gls{gls} or \gls{glspl}), to
+ \meta{sentence} for \idx{sentencecase} commands (\gls{Gls} or
+ \gls{Glspl}) or to \meta{all caps} for \idx{allcaps} commands
+ (\idx{GLS} or \idx{GLSpl})}
+ \field{seealso}{glsentryfmt,glslabel,glsifplural,glsinsert,glscustomtext}
+ }
+ % \glsifhyperon
+ \gcmd{gls\-if\-hyper\-on}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.08+}
+ \syntax{\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{defined by the \gls{glslike} commands to expand to
+ \meta{true} if the \idx{hyperlink} setting is on for the
+ current reference. Otherwise it expands to \meta{false}}
+ \field{seealso}{glsentryfmt,glslinkvar}
+ }
+ % \glslinkvar
+ \gcmd{gls\-link\-var}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.08+}
+ \syntax{\margm{unmodified}\margm{star case}\margm{plus case}}
+ \desc{defined by the \gls{glslike} commands test if the
+ unmodified, starred (\sym{starmod}) or plus (\sym{plusmod}) command
+ was used}
+ \field{seealso}{glsentryfmt,glslinkvar}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrifwasfirstuse
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-if\-was\-first\-use}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{initialised by the \gls{glslike}
+ and \gls{glstextlike} commands, this expands to \meta{true} if
+ the calling command was considered the \idx{firstuse},
+ otherwise it expands to \meta{false}. This command may be used
+ within the \idx{postlinkhook} (where it's too late to test the
+ \idx{firstuseflag} with \gls{ifglsused})}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: HOOKS
+ % \glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook
+ \gcmd{gls\-link\-check\-first\-hyper\-hook}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.08+}
+ \desc{hook used when checking whether or not to switch off
+ \idxpl{hyperlink} on \idx{firstuse}}
+ }
+ % \glswriteentry
+ \gcmd{glswriteentry}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.16+}
+ \syntax{\margm{label}\margm{indexing code}}
+ \desc{does \meta{indexing code} unless
+ \optval{indexonlyfirst}{true} and the entry identified by
+ \meta{label} has been marked as \glslink{firstuseflag}{used}}
+ }
+ % \glslinkpostsetkeys
+ \gcmd{gls\-link\-post\-set\-keys}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.16+}
+ \desc{hook implemented after setting the options passed to the
+ \gls{glslike} and \gls{glstextlike} commands}
+ }
+ % \glslinkpresetkeys
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-link\-pre\-set\-keys}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.26+}
+ \desc{hook implemented before setting the options passed to the
+ \gls{glslike} and \gls{glstextlike} commands}
+ }
+ % \glspostlinkhook
+ \gcmd{gls\-post\-link\-hook}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.16}
+ \desc{a \idx{postlinkhook} used after all the \gls{glslike} and
+ \gls{glstextlike} commands. This is redefined by
+ \sty{glossaries-extra} to use \gls{glsxtrpostlinkhook}}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrpostlinkhook
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-post\-link\-hook}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.0+}%
+ \desc{an additional \idx{postlinkhook} that supports categories}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-post\-link\-Add\-Symbol\-On\-First\-Use}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}%
+ \desc{may be used within a \idx{postlinkhook} to display the
+ symbol in parentheses on \idx{firstuse}}
+ }
+ % \glsdefpostlink
+ \gcmd{gls\-def\-post\-link}{%
+ \syntax{\margm{category}\margm{definition}}
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.31+}%
+ \desc{defines \idx{postlinkhook} associated with the category
+ identified by the label \meta{category}}
+ }
+ % \glswritedefhook
+ \gcmd{gls\-write\-def\-hook}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.10a}
+ \desc{hook used when writing entries to the \ext+{glsdefs} file
+ after all the \keyval\ information has been written and before the
+ end brace that closes the final argument of \gls{glsdefs@newdocentry}}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: REFERENCING ENTRIES - extra
+ % \GlsXtrSetAltModifier
+ \gxtrcmd{Gls\-Xtr\-Set\-Alt\-Modifier}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{token}\margm{options}}
+ \desc{sets \meta{token} as a modifier for the \gls{glslike} and
+ \gls{glstextlike} commands that will automatically implement the
+ given options}
+ }
+ % \GlsXtrSetStarModifier
+ \gcmd{Gls\-Xtr\-Set\-Star\-Modifier}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.49+}
+ \syntax{\margm{options}}
+ \desc{overrides the options that should be implemented by the
+ star (\code{*}) modifier for \gls{glslike} and
+ \gls{glstextlike} commands}
+ }
+ % \GlsXtrSetPlusModifier
+ \gcmd{Gls\-Xtr\-Set\-Plus\-Modifier}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.49+}
+ \syntax{\margm{options}}
+ \desc{overrides the options that should be implemented by the
+ plus (\code{+}) modifier for \gls{glslike} and
+ \gls{glstextlike} commands}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrp
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtrp}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.07+}
+ \syntax{\margm{field}\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{for use in headings and captions (instead of the
+ \gls{glslike} or \gls{glstextlike} commands). This command is
+ designed to expand to the field value if used in a
+ \idx{PDFbookmark} and can also expand to a more appropriate command if
+ it ends up in the page header. Note that there's no option
+ argument}
+ }
+ % \glsps
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-ps}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.07+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{shortcut for \code{\gls{glsxtrp}\marg{short}\margm{entry-label}}}
+ }
+ % \glspt
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-pt}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.07+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{shortcut for \code{\gls{glsxtrp}\marg{text}\margm{entry-label}}}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrfmt
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-fmt}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.12+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\margm{text}}
+ \desc{behaves like
+\code{\gls{glslink}\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\marg{\cmd{\meta{csname}}\margm{text}\meta{insert}}}
+ where the control sequence name \meta{csname} is obtained from
+ a designated field}
+ }
+ % \GlsXtrFmtField
+ \gxtrcmd{Gls\-Xtr\-Fmt\-Field}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.12+}
+ \initval{\code{useri}}
+ \desc{expands to the name of the \idxc{internalfieldlabel} used by \gls{glsxtrfmt}}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrnewgls
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-new\-gls}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.21+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{default-options}\margm{prefix}\margm{cs}}
+ \desc{defines the command
+\meta{cs}\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label} to behave like
+ \code{\gls{gls}\oarg{\meta{default-options},\meta{options}}\marg{\meta{prefix}\meta{entry-label}}}}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrnewglslike
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-new\-gls\-like}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.21+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{default-options}\margm{prefix}\margm{\gls{gls}-like
+cs}\margm{\gls{glspl}-like cs}\margm{\gls{Gls}-like cs}\margm{\gls{Glspl}-like cs}}
+ \desc{like \gls{glsxtrnewgls} but provides plural and
+ \idx{sentencecase} commands as well}
+ }
+ % \dgls
+ \gxtrcmdsp{dgls}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra-bib2gls} v1.37+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{does \code{\gls{gls}\oargm{options}\marg{\meta{prefix}\marg{entry-label}}\oargm{insert}}
+ for the first prefix in the prefix list that matches a defined \idx{entry}}
+ }
+ % \glsfmttext
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-fmt\-text}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{for use within captions or section titles to display the
+ formatted \gloskey{text}}
+ }
+ % \glsfmtfirst
+ \gcmd{gls\-fmt\-first}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{for use within captions or section titles to display the
+ formatted \gloskey{first}}
+ }
+ % \glsfmtname
+ \gcmd{gls\-fmt\-name}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{for use within captions or section titles to display the
+ formatted \gloskey{name}}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: REFERENCING ENTRIES - no indexing or hyperlinks
+ % \glsentrytype
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-type}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{simply expands to the value of the \gloskey{type} key.
+ Does nothing if the entry hasn't been defined}
+ }
+ % \glsentrysort
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-sort}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{simply expands to the value of the \gloskey{sort} key.
+ Does nothing if the entry hasn't been defined}
+ }
+ % \glsentryname
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-name}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{simply expands to the value of the \gloskey{name} key.
+ Does nothing if the entry hasn't been defined. May be used in
+ expandable contexts provided that the \gloskey{name} key doesn't
+ contain any fragile commands}
+ }
+ % \Glsentryname
+ \gcmd{Gls\-entry\-name}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{partially robust command that displays the value of the
+ \gloskey{name} field with \idx{sentencecase} applied.
+ As from \sty{glossaries} v4.50, this command
+ can expand in \idxpl{PDFbookmark}. Outside of \idxpl{PDFbookmark} it will
+ expand to a robust internal command}
+ }
+ % \glsentryparent
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-parent}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{expands to the value of the \gloskey{parent} field.
+ Expands to nothing if the \gloskey{parent} field hasn't been set
+ and expands to \gls{relax} if the entry hasn't been defined}
+ }
+ % \glsentrytext
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-text}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{simply expands to the value of the \gloskey{text} field.
+ Does nothing if the entry hasn't been defined. May be used in
+ expandable contexts provided that the \gloskey{text} field doesn't
+ contain any fragile commands}
+ }
+ % \Glsentrytext
+ \gcmd{Gls\-entry\-text}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{partially robust command that displays the value of the
+ \gloskey{text} \idx{field} with \idx{sentencecase} applied.
+ As from \sty{glossaries} v4.50, this command
+ can expand in \idxpl{PDFbookmark}. Outside of \idxpl{PDFbookmark} it will
+ expand to a robust internal command}
+ }
+ % \glsentryplural
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-plural}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{simply expands to the value of the \gloskey{plural} \idx{field}.
+ Does nothing if the entry hasn't been defined. May be used in
+ expandable contexts provided that the \gloskey{plural} \idx{field} doesn't
+ contain any fragile commands}
+ }
+ % \Glsentryplural
+ \gcmd{Gls\-entry\-plural}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{partially robust command that displays the value of the
+ \gloskey{plural} \idx{field} with \idx{sentencecase} applied.
+ As from \sty{glossaries} v4.50, this command
+ can expand in \idxpl{PDFbookmark}. Outside of \idxpl{PDFbookmark} it will
+ expand to a robust internal command}
+ }
+ % \glsentryfirst
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-first}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{simply expands to the value of the \gloskey{first} \idx{field}.
+ Does nothing if the entry hasn't been defined. May be used in
+ expandable contexts provided that the \gloskey{first} \idx{field} doesn't
+ contain any fragile commands}
+ }
+ % \Glsentryfirst
+ \gcmd{Gls\-entry\-first}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{partially robust command that displays the value of the
+ \gloskey{first} \idx{field} with \idx{sentencecase} applied.
+ As from \sty{glossaries} v4.50, this command
+ can expand in \idxpl{PDFbookmark}. Outside of \idxpl{PDFbookmark} it will
+ expand to a robust internal command}
+ }
+ % \glsentryfirstplural
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-first\-plural}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{simply expands to the value of the \gloskey{firstplural} \idx{field}.
+ Does nothing if the entry hasn't been defined. May be used in
+ expandable contexts provided that the \gloskey{firstplural} \idx{field} doesn't
+ contain any fragile commands}
+ }
+ % \Glsentryfirstplural
+ \gcmd{Gls\-entry\-first\-plural}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{partially robust command that displays the value of the
+ \gloskey{firstplural} \idx{field} with \idx{sentencecase}
+ applied. As from \sty{glossaries} v4.50, this command
+ can expand in \idxpl{PDFbookmark}. Outside of \idxpl{PDFbookmark} it will
+ expand to a robust internal command}
+ }
+ % \glsentrydesc
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-desc}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{simply expands to the value of the \gloskey{description} \idx{field}.
+ Does nothing if the entry hasn't been defined. May be used in
+ expandable contexts provided that the \gloskey{description} \idx{field} doesn't
+ contain any fragile commands}
+ }
+ % \Glsentrydesc
+ \gcmd{Gls\-entry\-desc}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{partially robust command that displays the value of the
+ \gloskey{description} \idx{field} with \idx{sentencecase}
+ applied. As from \sty{glossaries} v4.50, this command
+ can expand in \idxpl{PDFbookmark}. Outside of \idxpl{PDFbookmark} it will
+ expand to a robust internal command}
+ }
+ % \glsentrydescplural
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-desc\-plural}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.12+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{simply expands to the value of the \gloskey{descriptionplural}
+ \idx{field}. Does nothing if the entry hasn't been defined.
+ May be used in expandable contexts provided that the
+ \gloskey{descriptionplural} \idx{field} doesn't contain any fragile commands}
+ }
+ \gcmd{Gls\-entry\-desc\-plural}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.12+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{partially robust command that displays the value of the
+ \gloskey{descriptionplural} \idx{field} with \idx{sentencecase}
+ applied. As from \sty{glossaries} v4.50, this command
+ can expand in \idxpl{PDFbookmark}. Outside of \idxpl{PDFbookmark} it will
+ expand to a robust internal command}
+ }
+ % \glsentryshort
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-short}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{simply expands to the value of the \gloskey{short} \idx{field}.
+ Does nothing if the entry hasn't been defined. May be used in
+ expandable contexts provided that the \gloskey{short} \idx{field} doesn't
+ contain any fragile commands}
+ }
+ % \glsentryshortpl
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-short\-pl}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{simply expands to the value of the \gloskey{shortplural} \idx{field}.
+ Does nothing if the entry hasn't been defined. May be used in
+ expandable contexts provided that the \gloskey{shortplural} \idx{field} doesn't
+ contain any fragile commands}
+ }
+ % \glsentrylong
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-long}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{simply expands to the value of the \gloskey{long} \idx{field}.
+ Does nothing if the entry hasn't been defined. May be used in
+ expandable contexts provided that the \gloskey{long} \idx{field} doesn't
+ contain any fragile commands}
+ }
+ % \glsentrylongpl
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-long\-pl}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{simply expands to the value of the \gloskey{longplural} \idx{field}.
+ Does nothing if the entry hasn't been defined. May be used in
+ expandable contexts provided that the \gloskey{longplural} \idx{field} doesn't
+ contain any fragile commands}
+ }
+ % \Glsentryshort
+ \gcmd{Gls\-entry\-short}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{displays the value of the \gloskey{short} \idx{field} with
+ \idx{sentencecase} applied.
+ Does nothing if the entry hasn't been defined.
+ As from \sty{glossaries} v4.50, this command
+ can expand in \idxpl{PDFbookmark}. Outside of \idxpl{PDFbookmark} it will
+ expand to a robust internal command}
+ }
+ % \Glsentrylong
+ \gcmd{Gls\-entry\-long}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{displays the value of the \gloskey{long} \idx{field} with
+ \idx{sentencecase} applied.
+ Does nothing if the entry hasn't been defined.
+ As from \sty{glossaries} v4.50, this command
+ can expand in \idxpl{PDFbookmark}. Outside of \idxpl{PDFbookmark} it will
+ expand to a robust internal command}
+ }
+ % \Glsentryshortpl
+ \gcmd{Gls\-entry\-short\-pl}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{displays the value of the \gloskey{shortplural} \idx{field} with
+ \idx{sentencecase} applied.
+ Does nothing if the entry hasn't been defined. As from \sty{glossaries} v4.50, this command
+ can expand in \idxpl{PDFbookmark}. Outside of \idxpl{PDFbookmark} it will
+ expand to a robust internal command}
+ }
+ % \Glsentrylong
+ \gcmd{Gls\-entry\-long\-pl}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{displays the value of the \gloskey{longplural} \idx{field} with
+ \idx{sentencecase} applied.
+ Does nothing if the entry hasn't been defined. As from \sty{glossaries} v4.50, this command
+ can expand in \idxpl{PDFbookmark}. Outside of \idxpl{PDFbookmark} it will
+ expand to a robust internal command}
+ }
+ % \glsentrysymbol
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-symbol}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{simply expands to the value of the \gloskey{symbol} \idx{field}.
+ Does nothing if the entry hasn't been defined. May be used in
+ expandable contexts provided that the \gloskey{symbol} \idx{field} doesn't
+ contain any fragile commands}
+ }
+ % \Glsentrysymbol
+ \gcmd{Gls\-entry\-symbol}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{partially robust command that displays the value of the
+ \gloskey{symbol} \idx{field} with \idx{sentencecase} applied.
+ As from \sty{glossaries} v4.50, this command
+ can expand in \idxpl{PDFbookmark}. Outside of \idxpl{PDFbookmark} it will
+ expand to a robust internal command}
+ }
+ % \glsentrysymbolplural
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-symbol\-plural}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.12+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{simply expands to the value of the \gloskey{symbolplural} \idx{field}.
+ Does nothing if the entry hasn't been defined. May be used in
+ expandable contexts provided that the \gloskey{symbolplural} \idx{field} doesn't
+ contain any fragile commands}
+ }
+ % \Glsentrysymbolplural
+ \gcmd{Gls\-entry\-symbol\-plural}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.12+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{partially robust command that displays the value of the
+ \gloskey{symbolplural} \idx{field} with \idx{sentencecase} applied.
+ As from \sty{glossaries} v4.50, this command
+ can expand in \idxpl{PDFbookmark}. Outside of \idxpl{PDFbookmark} it will
+ expand to a robust internal command}
+ }
+ % \glsentryuseri
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-useri}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{simply expands to the value of the \gloskey{user1} \idx{field}.
+ Does nothing if the entry hasn't been defined. May be used in
+ expandable contexts provided that the \gloskey{user1} \idx{field} doesn't
+ contain any fragile commands}
+ }
+ % \Glsentryuseri
+ \gcmd{Gls\-entry\-useri}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{partially robust command that displays the value of the
+ \gloskey{user1} \idx{field} with \idx{sentencecase} applied.
+ As from \sty{glossaries} v4.50, this command
+ can expand in \idxpl{PDFbookmark}. Outside of \idxpl{PDFbookmark} it will
+ expand to a robust internal command}
+ }
+ % \glsentryuserii
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-user\-ii}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{simply expands to the value of the \gloskey{user2} \idx{field}.
+ Does nothing if the entry hasn't been defined. May be used in
+ expandable contexts provided that the \gloskey{user2} \idx{field} doesn't
+ contain any fragile commands}
+ }
+ % \Glsentryuserii
+ \gcmd{Gls\-entry\-user\-ii}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{partially robust command that displays the value of the
+ \gloskey{user2} \idx{field} with \idx{sentencecase} applied.
+ As from \sty{glossaries} v4.50, this command
+ can expand in \idxpl{PDFbookmark}. Outside of \idxpl{PDFbookmark} it will
+ expand to a robust internal command}
+ }
+ % \glsentryuseriii
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-user\-iii}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{simply expands to the value of the \gloskey{user3} \idx{field}.
+ Does nothing if the entry hasn't been defined. May be used in
+ expandable contexts provided that the \gloskey{user3} \idx{field} doesn't
+ contain any fragile commands}
+ }
+ % \Glsentryuseriii
+ \gcmd{Gls\-entry\-user\-iii}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{partially robust command that displays the value of the
+ \gloskey{user3} \idx{field} with \idx{sentencecase} applied.
+ As from \sty{glossaries} v4.50, this command
+ can expand in \idxpl{PDFbookmark}. Outside of \idxpl{PDFbookmark} it will
+ expand to a robust internal command}
+ }
+ % \glsentryuseriv
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-user\-iv}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{simply expands to the value of the \gloskey{user4} \idx{field}.
+ Does nothing if the entry hasn't been defined. May be used in
+ expandable contexts provided that the \gloskey{user4} \idx{field} doesn't
+ contain any fragile commands}
+ }
+ % \Glsentryuseriv
+ \gcmd{Gls\-entry\-user\-iv}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{partially robust command that displays the value of the
+ \gloskey{user4} \idx{field} with \idx{sentencecase} applied.
+ As from \sty{glossaries} v4.50, this command
+ can expand in \idxpl{PDFbookmark}. Outside of \idxpl{PDFbookmark} it will
+ expand to a robust internal command}
+ }
+ % \glsentryuserv
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-user\-v}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{simply expands to the value of the \gloskey{user5} \idx{field}.
+ Does nothing if the entry hasn't been defined. May be used in
+ expandable contexts provided that the \gloskey{user5} \idx{field} doesn't
+ contain any fragile commands}
+ }
+ % \Glsentryuserv
+ \gcmd{Gls\-entry\-user\-v}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{partially robust command that displays the value of the
+ \gloskey{user5} \idx{field} with \idx{sentencecase} applied.
+ As from \sty{glossaries} v4.50, this command
+ can expand in \idxpl{PDFbookmark}. Outside of \idxpl{PDFbookmark} it will
+ expand to a robust internal command}
+ }
+ % \glsentryuservi
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-user\-vi}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{simply expands to the value of the \gloskey{user6} \idx{field}.
+ Does nothing if the entry hasn't been defined. May be used in
+ expandable contexts provided that the \gloskey{user6} \idx{field} doesn't
+ contain any fragile commands}
+ }
+ % \Glsentryuservi
+ \gcmd{Gls\-entry\-user\-vi}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{partially robust command that displays the value of the
+ \gloskey{user6} \idx{field} with \idx{sentencecase} applied.
+ As from \sty{glossaries} v4.50, this command
+ can expand in \idxpl{PDFbookmark}. Outside of \idxpl{PDFbookmark} it will
+ expand to a robust internal command}
+ }
+ % \glossentryname
+ \gcmd{gloss\-entry\-name}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.08a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{used within \idxpl{glossarystyle} to display the name
+ encapsulated with \gls{glsnamefont}}
+ }
+ % \Glossentryname
+ \gcmd{Gloss\-entry\-name}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.08a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glossentryname} but \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \glossentrydesc
+ \gcmd{gloss\-entry\-desc}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.08a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{used within \idxpl{glossarystyle} to display the description}
+ }
+ % \Glossentrydesc
+ \gcmd{Gloss\-entry\-desc}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.08a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glossentrydesc} but \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \glossentrysymbol
+ \gcmd{gloss\-entry\-symbol}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.08a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{used within \idxpl{glossarystyle} to display the symbol}
+ }
+ % \Glossentrysymbol
+ \gcmd{Gloss\-entry\-symbol}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.08a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glossentrysymbol} but \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: AUX
+ % \@newglossary
+ \gcmd{@new\-glossary}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{glossary-label}\margm{log}\margm{out-ext}\margm{in-ext}}
+ \desc{this command is written to the \ext{aux} file for the
+ benefit of \app{makeglossaries} and \app{makeglossaries-lite}.
+ The arguments indicate the file extensions associated with the given
+ glossary}
+ }
+ % \glsxtr@makeglossaries
+ \gcmd{gls\-xtr\-@\-make\-glos\-saries}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.09+}
+ \syntax{\margm{label-list}}
+ \desc{this command is written to the \ext{aux} file for the
+ benefit of \app{makeglossaries} and \app{makeglossaries-lite}}
+ }
+ % \@istfilename
+ \gcmd{@ist\-file\-name}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{filename}}
+ \desc{this command is written to the \ext{aux} file for the
+ benefit of \app{makeglossaries} and \app{makeglossaries-lite}.
+ The \meta{filename} is the name of the style file}
+ }
+ % \@glsorder
+ \gcmd{@gls\-order}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{order}}
+ \desc{this command is written to the \ext{aux} file for the
+ benefit of \app{makeglossaries} and \app{makeglossaries-lite}.
+ The \meta{order} should be either \code{letter} or \code{word}}
+ }
+ % \@xdylanguage
+ \gcmd{@xdy\-language}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\margm{glossary-label}\margm{language}}
+ \desc{this command is written to the \ext{aux} file for the
+ benefit of \app{makeglossaries} and \app{makeglossaries-lite}.
+ The \meta{language} is the language to pass to \app{xindy} for the
+ given glossary}
+ }
+ % \@gls@codepage
+ \gcmd{@gls\-@\-code\-page}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\margm{code-page}}
+ \desc{this command is written to the \ext{aux} file for the
+ benefit of \app{makeglossaries} and \app{makeglossaries-lite}.
+ The \meta{code-page} indicates the \app{xindy} \idx{codepage}}
+ }
+ % \@gls@reference
+ \gcmd{@gls@reference}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{type}\margm{label}\margm{location}}
+ \desc{this command is written to the \ext{aux} file to provide
+ the information for \gls{printnoidxglossary}}
+ }
+ % \glsxtr@resource
+ \gcmd{glsxtr@resource}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.08+}
+ \syntax{\margm{options}\margm{basename}}
+ \desc{this command is written to the \ext{aux} file to provide
+ the resource options for \app{bib2gls}}
+ }
+ % \glsxtr@record
+ \gcmd{glsxtr@record}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.08+}
+ \syntax{\margm{label}\margm{h-prefix}\margm{counter}\margm{format}\margm{loc}}
+ \desc{this command is written to the \ext{aux} file to provide
+ the indexing information for \app{bib2gls}}
+ }
+ % \glsxtr@record@nameref
+ \gcmd{glsxtr@record@nameref}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.37+}
+ \syntax{\margm{label}\margm{href prefix}\margm{counter}\margm{format}\margm{location}\margm{title}\margm{href anchor}\margm{href value}}
+ \desc{this command is written to the \ext{aux} file to provide
+ the indexing information for \app{bib2gls} when the
+ \optval{record}{nameref} option is used}
+ }
+ % \glsxtr@recordsee
+ \gcmd{glsxtr@recordsee}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.14+}
+ \syntax{\margm{label}\margm{xr list}}
+ \desc{this command is written to the \ext{aux} file to provide
+ the \gls{glssee} information for \app{bib2gls}}
+ }
+ % \@glsxtr@newglslike
+ \gcmd{@glsxtr@newglslike}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.37+}
+ \syntax{\margm{label-prefix}\margm{cs}}
+ \desc{this command is written to the \ext{aux} file to provide
+ the \gls{glsxtrnewglslike} information for \app{bib2gls}}
+ }
+ % \@glsxtr@altmodifier
+ \gcmd{@glsxtr@altmodifier}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.37+}
+ \syntax{\margm{character}}
+ \desc{this command is written to the \ext{aux} file to provide
+ the \gls{GlsXtrSetAltModifier} information for \app{bib2gls}}
+ }
+ % \@glsxtr@prefixlabellist
+ \gcmd{@glsxtr@prefixlabellist}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.37+}
+ \syntax{\margm{list}}
+ \desc{this command is written to the \ext{aux} file to provide
+ the \gls{dgls} information for \app{bib2gls}}
+ }
+ % \glsxtr@texencoding
+ \gcmd{gls\-xtr\-@\-tex\-encoding}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.11+}
+ \syntax{\margm{encoding}}
+ \desc{this command is written to the \ext{aux} file to provide
+ the file \idx{encoding} information for \app{bib2gls}}
+ }
+ % \glsdefs@newdocentry (.glsdefs file)
+ \gcmd{glsdefs@newdocentry}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v4.47+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\marg{\keyvallist}}
+ \desc{this command is written to the \ext+{glsdefs} file to
+ define the given \idx{entry} using the definition provided in the
+ \env+{document} environment on the previous \LaTeX\ run}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: GLOSSARIES
+ % \newglossary
+ \gcmd{new\-glos\-sary}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{log-ext}\margm{glossary-label}\margm{in-ext}\margm{out-ext}\margm{title}\oargm{counter}}
+ \desc{defines a \idx{glossary} identified by \meta{glossary-label} (which can
+ be referenced by the \gloskey{type} key when defining an entry).
+ The \meta{title} will be used when displaying the \idx{glossary}
+ (using commands like \gls{printglossary}), but this title can be
+ overridden by the \printglossopt{title} option. The optional
+ \meta{counter} indicates which \idxc{locationcounter}{counter} should be used by default
+ for the \location\ when \idx{indexing} any entries that have been assigned to this
+ \idx{glossary}. (This can be overridden by the \glsopt{counter}
+ option.) The other arguments are file extensions for use with
+ \app{makeindex} or \app{xindy}. These arguments aren't relevant
+ for other \idx{indexing} options (in which case, you may prefer to use
+ \gls{newglossary*})}
+ }
+ % \newglossary*
+ \gcmd{new\-glos\-sary*}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.08+}
+ \syntax{\margm{glossary-label}\margm{title}\oargm{counter}}
+ \desc{a shortcut that supplies file extensions based on the
+ \idx{glossary} label:\begin{compactcodebox}%
+\gls{newglossary}\oarg{\meta{glossary-label}-glg}\margm{glossary-label}\marg{\meta{glossary-label}-gls}\margm{\meta{glossary-label}-glo}\margm{title}\oargm{counter}%
+\end{compactcodebox}\glsxtrnopostpunc
}
-
-\longnewglossaryentry{firstuseflag}{%
-name={First use flag\ifirstuseflag},
-sort={first use flag},%
-text={first use flag}%
+ }
+ % \altnewglossary
+ \gcmd{alt\-new\-glos\-sary}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.06+}
+ \syntax{\margm{glossary-label}\margm{tag}\margm{title}\oargm{counter}}
+ \desc{a shortcut that supplies file extensions based on the
+ \meta{tag} argument:\begin{compactcodebox}%
+\gls{newglossary}\oarg{\meta{tag}-glg}\margm{tag}\marg{\meta{tag}-gls}\margm{\meta{tag}-glo}\margm{title}\oargm{counter}%
+\end{compactcodebox}\glsxtrnopostpunc
}
-{%
- A conditional that determines whether or not the entry
- has been used according to the rules of \gls{firstuse}. Commands
- to unset or reset this conditional are described in
- \sectionref{sec:glsunset}.
+ }
+ % \newignoredglossary
+ \gcmd{new\-ignored\-glos\-sary}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.08+}
+ \syntax{\margm{glossary-label}}
+ \desc{defines a \idx{glossary} that should be ignored by iterative
+ commands, such as \gls{printglossaries}. This \idx{glossary} has no
+ associated \idxpl{indexingfile} and has \idxpl{hyperlink} disabled. You can
+ use an \idx+{ignoredglossary} for common terms or \idxpl{acronym}
+ or \idxpl{abbreviation} that don't need to be included in any listing
+ (but you may want these terms defined
+ as entries to allow automated formatting with the \gls{glslike}
+ commands). An \idx{ignoredglossary} can't be displayed with
+ \gls{printglossary} but may be displayed with the \idx{unsrtfam}, such as
+ \gls{printunsrtglossary}. The \sty{glossaries-extra} package
+ provides a starred form of this command}
+ }
+ % \provideignoredglossary
+ \gxtrcmds{provide\-ignored\-glos\-sary}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.12+}
+ \syntax{\margm{glossary-label}}
+ \desc{as \gls{newignoredglossary} but does nothing if the
+ \idx{glossary} has already been defined}
+ }
+ % \glossarypostamble
+ \gcmd{glossary\-postamble}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{used at the end of the \idx{glossary}}
+ }
+ % \glossarypreamble
+ \gcmd{glossary\-preamble}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{used at the start of the \idx{glossary}. This will be
+ locally redefined to the \idx{glossarypreamble} associated with
+ the current glossary, if one has been set}
+ \field{seealso}{setglossarypreamble}
+ }
+ % \setglossarypreamble
+ \gcmd{set\-glossary\-preamble}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.07+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{type}\margm{text}}
+ \desc{globally sets the \idx{glossarypreamble} for the \idx{glossary} identified by
+ \meta{type} to \meta{text}. If \meta{type} is omitted,
+ \gls{glsdefaulttype} is assumed}
+ }
+ % \apptoglossarypreamble
+ \gxtrcmd{app\-to\-glossary\-preamble}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.12+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{type}\margm{text}}
+ \desc{locally appends \meta{text} to the \idx{glossarypreamble} for the
+ \idx{glossary} identified by \meta{type}. If \meta{type} is omitted,
+ \gls{glsdefaulttype} is assumed}
+ }
+ % \pretoglossarypreamble
+ \gxtrcmd{pre\-to\-glossary\-preamble}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.12+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{type}\margm{text}}
+ \desc{locally prepends \meta{text} to the \idx{glossarypreamble}
+ for the \idx{glossary} identified by \meta{type}. If \meta{type} is omitted,
+ \gls{glsdefaulttype} is assumed}
+ }
+ % \print<...>glossary
+ \gcmd{print...glossary}{
+ \common
+ \name{\csmetafmt{print}{\protect\ldots}{glossary}}
+ \field{see}{printglossary,printnoidxglossary,printunsrtglossary,printunsrtinnerglossary}
+ }
+ % \printglossaries
+ \gcmd{print\-glossaries}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{iterates over all non-\idxpl{ignoredglossary} and does
+ \code{\gls{printglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{\meta{type}}}}
+ for each \idx{glossary}}
+ }
+ % \printnoidxglossaries
+ \gcmd{print\-noidx\-glossaries}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.04+}
+ \desc{iterates over all non-\idxpl{ignoredglossary} and does
+ \code{\gls{printnoidxglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{\meta{type}}}}
+ for each \idx{glossary}}
+ }
+ % \printunsrtglossaries
+ \gxtrcmd{print\-unsrt\-glossaries}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.08+}
+ \desc{iterates over all non-\idxpl{ignoredglossary} and does
+ \code{\gls{printunsrtglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{\meta{type}}}}
+ for each \idx{glossary}}
+ }
+ % \printunsrtinnerglossary
+ \gxtrcmd{print\-unsrt\-inner\-glossary}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.44+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{pre-code}\margm{post-code}}
+ \desc{similar to \gls{printunsrtglossary} but doesn't contain
+ the code that starts and ends the \idx{glossary} (such as
+ beginning and ending the \env{theglossary} environment). See
+ the \sty{glossaries-extra} manual for further details}
+ }%
+ % \printglossary
+ \gcmd{print\-glossary}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}}
+ \desc{displays the \idx{glossary} by inputting a file created by
+ \app+{makeindex} or \app+{xindy}. Must be used with
+ \gls{makeglossaries} and either \app{makeindex} or \app{xindy}}
+ }%
+ % \printacronyms
+ \gcmd{print\-acronyms}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.08a+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}}
+ \note{requires the \opt{acronyms} package option}
+ \desc{shortcut for
+ \code{\gls{printglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{\gls{acronymtype}}}}}
+ }%
+ % \printsymbols
+ \gcmd{print\-symbols}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}}
+ \note{requires the \opt{symbols} package option}
+ \desc{shortcut for
+ \code{\gls{printglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{\glostype{symbols}}}}}
+ }%
+ % \printnumbers
+ \gcmd{print\-numbers}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}}
+ \note{requires the \opt{numbers} package option}
+ \desc{shortcut for
+ \code{\gls{printglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{numbers}}}}
+ }%
+ % \printindex
+ \gcmd{print\-index}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\oargm{options} v4.02+}
+ \note{requires the \opt{index} package option}
+ \desc{shortcut provided by the \opt{index} package option that simply does
+ \code{\gls{printglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{index}}}}
+ }%
+ % \printnoidxglossary
+ \gcmd{print\-noidx\-glossary}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.04+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}}
+ \desc{displays the \idx{glossary} by obtaining the \idx{indexing} information from
+ the \ext+{aux} file and using \TeX\ to sort and collate. Must be used with
+ \gls{makenoidxglossaries} or with the \idxpl{glossary} not identified
+ in the optional argument of \gls{makeglossaries} when using the
+ hybrid method. This method can be very slow and has limitations}
+ }%
+ % \printunsrtglossary
+ \gxtrcmd{print\-unsrt\-glossary}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.08+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}}
+ \desc{displays the \idx{glossary} by iterating over all entries
+ associated with the given \idx{glossary} (in the order in which they
+ were added to the \idx{glossary}). \Idx{group} headers will only be
+ inserted if the \gloskey{group} key has been defined and has
+ been set (typically with the \opt{record} option and
+ \app{bib2gls}). \Idxpl{locationlist} will only be shown if the
+ \gloskey{location} or \glosfield{loclist} fields have been set
+ (typically by \app{bib2gls})}
+ }%
+ % \printunsrtacronyms
+ \gxtrcmd{print\-unsrt\-acronyms}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra-bib2gls} v1.40+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}}
+ \note{requires \code{\csfmt{usepackage}\oarg{\opt{acronyms},\opt{record}}\marg{glossaries-extra}}}
+ \desc{shortcut for
+ \code{\gls{printunsrtglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{\gls{acronymtype}}}}}
+ }%
+ % \printabbreviations
+ \gxtrcmd{print\-ab\-bre\-vi\-a\-tions}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}}
+ \note{requires \code{\csfmt{usepackage}\oarg{\opt{abbreviations}}\marg{glossaries-extra}}}
+ \desc{shortcut for
+ \code{\gls{printglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{\gls{glsxtrabbrvtype}}}}}
+ }%
+ % \glossarysection
+ \gcmd{glossary\-section}
+ {
+ \syntax{\oargm{toc title}\margm{title}}
+ \desc{used to display the glossary heading}
+ }
+ % \currentglossary
+ \gcmd{current\-glossary}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \desc{defined by the \gls{print...glossary} commands to
+ the current \idx{glossary} label}
+ }
+ % \glsdefaulttype
+ \gcmd{gls\-default\-type}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \initval{main}%
+ \desc{expands to the label of the default \idx{glossary}, which is
+ normally \code{main} but if \opt{nomain} is used, it will be the
+ label of the first \idx{glossary} to be defined}
+ }%
+ % \glscurrententrylabel
+ \gcmd{gls\-current\-entry\-label}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.02+}
+ \desc{assigned at the start of each \idx{entry} item within the
+ \idx{glossary}. This command may be used by \idx{glossary} hooks, such
+ as \gls{glspostdescription}, to reference the current entry}
+ }
+ % \glsnoidxprenumberlist
+ \gcmd{gls\-no\-idx\-pre\-number\-list}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{used before the \idx{numberlist} for \option{noidx}.
+ By default it expands to the value of the
+ \glosfield{prenumberlist} internal field, if set}
+ }
+ % \glossaryentrynumbers
+ \gcmd{glossary\-entry\-numbers}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{locations}}
+ \desc{encapsulations the \idx{numberlist} in the \idx{glossary}
+ and is also used to save the \idx{numberlist} with the
+ \opt{savenumberlist} option.
+ This command is redefined by options such as \opt{nonumberlist}
+ or commands like \gls{glsnonextpages}}
+ }
+ % \glsresetentrylist
+ \gcmd{gls\-re\-set\-entry\-list}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{resets \gls{glossaryentrynumbers}}
+ }
+ % \glsnonextpages
+ \gcmd{gls\-no\-next\-pages}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{does nothing outside of \gls{print...glossary}. Within the
+ \idx{glossary}, this redefines \gls{glossaryentrynumbers} to
+ ignore its argument and then reset itself}
+ }
+ % \glsnextpages
+ \gcmd{gls\-next\-pages}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{does nothing outside of \gls{print...glossary}. Within the
+ \idx{glossary}, this redefines \gls{glossaryentrynumbers} to
+ do its argument and then reset itself}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: GLOSSARY STYLES
+ % \setglossarystyle
+ \gcmd{set\-glossary\-style}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.08a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{style-name}}
+ \desc{sets the default \idx{glossarystyle} to \meta{style-name}}
+ }
+ % \glossarystyle
+ \gcmd{glossary\-style}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.0--v4.49}
+ \syntax{\margm{style-name}}
+ \desc{sets the default \idx{glossarystyle} to \meta{style-name}.
+ Deprecated in v3.08a and removed in v4.50. Now only available with
+ rollback. Use \gls{setglossarystyle} instead}
+ }
+ % \newglossarystyle
+ \gcmd{new\-glossary\-style}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{style-name}\margm{definitions}}
+ \desc{defines a new \idx{glossarystyle} called \meta{style-name}}
+ }
+ % \renewglossarystyle
+ \gcmd{re\-new\-glossary\-style}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.02+}
+ \syntax{\margm{style-name}\margm{definitions}}
+ \desc{redefines the \idx{glossarystyle} called \meta{style-name}}
+ }
+ % \glossaryheader
+ \gcmd{glossaryheader}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{does the header code after \code{\cbeg{\env{theglossary}}}}
+ \note{\idx{glossarystyle} command}
+ }
+ % \glsgroupheading
+ \gcmd{gls\-group\-heading}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{group-label}}
+ \desc{redefined by \idxpl{glossarystyle} to show, if applicable, the title
+ associated with the \idx{lettergroup} identified by \meta{group-label}}
+ \note{\idx{glossarystyle} command}
+ }
+ % \glssubgroupheading
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-sub\-group\-head\-ing}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.49+}
+ \syntax{\margm{previous level}\margm{level}\margm{parent-label}\margm{group-label}}
+ \desc{used to format sub-\idx{group} headings}
+ \note{\idx{glossarystyle} command}
+ }
+ % \glsgroupskip
+ \gcmd{gls\-group\-skip}
+ {
+ \desc{redefined by \idxpl{glossarystyle} to produce a vertical
+ gap between \idxpl{lettergroup}, if applicable}
+ \note{\idx{glossarystyle} command}
+ }
+ % \glossentry
+ \gcmd{gloss\-entry}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.08a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{number-list}}
+ \desc{redefined by the \idxpl{glossarystyle} to display
+ \toplevel\ entries}
+ \note{\idx{glossarystyle} command}
+ }
+ % \subglossentry
+ \gcmd{sub\-gloss\-entry}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.08a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{level}\margm{entry-label}\margm{number-list}}
+ \desc{redefined by the \idxpl{glossarystyle} to display
+ child entries}
+ \note{\idx{glossarystyle} command}
+ }
+ % \glsnamefont
+ \gcmd{gls\-name\-font}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{used by \gls{glossentryname} to apply a font change to the
+ \gloskey{name}}
+ }
+ % \glspostdescription
+ \gcmd{gls\-post\-de\-scrip\-tion}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{a hook that is usually placed after the description in
+ \idxpl{glossarystyle}. Some of the styles provided with the
+ \sty{glossaries} package don't use this hook. The
+ \sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods} redefines those styles to
+ include the hook. The default definition of this command
+ tests for the \opt{nopostdot} option, but the \opt{postpunc}
+ option redefines the command to implement the chosen punctuation}
+ }
+ % \glstarget
+ \gcmd{gls\-target}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.18+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{text}}
+ \desc{used by \idxpl{glossarystyle} to create a hypertarget (if enabled) for
+ the \idx{entry} (identified by \meta{entry-label}). The \meta{text} is usually
+ \gls{glossentryname}\margm{entry-label}, but it can be something
+ else}
+ }
+ % \glolinkprefix
+ \gcmd{glolinkprefix}
+ {
+ \initval{glo:}
+ \desc{expands to the prefix used for entry targets}
+ }
+ % \glsdescwidth
+ \gcmd{gls\-desc\-width}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-long} \& \sty{glossary-super}}
+ \desc{a length register used to set the width of the description
+ column for \env{tabular}-like styles}
+ }
+ % \glspagelistwidth
+ \gcmd{gls\-page\-list\-width}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-long} \& \sty{glossary-super}}
+ \desc{a length register used to set the width of the
+ \idx{locationlist} column for \env{tabular}-like styles}
+ }
+ % \glsgetgrouptitle
+ \gcmd{gls\-get\-group\-title}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{group-label}}
+ \desc{robust command that determines the title associated with \meta{group-label}
+ and displays it}
+ \field{seealso}{glsxtrsetgrouptitle}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrsetgrouptitle
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-set\-group\-title}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.14+}
+ \syntax{\margm{group-label}\margm{group-title}}
+ \desc{globally assigns the given title \meta{group-title} to the
+ \idx{group} identified by \meta{group-label}}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-local\-set\-group\-title}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.24+}
+ \syntax{\margm{group-label}\margm{group-title}}
+ \desc{locally assigns the given title \meta{group-title} to the
+ \idx{group} identified by \meta{group-label}}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrgetgrouptitle
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-get\-group\-title}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.14+}
+ \syntax{\margm{group-label}\margm{cs}}
+ \desc{obtains the title corresponding to the \idx{group}
+ identified by \meta{group-label} and stores the result in the
+ control sequence \meta{cs}}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrhiername
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-hier\-name}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.37+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{displays the entry's hierarchical name}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: hyperlinks
+ % \glsdohypertarget
+ \gcmd{gls\-do\-hyper\-target}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.08+}
+ \syntax{\margm{target}\margm{text}}
+ \desc{creates a hypertarget, and includes the debugging
+ information if \opteqvalref{debug}{showtargets}. This uses \gls{hypertarget}
+ but measures the height of \meta{text} so that the target can
+ be placed at the top of \meta{text} instead of along the baseline}
+ }
+ % \glsdohyperlink
+ \gcmd{gls\-do\-hyper\-link}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.08+}
+ \syntax{\margm{target}\margm{text}}
+ \desc{creates a hyperlink to the given target using
+ \gls{hyperlink}, and includes the debugging
+ information if \opteqvalref{debug}{showtargets}}
+ \field{seealso}{glsdohypertarget,glsdonohyperlink}
+ }
+ % \glsdonohyperlink
+ \gcmd{gls\-do\-no\-hyper\-link}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.20+}
+ \syntax{\margm{target}\margm{text}}
+ \desc{used instead of \gls{glsdohyperlink} when
+ \idxpl{hyperlink} are disabled. This simply expands to \meta{text}}
+ }
+ % \glstexorpdfstring
+ \gcmd{gls\-tex\-or\-pdf\-string}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+}
+ \syntax{\margm{\TeX}\margm{PDF}}
+ \desc{if \sty{hyperref} has been loaded, this uses
+ \gls{texorpdfstring} otherwise it just expands to \meta{\TeX}}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: hypernav
+ % \glsnavhyperlink
+ \gcmd{gls\-nav\-hyper\-link}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-hypernav}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{glossary-label}\margm{group-label}\margm{group-title}}
+ \desc{creates a hyperlink to the given \idx{group}, where the
+ target name is obtained from \gls{glsnavhyperlinkname}}
+ }
+ % \glsnavhyperlinkname
+ \gcmd{gls\-nav\-hyper\-link\-name}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-hypernav} v4.29+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{glossary-label}\margm{group-label}}
+ \desc{expands to the anchor for the given \idx{group}}
+ }
+ % \glsnavhypertarget
+ \gcmd{gls\-nav\-hyper\-target}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-hypernav}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{glossary-label}\margm{group-label}\margm{group-title}}
+ \desc{used to create a hyper target for a \idx{group} in order
+ to support styles that have navigation links to glossary
+ \idxpl{group}}
+ }
+ % \glsnavigation
+ \gcmd{gls\-navigation}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-hypernav}}
+ \desc{displays a simple glossary \idx{group} navigation line
+ with the items separated by \gls{glshypernavsep}}
+ }
+ % \glshypernavsep
+ \gcmd{gls\-hyper\-nav\-sep}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-hypernav}}
+ \desc{used as a separator by \gls{glsnavigation}}
+ }
+ % \glssymbolnav
+ \gcmd{gls\-symbol\-nav}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-hypernav}}
+ \desc{produces a simple navigation set of links for just the
+ symbols and number groups separated by \gls{glshypernavsep}}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: tree
+ % \glstreepredesc
+ \gcmd{gls\-tree\-pre\-desc}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-tree} v4.26+}
+ \desc{space inserted before top-level descriptions}
+ }
+ % \glstreechildpredesc
+ \gcmd{gls\-tree\-child\-pre\-desc}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-tree} v4.26+}
+ \desc{space inserted before child descriptions}
+ }
+ % \glstreenamefmt
+ \gcmd{gls\-tree\-name\-fmt}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-tree} v4.08+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{used to format the name for the \glostyle{tree} and
+ \glostyle{index} styles}
+ }
+ % \glstreegroupheaderfmt
+ \gcmd{gls\-tree\-group\-header\-fmt}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-tree} v4.22+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{used to format the \idx{group} title for the \glostyle{treegroup} and
+ \glostyle{indexgroup} styles}
+ }
+ % \glstreenavigationfmt
+ \gcmd{gls\-tree\-navigation\-fmt}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-tree} v4.22+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{used to format the navigation element for styles like \glostyle{treehypergroup}}
+ }
+ % \glstreeitem
+ \gcmd{gls\-tree\-item}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-tree} v4.26+}
+ \desc{used to indent the top-level entries for the \glostyle{index} styles}
+ }
+ % \glstreesubitem
+ \gcmd{gls\-tree\-sub\-item}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-tree} v4.26+}
+ \desc{used to indent the level~1 entries for the \glostyle{index} styles}
+ }
+ % \glstreesubsubitem
+ \gcmd{gls\-tree\-sub\-sub\-item}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-tree} v4.26+}
+ \desc{used to indent the level~2 entries for the \glostyle{index} styles}
+ }
+ % \glstreeindent
+ \gcmd{gls\-tree\-indent}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-tree}}
+ \initval{10pt}
+ \desc{length register used by the \glostyle{tree} style}
+ }
+ % \glssetwidest
+ \gcmd{gls\-set\-widest}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-tree}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{level}\margm{name}}
+ \desc{indicates that \meta{name} is the widest name for the
+ given \idx{hierarchicallevel}}
+ }
+ % \glsfindwidesttoplevelname
+ \gcmd{gls\-find\-widest\-top\-level\-name}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-tree} v4.22+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{glossary labels}}
+ \desc{finds and sets the widest name for all top-level entries
+ in the given \idxpl{glossary}. If the optional argument is
+ omitted, the list of all non-\idxpl{ignoredglossary} is assumed}
+ }
+ % \glstreenamebox
+ \gcmd{gls\-tree\-name\-box}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-tree} v4.19+}
+ \syntax{\margm{width}\margm{text}}
+ \desc{creates the box for the name with styles like
+ \glostyle{alttree}}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: mcols
+ % \glsmcols
+ \gcmd{gls\-m\-cols}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-mcols} v3.05+}
+ \initval{2}
+ \desc{expands to the number of columns for the \qt{mcol} styles}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: list style
+ % \indexspace
+ \gcmd{index\-space}
+ {
+ \desc{provided by various packages, including \sty{glossary-list}
+ and \sty{glossary-tree}, this creates a vertical space}
+ }
+ % \glslistdottedwidth
+ \gcmd{gls\-list\-dotted\-width}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-list}}
+ \desc{a length register used by \glostyle{listdotted}}
+ }
+ % \glslistinit
+ \gcmd{gls\-list\-init}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-list} v4.48+}
+ \desc{used to disable problematic commands at the start the
+ \glostyle{list} styles to provide better integration with
+ \sty{gettitlestring}}
+ }
+ % \glslistexpandedname
+ \gcmd{gls\-list\-expanded\-name}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-list} v4.48+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{used by \gls{glslistinit} to provide better integration with
+ \sty{gettitlestring}}
+ }
+ % \glslistnavigationitem
+ \gcmd{gls\-list\-navigation\-item}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-list} v4.22+}
+ \syntax{\margm{navigation items}}
+ \desc{used in styles like \glostyle{listhypergroup} to display
+ the navigation line}
+ }
+ % \glslistgroupheaderfmt
+ \gcmd{gls\-list\-group\-header\-fmt}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-list} v4.22+}
+ \syntax{\margm{title}}
+ \desc{used to encapsulate the \idx{group} title}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: longbooktabs style
+ % \glspatchLToutput
+ \gcmd{gls\-patch\-LT\-output}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-longbooktabs} v4.21+}
+ \desc{applies a patch to \env{longtable} to check for instances
+ of the group skip occurring at a page break}
+ }
+ % \glsrestoreLToutput
+ \gcmd{glsrestoreLToutput}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-longbooktabs} v4.21+}
+ \desc{reverses the effect of \gls{glspatchLToutput}}
+ }
+ % \glsLTpenaltycheck
+ \gcmd{gls\-LT\-penalty\-check}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-longbooktabs} v4.21+}
+ \desc{penalty check used by \gls{glspatchLToutput}}
+ }
+ % \glspenaltygroupskip
+ \gcmd{gls\-penalty\-group\-skip}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-longbooktabs} v4.21+}
+ \desc{the definition of \gls{glsgroupskip} with
+ \optval{nogroupskip}{false} for the \sty{glossary-longbooktabs}
+ styles}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: inline style
+ % \glsinlinenameformat
+ \gcmd{gls\-in\-line\-name\-format}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-inline} v3.03+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{name}}
+ \desc{creates the target for \toplevel\ entries and may be
+ used to adjust the format of the name}
+ }
+ % \glsinlinesubnameformat
+ \gcmd{gls\-in\-line\-sub\-name\-format}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-inline} v3.03+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{name}}
+ \desc{creates the target for sub entries and may be used to adjust the format of
+ the name}
+ }
+ % \glsinlinedescformat
+ \gcmd{gls\-in\-line\-desc\-format}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-inline} v3.03+}
+ \syntax{\margm{description}\margm{symbol}\margm{location list}}
+ \desc{formats the description, symbol and \idx{locationlist} for
+ top-level entries}
+ }
+ % \glsinlinesubdescformat
+ \gcmd{gls\-in\-line\-sub\-desc\-format}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-inline} v3.03+}
+ \syntax{\margm{description}\margm{symbol}\margm{location list}}
+ \desc{formats the description, symbol and \idx{locationlist} for
+ child entries}
+ }
+ % \glspostinline
+ \gcmd{gls\-post\-in\-line}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-inline} v3.03+}
+ \desc{used at the end of the \env{theglossary} environment}
+ }
+ % \glspostinlinedescformat
+ \gcmd{gls\-post\-in\-line\-desc\-format}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-inline} v3.03+}
+ \syntax{\margm{description}\margm{symbol}\margm{location list}}
+ \desc{formats the top-level entry's description, symbol and \idx{locationlist}}
+ }
+ % \glsinlineemptydescformat
+ \gcmd{gls\-in\-line\-empty\-desc\-format}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-inline} v3.03+}
+ \syntax{\margm{symbol}\margm{location list}}
+ \desc{used to format the symbol and \idx{locationlist} when the
+ description is suppressed}
+ }
+ % \glspostinlinesubdescformat
+ \gcmd{gls\-post\-in\-line\-sub\-desc\-format}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-inline} v3.03+}
+ \syntax{\margm{description}\margm{symbol}\margm{location list}}
+ \desc{formats the child entry's description, symbol and \idx{locationlist}}
+ }
+ % \glsinlinedopostchild
+ \gcmd{gls\-in\-line\-do\-post\-child}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-inline} v3.03+}
+ \desc{hook at the start of \gls{glossentry} that finishes off
+ the previous child entry, if the current \toplevel\ entry
+ follows a child entry. This command is redefined within
+ \gls{glossentry} to use \gls{glsinlinepostchild} after a
+ \toplevel\ entry if that entry has any children}
+ }
+ % \glsinlinepostchild
+ \gcmd{gls\-in\-line\-post\-child}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-inline} v3.03+}
+ \desc{hook used between a \toplevel\ entry and its first sub-entry}
+ }
+ % \glsinlineseparator
+ \gcmd{gls\-in\-line\-separator}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-inline} v3.03+}
+ \initval{;\gls{space}}
+ \desc{separator used between \toplevel\ entries}
+ }
+ % \glsinlinesubseparator
+ \gcmd{gls\-in\-line\-sub\-separator}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-inline} v3.03+}
+ \initval{,\gls{space}}
+ \desc{separator used between sub-entries}
+ }
+ % \glsinlineparentchildseparator
+ \gcmd{gls\-in\-line\-parent\-child\-separator}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-inline} v3.03+}
+ \initval{:\gls{space}}
+ \desc{separator used between a \toplevel\ parent and its first child entry}
+ }
+ % \glsinlineifhaschildren
+ \gcmd{gls\-in\-line\-if\-has\-child\-ren}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-inline} v4.50+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{used to test if the entry has any children}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: LOCATIONS
+ % \glsdisplaynumberlist
+ \gcmd{gls\-display\-number\-list}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.02+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{formats the \idx{locationlist} for the given entry.
+ Redefined by \sty{glossaries-extra-bib2gls} to obtain the
+ \idx{locationlist} from the \gloskey{location} field}
+ }
+ % \glsentrynumberlist
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-number\-list}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.02+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{displays the \idx{locationlist} for the given entry.
+ Redefined by \sty{glossaries-extra-bib2gls} to obtain the
+ \idx{locationlist} from the \gloskey{location} field}
+ }
+ % \glsnumlistsep
+ \gcmd{gls\-num\-list\-sep}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.02+}
+ \initval{,\sym{vbsp}}
+ \desc{separator used by \gls{glsdisplaynumberlist} between all
+ but the last two \locations}
+ }
+ % \glsnumlistlastsep
+ \gcmd{gls\-num\-list\-last\-sep}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.02+}
+ \initval{\sym{vbsp}\gls{cs.amp}\sym{vbsp}}
+ \desc{separator used by \gls{glsdisplaynumberlist} between
+ the last two \locations}
+ }
+ % \glsnoidxdisplayloc
+ \gcmd{gls\-no\-idx\-display\-loc}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{prefix}\margm{counter}\margm{format}\margm{location}}
+ \desc{used to display an individual location within the
+ \idx{numberlist} when \gls{printnoidxglossary} formats the
+ \idx{numberlist}}
+ }
+ % \glsnoidxloclist
+ \gcmd{gls\-no\-idx\-loc\-list}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{list cs}}
+ \desc{displays the \idx{locationlist} by iterating over the
+ \glosfield{loclist} field with the \gls{glsnoidxloclisthandler}
+ handler}
+ \note{\options{noidx,b2g}}
+ }
+ % \glsnoidxloclisthandler
+ \gcmd{gls\-no\-idx\-loc\-list\-handler}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{location}}
+ \desc{handler macro used by \gls{glsnoidxloclist}}
+ \note{\option{noidx}}
+ }
+ % \glsnoidxdisplayloclisthandler
+ \gcmd{gls\-no\-idx\-display\-loc\-list\-handler}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{location}}
+ \desc{handler macro used by \gls{glsdisplaynumberlist} with
+ \option{noidx}}
+ }
+ % \glsnoidxnumberlistloophandler
+ \gcmd{gls\-no\-idx\-number\-list\-loop\-handler}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{location item}}
+ \desc{list loop handler used by \gls{glsnumberlistloop}}
+ }
+ % \glsxtr<counter>locfmt
+ \gxtrcmdmeta{gls\-xtr}{counter}{loc\-fmt}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{location}\margm{title}}
+ \desc{if defined, used with \optval{record}{name} to format locations
+ associated with \meta{counter}}
+ }
+ % \glsnumberformat
+ \gcmd{gls\-number\-format}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{location(s)}}
+ \desc{the default \idxc{locationencap}{format} for \idxpl{entrylocation}. If
+ \idxpl{hyperlink} are defined, this will use \gls{glshypernumber}
+ otherwise it will simply display its argument, which may be a
+ single \location, or locations delimited by \gls{delimR} or
+ \gls{delimN}}
+ }
+ % \delimR
+ \gcmd{delimR}%
+ {%
+ \desc{used between the start and end of a \location\ \idx{range}}
+ }
+ % \delimN
+ \gcmd{delimN}%
+ {%
+ \desc{used as a separator between \locations}
+ }
+ % \setentrycounter
+ \gcmd{set\-entry\-counter}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{prefix}\margm{counter}}
+ \desc{sets up the hypertarget prefix and \idx{locationcounter}
+ for use with \gls{glshypernumber}}
+ }
+ % \glsentrycounter
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-counter}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \initval{\gls{glscounter}}
+ \desc{defined by \gls{setentrycounter} to its \meta{counter}
+ argument.}
+ }
+ % \glscounter
+ \gcmd{gls\-counter}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \initval{page}
+ \desc{the default counter as specified by the \opt{counter} option}
+ }
+ % \glshypernumber
+ \gcmd{gls\-hyper\-number}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{location(s)}}
+ \desc{this will encapsulate each \location\ with a \idx{hyperlink}, if
+ supported. This may be used as a \idx{locationencap}.
+ The argument may be a single location or locations
+ delimited by \gls{delimR} or \gls{delimN}. This command should
+ not be used outside of \idxpl{locationlist} as it
+ requires additional information in order to correctly form the
+ \idxpl{hyperlink}}
+ }
+ % \glsignore
+ \gcmd{gls\-ignore}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.12+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{does nothing. When used as a \idx{locationencap}, this
+ signifies to \app{bib2gls} that the entry is required but the
+ \location\ shouldn't be added to the \idx{locationlist}. With
+ other \idx{indexing} methods, this simply creates an invisible
+ \location}
+ }
+ % \hyperrm
+ \gcmd{hyper\-rm}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{location(s)}}
+ \desc{if \idxpl{hyperlink} are supported this does
+ \code{\cmd{textrm}\marg{\gls{glshypernumber}\margm{location(s)}}} otherwise it just
+ does \code{\cmd{textrm}\margm{location(s)}}}
+ }
+ % \hypersf
+ \gcmd{hyper\-sf}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{location(s)}}
+ \desc{if \idxpl{hyperlink} are supported this does
+ \code{\cmd{textsf}\marg{\gls{glshypernumber}\margm{location(s)}}} otherwise it just
+ does \code{\cmd{textsf}\margm{location(s)}}}
+ }
+ % \hypertt
+ \gcmd{hyper\-tt}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{location(s)}}
+ \desc{if \idxpl{hyperlink} are supported this does
+ \code{\cmd{texttt}\marg{\gls{glshypernumber}\margm{location(s)}}} otherwise it just
+ does \code{\cmd{texttt}\margm{location(s)}}}
+ }
+ % \hyperbf
+ \gcmd{hyper\-bf}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{location(s)}}
+ \desc{if \idxpl{hyperlink} are supported this does
+ \code{\cmd{textbf}\marg{\gls{glshypernumber}\margm{location(s)}}} otherwise it just
+ does \code{\cmd{textbf}\margm{location(s)}}}
+ }
+ % \hypermd
+ \gcmd{hyper\-md}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{location(s)}}
+ \desc{if \idxpl{hyperlink} are supported this does
+ \code{\cmd{textmd}\marg{\gls{glshypernumber}\margm{location(s)}}} otherwise it just
+ does \code{\cmd{textmd}\margm{location(s)}}}
+ }
+ % \hyperit
+ \gcmd{hyper\-it}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{location(s)}}
+ \desc{if \idxpl{hyperlink} are supported this does
+ \code{\cmd{textit}\marg{\gls{glshypernumber}\margm{location(s)}}} otherwise it just
+ does \code{\cmd{textit}\margm{location(s)}}}
+ }
+ % \hypersl
+ \gcmd{hyper\-sl}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{location(s)}}
+ \desc{if \idxpl{hyperlink} are supported this does
+ \code{\cmd{textsl}\marg{\gls{glshypernumber}\margm{location(s)}}} otherwise it just
+ does \code{\cmd{textsl}\margm{location(s)}}}
+ }
+ % \hyperup
+ \gcmd{hyper\-up}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{location(s)}}
+ \desc{if \idxpl{hyperlink} are supported this does
+ \code{\cmd{textup}\marg{\gls{glshypernumber}\margm{location(s)}}} otherwise it just
+ does \code{\cmd{textup}\margm{location(s)}}}
+ }
+ % \hypersc
+ \gcmd{hyper\-sc}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{location(s)}}
+ \desc{if \idxpl{hyperlink} are supported this does
+ \code{\cmd{textsc}\marg{\gls{glshypernumber}\margm{location(s)}}} otherwise it just
+ does \code{\cmd{textsc}\margm{location(s)}}}
+ }
+ % \hyperemph
+ \gcmd{hyper\-emph}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{location(s)}}
+ \desc{if \idxpl{hyperlink} are supported this does
+ \code{\cmd{emph}\marg{\gls{glshypernumber}\margm{location(s)}}} otherwise it just
+ does \code{\cmd{emph}\margm{location(s)}}}
+ }
+ % \glsnumberlistloop
+ \gcmd{glsnumberlistloop}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{handler}\margm{xr handler cs}}
+ \desc{iterates over the \glosfield{loclist} internal field}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: STANDALONE
+ % \glsxtrglossentry
+ \gcmd{gls\-xtr\-gloss\-entry}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.21+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{used for standalone entries to display the name with
+ \gls{glossentryname}, with appropriate hooks}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: LANGUAGE
+ % \ProvidesGlossariesLang
+ \gcmd{Provides\-Glos\-saries\-Lang}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.12+}
+ \syntax{\margm{language}\oargm{version}}
+ \desc{used at the start of a \sty{glossaries} language
+ definition file (\ext+{ldf}) to declare the file and version
+ details}
+ }
+ % \RequireGlossariesLang
+ \gcmd{Require\-Glos\-saries\-Lang}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.12+}
+ \syntax{\margm{language}}
+ \desc{indicates that
+ the language definition file (\ext{ldf}) corresponding to the given
+ language should be loaded, if it hasn't already been loaded}
+ }
+ % \glsifusedtranslatordict
+ \gcmd{gls\-if\-used\-trans\-lator\-dict}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.12+}
+ \syntax{\margm{Lang}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{does \meta{true} if \opteqvalref{translate}{true} and the
+ \file{glossaries-dictionary-Lang.dict} file has been loaded,
+ otherwise does \meta{false}}
+ }
+ % \addglossarytocaptions
+ \gcmd{add\-glos\-sary\-to\-captions}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{language}}
+ \desc{adds the redefinition of \gls{glossaryname} to
+ \gls{captionslanguage} if \sty{translator} has been loaded
+ (does nothing if \sty{translator} hasn't been loaded)}
+ }
+ % \glossaryname
+ \gcmd{glossary\-name}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \initval{Glossary}
+ \desc{provided by \sty{glossaries} if it hasn't already been
+ defined. Used as the default title for \idxpl{glossary} without a
+ specified title. May already be defined by a language package}
+ \note{language-sensitive}
+ }
+ % \acronymname
+ \gcmd{acronym\-name}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \initval{Acronyms}
+ \desc{provided by \sty{glossaries} if it hasn't already been
+ defined. Used as the default title for the \idx{glossary} created by
+ the \opt{acronyms} option}
+ \note{language-sensitive}
+ }
+ % \entryname
+ \gcmd{entry\-name}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \initval{Notation}
+ \desc{provided by \sty{glossaries} if it hasn't already been
+ defined. Used as a column header for some of the tabular-like
+ \idxpl{glossarystyle}}
+ \note{language-sensitive}
+ }
+ % \descriptionname
+ \gcmd{description\-name}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \initval{Description}
+ \desc{provided by \sty{glossaries} if it hasn't already been
+ defined. Used as a column header for some of the tabular-like
+ \idxpl{glossarystyle}}
+ \note{language-sensitive}
+ }
+ % \symbolname
+ \gcmd{symbol\-name}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \initval{Symbol}
+ \desc{provided by \sty{glossaries} if it hasn't already been
+ defined. Used as a column header for some of the tabular-like
+ \idxpl{glossarystyle}}
+ \note{language-sensitive}
+ }
+ % \pagelistname
+ \gcmd{page\-list\-name}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \initval{Page List}
+ \desc{provided by \sty{glossaries} if it hasn't already been
+ defined. Used as the \idx{pagelist} column header for some of the tabular-like
+ \idxpl{glossarystyle}}
+ \note{language-sensitive}
+ }
+ % \glssymbolsgroupname
+ \gcmd{gls\-symbols\-group\-name}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \initval{Symbols}
+ \desc{provided by \sty{glossaries} if it hasn't already been
+ defined. The title associated with the \code{glssymbols}
+ \idx{lettergroup}. Also used as the title for the \idx{glossary} created with
+ the \opt{symbols} package option}
+ \note{language-sensitive}
+ }
+ % \glsnumbersgroupname
+ \gcmd{gls\-numbers\-group\-name}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \initval{Numbers}
+ \desc{provided by \sty{glossaries} if it hasn't already been
+ defined. The title associated with the \code{glsnumbers}
+ \idx{lettergroup}. Also used as the title for the \idx{glossary} created with
+ the \opt{numbers} package option}
+ \note{language-sensitive}
+ }
+ % \<group-label>groupname
+ \gcmdmeta{}{group-label}{group\-name}{}
+ % \abbreviationsname
+ \gxtrcmd{abbre\-vi\-a\-tions\-name}%
+ {%
+ \initval{Abbreviations}%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \note{language-sensitive}
+ \desc{expands to the title of the \glostype{abbreviations} \idx{glossary}.
+ The default is \qt{Abbreviations} or \gls{acronymname} if \sty{babel}
+ has been detected}
+ }%
+ % \glspluralsuffix
+ \gcmd{gls\-plural\-suffix}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \initval{s}
+ \desc{suffix used to obtain default plurals}
+ }
+ % \acrpluralsuffix
+ \gcmd{acr\-plural\-suffix}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.12+}
+ \initval{\gls{glsacrpluralsuffix}}
+ \desc{suffix used in the default \gloskey{shortplural} value by \gls{newacronym}}
+ }
+ % \glsacrpluralsuffix
+ \gcmd{gls\-acr\-plural\-suffix}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.12+}
+ \initval{\gls{glspluralsuffix}}
+ \desc{short plural suffix, this command is changed by \idxpl{acronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \glsupacrpluralsuffix
+ \gcmd{gls\-up\-acr\-plural\-suffix}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.12+}
+ \desc{suffix used to obtain the default \gloskey{shortplural}
+ value with the base \idx{smallcaps} \idxpl{acronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \seename
+ \gcmd{see\-name}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \initval{see}
+ \desc{provided by \sty{glossaries} if it hasn't already been
+ defined. May already be defined by a language package}
+ \note{language-sensitive}
+ }
+ % \seealsoname
+ \gxtrcmd{see\-also\-name}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.16+}
+ \initval{see also}%
+ \note{language-sensitive}
+ \desc{used as a cross-reference tag. The default value is
+ \gls{alsoname}, if that command has been defined, or \qt{see also}}
+ }%
+ % \andname
+ \gcmd{and\-name}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \initval{\gls{cs.amp}}
+ \desc{provided by \sty{glossaries} if it hasn't already been defined}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: PREFIXES (glossaries-prefix.sty)
+ % \glsprefixsep
+ \gcmd{gls\-pre\-fix\-sep}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-prefix} v4.45}
+ \initvalempty
+ \desc{separator between the prefix and the term}
+ }
+ % \pgls
+ \gcmdsp{pgls}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-prefix} v3.14a+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{similar to \gls{gls} but inserts the appropriate prefix,
+ if provided}
+ }
+ % \Pgls
+ \gcmdsp{Pgls}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-prefix} v3.14a+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{pgls} but \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \PGLS
+ \gcmdsp{PGLS}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-prefix} v3.14a+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{pgls} but \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \pglspl
+ \gcmdsp{pgls\-pl}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-prefix} v3.14a+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{similar to \gls{glspl} but inserts the appropriate prefix,
+ if provided}
+ }
+ % \Pglspl
+ \gcmdsp{Pgls\-pl}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-prefix} v3.14a+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{pgls} but \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \PGLSpl
+ \gcmdsp{PGLS\-pl}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-prefix} v3.14a+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{pgls} but \idx{allcaps}}
+ }
+ % \ifglshasprefix
+ \gcmd{if\-gls\-has\-prefix}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-prefix} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{expands to \meta{true} if the \gloskey{prefix} field is
+non-empty}
+ }
+ % \ifglshasprefixplural
+ \gcmd{if\-gls\-has\-prefix\-plural}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-prefix} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{expands to \meta{true} if the \gloskey{prefixplural} field is
+non-empty}
+ }
+ % \ifglshasprefixfirst
+ \gcmd{if\-gls\-has\-prefix\-first}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-prefix} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{expands to \meta{true} if the \gloskey{prefixfirst} field is
+non-empty}
+ }
+ % \ifglshasprefixfirstplural
+ \gcmd{if\-gls\-has\-prefix\-first\-plural}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-prefix} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{expands to \meta{true} if the \gloskey{prefixfirstplural} field is
+non-empty}
+ }
+ % \glsentryprefix
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-prefix}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-prefix} v3.14a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{expands to the value of the \gloskey{prefix} field}
+ }
+ % \glsentryprefixfirst
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-prefix\-first}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-prefix} v3.14a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{expands to the value of the \gloskey{prefixfirst} field}
+ }
+ % \glsentryprefixplural
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-prefix\-plural}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-prefix} v3.14a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{expands to the value of the \gloskey{prefixplural} field}
+ }
+ % \glsentryprefixfirstplural
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-prefix\-first\-plural}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-prefix} v3.14a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{expands to the value of the \gloskey{prefixfirstplural} field}
+ }
+ % \Glsentryprefix
+ \gcmd{Gls\-entry\-prefix}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-prefix} v3.14a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsentryprefix} but \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \Glsentryprefixplural
+ \gcmd{Gls\-entry\-prefix\-plural}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-prefix} v3.14a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsentryprefixplural} but \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \Glsentryprefixfirst
+ \gcmd{Gls\-entry\-prefix\-first}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-prefix} v3.14a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsentryprefixfirst} but \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \Glsentryprefixfirstplural
+ \gcmd{Gls\-entry\-prefix\-first\-plural}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-prefix} v3.14a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsentryprefixfirstplural} but \idx{sentencecase}}
+ }
+ % \pglsxtrshort
+ \gxtrcmdsp{pgls\-xtr\-short}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.49+}
+ \note{requires \sty{glossaries-prefix}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{glsxtrshort} but inserts the \gloskey{prefix}
+ field and separator in front if set}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: ACCESSIBILITY (glossaries-accsupp.sty)
+ % \gls<field-label>accsupp
+ \gxtrcmdmeta{gls}{field-label}{acc\-supp}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{replacement}\margm{content}}
+ \desc{if defined, used by \gls{glsfieldaccsupp} for the accessibility support
+ for the \idx{internalfieldlabel} given by \meta{field-label}}
+ }
+ % \glsxtr<category><field>accsupp
+ \gxtrcmdmetameta{gls\-xtr}{category}{}{field}{acc\-supp}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{replacement}\margm{content}}
+ \desc{if defined, used by \gls{glsfieldaccsupp} for the accessibility support
+ for the category identified by \meta{category} and the
+ \idx{internalfieldlabel} given by \meta{field}}
+ }
+ % \glsxtr<category>accsupp
+ \gxtrcmdmeta{gls\-xtr}{category}{acc\-supp}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{replacement}\margm{content}}
+ \desc{if defined, used by \gls{glsfieldaccsupp} for the accessibility support
+ for the category identified by \meta{category}}
+ }
+ % \glsfieldaccsupp
+ \gcmd{gls\-field\-acc\-supp}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{replacement}\margm{content}\margm{field-label}\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{if \sty{glossaries-extra} has been loaded, this command
+ will first check for the existence of the command
+ \gls{glsxtrcategoryfieldaccsupp}. If that command doesn't
+ exist or if \sty{glossaries-extra} hasn't been loaded, it then
+ checks for the existence of \csfmt{gls\meta{field}accsupp} (for
+ example, \gls{glsshortaccsupp}).
+ Failing that it will use \gls{glsaccsupp}. Whichever command is
+ found first, \code{\meta{cs}\margm{replacement}\margm{content}}
+ is performed.}
+ }
+ % \glsaccsupp
+ \gcmd{gls\-acc\-supp}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{replacement}\margm{content}}
+ \desc{applies \meta{replacement} as the ActualText for
+ \meta{content} using \gls{glsaccessibility}}
+ }
+ % \glsdefaultshortaccess
+ \gcmd{gls\-default\-short\-access}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{long}\margm{short}}
+ \desc{the default value for the \gloskey{shortaccess} key when
+ defining \idxpl{acronym} with \gls{newacronym}}
+ }
+ % \glsshortaccsupp
+ \gcmd{gls\-short\-acc\-supp}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{replacement}\margm{content}}
+ \desc{applies \meta{replacement} as the expansion (E)
+ \idxc{accessattr}{attribute} for
+ \meta{content} using \gls{glsaccessibility} for the \gloskey{short} field}
+ }
+ % \glsshortplaccsupp
+ \gcmd{gls\-short\-pl\-acc\-supp}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{replacement}\margm{content}}
+ \desc{applies \meta{replacement} as the expansion (E)
+ \idxc{accessattr}{attribute} for
+ \meta{content} using \gls{glsaccessibility} for the \gloskey{shortplural} field}
+ }
+ % \glsaccessibility
+ \gcmd{gls\-ac\-ces\-si\-bil\-ity}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{PDF element}\margm{value}\margm{content}}
+ \desc{applies \meta{value} as the \idx{accessattr}
+ \meta{PDF element} for the given \meta{content}. This
+ internally uses the accessibility support provided by \sty{accsupp}}
+ }
+ % \gls@accsupp@engine
+ \gcmd{gls\-@\-acc\-supp\-@\-engine}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp} v4.45+}
+ \initval{accsupp}
+ \desc{expands to the accessibility support engine. This command
+ may be defined before \sty{glossaries-accsupp} is loaded}
+ }
+ % \gls@accessibility
+ \gcmd{gls\-@\-ac\-ces\-si\-bil\-ity}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{options}\margm{PDF element}\margm{value}\margm{content}}
+ \desc{used by \gls{glsaccessibility} to provide the
+ accessibility support}
+ }
+ % \glsnameaccessdisplay
+ \gcmd{gls\-name\-access\-display}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{does \meta{text} with the \gloskey{access} replacement
+ text (if set)}
+ }
+ % \glstextaccessdisplay
+ \gcmd{gls\-text\-access\-display}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{does \meta{text} with the \gloskey{textaccess} replacement
+ text (if set)}
+ }
+ % \glspluralaccessdisplay
+ \gcmd{gls\-plural\-access\-display}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{does \meta{text} with the \gloskey{pluralaccess} replacement
+ text (if set)}
+ }
+ % \glsfirstaccessdisplay
+ \gcmd{gls\-first\-access\-display}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{does \meta{text} with the \gloskey{firstaccess} replacement
+ text (if set)}
+ }
+ % \glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay
+ \gcmd{gls\-first\-plural\-access\-display}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{does \meta{text} with the \gloskey{firstpluralaccess} replacement
+ text (if set)}
+ }
+ % \glssymbolaccessdisplay
+ \gcmd{gls\-symbol\-access\-display}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{does \meta{text} with the \gloskey{symbolaccess} replacement
+ text (if set)}
+ }
+ % \glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay
+ \gcmd{gls\-symbol\-plural\-access\-display}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{does \meta{text} with the \gloskey{symbolpluralaccess} replacement
+ text (if set)}
+ }
+ % \glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
+ \gcmd{gls\-description\-access\-display}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{does \meta{text} with the \gloskey{descriptionaccess} replacement
+ text (if set)}
+ }
+ % \glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay
+ \gcmd{gls\-description\-plural\-access\-display}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{does \meta{text} with the \gloskey{descriptionpluralaccess} replacement
+ text (if set)}
+ }
+ % \glsshortaccessdisplay
+ \gcmd{gls\-short\-access\-display}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{does \meta{text} with the \gloskey{shortaccess} replacement
+ text (if set)}
+ }
+ % \glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ \gcmd{gls\-short\-plural\-access\-display}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{does \meta{text} with the \gloskey{shortpluralaccess} replacement
+ text (if set)}
+ }
+ % \glslongaccessdisplay
+ \gcmd{gls\-long\-access\-display}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{does \meta{text} with the \gloskey{longaccess} replacement
+ text (if set)}
+ }
+ % \glslongpluralaccessdisplay
+ \gcmd{gls\-long\-plural\-access\-display}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{does \meta{text} with the \gloskey{longpluralaccess} replacement
+ text (if set)}
+ }
+ % \glsuseriaccessdisplay
+ \gcmd{gls\-user\-i\-access\-display}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{does \meta{text} with the \gloskey{user1access} replacement
+ text (if set)}
+ }
+ % \glsuseriiaccessdisplay
+ \gcmd{gls\-user\-ii\-access\-display}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{does \meta{text} with the \gloskey{user2access} replacement
+ text (if set)}
+ }
+ % \glsuseriiiaccessdisplay
+ \gcmd{gls\-user\-iii\-access\-display}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{does \meta{text} with the \gloskey{user3access} replacement
+ text (if set)}
+ }
+ % \glsuserivaccessdisplay
+ \gcmd{gls\-user\-iv\-access\-display}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{does \meta{text} with the \gloskey{user4access} replacement
+ text (if set)}
+ }
+ % \glsuservaccessdisplay
+ \gcmd{gls\-user\-v\-access\-display}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{does \meta{text} with the \gloskey{user5access} replacement
+ text (if set)}
+ }
+ % \glsuserviaccessdisplay
+ \gcmd{gls\-user\-vi\-access\-display}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{does \meta{text} with the \gloskey{user6access} replacement
+ text (if set)}
+ }
+ % \glsentryaccess
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-access}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{expands to the value of the \gloskey{access} field}
+ }
+ % \glsentrytextaccess
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-text\-access}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{expands to the value of the \gloskey{textaccess} field}
+ }
+ % \glsentryfirstaccess
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-first\-access}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{expands to the value of the \gloskey{firstaccess} field}
+ }
+ % \glsentrypluralaccess
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-plural\-access}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{expands to the value of the \gloskey{pluralaccess} field}
+ }
+ % \glsentryfirstpluralaccess
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-first\-plural\-access}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{expands to the value of the \gloskey{firstpluralaccess} field}
+ }
+ % \glsentrysymbolaccess
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-symbol\-access}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{expands to the value of the \gloskey{symbolaccess} field}
+ }
+ % \glsentrysymbolpluralaccess
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-symbol\-plural\-access}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{expands to the value of the \gloskey{symbolpluralaccess} field}
+ }
+ % \glsentrydescaccess
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-desc\-access}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{expands to the value of the \glosfield{descaccess} field}
+ }
+ % \glsentrydescpluralaccess
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-desc\-plural\-access}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{expands to the value of the \glosfield{descpluralaccess} field}
+ }
+ % \glsentryshortaccess
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-short\-access}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{expands to the value of the \gloskey{shortaccess} field}
+ }
+ % \glsentryshortpluralaccess
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-short\-plural\-access}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{expands to the value of the \gloskey{shortpluralaccess} field}
+ }
+ % \glsentrylongaccess
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-long\-access}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{expands to the value of the \gloskey{longaccess} field}
+ }
+ % \glsentrylongpluralaccess
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-long\-plural\-access}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{expands to the value of the \gloskey{longpluralaccess} field}
+ }
+ % \glsentryuseriaccess
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-user\-i\-access}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{expands to the value of the \gloskey{user1access} field}
+ }
+ % \glsentryuseriiaccess
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-user\-ii\-access}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{expands to the value of the \gloskey{user2access} field}
+ }
+ % \glsentryuseriiiaccess
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-user\-iii\-access}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{expands to the value of the \gloskey{user3access} field}
+ }
+ % \glsentryuserivaccess
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-user\-iv\-access}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{expands to the value of the \gloskey{user4access} field}
+ }
+ % \glsentryuservaccess
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-user\-v\-access}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{expands to the value of the \gloskey{user5access} field}
+ }
+ % \glsentryuserviaccess
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-user\-vi\-access}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{expands to the value of the \gloskey{user6access} field}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: ACCESSIBILITY - extra
+ % \glsaccessname
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-access\-name}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{if accessibility support was enabled when
+ \sty{glossaries-extra} was loaded (\opt{accsupp}) this will
+ display the value of the \gloskey{name} key with the accessibility
+ support enabled for that key (\gloskey{access}). If there is no accessibility
+ support, this just uses \gls{glsentryname}}
+ }
+ % \glsaccesslong
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-access\-long}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{if accessibility support was enabled when
+ \sty{glossaries-extra} was loaded (\opt{accsupp}) this will
+ display the value of the \gloskey{long} key with the accessibility
+ support enabled for that key (\gloskey{longaccess}). If there is
+ no accessibility support, this just uses \gls{glsentrylong}}
+ }
+ % \Glsaccesslong
+ \gxtrcmd{Gls\-access\-long}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{the \idx{sentencecase} version of \gls{glsaccesslong}}
+ }
+ % \glsaccesslongpl
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-access\-longpl}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{if accessibility support was enabled when
+ \sty{glossaries-extra} was loaded (\opt{accsupp}) this will
+ display the value of the \gloskey{longplural} key with the accessibility
+ support enabled for that key (\gloskey{longpluralaccess}). If there is
+ no accessibility support, this just uses \gls{glsentrylongpl}}
+ }
+ % \Glsaccesslongpl
+ \gxtrcmd{Gls\-access\-longpl}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{the \idx{sentencecase} version of \gls{glsaccesslongpl}}
+ }
+ % \glsaccessshort
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-access\-short}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{if accessibility support was enabled when
+ \sty{glossaries-extra} was loaded (\opt{accsupp}) this will
+ display the value of the \gloskey{short} key with the accessibility
+ support enabled for that key (\gloskey{shortaccess}). If there is
+ no accessibility support, this just uses \gls{glsentryshort}}
+ }
+ % \glsaccessshortpl
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-access\-shortpl}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{if accessibility support was enabled when
+ \sty{glossaries-extra} was loaded (\opt{accsupp}) this will
+ display the value of the \gloskey{shortplural} key with the accessibility
+ support enabled for that key (\gloskey{shortpluralaccess}). If there is
+ no accessibility support, this just uses \gls{glsentryshortpl}}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: DEBUGGING
+ % \glsshowtarget
+ \gcmd{gls\-show\-target}%
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.32+}
+ \syntax{\margm{target name}}
+ \desc{used with \opteqvalref{debug}{showtargets} to show the target}
+ }
+ % \glsshowtargetinner
+ \gcmd{gls\-show\-target\-inner}%
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+}
+ \syntax{\margm{target name}}
+ \desc{used by \gls{glsshowtarget} in \idx{mathmode} and inner mode}
+ }
+ % \glsshowtargetfonttext
+ \gcmd{gls\-show\-target\-font\-text}%
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{used by \gls{glsshowtargetinner} to set the font}
+ }
+ % \glsshowtargetfont
+ \gcmd{gls\-show\-target\-font}%
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.45+}
+ \initval{\csfmt{ttfamily}\csfmt{footnotesize}}
+ \desc{used by \gls{glsshowtargetfonttext} and
+ \gls{glsshowtargetouter} to set the font}
+ }
+ % \glsshowtargetouter
+ \gcmd{gls\-show\-target\-outer}%
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{target name}}
+ \desc{used by \gls{glsshowtarget} in outer mode}
+ }
+ % \glsshowtargetsymbol
+ \gcmd{gls\-show\-target\-symbol}%
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{target name}}
+ \desc{used by \gls{glsshowtargetouter} to mark the target}
+ }
+ % \glsshowaccsupp
+ \gcmd{gls\-show\-acc\-supp}%
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{options}\margm{PDF element}\margm{value}}
+ \desc{used by \gls{glsshowtarget} in outer mode}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: OTHER
+ % \glspatchtabularx
+ \gcmd{gls\-patch\-tab\-u\-larx}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.28+}
+ \desc{patches \sty{tabularx} (if it has been loaded) to prevent
+ the \idx{firstuseflag} from being unset while \env{tabularx} is
+ calculating the column widths}
+ }
+ % \GlsXtrSetField
+ \gxtrcmd{Gls\-Xtr\-Set\-Field}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.12+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{field-label}\margm{value}}
+ \desc{assigns \meta{value} to the field identified by its
+ \idxc{internalfieldlabel}{internal label} \meta{field-label}
+ for the entry identified by \meta{entry-label}. An error (or
+ warning with \optval{undefaction}{warn}) occurs
+ if the entry hasn't been defined}
+ }
+ % \xGlsXtrSetField
+ \gxtrcmd{xGls\-Xtr\-Set\-Field}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.12+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{field-label}\margm{value}}
+ \desc{as \gls{GlsXtrSetField} but expands the value and uses a
+ global assignment}
+ }
+ % \glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-Find\-Widest\-Used\-Top\-Level\-Name}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods} v1.05+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{glossary labels}}
+ \desc{finds and sets the widest name for all top-level entries
+ that have been marked as \idxc{firstuseflag}{used} in the given \idxpl{glossary}}
+ }
+ % \glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-Find\-Widest\-Used\-Level\-Two}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods} v1.05+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{glossary labels}}
+ \desc{finds and sets the widest name for all entries
+ that have been marked as \idxc{firstuseflag}{used} with
+ \idx{hierarchicallevel} less than or equal to 2 in the given \idxpl{glossary}}
+ }
+ % \glsdefpostdesc
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-def\-post\-desc}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.31+}
+ \syntax{\margm{category}\margm{definition}}
+ \desc{defines \idx{postdeschook} associated with the category
+ identified by the label \meta{category}}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrbookindexname
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-book\-index\-name}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossary-bookindex} v1.21+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{used by the \glostyle{bookindex} style to display a
+ top-level entry's name}
+ }
+ % \glossentrynameother
+ \gxtrcmd{gloss\-entry\-name\-other}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.22+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{field-label}}
+ \desc{behaves like \gls{glossentryname} but uses the given field
+ (identified by its \idxc{internalfieldlabel}{internal label})
+ instead of \gloskey{name}}
+ }
+ % \glslongfont
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-long\-font}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{font formatting command for the long form, initialised by
+ the abbreviation style}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrfullsep
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-full\-sep}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{Separator used by the parenthetical inline full
+ and also for some display full forms}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrparen
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-paren}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{used to encapsulate \meta{text} in parentheses}
+ }
+ % \glsabbrvfont
+ \gcmd{gls\-abbrv\-font}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{font formatting command for the short form, initialised by
+ the abbreviation style}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrfootnotedescsort
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-foot\-note\-desc\-sort}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.42+}
+ \desc{expands to the sort value for footnote styles like
+ \abbrstyle{short-footnote-desc}}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrabbrvfootnote
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-abbrv\-foot\-note}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.07+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{text}}
+ \desc{command that produces the footnote for the footnote
+ abbreviation styles, such as \abbrstyle{footnote}
+ and \abbrstyle{postfootnote}}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrfootnotedescname
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-foot\-note\-desc\-name}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.42+}
+ \desc{expands to the name value for styles like
+ \abbrstyle{short-footnote-desc}}
+ }
+ % \glsfirstabbrvscfont
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-first\-abbrv\-sc\-font}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{short form font used by the \idx{smallcaps} \qt{sc} abbreviation
+ styles on \idx{firstuse}}
+ }
+ % \Glsfmtlong
+ \gxtrcmd{Gls\-fmt\-long}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{for use within captions or section titles to display the
+ formatted \idx{sentencecase} long form}
+ }
+ % \glsfmtshort
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-fmt\-short}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{for use within captions or section titles to display the
+ formatted short form}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrdopostpunc
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-do\-post\-punc}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.49+}
+ \syntax{\margm{code}\meta{token}}
+ \desc{if \meta{token} is a recognised punctuation character
+ this does the punctuation character and then \meta{code},
+ otherwise if does \meta{code} followed by \meta{token}}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrinlinefullformat
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-in\-line\-full\-format}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{insert}}
+ \desc{used by \gls{glsxtrfull} to display the inline full
+ form (defined by the abbreviation style)}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrinlinefullplformat
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-in\-line\-full\-pl\-format}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{insert}}
+ \desc{used by \gls{glsxtrfullpl} to display the plural inline
+full
+ form (defined by the abbreviation style)}
+ }
+ % \Glsxtrinlinefullformat
+ \gxtrcmd{Gls\-xtr\-in\-line\-full\-format}
+ {
+ %\providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.0+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{insert}}
+ \desc{used by \gls{Glsxtrfull} to display the
+\idx{sentencecase} inline full
+ form (defined by the abbreviation style)}
+ }
+ % \Glsxtrinlinefullplformat
+ \gxtrcmd{Gls\-xtr\-in\-line\-full\-pl\-format}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{insert}}
+ \desc{used by \gls{Glsxtrfullpl} to display the plural \idx{sentencecase}
+ inline full form (defined by the abbreviation style)}
+ }
+ % \glsfirstlongfootnotefont
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-first\-long\-foot\-note\-font}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.05+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{formatting command for the \idx{firstuse} long form
+ used by the footnote abbreviation styles}
+ }
+ % \ifglsxtrinsertinside
+ \gxtrcmd{if\-gls\-xtr\-insert\-inside}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.02}
+ \initval{\csfmt{iffalse}}
+ \syntax{\conditionsyntax}
+ \desc{a conditional used by the predefined abbreviation styles to determine
+ whether the \meta{insert} part should go inside or outside of the style's font
+ formatting commands}
+ }
+ % \glscategory
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-category}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{expands to the entry's category}
+ }
+ % \glssetcategoryattribute
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-set\-category\-attribute}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\margm{category}\margm{attribute}\margm{value}}
+ \desc{locally sets the given \idxc{categoryattribute}{attribute}
+ to \meta{value} for the given category}
+ }
+ % \bibglsdelimN
+ \gxtrcmd{bib\-gls\-delimN}
+ {
+ \providedby{\app{bib2gls}}
+ \initval{\gls{delimN}}
+ \desc{delimiter used between \locations\ in the \idx{locationlist},
+ except for the last pair}
+ }
+ % \bibglslastDelimN
+ \gxtrcmd{bib\-gls\-last\-DelimN}
+ {
+ \providedby{\app{bib2gls}}
+ \initval{\gls{delimN}}
+ \desc{delimiter used between the last pair of \locations\ in the \idx{locationlist}}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrGeneralLatinAtoGrules
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-General\-Latin\-A\-to\-G\-rules}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra-bib2gls} v1.49+}
+ \desc{expands to the A--G subset of General Latin I sort rules}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrGeneralLatinNtoZrules
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-General\-Latin\-N\-to\-Z\-rules}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra-bib2gls} v1.49+}
+ \desc{expands to the N--Z subset of General Latin I sort rules}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrIgnorableRules
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-Ignorable\-Rules}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra-bib2gls} v1.49+}
+ \desc{a shortcut that expands to the control rules, space rules
+ and non-printable rules}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrGeneralInitRules
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-General\-Init\-Rules}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra-bib2gls} v1.49+}
+ \desc{a shortcut that expands to the ignorable rules,
+ combining diacritic rules, hyphen rules, general punctuation
+ rules, digit rules, and fraction rules}
+ }
+ % \GlsXtrIfFieldEqNum
+ \gxtrcmds{Gls\-Xtr\-If\-Field\-Eq\-Num}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.31+}
+ \syntax{\margm{field-label}\margm{entry-label}\margm{number}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{compares the numeric value stored in the given field with
+ \meta{number}}
+ }
+ % \GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero
+ \gxtrcmds{Gls\-Xtr\-If\-Field\-Non\-Zero}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.31+}
+ \syntax{\margm{field-label}\margm{entry-label}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{tests if the numeric value stored in the given field is non-zero}
+ }
+ % \GlsXtrIfFieldEqStr
+ \gxtrcmds{Gls\-Xtr\-If\-Field\-Eq\-Str}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.21+}
+ \syntax{\margm{field-label}\margm{entry-label}\margm{value}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{tests if the entry given by \meta{entry-label} has the
+ \idx{field} identified by its \idxc{internalfieldlabel}{internal label}
+ \meta{field-label} set to \meta{value}}
+ }
+ % \GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr
+ \gxtrcmds{Gls\-Xtr\-If\-Xp\-Field\-Eq\-Xp\-Str}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.31+}
+ \syntax{\margm{field-label}\margm{entry-label}\margm{value}\margm{true}\margm{false}}
+ \desc{like \gls{GlsXtrIfFieldEqStr} but first (protected) expands
+ both the field value and the supplied \meta{value}}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrfieldforlistloop
+ \gxtrcmd{gls\-xtr\-field\-for\-list\-loop}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.12+}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{field}\margm{handler-cs}}
+ \desc{iterates over the given field's value using
+ \sty{etoolbox}['s] \gls{forlistcsloop}}
+ }
+ % \glssentencecase
+ \gcmd{gls\-sentence\-case}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+ \& \sty{glossaries-extra} v1.49+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{used by \idx{sentencecase} commands, such as \gls{Gls}, to
+ perform the \idx{casechange}. This is simply defined to use
+ \gls{makefirstuc}}
+ }
+ % \glscapitalisewords
+ \gcmd{gls\-capitalise\-words}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.48+}
+ \syntax{\margm{content}}
+ \desc{just does \gls{capitalisewords} but may be redefined to
+ use \gls{capitalisefmtwords}, if required}
+ }
+ % \glsentrytitlecase
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-title\-case}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}\margm{field}}
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.22+}
+ \desc{applies \idx+{titlecase} to the given field using
+ \gls{glscapitalisewords} or \idx{sentencecase} in \idxpl{PDFbookmark}}
+ }
+ % \glslowercase
+ \gcmd{gls\-lower\-case}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{converts \meta{text} to \idx+{lowercase} using the modern \LaTeX3
+ \casechanging\ command, which is expandable}
+ }
+ % \glsuppercase
+ \gcmd{gls\-upper\-case}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{converts \meta{text} to \idx+{uppercase} using the modern \LaTeX3
+ \casechanging\ command, which is expandable}
+ }
+ % COMMANDS: DEPRECATED
+ % \glsifhyper
+ \gcmd{gls\-if\-hyper}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \desc{this was originally used in \gls{glsgenentryfmt} to test
+ if the \glsopt{hyper} option was set. Deprecated in v4.08 and
+ removed in v4.50. Use \gls{glsifhyperon} instead}
+ }
+ % \glsdisplayfirst
+ \gcmd{gls\-display\-first}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \desc{this was originally used to format the way the
+ \idx{linktext} was displayed on \idx{firstuse} by the \gls{glslike}
+ commands. Deprecated in v3.11a and removed in v4.50. Use
+ rollback if backward-compatibility required, but it's better to
+ switch to \gls{glsentryfmt}}
+ }
+ % \glsdisplay
+ \gcmd{gls\-display}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \desc{this was originally used to format the way the
+ \idx{linktext} was displayed on \idx{firstuse} by the \gls{glslike}
+ commands. Deprecated in v3.11a and removed in v4.50. Use
+ rollback if backward-compatibility required, but it's better to
+ switch to \gls{glsentryfmt}}
+ }
+ % \defglsdisplay
+ \gcmd{def\-gls\-display}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \desc{this was originally used to define a format the way the
+ \idx{linktext} was displayed on \idx{firstuse} by the \gls{glslike}
+ commands. Deprecated in v3.11a and removed in v4.50. Use
+ rollback if backward-compatibility required, but it's better to
+ switch to \gls{defglsentryfmt}}
+ }
+ % \defglsdisplayfirst
+ \gcmd{def\-gls\-display\-first}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \desc{this was originally used to define a format the way the
+ \idx{linktext} was displayed on \idx{firstuse} by the \gls{glslike}
+ commands. Deprecated in v3.11a and removed in v4.50. Use
+ rollback if backward-compatibility required, but it's better to
+ switch to \gls{defglsentryfmt}}
+ }
+ % \SetAcronymStyle
+ \gcmd{Set\-Acronym\-Style}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04}
+ \desc{deprecated with the introduction of \gls{setacronymstyle}.
+ Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility
+ required or use \gls{setacronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \SetCustomStyle
+ \gcmd{Set\-Custom\-Style}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.06}
+ \desc{deprecated with the introduction of \gls{setacronymstyle}.
+ Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility
+ required or use \gls{newacronymstyle} and \gls{setacronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \SetDefaultAcronymStyle
+ \gcmd{Set\-Default\-Acronym\-Style}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04}
+ \desc{deprecated with the introduction of \gls{setacronymstyle}.
+ Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility
+ required or use \code{\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{long-short}}}}
+ }
+ % \DefaultNewAcronymDef
+ \gcmd{Default\-New\-Acronym\-Def}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{deprecated with the introduction of \gls{setacronymstyle}.
+ Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility
+ required or use \gls{setacronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \CustomNewAcronymDef
+ \gcmd{Custom\-New\-Acronym\-Def}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.06}
+ \desc{deprecated with the introduction of \gls{setacronymstyle}.
+ Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility
+ required or use \gls{newacronymstyle} and \gls{setacronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \CustomAcronymFields
+ \gcmd{Custom\-Acronym\-Fields}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.06}
+ \desc{deprecated with the introduction of \gls{setacronymstyle}.
+ Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility
+ required or use \gls{newacronymstyle} and \gls{setacronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \SetDUAStyle
+ \gcmd{Set\-DUA\-Style}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{deprecated with the introduction of \gls{setacronymstyle}.
+ Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility
+ required or use \gls{newacronymstyle} and \gls{setacronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \SetDescriptionFootnoteAcronymDisplayStyle
+ \gcmd{Set\-Description\-Foot\-note\-Acronym\-Display\-Style}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{deprecated with the introduction of \gls{setacronymstyle}.
+ Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility
+ required or use \gls{setacronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \DescriptionFootnoteNewAcronymDef
+ \gcmd{Description\-Foot\-note\-New\-Acronym\-Def}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{deprecated with the introduction of \gls{setacronymstyle}.
+ Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility
+ required or use \gls{setacronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \SetDescriptionFootnoteAcronymStyle
+ \gcmd{Set\-Description\-Footnote\-Acronym\-Style}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{deprecated with the introduction of \gls{setacronymstyle}.
+ Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility
+ required or use \gls{setacronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \SetDescriptionDUAAcronymDisplayStyle
+ \gcmd{Set\-Description\-DUA\-Acronym\-Display\-Style}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{deprecated with the introduction of \gls{setacronymstyle}.
+ Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility
+ required or use \gls{setacronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \DescriptionDUANewAcronymDef
+ \gcmd{Description\-DUA\-New\-Acronym\-Def}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{deprecated with the introduction of \gls{setacronymstyle}.
+ Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility
+ required or use \gls{setacronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \SetDescriptionDUAAcronymStyle
+ \gcmd{Set\-Description\-DUA\-Acronym\-Style}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{deprecated with the introduction of \gls{setacronymstyle}.
+ Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility
+ required or use \gls{setacronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \SetDescriptionAcronymDisplayStyle
+ \gcmd{Set\-Description\-Acronym\-Display\-Style}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{deprecated with the introduction of \gls{setacronymstyle}.
+ Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility
+ required or use \gls{setacronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \DescriptionNewAcronymDef
+ \gcmd{Description\-New\-Acronym\-Def}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{deprecated with the introduction of \gls{setacronymstyle}.
+ Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility
+ required or use \gls{setacronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \SetDescriptionAcronymStyle
+ \gcmd{Set\-Description\-Acronym\-Style}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{deprecated with the introduction of \gls{setacronymstyle}.
+ Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility
+ required or use \gls{setacronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \SetFootnoteAcronymDisplayStyle
+ \gcmd{Set\-Footnote\-Acronym\-Display\-Style}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{deprecated with the introduction of \gls{setacronymstyle}.
+ Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility
+ required or use \gls{setacronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \FootnoteNewAcronymDef
+ \gcmd{Foot\-note\-New\-Acronym\-Def}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{deprecated with the introduction of \gls{setacronymstyle}.
+ Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility
+ required or use \gls{setacronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \SetFootnoteAcronymStyle
+ \gcmd{Set\-Footnote\-Acronym\-Style}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{deprecated with the introduction of \gls{setacronymstyle}.
+ Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility
+ required or use \gls{setacronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \SetSmallAcronymDisplayStyle
+ \gcmd{Set\-Small\-Acronym\-Display\-Style}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{deprecated with the introduction of \gls{setacronymstyle}.
+ Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility
+ required or use \gls{setacronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \SmallNewAcronymDef
+ \gcmd{Small\-New\-Acronym\-Def}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{deprecated with the introduction of \gls{setacronymstyle}.
+ Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility
+ required or use \gls{setacronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \SetSmallAcronymStyle
+ \gcmd{Set\-Small\-Acronym\-Style}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{deprecated with the introduction of \gls{setacronymstyle}.
+ Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility
+ required or use \gls{setacronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \SetDUADisplayStyle
+ \gcmd{Set\-DUA\-Display\-Style}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{deprecated with the introduction of \gls{setacronymstyle}.
+ Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility
+ required or use \gls{setacronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \DUANewAcronymDef
+ \gcmd{DUA\-New\-Acronym\-Def}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{deprecated with the introduction of \gls{setacronymstyle}.
+ Removed in v4.50. Use rollback if backward-compatibility
+ required or use \gls{setacronymstyle}}
+ }
+ % \acrlinkfullformat
+ \gcmd{acr\-link\-full\-format}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{internal long cs}\margm{internal short
+ cs}\margm{options}\margm{entry-label}\margm{insert}}
+ \desc{deprecated with the introduction of \gls{setacronymstyle}
+ but used in the initial definition of commands like
+ \gls{acrfullfmt} before they are redefined by the
+ \idx{acronymstyle}. This may be removed in a future release}
+ }
+ % \acrfullformat
+ \gcmd{acr\-full\-format}
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{long text}\margm{short text}}
+ \desc{deprecated with the introduction of \gls{setacronymstyle}
+ but used in the initial definition of commands like
+ \gls{glsentryfmt} before they are redefined by the
+ \idx{acronymstyle}. This may be removed in a future release}
+ }
+ % OPTIONS
+ % print*glossary options
+ \gidxpl{printglossopt}{
+ \field{text}{\NoCaseChange{\glsentrytext{print...glossary}} option}%
+ \desc{most (but not all) of these options can be used in the optional argument
+ of all the \gls+{print...glossary} commands}
+ }
+ % printgloss type
+ \gprintglossopt{type}{%
+ \syntax{\meta{glossary-label}}
+ \defval{\gls{glsdefaulttype}}%
+ \desc{identifies the \idx{glossary} to display}}
+ % printgloss sort
+ \gprintglossopt{sort}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.04+}
+ \syntax{\meta{method}}
+ \desc{only available with \gls{printnoidxglossary}, this
+ indicates how the \idx{glossary} should be ordered}}
+ % printgloss sort=word
+ \goptval{printgloss.sort}{word}%
+ {%
+ \desc{word order}
+ }
+ % printgloss sort=letter
+ \goptval{printgloss.sort}{letter}%
+ {%
+ \desc{letter order}
+ }
+ % printgloss sort=standard
+ \goptval{printgloss.sort}{standard}%
+ {%
+ \desc{word or letter order according to the \opt{order} package option}
+ }
+ % printgloss sort=use
+ \goptval{printgloss.sort}{use}%
+ {%
+ \desc{order of use}
+ }
+ % printgloss sort=def
+ \goptval{printgloss.sort}{def}%
+ {%
+ \desc{order of definition}
+ }
+ % printgloss sort=case
+ \goptval{printgloss.sort}{case}%
+ {%
+ \desc{case-sensitive sort}
+ }
+ % printgloss sort=nocase
+ \goptval{printgloss.sort}{nocase}%
+ {%
+ \desc{case-insensitive sort}
+ }
+ % printgloss title
+ \gprintglossopt{title}{%
+ \syntax{\meta{text}}
+ \desc{sets the glossary title (overriding the default)}}
+ % printgloss toctitle
+ \gprintglossopt{toc\-title}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.03+}
+ \syntax{\meta{text}}
+ \desc{sets the glossary toc title (overriding the default)}}
+ % printgloss style
+ \gprintglossopt{style}{%
+ \syntax{\meta{style-name}}
+ \desc{use the \meta{style-name} \idx{glossarystyle}}
+ }
+ % printgloss numberedsection
+ \gprintglossopt{numbered\-section}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.14+}
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \initval{false}%
+ \defval{nolabel}%
+ \desc{indicates whether or not \idx{glossary} section headers will be numbered
+ and also if they should automatically be labelled.
+ The \opt{numberedsection} package option will change the default
+ setting to match}
+ }
+ % printgloss nogroupskip
+ \gprintglossopt{no\-group\-skip}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.08a+}
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initval{false}%
+ \defval{true}%
+ \desc{if true, suppress the gap implemented by some \idxpl{glossarystyle}
+ between \idxpl{group}}
+ }
+ % printgloss nopostdot
+ \gprintglossopt{no\-post\-dot}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.08+}
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initval{false}%
+ \defval{true}%
+ \desc{if true, suppress the post-description punctuation}
+ }
+ % printgloss entrycounter
+ \gprintglossopt{entry\-counter}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.08+}
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initval{false}%
+ \defval{true}%
+ \desc{if true, enable the entry counter}
+ }
+ % printgloss subentrycounter
+ \gprintglossopt{sub\-entry\-counter}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.08+}
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initval{false}%
+ \defval{true}%
+ \desc{if true, enable the sub-entry counter}
+ }
+ % printgloss nonumberlist
+ \gprintglossopt{no\-number\-list}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.14+}
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initval{false}%
+ \defval{true}%
+ \desc{suppress the \gls{locationlist}. Note that
+ \printglossoptval{nonumberlist}{true}
+ will have no effect with the \resourceopt{save-locations}{false}
+ \idx{resourceopt} as there won't be any \glspl{locationlist} to
+ display. Likewise if \gls{printunsrtglossary} is used without
+ \app{bib2gls}}
+ }
+ % printgloss label
+ \gxtrprintglossopt{label}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.39+}
+ \syntax{\meta{label}}
+ \desc{adds \code{\gls{label}\margm{label}} to the start of the
+ \idx{glossary} (after the title)}
+ }
+ % printgloss target
+ \gxtrprintglossopt{target}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.12+}
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initval{true}%
+ \defval{true}%
+ \desc{if true, each entry in the \idx{glossary} should have a
+ hypertarget created, if supported by the \idx{glossarystyle} and if
+ \idxpl{hyperlink} are enabled}
+ }
+ % printgloss prefix
+ \gxtrprintglossopt{prefix}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.31+}
+ \syntax{\meta{prefix}}
+ \desc{redefines \gls{glolinkprefix} to \meta{prefix}}
+ }
+ % printgloss targetnameprefix
+ \gxtrprintglossopt{target\-name\-prefix}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.20+}
+ \syntax{\meta{prefix}}
+ \desc{inserts \meta{prefix} at the start of the hypertarget names}}
+ % printgloss leveloffset
+ \gxtrprintglossopt{level\-offset}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.44+}
+ \syntax{\meta{offset}}
+ \initval{0}%
+ \desc{set or increment the \gls{hierarchicallevel} offset. If
+ \meta{offset} starts with \code{++} then the current offset is
+ incremented by the given amount otherwise the current offset is
+ set to \meta{offset}. For example, an entry with a normal
+ \gls{hierarchicallevel} of 1 will be treated as though it has
+ \gls{hierarchicallevel} $1+\meta{offset}$. This option is only available for the
+ \qt{unsrt} commands}%
+ }
+ % printgloss groups
+ \gxtrprintglossopt{groups}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.44+}
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initval{true}%
+ \defval{true}%
+ \desc{enables \idx{lettergroup} formation. This option is only available for the
+ \qt{unsrt} commands. Note that no \idxpl{group} will be formed when
+ invoking \app{bib2gls} with the default \switch{no-group}, regardless of
+ this setting}
+ }
+ % printgloss flatten
+ \gxtrprintglossopt{flatten}{%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.49+}
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initval{false}%
+ \defval{true}%
+ \desc{if true, treats all entries as though they have the same
+ hierarchical level (the value of \printglossopt{leveloffset}).
+ This option is only available for the \qt{unsrt} commands}
+ }
+ % COUNTERS
+ % counter: glossaryentry
+ \gctr{glossary\-entry}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \desc{defined if \optval{entrycounter}{true}}
+ }
+ % counter: glossarysubentry
+ \gctr{glossary\-sub\-entry}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \desc{defined if \optval{subentrycounter}{true}}
+ }
+ % counter wrglossary
+ \gxtrctr{wr\-glossary}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \desc{a counter that is incremented every time an entry is \indexed}
+ }
+ % ENVIRONMENTS
+ % theglossary
+ \genv{the\-glossary}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{redefined by the \idxpl{glossarystyle} to format the
+ \idx{glossary} according to the style specifications.
+ The entire \idx{glossary} content (not including
+ the section header, \idx{glossarypreamble} and \idx{postamble}) is contained
+ within this environment}
+ \note{\idx{glossarystyle} environment}
+ }
+ % PACKAGE OPTIONS
+ % package option nolangwarn
+ \gstyopt{no\-lang\-warn}
+ {
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.33+}
+ \desc{suppresses the warning if no language support is found}
+ }
+ % package option disablemakegloss
+ \gstyopt{disable\-make\-gloss}
+ {
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.45+}
+ \desc{disables \gls{makeglossaries}}
+ }
+ % package option restoremakegloss
+ \gstyopt{restore\-make\-gloss}
+ {
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.45+}
+ \desc{cancels the effect of \opt{disablemakegloss}}
+ }
+ % package option prefix
+ \gxtrstyopt{prefix}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.42+}
+ \inpackage{glossaries-extra}
+ \desc{loads \sty{glossaries-prefix}}
+ }
+ % package option accsupp
+ \gxtrstyopt{accsupp}
+ {%
+ \inpackage{glossaries-extra}
+ \desc{loads \sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ }
+ % package option nomissingglstext
+ \gxtrstyopt{no\-missing\-gls\-text}%
+ {%
+ \inpackage{glossaries-extra}
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initval{false}
+ \defval{true}
+ \desc{determines whether or not to display warning text if the
+ external \idx{indexingfile} hasn't been generated due to an
+ incomplete build}
+ }
+ % package option style
+ \gstyopt{style}%
+ {%
+ \inpackage{glossaries}%
+ \syntax{\meta{style-name}}
+ \initvalvaries
+ \desc{sets the default \idx{glossarystyle} to \meta{style-name}}%
+ }
+ % package option nostyles
+ \gstyopt{nostyles}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.18+}
+ \inpackage{glossaries}%
+ \desc{don't load the default set of predefined styles. Note that
+ if \sty{glossaries} is loaded before \sty{glossaries-extra},
+ then this option should be passed directly to \sty{glossaries}
+ not \sty{glossaries-extra} otherwise it will be too late to
+ implement}%
+ }
+ % package option nolist
+ \gstyopt{nolist}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.18+}
+ \inpackage{glossaries}%
+ \desc{don't load \sty{glossary-list}, which is normally loaded
+ automatically. Note that if \sty{glossaries} is loaded before
+ \sty{glossaries-extra},
+ then this option should be passed directly to \sty{glossaries}
+ not \sty{glossaries-extra} otherwise it will be too late to
+ implement}%
+ }
+ % package option nolong
+ \gstyopt{nolong}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.18+}
+ \inpackage{glossaries}%
+ \desc{don't load \sty{glossary-long}, which is normally loaded
+ automatically. Note that if \sty{glossaries} is loaded before
+ \sty{glossaries-extra},
+ then this option should be passed directly to \sty{glossaries}
+ not \sty{glossaries-extra} otherwise it will be too late to
+ implement}%
+ }
+ % package option nosuper
+ \gstyopt{nosuper}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.18+}
+ \inpackage{glossaries}%
+ \desc{don't load \sty{glossary-super}, which is normally loaded
+ automatically. Note that if \sty{glossaries} is loaded before
+ \sty{glossaries-extra},
+ then this option should be passed directly to \sty{glossaries}
+ not \sty{glossaries-extra} otherwise it will be too late to
+ implement}%
+ }
+ % package option notree
+ \gstyopt{notree}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.18+}
+ \inpackage{glossaries}%
+ \desc{don't load \sty{glossary-tree}, which is normally loaded
+ automatically. Note that if \sty{glossaries} is loaded before
+ \sty{glossaries-extra},
+ then this option should be passed directly to \sty{glossaries}
+ not \sty{glossaries-extra} otherwise it will be too late to
+ implement}%
+ }
+ % package option stylemods
+ \gxtrstyopt{stylemods}
+ {%
+ \inpackage{glossaries-extra}
+ \syntax{\meta{list}}
+ \defval{default}
+ \desc{loads \sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods} with the given
+ options. If \optval{stylemods}{default} then no options are
+ passed to \sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods}}
+ }
+ % package option section
+ \gstyopt{section}
+ {
+ \inpackage{glossaries}%
+ \syntax{\meta{name}}
+ \defval{section}
+ \desc{indicates which section heading command to use for the
+ \idx{glossary}. The value may be one of the standard sectioning
+ command's control sequence name (without the leading backslash),
+ such as \code{chapter} or \code{section}}
+ }
+ % package option sort
+ \gstyopt{sort}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \inpackage{glossaries}%
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \initval{standard}
+ \desc{indicates how the \gloskey{sort} key should automatically
+ be assigned if not explicitly provided (for \gls{makeglossaries}
+ and \gls{makenoidxglossaries} only)}
+ }
+ \goptval{sort}{none}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.30+}
+ \desc{don't process the \gloskey{sort} key. Use this option if no
+ \idx{indexing} is required for a slightly faster build}%
+ }
+ \goptval{sort}{clear}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+}
+ \desc{sets the \gloskey{sort} key to an empty value. Use this option if no
+ \idx{indexing} is required for a slightly faster build}%
+ }
+ \goptval{sort}{standard}%
+ {%
+ \desc{use the value of the \gloskey{name} key as the default for the
+ \gloskey{sort} key and implement the \gls{glsprestandardsort} hook}%
+ }
+ \goptval{sort}{def}%
+ {%
+ \desc{use the (zero-padded) order of definition as the default for the
+ \gloskey{sort} key}%
+ }
+ \goptval{sort}{use}%
+ {%
+ \desc{use the (zero-padded) order of use as the default for the
+ \gloskey{sort} key}%
+ }
+ % package option sanitizesort
+ \gstyopt{sanitize\-sort}%
+ {%
+ \inpackage{glossaries}%
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initvalvaries
+ \defval{true}
+ \desc{indicates whether the default sort value should be sanitized
+ (only applicable with \opteqvalref{sort}{standard})}
+ }
+ % package option debug
+ \gstyopt{debug}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.24+}%
+ \initval{false}%
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{adds markers to the document for debugging purposes}
+ }
+ % package option debug values
+ \goptval{debug}{true}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.24+}%
+ \desc{writes \code{wrglossary(\meta{type})(\meta{\idx{indexing} info})}
+ to the \ext+{log} file if there is an attempt to index an entry
+ before the associated \idx{indexingfile} has been opened (\app{makeindex}
+ and \app{xindy} only). With \sty{glossaries-extra}, this setting will
+ also display the label of any undefined entries that are
+ referenced in the document}
+ }
+ \goptval{debug}{false}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.24+}%
+ \desc{disable debugging actions}
+ }
+ \goptval{debug}{showtargets}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.24+}%
+ \desc{implements \optval{debug}{true} and also shows target
+ markers in the document}%
+ }
+ \goptval{debug}{showaccsupp}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.45+}%
+ \desc{implements \optval{debug}{true} and also shows accessibility information
+ in the document}
+ }
+ % package option order
+ \gstyopt{order}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}%
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \initval{word}
+ \desc{indicates whether word or letter order should be used.
+ With \options{mkidx,xdy}, this information is written to the
+ \ext{aux} file, where it can be picked up by
+ \app{makeglossaries}. This option will have no effect if you call
+ \app{makeindex} or \app{xindy} explicitly}
+ }
+ \goptval{order}{word}%
+ {%
+ \desc{word order (\qt{sea lion} before \qt{seal})}
+ }
+ \goptval{order}{letter}%
+ {%
+ \desc{letter order (\qt{seal} before \qt{sea lion})}
+ }
+ % package option makeindex
+ \gstyopt{makeindex}
+ {
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{indicates that the \idx{indexing} should be performed by
+ \app+{makeindex} (default)}
+ \note{\option{mkidx}}
+ }
+ % package option xindy
+ \gstyopt{xindy}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{options}}
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}%
+ \desc{indicates that the \idx{indexing} should be performed by \app+{xindy}}
+ \note{\option{xdy}}
+ }
+ % package option xindy values
+ \gopt{xindy.glsnumbers}%
+ {%
+ \parent{opt.xindy}
+ \name{\optfmt{glsnumbers}}
+ \syntax{\margm{boolean}}
+ \initval{true}
+ \defval{true}
+ \desc{indicates whether or not to add the \code{glsnumbers} \idx{lettergroup}}
+ }
+ \gopt{xindy.language}%
+ {%
+ \parent{opt.xindy}
+ \name{\optfmt{language}}
+ \syntax{\margm{value}}
+ \desc{sets the \app{xindy} language module. Only
+ applicable if you use \app{makeglossaries} or \opt{automake}}
+ }
+ \gopt{xindy.codepage}%
+ {%
+ \parent{opt.xindy}
+ \name{\optfmt{codepage}}
+ \syntax{\margm{value}}
+ \desc{sets the \app{xindy} \idx+{codepage}. Defaults to
+ \code{utf8} if \gls{inputencodingname} isn't defined. Only
+ applicable if you use \app{makeglossaries} or \opt{automake}}
+ }
+ % package option xindynoglsnumbers
+ \gstyopt{xindy\-no\-gls\-numbers}
+ {
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}%
+ \desc{equivalent to \optvalm{xindy}{\styoptxdyval{glsnumbers}{false}}}
+ \note{\option{xdy}}
+ }
+ % package option xindygloss
+ \gstyopt{xindy\-gloss}
+ {
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.14a+}%
+ \desc{equivalent to \opt{xindy} with no value}
+ \note{\option{xdy}}
+ }
+ % package option indexonlyfirst
+ \gstyopt{index\-only\-first}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.02+}%
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initval{false}
+ \defval{true}
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{indicates whether or not to only \idxc{indexing}{index}
+ the \idx{firstuse}}
+ }
+ % package option seenoindex
+ \gstyopt{see\-no\-index}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.24+}%
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \initval{error}
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{indicates what to do if the \gloskey{see} key is used
+ before the associated \idxpl{indexingfile} have been opened by
+ \gls{makeglossaries}}
+ }
+ \goptval{seenoindex}{error}%
+ {%
+ \desc{triggers an error if the \gloskey{see} key is used before
+ \gls{makeglossaries}}
+ }
+ \goptval{seenoindex}{warn}%
+ {%
+ \desc{triggers a warning if the \gloskey{see} key is used before
+ \gls{makeglossaries}}
+ }
+ \goptval{seenoindex}{ignore}%
+ {%
+ \desc{does nothing if the \gloskey{see} key is used before
+ \gls{makeglossaries}}
+ }
+ % package option esclocations
+ \gstyopt{esc\-locations}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.33+}%
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initval{false}
+ \defval{true}
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{if true, escapes \locations\ before \idx{indexing}}
+ }
+ % package option savenumberlist
+ \gstyopt{save\-number\-list}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.02+}%
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initval{false}
+ \defval{true}
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{if true, save \idxpl{numberlist}. Only applicable with
+ \options{mkidx,xdy} as \options{noidx,b2g} have the
+ \idx{numberlist} stored in the \glosfield{loclist} field and
+ \option{b2g} also has the formatted \idx{numberlist} in the
+ \gloskey{location} field}
+ \note{\options{mkidx,xdy} only}
+ }
+ % package option autoseeindex
+ \gxtrstyopt{auto\-see\-index}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initval{true}
+ \defval{true}
+ \inpackage{glossaries-extra}
+ \desc{indicates whether or not to enable automatic \idx{indexing} of
+ \gloskey{see} and \gloskey{seealso} fields}
+ }
+ % package option indexcrossrefs
+ \gxtrstyopt{index\-cross\-refs}%
+ {%
+ \inpackage{glossaries-extra}
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initval{true}
+ \defval{true}
+ \desc{if true, automatically indexes cross references at the end
+ of the document}
+ }
+ % package option record
+ \gxtrstyopt{record}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \initval{off}
+ \defval{only}
+ \inpackage{glossaries-extra}
+ \desc{indicates whether or not \app{bib2gls} is being used (in
+ which case entry \idx{indexing} is performed by adding \app{bib2gls}
+ \records\ in the \ext{aux} file)}
+ }
+ % package option record=off
+ \gxtroptval{record}{off}%
+ {%
+ \desc{entry \idx{indexing} is performed as per the base \sty{glossaries} package, using
+ either \gls{makeglossaries} or \gls{makenoidxglossaries}}
+ }
+ % package option record=only
+ \gxtroptval{record}{only}%
+ {%
+ \desc{entry \idx{indexing} is performed by adding \app{bib2gls}
+ \records\ in the \ext{aux} file. Glossaries should be displayed with the \idx{unsrtfam}}
+ }
+ % package option record=nameref
+ \gxtroptval{record}{name\-ref}%
+ {%
+ \desc{entry \idx{indexing} is performed by adding \app{bib2gls}
+ nameref \records\ in the \ext{aux} file. Glossaries should be displayed with the \idx{unsrtfam}}
+ }
+ % package option record=hybrid
+ \gxtroptval{record}{hybrid}%
+ {%
+ \desc{performs a mixture of \app{bib2gls} \records\ in the
+ \ext{aux} file (to select entries from a \ext{bib} file)
+ and \app{makeindex}\slash\app{xindy}
+ \idx{indexing} in their associated files. This option is best
+ avoided}
+ }
+ % package option equations
+ \gxtrstyopt{equations}
+ {
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initval{false}
+ \defval{true}
+ \inpackage{glossaries-extra}
+ \desc{automatically switch the \idx{locationcounter} to
+ \ctr{equation} when inside a numbered equation environment}
+ }
+ % package option floats
+ \gxtrstyopt{floats}
+ {
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initval{false}
+ \defval{true}
+ \inpackage{glossaries-extra}
+ \desc{automatically switch the \idx{locationcounter} to
+ the corresponding counter when inside a floating environment}
+ }
+ % package option indexcounter
+ \gxtrstyopt{index\-counter}
+ {
+ \inpackage{glossaries-extra}
+ \desc{defines the index counter \ctr{wrglossary} and implements
+ \optval{counter}{wrglossary}}
+ }
+ % package option numberedsection
+ \gstyopt{numbered\-section}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.1+}
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \initval{false}
+ \defval{nolabel}
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{indicates whether or not \idx{glossary} section headers will be numbered
+ and also if they should automatically be labelled}
+ }
+ \goptval{numberedsection}{false}%
+ {
+ \desc{use unnumbered sectional units for \idxpl{glossary}}
+ }
+ \goptval{numberedsection}{no\-label}% nolabel
+ {
+ \desc{use numbered sectional units for \idxpl{glossary} but no label}
+ }
+ \goptval{numberedsection}{auto\-label}% autolabel
+ {
+ \desc{use numbered sectional units for \idxpl{glossary} and
+ automatically add a label based on the \idx{glossary} label}
+ }
+ \goptval{numberedsection}{nameref}% nameref
+ {
+ \desc{use unnumbered sectional units for \idxpl{glossary} and
+ automatically add a label based on the \idx{glossary} label}
+ }
+ % package option savewrites
+ \gstyopt{save\-writes}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}%
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initval{false}
+ \defval{true}
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{if true, \idx{indexing} information is stored until the end of
+ the document to reduce the number of write registers}
+ }
+ % package option counter
+ \gstyopt{counter}%
+ {%
+ \inpackage{glossaries}%
+ \syntax{\meta{counter-name}}
+ \initval{page}
+ \desc{sets the default \idx{locationcounter}}%
+ }
+ % package option nonumberlist
+ \gstyopt{no\-number\-list}%
+ {
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{set no \glspl{locationlist} as the default for all
+ \idxpl{glossary}. May be overridden for individual \idxpl{glossary} with
+ \printglossoptval{nonumberlist}{true}}
+ }
+ % package option seeautonumberlist
+ \gstyopt{see\-auto\-number\-list}%
+ {
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \desc{automatically adds \gloskeyval{nonumberlist}{false} to
+ any \idxpl{entry} with the \gloskey{see} key set}
+ }
+ % package option entrycounter
+ \gstyopt{entry\-counter}%
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initval{false}
+ \defval{true}
+ \desc{enables the entry counter for top-level entries}
+ }
+ % package option counterwithin
+ \gstyopt{counter\-within}%
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \syntax{\meta{parent-counter}}
+ \desc{sets the parent counter for \ctr{glossaryentry}}
+ }
+ % package option subentrycounter
+ \gstyopt{sub\-entry\-counter}%
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initval{false}
+ \defval{true}
+ \desc{enables the entry counter for level~1 entries}
+ }
+ % package option writeglslabels
+ \gstyopt{write\-gls\-labels}%
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.45+}%
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{creates a file called \code{\gls{jobname}.\ext+{glslabels}}
+ that contains all defined entry labels (for the benefit of
+ \idx{auto-completion} tools)}
+ }
+ % package option writeglslabelnames
+ \gstyopt{write\-gls\-label\-names}%
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.47+}%
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{creates a file called \code{\gls{jobname}.\ext+{glslabels}}
+ that contains all defined entry labels and names (for the benefit of
+ \idx{auto-completion} tools)}
+ }
+ % package option nomain
+ \gstyopt{nomain}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.01+}%
+ \inpackage{glossaries}%
+ \desc{prevents the definition of the \glostype+{main} \idx{glossary}. You
+ will need to define another \idx{glossary} to use instead. For
+ example, with the \opt{acronyms} package option}%
+ }
+ % package option acronymlists
+ \gstyopt{acronym\-lists}%
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}%
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \syntax{\margm{label-list}}
+ \desc{identifies the \idxpl{glossary} that contain \idxpl{acronym}
+ (defined with the base \sty{glossaries} packages \idx{acronym} mechanism)}
+ }
+ % package option shortcuts
+ \gstyopt{shortcuts}%
+ {
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \syntax{\margm{boolean}}
+ \initval{false}
+ \defval{false}
+ \desc{defines various shortcut commands. Has additional values
+with \sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ }
+ % package option acronyms
+ \gstyopt{acronyms}%
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.14a+}%
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{provides a new \idx{glossary} with the label \glostype+{acronym},
+ redefines \gls{acronymtype} to \code{acronym}, and provides
+ \gls{printacronyms}}
+ }
+ % package option acronym
+ \gstyopt{acronym}%
+ {
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initval{false}
+ \defval{true}
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{if true, provides a new \idx{glossary} with the label
+ \glostype+{acronym} and title given by \gls{acronymname},
+ redefines \gls{acronymtype} to \code{acronym}, and provides
+ \gls{printacronyms}}
+ }
+ % package option abbreviations
+ \gxtrstyopt{abbreviations}%
+ {
+ \inpackage{glossaries-extra}
+ \desc{provides a new \idx{glossary} with the label
+ \glostype{abbreviations} and title given by \gls{abbreviationsname},
+ redefines \gls{glsxtrabbrvtype} to \glostype{abbreviations},
+ redefines \gls{acronymtype} to \gls{glsxtrabbrvtype} (unless
+ the \opt{acronym} or \opt{acronyms} option has been used), and provides
+ \gls{printabbreviations}}
+ }
+ % package option symbols
+ \gstyopt{symbols}%
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.11a+}%
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{provides a new \idx{glossary} with the label \glostype{symbols} and
+ the title \gls{glssymbolsgroupname}, and provides
+ \gls{printsymbols}. With \sty{glossaries-extra}, this additionally
+ defines \gls{glsxtrnewsymbol}}
+ }
+ % package option numbers
+ \gstyopt{numbers}%
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.11a+}%
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{provides a new \idx{glossary} with the label \code{numbers} and
+ the title \gls{glsnumbersgroupname}, and provides \gls{printnumbers}.
+ With \sty{glossaries-extra}, this additionally
+ defines \gls{glsxtrnewnumber}}
+ }
+ % package option index
+ \gstyopt{index}%
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}%
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{provides a new \idx{glossary} with the label \code{index} and
+ the title \gls{indexname}, and provides \gls{printindex} and
+ \gls{newterm}}
+ }
+ % package option noglossaryindex
+ \gstyopt{no\-glossary\-index}%
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.42+}%
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{counteracts the \opt{index} option}
+ }
+ % package option hyperfirst
+ \gstyopt{hyper\-first}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.03+}%
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initval{true}
+ \defval{true}
+ \desc{if false, this option will suppress \idxpl{hyperlink} on \idx{firstuse}
+ for the \gls{glslike} commands}
+ }
+ % package option nohypertypes
+ \gstyopt{no\-hyper\-types}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.05+}%
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \syntax{\margm{list}}
+ \desc{identifies the list of \idxpl{glossary} that should have
+ \idxpl{hyperlink} suppressed}
+ }
+ % package option nopostdot
+ \gstyopt{nopostdot}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.03+}%
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initval{true}
+ \defval{true}
+ \desc{if true, suppresses the automatic insertion of a
+ \idx{fullstop} after each entry's description in the \idx{glossary}
+ (for styles that support this). The default is
+ \optval{nopostdot}{true} for \sty{glossaries-extra} and
+ \optval{nopostdot}{false} for just \sty{glossaries}}
+ \field{seealso}{opt.postdot,opt.postpunc}
+ }
+ % package option postdot
+ \gxtrstyopt{postdot}%
+ {%
+ \inpackage{glossaries-extra}
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.12+}%
+ \desc{a shortcut for \optval{nopostdot}{false}}
+ \field{seealso}{opt.nopostdot,opt.postpunc}
+ }
+ % package option postpunc
+ \gxtrstyopt{postpunc}%
+ {%
+ \inpackage{glossaries-extra}
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.21+}%
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \desc{an alternative to \opt{postdot}, this can be used to
+ insert a different punctuation character after the description}
+ }
+ % package option nowarn
+ \gstyopt{no\-warn}%
+ {%
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{suppresses warnings}
+ }
+ % package option noredefwarn
+ \gstyopt{noredefwarn}%
+ {%
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{suppresses a warning if \env{theglossary} or
+ \gls{printglossary} have already been defined (which indicates
+ that the document class or another package also provides a mechanism
+ for creating a \idx{glossary} that could potentially conflict with
+ \sty{glossaries}). This option is automatically implemented with
+ \sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ }
+ % package option undefaction
+ \gxtrstyopt{undef\-action}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \initval{error}
+ \inpackage{glossaries-extra}
+ \desc{indicates whether to trigger an error or warning if an
+ unknown entry label is referenced}
+ }
+ \gxtroptval{undefaction}{error}%
+ {%
+ \desc{trigger an error if an unknown entry label is referenced}
+ }
+ \gxtroptval{undefaction}{warn}%
+ {%
+ \desc{trigger a warning if an unknown entry label is referenced}
+ }
+ % package option translate
+ \gstyopt{translate}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.1+}%
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \initvalvaries
+ \defval{true}
+ \desc{indicates how multilingual support should be provided, if
+ applicable}
+ }
+ % package option translate values
+ \goptval{translate}{babel}%
+ {%
+ \desc{uses \sty{babel}['s] language hooks to implement
+ multilingual support (default for \sty{glossaries-extra} if
+ \sty{babel} has been detected)}
+ }
+ \goptval{translate}{true}%
+ {%
+ \desc{uses \sty{translator}['s] language hooks to implement
+ multilingual support (default for \sty{glossaries} if a
+ language package has been detected)}
+ }
+ \goptval{translate}{false}%
+ {%
+ \desc{don't implement multilingual support (default if no
+ language package has been detected)}
+ }
+ % package option notranslate
+ \gstyopt{notranslate}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.14a+}%
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{equivalent to \optval{translate}{false}}
+ }
+ % package option languages
+ \gstyopt{languages}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+}%
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{implements \optval{translate}{babel} and adds the supplied
+ languages to \sty{tracklang}['s] list of tracked languages}
+ }
+ % package option nogroupskip
+ \gstyopt{no\-group\-skip}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.03+}%
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initval{false}
+ \defval{true}
+ \desc{if true, suppress the gap between \idxpl{lettergroup} in the
+ \idxpl{glossary} by default}
+ }
+ % numberline
+ \gstyopt{number\-line}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.1+}
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initval{false}
+ \defval{true}
+ \desc{if true (and \optval{toc}{true}), includes \gls{numberline} when adding a
+ \idx{glossary} to the table of contents}
+ }
+ % package option toc
+ \gstyopt{toc}%
+ {%
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initvalvaries
+ \defval{true}
+ \desc{if true, each \idx{glossary} will be automatically added to the
+ \idx{tableofcontents}. The default is \optval{toc}{false} with
+ \sty{glossaries} and \optval{toc}{true} with \sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ }
+ % package option docdef
+ \gxtrstyopt{docdef}%
+ {%
+ \inpackage{glossaries-extra}
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \initval{false}
+ \defval{true}
+ \desc{determines whether or not \gls{newglossaryentry} is
+ permitted in the \env{document} environment}
+ }
+ \gxtroptval{docdef}{false}%
+ {%
+ \desc{don't allow \gls{newglossaryentry} in the \env{document}
+ environment}
+ }
+ \gxtroptval{docdef}{true}%
+ {%
+ \desc{allow \gls{newglossaryentry} in the \env{document}
+ environment if the base \sty{glossaries} package would allow it}
+ }
+ \gxtroptval{docdef}{restricted}%
+ {%
+ \desc{allow \gls{newglossaryentry} in the \env{document}
+ environment, but only before any \idxpl{glossary}}
+ }
+ \gxtroptval{docdef}{atom}%
+ {%
+ \desc{as \optfmt{restricted} but creates the \ext{glsdefs} file
+ for atom's autocomplete support}
+ }
+ % package option automake
+ \gstyopt{automake}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.08+}%
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \initval{false}
+ \defval{immediate}
+ \desc{indicates whether or not to attempt to use \TeX's
+ \idx{shellescape} to run an \idx{indexingapp}}
+ }
+ \goptval{automake}{true}%
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.08+}
+ \desc{deprecated synonym for \opteqvalref{automake}{delayed}}
+ \field{alias}{optval.automake.delayed}
+ }
+ \goptval{automake}{delayed}%
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+}
+ \desc{use the \idx{shellescape} to run \app{makeindex} or
+ \app{xindy} at the end of the document}
+ }
+ \goptval{automake}{false}%
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.08+}
+ \desc{don't use the \idx{shellescape}}
+ }
+ \goptval{automake}{immediate}%
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.42+}
+ \desc{use the \idx{shellescape} to run \app{makeindex} or
+ \app{xindy} before \gls{makeglossaries} opens the associated
+ \idxpl{indexingfile}}
+ }
+ \goptval{automake}{makegloss}%
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+}
+ \desc{use the \idx{shellescape} to run \app{makeglossaries}
+ before \gls{makeglossaries} opens the associated \idxpl{indexingfile}}
+ }
+ \goptval{automake}{lite}%
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+}
+ \desc{use the \idx{shellescape} to run \app{makeglossaries-lite}
+ before \gls{makeglossaries} opens the associated \idxpl{indexingfile}}
+ }
+ \gstyopt{automakegloss}%
+ {
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+}
+ \desc{synonym for \opteqvalref{automake}{makegloss}}
+ \field{alias}{optval.automake.makegloss}
+ }
+ \gstyopt{automakeglosslite}%
+ {
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+}
+ \desc{synonym for \opteqvalref{automake}{lite}}
+ \field{alias}{optval.automake.lite}
+ }
+ % package option ucmark
+ \gstyopt{uc\-mark}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.02+}
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initvalvaries
+ \defval{true}
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{indicates whether or not to use \idx{allcaps} in the
+ \idx{glossary} header}
+ }
+ % package option kernelglossredefs
+ \gstyopt{kernel\-gloss\-re\-defs}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.41+}
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \initval{false}
+ \defval{true}
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{indicates whether or not to redefined the
+ kernel glossary commands \gls{cs.glossary} and \gls{makeglossary}}
+ }
+ \goptval{kernelglossredefs}{false}%
+ {
+ \desc{don't redefine \gls{cs.glossary} and \gls{makeglossary}}
+ }
+ \goptval{kernelglossredefs}{true}%
+ {
+ \desc{redefine \gls{cs.glossary} and \gls{makeglossary} but their
+ use will trigger a warning}
+ }
+ \goptval{kernelglossredefs}{nowarn}%
+ {
+ \desc{redefine \gls{cs.glossary} and \gls{makeglossary} without
+ any warnings}
+ }
+ % package option mfirstuc
+ \gstyopt{mfirstuc}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+}
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \initval{unexpanded}
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{the value may be either \optfmt{expanded} or
+ \optfmt{unexpanded} and performs the same function as
+ \sty{mfirstuc}['s] \optfmt{expanded} and \optfmt{unexpanded}
+ package options. Note that there's no value corresponding to
+ \sty{mfirstuc}['s] other package option}
+ }
+ % DEPRECATED PACKAGE OPTIONS
+ % package option compatible-2.07
+ \gstyopt{compatible\dhyphen 2.07}%
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{option removed in version 4.50. Now only available with rollback}
+ }
+ % package option compatible-3.07
+ \gstyopt{compatible\dhyphen 3.07}%
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{option removed in version 4.50. Now only available with rollback}
+ }
+ % package option description
+ \gstyopt{description}%
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{deprecated in version 4.02 (2013-12-05) and removed in
+ version 4.50. Now only available with rollback}
+ }
+ % package option footnote
+ \gstyopt{footnote}%
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{deprecated in version 4.02 (2013-12-05) and removed in
+ version 4.50. Now only available with rollback}
+ }
+ % package option smallcaps
+ \gstyopt{smallcaps}%
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{deprecated in version 4.02 (2013-12-05) and removed in
+ version 4.50. Now only available with rollback}
+ }
+ % package option smaller
+ \gstyopt{smaller}%
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{deprecated in version 4.02 (2013-12-05) and removed in
+ version 4.50. Now only available with rollback}
+ }
+ % package option dua
+ \gstyopt{dua}%
+ {
+ \deprecated
+ \inpackage{glossaries}
+ \desc{deprecated in version 4.02 (2013-12-05) and removed in
+ version 4.50. Now only available with rollback}
+ }
+ % OPTIONS: KEYS (glossentry)
+ \gidxpl{gloskey}{%
+ \common
+ \field{text}{glossary entry key}
+ \desc{these are options that can be passed to commands that
+ define entries, such as \gls{newglossaryentry} or
+ \gls{newacronym}}
+ }
+ % glossentry name
+ \ggloskey{name}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{the entry's name, as displayed in the \idx{glossary}. This
+ typically isn't used outside of the \idx{glossary} (the \gloskey{text} and
+ \gloskey{plural} keys are used instead). However, if there is a
+ need to specifically display the entry name,
+ use \gls{glsname} (if \idx{indexing} and \idxpl{hyperlink}
+ are required) or \gls{glsentryname}. \Idxpl{glossarystyle} should use
+ \gls{glossentryname} rather than explicitly using \gls{glsentryname}}
+ }
+ % glossentry description
+ \ggloskey{description}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{the entry's description, as displayed in the \idx{glossary}. If
+ required in the text, use \gls{glsdesc} (if \idx{indexing} and \idxpl{hyperlink}
+ are required) or \gls{glsentrydesc}. \Idxpl{glossarystyle} should use
+ \gls{glossentrydesc} and \gls{glspostdescription} to
+ incorporate the \idx{postdeschook}}
+ }
+ % glossentry descriptionplural
+ \ggloskey{description\-plural}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.12+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{the plural form of the entry's description, if applicable.
+ If omitted, this is set to the same value as the
+ \gloskey{description}, since descriptions tend not to be a singular
+ entity}
+ }
+ % glossentry type
+ \ggloskey{type}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\meta{\idx{glossary}-label}}
+ \initval{\gls{glsdefaulttype}}%
+ \desc{assigns the entry to the \idx{glossary} identified by
+ \meta{\idx{glossary}-label}}
+ }
+ % glossentry parent
+ \ggloskey{parent}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\meta{parent-label}}
+ \desc{the label of the entry's parent (from which the entry's
+ \idx{hierarchicallevel} is obtained)}
+ }
+ % glossentry category
+ \gxtrgloskey{category}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{category-label}}%
+ \initval{general}%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \desc{the entry's \idx{category} (must be a simple label)}
+ }
+ % glossentry sort
+ \ggloskey{sort}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \initval{\meta{entry name}}
+ \desc{specifies the value to use for sorting (overrides the
+ default). This key is usually required for \app+{xindy} if the
+ \gloskey{name} key only contains commands (for example, the
+ entry is a symbol), but explicitly using this key in other
+ contexts can break certain sort methods.
+ \gallerypage{bib2gls-sorting}{Don't use the \gloskey{sort} field
+ with \app{bib2gls}}}
+ }
+ % glossentry text
+ \ggloskey{text}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{the entry's text, as displayed on \idx{subsequentuse} of
+ \gls{glslike} commands. If omitted, this value is assumed to be
+ the same as the \gloskey{name} key}
+ }
+ % glossentry plural
+ \ggloskey{plural}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{the entry's plural form, as displayed on \idx{subsequentuse} of
+ plural \gls{glslike} commands, such as \gls{glspl}. This should
+ be the appropriate plural form of the value provided by the
+ \gloskey{text} key. If omitted, this value is assumed to be the
+ value of the \gloskey{text} key with \gls{glspluralsuffix}
+ appended}
+ }
+ % glossentry symbol
+ \ggloskey{symbol}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \initval{\gls{relax}}
+ \syntax{\margm{symbol}}
+ \desc{the entry's associated symbol (optional), which can be
+ displayed with \gls{glssymbol} (if \idx{indexing} and \idxpl{hyperlink} are
+ required) or with \gls{glsentrysymbol}}
+ }
+ % glossentry symbolplural
+ \ggloskey{symbol\-plural}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.12+}
+ \syntax{\margm{symbol plural}}
+ \desc{The plural form of the \gloskey{symbol}, if applicable,
+ which can be displayed with \gls{glssymbolplural} (if \idx{indexing}
+ and \idxpl{hyperlink} are required) or with \gls{glsentrysymbolplural}.
+ If omitted, this value is set to the same as the
+ \gloskey{symbol} key (since symbols usually don't have a plural
+ form)}
+ }
+ % glossentry first
+ \ggloskey{first}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{first}}
+ \desc{the entry's text, as displayed on \idx{firstuse} of
+ \gls{glslike} commands. Note that using an \idx{acronymstyle}
+ or \idxpl{postlinkhook} is a more flexible approach. If omitted,
+ this value is assumed to be the same as the \gloskey{text} key}
+ }
+ % glossentry firstplural
+ \ggloskey{first\-plural}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{the entry's plural form, as displayed on \idx{firstuse} of
+ plural \gls{glslike} commands, such as \gls{glspl}. If this key
+ is omitted, then the value will either be the same as the
+ \gloskey{plural} field, if the \gloskey{first} key wasn't used, or
+ the value will be taken from the \gloskey{first} key with
+ \gls{glspluralsuffix} appended}
+ }
+ % glossentry short
+ \ggloskey{short}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \syntax{\margm{short-form}}
+ \desc{a \idx{field} that is set by \gls{newacronym}
+ to the entry's short (abbreviated) form. It
+ typically shouldn't be used explicitly with
+ \gls{newglossaryentry} as \gls{newacronym} (and \gls{newabbreviation})
+ makes other modifications to ensure that when the entry is
+ referenced with the \gls{glslike} commands, it will obey the
+ appropriate \idx{acronymstyle} (or \idx{abbrvstyle}). If you are using \app{bib2gls}
+ then this field should be used in the \ext{bib} file when
+ defining \idxpl{abbreviation}}
+ }
+ % glossentry shortplural
+ \ggloskey{short\-plural}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \syntax{\margm{short-form}}
+ \desc{as \gloskey{short} but the plural form. The default is
+ obtained by appending the \idx{acronym} or \idx{abbreviation} plural suffix}
+ }
+ % glossentry long
+ \ggloskey{long}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \syntax{\margm{long-form}}
+ \desc{a \idx{field} that is set by \gls{newacronym} (and
+ \gls{newabbreviation}) to the entry's long (unabbreviated) form. It
+ typically shouldn't be used explicitly with
+ \gls{newglossaryentry} as \gls{newacronym} (and \gls{newabbreviation})
+ makes other modifications to ensure that when the entry is
+ referenced with the \gls{glslike} commands, it will obey the
+ appropriate \idx{acronymstyle} (or \idx{abbrvstyle}). If you are using \app{bib2gls}
+ then this field should be used in the \ext{bib} file when
+ defining \idxpl{abbreviation}}
+ }
+ % glossentry longplural
+ \ggloskey{long\-plural}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \syntax{\margm{long-form}}
+ \desc{as \gloskey{long} but the plural form}
+ }
+ % glossentry user1
+ \ggloskey{user1}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{a generic field, which can be
+ displayed with \gls{glsuseri} (if \idx{indexing} and \idxpl{hyperlink} are
+ required) or with \gls{glsentryuseri}}
+ }
+ % glossentry user2
+ \ggloskey{user2}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{a generic field, which can be
+ displayed with \gls{glsuserii} (if \idx{indexing} and \idxpl{hyperlink} are
+ required) or with \gls{glsentryuserii}}
+ }
+ % glossentry user3
+ \ggloskey{user3}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{a generic field, which can be
+ displayed with \gls{glsuseriii} (if \idx{indexing} and \idxpl{hyperlink} are
+ required) or with \gls{glsentryuseriii}}
+ }
+ % glossentry user4
+ \ggloskey{user4}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{a generic field, which can be
+ displayed with \gls{glsuseriv} (if \idx{indexing} and \idxpl{hyperlink} are
+ required) or with \gls{glsentryuseriv}}
+ }
+ % glossentry user5
+ \ggloskey{user5}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{a generic field, which can be
+ displayed with \gls{glsuserv} (if \idx{indexing} and \idxpl{hyperlink} are
+ required) or with \gls{glsentryuserv}}
+ }
+ % glossentry user6
+ \ggloskey{user6}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v2.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{a generic field, which can be
+ displayed with \gls{glsuservi} (if \idx{indexing} and \idxpl{hyperlink} are
+ required) or with \gls{glsentryuservi}}
+ }
+ % glossentry counter
+ \ggloskey{counter}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.0+}
+ \syntax{\margm{counter-name}}
+ \desc{if set, the value indicates the \idx{locationcounter} to use
+ by default when \idx{indexing} this entry (overrides the
+ counter associated with the \idx{glossary} or the \opt{counter}
+ package option)}
+ }
+ % glossentry nonumberlist
+ \ggloskey{no\-number\-list}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\margm{boolean}}
+ \initval{false}
+ \defval{true}
+ \desc{if set, suppress the \idx{locationlist} for this entry.
+ This is done by adding \gls{glsnonextpages} or
+ \gls{glsnextpages} to the \idx{indexing} information for
+ \options{mkidx,xdy} or to the \glosfield{prenumberlist} field
+ for \option{noidx}}
+ }
+ % glossentry see
+ \ggloskey{see}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\marg{\oargm{tag}\meta{xr-list}}}
+ \desc{with the base \sty{glossaries} package this simply
+ triggers an automatic cross-reference with \gls{glssee}. The
+ \sty{glossaries-extra} package additionally saves the value.
+ Use \optval{autoseeindex}{false} to prevent the automatic
+ cross-reference. The \meta{tag} defaults to \gls{seename} and
+ \meta{xr-list} should be a comma-separated list of entries that
+ have already been defined}
+ }
+ % glossentry seealso
+ \gxtrgloskey{see\-also}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.16+}
+ \syntax{\margm{xr-list}}
+ \desc{behaves in a similar manner to
+ \gloskeyval{see}{\oarg{\gls{seealsoname}}\meta{xr-list}}}
+ }
+ % glossentry alias
+ \gxtrgloskey{alias}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.12}
+ \syntax{\margm{xr-label}}
+ \desc{behaves in a similar manner to
+ \gloskeyval{see}{\oarg{\gls{seealsoname}}\meta{xr-label}} but also
+ sets up aliasing which makes the \idx{linktext} hyperlink to
+ \meta{xr-label} instead}
+ }
+ % glossentry location
+ \gxtrgloskey{location}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\margm{location-list}}
+ \desc{the formatted \idx{locationlist} used by the \idx{unsrtfam}. This key
+ is only available with the \opt{record} option and is set by \app{bib2gls}
+ unless \resourceopt{save-locations}{false} is set. Although it
+ has an associated key, it's usually considered an internal field}
+ \note{requires \opt{record}}
+ }
+ % glossentry group
+ \gxtrgloskey{group}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.11+}
+ \syntax{\margm{group-label}}
+ \desc{the \idx{group} label that identifies which \idx{lettergroup} the
+ entry belongs to. This key is only available with the
+ \opteqvalref{record}{only} and \opteqvalref{record}{nameref} options,
+ and is set by \app{bib2gls}, if invoked with \switch{group} or \bibglsopt{g}.
+ Although this has a key, this is considered an
+ \idxc{bib2glsinternalfield}{internal key} assigned by
+ \app{bib2gls} as a by-product of sorting.
+ Explicit use without reference to the order of entries can result in
+ fragmented groups. The corresponding title can be set with
+ \gls{glsxtrsetgrouptitle}, although this is more commonly done
+ implicitly within the \ext{glstex} file. See also
+ \gallerypage{logicaldivisions}{Gallery: Logical Glossary Divisions
+ (type vs group vs parent)}}
+ }
+ % OPTIONS: INTERNAL FIELDS
+ \gidxpl{glosfield}{%
+ \common
+ \field{text}{glossary entry field}
+ \desc{these are \idxpl{internalfield} that don't have a corresponding
+ \idxc{gloskey}{key}}
+ }
+ % internal field loclist
+ \gglosfield{loc\-list}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.04+}
+ \syntax{\margm{\sty{etoolbox} list}}
+ \desc{used by \gls{printnoidxglossary} to provide the locations.
+ The value is an \sty{etoolbox} list of individual locations
+ which are obtained from the \ext+{aux} file. This field will also
+ be used by the \idx{unsrtfam} if \gloskey{location} isn't set}
+ }
+ % internal field currcount
+ \gglosfield{curr\-count}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.14+}
+ \desc{used by entry counting to store the current running total}
+ }
+ % internal field prevcount
+ \gglosfield{prev\-count}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.14+}
+ \desc{used by entry counting to store the total from the previous \LaTeX\ run}
+ }
+ % internal field desc
+ \gglosfield{desc}
+ {
+ \desc{corresponds to \gloskey{description} key}
+ }
+ % internal field descplural
+ \gglosfield{desc\-plural}
+ {
+ \desc{corresponds to \gloskey{descriptionplural} key}
+ }
+ % internal field descaccess
+ \gglosfield{desc\-access}
+ {
+ \desc{corresponds to \gloskey{descriptionaccess} key}
+ }
+ % internal field descpluralaccess
+ \gglosfield{desc\-plural\-access}
+ {
+ \desc{corresponds to \gloskey{descriptionpluralaccess} key}
+ }
+ \gglosfield{user\-i\-access}
+ {
+ \desc{corresponds to \gloskey{user1access} key}
+ }
+ \gglosfield{user\-ii\-access}
+ {
+ \desc{corresponds to \gloskey{user2access} key}
+ }
+ \gglosfield{user\-iii\-access}
+ {
+ \desc{corresponds to \gloskey{user3access} key}
+ }
+ \gglosfield{user\-iv\-access}
+ {
+ \desc{corresponds to \gloskey{user4access} key}
+ }
+ \gglosfield{user\-v\-access}
+ {
+ \desc{corresponds to \gloskey{user5access} key}
+ }
+ \gglosfield{user\-vi\-access}
+ {
+ \desc{corresponds to \gloskey{user6access} key}
+ }
+ % internal field firstpl
+ \gglosfield{first\-pl}
+ {
+ \desc{corresponds to \gloskey{firstplural} key}
+ }
+ % internal field longpl
+ \gglosfield{long\-pl}
+ {
+ \desc{corresponds to \gloskey{longplural} key}
+ }
+ % internal field shortpl
+ \gglosfield{short\-pl}
+ {
+ \desc{corresponds to \gloskey{shortplural} key}
+ }
+ % internal field sortvalue
+ \gglosfield{sort\-value}
+ {
+ \desc{corresponds to \gloskey{sort} key}
+ }
+ % internal field level
+ \gglosfield{level}
+ {
+ \desc{the \idx{hierarchicallevel} is stored in this field. The
+ value is calculated when the \idx{entry} is defined and should not be changed}
+ }
+ % internal field prenumberlist
+ \gglosfield{pre\-number\-list}
+ {
+ \desc{set by the \gloskey{nonumberlist} key and used in
+ \gls{glsnoidxprenumberlist} with \option{noidx}}
+ }
+ % internal field useri
+ \gglosfield{useri}
+ {
+ \desc{corresponds to \gloskey{user1} key}
+ }
+ % internal field userii
+ \gglosfield{userii}
+ {
+ \desc{corresponds to \gloskey{user2} key}
+ }
+ % internal field useriii
+ \gglosfield{useriii}
+ {
+ \desc{corresponds to \gloskey{user3} key}
+ }
+ % internal field useriv
+ \gglosfield{useriv}
+ {
+ \desc{corresponds to \gloskey{user4} key}
+ }
+ % internal field userv
+ \gglosfield{userv}
+ {
+ \desc{corresponds to \gloskey{user5} key}
+ }
+ % internal field uservi
+ \gglosfield{uservi}
+ {
+ \desc{corresponds to \gloskey{user6} key}
+ }
+ % internal field siblingcount
+ \gxtrglosfield{sibling\-count}
+ {
+ \desc{used by \app{bib2gls} to store the number of (selected) siblings an entry has}
+ }
+ % internal field siblinglist
+ \gxtrglosfield{sibling\-list}
+ {
+ \desc{used by \app{bib2gls} to store an entry's list of (selected) siblings}
+ }
+ % internal field childcount
+ \gxtrglosfield{child\-count}%
+ {%
+ \desc{used with the \resourceopt{save-child-count} resource
+ option to store the entry's child count}
+ }
+ % internal field childlist
+ \gxtrglosfield{child\-list}
+ {
+ \desc{used by \app{bib2gls} to store an entry's list of (selected) child entries}
+ }
+ % ACCESSIBILITY KEYS
+ % glossentry access
+ \ggloskey{access}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{accessibility text corresponding to the \gloskey{name} field}
+ }
+ % glossentry textaccess
+ \ggloskey{text\-access}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{accessibility text corresponding to the \gloskey{text} field}
+ }
+ % glossentry pluralaccess
+ \ggloskey{plural\-access}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{accessibility text corresponding to the \gloskey{plural} field}
+ }
+ % glossentry firstaccess
+ \ggloskey{first\-access}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{accessibility text corresponding to the \gloskey{first} field}
+ }
+ % glossentry firstpluralaccess
+ \ggloskey{first\-plural\-access}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{accessibility text corresponding to the \gloskey{firstplural} field}
+ }
+ % glossentry shortaccess
+ \ggloskey{short\-access}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{accessibility text corresponding to the \gloskey{short} field}
+ }
+ % glossentry shortpluralaccess
+ \ggloskey{short\-plural\-access}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{accessibility text corresponding to the \gloskey{shortplural} field}
+ }
+ % glossentry longaccess
+ \ggloskey{long\-access}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{accessibility text corresponding to the \gloskey{long} field}
+ }
+ % glossentry longpluralaccess
+ \ggloskey{long\-plural\-access}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{accessibility text corresponding to the \gloskey{longplural} field}
+ }
+ % glossentry descriptionaccess
+ \ggloskey{description\-access}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{accessibility text corresponding to the \gloskey{description} field}
+ }
+ % glossentry descriptionpluralaccess
+ \ggloskey{description\-plural\-access}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{accessibility text corresponding to the \gloskey{descriptionplural} field}
+ }
+ % glossentry symbolaccess
+ \ggloskey{symbol\-access}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{accessibility text corresponding to the \gloskey{symbol} field}
+ }
+ % glossentry symbolpluralaccess
+ \ggloskey{symbol\-plural\-access}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{accessibility text corresponding to the \gloskey{symbolplural} field}
+ }
+ % glossentry user1access
+ \ggloskey{user1\-access}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{accessibility text corresponding to the \gloskey{user1} field}
+ }
+ % glossentry user2access
+ \ggloskey{user2\-access}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{accessibility text corresponding to the \gloskey{user2} field}
+ }
+ % glossentry user3access
+ \ggloskey{user3\-access}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{accessibility text corresponding to the \gloskey{user3} field}
+ }
+ % glossentry user4access
+ \ggloskey{user4\-access}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{accessibility text corresponding to the \gloskey{user4} field}
+ }
+ % glossentry user5access
+ \ggloskey{user5\-access}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{accessibility text corresponding to the \gloskey{user5} field}
+ }
+ % glossentry user6access
+ \ggloskey{user6\-access}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-accsupp} v4.45+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{accessibility text corresponding to the \gloskey{user6} field}
+ }
+ % PREFIX KEYS
+ % glossentry prefix
+ \ggloskey{prefix}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-prefix} v3.14a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{the \idx{subsequentuse} singular prefix}
+ }
+ % glossentry prefixplural
+ \ggloskey{prefix\-plural}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-prefix} v3.14a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{the \idx{subsequentuse} plural prefix}
+ }
+ % glossentry prefixfirst
+ \ggloskey{prefix\-first}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-prefix} v3.14a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{the \idx{firstuse} singular prefix}
+ }
+ % glossentry prefixfirstplural
+ \ggloskey{prefix\-first\-plural}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-prefix} v3.14a+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{the \idx{firstuse} plural prefix}
+ }
+ % GLS OPTIONS
+ \gidx{glsopt}{\name{\csfmt{gls}-like and \csfmt{glstext}-like options}%
+ \common
+ \field{text}{\csfmt{glslink} option}%
+ \desc{most (but not all) of these options can be used in the optional argument
+ of all the \gls{glslike}, \gls{glstextlike} and \gls{glsadd} commands}
+ }
+ % format
+ \gglsopt{format}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\meta{cs-name}}
+ \desc{the \idx{encap} or control sequence name (without the leading backslash)
+ that should be used to \idxc{locationencap}{encapsulate} the \idx{entrylocation}}%
+ }%
+ % counter
+ \gglsopt{counter}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\meta{counter-name}}
+ \desc{the \idx{locationcounter}}%
+ }%
+ % local
+ \gglsopt{local}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v3.04+}
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initval{false}
+ \defval{true}
+ \desc{if true use \gls{glslocalunset} to unset the
+ \idx{firstuseflag}, otherwise use \gls{glsunset} (only applies
+ to \gls{glslike} commands)}%
+ }%
+ % hyper
+ \gglsopt{hyper}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \initval{true}
+ \defval{true}
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \desc{determines whether or not the \idx{linktext} should have a
+ \idx{hyperlink} (provided \idxpl{hyperlink} are supported)}%
+ }%
+ % types
+ \gglsopt{types}%
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{glossary list}}
+ \desc{only available with \gls{glsaddall}, the value is the
+ list of glossaries to iterate over}
+ }
+ % textformat
+ \gxtrglsopt{text\-format}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.30+}
+ \syntax{\meta{csname}}
+ \desc{the name of the control sequence to use instead of \gls{glstextformat}
+to encapsulate the \idx{linktext}}%
+ }%
+ % hyperoutside
+ \gxtrglsopt{hyper\-outside}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.21+}
+ \initval{true}
+ \defval{true}
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \desc{determines whether the \idx{hyperlink} should be inside or outside of \gls{glstextformat}}%
+ }%
+ % wrgloss
+ \gxtrglsopt{wr\-gloss}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.14+}
+ \initval{before}
+ \syntax{\meta{position}}
+ \desc{determines whether to do the \idx{indexing} before or after the
+\idx{linktext}. Allowed values: \optfmt{before} and \optfmt{after}}%
+ }%
+ % noindex
+ \gxtrglsopt{no\-index}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \initval{false}
+ \defval{true}
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \desc{if \optfmt{true} this option will suppress \idx{indexing}.
+ If you are using \app{bib2gls}, you may want to consider using
+ \glsoptval{format}{\encap{glsignore}} to prevent a \location\ but
+ ensure that the entry is selected}%
+ }%
+ % prefix
+ \gxtrglsopt{prefix}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.31+}
+ \syntax{\meta{link-prefix}}
+ \desc{the prefix to use for the entry's hyperlink target}%
+ }%
+ % thevalue
+ \gxtrglsopt{the\-value}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.19+}
+ \syntax{\meta{location}}
+ \desc{set the \location\ to this value instead of obtaining it from the
+ \idx{locationcounter}}%
+ }%
+ % theHvalue
+ \gxtrglsopt{the\-H\-value}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.19+}
+ \syntax{\meta{the-H-value}}
+ \desc{set the hyper \location\ to this value instead of obtaining it
+from \gls{theHcounter}}%
+ }%
+ % prereset
+ \gxtrglsopt{pre\-reset}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.49+}
+ \initval{none}
+ \defval{local}
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \desc{determines whether or not to reset the entry before the
+ \idx{linktext}. Allowed values: \optfmt{none} (no reset),
+ \optfmt{local} (localise the reset) and \optfmt{global}}%
+ }%
+ % preunset
+ \gxtrglsopt{pre\-unset}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.49+}
+ \initval{none}
+ \defval{local}
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \desc{determines whether or not to unset the entry before the
+ \idx{linktext}. Allowed values: \optfmt{none} (no unset),
+ \optfmt{local} (localise the unset) and \optfmt{global}}%
+ }%
+ % postunset
+ \gxtrglsopt{post\-unset}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.49+}
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \initval{global}
+ \defval{global}
+ \desc{determines whether or not to unset the \idx{firstuseflag}
+ after the \idx{linktext}. The value may be one of:
+ \code{global}, \code{local} or \code{none}
+ (only applies to \gls{glslike} commands)}%
+ }%
+ % GLOSSARY STYLES
+ % STYLES: glossary-list
+ % list
+ \gglosty{list}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-list}}
+ \desc{a list style using the \env{description} environment}
+ }
+ % listgroup
+ \gglosty{list\-group}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-list}}
+ \desc{a list style using the \env{description} environment with
+ letter \idx{group} headings}
+ }
+ % listhypergroup
+ \gglosty{list\-hyper\-group}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-list}}
+ \desc{a list style using the \env{description} environment with
+ letter \idx{group} headings and a navigation line}
+ }
+ % altlist
+ \gglosty{alt\-list}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-list}}
+ \desc{a list style using the \env{description} environment with
+the entry's description starting on a new line}
+ }
+ % altlistgroup
+ \gglosty{alt\-list\-group}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-list}}
+ \desc{a list style using the \env{description} environment with
+the entry's description starting on a new line with
+ letter \idx{group} headings}
+ }
+ % altlisthypergroup
+ \gglosty{alt\-list\-hyper\-group}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-list}}
+ \desc{a list style using the \env{description} environment with
+the entry's description starting on a new line with
+ letter \idx{group} headings and a navigation line}
+ }
+ % listdotted
+ \gglosty{list\-dotted}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-list}}
+ \desc{a list style with a dotted leader between the name and
+description}
+ }
+ % sublistdotted
+ \gglosty{sub\-list\-dotted}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-list}}
+ \desc{a list style with just the name for top-level entries and
+ a dotted leader between the name and description for sub-entries}
+ }
+ % STYLES: glossary-long
+ % long
+ \gglosty{long}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-long}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 2 columns}
+ }
+ % longborder
+ \gglosty{long\-border}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-long}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 2 columns and
+border lines}
+ }
+ % longheader
+ \gglosty{long\-header}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-long}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 2 columns and a
+header row}
+ }
+ % longheaderborder
+ \gglosty{long\-header\-border}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-long}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 2 columns, a
+header row and border lines}
+ }
+ % long3col
+ \gglosty{long\-3\-col}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-long}}%
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 3 columns}
+ }
+ % long3colborder
+ \gglosty{long\-3\-col\-border}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-long}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 3 columns and
+border lines}
+ }
+ % long3colheader
+ \gglosty{long\-3\-col\-header}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-long}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 3 columns and a
+header row}
+ }
+ % long3colheaderborder
+ \gglosty{long\-3\-col\-header\-border}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-long}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 3 columns, a
+header row and border lines}
+ }
+ % long4col
+ \gglosty{long\-4\-col}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-long}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 4 columns}
+ }
+ % long4colheader
+ \gglosty{long\-4\-col\-header}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-long}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 4 columns and a
+header row}
+ }
+ % long4colborder
+ \gglosty{long\-4\-col\-border}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-long}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 4 columns and
+border lines}
+ }
+ % long4colheaderborder
+ \gglosty{long\-4\-col\-header\-border}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-long}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 4 columns, a
+header row and border lines}
+ }
+ % altlong4col
+ \gglosty{alt\-long\-4\-col}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-long}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 4 columns
+allowing a multiline description}
+ }
+ % altlong4colheader
+ \gglosty{alt\-long\-4\-col\-header}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-long}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 4 columns
+allowing a multiline description with a header row}
+ }
+ % altlong4colborder
+ \gglosty{alt\-long\-4\-col\-border}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-long}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 4 columns
+allowing a multiline description with border lines}
+ }
+ % altlong4colheaderborder
+ \gglosty{alt\-long\-4\-col\-header\-border}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-long}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 4 columns
+allowing a multiline description with a header row and border lines}
+ }
+ % STYLES: glossary-longragged
+ % longragged
+ \gglosty{long\-ragged}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-longragged}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 2 columns and
+ragged right formatting for the description}
+ }
+ % longraggedborder
+ \gglosty{long\-ragged\-border}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-longragged}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 2 columns and
+ragged right formatting for the description and border lines}
+ }
+ % longraggedheader
+ \gglosty{long\-ragged\-header}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-longragged}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 2 columns and
+ragged right formatting for the description, and a
+header row}
+ }
+ % longraggedheaderborder
+ \gglosty{long\-ragged\-header\-border}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-longragged}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 2 columns and
+ragged right formatting for the description, border lines and a
+header row}
+ }
+ % longragged3col
+ \gglosty{long\-ragged\-3\-col}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-longragged}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 3 columns and
+ragged right formatting for the description}
+ }
+ % longragged3colborder
+ \gglosty{long\-ragged\-3\-col\-border}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-longragged}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 3 columns and
+ragged right formatting for the description and border lines}
+ }
+ % longragged3colheader
+ \gglosty{long\-ragged\-3\-col\-header}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-longragged}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 3 columns and
+ragged right formatting for the description, and a
+header row}
+ }
+ % longragged3colheaderborder
+ \gglosty{long\-ragged\-3\-col\-header\-border}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-longragged}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 3 columns and
+ragged right formatting for the description, border lines and a
+header row}
+ }
+ % altlongragged4col
+ \gglosty{alt\-long\-ragged\-4\-col}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-longragged}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 4 columns and
+ragged right formatting for the description}
+ }
+ % altlongragged4colheader
+ \gglosty{alt\-long\-ragged\-4\-col\-header}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-longragged}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 4 columns and
+ragged right formatting for the description, and a
+header row}
+ }
+ % altlongragged4colborder
+ \gglosty{alt\-long\-ragged\-4\-col\-border}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-longragged}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 4 columns and
+ragged right formatting for the description and border lines}
+ }
+ % altlongragged4colheaderborder
+ \gglosty{alt\-long\-ragged\-4\-col\-header\-border}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-longragged}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 4 columns and
+ragged right formatting for the description, border lines and a
+header row}
+ }
+ % STYLES: glossary-longbooktabs
+ % long-booktabs
+ \gglosty{long\dhyphen booktabs}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-longbooktabs} v4.21+}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 2 columns a
+ header row and rules}
+ }
+ % long3col-booktabs
+ \gglosty{long3col\dhyphen booktabs}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-longbooktabs} v4.21+}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 3 columns a
+ header row and rules}
+ }
+ % long4col-booktabs
+ \gglosty{long\-4\-col\dhyphen booktabs}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-longbooktabs} v4.21+}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 4 columns a
+ header row and rules}
+ }
+ % altlong4col-booktabs
+ \gglosty{alt\-long\-4\-col\dhyphen booktabs}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-longbooktabs} v4.21+}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 4 columns
+ allowing for multi-lined descriptions, a header row and rules}
+ }
+ % longragged-booktabs
+ \gglosty{long\-ragged\dhyphen booktabs}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-longbooktabs} v4.21+}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 2 columns, a
+ header row and rules, and ragged right formatting for the
+description}
+ }
+ % longragged3col-booktabs
+ \gglosty{long\-ragged\-3\-col\dhyphen booktabs}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-longbooktabs} v4.21+}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 3 columns, a
+ header row and rules, and ragged right formatting for the
+description}
+ }
+ % altlongragged4col-booktabs
+ \gglosty{alt\-long\-ragged\-4\-col\dhyphen booktabs}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-longbooktabs} v4.21+}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{longtable} with 4 columns, a
+ header row and rules, and ragged right formatting for the
+description}
+ }
+ % STYLES: glossary-super
+ % super
+ \gglosty{super}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-super}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{supertabular} with 2 columns}
+ }
+ % superborder
+ \gglosty{super\-border}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-super}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{supertabular} with 2 columns and
+border lines}
+ }
+ % superheader
+ \gglosty{super\-header}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-super}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{supertabular} with 2 columns and
+a header row}
+ }
+ % superheaderborder
+ \gglosty{super\-header\-border}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-super}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{supertabular} with 2 columns,
+a header row and border lines}
+ }
+ % super3col
+ \gglosty{super\-3\-col}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-super}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{supertabular} with 3 columns}
+ }
+ % super3colborder
+ \gglosty{super\-3\-col\-border}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-super}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{supertabular} with 3 columns and
+border lines}
+ }
+ % super3colheader
+ \gglosty{super\-3\-col\-header}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-super}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{supertabular} with 3 columns and a
+header row}
+ }
+ % super3colheaderborder
+ \gglosty{super\-3\-col\-header\-border}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-super}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{supertabular} with 3 columns, a
+header row and border lines}
+ }
+ % super4col
+ \gglosty{super\-4\-col}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-super}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{supertabular} with 4 columns}
+ }
+ % super4colheader
+ \gglosty{super\-4\-col\-header}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-super}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{supertabular} with 4 columns and
+a header row}
+ }
+ % super4colborder
+ \gglosty{super\-4\-col\-border}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-super}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{supertabular} with 4 columns and border lines}
+ }
+ % super4colheaderborder
+ \gglosty{super\-4\-col\-header\-border}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-super}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{supertabular} with 4 columns,
+a header row and border lines}
+ }
+ % altsuper4col
+ \gglosty{alt\-super\-4\-col}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-super}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{supertabular} with 4 columns
+ allowing multiline descriptions}
+ }
+ % altsuper4colheader
+ \gglosty{alt\-super\-4\-col\-header}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-super}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{supertabular} with 4 columns
+ and a header row
+ allowing multiline descriptions}
+ }
+ % altsuper4colborder
+ \gglosty{alt\-super\-4\-col\-border}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-super}}}
+ % altsuper4colheaderborder
+ \gglosty{alt\-super\-4\-col\-header\-border}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-super}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{supertabular} with 4 columns,
+ a header row and border lines
+ allowing multiline descriptions}
+ }
+ % STYLES: glossary-superragged
+ % superragged
+ \gglosty{super\-ragged}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-superragged}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{supertabular} with 2 columns and
+ragged right formatting for the description}
+ }
+ % superraggedborder
+ \gglosty{super\-ragged\-border}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-superragged}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{supertabular} with 2 columns and
+border lines, and
+ragged right formatting for the description}
+ }
+ % superraggedheader
+ \gglosty{super\-ragged\-header}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-superragged}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{supertabular} with 2 columns and
+a header row, and
+ragged right formatting for the description}
+ }
+ % superraggedheaderborder
+ \gglosty{super\-ragged\-header\-border}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-superragged}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{supertabular} with 2 columns,
+a header row and border lines, and
+ragged right formatting for the description}
+ }
+ % superragged3col
+ \gglosty{super\-ragged\-3\-col}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-superragged}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{supertabular} with 3 columns and
+ragged right formatting for the description}
+ }
+ % superragged3colborder
+ \gglosty{super\-ragged\-3\-col\-border}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-superragged}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{supertabular} with 3 columns and
+border lines, and
+ragged right formatting for the description}
+ }
+ % superragged3colheader
+ \gglosty{super\-ragged\-3\-col\-header}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-superragged}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{supertabular} with 3 columns and
+a header row, and
+ragged right formatting for the description}
+ }
+ % superragged3colheaderborder
+ \gglosty{super\-ragged\-3\-col\-header\-border}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-superragged}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{supertabular} with 3 columns,
+a header row and border lines, and
+ragged right formatting for the description}
+ }
+ % altsuperragged4col
+ \gglosty{alt\-super\-ragged\-4\-col}%
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-superragged}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{supertabular} with 4 columns and
+ragged right formatting for the description}
+ }
+ % altsuperragged4colheader
+ \gglosty{alt\-super\-ragged\-4\-col\-header}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-superragged}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{supertabular} with 4 columns and
+a header row, and
+ragged right formatting for the description}
+ }
+ % altsuperragged4colborder
+ \gglosty{alt\-super\-ragged\-4\-col\-border}%
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-superragged}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{supertabular} with 4 columns
+and border lines, and
+ragged right formatting for the description}
+ }
+ % altsuperragged4colheaderborder
+ \gglosty{alt\-super\-ragged\-4\-col\-header\-border}%
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-superragged}}
+ \desc{a tabular style using \env{supertabular} with 4 columns,
+a header row and border lines, and
+ragged right formatting for the description}
+ }
+ % STYLES: glossary-tree
+ % index
+ \gglosty{index}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-tree}}
+ \desc{a style similar to standard indexes but also shows the
+description and, if set, the symbol}
+ }
+ % indexgroup
+ \gglosty{index\-group}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-tree}}
+ \desc{a style similar to standard indexes with letter \idx{group}
+headings but also shows the
+description and, if set, the symbol}
+ }
+ % indexhypergroup
+ \gglosty{index\-hyper\-group}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-tree}}
+ \desc{a style similar to standard indexes with letter \idx{group}
+headings and a navigation line but also shows the
+description and, if set, the symbol}
+ }
+ % tree
+ \gglosty{tree}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-tree}}
+ \desc{a \hierarchical\ style that shows the name, description
+and, if set, the symbol}
+ }
+ % treegroup
+ \gglosty{tree\-group}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-tree}}
+ \desc{a \hierarchical\ style with letter \idx{group} headings
+ that shows the name, description and, if set, the symbol}
+ }
+ % treehypergroup
+ \gglosty{tree\-hyper\-group}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-tree}}
+ \desc{a \hierarchical\ style with letter \idx{group} headings
+ and navigation line
+ that shows the name, description and, if set, the symbol}
+ }
+ % treenoname
+ \gglosty{tree\-no\-name}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-tree}}
+ \desc{a \idx{homograph} style that shows the top-level name,
+description and, if set, the symbol, but omits the name for
+sub-entries}
+ }
+ % treenonamegroup
+ \gglosty{tree\-no\-name\-group}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-tree}}
+ \desc{a \idx{homograph} style with letter \idx{group} headings that shows the top-level name,
+description and, if set, the symbol, but omits the name for
+sub-entries}
+ }
+ % treenonamehypergroup
+ \gglosty{tree\-no\-name\-hyper\-group}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-tree}}
+ \desc{a \idx{homograph} style with letter \idx{group} headings
+and navigation line that shows the top-level name,
+description and, if set, the symbol, but omits the name for
+sub-entries}
+ }
+ % alttree
+ \gglosty{alt\-tree}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-tree}}
+ \desc{a \hierarchical\ style that shows the name, description
+and, if set, the symbol. The name is set in a box whose width is
+given by the widest name that has to be identified with
+\gls{glssetwidest}}
+ }
+ % alttreegroup
+ \gglosty{alt\-tree\-group}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-tree}}
+ \desc{a \hierarchical\ style with letter \idx{group} headings that shows the name, description
+and, if set, the symbol. The name is set in a box whose width is
+given by the widest name that has to be identified with
+\gls{glssetwidest}}
+ }
+ % alttreehypergroup
+ \gglosty{alt\-tree\-hyper\-group}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-tree}}
+ \desc{a \hierarchical\ style with letter \idx{group} headings and
+navigation line that shows the name, description
+and, if set, the symbol. The name is set in a box whose width is
+given by the widest name that has to be identified with
+\gls{glssetwidest}}
+ }
+ % STYLES: glossary-mcols
+ % mcolindex
+ \gglosty{mcol\-index}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-mcols} v3.02+}
+ \desc{a multicolumn style similar to standard indexes but also shows the
+description and, if set, the symbol}
+ }
+ % mcolindexgroup
+ \gglosty{mcol\-index\-group}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-mcols} v3.02+}
+ \desc{a multicolumn style similar to standard indexes with letter \idx{group}
+headings but also shows the
+description and, if set, the symbol}
+ }
+ % mcolindexhypergroup
+ \gglosty{mcol\-index\-hyper\-group}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-mcols} v3.02+}
+ \desc{a multicolumn style similar to standard indexes with letter \idx{group}
+headings and a navigation line at the start of the first column but also shows the
+description and, if set, the symbol}
+ }
+ % mcolindexspannav
+ \gglosty{mcol\-index\-span\-nav}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-mcols} v4.22+}
+ \desc{a multicolumn style similar to standard indexes with letter \idx{group}
+headings and a navigation line spanning all columns but also shows the
+description and, if set, the symbol}
+ }
+ % mcoltree
+ \gglosty{mcol\-tree}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-mcols} v3.02+}
+ \desc{a multicolumn \hierarchical\ style that shows the name, description
+and, if set, the symbol}
+ }
+ % mcoltreegroup
+ \gglosty{mcol\-tree\-group}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-mcols} v3.02+}
+ \desc{a multicolumn \hierarchical\ style with letter \idx{group} headings
+ that shows the name, description and, if set, the symbol}
+ }
+ % mcoltreehypergroup
+ \gglosty{mcol\-tree\-hyper\-group}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-mcols} v3.02+}
+ \desc{a multicolumn \hierarchical\ style with letter \idx{group} headings
+ and navigation line at the start of the first column
+ that shows the name, description and, if set, the symbol}
+ }
+ % mcoltreespannav
+ \gglosty{mcol\-tree\-span\-nav}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-mcols} v4.22+}
+ \desc{a multicolumn \hierarchical\ style with letter \idx{group} headings
+ and navigation line spanning all columns
+ that shows the name, description and, if set, the symbol}
+ }
+ % mcoltreenoname
+ \gglosty{mcol\-tree\-no\-name}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-mcols} v3.02+}
+ \desc{a multicolumn \idx{homograph} style that shows the top-level name,
+description and, if set, the symbol, but omits the name for
+sub-entries}
+ }
+ % mcoltreenonamegroup
+ \gglosty{mcol\-tree\-no\-name\-group}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-mcols} v3.02+}
+ \desc{a multicolumn \idx{homograph} style with letter \idx{group} headings that shows the top-level name,
+description and, if set, the symbol, but omits the name for
+sub-entries}
+ }
+ % mcoltreenonamehypergroup
+ \gglosty{mcol\-tree\-no\-name\-hyper\-group}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-mcols} v3.02+}
+ \desc{a multicolumn \idx{homograph} style with letter \idx{group} headings
+and navigation line at the start of the first column that shows the top-level name,
+description and, if set, the symbol, but omits the name for
+sub-entries}
+ }
+ % mcoltreenonamespannav
+ \gglosty{mcol\-tree\-no\-name\-span\-nav}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-mcols} v4.22+}
+ \desc{a multicolumn \idx{homograph} style with letter \idx{group} headings
+and navigation line spanning all columns that shows the top-level name,
+description and, if set, the symbol, but omits the name for
+sub-entries}
+ }
+ % mcolalttree
+ \gglosty{mcol\-alt\-tree}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-mcols} v3.02+}
+ \desc{a multicolumn \hierarchical\ style that shows the name, description
+and, if set, the symbol. The name is set in a box whose width is
+given by the widest name that has to be identified with
+\gls{glssetwidest}}
+ }
+ % mcolalttreegroup
+ \gglosty{mcol\-alt\-tree\-group}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-mcols} v3.02+}
+ \desc{a multicolumn \hierarchical\ style with letter \idx{group} headings that shows the name, description
+and, if set, the symbol. The name is set in a box whose width is
+given by the widest name that has to be identified with
+\gls{glssetwidest}}
+ }
+ % mcolalttreehypergroup
+ \gglosty{mcol\-alt\-tree\-hyper\-group}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-mcols} v3.02+}
+ \desc{a \hierarchical\ style with letter \idx{group} headings and
+navigation line at the start of the first column that shows the name, description
+and, if set, the symbol. The name is set in a box whose width is
+given by the widest name that has to be identified with
+\gls{glssetwidest}}
+ }
+ % mcolalttreespannav
+ \gglosty{mcol\-alt\-tree\-span\-nav}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-mcols} v4.22+}
+ \desc{a \hierarchical\ style with letter \idx{group} headings and
+navigation line spanning all columns that shows the name, description
+and, if set, the symbol. The name is set in a box whose width is
+given by the widest name that has to be identified with
+\gls{glssetwidest}}
}
-
-\newglossaryentry{firstusetext}{%
-name={First use text\ifirstusetext},
-sort={first use text},%
-text={first use text},%
-description={The text that is displayed on \gls{firstuse}, which is
-governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of
-\ics{newglossaryentry}. (May be overridden by
-\ics{glsdisp} or by \ics{defglsentry}.)}%
+ % STYLES: glossaries-inline
+ % inline
+ \gglosty{in\-line}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-inline} v3.03+}
+ \desc{an inline \idx{homograph} style}
+ }
+ % EXTRA STYLES
+ % bookindex style
+ \gxtrglosty{book\-index}{\providedby{\sty{glossary-bookindex} v1.21+}
+ \desc{designed for indexes, the description isn't shown}
+ }
+ % long-name-desc-sym-loc
+ \gxtrglosty{long\dhyphen name\dhyphen desc\dhyphen sym\dhyphen loc}%
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-longextra} v1.21+}
+ \desc{tabular style with 4 columns}
+ }
+ % long-name-desc
+ \gxtrglosty{long\dhyphen name\dhyphen desc}%
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-longextra} v1.37+}
+ \desc{tabular style with 2 columns}
+ }
+ % topic
+ \gxtrglosty{topic}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-topic} v1.40+}
+ \desc{designed for paragraph length top-level descriptions}
+ }
+ % topicmcols
+ \gxtrglosty{topic\-mcols}
+ {\providedby{\sty{glossary-topic} v1.40+}
+ \desc{designed for paragraph length top-level descriptions with
+ sub-entries in multiple columns}
+ }
+ % ACRONYM STYLES
+ % long-short
+ \gacrsty{long\dhyphen short}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \desc{first use shows \meta{long} (\meta{short})}
+ }
+ % short-long
+ \gacrsty{short\dhyphen long}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \desc{first use shows \meta{short} (\meta{long})}
+ }
+ % sc-short-long
+ \gacrsty{sc\dhyphen short\dhyphen long}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \desc{first use shows \meta{short} (\meta{long}) with short form
+ in smallcaps}
+ }
+ % sm-short-long
+ \gacrsty{sm\dhyphen short\dhyphen long}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \desc{first use shows \meta{short} (\meta{long}) with short form
+ in a smaller font}
+ }
+ % short-long-desc
+ \gacrsty{short\dhyphen long\dhyphen desc}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \desc{first use shows \meta{short} (\meta{long}) and a
+description must be supplied}
+ }
+ % sc-short-long-desc
+ \gacrsty{sc\dhyphen short\dhyphen long\dhyphen desc}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \desc{first use shows \meta{short} (\meta{long}) with the short
+form in smallcaps and a
+description must be supplied}
+ }
+ % sm-short-long-desc
+ \gacrsty{sm\dhyphen short\dhyphen long\dhyphen desc}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \desc{first use shows \meta{short} (\meta{long}) with the short
+form in a smaller font and a
+description must be supplied}
+ }
+ % long-sp-short
+ \gacrsty{long\dhyphen sp\dhyphen short}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.16+}
+ \desc{first use shows \meta{long} (\meta{short}) where the space
+may be converted to a non-breaking space}
+ }
+ % long-sc-short
+ \gacrsty{long\dhyphen sc\dhyphen short}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \desc{first use shows \meta{long} (\meta{short}) with the short
+form in smallcaps}
+ }
+ % long-sm-short
+ \gacrsty{long\dhyphen sm\dhyphen short}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \desc{first use shows \meta{long} (\meta{short}) with the short
+form in a smaller font}
+ }
+ % long-short-desc
+ \gacrsty{long\dhyphen short\dhyphen desc}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \desc{first use shows \meta{long} (\meta{short}) where the
+description must be supplied}
+ }
+ % long-sp-short-desc
+ \gacrsty{long\dhyphen sp\dhyphen short\dhyphen desc}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.16+}
+ \desc{first use shows \meta{long} (\meta{short}) where the space
+may be converted to a non-breaking space and the description must be
+supplied}
+ }
+ % long-sc-short-desc
+ \gacrsty{long\dhyphen sc\dhyphen short\dhyphen desc}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \desc{first use shows \meta{long} (\meta{short}) with the short
+form in smallcaps and the description must be supplied}
+ }
+ % long-sm-short-desc
+ \gacrsty{long\dhyphen sm\dhyphen short\dhyphen desc}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \desc{first use shows \meta{long} (\meta{short}) with the short
+form in a smaller font and the description must be supplied}
+ }
+ % dua
+ \gacrsty{dua}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \desc{both the first use and subsequent use only show the long
+form}
+ }
+ % dua-desc
+ \gacrsty{dua\dhyphen desc}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \desc{both the first use and subsequent use only show the long
+form and the description must be supplied}
+ }
+ % footnote
+ \gacrsty{footnote}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \desc{first use shows \meta{short} followed by the long form in
+a footnote}
+ }
+ % footnote-sc
+ \gacrsty{footnote\dhyphen sc}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \desc{first use shows \meta{short} in smallcaps followed by the long form in
+a footnote}
+ }
+ % footnote-sm
+ \gacrsty{footnote\dhyphen sm}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \desc{first use shows \meta{short} in a smaller font followed by the long form in
+a footnote}
+ }
+ % footnote-desc
+ \gacrsty{footnote\dhyphen desc}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \desc{first use shows \meta{short} followed by the long form in
+a footnote and the description must be supplied}
+ }
+ % footnote-sc-desc
+ \gacrsty{footnote\dhyphen sc\dhyphen desc}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \desc{first use shows \meta{short} in smallcaps followed by the long form in
+a footnote and the description must be supplied}
+ }
+ % footnote-sm-desc
+ \gacrsty{footnote\dhyphen sm\dhyphen desc}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.02+}
+ \desc{first use shows \meta{short} in a smaller font followed by the long form in
+a footnote and the description must be supplied}
+ }
+ % ABBREVIATION STYLES
+ % long-short
+ \gabbrsty{long\dhyphen short}{}
+ % short-long
+ \gabbrsty{short\dhyphen long}{}
+ % long-short-desc
+ \gabbrsty{long\dhyphen short\dhyphen desc}{}
+ % long-short-user
+ \gabbrsty{long\dhyphen short\dhyphen user}{}
+ % long-short-sc
+ \gabbrsty{long\dhyphen short\dhyphen sc}{}
+ % long-short-sc-desc
+ \gabbrsty{long\dhyphen short\dhyphen sc\dhyphen desc}{}
+ % long-em-short-em
+ \gabbrsty{long\dhyphen em\dhyphen short\dhyphen em}{}
+ % long-short-em
+ \gabbrsty{long\dhyphen short\dhyphen em}{}
+ % short-nolong
+ \gabbrsty{short\dhyphen nolong}{}
+ % short-nolong-noreg
+ \gabbrsty{short\dhyphen nolong\dhyphen noreg}{}
+ % long-noshort
+ \gabbrsty{long\dhyphen noshort}{}
+ % short-sc-footnote
+ \gabbrsty{short\dhyphen sc\dhyphen footnote}{}
+ % short-footnote-desc
+ \gabbrsty{short\dhyphen footnote\dhyphen desc}{}
+ % short-sc-footnote-desc
+ \gabbrsty{short\dhyphen sc\dhyphen footnote\dhyphen desc}{}
+ % short-sc-postfootnote-desc
+ \gabbrsty{short\dhyphen sc\dhyphen postfootnote\dhyphen desc}{}
+ % footnote
+ \gabbrsty{footnote}{}
+ % postfootnote
+ \gabbrsty{postfootnote}{}
+ % RESOURCE OPTIONS
+ \gidx{resourceopt}{\name{resource options}%
+ \field{text}{resource option}%
+ \field{see}{GlsXtrLoadResources}
+ }
+ % resource option src
+ \gresourceopt{src}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{list}}
+ \initval{\csfmt{jobname}}
+ \desc{a comma-separated list of \ext+{bib} files that contain the
+ entry data (the file extension may be omitted)}
+ }
+ % resource option selection
+ \gresourceopt{selection}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \initval{recorded and deps and see}
+ \desc{the selection criteria}
+ }
+ % resource option sort-field
+ \gresourceopt{sort\dhyphen field}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \initval{sort}
+ \desc{the field to use for sorting}
+ }
+ % resource option save-locations
+ \gresourceopt{save\dhyphen locations}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \initval{true}
+ \defval{true}
+ \desc{determines whether or not to save the \idx{locationlist}.
+ This was originally a boolean option but as from \app{bib2gls}
+ v3.0 it takes additional values}
+ }
+ % resource option save-loclist
+ \gresourceopt{save\dhyphen loclist}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initval{true}
+ \defval{true}
+ \desc{determines whether or not to save the \locations\
+ in the \glosfield{loclist} field (as an \sty{etoolbox} list)}
+ }
+ % resource option sort
+ \gresourceopt{sort}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \initval{doc}
+ \desc{identifies the sort method. The default is to use the
+ document's language or (if not set) the default locale}
+ }
+ % resource option dual-sort
+ \gresourceopt{dual\dhyphen sort}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \initval{combine}
+ \desc{identifies the sort method for dual entries}
+ }
+ % resource option sort-rule
+ \gresourceopt{sort\dhyphen rule}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \desc{the sort rule to use with \resourceoptval{sort}{custom}}
+ }
+ % resource option type
+ \gresourceopt{type}
+ {
+ \syntax{\meta{glossary-type}}
+ \desc{indicates that primary entries should be
+ assigned to the given \idx{glossary}}
+ }
+ % resource option dual-type
+ \gresourceopt{dual\dhyphen type}
+ {
+ \syntax{\meta{glossary-type}}
+ \desc{indicates that dual entries should be
+ assigned to the given \idx{glossary}}
+ }
+ % resource option category
+ \gresourceopt{category}
+ {
+ \syntax{\meta{category-label}}
+ \desc{indicates that primary entries should be
+ assigned to the given category}
+ }
+ % resource option dual-category
+ \gresourceopt{dual\dhyphen category}
+ {
+ \syntax{\meta{category-label}}
+ \desc{indicates that dual entries should be
+ assigned to the given category}
+ }
+ % resource option group
+ \gresourceopt{group}
+ {
+ \syntax{\meta{group-label}}
+ \desc{indicates that primary entries should have the
+ \gloskey{group} field set to the given value. See also
+ \gallerypage{logicaldivisions}{Gallery: Logical Glossary Divisions
+ (type vs group vs parent)}}
+ }
+ % resource option replicate-fields
+ \gresourceopt{replicate\dhyphen fields}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{assignments}}
+ \desc{copies the values of fields into other fields}
+ }
+ % resource option name-case-change
+ \gresourceopt{name\dhyphen case\dhyphen change}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{value}}
+ \desc{applies a \idx{casechange} to the \gloskey{name} field}
+ }
+ % resource option label-prefix
+ \gresourceopt{label\dhyphen prefix}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{prefix}}
+ \desc{applies the given prefix to entry labels}
+ }
+ % resource option dual-prefix
+ \gresourceopt{dual\dhyphen prefix}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{prefix}}
+ \desc{applies the given prefix to dual entry labels}
+ }
+ % resource option ext-prefixes
+ \gresourceopt{ext\dhyphen prefixes}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{prefix list}}
+ \desc{supplies external prefix labels}
+ }
+ % resource option append-prefix-field
+ \gresourceopt{append\dhyphen prefix\dhyphen field}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{value}}
+ \desc{may be used to append a space to the prefix fields}
+ }
+ % resource option identical-sort-action
+ \gresourceopt{identical\dhyphen sort\dhyphen action}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{value}}
+ \desc{indicates what to do with entries that have identical sort values}
+ }
+ % resource option break-at
+ \gresourceopt{break\dhyphen at}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{value}}
+ \desc{indicates if the sort value should be broken into words (word order) or
+ no break (letter order)}
+ }
+ % resource option set-widest
+ \gresourceopt{set\dhyphen widest}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{boolean}}
+ \initval{false}
+ \defval{true}
+ \desc{instructs \app{bib2gls} to compute the widest names for
+ use with styles such as \glostyle{alttree}}
+ }
+ % resource option write-preamble
+ \gresourceopt{write\dhyphen preamble}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{boolean}}
+ \initval{true}
+ \defval{true}
+ \desc{instructs \app{bib2gls} to write the contents of the
+ \idx+{bibpreamble} (\atentry{preamble}) to the \ext+{glstex}
+ file}
+ }
+ % resource option field-aliases
+ \gresourceopt{field\dhyphen alias}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{\keyvallist}}
+ \desc{identifies field names that should be aliased}
+ }
+ % resource option entry-type-aliases
+ \gresourceopt{entry\dhyphen type\dhyphen aliases}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{\keyvallist}}
+ \desc{identifies entry types that should be aliased}
+ }
+ % resource option min-loc-range
+ \gresourceopt{min\dhyphen loc\dhyphen range}
+ {
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \desc{sets the minimum number of consecutive \locations\ to
+ compact into a \idx{range}}
+ }
+ % resource option max-loc-diff
+ \gresourceopt{max\dhyphen loc\dhyphen diff}
+ {
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \desc{sets the maximum difference between two sequential \locations\ to
+ consider them for a merger into an implicit \idx{range}}
+ }
+ % resource option suffixF
+ \gresourceopt{suffixF}
+ {
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \desc{sets the suffix for two consecutive \locations}
+ }
+ % resource option suffixFF
+ \gresourceopt{suffixFF}
+ {
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \desc{sets the suffix for three or more consecutive \locations}
+ }
+ % resource option compact-ranges
+ \gresourceopt{compact\dhyphen ranges}
+ {
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \desc{compacts ranges (for example, \qt{184--189} will be
+ shortened to \qt{184--9})}
+ }
+ % resource option save-child-count
+ \gresourceopt{save\dhyphen child\dhyphen count}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initval{false}
+ \defval{true}
+ \desc{if true, each entry will have the total number of child
+ entries stored in the \glosfield{childcount} field and the list of
+ children will be stored in the \glosfield+{childlist} field}
+ }
+ % resource option save-sibling-count
+ \gresourceopt{save\dhyphen sibling\dhyphen count}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ \initval{false}
+ \defval{true}
+ \desc{if true, each entry will have the total number of sibling
+ entries stored in the \glosfield{siblingcount} field and the list of
+ siblings will be stored in the \glosfield{siblinglist} field}
+ }
+ % resource option abbreviation-sort-fallback
+ \gresourceopt{abbreviation\dhyphen sort\dhyphen fallback}
+ {
+ \syntax{\meta{field}}
+ \initval{short}
+ \desc{the fallback field to use for \atentry{abbreviation} if the
+ \gloskey{sort} field hasn't been supplied}
+ }
+ % resource option ignore-fields
+ \gresourceopt{ignore\dhyphen fields}
+ {
+ \syntax{\meta{field list}}
+ \desc{ignore the listed fields}
+ }
+ % resource option loc-counters
+ \gresourceopt{loc\dhyphen counters}
+ {
+ \syntax{\meta{counter list}}
+ \desc{group the \locations\ according the their
+ \idx{locationcounter} in the given order}
+ }
+ % resource option primary-location-formats
+ \gresourceopt{primary\dhyphen location\dhyphen formats}
+ {
+ \syntax{\meta{list}}
+ \desc{identifies \idxpl{encap} that should be considered primary
+formats}
+ }
+ % resource option combine-dual-locations
+ \gresourceopt{combine\dhyphen dual\dhyphen locations}
+ {
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \desc{allows \idxpl{locationlist} for primary and dual entries to be merged}
+ }
+ % resource option field-aliases
+ \gresourceopt{field\dhyphen aliases}
+ {
+ \syntax{\keyvallist}
+ \desc{sets up field aliases}
+ }
+ % CATEGORIES
+ \gcat{general}{}
+ \gcat{abbreviation}{}
+ \gcat{acronym}{}
+ \gcat{symbol}{}
+ \gcat{number}{}
+ \gcat{index}{}
+ % CATEGORy ATTRIBUTES
+ \gcatattr{gloss\-name}{}% glossname
+ \gcatattr{gloss\-name\-font}{}% glossnamefont
+ \gcatattr{gloss\-desc}{}% glossdesc
+ \gcatattr{gloss\-desc\-font}{}% glossdescfont
+ \gcatattr{gloss\-symbol\-font}{}% glosssymbolfont
+ \gcatattr{no\-hyper}{}% nohyper
+ \gcatattr{no\-hyper\-first}{}% nohyperfirst
+ \gcatattr{discard\-period}{}% discardperiod
+ \gcatattr{insert\-dots}{}% insertdots
+ \gcatattr{index\-only\-first}{}% indexonlyfirst
+ \gcatattr{no\-short\-plural}{}% noshortplural
+ \gcatattr{retain\-first\-use\-period}{}% retainfirstuseperiod
+ \gcatattr{plural\-discard\-period}{}% pluraldiscardperiod
+ % language files
+ \gfilemeta{glossaries\dhyphen}{language}{}{}% glossaries-<language>
+ \gfile{glossaries\dhyphen french}{}% glossaries-french
+ \gfile{glossaries\dhyphen german}{}% glossaries-german
+ % file extensions
+ \gidxpl{fileextension}{%
+ \field{text}{file extension}
+ \field{seealso}{fileformat}
+ }
+ \gext{log}{}
+ \gext{tex}{}
+ \gext{bib}{}
+ \gext{glo}{}
+ \gext{gls}{}
+ \gext{glg}{}
+ \gext{glo2}{}
+ \gext{gls2}{}
+ \gext{glg2}{}
+ \gext{ist}{}
+ \gext{xdy}{}
+ \gext{aux}{}
+ \gext{glstex}{}
+ \gext{glslabels}{}
+ \gext{alg}{}
+ \gext{acr}{}
+ \gext{acn}{}
+ \gext{slo}{}
+ \gext{sls}{}
+ \gext{slg}{}
+ \gext{nlo}{}
+ \gext{nls}{}
+ \gext{nlg}{}
+ \gext{ind}{}
+ \gext{idx}{}
+ \gext{ilg}{}
+ \gext{glsdefs}{}
+ \gext{ldf}{}
+ \gext{toc}{}
+ % GENERAL INDEX
+ \gidxpl{acronym}{\common}
+ \gidxpl{abbreviation}{%
+ \common
+ \field{text}{\xtrfmt{abbreviation}}
+ \field{plural}{\xtrfmt{abbreviations}}
+ }
+ \gidxpl{glossaryentry}%
+ {%
+ \common
+ \field{text}{glossary entry}%
+ \field{plural}{glossary entries}%
+ }
+ \gidx{entry}{\common\field{plural}{entries}\field{alias}{idx.glossaryentry}}
+ \gidx{entryformat}{\name{entry format}}
+ \gidx{displaystyle}{\name{display style (or format)}
+ \field{text}{display style}
+ \field{alias}{idx.entryformat}}
+ \gidx{formatentry}{\name{entry}\field{parent}{idx.format}\field{alias}{idx.entryformat}}
+ \gidx{acronymformat}{\name{acronym format}
+ \field{alias}{idx.acronymstyle}
+ }
+ \gidx{formatacronym}%
+ {%
+ \name{acronym}
+ \field{parent}{idx.format}
+ \field{text}{acronym format}
+ \field{alias}{idx.acronymstyle}
+ }
+ \gidxpl{xindyattr}{\field{text}{xindy attribute}}
+ \gidx{accessattr}{\name{accessibility attribute}}
+ \gidx{attribute}{\field{see}{idx.accessattr,idx.categoryattribute,idx.xindyattr}}
+ \gidx{preamble}{}
+ \gidx{glossarypreamble}
+ {
+ \name{glossary}
+ \field{first}{glossary preamble}
+ \field{text}{preamble}
+ \field{parent}{idx.preamble}
+ }
+ \gidx{documentpreamble}
+ {
+ \common
+ \name{document}
+ \field{first}{document preamble}
+ \field{text}{preamble}
+ \field{parent}{idx.preamble}
+ }
+ \gidx{bibpreamble}
+ {
+ \name{\filefmt{bib}}
+ \field{text}{preamble}
+ \field{parent}{idx.preamble}
+ }
+ \gidx{postamble}{}
+ \gidx{compositor}{}
+ \gidx{pageprecedence}{\name{page precedence}}
+ \gidx{pagecompositor}{\name{page compositor}\field{alias}{idx.compositor}}
+ \gidx{compositelocation}{\name{composite location}\field{alias}{idx.compositor}}
+ \gidx{auto-completion}{}
+ \gidxpl{PDFbookmark}{\field{text}{\glsxtrsmfont{PDF} bookmark}}
+ \gidx{PDFelement}{\name{\glsxtrsmfont{PDF} element}}
+ \gidx{hyperlink}{\common}
+ \gidx{hypertarget}{}
+ \gidx{tableofcontents}{\name{table of contents}\common}
+ \gidx{uppercase}{\field{seealso}{idx.titlecase,idx.sentencecase,idx.allcaps}}
+ \gidx{lowercase}{}
+ \gidx{titlecase}{\name{title case}}
+ \gidx{sentencecase}{\common\name{sentence case}}
+ \gidx{allcaps}{\common\name{all caps}}
+ \gidx{mathmode}{\name{math mode}}
+ \gidx{encoding}{\field{seealso}{idx.codepage}}
+ \gidx{codepage}{\field{seealso}{idx.encoding}}
+ \gidx{range}{\name{ranges (locations)}
+ \field{text}{range}
+ }
+ \gidx{locationrange}{\name{location range}}
+ \gacr{PDF}{PDF}{Portable Document Format}{}
+ \gacr{URL}{URL}{Uniform Resource Locator}{}
+ \gacr{DVI}{DVI}{device independent file format}{}
+ \gidx{interwordspace}{\name{inter-word space}}
+ \gidx{intersentencespace}{\name{inter-sentence space}}
+ \gidx{spacefactor}{\name{space factor}}
+ % COMMANDS: GENERAL
+ \gcmd{new\-dual\-entry}{}% \newdualentry
+ \gcmd{cs.glossary}{\name{\csfmt{glossary}}}% \glossary
+ \gcmd{make\-glossary}{}% \makeglossary
+ \gcmd{Print\-Changes}{}% \PrintChanges
+ \gcmd{pro\-vide\-com\-mand}{}% \providecommand
+ \gcmd{job\-name}{}% \jobname
+ \gcmd{new\-write}{}% \newwrite
+ \gcmd{no\-files}{}% \nofiles
+ \gcmd{write}{}% \write
+ \gcmd{num\-ber\-line}{}% \numberline
+ \gcmd{add\-contents\-line}{}% \addcontentsline
+ \gcmd{en\-sure\-math}{}% \ensuremath
+ \gcmd{def}{}% \def
+ \gcmd{gdef}{}% \gdef
+ \gcmd{space}{\common}% \space
+ \gcmd{protected\-@\-edef}{}% \protected@edef
+ \gcmd{protected\-@\-write}{}% \protected@write
+ \gcmd{protected\-@\-cs\-edef}{}% \protected@csedef
+ \gcmd{protected\-@\-cs\-xdef}{}% \protected@csxdef
+ \gcmd{@for}{}% \@for
+ \gcmd{index\-entry}{}% \indexentry
+ \gcmd{un\-skip}{}% \unskip
+ \gcmd{relax}{}% \relax
+ \gcmd{markboth}{}% \markboth
+ \gcmd{markright}{}% \markright
+ \gcmd{front\-matter}{}% \frontmatter
+ \gcmd{main\-matter}{}% \mainmatter
+ \gcmd{protect}{}% \protect
+ \gcmd{string}{}% \string
+ \gcmd{null}{}% \null
+ \gcmd{makebox}{}% \makebox
+ \gcmd{@gobble}{}% \@gobble
+ \gcmd{@first\-of\-one}{}% \@firstofone
+ \gcmd{index}{}% \index
+ \gcmd{input}{}% \input
+ \gcmd{include}{}% \include
+ \gcmd{item}{}% \item
+ \gcmd{sub\-item}{}% \subitem
+ \gcmd{sub\-sub\-item}{}% \subsubitem
+ \gcmd{par}{}% \par
+ \gcmd{the}{}% \the
+ \gcmd{foot\-note}{}% \footnote
+ \gcmd{ref\-step\-counter}{}% \refstepcounter
+ \gcmd{the\-page}{}% \thepage
+ \gcmdmeta{the}{counter}{}{}% \the<counter>
+ \gcmdmeta{theH}{counter}{}{}% \theH<counter>
+ \gcmd{At\-Be\-gin\-Doc\-u\-ment}{}% \AtBeginDocument
+ \gcmd{cite}{}% \cite
+ \gcmd{ref}{}% \ref
+ \gcmd{label}{}% \label
+ \gcmd{caption}{}% \caption
+ \gcmd{section}{}% \section
+ \gcmd{chapter}{}% \chapter
+ \gcmd{part}{}% \part
+ \gcond{if\-@\-open\-right}{}% \if@openright
+ \gopt{open\-right}{}% openright class option
+ \gcmd{two\-column}{}% \twocolumn
+ \gcmd{one\-column}{}% \onecolumn
+ \gcmd{index\-name}{}% \indexname
+ \gcmd{S}{}% \S
+ \gcmd{c}{}% \c
+ \gcmd{text\-bar}{}% \textbar
+ \gcmd{make\-at\-letter}{}% \makeatletter
+ \gcmd{make\-at\-other}{}% \makeatother
+ \gcmd{space\-factor}{}% \spacefactor
+ \gcmd{alpha}{}% \alpha
+ \gcmd{arabic}{}% \arabic
+ \gcmd{@arabic}{}% \@arabic
+ \gcmd{roman}{}% \roman
+ \gcmd{@roman}{}% \@roman
+ \gcmd{Roman}{}% \Roman
+ \gcmd{alph}{}% \alph
+ \gcmd{Alph}{}% \Alph
+ \gcmd{tex\-or\-pdf\-string}{}% \texorpdfstring
+ \gcmd{pdf\-string\-def\-Disable\-Commands}{}% \pdfstringdefDisableCommands
+ \gcmd{pdf\-string\-def\-Pre\-Hook}{}% \pdfstringdefPreHook
+ \gcmd{hyper\-page}{}% \hyperpage
+ \gcmd{hyper\-link}{}% \hyperlink
+ \gcmd{hyper\-target}{}% \hypertarget
+ \gcmd{no\-hyper\-page}{}% \nohyperpage
+ \gcmd{phantom\-section}{}% \phantomsection
+ \gcmd{name\-ref}{}% \nameref
+ \gcmd{text\-smaller}{}% \textsmaller
+ \gcmd{text\-rm}{}% \textrm
+ \gcmd{text\-sf}{}% \textsf
+ \gcmd{text\-tt}{}% \texttt
+ \gcmd{text\-bf}{}% \textbf
+ \gcmd{text\-md}{}% \textmd
+ \gcmd{text\-it}{}% \textit
+ \gcmd{text\-sl}{}% \textsl
+ \gcmd{text\-sc}{}% \textsc
+ \gcmd{text\-up}{}% \textup
+ \gcmd{text\-ulc}{}% \textulc
+ \gcmd{emph}{}% \emph
+ \gcmd{bfseries}{}% \bfseries
+ \gcmd{lan\-guage\-name}{}% \languagename
+ \gcmd{for\-eign\-lan\-guage}{}% \foreignlanguage
+ \gcmd{babel\-pro\-vide}{}% \babelprovide
+ \gcmd{es@scroman}{}% \es@scroman
+ \gcmd{in\-put\-en\-cod\-ing\-name}{}% \inputencodingname
+ \gcmdmeta{cap\-tions}{lan\-guage}{}{}% \captions<language>
+ \gcmd{also\-name}{}% \alsoname
+ \gcmd{set\-main\-language}{}% \setmainlanguage
+ \gcmd{set\-other\-language}{}% \setotherlanguage
+ \gcmd{list\-break}{}% \listbreak
+ \gcmd{for\-list\-loop}{}% \forlistloop
+ \gcmd{if\-cs\-un\-def}{}% \ifcsundef
+ \gcmd{if\-cs\-void}{}% \ifcsvoid
+ \gcmd{if\-cs\-str\-equal}{}% \ifcsstrequal
+ \gcmd{if\-def\-str\-equal}{}% \ifdefstrequal
+ \gcmd{if\-cs\-string}{}% \ifcsstring
+ \gcmd{if\-def}{}% \ifdef
+ \gcmd{if\-un\-def}{}% \ifundef
+ \gcmd{cs\-let\-cs}{}% \csletcs
+ \gcmd{app\-to}{}% \appto
+ \gcmd{dicei}{}% \dicei
+ \gcmd{diceii}{}% \diceii
+ \gcmd{diceiii}{}% \diceiii
+ \gcmd{diceiv}{}% \diceiv
+ \gcmd{dicev}{}% \dicev
+ \gcmd{dicevi}{}% \dicevi
+ \gcmd{Num\-ber\-string}{}% \Numberstring
+ \gcmd{Begin\-Acc\-Supp}{}% \BeginAccSupp
+ \gcmd{End\-Acc\-Supp}{}% \EndAccSupp
+ \gcmd{in\-clude\-graph\-ics}{}% \includegraphics
+ \gcmd{@mk\-both}{}% \@mkboth
+ \gcmd{mark-both}{}% \markboth
+ \gcmd{mem\-UC\-head}{}% \memUChead
+ \gcmd{clear\-double\-page}{}% \cleardoublepage
+ \gcmd{clear\-page}{}% \clearpage
+ \gcmd{Pass\-Op\-tions\-To\-Pack\-age}{}% \PassOptionsToPackage
+ \gcmd{new\-line}{}% \newline
+ \gcmd{Make\-Upper\-case}{}% \MakeUppercase
+ \gcmd{Make\-Text\-Upper\-case}{}% \MakeTextUppercase
+ \gcmd{Make\-Lower\-case}{}% \MakeLowercase
+ \gcmd{xspace}{}% \xspace
+ \gcmd{for\-list\-cs\-loop}{}% \forlistcsloop
+ \gcmd{Get\-Title\-String\-Set\-up}{}% \GetTitleStringSetup
+ \gcmd{No\-Case\-Change}{}% \NoCaseChange
+ \gcmd{top\-rule}{}% \toprule
+ \gcmd{mid\-rule}{}% \midrule
+ \gcmd{bottom\-rule}{}% \bottomrule
+ % COMMANDS: CONTROL SYMBOL
+ \gpunccmd{cs.bsl}{\glsbackslash}{}% \\
+ \gpunccmd{cs.amp}{\&}{}% \&
+ \gpunccmd{cs.dollar}{\$}{}% \$
+ \gpunccmd{cs.apos}{'}{}% \'
+ \gpunccmd{cs.at}{@}{}% \@
+ \gpunccmd{cs.hash}{\#}{}% \#
+ \gpunccmd{cs.openbrace}{\glsopenbrace}{}% \{
+ \gpunccmd{cs.closebrace}{\glsclosebrace}{}% \}
+ \gpunccmd{cs.sp}{\textvisiblespace}% \<space>
+ {%
+ \field{text}{\csfmt{\space}}
+ }
+ % PUNCTUATION AND LITERAL CHARACTERS
+ \gpunc{sym.comma}{\name{\code{,} (comma)}\field{symbol}{\code{,}}}
+ \gpunc{sym.equals}{\name{\code{=} (equals)}\field{symbol}{\code{=}}}
+ \gpunc{sym.colon}{\name{\code{:} (colon)}\field{symbol}{\code{:}}}
+ \gpunc{sym.dblquote}{\name{\code{"} (double-quote)}\field{symbol}{\code{"}}}
+ \gpunc{sym.apos}{\name{\code{'} (apostrophe)}\field{symbol}{\code{'}}}
+ \gpunc{sym.questionmark}{\name{\code{?} (question mark)}\field{symbol}{\code{?}}}
+ \gpunc{sym.exclammark}{\name{\code{!} (exclamation mark)}\field{symbol}{\code{!}}}
+ \gpunc{sym.pipe}{\name{\code{|} (pipe)}\field{symbol}{\code{|}}}
+ \gpunc{sym.at}{\name{\code{@} (at)}\field{symbol}{\code{@}}}
+ \gpunc{sym.bksl}{\name{\code{\glsbackslash} (literal backslash)}
+ \field{symbol}{\code{\glsbackslash}}
+ }
+ \gpunc{sym.hash}{\name{\code{\#}}}% #
+ \gpunc{sym.hashhash}{\name{\code{\#\#}}}% ##
+ \gpunc{sym.dollar}{\name{\code{\$}}}% $
+ \gpunc{sym.bg}{\name{\code{\glsopenbrace}}}% {
+ \gpunc{sym.eg}{\name{\code{\glsclosebrace}}}% }
+ \gpunc{sym.pc}{\name{\code{\glspercentchar}}}% %
+ \gpunc{sym.tilden}{\name{\code{\glstildechar n}}}% ~n
+ \gpunc{sym.sp}{\name{\code{\textasciicircum}}}% ^
+ \gpunc{sym.sb}{\name{\code{\_}}} % _
+ \gpunc{sym.amp}{\name{\code{\&}}} % &
+ \gpunc{starmod}{\name{\code{*} (star modifier)}
+ \field{text}{star}
+ \field{symbol}{\code{*}}
+ }
+ \gpunc{plusmod}{\name{\code{+} (plus modifier)}
+ \field{text}{plus}
+ \field{symbol}{\code{+}}
+ }
+ \gpunc{sym.startrange}{\name{\code{\nlctopenparen} (range start)}
+ \field{symbol}{\code{\nlctopenparen}}
+ \field{seealso}{idx.range}
+ }
+ \gpunc{sym.endrange}{\name{\code{\nlctcloseparen} (range end)}
+ \field{symbol}{\code{\nlctcloseparen}}
+ \field{seealso}{idx.range}
+ }
+ \gpunc{vbsp}{\name{\code{\textvisiblespace} (space)}
+ \field{symbol}{\code{\textvisiblespace}}
+ }
+ \gpunc{sym.fullstop}{\name{\code{.} (full stop or period)}
+ \field{see}{idx.fullstop}
+ }
+ \gpunc{sym.nbsp}{\name{\code{\textasciitilde} (non-breaking space)}
+ \field{symbol}{\code{\textasciitilde}}
+ \field{see}{idx.nbsp}
+ }
+ \gpunc{sym.tilde}{\name{\code{\textasciitilde} (literal)}
+ \field{symbol}{\code{\textasciitilde}}
+ }
+ \gidx{period}{\name{period (\code{.})}%
+ \field{text}{period}
+ \field{alias}{idx.fullstop}
+ }
+ \gidx{fullstop}{\name{full stop (\code{.})}%
+ \field{text}{full stop}
+ \field{symbol}{\code{.}}
+ }
+ \gidx{nbsp}{\name{non-breaking space (\code{\textasciitilde})}
+ \field{symbol}{\code{\textasciitilde}}
+ }
+ % GENERAL ENVIRONMENTS
+ \genv{document}{}
+ \genv{equation}{}
+ \genv{table}{}
+ \genv{tabular}{}
+ \genv{description}{}
+ \genv{itemize}{}
+ \genv{long\-table}{}% longtable
+ \genv{super\-tabular}{}% supertabular
+ \genv{multi\-cols}{}% multicols
+ \genv{tab\-u\-larx}{}% tabularx
+ \genv{align}{}% align
+ \genv{frame}{}% (beamer)
+ % GENERAL COUNTERS
+ \gctr{equation}{}
+ \gctr{section}{}
+ \gctr{chapter}{}
+ \gctr{part}{}
+ \gctr{page}{}
+ \gctr{table}{}
+ % INDEXING OPTIONS
+ \gidx{opt.noidx}{\name{Option 1 (\qt{noidx})}\field{text}{1}}
+ \gidx{opt.mkidx}{\name{Option 2 (\appfmt{makeindex})}\field{text}{2}}
+ \gidx{opt.xdy}{\name{Option 3 (\appfmt{xindy})}\field{text}{3}}
+ \gidx{opt.b2g}{\name{Option 4 (\appfmt{bib2gls})}\field{text}{4}}
+ \gidx{opt.unsrt}{\name{Option 5 (\qt{unsrt})}\field{text}{5}}
+ \gidx{opt.standalone}{\name{Option 6 (\qt{standalone})}\field{text}{6}}
+ % TERMS
+ \gterm{field}%
+ {%
+ \common
+ \name{field}
+ \desc{entry data is stored in fields. These may have a
+ corresponding key used to set the value, such as \gloskey{name}
+ or \gloskey{description}}
+ }
+ \gterm{internalfield}%
+ {%
+ \name{internal field}
+ \desc{an internal \idx{field} may refer to a key that shouldn't be
+ used in the \ext{bib} file (\idx{bib2glsinternalfield}), such as
+ the \gloskey{group} field, or it may refer to the
+ \idxc{internalfieldlabel}{label} used to internally represent the
+ \idx{field} (which may or may not match the key used to set the
+ \idx{field} or may not have an associated key), such as \glosfield{useri} which
+ corresponds to the \gloskey{user1} key, or it may refer to a \idx{field}
+ that is only ever used internally that should not be explicitly
+ modified, such as the field used to store the entry's
+ hierarchical level
}
-
-\longnewglossaryentry{sanitize}{%
-name={Sanitize\itermdef{sanitize}},%
-sort={sanitize},
-text={sanitize\iterm{sanitize}},%
-user1={sanitized\protect\iterm{sanitize}},%
-user2={sanitization\protect\iterm{sanitize}}%
-}%
-{%
- Converts command names into character sequences. That is, a command called,
- say, \cs{foo}, is converted into the sequence of characters:
- \cs{}, \texttt{f}, \texttt{o}, \texttt{o}. Depending on the font,
+ \field{see}{idx.glosfield}
+ }
+ \gterm{bib2glsinternalfield}%
+ {%
+ \name{internal field (\appfmt{bib2gls})}
+ \desc{a \idx{field} that is used or assigned by \app{bib2gls}
+ that should typically not be used in the \ext+{bib} file}
+ }
+ \gterm{internalfieldlabel}%
+ {%
+ \name{internal field label}
+ \desc{the field label that forms part of the internal control
+ sequence used to store the field value. This may or may not
+ match the key used to assign the value when defining the entry.
+ See \Tableref{tab:fieldmap}}
+ }
+ \gterm{unsrtfam}%
+ {%
+ \name{print \qt{unsrt} glossary commands}
+ \field{text}{\qt{unsrt} family of commands}
+ \desc{the set of commands used for displaying a \idx{glossary} or
+ partial \idx{glossary} that have \qt{unsrt} in the name, such as
+ \gls{printunsrtglossary}. See the \sty{glossaries-extra} manual
+ for further details}
+ }
+ \gterm{whatsit}%
+ {%
+ \desc{a command whose execution is delayed or an OS-specific special command.
+ This includes writing to external files (which is what indexing does)}
+ }
+ \gterm{indexingapp}{\name{indexing application}%
+ \common
+ \desc{an application (piece of software) separate from
+ \protect\TeX/\protect\LaTeX\ that collates and sorts information that has an
+ associated page reference. Generally the information is an index
+ entry but in this case the information is a \idx{glossary} entry.
+ There are two main indexing applications that are used with \TeX:
+ \app+{makeindex} and \app+{xindy}. (There is also a new
+ application called \app{xindex}, but this isn't supported by
+ \sty{glossaries} or \sty{glossaries-extra}.) The \sty{glossaries-extra}
+ package additionally supports \app{bib2gls}. These are all
+ \idx{cli} applications.}%
+ }%
+ \gterm{indexingfile}%
+ {
+ \name{indexing file}
+ \desc{a file that's input (read) by an \idx{indexingapp}, such
+ as the style file (\ext{ist} or \ext{xdy}) or the files
+ containing the \idx{indexing} data (the sort value, \hierarchical\
+ information, \idx{locationencap} and
+ \idx{entrylocation}). These files are output files from the
+ point of view of the \sty{glossaries} package as it's \TeX\ that
+ creates and writes to those files. An indexing file may also
+ refer to the files that are created by the \idx{indexingapp}.
+ These are output files from the \idx{indexingapp}['s] point of
+ view, but they are input files from \TeX's point of view as they
+ are input by commands used in the document.}
+ }
+ \gidx{glossaryfile}{\name{glossary file}\field{alias}{indexingfile}}
+ \gterm{indexing}{%
+ \common
+ \name{indexing (or recording)}
+ \field{text}{indexing}
+ \desc{the process of saving the \idx+{entrylocation} and any
+ associated information that is required in the \idx{glossary}. In
+ the case of \app{makeindex} and \app{xindy}, the
+ \idx{entrylocation}, \idx{encap}, entry item and sort value are written
+ to a supplementary file associated with the \idx{glossary} that is
+ subsequently read by \app{makeindex}\slash\app{xindy}. In the
+ case of \app{bib2gls} and the \qt{noidx} method, the
+ \idx{entrylocation}, \idx{encap} and label is written to the
+ \ext+{aux} file.}
+ }
+ \gtermacr{cli}{CLI}{command-line interface}%
+ {%
+ \desc{an application that doesn't have a graphical user
+ interface. That is, an application that doesn't have any windows,
+ buttons or menus and can be run in
+ \dickimawhref{latex/novices/html/terminal.html}{a command
+ prompt or terminal}}%
+ }%
+ \gtermacr{gui}{GUI}{graphical user interface}%
+ {%
+ \desc{an application that has windows, buttons or menus}
+ }
+ \gtermacr{ascii}{ASCII}{American Standard Code for Information Interchange}
+ {%
+ \desc{a single-byte character \idx+{encoding}. Related blog article:
+ \blog{binary-files-text-files-and-file-encodings/}{Binary
+ Files, Text Files and File Encodings}}
+ }
+ \gtermacr{utf8}{UTF\glsxtrrevert{-8}}{Unicode Transformation Format (8-bit)}
+ {%
+ \desc{a variable-width \idx+{encoding} that uses 8-bit code units. This
+ means that some characters are represented by more that one byte.
+ \XeLaTeX\ and \LuaLaTeX\ treat the multi-byte sequence as a single
+ token, but the older \LaTeX\ formats have single-byte tokens, which
+ can cause complications, although these have mostly been addressed with
+ the newer kernels introduced over the past few years. Related blog article:
+ \blog{binary-files-text-files-and-file-encodings/}{Binary Files,
+ Text Files and File Encodings}}
+ }
+ \gterm{latinchar}%
+ {%
+ \name{Latin character}
+ \desc{One of the letters \qt{a}, \ldots, \qt{z},
+ \qt{A}, \ldots, \qt{Z}\@}
+ \field{seealso}{exlatinchar}
+ }
+ \gterm{exlatinchar}
+ {%
+ \name{extended Latin character}
+ \desc{a character that's created by combining \idxpl{latinchar}
+ to form ligatures (e.g.\ \ae) or by applying diacritical marks
+ to a~\idx{latinchar} or characters (e.g.\ \'a)}
+ \field{seealso}{nonlatinchar}
+ }%
+ \gterm{latexexlatinchar}%
+ {%
+ \name{standard \LaTeX\ extended Latin character}
+ \desc{an \idx{exlatinchar} that can be created by a~core
+ \LaTeX\ command, such as \csfmt{o} (\o) or \code{\csfmt{'}e} (\'e).
+ That is, the character can be produced without the need to load
+ a~particular package}
+ }%
+ \gterm{nonlatinchar}%
+ {%
+ \name{non-Latin character}
+ \desc{an \idx{exlatinchar} or a~character that isn't a~\idx{latinchar}}
+ }%
+ \gterm{latinalph}%
+ {%
+ \name{Latin alphabet}%
+ \desc{the alphabet consisting of \idxpl{latinchar}}
+ \field{seealso}{exlatinalph}
+ }%
+ \gterm{exlatinalph}%
+ {%
+ \name{extended Latin alphabet}
+ \desc{an alphabet consisting of \idxpl{latinchar} and \idxpl{exlatinchar}.}
+ }%
+ \gterm{nonlatinalph}%
+ {%
+ \name{non-Latin alphabet}
+ \desc{an alphabet consisting of \idxpl{nonlatinchar}}
+ }%
+ \gterm{sanitize}%
+ {%
+ \desc{converts command names into character sequences. That is, a command called,
+ say, \csfmt{foo}, is converted into the sequence of characters:
+ \csfmt{}, \code{f}, \code{o}, \code{o}. Depending on the font,
the backslash character may appear as a dash when used in the
- main document text, so \cs{foo} will appear as: ---foo.
-
- Earlier versions of \styfmt{glossaries} used this technique to write
+ main document text, so \csfmt{foo} will appear as: ---foo.
+ \glspar
+ Earlier versions of \sty{glossaries} used this technique to write
information to the files used by the indexing applications to
prevent problems caused by fragile commands. Now, this is only used
- for the \gloskey{sort} key.
-}
-
-\newglossaryentry{latinchar}{%
- name={Latin Character\itermdef{Latin character}},
- text={Latin character\iterm{Latin character}},
- sort={Latin character},
- description={One of the letters \texttt{a}, \ldots, \texttt{z},
- \texttt{A}, \ldots, \texttt{Z}\@.
- See also \gls{exlatinchar}.}
-}
-
-\newglossaryentry{exlatinchar}{%
- name={Extended Latin Character\itermdef{extended Latin character}},
- text={extended Latin character\iterm{extended Latin character}},
- sort={extended Latin character},
- description={A character that's created by combining \glspl{latinchar}
- to form ligatures (e.g.\ \ae) or by applying diacritical marks
- to a~\gls*{latinchar} or characters (e.g.\ \'a).
- See also \gls{nonlatinchar}.}
-}
-
-\newglossaryentry{latexexlatinchar}{%
- name={Standard \LaTeX\ Extended Latin Character\itermdef{standard
-\LaTeX\ extended Latin character}},
- text={standard \LaTeX\ extended Latin character\iterm{standard
-\LaTeX\ extended Latin character}},
- sort={standard LaTeX extended Latin character},
- description={An \gls{exlatinchar} that can be created by a~core
-\LaTeX\ command, such as \cs{o} (\o) or \cs{'}\texttt{e} (\'e).
- That is, the character can be produced without the need to load
- a~particular package.}
-}
-
-\newglossaryentry{nonlatinchar}{%
- name={Non-Latin Character\itermdef{non-Latin character}},
- text={non-Latin character\iterm{non-Latin character}},
- sort={non-Latin character},
- description={An \gls{exlatinchar} or a~character that isn't
- a~\gls{latinchar}.}
-}
-
-\newglossaryentry{latinalph}{%
- name={Latin Alphabet\itermdef{Latin alphabet}},
- text={Latin alphabet\iterm{Latin alphabet}},
- sort={Latin alphabet},
- description={The alphabet consisting of \glspl{latinchar}.
- See also \gls{exlatinalph}.}
-}
-
-\newglossaryentry{exlatinalph}{%
- name={Extended Latin Alphabet\itermdef{Extended Latin Alphabet}},
- text={extended Latin alphabet},
- sort={extended Latin alphabet},
- description={An alphabet consisting of \glspl{latinchar}
- and \glspl{exlatinchar}.}
-}
-
-\newglossaryentry{nonlatinalph}{%
- name={Non-Latin Alphabet\itermdef{Non-Latin Alphabet}},
- text={non-Latin alphabet},
- sort={non-Latin alphabet},
- description={An alphabet consisting of \glspl{nonlatinchar}.}
-}
-
-\newglossaryentry{UTF-8}{%
- name={UTF-8\itermdef{UTF-8}},
- text={UTF-8},
- sort={UTF-8},
- description={A variable-width character encoding. This means that
-some characters are represented by more that one byte. \XeLaTeX\ and
-\LuaLaTeX\ treat the multi-byte sequence as a single token, but the
-older \LaTeX\ formats have single-byte tokens, which causes
-complications. Related blog article: \href{https://www.dickimaw-books.com/blog/binary-files-text-files-and-file-encodings/}{Binary Files, Text Files and File Encodings}.}
-}
-
-\newglossaryentry{glossaries-extra}{%
- name={\styfmt{glossaries-extra}},
- sort={glossaries-extra},
- description={A separate package that extends the
- \styfmt{glossaries} package, providing new features or improving
- existing features. If you want to use \styfmt{glossaries-extra},
- you must have both the \styfmt{glossaries} package and the
- \styfmt{glossaries-extra} package installed.}
-}
-
-
-\doxitem{Option}{option}{package options}
-\doxitem{GlsKey}{key}{glossary keys}
-\doxitem{Style}{style}{glossary styles}
-\doxitem{Counter}{counter}{glossary counters}
-
-\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}
-
-\newcommand*{\tick}{\ding{51}}
-
-\newcommand*{\yes}{\ding{52}}
-\newcommand*{\no}{\ding{56}}
-
-\newcommand*{\proyes}{\textcolor{green}{\yes}}
-\newcommand*{\prono}{\textcolor{red}{\no}}
-
-\newcommand*{\conyes}{\textcolor{red}{\yes}}
-\newcommand*{\conno}{\textcolor{green}{\no}}
-
-\makeatletter
-\newcommand{\fnsymmark}[1]{#1}
-\newcommand*{\fnsym}[1]{\textsuperscript{\fnsymmark{%
- \ifcase#1\or \textasteriskcentered \or \textdagger
- \or \textdaggerdbl \or \textsection
- \or $\lozenge$\or \textparagraph
- \or \#\or {\fontfamily{cmr}\selectfont\textreferencemark}%
- \or \@nlctdoc@if@usingtexht{\HCode{&\#x2051;}}{\shortstack{*\\[-1.5ex]*}}%
- \or $\star$%
- \or \ding{94}%
- \else
- \number#1
- \fi
-}}}%
-\newrobustcmd*{\optionlabel}[1]{\@glstarget{option#1}{Option~#1}}
-
-\newcommand*{\plabel}[2][]{\linkanchor{#2}\protected@edef\@currentlabelname{#1}\label{#2}}
-\makeatother
-
-\newcounter{option}
-\newcommand{\optionsec}[2][\opttitle]{%
- \def\opttitle{\appfmt{#2}}%
- \refstepcounter{option}%
- \pdfbookmark[2]{Option~\theoption\space (#2)}{option\theoption}%
- \subsection*{\linkanchor{option\theoption}\optionlabel{\theoption} (#1)}%
-}
-
-\newcommand*{\opt}[1]{\hyperlink{option#1}{Option~#1}}
-\newcommand*{\optsor}[2]{Options~\hyperlink{option#1}{#1}
-or~\hyperlink{option#2}{#2}}
-\newcommand*{\optsand}[2]{Options~\hyperlink{option#1}{#1}
-and~\hyperlink{option#2}{#2}}
-\newcommand*{\optsto}[2]{Options~\hyperlink{option#1}{#1}--\hyperlink{option#2}{#2}}
-
-\renewcommand*{\idxmarkedfont}{\xtrfont}
-
-\newcommand*{\ifirstuse}{\iterm{first use}}
-\newcommand*{\ifirstuseflag}{\iterm{first use>flag}}
-\newcommand*{\ifirstusetext}{\iterm{first use>text}}
-
-\newcommand*{\firstuse}{\gls{firstuse}}
-\newcommand*{\firstuseflag}{\gls{firstuseflag}}
-\newcommand*{\firstusetext}{\gls{firstusetext}}
-
-
-\newcommand*{\istkey}[1]{\appfmt{#1}\index{makeindex=\appfmt{makeindex}>#1=\texttt{#1}|hyperpage}}
-\newcommand*{\locfmt}[1]{\texttt{#1}\SpecialMainIndex{#1}}
-\newcommand*{\mkidxspch}{\index{makeindex=\appfmt{makeindex}>special characters|hyperpage}}
-
-\newcommand*{\mkidxopt}[1]{\texttt{-#1}\index{makeindex=\appfmt{makeindex}>#1=\texttt{-#1}|hyperpage}}
-
-\newcommand*{\xdyopt}[1]{\texttt{-#1}\index{xindy=\appfmt{xindy}>#1=\texttt{-#1}|hyperpage}}
-
-\newcommand*{\mkglsopt}[1]{\texttt{-#1}\index{makeglossaries=\appfmt{makeglossaries}>#1=\texttt{-#1}|hyperpage}}
-
-\newcommand*{\bibglsopt}[1]{\xtrfont{\texttt{-{}#1}}\index{bib2gls=\doidxmarker\appfmt{bib2gls}>#1=\texttt{-{}#1}|hyperpage}}
-\newcommand*{\bibglslongopt}[1]{\bibglsopt{-#1}}
-
-\renewcommand{\csoptfmt}{\texttt}
-
-\newcommand*{\igloskey}[2][newglossaryentry]{\icsopt{#1}{#2}}
-\newcommand*{\gloskey}[2][newglossaryentry]{\csopt{#1}{#2}}
-
-\newcommand*{\ixtrgloskey}[2][newglossaryentry]{\icsopt*{#1}{#2}}
-\newcommand*{\xtrgloskey}[2][newglossaryentry]{\xtrfont{\csopt*{#1}{#2}}}
-
-\newcommand*{\printglosskey}[2][]{\icsopt{printglossary}{#2}%
- \ifstrempty{#1}{\csoptfmt{#2}}{\csoptfmt{#2=#1}}%
-}
-
-\newcommand*{\printnoidxglosskey}[2][]{\icsopt{printnoidxglossary}{#2}%
- \ifstrempty{#1}{\csoptfmt{#2}}{\csoptfmt{#2=#1}}%
-}
-
-\newcommand*{\xtrprintglosskey}[2][]{\icsopt*{printglossary}{#2}%
- \xtrfont{\ifstrempty{#1}{\csoptfmt{#2}}{\csoptfmt{#2=#1}}}%
-}
-
-\newcommand*{\iresourceopt}[1]{\icsopt+{GlsXtrLoadResources}{#1}}
-\newcommand*{\resourceopt}[2][]{%
- \xtrfont{\csoptfmt{#2}}\ifstrempty{#1}{}{\csoptfmt{\dequals#1}}%
- \icsopt+{GlsXtrLoadResources}{#2}%
-}
-
-\newcommand*{\atentry}[1]{\xtrfont{\texttt{@#1}}%
- \index{bib2gls entry types=\doidxmarker\appfmt{bib2gls} entry types>#1=\texttt{@#1}|hyperpage}}
-
-\newcommand*{\xtrcs}[1]{\xtrfont{\cs{#1}}}
-
-\newcommand*{\field}[1]{\csoptfmt{#1}\index{internal fields:>#1=\protect\csoptfmt{#1}|main}}
-\newcommand*{\xtrfield}[1]{\xtrfont{\csoptfmt{#1}}\index{internal fields:>#1=\doidxmarker\protect\csoptfmt{#1}|main}}
-
-\newcommand*{\glostyle}[1]{\textsf{#1}\index{glossary styles:>#1={\protect\ttfamily#1}|main}}
-
-\newcommand*{\xtrglostyle}[1]{\xtrfont{\textsf{#1}}\index{glossary styles:>#1=\doidxmarker{\protect\ttfamily#1}|main}}
-
-\newcommand*{\acrstyle}[1]{\textsf{#1}\index{acronym styles:>#1={\protect\ttfamily#1}|main}}
-\newcommand*{\abbrstyle}[1]{\xtrfont{\textsf{#1}}\index{abbreviation styles:=\doidxmarker abbreviation styles:>#1={\protect\ttfamily#1}|main}}
-\newcommand*{\cat}[1]{\xtrfont{\textsf{#1}}\index{categories=\doidxmarker categories>#1={\protect\ttfamily#1}|main}}
-
-\makeatletter
-\@nlctdoc@if@usingtexht
-{
- \newcommand*{\icatattrs}[1][]{\index{category attributes=\doidxmarker category attributes#1|main}}
- \newcommand*{\ixindyattrs}[1][]{\index{xindy attributes=xindy attributes#1|main}}
- \index{attributes|see{category attributes or xindy attributes}}
+ for the \gloskey{sort} key.}
+ }%
+ \gterm{idx.group}{\name{group (letters, numbers, symbols)}
+ \field{text}{group}%
+ \desc{a logical division within a \idx{glossary} that is typically a
+ by-product of the \idx{indexingapp}['s] sorting algorithm.
+ \Idxpl{glossarystyle} may or may not start each group with a
+ title (such as \qt{Symbols} or \qt{A}) or a vertical space. See also
+ \gallerypage{logicaldivisions}{Gallery: Logical Glossary Divisions
+ (type vs group vs parent)}}%
+ }%
+ \gidx{lettergroup}{\name{letter group}\field{alias}{idx.group}}
+ \gterm{hierarchicallevel}{\name{hierarchical level}%
+ \common
+ \desc{a number that indicates how many ancestors an entry has.
+ An entry with no parent has hierarchical level~0. If an entry
+ has a parent then the hierarchical level for the entry is one
+ more than the hierarchical level of the parent. Most styles will
+ format an entry according to its hierarchical level, giving
+ prominence to level~0 entries, although some may have a maximum
+ supported limit. The level is stored in the \glosfield{level}
+ internal field. It can be accessed using commands like
+ \gls{glsfieldfetch} or \gls{glsxtrusefield}, but neither the
+ \glosfield{level} nor the \gloskey{parent} values should be altered
+ as it will cause inconsistencies in the sorting and
+ \idx{glossary} formatting. See also \sectionref{sec:subentries}}
+ }
+ \gidx{sub-entry}{%
+ \field{plural}{sub-entries}
+ \field{see}{hierarchicallevel}
+ }
+ \gterm{homograph}
+ {
+ \desc{each of a set of words that have the same spelling but
+ have different meanings and origins. They may or may not have
+ different pronunciations}
+ }
+ \gterm{locationlist}{\name{location list}%
+ \common
+ \desc{a list of \idxpl+{entrylocation} (also called a number
+ list). May be suppressed for all \idxpl{glossary} with the package option
+ \opt{nonumberlist} or for individual \idxpl{glossary} with
+ \printglossopt{nonumberlist}. With \app{bib2gls}, the list may
+ also be suppressed with \resourceoptval{save-locations}{false}}
+ }
+ \gterm{locationencap}{\name{location encap (format)}
+ \field{text}{location encap}
+ \desc{a command used to encapsulate an \idx{entrylocation}.
+ The control sequence name (without the leading backslash)
+ is identified by the \glsopt{format} key. The default encap is
+ \gls{glsnumberformat}. See \sectionref{sec:encap} for further details}
+ }
+ \gidx{encap}{\field{alias}{locationencap}}
+ \gidxpl{multipleencap}{
+ \field{text}{multiple encap}
+ \field{seealso}{locationencap}
+ }
+ \gidx{locationformat}{%
+ \name{location}
+ \field{parent}{idx.format}%
+ \field{text}{location format}
+ \field{alias}{locationencap}%
+ }
+ \gidx{standardformat}
+ {
+ \name{standard location format}
+ \field{text}{standard format}
+ }
+ \gidx{formatstandard}
+ {
+ \name{standard}
+ \field{parent}{idx.format}%
+ \field{alias}{idx.standardformat}
+ }
+ \gterm{locationcounter}{\name{location counter}
+ \desc{the counter used to obtain the \idx{entrylocation}}
+ }
+ \gterm{entrylocation}{\common\name{entry location}%
+ \desc{the location of the entry in the document (obtained from
+ the \idx{locationcounter} or from the \glsopt{thevalue} option). This defaults to the page number
+ on which the entry has been
+ referenced with any of the \gls{glslike}, \gls{glstextlike} or \gls{glsadd}
+ commands. An entry may have multiple locations that form a list.
+ See also \sectionref{sec:locationsyntax}}
+ }
+ \gidx{numberlist}{\name{number list}\field{alias}{locationlist}}
+ \gidx{pagelist}{\name{page list}\field{see}{locationlist}}
+ \gterm{ignoredlocation}{\name{ignored location (or record)}%
+ \field{text}{ignored location}
+ \desc{a \location\ that uses \encap{glsignore} as the
+ \idx{encap}. With \app{bib2gls}, this indicates that the entry
+ needs to be selected but the \location\ isn't added to the
+ \idx{locationlist}. With other methods, this will simply create
+ an invisible \location, which can result in unwanted commas if
+ the \idx{locationlist} has other items. With \app{bib2gls}
+ v3.0+, \idxpl+{emptylocation} will be converted to ignored locations}
+ }
+ \gidx{locationignored}{\name{location, ignored\slash invisible}%
+ \field{see}{ignoredlocation}}
+ \gidx{emptylocation}{\name{location, empty (or invisible)}
+ \field{text}{empty location}
+ \field{seealso}{ignoredlocation}
+ }
+ \gidx{invisiblelocation}{\name{invisible location}
+ \field{alias}{idx.emptylocation}
+ }
+ \gterm{ignoredglossary}{\name{ignored glossary}%
+ \common
+ \field{plural}{ignored glossaries}%
+ \desc{a \idx{glossary} that has been defined using a command like
+ \gls{newignoredglossary}. These \idxpl{glossary} are omitted by
+ iterative commands, such as \gls{printglossaries} and
+ \gls{printunsrtglossaries}. An ignored
+ \idx{glossary} can only be displayed with \gls{printunsrtglossary}}
+ }
+ \gidx{glossaryignored}{\name{glossary, ignored}\field{see}{ignoredglossary}}
+ \gterm{firstuseflag}{\name{first use flag}%
+ \common
+ \desc{a conditional that keeps track of whether or not an entry
+ has been referenced by any of the \gls{glslike} commands (which
+ can adjust their behaviour according to whether or not this flag is
+ true). The conditional is true if the entry hasn't been used by
+ one of these commands
+ (or if the flag has been reset) and false if it has been used
+ (or if the flag has been unset)}
+ }
+ \gterm{firstuse}{\name{first use}%
+ \common
+ \desc{the first time an entry is used by a command that unsets
+ the \idx{firstuseflag} (or the first time since the flag was
+ reset)}
+ }
+ \gterm{firstusetext}{\name{first use text}%
+ \common
+ \desc{the \idx{linktext} that is displayed on \idx{firstuse} of
+ the \gls{glslike} commands}
+ }
+ \gterm{subsequentuse}{\name{subsequent use}
+ \common
+ \desc{using an entry that unsets the \idx{firstuseflag} when it
+ has already been unset}
+ }
+ \gterm{glslike}{\common\name{\csfmt{gls}-like}
+ \common
+ \desc{commands like \gls{gls} and \gls{glsdisp} that change the
+ \idx{firstuseflag}. These commands index the entry (if indexing
+ is enabled), create a \idx{hyperlink} to the entry's \idx{glossary} listing (if enabled)
+ and unset the \idx{firstuseflag}. These commands end with the
+ \idx{postlinkhook}}
+ }
+ \gterm{glstextlike}{\common\name{\csfmt{glstext}-like}
+ \common
+ \desc{commands like \gls{glstext} and \gls{glslink} that don't change
+ the \idx{firstuseflag}. These commands index the entry (if indexing
+ is enabled) and create a \idx{hyperlink} to the entry's \idx{glossary} listing (if enabled). These commands end with the \idx{postlinkhook}}
+ }
+ \gterm{linktext}{\name{link text}%
+ \common
+ \desc{the text produced by \gls{glslike} and \gls{glstextlike}
+ commands that have the potential to be a \idx+{hyperlink}}
+ }
+ \gterm{postlinkhook}{\name{post-link hook}
+ \desc{a hook (command) that is used after \idx{linktext} to
+ allow code to be automatically added. The base \sty{glossaries}
+ package provides a general purpose hook \gls{glspostlinkhook}. The
+ \sty{glossaries-extra} package modifies this command to provide
+ additional hooks}
+ }
+ \gterm{postdeschook}{\name{post-description hook}%
+ \desc{a hook (\gls{glspostdescription}) included in some \idxpl{glossarystyle}
+ that is used after the description is displayed.
+ The \sty{glossaries-extra} package modifies
+ this command to provide additional hooks}
+ }
+ \gterm{resourceset}%
+ {%
+ \name{resource set}
+ \desc{all the settings (\idxpl{resourceopt}) and entries associated with a particular
+ instance of \gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}}
+ }
+ \gterm{resourcefile}%
+ {%
+ \name{resource file}
+ \desc{the \ext+{glstex} file created by \app{bib2gls} and loaded by
+ \gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}}
+ }
+ \gterm{smallcaps}%
+ {%
+ \name{small capitals (small caps)}
+ \field{text}{small caps}
+ \desc{The \LaTeX\ kernel provides \code{\gls{textsc}\margm{text}}
+ to produce small capitals. This uses a font where
+ \idx{lowercase} letters have a small capital design.
+ \Idx{uppercase} letters have the standard height and there's no
+ noticeable difference with \idx{uppercase} characters in corresponding
+ non-small caps fonts. This means that for a small caps appearance,
+ you need to use \idx{lowercase} letters in the
+ \meta{text} argument. The \sty{relsize} package provides
+ \code{\gls{textsmaller}\margm{text}} which simulates small caps
+ by reducing the size of the font, so in this case the contents of
+ \meta{text} should be \idx{uppercase} (otherwise the effect is simply
+ smaller \idx{lowercase} letters). Some fonts don't support small caps
+ combined with bold or slanted properties. In this case, there will be
+ a font substitution warning and one of the properties (such as
+ small caps or slanted) will be dropped}
+ }
+ \gterm{casechange}{\name{case change}
+ \common
+ \desc{there are four types of case-changing commands provided by the
+ \sty{glossaries} package:
+ \begin{deflist}
+ \itemtitle{\idx{allcaps}}
+ \begin{itemdesc}For example, \gls{GLS} and \gls{GLStext}.
+ All letters in the given text are converted to
+ \idx{uppercase} (capitals). The actual case-conversion is
+ performed by \gls{glsuppercase}.\end{itemdesc}
+ \itemtitle{\idx{sentencecase}}
+ \begin{itemdesc}For example, \gls{Gls} and \gls{Glstext}.
+ Only the first letter is converted to \idx{uppercase}.
+ The case-conversion for the \gls{glslike} and \gls{glstextlike}
+ commands is performed via \gls{glssentencecase}, which is
+ simply defined to use the robust \gls{makefirstuc}.
+ Commands such as \gls{Glsentrytext} also use
+ \gls{glssentencecase} in the document but use the expandable
+ \gls{MFUsentencecase} in \idxpl{PDFbookmark}.\end{itemdesc}
+ \itemtitle{\idx{titlecase}}
+ \begin{itemdesc}For example, \gls{glsentrytitlecase}.
+ The first letter of each word is converted to \idx{uppercase}.
+ The case-conversion is performed using \gls{glscapitalisewords}
+ in the document text, but commands designed for use in section
+ headings, use the expandable \gls{MFUsentencecase} in
+ \idxpl{PDFbookmark}.\end{itemdesc}
+ \itemtitle{\idx{lowercase}}
+ \begin{itemdesc}The command \gls{glslowercase} is provided
+ for use in modifying \idx{acronym} or \idx{abbreviation} commands to convert
+ the short form to \idx{lowercase} for \idx{smallcaps} styles,
+ but isn't actually used by any of the commands provided by
+ \sty{glossaries}. This command should be preferred to
+ the robust \gls{MakeLowercase} if expansion is required.\end{itemdesc}
+ \end{deflist}
+ Ensure that you have at least \sty{mfirstuc} v2.08 for improved
+ case-changing performed by new \LaTeX3 commands. See the
+ \sty{mfirstuc} manual for further details.}
+ \field{seealso}{idx.uppercase,idx.lowercase,idx.titlecase,idx.sentencecase,idx.allcaps}}
+ \gterm{shellescape}
+ {
+ \name{shell escape}
+ \desc{\TeX\ has the ability to run \idx{cli} applications while
+ it's typesetting a document. Whilst this is a convenient way
+ of using tools to help build the document, it's a security
+ risk. To help protect users from arbitrary\dash and
+ potentially dangerous\dash code from begin executed, \TeX\ has
+ a restricted mode, where only trusted applications are allowed to
+ run. This is usually the default mode, but your \TeX\
+ installation may be set up so that the shell escape is disabled by
+ default. The unrestricted mode allows you to run any
+ application from the shell escape. Take care about
+ enabling this option. If you receive a document or package
+ from an untrusted source, first run \LaTeX\ with the shell escape
+ disabled or in restricted mode and search the \ext{log} file for
+ \qt{runsystem} before using the unrestricted mode}
+ }
+ \gterm{glossary}%
+ {%
+ \common
+ \name{glossary}
+ \field{plural}{glossaries}
+ \desc{technically a glossary is an alphabetical list of words
+ relating to a particular topic. For the purposes of describing
+ the \styfmt{glossaries} and \sty{glossaries-extra} packages, a
+ glossary is either the list produced by commands like
+ \gls{printglossary} or \gls{printunsrtglossary} (which may or
+ may not be ordered alphabetically) or a glossary is a set of
+ \idx{entry} labels where the set is identified by the glossary label
+ or type}
+ }
+ \gterm{entryline}
+ {
+ \name{entry line}
+ \desc{the line in the \idx{glossary} where the \idx{entry} is
+ shown. This may be a single row in a tabular-style or the start of a
+ paragraph for list or index styles or mid-paragraph for the
+ \glostyle{inline} style. The exact formatting depends on the
+ \idx{glossarystyle}, but usually includes the name and
+ description. If \idxpl+{hyperlink} are enabled, the
+ \gls{glslike} and \gls{glstextlike} commands will create a
+ \idx{hyperlink} to this line}
+ }
+ % GLOSSARY TYPES
+ % main
+ \gglostype{main}{\common}
+ % acronym
+ \gglostype{acronym}{\common}
+ % symbols
+ \gglostype{symbols}{}
+ % numbers
+ \gglostype{numbers}{}
+ % index
+ \gglostype{index}{}
+ % abbreviations
+ \gglostype{abbreviations}{}
}
-{
-\newcommand{\icatattrs}[1][]{\index{category attributes=\protect\doidxmarker\protect\glsdohypertarget{catattr}{category attributes}:#1|main}}
-\newcommand*{\ixindyattrs}[1][]{\index{xindy attributes=\protect\glsdohypertarget{xindyattr}{xindy attributes}#1|main}}
+\newcommand*{\bibglsgallery}[2][\gallerytitle]{%
+ \def\gallerytitle{#2}%
+ \gallerypage{label=bib2gls-#2}{\appfmt{bib2gls} gallery: \gallerytitle}}
-\index{attributes|see{\protect\hyperlink{catattr}{category attributes} (\styfmt{glossaries-extra}) or \protect\hyperlink{xindyattr}{xindy attributes}\protect\hfill}}
-}
+\newcommand*{\bibglsbegin}{%
+ \ctansupportmirror{bib2gls/bib2gls-begin.pdf}{\styfmt{glossaries-extra} and \appfmt{bib2gls}: An Introductory Guide}}
-\makeatletter
-\newcommand*{\optfmt}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
-\newcommand*{\attr}[1]{\xtrfont{\optfmt{#1}}\icatattrs[>#1=\optfmt{#1}]{}}
-\newcommand*{\xindyattr}[1]{\texttt{#1}\ixindyattrs[>#1=\texttt{#1}]{}}
+\newcommand{\glsxtrnote}{\sidenote{\sty{glossaries-extra}}}
+\newcommand{\bibglsnote}{\sidenote{\app{bib2gls}}}
-\newrobustcmd{\mirrorsamplefile}[1]{%
- \href{http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/#1}{\nolinkurl{#1}}%
-}
+\newenvironment{xtr}
+{\begin{information}[title={\sty{glossaries-extra}}]}
+{\end{information}}
-\newcounter{sample}
-\newcommand{\exitem}[2][sample]{%
- \par
- \pdfbookmark[2]{#1#2.tex}{exfile.#1#2}%
- \refstepcounter{sample}%
- \subsection*{\plabel[#1#2.tex]{ex:#1#2}\mirrorsamplefile{#1#2.tex}}%
-}
+\newenvironment{bib2gls}
+{\begin{information}[title={\app{bib2gls}}]}
+{\end{information}}
-\newcommand*{\samplefile}[2][sample]{%
- \hyperref[ex:#1#2]{\texttt{#1#2.tex}}}
+\title{User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.50}
+\author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\%
+ \href{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/contact}{\nolinkurl{dickimaw-books.com/contact}}}
+\date{2022-10-14}
\begin{document}
-\MakeShortVerb{"}
-\DeleteShortVerb{\|}
+\maketitle
- \title{User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.49}
- \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\%
- \href{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/contact}{\nolinkurl{dickimaw-books.com/contact}}}
-
- \date{2021-11-01}
- \maketitle
+\htmlavailable
\begin{abstract}
-The \styfmt{glossaries} package provides a means to define terms or
-abbreviations or symbols that can be referenced within your document.
-Sorted lists with collated \glslink{entrylocation}{locations} can be
-generated either using \TeX\ or using a supplementary \gls{indexingapp}.
-Sample documents are provided with the \styfmt{glossaries} package.
+The \sty+{glossaries} package provides a means to define terms or
+\idxpl{acronym} or symbols that can be referenced within your document.
+Sorted lists with collated \locations\ can be
+generated either using \TeX\ or using a supplementary \idx{indexingapp}.
+Sample documents are provided with the \sty{glossaries} package.
These are listed in \sectionref{sec:samples}.
\end{abstract}
\begin{xtr}
Additional features not provided here may be available through
-the extension package \gls{glossaries-extra} which, if required,
+the extension package \sty+{glossaries-extra} which, if required,
needs to be installed separately. New features will be added to
-\gls*{glossaries-extra}. Versions of the \styfmt{glossaries}
+\sty{glossaries-extra}. Versions of the \sty{glossaries}
package after v4.21 will mostly be just bug fixes or minor
-maintenance. Note that \gls{glossaries-extra} provides an extra indexing option
-(\gls{bib2gls}) which isn't available with just the base \styfmt{glossaries} package.
+maintenance. The most significant update to the \sty{glossaries}
+package since then is version 4.50, which involved the integration of
+\sty{mfirstuc} v2.08 and the phasing out the use of
+the now deprecated \sty{textcase} package.
+
+Note that \sty{glossaries-extra} provides an extra indexing option
+(\app{bib2gls}) which isn't available with just the base \sty{glossaries} package.
\end{xtr}
-If you require multilingual support you must also separately install
-the relevant language module. Each language module is distributed
-under the name \texttt{glossaries-}\meta{language}, where \meta{language} is the
-root language name. For example, \texttt{glossaries-french}
-or \texttt{glossaries-german}. If a language module is required,
-the \styfmt{glossaries} package will automatically try to load it and
-will give a warning if the module isn't found. See
+If you require multilingual support you must also install
+the relevant language module. Each language module is called
+\file{glossaries-language}, where \meta{language} is the
+root language name. For example, \file{glossaries-french}
+or \file{glossaries-german}. If a language module is required,
+the \sty{glossaries} package will automatically try to load it
+and will give a warning if the module isn't found. See
\sectionref{sec:languages} for further details.
If there isn't any support available for your language, use
-the \pkgopt{nolangwarn} package option to suppress the warning
+the \opt{nolangwarn} package option to suppress the warning
and provide your own translations. (For example, use
-the \gloskey[printglossary]{title} key in \cs{printglossary}.)
-
-The \styfmt{glossaries} package requires a number of other packages
-including, but not limited to, \sty{tracklang}, \sty{mfirstuc},
-\sty{etoolbox},
-\sty{xkeyval} (at least version dated 2006/11/18), \sty{textcase},
-\sty{xfor}, \sty{datatool-base} (part of the \sty{datatool} bundle) and \sty{amsgen}. These
-packages are all available in the latest \TeX~Live and Mik\TeX\
-distributions. If any of them are missing, please update your
-\TeX\ distribution using your update manager.
-For help on this see, for example,
-\href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/55437/how-do-i-update-my-tex-distribution}{How
-do I update my \TeX\ distribution?}
-or (for Linux users)
-\href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14925/updating-tex-on-linux}{Updating
-\TeX\ on Linux}.
-
-Note that occasionally you may find that certain packages need to be
-loaded \emph{after} packages that are required by \styfmt{glossaries}. For
-example, a package \meta{X} might need to be loaded after \sty{amsgen}. In
-which case, load the required package first (for example,
-\sty{amsgen}), then \meta{X}, and finally load \styfmt{glossaries}.
+the \printglossopt{title} key in \gls{printglossary}.)
\begin{important}
-Documents have wide-ranging styles when it comes to presenting glossaries
+Documents have wide-ranging styles when it comes to presenting \idxpl{glossary}
or lists of terms or notation. People have their own preferences and
to a large extent this is determined by the kind of information that
-needs to go in the glossary. They may just have symbols with
+needs to go in the \idx{glossary}. They may just have symbols with
terse descriptions or they may have long technical words with
-complicated descriptions. The \styfmt{glossaries} package is
+complicated descriptions. The \sty{glossaries} package is
flexible enough to accommodate such varied requirements, but this
flexibility comes at a price: a~big manual.
-\aargh\ If you're freaking out at the size of this manual, start with
-\texttt{glossariesbegin.pdf} (\qt{The glossaries package: a guide
-for beginnners}). You should find it in the same directory as this
-document or try \texttt{texdoc glossariesbegin.pdf}. Once you've got
-to grips with the basics, then come back to this manual to find out
-how to adjust the settings.
+\twemoji{1f631} If you're freaking out at the size of this manual, start with
+\qtdocref{The \styfmt{glossaries} package: a guide
+for beginners}{glossariesbegin}. You should find it in the same directory as this
+document or try
+\texdocref{glossariesbegin}
+Once you've got to grips with the basics, then come back to this
+manual to find out how to adjust the settings.
\end{important}
-\noindent
-The \styfmt{glossaries} bundle includes the following documentation:
-\begin{description}
-\item[\url{glossariesbegin.pdf}]
-If you are a complete beginner, start with
-\htmldoc{The glossaries package: a guide for
-beginners}{glossariesbegin}.
+The \sty{glossaries} bundle includes the following documentation:
+\begin{deflist}
+\itemtitle{\docref{The \styfmt{glossaries} package: a guide
+for beginners}{glossariesbegin}}
+\begin{itemdesc}
+If you want some brief information and examples to get you going,
+start with the guide for beginners.
+\end{itemdesc}
+
+\itemtitle{User Manual for glossaries.sty (\filefmt{glossaries-user.pdf)}}
-\item[glossaries-user.pdf]
-This document is the main user guide for the \styfmt{glossaries}
+\begin{itemdesc}
+This document is the main user guide for the \sty{glossaries}
package.
+\end{itemdesc}
-\item[\url{glossaries-code.pdf}]
+\itemtitle{Documented Code for glossaries (\url{glossaries-code.pdf})}
+
+\begin{itemdesc}
Advanced users wishing to know more about the inner workings of all the
packages provided in the \styfmt{glossaries} bundle should read
-\qt{Documented Code for glossaries v4.49}.
+\qt{Documented Code for glossaries v4.50}.
+\end{itemdesc}
-\item[CHANGES] Change log.
+\itemtitle{\url{CHANGES}}
+\begin{itemdesc}
+Change log.
+\end{itemdesc}
-\item[README.md] Package summary.
+\itemtitle{\url{README.md}}
-\end{description}
+\begin{itemdesc}
+Package summary.
+\end{itemdesc}
+
+\itemtitle{\url{Depends.txt}}
+
+\begin{itemdesc}
+List of all packages unconditionally required by \sty{glossaries}.
+Other unlisted packages may be required under certain circumstances.
+For help on installing packages see, for example,
+\texseref{questions/55437}{How
+do I update my \TeX\ distribution?} or (for Linux users)
+\texseref{questions/14925}{Updating \TeX\ on Linux}.
+\end{itemdesc}
+
+\end{deflist}
Related resources:
\begin{itemize}
\item \bibglsbegin.
-\item \href{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html}{\styfmt{glossaries}
-FAQ}
+\item \faqspkg{glossaries}
\item \gallerytopic{glossaries}
\item
-\gallery{glossaries-styles/}{a summary of all glossary styles provided by \styfmt{glossaries} and
-\gls*{glossaries-extra}}
+\galleryref{glossaries-styles/}{a summary of all glossary styles provided by \styfmt{glossaries} and
+\styfmt{glossaries-extra}}
\item
-\gallery{glossaries-performance.shtml}{\styfmt{glossaries}
+\galleryref{glossaries-performance.shtml}{\styfmt{glossaries}
performance} (comparing document build times for the different
-options provided by \styfmt{glossaries} and \gls{glossaries-extra}).
+options provided by \styfmt{glossaries} and \styfmt{glossaries-extra}).
-\item \href{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/}{Using LaTeX to Write a PhD Thesis}
+\item \dickimawhref{latex/thesis/}{Using LaTeX to Write a PhD Thesis}
(chapter 6).
\item
-\href{https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/}{Incorporating makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document build}
+\dickimawhref{latex/buildglossaries/}{Incorporating
+\appfmt{makeglossaries} or \appfmt{makeglossaries-lite} or
+\appfmt{bib2gls} into the document build}
-\item The
-\href{http://ctan.org/pkg/glossaries-extra}{\styfmt{glossaries-extra} package}
+\item The \ctanref{pkg/glossaries-extra}{\styfmt{glossaries-extra} package}
-\item \href{http://ctan.org/pkg/bib2gls}{\appfmt{bib2gls}}
+\item \ctanref{pkg/bib2gls}{\appfmt{bib2gls}}
\end{itemize}
-\begin{important*}
-If you use \sty{hyperref} and \styfmt{glossaries}, you must load
-\sty{hyperref} \emph{first} (although \sty{hyperref} should be
-loaded after most other packages). Similarly the \sty{doc} package must
-also be loaded before \styfmt{glossaries}. (If \sty{doc} is loaded,
-the file extensions for the default main glossary are changed to
-\filetype{gls2}, \filetype{glo2} and \filetype{glg2} to avoid
-conflict with \sty{doc}'s changes
-glossary.)\hypertarget{pdflatexnote}{}%
-
-If you are using \sty{hyperref}, it's best to use \app{pdflatex}
-rather than \app{latex} (DVI format) as \appfmt{pdflatex} deals with
-hyperlinks much better. If you use the DVI format, you will
-encounter problems where you have long hyperlinks or hyperlinks in
-subscripts or superscripts. This is an issue with the DVI format not
-with \styfmt{glossaries}. If you really need to use the DVI format
-and have a problem with hyperlinks in maths mode, I recommend you use
-\gls{glossaries-extra} with the \attr{hyperoutside} and
-\attr{textformat} attributes set to appropriate values
-for problematic entries.
-\end{important*}
-
-\strong{The \styfmt{glossaries} package replaces the \styfmt{glossary}
-package which is now obsolete.} Please see the document
-\qtdocref{Upgrading from the glossary package to the glossaries
-package}{glossary2glossaries} for assistance in upgrading.
-
-\clearpage
-\pdfbookmark[0]{Contents}{contents}
+\begin{important}
+If you use \sty{hyperref} and \sty{glossaries}, you must load
+\sty{hyperref} \emph{first} (although, in general, \sty{hyperref} should be
+loaded after other packages).
+\end{important}
+
+\frontmatter
\tableofcontents
-\clearpage
-\pdfbookmark[0]{List of Examples}{examples}
-\listofexamples
-\clearpage
-\pdfbookmark[0]{List of Tables}{tables}
\listoftables
+\listofexamples
+\mainmatter
-\clearpage
-\printglossaries
-
-\glsresetall
+\renewrobustcmd{\texidxoptiondef}[1]{%
+ \maintexidxoptiondef{#1}%
+}
+\part{User Guide}
+\label{userguide}
- \chapter{Introduction}
+\chapter{Introduction}
\label{sec:intro}
-The \styfmt{glossaries} package is provided to assist generating
-lists of terms, symbols or abbreviations. (For convenience, these
-lists are all referred to as glossaries in this manual. The terms,
-symbols and abbreviations are collectively referred to as entries.)
+\pkgdef{glossaries}
+
+The \sty{glossaries} package is provided to assist generating lists
+of terms, symbols or \idxpl{acronym}. For convenience, these lists
+are all referred to as \idxpl+{glossary} in this manual. The terms,
+symbols and \idxpl{acronym} are collectively referred to as
+\inlineidxdef{glossaryentry}.
+
The package has a certain amount of flexibility, allowing the
-user to customize the format of the glossary and define multiple
-glossaries. It also supports glossary styles that
+user to customize the format of the \idx{glossary} and define multiple
+\idxpl{glossary}. It also supports \idxpl{glossarystyle} that
include an associated symbol (in addition to a name and description)
-for each glossary entry.
+for each \idx{glossaryentry}.
There is provision for loading a database of glossary entries. Only
-those entries indexed\footnote{That is, if the entry has been
-referenced using any of the commands described in
-\sectionref{sec:glslink} and \sectionref{sec:glsadd} or via
-\ics{glssee} (or the \gloskey{see} key) or commands such as
-\ics{acrshort} or \ics*{glsxtrshort}.}\ in the document will be displayed in the glossary.
-(Unless you use \opt5, which doesn't use any indexing but will
+those entries \indexed\ in the document will be displayed in the \idx{glossary}.
+(Unless you use \option{unsrt}, which doesn't use any \idx{indexing} but will
instead list all defined entries in order of definition.)
-It's not necessary to actually have a glossary in the document. You may be
+It's not necessary to actually have a \idx{glossary} in the document. You may be
interested in using this package just as means to consistently
-format certain types of terms, such as abbreviations, or you may
+format certain types of terms, such as \idxpl{acronym}, or you may
prefer to have descriptions scattered about the document and be able
-to easily link to the relevant description (\opt6).
+to easily link to the relevant description (\option{standalone}).
The simplest document is one without a glossary:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage[
- sort=none % no sorting or indexing required
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}[
+ \opteqvalref{sort}{none} \comment{no sorting or \idx{indexing} required}
]
-{glossaries}
-
-\newglossaryentry
- {cafe}% label
- {% definition:
- name={caf\'e},
- description={small restaurant selling refreshments}
+\marg{glossaries}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}
+ \marg{cafe}\comment{label}
+ \marg{\comment{definition:}
+ \gloskeyval{name}{caf\'e},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{small restaurant selling refreshments}
}
-
-\setacronymstyle{long-short}
-
-\newacronym
- {html}% label
- {HTML}% short form
- {hypertext markup language}% long form
-
-\newglossaryentry
- {pi}% label
- {% definition:
- name={\ensuremath{\pi}},
- description={Archimedes' Constant}
+\codepar
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{long-short}}
+\gls{newacronym}
+ \marg{html}\comment{label}
+ \marg{HTML}\comment{short form}
+ \marg{hypertext markup language}\comment{long form}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}
+ \marg{pi}\comment{label}
+ \marg{\comment{definition:}
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{pi}}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{Archimedes' Constant}
}
-
-\newglossaryentry
- {distance}% label
- {% definition:
- name={distance},
- description={the length between two points},
- symbol={m}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}
+ \marg{distance}\comment{label}
+ \marg{\comment{definition:}
+ \gloskeyval{name}{distance},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{the length between two points},
+ \gloskeyval{symbol}{m}
}
-
-\begin{document}
-First use: \gls{cafe}, \gls{html}, \gls{pi}.
-Next use: \gls{cafe}, \gls{html}, \gls{pi}.
-
-\Gls{distance} (\glsentrydesc{distance}) is measured in
-\glssymbol{distance}.
-\end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
+\codepar
+\cbeg{document}
+First use: \gls{gls}\marg{cafe}, \gls{gls}\marg{html}, \gls{gls}\marg{pi}.
+Next use: \gls{gls}\marg{cafe}, \gls{gls}\marg{html}, \gls{gls}\marg{pi}.
+\codepar
+\gls{Gls}\marg{distance} (\gls{glsentrydesc}\marg{distance}) is measured in
+\gls{glssymbol}\marg{distance}.
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
(This is a trivial example. For a real document I recommend you use
\sty{siunitx} for units.)
+\begin{resultbox}
+\createexample*[title={Simple document with no glossary},
+ label={ex:simplenogloss},
+ description={Example document that defines some glossary entries
+and references them in the text.}]
+{%
+\cmd{usepackage}[^^J
+ \opteqvalref{sort}{none} \comment{no sorting or indexing required}
+]
+\marg{glossaries}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}^^J%
+\marg{cafe}\comment{label}
+\marg{\comment{definition:}
+ \gloskeyval{name}{caf\'e},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{description}{small restaurant selling refreshments}^^J%
+}
+\codepar
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{long-short}}
+\gls{newacronym}^^J%
+\marg{html}\comment{label}
+\marg{HTML}\comment{short form}
+\marg{hypertext markup language}\comment{long form}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}^^J%
+\marg{pi}\comment{label}
+\marg{\comment{definition:}
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{pi}}},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{description}{Archimedes' Constant}^^J%
+}
+\codepar
+\comment{This is a trivial example. For a real document I recommend
+you use siunitx for units}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}^^J
+ \marg{distance}\comment{label}
+ \marg{\comment{definition:}
+ \gloskeyval{name}{distance},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{description}{the length between two points},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{symbol}{m}^^J
+ }
+}
+{%
+First use: \gls{gls}\marg{cafe}, \gls{gls}\marg{html}, \gls{gls}\marg{pi}.
+Next use: \gls{gls}\marg{cafe}, \gls{gls}\marg{html}, \gls{gls}\marg{pi}.
+\codepar
+\gls{Gls}\marg{distance} (\gls{glsentrydesc}\marg{distance}) is measured in
+\gls{glssymbol}\marg{distance}.
+}
+\end{resultbox}
\glsxtrnote
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package, which is distributed as a
-separate bundle, extends the capabilities of
-the \styfmt{glossaries} package. The simplest document with a glossary can be
-created with \gls{glossaries-extra} (which internally loads the
-\styfmt{glossaries} package):
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{article}
-\end{verbatim}
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[
- sort=none,% no sorting or indexing required
- \xtrfont{abbreviations},% create list of abbreviations
- symbols,% create list of symbols
- \xtrfont{postdot}, % append a full stop after the descriptions
- \xtrfont{stylemods},style=index % set the default glossary style
-]\mgroup{glossaries-extra}
-\end{alltt}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry % provided by glossaries.sty
- {cafe}% label
- {% definition:
- name={caf\'e},
- description={small restaurant selling refreshments}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package, which is distributed as a
+separate bundle, extends the capabilities of the \sty{glossaries}
+package. The simplest document with a \idx{glossary} can be created
+with \sty{glossaries-extra} (which internally loads the
+\sty{glossaries} package):
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}[
+ \optval{sort}{none},\comment{no sorting or indexing required}
+ \opt{abbreviations},\comment{create list of \idxpl{abbreviation}}
+ \opt{symbols},\comment{create list of symbols}
+ \opt{postdot}, \comment{append a full stop after the descriptions}
+ \opt{stylemods},\optval{style}{index} \comment{set the default glossary style}
+]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry} \combase
+ \marg{cafe}\comment{label}
+ \marg{\comment{definition:}
+ \gloskeyval{name}{caf\'e},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{small restaurant selling refreshments}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-\begin{alltt}
-\% provided by glossaries-extra.sty:
-\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}\mgroup{long-short}
-
-\ics*{newabbreviation} \% provided by glossaries-extra.sty
- \mgroup{html}\% label
- \mgroup{HTML}\% short form
- \mgroup{hypertext markup language}\% long form
-
-\% provided by glossaries-extra.sty 'symbols' option:
-\ics*{glsxtrnewsymbol}
- [description=\mgroup{Archimedes' constant}]\% options
- \mgroup{pi}\% label
- \mgroup{\cs{ensuremath}\mgroup{\cs{pi}}}\% symbol
-\end{alltt}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry % provided by glossaries.sty
- {distance}% label
- {% definition:
- name={distance},
- description={the length between two points},
- symbol={m}
+\codepar
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short}}\comxr
+\codepar
+\gls{newabbreviation} \comxr
+ \marg{html}\comment{label}
+ \marg{HTML}\comment{short form}
+ \marg{hypertext markup language}\comment{long form}
+\codepar
+\comxropt{symbols}
+\gls{glsxtrnewsymbol}
+ \oarg{\gloskeyval{description}{Archimedes' constant}}\comment{options}
+ \marg{pi}\comment{label}
+ \marg{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{pi}}}\comment{symbol}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry} \combase
+ \marg{distance}\comment{label}
+ \marg{\comment{definition:}
+ \gloskeyval{name}{distance},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{the length between two points},
+ \gloskeyval{symbol}{m}
}
+\codepar
+\cbeg{document}
+First use: \gls{gls}\marg{cafe}, \gls{gls}\marg{html}, \gls{gls}\marg{pi}.
+Next use: \gls{gls}\marg{cafe}, \gls{gls}\marg{html}, \gls{gls}\marg{pi}.
+\codepar
+\gls{Gls}\marg{distance} is measured in \gls{glssymbol}\marg{distance}.
+\gls{printunsrtglossaries} \comment{list all defined entries}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+
+\begin{resultbox}
+\createexample*[title={Simple document with unsorted glossaries},
+ label={ex:simpleunsrt},
+ description={Example document that defines some glossary entries,
+references them in the text, and displays three simple unsorted glossaries.}]
+{%
+\cmd{usepackage}[
+ \optval{sort}{none},\comment{no sorting or indexing required}
+ \opt{abbreviations},\comment{create list of abbreviations}
+ \opt{symbols},\comment{create list of symbols}
+ \opt{postdot}, \comment{append a full stop after the descriptions}
+ \opt{stylemods},\optval{style}{index} \comment{set the default glossary style}
+]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry} \combase
+\marg{cafe}\comment{label}
+\marg{\comment{definition:}
+ \gloskeyval{name}{caf\'e},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{description}{small restaurant selling refreshments}^^J%
+}
+\codepar
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short}}\comxr
+\gls{newabbreviation} \comxr
+ \marg{html}\comment{label}
+ \marg{HTML}\comment{short form}
+ \marg{hypertext markup language}\comment{long form}
+\comxropt{symbols}
+\gls{glsxtrnewsymbol}
+ \oarg{\gloskeyval{description}{Archimedes' constant}}\comment{options}
+ \marg{pi}\comment{label}
+ \marg{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{pi}}}\comment{symbol}
+\comment{This is a trivial example. For a real document I recommend
+you use siunitx for units}
+\gls{newglossaryentry} \combase
+ \marg{distance}\comment{label}
+ \marg{\comment{definition:}
+ \gloskeyval{name}{distance},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{the length between two points},
+ \gloskeyval{symbol}{m}
+ }
+}
+{%
+First use: \gls{gls}\marg{cafe}, \gls{gls}\marg{html}, \gls{gls}\marg{pi}.
+Next use: \gls{gls}\marg{cafe}, \gls{gls}\marg{html}, \gls{gls}\marg{pi}.
+\codepar
+\gls{Gls}\marg{distance} is measured in \gls{glssymbol}\marg{distance}.^^J%
+\gls{printunsrtglossaries} \comment{list all defined entries}
+}
+\end{resultbox}
-\begin{document}
-First use: \gls{cafe}, \gls{html}, \gls{pi}.
-Next use: \gls{cafe}, \gls{html}, \gls{pi}.
-
-\Gls{distance} is measured in \glssymbol{distance}.
-\end{verbatim}
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{printunsrtglossaries} \% list all defined entries
-\cs{end}\mgroup{document}
-\end{alltt}
-Note the difference in the way the abbreviation (HTML) and symbol
-(\ensuremath{\pi}) are defined in the two above examples. The
-\pkgopt*{abbreviations}, \pkgopt*{postdot} and \pkgopt*{stylemods}
-options are specific to \gls{glossaries-extra}. Other options are
-passed to the base \styfmt{glossaries} package.
+Note the difference in the way the \idx{abbreviation} (HTML) and symbol
+($\pi$) are defined in the two above examples. The
+\opt{abbreviations}, \opt{postdot} and \opt{stylemods}
+options are specific to \sty{glossaries-extra}. Other options are
+passed to the base \sty{glossaries} package.
\begin{xtr}
-In this user manual, commands and options displayed in teal, such as
-\xtrcs{newabbreviation} and \pkgopt*{stylemods}, are only available with
-the \gls{glossaries-extra} package. There are also some commands and options (such
-as \cs{makeglossaries} and \pkgopt{symbols}) that are provided by the
-base \styfmt{glossaries} package but are redefined by the
-\gls{glossaries-extra} package. See the \gls{glossaries-extra} user
+In this user manual, commands and options displayed in \xtrfmt{tan}, such as
+\gls{newabbreviation} and \opt{stylemods}, are only available with
+the \sty{glossaries-extra} package. There are also some commands and options (such
+as \gls{makeglossaries} and \opt{symbols}) that are provided by the
+base \sty{glossaries} package but are redefined by the
+\sty{glossaries-extra} package. See the \sty{glossaries-extra} user
manual for further details of those commands.
\end{xtr}
-One of the strengths of the \styfmt{glossaries} package is its flexibility, however
+One of the strengths of the \sty{glossaries} package is its flexibility, however
the drawback of this is the necessity of having a large manual
that covers all the various settings. If you are daunted by the
size of the manual, try starting off with the much shorter
@@ -1014,121 +11825,245 @@ size of the manual, try starting off with the much shorter
\begin{important}
There's a~common misconception that you have to have Perl installed
-in order to use the \styfmt{glossaries} package. Perl is \emph{not}
+in order to use the \sty{glossaries} package. Perl is \emph{not}
a~requirement (as demonstrated by the above examples) but it does
-increase the available options, particularly if you use an \gls{exlatinalph}
-or a~\gls{nonlatinalph}.
+increase the available options, particularly if you use an \idx{exlatinalph}
+or a~\idx{nonlatinalph}.
\end{important}
-This document uses the \styfmt{glossaries} package. For example,
-when viewing the PDF version of this document in a
-hyperlinked-enabled PDF viewer (such as Adobe Reader or Okular) if
-you click on the word \qt{\gls{xindy}} you'll be taken to the entry
-in the glossary where there's a brief description of
-the term \qt{\gls*{xindy}}. This is the way the \styfmt{glossaries}
-mechanism works. An \gls{indexingapp} is used to generate the
-sorted list of terms. The \glspl{indexingapp} are \gls{cli} tools,
-which means they can be run directly from a command prompt or terminal, or can
-be integrated into some text editors, or you can use a build tool
-such as \app{arara} to run them.
-
-Neither of the above two examples require an \gls{indexingapp}. The
-first is just using the \styfmt{glossaries} package for consistent
+This document uses the \sty{glossaries-extra} package with
+\app{bib2gls} (\option{b2g}). For example, when viewing the
+\idx{PDF} version of this document in a \idxc+{hyperlink}{hyperlinked-enabled}
+\idx{PDF} viewer (such as Adobe Reader or Okular) if you click on
+the word \qt{\idx{indexing}} you'll be taken to the \idx{entry} in
+the \hyperref[glossary]{main glossary} where there's a brief
+description of the term. This is the way the \sty{glossaries}
+mechanism works. An \idx{indexingapp} (\app{bib2gls} in this case)
+is used to generate the sorted list of terms. The
+\idxpl{indexingapp} are \gls{cli} tools, which means they can be run
+directly from a command prompt or terminal, or can be integrated
+into some text editors, or you can use a build tool such as
+\app{arara} to run them.
+
+In addition to standard \idxpl{glossary}, this document has
+\qt{standalone} definitions (\option{standalone}). For example, if you click on the
+command \gls{gls}, the \idx+{hyperlink} will take you to main part of the
+document where the command is described. The \hyperref[index]{index}
+and \hyperref[summaries]{summaries} are also glossaries. The
+technique used is too complicated to describe in this manual, but an
+example can be found in \tugboat{\appfmt{bib2gls}: Standalone
+entries and repeated lists (a little book of
+poisons)}{2022}{43}{1}{tb133talbot-bib2gls-reorder.pdf}.
+
+Neither of the above two examples require an \idx{indexingapp}. The
+first is just using the \sty{glossaries} package for consistent
formatting, and there is no list. The second has lists but they are
-unsorted (see \opt5).
+unsorted (see \option{unsrt}).
The remainder of this introductory section covers the following:
\begin{itemize}
\item \sectionref{sec:indexingoptions} lists the available indexing
options.
-\item \sectionref{sec:lipsum} lists the dummy glossary files that
-may be used for testing.
+\item \sectionref{sec:lipsum} lists the files provided that contain dummy
+glossary entries which may be used for testing.
\item \sectionref{sec:languages} provides information for users who
wish to write in a language other than English.
\item \sectionref{sec:makeglossaries} describes how to use an
\gls{indexingapp} to create the sorted glossaries for your document
-(\optsor23).
+(\optionsor{mkidx,xdy}).
\end{itemize}
-There are some sample documents provided with this package. They are
-described in \sectionref{sec:samples}.
+In addition to the examples provided in this document, there are
+some sample documents provided with the \sty{glossaries} package.
+They are described in \sectionref{sec:samples}.
+
+The \sty{glossaries} package comes with a number of sample
+documents that illustrate the various functions. These are listed in
+\sectionref{sec:samples}.
\section{Rollback}
\label{sec:rollback}
-There is one rollback release: v4.46 (2020-03-19) for
-\styfmt{glossaries.sty} and \styfmt{glossary-list.sty}.
-The other associated packages haven't been changed since that
-release (apart from the version numbers, which are always updated
-for each new release, regardless of whether or not the file has
-otherwise been changed). If you rollback to v4.46 using:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage{glossaries}[=v4.46]
-\end{verbatim}
-then the 4.46 version of \sty{glossary-list.sty} will automatically be
-loaded. If you use \pkgopt{nostyles} and subsequently load
-\sty{glossary-list} you will also need to add the rollback version:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[nostyles]{glossaries}[=v4.46]
-\usepackage{glossary-list}[=v4.46]
-\end{verbatim}
+The following rollback releases are available:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Version 4.49 (2021-11-01):
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}\oarg{=v4.49}
+\end{codebox}
+Note that this should also rollback \sty{mfirstuc} to version 2.07
+if you have a later version installed.
+
+\item Version 4.46 (2020-03-19):
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}\oarg{=v4.46}
+\end{codebox}
+
+\end{itemize}
+
If you rollback using \sty{latexrelease} to an earlier date, then
you will need to specify v4.46 for \sty{glossaries} as there are no
-earlier rollback versions available.
+earlier rollback versions available. You may want to consider using
+one of the historic \TeXLive\ Docker images instead. See, for
+example, \blog{legacy-documents-and-tex-live-docker-images}{Legacy
+Documents and TeX Live Docker Images}.
+
+\section{Integrating Other Packages and Known Issues}
+\label{sec:pkgintegration}
+
+If you use \sty{hyperref} and \sty{glossaries}, you must load
+\sty{hyperref} \emph{first} (although, in general, \sty{hyperref} should be
+loaded after other packages).
+
+Occasionally you may find that certain packages need to be
+loaded \emph{after} packages that are required by \sty{glossaries}
+but need to also be loaded before \sty{glossaries}. For
+example, a package \meta{X} might need to be loaded after
+\sty{amsgen} but before \sty{hyperref} (which needs to be loaded
+before \sty{glossaries}). In which case, load the required package
+first (for example, \sty{amsgen}), then \meta{X}, and finally load
+\sty{glossaries}.
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{amsgen}\comment{load before \meta{X}}
+\cmd{usepackage}\margm{X}\comment{must be loaded after \sty{amsgen}}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{hyperref}\comment{load after \meta{X}}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}\comment{load after \sty{hyperref}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+
+Some packages don't work with some \idxpl{glossarystyle}. For
+example, \sty{classicthesis} doesn't work with the styles that use
+the \env{description} environment, such as the \glostyle{list}
+style. Since this is the default style, the \sty{glossaries} package
+checks for \sty{classicthesis} and will change the default to the
+\glostyle{index} style if it has been loaded.
+
+Some packages conflict with a package that's required by
+a \idx{glossarystyle} style package. For example, \sty{xtab}
+conflicts with \sty{supertabular}, which is required by
+\sty{glossary-super}. In this case, ensure the problematic \idx{glossarystyle}
+package isn't loaded. For example, use the \opt{nosuper} option and
+(with \sty{glossaries-extra}) don't use \optval{stylemods}{super} or
+\optval{stylemods}{all}. The \sty{glossaries} package now (v4.50+)
+checks for \sty{xtab} and will automatically implement \opt{nosuper}
+if it has been loaded.
+
+The language-support is implemented using \sty{tracklang}. This
+needs to know the document languages that have to be supported. It
+currently (version 1.6 at the time of writing) can't detect the use
+of \gls{babelprovide}. The \sty{tracklang} package is able to pick
+up known language labels from the document class options, for
+example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}[german]\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{translate}{true}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+The above doesn't load \sty{babel} or \sty{polyglossia} or
+\sty{translator}, but the \optval{translate}{true} setting will
+ensure that \sty{tracklang} is loaded and the language-sensitive
+command provided by \sty{glossaries} will use the definitions in
+\file{glossaries-german.ldf} (which needs to be installed
+separately, see \sectionref{sec:languages}) because \sty{tracklang}
+can pick up the \optfmt{german} document class option.
+
+The \sty{tracklang} package is also able to pick up languages passed
+as package options to \sty{babel} or \sty{translator}, provided they
+were loaded before \sty{tracklang}. For example,
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[french]\marg{babel}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{translate}{babel}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+The \sty{tracklang} package used to be able to detect languages
+identified by \sty{polyglossia}['s] \gls{setmainlanguage} and
+\gls{setotherlanguage}, but \sty{tracklang} v1.5 can't with newer
+versions of \sty{polyglossia}. You will need to upgrade to
+\sty{tracklang} v1.6+ to allow this to work again.
+
+In the event that \sty{tracklang} can't pick up the required
+languages, it's also possible to identify them with the
+\opt{languages} option. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[nil]\marg{babel}
+\gls{babelprovide}\marg{french}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{languages}{french}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
\section{Indexing Options}
\label{sec:indexingoptions}
-The basic idea behind the \styfmt{glossaries} package is that you
-first define your entries (terms, symbols or abbreviations). Then
-you can reference these within your document (like \cs{cite} or
-\cs{ref}). You can also, optionally, display a~list of the entries
-you have referenced in your document (the glossary). This last part,
-displaying the glossary, is the part that most new users find
+\glsadd{indexing}%
+The basic idea behind the \sty{glossaries} package is that you first
+define your \idxpl+{entry} (terms, symbols or \idxpl{acronym}). Then you can
+reference these within your document (analogous to \gls{cite} or \gls{ref}).
+You can also, optionally, display a~list of the \idxpl{entry} you have
+referenced in your document (the \idx+{glossary}). This last part,
+displaying the \idx{glossary}, is the part that most new users find
difficult. There are three options available with the base
-\styfmt{glossaries} package (\optsto13). The \gls{glossaries-extra} extension
-package provides two extra options for lists (\optsand45) as well as an option for
-standalone descriptions within the document body (\opt6).
+\sty{glossaries} package (\optionsto{noidx}{xdy}). The
+\sty{glossaries-extra} extension package provides two extra options
+for lists (\options{b2g,unsrt}) as well as an option for standalone
+descriptions within the document body (\option{standalone}).
-An overview of \optsto15 is given in \tableref{tab:options}.
-\opt6 is omitted from the table as it doesn't produce a list. For a
+An overview of \optionsto{noidx}{unsrt} is given in \tableref{tab:options}.
+\option{standalone} is omitted from the table as it doesn't produce a list. For a
more detailed comparison of the various methods, see the
-\gallery{glossaries-performance.shtml}{\styfmt{glossaries}
-performance page}.
+\galleryref{glossaries-performance.shtml}{\styfmt{glossaries}
+performance page}. If, for some reason, you want to know what
+\idx{indexing} option is in effect, you can test the value of:
+\cmddef{glsindexingsetting}
+This is initialised to:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{ifglsxindy} xindy\cmd{else} makeindex\cmd{fi}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+If the \opteqvalref{sort}{none} or \opteqvalref{sort}{clear} options
+are used, \gls{glsindexingsetting} will be redefined to \code{none}.
+If \gls{makeglossaries} is used \gls{glsindexingsetting} will be
+updated to either \code{makeindex} or \code{xindy} as appropriate
+(that is, the conditional will no longer be part of the definition).
+If \gls{makenoidxglossaries} is used then \gls{glsindexingsetting} will
+be updated to \code{noidx}. This means that \gls{glsindexingsetting}
+can't be fully relied on until the start of the \env{document}
+environment. (If you are using \sty{glossaries-extra}
+v1.49+, then this command will also be updated to take the
+\opt{record} setting into account.)
\begin{important}
If you are developing a class or package that loads
-\styfmt{glossaries}, I recommend that you don't force the user into
-a particular indexing method by adding an unconditional \cs{makeglossaries}
+\sty{glossaries}, I recommend that you don't force the user into
+a particular \idx{indexing} method by adding an unconditional \gls{makeglossaries}
into your class or package code. Aside from forcing the user into a
particular indexing method, it means that they're unable to use any
-commands that must come before \cs{makeglossaries} (such as
-\cs{newglossary}) and they can't switch off the indexing whilst
-working on a draft document.
+commands that must come before \gls{makeglossaries} (such as
+\gls{newglossary}) and they can't switch off the indexing whilst
+working on a draft document. (If you are using a class or package
+that has done this, pass the \opt{disablemakegloss} option to
+\sty{glossaries}. For example, via the document class options.)
\end{important}
-Strictly speaking, \optsand56 aren't actually indexing options as no
-indexing is performed. In the case of \opt5, all defined entries are
-listed in order of definition. In the case of \opt6, the entry
+Strictly speaking, \options{unsrt,standalone} aren't actually
+\idx{indexing} options as no
+\idx{indexing} is performed. In the case of \option{unsrt}, all defined entries are
+listed in order of definition. In the case of \option{standalone}, the entry
hypertargets and descriptions are manually inserted at appropriate
points in the document. These two options are included here for
-completeness and for comparison with the actual indexing options.
+completeness and for comparison with the actual \idx{indexing} options.
\begin{table}[htbp]
\caption{Glossary Options: Pros and Cons}
\label{tab:options}
- {%
- \renewcommand{\fnsymmark}[1]{\rlap{#1}}%
- \setlength{\tabcolsep}{3pt}%
+ \settabcolsep{3pt}%
\centering
\begin{tabular}{@{}>{\raggedright\small}p{0.35\textwidth}ccccc@{}}
- & \bfseries \opt1 & \bfseries \opt2 & \bfseries \opt3
- & \bfseries \opt4 & \bfseries \opt5\\
- Requires \gls{glossaries-extra}? &
+ \bfseries Option
+ & \bfseries \optionnum{noidx}
+ & \bfseries \optionnum{mkidx}
+ & \bfseries \optionnum{xdy}
+ & \bfseries \optionnum{b2g}
+ & \bfseries \optionnum{unsrt}\\
+ Requires \sty{glossaries-extra}? &
\conno & \conno & \conno & \conyes & \conyes\\
Requires an external application? &
\conno & \conyes & \conyes & \conyes & \conno\\
@@ -1150,530 +12085,760 @@ completeness and for comparison with the actual indexing options.
Are entries with identical sort values treated as separate unique
entries? &
\proyes & \proyes & \prono\fnsym{4} & \proyes & \proyes\\
- Can automatically form ranges in the location lists? &
+ Can automatically form \idxpl{range} in the \idxpl{locationlist}? &
\prono & \proyes & \proyes & \proyes & \prono\\
- Can have non-standard locations in the location lists? &
+ Can have non-standard \locations\ in the \idxpl{locationlist}? &
\proyes & \prono
& \proyes\fnsym{5}
& \proyes
& \proyes\fnsym{6}\\
Maximum hierarchical depth (style-dependent) &
- $\infty$\fnsym{7} & 3 & $\infty$ & $\infty$ & $\infty$\\
- \ics{glsdisplaynumberlist} reliable? &
+ \unlimited\fnsym{7} & 3 & \unlimited & \unlimited & \unlimited\\
+ \gls{glsdisplaynumberlist} reliable? &
\proyes & \prono & \prono & \proyes & \prono\\
- \ics{newglossaryentry} allowed in \env{document} environment?
+ \gls{newglossaryentry} allowed in \env{document} environment?
(Not recommended.) &
\no & \yes & \yes & \no\fnsym{8} & \yes\fnsym{9}\\
Requires additional write registers? &
\conno & \conyes & \conyes & \conno & \conno\fnsym{10}\\
- Default value of \pkgopt{sanitizesort} package option &
- \texttt{false} & \texttt{true} & \texttt{true}
- & \texttt{true}\fnsym{11}
- & \texttt{true}\fnsym{11}
+ Default value of \opt{sanitizesort} package option &
+ \optfmt{false} & \optfmt{true} & \optfmt{true}
+ & \optfmt{true}\fnsym{11}
+ & \optfmt{true}\fnsym{11}
\end{tabular}
\par
- }\par
- \smallskip
- \hrulefill\par
- \smallskip\footnotesize
- \fnsym{1} Strips standard \LaTeX\ accents
-(that is, accents generated by core \LaTeX\ commands) so,
-for example, \ics{AA} is treated the same as A.\par
- \fnsym{2} Only with the hybrid method provided with \gls{glossaries-extra}.\par
- \fnsym{3} Provided \pkgopt[none]{sort} is used.\par
- \fnsym{4} Entries with the same sort value are merged.\par
- \fnsym{5} Requires some setting up.\par
- \fnsym{6} The locations must be set explicitly
-through the custom \xtrfield{location} field provided by
-\styfmt{glossaries-extra}.\par
- \fnsym{7} Unlimited but unreliable.\par
- \fnsym{8} Entries are defined in \filetype{bib}
-format. \cs{newglossaryentry} should not be used explicitly.\par
- \fnsym{9} Provided \pkgopt+{true}{docdef} or
- \pkgopt+{restricted}{docdef} but not recommended.\par
- \fnsym{10} Provided \pkgopt+{false}{docdef} or
- \pkgopt+{restricted}{docdef}.\par
- \fnsym{11} Irrelevant with \pkgopt[none]{sort}. (The \pkgopt+{only}{record}
- option automatically switches this on.)
-\par
+ \tablefns
+ {%
+ \fnsymtext{1}{Strips standard \LaTeX\ accents
+ (that is, accents generated by core \LaTeX\ commands) so,
+ for example, \csfmt{AA} is treated the same as A.}
+ \fnsymtext{2}{Only with the hybrid method provided with \sty{glossaries-extra}.}
+ \fnsymtext{3}{Provided \opteqvalref{sort}{none} is used.}
+ \fnsymtext{4}{Entries with the same sort value are merged.}
+ \fnsymtext{5}{Requires some setting up.}
+ \fnsymtext{6}{The locations must be set explicitly
+ through the custom \gloskey{location} field provided by
+ \sty{glossaries-extra}.}
+ \fnsymtext{7}{Unlimited but unreliable.}
+ \fnsymtext{8}{Entries are defined in \ext{bib}
+ format. \gls{newglossaryentry} should not be used explicitly.}
+ \fnsymtext{9}{Provided \optval{docdef}{true} or
+ \optval{docdef}{restricted} but not recommended.}
+ \fnsymtext{10}{Provided \optval{docdef}{false} or
+ \optval{docdef}{restricted}.}
+ \fnsymtext{11}{Irrelevant with \opteqvalref{sort}{none}. (The
+ \optval{record}{only} option automatically switches this on.)}
+ }
\end{table}
-\optionsec[\TeX]{TeX}
+\subsection{\idxoptiondef{noidx}}\label{option1}
This option isn't generally recommended for reasons given below.
+It's best used with \opteqvalref{sort}{use} (order of use) or
+\opteqvalref{sort}{def} (order of definition).
Example Document:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
-\begin{alltt}
-\strong{\ics{makenoidxglossaries}} \% use TeX to sort
-\end{alltt}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},
- description={an example}}
-\begin{document}
-\gls{sample}.
-\end{verbatim}
-\begin{alltt}
-\strong{\ics{printnoidxglossary}}
-\cs{end}\mgroup{document}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{style}{\glostyle{indexgroup}}]\marg{glossaries}
+\strong{\gls{makenoidxglossaries}} \comment{use TeX to sort}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{parrot}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{parrot},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a brightly coloured tropical bird}}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{duck}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{duck},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a waterbird}}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{puffin}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{puffin},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a seabird with a brightly coloured bill}}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{penguin}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{penguin},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a flightless black and white seabird}}
+\comment{a symbol:}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{alpha}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\gls{alpha}}},
+ \strong{\gloskeyval{sort}{alpha}},\gloskeyval{description}{a variable}}
+\comment{an \idx{acronym}:}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{short-long}}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{arpanet}\marg{ARPANET}\marg{Advanced Research Projects Agency Network}
+\cbeg{document}
+\gls{Gls}\marg{puffin}, \gls{gls}\marg{duck} and \gls{gls}\marg{parrot}.
+\gls{gls}\marg{arpanet} and \gls{gls}\marg{alpha}.
+Next use: \gls{gls}\marg{arpanet}.
+\strong{\gls{printnoidxglossary}}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
You can place all your entry definitions in a separate file
-and load it in the preamble with \ics{loadglsentries} (\emph{after}
-\ics{makenoidxglossaries}).
-
-This option doesn't require an external \gls{indexingapp} but, with
+and load it in the \idx{documentpreamble} with \gls{loadglsentries} (\emph{after}
+\gls{makenoidxglossaries}). Note that six entries have been
+defined but only five are referenced (\indexed) in the document so
+only those five appear in the \idx{glossary}.
+\begin{resultbox}
+\createexample*[arara={pdflatex,pdflatex,pdfcrop},
+ label={ex:noidx},
+ title={Simple document that uses \TeX\ to sort entries},
+ description={Example document that defines some entries,
+ references a subset of them in the document and displays a sorted list
+ of the referenced entries: alpha, ARPANET, duck, parrot and puffin.
+ There are three letter groups, headed A, D and P}
+]
+{%
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{style}{\glostyle{indexgroup}}]\marg{glossaries}^^J%
+\gls{makenoidxglossaries} \comment{use TeX to sort}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{parrot}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{parrot},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a brightly coloured tropical bird}}^^J%
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{duck}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{duck},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a waterbird}}^^J%
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{puffin}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{puffin},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a seabird with a brightly coloured bill}}^^J%
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{penguin}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{penguin},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a flightless black and white seabird}}^^J%
+\comment{a symbol:}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{alpha}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\gls{alpha}}},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{sort}{alpha},\gloskeyval{description}{a variable}}^^J%
+\comment{an acronym:}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{short-long}}^^J
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{arpanet}\marg{ARPANET}\marg{Advanced Research Projects Agency Network}
+}
+{%
+ \gls{Gls}\marg{puffin}, \gls{gls}\marg{duck} and \gls{gls}\marg{parrot}.^^J%
+ \gls{gls}\marg{arpanet} and \gls{gls}\marg{alpha}.^^J%
+ Next use: \gls{gls}\marg{arpanet}.^^J%
+ \gls{printnoidxglossary}
+}
+\end{resultbox}
+This uses the \glostyle{indexgroup} style, which puts a heading at
+the start of each \idx{lettergroup}. The \idx{lettergroup} is determined by
+the first character of the sort value. For a preview of all available
+styles, see \gallerypage{glossaries-styles}{Gallery: Predefined Styles}.
+The number 1 after each description is the \idx{numberlist} (or
+\idx{locationlist}). This is the list of \locations\ (page numbers,
+in this case) where the entry was \indexed. In this example, all
+entries were \indexed\ on page~1.
+
+This option doesn't require an external \idx{indexingapp} but, with
the default alphabetic sorting, it's very slow with severe limitations.
If you want a sorted list, it doesn't work well for
-\glspl{exlatinalph} or \glspl{nonlatinalph} and there's no guarantee
-that it will work with \gls{UTF-8}. However, if you use
-the \pkgopt[false]{sanitizesort} package option (the default for
-Option~1) then the \glslink{latexexlatinchar}{standard \LaTeX\
+\idxpl{exlatinalph} or \idxpl{nonlatinalph}.
+However, if you use the \optval{sanitizesort}{false} package option (the default for
+\option{noidx}) then the \idxc{latexexlatinchar}{standard \LaTeX\
accent commands} will be ignored, so if an entry's name is set to
-\verb|{\'e}lite| then the sort value will default to \texttt{elite} if
-\pkgopt[false]{sanitizesort} is used and will default to
-\verb|\'elite| if \pkgopt[true]{sanitizesort} is used. If you have
-any other kinds of commands that don't expand to ASCII characters,
-such as \cs{alpha} or \cs{si}, then you must use
-\pkgopt[true]{sanitizesort} or change the sort method
-(\pkgopt[use]{sort} or \pkgopt[def]{sort}) in the package options
+\code{\gls+{cs.apos}elite} then the sort value will default to \code{elite} if
+\optval{sanitizesort}{false} is used and will default to
+the literal string \verb|\'elite| if \optval{sanitizesort}{true} is used.
+
+\begin{warning}
+Previously, it was also possible to strip accents from \idx{utf8} characters,
+but that's not possible following updates to the \LaTeX\
+kernel. The kernel updates are beneficial as they make it
+possible to use \idx{utf8} characters in labels, but the trick of
+stripping accents was a hack that no longer works.
+\end{warning}
+
+If you have any other kinds of commands that don't expand to \idx{ascii} characters,
+such as \gls{alpha}, then you must use
+\optval{sanitizesort}{true} or change the sort method
+(\opteqvalref{sort}{use} or \opteqvalref{sort}{def}) in the package options
or explicitly set the \gloskey{sort} key when you define the
-relevant entries. For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{alpha}\mgroup{name=\mgroup{\cs{ensuremath}\mgroup{\cs{alpha}}},
- \strong{sort=\mgroup{alpha}},description=\mgroup{...}}
-\end{alltt}
+relevant entries, as shown in the above example which has:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{alpha}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\gls{alpha}}},
+ \strong{\gloskeyval{sort}{alpha},}\gloskeyval{description}{a variable}
+}
+\end{codebox}
+
\begin{xtr}
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package has a modified \pkgopt{symbols}
-package option that provides \ics*{glsxtrnewsymbol}, which automatically sets the
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package has a modified \opt{symbols}
+package option that provides \gls{glsxtrnewsymbol}, which automatically sets the
\gloskey{sort} key to the entry label (instead of the \gloskey{name}).
\end{xtr}
-This option works best with the \pkgopt[def]{sort} or
-\pkgopt[use]{sort} setting. For any
+This option works best with the \opteqvalref{sort}{def} or
+\opteqvalref{sort}{use} setting. For any
other setting, be prepared for a long document build time,
especially if you have a lot of entries defined. \strong{This
option is intended as a last resort for alphabetical sorting.}
This option allows a mixture of sort methods. (For example,
sorting by word order for one glossary and order of use for another.)
-This option is not suitable for hierarchical glossaries and does
-not form ranges in the \glspl{numberlist}. If you really can't use an
-\gls{indexingapp} consider using \opt{5} instead.
+This option is not suitable for \hierarchical\ glossaries and does
+not form \idxpl{range} in the \idxpl{locationlist}. If you really can't use an
+\idx{indexingapp} consider using \option{unsrt} instead.
Summary:
\begin{enumerate}
\item Add
-\begin{verbatim}
-\makenoidxglossaries
-\end{verbatim}
- to your preamble (before you start defining your entries, as described in
- \sectionref{sec:newglosentry}).
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{makenoidxglossaries}
+\end{codebox*}
+ to your \idx{documentpreamble} (before you start defining your
+ entries, as described in \sectionref{sec:newglosentry}).
\item Put
-\begin{verbatim}
-\printnoidxglossary
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{printnoidxglossary}
+\end{codebox*}
where you want your list of entries to appear (described in
\sectionref{sec:printglossary}). Alternatively, to display all
glossaries use the iterative command:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\printnoidxglossaries
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{printnoidxglossaries}
+\end{codebox*}
\item Run \LaTeX\ twice on your document. (As you would do to
make a~table of contents appear.) For example, click twice on
- the \qt{typeset} or \qt{build} or \qt{PDF\LaTeX} button in your editor.
+ the \qt{typeset} or \qt{build} or \qt{\pdfLaTeX} button in your editor.
\end{enumerate}
-\optionsec{makeindex}
-
-Example document:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
-\begin{alltt}
-\strong{\ics{makeglossaries}} \% open glossary files
-\end{alltt}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},
- description={an example}}
-\begin{document}
-\gls{sample}.
-\end{verbatim}
-\begin{alltt}
-\strong{\ics{printglossary}}
-\cs{end}\mgroup{document}
-\end{alltt}
+\subsection{\idxoptiondef{mkidx}}\label{option2}
+
+\glsadd{app.makeindex}Example document:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{style}{\glostyle{indexgroup}}]\marg{glossaries}
+\strong{\gls{makeglossaries}} \comment{open \idxpl{indexingfile}}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{parrot}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{parrot},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a brightly coloured tropical bird}}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{duck}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{duck},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a waterbird}}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{puffin}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{puffin},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a seabird with a brightly coloured bill}}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{penguin}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{penguin},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a flightless black and white seabird}}
+\comment{a symbol:}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{alpha}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\gls{alpha}}},
+ \strong{\gloskeyval{sort}{alpha}},\gloskeyval{description}{a variable}}
+\comment{an \idx{acronym}:}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{short-long}}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{arpanet}\marg{ARPANET}\marg{Advanced Research Projects Agency Network}
+\cbeg{document}
+\gls{Gls}\marg{puffin}, \gls{gls}\marg{duck} and \gls{gls}\marg{parrot}.
+\gls{gls}\marg{arpanet} and \gls{gls}\marg{alpha}.
+Next use: \gls{gls}\marg{arpanet}.
+\strong{\gls{printglossary}}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
You can place all your entry definitions in a separate file
-and load it in the preamble with \ics{loadglsentries} (\emph{after}
-\ics{makeglossaries}).
+and load it in the \idx{documentpreamble} with \gls{loadglsentries} (\emph{after}
+\gls{makeglossaries}). The result is the same as for
+\exampleref{ex:noidx}.
+\begin{resultbox}
+\createexample*[arara={pdflatex,makeglossaries,pdflatex,pdfcrop},
+ label={ex:mkidx},
+ title={Simple document that uses \appfmt{makeindex} to sort entries},
+ description={Example document that defines some entries,
+ references a subset of them in the document and displays a sorted list
+ of the referenced entries: alpha, ARPANET, duck, parrot and puffin.
+ There are three letter groups, headed A, D and P}
+]
+{%
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{style}{\glostyle{indexgroup}}]\marg{glossaries}^^J%
+\gls{makeglossaries} \comment{open \idxpl{indexingfile}}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{parrot}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{parrot},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a brightly coloured tropical bird}}^^J%
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{duck}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{duck},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a waterbird}}^^J%
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{puffin}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{puffin},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a seabird with a brightly coloured bill}}^^J%
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{penguin}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{penguin},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a flightless black and white seabird}}^^J%
+\comment{a symbol:}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{alpha}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\gls{alpha}}},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{sort}{alpha},\gloskeyval{description}{a variable}}^^J%
+\comment{an acronym:}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{short-long}}^^J
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{arpanet}\marg{ARPANET}\marg{Advanced Research Projects Agency Network}
+}
+{%
+ \gls{Gls}\marg{puffin}, \gls{gls}\marg{duck} and \gls{gls}\marg{parrot}.^^J%
+ \gls{gls}\marg{arpanet} and \gls{gls}\marg{alpha}.^^J%
+ Next use: \gls{gls}\marg{arpanet}.^^J%
+ \gls{printglossary}
+}
+\end{resultbox}
-This option uses a~\gls{cli} application called \gls{makeindex} to sort
+This option uses a~\idx{cli} application called \app{makeindex} to sort
the entries. This application comes with all modern \TeX\ distributions,
-but it's hard-coded for the non-extended \gls{latinalph}. It can't
-correctly sort accent commands (such as \cs{'} or \cs{c}) and fails
-with \gls{UTF-8} characters, especially for any sort values that start
-with a \gls{UTF-8} character (as it separates the octets resulting in an
-invalid file encoding). This process involves making \LaTeX\ write
-the glossary information to a temporary file which \gls{makeindex}
-reads. Then \gls{makeindex} writes a~new file containing the code
-to typeset the glossary. Then \cs{printglossary} reads this file in
+but it's hard-coded for the non-extended \idx{latinalph}. It can't
+correctly sort accent commands (such as \gls{cs.apos} or \gls{c}) and fails
+with \idx{utf8} characters, especially for any sort values that start
+with a \idx{utf8} character (as it separates the octets resulting in an
+invalid file \idx{encoding}). This process involves making \LaTeX\ write
+the \idx{glossary} information to a temporary file which \app{makeindex}
+reads. Then \app{makeindex} writes a~new file containing the code
+to typeset the \idx{glossary}. Then \gls{printglossary} reads this file in
on the next run.
+\begin{information}
+There are other applications that can read \app{makeindex} files,
+such as \app{texindy} and \app{xindex}, but the \sty{glossaries}
+package uses a customized \ext+{ist} style file (created by
+\gls{makeglossaries}) that adjusts the special characters and input
+keyword and also ensures that the resulting file (which is input by
+\gls{printglossary}) adheres to the \idx{glossary} style.
+If you want to use an alternative, you will need to ensure that it
+can honour the settings in the \ext{ist} file.
+\end{information}
+
This option works best if you want to sort entries according to the
English alphabet and you don't want to install Perl or Java. This
-method can also work with the restricted shell escape since
-\gls{makeindex} is considered a trusted application. (So you should
-be able to use the \pkgopt{automake} package option provided the
-shell escape hasn't been completely disabled.)
+method can also work with the restricted \idx{shellescape} since
+\app{makeindex} is considered a trusted application, which means you should
+be able to use the \opteqvalref{automake}{immediate} or
+\opteqvalref{automake}{true} package option provided the
+\idx{shellescape} hasn't been completely disabled.
-This method can form ranges in the \gls{numberlist} but only
-accepts limited number formats: \cs{arabic}, \cs{roman},
-\cs{Roman}, \cs{alph} and \cs{Alph}.
+This method can form \idxpl{range} in the \idx{numberlist} but only
+accepts limited number formats: \gls{arabic}, \gls{roman},
+\gls{Roman}, \gls{alph} and \gls{Alph}.
This option does not allow a mixture of sort methods.
-All glossaries must be sorted according to the same method:
+All \idxpl{glossary} must be sorted according to the same method:
word\slash letter ordering or order of use or order of definition.
-If you need word ordering for one glossary and letter ordering
-for another you'll have to explicitly call \gls{makeindex} for
-each glossary type.
+If you need word ordering for one \idx{glossary} and letter ordering
+for another you'll have to explicitly call \app{makeindex} for
+each \idx{glossary} type.
\begin{xtr}
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package allows a hybrid mix of
-\optsand12 to provide word\slash letter ordering with \opt2 and order
-of use\slash definition with \opt1. See the \gls{glossaries-extra}
-documentation for further details. See also the
-\gls{glossaries-extra} alternative to \samplefile{Sort} in
-\sectionref{sec:samplessort}.
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package allows a hybrid mix of
+\options{noidx,mkidx} to provide word\slash letter ordering with
+\option{mkidx} and order of use\slash definition with
+\option{noidx}. See the \sty{glossaries-extra} documentation for
+further details. See also the \sty{glossaries-extra} alternative to
+\samplefile{Sort} in \sectionref{sec:samplessort}.
\end{xtr}
Summary:
\begin{enumerate}
- \item If you want to use \gls{makeindex}['s] \mkidxopt{g} option
- you must change the quote character using \ics{GlsSetQuote}. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsSetQuote{+}
-\end{verbatim}
- This must be used before \cs{makeglossaries}.
+ \item If you want to use \app{makeindex}['s] \mkidxopt{g} option
+ you must change the quote character using \gls{GlsSetQuote}. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsSetQuote}\marg{+}
+\end{codebox}
+ This must be used before \gls{makeglossaries}.
Note that if you are using \sty{babel}, the shorthands aren't
enabled until the start of the document, so you won't be able to use
- the shorthands in definitions made in the preamble.
+ the shorthands in definitions that occur in the \idx+{documentpreamble}.
\item Add
-\begin{verbatim}
-\makeglossaries
-\end{verbatim}
-to your preamble (before you start
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{makeglossaries}
+\end{codebox*}
+to your \idx{documentpreamble} (before you start
defining your entries, as described in
\sectionref{sec:newglosentry}).
\item Put
-\begin{verbatim}
-\printglossary
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{printglossary}
+\end{codebox*}
where you want your list of entries to appear (described in
\sectionref{sec:printglossary}). Alternatively, to display all
glossaries use the iterative command:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\printglossaries
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{printglossaries}
+\end{codebox*}
\item Run \LaTeX\ on your document. This creates files with the
- extensions \filetype{glo} and \filetype{ist} (for example, if your
- \LaTeX\ document is called \texttt{myDoc.tex}, then you'll have
- two extra files called \texttt{myDoc.glo} and \texttt{myDoc.ist}).
+ extensions \ext+{glo} and \ext+{ist} (for example, if your
+ \LaTeX\ document is called \filefmt{myDoc.tex}, then you'll have
+ two extra files called \filefmt{myDoc.glo} and \filefmt{myDoc.ist}).
If you look at your document at this point, you won't see the
glossary as it hasn't been created yet. (If you use
- \gls{glossaries-extra} you'll see the section heading and some
+ \sty{glossaries-extra} you'll see the section heading and some
boilerplate text.)
- If you have used package options such as \pkgopt{symbols} there
+ If you have used package options such as \opt{symbols} there
will also be other sets of files corresponding to the extra
glossaries that were created by those options.
- \item\plabel{makeindex.run} Run \gls{makeindex} with the \texttt{.glo} file as the
- input file and the \texttt{.ist} file as the style so that
- it creates an output file with the extension \texttt{.gls}. If
- you have access to a terminal or a command prompt (for example, the
- MSDOS command prompt for Windows users or the bash console for
- Unix-like users) then you need to run the command:
-\begin{prompt}
-makeindex -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
-\end{prompt}
- (Replace \texttt{myDoc} with the base name of your \LaTeX\
- document file. Avoid spaces in the file name if possible.
- The \textbf{\ttfamily\$} symbol indicates the command prompt and should be omitted.)
+ \item\plabel{makeindex.run} Run \app{makeindex} with the \ext{glo} file as the
+ input file and the \ext{ist} file as the style so that
+ it creates an output file with the extension \ext+{gls}:
+\begin{terminal}
+makeindex \mkidxopt{s} myDoc.ist \mkidxopt{o} myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
+\end{terminal}
+ (Replace \code{myDoc} with the base name of your \LaTeX\
+ document file. Avoid spaces in the file name if possible.)
\begin{important}
-The file extensions vary according to the glossary \gloskey{type}.
+The file extensions vary according to the \idx{glossary} \gloskey{type}.
See \sectionref{sec:makeindexapp} for further details.
-\gls{makeindex} must be called for each set of files.
+\app{makeindex} must be called for each set of files.
\end{important}
If you don't know how to use the command prompt, then you can probably access
- \gls{makeindex} via your text editor, but each editor has a
- different method of doing this. See \href{https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/}{Incorporating
+ \app{makeindex} via your text editor, but each editor has a
+ different method of doing this. See \dickimawhref{latex/buildglossaries/}{Incorporating
makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document
build} for some examples.
- Alternatively, run \gls{makeindex} indirectly via the
-\gls{makeglossaries} script:
-\begin{prompt}
+ Alternatively, run \app{makeindex} indirectly via the
+\app{makeglossaries} script:
+\begin{terminal}
makeglossaries myDoc
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
Note that the file extension isn't supplied in this case.
- (Replace \gls{makeglossaries} with \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua} if
+ (Replace \app{makeglossaries} with \app{makeglossaries-lite} if
you don't have Perl installed.)
This will pick up all the file extensions from the
- \filetype{aux} file and run \gls{makeindex} the appropriate number
+ \ext{aux} file and run \app{makeindex} the appropriate number
of times with all the necessary switches.
The simplest approach is to use \app{arara} and add the following
comment lines to the start of your document:
-\begin{alltt}
-\% arara: pdflatex
-\% arara: makeglossaries
-\% arara: pdflatex
-\end{alltt}
- (Replace \texttt{makeglossaries} with \texttt{makeglossarieslite} in the
+\begin{codebox}
+\araraline{pdflatex}
+\araraline{makeglossaries}
+\araraline{pdflatex}
+\end{codebox}
+ (Replace \code{makeglossaries} with \code{makeglossarieslite} in the
second line above if you don't have Perl installed. Note that
there's no hyphen in this case.)
The default sort is word order (\qt{sea lion} comes before \qt{seal}).
If you want letter ordering you need to add the \mkidxopt{l}
switch:
-\begin{prompt}
-makeindex -l -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
-\end{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
+makeindex \mkidxopt{l} \mkidxopt{s} myDoc.ist -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
+\end{terminal}
(See \sectionref{sec:makeindexapp} for further details on using
- \gls*{makeindex} explicitly.) If you use \gls{makeglossaries}
- or \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua} then use the \pkgopt[letter]{order}
+ \app{makeindex} explicitly.) If you use \app{makeglossaries}
+ or \app{makeglossaries-lite} then use the \optval{order}{letter}
package option and the \mkidxopt{l} option will be added
automatically.
\item\plabel{makeindex.relatex} Once you have successfully completed the previous step,
you can now run \LaTeX\ on your document again.
\end{enumerate}
-You'll need to repeat the last step if you have used the
-\pkgopt{toc} option (unless you're using \gls{glossaries-extra}) to
-ensure the section heading is added to the table of contents.
-You'll also need to repeat steps~\ref{makeindex.run} and~\ref{makeindex.relatex}
-if you have any cross-references which can't be indexed until the glossary file has
-been created.
-
-\optionsec{xindy}
-
-Example document:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{documentclass}\mgroup{article}
-\cs{usepackage}[\strong{xindy}]\mgroup{glossaries}
-\strong{\ics{makeglossaries}} \% open glossary files
-\end{alltt}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},
- description={an example}}
-\begin{document}
-\gls{sample}.
-\end{verbatim}
-\begin{alltt}
-\strong{\ics{printglossary}}
-\cs{end}\mgroup{document}
-\end{alltt}
+You'll need to repeat the last step if you have used the \opt{toc}
+option (unless you're using \sty{glossaries-extra}) to ensure the
+section heading is added to the table of contents. You'll also need
+to repeat steps~\ref{makeindex.run} and~\ref{makeindex.relatex} if
+you have any cross-references which can't be \indexed\ until the
+\idx{indexingfile} has been created.
+
+\subsection{\idxoptiondef{xdy}}\label{option3}
+
+\glsadd{app.xindy}Example document:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\strong{\opt{xindy}},\optval{style}{\glostyle{indexgroup}}]\marg{glossaries}
+\strong{\gls{makeglossaries}} \comment{open \idxpl{indexingfile}}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{parrot}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{parrot},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a brightly coloured tropical bird}}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{duck}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{duck},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a waterbird}}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{puffin}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{puffin},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a seabird with a brightly coloured bill}}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{penguin}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{penguin},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a flightless black and white seabird}}
+\comment{a symbol:}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{alpha}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\gls{alpha}}},
+ \strong{\gloskeyval{sort}{alpha}},\gloskeyval{description}{a variable}}
+\comment{an \idx{acronym}:}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{short-long}}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{arpanet}\marg{ARPANET}\marg{Advanced Research Projects Agency Network}
+\cbeg{document}
+\gls{Gls}\marg{puffin}, \gls{gls}\marg{duck} and \gls{gls}\marg{parrot}.
+\gls{gls}\marg{arpanet} and \gls{gls}\marg{alpha}.
+Next use: \gls{gls}\marg{arpanet}.
+\strong{\gls{printglossary}}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
You can place all your entry definitions in a separate file
-and load it in the preamble with \ics{loadglsentries} (\emph{after}
-\ics{makeglossaries}).
+and load it in the \idx{documentpreamble} with \gls{loadglsentries} (\emph{after}
+\gls{makeglossaries}). The result is the same as for
+\exampleref{ex:noidx} and \exampleref{ex:mkidx}.
+\begin{resultbox}
+\createexample*[arara={pdflatex,makeglossaries,pdflatex,pdfcrop},
+ label={ex:xdy},
+ title={Simple document that uses \appfmt{xindy} to sort entries},
+ description={Example document that defines some entries,
+ references a subset of them in the document and displays a sorted list
+ of the referenced entries: alpha, ARPANET, duck, parrot and puffin.
+ There are three letter groups, headed A, D and P}
+]
+{%
+\cmd{usepackage}[xindy,style=indexgroup]\marg{glossaries}^^J%
+\gls{makeglossaries} \comment{open \idxpl{indexingfile}}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{parrot}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{parrot},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a brightly coloured tropical bird}}^^J%
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{duck}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{duck},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a waterbird}}^^J%
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{puffin}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{puffin},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a seabird with a brightly coloured bill}}^^J%
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{penguin}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{penguin},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a flightless black and white seabird}}^^J%
+\comment{a symbol:}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{alpha}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\gls{alpha}}},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{sort}{alpha},\gloskeyval{description}{a variable}}^^J%
+\comment{an acronym:}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{short-long}}^^J
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{arpanet}\marg{ARPANET}\marg{Advanced Research Projects Agency Network}
+}
+{%
+ \gls{Gls}\marg{puffin}, \gls{gls}\marg{duck} and \gls{gls}\marg{parrot}.^^J%
+ \gls{gls}\marg{arpanet} and \gls{gls}\marg{alpha}.^^J%
+ Next use: \gls{gls}\marg{arpanet}.^^J%
+ \gls{printglossary}
+}
+\end{resultbox}
-This option uses a~\gls{cli} application called
-\gls{xindy} to sort the entries. This application is more flexible than
-\texttt{makeindex} and is able to sort \glspl{exlatinalph} or
-\glspl{nonlatinalph}, however it does still have some limitations.
+This option uses a~\idx{cli} application called
+\app{xindy} to sort the entries. This application is more flexible than
+\app{makeindex} and is able to sort \idxpl{exlatinalph} or
+\idxpl{nonlatinalph}, however it does still have some limitations.
-The \gls{xindy} application comes with both \TeX~Live and
-MiK\TeX, but since \gls{xindy} is a Perl script, you will also need
+The \app{xindy} application comes with both \TeXLive\ and
+\MikTeX, but since \app{xindy} is a Perl script, you will also need
to install Perl, if you don't already have it. In a~similar way to
-\opt2, this option involves making \LaTeX\ write the glossary
-information to a~temporary file which \gls{xindy} reads. Then
-\gls{xindy} writes a~new file containing the code to typeset the
-glossary. Then \cs{printglossary} reads this file in on the next run.
+\option{mkidx}, this option involves making \LaTeX\ write the
+\idx{glossary} information to a~temporary file which \app{xindy} reads. Then
+\app{xindy} writes a~new file containing the code to typeset the
+glossary. Then \gls{printglossary} reads this file in on the next run.
-This is the best option with just the base \styfmt{glossaries}
+This is the best option with just the base \sty{glossaries}
package if you want to sort according to a~language other than
-English or if you want non-standard location lists, but it can
+English or if you want non-standard \idxpl+{locationlist}, but it can
require some setting up (see \sectionref{sec:xindy}). There are
some problems with certain sort values:
\begin{itemize}
- \item entries with the same sort value are merged by \gls*{xindy}
+ \item entries with the same sort value are merged by \app{xindy}
into a single glossary line so you must make sure that each entry
has a unique sort value;
- \item \gls*{xindy} forbids empty sort values;
- \item \gls*{xindy} automatically strips control sequences, the math-shift
- character \verb|$| and braces \verb|{}| from the sort value,
+ \item \app{xindy} forbids empty sort values;
+ \item \app{xindy} automatically strips control sequences, the math-shift
+ character \idx{dollar} and braces \idx{bg}\idx{eg} from the sort value,
which is usually desired but this can cause the sort value to
- collapse to an empty string which \gls*{xindy} forbids.
+ collapse to an empty string which \app{xindy} forbids.
\end{itemize}
In these problematic cases, you must set the \gloskey{sort} field
-explicitly. For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{alpha}\mgroup{name=\mgroup{\cs{ensuremath}\mgroup{\cs{alpha}}},
- \strong{sort=\mgroup{alpha},}description=\mgroup{...}}
-\end{alltt}
+explicitly, as in the above example which has:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{alpha}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\gls{alpha}}},
+ \strong{\gloskeyval{sort}{alpha},}\gloskeyval{description}{a variable}
+}
+\end{codebox}
\begin{xtr}
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package has a modified \pkgopt{symbols}
-package option that provides \ics*{glsxtrnewsymbol}, which automatically sets the
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package has a modified \opt{symbols}
+package option that provides \gls{glsxtrnewsymbol}, which automatically sets the
\gloskey{sort} key to the entry label (instead of the \gloskey{name}).
\end{xtr}
-All glossaries must be sorted according to the same method
-(word/letter ordering, order of use, or order of definition).
+All \idxpl{glossary} must be sorted according to the same method
+(word\slash letter ordering, order of use, or order of definition).
\begin{xtr}
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package allows a hybrid mix of
-\optsand13 to provide word\slash letter ordering with \opt3 and order
-of use\slash definition with \opt1. See the \gls{glossaries-extra}
-documentation for further details.
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package allows a hybrid mix of
+\options{noidx,xdy} to provide word\slash letter ordering with
+\option{xdy} and order of use\slash definition with \option{mkidx}.
+See the \sty{glossaries-extra} documentation for further details.
\end{xtr}
Summary:
\begin{enumerate}
- \item Add the \pkgopt{xindy} option to the \styfmt{glossaries}
+ \item Add the \opt{xindy} option to the \sty{glossaries}
package option list:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{xindy}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
If you are using a non-Latin script you'll also need to either
- switch off the creation of the number group:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[xindy={glsnumbers=false}]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
- or use either \cs{GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits}\marg{letter} (to indicate the
-first letter group to follow the digits) or
- \cs{GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder}\marg{spec} to indicate where the number
- group should be placed (see \sectionref{sec:xindy}).
-
- \item Add \cs{makeglossaries} to your preamble (before you start
+ switch off the creation of the number \idx{group}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optvalm{xindy}{\styoptxdyval{glsnumbers}{false}}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+ or use either \code{\gls{GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits}\margm{letter}} (to indicate the
+first \idx{lettergroup} to follow the digits) or
+ \code{\gls{GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder}\margm{spec}} to indicate where the number
+ \idx{group} should be placed (see \sectionref{sec:xindy}).
+
+ \item Add \gls{makeglossaries} to your \idx{documentpreamble} (before you start
defining your entries, as described in \sectionref{sec:newglosentry}).
\item Run \LaTeX\ on your document. This creates files with the
- extensions \filetype{glo} and \filetype{xdy} (for example, if your
- \LaTeX\ document is called \texttt{myDoc.tex}, then you'll have
- two extra files called \texttt{myDoc.glo} and \texttt{myDoc.xdy}).
+ extensions \ext+{glo} and \ext+{xdy} (for example, if your
+ \LaTeX\ document is called \filefmt{myDoc.tex}, then you'll have
+ two extra files called \filefmt{myDoc.glo} and \filefmt{myDoc.xdy}).
If you look at your document at this point, you won't see the
glossary as it hasn't been created yet. (If you're using the
- \gls{glossaries-extra} extension package, you'll see the section
+ \sty{glossaries-extra} extension package, you'll see the section
header and some boilerplate text.)
- If you have used package options such as \pkgopt{symbols} there
+ If you have used package options such as \opt{symbols} there
will also be other sets of files corresponding to the extra
glossaries that were created by those options.
- \item Run \gls{xindy} with the \texttt{.glo} file as the
- input file and the \texttt{.xdy} file as a~module so that
- it creates an output file with the extension \texttt{.gls}. You
- also need to set the language name and input encoding. If
- you have access to a terminal or a command prompt (for example, the
- MSDOS command prompt for Windows users or the bash console for
- Unix-like users) then you need to run the command (all on one
+ \item Run \app{xindy} with the \ext{glo} file as the
+ input file and the \ext{xdy} file as a~module so that
+ it creates an output file with the extension \ext+{gls}. You
+ also need to set the language name and input \idx{encoding}, as follows (all on one
line):
-\begin{prompt}
-xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
-\end{prompt}
- (Replace \texttt{myDoc} with the base name of your \LaTeX\
+\begin{terminal}
+xindy \xdyopt{L} english \xdyopt{C} utf8 \xdyopt{I} xindy \xdyopt{M} myDoc \xdyopt{t} myDoc.glg \xdyopt{o} myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
+\end{terminal}
+ (Replace \code{myDoc} with the base name of your \LaTeX\
document file. Avoid spaces in the file name. If necessary, also replace
- \texttt{english} with the name of your language and \texttt{utf8}
- with your input encoding, for example,
- \xdyopt{L}\texttt{ german }\xdyopt{C}\texttt{ din5007-utf8}.)
+ \code{english} with the name of your language and \code{utf8}
+ with your input \idx{encoding}, for example,
+ \code{\xdyopt{L} german \xdyopt{C} din5007-utf8}.)
\begin{important}
The file extensions vary according to the glossary \gloskey{type}.
See \sectionref{sec:xindyapp} for further details.
-\gls{xindy} must be called for each set of files.
+\app{xindy} must be called for each set of files.
\end{important}
- It's much simpler to use \gls{makeglossaries} instead:
-\begin{prompt}
+ It's much simpler to use \app{makeglossaries} instead:
+\begin{terminal}
makeglossaries myDoc
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
Note that the file extension isn't supplied in this case.
This will pick up all the file extensions from the
- \filetype{aux} file and run \gls{xindy} the appropriate number
+ \ext{aux} file and run \app{xindy} the appropriate number
of times with all the necessary switches.
- There's no benefit in using \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua} with \gls{xindy}.
- (Remember that \gls{xindy} is a Perl script so if you can use
- \gls{xindy} then you can also use \gls{makeglossaries}, and if
- you don't want to use \gls{makeglossaries} because you don't
- want to install Perl, then you can't use \gls{xindy} either.)
+ There's no benefit in using \app{makeglossaries-lite} with \app{xindy}.
+ (Remember that \app{xindy} is a Perl script so if you can use
+ \app{xindy} then you can also use \app{makeglossaries}, and if
+ you don't want to use \app{makeglossaries} because you don't
+ want to install Perl, then you can't use \app{xindy} either.)
If you don't know how to use the command prompt, then you can
- probably access \gls{xindy} or \gls{makeglossaries} via your text editor,
- but each editor has a different method of doing this. See \href{https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/}{Incorporating
+ probably access \app{xindy} or \app{makeglossaries} via your text editor,
+ but each editor has a different method of doing this. See
+\dickimawhref{latex/buildglossaries/}{Incorporating
makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document
build} for some examples.
- Again, a convenient method is to use \appfmt{arara} and add the follow comment
+ Again, a convenient method is to use \app{arara} and add the follow comment
lines to the start of your document:
-\begin{alltt}
-\% arara: pdflatex
-\% arara: makeglossaries
-\% arara: pdflatex
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\araraline{pdflatex}
+\araraline{makeglossaries}
+\araraline{pdflatex}
+\end{codebox}
The default sort is word order (\qt{sea lion} comes before \qt{seal}).
If you want letter ordering you need to add the
- \pkgopt[letter]{order} package option:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[xindy,order=letter]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
+ \optval{order}{letter} package option:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{xindy},\optval{order}{letter}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
(and return to the previous step). This option is picked up
- by \gls{makeglossaries}. If you are explicitly using \gls{xindy}
- then you'll need to add \texttt{-M ord/letorder} to the options list.
+ by \app{makeglossaries}. If you are explicitly using \app{xindy}
+ then you'll need to add \code{\xdyopt{M} ord/letorder} to the options list.
See \sectionref{sec:xindyapp} for further details on using
- \gls*{xindy} explicitly.
+ \app{xindy} explicitly.
\item Once you have successfully completed the previous step,
you can now run \LaTeX\ on your document again. As with
- \gls{makeindex} (\opt2), you may need to repeat the previous
+ \app{makeindex} (\option{mkidx}), you may need to repeat the previous
step and this step to ensure the table of contents and cross-references are resolved.
\end{enumerate}
-\optionsec{bib2gls}
+\subsection{\idxoptiondef{b2g}}\label{option4}
\glsxtrnote
-This option is only available with the \gls{glossaries-extra} extension package.
-This method uses \gls{bib2gls} to both fetch entry definitions from
-\filetype{bib} files and to hierarchically sort and collate.
+\glsadd{app.bib2gls}This option is only available with the
+\sty{glossaries-extra} extension package. This method uses
+\app{bib2gls} to both fetch \idx{entry} definitions from \ext+{bib} files
+and to hierarchically sort and collate.
Example document:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{documentclass}\mgroup{article}
-\cs{usepackage}[\xtrfont{record=nameref}]\mgroup{glossaries-extra}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=\mgroup{entries}]
-\cs{begin}\mgroup{document}
-\cs{gls}\mgroup{sample}, \cs{gls}\mgroup{alpha}, \cs{gls}\mgroup{html}.
-\ics*{printunsrtglossary}
-\cs{end}\mgroup{document}
-\end{alltt}
-where the file \texttt{entries.bib} contains:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{entry}\mgroup{sample,
- name=\mgroup{sample},
- description=\mgroup{an example}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\strong{\opt{record}},\optval{style}{\glostyle{indexgroup}}]\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\marg{\abbrstyle{short-long}}
+\comment{data in sample-entries.bib:}
+\strong{\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{sample-entries}}
+\cbeg{document}
+\gls{Gls}\marg{puffin}, \gls{gls}\marg{duck} and \gls{gls}\marg{parrot}.
+\gls{gls}\marg{arpanet} and \gls{gls}\marg{alpha}.
+Next use: \gls{gls}\marg{arpanet}.
+\strong{\gls{printunsrtglossary}}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox*}
+Note that the \idx{abbrvstyle} must be set before \gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}.
+The file \filefmt{sample-entries.bib} contains:
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{parrot,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{parrot},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a brightly coloured tropical bird}
+}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{duck,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{duck},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a waterbird}
}
-\atentry{symbol}\mgroup{alpha,
- name=\mgroup{\cs{ensuremath}\mgroup{\cs{alpha}}},
- description=\mgroup{...}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{puffin,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{puffin},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a seabird with a brightly coloured bill}
}
-\atentry{abbreviation}\mgroup{html,
- short=\mgroup{HTML},
- long=\mgroup{hypertext markup language}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{penguin,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{penguin},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a flightless black and white seabird}
}
-\end{alltt}
+\atentry{symbol}\marg{alpha,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\gls{alpha}}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a variable}
+}
+\atentry{abbreviation}\marg{arpanet,
+ \gloskeyval{short}{ARPANET},
+ \gloskeyval{long}{Advanced Research Projects Agency Network}
+}
+\end{codebox}
+The result is slightly different from the previous examples. Letter
+groups aren't created by default with \app{bib2gls} so, even though
+the \idx{glossarystyle} supports \idxpl{lettergroup}, there's no
+\idx{group} information.
+\begin{resultbox}
+\createexample*[arara={pdflatex,bib2gls,pdflatex,pdfcrop},
+ label={ex:b2g},
+ title={Simple document that uses \appfmt{bib2gls} to sort entries},
+ description={Example document that defines some entries,
+ references a subset of them in the document and displays a sorted list
+ of the referenced entries: alpha, ARPANET, duck, parrot and puffin.
+ There are no letter groups}
+]
+{%
+\cbeg{filecontents*}\marg{sample-entries.bib}^^J%
+\atentry{entry}\marg{parrot,^^J
+ \gloskeyval{name}{parrot}, ^^J
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a brightly coloured tropical bird}^^J%
+}^^J%
+\atentry{entry}\marg{duck,^^J
+ \gloskeyval{name}{duck}, ^^J
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a waterbird}^^J%
+}^^J%
+\atentry{entry}\marg{puffin,^^J
+ \gloskeyval{name}{puffin},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a seabird with a brightly coloured bill}^^J%
+}^^J%
+\atentry{entry}\marg{penguin,^^J
+ \gloskeyval{name}{penguin}, ^^J
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a flightless black and white seabird}^^J%
+}^^J%
+\atentry{symbol}\marg{alpha,^^J
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\gls{alpha}}},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a variable}^^J%
+}^^J%
+\atentry{abbreviation}\marg{arpanet,^^J
+ \gloskeyval{short}{ARPANET},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{long}{Advanced Research Projects Agency Network}^^J%
+}^^J%
+\cend{filecontents*}^^J%
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{record},style=indexgroup]\marg{glossaries-extra}^^J%
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\marg{short-long}^^J%
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{sample-entries}}\comment{data in sample-entries.bib}
+}
+{%
+ \gls{Gls}\marg{puffin}, \gls{gls}\marg{duck} and \gls{gls}\marg{parrot}.^^J%
+ \gls{gls}\marg{arpanet} and \gls{gls}\marg{alpha}.^^J%
+ Next use: \gls{gls}\marg{arpanet}.^^J%
+ \gls{printunsrtglossary}
+}
+\end{resultbox}
-All entries must be provided in one or more \filetype{bib} files.
-See the \gls{bib2gls} user manual for the required format.
+All entries must be provided in one or more \ext{bib} files.
+(See the \app{bib2gls} user manual for the required format.)
+In this example, the terms \qt{parrot}, \qt{duck}, \qt{puffin} and
+\qt{penguin} are defined using \atentry{atentry}, the symbol alpha
+($\alpha$) is defined using \atentry{symbol} and the \idx{abbreviation}
+\qt{ARPANET} is defined using \atentry{abbreviation}.
\begin{important}
Note that the \gloskey{sort} key should not be used. Each entry type
@@ -1684,489 +12849,589 @@ mechanism if you explicitly use the \gloskey{sort} key. See
\bibglsgallery{sorting} for examples.
\end{important}
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package needs to be loaded with the
-\pkgopt*{record} package option:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\xtrfont{record}]\mgroup{glossaries-extra}
-\end{alltt}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package needs to be loaded with the
+\opt{record} package option:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{record}]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\end{codebox}
or (equivalently)
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\xtrfont{record=only}]\mgroup{glossaries-extra}
-\end{alltt}
-or (with at least \gls{glossaries-extra} v1.37 and \gls{bib2gls} v1.8):
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\xtrfont{record=nameref}]\mgroup{glossaries-extra}
-\end{alltt}
-The \pkgopt+{nameref}{record} option is the best method.
-
-(It's possible to use a hybrid of this method and \optsor23 with
-\pkgopt+{hybrid}{record} but in general there is little need
-for this and it complicates the build process.)
-
-Each resource set is loaded with \ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{options}.
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{record}{only}]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\end{codebox}
+or (with \sty{glossaries-extra} v1.37+ and \app{bib2gls} v1.8+):
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{record}{nameref}]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\end{codebox}
+The \optval{record}{nameref} option is the best method if you are
+using \sty{hyperref}.
+
+Each resource set is loaded with \gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}.
For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}
-[\% definitions in entries1.bib and entries2.bib:
- \resourceopt{src}=\mgroup{entries1,entries2},
- \resourceopt{sort}=\mgroup{de-CH-1996}\% sort according to this locale
-]
-\end{alltt}
-The \filetype{bib} files are identified as a comma-separated list in the
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}
+\oarg{\comment{definitions in entries1.bib and entries2.bib:}
+ \resourceoptvalm{src}{entries1,entries2},
+ \resourceoptvalm{sort}{de-CH-1996}\comment{sort according to this locale}
+}
+\end{codebox*}
+The \ext{bib} files are identified as a comma-separated list in the
value of the \resourceopt{src} key. The \resourceopt{sort} option
identifies the sorting method. This may be a locale identifier for
alphabetic sorting, but there are other sort methods available, such
as character code or numeric. One resource set may cover multiple
-glossaries or one glossary may be split across multiple resource
+\idxpl{glossary} or one \idx{glossary} may be split across multiple resource
sets, forming logical sub-blocks.
If you want to ensure that all entries are selected, even if
they haven't been referenced in the document, then add the option
-\resourceopt[all]{selection}. (There are also ways of filtering the
+\resourceoptval{selection}{all}. (There are also ways of filtering the
selection or you can even have a random selection by shuffling and
-truncating the list. See the \gls{bib2gls} user manual for further details.)
+truncating the list. See the \app{bib2gls} user manual for further details.)
-The glossary is displayed using:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{printunsrtglossary}
-\end{alltt}
+The \idx{glossary} is displayed using:
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{printunsrtglossary}
+\end{codebox*}
Alternatively all glossaries can be displayed using the iterative
command:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{printunsrtglossaries}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{printunsrtglossaries}
+\end{codebox*}
The document is built using:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex myDoc
bib2gls myDoc
pdflatex myDoc
-\end{prompt}
-If letter groups are required, you need the \bibglslongopt{group} switch:
-\begin{prompt}
-bib2gls -{}-group myDoc
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
+If \idxpl{lettergroup} are required, you need the \switch{group} switch:
+\begin{terminal}
+bib2gls \switch{group} myDoc
+\end{terminal}
or with \app{arara}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\% arara: bib2gls: \mgroup{ group: on }
-\end{alltt}
-(You will also need an appropriate glossary style.)
+\begin{codebox}
+\araraline{bib2gls: \marg{ group: on }}
+\end{codebox}
+(You will also need an appropriate \idx{glossarystyle}.)
-Unlike \optsand23, this method doesn't create a file containing
-the typeset glossary but simply determines which entries are
+Unlike \options{mkidx,xdy}, this method doesn't create a file containing
+the typeset \idx{glossary} but simply determines which entries are
needed for the document, their associated locations and (if
-required) their associated letter group. This option allows
+required) their associated \idx{lettergroup}. This option allows
a mixture of sort methods. For example, sorting by word order
for one glossary and order of use for another or even sorting
-one block of the glossary differently to another block in the
-same glossary. See \bibglsgallery{sorting}.
+one block of the \idx{glossary} differently to another block in the
+same \idx{glossary}. See \bibglsgallery{sorting}.
This method supports Unicode and uses the Common Locale Data
Repository, which provides more extensive language support than
-\gls{xindy}.\footnote{Except for Klingon, which is supported by
-\gls{xindy}, but not by the CLDR.}\ The locations in the
-\gls{numberlist} may be in any format. If \gls{bib2gls} can deduce a
-numerical value it will attempt to form ranges otherwise it will
-simply list the locations.
+\app{xindy}. (Except for Klingon, which is supported by
+\app{xindy}, but not by the CLDR.) The locations in the
+\idx{numberlist} may be in any format. If \app{bib2gls} can deduce a
+numerical value it will attempt to form \idxpl{range} otherwise it will
+simply list the \locations.
Summary:
\begin{enumerate}
- \item Use \gls{glossaries-extra} with the \pkgopt+{record} package
+ \item Use \sty{glossaries-extra} with the \opt{record} package
option:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{record}]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\end{codebox}
- \item Use \cs*{GlsXtrLoadResources} to identify the \filetype{bib}
-file(s) and \gls{bib2gls} options:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={terms.bib,abbreviations.bib},sort=en]
-\end{verbatim}
+ \item Use \gls{GlsXtrLoadResources} to identify the \ext{bib}
+file(s) and \app{bib2gls} options. The \ext{bib} extension may be
+omitted:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{terms.bib,abbreviations.bib},\resourceoptval{sort}{en}}
+\end{codebox}
\item Put
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs*{printunsrtglossary}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{printunsrtglossary}
+\end{codebox*}
where you want your list of entries to appear. Alternatively to
display all glossaries use the iterative command:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs*{printunsrtglossaries}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{printunsrtglossaries}
+\end{codebox*}
\item Run \LaTeX\ on your document.
-\item Run \gls{bib2gls} with just the document base name.
+\item Run \app{bib2gls} with just the document base name.
\item Run \LaTeX\ on your document.
\end{enumerate}
-See \bibglsbegin\ or the \gls{bib2gls} user manual for further
+See \bibglsbegin\ or the \app{bib2gls} user manual for further
details of this method, and
-also \href{https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/}{Incorporating
+also \dickimawhref{latex/buildglossaries/}{Incorporating
makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document
build}.
-\optionsec[no sorting]{no sorting}
+\subsection{\idxoptiondef{unsrt}}\label{option5}
\glsxtrnote
This option is only available with the extension package
-\gls{glossaries-extra}. No \gls{indexingapp} is required.
+\sty{glossaries-extra}. No \idx{indexingapp} is required.
Example document:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage[sort=none]{glossaries-extra}
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},
- description={an example}}
-\newglossaryentry{alpha}{name={\ensuremath{\alpha}},
- description={...}}
-\begin{document}
-\gls{sample}.
-\end{verbatim}
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{printunsrtglossary}
-\cs{end}\mgroup{document}
-\end{alltt}
-
-This method is best used with the package option \pkgopt[none]{sort}
-(as shown above). There's no \qt{activation} command (such as \cs{makeglossaries}
-for \optsand23). In general it's best to use a style that doesn't
-show letter group headings. If you do want letter headings then you
-must ensure that you have defined your entries in alphabetical
-order, and use \XeLaTeX\ or \LuaLaTeX\ if you require \gls{UTF-8} letter
-groups.
-
-All entries must be defined before the glossary is displayed
-(preferably in the preamble) in the required order, and child
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{style}{\glostyle{indexgroup}}]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{parrot}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{parrot},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a brightly coloured tropical bird}}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{duck}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{duck},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a waterbird}}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{puffin}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{puffin},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a seabird with a brightly coloured bill}}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{penguin}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{penguin},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a flightless black and white seabird}}
+\comment{a symbol:}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{alpha}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\gls{alpha}}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a variable}}
+\comment{an \idx{abbreviation}:}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\marg{\abbrstyle{short-long}}
+\gls{newabbreviation}\marg{arpanet}\marg{ARPANET}\marg{Advanced Research Projects Agency Network}
+\cbeg{document}
+\gls{Gls}\marg{puffin}, \gls{gls}\marg{duck} and \gls{gls}\marg{parrot}.
+\gls{gls}\marg{arpanet} and \gls{gls}\marg{alpha}.
+Next use: \gls{gls}\marg{arpanet}.
+\strong{\gls{printunsrtglossary}}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+You can place all your entry definitions in a separate file
+and load it in the \idx{documentpreamble} with \gls{loadglsentries}.
+There's no \qt{activation} command (such as \gls{makeglossaries} for
+\options{mkidx,xdy}).
+
+The result is different from the previous examples. Now all entries
+are listed in the \idx{glossary}, including \qt{penguin} which
+hasn't been referenced in the document, and the list is in the order
+that the entries were defined. There are no \idxpl{numberlist}.
+\begin{resultbox}
+\createexample*[arara={pdflatex,pdfcrop},
+ label={ex:unsrt},
+ title={Simple document with an unsorted list of all defined entries},
+ description={Example document that defines some entries,
+ references a subset of them in the document and displays an unsorted list
+ of the defined entries: parrot, duck, puffin, penguin, alpha and
+ARPANET. There are four letter groups with a repeated letter: P, D, P, A}
+]
+{%
+\cmd{usepackage}[style=indexgroup]\marg{glossaries-extra}^^J%
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{parrot}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{parrot},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a brightly coloured tropical bird}}^^J%
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{duck}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{duck},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a waterbird}}^^J%
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{puffin}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{puffin},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a seabird with a brightly coloured bill}}^^J%
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{penguin}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{penguin},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a flightless black and white seabird}}^^J%
+\comment{a symbol:}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{alpha}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\gls{alpha}}},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{sort}{alpha},\gloskeyval{description}{a variable}}^^J%
+\comment{an abbreviation:}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\marg{\abbrstyle{short-long}}^^J%
+\gls{newabbreviation}\marg{arpanet}\marg{ARPANET}\marg{Advanced Research Projects Agency Network}
+}
+{%
+ \gls{Gls}\marg{puffin}, \gls{gls}\marg{duck} and \gls{gls}\marg{parrot}.^^J%
+ \gls{gls}\marg{arpanet} and \gls{gls}\marg{alpha}.^^J%
+ Next use: \gls{gls}\marg{arpanet}.^^J%
+ \comment{entries are listed in order of definition}
+ \gls{printunsrtglossary}
+}
+\end{resultbox}
+Note that the letter groups are fragmented because the list isn't in
+alphabetical order, so there are two \qt{P} letter groups.
+
+The \gls{printunsrtglossary} command simply iterates over the set
+of all defined entries associated with the given \idx{glossary} and
+lists them in the order of definition. This means that child
entries must be defined immediately after their parent entry
-if they must be kept together in the glossary. (Some glossary styles
-indent entries that have a parent but it's the \gls{indexingapp}
+if they must be kept together in the glossary. Some \idxpl{glossarystyle}
+indent entries that have a parent but it's the \idx{indexingapp}
that ensures the child entries are listed immediately after the
parent. If you're opting to use this manual approach then it's your
-responsibility to define the entries in the correct order.) You can
-place all your entry definitions in a separate file
-and load it in the preamble with \ics{loadglsentries}.
-
-The glossary is displayed using:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{printunsrtglossary}
-\end{alltt}
+responsibility to define the entries in the correct order.
+
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package requires entries to be defined in the
+\idx+{documentpreamble} by default. It's possible to remove this restriction, but
+bear in mind that any entries defined after \gls{printunsrtglossary}
+won't be listed.
+
+The \idx{glossary} is displayed using:
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{printunsrtglossary}
+\end{codebox*}
Alternatively all glossaries can be displayed using the iterative
command:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{printunsrtglossaries}
-\end{alltt}
-This will display \emph{all} defined entries, regardless of
-whether or not they have been used in the document. The
-\glspl{numberlist} have to be set explicitly otherwise they won't
-appear. Note that this uses the same command for displaying the
-glossary as \opt4. This is because \gls{bib2gls} takes advantage
-of this method by defining the wanted entries in the required order and
-setting the locations (and letter group information, if required).
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{printunsrtglossaries}
+\end{codebox*}
+
+This method will display \emph{all} defined entries, regardless of
+whether or not they have been used in the document. Note that this
+uses the same command for displaying the \idx{glossary} as
+\option{b2g}. This is because \app{bib2gls} takes advantage of this
+method by defining the wanted entries in the required order and
+setting the locations (and \idx{lettergroup} information, if required).
+See the \sty{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
Therefore, the above example document has a glossary containing the
-entries: sample and $\alpha$ (in that order). Note that
-the \texttt{alpha} entry has been included even though it wasn't
-referenced in the document.
+entries: parrot, duck, puffin, penguin, $\alpha$ and ARPANET (in
+that order). Note that the \qt{penguin} entry has been included even
+though it wasn't referenced in the document.
This just requires a single \LaTeX\ call:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex myDoc
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
unless the glossary needs to appear in the table of contents, in which case
a second run is required:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex myDoc
pdflatex myDoc
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
(Naturally if the document also contains citations, and so on,
then additional steps are required. Similarly for all the other
options above.)
-See the \gls{glossaries-extra} documentation for further details of this method.
+See the \sty{glossaries-extra} documentation for further details of this method.
-\optionsec[standalone]{standalone}
+\subsection{\idxoptiondef{standalone}}\label{option6}
\glsxtrnote
-This option is only available with the \gls{glossaries-extra}
-extension package.\footnote{You can just use the base
-\styfmt{glossaries} package for the first case, but it's less
+This option is only available with the \sty{glossaries-extra}
+extension package. (You can just use the base
+\sty{glossaries} package for the first case, but it's less
convenient. You'd have to manually insert the entry target before
-the sectioning command and use \ics{glsentryname}\marg{label} or
-\ics{Glsentryname}\marg{label} to display the entry name.} Instead
+the sectioning command and use \code{\gls{glsentryname}\margm{label}} or
+\code{\gls{Glsentryname}\margm{label}} to display the entry name.) Instead
of creating a list, this has standalone definitions throughout the
document. The entry name may or may not be in a section heading.
-You can either define entries in the document preamble (or in an external file loaded with
-\ics{loadglsentries}), as with \opt5, for example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{article}
-
-\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
-\usepackage[sort=none,
- nostyles% <- no glossary styles are required
- ]{glossaries-extra}
-
-\newglossaryentry{set}{name={set},
- description={a collection of any kind of objects},
- symbol={\ensuremath{\mathcal{S}}}
+You can either define entries in the \idx{documentpreamble} (or in an
+external file loaded with \gls{loadglsentries}), as with
+\option{unsrt}, for example:
+\begin{codebox*}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\codepar
+\cmd{usepackage}[colorlinks]\marg{hyperref}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{sort}{none},
+ \opt{nostyles}\comment{<- no glossary styles are required}
+ ]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{set}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{set},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a collection of any kind of objects},
+ \gloskeyval{symbol}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{mathcal}\marg{S}}}
}
-
-\newglossaryentry{function}{name={function},
- description={a rule that assigns every element in the
- domain \gls{set} to an element in the range \gls{set}},
- symbol={\ensuremath{f(x)}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{function}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{function},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a rule that assigns every element in the
+ domain \gls{gls}\marg{set} to an element in the range \gls{gls}\marg{set}},
+ \gloskeyval{symbol}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{f(x)}}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newcommand}*\mgroup{\cs{termdef}}[1]\mgroup{\%
- \cs{section}\mgroup{\ics*{glsxtrglossentry}\mgroup{\#1} \ics{glsentrysymbol}\mgroup{\#1}}\%
- \cs{begin}\mgroup{quote}\cs{em}\ics{Glsentrydesc}\mgroup{\#1}.\cs{end}\mgroup{quote}\%
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{termdef}}[1]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{section}\marg{\gls{glsxtrglossentry}\marg{\#1} \gls{glsentrysymbol}\marg{\#1}}\comment{}
+ \cbeg{quote}\cmd{em}\gls{Glsentrydesc}\marg{\#1}.\cend{quote}\comment{}
}
-\end{alltt}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\begin{document}
-\tableofcontents
-
-\section{Introduction}
-Sample document about \glspl{function} and \glspl{set}.
-
-\termdef{set}
-
-More detailed information about \glspl{set} with examples.
-
-\termdef{function}
-
-More detailed information about \glspl{function} with examples.
-
-\end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
-Or you can use \gls{bib2gls} if you want to manage a large
-database of terms. For example (requires \gls{glossaries-extra} v1.42, see below):
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{documentclass}\mgroup{article}
-
-\cs{usepackage}[colorlinks]\mgroup{hyperref}
-\cs{usepackage}[\xtrfont{record},
- nostyles\% <- no glossary styles are required
- ]\mgroup{glossaries-extra}
-
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=terms,\resourceopt{sort}=none,\resourceopt{save-locations}=false]
-
-\cs{newcommand}*\mgroup{\cs{termdef}}[1]\mgroup{\%
- \cs{section}\mgroup{\ics*{glsxtrglossentry}\mgroup{\#1} \strong{\ics{glossentrysymbol}}\mgroup{\#1}}\%
- \ics{glsadd}\mgroup{\#1}\% <- index this entry
- \cs{begin}\mgroup{quote}\cs{em}\ics{Glsentrydesc}\mgroup{\#1}.\cs{end}\mgroup{quote}\%
+\cbeg{document}
+\cmd{tableofcontents}
+\codepar
+\gls{section}\marg{Introduction}
+Sample document about \gls{glspl}\marg{function} and \gls{glspl}\marg{set}.
+\codepar
+\cmd{termdef}\marg{set}
+\codepar
+More detailed information about \gls{glspl}\marg{set} with examples.
+\codepar
+\cmd{termdef}\marg{function}
+\codepar
+More detailed information about \gls{glspl}\marg{function} with examples.
+\codepar
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox*}
+This allows the references to \idx+{hyperlink} to the standalone
+definitions rather than to a \idx{glossary}.
+\begin{resultbox}
+\createexample*[arara={pdflatex,pdflatex,pdfcrop},
+ label={ex:standalone},
+ title={Simple document with standalone entries},
+ description={Example document that defines entries and displays them in the
+document.}
+]
+{%
+\cmd{usepackage}[colorlinks]\marg{hyperref}^^J%
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{sort}{none},^^J
+ \opt{nostyles}\comment{<- no glossary styles are required}
+ ]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{set}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{set},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a collection of any kind of objects},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{symbol}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{mathcal}\marg{S}}}^^J%
}
-\end{alltt}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\begin{document}
-\tableofcontents
-
-\section{Introduction}
-Sample document about \glspl{function} and \glspl{set}.
-
-\termdef{set}
-
-More detailed information about \glspl{set} with examples.
-
-\termdef{function}
-
-More detailed information about \glspl{function} with examples.
-
-\end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
-Where the file \texttt{terms.bib} contains:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{entry}\mgroup{set,
- name=\mgroup{set},
- description=\mgroup{a collection of any kind of objects},
- symbol=\mgroup{\cs{ensuremath}\mgroup{\cs{mathcal}\mgroup{S}}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{function}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{function},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a rule that assigns every element in the ^^J
+ domain \gls{gls}\marg{set} to an element in the range \gls{gls}\marg{set}},^^J
+ \gloskeyval{symbol}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{f(x)}}
+}^^J%
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{termdef}}[1]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{section}\marg{\gls{glsxtrglossentry}\marg{\#1} \gls{glsentrysymbol}\marg{\#1}}\comment{}
+ \cbeg{quote}\cmd{em}\gls{Glsentrydesc}\marg{\#1}.\cend{quote}\comment{}%
+}
+}
+{%
+\cmd{tableofcontents}
+\codepar
+\gls{section}\marg{Introduction}^^J%
+Sample document about \gls{glspl}\marg{function} and \gls{glspl}\marg{set}.
+\codepar
+\cmd{termdef}\marg{set}
+\codepar
+More detailed information about \gls{glspl}\marg{set} with examples.
+\codepar
+\cmd{termdef}\marg{function}
+\codepar
+More detailed information about \gls{glspl}\marg{function} with examples.
+}
+\end{resultbox}
+
+Or you can use \app{bib2gls} if you want to manage a large
+database of terms. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\codepar
+\cmd{usepackage}[colorlinks]\marg{hyperref}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{record},
+ \opt{nostyles}\comment{<- no glossary styles are required}
+ ]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\codepar
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{terms},\resourceoptval{sort}{none},\resourceoptval{save-locations}{false}}
+\codepar
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{termdef}}[1]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{section}\marg{\gls{glsxtrglossentry}\marg{\#1} \strong{\gls{glossentrysymbol}}\marg{\#1}}\comment{}
+ \gls{glsadd}\marg{\#1}\comment{<- index this entry}
+ \cbeg{quote}\cmd{em}\gls{Glsentrydesc}\marg{\#1}.\cend{quote}\comment{}
+}
+\cbeg{document}
+\cmd{tableofcontents}
+\codepar
+\gls{section}\marg{Introduction}
+Sample document about \gls{glspl}\marg{function} and \gls{glspl}\marg{set}.
+\codepar
+\cmd{termdef}\marg{set}
+\codepar
+More detailed information about \gls{glspl}\marg{set} with examples.
+\codepar
+\cmd{termdef}\marg{function}
+\codepar
+More detailed information about \gls{glspl}\marg{function} with examples.
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+Where the file \filefmt{terms.bib} contains:
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{set,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{set},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a collection of any kind of objects},
+ \gloskeyval{symbol}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{mathcal}\marg{S}}}
}
-\atentry{entry}\mgroup{function,
- name=\mgroup{function},
- description=\mgroup{a rule that assigns every element in the domain
- \cs{gls}\mgroup{set} to an element in the range \cs{gls}\mgroup{set}},
- symbol=\mgroup{\cs{ensuremath}\mgroup{f(x)}}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{function,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{function},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a rule that assigns every element in the domain
+ \gls{gls}\marg{set} to an element in the range \gls{gls}\marg{set}},
+ \gloskeyval{symbol}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{f(x)}}
}
-\end{alltt}
-The advantage in this approach (with \ics{loadglsentries} or
-\gls{bib2gls}) is that you can use an existing database of
+\end{codebox}
+The advantage in this approach (with \gls{loadglsentries} or
+\app{bib2gls}) is that you can use an existing database of
entries shared across multiple documents, ensuring consistent
notation for all of them.
-In both cases, there's no need to load all the glossary styles
+In both cases, there's no need to load all the \idxpl{glossarystyle}
packages, as they're not required, so I've used the
-\pkgopt{nostyles} package option to prevent them from being loaded.
+\opt{nostyles} package option to prevent them from being loaded.
-In the first case, you need the \pkgopt[none]{sort} package option
-(as in \opt5) and then define the terms in the preamble. No external tool is
-required. Just run \LaTeX\ as normal. (Twice to ensure that the
+In the first case, you just need to define the terms (preferably in
+the \idx{documentpreamble} or in a file that's input in the
+\idx{documentpreamble}).
+No external tool is required. Just run \LaTeX\ as normal. (Twice to ensure that the
table of contents is up to date.)
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex myDoc
pdflatex myDoc
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
-In the second case, you need the \pkgopt*{record} package
-option (as in \opt4) since \gls{bib2gls} is needed to select the
+In the second case, you need the \opt{record} package
+option (as in \option{b2g}) since \app{bib2gls} is needed to select the
required entries, but you don't need a sorted list:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=\mgroup{terms},\strong{\xtrfont{sort}=none}]
-\end{alltt}
-This will ensure that any entries indexed in the document (through
-commands like \ics{gls} or \ics{glsadd}) will be selected by
-\gls{bib2gls}, but it will skip the sorting step.
-(The chances are you probably also won't need location lists either.
-If so, you can add the option \resourceopt[false]{save-locations}.)
-
-Remember that for this second case you need to run \gls{bib2gls} as per \opt4:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{terms},\strong{\resourceoptval{sort}{none}}}
+\end{codebox*}
+This will ensure that any entries \indexed\ in the document (through
+commands like \gls{gls} or \gls{glsadd}) will be selected by
+\app{bib2gls}, but it will skip the sorting step.
+(The chances are you probably also won't need \idxpl{locationlist} either.
+If so, you can add the option \resourceoptval{save-locations}{false}.)
+
+Remember that for this second case you need to run \app{bib2gls} as
+per \option{b2g}:
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex myDoc
bib2gls myDoc
pdflatex myDoc
pdflatex myDoc
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
-For both cases (with or without \gls{bib2gls}), instead of listing
-all the entries using \xtrcs{printunsrtglossary}, you use
-\ics*{glsxtrglossentry}\marg{label} where you want the name (and
+For both cases (with or without \app{bib2gls}), instead of listing
+all the entries using \gls{printunsrtglossary}, you use
+\code{\gls{glsxtrglossentry}\margm{label}} where you want the name (and
anchor with \sty{hyperref}) to appear in the document. This will
-allow the \gls{linktext} created by commands like \cs{gls} to link
+allow the \idx{linktext} created by commands like \gls{gls} to link
to that point in the document. The description can simply be
-displayed with \ics{glsentrydesc}\marg{label} or
-\ics{Glsentrydesc}\marg{label}, as in the above examples. In both
-examples, I've defined a custom command \cs{termdef} to simplify the
+displayed with \code{\gls{glsentrydesc}\margm{label}} or
+\code{\gls{Glsentrydesc}\marg{label}}, as in the above examples. In both
+examples, I've defined a custom command \csfmt{termdef} to simplify the
code and ensure consistency. Extra styling, such as placing the
description in a coloured frame, can be added to this custom
definition as required.
-(Instead of using \cs{glsentrydesc} or \cs{Glsentrydesc}, you can use
-\ics{glossentrydesc}\marg{label}, which will obey attributes such as
-\attr{glossdesc} and \attr{glossdescfont}. See the \gls{glossaries-extra}
+(Instead of using \gls{glsentrydesc} or \gls{Glsentrydesc}, you can use
+\code{\gls{glossentrydesc}\margm{label}}, which will obey
+\idxpl{categoryattribute} such as
+\catattr{glossdesc} and \catattr{glossdescfont}. See the \sty{glossaries-extra}
manual for further details.)
The symbol (if required) can be displayed with either
-\ics{glsentrysymbol}\marg{label} or \ics{glossentrysymbol}\marg{label}.
-In the first example, I've used \cs{glsentrysymbol}. In the
-second I've used \ics{glossentrysymbol}. The latter is
-necessary with \gls{bib2gls} if the symbol needs to go in a
+\code{\gls{glsentrysymbol}\margm{label}} or
+\code{\gls{glossentrysymbol}\margm{label}}.
+In the first example, I've used \gls{glsentrysymbol}. In the
+second I've used \gls{glossentrysymbol}. The latter is
+necessary with \app{bib2gls} if the symbol needs to go in a
section title as the entries aren't defined on the first \LaTeX\ run.
-In normal document text, \cs{glsentrysymbol} will silently do nothing
+In normal document text, \gls{glsentrysymbol} will silently do nothing
if the entry hasn't been defined, but when used in a section heading
it will expand to an undefined internal command when written to the
-\filetype{aux} file, which triggers an error.
+\ext{aux} file, which triggers an error.
-The \ics{glossentrysymbol} command performs an existence check,
+The \gls{glossentrysymbol} command performs an existence check,
which triggers a warning if the entry is undefined. (All entries
-will be undefined before the first \gls{bib2gls} call.) You need at
-least \gls{glossaries-extra} v1.42 to use this command in a section
-title.\footnote{\cs{glossentrysymbol} is defined by the base
-\styfmt{glossaries} package but is redefined by
-\gls{glossaries-extra}.} If \sty{hyperref} has been loaded, this
-will use \ics{texorpdfstring} to allow a simple expansion for the
-PDF bookmarks (see the \gls{glossaries-extra} user manual for
+will be undefined before the first \app{bib2gls} call.) You need at
+least \sty{glossaries-extra} v1.42 to use this command in a section
+title. (\gls{glossentrysymbol} is defined by the base
+\sty{glossaries} package but is redefined by
+\sty{glossaries-extra}.) If \sty{hyperref} has been loaded, this
+will use \gls{texorpdfstring} to allow a simple expansion for the
+\idxpl{PDFbookmark} (see the \sty{glossaries-extra} user manual for
further details).
If you want to test if the \gloskey{symbol} field has been set, you
-need to use \ics{ifglshassymbol} outside of the section title. For
+need to use \gls{ifglshassymbol} outside of the section title. For
example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{ifglshassymbol}\mgroup{\#1}\%
-\mgroup{\cs{section}\mgroup{\xtrcs{glsxtrglossentry}\mgroup{\#1} \cs{glossentrysymbol}\mgroup{\#1}}}
-\mgroup{\cs{section}\mgroup{\xtrcs{glsxtrglossentry}\mgroup{\#1}}}
-\end{alltt}
-
-In both of the above examples, the section titles start with a lowercase
-character (because the \gloskey{name} value is all lowercase in
-entry definitions). You can apply automatic case-change with the
-\attr{glossname} attribute. For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glssetcategoryattribute}\mgroup{general}\mgroup{glossname}\mgroup{firstuc}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{ifglshassymbol}\marg{\#1}\comment{}
+\marg{\gls{section}\marg{\gls{glsxtrglossentry}\marg{\#1} \gls{glossentrysymbol}\marg{\#1}}}
+\marg{\gls{section}\marg{\gls{glsxtrglossentry}\marg{\#1}}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+In both of the above examples, the section titles start with a \idx{lowercase}
+character (because the \gloskey{name} value is all \idx{lowercase} in
+entry definitions). You can apply automatic \idx{casechange} with the
+\catattr{glossname} \idx{categoryattribute}. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glssetcategoryattribute}\marg{\cat{general}}\marg{\catattr{glossname}}\marg{firstuc}
+\end{codebox}
or (for title-case)
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glssetcategoryattribute}\mgroup{general}\mgroup{glossname}\mgroup{title}
-\end{alltt}
-However, this won't apply the case-change in the table of contents
-or bookmarks.
-
-In the second example, you can instead use \gls{bib2gls} to apply a
-case-change:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=terms,
- \resourceopt{sort}=none,\resourceopt{save-locations}=false\strong{,
- \resourceopt{replicate-fields}=\mgroup{name=text},
- \xtrfont{name-case-change}=firstuc}
-]
-\end{alltt}
-(Or \resourceopt[title]{name-case-change} for title-case.)
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glssetcategoryattribute}\marg{\cat{general}}\marg{\catattr{glossname}}\marg{title}
+\end{codebox}
+However, this won't apply the \idx{casechange} in the table of contents
+or bookmarks. Instead you can use helper commands provided by
+\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.49+ but make sure you have up-to-date
+versions of \sty{glossaries} and \sty{mfirstuc}.
+
+In the second example, you can instead use \app{bib2gls} to apply a
+\idx{casechange}. For example, to apply \idx{sentencecase} to the
+\gloskey{name} field:
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{terms},
+ \resourceoptval{sort}{none},\resourceoptval{save-locations}{false}\strong{,
+ \resourceoptvalm{replicate-fields}{name=text},
+ \resourceoptval{name-case-change}{firstuc}}
+}
+\end{codebox*}
+(Or \resourceoptval{name-case-change}{title} for \idx{titlecase}.)
This copies the \gloskey{name} value to the \gloskey{text} field and
-then applies a case-change to the \gloskey{name} field (leaving the
+then applies a \idx{casechange} to the \gloskey{name} field (leaving the
\gloskey{text} field unchanged). The name in the section titles now
-starts with a capital but the \gls{linktext} produced by commands like
-\ics{gls} is still lowercase.
+starts with a capital but the \idx{linktext} produced by commands like
+\gls{gls} is still \idx{lowercase}.
-In the first example (without \gls{bib2gls}) you need to do this
+In the first example (without \app{bib2gls}) you can do this
manually. For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{set}\mgroup{name=\mgroup{\strong{S}et},\strong{text=\mgroup{set}},
- description=\mgroup{a collection of any kind of objects},
- symbol=\mgroup{\cs{ensuremath}\mgroup{\cs{mathcal}\mgroup{S}}}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{set}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\strong{S}et},\strong{\gloskeyval{text}{set}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a collection of any kind of objects},
+ \gloskeyval{symbol}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{mathcal}\marg{S}}}
}
-\end{alltt}
-
-Note that if you use the default \resourceopt[true]{save-locations}
-with \gls{bib2gls}, it's possible to combine \optsand46 to have both standalone
-definitions and an index. Now I do need a glossary style. In this
-case I'm going to use \xtrglostyle{bookindex}, which is provided in
+\end{codebox}
+A more automated solution can be obtained with the standalone helper
+commands for the \idx{PDFbookmark} and heading text (\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.49+).
+
+Note that if you use the default \resourceoptval{save-locations}{true}
+with \app{bib2gls}, it's possible to combine \options{b2g,standalone}
+to have both standalone
+definitions and an index. In this case, a \idx{glossarystyle} is
+required. In the example below, I've use \glostyle{bookindex}, which is provided in
the \sty{glossary-bookindex} package (bundled with
-\gls{glossaries-extra}). I don't need any of the other style
-packages, so I can still keep the \pkgopt{nostyles} option and just
+\sty{glossaries-extra}). I don't need any of the other style
+packages, so I can still keep the \opt{nostyles} option and just
load \sty{glossary-bookindex}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\xtrfont{record=nameref},\% <- using bib2gls
- nostyles,\% <- don't load default style packages
- \xtrfont{stylemods=bookindex},\% <- load glossary-bookindex.sty
- style=\xtrfont{bookindex}\% <- set the default style to 'bookindex'
-]\mgroup{glossaries-extra}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{record}{nameref},\comment{<- using \app{bib2gls}}
+ \opt{nostyles},\comment{<- don't load default style packages}
+ \optval{stylemods}{bookindex},\comment{<- load glossary-bookindex.sty}
+ \optval{style}{\glostyle{bookindex}}\comment{<- set the default style to 'bookindex'}
+]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\end{codebox}
I also need to sort the entries, so the resource command is now:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=terms,\% definitions in terms.bib
- \resourceopt{sort}=en-GB,\% sort by this locale
- \resourceopt{replicate-fields}=\mgroup{name=text},
- \xtrfont{name-case-change}=\mgroup{firstuc}
-]
-\end{alltt}
-At the end of the document, I can add the glossary:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{printunsrtglossary}[title=Index,target=false]
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{terms},\comment{definitions in terms.bib}
+ \resourceoptval{sort}{en-GB},\comment{sort by this locale}
+ \resourceoptvalm{replicate-fields}{name=text},
+ \resourceoptval{name-case-change}{firstuc}
+}
+\end{codebox*}
+At the end of the document, I can add the \idx{glossary}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{printunsrtglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{title}{Index},\printglossoptval{target}{false}}
+\end{codebox}
Note that I've had to switch off the hypertargets with
-\xtrprintglosskey[false]{target} (otherwise there would be duplicate
-targets). If you want letter group headings you need to use the
-\bibglslongopt{group} switch:
-\begin{prompt}
-bib2gls -{}-group myDoc
-\end{prompt}
+\printglossoptval{target}{false} (otherwise there would be duplicate
+targets). If you want \idx{lettergroup} headings you need to use the
+\switch{group} switch:
+\begin{terminal}
+bib2gls \switch{group} myDoc
+\end{terminal}
or if you are using \app{arara}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\% arara: bib2gls: \mgroup{ group: on }
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\araraline{bib2gls: \marg{ group: on }}
+\end{codebox}
-The \xtrglostyle{bookindex} style doesn't show the
+The \glostyle{bookindex} style doesn't show the
description, so only the name and location is displayed. Remember
-that the name has had a case-conversion so it now starts with an
+that the name has had a \idx{casechange} so it now starts with an
initial capital. If you feel this is inappropriate for the index,
-you can adjust the \xtrglostyle{bookindex} style so that it uses
+you can adjust the \glostyle{bookindex} style so that it uses
the \gloskey{text} field instead. For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{renewcommand}*\mgroup{\ics*{glsxtrbookindexname}}[1]\mgroup{\%
- \ics*{glossentrynameother}\mgroup{\#1}\mgroup{text}}
-\end{alltt}
-See the \gls{glossaries-extra} user manual for further details about
+\begin{codebox*}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsxtrbookindexname}}[1]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glossentrynameother}\marg{\#1}\marg{text}}
+\end{codebox*}
+See the \sty{glossaries-extra} user manual for further details about
this style.
Note that on the first \LaTeX\ run none of the entries will be
@@ -2176,403 +13441,395 @@ repeat the document build to ensure the page numbers are correct.
If there are extra terms that need to be included in the index that
don't have a description, you can define them with \atentry{index}
-in the \filetype{bib} file. For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{index}\mgroup{element}
-\atentry{index}\mgroup{member,\xtrgloskey{alias}=\mgroup{element}}
-\end{alltt}
+in the \ext{bib} file. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{index}\marg{element}
+\atentry{index}\marg{member,\gloskeyval{alias}{element}}
+\end{codebox}
They can be used in the document as usual:
-\begin{verbatim}
-The objects that make up a set are the \glspl{element}
-or \glspl{member}.
-\end{verbatim}
-See \bibglsbegin\ or the \gls{bib2gls} user manual for further
+\begin{codebox}
+The objects that make up a set are the \gls{glspl}\marg{element}
+or \gls{glspl}\marg{member}.
+\end{codebox}
+See \bibglsbegin\ or the \app{bib2gls} user manual for further
details.
-The \styfmt{glossaries} package comes with a number of sample
-documents that illustrate the various functions. These are listed in
-\sectionref{sec:samples}.
-
\section{Dummy Entries for Testing}
\label{sec:lipsum}
-In addition to the sample files described above, \sty{glossaries}
-also provides some files containing lorum ipsum dummy entries. These
+\nlctdownloadlinksfalse
+In addition to the sample files described in \sectionref{sec:samples}, \sty{glossaries}
+also provides some files containing lorum ipsum dummy \idxpl{entry}. These
are provided for testing purposes and are on \TeX's path (in
-\texttt{tex\slash latex\slash glossaries\slash test-entries}) so
-they can be included via \ics{input} or \ics{loadglsentries}. The
-\gls{glossaries-extra} package provides \filetype{bib} versions of
-all these files for use with \gls{bib2gls}. The files are as
+\filefmt{tex/latex/glossaries/test-entries}) so
+they can be included via \gls{input} or \gls{loadglsentries}. The
+\sty{glossaries-extra} package provides \ext{bib} versions of
+all these files for use with \app{bib2gls}. The files are as
follows:
-\begin{description}
-\item[example-glossaries-brief.tex] These entries all have brief
-descriptions. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{lorem}{name={lorem},description={ipsum}}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\item[example-glossaries-long.tex] These entries all have long
-descriptions. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{loremipsum}{name={lorem ipsum},
-description={dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing
+\filedef{example-glossaries-brief.tex}
+These entries all have brief descriptions. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{lorem}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{lorem},\gloskeyval{description}{ipsum}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+\filedef{example-glossaries-long.tex}
+These entries all have long descriptions. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{loremipsum}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{lorem ipsum},
+\gloskeyval{description}{dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing
elit. Ut purus elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac,
adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur dictum gravida
mauris.}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
-\item[example-glossaries-multipar.tex] These entries all have
-multi-paragraph descriptions. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\longnewglossaryentry{loremi-ii}{name={lorem 1--2}}%
-{%
+\filedef{example-glossaries-multipar.tex}
+These entries all have multi-paragraph descriptions. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{longnewglossaryentry}\marg{loremi-ii}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{lorem 1--2}}\comment{}
+\marg{\comment{}
Lorem ipsum ...
-
+\codepar
Nam dui ligula...
}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\item[example-glossaries-symbols.tex] These entries all use the
-\gloskey{symbol} key. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{alpha}{name={alpha},
-symbol={\ensuremath{\alpha}},
-description={Quisque ullamcorper placerat ipsum.}}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\item[example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex] Similar to the previous
-file but the \gloskey{symbol} key isn't used. Instead the symbol
-is stored in the \gloskey{name} key. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{sym.alpha}{sort={alpha},
-name={\ensuremath{\alpha}},
-description={Quisque ullamcorper placerat ipsum.}}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\item[example-glossaries-images.tex] These entries use the
-\gloskey{user1} key to store the name of an image file. (The images
-are provided by the \sty{mwe} package and should be on \TeX's path.)
-One entry doesn't have an associated image to help test for a~missing key.
-The descriptions are long to allow for tests with the text wrapping
-around the image. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\longnewglossaryentry{sedfeugiat}{name={sed feugiat},
-user1={example-image}}%
-{%
+\end{codebox}
+
+\filedef{example-glossaries-symbols.tex}
+These entries all use the \gloskey{symbol} key. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{alpha}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{alpha},
+\gloskeyval{symbol}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\gls{alpha}}},
+\gloskeyval{description}{Quisque ullamcorper placerat ipsum.}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+\filedef{example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex}
+Similar to the previous file but the \gloskey{symbol} key isn't
+used. Instead the symbol is stored in the \gloskey{name} key. For
+example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{sym.alpha}\marg{\gloskeyval{sort}{alpha},
+\gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\gls{alpha}}},
+\gloskeyval{description}{Quisque ullamcorper placerat ipsum.}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+\filedef{example-glossaries-images.tex}
+These entries use the \gloskey{user1} key to store the name of an
+image file. (The images are provided by the \sty{mwe} package and
+should be on \TeX's path.) One entry doesn't have an associated
+image to help test for a~missing key. The descriptions are long to
+allow for tests with the text wrapping around the image. For
+example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{longnewglossaryentry}\marg{sedfeugiat}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{sed feugiat},
+\gloskeyval{user1}{example-image}}\comment{}
+\marg{\comment{}
Cum sociis natoque...
-
+\codepar
Etiam...
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
-\item[example-glossaries-acronym.tex] These entries are all
-abbreviations. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{lid}{LID}{lorem ipsum
+\filedef{example-glossaries-acronym.tex}
+These entries are all \idxpl+{acronym}. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronym}\oarg{\gloskeyval{type}{\gls{glsdefaulttype}}}\marg{lid}\marg{LID}\marg{lorem ipsum
dolor}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
\begin{xtr}
-If you use the \gls{glossaries-extra} extension package, then
-\ics{newacronym} is redefined to use \ics*{newabbreviation}
-with the \xtrgloskey{category} key set to \texttt{acronym} (rather
-than the default \texttt{abbreviation}). This means that you need to
-set the abbreviation style for the \texttt{acronym} category. For
+If you use the \sty{glossaries-extra} extension package, then
+\gls{newacronym} is redefined to use \gls{newabbreviation}
+with the \gloskey{category} key set to \cat{acronym} (rather
+than the default \cat{abbreviation}). This means that you need to
+set the \idx{abbrvstyle} for the \cat{acronym} category. For
example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{acronym}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short}}
+\end{codebox}
\end{xtr}
-\item[example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex] This file contains
-entries that are all
-abbreviations that use the \gloskey{description} key.
+\filedef{example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex}
+This file contains entries that are all
+\idxpl{acronym} that use the \gloskey{description} key.
For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,
- description={fringilla a, euismod sodales,
- sollicitudin vel, wisi}]{ndl}{NDL}{nam dui ligula}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronym}\oarg{\gloskeyval{type}{\gls{glsdefaulttype}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{fringilla a, euismod sodales,
+ sollicitudin vel, wisi}}\marg{ndl}\marg{NDL}\marg{nam dui ligula}
+\end{codebox}
\begin{xtr}
-If you use the \gls{glossaries-extra} extension package, then
-\ics{newacronym} is redefined to use \ics*{newabbreviation}
-with the \xtrgloskey{category} key set to \texttt{acronym} (rather
-than the default \texttt{abbreviation}). This means that you need to
-set the abbreviation style for the \texttt{acronym} category. For
+If you use the \sty{glossaries-extra} extension package, then
+\gls{newacronym} is redefined to use \gls{newabbreviation}
+with the \gloskey{category} key set to \cat{acronym} (rather
+than the default \cat{abbreviation}). This means that you need to
+set the \idx{abbrvstyle} for the \cat{acronym} category. For
example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short-desc}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{\cat{acronym}}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short-desc}}
+\end{codebox*}
\end{xtr}
-\item[example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex] These entries are all
-abbreviations, where some of them have a~translation supplied in the
-\gloskey{user1} key.
+\filedef{example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex}
+These entries are all \idxpl{acronym}, where some of them have
+a~translation supplied in the \gloskey{user1} key.
For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,user1={love itself}]
- {li}{LI}{lorem ipsum}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronym}\oarg{\gloskeyval{type}{\gls{glsdefaulttype}},\gloskeyval{user1}{love itself}}
+ \marg{li}\marg{LI}\marg{lorem ipsum}
+\end{codebox}
\begin{xtr}
-If you use the \gls{glossaries-extra} extension package, then
-\ics{newacronym} is redefined to use \ics*{newabbreviation}
-with the \xtrgloskey{category} key set to \texttt{acronym} (rather
-than the default \texttt{abbreviation}). This means that you need to
-set the abbreviation style for the \texttt{acronym} category. For
+If you use the \sty{glossaries-extra} extension package, then
+\gls{newacronym} is redefined to use \gls{newabbreviation}
+with the \gloskey{category} key set to \cat{acronym} (rather
+than the default \cat{abbreviation}). This means that you need to
+set the \idx{abbrvstyle} for the \cat{acronym} category. For
example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short-user}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{\cat{acronym}}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short-user}}
+\end{codebox*}
\end{xtr}
-\item[example-glossaries-parent.tex] These are hierarchical entries
-where the child entries use the \gloskey{name} key.
-For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{sedmattis}{name={sed mattis},
-description={erat sit amet}
-
-\newglossaryentry{gravida}{parent={sedmattis},
- name={gravida},description={malesuada}}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\item[example-glossaries-childnoname.tex] These are hierarchical entries
-where the child entries don't use the \gloskey{name} key.
+\filedef{example-glossaries-parent.tex}
+These are hierarchical entries where the child entries
+use the \gloskey{name} key. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{sedmattis}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{sed mattis},
+\gloskeyval{description}{erat sit amet}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{gravida}\marg{\gloskeyval{parent}{sedmattis},
+ \gloskeyval{name}{gravida},\gloskeyval{description}{malesuada}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+\filedef{example-glossaries-childnoname.tex}
+These are hierarchical entries where the child entries
+don't use the \gloskey{name} key.
For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{scelerisque}{name={scelerisque},
- description={at}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{vestibulum}{parent={scelerisque},
- description={eu, nulla}}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\item[example-glossaries-longchild.tex] (New to v4.47.) These entries all
-have long descriptions and there are some child entries. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{longsedmattis}{name={sed mattis},
- description={erat sit amet dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{scelerisque}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{scelerisque},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{at}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{vestibulum}\marg{\gloskeyval{parent}{scelerisque},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{eu, nulla}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+\filedef{example-glossaries-longchild.tex}
+These entries all have long descriptions and there are some
+child entries. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{longsedmattis}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{sed mattis},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{erat sit amet dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.
Ut purus elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis.
Curabitur dictum gravida mauris.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{longgravida}{parent={longsedmattis},name={gravida},
- description={malesuada libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer id, vulputate a,
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{longgravida}\marg{\gloskeyval{parent}{longsedmattis},\gloskeyval{name}{gravida},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{malesuada libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer id, vulputate a,
magna. Donec vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique
senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas. Mauris ut
leo.}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
-\item[example-glossaries-childmultipar.tex] (New to v4.47.) This
-consists of parent entries with single paragraph descriptions and
+\filedef{example-glossaries-childmultipar.tex}
+This consists of parent entries with single paragraph descriptions and
child entries with multi-paragraph descriptions. Some entries have
the \gloskey{user1} key set to the name of an image file provided by
the \sty{mwe} package. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{hiersedmattis}{name={sed mattis},user1={example-image},
- description={Erat sit amet dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{hiersedmattis}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{sed mattis},\gloskeyval{user1}{example-image},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{Erat sit amet dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit.
Ut purus elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur
dictum gravida mauris. Ut pellentesque augue sed urna. Vestibulum
diam eros, fringilla et, consectetuer eu, nonummy id, sapien. Nullam
at lectus. In sagittis ultrices mauris. Curabitur malesuada erat sit
amet massa. Fusce blandit. Aliquam erat volutpat.}}
-
-\longnewglossaryentry{hierloremi-ii}
-{name={lorem 1--2},parent={hiersedmattis}}%
-{%
+\codepar
+\gls{longnewglossaryentry}\marg{hierloremi-ii}
+\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{lorem 1--2},\gloskeyval{parent}{hiersedmattis}}\comment{}
+\marg{\comment{}
Lorem ipsum ...
-
+\codepar
Nam dui ligula...
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
-\item[example-glossaries-cite.tex] These entries use the
+\filedef{example-glossaries-cite.tex}
+These entries use the
\gloskey{user1} key to store a citation key (or comma-separated list
-of citation keys). The citations are defined in \texttt{xampl.bib},
+of citation keys). The citations are defined in \filefmt{xampl.bib},
which should be available on all modern \TeX\ distributions.
One entry doesn't have an associated citation to help test for a~missing
key.
For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{fusce}{name={fusce},
-description={suscipit cursus sem},user1={article-minimal}}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\item[example-glossaries-url.tex] These entries use the
-\gloskey{user1} key to store an URL associated with the entry.
-For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{aenean-url}{name={aenean},
- description={adipiscing auctor est},
- user1={http://uk.tug.org/}}
-\end{verbatim}
-\end{description}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{fusce}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{fusce},
+\gloskeyval{description}{suscipit cursus sem},\gloskeyval{user1}{article-minimal}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+\filedef{example-glossaries-url.tex}
+These entries use the \gloskey{user1} key to store an \idx{URL} associated
+with the entry. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{aenean-url}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{aenean},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{adipiscing auctor est},
+ \gloskeyval{user1}{http://uk.tug.org/}}
+\end{codebox}
The sample file \mirrorsamplefile{glossary-lipsum-examples.tex} in the
-\texttt{doc\slash latex\slash glossaries\slash samples} directory
+\filefmt{doc/latex/glossaries/samples} directory
uses all these files. See also \gallerytopic{glossaries}.
\glsxtrnote
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides the additional test
-file:
-\begin{description}
-\item[example-glossaries-xr.tex] These entries use the \gloskey{see}
-key provided by the base \styfmt{glossaries} package and also the
-\xtrgloskey{alias} and \xtrgloskey{seealso} keys that require
-\gls{glossaries-extra}. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{alias-lorem}{name={alias-lorem},
- description={ipsum},alias={lorem}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{amet}{name={amet},description={consectetuer},
- see={dolor}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{arcu}{name={arcu},description={libero},
- seealso={placerat,vitae,curabitur}}
-\end{verbatim}
-\end{description}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides the additional test file:
+\filedef{example-glossaries-xr.tex}
+These entries use the \gloskey{see} key provided by the base
+\styfmt{glossaries} package and also the \gloskey{alias} and
+\gloskey{seealso} keys that require \sty{glossaries-extra}. For
+example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{alias-lorem}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{alias-lorem},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{ipsum},\gloskeyval{alias}{lorem}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{amet}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{amet},\gloskeyval{description}{consectetuer},
+ \gloskeyval{see}{dolor}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{arcu}{\gloskeyval{name}{arcu},\gloskeyval{description}{libero},
+ \gloskeyval{seealso}{placerat,vitae,curabitur}}
+\end{codebox}
+\nlctdownloadlinkstrue
\section{Multi-Lingual Support}
\label{sec:languages}
\begin{important}
-The \styfmt{glossaries} package uses the \styfmt{tracklang} package
+The \sty{glossaries} package uses the \sty{tracklang} package
to determine the document languages. Unfortunately, because there
isn't a standard language identification framework provided with
-\LaTeX, \styfmt{tracklang} isn't always able to detect the selected
+\LaTeX, \sty{tracklang} isn't always able to detect the selected
languages either as a result of using an unknown interface or where
the interface doesn't provide a way of detecting the language.
-See
-\href{https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/tracklang/}{Localisation
-with \texttt{tracklang.tex}} for further details.
+In particular, \sty{tracklang} can't pick up languages specified
+using \sty{babel}['s] \gls{babelprovide}. In the event that
+\sty{tracklang} can't detect the language, use the \opt{languages}
+package option.
+See \sectionref{sec:pkgintegration} and also
+\dickimawhref{latex/tracklang/}{Localisation
+with \filefmt{tracklang.tex}} for further details.
\end{important}
-As from version 1.17, the \styfmt{glossaries} package can be
-used with \gls{xindy} as well as \gls{makeindex}. If you
-are writing in a language that uses an \gls{exlatinalph} or
-\gls{nonlatinalph} it's best to use \opt3 (\gls*{xindy})
-or \opt4 (\gls{bib2gls})
-as \gls*{makeindex} (\opt2) is hard-coded for the non-extended
-\gls{latinalph} and \opt1 can only perform limited ASCII comparisons.
-
-This means that with \optsor34 you are not restricted to the A,
-\ldots, Z letter groups. If you want to use \gls*{xindy}, remember
-to use the \pkgopt{xindy} package option. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass[french]{article}
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
-\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-\usepackage{babel}
-\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
-If you want to use \gls*{bib2gls}, you need to use the
-\pkgopt*{record} option with \gls{glossaries-extra} and supply the
-definitions in \filetype{bib} files. (See the \gls{bib2gls} user
+As from version 1.17, the \sty{glossaries} package can be
+used with \app{xindy} as well as \app{makeindex}. If you
+are writing in a language that uses an \idx{exlatinalph} or
+\idx{nonlatinalph} it's best to use \option{xdy} (\app{xindy})
+or \option{b2g} (\app{bib2gls})
+as \app{makeindex} (\option{mkidx}) is hard-coded for the non-extended
+\idx{latinalph} and \option{noidx} can only perform limited ASCII comparisons.
+
+This means that with \optionsor{xdy,b2g} you are not restricted to the A,
+\ldots, Z letter groups. If you want to use \app{xindy}, remember
+to use the \opt{xindy} package option. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}[french]\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}[utf8]\marg{inputenc}
+\cmd{usepackage}[T1]\marg{fontenc}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{babel}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{xindy}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+If you are using a non-Latin script, you may need the
+\optval{xindynoglsnumbers} option or use
+\gls{GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits} to indicate the first
+\idx{lettergroup} that should follow the number \idx{group}.
+
+If you want to use \app{bib2gls}, you need to use the
+\opt{record} option with \sty{glossaries-extra} and supply the
+definitions in \ext{bib} files. (See the \app{bib2gls} user
manual for further details.)
\begin{important}
-Note that although a~\gls{nonlatinchar}, such as \'e, looks like a plain
-character in your \filetype{tex} file, with standard \LaTeX\ it's actually a~macro and can therefore
-cause expansion problems. You may need to switch off the field
-expansions with \cs{glsnoexpandfields}. This issue doesn't occur
-with \XeLaTeX\ or Lua\LaTeX.
+Note that although a~\idx{nonlatinchar}, such as \'e, looks like a
+plain character in your \ext{tex} file, with standard \LaTeX\ it's
+actually a~macro and can therefore cause problems. (This issue
+doesn't occur with \XeLaTeX\ or Lua\LaTeX\ which both natively
+support \idx{utf8}.) Recent versions of the \LaTeX\ kernel have
+made significant improvements in handling \idx{utf8}. To ensure you have the best
+\idx{utf8} support, use at least \sty{mfirstuc} v2.08+ with
+\sty{glossaries} v4.50+ (and, if required, \sty{glossaries-extra}
+v1.49+).
\end{important}
-With \sty{inputenc}, if you use a~\gls{nonlatinchar} (or other expandable)
-character at the start of an entry name, you must place it in a group,
-or it will cause a problem for commands that convert the first letter
-to upper case (e.g.\ \ics{Gls}). For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{elite}\mgroup{name=\mgroup{\mgroup{\'e}lite},
-description=\mgroup{select group or class}}
-\end{alltt}
-For further details, see the \qt{UTF-8} section in the
-\sty{mfirstuc} user manual.
-
-If you are using \gls{xindy} or \gls{bib2gls}, the application needs
-to know the encoding of the \filetype{tex} file. This information
-is added to the \filetype{aux} file and can be picked up by
-\gls{makeglossaries} and \gls{bib2gls}. If you use
-\gls{xindy} explicitly instead of via \gls*{makeglossaries},
-you may need to specify the encoding using the \xdyopt{C}
-option. Read the \gls*{xindy} manual for further details of this
+With old versions of \sty{mfirstuc} (pre v2.08), if you use a~\idx{utf8}
+character at the start of an \idx{entry} name, you must place it in a
+group, or it will cause a problem for \idx{sentencecase} commands
+(e.g.\ \gls{Gls}). For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\comment{\sty{mfirstuc} v2.07:}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{elite}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\marg{\'e}lite},
+\gloskeyval{description}{select group or class}}
+\end{codebox}
+This isn't necessary with \sty{glossaries} v4.50+ and \sty{mfirstuc}
+v2.08+.
+\begin{codebox}
+\comment{\sty{mfirstuc} v2.08:}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{elite}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\'elite},
+\gloskeyval{description}{select group or class}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+If you are using \app{xindy} or \app{bib2gls}, the application needs
+to know the \idx{encoding} of the \ext+{tex} file. This information
+is added to the \ext{aux} file and can be picked up by
+\app{makeglossaries} and \app{bib2gls}. If you use
+\app{xindy} explicitly instead of via \gls{makeglossaries},
+you may need to specify the \idx{encoding} using the \xdyopt{C}
+option. Read the \app{xindy} manual for further details of this
option.
-As from v4.24, if you are writing in German (for example, using the \sty{ngerman}
-package\footnote{deprecated, use \styfmt{babel} instead} or
-\sty{babel} with the \pkgoptfmt{ngerman} package option),
-and you want to use \gls{makeindex}['s] \mkidxopt{g} option, you'll
-need to change \gls{makeindex}['s] quote character using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsSetQuote]
-\cs{GlsSetQuote}\marg{character}
-\end{definition}
-Note that \meta{character} may not be one of \verb"?" (question
-mark), \verb"|" (pipe) or \verb"!" (exclamation mark).
+If you have the double-quote character (\sym{dblquote}) as an
+active character (for example, a \sty{babel} shorthand) and you
+want to use \app{makeindex}['s] \mkidxopt{g} option, you'll
+need to change \app{makeindex}['s] quote character using:
+\cmddef{GlsSetQuote}
+Note that \meta{character} may not be one of \idx{questionmark},
+\idx{pipe} or \idx{exclammark}.
For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsSetQuote{+}
-\end{verbatim}
-This must be done before \ics{makeglossaries} and any entry
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsSetQuote}\marg{+}
+\end{codebox}
+This must be done before \gls{makeglossaries} and any entry
definitions. It's only applicable for \app{makeindex}. This option
-in conjunction with \sty{ngerman} will also cause
+in conjunction with \optfmt{ngerman} will also cause
\app{makeglossaries} to use the \mkidxopt{g} switch when invoking
\app{makeindex}.
\begin{important}
-Be careful of \sty{babel}'s shorthands. These aren't switched
+Be careful of \sty{babel}['s] shorthands. These aren't switched
on until the start of the document, so any entries defined
-in the preamble won't be able to use those shorthands.
+in the \idx+{documentpreamble} won't be able to use those shorthands.
However, if you define the entries in the document and any
of those shorthands happen to be special characters for
-\gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy} (such as the double-quote)
+\app{makeindex} or \app{xindy} (such as the double-quote)
then this will interfere with code that tries to escape
any of those characters that occur in the \gloskey{sort} key.
\end{important}
In general, it's best not to use \sty{babel}'s shorthands
in entry definitions. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{article}
-
-\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-
-\GlsSetQuote{+}
-
-\makeglossaries
-
-\newglossaryentry{rna}{name={ribonukleins\"aure},
- sort={ribonukleins"aure},
- description={eine Nukleins\"aure}}
-
-\begin{document}
-\gls{rna}
-
-\printglossaries
-\end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-The \sty{ngerman} package has the shorthands on in the preamble, so
-they can be used in definitions if \cs{GlsSetQuote} has been used to
-change the \gls{makeindex} quote character. Example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{article}
-
-\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-
-\GlsSetQuote{+}
-
-\makeglossaries
-
-\newglossaryentry{rna}{name={ribonukleins"aure},
- description={eine Nukleins"aure}}
-
-\begin{document}
-\gls{rna}
-
-\printglossaries
-\end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\codepar
+\cmd{usepackage}[ngerman]\marg{babel}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\codepar
+\gls{GlsSetQuote}\marg{+}
+\codepar
+\gls{makeglossaries}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{rna}\marg{name={ribonukleins\"aure},
+ \gloskeyval{sort}{ribonukleins"aure},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{eine Nukleins\"aure}}
+\codepar
+\cbeg{document}
+\gls{gls}\marg{rna}
+\codepar
+\gls{printglossaries}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
\subsection{Changing the Fixed Names}
\label{sec:fixednames}
@@ -2586,19 +13843,20 @@ caption hooks to change the defaults. See \href{https://texfaq.org/FAQ-latexword
the words babel uses} or read the \sty{babel} or \sty{polyglossia}
documentation. If you have loaded \sty{babel}, then \sty{glossaries}
will attempt to load \sty{translator}, unless you have used the
-\pkgopt{notranslate}, \pkgopt[false]{translate} or \pkgopt[babel]{translate}
+\opt{notranslate}, \optval{translate}{false} or
+\optval{translate}{babel}
package options. If the \sty{translator} package is loaded, the
translations are provided by dictionary files (for example,
-\texttt{glossaries-dictionary-English.dict}). See the
+\filefmt{glossaries-dictionary-English.dict}). See the
\sty{translator} package for advice on changing translations provided by
\sty{translator} dictionaries. If you can't work out how to modify
these dictionary definitions, try switching to \sty{babel}'s
-interface using \pkgopt[babel]{translate}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass[english,french]{article}
-\usepackage{babel}
-\usepackage[translate=babel]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
+interface using \optval{translate}{babel}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}[english,french]\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{babel}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{translate}{babel}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
and then use \sty{babel}'s caption hook mechanism. Note that if you
pass the language options directly to \sty{babel} rather that using
the document class options or otherwise passing the same options to
@@ -2610,28 +13868,30 @@ caption hooks will be used instead.
\caption{Customised Text}
\label{tab:predefinednames}
\centering
-\setlength{\tabcolsep}{3pt}
+\settabcolsep{3pt}
\begin{tabular}{@{}l>{\raggedright}p{0.3\linewidth}>{\raggedright}p{0.4\linewidth}@{}}
\bfseries Command Name & \bfseries Translator Key Word &
-\bfseries Purpose\cr
-\ics{glossaryname} & \texttt{Glossary} & Title of the main glossary.\cr
-\ics{acronymname} & \texttt{Acronyms} & Title of the list of acronyms
-(when used with package option \pkgopt{acronym}).\cr
-\ics{entryname} & \texttt{Notation (glossaries)} &
+\bfseries Purpose\tabularnewline
+\inlineglsdef{glossaryname} & \code{Glossary} & Title of the main
+glossary.\tabularnewline
+\inlineglsdef{acronymname} & \code{Acronyms} & Title of the list of acronyms
+(when used with package option \opt{acronym}).\tabularnewline
+\inlineglsdef{entryname} & \code{Notation (glossaries)} &
Header for first column in the glossary (for 2, 3 or 4 column glossaries
-that support headers).\cr
-\ics{descriptionname} & \texttt{Description (glossaries)} &
+that support headers).\tabularnewline
+\inlineglsdef{descriptionname} & \code{Description (glossaries)} &
Header for second column in the glossary (for 2, 3 or 4 column glossaries
-that support headers).\cr
-\ics{symbolname} & \texttt{Symbol (glossaries)} & Header for symbol
-column in the glossary for glossary styles that support this option.\cr
-\ics{pagelistname} & \texttt{Page List (glossaries)} &
-Header for page list column in the glossary for glossaries that support
-this option.\cr
-\ics{glssymbolsgroupname} & \texttt{Symbols (glossaries)} &
+that support headers).\tabularnewline
+\inlineglsdef{symbolname} & \code{Symbol (glossaries)} & Header for symbol
+column in the glossary for glossary styles that support this
+option.\tabularnewline
+\inlineglsdef{pagelistname} & \code{Page List (glossaries)} &
+Header for the \idx{pagelist} column in the glossary for glossaries that support
+this option.\tabularnewline
+\inlineglsdef{glssymbolsgroupname} & \code{Symbols (glossaries)} &
Header for symbols section of the glossary for glossary styles that
-support this option.\cr
-\ics{glsnumbersgroupname} & \texttt{Numbers (glossaries)} & Header for
+support this option.\tabularnewline
+\inlineglsdef{glsnumbersgroupname} & \code{Numbers (glossaries)} & Header for
numbers section of the glossary for glossary styles that support
this option.
\end{tabular}
@@ -2639,12 +13899,12 @@ this option.
As from version 4.12, multilingual support is provided by separate
language modules that need to be installed in addition to installing
-the \styfmt{glossaries} package. You only need to install the
+the \sty{glossaries} package. You only need to install the
modules for the languages that you require. If the language module
has an unmaintained status, you can volunteer to take over the
maintenance by contacting me at
\url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/contact.html}. The
-\sty{translator} dictionary files for \styfmt{glossaries} are now
+\sty{translator} dictionary files for \sty{glossaries} are now
provided by the appropriate language module. For further details
about information specific to a given language, please see the
documentation for that language module.
@@ -2652,218 +13912,215 @@ documentation for that language module.
Examples of use:
\begin{itemize}
\item Using \sty{babel} and \sty{translator}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass[english,french]{article}
-\usepackage{babel}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}[english,french]\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{babel}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
(\sty{translator} is automatically loaded).
\item Using \sty{babel}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass[english,french]{article}
-\usepackage{babel}
-\usepackage[translate=babel]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
-(\sty{translator} isn't loaded). The \gls{glossaries-extra} package
-has \pkgopt[babel]{translate} as the default if \sty{babel} has been
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}[english,french]\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{babel}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{translate}{babel}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+(\sty{translator} isn't loaded). The \sty{glossaries-extra} package
+has \optval{translate}{babel} as the default if \sty{babel} has been
loaded.
\item Using \sty{polyglossia}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage{polyglossia}
-\setmainlanguage{english}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{polyglossia}
+\cmd{setmainlanguage}\marg{english}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
\end{itemize}
-Due to the varied nature of glossaries, it's likely that the
+Due to the varied nature of \idxpl{glossary}, it's likely that the
predefined translations may not be appropriate. If you are using the
-\sty{babel} package and the \styfmt{glossaries} package option \pkgopt[babel]{translate}, you need to be familiar with the advice given in
+\sty{babel} package and the \sty{glossaries} package option
+\optval{translate}{babel}, you need to be familiar with the advice given in
\href{https://texfaq.org/FAQ-latexwords}{changing
the words babel uses}. If you are using the \sty{translator}
package, then you can provide your own dictionary with the necessary
-modifications (using \cs{deftranslation}) and load it using
-\cs{usedictionary}. If you simply want to change the title of a
-glossary, you can use the \gloskey[printglossary]{title} key in
-commands like \cs{printglossary} (but not the iterative commands
-like \cs{printglossaries}).
+modifications (using \csfmt{deftranslation}) and load it using
+\csfmt{usedictionary}. If you simply want to change the title of a
+\idx{glossary}, you can use the \printglossopt{title} key in
+commands like \gls{printglossary} (but not the iterative commands
+like \gls{printglossaries}).
\begin{important}
Note that the \sty{translator} dictionaries are loaded at the beginning of the
-document, so it won't have any effect if you put \cs{deftranslation}
-in the preamble. It should be put in your personal dictionary
+document, so it won't have any effect if you put \csfmt{deftranslation}
+in the \idx+{documentpreamble}. It should be put in your personal dictionary
instead (as in the example below). See the \sty{translator}
-documentation for further details. (Now with \sty{beamer}
-documentation.)
+documentation for further details.
\end{important}
Your custom dictionary doesn't have to be just a translation from
English to another language. You may prefer to have a dictionary for
a particular type of document. For example, suppose your
institution's in-house reports have to have the glossary labelled as
-\qt{Nomenclature} and the page list should be labelled
+\qt{Nomenclature} and the \idx{locationlist} should be labelled
\qt{Location}, then you can create a file called, say,
-\begin{verbatim}
-myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict
-\end{verbatim}
+\filefmt{myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict}
that contains the following:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\ProvidesDictionary{myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary}{English}
-\deftranslation{Glossary}{Nomenclature}
-\deftranslation{Page List (glossaries)}{Location}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{ProvidesDictionary}\marg{myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary}\marg{English}
+\cmd{deftranslation}\marg{Glossary}\marg{Nomenclature}
+\cmd{deftranslation}\marg{Page List (glossaries)}\marg{Location}
+\end{codebox}
You can now load it using:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usedictionary{myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary}
-\end{verbatim}
-(Make sure that \texttt{myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usedictionary}\marg{myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary}
+\end{codebox}
+(Make sure that \filefmt{myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict}
can be found by \TeX.) If you want to share your custom dictionary,
you can upload it to \href{http://www.ctan.org/}{CTAN}.
If you are using \sty{babel} and don't want to use the
\sty{translator} interface, you can use the package
-option \pkgopt[babel]{translate}. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass[british]{article}
-
-\usepackage{babel}
-\usepackage[translate=babel]{glossaries}
-
-\addto\captionsbritish{%
- \renewcommand*{\glossaryname}{List of Terms}%
- \renewcommand*{\acronymname}{List of Acronyms}%
+option \optval{translate}{babel}. For example:
+\begin{codebox*}
+\cmd{documentclass}[british]\marg{article}
+\codepar
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{babel}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{translate}{babel}]\marg{glossaries}
+\codepar
+\cmd{addto}\captionslanguage{british}\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glossaryname}}\marg{List of Terms}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acronymname}}\marg{List of Acronyms}\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox*}
-Note that \gls{xindy} and \gls{bib2gls} provide much better multi-lingual support
-than \gls{makeindex}, so I~recommend that you use \optsor34
-if you have glossary entries that contain
-\glspl{nonlatinchar}. See \sectionref{sec:xindy} for further
-details on \gls{xindy}, and see the \gls{bib2gls} user manual for
+Note that \app{xindy} and \app{bib2gls} provide much better
+multi-lingual support than \app{makeindex}, so I~recommend that you
+use \optionsor{mkidx,xdy} if you have \idx{glossary} entries that
+contain \idxpl{nonlatinchar}. See \sectionref{sec:xindy} for further
+details on \app{xindy}, and see the \app{bib2gls} user manual for
further details of that application.
\subsection{Creating a New Language Module}
\label{sec:newlang}
-The \styfmt{glossaries} package now uses the \sty{tracklang} package
+The \sty{glossaries} package now uses the \sty{tracklang} package
to determine which language modules need to be loaded. If you want
to create a new language module, you should first read the
\sty{tracklang} documentation.
To create a new language module, you need to at least create two
-files called: \texttt{glossaries\dhyphen}\meta{lang}\texttt{.}\filetype{ldf} and
-\texttt{glossaries-dictionary-}\meta{Lang}\texttt{.}\filetype{dict} where
+files called: \file{glossaries-lang.ldf} and
+\file{glossaries-dictionary-Lang.dict} where
\meta{lang} is the root language name (for example,
-\texttt{english}) and \meta{Lang} is the language name used by
-\sty{translator} (for example, \texttt{English}).
-
-Here's an example of \texttt{glossaries-dictionary-English.dict}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\ProvidesDictionary{glossaries-dictionary}{English}
-
-\providetranslation{Glossary}{Glossary}
-\providetranslation{Acronyms}{Acronyms}
-\providetranslation{Notation (glossaries)}{Notation}
-\providetranslation{Description (glossaries)}{Description}
-\providetranslation{Symbol (glossaries)}{Symbol}
-\providetranslation{Page List (glossaries)}{Page List}
-\providetranslation{Symbols (glossaries)}{Symbols}
-\providetranslation{Numbers (glossaries)}{Numbers}
-\end{verbatim}
+\code{english}) and \meta{Lang} is the language name used by
+\sty{translator} (for example, \code{English}).
+
+Here's an example of \file{glossaries-dictionary-English.dict}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{ProvidesDictionary}\marg{glossaries-dictionary}\marg{English}
+\codepar
+\cmd{providetranslation}\marg{Glossary}\marg{Glossary}
+\cmd{providetranslation}\marg{Acronyms}\marg{Acronyms}
+\cmd{providetranslation}\marg{Notation (glossaries)}\marg{Notation}
+\cmd{providetranslation}\marg{Description (glossaries)}\marg{Description}
+\cmd{providetranslation}\marg{Symbol (glossaries)}\marg{Symbol}
+\cmd{providetranslation}\marg{Page List (glossaries)}\marg{Page List}
+\cmd{providetranslation}\marg{Symbols (glossaries)}\marg{Symbols}
+\cmd{providetranslation}\marg{Numbers (glossaries)}\marg{Numbers}
+\end{codebox}
You can use this as a template for your dictionary file. Change
-\texttt{English} to the \sty{translator} name for your language
-(so that it matches the file name
-\texttt{glossaries\dhyphen dictionary\dhyphen }\meta{Lang}\texttt{.dict})
-and, for each \cs{providetranslation}, change the second argument to
+\code{English} to the \sty{translator} name for your language
+(so that it matches the file name \file{glossaries-dictionary-Lang.dict})
+and, for each \csfmt{providetranslation}, change the second argument to
the appropriate translation.
-Here's an example of \texttt{glossaries-english.ldf}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\ProvidesGlossariesLang{english}
-
-\glsifusedtranslatordict{English}
-{%
- \addglossarytocaptions{\CurrentTrackedLanguage}%
- \addglossarytocaptions{\CurrentTrackedDialect}%
+Here's an example of \file{glossaries-english.ldf}:
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{ProvidesGlossariesLang}\marg{english}
+\codepar
+\gls{glsifusedtranslatordict}\marg{English}
+\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{addglossarytocaptions}\marg{\gls{CurrentTrackedLanguage}}\comment{}
+ \gls{addglossarytocaptions}\marg{\gls{CurrentTrackedDialect}}\comment{}
}
-{%
- \@ifpackageloaded{polyglossia}%
- {%
- \newcommand*{\glossariescaptionsenglish}{%
- \renewcommand*{\glossaryname}{\textenglish{Glossary}}%
- \renewcommand*{\acronymname}{\textenglish{Acronyms}}%
- \renewcommand*{\entryname}{\textenglish{Notation}}%
- \renewcommand*{\descriptionname}{\textenglish{Description}}%
- \renewcommand*{\symbolname}{\textenglish{Symbol}}%
- \renewcommand*{\pagelistname}{\textenglish{Page List}}%
- \renewcommand*{\glssymbolsgroupname}{\textenglish{Symbols}}%
- \renewcommand*{\glsnumbersgroupname}{\textenglish{Numbers}}%
- }%
- }%
- {%
- \newcommand*{\glossariescaptionsenglish}{%
- \renewcommand*{\glossaryname}{Glossary}%
- \renewcommand*{\acronymname}{Acronyms}%
- \renewcommand*{\entryname}{Notation}%
- \renewcommand*{\descriptionname}{Description}%
- \renewcommand*{\symbolname}{Symbol}%
- \renewcommand*{\pagelistname}{Page List}%
- \renewcommand*{\glssymbolsgroupname}{Symbols}%
- \renewcommand*{\glsnumbersgroupname}{Numbers}%
- }%
- }%
- \ifcsdef{captions\CurrentTrackedDialect}
- {%
- \csappto{captions\CurrentTrackedDialect}%
- {%
- \glossariescaptionsenglish
- }%
- }%
- {%
- \ifcsdef{captions\CurrentTrackedLanguage}
- {
- \csappto{captions\CurrentTrackedLanguage}%
- {%
- \glossariescaptionsenglish
- }%
- }%
- {%
- }%
- }%
- \glossariescaptionsenglish
+\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{@ifpackageloaded}\marg{polyglossia}\comment{}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{glossariescaptionsenglish}}\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glossaryname}}\marg{\cmd{textenglish}\marg{Glossary}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acronymname}}\marg{\cmd{textenglish}\marg{Acronyms}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{entryname}}\marg{\cmd{textenglish}\marg{Notation}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{descriptionname}}\marg{\cmd{textenglish}\marg{Description}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{symbolname}}\marg{\cmd{textenglish}\marg{Symbol}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{pagelistname}}\marg{\cmd{textenglish}\marg{Page List}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glssymbolsgroupname}}\marg{\cmd{textenglish}\marg{Symbols}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsnumbersgroupname}}\marg{\cmd{textenglish}\marg{Numbers}}\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{glossariescaptionsenglish}}\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glossaryname}}\marg{Glossary}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acronymname}}\marg{Acronyms}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{entryname}}\marg{Notation}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{descriptionname}}\marg{Description}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{symbolname}}\marg{Symbol}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{pagelistname}}\marg{Page List}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glssymbolsgroupname}}\marg{Symbols}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsnumbersgroupname}}\marg{Numbers}\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \cmd{ifcsdef}\marg{captions\gls{CurrentTrackedDialect}}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{csappto}\marg{captions\gls{CurrentTrackedDialect}}\comment{}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{glossariescaptionsenglish}
+ }\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{ifcsdef}\marg{captions\gls{CurrentTrackedLanguage}}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{csappto}\marg{captions\gls{CurrentTrackedLanguage}}\comment{}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{glossariescaptionsenglish}
+ }\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ {\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \cmd{glossariescaptionsenglish}
}
-\renewcommand*{\glspluralsuffix}{s}
-\renewcommand*{\glsacrpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}
-\renewcommand*{\glsupacrpluralsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glspluralsuffix}}\marg{s}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsacrpluralsuffix}}\marg{\gls{glspluralsuffix}}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsupacrpluralsuffix}}\marg{\gls{glstextup}\marg{\gls{glspluralsuffix}}}
+\end{codebox*}
This is a somewhat longer file, but again you can use it as a
-template. Replace \texttt{English} with the \sty{translator}
+template. Replace \code{English} with the \sty{translator}
language label \meta{Lang} used for the dictionary file and
-replace \texttt{english} with the root language name \meta{lang}. Within the
-definition of \cs{glossariescaptions}\meta{lang}, replace the
+replace \code{english} with the root language name \meta{lang}. Within the
+definition of \csfmt{glossariescaptions}\meta{lang}, replace the
English text (such as \qt{Glossaries}) with the appropriate
translation.
-\importantpar
-\label{pluralsuffix}%
+\plabel[plural suffix]{pluralsuffix}%
The suffixes used to generate the plural forms when the plural
-hasn't been specified are given by \cs{glspluralsuffix} (for general
-entries). For abbreviations defined with \cs{newacronym},
-\cs{glsupacrpluralsuffix} is used for acronyms where the suffix
-needs to be set using \cs{glstextup} to counteract the effects of
-\cs{textsc} and \cs{glsacrpluralsuffix} for other acronym styles.
+hasn't been specified are given by \gls{glspluralsuffix} (for
+general entries). For \idxpl{acronym} defined with the base
+\gls{newacronym}, \gls{glsupacrpluralsuffix} is used for the
+\idx{smallcaps} \idxpl{acronymstyle} where the suffix needs to be
+set using \gls{glstextup} to counteract the effects of \gls{textsc}
+and \gls{glsacrpluralsuffix} for other \idxpl{acronymstyle}.
There's no guarantee when these commands will be expanded. They may
be expanded on definition or they may be expanded on use, depending
-on the \styfmt{glossaries} configuration.
+on the \sty{glossaries} configuration.
\begin{important}
-Therefore these plural suffix command definitions
-aren't included in the caption mechanism as that's typically not switched on
-until the start of the document. \strong{This means that the suffix in
-effect will be for the last loaded language that redefined these
+Therefore these plural suffix command definitions aren't included in
+the \gls{captionslanguage} hook as that's typically not switched used
+until the start of the document. \strong{This means that the suffix
+in effect will be for the last loaded language that redefined these
commands.} It's best to initialise these commands to the most common
suffix required in your document and use the \gloskey{plural},
\gloskey{longplural}, \gloskey{shortplural} etc keys to override
@@ -2871,156 +14128,155 @@ exceptions.
\end{important}
If you want to add a regional variation, create a file called
-\texttt{glossaries-}\meta{iso lang}\texttt{-}\meta{iso
-country}\texttt{.ldf}, where \meta{iso lang} is the ISO language
-code and \meta{iso country} is the ISO country code. For example,
-\texttt{glossaries-en-GB.ldf}. This file can load the root
+\file{glossaries-iso-lang-iso-region.ldf}, where \meta{iso-lang} is the ISO language
+code and \meta{iso-region} is the ISO country code. For example,
+\filefmt{glossaries-en-GB.ldf}. This file can load the root
language file and make the appropriate changes, for example:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \ProvidesGlossariesLang{en-GB}
- \RequireGlossariesLang{english}
- \glsifusedtranslatordict{British}
- {%
- \addglossarytocaptions{\CurrentTrackedLanguage}%
- \addglossarytocaptions{\CurrentTrackedDialect}%
+\begin{codebox*}
+ \gls{ProvidesGlossariesLang}\marg{en-GB}
+ \gls{RequireGlossariesLang}\marg{english}
+ \gls{glsifusedtranslatordict}\marg{British}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{addglossarytocaptions}\marg{\gls{CurrentTrackedLanguage}}\comment{}
+ \gls{addglossarytocaptions}\marg{\gls{CurrentTrackedDialect}}\comment{}
}
- {%
- \@ifpackageloaded{polyglossia}%
- {%
- % Modify \glossariescaptionsenglish as appropriate for
- % polyglossia
- }%
- {%
- % Modify \glossariescaptionsenglish as appropriate for
- % non-polyglossia
- }%
+ \marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{@ifpackageloaded}\marg{polyglossia}\comment{}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+ \comment{Modify \cmd{glossariescaptionsenglish} as appropriate for}
+ \comment{polyglossia}
+ }\comment{}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+ \comment{Modify \cmd{glossariescaptionsenglish} as appropriate for}
+ \comment{non-polyglossia}
+ }\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-If the translations includes \glspl{nonlatinchar}, it's necessary to
-provide code that's independent of the input encoding. Remember that
-while some users may use \gls{UTF-8}, others may use Latin-1 or any other
-supported encoding, but while users won't appreciate you enforcing
-your preference on them, it's useful to provide a \gls{UTF-8} version for
-\XeLaTeX\ and \LuaLaTeX\ users.
-
-The \texttt{glossaries-irish.ldf} file provides this as follows:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\ProvidesGlossariesLang{irish}
-
-\glsifusedtranslatordict{Irish}
-{%
- \addglossarytocaptions{\CurrentTrackedLanguage}%
- \addglossarytocaptions{\CurrentTrackedDialect}%
+\end{codebox*}
+
+If the translations includes \idxpl{nonlatinchar}, it's a good idea to
+provide code that's independent of the input \idx{encoding}. Remember that
+while some users may use \idx{utf8} (and it's now the default
+\idx{encoding} with modern \LaTeX\ kernels), others may use Latin-1 or any other
+supported \idx{encoding}, but while users won't appreciate you enforcing
+your preference on them, it's useful to provide a \idx{utf8} version.
+
+The \file{glossaries-irish.ldf} file provides this as follows:
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{ProvidesGlossariesLang}\marg{irish}
+\codepar
+\gls{glsifusedtranslatordict}\marg{Irish}
+\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{addglossarytocaptions}\marg{\gls{CurrentTrackedLanguage}}\comment{}
+ \gls{addglossarytocaptions}\marg{\gls{CurrentTrackedDialect}}\comment{}
}
-{%
- \ifdefstring{\inputencodingname}{utf8}
- {\input{glossaries-irish-utf8.ldf}}%
- {%
- \ifdef{\XeTeXinputencoding}% XeTeX defaults to UTF-8
- {\input{glossaries-irish-utf8.ldf}}%
- {\input{glossaries-irish-noenc.ldf}}
+\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{ifdefstring}\marg{\gls{inputencodingname}}\marg{utf8}
+ \marg{\cmd{input}\marg{glossaries-irish-utf8.ldf}}\comment{}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{ifdef}{\cmd{XeTeXinputencoding}}\comment{XeTeX defaults to UTF-8}
+ \marg{\cmd{input}\marg{glossaries-irish-utf8.ldf}}\comment{}
+ \marg{\cmd{input}\marg{glossaries-irish-noenc.ldf}}
}
- \ifcsdef{captions\CurrentTrackedDialect}
- {%
- \csappto{captions\CurrentTrackedDialect}%
- {%
- \glossariescaptionsirish
- }%
- }%
- {%
- \ifcsdef{captions\CurrentTrackedLanguage}
- {
- \csappto{captions\CurrentTrackedLanguage}%
- {%
- \glossariescaptionsirish
- }%
- }%
- {%
- }%
- }%
- \glossariescaptionsirish
+ \cmd{ifcsdef}\marg{captions\gls{CurrentTrackedDialect}}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{csappto}\marg{captions\gls{CurrentTrackedDialect}}\comment{}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{glossariescaptionsirish}
+ }\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{ifcsdef}\marg{captions\gls{CurrentTrackedLanguage}}
+ \marg{
+ \cmd{csappto}\marg{captions\gls{CurrentTrackedLanguage}}\comment{}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{glossariescaptionsirish}
+ }\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \cmd{glossariescaptionsirish}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-(Again you can use this as a template. Replace \texttt{irish} with
-your root language label and \texttt{Irish} with the
+\end{codebox*}
+(Again you can use this as a template. Replace \code{irish} with
+your root language label and \code{Irish} with the
\sty{translator} dictionary label.)
-There are now two extra files: \nolinkurl{glossaries-irish-noenc.ldf}
-(no encoding information)
-and \nolinkurl{glossaries-irish-utf8.ldf} (\gls{UTF-8}).
-
-These both define \cs{glossariescaptionsirish} but the \texttt{*-noenc.ldf} uses
-\LaTeX\ accent commands:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\@ifpackageloaded{polyglossia}%
-{%
- \newcommand*{\glossariescaptionsirish}{%
- \renewcommand*{\glossaryname}{\textirish{Gluais}}%
- \renewcommand*{\acronymname}{\textirish{Acrainmneacha}}%
- \renewcommand*{\entryname}{\textirish{Ciall}}%
- \renewcommand*{\descriptionname}{\textirish{Tuairisc}}%
- \renewcommand*{\symbolname}{\textirish{Comhartha}}%
- \renewcommand*{\glssymbolsgroupname}{\textirish{Comhartha\'{\i}}}%
- \renewcommand*{\pagelistname}{\textirish{Leathanaigh}}%
- \renewcommand*{\glsnumbersgroupname}{\textirish{Uimhreacha}}%
- }%
-}%
-{%
- \newcommand*{\glossariescaptionsirish}{%
- \renewcommand*{\glossaryname}{Gluais}%
- \renewcommand*{\acronymname}{Acrainmneacha}%
- \renewcommand*{\entryname}{Ciall}%
- \renewcommand*{\descriptionname}{Tuairisc}%
- \renewcommand*{\symbolname}{Comhartha}%
- \renewcommand*{\glssymbolsgroupname}{Comhartha\'{\i}}%
- \renewcommand*{\pagelistname}{Leathanaigh}%
- \renewcommand*{\glsnumbersgroupname}{Uimhreacha}%
- }%
+There are now two extra files: \filefmt{glossaries-irish-noenc.ldf}
+(no \idx{encoding} information)
+and \filefmt{glossaries-irish-utf8.ldf} (\idx{utf8}).
+
+These both define \csfmt{glossariescaptionsirish} but the \filefmt{*-noenc.ldf}
+file uses \LaTeX\ accent commands:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{@ifpackageloaded}\marg{polyglossia}\comment{}
+\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{glossariescaptionsirish}}\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glossaryname}}\marg{\cmd{textirish}\marg{Gluais}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acronymname}}\marg{\cmd{textirish}\marg{Acrainmneacha}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{entryname}}\marg{\cmd{textirish}\marg{Ciall}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{descriptionname}}\marg{\cmd{textirish}\marg{Tuairisc}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{symbolname}}\marg{\cmd{textirish}\marg{Comhartha}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glssymbolsgroupname}}\marg{\cmd{textirish}\marg{Comhartha\gls{cs.apos}{\cmd{i}}}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{pagelistname}}\marg{\cmd{textirish}\marg{Leathanaigh}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsnumbersgroupname}}\marg{\cmd{textirish}\marg{Uimhreacha}}\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+}\comment{}
+\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{glossariescaptionsirish}}\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glossaryname}}\marg{Gluais}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acronymname}}\marg{Acrainmneacha}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{entryname}}\marg{Ciall}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{descriptionname}}\marg{Tuairisc}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{symbolname}}\marg{Comhartha}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glssymbolsgroupname}}\marg{Comhartha\gls{cs.apos}{\cmd{i}}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{pagelistname}}\marg{Leathanaigh}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsnumbersgroupname}}\marg{Uimhreacha}\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-whereas the \texttt{*-utf8.ldf} replaces the accent commands with
-the appropriate \gls{UTF-8} characters.
-
+\end{codebox}
+whereas the \filefmt{*-utf8.ldf} file replaces the accent commands with
+the appropriate \idx{utf8} characters.
\section{Generating the Associated Glossary Files}
\label{sec:makeglossaries}
\begin{important}
-This section is only applicable if you have chosen \optsor23. You can
+This section is only applicable if you have chosen \optionsor{mkidx,b2g}. You can
ignore this section if you have chosen any of the other options. If you want to
alphabetically sort your entries always remember to use the
\gloskey{sort} key if the \gloskey{name} contains any \LaTeX\
-commands (except if you're using \gls{bib2gls}).
+commands (except if you're using \app{bib2gls}).
\end{important}
If this section seriously confuses you, and you can't work out how
-to run external tools like \gls{makeglossaries} or \gls{makeindex}, you can try using
-the \pkgopt{automake} package option, described in
-\sectionref{sec:pkgopts-sort}, but you will need \TeX's shell escape
-enabled. See also
-\href{https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/}{Incorporating
+to run external tools like \app{makeglossaries} or \app{makeindex},
+you can try using the \opt{automake} package option, described in
+\sectionref{sec:pkgopts-sort}, but you will need \TeX's
+\idx{shellescape} enabled. See also
+\dickimawhref{latex/buildglossaries/}{Incorporating
makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document
build}.
-In order to generate a sorted glossary with compact
-\glspl{numberlist}, it is necessary to use an external
-\gls{indexingapp} as an intermediate step (unless you have chosen
-\opt1, which uses \TeX\ to do the sorting or \opt5, which doesn't
+In order to generate a sorted \idx{glossary} with compact
+\idxpl{numberlist}, it is necessary to use an external
+\idx{indexingapp} as an intermediate step (unless you have chosen
+\option{noidx}, which uses \TeX\ to do the sorting or \option{unsrt}, which doesn't
perform any sorting). It is this application
that creates the file containing the code required to typeset the
-glossary. \strong{If this step is omitted, the glossaries will not
-appear in your document.} The two \glspl*{indexingapp} that are most
-commonly used with \LaTeX\ are \gls{makeindex} and \gls{xindy}. As
+\idx{glossary}. \strong{If this step is omitted, the
+\idxpl{glossary} will not
+appear in your document.} The two \idxpl{indexingapp} that are most
+commonly used with \LaTeX\ are \app{makeindex} and \app{xindy}. As
from version 1.17, the \styfmt{glossaries} package can be used with
either of these applications. Previous versions were designed to be
-used with \gls*{makeindex} only. With the \gls{glossaries-extra} package, you
-can also use \gls{bib2gls} as the indexing application. (See
-the \gls{glossaries-extra} and \gls{bib2gls} user manuals for
-further details.) Note that \gls*{xindy} and \gls*{bib2gls} have much
-better multi-lingual support than \gls*{makeindex}, so \gls*{xindy}
-or \gls*{bib2gls} are recommended if you're not writing in English.
-Commands that only have an effect when \gls*{xindy} is used are
+used with \app{makeindex} only. With the \sty{glossaries-extra} package, you
+can also use \app{bib2gls} as the \idx{indexingapp}. (See
+the \sty{glossaries-extra} and \app{bib2gls} user manuals for
+further details.) Note that \app{xindy} and \app{bib2gls} have much
+better multi-lingual support than \app{makeindex}, so \app{xindy}
+or \app{bib2gls} are recommended if you're not writing in English.
+Commands that only have an effect when \app{xindy} is used are
described in \sectionref{sec:xindy}.
\begin{important}
@@ -3028,2319 +14284,2901 @@ This is a multi-stage process, but there are methods of automating
document compilation using applications such as \app{latexmk} and
\app{arara}. With \app{arara} you can just add special comments to
your document source:
-\begin{alltt}
-\% arara: pdflatex
-\% arara: makeglossaries
-\% arara: pdflatex
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\araraline{pdflatex}
+\araraline{makeglossaries}
+\araraline{pdflatex}
+\end{codebox}
With \app{latexmk} you need to set up the required dependencies.
\end{important}
-The \styfmt{glossaries} package comes with the Perl script
-\gls{makeglossaries} which will run \gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy}
-on all the glossary files using a customized style file (which is
-created by \ics{makeglossaries}). See
+The \sty{glossaries} package comes with the Perl script
+\app{makeglossaries} which will run \app{makeindex} or \app{xindy}
+on all the \idxpl{indexingfile} using a customized style file (which is
+created by \gls{makeglossaries}). See
\sectionref{sec:makeglossariesapp} for further
details. Perl is stable, cross-platform, open source software that
is used by a number of \TeX-related applications (including
-\gls*{xindy} and \app{latexmk}). Most Unix-like
-operating systems come with a~Perl interpreter. \TeX~Live also comes
-with a~Perl interpreter. MiK\TeX\ doesn't come with a~Perl
-interpreter so if you are a~Windows MiK\TeX\ user you will need to
-install Perl if you want to use \gls{makeglossaries} or \gls{xindy}.
+\app{xindy} and \app{latexmk}). Most Unix-like
+operating systems come with a~Perl interpreter. \TeXLive\ also comes
+with a~Perl interpreter. As far as I know, \MikTeX\ doesn't come with a~Perl
+interpreter so if you are a~Windows \MikTeX\ user you will need to
+install Perl if you want to use \app{makeglossaries} or \app{xindy}.
Further information is available at \url{http://www.perl.org/about.html}
and
-\href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/158796/miktex-and-perl-scripts-and-one-python-script}{MiKTeX and Perl scripts (and one Python script)}.
+\texseref{questions/158796}{MikTeX and Perl scripts (and one Python script)}.
-The advantages of using \gls*{makeglossaries}:
+The advantages of using \app{makeglossaries}:
\begin{itemize}
-\item It automatically detects whether to use \gls*{makeindex} or
-\gls*{xindy} and sets the relevant application switches.
+\item It automatically detects whether to use \app{makeindex} or
+\app{xindy} and sets the relevant application switches.
-\item One call of \gls*{makeglossaries} will run
-\gls*{makeindex}\slash\gls*{xindy} for each glossary type.
+\item One call of \app{makeglossaries} will run
+\app{makeindex}\slash\app{xindy} for each \idx{glossary} type.
-\item If things go wrong, \gls{makeglossaries} will scan the
-messages from \gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy} and attempt to diagnose
-the problem in relation to the \styfmt{glossaries} package. This
+\item If things go wrong, \app{makeglossaries} will scan the
+messages from \app{makeindex} or \app{xindy} and attempt to diagnose
+the problem in relation to the \sty{glossaries} package. This
will hopefully provide more helpful messages in some cases. If it
can't diagnose the problem, you will have to read the relevant transcript
-file and see if you can work it out from the \gls*{makeindex} or
-\gls*{xindy} messages.
+file and see if you can work it out from the \app{makeindex} or
+\app{xindy} messages.
+
+\item If \app{makeindex} warns about \idx{multipleencap} values,
+\app{makeglossaries} v2.18+ will detect this and attempt to correct the
+problem. This correction is only provided by \app{makeglossaries} when
+\app{makeindex} is used since \app{xindy} uses the order of the
+\idxc{xindyattr}{attributes list} to determine which format should take precedence.
+(see \sectionref{sec:xindyloc}.) This correction can be switched off with the \mkglsopt{e}
+switch.
-\item If \gls{makeindex} warns about multiple encap values,
-\gls{makeglossaries} will detect this and attempt to correct the
-problem.\footnote{Added to version \gls{makeglossaries} 2.18.} This
-correction is only provided by \gls{makeglossaries} when
-\gls{makeindex} is used since \gls{xindy} uses the order of the
-\ixindyattrs attributes list to determine which format should take precedence.
-(see \sectionref{sec:xindyloc}.)
+\item If \app{makeindex} warns about invalid or
+\idxpl{emptylocation}, \app{makeglossaries} v4.50+ will detect this
+and attempt to alter the location to fit \app{makeindex}['s] syntax.
+This may or may not cause unexpected results in the
+\idx{locationlist}, but it's useful if the \opt{nonumberlist} option
+is used.
+
+\item If \app{makeindex} has a warning that could be the result of a
+command occurring within the \location, \app{makeglossaries} v4.50+
+will attempt to repair it by moving the command out of the location
+and into the \idx{encap}.
\end{itemize}
+The first two items also apply to \app{makeglossaries-lite}.
-As from version 4.16, the \styfmt{glossaries} package also comes
-with a~Lua script called \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua}. This is a
-\emph{trimmed-down} alternative to the \gls{makeglossaries} Perl
+As from version 4.16, the \sty{glossaries} package also comes
+with a~Lua script called \app{makeglossaries-lite}. This is a
+\emph{trimmed-down} alternative to the \app{makeglossaries} Perl
script. It doesn't have some of the options that the Perl version
has and it doesn't attempt to diagnose any problems, but since
-modern \TeX\ distributions come with Lua\TeX\ (and therefore have
+modern \TeX\ distributions come with \LuaTeX\ (and therefore have
a~Lua interpreter) you don't need to install anything else in order
-to use \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua} so it's an alternative to
-\gls{makeglossaries} if you want to use \opt2 (\gls{makeindex}).
+to use \app{makeglossaries-lite} so it's an alternative to
+\app{makeglossaries} if you want to use \option{mkidx} (\app{makeindex}).
-If things go wrong and you can't work out why your glossaries
+If things go wrong and you can't work out why your \idxpl{glossary}
aren't being generated correctly, you can use
-\gls{makeglossariesgui} as a diagnostic tool. Once you've
+\app{makeglossariesgui} as a diagnostic tool. Once you've
fixed the problem, you can then go back to using
-\gls{makeglossaries} or \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua}.
+\app{makeglossaries} or \app{makeglossaries-lite}.
-Whilst I strongly recommended that you use the \gls{makeglossaries}
-Perl script or the \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua} Lua script, it is
-possible to use the \styfmt{glossaries} package without using those
+Whilst I strongly recommended that you use the \app{makeglossaries}
+Perl script or the \app{makeglossaries-lite} Lua script, it is
+possible to use the \sty{glossaries} package without using those
applications. However, note that some commands and package options
-have no effect if you explicitly run \gls{makeindex}\slash\gls{xindy}.
+have no effect if you explicitly run \app{makeindex}\slash\app{xindy}.
These are listed in \tableref{tab:makeglossariesCmds}.
\begin{important}
-If you are choosing not to use \gls*{makeglossaries} because you
+If you are choosing not to use \app{makeglossaries} because you
don't want to install Perl, you will only be able to use
-\gls*{makeindex} as \gls*{xindy} also requires Perl. (Other useful
-Perl scripts include \appfmt{epstopdf} and \appfmt{latexmk}, so it's
+\app{makeindex} as \app{xindy} also requires Perl. (Other useful
+Perl scripts include \appfmt{epstopdf} and \app{latexmk}, so it's
well-worth the effort to install Perl.)
\end{important}
-Note that if any of your entries use an entry
-that is not referenced outside the glossary, you will need to
-do an additional \gls{makeglossaries}, \gls{makeindex}
-or \gls{xindy} run, as appropriate. For example,
-suppose you have defined the following entries:\footnote{As from
-v3.01 \ics{gls} is no longer fragile and doesn't need protecting.}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{citrusfruit}{name={citrus fruit},
-description={fruit of any citrus tree. (See also
-\gls{orange})}}
+Below, references to \app{makeglossaries} can usually be substituted
+with \app{makeglossaries-lite}, except where noted otherwise.
-\newglossaryentry{orange}{name={orange},
-description={an orange coloured fruit.}}
-\end{verbatim}
-and suppose you have \verb|\gls{citrusfruit}| in your document
-but don't reference the \texttt{orange} entry, then the
-\texttt{orange} entry won't appear in your glossary until
-you first create the glossary and then do another run
-of \gls{makeglossaries}, \gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy}.
-For example, if the document is called \texttt{myDoc.tex}, then
+If any of your entries use an entry that is not referenced outside
+the \idx{glossary} (for example, the entry is only referenced in the
+description of another entry), you will need to do an additional
+\app{makeglossaries}, \app{makeindex} or \app{xindy} run, as
+appropriate. For example, suppose you have defined the following
+entries:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{citrusfruit}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{citrus fruit},
+\gloskeyval{description}{fruit of any citrus tree. (See also
+\gls{gls}\marg{orange})}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{orange}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{orange},
+\gloskeyval{description}{an orange coloured fruit.}}
+\end{codebox}
+and suppose you have \code{\gls{gls}\marg{citrusfruit}} in your document
+but don't reference the \qt{orange} entry, then the
+orange entry won't appear in your \idx{glossary} until
+you first create the \idx{glossary} and then do another run
+of \app{makeglossaries}, \app{makeindex} or \app{xindy}.
+For example, if the document is called \filefmt{myDoc.tex}, then
you must do:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex myDoc
makeglossaries myDoc
pdflatex myDoc
makeglossaries myDoc
pdflatex myDoc
-\end{prompt}
-(In the case of \opt4, \gls{bib2gls} will scan the description for
-instances of commands like \cs{gls} to ensure they are selected but
-an extra \gls{bib2gls} call is required to ensure the locations are
-included, if locations lists are required. See the
-and \gls{bib2gls} manual for further details.)
-
-Likewise, an additional \gls{makeglossaries} and \LaTeX\ run
+\end{terminal}
+(In the case of \option{b2g}, \app{bib2gls} will scan the description for
+instances of commands like \gls{gls} to ensure they are selected but
+an extra \app{bib2gls} call is required to ensure the \locations\ are
+included, if \idxpl{locationlist} are required. See the
+and \app{bib2gls} manual for further details.)
+
+Likewise, an additional \app{makeglossaries} and \LaTeX\ run
may be required if the document pages shift with re-runs. For
example, if the page numbering is not reset after the table of
contents, the insertion of the table of contents on the second
\LaTeX\ run may push glossary entries across page boundaries, which
-means that the \glspl{numberlist} in the glossary may
+means that the \idxpl{numberlist} in the glossary may
need updating.
The examples in this document assume that you are accessing
-\gls{makeglossaries}, \gls{xindy} or \gls{makeindex} via a terminal.
-Windows users can use the MSDOS Prompt which is usually accessed via
-the \menu{Start}\submenu{All Programs} menu or
-\menu{Start}\submenu{All Programs}\submenu{Accessories} menu.
+\app{makeglossaries}, \app{xindy} or \app{makeindex} via a terminal.
+Windows users can use the command prompt which is usually accessed via
+the \menu{Start,All Programs} menu or
+\menu{Start,All Programs,Accessories} menu or
+\menu{Start,Windows System}.
Alternatively, your text editor may have the facility to create a
function that will call the required application. See
-\href{https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/}{Incorporating
+\dickimawhref{latex/buildglossaries/}{Incorporating
makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document
build}.
If any problems occur, remember to check the transcript files
-(e.g.\ \filetype{glg} or \filetype{alg}) for messages.
+(e.g.\ \ext{glg} or \ext{alg}) for messages.
\begin{table}[htbp]
-\caption[Commands and package options that have no effect when
-using xindy or makeindex explicitly]{Commands and package options that have no effect when
-using \gls{xindy} or \gls{makeindex} explicitly}
+\caption{Commands and package options that have no effect when
+using \apptext{xindy} or \apptext{makeindex} explicitly}
\label{tab:makeglossariesCmds}
-\vskip\baselineskip
+\centering
\begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}}
-\bfseries Command or Package Option & \gls{makeindex} &
-\gls{xindy}\\
-\pkgopt[letter]{order} & use \mkidxopt{l} &
- use \xdyopt{M}\texttt{ ord/letorder}\\
-\pkgopt[word]{order} & default & default\\
-\pkgopt{xindy}=\{\pkgoptfmt{language=}\meta{lang}\pkgoptfmt{,codename=}\meta{code}\} &
-N/A & use \xdyopt{L} \meta{lang} \xdyopt{C} \meta{code}\\
-\ics{GlsSetXdyLanguage}\marg{lang} & N/A &
-use \xdyopt{L} \meta{lang}\\
-\ics{GlsSetXdyCodePage}\marg{code} & N/A &
-use \xdyopt{C} \meta{code}
+\bfseries Command or Package Option &
+\bfseries\app{makeindex} &
+\bfseries\app{xindy}\\
+\optval{order}{letter} & use \mkidxopt{l} &
+ use \code{\xdyopt{M} ord/letorder}\\
+\optval{order}{word} & default & default\\
+\optval{xindy}{\styoptxdyvalm{language}{lang},\styoptxdyvalm{codepage}{code}} &
+N/A & use \code{\xdyopt{L} \meta{lang} \xdyopt{C} \meta{code}}\\
+\code{\gls{GlsSetXdyLanguage}\margm{lang}} & N/A &
+use \code{\xdyopt{L} \meta{lang}}\\
+\code{\gls{GlsSetXdyCodePage}\margm{code}} & N/A &
+use \code{\xdyopt{C} \meta{code}}
\end{tabular}
\par
\end{table}
-
-\subsection{Using the makeglossaries Perl Script}
+\subsection{Using the \apptext{makeglossaries} Perl Script}
\label{sec:makeglossariesapp}
-The \gls{makeglossaries} script picks up the relevant information
-from the auxiliary (\filetype{aux}) file and will either call
-\gls{xindy} or \gls{makeindex}, depending on the supplied
+\appdef{makeglossaries}
+
+The \app{makeglossaries} script picks up the relevant information
+from the auxiliary (\ext+{aux}) file and will either call
+\app{xindy} or \app{makeindex}, depending on the supplied
information. Therefore, you only need to pass the document's name
-without the extension to \gls*{makeglossaries}. For example, if your
-document is called \texttt{myDoc.tex}, type the following in your
+without the extension to \app{makeglossaries}. For example, if your
+document is called \filefmt{myDoc.tex}, type the following in your
terminal:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex myDoc
makeglossaries myDoc
pdflatex myDoc
-\end{prompt}
-You may need to explicitly load \gls{makeglossaries} into Perl:
-\begin{prompt}
-perl makeglossaries myDoc
-\end{prompt}
-
-Windows users: \TeX~Live on Windows has its own internal Perl
-interpreter and provides \texttt{makeglossaries.exe} as a~convenient
-wrapper for the \gls{makeglossaries} Perl script. MiKTeX also
-provides a~wrapper \texttt{makeglossaries.exe} but doesn't provide
-a~Perl interpreter, which is still required even if you run MiKTeX's
-\texttt{makeglossaries.exe}, so with MiKTeX you'll need to install
-Perl.\footnote{The batch file \texttt{makeglossaries.bat} has been
-removed since the \TeX\ distributions for Windows provide
-\texttt{makeglossaries.exe}.} There's more information about this at
-\url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/158796/19862} on the TeX.SX
-site.
-
-The \gls{makeglossaries} script attempts to fork the
-\gls{makeindex}\slash\gls{xindy} process using \texttt{open()} on the
-piped redirection \verb"2>&1 |" and parses the processor output to
-help diagnose problems. If this method fails \gls{makeglossaries}
-will print an \qt{Unable to fork} warning and will retry without
-redirection. If you run \gls{makeglossaries} on an operating system
-that doesn't support this form of redirection, then you can use the
-\mkglsopt{Q} switch to suppress this warning or you can use the
-\mkglsopt{k} switch to make \gls{makeglossaries} automatically use
-the fallback method without attempting the redirection. Without this
-redirection, the \mkglsopt{q} (quiet) switch doesn't work as well.
-
-You can specify in which directory the \filetype{aux},
-\filetype{glo} etc files are located using the \texttt{-d} switch.
-For example:
-\begin{prompt}
-pdflatex -output-directory myTmpDir myDoc
-makeglossaries -d myTmpDir myDoc
-\end{prompt}
-Note that \gls*{makeglossaries} assumes by default that
-\gls*{makeindex}\slash\gls*{xindy} is on your operating system's
-path. If this isn't the case, you can specify the full pathname
-using \mkglsopt{m} \meta{path/to/makeindex} for \gls*{makeindex}
-or \mkglsopt{x} \meta{path/to/xindy} for \gls*{xindy}.
-
-As from \gls{makeglossaries} v2.18, if you are using
-\gls{makeindex}, there's a check for \gls*{makeindex}['s] multiple
-encap warning. This is where different encap values (location formats) are
-used on the same location for the same entry. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{article}
+\end{terminal}
+If you only want one \idx{glossary} processed (for example, if you
+are working on a draft of a large document and want to concentrate on one specific
+\idx{glossary}) then include the \meta{out-ext} extension supplied
+to \gls{newglossary}, such as \ext{glo} for the \glostype{main}
+glossary. Note that if you do specify the extension and your
+document has multiple \idxpl{glossary} defined, then
+\app{makeglossaries} will tell you how many \idxpl{glossary} have
+been ignored unless the \mkglsopt{q} has been used.
+
+Windows users: \TeXLive\ on Windows has its own internal Perl
+interpreter and provides \filefmt{makeglossaries.exe} as a~convenient
+wrapper for the \app{makeglossaries} Perl script. \MikTeX\ also
+provides a~wrapper \filefmt{makeglossaries.exe} but doesn't provide
+a~Perl interpreter (as far as I know), which is still required even if
+you run \MikTeX's \filefmt{makeglossaries.exe}, so with \MikTeX\ you'll need to install
+Perl. There's more information about this at
+\texseref{questions/158796}{MikTeX and Perl scripts (and one Python script)}.
+
+\begin{important}
+When upgrading the \sty{glossaries} package, make sure you also
+upgrade your version of \app{makeglossaries}. The current version is
+4.50.
+\end{important}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-\makeglossaries
+Some of the options are only applicable to \app{makeindex} and some
+are only applicable to \app{xindy}.
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an example}}
+\switchdef{mkgls.help}
+Shows a summary of all available options.
-\begin{document}
-\gls{sample}, \gls[format=textbf]{sample}.
-\printglossaries
-\end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
-If you explicitly use \gls{makeindex}, this will cause a warning and
-the location list will be \qt{1, \textbf{1}}. That is, the page
+\switchdef{mkgls.version}
+Shows the version details.
+
+\switchdef{mkgls.n}
+Dry run mode. This doesn't actually run
+\app{makeindex}\slash\app{xindy} but just prints the command it
+would execute based on the information given in the \ext{aux} file
+and the supplied options.
+
+\switchdef{mkgls.d}
+Instructs \app{makeglossaries} to change to the given directory,
+which should be where the \ext+{aux},
+\ext+{glo} etc files are located.
+For example:
+\begin{terminal}
+pdflatex -output-directory myTmpDir myDoc
+makeglossaries \mkglsopt{d} myTmpDir myDoc
+\end{terminal}
+
+\switchdef{mkgls.e}
+Don't check for \idxpl{multipleencap} (only applicable with \app{makeindex}).
+By default, if you are using
+\app{makeindex}, \app{makeglossaries} will check the \app{makeindex}
+transcript for \idx{multipleencap} warnings.
+
+The \idx{multipleencap} warning is where different \idx{locationencap}
+values (location formats) are used on the same \location\ for the
+same entry. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\codepar
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\gls{makeglossaries}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{sample}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{sample},\gloskeyval{description}{an example}}
+\codepar
+\cbeg{document}
+\gls{gls}\marg{sample}, \gls{gls}\oarg{\glsoptval{format}{textbf}}\marg{sample}.
+\gls{printglossaries}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+If you explicitly use \app{makeindex}, this will cause a warning and
+the \idx{locationlist} will be \qt{1, \textbf{1}}. That is, the page
number will be repeated with each format. As from v2.18,
-\gls{makeglossaries} will check for this warning and, if found, will
+\app{makeglossaries} will check for this warning and, if found, will
attempt to correct the problem by removing duplicate locations and
-retrying. There's no similar check for \gls{xindy} as \gls*{xindy}
-won't produce any warning and will simply discard duplicates.
-
-For a complete list of options do \texttt{makeglossaries -{}-help}.
+retrying. If you actually want the duplicate location, you can
+prevent \app{makeglossaries} from checking and correcting the
+duplicates with \mkglsopt{e}.
-\begin{important}
-When upgrading the \styfmt{glossaries} package, make sure you also
-upgrade your version of \gls{makeglossaries}. The current version is
-4.49.
-\end{important}
+There's no similar check for \app{xindy} as \app{xindy}
+won't produce any warning and will simply discard duplicates.
-\subsection{Using the makeglossaries-lite Lua Script}
+\switchdef{mkgls.q}
+Suppresses messages.
+The \app{makeglossaries} script attempts to fork the
+\app{makeindex}\slash\app{xindy} process using \code{open()} on the
+piped redirection \code{2>\&1 |} and parses the processor output to
+help diagnose problems. If this method fails \app{makeglossaries}
+will print an \qt{Unable to fork} warning and will retry without
+redirection. Without this redirection, the \mkglsopt{q} switch
+doesn't work as well. Some operating systems don't support
+redirection.
+
+\switchdef{mkgls.Q}
+Suppresses the \qt{Unable to fork} warning.
+
+\switchdef{mkgls.k}
+Don't attempt redirection.
+
+\switchdef{mkgls.m}
+The \app{makeindex} application. Only the name is required if it's
+on the operating system's path, otherwise the full path name will be
+needed.
+
+If you want to use an application that is capable of reading
+\app{makeindex} files (including support for \app{makeindex} style
+files via \mkidxopt{s}), then you can use \mkglsopt{m}
+to specify the alternative application to use instead of
+\app{makeindex}. Note that both \app{xindex} and \app{texindy} can
+read \app{makeindex} files using the default \app{makeindex} syntax
+but, as of the time of writing this, they don't support
+\app{makeindex} style files.
+
+\switchdef{mkgls.x}
+The \app{xindy} application. Only the name is required if it's
+on the operating system's path, otherwise the full path name will be
+needed.
+
+\switchdef{mkgls.c}
+Compress intermediate blanks. This will pass \mkidxopt{c} to
+\app{makeindex}. (Ignored if \app{xindy} should be called.)
+
+\switchdef{mkgls.r}
+Disable implicit page \idx{range} formation. This will pass \mkidxopt{r} to
+\app{makeindex}. (Ignored if \app{xindy} should be called.)
+
+\switchdef{mkgls.p}
+Set the starting page number. This will pass
+\code{\mkidxopt{p} \meta{num}} to \app{makeindex}.
+(Ignored if \app{xindy} should be called.)
+
+The following switches may be used to override settings written to
+the \ext{aux} file.
+
+\switchdef{mkgls.l}
+Use letter ordering. This will pass \mkidxopt{l} to \app{makeindex}
+or \code{\xdyopt{M} ord/letorder} to \app{xindy}.
+
+\switchdef{mkgls.L}
+The language to pass to \app{xindy}. (Ignored if \app{makeindex}
+should be called.)
+
+\switchdef{mkgls.g}
+Employ German word ordering. This will pass \mkidxopt{g} to
+\app{makeindex}. (Ignored if \app{xindy} should be called.)
+
+\switchdef{mkgls.s}
+Set the style file. This will pass
+\code{\mkidxopt{s} \meta{filename}} to \app{makeindex}
+or \code{\xdyopt{M} \meta{basename}} to \app{xindy} (where
+\meta{basename} is \meta{filename} with the \ext+{xdy} extension
+removed). This will generate an error if the extension is \ext{xdy}
+when \app{makeindex} should be called, or if the extension isn't
+\ext{xdy} when \app{xindy} should be called.
+
+\switchdef{mkgls.o}
+Sets the output file name. Note that this should only be used when
+only one \idx{glossary} should be processed. The default is to set
+the output filename to the basename supplied to \app{makeglossaries}
+with the extension associated with the \idx{glossary} (the \meta{in-ext}
+argument of \gls{newglossary}).
+
+\switchdef{mkgls.t}
+Sets the transcript file name. Note that this should only be used when
+only one \idx{glossary} should be processed. The default is to set
+the transcript filename to the basename supplied to \app{makeglossaries}
+with the extension associated with the \idx{glossary} (the \meta{log-ext}
+argument of \gls{newglossary}).
+
+\subsection{Using the \apptext{makeglossaries-lite} Lua Script}
\label{sec:makeglossarieslua}
-The Lua alternative to the \gls{makeglossaries} Perl script requires
+\appdef{makeglossaries-lite}
+
+The Lua alternative to the \app{makeglossaries} Perl script requires
a~Lua interpreter, which should already be available if you have
-a~modern \TeX\ distribution that includes Lua\TeX. Lua is
+a~modern \TeX\ distribution that includes \LuaTeX. Lua is
a~light-weight, cross-platform scripting language, but because it's
light-weight it doesn't have the full-functionality of heavy-weight
-scripting languages, such as Perl. The \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua}
+scripting languages, such as Perl. The \app{makeglossaries-lite}
script is therefore limited by this and some of the options
-available to the \gls{makeglossaries} Perl script aren't available
-here. (In particular the \mkglsopt{d} option.)
-
-\begin{important}
-Note that \TeX~Live on Unix-like systems creates a
-symbolic link called \texttt{makeglossaries-lite} (without the
-\filetype{lua} extension) to the actual
-\texttt{makeglossaries-lite.lua} script, so you may not need to
-supply the extension.
-\end{important}
-
-The \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua} script can be invoked in the same way
-as \gls{makeglossaries}. For example, if your document is called
-\texttt{myDoc.tex}, then do
-\begin{prompt}
-makeglossaries-lite.lua myDoc
-\end{prompt}
-or
-\begin{prompt}
+available to the \app{makeglossaries} Perl script aren't available
+here. (In particular the \mkglsopt{d} option.) Whilst it may be
+possible to implement those features by requiring Lua packages, this
+would defeat the purpose of providing this script for those don't
+want the inconvenience of learning how to install interpreters or
+their associated packages.
+
+\begin{information}
+The script is actually supplied as \filefmt{makeglossaries-lite.lua}
+but \TeX\ distributions on Windows convert this to an executable
+wrapper \filefmt{makeglossaries-lite.exe} and \TeXLive\ on Unix-like
+systems provide a symbolic link without the extension.
+\end{information}
+
+The \app{makeglossaries-lite} script can be invoked in the same way
+as \app{makeglossaries}. For example, if your document is called
+\filefmt{myDoc.tex}, then do
+\begin{terminal}
makeglossaries-lite myDoc
-\end{prompt}
-
-\emph{Some} of the options available with the Perl
-\gls{makeglossaries} script are also available with the Lua \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua}
-script. For a complete list of available options, do
-\begin{prompt}
-makeglossaries-lite.lua -{}-help
-\end{prompt}
-
-
-\subsection[Using xindy explicitly (Option~3)]{Using
-\gls{xindy} explicitly (\ifpdf \opt3\else Option 3\fi)}
+\end{terminal}
+Note that the \app{arara} rule doesn't contain the hyphen:
+\begin{codebox}
+\araraline{makeglossarieslite}
+\end{codebox}
+
+Some of the options are only applicable to \app{makeindex} and some
+are only applicable to \app{xindy}.
+
+\switchdef{mkglslite.help}
+Shows a summary of all available options.
+
+\switchdef{mkglslite.version}
+Shows the version details.
+
+\switchdef{mkglslite.n}
+Dry run mode. This doesn't actually run
+\app{makeindex}\slash\app{xindy} but just prints the command it
+would execute based on the information given in the \ext{aux} file
+and the supplied options.
+
+\switchdef{mkglslite.q}
+Quiet mode. This suppresses some but not all messages.
+
+\switchdef{mkglslite.m}
+The \app{makeindex} application. Only the name is required if it's
+on the operating system's path, otherwise the full path name will be
+needed.
+
+\switchdef{mkglslite.x}
+The \app{xindy} application. Only the name is required if it's
+on the operating system's path, otherwise the full path name will be
+needed.
+
+\switchdef{mkglslite.c}
+Compress intermediate blanks. This will pass \mkidxopt{c} to
+\app{makeindex}. (Ignored if \app{xindy} should be called.)
+
+\switchdef{mkglslite.r}
+Disable implicit page \idx{range} formation. This will pass \mkidxopt{r} to
+\app{makeindex}. (Ignored if \app{xindy} should be called.)
+
+\switchdef{mkglslite.p}
+Set the starting page number. This will pass
+\code{\mkidxopt{p} \meta{num}} to \app{makeindex}.
+(Ignored if \app{xindy} should be called.)
+
+The following switches may be used to override settings written to
+the \ext{aux} file.
+
+\switchdef{mkglslite.l}
+Use letter ordering. This will pass \mkidxopt{l} to \app{makeindex}
+or \code{\xdyopt{M} ord/letorder} to \app{xindy}.
+
+\switchdef{mkglslite.L}
+The language to pass to \app{xindy}. (Ignored if \app{makeindex}
+should be called.)
+
+\switchdef{mkglslite.g}
+Employ German word ordering. This will pass \mkidxopt{g} to
+\app{makeindex}. (Ignored if \app{xindy} should be called.)
+
+\switchdef{mkglslite.s}
+Set the style file.
+
+\switchdef{mkglslite.o}
+Sets the output file name. Note that this should only be used when
+only one \idx{glossary} should be processed. The default is to set
+the output filename to the basename supplied to \app{makeglossaries}
+with the extension associated with the \idx{glossary} (the \meta{in-ext}
+argument of \gls{newglossary}).
+
+\switchdef{mkglslite.t}
+Sets the transcript file name. Note that this should only be used when
+only one \idx{glossary} should be processed. The default is to set
+the transcript filename to the basename supplied to \app{makeglossaries}
+with the extension associated with the \idx{glossary} (the \meta{log-ext}
+argument of \gls{newglossary}).
+
+\subsection{Using \apptext{xindy} explicitly (Option \glsfmttext{idx.opt.xdy})}
\label{sec:xindyapp}
-\Gls{xindy} comes with \TeX~Live. It has also been added
-to Mik\TeX, but if you don't have it installed, see
-\href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/71167/how-to-use-xindy-with-miktex}{How
-to use Xindy with MikTeX} on
-\urlfootref{http://www.stackexchange.com/}{\TeX\ on StackExchange}.
+\app{xindy} comes with \TeXLive. It has also been added to \MikTeX,
+but if you don't have it installed, see
+\texseref{questions/71167}{How to use Xindy with MikTeX}.
-If you want to use \gls{xindy} to process the glossary
+If you want to use \app{xindy} to process the glossary
files, you must make sure you have used the
-\pkgopt{xindy} package option:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
-This is required regardless of whether you use \gls{xindy}
+\opt{xindy} package option:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{xindy}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+This is required regardless of whether you use \app{xindy}
explicitly or whether it's called implicitly via applications such
-as \gls{makeglossaries}. This causes the glossary
-entries to be written in raw \gls*{xindy} format, so you need to
-use \xdyopt{I}\texttt{ xindy} \emph{not} \xdyopt{I}\texttt{ tex}.
+as \app{makeglossaries}. This causes the glossary
+entries to be written in raw \app{xindy} format, so you need to
+use \code{\xdyopt{I} xindy} \emph{not} \code{\xdyopt{I} tex}.
-To run \gls{xindy} type the following in your terminal
+To run \app{xindy} type the following in your terminal
(all on one line):
-\begin{prompt}
-xindy -L \meta{language} -C \meta{encoding} -I xindy -M \meta{style} -t \meta{base}.glg -o \meta{base}.gls \meta{base}.glo
-\end{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
+xindy \xdyopt{L} \meta{language} \xdyopt{C} \meta{encoding} \xdyopt{I} xindy \xdyopt{M} \meta{style} \xdyopt{t} \meta{base}.glg \xdyopt{o} \meta{base}.gls \meta{base}.glo
+\end{terminal}
where \meta{language} is the required language name, \meta{encoding}
-is the encoding, \meta{base} is the name of the document without the
-\filetype{tex} extension and \meta{style} is the name of the
-\gls{xindy} style file without the \filetype{xdy} extension.
-The default name for this style file is \meta{base}\filetype{xdy}
-but can be changed via \ics{setStyleFile}\marg{style}. You may need
+is the \idx{encoding}, \meta{base} is the name of the document without the
+\ext{tex} extension and \meta{style} is the name of the
+\app{xindy} style file without the \ext{xdy} extension.
+The default name for this style file is \meta{base}\ext{xdy}
+but can be changed via \gls{setStyleFile}. You may need
to specify the full path name depending on the current working
directory. If any of the file names contain spaces, you must delimit
them using double-quotes.
-For example, if your document is called \texttt{myDoc.tex} and
-you are using UTF8 encoding in English, then type the
+For example, if your document is called \filefmt{myDoc.tex} and
+you are using \idx{utf8} \idx{encoding} in English, then type the
following in your terminal:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
-\end{prompt}
-
-Note that this just creates the main glossary. You need to do
-the same for each of the other glossaries (including the
-list of acronyms if you have used the \pkgopt{acronym}
-package option), substituting \filetype{glg}, \filetype{gls}
-and \filetype{glo} with the relevant extensions. For example,
-if you have used the \pkgopt{acronym} package option, then
+\end{terminal}
+
+Note that this just creates the \glostype{main} \idx{glossary}. You need to do
+the same for each of the other \idxpl{glossary} (including the
+list of \idxpl{acronym} if you have used the \opt{acronym}
+package option), substituting \ext+{glg}, \ext+{gls}
+and \ext+{glo} with the relevant extensions. For example,
+if you have used the \opt{acronym} package option, then
you would need to do:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.alg -o myDoc.acr myDoc.acn
-\end{prompt}
-For additional glossaries, the extensions are those supplied
-when you created the glossary with \ics{newglossary}.
-
-Note that if you use \gls{makeglossaries} instead, you can
-replace all those calls to \gls{xindy} with just one call
-to \gls*{makeglossaries}:
-\begin{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
+For additional \idxpl{glossary}, the extensions are those supplied
+when you created the \idx{glossary} with \gls{newglossary}.
+
+Note that if you use \app{makeglossaries} instead, you can
+replace all those calls to \app{xindy} with just one call
+to \app{makeglossaries}:
+\begin{terminal}
makeglossaries myDoc
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
Note also that some commands and package options have no effect if
-you use \gls{xindy} explicitly instead of using
-\gls*{makeglossaries}. These are listed in
+you use \app{xindy} explicitly instead of using
+\app{makeglossaries}. These are listed in
\tableref{tab:makeglossariesCmds}.
-
-\subsection[Using makeindex explicitly (Option~2)]{Using
-\gls{makeindex} explicitly (\ifpdf \opt2\else Option 2\fi)}
+\subsection{Using
+\apptext{makeindex} explicitly (Option \glsfmttext{idx.opt.mkidx})}
\label{sec:makeindexapp}
-If you want to use \gls{makeindex} explicitly, you must
-make sure that you haven't used the \pkgopt{xindy} package
-option or the glossary entries will be written in the wrong
-format. To run \gls*{makeindex}, type the following in
+If you want to use \app{makeindex} explicitly, you must
+make sure that you haven't used the \opt{xindy} package
+option or the \idxpl{glossaryentry} will be written in the wrong
+format. To run \app{makeindex}, type the following in
your terminal:
-\begin{prompt}
-makeindex -s \meta{style}.ist -t \meta{base}.glg -o \meta{base}.gls \meta{base}.glo
-\end{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
+makeindex \mkidxopt{s} \meta{style}.ist \mkidxopt{t} \meta{base}.glg \mkidxopt{o} \meta{base}.gls \meta{base}.glo
+\end{terminal}
where \meta{base} is the name of your document without the
-\filetype{tex} extension and \meta{style}\filetype{ist} is the
-name of the \gls{makeindex} style file. By default, this is
-\meta{base}\filetype{ist}, but may be changed via
-\ics{setStyleFile}\marg{style}. Note that there are other options,
-such as \mkidxopt{l} (letter ordering). See the \gls*{makeindex}
+\ext{tex} extension and \meta{style}\ext{ist} is the
+name of the \app{makeindex} style file. By default, this is
+\meta{base}\ext{ist}, but may be changed via
+\gls{setStyleFile}. Note that there are other options,
+such as \mkidxopt{l} (letter ordering). See the \app{makeindex}
manual for further details.
-For example, if your document is called \texttt{myDoc.tex}, then
+For example, if your document is called \filefmt{myDoc.tex}, then
type the following at the terminal:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
makeindex -s myDoc.ist -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
-\end{prompt}
-Note that this only creates the main glossary. If you have
-additional glossaries (for example, if you have used the
-\pkgopt{acronym} package option) then you must call
-\gls{makeindex} for each glossary, substituting
-\filetype{glg}, \filetype{gls} and \filetype{glo} with the
+\end{terminal}
+Note that this only creates the \glostype{main} \idx{glossary}. If you have
+additional \idxpl{glossary} (for example, if you have used the
+\opt{acronym} package option) then you must call
+\app{makeindex} for each glossary, substituting
+\ext+{glg}, \ext+{gls} and \ext+{glo} with the
relevant extensions. For example, if you have used the
-\pkgopt{acronym} package option, then you need to type the
+\opt{acronym} package option, then you need to type the
following in your terminal:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
makeindex -s myDoc.ist -t myDoc.alg -o myDoc.acr myDoc.acn
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
For additional glossaries, the extensions are those supplied
-when you created the glossary with \ics{newglossary}.
+when you created the glossary with \gls{newglossary}.
-Note that if you use \gls{makeglossaries} instead, you can
-replace all those calls to \gls{makeindex} with just one call
-to \gls*{makeglossaries}:
-\begin{prompt}
+Note that if you use \app{makeglossaries} instead, you can
+replace all those calls to \app{makeindex} with just one call
+to \app{makeglossaries}:
+\begin{terminal}
makeglossaries myDoc
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
Note also that some commands and package options have no effect if
-you use \gls*{makeindex} explicitly instead of using
-\gls{makeglossaries}. These are listed in
+you use \app{makeindex} explicitly instead of using
+\app{makeglossaries}. These are listed in
\tableref{tab:makeglossariesCmds}.
\section{Note to Front-End and Script Developers}
\label{sec:notedev}
-The information needed to determine whether to use \gls{xindy},
-\gls{makeindex} or \gls{bib2gls} is stored in the \filetype{aux}
+The information needed to determine whether to use \app{xindy},
+\app{makeindex} or \app{bib2gls} is stored in the \ext+{aux}
file. This information can be gathered by a front-end, editor or
-script to make the glossaries where appropriate. This section
+script to make the \idxpl{glossary} where appropriate. This section
describes how the information is stored in the auxiliary file.
\subsection{MakeIndex and Xindy}
\label{sec:notedev.makeindex.xindy}
-The file extensions used by each defined (but not ignored) glossary are given by
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\@newglossary}]
-\cs{@newglossary}\marg{label}\marg{log}\marg{out-ext}\marg{in-ext}
-\end{definition}
+The \idx{fileextension} of the \idxpl{indexingfile} used for each defined
+\idx{glossary} (not including any \idxpl{ignoredglossary}) are given by:
+\cmddef{@newglossary}%{glossary-label}{log/glg}{out-ext/gls}{in-ext/glo}
where \meta{in-ext} is the extension of the
-\emph{\gls{indexingapp}['s]} input file (the output file from the
-\styfmt{glossaries} package's point of view), \meta{out-ext} is the
-extension of the \emph{\gls*{indexingapp}['s]} output file (the
-input file from the \styfmt{glossaries} package's point of view) and
-\meta{log} is the extension of the \gls*{indexingapp}['s] transcript
-file. The label for the glossary is also given. This isn't required
-with \gls{makeindex}, but with \gls{xindy} it's needed to pick up
-the associated language and encoding (see below). For
-example, the information for the default main glossary is written
-as:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\@newglossary{main}{glg}{gls}{glo}
-\end{verbatim}
-If \gls{glossaries-extra}['s] hybrid method has been used (with
-\cs{makeglossaries}\oarg{sub-list}), then the sub-list
-of glossaries that need to be processed will be identified with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glsxtr@makeglossaries}\marg{list}
-\end{alltt}
-
-The \gls{indexingapp}['s] style file is specified by
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\@istfilename}]
-\cs{@istfilename}\marg{filename}
-\end{definition}
-The file extension indicates whether to use \gls{makeindex}
-(\filetype{ist}) or \gls{xindy} (\filetype{xdy}). Note that
-the glossary information is formatted differently depending on
-which \gls*{indexingapp} is supposed to be used, so it's
+\emph{\idx{indexingapp}['s]} input file (the output file from the
+\sty{glossaries} package's point of view), such as \ext+{glo},
+\meta{out-ext} is the extension of the \emph{\idx{indexingapp}['s]}
+output file (the input file from the \sty{glossaries} package's
+point of view), such as \ext+{gls}, and \meta{log} is the extension
+of the \idx{indexingapp}['s] transcript file, such as \ext+{glg}.
+The label for the \idx{glossary} is also given. This isn't required
+with \app{makeindex}, but with \app{xindy} it's needed to pick up
+the associated language and \idx{encoding} (see below). For example, the
+information for the default \glostype{main} \idx{glossary} is
+written as:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{@newglossary}\marg{main}\marg{glg}\marg{gls}\marg{glo}
+\end{codebox}
+If \sty{glossaries-extra}['s] hybrid method has been used (with
+\gls{makeglossaries}\oargm{sub-list}), then the sub-list
+of \idxpl{glossary} that need to be processed will be identified with:
+\cmddef{glsxtr@makeglossaries}
+
+The \idx{indexingapp}['s] style file is specified by:
+\cmddef{@istfilename}
+The file extension indicates whether to use \app{makeindex}
+(\ext+{ist}) or \app{xindy} (\ext+{xdy}). Note that
+the \idx{glossary} information has a different syntax depending on
+which \idx{indexingapp} is supposed to be used, so it's
important to call the correct one.
-For example, with \app{arara} you can easily determine whether to run \gls{makeglossaries}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\% arara: makeglossaries if found("aux", "@istfilename")
-\end{alltt}
-It's more complicated if you want to explicitly run \gls{makeindex}
-or \gls{xindy}
+For example, with \app{arara} you can easily determine whether to
+run \app{makeglossaries}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\araraline{makeglossaries if found("aux", "@istfilename")}
+\end{codebox}
+It's more complicated if you want to explicitly run \app{makeindex}
+or \app{xindy}.
\begin{important}
-Note that if you choose to explicitly call \gls{makeindex} or
-\gls{xindy} then the user will miss out on the diagnostic
-information and the encap-clash fix that \gls{makeglossaries} also
-provides.
+Note that if you choose to explicitly call \app{makeindex} or
+\app{xindy} then the user will miss out on the diagnostic
+information and the \idx{encap}-clash fix
+that \app{makeglossaries} also provides.
\end{important}
Word or letter ordering is specified by:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\@glsorder}]
-\cs{@glsorder}\marg{order}
-\end{definition}
-where \meta{order} can be either \texttt{word} or \texttt{letter}.
-
-If \gls{xindy} should be used, the language and code page
-for each glossary is specified by
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\@xdylanguage}\DescribeMacro{\@gls@codepage}]
-\cs{@xdylanguage}\marg{label}\marg{language}\\
-\cs{@gls@codepage}\marg{label}\marg{code}
-\end{definition}
-where \meta{label} identifies the glossary, \meta{language} is
-the root language (e.g.\ \texttt{english}) and \meta{code}
-is the encoding (e.g.\ \texttt{utf8}). These commands are omitted
-if \gls{makeindex} should be used.
-
-If \opt1 has been used, the \filetype{aux} file will contain
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\@gls@reference]
-\cs{@gls@reference}\marg{type}\marg{label}\marg{location}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{@glsorder}
+where \meta{order} can be either \code{word} or \code{letter}
+(obtained from the \opt{order} package option).
+
+If \app{xindy} should be used, the language for each \idx{glossary} is specified by:
+\cmddef{@xdylanguage}
+where \meta{glossary-label} identifies the \idx{glossary} and \meta{language} is
+the root language (for example, \code{english}).
+
+The \idx+{codepage} (file \idx+{encoding}) for all \idxpl{glossary} is specified by:
+\cmddef{@gls@codepage}
+where \meta{code} is the \idx{encoding} (for example, \code{utf8}). The above
+two commands are omitted if \app{makeindex} should be used.
+
+If \option{noidx} has been used, the \ext{aux} file will contain
+\cmddef{@gls@reference}
for every time an entry has been referenced.
\subsection{Entry Labels}
\label{sec:notedev.labels}
-If you need to gather labels for auto-completion, the
-\pkgopt{writeglslabels} package option will create a file containing
-the labels of all defined entries (regardless of whether or not the
-entry has been used in the document). As from v4.47, there is a
-similar option \pkgopt{writeglslabelnames} that writes both the
+If you need to gather labels for \idx{auto-completion}, the
+\opt{writeglslabels} package option will create a file containing
+the labels of all defined \idxpl{entry} (regardless of whether or not the
+\idx{entry} has been used in the document). As from v4.47, there is a
+similar option \opt{writeglslabelnames} that writes both the
label and name (separated by a tab).
\begin{xtr}
-The \gls{glossaries-extra}
-package also provides \pkgopt+{atom}{docdef}, which will create the
-\filetype{glsdefs} file but will act like \pkgopt+{restricted}{docdef}.
+The \sty{glossaries-extra}
+package also provides \optval{docdef}{atom}, which will create the
+\ext+{glsdefs} file but will act like \optval{docdef}{restricted}.
\end{xtr}
\subsection{Bib2Gls}
\label{sec:notedev.bib2gls}
\bibglsnote
-If \opt4 has been used, the \filetype{aux} file will contain one or more instances of
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glsxtr@resource}\marg{options}\marg{basename}
-\end{alltt}
-where \meta{basename} is the basename of the \filetype{glstex} file
-that needs to be created by \gls{bib2gls}. If \texttt{src\dequals\marg{bib
-list}} isn't present in \meta{options} then \meta{basename} also
-indicates the name of the associated \filetype{bib} file.
+If \option{b2g} has been used, the \ext{aux} file will contain one
+or more instances of:
+\cmddef{glsxtr@resource}
+where \meta{basename} is the basename of the \ext+{glstex} file that
+needs to be created by \app{bib2gls}. If
+\resourceoptvalm{src}{\meta{bib list}} isn't present in
+\meta{options} then \meta{basename} also indicates the name of the
+associated \ext+{bib} file.
For example, with \app{arara} you can easily determine whether or
-not to run \gls{bib2gls}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\% arara: bib2gls if found("aux", "glsxtr@resource")
-\end{alltt}
-(It gets more complicated if both \ics*{glsxtr@resource} and
-\cs{@istfilename} are present as that indicates the hybrid
-\pkgopt+{hybrid}{record} option.)
-
-Remember that with \gls{bib2gls}, the entries will never be defined
+not to run \app{bib2gls}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\araraline{bib2gls if found("aux", "glsxtr@resource")}
+\end{codebox}
+(It gets more complicated if both \gls{glsxtr@resource} and
+\gls{@istfilename} are present as that indicates the hybrid
+\optval{record}{hybrid} option.)
+
+Remember that with \app{bib2gls}, the \idxpl{glossaryentry} will never be defined
on the first \LaTeX\ call (because their definitions are contained
-in the \filetype{glstex} file created by \gls{bib2gls}). You can
-also pick up labels from the records in \filetype{aux} file, which
+in the \ext{glstex} file created by \app{bib2gls}). You can
+also pick up labels from the \records\ in \ext{aux} file, which
will be in the form:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glsxtr@record}\marg{label}\marg{h-prefix}\marg{counter}\marg{format}\marg{loc}
-\end{alltt}
-or (with \pkgopt+{nameref}{record})
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glsxtr@record@nameref}\marg{label}\marg{href prefix}\marg{counter}\marg{format}\marg{location}\marg{title}\marg{href anchor}\marg{href value}
-\end{alltt}
-or (with \cs{glssee})
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glsxtr@recordsee}\marg{label}\marg{xr list}
-\end{alltt}
+\cmddef{glsxtr@record}
+or (with \optval{record}{nameref}):
+\cmddef{glsxtr@record@nameref}
+or (with \gls{glssee}):
+\cmddef{glsxtr@recordsee}\marg{label}\marg{xr list}
You can also pick up the commands defined with
-\ics*{glsxtrnewglslike}, which are added to the \filetype{aux} file
-for \gls{bib2gls}['s] benefit:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{@glsxtr@newglslike}\marg{label-prefix}\marg{cs}
-\end{alltt}
-If \ics*{GlsXtrSetAltModifier} is used, then the modifier is
+\gls{glsxtrnewglslike}, which are added to the \ext{aux} file
+for \app{bib2gls}['s] benefit:
+\cmddef{@glsxtr@newglslike}
+If \gls{GlsXtrSetAltModifier} is used, then the modifier is
identified with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{@glsxtr@altmodifier}\marg{character}
-\end{alltt}
-Label prefixes (for the \ics*{dgls} set of commands) are identified
+\cmddef{@glsxtr@altmodifier}
+Label prefixes (for the \gls{dgls} set of commands) are identified
with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{@glsxtr@prefixlabellist}\marg{list}
-\end{alltt}
+\cmddef{@glsxtr@prefixlabellist}
\chapter{Package Options}
\label{sec:pkgopts}
-This section describes the available \styfmt{glossaries} package
-options. You may omit the \texttt{=true} for boolean options. (For
-example, \pkgopt{acronym} is equivalent to \pkgopt[true]{acronym}).
+This section describes the available \sty{glossaries} package
+options. You may omit the \code{=true} for boolean options. (For
+example, \opt{acronym} is equivalent to \optval{acronym}{true}).
\begin{xtr}
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package has additional options described
-in the \gls*{glossaries-extra} manual. The extension package also
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package has additional options described
+in the \sty{glossaries-extra} manual. The extension package also
has some different default settings to the base package. Those that
are available at the time of writing are included here. Future
-versions of \gls{glossaries-extra} may have additional package
+versions of \sty{glossaries-extra} may have additional package
options or new values for existing settings that aren't listed here.
\end{xtr}
\begin{important}
-Note that \meta{key}=\meta{value} package options can't be passed via the
-document class options. (This includes options where the
-\meta{value} part may be omitted, such as \pkgopt{acronym}.) This is
-a general limitation not restricted to the \styfmt{glossaries}
-package. Options that aren't \meta{key}=\meta{value} (such as
-\pkgopt{makeindex}) may be passed via the document class options.
+Note that \keyval\ package options can't be passed via the document
+class options. (This includes options where the \meta{value} part
+may be omitted, such as \opt{acronym}.) This is a general limitation
+not restricted to the \sty{glossaries} package. Options that aren't
+\keyval\ (such as \opt{makeindex}) may be passed via the document
+class options.
\end{important}
+\renewcommand{\cmddefbookmarkleveloffset}{2}
+
\section{General Options}
\label{sec:pkgopts-general}
-\pkgoptsec{nowarn} This suppresses all warnings generated by
-the \styfmt{glossaries} package. Don't use this option if you're new to using
-\styfmt{glossaries} as the warnings are designed to help detect
-common mistakes (such as forgetting to use \ics{makeglossaries}).
-Note that if you use \pkgopt{debug} with any value other than
-\pkgoptfmt{false} it will override this option.
+\optiondef{nowarn}
+This suppresses all warnings generated by
+the \sty{glossaries} package. Don't use this option if you're new to using
+\sty{glossaries} as the warnings are designed to help detect
+common mistakes (such as forgetting to use \gls{makeglossaries}).
+Note that if you use \opt{debug} with any value other than
+\optfmt{false} it will override this option.
-\pkgoptsec{nolangwarn} This suppresses the warning generated by
-a missing language module.
+\optiondef{nolangwarn}
+This suppresses the warning generated by a missing language module.
-\pkgoptsec{noredefwarn} If you load \styfmt{glossaries} with
+\optiondef{noredefwarn}
+If you load \sty{glossaries} with
a~class or another package that already defines glossary related
-commands, by default \styfmt{glossaries} will warn you that it's
+commands, by default \sty{glossaries} will warn you that it's
redefining those commands. If you are aware of the consequences of
-using \styfmt{glossaries} with that class or package and you don't
+using \sty{glossaries} with that class or package and you don't
want to be warned about it, use this option to suppress those
warnings. Other warnings will still be issued unless you use the
-\pkgopt{nowarn} option described above. (This option is
-automatically switched on by \gls{glossaries-extra}.)
-
-\pkgoptsec[value]{debug} Introduced in version 4.24. The default
-setting is \pkgopt[false]{debug}. The following values are
-available: \pkgoptfmt{false}, \pkgoptfmt{true},
-\pkgoptfmt{showtargets} (v4.32+) and \pkgoptfmt{showaccsupp}
-(v4.45+). If no value is given, \pkgopt[true]{debug} is assumed.
+\opt{nowarn} option described above. (This option is
+automatically switched on by \sty{glossaries-extra}.)
+
+\optiondef{debug}
+Debugging mode may write information to the transcript file or
+add markers to the document.
+The following values are available:
+\optionvaldef{debug}{false}
+Switches off debugging mode.
+
+\optionvaldef{debug}{true}
+This will write the following line to the transcript file if any
+attempt at indexing occurs before the associated files have been
+opened by \gls{makeglossaries}:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+wrglossary(\meta{glossary-type})(\meta{indexing info})
+\end{compactcodebox}
+Note that this setting will also cancel \opt{nowarn}.
+
+\optionvaldef{debug}{showtargets}
+As \opteqvalref{debug}{true} but also adds a marker where the
+\idx{glossary}-related \idxpl{hyperlink} and targets occur in the document.
+
+The \opteqvalref{debug}{showtargets} option will additionally use:
+\cmddef{glsshowtarget}
+to show the \idx{hypertarget} or \idx+{hyperlink} name when
+\gls{glsdohypertarget} is used by commands like \gls{glstarget}
+and when \gls{glsdohyperlink} is used by commands like \gls{gls}.
+In \idx{mathmode} or inner mode, this uses:
+\cmddef{glsshowtargetinner}
+which typesets the target name as:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\oarg{\gls{glsshowtargetfonttext}\margm{target name}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+just before the link or anchor. This uses the text-block command:
+\cmddef{glsshowtargetfonttext}
+which checks for math-mode before applying the font change.
+In outer mode \gls{glsshowtarget} uses:
+\cmddef{glsshowtargetouter}
+which by default places the target name in the margin with a symbol
+produced with:
+\cmddef{glsshowtargetsymbol}
+which defaults to a small right facing triangle.
+
+The font used by both \gls{glsshowtargetfonttext} and
+\gls{glsshowtargetouter} is given by the declaration:
+\cmddef{glsshowtargetfont}
+
+\optionvaldef{debug}{showaccsupp}
+As \opteqvalref{debug}{true} but also adds a marker where the
+\idx{glossary}-related accessibility information occurs (see
+\sty{glossaries-accsupp}) using:
+\cmddef{glsshowaccsupp}
\begin{xtr}
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides extra values
-\pkgoptval*{showwrgloss}{debug}, that may be used to show where
-the indexing is occurring, and \pkgoptval*{all}{debug}, which
-switches on all debugging options. See the \gls{glossaries-extra}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides extra values
+\optval{debug}{showwrgloss}, that may be used to show where
+the \idx{indexing} is occurring, and \optval{debug}{all}, which
+switches on all debugging options. See the \sty{glossaries-extra}
manual for further details.
\end{xtr}
-All values other than \pkgopt[false]{debug} switch on the debug mode
-(and will automatically cancel the \pkgopt{nowarn} option). The
-\pkgopt[showtargets]{debug} option will additionally use:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsshowtarget]
-\cs{glsshowtarget}\marg{target name}
-\end{definition}
-to show the hypertarget or hyperlink name when
-\cs{glsdohypertarget} is used by commands like \cs{glstarget}
-and when \cs{glsdohyperlink} is used by commands like \cs{gls}.
-In math mode or inner mode, this puts the target name in square
-brackets just before the link or anchor. In outer mode it uses:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsshowtargetouter]
-\cs{glsshowtargetouter}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-which by default places the target name in the margin. The font is
-given by:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsshowtargetfont]
-\cs{glsshowtargetfont}
-\end{definition}
-The default definition is \verb|\ttfamily\small|. This command is
-included in the definition of \cs{glsshowtargetouter}, so if you
-want to redefine that command remember to include the font. For
-example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\glsshowtargetouter}[1]{%
- {\glsshowtargetfont [#1]}}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Similarly, the \pkgopt[showaccsupp]{debug} will add the
-accessibility support information using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsshowaccsupp]
-\cs{glsshowaccsupp}\marg{options}\marg{tag}\marg{replacement text}
-\end{definition}
-This internally uses \ics{glsshowtarget}. This option is provided
-for use with \sty{glossaries-accsupp}.
-
The purpose of the debug mode can be demonstrated with
the following example document:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{documentclass}\mgroup{article}
-\cs{usepackage}\mgroup{glossaries}
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{sample1}\mgroup{name=\mgroup{sample1},description=\mgroup{example}}
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{sample2}\mgroup{name=\mgroup{sample2},description=\mgroup{example}}
-\strong{\ics{glsadd}}\mgroup{sample2}\% <- does nothing here
-\strong{\ics{makeglossaries}}
-\cs{begin}\mgroup{document}
-\cs{gls}\mgroup{sample1}.
-\cs{printglossaries}
-\cs{end}\mgroup{document}
-\end{alltt}
-In this case, only the \texttt{sample1} entry has been indexed, even
-though \verb|\glsadd{sample2}| appears in the source code.
-This is because \verb|\glsadd{sample2}| has been used before the
-associated file is opened by \ics{makeglossaries}. Since the file
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\cmd{newglossaryentry}\marg{sample1}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{sample1},\gloskeyval{description}{example}}
+\cmd{newglossaryentry}\marg{sample2}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{sample2},\gloskeyval{description}{example}}
+\strong{\gls{glsadd}}\marg{sample2}\comment{<- does nothing here}
+\strong{\gls{makeglossaries}}
+\cbeg{document}
+\gls{gls}\marg{sample1}.
+\gls{printglossaries}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+In this case, only the \qt{sample1} entry has been \indexed, even
+though \code{\gls{glsadd}\marg{sample2}} appears in the source code.
+This is because \code{\gls{glsadd}\marg{sample2}} has been used before the
+associated file is opened by \gls{makeglossaries}. Since the file
isn't open yet, the information can't be written to it, which is why
-the \texttt{sample2} entry doesn't appear in the glossary.
+the \qt{sample2} entry doesn't appear in the \idx{glossary}.
-Without \cs{makeglossaries} the indexing is suppressed with \optsand23 but, other
-than that, commands like \cs{gls} behave as usual.
+Without \gls{makeglossaries} the \idx{indexing} is suppressed with
+\options{mkidx,xdy} but, other than that, commands like \gls{gls}
+behave as usual.
This situation doesn't cause any errors or warnings as it's
-perfectly legitimate for a user to want to use \styfmt{glossaries}
-to format the entries (e.g.\ abbreviation expansion) but not display
-any lists of terms, abbreviations, symbols etc (or the user may
-prefer to use the unsorted \optsor56).
-It's also possible that the user may want to temporarily comment out
-\cs{makeglossaries} in order to suppress the indexing while working
-on a draft version to speed compilation, or the user may
-prefer to use \optsor14 for indexing, which don't use \cs{makeglossaries}.
-
-Therefore \cs{makeglossaries} can't be used to enable
-\cs{newglossaryentry} and commands like \cs{gls} and \cs{glsadd}.
+perfectly legitimate for a user to want to use \sty{glossaries} to
+format the entries (for example, to show a different form on
+\idx{firstuse}) but not display any \idxpl{glossary} (or the user
+may prefer to use the unsorted \optionsor{unsrt,standalone}). It's
+also possible that the user may want to temporarily comment out
+\gls{makeglossaries} in order to suppress the \idx{indexing} while
+working on a draft version to speed compilation, or the user may
+prefer to use \optionsor{noidx,b2g} for \idx{indexing}, which don't
+use \gls{makeglossaries}.
+
+Therefore \gls{makeglossaries} can't be used to enable
+\gls{newglossaryentry} and commands like \gls{gls} and \gls{glsadd}.
These commands must be enabled by default. (It does, however, enable
the \gloskey{see} key as that's a more common problem. See below.)
-The debug mode, enabled with the \pkgopt{debug} option,
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[debug]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
-will write information to the log file when the indexing
+The debug mode, enabled with the \opt{debug} option,
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{debug}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+will write information to the log file when the \idx{indexing}
can't occur because the associated file isn't open.
The message is written in the form
-\begin{quote}
+\begin{transcript}
Package glossaries Info: wrglossary(\meta{type})(\meta{text}) on
input line \meta{line number}.
-\end{quote}
+\end{transcript}
where \meta{type} is the glossary label and \meta{text} is the line
of text that would've been written to the associated file if
it had been open. So if any entries haven't appeared in the
-glossary but you're sure you used commands like \cs{glsadd}
-or \cs{glsaddall}, try switching on the \pkgopt{debug} option
+glossary but you're sure you used commands like \gls{glsadd}
+or \gls{glsaddall}, try switching on the \opt{debug} option
and see if any information has been written to the log file.
-\pkgoptsec[boolean]{savewrites} This is a boolean option to minimise the
-number of write registers used by the \styfmt{glossaries} package.
-The default is \pkgopt[false]{savewrites}. With \optsand23, one
-write register is required per (non-ignored) glossary and one for
+\optiondef{savewrites}
+This is a boolean option to minimise the
+number of write registers used by the \sty{glossaries} package.
+The default is \optval{savewrites}{false}. With \options{mkidx,xdy}, one
+write register is required per (non-ignored) \idx{glossary} and one for
the style file.
-With all options except \optsand14, another write register is
-required if the \filetype{docdefs} file is needed to save document
-definitions. With both \optsand14, no write registers are required
-(document definitions aren't permitted and indexing information is
-written to the \filetype{aux} file). If you really need document
+\begin{information}
+In general, this package option is best avoided.
+\end{information}
+
+With all options except \options{noidx,b2g}14, another write register is
+required if the \ext{glsdefs} file is needed to save document
+definitions. With both \options{noidx,b2g}, no write registers are required
+(document definitions aren't permitted and \idx{indexing} information is
+written to the \ext{aux} file). If you really need document
definitions but you want to minimise the number of write registers
-then consider using \pkgopt+{restricted}{docdef} with
-\gls{glossaries-extra}.
+then consider using \optval{docdef}{restricted} with
+\sty{glossaries-extra}.
There are only a limited number of write registers, and if you have
-a large number of glossaries or if you are using a class or other
+a large number of \idxpl{glossary} or if you are using a class or other
packages that create a lot of external files, you may exceed the
-maximum number of available registers. If \pkgopt{savewrites} is
-set, the glossary information will be stored in token registers
+maximum number of available registers. If \opt{savewrites} is
+set, the \idx{glossary} information will be stored in token registers
until the end of the document when they will be written to the
external files.
\begin{important}
This option can significantly slow document compilation and may
-cause the indexing to fail. Page numbers in the \gls{numberlist}
+cause the \idx{indexing} to fail. Page numbers in the \idx{numberlist}
will be incorrect on page boundaries due to \TeX's asynchronous
output routine. As an alternative, you can use the \sty{scrwfile}
package (part of the KOMA-Script bundle) and not use this option.
\end{important}
-By way of comparison, \nolinkurl{sample-multi2.tex}
-provided with \gls{bib2gls} has a total of 15 glossaries. With
-\optsor23, this would require 46 associated files and 16
-write registers.\footnote{These figures don't include standard files
+By way of comparison, \filefmt{sample-multi2.tex}
+provided with \app{bib2gls} has a total of 15 \idxpl{glossary}. With
+\optionsor{mkidx,xdy}, this would require 46 associated files and 16
+write registers. (These figures don't include standard files
and registers provided by the kernel or \sty{hyperref}, such as
-\filetypefmt{aux} and \filetypefmt{out}.} With
-\gls{bib2gls}, no write registers are required and there are only 10
+\ext{aux} and \filefmt{out}.) With
+\app{bib2gls}, no write registers are required and there are only 10
associated files for that particular document (9 resource files and
1 transcript file).
-\importantpar[-2][-1ex]
-If you want to use \TeX's \ics{write18} mechanism to call
-\gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy} from your document and use
-\pkgopt{savewrites}, you must create the external files with
-\cs{glswritefiles} before you call \gls*{makeindex}/\gls*{xindy}. Also set
-\cs{glswritefiles} to nothing or \cs{relax} before the end of the
-document to avoid rewriting the files. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glswritefiles
-\write18{makeindex -s \istfilename\space
--t \jobname.glg -o \jobname.gls \jobname}
-\let\glswritefiles\relax
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\noindent
-In general, this package option is best avoided.
+\begin{important}
+If you want to use \TeX's \idx{shellescape} to call
+\app{makeindex} or \app{xindy} from your document and use
+\opt{savewrites}, then use \opteqvalref{automake}{immediate} or
+\opteqvalref{automake}{makegloss} or \opteqvalref{automake}{lite}.
+\end{important}
-\pkgoptsec[value]{translate} This can take the following values:
-
- \begin{description}
- \item[{\pkgoptval{true}{translate}}] If \sty{babel} has been loaded
- and the \sty{translator} package is installed, \sty{translator}
- will be loaded and the translations will be provided by the
- \sty{translator} package interface. You can modify the
- translations by providing your own dictionary. If the
- \sty{translator} package isn't installed and \sty{babel} is
- loaded, the \sty{glossaries-babel} package will
- be loaded and the translations will be provided using \styfmt{babel}'s
- \cs{addto}\cs{caption}\meta{language} mechanism. If
- \sty{polyglossia} has been loaded, \sty{glossaries-polyglossia}
- will be loaded.
-
- \item[{\pkgoptval{false}{translate}}] Don't provide translations, even
- if \sty{babel} or \sty{polyglossia} has been loaded.
- (Note that \sty{babel} provides the command \ics{glossaryname}
- so that will still be translated if you have loaded \sty{babel}.)
-
- \item[{\pkgoptval{babel}{translate}}] Don't load the \sty{translator}
-package. Instead load \sty{glossaries-babel}.
+\optiondef{translate}
+This can take one of the values listed below. If no supported
+language package has been loaded the default is
+\opteqvalref{translate}{false} otherwise the default is
+\opteqvalref{translate}{true} for the base \sty{glossaries} package
+and \opteqvalref{translate}{babel} for \sty{glossaries-extra}.
+
+\optionvaldef{translate}{true}
+If \sty{babel} has been loaded and the \sty{translator} package is
+installed, \sty{translator} will be loaded and the translations will
+be provided by the \sty{translator} package interface. You can
+modify the translations by providing your own dictionary. If the
+\sty{translator} package isn't installed and \sty{babel} is loaded,
+the \sty{glossaries-babel} package will be loaded and the
+translations will be provided using \sty{babel}['s]
+\csfmt{addto}\gls{captionslanguage} mechanism. If
+\sty{polyglossia} has been loaded, \sty{glossaries-polyglossia} will
+be loaded.
+
+\optionvaldef{translate}{false}
+Don't provide translations, even if \sty{babel} or \sty{polyglossia}
+has been loaded. (Note that \sty{babel} provides the command
+\gls{glossaryname} so that will still be translated if you have
+loaded \sty{babel}.)
+
+\optionvaldef{translate}{babel}
+Don't load the \sty{translator} package. Instead load \sty{glossaries-babel}.
\begin{important}
-I recommend you use \pkgopt[babel]{translate} if you have any
-problems with the translations or with PDF bookmarks, but to maintain backward
+I recommend you use \opteqvalref{translate}{babel} if you have any
+problems with the translations or with \idxpl{PDFbookmark}, but to maintain backward
compatibility, if \sty{babel} has been loaded the default is
-\pkgopt[true]{translate}.
+\opteqvalref{translate}{true}.
\end{important}
- \end{description}
-
- If \pkgopt{translate} is specified without a value,
- \pkgopt[true]{translate} is assumed. If \pkgopt{translate} isn't
-specified, \pkgopt[true]{translate} is assumed if \sty{babel},
-\sty{polyglossia} or \sty{translator} have been loaded. Otherwise
-\pkgopt[false]{translate} is assumed.
-
-\begin{xtr}
-With \gls{glossaries-extra}, if \sty{babel} is detected then
-\pkgopt[babel]{translate} is automatically passed to the base
-\sty{glossaries} package.
-\end{xtr}
-
See \sectionref{sec:fixednames} for further details.
-\pkgoptsec{notranslate} This is equivalent to
-\pkgopt[false]{translate} and may be passed via the document class
-options.
-
-\pkgoptsec[boolean]{hyperfirst} This is a boolean option that specifies
-whether each term has a hyperlink on \firstuse. The default is
-\pkgopt[true]{hyperfirst} (terms on \gls{firstuse} have a hyperlink,
-unless explicitly suppressed using starred versions of commands
-such as \ics{gls*} or by identifying the glossary with
-\pkgopt{nohypertypes}, described above). Note that
-\pkgopt{nohypertypes} overrides \pkgopt[true]{hyperfirst}.
-This option only affects commands that check the \firstuseflag, such
-as the \glslike\ commands (for example, \ics{gls} or
-\ics{glsdisp}), but not the \glstextlike\ commands
-(for example, \ics{glslink} or \ics{glstext}).
-
-The \pkgopt{hyperfirst} setting applies to
-all glossary types (unless identified by \pkgopt{nohypertypes} or
-defined with \ics{newignoredglossary}). It can be overridden on an
-individual basis by explicitly setting the \gloskey[glslink]{hyper} key
+\optiondef{notranslate}
+This is equivalent to \opteqvalref{translate}{false} and may be
+passed via the document class options.
+
+\optiondef{languages}
+This automatically implements \opteqvalref{translate}{babel} (which
+means that \sty{translator} won't automatically be loaded) but will
+also add the list of languages to \sty{tracklang}['s] list of
+tracked languages. Each element in the \meta{list} may be an ISO
+language tag (such as \code{pt-BR}) or one of \sty{tracklang}['s]
+known language labels (such as \code{british}).
+
+\optiondef{hyperfirst}
+If true, terms on \idx{firstuse} will have a \idx+{hyperlink}, if
+supported, unless the \idx{hyperlink} is explicitly suppressed using
+starred versions of commands such as \code{\gls{gls}*}.
+If false, only \idx{subsequentuse} instances will have a \idx{hyperlink}
+(if supported).
+
+Note that \opt{nohypertypes} overrides \optval{hyperfirst}{true}.
+This option only affects commands that check the \idx{firstuseflag}, such
+as the \gls{glslike} commands (for example, \gls{gls} or
+\gls{glsdisp}), but not the \gls{glstextlike} commands
+(for example, \gls{glslink} or \gls{glstext}).
+
+The \opt{hyperfirst} setting applies to
+all \idx{glossary} types (unless identified by \opt{nohypertypes} or
+defined with \gls{newignoredglossary}). It can be overridden on an
+individual basis by explicitly setting the \glsopt{hyper} key
when referencing an entry (or by using the plus or starred
version of the referencing command).
-It may be that you only want to apply this to just the acronyms
-(where the first use explains the meaning of the acronym) but not
-for ordinary glossary entries (where the first use is identical to
-subsequent uses). In this case, you can use \pkgopt[false]{hyperfirst} and
-apply \cs{glsunsetall} to all the regular (non-acronym) glossaries.
+It may be that you only want to suppress \idxpl{hyperlink} for just the \idxpl{acronym}
+(where the \idx{firstuse} explains the meaning of the \idx{acronym}) but not
+for ordinary \idxpl{glossaryentry} (where the \idx{firstuse} is identical to
+\idx{subsequentuse}). In this case, you can use \optval{hyperfirst}{false} and
+apply \gls{glsunsetall} to all the regular (non-\idx{acronym})
+\idxpl{glossary}.
For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \usepackage[acronym,hyperfirst=false]{glossaries}
- % acronym and glossary entry definitions
-
- % at the end of the preamble
- \glsunsetall[main]
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{acronym},\optval{hyperfirst}{false}]\marg{glossaries}
+\comment{\idx{acronym} and \idx{glossaryentry} definitions}
+\codepar
+\comment{at the end of the preamble}
+\gls{glsunsetall}\oarg{\glostype{main}}
+\end{codebox}
Alternatively you can redefine the hook
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook]
-\cs{glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook}
-\end{definition}
-which is used by the commands that check the \firstuseflag, such
-as \ics{gls}. Within the definition of this command, you can use
-\ics{glslabel} to reference the entry label and \ics{glstype} to
-reference the glossary type. You can also use \ics{ifglsused}
-to determine if the entry has been used. You can test if an entry is
-an acronym by checking if it has the \gloskey{long} key set using
-\ics{ifglshaslong}. For example, to switch off the hyperlink on
-first use just for acronyms:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook}{%
- \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}%
- {%
- \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}}{}%
- }%
+\cmddef{glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook}
+which is used by the commands that check the \idx{firstuseflag}, such
+as \gls{gls}. Within the definition of this command, you can use
+\gls{glslabel} to reference the \idx{entry} label and \gls{glstype} to
+reference the \idx{glossary} type. You can also use \gls{ifglsused}
+to determine if the \idx{entry} has been used. You can test if an
+\idx{entry} is an \idx{acronym} by checking if it has the \gloskey{long} key set using
+\gls{ifglshaslong} (or if the \gloskey{short} key has been set using
+\gls{ifglshasshort}). For example, to switch off the \idx+{hyperlink} on
+\idx{firstuse} just for \idxpl{acronym}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook}}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{ifglsused}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}\marg{}\comment{}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{ifglshaslong}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}\marg{\cmd{setkeys}\marg{glslink}\marg{\glsoptval{hyper}{false}}}{}\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
Note that this hook isn't used by the commands that don't check the
-\firstuseflag, such as \ics{glstext}. (You can, instead, redefine
-\ics{glslinkpostsetkeys}, which is used by both the \glslike\ and
-\glstextlike\ commands.)
-
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides a method of disabling
-the \gls{firstuse} hyperlink according to the entry's associated
-category. For example, if you only to switch off the \gls{firstuse}
-hyperlink for abbreviations and acronyms then you simply need to set
-the \attr{nohyperfirst} attribute for the \texttt{abbreviation}
-and \texttt{acronym} categories. (Instead of using the
-\pkgopt{nohyperfirst} package option.) See the
-\gls{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
-
-\pkgoptsec{writeglslabels} This is a valueless option that
-will create a file called \cs{jobname}\texttt{.}\filetype{glslabels} at the end
-of the document. This file simply contains a list of all defined
-entry labels (including those in any ignored glossaries). It's
-provided for the benefit of text editors that need to know labels
-for \Index{auto-completion}. If you also want the name, use
-\pkgopt{writeglslabelnames}. (See also \gls{glossaries-extra}['s]
-\pkgopt+{atom}{docdef} package option.)
+\idx{firstuseflag}, such as \gls{glstext}. (You can, instead, redefine
+\gls{glslinkpostsetkeys}, which is used by both the \gls{glslike} and
+\gls{glstextlike} commands.)
+
+\begin{xtr}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides a method of disabling
+the \idx{firstuse} \idx+{hyperlink} according to the \idx{entry}['s] associated
+\gloskey{category}. For example, if you only want to switch off the \idx{firstuse}
+hyperlink for \idxpl{abbreviation} then you simply need to set
+the \catattr{nohyperfirst} \idxc{categoryattribute}{attribute} for the \cat{abbreviation}
+and, if appropriate, \cat{acronym} categories. (Instead of using the
+\opt{hyperfirst} package option.) See the
+\sty{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
+\end{xtr}
+
+\optiondef{writeglslabels}
+This option will create a file called
+\code{\gls{jobname}.\ext{glslabels}} at the end of the document.
+This file simply contains a list of all defined entry labels
+(including those in any \idxpl{ignoredglossary}). It's provided for
+the benefit of text editors that need to know labels for
+\idx{auto-completion}. If you also want the name, use
+\opt{writeglslabelnames}. (See also \sty{glossaries-extra}['s]
+\optval{docdef}{atom} package option.)
\begin{bib2gls}
-Note that with \gls{bib2gls} the file will only contain the entries
-that \gls{bib2gls} has selected from the \filetype{bib} files.
+Note that with \app{bib2gls} the file will only contain the entries
+that \app{bib2gls} has selected from the \ext{bib} files.
\end{bib2gls}
-\pkgoptsec{writeglslabelnames} Similar to the above but writes both
+\optiondef{writeglslabelnames}
+Similar to \opt{writeglslabels} but writes both
the label and name (separated by a tab).
-\xtrpkgoptsec[value]{undefaction}
+\optiondef{undefaction}
-The value may be one of:
-\begin{description}
- \item[\pkgoptfmt{error}] generate an error if a referenced entry is
- undefined (default, and the only available setting with just
- \styfmt{glossaries});
- \item[\pkgoptfmt{warn}] only warn if a referenced entry is
- undefined (automatically activated with \opt4).
-\end{description}
+Only available with \sty{glossaries-extra}, the value for this
+option may be one of:
+
+\optionvaldef{undefaction}{error}
+Generates an error if a referenced entry is
+undefined (default, and the only available setting with just
+the base \sty{glossaries} package).
-\xtrpkgoptsec[value]{docdef}
+\optionvaldef{undefaction}{warn}
+Only warns if a referenced entry is undefined (automatically
+activated with \option{b2g}).
-This option governs the use of \cs{newglossaryentry}. Available
+\optiondef{docdef}
+
+Only available with \sty{glossaries-extra}, this
+option governs the use of \gls{newglossaryentry}. Available
values:
-\begin{description}
-\item[\pkgoptfmt{false}] \cs{newglossaryentry} is not permitted in
-the \env{document} environment (default with \gls{glossaries-extra}
-and for \opt1 with just the base \styfmt{glossaries} package);
-\item[\pkgoptfmt{restricted}] \cs{newglossaryentry} is only permitted in
+\optionvaldef{docdef}{false}
+This setting means that \gls{newglossaryentry} is not permitted in
+the \env{document} environment (default with \sty{glossaries-extra}
+and for \option{noidx} with just the base \sty{glossaries} package).
+
+\optionvaldef{docdef}{restricted}
+This setting means that \gls{newglossaryentry} is only permitted in
the \env{document} environment if it occurs before
-\cs{printglossary} (not available for some indexing options);
+\gls{printglossary} (not available for some indexing options, such
+as \options{b2g}).
-\item[\pkgoptfmt{atom}] as \pkgoptfmt{restricted} but creates the
-\filetype{docdefs} file for use by \app{atom} (without the
-limitations of \pkgopt+{true}{docdef});
+\optionvaldef{docdef}{atom}
+This setting is as \opteqvalref{docdef}{restricted} but creates the
+\ext+{glsdefs} file for use by \app{atom} (without the
+limitations of \opteqvalref{docdef}{true}).
-\item[\pkgoptfmt{true}] \cs{newglossaryentry} is permitted in the
+\optionvaldef{docdef}{true}
+This setting means that \gls{newglossaryentry} is permitted in the
\env{document} environment where it would normally be permitted by
-the base \styfmt{glossaries} package. This will create the
-\filetype{docdefs} file if \cs{newglossaryentry} is found in the
+the base \sty{glossaries} package. This will create the
+\ext+{glsdefs} file if \gls{newglossaryentry} is found in the
\env{document} environment.
-\end{description}
\section{Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options}
\label{sec:pkgopts-sec}
-\pkgoptsec[boolean]{toc} Add the glossaries to the table of contents.
+\optiondef{toc}
+Adds the \idxpl{glossary} to the \idx+{tableofcontents} (\ext+{toc} file).
Note that an extra \LaTeX\ run is required with this option.
Alternatively, you can switch this function on and off using
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glstoctrue}]
-\cs{glstoctrue}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{glstoctrue}
and
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glstocfalse}]
-\cs{glstocfalse}
-\end{definition}
-The default value is \pkgopt[false]{toc} for the base
-\styfmt{glossaries} package and \pkgopt[true]{toc} for
-\gls{glossaries-extra}.
-
-\pkgoptsec[boolean]{numberline} When used with the above
-\pkgopt[true]{toc} option, this will
-add \ics{numberline}\verb|{}| in the final argument of
-\ics{addcontentsline}. This will align the table of contents entry
-with the numbered section titles. Note that this option has no
-effect if the \pkgopt{toc} option is omitted. If \pkgopt{toc} is
-used without \pkgopt{numberline}, the title will be aligned with
-the section numbers rather than the section titles.
-
-\pkgoptsec[value]{section}
-
-This option indicates the sectional unit to use for the glossary.
-The value should be the control sequence \emph{name} without the
-leading backslash or following star (e.g.\ just \texttt{chapter}
-not \cs{chapter} or \texttt{chapter*}).
+\cmddef{glstocfalse}
+You can test whether or not this option is set using:
+\cmddef{ifglstoc}
+The default value is \optval{toc}{false} for the base
+\sty{glossaries} package and \optval{toc}{true} for
+\sty{glossaries-extra}.
+
+\optiondef{numberline}
+When used with \optval{toc}{true} option, this will add
+\code{\gls{numberline}\marg{}} in the final argument of
+\gls{addcontentsline}. This will align the \idx{tableofcontents}
+entry with the numbered section titles. Note that this option has no
+effect with \optval{toc}{false}. If \optval{toc}{true} is used
+without \opt{numberline}, the \idx{glossary} title will be aligned
+with the section numbers rather than the section titles.
+
+\optiondef{section}
+
+This option indicates the sectional unit to use for the \idx{glossary}.
+The value \meta{name} should be the control sequence \emph{name} without the
+leading backslash or following star (for example, just \code{chapter}
+not \gls{chapter} or \code{chapter*}).
The default behaviour is for the glossary heading to use
-\cs{chapter}, if that command exists, or \cs{section} otherwise. The
-starred or unstarred form is determined by the \pkgopt{numberedsection} option.
+\gls{chapter}, if that command exists, or \gls{section} otherwise. The
+starred or unstarred form is determined by the \opt{numberedsection} option.
Example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[section=subsection]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
-You can omit the value if you want to use \cs{section}, i.e.\
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[section]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}\oarg{\optval{section}{subsection}}\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+You can omit the value if you want to use \gls{section}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{section}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
is equivalent to
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[section=section]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{section}{section}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
You can change this value later in the document using
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\setglossarysection}]
-\cs{setglossarysection}\marg{name}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{setglossarysection}
where \meta{name} is the sectional unit.
-The start of each glossary adds information to the page header via
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsglossarymark}]
-\cs{glsglossarymark}\marg{glossary title}
-\end{definition}
-By default this uses \cs{@mkboth}\footnote{unless \cls{memoir} is
-loaded, which case it uses \ics{markboth}} but you may
-need to redefine it.
-For example, to only change the right header:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{\markright{#1}}
-\end{verbatim}
-or to prevent it from changing the headers:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{}
-\end{verbatim}
-If you want \cs{glsglossarymark} to use \cs{MakeUppercase} in the header, use the
-\pkgopt{ucmark} option described below.
+The start of each \idx{glossary} adds information to the page header via
+\gls{glsglossarymark} (see \sectionref{sec:glossmarkup}).
-Occasionally you may find that another package defines
-\cs{cleardoublepage} when it is not required. This may cause an
-unwanted blank page to appear before each glossary. This can
-be fixed by redefining \DescribeMacro\glsclearpage\cs{glsclearpage}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\glsclearpage}{\clearpage}
-\end{verbatim}
+\optiondef{ucmark}
+If \optval{ucmark}{true}, this will make \gls{glsglossarymark} use
+\idx+{allcaps} in the header, otherwise no \idx{casechange} will be
+applied.
+The default is
+\optval{ucmark}{false}, unless \cls{memoir} has been loaded, in
+which case the default is \optval{ucmark}{true}.
-\pkgoptsec[boolean]{ucmark} This is a boolean option. The default is
-\pkgopt[false]{ucmark}, unless \cls{memoir} has been loaded, in
-which case the default is \pkgopt[true]{ucmark}.
-
-If set, \ics{glsglossarymark} uses
-\ics{MakeTextUppercase}\footnote{Actually it uses
-\ics{mfirstucMakeUppercase} which is set to \sty{textcase}'s \cs{MakeTextUppercase}
-by the
-\styfmt{glossaries} package. This makes it consistent with
-\ics{makefirstuc}. (The \sty{textcase} package is automatically
-loaded by \styfmt{glossaries}.)}.
-You can test whether this option has been set or not using
-\begin{definition}
-\ics{ifglsucmark} \meta{true part}\cs{else} \meta{false part}\cs{fi}
-\end{definition}
+You can test if this option has been set using:
+\cmddef{ifglsucmark}
For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{%
- \ifglsucmark
- \markright{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}%
- \else
- \markright{#1}%
- \fi}
-\end{verbatim}
-If \cls{memoir} has been loaded and \pkgopt{ucmark} is set, then
-\cls{memoir}'s \ics{memUChead} is used.
-
-\pkgoptsec[value]{numberedsection}
-The glossaries are placed in unnumbered sectional units by default,
-but this can be changed using \pkgopt{numberedsection}. This option can take
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\gls{glsglossarymark}}[1]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{ifglsucmark}
+ \gls{markright}\marg{\gls{glsuppercase}\marg{\#1}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{else}
+ \gls{markright}\marg{\#1}\comment{}
+ \cmd{fi}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+\optiondef{numberedsection}
+The \idxpl{glossary} are placed in unnumbered sectional units by default,
+but this can be changed using \opt{numberedsection}. This option can take
one of the following values:
-\begin{itemize}
-\item \pkgoptval{false}{numberedsection}: no number, i.e.\ use starred form
-of sectioning command (e.g.\ \cs{chapter*} or \cs{section*});
-
-\item \pkgoptval{nolabel}{numberedsection}:
-use a numbered section, i.e.\ the unstarred form of sectioning
-command (e.g.\ \cs{chapter} or \cs{section}), but
-the section not labelled;
-
-\item \pkgoptval{autolabel}{numberedsection}: numbered with automatic
-labelling. Each glossary uses the unstarred form of a sectioning
-command (e.g.\ \cs{chapter} or \cs{section}) and is assigned a label
-(via \ics{label}). The label is formed from
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsautoprefix}]
-\cs{glsautoprefix} \meta{type}
-\end{definition}
-where
-\meta{type} is the label identifying that glossary. The default
-value of \cs{glsautoprefix} is empty. For example, if you load \styfmt{glossaries}
-using:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[section,numberedsection=autolabel]
- {glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
-then each glossary will appear in a numbered section, and can
+
+\optionvaldef{numberedsection}{false}
+No number, that is, use the starred form
+of sectioning command (for example, \starredcs{chapter} or
+\starredcs{section}).
+
+\optionvaldef{numberedsection}{nolabel}
+Use a numbered section, that is, the unstarred form of sectioning
+command (for example, \gls{chapter} or \gls{section}), but
+no label is automatically added.
+
+\optionvaldef{numberedsection}{autolabel}
+Use numbered sections with automatic
+labelling. Each \idx{glossary} uses the unstarred form of a sectioning
+command (for example, \gls{chapter} or \gls{section}) and is assigned a label
+(via \gls{label}). The label is formed from the \idx{glossary}['s]
+label prefixed with:
+\cmddef{glsautoprefix}
+The default value of \gls{glsautoprefix} is empty. For example,
+if you load \sty{glossaries} using:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{section},\optval{numberedsection}{autolabel}]
+ \marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+then each \idx{glossary} will appear in a numbered section, and can
be referenced using something like:
-\begin{verbatim}
-The main glossary is in section~\ref{main} and
-the list of acronyms is in section~\ref{acronym}.
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+The main glossary is in section\sym{nbsp}\gls{ref}\marg{main} and
+the list of acronyms is in section\sym{nbsp}\gls{ref}\marg{acronym}.
+\end{codebox}
If you can't decide whether to have the acronyms in the main
glossary or a separate list of acronyms, you can use
-\ics{acronymtype} which is set to \texttt{main} if the
-\pkgopt{acronym} option is not used and is set to \texttt{acronym}
-if the \pkgopt{acronym} option is used. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-The list of acronyms is in section~\ref{\acronymtype}.
-\end{verbatim}
+\gls{acronymtype} which is set to \glostype{main} if the
+\opt{acronym} option is not used and is set to \glostype{acronym}
+if the \opt{acronym} option is used. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+The list of acronyms is in section\sym{nbsp}\gls{ref}\marg{\gls{acronymtype}}.
+\end{codebox}
You can redefine the prefix if the default label clashes with
another label in your document.
For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\glsautoprefix}{glo:}
-\end{verbatim}
-will add \texttt{glo:} to the automatically generated label, so
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsautoprefix}}\marg{glo:}
+\end{codebox}
+will add \code{glo:} to the automatically generated label, so
you can then, for example, refer to the list of acronyms as follows:
-\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
The list of acronyms is in
-section~\ref{glo:\acronymtype}.
-\end{verbatim}
+section\sym{nbsp}\gls{ref}\marg{glo:\gls{acronymtype}}.
+\end{codebox}
Or, if you are undecided on a prefix:
-\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
The list of acronyms is in
-section~\ref{\glsautoprefix\acronymtype}.
-\end{verbatim}
+section\sym{nbsp}\gls{ref}\marg{\gls{glsautoprefix}\gls{acronymtype}}.
+\end{codebox}
-\item \pkgoptval{nameref}{numberedsection}: this is like
-\pkgoptval{autolabel}{numberedsection} but uses an unnumbered
-sectioning command (e.g.\ \ics{chapter*} or \ics{section*}). It's
+\optionvaldef{numberedsection}{nameref}
+This setting is like
+\optval{numberedsection}{autolabel} but uses an unnumbered
+sectioning command (for example, \starredcs{chapter} or \starredcs{section}). It's
designed for use with the \sty{nameref} package. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage{nameref}
-\usepackage[numberedsection=nameref]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
-Now \verb|\nameref{main}| will display the (TOC) section title
-associated with the \texttt{main} glossary. As above, you can
-redefine \cs{glsautoprefix} to provide a prefix for the label.
-\end{itemize}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{nameref}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{numberedsection}{nameref}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+Alternatively, since \sty{nameref} is automatically loaded by
+\sty{hyperref}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{hyperref}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{numberedsection}{nameref}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+Now \code{\gls{nameref}\marg{main}} will display the
+(\idx{tableofcontents}) section title
+associated with the \glostype{main} glossary. As above, you can
+redefine \gls{glsautoprefix} to provide a prefix for the label.
\section{Glossary Appearance Options}
\label{sec:pkgopts-printglos}
-\pkgoptsec[boolean]{savenumberlist} This is a boolean option that
-specifies whether or not to gather and store the \gls{numberlist}
-for each entry. The default is \pkgopt[false]{savenumberlist}. (See
-\ics{glsentrynumberlist} and \ics{glsdisplaynumberlist} in
-\sectionref{sec:glsnolink}.) This is always true if you
-use \opt1.
+\optiondef{savenumberlist}
+This is a boolean option that specifies whether or not to gather and
+store the \idx{numberlist} for each entry. The default is
+\optval{savenumberlist}{false} with \options{mkidx,xdy}. (See
+\gls{glsentrynumberlist} and \gls{glsdisplaynumberlist} in
+\sectionref{sec:glsnolink}.) This setting is always true if you use
+\option{noidx} as a by-product of the way that \idx{indexing} method works.
\begin{bib2gls}
-If you use the \pkgopt*{record} option (with either no value or
-\pkgopt+{only}{record} or \pkgopt+{nameref}{record}) then this
-package option has no effect. With \gls{bib2gls}, the
-\glspl{numberlist} are automatically saved with the default
-\resourceopt[true]{save-locations} and
-\resourceopt[true]{save-loclist} resource settings.
+If you use the \opt{record} option (with either no value or
+\optval{record}{only} or \optval{record}{nameref}) then this
+package option has no effect. With \app{bib2gls}, the
+\idxpl{numberlist} are automatically saved with the default
+\resourceoptval{save-locations}{true} and
+\resourceoptval{save-loclist}{true} resource settings.
\end{bib2gls}
-\pkgoptsec[boolean]{entrycounter} This is a boolean option. (Default
-is \pkgopt[false]{entrycounter}.) If set, each main (level~0)
-glossary entry will be numbered when using the standard glossary
-styles. This option creates the counter
-\DescribeCounter{glossaryentry}\ctrfmt{glossaryentry}.
-
-If you use this option, you can reference the entry number
-within the document using
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsrefentry}]
-\cs{glsrefentry}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
+\optiondef{entrycounter}
+If set, this will create the counter:
+\ctrdef{glossaryentry}
+Each \toplevel\ entry will increment and display that counter
+at the start of the \idx{entryline} when using
+\idxpl{glossarystyle} that support this setting.
+Note that if you also use \opt{subentrycounter} the option order
+makes a difference. If \opt{entrycounter} is specified first,
+the sub-entry counter will be dependent on the \ctr{glossaryentry}
+counter.
+
+If you use this option (and are using a \idx{glossarystyle} that
+supports this option) then you can reference the \idx{entry} number
+within the document using:
+\cmddef{glsrefentry}
where \meta{label} is the label associated with that glossary entry.
-The labelling systems uses \meta{prefix}\meta{label}, where
-\meta{label} is the entry's label and \meta{prefix} is given by
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsEntryCounterLabelPrefix]
-\cs{GlsEntryCounterLabelPrefix}
-\end{definition}
-(which defaults to \texttt{glsentry-}).
+This will use \gls{ref} if either \optval{entrycounter}{true} or
+\optval{subentrycounter}{true}, with the label \meta{prefix}\meta{label}, where
+\meta{label} is the entry's label and \meta{prefix} is given by:
+\cmddef{GlsEntryCounterLabelPrefix}
+If both \optval{entrycounter}{false} and
+\optval{subentrycounter}{false}, \code{\gls{gls}\margm{label}} will
+be used instead.
\begin{important}
-If you use \cs{glsrefentry}, you must run \LaTeX\ twice after
-creating the glossary files using \gls{makeglossaries},
-\gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy} to ensure the cross-references are
-up-to-date.
+If you use \gls{glsrefentry}, you must run \LaTeX\ twice after
+creating the \idxpl{indexingfile} using \app{makeglossaries},
+\app{makeindex} or \app{xindy} (or after creating the \ext{glstex}
+file with \app{bib2gls}) to ensure the cross-references are
+up-to-date. This is because the counter can't be incremented and
+labelled until the \idx{glossary} is typeset.
\end{important}
-\pkgoptsec[value]{counterwithin} This is a \meta{key}=\meta{value}
-option where \meta{value} is the name of a counter. If used, this
-option will automatically set \pkgopt[true]{entrycounter} and the
-\ctr{glossaryentry} counter will be reset every time \meta{value} is
-incremented.
+The \ctr{glossaryentry} counter can be reset back to zero with:
+\cmddef{glsresetentrycounter}
+This does nothing if \optval{entrycounter}{false}.
+The \ctr{glossaryentry} counter can be simultaneously incremented and labelled (using
+\gls{refstepcounter} and \gls{label}) with:
+\cmddef{glsstepentry}
+This command is within the definition of \gls{glsentryitem}, which is
+typically used in \idxpl{glossarystyle} at the start of
+\toplevel\ entries. The argument is the entry label.
+
+The value of the \ctr{glossaryentry} counter can be displayed with:
+\cmddef{theglossaryentry}
+This command is defined when the \ctr{glossaryentry} counter is
+defined, so won't be available otherwise. The formatted value is
+more usually displayed with:
+\cmddef{glsentrycounterlabel}
+This will do \code{\gls{theglossaryentry}.\gls{space}} if
+\optval{entrycounter}{true}, otherwise does nothing. This is
+therefore more generally useful in \idxpl{glossarystyle} as it will
+silently do nothing if the setting isn't on. This command is used
+within the definition of \gls{glsentryitem}.
+
+If you want to test whether or not this option is currently enabled,
+use the conditional:
+\cmddef{ifglsentrycounter}
+You can later switch it off using:
+\cmddef{glsentrycounterfalse}
+and switch it back on with:
+\cmddef{glsentrycountertrue}
+but note that this won't define \ctr{glossaryentry} if
+\optval{entrycounter}{true} wasn't used initially.
+You can also locally enable or disable this option for a specific
+\idx{glossary} using the \printglossopt{entrycounter}
+\idx{printglossopt}.
+
+\optiondef{counterwithin}
+If used, this option will automatically set \opt{entrycounter}{true} and the
+\ctr{glossaryentry} counter will be reset every time
+\meta{parent-counter} is incremented. An empty value indicates that
+\ctr{glossaryentry} has no parent counter (but \ctr{glossaryentry}
+will still be defined).
\begin{important}
The \ctr{glossaryentry} counter isn't automatically reset at the
start of each glossary, except when glossary section numbering is on
-and the counter used by \pkgopt{counterwithin} is the same as the
+and the counter used by \opt{counterwithin} is the same as the
counter used in the glossary's sectioning command.
\end{important}
-If you want the counter reset at the start of each glossary, you can
-modify the glossary preamble (\ics{glossarypreamble}) to use
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsresetentrycounter}]
-\cs{glsresetentrycounter}
-\end{definition}
-which sets \ctr{glossaryentry} to zero:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand{\glossarypreamble}{%
- \glsresetentrycounter
+If you want the counter reset at the start of each \idx{glossary}, you can
+modify the \idxf{glossarypreamble} (\gls{glossarypreamble}) to use
+\gls{glsresetentrycounter}. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\gls{glossarypreamble}}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsresetentrycounter}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-or if you are using \ics{setglossarypreamble}, add it to each
-glossary preamble, as required. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setglossarypreamble[acronym]{%
- \glsresetentrycounter
+\end{codebox}
+or if you are using \gls{setglossarypreamble}, add it to each
+\idxf{glossarypreamble}, as required. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setglossarypreamble}\oarg{\glostype{acronym}}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsresetentrycounter}
The preamble text here for the list of acronyms.
}
-\setglossarypreamble{%
- \glsresetentrycounter
- The preamble text here for the main glossary.
+\gls{setglossarypreamble}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsresetentrycounter}
+ The preamble text here for the \glostype{main} glossary.
}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\pkgoptsec[boolean]{subentrycounter} This is a boolean option. (Default
-is \pkgopt[false]{subentrycounter}.) If set, each level~1
-glossary entry will be numbered when using the standard glossary
-styles. This option creates the counter
-\DescribeCounter{glossarysubentry}\ctrfmt{glossarysubentry}.
-The counter is reset with each main (level~0) entry. Note that this
-package option is independent of \pkgopt{entrycounter}. You can
+\end{codebox}
+
+\optiondef{subentrycounter}
+If set, each \hierlevel{1} glossary \idx{entry} will be numbered at the
+start of its \idx{entryline} when using \idxpl{glossarystyle}
+that support this option. This option creates the counter
+\ctrdef{glossarysubentry}
+If the \opt{entrycounter} option is used before
+\opt{subentrycounter}, then \ctr{glossarysubentry} will be added to
+the reset list for \ctr{glossaryentry}. If \opt{subentrycounter} is
+used without \opt{entrycounter} then the \ctr{glossarysubentry}
+counter will be reset by \gls{glsentryitem}. If
+\opt{subentrycounter} is used before \opt{entrycounter} then the two
+counters are independent.
+
+\begin{information}
+There's no support for deeper \idxpl{hierarchicallevel}. Some
+styles, such as those that don't support any hierarchy,
+may not support this setting or, for those that only support level~0
+and level~1, may use this setting for all child entries.
+\end{information}
+
+As with the \opt{entrycounter} option, you can
reference the number within the document using
-\ics{glsrefentry}\marg{label} where \meta{label} is the label
-associated with the sub-entry.
-
-\pkgoptsec[value]{style} This is a \meta{key}=\meta{value} option.
-(Default is \pkgopt[list]{style}, unless \sty{classicthesis}
-has been loaded, in which case the default is \pkgopt[index]{style}.) Its value should be the name of
-the glossary style to use. This key may only be used for styles
-defined in \sty{glossary-list}, \sty{glossary-long},
-\sty{glossary-super} or \sty{glossary-tree}. Alternatively, you can
-set the style using
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{setglossarystyle}\marg{style name}
-\end{definition}
+\gls{glsrefentry}. There are analogous commands to those for
+\opt{entrycounter}.
+
+The \ctr{glossarysubentry} counter can be reset back to zero with:
+\cmddef{glsresetsubentrycounter}
+This does nothing if \optval{subentrycounter}{false}.
+This command is used within the definition of \gls{glsentryitem} if
+\optval{entrycounter}{false}.
+
+The \ctr{glossarysubentry} counter can be simultaneously incremented and labelled (using
+\gls{refstepcounter} and \gls{label}) with:
+\cmddef{glsstepsubentry}
+This command is used in \gls{glssubentryitem} if
+\optval{subentrycounter}{true}, otherwise it does nothing. The
+argument is the entry label and is passed to \gls{label} is as for
+\gls{glsrefentry}.
+
+The value of the \ctr{glossarysubentry} counter can be displayed with:
+\cmddef{theglossarysubentry}
+This command is defined when the \ctr{glossarysubentry} counter is
+defined, so won't be available otherwise. The formatted value is
+more usually displayed with:
+\cmddef{glssubentrycounterlabel}
+This will do \code{\gls{theglossarysubentry})\gls{space}} if
+\optval{subentrycounter}{true}, otherwise does nothing. This is
+therefore more generally useful in \idxpl{glossarystyle} as it will
+silently do nothing if the setting isn't on. This command is used in
+\gls{glssubentryitem}.
+
+If you want to test whether or not this option is currently enabled,
+use the conditional:
+\cmddef{ifglssubentrycounter}
+You can later switch it off using:
+\cmddef{glssubentrycounterfalse}
+and switch it back on with:
+\cmddef{glssubentrycountertrue}
+but note that this won't define \ctr{glossarysubentry} if
+\optval{subentrycounter}{true} wasn't used initially.
+You can also locally enable or disable this option for a specific
+\idx{glossary} using the \printglossopt{subentrycounter}
+\idx{printglossopt}.
+
+\optiondef{style}
+This option sets the default \idx+{glossarystyle} to
+\meta{style-name}. This is initialised to
+\optval{style}{\glostyle{list}} unless \sty{classicthesis}
+has been loaded, in which case the default is
+\optval{style}{\glostyle{index}}. (The styles that use the
+\env{description} environment, such as the \glostyle{list} style, are incompatible
+with \sty{classicthesis}.)
+
+This setting may only be used for styles that are defined when the
+\sty{glossaries} package is loaded. This will usually be the styles
+in the packages \sty{glossary-list}, \sty{glossary-long},
+\sty{glossary-super} or \sty{glossary-tree}, unless they have been
+suppressed through options such as \opt{nostyles}. Style packages
+can also be loaded by the \opt{stylemods} option provided by
+\sty{glossaries-extra}.
+
+Alternatively, you can set the style later using:
+\cmddef{setglossarystyle}
+or use the \printglossopt{style} \idx{printglossopt}.
(See \sectionref{sec:styles} for further details.)
-\pkgoptsec{nolong} This prevents the \styfmt{glossaries} package
+\optiondef{nolong}
+This prevents the \sty{glossaries} package
from automatically loading \sty{glossary-long} (which means that
the \sty{longtable} package also won't be loaded). This reduces
overhead by not defining unwanted styles and commands. Note that if
you use this option, you won't be able to use any of the
-glossary styles defined in the \styfmt{glossary-long} package (unless
+\idxpl{glossarystyle} defined in the \sty{glossary-long} package (unless
you explicitly load \sty{glossary-long}).
-\pkgoptsec{nosuper} This prevents the \styfmt{glossaries} package
+\begin{information}
+Some style packages implicitly load \sty{glossary-long}, so this
+package may still end up being loaded even if you use \opt{nolong}.
+\end{information}
+
+\optiondef{nosuper}
+This prevents the \sty{glossaries} package
from automatically loading \sty{glossary-super} (which means that
the \sty{supertabular} package also won't be loaded). This reduces
overhead by not defining unwanted styles and commands. Note that if
you use this option, you won't be able to use any of the
-glossary styles defined in the \styfmt{glossary-super} package
+\idxpl{glossarystyle} defined in the \sty{glossary-super} package
(unless you explicitly load \sty{glossary-super}).
-\pkgoptsec{nolist} This prevents the \styfmt{glossaries} package
+\begin{information}
+This option is automatically implemented if \sty{xtab} has been
+loaded as it's incompatible with \sty{supertabular}. This option is
+also automatically implemented if \sty{supertabular} isn't installed.
+\end{information}
+
+\optiondef{nolist}
+This prevents the \sty{glossaries} package
from automatically loading \sty{glossary-list}. This reduces
overhead by not defining unwanted styles. Note that if
you use this option, you won't be able to use any of the
-glossary styles defined in the \styfmt{glossary-list} package
+\idxpl{glossarystyle} defined in the \sty{glossary-list} package
(unless you explicitly load \sty{glossary-list}).
Note that since the default style is \glostyle{list} (unless
\sty{classicthesis} has been loaded), you will
-also need to use the \pkgopt{style} option to set the style to
+also need to use the \opt{style} option to set the style to
something else.
-\pkgoptsec{notree} This prevents the \styfmt{glossaries} package
+\optiondef{notree}
+This prevents the \sty{glossaries} package
from automatically loading \sty{glossary-tree}. This reduces
overhead by not defining unwanted styles. Note that if
you use this option, you won't be able to use any of the
-glossary styles defined in the \styfmt{glossary-tree} package
+\idxpl{glossarystyle} defined in the \sty{glossary-tree} package
(unless you explicitly load \sty{glossary-tree}). Note that if
\sty{classicthesis} has been loaded, the default style is
\glostyle{index}, which is provided by \sty{glossary-tree}.
-\pkgoptsec{nostyles} This prevents all the predefined styles
+\begin{information}
+Some style packages implicitly load \sty{glossary-tree}, so this
+package may still end up being loaded even if you use \opt{notree}.
+\end{information}
+
+\optiondef{nostyles}
+This prevents all the predefined styles
from being loaded. If you use this option, you need to load a
-glossary style package (such as \sty{glossary-mcols}). Also if you
-use this option, you can't use the \pkgopt{style} package option.
-Instead you must either use \ics{setglossarystyle}\marg{style} or the
-\gloskey[printglossary]{style} key in the optional argument to
-\ics{printglossary}. Example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[nostyles]{glossaries}
-\usepackage{glossary-mcols}
-\setglossarystyle{mcoltree}
-\end{verbatim}
+\idx{glossarystyle} package (such as \sty{glossary-mcols}). Also if you
+use this option, you can't use the \opt{style} package option
+(unless you use \opt{stylemods} with \sty{glossaries-extra}).
+Instead you must either use \gls{setglossarystyle} or the
+\printglossopt{style} \idx{printglossopt}. Example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{nostyles}]\marg{glossaries}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossary-mcols}
+\gls{setglossarystyle}\marg{\glostyle{mcoltree}}
+\end{codebox}
+Alternatively:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{nostyles},\optval{stylemods}{mcols},\optval{style}{\glostyle{mcoltree}}]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\end{codebox}
+
+\optiondef{nonumberlist}
+This option will suppress the associated \idxpl{numberlist} in the
+\idxpl{glossary} (see also \sectionref{sec:numberlists}).
+This option can also be locally switched on or off for a specific
+\idx{glossary} with the \printglossopt{nonumberlist}
+\idxpl{printglossopt}.
+
+\begin{warning}
+Note that if you use \optionsor{mkidx,xdy} (\app{makeindex} or \app{xindy})
+then the \locations\ must still be valid even if this
+setting is on. This package option merely
+prevents the \idx{numberlist} from being displayed, but both
+\app{makeindex} and \app{xindy} still require a \location\ or
+cross-reference for each term that's \indexed.
+\end{warning}
+
+Remember that \idx{numberlist} includes any cross-references, so
+suppressing the \idx{numberlist} will also hide the cross-references
+(in which case, you may want to use \opt{seeautonumberlist}).
+
+\begin{bib2gls}
+With \app{bib2gls}, it's more efficient to use
+\resourceoptval{save-locations}{false} in the resource options if no
+\locations\ are required.
+\end{bib2gls}
-\pkgoptsec{nonumberlist} This option will suppress the
-associated \glspl{numberlist} in the glossaries (see also
-\sectionref{sec:numberlists}). Note that if you use \optsor23
-(\gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy}) then the locations must still be
-valid. This package option merely prevents the \gls{numberlist}
-from being displayed, but both \gls{makeindex} and \gls{xindy}
-still require a location or cross-reference for each term that's
-indexed. Remember that \gls{numberlist} includes any
-cross-references, so suppressing the \gls{numberlist} will also hide
-the cross-references (see below).
-
-\pkgoptsec{seeautonumberlist} If you suppress the
-\glspl{numberlist} with \pkgopt{nonumberlist}, described above, this
+\optiondef{seeautonumberlist}
+If you suppress the
+\idxpl{numberlist} with \opt{nonumberlist}, described above, this
will also suppress any cross-referencing information supplied by the
-\gloskey{see} key in \ics{newglossaryentry} or \ics{glssee}. If you
-use \pkgopt{seeautonumberlist}, the \gloskey{see} key will
-automatically implement \gloskey{nonumberlist=false} for that entry.
-(Note this doesn't affect \cs{glssee}.) For further details see
+\gloskey{see} key in \gls{newglossaryentry} or \gls{glssee}. If you
+use \opt{seeautonumberlist}, the \gloskey{see} key will
+automatically implement \optval{nonumberlist}{false} for that entry.
+(Note this doesn't affect \gls{glssee}.) For further details see
\sectionref{sec:crossref}.
-\pkgoptsec[value]{counter} This is a \meta{key}=\meta{value} option.
-(Default is \pkgopt[page]{counter}.) The value should be the name of
-the default counter to use in the \glspl{numberlist}
-(see \sectionref{sec:numberlists}).
+\optiondef{counter}
+This setting indicates that \meta{counter-name} should be the
+default counter to use in the \idxpl{numberlist} (see
+\sectionref{sec:numberlists}). This option can be overridden for a
+specific \idx{glossary} by the \meta{counter} optional argument of
+\gls{newglossary} or the \gloskey{counter} key when defining an
+entry or by the \glsopt{counter} option when referencing an entry.
+
+This option will redefine:
+\cmddef{glscounter}
+to \meta{counter-name}.
-\pkgoptsec[boolean]{nopostdot} This is a boolean option. If no value is
-specified, \pkgoptval{true}{nopostdot} is assumed. When set to
-\pkgoptval{true}{nopostdot}, this option suppresses the default post
-description dot used by some of the predefined styles.
+\optiondef{nopostdot}
+If true, this option suppresses the default terminating
+\idx{fullstop} in \idxpl{glossarystyle} that use the
+post-description hook:
+\cmddef{glspostdescription}
-The default setting is \pkgopt[false]{nopostdot} for the base
-\styfmt{glossaries} package and \pkgopt[true]{nopostdot} for
-\gls{glossaries-extra}.
+The default setting is \optval{nopostdot}{false} for the base
+\sty{glossaries} package and \optval{nopostdot}{true} for
+\sty{glossaries-extra}.
\begin{xtr}
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides \pkgopt*{postdot}, which
-is equivalent to \pkgopt[false]{nopostdot}, and also
-\pkgopt*{postpunc}, which allows you to choose a different
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides \opt{postdot}, which
+is equivalent to \optval{nopostdot}{false}, and also
+\opt{postpunc}, which allows you to choose a different
punctuation character.
\end{xtr}
-\pkgoptsec[boolean]{nogroupskip} This is a boolean option. If no value is
-specified, \pkgoptfmt{true} is assumed. When set to \pkgoptfmt{true}, this
-option suppresses the default vertical gap between letter groups used by
-some of the predefined styles. The default setting is
-\pkgopt[false]{nogroupskip}.
+\optiondef{nogroupskip}
+If true, this option suppresses the default vertical gap between
+letter groups used by some of the predefined \idxpl{glossarystyle}.
+This option can also be locally switched on or off for a specific
+\idx{glossary} with the \printglossopt{nogroupskip}
+\idxpl{printglossopt}.
+
+This option is only relevant for \idxpl{glossarystyle} that use the
+conditional:
+\cmddef{ifglsnogroupskip}
+to test for this setting.
\begin{bib2gls}
-If you are using \gls{bib2gls} without the \texttt{-{}-group} (or
-\texttt{-g}) switch then you don't need to use
-\pkgoptfmt{nogroupskip\dequals true} as there won't be any letter
-groups.
+If you are using \app{bib2gls} without the \switch{group} (or
+\bibglsopt{g}) switch then this option is irrelevant as
+there won't be any letter groups.
\end{bib2gls}
-\xtrpkgoptsec[list]{stylemods}
+\optiondef{stylemods}
-Load the \sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods} package, which patches the
-predefined styles. The \meta{list} argument is optional. If present,
+Loads the \sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods} package, which patches the
+predefined \idxpl{glossarystyle}. The \meta{list} argument is optional. If present,
this will also load \styfmt{glossary-\meta{element}.sty} for each
-\meta{element} in the comma-separated \meta{list}.
+\meta{element} in the comma-separated \meta{list}. See the
+\sty{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
\section{Indexing Options}
\label{sec:pkgopts-indexing}
-\pkgoptsec[value]{seenoindex} Introduced in version 4.24, this option
-may take one of three values: \pkgoptfmt{error}, \pkgoptfmt{warn} or
-\pkgoptfmt{ignore}. The \gloskey{see} key automatically indexes the
-cross-referenced entry using \ics{glssee}. This means that if this
+\glsadd[format=(]{indexing}%
+\optiondef{seenoindex}
+(This option is only relevant with \app{makeindex} and \app{xindy}.)
+The \gloskey{see} key automatically \idxc{indexing}{indexes} the
+cross-referenced entry using \gls{glssee}. This means that if this
key is used in an entry definition before the relevant
-glossary file has been opened, the indexing can't be performed.
-Since this is easy to miss, the \styfmt{glossaries} package by
+\idx{indexingfile} has been opened, the \idx{indexing} can't be performed.
+Since this is easy to miss, the \sty{glossaries} package by
default issues an error message if the \gloskey{see} key is used
-before \ics{makeglossaries}. This option allows you to change the
-error into just a warning (\pkgopt[warn]{seenoindex}) or
-ignore it (\pkgopt[ignore]{seenoindex}) if, for example, you want
-to temporarily comment out \cs{makeglossaries} to speed up the
-compilation of a draft document by omitting the indexing.
-
-\pkgoptsec[boolean]{esclocations} This is a boolean option. The
-default is \pkgopt[true]{esclocations}, which is needed for
-\optsand23. With \opt1 \ics{makenoidxglossaries} changes it to
-\pkgopt[false]{esclocations}. With \opt4 (\gls{bib2gls}), this
-setting is ignored.
-
-Both \gls{makeindex} and \gls{xindy} are fussy about the location
-formats (\gls{makeindex} more so than \gls{xindy}) so the
-\styfmt{glossaries} package tries to ensure that special characters
-are escaped and allows for the location to be substituted for a
-format that's more acceptable to the indexing application. This
-requires a bit of trickery to circumvent the problem posed by \TeX's
-asynchronous output routine, which can go wrong and also adds to the
-complexity of the document build.
+before \gls{makeglossaries}.
+
+This option may take one of the following values:
+\optionvaldef{seenoindex}{error}
+This is the default setting that issues an error message.
+
+\optionvaldef{seenoindex}{warn}
+This setting will trigger a warning rather than an error.
+
+\optionvaldef{seenoindex}{ignore}
+This setting will do nothing.
+
+For example, if you want to temporarily comment out
+\gls{makeglossaries} to speed up the compilation of a draft document
+by omitting the \idx{indexing}, you can use
+\optval{seenoindex}{warn} or \optval{seenoindex}{ignore}.
+
+\optiondef{esclocations}
+
+Only applicable to \app{makeindex} and \app{xindy}.
+As from v4.50, the initial setting is now
+\optval{esclocations}{false}. Previously it was
+\optval{esclocations}{true}.
+
+Both \app{makeindex} and \app{xindy} are fussy about the \location\
+syntax (\app{makeindex} more so than \app{xindy}) so, if
+\optval{esclocations}{true}, the \sty{glossaries} package will try
+to ensure that special characters are escaped, which allows for the
+\location\ to be substituted for a format that's more acceptable to
+the \idx{indexingapp}. This requires a bit of trickery to circumvent
+the problem posed by \TeX's asynchronous output routine, which can
+go wrong and also adds to the complexity of the document build.
If you're sure that your locations will always expand to an
-acceptable format (or you're prepared to post-process the glossary
+acceptable format (or you're prepared to post-process the \idx{glossary}
file before passing it to the relevant indexing application) then
-use \pkgopt[false]{esclocations} to avoid the complex escaping of
-location values. (See \ifpdf section~\ref*{sec:wrgloss} \fi
-\qt{Writing information to associated files} in the documented code
-for further details.)
-
-This isn't an issue for \optsor14 as the locations are written to
-the \filetype{aux} file so no syntax conversion is required.
-
-\pkgoptsec[boolean]{indexonlyfirst} This is a boolean option that specifies
-whether to only add information to the external glossary file on
-\gls{firstuse}. The default is \pkgopt[false]{indexonlyfirst},
-which will add a line to the file every time one of the
-\glslike\ or \glstextlike\ commands are used. Note that \ics{glsadd}
-will always add information to the external glossary
-file\footnote{bug fix in v4.16 has corrected the code to ensure
-this.}\ (since that's the purpose of that command).
+use \optval{esclocations}{false} to avoid the complex escaping of
+location values. This is now the default.
+
+If, however, your \locations\ (for example, \gls{thepage} with the
+default \optval{counter}{\ctr{page}}) expand to a robust command
+then you may need to use \optval{esclocations}{true}. You may
+additionally need to set the following conditional to true:
+\cmddef{ifglswrallowprimitivemods}
+which will locally redefine some primitives in order to escape
+special characters without prematurely expanding \gls{thepage}.
+Since this hack may cause some issues and isn't necessary for the
+majority of documents, this is off by default.
+
+This conditional can be switched on with:
+\cmddef{glswrallowprimitivemodstrue}
+but remember that it will have no effect with
+\optval{esclocations}{false}.
+If can be switched off with:
+\cmddef{glswrallowprimitivemodsfalse}
+
+If you are using \app{makeindex} and your \location\ expands to
+content in the form \code{\meta{cs} \margm{num}}, where \meta{cs} is
+a command (optionally preceded by \gls{protect}) and \meta{num} is a
+location acceptable to \app{makeindex}, then you can use
+\app{makeglossaries} to make a suitable adjustment without
+\optval{esclocations}{true}. See \sectionref{sec:problemlocations}
+for furthe details.
+
+This isn't an issue for \optionsor{noidx,b2g} as the \locations\ are written to
+the \ext{aux} file and both methods use \LaTeX\ syntax, so no conversion is required.
+
+\optiondef{indexonlyfirst}
+If true, this setting will only \idxc{indexing}{index} on \idx{firstuse}.
+The default setting \optval{indexonlyfirst}{false},
+will \idxc{indexing}{index} the entry every time one of the
+\gls{glslike} or \gls{glstextlike} commands are used. Note that \gls{glsadd}
+will always add information to the external \idx{glossary}
+file (since that's the purpose of that command).
+
+You can test if this setting is on using the conditional:
+\cmddef{ifglsindexonlyfirst}
+This setting can also be switched on with:
+\cmddef{glsindexonlyfirsttrue}
+and off with:
+\cmddef{glsindexonlyfirstfalse}
\begin{important}
-Resetting the \gls{firstuseflag} with commands like
-\ics{glsreset} after an entry has been indexed will cause that entry to be
+Resetting the \idx{firstuseflag} with commands like
+\gls{glsreset} after an entry has been \indexed\ will cause that entry to be
indexed multiple times if it's used again after the reset.
-Likewise unsetting the \gls{firstuseflag} before an entry has been
+Likewise unsetting the \idx{firstuseflag} before an entry has been
indexed will prevent it from being indexed (unless specifically
-indexed with \cs{glsadd}).
+indexed with \gls{glsadd}).
\end{important}
-You can customise this by redefining
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glswriteentry]
-\cs{glswriteentry}\marg{label}\marg{wr-code}
-\end{definition}
-where \meta{label} is the entry's label and \meta{wr-code} is the
+You can customise the default behaviour by redefining
+\cmddef{glswriteentry}
+where \meta{label} is the entry's label and \meta{indexing code} is the
code that writes the entry's information to the external file.
-The default definition of \cs{glswriteentry} is:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand*{\glswriteentry}[2]{%
- \ifglsindexonlyfirst
- \ifglsused{#1}{}{#2}%
- \else
- #2%
- \fi
+The default definition of \gls{glswriteentry} is:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\gls{glswriteentry}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{ifglsindexonlyfirst}
+ \gls{ifglsused}\marg{\#1}\marg{}\marg{\#2}\comment{}
+ \cmd{else}
+ \#2\comment{}
+ \cmd{fi}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-This checks the \pkgopt{indexonlyfirst} package option (using
-\cs{ifglsindexonlyfirst}) and does \meta{wr-code} if this is
-\pkgoptfmt{false} otherwise it only does \meta{wr-code} of the entry
-hasn't been used.
-
-For example, suppose you only want to index the first use for
-entries in the \texttt{acronym} glossary and not in the
-\texttt{main} (or any other) glossary:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\glswriteentry}[2]{%
- \ifthenelse{\equal{\glsentrytype{#1}}{acronym}}
- {\ifglsused{#1}{}{#2}}%
- {#2}%
+\end{compactcodebox}
+This does \meta{indexing code} unless
+\optval{indexonlyfirst}{true} and the entry identified by
+\meta{label} has been marked as \glslink{firstuseflag}{used}
+
+For example, suppose you only want to index the \idx{firstuse} for
+entries in the \glostype{acronym} glossary and not in the
+\glostype{main} (or any other) \idx{glossary}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glswriteentry}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{ifthenelse}{\cmd{equal}\marg{\gls{glsentrytype}\marg{\#1}}\marg{acronym}}
+ \marg{\gls{ifglsused}\marg{\#1}\marg{}\marg{\#2}}\comment{}
+ \marg{\#2}\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-Here I've used \cs{ifthenelse} to ensure the arguments of
-\cs{equal} are fully expanded before the comparison is made.
-
-With the \gls{glossaries-extra} package it's possible to only index
-\gls{firstuse} for particular categories. For example, if you only
-want this enabled for abbreviations and acronyms then you can set
-the \attr{indexonlyfirst} attribute for the \texttt{abbreviation}
-and \texttt{acronym} categories. (Instead of using the
-\pkgopt{indexonlyfirst} package option.) See the
-\gls{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
-
-\xtrpkgoptsec[boolean]{indexcrossrefs}
-
-If \pkgoptfmt{true}, this will automatically index (\ics{glsadd}) any
+\end{codebox}
+Here I've used \csfmt{ifthenelse} to ensure the arguments of
+\csfmt{equal} are fully expanded before the comparison is made.
+There are other methods of performing an expanded string comparison,
+which you may prefer to use.
+
+With the \sty{glossaries-extra} package it's possible to only index
+\idx{firstuse} for particular categories. For example, if you only
+want this enabled for \idxpl{abbreviation} then you can set
+the \catattr{indexonlyfirst} \idxc{categoryattribute}{attribute}
+for the \cat{abbreviation}
+and, if appropriate, \cat{acronym} categories. (Instead of using the
+\opt{indexonlyfirst} package option.) See the
+\sty{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
+
+\optiondef{indexcrossrefs}
+
+This option is only available with \sty{glossaries-extra}.
+If true, this will automatically index (\gls{glsadd}) any
cross-referenced entries that haven't been marked as used at the end
-of the document. Increases document build time. See
-\gls{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
+of the document. Note that this increases the document build time. See
+\sty{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
\begin{bib2gls}
-Note that \gls{bib2gls} can automatically find dependent entries
-when it parses the \filetype{bib} file. Use the \xtrfont{selection} option to
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources} to determine the selection of
-dependencies.
+Note that \app{bib2gls} can automatically find dependent entries
+when it parses the \ext{bib} file. Use the \resourceopt{selection} option
+to determine the selection of dependencies.
\end{bib2gls}
-\xtrpkgoptsec[boolean]{autoseeindex}
+\optiondef{autoseeindex}
-If \pkgoptfmt{true}, makes the \gloskey{see} and
-\xtrgloskey{seealso} keys automatically index the cross-reference
-(with \ics{glssee}) when the entry is defined (default, and the only
-option with just the base \styfmt{glossaries} package).
+This option is only available with \sty{glossaries-extra}.
+The base \sty{glossaries} package always implements
+\optval{autoseeindex}{true}.
+
+If true, this makes the \gloskey{see} and
+\gloskey{seealso} keys automatically index the entry
+(with \gls{glssee}) when the entry is defined. This means that any
+entry with the \gloskey{see} (or \gloskey{seealso}) key will
+automatically be added to the \idx{glossary}. See the
+\sty{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
\begin{bib2gls}
-With \gls{bib2gls}, use the \xtrfont{selection} option to
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources} to determine the selection of
-dependencies.
+With \app{bib2gls}, use the \resourceopt{selection} resource option
+to determine the selection of dependencies.
\end{bib2gls}
-\xtrpkgoptsec[value]{record}
+\optiondef{record}
-If not \pkgoptfmt{off}, this option indicates that \gls{bib2gls}
-is required. If the value is omitted, \pkgoptfmt{only} is assumed. Permitted values:
-\begin{description}
-\item[\pkgoptfmt{off}] \gls{bib2gls} isn't being used;
+This option is only available with \sty{glossaries-extra}.
+See \sty{glossaries-extra} manual for further details. A brief
+summary of available values:
-\item[\pkgoptfmt{only}] \gls{bib2gls} is being used to fetch entries
-from a \filetype{bib} file, to sort the entries and collate the
-\glspl{numberlist}, where the location information is the same as
-for \optsto13;
+\optionvaldef{record}{off}
+This default setting indicates that \app{bib2gls} isn't being used.
-\item[\pkgoptfmt{nameref}] like \pkgoptfmt{only} but provides extra
+\optionvaldef{record}{only}
+This setting indicates that \app{bib2gls} is being used to fetch entries
+from one or more \ext{bib} files, to sort the entries and collate the
+\idxpl{numberlist}, where the \location\ information is the same as
+for \options{noidx,mkidx,xdy}.
+
+\optionvaldef{record}{nameref}
+This setting is like \optval{record}{only} but provides extra
information that allows the associated title to be used instead of
the location number and provides better support for hyperlinked
-locations;
+locations.
-\item[\pkgoptfmt{hybrid}] a hybrid approach where \gls{bib2gls}
-is used to fetch entries from a \filetype{bib} file but
-\gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy} are used for the indexing. This
+\optionvaldef{record}{hybrid}
+This setting indicates a hybrid approach where \app{bib2gls}
+is used to fetch entries from one or more \ext{bib} files but
+\app{makeindex} or \app{xindy} are used for the \idx{indexing}. This
requires a more complicated document build and isn't recommended.
-\end{description}
-See \gls{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
-\xtrpkgoptsec[boolean]{equations}
+\optiondef{equations}
-If \pkgoptfmt{true}, this option will cause the default location
-counter to automatically switch to \texttt{equation} when inside a
+This option is only available with \sty{glossaries-extra}.
+If true, this option will cause the default
+\idx{locationcounter} to automatically switch to \ctr{equation} when inside a
numbered equation environment.
-\xtrpkgoptsec[boolean]{floats}
+\optiondef{floats}
-If \pkgoptfmt{true}, this option will cause the default location
-counter to automatically switch to the corresponding counter when inside a
-float. (Remember that with floats it's the \cs{caption} command that
+This option is only available with \sty{glossaries-extra}.
+If true, this option will cause the default \idx{locationcounter}
+to automatically switch to the corresponding counter when inside a
+float. (Remember that with floats it's the \gls{caption} command that
increments the counter so the location will be incorrect if an entry
-is indexed within the float before the caption.)
+is \indexed\ within the float before the caption.)
-\xtrpkgoptsec{indexcounter}
+\optiondef{indexcounter}
+This option is only available with \sty{glossaries-extra}.
This valueless option is primarily intended for use with
-\gls{bib2gls} and \sty{hyperref} allowing the page location
-hyperlink target to be set to the relevant point within the page
+\app{bib2gls} and \sty{hyperref} allowing the page location
+\idx{hyperlink} target to be set to the relevant point within the page
(rather than the top of the page). Unexpected results will occur
-with other indexing methods. See \gls{glossaries-extra} manual for
+with other indexing methods. See \sty{glossaries-extra} manual for
further details.
+\glsadd[format=)]{indexing}%
\section{Sorting Options}
\label{sec:pkgopts-sort}
-This section is mostly for \optsand23. Only the \pkgopt{sort} and
-\pkgopt{order} options are applicable for \opt1.
+This section is mostly for \options{mkidx,xdy}. Only the \opt{sort} and
+\opt{order} options are applicable for \option{noidx}.
\begin{xtr}
-With \optsto46, only \pkgopt[none]{sort} is applicable (and this is
-automatically implemented by \pkgopt+{only}{record} and
-\pkgopt+{nameref}{record}). With \gls{bib2gls}, the sort method
-is provided in the optional argument of \ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}
-not with the \pkgoptfmt{sort} package option. There's no sorting
-with \optsand56.
+With \options{b2g,unsrt,standalone}, only \optval{sort}{none} is applicable
+(and this is automatically implemented by \opteqvalref{record}{only} and
+\opteqvalref{record}{nameref}). With \app{bib2gls}, the sort method
+is provided in the optional argument of \gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}
+not with the \opt{sort} package option. There's no sorting
+with \options{unsrt,standalone}.
\end{xtr}
-\pkgoptsec[boolean]{sanitizesort} This is a boolean option that
-determines whether or not to \gls{sanitize} the sort value when
-writing to the external glossary file. For example, suppose you
+\optiondef{sanitizesort}
+This option determines whether or not to \idx{sanitize} the sort value when
+writing to the external \idx{indexingfile}. For example, suppose you
define an entry as follows:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{hash}{name={\#},sort={#},
- description={hash symbol}}
-\end{verbatim}
-The sort value (\verb|#|) must be sanitized before writing it to the
-glossary file, otherwise \LaTeX\ will try to interpret it as a
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{hash}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\gls{cs.hash}},\gloskeyval{sort}{\sym{hash}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{hash symbol}}
+\end{codebox*}
+The sort value (\sym{hash}) must be sanitized before writing it to the
+\idx{indexingfile}, otherwise \LaTeX\ will try to interpret it as a
parameter reference. If, on the other hand, you want the sort value
expanded, you need to switch off the sanitization. For example,
suppose you do:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand{\mysortvalue}{AAA}
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{%
- name={sample},
- sort={\mysortvalue},
- description={an example}}
-\end{verbatim}
-and you actually want \cs{mysortvalue} expanded, so that the entry
-is sorted according to \texttt{AAA}, then use the package option
-\pkgopt[false]{sanitizesort}.
-
-The default for \optsand23 is \pkgopt[true]{sanitizesort}, and the
-default for \opt1 is \pkgopt[false]{sanitizesort}.
-
-\pkgoptsec[value]{sort} If you use \optsor23, this package option is
-the only way of specifying how to sort the glossaries. Only \opt1
-allows you to specify sort methods for individual glossaries
-via the \gloskey[printnoidxglossary]{sort} key in the optional
-argument of \ics{printnoidxglossary}. If you have multiple
-glossaries in your document and you are using \opt1, only use
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{mysortvalue}}\marg{AAA}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{sample}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gloskeyval{name}{sample},
+ \gloskeyval{sort}{\cmd{mysortvalue}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{an example}}
+\end{codebox}
+and you actually want \csfmt{mysortvalue} expanded, so that the entry
+is sorted according to \code{AAA}, then use the package option
+\opt{sanitizesort}{false}.
+
+The default for \options{mkidx,xdy} is \optval{sanitizesort}{true}, and the
+default for \option{noidx} is \optval{sanitizesort}{false}.
+
+\optiondef{sort}
+If you use \optionsor{mkidx,xdy}, this package option is
+the only way of specifying how to sort the glossaries. Only
+\option{noidx} allows you to specify sort methods for individual glossaries
+via the \printglossopt{sort} key in the optional
+argument of \gls{printnoidxglossary}. If you have multiple
+\idxpl{glossary} in your document and you are using \option{noidx}, only use
the package options
-\pkgopt[def]{sort} or \pkgopt[use]{sort} if you want to set this
-sort method for \emph{all} your glossaries.
-
-This is a \meta{key}=\meta{value} option where
-\meta{value} may be one of the following:
-\begin{itemize}
-\item \pkgoptval{standard}{sort} : entries are sorted according to
-the value of the \gloskey{sort} key used in \ics{newglossaryentry}
-(if present) or the \gloskey{name} key (if \gloskey{sort} key is
-missing);
-
-\item \pkgoptval{def}{sort} : entries are sorted in the order in
-which they were defined (the \gloskey{sort} key in
-\cs{newglossaryentry} is ignored);
-
-\item \pkgoptval{use}{sort} : entries are sorted according to the
-order in which they are used in the document (the \gloskey{sort} key
-in \cs{newglossaryentry} is ignored).
-
-Both \pkgopt[def]{sort} and \pkgopt[use]{sort} set the sort key to a
-six digit number via
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glssortnumberfmt]
-\cs{glssortnumberfmt}\marg{number}
-\end{definition}
-(padded with leading zeros, where necessary). This can be
-redefined, if required, before the entries are defined (in the
-case of \pkgopt[def]{sort}) or before the entries are used
-(in the case of \pkgopt[use]{sort}).
-
-\item \pkgoptval{none}{sort} : this setting is new to version 4.30
-and is only for documents that don't use \cs{makeglossaries} (\optsor23)
-or \cs{makenoidxglossaries} (\opt1). It omits the code used to sanitize
-or escape the sort value, since it's not required. This can help to
-improve the document build speed, especially if there are a large
-number of entries.
-
-This option
-can't be used with \cs{printglossary} or \cs{printnoidxglossary}
-(or the iterative versions \cs{printglossaries} or
-\cs{printnoidxglossaries}). It may be used with
-\gls{glossaries-extra}'s \cs{printunsrtglossary} (\opt5).
-\end{itemize}
-Note that the group styles (such as \glostyle{listgroup}) are
-incompatible with the \pkgopt[use]{sort} and \pkgopt[def]{sort}
+\opteqvalref{sort}{def} or \opteqvalref{sort}{use} if you want to set this
+sort method for \emph{all} your \idxpl{glossary}.
+
+\optionvaldef{sort}{none}
+This setting is only for documents that don't use
+\gls{makeglossaries} (\optionsor{mkidx,xdy}) or
+\gls{makenoidxglossaries} (\option{noidx}). It omits the code used
+to sanitize or escape the sort value, since it's not required. This
+can help to improve the document build speed, especially if there
+are a large number of entries. This setting may be used if no
+\idx{glossary} is required or if \gls{printunsrtglossary} is used
+(\option{unsrt}). If you want an unsorted \idx{glossary} with
+\app{bib2gls}, use the resource option \resourceoptval{sort}{none}
+instead. This option will redefine \gls{glsindexingsetting} to
+\code{none}.
+
+\begin{information}
+This option will still assign the \gloskey{sort} key to its default
+value. It simply doesn't process it. If you want the \gloskey{sort}
+key set to an empty value instead, use \opteqvalref{sort}{clear}
+instead.
+\end{information}
+
+\optionvaldef{sort}{clear}
+As \opteqvalref{sort}{none} but sets the \gloskey{sort} key to an
+empty value. This will affect \idx{lettergroup} formations in
+\gls{printunsrtglossary} with \option{unsrt}. See the
+\sty{glossaries-extra} manual for further details. This option will
+redefine \gls{glsindexingsetting} to \code{none}. The remaining
+\opt{sort} options listed below don't change \gls{glsindexingsetting}.
+
+\optionvaldef{sort}{def}
+Entries are sorted in the order in
+which they were defined. With \option{noidx}, this is implemented by
+simply iterating over all defined entries so there's no actual
+sorting. With \options{mkidx,xdy}, sorting is always performed
+(since that's the purpose of \app{makeindex} and \app{xindy}). This
+means that to obtain a list in order of definition, the
+\gloskey{sort} key is assigned a numeric value that's incremented
+whenever a new entry is defined.
+
+\optionvaldef{sort}{use}
+Entries are sorted according to the order in which they are used in
+the document. With \option{noidx}, this order is obtained by
+iterating over a list that's formed with the \ext{aux} file is input
+at the start of the document. With \options{mkidx,xdy}, again the
+\gloskey{sort} key is assigned a numeric value, but in this case the
+value is incremented, and the \gloskey{sort} key is assigned,
+the first time an entry is \indexed.
+
+Both \opteqvalref{sort}{def} and \opteqvalref{sort}{use} zero-pad the sort key to a
+six digit number using:
+\cmddef{glssortnumberfmt}
+This can be redefined, if required, before the entries are defined (in the
+case of \opteqvalref{sort}{def}) or before the entries are used
+(in the case of \opteqvalref{sort}{use}).
+
+Note that the \idx{group} styles (such as \glostyle{listgroup}) are
+incompatible with the \opteqvalref{sort}{use} and \opteqvalref{sort}{def}
options.
-The default is \pkgopt[standard]{sort}. When the standard sort
-option is in use, you can hook into the sort mechanism by
+\optionvaldef{sort}{standard}
+Entries are sorted according to the value of the \gloskey{sort} key
+used in \gls{newglossaryentry} (if present) or the \gloskey{name}
+key (if \gloskey{sort} key is missing).
+
+When the standard sort option is in use, you can hook into the sort mechanism by
redefining:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsprestandardsort}]
-\cs{glsprestandardsort}\marg{sort cs}\marg{type}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{glsprestandardsort}
where \meta{sort cs} is a temporary control sequence that stores the
sort value (which was either explicitly set via the \gloskey{sort}
key or implicitly set via the \gloskey{name} key) before any escaping of the
-\gls{makeindex}\slash\gls{xindy} special characters is performed.
-By default \cs{glsprestandardsort} just does:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsdosanitizesort}]
-\cs{glsdosanitizesort}
-\end{definition}
-which \gls{sanitize}[s] \meta{sort cs} if the \pkgopt{sanitizesort} package
-option is set (or does nothing if the package option
-\pkgopt[false]{sanitizesort} is used).
-
-The other arguments, \meta{type} and \meta{label}, are the
-glossary type and the entry label for the current entry. Note that
+\app{makeindex}\slash\app{xindy} special characters is performed.
+By default \gls{glsprestandardsort} just does:
+\cmddef{glsdosanitizesort}
+which \idx{sanitize}[s] \meta{sort cs} if \optval{sanitizesort}{true}
+(or does nothing if \optval{sanitizesort}{false}).
+
+The other arguments, \meta{type} and \meta{entry-label}, are the
+\idx{glossary} type and the entry label for the current entry. Note that
\meta{type} will always be a control sequence, but \meta{label} will
-be in the form used in the first argument of \ics{newglossaryentry}.
+be in the form used in the first argument of \gls{newglossaryentry}.
\begin{important}
-Redefining \cs{glsprestandardsort} won't affect any entries that
+Redefining \gls{glsprestandardsort} won't affect any entries that
have already been defined and will have no effect at all if you
-are using \pkgopt[def]{sort} or \pkgopt[use]{sort}.
+use another \opt{sort} setting.
\end{important}
\begin{example}{Mixing Alphabetical and Order of Definition Sorting}{ex:diffsorts}
-Suppose I have three glossaries: \texttt{main},
-\texttt{acronym} and \texttt{notation}, and let's suppose
-I want the \texttt{main} and \texttt{acronym} glossaries to be
-sorted alphabetically, but the \texttt{notation} type should be
+Suppose I have three \idxpl{glossary}: \glostype{main},
+\glostype{acronym} and \glostypefmt{notation}, and let's suppose
+I want the \glostype{main} and \glostype{acronym} glossaries to be
+sorted alphabetically, but the \glostypefmt{notation} type should be
sorted in order of definition.
-For \opt1, the \gloskey[printnoidxglossary]{sort} option can be
-used in \ics{printnoidxglossary}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\printnoidxglossary[sort=word]
-\printnoidxglossary[type=acronym,sort=word]
-\printnoidxglossary[type=notation,sort=def]
-\end{verbatim}
-
-For \optsor23, I can set the sort to \texttt{standard}
-(which is the default, but can be explicitly set via the
-package option \pkgopt[standard]{sort}), and I can either define
-all my \texttt{main} and \texttt{acronym} entries, then
-redefine \cs{glsprestandardsort} to set \meta{sort cs} to
+For \option{noidx}, the \printglossopt{sort} option can be
+used in \gls{printnoidxglossary}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{printnoidxglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{sort}{word}}
+\gls{printnoidxglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{\glostype{acronym}},\printglossoptval{sort}{word}}
+\gls{printnoidxglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{notation},\printglossoptval{sort}{def}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+For \optionsor{mkidx,xdy}, I can set \opteqvalref{sort}{standard}
+(which is the default), and I can either define
+all my \glostype{main} and \glostype{acronym} entries, then
+redefine \gls{glsprestandardsort} to set \meta{sort cs} to
an incremented integer, and then define all my
-\texttt{notation} entries. Alternatively, I can redefine
-\cs{glsprestandardsort} to check for the glossary type and only
-modify \meta{sort cs} if \meta{type} is \texttt{notation}.
-
-The first option can be achieved as follows:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcounter{sortcount}
-
-\renewcommand{\glsprestandardsort}[3]{%
- \stepcounter{sortcount}%
- \edef#1{\glssortnumberfmt{\arabic{sortcount}}}%
+\glostypefmt{notation} entries. Alternatively, I can redefine
+\gls{glsprestandardsort} to check for the glossary type and only
+modify \meta{sort cs} if \meta{type} is \glostypefmt{notation}.
+
+The first method can be achieved as follows:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcounter}\marg{sortcount}
+\codepar
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\gls{glsprestandardsort}}[3]\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{stepcounter}\marg{sortcount}\comment{}
+ \cmd{edef}\#1\marg{\gls{glssortnumberfmt}\marg{\gls{arabic}\marg{sortcount}}}\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-The second option can be achieved as follows:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcounter{sortcount}
-
-\renewcommand{\glsprestandardsort}[3]{%
- \ifdefstring{#2}{notation}%
- {%
- \stepcounter{sortcount}%
- \edef#1{\glssortnumberfmt{\arabic{sortcount}}}%
- }%
- {%
- \glsdosanitizesort
- }%
+\end{codebox}
+The second method can be achieved as follows:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcounter}\marg{sortcount}
+\codepar
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\gls{glsprestandardsort}}[3]\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{ifdefstring}\marg{\#2}\marg{notation}\comment{}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{stepcounter}\marg{sortcount}\comment{}
+ \cmd{edef}\#1\marg{\gls{glssortnumberfmt}\marg{\gls{arabic}\marg{sortcount}}}\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsdosanitizesort}
+ }\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-(\cs{ifdefstring} is defined by the \sty{etoolbox} package.)
+\end{codebox}
+(\csfmt{ifdefstring} is defined by the \sty{etoolbox} package, which
+is automatically loaded by \sty{glossaries}.)
For a complete document, see the sample file \samplefile{Sort}.
\end{example}
-\begin{example}{Customizing Standard Sort (Options 2 or 3)}{ex:customsort}
-Suppose you want a glossary of people and you want the names listed
+\begin{example}{Customizing Standard Sort (Options
+\glsfmttext{idx.opt.mkidx} or \glsfmttext{idx.opt.xdy})}{ex:customsort}
+Suppose you want a \idx{glossary} of people and you want the names listed
as \meta{first-name} \meta{surname} in the glossary, but you want the names
sorted by \meta{surname}, \meta{first-name}. You can do this by
defining a command called, say,
-\cs{name}\marg{first-name}\marg{surname} that you can use in the
+\csfmt{name}\marg{first-name}\marg{surname} that you can use in the
\gloskey{name} key when you define the entry, but hook into the
-standard sort mechanism to temporarily redefine \cs{name} while the
+standard sort mechanism to temporarily redefine \csfmt{name} while the
sort value is being set.
First, define two commands to set the person's name:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand{\sortname}[2]{#2, #1}
-\newcommand{\textname}[2]{#1 #2}
-\end{verbatim}
-and \cs{name} needs to be initialised to \cs{textname}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\let\name\textname
-\end{verbatim}
-Now redefine \cs{glsprestandardsort} so that it temporarily sets
-\cs{name} to \cs{sortname} and expands the sort value, then sets
-\cs{name} to \cs{textname} so that the person's name appears as
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{sortname}}[2]\marg{\#2, \#1}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{textname}}[2]\marg{\#1 \#2}
+\end{codebox}
+and \csfmt{name} needs to be initialised to \csfmt{textname}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{let}\cmd{name}\cmd{textname}
+\end{codebox}
+Now redefine \gls{glsprestandardsort} so that it temporarily sets
+\csfmt{name} to \csfmt{sortname} and expands the sort value, then sets
+\csfmt{name} to \csfmt{textname} so that the person's name appears as
\meta{first-name} \meta{surname} in the text:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand{\glsprestandardsort}[3]{%
- \let\name\sortname
- \edef#1{\expandafter\expandonce\expandafter{#1}}%
- \let\name\textname
- \glsdosanitizesort
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\gls{glsprestandardsort}}[3]\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{let}\cmd{name}\cmd{sortname}
+ \cmd{edef}\#1\marg{\cmd{expandafter}\cmd{expandonce}\cmd{expandafter}\marg{\#1}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{let}\cmd{name}\cmd{textname}
+ \gls{glsdosanitizesort}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-(The somewhat complicate use of \cs{expandafter} etc helps to
+\end{codebox}
+(The somewhat complicate use of \csfmt{expandafter} etc helps to
protect fragile commands, but care is still needed.)
Now the entries can be defined:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{joebloggs}{name={\name{Joe}{Bloggs}},
- description={some information about Joe Bloggs}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{johnsmith}{name={\name{John}{Smith}},
- description={some information about John Smith}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{joebloggs}{\gloskeyval{name}{\cmd{name}\marg{Joe}\marg{Bloggs}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{some information about Joe Bloggs}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{johnsmith}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\cmd{name}\marg{John}\marg{Smith}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{some information about John Smith}}
+\end{codebox}
For a complete document, see the sample file \samplefile{People}.
\end{example}
-\pkgoptsec[value]{order} This may take two values:
-\pkgoptval{word}{order} or \pkgoptval{letter}{order}. The default
-is word ordering.
+\optiondef{order}
+This may take two values:
+
+\optionvaldef{order}{word}
+Word order (\qt{sea lion} before \qt{seal}).
+
+\optionvaldef{order}{letter}
+Letter order (\qt{seal} before \qt{sea lion}).
\begin{important}
-Note that with \optsand23, the \pkgopt{order} option has no effect if you don't use
-\gls{makeglossaries}.
+Note that with \options{mkidx,xdy}, the \opt{order} option has
+no effect if you explicitly call \app{makeindex} or \app{xindy}.
\end{important}
-If you use \opt1, this setting will be used if you use
-\gloskey[printnoidxglossary]{sort}\texttt{=standard} in
-the optional argument of \ics{printnoidxglossary}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\printnoidxglossary[sort=standard]
-\end{verbatim}
-Alternatively, you can specify the order for individual glossaries:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\printnoidxglossary[sort=word]
-\printnoidxglossary[type=acronym,sort=letter]
-\end{verbatim}
+If you use \option{noidx}, this setting will be used if you use
+\printglossoptval{sort}{standard} in
+the optional argument of \gls{printnoidxglossary}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{printnoidxglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{sort}{standard}}
+\end{codebox}
+Alternatively, you can specify the order for individual
+\idxpl{glossary}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{printnoidxglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{sort}{word}}
+\gls{printnoidxglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{\glostype{acronym}},\printglossoptval{sort}{letter}}
+\end{codebox}
\begin{bib2gls}
-With \gls{bib2gls}, use the \resourceopt{break-at} option
-in \ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources} instead of \pkgoptfmt{order}.
+With \app{bib2gls}, use the \resourceopt{break-at} option
+in \gls{GlsXtrLoadResources} instead of \opt{order}.
\end{bib2gls}
-\pkgoptsec{makeindex} (\opt2) The glossary information and
-indexing style file will be written in \gls{makeindex} format. If
-you use \gls{makeglossaries}, it will automatically detect that it
-needs to call \gls*{makeindex}. If you don't use
-\gls*{makeglossaries}, you need to remember to use \gls*{makeindex}
-not \gls{xindy}. The indexing style file will been given
-a~\filetype{ist} extension.
+\optiondef{makeindex}
+The \idx{glossary} information and \idx{indexing} style file will be
+written in \app{makeindex} format. If you use \app{makeglossaries}
+or \app{makeglossaries-lite}, it will automatically detect that it
+needs to call \app{makeindex}. If you don't use
+\app{makeglossaries}, you need to remember to use \app{makeindex}
+not \app{xindy}. The indexing style file will been given a~\ext{ist}
+extension.
-You may omit this package option if you are using \opt2 as this is the
+You may omit this package option if you are using \option{mkidx} as this is the
default. It's available in case you need to override the effect of an earlier
-occurrence of \pkgopt{xindy} in the package option list.
-
-\pkgoptsec{xindy} (\opt3) The glossary information and indexing style
-file will be written in \gls{xindy} format. If you use
-\gls{makeglossaries}, it will automatically detect that it needs to
-call \gls*{xindy}. If you don't use \gls*{makeglossaries}, you need to
-remember to use \gls*{xindy} not \gls{makeindex}. The indexing style
-file will been given a \filetype{xdy} extension.
-
-This package option may additionally have a value that
-is a \meta{key}=\meta{value} comma-separated list to override the
-language and codepage. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[xindy={language=english,codepage=utf8}]
- {glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
-You can also specify whether you want a number group in the
-glossary. This defaults to true, but can be suppressed. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[xindy={glsnumbers=false}]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
-If no value is supplied to this package option (either simply
-writing \texttt{xindy} or writing \verb|xindy={}|) then the
-language, codepage and number group settings are unchanged. See
-\sectionref{sec:xindy} for further details on using \gls{xindy} with
-the \styfmt{glossaries} package.
-
-\pkgoptsec{xindygloss} (\opt3) This is equivalent to
-\verb|xindy={}| (that is, the \pkgopt{xindy} option without any value
-supplied) and may be used as a document class option. The language
-and code page can be set via \ics{GlsSetXdyLanguage} and
-\ics{GlsSetXdyCodePage} (see \sectionref{sec:langenc}.)
-
-\pkgoptsec{xindynoglsnumbers} (\opt3) This is equivalent to
-\verb|xindy={glsnumbers=false}| and may be used as a document class
-option.
+occurrence of \opt{xindy} in the package option list.
+
+\optiondef{xindy}
+The \idx{glossary} information and \idx{indexing} style
+file will be written in \app{xindy} format. If you use
+\app{makeglossaries}, it will automatically detect that it needs to
+call \app{xindy}. If you don't use \app{makeglossaries}, you need to
+remember to use \app{xindy} not \app{makeindex}. The indexing style
+file will been given a \ext{xdy} extension.
+
+This package option may additionally have a value that is a \keyval\
+comma-separated list to override some default options. Note that
+these options are irrelevant if you explicitly call \app{xindy}.
+See \sectionref{sec:xindy} for further details on using \app{xindy}
+with the \sty{glossaries} package.
+
+You can test if this option has been set using the conditional:
+\cmddef{ifglsxindy}
+Note that this conditional should not be changed after
+\gls{makeglossaries} otherwise the syntax in the \idx{glossary}
+files will be incorrect. If this conditional is false, it means that
+any option other than \option{xdy} is in effect. (If you need to
+know which indexing option is in effect, check the definition of
+\gls{glsindexingsetting} instead.)
+
+The \meta{options} value may be omitted. If set, it should be a
+\keyval\ list, where the following three options may be used:
+
+\optiondef*{xindy.language}
+The language module to use, which is passed to \app{xindy} with the
+\xdyopt{L} switch. The default is obtained from \gls{languagename}
+but note that this may not be correct as \app{xindy} has a different
+labelling system to \sty{babel} and \sty{polyglossia}.
+
+The \app{makeglossaries} script has a set of mappings of known
+\sty{babel} language names to \app{xindy} language names, but new
+\sty{babel} dialect names may not be included. The
+\app{makeglossaries-lite} script doesn't have this feature (but
+there's no benefit in use \app{makeglossaries-lite} instead of
+\app{makeglossaries} when using \app{xindy}). The \optval{automake}
+option that calls \app{xindy} explicitly also doesn't use any
+mapping.
+
+However, even if the appropriate mapping is available,
+\gls{languagename} may still not expand to the language required for
+the \idx{glossary}. In which case, you need to specify the correct
+\app{xindy} language. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[brazilian,english]\marg{babel}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{xindy}{\styoptxdyval{language}{portuguese}}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+If you have multiple \idxpl{glossary} in different languages, use
+\gls{GlsSetXdyLanguage} to set the language for each glossary.
+
+\optiondef*{xindy.codepage}
+The \idx{codepage} is the file \idx{encoding} for the \app{xindy} files and is
+passed to \app{xindy} with the \xdyopt{C} switch. The default
+\idx{codepage} is obtained from \gls{inputencodingname}. As from v4.50, if
+\gls{inputencodingname} isn't defined, \idx{utf8} is assumed (which is
+identified by the label \code{utf8}). If this is incorrect, you will
+need to use the \opt{xindy.codepage} option but make sure you
+use the \app{xindy} \idx{codepage} label (for example, \code{cp1252} or
+\code{latin9}). See the \app{xindy} documentation for further
+details.
+
+\begin{important}
+The \idx{codepage} may not simply be the \idx{encoding} but may
+include a sorting rule, such as \code{ij-as-y-utf8} or
+\code{din5007-utf8}. See \sectionref{sec:langenc}.
+\end{important}
+
+For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{xindy}{\styoptxdyval{language}{english},\styoptxdyval{codepage}{cp1252}}]
+ \marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+
+\optiondef*{xindy.glsnumbers}
+If true, this option will define the number \idx{group} in the \app{xindy}
+style file, which by default will be placed before the \qt{A}
+\idx{lettergroup}. If you don't want this \idx{lettergroup}, set this option to
+false. Note that the \qt{A} \idx{lettergroup} is only available with
+\idxpl{latinalph}, so if you are using a \idx{nonlatinalph}, you
+will either need to switch off the number \idx{group} or identify the
+\idx{lettergroup} that it should come before with
+\gls{GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder}.
+
+\optiondef{xindygloss}
+This is equivalent to \opt{xindy} without any value supplied
+and may be used as a document class option. The language
+and code page can be set via \gls{GlsSetXdyLanguage} and
+\gls{GlsSetXdyCodePage} if the defaults are inappropriate
+(see \sectionref{sec:langenc}.)
+
+\optiondef{xindynoglsnumbers}
+This is equivalent to
+\optvalm{xindy}{\styoptxdyval{glsnumbers}{false}}
+and may be used as a document class option.
+
+\optiondef{automake}
+This option will attempt to use the \idx{shellescape} to run the
+appropriate \idx{indexingapp}. You will still need to run \LaTeX\
+twice. For example, if the document in the file \filefmt{myDoc.tex}
+contains:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{automake}]\marg{glossaries}
+\gls{makeglossaries}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{sample}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{sample},\gloskeyval{description}{an example}}
+\cbeg{document}
+\gls{gls}\marg{sample}
+\gls{printglossaries}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+Then the document build is now:
+\begin{terminal}
+pdflatex myDoc
+pdflatex myDoc
+\end{terminal}
+This will run \app{makeindex} on every \LaTeX\ run. If you have a
+large \idx{glossary} with a complex document build, this can end
+up being more time-consuming that simply running \app{makeindex}
+(either explicitly or via \app{makeglossaries}) the minimum number
+of required times.
+
+\begin{important}
+Note that you will need to have the
+\idx{shellescape} enabled (restricted mode for a direct call to
+\app{makeindex} and unrestricted mode for \app{xindy},
+\app{makeglossaries} or \app{makeglossaries-lite}). If you switch
+this option on and you are using \LuaLaTeX, then the \sty{shellesc}
+package will be loaded.
+\end{important}
+
+If this option doesn't seem to work, open the \ext+{log} file in
+your text editor and search for \qtt{runsystem}. For example, if the
+document is in a file called \filefmt{myDoc.tex} and it has:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{automake}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+and you run \LaTeX\ in restricted mode, then if call was
+successful, you should find the following line in the file
+\filefmt{myDoc.log}:
+\begin{transcript}
+runsystem(makeindex -s myDoc.ist -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo)...executed safely (allowed).
+\end{transcript}
+The parentheses immediately after \qtt{runsystem} show how the
+command was called. The bit after the three dots \code{...}
+indicates whether or not the command was run and, if so, whether it
+was successful. In the above case, it has \qt{executed safely
+(allowed)}. This means that it was allowed to run in restricted
+mode because \app{makeindex} is on the list of trusted applications.
+
+If you change the package option to:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opteqvalref{automake}{makegloss}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+and rerun \LaTeX\ in restricted mode, then the line in
+\filefmt{myDoc.log} will now be:
+\begin{transcript}
+runsystem(makeglossaries myDoc)...disabled (restricted).
+\end{transcript}
+This indicates that an attempt was made to run \app{makeglossaries}
+(rather than a direct call to \app{makeindex}), which isn't
+permitted in restricted mode. There will be a similar message with
+\opteqvalref{automake}{lite} or if the \opt{xindy} option is used.
+These cases require the unrestricted \idx{shellescape}.
-\pkgoptsec[value]{automake} This is option was introduced to
-version 4.08 as a boolean option. As from version 4.42 it may now
-take three values: \texttt{false} (default), \texttt{true}
-or \texttt{immediate}. If no option is supplied, \texttt{immediate}
-is assumed.
-The option \pkgopt[true]{automake} will attempt to run \gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy} using
-\TeX's \ics{write18} mechanism at the end of the document.
-The option \pkgopt[immediate]{automake} will attempt to
-run \gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy} at the start of
-\ics{makeglossaries} using \cs{immediate} (before the glossary files have been opened).
-
-In the case of \pkgopt[true]{automake}, the associated files
-are created at the end of the document ready for the next \LaTeX\
-run. Since there is a possibility of commands such as \cs{gls}
-occurring on the last page of the document, it's not possible
-to use \cs{immediate} to close the associated file or with
-\cs{write18} since the writing of the final indexing lines may
-have been delayed. In certain situations this can mean that
-the \cs{write18} fails. In such cases, you will need to use
-\pkgopt[immediate]{automake} instead.
-
-With \pkgopt[immediate]{automake}, you will get a warning on
-the first \LaTeX\ run as the associated glossary files don't exist
-yet.
-
-Since this mechanism can be a security risk, some \TeX\
-distributions disable it completely, in which case this option won't
-have an effect. (If this option doesn't appear to work, search the
-log file for \qt{runsystem} and see if it is followed by
-\qt{enabled} or \qt{disabled}.)
-
-Some distributions allow \cs{write18} in a restricted mode.
-This mode has a~limited number of trusted applications, which
-usually includes \gls{makeindex} but may not include \gls{xindy}. So
-if you have the restricted mode on, \pkgopt{automake} should work
-with \gls*{makeindex} but may not work with \gls{xindy}.
-
-However even in unrestricted mode this option may not work with
-\gls*{xindy} as \gls*{xindy} uses language names that don't always
-correspond with \sty{babel}'s language names. (The
-\gls{makeglossaries} script applies mappings to assist you.)
-Note that you still need at least two \LaTeX\ runs to ensure the document
-is up-to-date with this setting.
-
-Since this package option attempts to run the \gls{indexingapp} on
-every \LaTeX\ run, its use should be considered a last resort for
-those who can't work out how to incorporate the \gls*{indexingapp}
-into their document build. The default value for this option is
-\pkgopt[false]{automake}.
-
-\pkgoptsec{disablemakegloss} This valueless option
-indicates that \ics{makeglossaries} and \ics{makenoidxglossaries}
-should be disabled. This option is provided in the event that you
-have to use a class or package that disregards the advice in
-\sectionref{sec:indexingoptions} and automatically performs
-\ics{makeglossaries} or \ics{makenoidxglossaries} but you don't want
-this. (For example, you want to use a different indexing method or
-you want to disable indexing while working on a draft
-document.)
+\begin{important}
+Think carefully before enabling unrestricted mode. Do you trust all
+the packages your document is loading (either explicitly or
+implicitly via another package)? Do you trust any code that you have
+copied and pasted from some third party? First compile your document
+in restricted mode (or with the \idx{shellescape} disabled) and
+search the \ext{log} file for \qtt{runsystem} to find out exactly
+what system calls are being attempted.
+\end{important}
+
+If the document is compiled in unrestricted mode, the corresponding
+line in the \ext{log} file should now be:
+\begin{transcript}
+runsystem(makeglossaries myDoc)...executed.
+\end{transcript}
+This means that \app{makeglossaries} was run. If it has \qt{failed}
+instead of \qt{executed}, then it means there was a fatal error.
+Note that just because the \ext{log} file has \qt{executed} doesn't
+mean that the application ran without a problem as there may have been
+some warnings or non-fatal errors. If you get any unexpected
+results, check the \idx{indexingapp}['s] transcript file (for
+example, the \ext+{glg} file, \filefmt{myDoc.glg} in the above, for
+the \glostype{main} glossary).
+
+\optionvaldef{automake}{false}
+No attempt is made to use the \idx{shellescape}.
+
+\optionvaldef{automake}{true}
+This is now a deprecated synonym for
+\opteqvalref{automake}{delayed}. This used to be the default if the
+value to \opt{automake} wasn't supplied, but the default switched to
+the less problematic \opteqvalref{automake}{immediate} in version 4.50.
+
+\optionvaldef{automake}{delayed}
+A direct call to \app{makeindex} or \app{xindy} (as appropriate) for
+each non-empty \idx{glossary} will be made at the end of the
+document using a delayed write to ensure that the \idx{glossary}
+files are complete. (It's necessary to delay writing to the
+\idxpl{indexingfile} in order to ensure that \gls{thepage} is
+correct.) Unfortunately, there are situations where the delayed
+write never occurs, for example, if there are floats on the final
+page. In those cases, it's better to use an immediate write (any of
+the following options).
+
+\optionvaldef{automake}{immediate}
+A direct call to \app{makeindex} or \app{xindy} (as appropriate) for
+each non-empty \idx{glossary} will be made at the start of
+\gls{makeglossaries} using an immediate write. This ensures that the
+\idxpl{indexingfile} are read by the \idx{indexingapp} before they
+are opened (which will clear their content).
+
+If you are using \app{xindy}, then \opteqvalref{automake}{makegloss}
+is a better option that this one. Either way, you will need Perl and
+the unrestricted mode, but with \app{makeglossaries} you get the
+benefit of the language mappings and diagnostics.
+
+\optionvaldef{automake}{makegloss}
+A call to \app{makeglossaries} will be made at the start of
+\gls{makeglossaries} using an immediate write if the \ext+{aux} file
+exists. On the one hand, it's better to use \app{makeglossaries} as
+it has some extra diagnostic functions, but on the other hand it
+both requires Perl and the unrestricted \idx{shellescape}.
+
+\optionvaldef{automake}{lite}
+A call to \app{makeglossaries-lite} will be made at the start of
+\gls{makeglossaries} using an immediate write if the \ext+{aux} file
+exists. There's little benefit in this option over
+\opteqvalref{automake}{immediate} and it has the added disadvantage
+of requiring the unrestricted mode.
+
+\optiondef{automakegloss}
+This valueless option is equivalent to \opteqvalref{automake}{makegloss}.
+
+\optiondef{automakeglosslite}
+This valueless option is equivalent to \opteqvalref{automake}{lite}.
+
+\optiondef{disablemakegloss}
+This valueless option indicates that \gls{makeglossaries} and
+\gls{makenoidxglossaries} should be disabled. This option is
+provided in the event that you have to use a class or package that
+disregards the advice in \sectionref{sec:indexingoptions} and
+automatically performs \gls{makeglossaries} or
+\gls{makenoidxglossaries} but you don't want this. (For example,
+you want to use a different \idx{indexing} method or you want to
+disable \idx{indexing} while working on a draft document.)
+
+Naturally, if there's a particular reason why the class or package
+insists on a specific \idx{indexing} method, for example, it's an
+editorial requirement, then you will need to abide by that
+decision.
This option may be passed in the standard document class option list
-or passed using \cs{PassOptionsToPackage} before \sty{glossaries} is
+or passed using \gls{PassOptionsToPackage} before \sty{glossaries} is
loaded. Note that this does nothing if
-\ics{makeglossaries} or \ics{makenoidxglossaries} has already
+\gls{makeglossaries} or \gls{makenoidxglossaries} has already
been used whilst enabled.
-\pkgoptsec{restoremakegloss} Cancels the effect of
-\pkgopt{disablemakegloss}. This option may be used in
-\cs{setupglossaries}. It issues a warning if \ics{makeglossaries} or
-\ics{makenoidxglossaries} has already been used whilst enabled.
+\optiondef{restoremakegloss}
+Cancels the effect of \opt{disablemakegloss}. This option may be used in
+\gls{setupglossaries}. It issues a warning if \gls{makeglossaries} or
+\gls{makenoidxglossaries} has already been used whilst enabled.
+Note that this option removes the check for \gls{nofiles}, as this
+option is an indication that the output files are actually required.
+
For example, suppose the class \clsfmt{customclass.cls}
-automatically loads \styfmt{glossaries} and does \cs{makeglossaries}
-but you need an extra glossary, which has to be defined before
-\cs{makeglossaries}, then you can do:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass[disablemakegloss]{customclass}
-\newglossary*{functions}{Functions}
-\setupglossaries{restoremakegloss}
-\makeglossaries
-\end{verbatim}
+automatically loads \sty{glossaries} and does \gls{makeglossaries}
+but you need an extra \idx{glossary}, which has to be defined before
+\gls{makeglossaries}, then you can do:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}[\opt{disablemakegloss}]\marg{customclass}
+\gls{newglossary*}\marg{functions}\marg{Functions}
+\gls{setupglossaries}\marg{restoremakegloss}
+\gls{makeglossaries}
+\end{codebox}
or
-\begin{verbatim}
-\PassOptionsToPackage{disablemakegloss}{glossaries}
-\documentclass{customclass}
-\newglossary*{functions}{Functions}
-\setupglossaries{restoremakegloss}
-\makeglossaries
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{PassOptionsToPackage}\marg{\opt{disablemakegloss}}\marg{glossaries}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{customclass}
+\gls{newglossary*}\marg{functions}\marg{Functions}
+\gls{setupglossaries}\marg{restoremakegloss}
+\gls{makeglossaries}
+\end{codebox}
Note that restoring these commands doesn't necessarily mean that they can be
used. It just means that their normal behaviour given the current
-settings will apply. For example, if you use the \pkgopt+{only}{record}
-or \pkgopt+{nameref}{record} options with \gls{glossaries-extra}
-then you can't use \cs{makeglossaries} or \cs{makenoidxglossaries}
-regardless of \pkgopt{restoremakegloss}.
+settings will apply. For example, if you use the \optval{record}{only}
+or \optval{record}{nameref} options with \sty{glossaries-extra}
+then you can't use \gls{makeglossaries} or \gls{makenoidxglossaries}
+regardless of \opt{restoremakegloss}.
\section{Glossary Type Options}
\label{sec:pkgopts-type}
-\pkgoptsec[list]{nohypertypes} Use this option if you have multiple
-glossaries and you want to suppress the entry hyperlinks for a
-particular glossary or glossaries. The value of this option should
-be a comma-separated list of glossary types where \ics{gls} etc
-shouldn't have hyperlinks by default. Make sure you enclose the
+\optiondef{nohypertypes}
+Use this option if you have multiple
+\idxpl{glossary} and you want to suppress the entry \idxpl{hyperlink} for a
+particular \idx{glossary} or \idxpl{glossary}. The value of this option should
+be a comma-separated list of \idx{glossary} types where \gls{gls} etc
+shouldn't have \idxpl{hyperlink} by default. Make sure you enclose the
value in braces if it contains any commas. Example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[acronym,nohypertypes={acronym,notation}]
- {glossaries}
-\newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation}
-\end{verbatim}
-The values must be fully expanded, so \strong{don't} try
-\texttt{nohypertypes\discretionary{}{}{}=\ics{acronymtype}}. You may also use
-\begin{definition}
-\ics{GlsDeclareNoHyperList}\marg{list}
-\end{definition}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{acronym},\optvalm{nohypertypes}{\glostype{acronym},notation}]
+ \marg{glossaries}
+\gls{newglossary}\oarg{nlg}\marg{notation}\marg{not}\marg{ntn}\marg{Notation}
+\end{codebox}
+As illustrated above, the \idx{glossary} doesn't need to exist when
+you identify it in \opt{nohypertypes}.
+
+\begin{important}
+The values must be fully expanded, so \strong{don't} try, for
+example, \optval{nohypertypes}{\gls{acronymtype}}.
+\end{important}
+
+You may also use:
+\cmddef{GlsDeclareNoHyperList}
instead or additionally.
See \sectionref{sec:glslink} for further details.
-\pkgoptsec{nomain} This suppresses the creation of the main
-glossary and associated \filetype{glo} file, if unrequired. Note that
-if you use this option, you must create another glossary in which to
-put all your entries (either via the \pkgopt{acronym} (or
-\pkgopt{acronyms}) package option described in
-\sectionref{sec:pkgopts-acronym} or via the \pkgopt{symbols},
-\pkgopt{numbers} or \pkgopt{index} options described in
-\sectionref{sec:pkgopts-other} or via \ics{newglossary} described in
-\sectionref{sec:newglossary}).
+\begin{xtr}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package has the \catattr{nohyper}
+\idx{categoryattribute} which will suppress the \idx+{hyperlink} for entries
+with the given category, which can be used as an alternative to
+suppressing the \idx{hyperlink} on a per-\idx{glossary} basis.
+\end{xtr}
-\begin{important}
-If you don't use the main glossary and you don't use this option,
-\gls{makeglossaries} will produce a warning.
-\end{important}
-\begin{alltt}
-Warning: File '\emph{filename}.glo' is empty.
-Have you used any entries defined in glossary
-'main'?
-Remember to use package option 'nomain' if
-you don't want to use the main glossary.
-\end{alltt}
-If you did actually want to use the main glossary and you see this
-warning, check that you have referenced the entries in that glossary
-via commands such as \ics{gls}.
-
-\pkgoptsec{symbols} This valueless option defines a new glossary type with
-the label \texttt{symbols} via
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossary[slg]{symbols}{sls}{slo}{\glssymbolsgroupname}
-\end{verbatim}
+\optiondef{nomain}
+This suppresses the creation of the \glostype+{main}
+glossary and associated \ext{glo} file, if unrequired. Note that
+if you use this option, you must create another \idx{glossary} in which to
+put all your entries (either via the \opt{acronym} (or
+\opt{acronyms}) package option described in
+\sectionref{sec:pkgopts-acronym} or via the \opt{symbols},
+\opt{numbers} or \opt{index} options described in
+\sectionref{sec:pkgopts-other} or via \gls{newglossary} described in
+\sectionref{sec:newglossary}). Even if you don't intend to display
+the \idx{glossary}, a default \idx{glossary} is still required.
+
+If you don't use the \glostype{main} glossary and you don't use this
+option to suppress its creation, \app{makeglossaries} will produce a warning:
+\begin{transcript}
+Warning: File '\meta{filename}.glo' is empty.
+Have you used any entries defined in glossary '\glostype{main}'?
+Remember to use package option '\opt{nomain}' if
+you don't want to use the \glostype{main} glossary.
+\end{transcript}
+If you did actually want to use the \glostype{main} glossary and you see this
+warning, check that you have referenced the entries in that \idx{glossary}
+via commands such as \gls{gls}.
+
+\optiondef{symbols}
+This valueless option defines a new \idx{glossary} type with
+the label \glostypedef{symbols} via
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{newglossary}\oarg{slg}\marg{\glostype{symbols}}\marg{sls}\marg{slo}\marg{\gls{glssymbolsgroupname}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
It also defines
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\printsymbols]
-\cs{printsymbols}\oarg{options}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{printsymbols}
which is a synonym for
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{printglossary}[type=symbols,\meta{options}]
-\end{alltt}
-
-If you use \opt1, you need to use:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{printnoidxglossary}[type=symbols,\meta{options}]
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{printglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{\glostype{symbols}},\meta{options}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+
+If you use \option{noidx}, you need to use:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{printnoidxglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{\glostype{symbols}},\meta{options}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
to display the list of symbols.
\begin{important}
-Remember to use the \pkgopt{nomain} package option if you're only
-interested in using this \texttt{symbols} glossary and don't intend
-to use the \texttt{main} glossary.
+Remember to use the \opt{nomain} package option if you're only
+interested in using this \glostype{symbols} glossary and don't intend
+to use the \glostype{main} glossary.
\end{important}
\begin{xtr}
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package has a slightly modified
-version of this option which additionally provides \ics*{glsxtrnewsymbol}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package has a slightly modified
+version of this option which additionally provides \gls{glsxtrnewsymbol}
as a convenient shortcut method for defining symbols. See the
-\gls{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
+\sty{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
\end{xtr}
-\pkgoptsec{numbers} This valueless option defines a new glossary type with
-the label \texttt{numbers} via
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossary[nlg]{numbers}{nls}{nlo}{\glsnumbersgroupname}
-\end{verbatim}
+\optiondef{numbers}
+This valueless option defines a new \idx{glossary} type with
+the label \glostypedef{numbers} via
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{newglossary}\oarg{nlg}\marg{\glostype{numbers}}\marg{nls}\marg{nlo}\marg{\gls{glsnumbersgroupname}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
It also defines
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\printnumbers]
-\cs{printnumbers}\oarg{options}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{printnumbers}
which is a synonym for
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{printglossary}[type=numbers,\meta{options}]
-\end{alltt}
-
-If you use \opt1, you need to use:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{printnoidxglossary}[type=numbers,\meta{options}]
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{printglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{\glostype{numbers}},\meta{options}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+
+If you use \option{noidx}, you need to use:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{printnoidxglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{\glostype{numbers}},\meta{options}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
to display the list of numbers.
\begin{important}
-Remember to use the \pkgopt{nomain} package option if you're only
-interested in using this \texttt{numbers} glossary and don't intend
-to use the \texttt{main} glossary.
+Remember to use the \opt{nomain} package option if you're only
+interested in using this \glostype{numbers} glossary and don't intend
+to use the \glostype{main} glossary.
\end{important}
\begin{xtr}
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package has a slightly modified
-version of this option which additionally provides \ics*{glsxtrnewnumber}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package has a slightly modified
+version of this option which additionally provides \gls{glsxtrnewnumber}
as a convenient shortcut method for defining numbers. See the
-\gls{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
+\sty{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
\end{xtr}
-\pkgoptsec{index} This valueless option defines a new glossary type with
-the label \texttt{index} via
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossary[ilg]{index}{ind}{idx}{\indexname}%
-\end{verbatim}
+\optiondef{index}
+This valueless option defines a new \idx{glossary} type with
+the label \glostypedef{index} via
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{newglossary}\oarg{ilg}\marg{\glostype{index}}\marg{ind}\marg{idx}\marg{\gls{indexname}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
It also defines
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\newterm]
-\cs{newterm}\oarg{options}\marg{term}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{newterm}
which is a synonym for
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{newglossaryentry}\marg{term}[type=index,name=\marg{term},%
-description=\ics{nopostdesc},\meta{options}]
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\margm{entry-label}\marg{\gloskeyval{type}{\glostype{index}},\gloskeyval{name}{entry-label},
+\gloskeyval{description}{\gls{nopostdesc}},\meta{options}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
and
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\printindex]
-\cs{printindex}\oarg{options}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{printindex}
which is a synonym for
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{printglossary}[type=index,\meta{options}]
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{printglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{\glostype{index}},\meta{options}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
-If you use \opt1, you need to use:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{printnoidxglossary}[type=index,\meta{options}]
-\end{alltt}
-to display this glossary.
+If you use \option{noidx}, you need to use:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{printnoidxglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{\glostype{index}},\meta{options}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+to display this \idx{glossary}.
\begin{important}
-Remember to use the \pkgopt{nomain} package option if you're only
-interested in using this \texttt{index} glossary and don't intend to
-use the \texttt{main} glossary. Note that you
-can't mix this option with \ics{index}. Either use
-\styfmt{glossaries} for the indexing or use a~custom indexing
-package, such as \sty{makeidx}, \sty{index} or \sty{imakeidx}.
+Remember to use the \opt{nomain} package option if you're only
+interested in using this \glostype{index} glossary and don't intend to
+use the \glostype{main} glossary. Note that you
+can't mix this option with \gls{index}. Either use
+\sty{glossaries} for the \idx{indexing} or use a~custom \idx{indexing}
+package, such as \sty{makeidx}, \sty{imakeidx}.
(You can, of course, load one of those packages and
-load \styfmt{glossaries} without the \pkgopt{index} package option.)
+load \sty{glossaries} without the \opt{index} package option.)
\end{important}
Since the index isn't designed for terms with descriptions, you
-might also want to disable the hyperlinks for this glossary using
-the package option \pkgopt[index]{nohypertypes} or the command
-\begin{display}
-\ics{GlsDeclareNoHyperList}\verb|{index}|
-\end{display}
+might also want to disable the \idxpl{hyperlink} for this \idx{glossary} using
+the package option \optval{nohypertypes}{index} or the command
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{GlsDeclareNoHyperList}\marg{\glostype{index}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+However, it can also be useful to link to the index in order to look
+up the term's \idx{locationlist} to find other parts of the document
+where it might be used. For example, this manual will have a
+\idx{hyperlink} to the \hyperref[index]{index} for general terms, such as
+\qt{\idx{tableofcontents}}, or general commands, such as
+\gls{index}, that aren't defined anywhere in the document.
The example file \samplefile{-index} illustrates the use of the
-\pkgopt{index} package option.
+\opt{index} package option.
-\pkgoptsec{noglossaryindex} This valueless option switches off \pkgopt{index}
-if \pkgopt{index} has been passed implicitly (for example,
-through global document options). This option can't be used
-in \cs{setupglossaries}.
+\optiondef{noglossaryindex}
+This valueless option switches off \opt{index} if \opt{index} has
+been passed implicitly (for example, through global document
+options). This option can't be used in \gls{setupglossaries}.
-
-\section{Acronym and Abbreviation Options}
+\section{\Glsfmttext{idx.acronym} and \Glsfmttext{idx.abbreviation} Options}
\label{sec:pkgopts-acronym}
-\pkgoptsec[boolean]{acronym} If true, this creates a new glossary with the
-label \texttt{acronym}. This is equivalent to:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname}
-\end{verbatim}
-It will also define
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\printacronyms]
-\cs{printacronyms}\oarg{options}
-\end{definition}
+\glsaddeach{idx.acronym,idx.abbreviation}%
+\optiondef{acronym}
+If true, this creates a new \idx{glossary} with the
+label \glostypedef{acronym}. This is equivalent to:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{newglossary}\oarg{alg}\marg{\glostype{acronym}}\marg{acr}\marg{acn}\marg{\gls{acronymname}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+It will also provide (if not already defined)
+\cmddef{printacronyms}
that's equivalent to
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{printglossary}[type=acronym,\meta{options}]
-\end{alltt}
-(unless that command is already defined before the beginning of the
-document or the package option \pkgopt{compatible-3.07} is used).
-
-If you are using \opt1, you need to use
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{printnoidxglossary}[type=acronym,\meta{options}]
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{printglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{\glostype{acronym}},\meta{options}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+
+If you are using \option{noidx}, you need to use
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{printnoidxglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{\glostype{acronym}},\meta{options}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
to display the list of acronyms.
-If the \pkgopt{acronym} package option is used, \ics{acronymtype}
-is set to \texttt{acronym} otherwise it is set to
-\texttt{main}.\footnote{Actually it sets \ics{acronymtype} to
-\ics{glsdefaulttype} if the \pkgopt{acronym} package option is
-not used, but \ics{glsdefaulttype} usually has the value
-\texttt{main} unless the \pkgopt{nomain} option has been used.}
-Entries that are defined using \ics{newacronym} are placed in
-the glossary whose label is given by \ics{acronymtype}, unless
-another glossary is explicitly specified.
+If the \opt{acronym} package option is used, \gls+{acronymtype} is
+set to \glostype{acronym} otherwise it is set to
+\gls{glsdefaulttype} (which is normally the \glostype{main}
+glossary.) Entries that are defined using \gls{newacronym} are
+placed in the \idx{glossary} whose label is given by \gls{acronymtype},
+unless another \idx{glossary} is explicitly specified with the
+\gloskey{type} key.
\begin{important}
-Remember to use the \pkgopt{nomain} package option if you're only
-interested in using this \texttt{acronym} glossary. (That is, you
-don't intend to use the \texttt{main} glossary.)
+Remember to use the \opt{nomain} package option if you're only
+interested in using this \glostype{acronym} glossary. (That is, you
+don't intend to use the \glostype{main} glossary.)
\end{important}
\begin{xtr}
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} extension package comes with an analogous
-\pkgopt*{abbreviations} option, which creates a new glossary with
-the label \texttt{abbreviations} and sets the command
-\ics*{glsxtrabbrvtype} to this. If the \pkgopt{acronym} option hasn't
-also been used, then \ics{acronymtype} will be set to
-\ics*{glsxtrabbrvtype}. This enables both \ics{newacronym} and
-\ics*{newabbreviation} to use the same glossary.
-
-Make sure you have at least v1.42 of \gls{glossaries-extra} if you
-use the \pkgopt{acronym} (or \pkgopt{acronyms}) package option with
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} extension package comes with an analogous
+\opt{abbreviations} option, which creates a new \idx{glossary} with
+the label \glostype{abbreviations} and sets the command
+\gls{glsxtrabbrvtype} to this. If the \opt{acronym} option hasn't
+also been used, then \gls{acronymtype} will be set to
+\gls{glsxtrabbrvtype}. This enables both \gls{newacronym} and
+\gls{newabbreviation} to use the same \idx{glossary}.
+
+Make sure you have at least v1.42 of \sty{glossaries-extra} if you
+use the \opt{acronym} (or \opt{acronyms}) package option with
the extension package to avoid a bug that interferes with the
-abbreviation style.
+\idx{abbrvstyle}.
\end{xtr}
-\pkgoptsec{acronyms} This is equivalent to
-\pkgopt[true]{acronym} and may be used in the document class option
-list.
+\optiondef{acronyms}
+This is equivalent to \optval{acronym}{true} and may be used in the
+document class option list.
-\xtrpkgoptsec{abbreviations}
+\optiondef{abbreviations}
-This valueless option creates a new glossary type using:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossary[glg-abr]{abbreviations}{gls-abr}{glo-abr}{\abbreviationsname}
-\end{verbatim}
-The label can be accessed with \ics*{glsxtrabbrvtype}, which is
-analogous to \cs{acronymtype}. See \gls{glossaries-extra} manual for
+This valueless option provided by \sty{glossaries-extra} creates a new
+\idx{glossary} type with the label
+\inlineglsdef[optdef]{opt.glostype.abbreviations} using:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{newglossary}\oarg{glg-abr}\marg{\glostype{abbreviations}}\marg{gls-abr}\marg{glo-abr}\marg{\gls{abbreviationsname}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+The label can be accessed with \gls{glsxtrabbrvtype}, which is
+analogous to \gls{acronymtype}. See \sty{glossaries-extra} manual for
further details.
-\pkgoptsec[value]{acronymlists} By default, only the \cs{acronymtype}
-glossary is considered to be a list of acronyms. If you have other
-lists of acronyms, you can specify them as a comma-separated list
-in the value of \pkgopt{acronymlists}. For example, if you use the
-\pkgopt{acronym} package option but you also want the \texttt{main}
-glossary to also contain a list of acronyms, you can do:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[acronym,acronymlists={main}]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
-No check is performed to determine if the listed glossaries exist,
-so you can add glossaries you haven't defined yet. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[acronym,acronymlists={main,acronym2}]
- {glossaries}
-\newglossary[alg2]{acronym2}{acr2}{acn2}%
- {Statistical Acronyms}
-\end{verbatim}
+\optiondef{acronymlists}
+This option is used to identify the \idxpl{glossary} that contain
+\idxpl{acronym} so that they can have their \idx{entryformat}
+adjusted by \gls{setacronymstyle}. (It also enables \gls{forallacronyms} to
+work.)
+
+By default, if the list is empty when \gls{setacronymstyle} is used
+then it will automatically add \gls{acronymtype} to the list.
+
+If you have other lists of \idxpl{acronym}, you can specify them as
+a comma-separated list in the value of \opt{acronymlists}. For
+example, if you use the \opt{acronym} package option but you also
+want the \glostype{main} glossary to also contain a list of
+\idxpl{acronym}, you can do:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{acronym},\optval{acronymlists}{\glostype{main}}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+No check is performed to determine if the listed \idxpl{glossary} exist,
+so you can add \idxpl{glossary} you haven't defined yet. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{acronym},\optvalm{acronymlists}{\glostype{main},acronym2}]
+ \marg{glossaries}
+\gls{newglossary}\oarg{alg2}\marg{acronym2}\marg{acr2}\marg{acn2}\comment{}
+ \marg{Statistical Acronyms}
+\end{codebox}
You can use
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\DeclareAcronymList]
-\cs{DeclareAcronymList}\marg{list}
-\end{definition}
-instead of or in addition to the \pkgopt{acronymlists} option.
-This will add the glossaries given in \meta{list} to the list of glossaries
-that are identified as lists of acronyms. To replace the list of acronym lists
-with a new list use:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\SetAcronymLists]
-\cs{SetAcronymLists}\marg{list}
-\end{definition}
-
-You can determine if a glossary has been identified as being a list
-of acronyms using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsIfListOfAcronyms]
-\cs{glsIfListOfAcronyms}\marg{label}\marg{true part}\marg{false part}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{DeclareAcronymList}
+instead of or in addition to the \opt{acronymlists} option.
+This will add the \idxpl{glossary} given in \meta{list} to the list of
+\idxpl{glossary} that are identified as lists of \idxpl{acronym}.
+To replace the list of \idx{acronym} lists with a new list use:
+\cmddef{SetAcronymLists}
+
+If the list is changed after \gls{setacronymstyle}
+then it will result in inconsistencies in the formatting. If this does
+happen, and is for some reason unavoidable (such as
+\gls{setacronymstyle} occurring in a package that loads
+\sty{glossaries}), you will need to set the \idx{entryformat} to
+match the style:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{DeclareAcronymList}\margm{glossary-label}
+\gls{defglsentryfmt}\oargm{glossary-label}\marg{\gls{GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle}}\margm{style-name}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+
+You can determine if a \idx{glossary} has been identified as being a list
+of \idxpl{acronym} using:
+\cmddef{glsIfListOfAcronyms}
\begin{xtr}
-This option and associated commands are incompatible with \gls{glossaries-extra}['s]
-abbreviation mechanism.
+This option and associated commands are incompatible with \sty{glossaries-extra}['s]
+\idx{abbreviation} mechanism. Lists of \idxpl{abbreviation} don't need identifying.
\end{xtr}
-\pkgoptsec{shortcuts} This option provides shortcut commands
-for acronyms. See \sectionref{sec:acronyms} for further details.
+\optiondef{shortcuts}
+This option provides shortcut commands
+for \idxpl{acronym}. See \sectionref{sec:acronyms} for further details.
Alternatively you can use:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\DefineAcronymSynonyms]
-\cs{DefineAcronymSynonyms}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{DefineAcronymSynonyms}
\begin{xtr}
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides additional shortcuts.
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides additional shortcuts.
\end{xtr}
\section{Deprecated Acronym Style Options}
\label{sec:pkgopts-old-acronym}
-The package options listed in this section are now deprecated but
-are kept for backward-compatibility. Use \ics{setacronymstyle}
-instead. See \sectionref{sec:acronyms} for further details.
+The package options listed in this section were deprecated in
+version 4.02 (2013-12-05) and have now been removed. You will need to use
+rollback with them (see \sectionref{sec:rollback}). These options
+started generating warnings in version 4.47 (2021-09-20) and as from
+version 4.50 will now generate an error unless you use rollback.
-\deppkgoptsec{description} This option changes the definition of
-\ics{newacronym} to allow a description.
-This option may be replaced by
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{long-short-desc}
-\end{verbatim}
-or (with \deprecatedpkgopt{smallcaps})
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{long-sc-short-desc}
-\end{verbatim}
-or (with \deprecatedpkgopt{smaller})
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{long-sm-short-desc}
-\end{verbatim}
-or (with \deprecatedpkgopt{footnote})
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{footnote-desc}
-\end{verbatim}
-or (with \deprecatedpkgopt{footnote} and \deprecatedpkgopt{smallcaps})
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc}
-\end{verbatim}
-or (with \deprecatedpkgopt{footnote} and \deprecatedpkgopt{smaller})
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc}
-\end{verbatim}
-or (with \deprecatedpkgopt{dua})
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{dua-desc}
-\end{verbatim}
+If you want to change the \idx{acronymstyle}, use \gls{setacronymstyle}
+instead. See \sectionref{sec:acronyms} for further details.
-\deppkgoptsec{smallcaps} This option changes the definition of
-\ics{newacronym} and the way that acronyms are displayed.
+\optiondef{description}
+This option changed the definition of \gls{newacronym} to allow a description.
This option may be replaced by:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{long-sc-short}
-\end{verbatim}
-or (with \deprecatedpkgopt{description})
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{long-sc-short-desc}
-\end{verbatim}
-or (with \deprecatedpkgopt{description} and \deprecatedpkgopt{footnote})
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\deppkgoptsec{smaller} This option changes the definition of
-\ics{newacronym} and the way that acronyms are displayed.
-\begin{important}
-If you use this option, you will need to include the \sty{relsize}
-package or otherwise define \ics{textsmaller} or redefine
-\ics{acronymfont}.
-\end{important}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{long-short-desc}}
+\end{codebox}
+or (with \opt{smallcaps})
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{long-sc-short-desc}}
+\end{codebox}
+or (with \opt{smaller})
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{long-sm-short-desc}}
+\end{codebox}
+or (with \opt{footnote})
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{footnote-desc}}
+\end{codebox}
+or (with \opt{footnote} and \opt{smallcaps})
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{footnote-sc-desc}}
+\end{codebox}
+or (with \opt{footnote} and \opt{smaller})
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{footnote-sm-desc}}
+\end{codebox}
+or (with \opt{dua})
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{dua-desc}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+\optiondef{smallcaps}
+This option changed the definition of
+\gls{newacronym} and the way that acronyms are displayed.
This option may be replaced by:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{long-sm-short}
-\end{verbatim}
-or (with \deprecatedpkgopt{description})
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{long-sm-short-desc}
-\end{verbatim}
-or (with \deprecatedpkgopt{description} and \deprecatedpkgopt{footnote})
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\deppkgoptsec{footnote} This option changes the definition of
-\ics{newacronym} and the way that acronyms are displayed.
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{long-sc-short}}
+\end{codebox}
+or (with \opt{description})
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{long-sc-short-desc}}
+\end{codebox}
+or (with \opt{description} and \opt{footnote})
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{footnote-sc-desc}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+\optiondef{smaller}
+This option changed the definition of
+\gls{newacronym} and the way that acronyms are displayed.
This option may be replaced by:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{footnote}
-\end{verbatim}
-or (with \deprecatedpkgopt{smallcaps})
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{footnote-sc}
-\end{verbatim}
-or (with \deprecatedpkgopt{smaller})
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{footnote-sm}
-\end{verbatim}
-or (with \deprecatedpkgopt{description})
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{footnote-desc}
-\end{verbatim}
-or (with \deprecatedpkgopt{smallcaps} and \deprecatedpkgopt{description})
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc}
-\end{verbatim}
-or (with \deprecatedpkgopt{smaller} and \deprecatedpkgopt{description})
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\deppkgoptsec{dua} This option changes the definition of
-\ics{newacronym} so that acronyms are always expanded.
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{long-sm-short}}
+\end{codebox}
+or (with \opt{description})
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{long-sm-short-desc}}
+\end{codebox}
+or (with \opt{description} and \opt{footnote})
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{footnote-sm-desc}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+\optiondef{footnote}
+This option changed the definition of
+\gls{newacronym} and the way that acronyms are displayed.
This option may be replaced by:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{dua}
-\end{verbatim}
-or (with \deprecatedpkgopt{description})
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{dua-desc}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{footnote}}
+\end{codebox}
+or (with \opt{smallcaps})
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{footnote-sc}}
+\end{codebox}
+or (with \opt{smaller})
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{footnote-sm}}
+\end{codebox}
+or (with \opt{description})
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{footnote-desc}}
+\end{codebox}
+or (with \opt{smallcaps} and \opt{description})
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{footnote-sc-desc}}
+\end{codebox}
+or (with \opt{smaller} and \opt{description})
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{footnote-sm-desc}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+\optiondef{dua}
+This option changed the definition of
+\gls{newacronym} so that acronyms are always expanded.
+This option may be replaced by:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{dua}
+\end{codebox}
+or (with \opt{description})
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{dua-desc}}
+\end{codebox}
\section{Other Options}
\label{sec:pkgopts-other}
@@ -5348,756 +17186,886 @@ or (with \deprecatedpkgopt{description})
Other available options that don't fit any of the above categories
are described below.
-\xtrpkgoptsec{accsupp}
+\optiondef{accsupp}
-Load the \sty{glossaries-accsupp} package.
+Only available with \sty{glossaries-extra}, this option
+loads the \sty{glossaries-accsupp} package, which needs to be loaded
+either before \sty{glossaries-extra} or while \sty{glossaries-extra}
+is loaded to ensure both packages are properly integrated.
-\xtrpkgoptsec{prefix}
+\optiondef{prefix}
-Load the \sty{glossaries-prefix} package.
+Only available with \sty{glossaries-extra}, this option
+loads the \sty{glossaries-prefix} package.
-\xtrpkgoptsec[boolean]{nomissingglstext}
+\optiondef{nomissingglstext}
This option may be used to suppress the boilerplate text generated
-by \cs{printglossary} if the glossary file is missing.
-
-\pkgoptsec[boolean]{compatible-2.07} Compatibility mode for old documents
-created using version 2.07 or below.
-
-\pkgoptsec[boolean]{compatible-3.07} Compatibility mode for old documents
-created using version 3.07 or below.
-
-\pkgoptsec[value]{kernelglossredefs} As a legacy from the precursor
-\sty{glossary} package, the standard glossary commands provided
-by the \LaTeX\ kernel (\cs{makeglossary} and \cs{glossary}) are
-redefined in terms of the \styfmt{glossaries} package's commands.
-However, they were never documented in this user manual, and the
-conversion guide (\htmldoc{Upgrading from the glossary package to the
-glossaries package}{glossary2glossaries}) explicitly discourages
-their use.
-
-The use of those kernel commands (instead of the appropriate
-commands documented in this user guide) are deprecated, and you will
-now get a warning if you try using them.
-
-In the event that you require the original form of these kernel
-commands, for example, if you need to use the \styfmt{glossaries}
-package with another class or package that also performs
-glossary-style indexing, then you can restore these commands to
-their previous definition (that is, their definitions prior to
-loading the \styfmt{glossaries} package) with the package option
-\pkgopt[false]{kernelglossredefs}. You may also need to use the
-\pkgopt{nomain} option in the event of file extension conflicts.
-(In which case, you must provide a new default glossary for use with
-the \sty{glossaries} package.)
-
-This option may take one of three values: \pkgoptfmt{true}
-(redefine with warnings, default), \pkgoptfmt{false} (restore
-previous definitions) or \pkgoptfmt{nowarn} (redefine without
-warnings, not recommended).
+by \gls{printglossary} if the \idx{indexingfile} is missing.
+
+\optiondef{mfirstuc}
+
+The value may be either \optfmt{expanded} or \optfmt{unexpanded} and
+performs the same function as \sty{mfirstuc}['s] \optfmt{expanded}
+and \optfmt{unexpanded} package options. Note that there's no value
+corresponding to \sty{mfirstuc}['s] other package option.
+
+The default is \optval{mfirstuc}{unexpanded} to safeguard against
+\idxpl{glossarystyle} that convert the description to
+\idx{sentencecase}. With older versions of \sty{mfirstuc}
+(pre v2.08), fragile commands in the description would not have been
+affected by the \idx{casechange}, but now, if the entire description is passed
+to \gls{MFUsentencecase}, it will be expanded, which could break
+existing documents.
+
+\optiondef{compatible-2.07}
+
+Compatibility mode for old documents created using version 2.07 or
+below. This option is now only available with rollback (see
+\sectionref{sec:rollback}).
+
+\optiondef{compatible-3.07}
+Compatibility mode for old documents created using version 3.07 or
+below. This option is now only available with rollback (see
+\sectionref{sec:rollback}).
+
+\optiondef{kernelglossredefs}
+As a legacy from the precursor \sty{glossary} package, the standard
+glossary commands provided by the \LaTeX\ kernel (\gls{makeglossary}
+and \gls{cs.glossary}) are redefined in terms of the \sty{glossaries}
+package's commands. However, they were never documented in this
+user manual, and the conversion guide (\qtdocref{Upgrading from the
+\styfmt{glossary} package to the \styfmt{glossaries} package}{glossary2glossaries})
+explicitly discourages their use.
+
+The redefinitions of these commands was removed in v4.10,
+but unfortunately it turned out that some packages had hacked
+the internal commands provided by \sty{glossaries} and no longer
+worked when they were removed, so they were restored in v4.41 with
+this option to undo the effect with \optval{kernelglossredefs}{true}
+as the default. As from v4.50, the default is now
+\optval{kernelglossredefs}{false}.
+
+\optionvaldef{kernelglossredefs}{false}
+Don't redefine \gls{cs.glossary} and \gls{makeglossary}. If they have
+been previously redefined by \opt{kernelglossredefs} their original
+definitions (at the time \sty{glossaries} was loaded) will be
+restored.
+
+\optionvaldef{kernelglossredefs}{true}
+Redefine \gls{cs.glossary} and \gls{makeglossary}, but their use will
+trigger warnings.
+
+\optionvaldef{kernelglossredefs}{nowarn}
+Redefine \gls{cs.glossary} and \gls{makeglossary} without any warnings.
The only glossary-related commands provided by the \LaTeX\
-kernel are \cs{makeglossary} and \cs{glossary}. Other packages
+kernel are \gls{makeglossary} and \gls{cs.glossary}. Other packages
or classes may provide additional glossary-related commands or
-environments that conflict with \styfmt{glossaries} (such as
-\cs{printglossary} and \env{theglossary}). These non-kernel commands
+environments that conflict with \sty{glossaries} (such as
+\gls{printglossary} and \env{theglossary}). These non-kernel commands
aren't affected by this package option, and you will have to find
some way to resolve the conflict if you require both glossary
mechanisms. (The \sty{glossaries} package will override the existing
-definitions of \cs{printglossary} and \env{theglossary}.)
+definitions of \gls{printglossary} and \env{theglossary}.)
In general, if possible, it's best to stick with just one package that
-provides a glossary mechanism. (The \styfmt{glossaries} package does
-check for the \sty{doc} package and patches \cs{PrintChanges}.)
+provides a glossary mechanism. (The \sty{glossaries} package does
+check for the \sty{doc} package and patches \gls{PrintChanges}.)
\section{Setting Options After the Package is Loaded}
\label{sec:setupglossaries}
Some of the options described above may also be set after the
-\styfmt{glossaries} package has been loaded using
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\setupglossaries}]
-\cs{setupglossaries}\marg{key-val list}
-\end{definition}
+\sty{glossaries} package has been loaded using
+\cmddef{setupglossaries}
The following package options \strong{can't} be used in
-\cs{setupglossaries}: \pkgopt{xindy}, \pkgopt{xindygloss},
-\pkgopt{xindynoglsnumbers}, \pkgopt{makeindex},
-\pkgopt{nolong}, \pkgopt{nosuper}, \pkgopt{nolist},
-\pkgopt{notree}, \pkgopt{nostyles}, \pkgopt{nomain},
-\pkgopt{compatible-2.07}, \pkgopt{translate}, \pkgopt{notranslate},
-\pkgopt{acronym}. These options have to be set while the package is
-loading, except for the \pkgopt{xindy} sub-options which can be set
-using commands like \ics{GlsSetXdyLanguage} (see
+\gls{setupglossaries}: \opt{xindy}, \opt{xindygloss},
+\opt{xindynoglsnumbers}, \opt{makeindex},
+\opt{nolong}, \opt{nosuper}, \opt{nolist},
+\opt{notree}, \opt{nostyles}, \opt{nomain},
+\opt{compatible-2.07}, \opt{translate}, \opt{notranslate},
+\opt{languages}, \opt{acronym}. These options have to be set while the package is
+loading, except for the \opt{xindy} sub-options which can be set
+using commands like \gls{GlsSetXdyLanguage} (see
\sectionref{sec:xindy} for further details).
\begin{important}
If you need to use this command, use it as soon as
-possible after loading \styfmt{glossaries} otherwise you might
-end up using it too late for the change to take effect. For example,
-if you try changing the acronym styles (such as \deprecatedpkgopt{smallcaps})
-after you have started defining your acronyms, you are likely to get
-unexpected results. If you try changing the sort option after you have
+possible after loading \sty{glossaries} otherwise you might
+end up using it too late for the change to take effect. If you
+try changing the sort option after you have
started to define entries, you may get unexpected results.
\end{important}
\begin{xtr}
-With \gls{glossaries-extra}, use \ics*{glossariesextrasetup}
+With \sty{glossaries-extra}, use \gls{glossariesextrasetup}
instead.
\end{xtr}
+\renewcommand{\cmddefbookmarkleveloffset}{1}
\chapter{Setting Up}
\label{sec:setup}
-In the preamble you need to indicate which method you want to use to
-generate the glossary (or glossaries). The available options with
-both \styfmt{glossaries} and \gls{glossaries-extra} are
+In the \idx+{documentpreamble} you need to indicate which method you want to use to
+generate the \idx{glossary} (or \idxpl{glossary}). The available options with
+both \sty{glossaries} and \sty{glossaries-extra} are
summarized in \sectionref{sec:indexingoptions}. This chapter
-documents \optsto13, which are provided by the base package. See the
-\gls{glossaries-extra} and \gls{bib2gls} manuals for the full
+documents \options{noidx,mkidx,xdy}, which are provided by the base package. See the
+\sty{glossaries-extra} and \app{bib2gls} manuals for the full
documentation of the other options.
-If you don't need to display any glossaries, for example, if you are
-just using the \styfmt{glossaries} package to enable consistent
+If you don't need to display any \idxpl{glossary}, for example, if you are
+just using the \sty{glossaries} package to enable consistent
formatting, then skip ahead to \sectionref{sec:newglosentry}.
-\section[Option 1]{\ifpdf\opt1\else Option 1\fi}
+\section{Option \glsfmttext{idx.opt.noidx}}
\label{sec:setupopt1}
The command
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\makenoidxglossaries}]
-\cs{makenoidxglossaries}
-\end{definition}
-must be placed in the preamble. This sets up the internal commands
-required to make \opt1 work.
-\strong{If you omit \cs{makenoidxglossaries} none of
-the glossaries will be displayed.}
-
-\section[Options 2 and 3]{\ifpdf\optsand23\else Options 2 and 3\fi}
+\cmddef{makenoidxglossaries}
+must be placed in the \idxf{documentpreamble}. This sets up the internal commands
+required to make \option{noidx} work.
+\strong{If you omit \gls{makenoidxglossaries} none of
+the \idxpl{glossary} will be displayed.}
+
+\section{Options \glsfmttext{idx.opt.mkidx} and \glsfmttext{idx.opt.xdy}}
\label{sec:setupopt23}
The command
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\makeglossaries}]
-\cs{makeglossaries}
-\end{definition}
-must be placed in the preamble in order to create the customised
-\gls{makeindex} (\filetype{ist}) or \gls{xindy} (\filetype{xdy})
-style file (for \optsor23, respectively) and to ensure that glossary
-entries are written to the appropriate output files.
-\strong{If you omit \cs{makeglossaries} none of
-the glossary files will be created.}
+\cmddef{makeglossaries}
+must be placed in the \idxf{documentpreamble} in order to create the customised
+\app+{makeindex} (\ext+{ist}) or \app+{xindy} (\ext+{xdy})
+style file (for \optionsor{mkidx,xdy}, respectively) and to ensure that
+\idx{glossary} entries are written to the appropriate output files.
+\strong{If you omit \gls{makeglossaries} none of
+the \idxpl{indexingfile} will be created.}
\begin{xtr}
-If you are using \gls{glossaries-extra}, \cs{makeglossaries} has an
-optional argument that allows you to have a hybrid of \optsor12 or
-\optsor13. See \gls{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
+If you are using \sty{glossaries-extra}, \gls{makeglossaries} has an
+optional argument that allows you to have a hybrid of \optionsor{noidx,mkidx} or
+\optionsor{noidx,xdy}. See \sty{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
\end{xtr}
-\importantpar
-Note that some of the commands provided by the \styfmt{glossaries}
-package must not be used after \cs{makeglossaries} as they are
+\begin{important}
+Note that some of the commands provided by the \sty{glossaries}
+package must not be used after \gls{makeglossaries} as they are
required when creating the customised style file. If you attempt
-to use those commands after \cs{makeglossaries} you will generate
+to use those commands after \gls{makeglossaries} you will generate
an error.
Similarly, there are some commands that must not be used before
-\cs{makeglossaries}.
-
-You can suppress the creation of the customised \gls{xindy}
-or \gls{makeindex} style file using
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\noist}]
-\cs{noist}
-\end{definition}
-That this command must not be used after \cs{makeglossaries}.
-\begin{important}
-Note that if you have a custom \filetype{xdy} file created when using
-\styfmt{glossaries} version 2.07 or below, you will need to use the
-\pkgopt{compatible-2.07} package option with it.
+\gls{makeglossaries} because they require the associated
+\idxpl{indexingfile} to be open, if those files should be created.
+These may not necessarily generate an error or warning as a
+different \idx{indexing} option may be chosen that doesn't require
+those files (such as \optionsor{unsrt,standalone}).
\end{important}
+The \gls{makeglossaries} command internally uses:
+\cmddef{writeist}
+to create the custom \app{makeindex}\slash\app{xindy} style file.
+This command disables itself by setting itself to \gls{relax} so
+that it can only be used once. In general, there should be no reason
+to use or alter this command.
+
The default name for the customised style file is given by
-\ics{jobname}\texttt{.}\filetype{ist} (\opt2) or
-\ics{jobname}\texttt{.}\filetype{xdy} (\opt3). This name may be
+\code{\gls{jobname}.\ext+{ist}} (\option{mkidx}) or
+\code{\gls{jobname}.\ext+{xdy}} (\option{xdy}). This name may be
changed using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\setStyleFile}]
-\cs{setStyleFile}\marg{name}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{setStyleFile}
where \meta{name} is the name of the style file without the
-extension. Note that this command must not be used after
-\cs{makeglossaries}.
-
-Each glossary entry is assigned a \gls{numberlist} that lists all
-the locations in the document where that entry was used. By default,
-the location refers to the page number but this may be overridden
-using the \pkgopt{counter} package option. The default form of
-the location number assumes a full stop compositor (e.g.\ 1.2),
-but if your location numbers use a different compositor (e.g. 1-2)
-you need to set this using
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsSetCompositor}]
-\cs{glsSetCompositor}\marg{symbol}
-\end{definition}
-For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glsSetCompositor{-}
-\end{verbatim}
-This command must not be used after \cs{makeglossaries}.
+extension.
+
+\plabel{sec:isthook}%
+There is a hook near the end of \gls{writeist} that can be set with:
+\cmddef{GlsSetWriteIstHook}
+The \meta{code} will be performed while the style file is still
+open, which allows additional content to be added to it.
+The associated write register is:
+\cmddef{glswrite}
+Note that this register is defined by \gls{writeist} to prevent an
+unnecessary write register from being created in the event that neither \app{makeindex}
+nor \app{xindy} is required.
+
+If you use the \gls{GlsSetWriteIstHook} hook to write extra
+information to the style file, make sure you use the appropriate
+syntax for the desired \idx{indexingapp}. For example, with
+\app{makeindex}:
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{GlsSetWriteIstHook}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{write}\gls{glswrite}\marg{page\_precedence "arnAR"}\comment{}
+ \gls{write}\gls{glswrite}\marg{line\_max 80}\comment{}
+}
+\end{codebox*}
+This changes the \idx{pageprecedence} and the maximum line length
+used by \app{makeindex}.
-If you use \opt3, you can have a different compositor for page
+Remember that if you switch to \app{xindy}, this will no longer be
+valid code.
+
+You can suppress the creation of the customised \app{xindy}
+or \app{makeindex} style file using:
+\cmddef{noist}
+This is provided in the event that you want to supply your own
+customized style file that can't be replicated with the available
+options and commands provided by the \sty{glossaries} package.
+This command sets \gls{writeist} to \gls{relax} (making it do
+nothing) but will also update the \app{xindy}
+\idxc{xindyattr}{attribute list} if applicable.
+
+If you have a custom \ext{xdy} file created when using
+\sty{glossaries} version 2.07 (2010-0710) or below, you will need to use
+rollback and the \opt{compatible-2.07} package option with it.
+However, that is now so dated and the \LaTeX\ kernel has changed
+significantly since that time that you may need to use a legacy
+distribution (see
+\blog{legacy-documents-and-tex-live-docker-images}{Legacy Documents
+and TeX Live Docker Images}).
+
+Each \idx{glossaryentry} is assigned a \idx{numberlist} that lists all
+the \locations\ in the document where that \idx{entry} was used. By default,
+the \location\ refers to the page number but this may be overridden
+using the \opt{counter} package option. The default form of
+the \location\ number assumes a full stop \idx{compositor} (for example, 1.2),
+but if your \location\ numbers use a different \idx{compositor} (for
+example, 1-2) you need to set this using
+\cmddef{glsSetCompositor}\marg{symbol}
+For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsSetCompositor}\marg{-}
+\end{codebox}
+This command must not be used after \gls{makeglossaries}. Note that
+with \app{makeindex}, any \locations\ with the wrong \idx{compositor}
+(or one that hasn't been correctly identified with
+\gls{glsSetCompositor}) will cause \app{makeindex} to reject the
+\location\ with an invalid number\slash digit message. As from
+v4.50, \app{makeglossaries} will check for this message and attempt
+a correction, but this can result in an incorrectly formatted
+\location\ in the \idx{numberlist}. See the information about
+\app{makeglossaries}['s] \mkglsopt{e} switch
+in \sectionref{sec:makeglossariesapp} for further details.
+
+An invalid page number will also cause \app{xindy} to fail with a
+\qt{did not match any location-class} warning. This is also
+something that \app{makeglossaries} will check for and will provided
+diagnostic information, but it won't attempt to make any correction.
+
+If you use \option{xdy}, you can have a different \idx{compositor} for page
numbers starting with an upper case alphabetical character using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsSetAlphaCompositor}]
-\cs{glsSetAlphaCompositor}\marg{symbol}
-\end{definition}
-This command has no effect if you use \opt2. For example, if you want
-\glspl{numberlist} containing a mixture of A-1 and 2.3 style
+\cmddef{glsSetAlphaCompositor}
+This command is only available with \app{xindy}. For example, if you want
+\idxpl{numberlist} containing a mixture of A-1 and 2.3 style
formats, then do:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glsSetCompositor{.}\glsSetAlphaCompositor{-}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsSetCompositor}\marg{.}\gls{glsSetAlphaCompositor}\marg{-}
+\end{codebox}
See \sectionref{sec:numberlists} for further information about
-\glspl{numberlist}.
+\idxpl{numberlist}.
-\chapter{Defining Glossary Entries}
+\chapter{Defining \Glsfmtplural{idx.glossaryentry}}
\label{sec:newglosentry}
\begin{bib2gls}
-If you want to use \gls{bib2gls}, entries must be defined in
-\filetype{bib} files using the syntax described in the \gls{bib2gls}
+If you want to use \app{bib2gls}, entries must be defined in
+\ext{bib} files using the syntax described in the \app{bib2gls}
user manual.
\end{bib2gls}
-Acronyms are covered in \sectionref{sec:acronyms} but they use the
-same underlying mechanism as all the other entries, so it's a good
+\Idxpl{acronym} are covered in \sectionref{sec:acronyms} but they use the
+same underlying mechanism as all the other \idxpl{glossaryentry}, so it's a good
idea to read this chapter first. The keys provided for
-\cs{newglossaryentry} can also be used in the optional argument of
-\cs{newacronym}, although some of them, such as \gloskey{first} and
-\gloskey{plural}, interfere with the acronym styles.
-
-All glossary entries must be defined before they are used, so it is
-better to define them in the preamble to ensure this. In fact, some
-commands such as \cs{longnewglossaryentry}
-may only be used in the preamble. See \sectionref{sec:docdefs} for
-a discussion of the problems with defining entries within the
-document instead of in the preamble. (The \gls{glossaries-extra}
+\gls{newglossaryentry} can also be used in the optional argument of
+\gls{newacronym}, although some of them, such as \gloskey{first} and
+\gloskey{plural}, interfere with the \idxpl{acronymstyle}.
+
+All \idxpl{glossaryentry} must be defined before they are used, so it is
+better to define them in the \idxf{documentpreamble} to ensure this. In fact, some
+commands such as \gls{longnewglossaryentry}
+may only be used in the \idx{documentpreamble}. See \sectionref{sec:docdefs} for
+a discussion of the problems with defining \idxpl{entry} within the
+document instead of in the \idx{documentpreamble}. (The \sty{glossaries-extra}
package has an option that provides a restricted form of document
definitions that avoids some of the issues discussed in
\sectionref{sec:docdefs}.)
\begin{important}
-\opt1 enforces the preamble-only restriction on
-\ics{newglossaryentry}. \opt4 requires that definitions are provided
-in \filetype{bib} format. \opt5 requires either preamble-only
-definitions or the use of the \gls{glossaries-extra} package option
-\optfmt{docdef=restricted}.
+\option{noidx} enforces the \idx+{documentpreamble}-only restriction on
+\gls{newglossaryentry}. \option{b2g} requires that definitions are provided
+in \ext{bib} format. \options{unsrt,standalone} work best with either
+\idx{documentpreamble}-only
+definitions or the use of the \sty{glossaries-extra} package option
+\optval{docdef}{restricted}.
\end{important}
-Only those entries that are indexed in the document
+Bear in mind that with \optval{docdef}{restricted}, the
+\idxpl{entry} must be defined before any \idxpl{entry} are used,
+including when they are displayed in the \idx{glossary} (for example, with
+\gls{printunsrtglossary}) or where they appear in the
+\idx+{tableofcontents} or list of floats. This is essentially the
+same problem as defining a robust command mid-document and using it
+in a section title or caption.
+
+Only those \idxpl{entry} that are \indexed\ in the document
(using any of the commands described in
\sectionref{sec:glslink}, \sectionref{sec:glsadd} or
-\sectionref{sec:crossref}) will appear in the glossary. See
+\sectionref{sec:crossref}) will appear in the \idx{glossary}. See
\sectionref{sec:printglossary} to find out how to display the
-glossary.
+\idx{glossary}.
-
-New glossary entries are defined using the command:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\newglossaryentry}]
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\marg{label}\marg{key=value list}
-\end{definition}
-This is a short command, so values in \meta{key-val list} can't
+New \idxpl+{glossaryentry} are defined using the command:
+\cmddef{newglossaryentry}
+This is a short command, so values in \keyvallist\ can't
contain any paragraph breaks. Take care to enclose values containing
-any commas (\texttt{,}) or equal signs (\texttt{=}) with braces to hide them
-from the key=value list parser.
+any commas (\sym{comma}) or equal signs (\sym{equals}) with braces to hide them
+from the \keyval\ list parser.
If you have a long description that
-needs to span multiple paragraphs, use
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\longnewglossaryentry}]
-\cs{longnewglossaryentry}\marg{label}\marg{key=value
-list}\marg{long description}
-\end{definition}
-instead. Note that this command may only be used in the preamble.
-Be careful of unwanted spaces. \cs{longnewglossaryentry}
-will remove trailing spaces in the description (via \cs{unskip})
-but won't remove leading spaces. This command also appends
-\cs{nopostdesc} to the end of the description, which suppresses the
-post-description hook. The \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides
-a starred version of \cs{longnewglossaryentry} that doesn't append
-either \cs{unskip} or \cs{nopostdesc}.
-
-There are also commands that will only define the entry if it
+needs to span multiple paragraphs, use the following instead:
+\cmddef{longnewglossaryentry}
+Note that this command may only be used in the
+\idx+{documentpreamble} (regardless of \opt{docdef}).
+
+\begin{warning}
+Be careful of unwanted spaces.
+\end{warning}
+
+\gls{longnewglossaryentry} will remove trailing spaces in the
+description (via \gls{unskip}) but won't remove leading spaces. This
+command also appends \gls{nopostdesc} to the end of the description,
+which suppresses the post-description hook (since the terminating
+punctuation is more likely to be included in a multi-paragraph
+description). The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides a starred
+version of \gls{longnewglossaryentry} that doesn't append either
+\gls{unskip} or \gls{nopostdesc}.
+
+There are also commands that will only define the \idx{entry} if it
hasn't already been defined:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\provideglossaryentry]
-\cs{provideglossaryentry}\marg{label}\marg{key=value list}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{provideglossaryentry}
and
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\longprovideglossaryentry]
-\cs{longprovideglossaryentry}\marg{label}\marg{key=value
-list}\marg{long description}
-\end{definition}
-(These are both preamble-only commands.)
-
-For all the above commands, the first argument, \meta{label}, must be
-a~unique label with which to identify this entry. \strong{This can't contain
-any non-expandable commands or active characters.} The reason for
+\cmddef{longprovideglossaryentry}
+(These are both \idx+{documentpreamble}-only commands.)
+
+For all the above commands, the first argument, \meta{entry-label}, must be
+a~unique label with which to identify this \idx{entry}. \strong{This can't contain
+any non-expandable or fragile commands.} The reason for
this restriction is that the label is used to construct internal commands
that store the associated information (similarly to commands
-like \cs{label}) and therefore must be able to expand to a valid
-control sequence name.
+like \gls{label}) and therefore must be able to expand to a valid
+control sequence name. With modern \LaTeX\ kernels, you should now
+be able to use \idx{utf8} characters in the label.
\begin{important}
-Note that although an \gls{exlatinchar} or other \gls{nonlatinchar},
-such as \'e or \ss, looks like a plain character in your
-\texttt{.tex} file, it's actually a~macro (an active character) and
-therefore can't be used in the label. (This applies to \LaTeX\
-rather than \XeLaTeX.) Also be careful of
-\sty{babel}'s options that change certain punctuation characters
-(such as \texttt{:} or \texttt{-}) to active characters.
+Be careful of \sty{babel}['s] options that change certain
+punctuation characters, such as colon (\sym{colon}) or double-quote
+(\sym{dblquote}), to active characters.
\end{important}
-The second argument, \meta{key=value list}, is
-a \meta{key}=\meta{value} list that supplies the relevant
+The second argument, \keyvallist, is
+a \keyval\ list that supplies the relevant
information about this entry. There are two required fields:
\gloskey{description} and either \gloskey{name} or \gloskey{parent}.
The description is set in the third argument of
-\cs{longnewglossaryentry} and \cs{longprovideglossaryentry}. With
+\gls{longnewglossaryentry} and \gls{longprovideglossaryentry}. With
the other commands it's set via the \gloskey{description} key.
-As is typical with \meta{key}=\meta{value} lists, values that contain
-a comma or equal sign must be enclosed in braces. Available fields
+
+As is typical with \keyval\ lists, values that contain
+a comma (\sym{comma}) or equal sign (\sym{equals}) must be
+enclosed in braces. Available fields
are listed below. Additional fields are provided by the
supplementary packages \sty{glossaries-prefix}
(\sectionref{sec:prefix}) and \sty{glossaries-accsupp}
-(\sectionref{sec:accsupp}) and also by \gls{glossaries-extra}.
+(\sectionref{sec:accsupp}) and also by \sty{glossaries-extra}.
You can also define your own custom keys (see
\sectionref{sec:addkey}).
-\begin{description}
-\item[{\gloskey{name}}] The name of the entry (as it will appear in
-the glossary). If this key is omitted and the \gloskey{parent}
+\optiondef{gloskey.name}
+The name of the \idx{entry} (as it will appear in
+the \idx+{glossary}). If this key is omitted and the \gloskey{parent}
key is supplied, this value will be the same as the parent's name.
\begin{important}
If the \gloskey{name} key contains any commands, you must also
-use the \gloskey{sort} key (described below) if you intend sorting the entries
-alphabetically, otherwise the entries can't be sorted correctly.
+use the \gloskey{sort} key (described below) if you intend sorting
+the \idxpl{entry} alphabetically with \optionsor{noidx,mkidx,xdy},
+otherwise the entries can't be sorted correctly.
\end{important}
-\item[{\gloskey{description}}] A brief description of this term (to
-appear in the glossary). Within this value, you can use:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\nopostdesc}]
-\cs{nopostdesc}
-\end{definition}
-to suppress the
-description terminator for this entry. For example, if this
+\optiondef{gloskey.description}
+A brief description of this term (to appear in the \idx+{glossary}).
+Within this value, you can use:
+\cmddef*{nopostdesc}
+to suppress the description terminator for this entry. For example, if this
entry is a parent entry that doesn't require a description, you
-can do \texttt{description\dequals\mgroup{\cs{nopostdesc}}}. If you want a paragraph
+can do \gloskeyval{description}{\gls{nopostdesc}}. If you want a paragraph
break in the description use:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glspar}]
-\cs{glspar}
-\end{definition}
-or, better, use \cs{longnewglossaryentry}.
-However, note that not all glossary styles support multi-line
-descriptions. If you are using one of the tabular-like glossary
-styles that permit multi-line descriptions, use \ics{newline}
-not \verb"\\" if you want to force a line break.
+\cmddef{glspar}
+or, better, use \gls{longnewglossaryentry}.
+However, note that not all \idxpl{glossarystyle} support multi-line
+descriptions. If you are using one of the tabular-like
+\idxpl{glossarystyle} that permit multi-line descriptions and you
+really need an explicit line break, use \gls{newline} not \gls{cs.bsl}
+(but in general, avoid \gls{cs.bsl} outside of tabular contexts anyway
+and use a ragged \idxc{glossary}{style} if you are having problems
+with line breaks in a narrow column).
\begin{xtr}
-With \gls{glossaries-extra}, use \ics*{glsxtrnopostpunc} instead of
-\cs{nopostdesc} to suppress the post-description punctuation.
+With \sty{glossaries-extra}, use \gls{glsxtrnopostpunc} instead of
+\gls{nopostdesc} to suppress the post-description punctuation.
\end{xtr}
-\item[{\gloskey{parent}}] The label of the parent entry. Note that
-the parent entry must be defined before its sub-entries.
+\optiondef{gloskey.parent}
+This key establishes the \idx{entry}['s] \idx+{hierarchicallevel}.
+The value must be the \emph{label} of the parent \idx{entry}
+(not the \gloskey{name}, although they may be the same).
+The \meta{parent-label} value must match the
+\meta{entry-label} used when the parent \idx{entry} was defined.
See \sectionref{sec:subentries} for further details.
-\item[{\gloskey{descriptionplural}}] The plural form of the
-description, if required. If omitted, the value
-is set to the same as the \gloskey{description} key.
+\begin{important}
+The parent \idx{entry} must be defined before it's referenced in
+the \gloskey{parent} key of another \idx{entry}.
+\end{important}
+
+\optiondef{gloskey.descriptionplural}
+The plural form of the description, if required. If omitted, the
+value is set to the same as the \gloskey{description} key.
-\item[{\gloskey{text}}] How this entry will appear in the document text
-when using \ics{gls} (or one of its upper case variants). If this
+\optiondef{gloskey.text}
+How this entry will appear in the document text
+when using \gls+{gls} on \idx+{subsequentuse}. If this
field is omitted, the value of the \gloskey{name} key is used.
-This key is automatically set by \cs{newacronym}. Although it is
+This key is automatically set by \gls{newacronym}. Although it is
possible to override it by using \gloskey{text} in the optional
-argument of \cs{newacronym}, it will interfere with the acronym
-style and cause unexpected results.
-
-\item[{\gloskey{first}}] How the entry will appear in the document text
-on \firstuse\ with \ics{gls} (or one of its upper case
-variants). If this field is omitted, the value of the \gloskey{text}
-key is used. Note that if you use \ics{glspl}, \ics{Glspl},
-\ics{GLSpl}, \ics{glsdisp} before using \ics{gls}, the
-\gloskey{first} value won't be used with \ics{gls}.
-
-You may prefer to use abbreviations (\sectionref{sec:acronyms})
-or the category post-link hook (\ics*{glsdefpostlink}) provided by
-\gls{glossaries-extra} if you would like to automatically append
-content on \firstuse\ in a consistent manner. See, for example,
-\gallery{index.php?label=sample-units}{Gallery: Units
-(\styfmt{glossaries-extra.sty})}.
+argument of \gls{newacronym}, it will interfere with the
+\idx{acronymstyle} and cause unexpected results.
+
+\optiondef{gloskey.first}
+How the \idx{entry} will appear in the document text on \idx+{firstuse}
+with \gls+{gls}. If this field is omitted, the value of the
+\gloskey{text} key is used. Note that if you use \gls{glspl},
+\gls{Glspl}, \gls{GLSpl}, \gls{glsdisp} before using \gls{gls}, the
+\gloskey{first} value won't be used with \gls{gls}.
+
+You may prefer to use \idxpl{acronym} (\sectionref{sec:acronyms}) or the
+\idxpl{abbreviation} or the category post-link hook (\gls{glsdefpostlink}) provided by
+\sty{glossaries-extra} if you would like to automatically append
+content on \idx{firstuse} in a consistent manner. See, for example,
+\gallerypage{sample-units}{Gallery: Units (\styfmt{glossaries-extra.sty})}.
Although it is possible to use \gloskey{first} in the optional
-argument of \cs{newacronym}, it can interfere with the acronym
-style and cause unexpected results.
+argument of \gls{newacronym}, it can interfere with the
+\idx{acronymstyle} and cause unexpected results.
-\item[{\gloskey{plural}}] How the entry will appear in the document text
-when using \ics{glspl} (or one of its upper case variants). If this
+\optiondef{gloskey.plural}
+How the entry will appear in the document text
+when using \gls+{glspl} on \idx{subsequentuse}. If this
field is omitted, the value is obtained by appending
-\ics{glspluralsuffix} to the value of the \gloskey{text} field. The
-default value of \ics{glspluralsuffix} is the letter \qt{s}.
+\gls{glspluralsuffix} to the value of the \gloskey{text} field.
Although it is possible to use \gloskey{plural} in the optional
-argument of \cs{newacronym}, it can interfere with the acronym
-style and cause unexpected results. Use \gloskey{shortplural}
+argument of \gls{newacronym}, it can interfere with the
+\idx{acronymstyle} and cause unexpected results. Use \gloskey{shortplural}
instead, if the default value is inappropriate.
-\item[{\gloskey{firstplural}}] How the entry will appear in the
-document text on \firstuse\ with \ics{glspl} (or one of its
-upper case variants). If this field is omitted, the value is obtained
+\optiondef{gloskey.firstplural}
+How the \idx{entry} will appear in the
+document text on \idx+{firstuse} with \gls{glspl}.
+If this field is omitted, the value is obtained
from the \gloskey{plural} key, if the \gloskey{first} key is omitted,
-or by appending \ics{glspluralsuffix} to the value of the
+or by appending \gls{glspluralsuffix} to the value of the
\gloskey{first} field, if the \gloskey{first} field is present. Note
-that if you use \ics{gls}, \ics{Gls}, \ics{GLS}, \cs{glsdisp} before
-using \ics{glspl}, the \gloskey{firstplural} value won't be used
-with \ics{glspl}.
+that if you use \gls{gls}, \gls{Gls}, \gls{GLS}, \gls{glsdisp} before
+using \gls{glspl}, the \gloskey{firstplural} value won't be used
+with \gls{glspl}.
Although it is possible to use \gloskey{firstplural} in the optional
-argument of \cs{newacronym}, it can interfere with the acronym
-style and cause unexpected results. Use \gloskey{shortplural}
+argument of \gls{newacronym}, it can interfere with the
+\idx{acronymstyle} and cause unexpected results. Use \gloskey{shortplural}
and \gloskey{longplural} instead, if the default value is inappropriate.
-\importantpar
-Note: prior to version 1.13, the default value of
+\begin{information}
+Prior to version 1.13, the default value of
\gloskey{firstplural} was always taken by appending \qt{s} to the
\gloskey{first} key, which meant that you had to specify both
\gloskey{plural} and \gloskey{firstplural}, even if you hadn't
used the \gloskey{first} key.
+\end{information}
-\item[{\gloskey{symbol}}] This field is provided to allow the user
+\optiondef{gloskey.symbol}
+This field is provided to allow the user
to specify an associated symbol. If omitted, the value is set to
-\cs{relax}. Note that not all glossary styles display the symbol.
+\gls{relax}. Note that not all \idxpl{glossarystyle} display the symbol.
-\item[{\gloskey{symbolplural}}] This is the plural form of the
-symbol (as passed to \ics{glsdisplay} and \ics{glsdisplayfirst}
-by \ics{glspl}, \ics{Glspl} and \ics{GLSpl}). If omitted, the value
+\optiondef{gloskey.symbolplural}
+This is the plural form of the symbol. If omitted, the value
is set to the same as the \gloskey{symbol} key.
-\item[{\gloskey{sort}}] This value indicates the text to be used by
-the sort comparator when ordering all the entries. If omitted, the value is given
-by the \gloskey{name} field unless one of the package options
-\pkgopt[def]{sort} and \pkgopt[use]{sort} have been used.
-With \opt2 it's best to use the \gloskey{sort} key if the
-\gloskey{name} contains commands (e.g.\ \verb|\ensuremath{\alpha}|)
-and with \optsand13, it's strongly recommended as the indexing may
-fail if you don't (see below).
+\optiondef{gloskey.sort}
+This value indicates the text to be used by the sort comparator when
+ordering all the \idxpl{glossaryentry}. If omitted, the value is given by the
+\gloskey{name} field unless one of the package options
+\opteqvalref{sort}{def} and \opteqvalref{sort}{use} have been
+used. With \option{mkidx} it's best to use the \gloskey{sort} key
+if the \gloskey{name} contains commands (for example,
+\code{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{alpha}}}) and with
+\options{mkidx,xdy}, it's strongly recommended as the \idx{indexing}
+may fail if you don't (see below).
You can also override the \gloskey{sort} key by redefining
-\ics{glsprestandardsort} (see \sectionref{sec:pkgopts-sort}).
+\gls{glsprestandardsort} (see \sectionref{sec:pkgopts-sort}).
\begin{bib2gls}
-The \gloskey{sort} key shouldn't be used with \gls{bib2gls}. It has
-a system of fallbacks that allow different types of entries to
+The \gloskey{sort} key shouldn't be used with \app{bib2gls}. It has
+a system of fallbacks that allow different types of \idxpl{entry} to
obtain the sort value from the most relevant field. See the
-\gls{bib2gls} manual for further details and see also
+\app{bib2gls} manual for further details, and see also
\bibglsgallery{sorting}.
\end{bib2gls}
-\opt1 by default strips the \glslink{latexexlatinchar}{standard
+\option{noidx} by default strips the \glslink{latexexlatinchar}{standard
\LaTeX\ accents} (that is, accents generated by core \LaTeX\ commands) from the
\gloskey{name} key when it sets the \gloskey{sort} key. So with
-\opt1:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{elite}{%
- name={{\'e}lite},
- description={select group of people}
+\option{noidx}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{elite}\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\gls{cs.apos}elite},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{select group of people}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
This is equivalent to:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{elite}{%
- name={{\'e}lite},
- description={select group of people},
- sort={elite}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{elite}\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\gls{cs.apos}elite},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{select group of people}
+ \gloskeyval{sort}{elite}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-Unless you use the package option \pkgopt[true]{sanitizesort}, in
+\end{codebox}
+Unless you use the package option \optval{sanitizesort}{true}, in
which case it's equivalent to:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{elite}{%
- name={{\'e}lite},
- description={select group of people},
- sort={\'elite}
-}
-\end{verbatim}
-This will place the entry before the \qt{A} letter group since the
-sort value starts with a symbol.
-
-Similarly if you use the \sty{inputenc} package:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{elite}\mgroup{\%
- name=\mgroup{\mgroup{\'e}lite},
- description=\mgroup{select group of people}
-}
-\end{alltt}
-This is equivalent to
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{elite}\mgroup{\%
- name=\mgroup{\mgroup{\'e}lite},
- description=\mgroup{select group of people},
- sort=elite
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{elite}\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\gls{cs.apos}elite},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{select group of people}
+ \gloskeyval{sort}{\sym{bksl}\sym+{apos}elite},
}
-\end{alltt}
-Unless you use the package option \pkgopt[true]{sanitizesort}, in
-which case it's equivalent to:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{elite}\mgroup{\%
- name=\mgroup{\mgroup{\'e}lite},
- description=\mgroup{select group of people},
- sort=\'elite
-}
-\end{alltt}
-Again, this will place the entry before the \qt{A} group.
-
-With \optsand23, the default value of \gloskey{sort} will either be
-set to the \gloskey{name} key (if \pkgopt[true]{sanitizesort}) or it
+\end{codebox}
+This will place the \idx{entry} before the \qt{A} \idx{lettergroup} since the
+sort value starts with a symbol (a literal backslash \sym{bksl}).
+Note that \option{noidx} shouldn't be used with \idx{utf8}
+characters. With old \LaTeX\ kernels, it was able to convert a
+\idx{utf8} character, such as \code{\'e}, to an \idx{ascii}
+equivalent but this is no longer possible.
+
+With \options{mkidx,xdy}, the default value of \gloskey{sort} will either be
+set to the \gloskey{name} key (if \optval{sanitizesort}{true}) or it
will set it to the expansion of the \gloskey{name} key (if
-\pkgopt[false]{sanitizesort}).
+\optval{sanitizesort}{false}).
\begin{important}
-Take care with \gls{xindy} (\opt3): if you have entries with the same
+Take care with \app{xindy} (\option{xdy}): if you have \idxpl{entry} with the same
\gloskey{sort} value they will be treated as the
-same entry. If you use \gls{xindy} and aren't using the \texttt{def}
-or \texttt{use} sort methods, \strong{always} use the \gloskey{sort}
-key for entries where the name just consists of a control sequence
-(for example \texttt{name=\{\cs{alpha}\}}).
+same entry. If you use \app{xindy} and aren't using the
+\optvalref{sort}{def}
+or \optvalref{sort}{use} sort methods, \strong{always} use the \gloskey{sort}
+key for entries where the name just consists of commands
+(for example \gloskeyval{name}{\csfmt{alpha}}).
-Take care if you use \opt1 and the \gloskey{name} contains fragile
+Take care if you use \option{noidx} and the \gloskey{name} contains fragile
commands. You will either need to explicitly set the \gloskey{sort}
-key or use the \pkgopt[true]{sanitizesort} package option (unless
-you use the \texttt{def} or \texttt{use} sort methods).
+key or use the \optval{sanitizesort}{true} package option (unless
+you use the \optvalref{sort}{def} or \optvalref{sort}{use} sort methods).
\end{important}
-\item[{\gloskey{type}}] This specifies the label of the glossary in
-which this entry belongs. If omitted, the default glossary is
-assumed unless \ics{newacronym} is used (see
+\optiondef{gloskey.type}
+This specifies the label of the \idx{glossary} in which this entry
+belongs. If omitted, the default \idx{glossary} identified by
+\gls{glsdefaulttype} is assumed unless \gls{newacronym} is used (see
\sectionref{sec:acronyms}).
-\item[{\gloskey{user1}, \ldots, \gloskey{user6}%
-\igloskey{user2}\igloskey{user3}\igloskey{user4}\igloskey{user5}}]
-Six keys provided for any additional information the user may want
+Six keys are provided for any additional information the user may want
to specify. (For example, an associated dimension or an alternative
plural or some other grammatical construct.) Alternatively, you can
-add new keys using \ics{glsaddkey} or \ics{glsaddstoragekey} (see \sectionref{sec:addkey}).
+add new keys using \gls{glsaddkey} or \gls{glsaddstoragekey}
+(see \sectionref{sec:addkey}).
+
+\optiondef{gloskey.user1}
+The first user key.
+
+\optiondef{gloskey.user2}
+The second user key.
+
+\optiondef{gloskey.user3}
+The third user key.
+
+\optiondef{gloskey.user4}
+The fourth user key.
+
+\optiondef{gloskey.user5}
+The fifth user key.
+
+\optiondef{gloskey.user6}
+The sixth user key.
-\item[{\gloskey{nonumberlist}}] A boolean key. If the value is
-missing or is \texttt{true}, this will suppress the \gls{numberlist} just for
-this entry. Conversely, if you have used the package option
-\pkgopt{nonumberlist}, you can activate the \gls*{numberlist} just
-for this entry with \gloskey{nonumberlist=false}.
+\optiondef{gloskey.nonumberlist}
+If the value is missing or is \optfmt{true}, this will suppress
+the \idx+{numberlist} just for
+this \idx{entry}. Conversely, if you have used the package option
+\optval{nonumberlist}{true}, you can activate the \idx{numberlist} just
+for this entry with \gloskeyval{nonumberlist}{false}.
(See \sectionref{sec:numberlists}.)
-\item[{\gloskey{see}}]
+This key works by adding \gls{glsnonextpages}
+(\gloskeyval{nonumberlist}{true}) or \gls{glsnextpages}
+(\gloskeyval{nonumberlist}{false}) to the \idx{indexing} information
+for \options{mkidx,xdy}. Note that this means that if the entry is
+added to the \idx{glossary} simply because it has an \indexed\
+descendent (and has not been \indexed\ itself) then the first
+\indexed\ sub-entry that follows will have its \idx{numberlist} suppressed
+instead.
+
+With \option{noidx}, this key saves the appropriate command in the
+\glosfield{prenumberlist} internal field, which is used by
+\gls{glsnoidxprenumberlist}.
+
+\optiondef{gloskey.see}
This key essentially provides a convenient shortcut that performs
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{glssee}\oarg{tag}\marg{label}\marg{xr-label list}
-\end{alltt}
-after the entry has been defined. (See \sectionref{sec:crossref}.)
+\begin{compactcodebox*}
+\gls{glssee}\oargm{tag}\margm{entry-label}\margm{xr-list}
+\end{compactcodebox*}
+after the \idx{entry} has been defined. (See \sectionref{sec:crossref}.)
It was originally designed for synonyms that may not occur in the
-document text but needed to be included in the glossary in order to
-redirect the reader. Note that it doesn't index the cross-referenced
-entry (or entries) as that would interfere with their \glspl{numberlist}.
+document text but needed to be included in the \idx{glossary} in order to
+redirect the reader. Note that it doesn't \idxc{indexing}{index} the cross-referenced
+\idx{entry} (or \idxpl{entry}) as that would interfere with their \idxpl{numberlist}.
\begin{important}
-Using the \gloskey{see} key will \emph{automatically add this entry
-to the glossary}, but will not automatically add the
-cross-referenced entry.
+Using the \gloskey{see} key will \emph{automatically add this \idx{entry}
+to the \idx{glossary}}, but will not automatically add the
+cross-referenced \idx{entry}.
\end{important}
For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{courgette}{name={courgette},
- description={variety of small marrow}}
-\newglossaryentry{zucchini}{name={zucchini},
- description={(North American)},
- see={courgette}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{courgette}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{courgette},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{variety of small marrow}}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{zucchini}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{zucchini},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{(North American)},
+ \gloskeyval{see}{courgette}}
+\end{codebox}
This defines two entries (courgette and zucchini) and automatically
adds a cross-reference from zucchini to courgette. (That is, it adds
-\qt{\emph{see} courgette} to zucchini's \gls{numberlist}.) This
-doesn't automatically index courgette since this would create an
-unwanted location in courgette's \gls{numberlist}. (Page~1, if the
-definitions occur in the preamble.)
+\qt{\emph{see} courgette} to zucchini's \idx{numberlist}.) This
+doesn't automatically \idxc{indexing}{index} courgette since this would create an
+unwanted \location\ in courgette's \idx{numberlist}. (Page~1, if the
+definitions occur in the \idx{documentpreamble}.)
Note that while it's possible to put the cross-reference in the
description instead, for example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{zucchini}{name={zucchini},
- description={(North American) see \gls{courgette}}}
-\end{verbatim}
-this won't index the zucchini entry, so if zucchini isn't indexed
-elsewhere (with commands like \cs{gls} or \cs{glsadd}) then it won't
-appear in the glossary even if courgette does.
-
-The referenced entry should be supplied as the value to this key.
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{zucchini}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{zucchini},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{(North American) see \gls{gls}\marg{courgette}}}
+\end{codebox}
+this won't \idxc{indexing}{index} the zucchini entry, so if zucchini
+isn't \indexed\ elsewhere (with commands like \gls{gls} or \gls{glsadd}) then it won't
+appear in the \idx{glossary} even if courgette does.
+
+The referenced \idx{entry} should be supplied as the value to this key.
If you want to override the \qt{see} tag, you can supply the new
tag in square brackets before the label. For example
-\verb|see=[see also]{anotherlabel}|. \strong{Note that if you have
-suppressed the \gls{numberlist}, the cross-referencing information
-won't appear in the glossary, as it forms part of the
-\gls*{numberlist}.} You can override this for individual
-glossary entries using \gloskey{nonumberlist=false} (see above).
-Alternatively, you can use the \pkgopt{seeautonumberlist} package
-option. For further details, see \sectionref{sec:crossref}.
+\gloskeyval{see}{[see also]\marg{anotherlabel}}.
+
+\begin{warning}
+If you have suppressed the \idx+{numberlist}, the cross-referencing
+information won't appear in the \idx{glossary}, as it forms part of
+the \idx{numberlist}.
+\end{warning}
+
+You can override this for individual \idxpl{glossaryentry} using
+\gloskeyval{nonumberlist}{false}. Alternatively, you can use the
+\opt{seeautonumberlist} package option. For further details, see
+\sectionref{sec:crossref}.
\begin{important}
-For \optsand23, \ics{makeglossaries} must be used before any occurrence of
-\ics{newglossaryentry} that contains the \gloskey{see} key. This key
-should not be used with entries defined in the \env{document} environment.
+For \options{mkidx,xdy}, \gls{makeglossaries} must be used before any occurrence of
+\gls{newglossaryentry} that contains the \gloskey{see} key.
\end{important}
-Since it's useful to suppress the indexing while working on a draft
-document, consider using the \pkgopt{seenoindex} package option to
-warn or ignore the \gloskey{see} key while \cs{makeglossaries} is
+
+Since it's useful to suppress the \idx{indexing} while working on a draft
+document, consider using the \opt{seenoindex} package option to
+warn about or ignore the \gloskey{see} key while \gls{makeglossaries} is
commented out.
If you use the \gloskey{see} key, you may want to consider using the
-\gls{glossaries-extra} package which additionally
-provides a \texttt{seealso} and \texttt{alias} key. If you want to
-avoid the automatic indexing triggered by the \gloskey{see} key,
-consider using \opt4. See also the FAQ item
-\href{https://www.dickimaw-books.com/faq.php?action=view&category=glossaries&itemlabel=whyseekeyautoindex}{Why does the see key automatically index the entry?}
+\sty{glossaries-extra} package which additionally
+provides a \gloskey+{seealso} and \gloskey+{alias} key. If you want to
+avoid the automatic \idx{indexing} triggered by the \gloskey{see} key,
+consider using \option{b2g}. See also the FAQ item
+\faqitem{whyseekeyautoindex}{Why does the see key automatically index the entry?}
\begin{bib2gls}
-The analogous \gls{bib2gls} \gloskey{see} field (and \xtrgloskey{seealso}) have a
-slightly different meaning. The \resourceopt{selection} resource option
-determines the behaviour.
+The analogous \app{bib2gls} \gloskey{see}, \gloskey{seealso} and
+\gloskey{alias} fields have a slightly different meaning. The
+\resourceopt{selection} resource option determines the behaviour.
\end{bib2gls}
-\item[{\xtrgloskey{seealso}}]
-This key is only available with \gls{glossaries-extra} and is
+\optiondef{gloskey.seealso}
+This key is only available with \sty{glossaries-extra} and is
similar to \gloskey{see} but it doesn't allow for the optional tag.
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides \ics*{seealsoname} and
-\texttt{seealso=\marg{list}} is essentially like
-\texttt{see=[\ics*{seealsoname}]\meta{list}} (\optsand34 may treat
-these differently).
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides \gls{seealsoname} and
+\gloskeyval{seealso}{xr-list} is essentially like
+\gloskeyval{see}{[\gls{seealsoname}]\meta{xr-list}}
+(\options{xdy,b2g} may treat these differently).
-\item[{\xtrgloskey{alias}}]
-This key is only available with \gls{glossaries-extra} and is
+\optiondef{gloskey.alias}
+This key is only available with \sty{glossaries-extra} and is
another form of cross-referencing. An entry can be aliased to
-another entry with \texttt{alias=\marg{label}}. This behaves like
-\texttt{see=\marg{label}} but also alters the behaviour of commands
-like \cs{gls} so that they index the entry given by \meta{label}
-instead of the original entry. (See, for example,
-\gallery{index.php?label=aliases}{Gallery: Aliases}.)
+another entry with \gloskeyval{alias}{other-label}. This behaves like
+\gloskeyval{see}{other-label} but also alters the behaviour of commands
+like \gls{gls} so that they \idxc{indexing}{index} the \idx{entry}
+given by \meta{label} instead of the original \idx{entry}. (See, for example,
+\gallerypage{aliases}{Gallery: Aliases}.)
\begin{bib2gls}
-More variations with the key are available with \gls{bib2gls}.
+More variations with the \gloskey{alias} key are available with \app{bib2gls}.
\end{bib2gls}
-\item[\xtrgloskey{category}]
-This key is only available with \gls{glossaries-extra} and is used
-to assign a category to the entry. The value should be a label that
+\optiondef{gloskey.counter}
+This key will set the default \idx{locationcounter} for the given
+\idx{entry}. This will override the \idxc{locationcounter}{counter}
+assigned to the entry's \idx{glossary} in the final optional
+argument of \gls{newglossary} (if provided) and the counter
+identified by the \opt{counter} package option. The
+\idx{locationcounter} can be overridden by the \glsopt{counter}
+option when using the \gls{glslike} and \gls{glstextlike} commands.
+
+\optiondef{gloskey.category}
+This key is only available with \sty{glossaries-extra} and is used
+to assign a category to the \idx{entry}. The value should be a label that
can be used to identify the category. See
-\gls{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
-
-\end{description}
-
-The following keys are reserved for \ics{newacronym} (see
-\sectionref{sec:acronyms}) and also for \ics*{newabbreviation} (see the
-\gls{glossaries-extra} manual): \gloskey{long}, \gloskey{longplural},
-\gloskey{short} and \gloskey{shortplural}.
+\sty{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
+
+The following keys are reserved for \gls{newacronym} (see
+\sectionref{sec:acronyms}) and also for \gls{newabbreviation} (see the
+\sty{glossaries-extra} manual): \inlineglsdef[optdef]{opt.gloskey.long},
+\inlineglsdef[optdef]{opt.gloskey.longplural},
+\inlineglsdef[optdef]{opt.gloskey.short} and
+\inlineglsdef[optdef]{opt.gloskey.shortplural}.
+You can use \gloskey{longplural} and \gloskey{shortplural} in the
+optional argument of \gls{newacronym} (or \gls{newabbreviation}) to
+override the defaults, but don't explicitly use the \gloskey{long}
+or \gloskey{short} keys as that may interfere with
+\idx{acronymstyle} (or \idx{abbrvstyle}).
\begin{bib2gls}
-There are also special internal field names used by \gls{bib2gls}.
-See the \gls{bib2gls} manual for further details.
+There are also special internal field names used by \app{bib2gls}.
+See the \app{bib2gls} manual for further details.
\end{bib2gls}
-The supplementary packages \styfmt{glossaries-prefix} (\sectionref{sec:prefix}) and
-\styfmt{glossaries-accsupp} (\sectionref{sec:accsupp}) provide additional keys.
+The supplementary packages \sty{glossaries-prefix} (\sectionref{sec:prefix}) and
+\sty{glossaries-accsupp} (\sectionref{sec:accsupp}) provide additional keys.
\begin{important}
-Avoid using any of the \glslike\ or \glstextlike\ commands within
+Avoid using any of the \gls{glslike} or \gls{glstextlike} commands within
the \gloskey{text}, \gloskey{first}, \gloskey{short} or
\gloskey{long} keys (or their plural equivalent) or any
other key that you plan to access through those commands.
(For example, the \gloskey{symbol} key if you intend to use
-\cs{glssymbol}.) Otherwise you end up with nested links, which
-can cause complications and they won't work with the case-changing
-commands. You can use them within the value of keys
+\gls{glssymbol}.) Otherwise you can up with nested links, which
+can cause complications. You can use them within the value of keys
that won't be accessed through those commands. For example,
-the \gloskey{description} key if you don't use \cs{glsdesc}.
-Additionally, they'll confuse the entry formatting commands, such as
-\cs{glslabel}.
+the \gloskey{description} key if you don't use \gls{glsdesc}.
+Additionally, they'll confuse the formatting placeholder commands, such as
+\gls{glslabel}. The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides
+\gls{glsxtrp} for this type of situation.
\end{important}
-Note that if the name starts with
-\gls{nonlatinchar}, you must group the character, otherwise it will
-cause a problem for commands like \ics{Gls} and \ics{Glspl}.
+With older \LaTeX\ kernels and pre-2.08 versions of \sty{mfirstuc},
+if the name starts with \idx{nonlatinchar}, you need to group the character,
+otherwise it will cause a problem for commands like \gls{Gls} and \gls{Glspl}.
For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{elite}{name={{\'e}lite},
-description={select group or class}}
-\end{verbatim}
-Note that the same applies if you are using the \sty{inputenc}
-package:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{elite}\mgroup{name=\mgroup{\mgroup{\'e}lite},
-description=\mgroup{select group or class}}
-\end{alltt}
-(This doesn't apply for \XeLaTeX\ or \LuaLaTeX\ documents.
-For further details, see the \qt{UTF-8} section in the
-\sty{mfirstuc} user manual.)
-
-Note that in both of the above examples, you will also need to
-supply the \gloskey{sort} key if you are using \opt2
-whereas \gls{xindy} (\opt3) is usually able to sort
-\glspl{nonlatinchar}
-correctly. \opt1 discards accents from
-\glspl{latexexlatinchar} unless you use the \pkgopt[true]{sanitizesort}.
-
+\begin{codebox}
+\comment{\sty{mfirstuc} v2.07}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{elite}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\marg{\gls{cs.apos}e}lite},
+\gloskeyval{description}{select group or class}}
+\end{codebox}
+Note that the same applies with \sty{inputenc}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\comment{\sty{mfirstuc} v2.07}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{elite}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\marg{\'e}lite},
+\gloskeyval{description}{select group or class}}
+\end{codebox}
+This doesn't apply for \XeLaTeX\ or \LuaLaTeX\ documents or with
+\sty{mfirstuc} v2.08+.
+\begin{codebox}
+\comment{\sty{mfirstuc} v2.08}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{elite}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\'elite},
+\gloskeyval{description}{select group or class}}
+\end{codebox}
+See the \sty{mfirstuc} manual for further details.
+
+Note that in the above \idx{utf8} examples, you will also need to
+supply the \gloskey{sort} key if you are using \optionsor{noidx,mkidx}
+whereas \app{xindy} (\option{xdy}) is usually able to sort
+\idxpl{nonlatinchar} correctly.
\section{Plurals}
\label{sec:plurals}
You may have noticed from above that you can specify the plural form
-when you define a term. If you omit this, the plural will be
-obtained by appending
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glspluralsuffix}]
-\cs{glspluralsuffix}
-\end{definition}
-to the singular form. This command defaults to the letter \qt{s}.
+when you define an \idx{entry}. If you omit this, the plural will be
+obtained by appending:
+\cmddef{glspluralsuffix}
+to the singular form.
+This command may expand when the \idx{entry} is defined, if expansion is
+on for the relevant keys, or may not expand until the \idx{entry} is
+referenced, if expansion is off or if the suffix has been hidden
+inside non-expanding context (which can happen when defining
+\idxpl{acronym} or \idxpl{abbreviation}).
+
For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{cow}{name=cow,description={a fully grown
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{cow}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{cow},\gloskeyval{description}{a fully grown
female of any bovine animal}}
-\end{verbatim}
-defines a new entry whose singular form is \qt{cow} and plural form
+\end{codebox}
+defines a new \idx{entry} whose singular form is \qt{cow} and plural form
is \qt{cows}. However, if you are writing in archaic English, you
may want to use \qt{kine} as the plural form, in which case you
would have to do:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{cow}{name=cow,plural=kine,
-description={a fully grown female of any bovine animal}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{cow}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{cow},\gloskeyval{plural}{kine},
+\gloskeyval{description}{a fully grown female of any bovine animal}}
+\end{codebox}
If you are writing in a language that supports
multiple plurals (for a given term) then use the \gloskey{plural} key
for one of them and one of the user keys to specify the
other plural form. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{cow}{%
- name=cow,%
- description={a fully grown female of any bovine animal
- (plural cows, archaic plural kine)},%
- user1={kine}}
-\end{verbatim}
-You can then use \verb|\glspl{cow}| to produce \qt{cows} and
-\verb|\glsuseri{cow}| to produce \qt{kine}. You can, of course,
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{cow}\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{name}{cow},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a fully grown female of any bovine animal
+ (plural cows, archaic plural kine)},
+ \gloskeyval{user1}{kine}}
+\end{codebox}
+You can then use \code{\gls{glspl}\marg{cow}} to produce \qt{cows} and
+\code{\gls{glsuseri}\marg{cow}} to produce \qt{kine}. You can, of course,
define an easy to remember synonym. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\let\glsaltpl\glsuseri
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{let}\cmd{glsaltpl}\gls{glsuseri}
+\end{codebox}
Then you don't have to remember which key you used to store the
-second plural. Alternatively, you can define your own keys using
-\ics{glsaddkey}, described in \sectionref{sec:addkey}.
+second plural. (Be careful with using \csfmt{let} as it doesn't
+check if the command already exists.)
+
+Alternatively, you can define your own keys using
+\gls{glsaddkey}, described in \sectionref{sec:addkey} (or simply use
+\gls{glsdisp} or \gls{glslink} with the appropriate text).
If you are using a language that usually forms plurals
by appending a different letter, or sequence of letters, you can
-redefine \cs{glspluralsuffix} as required. However, this must be
-done \emph{before} the entries are defined. For languages that don't
+redefine \gls{glspluralsuffix} as required. However, this must be
+done \emph{before} the entries are defined and is unreliable for
+multilingual documents. For languages that don't
form plurals by simply appending a suffix, all the plural forms must be
specified using the \gloskey{plural} key (and the \gloskey{firstplural}
key where necessary).
@@ -6107,153 +18075,146 @@ key where necessary).
You can use the six user keys to provide alternatives, such as
participles. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\let\glsing\glsuseri
-\let\glsd\glsuserii
-
-\newcommand*{\ingkey}{user1}
-\newcommand*{\edkey}{user2}
-
-\newcommand*{\newword}[3][]{%
- \newglossaryentry{#2}{%
- name={#2},%
- description={#3},%
- \edkey={#2ed},%
- \ingkey={#2ing},#1%
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{let}\cmd{glsing}\gls{glsuseri}
+\cmd{let}\cmd{glsd}\gls{glsuserii}
+\codepar
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{ingkey}}\marg{\gloskey{user1}}
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{edkey}}\marg{\gloskey{user2}}
+\codepar
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{newword}}[3][]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{\#2}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\#2},\comment{}
+ \gloskeyval{description}{\#3},\comment{}
+ \cmd{edkey}=\marg{\#2ed},\comment{}
+ \cmd{ingkey}=\marg{\#2ing},\#1\comment{}
}%
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
With the above definitions, I can now define terms like this:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newword{play}{to take part in activities for enjoyment}
-\newword[\edkey={ran},\ingkey={running}]{run}{to move fast using
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newword}\marg{play}\marg{to take part in activities for enjoyment}
+\cmd{newword}[\cmd{edkey}=\marg{ran},\cmd{ingkey}=\marg{running}]\marg{run}\marg{to move fast using
the legs}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
and use them in the text:
-\begin{verbatim}
-Peter is \glsing{play} in the park today.
-
-Jane \glsd{play} in the park yesterday.
-
-Peter and Jane \glsd{run} in the park last week.
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+Peter is \cmd{glsing}\marg{play} in the park today.
+\codepar
+Jane \cmd{glsd}\marg{play} in the park yesterday.
+\codepar
+Peter and Jane \cmd{glsd}\marg{run} in the park last week.
+\end{codebox}
Alternatively, you can define your own keys using
-\ics{glsaddkey}, described below in \sectionref{sec:addkey}.
+\gls{glsaddkey}, described below in \sectionref{sec:addkey}.
+It may, however, be simpler just to use \gls{glslink} or
+\gls{glsdisp} with the appropriate \idx{linktext}.
\section{Additional Keys}
\label{sec:addkey}
-You can now also define your own custom keys using the
+You can define your own custom keys using the
commands described in this section. There are two types of keys:
those for use within the document and those to store information
used behind the scenes by other commands.
For example, if you want to add a key that indicates the associated
unit for a~term, you might want to reference this unit in your
-document. In this case use \cs{glsaddkey} described in
+document. In this case use \gls{glsaddkey} described in
\sectionref{sec:glsaddkey}. If, on the other hand, you want to add a
-key to indicate to a glossary style or acronym style that this entry
-should be formatted differently to other entries, then you can use
-\cs{glsaddstoragekey} described in \sectionref{sec:glsaddstoragekey}.
+key to indicate to a \idx{glossarystyle} or \idx{acronymstyle} that
+this \idx{entry} should be formatted differently to other
+\idxpl{entry}, then you can use \gls{glsaddstoragekey} described in
+\sectionref{sec:glsaddstoragekey}.
In both cases, a new command \meta{no link cs} will be defined that
can be used to access the value of this key (analogous to commands
-such as \cs{glsentrytext}). This can be used in an expandable
+such as \gls{glsentrytext}). This can be used in an expandable
context (provided any fragile commands stored in the key have been
-protected). The new keys must be added using \cs{glsaddkey} or
-\cs{glsaddstoragekey} before glossary entries are defined.
+protected). The new keys must be added using \gls{glsaddkey} or
+\gls{glsaddstoragekey} before \idxpl{glossaryentry} are defined.
\subsection{Document Keys}
\label{sec:glsaddkey}
A custom key that can be used in the document is defined using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsaddkey]
-\cs{glsaddkey}\marg{key}%
-\marg{default value}%
-\marg{no link cs}%
-\marg{no link ucfirst cs}%
-\marg{link cs}%
-\marg{link ucfirst cs}%
-\marg{link allcaps cs}
-\end{definition}
-where:
+\cmddef{glsaddkey}
+where the arguments are as follows:
\begin{description}
-\item[\meta{key}] is the new key to use in \ics{newglossaryentry}
-(or similar commands such as \ics{longnewglossaryentry});
+\item[\meta{key}] is the new key to use in \gls{newglossaryentry}
+(or similar commands such as \gls{longnewglossaryentry});
\item[\meta{default value}] is the default value to use if this key
isn't used in an entry definition (this may reference the current
-entry label via \cs{glslabel}, but you will have to switch on
-expansion via the starred version of \cs{glsaddkey} and protect
+entry label via \gls{glslabel}, but you will have to switch on
+expansion via the starred version of \gls{glsaddkey} and protect
fragile commands);
\item[\meta{no link cs}] is the control sequence to use analogous
-to commands like \ics{glsentrytext};
+to commands like \gls{glsentrytext};
\item[\meta{no link ucfirst cs}] is the control sequence to use analogous
-to commands like \ics{Glsentrytext};
+to commands like \gls{Glsentrytext};
\item[\meta{link cs}] is the control sequence to use analogous
-to commands like \ics{glstext};
+to commands like \gls{glstext};
\item[\meta{link ucfirst cs}] is the control sequence to use analogous
-to commands like \ics{Glstext};
+to commands like \gls{Glstext};
\item[\meta{link allcaps cs}] is the control sequence to use analogous
-to commands like \ics{GLStext}.
+to commands like \gls{GLStext}.
\end{description}
-The starred version of \cs{glsaddkey} switches on expansion for this
+The starred version of \gls{glsaddkey} switches on expansion for this
key. The unstarred version doesn't override the current expansion
setting.
\begin{example}{Defining Custom Keys}{ex:addkey}
-Suppose I want to define two new keys, \texttt{ed} and \texttt{ing},
+Suppose I want to define two new keys, \optfmt{ed} and \optfmt{ing},
that default to the entry text followed by \qt{ed} and \qt{ing},
respectively. The default value will need expanding in both cases, so
I need to use the starred form:
-\begin{verbatim}
- % Define "ed" key:
- \glsaddkey*
- {ed}% key
- {\glsentrytext{\glslabel}ed}% default value
- {\glsentryed}% command analogous to \glsentrytext
- {\Glsentryed}% command analogous to \Glsentrytext
- {\glsed}% command analogous to \glstext
- {\Glsed}% command analogous to \Glstext
- {\GLSed}% command analogous to \GLStext
-
- % Define "ing" key:
- \glsaddkey*
- {ing}% key
- {\glsentrytext{\glslabel}ing}% default value
- {\glsentrying}% command analogous to \glsentrytext
- {\Glsentrying}% command analogous to \Glsentrytext
- {\glsing}% command analogous to \glstext
- {\Glsing}% command analogous to \Glstext
- {\GLSing}% command analogous to \GLStext
-\end{verbatim}
-Now I can define some entries:
-\begin{verbatim}
- % No need to override defaults for this entry:
-
- \newglossaryentry{jump}{name={jump},description={}}
-
- % Need to override defaults on these entries:
-
- \newglossaryentry{run}{name={run},%
- ed={ran},%
- ing={running},%
- description={}}
-
- \newglossaryentry{waddle}{name={waddle},%
- ed={waddled},%
- ing={waddling},%
- description={}}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-These entries can later be used in the document:
-\begin{verbatim}
-The dog \glsed{jump} over the duck.
-
-The duck was \glsing{waddle} round the dog.
-
-The dog \glsed{run} away from the duck.
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\comment{Define "ed" key:}
+ \gls{glsaddkey}*
+ \marg{ed}\comment{key}
+ \marg{\gls{glsentrytext}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}ed}\comment{default value}
+ \marg{\cmd{glsentryed}}\comment{command analogous to \gls{glsentrytext}}
+ \marg{\cmd{Glsentryed}}\comment{command analogous to \gls{Glsentrytext}}
+ \marg{\cmd{glsed}}\comment{command analogous to \gls{glstext}}
+ \marg{\cmd{Glsed}}\comment{command analogous to \gls{Glstext}}
+ \marg{\cmd{GLSed}}\comment{command analogous to \gls{GLStext}}
+\codepar
+\comment{Define "ing" key:}
+ \gls{glsaddkey}*
+ \marg{ing}\comment{key}
+ \marg{\gls{glsentrytext}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}ing}\comment{default value}
+ \marg{\cmd{glsentrying}}\comment{command analogous to \gls{glsentrytext}}
+ \marg{\cmd{Glsentrying}}\comment{command analogous to \gls{Glsentrytext}}
+ \marg{\cmd{glsing}}\comment{command analogous to \gls{glstext}}
+ \marg{\cmd{Glsing}}\comment{command analogous to \gls{Glstext}}
+ \marg{\cmd{GLSing}}\comment{command analogous to \gls{GLStext}}
+\end{codebox}
+Now I can define some \idxpl{entry}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\comment{No need to override defaults for this entry:}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{jump}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{jump},\gloskeyval{description}{}}
+\codepar
+\comment{Need to override defaults on these entries:}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{run}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{run},
+ ed=\marg{ran},
+ ing=\marg{running},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{waddle}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{waddle},
+ ed=\marg{waddled},
+ ing=\marg{waddling},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+These \idxpl{entry} can later be used in the document:
+\begin{codebox}
+The dog \cmd{glsed}\marg{jump} over the duck.
+\codepar
+The duck was \cmd{glsing}\marg{waddle} round the dog.
+\codepar
+The dog \cmd{glsed}\marg{run} away from the duck.
+\end{codebox}
For a complete document, see the sample file \samplefile{-newkeys}.
\end{example}
@@ -6262,248 +18223,251 @@ For a complete document, see the sample file \samplefile{-newkeys}.
A custom key that can be used for simply storing information is
defined using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsaddstoragekey]
-\cs{glsaddstoragekey}\marg{key}\marg{default value}\marg{no link cs}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{glsaddstoragekey}
where the arguments are as the first three arguments of
-\cs{glsaddkey}, described above in \sectionref{sec:glsaddkey}.
+\gls{glsaddkey}, described above in \sectionref{sec:glsaddkey}.
-This is essentially the same as \cs{glsaddkey} except that it
+This is essentially the same as \gls{glsaddkey} except that it
doesn't define the additional commands. You can access or update
the value of your new field using the commands described in
\sectionref{sec:fetchset}.
\begin{example}{Defining Custom Storage Key (Acronyms and Initialisms)}{ex:addstoragekey}
-Suppose I want to define acronyms and other forms of abbreviations,
-such as initialisms, but I want them all in the same glossary and I
-want the acronyms on first use to be displayed with the short form followed by
-the long form in parentheses, but the opposite way round for other
-forms of abbreviations. (The \gls{glossaries-extra} package
-provides a simpler way of achieving this.)
+Suppose I want to define acronyms (an abbreviation that is
+pronounced as a word) and other forms of abbreviations, such as
+initialisms, but I want them all in the same \idx{glossary} and I
+want the acronyms on \idx{firstuse} to be displayed with the short
+form followed by the long form in parentheses, but the opposite way
+round for other forms of abbreviations. (The \sty{glossaries-extra}
+package provides a simpler way of achieving this.)
Here I can define a new key that determines whether the term is
actually an acronym rather than some other form of abbreviation. I'm
-going to call this key \texttt{abbrtype} (since \texttt{type}
+going to call this key \optfmt{abbrtype} (since \gloskey{type}
already exists):
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glsaddstoragekey
- {abbrtype}% key/field name
- {word}% default value if not explicitly set
- {\abbrtype}% custom command to access the value if required
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Now I can define a style that looks up the value of this new key to
-determine how to display the full form:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronymstyle
- {mystyle}% style name
- {% Use the generic display
- \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}%
- }
- {% Put the long form in the description
- \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{%
- description={\the\glslongtok}}%
- % For the full format, test the value of the "abbrtype" key.
- % If it's set to "word" put the short form first with
- % the long form in brackets.
- \renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%
- \ifglsfieldeq{##1}{abbrtype}{word}
- {% is a proper acronym
- \protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}##2\space
- (\glsentrylong{##1})%
- }
- {% is another form of abbreviation
- \glsentrylong{##1}##2\space
- (\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})%
- }%
- }%
- % first letter upper case version:
- \renewcommand*{\Genacrfullformat}[2]{%
- \ifglsfieldeq{##1}{abbrtype}{word}
- {% is a proper acronym
- \protect\firstacronymfont{\Glsentryshort{##1}}##2\space
- (\glsentrylong{##1})%
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsaddstoragekey}
+ \marg{abbrtype}\comment{key/field name}
+ \marg{word}\comment{default value if not explicitly set}
+ \marg{\cmd{abbrtype}}\comment{custom command to access the value if required}
+\end{codebox}
+
+Now I can define a \idxc{acronymstyle}{style} that looks up the value of
+this new key to determine how to display the full form:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronymstyle}
+ \marg{mystyle}\comment{style name}
+ \marg{\comment{Use the generic display}
+ \gls{ifglshaslong}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}\marg{\gls{glsgenacfmt}}\marg{\gls{glsgenentryfmt}}\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \marg{\comment{Put the long form in the description}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{GenericAcronymFields}}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gloskeyval{description}{\cmd{the}\gls{glslongtok}}}\comment{}
+ \comment{For the full format, test the value of the "abbrtype" key.}
+ \comment{If it's set to "word" put the short form first with}
+ \comment{the long form in brackets.}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{genacrfullformat}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{ifglsfieldeq}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\marg{abbrtype}\marg{word}
+ \marg{\comment{is a proper acronym}
+ \cmd{protect}\gls{firstacronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\idx{hashhash}2\gls{space}
+ (\gls{glsentrylong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1})\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \marg{\comment{is another form of abbreviation}
+ \gls{glsentrylong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\idx{hashhash}2\gls{space}
+ (\cmd{protect}\gls{firstacronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}})\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \comment{\idx{sentencecase} version:}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{Genacrfullformat}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{ifglsfieldeq}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\marg{abbrtype}\marg{word}
+ \marg{\comment{is a proper acronym}
+ \cmd{protect}\gls{firstacronymfont}\marg{\gls{Glsentryshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\idx{hashhash}2\gls{space}
+ (\gls{glsentrylong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1})\comment{}
}
- {% is another form of abbreviation
- \Glsentrylong{##1}##2\space
- (\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})%
- }%
- }%
- % plural
- \renewcommand*{\genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
- \ifglsfieldeq{##1}{abbrtype}{word}
- {% is a proper acronym
- \protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}}##2\space
- (\glsentrylong{##1})%
- }
- {% is another form of abbreviation
- \glsentrylongpl{##1}##2\space
- (\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}})%
- }%
- }%
- % plural and first letter upper case
- \renewcommand*{\Genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
- \ifglsfieldeq{##1}{abbrtype}{word}
- {% is a proper acronym
- \protect\firstacronymfont{\Glsentryshortpl{##1}}##2\space
- (\glsentrylong{##1})%
- }
- {% is another form of abbreviation
- \Glsentrylongpl{##1}##2\space
- (\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}})%
- }%
- }%
- % Just use the short form as the name part in the glossary:
- \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
- \acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}%
- % Sort by the short form:
- \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##1}%
- % Just use the surrounding font for the short form:
- \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{##1}%
- % Same for first use:
- \renewcommand*{\firstacronymfont}[1]{\acronymfont{##1}}%
- % Default plural suffix if the plural isn't explicitly set
- \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+ \marg{\comment{is another form of abbreviation}
+ \gls{Glsentrylong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\idx{hashhash}2\gls{space}
+ (\cmd{protect}\gls{firstacronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}})\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \comment{plural}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{genplacrfullformat}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{ifglsfieldeq}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\marg{abbrtype}\marg{word}\comment{}
+ \marg{\comment{is a proper acronym}
+ \cmd{protect}\gls{firstacronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshortpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\idx{hashhash}2\gls{space}
+ (\gls{glsentrylong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1})\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \marg{\comment{is another form of abbreviation}
+ \gls{glsentrylongpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\idx{hashhash}2\gls{space}
+ (\cmd{protect}\gls{firstacronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshortpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}})\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \comment{plural and \idx{sentencecase}}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{Genplacrfullformat}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{ifglsfieldeq}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\marg{abbrtype}\marg{word}\comment{}
+ \marg{\comment{is a proper acronym}
+ \cmd{protect}\gls{firstacronymfont}\marg{\gls{Glsentryshortpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\idx{hashhash}2\gls{space}
+ (\gls{glsentrylong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1})\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \marg{\comment{is another form of abbreviation}
+ \gls{Glsentrylongpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\idx{hashhash}2\gls{space}
+ (\cmd{protect}\gls{firstacronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshortpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}})\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \comment{Just use the short form as the name part in the \idx{glossary}:}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acronymentry}}[1]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{acronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}}\comment{}
+ \comment{Sort by the short form:}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acronymsort}}[2]\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\comment{}
+ \comment{Just use the surrounding font for the short form:}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acronymfont}}[1]\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\comment{}
+ \comment{Same for \idx{firstuse}:}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{firstacronymfont}}[1]\marg{\gls{acronymfont}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\comment{}
+ \comment{Default plural suffix if the plural isn't explicitly set}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acrpluralsuffix}}\marg{\gls{glspluralsuffix}}\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
Remember that the new style needs to be set before defining any
terms:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{mystyle}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{mystyle}
+\end{codebox}
-Since it's a bit confusing to use \ics{newacronym} for something
+Since it may be a bit confusing to use \gls{newacronym} for something
that's not technically an acronym, let's define a new command for
initialisms:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand*{\newinitialism}[4][]{%
- \newacronym[abbrtype=initialism,#1]{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{newinitialism}}[4][]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{newacronym}\oarg{abbrtype=initialism,\#1}\marg{\#2}\marg{\#3}\marg{\#4}\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-Now the entries can all be defined:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronym{radar}{radar}{radio detecting and ranging}
-\newacronym{laser}{laser}{light amplification by stimulated
+\end{codebox}
+Now the \idxpl{entry} can all be defined:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{radar}\marg{radar}\marg{radio detecting and ranging}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{laser}\marg{laser}\marg{light amplification by stimulated
emission of radiation}
-\newacronym{scuba}{scuba}{self-contained underwater breathing
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{scuba}\marg{scuba}\marg{self-contained underwater breathing
apparatus}
-\newinitialism{dsp}{DSP}{digital signal processing}
-\newinitialism{atm}{ATM}{automated teller machine}
-\end{verbatim}
-On \gls{firstuse}, \verb|\gls{radar}| will produce \qt{radar (radio
-detecting and ranging)} but \verb|\gls{dsp}| will produce \qt{DSP
+\cmd{newinitialism}\marg{dsp}\marg{DSP}\marg{digital signal processing}
+\cmd{newinitialism}\marg{atm}\marg{ATM}\marg{automated teller machine}
+\end{codebox}
+On \idx{firstuse}, \code{\gls{gls}\marg{radar}} will produce \qt{radar (radio
+detecting and ranging)} but \code{\gls{gls}\marg{dsp}} will produce \qt{DSP
(digital signal processing)}.
For a complete document, see the sample file
\samplefile{-storage-abbr}.
\end{example}
-In the above example, if \cs{newglossaryentry} is explicitly used
-(instead of through \cs{newacronym}) the \texttt{abbrtype} key will
-be set to its default value of \qt{word} but the \cs{ifglshaslong}
-test in the custom acronym style will be false (since the
-\gloskey{long} key hasn't been set) so the display style will switch
-to that given by \cs{glsgenentryfmt} and they'll be no test
-performed on the \texttt{abbrtype} field.
+In the above example, if \gls{newglossaryentry} is explicitly used
+(instead of through \gls{newacronym}) the \optfmt{abbrtype} key will
+be set to its default value of \qt{word} but the \gls{ifglshaslong}
+test in the custom \idx{acronymstyle} will be false (since the
+\gloskey{long} key hasn't been set) so the \idx{displaystyle} will switch
+to that given by \gls{glsgenentryfmt} and they'll be no test
+performed on the \optfmt{abbrtype} field.
\begin{example}{Defining Custom Storage Key (Acronyms and
Non-Acronyms with Descriptions)}{ex:addstoragekey2}
The previous example can be modified if the \gloskey{description}
also needs to be provided. Here I've changed \qt{word} to
\qt{acronym}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glsaddstoragekey
- {abbrtype}% key/field name
- {acronym}% default value if not explicitly set
- {\abbrtype}% custom command to access the value if required
-\end{verbatim}
-This may seem a little odd for non-abbreviated entries defined using
-\cs{newglossaryentry} directly, but \ics{ifglshaslong} can be used
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsaddstoragekey}
+ \marg{abbrtype}\comment{key/field name}
+ \marg{acronym}\comment{default value if not explicitly set}
+ \marg{\cmd{abbrtype}}\comment{custom command to access the value if required}
+\end{codebox}
+This may seem a little odd for non-abbreviated \idxpl{entry} that are defined using
+\gls{newglossaryentry} directly, but \gls{ifglshaslong} can be used
to determine whether or not to reference the value of this new
-\texttt{abbrtype} field.
+\optfmt{abbrtype} field.
-The new acronym style has a~minor modification that forces the user
+The new \idx{acronymstyle} has a~minor modification that forces the user
to specify a description. In the previous example, the line:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{%
- description={\the\glslongtok}}%
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{GenericAcronymFields}}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gloskeyval{description}{\cmd{the}\gls{glslongtok}}}\comment{}
+\end{codebox}
needs to be changed to:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{GenericAcronymFields}}\marg{}\comment{}
+\end{codebox}
Additionally, to accommodate the change in the default value of the
-\texttt{abbrtype} key, all instances of
-\begin{verbatim}
- \ifglsfieldeq{##1}{abbrtype}{word}
-\end{verbatim}
+\optfmt{abbrtype} key, all instances of
+\begin{codebox}
+ \gls{ifglsfieldeq}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\marg{abbrtype}\marg{word}
+\end{codebox}
need to be changed to:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \ifglsfieldeq{##1}{abbrtype}{acronym}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+ \gls{ifglsfieldeq}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\marg{abbrtype}\marg{acronym}
+\end{codebox}
-Once this new style has been set, the new acronyms can be defined
+Once this new \idxc{acronymstyle}{style} has been set, the new acronyms can be defined
using the optional argument to set the description:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronym[description={system for detecting the position and
-speed of aircraft, ships, etc}]{radar}{radar}{radio detecting
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronym}\oarg{\gloskeyval{description}{system for detecting the position and
+speed of aircraft, ships, etc}}\marg{radar}\marg{radar}\marg{radio detecting
and ranging}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
-No change is required for the definition of \cs{newinitialism} but
+No change is required for the definition of \cmd{newinitialism} but
again the optional argument is required to set the description:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newinitialism[description={mathematical manipulation of an
-information signal}]{dsp}{DSP}{digital signal processing}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newinitialism}\oarg{\gloskeyval{description}{mathematical manipulation of an
+information signal}}\marg{dsp}\marg{DSP}\marg{digital signal processing}
+\end{codebox}
We can also accommodate contractions in a similar manner to the
initialisms:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand*{\newcontraction}[4][]{%
- \newacronym[abbrtype=contraction,#1]{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{newcontraction}}[4][]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{newacronym}\oarg{abbrtype=contraction,\#1}\marg{\#2}\marg{\#3}\marg{\#4}\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
The contractions can similarly been defined using this new command:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcontraction[description={front part of a ship below the
-deck}]{focsle}{fo'c's'le}{forecastle}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcontraction}[\gloskeyval{description}{front part of a ship below the
+deck}]\marg{focsle}\marg{fo'c's'le}\marg{forecastle}
+\end{codebox}
-Since the custom acronym style just checks if \texttt{abbrtype} is
-\texttt{acronym}, the contractions will be treated the same as the
-initialisms, but the style could be modified by a further test of
-the \texttt{abbrtype} value if required.
+Since the custom \idx{acronymstyle} just checks if \optfmt{abbrtype} is
+\qt{acronym}, the contractions will be treated the same as the
+initialisms, but the \idxc{acronymstyle}{style} could be modified by a further test of
+the \optfmt{abbrtype} value if required.
To test regular non-abbreviated entries, I've also defined a simple
word:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{apple}{name={apple},description={a fruit}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{apple}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{apple},\gloskeyval{description}{a fruit}}
+\end{codebox}
-Now for a new glossary style that provides information about the
+Now for a new \idx{glossarystyle} that provides information about the
abbreviation (in addition to the description):
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossarystyle
- {mystyle}% style name
- {% base it on the "list" style
- \setglossarystyle{list}%
- \renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
- \item[\glsentryitem{##1}%
- \glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}]
- \ifglshaslong{##1}%
- { (\abbrtype{##1}: \glsentrylong{##1})\space}{}%
- \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2}%
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossarystyle}
+ \marg{mystyle}\comment{style name}
+ \marg{\comment{base it on the "list" style}
+ \gls{setglossarystyle}\marg{list}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glossentry}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{item}\oarg{\gls{glsentryitem}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\comment{}
+ \gls{glstarget}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\marg{\gls{glossentryname}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}}
+ \gls{ifglshaslong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\comment{}
+ \marg{ (\cmd{abbrtype}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}: \gls{glsentrylong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1})\gls{space}}\marg{}\comment{}
+ \gls{glossentrydesc}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\gls{glspostdescription}\gls{space} \idx{hashhash}2}\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-This uses \ics{ifglshaslong} to determine whether or not the term is
-an abbreviation. If it has an abbreviation, the full form is
-supplied in parentheses and \cs{abbrtype} (defined by
-\cs{glsaddstoragekey} earlier) is used to indicate the type of
+\end{codebox}
+This uses \gls{ifglshaslong} to determine whether or not the term is
+an abbreviation. (An alternative is to use \gls{ifglshasshort}. The
+\gloskey{long} and \gloskey{short} keys are only set for
+\idxpl{acronym}\slash\idxpl{abbreviation}.)
+
+If the entry has an \gloskey{short}\slash\gloskey{long} value, the full form is
+supplied in parentheses and \csfmt{abbrtype} (defined by
+\gls{glsaddstoragekey} earlier) is used to indicate the type of
abbreviation.
-With this style set, the \texttt{apple} entry is simply displayed in
-the glossary as
+With this style set, the \qt{apple} entry is simply displayed in
+the glossary as:
\begin{description}
\item[apple] a fruit.
\end{description}
@@ -6531,21 +18495,17 @@ For a complete document, see \samplefile{-storage-abbr-desc}.
\section{Expansion}
\label{sec:expansion}
-When you define new glossary entries expansion is performed by
+When you define new \idxpl{glossaryentry} expansion is performed by
default, except for the \gloskey{name}, \gloskey{description},
\gloskey{descriptionplural}, \gloskey{symbol}, \gloskey{symbolplural}
and \gloskey{sort} keys (these keys all have expansion suppressed via
-\cs{glssetnoexpandfield}).
+\gls{glssetnoexpandfield}).
-You can switch expansion on or off for individual keys using
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glssetexpandfield]
-\cs{glssetexpandfield}\marg{field}
-\end{definition}
+You can switch expansion on or off for individual keys using:
+\cmddef{glssetexpandfield}
or
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glssetnoexpandfield]
-\cs{glssetnoexpandfield}\marg{field}
-\end{definition}
-respectively, where \meta{field} is the field tag corresponding to
+\cmddef{glssetnoexpandfield}
+respectively, where \meta{field} is the \idx{internalfieldlabel} corresponding to
the key. In most cases, this is the same as the name of the key
except for those listed in \tableref{tab:fieldmap}.
@@ -6555,407 +18515,501 @@ except for those listed in \tableref{tab:fieldmap}.
\centering
\begin{tabular}{ll}
\bfseries Key & \bfseries Field\\
-\gloskey{sort} & \ttfamily sortvalue\\
-\gloskey{firstplural} & \ttfamily firstpl\\
-\gloskey{description} & \ttfamily desc\\
-\gloskey{descriptionplural} & \ttfamily descplural\\
-\gloskey{user1} & \ttfamily useri\\
-\gloskey{user2} & \ttfamily userii\\
-\gloskey{user3} & \ttfamily useriii\\
-\gloskey{user4} & \ttfamily useriv\\
-\gloskey{user5} & \ttfamily userv\\
-\gloskey{user6} & \ttfamily uservi\\
-\gloskey{longplural} & \ttfamily longpl\\
-\gloskey{shortplural} & \ttfamily shortpl
+\gloskey+{sort} & \glosfielddef{sortvalue}\\
+\gloskey+{firstplural} & \glosfielddef{firstpl}\\
+\gloskey+{description} & \glosfielddef{desc}\\
+\gloskey+{descriptionplural} & \glosfielddef{descplural}\\
+\gloskey+{user1} & \glosfielddef{useri}\\
+\gloskey+{user2} & \glosfielddef{userii}\\
+\gloskey+{user3} & \glosfielddef{useriii}\\
+\gloskey+{user4} & \glosfielddef{useriv}\\
+\gloskey+{user5} & \glosfielddef{userv}\\
+\gloskey+{user6} & \glosfielddef{uservi}\\
+\gloskey+{longplural} & \glosfielddef{longpl}\\
+\gloskey+{shortplural} & \glosfielddef{shortpl}
\end{tabular}
\end{table}
Any keys that haven't had the expansion explicitly set using
-\cs{glssetexpandfield} or \cs{glssetnoexpandfield} are governed by
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsexpandfields]
-\cs{glsexpandfields}
-\end{definition}
+\gls{glssetexpandfield} or \gls{glssetnoexpandfield} are governed by
+\cmddef{glsexpandfields}
and
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsnoexpandfields]
-\cs{glsnoexpandfields}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{glsnoexpandfields}
If your entries contain any fragile commands, I recommend you switch
-off expansion via \cs{glsnoexpandfields}. (This should be used
+off expansion via \gls{glsnoexpandfields}. (This should be used
before you define the entries.)
+\begin{information}
+Both \gls{newacronym} and \gls{newabbreviation} partially suppress
+expansion of some keys regardless of the above expansion settings.
+\end{information}
+
\section{Sub-Entries}
\label{sec:subentries}
-As from version 1.17, it is possible to specify sub-entries. These
-may be used to order the glossary into categories, in which case the
-sub-entry will have a different name to its parent entry, or it may
-be used to distinguish different definitions for the same word, in
-which case the sub-entries will have the same name as the parent
-entry. Note that not all glossary styles support hierarchical
-entries and may display all the entries in a flat format. Of the
-styles that support sub-entries, some display the sub-entry's name
-whilst others don't. Therefore you need to ensure that you use a
-suitable style. (See \sectionref{sec:styles} for a list of predefined
-styles.) As from version 3.0, level~1 sub-entries are automatically
-numbered in the predefined styles if you use the
-\pkgopt{subentrycounter} package option (see
+A \inlineidxdef{sub-entry} is created by setting the \gloskey+{parent} key. These
+will normally be sorted so that they are placed immediately after
+their parent \idx{entry}. However, some sort methods aren't suitable when
+there are \idxpl{sub-entry}. In particular, \idxpl{sub-entry} are problematic
+with \option{noidx}, and with \option{unsrt} the \idxpl{sub-entry} must
+be defined immediately after their parent \idx{entry} (rather than at any
+point after the parent \idx{entry} has been defined).
+
+The \idx+{hierarchicallevel} indicates the \idx{sub-entry} level. An
+\idx{entry} with no parent (a top level entry) is a \idx{hierarchicallevel}[~0]
+entry. An \idx{entry} with a parent has a \idx{hierarchicallevel} that's
+one more than its parent's level. The level is calculated when an
+\idx{entry} is defined.
+
+\begin{information}
+The \idx{hierarchicallevel} is stored in the \glosfield{level}
+internal field. It can be accessed using commands like
+\gls{glsfieldfetch} or (with \sty{glossaries-extra})
+\gls{glsxtrusefield}, but neither the \glosfield{level} nor the
+\gloskey{parent} values should be altered as it can cause
+inconsistencies in the sorting and \idx{glossary} formatting. The
+\idx{indexing} syntax for \options{mkidx,xdy} is generated when the
+entry is first defined, so it's too late to change the hierarchy
+after that, and \app{bib2gls} obtains the hierarchical
+information from the \ext{bib} files and the resource options.
+Note, however, that \sty{glossaries-extra} does allow the ability to
+locally alter the level with the \printglossopt{leveloffset} option,
+which is mainly intended for nested \idx{glossary}. See the
+\sty{glossaries-extra} manual for further details and also
+\gallerypage{bib2gls-inner}{Gallery: Inner or Nested Glossaries}.
+\end{information}
+
+There are two different types of \idxpl{sub-entry}: those that have the
+same name as their parent (\idxpl{homograph}, see
+\sectionref{sec:homographs}) and those that establish a hierarchy
+(see \sectionref{sec:hierarchical}). Both types are considered
+\hierarchical\ entries from the point of view of the \sty{glossaries}
+package and the \idxpl{indexingapp}, but typically \idxpl{homograph}
+will have the \gloskey{name} key obtained from the parent, rather
+than have it explicitly set, and have a maximum \idx{hierarchicallevel} of~1.
+
+Not all \idxpl+{glossarystyle} support \hierarchical\ entries and
+may display all the \idxpl{entry} in a flat format. Of the
+\idxc{glossarystyle}{styles} that support \idxpl{sub-entry}, some
+display the \idx{sub-entry}['s] name whilst others don't. Therefore
+you need to ensure that you use a suitable
+\idxc{glossarystyle}{style}. (See \sectionref{sec:styles} for a list
+of predefined \idxpl{glossarystyle}.) If you want \hierlevel{1}
+\idxpl{sub-entry} automatically numbered (in \idxpl{glossarystyle} that
+support it) use the \opt{subentrycounter} package option (see
\sectionref{sec:pkgopts-printglos} for further details).
-Note that the parent entry will automatically be added to the
-glossary if any of its child entries are used in the document.
-If the parent entry is not referenced in the document, it will not
-have a \gls{numberlist}. Note also that \gls{makeindex} has a
-restriction on the maximum sub-entry depth.
+Note that the parent \idx{entry} will automatically be added to the
+\idx{glossary} if any of its child \idxpl{entry} are used in the document.
+If the parent \idx{entry} is not referenced in the document, it will not
+have a \idx{numberlist}. Note also that \app{makeindex} has a
+restriction on the maximum \hierarchical\ depth.
-\subsection{Hierarchical Categories}
+\subsection{Hierarchy}
\label{sec:hierarchical}
-To arrange a glossary with hierarchical categories, you need to
-first define the category and then define the sub-entries using the
-relevant category entry as the value of the \gloskey{parent} key.
-
-\begin{example}{Hierarchical Categories---Greek and Roman
+To create a \idx{glossary} with \hierarchical\ divisions, you need
+to first define the division, which will be a \toplevel\ entry, and
+then define the \idxpl{sub-entry} using the relevant higher level
+entry as the value of the \gloskey+{parent} key. (In a
+\hierarchical\ context, a higher level indicates a numerically
+smaller level number, so level~0 is one level higher than level~1.)
+The top level entry may represent, for example, a topic or
+classification. A level~1 entry may represent, for example, a
+sub-topic or sub-classification.
+
+\begin{example}{Hierarchical Divisions\dash Greek and Roman
Mathematical Symbols}{ex:hierarchical}
-Suppose I want a glossary of mathematical symbols that
+Suppose I want a \idx{glossary} of mathematical symbols that
are divided into Greek letters and Roman letters. Then I can define
-the categories as follows:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{greekletter}{name={Greek letters},
-description={\nopostdesc}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{romanletter}{name={Roman letters},
-description={\nopostdesc}}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Note that in this example, the category entries don't need a
-description so I have set the descriptions to \ics{nopostdesc}.
+the divisions as follows:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{greekletter}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{Greek letters},
+\gloskeyval{description}{\gls{nopostdesc}}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}{romanletter}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{Roman letters},
+\gloskeyval{description}{\gls{nopostdesc}}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+Note that in this example, the top level entries don't need a
+description so I have set the descriptions to \gls{nopostdesc}.
This gives a blank description and suppresses the
description terminator.
-I can now define my sub-entries as follows:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{pi}{name={\ensuremath{\pi}},sort={pi},
-description={ratio of the circumference of a circle to
+I can now define my \idxpl{sub-entry} as follows:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{pi}{\gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{pi}}},\gloskeyval{sort}{pi},
+\gloskeyval{description}{ratio of the circumference of a circle to
the diameter},
-parent=greekletter}
-
-\newglossaryentry{C}{name={\ensuremath{C}},sort={C},
-description={Euler's constant},
-parent=romanletter}
-\end{verbatim}
+\gloskeyval{parent}{greekletter}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{C}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{C}},\gloskeyval{sort}{C},
+\gloskeyval{description}{Euler's constant},
+\gloskeyval{parent}{romanletter}}
+\end{codebox}
For a complete document, see the sample file \samplefile{tree}.
+
+\begin{xtr}
+If you want to switch to \option{unsrt}, you will need to move the
+definitions of the \idxpl{sub-entry} to immediately after the definition
+of their parent \idx{entry}. So, in this case, \qt{pi} needs to be defined
+after \qt{greekletter} and before \qt{romanletter}.
+\end{xtr}
\end{example}
-\subsection{Homographs}
+\subsection{\Glsfmtplural{homograph}}
\label{sec:homographs}
-Sub-entries that have the same name as the parent entry, don't need
-to have the \gloskey{name} key. For example, the word \qt{glossary}
+\glsadd{homograph}%
+\Idxpl{sub-entry} that have the same name as the parent \idx{entry} don't need
+to have the \gloskey+{name} key explicitly set. For example, the word \qt{glossary}
can mean a list of technical words or a collection of glosses. In
both cases the plural is \qt{glossaries}. So first define the parent
entry:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{glossary}{name=glossary,
-description={\nopostdesc},
-plural={glossaries}}
-\end{verbatim}
-Again, the parent entry has no description, so the description
-terminator needs to be suppressed using \ics{nopostdesc}.
-
-Now define the two different meanings of the word:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{glossarylist}{
-description={list of technical words},
-sort={1},
-parent={glossary}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{glossarycol}{
-description={collection of glosses},
-sort={2},
-parent={glossary}}
-\end{verbatim}
-Note that if I reference the parent entry, the location will be
-added to the parent's \gls{numberlist}, whereas if I reference any
-of the child entries, the location will be added to the child
-entry's number list. Note also that since the sub-entries have the
-same name, the \gloskey{sort} key is required unless you are using
-the \pkgopt[use]{sort} or \pkgopt[def]{sort} package options (see
-\sectionref{sec:pkgopts-sort}). You
-can use the \pkgopt{subentrycounter} package option to automatically
-number the first-level child entries. See
-\sectionref{sec:pkgopts-printglos} for further details.
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{glossary}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{glossary},
+\gloskeyval{description}{\gls{nopostdesc}},
+\gloskeyval{plural}{glossaries}}
+\end{codebox}
+As in the previous example, the parent entry has no description, so the description
+terminator needs to be suppressed using \gls{nopostdesc}.
+
+Now define the two different meanings of the word with the
+\gloskey+{parent} key set to the above parent \idx{entry} label:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{glossarylist}\marg{
+\gloskeyval{description}{list of technical words},
+\gloskeyval{sort}{1},
+\gloskeyval{parent}{glossary}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{glossarycol}\marg{
+\gloskeyval{description}{collection of glosses},
+\gloskeyval{sort}{2},
+\gloskeyval{parent}{glossary}}
+\end{codebox}
+Note that if I reference the parent \idx{entry} (for example,
+\code{\gls{gls}\marg{glossary}}), the \location\ will be added to
+the parent's \idx{numberlist}, whereas if I reference any of the
+child entries (for example, \code{\gls{gls}\marg{glossarylist}}),
+the \location\ will be added to the child entry's \idx{numberlist}.
+Note also that since the \idxpl{sub-entry} have the same name, the
+\gloskey{sort} key is required with \option{xdy} (\app{xindy}) and recommended
+with \option{mkidx} (\app{makeindex}). You can use the \opt{subentrycounter} package
+option to automatically number the \hierlevel{1} child entries in the
+\idx{glossary} (if you use a \idx{glossarystyle} that supports it).
+See \sectionref{sec:pkgopts-printglos} for further details.
In the above example, the plural form for both of the child entries
is the same as the parent entry, so the \gloskey{plural} key was
-not required for the child entries. However, if the sub-entries
+not required for the child entries. However, if the \idxpl{sub-entry}
have different plurals, they will need to be specified. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{bravo}{name={bravo},
-description={\nopostdesc}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{bravocry}{description={cry of approval
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{bravo}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{bravo},
+\gloskeyval{description}{\gls{nopostdesc}}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{bravocry}\marg{\gloskeyval{description}{cry of approval
(pl.\ bravos)},
-sort={1},
-plural={bravos},
-parent=bravo}
-
-\newglossaryentry{bravoruffian}{description={hired
+\gloskeyval{sort}{1},
+\gloskeyval{plural}{bravos},
+\gloskeyval{parent}{bravo}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{bravoruffian}\marg{\gloskeyval{description}{hired
ruffian or killer (pl.\ bravoes)},
-sort={2},
-plural={bravoes},
-parent=bravo}
-\end{verbatim}
-
+\gloskeyval{sort}{2},
+\gloskeyval{plural}{bravoes},
+\gloskeyval{parent}{bravo}}
+\end{codebox}
+For a complete document, see the sample file \file{sample.tex}.
\section{Loading Entries From a File}
\label{sec:loadglsentries}
-You can store all your glossary entry definitions in another
+You can store all your \idx{glossaryentry} definitions in another
file and use:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\loadglsentries}]
-\cs{loadglsentries}\oarg{type}\marg{filename}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{loadglsentries}
where \meta{filename} is the name of the file containing all the
-\ics{newglossaryentry} or \ics{longnewglossaryentry} commands.
-The optional argument
-\meta{type} is the name of the glossary to which those entries
-should belong, for those entries where the \gloskey{type} key has
-been omitted (or, more specifically, for those entries whose
-type has been specified by \ics{glsdefaulttype}, which is what
-\ics{newglossaryentry} uses by default).
-
-This is a~preamble-only command. You may also use \ics{input} to load
-the file but don't use \ics{include}. If you find that your file is
+\gls{newglossaryentry}, \gls{longnewglossaryentry}, \gls{newacronym}
+etc commands. The optional argument \meta{type} is the name of the
+\idx{glossary} to which those \idxpl{entry} should belong, for those
+\idxpl{entry} where the \gloskey+{type} key has been omitted (or, more
+specifically, for those entries whose \gloskey{type} has been set to
+\gls{glsdefaulttype}, which is what \gls{newglossaryentry} uses by
+default). See \samplefile{DB} for a complete example document.
+
+\begin{information}
+Commands like \gls{newacronym}, \gls{newabbreviation},
+\gls{newterm}, \gls{glsxtrnewsymbol} and \gls{glsxtrnewnumber} all
+set the \gloskey{type} key to the appropriate \idx{glossary}. This
+means that the \meta{type} optional argument won't apply to those
+commands, unless they have \gloskeyval{type}{\gls{glsdefaulttype}}.
+\end{information}
+
+This is a~\idx+{documentpreamble}-only command. You may also use \gls{input} to load
+the file but don't use \gls{include}. If you find that your file is
becoming unmanageably large, you may want to consider switching to
-\gls{bib2gls} and use an application such as JabRef to manage the
+\app{bib2gls} and use an application such as JabRef to manage the
entry definitions.
\begin{important}
-If you want to use \ics{AtBeginDocument} to \cs{input} all your entries
-automatically at the start of the document, add the
-\cs{AtBeginDocument} command \emph{before} you load the
+If you want to use \gls{AtBeginDocument} to \gls{input} all your
+\idxpl{entry} automatically at the start of the document, add the
+\gls{AtBeginDocument} command \emph{before} you load the
\sty{glossaries} package (and \sty{babel}, if you are also loading
that) to avoid the creation of the
-\filetype{glsdefs} file and any associated problems that are caused
+\ext+{glsdefs} file and any associated problems that are caused
by defining commands in the \env{document} environment.
-(See \sectionref{sec:docdefs}.)
+(See \sectionref{sec:docdefs}.) Alternatively, if you are using
+\sty{glossaries-extra}, use the \opteqvalref{docdef}{restricted}
+package option.
\end{important}
\begin{example}{Loading Entries from Another File}{ex:loadgls}
-Suppose I have a file called \texttt{myentries.tex} which contains:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{perl}{type=main,
-name={Perl},
-description={A scripting language}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{tex}{name={\TeX},
-description={A typesetting language},sort={TeX}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{html}{type=\glsdefaulttype,
-name={html},
-description={A mark up language}}
-\end{verbatim}
-and suppose in my document preamble I use the command:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\loadglsentries[languages]{myentries}
-\end{verbatim}
-then this will add the entries \texttt{tex} and \texttt{html}
-to the glossary whose type is given by \texttt{languages}, but
-the entry \texttt{perl} will be added to the main glossary, since
-it explicitly sets the type to \texttt{main}.
+Suppose I have a file called \filefmt{myentries.tex} which contains:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{perl}\marg{\gloskeyval{type}{\glostype{main}},
+\gloskeyval{name}{Perl},
+\gloskeyval{description}{A scripting language}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{tex}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\cmd{TeX}},
+\gloskeyval{description}{A typesetting language},\gloskeyval{sort}{TeX}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{html}\marg{\gloskeyval{type}{\gls{glsdefaulttype}},
+\gloskeyval{name}{html},
+\gloskeyval{description}{A mark up language}}
+\end{codebox}
+and suppose in my \idx{documentpreamble} I use the command:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{loadglsentries}\oarg{languages}\marg{myentries}
+\end{codebox}
+then this will add the entries \qt{tex} and \qt{html}
+to the \idx{glossary} whose type is given by \optfmt{languages}, but
+the entry \qt{perl} will be added to the \glostype{main} glossary, since
+it explicitly sets the \gloskey{type} to \glostype{main}.
\end{example}
-\importantpar
-Note: if you use \ics{newacronym} (see \sectionref{sec:acronyms}) the type is set as
-\verb|type=\acronymtype| unless you explicitly override it. For
-example, if my file \texttt{myacronyms.tex} contains:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronym{aca}{aca}{a contrived acronym}
-\end{verbatim}
-then (supposing I have defined a new glossary type called
-\texttt{altacronym})
-\begin{verbatim}
-\loadglsentries[altacronym]{myacronyms}
-\end{verbatim}
-will add \texttt{aca} to the glossary type \texttt{acronym}, if the
-package option \pkgopt{acronym} has been specified, or will add
-\texttt{aca} to the glossary type \texttt{altacronym}, if the
-package option \pkgopt{acronym} is not specified.\footnote{This is
-because \ics{acronymtype} is set to \ics{glsdefaulttype} if the
-\pkgopt{acronym} package option is not used.}
-
-If you have used the \pkgopt{acronym} package option,
-there are two possible solutions to this problem:
+Now suppose I have a file \filefmt{myacronyms.tex} that contains:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{aca}\marg{aca}\marg{a contrived acronym}
+\end{codebox}
+then (supposing I have defined a new \idx{glossary} type called
+\optfmt{altacronym})
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{loadglsentries}\oarg{altacronym}\marg{myacronyms}
+\end{codebox}
+will add \qt{aca} to the glossary type \glostype{acronym}, if the
+package option \opt{acronym} has been specified, or will add
+\qt{aca} to the glossary type \optfmt{altacronym}, if the
+package option \opt{acronym} is not specified. This is
+because \gls{acronymtype} is set to \gls{glsdefaulttype} if the
+\opt{acronym} package option is not used so the optional argument of
+\gls{loadglsentries} will work in that case, but if the
+\opt{acronym} option is used then \gls{acronymtype} will be
+redefined to \glostype{acronym}.
+
+If you want to use \gls{loadglsentries} with the \opt{acronym}
+package option set, there are two possible solutions to this problem:
\begin{enumerate}
-\item Change \texttt{myacronyms.tex} so that entries are defined in
+\item Change \filefmt{myacronyms.tex} so that entries are defined in
the form:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{aca}{aca}{a
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronym}\oarg{\gloskeyval{type}{\gls{glsdefaulttype}}}\marg{aca}\marg{aca}\marg{a
contrived acronym}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
and do:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\loadglsentries[altacronym]{myacronyms}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\item Temporarily change \cs{acronymtype} to the target glossary:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\let\orgacronymtype\acronymtype
-\renewcommand{\acronymtype}{altacronym}
-\loadglsentries{myacronyms}
-\let\acronymtype\orgacronymtype
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{loadglsentries}\oarg{altacronym}\marg{myacronyms}
+\end{codebox}
+
+\item Temporarily change \gls{acronymtype} to the target \idx{glossary}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{let}\cmd{orgacronymtype}\gls{acronymtype}
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\gls{acronymtype}}\marg{altacronym}
+\gls{loadglsentries}{myacronyms}
+\cmd{let}\gls{acronymtype}\cmd{orgacronymtype}
+\end{codebox}
\end{enumerate}
-Note that only those entries that have been used
-in the text will appear in the relevant glossaries.
-Note also that \cs{loadglsentries} may only be used in the
-preamble.
-
-Remember that you can use \ics{provideglossaryentry} rather than
-\ics{newglossaryentry}. Suppose you want to maintain a large database
-of acronyms or terms that you're likely to use in your documents,
-but you may want to use a modified version of some of those entries.
+Note that only those entries that have been \indexed\
+in the text will appear in the relevant \idxpl{glossary}.
+Note also that \gls{loadglsentries} may only be used in the
+\idx{documentpreamble}.
+
+\begin{warning}
+Don't use the \gloskey{see} key in a large file of entries that may
+or may not be \indexed\ in the document. Similarly for
+\gloskey{seealso} and \gloskey{alias} with \sty{glossaries-extra}.
+If you need them and you need a large database of entries, consider
+switching to \app{bib2gls}.
+\end{warning}
+
+Remember that you can use \gls{provideglossaryentry} rather than
+\gls{newglossaryentry}. Suppose you want to maintain a large database
+of \idxpl{acronym} or terms that you're likely to use in your documents,
+but you may want to use a modified version of some of those \idxpl{entry}.
(Suppose, for example, one document may require a more detailed
-description.) Then if you define the entries using
-\cs{provideglossaryentry} in your database file, you can override
-the definition by simply using \cs{newglossaryentry} before loading
+description.) Then if you define the \idxpl{entry} using
+\gls{provideglossaryentry} in your database file, you can override
+the definition by simply using \gls{newglossaryentry} before loading
the file. For example, suppose your file (called, say,
-\texttt{terms.tex}) contains:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\provideglossaryentry{mallard}{name=mallard,
- description={a type of duck}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\filefmt{terms.tex}) contains:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{provideglossaryentry}\marg{mallard}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{mallard},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a type of duck}}
+\end{codebox}
but suppose your document requires a more detailed description, you
can do:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-\makeglossaries
-
-\newglossaryentry{mallard}{name=mallard,
- description={a dabbling duck where the male has a green head}}
-
-\loadglsentries{terms}
-\end{verbatim}
-Now the \texttt{mallard} definition in the \texttt{terms.tex} file
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\gls{makeglossaries}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{mallard}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{mallard},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a dabbling duck where the male has a green head}}
+\codepar
+\gls{loadglsentries}\marg{terms}
+\end{codebox}
+Now the \qt{mallard} definition in the \filefmt{terms.tex} file
will be ignored.
\section{Moving Entries to Another Glossary}
\label{sec:moveentry}
-As from version~3.02, you can move an entry from one glossary to
-another using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsmoveentry}]
-\cs{glsmoveentry}\marg{label}\marg{target glossary label}
-\end{definition}
-where \meta{label} is the unique label identifying the required
-entry and \meta{target glossary label} is the unique label
-identifying the glossary in which to put the entry.
+You can move an entry from one \idx+{glossary} to another using:
+\cmddef{glsmoveentry}
+where \meta{entry-label} is the unique label identifying the required
+\idx{entry} and \meta{target glossary label} is the unique label
+identifying the \idx{glossary} in which to put the \idx{entry}. If you are
+using \optionsor{mkidx,xdy}, \idxpl{entry} shouldn't be moved after the
+\idxpl{indexingfile} have been opened by \gls{makeglossaries}.
+
+\begin{warning}
+Simply changing the value of the \gloskey{type} field using a
+command like \gls{glsfielddef} won't correctly move the entry, since the label
+needs to be removed from the old \idx{glossary}['s] internal list
+and added to the new \idx{glossary}['s] internal list to allow
+commands such as \gls{glsaddall} and \gls{glsunsetall} to work.
+\end{warning}
Note that no check is performed to determine the existence of
-the target glossary. If you want to move an entry to a glossary
-that's skipped by \ics{printglossaries}, then define an ignored
-glossary with \ics{newignoredglossary}. (See
-\sectionref{sec:newglossary}.)
+the target \idx{glossary}. If you want to move an entry to a \idx{glossary}
+that's skipped by \gls{printglossaries}, then define an
+\idx{ignoredglossary} with \gls{newignoredglossary}. (See
+\sectionref{sec:newglossary}.) With \options{b2g,unsrt}, it's also
+possible to copy an entry to another \idx{glossary} with
+\gls{glsxtrcopytoglossary}. See the \sty{glossaries-extra} manual
+for further details.
\begin{important}
Unpredictable results may occur if you move an entry to a different
-glossary from its parent or children.
+\idx{glossary} from its parent or children.
\end{important}
\section{Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment}
\label{sec:docdefs}
-Originally, \ics{newglossaryentry} (and \ics{newacronym}) could only be
-used in the preamble. I reluctantly removed this restriction in version 1.13,
-but there are issues with defining commands in the \env{document}
-environment instead of the preamble, which is why the restriction is
-maintained for newer commands. This restriction is also reimposed
-for \cs{newglossaryentry} by the new \opt1. (The
-\gls{glossaries-extra} package automatically reimposes this restriction for
-\optsand23 but provides a package option to allow document
-definitions if necessary.)
+Originally, \gls{newglossaryentry} (and \gls{newacronym}) could only
+be used in the \idx+{documentpreamble}. I reluctantly removed this
+restriction in version 1.13, but there are issues with defining
+commands in the \env{document} environment instead of the
+\idx{documentpreamble}, which is why the restriction is maintained
+for newer commands. This restriction is also reimposed for
+\gls{newglossaryentry} by \option{noidx} because in that case the
+\idxpl{entry} must be defined before the \ext+{aux} file is input.
+(The \sty{glossaries-extra} package automatically reimposes the
+\idx{documentpreamble}-only restriction but provides the
+\opt{docdef} package option to allow document definitions for
+\options{mkidx,xdy} if necessary.)
+
+\begin{bib2gls}
+With \option{b2g}, all \idx{entry} data should be supplied in \ext{bib} files.
+From \app{bib2gls}['s] point of view, the \idxpl{entry} are defined in the
+\ext{bib} files. From \TeX's point of view, the \idxpl{entry} are defined
+in the \ext{glstex} files that are input by
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}, which is a \idx{documentpreamble}-only command.
+\end{bib2gls}
\subsection{Technical Issues}
\label{sec:techissues}
\begin{enumerate}
- \item If you define an entry mid-way through your document, but
+ \item If you define an \idx{entry} mid-way through your document, but
subsequently shuffle sections around, you could end up using an
-entry before it has been defined.
-
- \item Entry information is required when displaying the glossary.
-If this occurs at the start of the document, but the entries aren't
-defined until later, then the entry details are
-being looked up before the entry has been defined. This means that
-it's not possible to display the content of the glossary unless the
-entry definitions are saved on the previous \LaTeX\ run and can be
+\idx{entry} before it has been defined. This is essentially the same
+problem as defining a command with \cmd{newcommand} in the middle of
+the document and then moving things around so that the command is
+used before it has been defined.
+
+ \item \Idx{entry} information is required when displaying the \idx{glossary}.
+If this occurs at the start of the document, but the \idxpl{entry} aren't
+defined until later, then the \idx{entry} details are
+being looked up before the \idx{entry} has been defined. This means that
+it's not possible to display the content of the \idx{glossary} unless the
+\idx{entry} definitions are saved on the previous \LaTeX\ run and can be
picked up at the start of the \env{document} environment on the next run
-(in a similar way that \cs{label} and \cs{ref} work).
+(in a similar way that \gls{label} and \gls{ref} work).
\item If you use a package, such as \sty{babel}, that makes
certain characters active at the start of the \env{document}
-environment, there will be a~problem if those characters have
-a~special significance when defining glossary entries.
-These characters include the double-quote \verb|"| character, the
-exclamation mark \texttt{!} character, the question mark \verb|?|
-character, and the pipe \verb"|" character. They
-must not be active when defining a~glossary entry where they occur
+environment, there can be a~problem if those characters have
+a~special significance when defining \idxpl{glossaryentry}.
+These characters include \idx{dblquote}, \idx{exclammark},
+\idx{questionmark}, and \idx{pipe}. They
+must not be active when defining a~\idx{glossaryentry} where they occur
in the \gloskey{sort} key (and they should be avoided in the label
if they may be active at any point in the document). Additionally,
-the comma \texttt{,} character and the equals \texttt{=} character
+the comma (\sym{comma}) character and the equals (\sym{equals}) character
should not be active when using commands that have
-\meta{key}=\meta{value} arguments.
+\keyval\ arguments.
\end{enumerate}
To overcome the first two problems, as from version 4.0 the
-\styfmt{glossaries} package modifies the definition of
-\cs{newglossaryentry} at the beginning of the \env{document}
+\sty{glossaries} package modifies the definition of
+\gls{newglossaryentry} at the beginning of the \env{document}
environment so that the definitions are written to an external file
-(\cs{jobname}\texttt{.}\filetype{glsdefs}) which is then read in at the start
+(\filefmt{\gls+{jobname}.\ext+{glsdefs}}) which is then read in at the start
of the document on the next run. This means that the entry can now
-be looked up in the glossary, even if the glossary occurs at the
+be looked up in the \idx{glossary}, even if the \idx{glossary} occurs at the
beginning of the document.
There are drawbacks to this mechanism: if you modify an entry
definition, you need a second run to see the effect of your
-modification in \cs{printglossary} (if it occurs at the start of the
-document); this method requires an extra \cs{newwrite}, which may
+modification in \gls{printglossary} (if it occurs at the start of the
+document); this method requires an extra \gls{newwrite}, which may
exceed \TeX's maximum allocation; unexpected expansion issues could
occur.
Version 4.47 has introduced changes that have removed some of
the issues involved, and there are now warning messages if there is an
-attempt to multiple define the same entry label.
+attempt to multiply define the same \idx{entry} label.
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides a setting (but only for
-\optsand23) that allows \cs{newglossaryentry} to occur in the
-document environment but doesn't create the \filetype{glsdefs}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides a setting (but not for
+\optionsor{noidx,b2g}) that allows \gls{newglossaryentry} to occur in the
+document environment but doesn't create the \ext{glsdefs}
file. This circumvents some problems but it means that you can't
-display any of the glossaries before all the entries have been
-defined (so it's all right if all the glossaries are at the end of
+display any of the \idxpl{glossary} before all the \idxpl{entry} have been
+defined (so it's all right if all the \idxpl{glossary} are at the end of
the document but not if any occur in the front matter).
\subsection{Good Practice Issues}
\label{sec:goodpractice}
-The above section covers technical issues that can cause your document to have
-compilation errors or produce incorrect output. This section
-focuses on good writing practice. The main reason cited by users
-wanting to define entries within the \env{document} environment rather
-than in the preamble is that they want to write the definition as
-they type in their document text. This suggests a \qt{stream of
-consciousness} style of writing that may be acceptable in certain
-literary genres but is inappropriate for factual documents.
+\sectionref{sec:techissues} above covers technical issues that can
+cause your document to have compilation errors or produce incorrect
+output. This section focuses on good writing practice. The main
+reason cited by users wanting to define \idxpl{entry} within the
+\env{document} environment rather than in the \idx{documentpreamble} is that they
+want to write the definition as they type in their document text.
+This suggests a \qt{stream of consciousness} style of writing that
+may be acceptable in certain literary genres but is inappropriate
+for factual documents.
When you write technical documents, regardless of whether it's a PhD
thesis or an article for a~journal or proceedings, you must plan what you write
in advance. If you plan in advance, you should have a fairly good
idea of the type of terminology that your document will contain,
-so while you are planning, create a new file with all your entry
+so while you are planning, create a new file with all your \idx{entry}
definitions. If, while you're writing your document, you remember
another term you need, then you can switch over to your definition file and
add it. Most text editors have the ability to have more than one
@@ -6967,1833 +19021,1625 @@ definition.
\chapter{Referencing Entries in the Document}
\label{sec:usingentries}
-Once you have defined a glossary entry using a command like
-\ics{newglossaryentry} (\sectionref{sec:newglosentry}) or
-\ics{newacronym} (\sectionref{sec:acronyms}), you can refer to that
-entry in the document with one of the provided commands that are
+Once you have defined a \idx+{glossaryentry} using a command such as
+\gls{newglossaryentry} (\sectionref{sec:newglosentry}) or
+\gls{newacronym} (\sectionref{sec:acronyms}), you can refer to that
+\idx{entry} in the document with one of the provided commands that are
describe in this manual. (There are some additional commands
-provided by \gls{glossaries-extra}.) The text produced at that point
-in the document is determined by the command and can also be
+provided by \sty{glossaries-extra}.) The text produced at that point
+in the document (the \idx+{linktext}) is determined by the command and can also be
governed by whether or not the entry has been
-\glsdisp{firstuseflag}{marked as used}.
+\idxc{firstuseflag}{marked as used}.
Some of these commands are more complicated than others. Many of
them are robust and can't be used in fully expandable contexts, such
-as in PDF bookmarks.
+as in \idxpl{PDFbookmark}.
The commands are broadly divided into:
\begin{enumerate}
\item Those that display text in the document (where the formatting
-can be adjusted by a style or hook) and also index the
-entry (so that it's added to the document) are described in
+can be adjusted by a style or hook) and also \idxc+{indexing}{index} the
+\idx{entry} (so that it's added to the \idx{glossary}) are described in
\sectionref{sec:glslink}. This set of commands can
be further sub-divided into those that mark the entry as having been
-used (the \cs{gls}-like commands, \sectionref{sec:gls-like}) and those that don't
-(the \cs{glstext}-like commands, \sectionref{sec:glstext-like}).
-
-\item Those that display text in the document without indexing or applying any
-additional formatting (\sectionref{sec:glsnolink}).
+\idxc{firstuseflag}{used} (the \gls{glslike} commands,
+\sectionref{sec:gls-like}) and those that don't
+(the \gls{glstextlike} commands, \sectionref{sec:glstext-like}).
+
+\item Those that display text in the document without \idx{indexing} or applying any
+additional formatting (\sectionref{sec:glsnolink}). These typically
+aren't robust or can partially expand so that they can be used in
+\idxpl{PDFbookmark} (with a few exceptions).
\end{enumerate}
There are additional commands specific to entries defined with
-\cs{newacronym} that are described in \sectionref{sec:longshortfull}.
+\gls{newacronym} that are described in \sectionref{sec:longshortfull}.
\section{Links to Glossary Entries}
\label{sec:glslink}
The text which appears at the point in the document when using any
of the commands described in \sectionref{sec:gls-like} or
-\sectionref{sec:glstext-like} is referred to as the \gls{linktext}
-(even if there are no hyperlinks). These commands also add a line to
-an external file that is used to generate the relevant entry in the
-glossary. This information includes an associated location that is
-added to the \gls{numberlist} for that entry. By default, the
-location refers to the page number. For further information on
-number lists, see \sectionref{sec:numberlists}. These external
-files need to be post-processed by \gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy}
-unless you have chosen \optsor14. If you don't use
-\ics{makeglossaries} these external files won't be created.
-(\optsand14 write the information to the \filetype{aux} file.)
-
-Note that repeated use of these commands for the same entry can
-cause the \gls{numberlist} to become quite long, which may not be
+\sectionref{sec:glstext-like} is referred to as the \idx+{linktext}
+(even if there are no \idxpl{hyperlink}). These commands also add
+content to an external \idx{indexingfile} that is used to generate the relevant
+\idx{entryline} in the \idx{glossary}. This information includes an associated
+\location\ that is added to the \idx{numberlist} for that \idx{entry}. By
+default, the \location\ refers to the page number. For further
+information on \idxpl{numberlist}, see \sectionref{sec:numberlists}.
+These external \idx{indexingfile} need to be post-processed by
+\app{makeindex} or \app{xindy} if you have chosen
+\optionsor{mkidx,xdy}. If you don't use \gls{makeglossaries} these
+external files won't be created. (\options{noidx,b2g} write the
+information to the \ext{aux} file instead.)
+
+\begin{important}
+The \idx{linktext} isn't scoped by default as grouping can interfere
+with spacing in \idx{mathmode}. Any unscoped declarations in the
+\idx{linktext} may affect subsequent text.
+\end{important}
+
+Note that repeated use of these commands for the same \idx{entry} can
+cause the \idx{numberlist} to become quite long, which may not be
particular helpful to the reader. In this case, you can use the
non-indexing commands described in \sectionref{sec:glsnolink} or
-you can use the supplemental \gls{glossaries-extra} package, which
-provides a means to suppress the automated indexing of the commands listed
-in this chapter.
+you can use the \sty{glossaries-extra} package, which
+provides a means to suppress the automated \idx{indexing} of the commands listed
+in this chapter. (For example, in this manual, common terms such as
+\idx{glossary} have too many references in the document to list them
+all in their \idx{numberlist} in the \hyperref[index]{index}. They have a custom
+key created with \gls{glsaddstoragekey} that's used
+to set their default \idx{indexing} option.)
\begin{important}
I strongly recommend that you don't use the commands
defined in this chapter in the arguments of sectioning or caption
-commands or any other command that has a moving argument.
+commands, such as \gls+{chapter} or \gls+{caption}.
-Aside from problems with expansion issues, PDF bookmarks and
-possible nested hyperlinks in the table of contents (or list of
+Aside from problems with expansion issues, \idxpl{PDFbookmark} and
+possible nested \idxpl{hyperlink} in the \idx+{tableofcontents} (or list of
whatever) any use of the commands described in \sectionref{sec:gls-like}
-will have their \firstuseflag\ unset when they appear in the table
-of contents (or list of whatever).
+will have their \idx{firstuseflag} unset when they appear in the
+\idx{tableofcontents} (or list of whatever) which is usually too soon
+and will not match the actual heading or caption in the document if
+there is a different \idxc{firstuse}{first}\slash\idxc{subsequentuse}{subsequent} use.
\end{important}
The above warning is particularly important if you are using the
-\styfmt{glossaries} package in conjunction with the \sty{hyperref}
+\sty{glossaries} package in conjunction with the \sty{hyperref}
package. Instead, use one of the \emph{expandable} commands listed in
-\sectionref{sec:glsnolink} (such as \ics{glsentrytext} \emph{but
-not} the non-expandable
-case changing versions like \ics{Glsentrytext}). Alternatively, provide an
+\sectionref{sec:glsnolink} (such as \gls{glsentrytext}). Alternatively, provide an
alternative via the optional argument to the sectioning\slash caption
-command or use \sty{hyperref}'s \ics{texorpdfstring}. Examples:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\chapter{An overview of \glsentrytext{perl}}
-\chapter[An overview of Perl]{An overview of \gls{perl}}
-\chapter{An overview of \texorpdfstring{\gls{perl}}{Perl}}
-\end{verbatim}
+command or use \sty{hyperref}'s \gls{texorpdfstring}. Examples:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls+{chapter}{An overview of \gls{glsentrytext}\marg{perl}}
+\gls{chapter}\oarg{An overview of Perl}{An overview of \gls{gls}\marg{perl}}
+\gls{chapter}\marg{An overview of \gls{texorpdfstring}\marg{\gls{gls}\marg{perl}}\marg{Perl}}
+\end{codebox}
+(You can use \gls{glstexorpdfstring} instead of \gls{texorpdfstring}
+if you don't know whether or not \sty{hyperref} will be needed.)
\begin{xtr}
-If you want to retain the formatting that's available through
-commands like \cs{acrshort} (for example, if you are using one of
-the small caps styles), then you might want to consider the
-\gls{glossaries-extra} package which provides commands
-for this purpose.
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides commands
+for use in captions and section headings, such as \gls{glsfmttext},
+that overcome some of the problems.
\end{xtr}
-If you want the \gls{linktext} to produce a hyperlink to the
-corresponding entry details in the glossary, you should load the
-\sty{hyperref} package \emph{before} the \styfmt{glossaries}
-package. That's what I've done in this document, so if you see a
-hyperlinked term, such as \gls{linktext}, you can click on the word
+If you want the \idx+{linktext} to produce a \idx{hyperlink} to the
+corresponding \idx{entryline} in the \idx{glossary}, you should load the
+\sty{hyperref} package \emph{before} the \sty{glossaries}
+package. That's what I've done in this manual, so if you encounter a
+hyperlinked term, such as \idx{linktext}, you can click on the word
or phrase and it will take you to a brief description in this
-document's glossary.
+document's \idx{glossary} or you can click on a command name, such
+as \gls{gls}, and it will take you to the relevant part of the
+document where the command is described or you can click on a
+general word or phrase, such as \idx{tableofcontents}, and it will
+take you to the relevant line in the \hyperref[index]{index} where
+you can find the \idx+{numberlist} to navigate to other parts of the
+document that are pertinent. If, however, you click on
+\qt{\idx{numberlist}}, you'll find it leads you to the
+\idx{locationlist} entry in the index instead. This is because
+\idx{numberlist} has been aliased to \idx{locationlist} using the
+\gloskey{alias} key. Whereas if you click on \qt{\idx{pagelist}}
+it will take you to the corresponding \idx{pagelist} entry in the \idx{glossary}
+that has a cross-reference to \idx{locationlist}, because the
+\gloskey{see} key was used instead.
\begin{important}
If you use the \sty{hyperref} package, I strongly recommend you use
\app{pdflatex} rather than \app{latex} to compile your document, if
-possible. The DVI format of \LaTeX\ has limitations with the
-hyperlinks that can cause a problem when used with the
-\styfmt{glossaries} package. Firstly, the DVI format can't break a
-hyperlink across a line whereas PDF\LaTeX\ can. This means that long
-glossary entries (for example, the full form of an acronym) won't be
-able to break across a line with the DVI format. Secondly, the DVI
-format doesn't correctly size hyperlinks in subscripts or
+possible. The \idx{DVI} format of \LaTeX\ has limitations with the
+\idxpl+{hyperlink} that can cause a problem when used with the
+\sty{glossaries} package. Firstly, the \idx{DVI} format can't break a
+\idx{hyperlink} across a line whereas \pdfLaTeX\ can. This means that long
+\idxpl{glossaryentry} (for example, the full form of an acronym) won't be
+able to break across a line with the \idx{DVI} format. Secondly, the
+\idx{DVI} format doesn't correctly size \idxpl{hyperlink} in subscripts or
superscripts. This means that if you define a term that may be used
-as a subscript or superscript, if you use the DVI format, it won't
+as a subscript or superscript, if you use the \idx{DVI} format, it won't
come out the correct size.
-These are limitations of the DVI format not of the \sty{glossaries}
+These are limitations of the \idx{DVI} format not of the \sty{glossaries}
package.
\end{important}
-It may be that you only want terms in certain glossaries to have
-hyperlinks, but not for other glossaries. In this case, you can use the
-package option \pkgopt{nohypertypes} to identify the glossary lists
-that shouldn't have hyperlinked \gls{linktext}. See
+It may be that you only want terms in certain \idxpl{glossary} to have
+\idxpl{hyperlink}, but not for other \idxpl{glossary}. In this case, you can use the
+package option \opt{nohypertypes} to identify the \idx{glossary} lists
+that shouldn't have hyperlinked \idx{linktext}. See
\sectionref{sec:pkgopts-general} for further details.
-The way the \gls{linktext} is displayed depends on
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glstextformat}]
-\cs{glstextformat}\marg{text}
-\end{definition}
-For example, to make all \gls{linktext} appear in a sans-serif
+The way the \idx{linktext} is displayed depends on
+\cmddef{glstextformat}
+For example, to make all \idx{linktext} appear in a sans-serif
font, do:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\glstextformat}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
-\end{verbatim}
-Further customisation can be done via \ics{defglsentryfmt} or by
-redefining \ics{glsentryfmt}. See \sectionref{sec:glsdisplay} for
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glstextformat}}[1]\marg{\cmd{textsf}\marg{\#1}}
+\end{codebox}
+Further customisation can be done via \gls{defglsentryfmt} or by
+redefining \gls{glsentryfmt}. See \sectionref{sec:glsdisplay} for
further details.
Each entry has an associated conditional referred to as the
-\firstuseflag. Some of the commands described in this chapter
+\idx+{firstuseflag}. Some of the commands described in this chapter
automatically unset this flag and can also use it
to determine what text should be displayed. These types of commands
-are the \glslike\ commands and are described in
+are the \idx+{glslike} commands and are described in
\sectionref{sec:gls-like}. The commands that don't reference or change
-the \firstuseflag\ are \glstextlike\ commands and are described
+the \idx{firstuseflag} are \idx+{glstextlike} commands and are described
in \sectionref{sec:glstext-like}. See \sectionref{sec:glsunset} for
commands that unset (mark the entry as having been used) or reset
-(mark the entry as not used) the \firstuseflag\ without referencing
-the entries.
-
-The \glslike\ and \glstextlike\ commands all take a first
-optional argument that is a comma-separated list of
-\meta{key}=\meta{value} options, described below. They also have a
-star-variant, which inserts \texttt{hyper=false} at the start of the
-list of options and a plus-variant, which inserts
-\texttt{hyper=true} at the start of the list of options. For example
-\verb|\gls*{sample}| is the same as \verb|\gls[hyper=false]{sample}|
-and \verb|\gls+{sample}| is the same as
-\verb|\gls[hyper=true]{sample}|, whereas just \verb|\gls{sample}|
-will use the default hyperlink setting which depends on a number of
-factors (such as whether the entry is in a glossary that has been
-identified in the \pkgopt{nohypertypes} list). You can override the
-\gloskey[glslink]{hyper} key in the variant's optional argument, for
-example, \verb|\gls*[hyper=true]{sample}| but this creates
-redundancy and is best avoided. The \gls{glossaries-extra} package
-provides the option to add a third custom variant.
+(mark the entry as not used) the \idx{firstuseflag} without referencing
+the \idxpl{entry}.
+
+The \gls{glslike} and \gls{glstextlike} commands all take a first
+optional argument that is a comma-separated list of \keyval\
+options, described below. They also have a \idx{starmod}-variant,
+which inserts \glsoptval{hyper}{false} at the start of the list of
+options and a \idx{plusmod}-variant, which inserts
+\glsoptval{hyper}{true} at the start of the list of options. For
+example \code{\gls{gls}\sym{starmod}\marg{sample}} is the same as
+\code{\gls{gls}\oarg{\glsoptval{hyper}{false}}\marg{sample}} and
+\code{\gls{gls}\sym{plusmod}\marg{sample}} is the same as
+\code{\gls{gls}\oarg{\glsoptval{hyper}{true}}\marg{sample}}, whereas
+just \code{\gls{gls}\marg{sample}} will use the default
+\idx+{hyperlink} setting which depends on a number of factors (such
+as whether the entry is in a \idx{glossary} that has been identified
+in the \opt{nohypertypes} list). You can override the
+\glsopt{hyper} key in the variant's optional argument, for example,
+\code{\gls{gls}\sym{starmod}\oarg{\glsoptval{hyper}{true}}\marg{sample}}
+but this creates redundancy and is best avoided. The
+\sty{glossaries-extra} package provides the option to add a third
+custom variant and commands to override the behaviour of the
+\idx{starmod} and \idx{plusmod} variants.
\begin{important}
Avoid nesting these commands. For example don't do
-\cs{glslink}\marg{label}\texttt{\{\cs{gls}\marg{label2}\}}
+\code{\gls{glslink}\margm{label}\marg{\gls{gls}\margm{label2}}}
as this is likely to cause problems. By implication, this
means that you should avoid using any of these commands within
the \gloskey{text}, \gloskey{first}, \gloskey{short} or
\gloskey{long} keys (or their plural equivalent) or any
other key that you plan to access through these commands.
(For example, the \gloskey{symbol} key if you intend to use
-\cs{glssymbol}.)
-\end{important}
-
-The keys listed below are available for the optional first argument.
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides additional keys.
-(See the \gls*{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.)
-\begin{description}
-\item[{\gloskey[glslink]{hyper}}] This is a boolean key which can
-be used to enable\slash disable the hyperlink to the relevant entry
-in the glossary. If this key is omitted, the value is determined by current
-settings, as indicated above. For example, when used with a \glslike\ command, if this is the first
-use and the \pkgopt[false]{hyperfirst} package option has been used,
-then the default value is \texttt{hyper=false}. The hyperlink can be
-forced on using \texttt{hyper=true} unless the hyperlinks have been
-suppressed using \ics{glsdisablehyper}. You must load the
-\sty{hyperref} package before the \sty{glossaries} package to
-ensure the hyperlinks work.
-
-\item[{\gloskey[glslink]{format}}] This specifies how to format the
-associated location number for this entry in the glossary. This
-value is equivalent to the \gls{makeindex} encap value, and (as
-with \ics{index}) the value needs to be the name of a command
-\emph{without} the initial backslash. As with \ics{index}, the
-characters \verb"(" and \verb")" can also be used to specify the
-beginning and ending of a number range and they must be in matching
-pairs. (For example, \verb|\gls[format={(}]{sample}| on one page
-to start the range and later \verb|\gls[format={)}]{sample}| to close
-the range.) Again as with \ics{index}, the command should be the
-name of a command which takes an argument (which will be the
-associated location). Be careful not to use a declaration (such as
-\texttt{bfseries}) instead of a text block command (such as
-\texttt{textbf}) as the effect is not guaranteed to be localised. If
-you want to apply more than one style to a given entry (e.g.\
-\textbf{bold} and \emph{italic}) you will need to create a command
-that applies both formats, e.g.\
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand*{\textbfem}[1]{\textbf{\emph{#1}}}
-\end{verbatim}
-and use that command.
-
-In this document, the standard formats refer to the standard text
-block commands such as \ics{textbf} or \ics{emph} or any of the
-commands listed in \tableref{tab:hyperxx}. You can combine a range
-and format using \verb|(|\meta{format} to start the range and
-\verb|)|\meta{format} to end the range. The \meta{format} part must
-match. For example, \verb|format={(emph}| and \verb|format={)emph}|.
-
-\begin{important}
-If you use \gls{xindy} instead of \gls{makeindex}, you
-must specify any non-standard formats that you want to use
-with the \gloskey[glslink]{format} key using
-\ics{GlsAddXdyAttribute}\marg{name}. So if you use
-\gls*{xindy} with the above example, you would need to add:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsAddXdyAttribute{textbfem}
-\end{verbatim}
-See \sectionref{sec:xindy} for further details.
+\gls{glssymbol}.) The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides
+\gls{glsxtrp} to use instead, which helps to mitigate against
+nesting problems.
\end{important}
-If you are using hyperlinks and you want to change the font of the
-hyperlinked location, don't use \ics{hyperpage} (provided by the
-\sty{hyperref} package) as the locations may not refer to a page
-number. Instead, the \styfmt{glossaries} package provides number
-formats listed in \tableref{tab:hyperxx}. These commands are
-designed to work with the particular location formats created by
-\gls{makeindex} and \gls{xindy} and shouldn't be used in other
-contexts.
-
-\begin{table}[htbp]
-\caption{Predefined Hyperlinked Location Formats}
-\label{tab:hyperxx}
-\centering
-\vskip\baselineskip
-\begin{tabular}{ll}
-\locfmt{hyperrm} & serif hyperlink\\
-\locfmt{hypersf} & sans-serif hyperlink\\
-\locfmt{hypertt} & monospaced hyperlink\\
-\locfmt{hyperbf} & bold hyperlink\\
-\locfmt{hypermd} & medium weight hyperlink\\
-\locfmt{hyperit} & italic hyperlink\\
-\locfmt{hypersl} & slanted hyperlink\\
-\locfmt{hyperup} & upright hyperlink\\
-\locfmt{hypersc} & small caps hyperlink\\
-\locfmt{hyperemph} & emphasized hyperlink
-\end{tabular}
-\par
-\end{table}
-
-Note that if the \ics{hyperlink} command hasn't been defined, the
-\texttt{hyper}\meta{xx} formats are equivalent to the analogous
-\texttt{text}\meta{xx} font commands (and \texttt{hyperemph} is
-equivalent to \texttt{emph}). If you want to make a new format, you
-will need to define a command which takes one argument and use that.
-For example, if you want the location number to be in a bold
-sans-serif font, you can define a command called, say,
-\ics{hyperbsf}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand{\hyperbsf}[1]{\textbf{\hypersf{#1}}}
-\end{verbatim}
-and then use \texttt{hyperbsf} as the value for the \gloskey[glslink]{format}
-key.\footnote{See also \ifpdf section~\ref*{sec:code:printglos} \fi
-\qt{Displaying the glossary} in the documented code,
-\texttt{glossaries-code.pdf}.}
-
-\begin{important}
-When defining a custom location format command that uses one of the
-\csmeta{hyper}{xx}{} commands, make sure that the argument of
-\csmeta{hyper}{xx}{} is just the location. Any formatting must be
-outside of \csmeta{hyper}{xx}{} (as in the above \cs{hyperbfsf}
-example).
-\end{important}
-
-Remember that if you use \gls{xindy}, you
-will need to add this to the list of location \ixindyattrs attributes:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbsf}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\item[{\gloskey[glslink]{counter}}] This specifies which counter
-to use for this location. This overrides the default counter
-used by this entry. (See also \sectionref{sec:numberlists}.)
-
-\item[{\gloskey[glslink]{local}}] This is a boolean key that only
-makes a difference when used with \glslike\ commands that change the
-entry's \gls{firstuseflag}. If \texttt{local=true}, the change to
-the \gls*{firstuseflag} will be localised to the current scope. The
-default is \texttt{local=false}.
-
-\item[{\xtrgloskey[glslink]{noindex}}] This is a boolean key that
-suppresses the indexing. Only available with \gls{glossaries-extra}.
-
-\item[{\xtrgloskey[glslink]{hyperoutside}}] This is a boolean key that
-determines whether to put the hyperlink outside of \ics{glstextformat}.
-Only available with \gls{glossaries-extra}.
-
-\item[{\xtrgloskey[glslink]{wrgloss}}] This key determines
-whether to index before (\texttt{wrgloss\dequals before}) or after
-(\texttt{wrgloss\dequals after}) the \gls{linktext}.
-Only available with \gls{glossaries-extra}.
-
-\item[{\xtrgloskey[glslink]{textformat}}] This key identifies the
-name of the control sequence to encapsulate the \gls{linktext}
-instead of the default \ics{glstextformat}.
-Only available with \gls{glossaries-extra}.
-
-\item[{\xtrgloskey[glslink]{prefix}}] This key locally redefines
-\ics{glolinkprefix} to the given value.
-Only available with \gls{glossaries-extra}.
-
-\item[{\xtrgloskey[glslink]{thevalue}}] This key explicitly sets the
-location.
-Only available with \gls{glossaries-extra}.
-
-\item[{\xtrgloskey[glslink]{theHvalue}}] This key explicitly sets the
-hyperlink location.
-Only available with \gls{glossaries-extra}.
-
-\end{description}
-
-\begin{important}
-The \gls{linktext} isn't scoped by default with just the base
-\styfmt{glossaries} package. Any unscoped
-declarations in the \gls{linktext} may affect subsequent text.
-\end{important}
-
-\subsection{The \cs{gls}-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)}
+\subsection{Options}
+\label{sec:glslinkoptions}
+
+The keys listed below are available for the optional first argument
+of the \gls{glslike} and \gls{glstextlike} commands.
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides additional keys.
+(See the \sty{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.)
+
+\optiondef{glsopt.hyper}
+If true, this option can be used to enable\slash disable the
+\idx+{hyperlink} to the relevant \idx{entryline} in the
+\idx{glossary}. If this key is omitted, the value is determined by
+the current settings. For example, when used with a \gls{glslike}
+command, if this is the \idx{firstuse} and the \optval{hyperfirst}{false}
+package option has been used, then the default value is
+\glsoptval{hyper}{false}. The \idx{hyperlink} can be forced on using
+\glsoptval{hyper}{true} unless the \idxpl{hyperlink} have been
+suppressed using \gls{glsdisablehyper}. You must load the
+\sty{hyperref} package before the \sty{glossaries} package to ensure
+the \idxpl{hyperlink} work.
+
+\optiondef{glsopt.format}
+This specifies how to \idxc+{locationencap}{format} the
+associated \location\ number within the \idx{locationlist}
+(see \sectionref{sec:encap}).
+
+\begin{information}
+There is a special format \encap{glsignore} which simply ignores its
+argument to create an \idx{invisiblelocation}.
+\end{information}
+
+\optiondef{glsopt.counter}
+This specifies which \idxc{locationcounter}{counter}
+to use for this \location. This overrides the default
+\gloskey{counter} used by the \idx{entry}, the default counter
+associated with the \idx{glossary} (supplied in the final optional
+argument of \gls{newglossary}) and the default counter identified by
+the \opt{counter} package option. See also \sectionref{sec:numberlists}.
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package has additional options that
+affect the counter used, such as \opt{floats} and \opt{equations}.
+This manual uses the \opt{floats} option to automatically switch the
+counter to \ctr{table} for any entries \indexed\ in tables (such as
+those in \tableref{tab:hyperxx}).
+
+\optiondef{glsopt.local}
+This is a boolean key that only makes a difference when used with
+\gls{glslike} commands that change the entry's \idx+{firstuseflag}.
+If \glsoptval{local}{true}, the change to the \idx{firstuseflag}
+will be localised to the current scope.
+
+\optiondef{glsopt.noindex}
+If true, this option will suppress the \idx+{indexing}.
+Only available with \sty{glossaries-extra}. This manual doesn't use
+\glsopt{noindex} for common entries. Instead it uses
+\glsoptval{format}{\encap{glsignore}}, which is preferable with
+\app{bib2gls}.
+
+\optiondef{glsopt.hyperoutside}
+If true, this will put the \idx+{hyperlink} outside of \gls{glstextformat}.
+Only available with \sty{glossaries-extra}.
+
+\optiondef{glsopt.wrgloss}
+This key determines whether to \idxc+{indexing}{index} before
+(\glsoptval{wrgloss}{before}) or after (\glsoptval{wrgloss}{after})
+the \idx{linktext}, which alters where the \idx{whatsit} occurs.
+Only available with \sty{glossaries-extra}.
+
+\optiondef{glsopt.textformat}
+The value is the name of the control sequence (without the leading
+backslash) to encapsulate the \idx{linktext} instead of the default
+\gls{glstextformat}. Only available with \sty{glossaries-extra}.
+
+\optiondef{glsopt.prefix}
+This key locally redefines \gls{glolinkprefix} to the given value.
+Only available with \sty{glossaries-extra}.
+
+\optiondef{glsopt.thevalue}
+This key explicitly sets the \location\ value instead of obtaining it from
+the \idx+{locationcounter}.
+Only available with \sty{glossaries-extra}.
+
+\optiondef{glsopt.theHvalue}
+This key explicitly sets the \idx{hyperlink} location value instead
+of obtaining it from the \idx{locationcounter}.
+Only available with \sty{glossaries-extra}.
+
+\optiondef{glsopt.prereset}
+Determines whether or not to reset the \idx+{firstuseflag} before the
+\idx{linktext}. Only available with \sty{glossaries-extra}.
+
+\optiondef{glsopt.preunset}
+Determines whether or not to unset the \idx+{firstuseflag} before the
+\idx{linktext}. Only available with \sty{glossaries-extra}.
+
+\optiondef{glsopt.postunset}
+Determines whether or not to unset the \idx+{firstuseflag} after the
+\idx{linktext}. Only available with \sty{glossaries-extra}.
+
+\subsection{The \glsfmttext{gls}-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)}
\label{sec:gls-like}
-This section describes the commands that unset (mark as used) the \firstuseflag\ on
-completion, and in most cases they use the current state of the flag
-to determine the text to be displayed. As described above, these
-commands all have a star-variant (\texttt{hyper=false}) and
-a plus-variant (\texttt{hyper=true}) and have an
-optional first argument that is a \meta{key}=\meta{value} list.
-These commands use \ics{glsentryfmt} or the equivalent definition provided by
-\ics{defglsentryfmt} to determine the automatically generated text
-and its format (see \sectionref{sec:glsdisplay}).
-
-Apart from \ics{glsdisp}, the commands described in this section
+This section describes the \idx+{glslike} commands that unset (mark
+as used) the \idx+{firstuseflag} after the \idx+{linktext}, and in
+most cases they use the current state of the flag to determine the
+text to be \idxc{entryformat}{displayed}. As described above, these
+commands all have a \idx{starmod}-variant (\glsoptval{hyper}{false})
+and a \idx{plusmod}-variant (\glsoptval{hyper}{true}) and have an
+optional first argument that is a \keyval\ list. These commands use
+\gls{glsentryfmt} or the equivalent definition provided by
+\gls{defglsentryfmt} to determine the automatically generated text
+and its \idxc{entryformat}{format} (see
+\sectionref{sec:glsdisplay}).
+
+Apart from \gls{glsdisp}, the commands described in this section
also have a \emph{final} optional argument \meta{insert} which may
be used to insert material into the automatically generated text.
\begin{important}
Since the commands have a final optional argument, take care if
you actually want to display an open square bracket after the command
-when the final optional argument is absent. Insert an empty set of
-braces \verb|{}| immediately before the opening square bracket to
+when the final optional argument is absent. Insert an empty optional
+argument or \gls+{relax} or an empty set of
+braces \code{\marg{}} immediately before the opening square bracket to
prevent it from being interpreted as the final argument. For
example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\gls{sample} {}[Editor's comment]
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{gls}\marg{sample}\oarg{} [Editor's comment]
+\gls{gls}\marg{sample}\marg{} [Editor's comment]
+\gls{gls}\marg{sample} \gls{relax}\oarg{Editor's comment}
+\end{codebox}
+Use of a semantic command can also help avoid this problem. For
+example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{edcom}}[1]{[\#1]}
+\comment{later:}
+\gls{gls}\marg{sample} \cmd{edcom}\marg{Editor's comment}
+\end{codebox}
-Don't use any of the \glslike\ or \glstextlike\ commands in the
+Don't use any of the \gls{glslike} or \gls{glstextlike} commands in the
\meta{insert} argument.
\end{important}
Take care using these commands within commands or environments that
-are processed multiple times as this can confuse the first use flag
+are processed multiple times as this can confuse the \idx{firstuseflag}
query and state change. This includes frames with overlays in
-\cls{beamer} and the \envfmt{tabularx} environment provided by \sty{tabularx}.
-The \styfmt{glossaries} package automatically deals with this issue
-in \sty{amsmath}'s \envfmt{align} environment. You can apply a patch
-to \sty{tabularx} by placing the following command (new to v4.28) in
-the preamble:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glspatchtabularx]
-\cs{glspatchtabularx}
-\end{definition}
+\cls{beamer} and the \env{tabularx} environment provided by \sty{tabularx}.
+The \sty{glossaries} package automatically deals with this issue
+in \sty{amsmath}'s \env{align} environment. You can apply a patch
+to \sty{tabularx} by placing the following command in the
+\idx{documentpreamble}:
+\cmddef{glspatchtabularx}
This does nothing if \sty{tabularx} hasn't been loaded. There's no
patch available for \cls{beamer}. See \sectionref{sec:glsunset} for
more details.
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\gls}]
-\cs{gls}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-This command typically determines the \gls{linktext} from the values
+Most of the commands below have \casechanging\ variants to convert
+the \idx+{linktext} to \idx+{sentencecase} or \idx+{allcaps}. The
+\idx{sentencecase} conversion is performed by \gls{glssentencecase}
+and the \idx{allcaps} is performed by \gls{glsuppercase}.
+Ensure you have at least version 2.08 of \sty{mfirstuc} to use the
+modern \LaTeX3 \casechanging\ commands instead of the now deprecated
+\sty{textcase} package. See the \sty{mfirstuc} manual for further
+details.
+
+\cmddef{gls}
+This command typically determines the \idx{linktext} from the values
of the \gloskey{text} or \gloskey{first} keys supplied when the
-entry was defined using \ics{newglossaryentry}. However, if the
-entry was defined using \ics{newacronym} and \ics{setacronymstyle} was
-used, then the \gls*{linktext} will usually be determined from the \gloskey{long} or
-\gloskey{short} keys.
-
-There are two upper case variants:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Gls}]
-\cs{Gls}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
+\idx{entry} was defined using \gls{newglossaryentry}. However, if the
+entry was defined using \gls{newacronym} and \gls{setacronymstyle} was
+used, then the \idx{linktext} will usually be determined from the \gloskey{long} or
+\gloskey{short} keys (similarly for \gls{newabbreviation}).
+
+The \casechanging\ variants:
+\cmddef{Gls}
+(\idx{sentencecase})
and
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\GLS}]
-\cs{GLS}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-which make the first letter of the link text or all the link text
-upper case, respectively. For the former, the uppercasing of the
-first letter is performed by \ics{makefirstuc}.
-
-\begin{important}
-The first letter uppercasing command \cs{makefirstuc} has
-limitations which must be taken into account if you use \cs{Gls} or
-any of the other commands that convert the first letter to
-uppercase.
-\end{important}
-The upper casing is performed as follows:
-\begin{itemize}
-\item If the first thing in the \gls{linktext} is a command follow
-by a group, the upper casing is performed on the first object of the
-group. For example, if an entry has been defined as
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{
- name={\emph{sample} phrase},
- sort={sample phrase},
- description={an example}}
-\end{verbatim}
-Then \cs{Gls}\verb|{sample}| will set the \gls{linktext}
-to\footnote{I've used \cs{MakeUppercase} in all the examples for clarity, but it
-will actually use \cs{mfirstucMakeUppercase}.}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\emph{\MakeUppercase sample} phrase
-\end{verbatim}
-which will appear as \emph{\MakeUppercase sample} phrase.
-
-\item If the first thing in the \gls{linktext} isn't a command or is
-a command but isn't followed by a group, then the upper casing will
-be performed on that first thing. For example, if an entry has been
-defined as:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{
- name={\oe-ligature},
- sort={oe-ligature},
- description={an example}
-}
-\end{verbatim}
-Then \cs{Gls}\verb|{sample}| will set the \gls{linktext} to
-\begin{verbatim}
-\MakeUppercase \oe-ligature
-\end{verbatim}
-which will appear as \MakeUppercase \oe-ligature.
-
-\item If you have \sty{mfirstuc} v2.01 or above, an extra case is
-added. If the first thing is \cs{protect} it will be discarded and
-the above rules will then be tried.
-
-\end{itemize}
-(Note the use of the \gloskey{sort} key in the above examples.)
-
-There are hundreds of \LaTeX\ packages that altogether define
-thousands of commands with various syntax and it's impossible for
-\sty{mfirstuc} to take them all into account. The above rules are quite
-simplistic and are designed for \gls{linktext} that starts with
-a~text-block command (such as \cs{emph}) or a command that produces
-a character (such as \cs{oe}). This means that if your \gls{linktext}
-starts with something that doesn't adhere to \sty{mfirstuc}'s assumptions
-then things are likely to go wrong.
-
-For example, starting with a math-shift symbol:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{
- name={$a$},
- sort={a},
- description={an example}
-}
-\end{verbatim}
-This falls into case~2 above, so the \gls{linktext} will be set to
-\begin{verbatim}
-\MakeUppercase $a$
-\end{verbatim}
-This attempts to uppercase the math-shift \verb|$|, which will go
-wrong. In this case it's not appropriate to perform any
-case-changing, but it may be that you want to use \cs{Gls}
-programmatically without checking if the text contains any maths.
-In this case, the simplest solution is to insert an empty brace at
-the start:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{
- name={{}$a$},
- sort={a},
- description={an example}
-}
-\end{verbatim}
-Now the \gls{linktext} will be set to
-\begin{verbatim}
-\MakeUppercase{}$a$
-\end{verbatim}
-and the \cs{uppercase} becomes harmless.
-
-Another issue occurs when the \gls{linktext} starts with a command
-followed by an argument (case~1) but the argument is a label,
-identifier or something else that shouldn't have a case-change.
-A common example is when the \gls{linktext} starts with one of the
-commands described in this chapter. (But you haven't done that, have
-you? What with the warning not to do it at the beginning of the chapter.)
-Or when the \gls{linktext} starts with one of the non-linking
-commands described in \sectionref{sec:glsnolink}. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an example}}
-\newglossaryentry{sample2}{
- name={\glsentrytext{sample} two},
- sort={sample two},
- description={another example}
- }
-\end{verbatim}
-Now the \gls{linktext} will be set to:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glsentrytext{\MakeUppercase sample} two
-\end{verbatim}
-This will generate an error because there's no entry with the label
-\qt{\texttt{\cs{MakeUppercase} sample}}. The best solution here is to
-write the term out in the \gloskey{text} field and use the command
-in the \gloskey{name} field. If you don't use \cs{glsname} anywhere
-in your document, you can use \cs{gls} in the \gloskey{name} field:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an example}}
-\newglossaryentry{sample2}{
- name={\gls{sample} two},
- sort={sample two},
- text={sample two},
- description={another example}
- }
-\end{verbatim}
-
-If the \gls{linktext} starts with a command that has an optional
-argument or with multiple arguments where the actual text isn't in
-the first argument, then \cs{makefirstuc} will also fail. For
-example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{
- name={\textcolor{blue}{sample} phrase},
- sort={sample phrase},
- description={an example}}
-\end{verbatim}
-Now the \gls{linktext} will be set to:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\textcolor{\MakeUppercase blue}{sample} phrase
-\end{verbatim}
-This won't work because \verb|\MakeUppercase blue| isn't a recognised
-colour name. In this case you will have to define a helper command where
-the first argument is the text. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{
-\newcommand*{\blue}[1]{\textcolor{blue}{#1}}
- name={\blue{sample} phrase},
- sort={sample phrase},
- description={an example}}
-\end{verbatim}
-In fact, since the whole design ethos of \LaTeX\ is the separation
-of content and style, it's better to use a semantic command. For
-example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{
-\newcommand*{\keyword}[1]{\textcolor{blue}{#1}}
- name={\keyword{sample} phrase},
- sort={sample phrase},
- description={an example}}
-\end{verbatim}
-For further details see the \sty{mfirstuc} user manual.
-
-There are plural forms that are analogous to \cs{gls}:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glspl}]
-\cs{glspl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glspl}]
-\cs{Glspl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\GLSpl}]
-\cs{GLSpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-These typically determine the link text from the \gloskey{plural} or
-\gloskey{firstplural} keys supplied when the entry was
-defined using \ics{newglossaryentry} or, if the entry is an
-abbreviation and \cs{setacronymstyle} was used, from the \gloskey{longplural} or
-\gloskey{shortplural} keys.
+\cmddef{GLS}
+(\idx{allcaps}).
+
+There are plural forms that are analogous to \gls{gls}:
+\cmddef{glspl}
+\Idx{sentencecase}:
+\cmddef{Glspl}
+\Idx{allcaps}:
+\cmddef{GLSpl}
+These typically determine the \idx{linktext} from the \gloskey{plural} or
+\gloskey{firstplural} keys supplied when the \idx{entry} was
+defined using \gls{newglossaryentry} or, if the \idx{entry} was defined
+with \gls{newacronym} and \gls{setacronymstyle} was used, from the
+\gloskey{longplural} or \gloskey{shortplural} keys. (Similarly for
+\gls{newabbreviation}.)
\begin{important}
-Be careful when you use glossary entries in math mode especially if you
-are using \sty{hyperref} as it can affect the spacing of subscripts and
-superscripts. For example, suppose you have defined the following
+Be careful when you use \idxpl{glossaryentry} in \idx{mathmode} especially if you
+are using \sty+{hyperref} as it can affect the spacing of subscripts and
+superscripts in \idx{mathmode}. For example, suppose you have defined the following
entry:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{Falpha}{name={F_\alpha},
-description=sample}
-\end{verbatim}
-and later you use it in math mode:
-\begin{verbatim}
-$\gls{Falpha}^2$
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{Falpha}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{F\sym+{sb}\gls+{alpha}},
+\gloskeyval{description}{sample}}
+\end{codebox}
+and later you use it in \idx{mathmode}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\$\gls{gls}\marg{Falpha}\sym+{sp}2\$
+\end{codebox}
This will result in $F_\alpha{}^2$ instead of $F_\alpha^2$. In this
-situation it's best to bring the superscript into the hyperlink using
+situation it's best to bring the superscript into the \idx+{hyperlink} using
the final \meta{insert} optional argument:
-\begin{verbatim}
-$\gls{Falpha}[^2]$
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\$\gls{gls}\marg{Falpha}\oarg{\idx{sp}2}\$
+\end{codebox}
\end{important}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsdisp}]
-\cs{glsdisp}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\marg{link text}
-\end{definition}
-This behaves in the same way as the above commands, except
+\cmddef{glsdisp}
+This behaves in the same way as \gls{gls}, except
that the \meta{link text} is explicitly set. There's no final
optional argument as any inserted material can be added to the
-\meta{link text} argument.
+\meta{link text} argument. Even though the
+\idx{firstuseflag} doesn't influence the \idx{linktext}, it's still
+unset after the \idx{linktext} and so may influence the \idx{postlinkhook}.
+
+For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{locationcounter}\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{name}{location counter},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{...}
+}
+\comment{later in the document:}
+The \gls{glsdisp}\marg{locationcounter}\marg{counter} identifying the location.
+\end{codebox}
+This ensures that the \idx{entry} is \indexed\ and, if enabled,
+creates a \idx{hyperlink} to the \idx{entryline} in the \idx{glossary}.
+It will also follow the \idx{displaystyle} and have the
+\idx{linktext} encapsulated with \gls{glstextformat}.
+
+Since the actual text is being supplied,
+any \casechanging\ can be placed in the argument. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsdisp}\marg{locationcounter}\marg{Counters} associated with locations
+\end{codebox}
+However, a \idx{sentencecase} variant is provided:
+\cmddef{Glsdisp}
+This essentially does:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{glsdisp}\oargm{options}\margm{entry-label}\marg{\gls{glssentencecase}\margm{text}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+The main reason for providing this command is to set up a mapping
+for \gls{makefirstuc}. See the \sty{mfirstuc} manual for further
+details about mappings.
\begin{important}
-Don't use any of the \glslike\ or \glstextlike\ commands in the
-\meta{link text} argument of \cs{glsdisp}.
+Don't use any of the \gls{glslike} or \gls{glstextlike} commands in the
+\meta{link text} argument of \gls{glsdisp}.
\end{important}
-\subsection{The \cs{glstext}-Like Commands (First Use Flag Not Queried)}
+\subsection{The \glsfmttext{glstext}-Like Commands (First Use Flag Not Queried)}
\label{sec:glstext-like}
This section describes the commands that don't change or reference
-the \firstuseflag. As described above, these commands all have a
-star-variant (\texttt{hyper=false}) and a plus-variant
-(\texttt{hyper=true}) and have an optional first argument
-that is a \meta{key}=\meta{value} list. These commands also don't
-use \ics{glsentryfmt} or the equivalent definition provided by
-\ics{defglsentryfmt} (see \sectionref{sec:glsdisplay}).
-Additional commands for abbreviations are described in
-\sectionref{sec:acronyms}.
-
-Apart from \ics{glslink}, the commands described in this section
+the \idx{firstuseflag}. As described above, these commands all have a
+\idx{starmod}-variant (\glsoptval{hyper}{false}) and a \idx{plusmod}-variant
+(\glsoptval{hyper}{true}) and have an optional first argument
+that is a \keyval\ list. These commands also don't
+use \gls{glsentryfmt} or the equivalent definition provided by
+\gls{defglsentryfmt} (see \sectionref{sec:glsdisplay}).
+They do, however, have their \idx{linktext} encapsulated with
+\gls{glstextformat}.
+
+Additional commands for \idxpl{acronym} are described in
+\sectionref{sec:acronyms}. (Additional commands for
+\idxpl{abbreviation} are described in the \sty{glossaries-extra}
+manual.)
+
+Apart from \gls{glslink}, the commands described in this section
also have a \emph{final} optional argument \meta{insert} which may
be used to insert material into the automatically generated text.
-See the caveat above in \sectionref{sec:gls-like}.
+See the caveat above in \sectionref{sec:gls-like}. As with the
+\gls{glslike} commands described in \sectionref{sec:gls-like}, these
+commands also have \casechanging\ variants.
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glslink}]
-\cs{glslink}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\marg{link text}
-\end{definition}
-This command explicitly sets the \gls{linktext} as given in the
-final argument.
+\cmddef{glslink}
+This command explicitly sets the \idx{linktext} as given in the
+final argument. As with \gls{glsdisp}, there's a \idx{sentencecase}
+variant to allow a \idx{sentencecase} mapping to be established:
+\cmddef{Glslink}
+See the \sty{mfirstuc} package for further details.
\begin{important}
-Don't use any of the \glslike\ or \glstextlike\ commands in the
-argument of \cs{glslink}. By extension, this means that you can't
-use them in the value of fields that are used to form
-\gls{linktext}.
+Don't use any of the \gls{glslike} or \gls{glstextlike} commands in the
+argument of \gls{glslink}. By extension, this means that you can't
+use them in the value of fields that are used to form \idx{linktext}.
\end{important}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glstext}]
-\cs{glstext}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-This command always uses the value of the \gloskey{text} key as the
-\gls{linktext}.
-
-There are also analogous commands:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glstext}]
-\cs{Glstext}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\GLStext}]
-\cs{GLStext}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-These convert the first character or all the characters to
-uppercase, respectively. See the note on \cs{Gls} above for details
-on the limitations of converting the first letter to upper case.
-
-There's no equivalent command for title-casing, but you
-can use the more generic command \ics{glsentrytitlecase}
-in combination with \cs{glslink}. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glslink{sample}{\glsentrytitlecase{sample}{text}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\cmddef{glstext}
+This command always uses the value of the \gloskey+{text} key as the
+\idx{linktext}.
+
+The \casechanging\ variants are:
+\cmddef{Glstext}
+(\idx{sentencecase}) and
+\cmddef{GLStext}
+(\idx{allcaps}).
+
+There's no equivalent command for \idx+{titlecase}, but you
+can use the more generic command \gls{glsentrytitlecase}
+in combination with \gls{glslink}. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glslink}\marg{sample}\marg{\gls{glsentrytitlecase}\marg{sample}\marg{text}}
+\end{codebox}
(See \sectionref{sec:glsnolink}.)
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsfirst}]
-\cs{glsfirst}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-This command always uses the value of the \gloskey{first} key as the
-\gls{linktext}.
+\cmddef{glsfirst}
+This command always uses the value of the \gloskey+{first} key as the
+\idx{linktext}.
-There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsfirst}]
-\cs{Glsfirst}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\GLSfirst}]
-\cs{GLSfirst}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
+The \casechanging\ variants are:
+\cmddef{Glsfirst}
+(\idx{sentencecase}) and
+\cmddef{GLSfirst}
+(\idx{allcaps}).
\begin{important}
The value of the \gloskey{first} key (and \gloskey{firstplural} key)
-doesn't necessarily match the text produced by \ics{gls} (or \ics{glspl}) on
-\firstuse\ as the \gls{linktext} used by \ics{gls} may be modified
-through commands like \ics{defglsentry}. (Similarly, the value of the
-\gloskey{text} and \gloskey{plural} keys don't necessarily match
-the \gls*{linktext} used by \cs{gls} or \cs{glspl} on subsequent
-use.)
+doesn't necessarily match the \idx{linktext} produced by \gls{gls} (or
+\gls{glspl}) on \idx{firstuse} as the \idx{linktext} used by
+\gls{gls} may be modified through \idxc+{entryformat}{entry
+formatting} commands like \gls{defglsentryfmt}. (Similarly, the value
+of the \gloskey{text} and \gloskey{plural} keys don't necessarily
+match the \idx{linktext} used by \gls{gls} or \gls{glspl} on
+\idx{subsequentuse}.)
\end{important}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsplural}]
-\cs{glsplural}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-This command always uses the value of the \gloskey{plural} key as the
-\gls{linktext}.
-
-There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsplural}]
-\cs{Glsplural}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\GLSplural}]
-\cs{GLSplural}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsfirstplural}]
-\cs{glsfirstplural}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-This command always uses the value of the \gloskey{firstplural} key as the
-\gls{linktext}.
-
-There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsfirstplural}]
-\cs{Glsfirstplural}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\GLSfirstplural}]
-\cs{GLSfirstplural}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsname}]
-\cs{glsname}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-This command always uses the value of the \gloskey{name} key as the
-\gls{linktext}. Note that this may be different from the values of
+\cmddef{glsplural}
+This command always uses the value of the \gloskey+{plural} key as the
+\idx{linktext}.
+
+The \casechanging\ variants are:
+\cmddef{Glsplural}
+(\idx{sentencecase}) and
+\cmddef{GLSplural}
+(\idx{allcaps}).
+
+\cmddef{glsfirstplural}
+This command always uses the value of the \gloskey+{firstplural} key as the
+\idx{linktext}.
+
+The \casechanging\ variants are:
+\cmddef{Glsfirstplural}
+(\idx{sentencecase}) and
+\cmddef{GLSfirstplural}
+(\idx{allcaps}).
+
+\cmddef{glsname}
+This command always uses the value of the \gloskey+{name} key as the
+\idx{linktext}. Note that this may be different from the values of
the \gloskey{text} or \gloskey{first} keys. In general it's better
-to use \cs{glstext} or \cs{glsfirst} instead of \cs{glsname}.
+to use \gls{glstext} or \gls{glsfirst} instead of \gls{glsname},
+unless you have a particular need for the actual name.
+
+\begin{information}
+The name is displayed in the \idx{glossary} using
+\gls{glossentryname} not \gls{glsname}.
+\end{information}
-There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsname}]
-\cs{Glsname}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\GLSname}]
-\cs{GLSname}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
+The \casechanging\ variants are:
+\cmddef{Glsname}
+(\idx{sentencecase}) and
+\cmddef{GLSname}
+(\idx{allcaps}).
\begin{important}
-In general it's best to avoid \cs{Glsname} with acronyms. Instead,
-consider using \cs{Acrlong}, \cs{Acrshort} or \cs{Acrfull}.
+In general it's best to avoid \gls{glsname} with \idxpl{acronym}. Instead,
+consider using \gls{acrlong}, \gls{acrshort} or \gls{acrfull}.
+Alternatively, for \idxpl{abbreviation} defined with
+\sty{glossaries-extra}, use \gls{glsxtrlong}, \gls{glsxtrshort} or
+\gls{glsxtrfull}.
\end{important}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glssymbol}]
-\cs{glssymbol}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-This command always uses the value of the \gloskey{symbol} key as the
-\gls{linktext}.
-
-There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glssymbol}]
-\cs{Glssymbol}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\GLSsymbol}]
-\cs{GLSsymbol}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsdesc}]
-\cs{glsdesc}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-This command always uses the value of the \gloskey{description} key as the
-\gls{linktext}.
-
-There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsdesc}]
-\cs{Glsdesc}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\GLSdesc}]
-\cs{GLSdesc}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-
-If you want the title case version you can use
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glslink{sample}{\glsentrytitlecase{sample}{desc}}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsuseri}]
-\cs{glsuseri}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{glssymbol}
+This command always uses the value of the \gloskey+{symbol} key as the
+\idx{linktext}.
+
+\begin{information}
+The symbol is displayed in the \idx{glossary} using
+\gls{glossentrysymbol} not \gls{glssymbol}.
+\end{information}
+
+The \casechanging\ variants are:
+\cmddef{Glssymbol}
+(\idx{sentencecase}) and
+\cmddef{GLSsymbol}
+(\idx{allcaps}).
+
+\cmddef{glsdesc}
+This command always uses the value of the \gloskey+{description} key as the
+\idx{linktext}.
+
+\begin{information}
+The description is displayed in the \idx{glossary} using
+\gls{glossentrydesc} not \gls{glsdesc}.
+\end{information}
+
+The \casechanging\ variants are:
+\cmddef{Glsdesc}
+(\idx{sentencecase}) and
+\cmddef{GLSdesc}
+(\idx{allcaps}).
+
+\cmddef{glsuseri}
This command always uses the value of the
-\gloskey{user1} key as the \gls{linktext}.
-
-There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsuseri}]
-\cs{Glsuseri}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\GLSuseri}]
-\cs{GLSuseri}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsuserii}]
-\cs{glsuserii}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
+\gloskey+{user1} key as the \idx{linktext}.
+
+The \casechanging\ variants are:
+\cmddef{Glsuseri}
+(\idx{sentencecase}) and
+\cmddef{GLSuseri}
+(\idx{allcaps}).
+
+\cmddef{glsuserii}
This command always uses the value of the
-\gloskey{user2} key as the \gls{linktext}.
-
-There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsuserii}]
-\cs{Glsuserii}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\GLSuserii}]
-\cs{GLSuserii}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsuseriii}]
-\cs{glsuseriii}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
+\gloskey+{user2} key as the \idx{linktext}.
+
+The \casechanging\ variants are:
+\cmddef{Glsuserii}
+(\idx{sentencecase}) and
+\cmddef{GLSuserii}
+(\idx{allcaps}).
+
+\cmddef{glsuseriii}
This command always uses the value of the
-\gloskey{user3} key as the \gls{linktext}.
-
-There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsuseriii}]
-\cs{Glsuseriii}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\GLSuseriii}]
-\cs{GLSuseriii}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsuseriv}]
-\cs{glsuseriv}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
+\gloskey+{user3} key as the \idx{linktext}.
+
+The \casechanging\ variants are:
+\cmddef{Glsuseriii}
+(\idx{sentencecase}) and
+\cmddef{GLSuseriii}
+(\idx{allcaps}).
+
+\cmddef{glsuseriv}
This command always uses the value of the
-\gloskey{user4} key as the \gls{linktext}.
-
-There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsuseriv}]
-\cs{Glsuseriv}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\GLSuseriv}]
-\cs{GLSuseriv}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsuserv}]
-\cs{glsuserv}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
+\gloskey+{user4} key as the \idx{linktext}.
+
+The \casechanging\ variants are:
+\cmddef{Glsuseriv}
+(\idx{sentencecase}) and
+\cmddef{GLSuseriv}
+(\idx{allcaps}).
+
+\cmddef{glsuserv}
This command always uses the value of the
-\gloskey{user5} key as the \gls{linktext}.
-
-There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsuserv}]
-\cs{Glsuserv}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\GLSuserv}]
-\cs{GLSuserv}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsuservi}]
-\cs{glsuservi}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
+\gloskey+{user5} key as the \idx{linktext}.
+
+The \casechanging\ variants are:
+\cmddef{Glsuserv}
+(\idx{sentencecase}) and
+\cmddef{GLSuserv}
+(\idx{allcaps}).
+
+\cmddef{glsuservi}
This command always uses the value of the
-\gloskey{user6} key as the \gls{linktext}.
+\gloskey+{user6} key as the \idx{linktext}.
-There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsuservi}]
-\cs{Glsuservi}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\GLSuservi}]
-\cs{GLSuservi}\oarg{options}\marg{text}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
+The \casechanging\ variants are:
+\cmddef{Glsuservi}
+(\idx{sentencecase}) and
+\cmddef{GLSuservi}
+(\idx{allcaps}).
-\subsection{Changing the format of the link text}
+\subsection{Changing the Format of the \glsfmttext{glslike} Link Text}
\label{sec:glsdisplay}
\begin{xtr}
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides ways of altering the
-format according to the category. See the \gls{glossaries-extra}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides ways of altering the
+\idx{displaystyle} according to the \gloskey{category}. See the \sty{glossaries-extra}
manual for further details.
\end{xtr}
-The default format of the \gls{linktext} for the \glslike\ commands
-is governed by\footnote{\ics{glsdisplayfirst} and \ics{glsdisplay} are now
-deprecated. Backwards compatibility should be preserved but
-you may need to use the \pkgopt{compatible-3.07} option}:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsentryfmt}]
-\cs{glsentryfmt}
-\end{definition}
-This may be redefined but if you only want the change the display style
-for a given glossary, then you need to use
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\defglsentryfmt}]
-\cs{defglsentryfmt}\oarg{type}\marg{definition}
-\end{definition}
-instead of redefining \cs{glsentryfmt}. The optional first argument
-\meta{type} is the glossary type. This defaults to
-\ics{glsdefaulttype} if omitted. The second argument is the
-entry format definition.
+The default \inlineidxdef{entryformat} (display style) of the \idx{linktext} for the
+\gls{glslike} commands is governed by:
+\cmddef{glsentryfmt}
+The \sty{glossaries} package defines this to simply use
+\gls{glsgenentryfmt}. The \sty{glossaries-extra} package redefines
+\gls{glsentryfmt} to allow it to integrated with the
+\idxpl{abbrvstyle}.
+
+\begin{information}
+The \idx{entryformat} is only applicable to the \gls{glslike}
+commands, not the \gls{glstextlike} commands. However, both sets of
+commands use \gls{glstextformat} for the font.
+\end{information}
+
+You can redefine \gls{glsentryfmt} (but beware of breaking
+\idxpl{abbreviation} with \sty{glossaries-extra}), but if you only want the
+change the \idx{displaystyle} for a given \idx{glossary}, use:
+\cmddef{defglsentryfmt}
+instead of redefining \gls{glsentryfmt}. The optional first argument
+\meta{glossary-type} is the \idx{glossary} type. This defaults to
+\gls{glsdefaulttype} if omitted. The second argument is the
+\idx{entryformat} definition, which needs to use the placeholder commands
+described in this section.
+
+In the remainder of this section, \meta{definition} refers to the
+argument of \gls{defglsentryfmt} or to the definition of
+\gls{glsentryfmt}.
\begin{important}
-Note that \cs{glsentryfmt} is the default display format for
-entries. Once the display format has been changed for an individual
-glossary using \ics{defglsentryfmt}, redefining \cs{glsentryfmt}
-won't have an effect on that glossary, you must instead use
-\cs{defglsentryfmt} again. Note that glossaries that have
-been identified as lists of acronyms (via the package option
-\pkgopt{acronymlists} or the command \ics{DeclareAcronymList},
+Note that \gls{glsentryfmt} is the default \idx{displaystyle} for
+\idxpl{glossaryentry}. Once the \idx{displaystyle} has been changed for an individual
+\idx{glossary} using \gls{defglsentryfmt}, redefining \gls{glsentryfmt}
+won't have an effect on that \idx{glossary}, you must instead use
+\gls{defglsentryfmt} again. Note that \idxpl{glossary} that have
+been identified as lists of \idxpl{acronym} (via the package option
+\opt{acronymlists} or the command \gls{DeclareAcronymList},
see \sectionref{sec:pkgopts-acronym}) use
-\cs{defglsentryfmt} to set their display style.
+\gls{defglsentryfmt} to set their \idx{displaystyle}.
+(The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides \idx{abbreviation}
+support within its redefinition of \gls{glsentryfmt}.)
\end{important}
-Within the \meta{definition} argument of \cs{defglsentryfmt}, or if you
-want to redefine \cs{glsentryfmt}, you may use the following
-commands:
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glslabel}]
-\cs{glslabel}
-\end{definition}
-This is the label of the entry being referenced. As from version
-4.08, you can also access the glossary entry type using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glstype}]
-\cs{glstype}
-\end{definition}
-This is defined using \ics{edef} so the replacement text is the
-actual glossary type rather than \verb|\glsentrytype{\glslabel}|.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glscustomtext}]
-\cs{glscustomtext}
-\end{definition}
-This is the custom text supplied in \cs{glsdisp}. It's always empty
-for \ics{gls}, \ics{glspl} and their upper case variants. (You can
-use \sty{etoolbox}'s \cs{ifdefempty} to determine if
-\cs{glscustomtext} is empty.)
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsinsert}]
-\cs{glsinsert}
-\end{definition}
-The custom text supplied in the final optional argument to \cs{gls},
-\cs{glspl} and their upper case variants.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsifplural}]
-\cs{glsifplural}\marg{true text}\marg{false text}
-\end{definition}
-If \cs{glspl}, \cs{Glspl} or \cs{GLSpl} was used, this command does
-\meta{true text} otherwise it does \meta{false text}.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glscapscase}]
-\cs{glscapscase}\marg{no case}\marg{first uc}\marg{all caps}
-\end{definition}
-If \cs{gls}, \cs{glspl} or \cs{glsdisp} were used, this does \meta{no
-case}. If \cs{Gls} or \cs{Glspl} were used, this does \meta{first
-uc}. If \cs{GLS} or \cs{GLSpl} were used, this does \meta{all caps}.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsifhyperon]
-\cs{glsifhyperon}\marg{hyper true}\marg{hyper false}
-\end{definition}
-This will do \meta{hyper true} if the hyperlinks are on for the
-current reference, otherwise it will do \meta{hyper false}. The
-hyperlink may be off even if it wasn't explicitly switched off with
-the \gloskey[glslink]{hyper} key or the use of a starred command.
-It may be off because the \sty{hyperref} package hasn't been loaded
-or because \ics{glsdisablehyper} has been used or because the entry
-is in a glossary type that's had the hyperlinks switched off (using
-\pkgopt{nohypertypes}) or because it's the \firstuse\ and the
-hyperlinks have been suppressed on first use.
+Within \meta{definition} you may use the following commands:
+\cmddef{glslabel}
+This expands to the label of the \idx{entry} being referenced.
+
+You can also access the entry's \idx{glossary} type using:
+\cmddef{glstype}
+This is defined using \gls{protected@edef} so the replacement text is the
+actual \idx{glossary} type rather than
+\code{\gls{glsentrytype}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}}.
+
+\cmddef{glsinsert}
+Expands to the final \meta{insert} optional argument to \gls{gls},
+\gls{glspl} and their \casechanging\ variants (or empty if
+\meta{insert} was omitted).
+
+\cmddef{glsifplural}
+If the plural commands \gls+{glspl}, \gls+{Glspl} or \gls+{GLSpl}
+was used, this command expands to \meta{true} otherwise it expands
+to \meta{false}.
+
+\cmddef{glscapscase}
+If \gls{gls}, \gls{glspl} or \gls{glsdisp} were used, this expands
+to \meta{no change}. If the \idx+{sentencecase} commands \gls{Gls} or \gls{Glspl}
+were used, this expands to \meta{sentence}. If the \idx+{allcaps}
+commands \gls{GLS} or \gls{GLSpl} were used, this expands to \meta{all caps}.
+
+\cmddef{glscustomtext}
+Expands to the custom text supplied in \gls{glsdisp}. It's always empty
+for \gls{gls}, \gls{glspl} and their \casechanging\ variants. (You can
+use \sty{etoolbox}'s \csfmt{ifdefempty} to determine if
+\gls{glscustomtext} is empty.)
\begin{important}
-The \cs{glsifhyperon} command should be used instead of
-\ics{glsifhyper}, which is now deprecated (and no longer documented).
+If \gls{Glsdisp} is used, \gls{glscustomtext} will include the
+\idx+{sentencecase} command (\gls{glssentencecase}), but
+\gls{glscapscase} will expand to \meta{no change} (since
+\gls{Glsdisp} simply uses \gls{glsdisp} without modifying the
+placeholder commands). However, the generic \gls{glsgenentryfmt}
+doesn't use \gls{glscapscase} (or \gls{glsifplural}) if
+\gls{glscustomtext} isn't empty.
\end{important}
-If you want to know if the command used to reference
-this entry was used with the star or plus variant, you can use:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glslinkvar]
-\cs{glslinkvar}\marg{unmodified}\marg{star}\marg{plus}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{glsifhyperon}
+This will do \meta{true} if the \idxpl+{hyperlink} are on for the
+current reference, otherwise it will do \meta{false}. The
+\idx{hyperlink} may be off even if it wasn't explicitly switched off with
+\glsoptval{hyper}{false} key or the use of a starred (\sym{starmod}) command.
+It may be off because the \sty{hyperref} package hasn't been loaded
+or because \gls{glsdisablehyper} has been used or because the entry
+is in a \idx{glossary} type that's had the \idxpl{hyperlink} switched off (using
+\opt{nohypertypes}) or because it's the \idx{firstuse} and the
+hyperlinks have been suppressed on \idx{firstuse}.
+
+If you want to know if the calling command used to reference
+the \idx{entry} was used with the star (\sym+{starmod}) or plus
+(\sym+{plusmod}) variant, you can use:
+\cmddef{glslinkvar}
This will do \meta{unmodified} if the unmodified version was used,
-or will do \meta{star} if the starred version was used, or
-will do \meta{plus} if the plus version was used.
+or will do \meta{star case} if the starred version was used, or
+will do \meta{plus case} if the plus version was used. The
+custom modifier provided by \sty{glossaries-extra}['s]
+\gls{GlsXtrSetAltModifier} will make \gls{glslinkvar} expand to
+\meta{unmodified}.
+
Note that this doesn't take into account if the
-\gloskey[glslink]{hyper} key was used to override the default
+\glsopt{hyper} key was used to override the default
setting, so this command shouldn't be used to guess whether or not
-the hyperlink is on for this reference.
+the \idx{hyperlink} is on for this reference. This command is
+therefore of limited use. If you want to make the \idx{starmod} or
+\idx{plusmod} behave differently, you can try
+\gls{GlsXtrSetStarModifier} or \gls{GlsXtrSetPlusModifier} instead,
+if you are using \sty{glossaries-extra}.
-Note that you can also use commands such as \ics{ifglsused} within
-the definition of \cs{glsentryfmt} (see \sectionref{sec:glsunset}).
+Note that you can also use commands such as \gls{ifglsused} within
+\meta{definition} (see \sectionref{sec:glsunset}), but don't use
+\gls{ifglsused} in the \idx{postlinkhook}.
-The commands \ics{glslabel}, \ics{glstype}, \ics{glsifplural},
-\ics{glscapscase}, \ics{glsinsert} and \ics{glscustomtext} are
-typically updated at the start of the \glslike\ and \glstextlike\
+\begin{xtr}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package has additional commands that may
+be used within \meta{definition} to obtain information about the
+calling command.
+\end{xtr}
+
+The commands \gls{glslabel}, \gls{glstype}, \gls{glsifplural},
+\gls{glscapscase}, \gls{glsinsert} and \gls{glscustomtext} are
+typically updated at the start of the \gls{glslike} and
+\gls{glstextlike}
commands so they can usually be accessed in the hook user commands,
-such as \ics{glspostlinkhook} and \ics{glslinkpostsetkeys}.
+such as \gls{glspostlinkhook} and \gls{glslinkpostsetkeys}.
-\begin{important}
-This means that using commands like \ics{gls} within the fields
-that are accessed using the \glslike\ or \glstextlike\ commands
+\begin{warning}
+This means that using commands like \gls{gls} within the fields
+that are accessed using the \gls{glslike} or \gls{glstextlike} commands
(such as the \gloskey{first}, \gloskey{text}, \gloskey{long}
-or \gloskey{short} keys) will cause a problem. The entry formatting
-performed by \cs{glsentryfmt} and related commands isn't scoped
-(otherwise if would cause problems for \cs{glspostlinkhook} which
-may need to look ahead as well as look behind).
-This means that any nested commands will, at the very least, change
-the label stored in \cs{glslabel}.
-\end{important}
-
-If you only want to make minor modifications to \cs{glsentryfmt},
-you can use
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsgenentryfmt}]
-\cs{glsgenentryfmt}
-\end{definition}
+or \gloskey{short} keys) will cause a problem. The definitions of
+the placeholder commands can't be scoped otherwise they won't be
+available for the \idx{postlinkhook}, and grouping can also cause
+unwanted spacing issues in \idx{mathmode}.
+\end{warning}
+
+If you only want to make minor modifications to \gls{glsentryfmt},
+you can use the generic \idxc{entryformat}{entry formatting} command:
+\cmddef{glsgenentryfmt}
This uses the above commands to display just the \gloskey{first},
\gloskey{text}, \gloskey{plural} or \gloskey{firstplural} keys
-(or the custom text) with the insert text appended.
-
-Alternatively, if you want to change the entry format for abbreviations
-(defined via \ics{newacronym}) you can use:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsgenacfmt}]
-\cs{glsgenacfmt}
-\end{definition}
+(or the custom text) with the insert text appended. For example, to
+make the symbol appear in parentheses for the \glostype{symbols}
+glossary:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{defglsentryfmt}\oarg{\glostype{symbols}}\marg{\gls{glsgenentryfmt} (\gls{glsentrysymbol}\marg{\gls{glslabel}})}
+\end{codebox}
+
+The \idxpl+{acronymstyle} use a similar method to adjust the formatting.
+For example, the \acrstyle{long-short} style implements:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{defglsentryfmt}\oargm{type}\marg{\gls{ifglshaslong}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}\marg{\gls{glsgenacfmt}}\marg{\gls{glsgenentryfmt}}}
+\end{codebox}
+For each \idx{glossary} that has been identified as a list of
+acronyms. This uses the generic \idx{entryformat} command \gls{glsgenentryfmt}
+for general \idxpl{entry} (that don't have the \gloskey{long} key set),
+otherwise it uses the generic \idx{acronymformat}:
+\cmddef{glsgenacfmt}
This uses the values from the \gloskey{long}, \gloskey{short},
\gloskey{longplural} and \gloskey{shortplural} keys, rather than
using the \gloskey{text}, \gloskey{plural}, \gloskey{first}
-and \gloskey{firstplural} keys. The first use singular text is obtained via:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\genacrfullformat}]
-\cs{genacrfullformat}\marg{label}\marg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-instead of from the \gloskey{first} key, and the first use plural
+and \gloskey{firstplural} keys. The \idx+{firstuse} singular text is obtained via:
+\cmddef{genacrfullformat}
+instead of from the \gloskey{first} key, and the \idx{firstuse} plural
text is obtained via:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\genplacrfullformat}]
-\cs{genplacrfullformat}\marg{label}\marg{insert}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{genplacrfullformat}
instead of from the \gloskey{firstplural} key.
-In both cases, \meta{label} is the entry's label and \meta{insert}
+In both cases, \meta{label} is the \idx{entry}['s] label and \meta{insert}
is the insert text provided in the final optional argument of
-commands like \ics{gls}. The default behaviour is to do the long
-form (or plural long form) followed by \meta{insert} and a~space and the short form (or plural
+commands like \gls{gls}. The default behaviour is to do the long
+form (or plural long form) followed by \meta{insert} and a~space and
+the short form (or plural
short form) in parentheses, where the short form is in the argument
-of \ics{firstacronymfont}. There are also first letter upper case
+of \gls{firstacronymfont}. There are also \idx{sentencecase}
versions:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Genacrfullformat}]
-\cs{Genacrfullformat}\marg{label}\marg{insert}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{Genacrfullformat}
and
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Genplacrfullformat}]
-\cs{Genplacrfullformat}\marg{label}\marg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-By default these perform a protected expansion on their no-case-change
-equivalents and then use \ics{makefirstuc} to convert the first
-character to upper case. If there are issues caused by this
-expansion, you will need to redefine those commands to explicitly
-use commands like \ics{Glsentrylong} (which is what the predefined
-acronym styles, such as \acrstyle{long-short}, do). Otherwise, you
-only need to redefine \ics{genacrfullformat} and
-\ics{genplacrfullformat} to change the behaviour of
-\ics{glsgenacfmt}. See \sectionref{sec:acronyms} for further details
-on changing the style of acronyms.
+\cmddef{Genplacrfullformat}
+See \sectionref{sec:acronyms} for details on changing the style of \idxpl{acronym}.
\begin{important}
-Note that \cs{glsentryfmt} (or the formatting given by \cs{defglsentryfmt})
-is not used by the \glstextlike\ commands.
+Note that \gls{glsentryfmt} (or the formatting given by \gls{defglsentryfmt})
+is not used by the \gls{glstextlike} commands.
\end{important}
-As from version 4.16, both the \glslike\ and \glstextlike\ commands
-use
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glslinkpostsetkeys]
-\cs{glslinkpostsetkeys}
-\end{definition}
-after the \meta{options} are set. This macro does nothing by default
-but can be redefined. (For example, to switch off the hyperlink
-under certain conditions.) This version also introduces
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glspostlinkhook]
-\cs{glspostlinkhook}
-\end{definition}
-which is done after the link text has been displayed and also
-\emph{after} the \firstuseflag\ has been unset (see
-example~\ref{ex:dotabbr}).
-
\begin{example}{Custom Entry Display in Text}{ex:customfmt}
-Suppose you want a glossary of measurements and
+Suppose you want a \idx{glossary} of measurements and
units, you can use the \gloskey{symbol} key to store the unit:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{distance}{name=distance,
-description={The length between two points},
-symbol={km}}
-\end{verbatim}
-and now suppose you want \verb|\gls{distance}| to produce
-\qt{distance (km)} on \firstuse, then you can redefine
-\ics{glsentryfmt} as follows:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\glsentryfmt}{%
- \glsgenentryfmt
- \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space (\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel})}%
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{distance}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{distance},
+\gloskeyval{description}{The length between two points},
+\gloskeyval{symbol}{km}}
+\end{codebox}
+and now suppose you want \code{\gls{gls}\marg{distance}} to produce
+\qt{distance (km)} on \idx{firstuse}, then you can redefine
+\gls{glsentryfmt} as follows:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsentryfmt}}{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsgenentryfmt}
+ \gls{ifglsused}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}\marg{}\marg{\gls{space} (\gls{glsentrysymbol}\marg{\gls{glslabel}})}\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-(Note that I've used \ics{glsentrysymbol} rather than \ics{glssymbol}
-to avoid nested hyperlinks.)
-
-Note also that all of the \gls{linktext} will be formatted according
-to \ics{glstextformat} (described earlier). So if you do, say:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand{\glstextformat}[1]{\textbf{#1}}
-\renewcommand*{\glsentryfmt}{%
- \glsgenentryfmt
- \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space(\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel})}%
+\end{codebox}
+
+(Note that I've used \gls{glsentrysymbol} rather than \gls{glssymbol}
+to avoid nested \idxpl{hyperlink}.)
+
+All of the \idx{linktext} will be formatted according
+to \gls{glstextformat} (described earlier). So if you do, say:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\gls{glstextformat}}[1]\marg{\gls{textbf}\marg{\#1}}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsentryfmt}}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsgenentryfmt}
+ \gls{ifglsused}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}\marg{}\marg{\gls{space}(\gls{glsentrysymbol}\marg{\gls{glslabel}})}\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-then \verb|\gls{distance}| will produce \qt{\textbf{distance (km)}}.
+\end{codebox}
+then \code{\gls{gls}\marg{distance}} will produce \qt{\textbf{distance (km)}}.
+This is different from using the \idx{postlinkhook} which is
+outside of \gls{glstextformat}.
For a complete document, see the sample file \samplefile{-entryfmt}.
\end{example}
\begin{example}{Custom Format for Particular Glossary}{ex:defglsentryfmt}
-Suppose you have created a new glossary called
-\texttt{notation} and you want to change the way the entry is
-displayed on \firstuse\ so that it includes the symbol, you can do:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\defglsentryfmt[notation]{\glsgenentryfmt
- \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space
- (denoted \glsentrysymbol{\glslabel})}}
-\end{verbatim}
+Suppose you have created a new \idx{glossary} called
+\optfmt{notation} and you want to change the way the entry is
+displayed on \idx{firstuse} so that it includes the symbol, you can do:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{defglsentryfmt}\oarg{notation}\marg{\gls{glsgenentryfmt}
+ \gls{ifglsused}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}\marg{}\marg{\gls{space}
+ (denoted \gls{glsentrysymbol}\marg{\gls{glslabel}})}}
+\end{codebox}
Now suppose you have defined an entry as follows:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{set}{type=notation,
- name=set,
- description={A collection of objects},
- symbol={$S$}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{set}\marg{\gloskeyval{type}{notation},
+ \gloskeyval{name}{set},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{A collection of objects},
+ \gloskeyval{symbol}{\gls{ensuremath}{S}}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-The \glslink{firstuse}{first time} you reference this entry it will be displayed as:
-\qt{set (denoted $S$)} (assuming \ics{gls} was used).
-
-Alternatively, if you expect all the symbols to be set in math mode,
-you can do:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\defglsentryfmt[notation]{\glsgenentryfmt
- \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space
- (denoted $\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}$)}}
-\end{verbatim}
-and define entries like this:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{set}{type=notation,
- name=set,
- description={A collection of objects},
- symbol={S}
-}
-\end{verbatim}
-\end{example}
+\end{codebox}
+The \idxc{firstuse}{first time} you reference this entry it will be displayed as:
+\qt{set (denoted $S$)} (assuming \gls{gls} was used).
Remember that if you use the \gloskey{symbol} key, you need to use a
-glossary style that displays the symbol, as many of the styles
+\idx{glossarystyle} that displays the symbol, as many of the styles
ignore it.
+\end{example}
-\subsection{Enabling and disabling hyperlinks to glossary entries}
+\subsection{Hooks}
+\label{sec:glshooks}
+
+Both the \gls{glslike} and \gls{glstextlike} commands use:
+\cmddef{glslinkpostsetkeys}
+after the \meta{options} are set. This macro does nothing by default
+but can be redefined. (For example, to switch off the \idx{hyperlink}
+under certain conditions.) The \sty{glossaries-extra} package
+additionally provides \gls{glslinkpresetkeys}.
+
+There is also a hook (the
+\idx+{postlinkhook}) that's implemented at the end:
+\cmddef{glspostlinkhook}
+This is done after the \idx{linktext} has been displayed and also
+\emph{after} the \idx{firstuseflag} has been unset (see
+example~\ref{ex:dotabbr}). This means that it's too late to use
+\gls{ifglsused} in the definition of \gls{glspostlinkhook}. The
+\sty{glossaries-extra} package provides \gls{glsxtrifwasfirstuse}
+for use in the \idx{postlinkhook}.
+
+\begin{xtr}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package redefines \gls{glspostlinkhook}
+to allow for additional hooks that can vary according to the entry's
+\gloskey{category}. If you migrate over from only using the base
+\sty{glossaries} package to \sty{glossaries-extra} and
+you have redefined \gls{glspostlinkhook}, consider moving your
+modifications to the category post-link hook to avoid breaking the
+extended \idx{postlinkhook} features. See the \sty{glossaries-extra}
+manual for further details.
+\end{xtr}
+
+
+\subsection{Enabling and Disabling \Glsfmtplural{idx.hyperlink} to Glossary Entries}
\label{sec:disablehyperlinks}
-If you load the \sty{hyperref} or \sty{html} packages prior to
-loading the \styfmt{glossaries} package, the \glslike\ and
-\glstextlike\ commands will automatically have hyperlinks
-to the relevant glossary entry, unless the \gloskey[glslink]{hyper}
-option has been switched off (either explicitly or through
-implicit means, such as via the \pkgopt{nohypertypes} package option).
-
-You can disable or enable links using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsdisablehyper}]
-\cs{glsdisablehyper}
-\end{definition}
+If you load \sty{hyperref} prior to loading the \sty{glossaries}
+package, the \gls{glslike} and \gls{glstextlike} commands will
+automatically have \idxpl+{hyperlink} to the relevant
+\idx{glossaryentry}, unless the \glsopt{hyper} option has been switched off
+(either explicitly or through implicit means, such as via the
+\opt{nohypertypes} package option).
+
+You can disable or enable \idxpl{hyperlink} using:
+\cmddef{glsdisablehyper}
and
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsenablehyper}]
-\cs{glsenablehyper}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{glsenablehyper}
respectively. The effect can be localised by placing the commands
-within a group. Note that you should only use \cs{glsenablehyper}
-if the commands \ics{hyperlink} and \ics{hypertarget} have been
-defined (for example, by the \sty{hyperref} package).
+within a group. Note that you should only use \gls{glsenablehyper}
+if the commands \gls{hyperlink} and \gls{hypertarget} have been
+defined, otherwise you will get undefined control sequence errors.
+If the \sty{hyperref} package is loaded before \sty{glossaries},
+\gls{glsenablehyper} will be use automatically.
-You can disable just the \gls{firstuse} links using the package
-option \pkgopt[false]{hyperfirst}. Note that this option only
-affects the \glslike\ commands that recognise the \firstuseflag.
+You can disable just the \idx{firstuse} links using the package
+option \optval{hyperfirst}{false}. Note that this option only
+affects the \gls{glslike} commands that recognise the
+\idx{firstuseflag}.
\begin{example}{First Use With Hyperlinked Footnote Description}{ex:hyperdesc}
-Suppose I want the \gls*{firstuse} to have a hyperlink to the
+Suppose I want the \idx+{firstuse} to have a \idx{hyperlink} to the
description in a footnote instead of hyperlinking to the relevant
-place in the glossary. First I need to disable the hyperlinks on
-first use via the package option \pkgopt[false]{hyperfirst}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[hyperfirst=false]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
-Now I need to redefine \ics{glsentryfmt} (see
+place in the \idx{glossary}. First I need to disable the
+\idxpl{hyperlink} on \idx{firstuse} via the package option
+\optval{hyperfirst}{false}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{hyperfirst}{false}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+Now I need to redefine \gls{glsentryfmt} (see
\sectionref{sec:glsdisplay}):
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\glsentryfmt}{%
- \glsgenentryfmt
- \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\footnote{\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}}%
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsentryfmt}}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsgenentryfmt}
+ \gls{ifglsused}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}\marg{}\marg{\gls+{footnote}\marg{\gls{glsentrydesc}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}}}\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
-Now the first use won't have hyperlinked text, but will be followed
+Now the \idx{firstuse} won't have hyperlinked text, but will be followed
by a footnote.
See the sample file \samplefile{-FnDesc} for a complete document.
\end{example}
-Note that the \pkgopt{hyperfirst} option applies to all defined glossaries. It
-may be that you only want to disable the hyperlinks on
-\gls{firstuse} for glossaries that have a different form on
-\gls*{firstuse}. This can be achieved by noting that since the
-entries that require hyperlinking for all instances have identical
-first and subsequent text, they can be unset via \ics{glsunsetall}
-(see \sectionref{sec:glsunset}) so that the \pkgopt{hyperfirst}
-option doesn't get applied.
+Note that the \opt{hyperfirst} option applies to all defined
+\idxpl{glossary}. It may be that you only want to disable the
+\idxpl{hyperlink} on \idx{firstuse} for \idxpl{glossary} that have a
+different form on \idx{firstuse} (such as list of \idxpl{acronym}). This
+can be achieved by noting that since the \idxpl{entry} that require
+hyperlinking for all instances have identical \idxc{firstuse}{first}
+and \idxc{subsequentuse}{subsequent} text, they can be unset via \gls{glsunsetall} (see
+\sectionref{sec:glsunset}) so that the \opt{hyperfirst} option
+doesn't get applied.
\begin{example}{Suppressing Hyperlinks on First Use Just For
Acronyms}{ex:hyperfirst}
-Suppose I want to suppress the hyperlink on \gls{firstuse} for
-acronyms but not for entries in the main glossary. I~can load
-the \styfmt{glossaries} package using:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[hyperfirst=false,acronym]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
-Once all glossary entries have been defined I~then do:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glsunsetall[main]
-\end{verbatim}
-
+Suppose I want to suppress the \idx{hyperlink} on \idx{firstuse} for
+\idxpl{acronym} but not for \idxpl{entry} in the \glostype{main} glossary. I~can load
+the \sty{glossaries} package using:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{hyperfirst}{false},\opt{acronym}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+Once all \idxpl{glossaryentry} have been defined I~then do:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsunsetall}\oarg{\glostype{main}}
+\end{codebox}
+(Alternatively use the \catattr{nohyperfirst} \idx{categoryattribute} with
+\sty{glossaries-extra}.)
\end{example}
For more complex requirements, you might find it easier to switch
-off all hyperlinks via \ics{glsdisablehyper} and put the hyperlinks
-(where required) within the definition of \ics{glsentryfmt} (see
-\sectionref{sec:glsdisplay}) via \ics{glshyperlink} (see
-\sectionref{sec:glsnolink}).
+off all \idxpl{hyperlink} via \gls{glsdisablehyper} and put the
+\idxpl{hyperlink} (where required) within the definition of
+\gls{glsentryfmt} (see \sectionref{sec:glsdisplay}) via
+\gls{glshyperlink} (see \sectionref{sec:glsnolink}).
\begin{example}{Only Hyperlink in Text Mode Not Math
Mode}{ex:nomathhyper}
This is a bit of a contrived example, but suppose, for some reason,
-I only want the \glslike\ commands to have
-hyperlinks when used in text mode, but not in math mode. I~can do
-this by adding the glossary to the list of nohypertypes and redefining
-\ics{glsentryfmt}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsDeclareNoHyperList{main}
-
-\renewcommand*{\glsentryfmt}{%
- \ifmmode
- \glsgenentryfmt
- \else
- \glsifhyperon
- {\glsgenentryfmt}% hyperlink already on
- {\glshyperlink[\glsgenentryfmt]{\glslabel}}%
- \fi
+I only want the \gls{glslike} commands to have
+hyperlinks when used in text mode, but not in \idx{mathmode}. I~can do
+this by adding the \idx{glossary} to the list of \opt{nohypertypes} and redefining
+\gls{glsentryfmt}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsDeclareNoHyperList}\marg{\glostype{main}}
+\codepar
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsentryfmt}}\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{ifmmode}
+ \gls{glsgenentryfmt}
+ \cmd{else}
+ \gls{glsifhyperon}
+ \marg{\gls{glsgenentryfmt}}\comment{hyperlink already on}
+ \marg{\gls{glshyperlink}\oarg{\gls{glsgenentryfmt}}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{fi}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-Note that this doesn't affect the \glstextlike\ commands, which will
-have the hyperlinks off unless they're forced on using the plus
-variant.
+\end{codebox}
+Note that this doesn't affect the \gls{glstextlike} commands, which will
+have the hyperlinks off unless they're forced on using the
+\idx{plusmod} variant or with an explicit use of \glsopt{hyper}{true}.
See the sample file \samplefile{-nomathhyper} for a complete
document.
\end{example}
\begin{example}{One Hyper Link Per Entry Per Chapter}{ex:chap-hyperfirst}
-Here's a more complicated example that will only have the hyperlink
-on the first time an entry is used per chapter. This doesn't involve
-resetting the \firstuseflag. Instead it adds a~new key using
-\ics{glsaddstoragekey} (see \sectionref{sec:glsaddstoragekey}) that
-keeps track of the chapter number that the entry was last used in:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glsaddstoragekey{chapter}{0}{\glschapnum}
-\end{verbatim}
-This creates a new user command called \cs{glschapnum} that's
-analogous to \cs{glsentrytext}. The default value for this key is~0.
-I~then define my glossary entries as usual.
-
-Next I redefine the hook \ics{glslinkpostsetkeys}
+Here's a more complicated example that will only have the
+\idx{hyperlink} on the first time an entry is used per chapter. This
+doesn't involve resetting the \idx{firstuseflag}. Instead it adds
+a~new key using \gls{glsaddstoragekey} (see
+\sectionref{sec:glsaddstoragekey}) that keeps track of the chapter
+number that the entry was last used in:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsaddstoragekey}\marg{chapter}\marg{0}\marg{\cmd{glschapnum}}
+\end{codebox}
+This creates a new user command called \csfmt{glschapnum} that's
+analogous to \gls{glsentrytext}. The default value for this key is~0.
+I~then define my \idxpl{glossaryentry} as usual.
+
+Next I redefine the hook \gls{glslinkpostsetkeys}
(see \sectionref{sec:glsdisplay}) so that it determines the current
-chapter number (which is stored in \cs{currentchap} using
-\cs{edef}). This value is then compared with the value of the
-entry's \texttt{chapter} key that I defined earlier. If they're the
-same, this entry has already been used in this chapter so the
-hyperlink is switched off using \sty{xkeyval}'s \cs{setkeys}
-command. If the chapter number isn't the same, then this entry
-hasn't been used in the current chapter. The \texttt{chapter} field
-is updated using \ics{glsfieldxdef} (\sectionref{sec:fetchset})
-provided the user hasn't switched off the hyperlink.
-(This test is performed using \cs{glsifhyperon}.
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\glslinkpostsetkeys}{%
- \edef\currentchap{\arabic{chapter}}%
- \ifnum\currentchap=\glschapnum{\glslabel}\relax
- \setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}%
- \else
- \glsifhyperon{\glsfieldxdef{\glslabel}{chapter}{\currentchap}}{}%
- \fi
+chapter number (which is stored in \csfmt{currentchap} using
+\csfmt{edef}). This value is then compared with the value of the
+\idx{entry}['s] \optfmt{chapter} key that I defined earlier. If they're the
+same, this \idx{entry} has already been used in this chapter so the
+\idx{hyperlink} is switched off using \sty{xkeyval}'s \csfmt{setkeys}
+command. If the chapter number isn't the same, then this \idx{entry}
+hasn't been used in the current chapter. The \optfmt{chapter} field
+is updated using \gls{glsfieldxdef} (\sectionref{sec:fetchset})
+provided the user hasn't switched off the \idx{hyperlink}.
+(This test is performed using \gls{glsifhyperon}.)
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glslinkpostsetkeys}}\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{edef}\cmd{currentchap}\marg{\gls{arabic}\marg{\ctr{chapter}}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{ifnum}\cmd{currentchap}=\cmd{glschapnum}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}\gls{relax}
+ \cmd{setkeys}\marg{glslink}\marg{\glsoptval{hyper}{false}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{else}
+ \gls{glsifhyperon}\marg{\gls{glsfieldxdef}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}\marg{chapter}\marg{\cmd{currentchap}}}{}\comment{}
+ \cmd{fi}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-Note that this will be confused if you use \cs{gls} etc when the
-chapter counter is~0. (That is, before the first \cs{chapter}.)
+\end{codebox}
+Note that this will be confused if you use \gls{gls} etc when the
+chapter counter is~0. (That is, before the first \gls{chapter}.)
See the sample file \samplefile{-chap-hyperfirst} for a complete
document.
\end{example}
-\section{Using Glossary Terms Without Links}
+\section{Using Glossary Terms Without Indexing}
\label{sec:glsnolink}
-The commands described in this section display entry details without
-adding any information to the glossary. They don't use
-\ics{glstextformat}, they don't have any optional arguments, they
-don't affect the \firstuseflag\ and, apart from \ics{glshyperlink},
-they don't produce hyperlinks.
+The commands described in this section display \idx{entry} details without
+adding any information to the \idx{glossary}. They don't use
+\gls{glstextformat} or the \idx{entryformat}, they don't have any
+optional arguments, they don't affect the \idx{firstuseflag} and,
+apart from \gls{glshyperlink} and the \idx{numberlist} commands,
+they don't produce \idxpl{hyperlink}.
\begin{important}
-Commands that aren't expandable will be ignored by PDF bookmarks, so
-you will need to provide an alternative via \sty{hyperref}'s
-\cs{texorpdfstring} if you want to use them in sectioning commands.
-(This isn't specific to the \styfmt{glossaries} package.) See the
-\sty{hyperref} documentation for further details. All the commands
-that convert the first letter to upper case aren't expandable.
-The other commands depend on whether their corresponding keys were
-assigned non-expandable values.
+If you want to use the \idx+{sentencecase} commands in
+\idxpl+{PDFbookmark}, such as
+\gls{Glsentrytext}, ensure you have at least version 2.08 of
+\sty{mfirstuc}. Inside \idxpl{PDFbookmark}, those commands will expand
+with the \idx{sentencecase} applied using the expandable
+\gls{MFUsentencecase}. Outside of \idxpl{PDFbookmark} those commands will expand
+to an internal robust command that applies the \idx{sentencecase}
+with \gls{glssentencecase} (which defaults to \gls{makefirstuc}).
\end{important}
-If you want to title case a field, you can use:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsentrytitlecase]
-\cs{glsentrytitlecase}\marg{label}\marg{field}
-\end{definition}
-where \meta{label} is the label identifying the glossary entry,
-\meta{field} is the field label (see \tableref{tab:fieldmap}).
-This internally uses:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glscapitalisewords]
-\cs{glscapitalisewords}\marg{text}
-\end{definition}
-which defaults to \cs{capitalisewords}\marg{text}. If your field
-contains formatting commands, you will need to redefine this to use
-\cs{capitalisefmtwords}. See the \sty{mfirstuc} manual for further
-details.
-
-For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glsentrytitlecase{sample}{desc}
-\end{verbatim}
-(If you want title-casing in your glossary style, you might want to
-investigate the \gls{glossaries-extra} package.) This command will
+If you want to \idx+{titlecase} a field, you can use:
+\cmddef{glsentrytitlecase}
+where \meta{entry-label} is the label identifying the \idx{glossaryentry},
+\meta{field} is the \idx{internalfieldlabel} (see \tableref{tab:fieldmap}).
+This internally uses \gls{glscapitalisewords}. Within \idxpl{PDFbookmark},
+this command will expand to \idx{sentencecase} using the expandable
+\gls{MFUsentencecase}. (The \idx{titlecase} command
+\gls{capitalisewords} isn't expandable.)
+
+\begin{warning}
+If your field contains formatting commands, you will need to
+redefine \gls{glscapitalisewords} to use \gls{capitalisefmtwords}
+instead of \gls{capitalisewords}. See the \sty{mfirstuc} manual for
+further details.
+\end{warning}
+
+For example, to convert the description to \idx{titlecase} for the
+entry identified by the label \qt{sample}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsentrytitlecase}\marg{sample}\marg{\glosfield{desc}}
+\end{codebox}
+(If you want \idxc{titlecase}{title-casing} in your
+\idx{glossarystyle}, you might want to
+investigate the \sty{glossaries-extra} package.) This command will
trigger an error if the entry is undefined.
-Note that this command has the same limitations as \cs{makefirstuc} which is
-used by commands like \cs{Gls} and \cs{Glsentryname} to upper-case
-the first letter (see the notes about \cs{Gls} in \sectionref{sec:gls-like}).
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsentryname}]
-\cs{glsentryname}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsentryname}]
-\cs{Glsentryname}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-These commands display the name of the glossary entry given by
-\meta{label}, as specified by the \gloskey{name} key.
-\cs{Glsentryname} makes the first letter upper case.
-Neither of these commands check for the existence of \meta{label}.
-The first form \cs{glsentryname} is expandable (unless the name
-contains unexpandable commands). Note that this may be different from the values of
-the \gloskey{text} or \gloskey{first} keys. In general it's better
-to use \cs{glsentrytext} or \cs{glsentryfirst} instead of
-\cs{glsentryname}.
-
-\begin{important}
-In general it's best to avoid \cs{Glsentryname} with abbreviations. Instead,
-consider using \cs{Glsentrylong}, \cs{Glsentryshort} or \cs{Glsentryfull}.
-\end{important}
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glossentryname}]
-\cs{glossentryname}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-This is like \cs{glsnamefont}\{\cs{glsentryname\marg{label}}\}
-but also checks for the existence of \meta{label}. This command is
-not expandable. It's used in the predefined glossary styles, so if
-you want to change the way the name is formatted in the glossary,
-you can redefine \cs{glsnamefont} to use the required fonts. For
-example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\glsnamefont}[1]{\textmd{\sffamily #1}}
-\end{verbatim}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glossentryname}]
-\cs{Glossentryname}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-This is like \cs{glossentryname} but makes the first letter of the
-name upper case.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsentrytext}]
-\cs{glsentrytext}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsentrytext}]
-\cs{Glsentrytext}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-These commands display the subsequent use text for the glossary
-entry given by \meta{label}, as specified by the \gloskey{text} key.
-\cs{Glsentrytext} makes the first letter upper case.
-The first form is expandable (unless the text contains unexpandable
-commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the
-existence of \meta{label}.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsentryplural}]
-\cs{glsentryplural}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsentryplural}]
-\cs{Glsentryplural}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-These commands display the subsequent use plural text for the
-glossary entry given by \meta{label}, as specified by the
-\gloskey{plural} key. \cs{Glsentryplural} makes the first letter
-upper case.
-The first form is expandable (unless the value of that key contains unexpandable
-commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the
-existence of \meta{label}.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsentryfirst}]
-\cs{glsentryfirst}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsentryfirst}]
-\cs{Glsentryfirst}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-These commands display the \firstusetext\ for the glossary entry
-given by \meta{label}, as specified by the \gloskey{first} key.
-\cs{Glsentryfirst} makes the first letter upper case.
-The first form is expandable (unless the value of that key contains unexpandable
-commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the
-existence of \meta{label}.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsentryfirstplural}]
-\cs{glsentryfirstplural}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsentryfirstplural}]
-\cs{Glsentryfirstplural}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-These commands display the plural form of the \firstusetext\ for the
-glossary entry given by \meta{label}, as specified by the
-\gloskey{firstplural} key. \cs{Glsentryfirstplural} makes the first
-letter upper case.
-The first form is expandable (unless the value of that key contains unexpandable
-commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the
-existence of \meta{label}.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsentrydesc}]
-\cs{glsentrydesc}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsentrydesc}]
-\cs{Glsentrydesc}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-These commands display the description for the glossary entry given
-by \meta{label}.
-
-\cs{Glsentrydesc} makes the first letter upper case.
-The first form is expandable (unless the value of that key contains unexpandable
-commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the
-existence of \meta{label}.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glossentrydesc}]
-\cs{glossentrydesc}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-This is like \cs{glsentrydesc}\marg{label}
-but also checks for the existence of \meta{label}. This command is
-not expandable. It's used in the predefined glossary styles to
-display the description.
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glossentrydesc}]
-\cs{Glossentrydesc}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-This is like \cs{glossentrydesc} but converts the first letter to
-upper case. This command is not expandable.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsentrydescplural}]
-\cs{glsentrydescplural}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsentrydescplural}]
-\cs{Glsentrydescplural}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-These commands display the plural description for the glossary entry
-given by \meta{label}. \cs{Glsentrydescplural} makes the first
-letter upper case.
-The first form is expandable (unless the value of that key contains unexpandable
-commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the
-existence of \meta{label}.
-
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsentrysymbol}]
-\cs{glsentrysymbol}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsentrysymbol}]
-\cs{Glsentrysymbol}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-These commands display the symbol for the glossary entry given by
-\meta{label}.
-
-\cs{Glsentrysymbol} makes the first letter upper case.
-The first form is expandable (unless the value of that key contains unexpandable
-commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the
-existence of \meta{label}.
-
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsletentryfield]
-\cs{glsletentryfield}\marg{cs}\marg{label}\marg{field}
-\end{definition}
-This command doesn't display anything. It merely fetches the
-value associated with the given field (where the available field names
-are listed in \tableref{tab:fieldmap}) and stores the result
-in the control sequence \meta{cs}. For example, to store
-the description for the entry whose label is \qt{apple} in the
-control sequence \verb|\tmp|:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glsletentryfield{\tmp}{apple}{desc}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glossentrysymbol}]
-\cs{glossentrysymbol}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-This is like \cs{glsentrysymbol}\marg{label}
-but also checks for the existence of \meta{label}. This command is
-not expandable. It's used in some of the predefined glossary styles to
-display the symbol.
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glossentrysymbol}]
-\cs{Glossentrysymbol}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-This is like \cs{glossentrysymbol} but converts the first letter to
-upper case. This command is not expandable.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsentrysymbolplural}]
-\cs{glsentrysymbolplural}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsentrysymbolplural}]
-\cs{Glsentrysymbolplural}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-These commands display the plural symbol for the glossary entry
-given by \meta{label}. \cs{Glsentrysymbolplural} makes the first
-letter upper case.
-The first form is expandable (unless the value of that key contains unexpandable
-commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the
-existence of \meta{label}.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsentryuseri}]
-\cs{glsentryuseri}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsentryuseri}]
-\cs{Glsentryuseri}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsentryuserii}]
-\cs{glsentryuserii}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsentryuserii}]
-\cs{Glsentryuserii}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsentryuseriii}]
-\cs{glsentryuseriii}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsentryuseriii}]
-\cs{Glsentryuseriii}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsentryuseriv}]
-\cs{glsentryuseriv}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsentryuseriv}]
-\cs{Glsentryuseriv}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsentryuserv}]
-\cs{glsentryuserv}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsentryuserv}]
-\cs{Glsentryuserv}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsentryuservi}]
-\cs{glsentryuservi}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsentryuservi}]
-\cs{Glsentryuservi}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-These commands display the value of the user keys for the glossary
-entry given by \meta{label}.
-The lower case forms are expandable (unless the value of the key
-contains unexpandable commands). The commands beginning with an
-upper case letter convert the first letter of the required value to
-upper case and are not expandable. None of these commands check for
-the existence of \meta{label}.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glshyperlink}]
-\cs{glshyperlink}\oarg{link text}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-This command provides a hyperlink to the glossary entry given by
-\meta{label} \strong{but does not add any information to the
-glossary file}. The link text is given by
-\ics{glsentrytext}\marg{label} by default\footnote{versions before
-3.0 used \ics{glsentryname} as the default, but this could cause
-problems when \gloskey{name} had been \glsd{sanitize}.}, but can be
-overridden using the optional argument. Note that the hyperlink will
-be suppressed if you have used \ics{glsdisablehyper} or if you
+If you want a \idx+{hyperlink} to an \idx{entry}['s] line in the
+\idx{glossary} but don't want the \idx{indexing} or
+formatting associated with the \gls{glslike} and \gls{glstextlike}
+commands, you can use:
+\cmddef{glshyperlink}
+This command provides a \idx{hyperlink} \strong{but does not add any
+information to the \idx{glossaryfile}}. The \idx{hyperlink} text is
+given by the optional argument, which defaults to
+\code{\gls{glsentrytext}\margm{label}}. Note that the \idx{hyperlink} will
+be suppressed if you have used \gls{glsdisablehyper} or if you
haven't loaded the \sty{hyperref} package.
\begin{important}
-If you use \cs{glshyperlink}, you need to ensure that the relevant
-entry has been added to the glossary using any of the commands
+If you use \gls{glshyperlink}, you need to ensure that the relevant
+entry has been added to the \idx{glossary} using any of the commands
described in \sectionref{sec:glslink} or \sectionref{sec:glsadd}
-otherwise you will end up with an undefined link.
+otherwise you will end up with an undefined \idx{hyperlink} target.
\end{important}
-The next two commands are only available with \opt1 or with the
-\pkgopt{savenumberlist} package option:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsentrynumberlist}]
-\cs{glsentrynumberlist}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsdisplaynumberlist}]
-\cs{glsdisplaynumberlist}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-Both display the \gls{numberlist} for the entry given by
-\meta{label}. When used with \opt1 a~rerun is required to ensure
-this list is up-to-date, when used with \optsor23
-a run of \gls{makeglossaries} (or \gls{makeindex}\slash\gls{xindy})
-followed by one or two runs of \LaTeX\ is required.
-
-The first command, \cs{glsentrynumberlist}, simply displays
-the number list as is. The second command,
-\cs{glsdisplaynumberlist}, formats the list using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsnumlistsep}]
-\cs{glsnumlistsep}
-\end{definition}
-as the separator between all but the last two elements and
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsnumlistlastsep}]
-\cs{glsnumlistlastsep}
-\end{definition}
-between the final two elements. The defaults are
-\verb*|, | and \verb*| \& |, respectively.
+The following commands in form form \csmetafmt{glsentry}{field}{}
+expand to the associated field value for the
+entry identified by \meta{entry-label} for the non-\casechanging\
+versions. Those commands don't check if the \idx{entry} has been defined.
+The \idx{sentencecase} versions \csmetafmt{Glsentry}{field}{} only
+expand in \idxpl{PDFbookmark}. In both cases, any fragile commands within the field
+values will need to be protected or made robust if the field values
+are required in a moving argument.
+
+There are also commands in the form \csmetafmt{glossentry}{field}{}
+for the \gloskey{name}, \gloskey{description} and \gloskey{symbol}
+that are used by the \idxpl{glossarystyle}. Those commands will
+issue a warning if the \idx{entry} hasn't been defined. See
+\sectionref{sec:styles} for further information.
+
+\cmddef{glsentryname}
+Expands to the value of the \gloskey{name} field. Note that within
+\idxpl{glossarystyle}, the name is displayed using
+\gls{glossentryname}.
+The corresponding \idx{sentencecase} command is:
+\cmddef{Glsentryname}
\begin{important}
-\cs{glsdisplaynumberlist} is fairly experimental. It works with
-\optsand14, but for \optsor23 it only works when the default counter
-format is used (that is, when the \gloskey[glslink]{format} key is
-set to \texttt{glsnumberformat}). This command will only work with
-\sty{hyperref} if you choose \optsor14. If you try using this command
-with \optsor23 and \sty{hyperref}, \cs{glsentrynumberlist} will be
-used instead.
+In general it's best to avoid \gls{Glsentryname} with \idxpl{acronym}
+or \idxpl{abbreviation}. Instead,
+consider using \gls{Glsentrylong}, \gls{Glsentryshort} or \gls{Glsentryfull}.
\end{important}
-For further information see \ifpdf section~\ref*{sec:code:glsnolink}
-\fi \qt{Displaying entry details without adding information to the
-glossary} in the documented code (\texttt{glossaries-code.pdf}).
+\cmddef{glsentrytext}
+Expands to the value of the \gloskey{text} field.
+The corresponding \idx{sentencecase} command is:
+\cmddef{Glsentrytext}
+
+\cmddef{glsentryplural}
+Expands to the value of the \gloskey{plural} field.
+The corresponding \idx{sentencecase} command is:
+\cmddef{Glsentryplural}
+
+\cmddef{glsentryfirst}
+Expands to the value of the \gloskey{first} field.
+The corresponding \idx{sentencecase} command is:
+\cmddef{Glsentryfirst}
+
+\cmddef{glsentryfirstplural}
+Expands to the value of the \gloskey{firstplural} field.
+The corresponding \idx{sentencecase} command is:
+\cmddef{Glsentryfirstplural}
+
+\cmddef{glsentrydesc}
+Expands to the value of the \gloskey{description} field. Note that within
+\idxpl{glossarystyle}, the description is displayed using
+\gls{glossentrydesc}.
+The corresponding \idx{sentencecase} command is:
+\cmddef{Glsentrydesc}
+
+\cmddef{glsentrydescplural}
+Expands to the value of the \gloskey{descriptionplural} field.
+The corresponding \idx{sentencecase} command is:
+\cmddef{Glsentrydescplural}
+
+\cmddef{glsentrysymbol}
+Expands to the value of the \gloskey{symbol} field. Note that within
+\idxpl{glossarystyle}, the description is displayed using
+\gls{glossentrysymbol}.
+The corresponding \idx{sentencecase} command is:
+\cmddef{Glsentrysymbol}
+
+\cmddef{glsentrysymbolplural}
+Expands to the value of the \gloskey{symbolplural} field.
+The corresponding \idx{sentencecase} command is:
+\cmddef{Glsentrysymbolplural}
+
+\cmddef{glsentryuseri}
+Expands to the value of the \gloskey{user1} field.
+The corresponding \idx{sentencecase} command is:
+\cmddef{Glsentryuseri}
+
+\cmddef{glsentryuserii}
+Expands to the value of the \gloskey{user2} field.
+The corresponding \idx{sentencecase} command is:
+\cmddef{Glsentryuserii}
+
+\cmddef{glsentryuseriii}
+Expands to the value of the \gloskey{user3} field.
+The corresponding \idx{sentencecase} command is:
+\cmddef{Glsentryuseriii}
+
+\cmddef{glsentryuseriv}
+Expands to the value of the \gloskey{user4} field.
+The corresponding \idx{sentencecase} command is:
+\cmddef{Glsentryuseriv}
+
+\cmddef{glsentryuserv}
+Expands to the value of the \gloskey{user5} field.
+The corresponding \idx{sentencecase} command is:
+\cmddef{Glsentryuserv}
+
+\cmddef{glsentryuservi}
+Expands to the value of the \gloskey{user6} field.
+The corresponding \idx{sentencecase} command is:
+\cmddef{Glsentryuservi}
+
+The next two commands, \gls{glsentrynumberlist} and
+\gls{glsdisplaynumberlist}, display the \idx{entry}['s] \idx{numberlist}. This
+information is readily available with \options{noidx,b2g} (where the
+\idx{numberlist} is stored in the \glosfield{loclist} or
+\gloskey{location} internal fields) but not for
+\options{mkidx,xdy} (where the \idx{numberlist} is simply part of
+the code to typeset the \idx{glossary} written in the \idx{glossaryfile}).
+
+If you need to parse the \idx{numberlist}, split it into groups
+based on the \idx{locationcounter}, or extract a primary \location\
+then \option{b2g} (\app{bib2gls}) is your best option.
+
+\cmddef{glsentrynumberlist}
+Displays the \idx{numberlist} for the given \idx{entry} in the same format
+as it's shown by default in the \idx{glossary}. The \locations\ will
+have \idxpl{hyperlink} if supported.
+
+This command is at its simplest with \option{b2g}, where it just
+displays the value of the \gloskey{location} internal field that's
+set by \app{bib2gls} in the \ext{glstex} file. This will use the
+delimiters supplied by \app{bib2gls} (\gls{bibglsdelimN} and
+\gls{bibglslastDelimN}) for individual \locations\ as well as \gls{delimR}
+for \idxpl{range}, as used in the \idx{glossary}.
+
+With \option{noidx}, \gls{glsentrynumberlist} passes the value of
+the \idx{entry}['s] \glosfield{loclist} internal field (that's created when
+the \ext+{aux} file is input) to \gls{glsnoidxloclist} (which is
+also used by \gls{printnoidxglossary}). This will result in a simple
+list with each \location\ separated with \gls{delimN}, as used in
+the \idx{glossary}. Note that this doesn't allow for \idxpl{range} (as with
+\gls{printnoidxglossary}).
+
+With \options{mkidx,xdy}, you will need the \opt{savenumberlist}
+package option, which will attempt to gather the \idx{numberlist}
+information when the \idxc{indexingfile}{glossary file} is input by
+\gls{printglossary}. Since \idxpl{glossary} often occur at the end
+of the document, this means that the information has to be saved in
+the \ext+{aux} file for the next \LaTeX\ run. Therefore an extra
+\LaTeX\ call is required if \gls{glsentrynumberlist} is needed with
+\app{makeindex} or \app{xindy}. This will use the same \gls{delimN}
+and \gls{delimR} as used in the \idx{glossary}.
+
+\cmddef{glsdisplaynumberlist}
+This attempts to display the \idx{numberlist} with the separators:
+\cmddef{glsnumlistsep}
+between each \location\ except for the last pair and
+\cmddef{glsnumlistlastsep}
+between the last pair.
+
+As with \gls{glsentrynumberlist}, this is again at its simplest with
+\option{b2g}. This works by locally setting \gls{bibglsdelimN} to
+\gls{glsnumlistsep} and \gls{bibglslastDelimN} to
+\gls{glsnumlistlastsep} and then displaying the value of the
+\gloskey{location} field. You can instead simply redefine
+\gls{bibglsdelimN} and \gls{bibglslastDelimN} as desired and use
+\gls{glsentrynumberlist}.
+
+With \option{noidx}, the \idx{numberlist} information is stored in
+the \glosfield{loclist} internal field, which is in the format of an
+\sty{etoolbox} internal list. So with \option{noidx},
+\gls{glsdisplaynumberlist} uses \sty{etoolbox}['s] \gls{forlistloop}
+to iterate over the field value using the handler macro:
+\cmddef{glsnoidxdisplayloclisthandler}
+Note that this doesn't allow for \idxpl{range}.
+
+If \sty{hyperref} has been loaded, \gls{glsdisplaynumberlist}
+doesn't work with \options{mkidx,xdy}. In which case, a warning will
+be triggered and \gls{glsentrynumberlist} will be used instead.
+Without \sty{hyperref}, the \opt{savenumberlist} package option is
+still required, and an attempt will be made to parse the formatted
+\idx{numberlist} created by \app{makeindex}\slash\app{xindy} in
+order to obtain the desired result.
+
+\begin{warning}
+\gls{glsdisplaynumberlist} is fairly experimental. It works best with
+\option{b2g}, works with limited results with \options{noidx}, but
+for \optionsor{mkidx,xdy} it only works when the default
+\idx{locationformat} is used (that is, with the default
+\glsopt{format}{glsnumberformat}). This command will only work with
+\sty{hyperref} if you choose \optionsor{noidx,b2g}.
+\end{warning}
\chapter{Acronyms and Other Abbreviations}
\label{sec:acronyms}
-\begin{xtr}
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides superior
-abbreviation handling. You may want to consider using that
-package instead of the commands described here.
-\end{xtr}
+\begin{information}
+The term \qt{\inlineidxdef{acronym}} is used here to describe the
+base \sty{glossary} package's mechanism for dealing with acronyms,
+initialisms, contractions and anything else that may have a
+shortened form for brevity. The term
+\qt{\inlineidxdef{abbreviation}} is used to describe the enhanced
+mechanism provided by the \sty{glossaries-extra} package, which is
+incompatible with the base \idx{acronym} mechanism.
+\end{information}
+
+\Idxpl{acronym} internally use \gls{newglossaryentry}, so you can
+reference them with \gls{gls} and \gls{glspl} as with other
+\idxpl{entry}. Whilst it is possible to simply use
+\gls{newglossaryentry} explicitly with the
+\gloskey{first} and \gloskey{text} keys set to provide a full form on
+\idx{firstuse} and a shortened form on \idx{subsequentuse}, using
+\gls{newacronym} establishes a consistent format. It also makes it
+possible to shift the \meta{insert} optional argument of the
+\gls{glslike} commands inside the full form, so that it is placed
+before the parentheses.
+
+The way the \idx{acronym} is displayed on \idx{firstuse} is
+governed by the \idx{acronymstyle} that's identified with
+\gls{setacronymstyle}. This should be set before you define
+your \idxpl{acronym}. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{long-short}}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{html}\marg{HTML}\marg{hypertext markup language}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{xml}\marg{XML}\marg{extensible markup language}
+\cbeg{document}
+First use: \gls{gls}\marg{html} and \gls{gls}\marg{xml}.
+\codepar
+Next use: \gls{gls}\marg{html} and \gls{gls}\marg{xml}.
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+\begin{resultbox}
+\createexample*[title={Simple document with acronyms},
+ label={ex:simpleacronyms},
+ description={Example document that defines some acronym entries
+and references them in the text.}]
+{%
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}^^J%
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{long-short}^^J%
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{html}\marg{HTML}\marg{hypertext markup language}^^J%
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{xml}\marg{XML}\marg{extensible markup language}
+}%
+{%
+First use: \gls{gls}\marg{html} and \gls{gls}\marg{xml}.
+\codepar
+Next use: \gls{gls}\marg{html} and \gls{gls}\marg{xml}.
+}
+\end{resultbox}
-\begin{important}
-Note that although this chapter uses the term \qt{acronym}, you can also
-use the commands described here for initialisms or contractions
-(as in the case of some of the examples given below).
-If the glossary title is no longer applicable (for example, it
-should be \qt{Abbreviations} rather than \qt{Acronyms}) then
-you can change the title either by redefining \ics{acronymname} (see
-\sectionref{sec:languages}) or by using the \gloskey[printglossary]{title}
-key in the optional argument of \ics{printglossary} (or
-\ics{printacronyms}). Alternatively consider using the
-\gls{glossaries-extra} package's \pkgopt*{abbreviations}
-option instead.
-\end{important}
+\Idxpl{acronym} are defined using:
+\cmddef{newacronym}
+This creates a \idx+{glossaryentry} with the given label. This automatically sets
+\gloskeyval{type}{\gls{acronymtype}} but if the \idx{acronym} should go in
+another \idx{glossary} you can set the \gloskey{type} in the
+optional argument \keyvallist, which is added to the end of
+the \keyvallist\ in \gls{newglossaryentry}.
-Acronyms use the same underlying mechanism as terms defined with
-\cs{newglossaryentry} so you can reference them with \ics{gls} and
-\ics{glspl}. The way the acronym is displayed on \gls{firstuse} is
-governed by the acronym style, which should be set before you define
-your acronyms. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-\setacronymstyle{long-short}
-\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
-\newacronym{xml}{XML}{extensible markup language}
-\begin{document}
-First use: \gls{html} and \gls{xml}.
-Next use: \gls{html} and \gls{xml}.
-\end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
-If you don't specify a style, you will have a less-flexible, but
-backward-compatible, \qt{long (short)} style with just the base
-\styfmt{glossaries} package or the \abbrstyle{short-nolong} style
-(which only displays the short form on \gls{firstuse})
-with \gls{glossaries-extra}.
-
-Acronyms are defined using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\newacronym}]
-\cs{newacronym}\oarg{key-val list}\marg{label}\marg{abbrv}\marg{long}
-\end{definition}
-
-This creates an entry with the given
-label in the glossary given by \ics{acronymtype}. You can specify a
-different glossary using the \gloskey{type} key within the optional
-argument. The \cs{newacronym} command also uses the \gloskey{long},
+The \gls{newacronym} command also uses the \gloskey{long},
\gloskey{longplural}, \gloskey{short} and \gloskey{shortplural} keys
-in \cs{newglossaryentry} to store the long and abbreviated forms and
+in \gls{newglossaryentry} to store the long and short forms and
their plurals.
\begin{xtr}
-If you use \cs{newacronym} with \gls{glossaries-extra}, you need to
-first set the style with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}[acronym]\marg{style-name}
-\end{alltt}
+If you use \gls{newacronym} with \sty{glossaries-extra}, you need to
+first set the \idx{abbrvstyle} for the \cat{acronym} category with:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{\cat{acronym}}\margm{style-name}
+\end{compactcodebox}
\end{xtr}
-Note that the same restrictions on the entry \meta{label}
-in \ics{newglossaryentry} also apply to \cs{newacronym}
-(see \sectionref{sec:newglosentry}).
-Since \ics{newacronym} works like \ics{newglossaryentry}, you can use
-\ics{glsreset} to reset the \gls{firstuseflag}.
-
-\begin{important}
-If you haven't identified the specified glossary type as a list of
-acronyms (via the package option
-\pkgopt{acronymlists} or the command \ics{DeclareAcronymList},
-see \sectionref{sec:pkgopts-acronym}) \cs{newacronym} will add it to
-the list and \emph{reset the display style} for that glossary via
-\ics{defglsentryfmt}. If you have a mixture of acronyms and regular
-entries within the same glossary, care is needed if you want to
-change the display style: you must first identify that glossary as a
-list of acronyms and then use \ics{defglsentryfmt} (not redefine
-\ics{glsentryfmt}) before defining your entries. Alternatively, use
-\gls{glossaries-extra} to have better support for a mixed glossary.
-\end{important}
-
-The optional argument \marg{key-val list} allows you to specify
+Note that the same restrictions on \meta{entry-label} in
+\gls{newglossaryentry} also apply to \gls{newacronym} (see
+\sectionref{sec:newglosentry}). Since \gls{newacronym} is defining
+the \idx{entry} with \gls{newglossaryentry}, you can use \gls{glsreset} to
+reset the \idx{firstuseflag}.
+
+\begin{warning}
+Remember to declare the specified \idx{glossary} type as a
+list of \idxpl{acronym} (via the package option \opt{acronymlists} or the
+command \gls{DeclareAcronymList}) if you have multiple lists of
+\idxpl{acronym}. See \sectionref{sec:pkgopts-acronym}.
+Alternatively, use \sty{glossaries-extra} to have better support for
+a mixed \idxpl{glossary}.
+\end{warning}
+
+The optional argument \keyvallist\ allows you to specify
additional information. Any key that can be used in the second
-argument of \ics{newglossaryentry} can also be used here in \meta{key-val
-list}.
-For example, \gloskey{description} (when used with one of the styles that
-require a description, described in
-\sectionref{sec:setacronymstyle}) or you can
-override plural forms of \meta{abbrv} or \meta{long} using the
-\gloskey{shortplural} or \gloskey{longplural} keys.
-For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronym[longplural={diagonal matrices}]%
- {dm}{DM}{diagonal matrix}
-\end{verbatim}
-If the \firstuse\ uses the plural form, \verb|\glspl{dm}| will
-display: diagonal matrices (DMs). If you want to use
-the \gloskey{longplural} or \gloskey{shortplural} keys, I recommend
-you use \ics{setacronymstyle} to set the display style rather than
-using one of the pre-version 4.02 acronym styles (described in
-\sectionref{sec:pkgopts-old-acronym}).
+argument of \gls{newglossaryentry} can also be used here in
+\keyvallist, but be careful about overriding any keys that are set
+by the \idx{acronymstyle}, such as \gloskey{name}, \gloskey{short}
+and \gloskey{long}.
+
+For example, you may need to supply \gloskey{description} (when used
+with one of the \idxc{acronymstyle}{styles} that require a description, described in
+\sectionref{sec:setacronymstyle}) or you can override plural forms
+of \meta{short} or \meta{long} using the \gloskey{shortplural} or
+\gloskey{longplural} keys. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronym}\oarg{\gloskeyval{longplural}{diagonal matrices}}
+ \marg{dm}\marg{DM}\marg{diagonal matrix}
+\end{codebox}
+If the \idx{firstuse} uses the plural form, \code{\gls{glspl}\marg{dm}} will
+display: diagonal matrices (DMs).
As with \gloskey{plural}, if \gloskey{longplural} is missing, it's
-obtained by appending \ics{glspluralsuffix} to the singular form. The
+obtained by appending \gls{glspluralsuffix} to the singular form. The
short plural \gloskey{shortplural} is obtained (if not explicitly
-set) by appending \ics{glsacrpluralsuffix} to the short form. These
-commands may be changed by the associated language files, but they
-can't be added to the usual caption hooks as there's no guarantee
-when they'll be expanded (as \hyperref[pluralsuffix]{discussed
-earlier}).
+set in \keyvallist) by appending:
+\cmddef{glsacrpluralsuffix}
+to the short form. These commands may be changed by the associated
+language files, but they can't be added to the usual caption hooks
+as there's no guarantee when they'll be expanded (as
+\hyperref[pluralsuffix]{discussed earlier} in \sectionref{sec:newlang}).
\begin{xtr}
-A different approach is used by
-\styfmt{glossaries-extra}, which has \icatattrs category attributes
-to determine whether or not to append a suffix when forming the
-default value of \gloskey{shortplural}.
+A different approach is used by \sty{glossaries-extra}, which has
+\idxpl{categoryattribute} to determine whether or not to append a
+suffix when forming the default value of \gloskey{shortplural}.
\end{xtr}
\begin{important}
-Since \cs{newacronym} sets \verb|type=\acronymtype|,
-if you want to load a file containing acronym definitions using
-\ics{loadglsentries}\oarg{type}\marg{filename}, the optional argument
-\meta{type} will not have an effect unless you explicitly set the
-type as \verb|type=\glsdefaulttype| in the optional argument to
-\ics{newacronym}. See \sectionref{sec:loadglsentries}.
+Since \gls{newacronym} implicitly sets
+\gloskeyval{type}{\gls{acronymtype}}, if you want to load a
+file containing \idx{acronym} definitions using \gls{loadglsentries}, the
+optional argument that specifies the \idx{glossary} will not have an
+effect unless you explicitly set
+\gloskeyval{type}{\gls{glsdefaulttype}} in the optional argument to
+\gls{newacronym}. See \sectionref{sec:loadglsentries}.
\end{important}
-\begin{example}{Defining an Abbreviation}{ex:newacronym}
-The following defines the abbreviation IDN:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{long-short}
-\newacronym{idn}{IDN}{identification number}
-\end{verbatim}
-\verb|\gls{idn}| will produce \qt{identification number (IDN)} on
-\firstuse\ and \qt{IDN} on subsequent uses. If you want to use one
-of the \gls{smallcaps} acronym styles, described in
-\sectionref{sec:setacronymstyle}, you need to use lower case
-characters for the shortened form:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{long-sc-short}
-\newacronym{idn}{idn}{identification number}
-\end{verbatim}
-Now \verb|\gls{idn}| will produce \qt{identification number
-(\textsc{idn})} on \firstuse\ and \qt{\textsc{idn}} on subsequent
-uses.
-\end{example}
+The following defines the \idx{acronym} IDN and then uses it in the
+document text. It then resets the \idx{firstuseflag} and uses it
+again.
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{long-short}}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{idn}\marg{IDN}\marg{identification number}
+\cbeg{document}
+First use: \gls{gls}\marg{idn}. Next use: \gls{gls}\marg{idn}.
+\codepar
+\gls{glsreset}\marg{idn}\comment{reset first use}
+The \gls{gls}\marg{idn}['s] prefix is a capital letter.
+Next use:
+the \gls{gls}\marg{idn}['s] prefix is a capital letter.
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+The reset (\gls{glsreset}) makes the next instance of \gls{gls}
+behave as \idx{firstuse}. Note also the way the final \meta{insert}
+optional argument is treated.
+\begin{resultbox}
+\createexample*[title={Defining and Using an Acronym},
+ label={ex:newacronym},
+ description={Example document that defines an acronym
+and references it in the text.}]
+{%
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}^^J%
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{long-short}^^J%
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{idn}\marg{IDN}\marg{identification number}
+}
+{%
+First use: \gls{gls}\marg{idn}. Next use: \gls{gls}\marg{idn}.
+\codepar
+\gls{glsreset}\marg{idn}\comment{reset first use}
+The \gls{gls}\marg{idn}['s] prefix is a capital letter.^^J%
+Next use: the \gls{gls}\marg{idn}['s] prefix is a capital letter.
+}
+\end{resultbox}
+If the \idx{acronym} had simply been defined with:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{idn}\marg{
+ \gloskey{name}{IDN},
+ \gloskey{first}{identification number (IDN)},
+ \gloskey{description}{identification number}
+}
+\end{codebox}
+then the \idx{firstuse} of \code{\gls{gls}\marg{idn}['s]} would have placed in the
+\meta{insert} after the parentheses:
+\begin{resultbox}
+The identification number (IDN)'s prefix is a capital letter.
+\end{resultbox}
+
+If you want to use one of the \idx{smallcaps} \idxpl{acronymstyle},
+described in \sectionref{sec:setacronymstyle}, you need to use
+\idx{lowercase} characters for the shortened form:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{long-sc-short}}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{idn}\marg{idn}\marg{identification number}
+\end{codebox}
\begin{important}
Avoid nested definitions.
\end{important}
-Recall from the warning in
-\sectionref{sec:newglosentry} that you should avoid using
-the \glslike\ and \glstextlike\ commands within the value of
-keys like \gloskey{text} and \gloskey{first} due to complications
-arising from nested links. The same applies to abbreviations
-defined using \cs{newacronym}.
+Recall from the warning in \sectionref{sec:newglosentry} that you
+should avoid using the \gls{glslike} and \gls{glstextlike} commands
+within the value of keys like \gloskey{text} and \gloskey{first} due
+to complications arising from nested links. The same applies to
+acronyms defined using \gls{newacronym}.
For example, suppose you have defined:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronym{ssi}{SSI}{server side includes}
-\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{ssi}\marg{SSI}\marg{server side includes}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{html}\marg{HTML}\marg{hypertext markup language}
+\end{codebox}
you may be tempted to do:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronym{shtml}{S\gls{html}}{\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}}
-\end{verbatim}
-\strong{Don't!} This will break the case-changing commands, such
-as \ics{Gls}, it will cause inconsistencies on \firstuse, and,
-if hyperlinks are enabled, will cause nested hyperlinks. It will
-also confuse the commands used by the entry formatting (such as
-\ics{glslabel}).
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{shtml}\marg{S\gls{gls}\marg{html}}\marg{\gls{gls}\marg{ssi} enabled \gls{gls}\marg{html}}
+\end{codebox}
+\strong{Don't!} This will break the \casechanging\ commands, such
+as \gls{Gls}, it will cause inconsistencies on \idx+{firstuse}, and,
+if \idxpl+{hyperlink} are enabled, will cause nested
+\idxpl{hyperlink}, and it will \idxc{indexing}{index} the nested
+\idxpl{entry} every time the dependent \idx{entry} is \indexed,
+which creates unnecessary \locations. It will
+also confuse the commands used by the \idxc{entryformat}{entry formatting} (such as
+\gls{glslabel}).
Instead, consider doing:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronym
- [description={\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}}]
- {shtml}{SHTML}{SSI enabled HTML}
-\end{verbatim}
-or
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronym
- [description={\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}}]
- {shtml}{SHTML}
- {server side includes enabled hypertext markup language}
-\end{verbatim}
-Similarly for the \glstextlike\ commands.
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronym}
+ \oarg{\gloskeyval{description}{\gls{gls}\marg{ssi} enabled \gls{gls}\marg{html}}}
+ \marg{shtml}\marg{SHTML}\marg{SSI enabled HTML}
+\end{codebox}
+or if the font needs to match the style:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronym}
+ \oarg{\gloskeyval{description}{\gls{gls}\marg{ssi} enabled \gls{gls}\marg{html}}}
+ \marg{shtml}\marg{SHTML}\marg{\gls{acronymfont}\marg{SSI} enabled \gls{acronymfont}\marg{HTML}}
+\end{codebox}
+Alternatively:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronym}
+ \oarg{\gloskeyval{description}{\gls{gls}\marg{ssi} enabled \gls{gls}\marg{html}}}
+ \marg{shtml}\marg{SHTML}
+ \marg{server side includes enabled hypertext markup language}
+\end{codebox}
+Similarly for the \gls{glstextlike} commands.
\begin{xtr}
-Other approaches are available with \gls{glossaries-extra}.
-See the section \qt{Nested Links} in the \styfmt{glossaries-extra}
-user manual.
+Other approaches are available with \sty{glossaries-extra}.
+See the sections \qt{Nested Links} and \qt{Multi (or Compound)
+Entries} in the \sty{glossaries-extra} user manual.
\end{xtr}
\section{Displaying the Long, Short and Full Forms (Independent of
@@ -8801,1131 +20647,1304 @@ First Use)}
\label{sec:longshortfull}
It may be that you want the long, short or full form
-regardless of whether or not the acronym has already been used in
-the document. You can do so with the commands described in this
-section.
-
-The \cs{acr\ldots} commands described below are part of the set of
-\glstextlike\ commands. That is, they index and can form
-hyperlinks, but they don't modify the \firstuseflag.
-However, their display is governed by \ics{defentryfmt} with
-\ics{glscustomtext} set as appropriate. All caveats that apply to
-the \glstextlike\ commands also apply to the following commands.
-(Including the above warning about nested links.)
+regardless of whether or not the \idx{acronym} has already been
+\idxc{firstuse}{used} in the document. You can do so with the
+commands described in this section.
+
+The \csfmt{acr\ldots} commands described below are part of the set
+of \gls{glstextlike} commands. That is, they \idxc+{indexing}{index}
+and can form \idxpl+{hyperlink}, and they don't modify or test the
+\idx+{firstuseflag}. However, unlike the other \gls{glstextlike}
+commands, their \idxc{displaystyle}{display} is governed by
+\gls{defglsentryfmt} with \gls{glscustomtext} set to the appropriate
+\idx{linktext}. So, for example,
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{acrshort}\margm{label}\oargm{insert}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+is similar to:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{glsdisp}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{acronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshort}\margm{label}}\meta{insert}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+except that the \idx{firstuseflag} isn't unset.
+
+All caveats that apply to the \gls{glstextlike} commands also apply
+to the following commands. (Including the above warning about
+nested links.)
\begin{xtr}
-If you are using \gls{glossaries-extra}, don't use the commands
-described in this section. The \gls{glossaries-extra} package
-provides analogous \cs{glsxtr\ldots} or \cs{glsfmt\ldots}
-commands. For example, \cs{glsxtrshort} instead of \cs{acrshort}
-or, if needed in a heading, \cs{glsfmtshort}. (Similarly for the
-case-changing variants.)
+If you are using \sty{glossaries-extra}, don't use the commands
+described in this section. The \sty{glossaries-extra} package
+provides analogous \csfmt{glsxtr\ldots} or \csfmt{glsfmt\ldots}
+commands. For example, \gls{glsxtrshort} instead of \gls{acrshort}
+or, if needed in a heading, \gls{glsfmtshort}. (Similarly for the
+\casechanging\ variants.)
\end{xtr}
-The optional arguments are the same as those for the \glstextlike\
-commands, and there are similar star and plus variants that switch
-off or on the hyperlinks. As with the \glstextlike\ commands, the
-\gls{linktext} is placed in the argument of \ics{glstextformat}.
+The optional arguments are the same as those for the \gls{glstextlike}
+commands, and there are similar star (\sym{starmod}) and plus
+(\sym{plusmod}) variants that switch
+off or on the \idxpl{hyperlink}. As with the \gls{glstextlike} commands, the
+\idx{linktext} is placed in the argument of \gls{glstextformat}.
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\acrshort}]
-\cs{acrshort}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-This sets the \gls{linktext} to the short form (within the argument
-of \ics{acronymfont}) for the entry given by \meta{label}. The short
+\cmddef{acrshort}
+This sets the \idx{linktext} to the short form (within the argument
+of \gls{acronymfont}) for the \idx{acronym} given by \meta{entry-label}. The short
form is as supplied by the \gloskey{short} key, which
-\ics{newacronym} implicitly sets.
-
-There are also analogous upper case variants:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Acrshort}]
-\cs{Acrshort}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\ACRshort}]
-\cs{ACRshort}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
+\gls{newacronym} implicitly sets.
+
+There are also analogous \casechanging\ variants:
+\cmddef{Acrshort}
+(\idx{sentencecase}) and
+\cmddef{ACRshort}
+(\idx{allcaps}).
+
There are also plural versions:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\acrshortpl]
-\cs{acrshortpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Acrshortpl]
-\cs{Acrshortpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\ACRshortpl]
-\cs{ACRshortpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-The short plural form is as supplied
-by the \gloskey{shortplural} key, which \ics{newacronym} implicitly sets.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\acrlong}]
-\cs{acrlong}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-This sets the \gls{linktext} to the long form for the entry given by
-\meta{label}. The long form is as supplied
-by the \gloskey{long} key, which \ics{newacronym} implicitly sets.
-
-There are also analogous upper case variants:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Acrlong}]
-\cs{Acrlong}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\ACRlong}]
-\cs{ACRlong}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{acrshortpl}
+As \gls{acrshort} but uses the \gloskey{shortplural} value.
+\cmddef{Acrshortpl}
+(\idx{sentencecase}) and
+\cmddef{ACRshortpl}
+(\idx{allcaps}).
+
+\cmddef{acrlong}
+This sets the \idx{linktext} to the long form for the \idx{acronym} given by
+\meta{entry-label}. The long form is as supplied
+by the \gloskey{long} key, which \gls{newacronym} implicitly sets.
+
+There are also analogous \casechanging\ variants:
+\cmddef{Acrlong}
+(\idx{sentencecase}) and
+\cmddef{ACRlong}
+(\idx{allcaps}).
+
Again there are also plural versions:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\acrlongpl}]
-\cs{acrlongpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Acrlongpl}]
-\cs{Acrlongpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\ACRlongpl}]
-\cs{ACRlongpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-The long plural form is as supplied by the \gloskey{longplural} key,
-which \ics{newacronym} implicitly sets.
-
-The commands below display the full form of the acronym, but note
-that this isn't necessarily the same as the form used on \firstuse.
-These full-form commands are shortcuts that use the above commands,
-rather than creating the \gls{linktext} from the complete full form.
-These full-form commands have star and plus variants and optional
-arguments that are passed to the above commands.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\acrfull}]
-\cs{acrfull}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-This is a shortcut for
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\acrfullfmt}]
-\cs{acrfullfmt}\marg{options}\marg{label}\marg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-which by default does
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{acrfullformat}
- \mgroup{\cs{acrlong}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\marg{insert}}
- \mgroup{\cs{acrshort}\oarg{options}\marg{label}}
-\end{alltt}
-where
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\acrfullformat]
-\cs{acrfullformat}\marg{long}\marg{short}
-\end{definition}
-by default does \meta{long} (\meta{short}). This command is now
-deprecated for new acronym styles but is used by default for
-backward compatibility if \cs{setacronymstyle}
-(\sectionref{sec:setacronymstyle}) hasn't been used. (For further
-details of these format commands see \ifpdf
-section~\ref*{sec:code:acronym} in \fi the documented code,
-\texttt{glossaries-code.pdf}.)
-
-There are also analogous upper case variants:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Acrfull}]
-\cs{Acrfull}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\ACRfull}]
-\cs{ACRfull}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-and plural versions:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\acrfullpl]
-\cs{acrfullpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Acrfullpl]
-\cs{Acrfullpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\ACRfullpl]
-\cs{ACRfullpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{acrlongpl}
+As \gls{acrlong} but uses the \gloskey{longplural} value.
+\cmddef{Acrlongpl}
+(\idx{sentencecase}) and
+\cmddef{ACRlongpl}
+(\idx{allcaps}).
+
+\cmddef{acrfull}
+This sets the \idx{linktext} to show the full form according to the
+format governed by the \idx{acronymstyle}. This may not necessarily
+be the same format as that produced on the \idx{firstuse} of \gls{gls}.
+For example, the \acrstyle{footnote} style has the long form in a
+footnote on the \idx{firstuse} of \gls{gls} but \gls{acrfull} has the long form in
+parentheses instead.
+
+There are also analogous \casechanging\ variants:
+\cmddef{Acrfull}
+(\idx{sentencecase}) and
+\cmddef{ACRfull}
+(\idx{allcaps}).
+
+The plural version is:
+\cmddef{acrfullpl}
+with \casechanging\ variants:
+\cmddef{Acrfullpl}
+(\idx{sentencecase}) and
+\cmddef{ACRfullpl}
+(\idx{allcaps}).
If you find the above commands too cumbersome to write, you can use
-the \pkgopt{shortcuts} package option to activate the shorter
+the \opt{shortcuts} package option to activate the shorter
command names listed in \tableref{tab:shortcuts}.
\begin{table}[htbp]
-\caption{Synonyms provided by the package option \pkgoptfmt{shortcuts}}
+\caption{Synonyms provided by the \glsfmttext{opt.shortcuts} package option}
\label{tab:shortcuts}
-\vskip\baselineskip
\centering
\begin{tabular}{ll}
\bfseries Shortcut Command & \bfseries Equivalent Command\\
-\ics{acs} & \ics{acrshort}\\
-\ics{Acs} & \ics{Acrshort}\\
-\ics{acsp} & \ics{acrshortpl}\\
-\ics{Acsp} & \ics{Acrshortpl}\\
-\ics{acl} & \ics{acrlong}\\
-\ics{Acl} & \ics{Acrlong}\\
-\ics{aclp} & \ics{acrlongpl}\\
-\ics{Aclp} & \ics{Acrlongpl}\\
-\ics{acf} & \ics{acrfull}\\
-\ics{Acf} & \ics{Acrfull}\\
-\ics{acfp} & \ics{acrfullpl}\\
-\ics{Acfp} & \ics{Acrfullpl}\\
-\ics{ac} & \ics{gls}\\
-\ics{Ac} & \ics{Gls}\\
-\ics{acp} & \ics{glspl}\\
-\ics{Acp} & \ics{Glspl}
+\inlineglsdef{acs} & \gls{acrshort}\\
+\inlineglsdef{Acs} & \gls{Acrshort}\\
+\inlineglsdef{acsp} & \gls{acrshortpl}\\
+\inlineglsdef{Acsp} & \gls{Acrshortpl}\\
+\inlineglsdef{acl} & \gls{acrlong}\\
+\inlineglsdef{Acl} & \gls{Acrlong}\\
+\inlineglsdef{aclp} & \gls{acrlongpl}\\
+\inlineglsdef{Aclp} & \gls{Acrlongpl}\\
+\inlineglsdef{acf} & \gls{acrfull}\\
+\inlineglsdef{Acf} & \gls{Acrfull}\\
+\inlineglsdef{acfp} & \gls{acrfullpl}\\
+\inlineglsdef{Acfp} & \gls{Acrfullpl}\\
+\inlineglsdef{ac} & \gls{gls}\\
+\inlineglsdef{Ac} & \gls{Gls}\\
+\inlineglsdef{acp} & \gls{glspl}\\
+\inlineglsdef{Acp} & \gls{Glspl}
\end{tabular}
\end{table}
It is also possible to access the long and short forms without
-adding information to the glossary using commands analogous to
-\ics{glsentrytext} (described in \sectionref{sec:glsnolink}).
+\idx{indexing} using commands analogous to \gls{glsentrytext}
+(described in \sectionref{sec:glsnolink}). These don't include the
+\idx{acronym} font commands, such as \gls{acronymfont}.
+
+\cmddef{glsentrylong}
+Expands to the long form (that is, the value of the \gloskey{long}
+key, which is internally set by \gls{newacronym}).
+The corresponding \idx{sentencecase} command is:
+\cmddef{Glsentrylong}
+
+\cmddef{glsentrylongpl}
+Expands to the long plural form (that is, the value of the
+\gloskey{longplural}).
+The corresponding \idx{sentencecase} command is:
+\cmddef{Glsentrylongpl}
+
+\cmddef{glsentryshort}
+Expands to the short form (that is, the value of the \gloskey{short}
+key, which is internally set by \gls{newacronym}).
+The corresponding \idx{sentencecase} command is:
+\cmddef{Glsentryshort}
+
+An similar command is available for the full form:
+\cmddef{glsentryfull}
+This command is redefined by the \idx{acronymstyle}.
+Unlike \gls{glsentrylong} and \gls{glsentryshort}, this does include
+\gls{acronymfont}, so if you need to use it in a section heading,
+you may need to disable it in \idxpl{PDFbookmark}:
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{pdfstringdefDisableCommands}\marg{\comment{provided by \sty{hyperref}}
+ \cmd{let}\gls{acronymfont}\gls{@firstofone}
+ \cmd{let}\gls{firstacronymfont}\gls{@firstofone}
+}
+\end{codebox*}
-\begin{important}
-The commands that convert the first letter to upper case come with
-the same caveats as those for analogous commands like
-\ics{Glsentrytext} (non-expandable, can't be used in PDF bookmarks,
-care needs to be taken if the first letter is an accented character
-etc). See \sectionref{sec:glsnolink}.
-\end{important}
+\cmddef{Glsentryfull}
+This is like \gls{glsentryfull} but applies \idx{sentencecase}.
-The long form can be accessed using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsentrylong}]
-\cs{glsentrylong}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-or, with the first letter converted to upper case:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsentrylong}]
-\cs{Glsentrylong}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-Plural forms:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsentrylongpl}]
-\cs{glsentrylongpl}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsentrylongpl}]
-\cs{Glsentrylongpl}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-
-Similarly, to access the short form:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsentryshort}]
-\cs{glsentryshort}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-or, with the first letter converted to upper case:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsentryshort}]
-\cs{Glsentryshort}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-Plural forms:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsentryshortpl}]
-\cs{glsentryshortpl}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsentryshortpl}]
-\cs{Glsentryshortpl}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-
-And the full form can be obtained using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsentryfull}]
-\cs{glsentryfull}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsentryfull}]
-\cs{Glsentryfull}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsentryfullpl}]
-\cs{glsentryfullpl}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\Glsentryfullpl}]
-\cs{Glsentryfullpl}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-These again use \ics{acrfullformat} by default, but
-the new styles described in the section below use different
-formatting commands.
+The analogous plural commands are:
+\cmddef{glsentryfullpl}
+(no \idx{casechange}) and
+\cmddef{Glsentryfullpl}
+(\idx{sentencecase}).
\section{Changing the Acronym Style}
\label{sec:setacronymstyle}
\begin{xtr}
-If you are using \gls{glossaries-extra}, don't use the commands
-described in this section. Use \ics*{setabbreviationstyle} to set
-the style. This uses a different (but more consistent) naming
+If you are using \sty{glossaries-extra}, don't use the commands
+described in this section. Use \gls{setabbreviationstyle} to set
+the \idx{abbrvstyle}. This uses a different (but more consistent) naming
scheme. For example, \abbrstyle{long-noshort} instead of
-\acrstyle{dua}. See the \qt{Acronym Style Modifications} section and
-the \qt{Abbreviations} chapter in the \gls{glossaries-extra} manual
-for further details.
+\acrstyle{dua}. See the \qt{Abbreviations} chapter in the
+\sty{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
\end{xtr}
-The acronym style is set using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\setacronymstyle}]
-\cs{setacronymstyle}\marg{style name}
-\end{definition}
+The \idx+{acronymstyle} is set using:
+\cmddef{setacronymstyle}
where \meta{style name} is the name of the required style.
-
-\begin{important}
-You must use \cs{setacronymstyle} \emph{before} you define the
-acronyms with \cs{newacronym}.
-\end{important}
+The style must be set before the \idxpl{acronym} are defined
+otherwise you will end up with inconsistencies.
For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries}
-
-\makeglossaries
-
-\setacronymstyle{long-sc-short}
-
-\newacronym{html}{html}{hypertext markup language}
-\newacronym{xml}{xml}{extensible markup language}
-\end{verbatim}
-Unpredictable results can occur if you try to use multiple styles.
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{acronym}]\marg{glossaries}
+\codepar
+\gls{makeglossaries}
+\codepar
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{long-sc-short}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{html}\marg{html}\marg{hypertext markup language}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{xml}\marg{xml}\marg{extensible markup language}
+\end{codebox}
+
+Unpredictable results will occur if you try to use multiple styles
+since each \idx{acronymstyle} redefines commands like
+\gls{glsentryfull} and \gls{genacrfullformat} that govern the way
+the full form is displayed. The closest you can get to different
+styles if you only want to use the base \sty{glossaries} package is
+to adjust the \idx{entryformat} (see \sectionref{sec:glsdisplay})
+or to provide a custom \idx{acronymstyle} such as in
+\exampleref{ex:addstoragekey}.
\begin{important}
-If you need multiple abbreviation styles, then
-use the \gls{glossaries-extra} package, which has better
-abbreviation management. See, for example,
-\gallery{index.php?label=sample-name-font}{Gallery: Mixing Styles}.
+If you need multiple styles, then
+use the \sty{glossaries-extra} package, which has better
+\idx{abbreviation} management. See, for example,
+\gallerypage{sample-name-font}{Gallery: Mixing Styles}.
\end{important}
-Unlike the backward-compatible default behaviour of \cs{newacronym}, the
-styles set via \cs{setacronymstyle} don't use the \gloskey{first}
-or \gloskey{text} keys, but instead they use \ics{defglsentryfmt} to
-set a~custom format that uses the \gloskey{long} and \gloskey{short}
+The \gls{setacronymstyle} command will redefine \gls{newacronym} to
+use the newer \idx{acronym} mechanism introduced in version 4.02
+(2013-12-05). The older mechanism was available, but deprecated, for
+backward-compatibility until version 4.50 when it was removed. If
+the pre-4.02 \idx{acronym} styles are required, you will need to use
+rollback. As from v4.50, if you don't use \gls{setacronymstyle}, the
+first instance of \gls{newacronym} will automatically implement:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{long-short}}
+\end{codebox}
+which is the closest match to the old default. The earlier
+\exampleref{ex:newacronym} can be adjusted to use rollback to
+demonstrated the difference:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}[=v4.46]\comment{rollback to v4.46}
+\comment{no \gls{setacronymstyle} so old style used}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{idn}\marg{IDN}\marg{identification number}
+\cbeg{document}
+First use: \gls{gls}\marg{idn}. Next use: \gls{gls}\marg{idn}.
+\codepar
+\gls{glsreset}\marg{idn}\comment{reset first use}
+The \gls{gls}\marg{idn}['s] prefix is a capital letter.
+Next use:
+the \gls{gls}\marg{idn}['s] prefix is a capital letter.
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+This produces:
+\begin{resultbox}
+\createexample*[title={Defining and Using an Acronym (Rollback)},
+ label={ex:newacronymrollback},
+ description={Example document that defines an acronym
+and references it in the text using deprecated style with rollback.}]
+{%
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}[=v4.46]\comment{rollback to v4.46}
+\comment{no \gls{setacronymstyle} so old style used}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{idn}\marg{IDN}\marg{identification number}
+}
+{%
+First use: \gls{gls}\marg{idn}. Next use: \gls{gls}\marg{idn}.
+\codepar
+\gls{glsreset}\marg{idn}\comment{reset first use}
+The \gls{gls}\marg{idn}['s] prefix is a capital letter.^^J%
+Next use: the \gls{gls}\marg{idn}['s] prefix is a capital letter.
+}
+\end{resultbox}
+The most noticeable difference is the way the \meta{insert} optional
+argument is treated with \gls{gls} on \idx{firstuse} (\code{\gls{gls}\marg{idn}['s]}).
+With the old way, \gls{newacronym} simply set
+\gloskey{first}{identification number (IDN)} when it internally used
+\gls{newglossaryentry} to define the \idx{acronym}. The default
+\idx{entryformat} simply appends the \meta{insert} after the value of
+the \gloskey{first} key.
+
+Unlike the original pre-4.02 behaviour of \gls{newacronym}, the
+styles set via \gls{setacronymstyle} don't use the \gloskey{first}
+key, but instead they use \gls{defglsentryfmt} to
+set a~custom \idx{displaystyle} that uses the \gloskey{long} and \gloskey{short}
keys (or their plural equivalents). This means that these styles
cope better with plurals that aren't formed by simply appending the
singular form with the letter \qt{s}. In fact, most of the predefined
-styles use \ics{glsgenacfmt} and modify the definitions of commands
-like \ics{genacrfullformat}.
-
-Note that when you use \cs{setacronymstyle} the \gloskey{name} key
-is set to
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\acronymentry}]
-\cs{acronymentry}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
+styles use \gls{glsgenacfmt} and modify the definitions of commands
+like \gls{genacrfullformat}. If the original behaviour is still
+required for some reason, use rollback.
+
+In both the old and new implementation, the \gloskey{text} key is set to
+the short form. Since the \gloskey{first} isn't set with the new
+form, it will default to the value of the \gloskey{text} key. This
+means that with the new implementation, \gls{glsfirst} will
+produce the same result as \gls{glstext}. This is why you need to
+use \gls{acrlong} or \gls{acrfull} instead. Alternatively, reset the
+\idx{firstuseflag} and use \gls{gls}.
+
+When you use \gls{setacronymstyle} the \gloskey{name} key is set to:
+\cmddef{acronymentry}
and the \gloskey{sort} key is set to
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\acronymsort}]
-\cs{acronymsort}\marg{short}\marg{long}
-\end{definition}
-These commands are redefined by the acronym styles. However, you can
+\cmddef{acronymsort}
+These commands are redefined by the \idxpl{acronymstyle}. However, you can
redefine them again after the style has been set but before you use
-\cs{newacronym}. Protected expansion is performed on \cs{acronymsort}
-when the entry is defined.
+\gls{newacronym}. Protected expansion is performed on \gls{acronymsort}
+when the \idx{acronym} is defined.
\subsection{Predefined Acronym Styles}
\label{sec:predefinedacrstyles}
-The \styfmt{glossaries} package provides a~number of predefined
-styles. These styles apply
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\firstacronymfont}]
-\cs{firstacronymfont}\marg{text}
-\end{definition}
-to the short form on first use and
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\acronymfont}]
-\cs{acronymfont}\marg{text}
-\end{definition}
-on subsequent use. The styles modify the definition of
-\cs{acronymfont} as required, but \ics{firstacronymfont} is only set
-once by the package when it's loaded. By default
-\ics{firstacronymfont}\marg{text} is the same as
-\ics{acronymfont}\marg{text}.
-If you want the short form displayed differently on first use, you
-can redefine \ics{firstacronymfont} independently of the acronym
-style.
-
-The predefined styles that contain \texttt{sc} in their name (for
-example \acrstyle{long-sc-short}) redefine \cs{acronymfont} to use
-\ics{textsc}, which means that the short form needs to be specified
-in lower case. \ifpdf Remember that \verb|\textsc{abc}| produces
-\textsc{abc} but \verb|\textsc{ABC}| produces \textsc{ABC}.\fi
+The \sty{glossaries} package provides a~number of predefined
+\idxpl+{acronymstyle}. These styles apply:
+\cmddef{firstacronymfont}
+to the short form on \idx{firstuse} and
+\cmddef{acronymfont}
+on \idx{subsequentuse}. The styles modify the definition of
+\gls{acronymfont} and \gls{firstacronymfont} as required. Usually,
+\code{\gls{firstacronymfont}\margm{text}} simply does
+\code{\gls{acronymfont}\margm{text}}.
+If you want the short form displayed differently on \idx{firstuse}, you
+can redefine \gls{firstacronymfont} after the \idx{acronymstyle} is
+set.
+
+The predefined \idx+{smallcaps} styles that contain \qt{sc} in their
+name (for example \acrstyle{long-sc-short}) redefine
+\gls{acronymfont} to use \gls+{textsc}, which means that the short
+form needs to be specified in \idx+{lowercase} if it should be
+rendered in \idx{smallcaps}. This is because \idx{smallcaps} has
+small capital glyphs for \idx{lowercase} letters but normal sized
+capital glyphs for \idx{uppercase} letters, which means there's no
+visual difference between a normal upright font and a
+\idx{smallcaps} font if the text is in \idx{allcaps}.
+\begin{coderesult}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{long-sc-short}}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{mathml}\marg{MathML}\marg{mathematical markup language}
+\cbeg{document}
+\gls{acrshort}\marg{mathml}
+\cend{document}
+\tcblower
+\createexample*[title={Small-Caps Acronym},
+ label={ex:longscshort},
+ description={Example document that uses the long-sc-short acronym
+style, which renders the short form in a small-capital font.}]
+{%
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}^^J%
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{long-sc-short}^^J%
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{mathml}\marg{MathML}\marg{mathematical markup language}
+}%
+{%
+\gls{acrshort}\marg{mathml}
+}
+\end{coderesult}
\hypertarget{boldsc}{}%
\begin{important}%
-Some fonts don't support bold \gls{smallcaps}, so you may need to redefine
-\ics{glsnamefont} (see \sectionref{sec:printglossary}) to switch to
-medium weight if you are using a glossary style that displays entry
-names in bold and you have chosen an acronym style that uses
-\ics{textsc}.
+Some fonts don't support bold \idx{smallcaps}, so you may need to redefine
+\gls{glsnamefont} (see \sectionref{sec:printglossary}) to switch to
+medium weight if you are using a \idx{glossarystyle} that displays
+\idx{entry} names in bold and you have chosen an \idx{acronymstyle} that uses
+\gls{textsc}. (Alternatively, switch to a font that does support bold
+\idx{smallcaps}.)
\end{important}
-The predefined styles that contain \texttt{sm} in their name
-(for example \acrstyle{long-sm-short}) redefine \cs{acronymfont} to
-use \ics{textsmaller}.
+The predefined \idxpl{glossarystyle} that contain \qt{sm} in their name
+(for example \acrstyle{long-sm-short}) redefine \gls{acronymfont} to
+use \gls+{textsmaller}.
\hypertarget{smaller}{}%
\begin{important}
-Note that the \styfmt{glossaries} package doesn't define or load any package that
-defines \ics{textsmaller}. If you use one of the acronym styles that
-set \ics{acronymfont} to \cs{textsmaller} you must
+Note that the \sty{glossaries} package doesn't define or load any package that
+defines \gls{textsmaller}. If you use one of the \idxpl{acronymstyle} that
+set \gls{acronymfont} to \gls{textsmaller} you must
explicitly load the \sty{relsize} package or otherwise define
-\cs{textsmaller}.
+\gls{textsmaller}.
\end{important}
-The remaining predefined styles redefine \cs{acronymfont}\marg{text}
-to simply do its argument \meta{text}.
+The remaining predefined styles redefine \gls{acronymfont}
+to simply do its argument without any font change.
\begin{important}
-In most cases, the predefined styles adjust \ics{acrfull} and
-\ics{glsentryfull} (and their plural and upper case variants) to
-reflect the style. The only exceptions to this are the
-\acrstyle{dua} and \acrstyle{footnote} styles (and their variants).
+The predefined styles adjust \gls+{acrfull} and
+\gls+{glsentryfull} (and their plural and \casechanging\ variants) to
+reflect the style.
\end{important}
-The following styles are supplied by the \styfmt{glossaries}
-package:
-\begin{itemize}
-\item \acrstyle{long-short}, \acrstyle{long-sc-short},
-\acrstyle{long-sm-short}, \acrstyle{long-sp-short}:
-
-With these three styles, acronyms are displayed in the form
-\begin{definition}
-\meta{long} (\ics{firstacronymfont}\marg{short})
-\end{definition}
-on first use and
-\begin{definition}
-\ics{acronymfont}\marg{short}
-\end{definition}
-on subsequent use.
-They also set \cs{acronymsort}\marg{short}\marg{long} to just
-\meta{short}. This means that the acronyms are sorted according to
-their short form. In addition, \cs{acronymentry}\marg{label} is set
-to just the short form (enclosed in \cs{acronymfont}) and the
+When \idxpl{acronym} are defined, \gls{newacronym} will set the \gloskey{sort} key to:
+\cmddef{acronymsort}
+The \idxpl{acronymstyle} redefine this to suit the style. This
+command must fully expand in order for the \idx{indexingapp} to pick
+up the correct sort value.
+If the \gloskey{sort} key is set in the optional argument of
+\gls{newacronym}, it will override this.
+
+The \gloskey{name} key is set to:
+\cmddef{acronymentry}
+Again, the \idxpl{acronymstyle} redefine this to suit the style.
+If the \gloskey{name} key is set in the optional argument of
+\gls{newacronym}, it will override this.
+
+The \gloskey{type} key is set to \gls{acronymtype}.
+If the \gloskey{type} key is set in the optional argument of
+\gls{newacronym}, it will override this.
+
+The \gloskey{shortplural} is set to the short form appended by:
+\cmddef{acrpluralsuffix}
+This is redefined by the \idxpl{acronymstyle} to the appropriate
+suffix. In most cases, it will simply be defined to
+\gls{glspluralsuffix}, but the \idx+{smallcaps} styles define it to:
+\cmddef{glsupacrpluralsuffix}
+This uses:
+\cmddef{glstextup}
+to cancel the effect of the \idx{smallcaps} font command \gls{textsc}.
+
+If the \gloskey{shortplural} key is set in the optional argument of
+\gls{newacronym}, it will override this default.
+
+The \gloskey{longplural} is set to the long form appended by
+\gls{glspluralsuffix}.
+If the \gloskey{longplural} key is set in the optional argument of
+\gls{newacronym}, it will override this default.
+
+Some styles set the \gloskey{description} key to the long form, but others don't.
+If you use a style that doesn't set it, you will have to supply the
+\gloskey{description} in the optional argument of \gls{newacronym}.
+
+\subsubsection{Long (Short)}
+\label{sec:acrstyleslongshort}
+
+With the \qt{long (short)} styles, \idxpl{acronym} are displayed in the form:
+\begin{compactcodebox*}
+\meta{long} (\gls{firstacronymfont}\margm{short})
+\end{compactcodebox*}
+on \idx{firstuse} and
+\begin{compactcodebox*}
+\gls{acronymfont}\margm{short}
+\end{compactcodebox*}
+on \idx{subsequentuse}.
+
+They also set \gls{acronymsort} so that it just expands to its first
+argument \meta{short}. This means that the acronyms are sorted according to
+their short form. In addition, \gls{acronymentry}\marg{label} is set
+to just the short form (enclosed in \gls{acronymfont}) and the
\gloskey{description} key is set to the long form.
-The \acrstyle{long-sp-short} style was introduced in version~4.16
-and uses
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsacspace]
-\cs{glsacspace}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-for the space between the long and short forms. This defaults to
-a~non-breakable space (\verb|~|) if
-(\cs{acronymfont}\marg{short}) is less than 3em, otherwise it uses
-a~normal space. This may be redefined as required. For example, to
-always use a~non-breakable space:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\glsacspace}[1]{~}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\item \acrstyle{short-long}, \acrstyle{sc-short-long},
-\acrstyle{sm-short-long}:
-
-These three styles are analogous to the above three styles, except
-the display order is swapped to
-\begin{definition}
-\ics{firstacronymfont}\marg{short} (\meta{long})
-\end{definition}
-on first use.
-
-Note, however, that \ics{acronymsort} and \ics{acronymentry} are the
-same as for the \meta{long} (\meta{short}) styles above, so the
-acronyms are still sorted according to the short form.
-
-\item \acrstyle{long-short-desc}, \acrstyle{long-sc-short-desc},
-\acrstyle{long-sm-short-desc}, \acrstyle{long-sp-short-desc}:
-
-These are like the \acrstyle{long-short}, \acrstyle{long-sc-short},
-\acrstyle{long-sm-short} and \acrstyle{long-sp-short} styles described above, except that the
-\gloskey{description} key must be supplied in the optional argument
-of \ics{newacronym}. They also redefine \ics{acronymentry} to
-\marg{long} (\cs{acronymfont}\marg{short}) and redefine
-\ics{acronymsort}\marg{short}\marg{long} to just \meta{long}.
-This means that the acronyms are sorted according to the long form,
-and in the list of acronyms the name field has the long form
-followed by the short form in parentheses. I~recommend you use
-a~glossary style such as \glostyle{altlist} with these acronym
-styles to allow for the long name field.
-
-\item \acrstyle{short-long-desc}, \acrstyle{sc-short-long-desc},
-\acrstyle{sm-short-long-desc}:
-
-These styles are analogous to the above three styles, but the first
-use display style is:
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{firstacronymfont}\marg{short} (\meta{long})
-\end{definition}
-The definitions of \cs{acronymsort} and \cs{acronymentry} are the
-same as those for \acrstyle{long-short-desc} etc.
-
-\item \acrstyle{dua}, \acrstyle{dua-desc}:
-
-With these styles, the \glslike\ commands always display the long form
-regardless of whether the entry has been used or not. However, \ics{acrfull}
-and \ics{glsentryfull} will display \meta{long} (\cs{acronymfont}\marg{short}). In the case
-of \acrstyle{dua}, the \gloskey{name} and \gloskey{sort} keys are set to
-the short form and the description is set to the long form. In the
-case of \acrstyle{dua-desc}, the \gloskey{name} and \gloskey{sort}
-keys are set to the long form and the description is supplied in the
-optional argument of \ics{newacronym}.
-
-\item \acrstyle{footnote}, \acrstyle{footnote-sc},
-\acrstyle{footnote-sm}:
-
-With these three styles, on first use the \glslike\ commands display:
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{firstacronymfont}\marg{short}\ics{footnote}\marg{long}
-\end{definition}
-However, \ics{acrfull} and \ics{glsentryfull} are set to
-\cs{acronymfont}\marg{short} (\meta{long}). On subsequent use the display is:
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{acronymfont}\marg{short}
-\end{definition}
-The \gloskey{sort} and \gloskey{name} keys are set to
-the short form, and the \gloskey{description} is set to the long
-form.
-
-\begin{important}
-In order to avoid nested hyperlinks on \firstuse\ the footnote
-styles automatically implement \pkgopt[false]{hyperfirst} for the
-acronym lists.
-\end{important}
-
-\item \acrstyle{footnote-desc}, \acrstyle{footnote-sc-desc},
-\acrstyle{footnote-sm-desc}:
+\acrstyledef{long-short}
+This is the default style that will be implemented if
+\gls{setacronymstyle} isn't used (as from v4.50, which has removed
+the default deprecated style). This shows the long form followed by
+the short form in parentheses on \idx{firstuse} and also with
+\gls{acrfull}. This redefines \gls{acronymfont} to simply do its
+argument.
+
+\acrstyledef{long-sc-short}
+This is like \acrstyle{long-short} but uses \idx+{smallcaps} for the
+short form, so it redefines \gls{acronymfont} to use \gls{textsc}
+and \gls{acrpluralsuffix} to \gls{glsacrpluralsuffix}.
+
+\acrstyledef{long-sm-short}
+This is like \acrstyle{long-short} but uses \gls{textsmaller} for the
+short form, so it redefines \gls{acronymfont} to use
+\gls{textsmaller}. This style will require \sty{relsize} to be
+loaded.
-These three styles are similar to the previous three styles, but the
-description has to be supplied in the optional argument of
-\ics{newacronym}. The \gloskey{name} key is set to the long form
-followed by the short form in parentheses and the \gloskey{sort} key
-is set to the long form. This means that the acronyms will be sorted
-according to the long form. In addition, since the \gloskey{name}
-will typically be quite wide it's best to choose a glossary style
-that can accommodate this, such as \glostyle{altlist}.
+\acrstyledef{long-sp-short}
+This is like \acrstyle{long-short} but instead of simply using a
+space between the long and short form, it uses:
+\cmddef*{glsacspace}
+This measures the short form for the given entry and, if the width is
+smaller than 3em, it will use \idx+{nbsp}. Otherwise it will use
+\gls+{space}.
-\end{itemize}
+\begin{xtr}
+Although the \sty{glossaries-extra} package doesn't support the base
+\idxpl{acronymstyle}, it does redefine \gls{glsacspace} to use
+\gls{glsacspacemax} instead of the hard-coded 3em, as
+\gls{glsacspace} may also be useful in \idxpl{abbrvstyle}.
+\end{xtr}
\begin{example}{Adapting a Predefined Acronym Style}{ex:acrstyle}
Suppose I~want to use the \acrstyle{footnote-sc-desc} style, but
I~want the \gloskey{name} key set to the short form followed by the
long form in parentheses and the \gloskey{sort} key set to the short
form. Then I need to specify the \acrstyle{footnote-sc-desc} style:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc}
-\end{verbatim}
-and then redefine \ics{acronymsort} and \ics{acronymentry}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{#1}% sort by short form
-\renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
- \acronymfont{\glsentryshort{#1}}\space (\glsentrylong{#1})}%
-\end{verbatim}
-(I've used \cs{space} for extra clarity, but you can just use an
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{footnote-sc-desc}}
+\end{codebox}
+and then redefine \gls{acronymsort} and \gls{acronymentry}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acronymsort}}[2]\marg{\#1}\comment{sort by short form}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acronymentry}}[1]\marg{\comment{short (long) name}
+ \gls{acronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshort}\marg{\#1}}\gls{space} (\gls{glsentrylong}\marg{\#1})}\comment{}
+\end{codebox}
+(I've used \gls{space} for extra clarity, but you can just use an
actual space instead.)
Note that the default Computer Modern fonts don't support bold
-\gls{smallcaps}, so another font is required. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-\end{verbatim}
-The alternative is to redefine \ics{acronymfont} so that it
-always switches to medium weight to ensure the \gls{smallcaps} setting is
+\idx+{smallcaps}, so another font is required. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[T1]\marg{fontenc}
+\end{codebox}
+The alternative is to redefine \gls{acronymfont} so that it
+always switches to medium weight to ensure the \idx{smallcaps} setting is
used. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textmd{\scshape #1}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acronymfont}}[1]\marg{\cmd{textmd}\marg{\cmd{scshape} \#1}}
+\end{codebox}
The sample file \samplefile{FnAcrDesc} illustrates this
example.
\end{example}
+\subsubsection{Short (Long)}
+\label{sec:acrstylesshortlong}
+
+With the \qt{short (long)} styles, \idxpl{acronym} are displayed in the form:
+\begin{compactcodebox*}
+\gls{firstacronymfont}\margm{short} (\meta{long} )
+\end{compactcodebox*}
+on \idx{firstuse} and
+\begin{compactcodebox*}
+\gls{acronymfont}\margm{short}
+\end{compactcodebox*}
+on \idx{subsequentuse}.
+
+They also set \gls{acronymsort}\marg{short}\marg{long} to just
+\meta{short}. This means that the \idxpl{acronym} are sorted according to
+their short form. In addition, \gls{acronymentry}\marg{label} is set
+to just the short form (enclosed in \gls{acronymfont}) and the
+\gloskey{description} key is set to the long form.
+
+\acrstyledef{short-long}
+This shows the short form followed by
+the long form in parentheses on \idx{firstuse} and also with
+\gls{acrfull}. This redefines \gls{acronymfont} to simply do its
+argument.
+
+\acrstyledef{sc-short-long}
+This is like \acrstyle{short-long} but uses \idx+{smallcaps} for the
+short form, so it redefines \gls{acronymfont} to use \gls{textsc}
+and \gls{acrpluralsuffix} to \gls{glsacrpluralsuffix}.
+
+\acrstyledef{sm-short-long}
+This is like \acrstyle{short-long} but uses \gls{textsmaller} for the
+short form, so it redefines \gls{acronymfont} to use
+\gls{textsmaller}. This style will require \sty{relsize} to be
+loaded.
+
+\subsubsection{Long (Short) User Supplied Description}
+\label{sec:acrstyleslongshortdesc}
+
+\acrstyledef{long-short-desc}
+This is like \acrstyle{long-short} but the \gloskey{description} key
+must be provided in the optional argument of \gls{newacronym}.
+The sort value command \gls{acronymsort} is redefined to expand to
+its second argument (\meta{long}), and \gls{acronymentry} is
+redefined to show the long form followed by the short form in
+parentheses.
+
+\acrstyledef{long-sc-short-desc}
+This is like \acrstyle{long-short-desc} except that it uses
+\idx+{smallcaps}, as \acrstyle{long-sc-short}.
+
+\acrstyledef{long-sm-short-desc}
+This is like \acrstyle{long-short-desc} except that it uses
+\gls+{textsmaller}, as \acrstyle{long-sm-short}.
+
+\acrstyledef{long-sp-short-desc}
+This is like \acrstyle{long-short-desc} except that it uses
+\gls{glsacspace}, as \acrstyle{long-sp-short}.
+
+\subsubsection{Short (Long) User Supplied Description}
+\label{sec:acrstylesshortlongdesc}
+
+\acrstyledef{short-long-desc}
+This is like \acrstyle{short-long} but the \gloskey{description} key
+must be provided in the optional argument of \gls{newacronym}.
+The sort value command \gls{acronymsort} is redefined to expand to
+its second argument (\meta{long}), and \gls{acronymentry} is
+redefined to show the long form followed by the short form in
+parentheses.
+
+\acrstyledef{sc-short-long-desc}
+This is like \acrstyle{short-long-desc} except that it uses
+\idx+{smallcaps}, as \acrstyle{long-sc-short}.
+
+\acrstyledef{sm-short-long-desc}
+This is like \acrstyle{short-long-desc} except that it uses
+\gls+{textsmaller}, as \acrstyle{long-sm-short}.
+
+\subsubsection{Do Not Use Acronym (DUA)}
+\label{sec:acrstylesdua}
+
+With these styles, the \gls{glslike} commands always display the long form
+regardless of whether the entry has been \idx{firstuse}{used} or not.
+However, \gls{acrfull}
+and \gls{glsentryfull} will display the long form followed by the
+short form, as per the \acrstyle{long-short} style.
+
+\acrstyledef{dua}
+The sort value command \gls{acronymsort} expands to just its second
+argument (the long form), and \gls{acronymentry} shows just the
+long form.
+
+\acrstyledef{dua-desc}
+The sort value command \gls{acronymsort} expands to just its second
+argument (the long form), and \gls{acronymentry} shows just the
+long form.
+
+\subsubsection{Footnote}
+\label{sec:acrstylesfootnote}
+
+With these styles, the \gls{glslike} commands show the short form
+followed by the long form in a footnote on \idx{firstuse}.
+The footnote is simply added with \gls{footnote}.
+The \gls{acrfull} set of commands show the short form followed by the
+long form in parentheses (as per styles like \acrstyle{short-long}).
+The definitions of \gls{acronymsort} and \gls{acronymentry} are as
+for the \qt{short (long)} styles described in \sectionref{sec:acrstylesshortlong}.
+
+\begin{information}
+The footnote styles automatically set \optval{hyperfirst}{false} to
+prevent nested \idxpl+{hyperlink}.
+\end{information}
+
+\acrstyledef{footnote}
+This defines \gls{acronymentry}, \gls{acronymsort} and \gls{acronymfont}
+in the same way as the \acrstyle{short-long} style
+
+\acrstyledef{footnote-sc}
+This defines \gls{acronymentry}, \gls{acronymsort},
+\gls{acronymfont} and \gls{acrpluralsuffix} in the same way as the
+\acrstyle{sc-short-long} style
+
+\acrstyledef{footnote-sm}
+This defines \gls{acronymentry}, \gls{acronymsort} and
+\gls{acronymfont} in the same way as the
+\acrstyle{sm-short-long} style
+
+\acrstyledef{footnote-desc}
+This defines \gls{acronymentry}, \gls{acronymsort} and \gls{acronymfont}
+in the same way as the \acrstyle{short-long-desc} style
+
+\acrstyledef{footnote-sc-desc}
+This defines \gls{acronymentry}, \gls{acronymsort} and \gls{acronymfont}
+in the same way as the \acrstyle{sc-short-long-desc} style
+
+\acrstyledef{footnote-sm-desc}
+This defines \gls{acronymentry}, \gls{acronymsort} and \gls{acronymfont}
+in the same way as the \acrstyle{sm-short-long-desc} style
+
\subsection{Defining A Custom Acronym Style}
\label{sec:customacronym}
-You may find that the predefined acronyms styles that come with the
-\styfmt{glossaries} package don't suit your requirements. In this
+You may find that the predefined \idxpl{acronymstyle} that come with the
+\sty{glossaries} package don't suit your requirements. In this
case you can define your own style using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\newacronymstyle}]
-\cs{newacronymstyle}\marg{style name}\marg{display}\marg{definitions}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{newacronymstyle}
where \meta{style name} is the name of the new style (avoid active
-characters). The second argument, \meta{display}, is equivalent to
-the mandatory argument of \ics{defglsentryfmt}. You can simply use
-\ics{glsgenacfmt} or you can customize the display using commands
-like \ics{ifglsused}, \ics{glsifplural} and \ics{glscapscase}.
+characters). The second argument, \meta{format def}, is equivalent to
+the \meta{definition} argument of \gls{defglsentryfmt}. You can simply use
+\gls{glsgenacfmt} or you can customize the \idxc{entryformat}{display} using commands
+like \gls{ifglsused}, \gls{glsifplural} and \gls{glscapscase}.
(See \sectionref{sec:glsdisplay} for further details.)
-If the style is likely to be used with a mixed glossary (that is entries in
-that glossary are defined both with \ics{newacronym} and
-\ics{newglossaryentry}) then you can test if the entry is an acronym
-and use \ics{glsgenacfmt} if it is or \ics{glsgenentryfmt} if it
-isn't. For example, the \acrstyle{long-short} style sets
-\meta{display} as
-\begin{verbatim}
-\ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}%
-\end{verbatim}
-(You can use \ics{ifglshasshort} instead of \ics{ifglshaslong} to
-test if the entry is an acronym if you prefer.)
-
-The third argument, \meta{definitions}, can be used to redefine the
-commands that affect the display style, such as \ics{acronymfont}
-or, if \meta{display} uses \cs{glsgenacfmt}, \ics{genacrfullformat}
-and its variants.
-Note that \ics{setacronymstyle} redefines \ics{glsentryfull} and
-\ics{acrfullfmt} to use \ics{genacrfullformat} (and similarly for
-the plural and upper case variants). If this isn't appropriate for the
+If the style is likely to be used with a mixed \idx{glossary} (that
+is, \idxpl{entry} in that \idx{glossary} are defined both with \gls{newacronym} and
+\gls{newglossaryentry}) then you can test if the \idx{entry} is an
+\idx{acronym} and use \gls{glsgenacfmt} if it is or \gls{glsgenentryfmt} if it
+isn't. For example, the \acrstyle{long-short} style sets
+\meta{format def} as
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{ifglshaslong}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}\marg{\gls{glsgenacfmt}}\marg{\gls{glsgenentryfmt}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+(You can use \gls{ifglshasshort} instead of \gls{ifglshaslong} to
+test if the \idx{entry} is an \idx{acronym} if you prefer.)
+
+The third argument, \meta{style defs}, can be used to redefine the
+commands that affect the display style, such as \gls{acronymfont}
+and \gls{genacrfullformat}.
+
+\begin{information}
+Bear in mind that you will need to use \idx{hashhash} rather than
+\sym{hash} to reference parameters in command definitions within
+\meta{style defs}.
+\end{information}
+
+Note that \gls{setacronymstyle} redefines \gls{glsentryfull} and
+\gls{acrfullfmt} to use \gls{genacrfullformat} (and similarly for
+the plural and \casechanging\ variants). If this isn't appropriate for the
style (as in the case of styles like \acrstyle{footnote} and
-\acrstyle{dua}) \cs{newacronymstyle} should redefine these commands
-within \meta{definitions}.
-
-
-Within \cs{newacronymstyle}'s \meta{definitions} argument you
-can also redefine
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\GenericAcronymFields}]
-\cs{GenericAcronymFields}
-\end{definition}
-This is a list of additional fields to be set in \ics{newacronym}.
-You can use the following token registers to access the entry label,
-long form and short form: \DescribeMacro{\glslabeltok}\cs{glslabeltok},
-\DescribeMacro{\glslongtok}\cs{glslongtok} and
-\DescribeMacro{\glsshorttok}\cs{glsshorttok}. As with all \TeX\
-registers, you can access their values by preceding the register
-with \ics{the}. For example, the \acrstyle{long-short} style does:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{%
- description={\the\glslongtok}}%
-\end{verbatim}
+\acrstyle{dua}) \gls{newacronymstyle} should redefine these commands
+within \meta{style defs}.
+
+Within \gls{newacronymstyle}'s \meta{style defs} argument you
+can also redefine:
+\cmddef{GenericAcronymFields}
+This should expand to the list of additional fields to be set in
+\gls{newglossaryentry}, when it's internally called by
+\gls{newacronym}.
+You can use the following token registers to access information
+passed to the arguments of \gls{newacronym}.
+
+\cmddef{glskeylisttok}
+Contains the \keyvallist\ options.
+
+\cmddef{glslabeltok}
+Contains the \meta{entry-label}.
+
+\cmddef{glsshorttok}
+Contains the \meta{short} form argument.
+
+\cmddef{glslongtok}
+Contains the \meta{long} form argument.
+
+As with all token registers, you can obtain the value of the
+register with \gls{the}\meta{register}. For example, the
+\acrstyle{long-short} style does:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{GenericAcronymFields}}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gloskeyval{description}{\gls{the}\gls{glslongtok}}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
which sets the \gloskey{description} field to the long form of the
-acronym whereas the \acrstyle{long-short-desc} style does:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
-\end{verbatim}
+\idx{acronym} whereas the \acrstyle{long-short-desc} style does:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{GenericAcronymFields}}\marg{}
+\end{compactcodebox}
since the description needs to be specified by the user.
-It may be that you want to define a new acronym style that's based
-on an existing style. Within \meta{display} you can use
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle]
-\cs{GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle}\marg{style name}
-\end{definition}
-to use the \meta{display} definition from the style given by
-\meta{style name}. Within \meta{definitions} you can use
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\GlsUseAcrStyleDefs}]
-\cs{GlsUseAcrStyleDefs}\marg{style name}
-\end{definition}
-to use the \meta{definitions} from the style given by \meta{style
-name}. For example, the \acrstyle{long-sc-short} acronym style is
+It may be that you want to define a new \idx{acronymstyle} that's based
+on an existing style. Within \meta{format def} of the new style, you can use
+\cmddef{GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle}
+to use the \meta{format def} definition from the style given by
+\meta{style name}.
+
+Within \meta{display defs} of the new style, you can use
+\cmddef{GlsUseAcrStyleDefs}
+to use the \meta{display defs} from the style given by \meta{style name}.
+
+For example, the \acrstyle{long-sc-short} \idx{acronymstyle} is
based on the \acrstyle{long-short} style with minor
-modifications (remember to use \verb|##| instead of \verb|#| within
-\meta{definitions}):
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronymstyle{long-sc-short}%
-{% use the same display as "long-short"
- \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{long-short}%
-}%
-{% use the same definitions as "long-short"
- \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{long-short}%
- % Minor modifications:
- \renewcommand{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsc{##1}}%
- \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}}%
+modifications:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{newacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{long-sc-short}}\comment{}
+\marg{\comment{use the same display as \acrstyle{long-short}}
+ \gls{GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle}\marg{\acrstyle{long-short}}\comment{}
+}\comment{}
+\marg{\comment{use the same definitions as \acrstyle{long-short}}
+ \gls{GlsUseAcrStyleDefs}\marg{\acrstyle{long-short}}\comment{}
+ \comment{Minor modifications:}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\gls{acronymfont}}[1]\marg{\gls{textsc}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acrpluralsuffix}}\marg{\gls{glstextup}\marg{\gls{glspluralsuffix}}}\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-(\DescribeMacro{\glstextup}\cs{glstextup} is used to cancel the effect
-of \ics{textsc}. This defaults to \ics{textulc}, if defined,
-otherwise \ics{textup}. For example, the plural of \textsc{svm}
-should be rendered as \textsc{svm}s rather than \textsc{svms}.)
+\end{compactcodebox}
\begin{example}{Defining a Custom Acronym Style}{ex:customacrstyle}
-Suppose I want my acronym on \firstuse\ to have the
+Suppose I want my acronym on \idx{firstuse} to have the
short form in the text and the long form with the description in a
footnote. Suppose also that I want the short form to be put in small
caps in the main body of the document, but I want it in normal
capitals in the list of acronyms. In my list of acronyms, I want the
long form as the name with the short form in brackets followed by
-the description. That is, in the text I want \ics{gls} on \gls{firstuse}
+the description. That is, in the text I want \gls{gls} on \idx{firstuse}
to display:
-\begin{display}
-\ics{textsc}\marg{abbrv}\cs{footnote}"{"\meta{long}: \meta{description}"}"
-\end{display}
-on subsequent use:
-\begin{display}
-\ics{textsc}\marg{abbrv}
-\end{display}
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{textsc}\margm{short}\gls{footnote}\marg{\meta{long}: \meta{description}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+on \idx{subsequentuse}:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{textsc}\margm{short}
+\end{compactcodebox}
and in the list of acronyms, each entry will be displayed in the
form:
-\begin{display}
+\begin{compactcodebox}
\meta{long} (\meta{short}) \meta{description}
-\end{display}
-
-Let's suppose it's possible that I may have a mixed glossary. I can
-check this in the second argument of \ics{newacronymstyle} using:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}%
-\end{verbatim}
-This will use \ics{glsgenentryfmt} if the entry isn't an acronym,
-otherwise it will use \ics{glsgenacfmt}. The third argument
-(\meta{definitions}) of
-\ics{newacronymstyle} needs to redefine \ics{genacrfullformat} etc
-so that the \firstuse\ displays the short form in the text with the
+\end{compactcodebox}
+
+Let's suppose it's possible that I may have a mixed \idx{glossary}. I can
+check this in the second argument (\meta{format def}) of \gls{newacronymstyle} using:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{ifglshaslong}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}\marg{\gls{glsgenacfmt}}\marg{\gls{glsgenentryfmt}}
+\end{codebox}
+This will use \gls{glsgenentryfmt} if the entry isn't an \idx{acronym},
+otherwise it will use \gls{glsgenacfmt}. The third argument
+(\meta{display defs}) of
+\gls{newacronymstyle} needs to redefine \gls{genacrfullformat} etc
+so that the \idx{firstuse} displays the short form in the text with the
long form in a footnote followed by the description. This is done as
-follows (remember to use \verb|##| instead of \verb|#|):
-\begin{verbatim}
- % No case change, singular first use:
- \renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%
- \firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}##2%
- \footnote{\glsentrylong{##1}: \glsentrydesc{##1}}%
- }%
- % First letter upper case, singular first use:
- \renewcommand*{\Genacrfullformat}[2]{%
- \firstacronymfont{\Glsentryshort{##1}}##2%
- \footnote{\glsentrylong{##1}: \glsentrydesc{##1}}%
- }%
- % No case change, plural first use:
- \renewcommand*{\genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
- \firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}}##2%
- \footnote{\glsentrylongpl{##1}: \glsentrydesc{##1}}%
- }%
- % First letter upper case, plural first use:
- \renewcommand*{\Genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
- \firstacronymfont{\Glsentryshortpl{##1}}##2%
- \footnote{\glsentrylongpl{##1}: \glsentrydesc{##1}}%
- }%
-\end{verbatim}
+follows:
+\begin{codebox}
+\comment{No case change, singular \idx{firstuse}:}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{genacrfullformat}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{firstacronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\idx{hashhash}2\comment{}
+ \gls{footnote}\marg{\gls{glsentrylong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}: \gls{glsentrydesc}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\comment{}
+}\comment{}
+\comment{\Idx{sentencecase}, singular \idx{firstuse}:}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{Genacrfullformat}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{firstacronymfont}\marg{\gls{Glsentryshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\idx{hashhash}2\comment{}
+ \gls{footnote}\marg{\gls{glsentrylong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}: \gls{glsentrydesc}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\comment{}
+}\comment{}
+\comment{No case change, plural \idx{firstuse}:}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{genplacrfullformat}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{firstacronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshortpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\idx{hashhash}2\comment{}
+ \gls{footnote}\marg{\gls{glsentrylongpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}: \gls{glsentrydesc}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\comment{}
+}\comment{}
+\comment{\Idx{sentencecase}, plural \idx{firstuse}:}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{Genplacrfullformat}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{firstacronymfont}\marg{\gls{Glsentryshortpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\idx{hashhash}2\comment{}
+ \gls{footnote}\marg{\gls{glsentrylongpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}: \gls{glsentrydesc}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\comment{}
+}
+\end{codebox}
If you think it inappropriate for the short form to be capitalised
at the start of a sentence you can change the above to:
-\begin{verbatim}
- % No case change, singular first use:
- \renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%
- \firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}##2%
- \footnote{\glsentrylong{##1}: \glsentrydesc{##1}}%
- }%
- % No case change, plural first use:
- \renewcommand*{\genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
- \firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}}##2%
- \footnote{\glsentrylongpl{##1}: \glsentrydesc{##1}}%
- }%
- \let\Genacrfullformat\genacrfullformat
- \let\Genplacrfullformat\genplacrfullformat
-\end{verbatim}
-Another variation is to use \ics{Glsentrylong} and
-\ics{Glsentrylongpl} in the footnote instead of \ics{glsentrylong} and
-\ics{glsentrylongpl}.
-
-Now let's suppose that commands such as \ics{glsentryfull} and
-\ics{acrfull} shouldn't
+\begin{codebox}
+\comment{No case change, singular \idx{firstuse}:}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{genacrfullformat}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{firstacronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\idx{hashhash}2\comment{}
+ \gls{footnote}\marg{\gls{glsentrylong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}: \gls{glsentrydesc}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\comment{}
+}\comment{}
+\comment{No case change, plural \idx{firstuse}:}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{genplacrfullformat}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{firstacronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshortpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\idx{hashhash}2\comment{}
+ \gls{footnote}\marg{\gls{glsentrylongpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}: \gls{glsentrydesc}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\comment{}
+}\comment{}
+\cmd{let}\gls{Genacrfullformat}\gls{genacrfullformat}
+\cmd{let}\gls{Genplacrfullformat}\gls{genplacrfullformat}
+\end{codebox}
+Another variation is to use \gls{Glsentrylong} and
+\gls{Glsentrylongpl} in the footnote instead of \gls{glsentrylong} and
+\gls{glsentrylongpl}.
+
+Now let's suppose that commands such as \gls{glsentryfull} and
+\gls{acrfull} shouldn't
use a~footnote, but instead use the format: \meta{long}
(\meta{short}).
-This means that the style needs to redefine \cs{glsentryfull},
-\ics{acrfullfmt} and their plural and upper case variants.
+This means that the style needs to redefine \gls{glsentryfull},
+\gls{acrfullfmt} and their plural and \casechanging\ variants.
First, the non-linking commands:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \renewcommand*{\glsentryfull}[1]{%
- \glsentrylong{##1}\space
- (\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})%
- }%
- \renewcommand*{\Glsentryfull}[1]{%
- \Glsentrylong{##1}\space
- (\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})%
- }%
- \renewcommand*{\glsentryfullpl}[1]{%
- \glsentrylongpl{##1}\space
- (\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}})%
- }%
- \renewcommand*{\Glsentryfullpl}[1]{%
- \Glsentrylongpl{##1}\space
- (\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}})%
- }%
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsentryfull}}[1]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsentrylong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\gls{space}
+ (\gls{acronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}})\comment{}
+}\comment{}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{Glsentryfull}}[1]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{Glsentrylong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\gls{space}
+ (\gls{acronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}})\comment{}
+}\comment{}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsentryfullpl}}[1]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsentrylongpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\gls{space}
+ (\gls{acronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshortpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}})\comment{}
+}\comment{}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{Glsentryfullpl}}[1]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{Glsentrylongpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\gls{space}
+ (\gls{acronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshortpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}})\comment{}
+}
+\end{codebox}
Now for the linking commands:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \renewcommand*{\acrfullfmt}[3]{%
- \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
- \glsentrylong{##2}##3\space
- (\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}})%
- }%
- }%
- \renewcommand*{\Acrfullfmt}[3]{%
- \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
- \Glsentrylong{##2}##3\space
- (\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}})%
- }%
- }%
- \renewcommand*{\ACRfullfmt}[3]{%
- \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
- \MakeTextUppercase{%
- \glsentrylong{##2}##3\space
- (\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}})%
- }%
- }%
- }%
- \renewcommand*{\acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
- \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
- \glsentrylongpl{##2}##3\space
- (\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}})%
- }%
- }%
- \renewcommand*{\Acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
- \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
- \Glsentrylongpl{##2}##3\space
- (\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}})%
- }%
- }%
- \renewcommand*{\ACRfullplfmt}[3]{%
- \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
- \MakeTextUppercase{%
- \glsentrylongpl{##2}##3\space
- (\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}})%
- }%
- }%
- }%
-\end{verbatim}
-(This may cause problems with long hyperlinks, in which case adjust
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acrfullfmt}}[3]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glslink}\oarg{\idx{hashhash}1}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsentrylong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}\idx{hashhash}3\gls{space}
+ (\gls{acronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}})\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+}\comment{}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{Acrfullfmt}}[3]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glslink}\oarg{\idx{hashhash}1}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}{\comment{}
+ \gls{Glsentrylong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}\idx{hashhash}3\gls{space}
+ (\gls{acronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}})\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+}\comment{}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{ACRfullfmt}}[3]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glslink}\oarg{\idx{hashhash}1}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsuppercase}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsentrylong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}\idx{hashhash}3\gls{space}
+ (\gls{acronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}})\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+}\comment{}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acrfullplfmt}}[3]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glslink}\oarg{\idx{hashhash}1}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsentrylongpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}\idx{hashhash}3\gls{space}
+ (\gls{acronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshortpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}})\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+}\comment{}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{Acrfullplfmt}}[3]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glslink}\oarg{\idx{hashhash}1}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}{\comment{}
+ \gls{Glsentrylongpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}\idx{hashhash}3\gls{space}
+ (\gls{acronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshortpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}})\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+}\comment{}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{ACRfullplfmt}}[3]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glslink}\oarg{\idx{hashhash}1}{\idx{hashhash}2}{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsuppercase}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsentrylongpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}\idx{hashhash}3\space
+ (\gls{acronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshortpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}})\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+}
+\end{codebox}
+(This may cause problems with long \idxpl{hyperlink}, in which case adjust
the definitions so that, for example, only the short form is inside
-the argument of \ics{glslink}.)
+the argument of \gls{glslink}.)
-The style also needs to redefine \ics{acronymsort} so that the
-acronyms are sorted according to the long form:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
-\end{verbatim}
+The style also needs to redefine \gls{acronymsort} so that the
+\idxpl{acronym} are sorted according to the long form:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acronymsort}}[2]\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}
+\end{codebox}
If you prefer them to be sorted according to the short form you can
change the above to:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##1}%
-\end{verbatim}
-The acronym font needs to be set to \ics{textsc} and the plural
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acronymsort}}[2]\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}
+\end{codebox}
+The \idx{acronym} font needs to be set to \gls{textsc} and the plural
suffix adjusted so that the \qt{s} suffix in the plural short form
-doesn't get converted to \gls{smallcaps}:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsc{##1}}%
- \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}}%
-\end{verbatim}
+doesn't get converted to \idx{smallcaps}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acronymfont}}[1]\marg{\gls{textsc}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\comment{}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acrpluralsuffix}}\marg{\gls{glsupacrpluralsuffix}}\comment{}
+\end{codebox}
There are a number of ways of dealing with the format in the list of
-acronyms. The simplest way is to redefine \ics{acronymentry} to the
+\idxpl{acronym}. The simplest way is to redefine \gls{acronymentry} to the
long form followed by the upper case short form in parentheses:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
- \Glsentrylong{##1}\space
- (\MakeTextUppercase{\glsentryshort{##1}})}%
-\end{verbatim}
-(I've used \ics{Glsentrylong} instead of \ics{glsentrylong} to
-capitalise the name in the glossary.)
-
-An alternative approach is to set \ics{acronymentry} to just the
-long form and redefine \ics{GenericAcronymFields} to set the
-\gloskey{symbol} key to the short form and use a glossary style that
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acronymentry}}[1]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{Glsentrylong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\gls{space}
+ (\gls{glsuppercase}{\gls{glsentryshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}})}
+\end{codebox}
+(I've used \gls{Glsentrylong} instead of \gls{glsentrylong} to
+capitalise the name in the \idx{glossary}.)
+
+An alternative approach is to set \gls{acronymentry} to just the
+long form and redefine \gls{GenericAcronymFields} to set the
+\gloskey{symbol} key to the short form and use a \idx{glossarystyle} that
displays the symbol in parentheses after the \gloskey{name} (such as
the \glostyle{tree} style) like this:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{\Glsentrylong{##1}}%
- \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{%
- symbol={\protect\MakeTextUppercase{\the\glsshorttok}}}%
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acronymentry}}[1]\marg{\gls{Glsentrylong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\comment{}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{GenericAcronymFields}}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gloskeyval{symbol}{\cmd{protect}\gls{glsuppercase}\marg{\gls{the}\gls{glsshorttok}}}}\comment{}
+\end{codebox}
I'm going to use the first approach and set
-\ics{GenericAcronymFields} to do nothing:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Finally, this style needs to switch off hyperlinks on first use to
-avoid nested links:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \glshyperfirstfalse
-\end{verbatim}
+\gls{GenericAcronymFields} to do nothing:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{GenericAcronymFields}}\marg{}\comment{}
+\end{codebox}
+
+Finally, this style needs to switch off \idxpl{hyperlink} on
+\idx{firstuse} to avoid nested links:
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{glshyperfirstfalse}
+\end{codebox*}
Putting this all together:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronymstyle{custom-fn}% new style name
-{%
- \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}%
-}%
-{%
- \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
- \glshyperfirstfalse
- \renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%
- \firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}##2%
- \footnote{\glsentrylong{##1}: \glsentrydesc{##1}}%
- }%
- \renewcommand*{\Genacrfullformat}[2]{%
- \firstacronymfont{\Glsentryshort{##1}}##2%
- \footnote{\glsentrylong{##1}: \glsentrydesc{##1}}%
- }%
- \renewcommand*{\genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
- \firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}}##2%
- \footnote{\glsentrylongpl{##1}: \glsentrydesc{##1}}%
- }%
- \renewcommand*{\Genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
- \firstacronymfont{\Glsentryshortpl{##1}}##2%
- \footnote{\glsentrylongpl{##1}: \glsentrydesc{##1}}%
- }%
- \renewcommand*{\glsentryfull}[1]{%
- \glsentrylong{##1}\space
- (\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})%
- }%
- \renewcommand*{\Glsentryfull}[1]{%
- \Glsentrylong{##1}\space
- (\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})%
- }%
- \renewcommand*{\glsentryfullpl}[1]{%
- \glsentrylongpl{##1}\space
- (\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}})%
- }%
- \renewcommand*{\Glsentryfullpl}[1]{%
- \Glsentrylongpl{##1}\space
- (\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}})%
- }%
- \renewcommand*{\acrfullfmt}[3]{%
- \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
- \glsentrylong{##2}##3\space
- (\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}})%
- }%
- }%
- \renewcommand*{\Acrfullfmt}[3]{%
- \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
- \Glsentrylong{##2}##3\space
- (\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}})%
- }%
- }%
- \renewcommand*{\ACRfullfmt}[3]{%
- \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
- \MakeTextUppercase{%
- \glsentrylong{##2}##3\space
- (\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}})%
- }%
- }%
- }%
- \renewcommand*{\acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
- \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
- \glsentrylongpl{##2}##3\space
- (\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}})%
- }%
- }%
- \renewcommand*{\Acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
- \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
- \Glsentrylongpl{##2}##3\space
- (\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}})%
- }%
- }%
- \renewcommand*{\ACRfullplfmt}[3]{%
- \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
- \MakeTextUppercase{%
- \glsentrylongpl{##2}##3\space
- (\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}})%
- }%
- }%
- }%
- \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsc{##1}}%
- \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}}%
- \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
- \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
- \Glsentrylong{##1}\space
- (\MakeTextUppercase{\glsentryshort{##1}})}%
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronymstyle}\marg{custom-fn}\comment{new style name}
+\marg{\comment{\idx{entryformat}}
+ \gls{ifglshaslong}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}\marg{\gls{glsgenacfmt}}\marg{\gls{glsgenentryfmt}}\comment{}
+}\comment{}
+\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{GenericAcronymFields}}\marg{}\comment{}
+ \gls{glshyperfirstfalse}
+ \comment{No case change, singular \idx{firstuse}:}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{genacrfullformat}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{firstacronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\idx{hashhash}2\comment{}
+ \gls{footnote}\marg{\gls{glsentrylong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}: \gls{glsentrydesc}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \comment{\Idx{sentencecase}, singular \idx{firstuse}:}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{Genacrfullformat}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{firstacronymfont}\marg{\gls{Glsentryshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\idx{hashhash}2\comment{}
+ \gls{footnote}\marg{\gls{glsentrylong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}: \gls{glsentrydesc}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \comment{No case change, plural \idx{firstuse}:}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{genplacrfullformat}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{firstacronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshortpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\idx{hashhash}2\comment{}
+ \gls{footnote}\marg{\gls{glsentrylongpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}: \gls{glsentrydesc}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \comment{\Idx{sentencecase}, plural \idx{firstuse}:}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{Genplacrfullformat}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{firstacronymfont}\marg{\gls{Glsentryshortpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\idx{hashhash}2\comment{}
+ \gls{footnote}\marg{\gls{glsentrylongpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}: \gls{glsentrydesc}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \comment{non-linking commands}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsentryfull}}[1]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsentrylong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\gls{space}
+ (\gls{acronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}})\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{Glsentryfull}}[1]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{Glsentrylong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\gls{space}
+ (\gls{acronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}})\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsentryfullpl}}[1]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsentrylongpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\gls{space}
+ (\gls{acronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshortpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}})\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{Glsentryfullpl}}[1]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{Glsentrylongpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\gls{space}
+ (\gls{acronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshortpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}})\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \comment{linking commands}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acrfullfmt}}[3]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glslink}\oarg{\idx{hashhash}1}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsentrylong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}\idx{hashhash}3\gls{space}
+ (\gls{acronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}})\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{Acrfullfmt}}[3]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glslink}\oarg{\idx{hashhash}1}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}{\comment{}
+ \gls{Glsentrylong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}\idx{hashhash}3\gls{space}
+ (\gls{acronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}})\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{ACRfullfmt}}[3]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glslink}\oarg{\idx{hashhash}1}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsuppercase}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsentrylong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}\idx{hashhash}3\gls{space}
+ (\gls{acronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}})\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acrfullplfmt}}[3]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glslink}\oarg{\idx{hashhash}1}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsentrylongpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}\idx{hashhash}3\gls{space}
+ (\gls{acronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshortpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}})\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{Acrfullplfmt}}[3]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glslink}\oarg{\idx{hashhash}1}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}{\comment{}
+ \gls{Glsentrylongpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}\idx{hashhash}3\gls{space}
+ (\gls{acronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshortpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}})\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{ACRfullplfmt}}[3]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glslink}\oarg{\idx{hashhash}1}{\idx{hashhash}2}{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsuppercase}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsentrylongpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}\idx{hashhash}3\space
+ (\gls{acronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentryshortpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}})\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \comment{font}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acronymfont}}[1]\marg{\gls{textsc}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acrpluralsuffix}}\marg{\gls{glsupacrpluralsuffix}}\comment{}
+ \comment{\gloskey{sort}}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acronymsort}}[2]\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}\comment{}
+ \comment{\gloskey{name}}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acronymentry}}[1]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{Glsentrylong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\gls{space}
+ (\gls{glsuppercase}{\gls{glsentryshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}})}\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
Now I need to specify that I want to use this new style:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{custom-fn}
-\end{verbatim}
-I also need to use a glossary style that suits this acronym style,
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{custom-fn}
+\end{codebox}
+I also need to use a \idx{glossarystyle} that suits this acronym style,
for example \glostyle{altlist}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setglossarystyle{altlist}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Once the acronym style has been set, I can define my acronyms:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronym[description={set of tags for use in
-developing hypertext documents}]{html}{html}{Hyper
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setglossarystyle}\marg{\glostyle{altlist}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+Once the \idx{acronymstyle} has been set, I can define my
+\idxpl{acronym}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronym}\oarg{\gloskeyval{description}{set of tags for use in
+developing hypertext documents}}\marg{html}\marg{html}\marg{Hyper
Text Markup Language}
-
-\newacronym[description={language used to describe the
-layout of a document written in a markup language}]{css}
-{css}{Cascading Style Sheet}
-\end{verbatim}
+\codepar
+\gls{newacronym}\oarg{\gloskeyval{description}{language used to describe the
+layout of a document written in a markup language}}\marg{css}
+\marg{css}\marg{Cascading Style Sheet}
+\end{codebox}
The sample file \samplefile{-custom-acronym} illustrates this
example.
\end{example}
\begin{example}{Italic and Upright Abbreviations}{ex:font-abbr}
-Suppose I~want to have some abbreviations in italic and some that
+Suppose I~want to have some \idxpl{acronym} in italic and some that
just use the surrounding font. Hard-coding this into the
-\meta{short} argument of \cs{newacronym} can cause complications.
-
-This example uses \ics{glsaddstoragekey} to add an extra field that
-can be used to store the formatting declaration (such as \cs{em}).
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glsaddstoragekey{font}{}{\entryfont}
-\end{verbatim}
-This defines a~new field/key called \texttt{font}, which defaults to
+\meta{short} argument of \gls{newacronym} can cause complications.
+
+This example uses \gls{glsaddstoragekey} to add an extra field that
+can be used to store the formatting declaration (such as \csfmt{em}).
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsaddstoragekey}\marg{font}\marg{}\marg{\cmd{entryfont}}
+\end{codebox}
+This defines a~new field/key called \optfmt{font}, which defaults to
nothing if it's not explicitly set. This also defines a command
-called \cs{entryfont} that's analogous to \cs{glsentrytext}. A~new
-style is then created to format abbreviations that access this field.
+called \csfmt{entryfont} that's analogous to \gls{glsentrytext}. A~new
+style is then created to format \idxpl{acronym} that access this field.
There are two ways to do this. The first is to create a style that
-doesn't use \ics{glsgenacfmt} but instead provides a~modified
-version that doesn't use \cs{acronymfont}\marg{short}
+doesn't use \gls{glsgenacfmt} but instead provides a~modified
+version that doesn't use \gls{acronymfont}
but instead uses
-\verb|{|\cs{entryfont}\verb|{\glslabel}|\meta{short}\verb|}|.
-The full format given by commands such as \cs{genacrfullformat}
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\marg{\cmd{entryfont}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}\meta{short}}.
+\end{compactcodebox}
+The full format given by commands such as \gls{genacrfullformat}
need to be similarly adjusted. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%
- \glsentrylong{##1}##2\space
- ({\entryfont{##1}\glsentryshort{##1}})%
- }%
-\end{verbatim}
-This will deal with commands like \ics{gls} but not commands like
-\ics{acrshort} which still use \ics{acronymfont}. Another approach
-is to redefine \cs{acronymfont} to look up the required font
-declaration. Since \cs{acronymfont} doesn't take the entry label as
-an argument, the following will only work if \cs{acronymfont} is
-used in a~context where the label is provided by \ics{glslabel}.
-This is true in \cs{gls}, \cs{acrshort} and \cs{acrfull}. The
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{genacrfullformat}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsentrylong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\idx{hashhash}2\gls{space}
+ (\marg{\cmd{entryfont}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\gls{glsentryshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}})\comment{}
+}\comment{}
+\end{codebox}
+This will deal with commands like \gls{gls} but not commands like
+\gls{acrshort} which still use \gls{acronymfont}. Another approach
+is to redefine \gls{acronymfont} to look up the required font
+declaration. Since \gls{acronymfont} doesn't take the entry label as
+an argument, the following will only work if \gls{acronymfont} is
+used in a~context where the label is provided by \gls{glslabel}.
+This is true in \gls{gls}, \gls{acrshort} and \gls{acrfull}. The
redefinition is now:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{{\entryfont{\glslabel}#1}}%
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acronymfont}}[1]\marg{\marg{\cmd{entryfont}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}\idx{hashhash}1}}\comment{}
+\end{codebox}
So the new style can be defined as:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronymstyle{long-font-short}
-{%
- \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{long-short}%
-}
-{%
- \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{long-short}%
- \renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%
- \glsentrylong{##1}##2\space
- ({\entryfont{##1}\glsentryshort{##1}})%
- }%
- \renewcommand*{\Genacrfullformat}[2]{%
- \Glsentrylong{##1}##2\space
- ({\entryfont{##1}\glsentryshort{##1}})%
- }%
- \renewcommand*{\genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
- \glsentrylongpl{##1}##2\space
- ({\entryfont{##1}\glsentryshortpl{##1}})%
- }%
- \renewcommand*{\Genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
- \Glsentrylongpl{##1}##2\space
- ({\entryfont{##1}\glsentryshortpl{##1}})%
- }%
- \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{{\entryfont{\glslabel}##1}}%
- \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{{\entryfont{##1}\glsentryshort{##1}}}%
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronymstyle}\marg{long-font-short}
+\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle}\marg{long-short}\comment{}
+}\comment{}
+\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{GlsUseAcrStyleDefs}\marg{long-short}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{genacrfullformat}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsentrylong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\idx{hashhash}2\gls{space}
+ (\marg{\cmd{entryfont}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\gls{glsentryshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}})\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{Genacrfullformat}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{Glsentrylong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\idx{hashhash}2\gls{space}
+ (\marg{\cmd{entryfont}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\gls{glsentryshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}})\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{genplacrfullformat}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsentrylongpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\idx{hashhash}2\gls{space}
+ (\marg{\cmd{entryfont}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\gls{glsentryshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}})\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{Genplacrfullformat}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{Glsentrylongpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\idx{hashhash}2\gls{space}
+ (\marg{\cmd{entryfont}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\gls{glsentryshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}})\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acronymfont}}[1]\marg{\marg{\cmd{entryfont}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}\idx{hashhash}1}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{acronymentry}}[1]\marg{\marg{\cmd{entryfont}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\gls{glsentryshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}}\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
Remember the style needs to be set before defining the entries:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{long-font-short}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{long-font-short}
+\end{codebox}
The complete document is contained in the sample file
\samplefile{-font-abbr}.
\end{example}
-Some writers and publishing houses have started to drop full stops
-(periods) from upper case initials but may still retain them for
-lower case abbreviations, while others may still use them for both
-upper and lower case. This can cause complications. Chapter~12 of
-\emph{The \TeX{}book} discusses the spacing between words but,
-briefly, the default behaviour of \TeX\ is to assume that an upper
-case character followed by a~full stop and space is an abbreviation,
-so the space is the default inter-word space whereas a~lower case
-character followed by a~full stop and space is a word occurring at
-the end of a~sentence. In the event that this isn't true, you need
-to make a~manual adjustment using \verb*| | (back slash space) in
-place of just a~space character for an inter-word mid-sentence space
-and use \verb|\@| before the full stop to indicate the end of the
-sentence.
+Some writers and publishing houses have started to drop
+\idxpl{fullstop} (periods) from \idx{uppercase} initials but may
+still retain them for \idx{lowercase} abbreviations, while others
+may still use them for both \idxc{uppercase}{upper} and
+\idx{lowercase}. This can cause complications. Chapter~12 of
+\booktitle{The \TeX book} discusses the spacing between words but,
+briefly, the default behaviour of \TeX\ is to assume that an
+\idx{uppercase} character followed by a~\idx{fullstop} and space is
+an abbreviation, so the space is the default \idx{interwordspace}
+whereas a~\idx{lowercase} character followed by a~\idx{fullstop} and
+space is a word occurring at the end of a~sentence, which requires
+an \idx{intersentencespace} (which may or may not be the same as an
+\idx{interwordspace}). In the event that this isn't true, you need
+to make a~manual adjustment using \glsname{cs.sp} (backslash space)
+in place of just a~space character for an inter-word mid-sentence
+space and use \gls{cs.at} before the \idx{fullstop} to indicate the end
+of the sentence.
For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
I was awarded a B.Sc. and a Ph.D. (From the same place.)
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
is typeset as
-\begin{display}
+\begin{resultbox}
I was awarded a B.Sc. and a Ph.D. (From the same place.)
-\end{display}
+\end{resultbox}
The spacing is more noticeable with the typewriter font:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\ttfamily
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{ttfamily}
I was awarded a B.Sc. and a Ph.D. (From the same place.)
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
is typeset as
-\begin{display}\ttfamily
+\begin{resultbox}\ttfamily
I was awarded a B.Sc. and a Ph.D. (From the same place.)
-\end{display}
-The lower case letter at the end of ``B.Sc.''\ is confusing \TeX\
-into thinking that the full stop after it marks the end of the
-sentence. Whereas the upper case letter at the end of ``Ph.D.'' has
-confused \TeX\ into thinking that the following full stop is just
+\end{resultbox}
+The \idx{lowercase} letter at the end of \qt{B.Sc.}\ is confusing \TeX\
+into thinking that the \idx{fullstop} after it marks the end of the
+sentence. Whereas the \idx{uppercase} letter at the end of \qt{Ph.D.} has
+confused \TeX\ into thinking that the following \idx{fullstop} is just
part of the abbreviation. These can be corrected:
-\begin{verbatim}
-I was awarded a B.Sc.\ and a Ph.D\@. (From the same place.)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-This situation is a bit problematic for \styfmt{glossaries}. The
-full stops can form part of the \meta{short} argument of
-\cs{newacronym} and the \verb*|B.Sc.\ | part can be dealt with by
-remembering to add \verb*|\ | (for example, \verb*|\gls{bsc}\ |)
+\begin{codebox}
+I was awarded a B.Sc.\gls{cs.sp}and a Ph.D\gls{cs.at}. (From the same place.)
+\end{codebox}
+
+This situation is a bit problematic for \sty{glossaries}. The
+\idxpl{fullstop} can form part of the \meta{short} argument of
+\gls{newacronym} and the \code{B.Sc.\glsname{cs.sp}} part can be dealt with by
+remembering to add \glsname{cs.sp} (for example,
+\code{\gls{gls}\marg{bsc}\glsname{cs.sp}}
but the end of sentence case is more troublesome as you need to omit
-the sentence terminating full stop (to avoid two dots) which can
+the sentence terminating \idx{fullstop} (to avoid two dots) which can
make the source code look a little strange but you also need to
-adjust the space factor, which is usually done by inserting \cs{@}
-before the full stop.
+adjust the \idx{spacefactor}, which is usually done by inserting
+\gls{cs.at}
+before the \idx{fullstop}.
The next example shows one way of achieving this.
-(Note that the supplemental \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides a much
+
+\begin{xtr}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides a much
simpler way of doing this, which you may prefer to use. See
-\gallery{sample-initialisms.shtml}{Gallery: Initialisms}.)
+\gallery{sample-initialisms.shtml}{Gallery: Initialisms}.
+\end{xtr}
\begin{example}{Abbreviations with Full Stops (Periods)}{ex:dotabbr}
-As from version 4.16, there's now a hook (\ics{glspostlinkhook})
-that's called at the very end of the \glslike\ and \glstextlike\
+The \idx+{postlinkhook} (\gls{glspostlinkhook})
+is called at the very end of the \gls{glslike} and \gls{glstextlike}
commands. This can be redefined to check if the following character
-is a full stop. The \sty{amsgen} package (which is automatically
-loaded by \styfmt{glossaries}) provides an internal command
-called \cs{new@ifnextchar} that can be used to determine if the
+is a \idx{fullstop}. The \sty{amsgen} package (which is automatically
+loaded by \sty{glossaries}) provides an internal command
+called \csfmt{new@ifnextchar} that can be used to determine if the
given character appears next. (For more information see the
-\sty{amsgen} documentation.)
+\sty{amsgen} documentation. Alternatively, \LaTeX3 may provide a
+better way of doing this.)
-It's possible that I~may also want acronyms or contractions in my
+It's possible that I~may also want acronyms or contractions (without
+\idxpl{fullstop}) in my
document, so I~need some way to differentiate between them.
Here I'm going to use the same method as in
-example~\ref{ex:addstoragekey} where a~new field is defined
+\exampleref{ex:addstoragekey} where a~new field is defined
to indicate the type of abbreviation:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glsaddstoragekey{abbrtype}{word}{\abbrtype}
-
-\newcommand*{\newabbr}[1][]{\newacronym[abbrtype=initials,#1]}
-\end{verbatim}
-Now I just use \ics{newacronym} for the acronyms, for example,
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronym{laser}{laser}{light amplification by stimulated
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsaddstoragekey}\marg{abbrtype}\marg{word}\marg{\cmd{abbrtype}}
+\codepar
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{newabbr}}[1][]\marg{\gls{newacronym}\oarg{abbrtype=initials,\#1}}
+\end{codebox}
+Now I just use \gls{newacronym} for the acronyms, for example,
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{laser}\marg{laser}\marg{light amplification by stimulated
emission of radiation}
-\end{verbatim}
-and my new command \cs{newabbr} for initials, for example,
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newabbr{eg}{e.g.}{exempli gratia}
-\newabbr{ie}{i.e.}{id est}
-\newabbr{bsc}{B.Sc.}{Bachelor of Science}
-\newabbr{ba}{B.A.}{Bachelor of Arts}
-\newabbr{agm}{A.G.M.}{annual general meeting}
-\end{verbatim}
-Within \cs{glspostlinkhook} the entry's label can be accessed using
-\ics{glslabel} and \ics{ifglsfieldeq} can be used to determine if
-the current entry has the new \texttt{abbrtype} field set to
+\end{codebox}
+and my new command \csfmt{newabbr} for initials, for example,
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newabbr}\marg{eg}\marg{e.g.}\marg{exempli gratia}
+\cmd{newabbr}\marg{ie}\marg{i.e.}\marg{id est}
+\cmd{newabbr}\marg{bsc}\marg{B.Sc.}\marg{Bachelor of Science}
+\cmd{newabbr}\marg{ba}\marg{B.A.}\marg{Bachelor of Arts}
+\cmd{newabbr}\marg{agm}\marg{A.G.M.}\marg{annual general meeting}
+\end{codebox}
+Within \gls{glspostlinkhook} the \idx{entry}['s] label can be accessed using
+\gls{glslabel} and \gls{ifglsfieldeq} can be used to determine if
+the current entry has the new \optfmt{abbrtype} field set to
\qt{initials}. If it doesn't, then nothing needs to happen, but if
-it does, a~check is performed to see if the next character is a~full
-stop. If it is, this signals the end of a~sentence otherwise it's
+it does, a~check is performed to see if the next character is
+a~\idx{fullstop}. If it is, this signals the end of a~sentence otherwise it's
mid-sentence.
Remember that internal commands within the document file (rather
than in a~class or package) need to be placed between
-\ics{makeatletter} and \ics{makeatother}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\makeatletter
-\renewcommand{\glspostlinkhook}{%
- \ifglsfieldeq{\glslabel}{abbrtype}{initials}%
- {\new@ifnextchar.\doendsentence\doendword}
- {}%
+\gls{makeatletter} and \gls{makeatother}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{makeatletter}
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\gls{glspostlinkhook}}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{ifglsfieldeq}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}\marg{abbrtype}\marg{initials}\comment{}
+ \marg{\cmd{new@ifnextchar}\sym{fullstop}\cmd{doendsentence}\cmd{doendword}}
+ \marg{}\comment{}
}
-\makeatother
-\end{verbatim}
-In the event that a full stop is found \cs{doendsentence} is
-performed but it will be followed by the full stop, which needs to
-be discarded. Otherwise \cs{doendword} will be done but it won't be
-followed by a full stop so there's nothing to discard. The
+\gls{makeatother}
+\end{codebox}
+In the event that a \idx{fullstop} is found then \csfmt{doendsentence} is
+performed, but it will be followed by the \idx{fullstop}, which needs to
+be discarded. Otherwise \csfmt{doendword} will be done, but it won't be
+followed by a \idx{fullstop} so there's nothing to discard. The
definitions for these commands are:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand{\doendsentence}[1]{\spacefactor=10000{}}
-\newcommand{\doendword}{\spacefactor=1000{}}
-\end{verbatim}
-Now, I can just do \verb|\gls{bsc}| mid-sentence and
-\verb|\gls{phd}.| at the end of the sentence. The terminating full
-stop will be discarded in the latter case, but it won't be discarded
-in, say, \verb|\gls{laser}.| as that doesn't have the
-\texttt{abbrtype} field set to \qt{initials}.
-
-This also works on first use when the style is set to one of the
+\begin{codebox*}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{doendsentence}}[1]\marg{\gls{spacefactor}=10000 }
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{doendword}}\marg{\gls{spacefactor}=1000 }
+\end{codebox*}
+Now, I can just do \code{\gls{gls}\marg{bsc}} mid-sentence and
+\code{\gls{gls}\marg{phd}\sym{fullstop}}\ at the end of the sentence.
+The terminating \idx{fullstop} will be discarded in the latter case,
+but it won't be discarded in, say,
+\code{\gls{gls}\marg{laser}\sym{fullstop}} as that doesn't have the
+\optfmt{abbrtype} field set to \qt{initials}.
+
+This also works on \idx{firstuse} when the style is set to one of the
\meta{long} (\meta{short}) styles but it will fail with the
\meta{short} (\meta{long}) styles as in this case the terminating
-full stop shouldn't be discarded. Since \ics{glspostlinkhook} is
-used after the \firstuseflag\ has been unset for the entry, this
-can't be fixed by simply checking with \ics{ifglsused}. One possible
-solution to this is to redefine \ics{glslinkpostsetkeys} to check
-for the \firstuseflag\ and define a macro that can then be used in
-\ics{glspostlinkhook}.
+\idx{fullstop} shouldn't be discarded. Since \gls{glspostlinkhook} is
+used after the \idx{firstuseflag} has been unset for the \idx{entry}, this
+can't be fixed by simply checking with \gls{ifglsused}. One possible
+solution to this is to redefine \gls{glslinkpostsetkeys} to check
+for the \idx{firstuseflag} and define a macro that can then be used in
+\gls{glspostlinkhook}.
The other thing to consider is what to do with plurals. One
-possibility is to check for plural use within \cs{doendsentence}
-(using \ics{glsifplural}) and put the full stop back if the plural
+possibility is to check for plural use within \csfmt{doendsentence}
+(using \gls{glsifplural}) and put the \idx{fullstop} back if the plural
has been used.
The complete document is contained in the sample file
@@ -9935,263 +21954,317 @@ The complete document is contained in the sample file
\section{Displaying the List of Acronyms}
\label{sec:disploa}
-The list of acronyms is just like any other type of glossary and can
-be displayed on its own using:
-\begin{description}
-\itempar{\opt1:}
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{printnoidxglossary}[type=\ics{acronymtype}]
-\end{alltt}
-
-\itempar{\optsand23:}
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{printglossary}[type=\ics{acronymtype}]
-\end{alltt}
-
-(If you use the
-\pkgopt{acronym} package option you can also use
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{printacronyms}\oarg{options}
-\end{alltt}
-as a synonym for
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{printglossary}[type=\ics{acronymtype},\meta{options}]
-\end{alltt}
+The list of acronyms is just like any other type of \idx{glossary} and can
+be displayed on its own using the appropriate
+\gls{print...glossary} command, according to the
+\idx{indexing} method.
+
+For example, \option{noidx}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{printnoidxglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{\gls{acronymtype}}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+\optionsor{mkidx,xdy}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{printglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{\gls{acronymtype}}}
+\end{codebox}
+Or if you have used the \opt{acronym} or \opt{acronyms} package option:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{printacronyms}
+\end{codebox}
See \sectionref{sec:pkgopts-acronym}.)
-\end{description}
-Alternatively the list of acronyms can be displayed with all the other
-glossaries using:
-\begin{description}
-\item[\opt1:] \ics{printnoidxglossaries}
+Alternatively, the list of acronyms can be displayed with all the other
+\idxpl{glossary} using \gls{printnoidxglossaries} (\option{noidx})
+or \gls{printglossaries} (\optionsor{mkidx,xdy}).
-\item[\optsand23:] \ics{printglossaries}
-\end{description}
+The remaining \idx{indexing} methods require \sty{glossaries-extra},
+which has its own \idx{abbreviation} commands that are incompatible
+with the base \idx{acronym} commands.
-However, care must be taken to choose a glossary style that's
-appropriate to your acronym style.
+\begin{warning}
+Care must be taken to choose a \idx{glossarystyle} that's
+appropriate to your \idx{acronymstyle}.
Alternatively, you can define your own custom style (see
\sectionref{sec:newglossarystyle} for further details).
+\end{warning}
-\section{Upgrading From the glossary Package}
+\section{Upgrading From the \stytext{glossary} Package}
\label{sec:oldacronym}
+\begin{information}
+The old \sty{glossary} package was made obsolete in 2007, when the
+first version of \sty+{glossaries} was released, so this section is
+largely redundant but is retained in the event that someone may
+happen to have an old document that needs to be converted to work
+with a modern \TeX\ distribution. See also the accompanying
+document \qtdocref{Upgrading from the \styfmt{glossary} package to
+the \styfmt{glossaries} package}{glossary2glossaries}.
+\end{information}
+
Users of the obsolete \sty{glossary} package may recall that
the syntax used to define new acronyms has changed with the
-replacement \styfmt{glossaries} package. In addition, the old
+replacement \sty{glossaries} package. In addition, the old
\sty{glossary} package created the command
-\cs{}\meta{acr-name} when defining the acronym \meta{acr-name}.
-
-In order to facilitate migrating from the old package to the new
-one, the \styfmt{glossaries} package\footnote{as from version 1.18}
-provides the command:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\oldacronym}]
-\cs{oldacronym}\oarg{label}\marg{abbrv}\marg{long}\marg{key-val list}
-\end{definition}
+\csmetafmt{}{acr-name}{} when defining the acronym \meta{acr-name}.
+
+In order to facilitate migrating from the old \sty{glossary} package to the new
+one, the \sty{glossaries} package provides the command:
+\cmddef{oldacronym}
This uses the same syntax as the \sty{glossary} package's
method of defining acronyms. It is equivalent to:
-\begin{display}
-\ics{newacronym}\oarg{key-val list}\marg{label}\marg{abbrv}\marg{long}
-\end{display}
-In addition, \ics{oldacronym} also defines the commands
-\cs{}\meta{label}, which is equivalent to \ics{gls}\marg{label},
-and \cs{}\meta{label}\texttt{*}, which is equivalent to
-\ics{Gls}\marg{label}. If \meta{label} is omitted, \meta{abbrv}
-is used. Since commands names must consist only of alphabetical
-characters, \meta{label} must also only consist of alphabetical
-characters. Note that \cs{}\meta{label} doesn't allow you to use
-the first optional argument of \ics{gls} or \ics{Gls} --- you will
-need to explicitly use \ics{gls} or \ics{Gls} to change the
-settings.
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{newacronym}\oarg{\keyvallist}\margm{label}\margm{short}\margm{long}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+In addition, \gls{oldacronym} also defines the commands
+\csmetafmt{}{label}{}, which is equivalent to
+\code{\gls{gls}\margm{label}}, and \csmetafmt{}{label}{*}, which is
+equivalent to the \idx{sentencecase} \code{\gls{Gls}\margm{label}}.
+If \meta{label} is omitted, \meta{short} is used. Since commands
+names must consist only of alphabetical characters, \meta{label}
+must also only consist of alphabetical characters. Note that
+\csmetafmt{}{label}{} doesn't allow you to use the first optional
+argument of \gls{gls} or \gls{Gls}\dash you will need to explicitly
+use \gls{gls} or \gls{Gls} to change the settings.
\begin{important}
-Recall that, in general, \LaTeX\ ignores spaces following command
-names consisting of alphabetical characters. This is also true for
-\cs{}\meta{label} unless you additionally load the
-\sty{xspace} package, but be aware that there are some issues with
-using \sty{xspace}.\footnotemark
-\end{important}
-\footnotetext{See David Carlisle's explanation in
+Recall that, in general, \LaTeX\ ignores spaces following command
+names consisting of alphabetical characters. This is also true for
+\csmetafmt{}{label}{} unless you additionally load the \sty{xspace}
+package, but be aware that there are some issues with using
+\sty{xspace}. (See David Carlisle's explanation in
\href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/86565/drawbacks-of-xspace}{Drawbacks
-of xspace}}
+of xspace}.)
+\end{important}
-The \styfmt{glossaries} package doesn't load the \sty{xspace} package
+The \sty{glossaries} package doesn't load the \sty{xspace} package
since there are both advantages and disadvantages to using
-\ics{xspace} in \cs{}\meta{label}. If you don't use the
-\sty{xspace} package you need to explicitly force a space using
-\verb*|\ | (backslash space) however you can follow \cs{}\meta{label}
-with additional text in square brackets (the final optional
-argument to \ics{gls}). If you use the \sty{xspace} package
-you don't need to escape the spaces but you can't use
-the optional argument to insert text (you will have to explicitly
-use \ics{gls}).
+\gls{xspace} in \csmetafmt{}{label}{}. If you don't use the
+\sty{xspace} package, then you need to explicitly force a space
+using \glsname{cs.sp} (backslash space). On the other hand, you can
+follow the \csmetafmt{}{label}{} command with the optional
+\meta{insert} text in square brackets (the final optional argument
+to \gls{gls}). If you use the \sty{xspace} package you don't need to
+escape the spaces but you can't use the optional argument to insert
+text (you will have to explicitly use \gls{gls} to achieve that).
To illustrate this, suppose I define the acronym \qt{abc} as
follows:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\oldacronym{abc}{example acronym}{}
-\end{verbatim}
-This will create the command \cs{abc} and its starred version
-\cs{abc*}. \Tableref{tab:xspace} illustrates the effect of
-\cs{abc} (on subsequent use) according to whether or not the
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{oldacronym}\marg{abc}\marg{example acronym}\marg{}
+\end{codebox}
+This will create the command \csfmt{abc} and its starred version
+\csfmt{abc*}. \Tableref{tab:xspace} illustrates the effect of
+\csfmt{abc} (on \idx{subsequentuse}) according to whether or not the
\sty{xspace} package has been loaded. As can be seen from the
final row in the table, the \sty{xspace} package prevents the
optional argument from being recognised.
\begin{table}[htbp]
-\caption[The effect of using xspace]{The effect of using
-\styfmt{xspace} with \cs{oldacronym}}
+\caption{The effect of using \stytext{xspace} with \glsfmttext{oldacronym}}
\label{tab:xspace}
-\vskip\baselineskip
\centering
\begin{tabular}{lll}
-\bfseries Code & \bfseries With \styfmt{xspace} &
-\bfseries Without \styfmt{xspace}\\
-\verb|\abc.| & abc. & abc.\\
-\verb|\abc xyz| & abc xyz & abcxyz\\
-\verb|\abc\ xyz| & abc xyz & abc xyz\\
-\verb|\abc* xyz| & Abc xyz & Abc xyz\\
-\verb|\abc['s] xyz| & abc ['s] xyz & abc's xyz
+\bfseries Code & \bfseries With \sty{xspace} &
+\bfseries Without \sty{xspace}\\
+\code{\cmd{abc}.} & abc. & abc.\\
+\code{\cmd{abc} xyz} & abc xyz & abcxyz\\
+\code{\cmd{abc}\gls{cs.sp}xyz} & abc xyz & abc xyz\\
+\code{\cmd{abc}* xyz} & Abc xyz & Abc xyz\\
+\code{\cmd{abc}\oarg{'s} xyz} & abc ['s] xyz & abc's xyz
\end{tabular}
-\par
\end{table}
\chapter{Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags}
\label{sec:glsunset}
-When using the \glslike\ commands it is
-possible that you may want to use the value given by the
-\gloskey{first} key, even though you have already \glslink{firstuse}{used} the glossary
-entry. Conversely, you may want to use the value given by the
-\gloskey{text} key, even though you haven't used the glossary entry.
+When using the \gls{glslike} commands it is possible that you may
+want to use the value given by the \gloskey{first} key, even though
+you have already \idxc{firstuse}{used} the \idx{glossaryentry}.
+Conversely, you may want to use the value given by the
+\gloskey{text} key, even though you haven't used the
+\idx{glossaryentry}.
+
The former can be achieved by one of the following commands:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsreset}]
-\cs{glsreset}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glslocalreset}]
-\cs{glslocalreset}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-while the latter can be achieved by one of the following commands:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsunset}]
-\cs{glsunset}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glslocalunset}]
-\cs{glslocalunset}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-You can also reset or unset all entries for a given glossary or list of
-glossaries using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsresetall}]
-\cs{glsresetall}\oarg{glossary list}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glslocalresetall}]
-\cs{glslocalresetall}\oarg{glossary list}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsunsetall}]
-\cs{glsunsetall}\oarg{glossary list}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glslocalunsetall}]
-\cs{glslocalunsetall}\oarg{glossary list}
-\end{definition}
-where \meta{glossary list} is a comma-separated list of
-glossary labels. If omitted, all defined glossaries are assumed
-(except for the ignored ones).
-For example, to reset all entries in the main glossary and the
-list of acronyms:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glsresetall[main,acronym]
-\end{verbatim}
+\cmddef{glsreset}
+which globally resets the \idx{firstuseflag} and
+\cmddef{glslocalreset}
+which locally resets the \idx{firstuseflag}.
+
+The latter can be achieved by one of the following commands:
+\cmddef{glsunset}
+which globally unsets the \idx{firstuseflag} and
+\cmddef{glslocalunset}
+which locally unsets the \idx{firstuseflag}.
+
+The above commands are for the specific \idx{entry} identified by
+the argument \meta{entry-label}.
+You can also reset or unset all \idxpl{entry} for a given
+\idx{glossary} or multiple \idxpl{glossary} using:
+\cmddef{glsresetall}
+which globally resets the \idxpl{firstuseflag} and
+\cmddef{glslocalresetall}
+which locally resets the \idxpl{firstuseflag} or
+\cmddef{glsunsetall}
+which globally unsets the \idxpl{firstuseflag} and
+\cmddef{glslocalunsetall}
+which locally unsets the \idxpl{firstuseflag}.
+
+The optional argument \meta{glossary labels list} should be a comma-separated
+list of \idx{glossary} labels. If omitted, the list of all
+non-\idxpl{ignoredglossary} is assumed.
+
+For example, to reset all entries in the \glostype{main} glossary and the
+\glostype{acronym} list:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsresetall}\oarg{\glostype{main},\glostype{acronym}}
+\end{codebox}
-You can determine whether an entry's \gls{firstuseflag} is set using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\ifglsused}]
-\cs{ifglsused}\marg{label}\marg{true part}\marg{false part}
-\end{definition}
-where \meta{label} is the label of the required entry. If the
-entry has been used, \meta{true part} will be done, otherwise
-\meta{false part} will be done.
+\begin{xtr}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package additional provides the options
+\glsopt{preunset} and \glsopt{prereset} for the \gls{glslike}
+commands, that will unset or reset the \idx{firstuseflag} before the
+\idx{linktext}, which will make the \gls{glslike} command behave
+as though it was the \idx{subsequentuse} or \idx{firstuse},
+irrespective of whether or not the \idx{entry} has actually been
+used.
+\end{xtr}
-Note that \cs{ifglsused} is unreliable with \gls{bib2gls} as the
-entry isn't defined on the first \LaTeX\ run, which means there's no
-way of determining if it has been used, so
-\gls{glossaries-extra} provides a similar command:
-\begin{definition}
-\ics*{GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined}\marg{label}\marg{true part}\marg{false part}
-\end{definition}
+You can determine whether an entry's \idx{firstuseflag} is set with
+\gls{ifglsused}. With \app{bib2gls}, you may need to use
+\gls{GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined} instead.
\begin{important}
-Be careful when using \glslike\ commands within an
+Be careful when using \gls{glslike} commands within an
environment or command argument that gets processed multiple times
-as it can cause unwanted side-effects when the first use displayed
-text is different from subsequent use.
+as it can cause unwanted side-effects when the \idx{firstuse} displayed
+text is different from \idx{subsequentuse}.
\end{important}
For example, the \env{frame} environment in \cls{beamer} processes
-its argument for each overlay. This means that the \firstuseflag\
-will be unset on the first overlay and subsequent overlays will use
-the non-first use form.
+its argument for each overlay. This means that the
+\idx{firstuseflag} will be unset on the first overlay and subsequent
+overlays will use the \idx{subsequentuse} form.
Consider the following example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{beamer}
-
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-
-\newacronym{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\begin{frame}
- \frametitle{Frame 1}
-
- \begin{itemize}
- \item<+-> \gls{svm}
- \item<+-> Stuff.
- \end{itemize}
-\end{frame}
-
-\end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-On the first overlay, \verb|\gls{svm}| produces \qt{support vector
-machine (SVM)} and then unsets the \firstuseflag. When the second
-overlay is processed, \verb|\gls{svm}| now produces \qt{SVM}, which
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{beamer}
+\codepar
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\codepar
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{svm}\marg{SVM}\marg{support vector machine}
+\codepar
+\cbeg{document}
+\codepar
+\cbeg{frame}
+ \cmd{frametitle}\marg{Frame 1}
+\codepar
+ \cbeg{itemize}
+ \gls{item}<+-> \gls{gls}\marg{svm}
+ \gls{item}<+-> Stuff.
+ \cend{itemize}
+\cend{frame}
+\codepar
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+
+On the first overlay, \code{\gls{gls}\marg{svm}} produces \qt{support vector
+machine (SVM)} and then unsets the \idx{firstuseflag}. When the second
+overlay is processed, \code{\gls{gls}\marg{svm}} now produces \qt{SVM}, which
is unlikely to be the desired effect. I~don't know anyway around
-this and I can only offer two suggestions.
+this and I can only offer the following suggestions.
-Firstly, unset all acronyms at the start of the document and
-explicitly use \ics{acrfull} when you want the full version to be
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item
+Unset all \idxpl{acronym} at the start of the document and
+explicitly use \gls{acrfull} when you want the full version to be
displayed:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{beamer}
-
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-
-\newacronym{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
-
-\glsunsetall
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{beamer}
+\codepar
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\codepar
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{svm}\marg{SVM}\marg{support vector machine}
+\codepar
+\gls{glsunsetall}
+\codepar
+\cbeg{document}
+\codepar
+\cbeg{frame}
+ \cmd{frametitle}\marg{Frame 1}
+\codepar
+ \cbeg{itemize}
+ \gls{item}<+-> \gls{acrfull}\marg{svm}
+ \gls{item}<+-> Stuff.
+ \cend{itemize}
+\cend{frame}
+\codepar
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
-\begin{document}
-\begin{frame}
- \frametitle{Frame 1}
-
- \begin{itemize}
- \item<+-> \acrfull{svm}
- \item<+-> Stuff.
- \end{itemize}
-\end{frame}
-\end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
+\item
+Explicitly reset each \idx{acronym} on \idx{firstuse}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cbeg{frame}
+ \cmd{frametitle}\marg{Frame 1}
+\codepar
+ \cbeg{itemize}
+ \gls{item}<+-> \gls{glsreset}\marg{svm}\gls{gls}\marg{svm}
+ \gls{item}<+-> Stuff.
+ \cend{itemize}
+\cend{frame}
+\end{codebox}
+Alternatively, with \sty{glossaries-extra}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{beamer}
+\codepar
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\codepar
+\gls{newabbreviation}\marg{svm}\marg{SVM}\marg{support vector machine}
+\codepar
+\cbeg{document}
+\codepar
+\cbeg{frame}
+ \cmd{frametitle}\marg{Frame 1}
+\codepar
+ \cbeg{itemize}
+ \gls{item}<+-> \gls{gls}\oarg{\glsopt{prereset}}\marg{svm}
+ \gls{item}<+-> Stuff.
+ \cend{itemize}
+\cend{frame}
+\codepar
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+
+\item Use the \sty{glossaries-extra} package's unset buffering
+mechanism:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{beamer}
+\codepar
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\codepar
+\gls{newabbreviation}\marg{svm}\marg{SVM}\marg{support vector machine}
+\codepar
+\cbeg{document}
+\codepar
+\gls{GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering}
+\gls{GlsXtrUnsetBufferEnableRepeatLocal}
+\cbeg{frame}
+\gls{GlsXtrResetLocalBuffer}
+ \cmd{frametitle}\marg{Frame 1}
+\codepar
+ \cbeg{itemize}
+ \gls{item}<+-> \gls{gls}\marg{svm}
+ \gls{item}<+-> Stuff.
+ \cend{itemize}
+\cend{frame}
+\gls{GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering}
+\codepar
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+See the \sty{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
+\end{enumerate}
-Secondly, explicitly reset each acronym on first use:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\begin{frame}
- \frametitle{Frame 1}
-
- \begin{itemize}
- \item<+-> \glsreset{svm}\gls{svm}
- \item<+-> Stuff.
- \end{itemize}
-\end{frame}
-\end{verbatim}
These are non-optimal, but the \cls{beamer} class is too complex for
me to provide a programmatic solution. Other potentially problematic
environments are some \env{tabular}-like environments (but not
@@ -10200,859 +22273,1194 @@ the column widths and then reprocess the contents to do the actual
typesetting.
The \sty{amsmath} environments, such as \env{align}, also process
-their contents multiple times, but the \styfmt{glossaries} package now
+their contents multiple times, but the \sty{glossaries} package now
checks for this. For \sty{tabularx}, you need to explicitly patch it
-by placing \cs{glspatchtabularx} in the preamble (or anywhere
-before the problematic use of \envfmt{tabularx}).
-
-\begin{xtr}
-If you need to use commands like \cs{gls} in any problematic context
-that interferes with the \gls{firstuseflag}, then you can try using
-the buffering system provided with \gls{glossaries-extra}. See the
-\qt{First Use Flag} section of the \gls{glossaries-extra} manual.
-\end{xtr}
+by placing \gls{glspatchtabularx} in the \idx{documentpreamble} (or anywhere
+before the problematic use of \env{tabularx}).
\section{Counting the Number of Times an Entry has been Used (First Use
Flag Unset)}
\label{sec:enableentrycount}
-As from version 4.14, it's now possible to keep track of how many
-times an entry is used. That is, how many times the \firstuseflag\
-is unset. Note that the supplemental \gls{glossaries-extra} package improves
-this function and also provides per-unit counting, which isn't
-available with the \styfmt{glossaries} package.
+It's possible to keep track of how many times an entry is used. That
+is, how many times the \idx+{firstuseflag} is unset. Note that the
+supplemental \sty{glossaries-extra} package improves this function
+and also provides per-unit counting, which isn't available with the
+\sty{glossaries} package.
\begin{important}
This function is disabled by default as it adds extra
overhead to the document build time and also switches
-\ics{newglossaryentry} (and therefore \ics{newacronym}) into
-a~preamble-only command.
+\gls{newglossaryentry} (and therefore \gls{newacronym}) into
+a~\idx+{documentpreamble}-only command.
\end{important}
-To enable this function, use
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsenableentrycount]
-\cs{glsenableentrycount}
-\end{definition}
-before defining your entries. This adds two extra (internal) fields
-to entries: \texttt{currcount} and \texttt{prevcount}.
-
-The \texttt{currcount} field keeps track of how many times
-\cs{glsunset} is used within the document. A~local unset (using
-\cs{glslocalunset}) performs a~local rather than global increment to
-\texttt{currcount}. Remember that not all commands use
-\cs{glsunset}. Only the \glslike\ commands do this. The reset
-commands \cs{glsreset} and \cs{glslocalreset} reset this field back
-to zero (where \cs{glslocalreset} performs a~local change).
-
-The \texttt{prevcount} field stores the final value of the
-\texttt{currcount} field \emph{from the previous run}. This value is
-read from the \filetype{aux} file at the beginning of the
+To enable this function, use:
+\cmddef{glsenableentrycount}
+before defining your \idxpl{entry}. This adds two extra (internal) fields
+to entries: \glosfielddef{currcount} and \glosfielddef{prevcount}.
+
+The \glosfield{currcount} field keeps track of how many times
+\gls{glsunset} is used within the document. A~local unset (using
+\gls{glslocalunset}) performs a~local rather than global increment to
+\glosfield{currcount}. Remember that not all commands use
+\gls{glsunset}. Only the \gls{glslike} commands do this.
+
+The behaviour of the reset commands depend on the conditional:
+\cmddef{ifglsresetcurrcount}
+If true, the reset commands \gls{glsreset} and \gls{glslocalreset}
+will reset the value of the \glosfield{currcount} field back to 0.
+This conditional can be set to true with:
+\cmddef{glsresetcurrcounttrue}
+and to false with:
+\cmddef{glsresetcurrcountfalse}
+The default is false, as from version 4.50.
+
+The \glosfield{prevcount} field stores the final value of the
+\glosfield{currcount} field \emph{from the previous run}. This value is
+read from the \ext{aux} file at the beginning of the
\env{document} environment.
You can access these fields using
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsentrycurrcount]
-\cs{glsentrycurrcount}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-for the \texttt{currcount} field, and
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsentryprevcount]
-\cs{glsentryprevcount}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-for the \texttt{prevcount} field.
+\cmddef{glsentrycurrcount}
+for the \glosfield{currcount} field, and
+\cmddef{glsentryprevcount}
+for the \glosfield{prevcount} field.
\begin{important}
-These commands are only defined if you have used \cs{glsenableentrycount}.
+These commands are only defined if you have used \gls{glsenableentrycount}.
\end{important}
For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-\makeglossaries
-
-\glsenableentrycount
-
-\newglossaryentry{apple}{name=apple,description={a fruit}}
-
-\begin{document}
-Total usage on previous run: \glsentryprevcount{apple}.
-
-\gls{apple}. \gls{apple}. \glsadd{apple}\glsentrytext{apple}.
-\glslink{apple}{apple}. \glsdisp{apple}{apple}. \Gls{apple}.
-
-Number of times apple has been used: \glsentrycurrcount{apple}.
-\end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
-On the first \LaTeX\ run, \verb|\glsentryprevcount{apple}|
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\gls{makeglossaries}
+\codepar
+\gls{glsenableentrycount}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{apple}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{apple},\gloskeyval{description}{a fruit}}
+\codepar
+\cbeg{document}
+Total usage on previous run: \gls{glsentryprevcount}\marg{apple}.
+\codepar
+\gls{gls}\marg{apple}. \gls{gls}\marg{apple}. \gls{glsadd}\marg{apple}\gls{glsentrytext}\marg{apple}.
+\gls{glslink}\marg{apple}\marg{apple}. \gls{glsdisp}\marg{apple}\marg{apple}. \gls{Gls}\marg{apple}.
+\codepar
+Number of times apple has been used: \gls{glsentrycurrcount}\marg{apple}.
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+On the first \LaTeX\ run, \code{\gls{glsentryprevcount}\marg{apple}}
produces~0. At the end of the document,
-\verb|\glsentrycurrcount{apple}| produces~4. This is because
+\code{\gls{glsentryprevcount}\marg{apple}} produces~4. This is because
the only commands that have incremented the entry count are those
-that use \cs{glsunset}. That is: \cs{gls}, \cs{glsdisp} and
-\cs{Gls}. The other commands used in the above example, \cs{glsadd},
-\cs{glsentrytext} and \cs{glslink}, don't use \cs{glsunset} so they
+that use \gls{glsunset}. That is: \gls{gls}, \gls{glsdisp} and
+\gls{Gls}. The other commands used in the above example, \gls{glsadd},
+\gls{glsentrytext} and \gls{glslink}, don't use \gls{glsunset} so they
don't increment the entry count. On the \emph{next} \LaTeX\ run,
-\verb|\glsentryprevcount{apple}| now produces~4 as that was the
-value of the \texttt{currcount} field for the \texttt{apple} entry
+\code{\gls{glsentryprevcount}\marg{apple}} now produces~4 as that was the
+value of the \glosfield{currcount} field for the \qt{apple} entry
at the end of the document on the previous run.
-When you enable the entry count using \cs{glsenableentrycount}, you
+When you enable the entry count using \gls{glsenableentrycount}, you
also enable the following commands:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\cgls]
-\cs{cgls}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-(no case-change, singular)
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\cglspl]
-\cs{cglspl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-(no case-change, plural)
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\cGls]
-\cs{cGls}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-(first letter uppercase, singular), and
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\cGlspl]
-\cs{cGlspl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-(first letter uppercase, plural).
-These all have plus and starred variants like the analogous
-\cs{gls}, \cs{glspl}, \cs{Gls} and \cs{Glspl} commands.
-
-If you don't use \cs{glsenableentrycount}, these commands behave
-like \cs{gls}, \cs{glspl}, \cs{Gls} and \cs{Glspl},
-respectively, only there will be a warning that you haven't enabled
-entry counting. If you have enabled entry counting with
-\cs{glsenableentrycount} then these commands test if
-\cs{glsentryprevcount}\marg{label} equals~1. If it doesn't then the
-analogous \cs{gls} etc will be used. If it does, then the first optional
+\cmddef{cgls}
+(no case-change, singular, analogous to \gls{gls})
+\cmddef{cglspl}
+(no case-change, plural, analogous to \gls{glspl})
+\cmddef{cGls}
+(first letter uppercase, singular, analogous to \gls{Gls}), and
+\cmddef{cGlspl}
+(first letter uppercase, plural, analogous to \gls{Glspl}).
+
+\begin{xtr}
+\Idx{allcaps} versions are only available with \sty{glossaries-extra}.
+\end{xtr}
+
+If you don't use \gls{glsenableentrycount}, these commands behave
+like their counterparts \gls{gls}, \gls{glspl}, \gls{Gls} and \gls{Glspl},
+respectively, but there will be a warning that you haven't enabled
+entry counting.
+
+If you have enabled entry counting with
+\gls{glsenableentrycount} then these commands test if
+\code{\gls{glsentryprevcount}\margm{entry-label}} equals~1. If it doesn't then the
+analogous \gls{gls} etc will be used. If it is~1, then the first optional
argument will be ignored and
-\begin{alltt}
-\meta{cs format}\marg{label}\marg{insert}\cs{glsunset}\marg{label}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\meta{cs format}\margm{entry-label}\margm{insert}\gls{glsunset}\margm{entry-label}
+\end{compactcodebox}
will be performed, where \meta{cs format} is a command that takes
two arguments. The command used depends whether you have used
-\cs{cgls}, \cs{cglspl}, \cs{cGls} or \cs{cGlspl}.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\cglsformat]
-\cs{cglsformat}\marg{label}\marg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-This command is used by \cs{cgls} and defaults to
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{glsentrylong}\marg{label}\meta{insert}
-\end{alltt}
-if the entry given by
-\meta{label} has a~long form or
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{glsentryfirst}\marg{label}\meta{insert}
-\end{alltt}
+\gls{cgls}, \gls{cglspl}, \gls{cGls} or \gls{cGlspl}.
+
+The formatting command \meta{cs format} will be one of the
+following:
+\cmddef{cglsformat}
+This command is used by \gls{cgls} and defaults to
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{glsentrylong}\margm{entry-label}\meta{insert}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+if the entry given by \meta{entry-label} has a~long form or
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{glsentryfirst}\margm{entry-label}\meta{insert}
+\end{compactcodebox}
otherwise.
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\cglsplformat]
-\cs{cglsplformat}\marg{label}\marg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-This command is used by \cs{cglspl} and defaults to
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{glsentrylongpl}\marg{label}\meta{insert}
-\end{alltt}
-if the entry given by
-\meta{label} has a~long form or
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{glsentryfirstplural}\marg{label}\meta{insert}
-\end{alltt}
+\cmddef{cglsplformat}
+This command is used by \gls{cglspl} and defaults to
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{glsentrylongpl}\margm{entry-label}\meta{insert}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+if the entry given by \meta{entry-label} has a~long form or
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{glsentryfirstplural}\margm{label}\meta{insert}
+\end{compactcodebox}
otherwise.
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\cGlsformat]
-\cs{cGlsformat}\marg{label}\marg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-This command is used by \cs{cGls} and defaults to
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{Glsentrylong}\marg{label}\meta{insert}
-\end{alltt}
-if the entry given by \meta{label} has a~long form or
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{Glsentryfirst}\marg{label}\meta{insert}
-\end{alltt}
+\cmddef{cGlsformat}
+This command is used by \gls{cGls} and defaults to
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{Glsentrylong}\margm{entry-label}\meta{insert}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+if the entry given by \meta{entry-label} has a~long form or
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{Glsentryfirst}\margm{entry-label}\meta{insert}
+\end{compactcodebox}
otherwise.
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\cGlsplformat]
-\cs{cGlsplformat}\marg{label}\marg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-This command is used by \cs{cGlspl} and defaults to
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{Glsentrylongpl}\marg{label}\meta{insert}
-\end{alltt}
-if the entry given by \meta{label} has a~long form or
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{Glsentryfirstplural}\marg{label}\meta{insert}
-\end{alltt}
+\cmddef{cGlsplformat}
+This command is used by \gls{cGlspl} and defaults to
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\cmddef{Glsentrylongpl}\margm{entry-label}\meta{insert}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+if the entry given by \meta{entry-label} has a~long form or
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{Glsentryfirstplural}\margm{entry-label}\meta{insert}
+\end{compactcodebox}
otherwise.
This means that if the previous count for the given entry was~1, the
-entry won't be hyperlinked with the \cs{cgls}-like commands and they
-won't add a~line to the external glossary file. If you haven't used
-any of the other commands that add information to the glossary file
-(such as \cs{glsadd} or the \glstextlike\ commands) then the entry
-won't appear in the glossary.
-
-Remember that since these commands use \cs{glsentryprevcount} you
+entry won't be \idxc+{hyperlink}{hyperlinked} with the
+\gls{cgls}-like commands and those commands won't
+\idxc+{indexing}{index} (that is, they won't add a~line to the
+external \idx{glossaryfile}). If you haven't used any of the other
+commands that \idxc{indexing}{index} (such as \gls{glsadd} or the
+\gls{glstextlike} commands) then the \idx{entry} won't appear in the
+\idx{glossary}.
+
+Remember that since these commands use \gls{glsentryprevcount} you
need to run \LaTeX\ twice to ensure they work correctly. The
-document build order is now (at least): \texttt{(pdf)latex},
-\texttt{(pdf)latex}, \texttt{makeglossaries}, \texttt{(pdf)latex}.
-
-\begin{example}{Don't index entries that are only used once}{sec:entrycount}
-In this example, the abbreviations that have only been used once (on the previous run)
-only have their long form shown with \cs{cgls}.
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{article}
-
-\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
-\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries}
-\makeglossaries
-
-\glsenableentrycount
-
-\setacronymstyle{long-short}
-
-\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext markup language}
-\newacronym{css}{CSS}{cascading style sheets}
-\newacronym{xml}{XML}{extensible markup language}
-\newacronym{sql}{SQL}{structured query language}
-\newacronym{rdbms}{RDBMS}{relational database management system}
-\newacronym{rdsms}{RDSMS}{relational data stream management system}
-
-\begin{document}
-These entries are only used once: \cgls{sql}, \cgls{rdbms},
-\cgls{xml}. These entries are used multiple times:
-\cgls{html}, \cgls{html}, \cgls{css}, \cgls{css}, \cgls{css},
-\cgls{rdsms}, \cgls{rdsms}.
-
-\printglossaries
-\end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
-After a complete document build (\texttt{latex}, \texttt{latex},
-\texttt{makeglossaries}, \texttt{latex}) the list of abbreviations only
+document build requires a second \LaTeX\ call before running the
+\idx{indexingapp}. For example, if the document is in a file called
+\filefmt{myDoc.tex}, then the document build needs to be:
+\begin{terminal}
+pdflatex myDoc
+pdflatex myDoc
+makeglossaries myDoc
+pdflatex myDoc
+\end{terminal}
+
+In the following document, the \idxpl{acronym} that have only been used once
+(on the previous run) only have their long form shown with
+\gls{cgls}.
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\codepar
+\cmd{usepackage}[colorlinks]\marg{hyperref}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{acronym}]\marg{glossaries}
+\gls{makeglossaries}
+\codepar
+\gls{glsenableentrycount}
+\codepar
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{long-short}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{html}\marg{HTML}\marg{hypertext markup language}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{css}\marg{CSS}\marg{cascading style sheets}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{xml}\marg{XML}\marg{extensible markup language}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{sql}\marg{SQL}\marg{structured query language}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{rdbms}\marg{RDBMS}\marg{relational database management system}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{rdsms}\marg{RDSMS}\marg{relational data stream management system}
+\codepar
+\cbeg{document}
+These entries are only used once: \gls{cgls}\marg{sql}, \gls{cgls}\marg{rdbms},
+\gls{cgls}\marg{xml}. These entries are used multiple times:
+\gls{cgls}\marg{html}, \gls{cgls}\marg{html}, \gls{cgls}\marg{css}, \gls{cgls}\marg{css}, \gls{cgls}\marg{css},
+\gls{cgls}\marg{rdsms}, \gls{cgls}\marg{rdsms}.
+\codepar
+\gls{printglossaries}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+After a complete document build the list of \idxpl{acronym} only
includes the entries HTML, CSS and RDSMS. The entries SQL, RDBMS and
-XML
-only have their long forms displayed and don't have a~hyperlink.
-\end{example}
-
-Remember that if you don't like typing \cs{cgls} you can create a
-synonym. For example
-\begin{verbatim}
-\let\ac\cgls
-\end{verbatim}
+XML only have their long forms displayed and don't have
+a~\idx{hyperlink}.
+\begin{resultbox}
+\createexample*[
+ title={Don't index entries that are only used once},
+ label={sec:entrycount},
+ description={Example document that only includes the entries that
+have been used more than once in the document},
+ arara={pdflatex,pdflatex,makeglossaries,pdflatex,pdfcrop}
+]
+{%
+\cmd{usepackage}[colorlinks]\marg{hyperref}^^J%
+\cmd{usepackage}[acronym]\marg{glossaries}^^J%
+\gls{makeglossaries}
+\codepar
+\gls{glsenableentrycount}
+\codepar
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{long-short}
+\codepar
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{html}\marg{HTML}\marg{hypertext markup
+language}^^J%
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{css}\marg{CSS}\marg{cascading style
+sheets}^^J%
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{xml}\marg{XML}\marg{extensible markup
+language}^^J%
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{sql}\marg{SQL}\marg{structured query
+language}^^J%
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{rdbms}\marg{RDBMS}\marg{relational database
+management system}^^J%
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{rdsms}\marg{RDSMS}\marg{relational data stream management system}
+}%
+{%
+These entries are only used once: \gls{cgls}\marg{sql},
+\gls{cgls}\marg{rdbms},^^J%
+\gls{cgls}\marg{xml}. These entries are used multiple times:^^J%
+\gls{cgls}\marg{html}, \gls{cgls}\marg{html}, \gls{cgls}\marg{css},
+\gls{cgls}\marg{css}, \gls{cgls}\marg{css},^^J%
+\gls{cgls}\marg{rdsms}, \gls{cgls}\marg{rdsms}.
+\codepar
+\gls{printglossaries}
+}
+\end{resultbox}
\begin{bib2gls}
-With \gls{bib2gls} there's an analogous record counting set of
-commands. See \gls{glossaries-extra} and \gls{bib2gls} manuals for further details.
+With \app{bib2gls} there's an analogous record counting set of
+commands. See \sty{glossaries-extra} and \app{bib2gls} manuals for further details.
\end{bib2gls}
\chapter{Displaying a Glossary}
\label{sec:printglossary}
-All defined glossaries may be displayed using:
-\begin{description}
-\item[\opt1:]
-(Must be used with \ics{makenoidxglossaries} in the preamble.)
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\printnoidxglossaries]
-\cs{printnoidxglossaries}
-\end{definition}
-which internally uses \cs{printnoidxglossary} for each glossary.
-
-\item[\optsand23:]
-(Must be used with \ics{makeglossaries} in the preamble.)
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\printglossaries]
-\cs{printglossaries}
-\end{definition}
-which internally uses \cs{printglossary} for each glossary.
-
-\item[\optsto46:] (\gls{glossaries-extra} only)
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\printunsrtglossaries]
-\cs{printunsrtglossaries}
-\end{definition}
-which internally uses \cs{printunsrtglossary} for each glossary.
-\end{description}
-These commands will display all the glossaries in the order in which
-they were defined.
-
-Note that, in the case of \optsand23, no glossaries will appear
-until you have either used the Perl script \gls{makeglossaries} or
-Lua script \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua} or have directly used
-\gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy} (as described in
-\sectionref{sec:makeglossaries}). In the case of \opt4, no glossary
-will appear until you have used \gls{bib2gls}.
+All defined \idxpl+{glossary} may be displayed using the appropriate
+command, such as \gls{printglossary}, that matches the
+\idx{indexing} method. These commands are collectively referred to
+as the \inlineglsdef{print...glossary} set of commands.
+
+\begin{information}
+With \optionsor{mkidx,xdy,b2g}, if the \idx{glossary} does not
+appear after you re-\LaTeX\ your document, check the
+\app{makeindex}, \app{xindy} or \app{bib2gls} log files (\ext+{glg}
+or the \meta{log-ext} argument of \gls{newglossary}), as applicable,
+to see if there is a problem. With \option{noidx}, you just need
+two \LaTeX\ runs to make the \idxpl{glossary} appear, but you may
+need further runs to make the \idxpl{numberlist} up-to-date.
+If you have used the \opt{automake} option, check the \ext+{log}
+file for \qt{runsystem} lines (see the information about the
+\opt{automake} option in \sectionref{sec:pkgopts-sort} for further
+details).
+\end{information}
+
+\option{noidx}
+(must be used with \gls{makenoidxglossaries} in the \idxf{documentpreamble}):
+\cmddef{printnoidxglossary}
+This displays the \idx{glossary} identified by the \printglossopt{type}
+option in \meta{options} or, if omitted, the \idx{glossary} identified by
+\gls{glsdefaulttype}. This command iterates over a list of
+\idx{entry} labels, which it will have to first sort with
+\opteqvalref{sort}{standard}. The list will only include those
+\idxpl{entry} that have been \indexed\ and the appropriate
+\idx{glossary} markup is added within the loop. This makes it
+unsuitable for the tabular-like \idxpl{glossarystyle}, such as
+\glostyle{long} and \glostyle{super}.
+
+The following is an iterative command:
+\cmddef{printnoidxglossaries}
+which internally uses \gls{printnoidxglossary} for each
+non-\idx{ignoredglossary}.
+
+\options{mkidx,xdy}
+(must be used with \gls{makeglossaries} in the \idxf{documentpreamble}):
+\cmddef{printglossary}
+This displays the \idx{glossary} identified by the \printglossopt{type}
+option in \meta{options} or, if omitted, the \idx{glossary} identified by
+\gls{glsdefaulttype}. This command internally inputs the associated
+\idx+{glossaryfile} (created by the relevant \idx{indexingapp}) if it exists.
+The \idx{glossaryfile} contains the markup to typeset the
+\idx{glossary}. See \sectionref{sec:makeglossaries} for information
+on how to create the \idx{glossaryfile}.
+
+The following is an iterative command:
+\cmddef{printglossaries}
+which internally uses \gls{printglossary} for each
+non-\idx{ignoredglossary}.
\begin{important}
-While the external files are missing, \cs{printglossary} will just do
-\ics{null} for each missing glossary to assist dictionary style
-documents that just use \cs{glsaddall} without inserting any text.
-This use of \ics{null} ensures that all indexing information is
+While the external \idxpl{glossaryfile} are missing, \gls{printglossary} will just do
+\gls{null} for each missing \idx{glossary} to assist dictionary style
+documents that just use \gls{glsaddall} without inserting any text.
+This use of \gls{null} ensures that all \idx{indexing} information is
written before the final page is shipped out. Once the external
-files are present \cs{null} will no longer be used. This can cause a
-spurious blank page on the first \LaTeX\ run before the glossary
-files have been created. Once these files are present, \cs{null}
+\idxpl{glossaryfile} are present \gls{null} will no longer be used. This can cause a
+spurious blank page on the first \LaTeX\ run before the
+\idxpl{glossaryfile} have been created. Once these files are present, \gls{null}
will no longer be used and so shouldn't cause interference for the
-final document.
+final document. With \sty{glossaries-extra}, placeholder text is
+used instead.
\end{important}
-\begin{xtr}
-If you use \gls{glossaries-extra}, it will insert a heading and boilerplate text when the
-external files are missing. See the
-\gls{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
-\end{xtr}
-
-If the glossary still does not appear after you re-\LaTeX\ your
-document, check the \gls*{makeindex}, \gls*{xindy} or \gls*{bib2gls}
-log files, as applicable, to see if there is a problem. With \opt1,
-you just need two \LaTeX\ runs to make the glossaries appear, but
-you may need further runs to make the \glspl{numberlist} up-to-date.
+\options{b2g,unsrt}
+(\sty{glossaries-extra} only):
+\cmddef{printunsrtglossary}
+This displays the \idx{glossary} identified by the \printglossopt{type}
+option in \meta{options} or, if omitted, the \idx{glossary} identified by
+\gls{glsdefaulttype}. This command is similar to
+\gls{printnoidxglossary}, in that it iterates over a list of
+\idx{entry} labels, but in this case all defined entries within the
+given glossary are included and the list is in the order in which
+they were defined (that is, the order in which they were added to
+the \idx{glossary}['s] internal label list).
+
+The reason this command works with \app{bib2gls} is because
+\app{bib2gls} writes the entry definitions in the \ext{glstex} file in
+the order obtained by the \resourceopt{sort} resource option, and
+\app{bib2gls} will only include the \idxpl{entry} that match the
+required selection criteria.
+
+With \option{unsrt} (that is, without \app{bib2gls}) the result will
+be in the order the \idxpl{entry} were defined in the \ext{tex} file.
+There's no attempt to gather child entries (see \sectionref{sec:subentries}).
+This means that if you don't define child entries immediately after
+their parent, you will have a strange result (depending on the
+\idx{glossarystyle}).
+
+As with \gls{printnoidxglossary}, the \idx{glossary} markup is
+inserted during the loop but, unlike that command,
+\gls{printunsrtglossary} performs the loop outside of the
+\idx{glossarystyle}, which means that there are no issues with the
+tabular-like styles. See the \sty{glossaries-extra} manual for
+further details.
-An individual glossary can be displayed using:
-\begin{description}
-\itempar{\opt1:}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\printnoidxglossary}]
-\cs{printnoidxglossary}\oarg{options}
-\end{definition}
-(Must be used with \ics{makenoidxglossaries} in the preamble.)
-
-\itempar{\optsand23:}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\printglossary}]
-\cs{printglossary}\oarg{options}
-\end{definition}
-(Must be used with \ics{makeglossaries} in the preamble.)
-
-\itempar{\optsto46:}
-\begin{definition}
-\ics*{printunsrtglossary}\oarg{options}
-\end{definition}
-(May be used with or without \gls{bib2gls}.)
-\end{description}
-where \meta{options} is a \meta{key}=\meta{value} list of options.
-(Again, when the associated external file is missing, \cs{null} is
-inserted into the document.)
+The following is an iterative command:
+\cmddef{printunsrtglossaries}
+which internally uses \gls{printunsrtglossary} for each
+non-\idx{ignoredglossary}.
-\begin{xtr}
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package also provides
-\begin{definition}
-\ics*{printunsrtinnerglossary}\oarg{options}\marg{pre
-code}\marg{post code}
-\end{definition}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package also provides
+\cmddef{printunsrtinnerglossary}
which is designed for inner or nested glossaries. It allows many, but not all,
of the options listed below. There's an example available in the gallery:
-\gallery{index.php?label=bib2gls-inner}{Inner or Nested Glossaries}.
-See the \gls{glossaries-extra} package for further details.
-\end{xtr}
-
-The following keys are available in \marg{options}:
-\begin{description}
-\item[{\gloskey[printglossary]{type}}] The value of this key
-specifies which glossary to print. If omitted, the default
-glossary is assumed. For example, to print the list of acronyms:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\printglossary[type=\acronymtype]
-\end{verbatim}
-Note that you can't display an ignored glossary, so don't try
-setting \gloskey[printglossary]{type} to the name of a glossary that
-was defined using \ics{newignoredglossary}, described in
-\sectionref{sec:newglossary}. (You can display an ignored glossary
-with \ics*{printunsrtglossary} provided by \gls{glossaries-extra}.)
-
-\item[{\gloskey[printglossary]{title}}] This is the glossary's
-title (overriding the title specified when the glossary was
-defined).
-
-\item[{\gloskey[printglossary]{toctitle}}] This is the title
-to use for the table of contents (if the \pkgopt{toc} package
-option has been used). It may also be used for the page header,
-depending on the page style. If omitted, the value of
-\gloskey[printglossary]{title} is used.
-
-\item[{\gloskey[printglossary]{style}}] This specifies which
-glossary style to use for this glossary, overriding the effect
-of the \pkgopt{style} package option or \ics{glossarystyle}.
-
-\item[{\gloskey[printglossary]{numberedsection}}] This specifies
-whether to use a numbered section for this glossary, overriding
-the effect of the \pkgopt{numberedsection} package option. This
-key has the same syntax as the \pkgopt{numberedsection} package
-option, described in \sectionref{sec:pkgopts-sec}.
-
-\item[{\gloskey[printglossary]{nonumberlist}}] This is a boolean
-key. If true (\verb|nonumberlist=true|) the numberlist is suppressed
-for this glossary. If false (\verb|nonumberlist=false|) the
-numberlist is displayed for this glossary.
-
-\item[{\gloskey[printglossary]{nogroupskip}}] This is a boolean
-key. If true the vertical gap between groups
-is suppressed for this glossary.
-
-\item[{\gloskey[printglossary]{nopostdot}}] This is a boolean
-key. If true the full stop after the description
-is suppressed for this glossary.
-
-\item[{\gloskey[printglossary]{entrycounter}}] This is a boolean
-key. Behaves similar to the package option of the same name.
-The corresponding package option must be used to make \ics{glsrefentry}
-work correctly.
-
-\item[{\gloskey[printglossary]{subentrycounter}}] This is a boolean
-key. Behaves similar to the package option of the same name. If you
-want to set both \gloskey{entrycounter} and
-\gloskey{subentrycounter}, make sure you specify
-\gloskey{entrycounter} first. The corresponding package option must
-be used to make \ics{glsrefentry} work correctly.
-
-\item[{\gloskey[printnoidxglossary]{sort}}] This key is only
-available for \opt1. Possible values are: \texttt{word} (word
-order), \texttt{letter} (letter order), \texttt{standard} (word or
-letter ordering taken from the \pkgopt{order} package option),
-\texttt{use} (order of use), \texttt{def} (order of definition)
-\texttt{nocase} (case-insensitive) or \texttt{case} (case-sensitive).
-Note that the word and letter comparisons (that is, everything other
-than \texttt{sort=use} and \texttt{sort=def}) just use a simple
-character code comparison. For a locale-sensitive sort, you must use
-either \gls{xindy} (\opt3) or \gls{bib2gls} (\opt4). Note that \gls{bib2gls}
-provides many other sort options.
+\gallerypage{bib2gls-inner}{Inner or Nested Glossaries}.
+See the \sty{glossaries-extra} package for further details.
+
+All the individual \idx{glossary} commands \gls{print...glossary}
+have an optional argument. Available options are listed
+in \sectionref{sec:printglossoptions}.
+
+After the options have been set, the following command will be
+defined:
+\cmddef{currentglossary}
+This expands to the label of the current \idx{glossary} (identified
+by the \printglossopt{type} option). It may be used within
+\idx{glossarystyle} hooks, if required.
+
+\section{\glsfmttext{print...glossary} Options}
+\label{sec:printglossoptions}
+
+These options may be used in the optional argument of the
+\gls+{print...glossary} set of commands.
+Some options are available for all those commands, but those that aren't
+are noted. Before the options are set, the following commands are
+defined to their defaults for the given \idx{glossary}. They may
+then be redefined by applicable options.
+
+\printglossoptdef{type}
+Identifies the \idx{glossary} to display. The value should be the
+\idx{glossary} label. Note that you can only display an
+\idx{ignoredglossary} with \gls{printunsrtglossary} or
+\gls{printunsrtinnerglossary}, otherwise \meta{glossary-label}
+should correspond to a \idx{glossary} that was defined with
+\gls{newglossary} or \gls{altnewglossary}.
+
+\printglossoptdef{title}
+Sets the \idx{glossary}['s] title (\gls{glossarytitle}). This option isn't available
+with \gls{printunsrtinnerglossary}.
+
+\printglossoptdef{toctitle}
+Sets the \idx{glossary}['s] \idx+{tableofcontents} title
+(\gls{glossarytoctitle}). This option isn't available
+with \gls{printunsrtinnerglossary}.
+
+\printglossoptdef{style}
+The \idx{glossarystyle} to use with this \idx{glossary} (overriding
+the current style that was either set with the \opt{style} package
+option or with \gls{setglossarystyle}).
+This option isn't available with \gls{printunsrtinnerglossary}.
+
+\printglossoptdef{numberedsection}
+This may be used to override the \opt{numberedsection} package
+option, and has the same syntax as that option (see \sectionref{sec:pkgopts-sec}).
+This option isn't available with \gls{printunsrtinnerglossary}.
+
+\printglossoptdef{nonumberlist}
+This may be used to override the \opt{nonumberlist} package option.
+Note that, unlike the valueless package option, this option is boolean.
+
+\printglossoptdef{nogroupskip}
+This may be used to override the \opt{nogroupskip} package option.
+Only relevant if the \idx{glossarystyle} uses the conditional
+\gls{ifglsnogroupskip} to test for this option.
+
+\printglossoptdef{nopostdot}
+This may be used to override the \opt{nopostdot} package option.
+This option is only applicable if the \idx{glossarystyle} uses
+\gls{glspostdescription}.
+
+\printglossoptdef{entrycounter}
+This may be used to override the \opt{entrycounter} package option.
+Note that one of the package options \optval{entrycounter}{true} or
+\optval{subentrycounter}{true} must be
+used to make \gls{glsrefentry} work correctly. The setting can then
+be switched off with this option for individual \idxpl{glossary}
+where the setting shouldn't apply.
+
+\printglossoptdef{subentrycounter}
+This may be used to override the \opt{subentrycounter} package option.
+Note that one of the package options \optval{entrycounter}{true}
+or \optval{subentrycounter}{true} must be
+used to make \gls{glsrefentry} work correctly. The setting can then
+be switched off with this option for individual \idxpl{glossary}
+where the setting shouldn't apply.
+
+\begin{warning}
+If you want to set both the \printglossopt{entrycounter} and
+\printglossopt{subentrycounter} settings, and you haven't already
+enabled them with the \opt{entrycounter} and \opt{subentrycounter}
+package options, make sure you specify \printglossopt{entrycounter}
+first (but bear in mind \gls{glsrefentry} won't work).
+In general, it's best to enable these settings via the package
+options and switch them off for the \idxpl{glossary} where they don't
+apply.
+\end{warning}
+
+\printglossoptdef{sort}
+This key is only available with \gls{printnoidxglossary}.
\begin{important}
-If you use the \texttt{use} or \texttt{def} values make sure
-that you select a glossary style that doesn't have a visual
+If you use the \printglossopteqvalref{sort}{use} or
+\printglossopteqvalref{sort}{def} values make sure
+that you select a \idx{glossarystyle} that doesn't have a visual
indicator between groups, as the grouping no longer makes sense.
-Consider using the \pkgopt{nogroupskip} option.
+Consider using the \opt{nogroupskip} option.
\end{important}
-{\raggedright
-The word and letter order sort methods use
-\sty{datatool}'s
-\ics{dtlwordindexcompare} and \ics{dtlletterindexcompare} handlers.
-The case-insensitive sort method uses \sty{datatool}'s
-\ics{dtlicompare} handler. The case-sensitive sort method uses
-\sty{datatool}'s \ics{dtlcompare} handler. See the \sty{datatool}
+If you don't get an error with \printglossopteqvalref{sort}{use} and
+\printglossopteqvalref{sort}{def} but you do get an error with one
+of the other sort options, then you probably need to use the
+\optval{sanitizesort}{true} package option or make sure none of the
+\idxpl{entry} have fragile commands in their \gloskey{sort} field.
+
+\optionvaldef{printgloss.sort}{use}
+Order of use. There's no actual sorting in this case. The order is
+obtained from the \idx{indexing} information in the \ext{aux} file.
+
+\optionvaldef{printgloss.sort}{def}
+Order of definition. There's no actual sorting in this case. The order is
+obtained from the \idx{glossary}['s] internal list of labels.
+
+\begin{information}
+The above two settings don't perform any actual sorting. The
+following settings sort using simple character code comparisons
+and are therefore unsuitable for non-\idx{ascii} documents.
+
+For a locale-sensitive sort, you must use
+either \app{xindy} (\option{xdy}) or \app{bib2gls} (\option{b2g}).
+Note that \app{bib2gls} provides many other sort options.
+\end{information}
+
+\optionvaldef{printgloss.sort}{nocase}
+Case-insensitive order.
+
+\optionvaldef{printgloss.sort}{case}
+Case-sensitive order.
+
+\optionvaldef{printgloss.sort}{word}
+Word order.
+
+\optionvaldef{printgloss.sort}{letter}
+Letter order.
+
+\optionvaldef{printgloss.sort}{standard}
+Word or letter order according to the \opt{order}
+package option.
+
+The word and letter order sort methods use \sty{datatool}['s]
+\gls{dtlwordindexcompare} and \gls{dtlletterindexcompare} handlers.
+The case-insensitive sort method uses \sty{datatool}['s]
+\gls{dtlicompare} handler. The case-sensitive sort method uses
+\sty{datatool}['s] \gls{dtlcompare} handler. See the \sty{datatool}
documentation for further details.
-\par}
-
-If you don't get an error with \texttt{sort=use} and
-\texttt{sort=def} but you do get an error with one of the other sort
-options, then you probably need to use the
-\pkgopt[true]{sanitizesort} package option or make sure none of the
-entries have fragile commands in their \gloskey{sort} field.
-
-\item[{\xtrprintglosskey[\marg{label}]{label}}]
-This key is only available with \gls{glossaries-extra} and labels
-the glossary with \cs{label}\marg{label}. This is an alternative to
-the package option \pkgopt[autolabel]{numberedsection}
-
-\item[{\xtrprintglosskey[\marg{boolean}]{target}}] This boolean key is only
-available with \gls{glossaries-extra} and can be used to switch
-off the automatic hypertarget for each entry. (This refers to the
-target used by commands like \cs{gls} and \cs{glslink}.)
-
-This option is useful with \ics*{printunsrtglossary} as it allows
-the same list (or sub-list) of entries to be displayed multiple
+
+\printglossoptdef{label}
+This key is only available with \sty{glossaries-extra} and labels
+the \idx{glossary} with \code{\gls{label}\margm{label}}. This is an alternative to
+the package option \optval{numberedsection}{autolabel}.
+This option isn't available with \gls{printunsrtinnerglossary}.
+
+\printglossoptdef{target}
+This key is only available with \sty{glossaries-extra} and can be used to switch
+off the automatic hypertarget for each \idx{entry}. (This refers to the
+target used by commands like \gls{gls} and \gls{glslink}.)
+
+This option is useful with \gls{printunsrtglossary} as it allows
+the same list (or sub-list) of \idxpl{entry} to be displayed multiple
times without causing duplicate hypertarget names.
-\item[{\xtrprintglosskey[\marg{prefix}]{prefix}}]
-This key is only available with \gls{glossaries-extra} and provides
+\printglossoptdef{prefix}
+This key is only available with \sty{glossaries-extra} and provides
another way of avoiding duplicate hypertarget names. In this case it uses a
different prefix for those names. This locally redefines
-\ics{glolinkprefix} but note this will also affect the target for any entry
-referenced within the glossary with commands like \cs{gls},
-\cs{glslink} or \cs{glshypertarget}.
-
-\item[{\xtrprintglosskey[\marg{prefix}]{targetnameprefix}}]
-This key is only available with \gls{glossaries-extra}.
-This is similar to the \pkgoptfmt{prefix} option, but it alters the prefix of
-the hypertarget anchors without changing \ics{glslinkprefix} (so it
-won't change the hyperlinks for any entries referenced in the
-glossary).
-
-\item[{\xtrprintglosskey[\marg{boolean}]{groups}}]
-This boolean key is only available with \gls{glossaries-extra} and,
-if true, will attempt to perform group formation. See the
-\gls{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
-
-\item[{\xtrprintglosskey[\marg{n}]{leveloffset}}]
-This key is only available with \ics*{printunsrtglossary}.
+\gls{glolinkprefix} but note this will also affect the target for any entry
+referenced within the glossary with commands like \gls{gls},
+\gls{glslink} or \gls{glshyperlink}.
+
+\printglossoptdef{targetnameprefix}
+This key is only available with \sty{glossaries-extra}.
+This is similar to the \printglossopt{prefix} option, but it alters the prefix of
+the hypertarget anchors without changing \gls{glolinkprefix} (so it
+won't change the \idxpl{hyperlink} for any \idxpl{entry} referenced in the
+\idx{glossary}).
+
+\printglossoptdef{groups}
+This key is only available with \gls{printunsrtglossary} and
+\gls{printunsrtinnerglossary}.
+If true, the \qt{unsrt} function that creates the code for
+typesetting the \idx{glossary} will insert \idx{lettergroup}
+headers whenever a change is detected in the \idx{lettergroup}
+label between entries of the same \idx{hierarchicallevel}.
+See the \sty{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
+
+\printglossoptdef{leveloffset}
+This key is only available with \gls{printunsrtglossary} and
+\gls{printunsrtinnerglossary}.
It can be used to locally adjust the
-hierarchical level used by the glossary style. See the
-\gls{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
-\end{description}
-
-By default, the glossary is started either by \ics{chapter*} or by
-\ics{section*}, depending on whether or not \ics{chapter} is defined.
-This can be overridden by the \pkgopt{section} package option or the
-\ics{setglossarysection} command. Numbered sectional units can be
-obtained using the \pkgopt{numberedsection} package option. Each
-glossary sets the page header via the command
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsglossarymark]
-\ics{glsglossarymark}\marg{title}
-\end{definition}
-If this mechanism is unsuitable for your chosen class file or page
-style package, you will need to redefine \ics{glsglossarymark}. Further
-information about these options and commands is given in
+\idx{hierarchicallevel} used by the \idx{glossarystyle}. See the
+\sty{glossaries-extra} manual for further details and also
+\gallerypage{bib2gls-inner}{Gallery: Inner or Nested Glossaries}.
+
+\printglossoptdef{flatten}
+This key is only available with \gls{printunsrtglossary} and
+\gls{printunsrtinnerglossary}. It can be used to locally remove the
+\idx{hierarchicallevel} used by the \idx{glossarystyle}. See the
+\sty{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
+
+\section{Glossary Markup}
+\label{sec:glossmarkup}
+
+This section describes the commands that are used to display the
+\idx{glossary}. If you want to suppress the \idxpl{numberlist}
+you can use the \opt{nonumberlist} option. If you want to save the
+\idxpl{numberlist} for some other purpose outside of the
+\idx{glossary}, you can use the \opt{savenumberlist} option.
+If you want information about an \idx{entry}['s] parent then you can use
+\gls{ifglshasparent} (to determine if the entry has a parent)
+or \gls{glsentryparent} (to expand to the parent's label).
+The \idx{hierarchicallevel} is provided in \gls{subglossentry}
+(and is 0 with \gls{glossentry}) but it's also stored in the
+\glosfield{level} internal field.
+
+If you're trying to work out how to parse the \idx{glossary} in
+order to gather \idx{indexing} information, consider using
+\app{bib2gls} instead, which stores all the \idx{indexing}
+information, such as \idxpl{locationlist} and \idx{lettergroup}
+labels, in internal fields. It can also store lists of sibling
+entries or child entries. If you really want to input the
+\idx{glossaryfile} in order to gather information obtained by
+\app{makeindex} or \app{xindy} without actually displaying anything
+(by redefining the markup commands to not produce any text), use
+\gls{input} rather than \gls{printglossary}.
+
+The \idx{glossary} is always started with:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{glossarysection}\oarg{\gls{glossarytoctitle}}\marg{\gls{glossarytitle}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+This creates the heading. This command sets the page header with:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{glsglossarymark}\marg{\gls{glossarytoctitle}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+If this is unsuitable for your chosen class file or page style package,
+you will need to redefine \gls{glsglossarymark}. If
+\gls{phantomsection} is defined (\sty{hyperref}) then
+\gls{glossarysection} will start with:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{glsclearpage}
+\gls{phantomsection}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+
+\cmddef{glossarysection}
+By default, this command uses either \starredcs{chapter} or
+\starredcs{section}, depending on whether or not \gls{chapter} is
+defined. This can be overridden by the \opt{section} package option
+or the \gls{setglossarysection} command. Numbered sectional units
+can be obtained using the \opt{numberedsection} package option.
+If the default unnumbered section setting is on, then the
+\meta{toc-title} will only be added to the \idx+{tableofcontents} if
+the \opt{toc} option is set. If \opt{numberedsection} is on, the
+addition to the \idx{tableofcontents} is left to the sectional
+command.
+
+\begin{information}
+Further information about these options and commands is given in
\sectionref{sec:pkgopts-sec}.
+\end{information}
+
+\cmddef{glsglossarymark}
+This sets the page header, if supported by the current page style.
+Originally the command \inlineglsdef{glossarymark} was provided for
+this purpose, but this command is also provided by other packages
+and classes, notably \cls{memoir} which has a different syntax.
+Therefore the command \gls{glossarymark} will
+only be defined if it doesn't already exist. In which case,
+\gls{glsglossarymark} will simply use \gls{glossarymark}.
+
+If \cls{memoir} has been loaded, \gls{glsglossarymark} will be
+defined to use \gls{markboth} otherwise, if some other class or
+package has defined \gls{glossarymark}, \gls{glsglossarymark} will
+be defined to use \gls{@mkboth} (using the same definition as the
+\sty{glossaries} package's version of \gls{glossarymark}).
+
+If \optval{ucmark}{true}, the \idx{casechange} will be applied
+using \gls{memUChead} if \cls{memoir} has been loaded, otherwise it
+will use \gls{glsuppercase}.
+
+So if you want to redefine the way the header mark is set for the
+\idxpl{glossary}, you need to redefine \gls{glsglossarymark} not
+\gls{glossarymark}.
+For example, to only change the right header:
+\begin{codebox*}
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\gls{glsglossarymark}}[1]\marg{\gls{markright}\marg{\#1}}
+\end{codebox*}
+or to prevent it from changing the headers:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\gls{glsglossarymark}}[1]\marg{}
+\end{codebox}
+If you want \gls{glsglossarymark} to use \idx{allcaps} in the header, use the
+\opt{ucmark} option described below.
+
+With \sty{hyperref} and unnumbered section headings, \gls{phantomsection}
+is need to create an appropriate anchor (see the \sty{hyperref}
+manual). This will need the page cleared for \starredcs{chapter},
+which is done with:
+\cmddef{glsclearpage}
+If the \optval{section}{chapter} setting is on then
+\gls{glsclearpage} will use \gls{cleardoublepage}, if it's defined
+and if the \gls{if@openright} conditional (provided by classes with
+an \opt{openright} option such as \cls{book} and \cls{report}) isn't
+defined or is defined and is true, otherwise \gls{clearpage} is
+used.
-Information can be added to the start of the glossary (after the
-title and before the main body of the glossary) by redefining
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glossarypreamble}]
-\cs{glossarypreamble}
-\end{definition}
-For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand{\glossarypreamble}{Numbers in italic
+Occasionally you may find that another package defines
+\gls{cleardoublepage} when it is not required. This may cause an
+unwanted blank page to appear before each \idx{glossary}
+If you only want a single page cleared, you can redefine
+\gls{glsclearpage}. For example:
+\begin{codebox*}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsclearpage}}\marg{\gls{clearpage}}
+\end{codebox*}
+Note that this will no longer take the \opt{section} package option
+into account.
+
+\cmddef{glossarytitle}
+This expands to the title that should be used by the \idx{glossary}
+section header. It's initialised to the title provided in
+\gls{newglossary} when the \idx{glossary} was defined. The
+\printglossopt{title} option will redefined this command.
+
+\cmddef{glossarytoctitle}
+This expands to the \idx+{tableofcontents} title that's supplied in
+the optional argument of the \idx{glossary} section command. It will
+only be added to the \idx{tableofcontents} is the \opt{toc} package
+option is on, but it may also be used in the page header (depending
+on the definition of \gls{glsglossarymark} and the current page style).
+
+The \gls{glossarytoctitle} command is initialised to \gls{glossarytitle}.
+The \printglossopt{toctitle} option will redefine this command.
+If neither the \printglossopt{title} nor \printglossopt{toctitle} are
+used, \gls{glossarytoctitle} will be defined via:
+\cmddef{glssettoctitle}
+By default, this will redefine \gls{glossarytoctitle} to the title
+provided in \gls{newglossary} when the \idx{glossary} was defined.
+
+This means that if neither \printglossopt{title} nor
+\printglossopt{toctitle} are set, the \idx{glossary}['s] associated
+title will be used for both. If only \printglossopt{title} is used,
+then it will also apply to the \idx{tableofcontents} title, and if
+only \printglossopt{toctitle} is used, then \gls{glossarytoctitle} will
+be defined to that value but \gls{glossarytitle} will be the
+\idx{glossary}['s] associated title.
+
+
+After the heading, but before the main body of the \idx{glossary}, is
+the \inlineidxfdef{glossarypreamble} which is given by:
+\cmddef{glossarypreamble}
+You can redefine this before the \idx{glossary} is shown. For
+example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\gls{glossarypreamble}}\marg{Numbers in italic
indicate primary definitions.}
-\end{verbatim}
-This needs to be done before the glossary is displayed.
-
-If you want a different preamble per glossary you can use
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\setglossarypreamble}]
-\cs{setglossarypreamble}\oarg{type}\marg{preamble text}
-\end{definition}
-If \meta{type} is omitted, \cs{glsdefaulttype} is used.
-
+\end{codebox}
+A \idx{glossary} may have its own specific \idx{glossarypreamble}. If it has one
+defined, then the \gls{print...glossary} set of commands will
+locally redefine \gls{glossarypreamble} to that \idx{glossarypreamble} instead.
+Since this change is scoped, the previous definition will be
+restored after the \gls{print...glossary} command.
+
+You can globally assign a \idx{glossarypreamble} to a specific \idx{glossary} with:
+\cmddef{setglossarypreamble}
+If \meta{type} is omitted, \gls{glsdefaulttype} is used.
For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setglossarypreamble{Numbers in italic
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setglossarypreamble}\marg{Numbers in italic
indicate primary definitions.}
-\end{verbatim}
-This will print the given preamble text for the main glossary,
-but not have any preamble text for any other glossaries.
-
-There is an analogous command to \cs{glossarypreamble} called
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glossarypostamble}]
-\cs{glossarypostamble}
-\end{definition}
-which is placed at the end of each glossary.
+\end{codebox}
+This will set the given \idx{glossarypreamble} text for just the
+\glostype{main} glossary, not for any other \idx{glossary}. The
+\sty{glossaries-extra} package additionally provides:
+\cmddef{apptoglossarypreamble}
+which locally appends \meta{text} to the \idx{glossarypreamble} for the specific
+\idx{glossary} and
+\cmddef{pretoglossarypreamble}
+which locally prepends \meta{text} to the \idx{glossarypreamble} for
+the specific \idx{glossary}.
+
+There is also a \inlineidxdef{postamble} at the end of each \idx{glossary} which
+is given by:
+\cmddef{glossarypostamble}
+This is less useful than a \idx{glossarypreamble} and so there's no analogous
+command to \gls{setglossarypreamble}.
+
+\begin{information}
+The \idx{glossarypreamble} and \idx{postamble} occur outside of \env{theglossary} and so
+shouldn't be influenced by the \idx+{glossarystyle}.
+\end{information}
\begin{example}{Switch to Two Column Mode for Glossary}{ex:twocolumn}
-Suppose you are using the \glostyle{superheaderborder}
-style\footnote{you can't use the \glostyle{longheaderborder} style
-for this example as you can't use the \env{longtable} environment in
-two column mode.}, and you want the glossary to be in two columns,
-but after the glossary you want to switch back to one column mode,
-you could do:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{%
- \twocolumn[{\chapter*{#2}}]%
- \setlength\glsdescwidth{0.6\linewidth}%
- \glsglossarymark{\glossarytoctitle}%
+Suppose you are using the \glostyle{superheaderborder} style, and
+you want the \idx{glossary} to be in two columns (you can't use the
+\glostyle{longheaderborder} style for this example as you can't use
+the \env{longtable} environment in two column mode), but after the
+\idx{glossary} you want to switch back to one column mode, you could do:
+\begin{codebox*}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glossarysection}}[2][]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{twocolumn}\oarg{\marg{\gls{chapter}*\marg{\#2}}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{setlength}\gls{glsdescwidth}\marg{0.6\cmd{linewidth}}\comment{}
+ \gls{glsglossarymark}\marg{\gls{glossarytoctitle}}\comment{}
}
-
-\renewcommand*{\glossarypostamble}{\onecolumn}
-\end{verbatim}
-
+\codepar
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glossarypostamble}}\marg{\gls{onecolumn}}
+\end{codebox*}
+(You may prefer to use the \glostyle{mcolalttree} style if you're
+not interested in the column headers or borders.)
\end{example}
-Within each glossary, each entry name is formatted according to
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsnamefont}]
-\cs{glsnamefont}\marg{name}
-\end{definition}
-which takes one argument: the entry name. This command is always
-used regardless of the glossary style. By default, \cs{glsnamefont}
-simply displays its argument in whatever the surrounding font
-happens to be. This means that in the list-like glossary styles
-(defined in the \sty{glossary-list} style file) the name will appear
-in bold, since the name is placed in the optional argument of
-\cs{item}, whereas in the tabular styles (defined in the
-\sty{glossary-long} and \sty{glossary-super} style files) the name
-will appear in the normal font. The hierarchical glossary styles
-(defined in the \sty{glossary-tree} style file) also set the name in
-bold.
-
-If you want to change the font for the description, or if you
-only want to change the name font for some types of entries
-but not others, you might want to consider using the
-\gls{glossaries-extra} package.
-
-\begin{example}{Changing the Font Used to Display Entry Names in the
-Glossary}{ex:glsnamefont}
-Suppose you want all the entry names to appear in
-medium weight small caps in your glossaries, then you can do:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand{\glsnamefont}[1]{\textsc{\mdseries #1}}
-\end{verbatim}
-\end{example}
-
-\begin{xtr}
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides additional hooks that
-can be used to make other minor adjustments.
-\end{xtr}
-
-The letter group titles (which are displayed for styles like
-\glostyle{indexgroup}) can be changed either by redefining the
-corresponding \cs{\meta{group-label}groupname} commands, such as
-\ics{glssymbolsgroupname}, (see \sectionref{sec:fixednames}) or by
-using the \gls{glossaries-extra} commands \ics*{glsxtrsetgrouptitle}
-and \ics*{glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle}. The \meta{group-label} is
-typically obtained by the \gls{indexingapp}.
+The actual \idx{glossary} content is contained within the
+\env{theglossary} environment, which will typically be in the form:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\cbeg{theglossary}\gls{glossaryheader}
+\gls{glsgroupheading}\margm{group-label}\cmd{relax}\gls{glsresetentrylist}
+\gls{glossentry}\margm{entry-label}\margm{number-list}
+\gls{subglossentry}\margm{level}\margm{entry-label}\margm{number-list}
+\comment{\ldots}
+\gls{glsgroupskip}
+\gls{glsgroupheading}\margm{group-label}\cmd{relax}\gls{glsresetentrylist}
+\gls{glossentry}\margm{entry-label}\margm{number-list}
+\gls{subglossentry}\margm{level}\margm{entry-label}\margm{number-list}
+\comment{\ldots}
+\cend{theglossary}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+
+The entire \idx{numberlist} for each \idx{entry} is encapsulated with:
+\cmddef{glossaryentrynumbers}
+This command allows \gls{glsnonextpages}, \gls{glsnextpages}, and
+the \opt{nonumberlist} and \opt{savenumberlist} options to work.
+The \gls{glossaryentrynumbers} command is reset by:
+\cmddef{glsresetentrylist}
+
+With \option{noidx}, this command is preceded by:
+\cmddef{glsnoidxprenumberlist}
+The default behaviour is to use the value of the
+\glosfield{prenumberlist} internal field. This command is not used
+with \options{mkidx,xdy}.
+
+If you want to suppress the \idx{numberlist} for a particular entry,
+you can add the following to the entry's description:
+\cmddef{glsnonextpages}
+Within the \idx{glossary}, this will redefine \gls{glossaryentrynumbers}
+to ignore its argument and then reset itself. This means that the
+next \idx{numberlist} will be suppressed. Note that if the entry
+doesn't have a \idx{numberlist} (for example, it's a parent entry
+that only appears in the \idx{glossary} because it has an \indexed\
+descendent entry) then the next \idx{numberlist} will be for the
+first child entry that's been \indexed. This command does nothing
+outside of the \idx{glossary}.
+
+Similarly, if you want to override the \opt{nonumberlist} option to
+ensure that the next \idx{numberlist} is shown, then use:
+\cmddef{glsnextpages}
+This command does nothing outside of the \idx{glossary}.
+
+\begin{information}
+The \gloskey{nonumberlist} key that may be used when defining an
+\idx{entry}, works by automatically adding \gls{glsnonextpages} or
+\gls{glsnextpages} to the \idx{indexing} information before
+\gls{glossentry} or \gls{subglossentry} with \options{mkidx,xdy}.
+With \option{noidx}, the relevant command is put in the
+\glosfield{prenumberlist} internal field, but since
+\gls{printnoidxglossary} only uses \gls{glsnoidxprenumberlist}
+and \gls{glossaryentrynumbers} when the \glosfield{loclist} field is
+set, it won't affect sub-entries.
+\end{information}
+
+The \env{theglossary} environment, and the other commands
+(\gls{glossaryheader}, \gls{glsgroupskip}, \gls{glsgroupheading},
+\gls{glossentry} and \gls{subglossentry}) are all redefined by
+\idxpl{glossarystyle} and are described in
+\sectionref{sec:newglossarystyle}.
\chapter{Defining New Glossaries}
\label{sec:newglossary}
-A new glossary can be defined using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\newglossary}]
-\cs{newglossary}\oarg{log-ext}\marg{name}\marg{in-ext}\marg{out-ext}\linebreak\marg{title}\oarg{counter}
-\end{definition}
-where \meta{name} is the label to assign to this glossary.
-The arguments \meta{in-ext} and \meta{out-ext} specify the extensions to
-give to the input and output files for that glossary, \meta{title}
-is the default title for this new glossary and the final optional
-argument \meta{counter} specifies which counter to use for the
-associated \glspl{numberlist} (see also
-\sectionref{sec:numberlists}). The first optional argument specifies
-the extension for the \gls{makeindex} (\opt2) or \gls{xindy} (\opt3)
-transcript file (this information is only used by
-\gls{makeglossaries} which picks up the information from the
-auxiliary file). If you use \opt1, the \meta{log-ext},
-\meta{in-ext} and \meta{out-ext} arguments are ignored.
+A new \idx+{glossary} can be defined using:
+\cmddef{newglossary}
+where \meta{glossary-label} is the label to assign to this
+\idx{glossary}. This label is used to reference the \idx{glossary}
+in the value of the \gloskey{type} key when defining \idxpl{entry} or,
+the similarly named, \printglossopt{type} option in the
+\gls{print...glossary} commands.
\begin{important}
-The glossary label \meta{name} must not contain any active
-characters. It's generally best to stick with just characters that
-have category code~11 (typically the non-extended \glspl{latinchar}
-for standard \LaTeX).
+As with labels in general, \meta{glossary-label} must not contain any active
+characters.
\end{important}
-There is also a starred version (new to v4.08):
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\newglossary*}]
-\cs{newglossary*}\marg{name}\marg{title}\oarg{counter}
-\end{definition}
-which is equivalent to
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newglossary}[\meta{name}-glg]\marg{name}\{\meta{name}-gls\}\{\meta{name}-glo\}\ifpdf\linebreak\fi\marg{title}\oarg{counter}
-\end{alltt}
-or you can also use:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\altnewglossary}]
-\cs{altnewglossary}\marg{name}\marg{tag}\marg{title}\oarg{counter}
-\end{definition}
+The arguments \meta{in-ext} and \meta{out-ext} specify the
+extensions of the input and output (from \TeX's point of
+view) \idxc+{glossaryfile}{files} for that \idx{glossary},
+\meta{title} is the default title for this new \idx{glossary}, and
+the final optional argument \meta{counter} specifies which
+\idx{locationcounter} to use for the associated \idxpl{numberlist}
+(see also \sectionref{sec:numberlists}). If not specified, the
+default \idx{locationcounter} will be the one identified in the
+\opt{counter} option, if that option is used, otherwise it will be
+the \ctr+{page} counter.
+
+The first optional argument \meta{log-ext} specifies the extension
+for the \idx{indexingapp}['s] transcript file (this information is
+used by \app{makeglossaries} which picks up the information
+from the \ext+{aux} file and also by the \opt{automake} option). If
+omitted, \ext+{glg} is used.
+
+The file extensions only apply to \options{mkidx,xdy}. For the other
+options, the \idx{indexing} information is written to the \ext{aux}
+file for \options{noidx,b2g}. No input file is required for
+\option{noidx} and \option{b2g} always has the \ext+{glstex} file
+extension. Since the file extensions are only relevant for
+\options{mkidx,xdy}, there is a starred version that omits those
+arguments:
+\cmddef{newglossary*}
+This is equivalent to
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{newglossary}\oarg{\meta{glossary-label}-glg}\margm{glossary-label}\marg{\meta{glossary-label}-gls}\marg{\meta{glossary-label}-glo}\margm{title}\oargm{counter}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+or you can use:
+\cmddef{altnewglossary}
which is equivalent to
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newglossary}[\meta{tag}-glg]\marg{name}\{\meta{tag}-gls\}\{\meta{tag}-glo\}\marg{title}\oarg{counter}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{newglossary}\oarg{\meta{tag}-glg}\margm{glossary-label}\marg{\meta{tag}-gls}\marg{\meta{tag}-glo}\margm{title}\oargm{counter}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+Note that in both cases distinct file extensions are defined so these
+commands are still useful with \options{mkidx,xdy}.
It may be that you have some terms that are so common
that they don't need to be listed. In this case, you can define
-a~special type of glossary that doesn't create any associated files.
-This is referred to as an \qt{ignored glossary} and it's ignored by
-commands that iterate over all the glossaries, such as
-\ics{printglossaries}. To define an ignored glossary, use
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\newignoredglossary]
-\cs{newignoredglossary}\marg{name}
-\end{definition}
-where \meta{name} is the name of the glossary (as above). This
-glossary type will automatically be added to the
-\pkgopt{nohypertypes} list, since there are no hypertargets for
-the entries in an ignored glossary.
+a~special type of \idx{glossary} that doesn't create any associated files.
+This is referred to as an \qt{\idx+{ignoredglossary}} and it's ignored by
+commands that iterate over all the \idxpl{glossary}, such as
+\gls{printglossaries}. To define an \idx{ignoredglossary}, use
+\gls{newignoredglossary}
+where \meta{glossary-label} is the glossary label (as above). This
+\idx{glossary} type will automatically be added to the
+\opt{nohypertypes} list, since there are no hypertargets for
+the entries in an \idx{ignoredglossary}.
(The sample file \samplefile{-entryfmt} defines an ignored glossary.)
+An \idx{ignoredglossary} can't be displayed with
+\gls{printnoidxglossary} or \gls{printglossary} but can be displayed
+with \gls{printunsrtglossary} and \gls{printunsrtinnerglossary}.
+
\begin{xtr}
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides a starred version of
-this command that allows hyperlinks (since ignored glossaries can be
-useful with \gls{bib2gls}). There is also an analogous
-\ics*{provideignoredglossary} command.
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides a starred version
+\starredcs{newignoredglossary} that doesn't suppress
+\idxpl{hyperlink} (since \idxpl{ignoredglossary} can be
+useful with \app{bib2gls}). There is also an analogous
+\gls{provideignoredglossary} command.
\end{xtr}
-You can test if a glossary is an ignored one using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\ifignoredglossary]
-\cs{ifignoredglossary}\marg{name}\marg{true}\marg{false}
-\end{definition}
-This does \meta{true} if \meta{name} was defined as an ignored
-glossary, otherwise it does \meta{false}.
-
-Note that the main (default) glossary is automatically created as:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossary{main}{gls}{glo}{\glossaryname}
-\end{verbatim}
-so it can be identified by the label \texttt{main} (unless the
-\pkgopt{nomain} package option is used). Using the
-\pkgopt{acronym} package option is equivalent to:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname}
-\end{verbatim}
-so it can be identified by the label \texttt{acronym}. If you are
-not sure whether the \pkgopt{acronym} option has been used, you
-can identify the list of acronyms by the command
-\DescribeMacro{\acronymtype}\cs{acronymtype} which is set to
-\texttt{acronym}, if the \pkgopt{acronym} option has been used,
-otherwise it is set to \texttt{main}. Note that if you are using
-the main glossary as your list of acronyms, you need to declare
-it as a list of acronyms using the package option
-\pkgopt{acronymlists}.
-
-The \pkgopt{symbols} package option creates a new glossary with the
-label \texttt{symbols} using:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossary[slg]{symbols}{sls}{slo}{\glssymbolsgroupname}
-\end{verbatim}
-The \pkgopt{numbers} package option creates a new glossary with
-the label \texttt{numbers} using:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossary[nlg]{numbers}{nls}{nlo}{\glsnumbersgroupname}
-\end{verbatim}
-The \pkgopt{index} package option creates a new glossary with
-the label \texttt{index} using:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossary[ilg]{index}{ind}{idx}{\indexname}
-\end{verbatim}
+You can test if a \idx{glossary} is an ignored one using:
+\cmddef{ifignoredglossary}
+This does \meta{true} if \meta{glossary-label} was defined as an
+\idx{ignoredglossary}, otherwise it does \meta{false}.
+
+Note that the \glostypedef{main} (default) \idx{glossary} is automatically created as:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{newglossary}\marg{main}\marg{\ext+{gls}}\marg{\ext+{glo}}\marg{\gls{glossaryname}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+so it can be identified by the label \glostype{main} (unless the
+\opt{nomain} package option is used). If the \sty{doc} package has
+been loaded (which uses the \ext{gls} and \ext{glo} extensions for
+the change log) then the \glostype{main} glossary will instead be
+defined as:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{newglossary}\oarg{\ext+{glg2}}\marg{main}\marg{\ext+{gls2}}\marg{\ext+{glo2}}\marg{\gls{glossaryname}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+If you are using a class or package that similarly requires
+\ext{gls} and \ext{glo} as file extensions, you will need to use the
+\opt{nomain} option and define your own custom \idx{glossary}, but
+be aware of other possible conflicts, such as different definitions
+of commands and environments like \gls{printglossary} or
+\env{theglossary}.
+
+The \opt{acronym} (or \opt{acronyms}) package option is equivalent to:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{newglossary}\oarg{\ext+{alg}}\marg{\glostype{acronym}}\marg{\ext+{acr}}\marg{\ext+{acn}}\marg{\gls{acronymname}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+so it can be identified by the label \glostype{acronym}. If you are
+not sure whether the \opt{acronym} option has been used, you
+can identify the list of \idxpl{acronym} by the command:
+\cmddef{acronymtype}
+The default definition is simply \gls{glsdefaulttype}. The
+\opt{acronym} or \opt{acronyms} option will redefine \gls{acronymtype} to
+\glostype{acronym}. If you want additional \idxpl{glossary} for
+use with \idxpl{acronym}, remember to declare them with
+\opt{acronymlists}.
+
+The \opt{symbols} package option creates a new \idx{glossary} with the
+label \glostype{symbols} using:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{newglossary}\oarg{\ext+{slg}}\marg{\glostype{symbols}}\marg{\ext+{sls}}\marg{\ext+{slo}}\marg{\gls{glssymbolsgroupname}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+The \opt{numbers} package option creates a new \idx{glossary} with
+the label \glostype{numbers} using:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{newglossary}\oarg{\ext+{nlg}}\marg{\glostype{numbers}}\marg{\ext+{nls}}\marg{\ext+{nlo}}\marg{\gls{glsnumbersgroupname}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+The \opt{index} package option creates a new \idx{glossary} with
+the label \glostype{index} using:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{newglossary}\oarg{\ext+{ilg}}\marg{\glostype{index}}\marg{\ext+{ind}}\marg{\ext+{idx}}\marg{\gls{indexname}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
\begin{important}
-\optsand23: all glossaries must be defined before \ics{makeglossaries} to
-ensure that the relevant output files are opened.
-
-See \sectionref{sec:fixednames} if you want to redefine \cs{glossaryname},
-especially if you are using \sty{babel} or \sty{translator}.
-(Similarly for \cs{glssymbolsgroupname} and
-\cs{glsnumbersgroupname}.) If you want to redefine \ics{indexname},
+With \options{mkidx,xdy} all \idxpl{glossary} must be defined before
+\gls+{makeglossaries} to ensure that the relevant output
+\idxc{glossaryfile}{files} are opened.
+
+See \sectionref{sec:fixednames} if you want to redefine \gls{glossaryname},
+especially if you are using a language package.
+(Similarly for \gls{glssymbolsgroupname} and
+\gls{glsnumbersgroupname}.) If you want to redefine \gls{indexname},
just follow the advice in
-\href{https://texfaq.org/FAQ-fixnam}{How to
-change LaTeX’s \qt{fixed names}}.
+\texfaq{FAQ-fixnam}{How to change LaTeX's \qt{fixed names}}.
\end{important}
\chapter{Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text}
\label{sec:glsadd}
-It is possible to add a line to the glossary file without
-generating any text at that point in the document using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsadd}]
-\cs{glsadd}\oarg{options}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-This is similar to the \glstextlike\ commands, only it doesn't produce
-any text (so therefore, there is no \gloskey[glslink]{hyper} key
-available in \meta{options} but all the other options that can
-be used with \glstextlike\ commands can be passed to \cs{glsadd}).
-
-This command essentially works like \cs{index} (provided by the
-\LaTeX\ kernel) in that it doesn't produce text but it does add a
-line with an associated location to the glossary file. In this case,
-the \qt{encap} (the page encapsulator information) is specified with
-the \gloskey{format} key. (See \sectionref{sec:encap}.)
-
-For example, to add a page range to the glossary number list for the
-entry whose label is given by \texttt{set}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glsadd[format=(]{set}
-Lots of text about sets spanning many pages.
-\glsadd[format=)]{set}
-\end{verbatim}
+It is possible to \idx+{index}{indexing} an \idx{entry} without
+\cmddef{glsadd}
+This is similar to the \gls{glstextlike} commands, only it doesn't produce
+any text. Therefore, there is no \glsopt{hyper} key
+available in \meta{options} but all the other base options that can
+be used with the \gls{glstextlike} commands can be passed to \gls{glsadd}.
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides addition options, such
+as \glsopt{textformat}, that aren't applicable when there's no
+\idx{linktext}, so they are also not available.
+This ensures that the given entry is listed in the \idx{glossary}
+and that the current \location\ is included in the entry's
+\idx{numberlist}.
+
+This command is particularly useful to create an explicit \idx{range} that
+covers an entire section or block of text that might otherwise end
+up with a long, ragged \idx{numberlist}. For example, suppose I have
+defined an \idx{entry} with the label \qt{set}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{set}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{set},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a collection}}
+\end{codebox}
+Suppose I have a section about sets spanning from page~3 to page~8
+with repeated use of \code{\gls{gls}\marg{set}} on pages~3, 5, 7
+and 8. This will result in the \idx{numberlist} \qt{3, 5, 7, 8}
+which is a bit untidy. It would look far more compact, and better
+emphasize that the section of the document from page~3 to~8 covers
+sets, if the \idx{numberlist} was simply \qt{3--8}.
+
+This can be done with an explicit \idx{range}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsadd}\oarg{\glsoptval{format}{\sym+{startrange}}}\marg{set}
+Lots of text about sets spanning page 3 to page 8.
+\gls{glsadd}\oarg{\glsoptval{format}{\sym+{endrange}}}\marg{set}
+\end{codebox}
+See \sectionref{sec:encap} for more information about the
+\idx{locationencap}.
To add all entries that have been defined, use:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsaddall}]
-\cs{glsaddall}\oarg{options}
-\end{definition}
-The optional argument is the same as for \cs{glsadd}, except
-there is also a key \gloskey[glsaddall]{types} which can be
-used to specify which glossaries to use. This should be a
+\cmddef{glsaddall}
+The optional argument is the same as for \gls{glsadd}, except
+there is also a key \glsoptdef{types} which can be
+used to specify which \idxpl{glossary} to use. This should be a
comma-separated list. For example, if you only want to add
-all the entries belonging to the list of acronyms (specified by
-the glossary type \ics{acronymtype}) and a list of
-notation (specified by the glossary type \texttt{notation}) then you can
+all the \idxpl{entry} belonging to the list of acronyms (specified by
+the glossary type \gls{acronymtype}) and a list of
+notation (specified by the glossary type \optfmt{notation}) then you can
do:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glsaddall[types={\acronymtype,notation}]
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsaddall}\oarg{\glsoptvalm{types}{\gls{acronymtype},notation}}
+\end{codebox}
\begin{bib2gls}
-If you are using \gls{bib2gls} with \gls{glossaries-extra}, you
-can't use \cs{glsaddall}. Instead use the \optfmt{selection=all}
-resource option to select all entries in the given \filetype{bib} files.
+If you are using \app{bib2gls} with \sty{glossaries-extra}, you
+can't use \gls{glsaddall}. Instead use the \resourceoptval{selection}{all}
+resource option to select all \idxpl{entry} in the given \ext+{bib} files.
\end{bib2gls}
\begin{important}
-Note that \cs{glsadd} and \cs{glsaddall} add the current location to
-the \gls{numberlist}. In the case of \cs{glsaddall}, all entries in the
-glossary will have the same location in the number list. If you want
-to use \cs{glsaddall}, it's best to suppress the number list with
-the \pkgopt{nonumberlist} package option. (See
+Note that \gls{glsadd} and \gls{glsaddall} add the current
+\location\ to the \idx{numberlist}. In the case of \gls{glsaddall},
+all \idxpl{entry} in the listed \idxpl{glossary} will have the same
+\location\ in the \idx{numberlist} (the \location\ at the point in
+the document where \gls{glsaddall} was used, which will be page~1 if
+it occurs in the \idx{documentpreamble}). If you want to use
+\gls{glsaddall}, it's best to suppress the \idx{numberlist} with the
+\opt{nonumberlist} package option. (See
sections~\ref{sec:pkgopts-printglos} and~\ref{sec:numberlists}.)
\end{important}
-There is now a variation of \cs{glsaddall} that skips any entries
-that have been \glsdisp{firstuseflag}{marked as used}:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsaddallunused]
-\cs{glsaddallunused}\oarg{list}
-\end{definition}
-This command uses \cs{glsadd}\texttt{[format=glsignore]} which will
-ignore this location in the number list. (See \sectionref{sec:encap}.)
-The optional argument \meta{list} is a comma-separated list of
-glossary types. If omitted, it defaults to the list of all defined
-glossaries.
+If you want to ensure that all \idx{entry} are added to the
+\idx{glossary}, but only want the \locations\ of entries that have
+actually been used in the document, then you can use:
+\cmddef{glsaddallunused}
+Note that in this case, the optional argument is simply a list of
+\idx{glossary} labels. The options available to \gls{glsadd} and
+\gls{glsaddall} aren't available here. If the optional argument is
+omitted, the list of all non-\idxpl{ignoredglossary} is assumed.
+
+This command implements:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{glsadd}\oarg{\glsoptval{format}{\encap{glsignore}}}\margm{entry-label}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+for each \idx{entry} in each \idx{glossary} listed in the optional
+argument if the entry has been marked as \glslink{firstuseflag}{used}.
+Since \gls{glsignore} discards its argument, this effectively
+creates an \idx{invisiblelocation}. This is necessary because
+\app{makeindex} and \app{xindy} require an associated \location\ for
+each line in the \idx{indexingfile}. (They are
+\glslink{indexingapp}{\emph{indexing} applications} not glossary
+applications, so they expect page numbers.)
+
+This means that \gls{glsaddallunused} adds \code{\gls{glsignore}\margm{location}} to
+the \idx{numberlist} of all the \emph{unused} \idxpl{entry}.
+If any of those \idxpl{numberlist} have other \locations\ (for
+example, the \idxpl{firstuseflag} was reset before
+\gls{glsaddallunused} or only the \gls{glstextlike} commands were
+used or if any \idx{indexing} occurs after \gls{glsaddallunused})
+then this will cause spurious commas or en-dashes in the
+\idx{numberlist} that have been placed before or after the
+\idx{invisiblelocation}.
\begin{important}
-If you want to use \cs{glsaddallunused}, it's best to place the
+If you want to use \gls{glsaddallunused}, it's best to place the
command at the end of the document to ensure that all the commands
-you intend to use have already been used. Otherwise you could end up
-with a spurious comma or dash in the location list.
+you intend to use have already been used and make sure to use the
+\gls{glslike} commands and don't issue any resets (\gls{glsreset} etc).
\end{important}
\begin{bib2gls}
-With \gls{glossaries-extra} and \gls{bib2gls}, \texttt{glsignore}
-indicates an \qt{ignored location} which influences selection but
-isn't added to the location list. In this case, if you use
-\optfmt{selection=all} then only those entries that have been
-explicitly indexed in the document will have location lists. The
-other entries that were selected as a result of
-\optfmt{selection=all} won't have location lists.
+Since \app{bib2gls} was designed specifically for
+\sty{glossaries-extra}, it recognises \encap{glsignore} as a special
+format that indicates the \location\ shouldn't be added to the
+\idx{locationlist} but the \idx{entry} should be selected.
+
+Alternatively, the \resourceoptval{selection}{all} resource option
+can be used, which will ensure all \idxpl{entry} are selected but only
+those \indexed\ with one or more non-ignored \locations\ will have a
+\idx{locationlist}.
\end{bib2gls}
Base \sty{glossaries} package only:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-\makeglossaries
-\newglossaryentry{cat}{name={cat},description={feline}}
-\newglossaryentry{dog}{name={dog},description={canine}}
-\begin{document}
-\gls{cat}.
-\printglossaries
-\glsaddallunused % <- make sure dog is also listed
-\end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
-Corresponding \gls{glossaries-extra} and \gls{bib2gls} document code:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
-\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={entries},selection=all]
-\begin{document}
-\gls{cat}.
-\printunsrtglossaries
-\end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
-With the file \texttt{entries.bib}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-@entry{cat,name={cat},description={feline}}
-@entry{dog,name={dog},description={canine}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\gls{makeglossaries}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{cat}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{cat},\gloskeyval{description}{feline}}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{dog}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{dog},\gloskeyval{description}{canine}}
+\cbeg{document}
+\gls{gls}\marg{cat}.
+\gls{printglossaries}
+\gls{glsaddallunused} \comment{<- make sure dog is also listed}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+Corresponding \sty{glossaries-extra} and \app{bib2gls} document code:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}\oarg{\opt{record}}\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptval{src}{entries},\resourceoptval{selection}{all}}
+\cbeg{document}
+\gls{gls}\marg{cat}.
+\gls{printunsrtglossaries}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+With the file \filefmt{entries.bib}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{cat,\gloskeyval{name}{cat},\gloskeyval{description}{feline}}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{dog,\gloskeyval{name}{dog},\gloskeyval{description}{canine}}
+\end{codebox}
\begin{example}{Dual Entries}{ex:dual}
-The example file \samplefile{-dual} makes use of \cs{glsadd} to
-allow for an entry that should appear both in the main glossary and
-in the list of acronyms. This example sets up the list of acronyms
-using the \pkgopt{acronym} package option:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
-A new command is then defined to make it easier to define dual
+The example file \samplefile{-dual} makes use of \gls{glsadd} to
+allow for an \idx{entry} that should appear both in the \glostype{main} glossary and
+in the list of \idxpl{acronym}. This example sets up the list of
+\idxpl{acronym} using the \opt{acronym} package option:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{acronym}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+A new command (\gls{newdualentry}) is then defined to make it easier to define dual
entries:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand*{\newdualentry}[5][]{%
- \newglossaryentry{main-#2}{name={#4},%
- text={#3\glsadd{#2}},%
- description={#5},%
- #1
- }%
- \newacronym{#2}{#3\glsadd{main-#2}}{#4}%
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{newdualentry}}[5][]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{main-\#2}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\#4},\comment{}
+ \gloskeyval{text}{\#3\gls{glsadd}\marg{\#2}},\comment{}
+ \gloskeyval{description}{\#5},\comment{}
+ \#1
+ }\comment{}
+ \gls{newacronym}\marg{\#2}\marg{\#3\gls{glsadd}\marg{main-\#2}}\marg{\#4}\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
This has the following syntax:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{newdualentry}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\marg{abbrv}\marg{long}\marg{description}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{newdualentry}\oargm{options}\margm{label}\margm{abbrv}\margm{long}\margm{description}
+\end{compactcodebox}
You can then define a new dual entry:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newdualentry{svm}% label
- {SVM}% abbreviation
- {support vector machine}% long form
- {Statistical pattern recognition technique}% description
-\end{verbatim}
-Now you can reference the acronym with \verb|\gls{svm}| or you can
-reference the entry in the main glossary with \verb|\gls{main-svm}|.
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newdualentry}\marg{svm}\comment{label}
+ \marg{SVM}\comment{abbreviation}
+ \marg{support vector machine}\comment{long form}
+ \marg{Statistical pattern recognition technique}\comment{description}
+\end{codebox}
+Now you can reference the acronym with \code{\gls{gls}\marg{svm}} or you can
+reference the entry in the \glostype{main} glossary with
+\code{\gls{gls}\marg{main-svm}}.
This is just an example.
In general, think twice before you add this kind of duplication.
@@ -11062,11 +23470,11 @@ of the short forms start with a different letter to the associated
long form, which may make it harder to lookup.
\begin{bib2gls}
-Note that with \gls{bib2gls}, there are special dual entry types
+Note that with \app{bib2gls}, there are special dual entry types
that implement this behaviour. That is, if an entry is referenced
then its corresponding dual entry will automatically be selected as
-well. So there is less need for \cs{glsadd} with \gls{bib2gls}.
-(Although it can still be useful, as shown in \opt6.)
+well. So there is less need for \gls{glsadd} with \app{bib2gls}.
+(Although it can still be useful, for example with \option{standalone}.)
\end{bib2gls}
\end{example}
@@ -11074,786 +23482,1777 @@ well. So there is less need for \cs{glsadd} with \gls{bib2gls}.
\label{sec:crossref}
\begin{important}
-You must use \ics{makeglossaries} (\optsor23) or
-\ics{makenoidxglossaries} (\opt1) \emph{before} defining any
-terms that cross-reference entries. If any of the terms that you have
-cross-referenced don't appear in the glossary, check that you have
-put \cs{makeglossaries}\slash\cs{makenoidxglossaries} before all
-entry definitions. The \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides
-better cross-reference handling.
+You must use \gls{makeglossaries} (\optionsor{mkidx,xdy}) or
+\gls{makenoidxglossaries} (\option{noidx}) \emph{before} defining
+any \idxpl{entry} that cross-reference other \idxpl{entry}. If any
+of the \idxpl{entry} that you have cross-referenced don't appear
+in the \idx{glossary}, check that you have put
+\gls{makeglossaries}\slash\gls{makenoidxglossaries} before all entry
+definitions. The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides better
+cross-reference handling.
\end{important}
-There are several ways of cross-referencing entries in the
-glossary:
+There are several ways of cross-referencing \idx{entry} in the
+\idxpl{glossary}:
\begin{enumerate}
-\item You can use commands such as \ics{gls} in the
+\item\label{itm.descsee} You can use commands such as \gls{gls} in the
entries description. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{apple}{name=apple,
-description={firm, round fruit. See also \gls{pear}}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{apple}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{apple},
+\gloskeyval{description}{firm, round fruit. See also \gls{gls}\marg{pear}}}
+\end{codebox}
Note that with this method, if you don't use the cross-referenced term
in the main part of the document, you will need two runs of
-\gls{makeglossaries}:
-\begin{prompt}
+\app{makeglossaries}:
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex filename
makeglossaries filename
pdflatex filename
makeglossaries filename
pdflatex filename
-\end{prompt}
-This is because the \cs{gls} in the description won't be detected
-until the glossary has been created (unless the description is used
-elsewhere in the document with \ics{glsentrydesc}). Take care not to
-use \ics{glsdesc} (or \ics{Glsdesc}) in this case as it will cause a
+\end{terminal}
+This is because the \gls{gls} in the description won't be detected
+until the \idx{glossary} has been created (unless the description is used
+elsewhere in the document with \gls{glsentrydesc}). Take care not to
+use \gls{glsdesc} (or \gls{Glsdesc}) in this case as it will cause a
nested link.
-\item As described in \sectionref{sec:newglosentry}, you can use the
+\item\label{itm.glssee} After you have defined the entry, use
+\cmddef{glssee}
+where \meta{xr-list} is a comma-separated list of \idx{entry}
+labels to be cross-referenced, \meta{entry-label} is the label of the
+\idx{entry} doing the cross-referencing and \meta{tag} is the \qt{see} tag.
+(The default value of \meta{tag} is \gls{seename}.)
+
+This command is essentially performing:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{glsadd}\oarg{\glsoptval{format}{\meta{cross-ref-encap}}}\margm{entry-label}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+where \meta{cross-ref-encap} is a special form of \idx{locationencap}
+that includes \meta{tag} and \meta{xr-list}. Remember from
+\sectionref{sec:glsadd} that \app{makeindex} always requires a
+\location. This special \idx{locationencap} discards the provided
+location (which \gls{glssee} sets to \qt{Z} to push the
+cross-reference to the end of the \idx{numberlist}) and replaces it
+with the cross-reference in the form \qt{\emph{see} \meta{name(s)}}.
+
+This means that \gls{glssee} indexes \meta{entry-label} so that
+\meta{entry-label} appears in the \idx{glossary} but it doesn't
+\idxc{indexing}{index} any of the entries listed in \meta{xr-list}.
+
+For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glssee}\oarg{see also}\marg{series}\marg{FourierSeries,TaylorsTheorem}
+\end{codebox}
+This \idxc{indexing}{indexes} the entry identified by the label
+\qt{series} and adds a \location\ to the \qt{series} \idx{numberlist}
+that looks something like:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\emph{see also} \gls{glsentryname}\marg{FourierSeries} \gls{cs.amp}
+\gls{glsentryname}\marg{TaylorsTheorem}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+(The actual format is performed with \gls{glsseeformat}.)
+
+\item\label{itm.seekey} As described in \sectionref{sec:newglosentry}, you can use the
\gloskey{see} key when you define the entry. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{MaclaurinSeries}{name={Maclaurin
-series},
-description={Series expansion},
-see={TaylorsTheorem}}
-\end{verbatim}
-Note that in this case, the entry with the \gloskey{see} key will
-automatically be added to the glossary, but the cross-referenced
-entry won't. You therefore need to ensure that you use the
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{MaclaurinSeries}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{Maclaurin series},
+\gloskeyval{description}{Series expansion},
+\gloskeyval{see}{TaylorsTheorem}}
+\end{codebox}
+This key was provided as a simple shortcut that does:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{MaclaurinSeries}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{Maclaurin series},
+\gloskeyval{description}{Series expansion}}
+\gls{glssee}\marg{MaclaurinSeries}\marg{TaylorsTheorem}
+\end{codebox}
+This means that \qt{MaclaurinSeries} will automatically be added to
+the \idx{glossary} with something like
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{emph}\marg{see} \gls{glsentryname}\marg{TaylorsTheorem}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+in its \idx{numberlist}, but \qt{TaylorsTheorem} will need to be
+\indexed\ elsewhere to ensure that it also appears in the
+\idx{glossary} otherwise, it would end up with the preamble
+\location\ (page~1) in its \idx{numberlist}, assuming that the
+\idx{entry} was defined in the \idx{documentpreamble}.
+
+You therefore need to ensure that you use the
cross-referenced term with the commands described in
\sectionref{sec:glslink} or \sectionref{sec:glsadd}.
-The \qt{see} tag is produce using \ics{seename}, but can be
+The \qt{see} tag is produce using \gls{seename}, but can be
overridden in specific instances using square brackets
at the start of the \gloskey{see} value. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{MaclaurinSeries}{name={Maclaurin
-series},
-description={Series expansion},
-see=[see also]{TaylorsTheorem}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{MaclaurinSeries}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{Maclaurin series},
+\gloskeyval{description}{Series expansion},
+\gloskey{see}=\oarg{see also}\marg{TaylorsTheorem}}
+\end{codebox}
Take care if you want to use the optional argument of commands such
-as \ics{newacronym} or \ics{newterm} as the value will need to be
+as \gls{newacronym} or \gls{newterm} as the value will need to be
grouped. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newterm{seal}
-\newterm[see={[see also]seal}]{sea lion}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newterm}\marg{seal}
+\gls{newterm}\oarg{\gloskeyval{see}{\oarg{see also}seal}}\marg{sea lion}
+\end{codebox}
Similarly if the value contains a list. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glossaryentry{lemon}{
- name={lemon},
- description={Yellow citrus fruit}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glossaryentry}\marg{lemon}
+\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{name}{lemon},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{Yellow citrus fruit}
}
-\glossaryentry{lime}
-{
- name={lime},
- description={Green citrus fruit}
+\gls{glossaryentry}\marg{lime}
+\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{name}{lime},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{Green citrus fruit}
}
-\glossaryentry{citrus}
-{
- name={citrus},
- description={Plant in the Rutaceae family},
- see={lemon,lime}
+\gls{glossaryentry}\marg{citrus}
+\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{name}{citrus},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{Plant in the Rutaceae family},
+ \gloskeyval{see}{lemon,lime}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\item After you have defined the entry, use
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glssee}]
-\cs{glssee}\oarg{tag}\marg{label}\marg{xr label list}
-\end{definition}
-where \meta{xr label list} is a comma-separated list of entry
-labels to be cross-referenced, \meta{label} is the label of the
-entry doing the cross-referencing and \meta{tag} is the \qt{see} tag.
-(The default value of \meta{tag} is \ics{seename}.)
-For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glssee[see also]{series}{FourierSeries,TaylorsTheorem}
-\end{verbatim}
-Note that this automatically adds the entry given by \meta{label} to
-the glossary but doesn't add the cross-referenced entries (specified
-by \meta{xr label list}) to the glossary.
+\end{codebox}
\end{enumerate}
-In both cases~2 and 3 above, the cross-referenced information
-appears in the \gls{numberlist}, whereas in case~1, the
-cross-referenced information appears in the description. (See the
-\samplefile{-crossref} example file that comes with this package.)
-This means that in cases~2 and~3, the cross-referencing information
-won't appear if you have suppressed the \gls*{numberlist}. In this
-case, you will need to activate the \gls*{numberlist} for the given
-entries using \gloskey{nonumberlist=false}. Alternatively, if you
-just use the \gloskey{see} key instead of \ics{glssee}, you can
-automatically activate the \gls*{numberlist} using the
-\pkgopt{seeautonumberlist} package option.
+In both cases~\ref{itm.glssee} and \ref{itm.seekey} above, the
+cross-referenced information appears in the \idx{numberlist},
+whereas in case~\ref{itm.descsee}, the cross-referenced information
+appears in the description. (See the \samplefile{-crossref} example
+file that comes with this package.) This means that in
+cases~\ref{itm.glssee} and~\ref{itm.seekey}, the cross-referencing
+information won't appear if you have suppressed the
+\idx{numberlist}. In this case, you will need to activate the
+\idx{numberlist} for the given entries using
+\gloskey{nonumberlist}{false}. Alternatively, if you just use the
+\gloskey{see} key instead of \gls{glssee}, you can automatically
+activate the \idx{numberlist} using the \opt{seeautonumberlist}
+package option.
\begin{bib2gls}
-\gls{bib2gls} provides much better support for cross-references.
-See, for example,
+\app{bib2gls} provides much better support for cross-references,
+including the ability to only show the cross-reference in the
+\idx{locationlist} (\resourceoptvalm{save-locations}{see}) without
+the actual \locations. See, for example,
\gallery{index.php?label=bib2gls-xr}{Gallery: Cross-References (bib2gls)}.
\end{bib2gls}
-\section{Customising Cross-reference Text}
+\section{Customising Cross-Reference Text}
\label{sec:customxr}
-When you use either the \gloskey{see} key or the command
-\cs{glssee}, the cross-referencing information will be typeset in the
-glossary according to:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsseeformat}]
-\cs{glsseeformat}\oarg{tag}\marg{label-list}\marg{location}
-\end{definition}
-The default definition of \cs{glsseeformat} is:
-\begin{display}
-\cs{emph}\marg{tag} \cs{glsseelist}\marg{label-list}
-\end{display}
-Note that the location is always ignored.\footnote{\gls{makeindex}
-will always assign a location number, even if it's not needed, so it
-needs to be discarded.} For example, if you want the tag to appear
-in bold, you can do:\footnote{If you redefine \cs{glsseeformat},
-keep the default value of the optional argument as \ics{seename} as
-both \gloskey{see} and \cs{glssee} explicitly write
-\texttt[\cs{seename}\texttt] in the output file if no optional
-argument is given.}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\glsseeformat}[3][\seename]{\textbf{#1}
- \glsseelist{#2}}
-\end{verbatim}
-
+When you use either the \gloskey{see} key or the
+\gls{glssee} command, the cross-referencing information will be typeset in the
+\idx{glossary} (within the \idx{numberlist}) according to:
+\cmddef{glsseeformat}
+The default definition:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\cmd{emph}\margm{tag} \gls{glsseelist}\margm{xr-list}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+Note that the \meta{location} argument is always ignored.
+(\app{makeindex} will always assign a \location\ number, even if it's not needed, so it
+needs to be discarded.) For example, if you want the tag to appear
+in bold, you can do:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsseeformat}}[3][\gls{seename}]\marg{\cmd{textbf}\marg{\#1}
+ \gls{glsseelist}\marg{\#2}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+The list of labels is formatted by:
+\cmddef{glsseelist}
+This iterates through the comma-separated list of \idx{entry} labels
+\meta{label-list} and formats each entry in the list. The \idxpl{entry}
+are separated by:
+\cmddef{glsseesep}
+between all but the last pair, and
+\cmddef{glsseelastsep}
+between the last pair.
+
+Each entry item in the list is formatted with:
+\cmddef{glsseeitem}
+This does:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{glshyperlink}\oarg{\gls{glsseeitemformat}\marg{\#1}}\marg{\#1}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+which creates a \idx{hyperlink}, if enabled, to the cross-referenced
+entry. The \idx{hyperlink} text is given by:
+\cmddef{glsseeitemformat}
+This does:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{ifglshasshort}\margm{entry-label}
+ \marg{\gls{glsentrytext}\margm{entry-label}}\comment{acronym}
+ \marg{\gls{glsentryname}\margm{entry-label}}\comment{non-acronym}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+which uses the \gloskey{text} field for \idxpl{acronym} and the
+\gloskey{name} field otherwise.
+
+\begin{information}
+When \gls{glssee} was first introduced in v1.17, the cross-referenced entry was
+displayed with just \gls{glsentryname}, but this caused problems because
+back then the \gloskey{name} field had to be sanitized because it was
+written to the \idx{glossaryfile}, which caused strange results if
+the \gloskey{name} contained any commands. So in v3.0, the default
+definition was switched to using \gls{glsentrytext} to avoid the
+issue. In v3.08a, the information written to the \idx{glossaryfile}
+was changed and the \gloskey{name} was no longer sanitized, but the
+new definition was retained for backward-compatibility.
+
+However, the original definition is more appropriate in some ways,
+as it makes more sense for the cross-reference to show the name as
+it appears in the \idx{glossary}, except for \idxpl{acronym} which
+could have wide names if the long form is included. So in v4.50,
+which had major compatibility-breaking changes to remove the
+unconditional dependency on the now deprecated \sty{textcase}
+package, the original use of \gloskey{name} was restored for
+non-\idxpl{acronym}, which brings it into line with
+\sty{glossaries-extra}.
+\end{information}
+
+For example, to make the cross-referenced list use small caps with
+the \gloskey{text} (not \gloskey{name}) field:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\gls{glsseeitemformat}}[1]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{textsc}\marg{\gls{glsentrytext}\marg{\#1}}}
+\end{codebox}
-The list of labels is dealt with by \cs{glsseelist}, which iterates
-through the list and typesets each entry in the label. The entries
-are separated by
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsseesep}]
-\cs{glsseesep}
-\end{definition}
-or (for the last pair)
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsseelastsep}]
-\cs{glsseelastsep}
-\end{definition}
-These default to ``",\space"'' and
-\qt{\cs{space}\ics{andname}\cs{space}} respectively. The list entry text
-is displayed using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsseeitemformat}]
-\cs{glsseeitemformat}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-This defaults to \ics{glsentrytext}\marg{label}.\footnote{In
-versions before 3.0, \cs{glsentryname} was used, but this could cause
-problems when the \gloskey{name} key was \glsd{sanitize}.} For example, to
-make the cross-referenced list use small caps:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{%
- \textsc{\glsentrytext{#1}}}
-\end{verbatim}
\begin{xtr}
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package redefines \cs{glsseeitemformat}
-and additionally provides \ics*{glsxtrhiername} which can be used
-as an alternative to \cs{glsentrytext}. See the
-\gls{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package redefines \gls{glsseeitemformat}
+to use \gls{glsfmttext} for \idxpl{abbreviation} and
+\gls{glsfmtname} otherwise. Additionally, it provides
+\gls{glsxtrhiername} which can be used as an alternative for
+\hierarchical\ entries. See the \sty{glossaries-extra} manual for
+further details.
\end{xtr}
\begin{important}
-You can use \ics{glsseeformat} and \ics{glsseelist} in the main body
+You can use \gls{glsseeformat} and \gls{glsseelist} in the main body
of the text, but they won't automatically add the cross-referenced
-entries to the glossary. If you want them added with that location,
+entries to the \idx{glossary}. If you want them added with that location,
you can do:
-\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
Some information (see also
-\glsseelist{FourierSeries,TaylorsTheorem}%
-\glsadd{FourierSeries}\glsadd{TaylorsTheorem}).
-\end{verbatim}
+\gls{glsseelist}\marg{FourierSeries,TaylorsTheorem}\comment{}
+\gls{glsadd}\marg{FourierSeries}\gls{glsadd}\marg{TaylorsTheorem}).
+\end{codebox}
\end{important}
\chapter{Number Lists}
\label{sec:numberlists}
-Each entry in the glossary has an associated \gls{numberlist}.
-By default, these numbers refer to the pages on which that entry has
-been indexed (using any of the commands described in
-\sectionref{sec:glslink} and \sectionref{sec:glsadd}). The number
-list can be suppressed using the \pkgopt{nonumberlist} package
-option, or an alternative counter can be set as the default using
-the \pkgopt{counter} package option. The number list is also
-referred to as the location list\index{location list|see{number list}}.
-
-\Glspl{numberlist} are more common with indexes rather than
-glossaries (although you can use the \styfmt{glossaries} package for
-indexes as well). However, the \styfmt{glossaries} package makes use
-of \gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy} to hierarchically sort and collate the
-entries since they are readily available with most modern \TeX\
-distributions. Since these are both designed as \glspl{indexingapp}
-they both require that terms either have a valid location or a
-cross-reference. Even if you use \pkgopt{nonumberlist}, the
-locations must still be provided and acceptable to the
-\gls{indexingapp} or they will cause an error during the indexing
-stage, which will interrupt the document build. However, if you're
-not interested in the locations, each entry only needs to be indexed
-once, so consider using \pkgopt{indexonlyfirst}, which can improve the
-document build time by only indexing the \gls{firstuse} of each term.
-
-The \ics{glsaddall} command (see \sectionref{sec:glsadd}), which is used to
-automatically index all entries, iterates over all defined entries
-and does \cs{glsadd}\marg{label} for each entry (where \meta{label}
-is that entry's label). This means that \cs{glsaddall} automatically
-adds the same location to every entry's \gls{numberlist}, which
-looks weird if the \gls*{numberlist} hasn't been suppressed.
-
-With \opt4, the indexing is performed by \gls{bib2gls}, which was
-specifically designed for the \gls{glossaries-extra} package. So it
-will allow any location format, and its \texttt{selection=all}
-option will select all entries without adding an unwanted location to the
-\gls{numberlist}. If \gls{bib2gls} can deduce a numerical value for
-a location, it will attempt to form a range over consecutive
-locations, otherwise it won't try to form a range and the
-location will just form an individual item in the list.
-\opt1 also allows any location but it doesn't form ranges.
+Each \idx{entry} in the \idx{glossary} has an associated
+\idx+{numberlist} (or \idx+{locationlist}). By default, these
+numbers (the \idxpl+{entrylocation}) refer to the pages on which
+that \idx{entry} has been \indexed\ (using any of the commands
+described in \sectionref{sec:glslink} and \sectionref{sec:glsadd})
+and will also include any cross-references obtained with \gls{glssee}
+(or the \gloskey{see} key).
+
+The \locations\ in the \idx{numberlist} are separated with:
+\cmddef{delimN}
+
+The \idx{numberlist} can be suppressed using the
+\opt{nonumberlist} package option, or an alternative counter can
+be set as the default using the \opt{counter} package option.
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package additionally provides the
+\opt{equations} and \opt{floats} options that can be used to
+automatically switch the \idx{locationcounter} in certain
+environments.
+
+\begin{bib2gls}
+With \app{bib2gls} you can prevent the \idx{numberlist} from being
+created with the \resourceoptval{save-locations}{false} resource
+option, or only include the cross-references with the
+\resourceoptval{save-locations}{see} option.
+\end{bib2gls}
+
+\Idxpl{numberlist} are more common with indexes rather than
+\idxpl{glossary} (although you can use the \sty{glossaries} package for
+indexes as well). However, \options{mkidx,xdy} makes use of
+\app{makeindex} or \app{xindy} to hierarchically sort and collate
+the \idxpl{entry}. These applications are readily available with most
+modern \TeX\ distributions, but because they are both designed as
+\idxpl{indexingapp} they both require that terms either have a valid
+\location\ or a cross-reference.
+
+\begin{important}
+Even if you use \opt{nonumberlist}, the \locations\ must still be
+provided and acceptable to the \idx{indexingapp} or they will cause
+an error during the \idx{indexing} stage, which will interrupt the
+document build. \Idxpl{emptylocation} are not permitted with
+\options{mkidx,xdy}. See \sectionref{sec:problemlocations}.
+\end{important}
+
+If you're not interested in the \locations, each
+\idx{entry} only needs to be indexed once, so consider using
+\opt{indexonlyfirst}, which can improve the document build time by
+only \idx{indexing} the \idx{firstuse} of each term.
+
+The \gls{glsaddall} command (see \sectionref{sec:glsadd}), which is used to
+automatically \idxc{indexing}{index} all \idxpl{entry}, iterates over
+all defined \idxpl{entry} (in non-\idxpl{ignoredglossary})
+and does \code{\gls{glsadd}\margm{entry-label}} for each
+\idx{entry} (where \meta{entry-label} is that \idx{entry}['s] label).
+This means that \gls{glsaddall} automatically
+adds the same \location\ to every entry's \idx{numberlist}, which
+looks weird if the \idx{numberlist} hasn't been suppressed.
+
+With \option{b2g}, the \idx{indexing} is performed by \app{bib2gls}, which was
+specifically designed for the \sty{glossaries-extra} package.
+So it will allow \idxc{emptylocation}{empty} or unusual locations.
+(As from \app{bib2gls} v3.0, \idxpl{emptylocation} will be converted
+to \idxpl{ignoredlocation}.)
+Additionally, the \resourceoptval{selection}{all} resource option
+option will select all \idxpl{entry} without adding an unwanted
+\location\ to the \idx{numberlist}. If \app{bib2gls} can deduce a numerical value for
+a \location, it will attempt to form a \idx{range} over consecutive
+\locations, otherwise it won't try to form a \idx{range} and the
+\location\ will just form an individual item in the list.
+
+\option{noidx} also allows any \location\ but it doesn't form
+\idxpl{range}. Any \idxpl{emptylocation} or location with the
+\encap{glsignore} format will result in an \idx{invisiblelocation} in the
+\idx{numberlist}.
\section{Encap Values (Location Formats)}
\label{sec:encap}
-Each location in the \gls{numberlist} is encapsulated with a
-command formed from the \termdef{encap} value. By
-default this is the \ics{glsnumberformat} command, which corresponds
-to the encap \texttt{glsnumberformat}, but this may be
-overridden using the \gloskey[glslink]{format} key in the optional
-argument to commands like \cs{gls}. (See \sectionref{sec:glslink}.)
-For example, you may want the location to appear in bold to indicate
-the principle use of a term or symbol. If the encap starts with an
-open parenthesis~\verb|(| this signifies the start of a range and if
-the encap starts with close parenthesis~\verb|)| this signifies the
-end of a range. These must always occur in matching pairs.
-
-The \styfmt{glossaries} package provides the command:
-\begin{definition}[\glsignore]
-\cs{glsignore}\marg{text}
-\end{definition}
-which ignores its argument. This is the format used by
-\cs{glsaddallunused} to suppress the location, which works fine as
-long as no other locations are added to the \gls{numberlist}. For
-example, if you use \verb|\gls{sample}| on page~2 then reset the
-\gls{firstuseflag} and then use \cs{glsaddallunused} on page~10, the
-\gls{numberlist} for \texttt{sample} will be \verb|2, \glsignore{10}|
-which will result in \qt{2,~} which has a spurious comma.
-
-This isn't a problem with \gls{bib2gls} because you would need to use
-\texttt{selection=all} instead of \cs{glsaddallunused}, but even if
-you explicitly had used \texttt{glsignore}, for example,
-\cs{gls}\texttt{[format=glsignore]}\marg{label}, then \gls{bib2gls}
-will recognise \texttt{glsignore} as
-a special encap indicating an ignored location, so it will select
-the entry but not add that location to the \gls{numberlist}. It's a
-problem for all the other indexing options.
-
-Complications can arise if you use different encap values for the
-same location. For example, suppose on page~10 you have both the
-default \texttt{glsnumberformat} and \texttt{textbf} encaps. While it may
-seem apparent that \texttt{textbf} should override \texttt{glsnumberformat}
-in this situation, the \gls{indexingapp} may not know it.
-This is therefore something you need to be careful about if you use the
-\gloskey[glslink]{format} key or if you use a command that
-implicitly sets it.
-
-In the case of \gls{xindy}, it only accepts one encap (according to
-the order of precedence given in the \gls{xindy} module) and discards the
-others for identical locations (for the same entry). This can cause
-a problem if a discarded location forms the start or end of a range.
-
-In the case of \gls{makeindex}, it accepts different encaps for the
-same location, but warns about it. This leads to a \gls{numberlist}
-with the same location repeated in different formats. If you use
-the \gls{makeglossaries} Perl script with \opt2 it will detect
-\gls{makeindex}'s warning and attempt to fix the problem, ensuring
-that the \texttt{glsnumberformat} encap always has the least precedence
-unless it includes a range identifier. Other conflicting encaps will
-have the last one override earlier ones for the same location with
-range identifiers taking priority.
-
-No discard occurs with \opt1 so again you get the same location
-repeated in different formats. With \opt4, \gls{bib2gls} will discard
-according to order of precedence, giving priority to start and end
-range encaps. (See the \gls{bib2gls} manual for further details.)
+The \idxc+{locationencap}{location encap or format} is the
+encapsulating command used to format an \idx+{entrylocation}.
+That is, it's a command that takes an argument that will be the
+\location.
+
+\begin{information}
+If you aren't using \sty{hyperref} then you can use the control
+sequence name of any text-block command that takes a single
+argument. For example, \glsoptval{format}{\encap{emph}}.
+If you require \idxpl+{hyperlink} then it's more complicated.
+\end{information}
+
+The \qt{\idx{encap}} usually refers to the control sequence \emph{name} without
+the leading backslash (such as \encap{textbf}) and is essentially
+the same as the \app{makeindex} \idx{encap} value that can be provided within
+the standard \gls{index} command.
+
+\begin{warning}
+Be careful not to use a declaration (such as
+\gls{bfseries}) instead of a text-block command (such as
+\gls{textbf}) as the effect is not guaranteed to be localised,
+either within the \idx{numberlist} or throughout the \idx{glossary}.
+\end{warning}
+
+There is a special format:
+\cmddef{glsignore}
+which simply ignores its argument. With \options{noidx,mkidx,xdy} this
+creates an \idxc{emptylocation}{empty (invisible) location} which can lead
+to spurious commas or en-dashes if the \idx{numberlist} contains
+other \locations. However, with \app{bib2gls}, this format
+identifies the \location\ as a special \idx{ignoredlocation} which
+won't be added to the \idx{locationlist} but will influence
+selection.
+
+If you want to apply more than one style to a given \location\ (for example,
+\textbf{bold} and \emph{italic}) you will need to create a command
+that applies both formats. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{textbfem}}[1]\marg{\gls{textbf}\marg{\gls{emph}\marg{\#1}}}
+\end{codebox}
+and use that command.
-\section{Locations}
-\label{sec:locationsyntax}
+In this document, \idxn{standardformat} refer to the standard text
+block commands such as \gls{textbf} or \gls{emph} or any of the
+commands listed in \tableref{tab:hyperxx}.
-Neither \opt1 nor \opt4 care about the location syntax as long as
-it's valid \LaTeX\ code (and doesn't contain fragile commands). In
-both cases, the indexing is performed by writing a line to the
-\filetype{aux} file. The write operation is deferred to avoid the
-problems associated with \TeX's asynchronous output routine.
-(See, for example,
-\href{https://texfaq.org/FAQ-oddpage}{Finding
-if you're on an odd or an even page} for more details on this issue.)
-Unfortunately \optsand23 are far more problematic and need some
-complex code to deal with awkward locations.
-
-If you know that your locations will always expand to a format
-acceptable to your chosen \gls{indexingapp} then use the package
-option \pkgopt[false]{esclocations} to bypass this operation. This setting
-only affects \optsand23 as the problem doesn't arise with the other
-indexing options.
-
-Both \gls{makeindex} and \gls{xindy} are fussy about the syntax of
-the locations. In the case of \gls{makeindex}, only the numbering
-system obtained with \cs{arabic}, \cs{roman}, \cs{Roman}, \cs{alph}
-and \cs{Alph} or composites formed from them with the same separator
-(set with \cs{glsSetCompositor}\marg{char}) are accepted.
-(\gls{makeindex} won't accept an empty location.) In the case of
-\gls{xindy}, you can define your own location classes, but if the
-location contains a robust command then the leading backslash must
-be escaped. The \sty{glossaries} package tries to do this, but it's
-caught between two conflicting requirements:
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item The location must be fully expanded before \verb|\| can be
-converted to \verb|\\| (there's no point converting \verb|\thepage|
-to \verb|\\thepage|);
-\item The page number can't be expanded until the deferred write
-operation (so \verb|\c@page| mustn't expand in the previous step
-but \verb|\the\c@page| mustn't be converted to \verb|\\the\\c@page|
-and \verb|\number\c@page| mustn't be converted to
-\verb|\\number\\c@page| etc).
-\end{enumerate}
-There's a certain amount of trickery needed to deal with this
-conflict and the code requires the location to be in a form that
-doesn't embed the counter's internal register in commands like
-\cs{value}. For example, suppose you have a robust command called
-\cs{tallynum} that takes a number as the argument and an expandable
-command called \cs{tally} that converts a counter name into the
-associated register or number to pass to \cs{tallynum}. Let's
-suppose that this command is used to represent the page number:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand{\thepage}{\tally{page}}
-\end{verbatim}
-Now let's suppose that a term is indexed at the beginning of page~2
-at the end of a paragraph that started on page~1. With \gls{xindy},
-the location \verb|\tally{page}| needs to be written to the file
-as \verb|\\tallynum{2}|. If it's written as \verb|\tallynum{2}| then
-\gls{xindy} will interpret \verb|\t| as the character \qt{t}
-(which means the location would appear as \qt{tallynum2}). So
-\sty{glossaries} tries to expand \cs{thepage} without expanding
-\cs{c@page} and then escapes all the backslashes, except for the
-page counter's internal command. The following definitions of
-\cs{tally} will work:
-\begin{itemize}
-\item In the following, \cs{arabic} works as its internal command \cs{c@arabic} is
-temporarily redefined to check for \cs{c@page}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\arabic{#1}}}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\item The form \verb|\expandafter\the\csname c@|\meta{counter}\verb|\endcsname|
-also works (provided \cs{the} is allowed to be temporarily redefined,
-see below):
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand{\tally}[1]{%
- \tallynum{\expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{important}
+If you use \app{xindy} instead of \app{makeindex}, you
+must use \gls{GlsAddXdyAttribute} to identify any
+non-\idxpl{standardformat}
+that you want to use with the \glsopt{format} key. So if you use
+\app{xindy} with the above example \csfmt{textbfem}, you would need to add:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsAddXdyAttribute}\marg{textbfem}
+\end{codebox}
+See \sectionref{sec:xindy} for further details.
+\end{important}
-\item \verb|\expandafter\the\value|\marg{counter} now also works
-(with the same condition as above):
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\expandafter\the\value{#1}}}
-\end{verbatim}
+If you are using \idxpl+{hyperlink} and you want to change the font
+of the hyperlinked \location\, don't use \gls{hyperpage} (provided
+by the \sty{hyperref} package) as the \locations\ may not refer to a
+page number and the location argument may contain the range delimiter \gls{delimR}.
+Instead, the \sty{glossaries} package provides
+\idx{hyperlink}-supported \idxpl{encap} listed in
+\tableref{tab:hyperxx}. These commands all use \gls{glshypernumber}
+(described below) and so shouldn't be used in other contexts.
-\item Another variation that will work:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand{\tally}[1]{%
- \expandafter\tallynum\expandafter{\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}}
-\end{verbatim}
+The \csmetafmt{hyper}{xx}{} can also be used without \sty{hyperref}, since
+\gls{glshypernumber} will simply do its argument if \gls{hyperlink}
+hasn't been defined. In which case, only the font change will be
+applied.
-\item and also:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}}
-\end{verbatim}
-\end{itemize}
-The following \emph{don't work}:
-\begin{itemize}
-\item This definition leads to the premature expansion of \cs{c@page}
-to \qt{1} when, in this case, it should be \qt{2}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\the\value{#1}}}
-\end{verbatim}
-\item This definition leads to \verb|\\c@page| in the glossary file:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\csname c@#1\endcsname}}
-\end{verbatim}
-\end{itemize}
-If you have a numbering system where
-\verb|\|\meta{cs name}\verb|{page}| expands to
-\verb|\|\meta{internal cs name}\cs{c@page} (for example, if
-\verb|\tally{page}| expands to \verb|\tallynum\c@page|) then you
-need to use:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsaddprotectedpagefmt]
-\cs{glsaddprotectedpagefmt}\marg{internal cs name}
-\end{definition}
-Note that the backslash must be omitted from \meta{internal cs name}
-and the corresponding command must be able to process a count
-register as the (sole) argument.
-
-For example, suppose you have a style \texttt{samplenum} that is
-implemented as follows:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \newcommand*{\samplenum}[1]{%
- \expandafter\@samplenum\csname c@#1\endcsname}
- \newcommand*{\@samplenum}[1]{\two@digits{#1}}
+\begin{table}[htbp]
+\caption{Predefined Hyperlinked Location Formats}
+\label{tab:hyperxx}
+\centering
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\inlineencapdef{hyperrm} & serif (\gls{textrm}) \idx{hyperlink}\\
+\inlineencapdef{hypersf} & sans-serif (\gls{textsf}) \idx{hyperlink}\\
+\inlineencapdef{hypertt} & monospaced (\gls{texttt}) \idx{hyperlink}\\
+\inlineencapdef{hyperbf} & bold (\gls{textbf}) \idx{hyperlink}\\
+\inlineencapdef{hypermd} & medium weight (\gls{textmd}) \idx{hyperlink}\\
+\inlineencapdef{hyperit} & italic (\gls{textit}) \idx{hyperlink}\\
+\inlineencapdef{hypersl} & slanted (\gls{textsl}) \idx{hyperlink}\\
+\inlineencapdef{hyperup} & upright (\gls{textup}) \idx{hyperlink}\\
+\inlineencapdef{hypersc} & small caps (\gls{textsc}) \idx{hyperlink}\\
+\inlineencapdef{hyperemph} & emphasized (\gls{emph}) \idx{hyperlink}
+\end{tabular}
+\par
+\end{table}
-\end{verbatim}
-(That is, it displays the value of the counter as a two-digit
-number.) Then to ensure the location is correct for entries in
-page-spanning paragraphs, you need to do:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glsaddprotectedpagefmt{@samplenum}
-\end{verbatim}
-(If you are using a different counter for the location, such as
-\texttt{section} or \texttt{equation}, you don't need to worry about
-this provided the inner command is expandable.)
-
-If the inner macro (as given by \verb|\|\meta{internal cs name}) contains
-non-expandable commands then you may need to redefine
-\cs{gls}\meta{internal cs name}\texttt{page} after using
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{glsaddprotectedpagefmt}\marg{internal cs name}
-\end{alltt}
-This command doesn't take any arguments
-as \emph{the location is assumed to be given by \cs{c@page}} because
-that's the only occasion this command should be used. For example,
-suppose now my page counter format uses small caps Roman numerals:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \newcommand*{\samplenum}[1]{%
- \expandafter\@samplenum\csname c@#1\endcsname}
- \newcommand*{\@samplenum}[1]{\textsc{\romannumeral#1}}
-\end{verbatim}
-Again, the inner macro needs to be identified using:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glsaddprotectedpagefmt{@samplenum}
-\end{verbatim}
-However, since \cs{textsc} isn't fully expandable, the location
-is written to the file as \verb|\textsc {i}| (for page~1),
-\verb|\textsc {ii}| (for page~2), etc. This format may cause a problem for
-the \gls{indexingapp} (particularly for \gls{makeindex}).
-To compensate for this, the \cs{gls}\meta{internal cs
-name}\texttt{page} command may be redefined so that it expands to a
-format that's acceptable to the \gls*{indexingapp}. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\gls@samplenumpage}{\romannumeral\c@page}
-\end{verbatim}
-While this modification means that the \gls{numberlist} in the glossary
-won't exactly match the format of the page numbers (displaying
-lower case Roman numbers instead of small cap Roman numerals)
-this method will at least work correctly for both \gls{makeindex}
-and \gls{xindy}. If you are using \gls{xindy}, the following
-definition:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \renewcommand*{\gls@samplenumpage}{%
- \glsbackslash\string\textsc{\romannumeral\c@page}}
-\end{verbatim}
-combined with
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsAddXdyLocation{romansc}{:sep "\string\textsc\glsopenbrace"
- "roman-numbers-lowercase" :sep "\glsclosebrace"}
-\end{verbatim}
-will now have lowercase Roman numerals in the location list
-(see \sectionref{sec:xindyloc} for further details on that command).
-Take care of the backslashes. The location (which ends up in
-the \xindyattr{:locref} attribute) needs \verb|\\| but the location class
-(identified with \cs{GlsAddXdyLocation}) just has a single
-backslash. Note that this example will cause problems if your
-locations should be hyperlinks.
-
-Another possibility that may work with both \gls{makeindex} and
-\gls{xindy} is to redefine \cs{gls}\meta{internal cs
-name}\texttt{page} (\cs{gls@samplenumpage} in this example)
-to just expand to the decimal page number (\verb|\number\c@page|) and redefine
-\ics{glsnumberformat} to change the displayed format:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\gls@samplenumpage}{\number\c@page}
-\renewcommand*{\glsnumberformat}[1]{\textsc{\romannumeral#1}}
-\end{verbatim}
+If you want to make a new \idx{locationformat} that supports
+\idxpl{hyperlink}, you
+will need to define a command which takes one argument and use that
+with the location encapsulated with \gls{glshypernumber} or the
+appropriate \csmetafmt{hyper}{xx}{} command.
+For example, if you want the \location\ number to be in a bold
+sans-serif font, you can define a command called, say,
+\csfmt{hyperbsf}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{hyperbsf}}[1]\marg{\gls{textbf}\marg{\gls{hypersf}\marg{\#1}}}
+\end{codebox}
+and then use \optfmt{hyperbsf} as the value for the \glsopt{format} key.
\begin{important}
-If you redefine \cs{gls}\meta{internal cs name}\texttt{page},
-you must make sure that \cs{c@page} is expanded when it's written to
-the file. (So don't, for example, hide \cs{c@page} inside a robust
-command.)
+When defining a custom \idx{locationformat} command
+that uses one of the \csmetafmt{hyper}{xx}{} commands, make sure
+that the argument of \csmetafmt{hyper}{xx}{} is just the \location.
+Any formatting must be outside of \csmetafmt{hyper}{xx}{} (as in the
+above \csfmt{hyperbfsf} example).
\end{important}
-The mechanism that allows this to work temporarily redefines
-\ics{the} and \ics{number} while it processes the location. If this
-causes a problem you can disallow it using
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glswrallowprimitivemodsfalse]
-\cs{glswrallowprimitivemodsfalse}
-\end{definition}
-but you will need to find some other way to ensure the location expands
-correctly.
+Remember that if you use \app{xindy}, you
+will need to add this to the list of location \idxpl{xindyattr}:
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{GlsAddXdyAttribute}\marg{hyperbsf}
+\end{codebox*}
+
+Complications can arise if you use different \idx{encap} values for the
+same \location. For example, suppose on page~10 you have both the
+default \encap{glsnumberformat} and \encap{hyperbf} \idxpl{encap}. While it may
+seem apparent that \encap{hyperbf} should override \encap{glsnumberformat}
+in this situation, the \idx{indexingapp} may not know it.
+This is therefore something you need to be careful about if you use the
+\glsopt{format} key or if you use a command that implicitly sets it.
+
+In the case of \app{xindy}, it only accepts one \idx{encap} (according to
+the order of precedence given in the \app{xindy} module) and discards the
+others for identical \locations\ (for the same \idx{entry}). This can cause
+a problem if a discarded \location\ forms the start or end of a \idx{range}.
+
+In the case of \app{makeindex}, it accepts different \idxpl{encap} for the
+same \location, but warns about it (\qt{\idxpl{multipleencap}}).
+This leads to a \idx{numberlist}
+with the same \location\ repeated in different formats. If you use
+the \app{makeglossaries} Perl script with \option{mkidx} it will detect
+\app{makeindex}['s] warning and attempt to fix the problem, ensuring
+that the \encap{glsnumberformat} \idx{encap} always has the least precedence
+unless it includes a \idx{range} identifier. Other conflicting
+\idxpl{encap} will have the last one override earlier ones for the same
+\location\ with \idx{range} identifiers taking priority. If you
+actually want the repeat, you can disable this feature with the
+\mkglsopt{e} switch.
+
+No discard occurs with \option{noidx} so again you get the same
+\location\ repeated in different formats. With \option{b2g},
+\app{bib2gls} will discard according to order of precedence, giving
+priority to start and end \idxpl{range}. (See the \app{bib2gls}
+manual for further details.)
+
+The default \location\ format is:
+\cmddef{glsnumberformat}
+This will simply do its argument \meta{location(s)} if
+\sty{hyperref} hasn't been loaded, otherwise it will use:
+\cmddef{glshypernumber}
+This will create a \idx+{hyperlink} to the \location\ or will simply do
+its argument if \sty{hyperref} hasn't been loaded. The
+\meta{location(s)} argument may contain multiple \locations. If so,
+they must be separated with \gls{delimR} or \gls{delimN}. (Usually
+\gls{delimN} won't occur. The \gls{delimR} separator may occur with
+\idxpl{range} and \app{makeindex}.) Any other markup is likely to cause a
+problem (see \sectionref{sec:problemlocations}).
+
+Each \location\ within \gls{glshypernumber} will have a
+\idx{hyperlink} created with:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls+{hyperlink}\margm{anchor}\margm{text}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+where the \meta{text} is the location encapsulated with:
+\cmddef{glswrglosslocationtextfmt}
+This just does its argument by default.
+
+The \meta{anchor} is constructed from the location but requires the
+prefix and \idx{locationcounter}, which first have to be set with:
+\cmddef{setentrycounter}
+This command will be automatically inserted before the location in the
+\idx{numberlist} by the appropriate \idx{indexing} method.
+In the case of \app{makeindex}, this will be inserted at the start
+of the \idx{encap} information, but with \app{xindy} the counter
+will form part of the \idxc{xindyattr}{attribute} and a helper
+command has to be provided that uses \gls{setentrycounter}. With
+\option{noidx} the command occurs inside the definition of
+\gls{glsnoidxdisplayloc}.
+
+The \meta{counter} will be stored in:
+\cmddef{glsentrycounter}
+and may be used in the hooks described below. Note that the prefix
+can't be referenced as \gls{glswrglossdisableanchorcmds} is also
+used when obtaining the prefix during \idx{indexing}.
+
+The \meta{anchor} is then constructed as follows:
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item Use the \gls{glswrglossdisableanchorcmds} hook to disable problematic
+commands (scoped).
+\item Expand (protected)
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\meta{counter}\meta{prefix}\gls{glswrglosslocationtarget}\margm{location}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+\item Sanitize the result.
+\end{enumerate}
+For example:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{setentrycounter}\oarg{}\marg{\ctr{page}}\comment{page counter and empty prefix}
+\gls{glshypernumber}\marg{1}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+will essentially do:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{hyperlink}\marg{page.1}{1}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+whereas
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{setentrycounter}\oarg{1}\marg{\ctr{equation}}\comment{}
+\gls{glshypernumber}\marg{2}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+will essentially do:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{hyperlink}\marg{equation.1.2}{2}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+
+The initial hook to disable the problematic commands is:
+\cmddef{glswrglossdisableanchorcmds}
+By default, this is defined to:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\cmd{let}\gls+{glstexorpdfstring}\cmd{@secondoftwo}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+If \sty{hyperref} is loaded the definition will also include:
+\begin{compactcodebox*}
+\cmd{let}\gls{texorpdfstring}\cmd{@secondoftwo}
+\gls{pdfstringdefPreHook}
+\end{compactcodebox*}
+The location is encapsulated with:
+\cmddef{glswrglosslocationtarget}
+This must expand but may be used to make adjustments. The default
+definition is to simply expand to its argument. The
+\gls{glswrglossdisableanchorcmds} hook may be used to alter the
+definition if some condition is required, but bear in mind that
+\gls{glswrglosslocationtarget} won't be used when the prefix is
+obtained during \idx{indexing}.
+
+Any leftover robust or protected commands will end up sanitized to
+prevent an obscure error from occurring, but an invalid target name is
+likely to result. See \sectionref{sec:problemlocations} for an
+example.
+
+The use of \gls{setentrycounter} to set the prefix and counter is
+necessary because the hypertarget can't be included in the
+\idx{indexing} information supplied to \app{makeindex} or
+\app{xindy}, because neither the \app{makeindex} nor \app{xindy}
+syntax supports it. Unfortunately, not all definitions of
+\gls{theHcounter} can be split into a prefix and location that can
+be recombined in this way. This problem can occur, for example,
+with \optval{counter}{\ctr{equation}} when it depends on the \ctr{chapter}
+counter. This can result in warnings in the form:
+\begin{transcript}
+name\margm{target-name} has been referenced but does not exist, replaced by a fixed one
+\end{transcript}
+The \samplefile{Eq} sample file deals with this issue by redefining
+\theHcounter{equation} as follows:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\theHcounter{equation}\marg{\theHcounter{chapter}.\gls{arabic}\marg{equation}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+\begin{bib2gls}
+This issue is avoided with \app{bib2gls} and \optval{record}{nameref}
+as that syntax allows the \idx{hyperlink} target to be supplied with the
+\idx{indexing} information.
+\end{bib2gls}
\section{Range Formations}
\label{sec:ranges}
-Both \gls{makeindex} and \gls{xindy} (\optsand23) concatenate a
-sequence of~3 or more consecutive pages into~a range. With
-\gls*{xindy} (\opt3) you can vary the minimum sequence length using
-\ics{GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength}\marg{n} where \meta{n} is either
-an integer or the keyword \texttt{none} which indicates that there
-should be no range formation (see \sectionref{sec:xindyloc} for
-further details).
+There are two types of \inlineidxpdef{range}: explicit and implicit.
+Neither are supported with \option{noidx}. Both are supported by
+\options{mkidx,xdy,b2g}. Implicit ranges can be switched off using
+the appropriate option for the required \idx{indexingapp}.
+The start and end of a \idx{range} is separated with:
+\cmddef{delimR}
+\options{mkidx,xdy} can merge implicit and explicit \idxpl{range}
+that overlap. With \option{b2g}, individual \locations\ can be
+merged into an explicit range, but an individual location on either
+side of the explicit range won't be merged into the explicit range.
+
+As with \gls{index}, the characters \sym{startrange} and \sym{endrange}
+can be used at the start of the \glsopt{format} value to specify the
+beginning and ending of a number \idx{range}. They must be in matching
+pairs with the same \idx{encap}. For example,
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{gls}\oarg{\glsoptval{format}{\sym{startrange}\encap{emph}}}\marg{sample}
+\end{codebox}
+on one page to start the \idx{range} and later:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{gls}\oarg{\glsoptval{format}{\sym{endrange}\encap{emph}}}\marg{sample}
+\end{codebox}
+to close the \idx{range}. This will create an explicit \idx{range} in the
+\idx{numberlist} that's encapsulated with \gls{emph}. If the default
+\encap{glsnumberformat} should be used, you can omit it and just
+have the \sym{startrange} and \sym{endrange} characters.
+
+Implicit \idxpl{range} are formed by concatenating a sequence of
+three or more consecutive \locations. For example, if an \idx{entry}
+is \indexed\ on pages~3, 4, 5, and 6, this will be compacted into
+\qt{3--6}.
+
+With \option{xdy}, you can vary the minimum sequence length using
+\gls{GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength}
+where the argument is either the minimum number or the keyword
+\optfmt{none}, which indicates that no implicit \idxpl{range} should be
+formed. See \sectionref{sec:xindyloc} for further details.
-\begin{important}
-Note that \cs{GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength} must be used before
-\ics{makeglossaries} and has no effect if \ics{noist} is used.
-\end{important}
+\begin{xtr}
+With \option{b2g}, the minimum number for form implicit \idxpl{range}
+is given by the \resourceopt{min-loc-range} resource option.
+Again, the value is either the minimum number or the keyword
+\optfmt{none}, which indicates that no implicit \idxpl{range} should be
+formed. It's also possible to compact a ragged sequence into a range
+with \resourceopt{max-loc-diff}. For example, with
+\resourceoptval{max-loc-diff}{2}, the sequence \qt{2, 4, 5, 6, 8}
+can be compressed into the range \qt{2--8}. Another \idx{range}-related option is
+\resourceopt{compact-ranges} which allows \idxpl{range} to be more
+compact by omitting matching initial digits at the end of the
+\idx{range}. For example, \qt{184--189} can be compacted into \qt{184--9}.
+\end{xtr}
+
+With both \app{makeindex} and \app{xindy} (\options{mkidx,xdy}), you can replace
+the separator and the closing number at the end of the range using:
+\cmddef{glsSetSuffixF}
+to set the suffix for two consecutive \locations\ and
+\cmddef{glsSetSuffixFF}
+to set the suffix for three or more consecutive \locations.
+\option{b2g} provides a similar feature with the
+\resourceopt{suffixF} and \resourceopt{suffixFF} resource options.
-With both \gls{makeindex} and \gls{xindy} (\optsand23), you can replace
-the separator and the closing number in the range using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsSetSuffixF}]
-\cs{glsSetSuffixF}\marg{suffix}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsSetSuffixFF}]
-\cs{glsSetSuffixFF}\marg{suffix}
-\end{definition}
-where the former command specifies the suffix to use for a 2 page
-list and the latter specifies the suffix to use for longer lists.
For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glsSetSuffixF{f.}
-\glsSetSuffixFF{ff.}
-\end{verbatim}
-Note that if you use \gls{xindy} (\opt3), you will also need to
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsSetSuffixF}\marg{f.}
+\gls{glsSetSuffixFF}\marg{ff.}
+\end{codebox}
+Note that if you use \app{xindy} (\option{xdy}), you will also need to
set the minimum range length to 1 if you want to change these
suffixes:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength{1}
-\end{verbatim}
-Note that if you use the \sty{hyperref} package, you will need
-to use \ics{nohyperpage} in the suffix to ensure that the hyperlinks
-work correctly. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glsSetSuffixF{\nohyperpage{f.}}
-\glsSetSuffixFF{\nohyperpage{ff.}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength}\marg{1}
+\end{codebox}
+If you use the \sty{hyperref} package, you will need
+to use \gls{nohyperpage} in the suffix to ensure that the
+\idxpl+{hyperlink} work correctly. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsSetSuffixF}\marg{\gls{nohyperpage}\marg{f.}}
+\gls{glsSetSuffixFF}\marg{\gls{nohyperpage}\marg{ff.}}
+\end{codebox}
\begin{important}
-Note that \cs{glsSetSuffixF} and \cs{glsSetSuffixFF} must be used
-before \ics{makeglossaries} and have no effect if \ics{noist} is
+Note that \gls{glsSetSuffixF} and \gls{glsSetSuffixFF} must be used
+before \gls{makeglossaries} and have no effect if \gls{noist} is
used.
\end{important}
-It's also possible to concatenate a sequence of consecutive
-locations into a range or have suffixes with \opt4, but with
-\gls{bib2gls} these implicit ranges can't be merged with explicit
-ranges (created with the \verb|(| and \verb|)| encaps). See
-the \gls{bib2gls} manual for further details.
-
-\opt1 doesn't form ranges. However, with this option you
-can iterate over an entry's \gls{numberlist} using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsnumberlistloop]
-\cs{glsnumberlistloop}\marg{label}\marg{handler cs}\marg{xr handler
-cs}
-\end{definition}
-where \meta{label} is the entry's label and \meta{handler cs} is a
-handler control sequence of the form:
-\begin{definition}
-\meta{handler cs}\marg{prefix}\marg{counter}\marg{format}\marg{location}
-\end{definition}
-where \meta{prefix} is the \sty{hyperref} prefix, \meta{counter} is
-the name of the counter used for the location, \meta{format} is the
-format used to display the location (e.g.\ \texttt{textbf})
-and \meta{location} is the location. The third argument is the
-control sequence to use for any cross-references in the list. This
-handler should have the syntax:
-\begin{definition}
-\meta{xr handler cs}\oarg{tag}\marg{xr list}
-\end{definition}
-where \meta{tag} is the cross-referenced text (e.g.\ \qt{see}) and
-\meta{xr list} is a~comma-separated list of labels. (This actually
-has a third argument but it's always empty when used with \opt1.)
-
-For example, if on page~12
-I~have used
-\begin{verbatim}
-\gls[format=textbf]{apple}
-\end{verbatim}
-and on page~18 I~have used
-\begin{verbatim}
-\gls[format=emph]{apple}
-\end{verbatim}
-then
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glsnumberlistloop{apple}{\myhandler}
-\end{verbatim}
-will be equivalent to:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\myhandler{}{page}{textbf}{12}%
-\myhandler{}{page}{emph}{18}%
-\end{verbatim}
-There is a predefined handler that's used to display the
-\gls{numberlist} in the glossary:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsnoidxdisplayloc]
-\cs{glsnoidxdisplayloc}\marg{prefix}\marg{counter}\marg{format}\marg{location}
-\end{definition}
-The predefined handler used for the cross-references in the glossary is:
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{glsseeformat}\oarg{tag}\marg{xr list}\marg{location}
-\end{definition}
-which is described in \sectionref{sec:customxr}.
+\section{Locations}
+\label{sec:locationsyntax}
+
+Each \idxc+{entrylocation}{location} in an \idx{entry}['s] \idx{numberlist} is the
+result of \idx{indexing} the \idx{entry} at the point
+in the document that corresponds to the location (typically where a
+command such as \gls{gls} occurred). By default, this
+is the page number, but can be changed with the \opt{counter}
+package option, the \meta{counter} optional argument in
+\gls{newglossary}, the \gloskey{counter} key in
+\gls{newglossaryentry} or the \glsopt{counter} option in the
+\gls{glslike} and \gls{glstextlike} commands (or in \gls{glsadd}).
+
+The syntax of the \location\ must be valid for the given
+\idx{indexingapp} if you use \optionsor{mkidx,xdy}. In the case of
+\app{makeindex}, the syntax is quite restricted. The \location\ may
+be a digit (\gls{arabic}), upper or lowercase Roman numerals
+(\gls{Roman} or \gls{roman}) or upper or lowercase \idx{ascii}
+letters (\gls{Alph} or \gls{alph}). The syntax also allows
+\idxpl{compositelocation} formed by combining the allowed digits, numerals and
+letters with a \idx{compositor} (which can be identified with
+\gls{glsSetCompositor}).
+
+The following \locations\ are valid, assuming the default
+\idx{fullstop} compositor:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \qt{325}: a numeric location (\gls{arabic});
+\item \qt{IV}: a Roman numeral location (\gls{Roman});
+\item \qt{B}: an alphabetic location (\gls{Alph});
+\item \qt{12.3.4}: a \idx{compositelocation}.
+\end{itemize}
+The following are invalid:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \qt{I-3.2}: mixed \idxpl{compositor} not permitted;
+\item \qt{X7}: a separator must be used in \idxpl{compositelocation};
+\item \qt{\O}: letters must be \idx{ascii};
+\item \qt{\code{\gls{textsc}\marg{iv}}}: commands not permitted in
+locations;
+\item \qt{}: locations can't be \idxc{emptylocation}{empty}.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\begin{warning}
+Invalid \locations\ will be rejected by \app{makeindex}, which will
+result in the entry being dropped from the \idx{glossary} if it has
+no valid \locations.
+\end{warning}
+
+In the case of \app{xindy}, the \location\ syntax must be declared
+in the \ext+{xdy} style file. This covers both the way that the
+location appears in the \idx{indexingfile} as a result of protected
+expansion but also the \idxc{locationcounter}{counter} used to obtain the
+\location, and is described in more detail in
+\sectionref{sec:xindyloc}. The standard digit (\gls{arabic}), upper
+or lowercase Roman numerals (\gls{Roman} or \gls{roman}) or upper or
+lowercase \idx{ascii} letters (\gls{Alph} or \gls{alph}) are
+automatically added for the \ctr{page} counter.
+
+If a \location\ doesn't match any declared syntax, a warning will
+be written to \app{xindy}['s] transcript file (\ext{glg}):
+\begin{transcript}
+WARNING: location-reference "\margm{prefix}\margm{location}" did not match any location-class! (ignored)
+\end{transcript}
+As with \app{makeindex} when it encounters an invalid \location,
+\app{xindy} will drop that \location, which will result in the entry
+being dropped from the \idx{glossary} if it has no valid \locations.
+
+Additional problems can occur with \app{xindy} if any of
+\app{xindy}['s] special characters occur in the \location. This
+includes the backslash \sym{bksl} character, which is particularly
+problematic if any robust or protected commands are written in the location
+as \csmetafmt{}{csname}{} will have to be written to the file as
+\code{\gls{cs.bsl}\meta{csname}}. This is quite difficult to do without
+prematurely expanding \gls{thepage}.
+
+If \opt{esclocations}{true}, an attempt will be made to hack commands
+like \gls{@arabic} and \gls{@roman} to enable this, but, like all
+hacks, this is problematic and liable to break in awkward
+situations or with future releases of the \LaTeX\ kernel or other
+packages. This setting is now off by default and it's better to use
+the hooks below to ensure that the content written to the file is valid.
+
+\begin{warning}
+Any commands that end up in the \location\ can interfere with
+\gls{glsdohypertarget} when it tries to create \idxpl{hyperlink}.
+\end{warning}
+
+The following hook is used during the protected write:
+\cmddef{glswrglossdisablelocationcmds}
+This does nothing by default but may be used to disable problematic
+commands that could lead to an invalid location. Note that this
+can lead to unexpected results in the \idx{numberlist}, but you may
+be able to correct this with a custom \idx{encap} or (if
+\gls{glshypernumber} creates a \idx{hyperlink}) a custom
+definition of \gls{glswrglosslocationtextfmt}. See
+\sectionref{sec:problemlocations} for an example.
\begin{important}
-\cs{glsnumberlistloop} is not available for \optsand23.
+The \gls{glswrglossdisablelocationcmds} hook occurs after
+\gls{protected@write} sets \gls{thepage} to \gls{relax}.
+By the time \gls{thepage} actually gets expanded when it's written
+to the \idx{indexingfile}, any changes made within the hook will be
+lost.
\end{important}
-\section{Style Hook}
-\label{sec:isthook}
-
-As from version 4.24, there's a hook that's used near the end of
-\ics{writeist} before the file is closed. You can set the code
-to be performed then using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsSetWriteIstHook]
-\cs{GlsSetWriteIstHook}\marg{code}
-\end{definition}
-If you want the \meta{code} to write any information to the
-file, you need to use
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glswrite]
-\cs{write}\cs{glswrite}\marg{style information}
-\end{definition}
-Make sure you use the correct format within \meta{style
-information}. For example, if you are using \app{makeindex}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsSetWriteIstHook{%
- \write\glswrite{page_precedence "arnAR"}%
- \write\glswrite{line_max 80}%
+Both \options{noidx,b2g} write the \idx{indexing} information in the
+\ext{aux} file and will accept any \location\ syntax (that's valid
+in a \LaTeX\ document). In the case of \option{b2g}, \app{bib2gls}
+will try parsing the \location\ and if it fits a common pattern that
+allows it to obtain a numeric value, then it will be able to form an
+implicit \idx{range} (if required), otherwise it will accept the
+\location\ but not form any implicit \idxpl{range}.
+
+With \optionsto{noidx}{b2g} (except with \optval{record}{nameref})
+the location anchor isn't included in the \idx{indexing}
+information. If a \idx{hyperlink} is required for the location, the
+target (anchor name) has to be constructed from the location. The
+\sty{hyperref} package provides \gls{hyperpage} for normal indexes
+(with \gls{index}), but this forms the anchor from
+\code{page.\meta{location}} which isn't suitable with
+\sty{glossaries} as the \idx{locationcounter} may not be the default
+\ctr{page}. Therefore the counter is saved within the \idx{encap}. A
+prefix is also necessary if \gls{theHcounter} is defined and
+isn't equivalent to \gls{thecounter}.
+
+The assumption here is that \gls{theHcounter} expands to the
+equivalent of \code{\meta{prefix}\gls{thecounter}}.
+If \gls{theHcounter} and \gls{thecounter} are equivalent then
+\meta{prefix} will be empty.
+
+The prefix is found as follows:
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item Use the \gls{glswrglossdisableanchorcmds} hook to disable problematic
+commands (scoped).
+
+\item Perform a protected expansion on \gls{theHcounter} (\meta{Hloc}) and
+\gls{thecounter} (\meta{loc}). If \meta{Hloc} ends with \meta{loc},
+so that \meta{Hloc} is \meta{prefix}\meta{loc},
+then the prefix is the \meta{prefix} substring.
+
+In this step, \gls{thepage} may be incorrect, due to \TeX's
+asynchronous output routine, but it will be incorrect in both
+\meta{Hloc} and \meta{loc} and shouldn't occur in the prefix
+(unless you have an unusual numbering system that's reset on every
+page, in which case you may have other problems), so it shouldn't affect
+the prefix formation. When the actual write operation occurs,
+\gls{thepage} should then expand correctly.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+Unfortunately, not all definitions of \gls{theHcounter} will expand
+in the form \code{\meta{prefix}\gls{thecounter}}. In which case a
+warning will occur:
+\begin{transcript}
+Hyper target `\meta{Hloc}' can't be formed by prefixing
+location `\meta{loc}'. You need to modify the definition of \gls{theHcounter}
+otherwise you will get the warning: "`name\marg{\meta{counter}.\meta{loc}}' has been
+referenced but does not exist"
+\end{transcript}
+If you need the \location\ hyperlink, you will either have to
+redefine \gls{theHcounter} or switch to \option{b2g} and
+\optval{record}{nameref}.
+
+\section{Page Precedence}
+\label{sec:pageprecedence}
+
+The \inlineidxdef{pageprecedence} indicates the \location\ ordering within the
+\idx{numberlist} based on the \location\ syntax. For example, if an
+\idx{entry} has been \indexed\ on pages~5, 7, i and ii, then the
+\idx{numberlist} will be \qt{i, ii, 5, 7} with the default order of
+precedence.
+
+With \app{makeindex}, the default precedence is \code{rnaRA}, which
+indicates: \idx{lowercase} Roman
+(\gls{roman}), numeric (\gls{arabic}), \idx{lowercase} alphabetic
+(\gls{alph}), \idx{uppercase} Roman (\gls{Roman}), and
+\idx{uppercase} alphabetic (\gls{Alph}). This order can be changed
+by adding the \code{page\_precedence} parameter to the \ext+{ist}
+file. There's no specific command provided for this, so you will
+need to use the \gls{GlsSetWriteIstHook} to add this. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsSetWriteIstHook}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{write}\gls{glswrite}\marg{page\_precedence "arnAR"}\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-This changes the page type precedence\index{page type precedence|main} and the maximum line length
-used by \app{makeindex}.
+\end{codebox}
+
+With \app{xindy}, the precedence is given by the order the
+location classes are listed in \code{define-location-class-order}
+within the \ext+{xdy} style file. This order can either be changed
+in a custom \ext{xdy} file or can be set with
+\gls{GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder}.
+
+Since neither \options{noidx,b2g} recognise specific location
+classes, they have no concept of \idx{pageprecedence}. They will
+both create \idxpl{locationlist} that are in the same order as the
+\locations\ were \indexed, which means they will match the order
+those locations occur in the document. However, with \app{bib2gls},
+it's possible to gather the \locations\ into sub-groups according to
+the associated \idxc{locationcounter}{counter} or split off
+\locations\ with identified primary formats. See the \app{bib2gls}
+manual for further details.
-Remember that if you switch to \app{xindy}, this will no longer be
-valid code.
+\section{Problematic Locations}
+\label{sec:problemlocations}
+
+The default \idx{locationcounter} is the \ctr{page} counter, the
+value of which is obtained with \gls{thepage}. Due to \TeX's
+asynchronous output routine, \gls{thepage} may be incorrect at the
+start of a new page. To ensure that the page number is correct, a
+delayed write is needed, which is what is usually done when writing
+information to the \ext+{aux} and \ext{toc} files (and to
+\idxpl{indexingfile}).
+
+This works fine with \options{noidx,b2g} since neither of those
+options have any restrictions on the location syntax (provided that
+it's valid \LaTeX\ code). With \app{bib2gls}, if it can't work out a
+numeric value for the location then it simply won't be able to form
+a \idx{range}. Additionally, \app{bib2gls} v3.0+, converts an
+\idx{emptylocation} into an \idx{ignoredlocation}, which means the
+\idx{entry} will still be selected so that it can be included in the
+\idx{glossary}, but it won't cause a spurious comma or en-dash as
+there won't be an invisible location in the \idx{numberlist}.
+
+The only problematic \locations\ with \options{noidx,b2g} are where
+\idxpl+{hyperlink} are required but the target name can't be formed
+from the prefix, counter and location information (see
+\sectionref{sec:locationsyntax}). The best solution with
+\app{bib2gls} in this case is to use \optval{record}{nameref}, which
+saves the actual target name in the \idx{indexing} record.
+With \option{noidx} you will have to redefine \gls{theHcounter} as
+appropriate.
+
+With \options{mkidx,xdy}, the \location\ must expand to content that
+is compatible with the \idx{indexingapp}['s] syntax. The syntax for
+\app{makeindex} is quite restrictive and is described in
+\sectionref{sec:locationsyntax}.
+
+For example, \thecounter{part} is normally formatted as an
+\idx{uppercase} Roman numeral. There's no Roman numeral for 0 so if
+the \ctr{part} counter is 0 (that is, before the first \gls{part})
+then \thecounter{part} will expand to nothing.
+This can be demonstrated in the following document:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{counter}{\ctr{part}}]\marg{glossaries}
+\gls{makeglossaries}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{sample}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{sample},\gloskeyval{description}{}}
+\cbeg{document}
+\gls{gls}\marg{sample}\comment{part = 0}
+\gls{part}\marg{Sample Part}
+\gls{section}\marg{Sample Section}
+\gls{gls}\marg{sample}.
+\gls{printglossaries}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+In the above, the first instance of \code{\gls{gls}\marg{sample}}
+will have an \idx{emptylocation}. This will cause \app{makeindex} to
+reject the \location\ with the following message in the transcript
+(assuming the document file is called \filefmt{myDoc.tex}):
+\begin{transcript}
+!! Input index error (file = myDoc.glo, line = 1):
+ -- Illegal page number or page\_precedence rnaRA.
+\end{transcript}
+If \app{makeglossaries} encounters this warning, it will replace the
+\idx{emptylocation} with \qt{0} and change the \idx{locationencap} to
+\encap{glsignore}. In the above example, this will lead to an
+\idx{invisiblelocation} in the \idx{numberlist}, but that's exactly
+what an \idx{emptylocation} would do if \app{makeindex} allowed it.
+
+Similarly, if the \idx{pagecompositor} hasn't been correctly identified,
+then it can also result in an invalid \location. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{counter}{\ctr{section}}]\marg{glossaries}
+\gls{makeglossaries}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{sample}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{sample},\gloskeyval{description}{}}
+\comment{default compositor is '.' not '-'}
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\thecounter{section}}\marg{\thecounter{part}-\gls{arabic}\marg{\ctr{section}}}
+\cbeg{document}
+\gls{part}\marg{Sample Part}
+\gls{section}\marg{Sample Section}
+\gls{gls}\marg{sample}.
+\gls{printglossaries}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+This will cause \app{makeindex} to reject the \location\ with the
+following message in the transcript:
+\begin{transcript}
+!! Input index error (file = myDoc.glo, line = 1):
+ -- Illegal Roman number: position 2 in I-1.
+\end{transcript}
+If \app{makeglossaries} encounters this warning, it will replace any
+invalid content (the hyphen, in this case) with the \idx{pagecompositor}
+specified in the \ext+{ist} file.
+
+In both of the above examples, using \app{makeglossaries} will help
+the document build to complete without the \idxpl{entry}
+disappearing from the \idx{glossary}, however the resulting
+\idx{numberlist} may look strange. If you are using
+\opt{nonumberlist} then this isn't a problem.
+
+If you don't use \app{makeglossaries} but explicitly call
+\app{makeindex} then you won't have those corrections, and some or
+all of your \idxpl{entry} may be omitted from the \idx{glossary}.
+In which case, you will have to adjust the \location\ so that it fits
+\app{makeindex}['s] syntax \emph{even if you have
+\opt{nonumberlist}}. In the case of the invalid \idx{pagecompositor}
+problem, you can simply use \gls{glsSetCompositor} to set the
+correct compositor. In the case of \idxpl{emptylocation} you will
+need to chose a different \idx{locationcounter}.
+
+Other problems occur with commands that don't fully expand, which results
+in \LaTeX\ markup in the \location\ in the \idx{indexingfile}.
+For example, if \sty{babel} is used with \optfmt{spanish},
+\idx{lowercase} Roman numerals (which may occur in the front matter)
+will expand to the internal command \gls{es@scroman}, as in the
+following:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{book}
+\cmd{usepackage}[T1]\marg{fontenc}
+\cmd{usepackage}[spanish]\marg{babel}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\gls{makeglossaries}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{sample}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{sample},\gloskeyval{description}{un ejemplo}}
+\cbeg{document}
+\gls+{frontmatter}
+\gls{chapter}\marg{Foreword}
+\gls{gls}\marg{sample}\comment{problem location}
+\gls+{mainmatter}
+\gls{chapter}\marg{Sample}
+\gls{gls}\marg{sample}
+\gls{printglossaries}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+The first instance of \gls{gls} occurs in the front matter on
+page~i, which in this case is formatted in faked \idx{smallcaps} with
+\gls{es@scroman}. This can be found in the \ext+{glo} file, which
+contains:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{glossaryentry}\marg{sample?\gls{glossentry}\marg{sample}|setentrycounter[]\marg{page}\sym{dblquote}\gls{glsnumberformat}}\marg{\gls{es@scroman} \marg{i}}
+\cmd{glossaryentry}\marg{sample?\gls{glossentry}\marg{sample}|setentrycounter[]\marg{\ctr{page}}\sym{dblquote}\gls{glsnumberformat}}\marg{1}
+\end{codebox}
+Each line in the \ext+{glo} file corresponds to a single
+\idx{indexing} instance (created with \gls{gls} in this case).
+
+The double-quote (\sym{dblquote}) is \app{makeindex}['s] escape
+character (which can be changed with \gls{GlsSetQuote}). It's not
+necessary in the above but was added as a by-product of the internal
+escaping of special characters (the backslash isn't a special
+character for \app{makeindex}, except in the \ext{ist} file,
+but is for \app{xindy}).
+
+The \idx{indexing} data is contained in the arguments of:
+\cmddef{glossaryentry}
+This isn't a defined command but is simply used as a keyword
+in the \idx{indexingfile}. By default, \app{makeindex} expects
+\gls{indexentry}. The custom \ext+{ist} style file created by
+\gls{makeglossaries} identifies \gls{glossaryentry} as the keyword:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+keyword "\string\\glossaryentry"
+\end{compactcodebox}
+
+The syntax for the second argument \meta{location} is as described
+in \sectionref{sec:locationsyntax}.
+The syntax for the first argument \meta{data} is in the form:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\meta{sort}\sym{questionmark}\meta{text}\sym{pipe}\meta{encap}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+or for sub-entries:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\meta{parent sort}\sym{questionmark}\meta{parent text}\sym{exclammark}\meta{sort}\sym{questionmark}\meta{text}\sym{pipe}\meta{encap}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+The question mark (\sym{questionmark}) is the \qt{actual character}
+and separates the sort value from the actual text that's written to
+the \ext+{gls} file (which is input by \gls{printglossary}).
+
+By default, \app{makeindex} uses \sym{at} as the actual character but
+this caused a problem for early versions of \sty{glossaries} where
+there was a greater chance of internal commands occurring in the
+\ext{glo} file. The custom \ext{ist} file identifies
+\sym{questionmark} as the actual character:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+actual '?'
+\end{compactcodebox}
+
+You may remember from \sectionref{sec:encap} that the
+\glsopt{format} option specifies the \idx{encap}, which I claimed
+was essentially the same as the \idx{encap} with \gls{index}, but as
+can be seen from the above example, that's not strictly speaking
+true. The real \idx{encap} has to include \gls{setentrycounter} so
+that (if \idxpl{hyperlink} are supported) the appropriate target
+name can be constructed.
+
+The way that \app{makeindex} works is that it will write
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\sym{bksl}\meta{encap}\margm{location}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+in the \ext{gls} (or equivalent) file. What \sty{glossaries}
+actually needs for the \idxpl{hyperlink} to work is:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{setentrycounter}\oargm{prefix}\margm{counter}\sym{bksl}\meta{cs}\margm{location}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+where \meta{cs} is the real formatting command name (identified in
+the \glsopt{format} option).
+
+So from \app{makeindex}['s] point of view, the real \idx{encap} in
+the above example is the literal string:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+setentrycounter[]\marg{page}\cmd{glsnumberformat}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+
+In the above example, the \location\ has ended up as
+\code{\gls{es@scroman} \marg{i}} which is invalid, as
+\app{makeindex} requires the location to consist solely of digits,
+Roman numerals or alphabetic, optionally separated by a \idxpl{compositor}.
+
+That means that this example will trigger a message from \app{makeindex}
+which will be written to the \ext+{glg} transcript file:
+\begin{transcript}
+Scanning input file myDoc.glo...
+!! Input index error (file = myDoc.glo, line = 1):
+ -- Illegal space within numerals in second argument.
+.done (1 entries accepted, 1 rejected).
+Sorting entries...done (0 comparisons).
+Generating output file myDoc.gls....done (6 lines written, 0 warnings).
+\end{transcript}
+Note that 1 entry has been rejected, but it also shows 0 warnings
+and it has a 0 exit code, which means that it won't interrupt the
+overall document build.
+
+If you run \app{makeglossaries} instead of running \app{makeindex}
+explicitly, then \app{makeglossaries} will search the \ext{glg}
+transcript for the \qt{(\meta{n} entries accepted, \meta{m} rejected)}
+line, and if \meta{m} is greater than 0 it will attempt to diagnose
+and fix the problem.
+
+Messages about the \qt{second argument} (as in \qt{Illegal space
+within numerals in second argument}) indicate that the problem is
+with the \location, so \app{makeglossaries} will search the
+locations for content that matches \code{\cmd{\meta{csname}}
+\margm{num}} (with any or no spaces after the command name and
+optionally preceded by \gls{protect}). If it
+finds a match, it will shift \meta{csname} into the \idx{encap} with
+the following message:
+\begin{transcript}
+Encap/location issue: potential LaTeX commands in location detected. Attempting to remedy.
+Reading myDoc.glo...
+Invalid location '\gls{es@scroman} \marg{i}' detected for entry 'sample'. Replaced with 'i'
+Writing myDoc.glo...
+Retrying
+\end{transcript}
+The altered \ext{glo} file now contains:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{glossaryentry}\marg{sample?\gls{glossentry}\marg{sample}|setentrycounter[]\marg{page}\sym{dblquote}\gls{glslocationcstoencap}\marg{glsnumberformat}\marg{es@scroman}}\marg{i}
+\gls{glossaryentry}\marg{sample?\gls{glossentry}\marg{sample}|setentrycounter[]\marg{page}\sym{dblquote}\gls{glsnumberformat}}\marg{1}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+and \app{makeglossaries} will re-run \app{makeindex}.
+
+Following this correction, the \idx{numberlist} for the
+\qt{sample} entry now contains:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{setentrycounter}\oarg{}\marg{\ctr{page}}\gls{glslocationcstoencap}\marg{\encap{glsnumberformat}}\marg{es@scroman}\marg{i}\gls{delimN}
+\gls{setentrycounter}\oarg{}\marg{\ctr{page}}\gls{glsnumberformat}\marg{1}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+The corrected \location\ needs to be encapsulated with both the designated
+\idx{encap} (\encap{glsnumberformat} in this case) and the
+formatting command that needs to be applied to the \location.
+This is done via:
+\cmddef{glslocationcstoencap}
+This is simply defined to do:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\cmd{csuse}\margm{location-csname}\marg{\cmd{csuse}\margm{encap-csname}\margm{location}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+This puts the intended \idx{encap} (\encap{glsnumberformat} in this
+case) closer to the \location\ to enable it to work better with
+\idxpl{hyperlink}, although this may not always work, particularly if
+the command with the name \meta{location-csname} expects a numerical argument.
+
+In the above example, the location command is \gls{es@scroman} which is
+provided by \styfmt{babel-spanish} and performs fake
+\idx{smallcaps}. Internal commands provided by other packages for
+their own private use can't be relied upon. So the \sty{glossaries}
+package can't assume they will stay the same, and the above example
+document may produce a different result with different versions of
+\sty{babel}. However, in this case (provided you use
+\app{makeglossaries}), the document will correctly end up with
+the \idx{numberlist} \qt{\textsc{i}, 1} for the \qt{sample} entry in
+the \idx{glossary}, which matches the document
+page numbering. If you use \app{makeindex} explicitly, the
+\idx{numberlist} will simply be \qt{1}.
+
+This become more complicated if \sty{hyperref} is added to the
+document (before \sty{glossaries}). Now \gls{glsnumberformat} uses
+\gls{glshypernumber}, which needs to take into account that its
+argument may contain a \idx{range} with the start and end location
+separated by \gls{delimR} (the range delimiter), and it needs to
+create a separate \idx{hyperlink} for each location component.
+
+Here's a modified example that has an implicit \idx{range} in the front
+matter and an explicit \idx{range} in the main matter.
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{book}
+\cmd{usepackage}[T1]\marg{fontenc}
+\cmd{usepackage}[spanish]\marg{babel}
+\cmd{usepackage}[colorlinks]\marg{hyperref}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\gls{makeglossaries}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{sample}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{sample},\gloskeyval{description}{un ejemplo}}
+\cbeg{document}
+\gls{frontmatter}
+\gls{chapter}\marg{Foreword}
+\gls{gls}\marg{sample}
+\cmd{newpage}
+\gls{gls}\marg{sample}
+\cmd{newpage}
+\gls{gls}\marg{sample}
+\gls{mainmatter}
+\gls{chapter}\marg{Sample}
+\gls{gls}\oarg{\glsoptval{format}{\sym{startrange}\encap{hyperbf}}}\marg{sample}
+\cmd{newpage}
+Some text
+\cmd{newpage}
+\gls{gls}\oarg{\glsoptval{format}{\sym{endrange}\encap{hyperbf}}}\marg{sample}
+\gls{printglossaries}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+This again has problematic \locations, but \app{makeglossaries} can
+shift the \gls{es@scroman} into the \idx{encap} as before. The
+resulting \ext{gls} file has the following \idx{numberlist} for the
+\qt{sample} entry:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{setentrycounter}\oarg{}\marg{\ctr{page}}\comment{prefix and counter}
+\gls{glslocationcstoencap}\marg{\encap{glsnumberformat}}\marg{es@scroman}\marg{i\gls{delimR} iii}\gls{delimN}
+\gls{setentrycounter}\oarg{}\marg{\ctr{page}}\comment{prefix and counter}
+\gls{hyperbf}\marg{1\gls{delimR} 3}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+Both \idxpl{range} have been compacted so that the \idx{range},
+including the \gls{delimR} separator, is in the argument of the
+\idx{encap} command.
+
+The default definition of \gls{glslocationcstoencap} means that the
+first \idx{range} is formatted according to:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{es@scroman}\marg{\gls{glshypernumber}\marg{i\gls{delimR} iii}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+This allows \gls{glshypernumber} to detect the delimiter and split
+up the range so that it can apply a separate \idx{hyperlink} to the start and
+end locations, so that it effectively becomes:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{es@scroman}\marg{\gls{hyperlink}\margm{target1}\marg{i}\gls{delimR}
+\gls{hyperlink}\margm{target2}\marg{iii}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+In this type of situation, the most problematic document is one where
+the \meta{location-csname} can't handle \gls{hyperlink} in its argument
+and needs to be shifted into the \idx{hyperlink} text. In the above
+example document, no actual error occurs, but there are warnings from \pdfTeX:
+\begin{transcript}
+pdfTeX warning (dest): name\marg{page.iii} has been referenced but does not exist, replaced by a fixed one
+[...]
+pdfTeX warning (dest): name\marg{page.i} has been referenced but does not exist, replaced by a fixed one
+\end{transcript}
+This is due to the way that \gls{glshypernumber} forms the target
+name. Since the actual target name isn't saved in the
+\idx{indexing} data, it has to be reconstituted from available
+information: the prefix, the counter and the location.
+So the targets become \code{page.i} for location \qt{i} and
+\code{page.iii} for location \qt{iii}. This usually works for common
+page formats, but it doesn't in this case. Adding \optfmt{debug} to
+\sty{hyperref}['s] package options reveals the following information
+in the transcript:
+\begin{transcript}
+Package hyperref Info: Anchor `page.I'
+[...]
+Package hyperref Info: Anchor `page.II'
+\end{transcript}
+So the correct anchors are \qt{page.I} and \qt{page.II}.
+
+The \idx{casechange} occurs as a result of the fake \idx{smallcaps},
+but since \gls{es@scroman} is outside of \gls{glshypernumber}, the
+\idx{casechange} isn't part of the location and so doesn't affect
+the anchor name.
+
+I can redefine \gls{glslocationcstoencap} to swap them around:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\gls{glslocationcstoencap}}[3]\marg{\cmd{csuse}\marg{\#1}\marg{\cmd{csuse}\marg{\#2}\marg{\#3}}}
+\end{codebox}
+However, now the transcript shows:
+\begin{transcript}
+pdfTeX warning (dest): name\marg{page.\string\\protect\string\040\string\\es@scroman\string\040\string\040\marg{i--iii}} has been referenced but does not exist, replaced by a fixed one
+\end{transcript}
+This is because \gls{es@scroman} doesn't fully expand.
+
+The \gls{glswrglossdisableanchorcmds} hook provides a workaround
+for the problematic command:
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{appto}\gls{glswrglossdisableanchorcmds}\marg{\gls{csletcs}\marg{es@scroman}\marg{text\_uppercase:n}}
+\end{codebox*}
+This will cause \gls{es@scroman} to be locally redefined to just
+convert its argument to \idx*{uppercase} while the anchor is being
+constructed. Unfortunately this patch is only partially successful
+as the transcript now has:
+\begin{transcript}
+pdfTeX warning (dest): name\marg{page.I\longswitch III} has been referenced but does not exist, replaced by a fixed one
+\end{transcript}
+The problem now is that \gls{glshypernumber} can't split on the
+\idx{range} delimiter, so the location is now \qt{I\longswitch III}.
+
+If the \idx{numberlist} doesn't contain any \idxpl{range}, then the
+above redefinition of \gls{glslocationcstoencap} and the addition to
+\gls{glswrglossdisableanchorcmds} will fix the \idx{hyperlink}.
+
+Instead of redefining \gls{glslocationcstoencap} and altering
+\gls{glswrglossdisableanchorcmds}, a solution that works with
+\idxpl{range} can be achieved by redefining
+\gls{glswrglosslocationtarget} to convert its argument to
+\idx{uppercase}. You can do this with:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\gls{glswrglosslocationtarget}}[1]\marg{\gls{glsuppercase}\marg{\#1}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+This will successfully construct the anchor names \code{page.I} and
+\code{page.III}. It won't affect the anchors for the main matter as
+digits aren't affected by the \casechanging\ command.
+
+If you're not using \app{makeglossaries} and are either calling
+\app{makeindex} explicitly or via \app{makeglossaries-lite} or
+with the \opt{automake} option, then you will need to find another
+way of converting problematic \location\ into a form that won't be
+discarded by \app{makeindex}. This is quite difficult if the
+problematic content is inside \gls{thepage} since its delayed
+expansion means that any attempt at locally changing the problematic
+within \gls{glswrglossdisablelocationcmds} will be lost.
+
+The earlier example can be rewritten to (sort of!) work without
+\app{makeglossaries}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{book}
+\cmd{usepackage}[T1]\marg{fontenc}
+\cmd{usepackage}[spanish]\marg{babel}
+\cmd{usepackage}[colorlinks]\marg{hyperref}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\gls{makeglossaries}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{sample}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{sample},\gloskeyval{description}{un ejemplo}}
+\codepar
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{locthepage}}\marg{\gls{Roman}\marg{\ctr{page}}}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{delayedlocthepage}}\marg{\cmd{expandonce}\marg{\cmd{locthepage}}}
+\cmd{appto}\gls{glswrglossdisablelocationcmds}\marg{\cmd{let}\gls{thepage}\cmd{delayedlocthepage}}
+\codepar
+\cbeg{document}
+\gls{frontmatter}
+\gls{chapter}\marg{Foreword}
+\gls{gls}\marg{sample}
+\cmd{newpage}
+\gls{gls}\marg{sample}
+\cmd{newpage}
+\gls{gls}\marg{sample}
+\gls{mainmatter}
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\cmd{locthepage}}\marg{\gls{arabic}\marg{\ctr{page}}}
+\gls{chapter}\marg{Sample}
+\gls{gls}\oarg{\glsoptval{format}{\sym{startrange}\encap{hyperbf}}}\marg{sample}
+\cmd{newpage}
+Some text
+\cmd{newpage}
+\gls{gls}\oarg{\glsoptval{format}{\sym{endrange}\encap{hyperbf}}}\marg{sample}
+\gls{printglossaries}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+Note that the custom \csfmt{locthepage} command needs to be
+redefined after the page numbering changes at the start of the main
+matter.
+
+This ensures that the locations are valid in the \ext{glo} file, so
+\app{makeindex} will process it without losing any rejecting any
+entry lines. The hyperlink targets will also be correct. The only
+problem now is that the front matter \locations\ will be in
+\idx{uppercase} in the \idx{glossary}.
+
+The above problems are all due to \app{makeindex} having a
+restrictive location syntax. With \app{xindy}, you can define
+location classes for custom \locations. Unfortunately, the backslash
+\sym{bksl} is a special character for \app{xindy} that indicates an
+escape sequence that indicates the next character should be
+interpreted literally, which means that any \LaTeX\ commands that end up
+in the \app{xindy} \idx{indexingfile} must have their initial
+backslash escaped. This is quite tricky to do given the delayed
+expansion of \gls{thepage}. If it's expanded early in order to
+pre-process it then the page number could end up being incorrect.
+
+The sample file \samplefile{xdy} provides a custom page format that
+uses a robust command called \csfmt{tallynum}, which ends up in the
+\ext{glo} file. With the default \optval{esclocations}{false}
+setting, the location for the first page is written to the file as:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+:locref "\marg{}\marg{\cmd{tallynum} \marg{1}}"
+\end{compactcodebox}
+This results in the following message from \app{xindy}:
+\begin{transcript}
+WARNING: location-reference "\marg{}\marg{tallynum \marg{1}}" did not match any location-class! (ignored)
+\end{transcript}
+Note that the backslash has gone from the start of \code{tallynum}.
+As with \app{makeindex}, invalid \locations\ are dropped.
+
+If you use \app{makeglossaries} rather than running \app{xindy}
+directly, \app{makeglossaries} will detect the warning and provide
+some diagnostic information:
+\begin{transcript}
+You may have forgotten to add a location
+class with \gls{GlsAddXdyLocation} or you may have
+the format incorrect or you may need
+the package option \optval{esclocations}{true}.
+\end{transcript}
+In this case, you need to use the package option
+\optval{esclocations}{true}. This will use a hack to provide a way
+to escape the backslash without prematurely expanding the actual
+value of the \ctr{page} counter. As this is a hack, it may not work
+and can result in obscure error messages.
+
+Returning to the earlier \styfmt{babel-spanish} example, if it's
+converted to use \app{xindy} instead of \app{makeindex}, a similar
+problem arises. For example, simply adding the \opt{xindy} package
+option:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{book}
+\cmd{usepackage}[T1]\marg{fontenc}
+\cmd{usepackage}[spanish]\marg{babel}
+\cmd{usepackage}[colorlinks]\marg{hyperref}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\strong{\opt{xindy}}]\marg{glossaries}
+\gls{makeglossaries}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{sample}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{sample},\gloskeyval{description}{un ejemplo}}
+\cbeg{document}
+\gls{frontmatter}
+\gls{chapter}\marg{Foreword}
+\gls{gls}\marg{sample}
+\cmd{newpage}
+\gls{gls}\marg{sample}
+\cmd{newpage}
+\gls{gls}\marg{sample}
+\gls{mainmatter}
+\gls{chapter}\marg{Sample}
+\gls{gls}\oarg{\glsoptval{format}{\sym{startrange}\encap{hyperbf}}}\marg{sample}
+\cmd{newpage}
+Some text
+\cmd{newpage}
+\gls{gls}\oarg{\glsoptval{format}{\sym{endrange}\encap{hyperbf}}}\marg{sample}
+\gls{printglossaries}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+The \ext{glo} file now contains locations with \gls{es@scroman}, but
+as with the \csfmt{tallynum} example, the leading backslash hasn't
+been escaped:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+:locref "\marg{}\marg{\gls{es@scroman} \marg{i}}"
+\end{compactcodebox}
+This needs \optval{esclocations}{true} to escape the backslash.
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{xindy},\strong{\opt{esclocations}}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+Note that this produces a different result in the \ext{glo} file:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+:locref "\marg{}\marg{\string\\protect \string\\es@scroman \marg{i}}"
+\end{compactcodebox}
+This results from the partial protected expansion used on \gls{thepage}
+before the special characters are escaped.
+If you inspect the \ext+{xdy} file created by \gls{makeglossaries},
+you should find the following:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+(define-location-class "roman-page-numbers"
+ ( :sep "\marg{}\marg{" :sep "\gls{protect} \gls{es@scroman} \marg{" "roman-numbers-lowercase" :sep "}" :sep "}" )
+ :min-range-length 2
+)
+\end{compactcodebox}
+This is because the non-default behaviour of \gls{roman} has been
+detected and a custom location class has automatically been supplied.
+(Whereas with the \samplefile{xdy} sample file, it was necessary to
+provide the custom class to support \csfmt{tallynum} with \gls{GlsAddXdyLocation}.)
+
+\section{Iterating Over Locations}
+\label{sec:numberlistloop}
+
+\begin{important}
+Not available with \options{mkidx,xdy}. The commands described here
+rely on the \locations\ being stored in the \glosfield{loclist} internal field
+in an \sty{etoolbox} internal list format, which is what happens
+with \option{noidx}.
+\end{important}
+
+The \gls{printnoidxglossary} command displays the \idx{locationlist}
+using:
+\cmddef{glsnoidxloclist}
+where \meta{list cs} is a temporary command that contains the
+value of the \glosfield{loclist} field. This uses \gls{forlistloop} to iterate
+over all the \locations\ in the list with the handler macro:
+\cmddef{glsnoidxloclisthandler}
+This keeps track of the previous element in the list to determine whether or
+not to insert the \gls{delimN} separator. Note that it doesn't attempt to
+determine whether or not any of the locations are \idxpl{range}.
+
+\begin{xtr}
+The \gls{printunsrtglossary} command will also use \gls{glsnoidxloclist} if the
+\glosfield{loclist} field has been set but the \gloskey{location}
+field hasn't, but in general it's better to instruct \app{bib2gls}
+to save the formatted \idx{locationlist} (which is the default).
+\end{xtr}
+
+You can iterate over an entry's \glosfield{loclist} field using:
+\cmddef{glsnumberlistloop}
+where \meta{entry-label} is the entry's label and \meta{handler cs} is a
+handler control sequence with the syntax:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\meta{handler cs}\margm{prefix}\margm{counter}\margm{format}\margm{location}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+where \meta{prefix} is the hypertarget prefix, \meta{counter} is
+the name of the \idx{locationcounter}, \meta{format} is the
+\idx{locationencap} (for example, \encap{textbf})
+and \meta{location} is the \location.
+
+The third argument \meta{xr handler cs} is the control sequence that
+will be applied to any cross-references in the list. This handler
+should have the syntax:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\meta{xr handler cs}\oargm{tag}\margm{xr list}\margm{empty}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+where \meta{tag} is the cross-referenced textual tag (for example, \qt{see}) and
+\meta{xr list} is a~comma-separated list of \idx{entry} labels. The final
+argument \meta{empty} will always be empty, but it allows for
+\gls{glsseeformat} to be used as the handler.
+
+\begin{bib2gls}
+This method is designed for \option{noidx}, but \app{bib2gls} also
+saves individual \locations\ in the \glosfield{loclist} field (in
+addition to the formatted \idx{locationlist} which is stored in the
+\gloskey{location} field).
+However, the format for each item in the internal list varies
+depending on whether \optval{record}{only} or
+\optval{record}{nameref} was used. See the \sty{glossaries-extra}
+manual for further details.
+\end{bib2gls}
+
+For example, if on page~12 I~have:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{gls}\oarg{\glsoptval{format}{\encap{textbf}}}\marg{apple}
+\end{codebox}
+and on page~18 I~have:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{gls}\oarg{\glsoptval{format}{emph}}\marg{apple}
+\end{codebox}
+then
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsnumberlistloop}\marg{apple}\marg{\cmd{myhandler}}
+\end{codebox}
+will be equivalent to:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{myhandler}\marg{}\marg{\ctr{page}}\marg{\encap{textbf}}\marg{12}\comment{}
+\cmd{myhandler}\marg{}\marg{\ctr{page}}\marg{\encap{emph}}\marg{18}\comment{}
+\end{codebox}
+There is a predefined handler that's used to display the
+\idx{numberlist} in \gls{printnoidxglossary}:
+\cmddef{glsnoidxdisplayloc}
+This simply does:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{setentrycounter}\oargm{prefix}\margm{counter}\comment{}
+\cmd{csuse}\margm{format}\margm{location}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+which sets up the \idx{hyperlink} information needed for
+\gls{glshypernumber} (in case it's required by the \idx{encap})
+and encapsulates the \location, with the provided formatting
+command.
+
+Internally, \gls{glsnumberlistloop} uses \sty{etoolbox}['s]
+\gls{forlistloop} with the handler:
+\cmddef{glsnoidxnumberlistloophandler}
+The default behaviour is simply to do its argument, which (for
+\option{noidx}) will be in the form:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{glsnoidxdisplayloc}\margm{prefix}\margm{counter}\margm{format}\margm{location}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+The \gls{glsnumberlistloop} works by temporarily redefining \gls{glsnoidxdisplayloc}
+to \meta{handler} and \gls{glsseeformat} to \meta{xr handler cs}.
+
+\begin{xtr}
+With \sty{glossaries-extra}, you can use the more general purpose
+\gls{glsxtrfieldforlistloop} and provide your own handler that can
+be customized to suit \optval{record}{only} or
+\optval{record}{nameref}.
+\end{xtr}
\chapter{Glossary Styles}
\label{sec:styles}
-Glossaries vary from lists that simply contain a symbol with a terse
-description to lists of terms or phrases with lengthy descriptions.
-Some glossaries may have terms with associated symbols. Some may
-have hierarchical entries. There is therefore no single style that
-fits every type of glossary. The \styfmt{glossaries} package comes
-with a number of pre-defined glossary styles, described in
-\sectionref{sec:predefinedstyles}. You can choose one of these that
-best suits your type of glossary or, if none of them suit your
-document, you can defined your own style (see
-\sectionref{sec:newglossarystyle}). There are some examples
-of glossary styles available at the \gallerytopic{glossaries}.
-
-The glossary style can be set using the \gloskey[printglossary]{style} key in the optional
-argument to \ics{printnoidxglossary} (\opt1) or \ics{printglossary}
-(\optsand23) or using the command:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\setglossarystyle}]
-\cs{setglossarystyle}\marg{style-name}
-\end{definition}
-(before the glossary is displayed).
-
-Some of the predefined glossary styles may also be set using the \pkgopt{style}
-package option, it depends if the package in which they are defined
-is automatically loaded by the \styfmt{glossaries} package.
-
-You can use the lorum ipsum dummy entries provided in the
-accompanying
-\texttt{example\dhyphen glossaries\dhyphen *.tex} files (described in
-\sectionref{sec:lipsum}) to test the different styles.
+The markup used in the \idx{glossary} is described in
+\sectionref{sec:glossmarkup}. \sectionref{sec:newglossarystyle}
+describes how to define a new \idx{glossarystyle}.
+Commands that may be used in styles, but should not be redefined by
+styles, are described in \sectionsref{sec:glossarycmds,sec:hypernav}. The
+commands that should be redefined by the \idx{glossarystyle} are
+described in \sectionref{sec:glossarystylecmds}.
+
+\Idxpl{glossarystyle} typically use \gls{glossentryname} to display
+the \idx{entry}['s] name, but some may use the \idx{sentencecase} version
+\gls{Glossentryname} instead. Both encapsulate the name with:
+\cmddef{glsnamefont}
+which takes one argument: the entry name (obtained with
+\gls{glsentryname} or \gls{Glsentryname}).
+
+By default, \gls{glsnamefont} simply displays its argument in
+whatever the surrounding font happens to be, but bear in mind that
+the \idx{glossarystyle} may switch the font.
\begin{xtr}
-The \sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods} package provided with
-\gls{glossaries-extra} patches the predefined styles. There also
-more styles available with \gls{glossaries-extra}.
+With \sty{glossaries-extra} the \catattr{glossnamefont} and
+\catattr{glossname} \idxpl{categoryattribute} can be used to adjust
+font and, for \gls{glossentryname} only, \casechanging.
+\end{xtr}
+
+For example, the \glostyle{tree} style displays the name as follows:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{glstreenamefmt}\marg{\gls{glstarget}\margm{entry-label}\marg{\gls{glossentryname}\margm{entry-label}}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+which is essentially (ignoring the \idx{hyperlink} target):
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{glstreenamefmt}\marg{\gls{glsnamefont}\marg{\gls{glsentryname}\margm{entry-label}}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+Since \gls{glstreenamefmt} is defined to display its argument in
+bold, the name will end up in bold unless \gls{glsnamefont} is
+redefined to change it.
+
+The \glostyle{list} style displays the name in the option argument
+of \gls{item}:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{item}\oarg{\gls{glsentryitem}\margm{entry-label}\gls{glstarget}\margm{entry-label}\marg{\gls{glossentryname}\margm{entry-label}}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+which is essentially (ignoring the \glslink{opt.entrycounter}{entry
+counter} and \idx{hyperlink} target):
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{item}\oarg{\gls{glsnamefont}\marg{\gls{glsentryname}\margm{entry-label}}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+This occurs within the \env{description} environment, which by
+default uses bold for the item text. However, this may be changed by
+various classes or packages. So the name may end up in bold or may
+be in some other font, such as sans-serif.
+
+The \glostyle{long} style displays the name in the first column of a
+\env{longtable}:
+\begin{compactcodebox*}
+\gls{glsentryitem}\margm{entry-label}\gls{glstarget}\margm{entry-label}\marg{\gls{glossentryname}\margm{entry-label}} \idx{amp}
+\end{compactcodebox*}
+So the only font change will come from \gls{glsnamefont}, which
+doesn't apply any change by default.
+
+\Idxpl{glossarystyle} will typically display the description with
+\gls{glossentrydesc} but may not show the symbol. If the symbol is
+shown, it should be displayed with \gls{glossentrysymbol}.
+
+There's no analogous font command for the description or symbol, but
+the \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides the
+\catattr{glossdescfont} and \catattr{glosssymbolfont}
+\idxc{categoryattribute}{attributes} to
+change the font according to the \idx{entry}['s] category.
+
+Some styles may supply their own helper commands (such as \gls{glstreenamefmt})
+to make it easier to adjust the formatting without having to define
+a new \idx{glossarystyle}.
+
+\begin{example}{Changing the Font Used to Display Entry Names in the
+Glossary}{ex:glsnamefont}
+Suppose you want all the \idx{entry} names to appear in
+medium weight small caps in your \idxpl{glossary}, then you can do:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\gls{glsnamefont}}[1]\marg{\gls{textsc}\marg{\cmd{mdseries} \#1}}
+\end{codebox}
+\end{example}
+
+\begin{xtr}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods} package provides additional hooks that
+can be used to make other minor adjustments.
\end{xtr}
+Some styles support \idxpl{group}. These may simply insert a
+vertical gap between groups, but some may also include
+a heading with the \idx{group} title. The base \sty{glossaries}
+package only has a simple mechanism for obtaining the title from the
+\idx{group} label via \gls{glsgetgrouptitle}, which will test if
+\gls{group-labelgroupname} exists where the \meta{group-label}
+is \code{glssymbols}, \code{glsnumbers} or a single character.
+
+\begin{xtr}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package has commands \gls{glsxtrsetgrouptitle}
+and \gls{glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle} to set the \idx{group} title,
+which take precedence over \gls{group-labelgroupname}.
+\end{xtr}
+
+
\section{Predefined Styles}
\label{sec:predefinedstyles}
-The predefined styles can
-accommodate numbered level~0 (main) and level~1 entries. See the
-package options \pkgopt{entrycounter}, \pkgopt{counterwithin} and
-\pkgopt{subentrycounter} described in
+The predefined styles can accommodate numbered \toplevel\
+and \hierlevel{1} entries. See the
+package options \opt{entrycounter}, \opt{counterwithin} and
+\opt{subentrycounter} described in
\sectionref{sec:pkgopts-printglos}. There is a summary
of available styles in \tableref{tab:styles}.
You can view samples of all the predefined styles at
\galleryurl{glossaries-styles/}.
-Note that \gls{glossaries-extra} provides additional styles
+Note that \sty{glossaries-extra} provides additional styles
in the supplementary packages \sty{glossary-bookindex},
\sty{glossary-topic} and \sty{glossary-longextra}. See the
-\gls{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
+\sty{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
\begin{important}
-Note that the group styles (such as \glostyle{listgroup}) will
-have unexpected results if used with the \pkgopt[def]{sort}
-or \pkgopt[use]{sort} options. If you don't sort your entries
-alphabetically, it's best to set the \pkgopt{nogroupskip}
+Note that the \idx{group} styles (such as \glostyle{listgroup}) will
+have unexpected results if used with the \opteqvalref{sort}{def}
+or \opteqvalref{sort}{use} options. If you don't sort your entries
+alphabetically, it's best to set the \opt{nogroupskip}
package option to prevent odd vertical gaps appearing.
\end{important}
-The group title is obtained using \cs{glsgetgrouptitle}\marg{label},
+The \idx{group} title is obtained using \gls{glsgetgrouptitle}\marg{label},
which is described in \sectionref{sec:newglossarystyle}.
\begin{table}[htbp]
\caption[Glossary Styles]{Glossary Styles. An asterisk in the style
name indicates anything that matches that doesn't match any
-previously listed style (e.g.\ \texttt{long3col*}
+previously listed style (for example, \code{long3col*}
matches \glostyle{long3col}, \glostyle{long3colheader},
\glostyle{long3colborder} and \glostyle{long3colheaderborder}).
A maximum level of 0 indicates a flat glossary (sub-entries
are displayed in the same way as main entries). Where the maximum
-level is given as --- there is no limit, but note that
-\gls{makeindex} (\opt2) imposes a limit of 2 sub-levels. If the
-homograph column is checked, then the name is not displayed for
+level is given as \unlimited\ there is no limit, but note that
+\app{makeindex} (\option{mkidx}) imposes a limit of 2 sub-levels. If the
+\idx{homograph} column is checked, then the name is not displayed for
sub-entries. If the symbol column is checked, then the symbol will
be displayed.}
\label{tab:styles}
-\vskip\baselineskip
\centering
\begin{tabular}{lccc}
\bfseries Style & \bfseries Maximum Level &
\bfseries Homograph & \bfseries Symbol\\
-\ttfamily listdotted & 0 & & \\
-\ttfamily sublistdotted & 1 & & \\
-\ttfamily list* & 1 & \tick & \\
-\ttfamily altlist* & 1 & \tick & \\
-\ttfamily long*3col* & 1 & \tick & \\
-\ttfamily long4col* & 1 & \tick & \tick \\
-\ttfamily altlong*4col* & 1 & \tick & \tick \\
-\ttfamily long* & 1 & \tick & \\
-\ttfamily super*3col* & 1 & \tick & \\
-\ttfamily super4col* & 1 & \tick & \tick \\
-\ttfamily altsuper*4col* & 1 & \tick & \tick \\
-\ttfamily super* & 1 & \tick & \\
-\ttfamily *index* & 2 & & \tick\\
-\ttfamily treenoname* & --- & \tick & \tick\\
-\ttfamily *alttree* & --- & & \tick\\
-\ttfamily *tree* & --- & & \tick\\
-\ttfamily inline & 1 & \tick &
+\code{listdotted} & 0 & & \\
+\code{sublistdotted} & 1 & & \\
+\code{list*} & 1 & \yes & \\
+\code{altlist*} & 1 & \yes & \\
+\code{long*3col*} & 1 & \yes & \\
+\code{long4col*} & 1 & \yes & \yes \\
+\code{altlong*4col*} & 1 & \yes & \yes \\
+\code{long*} & 1 & \yes & \\
+\code{super*3col*} & 1 & \yes & \\
+\code{super4col*} & 1 & \yes & \yes \\
+\code{altsuper*4col*} & 1 & \yes & \yes \\
+\code{super*} & 1 & \yes & \\
+\code{*index*} & 2 & & \yes\\
+\code{treenoname*} & \unlimited & \yes & \yes\\
+\code{*alttree*} & \unlimited & & \yes\\
+\code{*tree*} & \unlimited & & \yes\\
+\code{inline} & 1 & \yes &
\end{tabular}
\par
\end{table}
-The tabular-like styles that allow multi-line descriptions and page
-lists use the length
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsdescwidth}]
-\cs{glsdescwidth}
-\end{definition}
+The tabular-like styles that allow multi-line descriptions and
+\idxpl{numberlist} use the length:
+\cmddef{glsdescwidth}
to set the width of the description column and the length
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glspagelistwidth}]
-\cs{glspagelistwidth}
-\end{definition}
-to set the width of the page list column.\footnote{These lengths will not be
-available if you use both the \pkgopt{nolong} and \pkgopt{nosuper}
-package options or if you use the \pkgopt{nostyles} package option
-unless you explicitly load the relevant package.}
-These will need to be changed using \cs{setlength} if the glossary
-is too wide. Note that the \glostyle{long4col} and
+\cmddef{glspagelistwidth}
+to set the width of the \idx{numberlist} column.
+
+\begin{information}
+These lengths will not be available if you use both the \opt{nolong}
+and \opt{nosuper} package options or if you use the \opt{nostyles}
+package option unless you explicitly load the relevant package.
+\end{information}
+
+These will need to be changed using \cmd{setlength} if the
+\idx{glossary} is too wide. Note that the \glostyle{long4col} and
\glostyle{super4col} styles (and their header and border variations)
don't use these lengths as they are designed for single line
-entries. Instead you should use the analogous \glostyle{altlong4col}
-and \glostyle{altsuper4col} styles. If you want to
+\idxpl{entry}. Instead you should use the analogous \glostyle{altlong4col}
+and \glostyle{altsuper4col} styles. If you need to
explicitly create a line-break within a multi-line description in
-a tabular-like style it's better to use \ics{newline} instead of
-\verb|\\|.
+a tabular-like style it's better to use \gls{newline} instead of
+\gls{cs.bsl} (but consider using a ragged style with narrow columns).
\begin{important}
Remember that a cell within a tabular-like environment can't
@@ -11863,67 +25262,72 @@ page-breaking problems if you have entries with long descriptions.
You may want to consider using the \glostyle{alttree} style instead.
\end{important}
-Note that if you use the \gloskey[printglossary]{style} key in the
-optional argument to \ics{printnoidxglossary} (\opt1) or
-\ics{printglossary} (\optsand23), it will override any
-previous style settings for the given glossary, so if, for example,
+Note that if you use the \printglossopt{style} key in the
+optional argument to \gls{print...glossary}, it will override any
+previous style settings for the given \idx{glossary}, so if, for example,
you do
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}
-\printglossary[style=long]
-\end{verbatim}
-then the new definition of \ics{glsgroupskip} will not have an affect
-for this glossary, as \cs{glsgroupskip} is redefined by
-\verb|style=long|. Likewise, \ics{setglossarystyle} will also
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsgroupskip}}\marg{}\comment{no effect}
+\gls{printglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{style}{\glostyle{long}}}
+\end{codebox}
+then the new definition of \gls{glsgroupskip} will not have an affect
+for this \idx{glossary}, as \gls{glsgroupskip} is redefined by
+\printglossoptval{style}{\glostyle{long}}. Likewise, \gls{setglossarystyle} will also
override any previous style definitions, so, again
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}
-\setglossarystyle{long}
-\end{verbatim}
-will reset \cs{glsgroupskip} back to its default definition for the
-named glossary style (\glostyle{long} in this case). If you want to
-modify the styles, either use \ics{newglossarystyle} (described
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsgroupskip}}{}\comment{no effect}
+\gls{setglossarystyle}\marg{\glostyle{long}}
+\end{codebox}
+will reset \gls{glsgroupskip} back to its default definition for the
+named \idx{glossarystyle} (\glostyle{long} in this case). If you want to
+modify the styles, either use \gls{newglossarystyle} (described
in the next section) or make the modifications after
-\ics{setglossarystyle}, e.g.:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setglossarystyle{long}
-\renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}
-\end{verbatim}
-As from version 3.03, you can now use the package option
-\pkgopt{nogroupskip} to suppress the gap between groups for the
-default styles instead of redefining \cs{glsgroupskip}.
+\gls{setglossarystyle}. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setglossarystyle}\marg{\glostyle{long}}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsgroupskip}}\marg{}
+\end{codebox}
+In this case, it's better to use \opt{nogroupskip} to suppress the
+gap between groups for the default styles instead of redefining
+\gls{glsgroupskip}.
All the styles except for the three- and four-column styles and the
-\glostyle{listdotted} style use the command
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glspostdescription}]
-\cs{glspostdescription}
-\end{definition}
-after the description. This simply displays a full stop by default.
-To eliminate this full stop (or replace it with something else, say,
-a comma) you will need to redefine \cs{glspostdescription} before
-the glossary is displayed. Alternatively, you can suppress it for a
-given entry by placing \ics{nopostdesc} in the entry's description.
-Note that \ics{longnewglossaryentry} puts \cs{nopostdesc} at the end
-of the description. The \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides a
+\glostyle{listdotted} style use the \idx{postdeschook}:
+\cmddef{glspostdescription}
+after the description. This simply displays a \idx+{fullstop} by default.
+To eliminate this \idx{fullstop} (or replace it with something else, say,
+a comma) you will need to redefine \gls{glspostdescription} before
+the \idx{glossary} is displayed. Alternatively, you can suppress it for a
+given entry by placing \gls{nopostdesc} in the entry's description.
+Note that \gls{longnewglossaryentry} puts \gls{nopostdesc} at the end
+of the description. The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides a
starred version that doesn't.
-As from version 3.03 you can now use the package option
-\pkgopt{nopostdot} to suppress this full stop. This is the better
-option if you want to use the \gls{glossaries-extra} package.
+Alternatively, you can use the package option \opt{nopostdot} to
+suppress this \idx{fullstop}. This is implemented by default with
+\sty{glossaries-extra}. You can switch it back on with
+\optval{nopostdot}{false} or \optval{postdot} or you can use
+\opt{postpunc} for a different punctuation character.
+
+\begin{xtr}
The \sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods} package provides some
-adjustments some of to the predefined styles listed here, allowing
-for greater flexibility. See the \gls{glossaries-extra}
+adjustments to some of the predefined styles listed here, allowing
+for greater flexibility. See the \sty{glossaries-extra}
documentation for further details.
+\end{xtr}
\subsection{List Styles}
\label{sec:liststyles}
-The styles described in this section are all defined in the package
+\pkgdef*{glossary-list}
+
+The \idxpl{glossarystyle} described in this section are all defined in the package
\sty{glossary-list}. Since they all use the \env{description}
environment, they are governed by the same parameters as that
-environment. These styles all ignore the entry's symbol. Note that
-these styles will automatically be available unless you use the
-\pkgopt{nolist} or \pkgopt{nostyles} package options.
+environment. These styles all ignore the \idx{entry}['s]
+\gloskey{symbol}. Note that these styles will automatically be
+available unless you use the \opt{nolist} or \opt{nostyles}
+package options.
\begin{important}
Note that, except for the \glostyle{listdotted} style, these
@@ -11932,73 +25336,78 @@ may also be incompatible with other classes or packages that
modify the \env{description} environment.
\end{important}
-As from v4.48, there is an initialisation hook that provides a patch
+There is an initialisation hook that provides a patch
if the \sty{gettitlestring} package is loaded, since this is used by
\sty{hyperref}.
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glslistinit]
-\cs{glslistinit}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{glslistinit}
+Note that this automatically implements:
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{GetTitleStringSetup}\marg{expand}
+\end{codebox*}
This patch should ensure that the combination of \sty{hyperref} and
-\pkgopt{entercounter} should correctly expand the entry name to the
-\filetype{aux} file. The name is expanded using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glslistexpandedname]
-\cs{glslistexpandedname}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-This uses \ics{glsunexpandedfieldvalue}. If you need the name to
+\opt{entrycounter} will correctly expand the \idx{entry} name to the
+\ext{aux} file. The name is expanded using:
+\cmddef{glslistexpandedname}
+This uses \gls{glsunexpandedfieldvalue}. If you need the name to
fully expand, you can redefine this. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand{\glslistexpandedname}[1]{\glsentryname{#1}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\gls{glslistexpandedname}}[1]\marg{\gls{glsentryname}\marg{\#1}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+If \optval{nogroupskip}{false}, the \gls{glsgroupskip} command creates
+a vertical space using:
+\cmddef{indexspace}
+This command is defined by some other packages, so it's only defined
+by \sty{glossary-list} if it hasn't already been defined.
+
+For the styles that should \idx{group} headings, the group title is
+encapsulated with:
+\cmddef{glslistgroupheaderfmt}
+This simply does its argument by default, but it occurs inside the
+optional argument of \gls{item} so may appear bold from the item
+font change.
+
+For the styles that have a navigation line, the line is
+formatted according to:
+\cmddef{glslistnavigationitem}
+This puts its argument inside the optional argument of \gls{item},
+which can cause a problem if the navigation line is too long, in
+which case you will need to redefine \gls{glslistnavigationitem}. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glslistnavigationitem}}[1]\marg{\gls{item} \gls{textbf}\marg{\#1}}
+\end{codebox}
+You may prefer to use the tree-like styles, such as
+\glostyle{treehypergroup} instead.
-\begin{description}
-\item[list] The \glostyle{list} style uses the \env{description}
-environment. The entry name is placed in the optional argument of
-the \ics{item} command (so it will usually appear in bold by default). The
-description follows, and then the associated \gls{numberlist} for
+\glostyledef{list}
+The \glostyle{list} style uses the \env{description}
+environment. The \idx{entry} name is placed in the optional argument of
+the \gls{item} command (so it will usually appear in bold by default). The
+description follows, and then the associated \idx{numberlist} for
that entry. The symbol is ignored. If the entry has child entries,
the description and number list follows (but not the name) for each
-child entry. Groups are separated using \ics{indexspace}.
+child entry. Groups are separated using \gls{indexspace} with the
+default \optval{nogroupskip}{true}.
The closest matching non-list style is the \glostyle{index} style.
-\item[listgroup] The \glostyle{listgroup} style is like
-\glostyle{list} but the glossary groups have headings
-obtained using \cs{glsgetgrouptitle}\marg{label},
+\glostyledef{listgroup}
+The \glostyle{listgroup} style is like \glostyle{list} but the
+\idxpl{group} have headings obtained using \gls{glsgetgrouptitle},
which is described in \sectionref{sec:newglossarystyle}.
-\item[listhypergroup] The \glostyle{listhypergroup} style is like
+\glostyledef{listhypergroup}
+The \glostyle{listhypergroup} style is like
\glostyle{listgroup} but has a navigation line at the start of the
-glossary with links to each group that is present in the glossary.
-This requires an additional run through \LaTeX\ to ensure the group
-information is up to date. In the navigation line, each group is
-separated by
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glshypernavsep}]
-\cs{glshypernavsep}
-\end{definition}
-which defaults to a vertical bar with a space on either side. For
-example, to simply have a space separating each group, do:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\glshypernavsep}{\space}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Note that the hyper-navigation line is now (as from version 1.14)
-set inside the optional argument to \ics{item} instead of after it
-to prevent a spurious space at the start. This can cause a problem
-if the navigation line is too long.
-As from v4.22, if you need to adjust this, you can redefine
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glslistnavigationitem]
-\cs{glslistnavigationitem}\marg{navigation line}
-\end{definition}
-The default definition is \cs{item}\oarg{navigation line} but may
-be redefined independently of setting the style. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\glslistnavigationitem}[1]{\item \textbf{#1}}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-You may prefer to use the tree-like styles, such as
-\glostyle{treehypergroup} instead.
-
-\item[altlist] The \glostyle{altlist} style is like \glostyle{list}
+\idx{glossary} with links to each \idx{group} that is present in the
+glossary, which is displayed in the glossary header with
+\gls{glslistnavigationitem}.
+This requires an additional run through \LaTeX\ to ensure the \idx{group}
+information is up to date. Within the navigation line, each
+\idx{group} item is separated by \gls{glshypernavsep}.
+
+\glostyledef{altlist}
+The \glostyle{altlist} style is like \glostyle{list}
but the description starts on the line following the name. (As
with the \glostyle{list} style, the symbol is ignored.) Each child
entry starts a new line, but as with the \glostyle{list} style,
@@ -12006,153 +25415,214 @@ the name associated with each child entry is ignored.
The closest matching non-list style is the \glostyle{index}
style with the following adjustment:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand{\glstreepredesc}{%
- \glstreeitem\parindent\hangindent}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\gls{glstreepredesc}}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glstreeitem}\cmd{parindent}\cmd{hangindent}}
+\end{codebox}
+\glostyledef{altlistgroup}
+The \glostyle{altlistgroup} style is like
+\glostyle{altlist} but the glossary \idxpl{group} have headings.
-\item[altlistgroup] The \glostyle{altlistgroup} style is like
-\glostyle{altlist} but the glossary groups have headings.
-
-\item[altlisthypergroup] The \glostyle{altlisthypergroup} style is like
+\glostyledef{altlisthypergroup}
+The \glostyle{altlisthypergroup} style is like
\glostyle{altlistgroup} but has a set of links to the glossary
-groups. The navigation line is the same as that for
+\idxpl{group}. The navigation line is the same as that for
\glostyle{listhypergroup}, described above.
-\item[listdotted] This style uses the \env{description}
+\glostyledef{listdotted}
+This style uses the \env{description}
environment.\footnote{This style was supplied by Axel~Menzel.} Each
-entry starts with \verb|\item[]|, followed by the name followed by a
+entry starts with \code{\gls{item}\oarg{}}, followed by the name followed by a
dotted line, followed by the description. Note that this style
-ignores both the \gls{numberlist} and the symbol. The length
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glslistdottedwidth}]
-\cs{glslistdottedwidth}
-\end{definition}
+ignores both the \idx{numberlist} and the symbol. The length
+\cmddef{glslistdottedwidth}
governs where the description should start. This is a flat style, so
child entries are formatted in the same way as the parent entries.
-A non-list alternative is to use the \glostyle{index} style
-with
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand{\glstreepredesc}{\dotfill}
-\renewcommand{\glstreechildpredesc}{\dotfill}
-\end{verbatim}
-Note that this doesn't use \cs{glslistdottedwidth} and causes
+A non-list alternative is to use the \glostyle{index} style with
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\gls{glstreepredesc}}\marg{\cmd{dotfill}}
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\gls{glstreechildpredesc}}\marg{\cmd{dotfill}}
+\end{codebox}
+Note that this doesn't use \gls{glslistdottedwidth} and causes
the description to be flush-right and will display the
symbol, if provided. (It also doesn't suppress
-the \gls*{numberlist}, but that can be achieved with the
-\pkgopt{nonumberlist} option.)
+the \idx{numberlist}, but that can be achieved with the
+\opt{nonumberlist} option.)
-\item[sublistdotted] This is a variation on the \glostyle{listdotted}
-style designed for hierarchical glossaries. The main entries
+\glostyledef{sublistdotted}
+This is a variation on the \glostyle{listdotted}
+style designed for \hierarchical\ glossaries. The main entries
have just the name displayed. The sub entries are displayed in
the same manner as \glostyle{listdotted}. Unlike the
\glostyle{listdotted} style, this style is incompatible with
\sty{classicthesis}.
-\end{description}
-
\subsection{Longtable Styles}
\label{sec:longstyles}
-The styles described in this section are all defined in the package
+\pkgdef*{glossary-long}
+
+The \idxpl{glossarystyle} described in this section are all defined in the package
\sty{glossary-long}. Since they all use the \env{longtable}
environment, they are governed by the same parameters as that
environment. Note that these styles will automatically be available
-unless you use the \pkgopt{nolong} or \pkgopt{nostyles} package
-options. These styles fully justify the description and page list
-columns. If you want ragged right formatting instead, use the
+unless you use the \opt{nolong} or \opt{nostyles} package
+options. These styles fully justify the description and
+\idx{numberlist} columns. If you want ragged right formatting instead, use the
analogous styles described in \sectionref{sec:longraggedstyles}.
If you want to incorporate rules from the \sty{booktabs} package,
try the styles described in \sectionref{sec:longbooktabsstyles}.
-\begin{description}
-\item[long] The \glostyle{long} style uses the \env{longtable}
+\Idxpl{group} are separated with a blank row unless \opt{nogroupskip}
+is used \emph{before} the style is set. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{nogroupskip}]\marg{glossaries}
+\gls{setglossarystyle}\marg{\glostyle{long}}
+\end{codebox}
+Both may be combined in the same option list. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{nogroupskip},\optval{style}{\glostyle{long}}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+Or
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{printglossary}\oarg{\printglossopt{nogroupskip},\printglossoptval{style}{\glostyle{longragged}}}
+\end{codebox}
+The following doesn't work:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{setglossarystyle}\marg{\glostyle{long}}
+\gls{printglossary}\oarg{\printglossopt{nogroupskip}}\comment{too late}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+This is because the \gls{ifglsnogroupskip} conditional needs to be
+outside of \gls{glsgroupskip} with tabular-like styles, so the
+conditional is in the style definition to determine the appropriate
+definition of \gls{glsgroupskip}.
+
+\begin{xtr}
+There are additional styles that use the \env{longtable} environment
+provided with the \sty{glossary-longextra} package, but that
+requires \sty{glossaries-extra}.
+\end{xtr}
+
+\glostyledef{long}
+
+The \glostyle{long} style uses the \env{longtable}
environment (defined by the \sty{longtable} package). It has two
-columns: the first column contains the entry's name and the second
-column contains the description followed by the \gls{numberlist}.
-The entry's symbol is ignored.
-Sub groups are separated with a blank row. The width of the
+columns: the first column contains the \idx{entry}['s] name and the second
+column contains the description followed by the \idx{numberlist}.
+The entry's symbol is ignored. The width of the
first column is governed by the widest entry in that column. The
width of the second column is governed by the length
-\ics{glsdescwidth}. Child entries have a similar format to the
+\gls{glsdescwidth}. Child entries have a similar format to the
parent entries except that their name is suppressed.
-\item[longborder] The \glostyle{longborder} style is like
+\glostyledef{longborder}
+
+The \glostyle{longborder} style is like
\glostyle{long} but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.
-\item[longheader] The \glostyle{longheader} style is like
-\glostyle{long} but has a header row.
+\glostyledef{longheader}
-\item[longheaderborder] The \glostyle{longheaderborder} style is
-like \glostyle{longheader} but has horizontal and vertical lines
-around it.
+The \glostyle{longheader} style is like \glostyle{long} but has a header row.
+You may prefer the \glostyle{long-booktabs} style instead.
+
+\glostyledef{longheaderborder}
-\item[long3col] The \glostyle{long3col} style is like
+The \glostyle{longheaderborder} style is like \glostyle{longheader}
+but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. The
+\glostyle{long-booktabs} style is generally better.
+
+\glostyledef{long3col}
+
+The \glostyle{long3col} style is like
\glostyle{long} but has three columns. The first column contains
the entry's name, the second column contains the description
-and the third column contains the \gls{numberlist}.
+and the third column contains the \idx{numberlist}.
The entry's symbol is ignored. The width of the
first column is governed by the widest entry in that column, the
width of the second column is governed by the length
-\ics{glsdescwidth}, and the width of the third column is governed by the
-length \ics{glspagelistwidth}.
+\gls{glsdescwidth}, and the width of the third column is governed by the
+length \gls{glspagelistwidth}.
+
+\glostyledef{long3colborder}
-\item[long3colborder] The \glostyle{long3colborder} style is like
+The \glostyle{long3colborder} style is like
the \glostyle{long3col} style but has horizontal and vertical
lines around it.
-\item[long3colheader] The \glostyle{long3colheader} style is like
+\glostyledef{long3colheader}
+
+The \glostyle{long3colheader} style is like
\glostyle{long3col} but has a header row.
+You may prefer the \glostyle{long3col-booktabs} style instead.
-\item[long3colheaderborder] The \glostyle{long3colheaderborder} style is
-like \glostyle{long3colheader} but has horizontal and vertical lines
-around it.
+\glostyledef{long3colheaderborder}
-\item[long4col] The \glostyle{long4col} style is like
-\glostyle{long3col} but has an additional column in which the
-entry's associated symbol appears. This style is used for brief
-single line descriptions. The column widths are governed by the
-widest entry in the given column. Use \glostyle{altlong4col} for
-multi-line descriptions.
+The \glostyle{long3colheaderborder} style is like
+\glostyle{long3colheader} but has horizontal and vertical lines
+around it. The
+\glostyle{long3col-booktabs} style is generally better.
-\item[long4colborder] The \glostyle{long4colborder} style is like
-the \glostyle{long4col} style but has horizontal and vertical
-lines around it.
+\glostyledef{long4col}
+
+The \glostyle{long4col} style is like \glostyle{long3col} but has an
+additional column in which the entry's associated symbol appears.
+This style is used for brief single line descriptions. The column
+widths are governed by the widest entry in the given column. Use
+\glostyle{altlong4col} for multi-line descriptions.
+
+\glostyledef{long4colborder}
+
+The \glostyle{long4colborder} style is like the \glostyle{long4col}
+style but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.
-\item[long4colheader] The \glostyle{long4colheader} style is like
+\glostyledef{long4colheader}
+
+The \glostyle{long4colheader} style is like
\glostyle{long4col} but has a header row.
+You may prefer the \glostyle{long4col-booktabs} style instead.
+
+\glostyledef{long4colheaderborder}
-\item[long4colheaderborder] The \glostyle{long4colheaderborder} style is
-like \glostyle{long4colheader} but has horizontal and vertical lines
+The \glostyle{long4colheaderborder} style is like
+\glostyle{long4colheader} but has horizontal and vertical lines
around it.
-\item[altlong4col] The \glostyle{altlong4col} style is like
-\glostyle{long4col} but allows multi-line descriptions and page
-lists. The width of the description column is governed by the
-length \ics{glsdescwidth} and the width of the page list column is
-governed by the length \ics{glspagelistwidth}. The widths of the
-name and symbol columns are governed by the widest entry in the
-given column.
+\glostyledef{altlong4col}
+
+The \glostyle{altlong4col} style is like \glostyle{long4col} but
+allows multi-line descriptions and \idxpl{numberlist}. The width of the
+description column is governed by the length \gls{glsdescwidth} and
+the width of the \idx{numberlist} column is governed by the length
+\gls{glspagelistwidth}. The widths of the name and symbol columns
+are governed by the widest entry in the given column.
+
+\glostyledef{altlong4colborder}
-\item[altlong4colborder] The \glostyle{altlong4colborder} style is like
+The \glostyle{altlong4colborder} style is like
the \glostyle{long4colborder} but allows multi-line descriptions and
-page lists.
+\idxpl{numberlist}.
+
+\glostyledef{altlong4colheader}
-\item[altlong4colheader] The \glostyle{altlong4colheader} style is like
+The \glostyle{altlong4colheader} style is like
\glostyle{long4colheader} but allows multi-line descriptions and
-page lists.
+\idxpl{numberlist}.
+You may prefer the \glostyle{altlong4col-booktabs} style instead.
-\item[altlong4colheaderborder] The \glostyle{altlong4colheaderborder}
-style is like \glostyle{long4colheaderborder} but allows multi-line
-descriptions and page lists.
-\end{description}
+\glostyledef{altlong4colheaderborder}
+The \glostyle{altlong4colheaderborder}
+style is like \glostyle{long4colheaderborder} but allows multi-line
+descriptions and \idxpl{numberlist}.
\subsection{Longtable Styles (Ragged Right)}
\label{sec:longraggedstyles}
-The styles described in this section are all defined in the package
+\pkgdef*{glossary-longragged}
+
+The \idxpl{glossarystyle} described in this section are all defined in the package
\sty{glossary-longragged}. These styles are analogous to those
defined in \sty{glossary-long} but the multiline columns are left
justified instead of fully justified. Since these styles all use the
@@ -12161,86 +25631,127 @@ parameters as that environment. The \sty{glossary-longragged}
package additionally requires the \sty{array} package. Note that
these styles will only be available if you explicitly load
\sty{glossary-longragged}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-\usepackage{glossary-longragged}
-\end{verbatim}
-Note that you can't set these styles using the \pkgopt{style}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossary-longragged}
+\gls{setglossarystyle}\marg{\glostyle{longragged3col}}
+\end{codebox}
+Note that you can't set these styles using the \opt{style}
package option since the styles aren't defined until after
the \styfmt{glossaries} package has been loaded.
If you want to incorporate rules from the \sty{booktabs} package,
try the styles described in \sectionref{sec:longbooktabsstyles}.
-\begin{description}
-\item[longragged] The \glostyle{longragged} style has two
-columns: the first column contains the entry's name and the second
-column contains the (left-justified) description followed by the
-\gls{numberlist}. The entry's symbol is ignored.
-Sub groups are separated with a blank row. The width of the
-first column is governed by the widest entry in that column. The
-width of the second column is governed by the length
-\ics{glsdescwidth}. Child entries have a similar format to the
-parent entries except that their name is suppressed.
+With \sty{glossaries-extra}, you can load both the package and style
+with the \opt{style} and \opt{stylemods} options. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{style}{\glostyle{longragged3col}},\optval{stylemods}{longragged}]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\end{codebox}
+
+As with the \sty{glossary-long} styles,
+\idxpl{group} are separated with a blank row unless \opt{nogroupskip}
+is used \emph{before} the style is set. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{nogroupskip}]\marg{glossaries}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossary-longragged}
+\gls{setglossarystyle}\marg{\glostyle{longragged}}
+\end{codebox}
+Or
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{printglossary}\oarg{\printglossopt{nogroupskip},\printglossoptval{style}{\glostyle{longragged}}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+\glostyledef{longragged}
+
+The \glostyle{longragged} style has two columns: the first column
+contains the \idx{entry}['s] name and the second column contains the
+(left-justified) description followed by the \idx{numberlist}. The
+entry's symbol is ignored. The width of the first column is governed
+by the widest entry in that column. The width of the second column
+is governed by the length \gls{glsdescwidth}. Child entries have a
+similar format to the parent entries except that their name is
+suppressed.
+
+\glostyledef{longraggedborder}
+
+The \glostyle{longraggedborder} style is like \glostyle{longragged}
+but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.
+
+\glostyledef{longraggedheader}
+
+The \glostyle{longraggedheader} style is like
+\glostyle{longragged} but has a header row.
+You may prefer the \glostyle{longragged-booktabs} style instead.
-\item[longraggedborder] The \glostyle{longraggedborder} style is like
-\glostyle{longragged} but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.
+\glostyledef{longraggedheaderborder}
-\item[longraggedheader] The \glostyle{longraggedheader} style is like
-\glostyle{longragged} but has a header row.
+The \glostyle{longraggedheaderborder} style is like
+\glostyle{longraggedheader} but has horizontal and vertical lines
+around it.
-\item[longraggedheaderborder] The \glostyle{longraggedheaderborder}
-style is like \glostyle{longraggedheader} but has horizontal and
-vertical lines around it.
+\glostyledef{longragged3col}
-\item[longragged3col] The \glostyle{longragged3col} style is like
-\glostyle{longragged} but has three columns. The first column
-contains the entry's name, the second column contains the (left
-justified) description and the third column contains the (left
-justified) \gls{numberlist}. The entry's symbol is ignored. The
-width of the first column is governed by the widest entry in that
-column, the width of the second column is governed by the length
-\ics{glsdescwidth}, and the width of the third column is governed by
-the length \ics{glspagelistwidth}.
+The \glostyle{longragged3col} style is like \glostyle{longragged}
+but has three columns. The first column contains the entry's name,
+the second column contains the (left justified) description and the
+third column contains the (left justified) \idx{numberlist}. The
+entry's symbol is ignored. The width of the first column is governed
+by the widest entry in that column, the width of the second column
+is governed by the length \gls{glsdescwidth}, and the width of the
+third column is governed by the length \gls{glspagelistwidth}.
+
+\glostyledef{longragged3colborder}
+
+The \glostyle{longragged3colborder} style is like the
+\glostyle{longragged3col} style but has horizontal and vertical
+lines around it.
-\item[longragged3colborder] The \glostyle{longragged3colborder}
-style is like the \glostyle{longragged3col} style but has horizontal
-and vertical lines around it.
+\glostyledef{longragged3colheader}
-\item[longragged3colheader] The \glostyle{longragged3colheader} style is like
+The \glostyle{longragged3colheader} style is like
\glostyle{longragged3col} but has a header row.
+You may prefer the \glostyle{longragged3col-booktabs} style instead.
+
+\glostyledef{longragged3colheaderborder}
-\item[longragged3colheaderborder] The \glostyle{longragged3colheaderborder} style is
+The \glostyle{longragged3colheaderborder} style is
like \glostyle{longragged3colheader} but has horizontal and vertical lines
around it.
-\item[altlongragged4col] The \glostyle{altlongragged4col} style is
-like \glostyle{longragged3col} but has an additional column in which
-the entry's associated symbol appears. The width of the description
-column is governed by the length \ics{glsdescwidth} and the width of
-the page list column is governed by the length
-\ics{glspagelistwidth}. The widths of the name and symbol columns
+\glostyledef{altlongragged4col}
+
+The \glostyle{altlongragged4col} style is like
+\glostyle{longragged3col} but has an additional column in which the
+entry's associated symbol appears. The width of the description
+column is governed by the length \gls{glsdescwidth} and the width of
+the \idx{numberlist} column is governed by the length
+\gls{glspagelistwidth}. The widths of the name and symbol columns
are governed by the widest entry in the given column.
-\item[altlongragged4colborder] The
-\glostyle{altlongragged4colborder} style is like the
+\glostyledef{altlongragged4colborder}
+
+The \glostyle{altlongragged4colborder} style is like the
\glostyle{altlongragged4col} but has horizontal and vertical lines
around it.
-\item[altlongragged4colheader] The
-\glostyle{altlongragged4colheader} style is like
+\glostyledef{altlongragged4colheader}
+
+The \glostyle{altlongragged4colheader} style is like
\glostyle{altlongragged4col} but has a header row.
+You may prefer the \glostyle{altlongragged4col-booktabs} style instead.
-\item[altlongragged4colheaderborder] The
-\glostyle{altlongragged4colheaderborder} style is like
+\glostyledef{altlongragged4colheaderborder}
+
+The \glostyle{altlongragged4colheaderborder} style is like
\glostyle{altlongragged4colheader} but has horizontal and vertical
lines around it.
-\end{description}
-
\subsection{Longtable Styles (\styfmt{booktabs})}
\label{sec:longbooktabsstyles}
-The styles described in this section are all defined in the package
+\pkgdef*{glossary-longbooktabs}
+
+The \idxpl{glossarystyle} described in this section are all defined in the package
\sty{glossary-longbooktabs}.
Since these styles all use the
@@ -12251,165 +25762,254 @@ package automatically loads the \sty{glossary-long}
and \sty{glossary-longragged} (\sectionref{sec:longraggedstyles}) packages. Note that
these styles will only be available if you explicitly load
\sty{glossary-longbooktabs}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-\usepackage{glossary-longbooktabs}
-\end{verbatim}
-Note that you can't set these styles using the \pkgopt{style}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossary-longbooktabs}
+\end{codebox}
+Note that you can't set these styles using the \opt{style}
package option since the styles aren't defined until after
-the \styfmt{glossaries} package has been loaded.
-
-These styles are similar to the
-\qt{header} styles in the \sty{glossary-long} and
-\sty{glossary-ragged} packages, but they add the rules
-provided by the \sty{booktabs} package, \ics{toprule}, \ics{midrule} and
-\ics{bottomrule}. Additionally these styles patch the
+the \sty{glossaries} package has been loaded.
+
+With \sty{glossaries-extra}, you can load both the package and style
+with the \opt{style} and \opt{stylemods} options. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{style}{\glostyle{long3col-booktabs}},\optval{stylemods}{longbooktabs}]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\end{codebox}
+
+As with the \sty{glossary-long} styles,
+\idxpl{group} are separated with a blank row unless \opt{nogroupskip}
+is used \emph{before} the style is set. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{nogroupskip}]\marg{glossaries}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossary-longbooktabs}
+\gls{setglossarystyle}\marg{\glostyle{long-booktabs}}
+\end{codebox}
+Or
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{printglossary}\oarg{\printglossopt{nogroupskip},\printglossoptval{style}{\glostyle{long-booktabs}}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+These styles are similar to the \qt{header} styles in the \sty{glossary-long} and
+\sty{glossary-longragged} packages, but they add the rules
+provided by the \sty{booktabs} package, \gls{toprule}, \gls{midrule} and
+\gls{bottomrule}. Additionally these styles patch the
\env{longtable} environment to check for instances of the group
skip occurring at a page break. If you don't want this patch to
affect any other use of \env{longtable} in your document, you can
scope the effect by only setting the style through the
-\gloskey[printglossary]{style} key in the optional argument of
-\cs{printglossary}. (The \pkgopt{nogroupskip} package option
-is checked by these styles.)
+\printglossopt{style} key in the optional argument of
+\gls{print...glossary}.
Alternatively, you can restore the original \env{longtable}
behaviour with:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsrestoreLToutput]
-\cs{glsrestoreLToutput}
-\end{definition}
-For more information about the patch, see the documented code
-(\texttt{glossaries-code.pdf}).
+\cmddef{glsrestoreLToutput}
-\begin{description}
-\item[\glostyle{long-booktabs}] This style is similar to
-the \glostyle{longheader} style but adds rules above and below the
-header (\cs{toprule} and \cs{midrule}) and inserts a rule at the
-bottom of the table (\cs{bottomrule}).
+The penalty check is tested with:
+\cmddef{glsLTpenaltycheck}
+The default definition is:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\cmd{ifnum}\cmd{outputpenalty}=-50\cmd{vskip}-\cmd{normalbaselineskip}\cmd{relax}\cmd{fi}
+\end{compactcodebox}
-\item[\glostyle{long3col-booktabs}] This style is similar to
-the \glostyle{long3colheader} style but adds rules as per
-\glostyle{long-booktabs}.
+With the default \optval{nogroupskip}{false}, \gls{glsgroupskip}
+will be defined to use:
+\cmddef{glspenaltygroupskip}
+to insert the vertical gap. This is defined as:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\cmd{noalign}\marg{\cmd{penalty}-50\cmd{vskip}\cmd{normalbaselineskip}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
-\item[\glostyle{long4col-booktabs}] This style is similar to
-the \glostyle{long4colheader} style but adds rules as above.
+\glostyledef{long-booktabs}
-\item[\glostyle{altlong4col-booktabs}] This style is similar to
-the \glostyle{altlong4colheader} style but adds rules as above.
+This style is similar to the \glostyle{longheader} style but adds
+rules above and below the header (\gls{toprule} and \gls{midrule}) and
+inserts a rule at the bottom of the table (\gls{bottomrule}).
-\item[\glostyle{longragged-booktabs}] This style is similar to
-the \glostyle{longraggedheader} style but adds rules as above.
+\glostyledef{long3col-booktabs}
-\item[\glostyle{longragged3col-booktabs}] This style is similar to
-the \glostyle{longragged3colheader} style but adds rules as above.
+This style is similar to the \glostyle{long3colheader} style but
+adds rules as per \glostyle{long-booktabs}.
-\item[\glostyle{altlongragged4col-booktabs}] This style is similar to
-the \glostyle{altlongragged4colheader} style but adds rules as above.
+\glostyledef{long4col-booktabs}
-\end{description}
+This style is similar to the \glostyle{long4colheader} style but
+adds rules as above.
+
+\glostyledef{altlong4col-booktabs}
+
+This style is similar to the \glostyle{altlong4colheader} style but
+adds rules as above.
+
+\glostyledef{longragged-booktabs}
+
+This style is similar to the \glostyle{longraggedheader} style but
+adds rules as above.
+
+\glostyledef{longragged3col-booktabs}
+
+This style is similar to the \glostyle{longragged3colheader} style
+but adds rules as above.
+
+\glostyledef{altlongragged4col-booktabs}
+
+This style is similar to the \glostyle{altlongragged4colheader}
+style but adds rules as above.
\subsection{Supertabular Styles}
\label{sec:superstyles}
-The styles described in this section are all defined in the package
+\pkgdef*{glossary-super}
+
+The \idxpl{glossarystyle} described in this section are all defined in the package
\sty{glossary-super}. Since they all use the \env{supertabular}
environment, they are governed by the same parameters as that
environment. Note that these styles will automatically be available
-unless you use the \pkgopt{nosuper} or \pkgopt{nostyles} package
+unless you use the \opt{nosuper} or \opt{nostyles} package
options. In general, the \env{longtable} environment is better,
but there are some circumstances where it is better to use
-\env{supertabular}.\footnote{e.g.\ with the \sty{flowfram}
-package.} These styles fully justify the description and page list
+\env{supertabular}. (For example, with the \sty{flowfram}
+package.) These styles fully justify the description and \idx{numberlist}
columns. If you want ragged right formatting instead, use the
analogous styles described in \sectionref{sec:superraggedstyles}.
-\begin{description}
-\item[super] The \glostyle{super} style uses the \env{supertabular}
+As with the \sty{glossary-long} styles,
+\idxpl{group} are separated with a blank row unless \opt{nogroupskip}
+is used \emph{before} the style is set. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{nogroupskip}]\marg{glossaries}
+\gls{setglossarystyle}\marg{\glostyle{super}}
+\end{codebox}
+Or
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{nogroupskip},\optval{style}{\glostyle{super}}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+Or
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{printglossary}\oarg{\printglossopt{nogroupskip},\printglossoptval{style}{\glostyle{super}}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+\begin{warning}
+Sometimes the \env{supertabular} style doesn't put page breaks in
+the right place. If you have unexpected output, try the
+\sty{glossary-long} styles instead. Alternatively, try the
+\glostyle{alttree} style.
+\end{warning}
+
+\glostyledef{super}
+
+The \glostyle{super} style uses the \env{supertabular}
environment (defined by the \sty{supertabular} package). It has two
-columns: the first column contains the entry's name and the second
-column contains the description followed by the \gls{numberlist}.
-The entry's symbol is ignored.
-Sub groups are separated with a blank row. The width of the
+columns: the first column contains the \idx{entry}['s] name and the second
+column contains the description followed by the \idx{numberlist}.
+The entry's symbol is ignored. The width of the
first column is governed by the widest entry in that column. The
width of the second column is governed by the length
-\ics{glsdescwidth}. Child entries have a similar format to the
+\gls{glsdescwidth}. Child entries have a similar format to the
parent entries except that their name is suppressed.
-\item[superborder] The \glostyle{superborder} style is like
-\glostyle{super} but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.
+\glostyledef{superborder}
-\item[superheader] The \glostyle{superheader} style is like
-\glostyle{super} but has a header row.
+The \glostyle{superborder} style is like \glostyle{super} but has
+horizontal and vertical lines around it.
-\item[superheaderborder] The \glostyle{superheaderborder} style is
+\glostyledef{superheader}
+
+The \glostyle{superheader} style is like \glostyle{super} but has a
+header row.
+
+\glostyledef{superheaderborder}
+
+The \glostyle{superheaderborder} style is
like \glostyle{superheader} but has horizontal and vertical lines
around it.
-\item[super3col] The \glostyle{super3col} style is like
-\glostyle{super} but has three columns. The first column contains
-the entry's name, the second column contains the description
-and the third column contains the \gls{numberlist}. The
-entry's symbol is ignored. The width of the
-first column is governed by the widest entry in that column. The
+\glostyledef{super3col}
+
+The \glostyle{super3col} style is like \glostyle{super} but has
+three columns. The first column contains the entry's name, the
+second column contains the description and the third column contains
+the \idx{numberlist}. The entry's symbol is ignored. The width of
+the first column is governed by the widest entry in that column. The
width of the second column is governed by the length
-\ics{glsdescwidth}. The width of the third column is governed by the
-length \ics{glspagelistwidth}.
+\gls{glsdescwidth}. The width of the third column is governed by the
+length \gls{glspagelistwidth}.
-\item[super3colborder] The \glostyle{super3colborder} style is like
+\glostyledef{super3colborder}
+
+The \glostyle{super3colborder} style is like
the \glostyle{super3col} style but has horizontal and vertical
lines around it.
-\item[super3colheader] The \glostyle{super3colheader} style is like
+\glostyledef{super3colheader}
+
+The \glostyle{super3colheader} style is like
\glostyle{super3col} but has a header row.
-\item[super3colheaderborder] The \glostyle{super3colheaderborder} style
-is like the \glostyle{super3colheader} style but has horizontal and vertical
+\glostyledef{super3colheaderborder}
+
+The \glostyle{super3colheaderborder} style is like the
+\glostyle{super3colheader} style but has horizontal and vertical
lines around it.
-\item[super4col] The \glostyle{super4col} style is like
-\glostyle{super3col} but has an additional column in which the
-entry's associated symbol appears. This style is designed for
-entries with brief single line descriptions. The column widths are governed by the
-widest entry in the given column. Use \glostyle{altsuper4col}
-for multi-line descriptions.
+\glostyledef{super4col}
-\item[super4colborder] The \glostyle{super4colborder} style is like
-the \glostyle{super4col} style but has horizontal and vertical
-lines around it.
+The \glostyle{super4col} style is like \glostyle{super3col} but has
+an additional column in which the entry's associated symbol appears.
+This style is designed for entries with brief single line
+descriptions. The column widths are governed by the widest entry in
+the given column. Use \glostyle{altsuper4col} for multi-line
+descriptions.
+
+\glostyledef{super4colborder}
+
+The \glostyle{super4colborder} style is like the
+\glostyle{super4col} style but has horizontal and vertical lines
+around it.
-\item[super4colheader] The \glostyle{super4colheader} style is like
-\glostyle{super4col} but has a header row.
+\glostyledef{super4colheader}
-\item[super4colheaderborder] The \glostyle{super4colheaderborder} style
-is like the \glostyle{super4colheader} style but has horizontal and vertical
+The \glostyle{super4colheader} style is like \glostyle{super4col}
+but has a header row.
+
+\glostyledef{super4colheaderborder}
+
+The \glostyle{super4colheaderborder} style is like the
+\glostyle{super4colheader} style but has horizontal and vertical
lines around it.
-\item[altsuper4col] The \glostyle{altsuper4col} style is like
-\glostyle{super4col} but allows multi-line descriptions and page
-lists.
-The width of the description column is governed by the length
-\ics{glsdescwidth} and the width of the page list column is
-governed by the length \ics{glspagelistwidth}. The width of the name
-and symbol columns is governed by the widest entry in the
-given column.
+\glostyledef{altsuper4col}
+
+The \glostyle{altsuper4col} style is like \glostyle{super4col} but
+allows multi-line descriptions and \idxpl{numberlist}. The width of the
+description column is governed by the length \gls{glsdescwidth} and
+the width of the \idx{numberlist} column is governed by the length
+\gls{glspagelistwidth}. The width of the name and symbol columns is
+governed by the widest entry in the given column.
+
+\glostyledef{altsuper4colborder}
-\item[altsuper4colborder] The \glostyle{altsuper4colborder} style is like
-the \glostyle{super4colborder} style but allows multi-line descriptions
-and page lists.
+The \glostyle{altsuper4colborder} style is like the
+\glostyle{super4colborder} style but allows multi-line descriptions
+and \idxpl{numberlist}.
-\item[altsuper4colheader] The \glostyle{altsuper4colheader} style is like
+\glostyledef{altsuper4colheader}
+
+The \glostyle{altsuper4colheader} style is like
\glostyle{super4colheader} but allows multi-line descriptions and
-page lists.
+\idxpl{numberlist}.
-\item[altsuper4colheaderborder] The \glostyle{altsuper4colheaderborder}
-style is like \glostyle{super4colheaderborder} but allows multi-line
-descriptions and page lists.
-\end{description}
+\glostyledef{altsuper4colheaderborder}
+The \glostyle{altsuper4colheaderborder} style is like
+\glostyle{super4colheaderborder} but allows multi-line descriptions
+and \idxpl{numberlist}.
\subsection{Supertabular Styles (Ragged Right)}
\label{sec:superraggedstyles}
-The styles described in this section are all defined in the package
+\pkgdef*{glossary-superragged}
+
+The \idxpl{glossarystyle} described in this section are all defined in the package
\sty{glossary-superragged}. These styles are analogous to those
defined in \sty{glossary-super} but the multiline columns are left
justified instead of fully justified. Since these styles all use the
@@ -12418,134 +26018,158 @@ parameters as that environment. The \sty{glossary-superragged}
package additionally requires the \sty{array} package. Note that
these styles will only be available if you explicitly load
\sty{glossary-superragged}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-\usepackage{glossary-superragged}
-\end{verbatim}
-Note that you can't set these styles using the \pkgopt{style}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossary-superragged}
+\end{codebox}
+Note that you can't set these styles using the \opt{style}
package option since the styles aren't defined until after
-the \styfmt{glossaries} package has been loaded.
+the \sty{glossaries} package has been loaded.
+
+With \sty{glossaries-extra}, you can load both the package and style
+with the \opt{style} and \opt{stylemods} options. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{style}{\glostyle{superragged3col}},\optval{stylemods}{superragged}]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\end{codebox}
+
+As with the \sty{glossary-long} styles,
+\idxpl{group} are separated with a blank row unless \opt{nogroupskip}
+is used \emph{before} the style is set. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{nogroupskip}]\marg{glossaries}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossary-superragged}
+\gls{setglossarystyle}\marg{\glostyle{superragged}}
+\end{codebox}
+Or
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{printglossary}\oarg{\printglossopt{nogroupskip},\printglossoptval{style}{\glostyle{superragged}}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+\glostyledef{superragged}
+
+The \glostyle{superragged} style uses the \env{supertabular}
+environment (defined by the \sty{supertabular} package). It has two
+columns: the first column contains the \idx{entry}['s] name and the
+second column contains the (left justified) description followed by
+the \idx{numberlist}. The entry's symbol is ignored. The width of
+the first column is governed by the widest entry in that column. The
+width of the second column is governed by the length
+\gls{glsdescwidth}. Child entries have a similar format to the
+parent entries except that their name is suppressed.
-\begin{description}
-\item[superragged] The \glostyle{superragged} style uses the
-\env{supertabular} environment (defined by the
-\sty{supertabular} package). It has two columns: the first column
-contains the entry's name and the second column contains the (left
-justified) description followed by the \gls{numberlist}. The
-entry's symbol is ignored. Sub groups are separated with a blank
-row. The width of the first column is governed by the widest entry
-in that column. The width of the second column is governed by the
-length \ics{glsdescwidth}. Child entries have a similar format to
-the parent entries except that their name is suppressed.
-
-\item[superraggedborder] The \glostyle{superraggedborder} style is
-like \glostyle{superragged} but has horizontal and vertical lines
-around it.
+\glostyledef{superraggedborder}
+
+The \glostyle{superraggedborder} style is like
+\glostyle{superragged} but has horizontal and vertical lines around
+it.
+
+\glostyledef{superraggedheader}
-\item[superraggedheader] The \glostyle{superraggedheader} style is
-like \glostyle{superragged} but has a header row.
+The \glostyle{superraggedheader} style is like
+\glostyle{superragged} but has a header row.
-\item[superraggedheaderborder] The
-\glostyle{superraggedheaderborder} style is like
+\glostyledef{superraggedheaderborder}
+
+The \glostyle{superraggedheaderborder} style is like
\glostyle{superraggedheader} but has horizontal and vertical lines
around it.
-\item[superragged3col] The \glostyle{superragged3col} style is like
+\glostyledef{superragged3col}
+
+The \glostyle{superragged3col} style is like
\glostyle{superragged} but has three columns. The first column
contains the entry's name, the second column contains the (left
justified) description and the third column contains the (left
-justified) \gls{numberlist}. The entry's symbol is ignored. The
+justified) \idx{numberlist}. The entry's symbol is ignored. The
width of the first column is governed by the widest entry in that
column. The width of the second column is governed by the length
-\ics{glsdescwidth}. The width of the third column is governed by the
-length \ics{glspagelistwidth}.
+\gls{glsdescwidth}. The width of the third column is governed by the
+length \gls{glspagelistwidth}.
-\item[superragged3colborder] The \glostyle{superragged3colborder}
+\glostyledef{superragged3colborder}
+
+The \glostyle{superragged3colborder}
style is like the \glostyle{superragged3col} style but has
horizontal and vertical lines around it.
-\item[superragged3colheader] The \glostyle{superragged3colheader}
+\glostyledef{superragged3colheader}
+
+The \glostyle{superragged3colheader}
style is like \glostyle{superragged3col} but has a header row.
-\item[superragged3colheaderborder] The
-\glostyle{superragged3colheaderborder} style is like
-the above but has horizontal and vertical
-lines around it.
+\glostyledef{superragged3colheaderborder}
+
+The \glostyle{superragged3colheaderborder} style is like the above
+but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.
-\item[altsuperragged4col] The \glostyle{altsuperragged4col} style is
-like \glostyle{superragged3col} but has an additional column in
-which the entry's associated symbol appears. The column widths for
-the name and symbol column are governed by the widest entry in the
-given column.
+\glostyledef{altsuperragged4col}
-\item[altsuperragged4colborder] The
-\glostyle{altsuperragged4colborder} style is like the
+The \glostyle{altsuperragged4col} style is like
+\glostyle{superragged3col} but has an additional column in which the
+entry's associated symbol appears. The column widths for the name
+and symbol column are governed by the widest entry in the given
+column.
+
+\glostyledef{altsuperragged4colborder}
+
+The \glostyle{altsuperragged4colborder} style is like the
\glostyle{altsuperragged4col} style but has horizontal and vertical
lines around it.
-\item[altsuperragged4colheader] The
-\glostyle{altsuperragged4colheader} style is like
+\glostyledef{altsuperragged4colheader}
+
+The \glostyle{altsuperragged4colheader} style is like
\glostyle{altsuperragged4col} but has a header row.
-\item[altsuperragged4colheaderborder] The
-\glostyle{altsuperragged4colheaderborder} style is like
-the above but has horizontal and vertical
-lines around it.
+\glostyledef{altsuperragged4colheaderborder}
-\end{description}
+The \glostyle{altsuperragged4colheaderborder} style is like the
+above but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.
\subsection{Tree-Like Styles}
\label{sec:treestyles}
-The styles described in this section are all defined in the package
-\sty{glossary-tree}. These styles are designed for hierarchical
+\pkgdef*{glossary-tree}
+
+The \idxpl{glossarystyle} described in this section are all defined in the package
+\sty{glossary-tree}. These styles are designed for \hierarchical\
glossaries but can also be used with glossaries that don't have
-sub-entries. These styles will display the entry's symbol if it
-exists. Note that these styles will automatically be available
-unless you use the \pkgopt{notree} or \pkgopt{nostyles} package
+sub-entries. These styles will display the \idx{entry}['s] symbol if it
+has been set. Note that these styles will automatically be available
+unless you use the \opt{notree} or \opt{nostyles} package
options.
These styles all format the entry name using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreenamefmt]
-\cs{glstreenamefmt}\marg{name}
-\end{definition}
-This defaults to \cs{textbf}\marg{name}, but note that \meta{name}
-includes \ics{glsnamefont} so the bold setting in \cs{glstreenamefont}
-may be counteracted by another font change in \cs{glsnamefont} (or
-in \cs{acronymfont}). The tree-like styles that also display the
+\cmddef{glstreenamefmt}
+This defaults to \code{\gls{textbf}\margm{text}}, but note that \meta{text}
+will include \gls{glsnamefont} so the bold setting in \gls{glstreenamefmt}
+may be counteracted by another font change in \gls{glsnamefont} (or
+in \gls{acronymfont}). The tree-like styles that also display the
header use
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreegroupheaderfmt]
-\cs{glstreegroupheaderfmt}\marg{text}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{glstreegroupheaderfmt}
to format the heading. This defaults to
-\cs{glstreenamefmt}\marg{text}. The tree-like styles that display
+\code{\gls{glstreenamefmt}\margm{text}}. The tree-like styles that display
navigation links to the groups (such as \glostyle{indexhypergroup}), format
the navigation line using
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreenavigationfmt]
-\cs{glstreenavigationfmt}\marg{text}
-\end{definition}
-which defaults to \cs{glstreenamefmt}\marg{text}.
+\cmddef{glstreenavigationfmt}
+which defaults to \code{\gls{glstreenamefmt}\margm{text}}.
-Note that this is
-different from \cs{glslistnavigationitem}, provided with the styles
-such as \glostyle{listhypergroup}, as that also includes \cs{item}.
+Note that this is different from \gls{glslistnavigationitem},
+provided with the styles such as \glostyle{listhypergroup}, as that
+also includes \gls{item}.
With the exception of the \glostyle{alttree} style (and those
derived from it), the space before the description for top-level
entries is produced with
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreepredesc]
-\cs{glstreepredesc}
-\end{definition}
-This defaults to \cs{space}.
+\cmddef{glstreepredesc}
+This defaults to \gls{space}.
With the exception of the \glostyle{treenoname} and
\glostyle{alttree} styles (and those derived from them), the
space before the description for child
entries is produced with
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreechildpredesc]
-\cs{glstreechildpredesc}
-\end{definition}
-This defaults to \cs{space}.
+\cmddef{glstreechildpredesc}
+This defaults to \gls{space}.
\begin{important}
Most of these styles are not designed for multi-paragraph
@@ -12554,219 +26178,252 @@ multi-paragraph top-level entry descriptions, or you can use the
\glostyle{index} style with the adjustment shown below.)
\end{important}
-\begin{description}
-\item[index] The \glostyle{index} style is similar to the way
-indices are usually formatted in that it has a hierarchical
-structure up to three levels (the main level plus two sub-levels).
-The name is typeset in bold, and if the symbol is present it is set
-in parentheses after the name and before the description.
-Sub-entries are indented and also include the name, the symbol
-in brackets (if present) and the description. Groups are separated
-using \ics{indexspace}.
+\glostyledef{index}
+
+The \glostyle{index} style is similar to the way standard indices
+are usually formatted in that it has a \hierarchical\ structure up
+to three levels (the main level plus two sub-levels). If the symbol
+is present it is set in parentheses after the name and before the
+description. Sub-entries are indented and also include the name,
+the symbol in brackets (if present) and the description.
+\Idxpl{group} are separated using \gls{indexspace}.
Each main level item is started with
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreeitem]
-\cs{glstreeitem}
-\end{definition}
-The level~1 entries are started with
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreesubitem]
-\cs{glstreesubitem}
-\end{definition}
-
-The level~2 entries are started with
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreesubsubitem]
-\cs{glstreesubsubitem}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{glstreeitem}
+The \hierlevel{1} entries are started with
+\cmddef{glstreesubitem}
+
+The \hierlevel{2} entries are started with
+\cmddef{glstreesubsubitem}
Note that the \glostyle{index} style automatically sets
-\begin{verbatim}
-\let\item\glstreeitem
-\let\subitem\glstreesubitem
-\let\subsubitem\glstreesubsubitem
-\end{verbatim}
-at the start of the glossary for backward compatibility.
+\begin{compactcodebox*}
+\cmd{let}\gls{item}\gls{glstreeitem}
+\cmd{let}\gls{subitem}\gls{glstreesubitem}
+\cmd{let}\gls{subsubitem}\gls{glstreesubsubitem}
+\end{compactcodebox*}
+at the start of the \env{theglossary} environment for backward compatibility.
The \glostyle{index} style isn't suitable for multi-paragraph
descriptions, but this limitation can be overcome by redefining
the above commands. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand{\glstreeitem}{%
- \parindent0pt\par\hangindent40pt
- \everypar{\parindent50pt\hangindent40pt}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\gls{glstreeitem}}\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{parindent}0pt\cmd{par}\cmd{hangindent}40pt
+ \cmd{everypar}\marg{\cmd{parindent}50pt\cmd{hangindent}40pt}}
+\end{codebox}
-\item[indexgroup] The \glostyle{indexgroup} style is similar to
-the \glostyle{index} style except that each group has a heading
-obtained using \cs{glsgetgrouptitle}\marg{label},
-which is described in \sectionref{sec:newglossarystyle}.
+\glostyledef{indexgroup}
-\item[indexhypergroup] The \glostyle{indexhypergroup} style is like
-\glostyle{indexgroup} but has a set of links to the glossary
-groups. The navigation line is the same as that for
-\glostyle{listhypergroup}, described above, but is formatted using
-\cs{glstreenavigationfmt}.
-
-\item[tree] The \glostyle{tree} style is similar to the
-\glostyle{index} style except that it can have arbitrary levels.
-(Note that \gls{makeindex} is limited to three levels, so
-you will need to use \gls{xindy} if you want more than
-three levels.) Each sub-level is indented by
-\DescribeMacro{\glstreeindent}\cs{glstreeindent}. Note that the
-name, symbol (if present) and description are placed in the
-same paragraph block. If you want the name to be apart from the
-description, use the \glostyle{alttree} style instead. (See below.)
-
-\item[treegroup] The \glostyle{treegroup} style is similar to
-the \glostyle{tree} style except that each group has a heading.
-
-\item[treehypergroup] The \glostyle{treehypergroup} style is like
+The \glostyle{indexgroup} style is similar to the \glostyle{index}
+style except that each group has a heading obtained using
+\gls{glsgetgrouptitle}.
+
+\glostyledef{indexhypergroup}
+
+The \glostyle{indexhypergroup} style is like \glostyle{indexgroup}
+but has a set of links to the glossary \idxpl{group}. The navigation
+line is the same as that for \glostyle{listhypergroup}, described
+above, but is formatted using \gls{glstreenavigationfmt}.
+
+\glostyledef{tree}
+
+The \glostyle{tree} style is similar to the
+\glostyle{index} style except that it can have arbitrary
+\idxpl{hierarchicallevel}.
+(Note that \app{makeindex} is limited to three levels, so
+you will need to use another indexing method if you want more than
+three levels.) Each sub-level is indented according to the length
+\cmddef{glstreeindent}
+This value can be changed with \cmd{setlength}.
+
+Note that the name, symbol (if present) and description are placed
+in the same paragraph block. If you want the name to be apart from
+the description, use the \glostyle{alttree} style instead. (See
+below.)
+
+\glostyledef{treegroup}
+
+The \glostyle{treegroup} style is similar to the \glostyle{tree}
+style except that each \idx{group} has a heading.
+
+\glostyledef{treehypergroup}
+
+The \glostyle{treehypergroup} style is like
\glostyle{treegroup} but has a set of links to the glossary
-groups. The navigation line is the same as that for
+\idxpl{group}. The navigation line is the same as that for
\glostyle{listhypergroup}, described above, but is formatted using
-\cs{glstreenavigationfmt}.
+\gls{glstreenavigationfmt}.
+
+\glostyledef{treenoname}
+
+The \glostyle{treenoname} style is like the \glostyle{tree} style
+except that the name for each sub-entry is ignored.
-\item[treenoname] The \glostyle{treenoname} style is like
-the \glostyle{tree} style except that the name for each sub-entry
-is ignored.
+\glostyledef{treenonamegroup}
-\item[treenonamegroup] The \glostyle{treenonamegroup} style is
-similar to the \glostyle{treenoname} style except that each group
-has a heading.
+The \glostyle{treenonamegroup} style is similar to the
+\glostyle{treenoname} style except that each group has a heading.
-\item[treenonamehypergroup] The \glostyle{treenonamehypergroup}
-style is like \glostyle{treenonamegroup} but has a set of links to
-the glossary groups. The navigation line is the same as that for
+\glostyledef{treenonamehypergroup}
+
+The \glostyle{treenonamehypergroup} style is like
+\glostyle{treenonamegroup} but has a set of links to the glossary
+\idxpl{group}. The navigation line is the same as that for
\glostyle{listhypergroup}, described above, but is formatted using
-\cs{glstreenavigationfmt}.
+\gls{glstreenavigationfmt}.
+
+\glostyledef{alttree}
-\item[alttree] The \glostyle{alttree} style is similar to the
+The \glostyle{alttree} style is similar to the
\glostyle{tree} style except that the indentation for each level
is determined by the width of the text specified by
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glssetwidest}]
-\cs{glssetwidest}\oarg{level}\marg{text}
-\end{definition}
-The optional argument \meta{level} indicates the level, where
-0 indicates the top-most level, 1 indicates the first level
-sub-entries, etc. If \cs{glssetwidest} hasn't been used for a
-given sub-level, the level~0 widest text is used instead. If
-\meta{level} is omitted, 0 is assumed.
-
-As from v4.22, the \sty{glossary-tree} package also provides
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsfindwidesttoplevelname]
-\cs{glsfindwidesttoplevelname}\oarg{glossary list}
-\end{definition}
-This iterates over all parentless entries in the given glossary
-lists and determines the widest entry. If the optional argument is
-omitted, all glossaries are assumed (as per \cs{forallglossaries}).
+\cmddef{glssetwidest}
+The optional argument \meta{level} indicates the
+\idx{hierarchicallevel}, where 0 indicates the top-most level, 1
+indicates the first level sub-entries, etc. If \gls{glssetwidest}
+hasn't been used for a given sub-level, the level~0 widest text is
+used instead. If \meta{level} is omitted, 0 is assumed.
+
+\begin{warning}
+If you use the \glostyle{alttree} style without setting the widest
+\toplevel\ name, there will be no room available for the name.
+If a name overlaps the description, then this is an indication that
+there is a name wider than the one specified.
+\end{warning}
+
+This requires keeping track of which \idx{entry} has the widest name,
+which may not be practical for large \idxpl{glossary}. Instead you
+can use:
+\cmddef{glsfindwidesttoplevelname}
+This iterates over all entries in the glossaries identified by the
+comma-separated list \meta{glossary labels} and determines the
+widest \toplevel\ entry. If the optional argument is omitted, all
+non-\idxpl{ignoredglossary} are assumed.
For example, to have the same name width for all glossaries:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glsfindwidesttoplevelname
-\setglossarystyle{alttree}
-\printglossaries
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsfindwidesttoplevelname}
+\gls{setglossarystyle}\marg{\glostyle{alttree}}
+\gls{printglossaries}
+\end{codebox}
Alternatively, to compute the widest entry for each glossary
before it's displayed:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand{\glossarypreamble}{%
- \glsfindwidesttoplevelname[\currentglossary]}
-\setglossarystyle{alttree}
-\printglossaries
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\begin{important}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\gls{glossarypreamble}}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsfindwidesttoplevelname}\oarg{\gls{currentglossary}}}
+\gls{setglossarystyle}\marg{\glostyle{alttree}}
+\gls{printglossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+
+\begin{information}
These commands only affects the \glostyle{alttree} styles, including those
listed below and the ones in the \sty{glossary-mcols} package.
-If you forget to set the widest entry name, the description will
-overwrite the name.
-\end{important}
+\end{information}
+
+\begin{xtr}
+The \gls{glssetwidest} command also affects the styles provided by
+\sty{glossary-topic}.
+The \sty{glossaries-extra-stylemods} package provides additional
+commands. With \app{bib2gls}, you may prefer the
+\resourceopt{set-widest} resource option.
+\end{xtr}
For each level, the name is placed to the left of the paragraph
block containing the symbol (optional) and the description. If the
symbol is present, it is placed in parentheses before the
description.
-The name is placed inside a left-aligned \cs{makebox}. As from
-v4.19, this can now be adjusted by redefining
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glstreenamebox]
-\cs{glstreenamebox}\marg{width}\marg{text}
-\end{definition}
-where \meta{width} is the width of the box and \meta{text} is the
-contents of the box. For example, to make the name right-aligned:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\glstreenamebox}[2]{%
- \makebox[#1][r]{#2}%
+The name is placed inside a left-aligned \gls{makebox}, created with:
+\cmddef{glstreenamebox}
+where \meta{width} is the width of the box (calculated from the
+widest name) and \meta{text} is the contents of the box. For
+example, to make the name right-aligned:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glstreenamebox}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{makebox}[\#1][r]\marg{\#2}\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
-\item[alttreegroup] The \glostyle{alttreegroup} is like the
-\glostyle{alttree} style except that each group has a heading.
+\glostyledef{alttreegroup}
-\item[alttreehypergroup] The \glostyle{alttreehypergroup} style is
-like \glostyle{alttreegroup} but has a set of links to the glossary
-groups. The navigation line is the same as that for
-\glostyle{listhypergroup}, described above.
+The \glostyle{alttreegroup} is like the \glostyle{alttree} style
+except that each \idx{group} has a heading.
-\end{description}
+\glostyledef{alttreehypergroup}
+
+The \glostyle{alttreehypergroup} style is like
+\glostyle{alttreegroup} but has a set of links to the glossary
+\idxpl{group}.
\subsection{Multicols Style}
\label{sec:mcolstyles}
-The \sty{glossary-mcols} package provides tree-like styles that are
-in the \env{multicols} environment (defined by the \sty{multicol}
-package). The style names are as their analogous tree styles (as
-defined in \sectionref{sec:treestyles}) but are prefixed with
-\qt{mcol}.
-For example, the \glostyle{mcolindex} style is essentially the
+\pkgdef*{glossary-mcols}
+
+The \sty{glossary-mcols} package provides tree-like
+\idxpl{glossarystyle} that are in the \env{multicols} environment
+(defined by the \sty{multicol} package). The style names are as
+their analogous tree styles (as defined in
+\sectionref{sec:treestyles}) but are prefixed with \qt{mcol}. For
+example, the \glostyle{mcolindex} style is essentially the
\glostyle{index} style but put in a \env{multicols} environment.
For the complete list, see \tableref{tab:mcols}. The
\sty{glossary-tree} package is automatically loaded by
-\sty{glossary-mcols} (even if the \pkgopt{notree} package option is
-used when loading \styfmt{glossaries}). The formatting commands
-\cs{glstreenamefmt}, \cs{glstreegroupheaderfmt} and
-\cs{glstreenavigationfmt} are all used by the corresponding
+\sty{glossary-mcols} (even if the \opt{notree} package option is
+used when loading \sty{glossaries}). The formatting commands
+\gls{glstreenamefmt}, \gls{glstreegroupheaderfmt} and
+\gls{glstreenavigationfmt} are all used by the corresponding
\sty{glossary-mcols} styles.
-\begin{important}
-Note that \sty{glossary-mcols} is not loaded by \styfmt{glossaries}. If
-you want to use any of the multicol styles in that package you need
-to load it explicitly with \cs{usepackage} and set the required glossary
-style using \ics{setglossarystyle}.
-\end{important}
-
-The default number of columns is 2, but can be changed by redefining
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsmcols}]
-\cs{glsmcols}
-\end{definition}
-to the required number. For example, for a three column glossary:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage{glossary-mcols}
-\renewcommand*{\glsmcols}{3}
-\setglossarystyle{mcolindex}
-\end{verbatim}
+Note that these styles will only be available if you explicitly load
+\sty{glossary-mcols}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossary-mcols}
+\end{codebox}
+Note that you can't set these styles using the \opt{style}
+package option since the styles aren't defined until after
+the \sty{glossaries} package has been loaded.
+
+With \sty{glossaries-extra}, you can load both the package and style
+with the \opt{style} and \opt{stylemods} options. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{style}{\glostyle{mcolindex}},\optval{stylemods}{mcols}]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\end{codebox}
+
+The default number of columns is 2, but can be changed by redefining:
+\cmddef{glsmcols}
+For example, for a three column glossary:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossary-mcols}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsmcols}}\marg{3}
+\gls{setglossarystyle}\marg{mcolindex}
+\end{codebox}
\begin{table}[htbp]
\caption{Multicolumn Styles}
\label{tab:mcols}
\centering
\begin{tabular}{ll}
-\bfseries
-\sty{glossary-mcols} Style &
-\bfseries
-Analogous Tree Style\\
-\glostyle{mcolindex} & \glostyle{index}\\
-\glostyle{mcolindexgroup} & \glostyle{indexgroup}\\
-\glostyle{mcolindexhypergroup} or \glostyle{mcolindexspannav} & \glostyle{indexhypergroup}\\
-\glostyle{mcoltree} & \glostyle{tree}\\
-\glostyle{mcoltreegroup} & \glostyle{treegroup}\\
-\glostyle{mcoltreehypergroup} or \glostyle{mcoltreespannav} & \glostyle{treehypergroup}\\
-\glostyle{mcoltreenoname} & \glostyle{treenoname}\\
-\glostyle{mcoltreenonamegroup} & \glostyle{treenonamegroup}\\
-\glostyle{mcoltreenonamehypergroup} or
-\glostyle{mcoltreenonamespannav} & \glostyle{treenonamehypergroup}\\
-\glostyle{mcolalttree} & \glostyle{alttree}\\
-\glostyle{mcolalttreegroup} & \glostyle{alttreegroup}\\
-\glostyle{mcolalttreehypergroup} or \glostyle{mcolalttreespannav} & \glostyle{alttreehypergroup}
+\bfseries \sty{glossary-mcols} Style &
+\bfseries Analogous Tree Style\\
+\inlineglostyledef{mcolindex} & \glostyle{index}\\
+\inlineglostyledef{mcolindexgroup} & \glostyle{indexgroup}\\
+\inlineglostyledef{mcolindexhypergroup} or \inlineglostyledef{mcolindexspannav}
+ & \glostyle{indexhypergroup}\\
+\inlineglostyledef{mcoltree} & \glostyle{tree}\\
+\inlineglostyledef{mcoltreegroup} & \glostyle{treegroup}\\
+\inlineglostyledef{mcoltreehypergroup} or \inlineglostyledef{mcoltreespannav}
+ & \glostyle{treehypergroup}\\
+\inlineglostyledef{mcoltreenoname} & \glostyle{treenoname}\\
+\inlineglostyledef{mcoltreenonamegroup} & \glostyle{treenonamegroup}\\
+\inlineglostyledef{mcoltreenonamehypergroup} or
+\inlineglostyledef{mcoltreenonamespannav} & \glostyle{treenonamehypergroup}\\
+\inlineglostyledef{mcolalttree} & \glostyle{alttree}\\
+\inlineglostyledef{mcolalttreegroup} & \glostyle{alttreegroup}\\
+\inlineglostyledef{mcolalttreehypergroup} or
+\inlineglostyledef{mcolalttreespannav} & \glostyle{alttreehypergroup}
\end{tabular}
\end{table}
@@ -12778,386 +26435,608 @@ start of the first column. The newer \qt{spannav} styles put the
navigation line in the optional argument of the \env{multicols}
environment so that it spans across all the columns.
+
\subsection{In-Line Style}
\label{sec:inline}
+\pkgdef*{glossary-inline}
+
This section covers the \sty{glossary-inline} package that supplies
-the \glostyle{inline} style. This is a style that is designed for
+the \glostyle{inline} style. This is a \idx{glossarystyle} that is designed for
in-line use (as opposed to block styles, such as lists or tables).
-This style doesn't display the \gls{numberlist}.
-
-You will most likely need to redefine \ics{glossarysection} with
+This style doesn't display the \idx{numberlist}.
+
+Note that this style will only be available if you explicitly load
+\sty{glossary-inline}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossary-inline}
+\end{codebox}
+
+With \sty{glossaries-extra}, you can load both the package and style
+with the \opt{style} and \opt{stylemods} options. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{style}{\glostyle{inline}},\optval{stylemods}{inline}]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\end{codebox}
+
+You will most likely need to redefine \gls{glossarysection} with
this style. For example, suppose you are required to have your
-glossaries and list of acronyms in a footnote, you can do:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \usepackage{glossary-inline}
-
- \renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{\textbf{#1}: }
- \setglossarystyle{inline}
-\end{verbatim}
+\idxpl{glossary} and list of \idxpl{acronym} in a footnote, you can do:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossary-inline}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glossarysection}}[2][]\marg{\gls{textbf}\marg{\#1}: }
+\gls{setglossarystyle}\marg{inline}
+\end{codebox}
+Then where you need to include your \idxpl{glossary} as a footnote you can do:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{footnote}\marg{\gls{printglossaries}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+\glostyledef{inline}
+This is the only style provided by \sty{glossary-inline}.
+
+The group skip command \gls{glsgroupskip} is defined to do nothing,
+regardless of the \opt{nogroupskip} option. Likewise,
+\gls{glsgroupheading} is defined to do nothing. If you want to
+create a custom style base on the \glostyle{inline} style that shows
+a heading, then add \inlineglsdef{glsinlinedopostchild} to the definition of
+\gls{glsgroupheading} in case a \idx{group} heading follows a child
+entry.
\begin{important}
-Note that you need to include \sty{glossary-inline} with
-\cs{usepackage} as it's not automatically included by the
-\styfmt{glossaries} package and then set the style using
-\ics{setglossarystyle}.
+Don't redefine \gls{glsinlinedopostchild}. It's provided as a user
+command to make it easier to add it to the start of a custom definition
+of \gls{glossaryheader} to enable \idx{group} headings.
+If you need to adjust the content between a sub-entry and the next
+entry, redefine \gls{glsinlinepostchild} instead.
\end{important}
-Where you need to include your glossaries as a footnote you can do:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\footnote{\printglossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
+The \glostyle{inline} style is governed by the following commands.
-The \glostyle{inline} style is governed by the following:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsinlineseparator}]
-\ics{glsinlineseparator}
-\end{definition}
-This defaults to \qt{\texttt{\glsinlineseparator}} and is used between
-main (i.e.\ level~0) entries.
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsinlinesubseparator}]
-\ics{glsinlinesubseparator}
-\end{definition}
-This defaults to \qt{\texttt{\glsinlinesubseparator}} and is used between
-sub-entries.
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsinlineparentchildseparator}]
-\ics{glsinlineparentchildseparator}
-\end{definition}
-This defaults to \qt{\texttt{\glsinlineparentchildseparator}} and is used between
-a parent main entry and its first sub-entry.
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glspostinline}]
-\ics{glspostinline}
-\end{definition}
-This defaults to \qt{\texttt{\glsinlineseparator}} and is used at the end
-of the glossary.
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsinlinenameformat]
-\cs{glsinlinenameformat}\marg{label}\marg{name}
-\end{definition}
-This is used to format the entry name and defaults to
-\cs{glstarget}\marg{label}\marg{name}, where \meta{name} is provided
-in the form \cs{glossentryname}\marg{label} and \meta{label} is the
-entry's label. For example, if you want the name to appear in
-\gls{smallcaps}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\glsinlinenameformat}[2]{\glstarget{#1}{\textsc{#2}}}
-\end{verbatim}
-Sub-entry names are formatted according to
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsinlinesubnameformat]
-\cs{glsinlinesubnameformat}\marg{label}\marg{name}
-\end{definition}
-This defaults to \cs{glstarget}\marg{label}\verb|{}| so the
-sub-entry name is ignored.
-
-If the description has been suppressed (according to
-\cs{ifglsdescsuppressed}) then
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsinlineemptydescformat]
-\cs{glsinlineemptydescformat}\marg{symbol}\marg{number list}
-\end{definition}
-(which defaults to nothing) is used,
-otherwise the description is formatted according to
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsinlinedescformat]
-\cs{glsinlinedescformat}\marg{description}\marg{symbol}\marg{number
-list}
-\end{definition}
-This defaults to just \cs{space}\meta{description} so the symbol and
-location list are ignored. If the description is missing (according
-to \cs{ifglshasdesc}), then \cs{glsinlineemptydescformat} is used
-instead.
+\cmddef{glsinlineseparator}
+This is used between \toplevel\ entries.
+
+\cmddef{glsinlinesubseparator}
+This is used between sub-entries.
+
+\cmddef{glsinlineparentchildseparator}
+This is used between a \toplevel\ parent entry and its first sub-entry.
+
+\cmddef{glspostinline}
+This is used at the end of the glossary.
+The default definition is:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{glspostdescription}\gls{space}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+This is the only place that the post-description hook is used in
+this style.
+
+\cmddef{glsinlinenameformat}
+This is used to create the target, where \meta{name} is provided
+in the form \code{\gls{glossentryname}\margm{entry-label}} and
+\meta{entry-label} is the entry's label.
+The default definition is:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{glstarget}\margm{entry-label}\margm{name}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+
+For example, if you want the name to appear in \idx{smallcaps}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsinlinenameformat}}[2]\marg{\gls{glstarget}\marg{\#1}\marg{\gls{textsc}\marg{\#2}}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+This style needs to know if an entry has any children. This test is
+performed with:
+\cmddef{glsinlineifhaschildren}
+The default definition simply uses \gls{ifglshaschildren}, which is
+inefficient as it has to iterate through all \idxpl{entry} (in the
+same \idx{glossary} as \meta{entry-label}) to determine
+which ones have the given entry as a parent. This can be
+time-consuming for large \idxpl{glossary}, but the assumption here is
+that an inline \idx{glossary} is unlikely to be used with a large
+set of entries. However, if you are using \app{bib2gls} with the
+\resourceopt{save-child-count} resource option, it's more efficient
+to use \gls{GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount} instead (particularly if
+you are using \gls{printunsrtglossary} with a filtered subset). For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\gls{glsinlineifhaschildren}}[3]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount}\margm{\#1}\marg{\#2}\marg{\#3}\comment{}
+}
+\end{codebox}
+
+Sub-entry names are formatted according to:
+\cmddef{glsinlinesubnameformat}
+which has the same syntax as \gls{glsinlinenameformat} but a
+different definition:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{glstarget}\margm{entry-label}\marg{}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+which means that the sub-entry name is ignored.
+
+If the description is empty or has been suppressed (according to
+\gls{ifglshasdesc} and \gls{ifglsdescsuppressed}, respectively) then:
+\cmddef{glsinlineemptydescformat}
+(which does nothing by default) is used,
+otherwise the description is formatted according to:
+\cmddef{glsinlinedescformat}
+This defaults to just \code{\gls{space}\meta{description}} so the symbol and
+\idx{locationlist} are ignored.
For example, if you want a colon between the name and the
description:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\glsinlinedescformat}[3]{: #1}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsinlinedescformat}}[3]\marg{: \#1}
+\end{codebox}
The sub-entry description is formatted according to:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsinlinesubdescformat]
-\cs{glsinlinesubdescformat}\marg{description}\marg{symbol}\marg{number
-list}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{glsinlinesubdescformat}
This defaults to just \meta{description}.
+\cmddef{glsinlinepostchild}
+This hook is used at the start of a \toplevel\ entry that immediate
+follows a sub-entry. It does nothing by default.
+
\section{Defining your own glossary style}
\label{sec:newglossarystyle}
+The markup used in the \idx{glossary} is described in
+\sectionref{sec:glossmarkup}. Commands that may be used by styles,
+but should not be redefined by styles, are described in
+\sectionsref{sec:glossarycmds,sec:hypernav}.
+The commands that should be redefined by the \idx{glossarystyle} are
+described in \sectionref{sec:glossarystylecmds}.
+
\begin{important}
-Commands like \cs{printglossary} are designed to produce content in
-the PDF. If your intention is to design a style that doesn't print
+Commands like \gls{printglossary} are designed to produce content in
+the \idx{PDF}. If your intention is to design a style that doesn't print
any content (for example, to simply capture information) then you
are likely to experience unwanted side-effects. If you just want to
-capture indexing information (such as locations) then a much better
-approach is to use \gls{bib2gls}, which automatically stores this
+capture \idx{indexing} information (such as \locations) then a much better
+approach is to use \app{bib2gls}, which automatically stores this
information in dedicated fields when the entry is defined.
+If you still really want to use a style to capture information
+obtained from \app{makeindex} or \app{xindy} then simply \gls{input}
+the \idx{indexingfile} instead of using \gls{printglossary}.
\end{important}
-If the predefined styles don't fit your requirements, you can
+If the predefined \idxpl{glossarystyle} don't fit your requirements, you can
define your own style using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\newglossarystyle}]
-\cs{newglossarystyle}\marg{name}\marg{definitions}
-\end{definition}
-where \meta{name} is the name of the new glossary style (to be
-used in \cs{setglossarystyle}). The second argument \meta{definitions}
-needs to redefine all of the following:
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeEnv{theglossary}]
-\env{theglossary}
-\end{definition}
-This environment defines how the main body of the glossary should
-be typeset.
-
-Note that this does not include the section heading,
-the glossary preamble (defined by \ics{glossarypreamble}) or the
-glossary postamble (defined by \ics{glossarypostamble}). For example,
-the \glostyle{list} style uses the \env{description} environment,
-so the \env{theglossary} environment is simply redefined to begin
-and end the \env{description} environment.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glossaryheader}]
-\cs{glossaryheader}
-\end{definition}
-This macro indicates what to do at the start of the main body
-of the glossary. Note that this is not the same as
-\ics{glossarypreamble}, which should not be affected by changes in
-the glossary style. The \glostyle{list} glossary style redefines
-\ics{glossaryheader} to do nothing, whereas the \glostyle{longheader}
-glossary style redefines \cs{glossaryheader} to do a header row.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsgroupheading}]
-\cs{glsgroupheading}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-This macro indicates
-what to do at the start of each logical block within the main body
-of the glossary. If you use \gls{makeindex} the glossary is
-sub-divided into a maximum of twenty-eight logical blocks that are
-determined by the first character of the \gloskey{sort} key (or
-\gloskey{name} key if the \gloskey{sort} key is omitted). The
-sub-divisions are in the following order: symbols, numbers, A,
-\ldots, Z\@. If you use \gls{xindy}, the sub-divisions depend on
-the language settings.
-
-Note that the argument to \cs{glsgroupheading}
-is a label \emph{not} the group title. The group title can be obtained
-via
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsgetgrouptitle}]
-\cs{glsgetgrouptitle}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-This obtains the title as follows: if \meta{label} consists of a
-single non-active character or \meta{label} is equal to
-\texttt{glssymbols} or \texttt{glsnumbers} and
-\cs{}\meta{label}\texttt{groupname} exists, this is taken to be the
-title, otherwise the title is just \meta{label}. (The \qt{symbols}
-group has the label \texttt{glssymbols}, so the command
-\ics{glssymbolsgroupname} is used, and the \qt{numbers} group has the
-label \texttt{glsnumbers}, so the command \ics{glsnumbersgrouptitle}
-is used.) If you are using \gls{xindy}, \meta{label} may be an
-active character (for example \o), in which case the title will be
-set to just \meta{label}. You can redefine \cs{glsgetgrouptitle} if
-this is unsuitable for your document.
-
-A navigation hypertarget can be created using
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsnavhypertarget}]
-\cs{glsnavhypertarget}\marg{label}\marg{text}
-\end{definition}
-This typically requires \cs{glossaryheader} to be redefined to use
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsnavigation]
-\cs{glsnavigation}
-\end{definition}
-which displays the navigation line.
-
-For further details about \cs{glsnavhypertarget}, see
-\ifpdf section~\ref*{sec:code:hypernav} in \fi the documented code
-(\texttt{glossaries-code.pdf}).
-
-Most of the predefined glossary styles redefine \cs{glsgroupheading}
-to simply ignore its argument. The \glostyle{listhypergroup} style
-redefines \cs{glsgroupheading} as follows:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
-\item[\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}]}
-\end{verbatim}
-See also \cs{glsgroupskip} below.
-
-Note that command definitions within
-\ics{newglossarystyle} must use \verb|##1| instead of \verb|#1| etc.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsgroupskip}]
-\cs{glsgroupskip}
-\end{definition}
-This macro determines what to do after one logical group but before
-the header for the next logical group. The \glostyle{list} glossary
-style simply redefines \cs{glsgroupskip} to be \ics{indexspace},
-whereas the tabular-like styles redefine \cs{glsgroupskip} to
-produce a blank row.
-
-As from version 3.03, the package option \pkgopt{nogroupskip} can be
-used to suppress this default gap for the predefined styles.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glossentry}]
-\cs{glossentry}\marg{label}\marg{number list}
-\end{definition}
-This macro indicates what to do for each top-level (level~0) glossary entry.
-The entry label is given by \meta{label} and the associated
-\gls{numberlist} is given by \meta{number list}. You can redefine
-\ics{glossentry} to use commands like \ics{glossentryname}\marg{label},
-\ics{glossentrydesc}\marg{label} and \ics{glossentrysymbol}\marg{label}
-to display the name, description and symbol fields, or to access
-other fields, use commands like \ics{glsentryuseri}\marg{label}.
-(See \sectionref{sec:glsnolink} for further details.) You can also
-use the following commands:
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsentryitem}]
-\cs{glsentryitem}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-This macro will increment and display the associated counter for the
-main (level~0) entries if the \pkgopt{entrycounter} or
-\pkgopt{counterwithin} package options have been used. This macro
-is typically called by \cs{glossentry} before \cs{glstarget}.
-The format of the counter is controlled by the macro
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsentrycounterlabel}]
-\cs{glsentrycounterlabel}
-\end{definition}
-
-Each time you use a glossary entry it creates a hyperlink (if
-hyperlinks are enabled) to the relevant line in the glossary.
-Your new glossary style must therefore redefine
-\cs{glossentry} to set the appropriate target. This
-is done using
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glstarget}]
-\cs{glstarget}\marg{label}\marg{text}
-\end{definition}
-where \meta{label} is the entry's label. Note that you
-don't need to worry about whether the \sty{hyperref} package has
-been loaded, as \cs{glstarget} won't create a target if
-\cs{hypertarget} hasn't been defined.
-
-For example, the \glostyle{list} style defines \cs{glossentry} as follows:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
- \item[\glsentryitem{##1}%
- \glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}]
- \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2}
-\end{verbatim}
+\cmddef{newglossarystyle}
+where \meta{style-name} is the name of the new \idx{glossarystyle}
+(to be used in the \opt{style} option or \gls{setglossarystyle}).
+An existing style can be redefined with:
+\cmddef{renewglossarystyle}
+In both cases, the second argument \meta{definitions}
+needs to redefine all of the commands listed in \sectionref{sec:glossarystylecmds}.
+
+\begin{important}
+Bear in mind that parameters will need to be referenced with
+\idx{hashhash} rather than \sym{hash}.
+\end{important}
+
+A style may inherit from an existing style by starting
+\meta{definitions} with \gls{setglossarystyle} and then just
+redefine the commands that are different from the inherited style.
+
+For example, the \glostyle{indexgroup} style is basically the same as
+the \glostyle{index} style, except for the definition of
+\gls{glsgroupheading}, so the style is simply defined as:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{newglossarystyle}\marg{\glostyle{indexgroup}}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{setglossarystyle}\marg{\glostyle{index}}\comment{inherit \glostyle{index}}
+\comment{alter the command that's different:}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsgroupheading}}[1]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{item}\gls{glstreegroupheaderfmt}\marg{\gls{glsgetgrouptitle}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\comment{}
+ \gls{indexspace}
+ }\comment{}
+}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+
+\subsection{Commands For Use in Glossary Styles}
+\label{sec:glossarycmds}
+
+These commands are typically used in style definitions but should
+not be modified by the style. See \sectionref{sec:hypernav} for
+\idxpl{hyperlink} to \idx{group} headings.
+
+In order to support the \optval{entrycounter} option, a style needs
+to use:
+\cmddef{glsentryitem}
+at the place where the associated number should appear if the option
+is set.
+If \optval{entrycounter}{true}, \gls{glsentryitem} will do:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{glsstepentry}\margm{label}\gls{glsentrycounterlabel}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+otherwise it will do \gls{glsresetsubentrycounter} (which ensures
+the sub-entry counter is reset if it has been enabled with
+\opt{subentrycounter}).
+
+For example, the \glostyle{list} style defines \gls{glossentry} as follows:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glossentry}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{item}\oarg{\gls{glsentryitem}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\comment{}
+ \gls{glstarget}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\marg{\gls{glossentryname}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}}
+ \gls{glossentrydesc}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\gls{glspostdescription}\gls{space} \idx{hashhash}2}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+
+In order to support the \optval{subentrycounter} option, a style needs
+to use:
+\cmddef{glssubentryitem}
+at the place where the associated number should appear if the option
+is set.
+If \optval{subentrycounter}{true}, this will do:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{glsstepsubentry}\margm{label}\gls{glssubentrycounterlabel}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+otherwise it does nothing.
+This will typically only be used with \hierlevel{1} and omitted
+for deeper \idxpl{hierarchicallevel}.
+
+For example, the \glostyle{index} style has:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\gls{subglossentry}}[3]\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{ifcase}\idx{hashhash}1\relax
+ \comment{level 0}
+ \gls{item}
+ \cmd{or}
+ \comment{level 1}
+ \gls{subitem}
+ \gls{glssubentryitem}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}\comment{}
+ \cmd{else}
+ \comment{all other levels}
+ \gls{subsubitem}
+ \cmd{fi}
+ \gls{glstreenamefmt}\marg{\gls{glstarget}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}\marg{\gls{glossentryname}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}}}\comment{}
+ \gls{ifglshassymbol}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}\marg{\gls{space}(\gls{glossentrysymbol}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2})}\marg{}\comment{}
+ \gls{glstreechildpredesc}\gls{glossentrydesc}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}\gls{glspostdescription}\gls{space} \idx{hashhash}3\comment{}
+}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+The test for level~0 is redundant in this case as \gls{glossentry}
+will be used for \toplevel\ entries, but is provided for
+completeness. Note that \gls{glssubentryitem} is only used for
+level~1.
+
+The style will typically also create the target to enable \idxpl{hyperlink}
+from an entry reference within the document (created with commands
+like \gls{gls}) to the \idx{entryline} in the \idx{glossary}.
+
+The target is created with:
+\cmddef{glstarget}
+If \idxpl{hyperlink} aren't enabled, this simply does the second
+argument \meta{text}, otherwise it will create a target with the
+name \meta{prefix}\meta{entry-label}, where the prefix is obtained
+by expanding:
+\cmddef{glolinkprefix}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package has options, such as
+\printglossopt{prefix}, that can be used to override this.
+
+\cmddef{glossentryname}
+This is used in \idxpl{glossarystyle} to display the name
+encapsulated with \gls{glsnamefont}. Unlike \gls{glsentryname}, this
+command will trigger a warning if the \idx{entry}
+hasn't been defined. The \idx{sentencecase} version is:
+\cmddef{Glossentryname}
+Both commands internally use \gls{glsnamefont} so
+there's no need to explicitly use that command in a style.
+
+\begin{xtr}
+With \sty{glossaries-extra}, the \catattr{glossnamefont}
+and \catattr{glossname} \idxpl{categoryattribute} can be used to adjust font and,
+for \gls{glossentryname}, \casechanging. If you just use
+\gls{glsentryname}, the style won't be influenced by those
+attributes.
+\end{xtr}
+
+\cmddef{glossentrydesc}
+This is used in \idxpl{glossarystyle} to display the description.
+Unlike \gls{glsentrydesc}, this command will trigger a warning if
+the \idx{entry} hasn't been defined. The \idx{sentencecase} version is:
+\cmddef{Glossentrydesc}
+
+\begin{xtr}
+With \sty{glossaries-extra} the \catattr{glossdescfont}
+and \catattr{glossdesc} \idxpl{categoryattribute} can be used to adjust font and,
+for \gls{glossentrydesc}, \casechanging. If you just use
+\gls{glsentrydesc}, the style won't be influenced by those
+attributes.
+\end{xtr}
-Note also that \meta{number list} will always be of the form
-\begin{definition}
-\ics{glossaryentrynumbers}\{\cs{relax}\\
-\ics{setentrycounter}\oarg{Hprefix}\marg{counter name}\meta{format cmd}\marg{number(s)}\}
-\end{definition}
-where \meta{number(s)}
-may contain \ics{delimN} (to delimit individual numbers) and/or
-\ics{delimR} (to indicate a range of numbers). There may be
-multiple occurrences of
-\ics{setentrycounter}\oarg{Hprefix}\marg{counter name}\meta{format cmd}\marg{number(s)}, but note
-that the entire number list is enclosed within the argument
-of \ics{glossaryentrynumbers}. The user can redefine this to change
-the way the entire number list is formatted, regardless of
-the glossary style. However the most common use of
-\ics{glossaryentrynumbers} is to provide a means of suppressing the
-number list altogether. (In fact, the \pkgopt{nonumberlist} option
-redefines \ics{glossaryentrynumbers} to ignore its argument.)
-Therefore, when you define a new glossary style, you don't need
-to worry about whether the user has specified the
-\pkgopt{nonumberlist} package option.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\subglossentry}]
-\cs{subglossentry}\marg{level}\marg{label}\marg{number list}
-\end{definition}
-This is used to display sub-entries.
-The first argument, \meta{level}, indicates the sub-entry level.
-This must be an integer from 1 (first sub-level) onwards. The
-remaining arguments are analogous to those for
-\ics{glossentry} described above.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glssubentryitem}]
-\cs{glssubentryitem}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-This macro will increment and display the associated counter for the
-level~1 entries if the \pkgopt{subentrycounter} package option has
-been used. This macro is typically called by \cs{subglossentry}
-before \ics{glstarget}. The format of the counter is controlled by
-the macro
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glssubentrycounterlabel}]
-\cs{glssubentrycounterlabel}
-\end{definition}
-
-Note that \ics{printglossary} (which \ics{printglossaries} calls)
-sets
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\currentglossary}]
-\cs{currentglossary}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{glossentrysymbol}
+This is used in \idxpl{glossarystyle} to display the \gloskey{symbol}.
+Unlike \gls{glsentrysymbol}, this command will trigger a warning if
+the \idx{entry} hasn't been defined. The \idx{sentencecase} version is:
+\cmddef{Glossentrysymbol}
+
+\begin{xtr}
+With \sty{glossaries-extra} you can use the \catattr{glosssymbolfont}
+\idx{categoryattribute} to adjust font. If you just use
+\gls{glsentrysymbol}, the style won't be influenced by that
+attribute.
+\end{xtr}
+
+\idxpl{glossarystyle} that support \idxpl{group} can obtain the
+group title with:
+\cmddef{glsgetgrouptitle}
+This gets the title associated with the \idx{group} identified by
+\meta{group-label} and displays it. The title is determined as
+follows:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item if \meta{group-label} is a single character or either
+\code{glsnumbers} or \code{glssymbols} and the command
+\inlineglsdef{group-labelgroupname} exists, then that command is
+used as the title.
+
+\item otherwise the title is the same as the group label.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\begin{xtr}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides improved support for
+\idx{group} titles, but redefines \gls{glsgetgrouptitle} to
+accommodate the enhanced features.
+\end{xtr}
+
+\subsection{Hyper Group Navigation}
+\label{sec:hypernav}
+
+\pkgdef{glossary-hypernav}
+
+There is no need to load this package. It will automatically be
+loaded by \sty{glossaries}. If \sty{hyperref} hasn't been loaded,
+these commands will still be available but simply won't form
+\idxpl{hyperlink} or targets, so they can be used in
+\idxpl{glossarystyle} without any need to check for \idx{hyperlink}
+support. (However, the result might look a bit strange if the reader
+expects the navigation text to be \idxpl{hyperlink}.)
+
+\cmddef{glsnavhypertarget}
+Creates a hyper target for a \idx{group}.
+The \meta{glossary-label} argument is the label that identifies the
+\idx{glossary}. If omitted, \gls{currentglossary} is assumed.
+The \meta{group-label} argument is the label that identifies the
+\idx{group}. This additionally writes information to the \ext+{aux} file so that
+on the next \LaTeX\ run, \gls{glsnavigation} will have a list of
+\idxpl{group} for the \idx{glossary}.
+
+For example, the \glostyle{indexhypergroup} includes a \idx{group}
+target in the header:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsgroupheading}}[1]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{item}\gls{glstreegroupheaderfmt}
+ \marg{\gls{glsnavhypertarget}\marg{\#1}\marg{\gls{glsgetgrouptitle}\marg{\#1}}}\comment{}
+ \gls{indexspace}
+}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+
+\cmddef{glsnavhyperlink}
+Creates a \idx{hyperlink} to the given \idx{group}, where the
+target name is obtained from:
+\cmddef{glsnavhyperlinkname}
+The \meta{glossary-label} argument is the label that identifies the
+\idx{glossary}. If omitted, \gls{currentglossary} is assumed.
+Typically, styles don't need to explicitly use this command as they
+can use the following command instead.
+
+\cmddef{glsnavigation}
+Displays a simple navigation list, where each item in the list has a
+\idx{hyperlink} created with \gls{glsnavhyperlink} to a \idx{group},
+where the \idx{group} title is obtained with \gls{glsgetgrouptitle}.
+The items are separated with:
+\cmddef{glshypernavsep}
+The default definition is \code{\gls{space}\gls{textbar}\gls{space}}
+which creates a vertical bar with a space on either side.
+
+\cmddef{glssymbolnav}
+Just produces a simple set of navigation links for the symbol and
+number \idxpl{group} and ends with the \gls{glshypernavsep}
+separator. Unlike \gls{glsnavigation}, there's no check
+to determine if the \idx{glossary} has those \idxpl{group}. This
+command is a historical artefact leftover from early versions. There should
+be little need for it now as \gls{glsnavigation} should
+include all the \idxpl{group} that are in the \idx{glossary}.
+
+\subsection{Glossary Style Commands}
+\label{sec:glossarystylecmds}
+
+The commands listed in this section should all be redefined by every
+\idx{glossarystyle}. However, a style may be based on another
+style, in which case the style definitions should start with
+\gls{setglossarystyle} and then only redefine the commands that
+should differ from the inherited style.
+
+Note that \gls{print...glossary} sets \gls{currentglossary}
to the current glossary label, so it's possible to create a glossary
-style that varies according to the glossary type.
+style that varies according to the glossary type, but this will
+generally limit its usefulness.
+
+\envdef{theglossary}
+The actual content of the \idx{glossary} is placed inside the
+\env{theglossary} environment. For example, the \glostyle{list} style
+redefines this to start and end the \env{description} environment:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\cmd{renewenvironment}\marg{theglossary}\comment{}
+ \marg{\gls{glslistinit}\cbeg{description}}\marg{\cend{description}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+Immediately after \code{\cbeg{theglossary}} comes the header:
+\cmddef{glossaryheader}
+For example, the \glostyle{longheader} style has:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glossaryheader}}\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{bfseries} \gls{entryname} \idx{amp} \cmd{bfseries} \gls{descriptionname}\cmd{tabularnewline}\cmd{endhead}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+(Note that this is not the same as the \idx{glossarypreamble} which
+occurs before the start of the \env{theglossary} environment and is
+not part of the style.)
+
+The rest of the contents of the \env{theglossary} environment is
+divided into \idx+{lettergroup} blocks. Each block starts with the
+\idx{group} heading:
+\cmddef{glsgroupheading}
+Note that the argument is a label that identifies the \idx{group}. Some
+\idxpl{glossarystyle} redefine this command to do nothing, which
+means there's no \idx{group} title displayed. Others, such as
+\idxpl{glossarystyle}, will obtain the group title from the
+\meta{group-label} and format the title to fit the style.
+
+\begin{information}
+The \meta{group-label} is typically obtained by the
+\idx{indexingapp}, based on the sort value.
+\end{information}
+
+With \options{noidx,mkidx,xdy}, \idxpl{group} only related to
+\toplevel\ entries.
+
+\begin{xtr}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package additionally provides
+\gls{glssubgroupheading} to support sub-\idxpl{group}, which are
+only available with \options{b2g,unsrt}. \Idxpl{glossarystyle}
+should only include a redefinition of \gls{glssubgroupheading} if
+the style is specifically designed for use with
+\sty{glossaries-extra} as the command won't be available with just
+the base \sty{glossaries} package. (A default definition will be
+provided if this command isn't set with \sty{glossaries-extra}.)
+\end{xtr}
-For further details of these commands, see \ifpdf
-section~\ref*{sec:code:printglos} \fi \qt{Displaying the glossary}
-in the documented code (\texttt{glossaries-code.pdf}).
+After the \idx{group} heading, each \toplevel\ \gls+{entryline} within the
+\idx{group} is formatted with:
+\cmddef{glossentry}
+The first argument is the \idx{entry}['s] label. The second is the
+\idx{numberlist} that was collated by the \idx{indexingapp}.
+
+The \meta{number-list} argument may be empty or \gls{relax}, or may contain the
+\idx{numberlist} encapsulated with \gls{glossaryentrynumbers},
+possibly prefixed with a pre-\idx{numberlist} hook. If
+\meta{number-list} is an unbraced \gls{relax}, that typically indicates that
+\optionsor{mkidx,xdy} were used and the entry was a parent that wasn't
+\indexed\ but has been included because it has an \indexed\ child entry.
+An empty \meta{number-list} argument is more likely to be a result
+of \optionsor{noidx,b2g,unsrt}, in which case nothing can be
+inferred about whether or not the entry was actually \indexed.
+
+Each \glslink{entryline}{sub-entry line} is formatted with:
+\cmddef{subglossentry}
+where \meta{level} is the \idx{hierarchicallevel}. The other
+arguments are the same as for \gls{glossentry}. Some
+\idxpl{glossarystyle} redefine this command to simply use
+\gls{glossentry}, in which case the \idx{glossary} will have a flat
+(no-hierarchy) appearance, but the \idx{indexingapp} will still take the
+hierarchy into account when ordering the \idxpl{entry}.
+
+\begin{important}
+The \idxpl{glossarystyle} should redefine \gls{glossentry} and
+\gls{subglossentry} to fit the style, but they should not
+redefine the markup in \meta{number-list}. If the style doesn't
+support \idxpl{numberlist}, then the \meta{number-list} argument
+should simply be ignored.
+\end{important}
+
+The \idxpl{glossarystyle} will typically redefine \gls{glossentry}
+to use \gls{glsentryitem} to support the \opt{entrycounter} option,
+\gls{glstarget} to create the \idx{hyperlink} target,
+and will use \gls{glossentryname} to format the name.
+
+Similarly, \gls{subglossentry} will typically start with
+\gls{glssubentryitem} to support the \opt{subentrycounter} option.
+Again \gls{glstarget} is needed to create the \idx{hyperlink}
+target. The entry name may be displayed with \gls{glossentryname} or
+may be omitted to support \idxpl{homograph}.
+
+Between each \idx{lettergroup} block (that is, before all instances
+of \gls{glsgroupheading} except for the first one) is the \idx{group} skip:
+\cmddef{glsgroupskip}
+Some \idxpl{glossarystyle} redefine this to do nothing, but some
+may define it to create a vertical gap in order to visually separate
+the \idxpl{lettergroup}. Most of the predefined styles use the
+\gls{ifglsnogroupskip} conditional within this command to determine whether or
+not to add the gap.
+
+For example, the \glostyle{list} style defines \gls{glsgroupskip} as
+follows:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsgroupskip}}\marg{\gls{ifglsnogroupskip}\cmd{else}\gls{indexspace}\cmd{fi}}%
+\end{compactcodebox}
+This has the conditional inside the definition of \gls{glsgroupskip}
+which allows it to be changed after the style has been set. This
+causes a problem for tabular-like styles, so those need to have the
+conditional outside of the definition. For example, the
+\glostyle{long-booktabs} style has:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{ifglsnogroupskip}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsgroupskip}}\marg{}\comment{}
+\cmd{else}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsgroupskip}}\marg{\gls{glspenaltygroupskip}}\comment{}
+\cmd{fi}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+This requires the conditional to be set before the style definitions
+are performed.
\begin{example}{Creating a completely new style}{sec:exnewstyle}
If you want a completely new style, you will need to redefine all
-of the commands and the environment listed above.
+of the commands and the environment listed above in this section.
For example, suppose you want each entry to start with a bullet point.
-This means that the glossary should be placed in the \env{itemize}
+This means that the \idx{glossary} should be placed in the \env{itemize}
environment, so \env{theglossary} should start and end that
environment. Let's also suppose that you don't want anything between
-the glossary groups (so \ics{glsgroupheading} and \ics{glsgroupskip}
+the glossary \idxpl{group} (so \gls{glsgroupheading} and \gls{glsgroupskip}
should do nothing) and suppose you don't want anything to appear
-immediately after \verb|\begin{theglossary}| (so \ics{glossaryheader}
+immediately after \code{\cbeg{theglossary}} (so \gls{glossaryheader}
should do nothing). In addition, let's suppose the symbol should
appear in brackets after the name, followed by the description and
-last of all the \gls{numberlist} should appear within square brackets
-at the end. Then you can create this new glossary style, called, say,
-\texttt{mylist}, as follows:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \newglossarystyle{mylist}{%
- % put the glossary in the itemize environment:
- \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
- {\begin{itemize}}{\end{itemize}}%
- % have nothing after \begin{theglossary}:
- \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
- % have nothing between glossary groups:
- \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
- \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
- % set how each entry should appear:
- \renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
- \item % bullet point
- \glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}% the entry name
- \space (\glossentrysymbol{##1})% the symbol in brackets
- \space \glossentrydesc{##1}% the description
- \space [##2]% the number list in square brackets
- }%
- % set how sub-entries appear:
- \renewcommand*{\subglossentry}[3]{%
- \glossentry{##2}{##3}}%
+last of all the \idx{numberlist} should appear within square brackets
+at the end. Then you can create this new \idx{glossarystyle}, called, say,
+\optfmt{mylist}, as follows:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossarystyle}\marg{mylist}\marg{\comment{}
+ \comment{put the glossary in the itemize environment:}
+ \cmd{renewenvironment}\marg{\env{theglossary}}\comment{}
+ \marg{\cbeg{itemize}}\marg{\cend{itemize}}\comment{}
+ \comment{no header after \cbeg{theglossary}}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glossaryheader}}\marg{}\comment{}
+ \comment{no visual distinction between glossary \idxpl{group}:}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsgroupheading}}[1]\marg{}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsgroupskip}}\marg{}\comment{}
+ \comment{set how each entry should appear:}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glossentry}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{item} \comment{bullet point}
+ \gls{glstarget}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\marg{\gls{glossentryname}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\comment{the entry name}
+ \gls{space} (\gls{glossentrysymbol}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1})\comment{the symbol in brackets}
+ \gls{space} \gls{glossentrydesc}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\comment{the description}
+ \gls{space} \oarg{\idx{hashhash}2}\comment{the number list in square brackets}
+ }\comment{}
+ \comment{set how sub-entries appear:}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{subglossentry}}[3]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glossentry}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}\marg{\idx{hashhash}3}}\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
Note that this style creates a flat glossary, where sub-entries
are displayed in exactly the same way as the top level entries.
-It also hasn't used \ics{glsentryitem} or \ics{glssubentryitem} so
-it won't be affected by the \pkgopt{entrycounter},
-\pkgopt{counterwithin} or \pkgopt{subentrycounter} package options.
+It also hasn't used \gls{glsentryitem} or \gls{glssubentryitem} so
+it won't be affected by the \opt{entrycounter},
+\opt{counterwithin} or \opt{subentrycounter} package options.
Variations:
\begin{itemize}
-\item You might want the entry name to be capitalised, in
-which case use \ics{Glossentryname} instead of \ics{glossentryname}.
+\item You might want the entry name to start with a capital, in
+which case use \gls{Glossentryname} instead of \gls{glossentryname}.
\item You might want to check if the symbol hasn't been set and omit
the parentheses if the symbol is absent. In this case you can use
-\ics{ifglshassymbol} (see \sectionref{sec:utilities}):
-\begin{verbatim}
- \renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
- \item % bullet point
- \glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}% the entry name
- \ifglshassymbol{##1}% check if symbol exists
- {%
- \space (\glossentrysymbol{##1})% the symbol in brackets
- }%
- {}% no symbol so do nothing
- \space \glossentrydesc{##1}% the description
- \space [##2]% the number list in square brackets
- }%
-\end{verbatim}
+\gls{ifglshassymbol} (see \sectionref{sec:utilities}):
+\begin{codebox}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glossentry}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{item} \comment{bullet point}
+ \gls{glstarget}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\marg{\gls{glossentryname}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\comment{the entry name}
+ \strong{\gls{ifglshassymbol}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\comment{check if symbol exists}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{space} (\gls{glossentrysymbol}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1})\comment{the symbol in brackets}
+ }\comment{}
+ \marg{}\comment{no symbol so do nothing}
+ \gls{space} \gls{glossentrydesc}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\comment{the description}
+ \gls{space} \oarg{\idx{hashhash}2}\comment{the number list in square brackets}
+ }\comment{}
+\end{codebox}
\end{itemize}
\end{example}
@@ -13165,472 +27044,568 @@ the parentheses if the symbol is absent. In this case you can use
existing style}{sec:exadaptstyle}
If you want to define a new style that is a slightly modified
-version of an existing style, you can use \ics{setglossarystyle}
-within the second argument of \ics{newglossarystyle} followed by
+version of an existing style, you can use \gls{setglossarystyle}
+within the second argument of \gls{newglossarystyle} followed by
whatever alterations you require. For example, suppose you want
a style like the \glostyle{list} style but you don't want the extra
-vertical space created by \ics{indexspace} between groups, then you
-can create a new glossary style called, say, \texttt{mylist} as
+vertical space created by \gls{indexspace} between \idxpl{group}, then you
+can create a new \idx{glossarystyle} called, say, \optfmt{mylist} as
follows:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossarystyle{mylist}{%
-\setglossarystyle{list}% base this style on the list style
-\renewcommand{\glsgroupskip}{}% make nothing happen
- % between groups
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newglossarystyle}\marg{mylist}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{setglossarystyle}\marg{\glostyle{list}}\comment{base this style on the list style}
+ \comment{make nothing happen between \idxpl{group}:}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\gls{glsgroupskip}}\marg{}\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
(In this case, you can actually achieve the same effect using the
\glostyle{list} style in combination with the package option
-\pkgopt{nogroupskip}.)
+\opt{nogroupskip}.)
\end{example}
\begin{example}{Example: creating a glossary style that uses the
-\texorpdfstring{\gloskey{user1}}{user1}, \ldots,
-\texorpdfstring{\gloskey{user6}}{user6} keys}{sec:exuserstyle}
+\gloskeyfmttext{user1}, \ldots, \gloskeyfmttext{user6} keys}{sec:exuserstyle}
-Suppose each entry not only has an associated symbol,
+Suppose each \idx{entry} not only has an associated symbol,
but also units (stored in \gloskey{user1}) and dimension
-(stored in \gloskey{user2}). Then you can define a glossary style
-that displays each entry in a \env{longtable} as follows:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossarystyle{long6col}{%
- % put the glossary in a longtable environment:
- \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
- {\begin{longtable}{lp{\glsdescwidth}cccp{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
- {\end{longtable}}%
- % Set the table's header:
- \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
- \bfseries Term & \bfseries Description & \bfseries Symbol &
- \bfseries Units & \bfseries Dimensions & \bfseries Page List
- \\\endhead}%
- % No heading between groups:
- \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
- % Main (level 0) entries displayed in a row optionally numbered:
- \renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
- \glsentryitem{##1}% Entry number if required
- \glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}% Name
- & \glossentrydesc{##1}% Description
- & \glossentrysymbol{##1}% Symbol
- & \glsentryuseri{##1}% Units
- & \glsentryuserii{##1}% Dimensions
- & ##2% Page list
- \tabularnewline % end of row
- }%
- % Similarly for sub-entries (no sub-entry numbers):
- \renewcommand*{\subglossentry}[3]{%
- % ignoring first argument (sub-level)
- \glstarget{##2}{\glossentryname{##2}}% Name
- & \glossentrydesc{##2}% Description
- & \glossentrysymbol{##2}% Symbol
- & \glsentryuseri{##2}% Units
- & \glsentryuserii{##2}% Dimensions
- & ##3% Page list
- \tabularnewline % end of row
- }%
- % Nothing between groups:
- \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+(stored in \gloskey{user2}). Then you can define a
+\idx{glossarystyle} that displays each entry in a \env{longtable} as follows:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossarystyle}\marg{long6col}\marg{\comment{}
+ \comment{put the glossary in a \env{longtable} environment:}
+ \cmd{renewenvironment}\marg{\env{theglossary}}\comment{}
+ \marg{\cbeg{longtable}\marg{lp\marg{\gls{glsdescwidth}}cccp\marg{\gls{glspagelistwidth}}}}\comment{}
+ \marg{\cend{longtable}}\comment{}
+ \comment{Set the table's header:}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glossaryheader}}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{bfseries} Term \idx{amp} \gls{bfseries} Description \idx{amp} \gls{bfseries} Symbol \idx{amp}
+ \gls{bfseries} Units \idx{amp} \gls{bfseries} Dimensions \idx{amp} \gls{bfseries} Page List
+ \gls{cs.bsl}\cmd{endhead}}\comment{}
+ \comment{No heading between \idxpl{group}:}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsgroupheading}}[1]\marg{}\comment{}
+ \comment{\toplevel\ entries displayed in a row optionally numbered:}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glossentry}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsentryitem}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\comment{Entry number if required}
+ \gls{glstarget}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\marg{\gls{glossentryname}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\comment{Name}
+ \idx{amp} \gls{glossentrydesc}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\comment{Description}
+ \idx{amp} \gls{glossentrysymbol}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\comment{Symbol}
+ \idx{amp} \gls{glsentryuseri}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\comment{Units}
+ \idx{amp} \gls{glsentryuserii}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\comment{Dimensions}
+ \idx{amp} \idx{hashhash}2\comment{Page list}
+ \cmd{tabularnewline} \comment{end of row}
+ }\comment{}
+ \comment{Similarly for sub-entries (no sub-entry numbers)}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{subglossentry}}[3]\marg{\comment{}
+ \comment{ignoring first argument (sub-level)}
+ \gls{glstarget}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}\marg{\gls{glossentryname}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}}\comment{Name}
+ \idx{amp} \gls{glossentrydesc}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}\comment{Description}
+ \idx{amp} \gls{glossentrysymbol}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}\comment{Symbol}
+ \idx{amp} \gls{glsentryuseri}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}\comment{Units}
+ \idx{amp} \gls{glsentryuserii}\marg{\idx{hashhash}2}\comment{Dimensions}
+ \idx{amp} \idx{hashhash}3\comment{Page list}
+ \cmd{tabularnewline} \comment{end of row}
+ }\comment{}
+ \comment{Nothing between \idxpl{group}:}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsgroupskip}}\marg{}\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
\end{example}
-\chapter[Xindy (Option 3)]{Xindy (\ifpdf\opt3\else Option 3\fi)}
+
+\chapter{Xindy (Option \glsfmttext{idx.opt.xdy})}
\label{sec:xindy}
-If you want to use \gls{xindy} to sort the glossary, you
-must use the package option \pkgopt{xindy}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
-This ensures that the glossary information is written in
-\gls*{xindy} syntax.
-
-\sectionref{sec:makeglossaries} covers how to use the external
-\gls{indexingapp}, and \sectionref{sec:locationsyntax} covers the
-issues involved in the location syntax. This section covers the
-commands provided by the \styfmt{glossaries} package that allow you
-to adjust the \gls{xindy} style file (\filetype{xdy}) and
+\glsaddeach[format=(]{app.xindy,ext.xdy}%
+If you want to use \app{xindy} to sort the \idx{glossary}, you
+must use the package option \opt+{xindy}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}\oarg{\opt{xindy}}\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+This ensures that the information is written
+to the \idxpl{indexingfile} using \app{xindy}['s] raw syntax.
+
+\Sectionref{sec:makeglossaries} covers how to use the external
+\idx{indexingapp}, and \sectionref{sec:locationsyntax} covers the
+issues involved in the \location\ syntax. This section covers the
+commands provided by the \sty{glossaries} package that allow you
+to adjust the \app{xindy} style file (\ext+{xdy}) and
parameters.
-To assist writing information to the \gls{xindy} style
-file, the \styfmt{glossaries} package provides the following
+To assist writing information to the \app{xindy} style
+file, the \sty{glossaries} package provides the following
commands:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsopenbrace}]
-\cs{glsopenbrace}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsclosebrace}]
-\cs{glsclosebrace}
-\end{definition}
-which produce an open and closing brace. (This is needed because
-\verb|\{| and \verb|\}| don't expand to a simple brace character
-when written to a file.) Similarly, you can write a percent
-character using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glspercentchar}]
-\cs{glspercentchar}
-\end{definition}
-and a tilde character using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glstildechar}]
-\cs{glstildechar}
-\end{definition}
-For example, a newline character is specified in a \gls{xindy} style
-file using \verb|~n| so you can use \texttt{\cs{glstildechar} n}
-to write this correctly (or you can do \verb|\string~n|).
-A backslash can be written to a file using
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsbackslash}]
-\cs{glsbackslash}
-\end{definition}
-
-In addition, if you are using a package that makes the double
-quote character active (e.g. \sty{ngerman}) you can use:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsquote}]
-\cs{glsquote}\marg{text}
-\end{definition}
-which will produce \verb|"|\meta{text}\verb|"|. Alternatively,
-you can use \verb|\string"| to write the double-quote character.
+\cmddef{glsopenbrace}
+which expands to \sym{bg} (a literal open brace) and
+\cmddef{glsclosebrace}
+which expands to \sym{eg} (a literal closing brace).
+This is needed because \gls{cs.openbrace} and \gls{cs.closebrace} don't expand
+to a simple brace character when written to a file.
+
+\cmddef{glspercentchar}
+Expands to \sym{pc} (a literal percent).
+
+\cmddef{glstildechar}
+Expands to \sym{tilde} (a literal tilde).
+
+For example, a newline character is specified in a \app{xindy} style
+file using \idx{tilden} so you can use \code{\gls{glstildechar} n}
+to write this correctly (or you can do \code{\gls{string}\idx{tilde}n}).
+
+\cmddef{glsbackslash}
+Expands to \sym{bksl} (a literal tilde).
+
+In addition, if you are using a package that makes
+\idx{dblquote} active you can use:
+\cmddef{glsquote}
+which will produce \code{\sym{dblquote}\meta{text}\sym{dblquote}},
+where \sym{dblquote} is a literal character.
+Alternatively, you can use \code{\gls{string}\sym{dblquote}} to write
+the double-quote character.
This document assumes that the double quote character has not been
-made active, so the examples just use \verb|"| for clarity.
+made active, so the examples just use \sym{dblquote} for clarity.
-If you want greater control over the \gls{xindy} style file than is
+If you want greater control over the \app{xindy} style file than is
available through the \LaTeX\ commands provided by the
-\styfmt{glossaries} package, you will need to edit the \gls*{xindy}
-style file. In which case, you must use \ics{noist} to prevent the
-style file from being overwritten by the \styfmt{glossaries}
-package. For additional information about \gls*{xindy}, read the
-\gls*{xindy} documentation. I'm sorry I can't provide any assistance
-with writing \gls*{xindy} style files. If you need help, I recommend
-you ask on the \gls*{xindy} mailing list
-(\url{http://xindy.sourceforge.net/mailing-list.html}).
+\sty{glossaries} package, you will need to edit the \app{xindy}
+style file. In which case, you must use \gls{noist} to prevent the
+style file from being overwritten by \gls+{makeglossaries}
+package. For additional information about \app{xindy}, read the
+\app{xindy} documentation. I'm sorry I can't provide any assistance
+with writing \app{xindy} style files. If you need help, I recommend
+you ask on the \app*{xindy}
+\urlfootref{http://xindy.sourceforge.net/mailing-list.html}{mailing list}.
+
+\section{Required Styles}
+\label{sec:xdystyles}
+
+The \ext{xdy} file created by \gls{makeglossaries} starts with
+identifying the required styles.
+By default, the \optfmt{tex} style is automatically added, so the \ext{xdy}
+file should contain:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+; required styles
+
+(require "tex.xdy")
+\end{compactcodebox}
+Any additional styles can be identified in the \idx{documentpreamble}
+(before \gls{makeglossaries}) with:
+\cmddef{GlsAddXdyStyle}
+The styles are all stored as a comma-separated list, so you can list
+multiple styles within the argument, but avoid spurious spaces.
+You can reset the style list (for example, if a style needs to be identified before
+\filefmt{tex.xdy}) with:
+\cmddef{GlsSetXdyStyles}
+The argument should be a comma-separated list where, again, you need to make
+sure there are no spurious spaces.
\section{Language and Encodings}
\label{sec:langenc}
-When you use \gls{xindy}, you need to specify the language
+\begin{information}
+The commands in this section are only relevant if you use
+\app{makeglossaries} or \opt{automake}. If you are calling \app{xindy} explicitly you
+need to set the \xdyopt{L} and \xdyopt{C} switches appropriately.
+\end{information}
+
+When you use \app{xindy}, you need to specify the language
and encoding used (unless you have written your own custom
-\gls*{xindy} style file that defines the relevant alphabet
-and sort rules). If you use \gls{makeglossaries},
+\app{xindy} style file that defines the relevant alphabet
+and sort rules). If you use \app{makeglossaries},
this information is obtained from the document's auxiliary
-(\filetype{aux}) file. The \gls{makeglossaries} script attempts to
-find the root language given your document settings, but in the
-event that it gets it wrong or if \gls*{xindy} doesn't support
+(\ext{aux}) file. The \app{makeglossaries} script attempts to
+find the \app{xindy} language name given your document settings,
+which may not match the \sty{babel} or \sty{polyglossia} name, using
+set of known mappings.
+
+\begin{information}
+Language mappings aren't supported with \app{makeglossaries-lite}
+or \opt{automake}.
+\end{information}
+
+The default is to use \gls{languagename}. The information is written to the
+\ext{aux} file at the start of \gls{printglossary}, which means that
+it should match the language in the document at that point.
+
+In the event that \app{makeglossaries} gets the language name wrong
+or if \app{xindy} doesn't support
that language, then you can specify the required language using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\GlsSetXdyLanguage}]
-\cs{GlsSetXdyLanguage}\oarg{glossary type}\marg{language}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{GlsSetXdyLanguage}
where \meta{language} is the name of the language. The
-optional argument can be used if you have multiple glossaries
-in different languages. If \meta{glossary type} is omitted, it
-will be applied to all glossaries, otherwise the language
-setting will only be applied to the glossary given by
-\meta{glossary type}.
-
-If the \sty{inputenc} package is used, the encoding will be
-obtained from the value of \ics{inputencodingname}.
-Alternatively, you can specify the encoding using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\GlsSetXdyCodePage}]
-\cs{GlsSetXdyCodePage}\marg{code}
-\end{definition}
-where \meta{code} is the name of the encoding. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsSetXdyCodePage{utf8}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Note that you can also specify the language and encoding using
-the package option
-\verb|xindy={language=|\meta{lang}\verb|,codepage=|\meta{code}\verb|}|.
+optional argument can be used if you have multiple \idxpl{glossary}
+in different languages. If \meta{glossary type} is omitted,
+\gls{glsdefaulttype} is assumed. If a language hasn't been set for a
+particular \idx{glossary} then the language will be as for the
+default glossary.
+
+\begin{information}
+The \app{xindy} \inlineidxdef{codepage} may not simply be the file \idx+{encoding}
+but may also include sorting rules.
+\end{information}
+
+The default \idx{codepage} will be obtained from the value of
+\gls{inputencodingname}. If that command isn't defined or is empty,
+\code{utf8} is assumed. As with \gls{languagename}, the input
+\idx{encoding} name obtained with \gls{inputencodingname} may not match
+the \app{xindy} \idx{codepage} name, which may include additional
+information, such as \code{ij-as-ij} (with Dutch) or
+\code{din5007} (with German).
+
+Again, \app{makeglossaries} will try to adjust the \idx{codepage}
+for known cases, but it may get it wrong. Neither
+\app{makeglossaries-lite} nor the \opt{automake} option will make
+those adjustments.
+
+If the default is incorrect, you can specify the correct \idx{codepage} using:
+\cmddef{GlsSetXdyCodePage}
+where \meta{code-page} is the name of the \idx{codepage}. Note there's only one
+\idx{codepage} for all \idxpl{glossary} as it's rare to
+switch \idx{encoding} mid-document.
For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[xindy={language=english,codepage=utf8}]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsSetXdyLanguage}\marg{dutch}
+\gls{GlsSetXdyCodePage}\marg{ij-as-y-utf8}
+\end{codebox}
+This can also be implemented as a package option:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{xindy}{\styoptxdyval{language}{dutch}},\styoptxdyval{codepage}{ij-as-y-utf8}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+
+In the event that you want one \idx{glossary} sorted with
+\code{ij-as-y} and another with \code{ij-as-ij} you will need to
+call \app{xindy} explicitly for each \idx{glossary}.
-If you write your own custom \gls{xindy} style file that
+\begin{important}
+Some \app{xindy} modules only support one encoding for a particular
+language. For example, the Latin language module only supports
+\idx{utf8}
+\end{important}
+
+If you write your own custom \app{xindy} style file that
includes the language settings, you need to set the language
to nothing:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsSetXdyLanguage{}
-\end{verbatim}
-(and remember to use \ics{noist} to prevent the style file from
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsSetXdyLanguage}\marg{}
+\end{codebox}
+(and remember to use \gls{noist} to prevent the style file from
being overwritten).
-\begin{important}
-The commands \cs{GlsSetXdyLanguage} and \cs{GlsSetXdyCodePage}
-have no effect if you don't use \gls{makeglossaries}. If
-you call \gls{xindy} without \gls*{makeglossaries} you
-need to remember to set the language and encoding using the
-\xdyopt{L} and \xdyopt{C} switches.
-\end{important}
-
\section{Locations and Number lists}
\label{sec:xindyloc}
-If you use \pkgopt{xindy}, the \styfmt{glossaries} package needs to
-know which counters you will be using in the \gls{numberlist} in order to correctly format the \gls{xindy} style
-file. Counters specified using the \pkgopt{counter} package option
-or the \meta{counter} option of \ics{newglossary} are
+If you use \app{xindy}, the \sty{glossaries} package needs to
+know which \idxc+{locationcounter}{counters} you will be using in the \idx{numberlist}
+in order to correctly format the \app{xindy} style
+file. Counters specified using the \opt{counter} package option
+or the \meta{counter} option of \gls{newglossary} are
automatically taken care of, but if you plan to use a different
-counter in the \gloskey[glslink]{counter} key for commands like
-\ics{glslink}, then you need to identify these counters \emph{before}
-\ics{makeglossaries} using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\GlsAddXdyCounters}]
-\cs{GlsAddXdyCounters}\marg{counter list}
-\end{definition}
+counter in the \glsopt{counter} key for the \gls{glslike} or
+\gls{glstextlike} commands,
+then you need to identify these counters \emph{before}
+\gls{makeglossaries} using:
+\cmddef{GlsAddXdyCounters}
where \meta{counter list} is a comma-separated list of counter names.
-The most likely \ixindyattrs attributes used in the \gloskey[glslink]{format}
-key (\locfmt{textrm}, \locfmt{hyperrm} etc) are automatically added
-to the \gls{xindy} style file, but if you want to use another
-attribute, you need to add it using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\GlsAddXdyAttribute}]
-\cs{GlsAddXdyAttribute}\marg{name}
-\end{definition}
-where \meta{name} is the name of the attribute, as used in
-the \gloskey[glslink]{format} key.
-
-Take care if you have multiple instances of the same location with
-different formats. The duplicate locations will be discarded
-according to the order in which the \ixindyattrs attributes are listed. Consider
+\Inlineidxdef{xindyattr} normally correspond to the \idx{encap} when
+using the standard \gls{index} command where the \locations\ are all
+page numbers, but the \sty{glossaries} package needs to
+incorporate the \idx{locationcounter} as well. For example, if the
+\encap{hyperbf} \idx{encap} is used with the \ctr{section} counter,
+then the \idx{xindyattr} will be \code{sectionhyperbf}.
+This is in contrast to using \app{makeindex}, where the counter is
+incorporated in the \idx{encap} with \gls{setentrycounter}.
+
+The most likely \idxpl+{xindyattr} (such as \code{pagehyperbf}) are
+automatically added to the \ext{xdy} style file, but if you want to
+use another \idx{encap}, you need to add it with:
+\cmddef{GlsAddXdyAttribute}
+where \meta{name} is the name of the \idx{encap}, as used in
+the \glsopt{format} key.
+
+Note that \gls{GlsAddXdyAttribute} will define commands in the form:
+\cmddef{glsXcounterXformat}
+where \meta{counter} is the \idx{locationcounter} and \meta{format}
+is the \idx{encap} (identified by the \meta{name} argument of
+\gls{GlsAddXdyAttribute}).
+
+This command is provided for each counter that has been identified either by the
+\opt{counter} package option, the \meta{counter} option for
+\gls{newglossary} or in the argument of \gls{GlsAddXdyCounters}.
+Each command has a definition in the form:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls+{setentrycounter}\oargm{H-prefix}\margm{counter}\csmetafmt{}{format}{}\margm{location}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+This ensures that, if required, location \idxpl{hyperlink} can be
+supported.
+
+\begin{warning}
+The \gls{glsXcounterXformat} commands may need redefining for
+unusual \locations\ where the default definition won't work with \idxpl{hyperlink}
+(see \exampleref{ex:dice}).
+\end{warning}
+
+Take care if you have multiple instances of the same \location\ with
+different formats. The duplicate \locations\ will be discarded
+according to the order in which the \idxc{xindyattr}{attributes} are listed. Consider
defining semantic commands to use for primary references. For
example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand*{\primary}[1]{\textbf{#1}}
-\GlsAddXdyAttribute{primary}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{primary}}[1]\marg{\gls{hyperbf}\marg{\sym{hash}1}}
+\gls{GlsAddXdyAttribute}\marg{primary}
+\end{codebox}
Then in the document:
-\begin{verbatim}
-A \gls[format=primary]{duck} is an aquatic bird.
-There are lots of different types of \gls{duck}.
-\end{verbatim}
-This will give the \verb|format=primary| instance preference over
-the next use that doesn't use the \gloskey[glslink]{format} key.
+\begin{codebox}
+A \gls{gls}\oarg{\glsoptval{format}{primary}}\marg{duck} is an aquatic bird.
+There are lots of different types of \gls{gls}\marg{duck}.
+\end{codebox}
+This will give the \glsoptval{format}{primary} instance preference over
+the next use that doesn't use the \glsopt{format} key.
\begin{example}{Custom Font for Displaying a Location}{ex:hyperbfit}
Suppose I want a bold, italic, hyperlinked location. I first need to define a
command that will do this:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand*{\hyperbfit}[1]{\textit{\hyperbf{#1}}}
-\end{verbatim}
-but with \gls{xindy}, I also need to add this as an allowed
-\ixindyattrs attribute:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbfit}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{hyperbfit}}[1]\marg{\gls{textit}\marg{\gls{hyperbf}\marg{\sym{hash}1}}}
+\end{codebox}
+but with \app{xindy}, I also need to add this as an allowed
+\idxc{xindyattr}{attribute}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsAddXdyAttribute}\marg{hyperbfit}
+\end{codebox}
Now I can use it in the optional argument of commands like
-\ics{gls}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-Here is a \gls[format=hyperbfit]{sample} entry.
-\end{verbatim}
-(where \texttt{sample} is the label of the required entry).
+\gls{gls}:
+\begin{codebox}
+Here is a \gls{gls}\oarg{\glsopt{format}{hyperbfit}}\marg{sample} entry.
+\end{codebox}
+(where \qt{sample} is the label of the required entry).
\end{example}
\begin{important}
-Note that \cs{GlsAddXdyAttribute} has no effect if \ics{noist} is
-used or if \ics{makeglossaries} is omitted.
-\cs{GlsAddXdyAttribute} must be used before \ics{makeglossaries}.
-Additionally, \cs{GlsAddXdyCounters} must come before
-\cs{GlsAddXdyAttribute}.
+Note that \gls{GlsAddXdyAttribute} has no effect if \gls{noist} is
+used or if \gls{makeglossaries} is omitted.
+\gls{GlsAddXdyAttribute} must be used before \gls{makeglossaries}.
+Additionally, \gls{GlsAddXdyCounters} must come before
+\gls{GlsAddXdyAttribute}.
\end{important}
-If the location numbers include formatting commands, then
-you need to add a location style in the appropriate format using
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\GlsAddXdyLocation}]
-\cs{GlsAddXdyLocation}\oarg{prefix-location}\marg{name}\marg{definition}
-\end{definition}
-where \meta{name} is the name of the format and \meta{definition} is
-the \gls{xindy} definition. The optional argument \meta{prefix-location}
-is needed if \cs{theH}\meta{counter} either isn't defined or is
-different from \cs{the}\meta{counter}.
+
+If the \locations\ include robust or protected formatting commands, then
+you need to add a location style using the appropriate \app{xindy}
+syntax using:
+\cmddef{GlsAddXdyLocation}
+where \meta{name} is the name of the location style and \meta{definition} is
+the \app{xindy} definition. The optional argument \meta{H-prefix}
+is needed if \gls{theHcounter} either isn't defined or is
+different from \gls{thecounter}.
Be sure to also read \sectionref{sec:locationsyntax} for some issues
that you may encounter.
\begin{important}
-Note that \cs{GlsAddXdyLocation} has no effect if \ics{noist} is
-used or if \ics{makeglossaries} is omitted.
-\cs{GlsAddXdyLocation} must be used before \ics{makeglossaries}.
+Note that \gls{GlsAddXdyLocation} has no effect if \gls{noist} is
+used or if \gls{makeglossaries} is omitted.
+\gls{GlsAddXdyLocation} must be used before \gls{makeglossaries}.
\end{important}
\begin{example}{Custom Numbering System for Locations}{ex:customloc}
Suppose I decide to use a somewhat eccentric numbering
-system for sections where I redefine \cs{thesection} as follows:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\thesection}{[\thechapter]\arabic{section}}
-\end{verbatim}
-If I haven't done "counter=section" in the package
-option, I need to specify that the counter will be used as a
-location number:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsAddXdyCounters{section}
-\end{verbatim}
-Next I need to add the location style (\cs{thechapter} is assumed to
-be the standard \verb"\arabic{chapter}"):
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsAddXdyLocation{section}{:sep "[" "arabic-numbers" :sep "]"
+system for sections where I redefine \thecounter{section} as follows:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\thecounter{section}}\marg{[\thecounter{chapter}]\gls{arabic}\marg{\ctr{section}}}
+\end{codebox}
+If I haven't used the package option \optval{counter}{section},
+then I need to specify that the \ctr{section} counter will be used as a
+\idx{locationcounter}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsAddXdyCounters}\marg{\ctr{section}}
+\end{codebox}
+Next I need to add the location syntax:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsAddXdyLocation}\marg{section}\marg{:sep "[" "arabic-numbers" :sep "]"
"arabic-numbers"
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
+This assumes that \thecounter{chapter} is defined as
+\code{\gls{arabic}\marg{\ctr{chapter}}}.
+
Note that if I have further decided to use the \sty{hyperref}
-package and want to redefine \cs{theHsection} as:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\theHsection}{\thepart.\thesection}
-\renewcommand*{\thepart}{\Roman{part}}
-\end{verbatim}
-then I need to modify the \cs{GlsAddXdyLocation} code above to:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsAddXdyLocation["roman-numbers-uppercase"]{section}{:sep "["
+package and want to redefine \theHcounter{section} as:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\theHcounter{section}}\marg{\thecounter{part}.\thecounter{section}}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\thecounter{part}}\marg{\gls{Roman}\marg{\ctr{part}}}
+\end{codebox}
+then I need to modify the \gls{GlsAddXdyLocation} code above to:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsAddXdyLocation}\oarg{"roman-numbers-uppercase"}\marg{section}\marg{:sep "["
"arabic-numbers" :sep "]" "arabic-numbers"
}
-\end{verbatim}
-Since \ics{Roman} will result in an empty string if the counter is
+\end{codebox}
+Since \gls{Roman} will result in an empty string if the counter is
zero, it's a good idea to add an extra location to catch this:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsAddXdyLocation{zero.section}{:sep "["
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsAddXdyLocation}\marg{zero.section}\marg{:sep "["
"arabic-numbers" :sep "]" "arabic-numbers"
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
This example is illustrated in the sample file
\samplefile{xdy2}.
\end{example}
\begin{example}{Locations as Dice}{ex:dice}
+This example will cause \app{xindy} special characters to appear in
+the \location, which means that location escaping will need to be
+enabled:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}\oarg{\opt{xindy},\opt+{esclocations}}\marg{glossaries}
+\gls+{glswrallowprimitivemodstrue}
+\end{codebox}
+
Suppose I want a rather eccentric page numbering system that's
represented by the number of dots on dice. The \sty{stix} package
-provides \cs{dicei}, \ldots, \cs{dicevi} that represent the six
+provides \gls{dicei}, \glsaddeach{diceii,diceiii,diceiv,dicev}\ldots,
+\gls{dicevi} that represent the six
sides of a die. I can define a command that takes a number as its
argument. If the number is less than seven, the appropriate
-\cs{dice}\meta{n} command is used otherwise it does \cs{dicevi} the
+\csmetafmt{dice}{n}{} command is used otherwise it does \gls{dicevi} the
required number of times with the leftover in a final
-\cs{dice}\meta{n}. For example, the number 16 is represented by
-\verb|\dicevi\dicevi\diceiv| ($6+6+4=16$). I've called this command
-\cs{tallynum} to match the example given earlier in
+\csmetafmt{dice}{n}{}. For example, the number 16 is represented by
+\code{\gls{dicevi}\gls{dicevi}\gls{diceiv}} ($6+6+4=16$). I've called this command
+\cmd{tallynum} to match the example given earlier in
\sectionref{sec:locationsyntax}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newrobustcmd{\tallynum}[1]{%
- \ifnum\number#1<7
- $\csname dice\romannumeral#1\endcsname$%
- \else
- $\dicevi$%
- \expandafter\tallynum\expandafter{\numexpr#1-6}%
- \fi
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newrobustcmd}\marg{\cmd{tallynum}}[1]\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{ifnum}\cmd{number}\sym{hash}1<7
+ \$\cmd{csname} dice\cmd{romannumeral}\sym{hash}1\cmd{endcsname}\$\comment{}
+ \cmd{else}
+ \$\gls{dicevi}\$\comment{}
+ \cmd{expandafter}\cmd{tallynum}\cmd{expandafter}\marg{\cmd{numexpr}\sym{hash}1-6}\comment{}
+ \cmd{fi}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
Here's the counter command:
-\begin{verbatim}
-newcommand{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\arabic{#1}}}
-\end{verbatim}
-The \ctr{page} counter representation (\cs{thepage}) needs to be
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{tally}}[1]\marg{\cmd{tallynum}\marg{\gls{arabic}\marg{\sym{hash}1}}}
+\end{codebox}
+The \ctr{page} counter representation (\thecounter{page}) needs to be
changed to use this command:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\thepage}{\tally{page}}
-\end{verbatim}
-The \cs{tally} command expands to \cs{tallynum} \marg{number} so
-this needs a location class that matches this format:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsAddXdyLocation{tally}{%
- :sep "\string\tallynum\space\glsopenbrace"
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\thecounter{page}}\marg{\cmd{tally}\marg{\ctr{page}}}
+\end{codebox}
+The \cmd{tally} command expands to \code{\cmd{tallynum} \marg{number}} so
+this needs a location class that \emph{exactly} matches this format:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsAddXdyLocation}\marg{tally}\marg{\comment{}
+ :sep "\cmd{string}\cmd{tallynum}\gls{space}\gls{glsopenbrace}"
"arabic-numbers"
- :sep "\glsclosebrace"
+ :sep "\gls{glsclosebrace}"
}
-\end{verbatim}
-The space between \cs{tallynum} and \marg{number} is
-significant to \gls{xindy} so \cs{space} is required.
-
-Note that \cs{GlsAddXdyLocation}\marg{name}\marg{definition} will define
-commands in the form:
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{glsX}\meta{counter}"X"\meta{name}\marg{Hprefix}\marg{location}
-\end{definition}
-for each counter that has been identified either by the
-\pkgopt{counter} package option, the \meta{counter} option for
-\ics{newglossary} or in the argument of \ics{GlsAddXdyCounters}.
-The first argument \meta{Hprefix} is only relevant when used with
-the \sty{hyperref} package and indicates that \cs{theH}\meta{counter}
-is given by \cs{Hprefix}"."\cs{the}\meta{counter}.
-
-The sample file \samplefile{xdy}, which comes with the \styfmt{glossaries}
-package, uses the default \ctr{page} counter for locations, and it
-uses the default \ics{glsnumberformat} and a custom \cs{hyperbfit}
-format. A new \gls{xindy} location called \texttt{tallynum}, as
+\end{codebox}
+The space between \cmd{tallynum} and \marg{number} is
+significant to \app{xindy} so \gls{space} is required.
+
+The sample file \samplefile{xdy}, which comes with the \sty{glossaries}
+package, uses the default \ctr{page} counter for \locations, and it
+uses the default \gls{glsnumberformat} and a custom \cmd{hyperbfit}
+format. A new \app{xindy} location called \qt{tallynum}, as
illustrated above, is defined to make the page numbers appear as
dice. In order for the location numbers to
hyperlink to the relevant pages, I~need to redefine the necessary
-\cs{glsX}\meta{counter}"X"\meta{format} commands:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand{\glsXpageXglsnumberformat}[2]{%
- \linkpagenumber#2%
+\gls{glsXcounterXformat} commands:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\cmd{glsXpageXglsnumberformat}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{linkpagenumber}\sym{hash}2\comment{}
}
-
-\renewcommand{\glsXpageXhyperbfit}[2]{%
- \textbf{\em\linkpagenumber#2}%
+\codepar
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\cmd{glsXpageXhyperbfit}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{textbf}\marg{\cmd{em}\cmd{linkpagenumber}\sym{hash}2}\comment{}
}
-
-\newcommand{\linkpagenumber}[2]{\hyperlink{page.#2}{#1{#2}}}
-\end{verbatim}
-Note that the second argument of \cs{glsXpageXglsnumberformat} is
-in the format \cs{tallynum}\marg{n} so the line
-\begin{verbatim}
- \linkpagenumber#2%
-\end{verbatim}
+\codepar
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{linkpagenumber}}[2]\marg{\gls{hyperlink}\marg{page.\sym{hash}2}\marg{\sym{hash}1\marg{\sym{hash}2}}}
+\end{codebox}
+Note that the second argument of \cmd{glsXpageXglsnumberformat} is
+in the form \code{\cmd{tallynum}\margm{number}} so the line
+\begin{codebox}
+ \cmd{linkpagenumber}\sym{hash}2\comment{}
+\end{codebox}
does
-\begin{alltt}
- \cs{linkpagenumber}\cs{tallynum}\marg{number}
-\end{alltt}
-so \cs{tallynum} is the first argument of \cs{linkpagenumber}
+\begin{codebox}
+ \cmd{linkpagenumber}\cmd{tallynum}\margm{number}
+\end{codebox}
+so \cmd{tallynum} is the first argument of \cmd{linkpagenumber}
and \meta{number} is the second argument.
\end{example}
\begin{important}
This method is very sensitive to the internal definition of the
-location command.
+location command. If you are defining your own command, you control
+how it expands, but if you are using a command provided by another
+package, be aware that it may stop working in a future version of
+that package.
\end{important}
\begin{example}{Locations as Words not Digits}{ex:fmtcount}
+This example will cause \app{xindy} special characters to appear in
+the \location, which means that location escaping will need to be
+enabled:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}\oarg{\opt{xindy},\opt+{esclocations}}\marg{glossaries}
+\gls+{glswrallowprimitivemodstrue}
+\end{codebox}
+
Suppose I want the page numbers written as words
rather than digits and I~use the \sty{fmtcount} package to
-do this. I~can redefine \ics{thepage} as follows:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\thepage}{\Numberstring{page}}
-\end{verbatim}
-This \emph{used} to get expanded to \verb|\protect \Numberstringnum |\marg{n}
+do this. I~can redefine \gls{thepage} as follows:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{thepage}}\marg{\gls{Numberstring}\marg{\ctr{page}}}
+\end{codebox}
+This \emph{used} to get expanded to
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\cmd{protect} \cmd{Numberstringnum} \margm{n}
+\end{compactcodebox}
where \meta{n} is the Arabic page number. This means that I~needed to
define a new location with the form:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsAddXdyLocation{Numberstring}{:sep "\string\protect\space
- \string\Numberstringnum\space\glsopenbrace"
- "arabic-numbers" :sep "\glsclosebrace"}
-\end{verbatim}
-and if I'd used the \cs{linkpagenumber} command from the previous
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsAddXdyLocation}\marg{Numberstring}\marg{:sep "\cmd{string}\cmd{protect}\gls{space}
+ \cmd{string}\cmd{Numberstringnum}\gls{space}\gls{glsopenbrace}"
+ "arabic-numbers" :sep "\gls{glsclosebrace}"}
+\end{codebox}
+and if I'd used the \cmd{linkpagenumber} command from the previous
example, it would need \emph{three} arguments (the first being
-\cs{protect}):
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand{\linkpagenumber}[3]{\hyperlink{page.#3}{#1#2{#3}}}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-The internal definition of \cs{Numberstring} has since changed
-so that it now expands to \verb|\Numberstringnum |\marg{n}
-(no \cs{protect}). This means that the location class definition
+\cmd{protect}):
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{linkpagenumber}}[3]\marg{\gls{hyperlink}\marg{page.\sym{hash}3}\marg{\sym{hash}1\sym{hash}2\marg{\sym{hash}3}}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+The internal definition of \gls{Numberstring} has since changed
+so that it now expands to
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\cmd{Numberstringnum} \margm{n}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+(no \cmd{protect}). This means that the location class definition
must be changed to:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsAddXdyLocation{Numberstring}{% no \protect now!
- :sep "\string\Numberstringnum\space\glsopenbrace"
- "arabic-numbers" :sep "\glsclosebrace"}
-\end{verbatim}
-and \cs{linkpagenumber} goes back to only two arguments:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand{\linkpagenumber}[2]{\hyperlink{page.#2}{#1{#2}}}
-\end{verbatim}
-The other change is that \cs{Numberstring} uses
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{the}\cs{value}\marg{counter}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsAddXdyLocation}\marg{Numberstring}\marg{\comment{no \cmd{protect} now!}
+ :sep "\cmd{string}\cmd{Numberstringnum}\gls{space}\gls{glsopenbrace}"
+ "arabic-numbers" :sep "\gls{glsclosebrace}"}
+\end{codebox}
+and \cmd{linkpagenumber} goes back to only two arguments:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{linkpagenumber}}[2]\marg{\gls{hyperlink}\marg{page.\sym{hash}2}\marg{\sym{hash}1\marg{\sym{hash}2}}}
+\end{codebox}
+The other change is that \gls{Numberstring} uses
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\cmd{the}\cmd{value}\margm{counter}
+\end{compactcodebox}
instead of
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{expandafter}\cs{the}\cs{csname} c@\meta{counter}\cs{endcsname}
-\end{alltt}
-so it hides \cs{c@page} from the location escaping mechanism
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\cmd{expandafter}\cmd{the}\cmd{csname} c@\meta{counter}\cmd{endcsname}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+so it hides \cmd{c@page} from the location escaping mechanism
(see \sectionref{sec:locationsyntax}). This means that the page
-number may be incorrect if the indexing occurs during the output
+number may be incorrect if the \idx{indexing} occurs during the output
routine.
A more recent change to \sty{fmtcount} (v3.03) now puts three
-instances of \cs{expandafter} before \verb|\the\value| which
-no longer hides \cs{c@page} from the location escaping mechanism, so
+instances of \cmd{expandafter} before \code{\cmd{the}\cmd{value}} which
+no longer hides \cmd{c@page} from the location escaping mechanism, so
the page numbers should once more be correct. Further changes
to the \sty{fmtcount} package may cause a problem again.
@@ -13640,54 +27615,60 @@ are outside of your control and liable to change, it's best
to provide a wrapper command.
\end{important}
-Instead of directly using \cs{Numberstring} in the definition of
-\cs{thepage}, I can provide a custom command in the same form
-as the earlier \cs{tally} command:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand{\customfmt}[1]{\customfmtnum{\arabic{#1}}}
-\newrobustcmd{\customfmtnum}[1]{\Numberstringnum{#1}}
-\end{verbatim}
+Instead of directly using \gls{Numberstring} in the definition of
+\gls{thepage}, I can provide a custom command in the same form
+as the earlier \cmd{tally} command:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{customfmt}}[1]\marg{\cmd{customfmtnum}\marg{\gls{arabic}\marg{\sym{hash}1}}}
+\cmd{newrobustcmd}\marg{\cmd{customfmtnum}}[1]\marg{\cmd{Numberstringnum}\marg{\sym{hash}1}}
+\end{codebox}
This ensures that the location will always be written to
the indexing file in the form:
-\begin{alltt}
-:locref "\glsopenbrace\glsclosebrace\glsopenbrace\string\\customfmtnum \marg{n}\glsclosebrace"
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+:locref "\gls{glsopenbrace}\gls{glsclosebrace}\gls{glsopenbrace}\cmd{string}\gls{cs.bsl}customfmtnum \margm{n}\gls{glsclosebrace}"
+\end{compactcodebox}
So the location class can be defined as:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsAddXdyLocation{customfmt}{
- :sep "\string\customfmtnum\space\glsopenbrace"
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{GlsAddXdyLocation}\marg{customfmt}\marg{
+ :sep "\cmd{string}\cmd{customfmtnum}\gls{space}\gls{glsopenbrace}"
"arabic-numbers"
- :sep "\glsclosebrace"}
-\end{verbatim}
+ :sep "\gls{glsclosebrace}"}
+\end{compactcodebox}
The sample file
\samplefile{xdy3} illustrates this.
\end{example}
-In the \gls{numberlist}, the locations are sorted according to the list
-of provided location classes. The default ordering is:
-\texttt{roman-page-numbers} (i, ii, \ldots), \texttt{arabic-page-numbers}
-(1, 2, \ldots), \texttt{arabic-section-numbers} (for example, 1.1 if the
-compositor is a full stop or 1-1 if the compositor is a
-hyphen\footnote{see \ics{glsSetCompositor} described in
-\sectionref{sec:setup}}), \texttt{alpha-page-numbers} (a, b, \ldots),
-\texttt{Roman-page-numbers} (I, II, \ldots), \texttt{Alpha-page-numbers}
-(A, B, \ldots), \texttt{Appendix-page-numbers} (for example, A.1 if the Alpha
-compositor is a full stop or A-1 if the Alpha compositor is a
-hyphen\footnote{see \ics{glsSetAlphaCompositor} described in
-\sectionref{sec:setup}}), user defined location names (as specified
-by \ics{GlsAddXdyLocation} in the order in which they were defined),
-and finally \texttt{see} (cross-referenced entries).\footnote{With
-\gls{glossaries-extra} \texttt{seealso} is appended to the end of
-the list.} This ordering can be changed using:
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder]
-\cs{GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder}\marg{location names}
-\end{definition}
+In the \idx{numberlist}, the \locations\ are sorted according to the list of
+provided location classes. The default ordering is:
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item \code{roman-page-numbers} (i, ii, \ldots);
+\item \code{arabic-page-numbers} (1, 2, \ldots);
+\item \code{arabic-section-numbers} (for example, 1.1 if the \idx{compositor} is a
+full stop or 1-1 if the compositor is a hyphen);
+\item \code{alpha-page-numbers} (a, b, \ldots);
+\item \code{Roman-page-numbers} (I, II, \ldots);
+\item \code{Alpha-page-numbers} (A, B, \ldots);
+\item \code{Appendix-page-numbers} (for
+example, A.1 if the Alpha compositor, see \gls{glsSetAlphaCompositor}, is a
+full stop or A-1 if the Alpha \idx{compositor} is a hyphen);
+\item user defined location names (as specified by
+\gls{GlsAddXdyLocation} in the order in which
+they were defined);
+\item \code{see} (cross-referenced entries).
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\begin{xtr}
+With \sty{glossaries-extra} \code{seealso} is appended to the end of the
+list.
+\end{xtr}
+
+This ordering can be changed using:
+\cmddef{GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder}
where each location name is delimited by double quote marks and
separated by white space. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder{
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder}\marg{
"arabic-page-numbers"
"arabic-section-numbers"
"roman-page-numbers"
@@ -13697,1186 +27678,1603 @@ separated by white space. For example:
"Appendix-page-numbers"
"see"
}
-\end{verbatim}
-(Remember to add \verb|"seealso"| if you're using
-\gls{glossaries-extra}.)
+\end{codebox}
+(Remember to add \code{"seealso"} if you're using \sty{glossaries-extra}.)
\begin{important}
-Note that \cs{GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder} has no effect if
-\ics{noist} is used or if \ics{makeglossaries} is omitted.
-\cs{GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder} must be used before
-\ics{makeglossaries}.
+Note that \gls{GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder} has no effect if
+\gls{noist} is used or if \gls{makeglossaries} is omitted.
+\gls{GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder} must be used before
+\gls{makeglossaries}.
\end{important}
-If a \gls{numberlist} consists of a sequence of consecutive
+If a \idx{numberlist} consists of a sequence of consecutive
numbers, the range will be concatenated. The
number of consecutive locations that causes a range formation
defaults to 2, but can be changed using:
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength]
-\cs{GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength}\marg{n}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength}
+The \meta{value} may be the keyword \optfmt{none}, to indicate no
+\idx{range} formation, or a number.
For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength{3}
-\end{verbatim}
-The argument may also be the keyword \texttt{none}, to indicate that
-there should be no range formations. See the \gls{xindy}
-manual for further details on range formations.
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength}\marg{3}
+\end{codebox}
+See the \app{xindy} manual for further details on \idx{range} formations.
\begin{important}
-Note that \cs{GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength} has no effect if \ics{noist}
-is used or if \ics{makeglossaries} is omitted.
-\cs{GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength} must be used before
-\ics{makeglossaries}.
+Note that \gls{GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength} has no effect if \gls{noist}
+is used or if \gls{makeglossaries} is omitted.
+\gls{GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength} must be used before
+\gls{makeglossaries}.
\end{important}
See also \sectionref{sec:ranges}.
\section{Glossary Groups}
\label{sec:groups}
-The glossary is divided into groups according to the first
-letter of the sort key. The \styfmt{glossaries} package also adds
-a number group by default, unless you suppress it in the
-\pkgopt{xindy} package option. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[xindy={glsnumbers=false}]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
-Any entry that doesn't go in one of the letter groups or the
-number group is placed in the default group. If you want \gls{xindy}
+The \idx{glossary} is divided into \idxpl+{group} according to the first
+letter of the sort key. The \sty{glossaries} package also adds
+a number \idx{group} by default, unless you suppress it in the
+\opt{xindy} package option. For example:
+\begin{codebox*}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{xindy}{\styoptxdyval{glsnumbers}{false}}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox*}
+Any entry that doesn't go in one of the letter \idxpl{group} or the
+number group is placed in the default group. If you want \app{xindy}
to sort the number group numerically (rather than by a string sort)
-then you need to use \gls{xindy}['s] \texttt{numeric-sort} module:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsAddXdyStyle{numeric-sort}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-If you don't use \texttt{glsnumbers=false}, the default behaviour is to locate
-the number group before the \qt{A} letter group. If you are not using a
-Roman alphabet, you need to change this using:
+then you need to use \app{xindy}['s] \optfmt{numeric-sort} module:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsAddXdyStyle}\marg{numeric-sort}
+\end{codebox}
+
+With the default \styoptxdyval{glsnumbers}{true}, the number group will be placed
+before the \qt{A} letter group. This is done in the \code{define-letter-group}
+block in the \ext{xdy} file:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+(define-letter-group "glsnumbers"
+ :prefixes ("0" "1" "2" "3" "4" "5" "6" "7" "8" "9")
+ :before "A")
+\end{compactcodebox}
+
+If you are not using a Roman alphabet, you need
+to change this with:
+\cmddef{GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits}\marg{letter}
+where \meta{letter} is the first letter of your alphabet.
+This will change \code{:before "A"} to \code{:before "\meta{letter}"}.
+
+A starred version of this command was added to v4.33 which sanitized \meta{letter}
+before writing it to the \ext{xdy} file to protect it from expansion
+with \sty{inputenc}. This shouldn't be necessary with recent \LaTeX\
+kernels.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits]
-\cs{GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits}\marg{letter}
-\end{definition}
-where \meta{letter} is the first letter of your alphabet. Take care
-if you're using \sty{inputenc} as non-ASCII characters are actually
-active characters that expand. (This isn't a problem with the native
-\gls{UTF-8} engines and \sty{fontspec}.) The starred form will sanitize
-the argument to prevent expansion.
Alternatively you can use:
+\cmddef{GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder}
+This will change \code{:before "A"} to \meta{relative location}.
+Again, a starred version was provided to sanitize the argument, which
+should no longer be necessary unless \idx{sym.dblquote} is active.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder]
-\cs{GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder}\marg{relative location}
-\end{definition}
-to change the default
-\begin{alltt}
-:before \cs{string}"\meta{letter}\cs{string}"
-\end{alltt}
-to \meta{relative location}. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder{:after \string"Z\string"}
-\end{verbatim}
+For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder}\marg{:after "Z"}
+\end{codebox}
will put the number group after the \qt{Z} letter group.
-Again take care of active characters. There's a starred version
-that sanitizes the argument (so don't use \cs{string} in it).
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder}*\{:after "\"O"\}
-\end{alltt}
\begin{important}
Note that these commands have no effect if
-\ics{noist} is used or if \ics{makeglossaries} is omitted.
-\cs{GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits} must be used before
-\ics{makeglossaries}.\par
+\gls{noist} is used or if \gls{makeglossaries} is omitted.
+\gls{GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits} must be used before
+\gls{makeglossaries}.
\end{important}
+\glsaddeach[format=)]{app.xindy,ext.xdy}
\chapter{Utilities}
\label{sec:utilities}
-This section describes some utility commands. Additional commands
-can be found in the documented code (glossaries-code.pdf).
+This section describes the utility commands provided with the base
+\sty{glossaries} package.
\begin{xtr}
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides extra utility commands.
-See the \qt{Utilities} section of the \gls{glossaries-extra} manual.
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides extra utility commands,
+such as \gls{glsxtrusefield} and \gls{glsxtrfieldformatlist}.
+See the \sty{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
\end{xtr}
+\section{\stytext{hyperref}}
+\label{sec:hyperref}
+
+The \sty{hyperref} package needs to be loaded before
+\sty{glossaries} to ensure that the commands provided by
+\sty{hyperref} are only used if they have been defined.
+
+\cmddef{glsdisablehyper}
+This disables the creation of \idxpl+{hyperlink} and targets by
+commands such as \gls{glshyperlink}, the \gls{glslike} and
+\gls{glstextlike} commands and \gls{glstarget}. This setting is the
+default if \sty{hyperref} hasn't been loaded.
+
+The commands that normally create a \idx{hyperlink} will use:
+\cmddef{glsdonohyperlink}
+
+The internal command used by \gls{glstarget} to create a target is just set to
+\cmd{@secondoftwo}.
+
+\cmddef{glsenablehyper}
+This enables the creation of \idxpl+{hyperlink} and targets, and is
+the default if \sty{hyperref} has been loaded.
+
+The internal command used by \gls{glstarget} to create a target is
+set to:
+\cmddef{glsdohypertarget}
+This will include the debugging information if \opteqvalref{debug}{showtargets}
+has been used, but also measures the height of \meta{text} so that
+it can place the actual target at the top of \meta{text} rather than
+along the baseline. This helps to prevent \meta{text} from scrolling
+off the top of the page out of sight.
+
+The corresponding command that's used to link to this target is:
+\cmddef{glsdohyperlink}
+This includes the debugging information, if applicable, and creates
+a link with \gls{hyperlink}.
+
+\cmddef{glstexorpdfstring}
+If you're not sure whether or not the \sty{hyperref} package will be
+loaded, this command will use \gls{texorpdfstring} if
+that command has been defined, otherwise it will simply expand to
+\meta{\TeX}.
+
+
+\section{Case-Changing}
+\label{sec:casechanging}
+
+These commands may be used to perform a \idx+{casechange}.
+
+\begin{important}
+Ensure you have at least \sty{mfirstuc} v2.08 installed to take
+advantage of improved case-changing. If you also use
+\sty{glossaries-extra}, make sure you have at least v1.49.
+See the \sty{mfirstuc} manual for further details.
+\end{important}
+
+\cmddef{glsuppercase}
+
+An expandable command that converts \meta{text} to
+\idx+{uppercase} (\idx+{allcaps}).
+This is used by commands such as \gls{GLS} and \gls{GLStext} and is affected by
+\gls{glsmfuexcl}.
+
+\cmddef{glslowercase}
+
+An expandable command that converts \meta{text} to \idx+{lowercase}.
+This isn't used by the \sty{glossaries} package, but you may find it
+useful with \idx{acronym} or \idx{abbreviation} font commands for
+\idx{smallcaps} styles. This command is affected by
+\gls{glsmfuexcl}.
+
+\cmddef{MFUsentencecase}
+
+This command is used by \idx+{sentencecase} commands, such as
+\gls{Glsentrytext}, when expanding in a \idx{PDFbookmark}.
+
+This command is actually defined by \sty{mfirstuc} v2.08+, but if an
+old version of \sty{mfirstuc} is installed, the \sty{glossaries}
+package will provide the same command. This command is affected by
+\gls{glsmfuexcl}.
+
+\cmddef{glssentencecase}
+
+Converts \meta{text} to \idx+{sentencecase}. This is used by
+commands such as \gls{Gls} and \gls{Glstext}, and also by commands
+like \gls{Glsentrytext} in the document text.
+
+The default definition is to use the robust \gls{makefirstuc}
+provided by the \sty{mfirstuc} package. If you need an expandable
+command, use \gls{MFUsentencecase} instead.
+
+Note that \gls{makefirstuc} internally uses \gls{glsmakefirstuc},
+which is provided by \sty{mfirstuc}. The default definition is:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsmakefirstuc}}[1]\marg{\gls{MFUsentencecase}\marg{\cmd{unexpanded}\marg{\sym{hash}1}}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+The \optval{mfirstuc}{expanded} package option will redefine this
+command without \cmd{unexpanded}.
+
+The reason for the use of \cmd{unexpanded} is mostly a
+backward-compatibility feature, as without it there is now the
+possibility for fragile commands to expand prematurely and cause an
+error.
+
+This is because the \LaTeX3 kernel command used by
+\gls{MFUsentencecase} expands its argument before applying the
+\idx{casechange}. With previous versions of \sty{mfirstuc},
+\gls{glsmakefirstuc} would simply apply the \idx{casechange} to the
+first token.
+
+Suppose a document created with \sty{mfirstuc} v2.07 had something
+like:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{sample}\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{name}{sample},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{an example with a \cmd{fragilecommand}}
+}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+and a \idx{glossarystyle} is used that performs automated
+sentence-casing for the description (for example, with the
+\glostyle{topic} style, provided by \sty{glossaries-extra}), then
+this would essentially do:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{makefirstuc}\marg{an example with a \cmd{fragilecommand}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+With old versions of \sty{mfirstuc}, this would simply end up as:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{MakeTextUppercase}{a}n example with a \cmd{fragilecommand}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+so the fragile command is unaffected.
+
+However, with \sty{mfirstuc} v2.08 and \optval{mfirstuc}{expanded}
+this would end up as:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{MFUsentencecase}{an example with a \cmd{fragilecommand}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+and the underlying \cmd{text\_titlecase\_first:n} will expand the
+entire argument, which will break the fragile command.
+
+The use of \cmd{unexpanded} prevents this from happening, but if you
+don't have fragile commands and you want the content to be expanded,
+then use \optval{mfirstuc}{expanded}.
+
+\cmddef{glscapitalisewords}
+
+Converts \meta{text} to \idx+{titlecase}. The default definition is
+to use the robust \gls{capitalisewords} provided by \sty{mfirstuc}.
+You may need to redefine this command to use \gls{capitalisefmtwords}
+instead.
+
+\cmddef{glsmfuexcl}
+
+This uses \gls{MFUexcl} with \sty{mfirstuc} v2.08+, otherwise its defined in the
+same way (so it won't affect \gls{makefirstuc} but will affect
+commands like \gls{glsuppercase}).
+
+\cmddef{glsmfublocker}
+
+This uses \gls{MFUblocker} with \sty{mfirstuc} v2.08+, otherwise it simply uses
+\gls{glsmfuexcl}.
+
+\cmddef{glsmfuaddmap}
+
+This uses \gls{MFUaddmap} with \sty{mfirstuc} v2.08+, otherwise it
+simply does
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{glsmfuexcl}\margm{cs}
+\gls{glsmfublocker}\margm{Cs}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+
+This uses \gls{MFUblocker} if defined, otherwise it simply uses
+\gls{glsmfuexcl}.
+
+
\section{Loops}
\label{sec:loops}
\begin{important}
Some of the commands described here take a comma-separated list as
-an argument. As with \LaTeX's \cs{@for} command, make sure your list
+an argument. As with \LaTeX's \gls{@for} command, make sure your list
doesn't have any unwanted spaces in it as they don't get stripped.
(Discussed in more detail in
-\href{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/admin/html/docsvlist.shtml#spacesinlists}{\S2.7.2 of \qt{\LaTeX\ for Administrative
+\dickimawhref{latex/admin/html/docsvlist.shtml\#spacesinlists}{\S2.7.2 of \qt{\LaTeX\ for Administrative
Work}}.)
\end{important}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\forallglossaries}]
-\cs{forallglossaries}\oarg{glossary list}\marg{cs}\marg{body}
-\end{definition}
-This iterates through \meta{glossary list}, a comma-separated list
-of glossary labels (as supplied when the glossary was defined).
-At each iteration \meta{cs} (which must be a control sequence) is
-set to the glossary label for the current iteration and \meta{body}
-is performed. If \meta{glossary list} is omitted, the default is to
-iterate over all glossaries (except the ignored ones).
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\forallacronyms}]
-\cs{forallacronyms}\marg{cs}\marg{body}
-\end{definition}
-This is like \cs{forallglossaries} but only iterates over the
-lists of acronyms (that have previously been declared using
-\ics{DeclareAcronymList} or the \pkgopt{acronymlists} package
+\cmddef{forallglossaries}
+This iterates through \meta{types}, a comma-separated list of
+\idx+{glossary} labels (as supplied when the glossary was defined).
+At each iteration the command \meta{cs} is defined to the
+\idx{glossary} label for the current iteration and \meta{body} is
+performed. If \meta{types} is omitted, the default is to iterate
+over all non-\idxpl{ignoredglossary}.
+
+\cmddef{forallacronyms}
+This is like \gls{forallglossaries} but only iterates over the
+lists of \idxpl{acronym} (that have previously been declared using
+\gls{DeclareAcronymList} or the \opt{acronymlists} package
option). This command doesn't have an optional argument. If you want
to explicitly say which lists to iterate over, just use the optional
-argument of \cs{forallglossaries}.
+argument of \gls{forallglossaries}.
\begin{xtr}
-The \gls{glossaries-extra}
-package provides an analogous command
-\ics*{forallabbreviationlists}.
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides an analogous command
+\gls{forallabbreviationlists}.
\end{xtr}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\forglsentries}]
-\cs{forglsentries}\oarg{glossary label}\marg{cs}\marg{body}
-\end{definition}
-This iterates through all entries in the glossary given by
-\meta{glossary label}. At each iteration \meta{cs} (which must be a
-control sequence) is set to the entry label for the current
-iteration and \meta{body} is performed. If \meta{glossary label} is
-omitted, \ics{glsdefaulttype} (usually the main glossary) is used.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\forallglsentries}]
-\cs{forallglsentries}\oarg{glossary list}\marg{cs}\marg{body}
-\end{definition}
-This is like \cs{forglsentries} but for each glossary in
-\meta{glossary list} (a comma-separated list of glossary labels). If
-\meta{glossary list} is omitted, the default is the list of all
-defined glossaries (except the ignored ones). At each iteration
-\meta{cs} is set to the entry label and \meta{body} is performed.
+\cmddef{forglsentries}
+This iterates through all \idxpl{entry} in the \idx{glossary} given by
+\meta{type}. At each iteration the command \meta{cs} is defined
+to the entry label for the current
+iteration and \meta{body} is performed. If \meta{type} is
+omitted, \gls{glsdefaulttype} is used.
+
+\cmddef{forallglsentries}
+This is just a nested loop that essentially does:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{forallglossaries}\oargm{types}\margm{type-cs}\margm{\comment{outer loop}
+ \gls{forglsentries}\oargm{type-cs}\margm{cs}\margm{body}\comment{inner loop}
+}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+If \meta{types} is omitted, the default is the list of all non-\idxpl{ignoredglossary}.
(The current glossary label can be obtained using
-\cs{glsentrytype}\marg{cs} within \meta{body}.)
+\code{\gls{glsentrytype}\margm{cs}} within \meta{body}.)
+
+\begin{xtr}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides commands like \gls{glsxtrforcsvfield}
+to iterate over any fields that contain comma-separated lists.
+\end{xtr}
\section{Conditionals}
\label{sec:conditionals}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\ifglossaryexists}]
-\cs{ifglossaryexists}{\meta{label}}{\meta{true part}}{\meta{false
-part}}
-\end{definition}
-This checks if the glossary given by \meta{label} exists. If it
-does \meta{true part} is performed, otherwise \meta{false part}.
-The unstarred form will do \meta{false part} for ignored glossaries.
-As from v4.46, there is now a starred form of this command which
-will also consider ignored glossaries as existing. For example,
-given:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{newignoredglossary}\mgroup{common}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{xtr}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides many more conditional
+commands.
+\end{xtr}
+
+\cmddef{ifglossaryexists}
+
+This checks if the \idx{glossary} given by \meta{glossary-type}
+exists (that is, if it has been defined). If it does exist \meta{true part}
+is performed, otherwise \meta{false part}.
+
+The unstarred form will treat \idxpl{ignoredglossary} as
+non-existent. The starred form will consider them as existing.
+So both forms will do \meta{true} if \meta{glossary-type} was
+defined by \gls{newglossary}, but only the starred form will do
+\meta{true} if \meta{glossary-type} was defined with
+\gls{newignoredglossary}.
+
+For example, given:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newignoredglossary}\marg{common}
+\end{codebox}
then
-\begin{verbatim}
-\ifglossaryexists{common}{true}{false}
-\ifglossaryexists*{common}{true}{false}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{ifglossaryexists}\marg{common}\marg{true}\marg{false}
+\gls{ifglossaryexists}*\marg{common}\marg{true}\marg{false}
+\end{codebox}
will produce \qt{false true}.
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\ifglsentryexists}]
-\cs{ifglsentryexists}{\meta{label}}{\meta{true part}}{\meta{false
-part}}
-\end{definition}
-This checks if the glossary entry given by \meta{label} exists. If it
-does \meta{true part} is performed, otherwise \meta{false part}.
-(Note that \cs{ifglsentryexists} will always be true after the
-containing glossary has been displayed via \ics{printglossary}
-or \ics{printglossaries} even if the entry is explicitly defined
-later in the document. This is because the entry has to be defined
-before it can be displayed in the glossary, see \sectionref{sec:techissues} for
-further details.)
+\cmddef{ifglsentryexists}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsdoifexists}]
-\cs{glsdoifexists}\marg{label}\marg{code}
-\end{definition}
-Does \meta{code} if the entry given by \meta{label} exists. If it
-doesn't exist, an error is generated. (This command uses
-\cs{ifglsentryexists}.)
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsdoifnoexists}]
-\cs{glsdoifnoexists}\marg{label}\marg{code}
-\end{definition}
-Does the reverse of \cs{glsdoifexists}. (This command uses
-\cs{ifglsentryexists}.)
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsdoifexistsorwarn}]
-\cs{glsdoifexistsorwarn}\marg{label}\marg{code}
-\end{definition}
-As \cs{glsdoifexists} but issues a warning rather than an error if
-the entry doesn't exist.
+This checks if the \idx{glossaryentry} given by \meta{entry-label} exists. If it
+does exist then \meta{true} is performed, otherwise this does \meta{false}.
+Simply uses \sty{etoolbox}['s] \gls{ifcsundef} so can expand.
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsdoifexistsordo}]
-\cs{glsdoifexistsordo}\marg{label}\marg{code}\marg{else code}
-\end{definition}
-Does \meta{code} if the entry given by \meta{label} exists otherwise
-generate an error and do \meta{else code}.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\glsdoifnoexistsordo}]
-\cs{glsdoifnoexistsordo}\marg{label}\marg{code}\marg{else code}
-\end{definition}
-Does \meta{code} if the entry given by \meta{label} doesn't exist otherwise
-generate an error and do \meta{else code}.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\ifglsused}]
-\cs{ifglsused}{\meta{label}}{\meta{true part}}{\meta{false
-part}}
-\end{definition}
-See \sectionref{sec:glsunset}.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\ifglshaschildren}]
-\cs{ifglshaschildren}{\meta{label}}{\meta{true part}}{\meta{false
-part}}
-\end{definition}
-This checks if the glossary entry given by \meta{label} has any
-sub-entries. If it does, \meta{true part} is performed, otherwise
-\meta{false part}. This uses an inefficient method since this
-information isn't stored.
+\cmddef{glsdoifexists}
+Does \meta{code} if the entry given by \meta{entry-label} exists. If it
+doesn't exist, an undefined error is generated.
-\begin{bib2gls}
-If you use \gls{bib2gls}, a more efficient method is to use the
-\resourceopt{save-child-count} resource option and test the value of
-the \field{childcount} field.
-\end{bib2gls}
+\cmddef{glsdoifnoexists}
+Does \meta{code} if the entry given by \meta{entry-label} doesn't exist. If it
+does exist, an already defined error is generated.
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\ifglshasparent}]
-\cs{ifglshasparent}{\meta{label}}{\meta{true part}}{\meta{false
-part}}
-\end{definition}
-This checks if the glossary entry given by \meta{label} has a parent
-entry. If it does, \meta{true part} is performed, otherwise
-\meta{false part}.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\ifglshassymbol}]
-\cs{ifglshassymbol}\marg{label}\marg{true part}\marg{false part}
-\end{definition}
-This checks if the glossary entry given by \meta{label} has had the
-\gloskey{symbol} field set. If it has, \meta{true part} is performed,
-otherwise \meta{false part}.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\ifglshaslong}]
-\cs{ifglshaslong}\marg{label}\marg{true part}\marg{false part}
-\end{definition}
-This checks if the glossary entry given by \meta{label} has had the
-\gloskey{long} field set. If it has, \meta{true part} is performed,
-otherwise \meta{false part}. This should be true for any entry that
-has been defined via \ics{newacronym}.
-There is no check for the existence of \meta{label}.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\ifglshasshort}]
-\cs{ifglshasshort}\marg{label}\marg{true part}\marg{false part}
-\end{definition}
-This checks if the glossary entry given by \meta{label} has had the
-\gloskey{short} field set. If it has, \meta{true part} is performed,
-otherwise \meta{false part}. This should be true for any entry that
-has been defined via \ics{newacronym}.
-There is no check for the existence of \meta{label}.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\ifglshasdesc}]
-\cs{ifglshasdesc}\marg{label}\marg{true part}\marg{false part}
-\end{definition}
-This checks if the \gloskey{description} field is non-empty for
-the entry given by \meta{label}. If it has, \meta{true part} is
-performed, otherwise \meta{false part}. Compare with:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro{\ifglsdescsuppressed}]
-\cs{ifglsdescsuppressed}\marg{label}\marg{true part}\marg{false part}
-\end{definition}
-This checks if the \gloskey{description} field has been set to just
-\ics{nopostdesc} for the entry given by \meta{label}. If it has,
-\meta{true part} is performed, otherwise \meta{false part}.
-There is no check for the existence of \meta{label}.
-
-For all other fields you can use:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\ifglshasfield]
-\cs{ifglshasfield}\marg{field}\marg{label}\marg{true part}\marg{false
-part}
-\end{definition}
-This tests the value of the field given by \meta{field} for the entry
-identified by \meta{label}. If the value is empty \emph{or the default
-value}, then \meta{false part} is performed, otherwise \meta{true
-part} is performed. If the field supplied is unrecognised \meta{false part}
-is performed and a warning is issued. Unlike the above commands,
-such as \cs{ifglshasshort}, an error occurs if the entry is
-undefined.
-
-As from version 4.23, within \meta{true part} you can use
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glscurrentfieldvalue]
-\cs{glscurrentfieldvalue}
-\end{definition}
-to access the field value. This command is
-initially defined to nothing but has
-no relevance outside \meta{true part}. This saves re-accessing the
-field if the test is true. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\ifglshasfield{useri}{sample}{, \glscurrentfieldvalue}{}
-\end{verbatim}
-will insert a comma, space and the field value if the
-\gloskey{user1} key has been set for
-the entry whose label is \texttt{sample}.
+\cmddef{glsdoifexistsorwarn}
+As \gls{glsdoifexists} but issues a warning rather than an error if
+the entry doesn't exist.
-You can test if the value of the field is equal to a given string
-using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\ifglsfieldeq]
-\cs{ifglsfieldeq}\marg{label}\marg{field}\marg{string}\marg{true}\marg{false}
-\end{definition}
-In this case the \meta{field} must be the field name not the key
-(see \tableref{tab:fieldmap}). If the field isn't recognised, an
-error will occur. This command internally uses
-\sty{etoolbox}'s \cs{ifcsstring} to perform the comparison. \emph{The
-string is not expanded during the test.}
-
-The result may vary depending on whether or not expansion is on for
-the given field (when the entry was defined). For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{article}
+\cmddef{glsdoifexistsordo}
+Does \meta{code} if the entry given by \meta{entry-label} exists otherwise
+it generates an undefined error and does \meta{else code}.
-\usepackage{glossaries}
+\begin{xtr}
+The undefined\slash already defined errors can be converted to warnings
+with \optval{undefaction}{warn}.
+\end{xtr}
-\newcommand*{\foo}{FOO}
+\cmddef{ifglsused}
-\newglossaryentry{sample1}{name={sample1},description={an example},
-user1={FOO}}
-\newglossaryentry{sample2}{name={sample2},description={an example},
-user1={\foo}}
+Tests the entry's \idx+{firstuseflag}. If the \idx{entry} has been
+used, \meta{true} will be done, otherwise (if the \idx{entry} has
+been defined) \meta{false} will be done. If the \idx{entry} isn't
+defined, then an undefined error will occur and neither \meta{true} nor
+\meta{false} will be done (see \sectionref{sec:glsunset}).
-\begin{document}
-\ifglsfieldeq{sample1}{useri}{FOO}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
+This means that \gls{ifglsused} is unreliable with \app{bib2gls} as
+no \idxpl{entry} are defined on the first \LaTeX\ run, which means there's no
+way of determining if it has been used, so
+\sty{glossaries-extra} provides a similar command:
+\cmddef{GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined}
+In this case, \meta{true} will be done if the entry hasn't been
+used or hasn't been defined, which is essentially the logical
+negation of \gls{ifglsused} for defined \idxpl{entry}.
-\ifglsfieldeq{sample2}{useri}{FOO}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
-\end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
-This will produce \qt{TRUE} in both cases since expansion is on, so
-\cs{foo} was expanded to \qt{FOO} when \texttt{sample2} was defined.
-If the tests are changed to:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\ifglsfieldeq{sample1}{useri}{\foo}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
+\begin{important}
+Some of the following \csmetafmt{ifglshas}{xxx}{} commands use
+\gls{glsdoifexists}. In those cases, the \meta{true} or \meta{false} parts are only
+performed if the entry exists. Neither are done if the entry doesn't
+exist.
+\end{important}
-\ifglsfieldeq{sample2}{useri}{\foo}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
-\end{verbatim}
-then this will produce \qt{FALSE} in both cases. Now suppose
-expansion is switched off for the \gloskey{user1} key:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{article}
+\cmddef{ifglshaschildren}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
+This does \meta{true} if any \idxpl{entry} in the same \idx{glossary}
+as \meta{entry-label} had \gloskeyval{parent}{\meta{entry-label}}.
+This is inefficient and time-consuming if there are a large number
+of entries defined. Uses \gls{glsdoifexists}.
-\newcommand*{\foo}{FOO}
+\begin{bib2gls}
+If you use \app{bib2gls}, a more efficient method is to use the
+\resourceopt{save-child-count} resource option and test the value of
+the \glosfield{childcount} field with \gls{GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount}.
+\end{bib2gls}
-\glssetnoexpandfield{useri}
+\cmddef{ifglshasparent}
-\newglossaryentry{sample1}{name={sample1},description={an example},
-user1={FOO}}
-\newglossaryentry{sample2}{name={sample2},description={an example},
-user1={\foo}}
+This does \meta{true} if the \gloskey+{parent} field is non-empty
+for the entry identified by \meta{entry-label}. Uses \gls{glsdoifexists}.
-\begin{document}
-\ifglsfieldeq{sample1}{useri}{FOO}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
+\cmddef{ifglshassymbol}
-\ifglsfieldeq{sample2}{useri}{FOO}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
-\end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
-This now produces \qt{TRUE} for the first case (comparing \qt{FOO}
-with \qt{FOO}) and \qt{FALSE} for the second case (comparing
-\qt{\cs{foo}} with \qt{FOO}).
+A robust command that does \meta{true} if the \gloskey+{symbol} field is non-empty
+and not \gls{relax} for the entry identified by \meta{entry-label}.
-The reverse happens in the following:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{article}
+\cmddef{ifglshaslong}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
+A robust command that does \meta{true} if the \gloskey+{long} field is non-empty
+and not \gls{relax} for the entry identified by \meta{entry-label}.
-\newcommand*{\foo}{FOO}
+\cmddef{ifglshasshort}
-\glssetnoexpandfield{useri}
+A robust command that does \meta{true} if the \gloskey+{short} field is non-empty
+and not \gls{relax} for the entry identified by \meta{entry-label}.
-\newglossaryentry{sample1}{name={sample1},description={an example},
-user1={FOO}}
-\newglossaryentry{sample2}{name={sample2},description={an example},
-user1={\foo}}
+\cmddef{ifglshasdesc}
-\begin{document}
-\ifglsfieldeq{sample1}{useri}{\foo}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
+Expands to \meta{true} if the \gloskey{description} is empty for the
+entry identified by \meta{entry-label}, otherwise expands to
+\meta{false}. Compare with:
+\cmddef{ifglsdescsuppressed}
+This expands to \meta{true} if \gloskeyval{description}{\gls{nopostdesc}}
+for the entry identified by \meta{entry-label}
+otherwise expands to \meta{false}.
-\ifglsfieldeq{sample2}{useri}{\foo}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
-\end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
-This now produces \qt{FALSE} for the first case (comparing \qt{FOO}
-with \qt{\cs{foo}}) and \qt{TRUE} for the second case (comparing
-\qt{\cs{foo}} with \qt{\cs{foo}}).
+There are also commands available for arbitrary fields. Some may
+allow the field to be identified by its corresponding key (such as
+\gloskey{description}) but some require the \idx{internalfieldlabel}
+(such as \glosfield{desc}). See \tableref{tab:fieldmap} for the
+\idxpl{internalfieldlabel} that correspond to each key. If you
+provide your own keys, for example with \gls{glsaddkey}, then the
+internal label will be the same as the key.
-You can test if the value of a field is equal to the replacement
-text of a command using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\ifglsfielddefeq]
-\cs{ifglsfielddefeq}\marg{label}\marg{field}\marg{command}\marg{true}\marg{false}
-\end{definition}
-This internally uses \sty{etoolbox}'s \cs{ifdefstrequal} command to
-perform the comparison. The argument \meta{command} must be a macro.
+\cmddef{ifglsfieldvoid}
+Expands to \meta{true} if the field identified by its
+\idx{internalfieldlabel} \meta{field-label} is void for the entry
+identified by \meta{entry-label}, otherwise it expands to
+\meta{false}. The void test is performed with \sty{etoolbox}['s]
+\gls{ifcsvoid}. This means that an undefined field or an undefined
+entry will be considered void. An empty field value or a field set
+to \gls{relax} are also considered void.
-For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{article}
+\cmddef{ifglshasfield}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
+This robust command tests the value of the field given by
+\meta{field} for the entry identified by \meta{entry-label}.
+The \meta{field} argument may either be the key associated with the
+field or the \idx{internalfieldlabel}.
-\newcommand*{\foo}{FOO}
+If the field value is empty or \gls{relax}, then \meta{false} is
+performed, otherwise \meta{true} is performed. If the field supplied
+is unrecognised \meta{false part} is performed and a warning is
+issued. If the entry is undefined, an undefined error occurs.
-\glssetnoexpandfield{useri}
+Within \meta{true}, you can access the field's value with:
+\cmddef{glscurrentfieldvalue}
+This command is initially defined to empty but has
+no relevance outside of the \meta{true} argument. This saves re-accessing the
+field if the test is true. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{ifglshasfield}\marg{useri}\marg{sample}\marg{, \gls{glscurrentfieldvalue}}\marg{}
+\end{codebox}
+will insert a comma, space and the field value if the
+\gloskey{user1} key has been set for
+the entry whose label is \qt{sample}.
+
+\cmddef{ifglsfieldeq}
+This robust command does \meta{true} if the entry identified by
+\meta{entry-label} has the field identified by its
+\idx{internalfieldlabel} (not the key) \meta{field-label} defined and set to
+the given \meta{string}. The test is performed by \sty{etoolbox}['s]
+\gls{ifcsstring}. An error will occur if the field value is
+undefined or if the entry hasn't been defined.
+
+The result may vary depending on whether or not expansion was on for
+the given field when the entry was defined (see \sectionref{sec:expansion}).
+For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\codepar
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\codepar
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{foo}}\marg{FOO}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{sample1}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{sample1},\gloskeyval{description}{an example},
+\gloskeyval{user1}{FOO}}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{sample2}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{sample2},\gloskeyval{description}{an example},
+\gloskeyval{user1}{\cmd{foo}}}
+\cbeg{document}
+\gls{ifglsfieldeq}\marg{sample1}\marg{\glosfield{useri}}\marg{FOO}\marg{TRUE}\marg{FALSE}.
+\codepar
+\gls{ifglsfieldeq}\marg{sample2}\marg{\glosfield{useri}}\marg{FOO}\marg{TRUE}\marg{FALSE}.
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+This will produce \qt{TRUE} in both cases since expansion is on for
+the \gloskey{user1} key, so
+\cmd{foo} was expanded to \qt{FOO} when \qt{sample2} was defined.
+If the tests are changed to:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{ifglsfieldeq}\marg{sample1}\marg{\glosfield{useri}}\marg{\cmd{foo}}\marg{TRUE}\marg{FALSE}.
+\codepar
+\gls{ifglsfieldeq}\marg{sample2}\marg{\glosfield{useri}}\marg{\cmd{foo}}\marg{TRUE}\marg{FALSE}.
+\end{codebox}
+then this will produce \qt{FALSE} in both cases. Now suppose
+expansion is switched off for the \gloskey{user1} key:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\codepar
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\codepar
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{foo}}\marg{FOO}
+\codepar
+\gls{glssetnoexpandfield}\marg{\glosfield{useri}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{sample1}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{sample1},\gloskeyval{description}{an example},
+\gloskeyval{user1}{FOO}}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{sample2}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{sample2},\gloskeyval{description}{an example},
+\gloskeyval{user1}{\cmd{foo}}}
+\cbeg{document}
+\gls{ifglsfieldeq}\marg{sample1}\marg{\glosfield{useri}}\marg{FOO}\marg{TRUE}\marg{FALSE}.
+\codepar
+\gls{ifglsfieldeq}\marg{sample2}\marg{\glosfield{useri}}\marg{FOO}\marg{TRUE}\marg{FALSE}.
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+This now produces \qt{TRUE} for the first case (comparing \qt{FOO}
+with \qt{FOO}) and \qt{FALSE} for the second case (comparing
+\qt{\cmd{foo}} with \qt{FOO}).
-\newglossaryentry{sample1}{name={sample1},description={an example},
-user1={FOO}}
-\newglossaryentry{sample2}{name={sample2},description={an example},
-user1={\foo}}
+The reverse happens in the following:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\codepar
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\codepar
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{foo}}\marg{FOO}
+\codepar
+\gls{glssetnoexpandfield}\marg{\glosfield{useri}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{sample1}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{sample1},\gloskeyval{description}{an example},
+\gloskeyval{user1}{FOO}}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{sample2}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{sample2},\gloskeyval{description}{an example},
+\gloskeyval{user1}{\cmd{foo}}}
+\cbeg{document}
+\gls{ifglsfieldeq}\marg{sample1}\marg{\glosfield{useri}}\marg{\cmd{foo}}\marg{TRUE}\marg{FALSE}.
+\codepar
+\gls{ifglsfieldeq}\marg{sample2}\marg{\glosfield{useri}}\marg{\cmd{foo}}\marg{TRUE}\marg{FALSE}.
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+This now produces \qt{FALSE} for the first case (comparing \qt{FOO}
+with \qt{\cmd{foo}}) and \qt{TRUE} for the second case (comparing
+\qt{\cmd{foo}} with \qt{\cmd{foo}}).
-\begin{document}
-\ifglsfielddefeq{sample1}{useri}{\foo}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
+You can test if the value of a field is equal to the replacement
+text of a command using:
+\cmddef{ifglsfielddefeq}
+This robust command is essentially like \gls{ifglsfieldeq} but
+internally uses \sty{etoolbox}'s \gls{ifdefstrequal} command to
+perform the comparison. The argument \meta{cs} argument must be a macro.
-\ifglsfielddefeq{sample2}{useri}{\foo}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
-\end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
+For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\codepar
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\codepar
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{foo}}\marg{FOO}
+\codepar
+\gls{glssetnoexpandfield}\marg{\glosfield{useri}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{sample1}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{sample1},\gloskeyval{description}{an example},
+\gloskeyval{user1}{FOO}}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{sample2}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{sample2},\gloskeyval{description}{an example},
+\gloskeyval{user1}{\cmd{foo}}}
+\codepar
+\cbeg{document}
+\gls{ifglsfielddefeq}\marg{sample1}\marg{\glosfield{useri}}\marg{\cmd{foo}}\marg{TRUE}\marg{FALSE}.
+\codepar
+\gls{ifglsfielddefeq}\marg{sample2}\marg{\glosfield{useri}}\marg{\cmd{foo}}\marg{TRUE}\marg{FALSE}.
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
Here, the first case produces \qt{TRUE} since the value of the
-\texttt{useri} field (\qt{FOO}) is the same as the replacement text
-(definition) of \cs{foo} (\qt{FOO}). We have the result
-\qt{\texttt{FOO}} is equal to \qt{\texttt{FOO}}.
+\glosfield{useri} field (\qt{FOO}) is the same as the replacement text
+(definition) of \cmd{foo} (\qt{FOO}). We have the result
+\qt{\code{FOO}} is equal to \qt{\code{FOO}}.
The second case produces \qt{FALSE} since the value of the
-\texttt{useri} field (\qt{\cs{foo}}) is not the same as the replacement
-text (definition) of \cs{foo} (\qt{FOO}). No expansion has been
-performed on the value of the \texttt{useri} field. We have the
-result \qt{\cs{foo}} is not equal to \qt{\texttt{FOO}}.
+\glosfield{useri} field (\qt{\cmd{foo}}) is not the same as the replacement
+text (definition) of \cmd{foo} (\qt{FOO}). No expansion has been
+performed on the value of the \glosfield{useri} field. We have the
+result \qt{\cmd{foo}} is not equal to \qt{\code{FOO}}.
If we add:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand{\FOO}{\foo}
-\ifglsfielddefeq{sample2}{useri}{\FOO}{TRUE}{FALSE}.
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{FOO}}\marg{\cmd{foo}}
+\gls{ifglsfielddefeq}\marg{sample2}\marg{\glosfield{useri}}\marg{\cmd{FOO}}\marg{TRUE}\marg{FALSE}.
+\end{codebox}
we now get \qt{TRUE} since the value of the
-\texttt{useri} field (\qt{\cs{foo}}) is the same as the replacement
-text (definition) of \cs{FOO} (\qt{\cs{foo}}). We have the result \qt{\cs{foo}}
-is equal to \qt{\cs{foo}}.
+\glosfield{useri} field (\qt{\cmd{foo}}) is the same as the replacement
+text (definition) of \cmd{FOO} (\qt{\cmd{foo}}). We have the result
+\qt{\cmd{foo}} is equal to \qt{\cmd{foo}}.
There is a similar command that requires the control sequence name
(without the leading backslash) instead of the actual control sequence:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\ifglsfieldcseq]
-\cs{ifglsfieldcseq}\marg{label}\marg{field}\marg{csname}\marg{true}\marg{false}
-\end{definition}
-This internally uses \sty{etoolbox}'s \cs{ifcsstrequal} command
-instead of \cs{ifdefstrequal}.
+\cmddef{ifglsfieldcseq}
+This robust command is like {ifglsfielddefeq}
+but internally uses \sty{etoolbox}'s \gls{ifcsstrequal} command
+instead of \gls{ifdefstrequal}.
\section{Fetching and Updating the Value of a Field}
\label{sec:fetchset}
In addition to the commands described in \sectionref{sec:glsnolink},
-the following may also be used to fetch field information.
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsentrytype]
-\cs{glsentrytype}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-Expands to the entry's glossary type. No existence check is
-performed.
+the commands described in this section may also be used to fetch field information.
+
+\begin{xtr}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package has additional commands, such as
+\gls{glsxtrusefield}.
+\end{xtr}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsentryparent]
-\cs{glsentryparent}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-Expands to the label of the entry's parent. No existence check is
+\cmddef{glsentrytype}
+Expands to the value of the entry's \gloskey{type} field, which
+is the label of the \idx{glossary} the entry has been assigned to.
+No existence check is performed.
+
+\cmddef{glsentryparent}
+Expands to the value of the entry's \gloskey{parent} field,
+which is the label identifying the entry's parent. No existence check is
performed.
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsentrysort]
-\cs{glsentrysort}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-Expands to the entry's sort value. No existence check is performed.
-
-You can fetch the value of a given field and store it in a control
-sequence using:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsfieldfetch]
-\cs{glsfieldfetch}\marg{label}\marg{field}\marg{cs}
-\end{definition}
-where \meta{label} is the label identifying the glossary entry,
-\meta{field} is the field label (see \tableref{tab:fieldmap})
-and \meta{cs} is the control sequence in which to store the value.
-Remember that \meta{field} is the internal label and is not
-necessarily the same as the key used to set that field in the
-argument of \cs{newglossaryentry} (or the optional argument of
-\cs{newacronym}). This command uses \cs{glsdoifexists} so an error
-will occur if the entry hasn't been defined.
-
-If you need to expand to the field value without expanding the
-contents you can use:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsunexpandedfieldvalue]
-\cs{glsunexpandedfieldvalue}\marg{label}\marg{field}
-\end{definition}
-where \meta{label} is the label identifying the glossary entry,
-\meta{field} is the internal field label (see
-\tableref{tab:fieldmap}). If the entry doesn't exist or if the field
-isn't defined or hasn't been set this expands to nothing.
+\cmddef{glsentrysort}
+Expands to the entry's \gloskey{sort} value. No existence check is performed.
+This is not intended for general use, but can be useful to display
+the value for debugging purposes. Note that there is also an
+\idxc{internalfieldlabel}{internal field} \glosfield{sortvalue}
+which contains the escaped sort value, which may not necessarily be
+the same as the \gloskey{sort} value.
+
+\cmddef{glsfieldfetch}\marg{label}\marg{field}\marg{cs}
+
+This robust command fetches the value of the field identified by its
+\idx{internalfieldlabel}\meta{field-label} for the \idx{entry}
+identified by \meta{entry-label} and stores it in the
+given command \meta{cs}. An error will occur if the entry doesn't
+exist or if the field hasn't been defined.
+
+\cmddef{glsletentryfield}
+
+This command simply assigns the supplied command \meta{cs} to the
+value of the field identified by its
+\idx{internalfieldlabel}\meta{field-label} for the \idx{entry}
+identified by \meta{entry-label}. This differs from
+\gls{glsfieldfetch} in that it doesn't test for existence. If either
+the field or the entry haven't been defined, no error or warning
+will be trigger but \meta{cs} will be undefined. You can then use
+\sty{etoolbox}['s] \gls{ifdef} or \gls{ifundef} on \meta{cs}.
+
+For example, to store
+the description for the entry whose label is \qt{apple} in the
+control sequence \code{\cmd{tmp}}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsletentryfield}\marg{\cmd{tmp}}\marg{apple}\marg{\glosfield{desc}}
+\gls{ifdef}\marg{\cmd{tmp}}{description: \cmd{tmp}}\marg{no description}
+\end{codebox}
+An alternative is to use \gls{ifglshasfield} or, with
+\sty{glossaries-extra}, \gls{glsxtrifhasfield}.
+
+\cmddef{glsunexpandedfieldvalue}
+This command is provided for use in expandable contexts where the
+field value is required but the contents should not be expanded.
+The \meta{field-label} argument must be the
+\idx{internalfieldlabel}. Does nothing if the field or entry isn't
+defined.
You can change the value of a given field using one of the following
commands. Note that these commands only change the value of the
given field. They have no affect on any related field. For example,
if you change the value of the \gloskey{text} field, it won't modify the
-value given by the \gloskey{name}, \gloskey{plural}, \gloskey{first} or any other related key.
-
-In all the four related commands below, \meta{label} and
-\meta{field} are as above and \meta{definition} is the new value
-of the field.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsfielddef]
-\cs{glsfielddef}\marg{label}\marg{field}\marg{definition}
-\end{definition}
-This uses \cs{def} to change the value of the field (so it will be
+value given by the \gloskey{name}, \gloskey{plural}, \gloskey{first}
+or any other related key.
+
+\begin{warning}
+There are some fields that should only be set when the \idx{entry}
+is defined and will cause unexpected results if changed later. For
+example, \gloskey{type} (which additionally needs to add the
+\idx{entry}['s] label to the corresponding \idx{glossary}['s]
+internal list), \gloskey{parent} (which needs to calculate the
+\idx{hierarchicallevel} and setup the \idx{indexing} syntax
+appropriately), and \gloskey{sort} (which may need pre-processing
+and is required to setup the \idx{indexing} syntax).
+\end{warning}
+
+In all the four related commands below, \meta{entry-label}
+identifies the entry and \meta{field-label} is the
+\idx{internalfieldlabel}. The \meta{definition} argument is the new
+value of the field. Both the entry and field must already be
+defined. If you want internal fields that don't require a
+corresponding key to be defined, you will need the supplementary
+commands provided by \sty{glossaries-extra}.
+
+\cmddef{glsfielddef}
+This robust command uses \gls{def} to change the value of the field (so it will be
localised by any grouping).
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsfieldedef]
-\cs{glsfieldedef}\marg{label}\marg{field}\marg{definition}
-\end{definition}
-This uses \cs{edef} to change the value of the field (so it will be
-localised by any grouping). Any fragile commands contained in the
-\meta{definition} must be protected.
+\cmddef{glsfieldedef}
+This robust command uses \gls{protected@csedef} to change the value of the
+field (so it will be localised by any grouping).
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsfieldgdef]
-\cs{glsfieldgdef}\marg{label}\marg{field}\marg{definition}
-\end{definition}
-This uses \cs{gdef} to change the value of the field.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsfieldxdef]
-\cs{glsfieldxdef}\marg{label}\marg{field}\marg{definition}
-\end{definition}
-This uses \cs{xdef} to change the value of the field. Any fragile
-commands contained in the \meta{definition} must be protected.
+\cmd{glsfieldgdef}
+This uses \gls{gdef} to change the value of the field (so it will
+have a global effect).
+\cmddef{glsfieldxdef}
+This robust command uses \gls{protected@csxdef} to change the value of the
+field (so it will be localised by any grouping).
\chapter{Prefixes or Determiners}\label{sec:prefix}
+\pkgdef{glossaries-prefix}
+
The \sty{glossaries-prefix} package that comes with the
-\styfmt{glossaries} package provides
-additional keys that can be used as prefixes. For example, if you
-want to specify determiners (such
-as \qt{a}, \qt{an} or \qt{the}). The \styfmt{glossaries-prefix}
-package automatically loads the \styfmt{glossaries} package and has
-the same package options.
-
-The extra keys for \ics{newglossaryentry} are as follows:
-\begin{description}
-\item[\gloskey{prefix}] The prefix associated with the
-\gloskey{text} key. This defaults to nothing.
+\sty{glossaries} package provides additional keys that can be used
+as prefixes. For example, if you want to specify determiners (such
+as \qt{a}, \qt{an} or \qt{the}). The \sty{glossaries-prefix} package
+automatically loads the \sty{glossaries} package and has the same
+package options.
-\item[\gloskey{prefixplural}] The prefix associated with the
-\gloskey{plural} key. This defaults to nothing.
+\begin{xtr}
+The \sty{glossaries-prefix} package can automatically be loaded
+with \sty{glossaries-extra} via the \opt{prefix} package option.
+\end{xtr}
-\item[\gloskey{prefixfirst}] The prefix associated with the
-\gloskey{first} key. If omitted, this defaults to the value of the
-\gloskey{prefix} key.
+The extra keys for \gls{newglossaryentry} are as follows:
-\item[\gloskey{prefixfirstplural}] The prefix associated with the
-\gloskey{firstplural} key. If omitted, this defaults to the value of
-the \gloskey{prefixplural} key.
-\end{description}
+\optiondef{gloskey.prefix}
+
+The prefix associated with the \gloskey{text} key. This defaults to nothing.
+
+\optiondef{gloskey.prefixplural}
+
+The prefix associated with the \gloskey{plural} key. This defaults to nothing.
+
+\optiondef{gloskey.prefixfirst}
+
+The prefix associated with the \gloskey{first} key. If omitted, this
+defaults to the value of the \gloskey{prefix} key.
+
+\optiondef{gloskey.prefixfirstplural}
+
+The prefix associated with the \gloskey{firstplural} key. If
+omitted, this defaults to the value of the \gloskey{prefixplural}
+key.
\begin{example}{Defining Determiners}{ex:determiners}
Here's the start of my example document:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{article}
-
-\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
-\usepackage[toc,acronym]{glossaries-prefix}
-\end{verbatim}
-Note that I've simply replaced \styfmt{glossaries} from previous
-sample documents with \styfmt{glossaries-prefix}. Now for a sample
-definition\footnote{Single letter words, such as \qt{a} and \qt{I}
-should typically not appear at the end of a line, hence the
-non-breakable space after \qt{a} in the \gloskey{prefix} field.}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},%
- description={an example},%
- prefix={a~},%
- prefixplural={the\space}%
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\codepar
+\cmd{usepackage}[colorlinks]\marg{hyperref}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{toc},\opt{acronym}]\marg{glossaries-prefix}
+\end{codebox}
+Note that I've simply replaced \sty{glossaries} from previous
+sample documents with \sty{glossaries-prefix}. Now for a sample
+definition:
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{sample}\marg{\gloskey{name}{sample},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{an example},
+ \gloskeyval{prefix}{a\sym{nbsp}},
+ \gloskeyval{prefixplural}{the\gls{space}}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox*}
+(Single letter words, such as \qt{a} and \qt{I}
+should typically not appear at the end of a line, hence the
+non-breakable space \sym{nbsp} after \qt{a} in the \gloskey{prefix} field.)
+
Note that I've had to explicitly insert a~space after the prefix
since there's no designated separator between the prefix and the
term being referenced. This not only means that you can vary between
a breaking space and non-breaking space, but also
allows for the possibility of prefixes that shouldn't have a~space,
such as:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{oeil}{name={oeil},
- plural={yeux},
- description={eye},
- prefix={l'},
- prefixplural={les\space}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{oeil}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{oeil},
+ \gloskeyval{plural}{yeux},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{eye},
+ \gloskeyval{prefix}{l'},
+ \gloskeyval{prefixplural}{les\gls{space}}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+\begin{important}
Where a space is required at the end of the prefix, you must use
-a~spacing command, such as \cs{space}, \verb*|\ | (backslash space) or
-\verb|~| due to the automatic spacing trimming performed in
-\meta{key}=\meta{value} options.
+a~spacing command, such as \gls{space}, \gls{cs.sp} (backslash space) or
+\sym{nbsp} due to the automatic spacing trimming performed in
+\keyval\ options.
+\end{important}
In the event that you always require a space between the prefix and
-the term, then you can instead redefine
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsprefixsep]
-\cs{glsprefixsep}
-\end{definition}
-to do a space. (This command does nothing by default.) For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand{\glsprefixsep}{\space}
-\end{verbatim}
+the term, then you can instead redefine \gls{glsprefixsep}
+to do a space. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\gls{glsprefixsep}}\marg{\gls{space}}
+\end{codebox}
The prefixes can also be used with acronyms. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronym
- [%
- prefix={an\space},prefixfirst={a~}%
- ]{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronym}
+ \oarg{
+ \gloskeyval{prefix}{an\gls{space}},\gloskeyval{prefixfirst}{a\sym{nbsp}}
+ }\marg{svm}\marg{SVM}\marg{support vector machine}
+\end{codebox}
\end{example}
The \sty{glossaries-prefix} package provides convenient commands to
-use these prefixes with commands such as \ics{gls}. Note that the
-prefix is not considered part of the \gls{linktext}, so it's not
+use these prefixes with commands such as \gls{gls}. Note that the
+prefix is not considered part of the \idx{linktext}, so it's not
included in the hyperlink (where hyperlinks are enabled). The
-options and any star or plus modifier are passed on to the \glslike\
-command. (See \sectionref{sec:glslink} for further details.)
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\pgls]
-\cs{pgls}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-This is inserts the value of the \gloskey{prefix} key (or
-\gloskey{prefixfirst} key, on \gls{firstuse}) in front of
-\cs{gls}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Pgls]
-\cs{Pgls}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-If the \gloskey{prefix} key (or \gloskey{prefixfirst}, on
-\gls*{firstuse}) has been set, this displays the value of that key
-with the first letter converted to upper case followed by
-\cs{gls}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}. If that key hasn't
-been set, this is equivalent to
-\ics{Gls}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\PGLS]
-\cs{PGLS}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-As \cs{pgls} but converts the prefix to upper case and uses
-\ics{GLS} instead of \cs{gls}.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\pglspl]
-\cs{pglspl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-This is inserts the value of the \gloskey{prefixplural} key (or
-\gloskey{prefixfirstplural} key, on \gls{firstuse}) in front of
-\cs{glspl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Pglspl]
-\cs{Pglspl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-If the \gloskey{prefixplural} key (or \gloskey{prefixfirstplural}, on
-\gls*{firstuse}) has been set, this displays the value of that key
-with the first letter converted to upper case followed by
-\cs{glspl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}. If that key hasn't
-been set, this is equivalent to
-\ics{Glspl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\PGLSpl]
-\cs{PGLSpl}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
-\end{definition}
-As \cs{pglspl} but converts the prefix to upper case and uses
-\ics{GLSpl} instead of \cs{glspl}.
+options and any star or plus modifier are passed on to the
+appropriate \gls{glslike} command. (See \sectionref{sec:glslink} for
+further details.)
+
+\cmddef{glsprefixsep}
+The separator used between the appropriate prefix and the
+corresponding \gls{glslike} command.
+
+Each of the following commands \csmetafmt{p}{gls}{} essentially does
+\code{\meta{prefix}\gls{glsprefixsep}\meta{gls}} if the appropriate
+prefix field has been set, otherwise it simply does \meta{gls},
+where \meta{gls} is the corresponding \gls{glslike} command.
+
+The \idx+{allcaps} commands \csmetafmt{P}{GLS}{} will convert the
+prefix to \idx{allcaps} (using \gls{glsuppercase}) and use the
+\idx{allcaps} \gls{glslike} counterpart.
+
+The \idx+{sentencecase} commands \csmetafmt{P}{Gls}{} are slightly
+more complicated. If the appropriate prefix field has been set, then
+the prefix will have the \idx{casechange} applied and the non-case
+\gls{glslike} command will be used (\gls{gls} or \gls{glspl}).
+If the appropriate prefix field hasn't been set, then the
+\idx{sentencecase} \gls{glslike} command is used (\gls{Gls} or
+\gls{Glspl}).
+
+The usual \gls{glslike} optional argument and star (\sym{starmod})
+and plus (\sym{plusmod}) modifiers can be used with these commands,
+in which case they will be applied to the applicable \gls{glslike}
+command.
+
+\cmddef{pgls}
+Does \code{\meta{prefix}\gls{glsprefixsep}\gls+{gls}} if
+\meta{prefix} is non-empty otherwise just uses \gls{gls}.
+
+The \meta{prefix} will be the value of the \gloskey{prefixfirst} key on
+\idx+{firstuse} or the \gloskey{prefix} key on \idx+{subsequentuse}.
+
+\cmddef{pglspl}
+Does \code{\meta{prefix}\gls{glsprefixsep}\gls+{glspl}} if
+\meta{prefix} is non-empty otherwise just uses \gls{glspl}.
+
+The \meta{prefix} will be the value of the
+\gloskey{prefixfirstplural} key on \idx{firstuse} or the
+\gloskey{prefixplural} key on \idx{subsequentuse}.
+
+\cmddef{Pgls}
+Does \code{\meta{prefix}\gls{glsprefixsep}\gls+{gls}} if
+\meta{prefix} is non-empty otherwise just uses \gls+{Gls}.
+
+As \gls{pgls}, the prefix fields are \gloskey{prefixfirst} on
+\idx{firstuse} or the \gloskey{prefix} on \idx{subsequentuse}, but
+the \meta{prefix} will now be obtained from the \idx{sentencecase}
+commands \gls{Glsentryprefix} and \gls{Glsentryprefixfirst}.
+
+\cmddef{Pglspl}
+Does \code{\meta{prefix}\gls{glsprefixsep}\gls+{glspl}} if
+\meta{prefix} is non-empty otherwise just uses \gls+{Glspl}.
+
+As \gls{pglspl}, the prefix fields are \gloskey{prefixfirstplural} on
+\idx{firstuse} or the \gloskey{prefixplural} on \idx{subsequentuse}, but
+the \meta{prefix} will now be obtained from the \idx{sentencecase}
+commands \gls{Glsentryprefixplural} and
+\gls{Glsentryprefixfirstplural}.
+
+\cmddef{PGLS}
+Does:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{glsuppercase}\marg{\meta{prefix}\gls{glsprefixsep}}\gls{GLS}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+if \meta{prefix} is non-empty otherwise just uses \gls+{GLS}.
+
+The \meta{prefix} will be the value of the \gloskey{prefixfirst} key on
+\idx{firstuse} or the \gloskey{prefix} key on \idx{subsequentuse}.
+
+\cmddef{PGLSpl}
+Does:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{glsuppercase}\marg{\meta{prefix}\gls{glsprefixsep}}\gls{GLSpl}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+if
+\meta{prefix} is non-empty otherwise just uses \gls+{GLSpl}.
+
+The \meta{prefix} will be the value of the
+\gloskey{prefixfirstplural} key on \idx{firstuse} or the
+\gloskey{prefixplural} key on \idx{subsequentuse}.
+
+\begin{xtr}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides additional commands,
+such as \gls{pglsxtrshort}, for use in section headings.
+\end{xtr}
\begin{example}{Using Prefixes}{ex:prefixes}
-Continuing from Example~\ref{ex:determiners}, now that I've defined
+Continuing from \exampleref{ex:determiners}, now that I've defined
my entries, I~can use them in the text via the above commands:
-\begin{verbatim}
-First use: \pgls{svm}. Next use: \pgls{svm}.
-Singular: \pgls{sample}, \pgls{oeil}.
-Plural: \pglspl{sample}, \pglspl{oeil}.
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+First use: \gls{pgls}\marg{svm}. Next use: \gls{pgls}\marg{svm}.
+Singular: \gls{pgls}\marg{sample}, \gls{pgls}\marg{oeil}.
+Plural: \gls{pglspl}\marg{sample}, \gls{pglspl}\marg{oeil}.
+\end{codebox}
which produces:
-\begin{quote}
-First use: a~support vector machine (SVM). Next
-use: an SVM.
+\begin{resultbox}
+First use: a~support vector machine (SVM). Next use: an SVM.
Singular: a~sample, l'oeil. Plural: the samples, les yeux.
-\end{quote}
+\end{resultbox}
For a complete document, see \samplefile{-prefix}.
\end{example}
This package also provides the commands described below, none of
which perform any check to determine the entry's existence.
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\ifglshasprefix]
-\cs{ifglshasprefix}\marg{label}\marg{true part}\marg{false part}
-\end{definition}
-Does \meta{true part} if the entry identified by \meta{label} has a
-non-empty value for the \gloskey{prefix} key.
-
-This package also provides the following commands:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\ifglshasprefixplural]
-\cs{ifglshasprefixplural}\marg{label}\marg{true part}\marg{false part}
-\end{definition}
-Does \meta{true part} if the entry identified by \meta{label} has a
-non-empty value for the \gloskey{prefixplural} key.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\ifglshasprefixfirst]
-\cs{ifglshasprefixfirst}\marg{label}\marg{true part}\marg{false part}
-\end{definition}
-Does \meta{true part} if the entry identified by \meta{label} has a
-non-empty value for the \gloskey{prefixfirst} key.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\ifglshasprefixfirstplural]
-\cs{ifglshasprefixfirstplural}\marg{label}\marg{true part}\marg{false part}
-\end{definition}
-Does \meta{true part} if the entry identified by \meta{label} has a
-non-empty value for the \csoptfmt{prefix\-first\-plural} key.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsentryprefix]
-\cs{glsentryprefix}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-Displays the value of the \gloskey{prefix} key for the entry given
-by \meta{label}.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsentryprefixfirst]
-\cs{glsentryprefixfirst}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-Displays the value of the \gloskey{prefixfirst} key for the entry given
-by \meta{label}.
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsentryprefixplural]
-\cs{glsentryprefixplural}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-Displays the value of the \gloskey{prefixplural} key for the entry given
-by \meta{label}. (No check is performed to determine if the entry
-exists.)
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsentryprefixfirstplural]
-\cs{glsentryprefixfirstplural}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-Displays the value of the \gloskey{prefixfirstplural} key for the entry given
-by \meta{label}. (No check is performed to determine if the entry
-exists.)
-
-There are also variants that convert the first letter to upper
-case\footnote{The earlier caveats about initial non-Latin characters
-apply.}:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsentryprefix]
-\cs{Glsentryprefix}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsentryprefixfirst]
-\cs{Glsentryprefixfirst}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsentryprefixplural]
-\cs{Glsentryprefixplural}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\Glsentryprefixfirstplural]
-\cs{Glsentryprefixfirstplural}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{ifglshasprefix}
+Expands to \meta{true} if the \gloskey{prefix} field is non-empty,
+otherwise expands to \meta{false}.
-\begin{important}
-As with analogous commands such as \ics{Glsentrytext}, these
-commands aren't expandable so can't be used in PDF bookmarks.
-\end{important}
+\cmddef{ifglshasprefixplural}
+Expands to \meta{true} if the \gloskey{prefixplural} field is non-empty,
+otherwise expands to \meta{false}.
+
+\cmddef{ifglshasprefixfirst}
+Expands to \meta{true} if the \gloskey{prefixfirst} field is non-empty,
+otherwise expands to \meta{false}.
+
+\cmddef{ifglshasprefixfirstplural}
+Expands to \meta{true} if the \gloskey{prefixfirstplural} field is non-empty,
+otherwise expands to \meta{false}.
+
+\cmddef{glsentryprefix}
+Expands to the value if the \gloskey{prefix} field.
+
+\cmddef{glsentryprefixplural}
+Expands to the value if the \gloskey{prefixplural} field.
+
+\cmddef{glsentryprefixfirst}
+Expands to the value if the \gloskey{prefixfirst} field.
+
+\cmddef{glsentryprefixfirstplural}
+Expands to the value if the \gloskey{prefixfirstplural} field.
+
+There are also variants that convert to \idx+{sentencecase}. As with
+command like \gls{Glsentrytext}, these will use
+\gls{MFUsentencecase} to expand in \idxpl{PDFbookmark}, but will use
+\gls{glssentencecase} in the document.
+
+\cmddef{Glsentryprefix}
+As \gls{glsentryprefix} with \idx{sentencecase} applied.
+
+\cmddef{Glsentryprefixplural}
+As \gls{glsentryprefixplural} with \idx{sentencecase} applied.
+
+\cmddef{Glsentryprefixfirst}
+As \gls{glsentryprefixfirst} with \idx{sentencecase} applied.
+
+\cmddef{Glsentryprefixfirstplural}
+As \gls{glsentryprefixfirstplural} with \idx{sentencecase} applied.
\begin{example}{Adding Determiner to Glossary Style}{ex:plist}
-You can use the above commands to define a new glossary style that
+You can use the above commands to define a new \idx{glossarystyle} that
uses the determiner. For example, the following style is a slight
modification of the \glostyle{list} style that inserts the prefix
before the name:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossarystyle{plist}{%
- \setglossarystyle{list}%
- \renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
- \item[\glsentryitem{##1}%
- \glsentryprefix{##1}%
- \glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}]
- \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2}%
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossarystyle}\marg{plist}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{setglossarystyle}\marg{\glostyle{list}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glossentry}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{item}\oarg{\gls{glsentryitem}\marg{\sym{hashhash}1}\comment{}
+ \gls{glsentryprefix}\marg{\sym{hashhash}1}\comment{}
+ \gls{glstarget}\marg{\sym{hashhash}1}\marg{\gls{glossentryname}\marg{\sym{hashhash}1}}}
+ \gls{glossentrydesc}\marg{\sym{hashhash}1}\gls{glspostdescription}\gls{space} \sym{hashhash}2}\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-If you want to change the prefix separator (\cs{glsprefixsep}) then
+\end{codebox}
+If you want to change the prefix separator (\gls{glsprefixsep}) then
the following is better:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossarystyle{plist}{%
- \setglossarystyle{list}%
- \renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
- \item[\glsentryitem{##1}%
- \ifglshasprefix{##1}{\glsentryprefix{##1}\glsprefixsep}{}%
- \glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}]
- \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2}%
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossarystyle}\marg{plist}\marg{\comment{}
+ \setglossarystyle{list}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glossentry}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{item}\oarg{\gls{glsentryitem}\marg{\sym{hashhash}1}\comment{}
+ \gls{ifglshasprefix}\marg{\sym{hashhash}1}\marg{\gls{glsentryprefix}\marg{\sym{hashhash}1}\gls{glsprefixsep}}\marg{}\comment{}
+ \gls{glstarget}\marg{\sym{hashhash}1}\marg{\gls{glossentryname}\marg{\sym{hashhash}1}}}
+ \gls{glossentrydesc}\marg{\sym{hashhash}1}\gls{glspostdescription}\gls{space} \sym{hashhash}2}\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
The conditional is also useful if you want the style to use an
-uppercase letter at the start of the entry item:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossarystyle{plist}{%
- \setglossarystyle{list}%
- \renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
- \item[\glsentryitem{##1}%
- \glstarget{##1}%
- {%
- \ifglshasprefix{##1}%
- {\Glsentryprefix{##1}\glsprefixsep\glossentryname{##1}}%
- {\Glossentryname{##1}}%
- }]
- \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2}%
+\idx{uppercase} letter at the start of the entry item:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossarystyle}\marg{plist}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{setglossarystyle}\marg{\glostyle{list}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glossentry}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{item}\oarg{\gls{glsentryitem}\marg{\sym{hashhash}1}\comment{}
+ \gls{glstarget}\marg{\sym{hashhash}1}\comment{}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{ifglshasprefix}\marg{\sym{hashhash}1}\comment{}
+ \marg{\gls{Glsentryprefix}\marg{\sym{hashhash}1}\gls{glsprefixsep}\gls{glossentryname}\marg{\sym{hashhash}1}}\comment{}
+ \marg{\gls{Glossentryname}\marg{\sym{hashhash}1}}\comment{}
+ }}
+ \gls{glossentrydesc}\marg{\sym{hashhash}1}\gls{glspostdescription}\gls{space} \sym{hashhash}2}\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
\end{example}
\chapter{Accessibility Support}\label{sec:accsupp}
+\pkgdef{glossaries-accsupp}
+
Limited accessibility support is provided by the accompanying
\sty{glossaries-accsupp} package, but note that this package is
-experimental and it requires the \sty{accsupp} package
-which is also listed as experimental. This package automatically
+experimental. This package automatically
loads the \sty{glossaries} package. Any options are passed to
\sty{glossaries} (if it hasn't already been loaded). For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries-accsupp}
-\end{verbatim}
-This will load \sty{glossaries} with the \pkgopt{acronym} package
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{acronym}]\marg{glossaries-accsupp}
+\end{codebox}
+This will load \sty{glossaries} with the \opt{acronym} package
option as well as loading \sty{glossaries-accsupp}.
-If you are using the \gls{glossaries-extra} extension package, you
-need to load \gls{glossaries-extra} with the \pkgopt*{accsupp}
+\begin{xtr}
+If you are using the \sty{glossaries-extra} extension package, you
+need to load \sty{glossaries-extra} with the \opt{accsupp}
package option. For example:
\begin{verbatim}
\usepackage[abbreviations,accsupp]{glossaries-extra}
\end{verbatim}
-This will load \gls{glossaries-extra} (with the
-\pkgopt*{abbreviations} option), \sty{glossaries} and
+This will load \sty{glossaries-extra} (with the
+\opt{abbreviations} option), \sty{glossaries} and
\sty{glossaries-accsupp} and make appropriate patches to integrate
the accessibility support with the extension commands.
+\end{xtr}
+
+\section{Accessibility Keys}
+\label{sec:accsuppkeys}
The \sty{glossaries-accsupp} package defines
-additional keys that may be used when defining glossary entries.
-The keys are as follows:
-\begin{description}\raggedright
-\item[{\gloskey{access}}] The replacement text corresponding to
+additional keys that may be used when defining \idxpl{glossaryentry}.
+If a key isn't set, then there will be not accessibility support for
+the corresponding field.
+
+\optiondef{gloskey.access}
+
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to
the \gloskey{name} key.
-\item[{\gloskey{textaccess}}] The replacement text corresponding
-to the \gloskey{text} key.
+\optiondef{gloskey.textaccess}
-\item[{\gloskey{firstaccess}}] The replacement text corresponding
-to the \gloskey{first} key.
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to
+the \gloskey{text} key.
-\item[{\gloskey{pluralaccess}}] The replacement text corresponding
-to the \gloskey{plural} key.
+\optiondef{gloskey.firstaccess}
-\item[{\gloskey{firstpluralaccess}}] The replacement text corresponding
-to the \gloskey{firstplural} key.
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to
+the \gloskey{first} key.
-\item[{\gloskey{symbolaccess}}] The replacement text corresponding
-to the \gloskey{symbol} key.
+\optiondef{gloskey.pluralaccess}
-\item[{\gloskey{symbolpluralaccess}}] The replacement text corresponding
-to the \gloskey{symbolplural} key.
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to
+the \gloskey{plural} key.
-\item[{\gloskey{descriptionaccess}}] The replacement text corresponding
-to the \gloskey{description} key.
+\optiondef{gloskey.firstpluralaccess}
-\item[{\gloskey{descriptionpluralaccess}}] The replacement text corresponding
-to the \gloskey{descriptionplural} key.
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to
+the \gloskey{firstplural} key.
-\item[{\gloskey{longaccess}}] The replacement text corresponding to
-the \gloskey{long} key (used by \ics{newacronym}).
+\optiondef{gloskey.symbolaccess}
-\item[{\gloskey{shortaccess}}] The replacement text corresponding to
-the \gloskey{short} key (used by \ics{newacronym}).
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to
+the \gloskey{symbol} key.
-\item[{\gloskey{longpluralaccess}}] The replacement text corresponding to
-the \gloskey{longplural} key (used by \ics{newacronym}).
+\optiondef{gloskey.symbolpluralaccess}
-\item[{\gloskey{shortpluralaccess}}] The replacement text corresponding to
-the \gloskey{shortplural} key (used by \ics{newacronym}).
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to
+the \gloskey{symbolplural} key.
-\item[{\gloskey{user1access}}] The replacement text corresponding to
-the \gloskey{user1} key.
+\optiondef{gloskey.descriptionaccess}
-\item[{\gloskey{user2access}}] The replacement text corresponding to
-the \gloskey{user2} key.
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to
+the \gloskey{description} key. The corresponding
+\idx{internalfieldlabel} is \glosfield{descaccess}.
-\item[{\gloskey{user3access}}] The replacement text corresponding to
-the \gloskey{user3} key.
+\optiondef{gloskey.descriptionpluralaccess}
-\item[{\gloskey{user4access}}] The replacement text corresponding to
-the \gloskey{user4} key.
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to
+the \gloskey{descriptionplural} key. The corresponding
+\idx{internalfieldlabel} is \glosfield{descpluralaccess}.
-\item[{\gloskey{user5access}}] The replacement text corresponding to
-the \gloskey{user5} key.
+\optiondef{gloskey.longaccess}
+
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to
+the \gloskey{long} key.
+
+\optiondef{gloskey.longpluralaccess}
+
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to
+the \gloskey{longplural} key.
+
+\optiondef{gloskey.shortaccess}
+
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to
+the \gloskey{short} key.
+
+If you define \idxpl{acronym} with \gls{newacronym}, the
+\gloskey{shortaccess} field will automatically be set to:
+\cmddef{glsdefaultshortaccess}
+This just expands to \meta{long}. If redefined, this command must be
+fully expandable. It expands when the \idx{acronym} is defined.
+
+\optiondef{gloskey.shortpluralaccess}
+
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to
+the \gloskey{shortplural} key.
+
+\optiondef{gloskey.user1access}
+
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to
+the \gloskey{user1} key. The corresponding
+\idx{internalfieldlabel} is \glosfield{useriaccess}.
+
+\optiondef{gloskey.user2access}
+
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to
+the \gloskey{user2} key. The corresponding
+\idx{internalfieldlabel} is \glosfield{useriiaccess}.
+
+\optiondef{gloskey.user3access}
+
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to
+the \gloskey{user3} key. The corresponding
+\idx{internalfieldlabel} is \glosfield{useriiiaccess}.
+
+\optiondef{gloskey.user4access}
+
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to
+the \gloskey{user4} key. The corresponding
+\idx{internalfieldlabel} is \glosfield{userivaccess}.
+
+\optiondef{gloskey.user5access}
+
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to
+the \gloskey{user5} key. The corresponding
+\idx{internalfieldlabel} is \glosfield{uservaccess}.
+
+\optiondef{gloskey.user6access}
+
+The value of this key is the replacement text corresponding to
+the \gloskey{user6} key. The corresponding
+\idx{internalfieldlabel} is \glosfield{userviaccess}.
-\item[{\gloskey{user6access}}] The replacement text corresponding to
-the \gloskey{user6} key.
-\end{description}
For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{tex}{name={\TeX},description={Document
-preparation language},access={TeX}}
-\end{verbatim}
-Now the \gls{linktext} produced by \verb|\gls{tex}| will be:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\BeginAccSupp{ActualText={TeX}}\TeX\EndAccSupp{}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{tex}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\cmd{TeX}},\gloskeyval{description}{Document
+preparation language},\gloskeyval{access}{TeX}}
+\end{codebox}
+Now the \idx{linktext} produced by \code{\gls{gls}\marg{tex}} will be:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{BeginAccSupp}\marg{ActualText=\marg{TeX}}\cmd{TeX}\gls{EndAccSupp}{}
+\end{codebox}
+which is produced via \gls{glsaccessibility}. If you want to use
+another accessibility package, see \sectionref{sec:accsuppdevnote}.
+
The sample file \samplefile{accsupp} illustrates the
\sty{glossaries-accsupp} package.
-If you prefer to use \sty{accessibility} or \sty{tagpdf} instead of
-\sty{accsupp} then you'll need to define \cs{gls@accsupp@engine} and
-\cs{gls@accessibility} before loading \sty{glossaries-accsupp}. See
-\ifpdf section~\ref*{sec:code:accsupp} \else the section
-\qt{Accessibility Support}\fi in the documented code for further
-details.
+\section{Incorporating Accessibility Support}
+\label{sec:accsuppcmds}
+
+The \gls{glslike} and \gls{glstextlike} commands have their
+\idx{linktext} adjusted to incorporate the accessibility support, if
+provided.
+A helper command is used to identify the replacement text that depends
+on the field name:
+\cmddef{glsfieldaccsupp}
+This will use
+\cmddef{glsfield-labelaccsupp}
+if it's defined otherwise it will just use:
+\cmddef{glsaccsupp}
+Note that \meta{field-label} is the \idx{internalfieldlabel} which may not
+match the corresponding key. For example, the \glosfield{shortpl}
+field label corresponds to the \gloskey{shortplural} key.
-The PDF specification identifies three different types of
+\begin{xtr}
+With \sty{glossaries-extra}, there's a prior test for the existence
+of the command \gls{glsxtrcategoryfieldaccsupp}.
+\end{xtr}
+
+There are two commands pre-defined:
+\cmddef{glsshortaccsupp}
+which is defined as:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{glsaccessibility}\marg{E}\margm{replacement}\margm{content}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+and
+\cmddef{glsshortplaccsupp}
+which is simply defined to use \gls{glsshortaccsupp}.
+
+These helper commands all internally use:
+\cmddef{glsaccessibility}
+The default definition uses commands provided by the \sty{accsupp}
+package. If you want to experiment with another accessibility
+package, see \sectionref{sec:accsuppdevnote}. The \meta{options} are
+passed to the underlying accessibility support command.
+
+The \meta{PDF element} argument is the appropriate \idx{PDFelement}
+tag. The \idx+{PDF} specification identifies three different types of
replacement text:
-\begin{description}
-\item[Alt] Description of some content that's non-textual (for
+\begin{deflist}
+\itemtitle{Alt}
+\begin{itemdesc}
+Description of some content that's non-textual (for
example, an image). A word break is assumed after the content.
-\item[ActualText] A character or sequence of characters that
-replaces textual content (for example, a dropped capital, a
-ligature or a symbol). No word break is assumed after the content.
-\item[E] Expansion of an abbreviation to avoid ambiguity (for
+\end{itemdesc}
+
+\itemtitle{ActualText}
+
+\begin{itemdesc}
+A character or sequence of characters that replaces textual content
+(for example, a dropped capital, a ligature or a symbol). No word
+break is assumed after the content.
+\end{itemdesc}
+
+\itemtitle{E}
+
+\begin{itemdesc}
+Expansion of an abbreviation to avoid ambiguity (for
example, \qt{St} could be short for \qt{saint} or \qt{street}).
-\end{description}
+\end{itemdesc}
+\end{deflist}
\begin{important}
-Many PDF viewers don't actually support any type of replacement text. Some may
+Many \idx{PDF} viewers don't actually support any type of replacement text. Some may
support \qt{ActualText} but not \qt{Alt} or \qt{E}.
\href{https://pdfbox.apache.org/}{PDFBox}'s \qt{PDFDebugger} tool
can be used to inspect the PDF content to make sure that the
replacement text has been correctly set.
\end{important}
-If you define abbreviations with \ics{newacronym}, the
-\gloskey{shortaccess} field will automatically be set to:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsdefaultshortaccess]
-\cs{glsdefaultshortaccess}\marg{long}\marg{short}
-\end{definition}
-With the base \styfmt{glossaries} package this just expands to
-\meta{long}. With \gls{glossaries-extra} this expands to \meta{long}
-(\meta{short}). This command must be fully expandable. It expands
-when the abbreviation is defined.
-
-As from \sty{glossaries-accsupp} v4.45, the helper command used to
-identify the replacement text depends on the field name. Previous
-versions just used:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsaccsupp]
-\cs{glsaccsupp}\marg{replacement}\marg{content}
-\end{definition}
-for all fields. This is defined to use \texttt{ActualText}, which is
-appropriate for symbols but not for abbreviations.
-
-As from v4.45, there's a new helper command:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsfieldaccsupp]
-\cs{glsfieldaccsupp}\marg{replacement}\marg{content}\marg{field}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-This will use \csmeta{gls}{field}{accsupp} if it's defined otherwise
-it will just use \cs{glsaccsupp}. There are just two of these field
-commands for \gloskey{short} and \gloskey{shortplural}:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsshortaccsupp]
-\cs{glsshortaccsupp}\marg{replacement}\marg{content}
-\end{definition}
-which is like \cs{glsaccsupp} but uses \texttt{E} instead of
-\texttt{ActualText} and
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsshortplaccsupp]
-\cs{glsshortplaccsupp}\marg{replacement}\marg{content}
-\end{definition}
-which just does \cs{glsshortaccsupp}\marg{replacement}\marg{content}.
-Note that \meta{field} indicates the \emph{internal} field name
-(such as \texttt{shortpl}) not the key name (such as
-\texttt{shortplural}). See \tableref{tab:fieldmap}.
-
-Rather than explicitly using \ics{BeginAccSupp}, these helper
-commands can use:
-\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\glsaccessibility]
-\cs{glsaccessibility}\oarg{options}\marg{tag}\marg{value}\marg{content}
-\end{definition}
-where \meta{tag} is one of \texttt{E}, \texttt{Alt} or
-\texttt{ActualText}. The replacement text for \meta{content} should be provided in
-\meta{value}.
-This does:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{BeginAccSupp}\mgroup{\meta{tag}=\marg{value},\meta{options}}\meta{content}\ics{EndAccSupp}\mgroup{}
-\end{alltt}
-but it also provides debugging information if \pkgopt[showaccsupp]{debug} is used.
-If you explicitly use \cs{BeginAccSupp} instead of this command then
-the debugging support won't be available.
-
You can define your own custom helper commands for specific fields
that require them. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand{\glssymbolaccsupp}[2]{%
- \glsaccessibility[method=hex,unicode]{ActualText}{#1}{#2}%
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\glsfieldlabelaccsupp{symbol}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsaccessibility}\oarg{method=hex,unicode}\marg{ActualText}\marg{\sym{hash}1}\marg{\sym{hash}2}\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
This definition requires the replacement text to be specified with
the hexadecimal character code. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{int}{name={int},description={integral},
- symbol={\ensuremath{\int}},symbolaccess={222B}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{int}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{int},\gloskeyval{description}{integral},
+ \gloskeyval{symbol}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{int}}},\gloskeyval{symbolaccess}{222B}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
-If you are using \gls{glossaries-extra}, then \cs{glsfieldaccsupp}
-will first test for the existence of
-\csmetameta*{glsxtr}{category}{}{field}{accsupp}
-and \csmeta*{glsxtr}{category}{accsupp} and then for
-\csmeta{gls}{field}{accsupp}. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage{siunitx}
-\usepackage[accsupp]{glossaries-extra}
+\begin{xtr}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides additional support.
+\end{xtr}
-\glsnoexpandfields
+\section{Incorporating the Access Field Values}
+\label{sec:glsentryaccessdisplay}
-\newcommand{\glsxtrsymbolaccsupp}[2]{%
- \glsaccessibility[method=hex,unicode]{ActualText}{#1}{#2}%
+These robust commands are all in the form
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\csmetafmt{gls}{field}{accessdisplay}\margm{text}\margm{entry-label}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+They may be used to apply the supplied accessibility
+information to \meta{text}. If the relevant access field hasn't
+been set, these simply do \meta{text}.
+
+\glsxtrnote
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides convenient wrapper
+commands such as:
+\begin{compactcodebox*}
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsaccessname}}[1]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsnameaccessdisplay}\marg{\gls{glsentryname}\marg{\sym{hash}1}}{\sym{hash}1}\comment{}
}
+\end{compactcodebox*}
+See the \sty{glossaries-extra} manual for further details.
-\newcommand{\glsxtrunitaccsupp}[2]{\glsaccessibility{E}{#1}{#2}}
+\cmddef{glsnameaccessdisplay}
+Applies the accessibility information from the \gloskey{access}
+field to \meta{text}.
-\newglossaryentry{cm}{name={\si{\centi\metre}},
- access={centimetre},
- description={centimetre},
- category=unit
-}
+\cmddef{glstextaccessdisplay}
+Applies the accessibility information from the \gloskey{textaccess}
+field to \meta{text}.
-\newglossaryentry{int}{name={\ensuremath{\int}},access={222B},
- description={integral},category={symbol}
-}
-\end{verbatim}
-The above uses the \csmeta*{glsxtr}{category}{accsupp} form that
-doesn't include the field name. Remember that if you want to supply
-a command specifically for the \gloskey{name} field then it won't be
-picked up by the \gloskey{text}, \gloskey{plural}, \gloskey{firstplural} and
-\gloskey{first} fields. You'd need to supply them all. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand{\glsnameaccsupp}[2]{%
- \glsaccessibility[method=hex,unicode]{ActualText}{#1}{#2}%
-}
-\newcommand{\glstextaccsupp}{\glsnameaccsupp}
-\newcommand{\glspluralaccsupp}{\glsnameaccsupp}
-\newcommand{\glsfirstaccsupp}{\glsnameaccsupp}
-\newcommand{\glsfirstplaccsupp}{\glsnameaccsupp}
-\end{verbatim}
+\cmddef{glspluralaccessdisplay}
+Applies the accessibility information from the \gloskey{pluralaccess}
+field to \meta{text}.
+
+\cmddef{glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay}
+Applies the accessibility information from the \gloskey{firstpluralaccess}
+field to \meta{text}.
+
+\cmddef{glssymbolaccessdisplay}
+Applies the accessibility information from the \gloskey{symbolaccess}
+field to \meta{text}.
+
+\cmddef{glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay}
+Applies the accessibility information from the \gloskey{symbolpluralaccess}
+field to \meta{text}.
+
+\cmddef{glsdescriptionaccessdisplay}
+Applies the accessibility information from the \glosfield{descaccess}
+field (which corresponds to the \gloskey{descriptionaccess} key) to \meta{text}.
+
+\cmddef{glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay}
+Applies the accessibility information from the \glosfield{descpluralaccess}
+field (which corresponds to the \gloskey{descriptionpluralaccess} key) to \meta{text}.
+
+\cmddef{glsshortaccessdisplay}
+Applies the accessibility information from the \gloskey{shortaccess}
+field to \meta{text}.
+
+\cmddef{glsshortpluralaccessdisplay}
+Applies the accessibility information from the \gloskey{shortpluralaccess}
+field to \meta{text}.
+
+\cmddef{glslongaccessdisplay}
+Applies the accessibility information from the \gloskey{longaccess}
+field to \meta{text}.
+
+\cmddef{glslongpluralaccessdisplay}
+Applies the accessibility information from the \gloskey{longpluralaccess}
+field to \meta{text}.
+
+\cmddef{glsuseriaccessdisplay}
+Applies the accessibility information from the \glosfield{useriaccess}
+field (which corresponds to the \gloskey{user1access} key) to \meta{text}.
+
+\cmddef{glsuseriiaccessdisplay}
+Applies the accessibility information from the \glosfield{useriiaccess}
+field (which corresponds to the \gloskey{user2access} key) to \meta{text}.
+
+\cmddef{glsuseriiiaccessdisplay}
+Applies the accessibility information from the \glosfield{useriiiaccess}
+field (which corresponds to the \gloskey{user3access} key) to \meta{text}.
+
+\cmddef{glsuserivaccessdisplay}
+Applies the accessibility information from the \glosfield{userivaccess}
+field (which corresponds to the \gloskey{user4access} key) to \meta{text}.
+
+\cmddef{glsuservaccessdisplay}
+Applies the accessibility information from the \glosfield{uservaccess}
+field (which corresponds to the \gloskey{user5access} key) to \meta{text}.
+
+\cmddef{glsuserviaccessdisplay}
+Applies the accessibility information from the \glosfield{userviaccess}
+field (which corresponds to the \gloskey{user6access} key) to \meta{text}.
+
+\section{Obtaining the Access Field Values}
+\label{sec:glsentryaccess}
+
+There are commands analogous to \gls{glsentrytext} if you need to
+obtain the value of any of the accessibility fields. Since the
+accessibility information isn't intended to be typeset but should be
+written as a \idx{PDF} string, use the expandable
+\gls{MFUsentencecase} or \gls{glsuppercase} if any \idx{casechange}
+is required.
+
+\cmddef{glsentryaccess}
+Expands to the value of the \gloskey{access} field.
-See \ifpdf section~\ref*{sec:code:accsupp} in \fi the documented code
-(\texttt{glossaries-code.pdf}) for further details. I~recommend
-that you also read the \sty{accsupp} documentation. See also the
-\sty{accessibility} and \sty{tagpdf} packages.
+\cmddef{glsentrytextaccess}
+Expands to the value of the \gloskey{textaccess} field.
+
+\cmddef{glsentryfirstaccess}
+Expands to the value of the \gloskey{firstaccess} field.
+
+\cmddef{glsentrypluralaccess}
+Expands to the value of the \gloskey{pluralaccess} field.
+
+\cmddef{glsentryfirstpluralaccess}
+Expands to the value of the \gloskey{firstpluralaccess} field.
+
+\cmddef{glsentrysymbolaccess}
+Expands to the value of the \gloskey{symbolaccess} field.
+
+\cmddef{glsentrysymbolpluralaccess}
+Expands to the value of the \gloskey{symbolpluralaccess} field.
+
+\cmddef{glsentrydescaccess}
+Expands to the value of the \glosfield{descaccess} field, which
+corresponds to the \gloskey{descriptionaccess} key.
+
+\cmddef{glsentrydescpluralaccess}
+Expands to the value of the \glosfield{descpluralaccess} field, which
+corresponds to the \gloskey{descriptionpluralaccess} key.
+
+\cmddef{glsentryshortaccess}
+Expands to the value of the \gloskey{shortaccess} field.
+
+\cmddef{glsentryshortpluralaccess}
+Expands to the value of the \gloskey{shortpluralaccess} field.
+
+\cmddef{glsentrylongaccess}
+Expands to the value of the \gloskey{longaccess} field.
+
+\cmddef{glsentrylongpluralaccess}
+Expands to the value of the \gloskey{longpluralaccess} field.
+
+\cmddef{glsentryuseriaccess}
+Expands to the value of the \glosfield{useriaccess} field, which
+corresponds to the \gloskey{user1access} key.
+
+\cmddef{glsentryuseriiaccess}
+Expands to the value of the \glosfield{useriiaccess} field, which
+corresponds to the \gloskey{user2access} key.
+
+\cmddef{glsentryuseriiiaccess}
+Expands to the value of the \glosfield{useriiiaccess} field, which
+corresponds to the \gloskey{user3access} key.
+
+\cmddef{glsentryuserivaccess}
+Expands to the value of the \glosfield{userivaccess} field, which
+corresponds to the \gloskey{user4access} key.
+
+\cmddef{glsentryuservaccess}
+Expands to the value of the \glosfield{uservaccess} field, which
+corresponds to the \gloskey{user5access} key.
+
+\cmddef{glsentryuserviaccess}
+Expands to the value of the \glosfield{userviaccess} field, which
+corresponds to the \gloskey{user6access} key.
+
+\section{Developer's Note}
+\label{sec:accsuppdevnote}
+
+Currently there's only support for \sty{accsupp}. If you want to
+experiment with another package that provides accessibility support,
+define the following command before \sty{glossaries-accsupp} is
+loaded:
+\cmddef{gls@accsupp@engine}
+If this command has its default definition of \code{accsupp} when
+\sty{glossaries-accsupp} loads then the \sty{accsupp} package will
+automatically be loaded, otherwise it won't and you'll need to
+redefine \gls{gls@accessibility} to use the appropriate
+accessibility commands.
+
+\cmddef{gls@accessibility}
+This command is used internally by \gls{glsaccessibility}. The
+default definition if \gls{gls@accsupp@engine} is defined to
+\code{accsupp} does:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{BeginAccSupp}\marg{\meta{options},\meta{PDF element}\dequals\margm{value}}\meta{content}\gls{EndAccSupp}\marg{}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+Otherwise it simply does \meta{content}.
\chapter{Sample Documents}
\label{sec:samples}
-The \styfmt{glossaries} package is provided with some sample
+The \sty{glossaries} package is provided with some sample
documents that illustrate the various functions. These should
-be located in the \texttt{samples} subdirectory (folder) of the
-\styfmt{glossaries} documentation directory. This location varies
+be located in the \filefmt{samples} subdirectory (folder) of the
+\sty{glossaries} documentation directory. This location varies
according to your operating system and \TeX\ distribution. You
-can use \texttt{texdoc} to locate the main glossaries documentation.
-For example, in a
-\href{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/novices/html/terminal.html}{terminal or command prompt}, type:
-\begin{prompt}
-texdoc -l glossaries
-\end{prompt}
-This should display a list of all the files in the \styfmt{glossaries}
-documentation directory with their full pathnames. (The GUI version
-of \texttt{texdoc} may also provide you with the information.)
+can use \app{texdoc} to locate the main \sty{glossaries} documentation.
+For example:
+\texdocref{-l glossaries}
+This should display a list of all the files in the \sty{glossaries}
+documentation directory with their full pathnames. (The \idx{gui} version
+of \app{texdoc} may also provide you with the information.)
If you can't find the sample files on your computer, they are also available
from your nearest CTAN mirror at
\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/}.
-Each sample file listed below has a hyperlink to the file's location on
+Each sample file listed below has a \idx{hyperlink} to the file's location on
the CTAN mirror.
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package and \gls{bib2gls}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package and \app{bib2gls}
provide some additional sample files. There are also examples in the
-\gallery{}{Dickimaw Books Gallery}.
+\gallery{Dickimaw Books Gallery}.
-If you prefer to use \gls{UTF-8} aware engines (\texttt{xelatex} or
-\texttt{lualatex}) remember that you'll need to switch from
-\styfmt{fontenc} \& \styfmt{inputenc} to \styfmt{fontspec} where
+If you prefer to use \idx{utf8} aware engines (\appfmt{xelatex} or
+\appfmt{lualatex}) remember that you'll need to switch from
+\sty{fontenc} \& \sty{inputenc} to \sty{fontspec} where
appropriate.
-\commandpromptnote
-If you get any errors or unexpected results, check that you have up-to-date versions of
-all the required packages. (Search the log file for lines starting
-with \qt{\texttt{Package:\ }}.) Where \sty{hyperref} is loaded you will
-get warnings about non-existent references that look something like:
-\begin{verbatim}
-pdfTeX warning (dest): name{glo:aca} has been
+If you get any errors or unexpected results, check that you have
+up-to-date versions of all the required packages. (Search the log
+file for lines starting with \qtt{Package:\ }.) Where
+\sty{hyperref} is loaded you will get warnings about non-existent
+references that look something like:
+\begin{transcript}
+pdfTeX warning (dest): name\marg{glo:aca} has been
referenced but does not exist, replaced by a fixed one
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{transcript}
These warnings may be ignored on the first \LaTeX\ run. (The
-destinations won't be defined until the glossary has been created.)
+destinations won't be defined until the \idx{glossary} has been created.)
\section{Basic}
\label{sec:samplesbasic}
-\exitem[minimal]{gls} This document is a
-minimal working example. You can test your installation using this
+\filedef{minimalgls.tex}
+This document is a minimal working example. You can test your installation using this
file. To create the complete document you will need to do the
following steps:
\begin{enumerate}
- \item Run \texttt{minimalgls.tex} through \LaTeX\ either by
+ \item Run \file{minimalgls.tex} through \LaTeX\ either by
typing
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex minimalgls
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
in a terminal or by using the relevant button or menu item in
your text editor or front-end. This will create the required
- associated files but you will not see the glossary in the document.
+ associated files but you will not see the \idx{glossary} in the document.
- \item If you have Perl installed, run \gls{makeglossaries} on the document (\sectionref{sec:makeglossaries}). This can
+ \item If you have Perl installed, run \app{makeglossaries} on the document
+ (\sectionref{sec:makeglossaries}). This can
be done on a terminal by typing:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
makeglossaries minimalgls
-\end{prompt}
- otherwise do:
-\begin{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
+ otherwise use \app{makeglossaries-lite}:
+\begin{terminal}
makeglossaries-lite minimalgls
-\end{prompt}
- If for some reason you want to call \gls{makeindex} explicitly, you can do this
+\end{terminal}
+ If for some reason you want to call \app{makeindex} explicitly, you can do this
in a terminal by typing (all on one line):
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
makeindex -s minimalgls.ist -t minimalgls.glg -o minimalgls.gls minimalgls.glo
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
See \sectionref{sec:makeindexapp} for further details on using
- \gls*{makeindex} explicitly.
+ \app{makeindex} explicitly.
Note that if the file name contains spaces, you will need to use
the double-quote character to delimit the name.
- \item Run \texttt{minimalgls.tex} through \LaTeX\ again (as step~1)
+ \item Run \file{minimalgls.tex} through \LaTeX\ again (as step~1)
\end{enumerate}
You should now have a complete document. The number following
-each entry in the glossary is the location number. By default, this
-is the page number where the entry was referenced.
-
-The \pkgopt{acronym} package option creates a second glossary with
-the label \texttt{acronym} (which can be referenced with
-\cs{acronymtype}). If you decide to enable this option then there
-will be a second set of glossary files that need to be processed by
-\gls{makeindex}. If you use \gls{makeglossaries} or
-\gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua} you don't need to worry about it, as
+each entry in the \idx{glossary} is the
+\idxc{entrylocation}{location number}. By default, this is the page
+number where the entry was referenced.
+
+The \opt{acronym} package option creates a second \idx{glossary} with
+the label \glostype{acronym} (which can be referenced with
+\gls{acronymtype}). If you decide to enable this option then there
+will be a second set of \idxpl{indexingfile} that need to be processed by
+\app{makeindex}. If you use \app{makeglossaries} or
+\app{makeglossaries-lite} you don't need to worry about it, as
those scripts automatically detect which files need to be processed
-and will run \gls{makeindex} (or \gls{xindy}) the appropriate number
+and will run \app{makeindex} (or \app{xindy}) the appropriate number
of times.
-If for some reason you don't want to use \gls{makeglossaries} or
-\gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua} and you want the \pkgopt{acronym}
+If for some reason you don't want to use \app{makeglossaries} or
+\app{makeglossaries-lite} and you want the \opt{acronym}
package option then the complete build process is:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex minimalgls
makeindex -s minimalgls.ist -t minimalgls.glg -o minimalgls.gls minimalgls.glo
makeindex -s minimalgls.ist -t minimalgls.alg -o minimalgls.acr minimalgls.acn
pdflatex minimalgls
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
There are three other files that can be used as
\href{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/minexample/}{minimal working
@@ -14884,204 +29282,206 @@ examples}: \mirrorsamplefile{mwe-gls.tex}, \mirrorsamplefile{mwe-acr.tex} and
\mirrorsamplefile{mwe-acr-desc.tex}.
\glsxtrnote
-If you want to try out the \gls{glossaries-extra} extension package,
+If you want to try out the \sty{glossaries-extra} extension package,
you need to replace the package loading line:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[acronym]\mgroup{\strong{glossaries}}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{acronym}]\marg{\strong{glossaries}}
+\end{codebox}
with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[acronym\strong{,\xtrfont{postdot},\xtrfont{stylemods}}]\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{acronym}\strong{,\opt{postdot},\opt{stylemods}}]\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
Note the different default package options. (You may omit the
-\pkgopt{acronym} package option in both cases if you only want a
-single glossary.) The \gls{glossaries-extra} package internally
-loads the base \styfmt{glossaries} package so you don't need to
+\opt{acronym} package option in both cases if you only want a
+single \idx{glossary}.) The \sty{glossaries-extra} package internally
+loads the base \sty{glossaries} package so you don't need to
explicitly load both (in fact, it's better to let
-\gls{glossaries-extra} load \styfmt{glossaries}).
+\sty{glossaries-extra} load \sty{glossaries}).
Next, replace:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{setacronymstyle}\mgroup{long-short}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{long-short}}
+\end{codebox}
with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}[\strong{acronym}]\mgroup{long-short}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{\strong{\cat{acronym}}}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short}}
+\end{codebox}
The optional argument \cat{acronym} identifies the category that
-this style should be applied to. The \cs{newacronym} command
-provided by the base \styfmt{glossaries} package is redefined by
-\gls{glossaries-extra} to use \ics*{newabbreviation} with the category
+this style should be applied to. The \gls{newacronym} command
+provided by the base \sty{glossaries} package is redefined by
+\sty{glossaries-extra} to use \gls{newabbreviation} with the category
set to \cat{acronym}.
-If you prefer to replace \cs{newacronym} with \ics*{newabbreviation}
+If you prefer to replace \gls{newacronym} with \gls{newabbreviation}
then the default category is \cat{abbreviation} so the style should
instead be:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}[\strong{abbreviation}]\mgroup{long-short}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{\strong{\cat{abbreviation}}}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short}}
+\end{codebox}
This is actually the default category if the optional argument is
omitted, so you can simply do:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}\mgroup{long-short}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short}}
+\end{codebox}
The \abbrstyle{long-short} style is the default for the
\cat{abbreviation} category so you can omit this line completely if
-you replace \cs{newacronym}. (The default style for the
+you replace \gls{newacronym}. (The default style for the
\cat{acronym} category is \abbrstyle{short-nolong}, which only shows
-the short form on \gls{firstuse}.)
-
-As mentioned earlier, the \pkgopt{acronym} package option creates a
-new glossary with the label \texttt{acronym}. This is independent of
-the \cat{acronym} category. You can use the \pkgopt{acronym}
-package option with either \cs{newacronym} or \ics*{newabbreviation}.
-
-You may instead prefer to use the \pkgopt*{abbreviations} package
-option, which creates a new glossary with the label \texttt{abbreviations}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\strong{\xtrfont{abbreviations}},\xtrfont{postdot},\xtrfont{stylemods}]\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
-This can again be used with either \cs{newacronym} or
-\ics*{newabbreviation}, but the file extensions are different. This
-isn't a problem if you are using \gls{makeglossaries} or
-\gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua}. If you are explicitly calling
-\gls{makeindex} (or \gls{xindy}) then you need to modify the file
+the short form on \idx{firstuse}.)
+
+As mentioned earlier, the \opt{acronym} package option creates a
+new \idx{glossary} with the label \glostype{acronym}. This is independent of
+the \cat{acronym} category. You can use the \opt{acronym}
+package option with either \gls{newacronym} or \gls{newabbreviation}.
+
+You may instead prefer to use the \opt{abbreviations} package
+option, which creates a new \idx{glossary} with the label \glostype{abbreviations}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\strong{\opt{abbreviations}},\opt{postdot},\opt{stylemods}]\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
+This can again be used with either \gls{newacronym} or
+\gls{newabbreviation}, but the file extensions are different. This
+isn't a problem if you are using \app{makeglossaries} or
+\app{makeglossaries-lite}. If you are explicitly calling
+\app{makeindex} (or \app{xindy}) then you need to modify the file
extensions.
-See the \gls{glossaries-extra} user manual for further details.
+See the \sty{glossaries-extra} user manual for further details.
-If you use both the \pkgopt{acronym} and \pkgopt*{abbreviations}
-package options then \cs{newacronym} will default to the
-\texttt{acronym} glossary and \ics*{newabbreviation} will default to
-the \texttt{abbreviations} glossary.
+If you use both the \opt{acronym} and \opt{abbreviations}
+package options then \gls{newacronym} will default to the
+\glostype{acronym} glossary and \gls{newabbreviation} will default to
+the \glostype{abbreviations} glossary.
\bibglsnote
-If you want to try \gls{bib2gls}, you first need to convert the
-document to use \gls{glossaries-extra} as described above. Then add
-the \pkgopt*{record} package option. For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\strong{\xtrfont{record}},\xtrfont{postdot},\xtrfont{stylemods}]\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
-Next you need to convert the entry definitions into the
-\filetype{bib} format required by \gls{bib2gls}. This can easily be
-done with \gls{convertgls2bib}. For example:
-\begin{prompt}
-convertgls2bib -{}-preamble-only minimalgls.tex entries.bib
-\end{prompt}
-This will create a file called \strong{\nolinkurl{entries.bib}}. Next, replace:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{makeglossaries}
-\end{alltt}
+If you want to try \app{bib2gls}, you first need to convert the
+document to use \sty{glossaries-extra} as described above. Then add
+the \opt{record} package option. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\strong{\opt{record}},\opt{postdot},\opt{stylemods}]\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
+Next you need to convert the \idx{entry} definitions into the
+\ext{bib} format required by \app{bib2gls}. This can easily be
+done with \app{convertgls2bib}. For example:
+\begin{terminal}
+convertgls2bib \switch{preamble-only} minimalgls.tex entries.bib
+\end{terminal}
+This will create a file called \strong{\filefmt{entries.bib}}. Next, replace:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{makeglossaries}
+\end{codebox}
with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=\strong{entries}]
-\end{alltt}
-Now remove all the entry definitions in the preamble
-(\cs{longnewglossaryentry}, \cs{newglossaryentry} and \cs{newacronym}
-or \cs{newabbreviation}).
-
-The abbreviation style command
-must go before \ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}. For example (if you are
-using \cs{newacronym}):
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}[acronym]\mgroup{long-short}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=entries]
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{\strong{entries}}}
+\end{codebox}
+Now remove all the entry definitions in the \idxf{documentpreamble}
+(\gls{longnewglossaryentry}, \gls{newglossaryentry} and \gls{newacronym}
+or \gls{newabbreviation}).
+
+The \idx{abbrvstyle} command
+must go before \gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}. For example (if you are
+using \gls{newacronym}):
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{\cat{acronym}}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short}}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{entries}}
+\end{codebox}
Finally, replace:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\printglossaries
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{printglossaries}
+\end{codebox}
with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{printunsrtglossaries}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{printunsrtglossaries}
+\end{codebox}
The document build is now:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex minimalgls
bib2gls minimalgls
pdflatex minimalgls
-\end{prompt}
-
-\exitem{DB} This document illustrates how
-to load external files containing the glossary definitions. It also
-illustrates how to define a new glossary type. This document has the
-\gls{numberlist} suppressed and uses \hyperref[sec:glsadd]{\ics{glsaddall}} to add all
-the entries to the glossaries without referencing each one
+\end{terminal}
+
+\file{sampleDB.tex}
+This document illustrates how
+to load external files containing the glossary entry definitions. It also
+illustrates how to define a new \idx{glossary} type. This document has the
+\idx{numberlist} suppressed and uses \gls{glsaddall} to add all
+the entries to the \idxpl{glossary} without referencing each one
explicitly. (Note that it's more efficient to use
-\gls{glossaries-extra} and \gls{bib2gls} if you have a large number
+\sty{glossaries-extra} and \app{bib2gls} if you have a large number
of entries.) To create the document do:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sampleDB
makeglossaries sampleDB
pdflatex sampleDB
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
or
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sampleDB
makeglossaries-lite sampleDB
pdflatex sampleDB
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
The glossary definitions are stored in the accompanying files
\mirrorsamplefile{database1.tex} and \mirrorsamplefile{database2.tex}. If for some
-reason you want to call \gls{makeindex} explicitly you must
+reason you want to call \app{makeindex} explicitly you must
have a separate call for each glossary:
\begin{enumerate}
-\item Create the main glossary (all on one line):
-\begin{prompt}
+\item Create the \glostype{main} glossary (all on one line):
+\begin{terminal}
makeindex -s sampleDB.ist -t sampleDB.glg -o sampleDB.gls sampleDB.glo
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
\item Create the secondary glossary (all on one line):
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
makeindex -s sampleDB.ist -t sampleDB.nlg -o sampleDB.not sampleDB.ntn
-\end{prompt}
-Note that both \gls{makeglossaries} and \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua} do
+\end{terminal}
+Note that both \app{makeglossaries} and \app{makeglossaries-lite} do
this all in one call, so they not only make it easier because you
don't need to supply all the switches and remember all the
-extensions but they also call \gls{makeindex} the appropriate number of times.
+extensions but they also call \app{makeindex} the appropriate number of times.
\end{enumerate}
\bibglsnote
-If you want to switch to using \gls{bib2gls} with \gls{glossaries-extra}, you can convert
-\mirrorsamplefile{database1.tex} and \mirrorsamplefile{database2.tex} to \filetype{bib}
-files using \gls{convertgls2bib}:
-\begin{prompt}
+If you want to switch to using \app{bib2gls} with \sty{glossaries-extra}, you can convert
+\mirrorsamplefile{database1.tex} and
+\mirrorsamplefile{database2.tex} to \ext{bib}
+files using \app{convertgls2bib}:
+\begin{terminal}
convertgls2bib database1.tex database1.bib
convertgls2bib database2.tex database2.bib
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
The document code then needs to be:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{documentclass}\mgroup{article}
-
-\cs{usepackage}[colorlinks,plainpages=false]\mgroup{hyperref}
-\cs{usepackage}[\strong{\xtrfont{record}},\xtrfont{postdot}]\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-
-\strong{\ics{newglossary*}}\mgroup{punc}\mgroup{Punctuation Characters}
-
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=\mgroup{database1},
- \strong{\xtrfont{selection}=all},\resourceopt{sort}=en]
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=\mgroup{database2},\strong{\xtrfont{type}=punc,}
- \strong{\xtrfont{selection}=all},\resourceopt{sort}=letter-case]
-
-\cs{begin}\mgroup{document}
-\xtrfont{\cs{print\strong{unsrt}glossaries}}
-\cs{end}\mgroup{document}
-\end{alltt}
-Note that the \pkgopt{nonumberlist} package option has been omitted.
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\codepar
+\cmd{usepackage}[colorlinks,plainpages=false]\marg{hyperref}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\strong{\opt{record}},\opt{postdot}]\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\codepar
+\strong{\gls{newglossary*}}\marg{punc}\marg{Punctuation Characters}
+\codepar
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{database1},
+ \strong{\resourceoptval{selection}{all}},\resourceoptval{sort}{en}}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{database2},\strong{\resourceoptval{type}{punc},}
+ \strong{\resourceoptval{selection}{all}},\resourceoptval{sort}{letter-case}}
+\codepar
+\cbeg{document}
+\glslink{printunsrtglossaries}{\xtrcsfmt{print\strong{unsrt}glossaries}}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+Note that the \opt{nonumberlist} package option has been omitted.
It's not needed because there are no locations in this amended
document (whereas in the original \samplefile{DB} locations are
-created with \cs{glsaddall}). The starred \ics{newglossary*} is used
-since the \gls{makeindex}/\gls{xindy} extensions are now irrelevant.
+created with \gls{glsaddall}). The starred \gls{newglossary*} is used
+since the \app{makeindex}/\app{xindy} extensions are now irrelevant.
-Instead of using \gls{makeglossaries} you need to use \gls{bib2gls}
+Instead of using \app{makeglossaries} you need to use \app{bib2gls}
when you build the document:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sampleDB
bib2gls sampleDB
pdflatex sampleDB
-\end{prompt}
-Note that one \gls{bib2gls} call processes all the indexing (rather
-than one call per glossary). Unlike \gls{makeindex} and \gls{xindy},
-\gls{bib2gls} processes each resource set in turn, but the resource
-sets aren't linked to a specific glossary. Multiple glossaries may
+\end{terminal}
+Note that one \app{bib2gls} call processes all the \idx{indexing} (rather
+than one call per \idx{glossary}). Unlike \app{makeindex} and \app{xindy},
+\app{bib2gls} processes each resource set in turn, but the resource
+sets aren't linked to a specific \idx{glossary}. Multiple \idxpl{glossary} may
be processed in a single resource set or sub-blocks of a single
glossary may be processed by multiple resource sets. In this
example, there happens to be one resource set per glossary because
@@ -15089,928 +29489,938 @@ each glossary requires a different sort method. (A locale-sensitive
alphabetical sort for the first and a character code sort for the
second.)
-If you want letter groups, you need to use the \bibglslongopt{group}
+If you want \idxpl{lettergroup}, you need to use the \switch{group}
switch:
-\begin{prompt}
-bib2gls -{}-group sampleDB
-\end{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
+bib2gls \switch{group} sampleDB
+\end{terminal}
and use an appropriate glossary style.
-See also \bibglsgallery{sorting}, \bibglsbegin\ and the \gls{bib2gls} user manual.
+See also \bibglsgallery{sorting}, \bibglsbegin\ and the \app{bib2gls} user manual.
\section{Acronyms and First Use}
\label{sec:sampleacronyms}
-\exitem{Acr} This document has some
-sample abbreviations. It also adds the glossary to the table of contents,
+\file{sampleAcr.tex}
+This document has some sample \idxpl{acronym}. It also adds the
+\idx{glossary} to the \idx{tableofcontents},
so an extra run through \LaTeX\ is required to ensure the document
is up to date:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sampleAcr
makeglossaries sampleAcr
pdflatex sampleAcr
pdflatex sampleAcr
-\end{prompt}
-(or use \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua}).
+\end{terminal}
+(or use \app{makeglossaries-lite}).
-Note that if the glossary is at the start of the document
+Note that if the \idx{glossary} is at the start of the document
and spans across multiple pages, then this can cause the locations
-to be shifted. In that case, an extra \gls{makeglossaries} and
-\LaTeX\ call are required. In this particular example, the glossary
+to be shifted. In that case, an extra \app{makeglossaries} and
+\LaTeX\ call are required. In this particular example, the \idx{glossary}
is at the end of the document so it's not a problem. It's also not a
-problem for a glossary at the start of the document if the page
+problem for a \idx{glossary} at the start of the document if the page
numbering is reset at the end of the glossary. For example, if the
-glossary is at the end of the front matter in a book-style document.
+\idx{glossary} is at the end of the front matter in a book-style document.
-This document uses \ics{ifglsused} to determine whether to use
+This document uses \gls{ifglsused} to determine whether to use
\qt{a} or \qt{an} in:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ldots\ is \ics{ifglsused}\mgroup{svm}\mgroup{an}\mgroup{a} \cs{gls}\mgroup{svm} \ldots
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\ldots\ is \gls{ifglsused}\marg{svm}\marg{an}\marg{a} \gls{gls}\marg{svm} \ldots
+\end{codebox}
This clumsy bit of code can be tidied up with the
\sty{glossaries-prefix} package. Since that package automatically
-loads \styfmt{glossaries} and passes all its options to the base
+loads \sty{glossaries} and passes all its options to the base
package it's possible to do a simple replacement of:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[style=long,toc]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{style}{\glostyle{long}},\opt{toc}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[style=long,toc]\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-prefix}}
-\end{alltt}
-The definition of \texttt{svm} now needs an adjustment:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{newacronym}[description=\mgroup{statistical pattern recognition
-technique\string~\cs{protect}\cs{cite}\mgroup{svm}},
-\strong{prefixfirst=\mgroup{a\string~},prefix=\mgroup{an\ics{space}}}
-]\mgroup{svm}\mgroup{svm}\mgroup{support vector machine}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{style}{\glostyle{long}},\opt{toc}]\marg{\strong{glossaries-prefix}}
+\end{codebox}
+The definition of \qt{svm} now needs an adjustment:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronym}\oarg{\gloskeyval{description}{statistical pattern recognition
+technique\sym{nbsp}\cmd{protect}\gls{cite}\marg{svm}},
+\strong{\gloskeyval{prefixfirst}{a\sym{nbsp}},\gloskeyval{prefix}{an\gls{space}}}
+}\marg{svm}\marg{svm}\marg{support vector machine}
+\end{codebox}
The clumsy text can now simply be changed to:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ldots\ is \ics{pgls}\mgroup{svm} \ldots
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\ldots\ is \gls{pgls}\marg{svm} \ldots
+\end{codebox}
\glsxtrnote
-If you want to convert this sample document to use \gls{glossaries-extra},
+If you want to convert this sample document to use \sty{glossaries-extra},
you may want the patched version of the styles provided in \sty{glossary-long},
-in which case you can also add \pkgopt*{stylemods}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\strong{\xtrfont{stylemods},}style=long]\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
+in which case you can also add \opt{stylemods}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\strong{\opt{stylemods},}\optval{style}{\glostyle{long}}]\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
If you want to suppress all the other glossary style packages with
-\pkgopt{nostyles}, then you need to specify exactly which package
+\opt{nostyles}, then you need to specify exactly which package
(or packages) that you do want:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\strong{nostyles,}\xtrfont{stylemods\strong{=long}},style=long]\mgroup{glossaries-extra}
-\end{alltt}
-(Now that \gls{glossaries-extra} is being used, there are more
-available \qt{long} styles in the \sty*{glossary-longextra} package,
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\strong{\opt{nostyles},}\opt{stylemods}\strong{=long},\optval{style}{\glostyle{long}}]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\end{codebox}
+(Now that \sty{glossaries-extra} is being used, there are more
+available \qt{long} styles in the \sty{glossary-longextra} package,
which you may prefer.)
-If you want to use \sty{glossaries-prefix}, you can either load it
-after \gls{glossaries-extra} or (with at least
-\gls{glossaries-extra} v1.42) you can simply use the
-\pkgopt*{prefix} package option.
+If you want to use \sty{glossaries-prefix}, you can simply add the
+\opt{prefix} package option.
-Note that the \pkgopt{toc} package option has been dropped. This is
-the default with \gls{glossaries-extra}, so it doesn't need to be
+Note that the \opt{toc} package option has been dropped. This is
+the default with \sty{glossaries-extra}, so it doesn't need to be
specified now. The document build is now shorter:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sampleAcr
makeglossaries sampleAcr
pdflatex sampleAcr
-\end{prompt}
-The third \LaTeX\ call is no longer required to make the table of
-contents up-to-date. This is because \gls{glossaries-extra} provides
-boilerplate text on the first \LaTeX\ call when the glossary files
-are missing. This means that the glossary header is added to the
-\filetype{toc} file on the first \LaTeX\ call, whereas with just the
-base \styfmt{glossaries} package, the header isn't present until the
-second \LaTeX\ call. (As with just the base \styfmt{glossaries}
-package, if the glossary occurs at the start of the document without
+\end{terminal}
+The third \LaTeX\ call is no longer required to make the
+\idx{tableofcontents} up-to-date. This is because \sty{glossaries-extra} provides
+boilerplate text on the first \LaTeX\ call when the \idxpl{indexingfile}
+are missing. This means that the \idx{glossary} header is added to the
+\ext{toc} file on the first \LaTeX\ call, whereas with just the
+base \sty{glossaries} package, the header isn't present until the
+second \LaTeX\ call. (As with just the base \sty{glossaries}
+package, if the \idx{glossary} occurs at the start of the document without
a page reset after it then part of the build process needs repeating
to ensure all referenced page numbers are up-to-date. This problem isn't
specific to the \sty{glossaries} package.)
The other different default setting is the post-description
-punctuation. The base package has \pkgopt[false]{nopostdot} as the
-default. This means that a full stop (period) is automatically
+punctuation. The base package has \optval{nopostdot}{false} as the
+default. This means that a \idx{fullstop} (period) is automatically
inserted after the description in the glossary. The extension
-package has \pkgopt[true]{nopostdot} as the default. If you want the
-original behaviour then you can use \pkgopt[false]{nopostdot} or the
-shorter synonym \pkgopt*{postdot}.
-
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package has different
-abbreviation handling that's far more flexible than that provided by
-the base \styfmt{glossaries} package. The style now needs to be set with
-\ics*{setabbreviationstyle} instead of \ics{setacronymstyle}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\strong{\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}[acronym]\mgroup{long-short-sc}}
-\ics{newacronym}\mgroup{svm}\mgroup{svm}\mgroup{support vector machine}
-\end{alltt}
+package has \opt{nopostdot}{true} as the default. If you want the
+original behaviour then you can use \optval{nopostdot}{false} or the
+shorter synonym \opt{postdot}.
+
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package has different
+\idx{abbreviation} handling that's far more flexible than that provided by
+the base \sty{glossaries} package. The style now needs to be set with
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle} instead of \gls{setacronymstyle}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\strong{\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{\cat{acronym}}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short-sc}}}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{svm}\marg{svm}\marg{support vector machine}
+\end{codebox}
(Note the different style name \abbrstyle{long-short-sc} instead of
\acrstyle{long-sc-short} and the optional argument \cat{acronym}.) If you
-prefer to replace \ics{newacronym} with \ics*{newabbreviation} then
+prefer to replace \gls{newacronym} with \gls{newabbreviation} then
omit the optional argument:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}\mgroup{long-short-sc}
-\ics*{newabbreviation}\mgroup{svm}\mgroup{svm}\mgroup{support vector machine}
-\end{alltt}
-(The optional argument of \ics*{setabbreviationstyle} is the
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short-sc}}
+\gls{newabbreviation}\marg{svm}\marg{svm}\marg{support vector machine}
+\end{codebox}
+(The optional argument of \gls{setabbreviationstyle} is the
category to which the style should be applied. If it's omitted,
\cat{abbreviation} is assumed. You can therefore have different
styles for different categories.)
-Finally, you need to replace \ics{acrshort}, \ics{acrlong} and
-\ics{acrfull} and their variants with \ics*{glsxtrshort}, \ics*{glsxtrlong} and
-\ics*{glsxtrfull} etc.
+Finally, you need to replace \gls{acrshort}, \gls{acrlong} and
+\gls{acrfull} and their variants with \gls{glsxtrshort}, \gls{glsxtrlong} and
+\gls{glsxtrfull} etc.
-\exitem{AcrDesc} This is similar to
-the previous example, except that the abbreviations have an associated
-description. As with the previous example, the glossary is added to
-the table of contents, so an extra run through \LaTeX\ is required:
-\begin{prompt}
+\filedef{sampleAcrDesc.tex}
+This is similar to the previous example, except that the
+\idxpl{acronym} have an associated description. As with the previous
+example, the \idx{glossary} is added to the table of contents, so an extra
+run through \LaTeX\ is required:
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sampleAcrDesc
makeglossaries sampleAcrDesc
pdflatex sampleAcrDesc
pdflatex sampleAcrDesc
-\end{prompt}
-This document uses the \pkgopt{acronym} package option, which
-creates a new glossary used by \cs{newacronym}. This leaves the
-default \texttt{main} glossary available for general terms. However,
-in this case there are no general terms so the \texttt{main}
-glossary is redundant. The \pkgopt{nomain} package option will
+\end{terminal}
+This document uses the \opt{acronym} package option, which
+creates a new \idx{glossary} used by \gls{newacronym}. This leaves the
+default \glostype{main} glossary available for general terms. However,
+in this case there are no general terms so the \glostype{main}
+glossary is redundant. The \opt{nomain} package option will
prevent its creation. Obviously, if you decide to add some terms
-with \cs{newglossaryentry} you will need to remove the
-\pkgopt{nomain} option as the \texttt{main} glossary will now be
+with \gls{newglossaryentry} you will need to remove the
+\opt{nomain} option as the \glostype{main} glossary will now be
required.
\glsxtrnote
As with the previous example, if you want to convert this document
-to use \gls{glossaries-extra} you need to make a few modifications.
-The most obvious one is to replace \texttt{glossaries} with
-\texttt{glossaries-extra} in the \cs{usepackage} argument. Again you
-can omit \pkgopt{toc} as this is the default for
-\gls{glossaries-extra}. As in the previous example, you may want to
+to use \sty{glossaries-extra} you need to make a few modifications.
+The most obvious one is to replace \sty{glossaries} with
+\sty{glossaries-extra} in the \csfmt{usepackage} argument. Again you
+can omit \opt{toc} as this is the default for
+\sty{glossaries-extra}. As in the previous example, you may want to
use the patched styles. This document uses \glostyle{altlist} which
is provided by \sty{glossary-list}, so the style can be patched with
-\pkgopt*{stylemods}.
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[acronym,nomain,style=altlist\strong{,\xtrfont{stylemods}}]\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
-You may prefer to replace the \pkgopt{acronym} option with
-\pkgopt*{abbreviations}, but this will change the file extensions.
-If you use \gls{makeglossaries} or \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua} you
+\opt{stylemods}.
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{acronym},\opt{nomain},\optval{style}{altlist}\strong{,\opt{stylemods}}]\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
+You may prefer to replace the \opt{acronym} option with
+\opt{abbreviations}, but this will change the file extensions.
+If you use \app{makeglossaries} or \app{makeglossaries-lite} you
don't need to worry about it.
Again the style command needs to be changed:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}[acronym]\mgroup{long-short-sc-desc}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{\cat{acronym}}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short-sc-desc}}
+\end{codebox}
(Note the change in style name \abbrstyle{long-short-sc-desc}
instead of \acrstyle{long-sc-short-desc} and the optional argument \cat{acronym}.)
As with the previous example, if
-you prefer to use \ics*{newabbreviation} instead of \ics{newacronym}
+you prefer to use \gls{newabbreviation} instead of \gls{newacronym}
then you need to omit the optional argument:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}\mgroup{long-short-sc-desc}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short-sc-desc}}
+\end{codebox}
The original document uses:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{renewcommand}*\mgroup{\ics{glsseeitemformat}}[1]\mgroup{\%
- \ics{acronymfont}\mgroup{\ics{glsentrytext}\mgroup{\#1}}}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsseeitemformat}}[1]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{acronymfont}\marg{\gls{glsentrytext}\marg{\#1}}}
+\end{codebox}
to ensure that the cross-references (from the \gloskey{see} key) use
-the acronym font. The new abbreviation styles don't
-use \ics{acronymfont} so this isn't appropriate with
-\gls{glossaries-extra}. If you're using at least version 1.42 of
-\gls{glossaries-extra}, you don't need to do anything as it
-automatically redefines \ics{glsseeitemformat} to take the style
+the acronym font. The new \idxpl{abbrvstyle} don't
+use \gls{acronymfont} so this isn't appropriate with
+\sty{glossaries-extra}. If you're using at least version 1.42 of
+\sty{glossaries-extra}, you don't need to do anything as it
+automatically redefines \gls{glsseeitemformat} to take the style
formatting into account. If you have an earlier version you can
redefine this command as follows:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{renewcommand}*\mgroup{\ics{glsseeitemformat}}[1]\mgroup{\%
- \ics{ifglshasshort}\mgroup{\#1}\mgroup{\ics*{glsfmttext}\mgroup{\#1}}\mgroup{\ics*{glsfmtname}\mgroup{\#1}}\%
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsseeitemformat}}[1]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{ifglshasshort}\marg{\#1}\marg{\gls{glsfmttext}\marg{\#1}}\marg{\gls{glsfmtname}\marg{\#1}}\comment{}
}
-\end{alltt}
+\end{codebox}
This will just show the short form in the cross-reference. If you
prefer the name instead (which includes the short and long form) you can use:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{renewcommand}*\mgroup{\ics{glsseeitemformat}}[1]\mgroup{\ics*{glsfmtname}\mgroup{\#1}}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsseeitemformat}}[1]\marg{\gls{glsfmtname}\marg{\#1}}
+\end{codebox}
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides two additional
-cross-referencing keys \xtrgloskey{seealso} and \xtrgloskey{alias},
-so \texttt{\gloskey{see}=\mgroup{[see also]\mgroup{svm}}}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides two additional
+cross-referencing keys \gloskey{seealso} and \gloskey{alias},
+so \code{\gloskeyval{see}{[see also]\marg{svm}}}
can be replaced with a more appropriate key:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{newacronym}[description=\mgroup{Statistical pattern recognition
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronym}\oarg{\gloskeyval{description}{Statistical pattern recognition
technique using the ``kernel trick''},
-\strong{\xtrgloskey{seealso}=\mgroup{svm}},
-]\mgroup{ksvm}\mgroup{ksvm}\mgroup{kernel support vector machine}
-\end{alltt}
+\strong{\gloskeyval{seealso}{svm}},
+}\marg{ksvm}\marg{ksvm}\marg{kernel support vector machine}
+\end{codebox}
Finally, as with the previous example, you need to replace
-\ics{acrshort}, \ics{acrlong} and \ics{acrfull} etc with
-\ics*{glsxtrshort}, \ics*{glsxtrlong} and \ics*{glsxtrfull} etc.
+\gls{acrshort}, \gls{acrlong} and \gls{acrfull} etc with
+\gls{glsxtrshort}, \gls{glsxtrlong} and \gls{glsxtrfull} etc.
\bibglsnote
-If you want to convert this document so that it uses \gls{bib2gls},
-you first need to convert it to use \gls{glossaries-extra}, as above,
-but remember that you now need the \pkgopt*{record} option:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[acronym,nomain,style=altlist,\strong{\xtrfont{record},\xtrfont{postdot},\xtrfont{stylemods}}]
-\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
-Now you need to convert the abbreviation definitions to the \filetype{bib}
-format required by \gls{bib2gls}. This can be done with:
-\begin{prompt}
-convertgls2bib -{}-preamble-only sampleAcrDesc.tex entries.bib
-\end{prompt}
-If you retained \ics{newacronym} from the original example file,
-then the new \nolinkurl{entries.bib} file will contain entries
+If you want to convert this document so that it uses \app{bib2gls},
+you first need to convert it to use \sty{glossaries-extra}, as above,
+but remember that you now need the \opt{record} option:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{acronym},\opt{nomain},\optval{style}{altlist},\strong{\opt{record},\opt{postdot},\opt{stylemods}}]
+\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
+Now you need to convert the \idx{acronym} definitions to the \ext{bib}
+format required by \app{bib2gls}. This can be done with:
+\begin{terminal}
+convertgls2bib \switch{preamble-only} sampleAcrDesc.tex entries.bib
+\end{terminal}
+If you retained \gls{newacronym} from the original example file,
+then the new \filefmt{entries.bib} file will contain entries
defined with \atentry{acronym}. For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{acronym}\mgroup{ksvm,
- description = \mgroup{Statistical pattern recognition technique
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{acronym}\marg{ksvm,
+ \gloskeyval{description}{Statistical pattern recognition technique
using the ``kernel trick''},
- \xtrfont{seealso} = \mgroup{svm},
- short = \mgroup{ksvm},
- long = \mgroup{kernel support vector machine}
+ \gloskeyval{seealso}{svm},
+ \gloskeyval{short}{ksvm},
+ \gloskeyval{long}{kernel support vector machine}
}
-\end{alltt}
-If you switched to \ics*{newabbreviation} then the entries will
+\end{codebox}
+If you switched to \gls{newabbreviation} then the entries will
instead be defined with \atentry{abbreviation}.
-Next replace \cs{makeglossaries} with the resource command, but note
-that the abbreviation style must be set first:
-\begin{alltt}
-\strong{\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}[acronym]\mgroup{long-short-sc-desc}}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=entries,\% terms defined in entries.bib
- \strong{\xtrfont{abbreviation-sort-fallback}=long}]
-\end{alltt}
+Next replace \gls{makeglossaries} with the resource command, but note
+that the \idx{abbrvstyle} must be set first:
+\begin{codebox*}
+\strong{\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{\cat{acronym}}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short-sc-desc}}}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{entries},\comment{terms defined in entries.bib}
+ \strong{\resourceoptval{abbreviation-sort-fallback}{long}}}
+\end{codebox*}
Another possibility is to make \atentry{acronym} behave as though it
was actually \atentry{abbreviation}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\strong{\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}\mgroup{long-short-sc-desc}}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=entries,\resourceopt{abbreviation-sort-fallback}=long\strong{,
- entry-type-aliases=\mgroup{acronym=abbreviation}}]
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\strong{\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short-sc-desc}}}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{entries},\resourceoptval{abbreviation-sort-fallback}{long}\strong{,
+ \resourceoptvalm{entry-type-aliases}{acronym=abbreviation}}}
+\end{codebox}
Note that the category is now \cat{abbreviation} not \cat{acronym} so the optional
-argument of \ics*{setabbreviationstyle} needs adjusting.
+argument of \gls{setabbreviationstyle} needs to be removed.
If the \gloskey{sort} field is missing (which should usually be the
case), then both \atentry{acronym} and \atentry{abbreviation} will
fallback on the \gloskey{short} field (not the \gloskey{name} field,
which is usually set by the style and therefore not visible to
-\gls{bib2gls}). For some styles, as in this example, it's more
+\app{bib2gls}). For some styles, as in this example, it's more
appropriate to sort by the long form so the fallback is changed.
(Remember that you will break this fallback mechanism if you
-explicitly set the sort value.) See the \gls{bib2gls} manual for
+explicitly set the sort value.) See the \app{bib2gls} manual for
further details and other examples.
-Remember to delete any \cs{newacronym} or \cs{newabbreviation} in
-the \filetype{tex} file.
-Finally replace \cs{printglossary} with \ics*{printunsrtglossary}.
+Remember to delete any \gls{newacronym} or \gls{newabbreviation} in
+the \ext{tex} file.
+Finally replace \gls{printglossary} with \gls{printunsrtglossary}.
The document build is now:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sampleAcrDesc
bib2gls sampleAcrDesc
pdflatex sampleAcrDesc
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
Note that it's now much easier to revert back to the descriptionless
style used in \samplefile{Acr}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}[acronym]\mgroup{\strong{long-short-sc}}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=entries\strong{,\resourceopt{ignore-fields}=description}]
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{\cat{acronym}}\marg{\strong{\abbrstyle{long-short-sc}}}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{entries}\strong{,\resourceoptvalm{ignore-fields}{description}}}
+\end{codebox*}
With the other options it would be necessary to delete all the
-\gloskey{description} fields from the abbreviation definitions in
-order to omit them, but with \gls{bib2gls} you can simply instruct
-\gls{bib2gls} to ignore the description. This makes it much easier
-to have a large database of abbreviations for use across multiple
+\gloskey{description} fields from the \idx{abbreviation} definitions in
+order to omit them, but with \app{bib2gls} you can simply instruct
+\app{bib2gls} to ignore the description. This makes it much easier
+to have a large database of \idxpl{abbreviation} for use across multiple
documents that may or may not require the description.
-\exitem{Desc} This is similar to the
-previous example, except that it defines the abbreviations using
-\ics{newglossaryentry} instead of \ics{newacronym}. As with the
-previous example, the glossary is added to the table of contents, so
-an extra run through \LaTeX\ is required:
-\begin{prompt}
+\filedef{sampleDesc.tex}
+This is similar to the previous example, except that it defines the
+\idxpl{acronym} as normal \idxpl{entry} using \gls{newglossaryentry} instead of
+\gls{newacronym}. As with the previous example, the \idx{glossary} is
+added to the \idx{tableofcontents}, so an extra run through \LaTeX\ is
+required:
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sampleDesc
makeglossaries sampleDesc
pdflatex sampleDesc
pdflatex sampleDesc
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
This sample file demonstrates the use of the \gloskey{first} and
\gloskey{text} keys but in general it's better to use
-\ics{newacronym} instead as it's more flexible. For even greater
-flexibility use \ics*{newabbreviation} provided by \gls{glossaries-extra}.
-For other variations, such as showing the symbol on \gls{firstuse},
+\gls{newacronym} instead as it's more flexible. For even greater
+flexibility use \gls{newabbreviation} provided by \sty{glossaries-extra}.
+For other variations, such as showing the symbol on \idx{firstuse},
you may prefer to make use of the post-link category hook. For
examples, see the section \qt{Changing the Formatting} in \bibglsbegin.
-\exitem{FnAcrDesc} This document has some sample abbreviations that
-use the \acrstyle{footnote-sc-desc} acronym style. As with the previous example,
-the glossary is added to the table of contents, so an extra run through
+\filedef{sampleFnAcrDesc.tex}
+This document has some sample \idxpl{acronym} that
+use the \acrstyle{footnote-sc-desc} \idx{acronymstyle}. As with the previous example,
+the \idx{glossary} is added to the \idx{tableofcontents}, so an extra run through
\LaTeX\ is required:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sampleFnAcrDesc
makeglossaries sampleFnAcrDesc
pdflatex sampleFnAcrDesc
pdflatex sampleFnAcrDesc
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
\glsxtrnote
If you want to convert this sample document to use
-\gls{glossaries-extra}, then you just need to follow the same steps
+\sty{glossaries-extra}, then you just need to follow the same steps
as for \samplefile{Acr} with a slight modification. This time the
-\abbrstyle{short-sc-footnote-desc} abbreviation style is needed:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}[acronym]\mgroup{short-sc-footnote-desc}
-\end{alltt}
-The command redefinitions (performed with \cs{renewcommand}) should
+\abbrstyle{short-sc-footnote-desc} \idx{abbrvstyle} is needed:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{\cat{acronym}}\marg{\abbrstyle{short-sc-footnote-desc}}
+\end{codebox}
+The command redefinitions (performed with \csfmt{renewcommand}) should
now all be deleted as they are no longer applicable.
You may prefer to use the \abbrstyle{short-sc-postfootnote-desc}
style instead. There are subtle differences between the \abbrstyle{postfootnote} and
-\abbrstyle{footnote} set of styles. Try changing the abbreviation style to
-\abbrstyle{short-sc-footnote} and compare the location of the footnote marker
+\abbrstyle{footnote} set of styles. Try changing the \idx{abbrvstyle} to
+\abbrstyle{short-sc-footnote} and compare the position of the footnote marker
with the two styles.
This modified sample file now has a shorter build:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sampleFnAcrDesc
makeglossaries sampleFnAcrDesc
pdflatex sampleFnAcrDesc
-\end{prompt}
-This is because the \gls{glossaries-extra} package produces
-boilerplate text when the glossary file is missing (on the first
-\LaTeX\ run) which adds the glossary title to the table of contents
-(\filetype{toc}) file.
-
-\exitem{CustomAcr} This document has some sample abbreviations with a
-custom acronym style. It also adds the glossary to the table of
-contents, so an extra run through \LaTeX\ is required:
-\begin{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
+This is because the \sty{glossaries-extra} package produces
+boilerplate text when the \idx{indexingfile} is missing (on the first
+\LaTeX\ run) which adds the \idx{glossary} title to the
+\idx{tableofcontents} (\ext{toc}) file.
+
+\filedef{sampleCustomAcr.tex}
+This document has some sample \idxpl{acronym} with a
+custom \idx+{acronymstyle}. It also adds the \idx{glossary} to the
+\idx{tableofcontents}, so an extra run through \LaTeX\ is required:
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sampleCustomAcr
makeglossaries sampleCustomAcr
pdflatex sampleCustomAcr
pdflatex sampleCustomAcr
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
This is a slight variation on the previous example where the name is
in the form \meta{long} (\meta{short}) instead of \meta{short}
(\meta{long}), and the \gloskey{sort} key is set to the long form
instead of the short form. On \gls{firstuse}, the footnote text is
in the form \meta{long}: \meta{description} (instead of just the
-long form). This requires defining a new acronym
+long form). This requires defining a \idx{newacronym}
style that inherits from the \acrstyle{footnote-sc-desc} style.
\glsxtrnote
-The conversion to \gls{glossaries-extra} starts in much the same way
+The conversion to \sty{glossaries-extra} starts in much the same way
as the previous examples:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[acronym,nomain,\strong{\xtrfont{postdot},\xtrfont{stylemods},}style=altlist]
-\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
-The abbreviation styles have associated helper commands that may be
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{acronym},\opt{nomain},\strong{\opt{postdot},\opt{stylemods},}\optval{style}{\glostyle{altlist}}]
+\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
+The \idxpl{abbrvstyle} have associated helper commands that may be
redefined to make minor modifications. These redefinitions should be
-done before the abbreviations are defined.
+done before the \idxpl{abbreviation} are defined.
-The \abbrstyle{short-sc-footnote-desc} abbreviation style is the closest match
-to the requirement, so replace the \cs{setacronymstyle} command
+The \abbrstyle{short-sc-footnote-desc} \idx{abbrvstyle} is the closest match
+to the requirement, so replace the \gls{setacronymstyle} command
with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}[acronym]\mgroup{short-sc-footnote-desc}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{\cat{acronym}}\marg{\abbrstyle{short-sc-footnote-desc}}
+\end{codebox}
Again, you may prefer \abbrstyle{short-sc-postfootnote-desc}. Both
styles use the same helper commands.
Next some adjustments need to be made to fit the new requirements.
The name needs to be \meta{long} (\meta{short}):
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{renewcommand}*\mgroup{\ics*{glsxtrfootnotedescname}}\mgroup{\%
- \cs{protect}\strong{\ics*{glslongfont}\mgroup{\cs{the}\ics{glslongtok}}}\%
- \cs{protect}\ics*{glsxtrfullsep}\mgroup{\cs{the}\ics{glslabeltok}}\%
- \cs{protect}\ics*{glsxtrparen}\mgroup{\cs{protect}\strong{\ics*{glsabbrvfont}\mgroup{\cs{the}\ics{glsshorttok}}}}\%
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsxtrfootnotedescname}}\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{protect}\strong{\gls{glslongfont}\marg{\cmd{the}\gls{glslongtok}}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{protect}\gls{glsxtrfullsep}\marg{\cmd{the}\gls{glslabeltok}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{protect}\gls{glsxtrparen}\marg{\cmd{protect}\strong{\gls{glsabbrvfont}\marg{\cmd{the}\gls{glsshorttok}}}}\comment{}
}
-\end{alltt}
-This command expands when the abbreviations are defined so take care
-to \cs{protect} commands that shouldn't be expanded at that point,
+\end{codebox}
+This command expands when the \idxpl{abbreviation} are defined so take care
+to \csfmt{protect} commands that shouldn't be expanded at that point,
and make sure that the token registers that store the label, long
and short values are able to expand. Similarly the sort value needs
adjusting:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{renewcommand}*\mgroup{\ics*{glsxtrfootnotedescsort}}\mgroup{\strong{\cs{the}\ics{glslongtok}}}
-\end{alltt}
-The footnote for all the footnote abbreviation styles is produced
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsxtrfootnotedescsort}}\marg{\strong{\cmd{the}\gls{glslongtok}}}
+\end{codebox}
+The footnote for all the footnote \idxpl{abbrvstyle} is produced
with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glsxtrabbrvfootnote}\marg{label}\marg{text}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsxtrabbrvfootnote}\margm{label}\margm{text}
+\end{codebox}
where \meta{text} is the singular or plural long form, depending on
-what command was used to reference the abbreviation (\cs{gls},
-\cs{glspl} etc). This can simply be redefined as:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{renewcommand}*\mgroup{\ics*{glsxtrabbrvfootnote}}[2]\mgroup{\ics{footnote}\mgroup{\%
- \#2: \ics{glsentrydesc}\mgroup{\#1}}}
-\end{alltt}
+what command was used to reference the \idx{abbreviation} (\gls{gls},
+\gls{glspl} etc). This can simply be redefined as:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsxtrabbrvfootnote}}[2]\marg{\gls{footnote}\marg{\comment{}
+ \#2: \gls{glsentrydesc}\marg{\#1}}}
+\end{codebox}
This will mimic the result from the original sample document.
+Note that newer versions of \sty{glossaries-extra} may have
+additional helper commands associated with certain \idxpl{abbrvstyle}.
-You may prefer to replace \verb|#2| with a reference to a
+You may prefer to replace \code{\#2} with a reference to a
specific field (or fields). For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{renewcommand}*\mgroup{\ics*{glsxtrabbrvfootnote}}[2]\mgroup{\ics{footnote}\mgroup{\%
- \ics*{Glsfmtlong}\mgroup{\#1} (\ics*{glsfmtshort}\mgroup{\#1}): \ics{glsentrydesc}\mgroup{\#1}.}}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsxtrabbrvfootnote}}[2]\marg{\gls{footnote}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{Glsfmtlong}\marg{\#1} (\gls{glsfmtshort}\marg{\#1}): \gls{glsentrydesc}\marg{\#1}.}}
+\end{codebox}
As with the earlier \samplefile{AcrDesc}, you need to remove or change the redefinition of
-\ics{glsseeitemformat} since \cs{acronymfont} is no longer appropriate.
+\gls{glsseeitemformat} since \gls{acronymfont} is no longer appropriate.
-In the original \texttt{sampleCustomAcr.tex} source code, I started
+In the original \file{sampleCustomAcr.tex} source code, I started
the description with a capital:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronym[description={Statistical pattern recognition
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronym}\oarg{\gloskeyval{description}{Statistical pattern recognition
technique using the ``kernel trick''},
-see={[see also]{svm}},
-]{ksvm}{ksvm}{kernel support vector machine}
-\end{verbatim}
+\gloskeyval{see}{[see also]\marg{svm}},
+}\marg{ksvm}\marg{ksvm}\marg{kernel support vector machine}
+\end{codebox}
This leads to a capital letter after the colon in the footnote,
which is undesirable, but I would like to have the description start
-with a capital in the glossary. The solution to this problem is
-easy with \gls{glossaries-extra}. I start the description with a
-lowercase letter and set the \attr{glossdesc} attribute to
-\optfmt{firstuc}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glssetcategoryattribute}\mgroup{acronym}\mgroup{glossdesc}\mgroup{firstuc}
-\end{alltt}
-The abbreviation definitions are modified slightly:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{newacronym}[description=\mgroup{\strong{s}tatistical pattern recognition
+with a capital in the \idx{glossary}. The solution to this problem
+is easy with \sty{glossaries-extra}. I start the description with a
+\idx{lowercase} letter and set the \catattr{glossdesc}
+\idx{categoryattribute} to \optfmt{firstuc} to convert the
+description to \idx{sentencecase} in the \idx{glossary}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glssetcategoryattribute}\marg{\cat{acronym}}\marg{\catattr{glossdesc}}\marg{firstuc}
+\end{codebox}
+The \idx{abbreviation} definitions are modified slightly:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronym}\oarg{\gloskeyval{description}{\strong{s}tatistical pattern recognition
technique using the ``kernel trick''},
-\strong{\xtrgloskey{seealso}=\mgroup{svm}},
-]\mgroup{ksvm}\mgroup{ksvm}\mgroup{kernel support vector machine}
-\end{alltt}
-Note the use of the \xtrgloskey{seealso} key, which is only
-available with \gls{glossaries-extra}.
-
-If you prefer to use \ics*{newabbreviation} instead of
-\ics{newacronym}, then the category needs to be
+\strong{\gloskeyval{seealso}{svm}},
+}\marg{ksvm}\marg{ksvm}\marg{kernel support vector machine}
+\end{codebox}
+Note the use of the \gloskey{seealso} key, which is only
+available with \sty{glossaries-extra}.
+
+If you prefer to use \gls{newabbreviation} instead of
+\gls{newacronym}, then the category needs to be
\cat{abbreviation} rather than \cat{acronym}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glssetcategoryattribute}\mgroup{\strong{abbreviation}}\mgroup{glossdesc}\mgroup{firstuc}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glssetcategoryattribute}\marg{\strong{\cat{abbreviation}}}\marg{\catattr{glossdesc}}\marg{firstuc}
+\end{codebox}
and the style command needs to be adjusted so that it omits the
optional argument. For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}\mgroup{short-sc-postfootnote-desc}
-\end{alltt}
-
-\exitem{-FnDesc} This example
-defines a custom display format that puts the description in a
-footnote on \gls{firstuse}.
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\marg{\abbrstyle{short-sc-postfootnote-desc}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+\filedef{sample-FnDesc.tex}
+This example defines a custom \idx+{entryformat}{display format} that
+puts the description in a footnote on \idx{firstuse}.
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample-FnDesc
makeglossaries sample-FnDesc
pdflatex sample-FnDesc
-\end{prompt}
-In order to prevent nested hyperlinks, this document uses the
-\pkgopt[false]{hyperfirst} package option (otherwise the footnote
-marker hyperlink would be inside the hyperlink around the
-\gls{linktext} which would result in a nested hyperlink).
+\end{terminal}
+In order to prevent nested \idxpl{hyperlink}, this document uses the
+\optval{hyperfirst}{false} package option (otherwise the footnote
+marker \idx{hyperlink} would be inside the \idx{hyperlink} around the
+\idx{linktext} which would result in a nested \idx{hyperlink}).
\glsxtrnote
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package has category post-link hooks that
-make it easier to adjust the formatting. The post-link hook is
-placed after the hyperlink around the \gls{linktext}, so a hyperlink
-created by \ics{footnote} in the post-link hook won't cause a nested
-link. This means that the \pkgopt[false]{hyperfirst} option isn't
-required:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\xtrfont{postdot},\xtrfont{stylemods}]\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package has category \idxpl{postlinkhook}
+that make it easier to adjust the \idxc{entryformat}{formatting}.
+The \idx{postlinkhook} is placed after the \idx{hyperlink} around
+the \idx{linktext}, so a \idx{hyperlink} created by \gls{footnote}
+in the \idx{postlinkhook} won't cause a nested link. This means that the
+\optval{hyperfirst}{false} option isn't required:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{postdot},\opt{stylemods}]\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
\begin{important}
-Never use commands like \cs{gls} or \cs{glsdesc} in the post-link
-hook as you can end up with infinite recursion. Use commands that
-don't themselves have a post-link hook, such as \cs{glsentrydesc} or
-\cs{glossentrydesc}, instead.
+Never use commands like \gls{gls} or \gls{glsdesc} in the
+\idx{postlinkhook} as you can end up with infinite recursion. Use commands that
+don't themselves have a \idx{postlinkhook}, such as \gls{glsentrydesc} or
+\gls{glossentrydesc}, instead.
\end{important}
-In the original \texttt{sample-FnDesc.tex} file, the format was
+In the original \file{sample-FnDesc.tex} file, the \idx{entryformat} was
adjusted with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{renewcommand}*\mgroup{\ics{glsentryfmt}}\mgroup{\%
- \ics{glsgenentryfmt}
- \ics{ifglsused}\mgroup{\ics{glslabel}}\mgroup{}\mgroup{\ics{footnote}\mgroup{\ics{glsentrydesc}\mgroup{\ics{glslabel}}}}%
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsentryfmt}}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsgenentryfmt}
+ \gls{ifglsused}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}\marg{}\marg{\gls{footnote}\marg{\gls{glsentrydesc}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}}}%
}
-\end{alltt}
+\end{codebox}
This can be changed to:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glsdefpostlink}
-\mgroup{general}\% category label
-\mgroup{\ics*{glsxtrifwasfirstuse}\mgroup{\ics{footnote}\mgroup{\ics{glsentrydesc}\mgroup{\ics{glslabel}}}}\mgroup{}}
-\end{alltt}
-This sets the post-link hook for the \cat{general} category
-(which is the default category for entries defined with \ics{newglossaryentry}). If I
-added some abbreviations (which have a different category) then this
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsdefpostlink}
+\marg{\cat{general}}\comment{category label}
+\marg{\gls{glsxtrifwasfirstuse}\marg{\gls{footnote}\marg{\gls{glsentrydesc}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}}}\marg{}}
+\end{codebox}
+This sets the \idx{postlinkhook} for the \cat{general} category
+(which is the default category for \idxpl{entry} defined with \gls{newglossaryentry}). If I
+added some \idxpl{abbreviation} (which have a different category) then this
change wouldn't apply to them.
The first paragraph in the document is:
-\begin{verbatim}
-First use: \gls{sample}.
-\end{verbatim}
-So the PDF will have the word \qt{sample} (the \gls{linktext}
-created by \verb|\gls{sample}|) as a hyperlink to the entry in the
-glossary followed by the footnote marker, which is a hyperlink to
+\begin{codebox}
+First use: \gls{gls}\marg{sample}.
+\end{codebox}
+So the \idx{PDF} will have the word \qt{sample} (the \idx{linktext}
+created by \code{\gls{gls}\marg{sample}}) as a \idx{hyperlink} to the entry in the
+\idx{glossary} followed by the footnote marker, which is a
+\idx{hyperlink} to
the footnote. This is then followed by the sentence terminator.
\qt{First use: sample\textsuperscript{1}.}
It would look tidier if the footnote marker could be shifted after
the full stop. \qt{First use: sample.\textsuperscript{1}}
This can easily be achieved with a minor modification:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glsdefpostlink}
-\mgroup{general}\% category label
-\mgroup{\ics*{glsxtrifwasfirstuse}
- \mgroup{\ics*{glsxtrdopostpunc}\mgroup{\ics{footnote}\mgroup{\ics{glsentrydesc}\mgroup{\ics{glslabel}}}}}\%
- \mgroup{}\%
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsdefpostlink}
+\marg{\cat{general}}\comment{category label}
+\marg{\gls{glsxtrifwasfirstuse}
+ \marg{\gls{glsxtrdopostpunc}\marg{\gls{footnote}\marg{\gls{glsentrydesc}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}}}}\comment{}
+ \marg{}\comment{}
}
-\end{alltt}
-You may prefer to use \ics{glossentrydesc} instead of
-\ics{glsentrydesc}. This will obey the \attr{glossdesc} attribute.
-If you append \ics{glspostdescription}, you can also pick up the
-\pkgopt*{postdot} package option. For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glssetcategoryattribute}\mgroup{general}\mgroup{glossdesc}\mgroup{firstuc}
-
-\ics*{glsdefpostlink}
-\mgroup{general}\% category label
-\mgroup{\ics*{glsxtrifwasfirstuse}
- \mgroup{\ics*{glsxtrdopostpunc}\mgroup{\ics{footnote}\mgroup{\%
- \strong{\ics{glossentrydesc}}\mgroup{\ics{glslabel}}\strong{\ics{glspostdescription}}}}}\%
- \mgroup{}\%
+\end{codebox}
+You may prefer to use \gls{glossentrydesc} instead of
+\gls{glsentrydesc}. This will obey the \catattr{glossdesc}
+\idx{categoryattribute}.
+If you append \gls{glspostdescription}, you can also pick up the
+\opt{postdot} package option. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glssetcategoryattribute}\marg{\cat{general}}\marg{\catattr{glossdesc}}\marg{firstuc}
+\codepar
+\gls{glsdefpostlink}
+\marg{\cat{general}}\comment{category label}
+\marg{\gls{glsxtrifwasfirstuse}
+ \marg{\gls{glsxtrdopostpunc}\marg{\gls{footnote}\marg{\comment{}
+ \strong{\gls{glossentrydesc}}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}\strong{\gls{glspostdescription}}}}}\comment{}
+ \marg{}\comment{}
}
-\end{alltt}
-Alternatively, you could just use \ics{Glsentrydesc} and explicitly
+\end{codebox}
+Alternatively, you could just use \gls{Glsentrydesc} and explicitly
append the full stop.
-\exitem{-custom-acronym}
-This document illustrates how to define your own acronym style if
+\filedef{sample-custom-acronym.tex}
+This document illustrates how to define your own \idx{acronymstyle} if
the predefined styles don't suit your requirements.
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample-custom-acronym
makeglossaries sample-custom-acronym
pdflatex sample-custom-acronym
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
In this case, a style is defined to show the short form in the text
-with the long form and description in a footnote on \gls{firstuse}.
+with the long form and description in a footnote on \idx{firstuse}.
The long form is used for the \gloskey{sort} value.
-The short form is displayed in \gls{smallcaps} in the main part of the
-document but in uppercase in the list of acronyms. (So it's a slight
+The short form is displayed in \idx+{smallcaps} in the main part of the
+document but in \idx{uppercase} in the list of acronyms. (So it's a slight
variation of some of the examples above.) The \gloskey{name} is set
to the long form (starting with an initial capital) followed by the
-all caps short form in parentheses. The final requirement is that
+\idx+{allcaps} short form in parentheses. The final requirement is that
the inline form should show the long form followed by the short form
in parentheses.
\glsxtrnote
As with \samplefile{FnAcrDesc}, the \abbrstyle{short-sc-footnote-desc}
-and \abbrstyle{short-sc-postfootnote-desc} abbreviation styles produce
+and \abbrstyle{short-sc-postfootnote-desc} \idxpl{abbrvstyle} produce
almost the required effect so one of those can be used as a starting point.
However the final requirement doesn't fit. It's now necessary to actually define a custom
-abbreviation style, but it can mostly inherit from the
+\idx{abbrvstyle}, but it can mostly inherit from the
\abbrstyle{short-sc-footnote-desc} or \abbrstyle{short-sc-postfootnote-desc} style:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{newabbreviationstyle}\mgroup{custom-fn}\%
-\mgroup{\%
- \ics*{GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup}\mgroup{short-sc-footnote-desc}\%
-}\%
-\mgroup{\%
- \ics*{GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts}\mgroup{short-sc-footnote-desc}\%
- \cs{renewcommand}*\mgroup{\ics*{glsxtrinlinefullformat}}[2]\mgroup{\%
- \strong{\ics*{glsfirstlongfootnotefont}}\mgroup{\strong{\ics*{glsaccesslong}\mgroup{\#\#1}}\%
- \ics*{ifglsxtrinsertinside}\#\#2\cs{fi}}\%
- \ics*{ifglsxtrinsertinside}\cs{else}\#\#2\cs{fi}\ics*{glsxtrfullsep}\mgroup{\#\#1}\%
- \ics*{glsxtrparen}\mgroup{\strong{\ics*{glsfirstabbrvscfont}\mgroup{\ics*{glsaccessshort}\mgroup{\#\#1}}}}\%
- }\%
- \cs{renewcommand}*\mgroup{\ics*{glsxtrinlinefullplformat}}[2]\mgroup{\%
- \strong{\ics*{glsfirstlongfootnotefont}}\mgroup{\strong{\ics*{glsaccesslongpl}\mgroup{\#\#1}}\%
- \ics*{ifglsxtrinsertinside}\#\#2\cs{fi}}%
- \ics*{ifglsxtrinsertinside}\cs{else}\#\#2\cs{fi}\ics*{glsxtrfullsep}\mgroup{\#\#1}\%
- \ics*{glsxtrparen}\mgroup{\strong{\ics*{glsfirstabbrvscfont}\mgroup{\ics*{glsaccessshortpl}\mgroup{\#\#1}}}}\%
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newabbreviationstyle}\marg{custom-fn}\comment{}
+\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup}\marg{\abbrstyle{short-sc-footnote-desc}}\comment{}
+}\comment{}
+\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts}\marg{\abbrstyle{short-sc-footnote-desc}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsxtrinlinefullformat}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \strong{\gls{glsfirstlongfootnotefont}}\marg{\strong{\gls{glsaccesslong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\comment{}
+ \gls{ifglsxtrinsertinside}\idx{hashhash}2\cmd{fi}}\comment{}
+ \gls{ifglsxtrinsertinside}\cmd{else}\idx{hashhash}2\cmd{fi}\gls{glsxtrfullsep}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\comment{}
+ \gls{glsxtrparen}\marg{\strong{\gls{glsfirstabbrvscfont}\marg{\gls{glsaccessshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}}}\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsxtrinlinefullplformat}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \strong{\gls{glsfirstlongfootnotefont}}\marg{\strong{\gls{glsaccesslongpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\comment{}
+ \gls{ifglsxtrinsertinside}\idx{hashhash}2\cmd{fi}}%
+ \gls{ifglsxtrinsertinside}\cmd{else}\idx{hashhash}2\cmd{fi}\gls{glsxtrfullsep}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\comment{}
+ \gls{glsxtrparen}\marg{\strong{\gls{glsfirstabbrvscfont}\marg{\gls{glsaccessshortpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}}}\comment{}
}%
- \cs{renewcommand}*\mgroup{\ics*{Glsxtrinlinefullformat}}[2]\mgroup{\%
- \strong{\ics*{glsfirstlongfootnotefont}}\mgroup{\strong{\ics*{Glsaccesslong}\mgroup{\#\#1}}\%
- \ics*{ifglsxtrinsertinside}\#\#2\cs{fi}}\%
- \ics*{ifglsxtrinsertinside}\cs{else}\#\#2\cs{fi}\ics*{glsxtrfullsep}\mgroup{\#\#1}\%
- \ics*{glsxtrparen}\mgroup{\strong{\ics*{glsfirstabbrvscfont}\mgroup{\ics*{glsaccessshort}\mgroup{\#\#1}}}}\%
- }\%
- \cs{renewcommand}*\mgroup{\ics*{Glsxtrinlinefullplformat}}[2]\mgroup{\%
- \strong{\ics*{glsfirstlongfootnotefont}}\mgroup{\strong{\ics*{Glsaccesslongpl}\mgroup{\#\#1}}\%
- \ics*{ifglsxtrinsertinside}\#\#2\cs{fi}}\%
- \ics*{ifglsxtrinsertinside}\cs{else}\#\#2\cs{fi}\ics*{glsxtrfullsep}\mgroup{\#\#1}\%
- \ics*{glsxtrparen}\mgroup{\strong{\ics*{glsfirstabbrvscfont}\mgroup{\ics*{glsaccessshortpl}\mgroup{\#\#1}}}}\%
- }\%
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{Glsxtrinlinefullformat}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \strong{\gls{glsfirstlongfootnotefont}}\marg{\strong{\gls{Glsaccesslong}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\comment{}
+ \gls{ifglsxtrinsertinside}\idx{hashhash}2\cmd{fi}}\comment{}
+ \gls{ifglsxtrinsertinside}\cmd{else}\idx{hashhash}2\cmd{fi}\gls{glsxtrfullsep}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\comment{}
+ \gls{glsxtrparen}\marg{\strong{\gls{glsfirstabbrvscfont}\marg{\gls{glsaccessshort}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}}}\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{Glsxtrinlinefullplformat}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \strong{\gls{glsfirstlongfootnotefont}}\marg{\strong{\gls{Glsaccesslongpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}\comment{}
+ \gls{ifglsxtrinsertinside}\idx{hashhash}2\cmd{fi}}\comment{}
+ \gls{ifglsxtrinsertinside}\cmd{else}\idx{hashhash}2\cmd{fi}\gls{glsxtrfullsep}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}\comment{}
+ \gls{glsxtrparen}\marg{\strong{\gls{glsfirstabbrvscfont}\marg{\gls{glsaccessshortpl}\marg{\idx{hashhash}1}}}}\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
}
-\end{alltt}
-(See the \gls{glossaries-extra} user manual for further details.)
+\end{codebox}
+(See the \sty{glossaries-extra} user manual for further details.)
This new custom style now needs to be set:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}[acronym]\mgroup{custom-fn}
-\end{alltt}
-Remember that if you decide to use \ics*{newabbreviation} instead
-of \ics{newacronym} then the category will be \cat{abbreviation} not \cat{acronym}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}\mgroup{custom-fn}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{\cat{acronym}}\marg{custom-fn}
+\end{codebox}
+Remember that if you decide to use \gls{newabbreviation} instead
+of \gls{newacronym} then the category will be \cat{abbreviation} not \cat{acronym}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\marg{custom-fn}
+\end{codebox}
This custom style simply adjusts the inline full form. There are other
adjustments to be made that apply to the inherited style. (The alternative is to
design a new style from scratch.) The footnote contains the long form followed by the
description. This is the same as the modification to an earlier
example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{renewcommand}*\mgroup{\ics*{glsxtrabbrvfootnote}}[2]\mgroup{\ics{footnote}\mgroup{\#2:
-\ics{glsentrydesc}\mgroup{\#1}.}}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsxtrabbrvfootnote}}[2]\marg{\gls{footnote}\marg{\#2:
+\gls{glsentrydesc}\marg{\#1}.}}
+\end{codebox}
As with \samplefile{CustomAcr}, if you specifically
want the singular long form then you can ignore the second argument.
For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{renewcommand}*\mgroup{\ics*{glsxtrabbrvfootnote}}[2]\mgroup{\ics{footnote}
- \mgroup{\ics*{Glsfmtlong}\mgroup{\#1}: \ics{glsentrydesc}\mgroup{\#1}.}}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsxtrabbrvfootnote}}[2]\marg{\gls{footnote}
+ \marg{\gls{Glsfmtlong}\marg{\#1}: \gls{glsentrydesc}\marg{\#1}.}}
+\end{codebox}
The \gloskey{name} now needs to be the long form followed by the
short form in parentheses, but note the new requirement that the
-short form should now be in all capitals not \gls{smallcaps} and the
+short form should now be in \idx{allcaps} not \idx{smallcaps} and the
long form should start with a capital letter.
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{renewcommand}*\mgroup{\ics*{glsxtrfootnotedescname}}\mgroup{\%
- \cs{protect}\ics*{glsfirstlongfootnotefont}
- \mgroup{\ics{makefirstuc}\mgroup{\cs{the}\ics{glslongtok}}}
- (\cs{protect}\ics{MakeTextUppercase}\mgroup{\cs{the}\ics{glsshorttok}})\%
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsxtrfootnotedescname}}\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{protect}\gls{glsfirstlongfootnotefont}
+ \marg{\gls{makefirstuc}\marg{\cmd{the}\gls{glslongtok}}}
+ (\cmd{protect}\gls{glsuppercase}\marg{\cmd{the}\gls{glsshorttok}})\comment{}
}
-\end{alltt}
-The inherited abbreviation style uses the short form as the
+\end{codebox}
+The inherited \idx{abbrvstyle} uses the short form as the
\gloskey{sort} value by default. This needs to be changed to the long form:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{renewcommand}*\mgroup{\ics*{glsxtrfootnotedescsort}}\mgroup{\cs{the}\strong{\ics{glslongtok}}}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsxtrfootnotedescsort}}\marg{\cmd{the}\strong{\gls{glslongtok}}}
+\end{codebox}
\begin{bib2gls}
-If you want to switch to using \gls{bib2gls}, remember to set the
-abbreviation style before the resource command and change the
+If you want to switch to using \app{bib2gls}, remember to set the
+\idx{abbrvstyle} before the resource command and change the
default sort fallback field to \gloskey{long}, as with
\samplefile{AcrDesc}.
\end{bib2gls}
-\exitem{-dot-abbr} This document illustrates how to use the base
-post link hook to adjust the space factor after abbreviations.
-\begin{prompt}
+\filedef{sample-dot-abbr.tex}
+This document illustrates how to use the base
+\idx{postlinkhook} to adjust the space factor after \idxpl{acronym}.
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample-dot-abbr
makeglossaries sampledot-abbrf
pdflatex sample-dot-abbr
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
This example creates a custom storage key that provides a similar
-function to \gls{glossaries-extra}['s] \xtrgloskey{category} key.
+function to \sty{glossaries-extra}['s] \gloskey{category} key.
\glsxtrnote
-This example is much simpler with \gls{glossaries-extra}. The custom
+This example is much simpler with \sty{glossaries-extra}. The custom
storage key, which is defined using:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{glsaddstoragekey}\mgroup{abbrtype}\mgroup{word}\mgroup{\cs{abbrtype}}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsaddstoragekey}\marg{abbrtype}\marg{word}\marg{\cmd{abbrtype}}
+\end{codebox}
can now be removed.
-The \xtrgloskey{category} key is set to \texttt{initials} for
-the initialisms (which are defined with the custom \cs{newacr}
-command). The abbreviation styles can be set with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}[acronym]\mgroup{long-short}
-\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}[initials]\mgroup{long-short}
-\end{alltt}
-The \attr{discardperiod} attribute will discard any full stop
-(period) following commands like \cs{gls}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glssetcategoryattribute}\mgroup{initials}\mgroup{discardperiod}\mgroup{true}
-\end{alltt}
-(If you want to use the \attr{noshortplural} attribute then you will
-also need to set the \attr{pluraldiscardperiod} attribute.)
-
-The \gls{firstuse} is governed by the \attr{retainfirstuseperiod}
-attribute. If set, the period won't be discarded if it follows the
-\gls{firstuse} of commands like \cs{gls}. This is useful for styles
-where the \gls{firstuse} doesn't end with the short form. In this
-case, the \gls{firstuse} of the \abbrstyle{long-short} style ends
+The \gloskey{category} key is set to \qt{initials} for
+the initialisms (which are defined with the custom \csfmt{newacr}
+command). The \idxpl{abbrvstyle} can be set with:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{\cat{acronym}}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short}}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{initials}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short}}
+\end{codebox}
+The \catattr{discardperiod} \idx{categoryattribute} will discard any \idx{fullstop}
+(period) following commands like \gls{gls}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glssetcategoryattribute}\marg{initials}\marg{\catattr{discardperiod}}\marg{true}
+\end{codebox}
+(If you want to use the \catattr{noshortplural} attribute then you will
+also need to set the \catattr{pluraldiscardperiod} attribute.)
+
+The \idx{firstuse} is governed by the \catattr{retainfirstuseperiod}
+\idx{categoryattribute}. If set, the period won't be discarded if it follows the
+\idx{firstuse} of commands like \gls{gls}. This is useful for styles
+where the \idx{firstuse} doesn't end with the short form. In this
+case, the \idx{firstuse} of the \abbrstyle{long-short} style ends
with a closing parenthesis, so the end of sentence might be clearer
if the period is retained:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glssetcategoryattribute}\mgroup{initials}\mgroup{retainfirstuseperiod}\mgroup{true}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glssetcategoryattribute}\marg{initials}\marg{\catattr{retainfirstuseperiod}}\marg{true}
+\end{codebox}
-The \attr{insertdots} attribute can automatically insert dots into
+The \catattr{insertdots} \idx{categoryattribute} can automatically insert dots into
the short form with a final space factor adjustment:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glssetcategoryattribute}\mgroup{initials}\mgroup{insertdots}\mgroup{true}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glssetcategoryattribute}\marg{initials}\marg{\catattr{insertdots}}\marg{true}
+\end{codebox}
The custom helper command defined in the example needs to be
slightly modified:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newcommand}*\mgroup{\cs{newabbr}}[1][]\mgroup{\%
- \strong{\ics*{newabbreviation}}[\strong{\xtrfont{category}}=initials,\#1]}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{newabbr}}[1][]\marg{\comment{}
+ \strong{\gls{newabbreviation}}\oarg{\strong{\gloskey{category}}=initials,\#1}}
+\end{codebox}
The definitions need to be slightly modified to work with the
-\attr{insertdots} attribute:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newabbr}\mgroup{eg}\mgroup{\strong{eg}}\mgroup{eg}
-\cs{newabbr}\mgroup{ie}\mgroup{\strong{ie}}\mgroup{ie}
-\cs{newabbr}\mgroup{bsc}\mgroup{\strong{B\mgroup{Sc}}}\mgroup{Bachelor of Science}
-\cs{newabbr}\mgroup{ba}\mgroup{\strong{BA}}\mgroup{BA}
-\cs{newabbr}\mgroup{agm}\mgroup{\strong{AGM}}\mgroup{AGM}
-\end{alltt}
+\catattr{insertdots} \idxc{categoryattribute}{attribute}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newabbr}\marg{eg}\marg{\strong{eg}}\marg{eg}
+\cmd{newabbr}\marg{ie}\marg{\strong{ie}}\marg{ie}
+\cmd{newabbr}\marg{bsc}\marg{\strong{B\marg{Sc}}}\marg{Bachelor of Science}
+\cmd{newabbr}\marg{ba}\marg{\strong{BA}}\marg{BA}
+\cmd{newabbr}\marg{agm}\marg{\strong{AGM}}\marg{AGM}
+\end{codebox}
(This makes it much easier to change your mind if you decide at a
later date to omit the dots, especially if you are storing all your
definitions in a file that's shared across multiple documents, but
note the need to group \qt{Sc}.)
The \qt{laser} definition remains unchanged:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronym{laser}{laser}{light amplification by stimulated
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{laser}\marg{laser}\marg{light amplification by stimulated
emission of radiation}
-\end{verbatim}
-The remaining code in the preamble must now be removed. (It will
-interfere with \gls{glossaries-extra}['s] category post-link hooks.)
+\end{codebox}
+The remaining code in the \idxf{documentpreamble} must now be removed. (It will
+interfere with \sty{glossaries-extra}['s] category post-link hooks.)
No change is required in the document body.
-See the \gls{glossaries-extra} user manual for further details about
-category attributes and post-link hooks.
+See the \sty{glossaries-extra} user manual for further details about
+\idxpl{categoryattribute} and post-link hooks.
-\exitem{-font-abbr} This document illustrates how to have different fonts
-for abbreviations within the style. The document build is:
-\begin{prompt}
+\filedef{sample-font-abbr.tex}
+This document illustrates how to have different fonts
+for \idxpl{acronym} within the style. The document build is:
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample-font-abbr
makeglossaries sample-font-abbr
pdflatex sample-font-abbr
-\end{prompt}
-The acronym mechanism provided by the base \styfmt{glossaries}
+\end{terminal}
+The \idx{acronym} mechanism provided by the base \sty{glossaries}
package isn't well suited to having a mixture of styles. This
example provides a workaround that involves defining a new storage
-key with \ics{glsaddstoragekey} that's used to hold the font
-declaration (such as \cs{em}).
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glsaddstoragekey{font}{}{\entryfont}
-\end{verbatim}
-A new custom acronym style is defined that fetches the font
+key with \gls{glsaddstoragekey} that's used to hold the font
+declaration (such as \csfmt{em}).
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsaddstoragekey}\marg{font}\marg{}\marg{\cmd{entryfont}}
+\end{codebox}
+A new custom \idx+{acronymstyle} is defined that fetches the font
information from this new key so that it can be applied to the
-abbreviation. Some helper commands are also provided to define the
-different types of abbreviation:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand*{\newitabbr}[1][]{\newacronym[font=\em,#1]}
-\newcommand*{\newupabbr}{\newacronym}
-
-\newitabbr{eg}{e.g.}{exempli gratia}
-\newupabbr{bsc}{BSc}{Bachelor of Science}
-\end{verbatim}
-This makes the \gls{firstuse} of \verb|\gls{eg}| appear as \qt{exempli
-gratia (\emph{e.g.})} whereas the \gls{firstuse} of \verb|\gls{bsc}|
+\idx{acronym}. Some helper commands are also provided to define the
+different types of \idxpl{acronym}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{newitabbr}}[1][]\marg{\gls{newacronym}\oarg{font=\cmd{em},\#1}}
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{newupabbr}}\marg{\gls{newacronym}}
+\codepar
+\cmd{newitabbr}\marg{eg}\marg{e.g.}\marg{exempli gratia}
+\cmd{newupabbr}\marg{bsc}\marg{BSc}\marg{Bachelor of Science}
+\end{codebox}
+This makes the \idx{firstuse} of \code{\gls{gls}\marg{eg}} appear as \qt{exempli
+gratia (\emph{e.g.})} whereas the \idx{firstuse} of \code{\gls{gls}\marg{bsc}}
is \qt{Bachelor of Science (BSc)}.
\glsxtrnote
-This example document is much simpler with \gls{glossaries-extra}.
-First the \cs{usepackage} command needs adjusting:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\xtrfont{postdot},\xtrfont{stylemods}]\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
+This example document is much simpler with \sty{glossaries-extra}.
+First the \csfmt{usepackage} command needs adjusting:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{postdot},\opt{stylemods}]\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
The custom storage key can now be removed and also the custom
-acronym style. Now replace the \ics{setacronymstyle} line with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}[acronym]\mgroup{long-short-em}
-\end{alltt}
+\idx{acronymstyle}. Now replace the \gls{setacronymstyle} line with:
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{\cat{acronym}}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short-em}}
+\end{codebox*}
and change the definition of the helper commands:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newcommand}*\mgroup{\cs{newitabbr}}\mgroup{\ics{newacronym}}
-\cs{newcommand}*\mgroup{\cs{newupabbr}}\mgroup{\strong{\ics*{newabbreviation}}}
-\end{alltt}
-Note that the \verb|font=\em,| part has been removed from the
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{newitabbr}}\marg{\gls{newacronym}}
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{newupabbr}}\marg{\strong{\gls{newabbreviation}}}
+\end{codebox}
+Note that the \code{font=\cmd{em},} part has been removed from the
definition of the first command and the second command uses
-\ics*{newabbreviation} instead of \ics{newacronym}. This means that
-\cs{newitabbr} will default to
-\xtrgloskey{category}\csoptfmt{=acronym} and \cs{newupabbr} will
-default to \xtrgloskey{category}\csoptfmt{=abbreviation}. The
+\gls{newabbreviation} instead of \gls{newacronym}. This means that
+\csfmt{newitabbr} will default to
+\gloskeyval{category}{\cat{acronym}} and \csfmt{newupabbr} will
+default to \gloskeyval{category}{\cat{abbreviation}}. The
default style for the \cat{abbreviation} category is
\abbrstyle{long-short}, which is the required style for this
example. This just means that only the \cat{acronym} category needs
-to have the style set (with the above \ics*{setabbreviationstyle}
+to have the style set (with the above \gls{setabbreviationstyle}
command).
-Finally, the \ics{acrshort}, \ics{acrlong} and \cs{acrfull} commands
-need to be replaced with \ics*{glsxtrshort}, \ics*{glsxtrlong} and
-\ics*{glsxtrfull}.
+Finally, the \gls{acrshort}, \gls{acrlong} and \gls{acrfull} commands
+need to be replaced with \gls{glsxtrshort}, \gls{glsxtrlong} and
+\gls{glsxtrfull}.
You may notice that the spacing after \qt{e.g\@.} and \qt{i.e\@.}
isn't correct. This is similar to the \samplefile{-dot-abbr} example
where the space factor needs adjusting. In this case I've inserted
-the dots manually (rather than relying on the \attr{insertdots}
-attribute). You can either remove the dots and use \attr{insertdots}
-with \attr{discardperiod}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glssetcategoryattribute}\mgroup{acronym}\mgroup{insertdots}\mgroup{true}
-\ics*{glssetcategoryattribute}\mgroup{acronym}\mgroup{discardperiod}\mgroup{true}
-
-\cs{newitabbr}\mgroup{eg}\mgroup{\strong{eg}}\mgroup{exempli gratia}
-\cs{newitabbr}\mgroup{ie}\mgroup{\strong{ie}}\mgroup{id est}
-\end{alltt}
-Or you can manually insert the space factor adjustment and only use
-the \attr{discardperiod} attribute:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glssetcategoryattribute}\mgroup{acronym}\mgroup{discardperiod}\mgroup{true}
-
-\cs{newitabbr}\mgroup{eg}\mgroup{e.g.\strong{\ics{@}}}\mgroup{exempli gratia}
-\cs{newitabbr}\mgroup{ie}\mgroup{i.e.\strong{\ics{@}}}\mgroup{id est}
-\end{alltt}
+the dots manually (rather than relying on the \catattr{insertdots}
+\idxc{categoryattribute}{attribute}). You can either remove the dots
+and use \catattr{insertdots} with \catattr{discardperiod}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glssetcategoryattribute}\marg{\cat{acronym}}\marg{\catattr{insertdots}}\marg{true}
+\gls{glssetcategoryattribute}\marg{\cat{acronym}}\marg{\catattr{discardperiod}}\marg{true}
+\codepar
+\cmd{newitabbr}\marg{eg}\marg{\strong{eg}}\marg{exempli gratia}
+\cmd{newitabbr}\marg{ie}\marg{\strong{ie}}\marg{id est}
+\end{codebox}
+Or you can manually insert the space factor adjustment with \gls{cs.at} and only use
+the \catattr{discardperiod} \idxc{categoryattribute}{attribute}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glssetcategoryattribute}\marg{\cat{acronym}}\marg{\catattr{discardperiod}}\marg{true}
+\codepar
+\cmd{newitabbr}\marg{eg}\marg{e.g.\strong{\gls{cs.at}}}\marg{exempli gratia}
+\cmd{newitabbr}\marg{ie}\marg{i.e.\strong{\gls{cs.at}}}\marg{id est}
+\end{codebox}
You don't have to use the \cat{acronym} category. You may prefer a
different label that fits better semantically. For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}[\strong{latinabbr}]\mgroup{long-short-em}
-\cs{newcommand}*\mgroup{\cs{new\strong{latin}abbr}}[1][]\mgroup{\ics*{newabbreviation}[\xtrfont{category}=\strong{latinabbr},\#1]}
-\ics*{glssetcategoryattribute}\mgroup{\strong{latinabbr}}\mgroup{insertdots}\mgroup{true}
-\ics*{glssetcategoryattribute}\mgroup{\strong{latinabbr}}\mgroup{discardperiod}\mgroup{true}
-
-\cs{new\strong{latin}abbr}\mgroup{eg}\mgroup{e.g.\strong{\ics{@}}}\mgroup{exempli gratia}
-\cs{new\strong{latin}abbr}\mgroup{ie}\mgroup{i.e.\strong{\ics{@}}}\mgroup{id est}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{\strong{latinabbr}}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short-em}}
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{new\strong{latin}abbr}}[1][]\marg{\gls{newabbreviation}\oarg{\gloskeyval{category}{\strong{latinabbr}},\#1}}
+\gls{glssetcategoryattribute}\marg{\strong{latinabbr}}\marg{\catattr{insertdots}}\marg{true}
+\gls{glssetcategoryattribute}\marg{\strong{latinabbr}}\marg{\catattr{discardperiod}}\marg{true}
+\codepar
+\cmd{new\strong{latin}abbr}\marg{eg}\marg{e.g.\strong{\gls{cs.at}}}\marg{exempli gratia}
+\cmd{new\strong{latin}abbr}\marg{ie}\marg{i.e.\strong{\gls{cs.at}}}\marg{id est}
+\end{codebox}
\section{Non-Page Locations}
\label{sec:samplecounter}
-\exitem{Eq} This document illustrates how
-to change the location to something other than the page number. In
-this case, the \ctrfmt{equation} counter is used since all glossary
-entries appear inside an \env{equation} environment. To create
-the document do:
-\begin{prompt}
+\filedef{sampleEq.tex}
+This document illustrates how to change the \idx{entrylocation} to something
+other than the page number. In this case, the \ctr{equation} counter
+is used since all \idxpl{glossaryentry} appear inside an \env{equation}
+environment. To create the document do:
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sampleEq
makeglossaries sampleEq
pdflatex sampleEq
-\end{prompt}
-The \styfmt{glossaries} package provides some location formats, such
-as \ics{hyperrm} and \ics{hyperbf}, that allow the locations in the \gls{numberlist}
-to hyperlink to the appropriate place in the document (if
+\end{terminal}
+The \sty{glossaries} package provides some \idxpl{locationformat}, such
+as \encap{hyperrm} and \encap{hyperbf}, that allow the \locations\ in the
+\idx{numberlist} to \idx{hyperlink} to the appropriate place in the document (if
\sty{hyperref} has been used). Since it's not possible to include
-the hyperlink name in the indexing information with \gls{makeindex}
-and \gls{xindy}, the \styfmt{glossaries} package has to reform the
-name from a prefix and the location value.
+the \idx{hyperlink} name in the \idx{indexing} information with \app{makeindex}
+and \app{xindy}, the \sty{glossaries} package has to reform the
+name from a prefix and the \location\ value.
Unfortunately it's not always possible to split the link name into a
-prefix and location. That happens with the \ctrfmt{equation}
-counter in certain classes, such as the \clsfmt{report} class (which
+prefix and location. That happens with the \ctr{equation}
+counter in certain classes, such as the \cls{report} class (which
is used in this example). This means that it's necessary to redefine
-\ics{theHequation} so that it has a format that fits the requirement:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*\theHequation{\theHchapter.\arabic{equation}}
-\end{verbatim}
-If you don't do this, the equation locations in the glossary won't
-form valid hyperlinks.
-
-Each glossary entry represents a mathematical symbol. This means
-that with \optsto13 it's necessary to use the \gloskey{sort} key.
+\theHcounter{equation} so that it has a format that fits the requirement:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\theHcounter{equation}\marg{\theHcounter{chapter}.\gls{arabic}\marg{equation}}
+\end{codebox}
+If you don't do this, the equation \locations\ in the \idx{glossary} won't
+form valid \idxpl{hyperlink}.
+
+Each \idx{glossaryentry} represents a mathematical symbol. This means
+that with \options{noidx,mkidx,xdy} it's necessary to use the \gloskey{sort} key.
For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{Gamma}\mgroup{name=\cs{ensuremath}\mgroup{\cs{Gamma}(z)},
-description=Gamma function,\strong{sort=Gamma}}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{Gamma}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{Gamma}(z)}},
+\gloskeyval{description}{Gamma function},\strong{\gloskeyval{sort}{Gamma}}}
+\end{codebox}
\bibglsnote
-If you want to switch to using \gls{bib2gls}, the first change you
+If you want to switch to using \app{bib2gls}, the first change you
need to make is to switch from explicitly loading
-\styfmt{glossaries} to loading \gls{glossaries-extra} with the
-\pkgopt*{record} package option. If \pkgopt+{only}{record} (or
-\pkgopt*{record} without a value) is used, then the above
-redefinition of \cs{theHequation} is still required. If
-\pkgopt+{nameref}{record} is used instead then the redefinition of
-\cs{theHequation} isn't required. You may also want to use the
-\pkgopt*{stylemods} and \pkgopt*{postdot} options:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\strong{\strong{\xtrfont{record=nameref}},\xtrfont{stylemods},\xtrfont{postdot}},
- ucmark,style=long3colheader,counter=equation]\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
-The entries now need to be converted into the \filetype{bib} format required
-by \gls{bib2gls}, which can be done with \gls{convertgls2bib}:
-\begin{prompt}
-convertgls2bib -{}-preamble-only sampleEq.tex entries.bib
-\end{prompt}
-This will create a file called \nolinkurl{entries.bib} that starts:
-\begin{alltt}
-\% Encoding: UTF-8
-\atentry{entry}\mgroup{Gamma,
- name = \mgroup{\cs{ensuremath}\mgroup{\cs{Gamma}(z)}},
- description = \mgroup{Gamma function}
+\sty{glossaries} to loading \sty{glossaries-extra} with the
+\opt{record} package option. If \optval{record}{only} (or
+\opt{record} without a value) is used, then the above
+redefinition of \theHcounter{equation} is still required. If
+\optval{record}{nameref} is used instead then the redefinition of
+\theHcounter{equation} isn't required. You may also want to use the
+\opt{stylemods} and \opt{postdot} options:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\strong{\optval{record}{nameref}},\opt{stylemods},\opt{postdot},
+ \opt{ucmark},\optval{style}{\glostyle{long3colheader}},\optval{counter}{\ctr{equation}}]\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
+The entries now need to be converted into the \ext{bib} format required
+by \app{bib2gls}, which can be done with \app{convertgls2bib}:
+\begin{terminal}
+convertgls2bib \switch{preamble-only} sampleEq.tex entries.bib
+\end{terminal}
+This will create a file called \filefmt{entries.bib} that starts:
+\begin{codebox}
+\comment{Encoding: UTF-8}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{Gamma,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{Gamma}(z)}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{Gamma function}
}
-\end{alltt}
+\end{codebox}
You may prefer to change \atentry{entry} to \atentry{symbol}. (This
should be easy to do with your text editor's search and replace
function.)
@@ -16025,406 +30435,407 @@ this behaviour. (If you try this example out, notice the difference
in the ordering if you switch between \atentry{entry} and
\atentry{symbol}. See also \bibglsgallery{sorting}.)
-Next replace \cs{makeglossaries} with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\strong{\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=entries]}
-\end{alltt}
-If you have used \pkgopt+{nameref}{record} then you can remove the
-redefinition of \cs{theHequation}. Next remove all the lines
+Next replace \gls{makeglossaries} with:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{entries}}
+\end{codebox}
+If you have used \optval{record}{nameref} then you can remove the
+redefinition of \theHcounter{equation}. Next remove all the lines
defining the glossary entries (since they're now defined in the
-\filetype{bib} file).
+\ext{bib} file).
-Finally, replace \ics{printglossary} with \ics*{printunsrtglossary}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\strong{\ics*{printunsrtglossary}}[title=\mgroup{Index of Special Functions and
-Notations}]
-\end{alltt}
+Finally, replace \gls{printglossary} with \gls{printunsrtglossary}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\strong{\gls{printunsrtglossary}}\oarg{\printglossoptvalm{title}{Index of Special Functions and Notations}}
+\end{codebox}
The rest of the document remains unchanged (unless you want to use
-\ics*{glsxtrfmt} as described in the following example).
+\gls{glsxtrfmt} as described in the following example).
-\exitem{EqPg} This is similar to the previous example, but the \glspl{numberlist} are a
+\filedef{sampleEqPg.tex}
+This is similar to the previous example, but the \idxpl{numberlist} are a
mixture of page numbers and equation numbers. This example adds the
-glossary to the table of contents, so an extra \LaTeX\ run is
+\idx{glossary} to the \idx{tableofcontents}, so an extra \LaTeX\ run is
required:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sampleEqPg
makeglossaries sampleEqPg
pdflatex sampleEqPg
pdflatex sampleEqPg
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
As with the previous example, entries are defined like this:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{Gamma}{name=\ensuremath{\Gamma(z)},
-description=Gamma function,sort=Gamma}
-\end{verbatim}
-The \pkgopt[equation]{counter} package option is used to set the
-default indexing counter to \ctrfmt{equation}. This means that it
-has to be changed for indexing outside of any numbered equation. For
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{Gamma}{\gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{Gamma}(z)}},
+\gloskeyval{description}{Gamma function},\gloskeyval{sort}{Gamma}}
+\end{codebox}
+The \optval{counter}{\ctr{equation}} package option is used to set the
+default indexing counter to \ctr{equation}. This means that it
+has to be changed for \idx{indexing} outside of any numbered equation. For
example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glslink[format=hyperbf,counter=page]{Gamma}{gamma function}
-\end{verbatim}
-I've set the \gloskey[glslink]{format} to \locfmt{hyperbf} to indicate that
-this is a primary reference. (Note that I'm using \ics{hyperbf} not
-\ics{textbf} in order to include a hyperlink in the location.)
-
-The \gls{linktext} here is almost identical to the
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glslink}\oarg{\glsoptval{format}{\encap{hyperbf}},\glsoptval{counter}{\ctr{page}}}\marg{Gamma}\marg{gamma function}
+\end{codebox}
+I've set the \glsopt{format} to \encap{hyperbf} to indicate that
+this is a primary reference. (Note that I'm using \encap{hyperbf} not
+\encap{textbf} in order to include a \idx{hyperlink} in the location.)
+
+The \idx{linktext} here is almost identical to the
description. The only difference is that the description starts with
-a capital. If it started with a lowercase character instead, I could
-simply use \ics{glsdesc} instead of \ics{glslink}. If I change the
-entry descriptions so that they all start with a lowercase letter
-then I would need to create a custom glossary style that used
-\ics{Glossentrydesc} instead of \ics{glossentrydesc}.
+a capital (\idx{sentencecase}). If it started with a \idx{lowercase} character instead, I could
+simply use \gls{glsdesc} instead of \gls{glslink}. If I change the
+entry descriptions so that they all start with a \idx{lowercase} letter
+then I would need to create a custom \idx{glossarystyle} that used
+\gls{Glossentrydesc} instead of \gls{glossentrydesc}.
\glsxtrnote
-If I switch to using \gls{glossaries-extra} I wouldn't need a new
-glossary style. Instead I could just use the \attr{glossdesc}
-attribute to perform the case change. Remember that the first change
-to make is to replace \styfmt{glossaries} with
-\gls{glossaries-extra}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[style=long3colheader,\strong{\xtrfont{postdot},\xtrfont{stylemods}},
- counter=equation]\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
+If I switch to using \sty{glossaries-extra} I wouldn't need a new
+\idx{glossarystyle}. Instead I could just use the \catattr{glossdesc}
+\idx{categoryattribute} to perform the \idx{casechange}. Remember that the first change
+to make is to replace \sty{glossaries} with
+\sty{glossaries-extra}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}\oarg{\optval{style}{\glostyle{long3colheader}},\strong{\opt{postdot},\opt{stylemods}},
+ \optval{counter}{\ctr{equation}}}\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
The entries are now all defined so that the description starts with
a lowercase letter (except for the descriptions that start with a
proper noun). For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{Gamma}\mgroup{name=\cs{ensuremath}\mgroup{\cs{Gamma}(z)},
-description=\strong{g}amma function,sort=Gamma}
-\end{alltt}
-The \attr{glossdesc} attribute needs setting:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glssetcategoryattribute}\mgroup{general}\mgroup{glossdesc}\mgroup{firstuc}
-\end{alltt}
-This means that I can now use \ics{glsdesc} instead of \ics{glslink}.
-
-It's a bit cumbersome typing \texttt{[format=hyperbf,counter=page]}
-for each primary reference, but \gls{glossaries-extra} provides a
-convenient way of having a third modifier for commands like \cs{gls}
-and \cs{glstext}. This needs to be a single punctuation character
-(but not \texttt{*} or \texttt{+} which are already in use). For
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{Gamma}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{Gamma}(z)}},
+\gloskeyval{description}{\strong{g}amma function},\gloskeyval{sort}{Gamma}}
+\end{codebox}
+The \catattr{glossdesc} \idx{categoryattribute} needs setting:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glssetcategoryattribute}\marg{\cat{general}}\marg{\catattr{glossdesc}}\marg{firstuc}
+\end{codebox}
+This means that I can now use \gls{glsdesc} instead of \gls{glslink}.
+
+It's a bit cumbersome typing \code{\oarg{\glsoptval{format}{\encap{hyperbf}},\glsoptval{counter}{\ctr{page}}}}
+for each primary reference, but \sty{glossaries-extra} provides a
+convenient way of having a third modifier for commands like \gls{gls}
+and \gls{glstext}. This needs to be a single punctuation character
+(but not \code{*} or \code{+} which are already in use). For
example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{GlsXtrSetAltModifier}\mgroup{\strong{!}}\mgroup{format=hyperbf,counter=page}
-\end{alltt}
-Now \texttt{\ics{glsdesc}\strong{!}\mgroup{Gamma}} is equivalent to:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{glsdesc}[format=hyperbf,counter=page]\mgroup{Gamma}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsXtrSetAltModifier}\marg{\strong{!}}\marg{\glsoptval{format}{\encap{hyperbf}},\glsoptval{counter}{\ctr{page}}}
+\end{codebox}
+Now \code{\gls{glsdesc}\strong{!}\marg{Gamma}} is equivalent to:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsdesc}\oarg{\glsoptval{format}{\encap{hyperbf}},\glsoptval{counter}{\ctr{page}}}\marg{Gamma}
+\end{codebox}
So the text at the start of the \qt{Gamma Functions} chapter is now
just:
-\begin{alltt}
-The \ics{glsdesc}!\mgroup{Gamma} is defined as
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+The \gls{glsdesc}!\marg{Gamma} is defined as
+\end{codebox}
which is much more compact. Similar changes can be made for the
-other instance of \ics{glslink} where the \gls{linktext} is just
+other instance of \gls{glslink} where the \idx{linktext} is just
the description:
-\begin{alltt}
-The \ics{glsdesc}!\mgroup{erf} is defined as
-\end{alltt}
-
-There are three other instances of \ics{glslink}, such as:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{glslink}\mgroup{Gamma}\mgroup{\cs{Gamma}(x+1)}
-\end{alltt}
-If I just use \verb|\gls{Gamma}| then I would get $\Gamma(z)$ as the
-\gls{linktext}. For entries like this that represent functions with
+\begin{codebox}
+The \gls{glsdesc}!\marg{erf} is defined as
+\end{codebox}
+
+There are three other instances of \gls{glslink}, such as:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glslink}\marg{Gamma}\marg{\cmd{Gamma}(x+1)}
+\end{codebox}
+If I just use \code{\gls{gls}\marg{Gamma}} then I would get $\Gamma(z)$ as the
+\idx{linktext}. For entries like this that represent functions with
variable parameters it would be more convenient (and help with
consistency) if a command was available to easily replace the
parameters.
-With the base \styfmt{glossaries} package, one simple solution that
+With the base \sty{glossaries} package, one simple solution that
works for this example is to save just the function symbol in the
\gloskey{symbol} field, for example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{Gamma}\mgroup{name=\cs{ensuremath}\mgroup{\cs{Gamma}(z)},
-\strong{symbol=\mgroup{\cs{ensuremath}\mgroup{\cs{Gamma}}},}
-description=gamma function,sort=Gamma}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{Gamma}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{Gamma}(z)}},
+\strong{\gloskeyval{symbol}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{Gamma}}},}
+\gloskeyval{description}{gamma function},\gloskeyval{sort}{Gamma}}
+\end{codebox}
and then use:
-\begin{alltt}
-\strong{\ics{glssymbol}}\mgroup{Gamma}\strong[(\cs{Gamma}(x+1))\strong]
-\end{alltt}
-(which includes the function parameter inside the \gls{linktext}) or just:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{glssymbol}\mgroup{Gamma}(\cs{Gamma}(x+1))
-\end{alltt}
-(which has the function parameter after the \gls{linktext}).
+\begin{codebox}
+\strong{\gls{glssymbol}}\marg{Gamma}\strong[(\cmd{Gamma}(x+1))\strong]
+\end{codebox}
+(which includes the function parameter inside the \idx{linktext}) or just:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glssymbol}\marg{Gamma}(\cmd{Gamma}(x+1))
+\end{codebox}
+(which has the function parameter after the \idx{linktext}).
This is a convenient approach where the extra material can simply
-follow the symbol, and it can also be used with \gls{glossaries-extra}.
+follow the symbol, and it can also be used with \sty{glossaries-extra}.
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides another possibility. It
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides another possibility. It
requires a command that takes a single argument, for example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand{\Gammafunction}[1]{\Gamma(#1)}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{Gammafunction}}[1]\marg{\cmd{Gamma}(\#1)}
+\end{codebox}
The control sequence name (the command name without the leading
-backslash) is stored in the field identified by the command \ics*{GlsXtrFmtField}
+backslash) is stored in the field identified by the command \gls{GlsXtrFmtField}
(this should be the internal field name not the key name, see \tableref{tab:fieldmap}). The
-default is \field{useri} which corresponds to the \gloskey{user1}
-key. This means that the \texttt{Gamma} entry would need to be
-defined with \texttt{user1=Gammafunction}. With this approach, each
+default is \glosfield{useri} which corresponds to the \gloskey{user1}
+key. This means that the \qt{Gamma} entry would need to be
+defined with \gloskeyval{user1}{Gammafunction}. With this approach, each
function entry would need a separate associated command.
Another approach is to store the parameterless function in the
\gloskey{symbol} key (as earlier) and have a more generic command that uses this
symbol. This requires the entry label, which can be obtained with
-\cs{glslabel} within the \gls{linktext}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newcommand}\mgroup{\cs{entryfunc}}[1]\mgroup{\ics{glsentrysymbol}\mgroup{\ics{glslabel}}(\#1)}
-\end{alltt}
-(Obviously, this command can't be used outside of the \gls{linktext}
-or post-link hooks since it uses \ics{glslabel}.)
+\gls{glslabel} within the \idx{linktext}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{entryfunc}}[1]\marg{\gls{glsentrysymbol}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}(\#1)}
+\end{codebox}
+(Obviously, this command can't be used outside of the \idx{linktext}
+or post-link hooks since it uses \gls{glslabel}.)
So the entry now needs the parameterless function in
\gloskey{symbol} and the control sequence name of this generic
command in \gloskey{user1}. For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{Gamma}\mgroup{name=\cs{ensuremath}\mgroup{\cs{Gamma}(z)},
-\strong{symbol=\mgroup{\cs{ensuremath}\mgroup{\cs{Gamma}}},user1=entryfunc,}
-description=gamma function,sort=Gamma}
-\end{alltt}
-(This doesn't need to be done for the \texttt{C} and \texttt{G}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{Gamma}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{Gamma}(z)}},
+\strong{\gloskeyval{symbol}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{Gamma}}},\gloskeyval{user1}{entryfunc},}
+\gloskeyval{description}{gamma function},\gloskeyval{sort}{Gamma}}
+\end{codebox}
+(This doesn't need to be done for the \qt{C} and \qt{G}
entries since they're constants not functions.)
You may want to consider providing helper commands to make the
functions easier to define. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand{\func}[2]{#1(#2)}
-\newcommand{\entryfunc}[1]{\func{\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{#1}}
-\newcommand{\newfunc}[5][]{%
- \newglossaryentry{#2}{name={\ensuremath{\func{#3}{#4}}},
- symbol={#3},
- user1={entryfunc},
- description={#5},
- sort={#2},#1
- }%
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{func}}[2]\marg{\#1(\#2)}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{entryfunc}}[1]\marg{\cmd{func}\marg{\gls{glsentrysymbol}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}}\marg{\#1}}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{newfunc}}[5][]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{\#2}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{func}\marg{\#3}\marg{\#4}}},
+ \gloskeyval{symbol}{\#3},
+ \gloskeyval{user1}{entryfunc},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{\#5},
+ \gloskeyval{sort}{\#2},\#1
+ }\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-The entries can now be defined using this custom \cs{newfunc}
+\end{codebox}
+The entries can now be defined using this custom \csfmt{newfunc}
command. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newfunc{Gamma}{\Gamma}{z}{gamma function}
-\newfunc[sort=gamma1]{gamma}{\gamma}{\alpha,x}{lower
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newfunc}\marg{Gamma}\marg{\cmd{Gamma}}\marg{z}\marg{gamma function}
+\cmd{newfunc}[\gloskeyval{sort}{gamma1}]\marg{gamma}\marg{\cmd{gamma}}\marg{\cmd{alpha},x}\marg{lower
incomplete gamma function}
-\newfunc[sort=Gamma2]{iGamma}{\Gamma}{\alpha,x}{upper
+\cmd{newfunc}[\gloskeyval{sort}{Gamma2}]\marg{iGamma}\marg{\cmd{Gamma}}\marg{\cmd{alpha},x}\marg{upper
incomplete gamma function}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
-Note that in \cs{newfunc} the \gloskey{symbol} key doesn't have its value
-encapsulated with \ics{ensuremath} so \cs{glssymbol} will need to explicitly be
-placed in math mode. If you switch to a glossary style that displays
+Note that in \csfmt{newfunc} the \gloskey{symbol} key doesn't have its value
+encapsulated with \gls{ensuremath} so \gls{glssymbol} will need to explicitly be
+placed in \idx{mathmode}. If you switch to a \idx{glossarystyle} that displays
the symbol, you will either need to adjust the definition of
-\cs{newfunc} to use \ics{ensuremath} in the \gloskey{symbol} field
-or you can add the encapsulation with the \attr{glosssymbolfont}
-attribute.
+\csfmt{newfunc} to use \gls{ensuremath} in the \gloskey{symbol} field
+or you can add the encapsulation with the \catattr{glosssymbolfont}
+\idx{categoryattribute}.
-Now \verb|\glslink{Znu}{Z_\nu}| can simply be replaced with
-\texttt{\ics{glssymbol}\mgroup{Znu}} (no parameter is required in
+Now \code{\gls{glslink}\marg{Znu}\marg{Z\_\cmd{nu}}} can simply be replaced with
+\code{\gls{glssymbol}\marg{Znu}} (no parameter is required in
this case). For the other cases, where the parameter is different
from that given in the \gloskey{text} field (which is obtained from
-the \gloskey{name}), you can use \ics*{glsxtrfmt}. For example,
-\texttt{\cs{glslink}\mgroup{Gamma}\mgroup{\cs{Gamma}(x+1)}} can now be replaced with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glsxtrfmt}\mgroup{Gamma}\mgroup{x+1}
-\end{alltt}
-This effectively works like \cs{glslink} but omits the post-link hook.
-(See the \gls{glossaries-extra} user manual for further details.)
+the \gloskey{name}), you can use \gls{glsxtrfmt}. For example,
+\code{\gls{glslink}\marg{Gamma}\marg{\cmd{Gamma}(x+1)}} can now be replaced with:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsxtrfmt}\marg{Gamma}\marg{x+1}
+\end{codebox}
+This effectively works like \gls{glslink} but omits the post-link hook.
+(See the \sty{glossaries-extra} user manual for further details.)
\begin{important}
-Don't use \ics*{glsxtrfmt} within the argument of another \ics*{glsxtrfmt} command
-(or inside any other \gls{linktext}).
+Don't use \gls{glsxtrfmt} within the argument of another \gls{glsxtrfmt} command
+(or inside any other \idx{linktext}).
\end{important}
-Similarly \verb|\glslink{Gamma}{\Gamma(\alpha)}|
+Similarly \code{\gls{glslink}\marg{Gamma}\marg{\cmd{Gamma}(\cmd{alpha})}}
can now be replaced with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glsxtrfmt}\mgroup{Gamma}\mgroup{\cs{alpha}}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsxtrfmt}\marg{Gamma}\marg{\cmd{alpha}}
+\end{codebox}
Note that it's still possible to use:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{glssymbol}\mgroup{Gamma}[(\cs{alpha})]
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glssymbol}\marg{Gamma}[(\cmd{alpha})]
+\end{codebox}
You may prefer to define a helper command that makes it easier to
switch between your preferred method. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand*{\Fn}[3][]{\glssymbol[#1]{#2}[(#3)]}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{Fn}}[3][]\marg{\gls{glssymbol}\oarg{\#1}\marg{\#2}[(\#3)]}
+\end{codebox}
or:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newcommand}*\mgroup{\cs{Fn}}[3][]\mgroup{\ics*{glsxtrfmt}[\#1]\mgroup{\#2}\mgroup{\#3}}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{Fn}}[3][]\marg{\gls{glsxtrfmt}\oarg{\#1}\marg{\#2}\marg{\#3}}
+\end{codebox}
\bibglsnote
-If you want to convert this example so that it works with \gls{bib2gls}, first
-convert it to use \gls{glossaries-extra} (as described above), and
+If you want to convert this example so that it works with \app{bib2gls}, first
+convert it to use \sty{glossaries-extra} (as described above), and
then follow the instructions from \samplefile{Eq}. The
-\gls{convertgls2bib} application recognises \cs{newcommand} so it
-will be able to parse the custom \cs{newfunc} commands.
-
-Note that \gls{bib2gls} allows you to separate the locations in the \gls{numberlist}
-into different groups according to the counter used for the
-location. This can be done with the \resourceopt{loc-counters}
-resource option. It's also possible to identify primary formats
-(such as \locfmt{hyperbf} used in this example) using the
-\resourceopt{primary-location-formats} option. The primary locations
-can then be given a more prominent position in the
-\gls{numberlist}. See the \gls{bib2gls} user manual for further
+\app{convertgls2bib} application recognises \csfmt{newcommand} so it
+will be able to parse the custom \csfmt{newfunc} commands.
+
+Note that \app{bib2gls} allows you to separate the \locations\ in
+the \idx{numberlist} into different groups according to the
+\idxc{locationcounter}{counter} used for the location. This can be
+done with the \resourceopt{loc-counters} resource option. It's also
+possible to identify primary \idxc{locationencap}{formats} (such as
+\encap{hyperbf} used in this example) using the
+\resourceopt{primary-location-formats} option. The primary
+\locations\ can then be given a more prominent position in the
+\idx{numberlist}. See the \app{bib2gls} user manual for further
details.
-\exitem{Sec} This document also
-illustrates how to change the location to something other than the
-page number. In this case, the \texttt{section} counter is used.
-This example adds the glossary to the table of contents, so an extra
+\filedef{sampleSec.tex}
+This document also illustrates how to change the \location\ to something other than the
+page number. In this case, the \ctr{section} counter is used.
+This example adds the \idx{glossary} to the \idx{tableofcontents}, so an extra
\LaTeX\ run is required:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sampleSec
makeglossaries sampleSec
pdflatex sampleSec
pdflatex sampleSec
-\end{prompt}
-Note that there are conflicting location formats, which trigger a
-warning from \gls{makeindex}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-## Warning (input = sampleSec.glo, line = 6; output =
-sampleSec.gls, line = 9):
- -- Conflicting entries: multiple encaps for the same page
-under same key.
-
-## Warning (input = sampleSec.glo, line = 2; output =
-sampleSec.gls, line = 10):
- -- Conflicting entries: multiple encaps for the same page
-under same key.
-\end{verbatim}
-This is the result of indexing an entry multiple times for the same
-location\footnote{\gls{makeindex} assumes that the location is a
-page number} with different values of the \gloskey[glslink]{format} key. In this case,
-it's caused by three references to the \texttt{ident} entry in section~2.1:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\gls[format=hyperit]{ident}
-\glspl{ident} % default format=glsnumberformat
-\gls*[format=hyperbf]{ident}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-If you use the \gls{makeglossaries} Perl script it will detect the warnings in the
-\gls{makeindex} transcript file and attempt to fix the conflict by
-removing entries from the \filetype{glo} file:
-\begin{verbatim}
-Multiple encaps detected. Attempting to remedy.
+\end{terminal}
+Note that there are conflicting \idxpl{locationformat},
+which trigger a warning from \app{makeindex}:
+\begin{terminal}
+\#\# Warning (input = sampleSec.glo, line = 6; output = sampleSec.gls, line = 9):
+ -- Conflicting entries: \idxpl{multipleencap} for the same page under same key.
+\codepar
+\#\# Warning (input = sampleSec.glo, line = 2; output = sampleSec.gls, line = 10):
+ -- Conflicting entries: \idxpl{multipleencap} for the same page under same key.
+\end{terminal}
+This is the result of \idx{indexing} an entry multiple times for the same
+\location\ with different values of the \glsopt{format} key (\idxpl{encap}).
+(\app{makeindex} assumes that the \location\ is a page number)
+
+In this case, it's caused by three references to the \qt{ident} entry in section~2.1:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{gls}\oarg{\glsoptval{format}{\encap{hyperit}}}\marg{ident}
+\gls{glspl}\marg{ident} \comment{default \glsoptval{format}{\encap{glsnumberformat}}}
+\gls{gls}*\oarg{\glsoptval{format}{\encap{hyperbf}}}\marg{ident}
+\end{codebox}
+
+If you use the \app{makeglossaries} Perl script it will detect the warnings in the
+\app{makeindex} transcript file and attempt to fix the conflict by
+removing entries from the \ext{glo} file:
+\begin{transcript}
+\Idxpl{multipleencap} detected. Attempting to remedy.
Reading sampleSec.glo...
Writing sampleSec.glo...
Retrying
-\end{verbatim}
-(Range formats have highest precedence. The default \locfmt{glsnumberformat}
+\end{transcript}
+(Range formats have highest precedence. The default \encap{glsnumberformat}
has the lowest precedence.)
-If you use \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua} or call
-\gls{makeindex} directly then the problem won't be fixed and the
-glossary will end up with the rather odd \gls{numberlist} for the
+If you use \app{makeglossaries-lite} or call
+\app{makeindex} directly then the problem won't be fixed and the
+\idx{glossary} will end up with the rather odd \idx{numberlist} for the
identity matrix entry consisting of three references to section 2.1:
-the first in the default font, followed by bold (\locfmt{hyperbf})
-and then italic (\locfmt{hyperit}), which results in 2.1,
-\textbf{2.1}, \textit{2.1}. If you use \gls{makeglossaries} then
-only the bold entry (\textbf{2.1}) will be present.
-
-If you switch to \gls{xindy}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\strong{xindy},style=altlist,toc,counter=section]\mgroup{glossaries}
-\end{alltt}
-then the conflict will be resolved using the number format attribute
-list order of priority. In this case, \locfmt{glsnumberformat} has
+the first in the default font, followed by bold (\encap{hyperbf})
+and then italic (\encap{hyperit}), which results in 2.1,
+\textbf{2.1}, \textit{2.1}. If you use \app{makeglossaries} then
+only the bold entry (\textbf{2.1}) will be present. However,
+if you don't want the problem corrected, call
+\app{makeglossaries} with the \mkglsopt{e} switch.
+
+If you switch to \app{xindy}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\strong{\opt{xindy}},\optval{style}{\glostyle{altlist}},\opt{toc},\optval{counter}{\ctr{section}}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+then the conflict will be resolved using the number format \idxc{xindyattr}{attribute}
+list order of priority. In this case, \encap{glsnumberformat} has
the highest priority. This means that only the upright medium weight entry
(2.1) will be present. The simplest way of altering this is to
provide your own custom format. For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newcommand}*\mgroup{\strong{\cs{primary}}}[1]\mgroup{\ics{hyperit}\mgroup{\#1}}
-\ics{GlsAddXdyAttribute}\mgroup{\strong{primary}}
-\end{alltt}
-and change \verb|\gls[format=hyperit]| to \texttt{\cs{gls}[format=\strong{primary}]} etc.
-This will give \csoptfmt{\gloskey[glslink]{format}=\locfmt{primary}} the highest priority.
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\strong{\cmd{primary}}}[1]\marg{\gls{hyperit}\marg{\#1}}
+\gls{GlsAddXdyAttribute}\marg{\strong{primary}}
+\end{codebox}
+and change \code{\gls{gls}\oarg{\glsoptval{format}{hyperit}}} to
+\code{\gls{gls}\oarg{\glsoptval{format}{\strong{primary}}}} etc.
+This will give \glsoptval{format}{primary} the highest priority.
(It's also better practice to provide this kind of semantic command.)
-With \gls{bib2gls}, you can supply rules to deal with location format
-conflicts, as illustrated below.
+With \app{bib2gls}, you can supply rules to deal with
+\idx{locationformat} conflicts, as illustrated below.
\bibglsnote
-In order to switch to \gls{bib2gls}, first replace
-\styfmt{glossaries} with \gls{glossaries-extra}, and add the \pkgopt*{record}
-package option. Remember that \gls{glossaries-extra} has a different
+In order to switch to \app{bib2gls}, first replace
+\sty{glossaries} with \sty{glossaries-extra}, and add the \opt{record}
+package option. Remember that \sty{glossaries-extra} has a different
set of defaults and you may also want to patch the predefined base styles.
For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[style=altlist,\strong{\xtrfont{postdot},\xtrfont{stylemods}},counter=section]
-\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
-
-The entry definitions now need to be converted into \gls{bib2gls}
-format and saved in a \filetype{bib} file (say, \texttt{entries.bib}). You can use
-\gls{convertgls2bib}:
-\begin{prompt}
-convertgls2bib -{}-preamble-only sampleSec.tex entries.bib
-\end{prompt}
-
-Next replace \ics{makeglossaries} with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[src=entries]
-\end{alltt}
-and remove all the \cs{newglossaryentry} commands.
-
-Finally, replace \ics{printglossaries} with \ics*{printunsrtglossaries}.
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{style}{\glostyle{altlist}},\strong{\opt{postdot},\opt{stylemods}},\optval{counter}{\ctr{section}}]
+\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+The entry definitions now need to be converted into \app{bib2gls}
+format and saved in a \ext{bib} file (say, \filefmt{entries.bib}). You can use
+\app{convertgls2bib}:
+\begin{terminal}
+convertgls2bib \switch{preamble-only} sampleSec.tex entries.bib
+\end{terminal}
+
+Next replace \gls{makeglossaries} with:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{entries}}
+\end{codebox}
+and remove all the \gls{newglossaryentry} commands.
+
+Finally, replace \gls{printglossaries} with \gls{printunsrtglossaries}.
The document build is now:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sampleSec
bib2gls sampleSec
pdflatex sampleSec
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
As with the original example, there's still a location format
-conflict, which \gls{bib2gls} warns about:
-\begin{verbatim}
-Warning: Entry location conflict for formats: hyperbf and hyperit
-Discarding: {ident}{}{section}{hyperbf}{2.1}
-Conflicts with: {ident}{}{section}{hyperit}{2.1}
-\end{verbatim}
+conflict, which \app{bib2gls} warns about:
+\begin{transcript}
+Warning: Entry location conflict for formats: \encap{hyperbf} and \encap{hyperit}
+Discarding: \marg{ident}\marg{}\marg{\ctr{section}}\marg{\encap{hyperbf}}\marg{2.1}
+Conflicts with: \marg{ident}\marg{}\marg{\ctr{section}}\marg{\encap{hyperit}}\marg{2.1}
+\end{transcript}
This means that it has discarded the bold location and kept the
-italic one. (As with \gls{makeglossaries}, range formats have the
-highest priority and \locfmt{glsnumberformat} has the lowest.)
+italic one. (As with \app{makeglossaries}, range formats have the
+highest priority and \encap{glsnumberformat} has the lowest.)
It would be better if the conflict could be merged into
a single location that was both bold and italic. To achieve this,
it's first necessary to define a command that produces this effect:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newcommand}*\mgroup{\ics{hyperbfit}}[1]\mgroup{\cs{textbf}\mgroup{\cs{hyperit}\mgroup{\#1}}}
-\end{alltt}
-Now \gls{bib2gls} needs to be invoked with the appropriate mapping
-with the \bibglslongopt{map-format} or \bibglsopt{m} switch:
-\begin{prompt}
-bib2gls -m \glsquote{hyperbf:hyperbfit,hyperit:hyperbfit} sampleSec
-\end{prompt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{hyperbfit}}[1]\marg{\cmd{textbf}\marg{\gls{hyperit}\marg{\#1}}}
+\end{codebox}
+Now \app{bib2gls} needs to be invoked with the appropriate mapping
+with the \switch{map-format} or \bibglsopt{m} switch:
+\begin{terminal}
+bib2gls \bibglsopt{m} \glsquote{hyperbf:hyperbfit,hyperit:hyperbfit} sampleSec
+\end{terminal}
If you are using \app{arara} the directive should be:
-\begin{alltt}
-\% arara: bib2gls: \mgroup{ mapformats: [ [hyperbf, hyperbfit],
-\% arara: -{}-> [hyperit, hyperbfit] ] }
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\araraline{bib2gls: \marg{ mapformats: [ [hyperbf, hyperbfit],
+\araracont [hyperit, hyperbfit] ] }}
+\end{codebox}
If you try out this example, notice the difference between
-\pkgopt+{only}{record} and \pkgopt+{nameref}{record}. If you use the
-latter, the locations will now be the section titles rather than the
-section numbers. If you use the \optfmt{nameref} setting you can customize the
-location by defining the command:
-\begin{alltt}
-\csmeta*{glsxtr}{counter}{locfmt}\marg{location}\marg{title}
-\end{alltt}
-
-In this case the counter is \ctrfmt{section}, so the command should be
-\ics*{glsxtrsectionlocfmt}. It takes two arguments: the first is the
+\optval{record}{only} and \optval{record}{nameref}. If you use the
+latter, the \locations\ will now be the section titles rather than the
+section numbers. If you use the \optval{record}{nameref} setting you can customize the
+\location\ by defining the command:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsxtrcounterlocfmt}\margm{location}\margm{title}
+\end{codebox}
+
+In this case the counter is \ctr{section}, so the command should be
+\glsxtrcounterlocfmt{section}. It takes two arguments: the first is the
location and the second is the title. For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newcommand}*\mgroup{\ics*{glsxtrsectionlocfmt}}[2]\mgroup{\ics{S}\#1 \#2}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\glsxtrcounterlocfmt{section}}[2]\marg{\gls{S}\#1 \#2}
+\end{codebox*}
(The only command of this type that is defined by default is the one
-for the \ctrfmt{equation} counter, \ics*{glsxtrequationlocfmt}.) Make sure
-that you have at least version 1.42 of \gls{glossaries-extra}.
+for the \ctr{equation} counter, \glsxtrcounterlocfmt{equation}.) Make sure
+that you have at least version 1.42 of \sty{glossaries-extra}.
\section{Multiple Glossaries}
\label{sec:samplestype}
@@ -16432,1071 +30843,1096 @@ that you have at least version 1.42 of \gls{glossaries-extra}.
See also \samplefile{Sort} in \sectionref{sec:samplessort}, which
has three glossaries.
-\exitem{Ntn} This document illustrates
-how to create an additional glossary type. This example adds the
-glossary to the table of contents, so an extra \LaTeX\ run is
-required:
-\begin{prompt}
+\filedef{sampleNtn.tex}
+This document illustrates how to create an additional \idx{glossary}
+type. This example adds the \idx{glossary} to the
+\idx{tableofcontents}, so an extra \LaTeX\ run is required:
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sampleNtn
makeglossaries sampleNtn
pdflatex sampleNtn
pdflatex sampleNtn
-\end{prompt}
-Note that if you want to call \gls{makeindex} explicitly instead of
-using the \gls{makeglossaries} or \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua}
-scripts then you need to call \gls{makeindex} twice:
+\end{terminal}
+Note that if you want to call \app{makeindex} explicitly instead of
+using the \app{makeglossaries} or \app{makeglossaries-lite}
+scripts then you need to call \app{makeindex} twice:
\begin{enumerate}
-\item Create the main glossary (all on one line):
-\begin{prompt}
+\item Create the \glostype{main} glossary (all on one line):
+\begin{terminal}
makeindex -s sampleNtn.ist -t sampleNtn.glg -o sampleNtn.gls sampleNtn.glo
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
\item Create the secondary glossary (all on one line):
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
makeindex -s sampleNtn.ist -t sampleNtn.nlg -o sampleNtn.not sampleNtn.ntn
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
\end{enumerate}
This document creates a new glossary using:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{newglossary}[nlg]\mgroup{notation}\mgroup{not}\mgroup{ntn}\mgroup{Notation}
-\end{alltt}
-This defines a glossary that can be identified with the label
-\texttt{notation} with the default title \qt{Notation}. The other
-arguments are the file extensions required with \optsand23. For those
-two options, the \styfmt{glossaries} package needs to know the input
-and output files required by \gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy}.
-
-(The optional argument is the file extension of the indexing transcript
-file, which \styfmt{glossaries} doesn't need to know about, but it
-writes the information to the \filetype{aux} file for the benefit of
-\gls{makeglossaries} and \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua}.)
-
-If you switch to a different indexing option then these file extensions
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossary}\oarg{nlg}\marg{notation}\marg{not}\marg{ntn}\marg{Notation}
+\end{codebox}
+This defines a \idx{glossary} that can be identified with the label
+\qt{notation} with the default title \qt{Notation}. The other
+arguments are the file extensions required with \options{mkidx,xdy}. For those
+two options, the \sty{glossaries} package needs to know the input
+and output files required by \app{makeindex} or \app{xindy}.
+
+(The optional argument is the file extension of the \idx{indexing}
+transcript file, which \sty{glossaries} doesn't need to know about
+(unless \opt{automake} is used), but it writes the information to
+the \ext{aux} file for the benefit of \app{makeglossaries} and
+\app{makeglossaries-lite}.)
+
+If you switch to a different \idx{indexing} option then these file extensions
aren't required, in which case it's simpler to use the starred form:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{newglossary*}\mgroup{notation}\mgroup{Notation}
-\end{alltt}
-
-This example uses a label prefixing system\footnote{If you use
-\sty{babel} with a language that makes the colon character
-\texttt{:} active you will need to change the prefix.}\ to differentiate
-between the different types of entries. For example, the term
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossary*}\marg{notation}\marg{Notation}
+\end{codebox}
+
+This example uses a label prefixing system to differentiate
+between the different types of entries. (If you use
+\sty{babel} with a language that makes
+\idx{colon} active you will need to change the prefix.)
+For example, the term
\qt{set} is defined as:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{gls:set}{name=set,
-description={A collection of distinct objects}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{gls:set}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{set},
+\gloskeyval{description}{A collection of distinct objects}}
+\end{codebox}
and the set notation is defined as:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{not:set}{type=notation,
-name={\ensuremath{\mathcal{S}}},
-description={A \gls{gls:set}},sort={S}}
-\end{verbatim}
-Notice that the latter description contains \cs{gls}. This means
-you shouldn't use \ics{glsdesc} with this entry otherwise you will
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{not:set}\marg{\gloskeyval{type}{notation},
+\gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{mathcal}\marg{S}}},
+\gloskeyval{description}{A \gls{gls}\marg{gls:set}},\gloskeyval{sort}{S}}
+\end{codebox}
+Notice that the latter description contains \gls{gls}. This means
+you shouldn't use \gls{glsdesc} with this entry otherwise you will
end up with nested links.
\glsxtrnote
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides a command for use in
-within field values to prevent nested \gls{linktext}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glsxtrp}\marg{field}\marg{label}
-\end{alltt}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides a command for use in
+within field values to prevent nested \idx{linktext}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsxtrp}\margm{field}\margm{label}
+\end{codebox}
There are convenient shortcuts for common fields:
-\texttt{\ics*{glsps}\marg{label}} (for the \gloskey{short} field) and
-\texttt{\ics*{glspt}\marg{label}} (for the \gloskey{text}
+\code{\gls{glsps}\margm{label}} (for the \gloskey{short} field) and
+\code{\gls{glspt}\margm{label}} (for the \gloskey{text}
field). So the set notation definition can be modified:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{not:set}\mgroup{type=notation,
-name=\mgroup{\cs{ensuremath}\mgroup{\cs{mathcal}\mgroup{S}}},
-description=\mgroup{A \strong{\ics*{glspt}\mgroup{gls:set}}},sort={S}}
-\end{alltt}
-This will stop the inner reference from causing interference if you use \ics{glsdesc}.
-It will also suppress indexing within the glossary but will have a
-hyperlink (if \styfmt{hyperref} is used).
-
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides a way of defining
-commands like \cs{gls} that automatically insert a prefix. For
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{not:set}\marg{\gloskeyval{type}{notation},
+\gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{mathcal}\marg{S}}},
+\gloskeyval{description}{A \strong{\gls{glspt}\marg{gls:set}}},\gloskeyval{sort}{S}}
+\end{codebox}
+This will stop the inner reference from causing interference if you use \gls{glsdesc}.
+It will also suppress \idx{indexing} within the \idx{glossary} but will have a
+\idx{hyperlink} (if \sty{hyperref} is used).
+
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides a way of defining
+commands like \gls{gls} that automatically insert a prefix. For
example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glsxtrnewgls}\mgroup{not:}\mgroup{\cs{sym}}
-\ics*{glsxtrnewglslike}\mgroup{gls:}\mgroup{\cs{term}}\mgroup{\cs{termpl}}\mgroup{\cs{Term}}\mgroup{\cs{Termpl}}
-\end{alltt}
-(there's no point providing commands for plural or case-changing with
-symbols). Now \verb|\gls{not:set}| can be replaced with \verb|\sym{set}| and
-\verb|\gls{gls:set}| can be replaced with \verb|\term{set}|.
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsxtrnewgls}\marg{not:}\marg{\cmd{sym}}
+\gls{glsxtrnewglslike}\marg{gls:}\marg{\cmd{term}}\marg{\cmd{termpl}}\marg{\cmd{Term}}\marg{\cmd{Termpl}}
+\end{codebox}
+(there's no point providing commands for plural or \casechanging\
+with symbols). Now \code{\gls{gls}\marg{not:set}} can be replaced
+with \code{\cmd{sym}\marg{set}} and \code{\gls{gls}\marg{gls:set}}
+can be replaced with \code{\cmd{term}\marg{set}}.
\bibglsnote
-These two commands are primarily provided for the benefit of \gls{bib2gls} as
-the information is written to the \filetype{aux} file. This allows
-\gls{bib2gls} to recognise the custom commands if they have been
-used in the \filetype{bib} files. When combined with
+These two commands are primarily provided for the benefit of \app{bib2gls} as
+the information is written to the \ext{aux} file. This allows
+\app{bib2gls} to recognise the custom commands if they have been
+used in the \ext{bib} files. When combined with
\resourceopt{label-prefix} and \resourceopt{ext-prefixes} (see
below) this makes it much simpler to change the prefixes if
necessary.
-If you want to convert this document to use \gls{bib2gls}, remember
-that you need the \pkgopt*{record} or \pkgopt+{nameref}{record}
+If you want to convert this document to use \app{bib2gls}, remember
+that you need the \opt{record} or \optval{record}{nameref}
option. For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\strong{\xtrfont{record},}\xtrfont{postdot},\xtrfont{stylemods}]\mgroup{glossaries-extra}
-\end{alltt}
-As with earlier examples, \gls{convertgls2bib} can be used to
-convert the entry definitions into the required \filetype{bib} format.
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\strong{\opt{record},}\opt{postdot},\opt{stylemods}]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\end{codebox}
+As with earlier examples, \app{convertgls2bib} can be used to
+convert the entry definitions into the required \ext{bib} format.
You may prefer to split the entries into separate files according to
-type.\footnote{Requires at least \gls{bib2gls} v2.0.} This is useful
+type. (Requires at least \app{bib2gls} v2.0.) This is useful
if you want to reuse a large database of
entries across multiple documents as it doesn't lock you into using
a specific glossary. For example:
-\begin{prompt}
-convertgls2bib -{}-split-on-type -{}-preamble-only sampleNtn.tex entries.bib
-\end{prompt}
-This will create a file called \nolinkurl{entries.bib} that contains
+\begin{terminal}
+convertgls2bib \switch{split-on-type} \switch{preamble-only} sampleNtn.tex entries.bib
+\end{terminal}
+This will create a file called \filefmt{entries.bib} that contains
the entries that didn't have a \gloskey{type} assigned in the original
file, such as:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{entry}\mgroup{gls:set,
- name = \mgroup{set},
- description = \mgroup{A collection of distinct objects}
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{gls:set,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{set},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{A collection of distinct objects}
}
-\end{alltt}
-It will also create a file called \nolinkurl{notation.bib} that
+\end{codebox}
+It will also create a file called \filefmt{notation.bib} that
contains the entries that had the \gloskey{type} set to
-\texttt{notation} in the original file, such as:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{entry}\mgroup{not:set,
- name = \mgroup{\cs{ensuremath}\mgroup{\cs{mathcal}\mgroup{S}}},
- description = \mgroup{A \ics*{glspt}\mgroup{gls:set}}
+\qt{notation} in the original file, such as:
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{not:set,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{mathcal}\marg{S}}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{A \gls{glspt}\marg{gls:set}}
}
-\end{alltt}
+\end{codebox}
Note that the \gloskey{type} field has been removed. The above entry
-in the \nolinkurl{notation.bib} file references a term in the
-\nolinkurl{entries.bib} file. It's possible to strip all the
-prefixes from the \filetype{bib} files and get \gls{bib2gls} to
+in the \filefmt{notation.bib} file references a term in the
+\filefmt{entries.bib} file. It's possible to strip all the
+prefixes from the \ext{bib} files and get \app{bib2gls} to
automatically insert them. In which case, this cross-reference needs
adjusting to indicate that it's referring to an entry in another
file. This can be done with one of the special
-\xtrfont{\texttt{ext\meta{n}.}}\ prefixes:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{entry}\mgroup{\strong{set},
- name = \mgroup{\cs{ensuremath}\mgroup{\cs{mathcal}\mgroup{S}}},
- description = \mgroup{A \ics*{glspt}\mgroup{\strong{\xtrfont{ext1.}}set}}
+\xtroptfmt{ext\meta{n}.}\ prefixes:
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{\strong{set},
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{mathcal}\marg{S}}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{A \gls{glspt}\marg{\strong{\xtrfmt{ext1.}}set}}
}
-\end{alltt}
-The corresponding term in the \nolinkurl{entries.bib} file is now:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{entry}\mgroup{\strong{set},
- name = \mgroup{set},
- description = \mgroup{A collection of distinct objects}
+\end{codebox}
+The corresponding term in the \filefmt{entries.bib} file is now:
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{\strong{set},
+ \gloskeyval{name}{set},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{A collection of distinct objects}
}
-\end{alltt}
+\end{codebox}
-Now you can replace \cs{makeglossaries} with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=\mgroup{entries},\strong{\xtrfont{label-prefix}=\mgroup{gls:}}]
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=\mgroup{notation},\resourceopt{type}=notation,
- \strong{\xtrfont{label-prefix}=\mgroup{not:},\xtrfont{ext-prefixes}=\mgroup{gls:}}]
-\end{alltt}
-Remove all the \cs{newglossaryentry} definitions and replace \cs{printglossaries} with
-\ics*{printunsrtglossaries}.
+Now you can replace \gls{makeglossaries} with:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{entries},\strong{\resourceoptvalm{label-prefix}{gls:}}}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{notation},\resourceoptval{type}{notation},
+ \strong{\resourceoptvalm{label-prefix}{not:},\resourceoptvalm{ext-prefixes}{gls:}}}
+\end{codebox}
+Remove all the \gls{newglossaryentry} definitions and replace
+\gls{printglossaries} with \gls{printunsrtglossaries}.
Regardless of how many resource sets the document contains, only one
-\gls{bib2gls} call is required:
-\begin{prompt}
+\app{bib2gls} call is required:
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sampleNtn
bib2gls sampleNtn
pdflatex sampleNtn
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
You may notice that the ordering in the notations list has changed
from the original. This is because the \gloskey{sort} field was
-automatically removed by \gls{convertgls2bib}, so the entries are
+automatically removed by \app{convertgls2bib}, so the entries are
now sorted according to the \gloskey{name} field (since they are
defined with \atentry{entry}). You can use your text editor's search
and replace function to replace all instances of \atentry{entry}
-with \atentry{symbol} in the \nolinkurl{notations.bib} file so that,
-for example, the \texttt{set} definition becomes:
-\begin{alltt}
-\strong{\atentry{symbol}}\mgroup{set,
- name = \mgroup{\cs{ensuremath}\mgroup{\cs{mathcal}\mgroup{S}}},
- description = \mgroup{A \ics*{glspt}\mgroup{\xtrfont{ext1.}set}}
+with \atentry{symbol} in the \filefmt{notations.bib} file so that,
+for example, the \qt{set} definition becomes:
+\begin{codebox}
+\strong{\atentry{symbol}}\marg{set,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{mathcal}\marg{S}}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{A \gls{glspt}\marg{\xtrfmt{ext1.}set}}
}
-\end{alltt}
+\end{codebox}
Now these \atentry{symbol} entries will be sorted according to their
-label. (The original label in the \filetype{bib} file, not the
+label. (The original label in the \ext{bib} file, not the
prefixed label.) This will put them in the same order as the original
document. (See the \qt{Examples} chapter of
-the \gls{bib2gls} user manual for examples of varying the sorting
+the \app{bib2gls} user manual for examples of varying the sorting
and also \bibglsgallery{sorting}.)
-\exitem{-dual} This document
-illustrates how to define an entry that both appears in the list of
-acronyms and in the main glossary. To create the document do:
-\begin{prompt}
+\filedef{sample-dual.tex}
+This document illustrates how to define an entry that both appears in the list of
+acronyms and in the \glostype{main} glossary. To create the document do:
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample-dual
makeglossaries sample-dual
pdflatex sample-dual
-\end{prompt}
-This defines a custom command \ics{newdualentry} that defines two entries at once (a
-normal entry and an abbreviation). It uses \ics{glsadd} to ensure
-that if one is used then the other is automatically indexed:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand*{\newdualentry}[5][]{%
- % main entry:
- \newglossaryentry{main-#2}{name={#4},%
- text={#3\glsadd{#2}},%
- description={#5},%
- #1% additional options for main entry
- }%
- % abbreviation:
- \newacronym{#2}{#3\glsadd{main-#2}}{#4}%
+\end{terminal}
+This defines a custom command \gls{newdualentry} that defines two \idxpl{entry}
+at once (a normal \idx{entry} and an \idx{acronym}). It uses \gls{glsadd} to ensure
+that if one is used then the other is automatically \indexed:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\gls{newdualentry}}[5][]\marg{\comment{}
+ \comment{main entry:}
+ \gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{main-\#2}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\#4},\comment{}
+ \gloskeyval{text}{\#3\gls{glsadd}\marg{\#2}},\comment{}
+ \gloskeyval{description}{\#5},\comment{}
+ \#1\comment{additional options for main entry}
+ }\comment{}
+ \comment{\idx{acronym}:}
+ \gls{newacronym}\marg{\#2}\marg{\#3\gls{glsadd}\marg{main-\#2}}\marg{\#4}\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
A sample dual entry is defined with this command:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newdualentry{svm}% label
- {SVM}% abbreviation
- {support vector machine}% long form
- {Statistical pattern recognition technique}% description
-\end{verbatim}
-This defines an acronym with the label \texttt{svm} that can be
-referenced with \verb|\gls{svm}| but it also defines an entry with
-the label \texttt{main-svm}. This isn't used in the document with
-\cs{gls} but it's automatically added from the
-\texttt{\cs{glsadd}\mgroup{main-svm}} in the short form of
-\texttt{svm}.
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newdualentry}\marg{svm}\comment{label}
+ \marg{SVM}\comment{short form}
+ \marg{support vector machine}\comment{long form}
+ \marg{Statistical pattern recognition technique}\comment{description}
+\end{codebox}
+This defines an \idx{acronym} with the label \qt{svm} that can be
+referenced with \code{\gls{gls}\marg{svm}} but it also defines an
+\idx{entry} with the label \qt{main-svm}. This isn't used in the document with
+\gls{gls} but it's automatically added from the
+\code{\gls{glsadd}\marg{main-svm}} code in the short form of
+\qt{svm}.
For this trivial document, this kind of dual entry is redundant and
unnecessarily leads the reader down a trail, first to the list of
-acronyms and from there the reader then has to go to the main
+acronyms and from there the reader then has to go to the \glostype{main}
glossary to look up the description. It's better to simply include
the description in the list of acronyms.
+There are, however, uses for repeating \idxpl{entry} across multiple lists.
+For example, this user manual defines all described commands (such
+as \gls{gls}) as \idxpl{glossaryentry}. They appear in the
+\hyperref[cmdsummary]{command summary} (where the syntax is given
+with a brief description and the principle \location\ in the document
+where the command is described) and they also appear in the
+\hyperref[index]{index} (where just the name and \idx{locationlist}
+is shown).
+
\bibglsnote
-If you want to switch over to \gls{bib2gls}, first change to
-\gls{glossaries-extra}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\strong{\xtrfont{record}},\xtrfont{postdot},\xtrfont{stylemods},acronym]\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
-Next, the definition needs to be converted to the \filetype{bib}
-format required by \gls{bib2gls}. If you do:
-\begin{prompt}
-convertgls2bib -{}-preamble-only sample-dual.tex entries.bib
-\end{prompt}
-then \gls{convertgls2bib} will report the following:
-\begin{verbatim}
-Overriding default definition of \newdualentry with custom
-definition. (Change \newcommand to \providecommand if you want
-\newdualentry[options]{label}{short}{long}{description}
-converted to @dualabbreviationentry.)
-\end{verbatim}
-This is because \gls{convertgls2bib} has its own internal definition
-of \cs{newdualentry}, but if it encounters a new definition that
+If you want to switch over to \app{bib2gls}, first change to
+\sty{glossaries-extra}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\strong{\opt{record}},\opt{postdot},\opt{stylemods},\opt{acronym}]\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
+Next, the definition needs to be converted to the \ext{bib}
+format required by \app{bib2gls}. If you do:
+\begin{terminal}
+convertgls2bib \switch{preamble-only} sample-dual.tex entries.bib
+\end{terminal}
+then \app{convertgls2bib} will report the following:
+\begin{transcript}
+Overriding default definition of \gls{newdualentry} with custom
+definition. (Change \csfmt{newcommand} to \gls{providecommand} if you want
+\gls{newdualentry}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\marg{short}\marg{long}\marg{description}
+converted to \atentry{dualabbreviationentry}.)
+\end{transcript}
+This is because \app{convertgls2bib} has its own internal definition
+of \gls{newdualentry}, but if it encounters a new definition that
will override its default. If you want to retain
-\gls{convertgls2bib}['s] definition (recommended) then just replace
-\cs{newcommand} with \cs{providecommand} in the document source and
-rerun \gls{convertgls2bib}.
-
-With \cs{providecommand}, the new \nolinkurl{entries.bib} file
-created by \gls{convertgls2bib} contains:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{dualabbreviationentry}\mgroup{svm,
- short = \mgroup{SVM},
- description = \mgroup{Statistical pattern recognition technique},
- long = \mgroup{support vector machine}
+\app{convertgls2bib}['s] definition (recommended) then just replace
+\csfmt{newcommand} with \csfmt{providecommand} in the document source and
+rerun \app{convertgls2bib}.
+
+With \csfmt{providecommand}, the new \filefmt{entries.bib} file
+created by \app{convertgls2bib} contains:
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{dualabbreviationentry}\marg{svm,
+ \gloskeyval{short}{SVM},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{Statistical pattern recognition technique},
+ \gloskeyval{long}{support vector machine}
}
-\end{alltt}
-If \cs{newcommand} is retained, it will instead contain:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{entry}\mgroup{main-svm,
- name = \mgroup{support vector machine},
- description = \mgroup{Statistical pattern recognition technique},
- text = \mgroup{SVM\cs{glsadd}\mgroup{svm}}
+\end{codebox}
+If \csfmt{newcommand} is retained, it will instead contain:
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{main-svm,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{support vector machine},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{Statistical pattern recognition technique},
+ \gloskeyval{text}{SVM\gls{glsadd}\marg{svm}}
}
-
-\atentry{acronym}\mgroup{svm,
- short = \mgroup{SVM\cs{glsadd}\mgroup{main-svm}},
- long = \mgroup{support vector machine}
+\codepar
+\atentry{acronym}\marg{svm,
+ \gloskeyval{short}{SVM\gls{glsadd}\marg{main-svm}},
+ \gloskeyval{long}{support vector machine}
}
-\end{alltt}
-In the first case, \gls{bib2gls} creates two linked entries using
-its primary-dual mechanism. In the second case, \gls{bib2gls}
+\end{codebox}
+In the first case, \app{bib2gls} creates two linked entries using
+its primary-dual mechanism. In the second case, \app{bib2gls}
creates two entries that simply reference each other.
-Assuming that your \nolinkurl{entries.bib} file just contains
+Assuming that your \filefmt{entries.bib} file just contains
\atentry{dualabbreviationentry},
-now replace \cs{makeglossaries} with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=entries,\% entries.bib
- \resourceopt{type}=acronym,\resourceopt{dual-type}=main,\resourceopt{dual-prefix}=\mgroup{main-}]
-\end{alltt}
-
-Then remove the definition of \cs{newdualentry} and the entry
-definition. Finally, replace \cs{printglossaries} with
-\ics*{printunsrtglossaries}.
+now replace \gls{makeglossaries} with:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{entries},\comment{entries.bib}
+ \resourceoptval{type}{\glostype{acronym}},\resourceoptval{dual-type}{\glostype{main}},\resourceoptvalm{dual-prefix}{main-}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+Then remove the definition of \gls{newdualentry} and the entry
+definition. Finally, replace \gls{printglossaries} with
+\gls{printunsrtglossaries}.
The document build is:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample-dual
bib2gls sample-dual
pdflatex sample-dual
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
-If, instead, your \nolinkurl{entries.bib} file contains separate
+If, instead, your \filefmt{entries.bib} file contains separate
\atentry{entry} and \atentry{acronym}, then you need:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}[acronym]\mgroup{long-short}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=entries]
-\end{alltt}
-If you need \glspl{numberlist}, the document build is now
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{\cat{acronym}}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short}}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{entries}}
+\end{codebox}
+If you need \idxpl{numberlist}, the document build is now
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample-dual
bib2gls sample-dual
pdflatex sample-dual
bib2gls sample-dual
pdflatex sample-dual
-\end{prompt}
-and this time \gls{bib2gls} complains about the use of \ics{glsadd}
+\end{terminal}
+and this time \app{bib2gls} complains about the use of \gls{glsadd}
within the \gloskey{short} and \gloskey{text} fields as this can be
-problematic. (The extra \gls{bib2gls} and \LaTeX\ calls are
-to ensure the \gls{numberlist} is up to date for the
-\texttt{main-svm} entry, which can only be indexed with \cs{glsadd}
-after \texttt{svm} has been defined.)
-
-Dual entries make much more sense when one entry is for a glossary
-with the description displayed but no \gls{numberlist}, and the
-other is for the index without the description but with a
-\gls{numberlist}. This can be created with by replacing
-\atentry{dualabbreviationentry} with \atentry{dualindexabbreviation}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{dualindexabbreviation}\mgroup{svm,
- description = \mgroup{Statistical pattern recognition technique},
- short = \mgroup{SVM},
- long = \mgroup{support vector machine}
+problematic. (The extra \app{bib2gls} and \LaTeX\ calls are
+to ensure the \idx{numberlist} is up to date for the
+\qt{main-svm} entry, which can only be \indexed\ with \gls{glsadd}
+after \qt{svm} has been defined.)
+
+Dual entries make much more sense when one \idx{entry} is for a \idx{glossary}
+with the description displayed but no \idx{numberlist} (or just a
+primary \location), and the other is for the index without the
+description but with a \idx{numberlist}. This can be created by
+replacing \atentry{dualabbreviationentry} with
+\atentry{dualindexabbreviation}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{dualindexabbreviation}\marg{svm,
+ \gloskeyval{description}{Statistical pattern recognition technique},
+ \gloskeyval{short}{SVM},
+ \gloskeyval{long}{support vector machine}
}
-\end{alltt}
+\end{codebox}
This can be mixed with \atentry{index} terms for example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{index}\mgroup{machlearn,
- name=\mgroup{machine learning}
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{index}\marg{machlearn,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{machine learning}
}
-\end{alltt}
+\end{codebox}
The document needs modifying:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{documentclass}\mgroup{article}
-
-\ics{usepackage}[\xtrfont{record},\xtrfont{postdot},
- nostyles,\xtrfont{stylemods}=\mgroup{\xtrfont{bookindex},list},\% only want bookindex and list styles
- acronym]\mgroup{glossaries-extra}
-
-\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}\mgroup{long-short-desc}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=entries,\% entries.bib
- \resourceopt{dual-type}=acronym,
- \xtrfont{label-prefix}=\mgroup{\strong{idx.}},\resourceopt{dual-prefix}=\mgroup{},
- \resourceopt{combine-dual-locations}=\mgroup{primary}]
-
-\ics*{glsxtrnewglslike}\mgroup{\strong{idx.}}\mgroup{\strong{\cs{idx}}}\mgroup{\cs{idxpl}}\mgroup{\cs{Idx}}\mgroup{\cs{Idxpl}}
-
-\cs{begin}\mgroup{document}
-\cs{gls}\mgroup{svm} and \strong{\cs{idx}}\mgroup{machlearn}.
-
-\ics*{printunsrtglossary}[type=\acronymtype,style=altlist]
-\ics*{printunsrtglossary}[style=bookindex,title=\mgroup{Index}]
-\cs{end}\mgroup{document}
-\end{alltt}
-See the \gls{bib2gls} manual for further details.
-
-\exitem{-langdict} This document
-illustrates how to use the glossaries package to create English
+\begin{codebox*}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\codepar
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{record},\opt{postdot},
+ \opt{nostyles},\optval{stylemods}{\xtroptfmt{bookindex},list},\comment{only want \glostyle{bookindex} and \glostyle{list} styles}
+ acronym]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\codepar
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short-desc}}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{entries},\comment{entries.bib}
+ \resourceoptval{dual-type}{\glostype{acronym}},
+ \resourceoptvalm{label-prefix}{\strong{idx.}},\resourceoptvalm{dual-prefix}{},
+ \resourceoptvalm{combine-dual-locations}{primary}}
+\codepar
+\gls{glsxtrnewglslike}\marg{\strong{idx.}}\marg{\strong{\cmd{idx}}}\marg{\cmd{idxpl}}\marg{\cmd{Idx}}\marg{\cmd{Idxpl}}
+\codepar
+\cbeg{document}
+\gls{gls}\marg{svm} and \strong{\cmd{idx}}\marg{machlearn}.
+\codepar
+\gls{printunsrtglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{\gls{acronymtype}},\printglossoptval{style}{\glostyle{altlist}}}
+\gls{printunsrtglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{style}{\glostyle{bookindex}},\printglossoptvalm{title}{Index}}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox*}
+See the \app{bib2gls} manual for further details.
+
+\filedef{sample-langdict.tex}
+This document illustrates how to use the \sty{glossaries} package to create English
to French and French to English dictionaries. To create the document
do:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample-langdict
makeglossaries sample-langdict
pdflatex sample-langdict
-\end{prompt}
-This example uses the \pkgopt{nomain} package option to prevent the
-creation of the \texttt{main} glossary. This means that the document
-must provide its own glossaries:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossary[glg]{english}{gls}{glo}{English to French}
-\newglossary[flg]{french}{flx}{flo}{French to English}
-\end{verbatim}
-This means that if you want to call \gls{makeindex} explicitly
+\end{terminal}
+This example uses the \opt{nomain} package option to prevent the
+creation of the \glostype{main} glossary. This means that the document
+must provide its own \idxpl{glossary}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossary}\oarg{glg}\marg{english}\marg{gls}\marg{glo}\marg{English to French}
+\gls{newglossary}\oarg{flg}\marg{french}\marg{flx}\marg{flo}\marg{French to English}
+\end{codebox}
+This means that if you want to call \app{makeindex} explicitly
you need to take these new extensions into account:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
makeindex -s sample-langdict.ist -t sample-langdict.glg -o sample-langdict.gls sample-langdict.glo
makeindex -s sample-langdict.ist -t sample-langdict.flg -o sample-langdict.flx sample-langdict.flo
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
As with the previous example, this document provides a custom
command that defines two related entries:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand*{\newword}[4]{%
- \newglossaryentry{en-#1}{type=english,name={#2},description={#3 #4}}%
- \newglossaryentry{fr-#1}{type=french,name={#3 #4},text={#4},sort={#4},
- description={#2}}%
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{newword}}[4]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{en-\#1}\marg{\gloskeyval{type}{english},\gloskeyval{name}{\#2},\gloskeyval{description}{\#3 \#4}}\comment{}
+ \gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{fr-\#1}\marg{\gloskeyval{type}{french},\gloskeyval{name}{\#3 \#4},\gloskeyval{text}{\#4},\gloskeyval{sort}{\#4},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{\#2}}\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
This has the syntax:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newword}\marg{label}\marg{english}\marg{determiner}\marg{french}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newword}\margm{label}\margm{english}\margm{determiner}\margm{french}
+\end{codebox}
(Note that this trivial example doesn't take plurals into account.)
-This custom command will define two terms with labels \texttt{en-\meta{label}} (for
-the English term) and \texttt{fr-\meta{label}} (for the French term).
+This custom command will define two terms with labels \code{en-\meta{label}} (for
+the English term) and \code{fr-\meta{label}} (for the French term).
So
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newword{cat}{cat}{le}{chat}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newword}\marg{cat}\marg{cat}\marg{le}\marg{chat}
+\end{codebox}
is equivalent to:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{en-cat}{type=english,name={cat},description={le chat}}
-\newglossaryentry{fr-cat}{type=french,name={le chat},sort={chat},
- description={cat}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{en-cat}\marg{\gloskeyval{type}{english},\gloskeyval{name}{cat},\gloskeyval{description}{le chat}}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{fr-cat}\marg{\gloskeyval{type}{french},\gloskeyval{name}{le
+chat},\gloskeyval{sort}{chat},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{cat}}
+\end{codebox}
Unlike the previous example (\samplefile{-dual}), there's no link
between these two entries. If the document only uses
-\verb|\gls{en-cat}|, then the \texttt{en-cat} entry will appear in the
-\texttt{english} glossary but the \texttt{fr-cat} entry won't
-appear in the \texttt{french} one.
+\code{\gls{gls}\marg{en-cat}}, then the \qt{en-cat} entry will appear in the
+\optfmt{english} glossary but the \qt{fr-cat} entry won't
+appear in the \optfmt{french} one.
\bibglsnote
-If you want to switch to \gls{bib2gls} then you first need to
-convert the document so that it uses \gls{glossaries-extra}, but
-include the \pkgopt*{prefix} option to ensure that
+If you want to switch to \app{bib2gls} then you first need to
+convert the document so that it uses \sty{glossaries-extra}, but
+include the \opt{prefix} option to ensure that
\sty{glossaries-prefix} is also loaded:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\strong{\xtrfont{record},\xtrfont{prefix}},\xtrfont{postdot},\xtrfont{stylemods},nomain]\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\strong{\opt{record},\opt{prefix}},\opt{postdot},\opt{stylemods},\opt{nomain}]\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
You don't need to worry about file extensions now, so it's simpler
-to use the starred form of \cs{newglossary}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newglossary}\strong{*}\mgroup{english}\mgroup{English to French}
-\cs{newglossary}\strong{*}\mgroup{french}\mgroup{French to English}
-\end{alltt}
-Next the entries need to be converted to the \filetype{bib} format
-required by \gls{bib2gls}:
-\begin{prompt}
-convertgls2bib -{}-only-preamble sample-langdict.tex entries.bib
-\end{prompt}
-This creates the file \nolinkurl{entries.bib} that contains entries
+to use the starred \gls{newglossary*}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\glslink{newglossary*}{\csfmt{newglossary}\strong{*}}\marg{english}\marg{English to French}
+\glslink{newglossary*}{\csfmt{newglossary}\strong{*}}\marg{french}\marg{French to English}
+\end{codebox}
+Next the entries need to be converted to the \ext{bib} format
+required by \app{bib2gls}:
+\begin{terminal}
+convertgls2bib \switch{preamble-only} \switch{ignore-type} sample-langdict.tex entries.bib
+\end{terminal}
+This creates the file \filefmt{entries.bib} that contains entries
defined like:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{entry}\mgroup{en-cat,
- name = \mgroup{cat},
- description = \mgroup{le chat},
- type = \mgroup{english}
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{en-cat,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{cat},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{le chat}
}
-
-\atentry{entry}\mgroup{fr-cat,
- name = \mgroup{le chat},
- description = \mgroup{cat},
- text = \mgroup{chat},
- type = \mgroup{french}
+\codepar
+\atentry{entry}\marg{fr-cat,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{le chat},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{cat},
+ \gloskeyval{text}{chat}
}
-\end{alltt}
-(Note that the \gloskey{sort} field has been omitted.)
+\end{codebox}
+(Note that the \gloskey{sort} and \gloskey{type} fields have been omitted.)
This would be more flexible, and much briefer, if these entries were
-defined using \gls{bib2gls}['s] dual entry system combined with the
+defined using \app{bib2gls}['s] dual entry system combined with the
\sty{glossaries-prefix} package:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{dualentry}\mgroup{cat,
- name = \mgroup{chat},
- description = \mgroup{cat},
- \gloskey{prefix} = \mgroup{le},
- \gloskey{prefixplural} = \mgroup{les}
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{dualentry}\marg{cat,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{chat},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{cat},
+ \gloskeyval{prefix}{le},
+ \gloskeyval{prefixplural}{les}
}
-\end{alltt}
+\end{codebox}
Similarly for the \qt{chair} entry:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{dualentry}\mgroup{chair,
- name = \mgroup{chaise},
- description = \mgroup{chair},
- \gloskey{prefix} = \mgroup{la},
- \gloskey{prefixplural} = \mgroup{les}
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{dualentry}\marg{chair,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{chaise},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{chair},
+ \gloskeyval{prefix}{la},
+ \gloskeyval{prefixplural}{les}
}
-\end{alltt}
+\end{codebox}
With \atentry{dualentry}, the English and French terms are now
-automatically linked from \gls{bib2gls}['s] point of view. If only one
+automatically linked from \app{bib2gls}['s] point of view. If only one
is referenced in the document, the other will also be added by default.
Now that the determiner has been moved out of the description, it
-won't show in the glossary. However, it's possible to include it by
+won't show in the \idx{glossary}. However, it's possible to include it by
providing a command to encapsulate the description (which can also
apply the language change as well).
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=entries,\% entries.bib
- \xtrfont{append-prefix-field}=\mgroup{space},
- \resourceopt{category}=\mgroup{same as type},\resourceopt{dual-category}=\mgroup{same as type},
- \xtrfont{label-prefix}=\mgroup{en-},\resourceopt{dual-prefix}=\mgroup{fr-},
- \resourceopt{type}=english,\resourceopt{dual-type}=french,
- \resourceopt{sort}=en,\resourceopt{dual-sort}=fr]
-
-\cs{newcommand}\mgroup{\cs{FrEncap}}[1]\mgroup{\%
- \ics{foreignlanguage}\mgroup{french}\mgroup{\ics{glsentryprefix}\mgroup{\ics{glscurrententrylabel}}\#1}}
-\cs{newcommand}\mgroup{\cs{EnEncap}}[1]\mgroup{\ics{foreignlanguage}\mgroup{english}\mgroup{\#1}}
-
-\ics*{glssetcategoryattribute}\mgroup{english}\mgroup{glossnamefont}\mgroup{EnEncap}
-\ics*{glssetcategoryattribute}\mgroup{english}\mgroup{glossdescfont}\mgroup{FrEncap}
-\ics*{glssetcategoryattribute}\mgroup{french}\mgroup{glossnamefont}\mgroup{FrEncap}
-\ics*{glssetcategoryattribute}\mgroup{french}\mgroup{glossdescfont}\mgroup{EnEncap}
-\end{alltt}
-
-Remember to remove \cs{makeglossaries}, the definition of \cs{newword} and
-the entry definitions from the document preamble, and
-replace \cs{printglossary} with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{printunsrtglossary}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{entries},\comment{entries.bib}
+ \resourceoptvalm{append-prefix-field}{space},
+ \resourceoptvalm{category}{same as type},\resourceoptvalm{dual-category}{same as type},
+ \resourceoptvalm{label-prefix}{en-},\resourceoptvalm{dual-prefix}{fr-},
+ \resourceoptval{type}{english},\resourceoptval{dual-type}{french},
+ \resourceoptval{sort}{en},\resourceoptval{dual-sort}{fr}}
+\codepar
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{FrEncap}}[1]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{foreignlanguage}\marg{french}\marg{\gls{glsentryprefix}\marg{\gls{glscurrententrylabel}}\#1}}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{EnEncap}}[1]\marg{\gls{foreignlanguage}\marg{english}\marg{\#1}}
+\codepar
+\gls{glssetcategoryattribute}\marg{english}\marg{\catattr{glossnamefont}}\marg{EnEncap}
+\gls{glssetcategoryattribute}\marg{english}\marg{\catattr{glossdescfont}}\marg{FrEncap}
+\gls{glssetcategoryattribute}\marg{french}\marg{\catattr{glossnamefont}}\marg{FrEncap}
+\gls{glssetcategoryattribute}\marg{french}\marg{\catattr{glossdescfont}}\marg{EnEncap}
+\end{codebox*}
+
+Remember to remove \gls{makeglossaries}, the definition of \csfmt{newword} and
+the entry definitions from the \idxf{documentpreamble}, and
+replace \gls{printglossary} with:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{printunsrtglossary}
+\end{codebox}
Other refinements that you might like to make include using
-\ics*{glsxtrnewglslike} so you don't have to worry about the label
-prefix (\qt{en-} and \qt{fr-}).
-
-\exitem{-index} This document uses
-the \styfmt{glossaries} package to create both a glossary and an
-index. This requires two \gls{makeglossaries} (or
-\gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua}) calls to ensure the
-document is up to date:
-\begin{prompt}
+\gls{glsxtrnewglslike} so you don't have to worry about the label
+prefix (\qt{en-} and \qt{fr-}). See the \sty{glossaries-extra}
+manual for further details.
+
+\filedef{sample-index.tex}
+This document uses the \sty{glossaries} package to create both a
+glossary and an index. This requires two \app{makeglossaries} (or
+\app{makeglossaries-lite}) calls to ensure the document is up to
+date:
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample-index
makeglossaries sample-index
pdflatex sample-index
makeglossaries sample-index
pdflatex sample-index
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
\section{Sorting}
\label{sec:samplessort}
-\exitem{People} This document illustrates how you can hook into the
+\filedef{samplePeople.tex}
+This document illustrates how you can hook into the
standard sort mechanism to adjust the way the sort key is set. This
-requires an additional run to ensure the table of contents is
+requires an additional run to ensure the \idx{tableofcontents} is
up-to-date:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex samplePeople
makeglossaries samplePeople
pdflatex samplePeople
pdflatex samplePeople
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
This provides two commands for typesetting a name:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand{\sortname}[2]{#2, #1}
-\newcommand{\textname}[2]{#1 #2}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{sortname}}[2]\marg{\#2, \#1}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{textname}}[2]\marg{\#1 \#2}
+\end{codebox}
where the first argument contains the forenames and the second is the
surname. The first command is the one required for sorting the name
and the second is the one required for displaying the name in the
document. A synonym is then defined:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\let\name\textname
-\end{verbatim}
-This command defaults to the display name command (\cs{textname})
-but is temporarily redefined to the sort name command (\cs{sortname})
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{let}\cmd{name}\cmd{textname}
+\end{codebox}
+This command defaults to the display name command (\csfmt{textname})
+but is temporarily redefined to the sort name command (\csfmt{sortname})
within the \gloskey{sort} field assignment hook:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{renewcommand}\mgroup{\ics{glsprestandardsort}}[3]\mgroup{\%
- \strong{\cs{let}\cs{name}\cs{sortname}}
- \cs{edef}\#1\mgroup{\cs{expandafter}\cs{expandonce}\cs{expandafter}\mgroup{#1}}\%
- \strong{\cs{let}\cs{name}\cs{textname}}
- \ics{glsdosanitizesort}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\gls{glsprestandardsort}}[3]\marg{\comment{}
+ \strong{\cmd{let}\cmd{name}\cmd{sortname}}
+ \cmd{edef}\#1\marg{\cmd{expandafter}\cmd{expandonce}\cmd{expandafter}\marg{\#1}}\comment{}
+ \strong{\cmd{let}\cmd{name}\cmd{textname}}
+ \gls{glsdosanitizesort}
}
-\end{alltt}
-The people are defined using the custom \cs{name} command:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{joebloggs}\mgroup{name=\mgroup{\strong{\cs{name}}\mgroup{Joe}\mgroup{Bloggs}},
- description=\mgroup{\cs{nopostdesc}}}
-\end{alltt}
-Since \cs{name} is temporarily changed while the \gloskey{sort} key
+\end{codebox}
+The people are defined using the custom \csfmt{name} command:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{joebloggs}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\strong{\cmd{name}}\marg{Joe}\marg{Bloggs}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{\gls{nopostdesc}}}
+\end{codebox}
+Since \csfmt{name} is temporarily changed while the \gloskey{sort} key
is being assigned, the sort value for this entry ends up as
\qt{Bloggs, Joe}, but the name appears in the document as \qt{Joe Bloggs}.
\bibglsnote
-If you want to use \gls{bib2gls}, you first need to convert the
-document to use \gls{glossaries-extra} but make sure you include the
-\pkgopt*{record} option:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\strong{\xtrfont{record}},\xtrfont{stylemods},style=listgroup]\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
+If you want to use \app{bib2gls}, you first need to convert the
+document to use \sty{glossaries-extra} but make sure you include the
+\opt{record} option:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\strong{\opt{record}},\opt{stylemods},\optval{style}{\glostyle{listgroup}}]\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
Next it's necessary to convert the entry definitions to the
-\filetype{bib} format required by \gls{bib2gls}. You can simply do:
-\begin{prompt}
-convertgls2bib -{}-preamble-only samplePeople people.bib
-\end{prompt}
-which will create a file called \nolinkurl{people.bib} that contains
+\ext{bib} format required by \app{bib2gls}. You can simply do:
+\begin{terminal}
+convertgls2bib \switch{preamble-only} samplePeople people.bib
+\end{terminal}
+which will create a file called \filefmt{people.bib} that contains
definitions like:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{entry}\mgroup{joebloggs,
- name = \mgroup{\cs{name}\mgroup{Joe}\mgroup{Bloggs}},
- description = \mgroup{\ics{nopostdesc}}
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{joebloggs,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\cmd{name}\marg{Joe}\marg{Bloggs}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{\gls{nopostdesc}}
}
-\end{alltt}
-However, you may prefer to use the \texttt{-{}-index-conversion}
-(\texttt{-i}) switch:
-\begin{prompt}
-convertgls2bib -i -{}-preamble-only samplePeople people.bib
-\end{prompt}
+\end{codebox}
+However, you may prefer to use the \switch{index-conversion}
+(\switch{i}) switch:
+\begin{terminal}
+convertgls2bib \switch{i} \switch{preamble-only} samplePeople people.bib
+\end{terminal}
This will discard the \gloskey{description} field and use
\atentry{index} instead of \atentry{entry} if the
-\gloskey{description} is either empty or simply set to \ics{nopostdesc} or
-\ics*{glsxtrnopostpunc}. The \nolinkurl{people.bib} file now
+\gloskey{description} is either empty or simply set to \gls{nopostdesc} or
+\gls{glsxtrnopostpunc}. The \filefmt{people.bib} file now
contains definitions like:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{index}\mgroup{joebloggs,
- name = \mgroup{\cs{name}\mgroup{Joe}\mgroup{Bloggs}}
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{index}\marg{joebloggs,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\cmd{name}\marg{Joe}\marg{Bloggs}}
}
-\end{alltt}
-Regardless of which approach you used to create the \filetype{bib}
+\end{codebox}
+Regardless of which approach you used to create the \ext{bib}
file, you now need to edit it to provide a definition of the custom
-\cs{name} command for \gls{bib2gls}['s] use:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{preamble}\mgroup{"\strong{\ics{providecommand}}\mgroup{\cs{name}}[2]\mgroup{\#2, \#1}"}
-\end{alltt}
-Note the use of \cs{providecommand} instead of \cs{newcommand}.
-
-In the document (\nolinkurl{samplePeople.tex}) you now need to
-delete \cs{makeglossaries}, the definitions of \cs{sortname},
-\cs{textname}, \cs{name}, \cs{glsprestandardsort}, and all the entry
-definitions. Then add the following to the document preamble:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newcommand}\mgroup{\cs{name}}[2]\mgroup{\#1 \#2}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=people]
-\end{alltt}
+\csfmt{name} command for \app{bib2gls}['s] use:
+\begin{codebox*}
+\atentry{preamble}\marg{"\strong{\gls{providecommand}}\marg{\cmd{name}}[2]\marg{\#2, \#1}"}
+\end{codebox*}
+Note the use of \gls{providecommand} instead of \csfmt{newcommand}.
+
+In the document (\file{samplePeople.tex}) you now need to
+delete \gls{makeglossaries}, the definitions of \csfmt{sortname},
+\csfmt{textname}, \csfmt{name}, \gls{glsprestandardsort}, and all the entry
+definitions. Then add the following to the \idxf{documentpreamble}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{name}}[2]\marg{\#1 \#2}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{people}}
+\end{codebox}
Next, use your text editor's search and replace function to
-subsitute all instances of \cs{glsentrytext} in the chapter
-headings with \ics*{glsfmttext}. For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{chapter}\mgroup{\strong{\ics*{glsfmttext}}\mgroup{joebloggs}}
-\end{alltt}
-Finally, replace \cs{printunsrtglossaries} with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{printunsrtglossaries}
-\end{alltt}
+substitute all instances of \gls{glsentrytext} in the chapter
+headings with \gls{glsfmttext}. For example:
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{chapter}\marg{\strong{\gls{glsfmttext}}\marg{joebloggs}}
+\end{codebox*}
+Finally, replace \gls{printglossaries} with:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{printunsrtglossaries}
+\end{codebox}
The document build is now:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex samplePeople
bib2gls samplePeople
pdflatex samplePeople
pdflatex samplePeople
-\end{prompt}
-The third \LaTeX\ call is required to ensure that the PDF bookmarks
+\end{terminal}
+The third \LaTeX\ call is required to ensure that the \idxpl{PDFbookmark}
are up to date, as the entries aren't defined until after the
-\gls{bib2gls} run (which is why you have to use \ics*{glsfmttext}
-instead of \cs{glsentrytext}).
+\app{bib2gls} run (which is why you have to use \gls{glsfmttext}
+instead of \gls{glsentrytext}).
This again leads to a list sorted by surname. The reason this works
-is because \gls{bib2gls} only sees the definition of \cs{name}
+is because \app{bib2gls} only sees the definition of \csfmt{name}
provided in \atentry{preamble}, but the document uses the definition
-of \cs{name} provided before \cs{GlsXtrLoadResources}. The use of
-\ics{providecommand} in \atentry{preamble} prevents \cs{name} from
+of \csfmt{name} provided before \gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}. The use of
+\gls{providecommand} in \atentry{preamble} prevents \csfmt{name} from
being redefined within the document.
-See also the \qt{Examples} chapter of the \gls{bib2gls} user manual,
-which provides another \qt{people} example.
+See also the \qt{Examples} chapter of the \app{bib2gls} user manual,
+which provides another \qt{people} example and
+\gallerypage{aliases}{Aliases}.
-\exitem{Sort} This is another document that illustrates how to hook
+\filedef{sampleSort.tex}
+This is another document that illustrates how to hook
into the standard sort mechanism. An additional run is required to
-ensure the table of contents is up-to-date:
-\begin{prompt}
+ensure the \idx{tableofcontents} is up-to-date:
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sampleSort
makeglossaries sampleSort
pdflatex sampleSort
pdflatex sampleSort
-\end{prompt}
-This document has three glossaries (\texttt{main}, \texttt{acronym}
-and a custom \texttt{notation}), so if you want to use
-\gls{makeindex} explicitly you will need to have three
-\gls{makeindex} calls with the appropriate file extensions:
-\begin{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
+This document has three glossaries (\glostype{main}, \glostype{acronym}
+and a custom \glostypefmt{notation}), so if you want to use
+\app{makeindex} explicitly you will need to have three
+\app{makeindex} calls with the appropriate file extensions:
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sampleSort
makeindex -s sampleSort.ist -t sampleSort.alg -o sampleSort.acr sampleSort.acn
makeindex -s sampleSort.ist -t sampleSort.glg -o sampleSort.gls sampleSort.glo
makeindex -s sampleSort.ist -t sampleSort.nlg -o sampleSort.not sampleSort.ntn
pdflatex sampleSort
pdflatex sampleSort
-\end{prompt}
-It's much simpler to just use \gls{makeglossaries} or \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua}.
+\end{terminal}
+It's much simpler to just use \app{makeglossaries} or \app{makeglossaries-lite}.
In this example, the sort hook is adjusted to ensure the list of
notation is sorted according to the order of definition. A new
counter is defined to keep track of the entry number:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcounter{sortcount}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcounter}\marg{sortcount}
+\end{codebox}
The sort hook is then redefined to increment this counter and assign
the sort key to that numerical value, but only for the
-\texttt{notation} glossary. The other two glossaries have their sort
+\glostypefmt{notation} glossary. The other two \idxpl{glossary} have their sort
keys assigned as normal:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand{\glsprestandardsort}[3]{%
- \ifdefstring{#2}{notation}%
- {%
- \stepcounter{sortcount}%
- \edef#1{\glssortnumberfmt{\arabic{sortcount}}}%
- }%
- {%
- \glsdosanitizesort
- }%
+\begin{codebox*}
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\gls{glsprestandardsort}}[3]{\comment{}
+ \cmd{ifdefstring}\marg{\#2}\marg{notation}\comment{}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{stepcounter}\marg{sortcount}\comment{}
+ \cmd{edef}\#1\marg{\gls{glssortnumberfmt}\marg{\gls{arabic}\marg{sortcount}}}\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsdosanitizesort}
+ }\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-This means that \gls{makeindex} will sort the notation in numerical order.
+\end{codebox*}
+This means that \app{makeindex} will sort the notation in numerical order.
\glsxtrnote
-If you want to convert this document to use \gls{glossaries-extra},
+If you want to convert this document to use \sty{glossaries-extra},
a much simpler approach is available with its hybrid method. First
change the package loading line to:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\xtrfont{postdot},\xtrfont{stylemods},acronym]\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
-Either remove \cs{setacronymstyle} and replace all instances of
-\cs{newacronym} with \ics*{newabbreviation} or replace:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{long-short}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{postdot},\opt{stylemods},\opt{acronym}]\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
+Either remove \gls{setacronymstyle} and replace all instances of
+\gls{newacronym} with \gls{newabbreviation} or replace:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{long-short}}
+\end{codebox}
with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}[acronym]\mgroup{long-short}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{\cat{acronym}}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short}}
+\end{codebox}
-The custom counter and redefinition of \cs{glsprestandardsort} can now
-be removed. The file extensions for the custom \texttt{notation}
-glossary are no longer relevant so the glossary definition can be
+The custom counter and redefinition of \gls{glsprestandardsort} can now
+be removed. The file extensions for the custom \glostylefmt{notation}
+glossary are no longer relevant so the \idx{glossary} definition can be
changed to:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newglossary\strong{*}}\mgroup{notation}\mgroup{Notation}
-\end{alltt}
-The \ics{makeglossaries} command now needs to be adjusted to
-indicate which glossaries need to be processed by \gls{makeindex}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{makeglossaries}\strong{[main,acronym]}
-\end{alltt}
-Finally, \ics{printglossaries} needs to be replaced with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{printglossary}
-\cs{printacronyms}
-\cs{print\strong{noidx}glossary}[type=notation\strong{,sort=def}]
-\end{alltt}
-Note that the \texttt{notation} glossary, which hasn't been listed in the optional
-argument of \cs{makeglossaries}, must be displayed with \ics{printnoidxglossary}.
-
-This means that \gls{makeindex} only needs to process the
-\texttt{main} and \texttt{acronym} glossaries. No actual sorting is
-performed for the \texttt{notation} glossary because, when used with
-\printnoidxglosskey[def]{sort}, \cs{printnoidxglossary} simply
+\begin{codebox}
+\glslink{newglossary*}{\csfmt{newglossary\strong{*}}}\marg{notation}\marg{Notation}
+\end{codebox}
+The \gls{makeglossaries} command now needs to be adjusted to
+indicate which \idxpl{glossary} need to be processed by \app{makeindex}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{makeglossaries}\strong{[\glostype{main},\glostype{acronym}]}
+\end{codebox}
+Finally, \gls{printglossaries} needs to be replaced with:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{printglossary}
+\gls{printacronyms}
+\glslink{printnoidxglossary}{\csfmt{print\strong{noidx}glossary}}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{notation}\strong{,\printglossoptval{sort}{def}}}
+\end{codebox}
+Note that the \glostylefmt{notation} glossary, which hasn't been listed in the optional
+argument of \gls{makeglossaries}, must be displayed with \gls{printnoidxglossary}.
+
+This means that \app{makeindex} only needs to process the
+\glostype{main} and \glostype{acronym} glossaries. No actual sorting is
+performed for the \glostypefmt{notation} glossary because, when used with
+\printglossoptval{sort}{def}, \gls{printnoidxglossary} simply
iterates over the list of entries that have been indexed.
The document build doesn't need the third \LaTeX\ call now (since
-none of the glossaries extend beyond a page break):
-\begin{prompt}
+none of the \idxpl{glossary} extend beyond a page break):
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sampleSort
makeglossaries sampleSort
pdflatex sampleSort
-\end{prompt}
-This time \gls{makeglossaries} will include the message:
-\begin{verbatim}
-only processing subset 'main,acronym'
-\end{verbatim}
-This means that although \gls{makeglossaries} has noticed the \texttt{notation} glossary,
-it will be skipped.
-
-If you are explicitly calling \gls{makeindex} then you need to drop the call
-for the \texttt{notation} glossary:
-\begin{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
+This time \app{makeglossaries} will include the message:
+\begin{transcript}
+only processing subset '\glostype{main},\glostype{acronym}'
+\end{transcript}
+This means that although \app{makeglossaries} has noticed the
+\glostypefmt{notation} glossary, it will be skipped.
+
+If you are explicitly calling \app{makeindex} then you need to drop the call
+for the \glostypefmt{notation} glossary:
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sampleSort
makeindex -s sampleSort.ist -t sampleSort.alg -o sampleSort.acr sampleSort.acn
makeindex -s sampleSort.ist -t sampleSort.glg -o sampleSort.gls sampleSort.glo
pdflatex sampleSort
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
\bibglsnote
-If you prefer to use \gls{bib2gls}, the package loading line needs
+If you prefer to use \app{bib2gls}, the package loading line needs
to be changed to:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\strong{\xtrfont{record}},\xtrfont{postdot},\xtrfont{stylemods},acronym]\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
-Next the entry definitions need to be convert to the \filetype{bib}
-format required by \gls{bib2gls}.
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\strong{\opt{record}},\opt{postdot},\opt{stylemods},\opt{acronym}]\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
+Next the entry definitions need to be convert to the \ext{bib}
+format required by \app{bib2gls}.
For this example, it's simpler to split the entries into different files according
to the glossary type. This can be done with the
-\texttt{-{}-split-on-type} or \texttt{-t} switch:
-\begin{prompt}
-convertgls2bib -t -{}-preamble-only sampleSort.tex entries.bib
-\end{prompt}
+\switch{split-on-type} or \switch{t} switch:
+\begin{terminal}
+convertgls2bib \switch{t} \switch{preamble-only} sampleSort.tex entries.bib
+\end{terminal}
This will create three files:
-\begin{description}
-\item[\nolinkurl{entries.bib}] which contains the entries that were
-defined with \ics{newglossaryentry}. For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{entry}\mgroup{gls:set,
- name = {set},
- description = {A collection of distinct objects}
+\begin{deflist}
+\itemtitle{\filefmt{entries.bib}}
+\begin{itemdesc}
+This contains the entries that were
+defined with \gls{newglossaryentry}. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{gls:set,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{set},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{A collection of distinct objects}
}
-\end{alltt}
-
-\item[\nolinkurl{abbreviations.bib}] which contains the entries that
-were defined with \ics{newacronym}. For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{acronym}\mgroup{zfc,
- short = \mgroup{ZFC},
- long = \mgroup{Zermelo-Fraenkel set theory}
+\end{codebox}
+\end{itemdesc}
+
+\itemtitle{\filefmt{abbreviations.bib}}
+\begin{itemdesc}
+This contains the entries that
+were defined with \gls{newacronym}. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{acronym}\marg{zfc,
+ \gloskeyval{short}{ZFC},
+ \gloskeyval{long}{Zermelo-Fraenkel set theory}
}
-\end{alltt}
-If you changed \ics{newacronym} to \ics*{newabbreviation} then
+\end{codebox}
+If you changed \gls{newacronym} to \gls{newabbreviation} then
\atentry{abbreviation} will be used instead:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{abbreviation}\mgroup{zfc,
- short = \mgroup{ZFC},
- long = \mgroup{Zermelo-Fraenkel set theory}
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{abbreviation}\marg{zfc,
+ \gloskeyval{short}{ZFC},
+ \gloskeyval{long}{Zermelo-Fraenkel set theory}
}
-\end{alltt}
-
-\item[\nolinkurl{notation.bib}] which contains the entries that were
-defined with \texttt{\gloskey{type}=notation}. For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{entry}\mgroup{not:set,
- name = \mgroup{\$\cs{mathcal}\mgroup{S}\$},
- description = \mgroup{A set},
- text = \mgroup{\cs{mathcal}\mgroup{S}}
+\end{codebox}
+\end{itemdesc}
+
+\itemtitle{\filefmt{notation.bib}}
+\begin{itemdesc}
+This contains the entries that were
+defined with \gloskeyval{type}{notation}. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{not:set,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\$\cmd{mathcal}\marg{S}\$},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{A set},
+ \gloskeyval{text}{\cmd{mathcal}\marg{S}}
}
-\end{alltt}
+\end{codebox}
You may prefer to replace \atentry{entry} with \atentry{symbol}
in this file.
-\end{description}
-\emph{After} the definition of the \texttt{notation} glossary
-(\cs{newglossary}), add:
-\begin{alltt}
-\% abbreviation style must be set first:
-\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}[acronym]\mgroup{long-short}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=\mgroup{entries,abbreviations}]
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=\mgroup{notation},\% notation.bib
- \strong{\xtrfont{type}=notation},\resourceopt{sort}=\strong{unsrt}]
-\end{alltt}
-Delete the remainder of the preamble (\cs{makeglossaries} and entry
+\end{itemdesc}
+\end{deflist}
+\emph{After} the definition of the \glostypefmt{notation} glossary
+(\gls{newglossary}), add:
+\begin{codebox}
+\comment{\idx{abbrvstyle} must be set first:}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{\cat{acronym}}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short}}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{entries,abbreviations}}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{notation},\comment{notation.bib}
+ \strong{\resourceoptval{type}{notation}},\resourceoptval{sort}{\strong{unsrt}}}
+\end{codebox}
+Delete the remainder of the \idxf{documentpreamble} (\gls{makeglossaries} and entry
definitions).
-Finally, replace the lines that display the glossaries with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{printunsrtglossaries}
-\end{alltt}
+Finally, replace the lines that display the \idxpl{glossary} with:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{printunsrtglossaries}
+\end{codebox}
The build process is now:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sampleSort
bib2gls sampleSort
pdflatex sampleSort
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
In this case, I have one resource command that processes two
-glossaries (\texttt{main} and \texttt{acronym}) at the same time.
+glossaries (\glostype{main} and \glostype{acronym}) at the same time.
The entries in these glossaries are ordered alphabetically.
-The second resource command processes the \texttt{notation} glossary but
+The second resource command processes the \glostypefmt{notation} glossary but
the entries in this glossary aren't sorted (and so will appear in
-the order of definition within the \filetype{bib} file).
+the order of definition within the \ext{bib} file).
-See also \samplefile{Ntn}, \bibglsgallery{sorting} and the \gls{bib2gls} user manual
+See also \samplefile{Ntn}, \bibglsgallery{sorting} and the \app{bib2gls} user manual
for more examples.
\section{Child Entries}
\label{sec:samplesparent}
-\exitem{} This document illustrates some of
+\filedef{sample.tex}
+This document illustrates some of
the basics, including how to create child entries that use the same
name as the parent entry. This example adds the glossary to the
-table of contents and it also uses \ics{glsrefentry}, so an extra \LaTeX\
+\idx{tableofcontents} and it also uses \gls{glsrefentry}, so an extra \LaTeX\
run is required:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample
makeglossaries sample
pdflatex sample
pdflatex sample
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
You can see the difference between word and letter ordering if you
-add the package option \pkgopt[letter]{order}. (Note
+add the package option \optval{order}{letter}. (Note
that this will only have an effect if you use
-\gls{makeglossaries} or \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua}.
-If you use \gls{makeindex} explicitly, you will need to use the
+\app{makeglossaries} or \app{makeglossaries-lite}.
+If you use \app{makeindex} explicitly, you will need to use the
\mkidxopt{l} switch to indicate letter ordering.)
One of the entries has its name encapsulated with a semantic command:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newcommand}\mgroup{\strong{\cs{scriptlang}}}[1]\mgroup{\cs{textsf}\mgroup{\#1}}
-
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{Perl}\mgroup{name=\strong{\cs{scriptlang}}\mgroup{Perl},\strong{sort=Perl,}
-description=\mgroup{A scripting language}}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\strong{\cmd{scriptlang}}}[1]\marg{\cmd{textsf}\marg{\#1}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{Perl}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\strong{\cmd{scriptlang}}\marg{Perl}},\strong{\gloskeyval{sort}{Perl},}
+\gloskeyval{description}{A scripting language}}
+\end{codebox}
This means that this entry needs to have the \gloskey{sort} key set
-otherwise \gls{makeindex} will assign it to the \qt{symbol} letter
-group, since it starts with a backslash (which \gls{makeindex}
+otherwise \app{makeindex} will assign it to the \qt{symbol}
+\idx{group}, since it starts with a backslash (which \app{makeindex}
simply treats as punctuation).
The homograph entries \qt{glossary} and \qt{bravo} are defined as
sub-entries that inherit the name from the parent entry. The parent
entry doesn't have a description, but with the default
-\pkgopt[false]{nopostdot} setting this will lead to a spurious dot.
-This can be removed by adding \ics{nopostdesc} to the description,
+\optval{nopostdot}{false} setting this will lead to a spurious dot.
+This can be removed by adding \gls{nopostdesc} to the description,
which suppresses the post-description hook for that entry.
Since the child entries have the same name as the parent, this means
that the child entries will have duplicate sort values unless the
default is changed with the \gloskey{sort} key:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{glossary}\mgroup{name=glossary,
- description=\mgroup{\strong{\ics{nopostdesc}}},plural=\mgroup{glossaries}}
-
-\ics{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{glossarycol}\mgroup{
- description=\mgroup{collection of glosses},
- \strong{sort=\mgroup{2},}
- parent=\mgroup{glossary}\% parent \emph{label}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{glossary}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{glossary},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{\strong{\gls{nopostdesc}}},\gloskeyval{plural}{glossaries}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{glossarycol}\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{description}{collection of glosses},
+ \strong{\gloskeyval{sort}{2},}
+ \gloskeyval{parent}{glossary}\comment{parent \emph{label}}
}
-
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{glossarylist}\mgroup{
- description=\mgroup{list of technical words},
- \strong{sort=\mgroup{1},}
- parent=\mgroup{glossary}\% parent \emph{label}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{glossarylist}\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{description}{list of technical words},
+ \strong{\gloskeyval{sort}{1},}
+ \gloskeyval{parent}{glossary}\comment{parent \emph{label}}
}
-\end{alltt}
+\end{codebox}
(Remember that the entries are sorted hierarchically.) This will
-place \texttt{glossarylist} before \texttt{glossarycol}, but both
-will come immediately after their parent \texttt{glossary} entry.
+place \qt{glossarylist} before \qt{glossarycol}, but both
+will come immediately after their parent \qt{glossary} entry.
\glsxtrnote
-If you switch to using \gls{glossaries-extra}, remember that the
+If you switch to using \sty{glossaries-extra}, remember that the
default package options are different:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\strong{\xtrfont{postdot},\xtrfont{stylemods}},style=treenonamegroup,order=word,
- subentrycounter]\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\strong{\opt{postdot},\opt{stylemods}},\optval{style}{\glostyle{treenonamegroup}},\optval{order}{word},
+ \opt{subentrycounter}]\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
-You may now want to consider replacing \ics{nopostdesc} in the
-descriptions with \ics*{glsxtrnopostpunc} (using your
+You may now want to consider replacing \gls{nopostdesc} in the
+descriptions with \gls{glsxtrnopostpunc} (using your
text editor's search and replace function). This suppresses the
post-description punctuation but not the category post-description
hook.
You may have noticed that some of the descriptions include the
plural form, but it's not done very consistently. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{cow}{name=cow,
- plural=cows,% not required as this is the default
- user1=kine,
- description={(\emph{pl.}\ cows, \emph{archaic} kine) an adult
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{cow}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{cow},
+ \gloskeyval{plural}{cows},\comment{not required as this is the default}
+ \gloskeyval{user1}{kine},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{(\cmd{emph}\marg{pl.}\gls{cs.sp}cows, \cmd{emph}\marg{archaic} kine) an adult
female of any bovine animal}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
which has the parenthetical material at the start of the
description with emphasis,
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{bravocry}{
- description={cry of approval (pl.\ bravos)},
- sort={1},
- parent={bravo}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{bravocry}\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{description}{cry of approval (pl.\gls{cs.sp}bravos)},
+ \gloskeyval{sort}{1},
+ \gloskeyval{parent}{bravo}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
which has the parenthetical material at the end of the
description without emphasis even though it's a regular plural,
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{bravoruffian}{
- description={hired ruffian or killer (pl.\ bravoes)},
- sort={2},
- plural={bravoes},
- parent=bravo}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{bravoruffian}\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{description}{hired ruffian or killer (pl.\gls{cs.sp}bravoes)},
+ \gloskeyval{sort}{2},
+ \gloskeyval{plural}{bravoes},
+ \gloskeyval{parent}{bravo}}
+\end{codebox}
which has the parenthetical material at the end of the
description without emphasis, and
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{glossary}{name=glossary,
- description={\nopostdesc},
- plural={glossaries}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{glossary}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{glossary},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{\gls{nopostdesc}},
+ \gloskeyval{plural}{glossaries}}
+\end{codebox}
which doesn't show the plural in the description.
-With \gls{glossaries-extra}, you can remove this parenthetical
+With \sty{glossaries-extra}, you can remove this parenthetical
material and implement it using the category post-description hook instead.
For example, the above definitions become:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{cow}{name=cow,
- user1=kine,
- description={an adult female of any bovine animal}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{cow}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{cow},
+ \gloskeyval{user1}{kine},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{an adult female of any bovine animal}
}
-
-\newglossaryentry{bravocry}{
- description={cry of approval},
- sort={1},
- parent={bravo}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{bravocry}\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{description}{cry of approval},
+ \gloskeyval{sort}{1},
+ \gloskeyval{parent}{bravo}
}
-
-\newglossaryentry{bravoruffian}{
- description={hired ruffian or killer},
- sort={2},
- plural={bravoes},
- parent=bravo}
-\end{verbatim}
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{glossary}\mgroup{name=glossary,
- description=\mgroup{\strong{\ics*{glsxtrnopostpunc}}},
- plural=\mgroup{glossaries}}
-\end{alltt}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{bravoruffian}\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{description}{hired ruffian or killer},
+ \gloskeyval{sort}{2},
+ \gloskeyval{plural}{bravoes},
+ \gloskeyval{parent}{bravo}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{glossary}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{glossary},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{\strong{\gls{glsxtrnopostpunc}}},
+ \gloskeyval{plural}{glossaries}}
+\end{codebox}
The post-description hook for the \cat{general} category can now be
set:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glsdefpostdesc}\mgroup{general}\mgroup{\%
-\codecomment{\% Has the user1 key been set?}
- \ics*{glsxtrifhasfield}\mgroup{useri}\mgroup{\ics{glscurrententrylabel}}\%
- \mgroup{\cs{space}(\cs{emph}\mgroup{pl.}\cs{ }\ics{glsentryplural}\mgroup{\ics{glscurrententrylabel}},
- \cs{emph}\mgroup{archaic} \ics{glscurrentfieldvalue})\%
- }\%
- \mgroup{\%
-\codecomment{\% The user1 key hasn't been set. Is the plural the same as the
-\% singular form with the plural suffix appended?}
- \ics*{GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr}\mgroup{plural}\mgroup{\ics{glscurrententrylabel}}\%
- \mgroup{\ics{glsentrytext}\mgroup{\ics{glscurrententrylabel}}\ics{glspluralsuffix}}\%
- \mgroup{\%
-\codecomment{\% Sibling check with \gls{bib2gls} (see below)}
- }\%
- \mgroup{\%
-\codecomment{\% The plural isn't the default. Does this entry have a parent?}
- \cs{ifglshasparent}\mgroup{\cs{glscurrententrylabel}}%
- \mgroup{\%
-\codecomment{\% This entry has a parent.
-\% Are the plurals for the child and parent the same?}
- \ics*{GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr}\mgroup{plural}\mgroup{\cs{glscurrententrylabel}}\%
- \mgroup{\cs{glsentryplural}\mgroup{\cs{glsentryparent}\mgroup{\cs{glscurrententrylabel}}}}\%
- \mgroup{}\% \codecomment{child and parent plurals the same}
- \mgroup{\%
- \cs{space}(\cs{emph}\mgroup{pl.}\cs{ }\cs{glsentryplural}\mgroup{\cs{glscurrententrylabel}})\%
- }\%
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{glsdefpostdesc}\marg{general}\marg{\comment{}
+\comment{Has the \gloskey{user1} key been set?}
+ \gls{glsxtrifhasfield}\marg{\glosfield{useri}}\marg{\gls{glscurrententrylabel}}\comment{}
+ \marg{\gls{space}(\cmd{emph}\marg{pl.}\gls{cs.sp}\gls{glsentryplural}\marg{\gls{glscurrententrylabel}},
+ \cmd{emph}\marg{archaic} \gls{glscurrentfieldvalue})\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+\comment{The \gloskey{user1} key hasn't been set. Is the plural the same as the}
+\comment{singular form with the plural suffix appended?}
+ \gls{GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr}\marg{\gloskey{plural}}\marg{\gls{glscurrententrylabel}}\comment{}
+ \marg{\gls{glsentrytext}\marg{\gls{glscurrententrylabel}}\gls{glspluralsuffix}}\comment{}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+\comment{Sibling check with \app{bib2gls} (see below)}
+ }\comment{}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+\comment{The plural isn't the default. Does this entry have a parent?}
+ \gls{ifglshasparent}\marg{\gls{glscurrententrylabel}}%
+ \marg{\comment{}
+\comment{This entry has a parent.}
+\comment{Are the plurals for the child and parent the same?}
+ \gls{GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr}\marg{\gloskey{plural}}\marg{\gls{glscurrententrylabel}}\comment{}
+ \marg{\gls{glsentryplural}\marg{\gls{glsentryparent}\marg{\gls{glscurrententrylabel}}}}\comment{}
+ \marg{}\comment{child and parent plurals the same}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{space}(\cmd{emph}\marg{pl.}\gls{cs.sp}\gls{glsentryplural}\marg{\gls{glscurrententrylabel}})\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
}%
- \mgroup{\cs{space}(\cs{emph}\mgroup{pl.}\cs{ }\ics{glsentryplural}\mgroup{\ics{glscurrententrylabel}})}\%
- }\%
- }\%
+ \marg{\gls{space}(\cmd{emph}\marg{pl.}\gls{cs.sp}\gls{glsentryplural}\marg{\gls{glscurrententrylabel}})}\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
}
-\end{alltt}
+\end{codebox*}
(If you try this example out, notice the difference for the
-\texttt{glossary} entry if you use \cs{nopostdesc} and then
-replace it with \ics*{glsxtrnopostpunc}.)
-See the \gls{glossaries-extra} user manual for further details and
+\qt{glossary} entry if you use \gls{nopostdesc} and then
+replace it with \gls{glsxtrnopostpunc}.)
+See the \sty{glossaries-extra} user manual for further details and
also \bibglsbegin.
The \qt{bravo} homographs are an oddity where the singular form is
identical but the plural is different (\qt{bravos} and
\qt{bravoes}). In the original, both descriptions included the
plural term. The above modifications drop the display of the regular
-\qt{bravos} plural (for the \texttt{bravocry} term) and only show
-the \qt{bravoes} plural (for the \texttt{bravoruffian} term). In this
+\qt{bravos} plural (for the \qt{bravocry} term) and only show
+the \qt{bravoes} plural (for the \qt{bravoruffian} term). In this
particular case it might be useful to show the regular plural in
order to highlight the difference.
While it's straightforward to access an entry's parent label (with
-\ics{glsentryparent}) it's much harder to access entry's children or
-siblings. The \ics{ifglshaschildren} command has to iterate over all
+\gls{glsentryparent}) it's much harder to access entry's children or
+siblings. The \gls{ifglshaschildren} command has to iterate over all
entries to determine if any have a parent that matches the given
label. This is obviously very time-consuming if you have a large
database of entries. It also doesn't provide a way of determining
whether or not the child entries have been indexed.
-With \gls{bib2gls}, it's possible to save this information with the
+With \app{bib2gls}, it's possible to save this information with the
\resourceopt{save-child-count} and \resourceopt{save-sibling-count},
which not only save the total but also save the child or sibling
labels in an \sty{etoolbox} internal list. This makes the
@@ -17504,36 +31940,36 @@ information much faster to access and also only includes the labels of
those entries that have actually been indexed.
In the above, the comment line:
-\begin{alltt}
-\codecomment{\% Sibling check with \gls{bib2gls} (see below)}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\comment{Sibling check with \app{bib2gls} (see below)}
+\end{codebox}
indicates where to put the extra code. If you switch to
-\gls{bib2gls} and make sure to use \resourceopt{save-sibling-count}
+\app{bib2gls} and make sure to use \resourceopt{save-sibling-count}
then you can insert the following code in the block above where that
comment is:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero}\mgroup{siblingcount}\mgroup{\cs{glscurrententrylabel}}\%
-\mgroup{\% \codecomment{\xtrfield{siblingcount} field value non-zero}
- \ics*{glsxtrfieldforlistloop} \% \codecomment{iterate over internal list}
- \mgroup{\cs{glscurrententrylabel}}\% \codecomment{entry label}
- \mgroup{siblinglist}\% \codecomment{label of field containing list}
- \mgroup{\cs{siblinghandler}}\% \codecomment{loop handler}
-}\%
-\mgroup{}\% \codecomment{\xtrfield{siblingcount} field value 0 or empty or missing}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero}\marg{\glosfield{siblingcount}}\marg{\gls{glscurrententrylabel}}\%
+\marg{\comment{\glosfield{siblingcount} field value non-zero}
+ \gls{glsxtrfieldforlistloop} \comment{iterate over internal list}
+ \marg{\gls{glscurrententrylabel}} \comment{entry label}
+ \marg{\glosfield{siblinglist}} \comment{label of field containing list}
+ \marg{\cmd{siblinghandler}} \comment{loop handler}
+}\comment{}
+\marg{}\comment{\glosfield{siblingcount} field value 0 or empty or missing}
+\end{codebox*}
This uses a custom handler that's defined as follows:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newcommand}\mgroup{\cs{siblinghandler}}[1]\mgroup{\%
- \ics*{GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr}*\mgroup{plural}\mgroup{\cs{glscurrententrylabel}}\%
- \mgroup{\cs{glsentryplural}\mgroup{\#1}}\%
- \mgroup{}\% \codecomment{current entry's plural same as sibling's plural}
- \mgroup{\%
- \cs{space}(\cs{emph}\mgroup{pl.}\cs{ }\cs{glsentryplural}\mgroup{\cs{glscurrententrylabel}})\%
- \ics{listbreak}
- }%
+\begin{codebox*}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{siblinghandler}}[1]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr}*\marg{\gloskey{plural}}\marg{\gls{glscurrententrylabel}}\comment{}
+ \marg{\gls{glsentryplural}\marg{\#1}}\comment{}
+ \marg{}\comment{current entry's plural same as sibling's plural}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{space}(\cmd{emph}\marg{pl.}\gls{cs.sp}\gls{glsentryplural}\marg{\gls{glscurrententrylabel}})\comment{}
+ \gls{listbreak}
+ }\comment{}
}
-\end{alltt}
-The \cs{listbreak} command is provided by \sty{etoolbox} and is used
+\end{codebox*}
+The \gls{listbreak} command is provided by \sty{etoolbox} and is used
for prematurely exiting a loop. The handler tests if the sibling's
\gloskey{plural} field is identical to the current entry's \gloskey{plural}
field. If they are the same, it does nothing. If they are different,
@@ -17542,194 +31978,195 @@ it displays the current entry's plural and breaks the loop.
Note that this assumes that the parent entry hasn't had the plural
form explicitly set to \qt{bravoes} instead of the default
\qt{bravos}. In that case, the parent entry would show the plural
-but the \texttt{bravoruffian} child entry wouldn't show the plural (since
+but the \qt{bravoruffian} child entry wouldn't show the plural (since
this case would led to the empty code block identified with the
comment \qt{child and parent plurals the same}). The \qt{bravoes}
plural form would instead be shown for the parent, which wouldn't
look right.
-If you don't use \gls{bib2gls} or if you use it without the
+If you don't use \app{bib2gls} or if you use it without the
\resourceopt{save-sibling-count} resource option then the sibling
information won't be available.
\bibglsnote
-In order to switch to using \gls{bib2gls}, it's first necessary to
-switch to using \gls{glossaries-extra} (as above). Remember that the
-\pkgopt*{record} option is required:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\strong{\xtrfont{record},}\xtrfont{postdot},\xtrfont{stylemods},style=treenonamegroup,
-subentrycounter]\mgroup{glossaries-extra}
-\end{alltt}
+In order to switch to using \app{bib2gls}, it's first necessary to
+switch to using \sty{glossaries-extra} (as above). Remember that the
+\opt{record} option is required:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\strong{\opt{record},}\opt{postdot},\opt{stylemods},\optval{style}{\glostyle{treenonamegroup}},
+\opt{subentrycounter}]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\end{codebox}
Next the entry definitions need to be converted to the
-\filetype{bib} format required by \gls{bib2gls}. This can be done
-with \gls{convertgls2bib}:
-\begin{alltt}
-convertgls2bib -{}-preamble-only sample.tex entries.
-\end{alltt}
-The semantic command may be moved to the \filetype{bib} file to
+\ext{bib} format required by \app{bib2gls}. This can be done
+with \app{convertgls2bib}:
+\begin{terminal}
+convertgls2bib \switch{preamble-only} sample.tex entries.
+\end{terminal}
+The semantic command may be moved to the \ext{bib} file's \idx{bibpreamble} to
ensure it's defined:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{preamble}\mgroup{"\cs{providecommand}\mgroup{\cs{scriptlang}}[1]\mgroup{\cs{textsf}\mgroup{\#1}}"}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{preamble}\marg{"\gls{providecommand}\marg{\cmd{scriptlang}}[1]\marg{\cmd{textsf}\marg{\#1}}"}
+\end{codebox}
The \gloskey{sort} field typically shouldn't be set when using
-\gls{bib2gls}, so \gls{convertgls2bib} strips it.
-If the \gloskey{sort} field is missing, \gls{bib2gls} will obtain it
+\app{bib2gls}, so \app{convertgls2bib} strips it.
+If the \gloskey{sort} field is missing, \app{bib2gls} will obtain it
from the sort fallback for that entry type. In this case,
\atentry{entry} has the \gloskey{name} field as the sort fallback.
If this is also missing then its value is obtained from the parent's
\gloskey{name} field (see \bibglsgallery{sorting} for other examples).
Therefore the \qt{Perl} entry is simply defined as:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{entry}\mgroup{Perl,
- name = \mgroup{\cs{scriptlang}\mgroup{Perl}},
- description = \mgroup{A scripting language}
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{Perl,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\cmd{scriptlang}\marg{Perl}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{A scripting language}
}
-\end{alltt}
-This isn't a problem for \gls{bib2gls}. In this case, the command
-has been provided in the \atentry{preamble}, but \gls{bib2gls}
-strips font information so the sort value becomes \texttt{Perl}.
+\end{codebox}
+This isn't a problem for \app{bib2gls}. In this case, the command
+has been provided in the \atentry{preamble}, but \app{bib2gls}
+strips font information so the sort value becomes \qt{Perl}.
If the definition isn't placed in \atentry{preamble} then
-\gls{bib2gls} will simply ignore the command (as \gls{xindy} does)
-so the sort value will still end up as \texttt{Perl}.
+\app{bib2gls} will simply ignore the command (as \app{xindy} does)
+so the sort value will still end up as \qt{Perl}.
The homograph entries have also had their \gloskey{sort} fields omitted:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{entry}\mgroup{glossarycol,
- parent = \mgroup{glossary},
- description = \mgroup{collection of glosses}
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{glossarycol,
+ \gloskeyval{parent}{glossary},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{collection of glosses}
}
-
-\atentry{entry}\mgroup{glossarylist,
- parent = \mgroup{glossary},
- description = \mgroup{list of technical words}
+\codepar
+\atentry{entry}\marg{glossarylist,
+ \gloskeyval{parent}{glossary},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{list of technical words}
}
-\end{alltt}
+\end{codebox}
This means that the sort value for both these child entries is
-\qt{glossary}. When \gls{bib2gls} encounters identical sort values
+\qt{glossary}. When \app{bib2gls} encounters identical sort values
it acts according to its \resourceopt{identical-sort-action} setting.
The default action is to sort by the label using a simple string
-comparison. In this case, it would put \texttt{glossarycol} before
-\texttt{glossarylist}. In the original document, the \gloskey{sort}
+comparison. In this case, it would put \qt{glossarycol} before
+\qt{glossarylist}. In the original document, the \gloskey{sort}
value was manually chosen to ensure that the entries are ordered
-according to \gls{firstuse}. This ordering can easily be obtained
-by changing \gls{bib2gls}['s] identical sort action (requires at
-least \gls{bib2gls} v2.0):
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=\mgroup{entries},\strong{\xtrfont{identical-sort-action}=use}]
-\end{alltt}
-This command should replace \cs{makeglossaries}. If you want the
+according to \idx{firstuse}. This ordering can easily be obtained
+by changing \app{bib2gls}['s] identical sort action (requires at
+least \app{bib2gls} v2.0):
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{entries},\strong{\resourceoptval{identical-sort-action}{use}}}
+\end{codebox}
+This command should replace \gls{makeglossaries}. If you want the
sibling information (see earlier), then you need to remember to add
\resourceopt{save-sibling-count} to the list of options.
Note that this is a better solution than in the original example. If
-I edit the document so that \texttt{glossarycol} is used first, then
+I edit the document so that \qt{glossarycol} is used first, then
the ordering will be updated accordingly, but with the original
example, the \gloskey{sort} keys would need to be manually changed.
-The remainder of the preamble (that is, the definition of
-\cs{scriptlang} and all the entry definitions) should now be
+The remainder of the \idxf{documentpreamble} (that is, the definition of
+\csfmt{scriptlang} and all the entry definitions) should now be
removed.
-Finally, replace \cs{printglossaries} with \ics*{printunsrtglossaries}.
+Finally, replace \gls{printglossaries} with \gls{printunsrtglossaries}.
The document build is now:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample
-bib2gls -{}-group sample
+bib2gls \switch{group} sample
pdflatex sample
pdflatex sample
-\end{prompt}
-Note use of the \bibglslongopt{group} (or \bibglsopt{g}) switch, which is needed
+\end{terminal}
+Note use of the \switch{group} (or \bibglsopt{g}) switch, which is needed
to support the \glostyle{treenonamegroup} style. The third \LaTeX\
-call is needed because the document contains \ics{glsrefentry}.
+call is needed because the document contains \gls{glsrefentry}.
-Note that you can't use the \pkgopt[letter]{order} package option
-with \gls{bib2gls}. Instead use the \resourceopt[none]{break-at}
+Note that you can't use the \optval{order}{letter} package option
+with \app{bib2gls}. Instead use the \resourceoptval{break-at}{none}
resource option:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=\mgroup{entries},\xtrfont{identical-sort-action}=use,
- \strong{\xtrfont{break-at}=none}
-]
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{entries},\resourceoptval{identical-sort-action}{use},
+ \strong{\resourceoptval{break-at}{none}}
+}
+\end{codebox}
-\exitem{-inline} This document is
-like \texttt{sample.tex}, above, but uses the \glostyle{inline}
-glossary style to put the glossary in a footnote. The document build
+\filedef{sample-inline.tex}
+This document is like \file{sample.tex}, above, but uses the \glostyle{inline}
+glossary style to put the \idx{glossary} in a footnote. The document build
is:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample-inline
makeglossaries sample-inline
pdflatex sample-inline
pdflatex sample-inline
-\end{prompt}
-If you want to convert this document to \gls{glossaries-extra},
-follow the same procedure as above. If you want to use \gls{bib2gls}
-then you don't need the \bibglslongopt{group} switch since no letter
+\end{terminal}
+If you want to convert this document to \sty{glossaries-extra},
+follow the same procedure as above. If you want to use \app{bib2gls}
+then you don't need the \switch{group} switch since no letter
groups are required.
-\exitem{tree} This document illustrates
-a hierarchical glossary structure where child entries have different
-names to their corresponding parent entry. To create the document
-do:
-\begin{prompt}
+\filedef{sampletree.tex}
+This document illustrates a \hierarchical\ glossary structure where
+child entries have different names to their corresponding parent entry.
+To create the document do:
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sampletree
makeglossaries sampletree
pdflatex sampletree
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
The document uses the \glostyle{alttreehypergroup} glossary style,
-which needs to know the widest name for each hierarchical level.
-This has been assigned manually in the preamble with
-\ics{glssetwidest}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glssetwidest{Roman letters} % level 0 widest name
-\glssetwidest[1]{Sigma} % level 1 widest name
-\end{verbatim}
+which needs to know the widest name for each \idx{hierarchicallevel}.
+This has been assigned manually in the \idxf{documentpreamble} with
+\gls{glssetwidest}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glssetwidest}\marg{Roman letters} \comment{level 0 widest name}
+\gls{glssetwidest}\oarg{1}\marg{Sigma} \comment{level 1 widest name}
+\end{codebox}
(Level~0 is the top-most level. That is, entries that don't have a
-parent.) It's possible to get \styfmt{glossaries} to compute the
-widest top-level entry with \ics{glsfindwidesttoplevelname} but this
+parent.) It's possible to get \sty{glossaries} to compute the
+widest top-level entry with \gls{glsfindwidesttoplevelname} but this
will iterate over all top-level entries, regardless of whether or
-not they appear in the glossary. If you have a large database of
+not they appear in the \idx{glossary}. If you have a large database of
entries, this will firstly take time and secondly the width may be
too large due to an unindexed entry with a big name.
This sample document doesn't require any of the tabular styles so I've
-prevented those packages from being loaded with \pkgopt{nolong} and
-\pkgopt{nosuper}. The reduces the overall package loading.
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[style=alttreehypergroup,\strong{nolong,nosuper}]
-\mgroup{glossaries}
-\end{alltt}
+prevented those packages from being loaded with \opt{nolong} and
+\opt{nosuper}. The reduces the overall package loading and reduces
+the potential of package conflict.
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{style}{\glostyle{alttreehypergroup}},\strong{\opt{nolong},\opt{nosuper}}]
+\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
(This example glossary is actually better suited for one of the
-topic styles provided with \sty*{glossary-topic}, see below.)
+topic styles provided with \sty{glossary-topic}, see below.)
This is obviously a contrived example since it's strange to have the
symbol names (such as \qt{Sigma}) in the glossary. The purpose is to
demonstrate the \glostyle{alttreehypergroup} with an entry that's
-noticeably wider than the others in the same hierarchical level. A
+noticeably wider than the others in the same \idx{hierarchicallevel}. A
more sensible document would have the symbol in the \gloskey{name}
key.
\glsxtrnote
-If you want to switch to \gls{glossaries-extra}, then you can
-instead use a combination of \pkgopt{nostyles} and
-\pkgopt*{stylemods}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[style=alttreehypergroup,\xtrfont{postdot},\strong{nostyles,
-\xtrfont{stylemods=tree}}]\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
-The \pkgopt*{stylemods} package not only patches the original styles
-provided by the base \styfmt{glossaries} package (such as
+If you want to switch to \sty{glossaries-extra}, then you can
+instead use a combination of \opt{nostyles} and
+\opt{stylemods}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{style}{\glostyle{alttreehypergroup}},\opt{postdot},\strong{\opt{nostyles},
+\optval{stylemods}{tree}}]\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
+The \opt{stylemods} package not only patches the original styles
+provided by the base \sty{glossaries} package (such as
\sty{glossary-tree} used in this example) but also provides extra
helper commands. In this case, it provides additional commands to
calculate the widest name. For example, instead of manually setting
-the widest entry with \ics{glssetwidest}, you could add the
+the widest entry with \gls{glssetwidest}, you could add the
following before the glossary:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName}
-\ics*{glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName}
+\gls{glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo}
+\end{codebox*}
This will only take into account the entries that have actually been
used in the document, but it can still be time-consuming if you have
a large number of entries.
@@ -17738,20 +32175,20 @@ a large number of entries.
Note that the glossary must be at the end of the document (after all
required entries have been used) with this method. The alternative
is to perform the calculation at the end of the document and save
-the results in the \filetype{aux} file for the next run.
+the results in the \ext{aux} file for the next run.
\end{important}
This example document is using top-level entries for topics without
descriptions. This means that the descriptions simply contain
-\ics{nopostdesc} to prevent the post-description punctuation from
+\gls{nopostdesc} to prevent the post-description punctuation from
being automatically inserted. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{greekletter}{name={Greek letters},
-text={Greek letter},
-description={\nopostdesc}}
-\end{verbatim}
-With \gls{glossaries-extra}, you can convert this to
-\ics*{glsxtrnopostpunc} which will prevent the post-description
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{greekletter}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{Greek letters},
+\gloskeyval{text}{Greek letter},
+\gloskeyval{description}{\gls{nopostdesc}}}
+\end{codebox}
+With \sty{glossaries-extra}, you can convert this to
+\gls{glsxtrnopostpunc} which will prevent the post-description
punctuation without interfering with the category post-description
hook.
@@ -17760,150 +32197,150 @@ symbols, and the parent entries, which are topics, it's useful to
give these two different types of entries different categories. The
topics can use the default \cat{general} category, but the symbol
entries can be assigned to a different category. The value of the
-\xtrgloskey{category} key must be a label. For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{C}\mgroup{name=\mgroup{C},
-description=\mgroup{Euler's constant},
-\strong{\xtrfont{category}=symbol,}
-parent=romanletter}
-\end{alltt}
-
-There is some redundancy caused by a parenthetical note after the \gls{firstuse} in some
-of the symbol entries. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{pi}{name={pi},
-text={\ensuremath{\pi}},
-first={\ensuremath{\pi} (lowercase pi)},
-description={Transcendental number},
-parent=greekletter}
-\end{verbatim}
-With \gls{glossaries-extra} this can be dealt with through the category post-link hook:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glsdefpostlink}\mgroup{symbol}\mgroup{\%
- \ics*{glsxtrifwasfirstuse}
- \mgroup{\% first use
- \ics*{glsxtrifhasfield}\mgroup{useri}\mgroup{\ics{glslabel}}\%
- \mgroup{ (\ics{glscurrentfieldvalue})}\mgroup{}\%
- }\%
- \mgroup{}\% not first use
+\gloskey{category} key must be a label. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{C}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{C},
+\gloskeyval{description}{Euler's constant},
+\strong{\gloskeyval{category}{\cat{symbol}},}
+\gloskeyval{parent}{romanletter}}
+\end{codebox}
+
+There is some redundancy caused by a parenthetical note after
+the \idx{firstuse} in some of the symbol entries. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{pi}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{pi},
+\gloskeyval{text}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{pi}}},
+\gloskeyval{first}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{pi}} (lowercase pi)},
+\gloskeyval{description}{Transcendental number},
+\gloskeyval{parent}{greekletter}}
+\end{codebox}
+With \sty{glossaries-extra} this can be dealt with through the category post-link hook:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsdefpostlink}\marg{symbol}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsxtrifwasfirstuse}
+ \marg{\comment{first use}
+ \gls{glsxtrifhasfield}\marg{\glosfield{useri}}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}\comment{}
+ \marg{ (\gls{glscurrentfieldvalue})}\marg{}\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \marg{}\comment{not first use}
}
-\end{alltt}
+\end{codebox}
The parenthetical material is now stored in the \gloskey{user1} key.
For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{sigma}\mgroup{name={Sigma},
-text=\mgroup{\cs{ensuremath}{\cs{Sigma}}},
-\strong{user1=\mgroup{uppercase sigma},}
-description=\mgroup{Used to indicate summation},
-parent=greekletter}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{sigma}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{Sigma},
+\gloskeyval{text}{\gls{ensuremath}{\cmd{Sigma}}},
+\strong{\gloskeyval{user1}{uppercase sigma},}
+\gloskeyval{description}{Used to indicate summation},
+\gloskeyval{parent}{greekletter}}
+\end{codebox}
The category post-description link is also set to ensure that the symbol is
displayed after the description in the glossary:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glsdefpostdesc}\mgroup{symbol}\mgroup{\cs{space}
- (\$\ics{glsentrytext}\mgroup{\ics{glscurrententrylabel}}\$)}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsdefpostdesc}\marg{symbol}\marg{\gls{space}
+ (\$\gls{glsentrytext}\marg{\gls{glscurrententrylabel}}\$)}
+\end{codebox}
These modifications only affect entries with the
-\xtrgloskey{category} set to \cat{symbol}.
-
-With \gls{glossaries-extra}, it's now possible to use the topic
-styles provided with the \sty*{glossary-topic} package:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[style=\strong{\xtrfont{topic}},\xtrfont{postdot},\strong{nostyles,\xtrfont{stylemods=\mgroup{tree\strong{,topic}}}}]
-\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
-The \xtrglostyle{topic} style is designed for this kind of hierarchy
+\gloskey{category} set to \cat{symbol}.
+
+With \sty{glossaries-extra}, it's now possible to use the topic
+styles provided with the \sty{glossary-topic} package:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{style}{\strong{\glostyle{topic}}},\opt{postdot},\strong{\opt{nostyles}},\optvalm{stylemods}{tree\strong{,topic}}]
+\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
+The \glostyle{topic} style is designed for this kind of hierarchy
where all the top-level entries don't have descriptions. This means
-that the \ics{nopostdot} and \ics*{glsxtrnopostpunc} commands aren't
+that the \gls{nopostdesc} and \gls{glsxtrnopostpunc} commands aren't
required. The top-level entries can simply be defined as:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{greekletter}\mgroup{name=\mgroup{Greek letters},
-text=\mgroup{Greek letter}, description=\mgroup{}}
-
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{romanletter}\mgroup{name=\mgroup{Roman letters},
-text=\mgroup{Roman letter}, description=\mgroup{}}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{greekletter}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{Greek letters},
+\gloskeyval{text}{Greek letter}, \gloskeyval{description}{}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{romanletter}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{Roman letters},
+\gloskeyval{text}{Roman letter}, \gloskeyval{description}{}}
+\end{codebox}
I've now loaded both the \sty{glossary-tree} and
\sty{glossary-topic} packages
-(via \pkgopt*{stylemods}\optfmt{\dequals\mgroup{tree\dcomma topic}}). The
+(via \optvalm{stylemods}{tree\dcomma topic}). The
\sty{glossary-topic} package can be used without
\sty{glossary-tree}, in which case it will behave more like the
normal \glostyle{tree} rather than \glostyle{alttree} styles (but
with different indentation and no description in the top-level).
-However, if you use \ics{glssetwidest} (provided by
-\sty{glossary-tree}) then the \xtrglostyle{topic} style will behave
+However, if you use \gls{glssetwidest} (provided by
+\sty{glossary-tree}) then the \glostyle{topic} style will behave
more like \glostyle{alttree}.
Since there's no description for the top-level entries, the
-\xtrglostyle{topic} style ignores the widest name setting for the
+\glostyle{topic} style ignores the widest name setting for the
top-level, so I can just have the level~1 setting:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glssetwidest[1]{Sigma}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glssetwidest}\oarg{1}{Sigma}
+\end{codebox}
\bibglsnote
-If you want to convert this document so that it uses \gls{bib2gls},
-you first need to convert it to using \gls{glossaries-extra}, as
-described above, but remember that you now need the \pkgopt*{record}
+If you want to convert this document so that it uses \app{bib2gls},
+you first need to convert it to using \sty{glossaries-extra}, as
+described above, but remember that you now need the \opt{record}
option.
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\strong{\xtrfont{record},}style=topic,\xtrfont{postdot},nostyles,\xtrfont{stylemods=\mgroup{tree,topic}}]
-\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
-Next convert the entries to the \filetype{bib} format required by
-\gls{bib2gls}:
-\begin{prompt}
-convertgls2bib -{}-preamble-only sampletree.tex entries.bib
-\end{prompt}
-Now replace \cs{makeglossaries} with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=entries,\strong{\xtrfont{set-widest}}]
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\strong{\opt{record},}\optval{style}{\glostyle{topic}},\opt{postdot},\opt{nostyles},\optvalm{stylemods}{tree,topic}]
+\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
+Next convert the entries to the \ext{bib} format required by
+\app{bib2gls}:
+\begin{terminal}
+convertgls2bib \switch{preamble-only} sampletree.tex entries.bib
+\end{terminal}
+Now replace \gls{makeglossaries} with:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptval{src}{entries},\strong{\resourceopt{set-widest}}}
+\end{codebox}
I've used the \resourceopt{set-widest} option here to get
-\gls{bib2gls} to compute the widest name. (Obviously, it can only do
+\app{bib2gls} to compute the widest name. (Obviously, it can only do
this if it can correctly interpret any commands contained in the
\gloskey{name} field.)
-This means that the \ics{glssetwidest} commands can now be removed
-completely. All the \cs{newglossaryentry} commands also need to be removed from
-the preamble. Finally, \cs{printunsrtglossaries} needs to be
-replaced with \ics*{printunsrtglossaries}. The document build is now:
-\begin{prompt}
+This means that the \gls{glssetwidest} commands can now be removed
+completely. All the \gls{newglossaryentry} commands also need to be removed from
+the \idxf{documentpreamble}. Finally, \gls{printglossaries} needs to be
+replaced with \gls{printunsrtglossaries}. The document build is now:
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sampletree
bib2gls sampletree
pdflatex sampletree
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
-This produces the same result as with just \gls{glossaries-extra}
-and \gls{makeglossaries}. However, there are some modifications that
-can be made to the \filetype{bib} file to make it neater.
+This produces the same result as with just \sty{glossaries-extra}
+and \app{makeglossaries}. However, there are some modifications that
+can be made to the \ext{bib} file to make it neater.
The top-level entries are defined as:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{entry}\mgroup{greekletter,
- name = \mgroup{Greek letters},
- description = \mgroup{},
- text = \mgroup{Greek letter}
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{greekletter,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{Greek letters},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{},
+ \gloskeyval{text}{Greek letter}
}
-
-\atentry{entry}\mgroup{romanletter,
- name = \mgroup{Roman letters},
- description = \mgroup{},
- text = \mgroup{Roman letter}
+\codepar
+\atentry{entry}\marg{romanletter,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{Roman letters},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{},
+ \gloskeyval{text}{Roman letter}
}
-\end{alltt}
-This is a direct translation from the \cs{newglossaryentry} commands
-(after switching to the \xtrglostyle{topic} style). There's a more
+\end{codebox}
+This is a direct translation from the \gls{newglossaryentry} commands
+(after switching to the \glostyle{topic} style). There's a more
appropriate entry type:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{indexplural}\mgroup{greekletter,
- text = \mgroup{Greek letter}
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{indexplural}\marg{greekletter,
+ \gloskeyval{text}{Greek letter}
}
-
-\atentry{indexplural}\mgroup{romanletter,
- text = \mgroup{Roman letter}
+\codepar
+\atentry{indexplural}\marg{romanletter,
+ \gloskeyval{text}{Roman letter}
}
-\end{alltt}
+\end{codebox}
The \atentry{indexplural} entry type doesn't require the
\gloskey{description} and will set the \gloskey{name} field to the
same as the \gloskey{plural} field. Since the \gloskey{plural} field
@@ -17913,1025 +32350,1046 @@ hasn't been set it's obtained by appending \qt{s} to the
Now let's assume that the symbol entries are defined in a more
rational manner, with the actual symbol in the \gloskey{name} field.
For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{entry}\mgroup{sigma,
- user1 = \mgroup{uppercase sigma},
- parent = \mgroup{greekletter},
- description = \mgroup{Used to indicate summation},
- \strong{name = \mgroup{\cs{ensuremath}\mgroup{\cs{Sigma}}}},
- category = \mgroup{symbol}
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{sigma,
+ \gloskeyval{user1}{uppercase sigma},
+ \gloskeyval{parent}{greekletter},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{Used to indicate summation},
+ \strong{\gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{Sigma}}}},
+ \gloskeyval{category}{\cat{symbol}}
}
-
-\atentry{entry}\mgroup{C,
- parent = \mgroup{romanletter},
- name = \mgroup{\cs{ensuremath}\mgroup{C}},
- description = \mgroup{Euler's constant},
- category = \mgroup{symbol}
+\codepar
+\atentry{entry}\marg{C,
+ \gloskeyval{parent}{romanletter},
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{C}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{Euler's constant},
+ \gloskeyval{category}{\cat{symbol}}
}
-\end{alltt}
+\end{codebox}
The category post-description hook (provided with
-\ics*{glsdefpostdesc}) should now be removed from the document.
+\gls{glsdefpostdesc}) should now be removed from the document.
If you make these changes and rebuild the document, you'll find that
-the order has changed. Now the \texttt{sigma} entry is before the
-\texttt{pi} entry. This is because \gls{bib2gls} is obtaining the
+the order has changed. Now the \qt{sigma} entry is before the
+\qt{pi} entry. This is because \app{bib2gls} is obtaining the
sort values from the \gloskey{name} field, which is the sort
fallback for \atentry{entry}. This means that the sort values end up
-as $\Sigma$ and $\pi$ (\gls{bib2gls} recognises the commands
-\ics{Sigma} and \ics{pi} and converts them to the Unicode characters
+as $\Sigma$ and $\pi$ (\app{bib2gls} recognises the commands
+\csfmt{Sigma} and \csfmt{pi} and converts them to the Unicode characters
0x1D6F4 and 0x1D70B).
If you change \atentry{entry} to \atentry{symbol} then you will once
-again get the order from the original example (\texttt{pi} before
-\texttt{Sigma}). This is because the sort fallback for
+again get the order from the original example (\qt{pi} before
+\qt{Sigma}). This is because the sort fallback for
\atentry{symbol} is the label not the \gloskey{name}. (Remember that
the sort fallback is only used if the \gloskey{sort} field isn't
set. If you explicitly set the \gloskey{sort} field then no fallback
is required. See \bibglsgallery{sorting}.)
-You can further tidy the \filetype{bib} file by removing the
-\xtrgloskey{category} fields. For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{symbol}\mgroup{sigma,
- user1 = \mgroup{uppercase sigma},
- parent = \mgroup{greekletter},
- description = \mgroup{Used to indicate summation},
- name = \mgroup{\cs{ensuremath}\mgroup{\cs{Sigma}}}
+You can further tidy the \ext{bib} file by removing the
+\gloskey{category} fields. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{symbol}\marg{sigma,
+ \gloskeyval{user1}{uppercase sigma},
+ \gloskeyval{parent}{greekletter},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{Used to indicate summation},
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{Sigma}}}
}
-\end{alltt}
-You can then assign the \xtrgloskey{category} in the resource set:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=entries,\xtrfont{set-widest},\strong{\xtrfont{category}=\mgroup{same as entry}}]
-\end{alltt}
+\end{codebox}
+You can then assign the \gloskey{category} in the resource set:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptval{src}{entries},\resourceopt{set-widest},\strong{\resourceoptvalm{category}{same as entry}}}
+\end{codebox}
This means that all the entries defined with \atentry{symbol} will
-have the \xtrgloskey{category} set to \texttt{symbol} and all the
+have the \gloskey{category} set to \cat{symbol} and all the
entries defined with \atentry{indexplural} will have the
-\xtrgloskey{category} set to \texttt{indexplural}. (Only the
+\gloskey{category} set to \catfmt{indexplural}. (Only the
\cat{symbol} category is significant in this example.)
-You can make the \filetype{bib} files even more flexible by
+You can make the \ext{bib} files even more flexible by
introducing field and entry aliases with \resourceopt{field-aliases}
-and \resourceopt{entry-type-aliases}. See the \gls{bib2gls} manual
+and \resourceopt{entry-type-aliases}. See the \app{bib2gls} manual
for further details.
\section{Cross-Referencing}
\label{sec:samplescrossref}
-\exitem{-crossref}
+\filedef{sample-crossref.tex}
This document illustrates how to cross-reference entries in the
glossary.
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample-crossref
makeglossaries sample-crossref
pdflatex sample-crossref
-\end{prompt}
-The document provides a command \ics{alsoname} to produce some fixed text, which can be
+\end{terminal}
+The document provides a command \gls{alsoname} to produce some fixed text, which can be
changed as appropriate (usually within a language hook):
-\begin{verbatim}
-\providecommand{\alsoname}{see also}
-\end{verbatim}
-I've used \cs{providecommand} as some packages define this command.
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{providecommand}\marg{\gls{alsoname}}\marg{see also}
+\end{codebox}
+I've used \gls{providecommand} as some packages define this command.
This is used to create a \qt{see also} cross-reference with the
\gloskey{see} key:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{apple}{name=apple,description={firm, round fruit},
-see=[\alsoname]{pear}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{marrow}{name={marrow},
- description={long vegetable with thin green skin and white flesh},
- see={[\alsoname]courgette}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{apple}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{apple},\gloskeyval{description}{firm, round fruit},
+\gloskeyval{see}{[\gls{alsoname}]\marg{pear}}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{marrow}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{marrow},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{long vegetable with thin green skin and white flesh},
+ \gloskeyval{see}{[\gls{alsoname}]courgette}}
+\end{codebox}
Note that \qt{marrow} is included in the glossary even though it
hasn't been referenced in the text. This is because the
-\gloskey{see} key automatically triggers \ics{glssee} which indexes
+\gloskey{see} key automatically triggers \gls{glssee} which indexes
the term. This behaviour is intended for documents where only the
terms that are actually required in the document are defined. It's
not suitable for a large database of terms shared across multiple
documents that may or may not be used in a particular document. In
-that case, you may want to consider using \gls{glossaries-extra}
+that case, you may want to consider using \sty{glossaries-extra}
(see below).
\glsxtrnote
-This example is quite simple to convert to \gls{glossaries-extra}.
+This example is quite simple to convert to \sty{glossaries-extra}.
If you want the dot after the description, you need the
-\pkgopt[false]{nopostdot} or \pkgopt*{postdot} package option. You
-may also want to consider using the \pkgopt*{stylemods} option.
+\optval{nopostdot}{false} or \opt{postdot} package option. You
+may also want to consider using the \opt{stylemods} option.
In order to prevent the \qt{marrow} entry from being automatically
being added to the glossary as a result of the cross-reference, you
-can use \pkgopt+{false}{autoseeindex} to prevent the automatic
+can use \optval{autoseeindex}{false} to prevent the automatic
indexing triggered by the \gloskey{see} key (or the
-\xtrgloskey{seealso} key provided by \gls{glossaries-extra}).
+\gloskey{seealso} key provided by \sty{glossaries-extra}).
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\strong{\xtrfont{autoseeindex}=false},\xtrfont{postdot},\xtrfont{stylemods}]\mgroup{glossaries-extra}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\strong{\optval{autoseeindex}{false}},\opt{postdot},\opt{stylemods}]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\end{codebox}
The document build is the same, but now the \qt{marrow} and
\qt{zucchini} entries aren't present in the document.
Note that the \qt{fruit} entry is still included even though it
hasn't been used in the document. This is because it was explicitly
-indexed with \ics{glssee} not via the \gloskey{see} key.
-
-The entries that contains \texttt{see=[\cs{alsoname}]}
-can be converted to use the \xtrgloskey{seealso} key:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{apple}\mgroup{name=apple,description=\mgroup{firm, round fruit},
-\strong{\xtrfont{seealso}=\mgroup{pear}}}
-
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{marrow}\mgroup{name=\mgroup{marrow},
- description=\mgroup{long vegetable with thin green skin and white flesh},
- \strong{\xtrfont{seealso}=\mgroup{courgette}}}
-\end{alltt}
-(The provided \cs{alsoname} definition may be removed.)
+indexed with \gls{glssee} not via the \gloskey{see} key.
+
+The entries that contains \gloskey{see}{[\gls{alsoname}\meta{xr-label}]}
+can be converted to use the \gloskey{seealso} key:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{apple}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{apple},\gloskeyval{description}{firm, round fruit},
+\strong{\gloskeyval{seealso}{pear}}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{marrow}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{marrow},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{long vegetable with thin green skin and white flesh},
+ \strong{\gloskeyval{seealso}{courgette}}}
+\end{codebox}
+(The provided \gls{alsoname} definition may be removed.)
The original example redefines the cross-referencing format to use
-\gls{smallcaps}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{renewcommand}\mgroup{\ics{glsseeitemformat}}[1]\mgroup{\cs{textsc}\mgroup{\ics{glsentryname}\mgroup{\#1}}}
-\end{alltt}
-This will still produce the desired effect with \gls{glossaries-extra} for
+\idx{smallcaps}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\gls{glsseeitemformat}}[1]\marg{\gls{textsc}\marg{\gls{glsentryname}\marg{\#1}}}
+\end{codebox}
+This will still produce the desired effect with \sty{glossaries-extra} for
this simple example but, as with \samplefile{AcrDesc},
this redefinition isn't necessary if you have at least
-\gls{glossaries-extra} v1.42.
+\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.42.
\bibglsnote
-If you want to switch to \gls{bib2gls} then you first need to switch
-to \gls{glossaries-extra}, as described above, but you now need the
-\pkgopt*{record} option but no longer need the
-\pkgopt+{false}{autoseeindex} option:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\strong{\xtrfont{record}},\xtrfont{postdot},\xtrfont{stylemods}]\mgroup{glossaries-extra}
-\end{alltt}
+If you want to switch to \app{bib2gls} then you first need to switch
+to \sty{glossaries-extra}, as described above, but you now need the
+\opt{record} option but no longer need the
+\optval{autoseeindex}{false} option:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\strong{\opt{record}},\opt{postdot},\opt{stylemods}]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\end{codebox}
Next the entry definitions need to be converted to the
-\filetype{bib} format required by \gls{bib2gls}.
-\begin{prompt}
+\ext{bib} format required by \app{bib2gls}.
+\begin{terminal}
convertgls2bib sample-crossref.tex entries.bib
-\end{prompt}
-If you have at least v2.0 then \gls{convertgls2bib} will absorb the
+\end{terminal}
+If you have at least v2.0 then \app{convertgls2bib} will absorb the
cross-referencing information supplied by:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\glssee{fruit}{pear,apple,banana}
-\end{verbatim}
-into the \texttt{fruit} definition:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{entry}\mgroup{fruit,
- see = \mgroup{pear,apple,banana},
- name = \mgroup{fruit},
- description = \mgroup{sweet, fleshy product of plant containing seed}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glssee}\marg{fruit}\marg{pear,apple,banana}
+\end{codebox}
+into the \qt{fruit} definition:
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{fruit,
+ \gloskeyval{see}{pear,apple,banana},
+ \gloskeyval{name}{fruit},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{sweet, fleshy product of plant containing seed}
}
-\end{alltt}
-Now remove \cs{makeglossaries} and all the entry definition commands
-(including \cs{glssee} from the preamble) and add:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=entries.bib]
-\end{alltt}
-Finally, replace \cs{printglossaries} with
-\ics*{printunsrtglossaries}. The document build is now:
-\begin{prompt}
+\end{codebox}
+Now remove \gls{makeglossaries} and all the entry definition commands
+(including \gls{glssee} from the \idxf{documentpreamble}) and add:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptval{src}{entries}}
+\end{codebox}
+Finally, replace \gls{printglossaries} with
+\gls{printunsrtglossaries}. The document build is now:
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample-crossref
bib2gls sample-crossref
pdflatex sample-crossref
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
The glossary now contains: apple, banana, courgette and pear. Note
that it doesn't contain fruit, zucchini or marrow.
Now change the selection criteria:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=entries.bib,
- \strong{\xtrfont{selection}=\mgroup{recorded and deps and see}}]
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptval{src}{entries},
+ \strong{\resourceoptvalm{selection}{recorded and deps and see}}}
+\end{codebox}
The glossary now includes fruit, zucchini and marrow.
The fruit and zucchini use the \gloskey{see} key which is a simple
-redirection for the reader. There's no \gls{numberlist} for either
-of these entries. Whereas marrow uses the \xtrgloskey{seealso} key,
-which is typically intended as a supplement to a \gls{numberlist}
-but in this case there are no locations as marrow hasn't been used
+redirection for the reader. There's no \idx{numberlist} for either
+of these entries. Whereas marrow uses the \gloskey{seealso} key,
+which is typically intended as a supplement to a \idx{numberlist}
+but in this case there are no \locations\ as marrow hasn't been used
in the text.
With at least v2.0, there's an alternative:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=entries.bib,
- \resourceopt{selection}=\mgroup{recorded and deps and see\strong{ not also}}]
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptval{src}{entries},
+ \resourceoptvalm{selection}{recorded and deps and see\strong{ not also}}}
+\end{codebox}
In this case, the glossary includes fruit and zucchini but not marrow.
-
\section{Custom Keys}
\label{sec:samplescustomkeys}
-\exitem{-newkeys} This document illustrates how add custom keys
-(using \ics{glsaddkey}). There are two custom keys \texttt{ed}, where
+\filedef{sample-newkeys.tex}
+This document illustrates how add custom keys
+(using \gls{glsaddkey}). There are two custom keys \csoptfmt{ed}, where
the default value is the \gloskey{text} field with \qt{ed} appended,
-and \texttt{ing}, where the default value is the \gloskey{text}
+and \csoptfmt{ing}, where the default value is the \gloskey{text}
field with \qt{ing} appended. Since the default value in both cases
references the \gloskey{text} field, the starred version
-\cs{glsaddkey*} is required to ensure that the default value is expanded on
-definition if no alternative has been provided.
+\starredcs{glsaddkey} is required to ensure that the
+default value is expanded on definition if no alternative has been provided.
The entries are then defined as follows:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{jump}{name={jump},description={}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{run}{name={run},%
- ed={ran},%
- ing={running},
- description={}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{waddle}{name={waddle},%
- ed={waddled},%
- ing={waddling},%
- description={}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{jump}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{jump},\gloskeyval{description}{}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{run}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{run},
+ ed=\marg{ran},
+ ing=\marg{running},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{waddle}\marg{name={waddle},
+ ed=\marg{waddled},
+ ing=\marg{waddling},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{}}
+\end{codebox}
Each custom key is provided a set of commands analogous to
-\cs{glsentrytext}, that allows the key value to be accessed, and
-\cs{glstext} that allows the key value to be access with indexing
+\gls{glsentrytext}, that allows the key value to be accessed, and
+\gls{glstext} that allows the key value to be access with indexing
and hyperlinking (where applicable).
If you find yourself wanting to create a lot of custom keys that
produce minor variations of existing keys (such as different tenses)
-you may find it simpler to just use \cs{glsdisp}. When editing the
+you may find it simpler to just use \gls{glsdisp}. When editing the
document source, it's usually simpler to read:
-\begin{verbatim}
-The dog \glsdisp{jump}{jumped} over the duck.
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+The dog \gls{glsdisp}\marg{jump}\marg{jumped} over the duck.
+\end{codebox}
than
-\begin{verbatim}
-The dog \glsed{jump} over the duck.
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+The dog \cmd{glsed}\marg{jump} over the duck.
+\end{codebox}
\bibglsnote
-If you want to convert this document to use \gls{bib2gls}, you first
-need to switch to \gls{glossaries-extra}, but remember that you need
-the \pkgopt*{record} option:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\strong{\xtrfont{record}}]{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
-Next convert the entry definitions to the \filetype{bib} format
-required by \gls{bib2gls}:
-\begin{prompt}
-convertgls2bib -{}-index-conversion -{}-preamble-only sample-newkeys.tex entries.bib
-\end{prompt}
-The \texttt{-{}-index-conversion} switch requires at least v2.0 and
+If you want to convert this document to use \app{bib2gls}, you first
+need to switch to \sty{glossaries-extra}, but remember that you need
+the \opt{record} option:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\strong{\opt{record}}]\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
+Next convert the entry definitions to the \ext{bib} format
+required by \app{bib2gls}:
+\begin{terminal}
+convertgls2bib \switch{index-conversion} \switch{preamble-only} sample-newkeys.tex entries.bib
+\end{terminal}
+The \switch{index-conversion} switch requires at least v2.0 and
will convert entries without a description (or where the description
-is simply \ics{nopostdesc} or \ics*{glsxtrnopostpunc}) to
+is simply \gls{nopostdesc} or \gls{glsxtrnopostpunc}) to
\atentry{index} instead of \atentry{entry}. This means that the
-new \nolinkurl{entries.bib} file will contain:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{index}\mgroup{jump,
- name = \mgroup{jump}
+new \filefmt{entries.bib} file will contain:
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{index}\marg{jump,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{jump}
}
-
-\atentry{index}\mgroup{run,
- ing = \mgroup{running},
- name = \mgroup{run},
- ed = \mgroup{ran}
+\codepar
+\atentry{index}\marg{run,
+ ing = \marg{running},
+ \gloskeyval{name}{run},
+ ed = \marg{ran}
}
-
-\atentry{index}\mgroup{waddle,
- ing = \mgroup{waddling},
- name = \mgroup{waddle},
- ed = \mgroup{waddled}
+\codepar
+\atentry{index}\marg{waddle,
+ ing = \marg{waddling},
+ \gloskeyval{name}{waddle},
+ ed = \marg{waddled}
}
-\end{alltt}
-Now replace \cs{makeglossaries} with
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=entries]
-\end{alltt}
-and delete the \cs{newglossaryentry} commands. Finally replace
-\cs{printglossaries} with \ics*{printunsrtglossaries}.
+\end{codebox}
+Now replace \gls{makeglossaries} with
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptval{src}{entries}}
+\end{codebox}
+and delete the \gls{newglossaryentry} commands. Finally replace
+\gls{printglossaries} with \gls{printunsrtglossaries}.
The document build is now:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample-newkeys
bib2gls sample-newkeys
pdflatex sample-newkeys
-\end{prompt}
-Note that there's no need for the \pkgopt{nonumberlist} package
-option when you don't use \gls{bib2gls}['s] \texttt{-{}-group}
+\end{terminal}
+Note that there's no need for the \opt{nonumberlist} package
+option when you don't use \app{bib2gls}['s] \switch{group}
switch.
-\exitem{-storage-abbr} This document illustrates how add custom
-storage keys (using \cs{glsaddstoragekey}). The document build is:
-\begin{prompt}
+\filedef{sample-storage-abbr.tex}
+This document illustrates how add custom
+storage keys (using \gls{glsaddstoragekey}). The document build is:
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample-storage-abbr
makeglossaries sample-storage-abbr
pdflatex sample-storage-abbr
-\end{prompt}
-
-The custom storage key is called \texttt{abbrtype} which defaults
-to \texttt{word} if not explicitly set. Its value can be accessed
-with the provided custom command \cs{abbrtype}.
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{glsaddstoragekey}\mgroup{abbrtype}\mgroup{word}\mgroup{\cs{abbrtype}}
-\end{alltt}
-A custom abbreviation style is then defined that checks the value of
+\end{terminal}
+
+The custom storage key is called \csoptfmt{abbrtype} which defaults
+to \qt{word} if not explicitly set. Its value can be accessed
+with the provided custom command \csfmt{abbrtype}.
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsaddstoragekey}\marg{abbrtype}\marg{word}\marg{\cmd{abbrtype}}
+\end{codebox}
+A custom \idx{acronymstyle} is then defined that checks the value of
this key and makes certain adjustments depending on whether or not
-its value is the default \texttt{word}.
+its value is the default \qt{word}.
This essentially forms a very similar function to the
-\gls{glossaries-extra} package's \xtrgloskey{category} key, which is
+\sty{glossaries-extra} package's \gloskey{category} key, which is
also defined as a storage key:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{glsaddstoragekey}\mgroup{category}\mgroup{general}\mgroup{\ics*{glscategory}}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{glsaddstoragekey}\marg{\gloskey{category}}\marg{\cat{general}}\marg{\gls{glscategory}}
+\end{codebox*}
\glsxtrnote
-This document is much simpler with the \gls{glossaries-extra}
+This document is much simpler with the \sty{glossaries-extra}
package:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{documentclass}\mgroup{article}
-\cs{usepackage}[\xtrfont{postdot}]\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\cs{makeglossaries}
-\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}[\strong{acronym}]\mgroup{short-long}
-\ics{newacronym}\mgroup{radar}\mgroup{radar}\mgroup{radio detecting and ranging}
-\ics{newacronym}\mgroup{laser}\mgroup{laser}\mgroup{light amplification by stimulated
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{postdot}]\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\gls{makeglossaries}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{\strong{\cat{acronym}}}\marg{\abbrstyle{short-long}}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{radar}\marg{radar}\marg{radio detecting and ranging}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{laser}\marg{laser}\marg{light amplification by stimulated
emission of radiation}
-\ics{newacronym}\mgroup{scuba}\mgroup{scuba}\mgroup{self-contained underwater breathing
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{scuba}\marg{scuba}\marg{self-contained underwater breathing
apparatus}
-
-\ics*{newabbreviation}\mgroup{dsp}\mgroup{DSP}\mgroup{digital signal processing}
-\ics*{newabbreviation}\mgroup{atm}\mgroup{ATM}\mgroup{automated teller machine}
-
-\cs{begin}\mgroup{document}
-
-First use: \cs{gls}\mgroup{radar}, \cs{gls}\mgroup{laser}, \cs{gls}\mgroup{scuba}, \cs{gls}\mgroup{dsp},
-\cs{gls}\mgroup{atm}.
-
-Next use: \cs{gls}\mgroup{radar}, \cs{gls}\mgroup{laser}, \cs{gls}\mgroup{scuba}, \cs{gls}\mgroup{dsp},
-\cs{gls}\mgroup{atm}.
-
-\cs{printglossaries}
-\cs{end}\mgroup{document}
-\end{alltt}
-
-\exitem{-storage-abbr-desc} An extension of the previous example
+\codepar
+\gls{newabbreviation}\marg{dsp}\marg{DSP}\marg{digital signal processing}
+\gls{newabbreviation}\marg{atm}\marg{ATM}\marg{automated teller machine}
+\codepar
+\cbeg{document}
+First use: \gls{gls}\marg{radar}, \gls{gls}\marg{laser}, \gls{gls}\marg{scuba}, \gls{gls}\marg{dsp},
+\gls{gls}\marg{atm}.
+\codepar
+Next use: \gls{gls}\marg{radar}, \gls{gls}\marg{laser}, \gls{gls}\marg{scuba}, \gls{gls}\marg{dsp},
+\gls{gls}\marg{atm}.
+\codepar
+\gls{printglossaries}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+
+\filedef{sample-storage-abbr-desc.tex}
+An extension of the previous example
where the user needs to provide a~description.
-\exitem{-chap-hyperfirst} This document illustrates how to add
-a~custom key using \cs{glsaddstoragekey} and hook into the \glslike\
-and \glstextlike\ mechanism used to determine whether or not to
-hyperlink an entry.
+\filedef{sample-chap-hyperfirst.tex}
+This document illustrates how to add
+a~custom key using \gls{glsaddstoragekey} and hook into the \gls{glslike}
+and \gls{glstextlike} mechanism used to determine whether or not to
+\idx+{hyperlink} an \idx{entry}.
The document build is:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample-chap-hyperfirst
makeglossaries sample-chap-hyperfirst
pdflatex sample-chap-hyperfirst
-\end{prompt}
-This example creates a storage key called \texttt{chapter} used to store the chapter
+\end{terminal}
+This example creates a storage key called \qt{chapter} used to store the chapter
number.
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{glsaddstoragekey}\mgroup{\strong{chapter}}\mgroup{0}\mgroup{\strong{\cs{glschapnum}}}
-\end{alltt}
-It's initialised to 0 and the \ics{glslinkpostsetkeys} hook is used
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsaddstoragekey}\marg{\strong{chapter}}\marg{0}\marg{\strong{\cmd{glschapnum}}}
+\end{codebox}
+It's initialised to 0 and the \gls{glslinkpostsetkeys} hook is used
to check this value against the current chapter number. If the
-values are the same then the hyperlink is switched off, otherwise
-the key value is updated unless the hyperlink has been switched off
-(through the optional argument of commands like \cs{gls} and \cs{glstext}).
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{renewcommand}*\mgroup{\ics{glslinkpostsetkeys}}\mgroup{\%
- \cs{edef}\cs{currentchap}\mgroup{\cs{arabic}\mgroup{chapter}}\%
- \cs{ifnum}\cs{currentchap}=\strong{\cs{glschapnum}}\mgroup{\cs{glslabel}}\cs{relax}
- \cs{setkeys}\mgroup{glslink}\mgroup{hyper=false}\%
- \cs{else}
- \ics{glsifhyperon}\mgroup{\ics{glsfieldxdef}\mgroup{\cs{glslabel}}\mgroup{\strong{chapter}}\mgroup{\cs{currentchap}}}\mgroup{}\%
- \cs{fi}
+values are the same then the \idx{hyperlink} is switched off, otherwise
+the key value is updated unless the \idx{hyperlink} has been switched off
+(through the optional argument of commands like \gls{gls} and \gls{glstext}).
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glslinkpostsetkeys}}\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{edef}\cmd{currentchap}\marg{\gls{arabic}\marg{chapter}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{ifnum}\cmd{currentchap}=\strong{\cmd{glschapnum}}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}\cmd{relax}
+ \cmd{setkeys}\marg{glslink}\marg{\glsoptval{hyper}{false}}\comment{}
+ \cmd{else}
+ \gls{glsifhyperon}\marg{\gls{glsfieldxdef}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}\marg{\strong{chapter}}\marg{\cmd{currentchap}}}\marg{}\comment{}
+ \cmd{fi}
}
-\end{alltt}
-Since this key isn't intended for use when the entry is being
+\end{codebox}
+Since this key isn't intended for use when the \idx{entry} is being
defined, it would be more appropriate to simply use an internal
field that doesn't have an associated key or helper command, but
-\ics{glsfieldxdef} requires the existence of the field. The
-\gls{glossaries-extra} package provides utility commands designed to
+\gls{glsfieldxdef} requires the existence of the field. The
+\sty{glossaries-extra} package provides utility commands designed to
work on internal fields that don't have an associated key and may
not have had a value assigned.
\glsxtrnote
-If you want to switch to \gls{glossaries-extra} you need to change
+If you want to switch to \sty{glossaries-extra} you need to change
the package loading line:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\xtrfont{postdot}]\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
-The custom storage key (provided with \cs{glsaddstoragekey}) can be
-removed, and the \ics{glslinkpostsetkeys} hook can be changed to:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{renewcommand}*\mgroup{\ics{glslinkpostsetkeys}}\mgroup{\%
- \cs{edef}\cs{currentchap}\mgroup{\cs{arabic}\mgroup{chapter}}\%
- \strong{\ics*{GlsXtrIfFieldEqNum}*}\mgroup{\strong{chapter}}\mgroup{\cs{glslabel}}\mgroup{\cs{currentchap}}
- \mgroup{\%
- \cs{setkeys}\mgroup{glslink}\mgroup{hyper=false}\%
- }\%
- \mgroup{%
- \ics{glsifhyperon}\mgroup{\strong{\ics*{xGlsXtrSetField}}\mgroup{\cs{glslabel}}\mgroup{\strong{chapter}}\mgroup{\cs{currentchap}}}\mgroup{}\%
- }%
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{postdot}]\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
+The custom storage key (provided with \gls{glsaddstoragekey}) can be
+removed, and the \gls{glslinkpostsetkeys} hook can be changed to:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glslinkpostsetkeys}}\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{edef}\cmd{currentchap}\marg{\gls{arabic}\marg{chapter}}\comment{}
+ \strong{\gls{GlsXtrIfFieldEqNum}*}\marg{\strong{chapter}}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}\marg{\cmd{currentchap}}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{setkeys}\marg{glslink}\marg{\glsoptval{hyper}{false}}\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
+ \marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsifhyperon}\marg{\strong{\gls{xGlsXtrSetField}}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}\marg{\strong{chapter}}\marg{\cmd{currentchap}}}\marg{}\comment{}
+ }\comment{}
}
-\end{alltt}
-The field name is still called \texttt{chapter} but there's no
+\end{codebox}
+The field name is still called \qt{chapter} but there's no
longer an associated key or command.
-\section{Xindy (Option 3)}
+\section{Xindy (Option \glsfmttext{idx.opt.xdy})}
\label{sec:samplesxindy}
-Most of the earlier \gls{makeindex} sample files can be adapted to
-use \gls{xindy} instead by adding the \pkgopt{xindy} package option.
+Most of the earlier \app{makeindex} sample files can be adapted to
+use \app{xindy} instead by adding the \opt{xindy} package option.
Situations that you need to be careful about are when the sort value
(obtained from the \gloskey{name} if the \gloskey{sort} key is
-omitted) contains commands (such as \verb|name={\pi}|) or is identical
-to another value (or is identical after \gls{xindy} has stripped all
+omitted) contains commands (such as \gloskeyval{name}{\csfmt{pi}}) or is identical
+to another value (or is identical after \app{xindy} has stripped all
commands and braces). This section describes sample documents that
-use features which are unavailable with \gls{makeindex}.
+use features which are unavailable with \app{makeindex}.
-\exitem{xdy} The document uses UTF8 encoding (with the
+\filedef{samplexdy.tex}
+The document uses \idx{utf8} \idx{encoding} (with the
\sty{inputenc} package). This is information that needs to be passed
-to \gls{xindy}, so the encoding is picked up by \gls{makeglossaries}
-from the \filetype{aux} file.
-
-By default, this document will create a \gls{xindy} style file called
-\nolinkurl{samplexdy.xdy}, but if you uncomment the lines
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setStyleFile{samplexdy-mc}
-\noist
-\GlsSetXdyLanguage{}
-\end{verbatim}
-it will set the style file to \texttt{samplexdy-mc.xdy} instead.
-This provides an additional letter group for entries starting with
-\qt{Mc} or \qt{Mac}. If you use \gls{makeglossaries} or
-\gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua}, you don't
+to \app{xindy}, so the \idx{encoding} is picked up by \app{makeglossaries}
+from the \ext{aux} file.
+
+This document has an exotic numbering system which requires the
+package option \optval{esclocations}{true}. Before \sty{glossaries}
+v4.50, this was the default setting, but the default is now
+\optval{esclocations}{false}, so this package option now needs to be
+set explicitly.
+
+By default, this document will create a \app{xindy} style file called
+\filefmt{samplexdy.xdy}, but if you uncomment the lines
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{setStyleFile}\marg{samplexdy-mc}
+\gls{noist}
+\gls{GlsSetXdyLanguage}\marg{}
+\end{codebox*}
+it will set the style file to \filefmt{samplexdy-mc.xdy} instead.
+This provides an additional \idx{lettergroup} for entries starting with
+\qt{Mc} or \qt{Mac}. If you use \app{makeglossaries} or
+\app{makeglossaries-lite}, you don't
need to supply any additional information. If you don't use
-\gls*{makeglossaries}, you will need to specify the required
+\app{makeglossaries}, you will need to specify the required
information. Note that if you set the style file to
-\nolinkurl{samplexdy-mc.xdy} you must also specify \ics{noist},
-otherwise the \styfmt{glossaries} package will overwrite
-\nolinkurl{samplexdy-mc.xdy} and you will lose the \qt{Mc} letter
-group.
+\filefmt{samplexdy-mc.xdy} you must also specify \gls{noist},
+otherwise the \sty{glossaries} package will overwrite
+\filefmt{samplexdy-mc.xdy} and you will lose the \qt{Mc}
+\idx{lettergroup}.
To create the document do:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex samplexdy
makeglossaries samplexdy
pdflatex samplexdy
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
If you don't have Perl installed then you can't use
-\gls{makeglossaries}, but you also can't use \gls{xindy}!
+\app{makeglossaries}, but you also can't use \app{xindy}!
However, if for some reason you want to call
-\gls{xindy} explicitly instead of using \gls{makeglossaries} (or
-\gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua}):
+\app{xindy} explicitly instead of using \app{makeglossaries} (or
+\app{makeglossaries-lite}):
\begin{itemize}
-\item if you are using the default style file \nolinkurl{samplexdy.xdy}, then
+\item if you are using the default style file \filefmt{samplexdy.xdy}, then
do (no line breaks):
-\begin{prompt}
-xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M samplexdy -t samplexdy.glg -o samplexdy.gls samplexdy.glo
-\end{prompt}
-\item if you are using \nolinkurl{samplexdy-mc.xdy}, then do
+\begin{terminal}
+xindy \xdyopt{L} english \xdyopt{C} utf8 \xdyopt{I} xindy \xdyopt{M} samplexdy \xdyopt{t} samplexdy.glg \xdyopt{o} samplexdy.gls samplexdy.glo
+\end{terminal}
+\item if you are using \filefmt{samplexdy-mc.xdy}, then do
(no line breaks):
-\begin{prompt}
-xindy -I xindy -M samplexdy-mc -t samplexdy.glg -o samplexdy.gls samplexdy.glo
-\end{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
+xindy \xdyopt{I} xindy \xdyopt{M} samplexdy-mc \xdyopt{t} samplexdy.glg \xdyopt{o} samplexdy.gls samplexdy.glo
+\end{terminal}
\end{itemize}
This document creates a new command to use with the
-\gloskey[glslink]{format} key in the optional argument of commands
-like \cs{gls} to format the location in the \gls{numberlist}.
+\glsopt{format} key in the optional argument of commands
+like \gls{gls} to format the \location\ in the \idx{numberlist}.
The usual type of definition when a hyperlinked location is required
-should use one of the \csmeta{hyper}{xx}{} commands listed in
+should use one of the \csmetafmt{hyper}{xx}{} commands listed in
\tableref{tab:hyperxx}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand*{\hyperbfit}[1]{\textit{\hyperbf{#1}}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{hyperbfit}}[1]\marg{\cmd{textit}\marg{\gls{hyperbf}\marg{\#1}}}
+\end{codebox}
Unfortunately, this definition doesn't work for this particular
document and some adjustments are needed (see below). As a result of
the adjustments, this command doesn't actually get used by \TeX,
-even though \texttt{hyperbfit} is used in the
-\gloskey[glslink]{format} key. It does, however, need to be
-identified as an attribute so that \gls{xindy} can recognise it:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbfit}
-\end{verbatim}
-This will add information to the \filetype{xdy} file when it's
-created by \cs{makeglossaries}. If you prevent the creation of this
-file with \ics{noist} then you will need to add the attribute to
-your custom \filetype{xdy} file (see the provided
-\nolinkurl{samplexdy-mc.xdy} file).
+even though \code{hyperbfit} is used in the
+\glsopt{format} key. It does, however, need to be
+identified as an \idxc{xindyattr}{attribute} so that \app{xindy} can recognise it:
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{GlsAddXdyAttribute}\marg{hyperbfit}
+\end{codebox*}
+This will add information to the \ext{xdy} file when it's
+created by \gls{makeglossaries}. If you prevent the creation of this
+file with \gls{noist} then you will need to add the \idxc{xindyattr}{attribute} to
+your custom \ext{xdy} file (see the provided
+\filefmt{samplexdy-mc.xdy} file).
In order to illustrate unusual location formats, this sample
-document provides a command called \cs{tallynum}\marg{n} that represents its
+document provides a command called \csfmt{tallynum}\margm{n} that represents its
numerical argument with a die or dice where the dots add up to \meta{n}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newrobustcmd*{\tallynum}[1]{%
- \ifnum\number#1<7
- $\csname dice\romannumeral#1\endcsname$%
- \else
- $\dicevi$%
- \expandafter\tallynum\expandafter{\numexpr#1-6}%
- \fi
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newrobustcmd}*\marg{\cmd{tallynum}}[1]\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{ifnum}\cmd{number}\#1<7
+ \$\cmd{csname} dice\cmd{romannumeral}\#1\cmd{endcsname}\$\comment{}
+ \cmd{else}
+ \$\cmd{dicevi}\$\comment{}
+ \cmd{expandafter}\cmd{tallynum}\cmd{expandafter}\marg{\cmd{numexpr}\#1-6}\comment{}
+ \cmd{fi}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
This command needs to be robust to prevent it from being expanded
-when it's written to any of the auxiliary files. The \ics{dicei},
-\ldots, \cs{dicevi} commands are provided by the \sty{stix}
+when it's written to any of the auxiliary files. The \gls{dicei},
+\ldots, \csfmt{dicevi} commands are provided by the \sty{stix}
package, so that needs to be loaded.
-An associated command \cs{tally}\marg{counter} is defined that
+An associated command \csfmt{tally}\margm{counter} is defined that
formats the value of the named \meta{counter} according to
-\cs{tallynum}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand*{\tally}[1]{\tallynum{\arabic{#1}}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\csfmt{tallynum}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\cmd{tally}}[1]\marg{\cmd{tallynum}\marg{\gls{arabic}\marg{\#1}}}
+\end{codebox}
(This shouldn't be robust as it needs the counter value to expand.)
-The page numbers are altered to use this format (by redefining \ics{thepage}).
+The page numbers are altered to use this format (by redefining \gls{thepage}).
This custom location format also needs to be identified in the
-\filetype{xdy} file so that \gls{xindy} can recognise it and
+\ext{xdy} file so that \app{xindy} can recognise it and
determine how to form ranges if required.
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsAddXdyLocation{tally}{% tally location format
- :sep "\string\tallynum\space\glsopenbrace"
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{GlsAddXdyLocation}\marg{tally}\marg{\comment{tally location format}
+ :sep "\cmd{string}\cmd{tallynum}\gls{space}\gls{glsopenbrace}"
"arabic-numbers"
- :sep "\glsclosebrace"
+ :sep "\gls{glsclosebrace}"
}
-\end{verbatim}
-Again this information is written to the \filetype{xdy} file by
-\cs{makeglossaries} so if you use \cs{noist} then you need to
-manually add it to your custom \filetype{xdy} file.
-
-When \gls{xindy} creates the associated glossary files, the
-locations will be written using:
-\begin{alltt}
-\csmetameta{glsX}{counter}{X}{format}{}\marg{hyper-prefix}\marg{location}
-\end{alltt}
+\end{codebox*}
+Again this information is written to the \ext{xdy} file by
+\gls{makeglossaries} so if you use \gls{noist} then you need to
+manually add it to your custom \ext{xdy} file.
+
+When \app{xindy} creates the associated \idxpl{indexingfile}, the
+\locations\ will be written using:
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{glsXcounterXformat}\margm{hyper-prefix}\margm{location}
+\end{codebox*}
In this case:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{glsXpageXglsnumberformat}\mgroup{}\mgroup{\cs{tallynum}\marg{number}}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\glsXcounterXformat{page}{glsnumberformat}\marg{}\marg{\cmd{tallynum}\margm{number}}
+\end{codebox}
or
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{glsXpageXhyperbfit}\mgroup{}\mgroup{\cs{tallynum}\marg{number}}
-\end{alltt}
-This means that although \cs{hyperbf} is designed to create
-hyperlinked locations, the presence of \cs{tallynum} interferes with
+\begin{codebox}
+\glsXcounterXformat{page}{hyperbfit}\marg{}\marg{\cmd{tallynum}\margm{number}}
+\end{codebox}
+This means that although \gls{hyperbf} is designed to create
+hyperlinked locations, the presence of \csfmt{tallynum} interferes with
it.
-In order to make the hyperlinks work correctly, the definitions of
-\cs{glsXpageXhyperbfit} need to be redefined in order to grab the
+In order to make the \idxpl{hyperlink} work correctly, the definitions of
+\glsXcounterXformat{page}{hyperbfit} need to be redefined in order to grab the
number part in order to work out the location's numeric value. If
-the value of \cs{tally} is changed so that it expands differently
+the value of \csfmt{tally} is changed so that it expands differently
then these modifications won't work.
Remember that in both cases, the second argument \verb|#2| is in the
-form \cs{tally}\marg{n}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand{\glsXpageXglsnumberformat}[2]{%
- \linkpagenumber#2%
+form \code{\csfmt{tally}\margm{n}}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\glsXcounterXformat{page}{glsnumberformat}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{linkpagenumber}\#2\comment{}
}
-\renewcommand{\glsXpageXhyperbfit}[2]{%
- \textbf{\em\linkpagenumber#2}%
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\glsXcounterXformat{page}{hyperbfit}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{textbf}\marg{\cmd{em}\cmd{linkpagenumber}\#2}\comment{}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
These need a command that can grab the actual number and correctly encapsulate
it:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand{\linkpagenumber}[2]{\hyperlink{page.#2}{#1{#2}}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{linkpagenumber}}[2]\marg{\gls{hyperlink}\marg{page.\#2}\marg{\#1\marg{\#2}}}
+\end{codebox}
-If you want to try out the \nolinkurl{samplexdy-mc.xdy} file, the
+If you want to try out the \filefmt{samplexdy-mc.xdy} file, the
entries starting with \qt{Mac} or \qt{Mc} will be placed in their
-own \qt{Mc} letter group. Ideally it should be possible to do this
-simply with \ics{GlsAddLetterGroup} (and not require a custom
-\filetype{xdy} file) but unfortunately the \qt{M} letter
-group will have already been defined and take precedence over
-\qt{Mc}, which is why a custom file is required and the normal
-language module must be suppressed:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setStyleFile{samplexdy-mc}
-\noist
-\GlsSetXdyLanguage{}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-This \qt{Mc} group is suitable for names like
+own \qt{Mc} \idx{lettergroup}. Ideally it should be possible to do
+this simply with \gls{GlsAddLetterGroup} (and not require a custom
+\ext{xdy} file) but unfortunately the \qt{M} \idx{lettergroup} will
+have already been defined and take precedence over \qt{Mc}, which is
+why a custom file is required and the normal language module must be
+suppressed:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setStyleFile}\marg{samplexdy-mc}
+\gls{noist}
+\gls{GlsSetXdyLanguage}\marg{}
+\end{codebox}
+
+This \qt{Mc} \idx{group} is suitable for names like
\qt{Maclaurin} but not for \qt{Mach}. To prevent this, the
\gloskey{sort} key for that value is set to lower case:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{mach}{name={Mach, Ernst},
-first={Ernst Mach},text={Mach},
-sort={mach, Ernst},
-description={Czech/Austrian physicist and philosopher}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{mach}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{Mach, Ernst},
+\gloskeyval{first}{Ernst Mach},\gloskeyval{text}{Mach},
+\gloskeyval{sort}{mach, Ernst},
+\gloskeyval{description}{Czech/Austrian physicist and philosopher}}
+\end{codebox}
\bibglsnote
-If you want to convert this document so that it uses \gls{bib2gls},
-you first need to switch to \gls{glossaries-extra} and use the
-\pkgopt*{record} package option:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\strong{\xtrfont{record}},\xtrfont{postdot}]\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
-The \gls{xindy}-only commands can now all be removed
-(attribute \cs{GlsAddXdyAttribute}, location \cs{GlsAddXdyLocation},
-language \cs{GlsSetXdyLanguage}, location encapsulators
-\csmetameta{glsX}{counter}{X}{format}{}
-and the custom helper \cs{linkpagenumber}).
-Also \cs{noist} and \cs{setStyleFile} aren't relevant with
-\gls{bib2gls} and so should be removed.
-
-The definitions of \cs{hyperbfit} should be retained (as well as
-\cs{tallynum}, \cs{tally} and the redefinition of \cs{thepage}).
-
-The entries all need to be converted to the \filetype{bib} format
-required by \gls{bib2gls}.
-\begin{prompt}
-convertgls2bib -{}-preamble-only samplexdy.tex entries.bib
-\end{prompt}
-Next replace \cs{makeglossaries} with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=entries]
-\end{alltt}
-and remove all the entry definitions from the preamble. Use the
+If you want to convert this document so that it uses \app{bib2gls},
+you first need to switch to \sty{glossaries-extra} and use the
+\opt{record} package option:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\strong{\opt{record}},\opt{postdot}]\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
+The \app{xindy}-only commands can now all be removed
+(\idxc{xindyattr}{attribute} \gls{GlsAddXdyAttribute}, location \gls{GlsAddXdyLocation},
+language \gls{GlsSetXdyLanguage}, \idxpl{locationencap}
+\gls{glsXcounterXformat} and the custom helper \csfmt{linkpagenumber}).
+Also \gls{noist} and \gls{setStyleFile} aren't relevant with
+\app{bib2gls} and so should be removed.
+
+The definitions of \csfmt{hyperbfit} should be retained (as well as
+\csfmt{tallynum}, \csfmt{tally} and the redefinition of \gls{thepage}).
+
+The entries all need to be converted to the \ext{bib} format
+required by \app{bib2gls}.
+\begin{terminal}
+convertgls2bib \switch{preamble-only} samplexdy.tex entries.bib
+\end{terminal}
+Next replace \gls{makeglossaries} with:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptval{src}{entries}}
+\end{codebox}
+and remove all the entry definitions from the \idxf{documentpreamble}. Use the
search and replace function on your text editor to replace all
-instances of \ics{glsentryfirst} with \ics*{glsfmtfirst}, and all
-instances of \ics{glsentryname} with \ics*{glsfmtname}.
+instances of \gls{glsentryfirst} with \gls{glsfmtfirst}, and all
+instances of \gls{glsentryname} with \gls{glsfmtname}.
-Finally, replace \ics{printglossaries} with \ics*{printunsrtglossaries}.
+Finally, replace \gls{printglossaries} with \gls{printunsrtglossaries}.
The document build is now:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex samplexdy
-bib2gls -{}-group samplexdy
+bib2gls \switch{group} samplexdy
pdflatex samplexdy
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
This results in a slightly different ordering from the original
-document (without the \qt{Mc} letter group). In the original
+document (without the \qt{Mc} \idx{lettergroup}). In the original
example, \qt{Mach number} was listed before \qt{Mach, Ernest}. The
modified document now has \qt{Mach, Ernest} before \qt{Mach number}.
-This difference is due to \gls{bib2gls}['s] default
-\resourceopt[word]{break-at} setting, which marks word boundaries
-with the pipe (\texttt{|}) character, so the sort values for
-\gls{bib2gls} are \texttt{Mach|Earnest|} and \texttt{Mach|number|}.
-See the \gls{bib2gls} manual for further details of this option, and
+This difference is due to \app{bib2gls}['s] default
+\resourceoptval{break-at}{word} setting, which marks word boundaries
+with the \idx{pipe} character, so the sort values for
+\app{bib2gls} are \code{Mach|Earnest|} and \code{Mach|number|}.
+See the \app{bib2gls} manual for further details of this option, and
also see the examples chapter of that manual for alternative
approaches when creating entries that contain people's names.
-If you want the \qt{Mc} letter group, it can be obtained by
+If you want the \qt{Mc} \idx{lettergroup}, it can be obtained by
providing a custom sort rule:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=entries,
- \resourceopt{sort}=\strong{custom},
- \strong{\xtrfont{sort-rule}}=\mgroup{\ics*{glsxtrcontrolrules}
- ;\ics*{glsxtrspacerules};\ics*{glsxtrnonprintablerules}
- ;\ics*{glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules},\ics*{glsxtrhyphenrules}
- <\ics*{glsxtrgeneralpuncrules}<\ics*{glsxtrdigitrules}
- <a,A<b,B<c,C<d,D<e,E<f,F<g,G<h,H<i,I<j,J<k,K<l,L\strong{<Mc=Mac}<m,M<o,O
- <p,P<q,Q<r,R<s,S<t,T<u,U<v,V<r,R<s,S<t,T<u,U<v,V<w,W<x,X<y,Y<z,Z
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptval{src}{entries},
+ \resourceoptval{sort}{\strong{custom}},
+ \strong{\resourceoptvalm{sort-rule}}{\gls{glsxtrGeneralInitRules}
+ <\gls{glsxtrGeneralLatinAtoGrules}
+ <h,H<i,I<j,J<k,K<l,L\strong{<Mc=Mac}<m,M
+ <\gls{glsxtrGeneralLatinNtoZrules}
}
-]
-\end{alltt}
-Unfortunately, as with \gls{xindy}, this puts \qt{Mach} into the
-\qt{Mc} letter group.
+}
+\end{codebox}
+Unfortunately, as with \app{xindy}, this puts \qt{Mach} into the
+\qt{Mc} \idx{lettergroup}. (See the \sty{glossaries-extra} manual for
+details about the sort rule commands.)
One way to get around this problem is to define a custom command to
help identify genuine \qt{Mc}/\qt{Mac} prefixes with names that
happen to start with \qt{Mac}. For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{entry}\mgroup{mcadam,
- name = \mgroup{\strong{\cs{Mac}\mgroup{Mc}}Adam, John Loudon},
- description = \mgroup{Scottish engineer},
- text = \mgroup{McAdam},
- first = \mgroup{John Loudon McAdam}
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{mcadam,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\strong{\cmd{Mac}\marg{Mc}}Adam, John Loudon},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{Scottish engineer},
+ \gloskeyval{text}{McAdam},
+ \gloskeyval{first}{John Loudon McAdam}
}
-
-\atentry{entry}\mgroup{maclaurin,
- name = \mgroup{\strong{\cs{Mac}\mgroup{Mac}}laurin, Colin},
- description =\mgroup{Scottish mathematician best known for the
-\cs{gls}\mgroup{maclaurinseries}},
- text = \mgroup{Maclaurin},
- first = \mgroup{Colin Maclaurin}
+\codepar
+\atentry{entry}\marg{maclaurin,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\strong{\cmd{Mac}\marg{Mac}}laurin, Colin},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{Scottish mathematician best known for the
+\gls{gls}\marg{maclaurinseries}},
+ \gloskeyval{text}{Maclaurin},
+ \gloskeyval{first}{Colin Maclaurin}
}
-\end{alltt}
+\end{codebox}
but not for \qt{Mach}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{entry}\mgroup{mach,
- name = \mgroup{Mach, Ernst},
- description = \mgroup{Czech/Austrian physicist and philosopher},
- text = \mgroup{Mach},
- first = \mgroup{Ernst Mach}
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{mach,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{Mach, Ernst},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{Czech/Austrian physicist and philosopher},
+ \gloskeyval{text}{Mach},
+ \gloskeyval{first}{Ernst Mach}
}
-\end{alltt}
+\end{codebox}
With \LaTeX, this command should simply do its argument:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand{\Mac}[1]{#1}
-\end{verbatim}
-However, when \gls{bib2gls} works out the \gloskey{sort} value, it
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{Mac}}[1]\marg{\#1}
+\end{codebox}
+However, when \app{bib2gls} works out the \gloskey{sort} value, it
needs to be defined with something unique that won't happen to occur
at the start of another term. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\providecommand{\Mac}[1]{MC}
-\end{verbatim}
-(Remember that \resourceopt[word]{break-at} will strip spaces
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{providecommand}\marg{\cmd{Mac}}[1]\marg{MC}
+\end{codebox}
+(Remember that \resourceoptval{break-at}{word} will strip spaces
and punctuation so don't include them unless you switch to
-\resourceopt[none]{break-at}.)
+\resourceoptval{break-at}{none}.)
-So add the first definition of \cs{Mac} to the \filetype{tex} file and modify
-\nolinkurl{entries.bib} so that it includes the second definition:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{preamble}\mgroup{"\cs{providecommand}\mgroup{\cs{Mac}}[1]\mgroup{MC}"}
-\end{alltt}
+So add the first definition of \csfmt{Mac} to the \ext{tex} file and modify
+\filefmt{entries.bib} so that it includes the second definition:
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{preamble}\marg{"\gls{providecommand}\marg{\cmd{Mac}}[1]\marg{MC}"}
+\end{codebox}
Then modify the \qt{Mc}/\qt{Mac} entries as appropriate (see the
above \qt{McAdam} and \qt{Maclaurin} examples).
The custom sort rule needs to be modified:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=entries,
- \strong{\xtrfont{write-preamble}=false,}
- \resourceopt{sort}=custom,
- \resourceopt{sort-rule}=\mgroup{\ics*{glsxtrcontrolrules}
- ;\ics*{glsxtrspacerules};\ics*{glsxtrnonprintablerules}
- ;\ics*{glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules},\ics*{glsxtrhyphenrules}
- <\ics*{glsxtrgeneralpuncrules}<\ics*{glsxtrdigitrules}
- <a,A<b,B<c,C<d,D<e,E<f,F<g,G<h,H<i,I<j,J<k,K<l,L\strong{<MC}<m,M<o,O
- <p,P<q,Q<r,R<s,S<t,T<u,U<v,V<r,R<s,S<t,T<u,U<v,V<w,W<x,X<y,Y<z,Z
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptval{src}{entries},
+ \strong{\resourceoptval{write-preamble}{false},}
+ \resourceoptval{sort}{custom},
+ \resourceoptval{sort-rule}{\gls{glsxtrGeneralInitRules}
+ <\gls{glsxtrGeneralLatinAtoGrules}
+ <h,H<i,I<j,J<k,K<l,L\strong{<MC}<m,M
+ <\gls{glsxtrGeneralLatinNtoZrules}
}
-]
-\end{alltt}
-This will create a \qt{Mc} letter group that only includes the names
-that start with the custom \cs{Mac} command.
+}
+\end{codebox*}
+This will create a \qt{Mc} \idx{lettergroup} that only includes the names
+that start with the custom \csfmt{Mac} command.
Other alternatives include moving \atentry{preamble} into a separate
-\filetype{bib} file, so that you can choose whether or not to
-include it. See the \qt{Examples} chapter of the \gls{bib2gls} user
+\ext{bib} file, so that you can choose whether or not to
+include it. See the \qt{Examples} chapter of the \app{bib2gls} user
manual for further examples.
-\exitem{xdy2} This document illustrates
-how to use the \styfmt{glossaries} package where the location
-numbers don't follow a standard format. This example will only work
-with \gls{xindy}. To create the document do:
-\begin{prompt}
+\filedef{samplexdy2.tex}
+This document illustrates how to use the \sty{glossaries} package where the
+\location\ numbers don't follow a standard syntax. This example won't work
+with \app{makeindex}, which only accepts a limited set of location syntax.
+To create the document do:
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex samplexdy2
makeglossaries samplexdy2
pdflatex samplexdy2
-\end{prompt}
-The explicit \gls{xindy} call is:
-\begin{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
+The explicit \app{xindy} call is:
+\begin{terminal}
xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M samplexdy2 -t samplexdy2.glg -o samplexdy2.gls samplexdy2.glo
-\end{prompt}
-This example uses the \texttt{section} counter with \gls{xindy}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[xindy,counter=section]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{terminal}
+This example uses the \ctr{section} counter with \app{xindy}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{xindy},\optval{counter}{section}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
The document employs an eccentric section numbering system for
illustrative purposes. The section numbers are prefixed by the
chapter number in square brackets:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\thesection}{[\thechapter]\arabic{section}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\thecounter{section}}\marg{[\thecounter{chapter}]\gls{arabic}\marg{section}}
+\end{codebox}
Parts use Roman numerals:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\thepart}{\Roman{part}}
-\end{verbatim}
-The section hyperlink name includes the part:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\theHsection}{\thepart.\thesection}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\thecounter{part}}\marg{\gls{Roman}\marg{part}}
+\end{codebox}
+The section \idx{hyperlink} name includes the part:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\theHcounter{section}}\marg{\thecounter{part}.\thecounter{section}}
+\end{codebox}
This custom numbering scheme needs to be identified in the
-\filetype{xdy} file:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsAddXdyLocation["roman-numbers-uppercase"]{section}{:sep "["
+\ext{xdy} file:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsAddXdyLocation}\oarg{"roman-numbers-uppercase"}\marg{section}\marg{:sep "["
"arabic-numbers" :sep "]" "arabic-numbers"
}
-\end{verbatim}
-If the part is 0 then \cs{thepart} will be empty (there isn't a zero
-Roman numeral). An extra case is needed to catch this:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsAddXdyLocation{zero.section}{:sep "["
+\end{codebox}
+If the part is 0 then \thecounter{part} will be \idxc{emptylocation}{empty}
+(there isn't a zero Roman numeral). An extra case is needed to catch this:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsAddXdyLocation}\marg{zero.section}\marg{:sep "["
"arabic-numbers" :sep "]" "arabic-numbers"
}
-\end{verbatim}
-Note that this will stop xindy giving a warning, but the location
-hyperlinks will be invalid if no \cs{part} is used.
+\end{codebox}
+Note that this will stop \app{xindy} giving a warning, but the \location\
+hyperlinks will be invalid if no \gls{part} is used.
\bibglsnote
-If you want to switch to \gls{bib2gls}, you first need to switch to
-\gls{glossaries-extra} but remember to use \pkgopt*{record} instead
-of \pkgopt{xindy}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\strong{\xtrfont{record}},counter=section]\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
-Next remove the \cs{GlsAddXdyLocation} commands and convert the
-entry definitions to the \filetype{bib} format required by
-\gls{bib2gls}:
-\begin{prompt}
-convertgls2bib -{}-preamble-only samplexdy2.tex entries.bib
-\end{prompt}
-Now replace \cs{makeglossaries} with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=entries]
-\end{alltt}
-and remove the \cs{newglossaryentry} commands.
-Finally, replace \cs{printglossaries} with \ics*{printunsrtglossaries}.
+If you want to switch to \app{bib2gls}, you first need to switch to
+\sty{glossaries-extra} but remember to use \opt{record} instead
+of \opt{xindy}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\strong{\opt{record}},\optval{counter}{section}]\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
+Next remove the \gls{GlsAddXdyLocation} commands and convert the
+entry definitions to the \ext{bib} format required by
+\app{bib2gls}:
+\begin{terminal}
+convertgls2bib \switch{preamble-only} samplexdy2.tex entries.bib
+\end{terminal}
+Now replace \gls{makeglossaries} with:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptval{src}{entries}}
+\end{codebox}
+and remove the \gls{newglossaryentry} commands.
+Finally, replace \gls{printglossaries} with \gls{printunsrtglossaries}.
The document build is:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex samplexdy2
bib2gls samplexdy2
pdflatex samplexdy2
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
-With unusual numbering systems, it's sometimes better to use \pkgopt+{nameref}{record}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\strong{\xtrfont{record}=nameref},counter=section]\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
+With unusual numbering systems, it's sometimes better to use \optval{record}{nameref}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\strong{\optval{record}{nameref}},\optval{counter}{section}]\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
In this case, the locations will be the actual section headings,
rather than the section number. In order to make the number appear
instead you need to define:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newcommand}*\mgroup{\ics*{glsxtrsectionlocfmt}}[2]\mgroup{\#1}
-\end{alltt}
-(Make sure you have at least v1.42 of \gls{glossaries-extra}.) See
+\begin{codebox*}
+\cmd{newcommand}*\marg{\glsxtrcounterlocfmt{section}}[2]\marg{\#1}
+\end{codebox*}
+(Make sure you have at least v1.42 of \sty{glossaries-extra}.) See
also the earlier \samplefile{Sec}.
-\exitem{xdy3} This document is very similar to
-\samplefile{xdy} but uses the command \cs{Numberstring} from the
+\filedef{samplexdy3.tex}
+This document is very similar to
+\samplefile{xdy} but uses the command \gls{Numberstring} from the
\sty{fmtcount} package to format the page numbers instead of the
-\cs{tally} command from the earlier example.
-
-\exitem{utf8} This is another example
-that uses \gls{xindy}. Unlike \gls{makeindex},
-\gls{xindy} can cope with \glspl{nonlatinchar}. This
-document uses \gls{UTF-8} encoding. To create the document do:
-\begin{prompt}
+\csfmt{tally} command from the earlier example.
+
+\filedef{sampleutf8.tex}
+This is another example that uses \app{xindy}. Unlike \app{makeindex},
+\app{xindy} recognises \idxpl{nonlatinchar} (provided the correct
+\idx{encoding} is passed to \app{xindy} via the \xdyopt{C} switch). This
+document uses \idx{utf8} \idx{encoding}. To create the document do:
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sampleutf8
makeglossaries sampleutf8
pdflatex sampleutf8
-\end{prompt}
-The explicit \gls{xindy} call is
+\end{terminal}
+The explicit \app{xindy} call is
(no line breaks):
-\begin{prompt}\raggedright
+\begin{terminal}
xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M sampleutf8 -t sampleutf8.glg -o sampleutf8.gls sampleutf8.glo
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
-If you remove the \pkgopt{xindy} option from \texttt{sampleutf8.tex}
+If you remove the \opt{xindy} option from \file{sampleutf8.tex}
and do:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sampleutf8
makeglossaries sampleutf8
pdflatex sampleutf8
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
or
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sampleutf8
makeglossaries-lite sampleutf8
pdflatex sampleutf8
-\end{prompt}
-you will see that the entries that start with an \gls{exlatinchar}
-now appear in the symbols group, and the word \qt{man\oe uvre} is now
+\end{terminal}
+you will see that the entries that start with an \idx{exlatinchar}
+now appear in the symbols \idx{group}, and the word \qt{man\oe uvre} is now
after \qt{manor} instead of before it. If you want to explicitly
-call \gls{makeindex} (no line breaks):
-\begin{prompt}
+call \app{makeindex} (no line breaks):
+\begin{terminal}
makeindex -s sampleutf8.ist -t sampleutf8.glg -o sampleutf8.gls sampleutf8.glo
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
\bibglsnote
-If you want to switch to \gls{bib2gls}, you first need to switch to
-\gls{glossaries-extra} but replace \pkgopt{xindy} with
-\pkgopt*{record}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\strong{\xtrfont{record}},\xtrfont{postdot},\xtrfont{stylemods},style=listgroup]\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
-Note that you don't need the \pkgopt{nonumberlist} option with
-\gls{bib2gls}. You can instruct \gls{bib2gls} to simply not save the
-\glspl{numberlist}, but in this case there won't be any locations as
-there's no actual indexing.
-
-The entries need to be converted to the \filetype{bib} format
-required by \gls{bib2gls}:
-\begin{prompt}
-convertgls2bib -{}-preamble-only -{}-texenc UTF-8 -{}-bibenc UTF-8 sampleutf8.tex entries.bib
-\end{prompt}
-Note the first line of the \nolinkurl{entries.bib} file:
-\begin{alltt}
-\% Encoding: UTF-8
-\end{alltt}
-This is the encoding of the \filetype{bib} file. It doesn't have to
-match the encoding of the \filetype{tex} file, but it's generally
-better to be consistent. When \gls{bib2gls} parses this file, it
-will look for this encoding line.
-(If the \texttt{-{}-texenc} and \texttt{-{}-bibenc} switches aren't
-used, \gls{convertgls2bib} will assume your system's default
-encoding. See the \gls{bib2gls} manual for further details.)
-
-Next replace \cs{makeglossaries} with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=entries,\resourceopt{selection}=\strong{all}]
-\end{alltt}
-and remove all the \cs{newglossaryentry} commands.
-
-Iterative commands like \ics{glsaddall} don't work with
-\gls{bib2gls}. Instead, you can select all entries using the
-\resourceopt[all]{selection} option.
-This is actually better than \cs{glsaddall}, which enforces
-the selection of all entries by indexing each entry. As a result,
-with \gls{makeindex} and \gls{xindy} (and \opt1), every entry will
-have the same location (which is the location of the \cs{glsaddall}
-command, in this case page~1). With \resourceopt[all]{selection},
-\gls{bib2gls} will automatically selection all entries even if they
-don't have any records (indexing information) so in this case there
-are no \glspl{numberlist}.
-
-Finally, replace \cs{printglossaries} with
-\ics*{printunsrtglossaries}. The build process is now:
-\begin{prompt}
+If you want to switch to \app{bib2gls}, you first need to switch to
+\sty{glossaries-extra} but replace \opt{xindy} with
+\opt{record}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\strong{\opt{record}},\opt{postdot},\opt{stylemods},\optval{style}{\glostyle{listgroup}}]\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
+Note that you don't need the \opt{nonumberlist} option with
+\app{bib2gls}. You can instruct \app{bib2gls} to simply not save the
+\idxpl{numberlist}, but in this case there won't be any locations as
+there's no actual \idx{indexing}.
+
+The entries need to be converted to the \ext{bib} format
+required by \app{bib2gls}:
+\begin{terminal}
+convertgls2bib \switch{preamble-only} \switch{texenc} UTF-8 \switch{bibenc} UTF-8 sampleutf8.tex entries.bib
+\end{terminal}
+Note the first line of the \filefmt{entries.bib} file:
+\begin{codebox}
+\comment{Encoding: UTF-8}
+\end{codebox}
+This is the \idx{encoding} of the \ext{bib} file. It doesn't have to
+match the \idx{encoding} of the \ext{tex} file, but it's generally
+better to be consistent. When \app{bib2gls} parses this file, it
+will look for this \idx{encoding} line.
+(If the \switch{texenc} and \switch{bibenc} switches aren't
+used, \app{convertgls2bib} will assume your Java default
+\idx{encoding}. See the \app{bib2gls} manual for further details.)
+
+Next replace \gls{makeglossaries} with:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptval{src}{entries},\resourceoptval{selection}{\strong{all}}}
+\end{codebox}
+and remove all the \gls{newglossaryentry} commands.
+
+Iterative commands like \gls{glsaddall} don't work with
+\app{bib2gls}. Instead, you can select all entries using the
+\resourceoptval{selection}{all} option.
+This is actually better than \gls{glsaddall}, which enforces
+the selection of all entries by \idx{indexing} each entry. As a result,
+with \app{makeindex} and \app{xindy} (and \option{noidx}), every entry will
+have the same location (which is the location of the \gls{glsaddall}
+command, in this case page~1). With \resourceoptval{selection}{all},
+\app{bib2gls} will automatically selection all entries even if they
+don't have any records (\idx{indexing} information) so in this case there
+are no \idxpl{numberlist}.
+
+Finally, replace \gls{printglossaries} with
+\gls{printunsrtglossaries}. The build process is now:
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sampleutf8
-bib2gls -{}-group sampleutf8
+bib2gls \switch{group} sampleutf8
pdflatex sampleutf8
-\end{prompt}
-\gls{bib2gls} picks up the encoding of the \filetype{tex} file from
-the \filetype{aux} file:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glsxtr@texencoding}\mgroup{utf8}
-\end{alltt}
-If you experience any encoding issues, check the \filetype{aux} file for
-this command and check the \filetype{bib} file for the encoding
-comment line. Also check \gls{bib2gls}['s] \filetype{glg} transcript file
-for encoding messages, which should look like:
-\begin{verbatim}
+\end{terminal}
+\app{bib2gls} picks up the \idx{encoding} of the \ext{tex} file from
+the \ext{aux} file:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsxtr@texencoding}\marg{utf8}
+\end{codebox}
+If you experience any \idx{encoding} issues, check the \ext{aux} file for
+this command and check the \ext{bib} file for the \idx{encoding}
+comment line. Also check \app{bib2gls}['s] \ext{glg} transcript file
+for \idx{encoding} messages, which should look like:
+\begin{transcript}
TeX character encoding: UTF-8
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{transcript}
-The document language, if it has been set, is also added to the \filetype{aux} file when
-the \pkgopt{record} option is used. In this case, no language
-package has been used, so \gls{bib2gls} will fallback on the system's default
+The document language, if it has been set, is also added to the \ext{aux} file when
+the \opt{record} option is used. In this case, no language
+package has been used, so \app{bib2gls} will fallback on the system's default
locale. If no sort method is set, the entries will be sorted
according to the document language, if set, or the default locale.
You can specify a specific locale using the \resourceopt{sort} key
with a locale tag identifier. For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=entries,\resourceopt{selection}=\strong{all},\strong{\xtrfont{sort}=de-CH-1996}]
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptval{src}{entries},\resourceoptval{selection}{\strong{all}},\strong{\resourceoptval{sort}{de-CH-1996}}}
+\end{codebox}
(Swiss German new orthography) or:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=entries,\resourceopt{selection}=\strong{all},\strong{\xtrfont{sort}=is}]
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptval{src}{entries},\resourceoptval{selection}{\strong{all}},\strong{\resourceoptval{sort}{is}}}
+\end{codebox}
(Icelandic).
-\section{No Indexing Application (Option 1)}
+\section{No Indexing Application (Option \glsfmttext{idx.opt.noidx})}
\label{sec:samplesnoidx}
-\exitem{-noidxapp} This document illustrates how to use the
-\styfmt{glossaries} package without an external \gls{indexingapp} (\opt1).
+\filedef{sample-noidxapp.tex}
+This document illustrates how to use the
+\sty{glossaries} package without an external \idx{indexingapp} (\option{noidx}).
To create the complete document, you need to do:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample-noidxapp
pdflatex sample-noidxapp
-\end{prompt}
-Note the need to group the accent command that occurs at the start
+\end{terminal}
+With old \LaTeX\ kernels and old versions of \sty{mfirstuc}, it was necessary to
+group the accent command that occurs at the start
of the \gloskey{name}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{elite}\mgroup{\%
- name=\mgroup{\strong{\mgroup{\ics{'}e}}lite},
- description=\mgroup{select group of people}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{elite}\marg{\comment{}
+ name=\marg{\strong{\marg{\gls{cs.apos}e}}lite},\comment{\sty{mfirstuc} v2.07}
+ description=\marg{select group of people}
}
-\end{alltt}
-This is necessary to allow the term to work with \ics{Gls}.
-Notice also how the \glspl{numberlist} can't be compacted into
+\end{codebox}
+This used to be necessary to allow the term to work with \gls{Gls}. With a new
+kernel and latest versions of \sty{glossaries} and \sty{mfirstuc}, this should
+no longer be necessary.
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{elite}\marg{\comment{}
+ name=\marg{\strong{\gls{cs.apos}e}lite},\comment{\sty{mfirstuc} v2.08}
+ description=\marg{select group of people}
+}
+\end{codebox}
+
+Notice also how the \idxpl{numberlist} can't be compacted into
ranges. For example, the list \qt{1, 2, 3} would be converted to
-\qt{1--3} with a proper indexing application (\optsor23 or, with
-\gls{glossaries-extra}, \opt4).
+\qt{1--3} with a proper indexing application (\optionsor{mkidx,xdy} or, with
+\sty{glossaries-extra}, \option{b2g}).
The larger the list of entries, the longer the document build time.
This method is very inefficient for large glossaries. See
-\gallery{glossaries-performance.shtml}{Gallery: glossaries performance} for a comparison.
+\galleryref{glossaries-performance.shtml}{Gallery: glossaries performance} for a comparison.
-\exitem{-noidxapp-utf8} As the previous example, except that it uses
-the \sty{inputenc} package.
+\filedef{sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex}
+As the previous example, except that it uses the \sty{inputenc} package.
+In this case, the \gloskey{sort} key is used for the entries with
+\idx{utf8} characters in the names.
To create the complete document, you need to do:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample-noidxapp-utf8
pdflatex sample-noidxapp-utf8
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
This method is unsuitable for sorting languages with
-\glspl{exlatinalph} or \glspl{nonlatinalph}. Use \optsor34 instead.
+\idxpl{exlatinalph} or \idxpl{nonlatinalph}. Use \optionsor{xdy,b2g} instead.
\section{Other}
\label{sec:samplesother}
-\exitem{4col} This document illustrates
-a four column glossary where the entries have a symbol in addition
-to the name and description. To create the complete document, you
-need to do:
-\begin{prompt}
+\filedef{sample4col.tex}
+This document illustrates a four column \idx{glossary} where the
+entries have a symbol in addition to the name and description.
+To create the complete document, you need to do:
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample4col
makeglossaries sample4col
pdflatex sample4col
-\end{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
or
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample4col
makeglossaries-lite sample4col
pdflatex sample4col
-\end{prompt}
-The vertical gap between entries is the
-gap created at the start of each group. This can be suppressed
-using the \pkgopt{nogroupskip} package option. (If you switch to
-\gls{bib2gls}, simply omit the \texttt{-{}-group} command line option.)
+\end{terminal}
+The vertical gap between entries is the gap created at the start of
+each \idx{lettergroup}. This can be suppressed using the
+\opt{nogroupskip} package option. (If you switch to \app{bib2gls},
+simply omit the \switch{group} command line option.)
This example uses the \glostyle{long4colheaderborder}. This style
doesn't allow multi-line descriptions. You may prefer to use
@@ -18941,343 +33399,347 @@ example, \glostyle{long4col-booktabs} or
\glostyle{altlongragged4col-booktabs}. Note that this requires
\sty{glossary-longbooktabs}, which needs to be explicitly loaded.
The style can only be set once this package has been loaded:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}\mgroup{glossaries}
-\cs{usepackage}\mgroup{glossary-longbooktabs}
-\cs{setglossarystyle}\mgroup{altlongragged4col-booktabs}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossary-longbooktabs}
+\gls{setglossarystyle}\marg{\glostyle{altlongragged4col-booktabs}}
+\end{codebox}
\glsxtrnote
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides a more compact way of
-doing this with the \pkgopt*{stylemods} option:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[style=altlongragged4col-booktabs,\xtrfont{stylemods}=\strong{longbooktabs}]
-\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package provides additional styles,
-including more \qt{long} styles with the \sty*{glossary-longextra}
-package. For example, the \xtrglostyle{long-name-desc-sym-loc}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides a more compact way of
+doing this with the \opt{stylemods} option:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{style}{\glostyle{altlongragged4col-booktabs}},\optval{stylemods}{\strong{longbooktabs}}]
+\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides additional styles,
+including more \qt{long} styles with the \sty{glossary-longextra}
+package. For example, the \glostyle{long-name-desc-sym-loc}
style:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[style=\strong{\xtrfont{long-name-desc-sym-loc}},\xtrfont{stylemods}=\strong{longextra}]
-\mgroup{glossaries-extra}
-\end{alltt}
-If you use the \pkgopt*{stylemods} option with an argument, you may
-prefer to use it with \pkgopt{nostyles} to prevent unwanted styles
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{style}{\strong{\glostyle{long-name-desc-sym-loc}}},\optval{stylemods}{\strong{longextra}}]
+\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\end{codebox}
+If you use the \opt{stylemods} option with an argument, you may
+prefer to use it with \opt{nostyles} to prevent unwanted styles
from being automatically loaded. For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[style=\xtrfont{long-name-desc-sym-loc},\strong{\xtrfont{nostyles},}\xtrfont{stylemods}=longextra]
-\mgroup{glossaries-extra}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{style}{\glostyle{long-name-desc-sym-loc}},\strong{\opt{nostyles},}\optval{stylemods}{longextra}]
+\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\end{codebox}
See also the
-\gallery{glossaries-styles/}{gallery of predefined styles}.
+\galleryref{glossaries-styles/}{gallery of predefined styles}.
-\exitem{-numberlist} This document illustrates how to reference the
-\gls{numberlist} in the document text. This requires an additional
+\filedef{sample-numberlist.tex}
+This document illustrates how to reference the
+\idx{numberlist} in the document text. This requires an additional
\LaTeX\ run:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample-numberlist
makeglossaries sample-numberlist
pdflatex sample-numberlist
pdflatex sample-numberlist
-\end{prompt}
-This uses the \pkgopt{savenumberlist} package option, which enables
-\ics{glsentrynumberlist} and \ics{glsdisplaynumberlist}
+\end{terminal}
+This uses the \opt{savenumberlist} package option, which enables
+\gls{glsentrynumberlist} and \gls{glsdisplaynumberlist}
(with limitations). The location counter is set to
-\texttt{chapter}, so the \gls{numberlist} refers to the chapter
+\ctr{chapter}, so the \idx{numberlist} refers to the chapter
numbers.
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[savenumberlist,counter=chapter]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
-The \gls{numberlist} can't be obtained until \gls{makeindex} (or
-\gls{xindy}) has created the glossary file. The \gls{numberlist} is
-picked up when this file is input by \cs{printglossary} and is then
-saved in the \filetype{aux} file so that it's available on the next
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{savenumberlist},\optval{counter}{\ctr{chapter}}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+The \idx{numberlist} can't be obtained until \app{makeindex} (or
+\app{xindy}) has created the \idx{indexingfile}. The \idx{numberlist} is
+picked up when this file is input by \gls{printglossary} and is then
+saved in the \ext{aux} file so that it's available on the next
\LaTeX\ run.
This document contains both commands:
-\begin{alltt}
-This is a \cs{gls}\mgroup{sample} document. \cs{Glspl}\mgroup{sample}
-are discussed in chapters~\strong{\ics{glsdisplaynumberlist}}\mgroup{sample}
-(or \strong{\ics{glsentrynumberlist}}\mgroup{sample}).
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox*}
+This is a \gls{gls}\marg{sample} document. \gls{Glspl}\marg{sample}
+are discussed in chapters~\strong{\gls{glsdisplaynumberlist}}\marg{sample}
+(or \strong{\gls{glsentrynumberlist}}\marg{sample}).
+\end{codebox*}
Without \sty{hyperref}, the first list shows as \qt{1--3, 5 \& 6}
and the second list shows as \qt{1--3, 5, 6}.
-Note that you can't use \ics{glsdisplaynumberlist} with
-\sty{hyperref} and \optsor23. If you do, you will get the warning:
-\begin{verbatim}
-Package glossaries Warning: \glsdisplaynumberlist doesn't work with
-hyperref.
-Using \glsentrynumberlist instead
-\end{verbatim}
+Note that you can't use \gls{glsdisplaynumberlist} with
+\sty{hyperref} and \optionsor{mkidx,xdy}. If you do, you will get the warning:
+\begin{transcript}
+Package glossaries Warning: \gls{glsdisplaynumberlist} doesn't work with hyperref.
+Using \gls{glsentrynumberlist} instead
+\end{transcript}
Now both lists show as \qt{1--3, 5, 6}.
-If you switch to \opt1 (replace \cs{makeglossaries} with
-\cs{makenoidxglossaries} and replace \cs{printglossaries} with
-\cs{printnoidxglossaries}), then the document build is simply:
-\begin{prompt}
+If you switch to \option{noidx} (replace \gls{makeglossaries} with
+\gls{makenoidxglossaries} and replace \gls{printglossaries} with
+\gls{printnoidxglossaries}), then the document build is simply:
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample-numberlist
pdflatex sample-numberlist
-\end{prompt}
-Now \ics{glsdisplaynumberlist} works with \sty{hyperref},
+\end{terminal}
+Now \gls{glsdisplaynumberlist} works with \sty{hyperref},
however there are no ranges, so the first list shows as \qt{1,
2, 3, 5, \& 6} and the second list shows as \qt{1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}.
\bibglsnote
-If you want to switch to \gls{bib2gls}, you first need to switch to
-\gls{glossaries-extra} (at least v1.42) but remember to include the \pkgopt{record}
+If you want to switch to \app{bib2gls}, you first need to switch to
+\sty{glossaries-extra} (at least v1.42) but remember to include the \opt{record}
option:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\strong{\xtrfont{record}},counter=chapter]\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
-Note that the \pkgopt{savenumberlist} option is no longer required.
-Next convert the entry to the \filetype{bib} format required by
-\gls{bib2gls}:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\strong{\opt{record}},\optval{counter}{\ctr{chapter}}]\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
+Note that the \opt{savenumberlist} option is no longer required.
+Next convert the entry to the \ext{bib} format required by
+\app{bib2gls}:
+\begin{terminal}
convertgls2bib sample-numberlist.tex entries.bib
-\end{prompt}
-Replace \cs{makeglossaries} with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=entries.bib]
-\end{alltt}
-and remove the \cs{newglossaryentry} command from the document
-preamble. Finally, replace \cs{printglossaries} with
-\ics*{printunsrtglossaries}. The build process is now:
-\begin{prompt}
+\end{terminal}
+Replace \gls{makeglossaries} with:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptval{src}{entries}}
+\end{codebox}
+and remove the \gls{newglossaryentry} command from the
+\idxf{documentpreamble}. Finally, replace \gls{printglossaries} with
+\gls{printunsrtglossaries}. The build process is now:
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample-numberlist
bib2gls sample-numberlist
pdflatex sample-numberlist
-\end{prompt}
-Now both ranges and hyperlinks work. The first list shows \qt{1--3,
+\end{terminal}
+Now both ranges and \idxpl{hyperlink} work. The first list shows \qt{1--3,
5, \& 6} and the second list shows \qt{1--3, 5, 6}. You can also
use:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glsxtrfieldformatlist}\mgroup{sample}\mgroup{loclist}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsxtrfieldformatlist}\marg{sample}\marg{loclist}
+\end{codebox}
which will show the complete list without ranges \qt{1, 2, 3, 5 \&
6}.
-This method works much better than using the \pkgopt{savenumberlist}
-option because \gls{bib2gls} saves the formatted \gls{numberlist} in the
-\xtrfield{location} field (which is an internal field provided by
-\gls{glossaries-extra} for the benefit of \gls{bib2gls}) and the
-unformatted \gls{numberlist} in the \field{loclist} internal field (which is
-also used by \opt1).
+This method works much better than using the \opt{savenumberlist}
+option because \app{bib2gls} saves the formatted \idx{numberlist} in the
+\gloskey{location} field (which is provided by
+\sty{glossaries-extra} for the benefit of \app{bib2gls}) and the
+unformatted \idx{numberlist} in the \glosfield{loclist} internal field (which is
+also used by \option{noidx}).
-With \optsand23, both \gls{makeindex} and \gls{xindy} simply create a
+With \options{mkidx,xdy}, both \app{makeindex} and \app{xindy} simply create a
file containing the commands to typeset the glossary, which is input
-by \cs{printglossary}. This means that it's quite hard to gather
-information obtained by the \gls{indexingapp}.
+by \gls{printglossary}. This means that it's quite hard to gather
+information obtained by the \idx{indexingapp}.
-\gls{bib2gls}, on the other hand, doesn't write a file containing
-the glossary. It writes a file containing the entry definitions and
-uses internal fields to save the indexing information. The glossary is
-then displayed with \ics*{printunsrtglossary}, which simply iterates
+\app{bib2gls}, on the other hand, doesn't write a file containing
+the \idx{glossary}. It writes a file containing the entry definitions and
+uses internal fields to save the \idx{indexing} information. The \idx{glossary} is
+then displayed with \gls{printunsrtglossary}, which simply iterates
over all defined entries and fetches the required information from
those internal fields.
-The \ics{glsdisplaynumberlist} and \ics{glsentrynumberlist} commands
+The \gls{glsdisplaynumberlist} and \gls{glsentrynumberlist} commands
are redefined by \sty{glossaries-extra-bib2gls} to simply access the
-\xtrfield{location} field.
+\gloskey{location} field.
However, if you want a complete list without ranges you can use:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{glsxtrfieldformatlist}\mgroup{sample}\mgroup{loclist}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{glsxtrfieldformatlist}\marg{sample}\marg{loclist}
+\end{codebox}
In this example, this produces \qt{1, 2, 3, 5 \& 6}.
-Note the difference if you use the \pkgopt+{nameref}{record} package
-option instead of just \pkgopt*{record}.
+Note the difference if you use the \optval{record}{nameref} package
+option instead of just \opt{record}.
-\exitem{-nomathhyper} This document illustrates how to selectively
-enable and disable entry hyperlinks in \ics{glsentryfmt}. The
+\filedef{sample-nomathhyper.tex}
+This document illustrates how to selectively
+enable and disable entry \idxpl{hyperlink} in \gls{glsentryfmt}. The
document build is:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample-nomathhyper
makeglossaries sample-nomathhyper
pdflatex sample-nomathhyper
-\end{prompt}
-This disables the hyperlinks for the main glossary with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{GlsDeclareNoHyperList}\mgroup{main}
-\end{alltt}
-and then redefines \cs{glsentryfmt} so that it adds a hyperlink if
-not in maths mode and the hyperlinks haven't been forced off (with
-the \texttt{\gloskey[glslink]{hyper}\dequals false} key).
+\end{terminal}
+This disables the \idxpl{hyperlink} for the \glostype{main} glossary with:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsDeclareNoHyperList}\marg{\glostype{main}}
+\end{codebox}
+and then redefines \gls{glsentryfmt} so that it adds a \idx{hyperlink} if
+not in maths mode and the \idxpl{hyperlink} haven't been forced off (with
+the \glsoptval{hyper}{false} key).
\glsxtrnote
-If you want to switch to \gls{glossaries-extra}, then you can
+If you want to switch to \sty{glossaries-extra}, then you can
instead use the hook that comes before the keys are set. The
-preamble is much simpler:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-
-\cs{makeglossaries}
-
-\cs{renewcommand}\mgroup{\strong{\ics*{glslinkpresetkeys}}}\mgroup{\%
- \cs{ifmmode} \cs{setkeys}\mgroup{glslink}\mgroup{hyper=false}\cs{fi}
+\idx{documentpreamble} is much simpler:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\codepar
+\gls{makeglossaries}
+\codepar
+\cmd{renewcommand}\marg{\strong{\gls{glslinkpresetkeys}}}\marg{\comment{}
+ \cmd{ifmmode} \cmd{setkeys}\marg{glslink}\marg{\glsoptval{hyper}{false}}\cmd{fi}
}
+\codepar
+\comment{entry definition}
+\end{codebox}
-\% entry definition
-\end{alltt}
-
-\exitem{-entryfmt} This document illustrates how to change the
+\filedef{sample-entryfmt.tex}
+This document illustrates how to change the
way an entry is displayed in the text. (This is just a test
document. For a real document, I recommend you use the \sty{siunitx}
package to typeset units.) The document build is:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample-entryfmt
makeglossaries sample-entryfmt
pdflatex sample-entryfmt
-\end{prompt}
-This redefines \ics{glsentryfmt} to add the symbol on
-\gls{firstuse}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{renewcommand}*\mgroup{\cs{glsentryfmt}}\mgroup{\%
- \ics{glsgenentryfmt}
- \ics{ifglsused}\mgroup{\cs{glslabel}}\mgroup{}\mgroup{\cs{space} (\strong{\ics{glsentrysymbol}}\mgroup{\cs{glslabel}})}\%
+\end{terminal}
+This redefines \gls{glsentryfmt} to add the symbol on
+\idx{firstuse}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsentryfmt}}\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsgenentryfmt}
+ \gls{ifglsused}\marg{\gls{glslabel}}\marg{}\marg{\gls{space} (\strong{\gls{glsentrysymbol}}\marg{\gls{glslabel}})}\comment{}
}
-\end{alltt}
-Note the use of \cs{glsentrysymbol} \emph{not} \cs{glssymbol} (which
-would result in nested \gls{linktext}).
+\end{codebox}
+Note the use of \gls{glsentrysymbol} \emph{not} \gls{glssymbol} (which
+would result in nested \idx{linktext}).
\glsxtrnote
-If you want to switch to the \gls{glossaries-extra} package, you can
+If you want to switch to the \sty{glossaries-extra} package, you can
make use of the category post-link hook instead:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\xtrfont{stylemods},style=tree]\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-
-\cs{makeglossaries}
-
-\ics*{glsdefpostlink}\mgroup{\strong{unit}}\mgroup{\ics*{glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse}}
-
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{distance}\mgroup{
-\xtrfont{category}=\mgroup{\strong{unit}},
-name=distance,
-description=\mgroup{The length between two points},
-symbol=\mgroup{km}}
-\end{alltt}
-Note that in this case the symbol is now outside of the hyperlink.
-
-\exitem{-prefix} This document illustrates the use of the
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{stylemods},\optval{style}{tree}]\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\codepar
+\gls{makeglossaries}
+\codepar
+\gls{glsdefpostlink}\marg{\strong{unit}}\marg{\gls{glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{distance}\marg{
+\gloskeyval{category}{\strong{unit}},
+\gloskeyval{name}{distance},
+\gloskeyval{description}{The length between two points},
+\gloskeyval{symbol}{km}}
+\end{codebox}
+Note that in this case the symbol is now outside of the \idx{hyperlink}.
+
+\filedef{sample-prefix.tex}
+This document illustrates the use of the
\sty{glossaries-prefix} package. An additional run is required to
-ensure the table of contents is up-to-date:
-\begin{prompt}
+ensure the \idx{tableofcontents} is up-to-date:
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample-prefix
makeglossaries sample-prefix
pdflatex sample-prefix
pdflatex sample-prefix
-\end{prompt}
-Remember that the default separator between the prefix and \cs{gls}
+\end{terminal}
+Remember that the default separator between the prefix and \gls{gls}
(or one of its variants) is empty, so if a space is required it must
be inserted at the end of the prefix. However, the \sty{xkeyval}
-package (which is used to parse the \meta{key}\dequals\meta{value}
-lists) trims leading and trailing space from the values, so an
+package (which is used to parse the \keyval\ lists) trims leading
+and trailing space from the values, so an
ordinary space character will be lost.
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{sample}\mgroup{name=\mgroup{sample},
- description=\mgroup{an example},
- prefix=\mgroup{a\strong{~}},
- prefixplural=\mgroup{the\strong{\cs{space}}}%
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{sample}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{sample},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{an example},
+ \gloskeyval{prefix}{a\strong{\sym{nbsp}}},
+ \gloskeyval{prefixplural}{the\strong{\gls{space}}}%
}
-
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{oeil}\mgroup{name=\mgroup{oeil},
- plural=\mgroup{yeux},
- description=\mgroup{eye},
- prefix=\mgroup{l'},
- prefixplural=\mgroup{les\strong{\cs{space}}}}
-\end{alltt}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{oeil}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{oeil},
+ \gloskeyval{plural}{yeux},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{eye},
+ \gloskeyval{prefix}{l'},
+ \gloskeyval{prefixplural}{les\strong{\gls{space}}}}
+\end{codebox*}
\glsxtrnote
-If you want to convert this example to use \gls{glossaries-extra},
-then (as from v1.42) you can use the \pkgopt*{prefix} option:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\strong{\xtrfont{prefix}},\xtrfont{postdot},acronym]\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
+If you want to convert this example to use \sty{glossaries-extra},
+then (as from v1.42) you can use the \opt{prefix} option:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\strong{\opt{prefix}},\opt{postdot},\opt{acronym}]\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
(Alternatively load \sty{glossaries-prefix} after
-\gls{glossaries-extra}.) The rest of the document is the same as for
-the base \styfmt{glossaries} package, unless you want to switch to
-using \gls{bib2gls}.
+\sty{glossaries-extra}.) The rest of the document is the same as for
+the base \sty{glossaries} package, unless you want to switch to
+using \app{bib2gls}.
\bibglsnote
-If you want to switch to \gls{bib2gls}, first switch to
-\gls{glossaries-extra} (as above) but make sure you include the
-\pkgopt*{record} package option:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\strong{\xtrfont{record}},\xtrfont{prefix},\xtrfont{postdot},acronym]\mgroup{glossaries-extra}
-\end{alltt}
-Next convert the entries into the \filetype{bib} format required by
-\gls{bib2gls}:
-\begin{prompt}
-convertgls2bib -{}-preamble-only sample-prefix.tex entries.bib
-\end{prompt}
-Replace \cs{makeglossaries} with
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}[acronym]\mgroup{long-short}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=entries]
-\end{alltt}
-remove the entry definitions from the preamble, and replace
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{printglossary}[style=plist]
-\cs{printacronyms}
-\end{alltt}
+If you want to switch to \app{bib2gls}, first switch to
+\sty{glossaries-extra} (as above) but make sure you include the
+\opt{record} package option:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\strong{\opt{record}},\opt{prefix},\opt{postdot},\opt{acronym}]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\end{codebox}
+Next convert the entries into the \ext{bib} format required by
+\app{bib2gls}:
+\begin{terminal}
+convertgls2bib \switch{preamble-only} sample-prefix.tex entries.bib
+\end{terminal}
+Replace \gls{makeglossaries} with
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{\cat{acronym}}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short}}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptval{src}{entries}}
+\end{codebox}
+remove the entry definitions from the \idxf{documentpreamble}, and replace
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{printglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{style}{plist}}
+\gls{printacronyms}
+\end{codebox}
with
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{printunsrtglossary}[style=plist]
-\ics*{printunsrtacronyms}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{printunsrtglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{style}{plist}}
+\gls{printunsrtacronyms}
+\end{codebox}
The document build is now:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample-prefix
bib2gls sample-prefix
pdflatex sample-prefix
-\end{prompt}
-
-With \gls{bib2gls} v2.0+, you don't need to manually insert the spaces at
-the end of the prefixes. Instead you can instruct \gls{bib2gls} to
-insert them. To try this out, remove the trailing \verb|~| and
-\cs{space} from the \nolinkurl{entries.bib} file:
-\begin{alltt}
-\atentry{entry}\mgroup{sample,
- prefix = \mgroup{a},
- name = \mgroup{sample},
- description = \mgroup{an example},
- prefixplural = \mgroup{the}
+\end{terminal}
+
+With \app{bib2gls} v2.0+, you don't need to manually insert the spaces at
+the end of the prefixes. Instead you can instruct \app{bib2gls} to
+insert them. To try this out, remove the trailing \gls{space} and
+\idx{nbsp} from the \filefmt{entries.bib} file:
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{sample,
+ \gloskeyval{prefix}{a},
+ \gloskeyval{name}{sample},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{an example},
+ \gloskeyval{prefixplural}{the}
}
-
-\atentry{entry}\mgroup{oeil,
- plural = \mgroup{yeux},
- prefix = \mgroup{l'},
- name = \mgroup{oeil},
- description = \mgroup{eye},
- prefixplural = \mgroup{les}
+\codepar
+\atentry{entry}\marg{oeil,
+ \gloskeyval{plural}{yeux},
+ \gloskeyval{prefix}{l'},
+ \gloskeyval{name}{oeil},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{eye},
+ \gloskeyval{prefixplural}{les}
}
-
-\atentry{acronym}\mgroup{svm,
- prefixfirst = \mgroup{a},
- prefix = \mgroup{an},
- short = \mgroup{SVM},
- long = \mgroup{support vector machine}
+\codepar
+\atentry{acronym}\marg{svm,
+ \gloskeyval{prefixfirst}{a},
+ \gloskeyval{prefix}{an},
+ \gloskeyval{short}{SVM},
+ \gloskeyval{long}{support vector machine}
}
-\end{alltt}
-Now add the \resourceopt[\mgroup{space or nbsp}]{append-prefix-field}
+\end{codebox}
+Now add the \resourceoptvalm{append-prefix-field}{space or nbsp}
resource option:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{GlsXtrLoadResources}[\resourceopt{src}=entries,\strong{\xtrfont{append-prefix-field}=\mgroup{space or nbsp}}]
-\end{alltt}
-See the \gls{bib2gls} manual for further details.
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptval{src}{entries},\strong{\resourceoptvalm{append-prefix-field}{space or nbsp}}}
+\end{codebox}
+See the \app{bib2gls} manual for further details.
-\exitem{accsupp} This document uses the \sty{glossaries-accsupp} package
+\filedef{sampleaccsupp.tex}
+This document uses the \sty{glossaries-accsupp} package
(see \sectionref{sec:accsupp}). That package automatically loads
-\styfmt{glossaries} and passes all options to the base package. So
+\sty{glossaries} and passes all options to the base package. So
you can load both packages at once with just:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries-accsupp}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{acronym}]\marg{glossaries-accsupp}
+\end{codebox}
This provides additional keys that aren't available with just the
base package, which may be used to provide replacement text. The
-replacement text is inserted using \sty{accsupp}'s
-\ics{BeginAccSupp} and \ics{EndAccSupp} commands. See the
+replacement text is inserted using \sty{accsupp}['s]
+\gls{BeginAccSupp} and \gls{EndAccSupp} commands. See the
\sty{accsupp} package for further details of those commands.
Note that this example document is provided to demonstrate
@@ -19286,70 +33748,71 @@ document isn't fully accessible as it's not tagged. See the
\sty{accessibility} and \sty{tagpdf} packages for further
information about tagging documents.
-It's not essential to use \sty{glossaries-accsupp}. You can simply insert the replacement
+It's not essential to use \sty{glossaries-accsupp}.
+You can simply insert the replacement
text directly into the field values. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{Drive}{
- name={\BeginAccSupp{Actual=Drive}Dr.\EndAccSupp{}},
- description={Drive}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{Drive}\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\gls{BeginAccSupp}\marg{Actual=Drive}Dr.\gls{EndAccSupp}\marg{}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{Drive}
}
-\newglossaryentry{image}{name={sample image},
- description={an example image},
- user1={\protect\BeginAccSupp{Alt={a boilerplate image used in
- examples}}\protect\includegraphics
- [height=20pt]{example-image}\protect\EndAccSupp{}}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{image}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{sample image},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{an example image},
+ \gloskeyval{user1}{\cmd{protect}\gls{BeginAccSupp}\marg{Alt=\marg{a boilerplate image used in
+ examples}}\cmd{protect}\gls{includegraphics}
+ \oarg{height=20pt}\marg{example-image}\cmd{protect}\gls{EndAccSupp}\marg{}}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox*}
However, this can cause interference (especially with
-case-changing). With \sty{glossaries-accsupp} it's possible to
+\casechanging). With \sty{glossaries-accsupp} it's possible to
obtain the field values without the accessibility information if
-required. (If in the future \cs{includegraphics} is given extra
+required. (If in the future \gls{includegraphics} is given extra
options to provide replacement text then the image example here
won't be necessary. However, the example can be adapted for images
created with \TeX\ code.)
-The acronym style is set using:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{long-short}
-\end{verbatim}
-The first abbreviation is straightforward:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronym{eg}{e.g.}{for example}
-\end{verbatim}
+The \idx{acronymstyle} is set using:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{long-short}}
+\end{codebox}
+The first \idx{acronym} is straightforward:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{eg}\marg{e.g.}\marg{for example}
+\end{codebox}
The \gloskey{shortaccess} replacement text is automatically set to
-the long form. The next abbreviation is awkward as the long form contains
+the long form. The next \idx{acronym} is awkward as the long form contains
formatting commands which can't be included in the replacement text.
This means that the \gloskey{shortaccess} key must be supplied:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newacronym}[\strong{shortaccess}=\mgroup{TiKZ ist kein Zeichenprogramm}]
-\mgroup{tikz}\mgroup{Ti\cs{emph}\mgroup{k}Z}\mgroup{Ti\cs{emph}\mgroup{k}Z ist \cs{emph}\mgroup{kein} Zeichenprogramm}
-\end{alltt}
-In the above two cases, the short form obtained in \cs{gls} will use
-the \qt{E} PDF element.
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronym}\oarg{\strong{\gloskey{shortaccess}}=\marg{TiKZ ist kein Zeichenprogramm}}
+\marg{tikz}\marg{Ti\cmd{emph}\marg{k}Z}\marg{Ti\cmd{emph}\marg{k}Z ist \cmd{emph}\marg{kein} Zeichenprogramm}
+\end{codebox}
+In the above two cases, the short form obtained in \gls{gls} will use
+the \qt{E} \idx{PDFelement}.
By way of comparison, there are some entries that are technically
-abbreviations but are defined using \ics{newglossaryentry} instead
-of \ics{newacronym}. The replacement text is provided in the
+abbreviations but are defined using \gls{newglossaryentry} instead
+of \gls{newacronym}. The replacement text is provided in the
\gloskey{access} key:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{Doctor}\mgroup{name=Dr,description=\mgroup{Doctor},\strong{access}=\mgroup{Doctor}}
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{Drive}\mgroup{name=\mgroup{Dr.},plural=\mgroup{Drvs},description=\mgroup{Drive},
- \strong{access}=\mgroup{Drive}}
-\end{alltt}
-These will use PDF's \qt{ActualText} element (not \qt{E}).
-
-The next entry is a symbol (the integration symbol $\int$). This
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{Doctor}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{Dr},\gloskeyval{description}{Doctor},\strong{\gloskey{access}}=\marg{Doctor}}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{Drive}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{Dr.},\gloskeyval{plural}{Drvs},\gloskeyval{description}{Drive},
+ \strong{\gloskey{access}}=\marg{Drive}}
+\end{codebox}
+These will use the \qt{ActualText} \idx{PDFelement} (not \qt{E}).
+
+The next \idx{entry} is a symbol (the integration symbol $\int$). This
could be defined simply as:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{int}{name={int},description={integral},
- symbol={\ensuremath{\int}}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{int}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{int},\gloskeyval{description}{integral},
+ \gloskeyval{symbol}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{int}}}}
+\end{codebox}
and then referenced in the text like this:
-\begin{verbatim}
-Symbol: \gls{int} (\glssymbol{int}).
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+Symbol: \gls{gls}\marg{int} (\gls{glssymbol}\marg{int}).
+\end{codebox}
This results in the text \qt{Symbol: integral ($\int$).} However if you
-copy and paste this from the PDF you will find the resulting text is
+copy and paste this from the \idx{PDF} you will find the resulting text is
\qt{Symbol: int (R).} This is what's actually read out by the
text-to-speech system.
@@ -19357,57 +33820,56 @@ It would be better if the actual text was the Unicode character
0x222B. This would not only assist the text-to-speech system but
also make it easier to copy and paste the text. The simplest method
is to identify the character by its hexadecimal code, but in order
-to do this the \ics{BeginAccSupp} command needs to have the options adjusted.
+to do this the \gls{BeginAccSupp} command needs to have the options adjusted.
-In order to determine whether to use \qt{E}, \qt{ActualText} or
-\qt{Alt} for a particular field, \sty{glossaries-accsupp} will check
-if the command \csmeta{gls}{field}{accsupp} exists (where
-\meta{field} is the internal field label, see \tableref{tab:fieldmap}). Only two of
-these commands are predefined: \ics{glsshortaccsupp} and
-\ics{glsshortplaccsupp}, which is why the \gloskey{shortaccess}
-field uses \qt{E}. If the given command doesn't exist then the
-generic \ics{glsaccsupp} command is used instead.
+In order to determine whether to use \qt{E}, \qt{ActualText} or \qt{Alt} for a
+particular field, \sty{glossaries-accsupp} will check if the command
+\gls{glsfield-labelaccsupp} exists (where \meta{field-label} is the
+\idx{internalfieldlabel}, see \tableref{tab:fieldmap}). Only two of these
+commands are predefined: \gls{glsshortaccsupp} and \gls{glsshortplaccsupp},
+which is why the \gloskey{shortaccess} field uses \qt{E}. If the given command
+doesn't exist then the generic \gls{glsaccsupp} command is used instead.
This means that in order to simply set \gloskey{symbolaccess} to the
hexadecimal character code, I need to provide a command called
-\ics{glssymbolaccsupp}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newcommand}\mgroup{\cs{gls\strong{symbol}accsupp}}[2]\mgroup{\%
- \ics{glsaccessibility}[\strong{method=hex,unicode}]\mgroup{\strong{ActualText}}\mgroup{\#1}\mgroup{\#2}\%
+\glsfieldlabelaccsupp{symbol}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\glsfieldlabelaccsupp{\strong{symbol}}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsaccessibility}\oarg{\strong{method=hex,unicode}}\marg{\strong{ActualText}}\marg{\#1}\marg{\#2}\comment{}
}
-\end{alltt}
-Now I can adjust the definition of the \texttt{int} entry:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{int}\mgroup{name=\mgroup{int},description=\mgroup{integral},
- symbol=\mgroup{\cs{ensuremath}\mgroup{\cs{int}}},\strong{symbolaccess=\mgroup{222B}}
+\end{codebox}
+Now I can adjust the definition of the \qt{int} \idx{entry}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{int}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{int},\gloskeyval{description}{integral},
+ \gloskeyval{symbol}{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{int}}},\strong{\gloskeyval{symbolaccess}{222B}}
}
-\end{alltt}
+\end{codebox}
-The final entry has an image stored in the \gloskey{user1} key. (The
+The final \idx{entry} has an image stored in the \gloskey{user1} key. (The
image file is provided with the \sty{mwe} package.) This should use
\qt{Alt} instead of \qt{ActualText} so I need to define
-\ics{glsuseriaccsupp}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newcommand}\mgroup{\cs{gls\strong{useri}accsupp}}[2]\mgroup{\%
- \ics{glsaccessibility}\mgroup{\strong{Alt}}\mgroup{\#1}\mgroup{\#2}\%
+\glsfieldlabelaccsupp{useri}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\glsfieldlabelaccsupp{\strong{useri}}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsaccessibility}\marg{\strong{Alt}}\marg{\#1}\marg{\#2}\comment{}
}
-\end{alltt}
+\end{codebox}
The image description is provided in the \gloskey{user1access} key:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{sampleimage}\mgroup{name=\mgroup{sample image},
- description=\mgroup{an example image},
- user1=\mgroup{\cs{protect}\ics{includegraphics}[height=20pt]\mgroup{example-image}},
- \strong{user1access}=\mgroup{a boilerplate image used in examples}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newglossaryentry}\marg{sampleimage}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{sample image},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{an example image},
+ \gloskeyval{user1}{\cmd{protect}\gls{includegraphics}\oarg{height=20pt}\marg{example-image}},
+ \strong{\gloskey{user1access}}=\marg{a boilerplate image used in examples}
}
-\end{alltt}
-(Note the need to protect the fragile \ics{includegraphics}. The alternative is
-to use \cs{glsnoexpandfields} before defining the command. See
+\end{codebox}
+(Note the need to protect the fragile \gls{includegraphics}. The alternative is
+to use \gls{glsnoexpandfields} before defining the command. See
\sectionref{sec:expansion}.)
-If you try this example and inspect the PDF\footnote{You can either
-uncompress the PDF file and view it in a text editor or you can use
+The \idx{PDF} can be inspected either by
+uncompressing the file and viewing it in a text editor or you can use
a tool such as the PDFDebugger provided with
-\href{https://pdfbox.apache.org/}{PDFBox}.}\ then you will find
+\href{https://pdfbox.apache.org/}{PDFBox}. If you do this you will find
content like:
\begin{verbatim}
/Span << /ActualText (Doctor) >> BDC
@@ -19418,8 +33880,8 @@ content like:
ET
EMC
\end{verbatim}
-This shows that \qt{ActualText} was used for \verb|\gls{Doctor}|.
-The integral symbol ($\int$) created with \verb|\glssymbol{int}| is:
+This shows that \qt{ActualText} was used for \code{\gls{gls}\marg{Doctor}}.
+The integral symbol ($\int$) created with \code{\gls{glssymbol}\marg{int}} is:
\begin{verbatim}
/Span << /ActualText (\376\377"+) >> BDC
BT
@@ -19430,7 +33892,7 @@ The integral symbol ($\int$) created with \verb|\glssymbol{int}| is:
EMC
\end{verbatim}
Again, \qt{ActualText} has been used, but the character code has
-been supplied. The image created with \verb|\glsuseri{sampleimage}| is:
+been supplied. The image created with \code{\gls{glsuseri}\marg{sampleimage}} is:
\begin{verbatim}
/Span << /Alt (a boilerplate image used in examples) >> BDC
1 0 0 1 106.588 618.391 cm
@@ -19445,7 +33907,7 @@ EMC
\end{verbatim}
This shows that \qt{Alt} has been used.
-The first use of \verb|\gls{eg}| produces the long form (not
+The first use of \code{\gls{gls}\marg{eg}} produces the long form (not
reproduced here) followed by the short form:
\begin{verbatim}
/Span << /E (for example) >> BDC
@@ -19466,236 +33928,238 @@ The subsequent use also has the \qt{E} element:
ET
EMC
\end{verbatim}
-Similarly for \verb|\acrshort{eg}|. You can also use the
-\pkgopt[showaccsupp]{debug} package option. This will show the
+Similarly for \code{\gls{acrshort}\marg{eg}}. You can also use the
+\opteqvalref{debug}{showaccsupp} package option. This will show the
replacement text in the document, but note that this is the content before
-it's processed by \cs{BeginAccSupp}.
+it's processed by \gls{BeginAccSupp}.
-If the \ics{setacronymstyle} command is removed (or commented out)
-then the result would be different. The \gls{firstuse} of \cs{gls} uses \qt{E} for
+If the \gls{setacronymstyle} command is removed (or commented out)
+then the result would be different. The \idx{firstuse} of \gls{gls} uses \qt{E} for
the short form but the subsequent use has \qt{ActualText} instead.
-This is because without \ics{setacronymstyle} the original acronym
+This is because without \gls{setacronymstyle} the original acronym
mechanism is used, which is less sophisticated than the newer
-acronym mechanism that's triggered with \ics{setacronymstyle}.
+acronym mechanism that's triggered with \gls{setacronymstyle}.
\begin{important}
If you want to convert this example so that it uses
-\gls{glossaries-extra}, make sure you have at least version 1.42 of
+\sty{glossaries-extra}, make sure you have at least version 1.42 of
the extension package.
\end{important}
\glsxtrnote
If you want to convert this example so that it uses
-\gls{glossaries-extra}, you need to replace the explicit loading of
+\sty{glossaries-extra}, you need to replace the explicit loading of
\sty{glossaries-accsupp} with an implicit load through the
-\pkgopt*{accsupp} package option:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{usepackage}[\xtrfont{abbreviations},\strong{\xtrfont{accsupp}}]\mgroup{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
-\end{alltt}
-I'm switching from \ics{newacronym} to \ics*{newabbreviation}, which
+\opt{accsupp} package option:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{abbreviations},\strong{\opt{accsupp}}]\marg{\strong{glossaries-extra}}
+\end{codebox}
+I'm switching from \gls{newacronym} to \gls{newabbreviation}, which
means that the default category is \cat{abbreviation} and also the
-file extensions are different. If you are using \gls{makeglossaries}
-or \gls{makeglossaries-lite.lua} you don't need to worry about it.
+file extensions are different. If you are using \app{makeglossaries}
+or \app{makeglossaries-lite} you don't need to worry about it.
However, if you're not using those helper scripts then you will need
to adjust the file extensions in your document build process.
-The style command \texttt{\cs{setacronymstyle}\mgroup{long-short}} needs
+The style command \code{\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{long-short}}} needs
to be replaced with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{setabbreviationstyle}\mgroup{long-short}
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short}}
+\end{codebox}
This is actually the default so you can simply delete the
-\cs{setacronymstyle} line. Substitute the two instances of
-\ics{newacronym} with \ics*{newabbreviation}. For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\strong{\ics*{newabbreviation}}\mgroup{eg}\mgroup{e.g.}\mgroup{for example}
-\end{alltt}
-Note that for the \texttt{tikz} entry you can now remove the explicit assignment of
-\gloskey{shortaccess} with \gls{glossaries-extra} v1.42 as it will
-strip formatting commands like \cs{emph}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{newabbreviation}
- \mgroup{tikz}\mgroup{Ti\cs{emph}\mgroup{k}Z}\mgroup{Ti\cs{emph}\mgroup{k}Z ist \cs{emph}\mgroup{kein} Zeichenprogramm}
-\end{alltt}
-It's also necessary to replace \cs{acrshort}, \cs{acrlong} and \cs{acrfull} with
-\ics*{glsxtrshort}, \ics*{glsxtrlong} and \ics*{glsxtrfull}.
-
-You may notice a slight difference from the original example. The
-\gloskey{shortaccess} field now shows \meta{long} (\meta{short})
-instead of just \meta{long}. This is because \gls{glossaries-extra}
-redefines \ics{glsdefaultshortaccess} to include the short form.
+\gls{setacronymstyle} line. Substitute the two instances of
+\gls{newacronym} with \gls{newabbreviation}. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\strong{\gls{newabbreviation}}\marg{eg}\marg{e.g.}\marg{for example}
+\end{codebox}
+Note that for the \qt{tikz} entry you can now remove the explicit assignment of
+\gloskey{shortaccess} with \sty{glossaries-extra} v1.42 as it will
+strip formatting commands like \csfmt{emph}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newabbreviation}
+ \marg{tikz}\marg{Ti\cmd{emph}\marg{k}Z}\marg{Ti\cmd{emph}\marg{k}Z ist \cmd{emph}\marg{kein} Zeichenprogramm}
+\end{codebox}
+It's also necessary to replace \gls{acrshort}, \gls{acrlong} and \gls{acrfull} with
+\gls{glsxtrshort}, \gls{glsxtrlong} and \gls{glsxtrfull}.
+
+You may notice a slight difference from the original example if you use a
+version of \sty{glossaries-extra} between 1.42 and 1.48. The
+\gloskey{shortaccess} field shows \meta{long} (\meta{short}) instead of just
+\meta{long}. This is because \sty{glossaries-extra} v1.42 redefined
+\gls{glsdefaultshortaccess} to include the short form. The original definition
+was restored in \sty{glossaries} v1.49.
Now that the extension package is being used, there are some other
modifications that would tidy up the code and fix a few issues.
The \qt{Doctor} and \qt{Drive} entries should really be defined as
-abbreviations but they shouldn't be expanded on first use. The
+\idxpl{abbreviation} but they shouldn't be expanded on \idx{firstuse}. The
\abbrstyle{short-nolong} style can achieve this and it happens to be
the default style for the \cat{acronym} category. This means that
you can simply replace the \qt{Doctor} definition with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{newacronym}\mgroup{Doctor}\mgroup{Dr}\mgroup{Doctor}
-\end{alltt}
-The \gls{firstuse} of \verb|\gls{Doctor}| is just \qt{Dr}. This
-means that the \qt{E} element will be used instead of \qt{ActualText}.
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{Doctor}\marg{Dr}\marg{Doctor}
+\end{codebox}
+The \idx{firstuse} of \code{\gls{gls}\marg{Doctor}} is just \qt{Dr}. This
+means that the \qt{E} \idx{PDFelement} will be used instead of \qt{ActualText}.
Now I don't need to supply the accessibility text as its obtained
from the long form.
-The \qt{Drive} entry can be similarly defined but it has the awkward
+The \qt{Drive} \idx{entry} can be similarly defined but it has the awkward
terminating full stop. This means that I had to omit the end of
sentence terminator in:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\gls{Doctor} Smith lives at 2, Blueberry \gls{Drive}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{gls}\marg{Doctor} Smith lives at 2, Blueberry \gls{gls}\marg{Drive}
+\end{codebox}
This looks odd when reading the document source and it's easy to
forgot. This is very similar to the situation in the
\samplefile{-dot-abbr} example. I can again use the
-\attr{discardperiod} attribute, but I need to assign a different
-category so that it doesn't interfere with the \qt{Doctor} entry.
+\catattr{discardperiod} \idx{categoryattribute}, but I need to assign a different
+category so that it doesn't interfere with the \qt{Doctor}
+\idx{entry}.
The category is simply a label that's used in the construction of
some internal command names. This means that it must be fully
expandable, but I can choose whatever label I like (\cat{general},
\cat{abbreviation}, \cat{acronym}, \cat{index}, \cat{symbol} and
\cat{number} are used by various commands provided by
-\gls{glossaries-extra}).
-
-In this case, I've decided to have a category called \texttt{shortdotted}
-to indicate an abbreviation that ends with a
-dot but only the short form is shown on \gls{firstuse}:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}[shortdotted]\mgroup{short-nolong-noreg}
-\ics*{glssetcategoryattribute}\mgroup{shortdotted}\mgroup{discardperiod}\mgroup{true}
-\ics*{newabbreviation}[category=shortdotted]\mgroup{Drive}\mgroup{Dr.\cs{@}}\mgroup{Drive}
-\end{alltt}
+\sty{glossaries-extra}).
+
+In this case, I've decided to have a category called \catfmt{shortdotted}
+to indicate an \idx{abbreviation} that ends with a
+dot but only the short form is shown on \idx{firstuse}:
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{shortdotted}\marg{\abbrstyle{short-nolong-noreg}}
+\gls{glssetcategoryattribute}\marg{shortdotted}\marg{\catattr{discardperiod}}\marg{true}
+\gls{newabbreviation}\oarg{\gloskeyval{category}{shortdotted}}\marg{Drive}\marg{Dr.\gls{cs.at}}\marg{Drive}
+\end{codebox*}
In the \samplefile{-dot-abbr} example, I also used the
-\attr{insertdots} attribute to automatically insert the dots and add
-the space factor (which is adjusted if \attr{discardperiod} discards
+\catattr{insertdots} \idxc{categoryattribute}{attribute} to automatically insert the dots and add
+the space factor (which is adjusted if \catattr{discardperiod} discards
a period). In this case I'm inserting the dot manually so I've also
-added the space factor with \ics{@} in case the abbreviation is used
+added the space factor with \gls{cs.at} in case the \idx{abbreviation} is used
mid-sentence. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\gls{Doctor} Smith lives at 2, Blueberry \gls{Drive}. Next sentence.
-
-\gls{Doctor} Smith lives at 2, Blueberry \gls{Drive} end of sentence.
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{gls}\marg{Doctor} Smith lives at 2, Blueberry \gls{gls}\marg{Drive}. Next sentence.
+\codepar
+\gls{gls}\marg{Doctor} Smith lives at 2, Blueberry \gls{gls}\marg{Drive} end of sentence.
+\end{codebox}
(The spacing is more noticeable if you first switch to a monospaced
-font with \cs{ttfamily}.)
+font with \cmd{ttfamily}.)
-The \qt{e.g.}\ abbreviation similarly ends with a dot. It's not
+The \qt{e.g.}\ \idx{abbreviation} similarly ends with a dot. It's not
usual to write \qt{for example (e.g.)}\ in a document, so it really
-ought to have the same \texttt{shortdotted} category, but it has a
+ought to have the same \catfmt{shortdotted} category, but it has a
long-short form for illustrative purposes in this test document. In
this case I need to choose another category so that I can apply a
different style. For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics*{setabbreviationstyle}[longshortdotted]\mgroup{long-short}
-\ics*{glssetcategoryattribute}\mgroup{longshortdotted}\mgroup{discardperiod}\mgroup{true}
-\ics*{newabbreviation}[category=longshortdotted]\mgroup{e.g.}\mgroup{e.g.\cs{@}}\mgroup{for
-example}
-\end{alltt}
-
-To further illustrate categories, let's suppose the symbol and image
-should be in the \gloskey{name} field instead of the
-\gloskey{symbol} and \gloskey{user1} fields. Now the
-\cs{glssymbolaccsupp} and \cs{glsuseriaccsupp} commands won't be
-used. I can't deal with both cases if I just provide
-\cs{glsnameaccsupp}.
-
-I could provide category-field versions, such as
-\xtrfont{\cs{glsxtrsymbolnameaccsupp}}, but remember that this only covers
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{longshortdotted}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short}}
+\gls{glssetcategoryattribute}\marg{longshortdotted}\marg{\catattr{discardperiod}}\marg{true}
+\gls{newabbreviation}\oarg{\gloskeyval{category}{longshortdotted}}\marg{e.g.}\marg{e.g.\gls{cs.at}}\marg{for example}
+\end{codebox}
+
+To further illustrate categories, let's suppose the symbol and image should be
+in the \gloskey{name} field instead of the \gloskey{symbol} and \gloskey{user1}
+fields. Now the \glsfieldlabelaccsupp{symbol} and \glsfieldlabelaccsupp{useri}
+commands won't be used. I can't deal with both cases if I just provide
+\glsfieldlabelaccsupp{name}.
+
+I could provide category+field versions, such as
+\glsxtrcategoryfieldaccsupp{symbolname}, but remember that this only covers
accessing the \gloskey{name} field, which is typically only done in
the glossary. I would also need similar commands for the
\gloskey{first}, \gloskey{firstplural}, \gloskey{text} and
\gloskey{plural} keys. This is quite complicated, but since I don't
need to worry about any of the other fields it's simpler to just
-provide the \csmeta*{glsxtr}{category}{accsupp} version:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newcommand}\mgroup{\xtrfont{\cs{glsxtr\strong{symbol}accsupp}}}[2]\mgroup{\%
- \ics{glsaccessibility}[method=hex,unicode]\mgroup{ActualText}\mgroup{\#1}\mgroup{#2}\%
+provide the \gls{glsxtrcategoryaccsupp} version:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\glsxtrcategoryaccsupp{\strong{symbol}}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsaccessibility}\oarg{method=hex,unicode}\marg{ActualText}\marg{\#1}\marg{\#2}\comment{}
}
-\cs{newcommand}\mgroup{\xtrfont{\cs{glsxtr\strong{image}accsupp}}}[2]\mgroup{\%
- \ics{glsaccessibility}\mgroup{Alt}\mgroup{\#1}\mgroup{\#2}\%
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\glsxtrcategoryaccsupp{\strong{image}}}[2]\marg{\comment{}
+ \gls{glsaccessibility}\marg{Alt}\marg{\#1}\marg{\#2}\comment{}
}
-
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{int}\mgroup{\strong{\xtrfont{category}=symbol},
- \strong{name}=\mgroup{\cs{ensuremath}\mgroup{\cs{int}}},\strong{access}=\mgroup{222B},
- description=\mgroup{integral}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{int}\marg{\strong{\gloskeyval{category}{\cat{symbol}}},
+ \strong{\gloskey{name}}=\marg{\gls{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{int}}},\strong{\gloskey{access}}=\marg{222B},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{integral}
}
-
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\mgroup{sampleimage}\mgroup{\strong{\xtrfont{category}=image},
- description=\mgroup{an example image},
- \strong{name}=\mgroup{\cs{protect}\cs{includegraphics}[height=20pt]\mgroup{example-image}},
- \strong{access}=\mgroup{a boilerplate image used in examples}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{sampleimage}\marg{\strong{\gloskeyval{category}{image}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{an example image},
+ \strong{\gloskey{name}}=\marg{\cmd{protect}\gls{includegraphics}\oarg{height=20pt}\marg{example-image}},
+ \strong{\gloskey{access}}=\marg{a boilerplate image used in examples}
}
-\end{alltt}
+\end{codebox}
If it's necessary to provide support for additional fields, then the
-category-field command \csmetameta*{glsxtr}{category}{}{field}{accsupp} could be used to
-override the more general category command \csmeta*{glsxtr}{category}{accsupp}.
+category+field command \gls{glsxtrcategoryfieldaccsupp} could be used to
+override the more general category command \gls{glsxtrcategoryaccsupp}.
-\exitem{-ignored} This document defines an ignored glossary for
+\filedef{sample-ignored.tex}
+This document defines an \idx{ignoredglossary} for
common terms that don't need a definition. The document build is:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample-ignored
makeglossaries sample-ignored
pdflatex sample-ignored
-\end{prompt}
-A new \qt{ignored} glossary is defined with:
-\begin{alltt}
-\ics{newignoredglossary}\mgroup{common}
-\end{alltt}
-There are no associated files with an ignored glossary. An entry is defined with
-this as its glossary type:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{commonex}{type=common,name={common term}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{terminal}
+A new \idx{ignoredglossary} is defined with:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newignoredglossary}\marg{common}
+\end{codebox}
+There are no associated files with an \idx{ignoredglossary}. An entry is defined with
+this as its \idx{glossary} type:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{commonex}\marg{\gloskeyval{type}{common},\gloskeyval{name}{common term}}
+\end{codebox}
Note that the \gloskey{description} key isn't required. This term
-may be referenced with \cs{gls} (which is useful for consistent
+may be referenced with \gls{gls} (which is useful for consistent
formatting) but it won't be indexed.
-\exitem{-entrycount} This document uses \ics{glsenableentrycount}
-and \ics{cgls} (described in \sectionref{sec:enableentrycount})
+\filedef{sample-entrycount.tex}
+This document uses \gls{glsenableentrycount}
+and \gls{cgls} (described in \sectionref{sec:enableentrycount})
so that acronyms only used once don't appear in the list of
acronyms. The document build is:
-\begin{prompt}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex sample-entrycount
pdflatex sample-entrycount
makeglossaries sample-entrycount
pdflatex sample-entrycount
-\end{prompt}
-Note the need to call \LaTeX\ twice before \gls{makeglossaries}, and
+\end{terminal}
+Note the need to call \LaTeX\ twice before \app{makeglossaries}, and
then a final \LaTeX\ call is required at the end.
\begin{xtr}
-The \gls{glossaries-extra} package has additions that extend this
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package has additions that extend this
mechanism and comes with some other sample files related to entry counting.
\end{xtr}
\begin{bib2gls}
-If you switch to \gls{bib2gls} you can use record counting instead.
-See the \gls{bib2gls} manual for further details.
+If you switch to \app{bib2gls} you can use record counting instead.
+See the \app{bib2gls} manual for further details.
\end{bib2gls}
\chapter{Troubleshooting}
\label{sec:trouble}
In addition to the sample files listed in \sectionref{sec:samples},
-the \styfmt{glossaries} package comes with some minimal example
-files, \texttt{minimalgls.tex}, \texttt{mwe-gls.tex},
-\texttt{mwe-acr.tex} and \texttt{mwe-acr-desc.tex}, which can be
-used for testing. These should be located in the \texttt{samples}
-subdirectory (folder) of the \styfmt{glossaries} documentation
+the \sty{glossaries} package comes with some minimal example
+files, \file{minimalgls.tex}, \file{mwe-gls.tex},
+\file{mwe-acr.tex} and \file{mwe-acr-desc.tex}, which can be
+used for testing. These should be located in the \filefmt{samples}
+subdirectory (folder) of the \sty{glossaries} documentation
directory. The location varies according to your operating system
-and \TeX\ installation. For example, on my Linux partition it can
-be found in \texttt{/usr\slash local\slash texlive\slash
-2014\slash texmf-dist\slash doc\slash latex\slash glossaries/}.
-The \gls{makeglossariesgui} application can also be used to test for
+and \TeX\ installation. For example, on Linux it may
+be in \filefmt{/usr/local/texlive/2022/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/}.
+The \app{makeglossariesgui} application can also be used to test for
various problems.
Further information on debugging \LaTeX\ code is available at
\url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/minexample/}.
If you have any problems, please first consult the
-\urlfootref{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html}{\styfmt{glossaries} FAQ}. If that
+\faqspkg{glossaries}. If that
doesn't help, try posting your query to somewhere like the
\texttt{comp.text.tex} newsgroup, the
\urlfootref{https://latex.org/forum/}{\LaTeX\ Community Forum} or
@@ -19703,6 +34167,18 @@ doesn't help, try posting your query to somewhere like the
Bug reports can be submitted via
\urlfootref{https://www.dickimaw-books.com/bug-report.html}{my package bug report form}.
-\PrintIndex
+
+\part{Summaries and Index}
+\label{summaries}
+\backmatter
+\printterms[title={Terms}]
+\printcommonoptions[label=sec:gloskeys]{idx.gloskey}
+\printcommonoptions{idx.glsopt}
+\printcommonoptions{idx.printglossopt}
+\printcommonoptions{idx.acronymstyle}
+\printcommonoptions{idx.glossarystyle}
+\printsummary
+
+\printuserguideindex
\end{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries.dtx
index 5c71fbc95a..1d44c808c2 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries.dtx
@@ -1,29 +1,30 @@
%\iffalse
% glossaries.dtx generated using makedtx version 1.2 (c) Nicola Talbot
% Command line args:
-% -comment ".*\.perl"
+% -section "section"
+% -author "Nicola Talbot"
+% -setambles ".*\.tex=>\nopreamble\nopostamble"
+% -setambles ".*\.l2h=>\nopreamble\nopostamble"
% -comment ".*\.tex"
-% -src "glossaries\.sty\Z=>glossaries.sty"
-% -src "glossaries-prefix.sty\Z=>glossaries-prefix.sty"
-% -src "(glossary-.+)\.(sty)\Z=>\1.\2"
-% -src "(glossaries-compatible-207)\.(sty)\Z=>\1.\2"
-% -src "(glossaries-compatible-307)\.(sty)\Z=>\1.\2"
-% -src "(glossaries-accsupp)\.(sty)\Z=>\1.\2"
-% -src "(glossaries-babel)\.(sty)\Z=>\1.\2"
-% -src "(glossaries-polyglossia)\.(sty)\Z=>\1.\2"
+% -comment ".*\.l2h"
+% -doc "glossaries-manual.tex"
+% -codetitle "Main Package Code (glossaries.sty)"
+% -src "(glossaries\.sty)\Z=>\1"
+% -src "(glossary-[a-z]+\.sty)\Z=>\1"
+% -src "(glossaries-babel\.sty)\Z=>\1"
+% -src "(glossaries-polyglossia\.sty)\Z=>\1"
+% -src "(glossaries-prefix.sty)\Z=>\1"
+% -src "(glossaries-accsupp\.sty)\Z=>\1"
+% -src "(glossaries-compatible-207\.sty)\Z=>\1"
+% -src "(glossaries-compatible-307\.sty)\Z=>\1"
+% -src "(glossar.*-2020-03-19\.sty)\Z=>\1"
+% -src "(glossar.*-2021-11-01\.sty)\Z=>\1"
% -src "(example-glossaries-.*\.tex)\Z=>\1"
-% -src "(glossaries-2020-03-19\.sty)\Z=>\1"
-% -src "(.*\.perl)\Z=>\1"
-% -codetitle "Main Package Code"
-% -macrocode ".*\.perl"
+% -src "(glossaries\.l2h)\Z=>\1"
% -macrocode ".*\.tex"
-% -author "Nicola Talbot"
-% -doc "glossaries-manual.tex"
-% -setambles ".*\.perl=>\nopreamble\nopostamble"
-% -setambles ".*\.tex=>\nopreamble\nopostamble"
-% -section "chapter"
+% -macrocode ".*\.l2h"
% glossaries
-% Created on 2021/11/1 18:45
+% Created on 2022/10/17 16:00
%\fi
%\iffalse
%<*package>
@@ -46,133 +47,87 @@
%\fi
% \iffalse
% Doc-Source file to use with LaTeX2e
-% Copyright (C) 2021 Nicola Talbot, all rights reserved.
+% Copyright (C) 2022 Nicola Talbot, all rights reserved.
% \fi
% \iffalse
%<*driver>
-\documentclass[report]{nlctdoc}
-
-\DeleteShortVerb{|}
-
\iffalse
glossaries-manual.tex is a stub file used by makedtx to create
glossaries.dtx
\fi
-\usepackage{alltt}
-\usepackage{pifont}
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
-\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-\usepackage[colorlinks,
- bookmarks,
- hyperindex=false,
- pdfauthor={Nicola L.C. Talbot},
- pdftitle={glossaries.sty: LaTeX2e Package to Assist Generating Glossaries},
- pdfkeywords={LaTeX,package,glossary,acronyms}]{hyperref}
-\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-
-\RecordChanges
-\setlength\IndexMin{100pt}
-
-\makeglossaries
+\documentclass{article}
-\renewcommand*{\main}[1]{\underline{\hyperpage{#1}}}
-\renewcommand*{\usage}[1]{\textit{\hyperpage{#1}}}
-\newcommand*{\htextbf}[1]{\textbf{\hyperpage{#1}}}
-\newcommand*{\itermdef}[1]{\index{#1|htextbf}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{xindy}{
- name={\appfmt{xindy}\index{xindy|htextbf}},
- sort={xindy},
- text={\protect\app{xindy}},
- description={An flexible indexing application with multilingual
- support written in Perl}
-}
-
-\newglossaryentry{makeindex}{%
- name={\appfmt{makeindex}\index{makeindex|htextbf}},%
- sort={makeindex},%
- text={\protect\app{makeindex}},%
- description={An indexing application},
-}
-
-\let\glsd\glsuseri
-\let\glsation\glsuserii
-
-\newglossaryentry{firstuse}{%
- name={First use\ifirstuse},
- sort={first use},%
- text={first use},%
- user1={first used},
- description={The first time a glossary entry is used (from the start
- of the document or after a reset) with one of the
- following commands: \ics{gls}, \ics{Gls}, \ics{GLS}, \ics{glspl},
- \ics{Glspl}, \ics{GLSpl} or \ics{glsdisp}.
- \glsseeformat{firstuseflag,firstusetext}{}\nopostdesc}%
-}
-
-\newglossaryentry{firstuseflag}{%
-name={First use flag\ifirstuseflag},
-sort={first use flag},%
-text={first use flag},%
-description={A conditional that determines whether or not the entry
-has been used according to the rules of \gls{firstuse}}%
-}
-
-\newglossaryentry{firstusetext}{%
-name={First use text\ifirstusetext},
-sort={first use text},%
-text={first use text},%
-description={The text that is displayed on \gls{firstuse}, which is
-governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of
-\ics{newglossaryentry}. (May be overridden by
-\ics{glsdisp}.)\nopostdesc}%
-}
-
-\doxitem{Option}{option}{package options}
-\doxitem{GlsKey}{key}{glossary keys}
-\doxitem{Style}{style}{glossary styles}
-\doxitem{Counter}{counter}{glossary counters}
-\doxitem{AcrStyle}{acrstyle}{acronym styles}
+\usepackage{doc}
+\CheckSum{58550}
+\RecordChanges
+\PageIndex
+\SetupDoc{reportchangedates}
\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}
-\CheckSum{34319}
-
-\newcommand*{\ifirstuse}{\iterm{first use}}
-\newcommand*{\firstuse}{\gls{firstuse}}
-\newcommand*{\firstuseflag}{\gls{firstuseflag}}
-\newcommand*{\firstusetext}{\gls{firstusetext}}
-
-\newcommand*{\ifirstuseflag}{\iterm{first use>flag}}
-\newcommand*{\ifirstusetext}{\iterm{first use>text}}
-
-\newcommand*{\istkey}[1]{\appfmt{#1}\index{makeindex=\appfmt{makeindex}>#1=\texttt{#1}|hyperpage}}
-\newcommand*{\locfmt}[1]{\texttt{#1}\SpecialMainIndex{#1}}
-\newcommand*{\mkidxspch}{\index{makeindex=\appfmt{makeindex}>special characters|hyperpage}}
-
-\newcommand*{\igloskey}[2][newglossaryentry]{\icsopt{#1}{#2}}
-\newcommand*{\gloskey}[2][newglossaryentry]{\csopt{#1}{#2}}
-
-\newcommand*{\glostyle}[1]{\textsf{#1}\index{glossary styles:>#1={\protect\ttfamily#1}|main}}
-
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage{tcolorbox}
+
+\definecolor{defbackground}{rgb}{1,1,0.75}
+
+\newtcolorbox{definition}{halign=flush left,
+ colframe=black,colback=defbackground,
+ fontupper=\ttfamily,
+ before upper={\frenchspacing\obeylines},
+ after={\par\noindent\ignorespacesafterend}
+}
+
+\NewDocElement{Option}{option}
+\NewDocElement{AcrStyle}{acrstyle}
+\NewDocElement{Style}{style}
+\NewDocElement{Counter}{counter}
+\NewDocElement{Key}{key}
+
+\newcommand{\sty}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
+\newcommand{\cls}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
+\newcommand{\app}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+\newcommand{\ctr}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
+\newcommand{\env}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
+\newcommand{\glostyle}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
+\newcommand{\pkgoptfmt}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
+\newcommand{\pkgopt}[2][]{\pkgoptfmt{#2\ifstrempty{#1}{}{=#1}}}
+\newcommand{\gloskey}[2][]{\textsf{#2}}
+\newcommand{\filetype}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+\newcommand{\istkey}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+\newcommand{\term}[1]{\emph{#1}}
+\newcommand{\qt}[1]{``#1''}
+
+\providecommand\marg[1]{%
+ \texorpdfstring{\allowbreak{\ttfamily\char`\{}\meta{#1}{\ttfamily\char`\}}}
+ {\{#1\}}}
+\providecommand\oarg[1]{%
+ \texorpdfstring{\allowbreak{\ttfamily[}\meta{#1}{\ttfamily]}}
+ {[#1]}}
+
+\providecommand\parg[1]{\texorpdfstring{(\meta{#1})}{(#1)}}
\begin{document}
\DocInput{glossaries.dtx}
\end{document}
%</driver>
%\fi
+%\DeleteShortVerb{|}
%\MakeShortVerb{"}
%
-% \title{Documented Code For glossaries v4.49}
+% \title{Documented Code For glossaries v4.50}
% \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\[10pt]
%Dickimaw Books\\
%\url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/}}
%
-% \date{2021-11-01}
+% \date{2022-10-14}
% \maketitle
%
-%This is the documented code for the \styfmt{glossaries} package.
+%\tableofcontents
+%
+%\section{Introduction}
+%
+%This is the documented code for the \sty{glossaries} package.
%This bundle comes with the following documentation:
%\begin{description}
%\item[\url{glossariesbegin.pdf}]
@@ -185,7 +140,7 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of
%glossaries package}.
%
%\item[\url{glossaries-user.pdf}]
-%For the main user guide, read \qt{glossaries.sty v4.49:
+%For the main user guide, read \qt{glossaries.sty v4.50:
%\LaTeX2e\ Package to Assist Generating Glossaries}.
%
%\item[\url{mfirstuc-manual.pdf}]
@@ -194,7 +149,7 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of
%
%\item[glossaries-code.pdf]
%This document is for advanced users wishing to know more about the
-%inner workings of the \styfmt{glossaries} package.
+%inner workings of the \sty{glossaries} package.
%
%\item[INSTALL] Installation instructions.
%
@@ -205,7 +160,7 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of
%\end{description}
%
%The user level commands described in the user manual
-%(glossaries-user.pdf) may be considered ``future-proof''. Even if
+%(glossaries-user.pdf) may be considered \qt{future-proof}. Even if
%they become deprecated, they should still work for
%old documents (although they may not work in a document that also
%contains new commands introduced since the old commands were
@@ -216,39 +171,38 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of
%change. If you want a new user level command, you can post a feature
%request at \url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/feature-request.html}.
%If you are a package writer wanting to integrate your package with
-%\styfmt{glossaries}, it's better to request a new user level command
+%\sty{glossaries}, it's better to request a new user level command
%than to hack these internals.
%
-%\tableofcontents
-%
%\StopEventually{%
-% \printglossaries
+% \clearpage
% \PrintChanges
+% \clearpage
% \PrintIndex
%}
%
%
%
-%\chapter{Main Package Code}
+%\section{Main Package Code (glossaries.sty)}
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*glossaries.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
%\label{sec:code}
-% \section{Package Definition}
-% This package requires \LaTeXe.
+%\subsection{Package Definition}
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
% \end{macrocode}
% Rollback releases:
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareRelease{v4.46}{2020-03-19}{glossaries-2020-03-19.sty}
-\DeclareCurrentRelease{v4.49}{2021-11-01}
+\DeclareRelease{v4.49}{2021-11-01}{glossaries-2021-11-01.sty}
+\DeclareCurrentRelease{v4.50}{2022-10-14}
% \end{macrocode}
% Declare package:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2022/10/14 v4.50 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.18}{2015-09-09}{split mfirstuc into separate bundle}
% Required packages:
@@ -257,13 +211,123 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of
\RequirePackage{xkeyval}[2006/11/18]
\RequirePackage{mfirstuc}
% \end{macrocode}
+%\begin{macro}{\glssentencecase}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+%Provided to allow user to switch to \cs{MFUsentencecase} if
+%preferred. Don't redefine \cs{glsmakefirstuc} to \cs{makefirstuc}
+%as it will result in infinite recursion.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\glssentencecase}[1]{\makefirstuc{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\begin{macro}{\glslowercase}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+%Provided to make it easier for user to use \LaTeX3 lowercase
+%command without switching to exp3 syntax. For example, to redefine
+%\cs{acronymfont} to automatically convert to lowercase.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\glslowercase}[1]{\text_lowercase:n{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsuppercase}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+%Note that this isn't using \cs{mfirstucMakeUppercase}, which will be
+%defined to use the robust \cs{MakeUppercase} if an old version of
+%\sty{mfirstuc} is installed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\glsuppercase}[1]{\text_uppercase:n{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%Check if we have \sty{mfirstuc} v2.08+. In which case, don't
+%redefine \cs{mfirstucMakeUppercase}. Since \cs{MFUsentencecase} was
+%new in v2.08, the simplest check is to test for the existence of that
+%command.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\MFUsentencecase
+{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Automatically identify exclusions, blockers and mappings.
+%\begin{macro}{\glsmfuexcl}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand{\glsmfuexcl}[1]{\MFUexcl{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\glsmfublocker}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand{\glsmfublocker}[1]{\MFUblocker{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\glsmfuaddmap}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand{\glsmfuaddmap}[2]{\MFUaddmap{#1}{#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+{
+% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{Now requires textcase}
-% The \sty{textcase} package has much better case changing handling,
-% so use \cs{MakeTextUppercase} instead of \cs{MakeUppercase}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{No longer requires textcase with mfirstuc 2.08+}
+% The \sty{textcase} package is now deprecated, so only load it with
+% old versions of \sty{mfirstuc}. (From 2022, \sty{textcase} simply defines
+% \cs{MakeTextUppercase} to \cs{MakeUppercase}.)
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{textcase}
-\renewcommand*{\mfirstucMakeUppercase}{\MakeTextUppercase}%
+ \RequirePackage{textcase}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%Provide \cs{MFUsentencecase} for use where expandable contexts are
+%required.
+%\begin{macro}{\MFUsentencecase}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \providecommand{\MFUsentencecase}[1]{\text_titlecase_first:n{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%Provide support for exclusions with \cs{MFUsentencecase}.
+%\begin{macro}{\glsmfuexcl}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \providecommand{\glsmfuexcl}[1]{
+ \tl_if_in:NnF \l_text_case_exclude_arg_tl {#1}
+ {
+ \tl_put_right:Nn \l_text_case_exclude_arg_tl {#1}
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase}
+%We have an old version of \sty{mfirstuc} that is still using this
+%command in the definition of \cs{makefirstuc}, in which case,
+%continue to use \cs{MakeTextUppercase} as in previous versions, in
+%case there is also an old version of \sty{textcase} installed.
+%However, note that the all-caps commands like \cs{GLS} now use
+%\cs{glsuppercase} instead.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*{\mfirstucMakeUppercase}{\MakeTextUppercase}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%Just treat blockers and mappings as exclusions.
+%\begin{macro}{\glsmfublocker}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand{\glsmfublocker}[1]{\glsmfuexcl{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\glsmfuaddmap}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand{\glsmfuaddmap}[2]{\glsmfuexcl{#1}\glsmfublocker{#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{xfor}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -274,8 +338,8 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of
% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{1.1}{2008-02-22}{amsgen now loaded (\cs{new@ifnextchar} needed)}
% Need to use \cs{new@ifnextchar} instead of \cs{@ifnextchar} in
-% commands that have a final optional argument (such as \ics{gls})
-% so require \isty{amsgen}.
+% commands that have a final optional argument (such as \cs{gls})
+% so require \sty{amsgen}.
% Thanks to Morten~H\o gholm for suggesting this. (This has
% replaced using the \sty{xspace} package.)
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -343,7 +407,7 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \section{Package Options}\label{sec:pkgopt}
+%\subsection{Package Options}\label{sec:pkgopt}
%\begin{option}{debug}
%\changes{4.24}{2016-05-27}{new}
% Switch on debug mode. This will also cancel the \pkgopt{nowarn}
@@ -406,15 +470,10 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\glsshowtarget}[1]{%
\ifmmode
- \nfss@text{\glsshowtargetfont [#1]}%
+ \glsshowtargetinner{#1}%
\else
\ifinner
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Grouping no longer required as new \cs{@@glsshowtarget} adds
-% scoping but retained here in case any existing documents are using
-% \cs{glsshowtarget} elsewhere.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- {\glsshowtargetfont [#1]}%
+ \glsshowtargetinner{#1}%
\else
\glsshowtargetouter{#1}%
\fi
@@ -422,6 +481,25 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\glsshowtargetfonttext}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+%Text-block command that checks for math-mode.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsshowtargetfonttext}[1]{%
+ \ifmmode \nfss@text{\glsshowtargetfont #1}\else {\glsshowtargetfont #1}\fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsshowtargetinner}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+% Grouping no longer required as new \cs{@@glsshowtarget} adds
+% scoping but retained here in case any existing documents are using
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsshowtargetinner}[1]{\glsshowtargetfonttext{[#1]}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\glsshowtargetouter}
%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{new}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -452,6 +530,14 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsdoshowtarget}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+%Make it easier to customise.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsdoshowtarget}[2]{\@glsshowtarget{#1}#2}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\@@glsshowtarget}
%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{new}
%Need to detokenize the label in the event that it contains awkward
@@ -576,7 +662,7 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of
% The starred form of the named sectional unit will be used.
% If you want some other way to start the glossary section (e.g.\
% a numbered section) you will have to redefined
-% \ics{glossarysection}.
+% \cs{glossarysection}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\define@choicekey{glossaries.sty}{section}{part,chapter,section,%
subsection,subsubsection,paragraph,subparagraph}[section]{%
@@ -634,7 +720,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% The default glossary style is stored in
% \cs{@glossary@default@style}. This is initialised to
% \texttt{list}. (The \glostyle{list} style is
-% defined in the accompanying \isty{glossary-list} package
+% defined in the accompanying \sty{glossary-list} package
% described in \autoref{sec:code:styles}.) Note that the
% \glostyle{list} style is incompatible with \sty{classicthesis}
% so change the default to \glostyle{index} if that package has been
@@ -733,18 +819,20 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\end{option}
%
%\begin{option}{esclocations}
-% When using \gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy}, the locations may need
+% When using \app{makeindex} or \app{xindy}, the locations may need
% to be adjusted to ensure they're in a format that's allowed by the
% indexing application. This involves a bit of hackery and isn't
% needed if the locations are all guaranteed to be in the correct
% form (or if the user is prepared to post-process the glossary file before
-% calling the relevant indexing application) so \pkgopt[false]{esclocations}
+% calling the relevant indexing application, which
+% \app{makeglossaries} can do) so \pkgopt[false]{esclocations}
% will switch off this mechanism allowing for a faster and more
-% stable approach.
+% stable approach. As from v4.50, the default is now false.
%\changes{4.33}{2017-09-20}{new}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{default now false}
% \begin{macrocode}
\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{esclocations}[true]{}
-\glsesclocationstrue
+\glsesclocationsfalse
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{option}
%
@@ -756,7 +844,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\end{macro}
%\begin{option}{nolong}
%\changes{1.18}{2009-01-14}{new}
-% This option prevents \isty{glossary-long} from being loaded.
+% This option prevents \sty{glossary-long} from being loaded.
% This means that the glossary styles that use the
% \env{longtable} environment will not be available. This option
% is provided to reduce overhead caused by loading unrequired
@@ -768,17 +856,24 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%
%\begin{macro}{\@gls@loadsuper}
%\changes{1.18}{2009-01-14}{new}
-% The \isty{glossary-super} package isn't loaded if
-% \isty{supertabular} isn't installed.
+% The \sty{glossary-super} package isn't loaded if
+% \sty{supertabular} isn't installed.
% \begin{macrocode}
\IfFileExists{supertabular.sty}{%
\newcommand*{\@gls@loadsuper}{\RequirePackage{glossary-super}}}{%
\newcommand*{\@gls@loadsuper}{}}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Don't load super styles if \sty{xtab} has been loaded as it causes
+%a conflict.
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{don't load \sty{glossary-super} if \sty{xtab}
+%has been loaded}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{xtab}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadsuper}{}}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
%\begin{option}{nosuper}
%\changes{1.18}{2009-01-14}{new}
-% This option prevents \isty{glossary-super} from being loaded.
+% This option prevents \sty{glossary-super} from being loaded.
% This means that the glossary styles that use the
% \env{supertabular} environment will not be available. This option
% is provided to reduce overhead caused by loading unrequired
@@ -796,9 +891,9 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\end{macro}
%\begin{option}{nolist}
%\changes{1.18}{2009-01-14}{new}
-% This option prevents \isty{glossary-list} from being loaded
+% This option prevents \sty{glossary-list} from being loaded
% (to reduce overheads if required). Naturally, the styles defined
-% in \isty{glossary-list} will not be available if this option
+% in \sty{glossary-list} will not be available if this option
% is used. If the style is still set to \glostyle{list}, the default
% must be set to \cs{relax}.
%\changes{4.31}{2017-08-10}{added check for \qt{list} style}
@@ -821,9 +916,9 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\end{macro}
%\begin{option}{notree}
%\changes{1.18}{2009-01-14}{new}
-% This option prevents \isty{glossary-tree} from being loaded
+% This option prevents \sty{glossary-tree} from being loaded
% (to reduce overheads if required). Naturally, the styles defined
-% in \isty{glossary-tree} will not be available if this option
+% in \sty{glossary-tree} will not be available if this option
% is used.
% \begin{macrocode}
\@gls@declareoption{notree}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadtree}{}}
@@ -879,7 +974,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%
%\begin{option}{ucmark}
% Boolean option to determine whether or not to use
-% use upper case in definition of \ics{glsglossarymark}
+% use upper case in definition of \cs{glsglossarymark}
%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{new}
% \begin{macrocode}
\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{ucmark}[true]{}
@@ -1005,6 +1100,16 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{option}
%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsindexingsetting}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+%Provide a way of finding out what the current indexing setting is.
+%This won't pick up the noidx option until \cs{makenoidxglossaries}
+%is encountered.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\glsindexingsetting}{\ifglsxindy xindy\else makeindex\fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\@glo@default@sorttype}
% Initialise default sort for \cs{printnoidxglossary}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1014,12 +1119,13 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%
%\begin{option}{sort}
%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{added clear}
% Define the sort method: \pkgopt[standard]{sort} (default),
% \pkgopt[def]{sort} (order of definition) or
% \pkgopt[use]{sort} (order of use). If no indexing required, use
-% \pkgopt[none]{sort}.
+% \pkgopt[none]{sort} or \pkgopt[clear]{sort}.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\define@choicekey{glossaries.sty}{sort}{standard,def,use,none}{%
+\define@choicekey{glossaries.sty}{sort}{standard,def,use,none,clear}{%
\renewcommand*{\@glo@default@sorttype}{#1}%
\csname @gls@setupsort@#1\endcsname
}
@@ -1034,7 +1140,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% Allow user to hook into sort mechanism. The first argument
% \meta{sort cs} is the temporary control sequence containing the
% sort value before it has been sanitized and had
-% \gls{makeindex}\slash\gls{xindy} special characters escaped.
+% \app{makeindex}\slash\app{xindy} special characters escaped.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\glsprestandardsort}[3]{%
\glsdosanitizesort
@@ -1229,6 +1335,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% required.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\@gls@setupsort@none}{%
+ \def\glsindexingsetting{none}%
% \end{macrocode}
% Don't store entry index information.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1258,11 +1365,44 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
+%\begin{macro}{\@gls@setupsort@clear}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+% Like sort=none but sets the sort value to empty.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@setupsort@clear}{%
+ \def\glsindexingsetting{none}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Don't store entry index information.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\do@glo@storeentry##1{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% No count register required for standard sort.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\@gls@defsortcount##1{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Clear sort value.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\@gls@defsort##1##2{\csgdef{glo@##2@sort}{}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Don't need to do anything when the entry is used.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\@gls@setsort##1{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This sort option isn't allowed with \cs{makeglossaries} or
+% \cs{makenoidxglossaries}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand\@glo@check@sortallowed[1]{\PackageError{glossaries}
+ {Option sort=clear not allowed with \string##1}%
+ {(Use sort=def instead)}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\glsdefmain}
%\changes{2.01}{2009 May 30}{new}
%\changes{3.04}{2012-11-18}{added check for doc package}
% Define the main glossary. This will be the first glossary to
-% be displayed when using \ics{printglossaries}. The default
+% be displayed when using \cs{printglossaries}. The default
% extensions conflict if used with \sty{doc}, so provide different
% extensions if \sty{doc} loaded. (If these extensions are
% inappropriate, use \pkgopt{nomain} and manually define the main
@@ -1290,9 +1430,9 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% you want to make a secondary glossary the main glossary. This
% affects any commands that can optionally take a glossary name
% as an argument (or as the value of the
-% \gloskey{type}\igloskey[printglossary]{type} key in
+% \gloskey{type} key in
%a key-value list). This was mainly done so that
-% \ics{loadglsentries} can temporarily change
+% \cs{loadglsentries} can temporarily change
% \cs{glsdefaulttype} while it loads a file containing
% new glossary entries (see \autoref{sec:load}).
%\begin{macro}{\glsdefaulttype}
@@ -1348,17 +1488,13 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\end{option}
%\begin{macro}{\printacronyms}
% Define \cs{printacronyms} at the start of the document if
-% \pkgopt{acronym} is set and compatibility mode isn't on and
+% \pkgopt{acronym} is set and
% \cs{printacronyms} hasn't already been defined.
% \begin{macrocode}
\AtBeginDocument{%
\ifglsacronym
- \ifbool{glscompatible-3.07}%
- {}%
- {%
- \providecommand*{\printacronyms}[1][]{%
- \printglossary[type=\acronymtype,#1]}%
- }%
+ \providecommand*{\printacronyms}[1][]{%
+ \printglossary[type=\acronymtype,#1]}%
\fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1399,8 +1535,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\begin{macro}{\@glsacronymlists}
%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new}
% Comma-separated list of glossary labels indicating which
-% glossaries contain acronyms. Note that \ics{SetAcronymStyle}
-% must be used after adding labels to this macro.
+% glossaries contain acronyms.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\@glsacronymlists}{}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1420,8 +1555,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new}%
% Identifies the named glossary as a list of acronyms and adds
% to the list. (Doesn't check if the glossary exists, but checks
-% if label already in list. Use \ics{SetAcronymStyle} after
-% identifying all the acronym lists.)
+% if label already in list.)
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\DeclareAcronymList}[1]{%
\glsIfListOfAcronyms{#1}{}{\@addtoacronymlists{#1}}%
@@ -1505,7 +1639,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% is stored in \cs{glscounter}. This is initialised to the
% page counter. This is used as the default counter when a
% new glossary is defined, unless a different counter is specified
-% in the optional argument to \ics{newglossary} (see
+% in the optional argument to \cs{newglossary} (see
% \autoref{sec:newglos}).
%\begin{macro}{\glscounter}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1657,10 +1791,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \pkgopt{sanitizesort} option.
%
%\begin{macro}{\@gls@sanitizedesc}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@gls@sanitizedesc}{%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{3.08a}{2013-09-28}{deprecated}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+%\cs{@gls@sanitizedesc} was deprecated in v3.08a and removed in
+%v4.50.
%\end{macro}
%
%\begin{macro}{\glssetexpandfield}
@@ -1888,6 +2022,17 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
+%\begin{macro}{\@gls@removedoption}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\@gls@removedoption}[1]{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{obsolete package option `#1' has been
+removed. Rollback required or use a newer alternative}
+{Try \string\usepackage[#1]{glossaries}[=v4.46]}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
% Before defining the \pkgopt{sanitize} package option, The
% key-value list for the \pkgopt{sanitize} value needs to be defined.
% These are all boolean keys. If they are not given a value, assume
@@ -1954,7 +2099,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\end{option}
%
%\begin{macro}{\@gls@noidx@setsanitizesort}
-% Default behaviour for \ics{makenoidxglossaries} is
+% Default behaviour for \cs{makenoidxglossaries} is
% sanitizesort=false.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\@gls@noidx@setsanitizesort}{%
@@ -2129,6 +2274,27 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
+%\begin{macro}{\@gls@requested@languages}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\@gls@requested@languages}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{option}{languages}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+%Identify required languages independently of any language packages
+%and switches off automatic loading of \sty{translator}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{glossaries.sty}{languages}{%
+ \renewcommand{\@gls@requested@languages}{#1}%
+ \glstranslatetrue
+ \let\@gls@usetranslator\relax
+ \let\glsifusetranslator\@secondoftwo
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{option}
+%
%\begin{option}{indexonlyfirst}
%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{new}
% Set whether to only index on first use.
@@ -2158,57 +2324,58 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% Set the long form of the acronym in footnote on first use.
% \begin{macrocode}
\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[glsacr]{footnote}[true]{%
- \ifbool{glsacrdescription}%
- {}%
- {%
- \renewcommand*{\@gls@sanitizedesc}{}%
- }%
- \renewcommand*{\@gls@setacrstyle}{\SetAcronymStyle}%
+ \ifglsacrfootnote
+ \@gls@removedoption{footnote}%
+ \fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{option}
%\begin{option}{description}
% Allow acronyms to have a description (needs to be set using
% the \gloskey{description} key in the optional argument of
-% \ics{newacronym}).
+% \cs{newacronym}).
% \begin{macrocode}
\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[glsacr]{description}[true]{%
- \renewcommand*{\@gls@sanitizesymbol}{}%
- \renewcommand*{\@gls@setacrstyle}{\SetAcronymStyle}%
+ \ifglsacrdescription
+ \@gls@removedoption{description}%
+ \fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{option}
%\begin{option}{smallcaps}
-% Define \ics{newacronym} to set the short form in small capitals.
+% Define \cs{newacronym} to set the short form in small capitals.
% \begin{macrocode}
\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[glsacr]{smallcaps}[true]{%
- \renewcommand*{\@gls@sanitizesymbol}{}%
- \renewcommand*{\@gls@setacrstyle}{\SetAcronymStyle}%
+ \ifglsacrsmallcaps
+ \@gls@removedoption{smallcaps}%
+ \fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{option}
%\begin{option}{smaller}
-% Define \ics{newacronym} to set the short form using \cs{smaller}
+% Define \cs{newacronym} to set the short form using \cs{smaller}
% which obviously needs to be defined by loading the appropriate
% package.
% \begin{macrocode}
\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[glsacr]{smaller}[true]{%
- \renewcommand*{\@gls@sanitizesymbol}{}%
- \renewcommand*{\@gls@setacrstyle}{\SetAcronymStyle}%
+ \ifglsacrsmaller
+ \@gls@removedoption{smaller}%
+ \fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{option}
%\begin{option}{dua}
-% Define \ics{newacronym} to always use the long forms
+% Define \cs{newacronym} to always use the long forms
% (i.e.\ don't use acronyms)
% \begin{macrocode}
\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[glsacr]{dua}[true]{%
- \renewcommand*{\@gls@sanitizesymbol}{}%
- \renewcommand*{\@gls@setacrstyle}{\SetAcronymStyle}%
+ \ifglsacrdua
+ \@gls@removedoption{dua}%
+ \fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{option}
-%\begin{option}{shotcuts}
+%\begin{option}{shortcuts}
% Define acronym shortcuts.
% \begin{macrocode}
\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[glsacr]{shortcuts}[true]{}
@@ -2243,8 +2410,8 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{added xindy support}
%\begin{macro}{\ifglsxindy}
%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{new}
-% Provide boolean to determine whether \gls{xindy} or
-% \gls{makeindex} will be used to sort the glossaries.
+% Provide boolean to determine whether \app{xindy} or
+% \app{makeindex} will be used to sort the glossaries.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifglsxindy
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -2280,21 +2447,41 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\def\@xdy@main@language{\languagename}%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\gls@xdy@set@lang}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+%If the nomain option has been used, need to check
+%\cs{glsdefaulttype} before falling back on main.
+%This will set \cs{@gls@langmod} for the given glossary.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\gls@xdy@set@lang}[1]{%
+ \ifcsundef{@xdy@#1@language}%
+ {%
+ \ifcsundef{@xdy@\glsdefaulttype @language}
+ {\let\@gls@langmod\@xdy@main@language}%
+ {\letcs\@gls@langmod{@xdy@\glsdefaulttype @language}}%
+ }%
+ {\letcs\@gls@langmod{@xdy@#1@language}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
% Define key to set the language
% \begin{macrocode}
\define@key[gls]{xindy}{language}{\def\@xdy@main@language{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
%
%\begin{macro}{\gls@codepage}
-% Define the code page. If \ics{inputencodingname} is defined
-% use that, otherwise have initialise with no codepage.
+% Define the code page. If \cs{inputencodingname} is defined
+% use that, otherwise initialise to utf8.
%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with
%\cs{ifcsundef}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{set default codepage to utf8 if
+%\cs{inputencodingname} not defined and switched to \cs{ifdefvoid}}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifcsundef{inputencodingname}{%
- \def\gls@codepage{}}{%
- \def\gls@codepage{\inputencodingname}
-}
+\ifdefvoid\inputencodingname
+ {\def\gls@codepage{utf8}}%
+ {\def\gls@codepage{\inputencodingname}}
% \end{macrocode}
% Define a key to set the code page.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2338,8 +2525,9 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%
%\begin{macro}{\@domakeglossaries}
%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{new}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{added check for \cs{nofiles}}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand{\@domakeglossaries}[1]{#1}
+\providecommand{\@domakeglossaries}[1]{\if@filesw #1\fi}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
@@ -2490,31 +2678,92 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
+%\begin{macro}{\gls@automake@makegloss}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+%Provide a way to allow makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite run
+%via automake instead of explicit calls to makeindex or xindy.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\gls@automake@makegloss}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\gls@automake@option}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\gls@automake@option}{automake=\gls@automake@val}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@gls@do@automake@err}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+%NB \sty{glossaries-extra} v1.14 defines similar command
+%\cs{@gls@doautomake@err}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@do@automake@err}{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{You must use
+ \string\makeglossaries\space with \gls@automake@option}
+ {%
+ Either remove the \gls@automake@option\space setting or
+ add \string\makeglossaries\space to your document preamble.%
+ }%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{option}{automake}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{new}
%\changes{4.42}{2019-01-06}{switch from boolean to choice}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{added makegloss and lite options}
% If this setting is on, automatically run
-% \gls{makeindex}\slash\gls{xindy} at the end of the document.
-% Must be used with \ics{makeglossaries}.
+% \app{makeindex}\slash\app{xindy} at the end of the document.
+% Must be used with \cs{makeglossaries}.
% Default is false. As from v4.42, this is now a choice rather than
% boolean key.
% \begin{macrocode}
\define@choicekey{glossaries.sty}{automake}%
- [\gls@automake@val\gls@automake@nr]{true,false,immediate}[true]{%
- \ifnum\gls@automake@nr=1\relax
+ [\gls@automake@val\gls@automake@nr]{true,false,immediate,makegloss,lite,delayed}[immediate]{%
+ \ifcase\gls@automake@nr\relax
+ \GlossariesWarning{automake=true deprecated. Use automake=delayed for a delayed write}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% case 0: true
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glsautomaketrue
+ \renewcommand{\gls@automake@makegloss}{}%
+ \or
+% \end{macrocode}
+% case 1: false
+% \begin{macrocode}
\glsautomakefalse
- \else
+ \renewcommand{\gls@automake@makegloss}{}%
+ \or
+% \end{macrocode}
+% case 2: immediate
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glsautomaketrue
+ \renewcommand{\gls@automake@makegloss}{}%
+ \or
+% \end{macrocode}
+% case 3: makegloss
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glsautomaketrue
+ \renewcommand{\gls@automake@makegloss}{makeglossaries}%
+ \or
+% \end{macrocode}
+% case 4: lite
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glsautomaketrue
+ \renewcommand{\gls@automake@makegloss}{makeglossaries-lite}%
+ \or
+% \end{macrocode}
+% case 5: delayed
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\gls@automake@nr{0}%
\glsautomaketrue
+ \renewcommand{\gls@automake@makegloss}{}%
\fi
+ \renewcommand{\gls@automake@option}{automake=\gls@automake@val}%
\ifglsautomake
- \renewcommand*{\@gls@doautomake}{%
- \PackageError{glossaries}{You must use
- \string\makeglossaries\space with automake=true}
- {%
- Either remove the automake=true setting or
- add \string\makeglossaries\space to your document preamble.%
- }%
- }%
+ \let\@gls@doautomake\@gls@do@automake@err
\else
\renewcommand*{\@gls@doautomake}{}%
\fi
@@ -2530,6 +2779,38 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
+%\begin{option}{automakegloss}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+%Provide a synonym for \pkgopt[makegloss]{automake} that can be
+%passed via the document class options.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@gls@declareoption{automakegloss}{%
+ \glsautomaketrue
+ \renewcommand{\gls@automake@option}{automakegloss}%
+ \def\gls@automake@val{makegloss}%
+ \def\gls@automake@nr{3}%
+ \renewcommand{\gls@automake@makegloss}{makeglossaries}%
+ \let\@gls@doautomake\@gls@do@automake@err
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{option}
+%
+%\begin{option}{automakeglosslite}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+%Provide a synonym for \pkgopt[lite]{automake} that can be
+%passed via the document class options.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@gls@declareoption{automakeglosslite}{%
+ \glsautomaketrue
+ \renewcommand{\gls@automake@option}{automakeglosslite}%
+ \def\gls@automake@val{lite}%
+ \def\gls@automake@nr{4}%
+ \renewcommand{\gls@automake@makegloss}{makeglossaries-lite}%
+ \let\@gls@doautomake\@gls@do@automake@err
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{option}
+%
%\begin{option}{savewrites}
%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new}
% The \pkgopt{savewrites} package option is provided to save on
@@ -2553,25 +2834,34 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%
%\begin{option}{compatible-3.07}
-%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{cnew}
+%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{new}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{deprecated}
+%Rollback should now be used for backward-compatibility.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{compatible-3.07}[true]{}
+\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{compatible-3.07}[true]{%
+ \ifbool{glscompatible-3.07}%
+ {%
+ \@gls@removedoption{compatible-3.07}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+}
\boolfalse{glscompatible-3.07}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{option}
%
%\begin{option}{compatible-2.07}
%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{compatible-2.07 option added}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{deprecated}
+%Rollback should now be used for backward-compatibility.
% \begin{macrocode}
\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{compatible-2.07}[true]{%
% \end{macrocode}
-% Also set 3.07 compatibility if this option is set.
%\changes{3.14a}{2013-11-12}{added check for 2.07 before setting 3.07
%compatibility}
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifbool{glscompatible-2.07}%
{%
- \booltrue{glscompatible-3.07}%
+ \@gls@removedoption{compatible-2.07}%
}%
{}%
}
@@ -2600,20 +2890,11 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% identical to \cs{makeglossaries}. (This is done partly to
% reinforce the message that you must either use
% \cs{@makeglossary} for all the glossaries or for none
-% of them, but is also a legacy from the old \styfmt{glossary} package.)
+% of them, but is also a legacy from the old \sty{glossary} package.)
%\changes{4.41}{2018-07-23}{added warning}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\makeglossary{%
- \GlossariesWarning{Use of \string\makeglossary\space with
- glossaries.sty is \MessageBreak deprecated. Use \string\makeglossaries\space
- instead. If you \MessageBreak need the original definition of
- \string\makeglossary\space use \MessageBreak the package options
- kernelglossredefs=false (to \MessageBreak restore the former definition of
- \string\makeglossary) and \MessageBreak nomain (if the file extensions cause a
- conflict)}%
- \makeglossaries
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%As from v4.50 this command will only be redefined if
+%\pkgopt{kernelglossredefs} is used.
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
%\end{macro}
%
%\begin{macro}{\@gls@override@glossary}
@@ -2636,21 +2917,18 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% In v4.10, the redefinition of \cs{glossary} was removed since it
% was never intended as a user level command (and wasn't documented
% in the user manual), however it seems there are packages that have
-% hacked the internal macros used by \styfmt{glossaries} and no longer
+% hacked the internal macros used by \sty{glossaries} and no longer
% work with this redefinition removed, so it's been restored in v4.11
-% but is not used at all by \styfmt{glossaries}.
+% but is not used at all by \sty{glossaries}.
% (This may be removed or moved to a compatibility mode in future.)
% As from v4.41, the use of \cs{glossary} now triggers a warning.
% The package option \pkgopt[nowarn]{kernelglossredefs} may be used to
% remove the warning, but it's better not to use \cs{glossary}.
%\begin{macro}{\glossary}
%\changes{4.41}{2018-07-23}{added warning}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\if@gls@docloaded
-\else
- \def\glossary{\@gls@override@glossary}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
+%As from v4.50 this command will only be redefined if
+%\pkgopt{kernelglossredefs} is used.
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
%\end{macro}
%
%\begin{option}{kernelglossredefs}
@@ -2664,11 +2942,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%and their use is not encouraged. The preferred commands are
%\cs{makeglossaries} (to open all associated glossary files) and
%\cs{gls}, \cs{glstext} etc or \cs{glsadd} for indexing.
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{corrected names of choice variables}
+%
+%As from v4.50, the default is kernelglossredefs=false.
% \begin{macrocode}
\define@choicekey{glossaries.sty}{kernelglossredefs}%
- [\gls@debug@val\gls@debug@nr]{true,false,nowarn}[true]%
+ [\gls@kernelglossredefs@val\gls@kernelglossredefs@nr]{true,false,nowarn}[true]%
{%
- \ifcase\gls@debug@nr\relax
+ \ifcase\gls@kernelglossredefs@nr\relax
\def\glossary{\@gls@override@glossary}%
\def\makeglossary{%
\GlossariesWarning{Use of \string\makeglossary\space with
@@ -2795,6 +3076,26 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
+%\begin{option}{mfirstuc}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+%Similar to \sty{mfirstuc}'s expanded and unexpanded package options.
+%Not providing the other option.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@choicekey{glossaries.sty}{mfirstuc}%
+ [\gls@mfirstuc@val\gls@mfirstuc@nr]%
+ {expanded,unexpanded}%
+ {%
+ \ifcase\gls@mfirstuc@nr
+ % expanded
+ \renewcommand*{\glsmakefirstuc}[1]{\MFUsentencecase{#1}}%
+ \or
+ % unexpanded
+ \renewcommand*{\glsmakefirstuc}[1]{\MFUsentencecase{\unexpanded{#1}}}%
+ \fi
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{option}
+%
% Process package options. First process any options that have been
% passed via the document class.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2814,9 +3115,16 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \begin{macrocode}
\ProcessOptionsX
% \end{macrocode}
-% Load backward compatibility stuff:
+%No longer load backward compatibility stuff as from v4.50.
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed automatic loading of
+%\sty{glossaries-compatible-307}}
+%If LuaLaTeX and automake set, need to load \sty{shellesc}.
+%Note that if automake is passed to \cs{setupglossaries} instead,
+%then \sty{shellesc} will need to be loaded explicitly.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{glossaries-compatible-307}
+\ifglsautomake
+ \ifdef\directlua{\RequirePackage{shellesc}}{}
+\fi
% \end{macrocode}
%
%\begin{macro}{\setupglossaries}
@@ -2827,7 +3135,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \begin{macrocode}
\disable@keys{glossaries.sty}{compatible-2.07,%
xindy,xindygloss,xindynoglsnumbers,makeindex,%
- acronym,translate,notranslate,nolong,nosuper,notree,nostyles,%
+ acronym,translate,notranslate,languages,nolong,nosuper,notree,nostyles,%
nomain,noglossaryindex}
% \end{macrocode}
%Now define \cs{setupglossaries}:
@@ -2901,15 +3209,15 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%
%\begin{macro}{\@gls@onlypremakeg}
% Some commands only have an effect when used before
-% \ics{makeglossaries}. So define a list of commands that
-% should be disabled after \ics{makeglossaries}
+% \cs{makeglossaries}. So define a list of commands that
+% should be disabled after \cs{makeglossaries}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\@gls@onlypremakeg}{}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%\begin{macro}{\@onlypremakeg}
% Adds the specified control sequence to the list of commands that
-% must be disabled after \ics{makeglossaries}.
+% must be disabled after \cs{makeglossaries}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\@onlypremakeg}[1]{%
\ifx\@gls@onlypremakeg\@empty
@@ -2941,10 +3249,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-%\section{Predefined Text}\label{sec:predefinednames}
+%\subsection{Predefined Text}\label{sec:predefinednames}
% Set up default textual tags that are used by this
% package. Some of the names may already be defined (e.g.\ by
-% \isty{babel}) so \cs{providecommand} is used.
+% \sty{babel}) so \cs{providecommand} is used.
%
% Main glossary title:
%\begin{macro}{\glossaryname}
@@ -3068,18 +3376,30 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifglstranslate
% \end{macrocode}
-% Load \sty{tracklang}
+% Load \sty{tracklang}:
% \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{tracklang}
% \end{macrocode}
+%Track any languages explicitly requested via the \pkgopt{languages}
+%option.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifdefvoid\@gls@requested@languages{}%
+ {%
+ \@for\@gls@thislang:=\@gls@requested@languages\do{%
+ \ifcsdef{@tracklang@add@\@gls@thislang}%
+ {\csuse{@tracklang@add@\@gls@thislang}}%
+ {\expandafter\TrackLanguageTag{\@gls@thislang}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
% Load \sty{translator} if required.
% \begin{macrocode}
\@gls@usetranslator
% \end{macrocode}
-% If using \isty{translator}, \ics{glossaryname} should be defined
-% in terms of \ics{translate}, but if babel is also loaded, it will
+% If using \sty{translator}, \cs{glossaryname} should be defined
+% in terms of \cs{translate}, but if babel is also loaded, it will
% redefine \cs{glossaryname} whenever the language is set, so
-% override it. (Don't use \ics{addto} as \isty{polyglossia} doesn't
+% override it. (Don't use \cs{addto} as \sty{polyglossia} doesn't
% define it.)
%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with
%\cs{ifcsundef}}
@@ -3217,7 +3537,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
% This command only has an effect prior to using
-% \ics{makeglossaries}.
+% \cs{makeglossaries}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\@onlypremakeg\setStyleFile
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -3225,11 +3545,11 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%
% The name of the \app{makeindex} or \app{xindy} style file
% is given by \cs{istfilename}. This file is
-% created by \ics{writeist} (which is used by
-% \ics{makeglossaries}) so
+% created by \cs{writeist} (which is used by
+% \cs{makeglossaries}) so
% redefining this command will only have an effect if it is
% done \emph{before} \cs{makeglossaries}. As from v1.17, use
-% \ics{setStyleFile} instead of directly redefining \cs{istfilename}.
+% \cs{setStyleFile} instead of directly redefining \cs{istfilename}.
%\begin{macro}{\istfilename}
%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{added xindy support}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3260,7 +3580,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% This command is the value of the \istkey{page\_compositor}
% \app{makeindex} key. Again, any redefinition of this command
% must take place \emph{before} \cs{writeist} otherwise it
-% will have no effect. As from 1.17, use \ics{glsSetCompositor}
+% will have no effect. As from 1.17, use \cs{glsSetCompositor}
% instead of directly redefining \cs{glscompositor}.
%\begin{macro}{\glscompositor}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3273,7 +3593,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newcommand*{\glsSetCompositor}[1]{%
\renewcommand*{\glscompositor}{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Only use before \ics{makeglossaries}
+% Only use before \cs{makeglossaries}
% \begin{macrocode}
\@onlypremakeg\glsSetCompositor
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -3308,7 +3628,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\glsnoxindywarning\glsSetAlphaCompositor}
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
-% Can only be used before \ics{makeglossaries}
+% Can only be used before \cs{makeglossaries}
% \begin{macrocode}
\@onlypremakeg\glsSetAlphaCompositor
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -3330,7 +3650,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newcommand*{\glsSetSuffixF}[1]{%
\renewcommand*{\gls@suffixF}{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Only has an effect when used before \ics{makeglossaries}
+% Only has an effect when used before \cs{makeglossaries}
% \begin{macrocode}
\@onlypremakeg\glsSetSuffixF
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -3358,10 +3678,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\begin{macro}{\glsnumberformat}
% The command \cs{glsnumberformat} indicates the default
% format for the page numbers in the glossary. (Note that this
-% is not the same as \ics{glossaryentrynumbers}, but applies
+% is not the same as \cs{glossaryentrynumbers}, but applies
% to individual numbers or groups of numbers within an entry's
% associated number list.) If hyperlinks are defined, it will use
-% \ics{glshypernumber}, otherwise it will simply display its
+% \cs{glshypernumber}, otherwise it will simply display its
% argument ``as is''.
%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with
%\cs{ifcsundef}}
@@ -3376,6 +3696,16 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
+%\begin{macro}{\glslocationcstoencap}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+%Used by \app{makeglossaries} to move commands out of the location
+%numbers into the encap. The actual encap needs to be closest to the
+%location in the event that hyperlinks are required.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\glslocationcstoencap}[3]{\csuse{#2}{\csuse{#1}{#3}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
% Individual numbers in an entry's associated number list are
% delimited using \cs{delimN} (which corresponds to the
% \istkey{delim\_n} \app{makeindex} keyword). The default value
@@ -3405,9 +3735,9 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% change \cs{glossarypreamble}.) The preamble is empty by
% default. If you have multiple glossaries, and you want a
% different preamble for each glossary, you will need to use
-% \ics{printglossary} for each glossary type, instead of
-% \ics{printglossaries}, and redefine \cs{glossarypreamble}
-% before each \ics{printglossary}.
+% \cs{printglossary} for each glossary type, instead of
+% \cs{printglossaries}, and redefine \cs{glossarypreamble}
+% before each \cs{printglossary}.
%\begin{macro}{\glossarypreamble}
%\changes{3.07}{2013-07-05}{modified to work with
%\cs{setglossarypreamble}}
@@ -3439,7 +3769,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% add something after the end of the \env{theglossary}
% environment (again, this shouldn't be affected by the
% glossary style). It is, of course, possible to simply add the
-% text after \ics{printglossary}, but if you only want the
+% text after \cs{printglossary}, but if you only want the
% postamble to appear after the first glossary, but not after
% subsequent glossaries, you can do something like:
%\begin{verbatim}
@@ -3456,7 +3786,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% The sectioning command that starts a glossary is given by
% \cs{glossarysection}. (This does not form part of the
% glossary style, and so should not be changed by a glossary
-% style.) If \ics{phantomsection}
+% style.) If \cs{phantomsection}
% is defined, it uses \cs{\@p@glossarysection}, otherwise it
% uses \cs{@glossarysection}.
%\changes{1.05}{2007-08-10}{added \cs{@mkboth} to
@@ -3492,8 +3822,11 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\cs{mfirstucMakeUppercase}}
%\changes{3.13a}{2013-11-05}{renamed \cs{glossarymark} to
%\cs{glsglossarymark} to avoid conflict with memoir}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to \cs{glsuppercase}}
% Sets the header mark for the glossary. Takes the glossary short
-% (TOC) title as the argument.
+% (TOC) title as the argument. If \cs{glossarymark} hasn't been
+% defined, it will be defined shortly, so use that. Otherwise don't
+% use it as it may not be compatible.
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifcsundef{glossarymark}%
{%
@@ -3513,7 +3846,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
{%
\newcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{%
\ifglsucmark
- \@mkboth{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{#1}}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{#1}}%
+ \@mkboth{\glsuppercase{#1}}{\glsuppercase{#1}}%
\else
\@mkboth{#1}{#1}%
\fi
@@ -3524,10 +3857,11 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\end{macro}
%\begin{macro}{\glossarymark}
% Provided for backward compatibility:
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to using \cs{glsuppercase}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\providecommand{\glossarymark}[1]{%
\ifglsucmark
- \@mkboth{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{#1}}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{#1}}%
+ \@mkboth{\glsuppercase{#1}}{\glsuppercase{#1}}%
\else
\@mkboth{#1}{#1}%
\fi
@@ -3550,7 +3884,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\end{macro}
%
%The command \cs{@glossarysection} indicates how to start
-% the glossary section if \ics{phantomsection} is not defined.
+% the glossary section if \cs{phantomsection} is not defined.
%\begin{macro}{\@glossarysection}
%\changes{1.1}{2008-02-22}{numbered sections and auto label added}
%\changes{4.07}{2014-04-04}{added optional argument when using unstarred
@@ -3574,7 +3908,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\end{macro}
%
% As \cs{@glossarysection}, but put in
-% \ics{phantomsection}, and swap where \cs{@gls@toc} goes.
+% \cs{phantomsection}, and swap where \cs{@gls@toc} goes.
% If using chapters do a \cs{clearpage}. This ensures that
% the hyper link from the table of contents leads to the line above
% the heading, rather than the line below it.
@@ -3664,7 +3998,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-%\section{Xindy}
+%\subsection{Xindy}
% This section defines commands that only have an effect if
% \app{xindy} is used to sort the glossaries.
%\begin{macro}{\glsnoxindywarning}
@@ -3755,7 +4089,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Only has an effect before \ics{writeist}:
+% Only has an effect before \cs{writeist}:
% \begin{macrocode}
\@onlypremakeg\GlsAddXdyCounters
\else
@@ -3788,8 +4122,9 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newcommand*\@glsaddxdyattribute[2]{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Add to xindy attribute list
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{remove duplicate counterless attribute definitions}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \edef\@xdyattributes{\@xdyattributes ^^J \string"#1\string" ^^J
+ \edef\@xdyattributes{\@xdyattributes ^^J
\string"#2#1\string"}%
% \end{macrocode}
% Add to xindy markup location.
@@ -3823,6 +4158,12 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\edef\@xdyattributelist{\@xdyattributelist,#1}%
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
+% First add the attribute without the counter name:
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{remove duplicate counterless attribute definitions}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \edef\@xdyattributes{\@xdyattributes ^^J
+ \string"#1\string"}%
+% \end{macrocode}
% Iterate through all specified counters and add counter-dependent
% attributes:
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3839,7 +4180,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\let\GlsAddXdyCounters\@disabled@glsaddxdycounters
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Only has an effect before \ics{writeist}:
+% Only has an effect before \cs{writeist}:
% \begin{macrocode}
\@onlypremakeg\GlsAddXdyAttribute
\else
@@ -3936,7 +4277,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%
%\begin{macro}{\@gls@xdy@Lclass@roman-page-numbers}
% Lower case Roman numerals (i, ii, \ldots). In the event that
-% \ics{roman} has been redefined to produce a fancy form of
+% \cs{roman} has been redefined to produce a fancy form of
% roman numerals, attempt to work out how it will be written
% to the output file.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3998,7 +4339,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%
%\begin{macro}{\@gls@xdy@Lclass@Appendix-page-numbers}
% Appendix style locations (e.g.\ A-1, A-2, \ldots, B-1, B-2,
-% \ldots). The separator is given by \ics{@glsAlphacompositor}.
+% \ldots). The separator is given by \cs{@glsAlphacompositor}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\expandafter\def\csname @gls@xdy@Lclass@Appendix-page-numbers\endcsname{%
\string"ALPHA\string"
@@ -4010,7 +4351,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%
%\begin{macro}{\@gls@xdy@Lclass@arabic-section-numbers}
% Section number style locations (e.g.\ 1.1, 1.2, \ldots). The
-% compositor is given by \ics{glscompositor}.
+% compositor is given by \cs{glscompositor}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\expandafter\def\csname @gls@xdy@Lclass@arabic-section-numbers\endcsname{%
\string"arabic-numbers\string"
@@ -4084,7 +4425,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\string"#2\string"}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Only has an effect before \ics{writeist}:
+% Only has an effect before \cs{writeist}:
% \begin{macrocode}
\@onlypremakeg\GlsAddXdyLocation
\else
@@ -4186,15 +4527,11 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%
%\begin{macro}{\findrootlanguage}
%\changes{3.06}{2013/06/17}{Obsoleted}
-% This used to determine the root language, using a~bit of trickery
-% since \sty{babel} doesn't supply the information, but now that
-% \sty{babel} is once again actively maintained, we can't do this
-% any more, so \cs{findrootlanguage} is no longer available. Now
-% provide a command that does nothing (in case it's been patched),
-% but this may be removed completely in the future.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\findrootlanguage}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+% The command \cs{findrootlanguage} was used to determine the root
+% language, using a~bit of trickery. This has been deferred to
+% \sty{tracklang}.
+%Removed in v4.50.
%\end{macro}
%
%\begin{macro}{\@xdylanguage}
@@ -4296,7 +4633,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-%\section{Loops and conditionals}
+%\subsection{Loops and conditionals}
%\begin{macro}{\forallglossaries}
% To iterate through all glossaries (or comma-separated list of
% glossary names given in optional argument) use:
@@ -4404,17 +4741,17 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%
% Since the label is used to form the name of control sequences, by
% default UTF8 etc characters can't be used in the label. A possible
-% workaround is to use \ics{scantokens}, but commands such as
-% \ics{glsentrytext} will no longer be usable in sectioning, caption
+% workaround is to use \cs{scantokens}, but commands such as
+% \cs{glsentrytext} will no longer be usable in sectioning, caption
% etc commands. If the user really wants to be able to construct a
% label with UTF8 characters, allow them the means to do so (but on
-% their own head be it, if they then use entries in \ics{section}
+% their own head be it, if they then use entries in \cs{section}
% etc). This can be done via:
%\begin{verbatim}
%\renewcommand*{\glsdetoklabel}[1]{\scantokens{#1\noexpand}}
%\end{verbatim}
-% (Note, don't use \ics{detokenize} or it will cause commands like
-% \ics{glsaddall} to fail.)
+% (Note, don't use \cs{detokenize} or it will cause commands like
+% \cs{glsaddall} to fail.)
% Since redefining \cs{glsdetoklabel} can cause things to go
% badly wrong, I'm not going to mention it in the main user guide.
% Only advanced users who know what they're doing ought to attempt
@@ -4696,6 +5033,19 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
+%\begin{macro}{\ifglsfieldvoid}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+%\begin{definition}
+%\cs{ifglsfieldvoid}\marg{field}\marg{label}\marg{true part}\marg{false
+%part}
+%\end{definition}
+%Provide an expandable way of testing if a field is undefined or
+%empty.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\ifglsfieldvoid}[4]{\ifcsvoid{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@#1}{#3}{#4}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\ifglshasfield}
%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{new}
%\begin{definition}
@@ -4809,12 +5159,12 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-%\section{Defining new glossaries}\label{sec:newglos}
+%\subsection{Defining new glossaries}\label{sec:newglos}
% A comma-separated list of glossary names is stored
% in \cs{@glo@types}. When a new glossary type
% is created, its identifying name is added to this list.
% This is used by commands that iterate through all glossaries
-% (such as \ics{makeglossaries} and \ics{printglossaries}).
+% (such as \cs{makeglossaries} and \cs{printglossaries}).
%\begin{macro}{\@glo@types}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\@glo@types}{,}
@@ -4837,12 +5187,32 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
+%\begin{macro}{\@gls@defaulttype}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@defaulttype}{\glsdefaulttype}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\defglsentryfmt}
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{new}
% Allow different glossaries to have different display styles.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\defglsentryfmt}[2][\glsdefaulttype]{%
- \csgdef{gls@#1@entryfmt}{#2}%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@tmp{#1}%
+ \ifx\@glo@tmp\@gls@defaulttype
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Argument was \cs{glsdefaulttype} but it hasn't expanded, which
+% probably means nomain was used and no alternative glossary has
+% been defined.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \GlossariesWarning{\string\defglsentryfmt\space attempting to set
+ a display style for \string\glsdefaulttype\space but there
+ doesn't seem to be a default glossary. If you have used
+ `nomain', you need to define an alternative glossary}%
+ \else
+ \csgdef{gls@\@glo@tmp @entryfmt}{#2}%
+ \fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
@@ -4895,12 +5265,12 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\end{definition}
% where \meta{log-ext} is the extension of the \app{makeindex}
% transcript file, \meta{in-ext} is the extension of the glossary
-% input file (read in by \ics{printglossary} and created by
+% input file (read in by \cs{printglossary} and created by
% \app{makeindex}), \meta{out-ext} is the extension of the
% glossary output file which is read in by \app{makeindex}
-% (lines are written to this file by the \ics{glossary} command),
+% (lines are written to this file by the \cs{glossary} command),
% \meta{title} is the title of the glossary that is used in
-% \ics{glossarysection} and
+% \cs{glossarysection} and
% \meta{counter} is the default counter to be used by entries
% belonging to this glossary. The \app{makeglossaries} Perl
% script reads in the relevant extensions from the auxiliary file,
@@ -4971,7 +5341,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% How to display this entry in the document text (uses
% \cs{glsentry} by
% default). This can be redefined by the user later if required
-% (see \ics{defglsentry}). This
+% (see \cs{defglsentry}). This
% may already have been defined if this has been specified as
% a list of acronyms.
%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{added check to determine if
@@ -4995,7 +5365,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Find out if the final optional argument has been specified, and
% use it to set the counter associated with this glossary. (Uses
-% \ics{glscounter} if no optional argument is present.)
+% \cs{glscounter} if no optional argument is present.)
% \begin{macrocode}
\@ifnextchar[{\@gls@setcounter{#2}}%
{\@gls@setcounter{#2}[\glscounter]}%
@@ -5018,13 +5388,13 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \begin{macrocode}
\@onlypreamble{\newglossary}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Only define new glossaries before \ics{makeglossaries}
+% Only define new glossaries before \cs{makeglossaries}
% \begin{macrocode}
\@onlypremakeg\newglossary
% \end{macrocode}
%\cs{@newglossary} is used to specify the file extensions
% for the \app{makeindex} input, output and transcript files.
-% It is written to the auxiliary file by \ics{newglossary}.
+% It is written to the auxiliary file by \cs{newglossary}.
% Since it is not used by \LaTeX, \cs{@newglossary} simply
% ignores its arguments.
%\begin{macro}{\@newglossary}
@@ -5059,7 +5429,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\end{macro}
%
% Define the main glossary. This will be the first glossary to
-% be displayed when using \ics{printglossaries}.
+% be displayed when using \cs{printglossaries}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\glsdefmain
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -5077,8 +5447,8 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\begin{macro}{\newignoredglossary}
% Creates a new glossary that doesn't have associated files.
% This glossary is ignored by any commands that iterate over
-% glossaries, such as \ics{printglossaries}, and won't work with
-% commands like \ics{printglossary}. It's intended for entries that
+% glossaries, such as \cs{printglossaries}, and won't work with
+% commands like \cs{printglossary}. It's intended for entries that
% are so commonly-known they don't require a glossary.
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{new}
%\changes{4.47}{2021-09-20}{changed \cs{edef} to \cs{protected@edef}}
@@ -5131,7 +5501,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-%\section{Defining new entries}\label{sec:newentry}
+%\subsection{Defining new entries}\label{sec:newentry}
% New glossary entries are defined using \cs{newglossaryentry}.
% This command requires a label and a key-value list that defines
% the relevant information for that entry. The definition for these
@@ -5158,10 +5528,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\begin{key}{description}
% The \gloskey{description} key is usually only used in
% the glossary, but can be made to appear in the text by redefining
-% \ics{glsentryfmt} or using \ics{defglsentryfmt}. The
+% \cs{glsentryfmt} or using \cs{defglsentryfmt}. The
% \gloskey{description} key is required when
% defining a new glossary entry. If a long description is required,
-% use \ics{longnewglossaryentry} instead of \ics{newglossaryentry}.
+% use \cs{longnewglossaryentry} instead of \cs{newglossaryentry}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{glossentry}{description}{%
\def\@glo@desc{#1}%
@@ -5205,7 +5575,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\begin{key}{plural}
% The \gloskey{plural} key determines how the plural form of the term
% should be displayed in the document. If omitted, the plural is
-% constructed by appending \ics{glspluralsuffix} to the value of the
+% constructed by appending \cs{glspluralsuffix} to the value of the
% \gloskey{text} key.
% \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{glossentry}{plural}{%
@@ -5229,7 +5599,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% The \gloskey{firstplural} key is used to set the plural form for
% first use, in the event that the plural is required the first
% time the term is used. If omitted, it is constructed by
-% appending \ics{glspluralsuffix} to the value of the \gloskey{first} key.
+% appending \cs{glspluralsuffix} to the value of the \gloskey{first} key.
% \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{glossentry}{firstplural}{%
\def\@glo@firstplural{#1}%
@@ -5249,10 +5619,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% It is provided for glossary styles that require an associated
% symbol, as well as a name and description. To make this value
% appear in the glossary, you need to redefine
-% \ics{glossentry}.
+% \cs{glossentry}.
% If you want this value to appear in the text when the term is used
-% by commands like \ics{gls}, you will need to change
-% \ics{glsentryfmt} (or use for \ics{defglsentryfmt} individual glossaries).
+% by commands like \cs{gls}, you will need to change
+% \cs{glsentryfmt} (or use for \cs{defglsentryfmt} individual glossaries).
% \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{glossentry}{symbol}{%
\def\@glo@symbol{#1}%
@@ -5389,6 +5759,24 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{key}
%
+%\begin{macro}{\gls@noidx@nonumberlist}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+%\cs{makenoidxglossaries} sets \cs{@gls@savenonumberlist} to this.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\gls@noidx@nonumberlist}[1]{%
+ \cslet{glo@\@glo@label @prenumberlist}\@glo@prefix
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsnoidxprenumberlist}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\glsnoidxprenumberlist}[1]{%
+ \csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prenumberlist}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\@gls@savenonumberlist}
%\changes{4.25}{2016-06-09}{new}
%The \gloskey{nonumberlist} option isn't saved by default (as it
@@ -5488,7 +5876,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%
%\begin{key}{short}
%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new}
-% This key is provided for use by \ics{newacronym}. It's not
+% This key is provided for use by \cs{newacronym}. It's not
% designed for general purpose use, so isn't described in the user
% manual.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -5500,7 +5888,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%
%\begin{key}{shortplural}
%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new}
-% This key is provided for use by \ics{newacronym}.
+% This key is provided for use by \cs{newacronym}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{glossentry}{shortplural}{%
\def\@glo@shortpl{#1}%
@@ -5510,7 +5898,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%
%\begin{key}{long}
%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new}
-% This key is provided for use by \ics{newacronym}.
+% This key is provided for use by \cs{newacronym}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{glossentry}{long}{%
\def\@glo@long{#1}%
@@ -5520,7 +5908,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%
%\begin{key}{longplural}
%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new}
-% This key is provided for use by \ics{newacronym}.
+% This key is provided for use by \cs{newacronym}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{glossentry}{longplural}{%
\def\@glo@longpl{#1}%
@@ -5558,10 +5946,9 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\begin{macro}{\@glsdefaultplural}
% \changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{new}
%\changes{3.10a}{2013-10-13}{Obsolete}
-% Now obsolete. Don't use.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@glsdefaultplural}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{Removed}
+% \cs{@glsdefaultplural} was obsoleted in v3.10a (2013-10-13) and
+% removed in v4.50.
%\end{macro}
%
%\begin{macro}{\@gls@missingnumberlist}
@@ -6149,9 +6536,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
% Define the no-link commands.
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{allow expansion in PDF bookmarks}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{#3}[1]{\@gls@entry@field{##1}{#1}}%
- \newcommand*{#4}[1]{\@Gls@entry@field{##1}{#1}}%
+ \newcommand*{#4}[1]{\@Glsentryfield{##1}{#1}}%
% \end{macrocode}
% Now for the commands with links. First the version with no case
% change:
@@ -6221,6 +6609,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGLS@user@\meta{key}}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to using \cs{glsuppercase}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\expandafter\newcommand\expandafter*\expandafter
{\csname @GLS@user@#1\endcsname}[2][]{%
@@ -6228,11 +6617,17 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
{\csuse{@GLS@user@#1@}{##1}{##2}}%
{\csuse{@GLS@user@#1@}{##1}{##2}[]}}%
\csdef{@GLS@user@#1@}##1##2[##3]{%
- \@gls@field@link{##1}{##2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3{##2}##3}}%
+ \@gls@field@link{##1}{##2}{\glsuppercase{#3{##2}##3}}%
}%
\newrobustcmd*{#7}{%
\expandafter\@gls@hyp@opt\csname @GLS@user@#1\endcsname}%
}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%Add mappings.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glsmfuaddmap{#3}{#4}%
+ \glsmfuaddmap{#5}{#6}%
+ \glsmfublocker{#7}%
}%
{%
\PackageError{glossaries}{Key `#1' already exists}{}%
@@ -6248,8 +6643,9 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\changes{4.16}{2015-07-08}{new}
%\changes{4.42}{2019-01-06}{changed from \cs{edef} to \cs{protected@csxdef}}
%\changes{4.47}{2021-09-20}{changed \cs{edef} to \cs{protected@edef}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{made robust}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\glsfieldxdef}[3]{%
+\newrobustcmd{\glsfieldxdef}[3]{%
\glsdoifexists{#1}%
{%
\protected@edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
@@ -6258,7 +6654,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\protected@csxdef{glo@\@glo@label @#2}{#3}%
}%
{%
- \PackageError{glossaries}{Key `#2' doesn't exist}{}%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Field `#2' doesn't exist}{}%
}%
}%
}
@@ -6272,8 +6668,9 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\changes{4.16}{2015-07-08}{new}
%\changes{4.42}{2019-01-06}{changed from \cs{edef} to \cs{protected@csedef}}
%\changes{4.47}{2021-09-20}{changed \cs{edef} to \cs{protected@edef}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{made robust}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\glsfieldedef}[3]{%
+\newrobustcmd{\glsfieldedef}[3]{%
\glsdoifexists{#1}%
{%
\protected@edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
@@ -6282,7 +6679,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\protected@csedef{glo@\@glo@label @#2}{#3}%
}%
{%
- \PackageError{glossaries}{Key `#2' doesn't exist}{}%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Field `#2' doesn't exist}{}%
}%
}%
}
@@ -6295,8 +6692,9 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\end{definition}
%\changes{4.16}{2015-07-08}{new}
%\changes{4.47}{2021-09-20}{changed \cs{edef} to \cs{protected@edef}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{made robust}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\glsfieldgdef}[3]{%
+\newrobustcmd{\glsfieldgdef}[3]{%
\glsdoifexists{#1}%
{%
\protected@edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
@@ -6305,7 +6703,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\expandafter\gdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @#2\endcsname{#3}%
}%
{%
- \PackageError{glossaries}{Key `#2' doesn't exist}{}%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Field `#2' doesn't exist}{}%
}%
}%
}
@@ -6318,8 +6716,9 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\end{definition}
%\changes{4.16}{2015-07-08}{new}
%\changes{4.47}{2021-09-20}{changed \cs{edef} to \cs{protected@edef}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{made robust}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\glsfielddef}[3]{%
+\newrobustcmd{\glsfielddef}[3]{%
\glsdoifexists{#1}%
{%
\protected@edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
@@ -6328,7 +6727,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\expandafter\def\csname glo@\@glo@label @#2\endcsname{#3}%
}%
{%
- \PackageError{glossaries}{Key `#2' doesn't exist}{}%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Field `#2' doesn't exist}{}%
}%
}%
}
@@ -6343,8 +6742,9 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% Fetches the value of the given field and stores in the given
% control sequence.
%\changes{4.47}{2021-09-20}{changed \cs{edef} to \cs{protected@edef}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{made robust}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\glsfieldfetch}[3]{%
+\newrobustcmd{\glsfieldfetch}[3]{%
\glsdoifexists{#1}%
{%
\protected@edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
@@ -6353,7 +6753,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\letcs#3{glo@\@glo@label @#2}%
}%
{%
- \PackageError{glossaries}{Key `#2' doesn't exist}{}%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Field `#2' doesn't exist}{}%
}%
}%
}
@@ -6382,10 +6782,11 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\cs{ifglsfieldeq}\marg{label}\marg{field}\marg{string}\marg{true}\marg{false}
%\end{definition}
%\changes{4.16}{2015-07-08}{new}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{made robust}
% Tests if the value of the given field is equal to the given
% string.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\ifglsfieldeq}[5]{%
+\newrobustcmd{\ifglsfieldeq}[5]{%
\glsdoifexists{#1}%
{%
\protected@edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
@@ -6394,7 +6795,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\ifcsstring{glo@\@glo@label @#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}%
}%
{%
- \PackageError{glossaries}{Key `#2' doesn't exist}{}%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Field `#2' doesn't exist}{}%
}%
}%
}
@@ -6406,20 +6807,24 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\cs{ifglsfielddefeq}\marg{label}\marg{field}\marg{command}\marg{true}\marg{false}
%\end{definition}
%\changes{4.16}{2015-07-08}{new}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{made robust}
% Tests if the value of the given field is equal to the replacement
% text of the given command.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\ifglsfielddefeq}[5]{%
+\newrobustcmd{\ifglsfielddefeq}[5]{%
\glsdoifexists{#1}%
{%
\protected@edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
\ifcsdef{glo@\@glo@label @#2}%
{%
- \expandafter\ifdefstrequal
- \csname glo@\@glo@label @#2\endcsname{#3}{#4}{#5}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%Use \cs{ifdefstrequal} not \cs{ifcsstrequal} as the \verb|#3|
+%argument should be a command.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\ifdefstrequal\csname glo@\@glo@label @#2\endcsname{#3}{#4}{#5}%
}%
{%
- \PackageError{glossaries}{Key `#2' doesn't exist}{}%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Field `#2' doesn't exist}{}%
}%
}%
}
@@ -6433,6 +6838,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\changes{4.16}{2015-07-08}{new}
%As above but uses \cs{ifcsstrequal} instead of \cs{ifdefstrequal}
%\changes{4.47}{2021-09-20}{changed \cs{edef} to \cs{protected@edef}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{made robust}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\ifglsfieldcseq}[5]{%
\glsdoifexists{#1}%
@@ -7109,11 +7515,11 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-%\section{Resetting and unsetting entry flags}
+%\subsection{Resetting and unsetting entry flags}
% Each glossary entry is assigned a conditional of the form
%\cs{ifglo@}\meta{label}\texttt{@flag} which determines
% whether or not the entry has been used (see also
-% \ics{ifglsused} defined below). These flags can
+% \cs{ifglsused} defined below). These flags can
% be set and unset using the following macros, but first we need to
% know if we're in \sty{amsmath}'s \env{align} environment's
% measuring pass.
@@ -7352,7 +7758,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-%\section{Keeping Track of How Many Times an Entry Has Been Unset}
+%\subsection{Keeping Track of How Many Times an Entry Has Been Unset}
%Version 4.14 introduced \cs{glsenableentrycount} that keeps track
%of how many times an entry is marked as used. The counter is reset
%back to zero when the first use flag is reset. Note that although
@@ -7375,6 +7781,17 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
+%\begin{macro}{\ifglsresetcurrcount}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+%A conditional to determine whether or not to reset the entry count
+%to zero if the first use flag is reset. The default is now not to
+%do this, which changes the implementation for v4.49 and below.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifglsresetcurrcount
+\glsresetcurrcountfalse
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\glsenableentrycount}
%\changes{4.14}{2015-02-28}{new}
% Enables tracking of how many times an entry has been marked as
@@ -7398,7 +7815,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% Define commands \ics{glsentrycurrcount} and \ics{glsentryprevcount} to
+% Define commands \cs{glsentrycurrcount} and \cs{glsentryprevcount} to
% access these new fields. Default to zero if undefined.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\glsentrycurrcount}[1]{%
@@ -7423,11 +7840,11 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}%
\renewcommand*{\@glsreset}[1]{%
\@@glsreset{##1}%
- \csgdef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@currcount}{0}%
+ \ifglsresetcurrcount\csgdef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@currcount}{0}\fi
}%
\renewcommand*{\@glslocalreset}[1]{%
\@@glslocalreset{##1}%
- \csdef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@currcount}{0}%
+ \ifglsresetcurrcount\csdef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@currcount}{0}\fi
}%
% \end{macrocode}
% Alter behaviour of \cs{cgls}. (Only global unset is used if
@@ -7600,6 +8017,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newrobustcmd*{\cGls}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@cGls}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\cgls}{\cGls}
+% \end{macrocode}
%\begin{macro}{\@cGls}
%\changes{4.14}{2015-02-28}{new}
% Defined the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
@@ -7688,6 +8109,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newrobustcmd*{\cGlspl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@cGlspl}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\cglspl}{\cGlspl}
+% \end{macrocode}
%\begin{macro}{\@cglspl}
%\changes{4.14}{2015-02-28}{new}
% Defined the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
@@ -7723,11 +8148,11 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-% \section{Loading files containing glossary entries}
+%\subsection{Loading files containing glossary entries}
%\label{sec:load}
% Glossary entries can be defined in an external file.
-% These external files can contain \ics{newglossaryentry}
-% and \ics{newacronym} commands.\footnote{and any other valid
+% These external files can contain \cs{newglossaryentry}
+% and \cs{newacronym} commands.\footnote{and any other valid
%\LaTeX\ code that can be used in the preamble.}
%\begin{definition}
% \cs{loadglsentries}\oarg{type}\marg{filename}
@@ -7737,8 +8162,8 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% entries should be assigned if they haven't used the \gloskey{type}
% key. If the optional argument is not specified, the default
% glossary is used. Only those entries used in the document (via
-% \ics{glslink}, \ics{gls}, \ics{glspl} and uppercase
-% variants or \ics{glsadd} and \ics{glsaddall}
+% \cs{glslink}, \cs{gls}, \cs{glspl} and uppercase
+% variants or \cs{glsadd} and \cs{glsaddall}
% will appear in the glossary). The mandatory argument is
% the filename (with or without .tex extension).
%\begin{macro}{\loadglsentries}
@@ -7755,18 +8180,18 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\@onlypreamble{\loadglsentries}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-%\section{Using glossary entries in the text}
+%\subsection{Using glossary entries in the text}
%\label{sec:code:glslink}
%
-% Any term that has been defined using \ics{newglossaryentry}
-% (or \ics{newacronym}) can be displayed in the text
+% Any term that has been defined using \cs{newglossaryentry}
+% (or \cs{newacronym}) can be displayed in the text
% (i.e.\ outside of the glossary) using
% one of the commands defined in this section. Unless you use
-% \ics{glslink}, the way the term appears in the text is
-% determined by \ics{glsdisplayfirst} (if it is the first
-% time the term has been used) or \ics{glsdisplay} (for
+% \cs{glslink}, the way the term appears in the text is
+% determined by \cs{glsdisplayfirst} (if it is the first
+% time the term has been used) or \cs{glsdisplay} (for
% subsequent use). Any formatting commands (such as \cs{textbf}
-% is governed by \ics{glstextformat}. By default this just
+% is governed by \cs{glstextformat}. By default this just
% displays the \term{link text} ``as is''.
%\changes{1.04}{2007-08-03}{Added \cs{glstextformat}}%
%\begin{macro}{\glstextformat}
@@ -7779,230 +8204,13 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% As from version 3.11a, the way in which an entry is displayed is now
% governed by \cs{glsentryfmt}. This doesn't take any arguments. The
% required information is set by commands like \cs{gls}.
-% To ensure backward compatibility, the default use the old
-% \cs{glsdisplay} and \cs{glsdisplayfirst} style of commands
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\glsentryfmt}{%
- \@@gls@default@entryfmt\glsdisplayfirst\glsdisplay
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Format that provides backwards compatibility:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@@gls@default@entryfmt}[2]{%
- \ifdefempty\glscustomtext
- {%
- \glsifplural
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Plural form
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \glscapscase
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Don't adjust case
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifglsused\glslabel
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Subsequent use
-% \begin{macrocode}
- #2{\glsentryplural{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}%
- }%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% First use
-% \begin{macrocode}
- #1{\glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}%
- }%
- }%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Make first letter upper case
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifglsused\glslabel
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Subsequent use. (Expansion was used in version 3.07 and below
-% in case the name wasn't the first thing to be displayed, but now
-% the user can sort out the upper casing in \ics{defglsentryfmt},
-% which avoids the issues caused by fragile commands.)
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifbool{glscompatible-3.07}%
- {%
- \protected@edef\@glo@etext{%
- #2{\glsentryplural{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}}%
- \xmakefirstuc\@glo@etext
- }%
- {%
- #2{\Glsentryplural{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}%
- }%
- }%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% First use
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifbool{glscompatible-3.07}%
- {%
- \protected@edef\@glo@etext{%
- #1{\glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}}%
- \xmakefirstuc\@glo@etext
- }%
- {%
- #1{\Glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}%
- }%
- }%
- }%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Make all upper case
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifglsused\glslabel
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Subsequent use
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#2{\glsentryplural{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}}%
- }%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% First use
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#1{\glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}}%
- }%
- }%
- }%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Singular form
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \glscapscase
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Don't adjust case
+% This used to use the now deprecated
+% \cs{glsdisplay} and \cs{glsdisplayfirst}. Replaced with
+% \cs{glsgenentryfmt} in v4.50.
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{obsolete commands replaced with
+%\cs{glsgenentryfmt}}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifglsused\glslabel
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Subsequent use
-% \begin{macrocode}
- #2{\glsentrytext{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}%
- }%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% First use
-% \begin{macrocode}
- #1{\glsentryfirst{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}%
- }%
- }%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Make first letter upper case
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifglsused\glslabel
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Subsequent use
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifbool{glscompatible-3.07}%
- {%
- \protected@edef\@glo@etext{%
- #2{\glsentrytext{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}}%
- \xmakefirstuc\@glo@etext
- }%
- {%
- #2{\Glsentrytext{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}%
- }%
- }%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% First use
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifbool{glscompatible-3.07}%
- {%
- \protected@edef\@glo@etext{%
- #1{\glsentryfirst{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}}%
- \xmakefirstuc\@glo@etext
- }%
- {%
- #1{\Glsentryfirst{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}%
- }%
- }%
- }%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Make all upper case
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifglsused\glslabel
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Subsequent use
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#2{\glsentrytext{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}}%
- }%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% First use
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#1{\glsentryfirst{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}}%
- }%
- }%
- }%
- }%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Custom text provided in \cs{glsdisp}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifglsused{\glslabel}%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Subsequent use
-% \begin{macrocode}
- #2{\glscustomtext}%
- {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{}%
- }%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% First use
-% \begin{macrocode}
- #1{\glscustomtext}%
- {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{}%
- }%
- }%
-}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
@@ -8064,16 +8272,15 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Subsequent use
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to using \cs{glsuppercase}}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase
- {\glsentryplural{\glslabel}\glsinsert}%
+ \glsuppercase{\glsentryplural{\glslabel}\glsinsert}%
}%
{%
% \end{macrocode}
% First use
% \begin{macrocode}
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase
- {\glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}\glsinsert}%
+ \glsuppercase{\glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}\glsinsert}%
}%
}%
}%
@@ -8127,13 +8334,13 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Subsequent use
% \begin{macrocode}
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrytext{\glslabel}\glsinsert}%
+ \glsuppercase{\glsentrytext{\glslabel}\glsinsert}%
}%
{%
% \end{macrocode}
% First use
% \begin{macrocode}
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirst{\glslabel}\glsinsert}%
+ \glsuppercase{\glsentryfirst{\glslabel}\glsinsert}%
}%
}%
}%
@@ -8152,8 +8359,8 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\begin{macro}{\glsgenacfmt}
%\changes{4.02}{2013-12-05}{new}
% Define a generic acronym format that uses the \gloskey{long} and
-% \gloskey{short} keys (or their plurals) and \ics{acrfullformat},
-% \ics{firstacronymfont} and \ics{acronymfont}.
+% \gloskey{short} keys (or their plurals) and \cs{acrfullformat},
+% \cs{firstacronymfont} and \cs{acronymfont}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\glsgenacfmt}{%
\ifdefempty\glscustomtext
@@ -8184,8 +8391,9 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Subsequent plural form, all caps:
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to using \cs{glsuppercase}}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ \glsuppercase
{\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{\glslabel}}\glsinsert}%
}%
}%
@@ -8210,7 +8418,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Subsequent singular form, all caps:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ \glsuppercase
{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{\glslabel}}\glsinsert}%
}%
}%
@@ -8241,7 +8449,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
% First use plural form, all caps:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ \glsuppercase
{\genplacrfullformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}}%
}%
}%
@@ -8266,7 +8474,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
% First use singular form, all caps:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ \glsuppercase
{\genacrfullformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}}%
}%
}%
@@ -8303,7 +8511,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\Genacrfullformat}[2]{%
\protected@edef\gls@text{\genacrfullformat{#1}{#2}}%
- \xmakefirstuc\gls@text
+ \expandafter\glssentencecase\expandafter{\gls@text}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
@@ -8329,84 +8537,41 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\Genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
\protected@edef\gls@text{\genplacrfullformat{#1}{#2}}%
- \xmakefirstuc\gls@text
+ \expandafter\glssentencecase\expandafter{\gls@text}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
%\begin{macro}{\glsdisplayfirst}
-% Deprecated. Kept for backward compatibility.
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{obsoleted}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\glsdisplayfirst}[4]{#1#4}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+%\cs{glsdisplayfirst} deprecated in v3.11a (2013-10-15) and removed in
+%v4.50.
+%Use rollback if required.
%\end{macro}
%
%\begin{macro}{\glsdisplay}
-% Deprecated. Kept for backward compatibility.
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{obsoleted}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\glsdisplay}[4]{#1#4}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+%\cs{glsdisplay} deprecated in v3.11a (2013-10-15) and removed in
+%v4.50.
+%Use rollback if required.
%\end{macro}
%
%\begin{macro}{\defglsdisplay}
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{obsoleted}
-% Deprecated. Kept for backward compatibility.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\defglsdisplay}[2][\glsdefaulttype]{%
- \GlossariesWarning{\string\defglsdisplay\space is now obsolete.^^J
- Use \string\defglsentryfmt\space instead}%
- \expandafter\def\csname gls@#1@display\endcsname##1##2##3##4{#2}%
- \edef\@gls@doentrydef{%
- \noexpand\defglsentryfmt[#1]{%
- \noexpand\ifcsdef{gls@#1@displayfirst}%
- {%
- \noexpand\@@gls@default@entryfmt
- {\noexpand\csuse{gls@#1@displayfirst}}%
- {\noexpand\csuse{gls@#1@display}}%
- }%
- {%
- \noexpand\@@gls@default@entryfmt
- {\noexpand\glsdisplayfirst}%
- {\noexpand\csuse{gls@#1@display}}%
- }%
- }%
- }%
- \@gls@doentrydef
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+%\cs{defglsdisplay} deprecated in v3.11a (2013-10-15) and removed in
+%v4.50.
+%Use rollback if required.
%\end{macro}
%
%\begin{macro}{\defglsdisplayfirst}
-% Deprecated. Kept for backward compatibility.
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{obsoleted}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\defglsdisplayfirst}[2][\glsdefaulttype]{%
- \GlossariesWarning{\string\defglsdisplayfirst\space is now obsolete.^^J
- Use \string\defglsentryfmt\space instead}%
- \expandafter\def\csname gls@#1@displayfirst\endcsname##1##2##3##4{#2}%
- \edef\@gls@doentrydef{%
- \noexpand\defglsentryfmt[#1]{%
- \noexpand\ifcsdef{gls@#1@display}%
- {%
- \noexpand\@@gls@default@entryfmt
- {\noexpand\csuse{gls@#1@displayfirst}}%
- {\noexpand\csuse{gls@#1@display}}%
- }%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\changes{4.04}{2014-03-06}{fixed unwanted space}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \noexpand\@@gls@default@entryfmt
- {\noexpand\csuse{gls@#1@displayfirst}}%
- {\noexpand\glsdisplay}%
- }%
- }%
- }%
- \@gls@doentrydef
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+%\cs{defglsdisplayfirst} deprecated in v3.11a (2013-10-15) and removed in
+%v4.50.
+%Use rollback if required.
%\end{macro}
%
%\subsubsection{Links to glossary entries}
@@ -8417,7 +8582,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% the commands like \cs{gls} have a final optional
% argument that can be used to insert additional text in the
% link (this will usually be appended, but can be redefined using
-% \ics{defglsentryfmt}).
+% \cs{defglsentryfmt}).
% It goes against the \LaTeX\ norm to have an optional
% argument after the mandatory arguments, but it makes more
% sense to write, say, \verb|\gls{label}['s]| rather than, say,
@@ -8426,7 +8591,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% will be ignored after them. This is likely to lead to
% confusion as most users would not expect, say, "\gls{"\meta{label}"}"
% to ignore following spaces, so \cs{new@ifnextchar} from the
-% \isty{amsgen} package is required.
+% \sty{amsgen} package is required.
%
% The following keys can be used in the first optional
% argument. The \gloskey[glslink]{counter} key checks that the
@@ -8457,32 +8622,74 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\define@key{glslink}{format}{%
\def\@glsnumberformat{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@gls@glslink@hyper@update@hook}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@glslink@hyper@update@hook}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
% The \gloskey[glslink]{hyper} key is a boolean key, it can either have the
% value true or false, and indicates whether or not to make a
% hyperlink to the relevant glossary entry. If hyper is false, an
% entry will still be made in the glossary, but the given text
% won't be a hyperlink.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\define@boolkey{glslink}{hyper}[true]{}
+\define@boolkey{glslink}{hyper}[true]{\@gls@glslink@hyper@update@hook}
% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{explicitly initialise hyper key}
% Initialise hyper key.
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifdef{\hyperlink}{\KV@glslink@hypertrue}{\KV@glslink@hyperfalse}
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%Commands like \cs{gls} and \cs{glsdisp} unset the first use flag
+%afterwards. Provide a way to localise this.
+%\begin{macro}{\@gls@save@glslocal}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@save@glslocal}{%
+ \let\if@org@KV@glslink@local\ifKV@glslink@local
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@gls@restore@glslocal}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@restore@glslocal}{%
+ \ifKV@glslink@local
+ \let\@gls@do@glsunset\glslocalunset
+ \else
+ \let\@gls@do@glsunset\glsunset
+ \fi
+ \let\ifKV@glslink@local\if@org@KV@glslink@local
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@gls@do@glsunset}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@do@glsunset}[1]{\glsunset{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
%\changes{3.04}{2012-11-18}{added local key}
% The \gloskey[glslink]{local} key is a boolean key. If true this
-% indicates that commands such as \ics{gls} should only do a local
+% indicates that commands such as \cs{gls} should only do a local
% reset rather than a global one.
% \begin{macrocode}
\define@boolkey{glslink}{local}[true]{}
+\@gls@save@glslocal
% \end{macrocode}
%
% The original \cs{glsifhyper} command isn't particularly useful
% as it makes more sense to check the actual hyperlink setting
% rather than testing whether the starred or unstarred version
% has been used. Therefore, as from version 4.08, \cs{glsifhyper}
-% is deprecated in favour of \ics{glsifhyperon}. In case there is
+% is deprecated in favour of \cs{glsifhyperon}. In case there is
% a particular need to know whether the starred or unstarred version
% was used, provide a new command that determines whether the
% *-version, +-version or unmodified version was used.
@@ -8497,15 +8704,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%\begin{macro}{\glsifhyper}
-% Now deprecated.
+% \cs{glsifhyper} deprecated in v4.08 (2014-07-30) and removed in
+% v4.50.
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{deprecated}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\glsifhyper}[2]{%
- \glslinkvar{#1}{#2}{#1}%
- \GlossariesWarning{\string\glsifhyper\space is deprecated. Did
- you mean \string\glsifhyperon\space or \string\glslinkvar?}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
%\end{macro}
%
%\begin{macro}{\@gls@hyp@opt}
@@ -8593,6 +8795,22 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glslink}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+%Provide a sentence-case version in order to set up a map.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glslink}{%
+ \@gls@hyp@opt\@Gls@@link
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@Gls@@link}[3][]{%
+ \@gls@@link[#1]{#2}{\glssentencecase{#3}}%
+}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glslink}{\Glslink}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\glspostlinkhook}
%\changes{4.16}{2015-07-08}{new}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -8635,7 +8853,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\end{macro}
%
%\begin{macro}{\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook}
-% Allow used to hook into the \cs{@gls@link@checkfirsthyper} macro
+% Allow user to hook into the \cs{@gls@link@checkfirsthyper} macro
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{new}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook}{}
@@ -8717,6 +8935,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\org@ifKV@glslink@hyper\ifKV@glslink@hyper
% \end{macrocode}
+%Save original setting of local key.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@gls@save@glslocal
+% \end{macrocode}
% Set defaults:
%\changes{4.20}{2015-11-30}{added \cs{@gls@setdefault@glslink@opts}}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -8756,7 +8978,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% to prevent unwanted whatsit}
% (De-tok'ing done by \cs{@@do@wrglossary})
% \begin{macrocode}
- \@do@wrglossary{#2}%
+ \glsencapwrcontent{\@do@wrglossary{#2}}%
\ifKV@glslink@hyper
\@glslink{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}{\glstextformat{#3}}%
\else
@@ -8771,10 +8993,21 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% Restore original setting
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\ifKV@glslink@hyper\org@ifKV@glslink@hyper
+ \@gls@restore@glslocal
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsencapwrcontent}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+%This command is also provided by \sty{glossaries-extra} v1.49.
+%It's purpose is to resolve
+%\href{https://www.dickimaw-books.com/bugtracker.php?key=189}{issue \#189}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsencapwrcontent}[1]{{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\glolinkprefix}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\glolinkprefix}{glo:}
@@ -8929,17 +9162,21 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% Unsanitize \cs{gls@numberpage}, \cs{gls@alphpage},
% \cs{gls@Alphpage} and \cs{glsromanpage} (thanks to David~Carlise
% for the suggestion.)
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{check esclocations setting}
+%Skip if esclocations=false.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \@for\@gls@tmp:=\gls@protected@pagefmts\do
- {%
- \edef\@gls@sanitized@tmp{\expandafter\@gobble\string\\\expandonce\@gls@tmp}%
- \@onelevel@sanitize\@gls@sanitized@tmp
- \edef\gls@dosubst{%
- \noexpand\DTLsubstituteall\noexpand\gls@xdystring
- {\@gls@sanitized@tmp}{\expandonce\@gls@tmp}%
+ \ifglsesclocations
+ \@for\@gls@tmp:=\gls@protected@pagefmts\do
+ {%
+ \edef\@gls@sanitized@tmp{\expandafter\@gobble\string\\\expandonce\@gls@tmp}%
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\@gls@sanitized@tmp
+ \edef\gls@dosubst{%
+ \noexpand\DTLsubstituteall\noexpand\gls@xdystring
+ {\@gls@sanitized@tmp}{\expandonce\@gls@tmp}%
+ }%
+ \gls@dosubst
}%
- \gls@dosubst
- }%
+ \fi
% \end{macrocode}
% Assign to required control sequence
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -8947,7 +9184,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
-% Catch special characters\mkidxspch\ (argument must be a
+% Catch special characters (argument must be a
% control sequence):
%\begin{macro}{\@gls@checkmkidxchars}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -9008,7 +9245,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\end{macro}
%\begin{macro}{\@gls@checkquote}
% Replace \verb|"| with \verb|""| since \verb|"| is a makeindex
-% special character\mkidxspch.
+% special character.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@gls@checkquote#1"#2"#3\null{%
\@gls@tmpb=\expandafter{\@gls@checkedmkidx}%
@@ -9351,9 +9588,11 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \begin{macrocode}
\newlength\gls@tmplen
\newcommand*{\glsdohypertarget}[2]{%
- \@glsshowtarget{#1}%
- \settoheight{\gls@tmplen}{#2}%
- \raisebox{\gls@tmplen}{\hypertarget{#1}{}}#2%
+ \glsdoshowtarget{#1}%
+ {%
+ \settoheight{\gls@tmplen}{#2}%
+ \raisebox{\gls@tmplen}{\hypertarget{#1}{}}#2%
+ }%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
@@ -9361,8 +9600,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{new}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\glsdohyperlink}[2]{%
- \@glsshowtarget{#1}%
- \hyperlink{#1}{#2}%
+ \glsdoshowtarget{#1}{\hyperlink{#1}{#2}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
@@ -9375,9 +9613,9 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\end{macro}
%
%\begin{macro}{\@glslink}
-% If \ics{hyperlink} is not defined \cs{@glslink}
+% If \cs{hyperlink} is not defined \cs{@glslink}
% ignores its first argument and just does the second argument,
-% otherwise it is equivalent to \ics{hyperlink}.
+% otherwise it is equivalent to \cs{hyperlink}.
%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with
%\cs{ifcsundef}}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -9394,9 +9632,9 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% to \cs{hyperlink} (memoir defines \cs{hyperlink} but not
% \cs{hypertarget})}
%\begin{macro}{\@glstarget}
-% If \ics{hypertarget} is not defined, \cs{@glstarget}
+% If \cs{hypertarget} is not defined, \cs{@glstarget}
% ignores its first argument and just does the second argument,
-% otherwise it is equivalent to \ics{hypertarget}.
+% otherwise it is equivalent to \cs{hypertarget}.
%\changes{1.16}{2008-08-27}{raised the hypertarget so the target text doesn't
% scroll off the top of the page}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -9454,12 +9692,12 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% keys used when the entry was defined.
%
% The first optional argument is a key-value list, the same as
-% \ics{glslink}\igloskey[glslink]{hyper}\igloskey[glslink]{format}\igloskey[glslink]{counter},
+% \cs{glslink},
% the mandatory argument is the entry label.
% After the mandatory argument, there is another optional argument
% to insert extra text in the link text (the location of the inserted
-% text is governed by \ics{glsdisplay} and
-% \ics{glsdisplayfirst}). As with \cs{glslink}
+% text is governed by \cs{glsdisplay} and
+% \cs{glsdisplayfirst}). As with \cs{glslink}
% there is a starred version which is the same as the unstarred
% version but with the \gloskey[glslink]{hyper} key set to \texttt{false}.
% (Additional options can also be specified
@@ -9528,11 +9766,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Indicate that this entry has now been used
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifKV@glslink@local
- \glslocalunset{#2}%
- \else
- \glsunset{#2}%
- \fi
+ \@gls@do@glsunset{#2}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.16}{2015-07-08}{added \cs{glspostlinkhook}}
@@ -9554,8 +9788,12 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newrobustcmd*{\Gls}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Gls}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\gls}{\Gls}
+% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGls}}
-% Defined the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
+% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
% a final optional argument
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\@Gls}[2][]{%
@@ -9610,11 +9848,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Indicate that this entry has now been used
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifKV@glslink@local
- \glslocalunset{#2}%
- \else
- \glsunset{#2}%
- \fi
+ \@gls@do@glsunset{#2}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.16}{2015-07-08}{added \cs{glspostlinkhook}}
@@ -9624,13 +9858,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-% \cs{GLS} behaves like \ics{gls}, but the link
+% \cs{GLS} behaves like \cs{gls}, but the link
% text is converted to uppercase:
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
%\begin{macro}{\GLS}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*{\GLS}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLS}
+\glsmfublocker{\GLS}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGLS}}
@@ -9689,11 +9924,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Indicate that this entry has now been used
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifKV@glslink@local
- \glslocalunset{#2}%
- \else
- \glsunset{#2}%
- \fi
+ \@gls@do@glsunset{#2}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.16}{2015-07-08}{added \cs{glspostlinkhook}}
@@ -9703,7 +9934,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-% \cs{glspl} behaves in the same way as \ics{gls} except
+% \cs{glspl} behaves in the same way as \cs{gls} except
% it uses the plural form.
%\begin{macro}{\glspl}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
@@ -9769,11 +10000,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Indicate that this entry has now been used
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifKV@glslink@local
- \glslocalunset{#2}%
- \else
- \glsunset{#2}%
- \fi
+ \@gls@do@glsunset{#2}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.16}{2015-07-08}{added \cs{glspostlinkhook}}
@@ -9783,9 +10010,9 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-% \cs{Glspl} behaves in the same way as \ics{glspl}, except
+% \cs{Glspl} behaves in the same way as \cs{glspl}, except
% that the first letter of the link text is converted to uppercase
-% (as with \ics{Gls}, if the first letter has an accent, it
+% (as with \cs{Gls}, if the first letter has an accent, it
% will need to be grouped).
%\begin{macro}{\Glspl}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
@@ -9794,8 +10021,12 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newrobustcmd*{\Glspl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glspl}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glspl}{\Glspl}
+% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGlspl}}
-% Defined the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
+% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
% a final optional argument
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\@Glspl}[2][]{%
@@ -9854,11 +10085,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Indicate that this entry has now been used
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifKV@glslink@local
- \glslocalunset{#2}%
- \else
- \glsunset{#2}%
- \fi
+ \@gls@do@glsunset{#2}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.16}{2015-07-08}{added \cs{glspostlinkhook}}
@@ -9868,17 +10095,18 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-% \cs{GLSpl} behaves like \ics{glspl} except that all the
+% \cs{GLSpl} behaves like \cs{glspl} except that all the
% link text is converted to uppercase.
%\begin{macro}{\GLSpl}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*{\GLSpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSpl}
+\glsmfublocker{\GLSpl}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGLSpl}}
-% Defined the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
+% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
% a final optional argument
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\@GLSpl}[2][]{%
@@ -9936,11 +10164,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Indicate that this entry has now been used
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifKV@glslink@local
- \glslocalunset{#2}%
- \else
- \glsunset{#2}%
- \fi
+ \@gls@do@glsunset{#2}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.16}{2015-07-08}{added \cs{glspostlinkhook}}
@@ -10014,11 +10238,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% Indicate that this entry has now been used
%\changes{2.05}{2010-02-06}{Removed spurious brace. Patch provided by Sergiu Dotenco}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifKV@glslink@local
- \glslocalunset{#2}%
- \else
- \glsunset{#2}%
- \fi
+ \@gls@do@glsunset{#2}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.16}{2015-07-08}{added \cs{glspostlinkhook}}
@@ -10028,6 +10248,23 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsdisp}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+%Provide a sentence-case version to make it easier to map.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsdisp}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsdisp}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsdisp}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@Glsdisp}[3][]{%
+ \@glsdisp[#1]{#2}{\glssentencecase{#3}}%
+}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsdisp}{\Glsdisp}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper}
%\changes{4.19}{2015-11-22}{new}
% Instead of just setting \cs{do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper} to
@@ -10040,6 +10277,9 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\end{macro}
%
%\begin{macro}{\@gls@field@link}
+%\begin{definition}
+%\cs{@gls@field@link}\marg{options}\marg{label}\marg{link text}
+%\end{definition}
%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{new}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{added assignment of \cs{do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper}}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -10057,7 +10297,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-% \cs{glstext} behaves like \ics{gls} except it always uses the value
+% \cs{glstext} behaves like \cs{gls} except it always uses the value
% given by the \gloskey{text} key and it doesn't mark the entry as
% used.
%\begin{macro}{\glstext}
@@ -10089,6 +10329,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*{\GLStext}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLStext}
+\glsmfublocker{\GLStext}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGLStext}}
@@ -10100,9 +10341,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Read in the final optional argument:
% \changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to using \cs{glsuppercase}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLStext@#1#2[#3]{%
- \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrytext{#2}#3}}%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuppercase{\glsentrytext{#2}#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -10115,8 +10357,12 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newrobustcmd*{\Glstext}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glstext}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glstext}{\Glstext}
+% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGlstext}}
-% Defined the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
+% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
% a final optional argument
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\@Glstext}[2][]{%
@@ -10131,7 +10377,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{glsfirst} behaves like \ics{gls} except it always uses the value
+% \cs{glsfirst} behaves like \cs{gls} except it always uses the value
% given by the \gloskey{first} key and it doesn't mark the entry as
% used.
%\begin{macro}{\glsfirst}
@@ -10157,7 +10403,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{Glsfirst} behaves like \ics{glsfirst} except it displays the
+% \cs{Glsfirst} behaves like \cs{glsfirst} except it displays the
% first letter in uppercase.
%\begin{macro}{\Glsfirst}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
@@ -10165,8 +10411,12 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newrobustcmd*{\Glsfirst}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsfirst}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsfirst}{\Glsfirst}
+% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGlsfirst}}
-% Defined the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
+% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
% a final optional argument
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\@Glsfirst}[2][]{%
@@ -10181,12 +10431,13 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{GLSfirst} behaves like \ics{Glsfirst} except it displays the
+% \cs{GLSfirst} behaves like \cs{Glsfirst} except it displays the
% text in uppercase.
%\begin{macro}{\GLSfirst}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*{\GLSfirst}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSfirst}
+\glsmfublocker{\GLSfirst}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGLSfirst}}
@@ -10199,13 +10450,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% Read in the final optional argument:
% \changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter}
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use \cs{glsentryfirst}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to using \cs{glsuppercase}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLSfirst@#1#2[#3]{%
- \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirst{#2}#3}}%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuppercase{\glsentryfirst{#2}#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{glsplural} behaves like \ics{gls} except it always uses the value
+% \cs{glsplural} behaves like \cs{gls} except it always uses the value
% given by the \gloskey{plural} key and it doesn't mark the entry as
% used.
%\begin{macro}{\glsplural}
@@ -10230,7 +10482,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{Glsplural} behaves like \ics{glsplural} except that the first
+% \cs{Glsplural} behaves like \cs{glsplural} except that the first
% letter is converted to uppercase.
%\begin{macro}{\Glsplural}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
@@ -10238,8 +10490,12 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newrobustcmd*{\Glsplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsplural}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsplural}{\Glsplural}
+% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGlsplural}}
-% Defined the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
+% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
% a final optional argument
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\@Glsplural}[2][]{%
@@ -10254,17 +10510,18 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{GLSplural} behaves like \ics{glsplural} except that the
+% \cs{GLSplural} behaves like \cs{glsplural} except that the
% text is converted to uppercase.
%\begin{macro}{\GLSplural}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*{\GLSplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSplural}
+\glsmfublocker{\GLSplural}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGLSplural}}
-% Defined the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
+% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
% a final optional argument
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\@GLSplural}[2][]{%
@@ -10273,13 +10530,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% Read in the final optional argument:
% \changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter}
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use \cs{glsentryplural}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to using \cs{glsuppercase}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLSplural@#1#2[#3]{%
- \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryplural{#2}#3}}%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuppercase{\glsentryplural{#2}#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{glsfirstplural} behaves like \ics{gls} except it always uses the value
+% \cs{glsfirstplural} behaves like \cs{gls} except it always uses the value
% given by the \gloskey{firstplural} key and it doesn't mark the entry as
% used.
%\begin{macro}{\glsfirstplural}
@@ -10306,7 +10564,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{Glsfirstplural} behaves like \ics{glsfirstplural} except that the
+% \cs{Glsfirstplural} behaves like \cs{glsfirstplural} except that the
% first letter is converted to uppercase.
%\begin{macro}{\Glsfirstplural}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
@@ -10315,6 +10573,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newrobustcmd*{\Glsfirstplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsfirstplural}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsfirstplural}{\Glsfirstplural}
+% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGlsfirstplural}}
% Defined the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
% a final optional argument
@@ -10332,13 +10594,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{GLSfirstplural} behaves like \ics{glsfirstplural} except that the
+% \cs{GLSfirstplural} behaves like \cs{glsfirstplural} except that the
% link text is converted to uppercase.
%\begin{macro}{\GLSfirstplural}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*{\GLSfirstplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSfirstplural}
+\glsmfublocker{\GLSfirstplural}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGLSfirstplural}}
@@ -10352,13 +10615,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter}
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use
%\cs{glsentryfirstplural}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to using \cs{glsuppercase}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLSfirstplural@#1#2[#3]{%
- \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirstplural{#2}#3}}%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuppercase{\glsentryfirstplural{#2}#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{glsname} behaves like \ics{gls} except it always uses the value
+% \cs{glsname} behaves like \cs{gls} except it always uses the value
% given by the \gloskey{name} key and it doesn't mark the entry as
% used.
%\begin{macro}{\glsname}
@@ -10384,7 +10648,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{Glsname} behaves like \ics{glsname} except that the
+% \cs{Glsname} behaves like \cs{glsname} except that the
% first letter is converted to uppercase.
%\begin{macro}{\Glsname}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
@@ -10393,8 +10657,12 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newrobustcmd*{\Glsname}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsname}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsname}{\Glsname}
+% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGlsname}}
-% Defined the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
+% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
% a final optional argument
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\@Glsname}[2][]{%
@@ -10409,13 +10677,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{GLSname} behaves like \ics{glsname} except that the
+% \cs{GLSname} behaves like \cs{glsname} except that the
% link text is converted to uppercase.
%\begin{macro}{\GLSname}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*{\GLSname}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSname}
+\glsmfublocker{\GLSname}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGLSname}}
@@ -10428,13 +10697,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% Read in the final optional argument:
% \changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter}
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use \cs{glsentryname}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to using \cs{glsuppercase}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLSname@#1#2[#3]{%
- \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryname{#2}#3}}%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuppercase{\glsentryname{#2}#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{glsdesc} behaves like \ics{gls} except it always uses the value
+% \cs{glsdesc} behaves like \cs{gls} except it always uses the value
% given by the \gloskey{description} key and it doesn't mark the entry
% as used.
%\begin{macro}{\glsdesc}
@@ -10460,7 +10730,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{Glsdesc} behaves like \ics{glsdesc} except that the
+% \cs{Glsdesc} behaves like \cs{glsdesc} except that the
% first letter is converted to uppercase.
%\begin{macro}{\Glsdesc}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
@@ -10469,6 +10739,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newrobustcmd*{\Glsdesc}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsdesc}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsdesc}{\Glsdesc}
+% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGlsdesc}}
% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
% a final optional argument
@@ -10485,13 +10759,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{GLSdesc} behaves like \ics{glsdesc} except that the
+% \cs{GLSdesc} behaves like \cs{glsdesc} except that the
% link text is converted to uppercase.
%\begin{macro}{\GLSdesc}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*{\GLSdesc}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSdesc}
+\glsmfublocker{\GLSdesc}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGLSdesc}}
@@ -10504,13 +10779,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% Read in the final optional argument:
%\changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter}
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use \cs{glsentrydesc}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to using \cs{glsuppercase}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLSdesc@#1#2[#3]{%
- \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrydesc{#2}#3}}%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuppercase{\glsentrydesc{#2}#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{glsdescplural} behaves like \ics{gls} except it always uses the value
+% \cs{glsdescplural} behaves like \cs{gls} except it always uses the value
% given by the \gloskey{descriptionplural} key and it doesn't mark the entry
% as used.
%\begin{macro}{\glsdescplural}
@@ -10537,7 +10813,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{Glsdescplural} behaves like \ics{glsdescplural} except that the
+% \cs{Glsdescplural} behaves like \cs{glsdescplural} except that the
% first letter is converted to uppercase.
%\begin{macro}{\Glsdescplural}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
@@ -10546,6 +10822,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newrobustcmd*{\Glsdescplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsdescplural}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsdescplural}{\Glsdescplural}
+% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGlsdescplural}}
% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
% a final optional argument
@@ -10563,13 +10843,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{GLSdescplural} behaves like \ics{glsdescplural} except that the
+% \cs{GLSdescplural} behaves like \cs{glsdescplural} except that the
% link text is converted to uppercase.
%\begin{macro}{\GLSdescplural}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*{\GLSdescplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSdescplural}
+\glsmfublocker{\GLSdescplural}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGLSdescplural}}
@@ -10583,13 +10864,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter}
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use
%\cs{glsentrydescplural}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to using \cs{glsuppercase}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLSdescplural@#1#2[#3]{%
- \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrydescplural{#2}#3}}%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuppercase{\glsentrydescplural{#2}#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{glssymbol} behaves like \ics{gls} except it always uses the value
+% \cs{glssymbol} behaves like \cs{gls} except it always uses the value
% given by the \gloskey{symbol} key and it doesn't mark the entry as
% used.
%\begin{macro}{\glssymbol}
@@ -10615,7 +10897,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{Glssymbol} behaves like \ics{glssymbol} except that the
+% \cs{Glssymbol} behaves like \cs{glssymbol} except that the
% first letter is converted to uppercase.
%\begin{macro}{\Glssymbol}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
@@ -10624,6 +10906,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newrobustcmd*{\Glssymbol}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glssymbol}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glssymbol}{\Glssymbol}
+% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGlssymbol}}
% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
% a final optional argument
@@ -10640,13 +10926,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{GLSsymbol} behaves like \ics{glssymbol} except that the
+% \cs{GLSsymbol} behaves like \cs{glssymbol} except that the
% link text is converted to uppercase.
%\begin{macro}{\GLSsymbol}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*{\GLSsymbol}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSsymbol}
+\glsmfublocker{\GLSsymbol}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGLSsymbol}}
@@ -10659,13 +10946,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% Read in the final optional argument:
%\changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter}
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use \cs{glsentrysymbol}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to using \cs{glsuppercase}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLSsymbol@#1#2[#3]{%
- \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrysymbol{#2}#3}}%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuppercase{\glsentrysymbol{#2}#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{glssymbolplural} behaves like \ics{gls} except it always uses the value
+% \cs{glssymbolplural} behaves like \cs{gls} except it always uses the value
% given by the \gloskey{symbolplural} key and it doesn't mark the entry as
% used.
%\begin{macro}{\glssymbolplural}
@@ -10692,7 +10980,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{Glssymbolplural} behaves like \ics{glssymbolplural} except that the
+% \cs{Glssymbolplural} behaves like \cs{glssymbolplural} except that the
% first letter is converted to uppercase.
%\begin{macro}{\Glssymbolplural}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
@@ -10701,6 +10989,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newrobustcmd*{\Glssymbolplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glssymbolplural}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glssymbolplural}{\Glssymbolplural}
+% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGlssymbolplural}}
% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
% a final optional argument
@@ -10718,13 +11010,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{GLSsymbolplural} behaves like \ics{glssymbolplural} except that the
+% \cs{GLSsymbolplural} behaves like \cs{glssymbolplural} except that the
% link text is converted to uppercase.
%\begin{macro}{\GLSsymbolplural}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*{\GLSsymbolplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSsymbolplural}
+\glsmfublocker{\GLSsymbolplural}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGLSsymbolplural}}
@@ -10738,13 +11031,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{fixed bug that ignored 3rd parameter}
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use
%\cs{glsentrysymbolplural}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to using \cs{glsuppercase}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLSsymbolplural@#1#2[#3]{%
- \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrysymbolplural{#2}#3}}%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuppercase{\glsentrysymbolplural{#2}#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{glsuseri} behaves like \ics{gls} except it always uses the value
+% \cs{glsuseri} behaves like \cs{gls} except it always uses the value
% given by the \gloskey{user1} key and it doesn't mark the entry
% as used.
%\begin{macro}{\glsuseri}
@@ -10769,7 +11063,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{Glsuseri} behaves like \ics{glsuseri} except that the
+% \cs{Glsuseri} behaves like \cs{glsuseri} except that the
% first letter is converted to uppercase.
%\begin{macro}{\Glsuseri}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
@@ -10778,6 +11072,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newrobustcmd*{\Glsuseri}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsuseri}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsuseri}{\Glsuseri}
+% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGlsuseri}}
% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
% a final optional argument
@@ -10793,13 +11091,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{GLSuseri} behaves like \ics{glsuseri} except that the
+% \cs{GLSuseri} behaves like \cs{glsuseri} except that the
% link text is converted to uppercase.
%\begin{macro}{\GLSuseri}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*{\GLSuseri}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSuseri}
+\glsmfublocker{\GLSuseri}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGLSuseri}}
@@ -10811,13 +11110,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Read in the final optional argument:
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use \cs{glsentryuseri}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to using \cs{glsuppercase}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLSuseri@#1#2[#3]{%
- \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuseri{#2}#3}}%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuppercase{\glsentryuseri{#2}#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{glsuserii} behaves like \ics{gls} except it always uses the value
+% \cs{glsuserii} behaves like \cs{gls} except it always uses the value
% given by the \gloskey{user2} key and it doesn't mark the entry
% as used.
%\begin{macro}{\glsuserii}
@@ -10842,7 +11142,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{Glsuserii} behaves like \ics{glsuserii} except that the
+% \cs{Glsuserii} behaves like \cs{glsuserii} except that the
% first letter is converted to uppercase.
%\begin{macro}{\Glsuserii}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
@@ -10851,6 +11151,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newrobustcmd*{\Glsuserii}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsuserii}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsuserii}{\Glsuserii}
+% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGlsuserii}}
% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
% a final optional argument
@@ -10866,13 +11170,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{GLSuserii} behaves like \ics{glsuserii} except that the
+% \cs{GLSuserii} behaves like \cs{glsuserii} except that the
% link text is converted to uppercase.
%\begin{macro}{\GLSuserii}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*{\GLSuserii}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSuserii}
+\glsmfublocker{\GLSuserii}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGLSuserii}}
@@ -10884,13 +11189,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Read in the final optional argument:
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use \cs{glsentryuserii}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to using \cs{glsuppercase}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLSuserii@#1#2[#3]{%
- \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuserii{#2}#3}}%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuppercase{\glsentryuserii{#2}#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{glsuseriii} behaves like \ics{gls} except it always uses the value
+% \cs{glsuseriii} behaves like \cs{gls} except it always uses the value
% given by the \gloskey{user3} key and it doesn't mark the entry
% as used.
%\begin{macro}{\glsuseriii}
@@ -10915,7 +11221,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{Glsuseriii} behaves like \ics{glsuseriii} except that the
+% \cs{Glsuseriii} behaves like \cs{glsuseriii} except that the
% first letter is converted to uppercase.
%\begin{macro}{\Glsuseriii}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
@@ -10924,6 +11230,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newrobustcmd*{\Glsuseriii}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsuseriii}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsuseriii}{\Glsuseriii}
+% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGlsuseriii}}
% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
% a final optional argument
@@ -10939,13 +11249,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{GLSuseriii} behaves like \ics{glsuseriii} except that the
+% \cs{GLSuseriii} behaves like \cs{glsuseriii} except that the
% link text is converted to uppercase.
%\begin{macro}{\GLSuseriii}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*{\GLSuseriii}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSuseriii}
+\glsmfublocker{\GLSuseriii}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGLSuseriii}}
@@ -10957,13 +11268,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Read in the final optional argument:
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use \cs{glsentryuseriii}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to using \cs{glsuppercase}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLSuseriii@#1#2[#3]{%
- \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuseriii{#2}#3}}%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuppercase{\glsentryuseriii{#2}#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{glsuseriv} behaves like \ics{gls} except it always uses the value
+% \cs{glsuseriv} behaves like \cs{gls} except it always uses the value
% given by the \gloskey{user4} key and it doesn't mark the entry
% as used.
%\begin{macro}{\glsuseriv}
@@ -10988,7 +11300,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{Glsuseriv} behaves like \ics{glsuseriv} except that the
+% \cs{Glsuseriv} behaves like \cs{glsuseriv} except that the
% first letter is converted to uppercase.
%\begin{macro}{\Glsuseriv}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
@@ -10997,6 +11309,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newrobustcmd*{\Glsuseriv}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsuseriv}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsuseriv}{\Glsuseriv}
+% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGlsuseriv}}
% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
% a final optional argument
@@ -11012,13 +11328,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{GLSuseriv} behaves like \ics{glsuseriv} except that the
+% \cs{GLSuseriv} behaves like \cs{glsuseriv} except that the
% link text is converted to uppercase.
%\begin{macro}{\GLSuseriv}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*{\GLSuseriv}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSuseriv}
+\glsmfublocker{\GLSuseriv}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGLSuseriv}}
@@ -11030,13 +11347,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Read in the final optional argument:
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use \cs{glsentryuseriv}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to using \cs{glsuppercase}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLSuseriv@#1#2[#3]{%
- \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuseriv{#2}#3}}%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuppercase{\glsentryuseriv{#2}#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{glsuserv} behaves like \ics{gls} except it always uses the value
+% \cs{glsuserv} behaves like \cs{gls} except it always uses the value
% given by the \gloskey{user5} key and it doesn't mark the entry
% as used.
%\begin{macro}{\glsuserv}
@@ -11061,7 +11379,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{Glsuserv} behaves like \ics{glsuserv} except that the
+% \cs{Glsuserv} behaves like \cs{glsuserv} except that the
% first letter is converted to uppercase.
%\begin{macro}{\Glsuserv}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
@@ -11070,6 +11388,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newrobustcmd*{\Glsuserv}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsuserv}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsuserv}{\Glsuserv}
+% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGlsuserv}}
% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
% a final optional argument
@@ -11085,13 +11407,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{GLSuserv} behaves like \ics{glsuserv} except that the
+% \cs{GLSuserv} behaves like \cs{glsuserv} except that the
% link text is converted to uppercase.
%\begin{macro}{\GLSuserv}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*{\GLSuserv}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSuserv}
+\glsmfublocker{\GLSuserv}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGLSuserv}}
@@ -11103,13 +11426,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Read in the final optional argument:
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use \cs{glsentryuserv}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to using \cs{glsuppercase}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLSuserv@#1#2[#3]{%
- \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuserv{#2}#3}}%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuppercase{\glsentryuserv{#2}#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{glsuservi} behaves like \ics{gls} except it always uses the value
+% \cs{glsuservi} behaves like \cs{gls} except it always uses the value
% given by the \gloskey{user6} key and it doesn't mark the entry
% as used.
%\begin{macro}{\glsuservi}
@@ -11134,7 +11458,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{Glsuservi} behaves like \ics{glsuservi} except that the
+% \cs{Glsuservi} behaves like \cs{glsuservi} except that the
% first letter is converted to uppercase.
%\begin{macro}{\Glsuservi}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
@@ -11143,6 +11467,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newrobustcmd*{\Glsuservi}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsuservi}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsuservi}{\Glsuservi}
+% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGlsuservi}}
% Defined the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
% a final optional argument
@@ -11158,13 +11486,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \cs{GLSuservi} behaves like \ics{glsuservi} except that the
+% \cs{GLSuservi} behaves like \cs{glsuservi} except that the
% link text is converted to uppercase.
%\begin{macro}{\GLSuservi}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*{\GLSuservi}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSuservi}
+\glsmfublocker{\GLSuservi}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sGLSuservi}}
@@ -11176,9 +11505,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Read in the final optional argument:
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to just use \cs{glsentryuservi}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to using \cs{glsuppercase}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLSuservi@#1#2[#3]{%
- \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuservi{#2}#3}}%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuppercase{\glsentryuservi{#2}#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -11241,6 +11571,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newrobustcmd*{\Acrshort}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Acrshort}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\Acrshort}{\Acrshort}
+% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sAcrshort}}
% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
% a final optional argument
@@ -11289,6 +11623,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*{\ACRshort}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@ACRshort}
+\glsmfublocker{\ACRshort}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sACRshort}}
@@ -11311,13 +11646,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{added \cs{glslabel}, \cs{glsifplural},
% \cs{glscapscase}, \cs{glsinsert} and \cs{glscustomtext}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to using \cs{glsuppercase}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\glslabel{#2}%
\let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
\let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
\let\glsinsert\@empty
\def\glscustomtext{%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{#2}}#3}%
+ \glsuppercase{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{#2}}#3}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.06}{2014-03-12}{added \cs{glsifhyper}}
@@ -11392,6 +11728,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newrobustcmd*{\Acrshortpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Acrshortpl}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\Acrshortpl}{\Acrshortpl}
+% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sAcrshortpl}}
% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
% a final optional argument
@@ -11440,6 +11780,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*{\ACRshortpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@ACRshortpl}
+\glsmfublocker{\ACRshortpl}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sACRshortpl}}
@@ -11462,13 +11803,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{added \cs{glslabel}, \cs{glsifplural},
% \cs{glscapscase}, \cs{glsinsert} and \cs{glscustomtext}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to using \cs{glsuppercase}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\glslabel{#2}%
\let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
\let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
\let\glsinsert\@empty
\def\glscustomtext{%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{#2}}#3}%
+ \glsuppercase{\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{#2}}#3}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.06}{2014-03-12}{added \cs{glsifhyper}}
@@ -11547,6 +11889,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newrobustcmd*{\Acrlong}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Acrlong}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\Acrlong}{\Acrlong}
+% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sAcrlong}}
% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
% a final optional argument
@@ -11600,6 +11946,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*{\ACRlong}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@ACRlong}
+\glsmfublocker{\ACRlong}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sACRlong}}
@@ -11632,9 +11979,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% Bug fix v4.02 removed \cs{acronymfont} from \cs{glscustomtext}
% (\cs{acronymfont} only designed for short form).
% \changes{4.02}{2013-12-05}{Removed \cs{acronymfont}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to using \cs{glsuppercase}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\glscustomtext{%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylong{#2}#3}%
+ \glsuppercase{\glsentrylong{#2}#3}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{moved \cs{glsifhyper}}
@@ -11713,6 +12061,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newrobustcmd*{\Acrlongpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Acrlongpl}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\Acrlongpl}{\Acrlongpl}
+% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sAcrlongpl}}
% Define the un-starred form. Need to determine if there is
% a final optional argument
@@ -11767,6 +12119,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*{\ACRlongpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@ACRlongpl}
+\glsmfublocker{\ACRlongpl}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sACRlongpl}}
@@ -11799,9 +12152,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% Bug fix v4.02 removed \cs{acronymfont} from \cs{glscustomtext}
% (\cs{acronymfont} only designed for short form).
% \changes{4.02}{2013-12-05}{Removed \cs{acronymfont}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to using \cs{glsuppercase}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\glscustomtext{%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylongpl{#2}#3}%
+ \glsuppercase{\glsentrylongpl{#2}#3}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{moved \cs{glsifhyper}}
@@ -11817,7 +12171,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsubsection{Displaying entry details without adding
+%\subsubsection{Displaying entry details without adding
% information to the glossary}
%\label{sec:code:glsnolink}
%
@@ -11827,12 +12181,15 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\begin{macro}{\@gls@entry@field}
% Generic version.
%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{new}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to \cs{csuse}}
%\begin{definition}
%\cs{@gls@entry@field}\marg{label}\marg{field}
%\end{definition}
+%Now using \cs{csuse} instead of \cs{csname} to expand to nothing
+%rather than \cs{relax} if undefined.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\@gls@entry@field}[2]{%
- \csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@#2\endcsname
+ \csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@#2}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
@@ -11855,14 +12212,15 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\begin{definition}
%\cs{@Gls@entry@field}\marg{label}\marg{field}
%\end{definition}
+%Check for PDF bookmarks performed by \cs{@Glsentryfield}.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@Gls@entry@field}[2]{%
+\newrobustcmd*{\@Gls@entry@field}[2]{%
\glsdoifexistsordo{#1}%
{%
\letcs\@glo@text{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@#2}%
\ifdef\@glo@text
{%
- \xmakefirstuc{\@glo@text}%
+ \expandafter\glssentencecase\expandafter{\@glo@text}%
}%
{%
??\PackageError{glossaries}{The field `#2' doesn't exist for glossary
@@ -11877,6 +12235,33 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
+%Aside from \cs{Glsentryname}, the \cs{Glsentry\ldots} sentence case commands can
+%all follow the same format.
+%\begin{macro}{\@Glsentryfield}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+%\begin{definition}
+%\cs{@Glsentryfield}\marg{entry-label}\marg{field-label}
+%\end{definition}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\@Glsentryfield}[2]{%
+ \glstexorpdfstring{\@Gls@entry@field{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\MFUsentencecase{\@gls@entry@field{#1}{#2}}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glstexorpdfstring}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+%Provide a command that will use \cs{texorpdfstring} if it has been
+%defined. (Remove all the cumbersome tests to determine whether or
+%not that command has been defined.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdef\texorpdfstring
+{\newcommand{\glstexorpdfstring}{\texorpdfstring}}
+{\newcommand{\glstexorpdfstring}[2]{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
% Get the entry name (as specified by the \gloskey{name} key
% when the entry was defined). The argument
% is the label associated with the entry. Note that unless you
@@ -11888,19 +12273,33 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newcommand*{\glsentryname}[1]{\@gls@entry@field{#1}{name}}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%The sentence-case equivalents were made robust since they use the
+%non-expandable \cs{makefirstuc}. These will now expand in the PDF
+%bookmarks to sentence case using \cs{MFUsentencecase} (which is
+%expandable). Obviously, if any of the fields contain non-expandable
+%content (such as acronym font changing commands) then that will
+%cause a problem (which can be dealt with by using \sty{hyperref}'s
+%\cs{pdfstringdefDisableCommands}).
%\begin{macro}{\Glsentryname}
%\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{allow expansion in PDF bookmarks}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryname}[1]{%
- \@Gls@entryname{#1}%
+\newcommand*{\Glsentryname}[1]{%
+ \glstexorpdfstring{\protect\@Gls@entryname{#1}}%
+ {\MFUsentencecase{\@gls@entry@field{#1}{name}}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsentryname}{\Glsentryname}
+% \end{macrocode}
%
%\begin{macro}{\@Gls@entryname}
%\changes{4.10}{2014-08-27}{new}
% This is a workaround in the event that the user defies the warning
% in the manual about not using \cs{Glsname} or \cs{Glsentryname} with acronyms.
+% The check for PDF bookmarks is in \cs{Glsentryname}.
% First the default behaviour:
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\@Gls@entryname}[1]{%
@@ -11910,15 +12309,45 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\end{macro}
%\begin{macro}{\@Gls@acrentryname}
%\changes{4.10}{2014-08-27}{new}
-% Now the behaviour when \cs{setacronymstyle} is used:
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed \sty{mfirstuc} internal commands}
+% Now the behaviour when \cs{setacronymstyle} is used. The original
+% definition of this command used \sty{mfirstuc} internal commands that are now
+% being deprecated.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@Gls@acrentryname}[1]{%
+\newrobustcmd*{\@Gls@acrentryname}[1]{%
+ \ifglshaslong{#1}%
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%Just need to ensure that \cs{acrnameformat} is expanded, which may
+%cause problems as non-robust semantic commands may expand to
+%content that interferes with sentence-casing.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \protected@edef\@glo@text{\@gls@entry@field{#1}{name}}%
+ \expandafter\glssentencecase\expandafter{\@glo@text}%
+ }%
+ {%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Not an acronym
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{name}%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@org@Gls@acrentryname}
+%Original definition of \cs{@Gls@acrentryname}. This will be removed
+%in a later version.
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{saved original definition of
+%\cs{@Gls@acrentryname}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@org@Gls@acrentryname}[1]{%
\ifglshaslong{#1}%
{%
\letcs\@glo@text{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@name}%
% \end{macrocode}
%\cs{@gls@getbody} is defined by \sty{mfirstuc} (which used to be
-%part of \styfmt{glossaries}).
+%part of \sty{glossaries}).
% \begin{macrocode}
\expandafter\@gls@getbody\@glo@text{}\@nil
\expandafter\ifx\@gls@body\glsentrylong\relax
@@ -11949,7 +12378,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\@glo@text
}%
\else
- \xmakefirstuc{\@glo@text}%
+ \expandafter\glssentencecase\expandafter{\@glo@text}%
\fi
\fi
\fi
@@ -11976,14 +12405,18 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newcommand*{\glsentrydesc}[1]{\@gls@entry@field{#1}{desc}}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\Glsentrydesc}
%\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{allow expansion in PDF bookmarks}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentrydesc}[1]{%
- \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{desc}%
-}
+\newcommand*{\Glsentrydesc}[1]{\@Glsentryfield{#1}{desc}}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsentrydesc}{\Glsentrydesc}
+% \end{macrocode}
% Plural form:
%\begin{macro}{\glsentrydescplural}
%\changes{1.12}{2008-03-08}{New}
@@ -11996,12 +12429,17 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\begin{macro}{\Glsentrydescplural}
%\changes{1.12}{2008-03-08}{New}
%\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{allow expansion in PDF bookmarks}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentrydescplural}[1]{%
- \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{descplural}%
+\newcommand*{\Glsentrydescplural}[1]{%
+ \@Glsentryfield{#1}{descplural}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsentrydescplural}{\Glsentrydescplural}
+% \end{macrocode}
%
% Get the entry text, as specified by the \gloskey{text} key when
% the entry was defined. The argument
@@ -12013,12 +12451,17 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\end{macro}
%\begin{macro}{\Glsentrytext}
%\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{allow expansion in PDF bookmarks}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentrytext}[1]{%
- \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{text}%
+\newcommand*{\Glsentrytext}[1]{%
+ \@Glsentryfield{#1}{text}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsentrytext}{\Glsentrytext}
+% \end{macrocode}
%
% Get the plural form:
%\begin{macro}{\glsentryplural}
@@ -12030,12 +12473,17 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\end{macro}
%\begin{macro}{\Glsentryplural}
%\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{allow expansion in PDF bookmarks}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryplural}[1]{%
- \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{plural}%
+\newcommand*{\Glsentryplural}[1]{%
+ \@Glsentryfield{#1}{plural}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsentryplural}{\Glsentryplural}
+% \end{macrocode}
%
% Get the symbol associated with this entry. The argument
% is the label associated with the entry.
@@ -12048,12 +12496,17 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\end{macro}
%\begin{macro}{\Glsentrysymbol}
%\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{allow expansion in PDF bookmarks}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentrysymbol}[1]{%
- \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{symbol}%
+\newcommand*{\Glsentrysymbol}[1]{%
+ \@Glsentryfield{#1}{symbol}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsentrysymbol}{\Glsentrysymbol}
+% \end{macrocode}
% Plural form:
%\begin{macro}{\glsentrysymbolplural}
%\changes{1.12}{2008-03-08}{New}
@@ -12066,12 +12519,17 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\begin{macro}{\Glsentrysymbolplural}
%\changes{1.12}{2008-03-08}{New}
%\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{allow expansion in PDF bookmarks}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentrysymbolplural}[1]{%
- \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{symbolplural}%
+\newcommand*{\Glsentrysymbolplural}[1]{%
+ \@Glsentryfield{#1}{symbolplural}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsentrysymbolplural}{\Glsentrysymbolplural}
+% \end{macrocode}
%
% Get the entry text to be used when the entry is first used in
% the document (as specified by the \gloskey{first} key when
@@ -12085,12 +12543,17 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\end{macro}
%\begin{macro}{\Glsentryfirst}
%\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{allow expansion in PDF bookmarks}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryfirst}[1]{%
- \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{first}%
+\newcommand*{\Glsentryfirst}[1]{%
+ \@Glsentryfield{#1}{first}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsentryfirst}{\Glsentryfirst}
+% \end{macrocode}
%
% Get the plural form (as specified by the \gloskey{firstplural}
% key when the entry was defined).
@@ -12104,12 +12567,17 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\end{macro}
%\begin{macro}{\Glsentryfirstplural}
%\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{allow expansion in PDF bookmarks}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryfirstplural}[1]{%
- \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{firstpl}%
+\newcommand*{\Glsentryfirstplural}[1]{%
+ \@Glsentryfield{#1}{firstpl}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsentryfirstplural}{\Glsentryfirstplural}
+% \end{macrocode}
%
%\begin{macro}{\glscapitalisewords}
%\changes{4.48}{2021-10-19}{new}
@@ -12125,6 +12593,17 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\begin{macro}{\glsentrytitlecase}
%\changes{4.22}{2016-04-19}{new}
%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{added existence check}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{use sentence case for PDF bookmark}
+%Now uses sentence case in PDF bookmark.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\glsentrytitlecase}[2]{%
+ \glstexorpdfstring
+ {\@glsentrytitlecase{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\MFUsentencecase{\@gls@entry@field{#1}{#2}}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsentrytitlecase}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*{\@glsentrytitlecase}[2]{%
\glsdoifexists{#1}%
@@ -12133,23 +12612,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\expandafter\glscapitalisewords\expandafter{\@gls@value}%
}%
}
-\ifdef\texorpdfstring
-{
- \newcommand*{\glsentrytitlecase}[2]{%
- \texorpdfstring
- {\@glsentrytitlecase{#1}{#2}}%
- {\@gls@entry@field{#1}{#2}}%
- }
-}
-{
- \newcommand*{\glsentrytitlecase}[2]{\@glsentrytitlecase{#1}{#2}}
-}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
+%
% Display the glossary type with which this entry is associated
% (as specified by the \gloskey{type} key used when the entry was
-% defined)
+% defined). This expands to a label so isn't intended to produce
+% text in the document.
%\begin{macro}{\glsentrytype}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\glsentrytype}[1]{\@gls@entry@field{#1}{type}}
@@ -12159,6 +12629,8 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% Display the sort text used for this entry. Note that the
% \gloskey{sort} key is sanitize, so unexpected results may
% occur if the \gloskey{sort} key contained commands.
+% This is likewise not intended to produce text in the document,
+% other than for debugging purposes.
%\begin{macro}{\glsentrysort}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\glsentrysort}[1]{%
@@ -12168,7 +12640,9 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\end{macro}
%
%\begin{macro}{\glsentryparent}
-%Expands to the label of the entry's parent.
+%Expands to the label of the entry's parent.
+%This expands to a label so isn't intended to produce
+%text in the document.
%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{new}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\glsentryparent}[1]{%
@@ -12191,12 +12665,17 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\begin{macro}{\Glsentryuseri}
%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new}
%\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{allow expansion in PDF bookmarks}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryuseri}[1]{%
- \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{useri}%
+\newcommand*{\Glsentryuseri}[1]{%
+ \@Glsentryfield{#1}{useri}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsentryuseri}{\Glsentryuseri}
+% \end{macrocode}
%
%\begin{macro}{\glsentryuserii}
% Get the second user key (as specified by the
@@ -12212,12 +12691,17 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\begin{macro}{\Glsentryuserii}
%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new}
%\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{allow expansion in PDF bookmarks}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryuserii}[1]{%
- \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{userii}%
+\newcommand*{\Glsentryuserii}[1]{%
+ \@Glsentryfield{#1}{userii}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsentryuserii}{\Glsentryuserii}
+% \end{macrocode}
%
%\begin{macro}{\glsentryuseriii}
% Get the third user key (as specified by the
@@ -12233,12 +12717,17 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\begin{macro}{\Glsentryuseriii}
%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new}
%\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{allow expansion in PDF bookmarks}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryuseriii}[1]{%
- \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{useriii}%
+\newcommand*{\Glsentryuseriii}[1]{%
+ \@Glsentryfield{#1}{useriii}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsentryuseriii}{\Glsentryuseriii}
+% \end{macrocode}
%
%\begin{macro}{\glsentryuseriv}
% Get the fourth user key (as specified by the
@@ -12254,12 +12743,17 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\begin{macro}{\Glsentryuseriv}
%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new}
%\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{allow expansion in PDF bookmarks}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryuseriv}[1]{%
- \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{useriv}%
+\newcommand*{\Glsentryuseriv}[1]{%
+ \@Glsentryfield{#1}{useriv}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsentryuseriv}{\Glsentryuseriv}
+% \end{macrocode}
%
%\begin{macro}{\glsentryuserv}
% Get the fifth user key (as specified by the
@@ -12275,12 +12769,17 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\begin{macro}{\Glsentryuserv}
%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new}
%\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{allow expansion in PDF bookmarks}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryuserv}[1]{%
- \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{userv}%
+\newcommand*{\Glsentryuserv}[1]{%
+ \@Glsentryfield{#1}{userv}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsentryuserv}{\Glsentryuserv}
+% \end{macrocode}
%
%\begin{macro}{\glsentryuservi}
% Get the sixth user key (as specified by the
@@ -12296,12 +12795,17 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\begin{macro}{\Glsentryuservi}
%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new}
%\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{allow expansion in PDF bookmarks}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryuservi}[1]{%
- \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{uservi}%
+\newcommand*{\Glsentryuservi}[1]{%
+ \@Glsentryfield{#1}{uservi}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsentryuservi}{\Glsentryuservi}
+% \end{macrocode}
%
%\begin{macro}{\glsentryshort}
% Get the short key (as specified by the
@@ -12315,12 +12819,17 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\begin{macro}{\Glsentryshort}
%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new}
%\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{allow expansion in PDF bookmarks}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryshort}[1]{%
- \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{short}%
+\newcommand*{\Glsentryshort}[1]{%
+ \@Glsentryfield{#1}{short}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsentryshort}{\Glsentryshort}
+% \end{macrocode}
%
%\begin{macro}{\glsentryshortpl}
% Get the short plural key (as specified by the
@@ -12334,12 +12843,17 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\begin{macro}{\Glsentryshortpl}
%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new}
%\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{allow expansion in PDF bookmarks}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryshortpl}[1]{%
- \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{shortpl}%
+\newcommand*{\Glsentryshortpl}[1]{%
+ \@Glsentryfield{#1}{shortpl}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsentryshortpl}{\Glsentryshortpl}
+% \end{macrocode}
%
%\begin{macro}{\glsentrylong}
% Get the long key (as specified by the
@@ -12353,12 +12867,17 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\begin{macro}{\Glsentrylong}
%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new}
%\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{allow expansion in PDF bookmarks}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentrylong}[1]{%
- \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{long}%
+\newcommand*{\Glsentrylong}[1]{%
+ \@Glsentryfield{#1}{long}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsentrylong}{\Glsentrylong}
+% \end{macrocode}
%
%\begin{macro}{\glsentrylongpl}
% Get the long plural key (as specified by the
@@ -12372,20 +12891,27 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\begin{macro}{\Glsentrylongpl}
%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new}
%\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{allow expansion in PDF bookmarks}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentrylongpl}[1]{%
- \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{longpl}%
+\newcommand*{\Glsentrylongpl}[1]{%
+ \@Glsentryfield{#1}{longpl}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsentrylongpl}{\Glsentrylongpl}
+% \end{macrocode}
%
% Short cut macros to access full form:
%\begin{macro}{\glsentryfull}
%\changes{3.13a}{2013-11-05}{changed to use \cs{acrfullformat}}
%\changes{4.02}{2013-12-05}{bug fix: added missing \cs{acronymfont}}
+%This definition shouldn't actually be used. This command will be
+%redefined by the acronym style.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\glsentryfull}[1]{%
- \acrfullformat{\glsentrylong{#1}}{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{#1}}}%
+ \glsentrylong{#1} (\glsentryshort{#1})%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
@@ -12395,17 +12921,25 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%with \cs{glsentryshort})}
%\changes{3.13a}{2013-11-05}{changed to use \cs{acrfullformat}}
%\changes{4.02}{2013-12-05}{bug fix: added missing \cs{acronymfont}}
+%This definition shouldn't actually be used. This command will be
+%redefined by the acronym style.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryfull}[1]{%
- \acrfullformat{\Glsentrylong{#1}}{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{#1}}}%
+\newcommand*{\Glsentryfull}[1]{%
+ \Glsentrylong{#1} (\glsentryshort{#1})%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsentryfull}{\Glsentryfull}
+% \end{macrocode}
%\begin{macro}{\glsentryfullpl}
%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{fixed bug (replaced \cs{glsentryshort}
%with \cs{glsentryshortpl})}
%\changes{3.13a}{2013-11-05}{changed to use \cs{acrfullformat}}
%\changes{4.02}{2013-12-05}{bug fix: added missing \cs{acronymfont}}
+%This definition shouldn't actually be used. This command will be
+%redefined by the acronym style.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\glsentryfullpl}[1]{%
\acrfullformat{\glsentrylongpl{#1}}{\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{#1}}}%
@@ -12416,12 +12950,18 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\changes{3.09a}{2013-10-09}{made robust}
%\changes{3.13a}{2013-11-05}{changed to use \cs{acrfullformat}}
%\changes{4.02}{2013-12-05}{bug fix: added missing \cs{acronymfont}}
+%This definition shouldn't actually be used. This command will be
+%redefined by the acronym style.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryfullpl}[1]{%
- \acrfullformat{\Glsentrylongpl{#1}}{\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{#1}}}%
+\newcommand*{\Glsentryfullpl}[1]{%
+ \Glsentrylongpl{#1} (\glsentryshortpl{#1})%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsentryfullpl}{\Glsentryfullpl}
+% \end{macrocode}
%
%\begin{macro}{\glsentrynumberlist}
%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{new}
@@ -12510,7 +13050,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\begin{macro}{\glshyperlink}
% Provide a hyperlink to a glossary entry without adding information
% to the glossary file. The entry needs to be added using a
-% command like \ics{glslink} or \ics{glsadd} to ensure that
+% command like \cs{glslink} or \cs{glsadd} to ensure that
% the target is defined. The first (optional) argument specifies
% the link text. The entry name is used by default. The second
% argument is the entry label.
@@ -12525,7 +13065,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-%\section{Adding an entry to the glossary without generating
+%\subsection{Adding an entry to the glossary without generating
% text}
% The following keys are provided for \cs{glsadd} and
% \cs{glsaddall}:
@@ -12594,6 +13134,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%Identify \cs{glsadd} as an exclusion, but this will only work if
+%the optional argument is omitted. If the optional argument is
+%required, the \cs{glsadd} command with arguments will need to be
+%encapsulated with \cs{MFUskippunc}. See the \sty{mfirstuc} v2.08+
+%manual for further details.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuexcl{\glsadd}
+% \end{macrocode}
%
%\begin{macro}{\@gls@adjustmode}
%\changes{4.12}{2014-11-22}{new}
@@ -12603,6 +13151,9 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
+%The following aren't added as exclusions, since there's no reason
+%for them to occur at the start of content that may require a
+%case-change (such as at the start of a description).
%\begin{definition}
%\cs{glsaddall}\oarg{option list}
%\end{definition}
@@ -12624,7 +13175,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\end{macro}
%\begin{macro}{\glsaddallunused}
%\begin{definition}
-%\cs{glsaddallunused}\oarg{glossary type}
+%\cs{glsaddallunused}\oarg{glossary types}
%\end{definition}
% Add all used terms defined for the listed glossaries (without displaying
% any text). If optional argument is omitted, apply to all
@@ -12650,7 +13201,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-%\section{Creating associated files}
+%\subsection{Creating associated files}
% The \cs{writeist} command creates the associated
% customized \filetype{.ist} \app{makeindex} style file.
% While defining this command, some characters have their
@@ -12659,7 +13210,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% actual character (usually "@") is redefined to be a "?", to allow
% internal commands to be written to the glossary file output file.
%
-% The special characters\mkidxspch\ are stored in \cs{@gls@actualchar},
+% The special characters are stored in \cs{@gls@actualchar},
% \cs{@gls@encapchar}, \cs{@glsl@levelchar} and
% \cs{@gls@quotechar} to make them easier to use later,
% but don't change these values, because the characters are
@@ -12670,12 +13221,12 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% The symbols and numbers label for group headings are hardwired into
% the \filetype{.ist} file as \texttt{glssymbols} and
% \texttt{glsnumbers}, the group titles can be translated
-% (so that \ics{glssymbolsgroupname} replaces \texttt{glssymbols}
-% and \ics{glsnumbersgroupname} replaces \texttt{glsnumbers})
-% using the command \ics{glsgetgrouptitle} which is
-% defined in \isty{glossary-hypernav}. This is done to prevent
-% any problem characters in \ics{glssymbolsgroupname}
-% and \ics{glsnumbersgroupname} from breaking hyperlinks.
+% (so that \cs{glssymbolsgroupname} replaces \texttt{glssymbols}
+% and \cs{glsnumbersgroupname} replaces \texttt{glsnumbers})
+% using the command \cs{glsgetgrouptitle} which is
+% defined in \sty{glossary-hypernav}. This is done to prevent
+% any problem characters in \cs{glssymbolsgroupname}
+% and \cs{glsnumbersgroupname} from breaking hyperlinks.
%
%\begin{macro}{\glsopenbrace}
% Define \cs{glsopenbrace} to make it easier to write an opening
@@ -12925,7 +13476,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Cross-reference class. (The unverified option is used as the
% cross-references are supplied using the list of labels along with
-% the optional argument for \ics{glsseeformat} which
+% the optional argument for \cs{glsseeformat} which
% \app{xindy} won't recognise.)
% \begin{macrocode}
\write\glswrite{^^J; define cross-reference class^^J}%
@@ -13086,6 +13637,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% Suppress any further calls.
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\writeist\relax
+ \let\noist\@gls@noist@toolate
}
\else
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -13171,6 +13723,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \begin{macrocode}
\closeout\glswrite
\let\writeist\relax
+ \let\noist\@gls@noist@toolate
}
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -13378,17 +13931,27 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
+%\begin{macro}{\@gls@noist@toolate}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\@gls@noist@toolate}{%
+ \GlossariesWarning{too late to use \string\noist. The style file
+has already been written}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
% \cs{@makeglossary} is an internal command that takes an
% argument indicating the glossary type. This command will
% create the glossary file required by \app{makeindex} for the
% given glossary type, using the extension supplied by the
-% \meta{out-ext} parameter used in \ics{newglossary}
-% (and it will also activate the \ics{glossary} command,
+% \meta{out-ext} parameter used in \cs{newglossary}
+% (and it will also activate the \cs{glossary} command,
% and create the customized \filetype{.ist} \app{makeindex}
% style file).
%
% Note that you can't use \cs{@makeglossary} for only some of the
-% defined glossaries (with just the base \styfmt{glossaries} package). You either need
+% defined glossaries (with just the base \sty{glossaries} package). You either need
% to have a \cs{makeglossaries} for all glossaries or none (otherwise
% you will end up with a situation where \TeX\ is trying to write to a non-existant
% file). The relevant glossary must be defined prior to using \cs{@makeglossary}.
@@ -13456,15 +14019,19 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\ifdefstring{\glsorder}{letter}%
{\def\@gls@order{-M ord/letorder }}%
{\let\@gls@order\@empty}%
- \ifcsundef{@xdy@#1@language}%
- {\let\@gls@langmod\@xdy@main@language}%
- {\letcs\@gls@langmod{@xdy@#1@language}}%
+ \gls@xdy@set@lang{#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{added check for void codepage}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifdefvoid\gls@codepage
+ {\let\@@gls@codepage\@empty}%
+ {\def\@@gls@codepage{-C \gls@codepage\space}}%
\edef\@gls@dothiswrite{\noexpand\write18{xindy
-I xindy
\@gls@order
-L \@gls@langmod\space
-M \gls@istfilebase\space
- -C \gls@codepage\space
+ \@@gls@codepage
-t \jobname.\csuse{@glotype@#1@log}
-o \jobname.\csuse{@glotype@#1@in}
\jobname.\csuse{@glotype@#1@out}}%
@@ -13503,6 +14070,9 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\changes{4.42}{2019-01-06}{new}
%Unstarred form of \cs{ifglossaryexists} is used as
%\cs{@gls@automake@immediate} can't be used with an ignored glossary.
+%Note that \qt{out} means the output file from this package's point
+%of view. It will be the input file from the indexing application's
+%point of view.
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifglsxindy
\newcommand*{\@gls@automake@immediate}[1]{%
@@ -13513,15 +14083,22 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\ifdefstring{\glsorder}{letter}%
{\def\@gls@order{-M ord/letorder }}%
{\let\@gls@order\@empty}%
- \ifcsundef{@xdy@#1@language}%
- {\let\@gls@langmod\@xdy@main@language}%
- {\letcs\@gls@langmod{@xdy@#1@language}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%Set \cs{@gls@langmod}:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \gls@xdy@set@lang{#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{added check for void codepage}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifdefvoid\gls@codepage
+ {\let\@@gls@codepage\@empty}%
+ {\def\@@gls@codepage{-C \gls@codepage\space}}%
\edef\@gls@dothiswrite{\noexpand\immediate\noexpand\write18{xindy
-I xindy
\@gls@order
-L \@gls@langmod\space
-M \gls@istfilebase\space
- -C \gls@codepage\space
+ \@@gls@codepage
-t \jobname.\csuse{@glotype@#1@log}
-o \jobname.\csuse{@glotype@#1@in}
\jobname.\csuse{@glotype@#1@out}}%
@@ -13575,17 +14152,34 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
+%\begin{macro}{\@gls@automake@types}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+%The list of glossaries to build if automake is on.
+%Provided for \sty{glossaries-extra}'s hybrid option.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\@gls@automake@types}{\@glo@types}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\@gls@@automake@immediate}
%\changes{4.42}{2019-01-06}{new}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\@gls@@automake@immediate}{%
\ifnum\gls@automake@nr=2\relax
- \@for\@gls@type:=\@glo@types\do{%
+ \@for\@gls@type:=\@gls@automake@types\do{%
\ifdefempty{\@gls@type}{}%
{\@gls@automake@immediate{\@gls@type}}%
}%
\glsautomakefalse
\renewcommand*{\@gls@doautomake}{}%
+ \else
+ \ifdefempty\gls@automake@makegloss{}%
+ {%
+ \IfFileExists{\jobname.aux}%
+ {\immediate\write18{\gls@automake@makegloss\space \jobname}}{}%
+ \glsautomakefalse
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@doautomake}{}%
+ }%
\fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -13599,6 +14193,11 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\begin{macro}{\makeglossaries}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\makeglossaries}{%
+ \ifglsxindy
+ \def\glsindexingsetting{xindy}%
+ \else
+ \def\glsindexingsetting{makeindex}%
+ \fi
\@domakeglossaries
{%
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -13646,7 +14245,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
% New glossaries must be created before \cs{makeglossaries}
-% so disable \ics{newglossary}.
+% so disable \cs{newglossary}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand*\newglossary[4][]{%
\PackageError{glossaries}{New glossaries
@@ -13704,7 +14303,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifglsautomake
\renewcommand*{\@gls@doautomake}{%
- \@for\@gls@type:=\@glo@types\do{%
+ \@for\@gls@type:=\@gls@automake@types\do{%
\ifdefempty{\@gls@type}{}%
{\@gls@automake{\@gls@type}}%
}%
@@ -13725,7 +14324,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\end{macro}
%
%\begin{macro}{\@makeglossaries@warn@noprintglossary}
-%\changes{4.47}{??}{new}
+%\changes{4.47}{2021-09-20}{new}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand\@makeglossaries@warn@noprintglossary{%
\ifdefstring{\@glo@types}{,}%
@@ -13748,9 +14347,9 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \cs{makeglossaries} so that it's only defined if needed.
%\end{macro}
%
-% If \ics{makeglossaries} hasn't been used, issue a warning.
-% Also issue a warning if neither \ics{printglossaries} nor
-% \ics{printglossary} have been used.
+% If \cs{makeglossaries} hasn't been used, issue a warning.
+% Also issue a warning if neither \cs{printglossaries} nor
+% \cs{printglossary} have been used.
% \begin{macrocode}
\AtEndDocument{%
\warn@nomakeglossaries
@@ -13764,6 +14363,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% needed for \cs{printnoidxglossary}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\makenoidxglossaries}{%
+ \def\glsindexingsetting{noidx}%
\@domakeglossaries
{%
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -13858,7 +14458,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\string\makeglossaries}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% Redefine \ics{glsentrynumberlist}
+% Redefine \cs{glsentrynumberlist}
% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand*{\glsentrynumberlist}[1]{%
\letcs{\@gls@loclist}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@loclist}%
@@ -13875,7 +14475,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% Redefine \ics{glsdisplaynumberlist}
+% Redefine \cs{glsdisplaynumberlist}
% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand*{\glsdisplaynumberlist}[1]{%
\letcs{\@gls@loclist}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@loclist}%
@@ -13936,6 +14536,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% Check sort option allowed.
% \begin{macrocode}
\@glo@check@sortallowed\makenoidxglossaries
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Implement nonumberlist
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\@gls@savenonumberlist\gls@noidx@nonumberlist
}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -13947,10 +14551,11 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%
%\begin{macro}{\glsnumberlistloop}
%\begin{definition}
-%\cs{glsnumberlistloop}\marg{label}\marg{handler}
+%\cs{glsnumberlistloop}\marg{label}\marg{handler}\marg{xr handler cs}
%\end{definition}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{corrected parameter number}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\glsnumberlistloop}[2]{%
+\newcommand*{\glsnumberlistloop}[3]{%
\PackageError{glossaries}{\string\glsnumberlistloop\space
only works with \string\makenoidxglossaries}{}%
}
@@ -13991,15 +14596,16 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-%\section{Writing information to associated files}
+%\subsection{Writing information to associated files}
%\label{sec:wrgloss}
%
%\begin{macro}{\gls@noidxglossary}
% Write the glossary information to the aux file (for the `noidx'
-% method):
+% method).
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{added \cs{glswrglossdisablelocationcmds}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\gls@noidxglossary}{%
- \protected@write\@auxout{}{%
+ \protected@write\@auxout{\glswrglossdisablelocationcmds}{%
\string\@gls@reference
{\csname glo@\@gls@label @type\endcsname}%
{\@gls@label}%
@@ -14017,10 +14623,8 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
%\begin{macro}{\istfile}
%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{deprecated}
%\changes{4.40}{2018-06-01}{changed \cs{def} to \cs{providecommand}}
-% Deprecated.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand\istfile{\glswrite}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+% Deprecated in v3.0 (2011-04-02). Removed in v4.50.
%\end{macro}
%
% At the end of the document, the files should be created if
@@ -14078,10 +14682,10 @@ you
%\end{macro}
%
% As from v4.10, the \cs{glossary} command isn't
-% used by the \styfmt{glossaries} package. Since the
-% user isn't expected to use this command (as \styfmt{glossaries}
+% used by the \sty{glossaries} package. Since the
+% user isn't expected to use this command (as \sty{glossaries}
% takes care of the particular format required for
-% \gls{makeindex}\slash\gls{xindy}) there's no need for a user level
+% \app{makeindex}\slash\app{xindy}) there's no need for a user level
% command. Using a custom internal command prevents any conflict
% with other packages (and with the \cs{mark} mechanism).
%
@@ -14121,8 +14725,8 @@ you
%The \cs{@index} trick allows for special characters within
%\meta{indexing info} (so you can do, for example, \verb|\index{%@\%}|),
%and the original design of \cs{@glossary} here
-%was actually a legacy from the old \styfmt{glossary} package. With
-%the \styfmt{glossaries} package, the indexing information supplied in
+%was actually a legacy from the old \sty{glossary} package. With
+%the \sty{glossaries} package, the indexing information supplied in
%the second argument is more constrained and just consists of the sort
%value (given by the \gloskey{sort} key), the actual value
%(given by \cs{glossentry}\marg{label} or
@@ -14229,15 +14833,29 @@ you
%\end{macro}
%\begin{macro}{\gls@disablepagerefexpansion}
%\changes{3.04}{2012-11-18}{new}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{added check for esclocations}
+%As from v4.50, this will only do the page protection formats for
+%esclocations=true.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\gls@disablepagerefexpansion}{%
- \@for\@gls@this:=\gls@protected@pagefmts\do
- {%
- \expandafter\let\@gls@this\relax
- }%
+ \glswrglossdisablelocationcmds
+ \ifglsesclocations
+ \@for\@gls@this:=\gls@protected@pagefmts\do
+ {%
+ \expandafter\let\@gls@this\relax
+ }%
+ \fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glswrglossdisablelocationcmds}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\glswrglossdisablelocationcmds}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\gls@alphpage}
%\changes{3.04}{2012-11-18}{new}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -14287,17 +14905,31 @@ you
%\changes{1.46}{2021-09-20}{changed \cs{eappto} to \cs{protected@eappto}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\glsaddprotectedpagefmt}[1]{%
- \protected@eappto\gls@protected@pagefmts{,\expandonce{\csname gls#1page\endcsname}}%
- \csedef{gls#1page}{\expandonce{\csname#1\endcsname}\noexpand\c@page}%
- \protected@eappto\@wrglossarynumberhook{%
- \noexpand\let\expandonce{\csname org@gls#1\endcsname}%
- \expandonce{\csname#1\endcsname}%
- \noexpand\def\expandonce{\csname#1\endcsname}{%
- \noexpand\@wrglossary@pageformat
- \expandonce{\csname gls#1page\endcsname}%
- \expandonce{\csname org@gls#1\endcsname}%
+ \ifglsesclocations
+ \protected@eappto\gls@protected@pagefmts{,\expandonce{\csname gls#1page\endcsname}}%
+ \csedef{gls#1page}{\expandonce{\csname#1\endcsname}\noexpand\c@page}%
+ \protected@eappto\@wrglossarynumberhook{%
+ \noexpand\let\expandonce{\csname org@gls#1\endcsname}%
+ \expandonce{\csname#1\endcsname}%
+ \noexpand\def\expandonce{\csname#1\endcsname}{%
+ \noexpand\@wrglossary@pageformat
+ \expandonce{\csname gls#1page\endcsname}%
+ \expandonce{\csname org@gls#1\endcsname}%
+ }%
}%
- }%
+ \else
+ \GlsWarnAddProtectedPageFmt
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\GlsWarnAddProtectedPageFmt}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\GlsWarnAddProtectedPageFmt}{%
+ \GlossariesWarning{\string\glsaddprotectedpagefmt\space has no
+ effect with esclocations=false}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
@@ -14331,6 +14963,34 @@ you
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
+%\begin{macro}{\glswrglossdisableanchorcmds}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\glswrglossdisableanchorcmds}{\let\glstexorpdfstring\@secondoftwo}
+\ifdef\texorpdfstring
+ {\appto\glswrglossdisableanchorcmds{\let\texorpdfstring\@secondoftwo}}{}
+\ifdef\pdfstringdefPreHook
+ {\appto\glswrglossdisableanchorcmds{\pdfstringdefPreHook}}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glswrglosslocationtarget}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+%Must expand. May be used to alter the location suffix in the
+%\cs{glshypernumber} anchor.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\glswrglosslocationtarget}[1]{#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glswrglosslocationtextfmt}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+%Used to encapsulate the hyperlink text in \cs{glshypernumber}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\glswrglosslocationtextfmt}[1]{#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\@@do@noesc@wrglossary}
%\changes{4.33}{2017-09-20}{new}
% Write the glossary entry in the appropriate format.
@@ -14357,10 +15017,7 @@ you
% point, even if it hasn't been updated yet. The page number is not
% expected to occur in the prefix.)
% \begin{macrocode}
- \protected@edef\@do@gls@getcounterprefix{\noexpand\@gls@getcounterprefix
- {\@glslocref}{\@glsHlocref}%
- }%
- \@do@gls@getcounterprefix
+ \@xp@gls@getcounterprefix{\@glslocref}{\@glsHlocref}%
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
% De-tok label if required.
@@ -14378,12 +15035,13 @@ you
%
%\begin{macro}{\ifglswrallowprimitivemods}
%\changes{4.22}{2016-04-19}{new}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switch default to false}
% Conditional to determine whether or not \cs{@@do@esc@wrglossary}
% should be allowed to temporarily redefine \cs{the} and
-% \cs{number}.
+% \cs{number}. Version 4.50 switched the default to false.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newif\ifglswrallowprimitivemods
-\glswrallowprimitivemodstrue
+\glswrallowprimitivemodsfalse
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
@@ -14503,11 +15161,15 @@ you
\def\gls@number##1{%
\ifx##1\c@page \gls@numberpage\else\gls@orgnumber##1\fi}%
\def\number{\expandafter\gls@number}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{moved \cs{romannumeral} inside allow primitive
+%mods}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\romannumeral##1{%
+ \ifx##1\c@page \gls@romanpage \else \gls@orgromannumeral##1\fi}%
\fi
\def\@arabic##1{%
\ifx##1\c@page \gls@arabicpage\else\gls@orgarabic##1\fi}%
- \def\romannumeral##1{%
- \ifx##1\c@page \gls@romanpage\else\gls@orgromannumeral##1\fi}%
\def\@Roman##1{%
\ifx##1\c@page \gls@Romanpage\else\gls@orgRoman##1\fi}%
\def\@alph##1{%
@@ -14544,10 +15206,7 @@ you
\else
\protected@edef\@glsHlocref{\theHglsentrycounter}%
\@gls@checkmkidxchars\@glsHlocref
- \edef\@do@gls@getcounterprefix{\noexpand\@gls@getcounterprefix
- {\@glslocref}{\@glsHlocref}%
- }%
- \@do@gls@getcounterprefix
+ \@xp@gls@getcounterprefix{\@glslocref}{\@glsHlocref}%
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
% De-tok label if required
@@ -14616,17 +15275,35 @@ you
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
+%\begin{macro}{\@xp@gls@getcounterprefix}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\@xp@gls@getcounterprefix[2]{%
+ \bgroup
+ \glswrglossdisableanchorcmds
+ \protected@edef\@do@gls@getcounterprefix{%
+ \noexpand\egroup
+ \noexpand\@gls@getcounterprefix{#1}{#2}%
+ }%
+ \@do@gls@getcounterprefix
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\@gls@getcounterprefix}
% Get the prefix that needs to be prepended to counter in order to
% get the hyper counter. (For example, with the standard
-% \cls{article} class and \sty{hyperref}, \ics{theequation} needs to
+% \cls{article} class and \sty{hyperref}, \cs{theequation} needs to
% be prefixed with \meta{section num}|.| to get the equivalent
-% \ics{theHequation}.) NB this assumes that the prefix ends with a
+% \cs{theHequation}.) NB this assumes that the prefix ends with a
% dot, which is the standard. (Otherwise it makes the xindy location
% classes more complicated.)
+%
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{changed \cs{edef} to \cs{def}}
+%The expansion has been moved to \cs{@xp@gls@getcounterprefix}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*\@gls@getcounterprefix[2]{%
- \edef\@gls@thisloc{#1}\edef\@gls@thisHloc{#2}%
+ \def\@gls@thisloc{#1}\def\@gls@thisHloc{#2}%
\ifx\@gls@thisloc\@gls@thisHloc
\def\@glo@counterprefix{}%
\else
@@ -14655,7 +15332,7 @@ you
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-%\section{Glossary Entry Cross-References}
+%\subsection{Glossary Entry Cross-References}
%\begin{macro}{\@do@seeglossary}
%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{new}
% Write the glossary entry with a cross reference.
@@ -14802,15 +15479,23 @@ you
%\end{macro}
%\begin{macro}{\glsseeitemformat}
%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new}
-% As from v3.0, default is to use \ics{glsentrytext} instead of
-% \ics{glsentryname}. (To avoid problems with the \gloskey{name} key being
-% sanitized, although this is no longer a problem now.)
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{added test for short field}
+%Introduced in v3.0 to replace use of \cs{glsentryname} (originally in
+%\cs{glsseeitem}) with
+%\cs{glsentrytext} to avoid problems with the \gloskey{name} key
+%being sanitized. This ceased being a problem in v3.08a, but
+%\cs{glsentrytext} was retained for backward-compatibility.
+% As from v4.50, the default has reverted back to using
+% \cs{glsentryname} unless the entry is an acronym (which could have
+% a potentially long name).
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{\glsentrytext{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{%
+ \ifglshasshort{#1}{\glsentrytext{#1}}{\glsentryname{#1}}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-% \section{Displaying the glossary}\label{sec:code:printglos}
+%\subsection{Displaying the glossary}\label{sec:code:printglos}
% An individual glossary is displayed in the text using
% \cs{printglossary}\oarg{key-val list}. If the
% \gloskey[printglossary]{type} key is omitted, the default glossary is displayed.
@@ -14839,10 +15524,10 @@ you
%\end{macro}
%
%\begin{macro}{\warn@noprintglossary}
-% Warn the user if they have forgotten \ics{printglossaries}
-% or \ics{printglossary}. (Will be suppressed if there is at
-% least one occurrence of \ics{printglossary}. There is no check
-% to ensure that there is a \ics{printglossary} for each defined
+% Warn the user if they have forgotten \cs{printglossaries}
+% or \cs{printglossary}. (Will be suppressed if there is at
+% least one occurrence of \cs{printglossary}. There is no check
+% to ensure that there is a \cs{printglossary} for each defined
% glossary.)
%\changes{4.04}{2014-03-06}{Activate warning in \cs{makeglossaries}}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -14875,7 +15560,7 @@ you
% Neither \cs{printglossary} nor \cs{printnoidxglossary} can work
% with an ignored glossary (since ignored glossaries normally
% suppress indexing and there's no associated file for
-% \gls{makeindex}/\gls{xindy} to process). However \cs{printunsrtglossary} can be used
+% \app{makeindex}/\app{xindy} to process). However \cs{printunsrtglossary} can be used
% with an ignored glossary, so provide a command to warn if the
% glossary doesn't exist or is an ignored glossary.
%\begin{macro}{\@printgloss@checkexists@noignored}
@@ -14986,7 +15671,7 @@ you
% \cs{printnoidxglossary}. The first argument is the options list,
% the second argument is the handler macro that
% deals with the actual glossary. This is also used by
-% \sty{glossaries-extra}'s \ics{printunsrtglossary} which may be
+% \sty{glossaries-extra}'s \cs{printunsrtglossary} which may be
% used with an ignored glossary.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\@printglossary}[2]{%
@@ -15007,7 +15692,7 @@ you
\ifx\@glossary@default@style\relax
\GlossariesWarning{No default glossary style provided \MessageBreak
for the glossary `\@glo@type'. \MessageBreak
- Using deprecated fallback. \MessageBreak
+ Using fallback. \MessageBreak
To fix this set the style with \MessageBreak
\string\setglossarystyle\space or use the \MessageBreak
style key=value option}%
@@ -15015,7 +15700,7 @@ you
}%
\def\gls@dotoctitle{\glssettoctitle{\@glo@type}}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% Store current value of \ics{glossaryentrynumbers}. (This may
+% Store current value of \cs{glossaryentrynumbers}. (This may
% be changed via the optional argument)
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\@org@glossaryentrynumbers\glossaryentrynumbers
@@ -15108,11 +15793,11 @@ you
% \begin{macrocode}
\egroup
% \end{macrocode}
-% Reset \ics{glossaryentrynumbers}
+% Reset \cs{glossaryentrynumbers}
% \begin{macrocode}
\global\let\glossaryentrynumbers\@org@glossaryentrynumbers
% \end{macrocode}
-% Suppress warning about no \ics{printglossary}
+% Suppress warning about no \cs{printglossary}
%\changes{2.02}{2007-07-13}{suppressed warning globally rather than locally}
% \begin{macrocode}
\global\let\warn@noprintglossary\relax
@@ -15155,9 +15840,11 @@ you
%prevent unwanted whatsit occurring here.}
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifglsxindy
- \ifcsundef{@xdy@\@glo@type @language}%
- {%
- \edef\@do@auxoutstuff{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%Set \cs{@gls@langmod}:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \gls@xdy@set@lang{\@glo@type}%
+ \edef\@do@auxoutstuff{%
\noexpand\AtEndDocument{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{3.10a}{2013-10-13}{Added providecommand code to aux file}
@@ -15168,19 +15855,7 @@ you
\noexpand\immediate\noexpand\write\@auxout{%
\string\providecommand\string\@xdylanguage[2]{}}%
\noexpand\immediate\noexpand\write\@auxout{%
- \string\@xdylanguage{\@glo@type}{\@xdy@main@language}}%
- }%
- }%
- }%
- {%
- \edef\@do@auxoutstuff{%
- \noexpand\AtEndDocument{%
- \noexpand\immediate\noexpand\write\@auxout{%
- \string\providecommand\string\@xdylanguage[2]{}}%
- \noexpand\immediate\noexpand\write\@auxout{%
- \string\@xdylanguage{\@glo@type}{\csname @xdy@\@glo@type
- @language\endcsname}}%
- }%
+ \string\@xdylanguage{\@glo@type}{\@gls@langmod}}%
}%
}%
\@do@auxoutstuff
@@ -15590,7 +16265,7 @@ you
\glossarypreamble
% \end{macrocode}
% \changes{4.29}{2017-01-19}{moved definition of
-% \cs{@gls@currentlettergroup} outside of \envfmt{theglossary} environment}
+% \cs{@gls@currentlettergroup} outside of \env{theglossary} environment}
%The glossary style might use a tabular-like environment, which may
%cause scoping problems when setting the current letter group.
%The predefined tabular-like styles don't support letter group
@@ -15697,6 +16372,7 @@ you
{%
\subglossentry{\gls@level}{#1}%
{%
+ \glsnoidxprenumberlist{#1}%
\glossaryentrynumbers{\glsnoidxloclist{\@gls@loclist}}%
}%
}%
@@ -15744,6 +16420,7 @@ you
{%
\glossentry{#1}%
{%
+ \glsnoidxprenumberlist{#1}%
\glossaryentrynumbers{\glsnoidxloclist{\@gls@loclist}}%
}%
}%
@@ -15791,7 +16468,7 @@ you
%\begin{macro}{\glsnoidxdisplayloclisthandler}
%\changes{4.04}{2014-03-06}{new}
% Handler for location list iterator when used with
-% \ics{glsdisplaynumberlist}.
+% \cs{glsdisplaynumberlist}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\glsnoidxdisplayloclisthandler}[1]{%
\ifdefstring{\@gls@noidxloclist@prev}{#1}%
@@ -15854,13 +16531,13 @@ you
%\end{macro}
%
% The keys that can be used in the optional argument to
-% \ics{printglossary} or \ics{printnoidxglossary} are as follows:
+% \cs{printglossary} or \cs{printnoidxglossary} are as follows:
% The \gloskey[printglossary]{type} key sets the glossary type.
% \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{printgloss}{type}{\def\@glo@type{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
% The \gloskey[printglossary]{title} key sets the title used in the glossary section
-% header. This overrides the title used in \ics{newglossary}.
+% header. This overrides the title used in \cs{newglossary}.
%\changes{3.03}{2012/09/21}{allow title to set toctitle}
% \begin{macrocode}
\define@key{printgloss}{title}{%
@@ -15888,8 +16565,7 @@ you
{Glossary style `#1' undefined}{}%
}%
{%
- \def\@glossarystyle{\setglossentrycompatibility
- \csname @glsstyle@#1\endcsname}%
+ \def\@glossarystyle{\setglossarystyle{#1}}%
}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -15970,7 +16646,7 @@ you
%\texttt{printgloss} family}
% The \gloskey[printglossary]{subentrycounter} key is the same as the
% package option but localised to the current glossary.
-% Note that this doesn't affect the master/slave counter attributes,
+% Note that this doesn't affect the parent/child counter attributes,
% which occurs if \pkgopt{subentrycounter} and \pkgopt{entrycounter}
% package options are set to true.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -16029,7 +16705,7 @@ you
% in the entry's description and 3 column tabular style glossary
% is used.) \cs{org@glossaryentrynumbers} needs to be set at
% the start of each glossary, in the event that
-% \ics{glossaryentrynumber} is redefined.
+% \cs{glossaryentrynumber} is redefined.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\@glsnonextpages}{%
\gdef\glossaryentrynumbers##1{%
@@ -16046,7 +16722,7 @@ you
% in the entry's description and 3 column tabular style glossary
% is used.) \cs{org@glossaryentrynumbers} needs to be set at
% the start of each glossary, in the event that
-% \ics{glossaryentrynumber} is redefined.
+% \cs{glossaryentrynumber} is redefined.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\@glsnextpages}{%
\gdef\glossaryentrynumbers##1{%
@@ -16096,7 +16772,7 @@ you
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-%\begin{macro}{\glsresetsubentrycounter}
+%\begin{macro}{\glsresetentrycounter}
%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{new}
%\changes{4.38}{2018-05-10}{bug fix: move conditional inside command}
% Resets the \ctr{glossaryentry} counter.
@@ -16148,7 +16824,7 @@ you
%\begin{macro}{\glsrefentry}
%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new}
% Reference the entry or sub-entry counter if in use, otherwise just do
-% \ics{gls}.
+% \cs{gls}.
%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
%\changes{4.38}{2018-05-10}{bug fix: move conditional inside command}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -16264,30 +16940,30 @@ you
%\end{macro}
%
% As from version 3.08, glossary information is now written to the
-% external files using \ics{glossentry} and \ics{subglossentry}
+% external files using \cs{glossentry} and \cs{subglossentry}
% instead of \cs{glossaryentryfield} and \cs{glossarysubentryfield}.
% The default definition provides backward compatibility for
% glossary styles that use the old forms.
%\begin{macro}{\compatibleglossentry}
%\changes{3.08a}{2013-09-28}{new}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+%\begin{definition}
+%\cs{compatibleglossentry}\marg{label}\marg{page-list}
+%\end{definition}
+%Removed in v4.50.
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glossentry}
%\begin{definition}
% \cs{glossentry}\marg{label}\marg{page-list}
%\end{definition}
+%\changes{3.08a}{2013-09-28}{new}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand*{\compatibleglossentry}[2]{%
- \toks@{#2}%
- \protected@edef\@do@glossentry{\noexpand\glossaryentryfield{#1}%
- {\noexpand\glsnamefont
- {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@#1@name\endcsname}}%
- {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@#1@desc\endcsname}%
- {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@#1@symbol\endcsname}%
- {\the\toks@}%
- }%
- \@do@glossentry
-}
+\newcommand{\glossentry}[2]{\glossentryname{#1} #2}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
+%
%\begin{macro}{\glossentryname}
%\changes{3.08a}{2013-09-28}{new}
%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
@@ -16311,6 +16987,7 @@ you
\glsnamefont{\Glsentryname{#1}}%
}%
}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glossentryname}{\Glossentryname}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
@@ -16335,6 +17012,7 @@ you
\Glsentrydesc{#1}%
}%
}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glossentrydesc}{\Glossentrydesc}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
@@ -16359,40 +17037,23 @@ you
\Glsentrysymbol{#1}%
}%
}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glossentrysymbol}{\Glossentrysymbol}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
%
%\begin{macro}{\compatiblesubglossentry}
%\changes{3.08a}{2013-09-28}{new}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
%\begin{definition}
-% \cs{subglossentry}\marg{level}\marg{label}\marg{page-list}
+% \cs{compatiblesubglossentry}\marg{level}\marg{label}\marg{page-list}
%\end{definition}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand*{\compatiblesubglossentry}[3]{%
- \toks@{#3}%
- \protected@edef\@do@subglossentry{\noexpand\glossarysubentryfield{\number#1}%
- {#2}%
- {\noexpand\glsnamefont
- {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@#2@name\endcsname}}%
- {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@#2@desc\endcsname}%
- {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@#2@symbol\endcsname}%
- {\the\toks@}%
- }%
- \@do@subglossentry
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%Removed in v4.50
%\end{macro}
%
%\begin{macro}{\setglossentrycompatibility}
%\changes{3.08a}{2013-09-28}{new}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\setglossentrycompatibility}{%
- \let\glossentry\compatibleglossentry
- \let\subglossentry\compatiblesubglossentry
-}
-\setglossentrycompatibility
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
%\end{macro}
%
%
@@ -16403,33 +17064,30 @@ you
% This command formerly governed how each entry row should be formatted
% in the glossary. Now deprecated.
%\changes{3.08a}{2013-09-28}{deprecated}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
- \GlossariesWarning
- {Deprecated use of \string\glossaryentryfield.^^J
- I recommend you change to \string\glossentry.^^J
- If you've just upgraded, try removing your gls auxiliary
- files^^J and recompile}%
- \noindent\textbf{\glstarget{#1}{#2}} #4 #3. #5\par}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+%Removed in v4.50
%\end{macro}
%\begin{macro}{\glossarysubentryfield}
%\begin{definition}
% \cs{glossarysubentryfield}\marg{level}\marg{label}\marg{name}\marg{description}\marg{symbol}\marg{page-list}
%\end{definition}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
% This command governs how each subentry should be formatted
% in the glossary. Glossary styles need to redefine this command.
% Most of the predefined styles ignore \meta{symbol}. The first
% argument is a number indicating the level. (The level should
% be greater than or equal to 1.)
+%
+%Removed in v4.50.
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\subglossentry}
+%\begin{definition}
+% \cs{subglossentry}\marg{level}\marg{label}\marg{page-list}
+%\end{definition}
+%\changes{3.08a}{2013-09-28}{new}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
- \GlossariesWarning
- {Deprecated use of \string\glossarysubentryfield.^^J
- I recommend you change to \string\subglossentry.^^J
- If you've just upgraded, try removing your gls auxiliary
- files^^J and recompile}%
- \glstarget{#2}{\strut}#4. #6\par}
+\newcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{\glossentryname{#2} #3}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
@@ -16483,8 +17141,8 @@ you
% This command produces the title for the glossary group
% whose label is given by \meta{label}. By default, the group
% labelled \texttt{glssymbols} produces
-% \ics{glssymbolsgroupname}, the group labelled
-% \texttt{glsnumbers} produces \ics{glsnumbersgroupname}
+% \cs{glssymbolsgroupname}, the group labelled
+% \texttt{glsnumbers} produces \cs{glsnumbersgroupname}
% and all the other groups simply produce their label.
% As mentioned above, the group labels are: \texttt{glssymbols}, \texttt{glsnumbers},
% \texttt{A}, \ldots, \texttt{Z}\@. If you want to redefine
@@ -16497,8 +17155,9 @@ you
%\cs{ifcsundef}}
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{Added check in case non-Latin alphabet
%in use}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{made robust}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\glsgetgrouptitle}[1]{%
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsgetgrouptitle}[1]{%
\@gls@getgrouptitle{#1}{\@gls@grptitle}%
\@gls@grptitle
}
@@ -16507,28 +17166,20 @@ you
%\begin{macro}{\@gls@getgrouptitle}
% Gets the group title specified by the label (first argument) and
% stores in the second argument, which must be a control sequence.
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to \LaTeX3 syntax}
% \begin{macrocode}
+\ExplSyntaxOn
\newcommand*{\@gls@getgrouptitle}[2]{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Even if the argument appears to be a single letter, it won't be
% considered a single letter by \cs{dtl@ifsingle} if it's an active
% character.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \dtl@ifsingle{#1}%
- {%
- \ifcsundef{#1groupname}{\def#2{#1}}{\letcs#2{#1groupname}}%
- }%
- {%
- \ifboolexpr{test{\ifstrequal{#1}{glssymbols}}
- or test{\ifstrequal{#1}{glsnumbers}}}%
- {%
- \ifcsundef{#1groupname}{\def#2{#1}}{\letcs#2{#1groupname}}%
- }%
- {%
- \def#2{#1}%
- }%
- }%
+ \def#2{#1}%
+ \regex_match:nnT { ^\A(.|glsnumbers|glssymbols)\Z } { #1 }
+ { \ifcsundef{#1groupname}{}{\letcs#2{#1groupname}} }
}
+\ExplSyntaxOff
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%\begin{macro}{\@gls@noidx@getgrouptitle}
@@ -16554,21 +17205,35 @@ you
% will also need to redefine \cs{glsgetgrouplabel}.
%\begin{macro}{\glsgetgrouplabel}
%\changes{3.05}{2013-04-21}{fixed bug (typo in \cs{equal})}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{converted to use \LaTeX3}
+%This only works for the symbol and number groups, so is best
+%avoided and not documented. However, it has been converted to use
+%\LaTeX3 commands.
% \begin{macrocode}
+\ExplSyntaxOn
\newcommand*{\glsgetgrouplabel}[1]{%
-\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{\glssymbolsgroupname}}{glssymbols}{%
-\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{\glsnumbersgroupname}}{glsnumbers}{#1}}}
+ \str_if_eq:eeTF {#1} { \glssymbolsgroupname }
+ { glssymbols }
+ {
+ \str_if_eq:eeTF {#1} { \glsnumbersgroupname }
+ { glsnumbers }
+ { #1 }
+ }
+}
+\ExplSyntaxOff
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
% The command \cs{setentrycounter} sets the entry's
% associated counter (required by
-% \cs{glshypernumber} etc.) \ics{glslink} and
-% \ics{glsadd} encode the
-% \ics{glossary} argument so that the relevant counter is
+% \cs{glshypernumber} etc.) \cs{glslink} and
+% \cs{glsadd} encode the
+% \cs{glossary} argument so that the relevant counter is
% set prior to the formatting command.
%\begin{macro}{\setentrycounter}
%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{added optional argument}
+%The prefix is an optional argument because this command originally
+%only had one argument. The optional argument was added in v3.0.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\setentrycounter}[2][]{%
\def\@glo@counterprefix{#1}%
@@ -16608,37 +17273,9 @@ you
%\begin{macro}{\glossarystyle}
%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with
%\cs{ifcsundef}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\glossarystyle}[1]{%
- \ifcsundef{@glsstyle@#1}%
- {%
- \PackageError{glossaries}{Glossary style `#1' undefined}{}%
- }%
- {%
- \GlossariesWarning
- {Deprecated command \string\glossarystyle.^^J
- I recommend you switch to \string\setglossarystyle\space unless
- you want to maintain backward compatibility}%
- \setglossentrycompatibility
- \csname @glsstyle@#1\endcsname
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\changes{3.13a}{2013-11-05}{fixed bug caused by using \cs{ifdef} instead of
-%\cs{ifcsdef}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifcsdef{@glscompstyle@#1}%
- {\setglossentrycompatibility\csuse{@glscompstyle@#1}}%
- {}%
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\changes{4.21}{2016-01-24}{set default style if not already set}
-% Set the default style if it isn't already set so that
-% \cs{printglossary} can warn if the fallback style is in use.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifx\@glossary@default@style\relax
- \protected@edef\@glossary@default@style{#1}%
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{3.08a}{2013-09-28}{deprecated}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+%Deprecated in v3.08a. Removed in v4.50.
%\end{macro}
%
%\begin{macro}{\newglossarystyle}
@@ -16647,12 +17284,12 @@ you
% \cs{newglossarystyle}\marg{name}\marg{definition}
%\end{definition}
% The \meta{definition} argument should redefine
-% \env{theglossary}, \ics{glossaryheader},
-% \ics{glsgroupheading}, \ics{glossaryentryfield} and
-% \ics{glsgroupskip} (see \autoref{sec:code:styles} for the
+% \env{theglossary}, \cs{glossaryheader},
+% \cs{glsgroupheading}, \cs{glossaryentryfield} and
+% \cs{glsgroupskip} (see \autoref{sec:code:styles} for the
% definitions of predefined styles). Glossary styles should not
-% redefine \ics{glossarypreamble} and
-% \ics{glossarypostamble}, as
+% redefine \cs{glossarypreamble} and
+% \cs{glossarypostamble}, as
% the user should be able to switch between styles without affecting
% the pre- and postambles.
%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{made \cs{newglossarystyle} long}
@@ -16688,13 +17325,13 @@ you
%\end{macro}
%
% Glossary entries are encoded so that the second argument
-% to \ics{glossaryentryfield} is always specified as
+% to \cs{glossaryentryfield} is always specified as
% \cs{glsnamefont}\marg{name}. This allows the
% user to change the font used to display the name term
-% without having to redefine \ics{glossaryentryfield}.
+% without having to redefine \cs{glossaryentryfield}.
% The default uses the surrounding font, so in the list type
% styles (which place the name in the optional argument to
-% \ics{item}) the name will appear in bold.
+% \cs{item}) the name will appear in bold.
%\begin{macro}{\glsnamefont}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\glsnamefont}[1]{#1}
@@ -16704,22 +17341,22 @@ you
% Each glossary entry has an associated number list (usually page
% numbers) that indicate where in the document the entry has been
% used. The format for these number lists can be changed using the
-% \gloskey[glslink]{format}\igloskey[glsadd]{format} key in commands like \ics{glslink}.
+% \gloskey[glslink]{format} key in commands like \cs{glslink}.
% The default format is given by \cs{glshypernumber}. This takes
% a single argument which may be a single number, a number range
% or a number list. The number ranges are delimited with
-% \ics{delimR}, the number lists are delimited with
-% \ics{delimN}.
+% \cs{delimR}, the number lists are delimited with
+% \cs{delimN}.
%
% If the document doesn't have hyperlinks, the numbers can be
% displayed just as they are, but if the document supports
% hyperlinks, the numbers should link to the relevant location.
% This means extracting the individual numbers from the list or
-% ranges. The \isty{hyperref} package does this with the
-% \ics{hyperpage} command, but this is encoded for comma and
+% ranges. The \sty{hyperref} package does this with the
+% \cs{hyperpage} command, but this is encoded for comma and
% dash delimiters and only for the page counter, but this code needs
% to be more general. So I have adapted the code used in the
-% \isty{hyperref} package.
+% \sty{hyperref} package.
%\begin{macro}{\glshypernumber}
%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{modified to allow material
% to be attached to location}
@@ -16731,7 +17368,16 @@ you
\def\glshypernumber#1{#1}%
}%
{%
- \def\glshypernumber#1{\@glshypernumber#1\nohyperpage{}\@nil}
+ \def\glshypernumber#1{\@xp@glshypernumber{#1}}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@xp@glshypernumber}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd{\@xp@glshypernumber}[1]{%
+ \@glshypernumber#1\nohyperpage{}\@nil
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
@@ -16744,7 +17390,7 @@ you
\def\@glshypernumber#1\nohyperpage#2#3\@nil{%
\ifx\\#1\\%
\else
- \@delimR#1\delimR\delimR\\%
+ \gls@delimR#1\delimR\delimR\\%
\fi
\ifx\\#2\\%
\else
@@ -16757,31 +17403,34 @@ you
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
-% \cs{@delimR} displays a range of numbers for the counter
+% \cs{gls@delimR} displays a range of numbers for the counter
% whose name is given by
% \cs{@gls@counter} (which must be set prior to using
% \cs{glshypernumber}).
-%\begin{macro}{\@delimR}
+%\begin{macro}{\gls@delimR}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{renamed \cs{@delimR} to \cs{gls@delimR}}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@delimR#1\delimR #2\delimR #3\\{%
-\ifx\\#2\\%
- \@delimN{#1}%
-\else
- \@gls@numberlink{#1}\delimR\@gls@numberlink{#2}%
-\fi}
+\def\gls@delimR#1\delimR #2\delimR #3\\{%
+ \ifx\\#2\\%
+ \gls@delimN{#1}%
+ \else
+ \@gls@numberlink{#1}\delimR\@gls@numberlink{#2}%
+ \fi
+}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
-% \cs{@delimN} displays a list of individual numbers,
+% \cs{gls@delimN} displays a list of individual numbers,
% instead of a range:
-%\begin{macro}{\@delimN}
+%\begin{macro}{\gls@delimN}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{renamed \cs{@delimN} to \cs{gls@delimN}}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@delimN#1{\@@delimN#1\delimN \delimN\\}
-\def\@@delimN#1\delimN #2\delimN#3\\{%
-\ifx\\#3\\%
- \@gls@numberlink{#1}%
-\else
- \@gls@numberlink{#1}\delimN\@gls@numberlink{#2}%
-\fi
+\def\gls@delimN#1{\gls@@delimN#1\delimN \delimN\\}
+\def\gls@@delimN#1\delimN #2\delimN#3\\{%
+ \ifx\\#3\\%
+ \@gls@numberlink{#1}%
+ \else
+ \@gls@numberlink{#1}\delimN\@gls@numberlink{#2}%
+ \fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
@@ -16791,10 +17440,11 @@ you
% \cs{@gls@counter}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@gls@numberlink#1{%
-\begingroup
- \toks@={}%
- \@gls@removespaces#1 \@nil
-\endgroup}
+ \begingroup
+ \toks@={}%
+ \@gls@removespaces#1 \@nil
+ \endgroup
+}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@gls@removespaces#1 #2\@nil{%
@@ -16809,8 +17459,26 @@ you
% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{added prefix to hyperlink}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \hyperlink{\glsentrycounter\@glo@counterprefix\the\toks@}%
- {\the\toks@}%
+ \bgroup
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{allow markup to be stripped from location}
+%Allow any markup to be stripped from the location when forming the
+%target name.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \glswrglossdisableanchorcmds
+ \protected@edef\@gls@tmp{\glsentrycounter\@glo@counterprefix
+ \glswrglosslocationtarget{\@gls@x}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%If anything hasn't been fully expanded by this point then it will
+%cause a problem, so sanitize to prevent an error, but it's likely
+%the target won't be valid.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\@gls@tmp
+ \edef\@gls@x{\noexpand\egroup
+ \noexpand\hyperlink{\@gls@tmp}%
+ {\noexpand\glswrglosslocationtextfmt{\the\toks@}}%
+ }%
+ \@gls@x
\fi
\else
\@gls@ReturnAfterFi{%
@@ -16876,33 +17544,33 @@ you
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-%\section{Acronyms}\label{sec:code:acronym}
+%\subsection{Acronyms}\label{sec:code:acronym}
%\begin{macro}{\oldacronym}
%\begin{definition}
%\cs{oldacronym}\oarg{label}\marg{abbrv}\marg{long}\marg{key-val list}
%\end{definition}
-% This emulates the way the old \isty{glossary} package defined
-% acronyms. It is equivalent to \ics{newacronym}\oarg{key-val
+% This emulates the way the old \sty{glossary} package defined
+% acronyms. It is equivalent to \cs{newacronym}\oarg{key-val
% list}\marg{label}\marg{abbrv}\marg{long} and it additionally
% defines the command \cs{}\meta{label} which is equivalent to
% \cs{gls}\marg{label} (thus \meta{label} must only contain
% alphabetical characters). If \meta{label} is omitted, \meta{abbrv}
-% is used. This only emulates the syntax of the old \isty{glossary}
+% is used. This only emulates the syntax of the old \sty{glossary}
% package. The way the acronyms appear in the list of acronyms is
-% determined by the definition of \ics{newacronym} and the
+% determined by the definition of \cs{newacronym} and the
% glossary style.
%
% Note that \cs{}\meta{label} can't have an optional
-% argument if the \isty{xspace} package is loaded. If
-% \isty{xspace} hasn't been loaded then you can do
+% argument if the \sty{xspace} package is loaded. If
+% \sty{xspace} hasn't been loaded then you can do
% \cs{}\meta{label}\oarg{insert} but you can't do
% \cs{}\meta{label}\oarg{key-val list}. For example if you define the
% acronym svm, then you can do "\svm['s]" but you can't do
-% "\svm[format=textbf]". If the \isty{xspace} package is loaded,
+% "\svm[format=textbf]". If the \sty{xspace} package is loaded,
% "\svm['s]" will appear as "svm ['s]" which is unlikely to be
% the desired result. In this case, you will need to use
% \cs{gls} explicitly, e.g.\ "\gls{svm}['s]". Note that it is
-% up to the user to load \isty{xspace} if desired.
+% up to the user to load \sty{xspace} if desired.
%\changes{1.18}{2009-01-14}{new}
%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{replaced \cs{@ifundefined} with
%\cs{ifcsundef}}
@@ -16930,27 +17598,54 @@ you
% \cs{newacronym}\oarg{key-val list}\marg{label}\marg{abbrev}\marg{long}
%\end{definition}
% This is a quick way of defining acronyms,
-% using \ics{newglossaryentry} with the appropriate
+% using \cs{newglossaryentry} with the appropriate
% values. It sets the
-% glossary type to \ics{acronymtype} which will be
+% glossary type to \cs{acronymtype} which will be
% "acronym" if the package option \pkgopt{acronym} has
% been used, otherwise it will be the default glossary.
-% Since \cs{newacronym} merely calls \ics{newglossaryentry},
+% Since \cs{newacronym} merely calls \cs{newglossaryentry},
% the acronym is treated like any other glossary entry.
%
% If you prefer a different format, you
% can redefine \cs{newacronym} as required. The optional
% argument can be used to override any of the settings.
%
-% This is just a stub. It's redefined by commands like
-% \cs{SetDefaultAcronymStyle}.
+% This is just a stub. It's redefined by \cs{SetGenericNewAcronym}
+% and by \sty{glossaries-extra}. It used to also be redefined by the
+% obsolete acronym styles that have now been removed.
+%If it is used then it means that the acronym style hasn't been
+%initialised.
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{added initialisation}
%\begin{macro}{\newacronym}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \newcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{}
+\newcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{%
+ \gls@newacronym{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{Removed restriction on only using
% \cs{newacronym} in the preamble}
%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\gls@newacronym}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\gls@newacronym}[4]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%Setting the acronym style will redefine \cs{newacronym} because it
+%calls \cs{SetGenericNewAcronym} but if something weird has happened
+%to alter this, redefine \cs{gls@newacronym} now to prevent an infinite
+%loop.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand{\gls@newacronym}[4]{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{incompatible acronym style:
+ rollback may be required}%
+ {something has gone wrong with \string\newacronym. Try
+ \string\usepackage{glossaries}[=v4.49]}%
+ }%
+ \setacronymstyle{long-short}%
+ \newacronym[#1]{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
% Set up some convenient short cuts. These need to be changed if
% \cs{newacronym} is changed (or if the \gloskey{description} key
% is changed).
@@ -17001,43 +17696,66 @@ you
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-%\begin{macro}{\acrfull}
-% Full form of the acronym.
-%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
-%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd*{\acrfull}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@acrfull}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sacrfull}}
-%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{added starred version}
+% Using \cs{acrlinkfullformat} and \cs{acrfullformat} is now
+% deprecated. However, these commands are still used in
+% the initial definition of \cs{acrfull} and \cs{glsentryfull}.
+% The acronym style now redefines \cs{glsentryfull}, and
+% \cs{acrfull} now uses \cs{acrfullfmt}, which is redefined by the
+% acronym style. Similar for the case and plural variants. This
+% means that \cs{acrlinkfullformat} and \cs{acrfullformat} should
+% now longer be used with v4.50, which will ensure that
+% \cs{setacronymstyle} is used on the first instance of
+% \cs{newacronym} if a style hasn't been set.
+%
+%Outlier cases may occur where someone has defined an entry
+%explicitly with \cs{newglossaryentry} and set the long and short
+%keys and is using \cs{glsentryfull} or \cs{acrfull} without a style
+%set. So, for now, the deprecated \cs{acrlinkfullformat} and \cs{acrfullformat} are
+%retained even though the remaining obsolete acronym code has been
+%removed. However, they may be removed in a future version.
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\acrlinkfullformat}
+% Format for full links like \cs{acrfull}. Syntax:
+% \cs{acrlinkfullformat}\marg{long cs}\marg{short
+% cs}\marg{options}\marg{label}\marg{insert}
+%Deprecated.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\ns@acrfull[2][]{%
- \new@ifnextchar[{\@acrfull{#1}{#2}}%
- {\@acrfull{#1}{#2}[]}%
+\newcommand{\acrlinkfullformat}[5]{%
+ \acrfullformat{#1{#3}{#4}[#5]}{#2{#3}{#4}[]}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\@acrfull}
-%\changes{4.02}{2013-12-05}{now using \cs{acrfullfmt}}
-% Low-level macro:
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\acrfullformat}
+% Default full form is \meta{long} \parg{short}.
+%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{removed \cs{acronymfont} as it should
+%already be set in the second argument.}
+%Deprecated.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@acrfull#1#2[#3]{%
+\newcommand{\acrfullformat}[2]{#1\glsspace(#2)}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Make it easier for acronym styles to change this:
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsspace}
+% Robust space to ensure it's written to the \texttt{.glsdefs} file.
+%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{new}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \acrfullfmt{#1}{#2}{#3}%
-}
+\newrobustcmd{\glsspace}{\space}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-% Using \cs{acrlinkfullformat} and \cs{acrfullformat} is now
-% deprecated as it can cause complications with the first letter
-% upper case variants, but the package needs to provide backward
-% compatibility support.
+% The following \cs{acrfullfmt} set of commands are used by the
+% corresponding \cs{acrfull} command, and are redefined by the
+% acronym style to match the style's full form.
%
%\begin{macro}{\acrfullfmt}
%\changes{4.02}{2013-12-05}{new}
-% No case change full format.
+% No case change full format. This default will be overridden by the
+% acronym style, so this definition shouldn't actually be used any
+% more, but it still needs to be defined so the it doesn't cause a
+% problem when acronym styles redefine it. This is initialised to
+% use the deprecated \cs{acrlinkfullformat} but will be redefined by
+% the acronym style when it's set.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\acrfullfmt}[3]{%
\acrlinkfullformat{\@acrlong}{\@acrshort}{#1}{#2}{#3}%
@@ -17045,31 +17763,83 @@ you
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-%\begin{macro}{\acrlinkfullformat}
-% Format for full links like \ics{acrfull}. Syntax:
-% \cs{acrlinkfullformat}\marg{long cs}\marg{short
-% cs}\marg{options}\marg{label}\marg{insert}
+%\begin{macro}{\Acrfullfmt}
+%\changes{4.02}{2013-12-05}{new}
+% Sentence case full format.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\acrlinkfullformat}[5]{%
- \acrfullformat{#1{#3}{#4}[#5]}{#2{#3}{#4}[]}%
+\newcommand*{\Acrfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \acrlinkfullformat{\@Acrlong}{\@acrshort}{#1}{#2}{#3}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-%\begin{macro}{\acrfullformat}
-% Default full form is \meta{long} \parg{short}.
-%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{removed \cs{acronymfont} as it should
-%already be set in the second argument.}
+%\begin{macro}{\ACRfullfmt}
+%\changes{4.02}{2013-12-05}{new}
+% All upper case full format.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\acrfullformat}[2]{#1\glsspace(#2)}
+\newcommand*{\ACRfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \acrlinkfullformat{\@ACRlong}{\@ACRshort}{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-%\begin{macro}{\glsspace}
-% Robust space to ensure it's written to the \texttt{.glsdefs} file.
-%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{new}
+%\begin{macro}{\acrfullplfmt}
+%\changes{4.02}{2013-12-05}{new}
+% No case change plural full format.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd{\glsspace}{\space}
+\newcommand*{\acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \acrlinkfullformat{\@acrlongpl}{\@acrshortpl}{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\Acrfullplfmt}
+%\changes{4.02}{2013-12-05}{new}
+% Sentence case plural full format.
+%\changes{4.07}{2014-04-04}{fixed no case change bug}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\Acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \acrlinkfullformat{\@Acrlongpl}{\@acrshortpl}{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\ACRfullplfmt}
+%\changes{4.02}{2013-12-05}{new}
+% All upper case plural full format.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\ACRfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \acrlinkfullformat{\@ACRlongpl}{\@ACRshortpl}{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\acrfull}
+% Full form of the acronym.
+%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
+%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newrobustcmd*{\acrfull}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@acrfull}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sacrfull}}
+%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{added starred version}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\ns@acrfull[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@acrfull{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@acrfull{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@acrfull}
+%\changes{4.02}{2013-12-05}{now using \cs{acrfullfmt}}
+% Low-level macro:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@acrfull#1#2[#3]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Make it easier for acronym styles to change this:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \acrfullfmt{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
@@ -17080,6 +17850,10 @@ you
% \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*{\Acrfull}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Acrfull}
% \end{macrocode}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\acrfull}{\Acrfull}
+% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{added starred version}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{@sAcrfull}}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -17099,16 +17873,6 @@ you
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-%\begin{macro}{\Acrfullfmt}
-%\changes{4.02}{2013-12-05}{new}
-% First letter upper case full format.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\Acrfullfmt}[3]{%
- \acrlinkfullformat{\@Acrlong}{\@acrshort}{#1}{#2}{#3}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
%\begin{macro}{\ACRfull}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{switched to using \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
@@ -17134,17 +17898,6 @@ you
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-%\begin{macro}{\ACRfullfmt}
-%\changes{4.02}{2013-12-05}{new}
-% All upper case full format.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\ACRfullfmt}[3]{%
- \acrlinkfullformat{\@ACRlong}{\@ACRshort}{#1}{#2}{#3}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
-%
% Plural:
%\begin{macro}{\acrfullpl}
%\changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{new}
@@ -17172,16 +17925,6 @@ you
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-%\begin{macro}{\acrfullplfmt}
-%\changes{4.02}{2013-12-05}{new}
-% No case change plural full format.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
- \acrlinkfullformat{\@acrlongpl}{\@acrshortpl}{#1}{#2}{#3}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
%\begin{macro}{\Acrfullpl}
%\changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{new}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
@@ -17189,6 +17932,10 @@ you
% \begin{macrocode}
\newrobustcmd*{\Acrfullpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Acrfullpl}
% \end{macrocode}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\glsmfuaddmap{\acrfullpl}{\Acrfullpl}
+% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \cs{s@Acrfullpl}}
%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{added starred version}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -17208,18 +17955,6 @@ you
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-%\begin{macro}{\Acrfullplfmt}
-%\changes{4.02}{2013-12-05}{new}
-% First letter upper case plural full format.
-%\changes{4.07}{2014-04-04}{fixed no case change bug}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\Acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
- \acrlinkfullformat{\@Acrlongpl}{\@acrshortpl}{#1}{#2}{#3}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
-%
%\begin{macro}{\ACRfullpl}
%\changes{1.13}{2008-05-10}{new}
%\changes{3.01}{2011-04-12}{made robust}
@@ -17246,26 +17981,17 @@ you
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-%\begin{macro}{\ACRfullplfmt}
-%\changes{4.02}{2013-12-05}{new}
-% All upper case plural full format.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\ACRfullplfmt}[3]{%
- \acrlinkfullformat{\@ACRlongpl}{\@ACRshortpl}{#1}{#2}{#3}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
-%\section{Predefined acronym styles}
+%\subsection{Predefined acronym styles}
%\begin{macro}{\acronymfont}
-%This is only used with the additional acronym styles:
+%Used by the acronym styles to apply a font change to the short form.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\acronymfont}[1]{#1}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%\begin{macro}{\firstacronymfont}
-%This is only used with the additional acronym styles:
%\changes{1.14}{2008-06-17}{new}
+%Used by the acronym styles to apply a font change to the short form
+% on first use.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\firstacronymfont}[1]{\acronymfont{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -17343,7 +18069,10 @@ you
short={\the\glsshorttok},%
shortplural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
long={\the\glslongtok},%
- longplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{corrected long plural suffix}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ longplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\glspluralsuffix},%
\GenericAcronymFields,%
\the\glskeylisttok
}%
@@ -17351,7 +18080,8 @@ you
\@do@newglossaryentry
}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% Make sure that \ics{acrfull} etc reflects the new style:
+% Make sure that \cs{acrfull} etc reflects the new style:
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to using \cs{glsuppercase}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand*{\acrfullfmt}[3]{%
\glslink[##1]{##2}{\genacrfullformat{##2}{##3}}}%
@@ -17359,16 +18089,16 @@ you
\glslink[##1]{##2}{\Genacrfullformat{##2}{##3}}}%
\renewcommand*{\ACRfullfmt}[3]{%
\glslink[##1]{##2}{%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\genacrfullformat{##2}{##3}}}}%
+ \glsuppercase{\genacrfullformat{##2}{##3}}}}%
\renewcommand*{\acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
\glslink[##1]{##2}{\genplacrfullformat{##2}{##3}}}%
\renewcommand*{\Acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
\glslink[##1]{##2}{\Genplacrfullformat{##2}{##3}}}%
\renewcommand*{\ACRfullplfmt}[3]{%
\glslink[##1]{##2}{%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\genplacrfullformat{##2}{##3}}}}%
+ \glsuppercase{\genplacrfullformat{##2}{##3}}}}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% Make sure that \ics{glsentryfull} etc reflects the new style:
+% Make sure that \cs{glsentryfull} etc reflects the new style:
% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand*{\glsentryfull}[1]{\genacrfullformat{##1}{}}%
\renewcommand*{\Glsentryfull}[1]{\Genacrfullformat{##1}{}}%
@@ -17700,7 +18430,7 @@ you
%\end{acrstyle}
%
%\begin{acrstyle}{long-sp-short-desc}
-%\changes{4.02}{2013-12-05}{new}
+%\changes{4.16}{2015-07-08}{new}
% \meta{long} (\marg{short}) acronym style that has an
% accompanying description (which the user needs to supply).
% The space between the long and short form is given by
@@ -17849,8 +18579,9 @@ you
{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Plural form, all caps:
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to using \cs{glsuppercase}}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ \glsuppercase
{\glsentrylongpl{\glslabel}\glsinsert}%
}%
}%
@@ -17874,8 +18605,9 @@ you
{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Subsequent singular form, all caps:
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to using \cs{glsuppercase}}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ \glsuppercase
{\glsentrylong{\glslabel}\glsinsert}%
}%
}%
@@ -17893,6 +18625,7 @@ you
\renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{description={\the\glslongtok}}%
% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{fixed bug in \cs{acrfullfmt}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to using \cs{glsuppercase}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand*{\acrfullfmt}[3]{%
\glslink[##1]{##2}{\glsentrylong{##2}##3\space
@@ -17902,7 +18635,7 @@ you
(\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}})}}%
\renewcommand*{\ACRfullfmt}[3]{%
\glslink[##1]{##2}{%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylong{##2}##3\space
+ \glsuppercase{\glsentrylong{##2}##3\space
(\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}})}}}%
% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{fixed bug in \cs{acrfullplfmt}}
@@ -17912,13 +18645,14 @@ you
(\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}})}}%
% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{fixed bug in \cs{Acrfullplfmt}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to using \cs{glsuppercase}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand*{\Acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
\glslink[##1]{##2}{\Glsentrylongpl{##2}##3\space
(\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}})}}%
\renewcommand*{\ACRfullplfmt}[3]{%
\glslink[##1]{##2}{%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylongpl{##2}##3\space
+ \glsuppercase{\glsentrylongpl{##2}##3\space
(\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}})}}}%
\renewcommand*{\glsentryfull}[1]{%
\glsentrylong{##1}\space(\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})%
@@ -17953,8 +18687,9 @@ you
\renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{commented spurious EOL}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed \cs{acronymfont} from around long form}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{\acronymfont{\glsentrylong{##1}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{\glsentrylong{##1}}%
\renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -17998,7 +18733,8 @@ you
\renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{##1}%
\renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glsacrpluralsuffix}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% Don't use footnotes for \ics{acrfull}:
+% Don't use footnotes for \cs{acrfull}:
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to using \cs{glsuppercase}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand*{\acrfullfmt}[3]{%
\glslink[##1]{##2}{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}}##3\space
@@ -18008,7 +18744,7 @@ you
(\glsentrylong{##2})}}%
\renewcommand*{\ACRfullfmt}[3]{%
\glslink[##1]{##2}{%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}}##3\space
+ \glsuppercase{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}}##3\space
(\glsentrylong{##2})}}}%
\renewcommand*{\acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
\glslink[##1]{##2}{\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}}##3\space
@@ -18018,10 +18754,10 @@ you
(\glsentrylongpl{##2})}}%
\renewcommand*{\ACRfullplfmt}[3]{%
\glslink[##1]{##2}{%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}}##3\space
+ \glsuppercase{\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}}##3\space
(\glsentrylongpl{##2})}}}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% Similarly for \ics{glsentryfull} etc:
+% Similarly for \cs{glsentryfull} etc:
% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand*{\glsentryfull}[1]{%
\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}\space(\glsentrylong{##1})}%
@@ -18240,155 +18976,70 @@ you
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% These commands for setting the style are now deprecated but are
-% kept for backward compatibility.
-%
%\begin{macro}{\SetDefaultAcronymDisplayStyle}
% Sets the default acronym display style for given glossary.
%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new}
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{changed to use \cs{defglsentryfmt}}
+% Used by \sty{glossaries-extra} when restoring \cs{newacronym}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\SetDefaultAcronymDisplayStyle}[1]{%
\defglsentryfmt[#1]{\glsgenentryfmt}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
+%
+% The following commands for setting the acronym style are now deprecated.
+%
%\begin{macro}{\DefaultNewAcronymDef}
% Sets up the acronym definition for the default style.
% The information is provided by the tokens \cs{glslabeltok},
% \cs{glsshorttok}, \cs{glslongtok} and \cs{glskeylisttok}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\DefaultNewAcronymDef}{%
- \edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
- \noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
- {%
- type=\acronymtype,%
- name={\the\glsshorttok},%
- sort={\the\glsshorttok},%
- text={\the\glsshorttok},%
- first={\acrfullformat{\the\glslongtok}{\the\glsshorttok}},%
- plural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@shortpl},%
- firstplural={\acrfullformat{\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@longpl}%
- {\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@shortpl}},%
- short={\the\glsshorttok},%
- shortplural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
- long={\the\glslongtok},%
- longplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
- description={\the\glslongtok},%
- descriptionplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@longpl},%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Remaining options specified by the user:
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \the\glskeylisttok
- }%
- }%
- \let\@org@gls@assign@firstpl\gls@assign@firstpl
- \let\@org@gls@assign@plural\gls@assign@plural
- \let\@org@gls@assign@descplural\gls@assign@descplural
- \def\gls@assign@firstpl##1##2{%
- \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{firstpl}{##2}%
- }%
- \def\gls@assign@plural##1##2{%
- \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{plural}{##2}%
- }%
- \def\gls@assign@descplural##1##2{%
- \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{descplural}{##2}%
- }%
- \@do@newglossaryentry
- \let\gls@assign@firstpl\@org@gls@assign@firstpl
- \let\gls@assign@plural\@org@gls@assign@plural
- \let\gls@assign@symbolplural\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If expansion is switched off, the default plurals won't be properly set.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@@gls@noexpand@assign@default@plurals
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+% Deprecated following the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle}.
+% Removed in v4.50.
%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\@@gls@noexpand@assign@default@plurals}
%\changes{4.47}{2021-09-20}{new}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@@gls@noexpand@assign@default@plurals}{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname glo@\the\glslabeltok @plural\endcsname\@@gls@@default@acr@plural
- \csxdef{glo@\the\glslabeltok @plural}{\expandonce\@glo@shortpl}%
- \fi
- \expandafter\ifx\csname glo@\the\glslabeltok @firstpl\endcsname\@@gls@@default@acr@firstplural
- \csxdef{glo@\the\glslabeltok @firstpl}{%
- \expandonce\@glo@longpl\glsspace(\expandonce\@glo@shortpl)}%
- \fi
- \expandafter\ifx\csname glo@\the\glslabeltok @descplural\endcsname\@@gls@@default@acr@descplural
- \csxdef{glo@\the\glslabeltok @descplural}{\expandonce\@glo@longpl}%
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+%\cs{@@gls@noexpand@assign@default@plurals} was used in \cs{DefaultNewAcronymDef}.
+% Added in v4.47 to fix bug \#162
+% (\url{https://www.dickimaw-books.com/bugtracker.php?key=162}).
+% Removed in v4.50 along with the deprecated styles.
%\end{macro}
%\begin{macro}{\@@gls@@default@acr@plural}
%\changes{4.47}{2021-09-20}{new}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@@gls@@default@acr@plural}{\expandonce\@glo@shortpl}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
%\end{macro}
%\begin{macro}{\@@gls@@default@acr@firstplural}
%\changes{4.47}{2021-09-20}{new}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@@gls@@default@acr@firstplural}{%
- \expandonce\@glo@longpl\glsspace(\expandonce\@glo@shortpl)%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
%\end{macro}
%\begin{macro}{\@@gls@@default@acr@descplural}
%\changes{4.47}{2021-09-20}{new}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@@gls@@default@acr@descplural}{\expandonce\@glo@longpl}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
%\end{macro}
%\begin{macro}{\SetDefaultAcronymStyle}
%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new}
-% Set up the default acronym style:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\SetDefaultAcronymStyle}{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Set the display style:
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@for\@gls@type:=\@glsacronymlists\do{%
- \SetDefaultAcronymDisplayStyle{\@gls@type}%
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Set up the definition of \cs{newacronym}:
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \renewcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If user is just using the main glossary and hasn't identified it
-% as a list of acronyms, then update. (This is done to ensure
-% backwards compatibility with versions prior to 2.04).
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifx\@glsacronymlists\@empty
- \def\@glo@type{\acronymtype}%
- \setkeys{glossentry}{##1}%
- \DeclareAcronymList{\@glo@type}%
- \SetDefaultAcronymDisplayStyle{\@glo@type}%
- \fi
- \glskeylisttok{##1}%
- \glslabeltok{##2}%
- \glsshorttok{##3}%
- \glslongtok{##4}%
- \newacronymhook
- \DefaultNewAcronymDef
- }%
- \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glsacrpluralsuffix}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+% Deprecated following the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle}.
+% Removed in v4.50.
%\end{macro}
%
%\begin{macro}{\acrfootnote}
%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new}
-% Used by the footnote acronym styles.
+% This was used by the old footnote acronym styles.
+%Since it may have been used outside of those styles, it has been
+%retained.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\acrfootnote}[3]{\acrlinkfootnote{#1}{#2}{#3}}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%\begin{macro}{\acrlinkfootnote}
%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new}
+% This was used by the old footnote acronym styles.
+%Since it may have been used outside of those styles, it has been
+%retained.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\acrlinkfootnote}[3]{%
\footnote{\glslink[#1]{#2}{#3}}%
@@ -18397,6 +19048,9 @@ you
%\end{macro}
%\begin{macro}{\acrnolinkfootnote}
%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new}
+% This was used by the old footnote acronym styles.
+%Since it may have been used outside of those styles, it has been
+%retained.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\acrnolinkfootnote}[3]{%
\footnote{#3}%
@@ -18410,79 +19064,17 @@ you
%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new}
%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{expanded options link options}
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{updated to use \cs{defglsentryfmt}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\SetDescriptionFootnoteAcronymDisplayStyle}[1]{%
- \defglsentryfmt[#1]{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\changes{4.02}{2013-12-05}{Moved check for empty custom text to prevent
-%unwanted parenthetical material}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifdefempty\glscustomtext
- {%
- \ifglsused{\glslabel}%
- {%
- \acronymfont{\glsgenentryfmt}%
- }%
- {%
- \firstacronymfont{\glsgenentryfmt}%
- \ifglshassymbol{\glslabel}%
- {%
- \expandafter\protect\expandafter\acrfootnote\expandafter
- {\@gls@link@opts}{\@gls@link@label}%
- {%
- \glsifplural
- {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}%
- }%
- }%
- }%
- }%
- {\glscustomtext\glsinsert}%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+% Deprecated following the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle}.
+% Removed in v4.50.
%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\DescriptionFootnoteNewAcronymDef}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\DescriptionFootnoteNewAcronymDef}{%
- \edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
- \noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
- {%
- type=\acronymtype,%
- name={\noexpand\acronymfont{\the\glsshorttok}},%
- sort={\the\glsshorttok},%
- first={\the\glsshorttok},%
- firstplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@shortpl},%
- text={\the\glsshorttok},%
- plural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@shortpl},%
- short={\the\glsshorttok},%
- shortplural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
- long={\the\glslongtok},%
- longplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
- symbol={\the\glslongtok},%
- symbolplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@longpl},%
- \the\glskeylisttok
- }%
- }%
- \let\@org@gls@assign@firstpl\gls@assign@firstpl
- \let\@org@gls@assign@plural\gls@assign@plural
- \let\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural\gls@assign@symbolplural
- \def\gls@assign@firstpl##1##2{%
- \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{firstpl}{##2}%
- }%
- \def\gls@assign@plural##1##2{%
- \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{plural}{##2}%
- }%
- \def\gls@assign@symbolplural##1##2{%
- \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{symbolplural}{##2}%
- }%
- \@do@newglossaryentry
- \let\gls@assign@plural\@org@gls@assign@plural
- \let\gls@assign@firstpl\@org@gls@assign@firstpl
- \let\gls@assign@symbolplural\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+% Deprecated following the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle}.
+% Removed in v4.50.
%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\SetDescriptionFootnoteAcronymStyle}
% If a description and footnote are both required, store the long form
% in the \gloskey{symbol} key. Store the short form in \gloskey{text}
@@ -18492,72 +19084,9 @@ you
% This style was deprecated with the introduction of
% \cs{newacronymstyle}.
%\changes{4.47}{2021-09-20}{added deprecated warnings}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\SetDescriptionFootnoteAcronymStyle}{%
- \ifglsacrsmallcaps
- \@gls@deprecated@acr@warning{footnote,smallcaps,description}%
- {footnote-sc-desc}{short-sc-footnote-desc}%
- \else
- \ifglsacrsmaller
- \@gls@deprecated@acr@warning{footnote,smaller,description}%
- {footnote-sm-desc}{short-sm-footnote-desc}%
- \else
- \@gls@deprecated@acr@warning{footnote,description}%
- {footnote-desc}{short-footnote-desc}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \renewcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{%
- \ifx\@glsacronymlists\@empty
- \def\@glo@type{\acronymtype}%
- \setkeys{glossentry}{##1}%
- \DeclareAcronymList{\@glo@type}%
- \SetDescriptionFootnoteAcronymDisplayStyle{\@glo@type}%
- \fi
- \glskeylisttok{##1}%
- \glslabeltok{##2}%
- \glsshorttok{##3}%
- \glslongtok{##4}%
- \newacronymhook
- \DescriptionFootnoteNewAcronymDef
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% If \pkgopt{footnote} package option is specified, set the first
-% use to append the long form (stored in \gloskey{symbol}) as a
-% footnote.
-%\changes{1.12}{2008-03-08}{Added \cs{protect} before \cs{footnote}
-% and \cs{glslink}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@for\@gls@type:=\@glsacronymlists\do{%
- \SetDescriptionFootnoteAcronymDisplayStyle{\@gls@type}%
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Redefine \ics{acronymfont} if small caps required. The plural suffix
-% is set in an upright font so that it remains in normal lower case,
-% otherwise it looks as though it's part of the acronym.
-%\changes{1.19}{2009-03-02}{changed \cs{acronymfont} to use
-%\cs{textsmaller} instead
-%of \cs{smaller}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifglsacrsmallcaps
- \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsc{##1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glsupacrpluralsuffix}%
- \else
- \ifglsacrsmaller
- \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsmaller{##1}}%
- \fi
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Check for package option clash
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifglsacrdua
- \PackageError{glossaries}{Option clash: `footnote' and `dua'
- can't both be set}{}%
- \fi
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+% Deprecated following the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle}.
+% Removed in v4.50.
%\end{macro}
%
%\begin{macro}{\SetDescriptionDUAAcronymDisplayStyle}
@@ -18565,53 +19094,17 @@ you
% description and dua combination.
%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new}
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{updated to use \cs{defglsentryfmt}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\SetDescriptionDUAAcronymDisplayStyle}[1]{%
- \defglsentryfmt[#1]{\glsgenentryfmt}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+% Deprecated following the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle}.
+% Removed in v4.50.
%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\DescriptionDUANewAcronymDef}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\DescriptionDUANewAcronymDef}{%
- \edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
- \noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
- {%
- type=\acronymtype,%
- name={\the\glslongtok},%
- sort={\the\glslongtok},
- text={\the\glslongtok},%
- first={\the\glslongtok},%
- plural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@longpl},%
- firstplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@longpl},%
- short={\the\glsshorttok},%
- shortplural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
- long={\the\glslongtok},%
- longplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
- symbol={\the\glsshorttok},%
- symbolplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@shortpl},%
- \the\glskeylisttok
- }%
- }%
- \let\@org@gls@assign@firstpl\gls@assign@firstpl
- \let\@org@gls@assign@plural\gls@assign@plural
- \let\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural\gls@assign@symbolplural
- \def\gls@assign@firstpl##1##2{%
- \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{firstpl}{##2}%
- }%
- \def\gls@assign@plural##1##2{%
- \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{plural}{##2}%
- }%
- \def\gls@assign@symbolplural##1##2{%
- \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{symbolplural}{##2}%
- }%
- \@do@newglossaryentry
- \let\gls@assign@firstpl\@org@gls@assign@firstpl
- \let\gls@assign@plural\@org@gls@assign@plural
- \let\gls@assign@symbolplural\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+% Deprecated following the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle}.
+% Removed in v4.50.
%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\SetDescriptionDUAAcronymStyle}
% Description, don't use acronym and no footnote.
% Note that the short form is stored in the \gloskey{symbol} key,
@@ -18620,40 +19113,9 @@ you
% This style was deprecated with the introduction of
% \cs{newacronymstyle}.
%\changes{4.47}{2021-09-20}{added deprecated warning}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\SetDescriptionDUAAcronymStyle}{%
- \ifglsacrsmallcaps
- \PackageError{glossaries}{Option clash: `smallcaps' and `dua'
- can't both be set}{}%
- \else
- \ifglsacrsmaller
- \PackageError{glossaries}{Option clash: `smaller' and `dua'
- can't both be set}{}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \@gls@deprecated@acr@warning{dua,description}{dua-desc}{long-noshort-desc}%
- \renewcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{%
- \ifx\@glsacronymlists\@empty
- \def\@glo@type{\acronymtype}%
- \setkeys{glossentry}{##1}%
- \DeclareAcronymList{\@glo@type}%
- \SetDescriptionDUAAcronymDisplayStyle{\@glo@type}%
- \fi
- \glskeylisttok{##1}%
- \glslabeltok{##2}%
- \glsshorttok{##3}%
- \glslongtok{##4}%
- \newacronymhook
- \DescriptionDUANewAcronymDef
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Set display.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@for\@gls@type:=\@glsacronymlists\do{%
- \SetDescriptionDUAAcronymDisplayStyle{\@gls@type}%
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+% Deprecated following the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle}.
+% Removed in v4.50.
%\end{macro}
%
%\begin{macro}{\SetDescriptionAcronymDisplayStyle}
@@ -18662,150 +19124,28 @@ you
%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new}
%\changes{3.07}{2013-07-05}{now using \cs{glsdoparenifnotempty}}
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{updated to use \cs{defglsentryfmt}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\SetDescriptionAcronymDisplayStyle}[1]{%
- \defglsentryfmt[#1]{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\changes{4.02}{2013-12-05}{Moved check for empty custom text to prevent
-%unwanted parenthetical material}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifdefempty\glscustomtext
- {%
- \ifglsused{\glslabel}%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Move the inserted text outside of \cs{acronymfont}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \let\gls@org@insert\glsinsert
- \let\glsinsert\@empty
- \acronymfont{\glsgenentryfmt}\gls@org@insert
- }%
- {%
- \glsgenentryfmt
- \ifglshassymbol{\glslabel}%
- {%
- \glsifplural
- {%
- \def\@glo@symbol{\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}%
- }%
- {%
- \def\@glo@symbol{\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}%
- }%
- \space(\protect\firstacronymfont
- {\glscapscase
- {\@glo@symbol}
- {\@glo@symbol}
- {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\@glo@symbol}}})%
- }%
- {}%
- }%
- }%
- {\glscustomtext\glsinsert}%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+% Deprecated following the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle}.
+% Removed in v4.50.
%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\DescriptionNewAcronymDef}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\DescriptionNewAcronymDef}{%
- \edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
- \noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
- {%
- type=\acronymtype,%
- name={\noexpand
- \acrnameformat{\the\glsshorttok}{\the\glslongtok}},%
- sort={\the\glsshorttok},%
- first={\the\glslongtok},%
- firstplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@longpl},%
- text={\the\glsshorttok},%
- plural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@shortpl},%
- short={\the\glsshorttok},%
- shortplural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
- long={\the\glslongtok},%
- longplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
- symbol={\noexpand\@glo@text},%
- symbolplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@shortpl},%
- \the\glskeylisttok}%
- }%
- \let\@org@gls@assign@firstpl\gls@assign@firstpl
- \let\@org@gls@assign@plural\gls@assign@plural
- \let\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural\gls@assign@symbolplural
- \def\gls@assign@firstpl##1##2{%
- \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{firstpl}{##2}%
- }%
- \def\gls@assign@plural##1##2{%
- \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{plural}{##2}%
- }%
- \def\gls@assign@symbolplural##1##2{%
- \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{symbolplural}{##2}%
- }%
- \@do@newglossaryentry
- \let\gls@assign@firstpl\@org@gls@assign@firstpl
- \let\gls@assign@plural\@org@gls@assign@plural
- \let\gls@assign@symbolplural\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+% Deprecated following the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle}.
+% Removed in v4.50.
%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\SetDescriptionAcronymStyle}
% Option \pkgopt{description} is used, but not \pkgopt{dua}
% or \pkgopt{footnote}.
% Store long form in \gloskey{first} key
% and short form in \gloskey{text} and \gloskey{symbol} key.
-% The name is stored using \ics{acrnameformat} to allow the
+% The name is stored using \cs{acrnameformat} to allow the
% user to override the way the name is displayed in the
% list of acronyms.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\SetDescriptionAcronymStyle}{%
- \ifglsacrsmallcaps
- \@gls@deprecated@acr@warning{smallcaps,description}%
- {long-sc-short-desc}{long-short-sc-desc}%
- \else
- \ifglsacrsmaller
- \@gls@deprecated@acr@warning{smaller,description}%
- {long-sm-short-desc}{long-short-sm-desc}%
- \else
- \@gls@deprecated@acr@warning{description}%
- {long-short-desc}{long-short-desc}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \renewcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{%
- \ifx\@glsacronymlists\@empty
- \def\@glo@type{\acronymtype}%
- \setkeys{glossentry}{##1}%
- \DeclareAcronymList{\@glo@type}%
- \SetDescriptionAcronymDisplayStyle{\@glo@type}%
- \fi
- \glskeylisttok{##1}%
- \glslabeltok{##2}%
- \glsshorttok{##3}%
- \glslongtok{##4}%
- \newacronymhook
- \DescriptionNewAcronymDef
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Set display.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@for\@gls@type:=\@glsacronymlists\do{%
- \SetDescriptionAcronymDisplayStyle{\@gls@type}%
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Redefine \ics{acronymfont} if small caps required. The plural suffix
-% is set in an upright font so that it remains in normal lower case,
-% otherwise it looks as though it's part of the acronym.
-%\changes{1.19}{2009-03-02}{changed \cs{acronymfont} to use
-%\cs{textsmaller} instead
-%of \cs{smaller}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifglsacrsmallcaps
- \renewcommand{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsc{##1}}
- \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glsupacrpluralsuffix}%
- \else
- \ifglsacrsmaller
- \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsmaller{##1}}%
- \fi
- \fi
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+% Deprecated following the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle}.
+% Removed in v4.50.
%\end{macro}
%
%\begin{macro}{\SetFootnoteAcronymDisplayStyle}
@@ -18813,88 +19153,17 @@ you
% footnote setting (but not \pkgopt{description} or \pkgopt{dua}).
%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new}
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{updated to use \cs{defglsentryfmt}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\SetFootnoteAcronymDisplayStyle}[1]{%
- \defglsentryfmt[#1]{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\changes{4.02}{2013-12-05}{Moved check for empty custom text to prevent
-%unwanted parenthetical material}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifdefempty\glscustomtext
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Move the inserted text outside of \cs{acronymfont}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \let\gls@org@insert\glsinsert
- \let\glsinsert\@empty
- \ifglsused{\glslabel}%
- {%
- \acronymfont{\glsgenentryfmt}\gls@org@insert
- }%
- {%
- \firstacronymfont{\glsgenentryfmt}\gls@org@insert
- \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}%
- {%
- \expandafter\protect\expandafter\acrfootnote\expandafter
- {\@gls@link@opts}{\@gls@link@label}%
- {%
- \glsifplural
- {\glsentrylongpl{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsentrylong{\glslabel}}%
- }%
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\changes{3.13a}{2013-11-05}{fixed missing argument bug}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- {}%
- }%
- }%
- {\glscustomtext\glsinsert}%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+% Deprecated following the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle}.
+% Removed in v4.50.
%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\FootnoteNewAcronymDef}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\FootnoteNewAcronymDef}{%
- \edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
- \noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
- {%
- type=\acronymtype,%
- name={\noexpand\acronymfont{\the\glsshorttok}},%
- sort={\the\glsshorttok},%
- text={\the\glsshorttok},%
- plural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@shortpl},%
- first={\the\glsshorttok},%
- firstplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@shortpl},%
- short={\the\glsshorttok},%
- shortplural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
- long={\the\glslongtok},%
- longplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
- description={\the\glslongtok},%
- descriptionplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@longpl},%
- \the\glskeylisttok
- }%
- }%
- \let\@org@gls@assign@plural\gls@assign@plural
- \let\@org@gls@assign@firstpl\gls@assign@firstpl
- \let\@org@gls@assign@descplural\gls@assign@descplural
- \def\gls@assign@firstpl##1##2{%
- \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{firstpl}{##2}%
- }%
- \def\gls@assign@plural##1##2{%
- \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{plural}{##2}%
- }%
- \def\gls@assign@descplural##1##2{%
- \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{descplural}{##2}%
- }%
- \@do@newglossaryentry
- \let\gls@assign@plural\@org@gls@assign@plural
- \let\gls@assign@firstpl\@org@gls@assign@firstpl
- \let\gls@assign@descplural\@org@gls@assign@descplural
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+% Deprecated following the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle}.
+% Removed in v4.50.
%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\SetFootnoteAcronymStyle}
% If \pkgopt{footnote} package option is specified, set the first
% use to append the long form (stored in \gloskey{description}) as a
@@ -18903,72 +19172,19 @@ you
% This style was deprecated with the introduction of
% \cs{newacronymstyle}.
%\changes{4.47}{2021-09-20}{added deprecated warnings}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\SetFootnoteAcronymStyle}{%
- \ifglsacrsmallcaps
- \@gls@deprecated@acr@warning{footnote,smallcaps}{footnote-sc}{short-sc-footnote}%
- \else
- \ifglsacrsmaller
- \@gls@deprecated@acr@warning{footnote,smaller}{footnote-sm}{short-sm-footnote}%
- \else
- \@gls@deprecated@acr@warning{footnote}{footnote}{short-footnote}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \renewcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{%
- \ifx\@glsacronymlists\@empty
- \def\@glo@type{\acronymtype}%
- \setkeys{glossentry}{##1}%
- \DeclareAcronymList{\@glo@type}%
- \SetFootnoteAcronymDisplayStyle{\@glo@type}%
- \fi
- \glskeylisttok{##1}%
- \glslabeltok{##2}%
- \glsshorttok{##3}%
- \glslongtok{##4}%
- \newacronymhook
- \FootnoteNewAcronymDef
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Set display
-%\changes{1.12}{2008-03-08}{Added \cs{protect} before \cs{footnote} and
-% \cs{glslink}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@for\@gls@type:=\@glsacronymlists\do{%
- \SetFootnoteAcronymDisplayStyle{\@gls@type}%
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Redefine \ics{acronymfont} if small caps required. The plural suffix
-% is set in an upright font so that it remains in normal lower case,
-% otherwise it looks as though it's part of the acronym.
-%\changes{1.19}{2009-03-02}{changed \cs{acronymfont} to use
-%\cs{textsmaller} instead
-%of \cs{smaller}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifglsacrsmallcaps
- \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsc{##1}}%
- \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glsupacrpluralsuffix}%
- \else
- \ifglsacrsmaller
- \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsmaller{##1}}%
- \fi
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Check for option clash
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifglsacrdua
- \PackageError{glossaries}{Option clash: `footnote' and `dua'
- can't both be set}{}%
- \fi
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+% Deprecated following the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle}.
+% Removed in v4.50.
%\end{macro}
%
%\begin{macro}{\glsdoparenifnotempty}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{replaced \cs{DeclareRobustCommand} with
+%\cs{newrobustcmd}}
% Do a space followed by the argument if the argument doesn't expand
% to empty or \cs{relax}. If argument isn't empty (or \cs{relax}), apply
% the macro to it given in the second argument.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand*{\glsdoparenifnotempty}[2]{%
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsdoparenifnotempty}[2]{%
\protected@edef\gls@tmp{#1}%
\ifdefempty\gls@tmp
{}%
@@ -18988,107 +19204,17 @@ you
% specified.
%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new}
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{updated to use \cs{defglsentryfmt}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\SetSmallAcronymDisplayStyle}[1]{%
- \defglsentryfmt[#1]{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\changes{4.02}{2013-12-05}{Moved check for empty custom text to prevent
-%unwanted parenthetical material}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifdefempty\glscustomtext
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Move the inserted text outside of \cs{acronymfont}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \let\gls@org@insert\glsinsert
- \let\glsinsert\@empty
- \ifglsused{\glslabel}%
- {%
- \acronymfont{\glsgenentryfmt}\gls@org@insert
- }%
- {%
- \glsgenentryfmt
- \ifglshassymbol{\glslabel}%
- {%
- \glsifplural
- {%
- \def\@glo@symbol{\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}%
- }%
- {%
- \def\@glo@symbol{\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}%
- }%
- \space
- (\glscapscase
- {\firstacronymfont{\@glo@symbol}}%
- {\firstacronymfont{\@glo@symbol}}%
- {\firstacronymfont{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\@glo@symbol}}})%
- }%
- {}%
- }%
- }%
- {\glscustomtext\glsinsert}%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+% Deprecated following the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle}.
+% Removed in v4.50.
%\end{macro}
%\begin{macro}{\SmallNewAcronymDef}
%\changes{3.02}{2012-05-21}{fixed broken short and long plural}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\SmallNewAcronymDef}{%
- \edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
- \noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
- {%
- type=\acronymtype,%
- name={\noexpand\acronymfont{\the\glsshorttok}},%
- sort={\the\glsshorttok},%
- text={\the\glsshorttok},%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Default to the short plural.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- plural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@shortpl},%
- first={\the\glslongtok},%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Default to the long plural.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- firstplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@longpl},%
- short={\the\glsshorttok},%
- shortplural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
- long={\the\glslongtok},%
- longplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
- description={\noexpand\@glo@first},%
- descriptionplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@longpl},%
- symbol={\the\glsshorttok},%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Default to the short plural.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- symbolplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@shortpl},%
- \the\glskeylisttok
- }%
- }%
- \let\@org@gls@assign@firstpl\gls@assign@firstpl
- \let\@org@gls@assign@plural\gls@assign@plural
- \let\@org@gls@assign@descplural\gls@assign@descplural
- \let\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural\gls@assign@symbolplural
- \def\gls@assign@firstpl##1##2{%
- \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{firstpl}{##2}%
- }%
- \def\gls@assign@plural##1##2{%
- \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{plural}{##2}%
- }%
- \def\gls@assign@descplural##1##2{%
- \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{descplural}{##2}%
- }%
- \def\gls@assign@symbolplural##1##2{%
- \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{symbolplural}{##2}%
- }%
- \@do@newglossaryentry
- \let\gls@assign@firstpl\@org@gls@assign@firstpl
- \let\gls@assign@plural\@org@gls@assign@plural
- \let\gls@assign@descplural\@org@gls@assign@descplural
- \let\gls@assign@symbolplural\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+% Deprecated following the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle}.
+% Removed in v4.50.
%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\SetSmallAcronymStyle}
% Neither footnote nor description required, but smallcaps or
% smaller specified.
@@ -19097,61 +19223,9 @@ you
% This style was deprecated with the introduction of
% \cs{newacronymstyle}.
%\changes{4.47}{2021-09-20}{added deprecated warnings}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\SetSmallAcronymStyle}{%
- \ifglsacrsmallcaps
- \@gls@deprecated@acr@warning{smallcaps}{long-sc-short}{long-short-sc}%
- \else
- \@gls@deprecated@acr@warning{smaller}{long-sm-short}{long-short-sm}%
- \fi
- \renewcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{%
- \ifx\@glsacronymlists\@empty
- \def\@glo@type{\acronymtype}%
- \setkeys{glossentry}{##1}%
- \DeclareAcronymList{\@glo@type}%
- \SetSmallAcronymDisplayStyle{\@glo@type}%
- \fi
- \glskeylisttok{##1}%
- \glslabeltok{##2}%
- \glsshorttok{##3}%
- \glslongtok{##4}%
- \newacronymhook
- \SmallNewAcronymDef
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Change the display since \gloskey{first} only contains long form.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@for\@gls@type:=\@glsacronymlists\do{%
- \SetSmallAcronymDisplayStyle{\@gls@type}%
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Redefine \ics{acronymfont} if small caps required. The plural suffix
-% is set in an upright font so that it remains in normal lower case,
-% otherwise it looks as though it's part of the acronym.
-%\changes{1.19}{2009-03-02}{changed \cs{acronymfont} to use
-%\cs{textsmaller} instead
-%of \cs{smaller}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifglsacrsmallcaps
- \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsc{##1}}
- \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glsupacrpluralsuffix}%
- \else
- \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsmaller{##1}}
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% check for option clash
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifglsacrdua
- \ifglsacrsmallcaps
- \PackageError{glossaries}{Option clash: `smallcaps' and `dua'
- can't both be set}{}%
- \else
- \PackageError{glossaries}{Option clash: `smaller' and `dua'
- can't both be set}{}%
- \fi
- \fi
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+% Deprecated following the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle}.
+% Removed in v4.50.
%\end{macro}
%
%\begin{macro}{\SetDUADisplayStyle}
@@ -19159,89 +19233,25 @@ you
% setting.
%\changes{2.04}{2009-11-10}{new}
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{updated to use \cs{defglsentryfmt}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\SetDUADisplayStyle}[1]{%
- \defglsentryfmt[#1]{\glsgenentryfmt}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+% Deprecated following the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle}.
+% Removed in v4.50.
%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\DUANewAcronymDef}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\DUANewAcronymDef}{%
- \edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
- \noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
- {%
- type=\acronymtype,%
- name={\the\glsshorttok},%
- text={\the\glslongtok},%
- first={\the\glslongtok},%
- plural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@longpl},%
- firstplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@longpl},%
- short={\the\glsshorttok},%
- shortplural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
- long={\the\glslongtok},%
- longplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
- description={\the\glslongtok},%
- descriptionplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@longpl},%
- symbol={\the\glsshorttok},%
- symbolplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@shortpl},%
- \the\glskeylisttok
- }%
- }%
- \let\@org@gls@assign@firstpl\gls@assign@firstpl
- \let\@org@gls@assign@plural\gls@assign@plural
- \let\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural\gls@assign@symbolplural
- \let\@org@gls@assign@descplural\gls@assign@descplural
- \def\gls@assign@firstpl##1##2{%
- \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{firstpl}{##2}%
- }%
- \def\gls@assign@plural##1##2{%
- \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{plural}{##2}%
- }%
- \def\gls@assign@symbolplural##1##2{%
- \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{symbolplural}{##2}%
- }%
- \def\gls@assign@descplural##1##2{%
- \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{descplural}{##2}%
- }%
- \@do@newglossaryentry
- \let\gls@assign@firstpl\@org@gls@assign@firstpl
- \let\gls@assign@plural\@org@gls@assign@plural
- \let\gls@assign@symbolplural\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural
- \let\gls@assign@descplural\@org@gls@assign@descplural
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+% Deprecated following the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle}.
+% Removed in v4.50.
%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\SetDUAStyle}
% Always expand acronyms.
% This style was deprecated with the introduction of
% \cs{newacronymstyle}.
%\changes{4.47}{2021-09-20}{added deprecated warnings}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\SetDUAStyle}{%
- \@gls@deprecated@acr@warning{dua}{dua}{long-noshort}%
- \renewcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{%
- \ifx\@glsacronymlists\@empty
- \def\@glo@type{\acronymtype}%
- \setkeys{glossentry}{##1}%
- \DeclareAcronymList{\@glo@type}%
- \SetDUADisplayStyle{\@glo@type}%
- \fi
- \glskeylisttok{##1}%
- \glslabeltok{##2}%
- \glsshorttok{##3}%
- \glslongtok{##4}%
- \newacronymhook
- \DUANewAcronymDef
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Set the display
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@for\@gls@type:=\@glsacronymlists\do{%
- \SetDUADisplayStyle{\@gls@type}%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+% Deprecated following the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle}.
+% Removed in v4.50.
%\end{macro}
%
%\begin{macro}{\@gls@deprecated@acr@warning}
@@ -19257,41 +19267,9 @@ you
%\end{macro}
%
%\begin{macro}{\SetAcronymStyle}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\SetAcronymStyle}{%
- \SetDefaultAcronymStyle
- \ifglsacrdescription
- \ifglsacrfootnote
- \SetDescriptionFootnoteAcronymStyle
- \else
- \ifglsacrdua
- \SetDescriptionDUAAcronymStyle
- \else
- \SetDescriptionAcronymStyle
- \fi
- \fi
- \else
- \ifglsacrfootnote
- \SetFootnoteAcronymStyle
- \else
- \ifthenelse{\boolean{glsacrsmallcaps}\OR
- \boolean{glsacrsmaller}}%
- {%
- \SetSmallAcronymStyle
- }%
- {%
- \ifglsacrdua
- \SetDUAStyle
- \fi
- }%
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Set the acronym style according to the package options
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\SetAcronymStyle
-% \end{macrocode}
+% Deprecated following the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle}.
+% Removed in v4.50.
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
%\end{macro}
%
% Allow user to define their own custom acronyms.
@@ -19304,84 +19282,34 @@ you
% Sets the acronym display style.
%\changes{2.06}{2010-06-14}{new}
%\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{updated to use \cs{defglsentryfmt}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\SetCustomDisplayStyle}[1]{%
- \defglsentryfmt[#1]{\glsgenentryfmt}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+% Deprecated following the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle}.
+% Removed in v4.50.
%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\CustomAcronymFields}
%\changes{2.06}{2010-06-14}{new}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\CustomAcronymFields}{%
- name={\the\glsshorttok},%
- description={\the\glslongtok},%
- first={\acrfullformat{\the\glslongtok}{\the\glsshorttok}},%
- firstplural={\acrfullformat
- {\noexpand\glsentrylongpl{\the\glslabeltok}}%
- {\noexpand\glsentryshortpl{\the\glslabeltok}}},%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{4.01}{2013-11-16}{inserted missing comma}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- text={\the\glsshorttok},%
- plural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+% Deprecated following the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle}.
+% Removed in v4.50.
%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\CustomNewAcronymDef}
%\changes{2.06}{2010-06-14}{new}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\CustomNewAcronymDef}{%
- \protected@edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
- \noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
- {%
- type=\acronymtype,%
- short={\the\glsshorttok},%
- shortplural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
- long={\the\glslongtok},%
- longplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
- user1={\the\glsshorttok},%
- user2={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
- user3={\the\glslongtok},%
- user4={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
- \CustomAcronymFields,%
- \the\glskeylisttok
- }%
- }%
- \@do@newglossaryentry
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+% Deprecated following the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle}.
+% Removed in v4.50.
%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\SetCustomStyle}
%\changes{2.06}{2010-06-14}{new}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\SetCustomStyle}{%
- \renewcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{%
- \ifx\@glsacronymlists\@empty
- \def\@glo@type{\acronymtype}%
- \setkeys{glossentry}{##1}%
- \DeclareAcronymList{\@glo@type}%
- \SetCustomDisplayStyle{\@glo@type}%
- \fi
- \glskeylisttok{##1}%
- \glslabeltok{##2}%
- \glsshorttok{##3}%
- \glslongtok{##4}%
- \newacronymhook
- \CustomNewAcronymDef
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Set the display
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@for\@gls@type:=\@glsacronymlists\do{%
- \SetCustomDisplayStyle{\@gls@type}%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+% Deprecated following the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle}.
+% Removed in v4.50.
%\end{macro}
%
%
-% \section{Predefined Glossary Styles}\label{sec:code:styles}
+%\subsection{Predefined Glossary Styles}\label{sec:code:styles}
% The \sty{glossaries} bundle comes with some predefined glossary
% styles. These need to be loaded now for the \pkgopt{style} option
% to use them.
@@ -19402,7 +19330,7 @@ you
% \end{macrocode}
% The styles that use the \env{supertabular} environment. These are
% not loaded if the \pkgopt{nosuper} package option is used or if
-% the \isty{supertabular} package isn't installed.
+% the \sty{supertabular} package isn't installed.
% \begin{macrocode}
\@gls@loadsuper
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -19412,7 +19340,7 @@ you
\@gls@loadtree
% \end{macrocode}
% The default glossary style is set according to the \pkgopt{style} package
-% option, but can be overridden by \ics{glossarystyle}. The
+% option, but can be overridden by \cs{glossarystyle}. The
% required style must be defined at this point.
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifx\@glossary@default@style\relax
@@ -19421,7 +19349,7 @@ you
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
%
-%\section{Debugging Commands}
+%\subsection{Debugging Commands}
%
%\begin{macro}{\showgloparent}
%\changes{3.0}{2011-04-02}{new}
@@ -19851,13 +19779,19 @@ you
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-%\section{Compatibility with version 2.07 and below}
+%\subsection{Compatibility with version 2.07 and below}
+%
+%The backward-compatibility options have been removed in version
+%4.50. Use the rollback feature instead if backward-compatibility is
+%required. Bear in mind that v2.07 was released 2010-07-10 and
+%v3.07 was released 2013-07-05. Any old documents from that long
+%ago will probably have problems with recent kernels.
%
% In order to fix some bugs in v3.0, it was necessary to change the
% way information is written to the \filetype{glo} file, which also meant
% a change in the format of the Xindy style file. The compatibility
% option is meant for documents that use a customised Xindy style
-% file with \ics{noist}. With the compatibility option, hopefully
+% file with \cs{noist}. With the compatibility option, hopefully
% \app{xindy} will still be able to process the old document, but
% the bugs will remain. The issues in versions 2.07 and below:
%\begin{itemize}
@@ -19869,11 +19803,6 @@ you
% \cs{thecounter}, the link in the location number would be
% undefined.
%\end{itemize}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\csname ifglscompatible-2.07\endcsname
- \RequirePackage{glossaries-compatible-207}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
%</glossaries.sty>
@@ -19881,490 +19810,31 @@ you
%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*glossaries-prefix.sty>
+%<*glossary-hypernav.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
-%\chapter{Prefix Support (glossaries-prefix Code)}
-%\label{sec:code:prefix}
-%\changes{3.14a}{2013-11-12}{new}
-% This package provides a means of adding prefixes to your glossary
-% entries. For example, you may want to use \qt{a
-% \cs{gls}\marg{label}} on first use but use \qt{an
-% \cs{gls}\marg{label}} on subsequent use.
+%\section{Glossary Styles}
+% \subsection{Glossary hyper-navigation definitions
+% (glossary-hypernav.sty)}
+%\label{sec:code:hypernav}
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-prefix}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Pass all options to \sty{glossaries}:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{glossaries}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Process options:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProcessOptions
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Load \sty{glossaries}:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{glossaries}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Add the new keys:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\define@key{glossentry}{prefixfirst}{\def\@glo@entryprefixfirst{#1}}%
-\define@key{glossentry}{prefixfirstplural}{\def\@glo@entryprefixfirstplural{#1}}%
-\define@key{glossentry}{prefix}{\def\@glo@entryprefix{#1}}%
-\define@key{glossentry}{prefixplural}{\def\@glo@entryprefixplural{#1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Add them to \ics{@gls@keymap}:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appto\@gls@keymap{,%
- {prefixfirst}{prefixfirst},%
- {prefixfirstplural}{prefixfirstplural},%
- {prefix}{prefix},%
- {prefixplural}{prefixplural}%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Set the default values:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appto\@newglossaryentryprehook{%
- \def\@glo@entryprefix{}%
- \def\@glo@entryprefixplural{}%
- \let\@glo@entryprefixfirst\@gls@default@value
- \let\@glo@entryprefixfirstplural\@gls@default@value
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Set the assignment code:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appto\@newglossaryentryposthook{%
- \gls@assign@field{}{\@glo@label}{prefix}{\@glo@entryprefix}%
- \gls@assign@field{}{\@glo@label}{prefixplural}{\@glo@entryprefixplural}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If \gloskey{prefixfirst} has not been supplied, make it the same
-% as \gloskey{prefix}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \expandafter\gls@assign@field\expandafter
- {\csname glo@\@glo@label @prefix\endcsname}{\@glo@label}{prefixfirst}%
- {\@glo@entryprefixfirst}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If \gloskey{prefixfirstplural} has not been supplied, make it the same
-% as \gloskey{prefixplural}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \expandafter\gls@assign@field\expandafter
- {\csname glo@\@glo@label @prefixplural\endcsname}{\@glo@label}%
- {prefixfirstplural}{\@glo@entryprefixfirstplural}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Define commands to access these fields:
-%\begin{macro}{\glsentryprefixfirst}
-%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\glsentryprefixfirst}[1]{\csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixfirst}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\glsentryprefixfirstplural}
-%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\glsentryprefixfirstplural}[1]{%
- \csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixfirstplural}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\glsentryprefix}
-%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\glsentryprefix}[1]{\csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefix}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\glsentryprefixplural}
-%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\glsentryprefixplural}[1]{\csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixplural}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
-% Now for the initial upper case variants:
-%\begin{macro}{\Glsentryprefixfirst}
-%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryprefixfirst}[1]{%
- \protected@edef\@glo@text{\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixfirst\endcsname}%
- \xmakefirstuc\@glo@text
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\Glsentryprefixfirstplural}
-%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryprefixfirstplural}[1]{%
- \protected@edef\@glo@text{\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixfirstplural\endcsname}%
- \xmakefirstuc\@glo@text
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\Glsentryprefix}
-%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryprefix}[1]{%
- \protected@edef\@glo@text{\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefix\endcsname}%
- \xmakefirstuc\@glo@text
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\Glsentryprefixplural}
-%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryprefixplural}[1]{%
- \protected@edef\@glo@text{\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixplural\endcsname}%
- \xmakefirstuc\@glo@text
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
-% Define commands to determine if the prefix keys have been set:
-%\begin{macro}{\ifglshasprefix}
-%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\ifglshasprefix}[3]{%
- \ifcsempty{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefix}%
- {#3}%
- {#2}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\ifglshasprefixplural}
-%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\ifglshasprefixplural}[3]{%
- \ifcsempty{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixplural}%
- {#3}%
- {#2}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\ifglshasprefixfirst}
-%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\ifglshasprefixfirst}[3]{%
- \ifcsempty{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixfirst}%
- {#3}%
- {#2}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\ifglshasprefixfirstplural}
-%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\ifglshasprefixfirstplural}[3]{%
- \ifcsempty{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixfirstplural}%
- {#3}%
- {#2}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
-%\begin{macro}{\@glsprefix@record@hook}
-%\changes{4.44}{2019-12-06}{new}
-%Need to take into account the possibility that
-%\sty{glossaries-extra} might be loaded with the \pkgopt{record}
-%option.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand{\@glsprefix@record@hook}[2]{%
- \ifdef\@glsxtr@record
- {\@glsxtr@record{#1}{#2}{glslink}}%
- {}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
-%\begin{macro}{\glsprefixsep}
-%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{new}
-%Separator between prefix and term. Does nothing by default.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\glsprefixsep}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
-% Define commands that insert the prefix before commands like \ics{gls}:
-%\begin{macro}{\pgls}
-%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{changed to use \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd{\pgls}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@pgls}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \@spgls}
-%\begin{macro}{\@pgls}
-% Unstarred version.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@pgls}[2][]{%
- \new@ifnextchar[%
- {\@pgls@{#1}{#2}}%
- {\@pgls@{#1}{#2}[]}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
-%\begin{macro}{\@pgls@}
-% Read in the final optional argument:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@pgls@#1#2[#3]{%
- \@glsprefix@record@hook{#1}{#2}%
- \glsdoifexists{#2}%
- {%
- \ifglsused{#2}%
- {%
- \ifglshasprefix{#2}{\glsentryprefix{#2}\glsprefixsep}{}%
- }%
- {%
- \ifglshasprefixfirst{#2}{\glsentryprefixfirst{#2}\glsprefixsep}{}%
- }%
- \@gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
-% Similarly for the plural version:
-%\begin{macro}{\pglspl}
-%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{changed to use \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd{\pglspl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@pglspl}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \@spglspl}
-%\begin{macro}{\@pglspl}
-% Unstarred version.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@pglspl}[2][]{%
- \new@ifnextchar[%
- {\@pglspl@{#1}{#2}}%
- {\@pglspl@{#1}{#2}[]}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
-%\begin{macro}{\@pglspl@}
-% Read in the final optional argument:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@pglspl@#1#2[#3]{%
- \@glsprefix@record@hook{#1}{#2}%
- \glsdoifexists{#2}%
- {%
- \ifglsused{#2}%
- {%
- \ifglshasprefixplural{#2}{\glsentryprefixplural{#2}\glsprefixsep}{}%
- }%
- {%
- \ifglshasprefixfirstplural{#2}%
- {\glsentryprefixfirstplural{#2}\glsprefixsep}{}%
- }%
- \@glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
-% Now for the first letter upper case versions:
-%\begin{macro}{\Pgls}
-%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{changed to use \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd{\Pgls}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Pgls}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \@sPgls}
-%\begin{macro}{\@Pgls}
-% Unstarred version.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@Pgls}[2][]{%
- \new@ifnextchar[%
- {\@Pgls@{#1}{#2}}%
- {\@Pgls@{#1}{#2}[]}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
-%\begin{macro}{\@Pgls@}
-% Read in the final optional argument:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@Pgls@#1#2[#3]{%
- \@glsprefix@record@hook{#1}{#2}%
- \glsdoifexists{#2}%
- {%
- \ifglsused{#2}%
- {%
- \ifglshasprefix{#2}%
- {%
- \Glsentryprefix{#2}%
- \glsprefixsep
- \@gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
- }%
- {\@Gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]}%
- }%
- {%
- \ifglshasprefixfirst{#2}%
- {%
- \Glsentryprefixfirst{#2}%
- \glsprefixsep
- \@gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
- }%
- {\@Gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]}%
- }%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
-% Similarly for the plural version:
-%\begin{macro}{\Pglspl}
-%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{changed to use \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd{\Pglspl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Pglspl}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \@sPglspl}
-%\begin{macro}{\@Pglspl}
-% Unstarred version.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@Pglspl}[2][]{%
- \new@ifnextchar[%
- {\@Pglspl@{#1}{#2}}%
- {\@Pglspl@{#1}{#2}[]}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
-%\begin{macro}{\@Pglspl@}
-% Read in the final optional argument:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@Pglspl@#1#2[#3]{%
- \@glsprefix@record@hook{#1}{#2}%
- \glsdoifexists{#2}%
- {%
- \ifglsused{#2}%
- {%
- \ifglshasprefixplural{#2}%
- {%
- \Glsentryprefixplural{#2}%
- \glsprefixsep
- \@glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
- }%
- {\@Glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}%
- }%
- {%
- \ifglshasprefixfirstplural{#2}%
- {%
- \Glsentryprefixfirstplural{#2}%
- \glsprefixsep
- \@glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
- }%
- {\@Glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}%
- }%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
-% Finally the all upper case versions:
-%\begin{macro}{\PGLS}
-%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{changed to use \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd{\PGLS}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@PGLS}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \@sPGLS}
-%\begin{macro}{\@PGLS}
-% Unstarred version.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@PGLS}[2][]{%
- \new@ifnextchar[%
- {\@PGLS@{#1}{#2}}%
- {\@PGLS@{#1}{#2}[]}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
-%\begin{macro}{\@PGLS@}
-% Read in the final optional argument:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@PGLS@#1#2[#3]{%
- \@glsprefix@record@hook{#1}{#2}%
- \glsdoifexists{#2}%
- {%
- \ifglsused{#2}%
- {%
- \ifglshasprefix{#2}%
- {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryprefix{#2}\glsprefixsep}}{}%
- }%
- {%
- \ifglshasprefixfirst{#2}%
- {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryprefixfirst{#2}\glsprefixsep}}{}%
- }%
- \@GLS@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
-% Plural version:
-%\begin{macro}{\PGLSpl}
-%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{changed to use \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newrobustcmd{\PGLSpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@PGLSpl}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \@sPGLSpl}
-%\begin{macro}{\@PGLSpl}
-% Unstarred version.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\@PGLSpl}[2][]{%
- \new@ifnextchar[%
- {\@PGLSpl@{#1}{#2}}%
- {\@PGLSpl@{#1}{#2}[]}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
-%\begin{macro}{\@PGLSpl@}
-% Read in the final optional argument:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@PGLSpl@#1#2[#3]{%
- \@glsprefix@record@hook{#1}{#2}%
- \glsdoifexists{#2}%
- {%
- \ifglsused{#2}%
- {%
- \ifglshasprefixplural{#2}%
- {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryprefixplural{#2}\glsprefixsep}}{}%
- }%
- {%
- \ifglshasprefixfirstplural{#2}%
- {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryprefixfirstplural{#2}\glsprefixsep}}{}%
- }%
- \@GLSpl@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
- }%
-}
% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\iffalse
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</glossaries-prefix.sty>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
-%\iffalse
+% Rollback releases:
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*glossary-hypernav.sty>
+\DeclareRelease{v4.46}{2020-03-19}{glossary-hypernav-2020-03-19.sty}
+\DeclareRelease{v4.49}{2021-11-01}{glossary-hypernav-2021-11-01.sty}
+\DeclareCurrentRelease{v4.50}{2022-10-14}
% \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
-%\chapter{Glossary Styles}
-% \section{Glossary hyper-navigation definitions (glossary-hypernav package)}
-%\label{sec:code:hypernav}
% Package Definition:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-hypernav}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-hypernav}[2022/10/14 v4.50 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
%
% The commands defined in this package are provided to
% help navigate around the groups within a glossary
% (see \autoref{sec:code:printglos}.)
-% \ics{printglossary} (and \ics{printglossaries})
+% \cs{printglossary} (and \cs{printglossaries})
% set \cs{@glo@type} to the label of the current
% glossary. This is used to create a unique hypertarget in
% the event of multiple glossaries.
@@ -20378,13 +19848,23 @@ you
%\changes{1.14}{2008-06-17}{changed \cs{edef} to \cs{protected@edef}}
%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{replaced \cs{hyperlink} to
%\cs{@glslink}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{changed \cs{@glo@type} to \cs{currentglossary}}
+%The optional argument is the glossary type and can be used to make the
+%group label unique in case the same group occurs in multiple
+%glossaries.
+%The optional argument was \cs{@glo@type} but is now \cs{currentglossary}
+%because that's less likely to change within the glossary.
+%It's unlikely that the optional argument will be used to set it to
+%anything other than \cs{currentglossary} but it makes it
+%possible to hyperlink to the group from outside of the glossary.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\glsnavhyperlink}[3][\@glo@type]{%
+\newcommand*{\glsnavhyperlink}[3][\currentglossary]{%
% \end{macrocode}
%\changes{4.47}{2021-09-20}{changed \cs{edef} to \cs{protected@edef}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\protected@edef\gls@grplabel{#2}\protected@edef\@gls@grptitle{#3}%
- \@glslink{\glsnavhyperlinkname{#1}{#2}}{#3}}
+ \@glslink{\glsnavhyperlinkname{#1}{#2}}{#3}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%\begin{macro}{\glsnavhyperlinkname}
@@ -20403,14 +19883,22 @@ you
% This command makes \meta{text} a hypertarget for the glossary group
% whose label is given by \meta{label} in the glossary given
% by \meta{type}. If \meta{type} is omitted, \cs{@glo@type} is
-% used which is set by \ics{printglossary} to the current
+% used which is set by \cs{printglossary} to the current
% glossary label.
%\changes{1.14}{2008-06-17}{added write to aux file}
%\changes{1.15}{2008-08-15}{added check if rerun required}
%\changes{1.17}{2008-12-26}{replaced \cs{hypertarget} to
%\cs{@glstarget}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{changed \cs{@glo@type} to \cs{currentglossary}}
+%The optional argument complicates things for \sty{glossaries-extra}.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\glsnavhypertarget}[3][\@glo@type]{%
+\newcommand*{\glsnavhypertarget}{\protect\@@gls@navhypertarget}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\@@gls@navhypertarget}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\@@gls@navhypertarget}[3][\currentglossary]{%
\@glsnavhypertarget{#1}{#2}{#3}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -20473,16 +19961,12 @@ you
% However it requires at least 2 runs to ensure the information is
% up-to-date.
%\changes{1.14}{2008-06-17}{new}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{updated to use \sty{etoolbox}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\@gls@hypergroup}[2]{%
-\@ifundefined{@gls@hypergrouplist@#1}{%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname @gls@hypergrouplist@#1\endcsname{#2}%
-}{%
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\@gls@tmp
- \csname @gls@hypergrouplist@#1\endcsname
- \expandafter\xdef\csname @gls@hypergrouplist@#1\endcsname{%
- \@gls@tmp,#2}%
-}%
+ \ifcsdef{@gls@hypergrouplist@#1}%
+ {\protected@csxappto{@gls@hypergrouplist@#1}{,#2}}%
+ {\protected@csxdef{@gls@hypergrouplist@#1}{#2}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
@@ -20500,16 +19984,19 @@ you
%\begin{macro}{\glsnavigation}
% \changes{1.14}{2008-06-17}{changed to only use labels for
% groups that are present}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{changed \cs{@glo@type} to \cs{currentglossary}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\glsnavigation}{%
\def\@gls@between{}%
- \ifcsundef{@gls@hypergrouplist@\@glo@type}%
+ \ifcsundef{@gls@hypergrouplist@\currentglossary}%
{%
\def\@gls@list{}%
}%
{%
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\@gls@list
- \csname @gls@hypergrouplist@\@glo@type\endcsname
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{switched to \cs{letcs}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \letcs\@gls@list{@gls@hypergrouplist@\currentglossary}%
}%
\@for\@gls@tmp:=\@gls@list\do{%
\@gls@between
@@ -20518,7 +20005,7 @@ you
%\cs{@gls@getgrouptitle}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\@gls@getgrouptitle{\@gls@tmp}{\@gls@grptitle}%
- \glsnavhyperlink{\@gls@tmp}{\@gls@grptitle}%
+ \expandafter\glsnavhyperlink\expandafter{\@gls@tmp}{\@gls@grptitle}%
\let\@gls@between\glshypernavsep
}%
}
@@ -20553,11 +20040,21 @@ you
%<*glossary-inline.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
-% \section{In-line Style (glossary-inline.sty)}
+% \subsection{In-line Style (glossary-inline.sty)}
% This defines an in-line style where the entries are
% comma-separated with just the name and description displayed.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-inline}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Rollback releases:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRelease{v4.46}{2020-03-19}{glossary-inline-2020-03-19.sty}
+\DeclareRelease{v4.49}{2021-11-01}{glossary-inline-2021-11-01.sty}
+\DeclareCurrentRelease{v4.50}{2022-10-14}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%Declare package:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-inline}[2022/10/14 v4.50 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
%
%\begin{style}{inline}
@@ -20581,7 +20078,7 @@ you
\renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
% \end{macrocode}
% No group headings (if heading is required, add
-% \ics{glsinlinedopostchild} to start definition in case heading
+% \cs{glsinlinedopostchild} to start definition in case heading
% follows a child entry):
% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
@@ -20612,7 +20109,7 @@ you
{\glsinlinedescformat{\glossentrydesc{##1}}{\glossentrysymbol{##1}}{##2}}%
{\glsinlineemptydescformat{\glossentrysymbol{##1}}{##2}}%
}%
- \ifglshaschildren{##1}%
+ \glsinlineifhaschildren{##1}%
{%
\glsresetsubentrycounter
\glsinlineparentchildseparator
@@ -20641,6 +20138,15 @@ you
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{style}
%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsinlineifhaschildren}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\glsinlineifhaschildren}[3]{%
+ \ifglshaschildren{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%
%\begin{macro}{\glsinlinedopostchild}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\glsinlinedopostchild}{%
@@ -20738,103 +20244,14 @@ you
%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*glossary-list-2020-03-19.sty>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
-% \section{Rollback v4.46 (glossary-list-2020-03-19.sty)}
-% Version 4.46 preserved for rollback.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-list}[2020/03/19 v4.46 (NLCT)]
-\providecommand{\indexspace}{%
- \par \vskip 10\p@ \@plus 5\p@ \@minus 3\p@ \relax
-}
-\newcommand*{\glslistgroupheaderfmt}[1]{#1}
-\newcommand*{\glslistnavigationitem}[1]{\item[#1]}
-\newglossarystyle{list}{%
- \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
- {\begin{description}}{\end{description}}%
- \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
- \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
- \renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
- \item[\glsentryitem{##1}%
- \glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}]
- \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2}%
- \renewcommand*{\subglossentry}[3]{%
- \glssubentryitem{##2}%
- \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\space
- \glossentrydesc{##2}\glspostdescription\space ##3.}%
- \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{\ifglsnogroupskip\else\indexspace\fi}%
-}
-\newglossarystyle{listgroup}{%
- \setglossarystyle{list}%
- \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
- \item[\glslistgroupheaderfmt{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}]}}
-\newglossarystyle{listhypergroup}{%
- \setglossarystyle{list}%
- \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
- \glslistnavigationitem{\glsnavigation}}%
- \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
- \item[\glslistgroupheaderfmt
- {\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}]}}
-\newglossarystyle{altlist}{%
- \setglossarystyle{list}%
- \renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
- \item[\glsentryitem{##1}%
- \glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}]%
- \mbox{}\par\nobreak\@afterheading
- \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2}%
- \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
- \par
- \glssubentryitem{##2}%
- \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2}\glspostdescription\space ##3}%
-}
-\newglossarystyle{altlistgroup}{%
- \setglossarystyle{altlist}%
- \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
- \item[\glslistgroupheaderfmt{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}]}}
-\newglossarystyle{altlisthypergroup}{%
- \setglossarystyle{altlist}%
- \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
- \glslistnavigationitem{\glsnavigation}}%
- \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
- \item[\glslistgroupheaderfmt
- {\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}]}}
-\newglossarystyle{listdotted}{%
- \setglossarystyle{list}%
- \renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
- \item[]\makebox[\glslistdottedwidth][l]{%
- \glsentryitem{##1}%
- \glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}%
- \unskip\leaders\hbox to 2.9mm{\hss.}\hfill\strut}\glossentrydesc{##1}}%
- \renewcommand*{\subglossentry}[3]{%
- \item[]\makebox[\glslistdottedwidth][l]{%
- \glssubentryitem{##2}%
- \glstarget{##2}{\glossentryname{##2}}%
- \unskip\leaders\hbox to 2.9mm{\hss.}\hfill\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2}}%
-}
-\newlength\glslistdottedwidth
-\setlength{\glslistdottedwidth}{.5\hsize}
-\newglossarystyle{sublistdotted}{%
- \setglossarystyle{listdotted}%
- \renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
- \item[\glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}]}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\iffalse
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</glossary-list-2020-03-19.sty>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
-%\iffalse
-% \begin{macrocode}
%<*glossary-list.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
-% \section{List Style (glossary-list.sty)}
-% The \isty{glossary-list} style file defines glossary styles
+% \subsection{List Style (glossary-list.sty)}
+% The \sty{glossary-list} style file defines glossary styles
% that use the \env{description} environment. Note that since
% the entry name is placed in the optional argument to the
-% \ics{item} command, it will appear in a bold font by
+% \cs{item} command, it will appear in a bold font by
% default.
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
@@ -20842,11 +20259,12 @@ you
% Rollback releases:
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareRelease{v4.46}{2020-03-19}{glossary-list-2020-03-19.sty}
-\DeclareCurrentRelease{v4.49}{2021-11-01}
+\DeclareRelease{v4.49}{2021-11-01}{glossary-list-2021-11-01.sty}
+\DeclareCurrentRelease{v4.50}{2022-10-14}
% \end{macrocode}
%Declare package:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-list}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-list}[2022/10/14 v4.50 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
%\begin{macro}{\indexspace}
%\changes{4.13}{2015-02-03}{new}
@@ -20918,7 +20336,7 @@ you
%\begin{style}{list}
% The \glostyle{list} glossary style
% uses the \env{description} environment. The group separator
-% \ics{glsgroupskip} is redefined as \cs{indexspace}
+% \cs{glsgroupskip} is redefined as \cs{indexspace}
% which produces a gap between groups. The glossary heading
% and the group headings do nothing. Sub-entries immediately
% follow the main entry without the sub-entry name. This style
@@ -21157,23 +20575,32 @@ you
%<*glossary-long.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
-% \section{Glossary Styles using longtable (the glossary-long
-% package)}
-% The glossary styles defined in the \isty{glossary-long} package
+% \subsection{Glossary Styles using longtable (glossary-long.sty)}
+% The glossary styles defined in the \sty{glossary-long} package
% used the \env{longtable} environment in the glossary.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-long}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Requires the \isty{longtable} package:
+% Rollback releases:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRelease{v4.46}{2020-03-19}{glossary-long-2020-03-19.sty}
+\DeclareRelease{v4.49}{2021-11-01}{glossary-long-2021-11-01.sty}
+\DeclareCurrentRelease{v4.50}{2022-10-14}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%Declare package:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-long}[2022/10/14 v4.50 (NLCT)]
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Requires the \sty{longtable} package:
% \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{longtable}
% \end{macrocode}
%\begin{macro}{\glsdescwidth}
% This is a length that governs the width of the description column.
% (There's a chance that the user may specify \pkgopt{nolong}
-% and then load \isty{glossary-long} later, in which case
+% and then load \sty{glossary-long} later, in which case
% \cs{glsdescwidth} may have already been defined by
-% \isty{glossary-super}. The same goes for \cs{glspagelistwidth}.)
+% \sty{glossary-super}. The same goes for \cs{glspagelistwidth}.)
%\changes{2.01}{2009 May 30}{changed \cs{linewidth} to \cs{hsize}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\@ifundefined{glsdescwidth}{%
@@ -21653,13 +21080,23 @@ you
%<*glossary-longbooktabs.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
-%\section{Glossary Styles using longtable and booktabs (the
-%glossary-longbooktabs) package}
+%\subsection{Glossary Styles using longtable and booktabs
+%(glossary-longbooktabs.sty)}
% The styles here are based on David Carlisle's patch at
% \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/56890}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longbooktabs}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Rollback releases:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRelease{v4.46}{2020-03-19}{glossary-longbooktabs-2020-03-19.sty}
+\DeclareRelease{v4.49}{2021-11-01}{glossary-longbooktabs-2021-11-01.sty}
+\DeclareCurrentRelease{v4.50}{2022-10-14}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%Declare package:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longbooktabs}[2022/10/14 v4.50 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
% Requires \sty{booktabs} package:
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -21815,7 +21252,7 @@ you
% \end{macrocode}
%The patch \cs{glspatchLToutput} is already applied in
%\glostyle{long4col-booktabs} and so doesn't need to be here.
-%\changes{4.42}{??}{removed superfluous \cs{glspatchLToutput}}
+%\changes{4.42}{2019-01-06}{removed superfluous \cs{glspatchLToutput}}
% \begin{macrocode}
\glspatchLToutput
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -21994,19 +21431,28 @@ you
%<*glossary-longragged.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
-% \section{Glossary Styles using longtable (the glossary-longragged
-% package)}
-% The glossary styles defined in the \isty{glossary-longragged} package
+% \subsection{Glossary Styles using longtable (glossary-longragged.sty)}
+% The glossary styles defined in the \sty{glossary-longragged} package
% used the \env{longtable} environment in the glossary and use
% ragged right formatting for the multiline columns.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longragged}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Requires the \isty{array} package:
+% Rollback releases:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRelease{v4.46}{2020-03-19}{glossary-longragged-2020-03-19.sty}
+\DeclareRelease{v4.49}{2021-11-01}{glossary-longragged-2021-11-01.sty}
+\DeclareCurrentRelease{v4.50}{2022-10-14}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%Declare package:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longragged}[2022/10/14 v4.50 (NLCT)]
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Requires the \sty{array} package:
% \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{array}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Requires the \isty{longtable} package:
+% Requires the \sty{longtable} package:
% \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{longtable}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -22274,7 +21720,7 @@ you
%
%\begin{style}{altlongragged4col}
% The \glostyle{altlongragged4col} style is like the \glostyle{altlong4col}
-% style defined in the \isty{glossary-long} package, except that
+% style defined in the \sty{glossary-long} package, except that
% ragged right formatting is used for the description and page list
% columns.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -22427,13 +21873,23 @@ you
%<*glossary-mcols.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
-%\section{Glossary Styles using \styfmt{multicol}
+%\subsection{Glossary Styles using \sty{multicol}
%(glossary-mcols.sty)}
-%The \isty{glossary-mcols} style file defines glossary styles that
+%The \sty{glossary-mcols} style file defines glossary styles that
%use the \sty{multicol} package. These use the tree-like glossary
%styles in a multicol environment.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-mcols}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Rollback releases:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRelease{v4.46}{2020-03-19}{glossary-mcols-2020-03-19.sty}
+\DeclareRelease{v4.49}{2021-11-01}{glossary-mcols-2021-11-01.sty}
+\DeclareCurrentRelease{v4.50}{2022-10-14}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%Declare package:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-mcols}[2022/10/14 v4.50 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
% Required packages:
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -22455,6 +21911,7 @@ you
%\begin{macro}{\glsmcols}
% Define macro in which to store the number of columns. (Defaults to
% 2.)
+%\changes{3.05}{2013-04-21}{new}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\glsmcols}{2}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -22866,19 +22323,30 @@ you
%<*glossary-super.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
-% \section{Glossary Styles using supertabular environment (glossary-super package)}
-% The glossary styles defined in the \isty{glossary-super} package
+% \subsection{Glossary Styles using supertabular environment
+% (glossary-super.sty)}
+% The glossary styles defined in the \sty{glossary-super} package
% use the \env{supertabular} environment.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-super}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Rollback releases:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRelease{v4.46}{2020-03-19}{glossary-super-2020-03-19.sty}
+\DeclareRelease{v4.49}{2021-11-01}{glossary-super-2021-11-01.sty}
+\DeclareCurrentRelease{v4.50}{2022-10-14}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%Declare package:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-super}[2022/10/14 v4.50 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
-% Requires the \isty{supertabular} package:
+% Requires the \sty{supertabular} package:
% \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{supertabular}
% \end{macrocode}
%\begin{macro}{\glsdescwidth}
% This is a length that governs the width of the description column.
-% This may already have been defined if \isty{glossary-long}
+% This may already have been defined if \sty{glossary-long}
% has been loaded.\changes{2.01}{2009 May 30}{changed \cs{linewidth}
% to \cs{hsize}}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -22891,7 +22359,7 @@ you
%
%\begin{macro}{\glspagelistwidth}
% This is a length that governs the width of the page list column.
-% This may already have been defined if \isty{glossary-long}
+% This may already have been defined if \sty{glossary-long}
% has been loaded.\changes{2.01}{2009 May 30}{changed \cs{linewidth}
% to \cs{hsize}}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -22905,7 +22373,7 @@ you
%\begin{style}{super}
% The \glostyle{super} glossary style uses the
% \env{supertabular} environment
-% (it uses lengths defined in the \isty{glossary-long} package.)
+% (it uses lengths defined in the \sty{glossary-long} package.)
% \begin{macrocode}
\newglossarystyle{super}{%
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -23396,19 +22864,30 @@ you
%<*glossary-superragged.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
-% \section{Glossary Styles using supertabular environment (glossary-superragged package)}
-% The glossary styles defined in the \isty{glossary-superragged}
+% \subsection{Glossary Styles using supertabular environment
+% (glossary-superragged.sty)}
+% The glossary styles defined in the \sty{glossary-superragged}
% package use the \env{supertabular} environment. These styles
-% are like those provided by the \isty{glossary-super} package,
+% are like those provided by the \sty{glossary-super} package,
% except that the multiline columns have ragged right justification.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-superragged}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Rollback releases:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRelease{v4.46}{2020-03-19}{glossary-superragged-2020-03-19.sty}
+\DeclareRelease{v4.49}{2021-11-01}{glossary-superragged-2021-11-01.sty}
+\DeclareCurrentRelease{v4.50}{2022-10-14}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%Declare package:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-superragged}[2022/10/14 v4.50 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
-% Requires the \isty{array} package:
+% Requires the \sty{array} package:
% \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{array}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Requires the \isty{supertabular} package:
+% Requires the \sty{supertabular} package:
% \begin{macrocode}
\RequirePackage{supertabular}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -23693,7 +23172,7 @@ you
%
%\begin{style}{altsuperragged4col}
% The \glostyle{altsuperragged4col} glossary style is like
-% \glostyle{altsuper4col} style in the \isty{glossary-super}
+% \glostyle{altsuper4col} style in the \sty{glossary-super}
% package but uses ragged right formatting in the description
% and page list columns.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -23837,12 +23316,22 @@ you
%<*glossary-tree.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
-%\section{Tree Styles (glossary-tree.sty)}
-% The \isty{glossary-tree} style file defines glossary styles
+%\subsection{Tree Styles (glossary-tree.sty)}
+% The \sty{glossary-tree} style file defines glossary styles
% that have a tree-like structure. These are designed for
% hierarchical glossaries.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossary-tree}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Rollback releases:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRelease{v4.46}{2020-03-19}{glossary-tree-2020-03-19.sty}
+\DeclareRelease{v4.49}{2021-11-01}{glossary-tree-2021-11-01.sty}
+\DeclareCurrentRelease{v4.50}{2022-10-14}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%Declare package:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-tree}[2022/10/14 v4.50 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
%
%\begin{macro}{\indexspace}
@@ -23858,7 +23347,7 @@ you
%\begin{macro}{\glstreenamefmt}
%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{new}
% Format used to display the name in the tree styles. (This may be
-% counteracted by \ics{glsnamefont}.) This command was previously also used to
+% counteracted by \cs{glsnamefont}.) This command was previously also used to
% format the group headings.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\glstreenamefmt}[1]{\textbf{#1}}
@@ -23947,7 +23436,7 @@ you
% \begin{macrocode}
\newglossarystyle{index}{%
% \end{macrocode}
-% Set the paragraph indentation and skip and define \ics{item}
+% Set the paragraph indentation and skip and define \cs{item}
% to be the same as that used by \env{theindex}:
% \begin{macrocode}
\renewenvironment{theglossary}%
@@ -23982,10 +23471,10 @@ you
\glstreepredesc \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% Sub entries: level 1 entries use \ics{subitem}, levels greater
-% than~1 use \ics{subsubitem}. The level ("##1") shouldn't be 0,
+% Sub entries: level 1 entries use \cs{subitem}, levels greater
+% than~1 use \cs{subsubitem}. The level ("##1") shouldn't be 0,
% as that's catered by \cs{glossentry}, but for completeness,
-% if the level is 0, \ics{item} is used. The name is put in bold,
+% if the level is 0, \cs{item} is used. The name is put in bold,
% followed by the symbol in brackets (if it exists), the description
% and the page list.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -24096,7 +23585,7 @@ you
}%
% \end{macrocode}
% Sub entries: level \meta{n} is indented by \meta{n} times
-% \ics{glstreeindent}. The name is in bold, followed by the
+% \cs{glstreeindent}. The name is in bold, followed by the
% symbol in brackets (if it exists), the description and the
% page list.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -24211,7 +23700,7 @@ you
}%
% \end{macrocode}
% Sub entries: level \meta{n} is indented by \meta{n} times
-% \ics{glstreeindent}. The name and symbol are omitted. The
+% \cs{glstreeindent}. The name and symbol are omitted. The
% description followed by the page list are displayed.
% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
@@ -24552,1168 +24041,613 @@ you
%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*glossaries-compatible-207.sty>
+%<*glossaries-babel.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
-%\chapter{Backwards Compatibility}
-%\section{glossaries-compatible-207}
-% Provides compatibility with version 2.07 and below. This uses
-% original \sty{glossaries} xindy and makeindex formatting, so can
-% be used with old documents that had customized style files, but
-% hyperlinks may not work properly.
+%\section{Multi-Lingual Support}
+%\subsection{Babel Captions (glossaries-babel.sty)}
+% Many thanks to everyone who contributed to the translations both
+% via email and on comp.text.tex.
+% Language support has now been split off into independent language
+% modules.
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-207}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
-%\begin{macro}{\GlsAddXdyAttribute}
-% Adds an attribute in old format.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifglsxindy
- \renewcommand*\GlsAddXdyAttribute[1]{%
- \edef\@xdyattributes{\@xdyattributes ^^J \string"#1\string"}%
- \expandafter\toks@\expandafter{\@xdylocref}%
- \edef\@xdylocref{\the\toks@ ^^J%
- (markup-locref
- :open \string"\string~n\string\setentrycounter
- {\noexpand\glscounter}%
- \expandafter\string\csname#1\endcsname
- \expandafter\@gobble\string\{\string" ^^J
- :close \string"\expandafter\@gobble\string\}\string" ^^J
- :attr \string"#1\string")}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Only has an effect before \ics{writeist}:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\GlsAddXdyCounters}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand*\GlsAddXdyCounters[1]{%
- \GlossariesWarning{\string\GlsAddXdyCounters\space not available
- in compatibility mode.}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-% Add predefined attributes
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \GlsAddXdyAttribute{glsnumberformat}
- \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textrm}
- \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textsf}
- \GlsAddXdyAttribute{texttt}
- \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textbf}
- \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textmd}
- \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textit}
- \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textup}
- \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textsl}
- \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textsc}
- \GlsAddXdyAttribute{emph}
- \GlsAddXdyAttribute{glshypernumber}
- \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperrm}
- \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hypersf}
- \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hypertt}
- \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbf}
- \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hypermd}
- \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperit}
- \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperup}
- \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hypersl}
- \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hypersc}
- \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperemph}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%\begin{macro}{\GlsAddXdyLocation}
-% Restore v2.07 definition:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifglsxindy
- \renewcommand*{\GlsAddXdyLocation}[2]{%
- \edef\@xdyuserlocationdefs{%
- \@xdyuserlocationdefs ^^J%
- (define-location-class \string"#1\string"^^J\space\space
- \space(#2))
- }%
- \edef\@xdyuserlocationnames{%
- \@xdyuserlocationnames^^J\space\space\space
- \string"#1\string"}%
- }
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
-%\begin{macro}{\@do@wrglossary}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand{\@do@wrglossary}[1]{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Determine whether to use \app{xindy} or \app{makeindex}
-% syntax
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifglsxindy
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Need to determine if the formatting information starts with
-% a ( or ) indicating a range.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \expandafter\@glo@check@mkidxrangechar\@glsnumberformat\@nil
- \def\@glo@range{}%
- \expandafter\if\@glo@prefix(\relax
- \def\@glo@range{:open-range}%
- \else
- \expandafter\if\@glo@prefix)\relax
- \def\@glo@range{:close-range}%
- \fi
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Get the location and escape any special characters
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \protected@edef\@glslocref{\theglsentrycounter}%
- \@gls@checkmkidxchars\@glslocref
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Write to the glossary file using \app{xindy} syntax.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \glossary[\csname glo@#1@type\endcsname]{%
- (indexentry :tkey (\csname glo@#1@index\endcsname)
- :locref \string"\@glslocref\string" %
- :attr \string"\@glo@suffix\string" \@glo@range
- )
- }%
-\else
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Convert the format information into the format required for
-% \app{makeindex}
+% Rollback releases:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \@set@glo@numformat\@glo@numfmt\@gls@counter\@glsnumberformat
+\DeclareRelease{v4.46}{2020-03-19}{glossaries-babel-2020-03-19.sty}
+\DeclareRelease{v4.49}{2021-11-01}{glossaries-babel-2021-11-01.sty}
+\DeclareCurrentRelease{v4.50}{2022-10-14}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Write to the glossary file using \app{makeindex} syntax.
+% Declare package
% \begin{macrocode}
- \glossary[\csname glo@#1@type\endcsname]{%
- \string\glossaryentry{\csname glo@#1@index\endcsname
- \@gls@encapchar\@glo@numfmt}{\theglsentrycounter}}%
-\fi
-}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-babel}[2022/10/14 v4.50 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\@set@glo@numformat}
-% Only had 3 arguments in v2.07
+% Load \sty{tracklang} to obtain language settings.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@set@glo@numformat#1#2#3{%
- \expandafter\@glo@check@mkidxrangechar#3\@nil
- \protected@edef#1{%
- \@glo@prefix setentrycounter[]{#2}%
- \expandafter\string\csname\@glo@suffix\endcsname
- }%
- \@gls@checkmkidxchars#1%
-}
+\RequirePackage{tracklang}
+\let\glsifusetranslator\@secondoftwo
% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
-%\begin{macro}{\writeist}
-% Redefine \cs{writeist} back to the way it was in v2.07, but change
-% \cs{istfile} to \cs{glswrite}.
+% Check for tracked languages:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifglsxindy
- \def\writeist{%
- \openout\glswrite=\istfilename
- \write\glswrite{;; xindy style file created by the glossaries
- package in compatible-2.07 mode}%
- \write\glswrite{;; for document '\jobname' on
- \the\year-\the\month-\the\day}%
- \write\glswrite{^^J; required styles^^J}
- \@for\@xdystyle:=\@xdyrequiredstyles\do{%
- \ifx\@xdystyle\@empty
- \else
- \protected@write\glswrite{}{(require
- \string"\@xdystyle.xdy\string")}%
- \fi
+ \AnyTrackedLanguages
+ {%
+ \ForEachTrackedDialect{\this@dialect}{%
+ \IfTrackedLanguageFileExists{\this@dialect}%
+ {glossaries-}% prefix
+ {.ldf}%
+ {%
+ \RequireGlossariesLang{\CurrentTrackedTag}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageWarningNoLine{glossaries}%
+ {No language module detected for `\this@dialect'.\MessageBreak
+ Language modules need to be installed separately.\MessageBreak
+ Please check on CTAN for a bundle called\MessageBreak
+ `glossaries-\CurrentTrackedLanguage' or similar}%
+ }%
}%
- \write\glswrite{^^J%
- ; list of allowed attributes (number formats)^^J}%
- \write\glswrite{(define-attributes ((\@xdyattributes)))}%
- \write\glswrite{^^J; user defined alphabets^^J}%
- \write\glswrite{\@xdyuseralphabets}%
- \write\glswrite{^^J; location class definitions^^J}%
- \protected@edef\@gls@roman{\@roman{0\string"
- \string"roman-numbers-lowercase\string" :sep \string"}}%
- \@onelevel@sanitize\@gls@roman
- \edef\@tmp{\string" \string"roman-numbers-lowercase\string"
- :sep \string"}%
- \@onelevel@sanitize\@tmp
- \ifx\@tmp\@gls@roman
- \write\glswrite{(define-location-class
- \string"roman-page-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
- (\string"roman-numbers-lowercase\string")
- :min-range-length \@glsminrange)}%
- \else
- \write\glswrite{(define-location-class
- \string"roman-page-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
- (:sep "\@gls@roman")
- :min-range-length \@glsminrange)}%
- \fi
- \write\glswrite{(define-location-class
- \string"Roman-page-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
- (\string"roman-numbers-uppercase\string")
- :min-range-length \@glsminrange)}%
- \write\glswrite{(define-location-class
- \string"arabic-page-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
- (\string"arabic-numbers\string")
- :min-range-length \@glsminrange)}%
- \write\glswrite{(define-location-class
- \string"alpha-page-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
- (\string"alpha\string")
- :min-range-length \@glsminrange)}%
- \write\glswrite{(define-location-class
- \string"Alpha-page-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
- (\string"ALPHA\string")
- :min-range-length \@glsminrange)}%
- \write\glswrite{(define-location-class
- \string"Appendix-page-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
- (\string"ALPHA\string"
- :sep \string"\@glsAlphacompositor\string"
- \string"arabic-numbers\string")
- :min-range-length \@glsminrange)}%
- \write\glswrite{(define-location-class
- \string"arabic-section-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
- (\string"arabic-numbers\string"
- :sep \string"\glscompositor\string"
- \string"arabic-numbers\string")
- :min-range-length \@glsminrange)}%
- \write\glswrite{^^J; user defined location classes}%
- \write\glswrite{\@xdyuserlocationdefs}%
- \write\glswrite{^^J; define cross-reference class^^J}%
- \write\glswrite{(define-crossref-class \string"see\string"
- :unverified )}%
- \write\glswrite{(markup-crossref-list
- :class \string"see\string"^^J\space\space\space
- :open \string"\string\glsseeformat\string"
- :close \string"{}\string")}%
- \write\glswrite{^^J; define the order of the location classes}%
- \write\glswrite{(define-location-class-order
- (\@xdylocationclassorder))}%
- \write\glswrite{^^J; define the glossary markup^^J}%
- \write\glswrite{(markup-index^^J\space\space\space
- :open \string"\string
- \glossarysection[\string\glossarytoctitle]{\string
- \glossarytitle}\string\glossarypreamble\string~n\string\begin
- {theglossary}\string\glossaryheader\string~n\string" ^^J\space
- \space\space:close \string"\expandafter\@gobble
- \string\%\string~n\string
- \end{theglossary}\string\glossarypostamble
- \string~n\string" ^^J\space\space\space
- :tree)}%
- \write\glswrite{(markup-letter-group-list
- :sep \string"\string\glsgroupskip\string~n\string")}%
- \write\glswrite{(markup-indexentry
- :open \string"\string\relax \string\glsresetentrylist
- \string~n\string")}%
- \write\glswrite{(markup-locclass-list :open
- \string"\glsopenbrace\string\glossaryentrynumbers
- \glsopenbrace\string\relax\space \string"^^J\space\space\space
- :sep \string", \string"
- :close \string"\glsclosebrace\glsclosebrace\string")}%
- \write\glswrite{(markup-locref-list
- :sep \string"\string\delimN\space\string")}%
- \write\glswrite{(markup-range
- :sep \string"\string\delimR\space\string")}%
- \@onelevel@sanitize\gls@suffixF
- \@onelevel@sanitize\gls@suffixFF
- \ifx\gls@suffixF\@empty
- \else
- \write\glswrite{(markup-range
- :close "\gls@suffixF" :length 1 :ignore-end)}%
- \fi
- \ifx\gls@suffixFF\@empty
- \else
- \write\glswrite{(markup-range
- :close "\gls@suffixFF" :length 2 :ignore-end)}%
- \fi
- \write\glswrite{^^J; define format to use for locations^^J}%
- \write\glswrite{\@xdylocref}%
- \write\glswrite{^^J; define letter group list format^^J}%
- \write\glswrite{(markup-letter-group-list
- :sep \string"\string\glsgroupskip\string~n\string")}%
- \write\glswrite{^^J; letter group headings^^J}%
- \write\glswrite{(markup-letter-group
- :open-head \string"\string\glsgroupheading
- \glsopenbrace\string"^^J\space\space\space
- :close-head \string"\glsclosebrace\string")}%
- \write\glswrite{^^J; additional letter groups^^J}%
- \write\glswrite{\@xdylettergroups}%
- \write\glswrite{^^J; additional sort rules^^J}
- \write\glswrite{\@xdysortrules}%
- \noist}
-\else
- \edef\@gls@actualchar{\string?}
- \edef\@gls@encapchar{\string|}
- \edef\@gls@levelchar{\string!}
- \edef\@gls@quotechar{\string"}
- \def\writeist{\relax
- \openout\glswrite=\istfilename
- \write\glswrite{\expandafter\@gobble\string\% makeindex style file
- created by the glossaries package}
- \write\glswrite{\expandafter\@gobble\string\% for document
- '\jobname' on \the\year-\the\month-\the\day}
- \write\glswrite{actual '\@gls@actualchar'}
- \write\glswrite{encap '\@gls@encapchar'}
- \write\glswrite{level '\@gls@levelchar'}
- \write\glswrite{quote '\@gls@quotechar'}
- \write\glswrite{keyword \string"\string\\glossaryentry\string"}
- \write\glswrite{preamble \string"\string\\glossarysection[\string
- \\glossarytoctitle]{\string\\glossarytitle}\string
- \\glossarypreamble\string\n\string\\begin{theglossary}\string
- \\glossaryheader\string\n\string"}
- \write\glswrite{postamble \string"\string\%\string\n\string
- \\end{theglossary}\string\\glossarypostamble\string\n
- \string"}
- \write\glswrite{group_skip \string"\string\\glsgroupskip\string\n
- \string"}
- \write\glswrite{item_0 \string"\string\%\string\n\string"}
- \write\glswrite{item_1 \string"\string\%\string\n\string"}
- \write\glswrite{item_2 \string"\string\%\string\n\string"}
- \write\glswrite{item_01 \string"\string\%\string\n\string"}
- \write\glswrite{item_x1
- \string"\string\\relax \string\\glsresetentrylist\string\n
- \string"}
- \write\glswrite{item_12 \string"\string\%\string\n\string"}
- \write\glswrite{item_x2
- \string"\string\\relax \string\\glsresetentrylist\string\n
- \string"}
- \write\glswrite{delim_0 \string"\string\{\string
- \\glossaryentrynumbers\string\{\string\\relax \string"}
- \write\glswrite{delim_1 \string"\string\{\string
- \\glossaryentrynumbers\string\{\string\\relax \string"}
- \write\glswrite{delim_2 \string"\string\{\string
- \\glossaryentrynumbers\string\{\string\\relax \string"}
- \write\glswrite{delim_t \string"\string\}\string\}\string"}
- \write\glswrite{delim_n \string"\string\\delimN \string"}
- \write\glswrite{delim_r \string"\string\\delimR \string"}
- \write\glswrite{headings_flag 1}
- \write\glswrite{heading_prefix
- \string"\string\\glsgroupheading\string\{\string"}
- \write\glswrite{heading_suffix
- \string"\string\}\string\\relax
- \string\\glsresetentrylist \string"}
- \write\glswrite{symhead_positive \string"glssymbols\string"}
- \write\glswrite{numhead_positive \string"glsnumbers\string"}
- \write\glswrite{page_compositor \string"\glscompositor\string"}
- \@gls@escbsdq\gls@suffixF
- \@gls@escbsdq\gls@suffixFF
- \ifx\gls@suffixF\@empty
- \else
- \write\glswrite{suffix_2p \string"\gls@suffixF\string"}
- \fi
- \ifx\gls@suffixFF\@empty
- \else
- \write\glswrite{suffix_3p \string"\gls@suffixFF\string"}
- \fi
- \noist
- }
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\noist}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand*{\noist}{\let\writeist\relax}
+ }%
+ {}%
% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%</glossaries-compatible-207.sty>
+%</glossaries-babel.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*glossaries-compatible-307.sty>
+%<*glossaries-polyglossia.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
-%\section{glossaries-compatible-307}
+%\subsection{Polyglossia Captions (glossaries-polyglossia.sty)}
+% Language support has now been split off into independent language
+% modules.
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-307}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Compatibility macros for predefined glossary styles:
-%\begin{macro}{\compatglossarystyle}
-% Defines a compatibility glossary style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\compatglossarystyle}[2]{%
- \ifcsundef{@glscompstyle@#1}%
- {%
- \csdef{@glscompstyle@#1}{#2}%
- }%
- {%
- \PackageError{glossaries}{Glossary compatibility style `#1' is already defined}{}%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{inline} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{inline}{%
- \renewcommand{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
- \glsinlinedopostchild
- \gls@inlinesep
- \def\glo@desc{##3}%
- \def\@no@post@desc{\nopostdesc}%
- \glsentryitem{##1}\glsinlinenameformat{##1}{##2}%
- \ifx\glo@desc\@no@post@desc
- \glsinlineemptydescformat{##4}{##5}%
- \else
- \ifstrempty{##3}%
- {\glsinlineemptydescformat{##4}{##5}}%
- {\glsinlinedescformat{##3}{##4}{##5}}%
- \fi
- \ifglshaschildren{##1}%
- {%
- \glsresetsubentrycounter
- \glsinlineparentchildseparator
- \def\gls@inlinesubsep{}%
- \def\gls@inlinepostchild{\glsinlinepostchild}%
- }%
- {}%
- \def\gls@inlinesep{\glsinlineseparator}%
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Sub-entries display description:
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \renewcommand{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
- \gls@inlinesubsep%
- \glsinlinesubnameformat{##2}{##3}%
- \glssubentryitem{##2}\glsinlinesubdescformat{##4}{##5}{##6}%
- \def\gls@inlinesubsep{\glsinlinesubseparator}%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{list} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{list}{%
- \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
- \item[\glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2}]
- ##3\glspostdescription\space ##5}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Sub-entries continue on the same line:
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
- \glssubentryitem{##2}%
- \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4\glspostdescription\space ##6.}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{listgroup} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{listgroup}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@list}%
-}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{listhypergroup} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{listhypergroup}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@list}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{altlist} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{altlist}{%
- \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
- \item[\glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2}]%
- \mbox{}\par\nobreak\@afterheading
- ##3\glspostdescription\space ##5}%
- \renewcommand{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
- \par
- \glssubentryitem{##2}%
- \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4\glspostdescription\space ##6}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{altlistgroup} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{altlistgroup}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@altlist}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{altlisthypergroup} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{altlisthypergroup}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@altlist}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{listdotted} style.
+% Rollback releases:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{listdotted}{%
- \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
- \item[]\makebox[\glslistdottedwidth][l]{%
- \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2}%
- \unskip\leaders\hbox to 2.9mm{\hss.}\hfill\strut}##3}%
- \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
- \item[]\makebox[\glslistdottedwidth][l]{%
- \glssubentryitem{##2}%
- \glstarget{##2}{##3}%
- \unskip\leaders\hbox to 2.9mm{\hss.}\hfill\strut}##4}%
-}%
+\DeclareRelease{v4.46}{2020-03-19}{glossaries-polyglossia-2020-03-19.sty}
+\DeclareRelease{v4.49}{2021-11-01}{glossaries-polyglossia-2021-11-01.sty}
+\DeclareCurrentRelease{v4.50}{2022-10-14}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{sublistdotted} style.
+% Declare package
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{sublistdotted}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@listdotted}%
- \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
- \item[\glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2}]}%
-}%
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-polyglossia}[2022/10/14 v4.50 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{long} style.
+% Load \sty{tracklang} to obtain language settings.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{long}{%
- \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
- \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3\glspostdescription\space ##5\\}%
- \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
- &
- \glssubentryitem{##2}%
- \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4\glspostdescription\space ##6\\}%
-}%
+\RequirePackage{tracklang}
+\let\glsifusetranslator\@secondoftwo
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{longborder} style.
+% Check for tracked languages:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{longborder}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@long}%
-}%
+ \AnyTrackedLanguages
+ {%
+ \ForEachTrackedDialect{\this@dialect}{%
+ \IfTrackedLanguageFileExists{\this@dialect}%
+ {glossaries-}% prefix
+ {.ldf}%
+ {%
+ \RequireGlossariesLang{\CurrentTrackedTag}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageWarningNoLine{glossaries}%
+ {No language module detected for `\this@dialect'.\MessageBreak
+ Language modules need to be installed separately.\MessageBreak
+ Please check on CTAN for a bundle called\MessageBreak
+ `glossaries-\CurrentTrackedLanguage' or similar}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{longheader} style.
+%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{longheader}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@long}%
-}%
+%</glossaries-polyglossia.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{longheaderborder} style.
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{longheaderborder}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@long}%
-}%
+%<*glossaries-prefix.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{long3col} style.
+%\fi
+%\section{Prefix Support (glossaries-prefix Code)}
+%\label{sec:code:prefix}
+%\changes{3.14a}{2013-11-12}{new}
+% This package provides a means of adding prefixes to your glossary
+% entries. For example, you may want to use \qt{a
+% \cs{gls}\marg{label}} on first use but use \qt{an
+% \cs{gls}\marg{label}} on subsequent use.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{long3col}{%
- \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
- \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3 & ##5\\}%
- \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
- &
- \glssubentryitem{##2}%
- \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4 & ##6\\}%
-}%
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{long3colborder} style.
+% Rollback releases:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{long3colborder}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@long3col}%
-}%
+\DeclareRelease{v4.46}{2020-03-19}{glossaries-prefix-2020-03-19.sty}
+\DeclareRelease{v4.49}{2021-11-01}{glossaries-prefix-2021-11-01.sty}
+\DeclareCurrentRelease{v4.50}{2022-10-14}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{long3colheader} style.
+%Declare package:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{long3colheader}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@long3col}%
-}%
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-prefix}[2022/10/14 v4.50 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{long3colheaderborder} style.
+% Pass all options to \sty{glossaries}:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{long3colheaderborder}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@long3col}%
-}%
+\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{glossaries}}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{long4col} style.
+% Process options:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{long4col}{%
- \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
- \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3 & ##4 & ##5\\}%
- \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
- &
- \glssubentryitem{##2}%
- \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4 & ##5 & ##6\\}%
-}%
+\ProcessOptions
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{long4colheader} style.
+% Load \sty{glossaries}:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{long4colheader}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@long4col}%
-}%
+\RequirePackage{glossaries}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{long4colborder} style.
+% Add the new keys:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{long4colborder}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@long4col}%
-}%
+\define@key{glossentry}{prefixfirst}{\def\@glo@entryprefixfirst{#1}}%
+\define@key{glossentry}{prefixfirstplural}{\def\@glo@entryprefixfirstplural{#1}}%
+\define@key{glossentry}{prefix}{\def\@glo@entryprefix{#1}}%
+\define@key{glossentry}{prefixplural}{\def\@glo@entryprefixplural{#1}}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{long4colheaderborder} style.
+% Add them to \cs{@gls@keymap}:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{long4colheaderborder}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@long4col}%
-}%
+\appto\@gls@keymap{,%
+ {prefixfirst}{prefixfirst},%
+ {prefixfirstplural}{prefixfirstplural},%
+ {prefix}{prefix},%
+ {prefixplural}{prefixplural}%
+ }
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{altlong4col} style.
+% Set the default values:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{altlong4col}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@long4col}%
-}%
+\appto\@newglossaryentryprehook{%
+ \def\@glo@entryprefix{}%
+ \def\@glo@entryprefixplural{}%
+ \let\@glo@entryprefixfirst\@gls@default@value
+ \let\@glo@entryprefixfirstplural\@gls@default@value
+}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{altlong4colheader} style.
+% Set the assignment code:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{altlong4colheader}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@long4col}%
-}%
+\appto\@newglossaryentryposthook{%
+ \gls@assign@field{}{\@glo@label}{prefix}{\@glo@entryprefix}%
+ \gls@assign@field{}{\@glo@label}{prefixplural}{\@glo@entryprefixplural}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{altlong4colborder} style.
+% If \gloskey{prefixfirst} has not been supplied, make it the same
+% as \gloskey{prefix}.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{altlong4colborder}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@long4col}%
-}%
+ \expandafter\gls@assign@field\expandafter
+ {\csname glo@\@glo@label @prefix\endcsname}{\@glo@label}{prefixfirst}%
+ {\@glo@entryprefixfirst}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{altlong4colheaderborder} style.
+% If \gloskey{prefixfirstplural} has not been supplied, make it the same
+% as \gloskey{prefixplural}.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{altlong4colheaderborder}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@long4col}%
-}%
+ \expandafter\gls@assign@field\expandafter
+ {\csname glo@\@glo@label @prefixplural\endcsname}{\@glo@label}%
+ {prefixfirstplural}{\@glo@entryprefixfirstplural}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{long} style.
+% Define commands to access these fields:
+%\begin{macro}{\glsentryprefixfirst}
+%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{longragged}{%
- \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
- \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3\glspostdescription\space ##5%
- \tabularnewline}%
- \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
- &
- \glssubentryitem{##2}%
- \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4\glspostdescription\space ##6%
- \tabularnewline}%
-}%
+\newcommand*{\glsentryprefixfirst}[1]{\csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixfirst}}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{longraggedborder} style.
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\glsentryprefixfirstplural}
+%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{longraggedborder}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@longragged}%
-}%
+\newcommand*{\glsentryprefixfirstplural}[1]{%
+ \csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixfirstplural}}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{longraggedheader} style.
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\glsentryprefix}
+%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{longraggedheader}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@longragged}%
-}%
+\newcommand*{\glsentryprefix}[1]{\csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefix}}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{longraggedheaderborder} style.
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\glsentryprefixplural}
+%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{longraggedheaderborder}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@longragged}%
-}%
+\newcommand*{\glsentryprefixplural}[1]{\csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixplural}}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{longragged3col} style.
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Now for the initial upper case variants:
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsentryprefixfirst}
+%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{allow expansion in PDF bookmarks}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{longragged3col}{%
- \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
- \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3 & ##5\tabularnewline}%
- \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
- &
- \glssubentryitem{##2}%
- \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4 & ##6\tabularnewline}%
-}%
+\newcommand*{\Glsentryprefixfirst}[1]{%
+ \@Glsentryfield{#1}{prefixfirst}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{longragged3colborder} style.
+%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{longragged3colborder}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@longragged3col}%
-}%
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsentryprefixfirst}{\Glsentryprefixfirst}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{longragged3colheader} style.
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsentryprefixfirstplural}
+%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{allow expansion in PDF bookmarks}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{longragged3colheader}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@longragged3col}%
-}%
+\newcommand*{\Glsentryprefixfirstplural}[1]{%
+ \@Glsentryfield{#1}{prefixfirstplural}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{longragged3colheaderborder} style.
+%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{longragged3colheaderborder}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@longragged3col}%
-}%
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsentryprefixfirstplural}{\Glsentryprefixfirstplural}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{altlongragged4col} style.
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsentryprefix}
+%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{allow expansion in PDF bookmarks}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{altlongragged4col}{%
- \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
- \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3 & ##4 & ##5\tabularnewline}%
- \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
- &
- \glssubentryitem{##2}%
- \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4 & ##5 & ##6\tabularnewline}%
-}%
+\newcommand*{\Glsentryprefix}[1]{%
+ \@Glsentryfield{#1}{prefix}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{altlongragged4colheader} style.
+%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{altlongragged4colheader}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@altlong4col}%
-}%
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsentryprefix}{\Glsentryprefix}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{altlongragged4colborder} style.
+%\begin{macro}{\Glsentryprefixplural}
+%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{allow expansion in PDF bookmarks}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{altlongragged4colborder}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@altlong4col}%
-}%
+\newcommand*{\Glsentryprefixplural}[1]{%
+ \@Glsentryfield{#1}{prefixplural}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{altlongragged4colheaderborder} style.
+%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{altlongragged4colheaderborder}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@altlong4col}%
-}%
+\glsmfuaddmap{\glsentryprefixplural}{\Glsentryprefixplural}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{index} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{index}{%
- \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
- \item\glsentryitem{##1}\textbf{\glstarget{##1}{##2}}%
- \ifx\relax##4\relax
- \else
- \space(##4)%
- \fi
- \space ##3\glspostdescription \space ##5}%
- \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
- \ifcase##1\relax
- % level 0
- \item
- \or
- % level 1
- \subitem
- \glssubentryitem{##2}%
- \else
- % all other levels
- \subsubitem
- \fi
- \textbf{\glstarget{##2}{##3}}%
- \ifx\relax##5\relax
- \else
- \space(##5)%
- \fi
- \space##4\glspostdescription\space ##6}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{indexgroup} style.
+% Define commands to determine if the prefix keys have been set:
+%\begin{macro}{\ifglshasprefix}
+%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{indexgroup}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@index}%
-}%
+\newcommand*{\ifglshasprefix}[3]{%
+ \ifcsempty{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefix}%
+ {#3}%
+ {#2}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{indexhypergroup} style.
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\ifglshasprefixplural}
+%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{indexhypergroup}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@index}%
-}%
+\newcommand*{\ifglshasprefixplural}[3]{%
+ \ifcsempty{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixplural}%
+ {#3}%
+ {#2}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{tree} style.
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\ifglshasprefixfirst}
+%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{tree}{%
- \renewcommand{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
- \hangindent0pt\relax
- \parindent0pt\relax
- \glsentryitem{##1}\textbf{\glstarget{##1}{##2}}%
- \ifx\relax##4\relax
- \else
- \space(##4)%
- \fi
- \space ##3\glspostdescription \space ##5\par}%
- \renewcommand{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
- \hangindent##1\glstreeindent\relax
- \parindent##1\glstreeindent\relax
- \ifnum##1=1\relax
- \glssubentryitem{##2}%
- \fi
- \textbf{\glstarget{##2}{##3}}%
- \ifx\relax##5\relax
- \else
- \space(##5)%
- \fi
- \space##4\glspostdescription\space ##6\par}%
-}%
+\newcommand*{\ifglshasprefixfirst}[3]{%
+ \ifcsempty{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixfirst}%
+ {#3}%
+ {#2}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{treegroup} style.
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\ifglshasprefixfirstplural}
+%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{treegroup}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@tree}%
-}%
+\newcommand*{\ifglshasprefixfirstplural}[3]{%
+ \ifcsempty{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixfirstplural}%
+ {#3}%
+ {#2}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{treehypergroup} style.
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsprefix@record@hook}
+%\changes{4.44}{2019-12-06}{new}
+%Need to take into account the possibility that
+%\sty{glossaries-extra} might be loaded with the \pkgopt{record}
+%option.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{treehypergroup}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@tree}%
-}%
+\providecommand{\@glsprefix@record@hook}[2]{%
+ \ifdef\@glsxtr@record
+ {\@glsxtr@record{#1}{#2}{glslink}}%
+ {}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{treenoname} style.
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsprefixsep}
+%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{new}
+%Separator between prefix and term. Does nothing by default.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{treenoname}{%
- \renewcommand{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
- \hangindent0pt\relax
- \parindent0pt\relax
- \glsentryitem{##1}\textbf{\glstarget{##1}{##2}}%
- \ifx\relax##4\relax
- \else
- \space(##4)%
- \fi
- \space ##3\glspostdescription \space ##5\par}%
- \renewcommand{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
- \hangindent##1\glstreeindent\relax
- \parindent##1\glstreeindent\relax
- \ifnum##1=1\relax
- \glssubentryitem{##2}%
- \fi
- \glstarget{##2}{\strut}%
- ##4\glspostdescription\space ##6\par}%
-}%
+\newcommand{\glsprefixsep}{}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{treenonamegroup} style.
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Define commands that insert the prefix before commands like \cs{gls}:
+%\begin{macro}{\pgls}
+%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{changed to use \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{treenonamegroup}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@treenoname}%
-}%
+\newrobustcmd{\pgls}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@pgls}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{treenonamehypergroup} style.
+%\end{macro}
+%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \@spgls}
+%\begin{macro}{\@pgls}
+% Unstarred version.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{treenonamehypergroup}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@treenoname}%
-}%
+\newcommand*{\@pgls}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[%
+ {\@pgls@{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@pgls@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{alttree} style.
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@pgls@}
+% Read in the final optional argument:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{alttree}{%
- \renewcommand{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
- \ifnum\@gls@prevlevel=0\relax
- \else
- \settowidth{\glstreeindent}{\textbf{\@glswidestname\space}}%
- \hangindent\glstreeindent
- \parindent\glstreeindent
- \fi
- \makebox[0pt][r]{\makebox[\glstreeindent][l]{%
- \glsentryitem{##1}\textbf{\glstarget{##1}{##2}}}}%
- \ifx\relax##4\relax
- \else
- (##4)\space
- \fi
- ##3\glspostdescription \space ##5\par
- \def\@gls@prevlevel{0}%
- }%
- \renewcommand{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
- \ifnum##1=1\relax
- \glssubentryitem{##2}%
- \fi
- \ifnum\@gls@prevlevel=##1\relax
- \else
- \@ifundefined{@glswidestname\romannumeral##1}{%
- \settowidth{\gls@tmplen}{\textbf{\@glswidestname\space}}}{%
- \settowidth{\gls@tmplen}{\textbf{%
- \csname @glswidestname\romannumeral##1\endcsname\space}}}%
- \ifnum\@gls@prevlevel<##1\relax
- \setlength\glstreeindent\gls@tmplen
- \addtolength\glstreeindent\parindent
- \parindent\glstreeindent
- \else
- \@ifundefined{@glswidestname\romannumeral\@gls@prevlevel}{%
- \settowidth{\glstreeindent}{\textbf{%
- \@glswidestname\space}}}{%
- \settowidth{\glstreeindent}{\textbf{%
- \csname @glswidestname\romannumeral\@gls@prevlevel
- \endcsname\space}}}%
- \addtolength\parindent{-\glstreeindent}%
- \setlength\glstreeindent\parindent
- \fi
- \fi
- \hangindent\glstreeindent
- \makebox[0pt][r]{\makebox[\gls@tmplen][l]{%
- \textbf{\glstarget{##2}{##3}}}}%
- \ifx##5\relax\relax
- \else
- (##5)\space
- \fi
- ##4\glspostdescription\space ##6\par
- \def\@gls@prevlevel{##1}%
+\def\@pgls@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@glsprefix@record@hook{#1}{#2}%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefix{#2}{\glsentryprefix{#2}\glsprefixsep}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefixfirst{#2}{\glsentryprefixfirst{#2}\glsprefixsep}{}%
+ }%
+ \@gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{alttreegroup} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{alttreegroup}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@alttree}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{alttreehypergroup} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{alttreehypergroup}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@alttree}%
-}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
%
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{mcolindex} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{mcolindex}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@index}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{mcolindexgroup} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{mcolindexgroup}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@index}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{mcolindexhypergroup} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{mcolindexhypergroup}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@index}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{mcoltree} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{mcoltree}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@tree}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{mcoltreegroup} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{mcolindextreegroup}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@tree}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{mcoltreehypergroup} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{mcolindextreehypergroup}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@tree}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{mcoltreenoname} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{mcoltreenoname}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@tree}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{mcoltreenonamegroup} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{mcoltreenonamegroup}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@tree}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{mcoltreenonamehypergroup} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{mcoltreenonamehypergroup}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@tree}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{mcolalttree} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{mcolalttree}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@alttree}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{mcolalttreegroup} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{mcolalttreegroup}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@alttree}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{mcolalttreehypergroup} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{mcolalttreehypergroup}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@alttree}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{superragged} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{superragged}{%
- \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
- \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3\glspostdescription\space ##5%
- \tabularnewline}%
- \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
- &
- \glssubentryitem{##2}%
- \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4\glspostdescription\space ##6%
- \tabularnewline}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{superraggedborder} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{superraggedborder}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@superragged}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{superraggedheader} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{superraggedheader}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@superragged}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{superraggedheaderborder} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{superraggedheaderborder}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@superragged}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{superragged3col} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{superragged3col}{%
- \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
- \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3 & ##5\tabularnewline}%
- \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
- &
- \glssubentryitem{##2}%
- \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4 & ##6\tabularnewline}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{superragged3colborder} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{superragged3colborder}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@superragged3col}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{superragged3colheader} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{superragged3colheader}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@superragged3col}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{superragged3colheaderborder} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{superragged3colheaderborder}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@superragged3col}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{altsuperragged4col} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{altsuperragged4col}{%
- \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
- \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3 & ##4 & ##5\tabularnewline}%
- \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
- &
- \glssubentryitem{##2}%
- \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4 & ##5 & ##6\tabularnewline}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{altsuperragged4colheader} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{altsuperragged4colheader}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@altsuperragged4col}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{altsuperragged4colborder} style.
+% Similarly for the plural version:
+%\begin{macro}{\pglspl}
+%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{changed to use \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{altsuperragged4colborder}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@altsuperragged4col}%
-}%
+\newrobustcmd{\pglspl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@pglspl}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{altsuperragged4colheaderborder} style.
+%\end{macro}
+%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \@spglspl}
+%\begin{macro}{\@pglspl}
+% Unstarred version.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{altsuperragged4colheaderborder}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@altsuperragged4col}%
-}%
+\newcommand*{\@pglspl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[%
+ {\@pglspl@{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@pglspl@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
%
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{super} style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{super}{%
- \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
- \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3\glspostdescription\space ##5\\}%
- \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
- &
- \glssubentryitem{##2}%
- \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4\glspostdescription\space ##6\\}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{superborder} style.
+%\begin{macro}{\@pglspl@}
+% Read in the final optional argument:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{superborder}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@super}%
-}%
+\def\@pglspl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@glsprefix@record@hook{#1}{#2}%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefixplural{#2}{\glsentryprefixplural{#2}\glsprefixsep}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefixfirstplural{#2}%
+ {\glsentryprefixfirstplural{#2}\glsprefixsep}{}%
+ }%
+ \@glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{superheader} style.
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Now for the first letter upper case versions:
+%\begin{macro}{\Pgls}
+%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{changed to use \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{superheader}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@super}%
-}%
+\newrobustcmd{\Pgls}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Pgls}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{superheaderborder} style.
+%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{superheaderborder}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@super}%
-}%
+\glsmfuaddmap{\pgls}{\Pgls}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{super3col} style.
+%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \@sPgls}
+%\begin{macro}{\@Pgls}
+% Unstarred version.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{super3col}{%
- \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
- \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3 & ##5\\}%
- \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
- &
- \glssubentryitem{##2}%
- \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4 & ##6\\}%
-}%
+\newcommand*{\@Pgls}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[%
+ {\@Pgls@{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@Pgls@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{super3colborder} style.
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Pgls@}
+% Read in the final optional argument:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{super3colborder}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@super3col}%
-}%
+\def\@Pgls@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@glsprefix@record@hook{#1}{#2}%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefix{#2}%
+ {%
+ \Glsentryprefix{#2}%
+ \glsprefixsep
+ \@gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+ {\@Gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefixfirst{#2}%
+ {%
+ \Glsentryprefixfirst{#2}%
+ \glsprefixsep
+ \@gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+ {\@Gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{super3colheader} style.
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Similarly for the plural version:
+%\begin{macro}{\Pglspl}
+%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{changed to use \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{super3colheader}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@super3col}%
-}%
+\newrobustcmd{\Pglspl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Pglspl}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{super3colheaderborder} style.
+%\end{macro}
+%Add sentence case mapping.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{super3colheaderborder}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@super3col}%
-}%
+\glsmfuaddmap{\pglspl}{\Pglspl}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{super4col} style.
+%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \@sPglspl}
+%\begin{macro}{\@Pglspl}
+% Unstarred version.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{super4col}{%
- \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
- \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3 & ##4 & ##5\\}%
- \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
- &
- \glssubentryitem{##2}%
- \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4 & ##5 & ##6\\}%
-}%
+\newcommand*{\@Pglspl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[%
+ {\@Pglspl@{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@Pglspl@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{super4colheader} style.
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@Pglspl@}
+% Read in the final optional argument:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{super4colheader}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@super4col}%
-}%
+\def\@Pglspl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@glsprefix@record@hook{#1}{#2}%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefixplural{#2}%
+ {%
+ \Glsentryprefixplural{#2}%
+ \glsprefixsep
+ \@glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+ {\@Glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefixfirstplural{#2}%
+ {%
+ \Glsentryprefixfirstplural{#2}%
+ \glsprefixsep
+ \@glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+ {\@Glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{super4colborder} style.
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Finally the all upper case versions:
+%\begin{macro}{\PGLS}
+%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{changed to use \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{super4colborder}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@super4col}%
-}%
+\newrobustcmd{\PGLS}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@PGLS}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{super4colheaderborder} style.
+%\end{macro}
+%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \@sPGLS}
+%\begin{macro}{\@PGLS}
+% Unstarred version.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{super4colheaderborder}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@super4col}%
-}%
+\newcommand*{\@PGLS}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[%
+ {\@PGLS@{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@PGLS@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{altsuper4col} style.
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@PGLS@}
+% Read in the final optional argument:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{altsuper4col}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@super4col}%
-}%
+\def\@PGLS@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@glsprefix@record@hook{#1}{#2}%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefix{#2}%
+ {\glsuppercase{\glsentryprefix{#2}\glsprefixsep}}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefixfirst{#2}%
+ {\glsuppercase{\glsentryprefixfirst{#2}\glsprefixsep}}{}%
+ }%
+ \@GLS@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{altsuper4colheader} style.
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% Plural version:
+%\begin{macro}{\PGLSpl}
+%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{changed to use \cs{@gls@hyp@opt}}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{altsuper4colheader}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@super4col}%
-}%
+\newrobustcmd{\PGLSpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@PGLSpl}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{altsuper4colborder} style.
+%\end{macro}
+%\changes{4.08}{2014-07-30}{removed \@sPGLSpl}
+%\begin{macro}{\@PGLSpl}
+% Unstarred version.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{altsuper4colborder}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@super4col}%
-}%
+\newcommand*{\@PGLSpl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[%
+ {\@PGLSpl@{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@PGLSpl@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Backward compatible \glostyle{altsuper4colheaderborder} style.
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\@PGLSpl@}
+% Read in the final optional argument:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\compatglossarystyle{altsuper4colheaderborder}{%
- \csuse{@glscompstyle@super4col}%
-}%
+\def\@PGLSpl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@glsprefix@record@hook{#1}{#2}%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefixplural{#2}%
+ {\glsuppercase{\glsentryprefixplural{#2}\glsprefixsep}}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefixfirstplural{#2}%
+ {\glsuppercase{\glsentryprefixfirstplural{#2}\glsprefixsep}}{}%
+ }%
+ \@GLSpl@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%</glossaries-compatible-307.sty>
+%</glossaries-prefix.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
%\iffalse
@@ -25721,18 +24655,24 @@ you
%<*glossaries-accsupp.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
-%\chapter{Accessibility Support (glossaries-accsupp Code)}
+%\section{Accessibility Support (glossaries-accsupp Code)}
%\label{sec:code:accsupp}
-% The \isty{glossaries-accsupp} package is experimental. It is
-% intended to provide a means of using the PDF accessibilty support
-% in glossary entries. See the \isty{accsupp} documentation for
+% The \sty{glossaries-accsupp} package is experimental. It is
+% intended to provide a means of using the PDF accessibility support
+% in glossary entries. See the \sty{accsupp} documentation for
% further details about accessibility support.
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
% \end{macrocode}
+% Rollback releases:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRelease{v4.46}{2020-03-19}{glossaries-accsupp-2020-03-19.sty}
+\DeclareRelease{v4.49}{2021-11-01}{glossaries-accsupp-2021-11-01.sty}
+\DeclareCurrentRelease{v4.50}{2022-10-14}
+% \end{macrocode}
% Package version number now in line with main glossaries package number.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-accsupp}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-accsupp}[2022/10/14 v4.50 (NLCT)
Experimental glossaries accessibility]
% \end{macrocode}
% Pass all options to \sty{glossaries}:
@@ -25771,41 +24711,14 @@ you
%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
%\changes{4.04}{2014-03-06}{changed \cs{newcommand} to \cs{def} as is may or
%may not be defined}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\compatibleglossentry#1#2{%
- \toks@{#2}%
- \protected@edef\@do@glossentry{%
- \noexpand\accsuppglossaryentryfield{#1}%
- {\noexpand\glsnamefont
- {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@name\endcsname}}%
- {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@desc\endcsname}%
- {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@symbol\endcsname}%
- {\the\toks@}%
- }%
- \@do@glossentry
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
%\end{macro}
%
%\begin{macro}{\compatiblesubglossentry}
%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
%\changes{4.04}{2014-03-06}{changed \cs{newcommand} to \cs{def} as is may or
%may not be defined}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\compatiblesubglossentry#1#2#3{%
- \toks@{#3}%
- \protected@edef\@do@subglossentry{%
- \noexpand\accsuppglossarysubentryfield{\number#1}%
- {#2}%
- {\noexpand\glsnamefont
- {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@name\endcsname}}%
- {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@desc\endcsname}%
- {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@symbol\endcsname}%
- {\the\toks@}%
- }%
- \@do@subglossentry
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
%\end{macro}
% Required packages:
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -25859,7 +24772,7 @@ you
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-%\section{Defining Replacement Text}
+%\subsection{Defining Replacement Text}
% The version 0.1 stored the replacement text in the
% \gloskey{symbol} key. This has been changed to use the
% new keys defined here. Example of use:
@@ -26044,8 +24957,11 @@ you
{firstpluralaccess}{firstpluralaccess},%
{symbolaccess}{symbolaccess},%
{symbolpluralaccess}{symbolpluralaccess},%
- {descaccess}{descaccess},%
- {descpluralaccess}{descpluralaccess},%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{corrected description mapping}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {descriptionaccess}{descaccess},%
+ {descriptionpluralaccess}{descpluralaccess},%
{shortaccess}{shortaccess},%
{shortpluralaccess}{shortpluralaccess},%
{longaccess}{longaccess},%
@@ -26169,7 +25085,7 @@ you
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-%\section{Accessing Replacement Text}
+%\subsection{Accessing Replacement Text}
%\begin{macro}{\glsentryaccess}
% Get the value of the \gloskey{access} key for the entry with
% the given label:
@@ -26474,7 +25390,8 @@ you
%
%\begin{macro}{\@gls@access@display}
%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{new}
-%Deprecated. Use \cs{@gls@fieldaccess@display} instead.
+%\changes{4.45}{2020-02-13}{deprecated}
+%Deprecated in v4.45. Use \cs{@gls@fieldaccess@display} instead.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\@gls@access@display}[2]{%
\protected@edef\@glo@access{#2}%
@@ -26721,7 +25638,7 @@ you
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-%\changes{4.25}{??}{changed \cs{DeclareRobustCommand} to
+%\changes{4.25}{2016-06-09}{changed \cs{DeclareRobustCommand} to
%\cs{newrobustcmd} and changed \cs{@ifundefined} to \cs{ifcsundef}}
%\begin{macro}{\glsaccessdisplay}
% Gets the replacement text corresponding to the named key given
@@ -26742,239 +25659,9 @@ you
%\end{macro}
%
%\begin{macro}{\@@gls@default@entryfmt}
-% Redefine the default entry format to use accessibility information
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand*{\@@gls@default@entryfmt}[2]{%
- \ifdefempty\glscustomtext
- {%
- \glsifplural
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Plural form
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \glscapscase
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Don't adjust case
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifglsused\glslabel
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Subsequent use
-% \begin{macrocode}
- #2{\glspluralaccessdisplay
- {\glsentryplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}
- {\glsinsert}%
- }%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% First use
-% \begin{macrocode}
- #1{\glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay
- {\glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsinsert}%
- }%
- }%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Make first letter upper case
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifglsused\glslabel
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Subsequent use.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- #2{\glspluralaccessdisplay
- {\Glsentryplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsinsert}%
- }%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% First use
-% \begin{macrocode}
- #1{\glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay
- {\Glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsinsert}%
- }%
- }%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Make all upper case
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifglsused\glslabel
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Subsequent use
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \MakeUppercase{%
- #2{\glspluralaccessdisplay
- {\glsentryplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsinsert}}%
- }%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% First use
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \MakeUppercase{%
- #1{\glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay
- {\glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsinsert}}%
- }%
- }%
- }%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Singular form
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \glscapscase
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Don't adjust case
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifglsused\glslabel
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Subsequent use
-% \begin{macrocode}
- #2{\glstextaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrytext{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glssymbolaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsinsert}%
- }%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% First use
-% \begin{macrocode}
- #1{\glsfirstaccessdisplay
- {\glsentryfirst{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glssymbolaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsinsert}%
- }%
- }%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Make first letter upper case
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifglsused\glslabel
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Subsequent use
-% \begin{macrocode}
- #2{\glstextaccessdisplay
- {\Glsentrytext{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glssymbolaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsinsert}%
- }%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% First use
-% \begin{macrocode}
- #1{\glsfirstaccessdisplay
- {\Glsentryfirst{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glssymbolaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsinsert}%
- }%
- }%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Make all upper case
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifglsused\glslabel
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Subsequent use
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \MakeUppercase{%
- #2{\glstextaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrytext{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glssymbolaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsinsert}}%
- }%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% First use
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \MakeUppercase{%
- #1{\glsfirstaccessdisplay
- {\glsentryfirst{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glssymbolaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsinsert}}%
- }%
- }%
- }%
- }%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Custom text provided in \cs{glsdisp}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifglsused{\glslabel}%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Subsequent use
-% \begin{macrocode}
- #2{\glscustomtext}%
- {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glssymbolaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsinsert}%
- }%
- {%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% First use
-% \begin{macrocode}
- #1{\glscustomtext}%
- {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glssymbolaccessdisplay
- {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
- {\glsinsert}%
- }%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
+% Deprecated \cs{@@gls@default@entryfmt} was redefined to use accessibility information
+% but has been removed in v4.50.
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
%\end{macro}
%
%\begin{macro}{\glsgenentryfmt}
@@ -27045,18 +25732,18 @@ you
% Subsequent use
% \begin{macrocode}
\glspluralaccessdisplay
- {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryplural{\glslabel}}}%
+ {\glsuppercase{\glsentryplural{\glslabel}}}%
{\glslabel}%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsinsert}%
+ \glsuppercase{\glsinsert}%
}%
{%
% \end{macrocode}
% First use
% \begin{macrocode}
\glsfirstpluralacessdisplay
- {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}}}%
+ {\glsuppercase{\glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}}}%
{\glslabel}%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsinsert}%
+ \glsuppercase{\glsinsert}%
}%
}%
}%
@@ -27115,16 +25802,16 @@ you
% Subsequent use
% \begin{macrocode}
\glstextaccessdisplay
- {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrytext{\glslabel}}}{\glslabel}%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsinsert}%
+ {\glsuppercase{\glsentrytext{\glslabel}}}{\glslabel}%
+ \glsuppercase{\glsinsert}%
}%
{%
% \end{macrocode}
% First use
% \begin{macrocode}
\glsfirstaccessdisplay
- {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirst{\glslabel}}}{\glslabel}%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsinsert}%
+ {\glsuppercase{\glsentryfirst{\glslabel}}}{\glslabel}%
+ \glsuppercase{\glsinsert}%
}%
}%
}%
@@ -27182,7 +25869,7 @@ you
% \end{macrocode}
% Subsequent plural form, all caps:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ \glsuppercase
{\acronymfont
{\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
{\glsentryshortpl{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
@@ -27214,7 +25901,7 @@ you
% \end{macrocode}
% Subsequent singular form, all caps:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ \glsuppercase
{\acronymfont{%
\glsshortaccessdisplay{\glsentryshort{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
\glsinsert}%
@@ -27247,7 +25934,7 @@ you
% \end{macrocode}
% First use plural form, all caps:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ \glsuppercase
{\genplacrfullformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}}%
}%
}%
@@ -27272,7 +25959,7 @@ you
% \end{macrocode}
% First use singular form, all caps:
% \begin{macrocode}
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ \glsuppercase
{\genacrfullformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}}%
}%
}%
@@ -27421,7 +26108,7 @@ you
\let\glsinsert\@empty
\def\glscustomtext{%
\acronymfont{\glsshortaccessdisplay
- {\MakeUppercase{\glsentryshort{#2}}}{#2}}#3%
+ {\glsuppercase{\glsentryshort{#2}}}{#2}}#3%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
% Call \cs{@gls@link}
@@ -27518,7 +26205,7 @@ you
\let\glsinsert\@empty
\def\glscustomtext{%
\acronymfont{\glslongaccessdisplay{%
- \MakeUppercase{\glsentrylong{#2}}}{#2}#3}%
+ \glsuppercase{\glsentrylong{#2}}}{#2}#3}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
% Call \cs{@gls@link}
@@ -27556,8 +26243,8 @@ you
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLStext@#1#2[#3]{%
\@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
- {\glstextaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrytext{#2}}}{#2}%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+ {\glstextaccessdisplay{\glsuppercase{\glsentrytext{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \glsuppercase{#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
@@ -27585,8 +26272,8 @@ you
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLSfirst@#1#2[#3]{%
\@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
- {\glsfirstaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirst{#2}}}{#2}%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+ {\glsfirstaccessdisplay{\glsuppercase{\glsentryfirst{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \glsuppercase{#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
@@ -27614,8 +26301,8 @@ you
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLSplural@#1#2[#3]{%
\@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
- {\glspluralaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryplural{#2}}}{#2}%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+ {\glspluralaccessdisplay{\glsuppercase{\glsentryplural{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \glsuppercase{#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
@@ -27643,8 +26330,8 @@ you
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLSfirstplural@#1#2[#3]{%
\@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
- {\glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirstplural{#2}}}{#2}%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+ {\glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay{\glsuppercase{\glsentryfirstplural{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \glsuppercase{#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
@@ -27672,8 +26359,8 @@ you
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLSname@#1#2[#3]{%
\@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
- {\glsnameaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryname{#2}}}{#2}%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+ {\glsnameaccessdisplay{\glsuppercase{\glsentryname{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \glsuppercase{#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
@@ -27701,8 +26388,8 @@ you
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLSdesc@#1#2[#3]{%
\@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
- {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrydesc{#2}}}{#2}%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay{\glsuppercase{\glsentrydesc{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \glsuppercase{#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
@@ -27730,8 +26417,8 @@ you
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLSdescplural@#1#2[#3]{%
\@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
- {\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrydescplural{#2}}}{#2}%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay{\glsuppercase{\glsentrydescplural{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \glsuppercase{#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
@@ -27759,8 +26446,8 @@ you
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLSsymbol@#1#2[#3]{%
\@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
- {\glssymbolaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrysymbol{#2}}}{#2}%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+ {\glssymbolaccessdisplay{\glsuppercase{\glsentrysymbol{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \glsuppercase{#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
@@ -27788,8 +26475,8 @@ you
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLSsymbolplural@#1#2[#3]{%
\@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
- {\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrysymbolplural{#2}}}{#2}%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+ {\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay{\glsuppercase{\glsentrysymbolplural{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \glsuppercase{#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
@@ -27817,8 +26504,8 @@ you
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLSuseri@#1#2[#3]{%
\@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
- {\glsuseriaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuseri{#2}}}{#2}%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+ {\glsuseriaccessdisplay{\glsuppercase{\glsentryuseri{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \glsuppercase{#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
@@ -27846,8 +26533,8 @@ you
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLSuserii@#1#2[#3]{%
\@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
- {\glsuseriiaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuserii{#2}}}{#2}%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+ {\glsuseriiaccessdisplay{\glsuppercase{\glsentryuserii{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \glsuppercase{#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
@@ -27875,8 +26562,8 @@ you
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLSuseriii@#1#2[#3]{%
\@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
- {\glsuseriiiaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuseriii{#2}}}{#2}%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+ {\glsuseriiiaccessdisplay{\glsuppercase{\glsentryuseriii{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \glsuppercase{#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
@@ -27904,8 +26591,8 @@ you
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLSuseriv@#1#2[#3]{%
\@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
- {\glsuserivaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuseriv{#2}}}{#2}%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+ {\glsuserivaccessdisplay{\glsuppercase{\glsentryuseriv{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \glsuppercase{#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
@@ -27933,8 +26620,8 @@ you
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLSuserv@#1#2[#3]{%
\@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
- {\glsuservaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuserv{#2}}}{#2}%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+ {\glsuservaccessdisplay{\glsuppercase{\glsentryuserv{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \glsuppercase{#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
@@ -27962,20 +26649,20 @@ you
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@GLSuservi@#1#2[#3]{%
\@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
- {\glsuserviaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuservi{#2}}}{#2}%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+ {\glsuserviaccessdisplay{\glsuppercase{\glsentryuservi{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \glsuppercase{#3}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-%\section{Displaying the Glossary}
+%\subsection{Displaying the Glossary}
%\changes{3.08a}{2013-09-28}{removed definition of \cs{@glossaryentryfield}}
%\changes{3.08a}{2013-09-28}{removed definition of \cs{@glossarysubentryfield}}
%
% We need to redefine the way the glossary entries are formatted to
% include the accessibility support. The predefined glossary styles
-% use \ics{glossentryname}, \ics{glossentrydesc} and
-% \ics{glossentrysymbol}, but we need to provide compatibility with
+% use \cs{glossentryname}, \cs{glossentrydesc} and
+% \cs{glossentrysymbol}, but we need to provide compatibility with
% earlier versions in case users have defined their own styles using
% \cs{accsuppglossaryentryfield} and
% \cs{accsuppglossarysubentryfield}.
@@ -28057,8 +26744,8 @@ you
% \end{macrocode}
%\end{macro}
%
-%\section{Acronyms}
-% Redefine acronym styles provided by \styfmt{glossaries}:
+%\subsection{Acronyms}
+% Redefine acronym styles provided by \sty{glossaries}:
%
%\begin{acrstyle}{long-short}
% \meta{long} (\meta{short}) acronym style.
@@ -28314,8 +27001,8 @@ you
% Plural form, all caps:
% \begin{macrocode}
\glslongpluralaccessdisplay
- {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylongpl{\glslabel}}}{\glslabel}%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsinsert}%
+ {\glsuppercase{\glsentrylongpl{\glslabel}}}{\glslabel}%
+ \glsuppercase{\glsinsert}%
}%
}%
{%
@@ -28340,9 +27027,9 @@ you
% Subsequent singular form, all caps:
% \begin{macrocode}
\glslongaccessdisplay
- {\mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\glsuppercase
{\glsentrylong{\glslabel}\glsinsert}}{\glslabel}%
- \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsinsert}%
+ \glsuppercase{\glsinsert}%
}%
}%
}%
@@ -28368,7 +27055,7 @@ you
\renewcommand*{\ACRfullfmt}[3]{%
\glslink[##1]{##2}{%
\glslongaccessdisplay
- {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylong{##2}}{##2}##3\space
+ {\glsuppercase{\glsentrylong{##2}}{##2}##3\space
(\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}}}{##2})}}}%
\renewcommand*{\acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
\glslink[##1]{##2}{%
@@ -28385,7 +27072,7 @@ you
\renewcommand*{\ACRfullplfmt}[3]{%
\glslink[##1]{##2}{%
\glslongpluralaccessdisplay
- {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylongpl{##2}}{##2}##3\space
+ {\glsuppercase{\glsentrylongpl{##2}}{##2}##3\space
(\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
{\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}}}{##2})}}}%
\renewcommand*{\glsentryfull}[1]{%
@@ -28476,7 +27163,7 @@ you
\renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{##1}%
\renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% Don't use footnotes for \ics{acrfull}:
+% Don't use footnotes for \cs{acrfull}:
% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand*{\acrfullfmt}[3]{%
\glslink[##1]{##2}{%
@@ -28489,7 +27176,7 @@ you
\renewcommand*{\ACRfullfmt}[3]{%
\glslink[##1]{##2}{%
\glsshortaccessdisplay
- {\mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\glsuppercase
{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}}}{##2}##3\space
(\glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##2}}{##2})}}}%
\renewcommand*{\acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
@@ -28505,11 +27192,11 @@ you
\renewcommand*{\ACRfullplfmt}[3]{%
\glslink[##1]{##2}{%
\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
- {\mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\glsuppercase
{\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}}}{##2}##3\space
(\glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrylongpl{##2}}{##2})}}}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% Similarly for \ics{glsentryfull} etc:
+% Similarly for \cs{glsentryfull} etc:
% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand*{\glsentryfull}[1]{%
\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1}\space
@@ -28654,8 +27341,9895 @@ you
}
% \end{macrocode}
%\begin{macro}{\DefaultNewAcronymDef}
-% Modify default style to use access text:
+%Deprecated with the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle} in v4.02
+%(2013-12-05) and removed in v4.50.
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\DescriptionFootnoteNewAcronymDef}
+%Deprecated with the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle} in v4.02
+%(2013-12-05) and removed in v4.50.
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\DescriptionNewAcronymDef}
+%Deprecated with the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle} in v4.02
+%(2013-12-05) and removed in v4.50.
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\FootnoteNewAcronymDef}
+%Deprecated with the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle} in v4.02
+%(2013-12-05) and removed in v4.50.
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\SmallNewAcronymDef}
+%Deprecated with the introduction of \cs{setacronymstyle} in v4.02
+%(2013-12-05) and removed in v4.50.
+%\changes{4.50}{2022-10-14}{removed}
+%\end{macro}
+%
+% The following are kept for compatibility with versions before
+% 3.0:
+%\begin{macro}{\glsshortaccesskey}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsshortaccesskey}{\glsshortkey access}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\glsshortpluralaccesskey}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glsshortpluralaccesskey}{\glsshortpluralkey access}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\glslongaccesskey}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glslongaccesskey}{\glslongkey access}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\glslongpluralaccesskey}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*{\glslongpluralaccesskey}{\glslongpluralkey access}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\subsection{Debugging Commands}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\showglonameaccess}
+%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
+%\changes{4.38}{2018-05-10}{bug fix: corrected field (was showing text access field)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\showglonameaccess}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@access\endcsname
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\showglotextaccess}
+%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\showglotextaccess}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@textaccess\endcsname
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\showglopluralaccess}
+%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\showglopluralaccess}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@pluralaccess\endcsname
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\showglofirstaccess}
+%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\showglofirstaccess}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@firstaccess\endcsname
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\showglofirstpluralaccess}
+%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\showglofirstpluralaccess}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@firstpluralaccess\endcsname
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\showglosymbolaccess}
+%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\showglosymbolaccess}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@symbolaccess\endcsname
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\showglosymbolpluralaccess}
+%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\showglosymbolpluralaccess}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@symbolpluralaccess\endcsname
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\showglodescaccess}
+%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\showglodescaccess}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@descaccess\endcsname
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\showglodescpluralaccess}
+%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\showglodescpluralaccess}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@descpluralaccess\endcsname
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\showgloshortaccess}
+%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\showgloshortaccess}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@shortaccess\endcsname
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\showgloshortpluralaccess}
+%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\showgloshortpluralaccess}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@shortpluralaccess\endcsname
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\showglolongaccess}
+%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\showglolongaccess}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@longaccess\endcsname
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\begin{macro}{\showglolongpluralaccess}
+%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\showglolongpluralaccess}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@longpluralaccess\endcsname
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</glossaries-accsupp.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*glossaries-compatible-207.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\section{Backwards Compatibility}
+%\subsection{glossaries-compatible-207}
+% Provides compatibility with version 2.07 and below. This uses
+% original \sty{glossaries} xindy and makeindex formatting, so can
+% be used with old documents that had customized style files, but
+% hyperlinks may not work properly.
+%
+%Now only available with rollback.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Rollback releases:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRelease{v4.46}{2020-03-19}{glossaries-compatible-207-2020-03-19.sty}
+\DeclareRelease{v4.49}{2021-11-01}{glossaries-compatible-207-2021-11-01.sty}
+\DeclareCurrentRelease{v4.50}{2022-10-14}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%Identify package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-207}[2022/10/14 v4.50 (NLCT)]
+% \end{macrocode}
+%Trigger error and that's it.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\PackageError{glossaries}
+{glossaries-compatible-207.sty no longer available. Use rollback if you need it}%
+{Try \string\usepackage{glossaries}[=v4.46]}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</glossaries-compatible-207.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*glossaries-compatible-307.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\subsection{glossaries-compatible-307}
+% Provides compatibility with version 3.07 and below.
+%
+%Now only available with rollback.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Rollback releases:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRelease{v4.46}{2020-03-19}{glossaries-compatible-307-2020-03-19.sty}
+\DeclareRelease{v4.49}{2021-11-01}{glossaries-compatible-307-2021-11-01.sty}
+\DeclareCurrentRelease{v4.50}{2022-10-14}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%Identify package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-307}[2022/10/14 v4.50 (NLCT)]
+% \end{macrocode}
+%Trigger error and that's it.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\PackageError{glossaries}
+{glossaries-compatible-307.sty no longer available. Use rollback if you need it}%
+{Try \string\usepackage{glossaries}[=v4.46]}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</glossaries-compatible-307.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*glossaries-2020-03-19.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\section{Rollback}
+% \subsection{Rollback v4.46 (glossaries-2020-03-19.sty)}
+% Version 4.46 preserved for rollback.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2020/03/19 v4.46 (NLCT)]
+\RequirePackage{ifthen}
+\RequirePackage{xkeyval}[2006/11/18]
+\RequirePackage{mfirstuc}
+\RequirePackage{textcase}
+\renewcommand*{\mfirstucMakeUppercase}{\MakeTextUppercase}%
+\RequirePackage{xfor}
+\RequirePackage{datatool-base}
+\RequirePackage{amsgen}
+\RequirePackage{etoolbox}
+\newif\if@gls@docloaded
+\@ifpackageloaded{doc}%
+{%
+ \@gls@docloadedtrue
+}%
+{%
+ \@ifclassloaded{nlctdoc}{\@gls@docloadedtrue}{\@gls@docloadedfalse}%
+}
+\if@gls@docloaded
+ \let\glsorg@theglossary\theglossary
+ \let\glsorg@endtheglossary\endtheglossary
+ \let\glsorg@PrintChanges\PrintChanges
+ \renewcommand{\PrintChanges}{%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\theglossary\glsorg@theglossary
+ \let\endtheglossary\glsorg@endtheglossary
+ \glsorg@PrintChanges
+ \endgroup
+ }
+\fi
+\newif\if@gls@debug
+\define@choicekey{glossaries.sty}{debug}[\gls@debug@val\gls@debug@nr]%
+ {true,false,showtargets,showaccsupp}[true]{%
+ \ifcase\gls@debug@nr\relax
+ % debug=true
+ \@gls@debugtrue
+ \renewcommand*{\GlossariesWarning}[1]{%
+ \PackageWarning{glossaries}{##1}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\GlossariesWarningNoLine}[1]{%
+ \PackageWarningNoLine{glossaries}{##1}%
+ }%
+ \let\@glsshowtarget\@gobble
+ \PackageInfo{glossaries}{debug mode ON (nowarn option disabled)}%
+ \or
+ % debug=false
+ \@gls@debugfalse
+ \let\@glsshowtarget\@gobble
+ \let\@glsshowaccsupp\@gobblethree
+ \PackageInfo{glossaries}{debug mode OFF}%
+ \or
+ % debug=showtargets
+ \@gls@debugtrue
+ \renewcommand*{\GlossariesWarning}[1]{%
+ \PackageWarning{glossaries}{##1}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\GlossariesWarningNoLine}[1]{%
+ \PackageWarningNoLine{glossaries}{##1}%
+ }%
+ \PackageInfo{glossaries}{debug mode ON (nowarn option disabled)}%
+ \renewcommand{\@glsshowtarget}{\@@glsshowtarget}%
+ \or
+ % debug=showaccsupp
+ \@gls@debugtrue
+ \renewcommand*{\GlossariesWarning}[1]{%
+ \PackageWarning{glossaries}{##1}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\GlossariesWarningNoLine}[1]{%
+ \PackageWarningNoLine{glossaries}{##1}%
+ }%
+ \PackageInfo{glossaries}{debug mode ON (nowarn option disabled)}%
+ \renewcommand{\@glsshowaccsupp}{\glsshowaccsupp}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsshowtarget}[1]{%
+ \ifmmode
+ \nfss@text{\glsshowtargetfont [#1]}%
+ \else
+ \ifinner
+ {\glsshowtargetfont [#1]}%
+ \else
+ \glsshowtargetouter{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsshowtargetouter}[1]{%
+ \glsshowtargetsymbol\marginpar{\glsshowtargetsymbol\glsshowtargetfont #1}}
+\newcommand*{\glsshowtargetsymbol}{{\tiny$\triangleright$}}
+\newcommand*{\glsshowtargetfont}{\ttfamily\footnotesize}
+\newcommand*{\@glsshowtarget}[1]{}
+\newrobustcmd*{\@@glsshowtarget}[1]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \protected@edef\@gls@tmp{#1}%
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\@gls@tmp
+ \expandafter\glsshowtarget\expandafter{\@gls@tmp}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glsshowaccsupp}[3]{}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsshowaccsupp}[3]{%
+ \ifstrempty{#1}%
+ {\@@glsshowtarget{/#2 (#3)}}%
+ {\@@glsshowtarget{/#2 (#3) [#1]}}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@see@noindex}{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}%
+ {`\gls@xr@key' key may only be used after \string\makeglossaries\space
+ or \string\makenoidxglossaries\space (or move
+ \string\newglossaryentry\space
+ definitions into the preamble)}%
+ {You must use \string\makeglossaries\space
+ or \string\makenoidxglossaries\space before defining
+ any entries that have a `\gls@xr@key' key. It may
+ be that the `see' key has been written to the .glsdefs
+ file from the previous run, in which case you need to
+ move your definitions
+ to the preamble if you don't want to use
+ \string\makeglossaries\space
+ or \string\makenoidxglossaries}%
+}
+\define@choicekey{glossaries.sty}{seenoindex}%
+ [\gls@seenoindex@val\gls@seenoindex@nr]{error,warn,ignore}{%
+ \ifcase\gls@seenoindex@nr
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@see@noindex}{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}%
+ {`\gls@xr@key' key may only be used after \string\makeglossaries\space
+ or \string\makenoidxglossaries}%
+ {You must use \string\makeglossaries\space
+ or \string\makenoidxglossaries\space before defining
+ any entries that have a `\gls@xr@key' key}%
+ }%
+ \or
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@see@noindex}{%
+ \GlossariesWarning{`\gls@xr@key' key ignored}%
+ }%
+ \or
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@see@noindex}{}%
+ \fi
+}
+\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{toc}[true]{}
+\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{numberline}[true]{}
+\ifcsundef{chapter}%
+ {\newcommand*{\@@glossarysec}{section}}%
+ {\newcommand*{\@@glossarysec}{chapter}}
+\define@choicekey{glossaries.sty}{section}{part,chapter,section,%
+subsection,subsubsection,paragraph,subparagraph}[section]{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@@glossarysec}{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\@@glossarysecstar}{*}
+\newcommand*{\@@glossaryseclabel}{}
+\newcommand*{\glsautoprefix}{}
+\define@choicekey{glossaries.sty}{numberedsection}%
+ [\gls@numberedsection@val\gls@numberedsection@nr]{%
+false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
+ \ifcase\gls@numberedsection@nr\relax
+ \renewcommand*{\@@glossarysecstar}{*}%
+ \renewcommand*{\@@glossaryseclabel}{}%
+ \or
+ \renewcommand*{\@@glossarysecstar}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\@@glossaryseclabel}{}%
+ \or
+ \renewcommand*{\@@glossarysecstar}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\@@glossaryseclabel}{%
+ \label{\glsautoprefix\@glo@type}}%
+ \or
+ \renewcommand*{\@@glossarysecstar}{*}%
+ \renewcommand*{\@@glossaryseclabel}{%
+ \protected@edef\@currentlabelname{\glossarytoctitle}%
+ \label{\glsautoprefix\@glo@type}}%
+ \fi
+}
+\@ifpackageloaded{classicthesis}
+{\newcommand*{\@glossary@default@style}{index}}
+{\newcommand*{\@glossary@default@style}{list}}
+\define@key{glossaries.sty}{style}{%
+ \def\@glossary@default@style{#1}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@declareoption}[2]{%
+ \DeclareOptionX{#1}{#2}%
+ \DeclareOption{#1}{#2}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glossaryentrynumbers}[1]{#1\gls@save@numberlist{#1}}
+\@gls@declareoption{nonumberlist}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentrynumbers}[1]{\gls@save@numberlist{#1}}%
+}
+\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{savenumberlist}[true]{}
+\glssavenumberlistfalse
+\newcommand*\@glo@seeautonumberlist{}
+\@gls@declareoption{seeautonumberlist}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@glo@seeautonumberlist}{%
+ \def\@glo@prefix{\glsnextpages}%
+ }%
+}
+\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{esclocations}[true]{}
+\glsesclocationstrue
+\newcommand*{\@gls@loadlong}{\RequirePackage{glossary-long}[=v4.46]}
+\@gls@declareoption{nolong}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlong}{}}
+\IfFileExists{supertabular.sty}{%
+ \newcommand*{\@gls@loadsuper}{\RequirePackage{glossary-super}[=v4.46]}}{%
+ \newcommand*{\@gls@loadsuper}{}}
+\@gls@declareoption{nosuper}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadsuper}{}}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@loadlist}{\RequirePackage{glossary-list}[=v4.46]}
+\@gls@declareoption{nolist}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlist}{%
+ \ifdefstring{\@glossary@default@style}{list}%
+ {\let\@glossary@default@style\relax}%
+ {}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@loadtree}{\RequirePackage{glossary-tree}[=v4.46]}
+\@gls@declareoption{notree}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadtree}{}}
+\@gls@declareoption{nostyles}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlong}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@loadsuper}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlist}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@loadtree}{}%
+ \let\@glossary@default@style\relax
+}
+\newcommand*{\glspostdescription}{%
+ \ifglsnopostdot\else.\spacefactor\sfcode`\. \fi
+}
+\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{nopostdot}[true]{}
+\glsnopostdotfalse
+\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{nogroupskip}[true]{}
+\glsnogroupskipfalse
+\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{ucmark}[true]{}
+\@ifclassloaded{memoir}
+{%
+ \glsucmarktrue
+}%
+{%
+ \glsucmarkfalse
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@define@glossaryentrycounter}{%
+ \ifglsentrycounter
+ \ifundef\c@glossaryentry
+ {%
+ \ifx\@gls@counterwithin\@empty
+ \newcounter{glossaryentry}%
+ \else
+ \newcounter{glossaryentry}[\@gls@counterwithin]%
+ \fi
+ \def\theHglossaryentry{\currentglossary.\theglossaryentry}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ \fi
+}
+\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{entrycounter}[true]{}
+\glsentrycounterfalse
+\define@key{glossaries.sty}{counterwithin}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@counterwithin}{#1}%
+ \glsentrycountertrue
+ \@gls@define@glossaryentrycounter
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@counterwithin}{}
+\newcommand{\@gls@define@glossarysubentrycounter}{%
+ \ifundef\c@glossarysubentry
+ {%
+ \ifglssubentrycounter
+ \ifglsentrycounter
+ \newcounter{glossarysubentry}[glossaryentry]%
+ \else
+ \newcounter{glossarysubentry}%
+ \fi
+ \def\theHglossarysubentry{\currentglossary.\currentglssubentry.\theglossarysubentry}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ {}%
+}
+\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{subentrycounter}[true]{}
+\glssubentrycounterfalse
+\newcommand*{\@glo@default@sorttype}{standard}
+\define@choicekey{glossaries.sty}{sort}{standard,def,use,none}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@glo@default@sorttype}{#1}%
+ \csname @gls@setupsort@#1\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsprestandardsort}[3]{%
+ \glsdosanitizesort
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glo@check@sortallowed}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@setupsort@standard}{%
+ \def\do@glo@storeentry{\@glo@storeentry}%
+ \def\@gls@defsortcount##1{}%
+ \def\@gls@defsort##1##2{%
+ \ifx\@glo@sort\@glsdefaultsort
+ \let\@glo@sort\@glo@name
+ \fi
+ \let\glsdosanitizesort\@gls@sanitizesort
+ \glsprestandardsort{\@glo@sort}{##1}{##2}%
+ \expandafter\protected@xdef\csname glo@##2@sort\endcsname{\@glo@sort}%
+ }%
+ \def\@gls@setsort##1{}%
+ \let\@glo@check@sortallowed\@gobble
+}
+\@gls@setupsort@standard
+\newcommand*\glssortnumberfmt[1]{%
+ \ifnum#1<100000 0\fi
+ \ifnum#1<10000 0\fi
+ \ifnum#1<1000 0\fi
+ \ifnum#1<100 0\fi
+ \ifnum#1<10 0\fi
+ \number#1%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@setupsort@def}{%
+ \def\do@glo@storeentry{\@glo@storeentry}%
+ \def\@gls@defsortcount##1{%
+ \expandafter\global
+ \expandafter\newcount\csname glossary@##1@sortcount\endcsname
+ }%
+ \def\@gls@defsort##1##2{%
+ \ifcsundef{glossary@##1@sortcount}%
+ {\@gls@defsortcount{##1}}%
+ {}%
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter
+ \advance\csname glossary@##1@sortcount\endcsname by 1\relax
+ \expandafter\protected@xdef\csname glo@##2@sort\endcsname{%
+ \expandafter\glssortnumberfmt
+ {\csname glossary@##1@sortcount\endcsname}}%
+ }%
+ \def\@gls@setsort##1{}%
+ \let\@glo@check@sortallowed\@gobble
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@setupsort@use}{%
+ \let\do@glo@storeentry\@gobble
+ \def\@gls@defsortcount##1{%
+ \expandafter\global
+ \expandafter\newcount\csname glossary@##1@sortcount\endcsname
+ }%
+ \def\@gls@defsort##1##2{%
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname glo@##2@sort\endcsname{}%
+ }%
+ \def\@gls@setsort##1{%
+ \edef\@glo@parent{\csname glo@##1@parent\endcsname}%
+ \ifx\@glo@parent\@empty
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@gls@setsort\expandafter{\@glo@parent}%
+ \fi
+ \edef\@glo@type{\csname glo@##1@type\endcsname}%
+ \edef\@gls@tmp{\csname glo@##1@sort\endcsname}%
+ \ifx\@gls@tmp\@empty
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter
+ \advance\csname glossary@\@glo@type @sortcount\endcsname by 1\relax
+ \expandafter\protected@xdef\csname glo@##1@sort\endcsname{%
+ \expandafter\glssortnumberfmt
+ {\csname glossary@\@glo@type @sortcount\endcsname}}%
+ \@glo@storeentry{##1}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \let\@glo@check@sortallowed\@gobble
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@setupsort@none}{%
+ \def\do@glo@storeentry##1{}%
+ \def\@gls@defsortcount##1{}%
+ \def\@gls@defsort##1##2{%
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\csname glo@##2@sort\endcsname\@glo@sort
+ }%
+ \def\@gls@setsort##1{}%
+ \renewcommand\@glo@check@sortallowed[1]{\PackageError{glossaries}
+ {Option sort=none not allowed with \string##1}%
+ {(Use sort=def instead)}}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsdefmain}{%
+ \if@gls@docloaded
+ \newglossary[glg2]{main}{gls2}{glo2}{\glossaryname}%
+ \else
+ \newglossary{main}{gls}{glo}{\glossaryname}%
+ \fi
+ \newcommand*{\gls@tr@set@main@toctitle}{%
+ \translatelet{\glossarytoctitle}{Glossary}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsdefaulttype}{main}
+\newcommand*{\acronymtype}{\glsdefaulttype}
+\@gls@declareoption{nomain}{%
+ \let\glsdefaulttype\relax
+ \renewcommand*{\glsdefmain}{}%
+}
+\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{acronym}[true]{%
+ \ifglsacronym
+ \renewcommand{\@gls@do@acronymsdef}{%
+ \DeclareAcronymList{acronym}%
+ \newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymtype}{acronym}%
+ \newcommand*{\gls@tr@set@acronym@toctitle}{%
+ \translatelet{\glossarytoctitle}{Acronyms}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \else
+ \let\@gls@do@acronymsdef\relax
+ \fi
+}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \ifglsacronym
+ \ifbool{glscompatible-3.07}%
+ {}%
+ {%
+ \providecommand*{\printacronyms}[1][]{%
+ \printglossary[type=\acronymtype,#1]}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@do@acronymsdef}{}
+\@gls@declareoption{acronyms}{%
+ \glsacronymtrue
+ \def\@gls@do@acronymsdef{%
+ \DeclareAcronymList{acronym}%
+ \newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymtype}{acronym}%
+ \newcommand*{\gls@tr@set@acronym@toctitle}{%
+ \translatelet{\glossarytoctitle}{Acronyms}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glsacronymlists}{}
+\newcommand*{\@addtoacronymlists}[1]{%
+ \ifx\@glsacronymlists\@empty
+ \protected@xdef\@glsacronymlists{#1}%
+ \else
+ \protected@xdef\@glsacronymlists{\@glsacronymlists,#1}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\DeclareAcronymList}[1]{%
+ \glsIfListOfAcronyms{#1}{}{\@addtoacronymlists{#1}}%
+}
+\newcommand{\glsIfListOfAcronyms}[1]{%
+ \edef\@do@gls@islistofacronyms{%
+ \noexpand\@gls@islistofacronyms{#1}{\@glsacronymlists}}%
+ \@do@gls@islistofacronyms
+}
+\newcommand{\@gls@islistofacronyms}[4]{%
+ \def\gls@islistofacronyms##1,#1,##2\end@gls@islistofacronyms{%
+ \def\@gls@before{##1}\def\@gls@after{##2}}%
+ \gls@islistofacronyms,#2,#1,\@nil\end@gls@islistofacronyms
+ \ifx\@gls@after\@nnil
+ #4%
+ \else
+ #3%
+ \fi
+}
+\newif\if@glsisacronymlist
+\newcommand*{\gls@checkisacronymlist}[1]{%
+ \glsIfListOfAcronyms{#1}%
+ {\@glsisacronymlisttrue}{\@glsisacronymlistfalse}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\SetAcronymLists}[1]{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsacronymlists}{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossaries.sty}{acronymlists}{%
+ \DeclareAcronymList{#1}%
+}
+\newcommand{\glscounter}{page}
+\define@key{glossaries.sty}{counter}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glscounter}{#1}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@nohyperlist}{}
+\newcommand*{\GlsDeclareNoHyperList}[1]{%
+ \ifdefempty\@gls@nohyperlist
+ {%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@nohyperlist}{#1}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \appto\@gls@nohyperlist{,#1}%
+ }%
+}
+\define@key{glossaries.sty}{nohypertypes}{%
+ \GlsDeclareNoHyperList{#1}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\GlossariesWarning}[1]{%
+ \PackageWarning{glossaries}{#1}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\GlossariesWarningNoLine}[1]{%
+ \PackageWarningNoLine{glossaries}{#1}%
+}
+\newcommand{\glosortentrieswarning}{%
+ \typeout{Using TeX to sort glossary entries---this may
+ take a while}%
+}
+\@gls@declareoption{nowarn}{%
+ \if@gls@debug
+ \GlossariesWarning{Warnings can't be suppressed in debug mode}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\GlossariesWarning}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GlossariesWarningNoLine}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glosortentrieswarning}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@missinglang@warn}[2]{}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@missinglang@warn}[2]{%
+ \PackageWarningNoLine{glossaries}%
+ {No language module detected for `#1'.\MessageBreak
+ Language modules need to be installed separately.\MessageBreak
+ Please check on CTAN for a bundle called\MessageBreak
+ `glossaries-#2' or similar}%
+}
+\@gls@declareoption{nolangwarn}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@missinglang@warn}[2]{}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@warnonglossdefined}{%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Overriding \string\printglossary}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@warnontheglossdefined}{%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Overriding `theglossary' environment}%
+}
+\@gls@declareoption{noredefwarn}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@warnonglossdefined}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@warnontheglossdefined}{}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@sanitizedesc}{%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glssetexpandfield}[1]{%
+ \csdef{gls@assign@#1@field}##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{#1}{##2}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glssetnoexpandfield}[1]{%
+ \csdef{gls@assign@#1@field}##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@noexpand@field{##1}{#1}{##2}%
+ }%
+}
+\glssetexpandfield{type}
+\glssetnoexpandfield{desc}
+\glssetnoexpandfield{descplural}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@sanitizename}{}
+\glssetnoexpandfield{name}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@sanitizesymbol}{}
+\glssetnoexpandfield{symbol}
+\glssetnoexpandfield{symbolplural}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@sanitizesort}{%
+ \ifglssanitizesort
+ \@@gls@sanitizesort
+ \else
+ \@@gls@nosanitizesort
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*\@@gls@sanitizesort{%
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\@glo@sort
+}
+\newcommand*{\@@gls@nosanitizesort}{}
+\newcommand*\@gls@noidx@sanitizesort{%
+ \ifdefvoid\@glo@sort
+ {}%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\@@gls@noidx@sanitizesort\@glo@sort\gls@end@sanitizesort
+ }%
+}
+\def\@@gls@noidx@sanitizesort#1#2\gls@end@sanitizesort{%
+ \def\@glo@sort{#1#2}%
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\@glo@sort
+}
+\newcommand*{\@@gls@noidx@nosanitizesort}{%
+ \ifdefvoid\@glo@sort
+ {}%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\@@gls@noidx@no@sanitizesort\@glo@sort\gls@end@sanitizesort
+ }%
+}
+\def\@@gls@noidx@no@sanitizesort#1#2\gls@end@sanitizesort{%
+ \bgroup
+ \glsnoidxstripaccents
+ \protected@xdef\@@glo@sort{#1#2}%
+ \egroup
+ \let\@glo@sort\@@glo@sort
+}
+\newcommand*\glsnoidxstripaccents{%
+ \let\IeC\@firstofone
+ \let\add@accent@\@secondoftwo
+ \let\@text@composite@x\@secondoftwo
+ \let\@tabacckludge\@secondoftwo
+ \expandafter\def\csname \encodingdefault-cmd\endcsname##1##2##3{##3}%
+ \expandafter\def\csname OT1-cmd\endcsname##1##2##3{##3}%
+ \expandafter\def\csname T1-cmd\endcsname##1##2##3{##3}%
+ \expandafter\def\csname PD1-cmd\endcsname##1##2##3{##3}%
+ \let\'\@firstofone
+ \let\`\@firstofone
+ \let\^\@firstofone
+ \let\"\@firstofone
+ \let\u\@firstofone
+ \let\t\@firstofone
+ \let\d\@firstofone
+ \let\r\@firstofone
+ \let\=\@firstofone
+ \let\.\@firstofone
+ \let\~\@firstofone
+ \let\v\@firstofone
+ \let\H\@firstofone
+ \let\c\@firstofone
+ \let\b\@firstofone
+ \let\a\@secondoftwo
+ \def\AE{AE}%
+ \def\ae{ae}%
+ \def\OE{OE}%
+ \def\oe{oe}%
+ \def\AA{AA}%
+ \def\aa{aa}%
+ \def\L{L}%
+ \def\l{l}%
+ \def\O{O}%
+ \def\o{o}%
+ \def\SS{SS}%
+ \def\ss{ss}%
+ \def\th{th}%
+ \def\TH{TH}%
+ \def\dh{dh}%
+ \def\DH{DH}%
+}
+\@ifl@t@r\fmtversion{2019/10/01}
+{%
+ \appto\glsnoidxstripaccents{\let\UTFviii@two@octets\UTFviii@two@octets@combine}%
+}
+{}
+\define@boolkey[gls]{sanitize}{description}[true]{%
+ \GlossariesWarning{sanitize={description} package option deprecated}%
+ \ifgls@sanitize@description
+ \glssetnoexpandfield{desc}%
+ \glssetnoexpandfield{descplural}%
+ \else
+ \glssetexpandfield{desc}%
+ \glssetexpandfield{descplural}%
+ \fi
+}
+\define@boolkey[gls]{sanitize}{name}[true]{%
+ \GlossariesWarning{sanitize={name} package option deprecated}%
+ \ifgls@sanitize@name
+ \glssetnoexpandfield{name}%
+ \else
+ \glssetexpandfield{name}%
+ \fi
+}
+\define@boolkey[gls]{sanitize}{symbol}[true]{%
+ \GlossariesWarning{sanitize={symbol} package option deprecated}%
+ \ifgls@sanitize@symbol
+ \glssetnoexpandfield{symbol}%
+ \glssetnoexpandfield{symbolplural}%
+ \else
+ \glssetexpandfield{symbol}%
+ \glssetexpandfield{symbolplural}%
+ \fi
+}
+\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{sanitizesort}[true]{%
+ \ifglssanitizesort
+ \glssetnoexpandfield{sortvalue}%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@noidx@setsanitizesort}{%
+ \glssanitizesorttrue
+ \glssetnoexpandfield{sortvalue}%
+ }%
+ \else
+ \glssetexpandfield{sortvalue}%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@noidx@setsanitizesort}{%
+ \glssanitizesortfalse
+ \glssetexpandfield{sortvalue}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+\glssanitizesorttrue
+\glssetnoexpandfield{sortvalue}%
+\newcommand*{\@gls@noidx@setsanitizesort}{%
+ \glssanitizesortfalse
+ \glssetexpandfield{sortvalue}%
+}
+\define@choicekey[gls]{sanitize}{sort}{true,false}[true]{%
+ \setbool{glssanitizesort}{#1}%
+ \ifglssanitizesort
+ \glssetnoexpandfield{sortvalue}%
+ \else
+ \glssetexpandfield{sortvalue}%
+ \fi
+ \GlossariesWarning{sanitize={sort} package option
+ deprecated. Use sanitizesort instead}%
+}
+\define@key{glossaries.sty}{sanitize}[description=true,symbol=true,name=true]{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{none}}%
+ {%
+ \GlossariesWarning{sanitize package option deprecated}%
+ \glssetexpandfield{name}%
+ \glssetexpandfield{symbol}%
+ \glssetexpandfield{symbolplural}%
+ \glssetexpandfield{desc}%
+ \glssetexpandfield{descplural}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \setkeys[gls]{sanitize}{#1}%
+ }%
+}
+\newif\ifglstranslate
+\newcommand*\@gls@usetranslator{%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{polyglossia}%
+ {%
+ \let\glsifusetranslator\@secondoftwo
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{babel}%
+ {%
+ \IfFileExists{translator.sty}%
+ {%
+ \RequirePackage{translator}%
+ \let\glsifusetranslator\@firstoftwo
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand{\glsifusedtranslatordict}[3]{%
+ \glsifusetranslator
+ {\ifcsdef{ver@glossaries-dictionary-#1.dict}{#2}{#3}}%
+ {#3}%
+}
+\@gls@declareoption{notranslate}{%
+ \glstranslatefalse
+ \let\@gls@usetranslator\relax
+ \let\glsifusetranslator\@secondoftwo
+}
+\define@choicekey{glossaries.sty}{translate}%
+ [\gls@translate@val\gls@translate@nr]%
+ {true,false,babel}[true]%
+ {%
+ \ifcase\gls@translate@nr\relax
+ \glstranslatetrue
+ \renewcommand*\@gls@usetranslator{%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{polyglossia}%
+ {%
+ \let\glsifusetranslator\@secondoftwo
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{babel}%
+ {%
+ \IfFileExists{translator.sty}%
+ {%
+ \RequirePackage{translator}%
+ \let\glsifusetranslator\@firstoftwo
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \or
+ \glstranslatefalse
+ \let\@gls@usetranslator\relax
+ \let\glsifusetranslator\@secondoftwo
+ \or
+ \glstranslatetrue
+ \let\@gls@usetranslator\relax
+ \let\glsifusetranslator\@secondoftwo
+ \fi
+ }
+\glstranslatefalse
+\let\glsifusetranslator\@secondoftwo
+\@ifpackageloaded{translator}%
+{%
+ \glstranslatetrue
+ \let\glsifusetranslator\@firstoftwo
+}%
+{%
+ \@for\gls@thissty:=tracklang,babel,ngerman,polyglossia\do
+ {
+ \@ifpackageloaded{\gls@thissty}%
+ {%
+ \glstranslatetrue
+ \@endfortrue
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }
+}
+\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{indexonlyfirst}[true]{}
+\glsindexonlyfirstfalse
+\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{hyperfirst}[true]{}
+\glshyperfirsttrue
+\newcommand*{\@gls@setacrstyle}{}
+\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[glsacr]{footnote}[true]{%
+ \ifbool{glsacrdescription}%
+ {}%
+ {%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@sanitizedesc}{}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@setacrstyle}{\SetAcronymStyle}%
+}
+\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[glsacr]{description}[true]{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@sanitizesymbol}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@setacrstyle}{\SetAcronymStyle}%
+}
+\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[glsacr]{smallcaps}[true]{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@sanitizesymbol}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@setacrstyle}{\SetAcronymStyle}%
+}
+\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[glsacr]{smaller}[true]{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@sanitizesymbol}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@setacrstyle}{\SetAcronymStyle}%
+}
+\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[glsacr]{dua}[true]{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@sanitizesymbol}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@setacrstyle}{\SetAcronymStyle}%
+}
+\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[glsacr]{shortcuts}[true]{}
+\newcommand*{\glsorder}{word}
+\newcommand*{\@glsorder}[1]{}
+\define@choicekey{glossaries.sty}{order}{word,letter}{%
+ \def\glsorder{#1}}
+\newif\ifglsxindy
+\glsxindyfalse
+\@gls@declareoption{makeindex}{\glsxindyfalse}
+\define@boolkey[gls]{xindy}{glsnumbers}[true]{}
+\gls@xindy@glsnumberstrue
+\def\@xdy@main@language{\languagename}%
+\define@key[gls]{xindy}{language}{\def\@xdy@main@language{#1}}
+\ifcsundef{inputencodingname}{%
+ \def\gls@codepage{}}{%
+ \def\gls@codepage{\inputencodingname}
+}
+\define@key[gls]{xindy}{codepage}{\def\gls@codepage{#1}}
+\define@key{glossaries.sty}{xindy}[]{%
+ \glsxindytrue
+ \setkeys[gls]{xindy}{#1}%
+}
+\@gls@declareoption{xindygloss}{%
+ \glsxindytrue
+}
+\@gls@declareoption{xindynoglsnumbers}{%
+ \glsxindytrue
+ \gls@xindy@glsnumbersfalse
+}
+\providecommand{\@domakeglossaries}[1]{#1}
+\@gls@declareoption{disablemakegloss}{%
+ \ifdefequal\makeglossaries\@no@makeglossaries
+ {%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Option `disablemakegloss' has no effect
+ (\string\makenoidxglossaries\space has already been used)}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifdefequal\@makeglossary\@gobble
+ {%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Option `disablemakegloss' has no effect
+ (\string\makeglossaries\space has already been used)}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \renewcommand{\@domakeglossaries}[1]{%
+ \PackageInfo{glossaries}{\string\makeglossaries\space and
+ \string\makenoidxglossaries\space have been disabled}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\@gls@declareoption{restoremakegloss}{%
+ \ifdefequal\makeglossaries\@no@makeglossaries
+ {%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Option `restoremakegloss' has no effect
+ (\string\makenoidxglossaries\space has already been used)}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifdefequal\@makeglossary\@gobble
+ {%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Option `restoremakegloss' has no effect
+ (\string\makeglossaries\space has already been used)}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageInfo{glossaries}{\string\makeglossaries\space and
+ \string\makenoidxglossaries\space have been restored}%
+ \let\@domakeglossaries\@firstofone
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@do@write@glslabels}{%
+ \AtEndDocument{\@@do@write@glslabels}%
+ \let\@do@write@glslabels\relax
+}
+\newcommand*{\@@do@write@glslabels}{%
+ \newwrite\@gls@labelsfile
+ \immediate\openout\@gls@labelsfile=\jobname.glslabels
+ \forallglsentries[\@glo@types,\@ignored@glossaries]{\@glsentry}%
+ {\ifdefempty{\@glsentry}{}{\immediate\write\@gls@labelsfile{\@glsentry}}}%
+ \immediate\closeout\@gls@labelsfile
+}
+\@gls@declareoption{writeglslabels}{\@do@write@glslabels}
+\newif\ifglsautomake
+\newcommand{\gls@automake@nr}{1}
+\define@choicekey{glossaries.sty}{automake}%
+ [\gls@automake@val\gls@automake@nr]{true,false,immediate}[true]{%
+ \ifnum\gls@automake@nr=1\relax
+ \glsautomakefalse
+ \else
+ \glsautomaketrue
+ \fi
+ \ifglsautomake
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@doautomake}{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{You must use
+ \string\makeglossaries\space with automake=true}
+ {%
+ Either remove the automake=true setting or
+ add \string\makeglossaries\space to your document preamble.%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@doautomake}{}%
+ \fi
+}
+\glsautomakefalse
+\newcommand*{\@gls@doautomake}{}
+\AtEndDocument{\@gls@doautomake}
+\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{savewrites}[true]{%
+ \ifglssavewrites
+ \renewcommand*{\glswritefiles}{\@glswritefiles}%
+ \else
+ \let\glswritefiles\@empty
+ \fi
+}
+\glssavewritesfalse
+\let\glswritefiles\@empty
+\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{compatible-3.07}[true]{}
+\boolfalse{glscompatible-3.07}
+\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{compatible-2.07}[true]{%
+ \ifbool{glscompatible-2.07}%
+ {%
+ \booltrue{glscompatible-3.07}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+}
+\boolfalse{glscompatible-2.07}
+\let\gls@original@makeglossary\makeglossary
+\let\gls@original@glossary\glossary
+\def\makeglossary{%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Use of \string\makeglossary\space with
+ glossaries.sty is \MessageBreak deprecated. Use \string\makeglossaries\space
+ instead. If you \MessageBreak need the original definition of
+ \string\makeglossary\space use \MessageBreak the package options
+ kernelglossredefs=false (to \MessageBreak restore the former definition of
+ \string\makeglossary) and \MessageBreak nomain (if the file extensions cause a
+ conflict)}%
+ \makeglossaries
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@override@glossary}[1][main]{%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Use of \string\glossary\space with
+ glossaries.sty is deprecated. \MessageBreak Indexing should be performed
+ with the user level \MessageBreak commands, such as \string\gls\space or
+ \string\glsadd. If you need the \MessageBreak original definition of
+ \string\glossary\space use the package \MessageBreak options
+ kernelglossredefs=false (to restore the \MessageBreak former definition of
+ \string\glossary) and nomain (if the \MessageBreak file extensions cause a
+ conflict)}%
+ \gls@glossary{#1}%
+}
+\if@gls@docloaded
+\else
+ \def\glossary{\@gls@override@glossary}
+\fi
+\define@choicekey{glossaries.sty}{kernelglossredefs}%
+ [\gls@debug@val\gls@debug@nr]{true,false,nowarn}[true]%
+{%
+ \ifcase\gls@debug@nr\relax
+ \def\glossary{\@gls@override@glossary}%
+ \def\makeglossary{%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Use of \string\makeglossary\space with
+ glossaries.sty is deprecated. Use \string\makeglossaries\space
+ instead. If you need the original definition of
+ \string\makeglossary\space use the package options
+ kernelglossredefs=false (to prevent redefinition of
+ \string\makeglossary) and nomain (if the file extensions cause a
+ conflict)}%
+ \makeglossaries
+ }%
+ \or
+ \let\glossary\gls@original@glossary
+ \let\makeglossary\gls@original@makeglossary
+ \or
+ \def\makeglossary{\makeglossaries}%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@override@glossary}[1][main]{%
+ \gls@glossary{##1}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+\@gls@declareoption{symbols}{%
+ \let\@gls@do@symbolsdef\@gls@symbolsdef
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@do@symbolsdef}{}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@symbolsdef}{%
+ \newglossary[slg]{symbols}{sls}{slo}{\glssymbolsgroupname}%
+ \newcommand*{\printsymbols}[1][]{\printglossary[type=symbols,##1]}%
+ \newcommand*{\gls@tr@set@symbols@toctitle}{%
+ \translatelet{\glossarytoctitle}{Symbols (glossaries)}%
+ }%
+}%
+\@gls@declareoption{numbers}{%
+ \let\@gls@do@numbersdef\@gls@numbersdef
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@do@numbersdef}{}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@numbersdef}{%
+ \newglossary[nlg]{numbers}{nls}{nlo}{\glsnumbersgroupname}%
+ \newcommand*{\printnumbers}[1][]{\printglossary[type=numbers,##1]}%
+ \newcommand*{\gls@tr@set@numbers@toctitle}{%
+ \translatelet{\glossarytoctitle}{Numbers (glossaries)}%
+ }%
+}%
+\@gls@declareoption{index}{%
+ \ifx\@gls@do@indexdef\@empty
+ \let\@gls@do@indexdef\@gls@indexdef
+ \fi
+}
+\@gls@declareoption{noglossaryindex}{%
+ \let\@gls@do@indexdef\relax
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@do@indexdef}{}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@indexdef}{%
+ \newglossary[ilg]{index}{ind}{idx}{\indexname}%
+ \newcommand*{\printindex}[1][]{\printglossary[type=index,##1]}%
+ \newcommand*{\newterm}[2][]{%
+ \newglossaryentry{##2}%
+ {type={index},name={##2},description={\nopostdesc},##1}}
+ \let\@gls@do@indexdef\relax
+}%
+\@for\CurrentOption :=\@declaredoptions\do{%
+ \ifx\CurrentOption\@empty
+ \else
+ \@expandtwoargs
+ \in@ {,\CurrentOption ,}{,\@classoptionslist,\@curroptions,}%
+ \ifin@
+ \@use@ption
+ \expandafter \let\csname ds@\CurrentOption\endcsname\@empty
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+\ProcessOptionsX
+\RequirePackage{glossaries-compatible-307}[=v4.46]
+\disable@keys{glossaries.sty}{compatible-2.07,%
+ xindy,xindygloss,xindynoglsnumbers,makeindex,%
+ acronym,translate,notranslate,nolong,nosuper,notree,nostyles,%
+ nomain,noglossaryindex}
+\newcommand*{\setupglossaries}[1]{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@setacrstyle}{}%
+ \ifglsacrshortcuts
+ \def\@gls@setupshortcuts{\glsacrshortcutstrue}%
+ \else
+ \def\@gls@setupshortcuts{%
+ \ifglsacrshortcuts
+ \DefineAcronymSynonyms
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \glsacrshortcutsfalse
+ \let\@gls@do@numbersdef\relax
+ \let\@gls@do@symbolssdef\relax
+ \let\@gls@do@indexdef\relax
+ \let\@gls@do@acronymsdef\relax
+ \ifglsentrycounter
+ \let\@gls@doentrycounterdef\relax
+ \else
+ \let\@gls@doentrycounterdef\@gls@define@glossaryentrycounter
+ \fi
+ \ifglssubentrycounter
+ \let\@gls@dosubentrycounterdef\relax
+ \else
+ \let\@gls@dosubentrycounterdef\@gls@define@glossarysubentrycounter
+ \fi
+ \setkeys{glossaries.sty}{#1}%
+ \@gls@setacrstyle
+ \@gls@setupshortcuts
+ \@gls@do@acronymsdef
+ \@gls@do@numbersdef
+ \@gls@do@symbolssdef
+ \@gls@do@indexdef
+ \@gls@doentrycounterdef
+ \@gls@dosubentrycounterdef
+}
+\ifthenelse{\equal{\glscounter}{section}}%
+{%
+ \ifcsundef{chapter}{}%
+ {%
+ \let\@gls@old@chapter\@chapter
+ \def\@chapter[#1]#2{\@gls@old@chapter[{#1}]{#2}%
+ \ifcsundef{hyperdef}{}{\hyperdef{section}{\thesection}{}}}%
+ }%
+}%
+{}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@onlypremakeg}{}
+\newcommand*{\@onlypremakeg}[1]{%
+ \ifx\@gls@onlypremakeg\@empty
+ \def\@gls@onlypremakeg{#1}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\toks@\expandafter{\@gls@onlypremakeg}%
+ \edef\@gls@onlypremakeg{\the\toks@,\noexpand#1}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\@disable@onlypremakeg}{%
+\@for\@thiscs:=\@gls@onlypremakeg\do{%
+ \expandafter\@disable@premakecs\@thiscs%
+}}
+\newcommand*{\@disable@premakecs}[1]{%
+ \def#1{\PackageError{glossaries}{\string#1\space may only be
+ used before \string\makeglossaries}{You can't use
+ \string#1\space after \string\makeglossaries}}%
+}
+\providecommand*{\glossaryname}{Glossary}
+\providecommand*{\acronymname}{Acronyms}
+\newcommand*{\glssettoctitle}[1]{%
+ \def\glossarytoctitle{\csname @glotype@#1@title\endcsname}}
+\providecommand*{\entryname}{Notation}
+\providecommand*{\descriptionname}{Description}
+\providecommand*{\symbolname}{Symbol}
+\providecommand*{\pagelistname}{Page List}
+\providecommand*{\glssymbolsgroupname}{Symbols}
+\providecommand*{\glsnumbersgroupname}{Numbers}
+\newcommand*{\glspluralsuffix}{s}
+\newcommand*{\glsacrpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}
+\newcommand*{\glsupacrpluralsuffix}{\glstextup{\glsacrpluralsuffix}}
+\providecommand*{\seename}{see}
+\providecommand*{\andname}{\&}
+\newcommand*{\RequireGlossariesLang}[1]{%
+ \@ifundefined{ver@glossaries-#1.ldf}{\input{glossaries-#1.ldf}}{}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\ProvidesGlossariesLang}[1]{%
+ \ProvidesFile{glossaries-#1.ldf}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\addglossarytocaptions}[1]{}
+\ifglstranslate
+ \RequirePackage{tracklang}
+ \@gls@usetranslator
+ \@ifpackageloaded{translator}
+ {%
+ \ifboolexpr
+ {
+ test {\ifdefstring{\trans@languages}{English}}
+ and not
+ test {\ifdefstring{bbl@loaded}{english}}
+ }
+ {%
+ \let\glsifusetranslator\@secondoftwo
+ }%
+ {%
+ \usedictionary{glossaries-dictionary}%
+ \renewcommand*{\addglossarytocaptions}[1]{%
+ \ifcsundef{captions#1}{}%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\@gls@tmp\csname captions#1\endcsname
+ \expandafter\toks@\expandafter{\@gls@tmp
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryname}{\translate{Glossary}}%
+ }%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname captions#1\endcsname{\the\toks@}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ \AnyTrackedLanguages
+ {%
+ \ForEachTrackedDialect{\this@dialect}{%
+ \IfTrackedLanguageFileExists{\this@dialect}%
+ {glossaries-}% prefix
+ {.ldf}%
+ {%
+ \RequireGlossariesLang{\CurrentTrackedTag}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@gls@missinglang@warn\this@dialect\CurrentTrackedLanguage
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ \glsifusetranslator
+ {%
+ \renewcommand*{\glssettoctitle}[1]{%
+ \ifcsdef{gls@tr@set@#1@toctitle}%
+ {%
+ \csuse{gls@tr@set@#1@toctitle}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \def\glossarytoctitle{\csname @glotype@#1@title\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryname}{\translate{Glossary}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymname}{\translate{Acronyms}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\entryname}{\translate{Notation (glossaries)}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\descriptionname}{%
+ \translate{Description (glossaries)}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\symbolname}{\translate{Symbol (glossaries)}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\pagelistname}{%
+ \translate{Page List (glossaries)}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glssymbolsgroupname}{%
+ \translate{Symbols (glossaries)}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsnumbersgroupname}{%
+ \translate{Numbers (glossaries)}}%
+ }{}%
+\fi
+\DeclareRobustCommand*{\nopostdesc}{}
+\newcommand*{\@nopostdesc}{%
+ \let\org@glspostdescription\glspostdescription
+ \def\glspostdescription{%
+ \let\glspostdescription\org@glspostdescription}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@no@post@desc}{\nopostdesc}
+\newcommand{\glspar}{\par}
+\newcommand{\setStyleFile}[1]{%
+ \renewcommand*{\gls@istfilebase}{#1}%
+ \ifglsxindy
+ \def\istfilename{\gls@istfilebase.xdy}
+ \else
+ \def\istfilename{\gls@istfilebase.ist}
+ \fi
+}
+\@onlypremakeg\setStyleFile
+\ifglsxindy
+ \def\istfilename{\gls@istfilebase.xdy}
+\else
+ \def\istfilename{\gls@istfilebase.ist}
+\fi
+\newcommand*{\gls@istfilebase}{\jobname}
+\newcommand*{\@istfilename}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\glscompositor}{.}
+\newcommand*{\glsSetCompositor}[1]{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glscompositor}{#1}}
+\@onlypremakeg\glsSetCompositor
+\newcommand*{\@glsAlphacompositor}{\glscompositor}
+\ifglsxindy
+ \newcommand*\glsSetAlphaCompositor[1]{%
+ \renewcommand*\@glsAlphacompositor{#1}}
+\else
+ \newcommand*\glsSetAlphaCompositor[1]{%
+ \glsnoxindywarning\glsSetAlphaCompositor}
+\fi
+\@onlypremakeg\glsSetAlphaCompositor
+\newcommand*{\gls@suffixF}{}
+\newcommand*{\glsSetSuffixF}[1]{%
+ \renewcommand*{\gls@suffixF}{#1}}
+\@onlypremakeg\glsSetSuffixF
+\newcommand*{\gls@suffixFF}{}
+\newcommand*{\glsSetSuffixFF}[1]{%
+ \renewcommand*{\gls@suffixFF}{#1}%
+}
+\ifcsundef{hyperlink}%
+{%
+ \newcommand*{\glsnumberformat}[1]{#1}%
+}%
+{%
+ \newcommand*{\glsnumberformat}[1]{\glshypernumber{#1}}%
+}
+\newcommand{\delimN}{, }
+\newcommand{\delimR}{--}
+\newcommand*{\glossarypreamble}{%
+ \csuse{@glossarypreamble@\currentglossary}%
+}
+\newcommand{\setglossarypreamble}[2][\glsdefaulttype]{%
+ \ifglossaryexists*{#1}%
+ {\csgdef{@glossarypreamble@#1}{#2}}%
+ {\GlossariesWarning{Glossary `#1' is not defined}}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glossarypostamble}{}
+\newcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][\@gls@title]{%
+ \def\@gls@title{#2}%
+ \ifcsundef{phantomsection}%
+ {%
+ \@glossarysection{#1}{#2}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@p@glossarysection{#1}{#2}%
+ }%
+ \glsglossarymark{\glossarytoctitle}%
+}
+\ifcsundef{glossarymark}%
+{%
+ \newcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{\glossarymark{#1}}
+}%
+{%
+ \@ifclassloaded{memoir}
+ {%
+ \newcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{%
+ \ifglsucmark
+ \markboth{\memUChead{#1}}{\memUChead{#1}}%
+ \else
+ \markboth{#1}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ }
+ }%
+ {%
+ \newcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{%
+ \ifglsucmark
+ \@mkboth{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{#1}}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{#1}}%
+ \else
+ \@mkboth{#1}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ }
+ }
+}
+\providecommand{\glossarymark}[1]{%
+ \ifglsucmark
+ \@mkboth{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{#1}}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{#1}}%
+ \else
+ \@mkboth{#1}{#1}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\setglossarysection}[1]{%
+\setkeys{glossaries.sty}{section=#1}}
+\newcommand*{\@glossarysection}[2]{%
+ \ifdefempty\@@glossarysecstar
+ {%
+ \csname\@@glossarysec\endcsname[#1]{#2}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \csname\@@glossarysec\endcsname*{#2}%
+ \@gls@toc{#1}{\@@glossarysec}%
+ }%
+ \@@glossaryseclabel
+}
+\newcommand*{\@p@glossarysection}[2]{%
+ \glsclearpage
+ \phantomsection
+ \ifdefempty\@@glossarysecstar
+ {%
+ \csname\@@glossarysec\endcsname{#2}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@gls@toc{#1}{\@@glossarysec}%
+ \csname\@@glossarysec\endcsname*{#2}%
+ }%
+ \@@glossaryseclabel
+}
+\newcommand*{\gls@doclearpage}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\@@glossarysec}{chapter}}%
+ {%
+ \ifcsundef{cleardoublepage}%
+ {%
+ \clearpage
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifcsdef{if@openright}%
+ {%
+ \if@openright
+ \cleardoublepage
+ \else
+ \clearpage
+ \fi
+ }%
+ {%
+ \cleardoublepage
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsclearpage}{\gls@doclearpage}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@toc}[2]{%
+ \ifglstoc
+ \ifglsnumberline
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{#2}{\protect\numberline{}#1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{#2}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsnoxindywarning}[1]{%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Not in xindy mode --- ignoring \string#1}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsnomakeindexwarning}[1]{%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Not in makeindex mode --- ignoring \string#1}%
+}
+\ifglsxindy
+ \edef\@xdyattributes{\string"default\string"}%
+\fi
+\ifglsxindy
+ \edef\@xdyattributelist{}%
+\fi
+\ifglsxindy
+ \def\@xdylocref{}
+\fi
+\newcommand*{\@gls@ifinlist}[4]{%
+ \def\@do@ifinlist##1,#1,##2\end@doifinlist{%
+ \def\@gls@listsuffix{##2}%
+ \ifx\@gls@listsuffix\@empty
+ #4%
+ \else
+ #3%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \@do@ifinlist,#2,#1,\end@doifinlist
+}
+\ifglsxindy
+ \newcommand*{\@xdycounters}{\glscounter}
+ \newcommand*\GlsAddXdyCounters[1]{%
+ \@for\@gls@ctr:=#1\do{%
+ \edef\@do@addcounter{%
+ \noexpand\@gls@ifinlist{\@gls@ctr}{\@xdycounters}{}%
+ {%
+ \noexpand\edef\noexpand\@xdycounters{\@xdycounters,%
+ \noexpand\@gls@ctr}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \@do@addcounter
+ }
+ }
+ \@onlypremakeg\GlsAddXdyCounters
+\else
+ \newcommand*\GlsAddXdyCounters[1]{%
+ \glsnoxindywarning\GlsAddXdyAttribute
+ }
+\fi
+\newcommand*\@disabled@glsaddxdycounters{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{\string\GlsAddXdyCounters\space
+ can't be used after \string\GlsAddXdyAttribute}{Move all
+ occurrences of \string\GlsAddXdyCounters\space before the first
+ instance of \string\GlsAddXdyAttribute}%
+}
+\ifglsxindy
+ \newcommand*\@glsaddxdyattribute[2]{%
+ \edef\@xdyattributes{\@xdyattributes ^^J \string"#1\string" ^^J
+ \string"#2#1\string"}%
+ \expandafter\toks@\expandafter{\@xdylocref}%
+ \edef\@xdylocref{\the\toks@ ^^J%
+ (markup-locref
+ :open \string"\glstildechar n%
+ \expandafter\string\csname glsX#2X#1\endcsname
+ \string" ^^J
+ :close \string"\string" ^^J
+ :attr \string"#2#1\string")}%
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname glsX#2X#1\endcsname##1##2{%
+ \setentrycounter[##1]{#2}\csname #1\endcsname{##2}%
+ }%
+ }
+ \newcommand*\GlsAddXdyAttribute[1]{%
+ \ifx\@xdyattributelist\@empty
+ \edef\@xdyattributelist{#1}%
+ \else
+ \edef\@xdyattributelist{\@xdyattributelist,#1}%
+ \fi
+ \@for\@this@counter:=\@xdycounters\do{%
+ \protected@edef\gls@do@addxdyattribute{%
+ \noexpand\@glsaddxdyattribute{#1}{\@this@counter}%
+ }
+ \gls@do@addxdyattribute
+ }%
+ \let\GlsAddXdyCounters\@disabled@glsaddxdycounters
+ }
+ \@onlypremakeg\GlsAddXdyAttribute
+\else
+ \newcommand*\GlsAddXdyAttribute[1]{%
+ \glsnoxindywarning\GlsAddXdyAttribute}
+\fi
+\ifglsxindy
+\newcommand*{\@gls@addpredefinedattributes}{%
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{glsnumberformat}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textrm}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textsf}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{texttt}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textbf}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textmd}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textit}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textup}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textsl}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textsc}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{emph}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{glshypernumber}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperrm}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hypersf}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hypertt}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbf}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hypermd}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperit}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperup}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hypersl}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hypersc}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperemph}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{glsignore}
+}
+\else
+ \let\@gls@addpredefinedattributes\relax
+\fi
+\def\@xdyuseralphabets{}
+\ifglsxindy
+ \newcommand*{\GlsAddXdyAlphabet}[2]{%
+ \edef\@xdyuseralphabets{%
+ \@xdyuseralphabets ^^J
+ (define-alphabet "#1" (#2))}}
+\else
+ \newcommand*{\GlsAddXdyAlphabet}[2]{%
+ \glsnoxindywarning\GlsAddXdyAlphabet}
+\fi
+\ifglsxindy
+ \newcommand*{\@gls@xdy@locationlist}{%
+ roman-page-numbers,%
+ Roman-page-numbers,%
+ arabic-page-numbers,%
+ alpha-page-numbers,%
+ Alpha-page-numbers,%
+ Appendix-page-numbers,%
+ arabic-section-numbers%
+ }
+ \protected@edef\@gls@roman{\@roman{0\string"
+ \string"roman-numbers-lowercase\string" :sep \string"}}%
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\@gls@roman
+ \edef\@tmp{\string" \string"roman-numbers-lowercase\string"
+ :sep \string"}%
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\@tmp
+ \ifx\@tmp\@gls@roman
+ \expandafter
+ \edef\csname @gls@xdy@Lclass@roman-page-numbers\endcsname{%
+ \string"roman-numbers-lowercase\string"%
+ }%
+ \else
+ \expandafter
+ \edef\csname @gls@xdy@Lclass@roman-page-numbers\endcsname{
+ :sep \string"\@gls@roman\string"%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\def\csname @gls@xdy@Lclass@Roman-page-numbers\endcsname{%
+ \string"roman-numbers-uppercase\string"%
+ }%
+ \expandafter\def\csname @gls@xdy@Lclass@arabic-page-numbers\endcsname{%
+ \string"arabic-numbers\string"%
+ }%
+ \expandafter\def\csname @gls@xdy@Lclass@alpha-page-numbers\endcsname{%
+ \string"alpha\string"%
+ }%
+ \expandafter\def\csname @gls@xdy@Lclass@Alpha-page-numbers\endcsname{%
+ \string"ALPHA\string"%
+ }%
+ \expandafter\def\csname @gls@xdy@Lclass@Appendix-page-numbers\endcsname{%
+ \string"ALPHA\string"
+ :sep \string"\@glsAlphacompositor\string"
+ \string"arabic-numbers\string"%
+ }
+ \expandafter\def\csname @gls@xdy@Lclass@arabic-section-numbers\endcsname{%
+ \string"arabic-numbers\string"
+ :sep \string"\glscompositor\string"
+ \string"arabic-numbers\string"%
+ }%
+ \def\@xdyuserlocationdefs{}
+ \def\@xdyuserlocationnames{}
+\fi
+\ifglsxindy
+ \newcommand\@xdycrossrefhook{}
+\fi
+\ifglsxindy
+ \newcommand*{\GlsAddXdyLocation}[3][]{%
+ \def\@gls@tmp{#1}%
+ \ifx\@gls@tmp\@empty
+ \edef\@xdyuserlocationdefs{%
+ \@xdyuserlocationdefs ^^J%
+ (define-location-class \string"#2\string"^^J\space\space
+ \space(:sep \string"{}\glsopenbrace\string" #3
+ :sep \string"\glsclosebrace\string"))
+ }%
+ \else
+ \edef\@xdyuserlocationdefs{%
+ \@xdyuserlocationdefs ^^J%
+ (define-location-class \string"#2\string"^^J\space\space
+ \space(:sep "\glsopenbrace"
+ #1
+ :sep "\glsclosebrace\glsopenbrace" #3
+ :sep "\glsclosebrace"))
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \edef\@xdyuserlocationnames{%
+ \@xdyuserlocationnames^^J\space\space\space
+ \string"#2\string"}%
+ }
+ \@onlypremakeg\GlsAddXdyLocation
+\else
+ \newcommand*{\GlsAddXdyLocation}[2]{%
+ \glsnoxindywarning\GlsAddXdyLocation}
+\fi
+\ifglsxindy
+ \def\@xdylocationclassorder{^^J\space\space\space
+ \string"roman-page-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ \string"arabic-page-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ \string"arabic-section-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ \string"alpha-page-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ \string"Roman-page-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ \string"Alpha-page-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ \string"Appendix-page-numbers\string"
+ \@xdyuserlocationnames^^J\space\space\space
+ \string"see\string"
+ }
+\fi
+\ifglsxindy
+ \newcommand*\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder[1]{%
+ \def\@xdylocationclassorder{#1}}
+\else
+ \newcommand*\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder[1]{%
+ \glsnoxindywarning\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder}
+\fi
+\ifglsxindy
+ \def\@xdysortrules{}
+\fi
+\ifglsxindy
+ \newcommand*\GlsAddSortRule[2]{%
+ \expandafter\toks@\expandafter{\@xdysortrules}%
+ \protected@edef\@xdysortrules{\the\toks@ ^^J
+ (sort-rule \string"#1\string" \string"#2\string")}%
+ }
+\else
+ \newcommand*\GlsAddSortRule[2]{%
+ \glsnoxindywarning\GlsAddSortRule}
+\fi
+\ifglsxindy
+ \def\@xdyrequiredstyles{tex}
+\fi
+\ifglsxindy
+ \newcommand*\GlsAddXdyStyle[1]{%
+ \edef\@xdyrequiredstyles{\@xdyrequiredstyles,#1}}%
+\else
+ \newcommand*\GlsAddXdyStyle[1]{%
+ \glsnoxindywarning\GlsAddXdyStyle}
+\fi
+\ifglsxindy
+ \newcommand*\GlsSetXdyStyles[1]{%
+ \edef\@xdyrequiredstyles{#1}}
+\else
+ \newcommand*\GlsSetXdyStyles[1]{%
+ \glsnoxindywarning\GlsSetXdyStyles}
+\fi
+\newcommand*{\findrootlanguage}{}
+\def\@xdylanguage#1#2{}
+\ifglsxindy
+ \newcommand*\GlsSetXdyLanguage[2][\glsdefaulttype]{%
+ \ifglossaryexists{#1}{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname @xdy@#1@language\endcsname{#2}%
+ }{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Can't set language type for
+ glossary type `#1' --- no such glossary}{%
+ You have specified a glossary type that doesn't exist}}}
+\else
+ \newcommand*\GlsSetXdyLanguage[2][]{%
+ \glsnoxindywarning\GlsSetXdyLanguage}
+\fi
+\def\@gls@codepage#1#2{}
+\ifglsxindy
+ \newcommand*{\GlsSetXdyCodePage}[1]{%
+ \renewcommand*{\gls@codepage}{#1}%
+ }
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \ifx\gls@codepage\@empty
+ \@ifpackageloaded{fontspec}{\def\gls@codepage{utf8}}{}%
+ \fi
+ }
+\else
+ \newcommand*{\GlsSetXdyCodePage}[1]{%
+ \glsnoxindywarning\GlsSetXdyCodePage}
+\fi
+\ifglsxindy
+ \ifgls@xindy@glsnumbers
+ \def\@xdylettergroups{(define-letter-group
+ \string"glsnumbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ :prefixes (\string"0\string" \string"1\string"
+ \string"2\string" \string"3\string" \string"4\string"
+ \string"5\string" \string"6\string" \string"7\string"
+ \string"8\string" \string"9\string")^^J\space\space\space
+ \@xdynumbergrouporder)}
+ \else
+ \def\@xdylettergroups{}
+ \fi
+\fi
+ \newcommand*\GlsAddLetterGroup[2]{%
+ \expandafter\toks@\expandafter{\@xdylettergroups}%
+ \protected@edef\@xdylettergroups{\the\toks@^^J%
+ (define-letter-group \string"#1\string"^^J\space\space\space#2)}%
+ }%
+\newcommand*{\forallglossaries}[3][\@glo@types]{%
+ \@for#2:=#1\do{\ifx#2\@empty\else#3\fi}%
+}
+
+\newcommand*{\forallacronyms}[2]{%
+ \@for#1:=\@glsacronymlists\do{\ifx#1\@empty\else#2\fi}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\forglsentries}[3][\glsdefaulttype]{%
+ \edef\@@glo@list{\csname glolist@#1\endcsname}%
+ \@for#2:=\@@glo@list\do
+ {%
+ \ifdefempty{#2}{}{#3}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\forallglsentries}[3][\@glo@types]{%
+ \expandafter\forallglossaries\expandafter[#1]{\@@this@glo@}%
+ {%
+ \forglsentries[\@@this@glo@]{#2}{#3}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand{\ifglossaryexists}{%
+ \@ifstar\s@ifglossaryexists\@ifglossaryexists
+}
+\newcommand{\@ifglossaryexists}[3]{%
+ \ifcsundef{@glotype@#1@out}{#3}{#2}%
+}
+\newcommand{\s@ifglossaryexists}[3]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glolist@#1}{#3}{#2}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsdetoklabel}[1]{#1}
+\newcommand{\ifglsentryexists}[3]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@name}{#3}{#2}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\ifglsused}[3]{%
+ \ifbool{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@flag}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+\newcommand{\glsdoifexists}[2]{%
+ \ifglsentryexists{#1}{#2}{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Glossary entry `\glsdetoklabel{#1}'
+ has not been defined}{You need to define a glossary entry before you
+ can use it.}}%
+}
+\newcommand{\glsdoifnoexists}[2]{%
+ \ifglsentryexists{#1}{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Glossary entry `\glsdetoklabel{#1}' has already
+ been defined}{}}{#2}%
+}
+\newcommand{\glsdoifexistsorwarn}[2]{%
+ \ifglsentryexists{#1}{#2}{%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Glossary entry `\glsdetoklabel{#1}'
+ has not been defined}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand{\glsdoifexistsordo}[3]{%
+ \ifglsentryexists{#1}{#2}{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Glossary entry `\glsdetoklabel{#1}'
+ has not been defined}{You need to define a glossary entry before you
+ can use it.}%
+ #3%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand{\doifglossarynoexistsordo}[3]{%
+ \ifglossaryexists*{#1}%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Glossary type `#1' already exists}{}%
+ #3%
+ }%
+ {#2}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd{\ifglshaschildren}[3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \def\do@glshaschildren{#3}%
+ \edef\@gls@thislabel{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \expandafter\forglsentries\expandafter
+ [\csname glo@\@gls@thislabel @type\endcsname]
+ {\glo@label}%
+ {%
+ \letcs\glo@parent{glo@\glo@label @parent}%
+ \ifdefequal\@gls@thislabel\glo@parent
+ {%
+ \def\do@glshaschildren{#2}%
+ \@endfortrue
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ \do@glshaschildren
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand{\ifglshasparent}[3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \ifcsempty{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@parent}{#3}{#2}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\ifglshasdesc}[3]{%
+ \ifcsempty{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@desc}%
+ {#3}%
+ {#2}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\ifglsdescsuppressed}[3]{%
+ \ifcsequal{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@desc}{@no@post@desc}%
+ {#2}%
+ {#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\ifglshassymbol}[3]{%
+ \letcs{\@glo@symbol}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@symbol}%
+ \ifdefempty\@glo@symbol
+ {#3}%
+ {%
+ \ifdefequal\@glo@symbol\@gls@default@value
+ {#3}%
+ {#2}%
+ }%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\ifglshaslong}[3]{%
+ \letcs{\@glo@long}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@long}%
+ \ifdefempty\@glo@long
+ {#3}%
+ {%
+ \ifdefequal\@glo@long\@gls@default@value
+ {#3}%
+ {#2}%
+ }%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\ifglshasshort}[3]{%
+ \letcs{\@glo@short}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@short}%
+ \ifdefempty\@glo@short
+ {#3}%
+ {%
+ \ifdefequal\@glo@short\@gls@default@value
+ {#3}%
+ {#2}%
+ }%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\ifglshasfield}[4]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \letcs{\@glo@thisvalue}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@#1}%
+ \ifdef\@glo@thisvalue
+ {%
+ \ifdefempty\@glo@thisvalue
+ {%
+ #4%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifdefequal\@glo@thisvalue\@gls@default@value
+ {%
+ #4%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \let\glscurrentfieldvalue\@glo@thisvalue
+ #3%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@gls@fetchfield{\@gls@thisfield}{#1}%
+ \ifdef\@gls@thisfield
+ {%
+ \letcs{\@glo@thisvalue}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@\@gls@thisfield}%
+ \ifdefempty\@glo@thisvalue
+ {%
+ #4%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifdefequal\@glo@thisvalue\@gls@default@value
+ {%
+ #4%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \let\glscurrentfieldvalue\@glo@thisvalue
+ #3%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Unknown entry field `#1'}%
+ #4%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glscurrentfieldvalue}{}
+\newcommand*{\@glo@types}{,}
+\newcommand*\@gls@provide@newglossary{%
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\providecommand\string\@newglossary[4]{}}%
+ \let\@gls@provide@newglossary\relax
+}
+\newcommand*{\defglsentryfmt}[2][\glsdefaulttype]{%
+ \csgdef{gls@#1@entryfmt}{#2}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\gls@doentryfmt}[1]{\csuse{gls@#1@entryfmt}}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@forbidtexext}[1]{%
+ \ifboolexpr{test {\ifdefstring{#1}{tex}}
+ or test {\ifdefstring{#1}{TEX}}}
+ {%
+ \def#1{nottex}%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}%
+ {Forbidden `.tex' extension replaced with `.nottex'}%
+ {I'm sorry, I can't allow you to do something so reckless.\MessageBreak
+ Don't use `.tex' as an extension for a temporary file.}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\gls@gobbleopt}{\new@ifnextchar[{\@gls@gobbleopt}{}}
+\def\@gls@gobbleopt[#1]{}
+\newcommand*{\newglossary}{\@ifstar\s@newglossary\ns@newglossary}
+\newcommand*{\s@newglossary}[2]{%
+ \ns@newglossary[#1-glg]{#1}{#1-gls}{#1-glo}{#2}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\ns@newglossary}[5][glg]{%
+ \doifglossarynoexistsordo{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifundef\glsdefaulttype
+ {%
+ \gdef\glsdefaulttype{#2}%
+ }{}%
+ \toks@{#2}\edef\@glo@types{\@glo@types\the\toks@,}%
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname glolist@#2\endcsname{,}%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname @glotype@#2@log\endcsname{#1}%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname @glotype@#2@in\endcsname{#3}%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname @glotype@#2@out\endcsname{#4}%
+ \expandafter\@gls@forbidtexext\csname @glotype@#2@log\endcsname
+ \expandafter\@gls@forbidtexext\csname @glotype@#2@in\endcsname
+ \expandafter\@gls@forbidtexext\csname @glotype@#2@out\endcsname
+ \expandafter\def\csname @glotype@#2@title\endcsname{#5}%
+ \@gls@provide@newglossary
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\@newglossary{#2}{#1}{#3}{#4}}%
+ \ifcsundef{gls@#2@entryfmt}%
+ {%
+ \defglsentryfmt[#2]{\glsentryfmt}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ \@gls@defsortcount{#2}%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\@gls@setcounter{#2}}%
+ {\@gls@setcounter{#2}[\glscounter]}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \gls@gobbleopt
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\altnewglossary}[3]{%
+ \newglossary[#2-glg]{#1}{#2-gls}{#2-glo}{#3}%
+}
+\@onlypreamble{\newglossary}
+\@onlypremakeg\newglossary
+\newcommand*{\@newglossary}[4]{}
+\def\@gls@setcounter#1[#2]{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname @glotype@#1@counter\endcsname{#2}%
+ \ifglsxindy
+ \GlsAddXdyCounters{#2}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@getcounter}[1]{%
+ \csname @glotype@#1@counter\endcsname
+}
+\glsdefmain
+\@gls@do@acronymsdef
+\@gls@do@symbolsdef
+\@gls@do@numbersdef
+\@gls@do@indexdef
+\newcommand*{\newignoredglossary}[1]{%
+ \ifdefempty\@ignored@glossaries
+ {%
+ \edef\@ignored@glossaries{#1}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \eappto\@ignored@glossaries{,#1}%
+ }%
+ \csgdef{glolist@#1}{,}%
+ \ifcsundef{gls@#1@entryfmt}%
+ {%
+ \defglsentryfmt[#1]{\glsentryfmt}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ \ifdefempty\@gls@nohyperlist
+ {%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@nohyperlist}{#1}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \eappto\@gls@nohyperlist{,#1}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@ignored@glossaries}{}
+\newcommand*{\ifignoredglossary}[3]{%
+ \edef\@gls@igtype{#1}%
+ \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter
+ {\@gls@igtype}{\@ignored@glossaries}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{name}{%
+\def\@glo@name{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{description}{%
+\def\@glo@desc{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{descriptionplural}{%
+\def\@glo@descplural{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{sort}{%
+\def\@glo@sort{#1}}
+\define@key{glossentry}{text}{%
+\def\@glo@text{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{plural}{%
+\def\@glo@plural{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{first}{%
+\def\@glo@first{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{firstplural}{%
+\def\@glo@firstplural{#1}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@default@value}{\relax}
+\define@key{glossentry}{symbol}{%
+\def\@glo@symbol{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{symbolplural}{%
+\def\@glo@symbolplural{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{type}{%
+\def\@glo@type{#1}}
+\define@key{glossentry}{counter}{%
+ \ifcsundef{c@#1}%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}%
+ {There is no counter called `#1'}%
+ {%
+ The counter key should have the name of a valid counter
+ as its value%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \def\@glo@counter{#1}%
+ }%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{see}{%
+ \gls@set@xr@key{see}{\@glo@see}{#1}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\gls@set@xr@key}[3]{%
+ \renewcommand*{\gls@xr@key}{#1}%
+ \gls@checkseeallowed
+ \def#2{#3}%
+ \@glo@seeautonumberlist
+}
+\newcommand*{\gls@xr@key}{see}
+\newcommand*{\gls@checkseeallowed}{%
+ \@gls@see@noindex
+}
+\newcommand*{\gls@checkseeallowed@preambleonly}{%
+ \GlossariesWarning{glossaries}%
+ {`\gls@xr@key' key doesn't have any effect when used in the document
+ environment. Move the definition to the preamble
+ after \string\makeglossaries\space
+ or \string\makenoidxglossaries}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{parent}{%
+\def\@glo@parent{#1}}
+\define@choicekey{glossentry}{nonumberlist}%
+ [\gls@nonumberlist@val\gls@nonumberlist@nr]{true,false}[true]%
+{%
+ \ifcase\gls@nonumberlist@nr\relax
+ \def\@glo@prefix{\glsnonextpages}%
+ \@gls@savenonumberlist{true}%
+ \else
+ \def\@glo@prefix{\glsnextpages}%
+ \@gls@savenonumberlist{false}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@savenonumberlist}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@initnonumberlist}{}%
+\newcommand*{\@gls@storenonumberlist}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@enablesavenonumberlist}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@initnonumberlist}{%
+ \undef\@glo@nonumberlist
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@savenonumberlist}[1]{%
+ \def\@glo@nonumberlist{##1}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@storenonumberlist}[1]{%
+ \ifdef\@glo@nonumberlist
+ {%
+ \cslet{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@nonumberlist}{\@glo@nonumberlist}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ \appto\@gls@keymap{,{nonumberlist}{nonumberlist}}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{user1}{%
+ \def\@glo@useri{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{user2}{%
+ \def\@glo@userii{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{user3}{%
+ \def\@glo@useriii{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{user4}{%
+ \def\@glo@useriv{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{user5}{%
+ \def\@glo@userv{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{user6}{%
+ \def\@glo@uservi{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{short}{%
+ \def\@glo@short{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{shortplural}{%
+ \def\@glo@shortpl{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{long}{%
+ \def\@glo@long{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{longplural}{%
+ \def\@glo@longpl{#1}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glsnoname}{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{name key required in
+ \string\newglossaryentry\space for entry `\@glo@label'}{You
+ haven't specified the entry name}}
+\newcommand*\@glsnodesc{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}
+ {%
+ description key required in \string\newglossaryentry\space
+ for entry `\@glo@label'%
+ }%
+ {%
+ You haven't specified the entry description%
+ }%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\@glsdefaultplural}{}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@missingnumberlist}[1]{%
+ ??%
+ \ifglssavenumberlist
+ \GlossariesWarning{Missing number list for entry `#1'.
+ Maybe makeglossaries + rerun required}%
+ \else
+ \PackageError{glossaries}%
+ {Package option `savenumberlist=true' required}%
+ {%
+ You must use the `savenumberlist' package option
+ to reference location lists.%
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glsdefaultsort}{\@glo@name}
+\newcount\gls@level
+\newcommand{\@@gls@noexpand@field}[3]{%
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter
+ \let\csname glo@#1@#2\endcsname#3%
+}
+\newcommand{\@gls@noexpand@fields}[4]{%
+ \ifcsdef{gls@assign@#3@field}
+ {%
+ \ifdefequal{#4}{\@gls@default@value}%
+ {%
+ \edef\@gls@value{\expandonce{#1}}%
+ \csuse{gls@assign@#3@field}{#2}{\@gls@value}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \csuse{gls@assign@#3@field}{#2}{#4}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifdefequal{#4}{\@gls@default@value}%
+ {%
+ \edef\@gls@value{\expandonce{#1}}%
+ \@@gls@noexpand@field{#2}{#3}{\@gls@value}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@@gls@noexpand@field{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand{\@@gls@expand@field}[3]{%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@#1@#2\endcsname{#3}%
+}
+\newcommand{\@gls@expand@fields}[4]{%
+ \ifcsdef{gls@assign@#3@field}
+ {%
+ \ifdefequal{#4}{\@gls@default@value}%
+ {%
+ \edef\@gls@value{\expandonce{#1}}%
+ \csuse{gls@assign@#3@field}{#2}{\@gls@value}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\@gls@startswithexpandonce#4\relax\relax\gls@endcheck
+ {%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \csuse{gls@assign@#3@field}{#2}{#4}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifdefequal{#4}{\@gls@default@value}%
+ {%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{#2}{#3}{#1}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\def\@gls@expandonce{\expandonce}
+\def\@gls@startswithexpandonce#1#2\gls@endcheck#3#4{%
+ \def\@gls@tmp{#1}%
+ \ifdefequal{\@gls@expandonce}{\@gls@tmp}{#3}{#4}%
+}
+\let\gls@assign@field\@gls@expand@fields
+\newcommand*{\glsexpandfields}{%
+ \let\gls@assign@field\@gls@expand@fields
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsnoexpandfields}{%
+ \let\gls@assign@field\@gls@noexpand@fields
+}
+\newrobustcmd{\newglossaryentry}[2]{%
+ \glsdoifnoexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \gls@defglossaryentry{#1}{#2}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\gls@defdocnewglossaryentry}{%
+ \let\gls@checkseeallowed\gls@checkseeallowed@preambleonly
+ \let\newglossaryentry\new@glossaryentry
+}
+\newrobustcmd{\provideglossaryentry}[2]{%
+ \ifglsentryexists{#1}%
+ {}%
+ {%
+ \gls@defglossaryentry{#1}{#2}%
+ }%
+}
+\@onlypreamble{\provideglossaryentry}
+\newrobustcmd{\new@glossaryentry}[2]{%
+ \ifundef\@gls@deffile
+ {%
+ \global\newwrite\@gls@deffile
+ \immediate\openout\@gls@deffile=\jobname.glsdefs
+ }%
+ {}%
+ \ifglsentryexists{#1}{}%
+ {%
+ \gls@defglossaryentry{#1}{#2}%
+ }%
+ \@gls@writedef{#1}%
+}
+\AtBeginDocument{\gls@begindocdefs}
+\AtEndDocument{\ifdef\@gls@deffile{\closeout\@gls@deffile}{}}
+\newcommand*{\gls@begindocdefs}{%
+ \@gls@enablesavenonumberlist
+ \edef\@gls@restoreat{\noexpand\catcode`\noexpand\@=\number\catcode`\@\relax}%
+ \makeatletter
+ \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.glsdefs}{}{}%
+ \@gls@restoreat
+ \undef\@gls@restoreat
+ \gls@defdocnewglossaryentry
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@writedef}[1]{%
+ \immediate\write\@gls@deffile
+ {%
+ \string\ifglsentryexists{#1}{}\glspercentchar^^J%
+ \expandafter\@gobble\string\{\glspercentchar^^J%
+ \string\gls@defglossaryentry{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}\glspercentchar^^J%
+ \expandafter\@gobble\string\{\glspercentchar%
+ }%
+ \@for\@gls@map:=\@gls@keymap\do
+ {%
+ \letcs\glo@value{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@\expandafter\@secondoftwo\@gls@map}%
+ \ifdef\glo@value
+ {%
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\glo@value
+ \immediate\write\@gls@deffile
+ {%
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo\@gls@map
+ =\expandafter\@gobble\string\{\glo@value\expandafter\@gobble\string\},%
+ \glspercentchar
+ }%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ \glswritedefhook
+ \immediate\write\@gls@deffile
+ {%
+ \glspercentchar^^J%
+ \expandafter\@gobble\string\}\glspercentchar^^J%
+ \expandafter\@gobble\string\}\glspercentchar%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@keymap}{%
+ {name}{name},%
+ {sort}{sortvalue},% unescaped sort value
+ {type}{type},%
+ {first}{first},%
+ {firstplural}{firstpl},%
+ {text}{text},%
+ {plural}{plural},%
+ {description}{desc},%
+ {descriptionplural}{descplural},%
+ {symbol}{symbol},%
+ {symbolplural}{symbolplural},%
+ {user1}{useri},%
+ {user2}{userii},%
+ {user3}{useriii},%
+ {user4}{useriv},%
+ {user5}{userv},%
+ {user6}{uservi},%
+ {long}{long},%
+ {longplural}{longpl},%
+ {short}{short},%
+ {shortplural}{shortpl},%
+ {counter}{counter},%
+ {parent}{parent}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@fetchfield}[2]{%
+ \edef\@gls@thisval{#2}%
+ \@for\@gls@map:=\@gls@keymap\do{%
+ \edef\@this@key{\expandafter\@firstoftwo\@gls@map}%
+ \ifdefequal{\@this@key}{\@gls@thisval}%
+ {%
+ \edef#1{\expandafter\@secondoftwo\@gls@map}%
+ \@endfortrue
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsaddstoragekey}{\@ifstar\@sglsaddstoragekey\@glsaddstoragekey}
+\newcommand*{\@sglsaddstoragekey}[1]{%
+ \key@ifundefined{glossentry}{#1}%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\newcommand\expandafter*\expandafter
+ {\csname gls@assign@#1@field\endcsname}[2]{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{#1}{##2}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ \@glsaddstoragekey{#1}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glsaddstoragekey}[3]{%
+ \key@ifundefined{glossentry}{#1}%
+ {%
+ \define@key{glossentry}{#1}{\csdef{@glo@#1}{##1}}%
+ \appto\@gls@keymap{,{#1}{#1}}%
+ \appto\@newglossaryentryprehook{\csdef{@glo@#1}{#2}}%
+ \appto\@newglossaryentryposthook{%
+ \letcs{\@glo@tmp}{@glo@#1}%
+ \gls@assign@field{#2}{\@glo@label}{#1}{\@glo@tmp}%
+ }%
+ \newcommand*{#3}[1]{\@gls@entry@field{##1}{#1}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Key `#1' already exists}{}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsaddkey}{\@ifstar\@sglsaddkey\@glsaddkey}
+\newcommand*{\@sglsaddkey}[1]{%
+ \key@ifundefined{glossentry}{#1}%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\newcommand\expandafter*\expandafter
+ {\csname gls@assign@#1@field\endcsname}[2]{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{#1}{##2}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ \@glsaddkey{#1}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glsaddkey}[7]{%
+ \key@ifundefined{glossentry}{#1}%
+ {%
+ \define@key{glossentry}{#1}{\csdef{@glo@#1}{##1}}%
+ \appto\@gls@keymap{,{#1}{#1}}%
+ \appto\@newglossaryentryprehook{\csdef{@glo@#1}{#2}}%
+ \appto\@newglossaryentryposthook{%
+ \letcs{\@glo@tmp}{@glo@#1}%
+ \gls@assign@field{#2}{\@glo@label}{#1}{\@glo@tmp}%
+ }%
+ \newcommand*{#3}[1]{\@gls@entry@field{##1}{#1}}%
+ \newcommand*{#4}[1]{\@Gls@entry@field{##1}{#1}}%
+ \ifcsdef{@gls@user@#1@}%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}%
+ {Can't define `\string#5' as helper command
+ `\expandafter\string\csname @gls@user@#1@\endcsname' already exists}%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\newcommand\expandafter*\expandafter
+ {\csname @gls@user@#1\endcsname}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[%
+ {\csuse{@gls@user@#1@}{##1}{##2}}%
+ {\csuse{@gls@user@#1@}{##1}{##2}[]}}%
+ \csdef{@gls@user@#1@}##1##2[##3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{##1}{##2}{#3{##2}##3}%
+ }%
+ \newrobustcmd*{#5}{%
+ \expandafter\@gls@hyp@opt\csname @gls@user@#1\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \ifcsdef{@Gls@user@#1@}%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}%
+ {Can't define `\string#6' as helper command
+ `\expandafter\string\csname @Gls@user@#1@\endcsname' already exists}%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\newcommand\expandafter*\expandafter
+ {\csname @Gls@user@#1\endcsname}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[%
+ {\csuse{@Gls@user@#1@}{##1}{##2}}%
+ {\csuse{@Gls@user@#1@}{##1}{##2}[]}}%
+ \csdef{@Gls@user@#1@}##1##2[##3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{##1}{##2}{#4{##2}##3}%
+ }%
+ \newrobustcmd*{#6}{%
+ \expandafter\@gls@hyp@opt\csname @Gls@user@#1\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \ifcsdef{@GLS@user@#1@}%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}%
+ {Can't define `\string#7' as helper command
+ `\expandafter\string\csname @GLS@user@#1@\endcsname' already exists}%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\newcommand\expandafter*\expandafter
+ {\csname @GLS@user@#1\endcsname}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[%
+ {\csuse{@GLS@user@#1@}{##1}{##2}}%
+ {\csuse{@GLS@user@#1@}{##1}{##2}[]}}%
+ \csdef{@GLS@user@#1@}##1##2[##3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{##1}{##2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3{##2}##3}}%
+ }%
+ \newrobustcmd*{#7}{%
+ \expandafter\@gls@hyp@opt\csname @GLS@user@#1\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Key `#1' already exists}{}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand{\glsfieldxdef}[3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \ifcsdef{glo@\@glo@label @#2}%
+ {%
+ \protected@csxdef{glo@\@glo@label @#2}{#3}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Key `#2' doesn't exist}{}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand{\glsfieldedef}[3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \ifcsdef{glo@\@glo@label @#2}%
+ {%
+ \protected@csedef{glo@\@glo@label @#2}{#3}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Key `#2' doesn't exist}{}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand{\glsfieldgdef}[3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \ifcsdef{glo@\@glo@label @#2}%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @#2\endcsname{#3}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Key `#2' doesn't exist}{}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand{\glsfielddef}[3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \ifcsdef{glo@\@glo@label @#2}%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\def\csname glo@\@glo@label @#2\endcsname{#3}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Key `#2' doesn't exist}{}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand{\glsfieldfetch}[3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \ifcsdef{glo@\@glo@label @#2}%
+ {%
+ \letcs#3{glo@\@glo@label @#2}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Key `#2' doesn't exist}{}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand{\ifglsfieldeq}[5]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \ifcsdef{glo@\@glo@label @#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifcsstring{glo@\@glo@label @#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Key `#2' doesn't exist}{}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand{\ifglsfielddefeq}[5]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \ifcsdef{glo@\@glo@label @#2}%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\ifdefstrequal
+ \csname glo@\@glo@label @#2\endcsname{#3}{#4}{#5}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Key `#2' doesn't exist}{}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand{\ifglsfieldcseq}[5]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \ifcsdef{glo@\@glo@label @#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifcsstrequal{glo@\@glo@label @#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Key `#2' doesn't exist}{}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glswritedefhook}{}
+\newcommand*{\gls@assign@desc}[1]{%
+ \gls@assign@field{}{#1}{desc}{\@glo@desc}%
+ \gls@assign@field{\@glo@desc}{#1}{descplural}{\@glo@descplural}%
+}
+\newcommand{\longnewglossaryentry}[3]{%
+ \glsdoifnoexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \bgroup
+ \let\@org@newglossaryentryprehook\@newglossaryentryprehook
+ \long\def\@newglossaryentryprehook{%
+ \long\def\@glo@desc{#3\leavevmode\unskip\nopostdesc}%
+ \@org@newglossaryentryprehook
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\gls@assign@desc}[1]{%
+ \global\cslet{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@desc}{\@glo@desc}%
+ \global\cslet{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@descplural}{\@glo@desc}%
+ }
+ \gls@defglossaryentry{#1}{#2}%
+ \egroup
+ }
+}
+\@onlypreamble{\longnewglossaryentry}
+\newcommand{\longprovideglossaryentry}[3]{%
+ \ifglsentryexists{#1}{}%
+ {\longnewglossaryentry{#1}{#2}{#3}}%
+}
+\@onlypreamble{\longprovideglossaryentry}
+\newcommand{\gls@defglossaryentry}[2]{%
+ \let\GlsSetQuote\gls@nosetquote
+ \edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \let\glslabel\@glo@label
+ \let\@glo@name\@glsnoname
+ \let\@glo@desc\@glsnodesc
+ \let\@glo@descplural\@gls@default@value
+ \let\@glo@type\@gls@default@value
+ \let\@glo@symbol\@gls@default@value
+ \let\@glo@symbolplural\@gls@default@value
+ \let\@glo@text\@gls@default@value
+ \let\@glo@plural\@gls@default@value
+ \let\@glo@first\@gls@default@value
+ \let\@glo@firstplural\@gls@default@value
+ \let\@glo@sort\@gls@default@value
+ \let\@glo@counter\@gls@default@value
+ \def\@glo@see{}%
+ \def\@glo@parent{}%
+ \def\@glo@prefix{}%
+ \@gls@initnonumberlist
+ \def\@glo@useri{}%
+ \def\@glo@userii{}%
+ \def\@glo@useriii{}%
+ \def\@glo@useriv{}%
+ \def\@glo@userv{}%
+ \def\@glo@uservi{}%
+ \def\@glo@short{}%
+ \def\@glo@shortpl{}%
+ \def\@glo@long{}%
+ \def\@glo@longpl{}%
+ \@newglossaryentryprehook
+ \setkeys{glossentry}{#2}%
+ \ifundef\glsdefaulttype
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}%
+ {No default glossary type (have you used `nomain' by mistake?)}%
+ {If you use package option `nomain' you must define
+ a new glossary before you can define entries}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ \gls@assign@field{\glsdefaulttype}{\@glo@label}{type}{\@glo@type}%
+ \edef\@glo@type{\glsentrytype{\@glo@label}}%
+ \ifcsundef{glolist@\@glo@type}%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}%
+ {Glossary type `\@glo@type' has not been defined}%
+ {You need to define a new glossary type, before making entries
+ in it}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifignoredglossary\@glo@type
+ {%
+ \ifx\@glo@desc\@glsnodesc
+ \let\@glo@desc\@empty
+ \fi
+ }%
+ {%
+ }%
+ \protected@edef\@glolist@{\csname glolist@\@glo@type\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname glolist@\@glo@type\endcsname{%
+ \@glolist@{\@glo@label},}%
+ }%
+ \gls@level=0\relax
+ \ifx\@glo@parent\@empty
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @parent\endcsname{}%
+ \else
+ \ifdefequal\@glo@label\@glo@parent%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Entry `\@glo@label' can't be its own parent}{}%
+ \def\@glo@parent{}%
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @parent\endcsname{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglsentryexists{\@glo@parent}%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @parent\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@parent}%
+ \gls@level=\csname glo@\@glo@parent @level\endcsname\relax
+ \advance\gls@level by 1\relax
+ \ifx\@glo@name\@glsnoname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\@glo@name
+ \csname glo@\@glo@parent @name\endcsname
+ \ifx\@glo@plural\@gls@default@value
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\@glo@plural
+ \csname glo@\@glo@parent @plural\endcsname
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}%
+ {%
+ Invalid parent `\@glo@parent'
+ for entry `\@glo@label' - parent doesn't exist%
+ }%
+ {%
+ Parent entries must be defined before their children%
+ }%
+ \def\@glo@parent{}%
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @parent\endcsname{}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @level\endcsname{\number\gls@level}%
+ \gls@assign@field{\@glo@name}{\@glo@label}{sortvalue}{\@glo@sort}%
+ \letcs\@glo@sort{glo@\@glo@label @sortvalue}%
+ \gls@assign@field{\@glo@name}{\@glo@label}{text}{\@glo@text}%
+ \expandafter\gls@assign@field\expandafter
+ {\csname glo@\@glo@label @text\endcsname\glspluralsuffix}%
+ {\@glo@label}{plural}{\@glo@plural}%
+ \expandafter\gls@assign@field\expandafter
+ {\csname glo@\@glo@label @text\endcsname}%
+ {\@glo@label}{first}{\@glo@first}%
+ \ifx\@glo@first\@gls@default@value
+ \expandafter\gls@assign@field\expandafter
+ {\csname glo@\@glo@label @plural\endcsname}%
+ {\@glo@label}{firstpl}{\@glo@firstplural}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\gls@assign@field\expandafter
+ {\csname glo@\@glo@label @first\endcsname\glspluralsuffix}%
+ {\@glo@label}{firstpl}{\@glo@firstplural}%
+ \fi
+ \ifcsundef{@glotype@\@glo@type @counter}%
+ {%
+ \def\@glo@defaultcounter{\glscounter}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \letcs\@glo@defaultcounter{@glotype@\@glo@type @counter}%
+ }%
+ \gls@assign@field{\@glo@defaultcounter}{\@glo@label}{counter}{\@glo@counter}%
+ \gls@assign@field{}{\@glo@label}{useri}{\@glo@useri}%
+ \gls@assign@field{}{\@glo@label}{userii}{\@glo@userii}%
+ \gls@assign@field{}{\@glo@label}{useriii}{\@glo@useriii}%
+ \gls@assign@field{}{\@glo@label}{useriv}{\@glo@useriv}%
+ \gls@assign@field{}{\@glo@label}{userv}{\@glo@userv}%
+ \gls@assign@field{}{\@glo@label}{uservi}{\@glo@uservi}%
+ \gls@assign@field{}{\@glo@label}{short}{\@glo@short}%
+ \gls@assign@field{}{\@glo@label}{shortpl}{\@glo@shortpl}%
+ \gls@assign@field{}{\@glo@label}{long}{\@glo@long}%
+ \gls@assign@field{}{\@glo@label}{longpl}{\@glo@longpl}%
+ \ifx\@glo@name\@glsnoname
+ \@glsnoname
+ \let\@gloname\@gls@default@value
+ \fi
+ \gls@assign@field{}{\@glo@label}{name}{\@glo@name}%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\@glo@label @numberlist}%
+ {%
+ \csxdef{glo@\@glo@label @numberlist}{%
+ \noexpand\@gls@missingnumberlist{\@glo@label}}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ \@gls@storenonumberlist{\@glo@label}%
+ \def\@glo@@desc{\@glo@first}%
+ \ifx\@glo@desc\@glo@@desc
+ \let\@glo@desc\@glo@first
+ \fi
+ \ifx\@glo@desc\@glsnodesc
+ \@glsnodesc
+ \let\@glodesc\@gls@default@value
+ \fi
+ \gls@assign@desc{\@glo@label}%
+ \@gls@defsort{\@glo@type}{\@glo@label}%
+ \def\@glo@@symbol{\@glo@text}%
+ \ifx\@glo@symbol\@glo@@symbol
+ \let\@glo@symbol\@glo@text
+ \fi
+ \gls@assign@field{\relax}{\@glo@label}{symbol}{\@glo@symbol}%
+ \expandafter
+ \gls@assign@field\expandafter
+ {\csname glo@\@glo@label @symbol\endcsname}
+ {\@glo@label}{symbolplural}{\@glo@symbolplural}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @flagfalse\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\global
+ \noexpand\let\expandafter\noexpand
+ \csname ifglo@\@glo@label @flag\endcsname\noexpand\iffalse
+ }%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @flagtrue\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\global
+ \noexpand\let\expandafter\noexpand
+ \csname ifglo@\@glo@label @flag\endcsname\noexpand\iftrue
+ }%
+ \csname glo@\@glo@label @flagfalse\endcsname
+ \@glo@autosee
+ \ifignoredglossary\@glo@type
+ {%
+ \csdef{glo@\@glo@label @index}{}%
+ }
+ {%
+ \do@glo@storeentry{\@glo@label}%
+ }%
+ \@newglossaryentry@defcounters
+ \@newglossaryentryposthook
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glo@autosee}{%
+ \ifdefvoid\@glo@see{}%
+ {%
+ \protected@edef\@do@glssee{%
+ \noexpand\@gls@fixbraces\noexpand\@glo@list\@glo@see\noexpand\@nil
+ \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\@glssee\noexpand\@glo@list{\@glo@label}}%
+ \@do@glssee
+ }%
+ \@glo@autoseehook
+}%
+\newcommand*{\@glo@autoseehook}{}
+\newcommand*{\@newglossaryentryprehook}{}
+\newcommand*{\@newglossaryentryposthook}{}
+\newcommand*{\@newglossaryentry@defcounters}{}
+\newcommand*{\glsmoveentry}[2]{%
+ \edef\@glo@thislabel{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \edef\glo@type{\csname glo@\@glo@thislabel @type\endcsname}%
+ \def\glo@list{,}%
+ \forglsentries[\glo@type]{\glo@label}%
+ {%
+ \ifdefequal\@glo@thislabel\glo@label
+ {}{\eappto\glo@list{\glo@label,}}%
+ }%
+ \cslet{glolist@\glo@type}{\glo@list}%
+ \csdef{glo@\@glo@thislabel @type}{#2}%
+}
+\ifglsxindy
+ \newcommand*{\@glossaryentryfield}{\string\\glossentry}
+\else
+ \newcommand*{\@glossaryentryfield}{\string\glossentry}
+\fi
+\ifglsxindy
+ \newcommand*{\@glossarysubentryfield}{%
+ \string\\subglossentry}
+\else
+ \newcommand*{\@glossarysubentryfield}{%
+ \string\subglossentry}
+\fi
+\newcommand{\@glo@storeentry}[1]{%
+ \edef\@glo@esclabel{#1}%
+ \@gls@checkmkidxchars\@glo@esclabel
+ \protected@edef\@glo@sort{\csname glo@#1@sort\endcsname}%
+ \@gls@checkmkidxchars\@glo@sort
+ \@gls@checkmkidxchars\@glo@prefix
+ \edef\@glo@parent{\csname glo@#1@parent\endcsname}%
+ \ifglsxindy
+ \ifx\@glo@parent\@empty
+ \expandafter\protected@xdef\csname glo@#1@index\endcsname{%
+ (\string"\@glo@sort\string" %
+ \string"\@glo@prefix\@glossaryentryfield{\@glo@esclabel}\string") %
+ }%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\protected@xdef\csname glo@#1@index\endcsname{%
+ \csname glo@\@glo@parent @index\endcsname
+ (\string"\@glo@sort\string" %
+ \string"\@glo@prefix\@glossarysubentryfield
+ {\csname glo@#1@level\endcsname}{\@glo@esclabel}\string") %
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifx\@glo@parent\@empty
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\@glo@prefix
+ \expandafter\protected@xdef\csname glo@#1@index\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@sort\@gls@actualchar\@glo@prefix
+ \@glossaryentryfield{\@glo@esclabel}%
+ }%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\protected@xdef\csname glo@#1@index\endcsname{%
+ \csname glo@\@glo@parent @index\endcsname\@gls@levelchar
+ \@glo@sort\@gls@actualchar\@glo@prefix
+ \@glossarysubentryfield
+ {\csname glo@#1@level\endcsname}{\@glo@esclabel}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}%
+ {\let\gls@ifnotmeasuring\@gls@ifnotmeasuring}%
+ {}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@ifnotmeasuring}[1]{%
+ \ifmeasuring@
+ \else
+ #1%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*\gls@ifnotmeasuring[1]{#1}
+\def\@gls@patchtabularx#1\hbox#2#3!!{%
+ \def\TX@trial##1{#1\hbox{\let\glsunset\@gobble#2}#3}%
+}
+\newcommand*\glspatchtabularx{%
+ \ifdef\TX@trial
+ {%
+ \expandafter\@gls@patchtabularx\TX@trial{##1}!!%
+ \let\glspatchtabularx\relax
+ }%
+ {}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsreset}[1]{%
+ \gls@ifnotmeasuring
+ {%
+ \glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \@glsreset{#1}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glslocalreset}[1]{%
+ \gls@ifnotmeasuring
+ {%
+ \glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \@glslocalreset{#1}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsunset}[1]{%
+ \gls@ifnotmeasuring
+ {%
+ \glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \@glsunset{#1}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glslocalunset}[1]{%
+ \gls@ifnotmeasuring
+ {%
+ \glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \@glslocalunset{#1}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glslocalunset}{\@@glslocalunset}
+\newcommand*{\@@glslocalunset}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname ifglo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@flag\endcsname\iftrue
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glsunset}{\@@glsunset}
+\newcommand*{\@@glsunset}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\global\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@flagtrue\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glslocalreset}{\@@glslocalreset}
+\newcommand*{\@@glslocalreset}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname ifglo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@flag\endcsname\iffalse
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glsreset}{\@@glsreset}
+\newcommand*{\@@glsreset}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\global\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@flagfalse\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsresetall}[1][\@glo@types]{%
+ \forallglsentries[#1]{\@glsentry}%
+ {%
+ \glsreset{\@glsentry}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glslocalresetall}[1][\@glo@types]{%
+ \forallglsentries[#1]{\@glsentry}%
+ {%
+ \glslocalreset{\@glsentry}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsunsetall}[1][\@glo@types]{%
+ \forallglsentries[#1]{\@glsentry}%
+ {%
+ \glsunset{\@glsentry}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glslocalunsetall}[1][\@glo@types]{%
+ \forallglsentries[#1]{\@glsentry}%
+ {%
+ \glslocalunset{\@glsentry}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@@newglossaryentry@defcounters}{%
+ \csdef{glo@\@glo@label @currcount}{0}%
+ \csdef{glo@\@glo@label @prevcount}{0}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsenableentrycount}{%
+ \let\@newglossaryentry@defcounters\@@newglossaryentry@defcounters
+ \renewcommand*{\gls@defdocnewglossaryentry}{%
+ \renewcommand*\newglossaryentry[2]{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{\string\newglossaryentry\space
+ may only be used in the preamble when entry counting has
+ been activated}{If you use \string\glsenableentrycount\space
+ you must place all entry definitions in the preamble not in
+ the document environment}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \newcommand*{\glsentrycurrcount}[1]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@currcount}%
+ {0}{\@gls@entry@field{##1}{currcount}}%
+ }%
+ \newcommand*{\glsentryprevcount}[1]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevcount}%
+ {0}{\@gls@entry@field{##1}{prevcount}}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsunset}[1]{%
+ \@@glsunset{##1}%
+ \@gls@increment@currcount{##1}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\@glslocalunset}[1]{%
+ \@@glslocalunset{##1}%
+ \@gls@local@increment@currcount{##1}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsreset}[1]{%
+ \@@glsreset{##1}%
+ \csgdef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@currcount}{0}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\@glslocalreset}[1]{%
+ \@@glslocalreset{##1}%
+ \csdef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@currcount}{0}%
+ }%
+ \def\@cgls@##1##2[##3]{%
+ \ifnum\glsentryprevcount{##2}=1\relax
+ \cglsformat{##2}{##3}%
+ \glsunset{##2}%
+ \else
+ \@gls@{##1}{##2}[##3]%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \def\@cglspl@##1##2[##3]{%
+ \ifnum\glsentryprevcount{##2}=1\relax
+ \cglsplformat{##2}{##3}%
+ \glsunset{##2}%
+ \else
+ \@glspl@{##1}{##2}[##3]%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \def\@cGls@##1##2[##3]{%
+ \ifnum\glsentryprevcount{##2}=1\relax
+ \cGlsformat{##2}{##3}%
+ \glsunset{##2}%
+ \else
+ \@Gls@{##1}{##2}[##3]%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \def\@cGlspl@##1##2[##3]{%
+ \ifnum\glsentryprevcount{##2}=1\relax
+ \cGlsplformat{##2}{##3}%
+ \glsunset{##2}%
+ \else
+ \@Glspl@{##1}{##2}[##3]%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \AtEndDocument{\@gls@write@entrycounts}%
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@entry@count}[2]{%
+ \csgdef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@prevcount}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \let\glsenableentrycount\relax
+}
+\@onlypreamble\glsenableentrycount
+\newcommand*{\@gls@increment@currcount}[1]{%
+ \csxdef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@currcount}{%
+ \number\numexpr\glsentrycurrcount{#1}+1}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@local@increment@currcount}[1]{%
+ \csedef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@currcount}{%
+ \number\numexpr\glsentrycurrcount{#1}+1}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@write@entrycounts}{%
+ \immediate\write\@auxout
+ {\string\providecommand*{\string\@gls@entry@count}[2]{}}%
+ \forallglsentries{\@glsentry}{%
+ \ifglsused{\@glsentry}%
+ {\immediate\write\@auxout
+ {\string\@gls@entry@count{\@glsentry}{\glsentrycurrcount{\@glsentry}}}}%
+ {}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@entry@count}[2]{}
+\newrobustcmd*{\cgls}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@cgls}
+\newcommand*{\@cgls}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@cgls@{#1}{#2}}{\@cgls@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@cgls@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \GlossariesWarning{\string\cgls\space is defaulting to
+ \string\gls\space since you haven't enabled entry counting}%
+ \@gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+}
+\newcommand*{\cglsformat}[2]{%
+ \ifglshaslong{#1}{\glsentrylong{#1}}{\glsentryfirst{#1}}#2%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\cGls}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@cGls}
+\newcommand*{\@cGls}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@cGls@{#1}{#2}}{\@cGls@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@cGls@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \GlossariesWarning{\string\cGls\space is defaulting to
+ \string\Gls\space since you haven't enabled entry counting}%
+ \@Gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+}
+\newcommand*{\cGlsformat}[2]{%
+ \ifglshaslong{#1}{\Glsentrylong{#1}}{\Glsentryfirst{#1}}#2%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\cglspl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@cglspl}
+\newcommand*{\@cglspl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@cglspl@{#1}{#2}}{\@cglspl@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@cglspl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \GlossariesWarning{\string\cglspl\space is defaulting to
+ \string\glspl\space since you haven't enabled entry counting}%
+ \@glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+}
+\newcommand*{\cglsplformat}[2]{%
+ \ifglshaslong{#1}{\glsentrylongpl{#1}}{\glsentryfirstplural{#1}}#2%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\cGlspl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@cGlspl}
+\newcommand*{\@cGlspl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@cGlspl@{#1}{#2}}{\@cGlspl@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@cGlspl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \GlossariesWarning{\string\cGlspl\space is defaulting to
+ \string\Glspl\space since you haven't enabled entry counting}%
+ \@Glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+}
+\newcommand*{\cGlsplformat}[2]{%
+ \ifglshaslong{#1}{\Glsentrylongpl{#1}}{\Glsentryfirstplural{#1}}#2%
+}
+\newcommand*{\loadglsentries}[2][\@gls@default]{%
+ \let\@gls@default\glsdefaulttype
+ \def\glsdefaulttype{#1}\input{#2}%
+ \let\glsdefaulttype\@gls@default
+}
+\@onlypreamble{\loadglsentries}
+\newcommand*{\glstextformat}[1]{#1}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryfmt}{%
+ \@@gls@default@entryfmt\glsdisplayfirst\glsdisplay
+}
+\newcommand*{\@@gls@default@entryfmt}[2]{%
+ \ifdefempty\glscustomtext
+ {%
+ \glsifplural
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ #2{\glsentryplural{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ #1{\glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \ifbool{glscompatible-3.07}%
+ {%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@etext{%
+ #2{\glsentryplural{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}}%
+ \xmakefirstuc\@glo@etext
+ }%
+ {%
+ #2{\Glsentryplural{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifbool{glscompatible-3.07}%
+ {%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@etext{%
+ #1{\glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}}%
+ \xmakefirstuc\@glo@etext
+ }%
+ {%
+ #1{\Glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#2{\glsentryplural{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#1{\glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ #2{\glsentrytext{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ #1{\glsentryfirst{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \ifbool{glscompatible-3.07}%
+ {%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@etext{%
+ #2{\glsentrytext{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}}%
+ \xmakefirstuc\@glo@etext
+ }%
+ {%
+ #2{\Glsentrytext{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifbool{glscompatible-3.07}%
+ {%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@etext{%
+ #1{\glsentryfirst{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}}%
+ \xmakefirstuc\@glo@etext
+ }%
+ {%
+ #1{\Glsentryfirst{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#2{\glsentrytext{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#1{\glsentryfirst{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glsinsert}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{\glslabel}%
+ {%
+ #2{\glscustomtext}%
+ {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ #1{\glscustomtext}%
+ {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsgenentryfmt}{%
+ \ifdefempty\glscustomtext
+ {%
+ \glsifplural
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \glsentryplural{\glslabel}\glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}\glsinsert
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \Glsentryplural{\glslabel}\glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \Glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}\glsinsert
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\glsentryplural{\glslabel}\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \glsentrytext{\glslabel}\glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsentryfirst{\glslabel}\glsinsert
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \Glsentrytext{\glslabel}\glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \Glsentryfirst{\glslabel}\glsinsert
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrytext{\glslabel}\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirst{\glslabel}\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glscustomtext\glsinsert
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsgenacfmt}{%
+ \ifdefempty\glscustomtext
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \glsifplural
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{\glslabel}}\glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \acronymfont{\Glsentryshortpl{\glslabel}}\glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{\glslabel}}\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \acronymfont{\glsentryshort{\glslabel}}\glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \acronymfont{\Glsentryshort{\glslabel}}\glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{\glslabel}}\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsifplural
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \genplacrfullformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \Genplacrfullformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\genplacrfullformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \genacrfullformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \Genacrfullformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\genacrfullformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glscustomtext
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsentrylong{#1}#2\space
+ (\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{#1}})%
+}
+\newcommand*{\Genacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \protected@edef\gls@text{\genacrfullformat{#1}{#2}}%
+ \xmakefirstuc\gls@text
+}
+\newcommand*{\genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsentrylongpl{#1}#2\space
+ (\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{#1}})%
+}
+\newcommand*{\Genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \protected@edef\gls@text{\genplacrfullformat{#1}{#2}}%
+ \xmakefirstuc\gls@text
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsdisplayfirst}[4]{#1#4}
+\newcommand*{\glsdisplay}[4]{#1#4}
+\newcommand*{\defglsdisplay}[2][\glsdefaulttype]{%
+ \GlossariesWarning{\string\defglsdisplay\space is now obsolete.^^J
+ Use \string\defglsentryfmt\space instead}%
+ \expandafter\def\csname gls@#1@display\endcsname##1##2##3##4{#2}%
+ \edef\@gls@doentrydef{%
+ \noexpand\defglsentryfmt[#1]{%
+ \noexpand\ifcsdef{gls@#1@displayfirst}%
+ {%
+ \noexpand\@@gls@default@entryfmt
+ {\noexpand\csuse{gls@#1@displayfirst}}%
+ {\noexpand\csuse{gls@#1@display}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \noexpand\@@gls@default@entryfmt
+ {\noexpand\glsdisplayfirst}%
+ {\noexpand\csuse{gls@#1@display}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \@gls@doentrydef
+}
+\newcommand*{\defglsdisplayfirst}[2][\glsdefaulttype]{%
+ \GlossariesWarning{\string\defglsdisplayfirst\space is now obsolete.^^J
+ Use \string\defglsentryfmt\space instead}%
+ \expandafter\def\csname gls@#1@displayfirst\endcsname##1##2##3##4{#2}%
+ \edef\@gls@doentrydef{%
+ \noexpand\defglsentryfmt[#1]{%
+ \noexpand\ifcsdef{gls@#1@display}%
+ {%
+ \noexpand\@@gls@default@entryfmt
+ {\noexpand\csuse{gls@#1@displayfirst}}%
+ {\noexpand\csuse{gls@#1@display}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \noexpand\@@gls@default@entryfmt
+ {\noexpand\csuse{gls@#1@displayfirst}}%
+ {\noexpand\glsdisplay}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \@gls@doentrydef
+}
+\define@key{glslink}{counter}{%
+ \ifcsundef{c@#1}%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}%
+ {There is no counter called `#1'}%
+ {%
+ The counter key should have the name of a valid counter
+ as its value%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \def\@gls@counter{#1}%
+ }%
+}
+\define@key{glslink}{format}{%
+ \def\@glsnumberformat{#1}}
+\define@boolkey{glslink}{hyper}[true]{}
+\ifdef{\hyperlink}{\KV@glslink@hypertrue}{\KV@glslink@hyperfalse}
+\define@boolkey{glslink}{local}[true]{}
+\newcommand*{\glslinkvar}[3]{#1}
+\newcommand*{\glsifhyper}[2]{%
+ \glslinkvar{#1}{#2}{#1}%
+ \GlossariesWarning{\string\glsifhyper\space is deprecated. Did
+ you mean \string\glsifhyperon\space or \string\glslinkvar?}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@hyp@opt}[1]{%
+ \let\glslinkvar\@firstofthree
+ \let\@gls@hyp@opt@cs#1\relax
+ \@ifstar{\s@gls@hyp@opt}%
+ {\@ifnextchar+{\@firstoftwo{\p@gls@hyp@opt}}{#1}}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\s@gls@hyp@opt}[1][]{%
+ \let\glslinkvar\@secondofthree
+ \@gls@hyp@opt@cs[hyper=false,#1]}
+\newcommand*{\p@gls@hyp@opt}[1][]{%
+ \let\glslinkvar\@thirdofthree
+ \@gls@hyp@opt@cs[hyper=true,#1]}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glslink}{%
+ \@gls@hyp@opt\@gls@@link
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@@link}[3][]{%
+ \glsdoifexistsordo{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{#3}%
+ }{%
+ \glstextformat{#3}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newcommand*{\glspostlinkhook}{}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@link@checkfirsthyper}{%
+ \ifglsused{\glslabel}%
+ {%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \gls@checkisacronymlist\glstype
+ \ifglshyperfirst
+ \if@glsisacronymlist
+ \ifglsacrfootnote
+ \KV@glslink@hyperfalse
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \KV@glslink@hyperfalse
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook
+}
+\newcommand*{\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook}{}
+\newcommand*{\glslinkpostsetkeys}{}
+\newcommand{\glsifhyperon}[2]{\ifKV@glslink@hyper#1\else#2\fi}
+\newcommand*{\do@glsdisablehyperinlist}{%
+ \expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter{\glstype}{\@gls@nohyperlist}%
+ {\KV@glslink@hyperfalse}{}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@setdefault@glslink@opts}{}
+\def\@gls@link[#1]#2#3{%
+ \leavevmode
+ \edef\glslabel{\glsdetoklabel{#2}}%
+ \def\@gls@link@opts{#1}%
+ \let\@gls@link@label\glslabel
+ \def\@glsnumberformat{glsnumberformat}%
+ \edef\@gls@counter{\csname glo@\glslabel @counter\endcsname}%
+ \edef\glstype{\csname glo@\glslabel @type\endcsname}%
+ \let\org@ifKV@glslink@hyper\ifKV@glslink@hyper
+ \@gls@setdefault@glslink@opts
+ \do@glsdisablehyperinlist
+ \do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper
+ \setkeys{glslink}{#1}%
+ \glslinkpostsetkeys
+ \@gls@saveentrycounter
+ \@gls@setsort{\glslabel}%
+ \@do@wrglossary{#2}%
+ \ifKV@glslink@hyper
+ \@glslink{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}{\glstextformat{#3}}%
+ \else
+ \glsdonohyperlink{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}{\glstextformat{#3}}%
+ \fi
+ \let\ifKV@glslink@hyper\org@ifKV@glslink@hyper
+}
+\newcommand*{\glolinkprefix}{glo:}
+\def\glsentrycounter{\glscounter}%
+\newcommand*{\@gls@saveentrycounter}{%
+ \def\@gls@Hcounter{}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\@gls@counter}{equation}}%
+ {
+ \ifcsundef{xatlevel@}%
+ {%
+ \edef\theglsentrycounter{\expandafter\noexpand
+ \csname the\@gls@counter\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifx\xatlevel@\@empty
+ \edef\theglsentrycounter{\expandafter\noexpand
+ \csname the\@gls@counter\endcsname}%
+ \else
+ \savecounters@
+ \advance\c@equation by 1\relax
+ \edef\theglsentrycounter{\csname the\@gls@counter\endcsname}%
+ \ifcsundef{theH\@gls@counter}%
+ {%
+ \def\@gls@Hcounter{\theglsentrycounter}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \def\@gls@Hcounter{\csname theH\@gls@counter\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \protected@edef\theHglsentrycounter{\@gls@Hcounter}%
+ \restorecounters@
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \edef\theglsentrycounter{\expandafter\noexpand
+ \csname the\@gls@counter\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \ifx\@gls@Hcounter\@empty
+ \ifcsundef{theH\@gls@counter}%
+ {%
+ \def\theHglsentrycounter{\theglsentrycounter}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \protected@edef\theHglsentrycounter{\expandafter\noexpand
+ \csname theH\@gls@counter\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+\def\@set@glo@numformat#1#2#3#4{%
+ \expandafter\@glo@check@mkidxrangechar#3\@nil
+ \protected@edef#1{%
+ \@glo@prefix setentrycounter[#4]{#2}%
+ \expandafter\string\csname\@glo@suffix\endcsname
+ }%
+ \@gls@checkmkidxchars#1%
+}
+\def\@glo@check@mkidxrangechar#1#2\@nil{%
+\if#1(\relax
+ \def\@glo@prefix{(}%
+ \if\relax#2\relax
+ \def\@glo@suffix{glsnumberformat}%
+ \else
+ \def\@glo@suffix{#2}%
+ \fi
+\else
+ \if#1)\relax
+ \def\@glo@prefix{)}%
+ \if\relax#2\relax
+ \def\@glo@suffix{glsnumberformat}%
+ \else
+ \def\@glo@suffix{#2}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \def\@glo@prefix{}\def\@glo@suffix{#1#2}%
+ \fi
+\fi}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@escbsdq}[1]{%
+ \def\@gls@checkedmkidx{}%
+ \let\gls@xdystring=#1\relax
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\gls@xdystring
+ \edef\do@gls@xdycheckbackslash{%
+ \noexpand\@gls@xdycheckbackslash\gls@xdystring\noexpand\@nil
+ \@backslashchar\@backslashchar\noexpand\null}%
+ \do@gls@xdycheckbackslash
+ \expandafter\@gls@updatechecked\@gls@checkedmkidx{\gls@xdystring}%
+ \def\@gls@checkedmkidx{}%
+ \expandafter\@gls@xdycheckquote\gls@xdystring\@nil""\null
+ \expandafter\@gls@updatechecked\@gls@checkedmkidx{\gls@xdystring}%
+ \@for\@gls@tmp:=\gls@protected@pagefmts\do
+ {%
+ \edef\@gls@sanitized@tmp{\expandafter\@gobble\string\\\expandonce\@gls@tmp}%
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\@gls@sanitized@tmp
+ \edef\gls@dosubst{%
+ \noexpand\DTLsubstituteall\noexpand\gls@xdystring
+ {\@gls@sanitized@tmp}{\expandonce\@gls@tmp}%
+ }%
+ \gls@dosubst
+ }%
+ \let#1=\gls@xdystring
+}
+\newcommand{\@gls@checkmkidxchars}[1]{%
+ \ifglsxindy
+ \@gls@escbsdq{#1}%
+ \else
+ \def\@gls@checkedmkidx{}%
+ \expandafter\@gls@checkquote#1\@nil""\null
+ \expandafter\@gls@updatechecked\@gls@checkedmkidx{#1}%
+ \def\@gls@checkedmkidx{}%
+ \expandafter\@gls@checkescquote#1\@nil\"\"\null
+ \expandafter\@gls@updatechecked\@gls@checkedmkidx{#1}%
+ \def\@gls@checkedmkidx{}%
+ \expandafter\@gls@checkescactual#1\@nil\?\?\null
+ \expandafter\@gls@updatechecked\@gls@checkedmkidx{#1}%
+ \def\@gls@checkedmkidx{}%
+ \expandafter\@gls@checkactual#1\@nil??\null
+ \expandafter\@gls@updatechecked\@gls@checkedmkidx{#1}%
+ \def\@gls@checkedmkidx{}%
+ \expandafter\@gls@checkbar#1\@nil||\null
+ \expandafter\@gls@updatechecked\@gls@checkedmkidx{#1}%
+ \def\@gls@checkedmkidx{}%
+ \expandafter\@gls@checkescbar#1\@nil\|\|\null
+ \expandafter\@gls@updatechecked\@gls@checkedmkidx{#1}%
+ \def\@gls@checkedmkidx{}%
+ \expandafter\@gls@checklevel#1\@nil!!\null
+ \expandafter\@gls@updatechecked\@gls@checkedmkidx{#1}%
+ \fi
+}
+\def\@gls@updatechecked#1\@nil#2{\def#2{#1}}
+\newtoks\@gls@tmpb
+\def\@gls@checkquote#1"#2"#3\null{%
+ \@gls@tmpb=\expandafter{\@gls@checkedmkidx}%
+ \toks@={#1}%
+ \ifx\null#2\null
+ \ifx\null#3\null
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@}%
+ \def\@@gls@checkquote{\relax}%
+ \else
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@
+ \@gls@quotechar\@gls@quotechar\@gls@quotechar\@gls@quotechar}%
+ \def\@@gls@checkquote{\@gls@checkquote#3\null}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@
+ \@gls@quotechar\@gls@quotechar}%
+ \ifx\null#3\null
+ \def\@@gls@checkquote{\@gls@checkquote#2""\null}%
+ \else
+ \def\@@gls@checkquote{\@gls@checkquote#2"#3\null}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \@@gls@checkquote
+}
+\def\@gls@checkescquote#1\"#2\"#3\null{%
+ \@gls@tmpb=\expandafter{\@gls@checkedmkidx}%
+ \toks@={#1}%
+ \ifx\null#2\null
+ \ifx\null#3\null
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@}%
+ \def\@@gls@checkescquote{\relax}%
+ \else
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@
+ \@gls@quotechar\string\"\@gls@quotechar
+ \@gls@quotechar\string\"\@gls@quotechar}%
+ \def\@@gls@checkescquote{\@gls@checkescquote#3\null}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@
+ \@gls@quotechar\string\"\@gls@quotechar}%
+ \ifx\null#3\null
+ \def\@@gls@checkescquote{\@gls@checkescquote#2\"\"\null}%
+ \else
+ \def\@@gls@checkescquote{\@gls@checkescquote#2\"#3\null}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+\@@gls@checkescquote
+}
+\def\@gls@checkescactual#1\?#2\?#3\null{%
+ \@gls@tmpb=\expandafter{\@gls@checkedmkidx}%
+ \toks@={#1}%
+ \ifx\null#2\null
+ \ifx\null#3\null
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@}%
+ \def\@@gls@checkescactual{\relax}%
+ \else
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@
+ \@gls@quotechar\string\"\@gls@actualchar
+ \@gls@quotechar\string\"\@gls@actualchar}%
+ \def\@@gls@checkescactual{\@gls@checkescactual#3\null}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@
+ \@gls@quotechar\string\"\@gls@actualchar}%
+ \ifx\null#3\null
+ \def\@@gls@checkescactual{\@gls@checkescactual#2\?\?\null}%
+ \else
+ \def\@@gls@checkescactual{\@gls@checkescactual#2\?#3\null}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+\@@gls@checkescactual
+}
+\def\@gls@checkescbar#1\|#2\|#3\null{%
+ \@gls@tmpb=\expandafter{\@gls@checkedmkidx}%
+ \toks@={#1}%
+ \ifx\null#2\null
+ \ifx\null#3\null
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@}%
+ \def\@@gls@checkescbar{\relax}%
+ \else
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@
+ \@gls@quotechar\string\"\@gls@encapchar
+ \@gls@quotechar\string\"\@gls@encapchar}%
+ \def\@@gls@checkescbar{\@gls@checkescbar#3\null}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@
+ \@gls@quotechar\string\"\@gls@encapchar}%
+ \ifx\null#3\null
+ \def\@@gls@checkescbar{\@gls@checkescbar#2\|\|\null}%
+ \else
+ \def\@@gls@checkescbar{\@gls@checkescbar#2\|#3\null}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+\@@gls@checkescbar
+}
+\def\@gls@checkesclevel#1\!#2\!#3\null{%
+ \@gls@tmpb=\expandafter{\@gls@checkedmkidx}%
+ \toks@={#1}%
+ \ifx\null#2\null
+ \ifx\null#3\null
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@}%
+ \def\@@gls@checkesclevel{\relax}%
+ \else
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@
+ \@gls@quotechar\string\"\@gls@levelchar
+ \@gls@quotechar\string\"\@gls@levelchar}%
+ \def\@@gls@checkesclevel{\@gls@checkesclevel#3\null}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@
+ \@gls@quotechar\string\"\@gls@levelchar}%
+ \ifx\null#3\null
+ \def\@@gls@checkesclevel{\@gls@checkesclevel#2\!\!\null}%
+ \else
+ \def\@@gls@checkesclevel{\@gls@checkesclevel#2\!#3\null}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+\@@gls@checkesclevel
+}
+\def\@gls@checkbar#1|#2|#3\null{%
+ \@gls@tmpb=\expandafter{\@gls@checkedmkidx}%
+ \toks@={#1}%
+ \ifx\null#2\null
+ \ifx\null#3\null
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@}%
+ \def\@@gls@checkbar{\relax}%
+ \else
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@
+ \@gls@quotechar\@gls@encapchar\@gls@quotechar\@gls@encapchar}%
+ \def\@@gls@checkbar{\@gls@checkbar#3\null}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@
+ \@gls@quotechar\@gls@encapchar}%
+ \ifx\null#3\null
+ \def\@@gls@checkbar{\@gls@checkbar#2||\null}%
+ \else
+ \def\@@gls@checkbar{\@gls@checkbar#2|#3\null}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \@@gls@checkbar
+}
+\def\@gls@checklevel#1!#2!#3\null{%
+ \@gls@tmpb=\expandafter{\@gls@checkedmkidx}%
+ \toks@={#1}%
+ \ifx\null#2\null
+ \ifx\null#3\null
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@}%
+ \def\@@gls@checklevel{\relax}%
+ \else
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@
+ \@gls@quotechar\@gls@levelchar\@gls@quotechar\@gls@levelchar}%
+ \def\@@gls@checklevel{\@gls@checklevel#3\null}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@
+ \@gls@quotechar\@gls@levelchar}%
+ \ifx\null#3\null
+ \def\@@gls@checklevel{\@gls@checklevel#2!!\null}%
+ \else
+ \def\@@gls@checklevel{\@gls@checklevel#2!#3\null}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \@@gls@checklevel
+}
+\def\@gls@checkactual#1?#2?#3\null{%
+ \@gls@tmpb=\expandafter{\@gls@checkedmkidx}%
+ \toks@={#1}%
+ \ifx\null#2\null
+ \ifx\null#3\null
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@}%
+ \def\@@gls@checkactual{\relax}%
+ \else
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@
+ \@gls@quotechar\@gls@actualchar\@gls@quotechar\@gls@actualchar}%
+ \def\@@gls@checkactual{\@gls@checkactual#3\null}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@
+ \@gls@quotechar\@gls@actualchar}%
+ \ifx\null#3\null
+ \def\@@gls@checkactual{\@gls@checkactual#2??\null}%
+ \else
+ \def\@@gls@checkactual{\@gls@checkactual#2?#3\null}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \@@gls@checkactual
+}
+\def\@gls@xdycheckquote#1"#2"#3\null{%
+ \@gls@tmpb=\expandafter{\@gls@checkedmkidx}%
+ \toks@={#1}%
+ \ifx\null#2\null
+ \ifx\null#3\null
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@}%
+ \def\@@gls@xdycheckquote{\relax}%
+ \else
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@
+ \string\"\string\"}%
+ \def\@@gls@xdycheckquote{\@gls@xdycheckquote#3\null}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \edef\@gls@checkedmkidx{\the\@gls@tmpb\the\toks@
+ \string\"}%
+ \ifx\null#3\null
+ \def\@@gls@xdycheckquote{\@gls@xdycheckquote#2""\null}%
+ \else
+ \def\@@gls@xdycheckquote{\@gls@xdycheckquote#2"#3\null}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \@@gls@xdycheckquote
+}
+\edef\def@gls@xdycheckbackslash{%
+ \noexpand\def\noexpand\@gls@xdycheckbackslash##1\@backslashchar
+ ##2\@backslashchar##3\noexpand\null{%
+ \noexpand\@gls@tmpb=\noexpand\expandafter
+ {\noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx}%
+ \noexpand\toks@={##1}%
+ \noexpand\ifx\noexpand\null##2\noexpand\null
+ \noexpand\ifx\noexpand\null##3\noexpand\null
+ \noexpand\edef\noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx{%
+ \noexpand\the\noexpand\@gls@tmpb\noexpand\the\noexpand\toks@}%
+ \noexpand\def\noexpand\@@gls@xdycheckbackslash{\relax}%
+ \noexpand\else
+ \noexpand\edef\noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx{%
+ \noexpand\the\noexpand\@gls@tmpb\noexpand\the\noexpand\toks@
+ \@backslashchar\@backslashchar\@backslashchar\@backslashchar}%
+ \noexpand\def\noexpand\@@gls@xdycheckbackslash{%
+ \noexpand\@gls@xdycheckbackslash##3\noexpand\null}%
+ \noexpand\fi
+ \noexpand\else
+ \noexpand\edef\noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx{%
+ \noexpand\the\noexpand\@gls@tmpb\noexpand\the\noexpand\toks@
+ \@backslashchar\@backslashchar}%
+ \noexpand\ifx\noexpand\null##3\noexpand\null
+ \noexpand\def\noexpand\@@gls@xdycheckbackslash{%
+ \noexpand\@gls@xdycheckbackslash##2\@backslashchar
+ \@backslashchar\noexpand\null}%
+ \noexpand\else
+ \noexpand\def\noexpand\@@gls@xdycheckbackslash{%
+ \noexpand\@gls@xdycheckbackslash##2\@backslashchar
+ ##3\noexpand\null}%
+ \noexpand\fi
+ \noexpand\fi
+ \noexpand\@@gls@xdycheckbackslash
+ }%
+}
+\def@gls@xdycheckbackslash
+
+\newlength\gls@tmplen
+\newcommand*{\glsdohypertarget}[2]{%
+ \@glsshowtarget{#1}%
+ \settoheight{\gls@tmplen}{#2}%
+ \raisebox{\gls@tmplen}{\hypertarget{#1}{}}#2%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsdohyperlink}[2]{%
+ \@glsshowtarget{#1}%
+ \hyperlink{#1}{#2}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsdonohyperlink}[2]{#2}
+\ifcsundef{hyperlink}%
+{%
+ \let\@glslink\glsdonohyperlink
+}%
+{%
+ \let\@glslink\glsdohyperlink
+}
+\ifcsundef{hypertarget}%
+{%
+ \let\@glstarget\@secondoftwo
+}%
+{%
+ \let\@glstarget\glsdohypertarget
+}
+\newcommand{\glsdisablehyper}{%
+ \KV@glslink@hyperfalse
+ \let\@glslink\glsdonohyperlink
+ \let\@glstarget\@secondoftwo
+}
+\newcommand{\glsenablehyper}{%
+ \KV@glslink@hypertrue
+ \let\@glslink\glsdohyperlink
+ \let\@glstarget\glsdohypertarget
+}
+\providecommand{\@firstofthree}[3]{#1}
+\providecommand{\@secondofthree}[3]{#2}
+\newrobustcmd*{\gls}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@gls}
+\newcommand*{\@gls}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@gls@{#1}{#2}}{\@gls@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@gls@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@checkfirsthyper
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glscustomtext\@empty
+ \def\glsinsert{#3}%
+ \def\@glo@text{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\@glo@text}%
+ \ifKV@glslink@local
+ \glslocalunset{#2}%
+ \else
+ \glsunset{#2}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Gls}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Gls}
+\newcommand*{\@Gls}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Gls@{#1}{#2}}{\@Gls@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@Gls@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@checkfirsthyper
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ \let\glscustomtext\@empty
+ \def\glsinsert{#3}%
+ \def\@glo@text{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\@glo@text}%
+ \ifKV@glslink@local
+ \glslocalunset{#2}%
+ \else
+ \glsunset{#2}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\GLS}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLS}
+\newcommand*{\@GLS}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLS@{#1}{#2}}{\@GLS@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@GLS@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@checkfirsthyper
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ \let\glscustomtext\@empty
+ \def\glsinsert{#3}%
+ \def\@glo@text{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\@glo@text}%
+ \ifKV@glslink@local
+ \glslocalunset{#2}%
+ \else
+ \glsunset{#2}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glspl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glspl}
+\newcommand*{\@glspl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@glspl@{#1}{#2}}{\@glspl@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@glspl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@checkfirsthyper
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glscustomtext\@empty
+ \def\glsinsert{#3}%
+ \def\@glo@text{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\@glo@text}%
+ \ifKV@glslink@local
+ \glslocalunset{#2}%
+ \else
+ \glsunset{#2}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glspl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glspl}
+\newcommand*{\@Glspl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glspl@{#1}{#2}}{\@Glspl@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@Glspl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@checkfirsthyper
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ \let\glscustomtext\@empty
+ \def\glsinsert{#3}%
+ \def\@glo@text{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\@glo@text}%
+ \ifKV@glslink@local
+ \glslocalunset{#2}%
+ \else
+ \glsunset{#2}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\GLSpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSpl}
+\newcommand*{\@GLSpl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSpl@{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSpl@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@GLSpl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@checkfirsthyper
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ \let\glscustomtext\@empty
+ \def\glsinsert{#3}%
+ \def\@glo@text{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\@glo@text}%
+ \ifKV@glslink@local
+ \glslocalunset{#2}%
+ \else
+ \glsunset{#2}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsdisp}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glsdisp}
+\newcommand*{\@glsdisp}[3][]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}{%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@checkfirsthyper
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \def\glscustomtext{#3}%
+ \def\glsinsert{}%
+ \def\@glo@text{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\@glo@text}%
+ \ifKV@glslink@local
+ \glslocalunset{#2}%
+ \else
+ \glsunset{#2}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper}{}
+\newcommand{\@gls@field@link}[3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{#3}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glstext}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glstext}
+\newcommand*{\@glstext}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@glstext@{#1}{#2}}{\@glstext@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@glstext@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsentrytext{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\GLStext}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLStext}
+\newcommand*{\@GLStext}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLStext@{#1}{#2}}{\@GLStext@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@GLStext@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrytext{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glstext}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glstext}
+\newcommand*{\@Glstext}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glstext@{#1}{#2}}{\@Glstext@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@Glstext@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsentrytext{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsfirst}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glsfirst}
+\newcommand*{\@glsfirst}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsfirst@{#1}{#2}}{\@glsfirst@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@glsfirst@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsentryfirst{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsfirst}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsfirst}
+\newcommand*{\@Glsfirst}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsfirst@{#1}{#2}}{\@Glsfirst@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@Glsfirst@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsentryfirst{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\GLSfirst}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSfirst}
+\newcommand*{\@GLSfirst}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSfirst@{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSfirst@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@GLSfirst@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirst{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glsplural}
+\newcommand*{\@glsplural}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsplural@{#1}{#2}}{\@glsplural@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@glsplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsentryplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsplural}
+\newcommand*{\@Glsplural}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsplural@{#1}{#2}}{\@Glsplural@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@Glsplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsentryplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\GLSplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSplural}
+\newcommand*{\@GLSplural}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSplural@{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSplural@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@GLSplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryplural{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsfirstplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glsfirstplural}
+\newcommand*{\@glsfirstplural}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsfirstplural@{#1}{#2}}{\@glsfirstplural@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@glsfirstplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsentryfirstplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsfirstplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsfirstplural}
+\newcommand*{\@Glsfirstplural}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsfirstplural@{#1}{#2}}{\@Glsfirstplural@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@Glsfirstplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsentryfirstplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\GLSfirstplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSfirstplural}
+\newcommand*{\@GLSfirstplural}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSfirstplural@{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSfirstplural@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@GLSfirstplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirstplural{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsname}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glsname}
+\newcommand*{\@glsname}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsname@{#1}{#2}}{\@glsname@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@glsname@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsentryname{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsname}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsname}
+\newcommand*{\@Glsname}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsname@{#1}{#2}}{\@Glsname@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@Glsname@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsentryname{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\GLSname}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSname}
+\newcommand*{\@GLSname}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSname@{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSname@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@GLSname@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryname{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsdesc}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glsdesc}
+\newcommand*{\@glsdesc}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsdesc@{#1}{#2}}{\@glsdesc@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@glsdesc@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsentrydesc{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsdesc}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsdesc}
+\newcommand*{\@Glsdesc}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsdesc@{#1}{#2}}{\@Glsdesc@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@Glsdesc@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsentrydesc{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\GLSdesc}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSdesc}
+\newcommand*{\@GLSdesc}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSdesc@{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSdesc@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@GLSdesc@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrydesc{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsdescplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glsdescplural}
+\newcommand*{\@glsdescplural}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsdescplural@{#1}{#2}}{\@glsdescplural@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@glsdescplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsentrydescplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsdescplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsdescplural}
+\newcommand*{\@Glsdescplural}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsdescplural@{#1}{#2}}{\@Glsdescplural@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@Glsdescplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsentrydescplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\GLSdescplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSdescplural}
+\newcommand*{\@GLSdescplural}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSdescplural@{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSdescplural@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@GLSdescplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrydescplural{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glssymbol}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glssymbol}
+\newcommand*{\@glssymbol}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@glssymbol@{#1}{#2}}{\@glssymbol@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@glssymbol@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsentrysymbol{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glssymbol}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glssymbol}
+\newcommand*{\@Glssymbol}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glssymbol@{#1}{#2}}{\@Glssymbol@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@Glssymbol@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsentrysymbol{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\GLSsymbol}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSsymbol}
+\newcommand*{\@GLSsymbol}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSsymbol@{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSsymbol@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@GLSsymbol@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrysymbol{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glssymbolplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glssymbolplural}
+\newcommand*{\@glssymbolplural}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@glssymbolplural@{#1}{#2}}{\@glssymbolplural@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@glssymbolplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsentrysymbolplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glssymbolplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glssymbolplural}
+\newcommand*{\@Glssymbolplural}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glssymbolplural@{#1}{#2}}{\@Glssymbolplural@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@Glssymbolplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsentrysymbolplural{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\GLSsymbolplural}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSsymbolplural}
+\newcommand*{\@GLSsymbolplural}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSsymbolplural@{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSsymbolplural@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@GLSsymbolplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrysymbolplural{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsuseri}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glsuseri}
+\newcommand*{\@glsuseri}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsuseri@{#1}{#2}}{\@glsuseri@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@glsuseri@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsentryuseri{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsuseri}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsuseri}
+\newcommand*{\@Glsuseri}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsuseri@{#1}{#2}}{\@Glsuseri@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@Glsuseri@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsentryuseri{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\GLSuseri}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSuseri}
+\newcommand*{\@GLSuseri}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSuseri@{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSuseri@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@GLSuseri@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuseri{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsuserii}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glsuserii}
+\newcommand*{\@glsuserii}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsuserii@{#1}{#2}}{\@glsuserii@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@glsuserii@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsentryuserii{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsuserii}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsuserii}
+\newcommand*{\@Glsuserii}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsuserii@{#1}{#2}}{\@Glsuserii@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@Glsuserii@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsentryuserii{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\GLSuserii}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSuserii}
+\newcommand*{\@GLSuserii}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSuserii@{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSuserii@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@GLSuserii@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuserii{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsuseriii}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glsuseriii}
+\newcommand*{\@glsuseriii}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsuseriii@{#1}{#2}}{\@glsuseriii@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@glsuseriii@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsentryuseriii{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsuseriii}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsuseriii}
+\newcommand*{\@Glsuseriii}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsuseriii@{#1}{#2}}{\@Glsuseriii@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@Glsuseriii@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsentryuseriii{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\GLSuseriii}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSuseriii}
+\newcommand*{\@GLSuseriii}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSuseriii@{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSuseriii@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@GLSuseriii@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuseriii{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsuseriv}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glsuseriv}
+\newcommand*{\@glsuseriv}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsuseriv@{#1}{#2}}{\@glsuseriv@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@glsuseriv@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsentryuseriv{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsuseriv}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsuseriv}
+\newcommand*{\@Glsuseriv}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsuseriv@{#1}{#2}}{\@Glsuseriv@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@Glsuseriv@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsentryuseriv{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\GLSuseriv}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSuseriv}
+\newcommand*{\@GLSuseriv}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSuseriv@{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSuseriv@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@GLSuseriv@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuseriv{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsuserv}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glsuserv}
+\newcommand*{\@glsuserv}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsuserv@{#1}{#2}}{\@glsuserv@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@glsuserv@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsentryuserv{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsuserv}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsuserv}
+\newcommand*{\@Glsuserv}[2][]{%
+\new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsuserv@{#1}{#2}}{\@Glsuserv@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@Glsuserv@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsentryuserv{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\GLSuserv}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSuserv}
+\newcommand*{\@GLSuserv}[2][]{%
+\new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSuserv@{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSuserv@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@GLSuserv@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuserv{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsuservi}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@glsuservi}
+\newcommand*{\@glsuservi}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@glsuservi@{#1}{#2}}{\@glsuservi@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@glsuservi@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsentryuservi{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsuservi}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Glsuservi}
+\newcommand*{\@Glsuservi}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Glsuservi@{#1}{#2}}{\@Glsuservi@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@Glsuservi@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\Glsentryuservi{#2}#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\GLSuservi}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@GLSuservi}
+\newcommand*{\@GLSuservi}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@GLSuservi@{#1}{#2}}{\@GLSuservi@{#1}{#2}[]}}
+\def\@GLSuservi@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuservi{#2}#3}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\acrshort}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@acrshort}
+\newcommand*{\ns@acrshort}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@acrshort{#1}{#2}}{\@acrshort{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@acrshort#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\glsentryshort{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Acrshort}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Acrshort}
+\newcommand*{\ns@Acrshort}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Acrshort{#1}{#2}}{\@Acrshort{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@Acrshort#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \def\glslabel{#2}%
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\Glsentryshort{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\ACRshort}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@ACRshort}
+\newcommand*{\ns@ACRshort}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@ACRshort{#1}{#2}}{\@ACRshort{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@ACRshort#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \def\glslabel{#2}%
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{#2}}#3}%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\acrshortpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@acrshortpl}
+\newcommand*{\ns@acrshortpl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@acrshortpl{#1}{#2}}{\@acrshortpl{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@acrshortpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \def\glslabel{#2}%
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Acrshortpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Acrshortpl}
+\newcommand*{\ns@Acrshortpl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Acrshortpl{#1}{#2}}{\@Acrshortpl{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@Acrshortpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \def\glslabel{#2}%
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\Glsentryshortpl{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\ACRshortpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@ACRshortpl}
+\newcommand*{\ns@ACRshortpl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@ACRshortpl{#1}{#2}}{\@ACRshortpl{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@ACRshortpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \def\glslabel{#2}%
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{#2}}#3}%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\acrlong}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@acrlong}
+\newcommand*{\ns@acrlong}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@acrlong{#1}{#2}}{\@acrlong{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@acrlong#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \def\glslabel{#2}%
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \glsentrylong{#2}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Acrlong}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Acrlong}
+\newcommand*{\ns@Acrlong}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Acrlong{#1}{#2}}{\@Acrlong{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@Acrlong#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \def\glslabel{#2}%
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \Glsentrylong{#2}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\ACRlong}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@ACRlong}
+\newcommand*{\ns@ACRlong}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@ACRlong{#1}{#2}}{\@ACRlong{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@ACRlong#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \def\glslabel{#2}%
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylong{#2}#3}%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\acrlongpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@acrlongpl}
+\newcommand*{\ns@acrlongpl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@acrlongpl{#1}{#2}}{\@acrlongpl{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@acrlongpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \def\glslabel{#2}%
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \glsentrylongpl{#2}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Acrlongpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Acrlongpl}
+\newcommand*{\ns@Acrlongpl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Acrlongpl{#1}{#2}}{\@Acrlongpl{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@Acrlongpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \def\glslabel{#2}%
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \Glsentrylongpl{#2}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\ACRlongpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@ACRlongpl}
+\newcommand*{\ns@ACRlongpl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@ACRlongpl{#1}{#2}}{\@ACRlongpl{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@ACRlongpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\@gls@link@nocheckfirsthyper
+ \def\glslabel{#2}%
+ \let\glsifplural\@firstoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylongpl{#2}#3}%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@entry@field}[2]{%
+ \csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@#2\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsletentryfield}[3]{%
+ \letcs{#1}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@#3}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@Gls@entry@field}[2]{%
+ \glsdoifexistsordo{#1}%
+ {%
+ \letcs\@glo@text{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@#2}%
+ \ifdef\@glo@text
+ {%
+ \xmakefirstuc{\@glo@text}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ ??\PackageError{glossaries}{The field `#2' doesn't exist for glossary
+ entry `\glsdetoklabel{#1}'}{Check you have correctly spelt the entry
+ label and the field name}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ ??%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryname}[1]{\@gls@entry@field{#1}{name}}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryname}[1]{%
+ \@Gls@entryname{#1}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@Gls@entryname}[1]{%
+ \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{name}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@Gls@acrentryname}[1]{%
+ \ifglshaslong{#1}%
+ {%
+ \letcs\@glo@text{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@name}%
+ \expandafter\@gls@getbody\@glo@text{}\@nil
+ \expandafter\ifx\@gls@body\glsentrylong\relax
+ \expandafter\Glsentrylong\@gls@rest
+ \else
+ \expandafter\ifx\@gls@body\glsentryshort\relax
+ \expandafter\Glsentryshort\@gls@rest
+ \else
+ \expandafter\ifx\@gls@body\acronymfont\relax
+ {%
+ \let\glsentryshort\Glsentryshort
+ \@glo@text
+ }%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\ifx\@gls@body\glsshortaccessdisplay\relax
+ {%
+ \let\glsentryshort\Glsentryshort
+ \@glo@text
+ }%
+ \else
+ \xmakefirstuc{\@glo@text}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{name}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentrydesc}[1]{\@gls@entry@field{#1}{desc}}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentrydesc}[1]{%
+ \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{desc}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentrydescplural}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{descplural}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentrydescplural}[1]{%
+ \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{descplural}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentrytext}[1]{\@gls@entry@field{#1}{text}}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentrytext}[1]{%
+ \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{text}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryplural}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{plural}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryplural}[1]{%
+ \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{plural}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentrysymbol}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{symbol}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentrysymbol}[1]{%
+ \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{symbol}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentrysymbolplural}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{symbolplural}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentrysymbolplural}[1]{%
+ \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{symbolplural}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryfirst}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{first}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryfirst}[1]{%
+ \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{first}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryfirstplural}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{firstpl}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryfirstplural}[1]{%
+ \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{firstpl}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\@glsentrytitlecase}[2]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glsfieldfetch{#1}{#2}{\@gls@value}%
+ \xcapitalisewords{\@gls@value}%
+ }%
+}
+\ifdef\texorpdfstring
+{
+ \newcommand*{\glsentrytitlecase}[2]{%
+ \texorpdfstring
+ {\@glsentrytitlecase{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@gls@entry@field{#1}{#2}}%
+ }
+}
+{
+ \newcommand*{\glsentrytitlecase}[2]{\@glsentrytitlecase{#1}{#2}}
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentrytype}[1]{\@gls@entry@field{#1}{type}}
+\newcommand*{\glsentrysort}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{sort}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryparent}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{parent}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryuseri}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{useri}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryuseri}[1]{%
+ \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{useri}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryuserii}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{userii}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryuserii}[1]{%
+ \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{userii}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryuseriii}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{useriii}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryuseriii}[1]{%
+ \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{useriii}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryuseriv}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{useriv}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryuseriv}[1]{%
+ \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{useriv}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryuserv}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{userv}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryuserv}[1]{%
+ \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{userv}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryuservi}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{uservi}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryuservi}[1]{%
+ \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{uservi}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryshort}[1]{\@gls@entry@field{#1}{short}}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryshort}[1]{%
+ \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{short}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryshortpl}[1]{\@gls@entry@field{#1}{shortpl}}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryshortpl}[1]{%
+ \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{shortpl}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentrylong}[1]{\@gls@entry@field{#1}{long}}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentrylong}[1]{%
+ \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{long}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentrylongpl}[1]{\@gls@entry@field{#1}{longpl}}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentrylongpl}[1]{%
+ \@Gls@entry@field{#1}{longpl}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryfull}[1]{%
+ \acrfullformat{\glsentrylong{#1}}{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{#1}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryfull}[1]{%
+ \acrfullformat{\Glsentrylong{#1}}{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{#1}}}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryfullpl}[1]{%
+ \acrfullformat{\glsentrylongpl{#1}}{\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{#1}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryfullpl}[1]{%
+ \acrfullformat{\Glsentrylongpl{#1}}{\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{#1}}}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentrynumberlist}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{numberlist}%
+ }%
+}
+\@ifpackageloaded{hyperref} {%
+ \newcommand*{\glsdisplaynumberlist}[1]{%
+ \GlossariesWarning
+ {%
+ \string\glsdisplaynumberlist\space
+ doesn't work with hyperref.^^JUsing
+ \string\glsentrynumberlist\space instead%
+ }%
+ \glsentrynumberlist{#1}%
+ }%
+}%
+{%
+ \newcommand*{\glsdisplaynumberlist}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \bgroup
+ \edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \let\@org@glsnumberformat\glsnumberformat
+ \def\glsnumberformat##1{##1}%
+ \protected@edef\the@numberlist{%
+ \csname glo@\@glo@label @numberlist\endcsname}%
+ \def\@gls@numlist@sep{}%
+ \def\@gls@numlist@nextsep{}%
+ \def\@gls@numlist@lastsep{}%
+ \def\@gls@thislist{}%
+ \def\@gls@donext@def{}%
+ \renewcommand\do[1]{%
+ \protected@edef\@gls@thislist{%
+ \@gls@thislist
+ \noexpand\@gls@numlist@sep
+ ##1%
+ }%
+ \let\@gls@numlist@sep\@gls@numlist@nextsep
+ \def\@gls@numlist@nextsep{\glsnumlistsep}%
+ \@gls@donext@def
+ \def\@gls@donext@def{%
+ \def\@gls@numlist@lastsep{\glsnumlistlastsep}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \expandafter \glsnumlistparser \expandafter{\the@numberlist}%
+ \let\@gls@numlist@sep\@gls@numlist@lastsep
+ \@gls@thislist
+ \egroup
+ }%
+ }
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsnumlistsep}{, }
+\newcommand*{\glsnumlistlastsep}{ \& }
+\newcommand*{\glshyperlink}[2][\glsentrytext{\@glo@label}]{%
+ \def\@glo@label{#2}%
+ \@glslink{\glolinkprefix\glsdetoklabel{#2}}{#1}}
+\define@key{glossadd}{counter}{\def\@gls@counter{#1}}
+\define@key{glossadd}{format}{\def\@glsnumberformat{#1}}
+\define@key{glossadd}{types}{\def\@glo@type{#1}}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsadd}[2][]{%
+ \@gls@adjustmode
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \def\@glsnumberformat{glsnumberformat}%
+ \edef\@gls@counter{\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@counter\endcsname}%
+ \setkeys{glossadd}{#1}%
+ \@gls@saveentrycounter
+ \@gls@setsort{#2}%
+ \@@do@wrglossary{#2}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@adjustmode}{}
+\AtBeginDocument{\renewcommand*{\@gls@adjustmode}{\ifvmode\mbox{}\fi}}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsaddall}[1][]{%
+ \edef\@glo@type{\@glo@types}%
+ \setkeys{glossadd}{#1}%
+ \forallglsentries[\@glo@type]{\@glo@entry}{%
+ \glsadd[#1]{\@glo@entry}%
+ }%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsaddallunused}[1][\@glo@types]{%
+ \forallglsentries[#1]{\@glo@entry}%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{\@glo@entry}{}{\glsadd[format=glsignore]{\@glo@entry}}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsignore}[1]{}
+\edef\glsopenbrace{\expandafter\@gobble\string\{}
+\edef\glsclosebrace{\expandafter\@gobble\string\}}
+\edef\glsbackslash{\expandafter\@gobble\string\\}
+\edef\glsquote#1{\string"#1\string"}
+\edef\glspercentchar{\expandafter\@gobble\string\%}
+\edef\glstildechar{\string~}
+\ifglsxindy
+ \newcommand*{\@glsfirstletter}{A}
+\fi
+\newcommand*{\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits}{%
+ \@ifstar\s@GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits\@GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits}
+\ifglsxindy
+ \newcommand*{\@GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits}[1]{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsfirstletter}{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\s@GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits}[1]{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsfirstletter}{#1}%
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\@glsfirstletter
+ }
+\else
+ \newcommand*{\@GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits}[1]{%
+ \glsnoxindywarning\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits}
+ \newcommand*{\s@GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits}{%
+ \@GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits
+ }
+\fi
+\ifglsxindy
+ \newcommand*{\@xdynumbergrouporder}{:before \string"\@glsfirstletter\string"}
+\fi
+\newcommand*{\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder}[1]{%
+ \@ifstar\s@GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder\@GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder
+}
+\ifglsxindy
+ \newcommand*{\@GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder}[1]{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@xdynumbergrouporder}{#1}%
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\s@GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder}[1]{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@xdynumbergrouporder}{#1}%
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\@xdynumbergrouporder
+ }
+\else
+ \newcommand*{\@GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder}[1]{%
+ \glsnoxindywarning\GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder}
+ \newcommand*{\s@GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder}{%
+ \@GlsSetXdyNumberGroupOrder}
+\fi
+\newcommand*{\@glsminrange}{2}
+\ifglsxindy
+ \newcommand*{\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength}[1]{%
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsminrange}{#1}}
+\else
+ \newcommand*{\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength}[1]{%
+ \glsnoxindywarning\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength}
+\fi
+
+\ifglsxindy
+ \def\writeist{%
+ \ifundef{\glswrite}{\newwrite\glswrite}{}%
+ \@gls@addpredefinedattributes
+ \openout\glswrite=\istfilename
+ \write\glswrite{;; xindy style file created by the glossaries
+ package}%
+ \write\glswrite{;; for document '\jobname' on
+ \the\year-\the\month-\the\day}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; required styles^^J}
+ \@for\@xdystyle:=\@xdyrequiredstyles\do{%
+ \ifx\@xdystyle\@empty
+ \else
+ \protected@write\glswrite{}{(require
+ \string"\@xdystyle.xdy\string")}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J%
+ ; list of allowed attributes (number formats)^^J}%
+ \write\glswrite{(define-attributes ((\@xdyattributes)))}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; user defined alphabets^^J}%
+ \write\glswrite{\@xdyuseralphabets}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; location class definitions^^J}%
+ \@for\@gls@classI:=\@gls@xdy@locationlist\do{%
+ \protected@write\glswrite{}{(define-location-class
+ \string"\@gls@classI\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ (
+ :sep "{}{"
+ \csname @gls@xdy@Lclass@\@gls@classI\endcsname\space
+ :sep "}"
+ )
+ ^^J\space\space\space
+ :min-range-length \@glsminrange^^J%
+ )
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@for\@gls@classII:=\@gls@xdy@locationlist\do{%
+ \protected@write\glswrite{}{(define-location-class
+ \string"\@gls@classII-\@gls@classI\string"
+ ^^J\space\space\space
+ (
+ :sep "{"
+ \csname @gls@xdy@Lclass@\@gls@classII\endcsname\space
+ :sep "}{"
+ \csname @gls@xdy@Lclass@\@gls@classI\endcsname\space
+ :sep "}"
+ )
+ ^^J\space\space\space
+ :min-range-length \@glsminrange^^J%
+ )
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; user defined location classes}%
+ \write\glswrite{\@xdyuserlocationdefs}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; define cross-reference class^^J}%
+ \write\glswrite{(define-crossref-class \string"see\string"
+ :unverified )}%
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-crossref-list
+ :class \string"see\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ :open \string"\string\glsseeformat\string"
+ :close \string"{}\string")}%
+ \@xdycrossrefhook
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; define the order of the location classes}%
+ \write\glswrite{(define-location-class-order
+ (\@xdylocationclassorder))}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; define the glossary markup^^J}%
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-index^^J\space\space\space
+ :open \string"\string
+ \glossarysection[\string\glossarytoctitle]{\string
+ \glossarytitle}\string\glossarypreamble}%
+ \@for\@this@ctr:=\@xdycounters\do{%
+ {%
+ \@for\@this@attr:=\@xdyattributelist\do{%
+ \protected@write\glswrite{}{\string\providecommand*%
+ \expandafter\string
+ \csname glsX\@this@ctr X\@this@attr\endcsname[2]%
+ {%
+ \string\setentrycounter
+ [\expandafter\@gobble\string\#1]{\@this@ctr}%
+ \expandafter\string
+ \csname\@this@attr\endcsname
+ {\expandafter\@gobble\string\#2}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \write\glswrite{%
+ \string\begin
+ {theglossary}\string\glossaryheader\glstildechar n\string" ^^J\space
+ \space\space:close \string"\glspercentchar\glstildechar n\string
+ \end{theglossary}\string\glossarypostamble
+ \glstildechar n\string" ^^J\space\space\space
+ :tree)}%
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-letter-group-list
+ :sep \string"\string\glsgroupskip\glstildechar n\string")}%
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-indexentry
+ :open \string"\string\relax \string\glsresetentrylist
+ \glstildechar n\string")}%
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-locclass-list :open
+ \string"\glsopenbrace\string\glossaryentrynumbers
+ \glsopenbrace\string\relax\space \string"^^J\space\space\space
+ :sep \string", \string"
+ :close \string"\glsclosebrace\glsclosebrace\string")}%
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-locref-list
+ :sep \string"\string\delimN\space\string")}%
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-range
+ :sep \string"\string\delimR\space\string")}%
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\gls@suffixF
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\gls@suffixFF
+ \ifx\gls@suffixF\@empty
+ \else
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-range
+ :close "\gls@suffixF" :length 1 :ignore-end)}%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\gls@suffixFF\@empty
+ \else
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-range
+ :close "\gls@suffixFF" :length 2 :ignore-end)}%
+ \fi
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; define format to use for locations^^J}%
+ \write\glswrite{\@xdylocref}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; define letter group list format^^J}%
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-letter-group-list
+ :sep \string"\string\glsgroupskip\glstildechar n\string")}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; letter group headings^^J}%
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-letter-group
+ :open-head \string"\string\glsgroupheading
+ \glsopenbrace\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ :close-head \string"\glsclosebrace\string")}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; additional letter groups^^J}%
+ \write\glswrite{\@xdylettergroups}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; additional sort rules^^J}
+ \write\glswrite{\@xdysortrules}%
+ \@gls@writeisthook
+ \closeout\glswrite
+ \let\writeist\relax
+ }
+\else
+ \edef\@gls@actualchar{\string?}
+ \edef\@gls@encapchar{\string|}
+ \edef\@gls@levelchar{\string!}
+ \edef\@gls@quotechar{\string"}%
+ \let\GlsSetQuote\gls@nosetquote
+ \def\writeist{\relax
+ \ifundef{\glswrite}{\newwrite\glswrite}{}\relax
+ \openout\glswrite=\istfilename
+ \write\glswrite{\glspercentchar\space makeindex style file
+ created by the glossaries package}
+ \write\glswrite{\glspercentchar\space for document
+ '\jobname' on \the\year-\the\month-\the\day}
+ \write\glswrite{actual '\@gls@actualchar'}
+ \write\glswrite{encap '\@gls@encapchar'}
+ \write\glswrite{level '\@gls@levelchar'}
+ \write\glswrite{quote '\@gls@quotechar'}
+ \write\glswrite{keyword \string"\string\\glossaryentry\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{preamble \string"\string\\glossarysection[\string
+ \\glossarytoctitle]{\string\\glossarytitle}\string
+ \\glossarypreamble\string\n\string\\begin{theglossary}\string
+ \\glossaryheader\string\n\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{postamble \string"\string\%\string\n\string
+ \\end{theglossary}\string\\glossarypostamble\string\n
+ \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{group_skip \string"\string\\glsgroupskip\string\n
+ \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{item_0 \string"\string\%\string\n\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{item_1 \string"\string\%\string\n\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{item_2 \string"\string\%\string\n\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{item_01 \string"\string\%\string\n\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{item_x1
+ \string"\string\\relax \string\\glsresetentrylist\string\n
+ \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{item_12 \string"\string\%\string\n\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{item_x2
+ \string"\string\\relax \string\\glsresetentrylist\string\n
+ \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{delim_0 \string"\string\{\string
+ \\glossaryentrynumbers\string\{\string\\relax \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{delim_1 \string"\string\{\string
+ \\glossaryentrynumbers\string\{\string\\relax \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{delim_2 \string"\string\{\string
+ \\glossaryentrynumbers\string\{\string\\relax \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{delim_t \string"\string\}\string\}\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{delim_n \string"\string\\delimN \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{delim_r \string"\string\\delimR \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{headings_flag 1}
+ \write\glswrite{heading_prefix
+ \string"\string\\glsgroupheading\string\{\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{heading_suffix
+ \string"\string\}\string\\relax
+ \string\\glsresetentrylist \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{symhead_positive \string"glssymbols\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{numhead_positive \string"glsnumbers\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{page_compositor \string"\glscompositor\string"}
+ \@gls@escbsdq\gls@suffixF
+ \@gls@escbsdq\gls@suffixFF
+ \ifx\gls@suffixF\@empty
+ \else
+ \write\glswrite{suffix_2p \string"\gls@suffixF\string"}
+ \fi
+ \ifx\gls@suffixFF\@empty
+ \else
+ \write\glswrite{suffix_3p \string"\gls@suffixFF\string"}
+ \fi
+ \@gls@writeisthook
+ \closeout\glswrite
+ \let\writeist\relax
+ }
+\fi
+\newcommand*{\GlsSetWriteIstHook}[1]{\renewcommand*{\@gls@writeisthook}{#1}}
+\@onlypremakeg\GlsSetWriteIstHook
+\newcommand*{\@gls@writeisthook}{}
+\ifglsxindy
+ \newcommand*{\GlsSetQuote}[1]{\glsnomakeindexwarning\GlsSetQuote}
+ \newcommand*{\gls@nosetquote}[1]{\glsnomakeindexwarning\GlsSetQuote}
+\else
+ \newcommand*{\GlsSetQuote}[1]{\edef\@gls@quotechar{\string#1}%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{tracklang}%
+ {%
+ \IfTrackedLanguage{german}%
+ {%
+ \def\@@gls@extramakeindexopts{-g}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ \edef\@gls@docheckquotedef{%
+ \noexpand\def\noexpand\@gls@checkquote####1#1####2#1####3\noexpand\null{%
+ \noexpand\@gls@tmpb=\noexpand\expandafter{\noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx}%
+ \noexpand\toks@={####1}%
+ \noexpand\ifx\noexpand\null####2\noexpand\null
+ \noexpand\ifx\noexpand\null####3\noexpand\null
+ \noexpand\edef\noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx{%
+ \noexpand\the\noexpand\@gls@tmpb\noexpand\the\noexpand\toks@}%
+ \noexpand\def\noexpand\@@gls@checkquote{\noexpand\relax}%
+ \noexpand\else
+ \noexpand\edef\noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx{%
+ \noexpand\the\noexpand\@gls@tmpb\noexpand\the\noexpand\toks@
+ \noexpand\@gls@quotechar\noexpand\@gls@quotechar
+ \noexpand\@gls@quotechar\noexpand\@gls@quotechar}%
+ \noexpand\def\noexpand\@@gls@checkquote{%
+ \noexpand\@gls@checkquote####3\noexpand\null}%
+ \noexpand\fi
+ \noexpand\else
+ \noexpand\edef\noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx{%
+ \noexpand\the\noexpand\@gls@tmpb\noexpand\the\noexpand\toks@
+ \noexpand\@gls@quotechar\noexpand\@gls@quotechar}%
+ \noexpand\ifx\noexpand\null####3\noexpand\null
+ \noexpand\def\noexpand\@@gls@checkquote{%
+ \noexpand\@gls@checkquote####2#1#1\noexpand\null}%
+ \noexpand\else
+ \noexpand\def\noexpand\@@gls@checkquote{%
+ \noexpand\@gls@checkquote####2#1####3\noexpand\null}%
+ \noexpand\fi
+ \noexpand\fi
+ \noexpand\@@gls@checkquote
+ }%
+ }%
+ \@gls@docheckquotedef
+ \edef\@gls@docheckquotedef{%
+ \noexpand\renewcommand{\noexpand\@gls@checkmkidxchars}[1]{%
+ \noexpand\def\noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx{}%
+ \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\@gls@checkquote####1\noexpand\@nil
+ #1#1\noexpand\null
+ \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\@gls@updatechecked
+ \noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx{####1}%
+ \noexpand\def\noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx{}%
+ \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\@gls@checkescquote####1\noexpand\@nil
+ \expandonce{\csname#1\endcsname}\expandonce{\csname#1\endcsname}%
+ \noexpand\null
+ \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\@gls@updatechecked
+ \noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx{####1}%
+ \noexpand\def\noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx{}%
+ \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\@gls@checkescactual####1\noexpand\@nil
+ \noexpand\?\noexpand\?\noexpand\null
+ \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\@gls@updatechecked
+ \noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx{####1}%
+ \noexpand\def\noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx{}%
+ \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\@gls@checkactual####1\noexpand\@nil
+ \noexpand?\noexpand?\noexpand\null
+ \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\@gls@updatechecked
+ \noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx{####1}%
+ \noexpand\def\noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx{}%
+ \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\@gls@checkbar####1\noexpand\@nil
+ \noexpand|\noexpand|\noexpand\null
+ \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\@gls@updatechecked
+ \noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx{####1}%
+ \noexpand\def\noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx{}%
+ \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\@gls@checkescbar####1\noexpand\@nil
+ \noexpand\|\noexpand\|\noexpand\null
+ \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\@gls@updatechecked
+ \noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx{####1}%
+ \noexpand\def\noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx{}%
+ \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\@gls@checklevel####1\noexpand\@nil
+ \noexpand!\noexpand!\noexpand\null
+ \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\@gls@updatechecked
+ \noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx{####1}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \@gls@docheckquotedef
+ \edef\@gls@docheckquotedef{%
+ \noexpand\def\noexpand\@gls@checkescquote####1%
+ \expandonce{\csname#1\endcsname}####2\expandonce{\csname#1\endcsname}%
+ ####3\noexpand\null{%
+ \noexpand\@gls@tmpb=\noexpand\expandafter{\noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx}%
+ \noexpand\toks@={####1}%
+ \noexpand\ifx\noexpand\null####2\noexpand\null
+ \noexpand\ifx\noexpand\null####3\noexpand\null
+ \noexpand\edef\noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx{%
+ \noexpand\the\noexpand\@gls@tmpb\noexpand\the\noexpand\toks@}%
+ \noexpand\def\noexpand\@@gls@checkescquote{\noexpand\relax}%
+ \noexpand\else
+ \noexpand\edef\noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx{%
+ \noexpand\the\noexpand\@gls@tmpb\noexpand\the\noexpand\toks@
+ \noexpand\@gls@quotechar\noexpand\string\expandonce{%
+ \csname#1\endcsname}\noexpand\@gls@quotechar
+ \noexpand\@gls@quotechar\noexpand\string\expandonce{%
+ \csname#1\endcsname}\noexpand\@gls@quotechar}%
+ \noexpand\def\noexpand\@@gls@checkescquote{%
+ \noexpand\@gls@checkescquote####3\noexpand\null}%
+ \noexpand\fi
+ \noexpand\else
+ \noexpand\edef\noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx{%
+ \noexpand\the\noexpand\@gls@tmpb\noexpand\the\noexpand\toks@
+ \noexpand\@gls@quotechar\noexpand\string
+ \expandonce{\csname#1\endcsname}\noexpand\@gls@quotechar}%
+ \noexpand\ifx\noexpand\null####3\noexpand\null
+ \noexpand\def\noexpand\@@gls@checkescquote{%
+ \noexpand\@gls@checkescquote####2\expandonce{\csname#1\endcsname}%
+ \expandonce{\csname#1\endcsname}\noexpand\null}%
+ \noexpand\else
+ \noexpand\def\noexpand\@@gls@checkescquote{%
+ \noexpand\@gls@checkescquote####2\expandonce{\csname#1\endcsname}%
+ ####3\noexpand\null}%
+ \noexpand\fi
+ \noexpand\fi
+ \noexpand\@@gls@checkescquote
+ }%
+ }%
+ \@gls@docheckquotedef
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\gls@nosetquote}[1]{\PackageError{glossaries}%
+ {\string\GlsSetQuote\space not permitted here}%
+ {Move \string\GlsSetQuote\space earlier in the preamble, as
+ soon as possible after glossaries.sty has been loaded}}
+\fi
+\newcommand*{\@gls@extramakeindexopts}[1]{}
+\newcommand{\noist}{%
+ \@gls@addpredefinedattributes
+ \let\writeist\relax
+}
+\newcommand*{\@makeglossary}[1]{%
+ \ifglossaryexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \ifglssavewrites
+ \expandafter\newtoks\csname glo@#1@filetok\endcsname
+ \else
+ \expandafter\newwrite\csname glo@#1@file\endcsname
+ \expandafter\@glsopenfile\csname glo@#1@file\endcsname{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \@gls@renewglossary
+ \writeist
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}%
+ {Glossary type `#1' not defined}%
+ {New glossaries must be defined before using \string\makeglossaries}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glsopenfile}[2]{%
+ \immediate\openout#1=\jobname.\csname @glotype@#2@out\endcsname
+ \PackageInfo{glossaries}{Writing glossary file
+ \jobname.\csname @glotype@#2@out\endcsname}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@closegls}[1]{%
+ \closeout\csname glo@#1@file\endcsname
+}
+\ifglsxindy
+ \newcommand*{\@gls@automake}[1]{%
+ \ifglossaryexists{#1}
+ {%
+ \@closegls{#1}%
+ \ifdefstring{\glsorder}{letter}%
+ {\def\@gls@order{-M ord/letorder }}%
+ {\let\@gls@order\@empty}%
+ \ifcsundef{@xdy@#1@language}%
+ {\let\@gls@langmod\@xdy@main@language}%
+ {\letcs\@gls@langmod{@xdy@#1@language}}%
+ \edef\@gls@dothiswrite{\noexpand\write18{xindy
+ -I xindy
+ \@gls@order
+ -L \@gls@langmod\space
+ -M \gls@istfilebase\space
+ -C \gls@codepage\space
+ -t \jobname.\csuse{@glotype@#1@log}
+ -o \jobname.\csuse{@glotype@#1@in}
+ \jobname.\csuse{@glotype@#1@out}}%
+ }%
+ \@gls@dothiswrite
+ }%
+ {%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Can't make glossary `#1', it doesn't exist}%
+ }%
+ }
+\else
+ \newcommand*{\@gls@automake}[1]{%
+ \ifglossaryexists{#1}
+ {%
+ \@closegls{#1}%
+ \ifdefstring{\glsorder}{letter}%
+ {\def\@gls@order{-l }}%
+ {\let\@gls@order\@empty}%
+ \edef\@gls@dothiswrite{\noexpand\write18{makeindex \@gls@order
+ -s \istfilename\space
+ -t \jobname.\csuse{@glotype@#1@log}
+ -o \jobname.\csuse{@glotype@#1@in}
+ \jobname.\csuse{@glotype@#1@out}}%
+ }%
+ \@gls@dothiswrite
+ }%
+ {%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Can't make glossary `#1', it doesn't exist}%
+ }%
+ }
+\fi
+\ifglsxindy
+ \newcommand*{\@gls@automake@immediate}[1]{%
+ \ifglossaryexists{#1}
+ {%
+ \IfFileExists{\jobname.\csuse{@glotype@#1@out}}%
+ {%
+ \ifdefstring{\glsorder}{letter}%
+ {\def\@gls@order{-M ord/letorder }}%
+ {\let\@gls@order\@empty}%
+ \ifcsundef{@xdy@#1@language}%
+ {\let\@gls@langmod\@xdy@main@language}%
+ {\letcs\@gls@langmod{@xdy@#1@language}}%
+ \edef\@gls@dothiswrite{\noexpand\immediate\noexpand\write18{xindy
+ -I xindy
+ \@gls@order
+ -L \@gls@langmod\space
+ -M \gls@istfilebase\space
+ -C \gls@codepage\space
+ -t \jobname.\csuse{@glotype@#1@log}
+ -o \jobname.\csuse{@glotype@#1@in}
+ \jobname.\csuse{@glotype@#1@out}}%
+ }%
+ \@gls@dothiswrite
+ }%
+ {\GlossariesWarning{can't automake `#1': \jobname.\csuse{@glotype@#1@out}
+ doesn't exist. Rerun may be required}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Can't make glossary `#1', it doesn't exist}%
+ }%
+ }
+\else
+ \newcommand*{\@gls@automake@immediate}[1]{%
+ \ifglossaryexists{#1}
+ {%
+ \IfFileExists{\jobname.\csuse{@glotype@#1@out}}%
+ {%
+ \ifdefstring{\glsorder}{letter}%
+ {\def\@gls@order{-l }}%
+ {\let\@gls@order\@empty}%
+ \edef\@gls@dothiswrite{\noexpand\immediate\noexpand\write18{makeindex \@gls@order
+ -s \istfilename\space
+ -t \jobname.\csuse{@glotype@#1@log}
+ -o \jobname.\csuse{@glotype@#1@in}
+ \jobname.\csuse{@glotype@#1@out}}%
+ }%
+ \@gls@dothiswrite
+ }%
+ {\GlossariesWarning{can't automake `#1': \jobname.\csuse{@glotype@#1@out}
+ doesn't exist. Rerun may be required}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Can't make glossary `#1', it doesn't exist}%
+ }%
+ }
+\fi
+\newcommand*{\@warn@nomakeglossaries}{}
+\newcommand*{\warn@nomakeglossaries}{\@warn@nomakeglossaries}
+\newcommand{\@gls@@automake@immediate}{%
+ \ifnum\gls@automake@nr=2\relax
+ \@for\@gls@type:=\@glo@types\do{%
+ \ifdefempty{\@gls@type}{}%
+ {\@gls@automake@immediate{\@gls@type}}%
+ }%
+ \glsautomakefalse
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@doautomake}{}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\makeglossaries}{%
+ \@domakeglossaries
+ {%
+ \@gls@@automake@immediate
+ \ifundef{\glswrite}{\newwrite\glswrite}{}%
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\providecommand\string\@glsorder[1]{}}
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\providecommand\string\@istfilename[1]{}}
+ \ifundef\@@gls@extramakeindexopts
+ {}%
+ {%
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\providecommand
+ \string\@gls@extramakeindexopts[1]{}}
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\@gls@extramakeindexopts
+ {\@@gls@extramakeindexopts}}%
+ }%
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\@istfilename{\istfilename}}%
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\@glsorder{\glsorder}}
+ \@for\@glo@type:=\@glo@types\do{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\@glo@type}{}}{}{%
+ \@makeglossary{\@glo@type}}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*\newglossary[4][]{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{New glossaries
+ must be created before \string\makeglossaries}{You need
+ to move \string\makeglossaries\space after all your
+ \string\newglossary\space commands}}%
+ \let\@makeglossary\@gobble
+ \let\makeglossaries\relax
+ \@disable@onlypremakeg
+ \let\gls@checkseeallowed\relax
+ \let\warn@nomakeglossaries\relax
+ \def\warn@noprintglossary{%
+ \ifdefstring{\@glo@types}{,}%
+ {%
+ \GlossariesWarningNoLine{No glossaries have been defined}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \GlossariesWarningNoLine{No \string\printglossary\space
+ or \string\printglossaries\space
+ found. ^^J(Remove \string\makeglossaries\space if you
+ don't want any glossaries.) ^^JThis document will not
+ have a glossary}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \ifglssavenumberlist
+ \edef\@gls@dodeflistparser{\noexpand\DeclareListParser
+ {\noexpand\glsnumlistparser}{\delimN}}%
+ \@gls@dodeflistparser
+ \fi
+ \let\makenoidxglossaries\@no@makeglossaries
+ \renewcommand*{\@printgloss@setsort}{%
+ \let\@glo@assign@sortkey\@glo@no@assign@sortkey
+ }%
+ \ifglsautomake
+ \renewcommand*{\@gls@doautomake}{%
+ \@for\@gls@type:=\@glo@types\do{%
+ \ifdefempty{\@gls@type}{}%
+ {\@gls@automake{\@gls@type}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \@glo@check@sortallowed\makeglossaries
+ }%
+}
+\@onlypreamble{\makeglossaries}
+\AtEndDocument{%
+ \warn@nomakeglossaries
+ \warn@noprintglossary
+}
+\newcommand*{\makenoidxglossaries}{%
+ \@domakeglossaries
+ {%
+ \renewcommand{\@gls@noref@warn}[1]{%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Empty glossary for
+ \string\printnoidxglossary[type={##1}].
+ Rerun may be required (or you may have forgotten to use
+ commands like \string\gls)}%
+ }%
+ \let\@gls@checkmkidxchars\@gobble
+ \glsesclocationsfalse
+ \let\@@do@@wrglossary\gls@noidxglossary
+ \let\@gls@getgrouptitle\@gls@noidx@getgrouptitle
+ \let\gls@checkseeallowed\relax
+ \renewcommand{\@do@seeglossary}[2]{%
+ \edef\@gls@label{\glsdetoklabel{##1}}%
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{%
+ \string\@gls@reference
+ {\csname glo@\@gls@label @type\endcsname}%
+ {\@gls@label}%
+ {%
+ \string\glsseeformat##2{}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \AtBeginDocument
+ {%
+ \write\@auxout{\string\providecommand\string\@gls@reference[3]{}}%
+ }%
+ \def\warn@noprintglossary{%
+ \GlossariesWarningNoLine{No \string\printnoidxglossary\space
+ or \string\printnoidxglossaries ^^J
+ found. (Remove \string\makenoidxglossaries\space if you
+ don't want any glossaries.)^^JThis document will not have a glossary}%
+ }%
+ \let\warn@nomakeglossaries\relax
+ \let\makeglossaries\@no@makeglossaries
+ \renewcommand*{\@printgloss@setsort}{%
+ \let\@glo@assign@sortkey\@@glo@assign@sortkey
+ \def\@glo@sorttype{\@glo@default@sorttype}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*\new@glossaryentry[2]{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Glossary entries must be
+ defined in the preamble^^Jwhen you use
+ \string\makenoidxglossaries}%
+ {Either move your definitions to the preamble or use
+ \string\makeglossaries}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsentrynumberlist}[1]{%
+ \letcs{\@gls@loclist}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@loclist}%
+ \ifdef\@gls@loclist
+ {%
+ \glsnoidxloclist{\@gls@loclist}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ ??\glsdoifexists{##1}%
+ {%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Missing location list for `##1'. Either
+ a rerun is required or you haven't referenced the entry}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsdisplaynumberlist}[1]{%
+ \letcs{\@gls@loclist}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@loclist}%
+ \ifdef\@gls@loclist
+ {%
+ \def\@gls@noidxloclist@sep{%
+ \def\@gls@noidxloclist@sep{%
+ \def\@gls@noidxloclist@sep{%
+ \glsnumlistsep
+ }%
+ \def\@gls@noidxloclist@finalsep{\glsnumlistlastsep}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \def\@gls@noidxloclist@finalsep{}%
+ \def\@gls@noidxloclist@prev{}%
+ \forlistloop{\glsnoidxdisplayloclisthandler}{\@gls@loclist}%
+ \@gls@noidxloclist@finalsep
+ \@gls@noidxloclist@prev
+ }%
+ {%
+ ??\glsdoifexists{##1}%
+ {%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Missing location list for `##1'. Either
+ a rerun is required or you haven't referenced the entry}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsnumberlistloop}[3]{%
+ \letcs{\@gls@loclist}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{##1}@loclist}%
+ \let\@gls@org@glsnoidxdisplayloc\glsnoidxdisplayloc
+ \let\@gls@org@glsseeformat\glsseeformat
+ \let\glsnoidxdisplayloc##2\relax
+ \let\glsseeformat##3\relax
+ \ifdef\@gls@loclist
+ {%
+ \forlistloop{\glsnoidxnumberlistloophandler}{\@gls@loclist}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ ??\glsdoifexists{##1}%
+ {%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Missing location list for `##1'. Either
+ a rerun is required or you haven't referenced the entry}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \let\glsnoidxdisplayloc\@gls@org@glsnoidxdisplayloc
+ \let\glsseeformat\@gls@org@glsseeformat
+ }%
+ \let\@@gls@sanitizesort\@gls@noidx@sanitizesort
+ \let\@@gls@nosanitizesort\@@gls@noidx@nosanitizesort
+ \@gls@noidx@setsanitizesort
+ \@glo@check@sortallowed\makenoidxglossaries
+ }%
+}
+\@onlypreamble{\makenoidxglossaries}
+\newcommand*{\glsnumberlistloop}[2]{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{\string\glsnumberlistloop\space
+ only works with \string\makenoidxglossaries}{}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsnoidxnumberlistloophandler}[1]{%
+ #1%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@no@makeglossaries}{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{You can't use both
+ \string\makeglossaries\space and \string\makenoidxglossaries}%
+ {Either use one or other (or none) of those commands but not both
+ together.}%
+}
+\newcommand{\@gls@noref@warn}[1]{%
+ \GlossariesWarning{\string\makenoidxglossaries\space
+ is required to make \string\printnoidxglossary[type={#1}] work}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\gls@noidxglossary}{%
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{%
+ \string\@gls@reference
+ {\csname glo@\@gls@label @type\endcsname}%
+ {\@gls@label}%
+ {\string\glsnoidxdisplayloc
+ {\@glo@counterprefix}%
+ {\@gls@counter}%
+ {\@glsnumberformat}%
+ {\@glslocref}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\providecommand\istfile{\glswrite}
+\AtEndDocument{%
+ \glswritefiles
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glswritefiles}{%
+ \forallglossaries{\@glo@type}{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\@glo@type @filetok}%
+ {%
+ \def\gls@tmp{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \edef\gls@tmp{\expandafter\the
+ \csname glo@\@glo@type @filetok\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \ifx\gls@tmp\@empty
+ \ifx\@glo@type\glsdefaulttype
+ \GlossariesWarningNoLine{Glossary `\@glo@type' has no
+ entries.^^JRemember to use package option `nomain' if
+you
+ don't want to^^Juse the main glossary}%
+ \else
+ \GlossariesWarningNoLine{Glossary `\@glo@type' has no
+ entries}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \@glsopenfile{\glswrite}{\@glo@type}%
+ \immediate\write\glswrite{%
+ \expandafter\the
+ \csname glo@\@glo@type @filetok\endcsname}%
+ \immediate\closeout\glswrite
+ \fi
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\gls@glossary}[1]{%
+ \@gls@glossary{#1}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@glossary}[2]{%
+ \if@gls@debug
+ \PackageInfo{glossaries}{wrglossary(#1)(#2)}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand{\@gls@renewglossary}{%
+ \gdef\@gls@glossary##1{\@bsphack\begingroup\gls@wrglossary{##1}}%
+ \let\@gls@renewglossary\@empty
+}
+\newcommand*{\gls@wrglossary}[2]{%
+ \ifglssavewrites
+ \protected@edef\@gls@tmp{\the\csname glo@#1@filetok\endcsname#2}%
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\csname glo@#1@filetok\endcsname
+ \expandafter{\@gls@tmp^^J}%
+ \else
+ \ifcsdef{glo@#1@file}%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\protected@write\csname glo@#1@file\endcsname{%
+ \gls@disablepagerefexpansion}{#2}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifignoredglossary{#1}{}%
+ {%
+ \GlossariesWarning{No file defined for glossary `#1'}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \endgroup\@esphack
+}
+\newcommand*{\@do@wrglossary}[1]{%
+ \glswriteentry{#1}{\@@do@wrglossary{#1}}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glswriteentry}[2]{%
+ \ifglsindexonlyfirst
+ \ifglsused{#1}{}{#2}%
+ \else
+ #2%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand{\gls@protected@pagefmts}{\gls@numberpage,\gls@alphpage,%
+ \gls@Alphpage,\gls@romanpage,\gls@Romanpage,\gls@arabicpage}
+\newcommand*{\gls@disablepagerefexpansion}{%
+ \@for\@gls@this:=\gls@protected@pagefmts\do
+ {%
+ \expandafter\let\@gls@this\relax
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\gls@alphpage}{\@alph\c@page}
+\newcommand*{\gls@Alphpage}{\@Alph\c@page}
+\newcommand*{\gls@numberpage}{\number\c@page}
+\newcommand*{\gls@arabicpage}{\@arabic\c@page}
+\newcommand*{\gls@romanpage}{\romannumeral\c@page}
+\newcommand*{\gls@Romanpage}{\@Roman\c@page}
+\newcommand*{\glsaddprotectedpagefmt}[1]{%
+ \eappto\gls@protected@pagefmts{,\expandonce{\csname gls#1page\endcsname}}%
+ \csedef{gls#1page}{\expandonce{\csname#1\endcsname}\noexpand\c@page}%
+ \eappto\@wrglossarynumberhook{%
+ \noexpand\let\expandonce{\csname org@gls#1\endcsname}%
+ \expandonce{\csname#1\endcsname}%
+ \noexpand\def\expandonce{\csname#1\endcsname}{%
+ \noexpand\@wrglossary@pageformat
+ \expandonce{\csname gls#1page\endcsname}%
+ \expandonce{\csname org@gls#1\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*\@wrglossarynumberhook{}
+\newcommand{\@wrglossary@pageformat}[3]{%
+ \ifx#3\c@page #1\else #2#3\fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\@@do@wrglossary}[1]{%
+ \ifglsesclocations
+ \@@do@esc@wrglossary{#1}%
+ \else
+ \@@do@noesc@wrglossary{#1}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\@@do@noesc@wrglossary}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\@glslocref\expandafter{\theglsentrycounter}%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\@glsHlocref\expandafter{\theHglsentrycounter}%
+ \ifx\@glsHlocref\@glslocref
+ \def\@glo@counterprefix{}%
+ \else
+ \protected@edef\@do@gls@getcounterprefix{\noexpand\@gls@getcounterprefix
+ {\@glslocref}{\@glsHlocref}%
+ }%
+ \@do@gls@getcounterprefix
+ \fi
+ \edef\@gls@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \@@do@@wrglossary
+}
+\newif\ifglswrallowprimitivemods
+\glswrallowprimitivemodstrue
+\newcommand*{\@@do@esc@wrglossary}[1]{% please read documented code!
+ \begingroup
+ \let\gls@orgthe\the
+ \let\gls@orgnumber\number
+ \let\gls@orgarabic\@arabic
+ \let\gls@orgromannumeral\romannumeral
+ \let\gls@orgalph\@alph
+ \let\gls@orgAlph\@Alph
+ \let\gls@orgRoman\@Roman
+ \ifglswrallowprimitivemods
+ \def\gls@the##1{%
+ \ifx##1\c@page \gls@numberpage\else\gls@orgthe##1\fi}%
+ \def\the{\expandafter\gls@the}%
+ \def\gls@number##1{%
+ \ifx##1\c@page \gls@numberpage\else\gls@orgnumber##1\fi}%
+ \def\number{\expandafter\gls@number}%
+ \fi
+ \def\@arabic##1{%
+ \ifx##1\c@page \gls@arabicpage\else\gls@orgarabic##1\fi}%
+ \def\romannumeral##1{%
+ \ifx##1\c@page \gls@romanpage\else\gls@orgromannumeral##1\fi}%
+ \def\@Roman##1{%
+ \ifx##1\c@page \gls@Romanpage\else\gls@orgRoman##1\fi}%
+ \def\@alph##1{%
+ \ifx##1\c@page \gls@alphpage\else\gls@orgalph##1\fi}%
+ \def\@Alph##1{%
+ \ifx##1\c@page \gls@Alphpage\else\gls@orgAlph##1\fi}%
+ \@wrglossarynumberhook
+ \gls@disablepagerefexpansion
+ \protected@xdef\@glslocref{\theglsentrycounter}%
+ \endgroup
+ \@gls@checkmkidxchars\@glslocref
+ \expandafter\ifx\theHglsentrycounter\theglsentrycounter\relax
+ \def\@glo@counterprefix{}%
+ \else
+ \protected@edef\@glsHlocref{\theHglsentrycounter}%
+ \@gls@checkmkidxchars\@glsHlocref
+ \edef\@do@gls@getcounterprefix{\noexpand\@gls@getcounterprefix
+ {\@glslocref}{\@glsHlocref}%
+ }%
+ \@do@gls@getcounterprefix
+ \fi
+ \edef\@gls@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \@@do@@wrglossary
+}
+\newcommand*{\@@do@@wrglossary}{%
+ \ifglsxindy
+ \expandafter\@glo@check@mkidxrangechar\@glsnumberformat\@nil
+ \def\@glo@range{}%
+ \expandafter\if\@glo@prefix(\relax
+ \def\@glo@range{:open-range}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\if\@glo@prefix)\relax
+ \def\@glo@range{:close-range}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \gls@glossary{\csname glo@\@gls@label @type\endcsname}{%
+ (indexentry :tkey (\csname glo@\@gls@label @index\endcsname)
+ :locref \string"{\@glo@counterprefix}{\@glslocref}\string" %
+ :attr \string"\@gls@counter\@glo@suffix\string"
+ \@glo@range
+ )
+ }%
+ \else
+ \@set@glo@numformat{\@glo@numfmt}{\@gls@counter}{\@glsnumberformat}%
+ {\@glo@counterprefix}%
+ \gls@glossary{\csname glo@\@gls@label @type\endcsname}{%
+ \string\glossaryentry{\csname glo@\@gls@label @index\endcsname
+ \@gls@encapchar\@glo@numfmt}{\@glslocref}}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*\@gls@getcounterprefix[2]{%
+ \edef\@gls@thisloc{#1}\edef\@gls@thisHloc{#2}%
+ \ifx\@gls@thisloc\@gls@thisHloc
+ \def\@glo@counterprefix{}%
+ \else
+ \def\@gls@get@counterprefix##1.#1##2\end@getprefix{%
+ \def\@glo@tmp{##2}%
+ \ifx\@glo@tmp\@empty
+ \def\@glo@counterprefix{}%
+ \else
+ \def\@glo@counterprefix{##1}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \@gls@get@counterprefix#2.#1\end@getprefix
+ \ifx\@glo@counterprefix\@empty
+ \GlossariesWarning{Hyper target `#2' can't be formed by
+ prefixing^^Jlocation `#1'. You need to modify the
+ definition of \string\theH\@gls@counter^^Jotherwise you
+ will get the warning: "`name{\@gls@counter.#1}' has been^^J
+ referenced but does not exist"}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand{\@do@seeglossary}[2]{%
+\def\@gls@xref{#2}%
+\@onelevel@sanitize\@gls@xref
+\@gls@checkmkidxchars\@gls@xref
+\ifglsxindy
+ \gls@glossary{\csname glo@#1@type\endcsname}{%
+ (indexentry
+ :tkey (\csname glo@#1@index\endcsname)
+ :xref (\string"\@gls@xref\string")
+ :attr \string"see\string"
+ )
+ }%
+\else
+ \gls@glossary{\csname glo@#1@type\endcsname}{%
+ \string\glossaryentry{\csname glo@#1@index\endcsname
+ \@gls@encapchar glsseeformat\@gls@xref}{Z}}%
+\fi
+}
+\def\@gls@fixbraces#1#2#3\@nil{%
+ \ifx#2[\relax
+ \@@gls@fixbraces#1#2#3\@end@fixbraces
+ \else
+ \def#1{{#2#3}}%
+ \fi
+}
+\def\@@gls@fixbraces#1[#2]#3\@end@fixbraces{%
+ \def#1{[#2]{#3}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glssee}[3][\seename]{%
+ \@do@seeglossary{#2}{[#1]{#3}}}
+\newcommand*{\@glssee}[3][\seename]{%
+ \glssee[#1]{#3}{#2}}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsseeformat}[3][\seename]{%
+ \emph{#1} \glsseelist{#2}}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsseelist}[1]{%
+ \let\@gls@dolast\relax
+ \let\@gls@donext\relax
+ \@for\@gls@thislabel:=#1\do{%
+ \ifx\@xfor@nextelement\@nnil
+ \@gls@dolast
+ \else
+ \@gls@donext
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\glsseeitem\expandafter{\@gls@thislabel}%
+ \let\@gls@dolast\glsseelastsep
+ \let\@gls@donext\glsseesep
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsseelastsep}{\space\andname\space}
+\newcommand*{\glsseesep}{, }
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsseeitem}[1]{\glshyperlink[\glsseeitemformat{#1}]{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{\glsentrytext{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\gls@save@numberlist}[1]{%
+ \ifglssavenumberlist
+ \toks@{#1}%
+ \edef\@do@writeaux@info{%
+ \noexpand\csgdef{glo@\glscurrententrylabel @numberlist}{\the\toks@}%
+ }%
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\@do@writeaux@info
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{\@do@writeaux@info}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\warn@noprintglossary}{}%
+\ifcsundef{printglossary}{}%
+{%
+ \@gls@warnonglossdefined
+ \undef\printglossary
+}
+\newcommand*{\@printgloss@checkexists@noignored}[2]{%
+ \@ifglossaryexists{#1}%
+ {#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifignoredglossary{#1}%
+ {\GlossariesWarning{Glossary `#1' is an ignored glossary}}%
+ {\GlossariesWarning{Glossary `#1' doesn't exist}}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@printgloss@checkexists@allowignored}[2]{%
+ \s@ifglossaryexists{#1}%
+ {#2}%
+ {\GlossariesWarning{Glossary `#1' doesn't exist}}%
+}
+\let\@printgloss@checkexists\@printgloss@checkexists@noignored
+\newcommand*{\printglossary}[1][type=\glsdefaulttype]{%
+ \let\@printgloss@checkexists\@printgloss@checkexists@noignored
+ \@printglossary{#1}{\@print@glossary}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\printglossaries}{%
+ \forallglossaries{\@@glo@type}{\printglossary[type=\@@glo@type]}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\printnoidxglossary}[1][type=\glsdefaulttype]{%
+ \let\@printgloss@checkexists\@printgloss@checkexists@noignored
+ \@printglossary{#1}{\@print@noidx@glossary}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\printnoidxglossaries}{%
+ \forallglossaries{\@@glo@type}{\printnoidxglossary[type=\@@glo@type]}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@printgloss@setsort}{}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@preglossaryhook}{}
+\newcommand{\@printglossary}[2]{%
+ \def\@glo@type{\glsdefaulttype}%
+ \def\glossarytitle{\csname @glotype@\@glo@type @title\endcsname}%
+ \def\glossarytoctitle{\glossarytitle}%
+ \let\org@glossarytitle\glossarytitle
+ \def\@glossarystyle{%
+ \ifx\@glossary@default@style\relax
+ \GlossariesWarning{No default glossary style provided \MessageBreak
+ for the glossary `\@glo@type'. \MessageBreak
+ Using deprecated fallback. \MessageBreak
+ To fix this set the style with \MessageBreak
+ \string\setglossarystyle\space or use the \MessageBreak
+ style key=value option}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \def\gls@dotoctitle{\glssettoctitle{\@glo@type}}%
+ \let\@org@glossaryentrynumbers\glossaryentrynumbers
+ \bgroup
+ \@printgloss@setsort
+ \setkeys{printgloss}{#1}%
+ \@printgloss@checkexists{\@glo@type}%
+ {%
+ \ifx\glossarytitle\org@glossarytitle
+ \else
+ \expandafter\let\csname @glotype@\@glo@type @title\endcsname
+ \glossarytitle
+ \fi
+ \let\currentglossary\@glo@type
+ \let\org@glossaryentrynumbers\glossaryentrynumbers
+ \let\glsnonextpages\@glsnonextpages
+ \let\glsnextpages\@glsnextpages
+ \let\nopostdesc\@nopostdesc
+ \gls@dotoctitle
+ \@glossarystyle
+ \let\gls@org@glossaryentryfield\glossentry
+ \let\gls@org@glossarysubentryfield\subglossentry
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[1]{%
+ \xdef\glscurrententrylabel{\glsdetoklabel{##1}}%
+ \gls@org@glossaryentryfield{##1}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[2]{%
+ \xdef\glscurrententrylabel{\glsdetoklabel{##2}}%
+ \gls@org@glossarysubentryfield{##1}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \@gls@preglossaryhook
+ #2%
+ }%
+ \egroup
+ \global\let\glossaryentrynumbers\@org@glossaryentrynumbers
+ \global\let\warn@noprintglossary\relax
+}
+\newcommand{\@print@glossary}{%
+ \makeatletter
+ \@input@{\jobname.\csname @glotype@\@glo@type @in\endcsname}%
+ \IfFileExists{\jobname.\csname @glotype@\@glo@type @in\endcsname}%
+ {}%
+ {\null}%
+ \ifglsxindy
+ \ifcsundef{@xdy@\@glo@type @language}%
+ {%
+ \edef\@do@auxoutstuff{%
+ \noexpand\AtEndDocument{%
+ \noexpand\immediate\noexpand\write\@auxout{%
+ \string\providecommand\string\@xdylanguage[2]{}}%
+ \noexpand\immediate\noexpand\write\@auxout{%
+ \string\@xdylanguage{\@glo@type}{\@xdy@main@language}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \edef\@do@auxoutstuff{%
+ \noexpand\AtEndDocument{%
+ \noexpand\immediate\noexpand\write\@auxout{%
+ \string\providecommand\string\@xdylanguage[2]{}}%
+ \noexpand\immediate\noexpand\write\@auxout{%
+ \string\@xdylanguage{\@glo@type}{\csname @xdy@\@glo@type
+ @language\endcsname}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \@do@auxoutstuff
+ \edef\@do@auxoutstuff{%
+ \noexpand\AtEndDocument{%
+ \noexpand\immediate\noexpand\write\@auxout{%
+ \string\providecommand\string\@gls@codepage[2]{}}%
+ \noexpand\immediate\noexpand\write\@auxout{%
+ \string\@gls@codepage{\@glo@type}{\gls@codepage}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \@do@auxoutstuff
+ \fi
+ \renewcommand*{\@warn@nomakeglossaries}{%
+ \GlossariesWarningNoLine{\string\makeglossaries\space
+ hasn't been used,^^Jthe glossaries will not be updated}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glo@sortentries}[2]{%
+ \glosortentrieswarning
+ \def\@glo@sortinglist{}%
+ \def\@glo@sortinghandler{#1}%
+ \edef\@glo@type{#2}%
+ \forlistcsloop{\@glo@do@sortentries}{@glsref@#2}%
+ \csdef{@glsref@#2}{}%
+ \@for\@this@label:=\@glo@sortinglist\do{%
+ \xifinlistcs{\@this@label}{@glsref@#2}%
+ {}%
+ {%
+ \listcsxadd{@glsref@#2}{\@this@label}%
+ }%
+ \ifcsdef{@glo@sortingchildren@\@this@label}%
+ {%
+ \@glo@addchildren{#2}{\@this@label}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glo@addchildren}[2]{%
+ \bgroup
+ \letcs{\@glo@childlist}{@glo@sortingchildren@#2}%
+ \@for\@this@childlabel:=\@glo@childlist\do
+ {%
+ \xifinlistcs{\@this@childlabel}{@glsref@#1}%
+ {}%
+ {%
+ \listcsxadd{@glsref@#1}{\@this@childlabel}%
+ }%
+ \ifcsdef{@glo@sortingchildren@\@this@childlabel}%
+ {%
+ \@glo@addchildren{#1}{\@this@childlabel}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \egroup
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glo@do@sortentries}[1]{%
+ \ifglshasparent{#1}%
+ {%
+ \edef\@glo@parent{\csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@parent}}%
+ \ifcsundef{@glo@sortingchildren@\@glo@parent}%
+ {%
+ \csdef{@glo@sortingchildren@\@glo@parent}{}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ \expandafter\@glo@sortedinsert
+ \csname @glo@sortingchildren@\@glo@parent\endcsname{#1}%
+ \xifinlistcs{\@glo@parent}{@glsref@\@glo@type}%
+ {%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\@glo@do@sortentries\expandafter{\@glo@parent}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@glo@sortedinsert{\@glo@sortinglist}{#1}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glo@sortedinsert}[2]{%
+ \dtl@insertinto{#2}{#1}{\@glo@sortinghandler}%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\@glo@sorthandler@word}[2]{%
+ \letcs\@gls@sort@A{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@sort}%
+ \letcs\@gls@sort@B{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@sort}%
+ \edef\glo@do@compare{%
+ \noexpand\dtlwordindexcompare{\noexpand\dtl@sortresult}%
+ {\expandonce\@gls@sort@B}%
+ {\expandonce\@gls@sort@A}%
+ }%
+ \glo@do@compare
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glo@sorthandler@letter}[2]{%
+ \letcs\@gls@sort@A{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@sort}%
+ \letcs\@gls@sort@B{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@sort}%
+ \edef\glo@do@compare{%
+ \noexpand\dtlletterindexcompare{\noexpand\dtl@sortresult}%
+ {\expandonce\@gls@sort@B}%
+ {\expandonce\@gls@sort@A}%
+ }%
+ \glo@do@compare
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glo@sorthandler@case}[2]{%
+ \letcs\@gls@sort@A{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@sort}%
+ \letcs\@gls@sort@B{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@sort}%
+ \edef\glo@do@compare{%
+ \noexpand\dtlcompare{\noexpand\dtl@sortresult}%
+ {\expandonce\@gls@sort@B}%
+ {\expandonce\@gls@sort@A}%
+ }%
+ \glo@do@compare
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glo@sorthandler@nocase}[2]{%
+ \letcs\@gls@sort@A{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@sort}%
+ \letcs\@gls@sort@B{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@sort}%
+ \edef\glo@do@compare{%
+ \noexpand\dtlicompare{\noexpand\dtl@sortresult}%
+ {\expandonce\@gls@sort@B}%
+ {\expandonce\@gls@sort@A}%
+ }%
+ \glo@do@compare
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glo@sortmacro@word}[1]{%
+ \ifdefstring{\@glo@default@sorttype}{standard}%
+ {%
+ \@glo@sortentries{\@glo@sorthandler@word}{#1}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Conflicting sort options:^^J
+ \string\usepackage[sort=\@glo@default@sorttype]{glossaries}^^J
+ \string\printnoidxglossary[sort=word]}{}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glo@sortmacro@letter}[1]{%
+ \ifdefstring{\@glo@default@sorttype}{standard}%
+ {%
+ \@glo@sortentries{\@glo@sorthandler@letter}{#1}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Conflicting sort options:^^J
+ \string\usepackage[sort=\@glo@default@sorttype]{glossaries}^^J
+ \string\printnoidxglossary[sort=letter]}{}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glo@sortmacro@standard}[1]{%
+ \ifdefstring{\@glo@default@sorttype}{standard}%
+ {%
+ \ifcsdef{@glo@sorthandler@\glsorder}%
+ {%
+ \@glo@sortentries{\csuse{@glo@sorthandler@\glsorder}}{#1}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Unknown sort handler `\glsorder'}{}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Conflicting sort options:^^J
+ \string\usepackage[sort=\@glo@default@sorttype]{glossaries}^^J
+ \string\printnoidxglossary[sort=standard]}{}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glo@sortmacro@case}[1]{%
+ \ifdefstring{\@glo@default@sorttype}{standard}%
+ {%
+ \@glo@sortentries{\@glo@sorthandler@case}{#1}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Conflicting sort options:^^J
+ \string\usepackage[sort=\@glo@default@sorttype]{glossaries}^^J
+ \string\printnoidxglossary[sort=case]}{}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glo@sortmacro@nocase}[1]{%
+ \ifdefstring{\@glo@default@sorttype}{standard}%
+ {%
+ \@glo@sortentries{\@glo@sorthandler@nocase}{#1}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Conflicting sort options:^^J
+ \string\usepackage[sort=\@glo@default@sorttype]{glossaries}^^J
+ \string\printnoidxglossary[sort=nocase]}{}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glo@sortmacro@def}[1]{%
+ \def\@glo@sortinglist{}%
+ \forglsentries[#1]{\@gls@thislabel}%
+ {%
+ \xifinlistcs{\@gls@thislabel}{@glsref@#1}%
+ {%
+ \listeadd{\@glo@sortinglist}{\@gls@thislabel}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \cslet{@glsref@#1}{\@glo@sortinglist}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glo@sortmacro@def@do}[1]{%
+ \ifinlistcs{#1}{@glsref@\@glo@type}%
+ {}%
+ {%
+ \listcsadd{@glsref@\@glo@type}{#1}%
+ }%
+ \ifcsdef{@glo@sortingchildren@#1}%
+ {%
+ \@glo@addchildren{\@glo@type}{#1}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glo@sortmacro@use}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\@print@noidx@glossary}{%
+ \ifcsdef{@glsref@\@glo@type}%
+ {%
+ \ifcsdef{@glo@sortmacro@\@glo@sorttype}%
+ {%
+ \csuse{@glo@sortmacro@\@glo@sorttype}{\@glo@type}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Unknown sort handler `\@glo@sorttype'}{}%
+ }%
+ \glossarysection[\glossarytoctitle]{\glossarytitle}%
+ \glossarypreamble
+ \def\@gls@currentlettergroup{}%
+ \begin{theglossary}%
+ \glossaryheader
+ \glsresetentrylist
+ \forlistcsloop{\@gls@noidx@do}{@glsref@\@glo@type}%
+ \end{theglossary}%
+ \glossarypostamble
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@gls@noref@warn{\@glo@type}%
+ }%
+}
+\def\glo@grabfirst#1#2\@nil{%
+ \def\@gls@firsttok{#1}%
+ \ifdefempty\@gls@firsttok
+ {%
+ \def\@glo@thislettergrp{0}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\@gls@firsttok
+ \expandafter\@glo@grabfirst\@gls@firsttok{}{}\@nil
+ }%
+}
+\def\@glo@grabfirst#1#2\@nil{%
+ \ifdefempty\@glo@thislettergrp
+ {%
+ \def\@glo@thislettergrp{glssymbols}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \count@=\uccode`#1\relax
+ \ifnum\count@=0\relax
+ \def\@glo@thislettergrp{glssymbols}%
+ \else
+ \ifdefstring\@glo@sorttype{case}%
+ {%
+ \count@=`#1\relax
+ }%
+ {%
+ }%
+ \edef\@glo@thislettergrp{\the\count@}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand{\@gls@noidx@do}[1]{%
+ \global\letcs{\@gls@loclist}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@loclist}%
+ \ifglshasparent{#1}%
+ {%
+ \gls@level=\csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@level}\relax
+ \ifdefvoid{\@gls@loclist}
+ {%
+ \subglossentry{\gls@level}{#1}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \subglossentry{\gls@level}{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glossaryentrynumbers{\glsnoidxloclist{\@gls@loclist}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \letcs{\@gls@sort}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@sort}%
+ \expandafter\glo@grabfirst\@gls@sort{}{}\@nil
+ \ifdefequal{\@glo@thislettergrp}{\@gls@currentlettergroup}%
+ {}%
+ {%
+ \ifdefempty{\@gls@currentlettergroup}{}%
+ {%
+ \global\let\@glo@thislettergrp\@glo@thislettergrp
+ \glsgroupskip
+ }%
+ \glsgroupheading{\@glo@thislettergrp}%
+ }%
+ \global\let\@gls@currentlettergroup\@glo@thislettergrp
+ \ifdefvoid{\@gls@loclist}
+ {%
+ \glossentry{#1}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glossentry{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glossaryentrynumbers{\glsnoidxloclist{\@gls@loclist}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsnoidxloclist}[1]{%
+ \def\@gls@noidxloclist@sep{}%
+ \def\@gls@noidxloclist@prev{}%
+ \forlistloop{\glsnoidxloclisthandler}{#1}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsnoidxloclisthandler}[1]{%
+ \ifdefstring{\@gls@noidxloclist@prev}{#1}%
+ {%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@gls@noidxloclist@sep
+ #1%
+ \def\@gls@noidxloclist@sep{\delimN}%
+ \def\@gls@noidxloclist@prev{#1}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsnoidxdisplayloclisthandler}[1]{%
+ \ifdefstring{\@gls@noidxloclist@prev}{#1}%
+ {%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@gls@noidxloclist@sep
+ \@gls@noidxloclist@prev
+ \def\@gls@noidxloclist@prev{#1}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*\glsnoidxdisplayloc[4]{%
+ \setentrycounter[#1]{#2}%
+ \csuse{#3}{#4}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@reference}[3]{%
+ \glsdoifexistsorwarn{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifcsundef{@glsref@#1}{\csgdef{@glsref@#1}{}}{}%
+ \ifinlistcs{#2}{@glsref@#1}%
+ {}%
+ {\listcsgadd{@glsref@#1}{#2}}%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@loclist}%
+ {\csgdef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@loclist}{}}%
+ {}%
+ \listcsgadd{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@loclist}{#3}%
+ }%
+}
+\define@key{printgloss}{type}{\def\@glo@type{#1}}
+\define@key{printgloss}{title}{%
+ \def\glossarytitle{#1}%
+ \let\gls@dotoctitle\relax
+}
+\define@key{printgloss}{toctitle}{%
+ \def\glossarytoctitle{#1}%
+ \let\gls@dotoctitle\relax
+}
+\define@key{printgloss}{style}{%
+ \ifcsundef{@glsstyle@#1}%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}%
+ {Glossary style `#1' undefined}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \def\@glossarystyle{\setglossentrycompatibility
+ \csname @glsstyle@#1\endcsname}%
+ }%
+}
+\define@choicekey{printgloss}{numberedsection}%
+ [\gls@numberedsection@val\gls@numberedsection@nr]%
+ {false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]%
+{%
+ \ifcase\gls@numberedsection@nr\relax
+ \renewcommand*{\@@glossarysecstar}{*}%
+ \renewcommand*{\@@glossaryseclabel}{}%
+ \or
+ \renewcommand*{\@@glossarysecstar}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\@@glossaryseclabel}{}%
+ \or
+ \renewcommand*{\@@glossarysecstar}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\@@glossaryseclabel}{\label{\glsautoprefix\@glo@type}}%
+ \or
+ \renewcommand*{\@@glossarysecstar}{*}%
+ \renewcommand*{\@@glossaryseclabel}{%
+ \protected@edef\@currentlabelname{\glossarytoctitle}%
+ \label{\glsautoprefix\@glo@type}}%
+ \fi
+}
+\define@choicekey{printgloss}{nogroupskip}{true,false}[true]{%
+ \csuse{glsnogroupskip#1}%
+}
+\define@choicekey{printgloss}{nopostdot}{true,false}[true]{%
+ \csuse{glsnopostdot#1}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\GlsEntryCounterLabelPrefix}{glsentry-}
+\define@choicekey{printgloss}{entrycounter}{true,false}[true]{%
+ \csuse{glsentrycounter#1}%
+ \@gls@define@glossaryentrycounter
+}
+\define@choicekey{printgloss}{subentrycounter}{true,false}[true]{%
+ \csuse{glssubentrycounter#1}%
+ \@gls@define@glossarysubentrycounter
+}
+\define@boolkey{printgloss}[gls]{nonumberlist}[true]{%
+\ifglsnonumberlist
+ \def\glossaryentrynumbers##1{}%
+\else
+ \def\glossaryentrynumbers##1{##1}%
+\fi}
+\define@key{printgloss}{sort}{\@glo@assign@sortkey{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\@glo@no@assign@sortkey}[1]{%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{`sort' key not permitted with
+ \string\printglossary}%
+ {The `sort' key may only be used with \string\printnoidxglossary}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@@glo@assign@sortkey}[1]{%
+ \def\@glo@sorttype{#1}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glsnonextpages}{%
+ \gdef\glossaryentrynumbers##1{%
+ \glsresetentrylist
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glsnextpages}{%
+ \gdef\glossaryentrynumbers##1{%
+ ##1\glsresetentrylist}}
+\newcommand*{\glsresetentrylist}{%
+ \global\let\glossaryentrynumbers\org@glossaryentrynumbers}
+\newcommand*{\glsnonextpages}{}
+\newcommand*{\glsnextpages}{}
+\@gls@define@glossaryentrycounter
+\@gls@define@glossarysubentrycounter
+\newcommand*{\glsresetsubentrycounter}{%
+ \ifglssubentrycounter
+ \setcounter{glossarysubentry}{0}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsresetentrycounter}{%
+ \ifglsentrycounter
+ \setcounter{glossaryentry}{0}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsstepentry}[1]{%
+ \ifglsentrycounter
+ \refstepcounter{glossaryentry}%
+ \label{\GlsEntryCounterLabelPrefix\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsstepsubentry}[1]{%
+ \ifglssubentrycounter
+ \edef\currentglssubentry{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \refstepcounter{glossarysubentry}%
+ \label{\GlsEntryCounterLabelPrefix\currentglssubentry}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsrefentry}[1]{%
+ \ifglsentrycounter
+ \ref{\GlsEntryCounterLabelPrefix\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \else
+ \ifglssubentrycounter
+ \ref{\GlsEntryCounterLabelPrefix\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \else
+ \gls{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentrycounterlabel}{%
+ \ifglsentrycounter
+ \theglossaryentry.\space
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\glssubentrycounterlabel}{%
+ \ifglssubentrycounter
+ \theglossarysubentry)\space
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryitem}[1]{%
+ \ifglsentrycounter
+ \glsstepentry{#1}\glsentrycounterlabel
+ \else
+ \glsresetsubentrycounter
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\glssubentryitem}[1]{%
+ \ifglssubentrycounter
+ \glsstepsubentry{#1}\glssubentrycounterlabel
+ \fi
+}
+\ifcsundef{theglossary}%
+{%
+ \newenvironment{theglossary}{}{}%
+}%
+{%
+ \@gls@warnontheglossdefined
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}{}{}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}
+\newcommand*{\glstarget}[2]{\@glstarget{\glolinkprefix#1}{#2}}
+\providecommand*{\compatibleglossentry}[2]{%
+ \toks@{#2}%
+ \protected@edef\@do@glossentry{\noexpand\glossaryentryfield{#1}%
+ {\noexpand\glsnamefont
+ {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@#1@name\endcsname}}%
+ {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@#1@desc\endcsname}%
+ {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@#1@symbol\endcsname}%
+ {\the\toks@}%
+ }%
+ \@do@glossentry
+}
+\newcommand*{\glossentryname}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexistsorwarn{#1}%
+ {%
+ \letcs{\glo@name}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@name}%
+ \expandafter\glsnamefont\expandafter{\glo@name}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\Glossentryname}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexistsorwarn{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glsnamefont{\Glsentryname{#1}}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glossentrydesc}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexistsorwarn{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glsentrydesc{#1}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\Glossentrydesc}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexistsorwarn{#1}%
+ {%
+ \Glsentrydesc{#1}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glossentrysymbol}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexistsorwarn{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glsentrysymbol{#1}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\Glossentrysymbol}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexistsorwarn{#1}%
+ {%
+ \Glsentrysymbol{#1}%
+ }%
+}
+\providecommand*{\compatiblesubglossentry}[3]{%
+ \toks@{#3}%
+ \protected@edef\@do@subglossentry{\noexpand\glossarysubentryfield{\number#1}%
+ {#2}%
+ {\noexpand\glsnamefont
+ {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@#2@name\endcsname}}%
+ {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@#2@desc\endcsname}%
+ {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@#2@symbol\endcsname}%
+ {\the\toks@}%
+ }%
+ \@do@subglossentry
+}
+\newcommand*{\setglossentrycompatibility}{%
+ \let\glossentry\compatibleglossentry
+ \let\subglossentry\compatiblesubglossentry
+}
+\setglossentrycompatibility
+\newcommand{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \GlossariesWarning
+ {Deprecated use of \string\glossaryentryfield.^^J
+ I recommend you change to \string\glossentry.^^J
+ If you've just upgraded, try removing your gls auxiliary
+ files^^J and recompile}%
+ \noindent\textbf{\glstarget{#1}{#2}} #4 #3. #5\par}
+\newcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ \GlossariesWarning
+ {Deprecated use of \string\glossarysubentryfield.^^J
+ I recommend you change to \string\subglossentry.^^J
+ If you've just upgraded, try removing your gls auxiliary
+ files^^J and recompile}%
+ \glstarget{#2}{\strut}#4. #6\par}
+\newcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}
+\newcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}
+\newcommand*{\glsgetgrouptitle}[1]{%
+ \@gls@getgrouptitle{#1}{\@gls@grptitle}%
+ \@gls@grptitle
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@getgrouptitle}[2]{%
+ \dtl@ifsingle{#1}%
+ {%
+ \ifcsundef{#1groupname}{\def#2{#1}}{\letcs#2{#1groupname}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifboolexpr{test{\ifstrequal{#1}{glssymbols}}
+ or test{\ifstrequal{#1}{glsnumbers}}}%
+ {%
+ \ifcsundef{#1groupname}{\def#2{#1}}{\letcs#2{#1groupname}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \def#2{#1}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@noidx@getgrouptitle}[2]{%
+ \DTLifint{#1}%
+ {\edef#2{\char#1\relax}}%
+ {%
+ \ifcsundef{#1groupname}{\def#2{#1}}{\letcs#2{#1groupname}}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsgetgrouplabel}[1]{%
+\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{\glssymbolsgroupname}}{glssymbols}{%
+\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{\glsnumbersgroupname}}{glsnumbers}{#1}}}
+\newcommand*{\setentrycounter}[2][]{%
+ \def\@glo@counterprefix{#1}%
+ \ifx\@glo@counterprefix\@empty
+ \def\@glo@counterprefix{.}%
+ \else
+ \def\@glo@counterprefix{.#1.}%
+ \fi
+ \def\glsentrycounter{#2}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\setglossarystyle}[1]{%
+ \ifcsundef{@glsstyle@#1}%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Glossary style `#1' undefined}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \csname @glsstyle@#1\endcsname
+ }%
+ \ifx\@glossary@default@style\relax
+ \protected@edef\@glossary@default@style{#1}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\glossarystyle}[1]{%
+ \ifcsundef{@glsstyle@#1}%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Glossary style `#1' undefined}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \GlossariesWarning
+ {Deprecated command \string\glossarystyle.^^J
+ I recommend you switch to \string\setglossarystyle\space unless
+ you want to maintain backward compatibility}%
+ \setglossentrycompatibility
+ \csname @glsstyle@#1\endcsname
+ \ifcsdef{@glscompstyle@#1}%
+ {\setglossentrycompatibility\csuse{@glscompstyle@#1}}%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ \ifx\@glossary@default@style\relax
+ \protected@edef\@glossary@default@style{#1}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand{\newglossarystyle}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{@glsstyle@#1}%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\def\csname @glsstyle@#1\endcsname{#2}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Glossary style `#1' is already defined}{}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand{\renewglossarystyle}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{@glsstyle@#1}%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Glossary style `#1' isn't already defined}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \csdef{@glsstyle@#1}{#2}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsnamefont}[1]{#1}
+\ifcsundef{hyperlink}%
+{%
+ \def\glshypernumber#1{#1}%
+}%
+{%
+ \def\glshypernumber#1{\@glshypernumber#1\nohyperpage{}\@nil}
+}
+\def\@glshypernumber#1\nohyperpage#2#3\@nil{%
+ \ifx\\#1\\%
+ \else
+ \@delimR#1\delimR\delimR\\%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\\#2\\%
+ \else
+ #2%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\\#3\\%
+ \else
+ \@glshypernumber#3\@nil
+ \fi
+}
+\def\@delimR#1\delimR #2\delimR #3\\{%
+\ifx\\#2\\%
+ \@delimN{#1}%
+\else
+ \@gls@numberlink{#1}\delimR\@gls@numberlink{#2}%
+\fi}
+\def\@delimN#1{\@@delimN#1\delimN \delimN\\}
+\def\@@delimN#1\delimN #2\delimN#3\\{%
+\ifx\\#3\\%
+ \@gls@numberlink{#1}%
+\else
+ \@gls@numberlink{#1}\delimN\@gls@numberlink{#2}%
+\fi
+}
+\def\@gls@numberlink#1{%
+\begingroup
+ \toks@={}%
+ \@gls@removespaces#1 \@nil
+\endgroup}
+\def\@gls@removespaces#1 #2\@nil{%
+ \toks@=\expandafter{\the\toks@#1}%
+ \ifx\\#2\\%
+ \edef\x{\the\toks@}%
+ \ifx\x\empty
+ \else
+ \hyperlink{\glsentrycounter\@glo@counterprefix\the\toks@}%
+ {\the\toks@}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \@gls@ReturnAfterFi{%
+ \@gls@removespaces#2\@nil
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+\long\def\@gls@ReturnAfterFi#1\fi{\fi#1}
+\newcommand*{\hyperrm}[1]{\textrm{\glshypernumber{#1}}}
+\newcommand*{\hypersf}[1]{\textsf{\glshypernumber{#1}}}
+\newcommand*{\hypertt}[1]{\texttt{\glshypernumber{#1}}}
+\newcommand*{\hyperbf}[1]{\textbf{\glshypernumber{#1}}}
+\newcommand*{\hypermd}[1]{\textmd{\glshypernumber{#1}}}
+\newcommand*{\hyperit}[1]{\textit{\glshypernumber{#1}}}
+\newcommand*{\hypersl}[1]{\textsl{\glshypernumber{#1}}}
+\newcommand*{\hyperup}[1]{\textup{\glshypernumber{#1}}}
+\newcommand*{\hypersc}[1]{\textsc{\glshypernumber{#1}}}
+\newcommand*{\hyperemph}[1]{\emph{\glshypernumber{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\oldacronym}[4][\gls@label]{%
+ \def\gls@label{#2}%
+ \newacronym[#4]{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \ifcsundef{xspace}%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname#1\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\@ifstar{\noexpand\Gls{#1}}{\noexpand\gls{#1}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname#1\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\@ifstar{\noexpand\Gls{#1}\noexpand\xspace}{%
+ \noexpand\gls{#1}\noexpand\xspace}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+ \newcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{}
+\newcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glsacrpluralsuffix}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glstextup}[1]{\ifdef\textulc{\textulc{#1}}{\textup{#1}}}
+\newcommand*{\glsshortkey}{short}
+\newcommand*{\glsshortpluralkey}{shortplural}
+\newcommand*{\glslongkey}{long}
+\newcommand*{\glslongpluralkey}{longplural}
+\newrobustcmd*{\acrfull}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@acrfull}
+\newcommand*\ns@acrfull[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@acrfull{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@acrfull{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@acrfull#1#2[#3]{%
+ \acrfullfmt{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\acrfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \acrlinkfullformat{\@acrlong}{\@acrshort}{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+\newcommand{\acrlinkfullformat}[5]{%
+ \acrfullformat{#1{#3}{#4}[#5]}{#2{#3}{#4}[]}%
+}
+\newcommand{\acrfullformat}[2]{#1\glsspace(#2)}
+\newrobustcmd{\glsspace}{\space}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Acrfull}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Acrfull}
+\newcommand*\ns@Acrfull[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Acrfull{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@Acrfull{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@Acrfull#1#2[#3]{%
+ \Acrfullfmt{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\Acrfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \acrlinkfullformat{\@Acrlong}{\@acrshort}{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\ACRfull}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@ACRfull}
+\newcommand*\ns@ACRfull[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@ACRfull{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@ACRfull{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@ACRfull#1#2[#3]{%
+ \ACRfullfmt{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\ACRfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \acrlinkfullformat{\@ACRlong}{\@ACRshort}{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\acrfullpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@acrfullpl}
+\newcommand*\ns@acrfullpl[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@acrfullpl{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@acrfullpl{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@acrfullpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \acrfullplfmt{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \acrlinkfullformat{\@acrlongpl}{\@acrshortpl}{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Acrfullpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@Acrfullpl}
+\newcommand*\ns@Acrfullpl[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@Acrfullpl{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@Acrfullpl{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@Acrfullpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \Acrfullplfmt{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\Acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \acrlinkfullformat{\@Acrlongpl}{\@acrshortpl}{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\ACRfullpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\ns@ACRfullpl}
+\newcommand*\ns@ACRfullpl[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[{\@ACRfullpl{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@ACRfullpl{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@ACRfullpl#1#2[#3]{%
+ \ACRfullplfmt{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\ACRfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \acrlinkfullformat{\@ACRlongpl}{\@ACRshortpl}{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+\newcommand{\acronymfont}[1]{#1}
+\newcommand{\firstacronymfont}[1]{\acronymfont{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\acrnameformat}[2]{\acronymfont{#1}}
+\newtoks\glskeylisttok
+\newtoks\glslabeltok
+\newtoks\glsshorttok
+\newtoks\glslongtok
+\newcommand*{\newacronymhook}{}
+\newcommand*{\SetGenericNewAcronym}{%
+ \let\@Gls@entryname\@Gls@acrentryname
+ \renewcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{%
+ \ifdefempty{\@glsacronymlists}%
+ {%
+ \def\@glo@type{\acronymtype}%
+ \setkeys{glossentry}{##1}%
+ \DeclareAcronymList{\@glo@type}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ \glskeylisttok{##1}%
+ \glslabeltok{##2}%
+ \glsshorttok{##3}%
+ \glslongtok{##4}%
+ \newacronymhook
+ \protected@edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
+ \noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ {%
+ type=\acronymtype,%
+ name={\expandonce{\acronymentry{##2}}},%
+ sort={\acronymsort{\the\glsshorttok}{\the\glslongtok}},%
+ text={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ short={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ shortplural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ long={\the\glslongtok},%
+ longplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ \GenericAcronymFields,%
+ \the\glskeylisttok
+ }%
+ }%
+ \@do@newglossaryentry
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{\genacrfullformat{##2}{##3}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Acrfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{\Genacrfullformat{##2}{##3}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\ACRfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\genacrfullformat{##2}{##3}}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{\genplacrfullformat{##2}{##3}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{\Genplacrfullformat{##2}{##3}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\ACRfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\genplacrfullformat{##2}{##3}}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsentryfull}[1]{\genacrfullformat{##1}{}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsentryfull}[1]{\Genacrfullformat{##1}{}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsentryfullpl}[1]{\genplacrfullformat{##1}{}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsentryfullpl}[1]{\Genplacrfullformat{##1}{}}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{description={\the\glslongtok}}
+\newcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{#1}}}
+\newcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{#1}
+\newcommand*{\setacronymstyle}[1]{%
+ \ifcsundef{@glsacr@dispstyle@#1}
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Undefined acronym style `#1'}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifdefempty{\@glsacronymlists}%
+ {%
+ \DeclareAcronymList{\acronymtype}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ \SetGenericNewAcronym
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{#1}%
+ \@for\@gls@type:=\@glsacronymlists\do{%
+ \defglsentryfmt[\@gls@type]{\GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{#1}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\newacronymstyle}[3]{%
+ \ifcsdef{@glsacr@dispstyle@#1}%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Acronym style `#1' already exists}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \csdef{@glsacr@dispstyle@#1}{#2}%
+ \csdef{@glsacr@styledefs@#1}{#3}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\renewacronymstyle}[3]{%
+ \ifcsdef{@glsacr@dispstyle@#1}%
+ {%
+ \csdef{@glsacr@dispstyle@#1}{#2}%
+ \csdef{@glsacr@styledefs@#1}{#3}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Acronym style `#1' doesn't exist}{}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle}[1]{\csuse{@glsacr@dispstyle@#1}}
+\newcommand*{\GlsUseAcrStyleDefs}[1]{\csuse{@glsacr@styledefs@#1}}
+\newacronymstyle{long-short}%
+{%
+ \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}%
+}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{description={\the\glslongtok}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsentrylong{##1}##2\space
+ (\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Genacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \Glsentrylong{##1}##2\space
+ (\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsentrylongpl{##1}##2\space
+ (\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \Glsentrylongpl{##1}##2\space
+ (\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##1}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{##1}%
+ \renewcommand*{\firstacronymfont}[1]{\acronymfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+}
+\newacronymstyle{long-sp-short}%
+{%
+ \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}%
+}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{description={\the\glslongtok}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsentrylong{##1}##2\glsacspace{##1}%
+ (\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Genacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \Glsentrylong{##1}##2\glsacspace{##1}%
+ (\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsentrylongpl{##1}##2\glsacspace{##1}%
+ (\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \Glsentrylongpl{##1}##2\glsacspace{##1}%
+ (\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##1}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{##1}%
+ \renewcommand*{\firstacronymfont}[1]{\acronymfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsacspace}[1]{%
+ \settowidth{\dimen@}{(\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{#1}})}%
+ \ifdim\dimen@<3em~\else\space\fi
+}
+\newacronymstyle{short-long}%
+{%
+ \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}%
+}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{description={\the\glslongtok}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}##2\space
+ (\glsentrylong{##1})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Genacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \protect\firstacronymfont{\Glsentryshort{##1}}##2\space
+ (\glsentrylong{##1})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}}##2\space
+ (\glsentrylongpl{##1})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \protect\firstacronymfont{\Glsentryshortpl{##1}}##2\space
+ (\glsentrylongpl{##1})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##1}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{##1}%
+ \renewcommand*{\firstacronymfont}[1]{\acronymfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+}
+\newacronymstyle{long-sc-short}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{long-short}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{long-short}%
+ \renewcommand{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsc{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glsupacrpluralsuffix}%
+}
+\newacronymstyle{long-sm-short}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{long-short}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{long-short}%
+ \renewcommand{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsmaller{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glsacrpluralsuffix}%
+}
+\newacronymstyle{sc-short-long}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{short-long}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{short-long}%
+ \renewcommand{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsc{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glsupacrpluralsuffix}%
+}
+\newacronymstyle{sm-short-long}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{short-long}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{short-long}%
+ \renewcommand{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsmaller{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glsacrpluralsuffix}%
+}
+\newacronymstyle{long-short-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{long-short}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{long-short}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glsentrylong{##1}\space (\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})}%
+}
+\newacronymstyle{long-sp-short-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{long-sp-short}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{long-sp-short}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glsentrylong{##1}\glsacspace{##1}(\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})}%
+}
+\newacronymstyle{long-sc-short-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{long-sc-short}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{long-sc-short}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glsentrylong{##1}\space (\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})}%
+}
+\newacronymstyle{long-sm-short-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{long-sm-short}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{long-sm-short}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glsentrylong{##1}\space (\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})}%
+}
+\newacronymstyle{short-long-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{short-long}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{short-long}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glsentrylong{##1}\space (\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})}%
+}
+\newacronymstyle{sc-short-long-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{sc-short-long}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{sc-short-long}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glsentrylong{##1}\space (\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})}%
+}
+\newacronymstyle{sm-short-long-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{sm-short-long}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{sm-short-long}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glsentrylong{##1}\space (\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})}%
+}
+\newacronymstyle{dua}%
+{%
+ \ifdefempty\glscustomtext
+ {%
+ \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}%
+ {%
+ \glsifplural
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \glsentrylongpl{\glslabel}\glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \Glsentrylongpl{\glslabel}\glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\glsentrylongpl{\glslabel}\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \glsentrylong{\glslabel}\glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \Glsentrylong{\glslabel}\glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\glsentrylong{\glslabel}\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsgenentryfmt
+ }%
+ }%
+ {\glscustomtext\glsinsert}%
+}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{description={\the\glslongtok}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{\glsentrylong{##2}##3\space
+ (\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}})}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Acrfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{\Glsentrylong{##2}##3\space
+ (\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}})}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\ACRfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylong{##2}##3\space
+ (\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}})}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{\glsentrylongpl{##2}##3\space
+ (\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}})}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{\Glsentrylongpl{##2}##3\space
+ (\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}})}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\ACRfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylongpl{##2}##3\space
+ (\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}})}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsentryfull}[1]{%
+ \glsentrylong{##1}\space(\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsentryfull}[1]{%
+ \Glsentrylong{##1}\space(\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsentryfullpl}[1]{%
+ \glsentrylongpl{##1}\space(\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsentryfullpl}[1]{%
+ \Glsentrylongpl{##1}\space(\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##1}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{##1}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glsacrpluralsuffix}%
+}
+\newacronymstyle{dua-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{dua}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{dua}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{\acronymfont{\glsentrylong{##1}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+}%
+\newacronymstyle{footnote}%
+{%
+ \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}%
+}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{description={\the\glslongtok}}%
+ \glshyperfirstfalse
+ \renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}##2%
+ \protect\footnote{\glsentrylong{##1}}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Genacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \firstacronymfont{\Glsentryshort{##1}}##2%
+ \protect\footnote{\glsentrylong{##1}}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}}##2%
+ \protect\footnote{\glsentrylongpl{##1}}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \protect\firstacronymfont{\Glsentryshortpl{##1}}##2%
+ \protect\footnote{\glsentrylongpl{##1}}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##1}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{##1}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glsacrpluralsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}}##3\space
+ (\glsentrylong{##2})}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Acrfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{\acronymfont{\Glsentryshort{##2}}##3\space
+ (\glsentrylong{##2})}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\ACRfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}}##3\space
+ (\glsentrylong{##2})}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}}##3\space
+ (\glsentrylongpl{##2})}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{\acronymfont{\Glsentryshortpl{##2}}##3\space
+ (\glsentrylongpl{##2})}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\ACRfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}}##3\space
+ (\glsentrylongpl{##2})}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsentryfull}[1]{%
+ \acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}\space(\glsentrylong{##1})}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsentryfull}[1]{%
+ \acronymfont{\Glsentryshort{##1}}\space(\glsentrylong{##1})}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsentryfullpl}[1]{%
+ \acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}}\space(\glsentrylongpl{##1})}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsentryfullpl}[1]{%
+ \acronymfont{\Glsentryshortpl{##1}}\space(\glsentrylongpl{##1})}%
+}
+\newacronymstyle{footnote-sc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{footnote}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{footnote}%
+ \renewcommand{\acronymentry}[1]{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}
+ \renewcommand{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsc{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glsupacrpluralsuffix}%
+}%
+\newacronymstyle{footnote-sm}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{footnote}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{footnote}%
+ \renewcommand{\acronymentry}[1]{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}
+ \renewcommand{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsmaller{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glsacrpluralsuffix}%
+}%
+\newacronymstyle{footnote-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{footnote}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{footnote}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glsentrylong{##1}\space (\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})}%
+}
+\newacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{footnote-sc}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{footnote-sc}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glsentrylong{##1}\space (\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})}%
+}
+\newacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{footnote-sm}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{footnote-sm}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glsentrylong{##1}\space (\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}})}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\DefineAcronymSynonyms}{%
+ \let\acs\acrshort
+ \let\Acs\Acrshort
+ \let\acsp\acrshortpl
+ \let\Acsp\Acrshortpl
+ \let\acl\acrlong
+ \let\aclp\acrlongpl
+ \let\Acl\Acrlong
+ \let\Aclp\Acrlongpl
+ \let\acf\acrfull
+ \let\acfp\acrfullpl
+ \let\Acf\Acrfull
+ \let\Acfp\Acrfullpl
+ \let\ac\gls
+ \let\Ac\Gls
+ \let\acp\glspl
+ \let\Acp\Glspl
+}
+\ifglsacrshortcuts
+ \DefineAcronymSynonyms
+\fi
+\newcommand*{\SetDefaultAcronymDisplayStyle}[1]{%
+ \defglsentryfmt[#1]{\glsgenentryfmt}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\DefaultNewAcronymDef}{%
+ \edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
+ \noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ {%
+ type=\acronymtype,%
+ name={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ sort={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ text={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ first={\acrfullformat{\the\glslongtok}{\the\glsshorttok}},%
+ plural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@shortpl},%
+ firstplural={\acrfullformat{\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@longpl}%
+ {\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@shortpl}},%
+ short={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ shortplural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ long={\the\glslongtok},%
+ longplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ description={\the\glslongtok},%
+ descriptionplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@longpl},%
+ \the\glskeylisttok
+ }%
+ }%
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@firstpl\gls@assign@firstpl
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@plural\gls@assign@plural
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@descplural\gls@assign@descplural
+ \def\gls@assign@firstpl##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{firstpl}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\gls@assign@plural##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{plural}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\gls@assign@descplural##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{descplural}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \@do@newglossaryentry
+ \let\gls@assign@firstpl\@org@gls@assign@firstpl
+ \let\gls@assign@plural\@org@gls@assign@plural
+ \let\gls@assign@symbolplural\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural
+}
+\newcommand*{\SetDefaultAcronymStyle}{%
+ \@for\@gls@type:=\@glsacronymlists\do{%
+ \SetDefaultAcronymDisplayStyle{\@gls@type}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{%
+ \ifx\@glsacronymlists\@empty
+ \def\@glo@type{\acronymtype}%
+ \setkeys{glossentry}{##1}%
+ \DeclareAcronymList{\@glo@type}%
+ \SetDefaultAcronymDisplayStyle{\@glo@type}%
+ \fi
+ \glskeylisttok{##1}%
+ \glslabeltok{##2}%
+ \glsshorttok{##3}%
+ \glslongtok{##4}%
+ \newacronymhook
+ \DefaultNewAcronymDef
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glsacrpluralsuffix}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\acrfootnote}[3]{\acrlinkfootnote{#1}{#2}{#3}}
+\newcommand*{\acrlinkfootnote}[3]{%
+ \footnote{\glslink[#1]{#2}{#3}}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\acrnolinkfootnote}[3]{%
+ \footnote{#3}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\SetDescriptionFootnoteAcronymDisplayStyle}[1]{%
+ \defglsentryfmt[#1]{%
+ \ifdefempty\glscustomtext
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{\glslabel}%
+ {%
+ \acronymfont{\glsgenentryfmt}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \firstacronymfont{\glsgenentryfmt}%
+ \ifglshassymbol{\glslabel}%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\protect\expandafter\acrfootnote\expandafter
+ {\@gls@link@opts}{\@gls@link@label}%
+ {%
+ \glsifplural
+ {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {\glscustomtext\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\DescriptionFootnoteNewAcronymDef}{%
+ \edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
+ \noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ {%
+ type=\acronymtype,%
+ name={\noexpand\acronymfont{\the\glsshorttok}},%
+ sort={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ first={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ firstplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@shortpl},%
+ text={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ plural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@shortpl},%
+ short={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ shortplural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ long={\the\glslongtok},%
+ longplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ symbol={\the\glslongtok},%
+ symbolplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@longpl},%
+ \the\glskeylisttok
+ }%
+ }%
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@firstpl\gls@assign@firstpl
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@plural\gls@assign@plural
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural\gls@assign@symbolplural
+ \def\gls@assign@firstpl##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{firstpl}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\gls@assign@plural##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{plural}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\gls@assign@symbolplural##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{symbolplural}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \@do@newglossaryentry
+ \let\gls@assign@plural\@org@gls@assign@plural
+ \let\gls@assign@firstpl\@org@gls@assign@firstpl
+ \let\gls@assign@symbolplural\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural
+}
+\newcommand*{\SetDescriptionFootnoteAcronymStyle}{%
+ \renewcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{%
+ \ifx\@glsacronymlists\@empty
+ \def\@glo@type{\acronymtype}%
+ \setkeys{glossentry}{##1}%
+ \DeclareAcronymList{\@glo@type}%
+ \SetDescriptionFootnoteAcronymDisplayStyle{\@glo@type}%
+ \fi
+ \glskeylisttok{##1}%
+ \glslabeltok{##2}%
+ \glsshorttok{##3}%
+ \glslongtok{##4}%
+ \newacronymhook
+ \DescriptionFootnoteNewAcronymDef
+ }%
+ \@for\@gls@type:=\@glsacronymlists\do{%
+ \SetDescriptionFootnoteAcronymDisplayStyle{\@gls@type}%
+ }%
+ \ifglsacrsmallcaps
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsc{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glsupacrpluralsuffix}%
+ \else
+ \ifglsacrsmaller
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsmaller{##1}}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifglsacrdua
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Option clash: `footnote' and `dua'
+ can't both be set}{}%
+ \fi
+}%
+\newcommand*{\SetDescriptionDUAAcronymDisplayStyle}[1]{%
+ \defglsentryfmt[#1]{\glsgenentryfmt}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\DescriptionDUANewAcronymDef}{%
+ \edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
+ \noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ {%
+ type=\acronymtype,%
+ name={\the\glslongtok},%
+ sort={\the\glslongtok},
+ text={\the\glslongtok},%
+ first={\the\glslongtok},%
+ plural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@longpl},%
+ firstplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@longpl},%
+ short={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ shortplural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ long={\the\glslongtok},%
+ longplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ symbol={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ symbolplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@shortpl},%
+ \the\glskeylisttok
+ }%
+ }%
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@firstpl\gls@assign@firstpl
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@plural\gls@assign@plural
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural\gls@assign@symbolplural
+ \def\gls@assign@firstpl##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{firstpl}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\gls@assign@plural##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{plural}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\gls@assign@symbolplural##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{symbolplural}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \@do@newglossaryentry
+ \let\gls@assign@firstpl\@org@gls@assign@firstpl
+ \let\gls@assign@plural\@org@gls@assign@plural
+ \let\gls@assign@symbolplural\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural
+}
+\newcommand*{\SetDescriptionDUAAcronymStyle}{%
+ \ifglsacrsmallcaps
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Option clash: `smallcaps' and `dua'
+ can't both be set}{}%
+ \else
+ \ifglsacrsmaller
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Option clash: `smaller' and `dua'
+ can't both be set}{}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \renewcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{%
+ \ifx\@glsacronymlists\@empty
+ \def\@glo@type{\acronymtype}%
+ \setkeys{glossentry}{##1}%
+ \DeclareAcronymList{\@glo@type}%
+ \SetDescriptionDUAAcronymDisplayStyle{\@glo@type}%
+ \fi
+ \glskeylisttok{##1}%
+ \glslabeltok{##2}%
+ \glsshorttok{##3}%
+ \glslongtok{##4}%
+ \newacronymhook
+ \DescriptionDUANewAcronymDef
+ }%
+ \@for\@gls@type:=\@glsacronymlists\do{%
+ \SetDescriptionDUAAcronymDisplayStyle{\@gls@type}%
+ }%
+}%
+\newcommand*{\SetDescriptionAcronymDisplayStyle}[1]{%
+ \defglsentryfmt[#1]{%
+ \ifdefempty\glscustomtext
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{\glslabel}%
+ {%
+ \let\gls@org@insert\glsinsert
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \acronymfont{\glsgenentryfmt}\gls@org@insert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsgenentryfmt
+ \ifglshassymbol{\glslabel}%
+ {%
+ \glsifplural
+ {%
+ \def\@glo@symbol{\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \def\@glo@symbol{\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}%
+ }%
+ \space(\protect\firstacronymfont
+ {\glscapscase
+ {\@glo@symbol}
+ {\@glo@symbol}
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\@glo@symbol}}})%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {\glscustomtext\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\DescriptionNewAcronymDef}{%
+ \edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
+ \noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ {%
+ type=\acronymtype,%
+ name={\noexpand
+ \acrnameformat{\the\glsshorttok}{\the\glslongtok}},%
+ sort={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ first={\the\glslongtok},%
+ firstplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@longpl},%
+ text={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ plural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@shortpl},%
+ short={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ shortplural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ long={\the\glslongtok},%
+ longplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ symbol={\noexpand\@glo@text},%
+ symbolplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@shortpl},%
+ \the\glskeylisttok}%
+ }%
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@firstpl\gls@assign@firstpl
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@plural\gls@assign@plural
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural\gls@assign@symbolplural
+ \def\gls@assign@firstpl##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{firstpl}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\gls@assign@plural##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{plural}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\gls@assign@symbolplural##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{symbolplural}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \@do@newglossaryentry
+ \let\gls@assign@firstpl\@org@gls@assign@firstpl
+ \let\gls@assign@plural\@org@gls@assign@plural
+ \let\gls@assign@symbolplural\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural
+}
+\newcommand*{\SetDescriptionAcronymStyle}{%
+ \renewcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{%
+ \ifx\@glsacronymlists\@empty
+ \def\@glo@type{\acronymtype}%
+ \setkeys{glossentry}{##1}%
+ \DeclareAcronymList{\@glo@type}%
+ \SetDescriptionAcronymDisplayStyle{\@glo@type}%
+ \fi
+ \glskeylisttok{##1}%
+ \glslabeltok{##2}%
+ \glsshorttok{##3}%
+ \glslongtok{##4}%
+ \newacronymhook
+ \DescriptionNewAcronymDef
+ }%
+ \@for\@gls@type:=\@glsacronymlists\do{%
+ \SetDescriptionAcronymDisplayStyle{\@gls@type}%
+ }%
+ \ifglsacrsmallcaps
+ \renewcommand{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsc{##1}}
+ \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glsupacrpluralsuffix}%
+ \else
+ \ifglsacrsmaller
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsmaller{##1}}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}%
+\newcommand*{\SetFootnoteAcronymDisplayStyle}[1]{%
+ \defglsentryfmt[#1]{%
+ \ifdefempty\glscustomtext
+ {%
+ \let\gls@org@insert\glsinsert
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \ifglsused{\glslabel}%
+ {%
+ \acronymfont{\glsgenentryfmt}\gls@org@insert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \firstacronymfont{\glsgenentryfmt}\gls@org@insert
+ \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\protect\expandafter\acrfootnote\expandafter
+ {\@gls@link@opts}{\@gls@link@label}%
+ {%
+ \glsifplural
+ {\glsentrylongpl{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsentrylong{\glslabel}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {\glscustomtext\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\FootnoteNewAcronymDef}{%
+ \edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
+ \noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ {%
+ type=\acronymtype,%
+ name={\noexpand\acronymfont{\the\glsshorttok}},%
+ sort={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ text={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ plural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@shortpl},%
+ first={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ firstplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@shortpl},%
+ short={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ shortplural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ long={\the\glslongtok},%
+ longplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ description={\the\glslongtok},%
+ descriptionplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@longpl},%
+ \the\glskeylisttok
+ }%
+ }%
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@plural\gls@assign@plural
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@firstpl\gls@assign@firstpl
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@descplural\gls@assign@descplural
+ \def\gls@assign@firstpl##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{firstpl}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\gls@assign@plural##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{plural}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\gls@assign@descplural##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{descplural}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \@do@newglossaryentry
+ \let\gls@assign@plural\@org@gls@assign@plural
+ \let\gls@assign@firstpl\@org@gls@assign@firstpl
+ \let\gls@assign@descplural\@org@gls@assign@descplural
+}
+\newcommand*{\SetFootnoteAcronymStyle}{%
+ \renewcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{%
+ \ifx\@glsacronymlists\@empty
+ \def\@glo@type{\acronymtype}%
+ \setkeys{glossentry}{##1}%
+ \DeclareAcronymList{\@glo@type}%
+ \SetFootnoteAcronymDisplayStyle{\@glo@type}%
+ \fi
+ \glskeylisttok{##1}%
+ \glslabeltok{##2}%
+ \glsshorttok{##3}%
+ \glslongtok{##4}%
+ \newacronymhook
+ \FootnoteNewAcronymDef
+ }%
+ \@for\@gls@type:=\@glsacronymlists\do{%
+ \SetFootnoteAcronymDisplayStyle{\@gls@type}%
+ }%
+ \ifglsacrsmallcaps
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsc{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glsupacrpluralsuffix}%
+ \else
+ \ifglsacrsmaller
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsmaller{##1}}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifglsacrdua
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Option clash: `footnote' and `dua'
+ can't both be set}{}%
+ \fi
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand*{\glsdoparenifnotempty}[2]{%
+ \protected@edef\gls@tmp{#1}%
+ \ifdefempty\gls@tmp
+ {}%
+ {%
+ \ifx\gls@tmp\@gls@default@value
+ \else
+ \space (#2{#1})%
+ \fi
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\SetSmallAcronymDisplayStyle}[1]{%
+ \defglsentryfmt[#1]{%
+ \ifdefempty\glscustomtext
+ {%
+ \let\gls@org@insert\glsinsert
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \ifglsused{\glslabel}%
+ {%
+ \acronymfont{\glsgenentryfmt}\gls@org@insert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsgenentryfmt
+ \ifglshassymbol{\glslabel}%
+ {%
+ \glsifplural
+ {%
+ \def\@glo@symbol{\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \def\@glo@symbol{\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}%
+ }%
+ \space
+ (\glscapscase
+ {\firstacronymfont{\@glo@symbol}}%
+ {\firstacronymfont{\@glo@symbol}}%
+ {\firstacronymfont{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\@glo@symbol}}})%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {\glscustomtext\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\SmallNewAcronymDef}{%
+ \edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
+ \noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ {%
+ type=\acronymtype,%
+ name={\noexpand\acronymfont{\the\glsshorttok}},%
+ sort={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ text={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ plural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@shortpl},%
+ first={\the\glslongtok},%
+ firstplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@longpl},%
+ short={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ shortplural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ long={\the\glslongtok},%
+ longplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ description={\noexpand\@glo@first},%
+ descriptionplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@longpl},%
+ symbol={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ symbolplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@shortpl},%
+ \the\glskeylisttok
+ }%
+ }%
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@firstpl\gls@assign@firstpl
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@plural\gls@assign@plural
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@descplural\gls@assign@descplural
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural\gls@assign@symbolplural
+ \def\gls@assign@firstpl##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{firstpl}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\gls@assign@plural##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{plural}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\gls@assign@descplural##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{descplural}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\gls@assign@symbolplural##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{symbolplural}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \@do@newglossaryentry
+ \let\gls@assign@firstpl\@org@gls@assign@firstpl
+ \let\gls@assign@plural\@org@gls@assign@plural
+ \let\gls@assign@descplural\@org@gls@assign@descplural
+ \let\gls@assign@symbolplural\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural
+}
+\newcommand*{\SetSmallAcronymStyle}{%
+ \renewcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{%
+ \ifx\@glsacronymlists\@empty
+ \def\@glo@type{\acronymtype}%
+ \setkeys{glossentry}{##1}%
+ \DeclareAcronymList{\@glo@type}%
+ \SetSmallAcronymDisplayStyle{\@glo@type}%
+ \fi
+ \glskeylisttok{##1}%
+ \glslabeltok{##2}%
+ \glsshorttok{##3}%
+ \glslongtok{##4}%
+ \newacronymhook
+ \SmallNewAcronymDef
+ }%
+ \@for\@gls@type:=\@glsacronymlists\do{%
+ \SetSmallAcronymDisplayStyle{\@gls@type}%
+ }%
+ \ifglsacrsmallcaps
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsc{##1}}
+ \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glsupacrpluralsuffix}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsmaller{##1}}
+ \fi
+ \ifglsacrdua
+ \ifglsacrsmallcaps
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Option clash: `smallcaps' and `dua'
+ can't both be set}{}%
+ \else
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Option clash: `smaller' and `dua'
+ can't both be set}{}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}%
+\newcommand*{\SetDUADisplayStyle}[1]{%
+ \defglsentryfmt[#1]{\glsgenentryfmt}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\DUANewAcronymDef}{%
+ \edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
+ \noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ {%
+ type=\acronymtype,%
+ name={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ text={\the\glslongtok},%
+ first={\the\glslongtok},%
+ plural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@longpl},%
+ firstplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@longpl},%
+ short={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ shortplural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ long={\the\glslongtok},%
+ longplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ description={\the\glslongtok},%
+ descriptionplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@longpl},%
+ symbol={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ symbolplural={\noexpand\expandonce\noexpand\@glo@shortpl},%
+ \the\glskeylisttok
+ }%
+ }%
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@firstpl\gls@assign@firstpl
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@plural\gls@assign@plural
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural\gls@assign@symbolplural
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@descplural\gls@assign@descplural
+ \def\gls@assign@firstpl##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{firstpl}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\gls@assign@plural##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{plural}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\gls@assign@symbolplural##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{symbolplural}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\gls@assign@descplural##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{descplural}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \@do@newglossaryentry
+ \let\gls@assign@firstpl\@org@gls@assign@firstpl
+ \let\gls@assign@plural\@org@gls@assign@plural
+ \let\gls@assign@symbolplural\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural
+ \let\gls@assign@descplural\@org@gls@assign@descplural
+}
+\newcommand*{\SetDUAStyle}{%
+ \renewcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{%
+ \ifx\@glsacronymlists\@empty
+ \def\@glo@type{\acronymtype}%
+ \setkeys{glossentry}{##1}%
+ \DeclareAcronymList{\@glo@type}%
+ \SetDUADisplayStyle{\@glo@type}%
+ \fi
+ \glskeylisttok{##1}%
+ \glslabeltok{##2}%
+ \glsshorttok{##3}%
+ \glslongtok{##4}%
+ \newacronymhook
+ \DUANewAcronymDef
+ }%
+ \@for\@gls@type:=\@glsacronymlists\do{%
+ \SetDUADisplayStyle{\@gls@type}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\SetAcronymStyle}{%
+ \SetDefaultAcronymStyle
+ \ifglsacrdescription
+ \ifglsacrfootnote
+ \SetDescriptionFootnoteAcronymStyle
+ \else
+ \ifglsacrdua
+ \SetDescriptionDUAAcronymStyle
+ \else
+ \SetDescriptionAcronymStyle
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifglsacrfootnote
+ \SetFootnoteAcronymStyle
+ \else
+ \ifthenelse{\boolean{glsacrsmallcaps}\OR
+ \boolean{glsacrsmaller}}%
+ {%
+ \SetSmallAcronymStyle
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglsacrdua
+ \SetDUAStyle
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+\SetAcronymStyle
+\newcommand*{\SetCustomDisplayStyle}[1]{%
+ \defglsentryfmt[#1]{\glsgenentryfmt}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\CustomAcronymFields}{%
+ name={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ description={\the\glslongtok},%
+ first={\acrfullformat{\the\glslongtok}{\the\glsshorttok}},%
+ firstplural={\acrfullformat
+ {\noexpand\glsentrylongpl{\the\glslabeltok}}%
+ {\noexpand\glsentryshortpl{\the\glslabeltok}}},%
+ text={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ plural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\CustomNewAcronymDef}{%
+ \protected@edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
+ \noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ {%
+ type=\acronymtype,%
+ short={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ shortplural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ long={\the\glslongtok},%
+ longplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ user1={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ user2={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ user3={\the\glslongtok},%
+ user4={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ \CustomAcronymFields,%
+ \the\glskeylisttok
+ }%
+ }%
+ \@do@newglossaryentry
+}
+\newcommand*{\SetCustomStyle}{%
+ \renewcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{%
+ \ifx\@glsacronymlists\@empty
+ \def\@glo@type{\acronymtype}%
+ \setkeys{glossentry}{##1}%
+ \DeclareAcronymList{\@glo@type}%
+ \SetCustomDisplayStyle{\@glo@type}%
+ \fi
+ \glskeylisttok{##1}%
+ \glslabeltok{##2}%
+ \glsshorttok{##3}%
+ \glslongtok{##4}%
+ \newacronymhook
+ \CustomNewAcronymDef
+ }%
+ \@for\@gls@type:=\@glsacronymlists\do{%
+ \SetCustomDisplayStyle{\@gls@type}%
+ }%
+}
+\RequirePackage{glossary-hypernav}[=v4.46]
+\@gls@loadlist
+\@gls@loadlong
+\@gls@loadsuper
+\@gls@loadtree
+\ifx\@glossary@default@style\relax
+\else
+ \setglossarystyle{\@glossary@default@style}
+\fi
+\newcommand*{\showgloparent}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@parent\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglolevel}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@level\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglotext}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@text\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showgloplural}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@plural\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglofirst}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@first\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglofirstpl}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@firstpl\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglotype}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@type\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglocounter}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@counter\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglouseri}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@useri\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglouserii}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@userii\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglouseriii}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@useriii\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglouseriv}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@useriv\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglouserv}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@userv\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglouservi}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@uservi\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showgloname}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@name\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglodesc}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@desc\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglodescplural}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@descplural\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglosort}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@sort\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglosymbol}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@symbol\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglosymbolplural}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@symbolplural\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showgloshort}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@short\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglolong}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@long\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showgloindex}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@index\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showgloflag}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname ifglo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@flag\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showgloloclist}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@loclist\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglofield}[2]{%
+ \csshow{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@#2}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\showacronymlists}{%
+ \show\@glsacronymlists
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglossaries}{%
+ \show\@glo@types
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglossaryin}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname @glotype@#1@in\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglossaryout}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname @glotype@#1@out\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglossarytitle}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname @glotype@#1@title\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglossarycounter}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname @glotype@#1@counter\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglossaryentries}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glolist@#1\endcsname
+}
+\csname ifglscompatible-2.07\endcsname
+ \RequirePackage{glossaries-compatible-207}[=v4.46]
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</glossaries-2020-03-19.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*glossaries-accsupp-2020-03-19.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+% \subsection{Rollback v4.46 (glossaries-accsupp-2020-03-19.sty)}
+% Version 4.46 preserved for rollback.
% \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-accsupp}[2020/03/19 v4.46 (NLCT)
+ Experimental glossaries accessibility]
+\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{glossaries}}
+\ProcessOptions
+\@ifpackageloaded{glossaries-extra}
+{%
+ \ifx\@glsxtr@doaccsupp\empty
+ \GlossariesWarning{The `glossaries-accsupp'
+ package has been loaded\MessageBreak
+ after the `glossaries-extra' package. This\MessageBreak
+ can cause a failure to integrate both packages. \MessageBreak
+ Either use the `accsupp' option when you load\MessageBreak
+ `glossaries-extra' or load `glossaries-accsupp'\MessageBreak
+ before loading `glossaries-extra'}%
+ \fi
+}
+{}
+\def\compatibleglossentry#1#2{%
+ \toks@{#2}%
+ \protected@edef\@do@glossentry{%
+ \noexpand\accsuppglossaryentryfield{#1}%
+ {\noexpand\glsnamefont
+ {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@name\endcsname}}%
+ {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@desc\endcsname}%
+ {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@symbol\endcsname}%
+ {\the\toks@}%
+ }%
+ \@do@glossentry
+}
+\def\compatiblesubglossentry#1#2#3{%
+ \toks@{#3}%
+ \protected@edef\@do@subglossentry{%
+ \noexpand\accsuppglossarysubentryfield{\number#1}%
+ {#2}%
+ {\noexpand\glsnamefont
+ {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@name\endcsname}}%
+ {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@desc\endcsname}%
+ {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@symbol\endcsname}%
+ {\the\toks@}%
+ }%
+ \@do@subglossentry
+}
+\RequirePackage{glossaries}[=v4.46]
+\providecommand{\gls@accsupp@engine}{accsupp}
+\providecommand{\gls@accessibility}[4]{#4}
+\ifdefstring\gls@accsupp@engine{accsupp}
+{
+ \RequirePackage{accsupp}
+ \renewcommand{\gls@accessibility}[4]{%
+ \BeginAccSupp{#1,#2={#3}}#4\EndAccSupp{}%
+ }
+}
+{}
+\newcommand{\glsaccessibility}[4][]{%
+ \@glsshowaccsupp{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \gls@accessibility{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{access}{%
+ \def\@glo@access{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{textaccess}{%
+ \def\@glo@textaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{firstaccess}{%
+ \def\@glo@firstaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{pluralaccess}{%
+ \def\@glo@pluralaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{firstpluralaccess}{%
+ \def\@glo@firstpluralaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{symbolaccess}{%
+ \def\@glo@symbolaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{symbolpluralaccess}{%
+ \def\@glo@symbolpluralaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{descriptionaccess}{%
+ \def\@glo@descaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{descriptionpluralaccess}{%
+ \def\@glo@descpluralaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{shortaccess}{%
+ \def\@glo@shortaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{shortpluralaccess}{%
+ \def\@glo@shortpluralaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{longaccess}{%
+ \def\@glo@longaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{longpluralaccess}{%
+ \def\@glo@longpluralaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{user1access}{%
+ \def\@glo@useriaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{user2access}{%
+ \def\@glo@useriiaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{user3access}{%
+ \def\@glo@useriiiaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{user4access}{%
+ \def\@glo@userivaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{user5access}{%
+ \def\@glo@uservaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{user6access}{%
+ \def\@glo@userviaccess{#1}%
+}
+\appto\@gls@keymap{,%
+ {access}{access},%
+ {textaccess}{textaccess},%
+ {firstaccess}{firstaccess},%
+ {pluralaccess}{pluralaccess},%
+ {firstpluralaccess}{firstpluralaccess},%
+ {symbolaccess}{symbolaccess},%
+ {symbolpluralaccess}{symbolpluralaccess},%
+ {descaccess}{descaccess},%
+ {descpluralaccess}{descpluralaccess},%
+ {shortaccess}{shortaccess},%
+ {shortpluralaccess}{shortpluralaccess},%
+ {longaccess}{longaccess},%
+ {longpluralaccess}{longpluralaccess},%
+ {user1access}{useriaccess},%
+ {user2access}{useriiaccess},%
+ {user3access}{useriiiaccess},%
+ {user4access}{userivaccess},%
+ {user5access}{uservaccess},%
+ {user6access}{userviaccess}%
+}
+\def\@gls@noaccess{\relax}
+\let\@gls@oldnewglossaryentryprehook\@newglossaryentryprehook
+\renewcommand*{\@newglossaryentryprehook}{%
+ \@gls@oldnewglossaryentryprehook
+ \def\@glo@access{\relax}%
+ \def\@glo@textaccess{\@glo@access}%
+ \def\@glo@firstaccess{\@glo@access}%
+ \def\@glo@pluralaccess{\@glo@textaccess}%
+ \def\@glo@firstpluralaccess{\@glo@pluralaccess}%
+ \def\@glo@symbolaccess{\relax}%
+ \def\@glo@symbolpluralaccess{\@glo@symbolaccess}%
+ \def\@glo@descaccess{\relax}%
+ \def\@glo@descpluralaccess{\@glo@descaccess}%
+ \def\@glo@shortaccess{\relax}%
+ \def\@glo@shortpluralaccess{\@glo@shortaccess}%
+ \def\@glo@longaccess{\relax}%
+ \def\@glo@longpluralaccess{\@glo@longaccess}%
+ \def\@glo@useriaccess{\relax}%
+ \def\@glo@useriiaccess{\relax}%
+ \def\@glo@useriiiaccess{\relax}%
+ \def\@glo@userivaccess{\relax}%
+ \def\@glo@uservaccess{\relax}%
+ \def\@glo@userviaccess{\relax}%
+}
+\let\@gls@oldnewglossaryentryposthook\@newglossaryentryposthook
+\renewcommand*{\@newglossaryentryposthook}{%
+ \@gls@oldnewglossaryentryposthook
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @access\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@access}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @textaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@textaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @firstaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@firstaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @pluralaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@pluralaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @firstpluralaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@firstpluralaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @symbolaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@symbolaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @symbolpluralaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@symbolpluralaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @descaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@descaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @descpluralaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@descpluralaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @shortaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@shortaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @shortpluralaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@shortpluralaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @longaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@longaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @longpluralaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@longpluralaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @useriaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@useriaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @useriiaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@useriiaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @useriiiaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@useriiiaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @userivaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@userivaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @uservaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@uservaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @userviaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@userviaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{access}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentrytextaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{textaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryfirstaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{firstaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentrypluralaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{pluralaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryfirstpluralaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{firstpluralaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentrysymbolaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{symbolaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentrysymbolpluralaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{symbolpluralaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentrydescaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{descaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentrydescpluralaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{descpluralaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryshortaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{shortaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryshortpluralaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{shortpluralaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentrylongaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{longaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentrylongpluralaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{longpluralaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryuseriaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{useriaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryuseriiaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{useriiaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryuseriiiaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{useriiiaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryuserivaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{userivaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryuservaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{uservaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryuserviaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{userviaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand{\glsfieldaccsupp}[4]{%
+ \ifdef\glscategory
+ {%
+ \ifcsdef{glsxtr\glscategory{#4}#3accsupp}%
+ {\csname glsxtr\glscategory{#4}#3accsupp\endcsname{#1}{#2}}%
+ {%
+ \ifcsdef{glsxtr\glscategory{#4}accsupp}%
+ {\csname glsxtr\glscategory{#4}accsupp\endcsname{#1}{#2}}%
+ {%
+ \ifcsdef{gls#3accsupp}%
+ {\csname gls#3accsupp\endcsname{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\glsaccsupp{#1}{#2}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifcsdef{gls#3accsupp}%
+ {\csname gls#3accsupp\endcsname{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\glsaccsupp{#1}{#2}}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand{\xglsfieldaccsupp}[1]{%
+ \protected@edef\@gls@replacementtext{#1}%
+ \expandafter\glsfieldaccsupp\expandafter{\@gls@replacementtext}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsshortaccsupp}[2]{\glsaccessibility{E}{#1}{#2}}
+\newcommand*{\glsshortplaccsupp}{\glsshortaccsupp}
+\newcommand*{\glsaccsupp}[2]{\glsaccessibility{ActualText}{#1}{#2}}
+\newcommand*{\xglsaccsupp}[2]{%
+ \protected@edef\@gls@replacementtext{#1}%
+ \expandafter\glsaccsupp\expandafter{\@gls@replacementtext}{#2}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@access@display}[2]{%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@access{#2}%
+ \ifx\@glo@access\@gls@noaccess
+ #1%
+ \else
+ \xglsaccsupp{\@glo@access}{#1}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@fieldaccess@display}[4]{%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@access{#4}%
+ \ifdefequal\@glo@access\@gls@noaccess
+ {#3}%
+ {\expandafter\glsfieldaccsupp\expandafter{\@glo@access}{#3}{#2}{#1}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsnameaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@access}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{name}{#1}{\glsentryaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glstextaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@textaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{text}{#1}{\glsentrytextaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glspluralaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@pluralaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{plural}{#1}{\glsentrypluralaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsfirstaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@firstaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{first}{#1}{\glsentryfirstaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@firstpluralaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{firstpl}{#1}{\glsentryfirstpluralaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glssymbolaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@symbolaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{symbol}{#1}{\glsentrysymbolaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@symbolpluralaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{symbolplural}{#1}{\glsentrysymbolpluralaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@descaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{desc}{#1}{\glsentrydescaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@descpluralaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{descplural}{#1}{\glsentrydescpluralaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsshortaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@shortaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{short}{#1}{\glsentryshortaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@shortpluralaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{shortpl}{#1}{\glsentryshortpluralaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glslongaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@longaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{long}{#1}{\glsentrylongaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glslongpluralaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@longpluralaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{longpl}{#1}{\glsentrylongpluralaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsuseriaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@useriaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{useri}{#1}{\glsentryuseriaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsuseriiaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@useriiaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{userii}{#1}{\glsentryuseriiaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsuseriiiaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@useriiiaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{useriii}{#1}{\glsentryuseriiiaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsuserivaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@userivaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{useriv}{#1}{\glsentryuserivaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsuservaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@uservaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{userv}{#1}{\glsentryuservaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsuserviaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@userviaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{uservi}{#1}{\glsentryuserviaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsaccessdisplay}[3]{%
+ \ifcsundef{gls#1accessdisplay}%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-accsupp}{No accessibility support
+ for key `#1'}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \csname gls#1accessdisplay\endcsname{#2}{#3}%
+ }%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\@@gls@default@entryfmt}[2]{%
+ \ifdefempty\glscustomtext
+ {%
+ \glsifplural
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ #2{\glspluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentryplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}
+ {\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ #1{\glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ #2{\glspluralaccessdisplay
+ {\Glsentryplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ #1{\glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\Glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \MakeUppercase{%
+ #2{\glspluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentryplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsinsert}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \MakeUppercase{%
+ #1{\glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsinsert}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ #2{\glstextaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrytext{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glssymbolaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ #1{\glsfirstaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentryfirst{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glssymbolaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ #2{\glstextaccessdisplay
+ {\Glsentrytext{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glssymbolaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ #1{\glsfirstaccessdisplay
+ {\Glsentryfirst{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glssymbolaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \MakeUppercase{%
+ #2{\glstextaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrytext{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glssymbolaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsinsert}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \MakeUppercase{%
+ #1{\glsfirstaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentryfirst{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glssymbolaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsinsert}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{\glslabel}%
+ {%
+ #2{\glscustomtext}%
+ {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glssymbolaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ #1{\glscustomtext}%
+ {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glssymbolaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\glsgenentryfmt}{%
+ \ifdefempty\glscustomtext
+ {%
+ \glsifplural
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \glspluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentryplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}%
+ \glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}%
+ \glsinsert
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \glspluralaccessdisplay
+ {\Glsentryplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}%
+ \glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\Glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}%
+ \glsinsert
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \glspluralaccessdisplay
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryplural{\glslabel}}}%
+ {\glslabel}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsfirstpluralacessdisplay
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}}}%
+ {\glslabel}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \glstextaccessdisplay{\glsentrytext{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}%
+ \glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsfirstaccessdisplay{\glsentryfirst{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}%
+ \glsinsert
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \glstextaccessdisplay{\Glsentrytext{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}%
+ \glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsfirstaccessdisplay{\Glsentryfirst{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}%
+ \glsinsert
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \glstextaccessdisplay
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrytext{\glslabel}}}{\glslabel}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsfirstaccessdisplay
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirst{\glslabel}}}{\glslabel}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glscustomtext\glsinsert
+ }%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\glsgenacfmt}{%
+ \ifdefempty\glscustomtext
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \glsifplural
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \acronymfont
+ {\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentryshortpl{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ \glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \acronymfont
+ {\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\Glsentryshortpl{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ \glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\acronymfont
+ {\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentryshortpl{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ \glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \acronymfont
+ {\glsshortaccessdisplay{\glsentryshort{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ \glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \acronymfont
+ {\glsshortaccessdisplay{\Glsentryshort{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ \glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\acronymfont{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay{\glsentryshort{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ \glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsifplural
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \genplacrfullformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \Genplacrfullformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\genplacrfullformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \genacrfullformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \Genacrfullformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\genacrfullformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glscustomtext
+ }%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{#1}}{#1}#2\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{#1}}}{#1})%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\Genacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\Glsentrylong{#1}}{#1}#2\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\protect\firstacronymfont{\Glsentryshort{#1}}}{#1})%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrylongpl{#1}}{#1}#2\space
+ (\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{#1}}}{#1})%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\Genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\Glsentrylongpl{#1}}{#1}#2\space
+ (\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{#1}}}{#1})%
+}
+\def\@acrshort#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\glsshortaccessdisplay{\glsentryshort{#2}}{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\def\@Acrshort#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\glsshortaccessdisplay{\Glsentryshort{#2}}{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\def\@ACRshort#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\glsshortaccessdisplay
+ {\MakeUppercase{\glsentryshort{#2}}}{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\def\@acrlong#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{#2}}{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\def\@Acrlong#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\glslongaccessdisplay{\Glsentrylong{#2}}{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\def\@ACRlong#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\glslongaccessdisplay{%
+ \MakeUppercase{\glsentrylong{#2}}}{#2}#3}%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\def\@glstext@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glstextaccessdisplay{\glsentrytext{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glstext@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glstextaccessdisplay{\Glsentrytext{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLStext@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glstextaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrytext{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glsfirst@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsfirstaccessdisplay{\glsentryfirst{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glsfirst@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsfirstaccessdisplay{\Glsentryfirst{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSfirst@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glsfirstaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirst{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glsplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glspluralaccessdisplay{\glsentryplural{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glsplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glspluralaccessdisplay{\Glsentryplural{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glspluralaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryplural{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glsfirstplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentryfirstplural{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@glsfirstplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay{\Glsentryfirstplural{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSfirstplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirstplural{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glsname@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsnameaccessdisplay{\glsentryname{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glsname@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsnameaccessdisplay{\Glsentryname{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSname@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glsnameaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryname{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glsdesc@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay{\glsentrydesc{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glsdesc@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay{\Glsentrydesc{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSdesc@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrydesc{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glsdescplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrydescplural{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glsdescplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay{\Glsentrydescplural{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSdescplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrydescplural{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glssymbol@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glssymbolaccessdisplay{\glsentrysymbol{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glssymbol@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glssymbolaccessdisplay{\Glsentrysymbol{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSsymbol@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glssymbolaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrysymbol{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glssymbolplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrysymbolplural{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glssymbolplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay{\Glsentrysymbolplural{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSsymbolplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrysymbolplural{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glsuseri@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuseriaccessdisplay{\glsentryuseri{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glsuser@i#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuseriaccessdisplay{\Glsentryuseri{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSuseri@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glsuseriaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuseri{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glsuserii@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuseriiaccessdisplay{\glsentryuserii{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glsuser@i#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuseriiaccessdisplay{\Glsentryuserii{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSuserii@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glsuseriiaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuserii{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glsuseriii@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuseriiiaccessdisplay{\glsentryuseriii{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glsuser@i#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuseriiiaccessdisplay{\Glsentryuseriii{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSuseriii@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glsuseriiiaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuseriii{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glsuseriv@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuserivaccessdisplay{\glsentryuseriv{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glsuser@i#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuserivaccessdisplay{\Glsentryuseriv{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSuseriv@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glsuserivaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuseriv{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glsuserv@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuservaccessdisplay{\glsentryuserv{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glsuser@i#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuservaccessdisplay{\Glsentryuserv{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSuserv@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glsuservaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuserv{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glsuservi@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuserviaccessdisplay{\glsentryuservi{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glsuser@i#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuserviaccessdisplay{\Glsentryuservi{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSuservi@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glsuserviaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuservi{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\glossentryname}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glsnamefont{\glsnameaccessdisplay{\glsentryname{#1}}{#1}}%
+ }%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\glossentryname}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glsnamefont{\glsnameaccessdisplay{\Glsentryname{#1}}{#1}}%
+ }%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\glossentrydesc}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glsdescriptionaccessdisplay{\glsentrydesc{#1}}{#1}%
+ }%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\Glossentrydesc}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glsdescriptionaccessdisplay{\Glsentrydesc{#1}}{#1}%
+ }%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\glossentrysymbol}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glssymbolaccessdisplay{\glsentrysymbol{#1}}{#1}%
+ }%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\Glossentrysymbol}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glssymbolaccessdisplay{\Glsentrysymbol{#1}}{#1}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\accsuppglossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \glossaryentryfield{#1}%
+ {\glsnameaccessdisplay{#2}{#1}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay{#3}{#1}}%
+ {\glssymbolaccessdisplay{#4}{#1}}{#5}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\accsuppglossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ \glossarysubentryfield{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glsnameaccessdisplay{#3}{#2}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay{#4}{#2}}%
+ {\glssymbolaccessdisplay{#5}{#2}}{#6}%
+}
+\renewacronymstyle{long-short}%
+{%
+ \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}%
+}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{description={\the\glslongtok}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1}##2\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay
+ {\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Genacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\Glsentrylong{##1}}{##1}##2\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay
+ {\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrylongpl{##1}}{##1}##2\space
+ (\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}}}{##1})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\Glsentrylongpl{##1}}{##1}##2\space
+ (\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}}}{##1})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1}}
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##1}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{##1}%
+ \renewcommand*{\firstacronymfont}[1]{\acronymfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+}
+\renewacronymstyle{short-long}%
+{%
+ \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}%
+}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{description={\the\glslongtok}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay
+ {\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1}##2\space
+ (\glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Genacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay
+ {\protect\firstacronymfont{\Glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1}##2\space
+ (\glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}}}{##1}##2\space
+ (\glslongpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrylongpl{##1}}{##1})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\protect\firstacronymfont{\Glsentryshortpl{##1}}}{##1}##2\space
+ (\glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrylongpl{##1}}{##1})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##1}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{##1}%
+ \renewcommand*{\firstacronymfont}[1]{\acronymfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+}
+\renewacronymstyle{long-short-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{long-short}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{long-short}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1}\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1})}%
+}
+\renewacronymstyle{long-sc-short-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{long-sc-short}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{long-sc-short}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1}\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1})}%
+}
+\renewacronymstyle{long-sm-short-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{long-sm-short}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{long-sm-short}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1}\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1})}%
+}
+\renewacronymstyle{short-long-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{short-long}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{short-long}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1}\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1})}%
+}
+\renewacronymstyle{sc-short-long-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{sc-short-long}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{sc-short-long}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1}\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1})}%
+}
+\renewacronymstyle{sm-short-long-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{sm-short-long}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{sm-short-long}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1}\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1})}%
+}
+\renewacronymstyle{dua}%
+{%
+ \ifdefempty\glscustomtext
+ {%
+ \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}%
+ {%
+ \glsifplural
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrylongpl{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}%
+ \glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\Glsentrylongpl{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}%
+ \glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylongpl{\glslabel}}}{\glslabel}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}\glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\Glsentrylong{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}\glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\glsentrylong{\glslabel}\glsinsert}}{\glslabel}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsgenentryfmt
+ }%
+ }%
+ {\glscustomtext\glsinsert}%
+}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{description={\the\glslongtok}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##2}}{##2}##3\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}}}{##2})}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Acrfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\Glsentrylong{##2}}{##2}##3\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}}}{##2})}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\ACRfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylong{##2}}{##2}##3\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}}}{##2})}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrylongpl{##2}}{##2}##3\space
+ (\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}}}{##2})}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\Glsentrylongpl{##2}}{##2}##3\space
+ (\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}}}{##2})}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\ACRfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylongpl{##2}}{##2}##3\space
+ (\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}}}{##2})}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsentryfull}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsentryfull}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\Glsentrylong{##1}}{##1}\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsentryfullpl}[1]{%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrylongpl{##1}}{##1}\space
+ (\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}}}{##1})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsentryfullpl}[1]{%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\Glsentrylongpl{##1}}{##1}\space
+ (\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}}}{##1})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##1}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{##1}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+}
+\renewacronymstyle{dua-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{dua}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{dua}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentrylong{##1}}}{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+}%
+\renewacronymstyle{footnote}%
+{%
+ \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}%
+}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{description={\the\glslongtok}}%
+ \glshyperfirstfalse
+ \renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay
+ {\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1}##2%
+ \protect\footnote{\glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1}}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Genacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay
+ {\firstacronymfont{\Glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1}##2%
+ \protect\footnote{\glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1}}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}}}{##1}##2%
+ \protect\footnote{\glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrylongpl{##1}}{##1}}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\protect\firstacronymfont{\Glsentryshortpl{##1}}}{##1}##2%
+ \protect\footnote{\glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrylongpl{##1}}{##1}}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##1}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{##1}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}}}{##2}##3\space
+ (\glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##2}}{##2})}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Acrfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\Glsentryshort{##2}}}{##2}##3\space
+ (\glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##2}}{##2})}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\ACRfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}}}{##2}##3\space
+ (\glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##2}}{##2})}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}}}{##2}##3\space
+ (\glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrylongpl{##2}}{##2})}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\acronymfont{\Glsentryshortpl{##2}}}{##2}##3\space
+ (\glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrylongpl{##2}})}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\ACRfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}}}{##2}##3\space
+ (\glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrylongpl{##2}}{##2})}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsentryfull}[1]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1}\space
+ (\glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1})}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsentryfull}[1]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\Glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1}\space
+ (\glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1})}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsentryfullpl}[1]{%
+ \glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}}}{##1}\space
+ (\glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrylongpl{##1}}{##1})}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsentryfullpl}[1]{%
+ \glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\acronymfont{\Glsentryshortpl{##1}}}{##1}\space
+ (\glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrylongpl{##1}}{##1})}%
+}
+\renewacronymstyle{footnote-sc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{footnote}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{footnote}%
+ \renewcommand{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1}}
+ \renewcommand{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsc{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}}%
+}%
+\renewacronymstyle{footnote-sm}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{footnote}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{footnote}%
+ \renewcommand{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1}}
+ \renewcommand{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsmaller{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+}%
+\renewacronymstyle{footnote-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{footnote}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{footnote}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1}\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1})}%
+}
+\renewacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{footnote-sc}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{footnote-sc}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1}\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1})}%
+}
+\renewacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{footnote-sm}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{footnote-sm}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1}\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1})}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsdefaultshortaccess}[2]{#1}
+\renewcommand*{\newacronymhook}{%
+ \edef\@gls@keylist{%
+ shortaccess={\glsdefaultshortaccess{\the\glslongtok}{\the\glsshorttok}},%
+ shortpluralaccess={\glsdefaultshortaccess{\the\glslongtok}{\the\glsshorttok}},%
+ \the\glskeylisttok}%
+ \expandafter\glskeylisttok\expandafter{\@gls@keylist}%
+}
\renewcommand*{\DefaultNewAcronymDef}{%
\edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
\noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
@@ -28704,12 +37278,7 @@ you
\let\gls@assign@firstpl\@org@gls@assign@firstpl
\let\gls@assign@plural\@org@gls@assign@plural
\let\gls@assign@symbolplural\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural
- \@@gls@noexpand@assign@default@plurals
}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\DescriptionFootnoteNewAcronymDef}
-% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand*{\DescriptionFootnoteNewAcronymDef}{%
\edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
\noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
@@ -28749,10 +37318,6 @@ you
\let\gls@assign@firstpl\@org@gls@assign@firstpl
\let\gls@assign@symbolplural\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural
}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\DescriptionNewAcronymDef}
-% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand*{\DescriptionNewAcronymDef}{%
\edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
\noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
@@ -28797,10 +37362,6 @@ you
\let\gls@assign@plural\@org@gls@assign@plural
\let\gls@assign@symbolplural\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural
}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\FootnoteNewAcronymDef}
-% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand*{\FootnoteNewAcronymDef}{%
\edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
\noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
@@ -28838,10 +37399,6 @@ you
\let\gls@assign@firstpl\@org@gls@assign@firstpl
\let\gls@assign@descplural\@org@gls@assign@descplural
}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\SmallNewAcronymDef}
-% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand*{\SmallNewAcronymDef}{%
\edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
\noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
@@ -28891,164 +37448,67 @@ you
\let\gls@assign@descplural\@org@gls@assign@descplural
\let\gls@assign@symbolplural\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural
}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%
-% The following are kept for compatibility with versions before
-% 3.0:
-%\begin{macro}{\glsshortaccesskey}
-% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\glsshortaccesskey}{\glsshortkey access}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\glsshortpluralaccesskey}
-% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\glsshortpluralaccesskey}{\glsshortpluralkey access}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\glslongaccesskey}
-% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\glslongaccesskey}{\glslongkey access}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\glslongpluralaccesskey}
-% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\glslongpluralaccesskey}{\glslongpluralkey access}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\section{Debugging Commands}
-%
-%\begin{macro}{\showglonameaccess}
-%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
-%\changes{4.38}{2018-05-10}{bug fix: corrected field (was showing text access field)}
-% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\showglonameaccess}[1]{%
\expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@access\endcsname
}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\showglotextaccess}
-%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\showglotextaccess}[1]{%
\expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@textaccess\endcsname
}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\showglopluralaccess}
-%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\showglopluralaccess}[1]{%
\expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@pluralaccess\endcsname
}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\showglofirstaccess}
-%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\showglofirstaccess}[1]{%
\expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@firstaccess\endcsname
}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\showglofirstpluralaccess}
-%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\showglofirstpluralaccess}[1]{%
\expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@firstpluralaccess\endcsname
}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\showglosymbolaccess}
-%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\showglosymbolaccess}[1]{%
\expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@symbolaccess\endcsname
}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\showglosymbolpluralaccess}
-%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\showglosymbolpluralaccess}[1]{%
\expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@symbolpluralaccess\endcsname
}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\showglodescaccess}
-%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\showglodescaccess}[1]{%
\expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@descaccess\endcsname
}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\showglodescpluralaccess}
-%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\showglodescpluralaccess}[1]{%
\expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@descpluralaccess\endcsname
}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\showgloshortaccess}
-%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\showgloshortaccess}[1]{%
\expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@shortaccess\endcsname
}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\showgloshortpluralaccess}
-%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\showgloshortpluralaccess}[1]{%
\expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@shortpluralaccess\endcsname
}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\showglolongaccess}
-%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\showglolongaccess}[1]{%
\expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@longaccess\endcsname
}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
-%\begin{macro}{\showglolongpluralaccess}
-%\changes{4.03}{2014-01-20}{added \cs{glsdetoklabel}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\showglolongpluralaccess}[1]{%
\expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@longpluralaccess\endcsname
}
% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{macro}
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%</glossaries-accsupp.sty>
+%</glossaries-accsupp-2020-03-19.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*glossaries-babel.sty>
+%<*glossaries-babel-2020-03-19.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
-%\chapter{Multi-Lingual Support}
-% Many thanks to everyone who contributed to the translations both
-% via email and on comp.text.tex.
-% Language support has now been split off into independent language
-% modules.
+% \subsection{Rollback v4.46 (glossaries-babel-2020-03-19.sty)}
+% Version 4.46 preserved for rollback.
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-babel}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Load \sty{tracklang} to obtain language settings.
-% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-babel}[2020/03/19 v4.46 (NLCT)]
\RequirePackage{tracklang}
\let\glsifusetranslator\@secondoftwo
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Check for tracked languages:
-% \begin{macrocode}
\AnyTrackedLanguages
{%
\ForEachTrackedDialect{\this@dialect}{%
@@ -29071,28 +37531,837 @@ you
% \end{macrocode}
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%</glossaries-babel.sty>
+%</glossaries-babel-2020-03-19.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*glossaries-polyglossia.sty>
+%<*glossaries-compatible-207-2020-03-19.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
-%\section{Polyglossia Captions}
-% Language support has now been split off into independent language
-% modules.
+% \subsection{Rollback v4.46 (glossaries-compatible-207-2020-03-19.sty)}
+% Version 4.46 preserved for rollback.
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-polyglossia}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-207}[2020/03/19 v4.46 (NLCT)]
+\ifglsxindy
+ \renewcommand*\GlsAddXdyAttribute[1]{%
+ \edef\@xdyattributes{\@xdyattributes ^^J \string"#1\string"}%
+ \expandafter\toks@\expandafter{\@xdylocref}%
+ \edef\@xdylocref{\the\toks@ ^^J%
+ (markup-locref
+ :open \string"\string~n\string\setentrycounter
+ {\noexpand\glscounter}%
+ \expandafter\string\csname#1\endcsname
+ \expandafter\@gobble\string\{\string" ^^J
+ :close \string"\expandafter\@gobble\string\}\string" ^^J
+ :attr \string"#1\string")}}
+\fi
+\renewcommand*\GlsAddXdyCounters[1]{%
+ \GlossariesWarning{\string\GlsAddXdyCounters\space not available
+ in compatibility mode.}%
+}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{glsnumberformat}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textrm}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textsf}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{texttt}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textbf}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textmd}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textit}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textup}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textsl}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textsc}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{emph}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{glshypernumber}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperrm}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hypersf}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hypertt}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbf}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hypermd}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperit}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperup}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hypersl}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hypersc}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperemph}
+\ifglsxindy
+ \renewcommand*{\GlsAddXdyLocation}[2]{%
+ \edef\@xdyuserlocationdefs{%
+ \@xdyuserlocationdefs ^^J%
+ (define-location-class \string"#1\string"^^J\space\space
+ \space(#2))
+ }%
+ \edef\@xdyuserlocationnames{%
+ \@xdyuserlocationnames^^J\space\space\space
+ \string"#1\string"}%
+ }
+\fi
+\renewcommand{\@do@wrglossary}[1]{%
+\ifglsxindy
+ \expandafter\@glo@check@mkidxrangechar\@glsnumberformat\@nil
+ \def\@glo@range{}%
+ \expandafter\if\@glo@prefix(\relax
+ \def\@glo@range{:open-range}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\if\@glo@prefix)\relax
+ \def\@glo@range{:close-range}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \protected@edef\@glslocref{\theglsentrycounter}%
+ \@gls@checkmkidxchars\@glslocref
+ \glossary[\csname glo@#1@type\endcsname]{%
+ (indexentry :tkey (\csname glo@#1@index\endcsname)
+ :locref \string"\@glslocref\string" %
+ :attr \string"\@glo@suffix\string" \@glo@range
+ )
+ }%
+\else
+ \@set@glo@numformat\@glo@numfmt\@gls@counter\@glsnumberformat
+ \glossary[\csname glo@#1@type\endcsname]{%
+ \string\glossaryentry{\csname glo@#1@index\endcsname
+ \@gls@encapchar\@glo@numfmt}{\theglsentrycounter}}%
+\fi
+}
+\def\@set@glo@numformat#1#2#3{%
+ \expandafter\@glo@check@mkidxrangechar#3\@nil
+ \protected@edef#1{%
+ \@glo@prefix setentrycounter[]{#2}%
+ \expandafter\string\csname\@glo@suffix\endcsname
+ }%
+ \@gls@checkmkidxchars#1%
+}
+\ifglsxindy
+ \def\writeist{%
+ \openout\glswrite=\istfilename
+ \write\glswrite{;; xindy style file created by the glossaries
+ package in compatible-2.07 mode}%
+ \write\glswrite{;; for document '\jobname' on
+ \the\year-\the\month-\the\day}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; required styles^^J}
+ \@for\@xdystyle:=\@xdyrequiredstyles\do{%
+ \ifx\@xdystyle\@empty
+ \else
+ \protected@write\glswrite{}{(require
+ \string"\@xdystyle.xdy\string")}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J%
+ ; list of allowed attributes (number formats)^^J}%
+ \write\glswrite{(define-attributes ((\@xdyattributes)))}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; user defined alphabets^^J}%
+ \write\glswrite{\@xdyuseralphabets}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; location class definitions^^J}%
+ \protected@edef\@gls@roman{\@roman{0\string"
+ \string"roman-numbers-lowercase\string" :sep \string"}}%
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\@gls@roman
+ \edef\@tmp{\string" \string"roman-numbers-lowercase\string"
+ :sep \string"}%
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\@tmp
+ \ifx\@tmp\@gls@roman
+ \write\glswrite{(define-location-class
+ \string"roman-page-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ (\string"roman-numbers-lowercase\string")
+ :min-range-length \@glsminrange)}%
+ \else
+ \write\glswrite{(define-location-class
+ \string"roman-page-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ (:sep "\@gls@roman")
+ :min-range-length \@glsminrange)}%
+ \fi
+ \write\glswrite{(define-location-class
+ \string"Roman-page-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ (\string"roman-numbers-uppercase\string")
+ :min-range-length \@glsminrange)}%
+ \write\glswrite{(define-location-class
+ \string"arabic-page-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ (\string"arabic-numbers\string")
+ :min-range-length \@glsminrange)}%
+ \write\glswrite{(define-location-class
+ \string"alpha-page-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ (\string"alpha\string")
+ :min-range-length \@glsminrange)}%
+ \write\glswrite{(define-location-class
+ \string"Alpha-page-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ (\string"ALPHA\string")
+ :min-range-length \@glsminrange)}%
+ \write\glswrite{(define-location-class
+ \string"Appendix-page-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ (\string"ALPHA\string"
+ :sep \string"\@glsAlphacompositor\string"
+ \string"arabic-numbers\string")
+ :min-range-length \@glsminrange)}%
+ \write\glswrite{(define-location-class
+ \string"arabic-section-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ (\string"arabic-numbers\string"
+ :sep \string"\glscompositor\string"
+ \string"arabic-numbers\string")
+ :min-range-length \@glsminrange)}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; user defined location classes}%
+ \write\glswrite{\@xdyuserlocationdefs}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; define cross-reference class^^J}%
+ \write\glswrite{(define-crossref-class \string"see\string"
+ :unverified )}%
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-crossref-list
+ :class \string"see\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ :open \string"\string\glsseeformat\string"
+ :close \string"{}\string")}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; define the order of the location classes}%
+ \write\glswrite{(define-location-class-order
+ (\@xdylocationclassorder))}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; define the glossary markup^^J}%
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-index^^J\space\space\space
+ :open \string"\string
+ \glossarysection[\string\glossarytoctitle]{\string
+ \glossarytitle}\string\glossarypreamble\string~n\string\begin
+ {theglossary}\string\glossaryheader\string~n\string" ^^J\space
+ \space\space:close \string"\expandafter\@gobble
+ \string\%\string~n\string
+ \end{theglossary}\string\glossarypostamble
+ \string~n\string" ^^J\space\space\space
+ :tree)}%
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-letter-group-list
+ :sep \string"\string\glsgroupskip\string~n\string")}%
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-indexentry
+ :open \string"\string\relax \string\glsresetentrylist
+ \string~n\string")}%
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-locclass-list :open
+ \string"\glsopenbrace\string\glossaryentrynumbers
+ \glsopenbrace\string\relax\space \string"^^J\space\space\space
+ :sep \string", \string"
+ :close \string"\glsclosebrace\glsclosebrace\string")}%
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-locref-list
+ :sep \string"\string\delimN\space\string")}%
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-range
+ :sep \string"\string\delimR\space\string")}%
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\gls@suffixF
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\gls@suffixFF
+ \ifx\gls@suffixF\@empty
+ \else
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-range
+ :close "\gls@suffixF" :length 1 :ignore-end)}%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\gls@suffixFF\@empty
+ \else
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-range
+ :close "\gls@suffixFF" :length 2 :ignore-end)}%
+ \fi
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; define format to use for locations^^J}%
+ \write\glswrite{\@xdylocref}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; define letter group list format^^J}%
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-letter-group-list
+ :sep \string"\string\glsgroupskip\string~n\string")}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; letter group headings^^J}%
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-letter-group
+ :open-head \string"\string\glsgroupheading
+ \glsopenbrace\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ :close-head \string"\glsclosebrace\string")}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; additional letter groups^^J}%
+ \write\glswrite{\@xdylettergroups}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; additional sort rules^^J}
+ \write\glswrite{\@xdysortrules}%
+ \noist}
+\else
+ \edef\@gls@actualchar{\string?}
+ \edef\@gls@encapchar{\string|}
+ \edef\@gls@levelchar{\string!}
+ \edef\@gls@quotechar{\string"}
+ \def\writeist{\relax
+ \openout\glswrite=\istfilename
+ \write\glswrite{\expandafter\@gobble\string\% makeindex style file
+ created by the glossaries package}
+ \write\glswrite{\expandafter\@gobble\string\% for document
+ '\jobname' on \the\year-\the\month-\the\day}
+ \write\glswrite{actual '\@gls@actualchar'}
+ \write\glswrite{encap '\@gls@encapchar'}
+ \write\glswrite{level '\@gls@levelchar'}
+ \write\glswrite{quote '\@gls@quotechar'}
+ \write\glswrite{keyword \string"\string\\glossaryentry\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{preamble \string"\string\\glossarysection[\string
+ \\glossarytoctitle]{\string\\glossarytitle}\string
+ \\glossarypreamble\string\n\string\\begin{theglossary}\string
+ \\glossaryheader\string\n\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{postamble \string"\string\%\string\n\string
+ \\end{theglossary}\string\\glossarypostamble\string\n
+ \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{group_skip \string"\string\\glsgroupskip\string\n
+ \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{item_0 \string"\string\%\string\n\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{item_1 \string"\string\%\string\n\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{item_2 \string"\string\%\string\n\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{item_01 \string"\string\%\string\n\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{item_x1
+ \string"\string\\relax \string\\glsresetentrylist\string\n
+ \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{item_12 \string"\string\%\string\n\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{item_x2
+ \string"\string\\relax \string\\glsresetentrylist\string\n
+ \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{delim_0 \string"\string\{\string
+ \\glossaryentrynumbers\string\{\string\\relax \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{delim_1 \string"\string\{\string
+ \\glossaryentrynumbers\string\{\string\\relax \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{delim_2 \string"\string\{\string
+ \\glossaryentrynumbers\string\{\string\\relax \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{delim_t \string"\string\}\string\}\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{delim_n \string"\string\\delimN \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{delim_r \string"\string\\delimR \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{headings_flag 1}
+ \write\glswrite{heading_prefix
+ \string"\string\\glsgroupheading\string\{\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{heading_suffix
+ \string"\string\}\string\\relax
+ \string\\glsresetentrylist \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{symhead_positive \string"glssymbols\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{numhead_positive \string"glsnumbers\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{page_compositor \string"\glscompositor\string"}
+ \@gls@escbsdq\gls@suffixF
+ \@gls@escbsdq\gls@suffixFF
+ \ifx\gls@suffixF\@empty
+ \else
+ \write\glswrite{suffix_2p \string"\gls@suffixF\string"}
+ \fi
+ \ifx\gls@suffixFF\@empty
+ \else
+ \write\glswrite{suffix_3p \string"\gls@suffixFF\string"}
+ \fi
+ \noist
+ }
+\fi
+\renewcommand*{\noist}{\let\writeist\relax}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Load \sty{tracklang} to obtain language settings.
+%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{tracklang}
-\let\glsifusetranslator\@secondoftwo
+%</glossaries-compatible-207-2020-03-19.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
-% Check for tracked languages:
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*glossaries-compatible-307-2020-03-19.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+% \subsection{Rollback v4.46 (glossaries-compatible-307-2020-03-19.sty)}
+% Version 4.46 preserved for rollback.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-307}[2020/03/19 v4.46 (NLCT)]
+\newcommand{\compatglossarystyle}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{@glscompstyle@#1}%
+ {%
+ \csdef{@glscompstyle@#1}{#2}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Glossary compatibility style `#1' is already defined}{}%
+ }%
+}
+\compatglossarystyle{inline}{%
+ \renewcommand{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \glsinlinedopostchild
+ \gls@inlinesep
+ \def\glo@desc{##3}%
+ \def\@no@post@desc{\nopostdesc}%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glsinlinenameformat{##1}{##2}%
+ \ifx\glo@desc\@no@post@desc
+ \glsinlineemptydescformat{##4}{##5}%
+ \else
+ \ifstrempty{##3}%
+ {\glsinlineemptydescformat{##4}{##5}}%
+ {\glsinlinedescformat{##3}{##4}{##5}}%
+ \fi
+ \ifglshaschildren{##1}%
+ {%
+ \glsresetsubentrycounter
+ \glsinlineparentchildseparator
+ \def\gls@inlinesubsep{}%
+ \def\gls@inlinepostchild{\glsinlinepostchild}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ \def\gls@inlinesep{\glsinlineseparator}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ \gls@inlinesubsep%
+ \glsinlinesubnameformat{##2}{##3}%
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}\glsinlinesubdescformat{##4}{##5}{##6}%
+ \def\gls@inlinesubsep{\glsinlinesubseparator}%
+ }%
+}
+\compatglossarystyle{list}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \item[\glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2}]
+ ##3\glspostdescription\space ##5}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4\glspostdescription\space ##6.}%
+}
+\compatglossarystyle{listgroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@list}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{listhypergroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@list}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altlist}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \item[\glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2}]%
+ \mbox{}\par\nobreak\@afterheading
+ ##3\glspostdescription\space ##5}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ \par
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4\glspostdescription\space ##6}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altlistgroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@altlist}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altlisthypergroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@altlist}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{listdotted}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \item[]\makebox[\glslistdottedwidth][l]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2}%
+ \unskip\leaders\hbox to 2.9mm{\hss.}\hfill\strut}##3}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ \item[]\makebox[\glslistdottedwidth][l]{%
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{##3}%
+ \unskip\leaders\hbox to 2.9mm{\hss.}\hfill\strut}##4}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{sublistdotted}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@listdotted}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \item[\glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2}]}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{long}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3\glspostdescription\space ##5\\}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4\glspostdescription\space ##6\\}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{longborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@long}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{longheader}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@long}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{longheaderborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@long}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{long3col}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3 & ##5\\}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4 & ##6\\}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{long3colborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@long3col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{long3colheader}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@long3col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{long3colheaderborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@long3col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{long4col}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3 & ##4 & ##5\\}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4 & ##5 & ##6\\}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{long4colheader}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@long4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{long4colborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@long4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{long4colheaderborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@long4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altlong4col}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@long4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altlong4colheader}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@long4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altlong4colborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@long4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altlong4colheaderborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@long4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{longragged}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3\glspostdescription\space ##5%
+ \tabularnewline}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4\glspostdescription\space ##6%
+ \tabularnewline}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{longraggedborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@longragged}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{longraggedheader}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@longragged}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{longraggedheaderborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@longragged}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{longragged3col}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3 & ##5\tabularnewline}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4 & ##6\tabularnewline}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{longragged3colborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@longragged3col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{longragged3colheader}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@longragged3col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{longragged3colheaderborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@longragged3col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altlongragged4col}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3 & ##4 & ##5\tabularnewline}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4 & ##5 & ##6\tabularnewline}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altlongragged4colheader}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@altlong4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altlongragged4colborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@altlong4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altlongragged4colheaderborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@altlong4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{index}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \item\glsentryitem{##1}\textbf{\glstarget{##1}{##2}}%
+ \ifx\relax##4\relax
+ \else
+ \space(##4)%
+ \fi
+ \space ##3\glspostdescription \space ##5}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ \ifcase##1\relax
+ % level 0
+ \item
+ \or
+ % level 1
+ \subitem
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \else
+ % all other levels
+ \subsubitem
+ \fi
+ \textbf{\glstarget{##2}{##3}}%
+ \ifx\relax##5\relax
+ \else
+ \space(##5)%
+ \fi
+ \space##4\glspostdescription\space ##6}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{indexgroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@index}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{indexhypergroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@index}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{tree}{%
+ \renewcommand{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \hangindent0pt\relax
+ \parindent0pt\relax
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\textbf{\glstarget{##1}{##2}}%
+ \ifx\relax##4\relax
+ \else
+ \space(##4)%
+ \fi
+ \space ##3\glspostdescription \space ##5\par}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ \hangindent##1\glstreeindent\relax
+ \parindent##1\glstreeindent\relax
+ \ifnum##1=1\relax
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \fi
+ \textbf{\glstarget{##2}{##3}}%
+ \ifx\relax##5\relax
+ \else
+ \space(##5)%
+ \fi
+ \space##4\glspostdescription\space ##6\par}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{treegroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@tree}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{treehypergroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@tree}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{treenoname}{%
+ \renewcommand{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \hangindent0pt\relax
+ \parindent0pt\relax
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\textbf{\glstarget{##1}{##2}}%
+ \ifx\relax##4\relax
+ \else
+ \space(##4)%
+ \fi
+ \space ##3\glspostdescription \space ##5\par}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ \hangindent##1\glstreeindent\relax
+ \parindent##1\glstreeindent\relax
+ \ifnum##1=1\relax
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \fi
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}%
+ ##4\glspostdescription\space ##6\par}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{treenonamegroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@treenoname}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{treenonamehypergroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@treenoname}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{alttree}{%
+ \renewcommand{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \ifnum\@gls@prevlevel=0\relax
+ \else
+ \settowidth{\glstreeindent}{\textbf{\@glswidestname\space}}%
+ \hangindent\glstreeindent
+ \parindent\glstreeindent
+ \fi
+ \makebox[0pt][r]{\makebox[\glstreeindent][l]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\textbf{\glstarget{##1}{##2}}}}%
+ \ifx\relax##4\relax
+ \else
+ (##4)\space
+ \fi
+ ##3\glspostdescription \space ##5\par
+ \def\@gls@prevlevel{0}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ \ifnum##1=1\relax
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\@gls@prevlevel=##1\relax
+ \else
+ \@ifundefined{@glswidestname\romannumeral##1}{%
+ \settowidth{\gls@tmplen}{\textbf{\@glswidestname\space}}}{%
+ \settowidth{\gls@tmplen}{\textbf{%
+ \csname @glswidestname\romannumeral##1\endcsname\space}}}%
+ \ifnum\@gls@prevlevel<##1\relax
+ \setlength\glstreeindent\gls@tmplen
+ \addtolength\glstreeindent\parindent
+ \parindent\glstreeindent
+ \else
+ \@ifundefined{@glswidestname\romannumeral\@gls@prevlevel}{%
+ \settowidth{\glstreeindent}{\textbf{%
+ \@glswidestname\space}}}{%
+ \settowidth{\glstreeindent}{\textbf{%
+ \csname @glswidestname\romannumeral\@gls@prevlevel
+ \endcsname\space}}}%
+ \addtolength\parindent{-\glstreeindent}%
+ \setlength\glstreeindent\parindent
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \hangindent\glstreeindent
+ \makebox[0pt][r]{\makebox[\gls@tmplen][l]{%
+ \textbf{\glstarget{##2}{##3}}}}%
+ \ifx##5\relax\relax
+ \else
+ (##5)\space
+ \fi
+ ##4\glspostdescription\space ##6\par
+ \def\@gls@prevlevel{##1}%
+ }%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{alttreegroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@alttree}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{alttreehypergroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@alttree}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{mcolindex}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@index}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{mcolindexgroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@index}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{mcolindexhypergroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@index}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{mcoltree}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@tree}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{mcolindextreegroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@tree}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{mcolindextreehypergroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@tree}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{mcoltreenoname}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@tree}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{mcoltreenonamegroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@tree}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{mcoltreenonamehypergroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@tree}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{mcolalttree}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@alttree}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{mcolalttreegroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@alttree}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{mcolalttreehypergroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@alttree}%
+}%
+
+\compatglossarystyle{superragged}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3\glspostdescription\space ##5%
+ \tabularnewline}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4\glspostdescription\space ##6%
+ \tabularnewline}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{superraggedborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@superragged}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{superraggedheader}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@superragged}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{superraggedheaderborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@superragged}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{superragged3col}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3 & ##5\tabularnewline}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4 & ##6\tabularnewline}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{superragged3colborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@superragged3col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{superragged3colheader}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@superragged3col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{superragged3colheaderborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@superragged3col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altsuperragged4col}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3 & ##4 & ##5\tabularnewline}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4 & ##5 & ##6\tabularnewline}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altsuperragged4colheader}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@altsuperragged4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altsuperragged4colborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@altsuperragged4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altsuperragged4colheaderborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@altsuperragged4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{super}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3\glspostdescription\space ##5\\}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4\glspostdescription\space ##6\\}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{superborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@super}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{superheader}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@super}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{superheaderborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@super}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{super3col}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3 & ##5\\}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4 & ##6\\}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{super3colborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@super3col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{super3colheader}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@super3col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{super3colheaderborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@super3col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{super4col}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3 & ##4 & ##5\\}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4 & ##5 & ##6\\}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{super4colheader}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@super4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{super4colborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@super4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{super4colheaderborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@super4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altsuper4col}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@super4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altsuper4colheader}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@super4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altsuper4colborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@super4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altsuper4colheaderborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@super4col}%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</glossaries-compatible-307-2020-03-19.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*glossaries-polyglossia-2020-03-19.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+% \subsection{Rollback v4.46 (glossaries-polyglossia-2020-03-19.sty)}
+% Version 4.46 preserved for rollback.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-polyglossia}[2020/03/19 v4.46 (NLCT)]
+\RequirePackage{tracklang}
+\let\glsifusetranslator\@secondoftwo
\AnyTrackedLanguages
{%
\ForEachTrackedDialect{\this@dialect}{%
@@ -29115,1700 +38384,1840 @@ you
% \end{macrocode}
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%</glossaries-polyglossia.sty>
+%</glossaries-polyglossia-2020-03-19.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex>
+%<*glossaries-prefix-2020-03-19.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
-%\iffalse
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<<COMMENT
-% This file is part of the glossaries bundle
-% These are test acronym entries with descriptions.
-%COMMENT
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,description={fringilla a, euismod sodales,
- sollicitudin vel, wisi}]{ndl}{NDL}{nam dui ligula}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,description={non justo}]{mal}{MAL}{morbi auctor lorem}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,description={pretium at, lobortis vitae, ultricies et,
-tellus}]{nll}{NLL}{name lacus libero}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,description={tortor sed accumsan bibendum, erat ligula
-aliquet magna, vitae ornare odio metus a mi}]{da}{DA}{donec aliquet}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,description={et nisl hendrerit mollis}]{mao}{MAO}{morbi ac orci}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,description={cras nec ante}]{sum}{SUM}{suspendisse ut massa}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,description={cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis
-parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus}]{pan}{PAN}{pellentesque a nulla}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,description={nulla ullamcorper vestibulum
-turpis}]{atu}{ATU}{aliquam tincidunt urna}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,description={nulla malesuada porttitor diam}]%
- {pclm}{PCLM}{pellentesque cursus luctus mauris}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
-%\iffalse
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
-%\iffalse
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*example-glossaries-acronym.tex>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
-%\iffalse
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<<COMMENT
-% This file is part of the glossaries bundle
-% These are test acronym entries
-%COMMENT
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{lid}{LID}{lorem ipsum dolor}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{stc}{STC}{sit amet consectetuer}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{aeu}{AEU}{adipiscing elit ut}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{pev}{PEV}{purus elit vestibulum}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{upa}{UPA}{ut placerat ac}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{avf}{AVF}{adipiscing vitae felis}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{cdg}{CDG}{curabitur dictum gravida}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{mna}{MNA}{mauris nam arcu}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{lne}{LNE}{libero nonummy eget}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{civ}{CIV}{consectetuer id vulputate}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{amd}{AMD}{a magna donec}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{vae}{VAE}{vehicula augue eu}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{nph}{NPH}{neque pellentesque habitant}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{mts}{MTS}{morbi tristique senectus}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{ene}{ENE}{et netus et}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{mfa}{MFA}{malesuada fames ac}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{tem}{TEM}{turpis egestas mauris}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{ulc}{ULC}{ut leo cras}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{vmr}{VMR}{viverra metus rhoncus}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{sne}{SNE}{sem nulla et}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{lvu}{LVU}{lectus vestibulum urna}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{fup}{FUP}{fringilla ultrices phasellus}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{ets}{ETS}{eu tellus sit}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{atg}{ATG}{amet tortor gravida}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{pis}{PIS}{placerat integer sapien}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{eii}{EII}{est iaculis in}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{pqv}{PQV}{pretium quis viverra}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{anp}{ANP}{ac nunc praesent}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{esv}{ESV}{eget sem vel}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{lub}{LUB}{leo ultrices bibendum}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{afm}{AFM}{aenean faucibus morbi}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{dnm}{DNM}{dolor nulla malesuada}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{epa}{EPA}{eu pulvinar at}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{man}{MAC}{mollis ac nulla}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{cas}{CAS}{curabitur auctor semper}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{ndv}{NDV}{nulla donec varius}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{oer}{OER}{orci eget risus}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{dnmc}{DNMC}{duis nibh mi congue}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{cea}{CEA}{congue eu accumsan}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{esq}{ESQ}{eleifend sagittis quis}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{dia}{DIA}{duis eget orci}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{sao}{SAO}{sit amet orci}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{drn}{DRN}{dignissim rutrum nam}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
-%\iffalse
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</example-glossaries-acronym.tex>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
-%\iffalse
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
-%\iffalse
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<<COMMENT
-% This file is part of the glossaries bundle
-% These are test acronym entries where some are provided with
-% "translations", which are stored in the user1 key.
-%COMMENT
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,user1={love itself}]{li}{LI}{lorem ipsum}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,user1={produces none}]{np}{NP}{nulla pariatur}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,user1={blame belongs}]{sic}{SIC}{sunt in culpa}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,user1={blinded by
-desire}]{esoc}{ESOC}{excepturi sint obcaecati cupiditat}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{nmruu}{NMRUU}{nulla malesuada
-risus ut urna}
-
-\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{di}{DI}{duis iaculi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
-%\iffalse
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
-%\iffalse
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*example-glossaries-brief.tex>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
-%\iffalse
+% \subsection{Rollback v4.46 (glossaries-prefix-2020-03-19.sty)}
+% Version 4.46 preserved for rollback.
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<<COMMENT
-% This file is part of the glossaries bundle
-% These are test glossary entries with brief descriptions.
-%COMMENT
-
-\newglossaryentry{lorem}{name={lorem},description={ipsum}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{dolor}{name={dolor},description={sit}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{amet}{name={amet},description={consectetuer}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{adipiscing}{name={adipiscing},description={elit}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{ut}{name={ut},description={purus}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{elit}{name={elit},description={vestibulum}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{placerat}{name={placerat},description={ac}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{vitae}{name={vitae},description={felis}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{curabitur}{name={curabitur},description={gravida}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{mauris}{name={mauris},description={nam}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{arcu}{name={arcu},description={libero}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{nonummy}{name={nonummy},description={eget}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{consectetuer}{name={consectetuer},description={id}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{vulputate}{name={vulputate},description={a magna}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{donec}{name={donec},description={vehicula}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{augue}{name={augue},description={eu neque}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{pellentesque}{name={pellentesque},description={habitant}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{morbi}{name={morbi},description={tristique}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{senectus}{name={senectus},description={et netus}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{et}{name={et},description={malesuada}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{fames}{name={fames},description={ac}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{turpis}{name={turpis},description={egestas}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{leo}{name={leo},description={cras}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{viverra}{name={viverra},description={metus}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{rhoncus}{name={rhoncus},description={sem}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{nulla}{name={nulla},description={et}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{lectus}{name={lectus},description={vestibulum}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{urna}{name={urna},description={fringilla}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{ultrices}{name={ultrices},description={phasellus}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{eu}{name={eu},description={tellus}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sit}{name={sit},description={amet}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{tortor}{name={tortor},description={gravida}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{integer}{name={integer},description={sapien}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{est}{name={est},description={iaculis}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{in}{name={in},description={pretium}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{quis}{name={quis},description={viverra}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{ac}{name={ac},description={nunc}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{praesent}{name={praesent},description={eget}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sem}{name={sem},description={vel leo}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{bibendum}{name={bibendum},description={ultrices}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{aenean}{name={aenean},description={faucibus}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{malesuada}{name={malesuada},description={eu}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{pulvinar}{name={pulvinar},description={at}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{mollis}{name={mollis},description={ac nulla}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{auctor}{name={auctor},description={semper}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{varius}{name={varius},description={orci}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{eget}{name={eget},description={risus}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{duis}{name={duis},description={nibh}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{mi}{name={mi},description={congue}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{accumsan}{name={accumsan},description={eleifend}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sagittis}{name={sagittis},description={quis}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{diam}{name={diam},description={duis}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{orci}{name={orci},description={dignissim}}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-prefix}[2020/03/19 v4.46 (NLCT)]
+\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{glossaries}}
+\ProcessOptions
+\RequirePackage{glossaries}[=v4.46]
+\define@key{glossentry}{prefixfirst}{\def\@glo@entryprefixfirst{#1}}%
+\define@key{glossentry}{prefixfirstplural}{\def\@glo@entryprefixfirstplural{#1}}%
+\define@key{glossentry}{prefix}{\def\@glo@entryprefix{#1}}%
+\define@key{glossentry}{prefixplural}{\def\@glo@entryprefixplural{#1}}%
+\appto\@gls@keymap{,%
+ {prefixfirst}{prefixfirst},%
+ {prefixfirstplural}{prefixfirstplural},%
+ {prefix}{prefix},%
+ {prefixplural}{prefixplural}%
+ }
+\appto\@newglossaryentryprehook{%
+ \def\@glo@entryprefix{}%
+ \def\@glo@entryprefixplural{}%
+ \let\@glo@entryprefixfirst\@gls@default@value
+ \let\@glo@entryprefixfirstplural\@gls@default@value
+}
+\appto\@newglossaryentryposthook{%
+ \gls@assign@field{}{\@glo@label}{prefix}{\@glo@entryprefix}%
+ \gls@assign@field{}{\@glo@label}{prefixplural}{\@glo@entryprefixplural}%
+ \expandafter\gls@assign@field\expandafter
+ {\csname glo@\@glo@label @prefix\endcsname}{\@glo@label}{prefixfirst}%
+ {\@glo@entryprefixfirst}%
+ \expandafter\gls@assign@field\expandafter
+ {\csname glo@\@glo@label @prefixplural\endcsname}{\@glo@label}%
+ {prefixfirstplural}{\@glo@entryprefixfirstplural}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryprefixfirst}[1]{\csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixfirst}}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryprefixfirstplural}[1]{%
+ \csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixfirstplural}}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryprefix}[1]{\csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefix}}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryprefixplural}[1]{\csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixplural}}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryprefixfirst}[1]{%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@text{\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixfirst\endcsname}%
+ \xmakefirstuc\@glo@text
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryprefixfirstplural}[1]{%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@text{\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixfirstplural\endcsname}%
+ \xmakefirstuc\@glo@text
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryprefix}[1]{%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@text{\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefix\endcsname}%
+ \xmakefirstuc\@glo@text
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryprefixplural}[1]{%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@text{\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixplural\endcsname}%
+ \xmakefirstuc\@glo@text
+}
+\newcommand*{\ifglshasprefix}[3]{%
+ \ifcsempty{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefix}%
+ {#3}%
+ {#2}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\ifglshasprefixplural}[3]{%
+ \ifcsempty{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixplural}%
+ {#3}%
+ {#2}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\ifglshasprefixfirst}[3]{%
+ \ifcsempty{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixfirst}%
+ {#3}%
+ {#2}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\ifglshasprefixfirstplural}[3]{%
+ \ifcsempty{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixfirstplural}%
+ {#3}%
+ {#2}%
+}
+\providecommand{\@glsprefix@record@hook}[2]{%
+ \ifdef\@glsxtr@record
+ {\@glsxtr@record{#1}{#2}{glslink}}%
+ {}%
+}
+\newcommand{\glsprefixsep}{}
+\newrobustcmd{\pgls}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@pgls}
+\newcommand*{\@pgls}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[%
+ {\@pgls@{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@pgls@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@pgls@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@glsprefix@record@hook{#1}{#2}%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefix{#2}{\glsentryprefix{#2}\glsprefixsep}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefixfirst{#2}{\glsentryprefixfirst{#2}\glsprefixsep}{}%
+ }%
+ \@gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+}
+\newrobustcmd{\pglspl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@pglspl}
+\newcommand*{\@pglspl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[%
+ {\@pglspl@{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@pglspl@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@pglspl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@glsprefix@record@hook{#1}{#2}%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefixplural{#2}{\glsentryprefixplural{#2}\glsprefixsep}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefixfirstplural{#2}%
+ {\glsentryprefixfirstplural{#2}\glsprefixsep}{}%
+ }%
+ \@glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+}
+\newrobustcmd{\Pgls}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Pgls}
+\newcommand*{\@Pgls}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[%
+ {\@Pgls@{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@Pgls@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@Pgls@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@glsprefix@record@hook{#1}{#2}%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefix{#2}%
+ {%
+ \Glsentryprefix{#2}%
+ \glsprefixsep
+ \@gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+ {\@Gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefixfirst{#2}%
+ {%
+ \Glsentryprefixfirst{#2}%
+ \glsprefixsep
+ \@gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+ {\@Gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newrobustcmd{\Pglspl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Pglspl}
+\newcommand*{\@Pglspl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[%
+ {\@Pglspl@{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@Pglspl@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@Pglspl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@glsprefix@record@hook{#1}{#2}%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefixplural{#2}%
+ {%
+ \Glsentryprefixplural{#2}%
+ \glsprefixsep
+ \@glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+ {\@Glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefixfirstplural{#2}%
+ {%
+ \Glsentryprefixfirstplural{#2}%
+ \glsprefixsep
+ \@glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+ {\@Glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newrobustcmd{\PGLS}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@PGLS}
+\newcommand*{\@PGLS}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[%
+ {\@PGLS@{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@PGLS@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@PGLS@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@glsprefix@record@hook{#1}{#2}%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefix{#2}%
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryprefix{#2}\glsprefixsep}}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefixfirst{#2}%
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryprefixfirst{#2}\glsprefixsep}}{}%
+ }%
+ \@GLS@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+}
+\newrobustcmd{\PGLSpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@PGLSpl}
+\newcommand*{\@PGLSpl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[%
+ {\@PGLSpl@{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@PGLSpl@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@PGLSpl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@glsprefix@record@hook{#1}{#2}%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefixplural{#2}%
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryprefixplural{#2}\glsprefixsep}}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefixfirstplural{#2}%
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryprefixfirstplural{#2}\glsprefixsep}}{}%
+ }%
+ \@GLSpl@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%</example-glossaries-brief.tex>
+%</glossaries-prefix-2020-03-19.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*example-glossaries-childmultipar.tex>
+%<*glossary-hypernav-2020-03-19.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
-%\iffalse
+%\subsection{Rollback v4.46 (glossary-hypernav-2020-03-19.sty)}
+% Version 4.46 preserved for rollback.
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<<COMMENT
-% This file is part of the glossaries bundle.
-% These are test glossary entries with child entries that have
-% multi-paragraph descriptions. One parent entry also has a
-% multi-paragraph description. Some entries have an associated
-% image file (stored in user1). The referenced image files are
-% provided by the mwe package.
-%COMMENT
-
-\newglossaryentry{hiersedmattis}{name={sed mattis},user1={example-image},
- description={Erat sit amet dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus
-elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur
-dictum gravida mauris. Ut pellentesque augue sed urna. Vestibulum
-diam eros, fringilla et, consectetuer eu, nonummy id, sapien. Nullam
-at lectus. In sagittis ultrices mauris. Curabitur malesuada erat sit
-amet massa. Fusce blandit. Aliquam erat volutpat.}}
-
-
-\longnewglossaryentry{hierloremi-ii}
-{name={lorem 1--2},parent={hiersedmattis}}%
-{%
-Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus elit,
-vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur
-dictum gravida mauris. Nam arcu libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer
-id, vulputate a, magna. Donec vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque
-habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac
-turpis egestas. Mauris ut leo. Cras viverra metus rhoncus sem. Nulla
-et lectus vestibulum urna fringilla ultrices. Phasellus eu tellus
-sit amet tortor gravida placerat. Integer sapien est, iaculis in,
-pretium quis, viverra ac, nunc. Praesent eget sem vel leo ultrices
-bibendum. Aenean faucibus. Morbi dolor nulla, malesuada eu, pulvinar
-at, mollis ac, nulla. Curabitur auctor semper nulla. Donec varius
-orci eget risus. Duis nibh mi, congue eu, accumsan eleifend,
-sagittis quis, diam. Duis eget orci sit amet orci dignissim rutrum.
-
-Nam dui ligula, fringilla a, euismod sodales, sollicitudin vel,
-wisi. Morbi auctor lorem non justo. Nam lacus libero, pretium at,
-lobortis vitae, ultricies et, tellus. Donec aliquet, tortor sed
-accumsan bibendum, erat ligula aliquet magna, vitae ornare odio
-metus a mi. Morbi ac orci et nisl hendrerit mollis. Suspendisse ut
-massa. Cras nec ante. Pellentesque a nulla. Cum sociis natoque
-penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus.
-Aliquam tincidunt urna. Nulla ullamcorper vestibulum turpis.
-Pellentesque cursus luctus mauris.%
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-hypernav}[2020/03/19 v4.46 (NLCT)]
+\newcommand*{\glsnavhyperlink}[3][\@glo@type]{%
+ \edef\gls@grplabel{#2}\protected@edef\@gls@grptitle{#3}%
+ \@glslink{\glsnavhyperlinkname{#1}{#2}}{#3}}
+\newcommand*{\glsnavhyperlinkname}[2]{glsn:#1@#2}
+\newcommand*{\glsnavhypertarget}[3][\@glo@type]{%
+ \@glsnavhypertarget{#1}{#2}{#3}%
}
-
-\longnewglossaryentry{hierloremiii-iv}
-{name={lorem 3--4},parent={hiersedmattis},user1={example-image}}%
-{%
-Nulla malesuada porttitor diam. Donec felis erat, congue non,
-volutpat at, tincidunt tristique, libero. Vivamus viverra fermentum
-felis. Donec nonummy pellentesque ante. Phasellus adipiscing semper
-elit. Proin fermentum massa ac quam. Sed diam turpis, molestie
-vitae, placerat a, molestie nec, leo. Maecenas lacinia. Nam ipsum
-ligula, eleifend at, accumsan nec, suscipit a, ipsum. Morbi blandit
-ligula feugiat magna. Nunc eleifend consequat lorem. Sed lacinia
-nulla vitae enim. Pellentesque tincidunt purus vel magna. Integer
-non enim. Praesent euismod nunc eu purus. Donec bibendum quam in
-tellus. Nullam cursus pulvinar lectus. Donec et mi. Nam vulputate
-metus eu enim. Vestibulum pellentesque felis eu massa.
-
-Quisque ullamcorper placerat ipsum. Cras nibh. Morbi vel justo
-vitae lacus tincidunt ultrices. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
-consectetuer adipiscing elit. In hac habitasse platea dictumst.
-Integer tempus convallis augue. Etiam facilisis. Nunc elementum
-fermentum wisi. Aenean placerat. Ut imperdiet, enim sed gravida
-sollicitudin, felis odio placerat quam, ac pulvinar elit purus eget
-enim. Nunc vitae tortor. Proin tempus nibh sit amet nisl. Vivamus
-quis tortor vitae risus porta vehicula.%
+\newcommand*{\@glsnavhypertarget}[3]{%
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\@gls@hypergroup{#1}{#2}}%
+ \@glstarget{\glsnavhyperlinkname{#1}{#2}}{#3}%
+ \expandafter\let
+ \expandafter\@gls@list\csname @gls@hypergrouplist@#1\endcsname
+ \@for\@gls@elem:=\@gls@list\do{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\@gls@elem}{#2}}{\@endfortrue}{}}%
+ \if@endfor
+ \else
+ \GlossariesWarningNoLine{Navigation panel
+ for glossary type `#1'^^Jmissing group `#2'}%
+ \gdef\gls@hypergrouprerun{%
+ \GlossariesWarningNoLine{Navigation panel
+ has changed. Rerun LaTeX}}%
+ \fi
}
-
-\longnewglossaryentry{hierloremv-vi}
-{name={lorem 5--6},parent={hiersedmattis}}%
-{%
-Fusce mauris. Vestibulum luctus nibh at lectus. Sed bibendum, nulla
-a faucibus semper, leo velit ultricies tellus, ac venenatis arcu
-wisi vel nisl. Vestibulum diam. Aliquam pellentesque, augue quis
-sagittis posuere, turpis lacus congue quam, in hendrerit risus eros
-eget felis. Maecenas eget erat in sapien mattis porttitor.
-Vestibulum porttitor. Nulla facilisi. Sed a turpis eu lacus commodo
-facilisis. Morbi fringilla, wisi in dignissim interdum, justo lectus
-sagittis dui, et vehicula libero dui cursus dui. Mauris tempor
-ligula sed lacus. Duis cursus enim ut augue. Cras ac magna. Cras
-nulla. Nulla egestas. Curabitur a leo. Quisque egestas wisi eget
-nunc. Nam feugiat lacus vel est. Curabitur consectetuer.%
-
-Suspendisse vel felis. Ut lorem lorem, interdum eu, tincidunt sit
-amet, laoreet vitae, arcu. Aenean faucibus pede eu ante. Praesent
-enim elit, rutrum at, molestie non, nonummy vel, nisl. Ut lectus
-eros, malesuada sit amet, fermentum eu, sodales cursus, magna. Donec
-eu purus. Quisque vehicula, urna sed ultricies auctor, pede lorem
-egestas dui, et convallis elit erat sed nulla. Donec luctus.
-Curabitur et nunc. Aliquam dolor odio, commodo pretium, ultricies
-non, pharetra in, velit. Integer arcu est, nonummy in, fermentum
-faucibus, egestas vel, odio.%
+\let\gls@hypergrouprerun\relax
+\AtEndDocument{\gls@hypergrouprerun}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@hypergroup}[2]{%
+\@ifundefined{@gls@hypergrouplist@#1}{%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname @gls@hypergrouplist@#1\endcsname{#2}%
+}{%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\@gls@tmp
+ \csname @gls@hypergrouplist@#1\endcsname
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname @gls@hypergrouplist@#1\endcsname{%
+ \@gls@tmp,#2}%
+}%
}
-
-\longnewglossaryentry{hiergravida}{name={gravida}}
-{Malesuada libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer id, vulputate a, magna. Donec
-vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique
-senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas. Mauris ut
-leo.
-
-Morbi ultrices rutrum lorem. Nam elementum ullamcorper
-leo. Morbi dui. Aliquam sagittis. Nunc placerat. Pellentesque
-tristique sodales est. Maecenas imperdiet lacinia velit. Cras non
-urna. Morbi eros pede, suscipit ac, varius vel, egestas non, eros.}
-
-\longnewglossaryentry{hierloremvii-viii}
-{name={lorem 7--8},parent={hiergravida},user1={example-image-b}}%
-{%
-Sed commodo posuere pede. Mauris ut est. Ut quis purus. Sed ac odio.
-Sed vehicula hendrerit sem. Duis non odio. Morbi ut dui. Sed
-accumsan risus eget odio. In hac habitasse platea dictumst.
-Pellentesque non elit. Fusce sed justo eu urna porta tincidunt.
-Mauris felis odio, sollicitudin sed, volutpat a, ornare ac, erat.
-Morbi quis dolor. Donec pellentesque, erat ac sagittis semper, nunc
-dui lobortis purus, quis congue purus metus ultricies tellus. Proin
-et quam. Class aptent taciti sociosqu ad litora torquent per conubia
-nostra, per inceptos hymenaeos. Praesent sapien turpis, fermentum
-vel, eleifend faucibus, vehicula eu, lacus.
-
-Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada
-fames ac turpis egestas. Donec odio elit, dictum in, hendrerit sit
-amet, egestas sed, leo. Praesent feugiat sapien aliquet odio.
-Integer vitae justo. Aliquam vestibulum fringilla lorem. Sed neque
-lectus, consectetuer at, consectetuer sed, eleifend ac, lectus.
-Nulla facilisi. Pellentesque eget lectus. Proin eu metus. Sed
-porttitor. In hac habitasse platea dictumst. Suspendisse eu lectus.
-Ut mi mi, lacinia sit amet, placerat et, mollis vitae, dui. Sed ante
-tellus, tristique ut, iaculis eu, malesuada ac, dui. Mauris nibh
-leo, facilisis non, adipiscing quis, ultrices a, dui.%
+\newcommand*{\glsnavigation}{%
+ \def\@gls@between{}%
+ \ifcsundef{@gls@hypergrouplist@\@glo@type}%
+ {%
+ \def\@gls@list{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\@gls@list
+ \csname @gls@hypergrouplist@\@glo@type\endcsname
+ }%
+ \@for\@gls@tmp:=\@gls@list\do{%
+ \@gls@between
+ \@gls@getgrouptitle{\@gls@tmp}{\@gls@grptitle}%
+ \glsnavhyperlink{\@gls@tmp}{\@gls@grptitle}%
+ \let\@gls@between\glshypernavsep
+ }%
}
-
-\longnewglossaryentry{hierloremix-x}
-{name={lorem 9--10},parent={hiergravida},user1={example-image-c}}%
-{%
-Morbi luctus, wisi viverra faucibus pretium, nibh est placerat odio,
-nec commodo wisi enim eget quam. Quisque libero justo, consectetuer
-a, feugiat vitae, porttitor eu, libero. Suspendisse sed mauris
-vitae elit sollicitudin malesuada. Maecenas ultricies eros sit amet
-ante. Ut venenatis velit. Maecenas sed mi eget dui varius euismod.
-Phasellus aliquet volutpat odio. Vestibulum ante ipsum primis in
-faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere cubilia Curae; Pellentesque
-sit amet pede ac sem eleifend consectetuer. Nullam elementum, urna
-vel imperdiet sodales, elit ipsum pharetra ligula, ac pretium ante
-justo a nulla. Curabitur tristique arcu eu metus. Vestibulum lectus.
-Proin mauris. Proin eu nunc eu urna hendrerit faucibus. Aliquam
-auctor, pede consequat laoreet varius, eros tellus scelerisque quam,
-pellentesque hendrerit ipsum dolor sed augue. Nulla nec lacus.
-
-Suspendisse vitae elit. Aliquam arcu neque, ornare in, ullamcorper
-quis, commodo eu, libero. Fusce sagittis erat at erat tristique
-mollis. Maecenas sapien libero, molestie et, lobortis in, sodales
-eget, dui. Morbi ultrices rutrum lorem. Nam elementum ullamcorper
-leo. Morbi dui. Aliquam sagittis. Nunc placerat. Pellentesque
-tristique sodales est. Maecenas imperdiet lacinia velit. Cras non
-urna. Morbi eros pede, suscipit ac, varius vel, egestas non, eros.
-Praesent malesuada, diam id pretium elementum, eros sem dictum
-tortor, vel consectetuer odio sem sed wisi.%
+\newcommand*{\glshypernavsep}{\space\textbar\space}
+\newcommand*{\glssymbolnav}{%
+ \glsnavhyperlink{glssymbols}{\glsgetgrouptitle{glssymbols}}%
+ \glshypernavsep
+ \glsnavhyperlink{glsnumbers}{\glsgetgrouptitle{glsnumbers}}%
+ \glshypernavsep
}
% \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%</example-glossaries-childmultipar.tex>
+%</glossary-hypernav-2020-03-19.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*example-glossaries-childnoname.tex>
+%<*glossary-inline-2020-03-19.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
-%\iffalse
+% \subsection{Rollback v4.46 (glossary-inline-2020-03-19.sty)}
+% Version 4.46 preserved for rollback.
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<<COMMENT
-% This file is part of the glossaries bundle
-% These are test glossary entries with child entries that don't have
-% a name supplied. (The name is the same as the parent name.)
-%COMMENT
-
-\newglossaryentry{scelerisque}{name={scelerisque},description={at}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{vestibulum}{parent={scelerisque},description={eu, nulla}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{utodionisl}{parent={scelerisque},description={facilisis id}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{molliset}{parent={scelerisque},description={nec, enim}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{aeneansem}{parent={scelerisque},description={sem leo}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{pellentesquesit}{parent={scelerisque},description={sit amet}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sapien}{parent={scelerisque},description={vehicula
-pellentesque}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{consequat}{parent={scelerisque},description={tellus
-et tortor}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{uttempor}{name={ut tempor},description={laoreet
-quam}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{nullamid}{parent={uttempor},description={wisi a
-libero}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{tristique}{parent={uttempor},description={semper}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{nullamnislmassa}{parent={uttempor},description={rutrum
-ut}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{eleifend}{name={eleifend},description={sit amet
-faucibus}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{elementum}{parent={eleifend},description={elementum}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{urnasapien}{parent={eleifend},description={urna sapien}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{consectetuermauris}{name={consectetuer},description={mauris}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{quisegestas}{parent={consectetuermauris},description={quis egestas}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{leojusto}{parent={consectetuermauris},description={leo
-justo}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{nonrisus}{name={non risus},description={morbi non
-felis}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{aclibero}{parent={nonrisus},description={ac libero}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{vulputatefringilla}{parent={nonrisus},description={vulputate
-fringilla}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{maurislibero}{name={mauris},description={libero eros}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{lacinia}{parent={maurislibero},description={lacinia
-non}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sodales}{parent={maurislibero},description={sodales
-quis}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{dapibus}{parent={maurislibero},description={dapibus
-porttitor, pede}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{class}{name={class},description={aptent taciti}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sociosqu}{parent={class},description={sociosqu}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{adlitora}{parent={class},description={ad litora}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{torquent}{parent={class},description={torquent per
-conubia}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{nostra}{name={nostra},description={per inceptos
-hymenaeos}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{morbidapibus}{parent={nostra},description={morbi
-dapibus}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{mauriscondimentum}{parent={nostra},description={mauris
-condimentum nulla}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{cumsociis}{name={cum sociis},description={natoque
-penatibus}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{etmagnis}{parent={cumsociis},description={et
-magnis}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{disparturient}{parent={cumsociis},description={dis
-parturient montes}}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-inline}[2020/03/19 v4.46 (NLCT)]
+\newglossarystyle{inline}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {%
+ \def\gls@inlinesep{}%
+ \def\gls@inlinesubsep{}%
+ \def\gls@inlinepostchild{}%
+ }%
+ {\glspostinline}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \glsinlinedopostchild
+ \gls@inlinesep
+ \glsentryitem{##1}%
+ \glsinlinenameformat{##1}{%
+ \glossentryname{##1}%
+ }%
+ \ifglsdescsuppressed{##1}%
+ {%
+ \glsinlineemptydescformat
+ {%
+ \glossentrysymbol{##1}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ ##2%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasdesc{##1}%
+ {\glsinlinedescformat{\glossentrydesc{##1}}{\glossentrysymbol{##1}}{##2}}%
+ {\glsinlineemptydescformat{\glossentrysymbol{##1}}{##2}}%
+ }%
+ \ifglshaschildren{##1}%
+ {%
+ \glsresetsubentrycounter
+ \glsinlineparentchildseparator
+ \def\gls@inlinesubsep{}%
+ \def\gls@inlinepostchild{\glsinlinepostchild}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ \def\gls@inlinesep{\glsinlineseparator}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ \gls@inlinesubsep%
+ \glsinlinesubnameformat{##2}{%
+ \glossentryname{##2}}%
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glsinlinesubdescformat{\glossentrydesc{##2}}{\glossentrysymbol{##2}}{##3}%
+ \def\gls@inlinesubsep{\glsinlinesubseparator}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsinlinedopostchild}{%
+ \gls@inlinepostchild
+ \def\gls@inlinepostchild{}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsinlineseparator}{;\space}
+\newcommand*{\glsinlinesubseparator}{,\space}
+\newcommand*{\glsinlineparentchildseparator}{:\space}
+\newcommand*{\glsinlinepostchild}{}
+\newcommand*{\glspostinline}{\glspostdescription\space}
+\newcommand*{\glsinlinenameformat}[2]{\glstarget{#1}{#2}}
+\newcommand*{\glsinlinedescformat}[3]{\space#1}
+\newcommand*{\glsinlineemptydescformat}[2]{}
+\newcommand*{\glsinlinesubnameformat}[2]{\glstarget{#1}{}}
+\newcommand*{\glsinlinesubdescformat}[3]{#1}
% \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%</example-glossaries-childnoname.tex>
+%</glossary-inline-2020-03-19.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*example-glossaries-cite.tex>
+%<*glossary-list-2020-03-19.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
-%\iffalse
+% \subsection{Rollback v4.46 (glossary-list-2020-03-19.sty)}
+% Version 4.46 preserved for rollback.
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<<COMMENT
-% This file is part of the glossaries bundle
-% These are test glossary entries with citation labels stored in
-% the user1 field. (The citations are defined in the xampl.bib file
-% that should be available on modern TeX distributions.)
-%COMMENT
-
-\newglossaryentry{fusce}{name={fusce},
-description={suscipit cursus sem},user1={article-minimal}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{vivamus}{name={vivamus},
-description={risus mi, egestas ac},user1={article-full}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{imperdiet}{name={imperdiet},
-description={varius, faucibus quis, leo},user1={whole-journal}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{aenean2}{name={aenean},
-description={tincidunt},user1={inbook-minimal}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{crasid}{name={cras id},
-description={justo quis nibh scelerisque dignissim},
-user1={inbook-full}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{aliquam2}{name={aliquam},
-description={sagittis elementum dolor},
-user1={book-minimal}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{aeneanconsectetuer}{name={aenean consectetuer},
-description={justo in pede},
-user1={book-full}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{curabiturullamcorper}{name={curabitur ullamcorper},
-description={ligula nec orci},
-user1={booklet-minimal}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{aliquampurus}{name={aliquam purus},
-description={turpis, aliquam id},
-user1={booklet-full}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{ornarevitae}{name={ornare vitae},
-description={porttitor non, wisi},
-user1={incollection-minimal}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{maecenasluctus}{name={maecenas luctus},
-description={porta lorem},
-user1={incollection-full}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{donecvitae}{name={donec vitae},
-description={ligula eu ante pretium varius},
-user1={manual-minimal}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{proin}{name={proin},
-description={tortor metus, convallis et},
-user1={manual-full}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{hendrerit}{name={hendrerit},
-description={non, scelerisque in, urna},
-user1={mastersthesis-minimal}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{crasquis}{name={cras qui},
-description={libero eu ligula bibendum tempor},
-user1={mastersthesis-full}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{vivamustellus}{name={vivamus tellus},
-description={quam, malesuada eu, tempus sed, tempor sed, velit},
-user1={misc-minimal}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{doneclacinia}{name={donec lacinia},
-description={auctor libero},
-user1={misc-full}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{praesent2}{name={praesent},
-description={sed neque id pede mollis rutrum},
-user1={inproceedings-minimal}}
-
- % Here's one with multiple cites:
-\newglossaryentry{vestibulum2}{name={vestibulum},
-description={iaculis risus},
-user1={inproceedings-minimal,phdthesis-minimal}}
-
- % Here's one without a user1 key for comparison:
-\newglossaryentry{pellentesque2}{name={pellentesque},
-description={lacus}}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-list}[2020/03/19 v4.46 (NLCT)]
+\providecommand{\indexspace}{%
+ \par \vskip 10\p@ \@plus 5\p@ \@minus 3\p@ \relax
+}
+\newcommand*{\glslistgroupheaderfmt}[1]{#1}
+\newcommand*{\glslistnavigationitem}[1]{\item[#1]}
+\newglossarystyle{list}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{description}}{\end{description}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \item[\glsentryitem{##1}%
+ \glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}]
+ \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\space
+ \glossentrydesc{##2}\glspostdescription\space ##3.}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{\ifglsnogroupskip\else\indexspace\fi}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{listgroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{list}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \item[\glslistgroupheaderfmt{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}]}}
+\newglossarystyle{listhypergroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{list}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \glslistnavigationitem{\glsnavigation}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \item[\glslistgroupheaderfmt
+ {\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}]}}
+\newglossarystyle{altlist}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{list}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \item[\glsentryitem{##1}%
+ \glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}]%
+ \mbox{}\par\nobreak\@afterheading
+ \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2}%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ \par
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2}\glspostdescription\space ##3}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altlistgroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{altlist}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \item[\glslistgroupheaderfmt{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}]}}
+\newglossarystyle{altlisthypergroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{altlist}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \glslistnavigationitem{\glsnavigation}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \item[\glslistgroupheaderfmt
+ {\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}]}}
+\newglossarystyle{listdotted}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{list}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \item[]\makebox[\glslistdottedwidth][l]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}%
+ \glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}%
+ \unskip\leaders\hbox to 2.9mm{\hss.}\hfill\strut}\glossentrydesc{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ \item[]\makebox[\glslistdottedwidth][l]{%
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\glossentryname{##2}}%
+ \unskip\leaders\hbox to 2.9mm{\hss.}\hfill\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2}}%
+}
+\newlength\glslistdottedwidth
+\setlength{\glslistdottedwidth}{.5\hsize}
+\newglossarystyle{sublistdotted}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{listdotted}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \item[\glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}]}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%</example-glossaries-cite.tex>
+%</glossary-list-2020-03-19.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*example-glossaries-images.tex>
+%<*glossary-long-2020-03-19.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
-%\iffalse
+% \subsection{Rollback v4.46 (glossary-list-2020-03-19.sty)}
+% Version 4.46 preserved for rollback.
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<<COMMENT
-% This file is part of the glossaries bundle
-% These are test glossary entries with multi-paragraph descriptions
-% that have an associated image file (stored in user1).
-% The referenced image files are provided by the mwe package.
-%COMMENT
-
-\longnewglossaryentry{sedfeugiat}{name={sed feugiat},user1={example-image}}%
-{%
-Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes,
-nascetur ridiculus mus. Ut pellentesque augue sed urna. Vestibulum
-diam eros, fringilla et, consectetuer eu, nonummy id, sapien. Nullam
-at lectus. In sagittis ultrices mauris. Curabitur malesuada erat sit
-amet massa. Fusce blandit. Aliquam erat volutpat. Aliquam euismod.
-Aenean vel lectus. Nunc imperdiet justo nec dolor.
-
-Etiam euismod. Fusce facilisis lacinia dui. Suspendisse potenti. In
-mi erat, cursus id, nonummy sed, ullamcorper eget, sapien. Praesent
-pretium, magna in eleifend egestas, pede pede pretium lorem, quis
-consectetuer tortor sapien facilisis magna. Mauris quis magna
-varius nulla scelerisque imperdiet. Aliquam non quam. Aliquam
-porttitor quam a lacus. Praesent vel arcu ut tortor cursus volutpat.
-In vitae pede quis diam bibendum placerat. Fusce elementum convallis
-neque. Sed dolor orci, scelerisque ac, dapibus nec, ultricies ut,
-mi. Duis nec dui quis leo sagittis commodo.
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-long}[2020/03/19 v4.46 (NLCT)]
+\RequirePackage{longtable}
+\@ifundefined{glsdescwidth}{%
+ \newlength\glsdescwidth
+ \setlength{\glsdescwidth}{0.6\hsize}
+}{}
+\@ifundefined{glspagelistwidth}{%
+ \newlength\glspagelistwidth
+ \setlength{\glspagelistwidth}{0.1\hsize}
+}{}
+\newglossarystyle{long}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{lp{\glsdescwidth}}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}} &
+ \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2}\glspostdescription\space
+ ##3\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{ & \tabularnewline}%
+ \fi
}
-
-\longnewglossaryentry{aliquamlectus}%
-{name={aliquam lectus},user1={example-image-a}}%
-{%
-Vivamus leo. Quisque ornare tellus ullamcorper nulla. Mauris
-porttitor pharetra tortor. Sed fringilla justo sed mauris. Mauris
-tellus. Sed non leo. Nullam elementum, magna in cursus sodales,
-augue est scelerisque sapien, venenatis congue nulla arcu et pede.
-Ut suscipit enim vel sapien. Donec congue. Maecenas urna mi,
-suscipit in, placerat ut, vestibulum ut, massa. Fusce ultrices nulla
-et nisl.
-
-Etiam ac leo a risus tristique nonummy. Donec dignissim tincidunt
-nulla. Vestibulum rhoncus molestie odio. Sed lobortis, justo et
-pretium lobortis, mauris turpis condimentum augue, nec ultricies
-nibh arcu pretium enim. Nunc purus neque, placerat id, imperdiet
-sed, pellentesque nec, nisl. Vestibulum imperdiet neque non sem
-accumsan laoreet. In hac habitasse platea dictumst. Etiam
-condimentum facilisis libero. Suspendisse in elit quis nisl aliquam
-dapibus. Pellentesque auctor sapien. Sed egestas sapien nec lectus.
-Pellentesque vel dui vel neque bibendum viverra. Aliquam porttitor
-nisl nec pede. Proin mattis libero vel turpis. Donec rutrum mauris
-et libero. Proin euismod porta felis. Nam lobortis, metus quis
-elementum commodo, nunc lectus elementum mauris, eget vulputate
-ligula tellus eu neque. Vivamus eu dolor.
+\newglossarystyle{longborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{long}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}{%
+ \begin{longtable}{|l|p{\glsdescwidth}|}}{\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{\hline\endhead\hline\endfoot}%
}
-
-\longnewglossaryentry{nullainipsum}%
-{name={nulla in ipsum},user1={example-image-b}}%
-{%
- Praesent eros nulla, congue vitae, euismod ut, commodo a, wisi.
-Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada
-fames ac turpis egestas. Aenean nonummy magna non leo. Sed felis
-erat, ullamcorper in, dictum non, ultricies ut, lectus. Proin vel
-arcu a odio lobortis euismod. Vestibulum ante ipsum primis in
-faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere cubilia Curae; Proin ut
-est. Aliquam odio. Pellentesque massa turpis, cursus eu, euismod
-nec, tempor congue, nulla. Duis viverra gravida mauris. Cras
-tincidunt. Curabitur eros ligula, varius ut, pulvinar in, cursus
-faucibus, augue.
-
-Nulla mattis luctus nulla. Duis commodo velit at leo. Aliquam
-vulputate magna et leo. Nam vestibulum ullamcorper leo. Vestibulum
-condimentum rutrum mauris. Donec id mauris. Morbi molestie justo et
-pede. Vivamus eget turpis sed nisl cursus tempor. Curabitur mollis
-sapien condimentum nunc. In wisi nisl, malesuada at, dignissim sit
-amet, lobortis in, odio. Aenean consequat arcu a ante. Pellentesque
-porta elit sit amet orci. Etiam at turpis nec elit ultricies
-imperdiet. Nulla facilisi. In hac habitasse platea dictumst.
-Suspendisse viverra aliquam risus. Nullam pede justo, molestie
-nonummy, scelerisque eu, facilisis vel, arcu.
+\newglossarystyle{longheader}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{long}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \bfseries \entryname & \bfseries \descriptionname\tabularnewline\endhead}%
}
-
-\longnewglossaryentry{curabiturtellusmagna}%
-{name={curabitur tellus magna},user1={example-image-c}}%
-{%
-Donec interdum. Praesent scelerisque. Maecenas posuere sodales
-odio. Vivamus metus lacus, varius quis, imperdiet quis, rhoncus a,
-turpis. Etiam ligula arcu, elementum a, venenatis quis, sollicitudin
-sed, metus. Donec nunc pede, tincidunt in, venenatis vitae, faucibus
-vel, nibh. Pellentesque wisi. Nullam malesuada. Morbi ut tellus ut
-pede tincidunt porta. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer
-adipiscing elit. Etiam congue neque id dolor.
-
-Donec et nisl at wisi luctus bibendum. Nam interdum tellus ac
-libero. Sed sem justo, laoreet vitae, fringilla at, adipiscing ut,
-nibh. Maecenas non sem quis tortor eleifend fermentum. Etiam id
-tortor ac mauris porta vulputate. Integer porta neque vitae massa.
-Maecenas tempus libero a libero posuere dictum. Vestibulum ante
-ipsum primis in faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere cubilia
-Curae; Aenean quis mauris sed elit commodo placerat. Class aptent
-taciti sociosqu ad litora torquent per conubia nostra, per inceptos
-hymenaeos. Vivamus rhoncus tincidunt libero. Etiam elementum pretium
-justo. Vivamus est. Morbi a tellus eget pede tristique commodo.
-Nulla nisl. Vestibulum sed nisl eu sapien cursus rutrum.
+\newglossarystyle{longheaderborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{longborder}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \hline\bfseries \entryname & \bfseries
+ \descriptionname\tabularnewline\hline
+ \endhead
+ \hline\endfoot}%
}
-
-\longnewglossaryentry{nullanonmauris}%
-{name={nulla non mauris},user1={example-image-16x10}}%
-{%
-Nullam varius. Etiam dignissim elementum metus. Vestibulum faucibus,
-metus sit amet mattis rhoncus, sapien dui laoreet odio, nec
-ultricies nibh augue a enim. Fusce in ligula. Quisque at magna et
-nulla commodo consequat. Proin accumsan imperdiet sem. Nunc porta.
-Donec feugiat mi at justo. Phasellus facilisis ipsum quis ante. In
-ac elit eget ipsum pharetra faucibus. Maecenas viverra nulla in
-massa.
-
-Nulla ac nisl. Nullam urna nulla, ullamcorper in, interdum sit amet,
-gravida ut, risus. Aenean ac enim. In luctus. Phasellus eu quam
-vitae turpis viverra pellentesque. Duis feugiat felis ut enim.
-Phasellus pharetra, sem id porttitor sodales, magna nunc aliquet
-nibh, nec blandit nisl mauris at pede. Suspendisse risus risus,
-lobortis eget, semper at, imperdiet sit amet, quam. Quisque
-scelerisque dapibus nibh. Nam enim. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
-consectetuer adipiscing elit. Nunc ut metus. Ut metus justo, auctor
-at, ultrices eu, sagittis ut, purus. Aliquam aliquam.
+\newglossarystyle{long3col}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{lp{\glsdescwidth}p{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}} &
+ \glossentrydesc{##1} & ##2\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2} &
+ ##3\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{ & & \tabularnewline}%
+ \fi
}
-
-\longnewglossaryentry{etiampedemassa}%
-{name={etiam pede massa},user1={example-image-10x16}}%
-{%
-Vestibulum luctus commodo lacus. Morbi lacus dui, tempor sed,
-euismod eget, condimentum at, tortor. Phasellus aliquet odio ac
-lacus tempor faucibus. Praesent sed sem. Praesent iaculis. Cras
-rhoncus tellus sed justo ullamcorper sagittis. Donec quis orci.
-Sed ut tortor quis tellus euismod tincidunt. Suspendisse congue nisl
-eu elit. Aliquam tortor diam, tempus id, tristique eget, sodales
-vel, nulla. Praesent tellus mi, condimentum sed, viverra at,
-consectetuer quis, lectus. In auctor vehicula orci. Sed pede sapien,
-euismod in, suscipit in, pharetra placerat, metus. Vivamus commodo
-dui non odio. Donec et felis.
-
-Etiam suscipit aliquam arcu. Aliquam sit amet est ac purus bibendum
-congue. Sed in eros. Morbi non orci. Pellentesque mattis lacinia
-elit. Fusce molestie velit in ligula. Nullam et orci vitae nibh
-vulputate auctor. Aliquam eget purus. Nulla auctor wisi sed ipsum.
-Morbi porttitor tellus ac enim. Fusce ornare. Proin ipsum enim,
-tincidunt in, ornare venenatis, molestie a, augue. Donec vel pede in
-lacus sagittis porta. Sed hendrerit ipsum quis nisl. Suspendisse
-quis massa ac nibh pretium cursus. Sed sodales. Nam eu neque quis
-pede dignissim ornare. Maecenas eu purus ac urna tincidunt congue.
+\newglossarystyle{long3colborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{long3col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{|l|p{\glsdescwidth}|p{\glspagelistwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{\hline\endhead\hline\endfoot}%
}
-
-\longnewglossaryentry{donecetnisl}%
-{name={donec et nisl},user1={example-image-16x9}}%
-{%
-Aenean dictum odio sit amet risus. Morbi purus. Nulla a est sit amet
-purus venenatis iaculis. Vivamus viverra purus vel magna. Donec in
-justo sed odio malesuada dapibus. Nunc ultrices aliquam nunc.
-Vivamus facilisis pellentesque velit. Nulla nunc velit, vulputate
-dapibus, vulputate id, mattis ac, justo. Nam mattis elit dapibus
-purus. Quisque enim risus, congue non, elementum ut, mattis quis,
-sem. Quisque elit.
-
-Maecenas non massa. Vestibulum pharetra nulla at lorem. Duis quis
-quam id lacus dapibus interdum. Nulla lorem. Donec ut ante quis
-dolor bibendum condimentum. Etiam egestas tortor vitae lacus.
-Praesent cursus. Mauris bibendum pede at elit. Morbi et felis a
-lectus interdum facilisis. Sed suscipit gravida turpis. Nulla at
-lectus. Vestibulum ante ipsum primis in faucibus orci luctus et
-ultrices posuere cubilia Curae; Praesent nonummy luctus nibh. Proin
-turpis nunc, congue eu, egestas ut, fringilla at, tellus. In hac
-habitasse platea dictumst.
+\newglossarystyle{long3colheader}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{long3col}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline\endhead}%
}
-
-\longnewglossaryentry{vivamuseutellus}%
-{name={vivamus eu tellus},user1={example-image-9x16}}%
-{%
- Nam orci orci, malesuada id, gravida nec, ultricies vitae, erat.
-Donec risus turpis, luctus sit amet, interdum quis, porta sed,
-ipsum. Suspendisse condimentum, tortor at egestas posuere, neque
-metus tempor orci, et tincidunt urna nunc a purus. Sed facilisis
-blandit tellus. Nunc risus sem, suscipit nec, eleifend quis, cursus
-quis, libero. Curabitur et dolor. Sed vitae sem. Cum sociis natoque
-penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus.
-Maecenas ante. Duis ullamcorper enim. Donec tristique enim eu leo.
-Nullam molestie elit eu dolor. Nullam bibendum, turpis vitae
-tristique gravida, quam sapien tempor lectus, quis pretium tellus
-purus ac quam. Nulla facilisi.
-
-Duis aliquet dui in est. Donec eget est. Nunc lectus odio, varius
-at, fermentum in, accumsan non, enim. Aliquam erat volutpat. Proin
-sit amet nulla ut eros consectetuer cursus. Phasellus dapibus
-aliquam justo. Nunc laoreet. Donec consequat placerat magna. Duis
-pretium tincidunt justo. Sed sollicitudin vestibulum quam. Nam quis
-ligula. Vivamus at metus. Etiam imperdiet imperdiet pede. Aenean
-turpis. Fusce augue velit, scelerisque sollicitudin, dictum vitae,
-tempor et, pede. Donec wisi sapien, feugiat in, fermentum ut,
-sollicitudin adipiscing, metus.
+\newglossarystyle{long3colheaderborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{long3colborder}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \hline
+ \bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline\hline\endhead
+ \hline\endfoot}%
}
-
-\longnewglossaryentry{donecvelnibh}%
-{name={donec vel nibh},user1={example-image-golden}}%
-{%
- Donec pede. Sed id quam id wisi laoreet suscipit. Nulla lectus
-dolor, aliquam ac, fringilla eget, mollis ut, orci. In pellentesque
-justo in ligula. Maecenas turpis. Donec eleifend leo at felis
-tincidunt consequat. Aenean turpis metus, malesuada sed, condimentum
-sit amet, auctor a, wisi. Pellentesque sapien elit, bibendum ac,
-posuere et, congue eu, felis. Vestibulum mattis libero quis metus
-scelerisque ultrices. Sed purus.
-
-Donec molestie, magna ut luctus ultrices, tellus arcu nonummy velit,
-sit amet pulvinar elit justo et mauris. In pede. Maecenas euismod
-elit eu erat. Aliquam augue wisi, facilisis congue, suscipit in,
-adipiscing et, ante. In justo. Cras lobortis neque ac ipsum. Nunc
-fermentum massa at ante. Donec orci tortor, egestas sit amet,
-ultrices eget, venenatis eget, mi. Maecenas vehicula leo semper
-est. Mauris vel metus. Aliquam erat volutpat. In rhoncus sapien ac
-tellus. Pellentesque ligula.
+\newglossarystyle{long4col}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{llll}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}} &
+ \glossentrydesc{##1} &
+ \glossentrysymbol{##1} &
+ ##2\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2} &
+ \glossentrysymbol{##2} & ##3\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{ & & & \tabularnewline}%
+ \fi
}
-
-\longnewglossaryentry{crasdapibus}%
-{name={cras dapibus},user1={example-image-golden-upright}}%
-{%
-Aenean interdum nibh sed wisi. Praesent sollicitudin vulputate dui.
-Praesent iaculis viverra augue. Quisque in libero. Aenean gravida
-lorem vitae sem ullamcorper cursus. Nunc adipiscing rutrum ante.
-Nunc ipsum massa, faucibus sit amet, viverra vel, elementum semper,
-orci. Cras eros sem, vulputate et, tincidunt id, ultrices eget,
-magna. Nulla varius ornare odio. Donec accumsan mauris sit amet
-augue. Sed ligula lacus, laoreet non, aliquam sit amet, iaculis
-tempor, lorem. Suspendisse eros. Nam porta, leo sed congue tempor,
-felis est ultrices eros, id mattis velit felis non metus. Curabitur
-vitae elit non mauris varius pretium. Aenean lacus sem, tincidunt
-ut, consequat quis, porta vitae, turpis. Nullam laoreet fermentum
-urna. Proin iaculis lectus.
-
-Sed mattis, erat sit amet gravida malesuada, elit augue egestas
-diam, tempus scelerisque nunc nisl vitae libero. Sed consequat
-feugiat massa. Nunc porta, eros in eleifend varius, erat leo rutrum
-dui, non convallis lectus orci ut nibh. Sed lorem massa, nonummy
-quis, egestas id, condimentum at, nisl. Maecenas at nibh. Aliquam
-et augue at nunc pellentesque ullamcorper. Duis nisl nibh, laoreet
-suscipit, convallis ut, rutrum id, enim. Phasellus odio. Nulla
-nulla elit, molestie non, scelerisque at, vestibulum eu, nulla. Ut
-odio nisl, facilisis id, mollis et, scelerisque nec, enim. Aenean
-sem leo, pellentesque sit amet, scelerisque sit amet, vehicula
-pellentesque, sapien.
+\newglossarystyle{long4colheader}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{long4col}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries \symbolname&
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline\endhead}%
}
-
-\longnewglossaryentry{sedconsequat}%
-{name={sed consequat},user1={example-image-1x1}}%
-{%
-Ut tempor laoreet quam. Nullam id wisi a libero tristique semper.
-Nullam nisl massa, rutrum ut, egestas semper, mollis id, leo. Nulla
-ac massa eu risus blandit mattis. Mauris ut nunc. In hac habitasse
-platea dictumst. Aliquam eget tortor. Quisque dapibus pede in erat.
-Nunc enim. In dui nulla, commodo at, consectetuer nec, malesuada
-nec, elit. Aliquam ornare tellus eu urna. Sed nec metus. Cum sociis
-natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur
-ridiculus mus. Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique senectus et
-netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas.
-
-Phasellus id magna. Duis malesuada interdum arcu. Integer metus.
-Morbi pulvinar pellentesque mi. Suspendisse sed est eu magna
-molestie egestas. Quisque mi lorem, pulvinar eget, egestas quis,
-luctus at, ante. Proin auctor vehicula purus. Fusce ac nisl aliquam
-ante hendrerit pellentesque. Class aptent taciti sociosqu ad litora
-torquent per conubia nostra, per inceptos hymenaeos. Morbi wisi.
-Etiam arcu mauris, facilisis sed, eleifend non, nonummy ut, pede.
-Cras ut lacus tempor metus mollis placerat. Vivamus eu tortor vel
-metus interdum malesuada.
+\newglossarystyle{long4colborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{long4col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{|l|l|l|l|}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{\hline\endhead\hline\endfoot}%
}
-
- % This one doesn't have an image. The style can test whether an
- % image has been supplied using \ifglshasfield
-
-\longnewglossaryentry{sedeleifend}%
-{name={sed eleifend}}%
-{%
-Morbi non felis ac libero vulputate fringilla. Mauris libero eros,
-lacinia non, sodales quis, dapibus porttitor, pede. Class aptent
-taciti sociosqu ad litora torquent per conubia nostra, per inceptos
-hymenaeos. Morbi dapibus mauris condimentum nulla. Cum sociis
-natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur
-ridiculus mus. Etiam sit amet erat. Nulla varius. Etiam tincidunt
-dui vitae turpis. Donec leo. Morbi vulputate convallis est. Integer
-aliquet. Pellentesque aliquet sodales urna.
+\newglossarystyle{long4colheaderborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{long4col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{|l|l|l|l|}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \hline\bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries \symbolname&
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline\hline\endhead
+ \hline\endfoot}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altlong4col}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{long4col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{lp{\glsdescwidth}lp{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altlong4colheader}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{long4colheader}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{lp{\glsdescwidth}lp{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altlong4colborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{long4colborder}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{|l|p{\glsdescwidth}|l|p{\glspagelistwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altlong4colheaderborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{long4colheaderborder}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{|l|p{\glsdescwidth}|l|p{\glspagelistwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
-%\iffalse
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</example-glossaries-images.tex>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
-%\iffalse
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*example-glossaries-long.tex>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
-%\iffalse
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<<COMMENT
-% This file is part of the glossaries bundle
-% These are test glossary entries with long descriptions.
-%COMMENT
-
-\newglossaryentry{loremipsum}{name={lorem ipsum},
-description={dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus
-elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur
-dictum gravida mauris.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{namearcu}{name={name arcu},
-description={libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer id, vulputate a, magna. Donec
-vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique
-senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas. Mauris ut
-leo.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{crasviverra}{name={cras viverra},
-description={metus rhoncus sem. Nulla et lectus vestibulum
-urna fringilla ultrices. Phasellus eu tellus sit amet tortor gravida
-placerat.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{integersapien}{name={integer sapien},
-description={est, iaculis in, pretium quis, viverra ac,
-nunc. Praesent eget sem vel leo ultrices bibendum. Aenean
-faucibus.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{morbidolor}{name={morbi dolor},
-description={nulla, malesuada eu, pulvinar at, mollis ac, nulla.
-Curabitur auctor semper nulla. Donec varius orci eget risus. Duis
-nibh mi, congue eu, accumsan eleifend, sagittis quis, diam. Duis
-eget orci sit amet orci dignissim rutrum.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{namdui}{name={nam dui},
-description={ligula, fringilla a, euismod sodales,
-sollicitudin vel, wisi. Morbi auctor lorem non justo.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{namlacus}{name={nam lacus},
-description={libero, pretium at, lobortis vitae, ultricies et,
-tellus. Donec aliquet, tortor sed accumsan bibendum, erat ligula aliquet magna,
-vitae ornare odio metus a mi.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{morbiac}{name={morbi ac},
-description={orci et nisl hendrerit mollis. Suspendisse ut massa.
-Cras nec ante. Pellentesque a nulla. Cum sociis natoque penatibus
-et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{aliquam}{name={aliquam},
-description={tincidunt urna. Nulla ullamcorper
-vestibulum turpis. Pellentesque cursus luctus mauris.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{nullamalesuada}{name={nulla malesuada},
-description={porttitor diam. Donec felis erat, congue non, volutpat at,
-tincidunt tristique, libero. Vivamus viverra fermentum felis.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{donecnonummy}{name={donec nonummy},
-description={pellentesque ante. Phasellus
-adipiscing semper elit. Proin fermentum massa ac quam. Sed diam
-turpis, molestie vitae, placerat a, molestie nec, leo.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{maecenaslacinia}{name={maecenas lacinia},
-description={nam ipsum ligula, eleifend at, accumsan nec, suscipit
-a, ipsum. Morbi blandit ligula feugiat magna. Nunc eleifend consequat
-lorem.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sedlacinia}{name={sed lacinia},
-description={nulla vitae enim. Pellentesque tincidunt purus
-vel magna. Integer non enim. Praesent euismod nunc eu purus. Donec
-bibendum quam in tellus.}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%</example-glossaries-long.tex>
+%</glossary-long-2020-03-19.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*example-glossaries-longchild.tex>
+%<*glossary-longbooktabs-2020-03-19.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
-%\iffalse
+% \subsection{Rollback v4.46 (glossary-longbooktabs-2020-03-19.sty)}
+% Version 4.46 preserved for rollback.
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<<COMMENT
-% This file is part of the glossaries bundle
-% These are test glossary entries with child entries and long
-% descriptions.
-%COMMENT
-
-\newglossaryentry{longsedmattis}{name={sed mattis},
- description={erat sit amet dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus
-elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur
-dictum gravida mauris.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{longgravida}{parent={longsedmattis},name={gravida},
- description={malesuada libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer id, vulputate a, magna. Donec
-vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique
-senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas. Mauris ut
-leo.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{longelitaugue}{parent={longsedmattis},name={elit augue},
-description={egestas diam metus rhoncus sem. Nulla et lectus vestibulum
-urna fringilla ultrices. Phasellus eu tellus sit amet tortor gravida
-placerat.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{longtempus}{parent={longsedmattis},name={tempus},
-description={scelerisque est, iaculis in, pretium quis, viverra ac,
-nunc. Praesent eget sem vel leo ultrices bibendum. Aenean
-faucibus.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{longnunc}{name={nunc},
- description={nisl vitae nulla, malesuada eu, pulvinar at, mollis ac, nulla.
-Curabitur auctor semper nulla. Donec varius orci eget risus. Duis
-nibh mi, congue eu, accumsan eleifend, sagittis quis, diam. Duis
-eget orci sit amet orci dignissim rutrum.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{longlibero}{parent={longnunc},name={libero},
- description={sed consequat ligula, fringilla a, euismod sodales,
-sollicitudin vel, wisi. Morbi auctor lorem non justo.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{longfeugiat}{parent={longnunc},name={feugiat},
- description={massa libero, pretium at, lobortis vitae, ultricies et,
-tellus. Donec aliquet, tortor sed accumsan bibendum, erat ligula aliquet magna,
-vitae ornare odio metus a mi.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{longporta}{parent={longnunc},name={porta},
- description={eros in eleifend orci et nisl hendrerit mollis. Suspendisse ut massa.
-Cras nec ante. Pellentesque a nulla. Cum sociis natoque penatibus
-et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{longvariuserat}{parent={longnunc},name={varius erat},
-description={leo rutrum dui tincidunt urna. Nulla ullamcorper
-vestibulum turpis. Pellentesque cursus luctus mauris.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{longnonconvallis}{name={non convallis},
- description={lectus orci ut nibh porttitor diam. Donec felis erat,
-congue non, volutpat at, tincidunt tristique, libero. Vivamus
-viverra fermentum felis.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{longsedlorem}{parent={longnonconvallis},name={sedlorem},
- description={massa pellentesque ante. Phasellus
-adipiscing semper elit. Proin fermentum massa ac quam. Sed diam
-turpis, molestie vitae, placerat a, molestie nec, leo.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{longnonummyquis}{parent={longnonconvallis},name={nonummy
-quis}, description={egestas id nam ipsum ligula, eleifend at, accumsan nec, suscipit
-a, ipsum. Morbi blandit ligula feugiat magna. Nunc eleifend consequat
-lorem.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{longcondimentum}{name={condimentum},
- description={at nisl nulla vitae enim. Pellentesque tincidunt purus
-vel magna. Integer non enim. Praesent euismod nunc eu purus. Donec
-bibendum quam in tellus.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{longmaecenas}{parent={longcondimentum},name={maecenas},
-description={at nibh fringilla a, euismod sodales, sollicitudin vel,
-wisi. Morbi auctor lorem non justo. Nam lacus libero, pretium at,
-lobortis vitae, ultricies et, tellus. Donec aliquet, tortor sed
-accumsan bibendum, erat ligula aliquet magna, vitae ornare odio
-metus a mi. Morbi ac orci et nisl hendrerit mollis. Suspendisse ut
-massa. Cras nec ante. Pellentesque a nulla. Cum sociis natoque
-penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus.
-Aliquam tincidunt urna. Nulla ullamcorper vestibulum turpis.
-Pellentesque cursus luctus mauris.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{longaliquamet}{name={aliquam et},
- description={augue felis erat, congue non,
-volutpat at, tincidunt tristique, libero. Vivamus viverra fermentum
-felis. Donec nonummy pellentesque ante.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{longatnunc}{parent={longaliquamet},name={at nunc},
- description={pellentesque ullamcorper el justo
-vitae lacus tincidunt ultrices. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
-consectetuer adipiscing elit.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{longduisnisl}{parent={longatnunc},name={duisnisl},
- description={laoreet suscipit ac venenatis arcu
-wisi vel nisl. Vestibulum diam. Aliquam pellentesque, augue quis
-sagittis posuere, turpis lacus congue quam, in hendrerit risus eros
-eget felis. Maecenas eget erat in sapien mattis porttitor.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{longduisnibh}{parent={longatnunc},name={duisnibh},
-description={convallis ut justo lectus
-sagittis dui, et vehicula libero dui cursus dui. Mauris tempor
-ligula sed lacus. Duis cursus enim ut augue. Cras ac magna.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{longrutrum}{name={rutrum},
- description={id, enim elit, rutrum at, molestie non, nonummy vel, nisl. Ut lectus
-eros, malesuada sit amet, fermentum eu, sodales cursus, magna. Donec
-eu purus. Quisque vehicula, urna sed ultricies auctor, pede lorem
-egestas dui, et convallis elit erat sed nulla.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{longphasellus}{parent={longrutrum},name={phasellus},
- description={odio volutpat a, ornare ac, erat.
-Morbi quis dolor. Donec pellentesque, erat ac sagittis semper, nunc
-dui lobortis purus, quis congue purus metus ultricies tellus. Proin
-et quam.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{longnullanulla}{parent={longrutrum},name={nulla nulla},
-description={elit, molestie non wisi viverra faucibus pretium, nibh est placerat odio,
-nec commodo wisi enim eget quam. Quisque libero justo, consectetuer
-a, feugiat vitae, porttitor eu, libero.}}
-
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longbooktabs}[2020/03/19 v4.46 (NLCT)]
+\RequirePackage{booktabs}
+\RequirePackage{glossary-long}[=v4.46]
+\RequirePackage{glossary-longragged}[=v4.46]
+\newglossarystyle{long-booktabs}{%
+ \glspatchLToutput
+ \setglossarystyle{long}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \toprule \bfseries \entryname & \bfseries
+ \descriptionname\tabularnewline\midrule\endhead
+ \bottomrule\endfoot}%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{\glspenaltygroupskip}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newglossarystyle{long3col-booktabs}{%
+ \glspatchLToutput
+ \setglossarystyle{long3col}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \toprule \bfseries \entryname &
+ \bfseries \descriptionname &
+ \bfseries \pagelistname
+ \tabularnewline\midrule\endhead
+ \bottomrule\endfoot}%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{\glspenaltygroupskip}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newglossarystyle{long4col-booktabs}{%
+ \glspatchLToutput
+ \setglossarystyle{long4col}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \toprule \bfseries \entryname &
+ \bfseries \descriptionname &
+ \bfseries \symbolname &
+ \bfseries \pagelistname
+ \tabularnewline\midrule\endhead
+ \bottomrule\endfoot}%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{\glspenaltygroupskip}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altlong4col-booktabs}{%
+ \glspatchLToutput
+ \setglossarystyle{long4col-booktabs}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{lp{\glsdescwidth}lp{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{longragged-booktabs}{%
+ \glspatchLToutput
+ \setglossarystyle{long-booktabs}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{longragged3col-booktabs}{%
+ \glspatchLToutput
+ \setglossarystyle{long3col-booktabs}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altlongragged4col-booktabs}{%
+ \glspatchLToutput
+ \setglossarystyle{altlong4col-booktabs}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}l%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsLTpenaltycheck}{%
+ \ifnum\outputpenalty=-50\vskip-\normalbaselineskip\relax\fi
+}
+\newcommand{\glspenaltygroupskip}{%
+ \noalign{\penalty-50\vskip\normalbaselineskip}}
+\let\@gls@org@LT@output\LT@output
+\newcommand*{\glsrestoreLToutput}{\let\LT@output\@gls@org@LT@output}
+\newcommand*{\glspatchLToutput}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\LT@output}{%
+ \ifnum\outputpenalty <-\@Mi
+ \ifnum\outputpenalty > -\LT@end@pen
+ \LT@err{floats and marginpars not allowed in a longtable}\@ehc
+ \else
+ \setbox\z@\vbox{\unvbox\@cclv}%
+ \ifdim \ht\LT@lastfoot>\ht\LT@foot
+ \dimen@\pagegoal
+ \advance\dimen@-\ht\LT@lastfoot
+ \ifdim\dimen@<\ht\z@
+ \setbox\@cclv\vbox{\unvbox\z@\copy\LT@foot\vss}%
+ \@makecol
+ \@outputpage
+ \setbox\z@\vbox{\box\LT@head\glsLTpenaltycheck}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \global\@colroom\@colht
+ \global\vsize\@colht
+ {\unvbox\z@\box\ifvoid\LT@lastfoot\LT@foot\else\LT@lastfoot\fi}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \setbox\@cclv\vbox{\unvbox\@cclv\copy\LT@foot\vss}%
+ \@makecol
+ \@outputpage
+ \global\vsize\@colroom
+ \copy\LT@head
+ \glsLTpenaltycheck
+ \nobreak
+ \fi
+ }%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%</example-glossaries-longchild.tex>
+%</glossary-longbooktabs-2020-03-19.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*example-glossaries-multipar.tex>
+%<*glossary-longragged-2020-03-19.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
-%\iffalse
+%\subsection{Rollback v4.46 (glossary-longragged-2020-03-19.sty)}
+% Version 4.46 preserved for rollback.
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<<COMMENT
-% This file is part of the glossaries bundle
-% These are test glossary entries with multi-paragraph descriptions.
-%COMMENT
-
-\longnewglossaryentry{loremi-ii}{name={lorem 1--2}}%
-{%
-Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus elit,
-vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur
-dictum gravida mauris. Nam arcu libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer
-id, vulputate a, magna. Donec vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque
-habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac
-turpis egestas. Mauris ut leo. Cras viverra metus rhoncus sem. Nulla
-et lectus vestibulum urna fringilla ultrices. Phasellus eu tellus
-sit amet tortor gravida placerat. Integer sapien est, iaculis in,
-pretium quis, viverra ac, nunc. Praesent eget sem vel leo ultrices
-bibendum. Aenean faucibus. Morbi dolor nulla, malesuada eu, pulvinar
-at, mollis ac, nulla. Curabitur auctor semper nulla. Donec varius
-orci eget risus. Duis nibh mi, congue eu, accumsan eleifend,
-sagittis quis, diam. Duis eget orci sit amet orci dignissim rutrum.
-
-Nam dui ligula, fringilla a, euismod sodales, sollicitudin vel,
-wisi. Morbi auctor lorem non justo. Nam lacus libero, pretium at,
-lobortis vitae, ultricies et, tellus. Donec aliquet, tortor sed
-accumsan bibendum, erat ligula aliquet magna, vitae ornare odio
-metus a mi. Morbi ac orci et nisl hendrerit mollis. Suspendisse ut
-massa. Cras nec ante. Pellentesque a nulla. Cum sociis natoque
-penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus.
-Aliquam tincidunt urna. Nulla ullamcorper vestibulum turpis.
-Pellentesque cursus luctus mauris.%
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longragged}[2020/03/19 v4.46 (NLCT)]
+\RequirePackage{array}
+\RequirePackage{longtable}
+\@ifundefined{glsdescwidth}{%
+ \newlength\glsdescwidth
+ \setlength{\glsdescwidth}{0.6\hsize}
+}{}
+\@ifundefined{glspagelistwidth}{%
+ \newlength\glspagelistwidth
+ \setlength{\glspagelistwidth}{0.1\hsize}
+}{}
+\newglossarystyle{longragged}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}} &
+ \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2%
+ \tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2}%
+ \glspostdescription\space ##3%
+ \tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{ & \tabularnewline}%
+ \fi
}
-
-\longnewglossaryentry{loremiii-iv}{name={lorem 3--4}}%
-{%
-Nulla malesuada porttitor diam. Donec felis erat, congue non,
-volutpat at, tincidunt tristique, libero. Vivamus viverra fermentum
-felis. Donec nonummy pellentesque ante. Phasellus adipiscing semper
-elit. Proin fermentum massa ac quam. Sed diam turpis, molestie
-vitae, placerat a, molestie nec, leo. Maecenas lacinia. Nam ipsum
-ligula, eleifend at, accumsan nec, suscipit a, ipsum. Morbi blandit
-ligula feugiat magna. Nunc eleifend consequat lorem. Sed lacinia
-nulla vitae enim. Pellentesque tincidunt purus vel magna. Integer
-non enim. Praesent euismod nunc eu purus. Donec bibendum quam in
-tellus. Nullam cursus pulvinar lectus. Donec et mi. Nam vulputate
-metus eu enim. Vestibulum pellentesque felis eu massa.
-
-Quisque ullamcorper placerat ipsum. Cras nibh. Morbi vel justo
-vitae lacus tincidunt ultrices. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
-consectetuer adipiscing elit. In hac habitasse platea dictumst.
-Integer tempus convallis augue. Etiam facilisis. Nunc elementum
-fermentum wisi. Aenean placerat. Ut imperdiet, enim sed gravida
-sollicitudin, felis odio placerat quam, ac pulvinar elit purus eget
-enim. Nunc vitae tortor. Proin tempus nibh sit amet nisl. Vivamus
-quis tortor vitae risus porta vehicula.%
+\newglossarystyle{longraggedborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{longragged}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}{%
+ \begin{longtable}{|l|>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{\hline\endhead\hline\endfoot}%
}
-
-\longnewglossaryentry{loremv-vi}{name={lorem 5--6}}%
-{%
-Fusce mauris. Vestibulum luctus nibh at lectus. Sed bibendum, nulla
-a faucibus semper, leo velit ultricies tellus, ac venenatis arcu
-wisi vel nisl. Vestibulum diam. Aliquam pellentesque, augue quis
-sagittis posuere, turpis lacus congue quam, in hendrerit risus eros
-eget felis. Maecenas eget erat in sapien mattis porttitor.
-Vestibulum porttitor. Nulla facilisi. Sed a turpis eu lacus commodo
-facilisis. Morbi fringilla, wisi in dignissim interdum, justo lectus
-sagittis dui, et vehicula libero dui cursus dui. Mauris tempor
-ligula sed lacus. Duis cursus enim ut augue. Cras ac magna. Cras
-nulla. Nulla egestas. Curabitur a leo. Quisque egestas wisi eget
-nunc. Nam feugiat lacus vel est. Curabitur consectetuer.%
-
-Suspendisse vel felis. Ut lorem lorem, interdum eu, tincidunt sit
-amet, laoreet vitae, arcu. Aenean faucibus pede eu ante. Praesent
-enim elit, rutrum at, molestie non, nonummy vel, nisl. Ut lectus
-eros, malesuada sit amet, fermentum eu, sodales cursus, magna. Donec
-eu purus. Quisque vehicula, urna sed ultricies auctor, pede lorem
-egestas dui, et convallis elit erat sed nulla. Donec luctus.
-Curabitur et nunc. Aliquam dolor odio, commodo pretium, ultricies
-non, pharetra in, velit. Integer arcu est, nonummy in, fermentum
-faucibus, egestas vel, odio.%
+\newglossarystyle{longraggedheader}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{longragged}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \bfseries \entryname & \bfseries \descriptionname
+ \tabularnewline\endhead}%
}
-
-\longnewglossaryentry{loremvii-viii}{name={lorem 7--8}}%
-{%
-Sed commodo posuere pede. Mauris ut est. Ut quis purus. Sed ac odio.
-Sed vehicula hendrerit sem. Duis non odio. Morbi ut dui. Sed
-accumsan risus eget odio. In hac habitasse platea dictumst.
-Pellentesque non elit. Fusce sed justo eu urna porta tincidunt.
-Mauris felis odio, sollicitudin sed, volutpat a, ornare ac, erat.
-Morbi quis dolor. Donec pellentesque, erat ac sagittis semper, nunc
-dui lobortis purus, quis congue purus metus ultricies tellus. Proin
-et quam. Class aptent taciti sociosqu ad litora torquent per conubia
-nostra, per inceptos hymenaeos. Praesent sapien turpis, fermentum
-vel, eleifend faucibus, vehicula eu, lacus.
-
-Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada
-fames ac turpis egestas. Donec odio elit, dictum in, hendrerit sit
-amet, egestas sed, leo. Praesent feugiat sapien aliquet odio.
-Integer vitae justo. Aliquam vestibulum fringilla lorem. Sed neque
-lectus, consectetuer at, consectetuer sed, eleifend ac, lectus.
-Nulla facilisi. Pellentesque eget lectus. Proin eu metus. Sed
-porttitor. In hac habitasse platea dictumst. Suspendisse eu lectus.
-Ut mi mi, lacinia sit amet, placerat et, mollis vitae, dui. Sed ante
-tellus, tristique ut, iaculis eu, malesuada ac, dui. Mauris nibh
-leo, facilisis non, adipiscing quis, ultrices a, dui.%
+\newglossarystyle{longraggedheaderborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{longraggedborder}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \hline\bfseries \entryname & \bfseries \descriptionname
+ \tabularnewline\hline
+ \endhead
+ \hline\endfoot}%
}
-
-\longnewglossaryentry{loremix-x}{name={lorem 9--10}}%
-{%
-Morbi luctus, wisi viverra faucibus pretium, nibh est placerat odio,
-nec commodo wisi enim eget quam. Quisque libero justo, consectetuer
-a, feugiat vitae, porttitor eu, libero. Suspendisse sed mauris
-vitae elit sollicitudin malesuada. Maecenas ultricies eros sit amet
-ante. Ut venenatis velit. Maecenas sed mi eget dui varius euismod.
-Phasellus aliquet volutpat odio. Vestibulum ante ipsum primis in
-faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere cubilia Curae; Pellentesque
-sit amet pede ac sem eleifend consectetuer. Nullam elementum, urna
-vel imperdiet sodales, elit ipsum pharetra ligula, ac pretium ante
-justo a nulla. Curabitur tristique arcu eu metus. Vestibulum lectus.
-Proin mauris. Proin eu nunc eu urna hendrerit faucibus. Aliquam
-auctor, pede consequat laoreet varius, eros tellus scelerisque quam,
-pellentesque hendrerit ipsum dolor sed augue. Nulla nec lacus.
-
-Suspendisse vitae elit. Aliquam arcu neque, ornare in, ullamcorper
-quis, commodo eu, libero. Fusce sagittis erat at erat tristique
-mollis. Maecenas sapien libero, molestie et, lobortis in, sodales
-eget, dui. Morbi ultrices rutrum lorem. Nam elementum ullamcorper
-leo. Morbi dui. Aliquam sagittis. Nunc placerat. Pellentesque
-tristique sodales est. Maecenas imperdiet lacinia velit. Cras non
-urna. Morbi eros pede, suscipit ac, varius vel, egestas non, eros.
-Praesent malesuada, diam id pretium elementum, eros sem dictum
-tortor, vel consectetuer odio sem sed wisi.%
+\newglossarystyle{longragged3col}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}} &
+ \glossentrydesc{##1} & ##2\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2} &
+ ##3\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{ & & \tabularnewline}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newglossarystyle{longragged3colborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{longragged3col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{|l|>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}|%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{\hline\endhead\hline\endfoot}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{longragged3colheader}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{longragged3col}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline\endhead}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{longragged3colheaderborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{longragged3colborder}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \hline
+ \bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline\hline\endhead
+ \hline\endfoot}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altlongragged4col}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}l%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}} &
+ \glossentrydesc{##1} & \glossentrysymbol{##1} &
+ ##2\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2} &
+ \glossentrysymbol{##2} & ##3\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{ & & & \tabularnewline}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altlongragged4colheader}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{altlongragged4col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}l%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries \symbolname&
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline\endhead}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altlongragged4colborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{altlongragged4col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{|l|>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}|l|%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{\hline\endhead\hline\endfoot}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altlongragged4colheaderborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{altlongragged4col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{|l|>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}|l|%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \hline\bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries \symbolname&
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline\hline\endhead
+ \hline\endfoot}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%</example-glossaries-multipar.tex>
+%</glossary-longragged-2020-03-19.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*example-glossaries-parent.tex>
+%<*glossary-mcols-2020-03-19.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
-%\iffalse
+% \subsection{Rollback v4.46 (glossary-mcols-2020-03-19.sty)}
+% Version 4.46 preserved for rollback.
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<<COMMENT
-% This file is part of the glossaries bundle
-% These are test glossary entries with child entries.
-%COMMENT
-
-\newglossaryentry{sedmattis}{name={sed mattis},description={erat sit amet}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{gravida}{parent={sedmattis},name={gravida},description={malesuada}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{elitaugue}{parent={sedmattis},name={elit augue},
-description={egestas diam}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{tempus}{parent={sedmattis},name={tempus},
-description={scelerisque}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{nunc}{name={nunc},description={nisl vitae}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{libero}{parent={nunc},name={libero},description={sed
-consequat}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{feugiat}{parent={nunc},name={feugiat},description={massa}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{porta}{parent={nunc},name={porta},description={eros
-in eleifend}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{variuserat}{parent={nunc},name={varius erat},
-description={leo rutrum dui}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{nonconvallis}{name={non
-convallis},description={lectus orci ut nibh}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sedlorem}{parent={nonconvallis},name={sedlorem},description={massa}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{nonummyquis}{parent={nonconvallis},name={nonummy
-quis}, description={egestas id}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{condimentum}{name={condimentum},description={at
-nisl}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{maecenas}{parent={condimentum},name={maecenas},
-description={at nibh}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{aliquamet}{name={aliquam et},description={augue}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{atnunc}{parent={aliquamet},name={at nunc},description={pellentesque
-ullamcorper}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{duisnisl}{parent={atnunc},name={duisnisl},description={laoreet
-suscipit}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{duisnibh}{parent={atnunc},name={duisnibh},
-description={convallis ut}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{rutrum}{name={rutrum},description={id, enim}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{phasellus}{parent={rutrum},name={phasellus},
-description={odio}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{nullanulla}{parent={rutrum},name={nulla nulla},
-description={elit, molestie non}}
-
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-mcols}[2020/03/19 v4.46 (NLCT)]
+\RequirePackage{multicol}
+\RequirePackage{glossary-tree}[=v4.46]
+\providecommand{\indexspace}{%
+ \par \vskip 10\p@ \@plus 5\p@ \@minus 3\p@ \relax
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsmcols}{2}
+\newglossarystyle{mcolindex}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{index}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {%
+ \begin{multicols}{\glsmcols}
+ \setlength{\parindent}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 0.3pt}%
+ \let\item\glstreeitem
+ \let\subitem\glstreesubitem
+ \let\subsubitem\glstreesubsubitem
+ }%
+ {\end{multicols}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcolindexgroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{mcolindex}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \item\glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}\indexspace}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcolindexhypergroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{mcolindex}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \item\glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}\indexspace}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \item\glstreegroupheaderfmt
+ {\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}%
+ \indexspace}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcolindexspannav}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{index}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {%
+ \begin{multicols}{\glsmcols}[\noindent\glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}]
+ \setlength{\parindent}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 0.3pt}%
+ \let\item\glstreeitem}%
+ {\end{multicols}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \item\glstreegroupheaderfmt
+ {\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}%
+ \indexspace}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcoltree}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{tree}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {%
+ \begin{multicols}{\glsmcols}
+ \setlength{\parindent}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 0.3pt}%
+ }%
+ {\end{multicols}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcoltreegroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{mcoltree}%
+ \renewcommand{\glsgroupheading}[1]{\par
+ \noindent\glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}\par\indexspace}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcoltreehypergroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{mcoltree}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \par\noindent\glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}\par\indexspace}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \par\noindent
+ \glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}\par
+ \indexspace}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcoltreespannav}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{tree}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {%
+ \begin{multicols}{\glsmcols}[\noindent\glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}]
+ \setlength{\parindent}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 0.3pt}%
+ }%
+ {\end{multicols}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \par\noindent
+ \glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}\par
+ \indexspace}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcoltreenoname}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{treenoname}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {%
+ \begin{multicols}{\glsmcols}
+ \setlength{\parindent}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 0.3pt}%
+ }%
+ {\end{multicols}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcoltreenonamegroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{mcoltreenoname}%
+ \renewcommand{\glsgroupheading}[1]{\par
+ \noindent\glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}\par\indexspace}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcoltreenonamehypergroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{mcoltreenoname}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \par\noindent\glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}\par\indexspace}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \par\noindent
+ \glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}\par
+ \indexspace}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcoltreenonamespannav}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{treenoname}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {%
+ \begin{multicols}{\glsmcols}[\noindent\glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}]
+ \setlength{\parindent}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 0.3pt}%
+ }%
+ {\end{multicols}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \par\noindent
+ \glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}\par
+ \indexspace}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcolalttree}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{alttree}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {%
+ \begin{multicols}{\glsmcols}
+ \def\@gls@prevlevel{-1}%
+ \mbox{}\par
+ }%
+ {\par\end{multicols}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcolalttreegroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{mcolalttree}%
+ \renewcommand{\glsgroupheading}[1]{\par
+ \def\@gls@prevlevel{-1}%
+ \hangindent0pt\relax
+ \parindent0pt\relax
+ \glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}\par\indexspace}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcolalttreehypergroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{mcolalttree}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \par
+ \def\@gls@prevlevel{-1}%
+ \hangindent0pt\relax
+ \parindent0pt\relax
+ \glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}\par\indexspace}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \par
+ \def\@gls@prevlevel{-1}%
+ \hangindent0pt\relax
+ \parindent0pt\relax
+ \glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}\par
+ \indexspace}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcolalttreespannav}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{alttree}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {%
+ \begin{multicols}{\glsmcols}[\noindent\glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}]
+ \def\@gls@prevlevel{-1}%
+ \mbox{}\par
+ }%
+ {\par\end{multicols}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \par
+ \def\@gls@prevlevel{-1}%
+ \hangindent0pt\relax
+ \parindent0pt\relax
+ \glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}\par
+ \indexspace}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%</example-glossaries-parent.tex>
+%</glossary-mcols-2020-03-19.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex>
+%<*glossary-super-2020-03-19.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
-%\iffalse
+% \subsection{Rollback v4.46 (glossary-super-2020-03-19.sty)}
+% Version 4.46 preserved for rollback.
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<<COMMENT
-% This file is part of the glossaries bundle
-% These are test glossary entries with associated symbols.
-%COMMENT
-
-\newglossaryentry{sym.alpha}{sort={alpha},name={\ensuremath{\alpha}},
-description={Quisque ullamcorper placerat ipsum.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sym.beta}{sort={beta},name={\ensuremath{\beta}},
-description={Cras nibh.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sym.gamma}{sort={gamma},name={\ensuremath{\gamma}},
-description={Morbi vel justo vitae lacus tincidunt ultrices.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sym.delta}{sort={delta},name={\ensuremath{\delta}},
-description={Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing
-elit.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sym.epsilon}{sort={epsilon},name={\ensuremath{\epsilon}},
-description={In hac habitasse platea dictumst.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sym.zeta}{sort={zeta},name={\ensuremath{\zeta}},
-description={Integer tempus convallis augue.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sym.eta}{sort={eta},name={\ensuremath{\eta}},
-description={Etiam facilisis.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sym.theta}{sort={theta},name={\ensuremath{\theta}},
-description={Nunc elementum fermentum wisi.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sym.iota}{sort={iota},name={\ensuremath{i}},
-description={Aenean placerat.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sym.kappa}{sort={kappa},name={\ensuremath{\kappa}},
-description={Ut imperdiet, enim sed gravida sollicitudin, felis odio
-placerat quam, ac pulvinar elit purus eget enim.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sym.lambda}{sort={lambda},name={\ensuremath{\lambda}},
-description={Nunc vitae tortor.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sym.mu}{sort={mu},name={\ensuremath{\mu}},
-description={Proin tempus nibh sit amet nisl.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sym.nu}{sort={nu},name={\ensuremath{\nu}},
-description={Vivamus quis tortor vitae risus porta vehicula.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sym.xi}{sort={xi},name={\ensuremath{\xi}},
-description={Fusce mauris.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sym.pi}{sort={pi},name={\ensuremath{\pi}},
-description={Vestibulum luctus nibh at lectus.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sym.rho}{sort={rho},name={\ensuremath{\rho}},
-description={Sed bibendum, nulla a faucibus semper, leo velit
-ultricies tellus, ac venenatis arcu wisi vel nisl. Vestibulum diam.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sym.sigma}{sort={sigma},name={\ensuremath{\sigma}},
-description={Aliquam pellentesque, augue quis sagittis posuere,
-turpis lacus congue quam, in hendrerit risus eros eget felis.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sym.tau}{sort={tau},name={\ensuremath{\tau}},
-description={Maecenas eget erat in sapien mattis porttitor.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sym.upsilon}{sort={upsilon},name={\ensuremath{\upsilon}},
-description={Vestibulum porttitor.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sym.phi}{sort={phi},name={\ensuremath{\phi}},
-description={Nulla facilisi.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sym.chi}{sort={chi},name={\ensuremath{\chi}},
-description={Sed a turpis eu lacus commodo facilisis.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sym.psi}{sort={psi},name={\ensuremath{\psi}},
-description={Morbi fringilla, wisi in dignissim interdum, justo
-lectus sagittis dui, et vehicula libero dui cursus dui.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sym.omega}{sort={omega},name={\ensuremath{\omega}},
-description={Mauris tempor ligula sed lacus.}}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-super}[2020/03/19 v4.46 (NLCT)]
+\RequirePackage{supertabular}
+\@ifundefined{glsdescwidth}{%
+ \newlength\glsdescwidth
+ \setlength{\glsdescwidth}{0.6\hsize}
+}{}
+\@ifundefined{glspagelistwidth}{%
+ \newlength\glspagelistwidth
+ \setlength{\glspagelistwidth}{0.1\hsize}
+}{}
+\newglossarystyle{super}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{}\tabletail{}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{lp{\glsdescwidth}}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}} &
+ \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2}\glspostdescription\space
+ ##3\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{& \tabularnewline}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newglossarystyle{superborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{super}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\hline}\tabletail{\hline}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{|l|p{\glsdescwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{superheader}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{super}%
+\renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\bfseries \entryname &
+ \bfseries\descriptionname\tabularnewline}%
+ \tabletail{}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{lp{\glsdescwidth}}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{superheaderborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{super}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\hline\bfseries \entryname &
+ \bfseries \descriptionname\tabularnewline\hline}%
+ \tabletail{\hline}
+ \begin{supertabular}{|l|p{\glsdescwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{super3col}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{}\tabletail{}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{lp{\glsdescwidth}p{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}} &
+ \glossentrydesc{##1} & ##2\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2} &
+ ##3\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{& & \tabularnewline}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newglossarystyle{super3colborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{super3col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\hline}\tabletail{\hline}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{|l|p{\glsdescwidth}|p{\glspagelistwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{super3colheader}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{super3col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline}\tabletail{}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{lp{\glsdescwidth}p{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{super3colheaderborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{super3colborder}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\hline
+ \bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline\hline}%
+ \tabletail{\hline}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{|l|p{\glsdescwidth}|p{\glspagelistwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{super4col}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{}\tabletail{}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{llll}}{%
+ \end{supertabular}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}} &
+ \glossentrydesc{##1} &
+ \glossentrysymbol{##1} & ##2\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2} &
+ \glossentrysymbol{##2} & ##3\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{& & & \tabularnewline}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newglossarystyle{super4colheader}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{super4col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries\symbolname &
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline}%
+ \tabletail{}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{llll}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{super4colborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{super4col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\hline}\tabletail{\hline}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{|l|l|l|l|}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{super4colheaderborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{super4col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\hline\bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries\symbolname &
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline\hline}%
+ \tabletail{\hline}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{|l|l|l|l|}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altsuper4col}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{super4col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{}\tabletail{}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{lp{\glsdescwidth}lp{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altsuper4colheader}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{super4colheader}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries\symbolname &
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline}\tabletail{}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{lp{\glsdescwidth}lp{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altsuper4colborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{super4colborder}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\hline}\tabletail{\hline}%
+ \begin{supertabular}%
+ {|l|p{\glsdescwidth}|l|p{\glspagelistwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altsuper4colheaderborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{super4colheaderborder}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\hline
+ \bfseries\entryname &
+ \bfseries\descriptionname &
+ \bfseries\symbolname &
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline\hline}%
+ \tabletail{\hline}%
+ \begin{supertabular}%
+ {|l|p{\glsdescwidth}|l|p{\glspagelistwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%</example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex>
+%</glossary-super-2020-03-19.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*example-glossaries-symbols.tex>
+%<*glossary-superragged-2020-03-19.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
-%\iffalse
+% \subsection{Rollback v4.46 (glossary-superragged-2020-03-19.sty)}
+% Version 4.46 preserved for rollback.
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<<COMMENT
-% This file is part of the glossaries bundle
-% These are test glossary entries with associated symbols.
-%COMMENT
-
-\newglossaryentry{alpha}{name={alpha},symbol={\ensuremath{\alpha}},
-description={Quisque ullamcorper placerat ipsum.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{beta}{name={beta},symbol={\ensuremath{\beta}},
-description={Cras nibh.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{gamma}{name={gamma},symbol={\ensuremath{\gamma}},
-description={Morbi vel justo vitae lacus tincidunt ultrices.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{delta}{name={delta},symbol={\ensuremath{\delta}},
-description={Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing
-elit.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{epsilon}{name={epsilon},symbol={\ensuremath{\epsilon}},
-description={In hac habitasse platea dictumst.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{zeta}{name={zeta},symbol={\ensuremath{\zeta}},
-description={Integer tempus convallis augue.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{eta}{name={eta},symbol={\ensuremath{\eta}},
-description={Etiam facilisis.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{theta}{name={theta},symbol={\ensuremath{\theta}},
-description={Nunc elementum fermentum wisi.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{iota}{name={iota},symbol={\ensuremath{i}},
-description={Aenean placerat.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{kappa}{name={kappa},symbol={\ensuremath{\kappa}},
-description={Ut imperdiet, enim sed gravida sollicitudin, felis odio
-placerat quam, ac pulvinar elit purus eget enim.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{lambda}{name={lambda},symbol={\ensuremath{\lambda}},
-description={Nunc vitae tortor.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{mu}{name={mu},symbol={\ensuremath{\mu}},
-description={Proin tempus nibh sit amet nisl.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{nu}{name={nu},symbol={\ensuremath{\nu}},
-description={Vivamus quis tortor vitae risus porta vehicula.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{xi}{name={xi},symbol={\ensuremath{\xi}},
-description={Fusce mauris.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{pi}{name={pi},symbol={\ensuremath{\pi}},
-description={Vestibulum luctus nibh at lectus.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{rho}{name={rho},symbol={\ensuremath{\rho}},
-description={Sed bibendum, nulla a faucibus semper, leo velit
-ultricies tellus, ac venenatis arcu wisi vel nisl. Vestibulum diam.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sigma}{name={sigma},symbol={\ensuremath{\sigma}},
-description={Aliquam pellentesque, augue quis sagittis posuere,
-turpis lacus congue quam, in hendrerit risus eros eget felis.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{tau}{name={tau},symbol={\ensuremath{\tau}},
-description={Maecenas eget erat in sapien mattis porttitor.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{upsilon}{name={upsilon},symbol={\ensuremath{\upsilon}},
-description={Vestibulum porttitor.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{phi}{name={phi},symbol={\ensuremath{\phi}},
-description={Nulla facilisi.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{chi}{name={chi},symbol={\ensuremath{\chi}},
-description={Sed a turpis eu lacus commodo facilisis.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{psi}{name={psi},symbol={\ensuremath{\psi}},
-description={Morbi fringilla, wisi in dignissim interdum, justo
-lectus sagittis dui, et vehicula libero dui cursus dui.}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{omega}{name={omega},symbol={\ensuremath{\omega}},
-description={Mauris tempor ligula sed lacus.}}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-superragged}[2020/03/19 v4.46 (NLCT)]
+\RequirePackage{array}
+\RequirePackage{supertabular}
+\@ifundefined{glsdescwidth}{%
+ \newlength\glsdescwidth
+ \setlength{\glsdescwidth}{0.6\hsize}
+}{}
+\@ifundefined{glspagelistwidth}{%
+ \newlength\glspagelistwidth
+ \setlength{\glspagelistwidth}{0.1\hsize}
+}{}
+\newglossarystyle{superragged}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{}\tabletail{}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}} &
+ \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2%
+ \tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2}\glspostdescription\space
+ ##3%
+ \tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{& \tabularnewline}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newglossarystyle{superraggedborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{superragged}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\hline}\tabletail{\hline}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{|l|>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{superraggedheader}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{superragged}%
+\renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\bfseries \entryname & \bfseries \descriptionname
+ \tabularnewline}%
+ \tabletail{}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{superraggedheaderborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{superragged}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\hline\bfseries \entryname &
+ \bfseries \descriptionname\tabularnewline\hline}%
+ \tabletail{\hline}
+ \begin{supertabular}{|l|>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{superragged3col}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{}\tabletail{}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}} &
+ \glossentrydesc{##1} &
+ ##2\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2} &
+ ##3\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{& & \tabularnewline}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newglossarystyle{superragged3colborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{superragged3col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\hline}\tabletail{\hline}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{|l|>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}|%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{superragged3colheader}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{superragged3col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline}\tabletail{}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{superragged3colheaderborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{superragged3colborder}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\hline
+ \bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline\hline}%
+ \tabletail{\hline}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{|l|>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}|%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altsuperragged4col}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{}\tabletail{}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}l%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}} &
+ \glossentrydesc{##1} &
+ \glossentrysymbol{##1} & ##2\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2} &
+ \glossentrysymbol{##2} & ##3\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{& & & \tabularnewline}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altsuperragged4colheader}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{altsuperragged4col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries\symbolname &
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline}\tabletail{}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}l%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altsuperragged4colborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{altsuper4col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\hline}\tabletail{\hline}%
+ \begin{supertabular}%
+ {|l|>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}|l|%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altsuperragged4colheaderborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{altsuperragged4col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\hline
+ \bfseries\entryname &
+ \bfseries\descriptionname &
+ \bfseries\symbolname &
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline\hline}%
+ \tabletail{\hline}%
+ \begin{supertabular}%
+ {|l|>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}|l|%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%</example-glossaries-symbols.tex>
+%</glossary-superragged-2020-03-19.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*example-glossaries-url.tex>
+%<*glossary-tree-2020-03-19.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
-%\iffalse
+% \subsection{Rollback v4.46 (glossary-tree-2020-03-19.sty)}
+% Version 4.46 preserved for rollback.
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<<COMMENT
-% This file is part of the glossaries bundle
-% These are test glossary entries with URLs stored in
-% the user1 field.
-%COMMENT
-
-\newglossaryentry{aenean-url}{name={aenean},
- description={adipiscing auctor est},
- user1={http://uk.tug.org/}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{morbi-url}{name={morbi},
- description={quam arcu, malesuada sed, volutpat et, elementum sit
-amet, libero},
- user1={http://www.ctan.org/}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{duis-url}{name={duis},
- description={mattis},
- user1={http://www.tug.org/}}
-
- % Now try an active character
-\newglossaryentry{sed-url}{name={sed},
- description={cursus lectus quis odio (uses
-\texttt{\string\protect\string~})},
- user1={http://theoval.cmp.uea.ac.uk/\protect~nlct/}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sed2-url}{name={sed},
- description={cursus lectus quis odio (uses
-\texttt{\string\string\string~})},
- user1={http://theoval.cmp.uea.ac.uk/\string~nlct/}}
-
-\newglossaryentry{sed3-url}{name={sed},
- description={cursus lectus quis odio (uses
-\texttt{\string\glstildechar})},
- user1={http://theoval.cmp.uea.ac.uk/\glstildechar nlct/}}
-
- % How do we deal with a percent character?
-
- % Temporarily change the category code
-
-\catcode`\%=12
-\newglossaryentry{phasellus-url}{name={phasellus},
- description={arcu (catcode change)},
- user1=http://theoval.cmp.uea.ac.uk/%7Enlct
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-tree}[2020/03/19 v4.46 (NLCT)]
+\providecommand{\indexspace}{%
+ \par \vskip 10\p@ \@plus 5\p@ \@minus 3\p@ \relax
}
-\catcode`\%=14
-
- % Use \%
-
-\newglossaryentry{phasellus2-url}{name={phasellus},
- description={arcu (uses \texttt{\string\%})},
- user1=http://theoval.cmp.uea.ac.uk/\%7Enlct
+\newcommand*{\glstreenamefmt}[1]{\textbf{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\glstreegroupheaderfmt}[1]{\glstreenamefmt{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\glstreenavigationfmt}[1]{\glstreenamefmt{#1}}
+\ifdef\@idxitem
+{\newcommand{\glstreeitem}{\@idxitem}}
+{\newcommand{\glstreeitem}{\par\hangindent40\p@}}
+\ifdef\subitem
+{\let\glstreesubitem\subitem}
+{\newcommand\glstreesubitem{\glstreeitem\hspace*{20\p@}}}
+\ifdef\subsubitem
+{\let\glstreesubsubitem\subsubitem}
+{\newcommand\glstreesubsubitem{\glstreeitem\hspace*{30\p@}}}
+\newcommand{\glstreepredesc}{\space}
+\newcommand{\glstreechildpredesc}{\space}
+\newglossarystyle{index}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 0.3pt}%
+ \let\item\glstreeitem
+ \let\subitem\glstreesubitem
+ \let\subsubitem\glstreesubsubitem
+ }%
+ {\par}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \item\glsentryitem{##1}\glstreenamefmt{\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}}%
+ \ifglshassymbol{##1}{\space(\glossentrysymbol{##1})}{}%
+ \glstreepredesc \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ \ifcase##1\relax
+ % level 0
+ \item
+ \or
+ % level 1
+ \subitem
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \else
+ % all other levels
+ \subsubitem
+ \fi
+ \glstreenamefmt{\glstarget{##2}{\glossentryname{##2}}}%
+ \ifglshassymbol{##2}{\space(\glossentrysymbol{##2})}{}%
+ \glstreechildpredesc\glossentrydesc{##2}\glspostdescription\space ##3%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{\ifglsnogroupskip\else\indexspace\fi}}
+\newglossarystyle{indexgroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{index}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \item\glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}%
+ \indexspace
+ }%
}
-
- % Use \glspercentchar
-
-\newglossaryentry{phasellus3-url}{name={phasellus},
- description={arcu (uses
- \texttt{\string\glspercentchar})},
- user1=http://theoval.cmp.uea.ac.uk/\glspercentchar 7Enlct
+\newglossarystyle{indexhypergroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{index}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \item\glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}\indexspace}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \item\glstreegroupheaderfmt
+ {\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}%
+ \indexspace}%
}
-
+\newglossarystyle{tree}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 0.3pt}}%
+ {}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \hangindent0pt\relax
+ \parindent0pt\relax
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstreenamefmt{\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}}%
+ \ifglshassymbol{##1}{\space(\glossentrysymbol{##1})}{}%
+ \glstreepredesc\glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space##2\par
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ \hangindent##1\glstreeindent\relax
+ \parindent##1\glstreeindent\relax
+ \ifnum##1=1\relax
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \fi
+ \glstreenamefmt{\glstarget{##2}{\glossentryname{##2}}}%
+ \ifglshassymbol{##2}{\space(\glossentrysymbol{##2})}{}%
+ \glstreechildpredesc\glossentrydesc{##2}\glspostdescription\space ##3\par
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{\ifglsnogroupskip\else\indexspace\fi}}
+\newglossarystyle{treegroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{tree}%
+ \renewcommand{\glsgroupheading}[1]{\par
+ \noindent\glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}\par
+ \indexspace}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{treehypergroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{tree}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \par\noindent\glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}\par\indexspace}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \par\noindent
+ \glstreegroupheaderfmt
+ {\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}\par
+ \indexspace}%
+}
+\newlength\glstreeindent
+\setlength{\glstreeindent}{10pt}
+\newglossarystyle{treenoname}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 0.3pt}}%
+ {}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \hangindent0pt\relax
+ \parindent0pt\relax
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstreenamefmt{\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}}%
+ \ifglshassymbol{##1}{\space(\glossentrysymbol{##1})}{}%
+ \glstreepredesc\glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space##2\par
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ \hangindent##1\glstreeindent\relax
+ \parindent##1\glstreeindent\relax
+ \ifnum##1=1\relax
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \fi
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}%
+ \glossentrydesc{##2}\glspostdescription\space##3\par
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{\ifglsnogroupskip\else\indexspace\fi}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{treenonamegroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{treenoname}%
+ \renewcommand{\glsgroupheading}[1]{\par
+ \noindent\glstreegroupheaderfmt
+ {\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}\par\indexspace}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{treenonamehypergroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{treenoname}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \par\noindent\glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}\par\indexspace}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \par\noindent
+ \glstreegroupheaderfmt
+ {\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}\par
+ \indexspace}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsfindwidesttoplevelname}[1][\@glo@types]{%
+ \dimen@=0pt\relax
+ \gls@tmplen=0pt\relax
+ \forallglossaries[#1]{\@gls@type}%
+ {%
+ \forglsentries[\@gls@type]{\@glo@label}%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasparent{\@glo@label}%
+ {}%
+ {%
+ \settowidth{\dimen@}%
+ {\glstreenamefmt{\glsentryname{\@glo@label}}}%
+ \ifdim\dimen@>\gls@tmplen
+ \gls@tmplen=\dimen@
+ \letcs{\@glswidestname}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{\@glo@label}@name}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glssetwidest}[2][0]{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname @glswidestname\romannumeral#1\endcsname{%
+ #2}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glswidestname}{}
+\newcommand*{\glstreenamebox}[2]{%
+ \makebox[#1][l]{#2}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{alttree}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\def\@gls@prevlevel{-1}%
+ \mbox{}\par}%
+ {\par}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \ifnum\@gls@prevlevel=0\relax
+ \else
+ \settowidth{\glstreeindent}{\glstreenamefmt{\@glswidestname\space}}%
+ \fi
+ \hangindent\glstreeindent
+ \parindent\glstreeindent
+ \makebox[0pt][r]{\glstreenamebox{\glstreeindent}{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstreenamefmt{\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}}}}%
+ \ifglshassymbol{##1}{(\glossentrysymbol{##1})\space}{}%
+ \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription \space ##2\par
+ \def\@gls@prevlevel{0}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ \ifnum##1=1\relax
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\@gls@prevlevel=##1\relax
+ \else
+ \@ifundefined{@glswidestname\romannumeral##1}{%
+ \settowidth{\gls@tmplen}{\glstreenamefmt{\@glswidestname\space}}}{%
+ \settowidth{\gls@tmplen}{\glstreenamefmt{%
+ \csname @glswidestname\romannumeral##1\endcsname\space}}}%
+ \ifnum\@gls@prevlevel<##1\relax
+ \setlength\glstreeindent\gls@tmplen
+ \addtolength\glstreeindent\parindent
+ \parindent\glstreeindent
+ \else
+ \@ifundefined{@glswidestname\romannumeral\@gls@prevlevel}{%
+ \settowidth{\glstreeindent}{\glstreenamefmt{%
+ \@glswidestname\space}}}{%
+ \settowidth{\glstreeindent}{\glstreenamefmt{%
+ \csname @glswidestname\romannumeral\@gls@prevlevel
+ \endcsname\space}}}%
+ \addtolength\parindent{-\glstreeindent}%
+ \setlength\glstreeindent\parindent
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \hangindent\glstreeindent
+ \makebox[0pt][r]{\glstreenamebox{\gls@tmplen}{%
+ \glstreenamefmt{\glstarget{##2}{\glossentryname{##2}}}}}%
+ \ifglshassymbol{##2}{(\glossentrysymbol{##2})\space}{}%
+ \glossentrydesc{##2}\glspostdescription\space ##3\par
+ \def\@gls@prevlevel{##1}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{\ifglsnogroupskip\else\indexspace\fi}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{alttreegroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{alttree}%
+ \renewcommand{\glsgroupheading}[1]{\par
+ \def\@gls@prevlevel{-1}%
+ \hangindent0pt\relax
+ \parindent0pt\relax
+ \glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}%
+ \par\indexspace}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{alttreehypergroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{alttree}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \par
+ \def\@gls@prevlevel{-1}%
+ \hangindent0pt\relax
+ \parindent0pt\relax
+ \glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}\par\indexspace}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \par
+ \def\@gls@prevlevel{-1}%
+ \hangindent0pt\relax
+ \parindent0pt\relax
+ \glstreegroupheaderfmt
+ {\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}\par
+ \indexspace}}
% \end{macrocode}
-%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%</example-glossaries-url.tex>
+%</glossary-tree-2020-03-19.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*glossaries-2020-03-19.sty>
+%<*glossaries-2021-11-01.sty>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
-% \section{Rollback v4.46 (glossaries-2020-03-19.sty)}
-% Version 4.46 preserved for rollback.
+%\subsection{Rollback v4.49 (glossaries-2021-11-01.sty)}
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2020/03/19 v4.46 (NLCT)]
+\DeclareRelease{v4.46}{2020-03-19}{glossaries-2020-03-19.sty}
+\DeclareCurrentRelease{v4.49}{2021-11-01}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
\RequirePackage{ifthen}
\RequirePackage{xkeyval}[2006/11/18]
\RequirePackage{mfirstuc}
@@ -31001,13 +40410,13 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}
\define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{esclocations}[true]{}
\glsesclocationstrue
-\newcommand*{\@gls@loadlong}{\RequirePackage{glossary-long}}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@loadlong}{\RequirePackage{glossary-long}[=v4.49]}
\@gls@declareoption{nolong}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlong}{}}
\IfFileExists{supertabular.sty}{%
- \newcommand*{\@gls@loadsuper}{\RequirePackage{glossary-super}}}{%
+ \newcommand*{\@gls@loadsuper}{\RequirePackage{glossary-super}[=v4.49]}}{%
\newcommand*{\@gls@loadsuper}{}}
\@gls@declareoption{nosuper}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadsuper}{}}
-\newcommand*{\@gls@loadlist}{\RequirePackage{glossary-list}[=v4.46]}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@loadlist}{\RequirePackage{glossary-list}[=v4.49]}
\@gls@declareoption{nolist}{%
\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlist}{%
\ifdefstring{\@glossary@default@style}{list}%
@@ -31015,7 +40424,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
{}%
}%
}
-\newcommand*{\@gls@loadtree}{\RequirePackage{glossary-tree}}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@loadtree}{\RequirePackage{glossary-tree}[=v4.49]}
\@gls@declareoption{notree}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadtree}{}}
\@gls@declareoption{nostyles}{%
\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlong}{}%
@@ -31138,13 +40547,13 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\expandafter\gdef\csname glo@##2@sort\endcsname{}%
}%
\def\@gls@setsort##1{%
- \edef\@glo@parent{\csname glo@##1@parent\endcsname}%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@parent{\csname glo@##1@parent\endcsname}%
\ifx\@glo@parent\@empty
\else
\expandafter\@gls@setsort\expandafter{\@glo@parent}%
\fi
- \edef\@glo@type{\csname glo@##1@type\endcsname}%
- \edef\@gls@tmp{\csname glo@##1@sort\endcsname}%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@type{\csname glo@##1@type\endcsname}%
+ \protected@edef\@gls@tmp{\csname glo@##1@sort\endcsname}%
\ifx\@gls@tmp\@empty
\expandafter\global\expandafter
\advance\csname glossary@\@glo@type @sortcount\endcsname by 1\relax
@@ -31231,7 +40640,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\glsIfListOfAcronyms{#1}{}{\@addtoacronymlists{#1}}%
}
\newcommand{\glsIfListOfAcronyms}[1]{%
- \edef\@do@gls@islistofacronyms{%
+ \protected@edef\@do@gls@islistofacronyms{%
\noexpand\@gls@islistofacronyms{#1}{\@glsacronymlists}}%
\@do@gls@islistofacronyms
}
@@ -31674,11 +41083,34 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newcommand*{\@@do@write@glslabels}{%
\newwrite\@gls@labelsfile
\immediate\openout\@gls@labelsfile=\jobname.glslabels
- \forallglsentries[\@glo@types,\@ignored@glossaries]{\@glsentry}%
- {\ifdefempty{\@glsentry}{}{\immediate\write\@gls@labelsfile{\@glsentry}}}%
+ \protected@edef\@gls@fulllist{\@glo@types}%
+ \ifdefempty{\@ignored@glossaries}{}%
+ {\protected@eappto\@gls@fulllist{,\@ignored@glossaries}}%
+ \forallglsentries[\@gls@fulllist]{\@glsentry}%
+ {%
+ \ifdefempty{\@glsentry}{}%
+ {%
+ \ifx\do@write@glslabelsname\@gobble
+ \def\@gls@thisentryname{}%
+ \else
+ \letcs{\@gls@thisentryname}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{\@glsentry}@name}%
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\@gls@thisentryname
+ \fi
+ \immediate\write\@gls@labelsfile
+ {\@glsentry\do@write@glslabelsname{\@gls@thisentryname}}%
+ }%
+ }%
\immediate\closeout\@gls@labelsfile
}
-\@gls@declareoption{writeglslabels}{\@do@write@glslabels}
+\newcommand*{\do@write@glslabelsname}[1]{}
+\begingroup
+\catcode`\^^I12
+\gdef\@write@glslabelsname#1{^^I#1}
+\endgroup
+\@gls@declareoption{writeglslabels}{\@do@write@glslabels
+ \let\do@write@glslabelsname\@gobble}
+\@gls@declareoption{writeglslabelnames}{\@do@write@glslabels
+ \let\do@write@glslabelsname\@write@glslabelsname}
\newif\ifglsautomake
\newcommand{\gls@automake@nr}{1}
\define@choicekey{glossaries.sty}{automake}%
@@ -31826,7 +41258,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\fi
}
\ProcessOptionsX
-\RequirePackage{glossaries-compatible-307}
+\RequirePackage{glossaries-compatible-307}[=v4.49]
\disable@keys{glossaries.sty}{compatible-2.07,%
xindy,xindygloss,xindynoglsnumbers,makeindex,%
acronym,translate,notranslate,nolong,nosuper,notree,nostyles,%
@@ -32290,10 +41722,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\protected@edef\@gls@roman{\@roman{0\string"
\string"roman-numbers-lowercase\string" :sep \string"}}%
\@onelevel@sanitize\@gls@roman
- \edef\@tmp{\string" \string"roman-numbers-lowercase\string"
+ \edef\@gls@tmp{\string" \string"roman-numbers-lowercase\string"
:sep \string"}%
- \@onelevel@sanitize\@tmp
- \ifx\@tmp\@gls@roman
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\@gls@tmp
+ \ifx\@gls@tmp\@gls@roman
\expandafter
\edef\csname @gls@xdy@Lclass@roman-page-numbers\endcsname{%
\string"roman-numbers-lowercase\string"%
@@ -32465,7 +41897,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\@for#1:=\@glsacronymlists\do{\ifx#1\@empty\else#2\fi}%
}
\newcommand*{\forglsentries}[3][\glsdefaulttype]{%
- \edef\@@glo@list{\csname glolist@#1\endcsname}%
+ \protected@edef\@@glo@list{\csname glolist@#1\endcsname}%
\@for#2:=\@@glo@list\do
{%
\ifdefempty{#2}{}{#3}%
@@ -32530,7 +41962,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\glsdoifexists{#1}%
{%
\def\do@glshaschildren{#3}%
- \edef\@gls@thislabel{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \protected@edef\@gls@thislabel{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
\expandafter\forglsentries\expandafter
[\csname glo@\@gls@thislabel @type\endcsname]
{\glo@label}%
@@ -32676,7 +42108,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
{%
\gdef\glsdefaulttype{#2}%
}{}%
- \toks@{#2}\edef\@glo@types{\@glo@types\the\toks@,}%
+ \toks@{#2}\protected@edef\@glo@types{\@glo@types\the\toks@,}%
\expandafter\gdef\csname glolist@#2\endcsname{,}%
\expandafter\edef\csname @glotype@#2@log\endcsname{#1}%
\expandafter\edef\csname @glotype@#2@in\endcsname{#3}%
@@ -32723,10 +42155,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newcommand*{\newignoredglossary}[1]{%
\ifdefempty\@ignored@glossaries
{%
- \edef\@ignored@glossaries{#1}%
+ \protected@edef\@ignored@glossaries{#1}%
}%
{%
- \eappto\@ignored@glossaries{,#1}%
+ \protected@eappto\@ignored@glossaries{,#1}%
}%
\csgdef{glolist@#1}{,}%
\ifcsundef{gls@#1@entryfmt}%
@@ -32739,12 +42171,12 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\renewcommand*{\@gls@nohyperlist}{#1}%
}%
{%
- \eappto\@gls@nohyperlist{,#1}%
+ \protected@eappto\@gls@nohyperlist{,#1}%
}%
}
\newcommand*{\@ignored@glossaries}{}
\newcommand*{\ifignoredglossary}[3]{%
- \edef\@gls@igtype{#1}%
+ \protected@edef\@gls@igtype{#1}%
\expandafter\DTLifinlist\expandafter
{\@gls@igtype}{\@ignored@glossaries}{#2}{#3}%
}
@@ -32808,7 +42240,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\@gls@see@noindex
}
\newcommand*{\gls@checkseeallowed@preambleonly}{%
- \GlossariesWarning{glossaries}%
+ \GlossariesWarning
{`\gls@xr@key' key doesn't have any effect when used in the document
environment. Move the definition to the preamble
after \string\makeglossaries\space
@@ -32985,7 +42417,6 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}%
}
\newcommand*{\gls@defdocnewglossaryentry}{%
- \let\gls@checkseeallowed\gls@checkseeallowed@preambleonly
\let\newglossaryentry\new@glossaryentry
}
\newrobustcmd{\provideglossaryentry}[2]{%
@@ -32996,6 +42427,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}%
}
\@onlypreamble{\provideglossaryentry}
+\newcommand*{\gls@glsdefs@labellist}{}
+\newcommand*{\gls@glsdefs@addlabel}[1]{\listxadd{\gls@glsdefs@labellist}{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\gls@docdef@labellist}{}
+\newcommand*{\gls@docdef@addlabel}[1]{\listxadd{\gls@docdef@labellist}{#1}}
\newrobustcmd{\new@glossaryentry}[2]{%
\ifundef\@gls@deffile
{%
@@ -33003,11 +42438,33 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\immediate\openout\@gls@deffile=\jobname.glsdefs
}%
{}%
- \ifglsentryexists{#1}{}%
+ \ifglsentryexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \xifinlist{#1}{\gls@docdef@labellist}%
+ {%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Entry `#1' has already been defined in the
+ document environment (ignoring new definition)}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \xifinlist{#1}{\gls@glsdefs@labellist}%
+ {%
+ \gls@defglossaryentry{#1}{#2}%
+ \gls@docdef@addlabel{#1}%
+ \@gls@writedef{#1}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Entry `#1' has already been defined in
+ the preamble (in which case remove the duplicate definition)
+ or you have just updated to glossaries.sty
+ v4.47 (in which case delete `\jobname.glsdefs')}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
{%
\gls@defglossaryentry{#1}{#2}%
+ \gls@docdef@addlabel{#1}%
+ \@gls@writedef{#1}%
}%
- \@gls@writedef{#1}%
}
\AtBeginDocument{\gls@begindocdefs}
\AtEndDocument{\ifdef\@gls@deffile{\closeout\@gls@deffile}{}}
@@ -33020,13 +42477,21 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\undef\@gls@restoreat
\gls@defdocnewglossaryentry
}
+\newcommand*{\glsdefs@newdocentry}[2]{%
+ \ifglsentryexists{#1}%
+ {\GlossariesWarning{entry `#1' has already been defined in the preamble
+ (if you have moved the definition there from the document
+ environment, delete \jobname.glsdefs)}}%
+ {%
+ \gls@glsdefs@addlabel{#1}%
+ \gls@defglossaryentry{#1}{#2}%
+ }%
+}
\newcommand*{\@gls@writedef}[1]{%
\immediate\write\@gls@deffile
{%
- \string\ifglsentryexists{#1}{}\glspercentchar^^J%
- \expandafter\@gobble\string\{\glspercentchar^^J%
- \string\gls@defglossaryentry{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}\glspercentchar^^J%
- \expandafter\@gobble\string\{\glspercentchar%
+ \string\glsdefs@newdocentry{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}\glspercentchar^^J%
+ \expandafter\@gobble\string\{\glspercentchar%
}%
\@for\@gls@map:=\@gls@keymap\do
{%
@@ -33046,9 +42511,8 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\glswritedefhook
\immediate\write\@gls@deffile
{%
- \glspercentchar^^J%
- \expandafter\@gobble\string\}\glspercentchar^^J%
- \expandafter\@gobble\string\}\glspercentchar%
+ \glspercentchar^^J%
+ \expandafter\@gobble\string\}\glspercentchar^^J%
}%
}
\newcommand*{\@gls@keymap}{%
@@ -33205,7 +42669,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newcommand{\glsfieldxdef}[3]{%
\glsdoifexists{#1}%
{%
- \edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
\ifcsdef{glo@\@glo@label @#2}%
{%
\protected@csxdef{glo@\@glo@label @#2}{#3}%
@@ -33218,7 +42682,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newcommand{\glsfieldedef}[3]{%
\glsdoifexists{#1}%
{%
- \edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
\ifcsdef{glo@\@glo@label @#2}%
{%
\protected@csedef{glo@\@glo@label @#2}{#3}%
@@ -33231,7 +42695,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newcommand{\glsfieldgdef}[3]{%
\glsdoifexists{#1}%
{%
- \edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
\ifcsdef{glo@\@glo@label @#2}%
{%
\expandafter\gdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @#2\endcsname{#3}%
@@ -33244,7 +42708,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newcommand{\glsfielddef}[3]{%
\glsdoifexists{#1}%
{%
- \edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
\ifcsdef{glo@\@glo@label @#2}%
{%
\expandafter\def\csname glo@\@glo@label @#2\endcsname{#3}%
@@ -33257,7 +42721,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newcommand{\glsfieldfetch}[3]{%
\glsdoifexists{#1}%
{%
- \edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
\ifcsdef{glo@\@glo@label @#2}%
{%
\letcs#3{glo@\@glo@label @#2}%
@@ -33267,10 +42731,15 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}%
}%
}
+\newcommand*{\glsunexpandedfieldvalue}[2]{%
+ \ifcsname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@#2\endcsname
+ \expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@#2\expandafter\endcsname
+ \fi
+}
\newcommand{\ifglsfieldeq}[5]{%
\glsdoifexists{#1}%
{%
- \edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
\ifcsdef{glo@\@glo@label @#2}%
{%
\ifcsstring{glo@\@glo@label @#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}%
@@ -33283,7 +42752,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newcommand{\ifglsfielddefeq}[5]{%
\glsdoifexists{#1}%
{%
- \edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
\ifcsdef{glo@\@glo@label @#2}%
{%
\expandafter\ifdefstrequal
@@ -33297,7 +42766,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newcommand{\ifglsfieldcseq}[5]{%
\glsdoifexists{#1}%
{%
- \edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
\ifcsdef{glo@\@glo@label @#2}%
{%
\ifcsstrequal{glo@\@glo@label @#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}%
@@ -33337,7 +42806,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\@onlypreamble{\longprovideglossaryentry}
\newcommand{\gls@defglossaryentry}[2]{%
\let\GlsSetQuote\gls@nosetquote
- \edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
\let\glslabel\@glo@label
\let\@glo@name\@glsnoname
\let\@glo@desc\@glsnodesc
@@ -33376,7 +42845,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}%
{}%
\gls@assign@field{\glsdefaulttype}{\@glo@label}{type}{\@glo@type}%
- \edef\@glo@type{\glsentrytype{\@glo@label}}%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@type{\glsentrytype{\@glo@label}}%
\ifcsundef{glolist@\@glo@type}%
{%
\PackageError{glossaries}%
@@ -33394,7 +42863,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
{%
}%
\protected@edef\@glolist@{\csname glolist@\@glo@type\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname glolist@\@glo@type\endcsname{%
+ \expandafter\protected@xdef\csname glolist@\@glo@type\endcsname{%
\@glolist@{\@glo@label},}%
}%
\gls@level=0\relax
@@ -33410,7 +42879,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
{%
\ifglsentryexists{\@glo@parent}%
{%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @parent\endcsname{%
+ \expandafter\protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @parent\endcsname{%
\@glo@parent}%
\gls@level=\csname glo@\@glo@parent @level\endcsname\relax
\advance\gls@level by 1\relax
@@ -33505,12 +42974,12 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\gls@assign@field\expandafter
{\csname glo@\@glo@label @symbol\endcsname}
{\@glo@label}{symbolplural}{\@glo@symbolplural}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @flagfalse\endcsname{%
+ \expandafter\protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @flagfalse\endcsname{%
\noexpand\global
\noexpand\let\expandafter\noexpand
\csname ifglo@\@glo@label @flag\endcsname\noexpand\iffalse
}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @flagtrue\endcsname{%
+ \expandafter\protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @flagtrue\endcsname{%
\noexpand\global
\noexpand\let\expandafter\noexpand
\csname ifglo@\@glo@label @flag\endcsname\noexpand\iftrue
@@ -33542,13 +43011,13 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newcommand*{\@newglossaryentryposthook}{}
\newcommand*{\@newglossaryentry@defcounters}{}
\newcommand*{\glsmoveentry}[2]{%
- \edef\@glo@thislabel{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
- \edef\glo@type{\csname glo@\@glo@thislabel @type\endcsname}%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@thislabel{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \protected@edef\glo@type{\csname glo@\@glo@thislabel @type\endcsname}%
\def\glo@list{,}%
\forglsentries[\glo@type]{\glo@label}%
{%
\ifdefequal\@glo@thislabel\glo@label
- {}{\eappto\glo@list{\glo@label,}}%
+ {}{\protected@eappto\glo@list{\glo@label,}}%
}%
\cslet{glolist@\glo@type}{\glo@list}%
\csdef{glo@\@glo@thislabel @type}{#2}%
@@ -33566,12 +43035,12 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\string\subglossentry}
\fi
\newcommand{\@glo@storeentry}[1]{%
- \edef\@glo@esclabel{#1}%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@esclabel{#1}%
\@gls@checkmkidxchars\@glo@esclabel
\protected@edef\@glo@sort{\csname glo@#1@sort\endcsname}%
\@gls@checkmkidxchars\@glo@sort
\@gls@checkmkidxchars\@glo@prefix
- \edef\@glo@parent{\csname glo@#1@parent\endcsname}%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@parent{\csname glo@#1@parent\endcsname}%
\ifglsxindy
\ifx\@glo@parent\@empty
\expandafter\protected@xdef\csname glo@#1@index\endcsname{%
@@ -34277,12 +43746,12 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newcommand*{\@gls@setdefault@glslink@opts}{}
\def\@gls@link[#1]#2#3{%
\leavevmode
- \edef\glslabel{\glsdetoklabel{#2}}%
+ \protected@edef\glslabel{\glsdetoklabel{#2}}%
\def\@gls@link@opts{#1}%
\let\@gls@link@label\glslabel
\def\@glsnumberformat{glsnumberformat}%
- \edef\@gls@counter{\csname glo@\glslabel @counter\endcsname}%
- \edef\glstype{\csname glo@\glslabel @type\endcsname}%
+ \protected@edef\@gls@counter{\csname glo@\glslabel @counter\endcsname}%
+ \protected@edef\glstype{\csname glo@\glslabel @type\endcsname}%
\let\org@ifKV@glslink@hyper\ifKV@glslink@hyper
\@gls@setdefault@glslink@opts
\do@glsdisablehyperinlist
@@ -34422,6 +43891,16 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\def\@gls@checkedmkidx{}%
\expandafter\@gls@checklevel#1\@nil!!\null
\expandafter\@gls@updatechecked\@gls@checkedmkidx{#1}%
+ \def\@gls@checkedmkidx{}%
+ \expandafter\@gls@checkesclevel#1\@nil\!\!\null
+ \expandafter\@gls@updatechecked\@gls@checkedmkidx{#1}%
+ \def\@gls@checkedmkidx{}%
+ \edef\@do@gls@checkesc{%
+ \noexpand\@gls@checkesc\expandonce{#1}\noexpand\@nil
+ \@backslashchar\@backslashchar\noexpand\null
+ }%
+ \@do@gls@checkesc
+ \expandafter\@gls@updatechecked\@gls@checkedmkidx{#1}%
\fi
}
\def\@gls@updatechecked#1\@nil#2{\def#2{#1}}
@@ -34614,6 +44093,33 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\fi
\@@gls@checkactual
}
+\bgroup
+\catcode`\|0\relax
+\catcode`\\12\relax
+|gdef|@gls@checkesc#1\#2\#3|null{%
+ |@gls@tmpb=|expandafter{|@gls@checkedmkidx}%
+ |toks@={#1}%
+ |ifx|null#2|null
+ |ifx|null#3|null
+ |edef|@gls@checkedmkidx{|the|@gls@tmpb|the|toks@}%
+ |def|@@gls@checkesc{|relax}%
+ |else
+ |edef|@gls@checkedmkidx{|the|@gls@tmpb|the|toks@
+ |@gls@quotechar|@backslashchar|@gls@quotechar|@backslashchar}%
+ |def|@@gls@checkesc{|@gls@checkesc#3|null}%
+ |fi
+ |else
+ |edef|@gls@checkedmkidx{|the|@gls@tmpb|the|toks@
+ |@gls@quotechar|@backslashchar}%
+ |ifx|null#3|null
+ |def|@@gls@checkesc{|@gls@checkesc#2\\|null}%
+ |else
+ |def|@@gls@checkesc{|@gls@checkesc#2\#3|null}%
+ |fi
+ |fi
+ |@@gls@checkesc
+}
+|egroup
\def\@gls@xdycheckquote#1"#2"#3\null{%
\@gls@tmpb=\expandafter{\@gls@checkedmkidx}%
\toks@={#1}%
@@ -35475,11 +44981,14 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryfirstplural}[1]{%
\@Gls@entry@field{#1}{firstpl}%
}
+\newcommand{\glscapitalisewords}[1]{%
+ \capitalisewords{#1}%
+}
\newrobustcmd*{\@glsentrytitlecase}[2]{%
\glsdoifexists{#1}%
{%
\glsfieldfetch{#1}{#2}{\@gls@value}%
- \xcapitalisewords{\@gls@value}%
+ \expandafter\glscapitalisewords\expandafter{\@gls@value}%
}%
}
\ifdef\texorpdfstring
@@ -35586,7 +45095,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\glsdoifexists{#1}%
{%
\bgroup
- \edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
\let\@org@glsnumberformat\glsnumberformat
\def\glsnumberformat##1{##1}%
\protected@edef\the@numberlist{%
@@ -35629,7 +45138,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\glsdoifexists{#2}%
{%
\def\@glsnumberformat{glsnumberformat}%
- \edef\@gls@counter{\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@counter\endcsname}%
+ \protected@edef\@gls@counter{\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@counter\endcsname}%
\setkeys{glossadd}{#1}%
\@gls@saveentrycounter
\@gls@setsort{#2}%
@@ -35639,7 +45148,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\newcommand*{\@gls@adjustmode}{}
\AtBeginDocument{\renewcommand*{\@gls@adjustmode}{\ifvmode\mbox{}\fi}}
\newrobustcmd*{\glsaddall}[1][]{%
- \edef\@glo@type{\@glo@types}%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@type{\@glo@types}%
\setkeys{glossadd}{#1}%
\forallglsentries[\@glo@type]{\@glo@entry}{%
\glsadd[#1]{\@glo@entry}%
@@ -36005,6 +45514,16 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\noexpand!\noexpand!\noexpand\null
\noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\@gls@updatechecked
\noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx{####1}%
+ \noexpand\def\noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx{}%
+ \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\@gls@checkesclevel####1\noexpand\@nil
+ \noexpand\!\noexpand\!\noexpand\null
+ \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\@gls@updatechecked
+ \noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx{####1}%
+ \noexpand\def\noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx{}%
+ \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\@gls@checkesc####1\noexpand\@nil
+ \@backslashchar\@backslashchar\noexpand\null
+ \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\@gls@updatechecked
+ \noexpand\@gls@checkedmkidx{####1}%
}%
}%
\@gls@docheckquotedef
@@ -36232,19 +45751,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\@disable@onlypremakeg
\let\gls@checkseeallowed\relax
\let\warn@nomakeglossaries\relax
- \def\warn@noprintglossary{%
- \ifdefstring{\@glo@types}{,}%
- {%
- \GlossariesWarningNoLine{No glossaries have been defined}%
- }%
- {%
- \GlossariesWarningNoLine{No \string\printglossary\space
- or \string\printglossaries\space
- found. ^^J(Remove \string\makeglossaries\space if you
- don't want any glossaries.) ^^JThis document will not
- have a glossary}%
- }%
- }%
+ \let\warn@noprintglossary\@makeglossaries@warn@noprintglossary
\ifglssavenumberlist
\edef\@gls@dodeflistparser{\noexpand\DeclareListParser
{\noexpand\glsnumlistparser}{\delimN}}%
@@ -36266,6 +45773,19 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
}%
}
\@onlypreamble{\makeglossaries}
+\newcommand\@makeglossaries@warn@noprintglossary{%
+ \ifdefstring{\@glo@types}{,}%
+ {%
+ \GlossariesWarningNoLine{No glossaries have been defined}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \GlossariesWarningNoLine{No \string\printglossary\space
+ or \string\printglossaries\space
+ found. ^^J(Remove \string\makeglossaries\space if you
+ don't want any glossaries.) ^^JThis document will not
+ have a glossary}%
+ }%
+}%
\AtEndDocument{%
\warn@nomakeglossaries
\warn@noprintglossary
@@ -36285,7 +45805,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel,nameref}[nolabel]{%
\let\@gls@getgrouptitle\@gls@noidx@getgrouptitle
\let\gls@checkseeallowed\relax
\renewcommand{\@do@seeglossary}[2]{%
- \edef\@gls@label{\glsdetoklabel{##1}}%
+ \protected@edef\@gls@label{\glsdetoklabel{##1}}%
\protected@write\@auxout{}{%
\string\@gls@reference
{\csname glo@\@gls@label @type\endcsname}%
@@ -36505,9 +46025,9 @@ you
\newcommand*{\gls@romanpage}{\romannumeral\c@page}
\newcommand*{\gls@Romanpage}{\@Roman\c@page}
\newcommand*{\glsaddprotectedpagefmt}[1]{%
- \eappto\gls@protected@pagefmts{,\expandonce{\csname gls#1page\endcsname}}%
+ \protected@eappto\gls@protected@pagefmts{,\expandonce{\csname gls#1page\endcsname}}%
\csedef{gls#1page}{\expandonce{\csname#1\endcsname}\noexpand\c@page}%
- \eappto\@wrglossarynumberhook{%
+ \protected@eappto\@wrglossarynumberhook{%
\noexpand\let\expandonce{\csname org@gls#1\endcsname}%
\expandonce{\csname#1\endcsname}%
\noexpand\def\expandonce{\csname#1\endcsname}{%
@@ -36539,7 +46059,7 @@ you
}%
\@do@gls@getcounterprefix
\fi
- \edef\@gls@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \protected@edef\@gls@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
\@@do@@wrglossary
}
\newif\ifglswrallowprimitivemods
@@ -36586,7 +46106,7 @@ you
}%
\@do@gls@getcounterprefix
\fi
- \edef\@gls@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \protected@edef\@gls@label{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
\@@do@@wrglossary
}
\newcommand*{\@@do@@wrglossary}{%
@@ -36693,7 +46213,7 @@ you
\newcommand*{\gls@save@numberlist}[1]{%
\ifglssavenumberlist
\toks@{#1}%
- \edef\@do@writeaux@info{%
+ \protected@edef\@do@writeaux@info{%
\noexpand\csgdef{glo@\glscurrententrylabel @numberlist}{\the\toks@}%
}%
\@onelevel@sanitize\@do@writeaux@info
@@ -36774,11 +46294,11 @@ you
\let\gls@org@glossaryentryfield\glossentry
\let\gls@org@glossarysubentryfield\subglossentry
\renewcommand{\glossentry}[1]{%
- \xdef\glscurrententrylabel{\glsdetoklabel{##1}}%
+ \protected@xdef\glscurrententrylabel{\glsdetoklabel{##1}}%
\gls@org@glossaryentryfield{##1}%
}%
\renewcommand{\subglossentry}[2]{%
- \xdef\glscurrententrylabel{\glsdetoklabel{##2}}%
+ \protected@xdef\glscurrententrylabel{\glsdetoklabel{##2}}%
\gls@org@glossarysubentryfield{##1}{##2}%
}%
\@gls@preglossaryhook
@@ -36837,7 +46357,7 @@ you
\glosortentrieswarning
\def\@glo@sortinglist{}%
\def\@glo@sortinghandler{#1}%
- \edef\@glo@type{#2}%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@type{#2}%
\forlistcsloop{\@glo@do@sortentries}{@glsref@#2}%
\csdef{@glsref@#2}{}%
\@for\@this@label:=\@glo@sortinglist\do{%
@@ -36875,7 +46395,7 @@ you
\newcommand*{\@glo@do@sortentries}[1]{%
\ifglshasparent{#1}%
{%
- \edef\@glo@parent{\csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@parent}}%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@parent{\csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@parent}}%
\ifcsundef{@glo@sortingchildren@\@glo@parent}%
{%
\csdef{@glo@sortingchildren@\@glo@parent}{}%
@@ -37266,7 +46786,7 @@ you
}
\newcommand*{\glsstepsubentry}[1]{%
\ifglssubentrycounter
- \edef\currentglssubentry{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
+ \protected@edef\currentglssubentry{\glsdetoklabel{#1}}%
\refstepcounter{glossarysubentry}%
\label{\GlsEntryCounterLabelPrefix\currentglssubentry}%
\fi
@@ -37528,8 +47048,8 @@ you
\def\@gls@removespaces#1 #2\@nil{%
\toks@=\expandafter{\the\toks@#1}%
\ifx\\#2\\%
- \edef\x{\the\toks@}%
- \ifx\x\empty
+ \edef\@gls@x{\the\toks@}%
+ \ifx\@gls@x\empty
\else
\hyperlink{\glsentrycounter\@glo@counterprefix\the\toks@}%
{\the\toks@}%
@@ -38207,7 +47727,25 @@ you
\let\gls@assign@firstpl\@org@gls@assign@firstpl
\let\gls@assign@plural\@org@gls@assign@plural
\let\gls@assign@symbolplural\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural
+ \@@gls@noexpand@assign@default@plurals
+}
+\newcommand*{\@@gls@noexpand@assign@default@plurals}{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname glo@\the\glslabeltok @plural\endcsname\@@gls@@default@acr@plural
+ \csxdef{glo@\the\glslabeltok @plural}{\expandonce\@glo@shortpl}%
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname glo@\the\glslabeltok @firstpl\endcsname\@@gls@@default@acr@firstplural
+ \csxdef{glo@\the\glslabeltok @firstpl}{%
+ \expandonce\@glo@longpl\glsspace(\expandonce\@glo@shortpl)}%
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname glo@\the\glslabeltok @descplural\endcsname\@@gls@@default@acr@descplural
+ \csxdef{glo@\the\glslabeltok @descplural}{\expandonce\@glo@longpl}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\@@gls@@default@acr@plural}{\expandonce\@glo@shortpl}
+\newcommand*{\@@gls@@default@acr@firstplural}{%
+ \expandonce\@glo@longpl\glsspace(\expandonce\@glo@shortpl)%
}
+\newcommand*{\@@gls@@default@acr@descplural}{\expandonce\@glo@longpl}
\newcommand*{\SetDefaultAcronymStyle}{%
\@for\@gls@type:=\@glsacronymlists\do{%
\SetDefaultAcronymDisplayStyle{\@gls@type}%
@@ -38298,6 +47836,18 @@ you
\let\gls@assign@symbolplural\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural
}
\newcommand*{\SetDescriptionFootnoteAcronymStyle}{%
+ \ifglsacrsmallcaps
+ \@gls@deprecated@acr@warning{footnote,smallcaps,description}%
+ {footnote-sc-desc}{short-sc-footnote-desc}%
+ \else
+ \ifglsacrsmaller
+ \@gls@deprecated@acr@warning{footnote,smaller,description}%
+ {footnote-sm-desc}{short-sm-footnote-desc}%
+ \else
+ \@gls@deprecated@acr@warning{footnote,description}%
+ {footnote-desc}{short-footnote-desc}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
\renewcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{%
\ifx\@glsacronymlists\@empty
\def\@glo@type{\acronymtype}%
@@ -38378,6 +47928,7 @@ you
can't both be set}{}%
\fi
\fi
+ \@gls@deprecated@acr@warning{dua,description}{dua-desc}{long-noshort-desc}%
\renewcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{%
\ifx\@glsacronymlists\@empty
\def\@glo@type{\acronymtype}%
@@ -38467,6 +48018,18 @@ you
\let\gls@assign@symbolplural\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural
}
\newcommand*{\SetDescriptionAcronymStyle}{%
+ \ifglsacrsmallcaps
+ \@gls@deprecated@acr@warning{smallcaps,description}%
+ {long-sc-short-desc}{long-short-sc-desc}%
+ \else
+ \ifglsacrsmaller
+ \@gls@deprecated@acr@warning{smaller,description}%
+ {long-sm-short-desc}{long-short-sm-desc}%
+ \else
+ \@gls@deprecated@acr@warning{description}%
+ {long-short-desc}{long-short-desc}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
\renewcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{%
\ifx\@glsacronymlists\@empty
\def\@glo@type{\acronymtype}%
@@ -38559,6 +48122,15 @@ you
\let\gls@assign@descplural\@org@gls@assign@descplural
}
\newcommand*{\SetFootnoteAcronymStyle}{%
+ \ifglsacrsmallcaps
+ \@gls@deprecated@acr@warning{footnote,smallcaps}{footnote-sc}{short-sc-footnote}%
+ \else
+ \ifglsacrsmaller
+ \@gls@deprecated@acr@warning{footnote,smaller}{footnote-sm}{short-sm-footnote}%
+ \else
+ \@gls@deprecated@acr@warning{footnote}{footnote}{short-footnote}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
\renewcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{%
\ifx\@glsacronymlists\@empty
\def\@glo@type{\acronymtype}%
@@ -38678,6 +48250,11 @@ you
\let\gls@assign@symbolplural\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural
}
\newcommand*{\SetSmallAcronymStyle}{%
+ \ifglsacrsmallcaps
+ \@gls@deprecated@acr@warning{smallcaps}{long-sc-short}{long-short-sc}%
+ \else
+ \@gls@deprecated@acr@warning{smaller}{long-sm-short}{long-short-sm}%
+ \fi
\renewcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{%
\ifx\@glsacronymlists\@empty
\def\@glo@type{\acronymtype}%
@@ -38758,6 +48335,7 @@ you
\let\gls@assign@descplural\@org@gls@assign@descplural
}
\newcommand*{\SetDUAStyle}{%
+ \@gls@deprecated@acr@warning{dua}{dua}{long-noshort}%
\renewcommand{\newacronym}[4][]{%
\ifx\@glsacronymlists\@empty
\def\@glo@type{\acronymtype}%
@@ -38776,6 +48354,12 @@ you
\SetDUADisplayStyle{\@gls@type}%
}%
}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@deprecated@acr@warning}[3]{%
+ \GlossariesWarning{Acronym style option #1 deprecated.
+ Use \string\setacronymstyle{#2} with just glossaries.sty or
+ use \string\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{#3} with
+ glossaries-extra.sty}%
+}
\newcommand*{\SetAcronymStyle}{%
\SetDefaultAcronymStyle
\ifglsacrdescription
@@ -38857,7 +48441,7 @@ you
\SetCustomDisplayStyle{\@gls@type}%
}%
}
-\RequirePackage{glossary-hypernav}
+\RequirePackage{glossary-hypernav}[=v4.49]
\@gls@loadlist
\@gls@loadlong
\@gls@loadsuper
@@ -38966,35 +48550,6201 @@ you
\expandafter\show\csname glolist@#1\endcsname
}
\csname ifglscompatible-2.07\endcsname
- \RequirePackage{glossaries-compatible-207}
+ \RequirePackage{glossaries-compatible-207}[=v4.49]
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%</glossaries-2020-03-19.sty>
+%</glossaries-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*glossaries-accsupp-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\subsection{Rollback v4.49 (glossaries-accsupp-2021-11-01.sty)}
+% Version 4.49 preserved for rollback.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-accsupp}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)
+ Experimental glossaries accessibility]
+\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{glossaries}}
+\ProcessOptions
+\@ifpackageloaded{glossaries-extra}
+{%
+ \ifx\@glsxtr@doaccsupp\empty
+ \GlossariesWarning{The `glossaries-accsupp'
+ package has been loaded\MessageBreak
+ after the `glossaries-extra' package. This\MessageBreak
+ can cause a failure to integrate both packages. \MessageBreak
+ Either use the `accsupp' option when you load\MessageBreak
+ `glossaries-extra' or load `glossaries-accsupp'\MessageBreak
+ before loading `glossaries-extra'}%
+ \fi
+}
+{}
+\def\compatibleglossentry#1#2{%
+ \toks@{#2}%
+ \protected@edef\@do@glossentry{%
+ \noexpand\accsuppglossaryentryfield{#1}%
+ {\noexpand\glsnamefont
+ {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@name\endcsname}}%
+ {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@desc\endcsname}%
+ {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@symbol\endcsname}%
+ {\the\toks@}%
+ }%
+ \@do@glossentry
+}
+\def\compatiblesubglossentry#1#2#3{%
+ \toks@{#3}%
+ \protected@edef\@do@subglossentry{%
+ \noexpand\accsuppglossarysubentryfield{\number#1}%
+ {#2}%
+ {\noexpand\glsnamefont
+ {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@name\endcsname}}%
+ {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@desc\endcsname}%
+ {\expandafter\expandonce\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@symbol\endcsname}%
+ {\the\toks@}%
+ }%
+ \@do@subglossentry
+}
+\RequirePackage{glossaries}[=v4.49]
+\providecommand{\gls@accsupp@engine}{accsupp}
+\providecommand{\gls@accessibility}[4]{#4}
+\ifdefstring\gls@accsupp@engine{accsupp}
+{
+ \RequirePackage{accsupp}
+ \renewcommand{\gls@accessibility}[4]{%
+ \BeginAccSupp{#1,#2={#3}}#4\EndAccSupp{}%
+ }
+}
+{}
+\newcommand{\glsaccessibility}[4][]{%
+ \@glsshowaccsupp{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \gls@accessibility{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{access}{%
+ \def\@glo@access{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{textaccess}{%
+ \def\@glo@textaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{firstaccess}{%
+ \def\@glo@firstaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{pluralaccess}{%
+ \def\@glo@pluralaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{firstpluralaccess}{%
+ \def\@glo@firstpluralaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{symbolaccess}{%
+ \def\@glo@symbolaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{symbolpluralaccess}{%
+ \def\@glo@symbolpluralaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{descriptionaccess}{%
+ \def\@glo@descaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{descriptionpluralaccess}{%
+ \def\@glo@descpluralaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{shortaccess}{%
+ \def\@glo@shortaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{shortpluralaccess}{%
+ \def\@glo@shortpluralaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{longaccess}{%
+ \def\@glo@longaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{longpluralaccess}{%
+ \def\@glo@longpluralaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{user1access}{%
+ \def\@glo@useriaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{user2access}{%
+ \def\@glo@useriiaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{user3access}{%
+ \def\@glo@useriiiaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{user4access}{%
+ \def\@glo@userivaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{user5access}{%
+ \def\@glo@uservaccess{#1}%
+}
+\define@key{glossentry}{user6access}{%
+ \def\@glo@userviaccess{#1}%
+}
+\appto\@gls@keymap{,%
+ {access}{access},%
+ {textaccess}{textaccess},%
+ {firstaccess}{firstaccess},%
+ {pluralaccess}{pluralaccess},%
+ {firstpluralaccess}{firstpluralaccess},%
+ {symbolaccess}{symbolaccess},%
+ {symbolpluralaccess}{symbolpluralaccess},%
+ {descaccess}{descaccess},%
+ {descpluralaccess}{descpluralaccess},%
+ {shortaccess}{shortaccess},%
+ {shortpluralaccess}{shortpluralaccess},%
+ {longaccess}{longaccess},%
+ {longpluralaccess}{longpluralaccess},%
+ {user1access}{useriaccess},%
+ {user2access}{useriiaccess},%
+ {user3access}{useriiiaccess},%
+ {user4access}{userivaccess},%
+ {user5access}{uservaccess},%
+ {user6access}{userviaccess}%
+}
+\def\@gls@noaccess{\relax}
+\let\@gls@oldnewglossaryentryprehook\@newglossaryentryprehook
+\renewcommand*{\@newglossaryentryprehook}{%
+ \@gls@oldnewglossaryentryprehook
+ \def\@glo@access{\relax}%
+ \def\@glo@textaccess{\@glo@access}%
+ \def\@glo@firstaccess{\@glo@access}%
+ \def\@glo@pluralaccess{\@glo@textaccess}%
+ \def\@glo@firstpluralaccess{\@glo@pluralaccess}%
+ \def\@glo@symbolaccess{\relax}%
+ \def\@glo@symbolpluralaccess{\@glo@symbolaccess}%
+ \def\@glo@descaccess{\relax}%
+ \def\@glo@descpluralaccess{\@glo@descaccess}%
+ \def\@glo@shortaccess{\relax}%
+ \def\@glo@shortpluralaccess{\@glo@shortaccess}%
+ \def\@glo@longaccess{\relax}%
+ \def\@glo@longpluralaccess{\@glo@longaccess}%
+ \def\@glo@useriaccess{\relax}%
+ \def\@glo@useriiaccess{\relax}%
+ \def\@glo@useriiiaccess{\relax}%
+ \def\@glo@userivaccess{\relax}%
+ \def\@glo@uservaccess{\relax}%
+ \def\@glo@userviaccess{\relax}%
+}
+\let\@gls@oldnewglossaryentryposthook\@newglossaryentryposthook
+\renewcommand*{\@newglossaryentryposthook}{%
+ \@gls@oldnewglossaryentryposthook
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @access\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@access}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @textaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@textaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @firstaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@firstaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @pluralaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@pluralaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @firstpluralaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@firstpluralaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @symbolaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@symbolaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @symbolpluralaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@symbolpluralaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @descaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@descaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @descpluralaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@descpluralaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @shortaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@shortaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @shortpluralaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@shortpluralaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @longaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@longaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @longpluralaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@longpluralaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @useriaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@useriaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @useriiaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@useriiaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @useriiiaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@useriiiaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @userivaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@userivaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @uservaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@uservaccess}%
+ \expandafter
+ \protected@xdef\csname glo@\@glo@label @userviaccess\endcsname{%
+ \@glo@userviaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{access}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentrytextaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{textaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryfirstaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{firstaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentrypluralaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{pluralaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryfirstpluralaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{firstpluralaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentrysymbolaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{symbolaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentrysymbolpluralaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{symbolpluralaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentrydescaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{descaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentrydescpluralaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{descpluralaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryshortaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{shortaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryshortpluralaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{shortpluralaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentrylongaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{longaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentrylongpluralaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{longpluralaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryuseriaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{useriaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryuseriiaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{useriiaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryuseriiiaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{useriiiaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryuserivaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{userivaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryuservaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{uservaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryuserviaccess}[1]{%
+ \@gls@entry@field{#1}{userviaccess}%
+}
+\newcommand{\glsfieldaccsupp}[4]{%
+ \ifdef\glscategory
+ {%
+ \ifcsdef{glsxtr\glscategory{#4}#3accsupp}%
+ {\csname glsxtr\glscategory{#4}#3accsupp\endcsname{#1}{#2}}%
+ {%
+ \ifcsdef{glsxtr\glscategory{#4}accsupp}%
+ {\csname glsxtr\glscategory{#4}accsupp\endcsname{#1}{#2}}%
+ {%
+ \ifcsdef{gls#3accsupp}%
+ {\csname gls#3accsupp\endcsname{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\glsaccsupp{#1}{#2}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifcsdef{gls#3accsupp}%
+ {\csname gls#3accsupp\endcsname{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\glsaccsupp{#1}{#2}}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand{\xglsfieldaccsupp}[1]{%
+ \protected@edef\@gls@replacementtext{#1}%
+ \expandafter\glsfieldaccsupp\expandafter{\@gls@replacementtext}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsshortaccsupp}[2]{\glsaccessibility{E}{#1}{#2}}
+\newcommand*{\glsshortplaccsupp}{\glsshortaccsupp}
+\newcommand*{\glsaccsupp}[2]{\glsaccessibility{ActualText}{#1}{#2}}
+\newcommand*{\xglsaccsupp}[2]{%
+ \protected@edef\@gls@replacementtext{#1}%
+ \expandafter\glsaccsupp\expandafter{\@gls@replacementtext}{#2}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@access@display}[2]{%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@access{#2}%
+ \ifx\@glo@access\@gls@noaccess
+ #1%
+ \else
+ \xglsaccsupp{\@glo@access}{#1}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@fieldaccess@display}[4]{%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@access{#4}%
+ \ifdefequal\@glo@access\@gls@noaccess
+ {#3}%
+ {\expandafter\glsfieldaccsupp\expandafter{\@glo@access}{#3}{#2}{#1}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsnameaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@access}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{name}{#1}{\glsentryaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glstextaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@textaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{text}{#1}{\glsentrytextaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glspluralaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@pluralaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{plural}{#1}{\glsentrypluralaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsfirstaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@firstaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{first}{#1}{\glsentryfirstaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@firstpluralaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{firstpl}{#1}{\glsentryfirstpluralaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glssymbolaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@symbolaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{symbol}{#1}{\glsentrysymbolaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@symbolpluralaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{symbolplural}{#1}{\glsentrysymbolpluralaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@descaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{desc}{#1}{\glsentrydescaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@descpluralaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{descplural}{#1}{\glsentrydescpluralaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsshortaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@shortaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{short}{#1}{\glsentryshortaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@shortpluralaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{shortpl}{#1}{\glsentryshortpluralaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glslongaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@longaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{long}{#1}{\glsentrylongaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glslongpluralaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@longpluralaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{longpl}{#1}{\glsentrylongpluralaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsuseriaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@useriaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{useri}{#1}{\glsentryuseriaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsuseriiaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@useriiaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{userii}{#1}{\glsentryuseriiaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsuseriiiaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@useriiiaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{useriii}{#1}{\glsentryuseriiiaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsuserivaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@userivaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{useriv}{#1}{\glsentryuserivaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsuservaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@uservaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{userv}{#1}{\glsentryuservaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsuserviaccessdisplay}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#2}@userviaccess}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\@gls@fieldaccess@display{#2}{uservi}{#1}{\glsentryuserviaccess{#2}}}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsaccessdisplay}[3]{%
+ \ifcsundef{gls#1accessdisplay}%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries-accsupp}{No accessibility support
+ for key `#1'}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \csname gls#1accessdisplay\endcsname{#2}{#3}%
+ }%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\@@gls@default@entryfmt}[2]{%
+ \ifdefempty\glscustomtext
+ {%
+ \glsifplural
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ #2{\glspluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentryplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}
+ {\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ #1{\glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ #2{\glspluralaccessdisplay
+ {\Glsentryplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ #1{\glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\Glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \MakeUppercase{%
+ #2{\glspluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentryplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsinsert}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \MakeUppercase{%
+ #1{\glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrydescplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrysymbolplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsinsert}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ #2{\glstextaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrytext{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glssymbolaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ #1{\glsfirstaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentryfirst{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glssymbolaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ #2{\glstextaccessdisplay
+ {\Glsentrytext{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glssymbolaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ #1{\glsfirstaccessdisplay
+ {\Glsentryfirst{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glssymbolaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \MakeUppercase{%
+ #2{\glstextaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrytext{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glssymbolaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsinsert}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \MakeUppercase{%
+ #1{\glsfirstaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentryfirst{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glssymbolaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsinsert}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{\glslabel}%
+ {%
+ #2{\glscustomtext}%
+ {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glssymbolaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ #1{\glscustomtext}%
+ {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glssymbolaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ {\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\glsgenentryfmt}{%
+ \ifdefempty\glscustomtext
+ {%
+ \glsifplural
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \glspluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentryplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}%
+ \glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}%
+ \glsinsert
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \glspluralaccessdisplay
+ {\Glsentryplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}%
+ \glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\Glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}%
+ \glsinsert
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \glspluralaccessdisplay
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryplural{\glslabel}}}%
+ {\glslabel}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsfirstpluralacessdisplay
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirstplural{\glslabel}}}%
+ {\glslabel}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \glstextaccessdisplay{\glsentrytext{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}%
+ \glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsfirstaccessdisplay{\glsentryfirst{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}%
+ \glsinsert
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \glstextaccessdisplay{\Glsentrytext{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}%
+ \glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsfirstaccessdisplay{\Glsentryfirst{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}%
+ \glsinsert
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \glstextaccessdisplay
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrytext{\glslabel}}}{\glslabel}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsfirstaccessdisplay
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirst{\glslabel}}}{\glslabel}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glscustomtext\glsinsert
+ }%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\glsgenacfmt}{%
+ \ifdefempty\glscustomtext
+ {%
+ \ifglsused\glslabel
+ {%
+ \glsifplural
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \acronymfont
+ {\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentryshortpl{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ \glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \acronymfont
+ {\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\Glsentryshortpl{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ \glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\acronymfont
+ {\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentryshortpl{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ \glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \acronymfont
+ {\glsshortaccessdisplay{\glsentryshort{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ \glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \acronymfont
+ {\glsshortaccessdisplay{\Glsentryshort{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ \glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\acronymfont{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay{\glsentryshort{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}}%
+ \glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsifplural
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \genplacrfullformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \Genplacrfullformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\genplacrfullformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \genacrfullformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \Genacrfullformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\genacrfullformat{\glslabel}{\glsinsert}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glscustomtext
+ }%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{#1}}{#1}#2\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{#1}}}{#1})%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\Genacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\Glsentrylong{#1}}{#1}#2\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\protect\firstacronymfont{\Glsentryshort{#1}}}{#1})%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrylongpl{#1}}{#1}#2\space
+ (\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{#1}}}{#1})%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\Genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\Glsentrylongpl{#1}}{#1}#2\space
+ (\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{#1}}}{#1})%
+}
+\def\@acrshort#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\glsshortaccessdisplay{\glsentryshort{#2}}{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\def\@Acrshort#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@secondofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\glsshortaccessdisplay{\Glsentryshort{#2}}{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\def\@ACRshort#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@thirdofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\glsshortaccessdisplay
+ {\MakeUppercase{\glsentryshort{#2}}}{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\def\@acrlong#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{#2}}{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\def\@Acrlong#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\glslongaccessdisplay{\Glsentrylong{#2}}{#2}}#3%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\def\@ACRlong#1#2[#3]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \let\do@gls@link@checkfirsthyper\relax
+ \let\glsifplural\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glscapscase\@firstofthree
+ \let\glsinsert\@empty
+ \def\glscustomtext{%
+ \acronymfont{\glslongaccessdisplay{%
+ \MakeUppercase{\glsentrylong{#2}}}{#2}#3}%
+ }%
+ \@gls@link[#1]{#2}{\csname gls@\glstype @entryfmt\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ \glspostlinkhook
+}
+\def\@glstext@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glstextaccessdisplay{\glsentrytext{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glstext@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glstextaccessdisplay{\Glsentrytext{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLStext@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glstextaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrytext{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glsfirst@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsfirstaccessdisplay{\glsentryfirst{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glsfirst@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsfirstaccessdisplay{\Glsentryfirst{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSfirst@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glsfirstaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirst{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glsplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glspluralaccessdisplay{\glsentryplural{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glsplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glspluralaccessdisplay{\Glsentryplural{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glspluralaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryplural{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glsfirstplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentryfirstplural{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@glsfirstplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay{\Glsentryfirstplural{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSfirstplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glsfirstpluralaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryfirstplural{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glsname@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsnameaccessdisplay{\glsentryname{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glsname@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsnameaccessdisplay{\Glsentryname{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSname@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glsnameaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryname{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glsdesc@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay{\glsentrydesc{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glsdesc@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay{\Glsentrydesc{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSdesc@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrydesc{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glsdescplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrydescplural{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glsdescplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay{\Glsentrydescplural{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSdescplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glsdescriptionpluralaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrydescplural{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glssymbol@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glssymbolaccessdisplay{\glsentrysymbol{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glssymbol@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glssymbolaccessdisplay{\Glsentrysymbol{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSsymbol@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glssymbolaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrysymbol{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glssymbolplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrysymbolplural{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glssymbolplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay{\Glsentrysymbolplural{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSsymbolplural@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glssymbolpluralaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrysymbolplural{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glsuseri@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuseriaccessdisplay{\glsentryuseri{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glsuser@i#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuseriaccessdisplay{\Glsentryuseri{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSuseri@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glsuseriaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuseri{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glsuserii@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuseriiaccessdisplay{\glsentryuserii{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glsuser@i#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuseriiaccessdisplay{\Glsentryuserii{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSuserii@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glsuseriiaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuserii{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glsuseriii@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuseriiiaccessdisplay{\glsentryuseriii{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glsuser@i#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuseriiiaccessdisplay{\Glsentryuseriii{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSuseriii@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glsuseriiiaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuseriii{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glsuseriv@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuserivaccessdisplay{\glsentryuseriv{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glsuser@i#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuserivaccessdisplay{\Glsentryuseriv{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSuseriv@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glsuserivaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuseriv{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glsuserv@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuservaccessdisplay{\glsentryuserv{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glsuser@i#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuservaccessdisplay{\Glsentryuserv{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSuserv@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glsuservaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuserv{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\def\@glsuservi@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuserviaccessdisplay{\glsentryuservi{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@Glsuser@i#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}{\glsuserviaccessdisplay{\Glsentryuservi{#2}}{#2}#3}%
+}
+\def\@GLSuservi@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@gls@field@link{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glsuserviaccessdisplay{\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryuservi{#2}}}{#2}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{#3}}%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\glossentryname}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glsnamefont{\glsnameaccessdisplay{\glsentryname{#1}}{#1}}%
+ }%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\glossentryname}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glsnamefont{\glsnameaccessdisplay{\Glsentryname{#1}}{#1}}%
+ }%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\glossentrydesc}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glsdescriptionaccessdisplay{\glsentrydesc{#1}}{#1}%
+ }%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\Glossentrydesc}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glsdescriptionaccessdisplay{\Glsentrydesc{#1}}{#1}%
+ }%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\glossentrysymbol}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glssymbolaccessdisplay{\glsentrysymbol{#1}}{#1}%
+ }%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\Glossentrysymbol}[1]{%
+ \glsdoifexists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \glssymbolaccessdisplay{\Glsentrysymbol{#1}}{#1}%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\accsuppglossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \glossaryentryfield{#1}%
+ {\glsnameaccessdisplay{#2}{#1}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay{#3}{#1}}%
+ {\glssymbolaccessdisplay{#4}{#1}}{#5}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\accsuppglossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ \glossarysubentryfield{#1}{#2}%
+ {\glsnameaccessdisplay{#3}{#2}}%
+ {\glsdescriptionaccessdisplay{#4}{#2}}%
+ {\glssymbolaccessdisplay{#5}{#2}}{#6}%
+}
+\renewacronymstyle{long-short}%
+{%
+ \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}%
+}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{description={\the\glslongtok}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1}##2\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay
+ {\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Genacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\Glsentrylong{##1}}{##1}##2\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay
+ {\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrylongpl{##1}}{##1}##2\space
+ (\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}}}{##1})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\Glsentrylongpl{##1}}{##1}##2\space
+ (\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}}}{##1})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1}}
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##1}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{##1}%
+ \renewcommand*{\firstacronymfont}[1]{\acronymfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+}
+\renewacronymstyle{short-long}%
+{%
+ \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}%
+}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{description={\the\glslongtok}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay
+ {\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1}##2\space
+ (\glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Genacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay
+ {\protect\firstacronymfont{\Glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1}##2\space
+ (\glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}}}{##1}##2\space
+ (\glslongpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrylongpl{##1}}{##1})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\protect\firstacronymfont{\Glsentryshortpl{##1}}}{##1}##2\space
+ (\glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrylongpl{##1}}{##1})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##1}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{##1}%
+ \renewcommand*{\firstacronymfont}[1]{\acronymfont{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+}
+\renewacronymstyle{long-short-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{long-short}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{long-short}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1}\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1})}%
+}
+\renewacronymstyle{long-sc-short-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{long-sc-short}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{long-sc-short}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1}\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1})}%
+}
+\renewacronymstyle{long-sm-short-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{long-sm-short}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{long-sm-short}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1}\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1})}%
+}
+\renewacronymstyle{short-long-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{short-long}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{short-long}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1}\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1})}%
+}
+\renewacronymstyle{sc-short-long-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{sc-short-long}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{sc-short-long}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1}\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1})}%
+}
+\renewacronymstyle{sm-short-long-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{sm-short-long}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{sm-short-long}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1}\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1})}%
+}
+\renewacronymstyle{dua}%
+{%
+ \ifdefempty\glscustomtext
+ {%
+ \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}%
+ {%
+ \glsifplural
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrylongpl{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}%
+ \glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\Glsentrylongpl{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}%
+ \glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylongpl{\glslabel}}}{\glslabel}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glscapscase
+ {%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}\glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\Glsentrylong{\glslabel}}{\glslabel}\glsinsert
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\glsentrylong{\glslabel}\glsinsert}}{\glslabel}%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsinsert}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \glsgenentryfmt
+ }%
+ }%
+ {\glscustomtext\glsinsert}%
+}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{description={\the\glslongtok}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##2}}{##2}##3\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}}}{##2})}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Acrfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\Glsentrylong{##2}}{##2}##3\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}}}{##2})}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\ACRfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylong{##2}}{##2}##3\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}}}{##2})}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\glsentrylongpl{##2}}{##2}##3\space
+ (\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}}}{##2})}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\Glsentrylongpl{##2}}{##2}##3\space
+ (\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}}}{##2})}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\ACRfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentrylongpl{##2}}{##2}##3\space
+ (\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}}}{##2})}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsentryfull}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsentryfull}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\Glsentrylong{##1}}{##1}\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsentryfullpl}[1]{%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrylongpl{##1}}{##1}\space
+ (\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}}}{##1})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsentryfullpl}[1]{%
+ \glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\Glsentrylongpl{##1}}{##1}\space
+ (\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}}}{##1})%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##1}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{##1}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+}
+\renewacronymstyle{dua-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{dua}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{dua}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentrylong{##1}}}{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+}%
+\renewacronymstyle{footnote}%
+{%
+ \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}%
+}%
+{%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{description={\the\glslongtok}}%
+ \glshyperfirstfalse
+ \renewcommand*{\genacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay
+ {\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1}##2%
+ \protect\footnote{\glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1}}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Genacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay
+ {\firstacronymfont{\Glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1}##2%
+ \protect\footnote{\glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1}}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\protect\firstacronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}}}{##1}##2%
+ \protect\footnote{\glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrylongpl{##1}}{##1}}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\Genplacrfullformat}[2]{%
+ \glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\protect\firstacronymfont{\Glsentryshortpl{##1}}}{##1}##2%
+ \protect\footnote{\glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrylongpl{##1}}{##1}}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##1}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{##1}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}}}{##2}##3\space
+ (\glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##2}}{##2})}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Acrfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\Glsentryshort{##2}}}{##2}##3\space
+ (\glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##2}}{##2})}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\ACRfullfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}}}{##2}##3\space
+ (\glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##2}}{##2})}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}}}{##2}##3\space
+ (\glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrylongpl{##2}}{##2})}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Acrfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\acronymfont{\Glsentryshortpl{##2}}}{##2}##3\space
+ (\glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrylongpl{##2}})}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\ACRfullplfmt}[3]{%
+ \glslink[##1]{##2}{%
+ \glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase
+ {\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}}}{##2}##3\space
+ (\glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrylongpl{##2}}{##2})}}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsentryfull}[1]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1}\space
+ (\glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1})}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsentryfull}[1]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\Glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1}\space
+ (\glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1})}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsentryfullpl}[1]{%
+ \glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}}}{##1}\space
+ (\glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrylongpl{##1}}{##1})}%
+ \renewcommand*{\Glsentryfullpl}[1]{%
+ \glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\acronymfont{\Glsentryshortpl{##1}}}{##1}\space
+ (\glslongpluralaccessdisplay{\glsentrylongpl{##1}}{##1})}%
+}
+\renewacronymstyle{footnote-sc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{footnote}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{footnote}%
+ \renewcommand{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1}}
+ \renewcommand{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsc{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}}%
+}%
+\renewacronymstyle{footnote-sm}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{footnote}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{footnote}%
+ \renewcommand{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1}}
+ \renewcommand{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsmaller{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}%
+}%
+\renewacronymstyle{footnote-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{footnote}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{footnote}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1}\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1})}%
+}
+\renewacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{footnote-sc}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{footnote-sc}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1}\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1})}%
+}
+\renewacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{footnote-sm}%
+}%
+{%
+ \GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{footnote-sm}%
+ \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
+ \glslongaccessdisplay{\glsentrylong{##1}}{##1}\space
+ (\glsshortaccessdisplay{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##1}}}{##1})}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsdefaultshortaccess}[2]{#1}
+\renewcommand*{\newacronymhook}{%
+ \protected@edef\@gls@keylist{%
+ shortaccess={\glsdefaultshortaccess{\the\glslongtok}{\the\glsshorttok}},%
+ shortpluralaccess={\glsdefaultshortaccess{\the\glslongtok}{\the\glsshorttok}},%
+ \the\glskeylisttok}%
+ \expandafter\glskeylisttok\expandafter{\@gls@keylist}%
+}
+\renewcommand*{\DefaultNewAcronymDef}{%
+ \edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
+ \noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ {%
+ type=\acronymtype,%
+ name={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ description={\the\glslongtok},%
+ descriptionaccess=\relax,
+ text={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ access={\noexpand\@glo@textaccess},%
+ sort={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ short={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ shortplural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ shortaccess={\glsdefaultshortaccess{\the\glslongtok}{\the\glsshorttok}},%
+ long={\the\glslongtok},%
+ longplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ descriptionplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ first={\noexpand\glslongaccessdisplay
+ {\the\glslongtok}{\the\glslabeltok}\space
+ (\noexpand\glsshortaccessdisplay
+ {\the\glsshorttok}{\the\glslabeltok})},%
+ plural={\the\glsshorttok\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ firstplural={\noexpand\glslongpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\noexpand\@glo@longpl}{\the\glslabeltok}\space
+ (\noexpand\glsshortpluralaccessdisplay
+ {\noexpand\@glo@shortpl}{\the\glslabeltok})},%
+ firstaccess=\relax,
+ firstpluralaccess=\relax,
+ textaccess={\noexpand\@glo@shortaccess},%
+ \the\glskeylisttok
+ }%
+ }%
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@firstpl\gls@assign@firstpl
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@plural\gls@assign@plural
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@descplural\gls@assign@descplural
+ \def\gls@assign@firstpl##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{firstpl}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\gls@assign@plural##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{plural}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\gls@assign@descplural##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{descplural}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \@do@newglossaryentry
+ \let\gls@assign@firstpl\@org@gls@assign@firstpl
+ \let\gls@assign@plural\@org@gls@assign@plural
+ \let\gls@assign@symbolplural\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural
+ \@@gls@noexpand@assign@default@plurals
+}
+\renewcommand*{\DescriptionFootnoteNewAcronymDef}{%
+ \edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
+ \noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ {%
+ type=\acronymtype,%
+ name={\noexpand\acronymfont{\the\glsshorttok}},%
+ sort={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ text={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ short={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ shortplural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ shortaccess={\glsdefaultshortaccess{\the\glslongtok}{\the\glsshorttok}},%
+ long={\the\glslongtok},%
+ longplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ access={\noexpand\@glo@textaccess},%
+ plural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ symbol={\the\glslongtok},%
+ symbolplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ firstpluralaccess=\relax,
+ textaccess={\noexpand\@glo@shortaccess},%
+ \the\glskeylisttok
+ }%
+ }%
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@firstpl\gls@assign@firstpl
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@plural\gls@assign@plural
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural\gls@assign@symbolplural
+ \def\gls@assign@firstpl##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{firstpl}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\gls@assign@plural##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{plural}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\gls@assign@symbolplural##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{symbolplural}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \@do@newglossaryentry
+ \let\gls@assign@plural\@org@gls@assign@plural
+ \let\gls@assign@firstpl\@org@gls@assign@firstpl
+ \let\gls@assign@symbolplural\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural
+}
+\renewcommand*{\DescriptionNewAcronymDef}{%
+ \edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
+ \noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ {%
+ type=\acronymtype,%
+ name={\noexpand
+ \acrnameformat{\the\glsshorttok}{\the\glslongtok}},%
+ access={\noexpand\@glo@textaccess},%
+ sort={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ short={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ shortplural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ shortaccess={\glsdefaultshortaccess{\the\glslongtok}{\the\glsshorttok}},%
+ long={\the\glslongtok},%
+ longplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ first={\the\glslongtok},%
+ firstaccess=\relax,
+ firstplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ text={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ textaccess={\the\glslongtok},%
+ plural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ symbol={\noexpand\@glo@text},%
+ symbolaccess={\noexpand\@glo@textaccess},%
+ symbolplural={\noexpand\@glo@plural},%
+ firstpluralaccess=\relax,
+ textaccess={\noexpand\@glo@shortaccess},%
+ \the\glskeylisttok}%
+ }%
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@firstpl\gls@assign@firstpl
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@plural\gls@assign@plural
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural\gls@assign@symbolplural
+ \def\gls@assign@firstpl##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{firstpl}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\gls@assign@plural##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{plural}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\gls@assign@symbolplural##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{symbolplural}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \@do@newglossaryentry
+ \let\gls@assign@firstpl\@org@gls@assign@firstpl
+ \let\gls@assign@plural\@org@gls@assign@plural
+ \let\gls@assign@symbolplural\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural
+}
+\renewcommand*{\FootnoteNewAcronymDef}{%
+ \edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
+ \noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ {%
+ type=\acronymtype,%
+ name={\noexpand\acronymfont{\the\glsshorttok}},%
+ sort={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ text={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ textaccess={\the\glslongtok},%
+ access={\noexpand\@glo@textaccess},%
+ plural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ short={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ shortplural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ long={\the\glslongtok},%
+ longplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ description={\the\glslongtok},%
+ descriptionplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ \the\glskeylisttok
+ }%
+ }%
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@plural\gls@assign@plural
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@firstpl\gls@assign@firstpl
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@descplural\gls@assign@descplural
+ \def\gls@assign@firstpl##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{firstpl}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\gls@assign@plural##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{plural}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\gls@assign@descplural##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{descplural}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \@do@newglossaryentry
+ \let\gls@assign@plural\@org@gls@assign@plural
+ \let\gls@assign@firstpl\@org@gls@assign@firstpl
+ \let\gls@assign@descplural\@org@gls@assign@descplural
+}
+\renewcommand*{\SmallNewAcronymDef}{%
+ \edef\@do@newglossaryentry{%
+ \noexpand\newglossaryentry{\the\glslabeltok}%
+ {%
+ type=\acronymtype,%
+ name={\noexpand\acronymfont{\the\glsshorttok}},%
+ access={\noexpand\@glo@symbolaccess},%
+ sort={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ short={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ shortplural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ shortaccess={\glsdefaultshortaccess{\the\glslongtok}{\the\glsshorttok}},%
+ long={\the\glslongtok},%
+ longplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ text={\noexpand\@glo@short},%
+ textaccess={\noexpand\@glo@shortaccess},%
+ plural={\noexpand\@glo@shortpl},%
+ first={\the\glslongtok},%
+ firstaccess=\relax,
+ firstplural={\the\glslongtok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ description={\noexpand\@glo@first},%
+ descriptionplural={\noexpand\@glo@firstplural},%
+ symbol={\the\glsshorttok},%
+ symbolaccess={\the\glslongtok},%
+ symbolplural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix},%
+ \the\glskeylisttok
+ }%
+ }%
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@firstpl\gls@assign@firstpl
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@plural\gls@assign@plural
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@descplural\gls@assign@descplural
+ \let\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural\gls@assign@symbolplural
+ \def\gls@assign@firstpl##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{firstpl}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\gls@assign@plural##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{plural}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\gls@assign@descplural##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{descplural}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\gls@assign@symbolplural##1##2{%
+ \@@gls@expand@field{##1}{symbolplural}{##2}%
+ }%
+ \@do@newglossaryentry
+ \let\gls@assign@firstpl\@org@gls@assign@firstpl
+ \let\gls@assign@plural\@org@gls@assign@plural
+ \let\gls@assign@descplural\@org@gls@assign@descplural
+ \let\gls@assign@symbolplural\@org@gls@assign@symbolplural
+}
+ \newcommand*{\glsshortaccesskey}{\glsshortkey access}%
+ \newcommand*{\glsshortpluralaccesskey}{\glsshortpluralkey access}%
+ \newcommand*{\glslongaccesskey}{\glslongkey access}%
+ \newcommand*{\glslongpluralaccesskey}{\glslongpluralkey access}%
+\newcommand*{\showglonameaccess}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@access\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglotextaccess}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@textaccess\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglopluralaccess}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@pluralaccess\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglofirstaccess}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@firstaccess\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglofirstpluralaccess}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@firstpluralaccess\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglosymbolaccess}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@symbolaccess\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglosymbolpluralaccess}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@symbolpluralaccess\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglodescaccess}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@descaccess\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglodescpluralaccess}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@descpluralaccess\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showgloshortaccess}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@shortaccess\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showgloshortpluralaccess}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@shortpluralaccess\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglolongaccess}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@longaccess\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand*{\showglolongpluralaccess}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\show\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@longpluralaccess\endcsname
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</glossaries-accsupp-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*glossaries-babel-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\subsection{Rollback v4.49 (glossaries-babel-2021-11-01.sty)}
+% Version 4.49 preserved for rollback.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-babel}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
+\RequirePackage{tracklang}
+\let\glsifusetranslator\@secondoftwo
+ \AnyTrackedLanguages
+ {%
+ \ForEachTrackedDialect{\this@dialect}{%
+ \IfTrackedLanguageFileExists{\this@dialect}%
+ {glossaries-}% prefix
+ {.ldf}%
+ {%
+ \RequireGlossariesLang{\CurrentTrackedTag}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageWarningNoLine{glossaries}%
+ {No language module detected for `\this@dialect'.\MessageBreak
+ Language modules need to be installed separately.\MessageBreak
+ Please check on CTAN for a bundle called\MessageBreak
+ `glossaries-\CurrentTrackedLanguage' or similar}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</glossaries-babel-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*glossaries-compatible-207-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+% \subsection{Rollback v4.49 (glossaries-compatible-207-2021-11-01.sty)}
+% Version 4.49 preserved for rollback.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-207}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
+\ifglsxindy
+ \renewcommand*\GlsAddXdyAttribute[1]{%
+ \edef\@xdyattributes{\@xdyattributes ^^J \string"#1\string"}%
+ \expandafter\toks@\expandafter{\@xdylocref}%
+ \edef\@xdylocref{\the\toks@ ^^J%
+ (markup-locref
+ :open \string"\string~n\string\setentrycounter
+ {\noexpand\glscounter}%
+ \expandafter\string\csname#1\endcsname
+ \expandafter\@gobble\string\{\string" ^^J
+ :close \string"\expandafter\@gobble\string\}\string" ^^J
+ :attr \string"#1\string")}}
+\fi
+\renewcommand*\GlsAddXdyCounters[1]{%
+ \GlossariesWarning{\string\GlsAddXdyCounters\space not available
+ in compatibility mode.}%
+}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{glsnumberformat}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textrm}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textsf}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{texttt}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textbf}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textmd}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textit}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textup}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textsl}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textsc}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{emph}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{glshypernumber}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperrm}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hypersf}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hypertt}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbf}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hypermd}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperit}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperup}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hypersl}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hypersc}
+ \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperemph}
+\ifglsxindy
+ \renewcommand*{\GlsAddXdyLocation}[2]{%
+ \edef\@xdyuserlocationdefs{%
+ \@xdyuserlocationdefs ^^J%
+ (define-location-class \string"#1\string"^^J\space\space
+ \space(#2))
+ }%
+ \edef\@xdyuserlocationnames{%
+ \@xdyuserlocationnames^^J\space\space\space
+ \string"#1\string"}%
+ }
+\fi
+\renewcommand{\@do@wrglossary}[1]{%
+\ifglsxindy
+ \expandafter\@glo@check@mkidxrangechar\@glsnumberformat\@nil
+ \def\@glo@range{}%
+ \expandafter\if\@glo@prefix(\relax
+ \def\@glo@range{:open-range}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\if\@glo@prefix)\relax
+ \def\@glo@range{:close-range}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \protected@edef\@glslocref{\theglsentrycounter}%
+ \@gls@checkmkidxchars\@glslocref
+ \glossary[\csname glo@#1@type\endcsname]{%
+ (indexentry :tkey (\csname glo@#1@index\endcsname)
+ :locref \string"\@glslocref\string" %
+ :attr \string"\@glo@suffix\string" \@glo@range
+ )
+ }%
+\else
+ \@set@glo@numformat\@glo@numfmt\@gls@counter\@glsnumberformat
+ \glossary[\csname glo@#1@type\endcsname]{%
+ \string\glossaryentry{\csname glo@#1@index\endcsname
+ \@gls@encapchar\@glo@numfmt}{\theglsentrycounter}}%
+\fi
+}
+\def\@set@glo@numformat#1#2#3{%
+ \expandafter\@glo@check@mkidxrangechar#3\@nil
+ \protected@edef#1{%
+ \@glo@prefix setentrycounter[]{#2}%
+ \expandafter\string\csname\@glo@suffix\endcsname
+ }%
+ \@gls@checkmkidxchars#1%
+}
+\ifglsxindy
+ \def\writeist{%
+ \openout\glswrite=\istfilename
+ \write\glswrite{;; xindy style file created by the glossaries
+ package in compatible-2.07 mode}%
+ \write\glswrite{;; for document '\jobname' on
+ \the\year-\the\month-\the\day}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; required styles^^J}
+ \@for\@xdystyle:=\@xdyrequiredstyles\do{%
+ \ifx\@xdystyle\@empty
+ \else
+ \protected@write\glswrite{}{(require
+ \string"\@xdystyle.xdy\string")}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J%
+ ; list of allowed attributes (number formats)^^J}%
+ \write\glswrite{(define-attributes ((\@xdyattributes)))}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; user defined alphabets^^J}%
+ \write\glswrite{\@xdyuseralphabets}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; location class definitions^^J}%
+ \protected@edef\@gls@roman{\@roman{0\string"
+ \string"roman-numbers-lowercase\string" :sep \string"}}%
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\@gls@roman
+ \edef\@tmp{\string" \string"roman-numbers-lowercase\string"
+ :sep \string"}%
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\@tmp
+ \ifx\@tmp\@gls@roman
+ \write\glswrite{(define-location-class
+ \string"roman-page-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ (\string"roman-numbers-lowercase\string")
+ :min-range-length \@glsminrange)}%
+ \else
+ \write\glswrite{(define-location-class
+ \string"roman-page-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ (:sep "\@gls@roman")
+ :min-range-length \@glsminrange)}%
+ \fi
+ \write\glswrite{(define-location-class
+ \string"Roman-page-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ (\string"roman-numbers-uppercase\string")
+ :min-range-length \@glsminrange)}%
+ \write\glswrite{(define-location-class
+ \string"arabic-page-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ (\string"arabic-numbers\string")
+ :min-range-length \@glsminrange)}%
+ \write\glswrite{(define-location-class
+ \string"alpha-page-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ (\string"alpha\string")
+ :min-range-length \@glsminrange)}%
+ \write\glswrite{(define-location-class
+ \string"Alpha-page-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ (\string"ALPHA\string")
+ :min-range-length \@glsminrange)}%
+ \write\glswrite{(define-location-class
+ \string"Appendix-page-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ (\string"ALPHA\string"
+ :sep \string"\@glsAlphacompositor\string"
+ \string"arabic-numbers\string")
+ :min-range-length \@glsminrange)}%
+ \write\glswrite{(define-location-class
+ \string"arabic-section-numbers\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ (\string"arabic-numbers\string"
+ :sep \string"\glscompositor\string"
+ \string"arabic-numbers\string")
+ :min-range-length \@glsminrange)}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; user defined location classes}%
+ \write\glswrite{\@xdyuserlocationdefs}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; define cross-reference class^^J}%
+ \write\glswrite{(define-crossref-class \string"see\string"
+ :unverified )}%
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-crossref-list
+ :class \string"see\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ :open \string"\string\glsseeformat\string"
+ :close \string"{}\string")}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; define the order of the location classes}%
+ \write\glswrite{(define-location-class-order
+ (\@xdylocationclassorder))}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; define the glossary markup^^J}%
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-index^^J\space\space\space
+ :open \string"\string
+ \glossarysection[\string\glossarytoctitle]{\string
+ \glossarytitle}\string\glossarypreamble\string~n\string\begin
+ {theglossary}\string\glossaryheader\string~n\string" ^^J\space
+ \space\space:close \string"\expandafter\@gobble
+ \string\%\string~n\string
+ \end{theglossary}\string\glossarypostamble
+ \string~n\string" ^^J\space\space\space
+ :tree)}%
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-letter-group-list
+ :sep \string"\string\glsgroupskip\string~n\string")}%
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-indexentry
+ :open \string"\string\relax \string\glsresetentrylist
+ \string~n\string")}%
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-locclass-list :open
+ \string"\glsopenbrace\string\glossaryentrynumbers
+ \glsopenbrace\string\relax\space \string"^^J\space\space\space
+ :sep \string", \string"
+ :close \string"\glsclosebrace\glsclosebrace\string")}%
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-locref-list
+ :sep \string"\string\delimN\space\string")}%
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-range
+ :sep \string"\string\delimR\space\string")}%
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\gls@suffixF
+ \@onelevel@sanitize\gls@suffixFF
+ \ifx\gls@suffixF\@empty
+ \else
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-range
+ :close "\gls@suffixF" :length 1 :ignore-end)}%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\gls@suffixFF\@empty
+ \else
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-range
+ :close "\gls@suffixFF" :length 2 :ignore-end)}%
+ \fi
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; define format to use for locations^^J}%
+ \write\glswrite{\@xdylocref}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; define letter group list format^^J}%
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-letter-group-list
+ :sep \string"\string\glsgroupskip\string~n\string")}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; letter group headings^^J}%
+ \write\glswrite{(markup-letter-group
+ :open-head \string"\string\glsgroupheading
+ \glsopenbrace\string"^^J\space\space\space
+ :close-head \string"\glsclosebrace\string")}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; additional letter groups^^J}%
+ \write\glswrite{\@xdylettergroups}%
+ \write\glswrite{^^J; additional sort rules^^J}
+ \write\glswrite{\@xdysortrules}%
+ \noist}
+\else
+ \edef\@gls@actualchar{\string?}
+ \edef\@gls@encapchar{\string|}
+ \edef\@gls@levelchar{\string!}
+ \edef\@gls@quotechar{\string"}
+ \def\writeist{\relax
+ \openout\glswrite=\istfilename
+ \write\glswrite{\expandafter\@gobble\string\% makeindex style file
+ created by the glossaries package}
+ \write\glswrite{\expandafter\@gobble\string\% for document
+ '\jobname' on \the\year-\the\month-\the\day}
+ \write\glswrite{actual '\@gls@actualchar'}
+ \write\glswrite{encap '\@gls@encapchar'}
+ \write\glswrite{level '\@gls@levelchar'}
+ \write\glswrite{quote '\@gls@quotechar'}
+ \write\glswrite{keyword \string"\string\\glossaryentry\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{preamble \string"\string\\glossarysection[\string
+ \\glossarytoctitle]{\string\\glossarytitle}\string
+ \\glossarypreamble\string\n\string\\begin{theglossary}\string
+ \\glossaryheader\string\n\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{postamble \string"\string\%\string\n\string
+ \\end{theglossary}\string\\glossarypostamble\string\n
+ \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{group_skip \string"\string\\glsgroupskip\string\n
+ \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{item_0 \string"\string\%\string\n\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{item_1 \string"\string\%\string\n\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{item_2 \string"\string\%\string\n\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{item_01 \string"\string\%\string\n\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{item_x1
+ \string"\string\\relax \string\\glsresetentrylist\string\n
+ \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{item_12 \string"\string\%\string\n\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{item_x2
+ \string"\string\\relax \string\\glsresetentrylist\string\n
+ \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{delim_0 \string"\string\{\string
+ \\glossaryentrynumbers\string\{\string\\relax \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{delim_1 \string"\string\{\string
+ \\glossaryentrynumbers\string\{\string\\relax \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{delim_2 \string"\string\{\string
+ \\glossaryentrynumbers\string\{\string\\relax \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{delim_t \string"\string\}\string\}\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{delim_n \string"\string\\delimN \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{delim_r \string"\string\\delimR \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{headings_flag 1}
+ \write\glswrite{heading_prefix
+ \string"\string\\glsgroupheading\string\{\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{heading_suffix
+ \string"\string\}\string\\relax
+ \string\\glsresetentrylist \string"}
+ \write\glswrite{symhead_positive \string"glssymbols\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{numhead_positive \string"glsnumbers\string"}
+ \write\glswrite{page_compositor \string"\glscompositor\string"}
+ \@gls@escbsdq\gls@suffixF
+ \@gls@escbsdq\gls@suffixFF
+ \ifx\gls@suffixF\@empty
+ \else
+ \write\glswrite{suffix_2p \string"\gls@suffixF\string"}
+ \fi
+ \ifx\gls@suffixFF\@empty
+ \else
+ \write\glswrite{suffix_3p \string"\gls@suffixFF\string"}
+ \fi
+ \noist
+ }
+\fi
+\renewcommand*{\noist}{\let\writeist\relax}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</glossaries-compatible-207-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*glossaries-compatible-307-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+% \subsection{Rollback v4.49 (glossaries-compatible-307-2021-11-01.sty)}
+% Version 4.49 preserved for rollback.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-compatible-307}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
+\newcommand{\compatglossarystyle}[2]{%
+ \ifcsundef{@glscompstyle@#1}%
+ {%
+ \csdef{@glscompstyle@#1}{#2}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageError{glossaries}{Glossary compatibility style `#1' is already defined}{}%
+ }%
+}
+\compatglossarystyle{inline}{%
+ \renewcommand{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \glsinlinedopostchild
+ \gls@inlinesep
+ \def\glo@desc{##3}%
+ \def\@no@post@desc{\nopostdesc}%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glsinlinenameformat{##1}{##2}%
+ \ifx\glo@desc\@no@post@desc
+ \glsinlineemptydescformat{##4}{##5}%
+ \else
+ \ifstrempty{##3}%
+ {\glsinlineemptydescformat{##4}{##5}}%
+ {\glsinlinedescformat{##3}{##4}{##5}}%
+ \fi
+ \ifglshaschildren{##1}%
+ {%
+ \glsresetsubentrycounter
+ \glsinlineparentchildseparator
+ \def\gls@inlinesubsep{}%
+ \def\gls@inlinepostchild{\glsinlinepostchild}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ \def\gls@inlinesep{\glsinlineseparator}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ \gls@inlinesubsep%
+ \glsinlinesubnameformat{##2}{##3}%
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}\glsinlinesubdescformat{##4}{##5}{##6}%
+ \def\gls@inlinesubsep{\glsinlinesubseparator}%
+ }%
+}
+\compatglossarystyle{list}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \item[\glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2}]
+ ##3\glspostdescription\space ##5}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4\glspostdescription\space ##6.}%
+}
+\compatglossarystyle{listgroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@list}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{listhypergroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@list}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altlist}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \item[\glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2}]%
+ \mbox{}\par\nobreak\@afterheading
+ ##3\glspostdescription\space ##5}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ \par
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4\glspostdescription\space ##6}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altlistgroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@altlist}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altlisthypergroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@altlist}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{listdotted}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \item[]\makebox[\glslistdottedwidth][l]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2}%
+ \unskip\leaders\hbox to 2.9mm{\hss.}\hfill\strut}##3}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ \item[]\makebox[\glslistdottedwidth][l]{%
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{##3}%
+ \unskip\leaders\hbox to 2.9mm{\hss.}\hfill\strut}##4}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{sublistdotted}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@listdotted}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \item[\glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2}]}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{long}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3\glspostdescription\space ##5\\}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4\glspostdescription\space ##6\\}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{longborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@long}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{longheader}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@long}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{longheaderborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@long}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{long3col}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3 & ##5\\}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4 & ##6\\}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{long3colborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@long3col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{long3colheader}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@long3col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{long3colheaderborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@long3col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{long4col}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3 & ##4 & ##5\\}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4 & ##5 & ##6\\}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{long4colheader}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@long4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{long4colborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@long4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{long4colheaderborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@long4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altlong4col}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@long4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altlong4colheader}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@long4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altlong4colborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@long4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altlong4colheaderborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@long4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{longragged}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3\glspostdescription\space ##5%
+ \tabularnewline}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4\glspostdescription\space ##6%
+ \tabularnewline}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{longraggedborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@longragged}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{longraggedheader}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@longragged}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{longraggedheaderborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@longragged}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{longragged3col}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3 & ##5\tabularnewline}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4 & ##6\tabularnewline}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{longragged3colborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@longragged3col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{longragged3colheader}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@longragged3col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{longragged3colheaderborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@longragged3col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altlongragged4col}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3 & ##4 & ##5\tabularnewline}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4 & ##5 & ##6\tabularnewline}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altlongragged4colheader}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@altlong4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altlongragged4colborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@altlong4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altlongragged4colheaderborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@altlong4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{index}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \item\glsentryitem{##1}\textbf{\glstarget{##1}{##2}}%
+ \ifx\relax##4\relax
+ \else
+ \space(##4)%
+ \fi
+ \space ##3\glspostdescription \space ##5}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ \ifcase##1\relax
+ % level 0
+ \item
+ \or
+ % level 1
+ \subitem
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \else
+ % all other levels
+ \subsubitem
+ \fi
+ \textbf{\glstarget{##2}{##3}}%
+ \ifx\relax##5\relax
+ \else
+ \space(##5)%
+ \fi
+ \space##4\glspostdescription\space ##6}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{indexgroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@index}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{indexhypergroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@index}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{tree}{%
+ \renewcommand{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \hangindent0pt\relax
+ \parindent0pt\relax
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\textbf{\glstarget{##1}{##2}}%
+ \ifx\relax##4\relax
+ \else
+ \space(##4)%
+ \fi
+ \space ##3\glspostdescription \space ##5\par}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ \hangindent##1\glstreeindent\relax
+ \parindent##1\glstreeindent\relax
+ \ifnum##1=1\relax
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \fi
+ \textbf{\glstarget{##2}{##3}}%
+ \ifx\relax##5\relax
+ \else
+ \space(##5)%
+ \fi
+ \space##4\glspostdescription\space ##6\par}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{treegroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@tree}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{treehypergroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@tree}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{treenoname}{%
+ \renewcommand{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \hangindent0pt\relax
+ \parindent0pt\relax
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\textbf{\glstarget{##1}{##2}}%
+ \ifx\relax##4\relax
+ \else
+ \space(##4)%
+ \fi
+ \space ##3\glspostdescription \space ##5\par}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ \hangindent##1\glstreeindent\relax
+ \parindent##1\glstreeindent\relax
+ \ifnum##1=1\relax
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \fi
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}%
+ ##4\glspostdescription\space ##6\par}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{treenonamegroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@treenoname}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{treenonamehypergroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@treenoname}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{alttree}{%
+ \renewcommand{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \ifnum\@gls@prevlevel=0\relax
+ \else
+ \settowidth{\glstreeindent}{\textbf{\@glswidestname\space}}%
+ \hangindent\glstreeindent
+ \parindent\glstreeindent
+ \fi
+ \makebox[0pt][r]{\makebox[\glstreeindent][l]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\textbf{\glstarget{##1}{##2}}}}%
+ \ifx\relax##4\relax
+ \else
+ (##4)\space
+ \fi
+ ##3\glspostdescription \space ##5\par
+ \def\@gls@prevlevel{0}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ \ifnum##1=1\relax
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\@gls@prevlevel=##1\relax
+ \else
+ \@ifundefined{@glswidestname\romannumeral##1}{%
+ \settowidth{\gls@tmplen}{\textbf{\@glswidestname\space}}}{%
+ \settowidth{\gls@tmplen}{\textbf{%
+ \csname @glswidestname\romannumeral##1\endcsname\space}}}%
+ \ifnum\@gls@prevlevel<##1\relax
+ \setlength\glstreeindent\gls@tmplen
+ \addtolength\glstreeindent\parindent
+ \parindent\glstreeindent
+ \else
+ \@ifundefined{@glswidestname\romannumeral\@gls@prevlevel}{%
+ \settowidth{\glstreeindent}{\textbf{%
+ \@glswidestname\space}}}{%
+ \settowidth{\glstreeindent}{\textbf{%
+ \csname @glswidestname\romannumeral\@gls@prevlevel
+ \endcsname\space}}}%
+ \addtolength\parindent{-\glstreeindent}%
+ \setlength\glstreeindent\parindent
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \hangindent\glstreeindent
+ \makebox[0pt][r]{\makebox[\gls@tmplen][l]{%
+ \textbf{\glstarget{##2}{##3}}}}%
+ \ifx##5\relax\relax
+ \else
+ (##5)\space
+ \fi
+ ##4\glspostdescription\space ##6\par
+ \def\@gls@prevlevel{##1}%
+ }%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{alttreegroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@alttree}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{alttreehypergroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@alttree}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{mcolindex}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@index}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{mcolindexgroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@index}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{mcolindexhypergroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@index}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{mcoltree}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@tree}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{mcolindextreegroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@tree}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{mcolindextreehypergroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@tree}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{mcoltreenoname}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@tree}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{mcoltreenonamegroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@tree}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{mcoltreenonamehypergroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@tree}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{mcolalttree}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@alttree}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{mcolalttreegroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@alttree}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{mcolalttreehypergroup}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@alttree}%
+}%
+
+\compatglossarystyle{superragged}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3\glspostdescription\space ##5%
+ \tabularnewline}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4\glspostdescription\space ##6%
+ \tabularnewline}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{superraggedborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@superragged}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{superraggedheader}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@superragged}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{superraggedheaderborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@superragged}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{superragged3col}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3 & ##5\tabularnewline}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4 & ##6\tabularnewline}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{superragged3colborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@superragged3col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{superragged3colheader}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@superragged3col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{superragged3colheaderborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@superragged3col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altsuperragged4col}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3 & ##4 & ##5\tabularnewline}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4 & ##5 & ##6\tabularnewline}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altsuperragged4colheader}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@altsuperragged4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altsuperragged4colborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@altsuperragged4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altsuperragged4colheaderborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@altsuperragged4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{super}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3\glspostdescription\space ##5\\}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4\glspostdescription\space ##6\\}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{superborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@super}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{superheader}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@super}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{superheaderborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@super}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{super3col}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3 & ##5\\}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4 & ##6\\}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{super3colborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@super3col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{super3colheader}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@super3col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{super3colheaderborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@super3col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{super4col}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryentryfield}[5]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2} & ##3 & ##4 & ##5\\}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossarysubentryfield}[6]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}##4 & ##5 & ##6\\}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{super4colheader}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@super4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{super4colborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@super4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{super4colheaderborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@super4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altsuper4col}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@super4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altsuper4colheader}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@super4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altsuper4colborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@super4col}%
+}%
+\compatglossarystyle{altsuper4colheaderborder}{%
+ \csuse{@glscompstyle@super4col}%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</glossaries-compatible-307-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*glossaries-polyglossia-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\subsection{Rollback v4.49 (glossaries-polyglossia-2021-11-01.sty)}
+% Version 4.49 preserved for rollback.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-polyglossia}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
+\RequirePackage{tracklang}
+\let\glsifusetranslator\@secondoftwo
+ \AnyTrackedLanguages
+ {%
+ \ForEachTrackedDialect{\this@dialect}{%
+ \IfTrackedLanguageFileExists{\this@dialect}%
+ {glossaries-}% prefix
+ {.ldf}%
+ {%
+ \RequireGlossariesLang{\CurrentTrackedTag}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \PackageWarningNoLine{glossaries}%
+ {No language module detected for `\this@dialect'.\MessageBreak
+ Language modules need to be installed separately.\MessageBreak
+ Please check on CTAN for a bundle called\MessageBreak
+ `glossaries-\CurrentTrackedLanguage' or similar}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</glossaries-polyglossia-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*glossaries-prefix-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\subsection{Rollback v4.49 (glossaries-prefix-2021-11-01.sty)}
+% Version 4.49 preserved for rollback.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-prefix}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
+\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{glossaries}}
+\ProcessOptions
+\RequirePackage{glossaries}[=v4.49]
+\define@key{glossentry}{prefixfirst}{\def\@glo@entryprefixfirst{#1}}%
+\define@key{glossentry}{prefixfirstplural}{\def\@glo@entryprefixfirstplural{#1}}%
+\define@key{glossentry}{prefix}{\def\@glo@entryprefix{#1}}%
+\define@key{glossentry}{prefixplural}{\def\@glo@entryprefixplural{#1}}%
+\appto\@gls@keymap{,%
+ {prefixfirst}{prefixfirst},%
+ {prefixfirstplural}{prefixfirstplural},%
+ {prefix}{prefix},%
+ {prefixplural}{prefixplural}%
+ }
+\appto\@newglossaryentryprehook{%
+ \def\@glo@entryprefix{}%
+ \def\@glo@entryprefixplural{}%
+ \let\@glo@entryprefixfirst\@gls@default@value
+ \let\@glo@entryprefixfirstplural\@gls@default@value
+}
+\appto\@newglossaryentryposthook{%
+ \gls@assign@field{}{\@glo@label}{prefix}{\@glo@entryprefix}%
+ \gls@assign@field{}{\@glo@label}{prefixplural}{\@glo@entryprefixplural}%
+ \expandafter\gls@assign@field\expandafter
+ {\csname glo@\@glo@label @prefix\endcsname}{\@glo@label}{prefixfirst}%
+ {\@glo@entryprefixfirst}%
+ \expandafter\gls@assign@field\expandafter
+ {\csname glo@\@glo@label @prefixplural\endcsname}{\@glo@label}%
+ {prefixfirstplural}{\@glo@entryprefixfirstplural}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryprefixfirst}[1]{\csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixfirst}}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryprefixfirstplural}[1]{%
+ \csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixfirstplural}}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryprefix}[1]{\csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefix}}
+\newcommand*{\glsentryprefixplural}[1]{\csuse{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixplural}}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryprefixfirst}[1]{%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@text{\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixfirst\endcsname}%
+ \xmakefirstuc\@glo@text
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryprefixfirstplural}[1]{%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@text{\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixfirstplural\endcsname}%
+ \xmakefirstuc\@glo@text
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryprefix}[1]{%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@text{\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefix\endcsname}%
+ \xmakefirstuc\@glo@text
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\Glsentryprefixplural}[1]{%
+ \protected@edef\@glo@text{\csname glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixplural\endcsname}%
+ \xmakefirstuc\@glo@text
+}
+\newcommand*{\ifglshasprefix}[3]{%
+ \ifcsempty{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefix}%
+ {#3}%
+ {#2}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\ifglshasprefixplural}[3]{%
+ \ifcsempty{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixplural}%
+ {#3}%
+ {#2}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\ifglshasprefixfirst}[3]{%
+ \ifcsempty{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixfirst}%
+ {#3}%
+ {#2}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\ifglshasprefixfirstplural}[3]{%
+ \ifcsempty{glo@\glsdetoklabel{#1}@prefixfirstplural}%
+ {#3}%
+ {#2}%
+}
+\providecommand{\@glsprefix@record@hook}[2]{%
+ \ifdef\@glsxtr@record
+ {\@glsxtr@record{#1}{#2}{glslink}}%
+ {}%
+}
+\newcommand{\glsprefixsep}{}
+\newrobustcmd{\pgls}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@pgls}
+\newcommand*{\@pgls}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[%
+ {\@pgls@{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@pgls@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@pgls@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@glsprefix@record@hook{#1}{#2}%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefix{#2}{\glsentryprefix{#2}\glsprefixsep}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefixfirst{#2}{\glsentryprefixfirst{#2}\glsprefixsep}{}%
+ }%
+ \@gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+}
+\newrobustcmd{\pglspl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@pglspl}
+\newcommand*{\@pglspl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[%
+ {\@pglspl@{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@pglspl@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@pglspl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@glsprefix@record@hook{#1}{#2}%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefixplural{#2}{\glsentryprefixplural{#2}\glsprefixsep}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefixfirstplural{#2}%
+ {\glsentryprefixfirstplural{#2}\glsprefixsep}{}%
+ }%
+ \@glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+}
+\newrobustcmd{\Pgls}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Pgls}
+\newcommand*{\@Pgls}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[%
+ {\@Pgls@{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@Pgls@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@Pgls@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@glsprefix@record@hook{#1}{#2}%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefix{#2}%
+ {%
+ \Glsentryprefix{#2}%
+ \glsprefixsep
+ \@gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+ {\@Gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefixfirst{#2}%
+ {%
+ \Glsentryprefixfirst{#2}%
+ \glsprefixsep
+ \@gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+ {\@Gls@{#1}{#2}[#3]}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newrobustcmd{\Pglspl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@Pglspl}
+\newcommand*{\@Pglspl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[%
+ {\@Pglspl@{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@Pglspl@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@Pglspl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@glsprefix@record@hook{#1}{#2}%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefixplural{#2}%
+ {%
+ \Glsentryprefixplural{#2}%
+ \glsprefixsep
+ \@glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+ {\@Glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefixfirstplural{#2}%
+ {%
+ \Glsentryprefixfirstplural{#2}%
+ \glsprefixsep
+ \@glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+ {\@Glspl@{#1}{#2}[#3]}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newrobustcmd{\PGLS}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@PGLS}
+\newcommand*{\@PGLS}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[%
+ {\@PGLS@{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@PGLS@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@PGLS@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@glsprefix@record@hook{#1}{#2}%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefix{#2}%
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryprefix{#2}\glsprefixsep}}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefixfirst{#2}%
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryprefixfirst{#2}\glsprefixsep}}{}%
+ }%
+ \@GLS@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+}
+\newrobustcmd{\PGLSpl}{\@gls@hyp@opt\@PGLSpl}
+\newcommand*{\@PGLSpl}[2][]{%
+ \new@ifnextchar[%
+ {\@PGLSpl@{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\@PGLSpl@{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+\def\@PGLSpl@#1#2[#3]{%
+ \@glsprefix@record@hook{#1}{#2}%
+ \glsdoifexists{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglsused{#2}%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefixplural{#2}%
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryprefixplural{#2}\glsprefixsep}}{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasprefixfirstplural{#2}%
+ {\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryprefixfirstplural{#2}\glsprefixsep}}{}%
+ }%
+ \@GLSpl@{#1}{#2}[#3]%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</glossaries-prefix-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*glossary-hypernav-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\subsection{Rollback v4.49 (glossary-hypernav-2021-11-01.sty)}
+% Version 4.49 preserved for rollback.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-hypernav}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
+\newcommand*{\glsnavhyperlink}[3][\@glo@type]{%
+ \protected@edef\gls@grplabel{#2}\protected@edef\@gls@grptitle{#3}%
+ \@glslink{\glsnavhyperlinkname{#1}{#2}}{#3}}
+\newcommand*{\glsnavhyperlinkname}[2]{glsn:#1@#2}
+\newcommand*{\glsnavhypertarget}[3][\@glo@type]{%
+ \@glsnavhypertarget{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glsnavhypertarget}[3]{%
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\@gls@hypergroup{#1}{#2}}%
+ \@glstarget{\glsnavhyperlinkname{#1}{#2}}{#3}%
+ \expandafter\let
+ \expandafter\@gls@list\csname @gls@hypergrouplist@#1\endcsname
+ \@for\@gls@elem:=\@gls@list\do{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\@gls@elem}{#2}}{\@endfortrue}{}}%
+ \if@endfor
+ \else
+ \GlossariesWarningNoLine{Navigation panel
+ for glossary type `#1'^^Jmissing group `#2'}%
+ \gdef\gls@hypergrouprerun{%
+ \GlossariesWarningNoLine{Navigation panel
+ has changed. Rerun LaTeX}}%
+ \fi
+}
+\let\gls@hypergrouprerun\relax
+\AtEndDocument{\gls@hypergrouprerun}
+\newcommand*{\@gls@hypergroup}[2]{%
+\@ifundefined{@gls@hypergrouplist@#1}{%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname @gls@hypergrouplist@#1\endcsname{#2}%
+}{%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\@gls@tmp
+ \csname @gls@hypergrouplist@#1\endcsname
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname @gls@hypergrouplist@#1\endcsname{%
+ \@gls@tmp,#2}%
+}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsnavigation}{%
+ \def\@gls@between{}%
+ \ifcsundef{@gls@hypergrouplist@\@glo@type}%
+ {%
+ \def\@gls@list{}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\@gls@list
+ \csname @gls@hypergrouplist@\@glo@type\endcsname
+ }%
+ \@for\@gls@tmp:=\@gls@list\do{%
+ \@gls@between
+ \@gls@getgrouptitle{\@gls@tmp}{\@gls@grptitle}%
+ \glsnavhyperlink{\@gls@tmp}{\@gls@grptitle}%
+ \let\@gls@between\glshypernavsep
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glshypernavsep}{\space\textbar\space}
+\newcommand*{\glssymbolnav}{%
+ \glsnavhyperlink{glssymbols}{\glsgetgrouptitle{glssymbols}}%
+ \glshypernavsep
+ \glsnavhyperlink{glsnumbers}{\glsgetgrouptitle{glsnumbers}}%
+ \glshypernavsep
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</glossary-hypernav-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*glossary-inline-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\subsection{Rollback v4.49 (glossary-inline-2021-11-01.sty)}
+% Version 4.49 preserved for rollback.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-inline}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
+\newglossarystyle{inline}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {%
+ \def\gls@inlinesep{}%
+ \def\gls@inlinesubsep{}%
+ \def\gls@inlinepostchild{}%
+ }%
+ {\glspostinline}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \glsinlinedopostchild
+ \gls@inlinesep
+ \glsentryitem{##1}%
+ \glsinlinenameformat{##1}{%
+ \glossentryname{##1}%
+ }%
+ \ifglsdescsuppressed{##1}%
+ {%
+ \glsinlineemptydescformat
+ {%
+ \glossentrysymbol{##1}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ ##2%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasdesc{##1}%
+ {\glsinlinedescformat{\glossentrydesc{##1}}{\glossentrysymbol{##1}}{##2}}%
+ {\glsinlineemptydescformat{\glossentrysymbol{##1}}{##2}}%
+ }%
+ \ifglshaschildren{##1}%
+ {%
+ \glsresetsubentrycounter
+ \glsinlineparentchildseparator
+ \def\gls@inlinesubsep{}%
+ \def\gls@inlinepostchild{\glsinlinepostchild}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ \def\gls@inlinesep{\glsinlineseparator}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ \gls@inlinesubsep%
+ \glsinlinesubnameformat{##2}{%
+ \glossentryname{##2}}%
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glsinlinesubdescformat{\glossentrydesc{##2}}{\glossentrysymbol{##2}}{##3}%
+ \def\gls@inlinesubsep{\glsinlinesubseparator}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsinlinedopostchild}{%
+ \gls@inlinepostchild
+ \def\gls@inlinepostchild{}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsinlineseparator}{;\space}
+\newcommand*{\glsinlinesubseparator}{,\space}
+\newcommand*{\glsinlineparentchildseparator}{:\space}
+\newcommand*{\glsinlinepostchild}{}
+\newcommand*{\glspostinline}{\glspostdescription\space}
+\newcommand*{\glsinlinenameformat}[2]{\glstarget{#1}{#2}}
+\newcommand*{\glsinlinedescformat}[3]{\space#1}
+\newcommand*{\glsinlineemptydescformat}[2]{}
+\newcommand*{\glsinlinesubnameformat}[2]{\glstarget{#1}{}}
+\newcommand*{\glsinlinesubdescformat}[3]{#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</glossary-inline-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*glossary-list-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\subsection{Rollback v4.49 (glossary-list-2021-11-01.sty)}
+% Version 4.49 preserved for rollback.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-list}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
+\providecommand{\indexspace}{%
+ \par \vskip 10\p@ \@plus 5\p@ \@minus 3\p@ \relax
+}
+\newcommand*{\glslistgroupheaderfmt}[1]{#1}
+\newcommand*{\glslistnavigationitem}[1]{\item[#1]}
+\newcommand{\glslistinit}{%
+ \ifdef\GetTitleStringDisableCommands
+ {%
+ \GetTitleStringSetup{expand}%
+ \GetTitleStringDisableCommands{%
+ \let\glsentryitem\@gobble
+ \let\glstarget\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glossentryname\glslistexpandedname
+ \let\glslistgroupheaderfmt\@firstofone
+ \let\glsgetgrouptitle\@firstofone
+ \let\glsnavhypertarget\@secondoftwo
+ \let\glsnavigation\relax
+ }%
+ }%
+ {}%
+}
+\newcommand{\glslistexpandedname}[1]{%
+ \glsunexpandedfieldvalue{#1}{name}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{list}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\glslistinit\begin{description}}{\end{description}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \item[\glsentryitem{##1}%
+ \glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}]
+ \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2}%
+ \renewcommand*{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\space
+ \glossentrydesc{##2}\glspostdescription\space ##3.}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{\ifglsnogroupskip\else\indexspace\fi}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{listgroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{list}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \item[\glslistgroupheaderfmt{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}]}}
+\newglossarystyle{listhypergroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{list}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \glslistnavigationitem{\glsnavigation}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \item[\glslistgroupheaderfmt
+ {\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}]}}
+\newglossarystyle{altlist}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{list}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \item[\glsentryitem{##1}%
+ \glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}]%
+ \mbox{}\par\nobreak\@afterheading
+ \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2}%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ \par
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2}\glspostdescription\space ##3}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altlistgroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{altlist}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \item[\glslistgroupheaderfmt{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}]}}
+\newglossarystyle{altlisthypergroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{altlist}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \glslistnavigationitem{\glsnavigation}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \item[\glslistgroupheaderfmt
+ {\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}]}}
+\newglossarystyle{listdotted}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{list}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \item[]\makebox[\glslistdottedwidth][l]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}%
+ \glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}%
+ \unskip\leaders\hbox to 2.9mm{\hss.}\hfill\strut}\glossentrydesc{##1}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ \item[]\makebox[\glslistdottedwidth][l]{%
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\glossentryname{##2}}%
+ \unskip\leaders\hbox to 2.9mm{\hss.}\hfill\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2}}%
+}
+\newlength\glslistdottedwidth
+\setlength{\glslistdottedwidth}{.5\hsize}
+\newglossarystyle{sublistdotted}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{listdotted}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \item[\glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}]}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</glossary-list-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*glossary-long-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\subsection{Rollback v4.49 (glossary-long-2021-11-01.sty)}
+% Version 4.49 preserved for rollback.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-long}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
+\RequirePackage{longtable}
+\@ifundefined{glsdescwidth}{%
+ \newlength\glsdescwidth
+ \setlength{\glsdescwidth}{0.6\hsize}
+}{}
+\@ifundefined{glspagelistwidth}{%
+ \newlength\glspagelistwidth
+ \setlength{\glspagelistwidth}{0.1\hsize}
+}{}
+\newglossarystyle{long}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{lp{\glsdescwidth}}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}} &
+ \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2}\glspostdescription\space
+ ##3\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{ & \tabularnewline}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newglossarystyle{longborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{long}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}{%
+ \begin{longtable}{|l|p{\glsdescwidth}|}}{\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{\hline\endhead\hline\endfoot}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{longheader}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{long}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \bfseries \entryname & \bfseries \descriptionname\tabularnewline\endhead}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{longheaderborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{longborder}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \hline\bfseries \entryname & \bfseries
+ \descriptionname\tabularnewline\hline
+ \endhead
+ \hline\endfoot}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{long3col}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{lp{\glsdescwidth}p{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}} &
+ \glossentrydesc{##1} & ##2\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2} &
+ ##3\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{ & & \tabularnewline}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newglossarystyle{long3colborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{long3col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{|l|p{\glsdescwidth}|p{\glspagelistwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{\hline\endhead\hline\endfoot}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{long3colheader}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{long3col}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline\endhead}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{long3colheaderborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{long3colborder}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \hline
+ \bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline\hline\endhead
+ \hline\endfoot}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{long4col}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{llll}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}} &
+ \glossentrydesc{##1} &
+ \glossentrysymbol{##1} &
+ ##2\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2} &
+ \glossentrysymbol{##2} & ##3\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{ & & & \tabularnewline}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newglossarystyle{long4colheader}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{long4col}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries \symbolname&
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline\endhead}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{long4colborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{long4col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{|l|l|l|l|}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{\hline\endhead\hline\endfoot}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{long4colheaderborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{long4col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{|l|l|l|l|}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \hline\bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries \symbolname&
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline\hline\endhead
+ \hline\endfoot}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altlong4col}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{long4col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{lp{\glsdescwidth}lp{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altlong4colheader}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{long4colheader}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{lp{\glsdescwidth}lp{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altlong4colborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{long4colborder}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{|l|p{\glsdescwidth}|l|p{\glspagelistwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altlong4colheaderborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{long4colheaderborder}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{|l|p{\glsdescwidth}|l|p{\glspagelistwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</glossary-long-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*glossary-longbooktabs-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\subsection{Rollback v4.49 (glossary-longbooktabs-2021-11-01.sty)}
+% Version 4.49 preserved for rollback.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longbooktabs}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
+\RequirePackage{booktabs}
+\RequirePackage{glossary-long}[=v4.46]
+\RequirePackage{glossary-longragged}[=v4.46]
+\newglossarystyle{long-booktabs}{%
+ \glspatchLToutput
+ \setglossarystyle{long}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \toprule \bfseries \entryname & \bfseries
+ \descriptionname\tabularnewline\midrule\endhead
+ \bottomrule\endfoot}%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{\glspenaltygroupskip}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newglossarystyle{long3col-booktabs}{%
+ \glspatchLToutput
+ \setglossarystyle{long3col}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \toprule \bfseries \entryname &
+ \bfseries \descriptionname &
+ \bfseries \pagelistname
+ \tabularnewline\midrule\endhead
+ \bottomrule\endfoot}%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{\glspenaltygroupskip}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newglossarystyle{long4col-booktabs}{%
+ \glspatchLToutput
+ \setglossarystyle{long4col}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \toprule \bfseries \entryname &
+ \bfseries \descriptionname &
+ \bfseries \symbolname &
+ \bfseries \pagelistname
+ \tabularnewline\midrule\endhead
+ \bottomrule\endfoot}%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{\glspenaltygroupskip}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altlong4col-booktabs}{%
+ \glspatchLToutput
+ \setglossarystyle{long4col-booktabs}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{lp{\glsdescwidth}lp{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{longragged-booktabs}{%
+ \glspatchLToutput
+ \setglossarystyle{long-booktabs}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{longragged3col-booktabs}{%
+ \glspatchLToutput
+ \setglossarystyle{long3col-booktabs}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altlongragged4col-booktabs}{%
+ \glspatchLToutput
+ \setglossarystyle{altlong4col-booktabs}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}l%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsLTpenaltycheck}{%
+ \ifnum\outputpenalty=-50\vskip-\normalbaselineskip\relax\fi
+}
+\newcommand{\glspenaltygroupskip}{%
+ \noalign{\penalty-50\vskip\normalbaselineskip}}
+\let\@gls@org@LT@output\LT@output
+\newcommand*{\glsrestoreLToutput}{\let\LT@output\@gls@org@LT@output}
+\newcommand*{\glspatchLToutput}{%
+ \renewcommand*{\LT@output}{%
+ \ifnum\outputpenalty <-\@Mi
+ \ifnum\outputpenalty > -\LT@end@pen
+ \LT@err{floats and marginpars not allowed in a longtable}\@ehc
+ \else
+ \setbox\z@\vbox{\unvbox\@cclv}%
+ \ifdim \ht\LT@lastfoot>\ht\LT@foot
+ \dimen@\pagegoal
+ \advance\dimen@-\ht\LT@lastfoot
+ \ifdim\dimen@<\ht\z@
+ \setbox\@cclv\vbox{\unvbox\z@\copy\LT@foot\vss}%
+ \@makecol
+ \@outputpage
+ \setbox\z@\vbox{\box\LT@head\glsLTpenaltycheck}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \global\@colroom\@colht
+ \global\vsize\@colht
+ {\unvbox\z@\box\ifvoid\LT@lastfoot\LT@foot\else\LT@lastfoot\fi}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \setbox\@cclv\vbox{\unvbox\@cclv\copy\LT@foot\vss}%
+ \@makecol
+ \@outputpage
+ \global\vsize\@colroom
+ \copy\LT@head
+ \glsLTpenaltycheck
+ \nobreak
+ \fi
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</glossary-longbooktabs-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*glossary-longragged-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\subsection{Rollback v4.49 (glossary-longragged-2021-11-01.sty)}
+% Version 4.49 preserved for rollback.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-longragged}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
+\RequirePackage{array}
+\RequirePackage{longtable}
+\@ifundefined{glsdescwidth}{%
+ \newlength\glsdescwidth
+ \setlength{\glsdescwidth}{0.6\hsize}
+}{}
+\@ifundefined{glspagelistwidth}{%
+ \newlength\glspagelistwidth
+ \setlength{\glspagelistwidth}{0.1\hsize}
+}{}
+\newglossarystyle{longragged}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}} &
+ \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2%
+ \tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2}%
+ \glspostdescription\space ##3%
+ \tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{ & \tabularnewline}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newglossarystyle{longraggedborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{longragged}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}{%
+ \begin{longtable}{|l|>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{\hline\endhead\hline\endfoot}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{longraggedheader}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{longragged}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \bfseries \entryname & \bfseries \descriptionname
+ \tabularnewline\endhead}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{longraggedheaderborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{longraggedborder}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \hline\bfseries \entryname & \bfseries \descriptionname
+ \tabularnewline\hline
+ \endhead
+ \hline\endfoot}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{longragged3col}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}} &
+ \glossentrydesc{##1} & ##2\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2} &
+ ##3\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{ & & \tabularnewline}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newglossarystyle{longragged3colborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{longragged3col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{|l|>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}|%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{\hline\endhead\hline\endfoot}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{longragged3colheader}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{longragged3col}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline\endhead}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{longragged3colheaderborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{longragged3colborder}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \hline
+ \bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline\hline\endhead
+ \hline\endfoot}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altlongragged4col}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}l%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}} &
+ \glossentrydesc{##1} & \glossentrysymbol{##1} &
+ ##2\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2} &
+ \glossentrysymbol{##2} & ##3\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{ & & & \tabularnewline}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altlongragged4colheader}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{altlongragged4col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}l%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries \symbolname&
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline\endhead}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altlongragged4colborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{altlongragged4col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{|l|>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}|l|%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{\hline\endhead\hline\endfoot}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altlongragged4colheaderborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{altlongragged4col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\begin{longtable}{|l|>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}|l|%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{longtable}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \hline\bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries \symbolname&
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline\hline\endhead
+ \hline\endfoot}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</glossary-longragged-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*glossary-mcols-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\subsection{Rollback v4.49 (glossary-mcols-2021-11-01.sty)}
+% Version 4.49 preserved for rollback.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-mcols}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
+\RequirePackage{multicol}
+\RequirePackage{glossary-tree}[=v4.49]
+\providecommand{\indexspace}{%
+ \par \vskip 10\p@ \@plus 5\p@ \@minus 3\p@ \relax
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsmcols}{2}
+\newglossarystyle{mcolindex}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{index}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {%
+ \begin{multicols}{\glsmcols}
+ \setlength{\parindent}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 0.3pt}%
+ \let\item\glstreeitem
+ \let\subitem\glstreesubitem
+ \let\subsubitem\glstreesubsubitem
+ }%
+ {\end{multicols}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcolindexgroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{mcolindex}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \item\glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}\indexspace}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcolindexhypergroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{mcolindex}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \item\glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}\indexspace}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \item\glstreegroupheaderfmt
+ {\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}%
+ \indexspace}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcolindexspannav}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{index}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {%
+ \begin{multicols}{\glsmcols}[\noindent\glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}]
+ \setlength{\parindent}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 0.3pt}%
+ \let\item\glstreeitem}%
+ {\end{multicols}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \item\glstreegroupheaderfmt
+ {\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}%
+ \indexspace}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcoltree}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{tree}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {%
+ \begin{multicols}{\glsmcols}
+ \setlength{\parindent}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 0.3pt}%
+ }%
+ {\end{multicols}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcoltreegroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{mcoltree}%
+ \renewcommand{\glsgroupheading}[1]{\par
+ \noindent\glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}\par\indexspace}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcoltreehypergroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{mcoltree}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \par\noindent\glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}\par\indexspace}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \par\noindent
+ \glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}\par
+ \indexspace}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcoltreespannav}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{tree}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {%
+ \begin{multicols}{\glsmcols}[\noindent\glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}]
+ \setlength{\parindent}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 0.3pt}%
+ }%
+ {\end{multicols}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \par\noindent
+ \glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}\par
+ \indexspace}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcoltreenoname}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{treenoname}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {%
+ \begin{multicols}{\glsmcols}
+ \setlength{\parindent}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 0.3pt}%
+ }%
+ {\end{multicols}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcoltreenonamegroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{mcoltreenoname}%
+ \renewcommand{\glsgroupheading}[1]{\par
+ \noindent\glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}\par\indexspace}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcoltreenonamehypergroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{mcoltreenoname}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \par\noindent\glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}\par\indexspace}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \par\noindent
+ \glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}\par
+ \indexspace}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcoltreenonamespannav}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{treenoname}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {%
+ \begin{multicols}{\glsmcols}[\noindent\glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}]
+ \setlength{\parindent}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 0.3pt}%
+ }%
+ {\end{multicols}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \par\noindent
+ \glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}\par
+ \indexspace}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcolalttree}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{alttree}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {%
+ \begin{multicols}{\glsmcols}
+ \def\@gls@prevlevel{-1}%
+ \mbox{}\par
+ }%
+ {\par\end{multicols}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcolalttreegroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{mcolalttree}%
+ \renewcommand{\glsgroupheading}[1]{\par
+ \def\@gls@prevlevel{-1}%
+ \hangindent0pt\relax
+ \parindent0pt\relax
+ \glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}\par\indexspace}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcolalttreehypergroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{mcolalttree}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \par
+ \def\@gls@prevlevel{-1}%
+ \hangindent0pt\relax
+ \parindent0pt\relax
+ \glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}\par\indexspace}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \par
+ \def\@gls@prevlevel{-1}%
+ \hangindent0pt\relax
+ \parindent0pt\relax
+ \glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}\par
+ \indexspace}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{mcolalttreespannav}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{alttree}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {%
+ \begin{multicols}{\glsmcols}[\noindent\glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}]
+ \def\@gls@prevlevel{-1}%
+ \mbox{}\par
+ }%
+ {\par\end{multicols}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \par
+ \def\@gls@prevlevel{-1}%
+ \hangindent0pt\relax
+ \parindent0pt\relax
+ \glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}\par
+ \indexspace}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</glossary-mcols-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*glossary-super-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\subsection{Rollback v4.49 (glossary-super-2021-11-01.sty)}
+% Version 4.49 preserved for rollback.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-super}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
+\RequirePackage{supertabular}
+\@ifundefined{glsdescwidth}{%
+ \newlength\glsdescwidth
+ \setlength{\glsdescwidth}{0.6\hsize}
+}{}
+\@ifundefined{glspagelistwidth}{%
+ \newlength\glspagelistwidth
+ \setlength{\glspagelistwidth}{0.1\hsize}
+}{}
+\newglossarystyle{super}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{}\tabletail{}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{lp{\glsdescwidth}}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}} &
+ \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2}\glspostdescription\space
+ ##3\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{& \tabularnewline}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newglossarystyle{superborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{super}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\hline}\tabletail{\hline}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{|l|p{\glsdescwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{superheader}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{super}%
+\renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\bfseries \entryname &
+ \bfseries\descriptionname\tabularnewline}%
+ \tabletail{}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{lp{\glsdescwidth}}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{superheaderborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{super}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\hline\bfseries \entryname &
+ \bfseries \descriptionname\tabularnewline\hline}%
+ \tabletail{\hline}
+ \begin{supertabular}{|l|p{\glsdescwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{super3col}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{}\tabletail{}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{lp{\glsdescwidth}p{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}} &
+ \glossentrydesc{##1} & ##2\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2} &
+ ##3\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{& & \tabularnewline}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newglossarystyle{super3colborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{super3col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\hline}\tabletail{\hline}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{|l|p{\glsdescwidth}|p{\glspagelistwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{super3colheader}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{super3col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline}\tabletail{}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{lp{\glsdescwidth}p{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{super3colheaderborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{super3colborder}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\hline
+ \bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline\hline}%
+ \tabletail{\hline}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{|l|p{\glsdescwidth}|p{\glspagelistwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{super4col}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{}\tabletail{}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{llll}}{%
+ \end{supertabular}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}} &
+ \glossentrydesc{##1} &
+ \glossentrysymbol{##1} & ##2\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2} &
+ \glossentrysymbol{##2} & ##3\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{& & & \tabularnewline}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newglossarystyle{super4colheader}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{super4col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries\symbolname &
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline}%
+ \tabletail{}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{llll}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{super4colborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{super4col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\hline}\tabletail{\hline}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{|l|l|l|l|}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{super4colheaderborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{super4col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\hline\bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries\symbolname &
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline\hline}%
+ \tabletail{\hline}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{|l|l|l|l|}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altsuper4col}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{super4col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{}\tabletail{}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{lp{\glsdescwidth}lp{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altsuper4colheader}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{super4colheader}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries\symbolname &
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline}\tabletail{}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{lp{\glsdescwidth}lp{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altsuper4colborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{super4colborder}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\hline}\tabletail{\hline}%
+ \begin{supertabular}%
+ {|l|p{\glsdescwidth}|l|p{\glspagelistwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altsuper4colheaderborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{super4colheaderborder}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\hline
+ \bfseries\entryname &
+ \bfseries\descriptionname &
+ \bfseries\symbolname &
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline\hline}%
+ \tabletail{\hline}%
+ \begin{supertabular}%
+ {|l|p{\glsdescwidth}|l|p{\glspagelistwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</glossary-super-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*glossary-superragged-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\subsection{Rollback v4.49 (glossary-superragged-2021-11-01.sty)}
+% Version 4.49 preserved for rollback.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-superragged}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
+\RequirePackage{array}
+\RequirePackage{supertabular}
+\@ifundefined{glsdescwidth}{%
+ \newlength\glsdescwidth
+ \setlength{\glsdescwidth}{0.6\hsize}
+}{}
+\@ifundefined{glspagelistwidth}{%
+ \newlength\glspagelistwidth
+ \setlength{\glspagelistwidth}{0.1\hsize}
+}{}
+\newglossarystyle{superragged}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{}\tabletail{}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}} &
+ \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2%
+ \tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2}\glspostdescription\space
+ ##3%
+ \tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{& \tabularnewline}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newglossarystyle{superraggedborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{superragged}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\hline}\tabletail{\hline}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{|l|>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{superraggedheader}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{superragged}%
+\renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\bfseries \entryname & \bfseries \descriptionname
+ \tabularnewline}%
+ \tabletail{}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{superraggedheaderborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{superragged}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\hline\bfseries \entryname &
+ \bfseries \descriptionname\tabularnewline\hline}%
+ \tabletail{\hline}
+ \begin{supertabular}{|l|>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{superragged3col}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{}\tabletail{}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}} &
+ \glossentrydesc{##1} &
+ ##2\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2} &
+ ##3\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{& & \tabularnewline}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newglossarystyle{superragged3colborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{superragged3col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\hline}\tabletail{\hline}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{|l|>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}|%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{superragged3colheader}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{superragged3col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline}\tabletail{}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{superragged3colheaderborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{superragged3colborder}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\hline
+ \bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline\hline}%
+ \tabletail{\hline}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{|l|>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}|%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altsuperragged4col}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{}\tabletail{}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}l%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}} &
+ \glossentrydesc{##1} &
+ \glossentrysymbol{##1} & ##2\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ &
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}\glossentrydesc{##2} &
+ \glossentrysymbol{##2} & ##3\tabularnewline
+ }%
+ \ifglsnogroupskip
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{& & & \tabularnewline}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altsuperragged4colheader}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{altsuperragged4col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\bfseries\entryname&\bfseries\descriptionname&
+ \bfseries\symbolname &
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline}\tabletail{}%
+ \begin{supertabular}{l>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}l%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altsuperragged4colborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{altsuper4col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\hline}\tabletail{\hline}%
+ \begin{supertabular}%
+ {|l|>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}|l|%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{altsuperragged4colheaderborder}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{altsuperragged4col}%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\tablehead{\hline
+ \bfseries\entryname &
+ \bfseries\descriptionname &
+ \bfseries\symbolname &
+ \bfseries\pagelistname\tabularnewline\hline}%
+ \tabletail{\hline}%
+ \begin{supertabular}%
+ {|l|>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}|l|%
+ >{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}|}}%
+ {\end{supertabular}}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</glossary-superragged-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*glossary-tree-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\subsection{Rollback v4.49 (glossary-tree-2021-11-01.sty)}
+% Version 4.49 preserved for rollback.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesPackage{glossary-tree}[2021/11/01 v4.49 (NLCT)]
+\providecommand{\indexspace}{%
+ \par \vskip 10\p@ \@plus 5\p@ \@minus 3\p@ \relax
+}
+\newcommand*{\glstreenamefmt}[1]{\textbf{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\glstreegroupheaderfmt}[1]{\glstreenamefmt{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\glstreenavigationfmt}[1]{\glstreenamefmt{#1}}
+\ifdef\@idxitem
+{\newcommand{\glstreeitem}{\@idxitem}}
+{\newcommand{\glstreeitem}{\par\hangindent40\p@}}
+\ifdef\subitem
+{\let\glstreesubitem\subitem}
+{\newcommand\glstreesubitem{\glstreeitem\hspace*{20\p@}}}
+\ifdef\subsubitem
+{\let\glstreesubsubitem\subsubitem}
+{\newcommand\glstreesubsubitem{\glstreeitem\hspace*{30\p@}}}
+\newcommand{\glstreepredesc}{\space}
+\newcommand{\glstreechildpredesc}{\space}
+\newglossarystyle{index}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 0.3pt}%
+ \let\item\glstreeitem
+ \let\subitem\glstreesubitem
+ \let\subsubitem\glstreesubsubitem
+ }%
+ {\par}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \item\glsentryitem{##1}\glstreenamefmt{\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}}%
+ \ifglshassymbol{##1}{\space(\glossentrysymbol{##1})}{}%
+ \glstreepredesc \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ \ifcase##1\relax
+ % level 0
+ \item
+ \or
+ % level 1
+ \subitem
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \else
+ % all other levels
+ \subsubitem
+ \fi
+ \glstreenamefmt{\glstarget{##2}{\glossentryname{##2}}}%
+ \ifglshassymbol{##2}{\space(\glossentrysymbol{##2})}{}%
+ \glstreechildpredesc\glossentrydesc{##2}\glspostdescription\space ##3%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{\ifglsnogroupskip\else\indexspace\fi}}
+\newglossarystyle{indexgroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{index}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \item\glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}%
+ \indexspace
+ }%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{indexhypergroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{index}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \item\glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}\indexspace}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \item\glstreegroupheaderfmt
+ {\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}%
+ \indexspace}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{tree}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 0.3pt}}%
+ {}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \hangindent0pt\relax
+ \parindent0pt\relax
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstreenamefmt{\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}}%
+ \ifglshassymbol{##1}{\space(\glossentrysymbol{##1})}{}%
+ \glstreepredesc\glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space##2\par
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ \hangindent##1\glstreeindent\relax
+ \parindent##1\glstreeindent\relax
+ \ifnum##1=1\relax
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \fi
+ \glstreenamefmt{\glstarget{##2}{\glossentryname{##2}}}%
+ \ifglshassymbol{##2}{\space(\glossentrysymbol{##2})}{}%
+ \glstreechildpredesc\glossentrydesc{##2}\glspostdescription\space ##3\par
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{\ifglsnogroupskip\else\indexspace\fi}}
+\newglossarystyle{treegroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{tree}%
+ \renewcommand{\glsgroupheading}[1]{\par
+ \noindent\glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}\par
+ \indexspace}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{treehypergroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{tree}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \par\noindent\glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}\par\indexspace}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \par\noindent
+ \glstreegroupheaderfmt
+ {\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}\par
+ \indexspace}%
+}
+\newlength\glstreeindent
+\setlength{\glstreeindent}{10pt}
+\newglossarystyle{treenoname}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 0.3pt}}%
+ {}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \hangindent0pt\relax
+ \parindent0pt\relax
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstreenamefmt{\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}}%
+ \ifglshassymbol{##1}{\space(\glossentrysymbol{##1})}{}%
+ \glstreepredesc\glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space##2\par
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ \hangindent##1\glstreeindent\relax
+ \parindent##1\glstreeindent\relax
+ \ifnum##1=1\relax
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \fi
+ \glstarget{##2}{\strut}%
+ \glossentrydesc{##2}\glspostdescription\space##3\par
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{\ifglsnogroupskip\else\indexspace\fi}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{treenonamegroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{treenoname}%
+ \renewcommand{\glsgroupheading}[1]{\par
+ \noindent\glstreegroupheaderfmt
+ {\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}\par\indexspace}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{treenonamehypergroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{treenoname}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \par\noindent\glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}\par\indexspace}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \par\noindent
+ \glstreegroupheaderfmt
+ {\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}\par
+ \indexspace}%
+}
+\newrobustcmd*{\glsfindwidesttoplevelname}[1][\@glo@types]{%
+ \dimen@=0pt\relax
+ \gls@tmplen=0pt\relax
+ \forallglossaries[#1]{\@gls@type}%
+ {%
+ \forglsentries[\@gls@type]{\@glo@label}%
+ {%
+ \ifglshasparent{\@glo@label}%
+ {}%
+ {%
+ \settowidth{\dimen@}%
+ {\glstreenamefmt{\glsentryname{\@glo@label}}}%
+ \ifdim\dimen@>\gls@tmplen
+ \gls@tmplen=\dimen@
+ \letcs{\@glswidestname}{glo@\glsdetoklabel{\@glo@label}@name}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+\newcommand*{\glssetwidest}[2][0]{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname @glswidestname\romannumeral#1\endcsname{%
+ #2}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\@glswidestname}{}
+\newcommand*{\glstreenamebox}[2]{%
+ \makebox[#1][l]{#2}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{alttree}{%
+ \renewenvironment{theglossary}%
+ {\def\@gls@prevlevel{-1}%
+ \mbox{}\par}%
+ {\par}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\glossentry}[2]{%
+ \ifnum\@gls@prevlevel=0\relax
+ \else
+ \settowidth{\glstreeindent}{\glstreenamefmt{\@glswidestname\space}}%
+ \fi
+ \hangindent\glstreeindent
+ \parindent\glstreeindent
+ \makebox[0pt][r]{\glstreenamebox{\glstreeindent}{%
+ \glsentryitem{##1}\glstreenamefmt{\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}}}}%
+ \ifglshassymbol{##1}{(\glossentrysymbol{##1})\space}{}%
+ \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription \space ##2\par
+ \def\@gls@prevlevel{0}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand{\subglossentry}[3]{%
+ \ifnum##1=1\relax
+ \glssubentryitem{##2}%
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\@gls@prevlevel=##1\relax
+ \else
+ \@ifundefined{@glswidestname\romannumeral##1}{%
+ \settowidth{\gls@tmplen}{\glstreenamefmt{\@glswidestname\space}}}{%
+ \settowidth{\gls@tmplen}{\glstreenamefmt{%
+ \csname @glswidestname\romannumeral##1\endcsname\space}}}%
+ \ifnum\@gls@prevlevel<##1\relax
+ \setlength\glstreeindent\gls@tmplen
+ \addtolength\glstreeindent\parindent
+ \parindent\glstreeindent
+ \else
+ \@ifundefined{@glswidestname\romannumeral\@gls@prevlevel}{%
+ \settowidth{\glstreeindent}{\glstreenamefmt{%
+ \@glswidestname\space}}}{%
+ \settowidth{\glstreeindent}{\glstreenamefmt{%
+ \csname @glswidestname\romannumeral\@gls@prevlevel
+ \endcsname\space}}}%
+ \addtolength\parindent{-\glstreeindent}%
+ \setlength\glstreeindent\parindent
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \hangindent\glstreeindent
+ \makebox[0pt][r]{\glstreenamebox{\gls@tmplen}{%
+ \glstreenamefmt{\glstarget{##2}{\glossentryname{##2}}}}}%
+ \ifglshassymbol{##2}{(\glossentrysymbol{##2})\space}{}%
+ \glossentrydesc{##2}\glspostdescription\space ##3\par
+ \def\@gls@prevlevel{##1}%
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{\ifglsnogroupskip\else\indexspace\fi}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{alttreegroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{alttree}%
+ \renewcommand{\glsgroupheading}[1]{\par
+ \def\@gls@prevlevel{-1}%
+ \hangindent0pt\relax
+ \parindent0pt\relax
+ \glstreegroupheaderfmt{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}%
+ \par\indexspace}%
+}
+\newglossarystyle{alttreehypergroup}{%
+ \setglossarystyle{alttree}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glossaryheader}{%
+ \par
+ \def\@gls@prevlevel{-1}%
+ \hangindent0pt\relax
+ \parindent0pt\relax
+ \glstreenavigationfmt{\glsnavigation}\par\indexspace}%
+ \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
+ \par
+ \def\@gls@prevlevel{-1}%
+ \hangindent0pt\relax
+ \parindent0pt\relax
+ \glstreegroupheaderfmt
+ {\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}}\par
+ \indexspace}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</glossary-tree-2021-11-01.sty>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<<COMMENT
+% This file is part of the glossaries bundle
+% These are test acronym entries with descriptions.
+%COMMENT
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,description={fringilla a, euismod sodales,
+ sollicitudin vel, wisi}]{ndl}{NDL}{nam dui ligula}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,description={non justo}]{mal}{MAL}{morbi auctor lorem}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,description={pretium at, lobortis vitae, ultricies et,
+tellus}]{nll}{NLL}{name lacus libero}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,description={tortor sed accumsan bibendum, erat ligula
+aliquet magna, vitae ornare odio metus a mi}]{da}{DA}{donec aliquet}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,description={et nisl hendrerit mollis}]{mao}{MAO}{morbi ac orci}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,description={cras nec ante}]{sum}{SUM}{suspendisse ut massa}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,description={cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis
+parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus}]{pan}{PAN}{pellentesque a nulla}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,description={nulla ullamcorper vestibulum
+turpis}]{atu}{ATU}{aliquam tincidunt urna}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,description={nulla malesuada porttitor diam}]%
+ {pclm}{PCLM}{pellentesque cursus luctus mauris}
+
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*example-glossaries-acronym.tex>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<<COMMENT
+% This file is part of the glossaries bundle
+% These are test acronym entries
+%COMMENT
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{lid}{LID}{lorem ipsum dolor}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{stc}{STC}{sit amet consectetuer}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{aeu}{AEU}{adipiscing elit ut}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{pev}{PEV}{purus elit vestibulum}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{upa}{UPA}{ut placerat ac}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{avf}{AVF}{adipiscing vitae felis}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{cdg}{CDG}{curabitur dictum gravida}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{mna}{MNA}{mauris nam arcu}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{lne}{LNE}{libero nonummy eget}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{civ}{CIV}{consectetuer id vulputate}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{amd}{AMD}{a magna donec}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{vae}{VAE}{vehicula augue eu}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{nph}{NPH}{neque pellentesque habitant}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{mts}{MTS}{morbi tristique senectus}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{ene}{ENE}{et netus et}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{mfa}{MFA}{malesuada fames ac}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{tem}{TEM}{turpis egestas mauris}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{ulc}{ULC}{ut leo cras}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{vmr}{VMR}{viverra metus rhoncus}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{sne}{SNE}{sem nulla et}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{lvu}{LVU}{lectus vestibulum urna}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{fup}{FUP}{fringilla ultrices phasellus}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{ets}{ETS}{eu tellus sit}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{atg}{ATG}{amet tortor gravida}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{pis}{PIS}{placerat integer sapien}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{eii}{EII}{est iaculis in}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{pqv}{PQV}{pretium quis viverra}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{anp}{ANP}{ac nunc praesent}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{esv}{ESV}{eget sem vel}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{lub}{LUB}{leo ultrices bibendum}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{afm}{AFM}{aenean faucibus morbi}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{dnm}{DNM}{dolor nulla malesuada}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{epa}{EPA}{eu pulvinar at}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{man}{MAC}{mollis ac nulla}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{cas}{CAS}{curabitur auctor semper}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{ndv}{NDV}{nulla donec varius}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{oer}{OER}{orci eget risus}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{dnmc}{DNMC}{duis nibh mi congue}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{cea}{CEA}{congue eu accumsan}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{esq}{ESQ}{eleifend sagittis quis}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{dia}{DIA}{duis eget orci}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{sao}{SAO}{sit amet orci}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{drn}{DRN}{dignissim rutrum nam}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</example-glossaries-acronym.tex>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<<COMMENT
+% This file is part of the glossaries bundle
+% These are test acronym entries where some are provided with
+% "translations", which are stored in the user1 key.
+%COMMENT
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,user1={love itself}]{li}{LI}{lorem ipsum}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,user1={produces none}]{np}{NP}{nulla pariatur}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,user1={blame belongs}]{sic}{SIC}{sunt in culpa}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype,user1={blinded by
+desire}]{esoc}{ESOC}{excepturi sint obcaecati cupiditat}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{nmruu}{NMRUU}{nulla malesuada
+risus ut urna}
+
+\newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{di}{DI}{duis iaculi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*example-glossaries-brief.tex>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<<COMMENT
+% This file is part of the glossaries bundle
+% These are test glossary entries with brief descriptions.
+%COMMENT
+
+\newglossaryentry{lorem}{name={lorem},description={ipsum}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{dolor}{name={dolor},description={sit}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{amet}{name={amet},description={consectetuer}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{adipiscing}{name={adipiscing},description={elit}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{ut}{name={ut},description={purus}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{elit}{name={elit},description={vestibulum}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{placerat}{name={placerat},description={ac}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{vitae}{name={vitae},description={felis}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{curabitur}{name={curabitur},description={gravida}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{mauris}{name={mauris},description={nam}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{arcu}{name={arcu},description={libero}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{nonummy}{name={nonummy},description={eget}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{consectetuer}{name={consectetuer},description={id}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{vulputate}{name={vulputate},description={a magna}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{donec}{name={donec},description={vehicula}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{augue}{name={augue},description={eu neque}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{pellentesque}{name={pellentesque},description={habitant}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{morbi}{name={morbi},description={tristique}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{senectus}{name={senectus},description={et netus}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{et}{name={et},description={malesuada}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{fames}{name={fames},description={ac}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{turpis}{name={turpis},description={egestas}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{leo}{name={leo},description={cras}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{viverra}{name={viverra},description={metus}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{rhoncus}{name={rhoncus},description={sem}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{nulla}{name={nulla},description={et}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{lectus}{name={lectus},description={vestibulum}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{urna}{name={urna},description={fringilla}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{ultrices}{name={ultrices},description={phasellus}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{eu}{name={eu},description={tellus}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sit}{name={sit},description={amet}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{tortor}{name={tortor},description={gravida}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{integer}{name={integer},description={sapien}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{est}{name={est},description={iaculis}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{in}{name={in},description={pretium}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{quis}{name={quis},description={viverra}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{ac}{name={ac},description={nunc}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{praesent}{name={praesent},description={eget}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sem}{name={sem},description={vel leo}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{bibendum}{name={bibendum},description={ultrices}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{aenean}{name={aenean},description={faucibus}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{malesuada}{name={malesuada},description={eu}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{pulvinar}{name={pulvinar},description={at}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{mollis}{name={mollis},description={ac nulla}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{auctor}{name={auctor},description={semper}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{varius}{name={varius},description={orci}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{eget}{name={eget},description={risus}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{duis}{name={duis},description={nibh}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{mi}{name={mi},description={congue}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{accumsan}{name={accumsan},description={eleifend}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sagittis}{name={sagittis},description={quis}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{diam}{name={diam},description={duis}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{orci}{name={orci},description={dignissim}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</example-glossaries-brief.tex>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*example-glossaries-childmultipar.tex>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<<COMMENT
+% This file is part of the glossaries bundle.
+% These are test glossary entries with child entries that have
+% multi-paragraph descriptions. One parent entry also has a
+% multi-paragraph description. Some entries have an associated
+% image file (stored in user1). The referenced image files are
+% provided by the mwe package.
+%COMMENT
+
+\newglossaryentry{hiersedmattis}{name={sed mattis},user1={example-image},
+ description={Erat sit amet dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus
+elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur
+dictum gravida mauris. Ut pellentesque augue sed urna. Vestibulum
+diam eros, fringilla et, consectetuer eu, nonummy id, sapien. Nullam
+at lectus. In sagittis ultrices mauris. Curabitur malesuada erat sit
+amet massa. Fusce blandit. Aliquam erat volutpat.}}
+
+
+\longnewglossaryentry{hierloremi-ii}
+{name={lorem 1--2},parent={hiersedmattis}}%
+{%
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus elit,
+vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur
+dictum gravida mauris. Nam arcu libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer
+id, vulputate a, magna. Donec vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque
+habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac
+turpis egestas. Mauris ut leo. Cras viverra metus rhoncus sem. Nulla
+et lectus vestibulum urna fringilla ultrices. Phasellus eu tellus
+sit amet tortor gravida placerat. Integer sapien est, iaculis in,
+pretium quis, viverra ac, nunc. Praesent eget sem vel leo ultrices
+bibendum. Aenean faucibus. Morbi dolor nulla, malesuada eu, pulvinar
+at, mollis ac, nulla. Curabitur auctor semper nulla. Donec varius
+orci eget risus. Duis nibh mi, congue eu, accumsan eleifend,
+sagittis quis, diam. Duis eget orci sit amet orci dignissim rutrum.
+
+Nam dui ligula, fringilla a, euismod sodales, sollicitudin vel,
+wisi. Morbi auctor lorem non justo. Nam lacus libero, pretium at,
+lobortis vitae, ultricies et, tellus. Donec aliquet, tortor sed
+accumsan bibendum, erat ligula aliquet magna, vitae ornare odio
+metus a mi. Morbi ac orci et nisl hendrerit mollis. Suspendisse ut
+massa. Cras nec ante. Pellentesque a nulla. Cum sociis natoque
+penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus.
+Aliquam tincidunt urna. Nulla ullamcorper vestibulum turpis.
+Pellentesque cursus luctus mauris.%
+}
+
+\longnewglossaryentry{hierloremiii-iv}
+{name={lorem 3--4},parent={hiersedmattis},user1={example-image}}%
+{%
+Nulla malesuada porttitor diam. Donec felis erat, congue non,
+volutpat at, tincidunt tristique, libero. Vivamus viverra fermentum
+felis. Donec nonummy pellentesque ante. Phasellus adipiscing semper
+elit. Proin fermentum massa ac quam. Sed diam turpis, molestie
+vitae, placerat a, molestie nec, leo. Maecenas lacinia. Nam ipsum
+ligula, eleifend at, accumsan nec, suscipit a, ipsum. Morbi blandit
+ligula feugiat magna. Nunc eleifend consequat lorem. Sed lacinia
+nulla vitae enim. Pellentesque tincidunt purus vel magna. Integer
+non enim. Praesent euismod nunc eu purus. Donec bibendum quam in
+tellus. Nullam cursus pulvinar lectus. Donec et mi. Nam vulputate
+metus eu enim. Vestibulum pellentesque felis eu massa.
+
+Quisque ullamcorper placerat ipsum. Cras nibh. Morbi vel justo
+vitae lacus tincidunt ultrices. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
+consectetuer adipiscing elit. In hac habitasse platea dictumst.
+Integer tempus convallis augue. Etiam facilisis. Nunc elementum
+fermentum wisi. Aenean placerat. Ut imperdiet, enim sed gravida
+sollicitudin, felis odio placerat quam, ac pulvinar elit purus eget
+enim. Nunc vitae tortor. Proin tempus nibh sit amet nisl. Vivamus
+quis tortor vitae risus porta vehicula.%
+}
+
+\longnewglossaryentry{hierloremv-vi}
+{name={lorem 5--6},parent={hiersedmattis}}%
+{%
+Fusce mauris. Vestibulum luctus nibh at lectus. Sed bibendum, nulla
+a faucibus semper, leo velit ultricies tellus, ac venenatis arcu
+wisi vel nisl. Vestibulum diam. Aliquam pellentesque, augue quis
+sagittis posuere, turpis lacus congue quam, in hendrerit risus eros
+eget felis. Maecenas eget erat in sapien mattis porttitor.
+Vestibulum porttitor. Nulla facilisi. Sed a turpis eu lacus commodo
+facilisis. Morbi fringilla, wisi in dignissim interdum, justo lectus
+sagittis dui, et vehicula libero dui cursus dui. Mauris tempor
+ligula sed lacus. Duis cursus enim ut augue. Cras ac magna. Cras
+nulla. Nulla egestas. Curabitur a leo. Quisque egestas wisi eget
+nunc. Nam feugiat lacus vel est. Curabitur consectetuer.%
+
+Suspendisse vel felis. Ut lorem lorem, interdum eu, tincidunt sit
+amet, laoreet vitae, arcu. Aenean faucibus pede eu ante. Praesent
+enim elit, rutrum at, molestie non, nonummy vel, nisl. Ut lectus
+eros, malesuada sit amet, fermentum eu, sodales cursus, magna. Donec
+eu purus. Quisque vehicula, urna sed ultricies auctor, pede lorem
+egestas dui, et convallis elit erat sed nulla. Donec luctus.
+Curabitur et nunc. Aliquam dolor odio, commodo pretium, ultricies
+non, pharetra in, velit. Integer arcu est, nonummy in, fermentum
+faucibus, egestas vel, odio.%
+}
+
+\longnewglossaryentry{hiergravida}{name={gravida}}
+{Malesuada libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer id, vulputate a, magna. Donec
+vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique
+senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas. Mauris ut
+leo.
+
+Morbi ultrices rutrum lorem. Nam elementum ullamcorper
+leo. Morbi dui. Aliquam sagittis. Nunc placerat. Pellentesque
+tristique sodales est. Maecenas imperdiet lacinia velit. Cras non
+urna. Morbi eros pede, suscipit ac, varius vel, egestas non, eros.}
+
+\longnewglossaryentry{hierloremvii-viii}
+{name={lorem 7--8},parent={hiergravida},user1={example-image-b}}%
+{%
+Sed commodo posuere pede. Mauris ut est. Ut quis purus. Sed ac odio.
+Sed vehicula hendrerit sem. Duis non odio. Morbi ut dui. Sed
+accumsan risus eget odio. In hac habitasse platea dictumst.
+Pellentesque non elit. Fusce sed justo eu urna porta tincidunt.
+Mauris felis odio, sollicitudin sed, volutpat a, ornare ac, erat.
+Morbi quis dolor. Donec pellentesque, erat ac sagittis semper, nunc
+dui lobortis purus, quis congue purus metus ultricies tellus. Proin
+et quam. Class aptent taciti sociosqu ad litora torquent per conubia
+nostra, per inceptos hymenaeos. Praesent sapien turpis, fermentum
+vel, eleifend faucibus, vehicula eu, lacus.
+
+Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada
+fames ac turpis egestas. Donec odio elit, dictum in, hendrerit sit
+amet, egestas sed, leo. Praesent feugiat sapien aliquet odio.
+Integer vitae justo. Aliquam vestibulum fringilla lorem. Sed neque
+lectus, consectetuer at, consectetuer sed, eleifend ac, lectus.
+Nulla facilisi. Pellentesque eget lectus. Proin eu metus. Sed
+porttitor. In hac habitasse platea dictumst. Suspendisse eu lectus.
+Ut mi mi, lacinia sit amet, placerat et, mollis vitae, dui. Sed ante
+tellus, tristique ut, iaculis eu, malesuada ac, dui. Mauris nibh
+leo, facilisis non, adipiscing quis, ultrices a, dui.%
+}
+
+\longnewglossaryentry{hierloremix-x}
+{name={lorem 9--10},parent={hiergravida},user1={example-image-c}}%
+{%
+Morbi luctus, wisi viverra faucibus pretium, nibh est placerat odio,
+nec commodo wisi enim eget quam. Quisque libero justo, consectetuer
+a, feugiat vitae, porttitor eu, libero. Suspendisse sed mauris
+vitae elit sollicitudin malesuada. Maecenas ultricies eros sit amet
+ante. Ut venenatis velit. Maecenas sed mi eget dui varius euismod.
+Phasellus aliquet volutpat odio. Vestibulum ante ipsum primis in
+faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere cubilia Curae; Pellentesque
+sit amet pede ac sem eleifend consectetuer. Nullam elementum, urna
+vel imperdiet sodales, elit ipsum pharetra ligula, ac pretium ante
+justo a nulla. Curabitur tristique arcu eu metus. Vestibulum lectus.
+Proin mauris. Proin eu nunc eu urna hendrerit faucibus. Aliquam
+auctor, pede consequat laoreet varius, eros tellus scelerisque quam,
+pellentesque hendrerit ipsum dolor sed augue. Nulla nec lacus.
+
+Suspendisse vitae elit. Aliquam arcu neque, ornare in, ullamcorper
+quis, commodo eu, libero. Fusce sagittis erat at erat tristique
+mollis. Maecenas sapien libero, molestie et, lobortis in, sodales
+eget, dui. Morbi ultrices rutrum lorem. Nam elementum ullamcorper
+leo. Morbi dui. Aliquam sagittis. Nunc placerat. Pellentesque
+tristique sodales est. Maecenas imperdiet lacinia velit. Cras non
+urna. Morbi eros pede, suscipit ac, varius vel, egestas non, eros.
+Praesent malesuada, diam id pretium elementum, eros sem dictum
+tortor, vel consectetuer odio sem sed wisi.%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</example-glossaries-childmultipar.tex>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*example-glossaries-childnoname.tex>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<<COMMENT
+% This file is part of the glossaries bundle
+% These are test glossary entries with child entries that don't have
+% a name supplied. (The name is the same as the parent name.)
+%COMMENT
+
+\newglossaryentry{scelerisque}{name={scelerisque},description={at}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{vestibulum}{parent={scelerisque},description={eu, nulla}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{utodionisl}{parent={scelerisque},description={facilisis id}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{molliset}{parent={scelerisque},description={nec, enim}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{aeneansem}{parent={scelerisque},description={sem leo}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{pellentesquesit}{parent={scelerisque},description={sit amet}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sapien}{parent={scelerisque},description={vehicula
+pellentesque}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{consequat}{parent={scelerisque},description={tellus
+et tortor}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{uttempor}{name={ut tempor},description={laoreet
+quam}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{nullamid}{parent={uttempor},description={wisi a
+libero}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{tristique}{parent={uttempor},description={semper}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{nullamnislmassa}{parent={uttempor},description={rutrum
+ut}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{eleifend}{name={eleifend},description={sit amet
+faucibus}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{elementum}{parent={eleifend},description={elementum}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{urnasapien}{parent={eleifend},description={urna sapien}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{consectetuermauris}{name={consectetuer},description={mauris}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{quisegestas}{parent={consectetuermauris},description={quis egestas}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{leojusto}{parent={consectetuermauris},description={leo
+justo}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{nonrisus}{name={non risus},description={morbi non
+felis}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{aclibero}{parent={nonrisus},description={ac libero}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{vulputatefringilla}{parent={nonrisus},description={vulputate
+fringilla}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{maurislibero}{name={mauris},description={libero eros}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{lacinia}{parent={maurislibero},description={lacinia
+non}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sodales}{parent={maurislibero},description={sodales
+quis}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{dapibus}{parent={maurislibero},description={dapibus
+porttitor, pede}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{class}{name={class},description={aptent taciti}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sociosqu}{parent={class},description={sociosqu}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{adlitora}{parent={class},description={ad litora}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{torquent}{parent={class},description={torquent per
+conubia}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{nostra}{name={nostra},description={per inceptos
+hymenaeos}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{morbidapibus}{parent={nostra},description={morbi
+dapibus}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{mauriscondimentum}{parent={nostra},description={mauris
+condimentum nulla}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{cumsociis}{name={cum sociis},description={natoque
+penatibus}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{etmagnis}{parent={cumsociis},description={et
+magnis}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{disparturient}{parent={cumsociis},description={dis
+parturient montes}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</example-glossaries-childnoname.tex>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*example-glossaries-cite.tex>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<<COMMENT
+% This file is part of the glossaries bundle
+% These are test glossary entries with citation labels stored in
+% the user1 field. (The citations are defined in the xampl.bib file
+% that should be available on modern TeX distributions.)
+%COMMENT
+
+\newglossaryentry{fusce}{name={fusce},
+description={suscipit cursus sem},user1={article-minimal}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{vivamus}{name={vivamus},
+description={risus mi, egestas ac},user1={article-full}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{imperdiet}{name={imperdiet},
+description={varius, faucibus quis, leo},user1={whole-journal}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{aenean2}{name={aenean},
+description={tincidunt},user1={inbook-minimal}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{crasid}{name={cras id},
+description={justo quis nibh scelerisque dignissim},
+user1={inbook-full}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{aliquam2}{name={aliquam},
+description={sagittis elementum dolor},
+user1={book-minimal}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{aeneanconsectetuer}{name={aenean consectetuer},
+description={justo in pede},
+user1={book-full}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{curabiturullamcorper}{name={curabitur ullamcorper},
+description={ligula nec orci},
+user1={booklet-minimal}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{aliquampurus}{name={aliquam purus},
+description={turpis, aliquam id},
+user1={booklet-full}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{ornarevitae}{name={ornare vitae},
+description={porttitor non, wisi},
+user1={incollection-minimal}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{maecenasluctus}{name={maecenas luctus},
+description={porta lorem},
+user1={incollection-full}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{donecvitae}{name={donec vitae},
+description={ligula eu ante pretium varius},
+user1={manual-minimal}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{proin}{name={proin},
+description={tortor metus, convallis et},
+user1={manual-full}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{hendrerit}{name={hendrerit},
+description={non, scelerisque in, urna},
+user1={mastersthesis-minimal}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{crasquis}{name={cras qui},
+description={libero eu ligula bibendum tempor},
+user1={mastersthesis-full}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{vivamustellus}{name={vivamus tellus},
+description={quam, malesuada eu, tempus sed, tempor sed, velit},
+user1={misc-minimal}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{doneclacinia}{name={donec lacinia},
+description={auctor libero},
+user1={misc-full}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{praesent2}{name={praesent},
+description={sed neque id pede mollis rutrum},
+user1={inproceedings-minimal}}
+
+ % Here's one with multiple cites:
+\newglossaryentry{vestibulum2}{name={vestibulum},
+description={iaculis risus},
+user1={inproceedings-minimal,phdthesis-minimal}}
+
+ % Here's one without a user1 key for comparison:
+\newglossaryentry{pellentesque2}{name={pellentesque},
+description={lacus}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</example-glossaries-cite.tex>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*example-glossaries-images.tex>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<<COMMENT
+% This file is part of the glossaries bundle
+% These are test glossary entries with multi-paragraph descriptions
+% that have an associated image file (stored in user1).
+% The referenced image files are provided by the mwe package.
+%COMMENT
+
+\longnewglossaryentry{sedfeugiat}{name={sed feugiat},user1={example-image}}%
+{%
+Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes,
+nascetur ridiculus mus. Ut pellentesque augue sed urna. Vestibulum
+diam eros, fringilla et, consectetuer eu, nonummy id, sapien. Nullam
+at lectus. In sagittis ultrices mauris. Curabitur malesuada erat sit
+amet massa. Fusce blandit. Aliquam erat volutpat. Aliquam euismod.
+Aenean vel lectus. Nunc imperdiet justo nec dolor.
+
+Etiam euismod. Fusce facilisis lacinia dui. Suspendisse potenti. In
+mi erat, cursus id, nonummy sed, ullamcorper eget, sapien. Praesent
+pretium, magna in eleifend egestas, pede pede pretium lorem, quis
+consectetuer tortor sapien facilisis magna. Mauris quis magna
+varius nulla scelerisque imperdiet. Aliquam non quam. Aliquam
+porttitor quam a lacus. Praesent vel arcu ut tortor cursus volutpat.
+In vitae pede quis diam bibendum placerat. Fusce elementum convallis
+neque. Sed dolor orci, scelerisque ac, dapibus nec, ultricies ut,
+mi. Duis nec dui quis leo sagittis commodo.
+}
+
+\longnewglossaryentry{aliquamlectus}%
+{name={aliquam lectus},user1={example-image-a}}%
+{%
+Vivamus leo. Quisque ornare tellus ullamcorper nulla. Mauris
+porttitor pharetra tortor. Sed fringilla justo sed mauris. Mauris
+tellus. Sed non leo. Nullam elementum, magna in cursus sodales,
+augue est scelerisque sapien, venenatis congue nulla arcu et pede.
+Ut suscipit enim vel sapien. Donec congue. Maecenas urna mi,
+suscipit in, placerat ut, vestibulum ut, massa. Fusce ultrices nulla
+et nisl.
+
+Etiam ac leo a risus tristique nonummy. Donec dignissim tincidunt
+nulla. Vestibulum rhoncus molestie odio. Sed lobortis, justo et
+pretium lobortis, mauris turpis condimentum augue, nec ultricies
+nibh arcu pretium enim. Nunc purus neque, placerat id, imperdiet
+sed, pellentesque nec, nisl. Vestibulum imperdiet neque non sem
+accumsan laoreet. In hac habitasse platea dictumst. Etiam
+condimentum facilisis libero. Suspendisse in elit quis nisl aliquam
+dapibus. Pellentesque auctor sapien. Sed egestas sapien nec lectus.
+Pellentesque vel dui vel neque bibendum viverra. Aliquam porttitor
+nisl nec pede. Proin mattis libero vel turpis. Donec rutrum mauris
+et libero. Proin euismod porta felis. Nam lobortis, metus quis
+elementum commodo, nunc lectus elementum mauris, eget vulputate
+ligula tellus eu neque. Vivamus eu dolor.
+}
+
+\longnewglossaryentry{nullainipsum}%
+{name={nulla in ipsum},user1={example-image-b}}%
+{%
+ Praesent eros nulla, congue vitae, euismod ut, commodo a, wisi.
+Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada
+fames ac turpis egestas. Aenean nonummy magna non leo. Sed felis
+erat, ullamcorper in, dictum non, ultricies ut, lectus. Proin vel
+arcu a odio lobortis euismod. Vestibulum ante ipsum primis in
+faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere cubilia Curae; Proin ut
+est. Aliquam odio. Pellentesque massa turpis, cursus eu, euismod
+nec, tempor congue, nulla. Duis viverra gravida mauris. Cras
+tincidunt. Curabitur eros ligula, varius ut, pulvinar in, cursus
+faucibus, augue.
+
+Nulla mattis luctus nulla. Duis commodo velit at leo. Aliquam
+vulputate magna et leo. Nam vestibulum ullamcorper leo. Vestibulum
+condimentum rutrum mauris. Donec id mauris. Morbi molestie justo et
+pede. Vivamus eget turpis sed nisl cursus tempor. Curabitur mollis
+sapien condimentum nunc. In wisi nisl, malesuada at, dignissim sit
+amet, lobortis in, odio. Aenean consequat arcu a ante. Pellentesque
+porta elit sit amet orci. Etiam at turpis nec elit ultricies
+imperdiet. Nulla facilisi. In hac habitasse platea dictumst.
+Suspendisse viverra aliquam risus. Nullam pede justo, molestie
+nonummy, scelerisque eu, facilisis vel, arcu.
+}
+
+\longnewglossaryentry{curabiturtellusmagna}%
+{name={curabitur tellus magna},user1={example-image-c}}%
+{%
+Donec interdum. Praesent scelerisque. Maecenas posuere sodales
+odio. Vivamus metus lacus, varius quis, imperdiet quis, rhoncus a,
+turpis. Etiam ligula arcu, elementum a, venenatis quis, sollicitudin
+sed, metus. Donec nunc pede, tincidunt in, venenatis vitae, faucibus
+vel, nibh. Pellentesque wisi. Nullam malesuada. Morbi ut tellus ut
+pede tincidunt porta. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer
+adipiscing elit. Etiam congue neque id dolor.
+
+Donec et nisl at wisi luctus bibendum. Nam interdum tellus ac
+libero. Sed sem justo, laoreet vitae, fringilla at, adipiscing ut,
+nibh. Maecenas non sem quis tortor eleifend fermentum. Etiam id
+tortor ac mauris porta vulputate. Integer porta neque vitae massa.
+Maecenas tempus libero a libero posuere dictum. Vestibulum ante
+ipsum primis in faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere cubilia
+Curae; Aenean quis mauris sed elit commodo placerat. Class aptent
+taciti sociosqu ad litora torquent per conubia nostra, per inceptos
+hymenaeos. Vivamus rhoncus tincidunt libero. Etiam elementum pretium
+justo. Vivamus est. Morbi a tellus eget pede tristique commodo.
+Nulla nisl. Vestibulum sed nisl eu sapien cursus rutrum.
+}
+
+\longnewglossaryentry{nullanonmauris}%
+{name={nulla non mauris},user1={example-image-16x10}}%
+{%
+Nullam varius. Etiam dignissim elementum metus. Vestibulum faucibus,
+metus sit amet mattis rhoncus, sapien dui laoreet odio, nec
+ultricies nibh augue a enim. Fusce in ligula. Quisque at magna et
+nulla commodo consequat. Proin accumsan imperdiet sem. Nunc porta.
+Donec feugiat mi at justo. Phasellus facilisis ipsum quis ante. In
+ac elit eget ipsum pharetra faucibus. Maecenas viverra nulla in
+massa.
+
+Nulla ac nisl. Nullam urna nulla, ullamcorper in, interdum sit amet,
+gravida ut, risus. Aenean ac enim. In luctus. Phasellus eu quam
+vitae turpis viverra pellentesque. Duis feugiat felis ut enim.
+Phasellus pharetra, sem id porttitor sodales, magna nunc aliquet
+nibh, nec blandit nisl mauris at pede. Suspendisse risus risus,
+lobortis eget, semper at, imperdiet sit amet, quam. Quisque
+scelerisque dapibus nibh. Nam enim. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
+consectetuer adipiscing elit. Nunc ut metus. Ut metus justo, auctor
+at, ultrices eu, sagittis ut, purus. Aliquam aliquam.
+}
+
+\longnewglossaryentry{etiampedemassa}%
+{name={etiam pede massa},user1={example-image-10x16}}%
+{%
+Vestibulum luctus commodo lacus. Morbi lacus dui, tempor sed,
+euismod eget, condimentum at, tortor. Phasellus aliquet odio ac
+lacus tempor faucibus. Praesent sed sem. Praesent iaculis. Cras
+rhoncus tellus sed justo ullamcorper sagittis. Donec quis orci.
+Sed ut tortor quis tellus euismod tincidunt. Suspendisse congue nisl
+eu elit. Aliquam tortor diam, tempus id, tristique eget, sodales
+vel, nulla. Praesent tellus mi, condimentum sed, viverra at,
+consectetuer quis, lectus. In auctor vehicula orci. Sed pede sapien,
+euismod in, suscipit in, pharetra placerat, metus. Vivamus commodo
+dui non odio. Donec et felis.
+
+Etiam suscipit aliquam arcu. Aliquam sit amet est ac purus bibendum
+congue. Sed in eros. Morbi non orci. Pellentesque mattis lacinia
+elit. Fusce molestie velit in ligula. Nullam et orci vitae nibh
+vulputate auctor. Aliquam eget purus. Nulla auctor wisi sed ipsum.
+Morbi porttitor tellus ac enim. Fusce ornare. Proin ipsum enim,
+tincidunt in, ornare venenatis, molestie a, augue. Donec vel pede in
+lacus sagittis porta. Sed hendrerit ipsum quis nisl. Suspendisse
+quis massa ac nibh pretium cursus. Sed sodales. Nam eu neque quis
+pede dignissim ornare. Maecenas eu purus ac urna tincidunt congue.
+}
+
+\longnewglossaryentry{donecetnisl}%
+{name={donec et nisl},user1={example-image-16x9}}%
+{%
+Aenean dictum odio sit amet risus. Morbi purus. Nulla a est sit amet
+purus venenatis iaculis. Vivamus viverra purus vel magna. Donec in
+justo sed odio malesuada dapibus. Nunc ultrices aliquam nunc.
+Vivamus facilisis pellentesque velit. Nulla nunc velit, vulputate
+dapibus, vulputate id, mattis ac, justo. Nam mattis elit dapibus
+purus. Quisque enim risus, congue non, elementum ut, mattis quis,
+sem. Quisque elit.
+
+Maecenas non massa. Vestibulum pharetra nulla at lorem. Duis quis
+quam id lacus dapibus interdum. Nulla lorem. Donec ut ante quis
+dolor bibendum condimentum. Etiam egestas tortor vitae lacus.
+Praesent cursus. Mauris bibendum pede at elit. Morbi et felis a
+lectus interdum facilisis. Sed suscipit gravida turpis. Nulla at
+lectus. Vestibulum ante ipsum primis in faucibus orci luctus et
+ultrices posuere cubilia Curae; Praesent nonummy luctus nibh. Proin
+turpis nunc, congue eu, egestas ut, fringilla at, tellus. In hac
+habitasse platea dictumst.
+}
+
+\longnewglossaryentry{vivamuseutellus}%
+{name={vivamus eu tellus},user1={example-image-9x16}}%
+{%
+ Nam orci orci, malesuada id, gravida nec, ultricies vitae, erat.
+Donec risus turpis, luctus sit amet, interdum quis, porta sed,
+ipsum. Suspendisse condimentum, tortor at egestas posuere, neque
+metus tempor orci, et tincidunt urna nunc a purus. Sed facilisis
+blandit tellus. Nunc risus sem, suscipit nec, eleifend quis, cursus
+quis, libero. Curabitur et dolor. Sed vitae sem. Cum sociis natoque
+penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus.
+Maecenas ante. Duis ullamcorper enim. Donec tristique enim eu leo.
+Nullam molestie elit eu dolor. Nullam bibendum, turpis vitae
+tristique gravida, quam sapien tempor lectus, quis pretium tellus
+purus ac quam. Nulla facilisi.
+
+Duis aliquet dui in est. Donec eget est. Nunc lectus odio, varius
+at, fermentum in, accumsan non, enim. Aliquam erat volutpat. Proin
+sit amet nulla ut eros consectetuer cursus. Phasellus dapibus
+aliquam justo. Nunc laoreet. Donec consequat placerat magna. Duis
+pretium tincidunt justo. Sed sollicitudin vestibulum quam. Nam quis
+ligula. Vivamus at metus. Etiam imperdiet imperdiet pede. Aenean
+turpis. Fusce augue velit, scelerisque sollicitudin, dictum vitae,
+tempor et, pede. Donec wisi sapien, feugiat in, fermentum ut,
+sollicitudin adipiscing, metus.
+}
+
+\longnewglossaryentry{donecvelnibh}%
+{name={donec vel nibh},user1={example-image-golden}}%
+{%
+ Donec pede. Sed id quam id wisi laoreet suscipit. Nulla lectus
+dolor, aliquam ac, fringilla eget, mollis ut, orci. In pellentesque
+justo in ligula. Maecenas turpis. Donec eleifend leo at felis
+tincidunt consequat. Aenean turpis metus, malesuada sed, condimentum
+sit amet, auctor a, wisi. Pellentesque sapien elit, bibendum ac,
+posuere et, congue eu, felis. Vestibulum mattis libero quis metus
+scelerisque ultrices. Sed purus.
+
+Donec molestie, magna ut luctus ultrices, tellus arcu nonummy velit,
+sit amet pulvinar elit justo et mauris. In pede. Maecenas euismod
+elit eu erat. Aliquam augue wisi, facilisis congue, suscipit in,
+adipiscing et, ante. In justo. Cras lobortis neque ac ipsum. Nunc
+fermentum massa at ante. Donec orci tortor, egestas sit amet,
+ultrices eget, venenatis eget, mi. Maecenas vehicula leo semper
+est. Mauris vel metus. Aliquam erat volutpat. In rhoncus sapien ac
+tellus. Pellentesque ligula.
+}
+
+\longnewglossaryentry{crasdapibus}%
+{name={cras dapibus},user1={example-image-golden-upright}}%
+{%
+Aenean interdum nibh sed wisi. Praesent sollicitudin vulputate dui.
+Praesent iaculis viverra augue. Quisque in libero. Aenean gravida
+lorem vitae sem ullamcorper cursus. Nunc adipiscing rutrum ante.
+Nunc ipsum massa, faucibus sit amet, viverra vel, elementum semper,
+orci. Cras eros sem, vulputate et, tincidunt id, ultrices eget,
+magna. Nulla varius ornare odio. Donec accumsan mauris sit amet
+augue. Sed ligula lacus, laoreet non, aliquam sit amet, iaculis
+tempor, lorem. Suspendisse eros. Nam porta, leo sed congue tempor,
+felis est ultrices eros, id mattis velit felis non metus. Curabitur
+vitae elit non mauris varius pretium. Aenean lacus sem, tincidunt
+ut, consequat quis, porta vitae, turpis. Nullam laoreet fermentum
+urna. Proin iaculis lectus.
+
+Sed mattis, erat sit amet gravida malesuada, elit augue egestas
+diam, tempus scelerisque nunc nisl vitae libero. Sed consequat
+feugiat massa. Nunc porta, eros in eleifend varius, erat leo rutrum
+dui, non convallis lectus orci ut nibh. Sed lorem massa, nonummy
+quis, egestas id, condimentum at, nisl. Maecenas at nibh. Aliquam
+et augue at nunc pellentesque ullamcorper. Duis nisl nibh, laoreet
+suscipit, convallis ut, rutrum id, enim. Phasellus odio. Nulla
+nulla elit, molestie non, scelerisque at, vestibulum eu, nulla. Ut
+odio nisl, facilisis id, mollis et, scelerisque nec, enim. Aenean
+sem leo, pellentesque sit amet, scelerisque sit amet, vehicula
+pellentesque, sapien.
+}
+
+\longnewglossaryentry{sedconsequat}%
+{name={sed consequat},user1={example-image-1x1}}%
+{%
+Ut tempor laoreet quam. Nullam id wisi a libero tristique semper.
+Nullam nisl massa, rutrum ut, egestas semper, mollis id, leo. Nulla
+ac massa eu risus blandit mattis. Mauris ut nunc. In hac habitasse
+platea dictumst. Aliquam eget tortor. Quisque dapibus pede in erat.
+Nunc enim. In dui nulla, commodo at, consectetuer nec, malesuada
+nec, elit. Aliquam ornare tellus eu urna. Sed nec metus. Cum sociis
+natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur
+ridiculus mus. Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique senectus et
+netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas.
+
+Phasellus id magna. Duis malesuada interdum arcu. Integer metus.
+Morbi pulvinar pellentesque mi. Suspendisse sed est eu magna
+molestie egestas. Quisque mi lorem, pulvinar eget, egestas quis,
+luctus at, ante. Proin auctor vehicula purus. Fusce ac nisl aliquam
+ante hendrerit pellentesque. Class aptent taciti sociosqu ad litora
+torquent per conubia nostra, per inceptos hymenaeos. Morbi wisi.
+Etiam arcu mauris, facilisis sed, eleifend non, nonummy ut, pede.
+Cras ut lacus tempor metus mollis placerat. Vivamus eu tortor vel
+metus interdum malesuada.
+}
+
+ % This one doesn't have an image. The style can test whether an
+ % image has been supplied using \ifglshasfield
+
+\longnewglossaryentry{sedeleifend}%
+{name={sed eleifend}}%
+{%
+Morbi non felis ac libero vulputate fringilla. Mauris libero eros,
+lacinia non, sodales quis, dapibus porttitor, pede. Class aptent
+taciti sociosqu ad litora torquent per conubia nostra, per inceptos
+hymenaeos. Morbi dapibus mauris condimentum nulla. Cum sociis
+natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur
+ridiculus mus. Etiam sit amet erat. Nulla varius. Etiam tincidunt
+dui vitae turpis. Donec leo. Morbi vulputate convallis est. Integer
+aliquet. Pellentesque aliquet sodales urna.
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</example-glossaries-images.tex>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*example-glossaries-long.tex>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<<COMMENT
+% This file is part of the glossaries bundle
+% These are test glossary entries with long descriptions.
+%COMMENT
+
+\newglossaryentry{loremipsum}{name={lorem ipsum},
+description={dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus
+elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur
+dictum gravida mauris.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{namearcu}{name={name arcu},
+description={libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer id, vulputate a, magna. Donec
+vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique
+senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas. Mauris ut
+leo.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{crasviverra}{name={cras viverra},
+description={metus rhoncus sem. Nulla et lectus vestibulum
+urna fringilla ultrices. Phasellus eu tellus sit amet tortor gravida
+placerat.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{integersapien}{name={integer sapien},
+description={est, iaculis in, pretium quis, viverra ac,
+nunc. Praesent eget sem vel leo ultrices bibendum. Aenean
+faucibus.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{morbidolor}{name={morbi dolor},
+description={nulla, malesuada eu, pulvinar at, mollis ac, nulla.
+Curabitur auctor semper nulla. Donec varius orci eget risus. Duis
+nibh mi, congue eu, accumsan eleifend, sagittis quis, diam. Duis
+eget orci sit amet orci dignissim rutrum.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{namdui}{name={nam dui},
+description={ligula, fringilla a, euismod sodales,
+sollicitudin vel, wisi. Morbi auctor lorem non justo.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{namlacus}{name={nam lacus},
+description={libero, pretium at, lobortis vitae, ultricies et,
+tellus. Donec aliquet, tortor sed accumsan bibendum, erat ligula aliquet magna,
+vitae ornare odio metus a mi.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{morbiac}{name={morbi ac},
+description={orci et nisl hendrerit mollis. Suspendisse ut massa.
+Cras nec ante. Pellentesque a nulla. Cum sociis natoque penatibus
+et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{aliquam}{name={aliquam},
+description={tincidunt urna. Nulla ullamcorper
+vestibulum turpis. Pellentesque cursus luctus mauris.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{nullamalesuada}{name={nulla malesuada},
+description={porttitor diam. Donec felis erat, congue non, volutpat at,
+tincidunt tristique, libero. Vivamus viverra fermentum felis.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{donecnonummy}{name={donec nonummy},
+description={pellentesque ante. Phasellus
+adipiscing semper elit. Proin fermentum massa ac quam. Sed diam
+turpis, molestie vitae, placerat a, molestie nec, leo.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{maecenaslacinia}{name={maecenas lacinia},
+description={nam ipsum ligula, eleifend at, accumsan nec, suscipit
+a, ipsum. Morbi blandit ligula feugiat magna. Nunc eleifend consequat
+lorem.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sedlacinia}{name={sed lacinia},
+description={nulla vitae enim. Pellentesque tincidunt purus
+vel magna. Integer non enim. Praesent euismod nunc eu purus. Donec
+bibendum quam in tellus.}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</example-glossaries-long.tex>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*example-glossaries-longchild.tex>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<<COMMENT
+% This file is part of the glossaries bundle
+% These are test glossary entries with child entries and long
+% descriptions.
+%COMMENT
+
+\newglossaryentry{longsedmattis}{name={sed mattis},
+ description={erat sit amet dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus
+elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur
+dictum gravida mauris.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{longgravida}{parent={longsedmattis},name={gravida},
+ description={malesuada libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer id, vulputate a, magna. Donec
+vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique
+senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas. Mauris ut
+leo.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{longelitaugue}{parent={longsedmattis},name={elit augue},
+description={egestas diam metus rhoncus sem. Nulla et lectus vestibulum
+urna fringilla ultrices. Phasellus eu tellus sit amet tortor gravida
+placerat.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{longtempus}{parent={longsedmattis},name={tempus},
+description={scelerisque est, iaculis in, pretium quis, viverra ac,
+nunc. Praesent eget sem vel leo ultrices bibendum. Aenean
+faucibus.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{longnunc}{name={nunc},
+ description={nisl vitae nulla, malesuada eu, pulvinar at, mollis ac, nulla.
+Curabitur auctor semper nulla. Donec varius orci eget risus. Duis
+nibh mi, congue eu, accumsan eleifend, sagittis quis, diam. Duis
+eget orci sit amet orci dignissim rutrum.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{longlibero}{parent={longnunc},name={libero},
+ description={sed consequat ligula, fringilla a, euismod sodales,
+sollicitudin vel, wisi. Morbi auctor lorem non justo.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{longfeugiat}{parent={longnunc},name={feugiat},
+ description={massa libero, pretium at, lobortis vitae, ultricies et,
+tellus. Donec aliquet, tortor sed accumsan bibendum, erat ligula aliquet magna,
+vitae ornare odio metus a mi.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{longporta}{parent={longnunc},name={porta},
+ description={eros in eleifend orci et nisl hendrerit mollis. Suspendisse ut massa.
+Cras nec ante. Pellentesque a nulla. Cum sociis natoque penatibus
+et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{longvariuserat}{parent={longnunc},name={varius erat},
+description={leo rutrum dui tincidunt urna. Nulla ullamcorper
+vestibulum turpis. Pellentesque cursus luctus mauris.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{longnonconvallis}{name={non convallis},
+ description={lectus orci ut nibh porttitor diam. Donec felis erat,
+congue non, volutpat at, tincidunt tristique, libero. Vivamus
+viverra fermentum felis.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{longsedlorem}{parent={longnonconvallis},name={sedlorem},
+ description={massa pellentesque ante. Phasellus
+adipiscing semper elit. Proin fermentum massa ac quam. Sed diam
+turpis, molestie vitae, placerat a, molestie nec, leo.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{longnonummyquis}{parent={longnonconvallis},name={nonummy
+quis}, description={egestas id nam ipsum ligula, eleifend at, accumsan nec, suscipit
+a, ipsum. Morbi blandit ligula feugiat magna. Nunc eleifend consequat
+lorem.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{longcondimentum}{name={condimentum},
+ description={at nisl nulla vitae enim. Pellentesque tincidunt purus
+vel magna. Integer non enim. Praesent euismod nunc eu purus. Donec
+bibendum quam in tellus.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{longmaecenas}{parent={longcondimentum},name={maecenas},
+description={at nibh fringilla a, euismod sodales, sollicitudin vel,
+wisi. Morbi auctor lorem non justo. Nam lacus libero, pretium at,
+lobortis vitae, ultricies et, tellus. Donec aliquet, tortor sed
+accumsan bibendum, erat ligula aliquet magna, vitae ornare odio
+metus a mi. Morbi ac orci et nisl hendrerit mollis. Suspendisse ut
+massa. Cras nec ante. Pellentesque a nulla. Cum sociis natoque
+penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus.
+Aliquam tincidunt urna. Nulla ullamcorper vestibulum turpis.
+Pellentesque cursus luctus mauris.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{longaliquamet}{name={aliquam et},
+ description={augue felis erat, congue non,
+volutpat at, tincidunt tristique, libero. Vivamus viverra fermentum
+felis. Donec nonummy pellentesque ante.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{longatnunc}{parent={longaliquamet},name={at nunc},
+ description={pellentesque ullamcorper el justo
+vitae lacus tincidunt ultrices. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
+consectetuer adipiscing elit.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{longduisnisl}{parent={longatnunc},name={duisnisl},
+ description={laoreet suscipit ac venenatis arcu
+wisi vel nisl. Vestibulum diam. Aliquam pellentesque, augue quis
+sagittis posuere, turpis lacus congue quam, in hendrerit risus eros
+eget felis. Maecenas eget erat in sapien mattis porttitor.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{longduisnibh}{parent={longatnunc},name={duisnibh},
+description={convallis ut justo lectus
+sagittis dui, et vehicula libero dui cursus dui. Mauris tempor
+ligula sed lacus. Duis cursus enim ut augue. Cras ac magna.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{longrutrum}{name={rutrum},
+ description={id, enim elit, rutrum at, molestie non, nonummy vel, nisl. Ut lectus
+eros, malesuada sit amet, fermentum eu, sodales cursus, magna. Donec
+eu purus. Quisque vehicula, urna sed ultricies auctor, pede lorem
+egestas dui, et convallis elit erat sed nulla.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{longphasellus}{parent={longrutrum},name={phasellus},
+ description={odio volutpat a, ornare ac, erat.
+Morbi quis dolor. Donec pellentesque, erat ac sagittis semper, nunc
+dui lobortis purus, quis congue purus metus ultricies tellus. Proin
+et quam.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{longnullanulla}{parent={longrutrum},name={nulla nulla},
+description={elit, molestie non wisi viverra faucibus pretium, nibh est placerat odio,
+nec commodo wisi enim eget quam. Quisque libero justo, consectetuer
+a, feugiat vitae, porttitor eu, libero.}}
+
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</example-glossaries-longchild.tex>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*example-glossaries-multipar.tex>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<<COMMENT
+% This file is part of the glossaries bundle
+% These are test glossary entries with multi-paragraph descriptions.
+%COMMENT
+
+\longnewglossaryentry{loremi-ii}{name={lorem 1--2}}%
+{%
+Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus elit,
+vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur
+dictum gravida mauris. Nam arcu libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer
+id, vulputate a, magna. Donec vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque
+habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac
+turpis egestas. Mauris ut leo. Cras viverra metus rhoncus sem. Nulla
+et lectus vestibulum urna fringilla ultrices. Phasellus eu tellus
+sit amet tortor gravida placerat. Integer sapien est, iaculis in,
+pretium quis, viverra ac, nunc. Praesent eget sem vel leo ultrices
+bibendum. Aenean faucibus. Morbi dolor nulla, malesuada eu, pulvinar
+at, mollis ac, nulla. Curabitur auctor semper nulla. Donec varius
+orci eget risus. Duis nibh mi, congue eu, accumsan eleifend,
+sagittis quis, diam. Duis eget orci sit amet orci dignissim rutrum.
+
+Nam dui ligula, fringilla a, euismod sodales, sollicitudin vel,
+wisi. Morbi auctor lorem non justo. Nam lacus libero, pretium at,
+lobortis vitae, ultricies et, tellus. Donec aliquet, tortor sed
+accumsan bibendum, erat ligula aliquet magna, vitae ornare odio
+metus a mi. Morbi ac orci et nisl hendrerit mollis. Suspendisse ut
+massa. Cras nec ante. Pellentesque a nulla. Cum sociis natoque
+penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus.
+Aliquam tincidunt urna. Nulla ullamcorper vestibulum turpis.
+Pellentesque cursus luctus mauris.%
+}
+
+\longnewglossaryentry{loremiii-iv}{name={lorem 3--4}}%
+{%
+Nulla malesuada porttitor diam. Donec felis erat, congue non,
+volutpat at, tincidunt tristique, libero. Vivamus viverra fermentum
+felis. Donec nonummy pellentesque ante. Phasellus adipiscing semper
+elit. Proin fermentum massa ac quam. Sed diam turpis, molestie
+vitae, placerat a, molestie nec, leo. Maecenas lacinia. Nam ipsum
+ligula, eleifend at, accumsan nec, suscipit a, ipsum. Morbi blandit
+ligula feugiat magna. Nunc eleifend consequat lorem. Sed lacinia
+nulla vitae enim. Pellentesque tincidunt purus vel magna. Integer
+non enim. Praesent euismod nunc eu purus. Donec bibendum quam in
+tellus. Nullam cursus pulvinar lectus. Donec et mi. Nam vulputate
+metus eu enim. Vestibulum pellentesque felis eu massa.
+
+Quisque ullamcorper placerat ipsum. Cras nibh. Morbi vel justo
+vitae lacus tincidunt ultrices. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
+consectetuer adipiscing elit. In hac habitasse platea dictumst.
+Integer tempus convallis augue. Etiam facilisis. Nunc elementum
+fermentum wisi. Aenean placerat. Ut imperdiet, enim sed gravida
+sollicitudin, felis odio placerat quam, ac pulvinar elit purus eget
+enim. Nunc vitae tortor. Proin tempus nibh sit amet nisl. Vivamus
+quis tortor vitae risus porta vehicula.%
+}
+
+\longnewglossaryentry{loremv-vi}{name={lorem 5--6}}%
+{%
+Fusce mauris. Vestibulum luctus nibh at lectus. Sed bibendum, nulla
+a faucibus semper, leo velit ultricies tellus, ac venenatis arcu
+wisi vel nisl. Vestibulum diam. Aliquam pellentesque, augue quis
+sagittis posuere, turpis lacus congue quam, in hendrerit risus eros
+eget felis. Maecenas eget erat in sapien mattis porttitor.
+Vestibulum porttitor. Nulla facilisi. Sed a turpis eu lacus commodo
+facilisis. Morbi fringilla, wisi in dignissim interdum, justo lectus
+sagittis dui, et vehicula libero dui cursus dui. Mauris tempor
+ligula sed lacus. Duis cursus enim ut augue. Cras ac magna. Cras
+nulla. Nulla egestas. Curabitur a leo. Quisque egestas wisi eget
+nunc. Nam feugiat lacus vel est. Curabitur consectetuer.%
+
+Suspendisse vel felis. Ut lorem lorem, interdum eu, tincidunt sit
+amet, laoreet vitae, arcu. Aenean faucibus pede eu ante. Praesent
+enim elit, rutrum at, molestie non, nonummy vel, nisl. Ut lectus
+eros, malesuada sit amet, fermentum eu, sodales cursus, magna. Donec
+eu purus. Quisque vehicula, urna sed ultricies auctor, pede lorem
+egestas dui, et convallis elit erat sed nulla. Donec luctus.
+Curabitur et nunc. Aliquam dolor odio, commodo pretium, ultricies
+non, pharetra in, velit. Integer arcu est, nonummy in, fermentum
+faucibus, egestas vel, odio.%
+}
+
+\longnewglossaryentry{loremvii-viii}{name={lorem 7--8}}%
+{%
+Sed commodo posuere pede. Mauris ut est. Ut quis purus. Sed ac odio.
+Sed vehicula hendrerit sem. Duis non odio. Morbi ut dui. Sed
+accumsan risus eget odio. In hac habitasse platea dictumst.
+Pellentesque non elit. Fusce sed justo eu urna porta tincidunt.
+Mauris felis odio, sollicitudin sed, volutpat a, ornare ac, erat.
+Morbi quis dolor. Donec pellentesque, erat ac sagittis semper, nunc
+dui lobortis purus, quis congue purus metus ultricies tellus. Proin
+et quam. Class aptent taciti sociosqu ad litora torquent per conubia
+nostra, per inceptos hymenaeos. Praesent sapien turpis, fermentum
+vel, eleifend faucibus, vehicula eu, lacus.
+
+Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada
+fames ac turpis egestas. Donec odio elit, dictum in, hendrerit sit
+amet, egestas sed, leo. Praesent feugiat sapien aliquet odio.
+Integer vitae justo. Aliquam vestibulum fringilla lorem. Sed neque
+lectus, consectetuer at, consectetuer sed, eleifend ac, lectus.
+Nulla facilisi. Pellentesque eget lectus. Proin eu metus. Sed
+porttitor. In hac habitasse platea dictumst. Suspendisse eu lectus.
+Ut mi mi, lacinia sit amet, placerat et, mollis vitae, dui. Sed ante
+tellus, tristique ut, iaculis eu, malesuada ac, dui. Mauris nibh
+leo, facilisis non, adipiscing quis, ultrices a, dui.%
+}
+
+\longnewglossaryentry{loremix-x}{name={lorem 9--10}}%
+{%
+Morbi luctus, wisi viverra faucibus pretium, nibh est placerat odio,
+nec commodo wisi enim eget quam. Quisque libero justo, consectetuer
+a, feugiat vitae, porttitor eu, libero. Suspendisse sed mauris
+vitae elit sollicitudin malesuada. Maecenas ultricies eros sit amet
+ante. Ut venenatis velit. Maecenas sed mi eget dui varius euismod.
+Phasellus aliquet volutpat odio. Vestibulum ante ipsum primis in
+faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere cubilia Curae; Pellentesque
+sit amet pede ac sem eleifend consectetuer. Nullam elementum, urna
+vel imperdiet sodales, elit ipsum pharetra ligula, ac pretium ante
+justo a nulla. Curabitur tristique arcu eu metus. Vestibulum lectus.
+Proin mauris. Proin eu nunc eu urna hendrerit faucibus. Aliquam
+auctor, pede consequat laoreet varius, eros tellus scelerisque quam,
+pellentesque hendrerit ipsum dolor sed augue. Nulla nec lacus.
+
+Suspendisse vitae elit. Aliquam arcu neque, ornare in, ullamcorper
+quis, commodo eu, libero. Fusce sagittis erat at erat tristique
+mollis. Maecenas sapien libero, molestie et, lobortis in, sodales
+eget, dui. Morbi ultrices rutrum lorem. Nam elementum ullamcorper
+leo. Morbi dui. Aliquam sagittis. Nunc placerat. Pellentesque
+tristique sodales est. Maecenas imperdiet lacinia velit. Cras non
+urna. Morbi eros pede, suscipit ac, varius vel, egestas non, eros.
+Praesent malesuada, diam id pretium elementum, eros sem dictum
+tortor, vel consectetuer odio sem sed wisi.%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</example-glossaries-multipar.tex>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*example-glossaries-parent.tex>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<<COMMENT
+% This file is part of the glossaries bundle
+% These are test glossary entries with child entries.
+%COMMENT
+
+\newglossaryentry{sedmattis}{name={sed mattis},description={erat sit amet}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{gravida}{parent={sedmattis},name={gravida},description={malesuada}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{elitaugue}{parent={sedmattis},name={elit augue},
+description={egestas diam}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{tempus}{parent={sedmattis},name={tempus},
+description={scelerisque}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{nunc}{name={nunc},description={nisl vitae}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{libero}{parent={nunc},name={libero},description={sed
+consequat}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{feugiat}{parent={nunc},name={feugiat},description={massa}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{porta}{parent={nunc},name={porta},description={eros
+in eleifend}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{variuserat}{parent={nunc},name={varius erat},
+description={leo rutrum dui}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{nonconvallis}{name={non
+convallis},description={lectus orci ut nibh}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sedlorem}{parent={nonconvallis},name={sedlorem},description={massa}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{nonummyquis}{parent={nonconvallis},name={nonummy
+quis}, description={egestas id}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{condimentum}{name={condimentum},description={at
+nisl}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{maecenas}{parent={condimentum},name={maecenas},
+description={at nibh}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{aliquamet}{name={aliquam et},description={augue}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{atnunc}{parent={aliquamet},name={at nunc},description={pellentesque
+ullamcorper}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{duisnisl}{parent={atnunc},name={duisnisl},description={laoreet
+suscipit}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{duisnibh}{parent={atnunc},name={duisnibh},
+description={convallis ut}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{rutrum}{name={rutrum},description={id, enim}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{phasellus}{parent={rutrum},name={phasellus},
+description={odio}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{nullanulla}{parent={rutrum},name={nulla nulla},
+description={elit, molestie non}}
+
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*glossaries.perl>
+%</example-glossaries-parent.tex>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-# File : glossaries.perl
+%<<COMMENT
+% This file is part of the glossaries bundle
+% These are test glossary entries with associated symbols.
+%COMMENT
+
+\newglossaryentry{sym.alpha}{sort={alpha},name={\ensuremath{\alpha}},
+description={Quisque ullamcorper placerat ipsum.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sym.beta}{sort={beta},name={\ensuremath{\beta}},
+description={Cras nibh.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sym.gamma}{sort={gamma},name={\ensuremath{\gamma}},
+description={Morbi vel justo vitae lacus tincidunt ultrices.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sym.delta}{sort={delta},name={\ensuremath{\delta}},
+description={Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing
+elit.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sym.epsilon}{sort={epsilon},name={\ensuremath{\epsilon}},
+description={In hac habitasse platea dictumst.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sym.zeta}{sort={zeta},name={\ensuremath{\zeta}},
+description={Integer tempus convallis augue.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sym.eta}{sort={eta},name={\ensuremath{\eta}},
+description={Etiam facilisis.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sym.theta}{sort={theta},name={\ensuremath{\theta}},
+description={Nunc elementum fermentum wisi.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sym.iota}{sort={iota},name={\ensuremath{i}},
+description={Aenean placerat.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sym.kappa}{sort={kappa},name={\ensuremath{\kappa}},
+description={Ut imperdiet, enim sed gravida sollicitudin, felis odio
+placerat quam, ac pulvinar elit purus eget enim.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sym.lambda}{sort={lambda},name={\ensuremath{\lambda}},
+description={Nunc vitae tortor.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sym.mu}{sort={mu},name={\ensuremath{\mu}},
+description={Proin tempus nibh sit amet nisl.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sym.nu}{sort={nu},name={\ensuremath{\nu}},
+description={Vivamus quis tortor vitae risus porta vehicula.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sym.xi}{sort={xi},name={\ensuremath{\xi}},
+description={Fusce mauris.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sym.pi}{sort={pi},name={\ensuremath{\pi}},
+description={Vestibulum luctus nibh at lectus.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sym.rho}{sort={rho},name={\ensuremath{\rho}},
+description={Sed bibendum, nulla a faucibus semper, leo velit
+ultricies tellus, ac venenatis arcu wisi vel nisl. Vestibulum diam.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sym.sigma}{sort={sigma},name={\ensuremath{\sigma}},
+description={Aliquam pellentesque, augue quis sagittis posuere,
+turpis lacus congue quam, in hendrerit risus eros eget felis.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sym.tau}{sort={tau},name={\ensuremath{\tau}},
+description={Maecenas eget erat in sapien mattis porttitor.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sym.upsilon}{sort={upsilon},name={\ensuremath{\upsilon}},
+description={Vestibulum porttitor.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sym.phi}{sort={phi},name={\ensuremath{\phi}},
+description={Nulla facilisi.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sym.chi}{sort={chi},name={\ensuremath{\chi}},
+description={Sed a turpis eu lacus commodo facilisis.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sym.psi}{sort={psi},name={\ensuremath{\psi}},
+description={Morbi fringilla, wisi in dignissim interdum, justo
+lectus sagittis dui, et vehicula libero dui cursus dui.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sym.omega}{sort={omega},name={\ensuremath{\omega}},
+description={Mauris tempor ligula sed lacus.}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*example-glossaries-symbols.tex>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<<COMMENT
+% This file is part of the glossaries bundle
+% These are test glossary entries with associated symbols.
+%COMMENT
+
+\newglossaryentry{alpha}{name={alpha},symbol={\ensuremath{\alpha}},
+description={Quisque ullamcorper placerat ipsum.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{beta}{name={beta},symbol={\ensuremath{\beta}},
+description={Cras nibh.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{gamma}{name={gamma},symbol={\ensuremath{\gamma}},
+description={Morbi vel justo vitae lacus tincidunt ultrices.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{delta}{name={delta},symbol={\ensuremath{\delta}},
+description={Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing
+elit.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{epsilon}{name={epsilon},symbol={\ensuremath{\epsilon}},
+description={In hac habitasse platea dictumst.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{zeta}{name={zeta},symbol={\ensuremath{\zeta}},
+description={Integer tempus convallis augue.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{eta}{name={eta},symbol={\ensuremath{\eta}},
+description={Etiam facilisis.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{theta}{name={theta},symbol={\ensuremath{\theta}},
+description={Nunc elementum fermentum wisi.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{iota}{name={iota},symbol={\ensuremath{i}},
+description={Aenean placerat.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{kappa}{name={kappa},symbol={\ensuremath{\kappa}},
+description={Ut imperdiet, enim sed gravida sollicitudin, felis odio
+placerat quam, ac pulvinar elit purus eget enim.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{lambda}{name={lambda},symbol={\ensuremath{\lambda}},
+description={Nunc vitae tortor.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{mu}{name={mu},symbol={\ensuremath{\mu}},
+description={Proin tempus nibh sit amet nisl.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{nu}{name={nu},symbol={\ensuremath{\nu}},
+description={Vivamus quis tortor vitae risus porta vehicula.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{xi}{name={xi},symbol={\ensuremath{\xi}},
+description={Fusce mauris.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{pi}{name={pi},symbol={\ensuremath{\pi}},
+description={Vestibulum luctus nibh at lectus.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{rho}{name={rho},symbol={\ensuremath{\rho}},
+description={Sed bibendum, nulla a faucibus semper, leo velit
+ultricies tellus, ac venenatis arcu wisi vel nisl. Vestibulum diam.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sigma}{name={sigma},symbol={\ensuremath{\sigma}},
+description={Aliquam pellentesque, augue quis sagittis posuere,
+turpis lacus congue quam, in hendrerit risus eros eget felis.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{tau}{name={tau},symbol={\ensuremath{\tau}},
+description={Maecenas eget erat in sapien mattis porttitor.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{upsilon}{name={upsilon},symbol={\ensuremath{\upsilon}},
+description={Vestibulum porttitor.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{phi}{name={phi},symbol={\ensuremath{\phi}},
+description={Nulla facilisi.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{chi}{name={chi},symbol={\ensuremath{\chi}},
+description={Sed a turpis eu lacus commodo facilisis.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{psi}{name={psi},symbol={\ensuremath{\psi}},
+description={Morbi fringilla, wisi in dignissim interdum, justo
+lectus sagittis dui, et vehicula libero dui cursus dui.}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{omega}{name={omega},symbol={\ensuremath{\omega}},
+description={Mauris tempor ligula sed lacus.}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</example-glossaries-symbols.tex>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*example-glossaries-url.tex>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<<COMMENT
+% This file is part of the glossaries bundle
+% These are test glossary entries with URLs stored in
+% the user1 field.
+%COMMENT
+
+\newglossaryentry{aenean-url}{name={aenean},
+ description={adipiscing auctor est},
+ user1={http://uk.tug.org/}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{morbi-url}{name={morbi},
+ description={quam arcu, malesuada sed, volutpat et, elementum sit
+amet, libero},
+ user1={http://www.ctan.org/}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{duis-url}{name={duis},
+ description={mattis},
+ user1={http://www.tug.org/}}
+
+ % Now try an active character
+\newglossaryentry{sed-url}{name={sed},
+ description={cursus lectus quis odio (uses
+\texttt{\string\protect\string~})},
+ user1={http://theoval.cmp.uea.ac.uk/\protect~nlct/}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sed2-url}{name={sed},
+ description={cursus lectus quis odio (uses
+\texttt{\string\string\string~})},
+ user1={http://theoval.cmp.uea.ac.uk/\string~nlct/}}
+
+\newglossaryentry{sed3-url}{name={sed},
+ description={cursus lectus quis odio (uses
+\texttt{\string\glstildechar})},
+ user1={http://theoval.cmp.uea.ac.uk/\glstildechar nlct/}}
+
+ % How do we deal with a percent character?
+
+ % Temporarily change the category code
+
+\catcode`\%=12
+\newglossaryentry{phasellus-url}{name={phasellus},
+ description={arcu (catcode change)},
+ user1=http://theoval.cmp.uea.ac.uk/%7Enlct
+}
+\catcode`\%=14
+
+ % Use \%
+
+\newglossaryentry{phasellus2-url}{name={phasellus},
+ description={arcu (uses \texttt{\string\%})},
+ user1=http://theoval.cmp.uea.ac.uk/\%7Enlct
+}
+
+ % Use \glspercentchar
+
+\newglossaryentry{phasellus3-url}{name={phasellus},
+ description={arcu (uses
+ \texttt{\string\glspercentchar})},
+ user1=http://theoval.cmp.uea.ac.uk/\glspercentchar 7Enlct
+}
+
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</example-glossaries-url.tex>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*glossaries.l2h>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\fi
+%\iffalse
+% \begin{macrocode}
+# File : glossaries.l2h
# Author : Nicola L.C. Talbot
-# Date : 14th June 2007
-# Last Modified : 2014-09-24
-# Version : 1.06
-# Description : LaTeX2HTML (limited!) implementation of glossaries
+# Version : 4.50 (2022-10-14)
+# Description : LaTeX2HTML (limited!) implementation of glossaries
# package. Note that not all the glossaries.sty
# macros have been implemented.
-# Note that this may not work with new versions of
-# LaTeX2HTML.
-
+#
+# Note that this may not work with new versions of
+# LaTeX2HTML. There are no plans to continue to
+# development as the glossaries package is now too large to
+# reimplement in Perl.
+#
+# This file has been renamed from glossaries.perl to glossaries.l2h
+# but it may need to be changed back. This file should be copied
+# to somewhere that LaTeX2HTML can find it.
+#
# This is a LaTeX2HTML style implementing the glossaries package, and
# is distributed as part of that package.
-# Copyright 2007 Nicola L.C. Talbot
+#
+# Copyright 2007-2022 Nicola L.C. Talbot
# This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
# conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
# of this license of (at your option) any later version.
@@ -39007,17 +54757,16 @@ you
#
# The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
-# This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins
+# This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins
# and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty,
-# glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty,
+# glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty,
# glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty,
-# glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty,
-# glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty,
-# glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty,
+# glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty,
+# glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty,
+# glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty,
# glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, glossaries.perl.
# Also makeglossaries and makeglossaries-lite.lua.
-
package main;
&do_require_package("mfirstuc");
@@ -39362,7 +55111,7 @@ sub gls_compare{
{
# already checked for '0' < x < '9' and '0' < y < '9'
# already checked for 'a' < x < 'z' and '0' < y < '9'
-
+
# digits greater than symbols
return 1;
}
@@ -39370,7 +55119,7 @@ sub gls_compare{
{
# already checked for x is digit and y a is letter
# already checked for x is letter and y a is letter
-
+
# symbols and digits are less than letters
return -1;
@@ -39510,12 +55259,12 @@ sub add_real_gls{
{
my $id2 = ++$global{'max_id'};
- $thisglsentry .=
+ $thisglsentry .=
"\\glossarysubentryfield $OP$id2$CP$level$OP$id2$CP$glossaryentryfield$OP$id$CP$linktext$OP$id$CP";
}
else
{
- $thisglsentry .=
+ $thisglsentry .=
"\\glossaryentryfield $glossaryentryfield$OP$id$CP$linktext$OP$id$CP";
}
@@ -39551,7 +55300,7 @@ sub add_real_gls{
$previousentry = $entry;
# Back ref
-
+
if ($gls_nonumberlist{$type})
{
$linktext = '';
@@ -39596,13 +55345,13 @@ sub add_real_gls{
{
my $id2 = ++$global{'max_id'};
- $thisglsentry .=
+ $thisglsentry .=
"\\glossarysubentryfield $OP$id2$CP$level$OP$id2$CP$glossaryentryfield$OP$id$CP$linktext$OP$id$CP";
}
else
{
$id = ++$global{'max_id'};
- $thisglsentry .=
+ $thisglsentry .=
"\\glossaryentryfield $glossaryentryfield$OP$id$CP$linktext$OP$id$CP";
}
}
@@ -39636,10 +55385,10 @@ sub do_cmd_newglossarystyle{
local($id,$style,$defs);
- $style = &missing_braces unless
+ $style = &missing_braces unless
s/$next_pair_rx/$id=$1;$style=$2;''/eo;
- $defs = &missing_braces unless
+ $defs = &missing_braces unless
s/$next_pair_rx/$id=$1;$defs=$2;''/eo;
$glossary_style{$style} = $defs;
@@ -39652,7 +55401,7 @@ sub do_cmd_glossarystyle{
local($id,$style);
- $style = &missing_braces unless
+ $style = &missing_braces unless
s/$next_pair_pr_rx/$id=$1;$style=$2;''/eo;
&set_glossarystyle($style);
@@ -39694,7 +55443,7 @@ sub set_glossarystyle{
sub do_cmd_glspar{ "<P>".$_[0]; }
-sub do_cmd_glossaryheader{
+sub do_cmd_glossaryheader{
local($_) = @_;
$_
}
@@ -39721,7 +55470,7 @@ sub do_cmd_glssubentryitem{
$_
}
-sub do_cmd_glsgroupheading{
+sub do_cmd_glsgroupheading{
local($_) = @_;
local($id, $heading);
@@ -39792,13 +55541,13 @@ sub do_env_theglossary{
}
sub set_glossarystyle_altlist{
- eval(<<'END_STYLE');
- sub do_cmd_glossaryheader{
+ eval(<<'END_STYLE');
+ sub do_cmd_glossaryheader{
local($_) = @_;
$_
}
- sub do_cmd_glsgroupheading{
+ sub do_cmd_glsgroupheading{
local($_) = @_;
local($id, $heading);
@@ -39836,7 +55585,7 @@ sub set_glossarystyle_altlist{
sub do_cmd_glossarysubentryfield{
local($_) = @_;
- local($id, $id2, $id3, $id4, $id5, $id6, $level,
+ local($id, $id2, $id3, $id4, $id5, $id6, $level,
$label, $name, $desc, $symbol, $backlink);
$level = &missing_braces unless
@@ -39856,7 +55605,7 @@ sub set_glossarystyle_altlist{
$backlink = &missing_braces unless
s/$next_pair_pr_rx/$id6=$1;$backlink=$2;''/eo;
-
+
"<P>\\glssubentryitem $OP$id$CP$label$OP$id$CP"
."\\glstarget $OP$id2$CP$label$OP$id2$CP$OP$id3$CP$name$OP$id3$CP"
."$desc\\glspostdescription\\space $backlink\n$_";
@@ -39871,13 +55620,13 @@ END_STYLE
}
sub set_glossarystyle_inline{
- eval(<<'END_STYLE');
- sub do_cmd_glossaryheader{
+ eval(<<'END_STYLE');
+ sub do_cmd_glossaryheader{
local($_) = @_;
$_
}
- sub do_cmd_glsgroupheading{
+ sub do_cmd_glsgroupheading{
local($_) = @_;
local($id, $heading);
@@ -39917,14 +55666,14 @@ sub set_glossarystyle_inline{
if ($desc)
{
- $field .=
+ $field .=
"\\glsinlinedescformat $OP$id3$CP$desc$OP$id3$CP"
."$OP$id4$CP$symbol$OP$id4$CP"
."$OP$id5$CP$backlink$OP$id5$CP";
}
else
{
- $field .=
+ $field .=
"\\glsinlineemptydescformat "
."$OP$id4$CP$symbol$OP$id4$CP"
."$OP$id5$CP$backlink$OP$id5$CP";
@@ -39950,7 +55699,7 @@ sub set_glossarystyle_inline{
sub do_cmd_glossarysubentryfield{
local($_) = @_;
- local($id, $id2, $id3, $id4,$id5,$id6,$level,
+ local($id, $id2, $id3, $id4,$id5,$id6,$level,
$label, $name, $desc, $symbol, $backlink);
$level = &missing_braces unless
@@ -40318,7 +56067,7 @@ sub do_real_glossary {
local($type,$pat) = &get_next_optional_argument;
- $entry = &missing_braces unless
+ $entry = &missing_braces unless
(s/$next_pair_pr_rx//o&&($entry=$2));
$anchor = &make_glossary_entry($entry,$anchor_invisible_mark,$type);
@@ -40401,13 +56150,13 @@ sub do_cmd_newglossary{
($opt,$pat) = &get_next_optional_argument;
- $type = &missing_braces unless
+ $type = &missing_braces unless
(s/$next_pair_pr_rx//o&&($type=$2));
- $in = &missing_braces unless
+ $in = &missing_braces unless
(s/$next_pair_pr_rx//o&&($in=$2));
- $out = &missing_braces unless
+ $out = &missing_braces unless
(s/$next_pair_pr_rx//o&&($out=$2));
- $title = &missing_braces unless
+ $title = &missing_braces unless
(s/$next_pair_pr_rx//o&&($title=$2));
($opt,$pat) = &get_next_optional_argument;
@@ -40569,7 +56318,7 @@ sub do_cmd_newacronym{
sub gls_entry_init{
local($label, $type, $name, $desc) = @_;
- %{$glsentry{$label}} =
+ %{$glsentry{$label}} =
( type => $type,
name => $name,
'sort' => $name,
@@ -40585,7 +56334,7 @@ sub gls_entry_init{
parent => ''
);
- $#{@{$glsentry{$label}{children}}} = -1;
+ $#{@{$glsentry{$label}{children}}} = -1;
$glsentry{$label};
}
@@ -43460,7 +59209,7 @@ _IGNORED_CMDS_
%\fi
%\iffalse
% \begin{macrocode}
-%</glossaries.perl>
+%</glossaries.l2h>
% \end{macrocode}
%\fi
%\Finale
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries.ins b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries.ins
index 4f90432115..30f427235c 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries.ins
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossaries.ins
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-% glossaries.ins generated using makedtx version 1.2 2021/11/1 18:45
+% glossaries.ins generated using makedtx version 1.2 2022/10/17 16:00
\input docstrip
\preamble
glossaries.dtx
- Copyright 2021 Nicola Talbot
+ Copyright 2022 Nicola Talbot
This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
- This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list-2020-03-19.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childmultipar.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-longchild.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, glossaries-2020-03-19.sty, glossaries.perl.
+ This work consists of the files glossaries.dtx and glossaries.ins and the derived files glossaries.sty, glossary-hypernav.sty, glossary-inline.sty, glossary-list.sty, glossary-long.sty, glossary-longbooktabs.sty, glossary-longragged.sty, glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty, glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, glossaries-prefix.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty, glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-2020-03-19.sty, glossaries-accsupp-2020-03-19.sty, glossaries-babel-2020-03-19.sty, glossaries-compatible-207-2020-03-19.sty, glossaries-compatible-307-2020-03-19.sty, glossaries-polyglossia-2020-03-19.sty, glossaries-prefix-2020-03-19.sty, glossary-hypernav-2020-03-19.sty, glossary-inline-2020-03-19.sty, glossary-list-2020-03-19.sty, glossary-long-2020-03-19.sty, glossary-longbooktabs-2020-03-19.sty, glossary-longragged-2020-03-19.sty, glossary-mcols-2020-03-19.sty, glossary-super-2020-03-19.sty, glossary-superragged-2020-03-19.sty, glossary-tree-2020-03-19.sty, glossaries-2021-11-01.sty, glossaries-accsupp-2021-11-01.sty, glossaries-babel-2021-11-01.sty, glossaries-compatible-207-2021-11-01.sty, glossaries-compatible-307-2021-11-01.sty, glossaries-polyglossia-2021-11-01.sty, glossaries-prefix-2021-11-01.sty, glossary-hypernav-2021-11-01.sty, glossary-inline-2021-11-01.sty, glossary-list-2021-11-01.sty, glossary-long-2021-11-01.sty, glossary-longbooktabs-2021-11-01.sty, glossary-longragged-2021-11-01.sty, glossary-mcols-2021-11-01.sty, glossary-super-2021-11-01.sty, glossary-superragged-2021-11-01.sty, glossary-tree-2021-11-01.sty, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex, example-glossaries-acronym.tex, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex, example-glossaries-brief.tex, example-glossaries-childmultipar.tex, example-glossaries-childnoname.tex, example-glossaries-cite.tex, example-glossaries-images.tex, example-glossaries-long.tex, example-glossaries-longchild.tex, example-glossaries-multipar.tex, example-glossaries-parent.tex, example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex, example-glossaries-symbols.tex, example-glossaries-url.tex, glossaries.l2h.
\endpreamble
@@ -26,14 +26,10 @@
\generate{\file{glossaries.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossaries.sty,package}}
-\file{glossaries-prefix.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossaries-prefix.sty,package}}
\file{glossary-hypernav.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-hypernav.sty,package}}
\file{glossary-inline.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-inline.sty,package}}
-\file{glossary-list-2020-03-19.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-list-2020-03-19.sty,package}}
\file{glossary-list.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-list.sty,package}}
\file{glossary-long.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
@@ -50,16 +46,86 @@
\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-superragged.sty,package}}
\file{glossary-tree.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-tree.sty,package}}
-\file{glossaries-compatible-207.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossaries-compatible-207.sty,package}}
-\file{glossaries-compatible-307.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossaries-compatible-307.sty,package}}
-\file{glossaries-accsupp.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossaries-accsupp.sty,package}}
\file{glossaries-babel.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossaries-babel.sty,package}}
\file{glossaries-polyglossia.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossaries-polyglossia.sty,package}}
+\file{glossaries-prefix.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossaries-prefix.sty,package}}
+\file{glossaries-accsupp.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossaries-accsupp.sty,package}}
+\file{glossaries-compatible-207.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossaries-compatible-207.sty,package}}
+\file{glossaries-compatible-307.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossaries-compatible-307.sty,package}}
+\file{glossaries-2020-03-19.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossaries-2020-03-19.sty,package}}
+\file{glossaries-accsupp-2020-03-19.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossaries-accsupp-2020-03-19.sty,package}}
+\file{glossaries-babel-2020-03-19.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossaries-babel-2020-03-19.sty,package}}
+\file{glossaries-compatible-207-2020-03-19.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossaries-compatible-207-2020-03-19.sty,package}}
+\file{glossaries-compatible-307-2020-03-19.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossaries-compatible-307-2020-03-19.sty,package}}
+\file{glossaries-polyglossia-2020-03-19.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossaries-polyglossia-2020-03-19.sty,package}}
+\file{glossaries-prefix-2020-03-19.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossaries-prefix-2020-03-19.sty,package}}
+\file{glossary-hypernav-2020-03-19.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-hypernav-2020-03-19.sty,package}}
+\file{glossary-inline-2020-03-19.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-inline-2020-03-19.sty,package}}
+\file{glossary-list-2020-03-19.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-list-2020-03-19.sty,package}}
+\file{glossary-long-2020-03-19.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-long-2020-03-19.sty,package}}
+\file{glossary-longbooktabs-2020-03-19.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-longbooktabs-2020-03-19.sty,package}}
+\file{glossary-longragged-2020-03-19.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-longragged-2020-03-19.sty,package}}
+\file{glossary-mcols-2020-03-19.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-mcols-2020-03-19.sty,package}}
+\file{glossary-super-2020-03-19.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-super-2020-03-19.sty,package}}
+\file{glossary-superragged-2020-03-19.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-superragged-2020-03-19.sty,package}}
+\file{glossary-tree-2020-03-19.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-tree-2020-03-19.sty,package}}
+\file{glossaries-2021-11-01.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossaries-2021-11-01.sty,package}}
+\file{glossaries-accsupp-2021-11-01.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossaries-accsupp-2021-11-01.sty,package}}
+\file{glossaries-babel-2021-11-01.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossaries-babel-2021-11-01.sty,package}}
+\file{glossaries-compatible-207-2021-11-01.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossaries-compatible-207-2021-11-01.sty,package}}
+\file{glossaries-compatible-307-2021-11-01.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossaries-compatible-307-2021-11-01.sty,package}}
+\file{glossaries-polyglossia-2021-11-01.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossaries-polyglossia-2021-11-01.sty,package}}
+\file{glossaries-prefix-2021-11-01.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossaries-prefix-2021-11-01.sty,package}}
+\file{glossary-hypernav-2021-11-01.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-hypernav-2021-11-01.sty,package}}
+\file{glossary-inline-2021-11-01.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-inline-2021-11-01.sty,package}}
+\file{glossary-list-2021-11-01.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-list-2021-11-01.sty,package}}
+\file{glossary-long-2021-11-01.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-long-2021-11-01.sty,package}}
+\file{glossary-longbooktabs-2021-11-01.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-longbooktabs-2021-11-01.sty,package}}
+\file{glossary-longragged-2021-11-01.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-longragged-2021-11-01.sty,package}}
+\file{glossary-mcols-2021-11-01.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-mcols-2021-11-01.sty,package}}
+\file{glossary-super-2021-11-01.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-super-2021-11-01.sty,package}}
+\file{glossary-superragged-2021-11-01.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-superragged-2021-11-01.sty,package}}
+\file{glossary-tree-2021-11-01.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
+\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossary-tree-2021-11-01.sty,package}}
\file{example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{example-glossaries-acronym-desc.tex}}
\file{example-glossaries-acronym.tex}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{example-glossaries-acronym.tex}}
\file{example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.tex}}
@@ -75,9 +141,7 @@
\file{example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{example-glossaries-symbolnames.tex}}
\file{example-glossaries-symbols.tex}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{example-glossaries-symbols.tex}}
\file{example-glossaries-url.tex}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{example-glossaries-url.tex}}
-\file{glossaries-2020-03-19.sty}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossaries-2020-03-19.sty,package}}
-\file{glossaries.perl}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossaries.perl}}
+\file{glossaries.l2h}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries.dtx}{glossaries.l2h}}
}
\endbatchfile
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html
index 36b22ec2f1..f93be2f57d 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html
@@ -1,4097 +1,1866 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd">
-<!--http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd-->
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
->
-<head><title></title>
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" />
-<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)" />
-<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)" />
-<!-- xhtml,fn-in,css-in,uni-html4,utf8 -->
-<meta name="src" content="glossariesbegin.tex" />
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html>
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
+<meta name="generator" content="TeX Parser Library">
+<!-- MathJax -->
+<script type="text/x-mathjax-config">
+MathJax.Hub.Config({tex2jax:
+{
+ inlineMath: [['\\(','\\)']],
+ displayMath: [ ['\\[','\\]'] ]
+}});
+</script>
+<script type="text/javascript" src="http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest/MathJax.js?config=TeX-AMS-MML_HTMLorMML">
+</script>
+ <title>The glossaries package v4.50:
+a guide for beginners</title>
<style type="text/css">
-
-/* start css.sty */
-.cmr-17{font-size:170%;}
-.cmr-12{font-size:120%;}
-.cmr-8{font-size:80%;}
-.cmtt-12{font-size:120%;font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-12{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-12{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-12{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmr-9{font-size:90%;}
-.cmbx-9{font-size:90%; font-weight: bold;}
-.cmbx-9{ font-weight: bold;}
-.cmss-9{font-size:90%; font-family: sans-serif;}
-.cmss-9{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.cmss-9{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.cmtt-10{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-10{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-10{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-10{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.cmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.cmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.cmti-10{ font-style: italic;}
-.cmtt-9{font-size:90%;font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-9{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-9{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-9{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
-.cmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
-.cmitt-10{font-family: monospace,monospace; font-style: italic;}
-.tcrm-0900{font-size:90%;}
-.cmss-8{font-size:80%; font-family: sans-serif;}
-.cmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.cmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.small-caps{font-variant: small-caps; }
-p{margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0}
-p.indent{text-indent:0;}
-p + p{margin-top:1em;}
-p + div, p + pre {margin-top:1em;}
-div + p, pre + p {margin-top:1em;}
-a { overflow-wrap: break-word; word-wrap: break-word; word-break: break-word; hyphens: auto; }
-@media print {div.crosslinks {visibility:hidden;}}
-a img { border-top: 0; border-left: 0; border-right: 0; }
-center { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }
-td center { margin-top:0em; margin-bottom:0em; }
-.Canvas { position:relative; }
-img.math{vertical-align:middle;}
-div.par-math-display, div.math-display{text-align:center;}
-li p.indent { text-indent: 0em }
-li p:first-child{ margin-top:0em; }
-li p:last-child, li div:last-child { margin-bottom:0.5em; }
-li p:first-child{ margin-bottom:0; }
-li p~ul:last-child, li p~ol:last-child{ margin-bottom:0.5em; }
-.enumerate1 {list-style-type:decimal;}
-.enumerate2 {list-style-type:lower-alpha;}
-.enumerate3 {list-style-type:lower-roman;}
-.enumerate4 {list-style-type:upper-alpha;}
-div.newtheorem { margin-bottom: 2em; margin-top: 2em;}
-.obeylines-h,.obeylines-v {white-space: nowrap; }
-div.obeylines-v p { margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; }
-.overline{ text-decoration:overline; }
-.overline img{ border-top: 1px solid black; }
-td.displaylines {text-align:center; white-space:nowrap;}
-.centerline {text-align:center;}
-.rightline {text-align:right;}
-pre.verbatim {font-family: monospace,monospace; text-align:left; clear:both; }
-.fbox {padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
-div.fbox {display:table}
-div.center div.fbox {text-align:center; clear:both; padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
-div.minipage{width:100%;}
-div.center, div.center div.center {text-align: center; margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em;}
-div.center div {text-align: left;}
-div.flushright, div.flushright div.flushright {text-align: right;}
-div.flushright div {text-align: left;}
-div.flushleft {text-align: left;}
-.underline{ text-decoration:underline; }
-.underline img{ border-bottom: 1px solid black; margin-bottom:1pt; }
-.framebox-c, .framebox-l, .framebox-r { padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
-.framebox-c {text-align:center;}
-.framebox-l {text-align:left;}
-.framebox-r {text-align:right;}
-span.thank-mark{ vertical-align: super }
-span.footnote-mark sup.textsuperscript, span.footnote-mark a sup.textsuperscript{ font-size:80%; }
-div.footnotes{border-top:solid 1px black; border-bottom:solid 1px black; padding-bottom:1ex; padding-top:0.5ex; margin-right:15%; margin-top:2ex; font-style:italic; font-size:85%;}
-div.footnotes p{margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-indent:0;}
-div.tabular, div.center div.tabular {text-align: center; margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em; }
-table.tabular td p{margin-top:0em;}
-table.tabular {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
-td p:first-child{ margin-top:0em; }
-td p:last-child{ margin-bottom:0em; }
-div.td00{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:0pt; }
-div.td01{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:5pt; }
-div.td10{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:0pt; }
-div.td11{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:5pt; }
-table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
-td.td00{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:0pt; }
-td.td01{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:5pt; }
-td.td10{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:0pt; }
-td.td11{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:5pt; }
-table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
-.hline hr, .cline hr{ height : 0px; margin:0px; }
-.hline td, .cline td{ padding: 0; }
-.hline hr, .cline hr{border:none;border-top:1px solid black;}
-.hline {border-top: 1px solid black;}
-.tabbing-right {text-align:right;}
-div.float, div.figure {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
-div.float img {text-align:center;}
-div.figure img {text-align:center;}
-.marginpar,.reversemarginpar {width:20%; float:right; text-align:left; margin-left:auto; margin-top:0.5em; font-size:85%; text-decoration:underline;}
-.marginpar p,.reversemarginpar p{margin-top:0.4em; margin-bottom:0.4em;}
-.reversemarginpar{float:left;}
-table.equation {width:100%;}
-.equation td{text-align:center; }
-td.equation { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }
-td.equation-label { width:5%; text-align:center; }
-td.eqnarray4 { width:5%; white-space: normal; }
-td.eqnarray2 { width:5%; }
-table.eqnarray-star, table.eqnarray {width:100%;}
-div.eqnarray{text-align:center;}
-div.array {text-align:center;}
-div.pmatrix {text-align:center;}
-table.pmatrix {width:100%;}
-span.pmatrix img{vertical-align:middle;}
-div.pmatrix {text-align:center;}
-table.pmatrix {width:100%;}
-span.bar-css {text-decoration:overline;}
-img.cdots{vertical-align:middle;}
-.partToc a, .partToc, .likepartToc a, .likepartToc {line-height: 200%; font-weight:bold; font-size:110%;}
-.chapterToc a, .chapterToc, .likechapterToc a, .likechapterToc, .appendixToc a, .appendixToc {line-height: 200%; font-weight:bold;}
-.index-item, .index-subitem, .index-subsubitem {display:block}
-div.caption {text-indent:-2em; margin-left:3em; margin-right:1em; text-align:left;}
-div.caption span.id{font-weight: bold; white-space: nowrap; }
-h1.partHead{text-align: center}
-p.bibitem { text-indent: -2em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em; }
-p.bibitem-p { text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em; }
-.paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;}
-.subparagraphHead, .likesubparagraphHead { font-weight: bold;}
-.verse{white-space:nowrap; margin-left:2em}
-div.maketitle {text-align:center;}
-h2.titleHead{text-align:center;}
-div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; }
-div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}
-div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10%; font-size:85%; font-style:italic; }
-div.abstract p {margin-left:5%; margin-right:5%;}
-div.abstract {width:100%;}
-.abstracttitle{text-align:center;margin-bottom:1em;}
-.alltt P { margin-bottom : 0em; margin-top : 0em; }
-.alltt { margin-bottom : 1em; margin-top : 1em; font-family:monospace,monospace; }
-div.tabular, div.center div.tabular {text-align: center; margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em; }
-table.tabular td p{margin-top:0em;}
-table.tabular {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
-td p:first-child{ margin-top:0em; }
-td p:last-child{ margin-bottom:0em; }
-div.td00{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:0pt; }
-div.td01{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:5pt; }
-div.td10{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:0pt; }
-div.td11{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:5pt; }
-table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
-td.td00{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:0pt; }
-td.td01{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:5pt; }
-td.td10{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:0pt; }
-td.td11{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:5pt; }
-table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
-.hline hr, .cline hr{ height : 0px; margin:0px; }
-.hline td, .cline td{ padding: 0; }
-.hline hr, .cline hr{border:none;border-top:1px solid black;}
-.hline {border-top: 1px solid black;}
-div.array {text-align:center;}
-.equation td{text-align:center; }
-.equation-star td{text-align:center; }
-table.equation-star { width:100%; }
-table.equation { width:100%; }
-table.align, table.alignat, table.xalignat, table.xxalignat, table.flalign {width:95%; margin-left:5%; white-space: nowrap;}
-table.align-star, table.alignat-star, table.xalignat-star, table.flalign-star {margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; white-space: nowrap;}
-td.align-label { width:5%; text-align:center; }
-td.align-odd { text-align:right; padding-right:0.3em;}
-td.align-even { text-align:left; padding-right:0.6em;}
-table.multline, table.multline-star {width:100%;}
-td.gather {text-align:center; }
-table.gather {width:100%;}
-div.gather-star {text-align:center;}
-table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
-div.longtable{text-align:center;}
-table.longtable{margin-left:auto; margin-right: auto;}
-.supertabular {text-align:center}
-.warningsymbol { color: red; font-weight: bold;}
-div.important { border : solid red; }
-div.verbatim { font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; text-align:left; clear:both; padding-top: 2ex; padding-bottom: 2ex;}
-span#textcolor1{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor2{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor3{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor4{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor5{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor6{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor7{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor8{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor9{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor10{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor11{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor12{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor13{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor14{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor15{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor16{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor17{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor18{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor19{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor20{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor21{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor22{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor23{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor24{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor25{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor26{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor27{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor28{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor29{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor30{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor31{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor32{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor33{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor34{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor35{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor36{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor37{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor38{color:#FF0000}
-span#textcolor39{color:#00FF00}
-span#textcolor40{color:#00FF00}
-/* end css.sty */
-
-</style>
-</head><body
->
-<!--l. 59--><p class="noindent" ><a
- id="top"></a>
-</p><!--l. 59--><p class="indent" >
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 59--><p class="indent" >
-
-
-
-</p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 59--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 59--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-17">The glossaries package v4.49: a guide for</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-17">beginners</span>
-</p>
-<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-1" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-1-1g"><col
-id="TBL-1-1" /></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-1-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-1-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="cmr-12">Nicola L.C. Talbot </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-1-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-1-2-1"
-class="td11"> <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/" ><span
-class="cmtt-12">dickimaw-books.com</span></a> </td></tr></table>
-</div>
-<!--l. 59--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-12">2021-11-01</span></p></div>
- <div
-class="abstract"
->
- <h3 class="abstracttitle">
-<span
-class="cmbx-9">Abstract</span>
-</h3>
- <!--l. 62--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-9">The </span><span
-class="cmss-9">glossaries </span><span
-class="cmr-9">package is very flexible, but this means that it has a</span><span
-class="cmr-9">&#x00A0;lot of</span>
- <span
-class="cmr-9">options, and since a user guide is supposed to provide a complete list of all</span>
- <span
-class="cmr-9">the high-level user commands, the main user manual is quite big. This can</span>
- <span
-class="cmr-9">be rather daunting for beginners, so this document is a brief introduction</span>
- <span
-class="cmr-9">just to help get you started. If you find yourself saying, &#8220;Yeah, but how</span>
- <span
-class="cmr-9">can I do</span><span
-class="cmr-9">&#x2026;?&#8221; then it&#8217;s time to move on to the </span><a
-href="glossaries-user.html" ><span
-class="cmr-9">main user manual</span></a><span
-class="cmr-9">.</span>
- </p><!--l. 71--><p class="indent" > <span
-class="cmr-9">I&#8217;ve made some statements in this document that don&#8217;t actually tell</span>
- <span
-class="cmr-9">you the full truth, but it would clutter the document and cause confusion</span>
- <span
-class="cmr-9">if I keep writing &#8220;except when </span><span
-class="cmr-9">&#x2026;&#8221; or &#8220;but you can also do this, that or</span>
- <span
-class="cmr-9">the other&#8221; or &#8220;you can do it this way but you can also do it that way, but</span>
- <span
-class="cmr-9">that way may cause complications under certain circumstances&#8221;.</span>
-</p>
-</div>
- <h3 class="likesectionHead"><a
- id="x1-1000"></a>Contents</h3>
- <div class="tableofcontents">
-
-
-
- &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >1 <a
-href="#sec:start" id="QQ2-1-2">Getting Started</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2 <a
-href="#sec:defterm" id="QQ2-1-3">Defining Terms</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >3 <a
-href="#sec:useterm" id="QQ2-1-4">Using Entries</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >4 <a
-href="#sec:printglossaries" id="QQ2-1-5">Displaying a List of Entries</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >5 <a
-href="#sec:glosstyle" id="QQ2-1-7">Customising the Glossary</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >6 <a
-href="#sec:multigloss" id="QQ2-1-8">Multiple Glossaries</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >7 <a
-href="#sec:hyperref" id="QQ2-1-9">glossaries and hyperref</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >8 <a
-href="#sec:xr" id="QQ2-1-10">Cross-References</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >9 <a
-href="#sec:moreinfo" id="QQ2-1-11">Further Information</a></span>
- </div>
-<!--l. 81--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 81--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1 </span> <a
- id="sec:start"></a>Getting Started</h3>
-<!--l. 84--><p class="noindent" >As with all packages, you need to load <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage</span>, but
-there are certain packages that must be loaded before <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, <span
-class="cmti-10">if </span>they are
-required: <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-2001"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-2002"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a
- id="dx1-2003"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a
- id="dx1-2004"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">fontenc</span><a
- id="dx1-2005"></a>. (You don&#8217;t have
-to load these packages, but if you want them, you must load them before
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 91--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you require multilingual support you must also install the relevant
-language module. Each language module is called <span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">language</span>&#x27E9;, where
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">language</span>&#x27E9; is the root language name. For example, <span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-french </span>or
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">glossaries-german</span>. If a language module is required, the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package will
-automatically try to load it and will give a warning if the module isn&#8217;t found.
-</div>
-</p><!--l. 99--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 101--><p class="indent" > Once you have loaded <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, you need to define your terms in the
-preamble and then you can use them throughout the document. Here&#8217;s a simple
-example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-1">
-&#x00A0;\documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;\usepackage{glossaries}
-&#x00A0;\newglossaryentry{ex}{name={sample},description={an&#x00A0;example}}
-&#x00A0;\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;Here's&#x00A0;my&#x00A0;\gls{ex}&#x00A0;term.
-&#x00A0;\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 114--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
- </p><blockquote class="quote">
- <!--l. 117--><p class="noindent" >Here&#8217;s my sample term.</p></blockquote>
-<!--l. 119--><p class="noindent" >Here&#8217;s another example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-2">
-&#x00A0;\documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;\usepackage{glossaries}
-&#x00A0;\setacronymstyle{long-short}
-&#x00A0;\newacronym{svm}{SVM}{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
-&#x00A0;\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{svm}.&#x00A0;Second&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{svm}.
-&#x00A0;\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 132--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
- </p><blockquote class="quote">
- <!--l. 135--><p class="noindent" >First use: support vector machine (SVM). Second use: SVM.</p></blockquote>
-<!--l. 137--><p class="noindent" >In this case, the text produced by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> changed after the first use. The first use
-produced the long form followed by the short form in parentheses because I set the
-acronym style to <span
-class="cmtt-10">long-short</span>. I suggest you try the above two examples to
-make sure you have the package correctly installed. If you get an <span
-class="cmtt-10">undefined</span>
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">control sequence </span>error, check that the version number at the top of this
-document matches the version you have installed. (Open the <span
-class="cmtt-10">.log </span>file and search
-for the line that starts with <span
-class="cmtt-10">Package: glossaries </span>followed by a date and
-version.)
-</p><!--l. 148--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful of fragile commands. If a command causes a problem when used in one
-of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>fields, consider adding <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields </span>before you
-start defining your entries. </div>
-</p><!--l. 152--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 154--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations are slightly different if you use the extension package <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-2006"></a>
-(which needs to be installed separately):
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-3">
-&#x00A0;\documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;\setabbreviationstyle{long-short}%&#x00A0;glossaries-extra.sty
-&#x00A0;\newabbreviation{svm}{SVM}{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}%&#x00A0;glossaries-extra.sty
-&#x00A0;\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{svm}.&#x00A0;Second&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{svm}.
-&#x00A0;\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 168--><p class="nopar" > Since <span
-class="cmtt-10">long-short </span>happens to be the default for <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(if you haven&#8217;t
-set the <span
-class="cmtt-10">category </span>key) you may omit the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle </span>line in this
-example.
-</p><!--l. 173--><p class="indent" > If you still want to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>(rather than <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>) then you
-need the optional argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span>:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-4">
-&#x00A0;\documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}%&#x00A0;glossaries-extra.sty&#x00A0;only
-&#x00A0;\newacronym{svm}{SVM}{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
-&#x00A0;\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{svm}.&#x00A0;Second&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{svm}.
-&#x00A0;\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 188--><p class="nopar" > In this example, if you omit the <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle </span>line you will notice a
-difference because the <span
-class="cmtt-10">short-nolong </span>style (not the <span
-class="cmtt-10">long-short </span>style) is the default
-with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>. With the <span
-class="cmtt-10">short-nolong </span>style the first use simply shows just the
-short form.
-</p><!--l. 195--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can&#8217;t use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span>with <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-2007"></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 197--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 199--><p class="indent" > If you like, you can put all your definitions in another file (for example,
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">defns.tex</span>) and load that file in the preamble using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries </span>with the
-filename as the argument. For example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-5">
-\loadglsentries{defns}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 204--><p class="nopar" > If you find you have a really large number of definitions that are hard to manage in a
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">.tex </span>file, you might want to have a look at <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-2008"></a> (installed separately) which
-requires a <span
-class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>format instead that can be managed by an application such as
-JabRef.
-</p><!--l. 211--><p class="indent" > Don&#8217;t try inserting formatting commands into the definitions as they can interfere
-with the underlying mechanism. Instead, the formatting should be done by the
-style. For example, suppose I&#x00A0;want to replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">SVM </span>with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\textsc{svm}</span></span></span>, then
-I&#x00A0;need to select a style that uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>, like this (for the base <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
-style):
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-6">
-&#x00A0;\documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;\usepackage{glossaries}
-&#x00A0;\setacronymstyle{long-sc-short}
-&#x00A0;\newacronym{svm}{svm}{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
-&#x00A0;\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{svm}.&#x00A0;Second&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{svm}.
-&#x00A0;\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 229--><p class="nopar" > The abbreviation styles have a different naming scheme with <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-2009"></a>:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-7">
-&#x00A0;\documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-sc}%&#x00A0;glossaries-extra.sty
-&#x00A0;\newabbreviation{svm}{svm}{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}%&#x00A0;glossaries-extra.sty
-&#x00A0;\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{svm}.&#x00A0;Second&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{svm}.
-&#x00A0;\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 244--><p class="nopar" > With <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-2010"></a> you can have multiple abbreviation styles for different
-categories. Many of these styles have their own associated formatting commands that
-can be redefined for minor adjustments. For example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-8">
-&#x00A0;\documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;\setabbreviationstyle[statistical]{long-short-sc}
-&#x00A0;\setabbreviationstyle[bacteria]{long-only-short-only}
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;Formatting&#x00A0;commands&#x00A0;used&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;'long-only-short-only'&#x00A0;style:
-&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvonlyfont}[1]{\emph{#1}}
-&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glslongonlyfont}[1]{\emph{#1}}
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;Formatting&#x00A0;command&#x00A0;used&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;'long-short-sc'&#x00A0;style:
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;(make&#x00A0;sure&#x00A0;abbreviation&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;converted&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;lower&#x00A0;case)
-&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvscfont}[1]{\textsc{\MakeLowercase{#1}}}
-&#x00A0;\newabbreviation
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;[
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;category={statistical}%&#x00A0;glossaries-extra.sty&#x00A0;key
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;]
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{svm}{SVM}{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
-&#x00A0;\newabbreviation
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;[
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;category={bacteria}%&#x00A0;glossaries-extra.sty&#x00A0;key
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;]
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{cbot}{C.~botulinum}{Clostridium&#x00A0;botulinum}
-&#x00A0;\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{svm},&#x00A0;\gls{cbot}.
-&#x00A0;Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{svm},&#x00A0;\gls{cbot}.
-&#x00A0;\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 282--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
- </p><blockquote class="quote">
- <!--l. 285--><p class="noindent" >First use: support vector machine (<span
-class="cmcsc-10"><span
-class="small-caps">s</span><span
-class="small-caps">v</span><span
-class="small-caps">m</span></span>), <span
-class="cmti-10">Clostridium botulinum</span>.
- </p><!--l. 288--><p class="noindent" >Next use: <span
-class="cmcsc-10"><span
-class="small-caps">s</span><span
-class="small-caps">v</span><span
-class="small-caps">m</span></span>, <span
-class="cmti-10">C.</span><span
-class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;botulinum</span>.</p></blockquote>
-<!--l. 291--><p class="indent" > As you can hopefully see from the above examples, there are two main ways of
-defining a term: as a general entry (<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>) or as an abbreviation
-(<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>or, with <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-2011"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>).
-</p><!--l. 296--><p class="indent" > Regardless of the method of defining a term, the term is always given a
-
-
-
-label. In the first example, the label was <span
-class="cmtt-10">ex </span>and in the other examples the
-label was <span
-class="cmtt-10">svm </span>(and <span
-class="cmtt-10">cbot </span>in the last example). The label is used to uniquely
-identify the term (like the standard <span
-class="cmtt-10">\label</span>/<span
-class="cmtt-10">\ref </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\cite </span>mechanism).
-It&#8217;s best to just use the following alphanumerics in the labels: <span
-class="cmtt-10">a</span>, &#x2026;, <span
-class="cmtt-10">z</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">A</span>, &#x2026;,
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">Z</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">0</span>, &#x2026;, <span
-class="cmtt-10">9</span>. Sometimes you can also use punctuation characters but not if
-another package (such as <span
-class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-2012"></a>) makes them active. Don&#8217;t try using any
-characters outside of the basic Latin set with <span
-class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a
- id="dx1-2013"></a> (for example, &eacute; or &szlig;)
-or things will go horribly wrong. This warning only applies to the label.
-It doesn&#8217;t apply to the text that appears in the document. If you really
-need UTF-8 characters in your labels then you&#8217;ll need to use XeLaTeX&#x00A0;or
-LuaLaTeX.
-</p><!--l. 313--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don&#8217;t use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in chapter or section headings as it can have some unpleasant
-side-effects. Instead use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>for regular entries and one of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort</span>,
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull </span>for acronyms. Alternatively use <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-2014"></a>
-which provides special commands for use in section headings and captions, such as
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 320--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 322--><p class="indent" > The above examples are reasonably straightforward. The difficulty comes if you
-want to display a <span
-class="cmti-10">sorted </span>list of all the entries you have used in the document. The
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-2015"></a> package provides a really easy way of listing all the defined
-entries:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-9">
-&#x00A0;\documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;\usepackage[sort=none]{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;\newglossaryentry{potato}{name={potato},plural={potatoes},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={starchy&#x00A0;tuber}}
-&#x00A0;\newglossaryentry{cabbage}{name={cabbage},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={vegetable&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;thick&#x00A0;green&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;purple&#x00A0;leaves}}
-&#x00A0;\newglossaryentry{turnip}{name={turnip},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={round&#x00A0;pale&#x00A0;root&#x00A0;vegetable}}
-&#x00A0;\newglossaryentry{carrot}{name={carrot},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={orange&#x00A0;root}}
-&#x00A0;\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;Chop&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;\gls{cabbage},&#x00A0;\glspl{potato}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\glspl{carrot}.
-&#x00A0;\printunsrtglossaries&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;all&#x00A0;entries
-&#x00A0;\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 348--><p class="nopar" > However this method doesn&#8217;t sort the entries (they&#8217;re listed in order of definition)
-and it will display all the defined entries, regardless of whether or not you&#8217;ve used
-them all in the document, so &#8220;turnip&#8221; appears in the glossary even though there&#8217;s no
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{turnip}</span></span></span> (or similar) in the document.
-</p><!--l. 355--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">none</span><a
- id="dx1-2016"></a> option isn&#8217;t essential in this case (there&#8217;s no other sort option
-available for this document), but it prevents the automatic construction of the sort
-value and so slightly improves the document build time.
-</p><!--l. 360--><p class="indent" > Note that this example document uses the same command (<span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span>)
-that&#8217;s used with <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-2017"></a> (<a
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>) but with <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-2018"></a> you instead need to use the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">record</span><a
- id="dx1-2019"></a> package option and one or more instances of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span>in the
-preamble (see below).
-</p><!--l. 366--><p class="indent" > Most users prefer to have an automatically sorted list that only contains entries
-that have been used in the document. The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides three
-options: use TeX&#x00A0;to perform the sorting (<a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>); use <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-2020"></a> to perform
-the sorting (<a
-href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a>); use <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-2021"></a> to perform the sorting (<a
-href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>). The
-extension package <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-2022"></a> provides a fourth method: use <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-2023"></a>
-(<a
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>).
-</p><!--l. 374--><p class="indent" > The first option (using TeX) is the simplest method, as it doesn&#8217;t require an
-external tool, but it&#8217;s very inefficient and the sorting is done according to lower case
-character code (which matches basic Latin alphabets, such as English, but
-not extended Latin alphabets, such as Icelandic). To use this method, add
-
-
-
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>to the preamble and put <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries </span>at the
-place where you want your glossary. For example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-10">
-&#x00A0;\documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;\usepackage{glossaries}
-&#x00A0;\makenoidxglossaries&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;use&#x00A0;TeX&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;sort
-&#x00A0;\newglossaryentry{potato}{name={potato},plural={potatoes},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={starchy&#x00A0;tuber}}
-&#x00A0;\newglossaryentry{cabbage}{name={cabbage},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={vegetable&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;thick&#x00A0;green&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;purple&#x00A0;leaves}}
-&#x00A0;\newglossaryentry{turnip}{name={turnip},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={round&#x00A0;pale&#x00A0;root&#x00A0;vegetable}}
-&#x00A0;\newglossaryentry{carrot}{name={carrot},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={orange&#x00A0;root}}
-&#x00A0;\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;Chop&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;\gls{cabbage},&#x00A0;\glspl{potato}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\glspl{carrot}.
-&#x00A0;\printnoidxglossaries
-&#x00A0;\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 406--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 408--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>method is very slow, uses an ASCII comparator and
-often breaks if there are commands in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name </span>key. See <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-performance.shtml" >Glossaries Performance</a> for a
-comparison. </div>
-</p><!--l. 414--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 416--><p class="indent" > Try this out and run LaTeX&#x00A0;(or pdfLaTeX) <span
-class="cmti-10">twice</span>. The first run won&#8217;t show the
-glossary. It will only appear on the second run. This doesn&#8217;t include &#8220;turnip&#8221; in the
-glossary because that term hasn&#8217;t been used (with commands like <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{turnip}</span></span></span>) in
-the document.
-</p><!--l. 421--><p class="indent" > The glossary has a vertical gap between the &#8220;carrot&#8221; term and the &#8220;potato&#8221; term.
-This is because the entries in the glossaries are grouped according to their
-first letter. If you don&#8217;t want this gap, just add <span
-class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a
- id="dx1-2024"></a> to the package
-options:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-11">
-\usepackage[nogroupskip]{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 427--><p class="nopar" > or you may want to try out a style that shows the group headings:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-12">
-\usepackage[style=indexgroup]{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 431--><p class="nopar" > If you try out this example you may also notice that the description is followed by a
-full stop (period) and a number. The number is the location in the document where
-the entry was used (page&#x00A0;1 in this case), so you can lookup the term in the glossary
-and be directed to the relevant pages. It may be that you don&#8217;t want this
-back-reference, in which case you can suppress it using the <span
-class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-2025"></a> package
-option:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-13">
-\usepackage[nonumberlist]{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 441--><p class="nopar" > If you don&#8217;t like the terminating full stop, you can suppress that with the <span
-class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span><a
- id="dx1-2026"></a>
-package option:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-14">
-\usepackage[nopostdot]{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 446--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 448--><p class="indent" > If you try out the earlier example with <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-2027"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span>
-you may notice that the terminating full stop is missing and there are no number
-lists. You can add the full stop back with
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-15">
-\usepackage[nopostdot=false]{glossaries-extra}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 453--><p class="nopar" > or
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-16">
-\usepackage[postdot]{glossaries-extra}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 457--><p class="nopar" > If you want the number lists then you need to use an indexing option.
-</p><!--l. 460--><p class="indent" > You may have noticed that I&#8217;ve used another command in the above examples:
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>. This displays the plural form. By default, this is just the singular form with
-the letter &#8220;s&#8221; appended, but in the case of &#8220;potato&#8221; I had to specify the correct
-plural using the <span
-class="cmtt-10">plural </span>key.
-</p><!--l. 466--><p class="indent" > As I mentioned earlier, using TeX&#x00A0;to sort the entries is the simplest but least
-efficient method. If you have a large glossary or if your terms contain non-Latin or
-extended Latin characters, then you will have a much faster build time if you use
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-2028"></a> (<a
-href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a>) or <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-2029"></a> (<a
-href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>) or <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-2030"></a> (<a
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>). If you are
-using extended Latin or non-Latin characters, then <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-2031"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-2032"></a> are
-the recommended methods. These methods are described in more detail in
-<a
-href="#sec:printglossaries"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">4</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:printglossaries">Displaying a List of Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossaries --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 476--><p class="indent" > The rest of this document briefly describes the main commands provided by the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. (Most of these are also available with <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-2033"></a> but may
-behave slightly differently.)
-</p><!--l. 481--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 481--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2 </span> <a
- id="sec:defterm"></a>Defining Terms</h3>
-<!--l. 484--><p class="noindent" >When you use the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-3001"></a> package, you need to define glossary entries in the
-document preamble. These entries could be a&#x00A0;word, phrase, abbreviation or symbol.
-They&#8217;re usually accompanied by a&#x00A0;description, which could be a short sentence or an
-in-depth explanation that spans multiple paragraphs. The simplest method of
-defining an entry is to use:
-</p><!--l. 491--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"></p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br /><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span></span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name={</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description={</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">description</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">other</span><span
-class="cmitt-10">&#x00A0;options</span>&#x27E9;
-<br /><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></span>
-</div>
-</div> </div><hr>
-
-
-
-<!--l. 499--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is a unique label that identifies this entry. (Don&#8217;t include the angle
-brackets &#x27E8; &#x27E9;. They just indicate the parts of the code you need to change when you use
-this command in your document.) The &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is the word, phrase or symbol
-you are defining, and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">description</span>&#x27E9; is the description to be displayed in the
-glossary.
-</p><!--l. 507--><p class="indent" > This command is a &#8220;short&#8221; command, which means that &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">description</span>&#x27E9; can&#8217;t
-contain a&#x00A0;paragraph break. If you have a&#x00A0;long description, you can instead
-use:
-</p><!--l. 511--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"></p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br /><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span></span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name={</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">},</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">other</span><span
-class="cmitt-10">&#x00A0;options</span>&#x27E9;
-<br /><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">description</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> </div><hr>
-<!--l. 519--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 521--><p class="indent" > Examples:
- </p><ol class="enumerate1" >
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-3003x1">
- <!--l. 523--><p class="noindent" >Define the term &#8220;set&#8221; with the label <span
-class="cmtt-10">set</span>:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17">
- \newglossaryentry{set}
- {
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={set},
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;collection&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;objects}
- }
-</pre>
- <!--l. 530--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-3005x2">
- <!--l. 532--><p class="noindent" >Define the symbol <span
-class="cmsy-10">&#x2205; </span>with the label <span
-class="cmtt-10">emptyset</span>:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-18">
- \newglossaryentry{emptyset}
- {
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={\ensuremath{\emptyset}},
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={the&#x00A0;empty&#x00A0;set}
- }
-</pre>
- <!--l. 540--><p class="nopar" > (This will also need a <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key if you use Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option1">1</a> or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>, see below.)
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-3007x3">
- <!--l. 544--><p class="noindent" >Define the phrase &#8220;Fish Age&#8221; with the label <span
-class="cmtt-10">fishage</span>:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-19">
- \longnewglossaryentry{fishage}
- {name={Fish&#x00A0;Age}}
- {%
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;A&#x00A0;common&#x00A0;name&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;Devonian&#x00A0;geologic&#x00A0;period
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;spanning&#x00A0;from&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;end&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;Silurian&#x00A0;Period&#x00A0;to
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;beginning&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;Carboniferous&#x00A0;Period.
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;This&#x00A0;age&#x00A0;was&#x00A0;known&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;its&#x00A0;remarkable&#x00A0;variety&#x00A0;of
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;fish&#x00A0;species.
- }
-</pre>
- <!--l. 557--><p class="nopar" > (The percent character discards the end of line character that would otherwise
- cause an unwanted space to appear at the start of the description.)
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-3009x4">
- <!--l. 562--><p class="noindent" >Take care if the first letter is an extended Latin or non-Latin character (either
- specified via a&#x00A0;command such as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\&#8217;e</span></span></span> or explicitly via the <span
-class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a
- id="dx1-3010"></a> package such
- as <span
-class="cmtt-10">&eacute;</span>). This first letter must be placed in a&#x00A0;group:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20">
- \newglossaryentry{elite}
- {
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={{\'e}lite},
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={select&#x00A0;group&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;class}
- }
-</pre>
- <!--l. 573--><p class="nopar" > or </p><div class="alltt">
- <div class="obeylines-v">
- <span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{elite}</span></span>
- <br /><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span></span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name=</span><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{{</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&eacute;</span><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">}lite}</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description=</span><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{select</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;group</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;or</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;class}</span></span>
- <br /><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></span>
-</div>
- </div></li></ol>
-<!--l. 583--><p class="noindent" >(This isn&#8217;t necessary for UTF-8 characters with XeLaTeX&#x00A0;or LuaLaTeX. For further
-details, see the section &#8220;UTF-8&#8221; of the <a
-href="https://ctan.org/pkg/mfirstuc" ><span
-class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span></a> user manual.)
-</p><!--l. 587--><p class="indent" > If you use <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-3011"></a> with <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-3012"></a> then the terms must be defined in a <span
-class="cmtt-10">.bib</span>
-file. For example: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;Encoding:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;UTF-8</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">set,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name=</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">set</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">}</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description=</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">a</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;collection</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;objects</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmsy-10">}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">emptyset,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name=</span><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\ensuremath{\emptyset}}</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description=</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">the</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;empty</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;set</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmsy-10">}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">fishage,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name=</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">Fish</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;Age</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">}</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
-
-
-
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description=</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">A</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;common</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;for</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;Devonian</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;geologic</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;period</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;spanning</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;from</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;end</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;Silurian</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;Period</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;to</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;beginning</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;the</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;Carboniferous</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;Period.</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;This</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;age</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;was</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;known</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;for</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;its</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;remarkable</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;variety</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;of</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;fish</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;species.</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmsy-10">}</span>
-<br />
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">elite,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name=</span><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{{</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&eacute;</span><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">}lite}</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description=</span><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{select</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;group</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;or</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;class}</span></span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmsy-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> (The <span
-class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>format doesn&#8217;t allow spaces in labels so you can&#8217;t have <span
-class="cmtt-10">fish age </span>as the
-label, but you can have <span
-class="cmtt-10">fish-age</span>.) This method requires the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-3013"></a>&#8217;s <span
-class="cmss-10">record</span><a
- id="dx1-3014"></a>
-package option:
-
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-21">
-\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 624--><p class="nopar" > and the <span
-class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file is specified in the resource command. For example, if the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file is called <span
-class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>then put the following line in the document
-preamble:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-22">
-\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={entries}]
-</pre>
-<!--l. 630--><p class="nopar" > You can have a comma-separated list. For example, if you also have entries defined
-in the file <span
-class="cmtt-10">entries2.bib</span>:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-23">
-\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={entries,entries2}]
-</pre>
-<!--l. 635--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 637--><p class="indent" > There are other keys you can use when you define an entry. For example, the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span>
-key indicates how the term should appear in the list of entries (glossary), but if the
-term should appear differently when you reference it with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span>in the
-document, you need to use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">text </span>key as well.
-</p><!--l. 643--><p class="indent" > For example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24">
-\newglossaryentry{latinalph}
+#main {margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 15%}
+div.tomain {position: absolute; left: 0pt; width: 5%; text-align: right; font-size: x-small;}
+div.tomain a {text-decoration: none;}
+div.labellink {display: inline; font-size: x-small; margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;}
+div.marginleft {position: absolute; left: 0pt; width: 5%;}
+div.marginright {position: absolute; right: 0pt; width: 15%;}
+div.displaymath { display: block; text-align: center; }
+span.eqno { float: right; }
+div.table { display: block; text-align: center; }
+table.tabular-cm
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: center;
+ vertical-align: middle;
+}
+table.tabular-cb
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: center;
+ vertical-align: bottom;
+}
+table.tabular-ct
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: center;
+ vertical-align: top;
+}
+table.tabular-lm
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: left;
+ vertical-align: middle;
+}
+table.tabular-lb
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: left;
+ vertical-align: bottom;
+}
+table.tabular-lt
{
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={Latin&#x00A0;Alphabet},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;text={Latin&#x00A0;alphabet},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={alphabet&#x00A0;consisting&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;letters
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;a,&#x00A0;\ldots,&#x00A0;z,&#x00A0;A,&#x00A0;\ldots,&#x00A0;Z}
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: left;
+ vertical-align: top;
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 652--><p class="nopar" > This will appear in the text as &#8220;Latin alphabet&#8221; but will be listed in the glossary
-as &#8220;Latin Alphabet&#8221;. With <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-3015"></a> this entry is defined in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file
-as:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-25">
-@entry{latinalph,
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={Latin&#x00A0;Alphabet},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;text={Latin&#x00A0;alphabet},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={alphabet&#x00A0;consisting&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;letters
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;a,&#x00A0;\ldots,&#x00A0;z,&#x00A0;A,&#x00A0;\ldots,&#x00A0;Z}
+table.tabular-rm
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: right;
+ vertical-align: middle;
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 664--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 666--><p class="indent" > Another commonly used key is <span
-class="cmtt-10">plural </span>for specifying the plural of the term. This
-defaults to the value of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">text </span>key with an &#8220;s&#8221; appended, but if this is incorrect,
-just use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">plural </span>key to override it:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26">
-\newglossaryentry{oesophagus}
+table.tabular-rb
{
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={{\oe}sophagus},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;plural={{\oe}sophagi},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={canal&#x00A0;from&#x00A0;mouth&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;stomach}
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: right;
+ vertical-align: bottom;
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 677--><p class="nopar" > (Remember from earlier that the initial ligature <span
-class="cmtt-10">\oe </span>needs to be grouped.)
-</p><!--l. 681--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations can be defined using:
-</p><!--l. 683--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 684--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the label (as per <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>), &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; is the short form and
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; is the long form. For example, the following defines an abbreviation:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27">
-\newacronym{svm}{SVM}{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 691--><p class="nopar" > This internally uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>to define an entry with the label <span
-class="cmtt-10">svm</span>. By
-default, the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name </span>key is set to &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; (&#8220;SVM&#8221; in the above example) and the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">description </span>key is set to &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#8220;support vector machine&#8221; in the above example). If,
-instead, you want to be able to specify your own description you can do this using
-the optional argument:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28">
-\newacronym
-&#x00A0;[description={statistical&#x00A0;pattern&#x00A0;recognition&#x00A0;technique}]
-&#x00A0;{svm}{SVM}{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 703--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 705--><p class="indent" > Before you define your acronyms (or other types of abbreviations), you need to
-specify which style to use with:
-</p><!--l. 708--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">style name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 709--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">style name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the style. There are a number of predefined styles,
-such as: <span
-class="cmtt-10">long-short </span>(on first use display the long form with the short form in
-parentheses); <span
-class="cmtt-10">short-long </span>(on first use display the short form with the long form in
-parentheses); <span
-class="cmtt-10">long-short-desc </span>(like <span
-class="cmtt-10">long-short </span>but you need to specify the
-description); or <span
-class="cmtt-10">short-long-desc </span>(like <span
-class="cmtt-10">short-long </span>but you need to specify the
-description). There are some other styles as well that use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\textsc </span>to typeset the
-acronym or that use a footnote on first use. See the main user guide for further
-details.
-</p><!--l. 721--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-3016"></a> package provides improved abbreviation handling with <a
-href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/sample-abbr-styles.shtml" >a lot
-more predefined styles</a>. With this extension package, abbreviations are defined
-using:
-</p><!--l. 725--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 726--><p class="noindent" >
-You can still use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>but it&#8217;s redefined to use the new abbreviation
-interface. The style must now be set using:
-</p><!--l. 730--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">style name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 731--><p class="noindent" >
-The default &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">category</span>&#x27E9; is <span
-class="cmtt-10">abbreviation</span>. If you use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>the category is
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>, which is why you need to use the optional argument if you define
-abbreviations with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>when <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-3017"></a> has been loaded: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">style</span><span
-class="cmitt-10">&#x00A0;name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> If you use <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-3018"></a> then abbreviations are defined in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file in the format:
-<div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">@abbreviation</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;long={</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">long</span><span
-class="cmitt-10">&#x00A0;form</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">},</span>
-
-
-
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;short={</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">short</span><span
-class="cmitt-10">&#x00A0;form</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmsy-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div>
-<!--l. 748--><p class="indent" > The plural forms for abbreviations can be specified using the <span
-class="cmtt-10">longplural </span>and
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">shortplural </span>keys. For example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29">
-\newacronym
-&#x00A0;[longplural={diagonal&#x00A0;matrices}]
-&#x00A0;{dm}{DM}{diagonal&#x00A0;matrix}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 754--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-3019"></a>):
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30">
-\newabbreviation&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;glossaries-extra.sty
-&#x00A0;[longplural={diagonal&#x00A0;matrices}]
-&#x00A0;{dm}{DM}{diagonal&#x00A0;matrix}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 760--><p class="nopar" > If omitted, the defaults are again obtained by appending an &#8220;s&#8221; to the singular
-versions. With <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-3020"></a>, the definition in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file is:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31">
-@abbreviation{dm,
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;short={DM},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;long={diagonal&#x00A0;matrix},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;longplural={diagonal&#x00A0;matrices}
+table.tabular-rt
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: right;
+ vertical-align: top;
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 770--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 772--><p class="indent" > It&#8217;s also possible to have both a&#x00A0;name and a&#x00A0;corresponding symbol.
-Just use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name </span>key for the name and the <span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol </span>key for the symbol. For
-example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32">
-\newglossaryentry{emptyset}
+table.tabular-m
{
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={empty&#x00A0;set},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;symbol={\ensuremath{\emptyset}},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={the&#x00A0;set&#x00A0;containing&#x00A0;no&#x00A0;elements}
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ vertical-align: middle;
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 782--><p class="nopar" > or with <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-3021"></a> the definition in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file is:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33">
-@entry{emptyset,
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={empty&#x00A0;set},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;symbol={\ensuremath{\emptyset}},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={the&#x00A0;set&#x00A0;containing&#x00A0;no&#x00A0;elements}
+table.tabular-b
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ vertical-align: bottom;
+}
+table.tabular-t
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ vertical-align: top;
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 790--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 792--><p class="indent" > If you want the symbol in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name </span>field then you must supply a <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort </span>value with
-Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option1">1</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a> otherwise you&#8217;ll end up with errors from TeX&#x00A0;or <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-3022"></a>. With
-<a
-href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a> (<span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-3023"></a>) it&#8217;s not quite so important but you may find the resulting
-order is a little odd. For example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34">
-\newglossaryentry{emptyset}
+table.tabular-l
{
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={\ensuremath{\emptyset}},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={empty&#x00A0;set},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={the&#x00A0;set&#x00A0;containing&#x00A0;no&#x00A0;elements}
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: left;
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 804--><p class="nopar" > This displays the symbol as <span
-class="cmsy-10">&#x2205; </span>but sorts according to &#8220;empty set&#8221;. You
-may want to consider using <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-3024"></a>&#8217;s <span
-class="cmss-10">symbols</span><a
- id="dx1-3025"></a> package option which
-provides
-</p><!--l. 810--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">symbol</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 811--><p class="noindent" >
-This internally uses <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>but automatically sets the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key to the
-&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;. For example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35">
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage[symbols]{glossaries-extra}
-\makeglossaries
-\glsxtrnewsymbol&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;requires&#x00A0;glossaries-extra.sty&#x00A0;'symbols'&#x00A0;option
-&#x00A0;[description={the&#x00A0;set&#x00A0;containing&#x00A0;no&#x00A0;elements}]
-&#x00A0;{emptyset}%&#x00A0;label&#x00A0;(and&#x00A0;sort&#x00A0;value)
-&#x00A0;{\ensuremath{\emptyset}}%&#x00A0;symbol
-\begin{document}
-\gls{emptyset}
-\printglossaries
-\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 831--><p class="nopar" > Now the sort value is &#8220;emptyset&#8221; rather than the previous &#8220;empty set&#8221;.
-</p><!--l. 835--><p class="indent" > With <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-3026"></a> you can define this in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file as
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36">
-@entry{emptyset,
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={\ensuremath{\emptyset}},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={the&#x00A0;set&#x00A0;containing&#x00A0;no&#x00A0;elements}
+table.tabular-c
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: center;
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 842--><p class="nopar" > in which case <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-3027"></a> will try to interpret the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name </span>field to determine the sort
-value. Alternatively you can use:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37">
-@symbol{emptyset,
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={\ensuremath{\emptyset}},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={the&#x00A0;set&#x00A0;containing&#x00A0;no&#x00A0;elements}
+table.tabular-r
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: right;
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 850--><p class="nopar" > which will use the label (<span
-class="cmtt-10">emptyset</span>) as the sort value. (You don&#8217;t need the <span
-class="cmss-10">symbols</span><a
- id="dx1-3028"></a>
-package option in this case, unless you want a separate symbols list.) The
-corresponding document (where the definition is in the file <span
-class="cmtt-10">entries.bib</span>) is
-now:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38">
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
-\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries]
-\begin{document}
-\gls{emptyset}
-\printunsrtglossaries
-\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 867--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 869--><p class="indent" > Note that while the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key is advised for symbols when using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>or
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>it shouldn&#8217;t be used with <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-3029"></a>. Instead, <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-3030"></a> has its
-own algorithm for determining the sort value based on the entry type (<span
-class="cmtt-10">@entry</span>,
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">@symbol </span>etc). See <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=bib2gls-sorting" >bib2gls gallery: sorting</a> for further details.
-</p><!--l. 877--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 877--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3 </span> <a
- id="sec:useterm"></a>Using Entries</h3>
-<!--l. 880--><p class="noindent" >Once you have defined your entries, as described above, you can reference them in
-your document. There are a&#x00A0;number of commands to do this, but the most common
-one is:
-</p><!--l. 884--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 885--><p class="noindent" >
-where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the label you assigned to the entry when you defined it. For example,
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{fishage}</span></span></span> will display &#8220;Fish Age&#8221; in the text (given the definition from the
-previous section). If you are using <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-4001"></a> then this will display ?? (like
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\ref </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\cite</span>) until <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-4002"></a> has created the relevant files and LaTeX&#x00A0;is
-rerun.
-</p><!--l. 893--><p class="indent" > If you are using the <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-4003"></a> package (remember to load it before <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>) <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
-will create a hyperlink to the corresponding entry in the glossary. If you want to
-suppress the hyperlink for a particular instance, use the starred form <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls* </span>for
-example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls*{fishage}</span></span></span>. The other commands described in this section all have a
-similar starred form.
-</p><!--l. 900--><p class="indent" > If the entry was defined as an acronym (using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>with <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
-described above) or an abbreviation (using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>with <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-4004"></a>),
-then <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will display the full form the first time it&#8217;s used and just the
-short form on subsequent use. For example, if the style is set to <span
-class="cmtt-10">long-short</span>,
-then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> will display &#8220;support vector machine (SVM)&#8221; the first time
-
-
-
-it&#8217;s used, but the next occurrence of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> will just display &#8220;SVM&#8221;.
-(If you use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>with <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-4005"></a> the default doesn&#8217;t show the
-long form on first use. You&#8217;ll need to change the style first, as described
-earlier.)
-</p><!--l. 912--><p class="indent" > If you want the plural form, you can use:
-</p><!--l. 914--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 915--><p class="noindent" >
-instead of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>. For example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl{set}</span></span></span> displays &#8220;sets&#8221;.
-</p><!--l. 919--><p class="indent" > If the term appears at the start of a&#x00A0;sentence, you can convert the first letter to
-upper case using:
-</p><!--l. 922--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 923--><p class="noindent" >
-for the singular form or
-</p><!--l. 926--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glspl{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 927--><p class="noindent" >
-for the plural form. For example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39">
-\Glspl{set}&#x00A0;are&#x00A0;collections.
-</pre>
-<!--l. 931--><p class="nopar" > produces &#8220;Sets are collections&#8221;.
-</p><!--l. 934--><p class="indent" > If you&#8217;ve specified a symbol using the <span
-class="cmtt-10">symbol </span>key, you can display it
-using:
-</p><!--l. 937--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 938--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 940--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 940--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4 </span> <a
- id="sec:printglossaries"></a>Displaying a List of Entries</h3>
-<!--l. 943--><p class="noindent" >In <a
-href="#sec:start"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">1</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:start">Getting Started<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:start --></a>, I mentioned that there are three options you can
-choose from to create an automatically sorted glossary with the base <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
-package. These are also available with the extension package <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>along
-with a fourth option. These four options are listed below in a little more detail.
-<a
-href="#x1-50011">Table&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmbx-10"></span>+c</a> summarises the main advantages and disadvantages.
-(There&#8217;s a more detailed summary in the main <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual.) See also
-<a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/" >Incorporating makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document
-build</a>.
-</p>
- <div class="table">
-
-
-
-<!--l. 953--><p class="indent" > <a
- id="x1-50011"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
->
-
-
-
- <div class="caption"
-><span class="id">Table&#x00A0;1: </span><span
-class="content">Comparison of Glossary Options</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-50011 -->
-<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-2" class="tabular"
+pre { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+div.figure { display: block; text-align: center; }
+div.caption { display: block; text-align: center; }
+div.marginpar { float: right; }
+div.abstract { display: block; margin-right: 4em; margin-left: 4em;}
+div.title { display: block; text-align: center; font-size: x-large;}
+div.author { display: block; text-align: center; font-size: large;}
+div.date { display: block; text-align: center; font-size: medium;}
+div.bibliography { display: block; margin-left: 4em; }
+div.bibitem { display: inline; float: left; text-indent: -3em; }
+span.numberline { display: inline-block; width: 3em; }
+.toc-subsection span.numberline { display: inline-block; width: 3em; }
+.toc-subsubsection span.numberline { display: inline-block; width: 4em; }
+.toc-paragraph span.numberline { display: inline-block; width: 5em; }
+.toc-subparagraph span.numberline { display: inline-block; width: 6em; }
+nav ul { list-style-type: none; }
+.toc-part { padding-left: 0em; padding-bottom: 1ex; padding-top: 1ex; font-weight: bold; font-size: large;}
+.toc-chapter { padding-left: 0em; padding-bottom: .25ex; padding-top: .25ex; font-weight: bold; }
+.toc-section { padding-left: .5em; }
+.toc-subsection { padding-left: 1.5em; }
+.toc-subsubsection { padding-left: 2em; }
+.toc-paragraph { padding-left: 2.5em; }
+.toc-subparagraph { padding-left: 3em; }
+.part { font-size: x-large; font-weight: bold; }
+div.bigskip { padding-left: 0pt; padding-right: 0pt; padding-top: 0pt; padding-bottom: 2ex;}
+div.medskip { padding-left: 0pt; padding-right: 0pt; padding-top: 0pt; padding-bottom: 1ex;}
+div.smallskip { padding-left: 0pt; padding-right: 0pt; padding-top: 0pt; padding-bottom: .5ex;}
+span.quad { padding-left: 0pt; padding-right: 1em; padding-top: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0pt;}
+span.qquad { padding-left: 0pt; padding-right: 2em; padding-top: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0pt;}
+.displaylist { display: block; list-style-type: none; }
+.inlinelist { display: inline; }
+dl.inlinetitle dt { display: inline-block; margin-left: 0; margin-right: 1em;}
+dl.inlinetitle dd { display: inline; margin: 0; }
+dl.inlinetitle dd::after { display: block; content: ''; }
+dl.inlineblock dt { display: inline-block; margin-left: 0; margin-right: 1em;}
+dl.inlineblock dd { display: inline; margin: 0; }
+dl.inlineblock dd::after { display: block; content: ''; }
+.clearfix::after { content: ""; clear: both; display: table; }
+span.inlineitem { margin-right: .5em; margin-left: .5em; }
+span.numitem { float: left; margin-left: -3em; text-align: right; min-width: 2.5em; }
+span.bulletitem { float: left; margin-left: -1em; }
+span.descitem { font: normal; font-weight: bold; }
+div.indexspace { min-height: 2ex; }
+.cell-noborder-nosep-r {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; text-align: right; }
+.cell-noborder-bothsep-l {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; }
+.cell-noborder-bothsep-r {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: right; }
+.cell-noborder-bothsep-halfwidth {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 50.000000%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; }
+.cell-noborder-nosep-l {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; text-align: left; }
+.cell-noborder-rightsep-l {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; padding-right: 0px; text-align: left; }
+.cell-noborder-leftsep-r {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; padding-right: 0px; text-align: right; }
+.cell-noborder-bothsep-c {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: center; }
+.cell-noborder-bothsep-eightypc {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 80.000000%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; }
+.cell-noborder-rightsep-c {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: center; }
+.cell-noborder-bothsep-threequarterwidth {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 75.000000%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; }
+.cell-noborder-rightsep-r {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: right; }
+.cell-noborder-bothsep-quarterwidth {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 25.000000%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; }
+.cell-noborder-rightsep-c {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; padding-right: 0px; text-align: center; }
+.cell-noborder-rightsep-l {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; }
+.cell-noborder-nosep-c {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; text-align: center; }
+span.mbox {border-style: none; }
+span.frame {border-style: solid; border-width: 1.000000pt; padding: 0.000000pt; }
+span.boxed {text-align: center; vertical-align: middle; border-style: solid; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 0.000000pt; width: 1.000000em; height: 1.000000em; display: inline-block; }
+span.circled {text-align: center; vertical-align: middle; border-style: solid; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 1.000000pt; border-radius: 5000.000000%;width: 1.000000em; height: 1.000000em; display: inline-block; }
+span.overlapped {text-align: center; border-style: none; padding: 0.000000pt; width: 1.000000em; height: 1.000000em; display: inline-block; }
+span.overlapper {text-align: center; border-style: none; padding: 0.000000pt; margin-left: -1.000000em; width: 1.000000em; height: 1.000000em; display: inline-block; }
+span.overlappertop {text-align: center; vertical-align: top; border-style: none; padding: 0.000000pt; margin-left: -1.000000em; width: 1.000000em; height: 1.000000em; display: inline-block; }
+span.partialoverlapper {text-align: center; border-style: none; padding: 0.000000pt; margin-left: -0.750000em; width: 1.000000em; height: 1.000000em; display: inline-block; }
+span.quarterleft {text-align: center; vertical-align: middle; border-style: none; padding: 0.000000pt; transform: rotate(-90.000000deg); -ms-transform: rotate(-90.000000deg); -webkit-transform: rotate(-90.000000deg); display: inline-block; }
+span.quarterright {text-align: center; vertical-align: middle; border-style: none; padding: 0.000000pt; transform: rotate(90.000000deg); -ms-transform: rotate(90.000000deg); -webkit-transform: rotate(90.000000deg); display: inline-block; }
+span.eighthleft {text-align: center; vertical-align: middle; border-style: none; padding: 0.000000pt; transform: rotate(-45.000000deg); -ms-transform: rotate(-45.000000deg); -webkit-transform: rotate(-45.000000deg); display: inline-block; }
+span.eighthright {text-align: center; vertical-align: middle; border-style: none; padding: 0.000000pt; transform: rotate(45.000000deg); -ms-transform: rotate(45.000000deg); -webkit-transform: rotate(45.000000deg); display: inline-block; }
+span.halfturn {text-align: center; vertical-align: middle; border-style: none; padding: 0.000000pt; transform: rotate(180.000000deg); -ms-transform: rotate(180.000000deg); -webkit-transform: rotate(180.000000deg); display: inline-block; }
+span.fwsdisabledicon {border-style: none; color: gray; }
+span.fwsactiveicon {border-style: none; color: green; }
+span.glsshowtargetfonttext {font-family: monospace; font-size: x-small; border-style: none; }
+dfn { font-style: normal; font-weight: bold; } a { text-decoration: none; } a:hover { text-decoration: underline; } div.tablefns { border-top: solid; } div.example { border-bottom: solid silver; padding: 20px; } div.example div.title { font-weight: bold; font-size: large; }
+div.sidenote {font-size: x-small; float: right; border-style: none; }
+span.advantage {border-style: none; color: green; }
+span.disadvantage {border-style: none; color: red; }
+strong.strong {font-weight: bold; border-style: none; }
+em.booktitle {font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; border-style: none; }
+code.code {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+code.cmd {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.cmdfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.comment {border-style: none; color: rgb(94,94,94); }
+code.csfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; color: rgb(84,111,26); }
+span.csfmtfont {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.csfmtcolourfont {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; color: rgb(84,111,26); }
+span.appfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.styfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.clsfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.envfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.optfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.csoptfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; color: rgb(104,34,139); }
+span.styoptfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; color: rgb(104,34,139); }
+span.clsoptfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.ctrfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.filefmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.extfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.deprecatedorbannedfmt {border-style: none; color: rgb(204,0,0); }
+span.summarylocfmt {font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; border-style: none; }
+span.menufmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+code.cbeg {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+code.cend {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.termslocfmt {font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; border-style: none; }
+span.crossreftag {font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; border-style: none; }
+div.crossref {border-style: none; margin-left: 1.000000em; }
+span.longargfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.shortargfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.qt {border-style: none; }
+code.qtt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+em.metainner {font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; border-style: none; }
+span.meta {font-family: serif; border-style: none; color: black; }
+em.initvalnotefmtinner {font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; border-style: none; }
+span.initvalnotefmt {font-family: serif; border-style: none; color: black; }
+span.summarytag {font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; border-style: none; }
+div.importanttitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: red; }
+div.important {border-style: solid; border-color: red; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(255,235,235); }
+div.warningtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: red; }
+div.warning {border-style: solid; border-color: red; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(255,235,235); }
+div.informationtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: rgb(0,128,128); }
+div.information {border-style: solid; border-color: rgb(0,128,128); border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(240,255,255); }
+div.pinnedboxtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+div.pinnedbox {border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(255,255,191); }
+div.terminaltitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+pre.terminal {font-family: monospace; border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(250,250,250); }
+div.transcripttitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+pre.transcript {font-family: monospace; border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(250,250,250); }
+div.ctrboxtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+div.ctrbox {border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(255,255,191); }
+div.codeboxtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+pre.codebox {font-family: monospace; border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(250,250,250); }
+div.resultboxtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+div.resultbox {border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; }
+div.badcodeboxtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+pre.badcodebox {font-family: monospace; border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(250,250,250); }
+div.unicodeboxtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+pre.unicodebox {font-family: monospace; border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(250,250,250); }
+pre.compactcodebox {font-family: monospace; border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 1.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(250,250,250); }
+pre.sidebysidecode {font-family: monospace; font-size: small; vertical-align: top; border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 1.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; margin-right: 3.000000%; margin-top: 0.000000pt; background-color: rgb(250,250,250); width: 47.000000%; display: inline-block; }
+div.sidebysideresult {vertical-align: top; border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 1.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; margin-top: 0.000000pt; width: 47.000000%; display: inline-block; }
+div.defnbox {border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 1.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(255,255,191); }
+div.optionsummarybox {border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 1.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(255,255,191); }
+div.optionvaluesummarybox {border-style: none; margin-left: 40.000000pt; }
+span.floatrightbox {float: right; border-style: none; }
+div.noteBox {border-style: none; }
+div.settingsboxtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+div.settingsbox {border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(255,255,227); }
+div.optionvalueboxtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+div.optionvaluebox {border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(255,255,245); }
+div.nlctuserguideidx0 {border-style: none; margin-left: 0.000000pt; }
+div.nlctuserguideidx1 {border-style: none; margin-left: 20.000000pt; }
+div.nlctuserguideidx2 {border-style: none; margin-left: 40.000000pt; }
+div.nlctusernavbox {border-style: none; }
+div.abstractheader {font-weight: bold; text-align: center; border-style: none; }
+div.filedef {font-family: monospace; text-align: left; border-style: none; }
+div.tablefn {font-size: x-small; border-style: none; }
+div.tablefns {text-align: left; border-style: none; width: 80.000000%; }
+span.glostylefmt {font-family: sans-serif; border-style: none; }
+span.acrstylefmt {font-family: sans-serif; border-style: none; }
+span.abbrstylefmt {font-family: sans-serif; border-style: none; }
+</style>
+</head>
+<body>
+<div id="main">
+ <header><div class="title">The glossaries package v4.50: a guide for beginners</div><!-- end of title --><div class="author">Nicola L.C. Talbot<br>
+
+<a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/">dickimaw-books.com</a></div><!-- end of author --><div class="date">2022-10-14</div><!-- end of date --></header><p>
+
+<div class="abstract"><div class="abstractheader">Abstract</div><!-- end of abstractheader -->
+ The <a id="wrglossary.1"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package is very flexible, but this means that it has a lot of options, and since a user guide is supposed to provide a complete list of all the high-level user commands, the main user manual is quite big. This can be rather daunting for beginners, so this document is a brief introduction just to help get you started. If you find yourself saying, <span class="qt">“Yeah, but how can I do…?”</span> then it’s time to move on to the <a href="glossaries-user.html">main user manual</a>.<p>
+I’ve made some statements in this document that don’t actually tell you the full truth, but it would clutter the document and cause confusion if I keep writing <span class="qt">“except when …”</span> or <span class="qt">“but you can also do this, that or the other”</span> or <span class="qt">“you can do it this way but you can also do it that way, but that way may cause complications under certain circumstances”</span>. </div><!-- end of abstract -->
+<p>
+<nav class="toc">
+<section id="toc"><!-- start of section toc --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->Contents<div class="labellink"><a href="#toc">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:start"><span class="numberline">1</span>Getting Started</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:defterm"><span class="numberline">2</span>Defining Terms</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:useterm"><span class="numberline">3</span>Using Entries</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:printglossaries"><span class="numberline">4</span>Displaying a List of Entries</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:glosstyle"><span class="numberline">5</span>Customising the Glossary</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:multigloss"><span class="numberline">6</span>Multiple Glossaries</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:hyperref"><span class="numberline">7</span>Hyperlinks (<span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> and <span class="styfmt">hyperref</span>)</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:xr"><span class="numberline">8</span>Cross-References</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:moreinfo"><span class="numberline">9</span>Further Information</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#section*.2">Symbols</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#section*.4">Glossary</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#section*.6">Command Summary</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#summary.index6553600">Command Summary: A</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#summary.index6946816">Command Summary: G</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#summary.index7274496">Command Summary: L</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#summary.index7340032">Command Summary: M</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#summary.index7405568">Command Summary: N</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#summary.index7536640">Command Summary: P</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#summary.index7733248">Command Summary: S</a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+</ul>
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#section*.22">Index</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+ </ul></nav><!-- end of toc --><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section toc -->
+
+<section id="sec:start"><!-- start of section sec:start --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->1. Getting Started<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:start">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+As with all packages, you need to load <a id="wrglossary.2"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> with <code class="csfmt">\usepackage</code>, but there are certain packages that must be loaded before <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span>, <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">if</span> they are required: <a id="wrglossary.3"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.4"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.5"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.polyglossia"><span class="styfmt">polyglossia</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.6"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.inputenc"><span class="styfmt">inputenc</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.7"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.fontenc"><span class="styfmt">fontenc</span></a>. (You don’t have to load these packages, but if you want them, you must load them before <a id="wrglossary.8"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a>.)<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.9"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+If you require multilingual support you must also install the relevant language module. Each language module is called <a id="wrglossary.10"></a><a href="#glo:file.glossaries-language"><span class="filefmt">glossaries-</span><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">language</em>〉</span><span class="filefmt"></span></a>, where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">language</em>〉</span> is the root language name. For example, <a id="wrglossary.11"></a><a href="#glo:file.glossaries-french"><span class="filefmt">glossaries-french</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.12"></a><a href="#glo:file.glossaries-german"><span class="filefmt">glossaries-german</span></a>. If a language module is required, the <a id="wrglossary.13"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package will automatically try to load it and will give a warning if the module isn’t found. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+Once you have loaded <a id="wrglossary.14"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a>, you need to define your terms in the preamble and then you can use them throughout the document. Here’s a simple example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.15"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+<span class="comment">% define a term:</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.16"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{ex}{<a id="wrglossary.17"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.18"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={an example}</span>}
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+Here's my <a id="wrglossary.19"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{ex} term.
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> This produces: <div class="resultbox"><div class="resultboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.20"></a><a href="#glo:sym.result"><span title="Result" class="icon">🖺</span></a></div><!-- end of resultboxtitle -->
+Here’s my sample term. </div><!-- end of resultbox -->
+ Another example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.21"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+<a id="wrglossary.22"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.23"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>}
+<a id="wrglossary.24"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+First use: <a id="wrglossary.25"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{svm}. Second use: <a id="wrglossary.26"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{svm}.
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> This produces: <div class="resultbox"><div class="resultboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.27"></a><a href="#glo:sym.result"><span title="Result" class="icon">🖺</span></a></div><!-- end of resultboxtitle -->
+First use: support vector machine (SVM). Second use: SVM. </div><!-- end of resultbox -->
+ In this case, the text (the <span class="qt">“<a id="wrglossary.28"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link text</a>”</span>) produced by <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.29"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{svm}</code> changed after the <a id="wrglossary.30"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>. The <a id="wrglossary.31"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> produced the long form followed by the short form in parentheses because I set the acronym style to <a id="wrglossary.32"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>. The <a id="wrglossary.33"></a><a href="#glo:dual.subsequentuse">subsequent use</a> just showed the short form.<p>
+I suggest you try the above two examples to make sure you have the package correctly installed. If you get an <span class="qt">“undefined control sequence”</span> error, check that the version number at the top of this document matches the version you have installed. (Open the <a id="wrglossary.34"></a><a href="#glo:ext.log"><span class="extfmt">log</span></a> file and search for the line that starts with <span class="qt">“Package: glossaries”</span> followed by a date and version.) <p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.35"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Be careful of fragile commands. If a command causes a problem when used in one of the <a id="wrglossary.36"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> fields, consider adding <a id="wrglossary.37"></a><a href="#glo:glsnoexpandfields"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoexpandfields</code></a> before you start defining your entries. Where possible use robust <a id="wrglossary.38"></a><a href="#glo:dual.semanticcommand">semantic commands</a>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+Abbreviations are slightly different if you use the extension package <a id="wrglossary.39"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> (which needs to be installed separately): <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.40"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<span class="comment">% glossaries.sty is automatically loaded by glossaries-extra.sty</span>
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries-extra}
+<span class="comment">% commands provided by <a id="wrglossary.41"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>:</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.42"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.43"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>}
+<a id="wrglossary.44"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="csfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+First use: <a id="wrglossary.45"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{svm}. Second use: <a id="wrglossary.46"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{svm}.
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> Since <a id="wrglossary.47"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short</span></a> happens to be the default for <a id="wrglossary.48"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="csfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a> you may omit the <a id="wrglossary.49"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a> line in this example.<p>
+If you still want to use <a id="wrglossary.50"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> (rather than <a id="wrglossary.51"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="csfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>) then you need the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.52"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.53"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries-extra}
+<a id="wrglossary.54"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.55"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="csoptfmt">acronym</span></a>]{<a id="wrglossary.56"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>}
+<a id="wrglossary.57"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+First use: <a id="wrglossary.58"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{svm}. Second use: <a id="wrglossary.59"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{svm}.
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> In this example, if you omit the <a id="wrglossary.60"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a> line you will notice a difference because the <a id="wrglossary.61"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-nolong</span></a> style (not the <a id="wrglossary.62"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short</span></a> style) is the default with <a id="wrglossary.63"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>. With the <a id="wrglossary.64"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-nolong</span></a> style the first use simply shows just the short form.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.65"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+You can’t use <a id="wrglossary.66"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.67"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+If you like, you can put all your definitions in another file (for example, <span class="filefmt">defns.tex</span>) and load that file in the preamble using <a id="wrglossary.68"></a><a href="#glo:loadglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\loadglsentries</code></a> with the filename as the argument. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.69"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.70"></a><a href="#glo:loadglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\loadglsentries</code></a>{defns}
+</pre> If you find you have a really large number of definitions that are hard to manage in a <a id="wrglossary.71"></a><a href="#glo:ext.tex"><span class="extfmt">tex</span></a> file, you might want to have a look at <a id="wrglossary.72"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> (installed separately) which requires a <a id="wrglossary.73"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> format instead that can be managed by an application such as JabRef.<p>
+Don’t try inserting formatting commands into the definitions as they can interfere with the underlying mechanism. Instead, the formatting should be done by the style. For example, suppose I want to replace <code class="code">SVM</code> with <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.74"></a><a href="#glo:textsc"><code class="csfmt">\textsc</code></a>{svm}</code>, then I need to select a style that uses <a id="wrglossary.75"></a><a href="#glo:textsc"><code class="csfmt">\textsc</code></a>, like this (for the base <a id="wrglossary.76"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> style): <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.77"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+<a id="wrglossary.78"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.79"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sc-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sc-short</span></a>}
+<a id="wrglossary.80"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{svm}{svm}{support vector machine}
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+First use: <a id="wrglossary.81"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{svm}. Second use: <a id="wrglossary.82"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{svm}.
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> The abbreviation styles have a different naming scheme with <a id="wrglossary.83"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.84"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries-extra}
+<a id="wrglossary.85"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.86"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short-sc</span></a>}<span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.87"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra">glossaries-extra.sty</a></span><a id="wrglossary.88"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="csfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>{svm}{svm}{support vector machine}
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+First use: <a id="wrglossary.89"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{svm}. Second use: <a id="wrglossary.90"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{svm}.
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> With <a id="wrglossary.91"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> you can have multiple abbreviation styles for different categories. Many of these styles have their own associated formatting commands that can be redefined for minor adjustments. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.92"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries-extra}
+<a id="wrglossary.93"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[statistical]{<a id="wrglossary.94"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short-sc</span></a>}
+<a id="wrglossary.95"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[bacteria]{<a id="wrglossary.96"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-only-short-only"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-only-short-only</span></a>}
+<span class="comment">% Formatting commands used by '<a id="wrglossary.97"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-only-short-only"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-only-short-only</span></a>' style:</span>
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.98"></a><a href="#glo:glsabbrvonlyfont"><code class="csfmt">\glsabbrvonlyfont</code></a>}[1]{<code class="cmd">\emph</code>{#1}}
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.99"></a><a href="#glo:glslongonlyfont"><code class="csfmt">\glslongonlyfont</code></a>}[1]{<code class="cmd">\emph</code>{#1}}
+
+<span class="comment">% Formatting command used by '<a id="wrglossary.100"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short-sc</span></a>' style:</span>
+<span class="comment">% (the following converts the abbreviation to <a id="wrglossary.101"></a><a href="#glo:idx.lowercase">lowercase</a>)</span>
+<code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.102"></a><a href="#glo:glsabbrvscfont"><code class="csfmt">\glsabbrvscfont</code></a>}[1]{<a id="wrglossary.103"></a><a href="#glo:textsc"><code class="csfmt">\textsc</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.104"></a><a href="#glo:glslowercase"><code class="csfmt">\glslowercase</code></a>{#1}}}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.105"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="csfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>
+ [
+ <a id="wrglossary.106"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="csoptfmt">category</span></a><span class="optfmt">={statistical}</span><span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.107"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra">glossaries-extra.sty</a> key</span> ]
+ {svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.108"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="csfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>
+ [
+ <a id="wrglossary.109"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="csoptfmt">category</span></a><span class="optfmt">={bacteria}</span><span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.110"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra">glossaries-extra.sty</a> key</span> ]
+ {cbot}{C.<a id="wrglossary.111"></a><a href="#glo:idx.nbsp"><span title="non-breaking space (\code{~})" class="icon"><code class="code">~</code></span></a>botulinum}{Clostridium botulinum}
+
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+First use: <a id="wrglossary.112"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{svm}, <a id="wrglossary.113"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{cbot}.
+
+Next use: <a id="wrglossary.114"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{svm}, <a id="wrglossary.115"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{cbot}.
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> This produces: <div class="resultbox"><div class="resultboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.116"></a><a href="#glo:sym.result"><span title="Result" class="icon">🖺</span></a></div><!-- end of resultboxtitle -->
+First use: support vector machine (<span style="font-style: normal; font-variant: small-caps; ">svm</span>), <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">Clostridium botulinum</span>.<p>
+Next use: <span style="font-style: normal; font-variant: small-caps; ">svm</span>, <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">C. botulinum</span>. </div><!-- end of resultbox -->
+<p>
+As you can hopefully see from the above examples, there are two main ways of defining a term: as a general entry (<a id="wrglossary.117"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>) or as an abbreviation (<a id="wrglossary.118"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> or, with <a id="wrglossary.119"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.120"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="csfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>).<p>
+Regardless of the method of defining a term, the term is always given a label. In the first example, the label was <code class="code">ex</code> and in the other examples the label was <code class="code">svm</code> (and <code class="code">cbot</code> in the last example). The label is used to uniquely identify the term (like the standard <code class="csfmt">\label</code>/<code class="csfmt">\ref</code> or <code class="csfmt">\cite</code> mechanism). The label may be the same as the text produced with <a id="wrglossary.121"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> (provided it doesn’t contain any formatting commands) or may be completely different.<p>
+The labels are identified in bold in the following: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.122"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.123"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{<strong class="strong">elite</strong>}{<a id="wrglossary.124"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={élite}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.125"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={select group}</span>}
+<a id="wrglossary.126"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{<strong class="strong">set</strong>}{<a id="wrglossary.127"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={set}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.128"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={collection of distinct elements}</span>}
+<a id="wrglossary.129"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{<strong class="strong">sym.set</strong>}{
+ <a id="wrglossary.130"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\ensuremath</code>{<code class="cmd">\mathcal</code>{S}}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.131"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a set}</span>}
+<a id="wrglossary.132"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{<strong class="strong">tool.cnc</strong>}{CNC}{computer numerical control}
+<a id="wrglossary.133"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{<strong class="strong">police.cnc</strong>}{CNC}{civil nuclear constabulary}
+<a id="wrglossary.134"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{<strong class="strong">miltary.cnc</strong>}{CNC}{commander in chief}
+</pre><p>
+With modern TeX installations you may now be able to use UTF-8 characters in the label, but beware of active characters. For example, <a id="wrglossary.135"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a> makes some punctuation characters, such as <a id="wrglossary.136"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.colon"><code class="code">:</code> (colon)</a>, active. This means that the character behaves like a command, which allows extra spacing to be inserted before or after the punctuation mark or provides a shortcut to apply an accent to a following character.<p>
+For example, the following works: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.137"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+<a id="wrglossary.138"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{sym:set}{<a id="wrglossary.139"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\ensuremath</code>{<code class="cmd">\mathcal</code>{S}}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.140"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a set}</span>}
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.141"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sym:set}
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> However, if <a id="wrglossary.142"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span></a> is loaded with <span class="optfmt">french</span> then the <a id="wrglossary.143"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sym.colon"><code class="code">:</code> (colon)</a> character becomes active. <pre class="badcodebox"><div class="badcodeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.144"></a><a href="#glo:sym.badcode"><span title="Problematic Input" class="icon"><span class="overlapped">🖹</span><span class="overlapper"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🛇</span></span></span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[T1]{fontenc}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[french]{babel}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+
+<span class="comment">% the colon : is a normal character here</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.145"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{sym:set}{<a id="wrglossary.146"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\ensuremath</code>{<code class="cmd">\mathcal</code>{S}}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.147"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a set}</span>}
+
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<span class="comment">% the colon : is now an active character</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.148"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sym:set}
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> You may find that the above example seems to work, but a problem will occur if <a id="wrglossary.149"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> and a <a id="wrglossary.150"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> are added to the document as the active character will interfere with the hyperlink target name.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.151"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Don’t use <a id="wrglossary.152"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> in chapter or section headings as it can have some unpleasant side-effects. Instead use <a id="wrglossary.153"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a> for regular entries and either <a id="wrglossary.154"></a><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.155"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></a> for acronyms. Alternatively use <a id="wrglossary.156"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> which provides special commands for use in section headings and captions, such as <a id="wrglossary.157"></a><a href="#glo:glsfmttext"><code class="csfmt">\glsfmttext</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.158"></a><a href="#glo:glsfmtshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsfmtshort</code></a>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+The above examples are reasonably straightforward. The difficulty comes if you want to display a <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">sorted</span> list of all the entries you have used in the document. The <a id="wrglossary.159"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides an easy way of listing all the defined entries: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.160"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.161"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=none</span>]{glossaries-extra}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.162"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{potato}{<a id="wrglossary.163"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={potato}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.164"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={potatoes}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.165"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={starchy tuber}</span>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.166"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{cabbage}{<a id="wrglossary.167"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={cabbage}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.168"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={vegetable with thick green or purple leaves}</span>}
+
-><colgroup id="TBL-2-1g"><col
-id="TBL-2-1" /><col
-id="TBL-2-2" /><col
-id="TBL-2-3" /><col
-id="TBL-2-4" /><col
-id="TBL-2-5" /></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 959--><p class="noindent" > </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-2"
-class="td11"> <a
-href="#option1"><span
-class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;1</span></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-3"
-class="td11"> <a
-href="#option2"><span
-class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;2</span></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-4"
-class="td11"> <a
-href="#option3"><span
-class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;3</span></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-1-5"
-class="td11"> <a
-href="#option4"><span
-class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;4</span></a> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 961--><p class="noindent" >Requires
- <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-5002"></a>? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-2"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor1"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-3"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor2"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-4"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor3"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-2-5"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor4"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-3-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 963--><p class="noindent" >Requires
- an
- external
- application? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-2"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor5"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-3"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor6"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-4"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor7"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-3-5"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor8"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 965--><p class="noindent" >Requires
- Perl? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-2"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor9"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-3"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor10"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-4"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor11"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-4-5"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor12"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 967--><p class="noindent" >Requires
- Java? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-2"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor13"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-3"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor14"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-4"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor15"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-5-5"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor16"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 969--><p class="noindent" >Can
- sort
- extended
- Latin
- or
- non-Latin
- alphabets? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-2"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor17"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-3"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor18"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-4"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor19"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-6-5"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor20"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 972--><p class="noindent" >Efficient
- sort
- algorithm? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-2"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor21"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-3"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor22"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-4"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor23"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-7-5"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor24"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 974--><p class="noindent" >Can
- use
- different
- sort
- methods
- for
- each
- glossary? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-2"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor25"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-3"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor26"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-4"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor27"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-8-5"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor28"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 976--><p class="noindent" >Any
- problematic
- sort
- values? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-2"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor29"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-3"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor30"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-4"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor31"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-9-5"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor32"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 978--><p class="noindent" >Can
- form
- ranges
- in
- the
- location
- lists? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-2"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor33"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-3"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor34"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-4"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor35"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-10-5"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor36"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1"
-class="td11"> <!--l. 980--><p class="noindent" >Can
- have
- non-standard
- locations? </p></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-2"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor37"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-3"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor38"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2718;</span></span> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-4"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor39"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-2-11-5"
-class="td11"> <span id="textcolor40"><span
-class="pzdr-">&#x2714;</span></span> </td>
-</tr></table></div>
-<!--l. 983--><p class="noindent" ><sup class="textsuperscript"><span
-class="tcrm-0900">&#8224;</span></sup> <span
-class="cmr-8">Requires some setting up.</span>
-
-
-
-</p>
- </div><hr class="endfloat" />
- </div>
- <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 988--><p class="noindent" >
- </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 988--><p class="noindent" ><a
- id="option1"></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;1</span>:
- </p><!--l. 990--><p class="noindent" >This is the simplest option but it&#8217;s slow and if you want a sorted list,
- it doesn&#8217;t work for extended or non-Latin alphabets. The <span
-class="cmtt-10">name </span>mustn&#8217;t
- contain commands (or, if it does, the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort </span>value must be supplied) unless
- you have the package option <span
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><a
- id="dx1-5003"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">def</span><a
- id="dx1-5004"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">use</span><a
- id="dx1-5005"></a>.
- </p><ol class="enumerate1" >
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-5007x1">
- <!--l. 998--><p class="noindent" >Add <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>to your preamble (before you start
- defining your entries, as described in <a
-href="#sec:defterm"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:defterm">Defining Terms<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:defterm --></a>).
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-5009x2">
- <!--l. 1002--><p class="noindent" >Put
- </p><!--l. 1004--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary[sort=</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">order</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">other options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1005--><p class="noindent" >
- where you want your list of entries to appear. The sort &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">order</span>&#x27E9; may be one
- of: <span
-class="cmtt-10">word </span>(word ordering), <span
-class="cmtt-10">letter </span>(letter ordering), <span
-class="cmtt-10">case </span>(case-sensitive
- letter ordering), <span
-class="cmtt-10">def </span>(in order of definition) or <span
-class="cmtt-10">use </span>(in order of use).
- Alternatively, use
- </p><!--l. 1012--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1013--><p class="noindent" >
- to display all your glossaries (if you have more than one). This command
- doesn&#8217;t have any arguments.
- </p><!--l. 1017--><p class="noindent" >This option allows you to have different sort methods. For example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40">
- \printnoidxglossary[sort=word]%&#x00A0;main&#x00A0;glossary
- \printnoidxglossary[type=symbols,sort=use]%&#x00A0;symbols&#x00A0;glossary
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1022--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-5011x3">
- <!--l. 1024--><p class="noindent" >Run LaTeX&#x00A0;twice on your document. (As you would do to make a&#x00A0;table
- of contents appear.) For example, click twice on the &#8220;typeset&#8221; or &#8220;build&#8221;
- or &#8220;PDFLaTeX&#8221; button in your editor.</p></li></ol>
- <!--l. 1028--><p class="noindent" >Here&#8217;s a complete document (<span
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>):
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41">
- \documentclass{article}
- \usepackage{glossaries}
- \makenoidxglossaries&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;use&#x00A0;TeX&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;sort
- \newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}}
- \begin{document}
- A&#x00A0;\gls{sample}.
- \printnoidxglossaries&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;iterate&#x00A0;over&#x00A0;all&#x00A0;indexed&#x00A0;entries
- \end{document}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1044--><p class="nopar" > Document build:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42">
- pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
- pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1049--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 1051--><p class="noindent" >
- </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 1051--><p class="noindent" ><a
- id="option2"></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;2</span>:
- </p><!--l. 1053--><p class="noindent" >This option uses an application called <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-5012"></a> to sort the entries. This
- application comes with all modern TeX&#x00A0;distributions, but it&#8217;s hard-coded for
- the non-extended Latin alphabet. This process involves making LaTeX&#x00A0;write
- the glossary information to a temporary file which <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-5013"></a> reads.
- Then <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-5014"></a> writes a&#x00A0;new file containing the code to typeset the
- glossary. LaTeX&#x00A0;then reads this file on the next run. The <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-5015"></a>
- application is automatically invoked by the helper <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-5016"></a>
- script, which works out all the appropriate settings from the <span
-class="cmtt-10">.aux</span>
- file.
- </p><ol class="enumerate1" >
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-5018x1">
- <!--l. 1065--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <span
-class="cmss-10">ngerman</span><a
- id="dx1-5019"></a><span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn1x0" id="fn1x0-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-5020f1"></a>
- or some other package that makes the double-quote character <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">"</span></span></span> a
- shorthand, then use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetQuote </span>to change this to some other character.
- For example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43">
- \GlsSetQuote{+}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1072--><p class="nopar" > Use this as soon as possible after you&#8217;ve loaded the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
- package.
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-5023x2">
- <!--l. 1076--><p class="noindent" >Add <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>to your preamble (before you start defining your
- entries).
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-5025x3">
- <!--l. 1079--><p class="noindent" >Put
- </p><!--l. 1081--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1082--><p class="noindent" >
- where you want your list of entries (glossary) to appear. (The <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key
- isn&#8217;t available in &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9;.) Alternatively, use
- </p><!--l. 1087--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1088--><p class="noindent" >
- which will display all glossaries (if you have more than one). This
- command doesn&#8217;t have any arguments.
- </p><!--l. 1092--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> All glossaries are sorted using the same method which may be identified
- with one of the package options: <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">standard</span><a
- id="dx1-5026"></a> (default), <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">use</span><a
- id="dx1-5027"></a> or
- <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">def</span><a
- id="dx1-5028"></a>. </div>
- </p><!--l. 1097--><p class="noindent" >
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-5030x4">
- <!--l. 1099--><p class="noindent" >Run LaTeX&#x00A0;on your document. This creates files with the extensions <span
-class="cmtt-10">.glo</span>
- and <span
-class="cmtt-10">.ist </span>(for example, if your LaTeX&#x00A0;document is called <span
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then
- you&#8217;ll have two extra files called <span
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.glo </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.ist</span>). If you look
- at your document at this point, you won&#8217;t see the glossary as it hasn&#8217;t
- been created yet.
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-5032x5">
- <!--l. 1106--><p class="noindent" >Run <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-5033"></a> with the base name of your document (without the
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">.tex</span>) extension. If you have access to a terminal or a command prompt
-
-
-
- (for example, the MSDOS command prompt for Windows users or
- the bash console for Unix-like users) then you need to run the
- command:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44">
- makeglossaries&#x00A0;myDoc
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1113--><p class="nopar" > (Replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc </span>with the base name of your LaTeX&#x00A0;document file without
- the <span
-class="cmtt-10">.tex </span>extension. Avoid spaces in the file name.) If you don&#8217;t have Perl
- installed use <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-5034"></a> instead:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45">
- makeglossaries-lite&#x00A0;myDoc
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1120--><p class="nopar" >
- </p><!--l. 1122--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Some beginners get confused by <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-5035"></a> the application (run as
- a system command) and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>the LaTeX&#x00A0;command
- which should be typed in the document preamble. These are two
- different concepts that happen to have similar looking names.
- </div>
- </p><!--l. 1128--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 1130--><p class="noindent" >If you don&#8217;t know how to use the command prompt, then you can
- probably configure your text editor to add <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-5036"></a> (or
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-5037"></a>) as a build tool, but each editor has a different
- method of doing this, so I&#x00A0;can&#8217;t give a&#x00A0;general description. You will have
- to check your editor&#8217;s manual. (There are some guidelines in <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/" >Incorporating
- makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document
- build</a>.) If you still have problems, try adding the <span
-class="cmss-10">automake</span><a
- id="dx1-5038"></a> package
- option:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46">
- \usepackage[automake]{glossaries}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1144--><p class="nopar" >
- </p><!--l. 1146--><p class="noindent" >The default sort is word order (&#8220;sea lion&#8221; comes before &#8220;seal&#8221;). If you
- want letter ordering you need to add the <span
-class="cmss-10">order</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">letter</span><a
- id="dx1-5039"></a> package
- option
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47">
- \usepackage[order=letter]{glossaries}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1151--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-5041x6">
- <!--l. 1153--><p class="noindent" >Once you have successfully completed the previous step, you can now run
- LaTeX&#x00A0;on your document again.</p></li></ol>
- <!--l. 1156--><p class="noindent" >Here&#8217;s a complete document (<span
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>):
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48">
- \documentclass{article}
- \usepackage{glossaries}
- \makeglossaries&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;create&#x00A0;makeindex&#x00A0;files
- \newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}}
- \begin{document}
- A&#x00A0;\gls{sample}.
- \printglossaries&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;input&#x00A0;files&#x00A0;created&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;makeindex
- \end{document}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1172--><p class="nopar" > Document build:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49">
- pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
- makeglossaries&#x00A0;myDoc
- pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1178--><p class="nopar" > or
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50">
- pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
- makeglossaries-lite&#x00A0;myDoc
- pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1184--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 1187--><p class="noindent" >
- </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 1187--><p class="noindent" ><a
- id="option3"></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;3</span>:
- </p><!--l. 1189--><p class="noindent" >This option uses an application called <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-5042"></a> to sort the entries. This
- application is more flexible than <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-5043"></a> and is able to sort extended Latin
- or non-Latin alphabets. It comes with both TeX&#x00A0;Live and MiKTeX.
- Since <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-5044"></a> is a Perl script, you will also need to ensure that Perl is
- installed. In a&#x00A0;similar way to <a
-href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a>, this option involves making
- LaTeX&#x00A0;write the glossary information to a&#x00A0;temporary file which <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-5045"></a>
- reads. Then <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-5046"></a> writes a&#x00A0;new file containing the code to typeset
- the glossary. LaTeX&#x00A0;then reads this file on the next run. The <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-5047"></a>
- application is automatically invoked by the helper <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-5048"></a>
- script, which works out all the appropriate settings from the <span
-class="cmtt-10">.aux</span>
- file.
- </p><ol class="enumerate1" >
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-5050x1">
- <!--l. 1204--><p class="noindent" >Add the <span
-class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-5051"></a> option to the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-5052"></a> package option list:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51">
- \usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1208--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-5054x2">
- <!--l. 1210--><p class="noindent" >Add <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>to your preamble (before you start defining your
- entries).
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-5056x3">
- <!--l. 1213--><p class="noindent" >Put
- </p><!--l. 1215--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1216--><p class="noindent" >
- where you want your list of entries (glossary) to appear. (The <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key
- isn&#8217;t available in &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9;.) Alternatively, use
- </p><!--l. 1221--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1222--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 1224--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> All glossaries are sorted using the same method which may be identified
- with one of the package options: <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">standard</span><a
- id="dx1-5057"></a> (default), <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">use</span><a
- id="dx1-5058"></a> or
- <span
-class="cmss-10">sort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">def</span><a
- id="dx1-5059"></a>. </div>
- </p><!--l. 1229--><p class="noindent" >
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-5061x4">
- <!--l. 1231--><p class="noindent" >Run LaTeX&#x00A0;on your document. This creates files with the extensions <span
-class="cmtt-10">.glo</span>
- and <span
-class="cmtt-10">.xdy </span>(for example, if your LaTeX&#x00A0;document is called <span
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then
- you&#8217;ll have two extra files called <span
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.glo </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.xdy</span>). If you look
- at your document at this point, you won&#8217;t see the glossary as it hasn&#8217;t
- been created yet.
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-5063x5">
- <!--l. 1238--><p class="noindent" >Run <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-5064"></a> with the base name of the document (omitting the
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">.tex </span>extension). If you have access to a terminal or a command prompt
- (for example, the MSDOS command prompt for Windows users or
- the bash console for Unix-like users) then you need to run the
- command:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52">
- makeglossaries&#x00A0;myDoc
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1245--><p class="nopar" > (Replace <span
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc </span>with the base name of your LaTeX&#x00A0;document file without
- the <span
-class="cmtt-10">.tex </span>extension. Avoid spaces in the file name. If you don&#8217;t know how
- to use the command prompt, then as mentioned above, you may be able to
- configure your text editor to add <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-5065"></a> as a build
- tool.
- </p><!--l. 1253--><p class="noindent" >The default sort is word order (&#8220;sea lion&#8221; comes before &#8220;seal&#8221;). If you
- want letter ordering you need to add the <span
-class="cmtt-10">order=letter </span>package
- option:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53">
- \usepackage[xindy,order=letter]{glossaries}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1259--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-5067x6">
- <!--l. 1261--><p class="noindent" >Once you have successfully completed the previous step, you can now run
- LaTeX&#x00A0;on your document again.
-</p>
- </li></ol>
- <!--l. 1265--><p class="noindent" >Here&#8217;s a complete document (<span
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>):
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54">
- \documentclass{article}
- \usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}
- \makeglossaries&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;create&#x00A0;xindy&#x00A0;files
- \newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}}
- \begin{document}
- A&#x00A0;\gls{sample}.
- \printglossaries&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;input&#x00A0;files&#x00A0;created&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;xindy
- \end{document}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1281--><p class="nopar" > Document build:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55">
- pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
- makeglossaries&#x00A0;myDoc
- pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1287--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 1289--><p class="noindent" >
- </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 1289--><p class="noindent" ><a
- id="option4"></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;4</span>:
- </p><!--l. 1291--><p class="noindent" >This requires the extension package <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-5068"></a> and an application called
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-5069"></a>. This application is able to sort extended Latin or non-Latin
- alphabets. It comes with both TeX&#x00A0;Live and MiKTeX&#x00A0;but requires at least
- Java&#x00A0;8. This method works differently to Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>. Instead of
- creating a file containing the code to typeset the glossary it creates a
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file containing the entry definitions fetched from the <span
-class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file (or
- files), but only those entries that are required in the document are
- defined and they are defined in the order obtained from the chosen sort
- method. This means that you can just use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>to
- display each glossary (or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries </span>to display them
- all).
- </p><ol class="enumerate1" >
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-5071x1">
- <!--l. 1306--><p class="noindent" >Add the <span
-class="cmss-10">record</span><a
- id="dx1-5072"></a> option to the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-5073"></a> package option list:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56">
- \usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1310--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-5075x2">
- <!--l. 1312--><p class="noindent" >Add one or more
- </p><!--l. 1314--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">bib list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">},</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1315--><p class="noindent" >
- to your preamble where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">bib list</span>&#x27E9; is the list of <span
-class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>files containing the
- entries. You may use different sort methods for each resource set. For
- example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57">
- \usepackage[record,%&#x00A0;using&#x00A0;bib2gls
- &#x00A0;abbreviations,
- &#x00A0;symbols,
- &#x00A0;numbers
- ]{glossaries-extra}
- \GlsXtrLoadResources[
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;src={terms},%&#x00A0;entries&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;terms.bib
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;type=main,%&#x00A0;put&#x00A0;these&#x00A0;entries&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;'main'&#x00A0;(default)&#x00A0;list
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={de-CH-1996}%&#x00A0;sort&#x00A0;according&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;this&#x00A0;locale
- ]
- \GlsXtrLoadResources[
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;src={abbrvs},%&#x00A0;entries&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;abbrvs.bib
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;type=abbreviations,%&#x00A0;put&#x00A0;these&#x00A0;entries&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;'abbreviations'&#x00A0;list
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={letter-case}%&#x00A0;case-sensitive&#x00A0;letter&#x00A0;(non-locale)&#x00A0;sort
- ]
- \GlsXtrLoadResources[
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;src={syms},%&#x00A0;entries&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;syms.bib
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;type=symbols,%&#x00A0;put&#x00A0;these&#x00A0;entries&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;'symbols'&#x00A0;list
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={use}%&#x00A0;sort&#x00A0;according&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;first&#x00A0;use&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;document
- ]
- \GlsXtrLoadResources[
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;src={constants},%&#x00A0;entries&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;constants.bib
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;type=numbers,%&#x00A0;put&#x00A0;these&#x00A0;entries&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;'numbers'&#x00A0;list
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort-field={user1},%&#x00A0;sort&#x00A0;according&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;this&#x00A0;field
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={double}%&#x00A0;double-precision&#x00A0;sort
- ]
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1347--><p class="nopar" > The last resource set assumes that the entries defined in the file
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">constants.bib </span>have a number stored in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">user1 </span>field. For
- example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58">
- @number{pi,
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={\ensuremath{\pi}},
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={pi},
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;user1={3.141592654}
- }
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1357--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-5077x3">
- <!--l. 1359--><p class="noindent" >Put
- </p><!--l. 1361--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary[type={</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">type</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">},</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1362--><p class="noindent" >
- where you want your list of entries (glossary) to appear. (The <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key
- isn&#8217;t available in &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9;. It needs to be used in <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>
- instead.) Alternatively, use
- </p><!--l. 1368--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1369--><p class="noindent" >
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-5079x4">
- <!--l. 1371--><p class="noindent" >Run LaTeX&#x00A0;on your document. The <span
-class="cmss-10">record</span><a
- id="dx1-5080"></a> option adds information to the
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file that provides <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-5081"></a> with all required details for each resource
- set. For example, if the file is called <span
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59">
- pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1377--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-5083x5">
- <!--l. 1379--><p class="noindent" >Run <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-5084"></a>
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60">
- bib2gls&#x00A0;myDoc
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1382--><p class="nopar" > or (if you need letter groups)
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61">
- bib2gls&#x00A0;--group&#x00A0;myDoc
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1386--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-5086x6">
- <!--l. 1388--><p class="noindent" >Run LaTeX&#x00A0;again.</p></li></ol>
- <!--l. 1390--><p class="noindent" >Here&#8217;s a complete document (<span
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>):
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62">
- \documentclass{article}
- \usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
- \GlsXtrLoadResources&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;input&#x00A0;file&#x00A0;created&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;bib2gls
- &#x00A0;[%&#x00A0;instructions&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;bib2gls:
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;src={entries},&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;terms&#x00A0;defined&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;entries.bib
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={en-GB}%&#x00A0;sort&#x00A0;according&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;this&#x00A0;locale
- &#x00A0;]
- \newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}}
- \begin{document}
- A&#x00A0;\gls{sample}.
- \printunsrtglossaries&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;iterate&#x00A0;over&#x00A0;all&#x00A0;defined&#x00A0;entries
- \end{document}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1410--><p class="nopar" > The accompanying <span
-class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>file:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-63">
- @entry{sample,
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;name&#x00A0;=&#x00A0;{sample},
- &#x00A0;&#x00A0;description&#x00A0;=&#x00A0;{an&#x00A0;example}
- }
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1417--><p class="nopar" > Document build:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64">
- pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
- bib2gls&#x00A0;myDoc
- pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1423--><p class="nopar" >
-</p>
- </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 1427--><p class="indent" > If you are having difficulty integrating <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-5087"></a> into your document build
-process, you may want to consider using <span
-class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a
- id="dx1-5088"></a>, which is a Java application that
-searches the document for special comment lines that tell <span
-class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a
- id="dx1-5089"></a> which applications
-to run. For example, the file <span
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex </span>might start with:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65">
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;arara:&#x00A0;pdflatex
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;arara:&#x00A0;makeglossaries
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;arara:&#x00A0;pdflatex
-&#x00A0;\documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;\usepackage{glossaries}
-&#x00A0;\makeglossaries
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1440--><p class="nopar" > then to build the document you just need the single system call:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66">
-&#x00A0;arara&#x00A0;myDoc
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1444--><p class="nopar" > (As from version 4.0, <span
-class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a
- id="dx1-5090"></a> also has directives for <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-5091"></a> and
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-5092"></a>. See the <span
-class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a
- id="dx1-5093"></a> manual for further details.)
-</p><!--l. 1449--><p class="indent" > When sorting the entries, the string comparisons are made according to each
-entry&#8217;s <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key. If this is omitted, the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name </span>key is used. For example, recall the
-earlier definition:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67">
-&#x00A0;\newglossaryentry{elite}
-&#x00A0;{
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={{\'e}lite},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={select&#x00A0;group&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;class}
-&#x00A0;}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1459--><p class="nopar" > No <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key was used, so it&#8217;s set to the same as the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name </span>key: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\&#8217;e}lite</span></span></span>. How this
-is interpreted depends on which option you have used:
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 1464--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
-href="#option1"><span
-class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;1</span></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 1464--><p class="noindent" >By default, the accent command will be stripped so the sort value will be
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">elite</span>. This will put the entry in the &#8220;E&#8221; letter group. However if you use
- the <span
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-5094"></a> package option, the sort value will be interpreted as
- the sequence of characters: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span></span></span> <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\</span></span></span> <span
-class="cmtt-10">&#8217; e </span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></span></span> <span
-class="cmtt-10">l i t </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">e</span>. This will place this entry
- in the &#8220;symbols&#8221; group since it starts with a symbol.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 1472--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
-href="#option2"><span
-class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;2</span></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 1472--><p class="noindent" >The sort key will be interpreted the sequence of characters: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span></span></span> <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\</span></span></span> <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#8217;</span></span></span> <span
-class="cmtt-10">e </span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></span></span> <span
-class="cmtt-10">l i</span>
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">t </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">e</span>. The first character is an opening curly brace <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span></span></span> so <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-5095"></a> will
- put this entry in the &#8220;symbols&#8221; group.
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 1478--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
-href="#option3"><span
-class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;3</span></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 1478--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-5096"></a> disregards LaTeX&#x00A0;commands so it sorts on <span
-class="cmtt-10">elite</span>, which puts this entry
- in the &#8220;E&#8221; group. If stripping all commands leads to an empty string
- (such as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ensuremath{\emptyset}</span></span></span>) then <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-5097"></a> will fail, so in these
- situations you need to provide an appropriate <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort </span>value that <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-5098"></a> will
- accept.
- </p><!--l. 1485--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-5099"></a> merges entries with duplicate sort values. <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-5100"></a> forbids empty sort
- values. A sort value may degrade into an empty or duplicate value once <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-5101"></a>
- has stripped all commands and braces. </div>
- </p><!--l. 1490--><p class="noindent" >
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
-
-
-
- <!--l. 1492--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
-href="#option4"><span
-class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;4</span></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 1492--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-5102"></a> has a primitive LaTeX&#x00A0;parser that recognises a limited set of
- commands, which includes the standard accent commands and some maths
- commands, so it can convert <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\&#8217;e}lite</span></span></span> to <span
-class="cmtt-10">&eacute;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">lite</span>. It disregards unknown
- commands. This may lead to an empty sort value, but <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-5103"></a> doesn&#8217;t mind
- that.
- </p><!--l. 1499--><p class="noindent" >Note that even if the name is given as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\&#8217;e}lite</span></span></span>, the letter group heading
- (if the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> switch is used) may end up with the character É
- depending on the locale used by the sort comparator. In this case you
- will need to ensure the document can support this character either
- with <span
-class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a
- id="dx1-5104"></a> or by switching to a LaTeX&#x00A0;engine with native UTF-8
- support.
- </p><!--l. 1506--><p class="noindent" >There&#8217;s more information on how <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-5105"></a> obtains the sort value in <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=bib2gls-sorting" >bib2gls
- gallery: sorting</a>.
-</p>
- </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 1513--><p class="indent" > If the <span
-class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a
- id="dx1-5106"></a> package is used:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68">
-&#x00A0;\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1516--><p class="nopar" > and the entry is defined as: </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{elite}</span></span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span></span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name=</span><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{{</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&eacute;</span><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">}lite},</span></span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description=</span><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{select</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;group</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;or</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;class}</span></span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></span>
-</div>
-</div> then:
- <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 1527--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
-href="#option1"><span
-class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;1</span></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 1527--><p class="noindent" >By default the sort value will be interpreted as <span
-class="cmtt-10">elite </span>so the entry will be
- put in the &#8220;E&#8221; letter group. If you use the <span
-class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">true</span><a
- id="dx1-5107"></a> package option,
- the sort value will be interpreted as <span
-class="cmtt-10">&eacute;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">lite </span>where &eacute; has been sanitized
- (so it&#8217;s no longer an active character and is in fact seen as two octets 0xC3
- 0xA9) which will put this entry before the &#8220;A&#8221; letter group. (The group
- is determined by the first octet 0xC3.)
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 1536--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
-href="#option2"><span
-class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;2</span></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 1536--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-5108"></a> sees <span
-class="cmtt-10">&eacute;</span> as two octets (0xC3 0xA9) rather than a single
- character so it tries to put <span
-class="cmtt-10">&eacute;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">lite </span>in the 0xC3 (&#8220;&Atilde;&#8221;) letter group (which,
- in this case, comes after &#8220;Z&#8221;).
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 1541--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
-href="#option3"><span
-class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;3</span></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 1541--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-5109"></a> will correctly recognise the sort value <span
-class="cmtt-10">&eacute;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">lite </span>and will place it in
- whatever letter group is appropriate for the given language setting. (In
- English, this would just be the &#8220;E&#8221; letter group, but another language
- might put it in the &#8220;É&#8221; letter group.)
-
-
-
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 1547--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
-href="#option4"><span
-class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;4</span></a><span
-class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 1547--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a
- id="dx1-5110"></a> package doesn&#8217;t affect the encoding used with <span
-class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>entry
- definitions, since these are dependent on the encoding used to save the <span
-class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file
- (although the labels must still be ASCII unless you use XeLaTeX/LuaLaTeX).
- You can help <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-5111"></a> (and JabRef) by putting an encoding comment at the
- start of the <span
-class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file: </p><div class="alltt">
- <div class="obeylines-v">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">%</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;Encoding:</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;UTF-8</span>
-</div>
- </div>
- <!--l. 1556--><p class="noindent" >With the correct encoding set up, <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-5112"></a> will determine that the sort value is
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">&eacute;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">lite </span>and will place it in whatever letter group is appropriate for the given
- sort rule. For example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sort=en-GB</span></span></span> (or just <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">sort=en</span></span></span>) will put <span
-class="cmtt-10">&eacute;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">lite </span>in the
- &#8220;E&#8221; letter group, but another language might put it in the &#8220;É&#8221; letter
- group.
-</p>
- </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 1565--><p class="indent" > Therefore if you have extended Latin or non-Latin characters, your best option is
-to use either <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-5113"></a> (<a
-href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>) or <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-5114"></a> (<a
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>) with the <span
-class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a
- id="dx1-5115"></a> or <span
-class="cmss-10">fontspec</span><a
- id="dx1-5116"></a>
-package. If you use <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-5117"></a> (<a
-href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a>) you need to specify the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key like
-this:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69">
-\newglossaryentry{elite}
+<a id="wrglossary.169"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{turnip}{<a id="wrglossary.170"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={turnip}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.171"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={round pale root vegetable}</span>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.172"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{carrot}{<a id="wrglossary.173"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={carrot}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.174"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={orange root}</span>}
+
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+Chop the <a id="wrglossary.175"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{cabbage}, <a id="wrglossary.176"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>{potato} and <a id="wrglossary.177"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>{carrot}.
+
+<a id="wrglossary.178"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a> <span class="comment">% list all entries</span>
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> However this method doesn’t sort the entries (they’re listed in order of definition) and it will display all the defined entries, regardless of whether or not you’ve used them all in the document, so <span class="qt">“turnip”</span> appears in the glossary even though there’s no <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.179"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{turnip}</code> (or similar) in the document.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.180"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=none</span> option isn’t essential in this case (there’s no other sort option available for this document), but it prevents the automatic construction of the sort value and so slightly improves the document build time.<p>
+Note that this example document uses the same command (<a id="wrglossary.181"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a>) that’s used with <a id="wrglossary.182"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> (<a id="wrglossary.183"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a>) but with <a id="wrglossary.184"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> you instead need to use the <a id="wrglossary.185"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="styoptfmt">record</span></a> package option and one or more instances of <a id="wrglossary.186"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a> in the preamble (see below).<p>
+Most users prefer to have an automatically sorted list that only contains entries that have been used in the document, optionally with a page list (<a id="wrglossary.187"></a><a href="#glo:indexing">indexing</a>). The <a id="wrglossary.188"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package provides three options: use TeX to perform the sorting (<a id="wrglossary.189"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>); use <a id="wrglossary.190"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> to perform the sorting (<a id="wrglossary.191"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">Option 2</a>); use <a id="wrglossary.192"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> to perform the sorting (<a id="wrglossary.193"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3</a>). The extension package <a id="wrglossary.194"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> provides a fourth method: use <a id="wrglossary.195"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> (<a id="wrglossary.196"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a>).<p>
+The first option (using TeX) is the simplest method, as it doesn’t require an external tool, but it’s very inefficient and the sorting is done according to lower case character code (which matches basic Latin alphabets, such as English, but not extended Latin alphabets, such as Icelandic) or non-Latin alphabets. To use this method, add <a id="wrglossary.197"></a><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a> to the preamble and put <a id="wrglossary.198"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossaries</code></a> at the place where you want your glossary. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.199"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.200"></a><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a> <span class="comment">% use TeX to sort</span>
+
+<a id="wrglossary.201"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{potato}{<a id="wrglossary.202"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={potato}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.203"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={potatoes}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.204"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={starchy tuber}</span>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.205"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{cabbage}{<a id="wrglossary.206"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={cabbage}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.207"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={vegetable with thick green or purple leaves}</span>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.208"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{turnip}{<a id="wrglossary.209"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={turnip}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.210"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={round pale root vegetable}</span>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.211"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{carrot}{<a id="wrglossary.212"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={carrot}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.213"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={orange root}</span>}
+
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+Chop the <a id="wrglossary.214"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{cabbage}, <a id="wrglossary.215"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>{potato} and <a id="wrglossary.216"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>{carrot}.
+
+<a id="wrglossary.217"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossaries</code></a>
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre><p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.218"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+The <a id="wrglossary.219"></a><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a> method is very slow, uses an ASCII comparator and often breaks if there are commands in the <code class="code">name</code> key. See <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-performance.shtml">Glossaries Performance</a> for a comparison. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+Try this out and run LaTeX (or pdfLaTeX) <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">twice</span>. The first run won’t show the <a id="wrglossary.220"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. It will only appear on the second run. This doesn’t include <span class="qt">“turnip”</span> in the <a id="wrglossary.221"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> because that term hasn’t been used (with commands like <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.222"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{turnip}</code>) in the document.<p>
+The glossary has a vertical gap between the <span class="qt">“carrot”</span> term and the <span class="qt">“potato”</span> term. This is because the entries in the glossaries are grouped according to their first letter. If you don’t want this gap, just add <a id="wrglossary.223"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a> to the package options: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.224"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.225"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a>]{glossaries}
+</pre> or you may want to try out a style that shows the group headings: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.226"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.227"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.228"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.indexgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">indexgroup</span></a></span>]{glossaries}
+</pre> If you try out this example you may also notice that the description is followed by a full stop (period) and a number. The number is the location in the document where the entry was used (page 1 in this case), so you can lookup the term in the <a id="wrglossary.229"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> and be directed to the relevant pages. It may be that you don’t want this back-reference, in which case you can suppress it using the <a id="wrglossary.230"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a> package option: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.231"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.232"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a>]{glossaries}
+</pre> If you don’t like the terminating full stop, you can suppress that with the <a id="wrglossary.233"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nopostdot"><span class="styoptfmt">nopostdot</span></a> package option: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.234"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.235"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nopostdot"><span class="styoptfmt">nopostdot</span></a>]{glossaries}
+</pre><p>
+If you try out the earlier example with <a id="wrglossary.236"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.237"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a> you may notice that the terminating full stop is missing and there are no number lists. You can add the full stop back with <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.238"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.239"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nopostdot"><span class="styoptfmt">nopostdot</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>]{glossaries-extra}
+</pre> or <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.240"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.241"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="styoptfmt">postdot</span></a>]{glossaries-extra}
+</pre> If you want the number lists then you need to use an indexing option.<p>
+You may have noticed that I’ve used another command in the above examples: <a id="wrglossary.242"></a><a id="wrglossary.243"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>. This displays the plural form. By default, this is just the singular form with the letter <span class="qt">“s”</span> appended, but in the case of <span class="qt">“potato”</span> I had to specify the correct plural using the <a id="wrglossary.244"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a> key.<p>
+As I mentioned earlier, using TeX to sort the entries is the simplest but least efficient method. If you have a large <a id="wrglossary.245"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> or if your terms contain non-Latin or extended Latin characters, then you will have a much faster build time if you use <a id="wrglossary.246"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> (<a id="wrglossary.247"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">Option 2</a>) or <a id="wrglossary.248"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> (<a id="wrglossary.249"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3</a>) or <a id="wrglossary.250"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> (<a id="wrglossary.251"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a>). If you are using extended Latin or non-Latin characters, then <a id="wrglossary.252"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.253"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> are the recommended methods. These methods are described in more detail in §<a href="#sec:printglossaries">4</a>.<p>
+The rest of this document briefly describes the main commands provided by the <a id="wrglossary.254"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package. (Most of these are also available with <a id="wrglossary.255"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> but may behave slightly differently.)<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:start -->
+
+<section id="sec:defterm"><!-- start of section sec:defterm --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->2. Defining Terms<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:defterm">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+When you use the <a id="wrglossary.256"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package, you need to define glossary entries before you can reference them. This is best done in the document preamble, as shown in the earlier examples, or in a separate file that’s input in the preamble.<p>
+These entries could be a word, phrase, abbreviation or symbol. They’re usually accompanied by a description, which could be a short sentence or an in-depth explanation that spans multiple paragraphs. The simplest method of defining an entry is to use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.257"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.258"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The two most important keys are <a id="wrglossary.259"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.260"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a>: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.261"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}
+{
+ <a id="wrglossary.262"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span>}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.263"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">description</em>〉</span>}</span>,
+ <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">other options</em>〉</span>
+}
+</pre> where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span> is a unique label that identifies this entry. (Don’t include the angle brackets <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner"> </em>〉</span>. They just indicate the parts of the code that you need to change when you use this command in your document.) The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span> is the word, phrase or symbol you are defining, and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">description</em>〉</span> is the description to be displayed in the glossary.<p>
+This command is a <span class="qt">“short”</span> command, which means that <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">description</em>〉</span> can’t contain a paragraph break. If you have a long description, you can instead use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.264"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.265"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:longnewglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\longnewglossaryentry</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">description</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ In this case the <a id="wrglossary.266"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key is in the second argument but the description is supplied in the third argument instead of via a key. <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.267"></a><a href="#glo:longnewglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\longnewglossaryentry</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}
+{
+ <a id="wrglossary.268"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">name</em>〉</span>}</span>,
+ <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">other options</em>〉</span>
+}
+{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">description</em>〉</span>}
+</pre><p>
+Examples:
+<ol class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="numitem">1.</span>Define the term <span class="qt">“set”</span> with the label <code class="code">set</code>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.269"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.270"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{set}
+{
+ <a id="wrglossary.271"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={set}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.272"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a collection of objects}</span>
+}
+</pre><p>
+<li><span class="numitem">2.</span>Define the symbol \(\emptyset \) with the label <code class="code">emptyset</code>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.273"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.274"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{emptyset}
{
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={{\'e}lite},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={elite},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={select&#x00A0;group&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;class}
+ <a id="wrglossary.275"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\ensuremath</code>{<code class="cmd">\emptyset</code>}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.276"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={the empty set}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1577--><p class="nopar" > or </p><div class="alltt">
-<div class="obeylines-v">
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">elite</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmsy-10">{</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;name=</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">{{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&eacute;</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">}</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">lite</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">}</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;sort=</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">elite</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">}</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;description=</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">select</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;group</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;or</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;class</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">}</span>
-<br /><span
-class="cmsy-10">}</span>
-</div>
-</div> If you use <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, you may or may not need to use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key, but you will
-need to be careful about fragile commands in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name </span>key if you don&#8217;t set the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span>
-key.
-<!--l. 1591--><p class="indent" > If you use <a
-href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a> and the <span
-class="cmtt-10">name </span>only contains a command or commands (such
-as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\P </span>or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ensuremath{\pi}</span></span></span>) you must add the <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort </span>key. This is also advisable
-for the other options (except <a
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>), but is essential for <a
-href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>. For
-example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70">
-&#x00A0;\newglossaryentry{P}{name={\P},sort={P},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={paragraph&#x00A0;symbol}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1598--><p class="nopar" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 1600--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5 </span> <a
- id="sec:glosstyle"></a>Customising the Glossary</h3>
-<!--l. 1603--><p class="noindent" >The default glossary style uses the <span
-class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-6001"></a><a
- id="dx1-6002"></a> environment to display the entry list.
-Each entry name is set in the optional argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\item </span>which means that it will
-typically be displayed in bold. You can switch to medium weight by redefining
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont</span>:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71">
-\renewcommand*{\glsnamefont}[1]{\textmd{#1}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1610--><p class="nopar" > Some classes and packages redefine the <span
-class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-6003"></a><a
- id="dx1-6004"></a> environment in such as way that&#8217;s
-incompatible with the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. In which case you&#8217;ll need to select a
-different glossary style (see below).
-</p><!--l. 1616--><p class="indent" > By default, a&#x00A0;full stop is appended to the description (unless you use
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-6005"></a>). To prevent this from happening use the <span
-class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span><a
- id="dx1-6006"></a> package
-option:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72">
-\usepackage[nopostdot]{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1621--><p class="nopar" > or to add it with <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73">
-\usepackage[postdot]{glossaries-extra}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1625--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1627--><p class="indent" > By default, a&#x00A0;location list is displayed for each entry (unless you use
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>without <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-6007"></a>). This refers to the document locations (for
-example, the page number) where the entry has been referenced. If you use
-Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a> described in <a
-href="#sec:printglossaries"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">4</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:printglossaries">Displaying a List of Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossaries --></a> or
-<a
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a> (with <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-6008"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-6009"></a>) then location ranges will be
-compressed. For example, if an entry was used on pages&#x00A0;1, 2 and&#x00A0;3, with Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a>
-or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a> or <a
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a> the location list will appear as 1&#8211;3, but with <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> it will
-appear as 1, 2, 3. If you don&#8217;t want the locations displayed you can hide them using
-the <span
-class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-6010"></a> package option:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74">
-\usepackage[nonumberlist]{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1639--><p class="nopar" > or with <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-6011"></a> use <span
-class="cmtt-10">save-locations=false </span>in the optional argument of the
-appropriate <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span>(it&#8217;s possible to have some resource sets with
-locations and some without).
-</p><!--l. 1645--><p class="indent" > Entries are grouped according to the first letter of each entry&#8217;s <span
-class="cmtt-10">sort</span>
-key. By default a&#x00A0;vertical gap is placed between letter groups for most of
-the predefined styles. You can suppress this with the <span
-class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a
- id="dx1-6012"></a> package
-option:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75">
-\usepackage[nogroupskip]{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1651--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1653--><p class="indent" > If the default style doesn&#8217;t suit your document, you can change the style
-using:
-</p><!--l. 1656--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">style name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1657--><p class="noindent" >
-<a
-href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-styles/" >There are a&#x00A0;number of predefined styles.</a> Glossaries can vary from a&#x00A0;list of symbols
-with a&#x00A0;terse description to a&#x00A0;list of words or phrases with descriptions that span
-multiple paragraphs, so there&#8217;s no &#8220;one style fits all&#8221; solution. You need to choose
-a&#x00A0;style that suits your document. For example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76">
-\setglossarystyle{index}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1665--><p class="nopar" > You can also use the <span
-class="cmss-10">style</span><a
- id="dx1-6013"></a> package option for the preloaded styles. For example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77">
-\usepackage[style=index]{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1670--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1672--><p class="indent" > Examples:
- </p><ol class="enumerate1" >
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-6015x1">
- <!--l. 1674--><p class="noindent" >You have entries where the name is a&#x00A0;symbol and the description is a&#x00A0;brief
- phrase or short sentence. Try one of the &#8220;mcol&#8221; styles defined in the
- <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols</span><a
- id="dx1-6016"></a> package. For example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78">
- \usepackage[nopostdot]{glossaries}
- \usepackage{glossary-mcols}
- \setglossarystyle{mcolindex}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1681--><p class="nopar" > or
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79">
- \usepackage[stylemods={mcols},style=mcolindex]{glossaries-extra}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1685--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-6018x2">
- <!--l. 1687--><p class="noindent" >You have entries where the name is a&#x00A0;word or phrase and the description spans
- multiple paragraphs. Try one of the &#8220;altlist&#8221; styles. For example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80">
- \usepackage[nopostdot]{glossaries}
- \setglossarystyle{altlist}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1693--><p class="nopar" > or
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81">
- \usepackage[stylemods,style=altlist]{glossaries-extra}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1697--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></li>
-<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-6020x3">
- <!--l. 1699--><p class="noindent" >You have entries where the name is a&#x00A0;single word, the description is
- brief, and an associated symbol has been set. Use one of the styles that
- display the symbol (not all of them do). For example, one of the tabular
- styles:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82">
- \usepackage[nopostdot,nonumberlist,style=long4col]{glossaries}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1705--><p class="nopar" > or one of the &#8220;tree&#8221; styles:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83">
- \usepackage[nopostdot,nonumberlist,style=tree]{glossaries}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1709--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol>
-<!--l. 1712--><p class="indent" > If your glossary consists of a&#x00A0;list of abbreviations and you also want to specify
-a&#x00A0;description as well as the long form, then you need to use an abbreviation style
-that will suit the glossary style. For example, use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">long-short-desc </span>acronym
-style:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84">
-\setacronymstyle{long-short-desc}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1718--><p class="nopar" > Define the acronyms with a&#x00A0;description:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85">
-\newacronym
-&#x00A0;[description={statistical&#x00A0;pattern&#x00A0;recognition&#x00A0;technique}]
-&#x00A0;{svm}{SVM}{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1724--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively with <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-6021"></a>:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86">
-\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc}
-\newabbreviation
-&#x00A0;[description={statistical&#x00A0;pattern&#x00A0;recognition&#x00A0;technique}]
-&#x00A0;{svm}{SVM}{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1732--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1734--><p class="indent" > Choose a&#x00A0;glossary style that suits wide entry names. For example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87">
-\setglossarystyle{altlist}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1737--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1739--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 1739--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6 </span> <a
- id="sec:multigloss"></a>Multiple Glossaries</h3>
-<!--l. 1742--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-7001"></a> package predefines a&#x00A0;default <span
-class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. When you define an entry
-(using one of the commands described in <a
-href="#sec:defterm"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">2</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:defterm">Defining Terms<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:defterm --></a>), that entry
-is automatically assigned to the default glossary, unless you indicate otherwise using
-the <span
-class="cmtt-10">type </span>key. However you first need to make sure the desired glossary has been
-defined. This is done using:
-</p><!--l. 1749--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossary[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">glg</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">gls</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">glo</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">title</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1750--><p class="noindent" >
-The &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is a&#x00A0;label that uniquely identifies this new glossary. As with other types of
-identifying labels, be careful not to use active characters in &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;. The final
-argument &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">title</span>&#x27E9; is the section or chapter heading used by <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>or
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span>. The other arguments indicate the file extensions
-used by <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-7002"></a>/<span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-7003"></a> (described in <a
-href="#sec:printglossaries"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">4</span> </a><a
-href="#sec:printglossaries">Displaying
-a List of Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossaries --></a>). If you use <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> described above (or <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-7004"></a> and
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span>), then the &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">glg</span>&#x27E9;, &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">gls</span>&#x27E9; and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">glo</span>&#x27E9; arguments aren&#8217;t relevant, in
-which case you may prefer to use the starred version where you don&#8217;t specify the
-extensions:
-</p><!--l. 1764--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossary*{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">title</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1765--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1767--><p class="indent" > In the case of Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>, all glossary definitions must come before
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. (<span
-class="cmti-10">Entry </span>definitions should come after <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>.) In the case
-of <a
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a>, all glossary definitions must come before any <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>
-that requires them.
-</p><!--l. 1772--><p class="indent" > Since it&#8217;s quite common for documents to have both a&#x00A0;list of terms and a&#x00A0;list of
-abbreviations, the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-7005"></a> package provides the package option <span
-class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-7006"></a> (or
-<span
-class="cmss-10">acronyms</span><a
- id="dx1-7007"></a>), which is a&#x00A0;convenient shortcut for
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88">
-\newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1778--><p class="nopar" > The option also changes the behaviour of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>so that acronyms are
-automatically put in the list of acronyms instead of the main glossary. The
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-7008"></a> package also provides this option for abbreviations defined using
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>but additionally has the package option <span
-class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span><a
- id="dx1-7009"></a> to create a list of
-abbreviations for <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.
-</p><!--l. 1786--><p class="indent" > There are some other package options for creating commonly used lists: <span
-class="cmss-10">symbols</span><a
- id="dx1-7010"></a>
-(lists of symbols), <span
-class="cmss-10">numbers</span><a
- id="dx1-7011"></a> (lists of numbers), <span
-class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-7012"></a> (index of terms without
-descriptions defined with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newterm[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>).
-</p><!--l. 1791--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want a&#x00A0;main glossary for terms, a&#x00A0;list of acronyms and
-a&#x00A0;list of notation:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-89">
-&#x00A0;\usepackage[acronyms]{glossaries}
-&#x00A0;\newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1796--><p class="nopar" > After <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>(or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>) you can define the entries in
-the preamble. For example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-90">
-&#x00A0;\newglossaryentry{gls:set}
-&#x00A0;{%&#x00A0;This&#x00A0;entry&#x00A0;goes&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;`main'&#x00A0;glossary
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name=set,
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={A&#x00A0;collection&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;distinct&#x00A0;objects}
-&#x00A0;}
-&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;This&#x00A0;entry&#x00A0;goes&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;`acronym'&#x00A0;glossary:
-&#x00A0;\newacronym{svm}{svm}{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
-&#x00A0;\newglossaryentry{not:set}
-&#x00A0;{%&#x00A0;This&#x00A0;entry&#x00A0;goes&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;`notation'&#x00A0;glossary:
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;type=notation,
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={\ensuremath{\mathcal{S}}},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={A&#x00A0;set},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={S}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1815--><p class="nopar" > or if you don&#8217;t like using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ensuremath</span>:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91">
-&#x00A0;\newglossaryentry{not:set}
-&#x00A0;{%&#x00A0;This&#x00A0;entry&#x00A0;goes&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;`notation'&#x00A0;glossary:
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;type=notation,
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={$\mathcal{S}$},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;text={\mathcal{S}},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={A&#x00A0;set},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={S}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1825--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1827--><p class="indent" > Each glossary is displayed using:
-</p><!--l. 1829--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary[type=</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">type</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1830--><p class="noindent" >
-(<a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>) or
-</p><!--l. 1833--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary[type=</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">type</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1834--><p class="noindent" >
-(Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>). Where &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9; is the glossary label. If the type is omitted the
-default <span
-class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary is assumed.
-</p><!--l. 1838--><p class="indent" > If you&#8217;re using <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-7013"></a> then each glossary is displayed using:
-</p><!--l. 1841--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary[type=</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">type</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1842--><p class="noindent" >
-With this method you don&#8217;t use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>.
-Instead you can assign the entry type with the resource command. For example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-92">
-&#x00A0;\usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;\GlsXtrLoadResources[
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;src={terms},&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;entries&#x00A0;defined&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;terms.bib
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;type={main}%&#x00A0;put&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;main&#x00A0;glossary
-&#x00A0;]
-&#x00A0;\GlsXtrLoadResources[
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;src={abbrvs},&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;entries&#x00A0;defined&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;abbrvs.bib
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;type={abbreviations}%&#x00A0;put&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;abbreviations&#x00A0;glossary
-&#x00A0;]
-&#x00A0;\GlsXtrLoadResources[
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;src={syms},&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;entries&#x00A0;defined&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;syms.bib
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;type={symbols}%&#x00A0;put&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;symbols&#x00A0;glossary
-&#x00A0;]
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1861--><p class="nopar" > Later in the document:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-93">
-&#x00A0;\printunsrtglossary&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;main
-&#x00A0;\printunsrtglossary[type=abbreviations]
-&#x00A0;\printunsrtglossary[type=symbols]
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1867--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1869--><p class="indent" > There&#8217;s a&#x00A0;convenient shortcut that will display all the defined glossaries
-depending on the indexing method:
-</p><!--l. 1872--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1873--><p class="noindent" >
-(<a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>) or
-</p><!--l. 1876--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1877--><p class="noindent" >
-(Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a>) or (<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-7014"></a> only)
-</p><!--l. 1880--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1881--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1883--><p class="indent" > If you use <a
-href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, you don&#8217;t need to do anything else. If you use Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a>
-or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a> with the <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-7015"></a> Perl script or the <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-7016"></a> Lua
-script, you similarly don&#8217;t need to do anything else. If you use Options&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option2">2</a>
-or&#x00A0;<a
-href="#option3">3</a> without the <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-7017"></a> Perl script or <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-7018"></a>
-Lua script then you need to make sure you run <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-7019"></a>/<span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-7020"></a> <span
-class="cmti-10">for each</span>
-<span
-class="cmti-10">defined glossary</span>. The &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">gls</span>&#x27E9; and &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">glo</span>&#x27E9; arguments of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossary </span>specify the file
-extensions to use instead of <span
-class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">.glo</span>. The optional argument &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">glg</span>&#x27E9; is the file
-extension for the transcript file. This should be different for each glossary in
-case you need to check for <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-7021"></a>/<span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-7022"></a> errors or warnings if things go
-wrong.
-</p><!--l. 1898--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you have three glossaries in your document (<span
-class="cmtt-10">main</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>
-and <span
-class="cmtt-10">notation</span>), specified using:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-94">
-\usepackage[acronyms]{glossaries}
-\newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1904--><p class="nopar" > Then (assuming your LaTeX&#x00A0;document is in a&#x00A0;file called <span
-class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>):
-</p><!--l. 1908--><p class="indent" >
- </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 1909--><p class="noindent" >
- </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 1909--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a> Either use one <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-7023"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-7024"></a>
- call:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-95">
- makeglossaries&#x00A0;myDoc
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1914--><p class="nopar" > or
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-96">
- makeglossaries-lite&#x00A0;myDoc
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1918--><p class="nopar" > Or you need to run <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-7025"></a> three times:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97">
- makeindex&#x00A0;-t&#x00A0;myDoc.glg&#x00A0;-s&#x00A0;myDoc.ist&#x00A0;-o&#x00A0;myDoc.gls&#x00A0;myDoc.glo
- makeindex&#x00A0;-t&#x00A0;myDoc.alg&#x00A0;-s&#x00A0;myDoc.ist&#x00A0;-o&#x00A0;myDoc.acr&#x00A0;myDoc.acn
- makeindex&#x00A0;-t&#x00A0;myDoc.nlg&#x00A0;-s&#x00A0;myDoc.ist&#x00A0;-o&#x00A0;myDoc.not&#x00A0;myDoc.ntn
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1924--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 1926--><p class="noindent" >
- </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 1926--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a> Either use one <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-7026"></a> call:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-98">
- makeglossaries&#x00A0;myDoc
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1930--><p class="nopar" > Or you need to run <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-7027"></a> three times (be careful not to insert line breaks
- where the line has wrapped.)
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-99">
- xindy&#x00A0;&#x00A0;-L&#x00A0;english&#x00A0;-C&#x00A0;utf8&#x00A0;-I&#x00A0;xindy&#x00A0;-M&#x00A0;myDoc&#x00A0;-t&#x00A0;myDoc.glg
- -o&#x00A0;myDoc.gls&#x00A0;myDoc.glo
- xindy&#x00A0;&#x00A0;-L&#x00A0;english&#x00A0;-C&#x00A0;utf8&#x00A0;-I&#x00A0;xindy&#x00A0;-M&#x00A0;myDoc&#x00A0;-t&#x00A0;myDoc.alg
- -o&#x00A0;myDoc.acr&#x00A0;myDoc.acn
- xindy&#x00A0;&#x00A0;-L&#x00A0;english&#x00A0;-C&#x00A0;utf8&#x00A0;-I&#x00A0;xindy&#x00A0;-M&#x00A0;myDoc&#x00A0;-t&#x00A0;myDoc.nlg
- -o&#x00A0;myDoc.not&#x00A0;myDoc.ntn
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1940--><p class="nopar" >
- </p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 1942--><p class="noindent" >
- </p></dt><dd
-class="description">
- <!--l. 1942--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#option4">Option&#x00A0;4</a> With <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-7028"></a> only one call is required:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-100">
- pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
- bib2gls&#x00A0;--group&#x00A0;myDoc
- pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1948--><p class="nopar" > (Omit <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> if you don&#8217;t need letter groups.)</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 1953--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 1953--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7 </span> <a
- id="sec:hyperref"></a><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span></h3>
-<!--l. 1956--><p class="noindent" >Take care if you use the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-8001"></a> package with <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-8002"></a>. Contrary to the usual advice
-that <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-8003"></a> should be loaded last, <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-8004"></a> (and <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-8005"></a>) must be loaded
-<span
-class="cmti-10">after </span><span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-8006"></a>:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-101">
-\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1963--><p class="nopar" > If you use <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-8007"></a> make sure you use PDFLaTeX&#x00A0;rather than the LaTeX&#x00A0;to DVI
-engine. The DVI format can&#8217;t break hyperlinks across a&#x00A0;line so long glossary entries
-(such as the full form of acronyms) won&#8217;t line wrap with the DVI engine.
-Also, hyperlinks in sub- or superscripts aren&#8217;t correctly sized with the DVI
-format.
-</p><!--l. 1970--><p class="indent" > By default, if the <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-8008"></a> package has been loaded, commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will form
-a&#x00A0;hyperlink to the relevant entry in the glossary. If you want to disable this for <span
-class="cmti-10">all</span>
-your glossaries, then use:
-</p><!--l. 1975--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1976--><p class="noindent" >
-If you want hyperlinks suppressed for entries in specific glossaries, then use the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a
- id="dx1-8009"></a> package option. For example, if you don&#8217;t want hyperlinks for entries in
-the <span
-class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">notation </span>glossaries but you do want them for entries in the <span
-class="cmtt-10">main</span>
-glossary, then do:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-102">
-\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
-\usepackage[acronym,nohypertypes={acronym,notation}]{glossaries}
-\newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1986--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1988--><p class="indent" > If you want the hyperlinks suppressed the first time an entry is used, but you
-want hyperlinks for subsequence references then use the <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span><span
-class="cmss-10">false</span><a
- id="dx1-8010"></a> package
-option:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-103">
-\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
-\usepackage[hyperfirst=false]{glossaries}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1994--><p class="nopar" > The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-8011"></a> extension package provides another method using category
-attributes. See the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-8012"></a> user manual for further details.
-</p><!--l. 1999--><p class="indent" > Take care not to use non-expandable commands in PDF bookmarks. This isn&#8217;t
-specific to the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-8013"></a> package but is a&#x00A0;limitation of PDF bookmarks.
-Non-expandable commands include commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span>.
-The <span
-class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-8014"></a> package provides a&#x00A0;way of specifying alternative text for the PDF
-bookmarks via <span
-class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span>. For example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-104">
-\section{The&#x00A0;\texorpdfstring{\gls{fishage}}{Fish&#x00A0;Age}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2007--><p class="nopar" > However, it&#8217;s not a&#x00A0;good idea to use commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in a&#x00A0;section heading as
-you&#8217;ll end up with the table of contents page in your location list. Instead you can
-use
-</p><!--l. 2012--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2013--><p class="noindent" >
-This is expandable provided that the <span
-class="cmtt-10">text </span>key doesn&#8217;t contain non-expandable code.
-For example, the following works:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-105">
-\section{The&#x00A0;\glsentrytext{fishage}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2018--><p class="nopar" > and it doesn&#8217;t put the table of contents in the location list.
-</p><!--l. 2021--><p class="indent" > If you use <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-8015"></a> then use the commands that are provided specifically for
-use in section headers. For example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-106">
-\section{The&#x00A0;\glsfmttext{fishage}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2025--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2027--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 2027--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8 </span> <a
- id="sec:xr"></a>Cross-References</h3>
-<!--l. 2030--><p class="noindent" >You can add a&#x00A0;reference to another entry in a&#x00A0;location list using the <span
-class="cmtt-10">see={</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-key when you define an entry. The referenced entry (or entries) must also be
-defined.
-</p><!--l. 2034--><p class="indent" > For example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-107">
-\longnewglossaryentry{devonian}{name={Devonian}}%
+</pre> (This will also need a <a id="wrglossary.277"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key if you use Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>, see below.)<p>
+<li><span class="numitem">3.</span>Define the phrase <span class="qt">“Fish Age”</span> with the label <code class="code">fishage</code>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.278"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.279"></a><a href="#glo:longnewglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\longnewglossaryentry</code></a>{fishage}
+{<a id="wrglossary.280"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Fish Age}</span>}
{%
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;The&#x00A0;geologic&#x00A0;period&#x00A0;spanning&#x00A0;from&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;end&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;the
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;Silurian&#x00A0;Period&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;beginning&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;Carboniferous&#x00A0;Period.
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;This&#x00A0;age&#x00A0;was&#x00A0;known&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;its&#x00A0;remarkable&#x00A0;variety&#x00A0;of
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;fish&#x00A0;species.
+ A common name for the Devonian geologic period
+ spanning from the end of the Silurian Period to
+ the beginning of the Carboniferous Period.
+
+ This age was known for its remarkable variety of
+ fish species.
+}
+</pre> (The percent character discards the end of line character that would otherwise cause an unwanted space to appear at the start of the description.)<p>
+<li><span class="numitem">4.</span>If you are using UTF-8 characters with the <a id="wrglossary.281"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.inputenc"><span class="styfmt">inputenc</span></a> package, make sure you have <a id="wrglossary.282"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.08+ installed: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.283"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.284"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.08+</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.285"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{elite}
+{
+ <a id="wrglossary.286"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={élite}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.287"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={select group or class}</span>
+}
+</pre> If you have an older version of <a id="wrglossary.288"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> then any initial character that is an extended Latin or non-Latin character must be grouped in order to work with sentence-casing commands, such as <a id="wrglossary.289"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.290"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.291"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.07 or older</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.292"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{elite}
+{
+ <a id="wrglossary.293"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={{é}lite}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.294"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={select group or class}</span>
+}
+</pre> Or <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.295"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.296"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> v2.07 or older</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.297"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{elite}
+{
+ <a id="wrglossary.298"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={{<code class="cmd">\'</code>e}lite}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.299"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={select group or class}</span>
+}
+</pre>
+</ol>
+<p>
+If you use <a id="wrglossary.300"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> with <a id="wrglossary.301"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> then the terms must be defined in a <a id="wrglossary.302"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.303"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><span class="comment">% Encoding: UTF-8</span>
+
+<code class="code">@entry</code>{set,
+ <a id="wrglossary.304"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={set}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.305"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={a collection of objects}</span>
+}
+
+<code class="code">@entry</code>{emptyset,
+ <a id="wrglossary.306"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\ensuremath</code>{<code class="cmd">\emptyset</code>}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.307"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={the empty set}</span>
}
-\newglossaryentry{fishage}
+
+<code class="code">@entry</code>{fishage,
+ <a id="wrglossary.308"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Fish Age}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.309"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={A common name for the Devonian geologic period spanning from the end of the Silurian Period to the beginning of the Carboniferous Period.
+ This age was known for its remarkable variety of fish species.}</span>
+}
+
+<code class="code">@entry</code>{elite,
+ <a id="wrglossary.310"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={élite}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.311"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={select group or class}</span>
+}
+</pre> (The <a id="wrglossary.312"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> format doesn’t allow spaces in labels so you can’t have <code class="code">fish age</code> as the label, but you can have <code class="code">fish-age</code>.) This method requires <a id="wrglossary.313"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span>’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.314"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="styoptfmt">record</span></a> package option: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.315"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.316"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="styoptfmt">record</span></a>]{glossaries-extra}
+</pre> and the <a id="wrglossary.317"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file is specified in the resource command. For example, if the <a id="wrglossary.318"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file is called <span class="filefmt">entries.bib</span> then put the following line in the document preamble: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.319"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.320"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.321"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="csoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={entries}</span>]
+</pre> You can have a comma-separated list. For example, if you also have entries defined in the file <span class="filefmt">entries2.bib</span>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.322"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.323"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.324"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="csoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={entries,entries2}</span>]
+</pre><p>
+There are other keys you can use when you define an entry. For example, the <a id="wrglossary.325"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key indicates how the term should appear in the list of entries (<a id="wrglossary.326"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>), but if the term should appear differently when you reference it with <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.327"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code> in the document, you need to use the <a id="wrglossary.328"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> key as well.<p>
+For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.329"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.330"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{latinalph}
+{
+ <a id="wrglossary.331"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Latin Alphabet}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.332"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Latin alphabet}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.333"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={alphabet consisting of the letters a, <code class="cmd">\ldots</code>, z, A, <code class="cmd">\ldots</code>, Z}</span>
+}
+</pre> This will appear in the text as <span class="qt">“Latin alphabet”</span> but will be listed in the glossary as <span class="qt">“Latin Alphabet”</span>. With <a id="wrglossary.334"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> this entry is defined in the <a id="wrglossary.335"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file as: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.336"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@entry</code>{latinalph,
+ <a id="wrglossary.337"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Latin Alphabet}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.338"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Latin alphabet}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.339"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={alphabet consisting of the letters a, <code class="cmd">\ldots</code>, z, A, <code class="cmd">\ldots</code>, Z}</span>
+}
+</pre><p>
+Another commonly used key is <a id="wrglossary.340"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a> for specifying the plural of the term. This defaults to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.341"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> key with an <span class="qt">“s”</span> appended, but if this is incorrect, just use the <a id="wrglossary.342"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a> key to override it: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.343"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.344"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{oesophagus}
+{
+ <a id="wrglossary.345"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={œsophagus}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.346"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={œsophagi}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.347"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={canal from mouth to stomach}</span>
+}
+</pre><p>
+Abbreviations can be defined using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.348"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.349"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span> is the label (as per <a id="wrglossary.350"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>), <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span> is the short form and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span> is the long form. For example, the following defines an abbreviation: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.351"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.352"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
+</pre> This internally uses <a id="wrglossary.353"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> to define an entry with the label <code class="code">svm</code>. By default, the <a id="wrglossary.354"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key is set to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span> (<span class="qt">“SVM”</span> in the above example) and the <a id="wrglossary.355"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> key is set to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span> (<span class="qt">“support vector machine”</span> in the above example). If, instead, you want to be able to specify your own description you can do this using the optional argument: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.356"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.357"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>
+ [<a id="wrglossary.358"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={statistical pattern recognition technique}</span>]
+ {svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
+</pre><p>
+Before you define your acronyms, you need to specify which style to use with: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.359"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.360"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-type</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span> is the name of the style. There are a number of predefined styles, such as: <a id="wrglossary.361"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a> (on <a id="wrglossary.362"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> display the long form with the short form in parentheses); <a id="wrglossary.363"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.short-long"><span class="acrstylefmt">short-long</span></a> (on <a id="wrglossary.364"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a> display the short form with the long form in parentheses); <a id="wrglossary.365"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short-desc</span></a> (like <a id="wrglossary.366"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a> but you need to specify the description); or <a id="wrglossary.367"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.short-long-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">short-long-desc</span></a> (like <a id="wrglossary.368"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.short-long"><span class="acrstylefmt">short-long</span></a> but you need to specify the description). There are some other styles as well that use <a id="wrglossary.369"></a><a href="#glo:textsc"><code class="csfmt">\textsc</code></a> to typeset the acronym in small-caps or that use a footnote on first use. See the main user guide for further details.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.370"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides improved abbreviation handling with <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/sample-abbr-styles.shtml">a lot more predefined styles</a>. With this extension package, abbreviations are defined using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.371"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.372"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:newabbreviation"><code class="csfmt">\newabbreviation</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ You can still use <a id="wrglossary.373"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> but it’s redefined to use the new abbreviation interface. The style must now be set using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.374"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.375"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">category</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The default <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">category</em>〉</span> is <a id="wrglossary.376"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.abbreviation"><span class="csoptfmt">abbreviation</span></a>. If you use <a id="wrglossary.377"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> the category is <a id="wrglossary.378"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="csoptfmt">acronym</span></a>, which is why you need to use the optional argument if you define abbreviations with <a id="wrglossary.379"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> when <a id="wrglossary.380"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> has been loaded: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.381"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.382"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="csoptfmt">acronym</span></a>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style name</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> If you use <a id="wrglossary.383"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> then abbreviations are defined in the <a id="wrglossary.384"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file in the format: <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="code">@abbreviation</code>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.385"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a><span class="optfmt">={long form}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.386"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a><span class="optfmt">={short form}</span>
+}
+</pre><p>
+The plural forms for abbreviations can be specified using the <a id="wrglossary.387"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.388"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></a> keys. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.389"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.390"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>
+ [<a id="wrglossary.391"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={diagonal matrices}</span>]
+ {dm}{DM}{diagonal matrix}
+</pre> or (with <a id="wrglossary.392"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>): <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.393"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.394"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="csfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a> <span class="comment">% <a id="wrglossary.395"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra">glossaries-extra.sty</a></span> [<a id="wrglossary.396"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={diagonal matrices}</span>]
+ {dm}{DM}{diagonal matrix}
+</pre> If omitted, the defaults are again obtained by appending an <span class="qt">“s”</span> to the singular versions. (The <a id="wrglossary.397"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides a way of not appending <span class="qt">“s”</span> for abbreviation plurals via category attributes.) With <a id="wrglossary.398"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, the definition in the <a id="wrglossary.399"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file is: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.400"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@abbreviation</code>{dm,
+ <a id="wrglossary.401"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a><span class="optfmt">={DM}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.402"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a><span class="optfmt">={diagonal matrix}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.403"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={diagonal matrices}</span>
+}
+</pre><p>
+It’s also possible to have both a name and a corresponding symbol. Just use the <a id="wrglossary.404"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key for the name and the <a id="wrglossary.405"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> key for the symbol. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.406"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.407"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{emptyset}
{
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={Fish&#x00A0;Age},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={Common&#x00A0;name&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;Devonian&#x00A0;period},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;see={devonian}
+ <a id="wrglossary.408"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={empty set}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.409"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\ensuremath</code>{<code class="cmd">\emptyset</code>}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.410"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={the set containing no elements}</span>
+}
+</pre> or with <a id="wrglossary.411"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> the definition in the <a id="wrglossary.412"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file is: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.413"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@entry</code>{emptyset,
+ <a id="wrglossary.414"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={empty set}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.415"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\ensuremath</code>{<code class="cmd">\emptyset</code>}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.416"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={the set containing no elements}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2051--><p class="nopar" > The cross-reference will appear as &#8220;<span
-class="cmti-10">see </span>Devonian&#8221;. You can change the &#8220;see&#8221; tag
-using the format <span
-class="cmtt-10">see=[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;. For example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-108">
-\newglossaryentry{latinalph}
+</pre> If you want the symbol in the <a id="wrglossary.417"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> field then you must supply a <a id="wrglossary.418"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> value with Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> otherwise you’ll end up with errors from TeX or <a id="wrglossary.419"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>. With <a id="wrglossary.420"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">Option 2</a> (<a id="wrglossary.421"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>) it’s not quite so important but you may find the resulting order is a little odd. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.422"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.423"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{emptyset}
{
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={Latin&#x00A0;alphabet},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={alphabet&#x00A0;consisting&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;letters
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;a,&#x00A0;\ldots,&#x00A0;z,&#x00A0;A,&#x00A0;\ldots,&#x00A0;Z},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;see=[see&#x00A0;also]{exlatinalph}
+ <a id="wrglossary.424"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\ensuremath</code>{<code class="cmd">\emptyset</code>}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.425"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={empty set}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.426"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={the set containing no elements}</span>
+}
+</pre> This displays the symbol as \(\emptyset \) but sorts according to <span class="qt">“empty set”</span>. You may want to consider using <a id="wrglossary.427"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span>’s</a> <a id="wrglossary.428"></a><a href="#glo:opt.symbols"><span class="styoptfmt">symbols</span></a> package option which provides <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.429"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.430"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsxtrnewsymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtrnewsymbol</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">sym</em>〉</span>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox">requires <code class="code"><code class="csfmt">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.431"></a><a href="#glo:opt.symbols"><span class="styoptfmt">symbols</span></a>]{glossaries-extra}</code></div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This internally uses <a id="wrglossary.432"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> but automatically sets the <a id="wrglossary.433"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key to the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.434"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.435"></a><a href="#glo:opt.symbols"><span class="styoptfmt">symbols</span></a>]{glossaries-extra}
+<a id="wrglossary.436"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.437"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrnewsymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtrnewsymbol</code></a> <span class="comment">% requires <a id="wrglossary.438"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra">glossaries-extra.sty</a> '<a id="wrglossary.439"></a><a href="#glo:opt.symbols"><span class="styoptfmt">symbols</span></a>' option</span>
+ [<a id="wrglossary.440"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={the set containing no elements}</span>]
+ {emptyset}<span class="comment">% label (and sort value)</span>
+ {<code class="cmd">\ensuremath</code>{<code class="cmd">\emptyset</code>}}<span class="comment">% symbol</span>
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.441"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{emptyset}
+<a id="wrglossary.442"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a>
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> Now the sort value is set to the label <span class="qt">“emptyset”</span>.<p>
+With <a id="wrglossary.443"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> you can define this entry in the <a id="wrglossary.444"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file as <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.445"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@entry</code>{emptyset,
+ <a id="wrglossary.446"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\ensuremath</code>{<code class="cmd">\emptyset</code>}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.447"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={the set containing no elements}</span>
}
-\newglossaryentry{exlatinalph}
+</pre> in which case <a id="wrglossary.448"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> will try to interpret the <a id="wrglossary.449"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> field to determine the sort value. Alternatively you can use: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.450"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="code">@symbol</code>{emptyset,
+ <a id="wrglossary.451"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\ensuremath</code>{<code class="cmd">\emptyset</code>}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.452"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={the set containing no elements}</span>
+}
+</pre> which will use the label (<code class="code">emptyset</code>) as the sort value. (You don’t need the <a id="wrglossary.453"></a><a href="#glo:opt.symbols"><span class="styoptfmt">symbols</span></a> package option in this case, unless you want a separate symbols list.) The corresponding document (where the definition is in the file <span class="filefmt">entries.bib</span>) is now: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.454"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.455"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="styoptfmt">record</span></a>]{glossaries-extra}
+<a id="wrglossary.456"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.457"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="csoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={entries}</span>]
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+<a id="wrglossary.458"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{emptyset}
+<a id="wrglossary.459"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a>
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre><p>
+Note that while the <a id="wrglossary.460"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key is advised for symbols when using <a id="wrglossary.461"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.462"></a><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a> it shouldn’t be used with <a id="wrglossary.463"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. Instead, <a id="wrglossary.464"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> has its own algorithm for determining the sort value based on the entry type (<code class="code">@entry</code>, <code class="code">@symbol</code> etc). See <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=bib2gls-sorting">bib2gls gallery: sorting</a> for further details.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:defterm -->
+
+<section id="sec:useterm"><!-- start of section sec:useterm --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->3. Using Entries<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:useterm">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+Once you have defined your entries, as described above, you can reference them in your document. There are a number of commands to do this, but the most common one is: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.465"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.466"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span> is the label you assigned to the entry when you defined it. For example, <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.467"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{fishage}</code> will display <span class="qt">“Fish Age”</span> in the text (given the definition from the previous section). If you are using <a id="wrglossary.468"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> then this will display <a id="wrglossary.469"></a><a href="#glo:idx.unknowntag"><code class="code">??</code></a> (like <code class="csfmt">\ref</code> and <code class="csfmt">\cite</code>) until <a id="wrglossary.470"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> has created the relevant files and LaTeX is rerun.<p>
+If you are using the <a id="wrglossary.471"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> package (remember to load it before <a id="wrglossary.472"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a>) <a id="wrglossary.473"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> will create a hyperlink to the corresponding entry in the glossary. If you want to suppress the hyperlink for a particular instance, use the starred form <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.474"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>*</code> for example, <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.475"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>*{fishage}</code>. The other commands described in this section all have a similar starred form.<p>
+If the entry was defined as an acronym (using <a id="wrglossary.476"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.477"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> described above) or an abbreviation (using <a id="wrglossary.478"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="csfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.479"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>), then <a id="wrglossary.480"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> will display the full form the first time it’s used (<a id="wrglossary.481"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>) and just the short form on <a id="wrglossary.482"></a><a href="#glo:dual.subsequentuse">subsequent use</a>. For example, if the style is set to <a id="wrglossary.483"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></a>, then <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.484"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{svm}</code> will display <span class="qt">“support vector machine (SVM)”</span> the first time it’s used, but the next occurrence of <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.485"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{svm}</code> will just display <span class="qt">“SVM”</span>. (If you use <a id="wrglossary.486"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> with <a id="wrglossary.487"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> the default doesn’t show the long form on <a id="wrglossary.488"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>. You’ll need to change the style first, as described earlier.)<p>
+If you want the plural form, you can use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.489"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.490"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ instead of <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.491"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code>. For example, <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.492"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>{set}</code> displays <span class="qt">“sets”</span>.<p>
+If the term appears at the start of a sentence, you can convert the first letter to <a id="wrglossary.493"></a><a href="#glo:idx.uppercase">uppercase</a> (<a id="wrglossary.494"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>) using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.495"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.496"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ for the singular form or <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.497"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.498"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:Glspl"><code class="csfmt">\Glspl</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ for the plural form. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.499"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.500"></a><a href="#glo:Glspl"><code class="csfmt">\Glspl</code></a>{set} are collections.
+</pre> produces <span class="qt">“Sets are collections”</span>.<p>
+If you’ve specified a symbol using the <a id="wrglossary.501"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> key, you can display it using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.502"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.503"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glssymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbol</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ For example <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.504"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+<a id="wrglossary.505"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{emptyset}
{
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={extended&#x00A0;Latin&#x00A0;alphabet},
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={The&#x00A0;Latin&#x00A0;alphabet&#x00A0;extended&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;include
-&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;other&#x00A0;letters&#x00A0;such&#x00A0;as&#x00A0;ligatures&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;diacritics.}
+ <a id="wrglossary.506"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={empty set}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.507"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\ensuremath</code>{<code class="cmd">\emptyset</code>}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.508"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={the set containing no elements}</span>
}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2069--><p class="nopar" > If you use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">see </span>key in the optional argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>, make sure you
-enclose the value in braces. For example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-109">
-\newacronym{ksvm}{ksvm}{kernel&#x00A0;support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
-\newacronym
-&#x00A0;[see={[see&#x00A0;also]{ksvm}}]
-&#x00A0;{svm}{svm}{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2078--><p class="nopar" > The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-9001"></a> package provides a <span
-class="cmtt-10">seealso </span>key. This doesn&#8217;t allow a tag but
-behaves much like <span
-class="cmtt-10">see=</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">[\seealsoname]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">}</span>. For example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-110">
-\newabbreviation{ksvm}{ksvm}{kernel&#x00A0;support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
-\newabbreviation
-&#x00A0;[seealso={ksvm}]
-&#x00A0;{svm}{svm}{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2087--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2089--><p class="indent" > Since the cross-reference appears in the location list, if you suppress the
-location list using the <span
-class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-9002"></a> package option, then the cross-reference
-will also be suppressed. With <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-9003"></a>, don&#8217;t use the <span
-class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-9004"></a> package
-option. Instead use the <span
-class="cmtt-10">save-locations=false </span>in the resource options. For
-example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-111">
-\usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra}
-\GlsXtrLoadResources[
-&#x00A0;src={terms},&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;entries&#x00A0;defined&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;terms.bib
-&#x00A0;type={main}%&#x00A0;put&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;main&#x00A0;glossary
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+The <a id="wrglossary.509"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{emptyset} is denoted <a id="wrglossary.510"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbol</code></a>{emptyset}.
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> <div class="resultbox"><div class="resultboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.511"></a><a href="#glo:sym.result"><span title="Result" class="icon">🖺</span></a></div><!-- end of resultboxtitle -->
+The empty set is denoted \(\emptyset \). </div><!-- end of resultbox -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:useterm -->
+
+<section id="sec:printglossaries"><!-- start of section sec:printglossaries --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->4. Displaying a List of Entries<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:printglossaries">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+In §<a href="#sec:start">1</a>, I mentioned that there are three options you can choose from to create an automatically sorted glossary with the base <a id="wrglossary.512"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package. These are also available with the extension package <a id="wrglossary.513"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> along with a fourth option. These four options are listed below in a little more detail. Table <a href="#tab:optionsp+c">1</a> summarises the main advantages and disadvantages. (There’s a more detailed summary in the main <a id="wrglossary.514"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> user manual.) See also <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/">Incorporating makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document build</a>.<p>
+<div class="table"> <div id="tab:optionsp+c" class="caption">Table&nbsp;1: Comparison of Glossary Options</div><table class="tabular-c">
+<tr style=""><td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 3000.000244%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; "></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span style="font-weight: bold; "><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a> </span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span style="font-weight: bold; "><a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">Option 2</a> </span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span style="font-weight: bold; "><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3</a> </span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span style="font-weight: bold; "><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a></span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 3000.000244%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; ">Requires <a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>? </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 3000.000244%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; ">Requires an external application? </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 3000.000244%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; ">Requires Perl? </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 3000.000244%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; ">Requires Java? </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 3000.000244%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; ">Can sort extended Latin or non-Latin alphabets? </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 3000.000244%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; ">Efficient sort algorithm? </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 3000.000244%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; ">Can use different sort methods for each glossary? </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 3000.000244%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; ">Any problematic sort values? </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 3000.000244%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; ">Can form ranges in the location lists? </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td style="border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 3000.000244%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; ">Can have non-standard locations? </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="disadvantage"><span title="no" class="icon">✖</span></span></td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span><sup>†</sup> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-c"> <span class="advantage"><span title="yes" class="icon">✔</span></span></td>
+</tr></table>
+ <p>
+<div class="medskip"></div><div class="tablefn"><sup>†</sup>Requires some setting up.</div><!-- end of tablefn -->
+ </div><p>
+
+<dl>
+ <dt><a id="option1"></a><a id="wrglossary.515"></a><dfn id="glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1 (<span class="qt">“noidx”</span>)</dfn></dt>
+<p>
+
+<dd> This is the simplest option but it’s slow and if you want a sorted list, it doesn’t work for extended or non-Latin alphabets. The <a id="wrglossary.516"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> mustn’t contain commands (or, if it does, the <a id="wrglossary.517"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> value must be supplied) unless you have the package option <a id="wrglossary.518"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sanitizesort"><span class="styoptfmt">sanitizesort</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.519"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=def</span> or <a id="wrglossary.520"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=use</span>.<p>
+
+<ol class="displaylist">
+ 1.Add <a id="wrglossary.521"></a><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a> to your preamble (before you start defining your entries, as described in §<a href="#sec:defterm">2</a>).<p>
+2.Put <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.522"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.523"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">order</em>〉</span></span>,<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">other options</em>〉</span>]
+</pre> where you want your list of entries to appear. The sort <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">order</em>〉</span> may be one of: <code class="code">word</code> (word ordering), <code class="code">letter</code> (letter ordering), <code class="code">case</code> (case-sensitive letter ordering), <code class="code">def</code> (in order of definition) or <code class="code">use</code> (in order of use). Alternatively, use <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.524"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossaries</code></a>
+</pre> to display all your glossaries (if you have more than one). This command doesn’t have any arguments.<p>
+This option allows you to have different sort methods. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.525"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.526"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.527"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=word</span>]<span class="comment">% main glossary</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.528"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.529"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=symbols</span>,<span class="comment">% symbols glossary</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.530"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=use</span>]
+</pre><p>
+3.Run LaTeX twice on your document. (As you would do to make a table of contents appear.) For example, click twice on the <span class="qt">“typeset”</span> or <span class="qt">“build”</span> or <span class="qt">“PDFLaTeX”</span> button in your editor.
+</ol>
+ Here’s a complete document (<span class="filefmt">myDoc.tex</span>): <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.531"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.532"></a><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.533"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{sample}{<a id="wrglossary.534"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.535"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={an example}</span>}
+
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+A <a id="wrglossary.536"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample}.
+
+<a id="wrglossary.537"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossaries</code></a> <span class="comment">% iterate over all indexed entries</span>
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> Document build: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.538"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex myDoc
+pdflatex myDoc
+</pre> </dd>
+<p>
+<dt><a id="option2"></a><a id="wrglossary.539"></a><dfn id="glo:idx.opt.mkidx">Option 2 (<span class="appfmt">makeindex</span>)</dfn></dt>
+<p>
+
+<dd> This option uses an application called <a id="wrglossary.540"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> to sort the entries. This application comes with all modern TeX distributions, but it’s hard-coded for the non-extended Latin alphabet. This process involves making LaTeX write the glossary information to a temporary file which <a id="wrglossary.541"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> reads. Then <a id="wrglossary.542"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> writes a new file containing the code to typeset the glossary. LaTeX then reads this file on the next run. The <a id="wrglossary.543"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> application is automatically invoked by the helper <a id="wrglossary.544"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> script, which works out all the appropriate settings from the <a id="wrglossary.545"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file.<p>
+
+<ol class="displaylist">
+ 1.If you are using a package that makes the double-quote character " a shorthand (an active character), then use <a id="wrglossary.546"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetQuote"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetQuote</code></a> to change this to some other character. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.547"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.548"></a><a href="#glo:GlsSetQuote"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetQuote</code></a>{+}
+</pre> Use this as soon as possible after you’ve loaded the <a id="wrglossary.549"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package. (This may not be necessary if you define all your entries in the preamble.)<p>
+2.Add <a id="wrglossary.550"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> to your preamble (before you start defining your entries).<p>
+3.Put <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.551"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]
+</pre> where you want your list of entries (<a id="wrglossary.552"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>) to appear. (The <a id="wrglossary.553"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key isn’t available in <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>.) Alternatively, use <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.554"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a>
+</pre> which will display all glossaries (if you have more than one). This command doesn’t have any arguments.<p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.555"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+All glossaries are sorted using the same method which may be identified with one of the package options: <a id="wrglossary.556"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=standard</span> (default), <a id="wrglossary.557"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=use</span> or <a id="wrglossary.558"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=def</span>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+4.Run LaTeX on your document. This creates files with the extensions <a id="wrglossary.559"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glo"><span class="extfmt">glo</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.560"></a><a href="#glo:ext.ist"><span class="extfmt">ist</span></a> (for example, if your LaTeX document is called <span class="filefmt">myDoc.tex</span>, then you’ll have two extra files called <span class="filefmt">myDoc.glo</span> and <span class="filefmt">myDoc.ist</span>). If you look at your document at this point, you won’t see the <a id="wrglossary.561"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> as it hasn’t been created yet.<p>
+5.Run <a id="wrglossary.562"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> with the base name of your document (without the <a id="wrglossary.563"></a><a href="#glo:ext.tex"><span class="extfmt">tex</span></a> extension). If you have access to a terminal or a command prompt then you need to run the command: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.564"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>makeglossaries myDoc
+</pre> (Replace <span class="filefmt">myDoc</span> with the base name of your LaTeX document file without the extension. Avoid spaces in the file name.) If you don’t have Perl installed use <a id="wrglossary.565"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a> instead: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.566"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>makeglossaries-lite myDoc
+</pre><p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.567"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+Some beginners get confused by <a id="wrglossary.568"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> the application (run as a system command) and <a id="wrglossary.569"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> the LaTeX command which should be typed in the document preamble. These are two different concepts that happen to have similar looking names. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+If you don’t know how to use the command prompt, then you can probably configure your text editor to add <a id="wrglossary.570"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> (or <a id="wrglossary.571"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a>) as a build tool, but each editor has a different method of doing this, so I can’t give a general description. However, there are some guidelines in <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/">Incorporating makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document build</a>. If you still have problems, try adding the <a id="wrglossary.572"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a> package option: <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.573"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a>]{glossaries}
+</pre><p>
+The default sort is word order (<span class="qt">“sea lion”</span> comes before <span class="qt">“seal”</span>). If you want letter ordering you need to add the <a id="wrglossary.574"></a><a href="#glo:opt.order"><span class="styoptfmt">order</span></a><span class="optfmt">=letter</span> package option <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.575"></a><a href="#glo:opt.order"><span class="styoptfmt">order</span></a><span class="optfmt">=letter</span>]{glossaries}
+</pre><p>
+6.Once you have successfully completed the previous step, you can now run LaTeX on your document again.
+</ol>
+ Here’s a complete document (<span class="filefmt">myDoc.tex</span>): <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.576"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.577"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> <span class="comment">% create <a id="wrglossary.578"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> files</span>
+
+<a id="wrglossary.579"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{sample}{<a id="wrglossary.580"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.581"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={an example}</span>}
+
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+A <a id="wrglossary.582"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample}.
+
+<a id="wrglossary.583"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a> <span class="comment">% input files created by makeindex</span>
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> Document build: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.584"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex myDoc
+makeglossaries myDoc
+pdflatex myDoc
+</pre> or <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.585"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex myDoc
+makeglossaries-lite myDoc
+pdflatex myDoc
+</pre> </dd>
+<p>
+<dt><a id="option3"></a><a id="wrglossary.586"></a><dfn id="glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3 (<span class="appfmt">xindy</span>)</dfn></dt>
+<p>
+
+<dd> This option uses an application called <a id="wrglossary.587"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> to sort the entries. This application is more flexible than <a id="wrglossary.588"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> and is able to sort extended Latin or non-Latin alphabets. It comes with both TeX Live and MiKTeX. Since <a id="wrglossary.589"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> is a Perl script, you will also need to ensure that Perl is installed. In a similar way to <a id="wrglossary.590"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">Option 2</a>, this option involves making LaTeX write the glossary information to a temporary file which <a id="wrglossary.591"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> reads. Then <a id="wrglossary.592"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> writes a new file containing the code to typeset the glossary. LaTeX then reads this file on the next run. The <a id="wrglossary.593"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> application is automatically invoked by the helper <a id="wrglossary.594"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> script, which works out all the appropriate settings from the <a id="wrglossary.595"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file.<p>
+
+<ol class="displaylist">
+ 1.Add the <a id="wrglossary.596"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a> option to the <a id="wrglossary.597"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package option list: <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.598"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a>]{glossaries}
+</pre> If you aren’t using a Latin script, you may need to suppress the default number group: <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.599"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a><span class="optfmt">={glsnumbers=false}</span>]{glossaries}
+</pre><p>
+2.Add <a id="wrglossary.600"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> to your preamble (before you start defining your entries).<p>
+3.Put <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.601"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]
+</pre> where you want your list of entries (glossary) to appear. (The <a id="wrglossary.602"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key isn’t available in <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>.) Alternatively, use <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.603"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a>
+</pre><p>
+<div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.604"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+All <a id="wrglossary.605"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> are sorted using the same method which may be identified with one of the package options: <a id="wrglossary.606"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=standard</span> (default), <a id="wrglossary.607"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=use</span> or <a id="wrglossary.608"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=def</span>. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+4.Run LaTeX on your document. This creates files with the extensions <a id="wrglossary.609"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glo"><span class="extfmt">glo</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.610"></a><a href="#glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></a> (for example, if your LaTeX document is called <span class="filefmt">myDoc.tex</span>, then you’ll have two extra files called <span class="filefmt">myDoc.glo</span> and <span class="filefmt">myDoc.xdy</span>). If you look at your document at this point, you won’t see the <a id="wrglossary.611"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> as it hasn’t been created yet.<p>
+5.Run <a id="wrglossary.612"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> with the base name of the document (omitting the <a id="wrglossary.613"></a><a href="#glo:ext.tex"><span class="extfmt">tex</span></a> extension). If you have access to a terminal or a command prompt then you need to run the command: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.614"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>makeglossaries myDoc
+</pre> (Replace <span class="filefmt">myDoc</span> with the base name of your LaTeX document file without the <a id="wrglossary.615"></a><a href="#glo:ext.tex"><span class="extfmt">tex</span></a> extension.) Avoid spaces in the file name. If you don’t know how to use the command prompt, then as mentioned above, you may be able to configure your text editor to add <a id="wrglossary.616"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> as a build tool. Note that the <a id="wrglossary.617"></a><a href="#glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></a> option won’t work in TeX’s restricted mode, as <a id="wrglossary.618"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> isn’t on the list of trusted applications.<p>
+The default sort is word order (<span class="qt">“sea lion”</span> comes before <span class="qt">“seal”</span>). If you want letter ordering you need to add the <a id="wrglossary.619"></a><a href="#glo:opt.order"><span class="styoptfmt">order</span></a><span class="optfmt">=letter</span> package option: <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.620"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.621"></a><a href="#glo:opt.order"><span class="styoptfmt">order</span></a><span class="optfmt">=letter</span>]{glossaries}
+</pre><p>
+6.Once you have successfully completed the previous step, you can now run LaTeX on your document again.<p>
+
+</ol>
+ Here’s a complete document (<span class="filefmt">myDoc.tex</span>): <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.622"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.623"></a><a href="#glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></a>]{glossaries}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.624"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> <span class="comment">% create <a id="wrglossary.625"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> files</span>
+
+<a id="wrglossary.626"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{sample}{<a id="wrglossary.627"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.628"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={an example}</span>}
+
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+A <a id="wrglossary.629"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample}.
+
+<a id="wrglossary.630"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a> <span class="comment">% input files created by <a id="wrglossary.631"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a></span>
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> Document build: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.632"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex myDoc
+makeglossaries myDoc
+pdflatex myDoc
+</pre> </dd>
+<p>
+<dt><a id="option4"></a><a id="wrglossary.633"></a><dfn id="glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4 (<span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span>)</dfn></dt>
+<p>
+
+<dd> This requires the extension package <a id="wrglossary.634"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> and an application called <a id="wrglossary.635"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. This application is able to sort extended Latin or non-Latin alphabets. It comes with both TeX Live and MiKTeX but requires at least Java 8. This method works differently to Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>. Instead of creating a file containing the code to typeset the glossary it creates a <a id="wrglossary.636"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glstex"><span class="extfmt">glstex</span></a> file containing the entry definitions fetched from the <a id="wrglossary.637"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file (or files), but only those entries that are required in the document are defined and they are defined in the order obtained from the chosen sort method. This means that you can just use <a id="wrglossary.638"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a> to display each glossary (or <a id="wrglossary.639"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a> to display them all).<p>
+
+<ol class="displaylist">
+ 1.Add the <a id="wrglossary.640"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="styoptfmt">record</span></a> option to the <a id="wrglossary.641"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package option list: <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.642"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="styoptfmt">record</span></a>]{glossaries-extra}
+</pre><p>
+2.Add one or more <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.643"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.644"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="csoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">bib list</em>〉</span>}</span>,<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]
+</pre> to your preamble where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">bib list</em>〉</span> is the list of <a id="wrglossary.645"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> files containing the entries. You may use different sort methods for each resource set. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.646"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[record,<span class="comment">% using <a id="wrglossary.647"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a></span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.648"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbreviations"><span class="styoptfmt">abbreviations</span></a>,<span class="comment">% create abbreviations list</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.649"></a><a href="#glo:opt.symbols"><span class="styoptfmt">symbols</span></a>,<span class="comment">% create symbols list</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.650"></a><a href="#glo:opt.numbers"><span class="styoptfmt">numbers</span></a><span class="comment">% create numbers list</span>
+]{glossaries-extra}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.651"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[
+ <a id="wrglossary.652"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="csoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={terms}</span>,<span class="comment">% entries in terms.bib</span>
+ <span class="comment">% put these entries in the 'main' (default) list:</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.653"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=main</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.654"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=de-CH-1996</span><span class="comment">% sort according to this locale</span>
]
-\GlsXtrLoadResources[
-&#x00A0;src={abbrvs},&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;entries&#x00A0;defined&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;abbrvs.bib
-&#x00A0;type={abbreviations},%&#x00A0;put&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;abbreviations&#x00A0;glossary
-&#x00A0;save-locations=false%&#x00A0;no&#x00A0;number&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;these&#x00A0;entries
+<a id="wrglossary.655"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[
+ <a id="wrglossary.656"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="csoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={abbrvs}</span>,<span class="comment">% entries in abbrvs.bib</span>
+ <span class="comment">% put these entries in the 'abbreviations' list:</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.657"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">={abbreviations}</span>,
+ <span class="comment">% case-sensitive letter (non-locale) sort:</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.658"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=letter-case</span>
]
-\GlsXtrLoadResources[
-&#x00A0;src={syms},&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;entries&#x00A0;defined&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;syms.bib
-&#x00A0;type={symbols}%&#x00A0;put&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;symbols&#x00A0;glossary
+<a id="wrglossary.659"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[
+ <a id="wrglossary.660"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="csoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={syms}</span>,<span class="comment">% entries in syms.bib</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.661"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=symbols</span>,<span class="comment">% put these entries in the 'symbols' list</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.662"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=use</span><span class="comment">% sort according to first use in the document</span>
]
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2111--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2113--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 2113--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9 </span> <a
- id="sec:moreinfo"></a>Further Information</h3>
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 2117--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls-begin.pdf" ><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: an introductory guide</a>.
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 2119--><p class="noindent" >The main <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-10001"></a> <a
-href="glossaries-user.html" >user manual</a>.
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 2120--><p class="noindent" >The <a
-href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html" >glossaries FAQ</a>.
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 2121--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/" >Incorporating makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the
- document build</a>.
-
-
-
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 2124--><p class="noindent" >The <a
-href="https://ctan.org/pkg/glossaries-extra" ><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span></a> package.
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 2125--><p class="noindent" >The <a
-href="https://ctan.org/pkg/bib2gls" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> application.</p></li></ul>
-<!--l. 2128--><p class="noindent" >The <a
-href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery" >Dickimaw Books Gallery</a> provides additional example documents.
-</p>
- <div class="footnotes"><!--l. 1066--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn1x0-bk" id="fn1x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">deprecated, use </span><span
-class="cmss-8">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-5021"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">instead</span></p> </div>
-
-</body></html>
-
-
+<a id="wrglossary.663"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[
+ <a id="wrglossary.664"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="csoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={constants}</span>,<span class="comment">% entries in constants.bib</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.665"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=numbers</span>,<span class="comment">% put these entries in the 'numbers' list</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.666"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.sort-field"><span class="csoptfmt">sort-field</span></a><span class="optfmt">=user1</span>,<span class="comment">% sort according to this field</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.667"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=double</span><span class="comment">% double-precision sort</span>
+]
+</pre> The last resource set assumes that the entries defined in the file <span class="filefmt">constants.bib</span> have a number stored in the <a id="wrglossary.668"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a> field. For example: <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="code">@number</code>{pi,
+ <a id="wrglossary.669"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\ensuremath</code>{<code class="cmd">\pi</code>}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.670"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={pi}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.671"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></a><span class="optfmt">={3.141592654}</span>
+}
+</pre><p>
+3.Put <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.672"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.673"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span></span>,<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]
+</pre> where you want your list of entries (<a id="wrglossary.674"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>) to appear. (The <a id="wrglossary.675"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key isn’t available in <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>. The <a id="wrglossary.676"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> setting needs to be used in <a id="wrglossary.677"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a> instead.) Alternatively, use <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.678"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a>
+</pre><p>
+4.Run LaTeX on your document. The <a id="wrglossary.679"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="styoptfmt">record</span></a> option adds information to the <a id="wrglossary.680"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file that provides <a id="wrglossary.681"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> with all required details for each resource set. For example, if the file is called <span class="filefmt">myDoc.tex</span>: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.682"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex myDoc
+</pre><p>
+5.Run <a id="wrglossary.683"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.684"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>bib2gls myDoc
+</pre> or (if you need letter groups) <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.685"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>bib2gls <a id="wrglossary.686"></a><a href="#glo:switch.group"><span class="longargfmt">--group</span></a> myDoc
+</pre><p>
+6.Run LaTeX again.
+</ol>
+ Here’s a complete document (<span class="filefmt">myDoc.tex</span>): <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.687"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.688"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="styoptfmt">record</span></a>]{glossaries-extra}
+<span class="comment">% input the <a id="wrglossary.689"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glstex"><span class="extfmt">glstex</span></a> file created by <a id="wrglossary.690"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>:</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.691"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>
+ [<span class="comment">% instructions to <a id="wrglossary.692"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>:</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.693"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="csoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={entries}</span>, <span class="comment">% terms are defined in entries.bib</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.694"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=en-GB</span><span class="comment">% sort according to this locale</span>
+ ]
+
+<code class="cbeg">\begin{document}</code>
+A <a id="wrglossary.695"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{sample}.
+
+<a id="wrglossary.696"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a> <span class="comment">% iterate over all defined entries</span>
+<code class="cend">\end{document}</code>
+</pre> The accompanying <span class="filefmt">entries.bib</span> file: <pre class="compactcodebox"><code class="code">@entry</code>{sample,
+ <a id="wrglossary.697"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={sample}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.698"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={an example}</span>
+}
+</pre> Document build: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.699"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex myDoc
+bib2gls myDoc
+pdflatex myDoc
+</pre> </dd>
+<p>
+
+</dl>
+<p>
+If you are having difficulty integrating <a id="wrglossary.700"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> (or <a id="wrglossary.701"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a>) or <a id="wrglossary.702"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> into your document build process, you may want to consider using <a id="wrglossary.703"></a><a href="#glo:app.arara"><span class="appfmt">arara</span></a>, which is a Java application that searches the document for special comment lines that tell <a id="wrglossary.704"></a><a href="#glo:app.arara"><span class="appfmt">arara</span></a> which applications to run. For example, the file <span class="filefmt">myDoc.tex</span> might start with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.705"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: makeglossaries
+% arara: pdflatex
+<code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+<a id="wrglossary.706"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>
+</pre> then to build the document you just need the single system call: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.707"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>arara myDoc
+</pre> Alternatively, if you want to use <a id="wrglossary.708"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a>, change the second line to: <pre class="compactcodebox">% arara: makeglossarieslite
+</pre> There’s also a rule for <a id="wrglossary.709"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>. For example, the following indicates that letter groups are required: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.710"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>% arara: pdflatex
+% arara: bib2gls: { group: on }
+% arara: pdflatex
+<code class="cmd">\documentclass</code>{article}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.711"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="styoptfmt">record</span></a>]{glossaries-extra}
+<a id="wrglossary.712"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>
+</pre><p>
+When sorting the entries, the string comparisons are made according to each entry’s <a id="wrglossary.713"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key. If this is omitted, the <a id="wrglossary.714"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key is used. For example, consider the definition: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.715"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.716"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{elite}
+{
+ <a id="wrglossary.717"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\'</code>elite}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.718"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={select group or class}</span>
+}
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.719"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key isn’t present, so it’s set to the same as the <a id="wrglossary.720"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key: <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\'</span>elite</code>. How this is interpreted depends on which option you have used:
+<dl class="inlinetitle">
+ <a id="wrglossary.721"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a> By default, the accent command will be stripped so the sort value will be <code class="code">elite</code>. This will put the entry in the <span class="qt">“E”</span> letter group. However if you use the <a id="wrglossary.722"></a><a href="#glo:opt.sanitizesort"><span class="styoptfmt">sanitizesort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=true</span> package option, the sort value will be interpreted as the sequence of characters: \ <code class="code">'</code> <code class="code">e</code> <code class="code">l</code> <code class="code">i</code> <code class="code">t</code> and <code class="code">e</code>. This will place this entry in the <span class="qt">“symbols”</span> group since it starts with a symbol.<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.723"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">Option 2</a> The sort value will be interpreted as the sequence of characters: \ ’ <code class="code">e</code> <code class="code">l</code> <code class="code">i</code> <code class="code">t</code> and <code class="code">e</code>. The first character is a backslash so <a id="wrglossary.724"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> will put this entry in the <span class="qt">“symbols”</span> group. <p>
+<a id="wrglossary.725"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3</a> <a id="wrglossary.726"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> disregards LaTeX commands so it sorts on <code class="code">elite</code>, which puts this entry in the <span class="qt">“E”</span> group. If stripping all commands leads to an empty string (such as would happen with <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\ensuremath</span>{<span class="cmdfmt">\emptyset</span>}</code>) then <a id="wrglossary.727"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> will fail, so in those situations you need to provide an appropriate <a id="wrglossary.728"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> value that <a id="wrglossary.729"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> will accept. <div class="important"><div class="importanttitle"><a id="wrglossary.730"></a><a href="#glo:sym.important"><span title="Important" class="icon">ℹ</span></a></div><!-- end of importanttitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.731"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> merges entries with duplicate sort values. <a id="wrglossary.732"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> forbids empty sort values. A sort value may degrade into an empty or duplicate value once <a id="wrglossary.733"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> has stripped all commands and braces. </div><!-- end of important -->
+<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.734"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a> <a id="wrglossary.735"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> has a primitive LaTeX parser that recognises a limited set of commands, which includes the standard accent commands and some maths commands, so it can convert <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\'</span>elite</code> to <code class="code">élite</code>. It disregards unknown commands. This may lead to an empty sort value, but <a id="wrglossary.736"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> doesn’t mind that. (It has fallbacks, depending on the sort method and various settings, that can be used to determine the order if the sort value is empty or a duplicate.)<p>
+Note that even if the name is given as <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\'</span>elite</code>, the letter group heading (if the <a id="wrglossary.737"></a><a href="#glo:switch.group"><span class="longargfmt">--group</span></a> switch is used) may end up with the character É depending on the locale used by the sort comparator. In this case you will need to ensure the document can support this character either with <a id="wrglossary.738"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.inputenc"><span class="styfmt">inputenc</span></a> or by switching to a LaTeX engine with native UTF-8 support. (Modern LaTeX kernels default to UTF-8.)<p>
+There’s more information on how <a id="wrglossary.739"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> obtains the sort value in <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=label=bib2gls-sorting">bib2gls gallery: sorting</a>.<p>
+
+</dl>
+<p>
+If the <a id="wrglossary.740"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.inputenc"><span class="styfmt">inputenc</span></a> package is used: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.741"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[utf8]{inputenc}
+</pre> and the entry is defined as: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.742"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{elite}
+{
+ <a id="wrglossary.743"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={élite}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.744"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={select group or class}</span>
+}
+</pre> then:
+<dl class="inlinetitle">
+ <a id="wrglossary.745"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>: With old LaTeX kernels, this entry was placed in the <span class="qt">“E”</span> letter group. With new LaTeX kernels you will have to set the <a id="wrglossary.746"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key to Basic Latin (for example, <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.747"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={elite}</span></code>) but, where possible, it’s better to use <a id="wrglossary.748"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.749"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>.<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.750"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">Option 2</a> <a id="wrglossary.751"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> sees <code class="code">é</code> as two octets (0xC3 0xA9) rather than a single character so it tries to put <code class="code">élite</code> in the 0xC3 (<span class="qt">“Ô</span>) letter group (which, in this case, comes after <span class="qt">“Z”</span>). You will either have to set the <a id="wrglossary.752"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key to Basic Latin (for example, <a id="wrglossary.753"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={elite}</span>) or switch to <a id="wrglossary.754"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.755"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>.<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.756"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3</a> <a id="wrglossary.757"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> will correctly recognise the sort value <code class="code">élite</code> and will place it in whatever letter group is appropriate for the given language setting. (In English, this would just be the <span class="qt">“E”</span> letter group, but another language might put it in the <span class="qt">“É”</span> letter group.)<p>
+<a id="wrglossary.758"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a> The <a id="wrglossary.759"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.inputenc"><span class="styfmt">inputenc</span></a> package doesn’t affect the encoding used with <a id="wrglossary.760"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> entry definitions, since these are dependent on the encoding used to save the <a id="wrglossary.761"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file. The <a id="wrglossary.762"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glstex"><span class="extfmt">glstex</span></a> file created by <a id="wrglossary.763"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> will be written in the encoding required by your document. (In general, it’s best to use the same encoding across all files.) <p>
+You can help <a id="wrglossary.764"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> by putting an encoding comment at the start of the <a id="wrglossary.765"></a><a href="#glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></a> file: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.766"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>% Encoding: UTF-8
+</pre><p>
+With the correct encoding set up, <a id="wrglossary.767"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> will determine that the sort value is <code class="code">élite</code> and will place it in whatever letter group is appropriate for the given sort rule. For example, <a id="wrglossary.768"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=en-GB</span> (or just <a id="wrglossary.769"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">=en</span>) will put <code class="code">élite</code> in the <span class="qt">“E”</span> letter group, but another language might put it in the <span class="qt">“É”</span> letter group.<p>
+
+</dl>
+<p>
+Therefore if you have extended Latin or non-Latin characters, your best option is to use either <a id="wrglossary.770"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> (<a id="wrglossary.771"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3</a>) or <a id="wrglossary.772"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> (<a id="wrglossary.773"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a>). If you use <a id="wrglossary.774"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> (<a id="wrglossary.775"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">Option 2</a>) you need to specify the <code class="code">sort</code> key like this: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.776"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.777"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{elite}
+{
+ <a id="wrglossary.778"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={élite}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.779"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={elite}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.780"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={select group or class}</span>
+}
+</pre> If you use <a id="wrglossary.781"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>, you may or may not need to use the <a id="wrglossary.782"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key, but you will need to be careful about fragile commands in the <a id="wrglossary.783"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key if you don’t set the <a id="wrglossary.784"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key.<p>
+If you use <a id="wrglossary.785"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3</a> and the <a id="wrglossary.786"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> only contains a command or commands (such as <code class="csfmt">\P</code> or <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\ensuremath</span>{<span class="cmdfmt">\pi</span>}</code>) you must add the <a id="wrglossary.787"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key. This is also advisable for the other options (except <a id="wrglossary.788"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a>), but is essential for <a id="wrglossary.789"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3</a>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.790"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.791"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{P}{<a id="wrglossary.792"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\P</code>}</span>,<a id="wrglossary.793"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={P}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.794"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={paragraph symbol}</span>}
+</pre><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:printglossaries -->
+
+<section id="sec:glosstyle"><!-- start of section sec:glosstyle --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->5. Customising the Glossary<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:glosstyle">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+The default glossary style uses the <a id="wrglossary.795"></a><a href="#glo:env.description"><span class="envfmt">description</span></a> environment to display the entry list. Each entry name is set in the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.796"></a><a href="#glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></a> which means that it will typically be displayed in bold. You can switch to medium weight by redefining <a id="wrglossary.797"></a><a href="#glo:glsnamefont"><code class="csfmt">\glsnamefont</code></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.798"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\renewcommand</code>*{<a id="wrglossary.799"></a><a href="#glo:glsnamefont"><code class="csfmt">\glsnamefont</code></a>}[1]{<code class="cmd">\textmd</code>{#1}}
+</pre> Some classes and packages redefine the <a id="wrglossary.800"></a><a href="#glo:env.description"><span class="envfmt">description</span></a> environment in such as way that’s incompatible with the <a id="wrglossary.801"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package. In which case you’ll need to select a different glossary style (see below).<p>
+By default, a full stop is appended to the description (unless you use <a id="wrglossary.802"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>). To prevent this from happening use the <a id="wrglossary.803"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nopostdot"><span class="styoptfmt">nopostdot</span></a> package option: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.804"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.805"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nopostdot"><span class="styoptfmt">nopostdot</span></a>]{glossaries}
+</pre> or to add it with <a id="wrglossary.806"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.807"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.808"></a><a href="#glo:opt.postdot"><span class="styoptfmt">postdot</span></a>]{glossaries-extra}
+</pre><p>
+By default, a location list is displayed for each entry (unless you use <a id="wrglossary.809"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a> without <a id="wrglossary.810"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>). This refers to the document locations (for example, the page number) where the entry has been referenced. If you use Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> described in §<a href="#sec:printglossaries">4</a> or <a id="wrglossary.811"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a> (with <a id="wrglossary.812"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.813"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>) then location ranges will be compressed. For example, if an entry was used on pages 1, 2 and 3, with Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a>, <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a> the location list will appear as 1–3, but with <a id="wrglossary.814"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a> it will appear as 1, 2, 3. If you don’t want the locations displayed you can hide them using the <a id="wrglossary.815"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a> package option: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.816"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.817"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a>]{glossaries}
+</pre> or with <a id="wrglossary.818"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> use <a id="wrglossary.819"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.save-locations"><span class="csoptfmt">save-locations</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> in the optional argument of the appropriate <a id="wrglossary.820"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a> (it’s possible to have some resource sets with locations and some without).<p>
+Entries are grouped according to the first letter of each entry’s <a id="wrglossary.821"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key. By default a vertical gap is placed between letter groups for most of the predefined styles. You can suppress this with the <a id="wrglossary.822"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a> package option: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.823"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.824"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></a>]{glossaries}
+</pre><p>
+If the default style doesn’t suit your document, you can change the style using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.825"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.826"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style name</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-styles/">There are a number of predefined styles.</a> Glossaries can vary from a list of symbols with a terse description to a list of words or phrases with descriptions that span multiple paragraphs, so there’s no <span class="qt">“one style fits all”</span> solution. You need to choose a style that suits your document. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.827"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.828"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.829"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.index"><span class="glostylefmt">index</span></a>}
+</pre> You can also use the <a id="wrglossary.830"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a> package option for the preloaded styles. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.831"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.832"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=index</span>]{glossaries}
+</pre><p>
+Examples:
+<ol class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="numitem">1.</span>You have entries where the name is a symbol and the description is a brief phrase or short sentence. Try one of the <span class="qt">“mcol”</span> styles defined in the <a id="wrglossary.833"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossary-mcols"><span class="styfmt">glossary-mcols</span></a> package. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.834"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.835"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nopostdot"><span class="styoptfmt">nopostdot</span></a>]{glossaries}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossary-mcols}
+<a id="wrglossary.836"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.837"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.mcolindex"><span class="glostylefmt">mcolindex</span></a>}
+</pre> or <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.838"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.839"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="styoptfmt">stylemods</span></a><span class="optfmt">=mcols</span>,<a id="wrglossary.840"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=mcolindex</span>]{glossaries-extra}
+</pre><p>
+<li><span class="numitem">2.</span>You have entries where the name is a word or phrase and the description spans multiple paragraphs. Try one of the <span class="qt">“altlist”</span> styles. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.841"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.842"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nopostdot"><span class="styoptfmt">nopostdot</span></a>]{glossaries}
+<a id="wrglossary.843"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.844"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlist"><span class="glostylefmt">altlist</span></a>}
+</pre> or <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.845"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.846"></a><a href="#glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="styoptfmt">stylemods</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.847"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=altlist</span>]{glossaries-extra}
+</pre><p>
+<li><span class="numitem">3.</span>You have entries where the name is a single word, the description is brief, and an associated symbol has been set. Use one of the styles that display the symbol (not all of them do). For example, one of the tabular styles: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.848"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.849"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nopostdot"><span class="styoptfmt">nopostdot</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.850"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.851"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.852"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long4col"><span class="glostylefmt">long4col</span></a></span>]glossaries
+</pre> or one of the <span class="qt">“tree”</span> styles: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.853"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.854"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nopostdot"><span class="styoptfmt">nopostdot</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.855"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.856"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=tree</span>]{glossaries}
+</pre>
+</ol>
+<p>
+If your glossary consists of a list of abbreviations and you also want to specify a description as well as the long form, then you need to use an abbreviation style that will suit the glossary style. For example, use the <a id="wrglossary.857"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short-desc</span></a> acronym style: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.858"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.859"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.860"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short-desc</span></a>}
+</pre> Define the acronyms with a description: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.861"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.862"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>
+ [<a id="wrglossary.863"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={statistical pattern recognition technique}</span>]
+ {svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
+</pre> Alternatively with <a id="wrglossary.864"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.865"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.866"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.867"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short-desc</span></a>}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.868"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="csfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>
+ [<a id="wrglossary.869"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={statistical pattern recognition technique}</span>]
+ {svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
+</pre><p>
+Choose a glossary style that suits wide entry names. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.870"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.871"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.872"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.altlist"><span class="glostylefmt">altlist</span></a>}
+</pre><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:glosstyle -->
+
+<section id="sec:multigloss"><!-- start of section sec:multigloss --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->6. Multiple Glossaries<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:multigloss">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.873"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package predefines a default <code class="code">main</code> <a id="wrglossary.874"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. When you define an entry (using one of the commands described in §<a href="#sec:defterm">2</a>), that entry is automatically assigned to the default <a id="wrglossary.875"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>, unless you indicate otherwise using the <a id="wrglossary.876"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> key. However you first need to make sure the desired <a id="wrglossary.877"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> has been defined. This is done using: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.878"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.879"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">log-ext</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">out-ext</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">in-ext</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">title</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span> is a label that uniquely identifies this new <a id="wrglossary.880"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. As with other types of identifying labels, be careful not to use active characters in <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>. The final argument <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">title</em>〉</span> is the section or chapter title used by <a id="wrglossary.881"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.882"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.883"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a>. The other arguments indicate the file extensions used by <a id="wrglossary.884"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.885"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> (described in §<a href="#sec:printglossaries">4</a>). If you’re not using either <a id="wrglossary.886"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.887"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>, then the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">log-ext</em>〉</span>, <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">in-ext</em>〉</span> and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">out-ext</em>〉</span> arguments aren’t relevant, in which case you may prefer to use the starred version where those arguments are omitted: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.888"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.889"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:newglossary*"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary*</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">title</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>]</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+In the case of Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>, all new <a id="wrglossary.890"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> must be defined before <a id="wrglossary.891"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>. (<span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">Entry</span> definitions should come after <a id="wrglossary.892"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>.) In the case of <a id="wrglossary.893"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a>, all new <a id="wrglossary.894"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a> must be defined before any <a id="wrglossary.895"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a> that requires them.<p>
+Since it’s quite common for documents to have both a list of terms and a list of abbreviations, the <a id="wrglossary.896"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package provides the package option <a id="wrglossary.897"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronyms"><span class="styoptfmt">acronyms</span></a> (or <a id="wrglossary.898"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a>), which is a convenient shortcut for <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.899"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.900"></a><a href="#glo:ext.alg"><span class="extfmt">alg</span></a>]{acronym}{<a id="wrglossary.901"></a><a href="#glo:ext.acr"><span class="extfmt">acr</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.902"></a><a href="#glo:ext.acn"><span class="extfmt">acn</span></a>}{<a id="wrglossary.903"></a><a href="#glo:acronymname"><code class="csfmt">\acronymname</code></a>}
+</pre> The option also changes the behaviour of <a id="wrglossary.904"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> so that acronyms are automatically put in the list of acronyms instead of the main glossary. The <a id="wrglossary.905"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package also supports the <a id="wrglossary.906"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronyms"><span class="styoptfmt">acronyms</span></a> option for abbreviations defined using <a id="wrglossary.907"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> but additionally has the package option <a id="wrglossary.908"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbreviations"><span class="styoptfmt">abbreviations</span></a> to create a list of abbreviations for <a id="wrglossary.909"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="csfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>.<p>
+There are some other package options for creating commonly used lists: <a id="wrglossary.910"></a><a href="#glo:opt.symbols"><span class="styoptfmt">symbols</span></a> (lists of symbols), <a id="wrglossary.911"></a><a href="#glo:opt.numbers"><span class="styoptfmt">numbers</span></a> (lists of numbers), <a id="wrglossary.912"></a><a href="#glo:opt.index"><span class="styoptfmt">index</span></a> (an index). Since indexes don’t typically have descriptions, the <a id="wrglossary.913"></a><a href="#glo:opt.index"><span class="styoptfmt">index</span></a> option also defines: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.914"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.915"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:newterm"><code class="csfmt">\newterm</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox">requires <a id="wrglossary.916"></a><a href="#glo:opt.index"><span class="styoptfmt">index</span></a> package option</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This is just a shortcut that uses <a id="wrglossary.917"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> with the <a id="wrglossary.918"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> set to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> and the <a id="wrglossary.919"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> is suppressed.<p>
+For example, suppose you want a main glossary for terms, a list of acronyms and a list of notation: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.920"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.921"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronyms"><span class="styoptfmt">acronyms</span></a>]{glossaries}
+<a id="wrglossary.922"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation}
+</pre> After <a id="wrglossary.923"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> (or <a id="wrglossary.924"></a><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a>) you can define the entries in the preamble. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.925"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.926"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{gls:set}
+{<span class="comment">% This entry goes in the `main' glossary</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.927"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={set}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.928"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={A collection of distinct objects}</span>
+}
+<span class="comment">% This entry goes in the `acronym' glossary:</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.929"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{svm}{svm}{support vector machine}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.930"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{not:set}
+{<span class="comment">% This entry goes in the `notation' glossary:</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.931"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">={notation}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.932"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\ensuremath</code>{<code class="cmd">\mathcal</code>{S}}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.933"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={A set}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.934"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={S}</span>}
+</pre> or if you don’t like using <code class="csfmt">\ensuremath</code>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.935"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.936"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{not:set}
+{<span class="comment">% This entry goes in the `notation' glossary:</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.937"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">={notation}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.938"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={$<code class="cmd">\mathcal</code>{S}$}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.939"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<code class="cmd">\mathcal</code>{S}}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.940"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={A set}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.941"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a><span class="optfmt">={S}</span>
+}
+</pre><p>
+Each glossary is displayed using: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.942"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.943"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span></span>]
+</pre> (<a id="wrglossary.944"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>) or <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.945"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.946"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span></span>]
+</pre> (Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>). Where <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span> is the glossary label. If the type is omitted the default <code class="code">main</code> glossary is assumed.<p>
+If you’re using <a id="wrglossary.947"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> then each glossary is displayed using: <pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.948"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.949"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span></span>]
+</pre> With this method you don’t use <a id="wrglossary.950"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.951"></a><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a>. Instead you can assign the entry type with the resource command. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.952"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.953"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="styoptfmt">record</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.954"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbreviations"><span class="styoptfmt">abbreviations</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.955"></a><a href="#glo:opt.symbols"><span class="styoptfmt">symbols</span></a>]{glossaries-extra}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.956"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[
+ <a id="wrglossary.957"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="csoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={terms}</span>, <span class="comment">% entries defined in terms.bib</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.958"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=main</span><span class="comment">% put in main glossary</span>
+]
+<a id="wrglossary.959"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[
+ <a id="wrglossary.960"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="csoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={abbrvs}</span>, <span class="comment">% entries defined in abbrvs.bib</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.961"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=abbreviations</span><span class="comment">% put in abbreviations glossary</span>
+]
+<a id="wrglossary.962"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[
+ <a id="wrglossary.963"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="csoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={syms}</span>, <span class="comment">% entries defined in syms.bib</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.964"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=symbols</span><span class="comment">% put in symbols glossary</span>
+]
+</pre> Later in the document: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.965"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.966"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a> <span class="comment">% main</span>
+<a id="wrglossary.967"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.968"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=abbreviations</span>]
+<a id="wrglossary.969"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.970"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=symbols</span>]
+</pre><p>
+There’s a convenient shortcut that will display all the defined glossaries depending on the indexing method: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.971"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.972"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:printnoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossaries</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (<a id="wrglossary.973"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1</a>) or <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.974"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.975"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ (Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> and <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a>) or (<a id="wrglossary.976"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> only) <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.977"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.978"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+<p>
+If you use Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">1</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">4</a>, you don’t need to do anything different for a document with multiple <a id="wrglossary.979"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossaries</a>. If you use Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> with the <a id="wrglossary.980"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> Perl script or the <a id="wrglossary.981"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a> Lua script, you similarly don’t need to do anything different to the document build (compared to building a document with only one <a id="wrglossary.982"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>).<p>
+If you use Options <a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">2</a> or <a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">3</a> without the <a id="wrglossary.983"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> Perl script or <a id="wrglossary.984"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a> Lua script then you need to make sure you run <a id="wrglossary.985"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>/<a id="wrglossary.986"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">for each defined glossary</span>. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">gls</em>〉</span> and <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glo</em>〉</span> arguments of <a id="wrglossary.987"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a> specify the file extensions to use instead of <a id="wrglossary.988"></a><a href="#glo:ext.gls"><span class="extfmt">gls</span></a> and <a id="wrglossary.989"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glo"><span class="extfmt">glo</span></a>. The optional argument <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glg</em>〉</span> is the file extension for the transcript file. This should be different for each glossary in case you need to check for <a id="wrglossary.990"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>/<a id="wrglossary.991"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> errors or warnings if things go wrong.<p>
+For example, suppose you have three glossaries in your document (<code class="code">main</code>, <code class="code">acronym</code> and <code class="code">notation</code>), specified using: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.992"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.993"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronyms"><span class="styoptfmt">acronyms</span></a>]{glossaries}
+<a id="wrglossary.994"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation}
+</pre> Then (assuming your LaTeX document is in a file called <span class="filefmt">myDoc.tex</span>):<p>
+
+<dl class="inlinetitle">
+ <a id="wrglossary.995"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">Option 2</a>: Either use one <a id="wrglossary.996"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.997"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></a> call: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.998"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>makeglossaries myDoc
+</pre> or <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.999"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>makeglossaries-lite myDoc
+</pre> Or you need to run <a id="wrglossary.1000"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> three times: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.1001"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>makeindex -t myDoc.glg -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
+makeindex -t myDoc.alg -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.acr myDoc.acn
+makeindex -t myDoc.nlg -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.not myDoc.ntn
+</pre><p>
+<a id="wrglossary.1002"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3</a>: Either use one <a id="wrglossary.1003"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> call: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.1004"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>makeglossaries myDoc
+</pre> Or you need to run <a id="wrglossary.1005"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> three times (be careful not to insert line breaks where the line has wrapped.) <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.1006"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
+xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.alg -o myDoc.acr myDoc.acn
+xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.nlg -o myDoc.not myDoc.ntn
+</pre><p>
+<a id="wrglossary.1007"></a><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4</a>: With <a id="wrglossary.1008"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> only one call is required: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.1009"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div>pdflatex myDoc
+bib2gls <a id="wrglossary.1010"></a><a href="#glo:switch.group"><span class="longargfmt">--group</span></a> myDoc
+pdflatex myDoc
+</pre> (Omit <a id="wrglossary.1011"></a><a href="#glo:switch.group"><span class="longargfmt">--group</span></a> if you don’t need letter groups.)
+</dl>
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:multigloss -->
+
+<section id="sec:hyperref"><!-- start of section sec:hyperref --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->7. Hyperlinks (<span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> and <span class="styfmt">hyperref</span>)<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:hyperref">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+Take care if you use the <a id="wrglossary.1012"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package with <a id="wrglossary.1013"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a>. Contrary to the usual advice that <a id="wrglossary.1014"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> should be loaded last, <a id="wrglossary.1015"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> (and <a id="wrglossary.1016"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>) must be loaded <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">after</span> <a id="wrglossary.1017"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a>: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1018"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>{glossaries}
+</pre> If you use <a id="wrglossary.1019"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> make sure you use pdfLaTeX rather than the LaTeX to DVI engine. The DVI format can’t break hyperlinks across a line so long glossary entries (such as the full form of acronyms) won’t line wrap with the DVI engine. Also, hyperlinks in sub- or superscripts aren’t correctly sized with the DVI format.<p>
+By default, if the <a id="wrglossary.1020"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> package has been loaded, commands like <a id="wrglossary.1021"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> will form a hyperlink to the relevant entry in the <a id="wrglossary.1022"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. If you want to disable this for <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">all</span> your glossaries, then use: <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1023"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1024"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsdisablehyper"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisablehyper</code></dfn></code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ If you want hyperlinks suppressed for entries in specific glossaries, then use the <a id="wrglossary.1025"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nohypertypes"><span class="styoptfmt">nohypertypes</span></a> package option. For example, if you don’t want hyperlinks for entries in the <code class="code">acronym</code> and <code class="code">notation</code> glossaries but you do want them for entries in the <code class="code">main</code> glossary, then do: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1026"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.1027"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.1028"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nohypertypes"><span class="styoptfmt">nohypertypes</span></a><span class="optfmt">={acronym,notation}</span>]{glossaries}
+<a id="wrglossary.1029"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation}
+</pre><p>
+If you want the hyperlinks suppressed the first time an entry is used, but you want hyperlinks for subsequence references then use the <a id="wrglossary.1030"></a><a href="#glo:opt.hyperfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">hyperfirst</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> package option: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1031"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+<code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.1032"></a><a href="#glo:opt.hyperfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">hyperfirst</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span>]{glossaries}
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.1033"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> extension package provides another method using category attributes. See the <a id="wrglossary.1034"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> user manual for further details.<p>
+Take care not to use non-expandable commands in PDF bookmarks. This isn’t specific to the <a id="wrglossary.1035"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package but is a limitation of PDF bookmarks. Non-expandable commands include commands like <a id="wrglossary.1036"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.1037"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.1038"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.1039"></a><a href="#glo:Glspl"><code class="csfmt">\Glspl</code></a>. The <a id="wrglossary.1040"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span></a> package provides a way of specifying alternative text for the PDF bookmarks via <a id="wrglossary.1041"></a><a href="#glo:texorpdfstring"><code class="csfmt">\texorpdfstring</code></a>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1042"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\section</code>{The <a id="wrglossary.1043"></a><a href="#glo:texorpdfstring"><code class="csfmt">\texorpdfstring</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.1044"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{fishage}}{Fish Age}}
+</pre> However, it’s not a good idea to use commands like <a id="wrglossary.1045"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> in a section heading as you’ll end up with the table of contents page in your location list and it will unset the <a id="wrglossary.1046"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> too soon. Instead you can use <div class="pinnedbox"><div class="pinnedboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1047"></a><a href="#glo:sym.definition"><span title="Definition" class="icon">📌</span></a></div><!-- end of pinnedboxtitle -->
+<a id="wrglossary.1048"></a><code class="code"><dfn id="glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of pinnedbox -->
+ This is expandable provided that the <a id="wrglossary.1049"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> key doesn’t contain non-expandable code. For example, the following works: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1050"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\section</code>{The <a id="wrglossary.1051"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a>{fishage}}
+</pre> and it doesn’t put the table of contents in the location list.<p>
+If you use <a id="wrglossary.1052"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> then use the commands that are provided specifically for use in section headers. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1053"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\section</code>{The <a id="wrglossary.1054"></a><a href="#glo:glsfmttext"><code class="csfmt">\glsfmttext</code></a>{fishage}}
+</pre><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:hyperref -->
+
+<section id="sec:xr"><!-- start of section sec:xr --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->8. Cross-References<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:xr">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+You can add a reference to another entry in a location list using the <a id="wrglossary.1055"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label-list</em>〉</span>}</span> key when you define an entry. The referenced entry (or entries) must also be defined.<p>
+For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1056"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1057"></a><a href="#glo:longnewglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\longnewglossaryentry</code></a>{devonian}{<a id="wrglossary.1058"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Devonian}</span>}<span class="comment">% </span>
+{<span class="comment">% </span>
+ The geologic period spanning from the end of the
+ Silurian Period to the beginning of the Carboniferous Period.
+
+ This age was known for its remarkable variety of
+ fish species.
+}
+<a id="wrglossary.1059"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{fishage}
+{
+ <a id="wrglossary.1060"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Fish Age}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.1061"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Common name for the Devonian period}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.1062"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a><span class="optfmt">={devonian}</span>
+}
+</pre> The cross-reference will appear as <span class="qt">“<span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">see</span> Devonian”</span>. You can change the <span class="qt">“see”</span> tag for an individual entry using the format <a id="wrglossary.1063"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a><span class="optfmt">={[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">tag</em>〉</span>]<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label-list</em>〉</span>}</span>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1064"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1065"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{latinalph}
+{
+ <a id="wrglossary.1066"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Latin alphabet}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.1067"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={alphabet consisting of the letters a, <code class="cmd">\ldots</code>, z, A, <code class="cmd">\ldots</code>, Z}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.1068"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a>=[see also]{exlatinalph}
+}
+<a id="wrglossary.1069"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{exlatinalph}
+{
+ <a id="wrglossary.1070"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={extended Latin alphabet}</span>,
+ <a id="wrglossary.1071"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={The Latin alphabet extended to include other letters such as ligatures or diacritics.}</span>
+}
+</pre> In the above, I haven’t enclosed the entire value of the <a id="wrglossary.1072"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key in braces. If you use the <a id="wrglossary.1073"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a> key in an optional argument, such as the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.1074"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>, make sure you enclose the value (including the optional tag) in braces. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1075"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1076"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{ksvm}{ksvm}{kernel support vector machine}
+<a id="wrglossary.1077"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>
+ [<a id="wrglossary.1078"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a><span class="optfmt">={[see also]{ksvm}}</span>]
+ {svm}{svm}{support vector machine}
+</pre> The <a id="wrglossary.1079"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package provides a <a id="wrglossary.1080"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.seealso"><span class="csoptfmt">seealso</span></a> key. This doesn’t allow a tag but behaves much like <a id="wrglossary.1081"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></a><span class="optfmt">={[<a id="wrglossary.1082"></a><a href="#glo:seealsoname"><code class="csfmt">\seealsoname</code></a>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label-list</em>〉</span>}}</span>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1083"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><a id="wrglossary.1084"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="csfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>{ksvm}{ksvm}{kernel support vector machine}
+<a id="wrglossary.1085"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="csfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a>
+ [<a id="wrglossary.1086"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.seealso"><span class="csoptfmt">seealso</span></a><span class="optfmt">={ksvm}</span>]
+ {svm}{svm}{support vector machine}
+</pre><p>
+Since the cross-reference appears in the location list, if you suppress the location list using the <a id="wrglossary.1087"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a> package option, then the cross-reference will also be suppressed. With <a id="wrglossary.1088"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, don’t use the <a id="wrglossary.1089"></a><a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a> package option. Instead use <a id="wrglossary.1090"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.save-locations"><span class="csoptfmt">save-locations</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span> in the resource options. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1091"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div><code class="cmd">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.1092"></a><a href="#glo:opt.record"><span class="styoptfmt">record</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.1093"></a><a href="#glo:opt.abbreviations"><span class="styoptfmt">abbreviations</span></a>,<a id="wrglossary.1094"></a><a href="#glo:opt.symbols"><span class="styoptfmt">symbols</span></a>]{glossaries-extra}
+
+<a id="wrglossary.1095"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[
+ <a id="wrglossary.1096"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="csoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={terms}</span>, <span class="comment">% entries defined in terms.bib</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.1097"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=main</span><span class="comment">% put in main glossary</span>
+]
+<a id="wrglossary.1098"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[
+ <a id="wrglossary.1099"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="csoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={abbrvs}</span>, <span class="comment">% entries defined in abbrvs.bib</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.1100"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=abbreviations</span>,<span class="comment">% put in abbreviations glossary</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.1101"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.save-locations"><span class="csoptfmt">save-locations</span></a><span class="optfmt">=false</span><span class="comment">% no number list for these entries</span>
+]
+<a id="wrglossary.1102"></a><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a>[
+ <a id="wrglossary.1103"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="csoptfmt">src</span></a><span class="optfmt">={syms}</span>, <span class="comment">% entries defined in syms.bib</span>
+ <a id="wrglossary.1104"></a><a href="#glo:opt.resource.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=symbols</span><span class="comment">% put in symbols glossary</span>
+]
+</pre><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:xr -->
+
+<section id="sec:moreinfo"><!-- start of section sec:moreinfo --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->9. Further Information<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:moreinfo">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+
+<ul class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="bulletitem">•</span><a href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls-begin.html"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span> and <span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span>: an introductory guide</a>. <li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>The main <a id="wrglossary.1105"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> <a href="glossaries-user.html">user manual</a>. <li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>The <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html">glossaries FAQ</a>. <li><span class="bulletitem">•</span><a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/">Incorporating makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document build</a>. <li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>The <a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> package. <li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>The <a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> application.
+</ul>
+ The <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery">Dickimaw Books Gallery</a> provides additional example documents.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:moreinfo -->
+
+<section id="symbols"><!-- start of section symbols --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->Symbols<div class="labellink"><a href="#symbols">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+
+<dl class="inlineblock">
+<dt><dfn id="glo:sym.definition">📌</dfn></dt>
+<dd>The syntax and usage of a command, environment or option etc.</dd>
+<dt><dfn id="glo:sym.important">ℹ</dfn></dt>
+<dd>An important message.</dd>
+<dt><dfn id="glo:sym.code">🖹</dfn></dt>
+<dd>LaTeX code to insert into your document.</dd>
+<dt><dfn id="glo:sym.badcode"><span class="overlapped">🖹</span><span class="overlapper"><span class="deprecatedorbannedfmt">🛇</span></span></dfn></dt>
+<dd>Problematic code which should be avoided.</dd>
+<dt><dfn id="glo:sym.result">🖺</dfn></dt>
+<dd>How the example code should appear in the PDF.</dd>
+<dt><dfn id="glo:sym.terminal">🔎</dfn></dt>
+<dd>A command-line application invocation that needs to be entered into a <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/novices/html/terminal.html">terminal or command prompt</a>.</dd>
+
+</dl>
+
+</section><!-- end of section symbols -->
+
+<section id="glossary"><!-- start of section glossary --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->Glossary<div class="labellink"><a href="#glossary">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+
+<dl>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.1106"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.firstuse">First use</dfn></dt>
+<dd>The first time an entry is used by a command that unsets the <a id="wrglossary.1107"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> (or the first time since the flag was reset).</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.1108"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.firstuseflag">First use flag</dfn></dt>
+<dd>A conditional that keeps track of whether or not an entry has been referenced by any of the <a id="wrglossary.1109"></a><a href="#glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</a> commands (which can adjust their behaviour according to whether or not this flag is true). The conditional is true if the entry hasn’t been used by one of these commands (or if the flag has been reset) and false if it has been used (or if the flag has been unset).</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.1110"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.glossary">Glossary</dfn></dt>
+<dd>Technically a glossary is an alphabetical list of words relating to a particular topic. For the purposes of describing the <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> and <a id="wrglossary.1111"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> packages, a glossary is either the list produced by commands like <a id="wrglossary.1112"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.1113"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a> (which may or may not be ordered alphabetically) or a glossary is a set of entry labels where the set is identified by the glossary label or type.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.1114"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.glslike"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code>-like</dfn></dt>
+<dd>Commands like <a id="wrglossary.1115"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> that change the <a id="wrglossary.1116"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. These commands index the entry (if indexing is enabled), create a hyperlink to the entry’s <a id="wrglossary.1117"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> listing (if enabled) and unset the <a id="wrglossary.1118"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.1119"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.indexing">Indexing (or recording)</dfn></dt>
+<dd>The process of saving the location (for example, the page number) and any associated information that is required in the <a id="wrglossary.1120"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. The data may be sorted and collated by an indexing application as part of the document build.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.1121"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.linktext">Link text</dfn></dt>
+<dd>The text produced by commands like <a id="wrglossary.1122"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> that have the potential to be a hyperlink.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.1123"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.semanticcommand">Semantic command</dfn></dt>
+<dd>Essentially, a semantic command is one that’s associated with a particular document element, idea or topic that hides the font and other stylistic formatting inside its definition. For example, Latin taxonomy is usually displayed in italic. Explicitly using font commands, for example <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\textit</span>{Clostridium}</code>, is syntactic markup. Whereas defining a command called, say, <code class="csfmt">\bacteria</code> that displays its argument in italics is a semantic command. The actual styling is hidden and the command relates specifically to a particular concept. <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1124"></a><a href="#glo:sym.code"><span title="Input" class="icon">🖹</span></a></div>Syntactic: <code class="cmd">\textit</code>{Clostridium}
+<code class="cmd">\newrobustcmd</code>*{<code class="cmd">\bacteria</code>}[1]{<code class="cmd">\emph</code>{#1}}%<br>Semantic: <code class="cmd">\bacteria</code>{Clostridium} </pre> The end result is the same: <div class="resultbox"><div class="resultboxtitle"><a id="wrglossary.1125"></a><a href="#glo:sym.result"><span title="Result" class="icon">🖺</span></a></div><!-- end of resultboxtitle -->
+Syntactic: <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">Clostridium</span><p>
+Semantic: <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">Clostridium</span> </div><!-- end of resultbox -->
+ The advantage with semantic commands is that it’s much easier to change the style, simply by adjusting the command definition. Note that I’ve used <code class="csfmt">\newrobustcmd</code> to make the semantic command robust as the style commands can cause a problem if they expand too soon.</dd>
+<dt><a id="wrglossary.1126"></a><dfn id="glo:dual.subsequentuse">Subsequent use</dfn></dt>
+<dd>Using an entry that unsets the <a id="wrglossary.1127"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a> when it has already been unset.</dd>
+
+</dl>
+
+</section><!-- end of section glossary -->
+
+<section id="cmdsummary"><!-- start of section cmdsummary --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->Command Summary<div class="labellink"><a href="#cmdsummary">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section cmdsummary -->
+
+<section id="summary.index6553600"><!-- start of section summary.index6553600 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->A<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index6553600">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1128"></a><dfn id="glo:acronymname"><code class="csfmt">\acronymname</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>Acronyms; <a id="wrglossary.1129"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(language-sensitive)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the title of the <code class="code">acronym</code> <a id="wrglossary.1130"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index6553600 -->
+
+<section id="summary.index6946816"><!-- start of section summary.index6946816 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->G<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index6946816">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1131"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.1132"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.1133"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> but converts the first character of the <a id="wrglossary.1134"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link text</a> to <a id="wrglossary.1135"></a><a href="#glo:idx.uppercase">uppercase</a><a id="wrglossary.1136"></a> (for the start of a sentence) using <a id="wrglossary.1137"></a><a href="#glo:makefirstuc"><code class="csfmt">\makefirstuc</code></a>. <a href="#sec:useterm">§3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.496">20</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1138"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.1139"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+References the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>. The text produced may vary depending on whether or not this is the <a id="wrglossary.1140"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuse">first use</a>. <a href="#sec:useterm">§3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.466">20</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1141"></a><dfn id="glo:glsabbrvonlyfont"><code class="csfmt">\glsabbrvonlyfont</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1142"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Short form font used by the <span class="qt">“only”</span> abbreviation styles.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1143"></a><dfn id="glo:glsabbrvscfont"><code class="csfmt">\glsabbrvscfont</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1144"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Short form font used by the small-caps <span class="qt">“sc”</span> abbreviation styles.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1145"></a><dfn id="glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>main; <a id="wrglossary.1146"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Expands to the label of the default <a id="wrglossary.1147"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1148"></a><a href="#glo:glsdisablehyper"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisablehyper</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1149"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Suppresses all <a id="wrglossary.1150"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> related hyperlinks. <a href="#sec:hyperref">§7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1024">42</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1151"></a><dfn id="glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1152"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Simply expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.1153"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a> field. Does nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined. May be used in expandable contexts provided that the <a id="wrglossary.1154"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></a> field doesn’t contain any fragile commands.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1155"></a><dfn id="glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1156"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Simply expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.1157"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> field. Does nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined. May be used in expandable contexts provided that the <a id="wrglossary.1158"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></a> field doesn’t contain any fragile commands.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1159"></a><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1160"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Simply expands to the value of the <a id="wrglossary.1161"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> field. Does nothing if the entry hasn’t been defined. May be used in expandable contexts provided that the <a id="wrglossary.1162"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a> field doesn’t contain any fragile commands. <a href="#sec:hyperref">§7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1048">43</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1163"></a><dfn id="glo:glsfmtshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsfmtshort</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+For use within captions or section titles to display the formatted short form.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1164"></a><dfn id="glo:glsfmttext"><code class="csfmt">\glsfmttext</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+For use within captions or section titles to display the formatted <a id="wrglossary.1165"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1166"></a><dfn id="glo:glslongonlyfont"><code class="csfmt">\glslongonlyfont</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1167"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Long form font used by the <span class="qt">“only”</span> abbreviation styles.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1168"></a><dfn id="glo:glslowercase"><code class="csfmt">\glslowercase</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1169"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.50+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Converts <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> to <a id="wrglossary.1170"></a><a href="#glo:idx.lowercase">lowercase</a> using the modern LaTeX3 case-changing command, which is expandable.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1171"></a><dfn id="glo:glsnamefont"><code class="csfmt">\glsnamefont</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1172"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used within the predefined glossary styles to apply a font change to the <a id="wrglossary.1173"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1174"></a><dfn id="glo:glsnoexpandfields"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoexpandfields</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1175"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Don’t expand field values when defining entries, except for those that explicitly have expansion enabled.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1176"></a><a href="#glo:Glspl"><code class="csfmt">\Glspl</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.1177"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.1178"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a> but uses the plural form. <a href="#sec:useterm">§3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.498">20</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1179"></a><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + <a id="wrglossary.1180"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+As <a id="wrglossary.1181"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> but uses the plural form. <a href="#sec:useterm">§3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.490">20</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1182"></a><dfn id="glo:GlsSetQuote"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetQuote</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">character</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1183"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.24+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Set <a id="wrglossary.1184"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span>’s</a> quote character to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">character</em>〉</span>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1185"></a><a href="#glo:glssymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbol</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">modifiers: </span>* + </span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+References the entry identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>. The text produced is obtained from the <a id="wrglossary.1186"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></a> value. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> argument will be inserted at the end of the <a id="wrglossary.1187"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link text</a>. This command does not alter or depend on the <a id="wrglossary.1188"></a><a href="#glo:dual.firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. <a href="#sec:useterm">§3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.503">21</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1189"></a><dfn id="glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1190"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.11+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+For use with <a id="wrglossary.1191"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>, this both sets up the resource options (which <a id="wrglossary.1192"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> can detect from the <a id="wrglossary.1193"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file) and inputs the <a id="wrglossary.1194"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glstex"><span class="extfmt">glstex</span></a> file created by <a id="wrglossary.1195"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1196"></a><a href="#glo:glsxtrnewsymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtrnewsymbol</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">sym</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1197"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(requires <code class="code"><code class="csfmt">\usepackage</code>[<a id="wrglossary.1198"></a><a href="#glo:opt.symbols"><span class="styoptfmt">symbols</span></a>]{glossaries-extra}</code>)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defines a new <a id="wrglossary.1199"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> entry with the given label, <a id="wrglossary.1200"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> set to <code class="code">symbols</code>, the <a id="wrglossary.1201"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="csoptfmt">category</span></a> set to <code class="code">symbol</code>, the <a id="wrglossary.1202"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> set to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">sym</em>〉</span> and the <a id="wrglossary.1203"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> set to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>. The optional argument is a comma-separated list of <a id="wrglossary.1204"></a><a href="#glo:idx.gloskey">glossary entry keys</a>, which can be used to override the defaults. <a href="#sec:defterm">§2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.430">18</a><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index6946816 -->
+
+<section id="summary.index7274496"><!-- start of section summary.index7274496 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->L<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index7274496">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1205"></a><dfn id="glo:loadglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\loadglsentries</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">filename</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1206"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Locally assigns <a id="wrglossary.1207"></a><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a> to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span> and inputs <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">filename</em>〉</span>. If the optional argument is omitted, the default glossary is assumed. Note that if any entries within <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">filename</em>〉</span> have the <a id="wrglossary.1208"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> key set (including implicitly in commands like <a id="wrglossary.1209"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>), then this will override the type given in the optional argument.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1210"></a><a href="#glo:longnewglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\longnewglossaryentry</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">description</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1211"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defines a new <a id="wrglossary.1212"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> entry with the given label. The second argument is a comma-separated list of <a id="wrglossary.1213"></a><a href="#glo:idx.gloskey">glossary entry keys</a>. The third argument is the description, which may include paragraph breaks. <a href="#sec:defterm">§2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.265">11</a><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index7274496 -->
+
+<section id="summary.index7340032"><!-- start of section summary.index7340032 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->M<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index7340032">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1214"></a><dfn id="glo:makefirstuc"><code class="csfmt">\makefirstuc</code></dfn><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1215"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Robust command that converts the first character of <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span> to <a id="wrglossary.1216"></a><a href="#glo:idx.uppercase">uppercase</a> (<a id="wrglossary.1217"></a><a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a>). See the <a id="wrglossary.1218"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span></a> documentation for further details, either: <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.1219"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div><a href="https://www.tug.org/texdoc/">texdoc</a> mfirstuc</pre> or visit <a href="https://ctan.org/pkg/mfirstuc">ctan.org/pkg/mfirstuc</a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1220"></a><dfn id="glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1221"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Opens the associated <a id="wrglossary.1222"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> files that need to be processed by <a id="wrglossary.1223"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.1224"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1225"></a><dfn id="glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1226"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets up all glossaries so that they can be displayed with <a id="wrglossary.1227"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index7340032 -->
+
+<section id="summary.index7405568"><!-- start of section summary.index7405568 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->N<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index7405568">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1228"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="csfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1229"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defines a new entry that represents an abbreviation. This internally uses <a id="wrglossary.1230"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> and any provided <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span> (<a id="wrglossary.1231"></a><a href="#glo:idx.gloskey">glossary entry keys</a>) will be appended. The <a id="wrglossary.1232"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="csoptfmt">category</span></a> is set to <a id="wrglossary.1233"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.abbreviation"><span class="csoptfmt">abbreviation</span></a> by default, but may be overridden in <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>. The appropriate style should be set before the abbreviation is defined with <a id="wrglossary.1234"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>. <a href="#sec:defterm">§2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.372">16</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1235"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">short</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1236"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+This command is provided by the base <a id="wrglossary.1237"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package but is redefined by <a id="wrglossary.1238"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> to use <a id="wrglossary.1239"></a><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="csfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a> with the <a id="wrglossary.1240"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="csoptfmt">category</span></a> key set to <a id="wrglossary.1241"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="csoptfmt">acronym</span></a>. With just the base <a id="wrglossary.1242"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> package, use <a id="wrglossary.1243"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a> to set the style. With <a id="wrglossary.1244"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, use <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.1245"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.1246"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="csoptfmt">acronym</span></a>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style</em>〉</span>}</code> to set the style that governs <a id="wrglossary.1247"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>. <a href="#sec:defterm">§2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.349">15</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1248"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">log-ext</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">out-ext</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">in-ext</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">title</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1249"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defines a <a id="wrglossary.1250"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span> (which can be referenced by the <a id="wrglossary.1251"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> key when defining an entry). <a href="#sec:multigloss">§6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.879">37</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1252"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary*"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary*</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">title</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1253"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.08+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+A shortcut that supplies file extensions based on the <a id="wrglossary.1254"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> label:<pre class="compactcodebox"><a id="wrglossary.1255"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>-glg]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>-gls}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-label</em>〉</span>-glo}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">title</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter</em>〉</span>]</pre> <a href="#sec:multigloss">§6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.889">38</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1256"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1257"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defines a new <a id="wrglossary.1258"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> entry with the given label. The second argument is a comma-separated list of <a id="wrglossary.1259"></a><a href="#glo:idx.gloskey">glossary entry keys</a>. <a href="#sec:defterm">§2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.258">11</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1260"></a><a href="#glo:newterm"><code class="csfmt">\newterm</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span>}</code><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(requires <a id="wrglossary.1261"></a><a href="#glo:opt.index"><span class="styoptfmt">index</span></a> package option)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Defines a new <a id="wrglossary.1262"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> entry with the given label, <a id="wrglossary.1263"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a> set to <code class="code">index</code>, the <a id="wrglossary.1264"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> set to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">entry-label</em>〉</span> and the <a id="wrglossary.1265"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> set to <a id="wrglossary.1266"></a><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a>. The optional argument is a comma-separated list of <a id="wrglossary.1267"></a><a href="#glo:idx.gloskey">glossary entry keys</a>, which can be used to override the defaults. <a href="#sec:multigloss">§6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.915">38</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1268"></a><dfn id="glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1269"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v1.17+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+When placed at the end of the <a id="wrglossary.1270"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a>, this switches off the post-description punctuation (if it has been enabled). Does nothing outside of the <a id="wrglossary.1271"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index7405568 -->
+
+<section id="summary.index7536640"><!-- start of section summary.index7536640 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->P<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index7536640">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1272"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1273"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Iterates over all glossaries and does <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.1274"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.1275"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span></span>]</code> for each <a id="wrglossary.1276"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. <a href="#sec:multigloss">§6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.975">40</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1277"></a><dfn id="glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1278"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Displays the <a id="wrglossary.1279"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> by inputting a file created by <a id="wrglossary.1280"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.1281"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>. Must be used with <a id="wrglossary.1282"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a> and either <a id="wrglossary.1283"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.1284"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1285"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossaries</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1286"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Iterates over all glossaries and does <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.1287"></a><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.1288"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span></span>]</code> for each <a id="wrglossary.1289"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. <a href="#sec:multigloss">§6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.972">40</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1290"></a><dfn id="glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1291"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a> v4.04+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Displays the <a id="wrglossary.1292"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> by obtaining the <a id="wrglossary.1293"></a><a href="#glo:indexing">indexing</a> information from the <a id="wrglossary.1294"></a><a href="#glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></a> file and using TeX to sort and collate. Must be used with <a id="wrglossary.1295"></a><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a>. This method can be very slow and has limitations.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1296"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1297"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.08+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Iterates over all glossaries and does <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.1298"></a><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.1299"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span></span>]</code> for each <a id="wrglossary.1300"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>. <a href="#sec:multigloss">§6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.978">40</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1301"></a><dfn id="glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></dfn><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1302"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a> v1.08+</span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Displays the <a id="wrglossary.1303"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> by iterating over all entries associated with the given <a id="wrglossary.1304"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a> (in the order in which they were added to the <a id="wrglossary.1305"></a><a href="#glo:dual.glossary">glossary</a>). The location lists and group headers will only be present if the associated fields have been set (typically by <a id="wrglossary.1306"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a>).<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index7536640 -->
+
+<section id="summary.index7733248"><!-- start of section summary.index7733248 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->S<div class="labellink"><a href="#summary.index7733248">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1307"></a><dfn id="glo:seealsoname"><code class="csfmt">\seealsoname</code></dfn><span class="floatrightbox"><span class="summarytag">initial: </span>see also; <a id="wrglossary.1308"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span><p>
+<div class="noteBox">(language-sensitive)</div><!-- end of noteBox -->
+</div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Used as a cross-reference tag.<p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1309"></a><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">category</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1310"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets the current <a id="wrglossary.1311"></a><a href="#glo:idx.abbrstyle">abbreviation style</a> to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span> for the category identified by <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">category</em>〉</span>. If the optional argument is omitted, <a id="wrglossary.1312"></a><a href="#glo:opt.cat.abbreviation"><span class="csoptfmt">abbreviation</span></a> is assumed. <a href="#sec:defterm">§2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.375">16</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1313"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a><code class="code">[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-type</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style-name</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1314"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Sets the acronym style. Don’t use with <a id="wrglossary.1315"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>. <a href="#sec:defterm">§2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.360">16</a><p>
+<div class="defnbox"><a id="wrglossary.1316"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a><code class="code">{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style name</em>〉</span>}</code><span class="floatrightbox"><a id="wrglossary.1317"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span></a></span><span class="clearfix"></span></div><!-- end of defnbox -->
+<p>
+Set the current <a id="wrglossary.1318"></a><a href="#glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary style</a> to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">style name</em>〉</span>. <a href="#sec:glosstyle">§5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.826">35</a><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section summary.index7733248 -->
+
+<section id="index"><!-- start of section index --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->Index<div class="labellink"><a href="#index">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="nlctusernavbox"><a href="#glssymbols">Symbols</a> <a href="#index6553600">A</a> <a href="#index6619136">B</a> <a href="#index6684672">C</a> <a href="#index6750208">D</a> <a href="#index6881280">F</a> <a href="#index6946816">G</a> <a href="#index7012352">H</a> <a href="#index7077888">I</a> <a href="#index7274496">L</a> <a href="#index7340032">M</a> <a href="#index7405568">N</a> <a href="#index7471104">O</a> <a href="#index7536640">P</a> <a href="#index7667712">R</a> <a href="#index7733248">S</a> <a href="#index7798784">T</a> <a href="#index7864320">U</a> <a href="#index8060928">X</a></div><!-- end of nlctusernavbox -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index -->
+
+<section id="glssymbols"><!-- start of section glssymbols --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->Symbols<div class="labellink"><a href="#glssymbols">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.sym.colon"><code class="code">:</code> (colon)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.136">6</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.143">7</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.unknowntag"><code class="code">??</code> (unknown entry marker)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.469">20</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.sym.nbsp"><code class="code">~</code> (non-breaking space)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:idx.nbsp">non-breaking space (<code class="code">~</code>)</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section glssymbols -->
+
+<section id="index6553600"><!-- start of section index6553600 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->A<div class="labellink"><a href="#index6553600">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.abbrstyle">abbreviation styles</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1311">54</a>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-only-short-only"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-only-short-only</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.96">5</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short-sc</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.86">5</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.abbrstyle.long-short"><span class="abbrstylefmt">long-short</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.43">3</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.47">4</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span class="abbrstylefmt">short-nolong</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.61">4</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:opt.abbreviations"><span class="styoptfmt">abbreviations</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.648">28</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.908">38</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.954">40</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.898">38</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.acrstyle">acronym styles</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.acrstyle.long-sc-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-sc-short</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.79">4</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short-desc</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.365">16</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.857">37</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.23">3</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.361">16</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.483">20</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.acrstyle.short-long-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">short-long-desc</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.367">16</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.acrstyle.short-long"><span class="acrstylefmt">short-long</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.363">16</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:acronymname"><code class="csfmt">\acronymname</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.903">38</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1128">48</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:opt.acronyms"><span class="styoptfmt">acronyms</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.897">38</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:app.arara"><span class="appfmt">arara</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.703">31</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:opt.automake"><span class="styoptfmt">automake</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.572">25</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.617">27</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index6553600 -->
+
+<section id="index6619136"><!-- start of section index6619136 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->B<div class="labellink"><a href="#index6619136">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.babel"><span class="styfmt">babel</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4">2</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.135">6</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.142">7</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.72">4</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.182">8</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.250">10</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.300">13</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.334">15</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.383">17</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.468">20</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.635">28</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.681">30</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.810">35</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.947">39</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1008">42</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1088">45</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1191">51</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1306">54</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:switch.g"><span class="shortargfmt">-g</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see</span> <a href="#glo:switch.group"><span class="longargfmt">--group</span></a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:switch.group"><span class="longargfmt">--group</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.686">30</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.737">32</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1010">42</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index6619136 -->
+
+<section id="index6684672"><!-- start of section index6684672 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->C<div class="labellink"><a href="#index6684672">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.category">category</dfn></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.cat.abbreviation"><span class="csoptfmt">abbreviation</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.376">16</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1233">52</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1312">54</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.cat.acronym"><span class="csoptfmt">acronym</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.55">4</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.378">16</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.382">17</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1241">52</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index6684672 -->
+
+<section id="index6750208"><!-- start of section index6750208 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->D<div class="labellink"><a href="#index6750208">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:env.description"><span class="envfmt">description</span> environment</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.795">34</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index6750208 -->
+
+<section id="index6881280"><!-- start of section index6881280 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->F<div class="labellink"><a href="#index6881280">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:fileformat">file formats</dfn></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.acn"><span class="extfmt">acn</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.902">38</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.acr"><span class="extfmt">acr</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.901">38</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.alg"><span class="extfmt">alg</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.900">38</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.aux"><span class="extfmt">aux</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.545">23</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.595">26</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.680">30</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1294">54</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.bib"><span class="extfmt">bib</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.73">4</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.302">13</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.312">14</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.637">28</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.glo"><span class="extfmt">glo</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.559">24</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.609">27</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.989">41</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.gls"><span class="extfmt">gls</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.988">41</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.glstex"><span class="extfmt">glstex</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.636">28</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.ist"><span class="extfmt">ist</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.560">24</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.log"><span class="extfmt">log</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.34">3</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.tex"><span class="extfmt">tex</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.71">4</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.xdy"><span class="extfmt">xdy</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.610">27</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:firstuse">first use</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1106">46</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1108">46</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.fontenc"><span class="styfmt">fontenc</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.7">2</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index6881280 -->
+
+<section id="index6946816"><!-- start of section index6946816 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->G<div class="labellink"><a href="#index6946816">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.39">3</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.634">28</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:file.glossaries-french"><span class="filefmt">glossaries-french</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.11">2</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:file.glossaries-german"><span class="filefmt">glossaries-german</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.12">2</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:file.glossaries-language"><span class="filefmt">glossaries-</span><span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">language</em>〉</span><span class="filefmt"></span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.10">2</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.glossaries"><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.2">2</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.glossary-mcols"><span class="styfmt">glossary-mcols</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.833">36</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:glossary">glossary</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1110">46</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.gloskey">glossary entry keys</dfn></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.category"><span class="csoptfmt">category</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.106">5</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1201">51</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1232">52</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.18">2</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.260">11</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.355">16</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.863">37</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.919">38</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1265">53</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.long"><span class="csoptfmt">long</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.385">17</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1153">49</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.longplural"><span class="csoptfmt">longplural</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.387">17</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.17">2</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.259">11</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.325">14</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.354">16</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.449">19</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.516">21</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.714">32</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.783">34</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.918">38</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1173">50</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1202">51</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1264">53</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.244">10</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.340">15</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.see"><span class="csoptfmt">see</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1055">44</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1081">45</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.seealso"><span class="csoptfmt">seealso</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1080">45</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.short"><span class="csoptfmt">short</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.386">17</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1157">49</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.shortplural"><span class="csoptfmt">shortplural</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.388">17</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.277">12</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.418">18</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.460">19</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.517">21</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.713">32</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.821">35</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1203">51</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.symbol"><span class="csoptfmt">symbol</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.405">17</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.501">21</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1186">50</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.328">15</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1049">43</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1161">49</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.876">37</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1200">51</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.1263">53</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.user1"><span class="csoptfmt">user1</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.668">29</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1318">55</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.altlist"><span class="glostylefmt">altlist</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.844">36</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.872">37</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.index"><span class="glostylefmt">index</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.829">35</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.indexgroup"><span class="glostylefmt">indexgroup</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.228">10</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.long4col"><span class="glostylefmt">long4col</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.852">36</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.mcolindex"><span class="glostylefmt">mcolindex</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.837">36</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:useterm">§3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.289">13</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.496">20</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1038">43</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1131">48</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.1178">50</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:useterm">§3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.19">2</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.222">9</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.327">15</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.466">20</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1021">42</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1036">43</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1115">47</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1138">48</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.1181">50</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:glslike"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code>-like</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.242">10</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1114">47</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsabbrvonlyfont"><code class="csfmt">\glsabbrvonlyfont</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.98">5</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1141">48</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsabbrvscfont"><code class="csfmt">\glsabbrvscfont</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.102">5</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1143">48</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsdefaulttype"><code class="csfmt">\glsdefaulttype</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1145">48</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.1207">51</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsdisablehyper"><code class="csfmt">\glsdisablehyper</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:hyperref">§7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.1024">42</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1148">48</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentrylong"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrylong</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.155">7</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1151">49</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentryshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsentryshort</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.154">7</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1155">49</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsentrytext"><code class="csfmt">\glsentrytext</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:hyperref">§7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.153">7</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1048">43</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1159">49</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsfmtshort"><code class="csfmt">\glsfmtshort</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.158">7</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1163">49</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsfmttext"><code class="csfmt">\glsfmttext</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.157">7</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1054">43</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1164">49</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glslongonlyfont"><code class="csfmt">\glslongonlyfont</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.99">5</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1166">49</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glslowercase"><code class="csfmt">\glslowercase</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.104">5</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1168">49</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsnamefont"><code class="csfmt">\glsnamefont</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.797">34</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1171">50</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsnoexpandfields"><code class="csfmt">\glsnoexpandfields</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.37">3</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1174">50</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:Glspl"><code class="csfmt">\Glspl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:useterm">§3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.498">20</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1039">43</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1176">50</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glspl"><code class="csfmt">\glspl</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:useterm">§3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.243">10</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.490">20</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1037">43</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1179">50</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsSetQuote"><code class="csfmt">\GlsSetQuote</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.546">23</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1182">50</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glssymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glssymbol</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:useterm">§3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.503">21</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1185">50</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:GlsXtrLoadResources"><code class="csfmt">\GlsXtrLoadResources</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.186">8</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.643">28</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.651">29</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.820">35</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.895">38</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.956">40</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1189">50</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.save-locations"><span class="csoptfmt">save-locations</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.819">35</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1090">45</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.sort-field"><span class="csoptfmt">sort-field</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.666">29</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.654">29</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.768">34</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.src"><span class="csoptfmt">src</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.644">28</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.652">29</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.957">40</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.resource.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.653">29</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.958">40</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsxtrnewsymbol"><code class="csfmt">\glsxtrnewsymbol</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:defterm">§2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.430">18</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1196">51</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index6946816 -->
+
+<section id="index7012352"><!-- start of section index7012352 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->H<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7012352">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:opt.hyperfirst"><span class="styoptfmt">hyperfirst</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1030">43</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.hyperref"><span class="styfmt">hyperref</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3">2</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.149">7</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.471">20</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1013">42</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1040">43</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7012352 -->
+
+<section id="index7077888"><!-- start of section index7077888 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->I<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7077888">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:opt.index"><span class="styoptfmt">index</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.912">38</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1261">53</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:indexing">indexing (or recording)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.187">8</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1119">47</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.1293">54</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.inputenc"><span class="styfmt">inputenc</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.6">2</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.281">13</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.738">33</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:item"><code class="csfmt">\item</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.796">34</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7077888 -->
+
+<section id="index7274496"><!-- start of section index7274496 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->L<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7274496">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:linktext">link text</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.28">3</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1121">47</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.1134">48</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1187">50</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:loadglsentries"><code class="csfmt">\loadglsentries</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.68">4</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1205">51</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:longnewglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\longnewglossaryentry</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:defterm">§2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.265">11</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1210">51</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.lowercase">lowercase</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.101">5</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1170">50</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7274496 -->
+
+<section id="index7340032"><!-- start of section index7340032 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->M<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7340032">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:makefirstuc"><code class="csfmt">\makefirstuc</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1137">48</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1214">51</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.461">19</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.550">24</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.600">26</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.891">38</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.950">40</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1220">52</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.1282">53</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:app.makeglossaries-lite"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries-lite</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.565">24</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.571">25</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.701">31</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.981">41</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.544">23</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.612">27</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.700">31</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.980">40</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.983">41</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.190">8</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.246">10</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.421">18</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.540">23</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.588">26</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.724">32</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.774">34</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.884">38</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.985">41</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1184">50</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1223">52</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1280">53</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:makenoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makenoidxglossaries</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.197">8</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.219">9</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.462">19</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.521">22</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.924">38</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.951">40</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1225">52</a></span>, <a href="#wrglossary.1295">54</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.mfirstuc"><span class="styfmt">mfirstuc</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.282">13</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1215">51</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7340032 -->
+
+<section id="index7405568"><!-- start of section index7405568 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->N<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7405568">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:newabbreviation"><code class="csfmt">\newabbreviation</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:defterm">§2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.44">3</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.120">6</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.372">16</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.478">20</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.868">37</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.909">38</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1228">52</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:defterm">§2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.24">3</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.118">6</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.349">15</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.373">16</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.476">20</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.862">37</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.904">38</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1074">44</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1209">51</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1235">52</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:multigloss">§6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.879">37</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.987">41</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1248">52</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:newglossary*"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary*</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:multigloss">§6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.889">38</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1252">52</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:defterm">§2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.16">2</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.36">3</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.117">6</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.258">11</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.350">15</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.353">16</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.432">18</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.917">38</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1230">52</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1256">53</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:newterm"><code class="csfmt">\newterm</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:multigloss">§6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.915">38</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1260">53</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:opt.nogroupskip"><span class="styoptfmt">nogroupskip</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.223">9</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.822">35</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:opt.nohypertypes"><span class="styoptfmt">nohypertypes</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1025">42</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.nbsp">non-breaking space (<code class="code">~</code>)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.111">6</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.230">10</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.815">35</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1087">45</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:nopostdesc"><code class="csfmt">\nopostdesc</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1268">53</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:opt.nopostdot"><span class="styoptfmt">nopostdot</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.233">10</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.803">34</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:opt.numbers"><span class="styoptfmt">numbers</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.650">28</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.911">38</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7405568 -->
+
+<section id="index7471104"><!-- start of section index7471104 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->O<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7471104">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:idx.opt.noidx">Option 1 (<span class="qt">“noidx”</span>)</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:optionsp+c">Table 1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.189">8</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.515">21</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.721">32</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.814">35</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.944">39</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.973">40</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:idx.opt.mkidx">Option 2 (<span class="appfmt">makeindex</span>)</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:optionsp+c">Table 1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.191">8</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.247">10</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.420">18</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.539">23</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.590">26</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.723">32</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.775">34</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.995">41</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:idx.opt.xdy">Option 3 (<span class="appfmt">xindy</span>)</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:optionsp+c">Table 1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.193">8</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.249">10</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.586">26</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.725">32</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.771">34</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1002">41</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:idx.opt.b2g">Option 4 (<span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span>)</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:optionsp+c">Table 1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.183">8</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.251">10</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.633">28</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.734">32</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.811">35</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.893">38</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1007">42</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:opt.order"><span class="styoptfmt">order</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.574">25</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.619">27</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7471104 -->
+
+<section id="index7536640"><!-- start of section index7536640 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->P<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7536640">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.polyglossia"><span class="styfmt">polyglossia</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.5">2</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:opt.postdot"><span class="styoptfmt">postdot</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.241">10</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.printglossopt">print [unsrt|noidx] glossary options</dfn></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.printgloss.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.523">22</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.553">24</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.602">26</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.675">29</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.673">29</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.943">39</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.968">40</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1275">53</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1299">54</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:multigloss">§6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.554">24</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.603">26</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.975">40</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1272">53</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.551">24</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.601">26</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.881">38</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.945">39</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1112">46</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1277">53</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossaries</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:multigloss">§6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.198">9</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.524">22</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.972">40</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1285">53</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:printnoidxglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printnoidxglossary</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.522">22</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.882">38</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.942">39</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1227">52</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1287">53</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1290">54</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printunsrtglossaries</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:multigloss">§6</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.178">8</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.237">10</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.639">28</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.678">30</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.978">40</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1296">54</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:printunsrtglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printunsrtglossary</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.638">28</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.672">29</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.809">35</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.883">38</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.966">40</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1113">46</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1301">54</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7536640 -->
+
+<section id="index7667712"><!-- start of section index7667712 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->R<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7667712">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:opt.record"><span class="styoptfmt">record</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.185">8</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.314">14</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.640">28</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.679">30</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.953">40</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7667712 -->
+
+<section id="index7733248"><!-- start of section index7733248 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->S<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7733248">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:opt.sanitizesort"><span class="styoptfmt">sanitizesort</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.518">21</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.722">32</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:seealsoname"><code class="csfmt">\seealsoname</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1082">45</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1307">54</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:semanticcommand">semantic command</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.38">3</a>, <span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1123">47</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.494">20</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1136">48</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1217">51</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:setabbreviationstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setabbreviationstyle</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:defterm">§2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.42">3</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.85">5</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.375">16</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.381">17</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.866">37</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1234">52</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1309">54</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:defterm">§2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.22">3</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.66">4</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.360">16</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.859">37</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1243">52</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1313">54</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:glosstyle">§5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.826">35</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.871">37</a>, <span class="summarylocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1316">54</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:opt.sort"><span class="styoptfmt">sort</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.180">8</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.519">21</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.556">24</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.606">27</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.227">10</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.830">36</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:opt.stylemods"><span class="styoptfmt">stylemods</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.839">36</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:subsequentuse">subsequent use</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><span class="termslocfmt"><a href="#wrglossary.1126">47</a></span></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:opt.symbols"><span class="styoptfmt">symbols</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.428">18</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.453">19</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.649">28</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.910">38</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.955">40</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1198">51</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7733248 -->
+
+<section id="index7798784"><!-- start of section index7798784 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->T<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7798784">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:texorpdfstring"><code class="csfmt">\texorpdfstring</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.1041">43</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:textsc"><code class="csfmt">\textsc</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.74">4</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.103">5</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.369">16</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7798784 -->
+
+<section id="index7864320"><!-- start of section index7864320 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->U<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7864320">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.uppercase">uppercase</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.493">20</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1135">48</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1216">51</a>, <div class="crossref"><span class="crossreftag">see also</span> <a href="#glo:idx.sentencecase">sentence case</a></div><!-- end of crossref -->
+</div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7864320 -->
+
+<section id="index8060928"><!-- start of section index8060928 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->X<div class="labellink"><a href="#index8060928">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.192">8</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.248">10</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.419">18</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.587">26</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.618">27</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.726">32</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.770">34</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.885">38</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.986">41</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1224">52</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.1281">53</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:opt.xindy"><span class="styoptfmt">xindy</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.596">26</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section index8060928 -->
+</div><!-- end of main -->
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf
index df97b42bca..79451e76cc 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex
index 00b3a872c0..983766842e 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex
@@ -1,65 +1,1051 @@
-\documentclass{nlctdoc}
-
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
-\ifpdf
- \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
- \usepackage{mathpazo}
- \usepackage[scaled=.88]{helvet}
- \usepackage{courier}
- \usepackage{metalogo}
- \usepackage{xr-hyper}
-\else
- \providecommand{\XeLaTeX}{XeLaTeX}
- \providecommand{\LuaLaTeX}{LuaLaTeX}
-\fi
-
-\usepackage{alltt}
+% arara: lualatex
+% arara: bib2gls: { group: on }
+% arara: lualatex
+% arara: bib2gls: { group: on } if found ("log", "Glossary entry `sym.")
+% arara: lualatex
+% arara: lualatex if found ("log", "Rerun to")
+\documentclass[titlepage=false,oneside,
+ fontsize=12pt,captions=tableheading]{scrarticle}
+
\usepackage{pifont}
-\usepackage{array}
-\usepackage{color}
+\usepackage[noatsymgroup]{nlctuserguide}
-\usepackage[colorlinks,linkcolor=blue,pdfauthor={Nicola L.C. Talbot},
- pdftitle={The glossaries package: a guide for beginners}]{hyperref}
-\usepackage[nomain]{glossaries}
+\renewcommand*{\thispackagename}{glossaries}
-\newcommand*{\yes}{\ding{52}}
-\newcommand*{\no}{\ding{56}}
+\glsxtrnewgls{opt.glostyle.}{\glostyle}
+\glsxtrnewgls{opt.acrstyle.}{\acrstyle}
+\glsxtrnewgls{opt.abbrstyle.}{\abbrstyle}
-\newcommand*{\proyes}{\textcolor{green}{\yes}}
-\newcommand*{\prono}{\textcolor{red}{\no}}
+\defsemanticcmd{\glostylefmt}{\textsf}{}
+\defsemanticcmd{\acrstylefmt}{\textsf}{}
+\defsemanticcmd{\abbrstylefmt}{\textsf}{}
-\newcommand*{\conyes}{\textcolor{red}{\yes}}
-\newcommand*{\conno}{\textcolor{green}{\no}}
+\newcommand{\atentry}[1]{\texorpdfstring{\code{@#1}}{@#1}}
-\newcommand*{\code}[1]{%
- \texorpdfstring{{\frenchspacing\obeyspaces\ttfamily#1}}{#1}}
-\newcommand*{\file}[1]{\texorpdfstring{\texttt{#1}}{#1}}
+\glsxtrnewgls{opt.printgloss.}{\printglossopt}
+\newcommand{\printglossoptval}[2]{\optval{printgloss.#1}{#2}}
+\newcommand{\printglossoptvalm}[2]{\optval{printgloss.#1}{\marg{#2}}}
-\title{The glossaries package v4.49:
-a guide for beginners}
-\author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\\href{https://www.dickimaw-books.com/}{\nolinkurl{dickimaw-books.com}}}
-\date{2021-11-01}
+\glsxtrnewgls{opt.gloskey.}{\gloskey}
+\newcommand{\gloskeyval}[2]{\optval{gloskey.#1}{\marg{#2}}}
-\ifpdf
- \externaldocument{glossaries-user}
-\fi
+\newcommand*{\catfmt}{\csoptfmt}
-\makeatletter
-\newcommand*{\optionlabel}[1]{%
- \@glstarget{option#1}{}\textbf{Option~#1}}
-\makeatother
+\glsxtrnewgls{opt.cat.}{\cat}
+\glsxtrnewgls{opt.catattr.}{\catattr}
+\glsxtrnewgls{opt.resource.}{\resourceopt}
+\newcommand{\resourceoptval}[2]{\optval{resource.#1}{#2}}
+\newcommand{\resourceoptvalm}[2]{\optval{resource.#1}{\marg{#2}}}
+
+\renewcommand{\optionlistprefix}{idx.opt.}
+\renewcommand{\glsxtrtaggedlistsep}{~}
+\newcommand{\idxoptiondef}[1]{\hypertarget{option\glsentrytext{idx.opt.#1}}{}\inlineidxdef{opt.#1}}
+
+\renewcommand{\nlctuserguidecustomentryaliases}{%
+ glossarystyle=index,
+ acronymstyle=index,
+ abbreviationstyle=index,
+}
+
+\newcommand{\comxr}{\comment{\glslink{pkg.glossaries-extra}{glossaries-extra.sty}}}
+\newcommand{\comxronly}{\comment{\glslink{pkg.glossaries-extra}{glossaries-extra.sty} only}}
+\newcommand{\comxrkey}{\comment{\glslink{pkg.glossaries-extra}{glossaries-extra.sty} key}}
+\newcommand{\comxropt}[1]{\comment{requires \glslink{pkg.glossaries-extra}{glossaries-extra.sty} '\opt{#1}' option}}
+
+\nlctuserguidegls
+{
+ \def\gprintglossopt#1#2{%
+ \glsbibwriteentry{commandoption}{opt.printgloss.#1}{%
+ \field{name}{\csoptfmt{#1}}\parent{idx.printglossopt}#2}}%
+ \def\gglosty#1#2{\glsbibwriteentry{glossarystyle}{opt.glostyle.#1}%
+ {\field{name}{\glostylefmt{#1}}\parent{idx.glossarystyle}#2}}%
+ \def\gacrsty#1#2{\glsbibwriteentry{acronymstyle}{opt.acrstyle.#1}%
+ {\field{name}{\acrstylefmt{#1}}\parent{idx.acrstyle}#2}}%
+ \def\gabbrsty#1#2{\glsbibwriteentry{abbreviationstyle}{opt.abbrstyle.#1}%
+ {\field{name}{\abbrstylefmt{#1}}\parent{idx.abbrstyle}#2}}%
+ \def\ggloskey#1#2{%
+ \glsbibwriteentry{commandoption}{opt.gloskey.#1}{%
+ \field{name}{\csoptfmt{#1}}\parent{idx.gloskey}#2}}%
+ \def\gglsopt#1#2{%
+ \glsbibwriteentry{commandoption}{opt.glsopt.#1}{%
+ \field{name}{\csoptfmt{#1}}\parent{gls}#2}}%
+ \def\gcat#1#2{%
+ \glsbibwriteentry{optionvalue}{opt.cat.#1}{%
+ \field{name}{\catfmt{#1}}\parent{idx.category}#2}}%
+ \def\gcatattr#1#2{%
+ \glsbibwriteentry{optionvalue}{opt.catattr.#1}{%
+ \field{name}{\csoptfmt{#1}}\parent{idx.categoryattribute}#2}}%
+ \def\gresourceopt#1#2{%
+ \glsbibwriteentry{commandoption}{opt.resource.#1}{%
+ \field{name}{\csoptfmt{#1}}\parent{GlsXtrLoadResources}#2}}%
+ \gidx{category}{\field{plural}{categories}}
+ \gidx{glossarystyle}{\name{glossary styles}\field{text}{glossary style}}
+ \gidx{acrstyle}{\name{acronym styles}\field{text}{acronym style}
+ \field{see}{setacronymstyle}}
+ \gidx{abbrstyle}{\name{abbreviation styles}\field{text}{abbreviation style}
+ \field{see}{setabbreviationstyle}}
+ \gidx{printglossopt}{\name{print [unsrt|noidx] glossary options}%
+ \field{text}{print glossary option}%
+ }
+ % \newglossary
+ \gcmd{new\-glossary}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{log-ext}\margm{glossary-label}\margm{out-ext}\margm{in-ext}\margm{title}}
+ \desc{defines a \idx{glossary} identified by \meta{glossary-label} (which can
+ be referenced by the \gloskey{type} key when defining an entry)}
+ }
+ % \newglossary*
+ \gcmd{new\-glos\-sary*}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.08+}
+ \syntax{\margm{glossary-label}\margm{title}\oargm{counter}}
+ \desc{a shortcut that supplies file extensions based on the
+ \idx{glossary} label:\begin{compactcodebox}%
+\gls{newglossary}\oarg{\meta{glossary-label}-glg}\margm{glossary-label}\marg{\meta{glossary-label}-gls}\marg{\meta{glossary-label}-glo}\margm{title}\oargm{counter}%
+\end{compactcodebox}\glsxtrnopostpunc
+}
+ }
+ % \GlsSetQuote
+ \gcmd{Gls\-Set\-Quote}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.24+}
+ \syntax{\margm{character}}
+ \desc{set \app{makeindex}['s] quote character to \meta{character}}
+ }
+ % \glsdisablehyper
+ \gcmd{gls\-disable\-hyper}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}%
+ \desc{suppresses all \idx{glossary} related hyperlinks}
+ }
+ % \glsenablehyper
+ \gcmd{gls\-enable\-hyper}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}%
+ \desc{enables \idx{glossary} related hyperlinks. This is the
+ default if \sty{hyperref} is loaded. Has no effect if
+ \sty{hyperref} wasn't loaded}
+ }
+ % \setglossarystyle
+ \gcmd{set\-glossary\-style}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}%
+ \syntax{\margm{style name}}
+ \desc{set the current \idx{glossarystyle} to \meta{style name}}
+ }
+ % \printglossary
+ \gcmd{print\-glossary}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}%
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}}
+ \desc{displays the \idx{glossary} by inputting a file created by
+ \app+{makeindex} or \app+{xindy}. Must be used with
+ \gls{makeglossaries} and either \app{makeindex} or \app{xindy}}
+ }
+ % \printglossaries
+ \gcmd{print\-glossaries}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}%
+ \desc{iterates over all glossaries and does
+ \code{\gls{printglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{\meta{type}}}}
+ for each \idx{glossary}}
+ }
+ % \printnoidxglossary
+ \gcmd{print\-noidx\-glossary}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.04+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}}
+ \desc{displays the \idx{glossary} by obtaining the \gls{indexing} information from
+ the \ext+{aux} file and using \TeX\ to sort and collate. Must be used with
+ \gls{makenoidxglossaries}. This method can be very slow and has limitations}
+ }%
+ % \printnoidxglossaries
+ \gcmd{print\-noidx\-glossaries}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.04+}
+ \desc{iterates over all glossaries and does
+ \code{\gls{printnoidxglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{\meta{type}}}}
+ for each \idx{glossary}}
+ }
+ % \printunsrtglossary
+ \gcmd{print\-unsrt\-glossary}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.08+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}}
+ \desc{displays the \idx{glossary} by iterating over all entries
+ associated with the given \idx{glossary} (in the order in which they
+ were added to the \idx{glossary}). The location lists and group headers
+ will only be present if the associated fields have been set
+ (typically by \app{bib2gls})}
+ }%
+ % \printunsrtglossaries
+ \gcmd{print\-unsrt\-glossaries}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.08+}
+ \desc{iterates over all glossaries and does
+ \code{\gls{printunsrtglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{\meta{type}}}}
+ for each \idx{glossary}}
+ }
+ % \glsdefaulttype
+ \gcmd{gls\-default\-type}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \initval{main}%
+ \desc{expands to the label of the default \idx{glossary}}
+ }%
+ % \acronymname
+ \gcmd{acronym\-name}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \initval{Acronyms}%
+ \note{language-sensitive}
+ \desc{expands to the title of the \code{acronym} \idx{glossary}}
+ }%
+ % \loadglsentries
+ \gcmd{load\-gls\-entries}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}%
+ \syntax{\oargm{type}\margm{filename}}
+ \desc{locally assigns \gls{glsdefaulttype} to \meta{type} and
+ inputs \meta{filename}. If the optional argument is omitted,
+ the default glossary is assumed. Note that if any entries within
+ \meta{filename} have the \gloskey{type} key set (including
+ implicitly in commands like \gls{newacronym}), then this will
+ override the type given in the optional argument}
+ }
+ % \makeglossaries
+ \gcmd{make\-glossaries}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{opens the associated \idx{glossary} files that need to be
+ processed by \app+{makeindex} or \app+{xindy}}
+ }
+ % \makenoidxglossaries
+ \gcmd{make\-noidx\-glossaries}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.04+}
+ \desc{sets up all glossaries so that they can be displayed
+ with \gls{printnoidxglossary}}
+ }
+ % \GlsXtrLoadResources
+ \gcmd{Gls\-Xtr\-Load\-Resources}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.11+}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}}
+ \desc{for use with \app{bib2gls}, this both sets up the resource options
+ (which \app{bib2gls} can detect from the \ext{aux} file) and
+ inputs the \ext{glstex} file created by \app{bib2gls}}
+ }
+ % \newglossaryentry
+ \gcmd{new\-glossary\-entry}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{label}\marg{\keyvallist}}
+ \desc{defines a new \idx{glossary} entry with the given label. The
+ second argument is a comma-separated list of \idxpl{gloskey}}
+ }
+ % \longnewglossaryentry
+ \gcmd{long\-new\-glossary\-entry}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{label}\margm{key=value list}\margm{description}}
+ \desc{defines a new \idx{glossary} entry with the given label. The
+ second argument is a comma-separated list of \idxpl{gloskey}.
+ The third argument is the description, which may include
+ paragraph breaks}
+ }
+ % \newterm
+ \gcmd{new\-term}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\oargm{key=value list}\margm{entry-label}}
+ \note{requires \opt{index} package option}
+ \desc{defines a new \idx{glossary} entry with the given label,
+ \gloskey{type} set to \code{index}, the \gloskey{name}
+ set to \meta{entry-label} and the \gloskey{description}
+ set to \gls{nopostdesc}. The
+ optional argument is a comma-separated list of \idxpl{gloskey},
+ which can be used to override the defaults}
+ }
+ % \glsnamefont
+ \gcmd{gls\-name\-font}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{used within the predefined glossary styles to apply a font change to the
+ \gloskey{name}}
+ }
+ % \gls
+ \gcmdsp{gls}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{references the entry identified by \meta{label}. The text
+ produced may vary depending on whether or not this is the \idx{firstuse}}
+ }
+ % \glspl
+ \gcmdsp{glspl}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{gls} but uses the plural form}
+ }
+ % \Gls
+ \gcmdsp{Gls}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{gls} but converts the first character of the
+ \gls{linktext} to \idx{uppercase}\glsadd{idx.sentencecase} (for
+ the start of a sentence) using \gls{makefirstuc}}
+ }
+ % \Glspl
+ \gcmdsp{Glspl}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{as \gls{Gls} but uses the plural form}
+ }
+ % \glssymbol
+ \gcmdsp{gls\-symbol}{%
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{references the entry identified by \meta{label}. The text
+ produced is obtained from the \gloskey{symbol} value.
+ The \meta{insert} argument will be inserted at the end of the
+ \gls{linktext}. This command does not alter or depend on the
+ \idx{firstuseflag}}
+ }
+ % \glslink
+ \gcmdsp{glslink}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{label}\margm{text}}
+ \desc{references the entry identified by \meta{label} with the
+ given \meta{text} as the \gls{linktext}. This command doesn't
+ change the \idx{firstuseflag}}
+ }
+ % \glsadd
+ \gcmd{glsadd}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{label}}
+ \desc{indexes the entry identified by \meta{label} without
+ producing any text. This ensures the entry appears in the
+ \idx{glossary}}
+ }
+ % \glsfmttext
+ \gcmd{gls\-fmt\-text}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{for use within captions or section titles to display the
+ formatted \gloskey{text}}
+ }
+ % \glsfmtshort
+ \gcmd{gls\-fmt\-short}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{for use within captions or section titles to display the
+ formatted short form}
+ }
+ % \glsentrytext
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-text}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{simply expands to the value of the \gloskey{text} field.
+ Does nothing if the entry hasn't been defined. May be used in
+ expandable contexts provided that the \gloskey{text} field doesn't
+ contain any fragile commands}
+ }
+ % \glsentryshort
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-short}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{simply expands to the value of the \gloskey{short} field.
+ Does nothing if the entry hasn't been defined. May be used in
+ expandable contexts provided that the \gloskey{short} field doesn't
+ contain any fragile commands}
+ }
+ % \glsentrylong
+ \gcmd{gls\-entry\-long}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{entry-label}}
+ \desc{simply expands to the value of the \gloskey{long} field.
+ Does nothing if the entry hasn't been defined. May be used in
+ expandable contexts provided that the \gloskey{long} field doesn't
+ contain any fragile commands}
+ }
+ % \glsabbrvscfont
+ \gcmd{gls\-abbrv\-sc\-font}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{short form font used by the small-caps \qt{sc} abbreviation styles}
+ }
+ % \glslongonlyfont
+ \gcmd{gls\-long\-only\-font}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{long form font used by the \qt{only} abbreviation styles}
+ }
+ % \glsabbrvonlyfont
+ \gcmd{gls\-abbrv\-only\-font}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra} v1.17+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{short form font used by the \qt{only} abbreviation styles}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrnewsymbol
+ \gcmd{gls\-xtr\-new\-symbol}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\oargm{key=value list}\margm{label}\margm{sym}}
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \note{requires \code{\csfmt{usepackage}\oarg{\opt{symbols}}\marg{glossaries-extra}}}
+ \desc{defines a new \idx{glossary} entry with the given label,
+ \gloskey{type} set to \code{symbols}, the \gloskey{category} set
+ to \code{symbol}, the \gloskey{name} set to \meta{sym} and the \gloskey{sort}
+ set to \meta{label}. The optional argument is a comma-separated list of \idxpl{gloskey},
+ which can be used to override the defaults}
+ }
+ % \newacronym
+ \gcmd{new\-acronym}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{label}\margm{short}\margm{long}}
+ \desc{this command is provided by the base \sty{glossaries}
+ package but is redefined by \sty{glossaries-extra} to use
+ \gls{newabbreviation} with the \gloskey{category} key set to
+ \cat{acronym}. With just the base \sty{glossaries} package, use
+ \gls{setacronymstyle} to set the style. With
+ \sty{glossaries-extra}, use
+ \code{\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{\cat{acronym}}\margm{style}} to
+ set the style that governs \gls{newacronym}}
+ }
+ % \setacronymstyle
+ \gcmd{set\-acronym\-style}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{glossary-type}\margm{style-name}}
+ \desc{sets the acronym style. Don't use with \sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ }
+ % \newabbreviation
+ \gcmd{new\-abbreviation}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{label}\margm{short}\margm{long}}
+ \desc{defines a new entry that represents an abbreviation.
+ This internally uses \gls{newglossaryentry} and any provided
+ \meta{options} (\idxpl{gloskey}) will be appended. The
+ \gloskey{category} is set to \cat{abbreviation} by default, but
+ may be overridden in \meta{options}. The
+ appropriate style should be set before the abbreviation is
+ defined with \gls{setabbreviationstyle}}
+ }
+ % \setabbreviationstyle
+ \gcmd{set\-abbreviation\-style}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{category}\margm{style-name}}
+ \desc{sets the current \idx{abbrstyle} to \meta{style-name}
+ for the category identified by \meta{category}. If the
+ optional argument is omitted, \cat{abbreviation} is assumed}
+ }
+ % \acrlong
+ \gcmdsp{acr\-long}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{displays the long form of an acronym. Only for use with
+ the base \sty{glossaries} package's acronym mechanism. With
+ \sty{glossaries-extra}, use \gls{glsxtrlong} instead}
+ }
+ % \acrshort
+ \gcmdsp{acr\-short}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{displays the short form of an acronym. Only for use with
+ the base \sty{glossaries} package's acronym mechanism. With
+ \sty{glossaries-extra}, use \gls{glsxtrshort} instead}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrlong
+ \gcmdsp{gls\-xtr\-long}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{displays the long form of an abbreviation}
+ }
+ % \glsxtrshort
+ \gcmdsp{gls\-xtr\-short}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{label}\oargm{insert}}
+ \desc{displays the short form of an abbreviation}
+ }
+ % \ifglsused
+ \gcmd{if\-gls\-used}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{label}\margm{true text}\margm{false text}}
+ \desc{does \meta{true} if the entry has been marked as
+ \idxc{firstuseflag}{used} and does \meta{false} if the entry is
+ marked as \idxc{firstuseflag}{unused}}
+ }
+ % \glsnoexpandfields
+ \gcmd{gls\-no\-expand\-fields}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \desc{don't expand field values when defining entries, except
+ for those that explicitly have expansion enabled}
+ }
+ % \glsreset
+ \gcmd{gls\-reset}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{label}}
+ \desc{globally resets the entry's \idx{firstuseflag}. That is, this marks the entry
+ as \qt{not used}}
+ }
+ % \glsunset
+ \gcmd{gls\-unset}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\margm{label}}
+ \desc{globally unsets the entry's \idx{firstuseflag}. That is, this marks the entry
+ as \qt{used}}
+ }
+ % \glsresetall
+ \gcmd{gls\-reset\-all}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{types}}
+ \desc{globally resets all entries associated with the listed
+ glossaries or all glossaries if \meta{types} is omitted}
+ }
+ % \glsunsetall
+ \gcmd{gls\-unset\-all}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{types}}
+ \desc{globally unsets all entries associated with the listed
+ glossaries or all glossaries if \meta{types} is omitted}
+ }
+ % \glslowercase
+ \gcmd{gls\-lower\-case}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v4.50+}
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{converts \meta{text} to \idx{lowercase} using the modern \LaTeX3
+ case-changing command, which is expandable}
+ }
+ % \makefirstuc
+ \gcmd{make\-first\-uc}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \providedby{\sty{mfirstuc}}
+ \desc{robust command that converts the first character of \meta{text} to
+ \idx{uppercase} (\idx{sentencecase}). See the \sty{mfirstuc}
+ documentation for further details, either:
+ \texdocref{mfirstuc} or visit \ctanpkg{mfirstuc}}
+ }
+ % \nopostdesc
+ \gcmd{no\-post\-desc}
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries} v1.17+}
+ \desc{when placed at the end of the \gloskey{description}, this
+ switches off the post-description punctuation (if it has been
+ enabled). Does nothing outside of the \idx{glossary}}
+ }
+ % \seename
+ \gcmd{see\-name}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries}}
+ \initval{see}
+ \note{language-sensitive}
+ \desc{used as a cross-reference tag}
+ }
+ % \seealsoname
+ \gcmd{see\-also\-name}
+ {
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \initval{see also}
+ \note{language-sensitive}
+ \desc{used as a cross-reference tag}
+ }
+ % \newglossaryentry (glossentry) keys
+ \gidxpl{gloskey}{%
+ \common
+ \field{text}{glossary entry key}
+ \desc{these are options that can be passed to commands that
+ define entries, such as \gls{newglossaryentry} or
+ \gls{newabbreviation}}
+ }
+ % glossentry name
+ \ggloskey{name}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{the entry's name, as displayed in the \idx{glossary}}
+ }
+ % glossentry description
+ \ggloskey{description}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{the entry's description, as displayed in the \idx{glossary}}
+ }
+ % glossentry type
+ \ggloskey{type}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{\idx{glossary}-label}}
+ \initval{\gls{glsdefaulttype}}%
+ \desc{assigns the entry to the \idx{glossary} identified by
+ \meta{\idx{glossary}-label}}
+ }
+ % glossentry parent
+ \ggloskey{parent}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{parent-label}}
+ \desc{the label of the entry's parent (from which the entry's
+ hierarchical level is obtained)}
+ }
+ % glossentry category
+ \ggloskey{category}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{category-label}}%
+ \initval{general}%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \desc{the entry's \idx{category} (must be a simple label)}
+ }
+ % glossentry sort
+ \ggloskey{sort}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ \initval{\meta{entry name}}
+ \desc{specifies the value to use for sorting (overrides the
+ default). This key is usually required for \app+{xindy} if the
+ \gloskey{name} key only contains commands (for example, the
+ entry is a symbol), but explicitly using this key in other
+ contexts can break certain sort methods.
+ \gallerypage{bib2gls-sorting}{Don't use the \gloskey{sort} field
+ with \app{bib2gls}}}
+ }
+ % glossentry see
+ \ggloskey{see}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\oargm{tag}\margm{label-list}}
+ \desc{indexes each item in \meta{label-list} with the
+ cross-reference in place of a normal location}
+ }
+ % glossentry seealso
+ \ggloskey{see\-also}%
+ {%
+ \providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}
+ \syntax{\margm{label-list}}
+ \desc{like \gloskey{see} but always uses \gls{seealsoname} as the tag}
+ }
+ % glossentry text
+ \ggloskey{text}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{the entry's text, as displayed on \idx{subsequentuse} of
+ \gls{glslike} commands. If omitted, this value is assumed to be
+ the same as the \gloskey{name} key}
+ }
+ % glossentry plural
+ \ggloskey{plural}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{the entry's plural form, as displayed on \idx{subsequentuse} of
+ plural \gls{glslike} commands, such as \gls{glspl}. This should
+ be the appropriate plural form of the value provided by the
+ \gloskey{text} key. If omitted, this value is assumed to be the
+ value of the \gloskey{text} key with \gls{glspluralsuffix}
+ appended}
+ }
+ % glossentry symbol
+ \ggloskey{symbol}%
+ {%
+ \initval{\gls{relax}}
+ \syntax{\margm{symbol}}
+ \desc{the entry's associated symbol (optional), which can be
+ displayed with \gls{glssymbol} (if \gls{indexing} and hyperlinks are
+ required) or with \gls{glsentrysymbol}}
+ }
+ % glossentry first
+ \ggloskey{first}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{first}}
+ \desc{the entry's text, as displayed on \idx{firstuse} of
+ \gls{glslike} commands. If omitted,
+ this value is assumed to be the same as the \gloskey{text} key}
+ }
+ % glossentry firstplural
+ \ggloskey{first\-plural}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{the entry's plural form, as displayed on \idx{firstuse} of
+ plural \gls{glslike} commands, such as \gls{glspl}. If this key
+ is omitted, then the value will either be the same as the
+ \gloskey{plural} field, if the \gloskey{first} key wasn't used, or
+ the value will be taken from the \gloskey{first} key with
+ \gls{glspluralsuffix} appended}
+ }
+ % glossentry short
+ \ggloskey{short}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{short form}}
+ \desc{a key that is set implicitly by \gls{newabbreviation}
+ and \gls{newacronym} to the entry's short (abbreviated) form. It
+ typically shouldn't be used explicitly with
+ \gls{newglossaryentry}. However, if you are using \app{bib2gls}
+ then this field should be used in the \ext{bib} file when
+ defining abbreviations}
+ }
+ % glossentry long
+ \ggloskey{long}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{long form}}
+ \desc{a key that is set implicitly by \gls{newabbreviation}
+ and \gls{newacronym} to the entry's long (unabbreviated) form. It
+ typically shouldn't be used explicitly with
+ \gls{newglossaryentry}. However, if you are using \app{bib2gls}
+ then this field should be used in the \ext{bib} file when
+ defining abbreviations}
+ }
+ % glossentry shortplural
+ \ggloskey{short\-plural}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{plural short form}}
+ \desc{the plural corresponding to the \gloskey{short} key if the
+ default value is inappropriate}
+ }
+ % glossentry longplural
+ \ggloskey{long\-plural}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{plural long form}}
+ \desc{the plural corresponding to the \gloskey{long} key if the
+ default value is inappropriate}
+ }
+ % glossentry user1
+ \ggloskey{user1}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\margm{text}}
+ \desc{a generic field, which can be
+ displayed with \gls{glsuseri} (if \gls{indexing} and hyperlinks are
+ required) or with \gls{glsentryuseri}}
+ }
+ % package option style
+ \gstyopt{style}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{style-name}}
+ }
+ % package option nogroupskip
+ \gstyopt{no\-group\-skip}
+ {
+ \initval{false}
+ \defval{true}
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ }
+ % package option nopostdot
+ \gstyopt{no\-post\-dot}
+ {
+ \initval{false}
+ \defval{true}
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ }
+ % package option postdot
+ \gstyopt{post\-dot}{\providedby{\sty{glossaries-extra}}}
+ % package option nonumberlist
+ \gstyopt{no\-number\-list}{}
+ % package option symbols
+ \gstyopt{symbols}{}
+ % package option numbers
+ \gstyopt{numbers}{}
+ % package option index
+ \gstyopt{index}{}
+ % package option abbreviations
+ \gstyopt{abbreviations}{}
+ % package option counter
+ \gstyopt{counter}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{counter-name}}
+ }
+ % package option toc
+ \gstyopt{toc}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ }
+ % package option section
+ \gstyopt{section}
+ {
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ }
+ % package option acronym
+ \gstyopt{acronym}%
+ {%
+ \initval{false}
+ \defval{true}
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ }
+ % package option acronyms
+ \gstyopt{acronyms}{}
+ % package option stylemods
+ \gstyopt{style\-mods}{}
+ % package option sort
+ \gstyopt{sort}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{setting}}
+ }
+ % package option sanitizesort
+ \gstyopt{sanitize\-sort}{}
+ % package option record
+ \gstyopt{record}%
+ {%
+ \initval{off}
+ \defval{only}
+ \syntax{\meta{setting}}
+ }
+ % package option automake
+ \gstyopt{auto\-make}{}
+ % package option xindy
+ \gstyopt{xindy}{}
+ % package option order
+ \gstyopt{order}{}
+ % package option nohypertypes
+ \gstyopt{no\-hyper\-types}{\syntax{\margm{label list}}}
+ % package option hyperfirst
+ \gstyopt{hyper\-first}
+ {
+ \initval{true}
+ \defval{true}
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ }
+ % category: abbreviation
+ \gcat{abbreviation}{}
+ % category: acronym
+ \gcat{acronym}{}
+ % glossary style: index
+ \gglosty{index}{}
+ % glossary style: indexgroup
+ \gglosty{index\-group}{}
+ % glossary style: mcolindex
+ \gglosty{mcol\-index}{}
+ % glossary style: altlist
+ \gglosty{alt\-list}{}
+ % glossary style: long4col
+ \gglosty{long4col}{}
+ % acronym style: long-short
+ \gacrsty{long\dhyphen short}{}
+ % acronym style: long-sc-short
+ \gacrsty{long\dhyphen sc\dhyphen short}{}
+ % acronym style: long-short-desc
+ \gacrsty{long\dhyphen short\dhyphen desc}{}
+ % acronym style: short-long
+ \gacrsty{short\dhyphen long}{}
+ % acronym style: short-long-desc
+ \gacrsty{short\dhyphen long\dhyphen desc}{}
+ % abbreviation style: long-short
+ \gabbrsty{long\dhyphen short}{}
+ % abbreviation style: long-short-sc
+ \gabbrsty{long\dhyphen short\dhyphen sc}{}
+ % abbreviation style: short-nolong
+ \gabbrsty{short\dhyphen nolong}{}
+ % abbreviation style: long-only-short-only
+ \gabbrsty{long\dhyphen only\dhyphen short\dhyphen only}{}
+ % resource option src
+ \gresourceopt{src}{\syntax{bib list}}
+ % resource option type
+ \gresourceopt{type}{\syntax{glossary-label}}
+ % resource option sort
+ \gresourceopt{sort}{\syntax{method}}
+ % resource option sort-field
+ \gresourceopt{sort\dhyphen field}{\syntax{field name}}
+ % resource option save-locations
+ \gresourceopt{save\dhyphen locations}{\syntax{\meta{boolean}}}
+ % printgloss style
+ \gprintglossopt{style}{%
+ \syntax{\meta{style-name}}
+ }
+ % printgloss type
+ \gprintglossopt{type}{%
+ \syntax{\meta{glossary-label}}
+ }
+ % printgloss nonumberlist
+ \gprintglossopt{no\-number\-list}{}
+ % printgloss toctitle
+ \gprintglossopt{toc\-title}{}
+ % printgloss sort
+ \gprintglossopt{sort}{}
+ % general commands and environments
+ \gcmd{textsc}{}% \textsc
+ \gcmd{item}{}% \item
+ \gcmd{tex\-or\-pdf\-string}{}% \texorpdfstring
+ \genv{description}{}
+ % applications:
+ \gapp{makeindex}{}
+ \gapp{xindy}{}
+ \gapp{makeglossaries}{}
+ \gapp{makeglossaries\dhyphen lite}{}% makeglossaries-lite
+ \gapp{bib2gls}{}
+ \gapp{arara}{}
+ % --group
+ \glongswitch{group}{\inapp{bib2gls}}
+ % -g
+ \gshortswitch{g}{\inapp{bib2gls}\field{alias}{switch.group}}
+ % packages
+ \gpkg{glossaries}{\common}% glossaries.sty
+ \gpkg{glossaries\dhyphen extra}{\common}% glossaries-extra.sty
+ \gpkg{glossary\dhyphen mcols}{}% glossary-mcols.sty
+ \gpkg{mfirst\-uc}{}% mfirstuc.sty
+ \gpkg{hyper\-ref}{}% hyperref.sty
+ \gpkg{babel}{}% babel.sty
+ \gpkg{poly\-glossia}{}% polyglossia.sty
+ \gpkg{input\-enc}{}% inputenc.sty
+ \gpkg{font\-enc}{}% fontenc.sty
+ % files
+ \gfilemeta{glossaries\dhyphen}{language}{}{}% glossaries-<language>
+ \gfile{glossaries\dhyphen french}{}% glossaries-french
+ \gfile{glossaries\dhyphen german}{}% glossaries-german
+ \gext{log}{}
+ \gext{tex}{}
+ \gext{bib}{}
+ \gext{glo}{}
+ \gext{gls}{}
+ \gext{glg}{}
+ \gext{ist}{}
+ \gext{xdy}{}
+ \gext{aux}{}
+ \gext{glstex}{}
+ \gext{alg}{}
+ \gext{acr}{}
+ \gext{acn}{}
+ % terms
+ \gterm{field}%
+ {%
+ \name{field}
+ \desc{entry data is stored in fields. These may have a
+ corresponding key used to set the value, such as \gloskey{name}
+ or \gloskey{description}}
+ }
+ \gterm{indexing}{%
+ \name{indexing (or recording)}
+ \field{text}{indexing}
+ \desc{the process of saving the location (for example, the page number) and any
+ associated information that is required in the \idx{glossary}.
+ The data may be sorted and collated by an indexing application
+ as part of the document build}
+ }
+ \gterm{glossary}%
+ {%
+ \common
+ \name{glossary}
+ \field{plural}{glossaries}
+ \desc{technically a glossary is an alphabetical list of words
+ relating to a particular topic. For the purposes of describing
+ the \styfmt{glossaries} and \sty{glossaries-extra} packages, a
+ glossary is either the list produced by commands like
+ \gls{printglossary} or \gls{printunsrtglossary} (which may or
+ may not be ordered alphabetically) or a glossary is a set of
+ entry labels where the set is identified by the glossary label
+ or type}
+ }
+ \gterm{firstuseflag}{\name{first use flag}%
+ \common
+ \desc{a conditional that keeps track of whether or not an entry
+ has been referenced by any of the \gls{glslike} commands (which
+ can adjust their behaviour according to whether or not this flag is
+ true). The conditional is true if the entry hasn't been used by
+ one of these commands
+ (or if the flag has been reset) and false if it has been used
+ (or if the flag has been unset)}
+ }
+ \gterm{firstuse}{\name{first use}%
+ \common
+ \desc{the first time an entry is used by a command that unsets
+ the \idx{firstuseflag} (or the first time since the flag was
+ reset)}
+ }
+ \gterm{firstusetext}{\name{first use text}%
+ \common
+ \desc{the \gls{linktext} that is displayed on \idx{firstuse} of
+ the \gls{glslike} commands}
+ }
+ \gterm{subsequentuse}{\name{subsequent use}
+ \common
+ \desc{using an entry that unsets the \idx{firstuseflag} when it
+ has already been unset}
+ }
+ \gterm{glslike}{\common\name{{}\csfmt{gls}-like}
+ \desc{commands like \gls{gls} that change the
+ \idx{firstuseflag}. These commands index the entry (if indexing
+ is enabled), create a hyperlink to the entry's \idx{glossary} listing (if enabled)
+ and unset the \idx{firstuseflag}}
+ }
+ \gterm{linktext}{\name{link text}%
+ \desc{the text produced by commands like \gls{gls} that have the
+ potential to be a hyperlink}
+ }
+ \gterm{semanticcommand}{\name{semantic command}
+ \desc{essentially, a semantic command is one that's associated with a
+ particular document element, idea or topic that hides the font
+ and other stylistic formatting inside its definition. For
+ example, Latin taxonomy is usually displayed in italic.
+ Explicitly using font commands, for example
+ \code{\cmd{textit}\marg{Clostridium}}, is syntactic markup.
+ Whereas defining a command called, say, \csfmt{bacteria} that
+ displays its argument in italics is a semantic command. The
+ actual styling is hidden and the command relates specifically to
+ a particular concept.
+\begin{codebox}
+Syntactic: \cmd{textit}\marg{Clostridium}\codepar
+\cmd{newrobustcmd}*\marg{\cmd{bacteria}}[1]\marg{\cmd{emph}\marg{\#1}}\%\newline
+Semantic: \cmd{bacteria}\marg{Clostridium}
+\end{codebox}
+ The end result is the same:
+\begin{resultbox}
+Syntactic: \textit{Clostridium}\glspar
+Semantic: \emph{Clostridium}
+\end{resultbox}
+ The advantage with semantic commands is that it's much easier to
+ change the style, simply by adjusting the command definition.
+ Note that I've used \csfmt{newrobustcmd} to make the semantic
+ command robust as the style commands can cause a problem if they
+ expand too soon}
+ }
+ % index only
+ \gidx{uppercase}{\field{seealso}{idx.sentencecase}}
+ \gidx{lowercase}{}
+ \gidx{sentencecase}{\name{sentence case}}
+ \gidx{allcaps}{\name{all caps}}
+ % punctuation
+ \gpunc{sym.nbsp}{\name{\code{\textasciitilde} (non-breaking space)}
+ \field{see}{idx.nbsp}
+ }
+ \gidx{nbsp}{\name{non-breaking space (\code{\textasciitilde})}
+ \field{symbol}{\code{\textasciitilde}}
+ }
+ \gpunc{sym.colon}{\name{\code{:} (colon)}}
+ \gpunc{unknowntag}{\name{\code{??} (unknown entry marker)}
+ \field{text}{\code{??}}}
+ % indexing options
+ \gidx{opt.noidx}{\name{Option 1 (\qt{noidx})}\field{text}{1}}
+ \gidx{opt.mkidx}{\name{Option 2 (\appfmt{makeindex})}\field{text}{2}}
+ \gidx{opt.xdy}{\name{Option 3 (\appfmt{xindy})}\field{text}{3}}
+ \gidx{opt.b2g}{\name{Option 4 (\appfmt{bib2gls})}\field{text}{4}}
+}
-\newcommand*{\opt}[1]{\hyperlink{option#1}{Option~#1}}
-\newcommand*{\optsor}[2]{Options~\hyperlink{option#1}{#1}
-or~\hyperlink{option#2}{#2}}
-\newcommand*{\optsand}[2]{Options~\hyperlink{option#1}{#1}
-and~\hyperlink{option#2}{#2}}
+\title{The glossaries package v4.50:
+a guide for beginners}
+\author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\\href{https://www.dickimaw-books.com/}{\nolinkurl{dickimaw-books.com}}}
+\date{2022-10-14}
\begin{document}
\maketitle
\begin{abstract}
-The \styfmt{glossaries} package is very flexible, but this means
+The \sty{glossaries} package is very flexible, but this means
that it has a~lot of options, and since a user guide is supposed to
provide a complete list of all the high-level user commands, the main
user manual is quite big. This can be rather
@@ -81,400 +1067,428 @@ under certain circumstances}.
\section{Getting Started}
\label{sec:start}
-As with all packages, you need to load \styfmt{glossaries} with
-\cs{usepackage}, but there are certain packages that must be loaded
+As with all packages, you need to load \sty+{glossaries} with
+\csfmt{usepackage}, but there are certain packages that must be loaded
before \styfmt{glossaries}, \emph{if} they are required: \sty{hyperref},
\sty{babel}, \sty{polyglossia}, \sty{inputenc} and \sty{fontenc}.
(You don't have to load these packages, but if you want them, you
-must load them before \styfmt{glossaries}.)
+must load them before \sty{glossaries}.)
\begin{important}
If you require multilingual support you must also install
the relevant language module. Each language module is called
-\file{glossaries-}\meta{language}, where \meta{language} is the
+\file{glossaries-language}, where \meta{language} is the
root language name. For example, \file{glossaries-french}
or \file{glossaries-german}. If a language module is required,
-the \styfmt{glossaries} package will automatically try to load it
+the \sty{glossaries} package will automatically try to load it
and will give a warning if the module isn't found.
\end{important}
-Once you have loaded \styfmt{glossaries}, you need to define
+Once you have loaded \sty{glossaries}, you need to define
your terms in the preamble and then you can use them throughout the
document. Here's a simple example:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \documentclass{article}
-
- \usepackage{glossaries}
-
- \newglossaryentry{ex}{name={sample},description={an example}}
-
- \begin{document}
- Here's my \gls{ex} term.
- \end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\comment{define a term:}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{ex}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{sample},\gloskeyval{description}{an example}}
+\cbeg{document}
+Here's my \gls{gls}\marg{ex} term.
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox*}
This produces:
-\begin{quote}
+\begin{resultbox}
Here's my sample term.
-\end{quote}
-Here's another example:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \documentclass{article}
-
- \usepackage{glossaries}
-
- \setacronymstyle{long-short}
-
- \newacronym{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
-
- \begin{document}
- First use: \gls{svm}. Second use: \gls{svm}.
- \end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{resultbox}
+Another example:
+\begin{codebox*}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{long-short}}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{svm}\marg{SVM}\marg{support vector machine}
+\cbeg{document}
+First use: \gls{gls}\marg{svm}. Second use: \gls{gls}\marg{svm}.
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox*}
This produces:
-\begin{quote}
+\begin{resultbox}
First use: support vector machine (SVM). Second use: SVM.
-\end{quote}
-In this case, the text produced by \verb|\gls{svm}| changed after the first
-use. The first use produced the long form followed by the short form
-in parentheses because I set the acronym style to
-\code{long-short}. I suggest you try the above two examples to
-make sure you have the package correctly installed.
-If you get an \code{undefined control sequence} error, check that
-the version number at the top of this document matches the version
-you have installed. (Open the \file{.log} file and search for the
-line that starts with \code{Package: glossaries} followed by a
-date and version.)
+\end{resultbox}
+In this case, the text (the \qt{\gls{linktext}}) produced by
+\code{\gls{gls}\marg{svm}}
+changed after the \idx{firstuse}. The \idx{firstuse} produced the
+long form followed by the short form in parentheses because I set
+the acronym style to \acrstyle{long-short}. The \idx{subsequentuse}
+just showed the short form.
+
+I suggest you try the above two examples to make sure you have the
+package correctly installed. If you get an \qt{undefined control
+sequence} error, check that the version number at the top of this
+document matches the version you have installed. (Open the
+\ext+{log} file and search for the line that starts with
+\qt{Package: glossaries} followed by a date and version.)
\begin{important}
Be careful of fragile commands. If a command causes a problem when
-used in one of the \cs{newglossaryentry} fields, consider adding
-\cs{glsnoexpandfields} before you start defining your entries.
+used in one of the \gls{newglossaryentry} fields, consider adding
+\gls{glsnoexpandfields} before you start defining your entries.
+Where possible use robust \idxpl{semanticcommand}.
\end{important}
Abbreviations are slightly different if you use the extension package
-\sty{glossaries-extra} (which needs to be installed separately):
-\begin{verbatim}
- \documentclass{article}
-
- \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-
- \setabbreviationstyle{long-short}% glossaries-extra.sty
-
- \newabbreviation{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}% glossaries-extra.sty
-
- \begin{document}
- First use: \gls{svm}. Second use: \gls{svm}.
- \end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
-Since \code{long-short} happens to be the default for
-\cs{newabbreviation} (if you haven't set the \code{category} key)
-you may omit the \cs{setabbreviationstyle} line in this example.
-
-If you still want to use \cs{newacronym} (rather than
-\cs{newabbreviation}) then you need the optional
-argument of \cs{setabbreviationstyle}:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \documentclass{article}
-
- \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-
- \setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}% glossaries-extra.sty only
-
- \newacronym{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
-
- \begin{document}
- First use: \gls{svm}. Second use: \gls{svm}.
- \end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
-In this example, if you omit the \cs{setabbreviationstyle} line you
-will notice a difference because the \code{short-nolong} style (not
-the \code{long-short} style) is the default with \cs{newacronym}.
-With the \code{short-nolong} style the first use simply shows just
+\sty+{glossaries-extra} (which needs to be installed separately):
+\begin{codebox*}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\comment{glossaries.sty is automatically loaded by glossaries-extra.sty}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\comment{commands provided by \sty{glossaries-extra}:}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short}}
+\gls{newabbreviation}\marg{svm}\marg{SVM}\marg{support vector machine}
+\cbeg{document}
+First use: \gls{gls}\marg{svm}. Second use: \gls{gls}\marg{svm}.
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox*}
+Since \abbrstyle{long-short} happens to be the default for
+\gls{newabbreviation} you may omit the \gls{setabbreviationstyle}
+line in this example.
+
+If you still want to use \gls{newacronym} (rather than
+\gls{newabbreviation}) then you need the optional
+argument of \gls{setabbreviationstyle}:
+\begin{codebox*}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{\cat{acronym}}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short}}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{svm}\marg{SVM}\marg{support vector machine}
+\cbeg{document}
+First use: \gls{gls}\marg{svm}. Second use: \gls{gls}\marg{svm}.
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox*}
+In this example, if you omit the \gls{setabbreviationstyle} line you
+will notice a difference because the \abbrstyle{short-nolong} style (not
+the \abbrstyle{long-short} style) is the default with \gls{newacronym}.
+With the \abbrstyle{short-nolong} style the first use simply shows just
the short form.
\begin{important}
-You can't use \cs{setacronymstyle} with \sty{glossaries-extra}.
+You can't use \gls{setacronymstyle} with \sty{glossaries-extra}.
\end{important}
If you like, you can put all your definitions in another file (for
-example, \file{defns.tex}) and load that file in the preamble using
-\cs{loadglsentries} with the filename as the argument. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\loadglsentries{defns}
-\end{verbatim}
+example, \filefmt{defns.tex}) and load that file in the preamble using
+\gls{loadglsentries} with the filename as the argument. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{loadglsentries}\marg{defns}
+\end{codebox}
If you find you have a really large number of definitions that are
-hard to manage in a \file{.tex} file, you might want to have a
+hard to manage in a \ext+{tex} file, you might want to have a
look at \app{bib2gls} (installed separately) which requires
-a \file{.bib} format instead that can be managed by an application
+a \ext+{bib} format instead that can be managed by an application
such as JabRef.
Don't try inserting formatting commands into the definitions as they
can interfere with the underlying mechanism. Instead, the
formatting should be done by the style. For example, suppose I~want
-to replace \code{SVM} with \verb|\textsc{svm}|, then
-I~need to select a style that uses \cs{textsc}, like this (for the
-base \styfmt{glossaries} style):
-\begin{verbatim}
- \documentclass{article}
-
- \usepackage{glossaries}
-
- \setacronymstyle{long-sc-short}
-
- \newacronym{svm}{svm}{support vector machine}
-
- \begin{document}
- First use: \gls{svm}. Second use: \gls{svm}.
- \end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
+to replace \code{SVM} with \code{\gls{textsc}\marg{svm}}, then
+I~need to select a style that uses \gls{textsc}, like this (for the
+base \sty{glossaries} style):
+\begin{codebox*}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{long-sc-short}}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{svm}\marg{svm}\marg{support vector machine}
+\cbeg{document}
+First use: \gls{gls}\marg{svm}. Second use: \gls{gls}\marg{svm}.
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox*}
The abbreviation styles have a different naming scheme with
\sty{glossaries-extra}:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \documentclass{article}
-
- \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-
- \setabbreviationstyle{long-short-sc}% glossaries-extra.sty
-
- \newabbreviation{svm}{svm}{support vector machine}% glossaries-extra.sty
-
- \begin{document}
- First use: \gls{svm}. Second use: \gls{svm}.
- \end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short-sc}}\comxr
+\gls{newabbreviation}\marg{svm}\marg{svm}\marg{support vector machine}
+\cbeg{document}
+First use: \gls{gls}\marg{svm}. Second use: \gls{gls}\marg{svm}.
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox*}
With \sty{glossaries-extra} you can have multiple abbreviation
styles for different categories. Many of these styles have their
own associated formatting commands that can be redefined
for minor adjustments. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \documentclass{article}
-
- \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-
- \setabbreviationstyle[statistical]{long-short-sc}
- \setabbreviationstyle[bacteria]{long-only-short-only}
-
- % Formatting commands used by 'long-only-short-only' style:
- \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvonlyfont}[1]{\emph{#1}}
- \renewcommand*{\glslongonlyfont}[1]{\emph{#1}}
-
- % Formatting command used by 'long-short-sc' style:
- % (make sure abbreviation is converted to lower case)
- \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvscfont}[1]{\textsc{\MakeLowercase{#1}}}
-
- \newabbreviation
- [
- category={statistical}% glossaries-extra.sty key
- ]
- {svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
-
- \newabbreviation
- [
- category={bacteria}% glossaries-extra.sty key
- ]
- {cbot}{C.~botulinum}{Clostridium botulinum}
-
- \begin{document}
- First use: \gls{svm}, \gls{cbot}.
-
- Next use: \gls{svm}, \gls{cbot}.
- \end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{statistical}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-short-sc}}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{bacteria}\marg{\abbrstyle{long-only-short-only}}
+\comment{Formatting commands used by '\abbrstyle{long-only-short-only}' style:}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsabbrvonlyfont}}[1]\marg{\cmd{emph}\marg{\#1}}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glslongonlyfont}}[1]\marg{\cmd{emph}\marg{\#1}}
+\codepar
+\comment{Formatting command used by '\abbrstyle{long-short-sc}' style:}
+\comment{(the following converts the abbreviation to \idx{lowercase})}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsabbrvscfont}}[1]\marg{\gls{textsc}\marg{\gls{glslowercase}\marg{\#1}}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newabbreviation}
+ \oarg{
+ \gloskeyval{category}{statistical}\comxrkey
+ }
+ \marg{svm}\marg{SVM}\marg{support vector machine}
+\codepar
+\gls{newabbreviation}
+ \oarg{
+ \gloskeyval{category}{bacteria}\comxrkey
+ }
+ \marg{cbot}\marg{C.\glssymbol{idx.nbsp}botulinum}\marg{Clostridium botulinum}
+\codepar
+\cbeg{document}
+First use: \gls{gls}\marg{svm}, \gls{gls}\marg{cbot}.
+\codepar
+Next use: \gls{gls}\marg{svm}, \gls{gls}\marg{cbot}.
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox*}
This produces:
-\begin{quote}
+\begin{resultbox}
First use: support vector machine (\textsc{svm}), \emph{Clostridium
botulinum}.
Next use: \textsc{svm}, \emph{C.~botulinum}.
-\end{quote}
+\end{resultbox}
As you can hopefully see from the above examples, there are two main ways of
-defining a term: as a general entry (\cs{newglossaryentry}) or as an
-abbreviation (\cs{newacronym} or, with \sty{glossaries-extra},
-\cs{newabbreviation}).
+defining a term: as a general entry (\gls{newglossaryentry}) or as an
+abbreviation (\gls{newacronym} or, with \sty{glossaries-extra},
+\gls{newabbreviation}).
Regardless of the method of defining a term, the term is always
given a label. In the first example, the label was
\code{ex} and in the other examples the label was \code{svm}
(and \code{cbot} in the last example). The
label is used to uniquely identify the term (like the standard
-\cs{label}\slash\cs{ref} or \cs{cite} mechanism). It's best to just use the
-following alphanumerics in the labels: \code{a}, \ldots,
-\code{z}, \code{A}, \ldots, \code{Z}, \code{0}, \ldots,
-\code{9}. Sometimes you can also use punctuation characters but
-not if another package (such as \sty{babel}) makes them active.
-Don't try using any characters outside of the basic Latin set with
-\sty{inputenc} (for example, \'e or \ss) or things will go horribly
-wrong. This warning only applies to the label. It doesn't apply to
-the text that appears in the document. If you really need UTF-8
-characters in your labels then you'll need to use \XeLaTeX\ or
-\LuaLaTeX.
+\csfmt{label}\slash\csfmt{ref} or \csfmt{cite} mechanism). The label may be
+the same as the text produced with \gls{gls} (provided it doesn't
+contain any formatting commands) or may be completely different.
+
+The labels are identified in bold in the following:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{\strong{elite}}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\'elite},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{select group}}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{\strong{set}}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{set},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{collection of distinct elements}}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{\strong{sym.set}}\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\cmd{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{mathcal}\marg{S}}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a set}}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{\strong{tool.cnc}}\marg{CNC}\marg{computer numerical control}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{\strong{police.cnc}}\marg{CNC}\marg{civil nuclear constabulary}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{\strong{miltary.cnc}}\marg{CNC}\marg{commander in chief}
+\end{codebox}
+
+With modern \TeX\ installations you may now be able to use UTF-8
+characters in the label, but beware of active characters. For
+example, \sty{babel} makes some punctuation characters, such as
+\idx{sym.colon}, active. This means that the character behaves like a
+command, which allows extra spacing to be inserted before or after
+the punctuation mark or provides a shortcut to apply an accent to a
+following character.
+
+For example, the following works:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{sym:set}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\cmd{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{mathcal}\marg{S}}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a set}}
+\cbeg{document}
+\gls{gls}\marg{sym:set}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+However, if \sty{babel} is loaded with \optfmt{french} then the
+\idx{sym.colon} character becomes active.
+\begin{badcodebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}[T1]\marg{fontenc}
+\cmd{usepackage}[french]\marg{babel}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\codepar
+\comment{the colon : is a normal character here}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{sym:set}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\cmd{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{mathcal}\marg{S}}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a set}}
+\codepar
+\cbeg{document}
+\comment{the colon : is now an active character}
+\gls{gls}\marg{sym:set}
+\cend{document}
+\end{badcodebox}
+You may find that the above example seems to work, but a problem
+will occur if \sty{hyperref} and a \idx{glossary} are added to the
+document as the active character will interfere with the hyperlink
+target name.
\begin{important}
-Don't use \cs{gls} in chapter or section headings as it can have
-some unpleasant side-effects. Instead use \cs{glsentrytext} for
-regular entries and one of \cs{glsentryshort}, \cs{glsentrylong}
-or \cs{glsentryfull} for acronyms. Alternatively use
+Don't use \gls{gls} in chapter or section headings as it can have
+some unpleasant side-effects. Instead use \gls{glsentrytext} for
+regular entries and either \gls{glsentryshort} or \gls{glsentrylong}
+for acronyms. Alternatively use
\sty{glossaries-extra} which provides special commands for use in
-section headings and captions, such as \cs{glsfmtshort}\marg{label}.
+section headings and captions, such as \gls{glsfmttext} and \gls{glsfmtshort}.
\end{important}
The above examples are reasonably straightforward. The difficulty
comes if you want to display a \emph{sorted} list of all the entries you
have used in the document. The \sty{glossaries-extra} package
-provides a really easy way of listing all the defined entries:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \documentclass{article}
-
- \usepackage[sort=none]{glossaries-extra}
-
- \newglossaryentry{potato}{name={potato},plural={potatoes},
- description={starchy tuber}}
-
- \newglossaryentry{cabbage}{name={cabbage},
- description={vegetable with thick green or purple leaves}}
-
- \newglossaryentry{turnip}{name={turnip},
- description={round pale root vegetable}}
-
- \newglossaryentry{carrot}{name={carrot},
- description={orange root}}
-
- \begin{document}
- Chop the \gls{cabbage}, \glspl{potato} and \glspl{carrot}.
-
- \printunsrtglossaries % list all entries
- \end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
+provides an easy way of listing all the defined entries:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\codepar
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{sort}{none}]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{potato}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{potato},\gloskeyval{plural}{potatoes},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{starchy tuber}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{cabbage}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{cabbage},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{vegetable with thick green or purple leaves}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{turnip}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{turnip},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{round pale root vegetable}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{carrot}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{carrot},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{orange root}}
+\codepar
+\cbeg{document}
+Chop the \gls{gls}\marg{cabbage}, \gls{glspl}\marg{potato} and \gls{glspl}\marg{carrot}.
+\codepar
+\gls+{printunsrtglossaries} \comment{list all entries}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
However this method doesn't sort the entries (they're listed in
order of definition) and it will display all the defined entries,
regardless of whether or not you've used them all in the document,
so \qt{turnip} appears in the glossary even though there's
-no \verb|\gls{turnip}| (or similar) in the document.
+no \code{\gls{gls}\marg{turnip}} (or similar) in the document.
-The \pkgopt[none]{sort} option isn't essential in this case (there's
+The \optval{sort}{none} option isn't essential in this case (there's
no other sort option available for this document), but it prevents
the automatic construction of the sort value and so slightly
improves the document build time.
Note that this example document uses the same command
-(\cs{printunsrtglossaries}) that's used with \app{bib2gls} (\opt4)
+(\gls{printunsrtglossaries}) that's used with \app{bib2gls} (\option{b2g})
but with \app{bib2gls} you instead need to use the
-\pkgopt{record} package option and one or more instances of
-\cs{GlsXtrLoadResources} in the preamble (see below).
+\opt{record} package option and one or more instances of
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources} in the preamble (see below).
Most users prefer to have an automatically sorted list that only
-contains entries that have been used in the document.
-The \styfmt{glossaries} package provides
-three options: use \TeX\ to perform the sorting (\opt1); use
-\app{makeindex} to perform the sorting (\opt2); use \app{xindy} to
-perform the sorting (\opt3). The extension package \sty{glossaries-extra}
-provides a fourth method: use \app{bib2gls} (\opt4).
+contains entries that have been used in the document, optionally
+with a page list (\gls{indexing}).
+The \sty{glossaries} package provides
+three options: use \TeX\ to perform the sorting (\option{noidx}); use
+\app{makeindex} to perform the sorting (\option{mkidx}); use \app{xindy} to
+perform the sorting (\option{xdy}). The extension package \sty{glossaries-extra}
+provides a fourth method: use \app{bib2gls} (\option{b2g}).
The first option (using \TeX) is the simplest method, as it doesn't
require an external tool, but it's very inefficient and the sorting
is done according to lower case character code (which matches basic Latin
alphabets, such as English, but not extended Latin alphabets, such
-as Icelandic). To use this method, add
-\cs{makenoidxglossaries} to the preamble and put
-\cs{printnoidxglossaries} at the place where you want your glossary.
+as Icelandic) or non-Latin alphabets. To use this method, add
+\gls{makenoidxglossaries} to the preamble and put
+\gls{printnoidxglossaries} at the place where you want your glossary.
For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \documentclass{article}
-
- \usepackage{glossaries}
-
- \makenoidxglossaries % use TeX to sort
-
- \newglossaryentry{potato}{name={potato},plural={potatoes},
- description={starchy tuber}}
-
- \newglossaryentry{cabbage}{name={cabbage},
- description={vegetable with thick green or purple leaves}}
-
- \newglossaryentry{turnip}{name={turnip},
- description={round pale root vegetable}}
-
- \newglossaryentry{carrot}{name={carrot},
- description={orange root}}
-
- \begin{document}
- Chop the \gls{cabbage}, \glspl{potato} and \glspl{carrot}.
-
- \printnoidxglossaries
- \end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\codepar
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\codepar
+\gls{makenoidxglossaries} \comment{use TeX to sort}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{potato}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{potato},\gloskeyval{plural}{potatoes},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{starchy tuber}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{cabbage}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{cabbage},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{vegetable with thick green or purple leaves}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{turnip}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{turnip},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{round pale root vegetable}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{carrot}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{carrot},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{orange root}}
+\codepar
+\cbeg{document}
+Chop the \gls{gls}\marg{cabbage}, \gls{glspl}\marg{potato} and \gls{glspl}\marg{carrot}.
+\codepar
+\gls{printnoidxglossaries}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
\begin{important}
-The \cs{makenoidxglossaries} method is very slow, uses an ASCII
+The \gls{makenoidxglossaries} method is very slow, uses an ASCII
comparator and often breaks if there are commands in the
\code{name} key. See
-\href{https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-performance.shtml}{Glossaries
+\dickimawhrefnofn{gallery/glossaries-performance.shtml}{Glossaries
Performance} for a comparison.
\end{important}
Try this out and run \LaTeX\ (or pdf\LaTeX) \emph{twice}. The first
-run won't show the glossary. It will only appear on the second run.
-This doesn't include \qt{turnip} in the glossary because that term
-hasn't been used (with commands like \verb|\gls{turnip}|) in the document.
+run won't show the \idx{glossary}. It will only appear on the second run.
+This doesn't include \qt{turnip} in the \idx{glossary} because that term
+hasn't been used (with commands like \code{\gls{gls}\marg{turnip}}) in the document.
The glossary has a vertical gap between the \qt{carrot} term and the
\qt{potato} term. This is because the entries in the glossaries are
grouped according to their first letter. If you don't want this gap,
-just add \pkgopt{nogroupskip} to the package options:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[nogroupskip]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
+just add \opt{nogroupskip} to the package options:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{nogroupskip}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
or you may want to try out a style that shows the group headings:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[style=indexgroup]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{style}{\glostyle{indexgroup}}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox*}
If you try out this example you may also notice that the description
is followed by a full stop (period) and a number. The number is the
location in the document where the entry was used (page~1 in this
-case), so you can lookup the term in the glossary and be directed to
+case), so you can lookup the term in the \idx{glossary} and be directed to
the relevant pages. It may be that you don't want this
back-reference, in which case you can suppress it using the
-\pkgopt{nonumberlist} package option:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[nonumberlist]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
+\opt{nonumberlist} package option:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{nonumberlist}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
If you don't like the terminating full stop, you can suppress that
-with the \pkgopt{nopostdot} package option:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[nopostdot]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
+with the \opt{nopostdot} package option:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{nopostdot}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
If you try out the earlier example with \sty{glossaries-extra}
-and \cs{printunsrtglossaries} you may notice that the terminating full stop is missing
+and \gls{printunsrtglossaries} you may notice that the terminating full stop is missing
and there are no number lists. You can add the full stop back with
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[nopostdot=false]{glossaries-extra}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{nopostdot}{false}]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\end{codebox*}
or
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[postdot]{glossaries-extra}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{postdot}]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\end{codebox*}
If you want the number lists then you need to use an indexing option.
You may have noticed that I've used another command in the above examples:
-\cs{glspl}. This displays the plural form. By default, this is just
+\glsadd{glslike}\gls{glspl}. This displays the plural form. By default, this is just
the singular form with the letter \qt{s} appended, but in the case of
\qt{potato} I had to specify the correct plural using the
-\code{plural} key.
+\gloskey{plural} key.
As I mentioned earlier, using \TeX\ to sort the entries is the
-simplest but least efficient method. If you have a large glossary or
+simplest but least efficient method. If you have a large \idx{glossary} or
if your terms contain non-Latin or extended Latin characters, then
you will have a much faster build time if you use \app{makeindex}
-(\opt2) or \app{xindy} (\opt3) or \app{bib2gls} (\opt4). If
+(\option{mkidx}) or \app{xindy} (\option{xdy}) or \app{bib2gls} (\option{b2g}). If
you are using extended Latin or non-Latin characters, then
\app{xindy} or \app{bib2gls} are the recommended methods.
These methods are described in more detail in
\sectionref{sec:printglossaries}.
The rest of this document briefly describes the main commands
-provided by the \styfmt{glossaries} package. (Most of these are also
+provided by the \sty{glossaries} package. (Most of these are also
available with \sty{glossaries-extra} but may behave slightly
differently.)
@@ -482,24 +1496,28 @@ differently.)
\label{sec:defterm}
When you use the \sty{glossaries} package, you need to define
-glossary entries in the document preamble. These entries could be
-a~word, phrase, abbreviation or symbol. They're usually accompanied by
-a~description, which could be a short sentence or an in-depth
-explanation that spans multiple paragraphs. The simplest method of
-defining an entry is to use:
-\begin{definition}
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\marg{label}
-\verb|{|
- name=\marg{name},
- description=\marg{description},
+glossary entries before you can reference them. This is best
+done in the document preamble, as shown in the earlier examples, or
+in a separate file that's input in the preamble.
+
+These entries could be a~word, phrase, abbreviation or symbol.
+They're usually accompanied by a~description, which could be a short
+sentence or an in-depth explanation that spans multiple paragraphs.
+The simplest method of defining an entry is to use:
+\cmddef{newglossaryentry}
+The two most important keys are \gloskey{name} and
+\gloskey{description}:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\margm{label}
+\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\meta{name}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{\meta{description}},
\meta{other options}
-\verb|}|
-\end{alltt}
-\end{definition}
+}
+\end{compactcodebox}
where \meta{label} is a unique label that identifies this entry.
(Don't include the angle brackets \meta{ }. They just indicate the parts of
-the code you need to change when you use this command in your document.)
+the code that you need to change when you use this command in your document.)
The \meta{name} is the word, phrase or symbol you are defining,
and \meta{description} is the description to be displayed in the
glossary.
@@ -507,372 +1525,359 @@ glossary.
This command is a \qt{short} command, which means that
\meta{description} can't contain a~paragraph break. If you have
a~long description, you can instead use:
-\begin{definition}
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{longnewglossaryentry}\marg{label}
-\verb|{|
- name=\marg{name},
+\cmddef{longnewglossaryentry}
+In this case the \gloskey{name} key is in the second argument but the
+description is supplied in the third argument instead of via a key.
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{longnewglossaryentry}\margm{label}
+\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\meta{name}},
\meta{other options}
-\verb|}|
-\marg{description}
-\end{alltt}
-\end{definition}
+}
+\margm{description}
+\end{compactcodebox}
Examples:
\begin{enumerate}
\item Define the term \qt{set} with the label \code{set}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{set}
-{
- name={set},
- description={a collection of objects}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{set}
+\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{name}{set},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a collection of objects}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
\item Define the symbol $\emptyset$ with the label
\code{emptyset}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{emptyset}
-{
- name={\ensuremath{\emptyset}},
- description={the empty set}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{emptyset}
+\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\cmd{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{emptyset}}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{the empty set}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-(This will also need a \code{sort} key if you use \optsor13, see
+\end{codebox}
+(This will also need a \gloskey{sort} key if you use \optionsor{noidx,xdy}, see
below.)
\item Define the phrase \qt{Fish Age} with the label
\code{fishage}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\longnewglossaryentry{fishage}
-{name={Fish Age}}
-{%
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{longnewglossaryentry}\marg{fishage}
+\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{Fish Age}}
+\marg{\%
A common name for the Devonian geologic period
spanning from the end of the Silurian Period to
the beginning of the Carboniferous Period.
-
+\codepar
This age was known for its remarkable variety of
fish species.
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
(The percent character discards the end of line character that would
otherwise cause an unwanted space to appear at the start of the
description.)
-\item Take care if the first letter is an extended Latin or
-non-Latin character (either specified via a~command such as
-\verb|\'e| or explicitly via the \sty{inputenc} package such
-as \code{\'e}). This first letter must be placed in a~group:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{elite}
-{
- name={{\'e}lite},
- description={select group or class}
+\item If you are using UTF-8 characters with the \sty{inputenc}
+package, make sure you have \sty{mfirstuc} v2.08+ installed:
+\begin{codebox}
+\comment{\sty{mfirstuc} v2.08+}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{elite}
+\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\'elite},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{select group or class}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-or
-\begin{alltt}
-\verb|\newglossaryentry{elite}|
-\verb|{|
- name=\verb|{{|\'e\verb|}lite}|,
- description=\verb|{select group or class}|
-\verb|}|
-\end{alltt}
+\end{codebox}
+If you have an older version of \sty{mfirstuc} then any initial
+character that is an extended Latin or non-Latin character must be
+grouped in order to work with sentence-casing commands, such as
+\gls{Gls}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\comment{\sty{mfirstuc} v2.07 or older}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{elite}
+\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\marg{\'e}lite},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{select group or class}
+}
+\end{codebox}
+Or
+\begin{codebox}
+\comment{\sty{mfirstuc} v2.07 or older}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{elite}
+\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\marg{\cmd{'}e}lite},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{select group or class}
+}
+\end{codebox}
\end{enumerate}
-(This isn't necessary for UTF-8 characters with \XeLaTeX\ or
-\LuaLaTeX. For further details, see the section \qt{UTF-8} of the
-\href{https://ctan.org/pkg/mfirstuc}{\styfmt{mfirstuc}} user manual.)
If you use \app{bib2gls} with \sty{glossaries-extra} then the
-terms must be defined in a \file{.bib} file. For example:
-\begin{alltt}
-\% Encoding: UTF-8
-
-@entry\{set,
- name=\{set\},
- description=\{a collection of objects\}
-\}
-
-@entry\{emptyset,
- name=\verb|{\ensuremath{\emptyset}}|,
- description=\{the empty set\}
-\}
-
-@entry\{fishage,
- name=\{Fish Age\},
- description=\{A common name for the Devonian geologic period
+terms must be defined in a \ext+{bib} file. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\comment{Encoding: UTF-8}
+\codepar
+\atentry{entry}\marg{set,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{set},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{a collection of objects}
+}
+\codepar
+\atentry{entry}\marg{emptyset,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\cmd{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{emptyset}}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{the empty set}
+}
+\codepar
+\atentry{entry}\marg{fishage,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{Fish Age},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{A common name for the Devonian geologic period
spanning from the end of the Silurian Period to
the beginning of the Carboniferous Period.
-
+\codepar
This age was known for its remarkable variety of
- fish species.\}
-\}
-
-@entry\{elite,
- name=\verb|{{|\'e\verb|}lite}|,
- description=\verb|{select group or class}|
-\}
-\end{alltt}
-(The \file{.bib} format doesn't allow spaces in labels so you can't
+ fish species.}
+}
+\codepar
+\atentry{entry}\marg{elite,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\'elite},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{select group or class}
+}
+\end{codebox}
+(The \ext+{bib} format doesn't allow spaces in labels so you can't
have \code{fish age} as the label, but you can have
\code{fish-age}.)
-This method requires the \sty{glossaries-extra}'s \pkgopt{record}
+This method requires \sty{glossaries-extra}['s] \opt{record}
package option:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
-\end{verbatim}
-and the \file{.bib} file is specified in the resource command. For
-example, if the \file{.bib} file is called \file{entries.bib}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{record}]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\end{codebox}
+and the \ext{bib} file is specified in the resource command. For
+example, if the \ext{bib} file is called \filefmt{entries.bib}
then put the following line in the document preamble:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={entries}]
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{entries}}
+\end{codebox}
You can have a comma-separated list. For example, if you also
-have entries defined in the file \file{entries2.bib}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={entries,entries2}]
-\end{verbatim}
+have entries defined in the file \filefmt{entries2.bib}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{entries,entries2}}
+\end{codebox}
There are other keys you can use when you define an entry. For
-example, the \code{name} key indicates how the term
-should appear in the list of entries (glossary), but if the term should
-appear differently when you reference it with \cs{gls}\marg{label} in
-the document, you need to use the \code{text} key as well.
+example, the \gloskey{name} key indicates how the term
+should appear in the list of entries (\idx{glossary}), but if the term should
+appear differently when you reference it with \code{\gls{gls}\margm{label}} in
+the document, you need to use the \gloskey{text} key as well.
For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{latinalph}
-{
- name={Latin Alphabet},
- text={Latin alphabet},
- description={alphabet consisting of the letters
- a, \ldots, z, A, \ldots, Z}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{latinalph}
+\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{name}{Latin Alphabet},
+ \gloskeyval{text}{Latin alphabet},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{alphabet consisting of the letters
+ a, \cmd{ldots}, z, A, \cmd{ldots}, Z}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
This will appear in the text as \qt{Latin alphabet} but will be listed in
the glossary as \qt{Latin Alphabet}.
-With \app{bib2gls} this entry is defined in the \file{.bib}
+With \app{bib2gls} this entry is defined in the \ext{bib}
file as:
-\begin{verbatim}
-@entry{latinalph,
- name={Latin Alphabet},
- text={Latin alphabet},
- description={alphabet consisting of the letters
- a, \ldots, z, A, \ldots, Z}
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{latinalph,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{Latin Alphabet},
+ \gloskeyval{text}{Latin alphabet},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{alphabet consisting of the letters
+ a, \cmd{ldots}, z, A, \cmd{ldots}, Z}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
-Another commonly used key is \code{plural} for specifying the
-plural of the term. This defaults to the value of the \code{text}
+Another commonly used key is \gloskey{plural} for specifying the
+plural of the term. This defaults to the value of the \gloskey{text}
key with an \qt{s} appended, but if this is incorrect, just use the
-\code{plural} key to override it:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{oesophagus}
-{
- name={{\oe}sophagus},
- plural={{\oe}sophagi},
- description={canal from mouth to stomach}
+\gloskey{plural} key to override it:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{oesophagus}
+\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\oe{}sophagus},
+ \gloskeyval{plural}{\oe{}sophagi},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{canal from mouth to stomach}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-(Remember from earlier that the initial ligature \cs{oe} needs to
-be grouped.)
+\end{codebox}
Abbreviations can be defined using:
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{newacronym}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\marg{short}\marg{long}
-\end{definition}
-where \meta{label} is the label (as per \cs{newglossaryentry}),
+\cmddef{newacronym}
+where \meta{label} is the label (as per \gls{newglossaryentry}),
\meta{short} is the short form and \meta{long} is the long form.
For example, the
following defines an abbreviation:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronym{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
-\end{verbatim}
-This internally uses \cs{newglossaryentry} to define an entry with
-the label \code{svm}. By default, the \code{name} key is set to
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{svm}\marg{SVM}\marg{support vector machine}
+\end{codebox}
+This internally uses \gls{newglossaryentry} to define an entry with
+the label \code{svm}. By default, the \gloskey{name} key is set to
\meta{short} (\qt{SVM} in the above example) and the
-\code{description} key is set to \meta{long} (\qt{support vector
+\gloskey{description} key is set to \meta{long} (\qt{support vector
machine} in the above example). If, instead, you want to be able to
specify your own description you can do this using the optional
argument:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronym
- [description={statistical pattern recognition technique}]
- {svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Before you define your acronyms (or other types of abbreviations), you
-need to specify which style to use with:
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{setacronymstyle}\marg{style name}
-\end{definition}
-where \meta{style name} is the name of the style. There are a number
-of predefined styles, such as: \code{long-short} (on first use
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronym}
+ \oarg{\gloskeyval{description}{statistical pattern recognition technique}}
+ \marg{svm}\marg{SVM}\marg{support vector machine}
+\end{codebox}
+
+Before you define your acronyms, you need to specify which style to use with:
+\cmddef{setacronymstyle}
+where \meta{style-name} is the name of the style. There are a number
+of predefined styles, such as: \acrstyle{long-short} (on \idx{firstuse}
display the long form with the short form in parentheses);
-\code{short-long} (on first use display the short form with the
-long form in parentheses); \code{long-short-desc} (like
-\code{long-short} but you need to specify the description); or
-\code{short-long-desc} (like \code{short-long} but you need to
+\acrstyle{short-long} (on \idx{firstuse} display the short form with the
+long form in parentheses); \acrstyle{long-short-desc} (like
+\acrstyle{long-short} but you need to specify the description); or
+\acrstyle{short-long-desc} (like \acrstyle{short-long} but you need to
specify the description). There are some other styles as well that
-use \cs{textsc} to typeset the acronym or that use a footnote on
+use \gls{textsc} to typeset the acronym in small-caps or that use a footnote on
first use. See the main user guide for further details.
The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides improved abbreviation
-handling with \href{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/sample-abbr-styles.shtml}{a lot more predefined styles}.
+handling with \dickimawhref{gallery/sample-abbr-styles.shtml}{a lot more predefined styles}.
With this extension package, abbreviations are defined using:
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{newabbreviation}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\marg{short}\marg{long}
-\end{definition}
-You can still use \cs{newacronym} but it's redefined to
+\cmddef{newabbreviation}
+You can still use \gls{newacronym} but it's redefined to
use the new abbreviation interface. The style must now be set using:
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{category}\marg{style name}
-\end{definition}
-The default \meta{category} is \code{abbreviation}. If you use
-\cs{newacronym} the category is \code{acronym}, which is why you
+\cmddef{setabbreviationstyle}
+The default \meta{category} is \cat{abbreviation}. If you use
+\gls{newacronym} the category is \cat{acronym}, which is why you
need to use the optional argument if you define abbreviations with
-\cs{newacronym} when \sty{glossaries-extra} has been loaded:
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{setabbreviationstyle}[acronym]\marg{style name}
-\end{alltt}
+\gls{newacronym} when \sty{glossaries-extra} has been loaded:
+\begin{compactcodebox*}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\oarg{\cat{acronym}}\margm{style name}
+\end{compactcodebox*}
If you use \app{bib2gls} then abbreviations are defined in the
-\file{.bib} file in the format:
-\begin{alltt}
-@abbreviation\{\meta{label},
- long=\marg{long form},
- short=\marg{short form}
-\}
-\end{alltt}
+\ext{bib} file in the format:
+\begin{compactcodebox*}
+\atentry{abbreviation}\marg{\meta{label},
+ \gloskeyval{long}{long form},
+ \gloskeyval{short}{short form}
+}
+\end{compactcodebox*}
The plural forms for abbreviations can be specified using the
-\code{longplural} and \code{shortplural} keys. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronym
- [longplural={diagonal matrices}]
- {dm}{DM}{diagonal matrix}
-\end{verbatim}
+\gloskey{longplural} and \gloskey{shortplural} keys. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronym}
+ \oarg{\gloskeyval{longplural}{diagonal matrices}}
+ \marg{dm}\marg{DM}\marg{diagonal matrix}
+\end{codebox}
or (with \sty{glossaries-extra}):
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newabbreviation % glossaries-extra.sty
- [longplural={diagonal matrices}]
- {dm}{DM}{diagonal matrix}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newabbreviation} \comxr
+ \oarg{\gloskeyval{longplural}{diagonal matrices}}
+ \marg{dm}\marg{DM}\marg{diagonal matrix}
+\end{codebox}
If omitted, the defaults are again obtained by appending an \qt{s} to
-the singular versions. With \app{bib2gls}, the definition in the
-\file{.bib} file is:
-\begin{verbatim}
-@abbreviation{dm,
- short={DM},
- long={diagonal matrix},
- longplural={diagonal matrices}
+the singular versions. (The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides
+a way of not appending \qt{s} for abbreviation plurals via category
+attributes.) With \app{bib2gls}, the definition in the
+\ext{bib} file is:
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{abbreviation}\marg{dm,
+ \gloskeyval{short}{DM},
+ \gloskeyval{long}{diagonal matrix},
+ \gloskeyval{longplural}{diagonal matrices}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
It's also possible to have both a~name and a~corresponding symbol.
-Just use the \code{name} key for the name and the \code{symbol} key
+Just use the \gloskey{name} key for the name and the \gloskey{symbol} key
for the symbol. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{emptyset}
-{
- name={empty set},
- symbol={\ensuremath{\emptyset}},
- description={the set containing no elements}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{emptyset}
+\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{name}{empty set},
+ \gloskeyval{symbol}{\cmd{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{emptyset}}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{the set containing no elements}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-or with \app{bib2gls} the definition in the \file{.bib} file is:
-\begin{verbatim}
-@entry{emptyset,
- name={empty set},
- symbol={\ensuremath{\emptyset}},
- description={the set containing no elements}
+\end{codebox}
+or with \app{bib2gls} the definition in the \ext{bib} file is:
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{emptyset,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{empty set},
+ \gloskeyval{symbol}{\cmd{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{emptyset}}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{the set containing no elements}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-If you want the symbol in the \code{name} field then you must
-supply a \code{sort} value with \optsand13 otherwise you'll end up
-with errors from \TeX\ or \app{xindy}. With \opt2
+\end{codebox}
+If you want the symbol in the \gloskey{name} field then you must
+supply a \gloskey{sort} value with \options{noidx,xdy} otherwise you'll end up
+with errors from \TeX\ or \app{xindy}. With \option{mkidx}
(\app{makeindex}) it's not quite so important but you may find
the resulting order is a little odd. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{emptyset}
-{
- name={\ensuremath{\emptyset}},
- sort={empty set},
- description={the set containing no elements}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{emptyset}
+\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\cmd{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{emptyset}}},
+ \gloskeyval{sort}{empty set},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{the set containing no elements}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
This displays the symbol as $\emptyset$ but sorts according to
\qt{empty set}. You may want to consider using
-\sty{glossaries-extra}'s \pkgopt{symbols} package option which
+\sty{glossaries-extra}['s] \opt{symbols} package option which
provides
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{glsxtrnewsymbol}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\marg{symbol}
-\end{definition}
-This internally uses \cs{newglossaryentry} but automatically sets
-the \code{sort} key to the \meta{label}. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{article}
-
-\usepackage[symbols]{glossaries-extra}
-
-\makeglossaries
-
-\glsxtrnewsymbol % requires glossaries-extra.sty 'symbols' option
- [description={the set containing no elements}]
- {emptyset}% label (and sort value)
- {\ensuremath{\emptyset}}% symbol
-
-\begin{document}
-\gls{emptyset}
-
-\printglossaries
-\end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
-Now the sort value is \qt{emptyset} rather than the previous
-\qt{empty set}.
-
-With \app{bib2gls} you can define this in the \file{.bib} file
+\cmddef{glsxtrnewsymbol}
+This internally uses \gls{newglossaryentry} but automatically sets
+the \gloskey{sort} key to the \meta{label}. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{symbols}]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\gls{makeglossaries}
+\gls{glsxtrnewsymbol} \comxropt{symbols}
+ \oarg{\gloskeyval{description}{the set containing no elements}}
+ \marg{emptyset}\comment{label (and sort value)}
+ \marg{\cmd{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{emptyset}}}\comment{symbol}
+\cbeg{document}
+\gls{gls}\marg{emptyset}
+\gls{printglossaries}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+Now the sort value is set to the label \qt{emptyset}.
+
+With \app{bib2gls} you can define this entry in the \ext{bib} file
as
-\begin{verbatim}
-@entry{emptyset,
- name={\ensuremath{\emptyset}},
- description={the set containing no elements}
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{emptyset,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\cmd{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{emptyset}}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{the set containing no elements}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-in which case \app{bib2gls} will try to interpret the \code{name}
+\end{codebox}
+in which case \app{bib2gls} will try to interpret the \gloskey{name}
field to determine the sort value. Alternatively you can use:
-\begin{verbatim}
-@symbol{emptyset,
- name={\ensuremath{\emptyset}},
- description={the set containing no elements}
+\begin{codebox}
+\atentry{symbol}\marg{emptyset,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\cmd{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{emptyset}}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{the set containing no elements}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
which will use the label (\code{emptyset}) as the sort value.
-(You don't need the \pkgopt{symbols} package option in this case,
+(You don't need the \opt{symbols} package option in this case,
unless you want a separate symbols list.) The corresponding document
-(where the definition is in the file \file{entries.bib}) is now:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{article}
-
-\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
-
-\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries]
-
-\begin{document}
-\gls{emptyset}
-
-\printunsrtglossaries
-\end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Note that while the \code{sort} key is advised for symbols when
-using \cs{makeglossaries} or \cs{makenoidxglossaries} it shouldn't
+(where the definition is in the file \filefmt{entries.bib}) is now:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{record}]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{entries}}
+\cbeg{document}
+\gls{gls}\marg{emptyset}
+\gls{printunsrtglossaries}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+
+Note that while the \gloskey{sort} key is advised for symbols when
+using \gls{makeglossaries} or \gls{makenoidxglossaries} it shouldn't
be used with \app{bib2gls}. Instead, \app{bib2gls} has its own
algorithm for determining the sort value based on the entry type
-(\code{@entry}, \code{@symbol} etc). See
-\href{https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=bib2gls-sorting}{bib2gls
-gallery: sorting} for further details.
+(\atentry{entry}, \atentry{symbol} etc). See
+\gallerypage{bib2gls-sorting}{bib2gls gallery: sorting} for further
+details.
\section{Using Entries}
\label{sec:useterm}
@@ -880,75 +1885,82 @@ gallery: sorting} for further details.
Once you have defined your entries, as described above, you can
reference them in your document. There are a~number of commands to
do this, but the most common one is:
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{gls}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{gls}
where \meta{label} is the label you assigned to the entry when you
-defined it. For example, \verb|\gls{fishage}| will display \qt{Fish
+defined it. For example, \code{\gls{gls}\marg{fishage}} will display \qt{Fish
Age} in the text (given the definition from the previous section).
-If you are using \app{bib2gls} then this will display ?? (like
-\cs{ref} and \cs{cite}) until \app{bib2gls} has created the
+If you are using \app{bib2gls} then this will display \idx{unknowntag} (like
+\csfmt{ref} and \csfmt{cite}) until \app{bib2gls} has created the
relevant files and \LaTeX\ is rerun.
If you are using the \sty{hyperref} package (remember to load it
-before \styfmt{glossaries}) \cs{gls} will create a hyperlink to the
+before \sty{glossaries}) \gls{gls} will create a hyperlink to the
corresponding entry in the glossary. If you want to suppress the
-hyperlink for a particular instance, use the starred form \cs{gls*}
-for example, \verb|\gls*{fishage}|. The other commands described in
+hyperlink for a particular instance, use the starred form \code{\gls{gls}*}
+for example, \code{\gls{gls}*\marg{fishage}}. The other commands described in
this section all have a similar starred form.
-If the entry was defined as an acronym (using \cs{newacronym} with
-\styfmt{glossaries} described above) or an abbreviation (using
-\cs{newabbreviation} with \sty{glossaries-extra}), then \cs{gls}
-will display the full form the first time it's used and just the
-short form on subsequent use. For example, if the style is
-set to \code{long-short}, then \verb|\gls{svm}| will display
+If the entry was defined as an acronym (using \gls{newacronym} with
+\sty{glossaries} described above) or an abbreviation (using
+\gls{newabbreviation} with \sty{glossaries-extra}), then \gls{gls}
+will display the full form the first time it's used (\idx{firstuse}) and just the
+short form on \idx{subsequentuse}. For example, if the style is
+set to \acrstyle{long-short}, then \code{\gls{gls}\marg{svm}} will display
\qt{support vector machine (SVM)} the first time it's used, but the
-next occurrence of \verb|\gls{svm}| will just display \qt{SVM}.
-(If you use \cs{newacronym} with \sty{glossaries-extra} the default
-doesn't show the long form on first use. You'll need to change the
+next occurrence of \code{\gls{gls}\marg{svm}} will just display \qt{SVM}.
+(If you use \gls{newacronym} with \sty{glossaries-extra} the default
+doesn't show the long form on \idx{firstuse}. You'll need to change the
style first, as described earlier.)
If you want the plural form, you can use:
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{glspl}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-instead of \cs{gls}\marg{label}. For example, \verb|\glspl{set}|
-displays \qt{sets}.
+\cmddef{glspl}
+instead of \code{\gls{gls}\margm{label}}. For example,
+\code{\gls{glspl}\marg{set}} displays \qt{sets}.
If the term appears at the start of a~sentence, you can convert the
-first letter to upper case using:
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{Gls}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
+first letter to \idx{uppercase} (\idx{sentencecase}) using:
+\cmddef{Gls}
for the singular form or
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{Glspl}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{Glspl}
for the plural form. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\Glspl{set} are collections.
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{Glspl}\marg{set} are collections.
+\end{codebox}
produces \qt{Sets are collections}.
-If you've specified a symbol using the \code{symbol} key, you can
+If you've specified a symbol using the \gloskey{symbol} key, you can
display it using:
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{glssymbol}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{glssymbol}
+For example
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{emptyset}
+\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{name}{empty set},
+ \gloskeyval{symbol}{\cmd{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{emptyset}}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{the set containing no elements}
+}
+\cbeg{document}
+The \gls{gls}\marg{emptyset} is denoted \gls{glssymbol}\marg{emptyset}.
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+\begin{resultbox}
+The empty set is denoted $\emptyset$.
+\end{resultbox}
\section{Displaying a List of Entries}
\label{sec:printglossaries}
In \sectionref{sec:start}, I mentioned that there are three options
you can choose from to create an automatically sorted glossary with the base
-\styfmt{glossaries} package. These are also available with the
-extension package \styfmt{glossaries-extra} along with a fourth
+\sty{glossaries} package. These are also available with the
+extension package \sty{glossaries-extra} along with a fourth
option. These four options are listed below in a little more detail.
\Tableref{tab:optionsp+c} summarises the main advantages and
disadvantages. (There's a more detailed summary in the main
-\styfmt{glossaries} user manual.) See also
-\href{https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/}{Incorporating makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document build}.
+\sty{glossaries} user manual.) See also
+\dickimawhref{latex/buildglossaries/}{Incorporating makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document build}.
\begin{table}[htbp]
\caption{Comparison of Glossary Options}
@@ -956,8 +1968,10 @@ disadvantages. (There's a more detailed summary in the main
{%
\centering
\begin{tabular}{>{\raggedright}p{0.3\textwidth}cccc}
- & \bfseries \opt1 & \bfseries \opt2 & \bfseries \opt3 & \bfseries
-\opt4\\
+ & \bfseries \option{noidx}
+ & \bfseries \option{mkidx}
+ & \bfseries \option{xdy}
+ & \bfseries \option{b2g}\\
Requires \sty{glossaries-extra}? &
\conno & \conno & \conno & \conyes\\
Requires an external application? &
@@ -978,78 +1992,81 @@ disadvantages. (There's a more detailed summary in the main
Can form ranges in the location lists? &
\prono & \proyes & \proyes & \proyes\\
Can have non-standard locations? &
- \proyes & \prono & \proyes\textsuperscript{\textdagger} & \proyes
+ \proyes & \prono & \proyes\tablefnmark{\textdagger} & \proyes
\end{tabular}
- \par}\medskip\footnotesize\textsuperscript{\textdagger} Requires some setting up.
+ \par}\medskip\tablefntext{\textdagger}{Requires some setting up.}
\end{table}
+\begin{deflist}
+\itemtitle{\idxoptiondef{noidx}}
-\begin{description}
-\item[]\optionlabel1:
-
+\begin{itemdesc}
This is the simplest option but it's slow and if
you want a sorted list, it doesn't work for extended or non-Latin alphabets.
- The \code{name} mustn't contain commands (or, if it does, the
- \code{sort} value must be supplied) unless you
- have the package option \pkgopt{sanitizesort} or \pkgopt[def]{sort}
- or \pkgopt[use]{sort}.
+ The \gloskey{name} mustn't contain commands (or, if it does, the
+ \gloskey{sort} value must be supplied) unless you
+ have the package option \opt{sanitizesort} or \optval{sort}{def}
+ or \optval{sort}{use}.
\begin{enumerate}
- \item Add \cs{makenoidxglossaries} to your preamble (before you
+ \item Add \gls{makenoidxglossaries} to your preamble (before you
start defining your entries, as described in
\sectionref{sec:defterm}).
\item Put
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{printnoidxglossary}[sort=\meta{order},\meta{other options}]
-\end{definition}
+\begin{compactcodebox*}
+\gls{printnoidxglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{sort}{\meta{order}},\meta{other options}}
+\end{compactcodebox*}
where you want your list of entries to appear. The sort
\meta{order} may be one of: \code{word} (word ordering),
\code{letter} (letter ordering), \code{case} (case-sensitive
letter ordering), \code{def} (in order of definition) or
\code{use} (in order of use). Alternatively, use
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{printnoidxglossaries}
-\end{definition}
+\begin{compactcodebox*}
+\gls{printnoidxglossaries}
+\end{compactcodebox*}
to display all your glossaries (if you have more than one). This
command doesn't have any arguments.
This option allows you to have different sort methods. For
example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\printnoidxglossary[sort=word]% main glossary
-\printnoidxglossary[type=symbols,sort=use]% symbols glossary
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{printnoidxglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{sort}{word}}\comment{main glossary}
+\gls{printnoidxglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{symbols},\comment{symbols glossary}
+ \printglossoptval{sort}{use}}
+\end{codebox}
\item Run \LaTeX\ twice on your document. (As you would do to
make a~table of contents appear.) For example, click twice on
the \qt{typeset} or \qt{build} or \qt{PDF\LaTeX} button in your editor.
\end{enumerate}
-Here's a complete document (\file{myDoc.tex}):
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{article}
-
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-
-\makenoidxglossaries % use TeX to sort
-
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},
- description={an example}}
-
-\begin{document}
-A \gls{sample}.
-
-\printnoidxglossaries % iterate over all indexed entries
-\end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
+Here's a complete document (\filefmt{myDoc.tex}):
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\codepar
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\codepar
+\gls{makenoidxglossaries} % use TeX to sort
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{sample}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{sample},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{an example}}
+\codepar
+\cbeg{document}
+A \gls{gls}\marg{sample}.
+\codepar
+\gls{printnoidxglossaries} \comment{iterate over all indexed entries}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
Document build:
-\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex myDoc
pdflatex myDoc
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{terminal}
+\end{itemdesc}
-\item[]\optionlabel2:
+\itemtitle{\idxoptiondef{mkidx}}
+\begin{itemdesc}
This option uses an application called \app{makeindex} to sort
the entries. This application comes with all modern \TeX\ distributions,
but it's hard-coded for the non-extended Latin alphabet. This process
@@ -1059,69 +2076,69 @@ pdflatex myDoc
reads this file on the next run. The \app{makeindex}
application is automatically invoked by the helper
\app{makeglossaries} script, which works out all the
- appropriate settings from the \file{.aux} file.
+ appropriate settings from the \ext+{aux} file.
\begin{enumerate}
- \item If you are using \sty{ngerman}\footnote{deprecated, use
-\sty{babel} instead} or some other package that
-makes the double-quote character \verb|"| a shorthand, then use
-\cs{GlsSetQuote} to change this to some other character. For
+ \item If you are using a package that
+makes the double-quote character \verb|"| a shorthand (an active
+character), then use
+\gls{GlsSetQuote} to change this to some other character. For
example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\GlsSetQuote{+}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{GlsSetQuote}\marg{+}
+\end{codebox}
Use this as soon as possible after you've loaded the
-\styfmt{glossaries} package.
+\sty{glossaries} package. (This may not be necessary if you define
+all your entries in the preamble.)
- \item Add \cs{makeglossaries} to your preamble (before you start
+ \item Add \gls{makeglossaries} to your preamble (before you start
defining your entries).
\item Put
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{printglossary}\oarg{options}
-\end{definition}
- where you want your list of entries (glossary) to appear. (The
- \code{sort} key isn't available in \meta{options}.)
+\begin{compactcodebox*}
+\gls{printglossary}\oargm{options}
+\end{compactcodebox*}
+ where you want your list of entries (\idx{glossary}) to appear. (The
+ \printglossopt{sort} key isn't available in \meta{options}.)
Alternatively, use
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{printglossaries}
-\end{definition}
+\begin{compactcodebox*}
+\gls{printglossaries}
+\end{compactcodebox*}
which will display all glossaries (if you have more than one).
This command doesn't have any arguments.
\begin{important}
All glossaries are sorted using the same method
which may be identified with one of the package options:
-\pkgopt[standard]{sort} (default), \pkgopt[use]{sort}
-or \pkgopt[def]{sort}.
+\optval{sort}{standard} (default), \optval{sort}{use}
+or \optval{sort}{def}.
\end{important}
\item Run \LaTeX\ on your document. This creates files with the
- extensions \file{.glo} and \file{.ist} (for example, if your
- \LaTeX\ document is called \file{myDoc.tex}, then you'll have
- two extra files called \file{myDoc.glo} and \file{myDoc.ist}).
+ extensions \ext+{glo} and \ext+{ist} (for example, if your
+ \LaTeX\ document is called \filefmt{myDoc.tex}, then you'll have
+ two extra files called \filefmt{myDoc.glo} and \filefmt{myDoc.ist}).
If you look at your document at this point, you won't see the
- glossary as it hasn't been created yet.
+ \idx{glossary} as it hasn't been created yet.
\item Run \app{makeglossaries} with the base name of your
- document (without the \file{.tex}) extension. If
- you have access to a terminal or a command prompt (for example, the
- MSDOS command prompt for Windows users or the bash console for
- Unix-like users) then you need to run the command:
-\begin{verbatim}
+ document (without the \ext{tex} extension). If
+ you have access to a terminal or a command prompt then you need
+ to run the command:
+\begin{terminal}
makeglossaries myDoc
-\end{verbatim}
- (Replace \file{myDoc} with the base name of your \LaTeX\
- document file without the \file{.tex} extension.
+\end{terminal}
+ (Replace \filefmt{myDoc} with the base name of your \LaTeX\
+ document file without the extension.
Avoid spaces in the file name.) If you don't have Perl installed
use \app{makeglossaries-lite} instead:
-\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{terminal}
makeglossaries-lite myDoc
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{terminal}
\begin{important}
Some beginners get confused by \app{makeglossaries} the
-application (run as a system command) and \cs{makeglossaries}
+application (run as a system command) and \gls{makeglossaries}
the \LaTeX\ command which should be typed in the document
preamble. These are two different concepts that happen to have
similar looking names.
@@ -1132,355 +2149,377 @@ similar looking names.
\app{makeglossaries} (or \app{makeglossaries-lite})
as a build tool, but each editor has a
different method of doing this, so I~can't give a~general
- description. You will have to check your editor's manual.
- (There are some guidelines in
-\href{https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/}{Incorporating
+ description. However, there are some guidelines in
+\dickimawhref{latex/buildglossaries/}{Incorporating
makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document
-build}.)
- If you still have problems, try adding the \pkgopt{automake}
+build}.
+ If you still have problems, try adding the \opt{automake}
package option:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[automake]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{automake}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{compactcodebox}
The default sort is word order (\qt{sea lion} comes before \qt{seal}).
If you want letter ordering you need to add the
- \pkgopt[letter]{order} package option
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[order=letter]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
+ \optval{order}{letter} package option
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{order}{letter}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{compactcodebox}
\item Once you have successfully completed the previous step,
you can now run \LaTeX\ on your document again.
\end{enumerate}
-Here's a complete document (\file{myDoc.tex}):
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{article}
-
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-
-\makeglossaries % create makeindex files
-
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},
- description={an example}}
-
-\begin{document}
-A \gls{sample}.
-
-\printglossaries % input files created by makeindex
-\end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
+Here's a complete document (\filefmt{myDoc.tex}):
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\codepar
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\codepar
+\gls{makeglossaries} \comment{create \app{makeindex} files}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{sample}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{sample},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{an example}}
+\codepar
+\cbeg{document}
+A \gls{gls}\marg{sample}.
+\codepar
+\gls{printglossaries} \comment{input files created by makeindex}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
Document build:
-\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex myDoc
makeglossaries myDoc
pdflatex myDoc
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{terminal}
or
-\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex myDoc
makeglossaries-lite myDoc
pdflatex myDoc
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{terminal}
+\end{itemdesc}
+\itemtitle{\idxoptiondef{xdy}}
-\item[]\optionlabel3:
-
+\begin{itemdesc}
This option uses an application called
\app{xindy} to sort the entries. This application is more
flexible than \app{makeindex} and is able to sort extended
Latin or non-Latin alphabets. It comes with both \TeX~Live and
MiK\TeX. Since \app{xindy} is a Perl script, you will also
- need to ensure that Perl is installed. In a~similar way to \opt2, this
+ need to ensure that Perl is installed. In a~similar way to \option{mkidx}, this
option involves making \LaTeX\ write the glossary information to
a~temporary file which \app{xindy} reads. Then \app{xindy}
writes a~new file containing the code to typeset the glossary.
\LaTeX\ then reads this file on the next run. The \app{xindy}
application is automatically invoked by the helper
\app{makeglossaries} script, which works out all the
- appropriate settings from the \file{.aux} file.
+ appropriate settings from the \ext+{aux} file.
\begin{enumerate}
- \item Add the \pkgopt{xindy} option to the \sty{glossaries}
+ \item Add the \opt{xindy} option to the \sty{glossaries}
package option list:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
-
- \item Add \cs{makeglossaries} to your preamble (before you start
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{xindy}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+If you aren't using a Latin script, you may need to suppress the
+default number group:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optvalm{xindy}{glsnumbers=false}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+
+ \item Add \gls{makeglossaries} to your preamble (before you start
defining your entries).
\item Put
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{printglossary}\oarg{options}
-\end{definition}
+\begin{compactcodebox*}
+\gls{printglossary}\oargm{options}
+\end{compactcodebox*}
where you want your list of entries (glossary) to appear. (The
- \code{sort} key isn't available in \meta{options}.)
+ \printglossopt{sort} key isn't available in \meta{options}.)
Alternatively, use
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{printglossaries}
-\end{definition}
+\begin{compactcodebox*}
+\gls{printglossaries}
+\end{compactcodebox*}
\begin{important}
-All glossaries are sorted using the same method
+All \idxpl{glossary} are sorted using the same method
which may be identified with one of the package options:
-\pkgopt[standard]{sort} (default), \pkgopt[use]{sort}
-or \pkgopt[def]{sort}.
+\optval{sort}{standard} (default), \optval{sort}{use}
+or \optval{sort}{def}.
\end{important}
\item Run \LaTeX\ on your document. This creates files with the
- extensions \file{.glo} and \file{.xdy} (for example, if your
- \LaTeX\ document is called \file{myDoc.tex}, then you'll have
- two extra files called \file{myDoc.glo} and \file{myDoc.xdy}).
+ extensions \ext+{glo} and \ext+{xdy} (for example, if your
+ \LaTeX\ document is called \filefmt{myDoc.tex}, then you'll have
+ two extra files called \filefmt{myDoc.glo} and \filefmt{myDoc.xdy}).
If you look at your document at this point, you won't see the
- glossary as it hasn't been created yet.
+ \idx{glossary} as it hasn't been created yet.
\item Run \app{makeglossaries} with the base name of the
- document (omitting the \file{.tex} extension).
- If you have access to a terminal or a command prompt (for example, the
- MSDOS command prompt for Windows users or the bash console for
- Unix-like users) then you need to run the command:
-\begin{verbatim}
+ document (omitting the \ext{tex} extension).
+ If you have access to a terminal or a command prompt then
+ you need to run the command:
+\begin{terminal}
makeglossaries myDoc
-\end{verbatim}
- (Replace \file{myDoc} with the base name of your \LaTeX\
- document file without the \file{.tex} extension.
+\end{terminal}
+ (Replace \filefmt{myDoc} with the base name of your \LaTeX\
+ document file without the \ext{tex} extension.)
Avoid spaces in the file name. If you don't know
how to use the command prompt, then as mentioned above, you may
be able to configure your text editor to add
- \app{makeglossaries} as a build tool.
+ \app{makeglossaries} as a build tool. Note that the \opt{automake} option
+ won't work in \TeX's restricted mode, as \app{xindy} isn't on the
+ list of trusted applications.
- The default sort is word order (\qt{sea lion} comes before
-\qt{seal}).
+ The default sort is word order (\qt{sea lion} comes before \qt{seal}).
If you want letter ordering you need to add the
- \code{order=letter} package option:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[xindy,order=letter]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
+ \optval{order}{letter} package option:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{xindy},\optval{order}{letter}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{compactcodebox}
\item Once you have successfully completed the previous step,
you can now run \LaTeX\ on your document again.
\end{enumerate}
-Here's a complete document (\file{myDoc.tex}):
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{article}
-
-\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}
-
-\makeglossaries % create xindy files
-
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},
- description={an example}}
-
-\begin{document}
-A \gls{sample}.
-
-\printglossaries % input files created by xindy
-\end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
+Here's a complete document (\filefmt{myDoc.tex}):
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\codepar
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{xindy}]\marg{glossaries}
+\codepar
+\gls{makeglossaries} \comment{create \app{xindy} files}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{sample}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{sample},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{an example}}
+\codepar
+\cbeg{document}
+A \gls{gls}\marg{sample}.
+\codepar
+\gls{printglossaries} \comment{input files created by \app{xindy}}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
Document build:
-\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex myDoc
makeglossaries myDoc
pdflatex myDoc
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{terminal}
+\end{itemdesc}
-\item[]\optionlabel4:
+\itemtitle{\idxoptiondef{b2g}}
- This requires the extension package \sty{glossaries-extra} and
+\begin{itemdesc}
+ This requires the extension package \sty+{glossaries-extra} and
an application called \app{bib2gls}. This application is able
to sort extended Latin or non-Latin alphabets. It comes with both
\TeX~Live and MiK\TeX\ but requires at least Java~8. This method
- works differently to \optsand23. Instead of creating a file
+ works differently to \options{mkidx,xdy}. Instead of creating a file
containing the code to typeset the glossary it creates a
- \file{.glstex} file containing the entry definitions fetched
- from the \file{.bib} file (or files), but only those entries
+ \ext+{glstex} file containing the entry definitions fetched
+ from the \ext+{bib} file (or files), but only those entries
that are required in the document are defined and they are
defined in the order obtained from the chosen sort method.
This means that you can just use
- \cs{printunsrtglossary} to display each glossary (or
- \cs{printunsrtglossaries} to display them all).
+ \gls{printunsrtglossary} to display each glossary (or
+ \gls{printunsrtglossaries} to display them all).
\begin{enumerate}
- \item Add the \pkgopt{record} option to the \sty{glossaries-extra}
+ \item Add the \opt{record} option to the \sty{glossaries-extra}
package option list:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}\oarg{\opt{record}}\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\end{compactcodebox}
\item Add one or more
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{GlsXtrLoadResources}[src=\marg{bib list},\meta{options}]
-\end{definition}
+\begin{compactcodebox*}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{\resourceoptvalm{src}{\meta{bib list}},\meta{options}}
+\end{compactcodebox*}
to your preamble where \meta{bib list} is the
- list of \file{.bib} files containing the entries. You may
+ list of \ext{bib} files containing the entries. You may
use different sort methods for each resource set. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[record,% using bib2gls
- abbreviations,
- symbols,
- numbers
-]{glossaries-extra}
-
-\GlsXtrLoadResources[
- src={terms},% entries in terms.bib
- type=main,% put these entries in the 'main' (default) list
- sort={de-CH-1996}% sort according to this locale
-]
-\GlsXtrLoadResources[
- src={abbrvs},% entries in abbrvs.bib
- type=abbreviations,% put these entries in the 'abbreviations' list
- sort={letter-case}% case-sensitive letter (non-locale) sort
-]
-\GlsXtrLoadResources[
- src={syms},% entries in syms.bib
- type=symbols,% put these entries in the 'symbols' list
- sort={use}% sort according to first use in the document
-]
-\GlsXtrLoadResources[
- src={constants},% entries in constants.bib
- type=numbers,% put these entries in the 'numbers' list
- sort-field={user1},% sort according to this field
- sort={double}% double-precision sort
-]
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\cmd{usepackage}\oarg{record,\comment{using \app{bib2gls}}
+ \opt{abbreviations},\comment{create abbreviations list}
+ \opt{symbols},\comment{create symbols list}
+ \opt{numbers}\comment{create numbers list}
+}\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\codepar
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{
+ \resourceoptvalm{src}{terms},\comment{entries in terms.bib}
+ \comment{put these entries in the 'main' (default) list:}
+ \resourceoptval{type}{main},
+ \resourceoptval{sort}{de-CH-1996}\comment{sort according to this locale}
+}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{
+ \resourceoptvalm{src}{abbrvs},\comment{entries in abbrvs.bib}
+ \comment{put these entries in the 'abbreviations' list:}
+ \resourceoptvalm{type}{abbreviations},
+ \comment{case-sensitive letter (non-locale) sort:}
+ \resourceoptval{sort}{letter-case}
+}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{
+ \resourceoptvalm{src}{syms},\comment{entries in syms.bib}
+ \resourceoptval{type}{symbols},\comment{put these entries in the 'symbols' list}
+ \resourceoptval{sort}{use}\comment{sort according to first use in the document}
+}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{
+ \resourceoptvalm{src}{constants},\comment{entries in constants.bib}
+ \resourceoptval{type}{numbers},\comment{put these entries in the 'numbers' list}
+ \resourceoptval{sort-field}{user1},\comment{sort according to this field}
+ \resourceoptval{sort}{double}\comment{double-precision sort}
+}
+\end{codebox*}
The last resource set assumes that the entries defined in the
-file \file{constants.bib} have a number stored in the \code{user1}
+file \filefmt{constants.bib} have a number stored in the \gloskey{user1}
field. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-@number{pi,
- name={\ensuremath{\pi}},
- description={pi},
- user1={3.141592654}
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\atentry{number}\marg{pi,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\cmd{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{pi}}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{pi},
+ \gloskeyval{user1}{3.141592654}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{compactcodebox}
\item Put
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{printunsrtglossary}[type=\marg{type},\meta{options}]
-\end{definition}
- where you want your list of entries (glossary) to appear. (The
- \code{sort} key isn't available in \meta{options}. It needs to be
- used in \cs{GlsXtrLoadResources} instead.)
+\begin{compactcodebox*}
+\gls{printunsrtglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{\meta{type}},\meta{options}}
+\end{compactcodebox*}
+ where you want your list of entries (\idx{glossary}) to appear. (The
+ \printglossopt{sort} key isn't available in \meta{options}. The
+ \resourceopt{sort} setting needs to be
+ used in \gls{GlsXtrLoadResources} instead.)
Alternatively, use
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{printunsrtglossaries}
-\end{definition}
+\begin{compactcodebox*}
+\gls{printunsrtglossaries}
+\end{compactcodebox*}
- \item Run \LaTeX\ on your document. The \pkgopt{record} option
- adds information to the \file{.aux} file that provides
+ \item Run \LaTeX\ on your document. The \opt{record} option
+ adds information to the \ext+{aux} file that provides
\app{bib2gls} with all required details for each resource set.
- For example, if the file is called \file{myDoc.tex}:
-\begin{verbatim}
+ For example, if the file is called \filefmt{myDoc.tex}:
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex myDoc
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{terminal}
\item Run \app{bib2gls}
-\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{terminal}
bib2gls myDoc
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{terminal}
or (if you need letter groups)
-\begin{verbatim}
-bib2gls --group myDoc
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{terminal}
+bib2gls \switch{group} myDoc
+\end{terminal}
\item Run \LaTeX\ again.
\end{enumerate}
-Here's a complete document (\file{myDoc.tex}):
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{article}
-
-\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
-
-\GlsXtrLoadResources % input file created by bib2gls
- [% instructions to bib2gls:
- src={entries}, % terms defined in entries.bib
- sort={en-GB}% sort according to this locale
- ]
-
-\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},
- description={an example}}
-
-\begin{document}
-A \gls{sample}.
-
-\printunsrtglossaries % iterate over all defined entries
-\end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
-The accompanying \file{entries.bib} file:
-\begin{verbatim}
-@entry{sample,
- name = {sample},
- description = {an example}
+Here's a complete document (\filefmt{myDoc.tex}):
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\codepar
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{record}]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\comment{input the \ext{glstex} file created by \app{bib2gls}:}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}
+ \oarg{\comment{instructions to \app{bib2gls}:}
+ \resourceoptvalm{src}{entries}, \comment{terms are defined in entries.bib}
+ \resourceoptval{sort}{en-GB}\comment{sort according to this locale}
+ }
+\codepar
+\cbeg{document}
+A \gls{gls}\marg{sample}.
+\codepar
+\gls{printunsrtglossaries} \comment{iterate over all defined entries}
+\cend{document}
+\end{codebox}
+The accompanying \filefmt{entries.bib} file:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\atentry{entry}\marg{sample,
+ \gloskeyval{name}{sample},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{an example}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{compactcodebox}
Document build:
-\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex myDoc
bib2gls myDoc
pdflatex myDoc
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{terminal}
+\end{itemdesc}
-\end{description}
+\end{deflist}
-If you are having difficulty integrating \app{makeglossaries}
+If you are having difficulty integrating \app{makeglossaries} (or
+\app{makeglossaries-lite}) or \app{bib2gls}
into your document build process, you may want to consider using
\app{arara}, which is a Java application that searches the
document for special comment lines that tell \app{arara} which
-applications to run. For example, the file \file{myDoc.tex} might
+applications to run. For example, the file \filefmt{myDoc.tex} might
start with:
-\begin{verbatim}
- % arara: pdflatex
- % arara: makeglossaries
- % arara: pdflatex
- \documentclass{article}
- \usepackage{glossaries}
- \makeglossaries
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\araraline{pdflatex}
+\araraline{makeglossaries}
+\araraline{pdflatex}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\gls{makeglossaries}
+\end{codebox}
then to build the document you just need the single system call:
-\begin{verbatim}
- arara myDoc
-\end{verbatim}
-(As from version 4.0, \app{arara} also has
-directives for \app{makeglossaries-lite} and \app{bib2gls}. See the
-\app{arara} manual for further details.)
+\begin{terminal}
+arara myDoc
+\end{terminal}
+Alternatively, if you want to use \app{makeglossaries-lite}, change
+the second line to:
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\araraline{makeglossarieslite}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+There's also a rule for \app{bib2gls}. For example, the following
+indicates that letter groups are required:
+\begin{codebox}
+\araraline{pdflatex}
+\araraline{bib2gls: \marg{ group: on }}
+\araraline{pdflatex}
+\cmd{documentclass}\marg{article}
+\cmd{usepackage}\oarg{\opt{record}}\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}
+\end{codebox}
When sorting the entries, the string comparisons are made according
-to each entry's \code{sort} key. If this is omitted, the
-\code{name} key is used. For example, recall the earlier
+to each entry's \gloskey{sort} key. If this is omitted, the
+\gloskey{name} key is used. For example, consider the
definition:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \newglossaryentry{elite}
- {
- name={{\'e}lite},
- description={select group or class}
- }
-\end{verbatim}
-No \code{sort} key was used, so it's set to the same as the
-\code{name} key: \verb|{\'e}lite|. How this is interpreted depends
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{elite}
+\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\cmd{'}elite},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{select group or class}
+}
+\end{codebox}
+The \gloskey{sort} key isn't present, so it's set to the same as the
+\gloskey{name} key: \code{\cmd{'}elite}. How this is interpreted depends
on which option you have used:
\begin{description}
-\item[\opt1:] By default, the accent command will be stripped so the
+\item[\option{noidx}] By default, the accent command will be stripped so the
sort value will be \code{elite}. This will put the entry in the
\qt{E} letter group. However if you use the
-\pkgopt[true]{sanitizesort} package option, the sort value will be
-interpreted as the sequence of characters: \verb|{| \verb|\| \code{'} \code{e}
-\verb|}| \code{l} \code{i} \code{t} and \code{e}. This will place
+\optval{sanitizesort}{true} package option, the sort value will be
+interpreted as the sequence of characters: \verb|\| \code{'} \code{e}
+\code{l} \code{i} \code{t} and \code{e}. This will place
this entry in the \qt{symbols} group since it starts with a symbol.
-\item[\opt2:] The sort key will be interpreted the sequence of characters:
-\verb|{| \verb|\| \verb|'| \code{e} \verb|}| \code{l} \code{i} \code{t}
-and \code{e}. The first character is an opening curly brace
-\verb|{| so \app{makeindex} will put this entry in the
+\item[\option{mkidx}] The sort value will be interpreted as the sequence of characters:
+\verb|\| \verb|'| \code{e} \code{l} \code{i} \code{t}
+and \code{e}. The first character is a backslash
+so \app{makeindex} will put this entry in the
\qt{symbols} group.
-\item[\opt3:]
+\item[\option{xdy}]
\app{xindy} disregards \LaTeX\ commands so it sorts on
\code{elite}, which puts this entry in the \qt{E} group.
If stripping all commands leads to an empty string (such as
-\verb|\ensuremath{\emptyset}|) then \app{xindy} will fail, so in
-these situations you need to provide an appropriate \code{sort}
+would happen with \code{\cmd{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{emptyset}}}) then \app{xindy} will fail, so in
+those situations you need to provide an appropriate \gloskey{sort}
value that \app{xindy} will accept.
\begin{important}
\app{xindy} merges entries with duplicate sort values.
@@ -1489,509 +2528,501 @@ A sort value may degrade into an empty or duplicate value once
\app{xindy} has stripped all commands and braces.
\end{important}
-\item[\opt4:]
+\item[\option{b2g}]
\app{bib2gls} has a primitive \LaTeX\ parser that recognises a
limited set of commands, which includes the standard accent commands
-and some maths commands, so it can convert \verb|{\'e}lite| to
+and some maths commands, so it can convert \code{\cmd{'}elite} to
\code{\'elite}. It disregards unknown commands. This may lead to
-an empty sort value, but \app{bib2gls} doesn't mind that.
+an empty sort value, but \app{bib2gls} doesn't mind that. (It has
+fallbacks, depending on the sort method and various settings, that
+can be used to determine the order if the sort value is empty or a
+duplicate.)
-Note that even if the name is given as \verb|{\'e}lite|, the letter
-group heading (if the \verb|--group| switch is used) may end up with
+Note that even if the name is given as \code{\cmd{'}elite}, the letter
+group heading (if the \switch{group} switch is used) may end up with
the character \'E depending on the locale used by the sort
comparator. In this case you will need to ensure the document can
support this character either with \sty{inputenc} or by switching to
-a \LaTeX\ engine with native UTF-8 support.
+a \LaTeX\ engine with native UTF-8 support. (Modern \LaTeX\ kernels
+default to UTF-8.)
There's more information on how \app{bib2gls} obtains the sort value
in
-\href{https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=bib2gls-sorting}{bib2gls
-gallery: sorting}.
+\gallerypage{label=bib2gls-sorting}{bib2gls gallery: sorting}.
\end{description}
If the \sty{inputenc} package is used:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[utf8]\marg{inputenc}
+\end{codebox}
and the entry is defined as:
-\begin{alltt}
- \verb|\newglossaryentry{elite}|
- \verb|{|
- name=\verb|{{|\'e\verb|}lite},|
- description=\verb|{select group or class}|
- \verb|}|
-\end{alltt}
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{elite}
+\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\'elite},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{select group or class}
+}
+\end{compactcodebox}
then:
\begin{description}
-\item[\opt1:] By default the sort value will be interpreted as
-\code{elite} so the entry will be put in the \qt{E} letter group.
-If you use the \pkgopt[true]{sanitizesort} package option, the
-sort value will be interpreted as \code{\'elite} where \'e has
-been sanitized (so it's no longer an active character and is in fact
-seen as two octets 0xC3 0xA9) which will
-put this entry before the \qt{A} letter group. (The group is
-determined by the first octet 0xC3.)
-
-\item[\opt2:] \app{makeindex} sees \code{\'e} as two octets
-(0xC3 0xA9) rather than a single character so it tries to put
+\item[\option{noidx}:] With old \LaTeX\ kernels, this entry was placed in the
+\qt{E} letter group. With new \LaTeX\ kernels you will have to set
+the \gloskey{sort} key to Basic Latin (for example,
+\code{\gloskeyval{sort}{elite}}) but, where possible, it's better to
+use \app{xindy} or \app{bib2gls}.
+
+\item[\option{mkidx}] \app{makeindex} sees \code{\'e} as two octets (0xC3
+0xA9) rather than a single character so it tries to put
\code{\'elite} in the 0xC3 (\qt{\~A}) letter group (which, in this
-case, comes after \qt{Z}).
+case, comes after \qt{Z}). You will either have to set the
+\gloskey{sort} key to Basic Latin (for example,
+\gloskeyval{sort}{elite}) or switch to \app{xindy} or
+\app{bib2gls}.
-\item[\opt3:] \app{xindy} will correctly recognise the sort value
+\item[\option{xdy}] \app{xindy} will correctly recognise the sort value
\code{\'elite} and will place it in whatever letter group is
appropriate for the given language setting. (In English, this would
just be the \qt{E} letter group, but another language
might put it in the \qt{\'E} letter group.)
-\item[\opt4:] The \sty{inputenc} package doesn't affect the
-encoding used with \file{.bib} entry definitions, since these are dependent
-on the encoding used to save the \file{.bib} file (although the
-labels must still be ASCII unless you use \XeLaTeX/\LuaLaTeX). You can help \app{bib2gls} (and
-JabRef) by putting an encoding comment at the start of the \file{.bib} file:
-\begin{alltt}
+\item[\option{b2g}] The \sty{inputenc} package doesn't affect the
+encoding used with \ext{bib} entry definitions, since these are dependent
+on the encoding used to save the \ext{bib} file. The \ext{glstex}
+file created by \app{bib2gls} will be written in the encoding
+required by your document. (In general, it's best to use the same
+encoding across all files.)
+
+You can help \app{bib2gls} by putting an encoding comment at the
+start of the \ext{bib} file:
+\begin{codebox}
\% Encoding: UTF-8
-\end{alltt}
+\end{codebox}
-With the correct encoding set up, \app{bib2gls} will determine
-that the sort value is \code{\'elite} and will place it in
-whatever letter group is appropriate for the given sort rule.
-For example, \verb|sort=en-GB| (or just \verb|sort=en|) will put
-\code{\'elite} in the \qt{E} letter group, but another language
-might put it in the \qt{\'E} letter group.
+With the correct encoding set up, \app{bib2gls} will determine that
+the sort value is \code{\'elite} and will place it in whatever
+letter group is appropriate for the given sort rule. For example,
+\resourceoptval{sort}{en-GB} (or just \resourceoptval{sort}{en})
+will put \code{\'elite} in the \qt{E} letter group, but another
+language might put it in the \qt{\'E} letter group.
\end{description}
Therefore if you have extended Latin or non-Latin characters, your
-best option is to use either \app{xindy} (\opt3) or
-\app{bib2gls} (\opt4) with the \sty{inputenc} or \sty{fontspec} package.
-If you use \app{makeindex} (\opt2) you need to specify the
+best option is to use either \app{xindy} (\option{xdy}) or \app{bib2gls}
+(\option{b2g}).
+If you use \app{makeindex} (\option{mkidx}) you need to specify the
\code{sort} key like this:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{elite}
-{
- name={{\'e}lite},
- sort={elite},
- description={select group or class}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{elite}
+\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\'elite},
+ \gloskeyval{sort}{elite},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{select group or class}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-or
-\begin{alltt}
-\cs{newglossaryentry}\{elite\}
-\{
- name=\{\{\'e\}lite\},
- sort=\{elite\},
- description=\{select group or class\}
-\}
-\end{alltt}
-If you use \opt1, you may or may not need to use the \code{sort}
+\end{codebox}
+If you use \option{noidx}, you may or may not need to use the \gloskey{sort}
key, but you will need to be careful about fragile commands in the
-\code{name} key if you don't set the \code{sort} key.
-
-If you use \opt3 and the \code{name} only contains a command or
-commands (such as \cs{P} or \verb|\ensuremath{\pi}|) you must add the
-\code{sort} key. This is also advisable for the other options
-(except \opt4), but is essential for \opt3. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \newglossaryentry{P}{name={\P},sort={P},
- description={paragraph symbol}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\gloskey{name} key if you don't set the \gloskey{sort} key.
+
+If you use \option{xdy} and the \gloskey{name} only contains a command or
+commands (such as \csfmt{P} or
+\code{\cmd{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{pi}}}) you must add the
+\gloskey{sort} key. This is also advisable for the other options
+(except \option{b2g}), but is essential for \option{xdy}. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{P}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\cmd{P}},\gloskeyval{sort}{P},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{paragraph symbol}}
+\end{codebox}
\section{Customising the Glossary}
\label{sec:glosstyle}
The default glossary style uses the \env{description} environment
to display the entry list. Each entry name is set in the optional
-argument of \cs{item} which means that it will typically be
+argument of \gls{item} which means that it will typically be
displayed in bold. You can switch to medium weight by redefining
-\cs{glsnamefont}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\glsnamefont}[1]{\textmd{#1}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\gls{glsnamefont}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{renewcommand}*\marg{\gls{glsnamefont}}[1]\marg{\cmd{textmd}\marg{\#1}}
+\end{codebox}
Some classes and packages redefine the \env{description} environment
-in such as way that's incompatible with the \styfmt{glossaries}
+in such as way that's incompatible with the \sty{glossaries}
package. In which case you'll need to select a different glossary
style (see below).
By default, a~full stop is appended to the description (unless you
use \sty{glossaries-extra}). To prevent
-this from happening use the \pkgopt{nopostdot} package option:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[nopostdot]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
-or to add it with \styfmt{glossaries-extra}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[postdot]{glossaries-extra}
-\end{verbatim}
+this from happening use the \opt{nopostdot} package option:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{nopostdot}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+or to add it with \sty{glossaries-extra}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{postdot}]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\end{codebox}
By default, a~location list is displayed for each entry (unless you
-use \cs{printunsrtglossary} without \app{bib2gls}). This refers
+use \gls{printunsrtglossary} without \app{bib2gls}). This refers
to the document locations (for example, the page number) where the
-entry has been referenced. If you use \optsor23 described in
-\sectionref{sec:printglossaries} or \opt4 (with \app{bib2gls} and
+entry has been referenced. If you use \optionsor{mkidx,xdy} described in
+\sectionref{sec:printglossaries} or \option{b2g} (with \app{bib2gls} and
\sty{glossaries-extra}) then location ranges will be compressed.
For example, if an entry was used on pages~1, 2 and~3, with
-\optsor23 or \opt4 the location list will appear as 1--3, but with \opt1 it
+\optionsor{mkidx,xdy,b2g} the location list will appear as 1--3, but
+with \option{noidx} it
will appear as 1, 2, 3. If you don't want the locations displayed
-you can hide them using the \pkgopt{nonumberlist} package option:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[nonumberlist]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
-or with \app{bib2gls} use \code{save-locations=false} in the
-optional argument of the appropriate \cs{GlsXtrLoadResources}
+you can hide them using the \opt{nonumberlist} package option:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{nonumberlist}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+or with \app{bib2gls} use \resourceoptval{save-locations}{false} in the
+optional argument of the appropriate \gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}
(it's possible to have some resource sets with locations and some
without).
Entries are grouped according to the first letter of
-each entry's \code{sort} key. By default a~vertical gap is placed
+each entry's \gloskey{sort} key. By default a~vertical gap is placed
between letter groups for most of the predefined styles. You can suppress this with the
-\pkgopt{nogroupskip} package option:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[nogroupskip]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
+\opt{nogroupskip} package option:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{nogroupskip}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
If the default style doesn't suit your document, you can change the
style using:
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{setglossarystyle}\marg{style name}
-\end{definition}
-\href{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/glossaries-styles/}{There are a~number of predefined styles.} Glossaries can vary from
+\cmddef{setglossarystyle}
+\dickimawhref{gallery/glossaries-styles/}{There are a~number of predefined styles.} Glossaries can vary from
a~list of symbols with a~terse description to a~list of words or
phrases with descriptions that span multiple paragraphs, so there's
no \qt{one style fits all} solution. You need to choose a~style that
suits your document. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setglossarystyle{index}
-\end{verbatim}
-You can also use the \pkgopt{style} package option for the preloaded
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{setglossarystyle}\marg{\glostyle{index}}
+\end{codebox*}
+You can also use the \opt{style} package option for the preloaded
styles. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[style=index]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{style}{index}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
Examples:
\begin{enumerate}
\item You have entries where the name is a~symbol and the
description is a~brief phrase or short sentence. Try one of the
\qt{mcol} styles defined in the \sty{glossary-mcols} package. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[nopostdot]{glossaries}
-\usepackage{glossary-mcols}
-\setglossarystyle{mcolindex}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{nopostdot}]\marg{glossaries}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossary-mcols}
+\gls{setglossarystyle}\marg{\glostyle+{mcolindex}}
+\end{codebox}
or
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[stylemods={mcols},style=mcolindex]{glossaries-extra}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{stylemods}{mcols},\optval{style}{mcolindex}]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\end{codebox*}
\item You have entries where the name is a~word or phrase and the
description spans multiple paragraphs. Try one of the \qt{altlist} styles. For
example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[nopostdot]{glossaries}
-\setglossarystyle{altlist}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{nopostdot}]\marg{glossaries}
+\gls{setglossarystyle}\marg{\glostyle+{altlist}}
+\end{codebox}
or
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[stylemods,style=altlist]{glossaries-extra}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{stylemods},\optval{style}{altlist}]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\end{codebox}
\item You have entries where the name is a~single word, the
description is brief, and an associated symbol has been set.
Use one of the styles that display the symbol (not all of them do).
For example, one of the tabular styles:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[nopostdot,nonumberlist,style=long4col]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{nopostdot},\opt{nonumberlist},\optval{style}{\glostyle+{long4col}}]{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
or one of the \qt{tree} styles:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[nopostdot,nonumberlist,style=tree]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{nopostdot},\opt{nonumberlist},\optval{style}{tree}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
\end{enumerate}
If your glossary consists of a~list of abbreviations and you also want to
specify a~description as well as the long form, then you need to use
an abbreviation style that will suit the glossary style. For example,
-use the \code{long-short-desc} acronym style:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{long-short-desc}
-\end{verbatim}
+use the \acrstyle{long-short-desc} acronym style:
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{long-short-desc}}
+\end{codebox*}
Define the acronyms with a~description:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronym
- [description={statistical pattern recognition technique}]
- {svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{newacronym}
+ \oarg{\gloskeyval{description}{statistical pattern recognition technique}}
+ \marg{svm}\marg{SVM}\marg{support vector machine}
+\end{codebox*}
Alternatively with \sty{glossaries-extra}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc}
-
-\newabbreviation
- [description={statistical pattern recognition technique}]
- {svm}{SVM}{support vector machine}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{setabbreviationstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{long-short-desc}}
+\codepar
+\gls{newabbreviation}
+ \oarg{\gloskeyval{description}{statistical pattern recognition technique}}
+ \marg{svm}\marg{SVM}\marg{support vector machine}
+\end{codebox*}
Choose a~glossary style that suits wide entry names. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setglossarystyle{altlist}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{setglossarystyle}\marg{\glostyle{altlist}}
+\end{codebox*}
\section{Multiple Glossaries}
\label{sec:multigloss}
The \sty{glossaries} package predefines a~default \code{main}
-glossary. When you define an entry (using one of the commands
+\idx{glossary}. When you define an entry (using one of the commands
described in \sectionref{sec:defterm}), that entry is automatically
-assigned to the default glossary, unless you indicate otherwise
-using the \code{type} key. However you first need to
-make sure the desired glossary has been defined. This is done using:
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{newglossary}\oarg{glg}\marg{label}\marg{gls}\marg{glo}\marg{title}
-\end{definition}
-The \meta{label} is a~label that uniquely identifies this new
-glossary. As with other types of identifying labels, be careful not
+assigned to the default \idx{glossary}, unless you indicate otherwise
+using the \gloskey{type} key. However you first need to
+make sure the desired \idx{glossary} has been defined. This is done using:
+\cmddef{newglossary}
+The \meta{glossary-label} is a~label that uniquely identifies this new
+\idx{glossary}. As with other types of identifying labels, be careful not
to use active characters in \meta{label}. The final argument
-\meta{title} is the section or chapter heading used by
-\cs{printglossary} or \cs{printnoidxglossary}. The other arguments
+\meta{title} is the section or chapter title used by
+\gls{printglossary}, \gls{printnoidxglossary} or
+\gls{printunsrtglossary}. The other arguments
indicate the file extensions used by
-\app{makeindex}\slash\app{xindy} (described in
-\sectionref{sec:printglossaries}). If you use \opt1 described
-above (or \app{bib2gls} and \cs{printunsrtglossaries}),
-then the \meta{glg}, \meta{gls} and \meta{glo} arguments aren't
+\app{makeindex} or \app{xindy} (described in
+\sectionref{sec:printglossaries}). If you're not using either
+\app{makeindex} or \app{xindy},
+then the \meta{log-ext}, \meta{in-ext} and \meta{out-ext} arguments aren't
relevant, in which case you may prefer to use the starred version
-where you don't specify the extensions:
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{newglossary*}\marg{label}\marg{title}
-\end{definition}
+where those arguments are omitted:
+\cmddef{newglossary*}
-In the case of \optsor23, all glossary definitions must come before
-\cs{makeglossaries}. (\emph{Entry} definitions should come after
-\cs{makeglossaries}.) In the case of \opt4, all glossary definitions
-must come before any \cs{GlsXtrLoadResources} that requires them.
+In the case of \optionsor{mkidx,xdy}, all new \idxpl{glossary} must
+be defined before \gls{makeglossaries}. (\emph{Entry} definitions
+should come after \gls{makeglossaries}.) In the case of
+\option{b2g}, all new \idxpl{glossary} must be defined before any
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources} that requires them.
Since it's quite common for documents to have both a~list of terms
and a~list of abbreviations, the \sty{glossaries} package provides the
-package option \pkgopt{acronym} (or \pkgopt{acronyms}), which
+package option \opt{acronyms} (or \opt{acronym}), which
is a~convenient shortcut for
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname}
-\end{verbatim}
-The option also changes the behaviour of \cs{newacronym} so that acronyms
+\begin{compactcodebox}
+\gls{newglossary}\oarg{\ext+{alg}}\marg{acronym}\marg{\ext+{acr}}\marg{\ext+{acn}}\marg{\gls+{acronymname}}
+\end{compactcodebox}
+The option also changes the behaviour of \gls{newacronym} so that acronyms
are automatically put in the list of acronyms instead of the main
-glossary. The \sty{glossaries-extra} package also provides this
-option for abbreviations defined using \cs{newacronym} but
-additionally has the package option \pkgopt{abbreviations} to create
-a list of abbreviations for \cs{newabbreviation}.
+glossary. The \sty{glossaries-extra} package also supports the
+\opt{acronyms} option for abbreviations defined using \gls{newacronym} but
+additionally has the package option \opt{abbreviations} to create
+a list of abbreviations for \gls{newabbreviation}.
There are some other package options for creating commonly used
-lists: \pkgopt{symbols} (lists of symbols), \pkgopt{numbers} (lists
-of numbers), \pkgopt{index} (index of terms without descriptions defined with
-\cs{newterm}\oarg{options}\marg{label}).
+lists: \opt{symbols} (lists of symbols), \opt{numbers} (lists
+of numbers), \opt{index} (an index). Since indexes don't
+typically have descriptions, the \opt{index} option also defines:
+\cmddef{newterm}
+This is just a shortcut that uses \gls{newglossaryentry} with the
+\gloskey{name} set to \meta{entry-label} and the \gloskey{description} is
+suppressed.
For example, suppose you want a~main glossary for terms, a~list of
acronyms and a~list of notation:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \usepackage[acronyms]{glossaries}
- \newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation}
-\end{verbatim}
-After \cs{makeglossaries} (or \cs{makenoidxglossaries}) you can
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{acronyms}]\marg{glossaries}
+\gls{newglossary}\oarg{nlg}\marg{notation}\marg{not}\marg{ntn}\marg{Notation}
+\end{codebox}
+After \gls{makeglossaries} (or \gls{makenoidxglossaries}) you can
define the entries in the preamble. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \newglossaryentry{gls:set}
- {% This entry goes in the `main' glossary
- name=set,
- description={A collection of distinct objects}
- }
-
- % This entry goes in the `acronym' glossary:
- \newacronym{svm}{svm}{support vector machine}
-
- \newglossaryentry{not:set}
- {% This entry goes in the `notation' glossary:
- type=notation,
- name={\ensuremath{\mathcal{S}}},
- description={A set},
- sort={S}}
-\end{verbatim}
-or if you don't like using \cs{ensuremath}:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \newglossaryentry{not:set}
- {% This entry goes in the `notation' glossary:
- type=notation,
- name={$\mathcal{S}$},
- text={\mathcal{S}},
- description={A set},
- sort={S}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{gls:set}
+\marg{\comment{This entry goes in the `main' glossary}
+ \gloskeyval{name}{set},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{A collection of distinct objects}
+}
+\codepar
+\comment{This entry goes in the `acronym' glossary:}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{svm}\marg{svm}\marg{support vector machine}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{not:set}
+\marg{\comment{This entry goes in the `notation' glossary:}
+ \gloskeyval{type}{notation},
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\cmd{ensuremath}\marg{\cmd{mathcal}\marg{S}}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{A set},
+ \gloskeyval{sort}{S}}
+\end{codebox}
+or if you don't like using \csfmt{ensuremath}:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{not:set}
+\marg{\comment{This entry goes in the `notation' glossary:}
+ \gloskeyval{type}{notation},
+ \gloskeyval{name}{\$\cmd{mathcal}\marg{S}\$},
+ \gloskeyval{text}{\cmd{mathcal}\marg{S}},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{A set},
+ \gloskeyval{sort}{S}
+}
+\end{codebox}
Each glossary is displayed using:
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{printnoidxglossary}[type=\meta{type}]
-\end{definition}
-(\opt1) or
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{printglossary}[type=\meta{type}]
-\end{definition}
-(\optsand23). Where \meta{type} is the glossary label. If the
+\begin{compactcodebox*}
+\gls{printnoidxglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{\meta{type}}}
+\end{compactcodebox*}
+(\option{noidx}) or
+\begin{compactcodebox*}
+\gls{printglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{\meta{type}}}
+\end{compactcodebox*}
+(\options{mkidx,xdy}). Where \meta{type} is the glossary label. If the
type is omitted the default \code{main} glossary is assumed.
If you're using \app{bib2gls} then each glossary is displayed
using:
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{printunsrtglossary}[type=\meta{type}]
-\end{definition}
-With this method you don't use \cs{makeglossaries} or
-\cs{makenoidxglossaries}. Instead you can assign the entry type
+\begin{compactcodebox*}
+\gls{printunsrtglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{\meta{type}}}
+\end{compactcodebox*}
+With this method you don't use \gls{makeglossaries} or
+\gls{makenoidxglossaries}. Instead you can assign the entry type
with the resource command. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra}
-
- \GlsXtrLoadResources[
- src={terms}, % entries defined in terms.bib
- type={main}% put in main glossary
- ]
- \GlsXtrLoadResources[
- src={abbrvs}, % entries defined in abbrvs.bib
- type={abbreviations}% put in abbreviations glossary
- ]
- \GlsXtrLoadResources[
- src={syms}, % entries defined in syms.bib
- type={symbols}% put in symbols glossary
- ]
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{record},\opt{abbreviations},\opt{symbols}]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\codepar
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{
+ \resourceoptvalm{src}{terms}, \comment{entries defined in terms.bib}
+ \resourceoptval{type}{main}\comment{put in main glossary}
+}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{
+ \resourceoptvalm{src}{abbrvs}, \comment{entries defined in abbrvs.bib}
+ \resourceoptval{type}{abbreviations}\comment{put in abbreviations glossary}
+}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{
+ \resourceoptvalm{src}{syms}, \comment{entries defined in syms.bib}
+ \resourceoptval{type}{symbols}\comment{put in symbols glossary}
+}
+\end{codebox*}
Later in the document:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \printunsrtglossary % main
- \printunsrtglossary[type=abbreviations]
- \printunsrtglossary[type=symbols]
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\gls{printunsrtglossary} \comment{main}
+\gls{printunsrtglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{abbreviations}}
+\gls{printunsrtglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{symbols}}
+\end{codebox*}
There's a~convenient shortcut that will display all the defined
glossaries depending on the indexing method:
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{printnoidxglossaries}
-\end{definition}
-(\opt1) or
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{printglossaries}
-\end{definition}
-(\optsand23) or (\sty{glossaries-extra} only)
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{printunsrtglossaries}
-\end{definition}
-
-If you use \opt1, you don't need to do anything else. If you use
-\optsor23 with the \app{makeglossaries} Perl script or the
+\cmddef{printnoidxglossaries}
+(\option{noidx}) or
+\cmddef{printglossaries}
+(\options{mkidx,xdy}) or (\sty{glossaries-extra} only)
+\cmddef{printunsrtglossaries}
+
+If you use \optionsor{noidx,b2g}, you don't need to do anything different
+for a document with multiple \idxpl{glossary}. If you use
+\optionsor{mkidx,xdy} with the \app{makeglossaries} Perl script or the
\app{makeglossaries-lite} Lua script, you
-similarly don't need to do anything else. If you use \optsor23
-without the \app{makeglossaries} Perl script or
-\app{makeglossaries-lite} Lua script then you need to
-make sure you run \app{makeindex}\slash\app{xindy} \emph{for
-each defined glossary}. The \meta{gls} and \meta{glo} arguments of
-\cs{newglossary} specify the file extensions to use instead of
-\file{.gls} and \file{.glo}. The optional argument \meta{glg} is
-the file extension for the transcript file. This should be different
-for each glossary in case you need to check for
-\app{makeindex}\slash\app{xindy} errors or warnings if things
-go wrong.
+similarly don't need to do anything different to the document build
+(compared to building a document with only one \idx{glossary}).
+
+If you use \optionsor{mkidx,xdy} without the \app{makeglossaries}
+Perl script or \app{makeglossaries-lite} Lua script then you need to
+make sure you run \app{makeindex}\slash\app{xindy} \emph{for each
+defined glossary}. The \meta{gls} and \meta{glo} arguments of
+\gls{newglossary} specify the file extensions to use instead of
+\ext+{gls} and \ext+{glo}. The optional argument \meta{glg} is the
+file extension for the transcript file. This should be different for
+each glossary in case you need to check for
+\app{makeindex}\slash\app{xindy} errors or warnings if things go
+wrong.
For example, suppose you have three glossaries in your document
(\code{main}, \code{acronym} and \code{notation}),
specified using:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[acronyms]{glossaries}
-\newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{acronyms}]\marg{glossaries}
+\gls{newglossary}\oarg{nlg}\marg{notation}\marg{not}\marg{ntn}\marg{Notation}
+\end{codebox}
Then (assuming your \LaTeX\ document is in a~file called
-\file{myDoc.tex}):
+\filefmt{myDoc.tex}):
\begin{description}
-\item\opt2
+\item\option{mkidx}:
Either use one \app{makeglossaries} or
\app{makeglossaries-lite} call:
-\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{terminal}
makeglossaries myDoc
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{terminal}
or
-\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{terminal}
makeglossaries-lite myDoc
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{terminal}
Or you need to run \app{makeindex} three times:
-\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{terminal}
makeindex -t myDoc.glg -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
makeindex -t myDoc.alg -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.acr myDoc.acn
makeindex -t myDoc.nlg -s myDoc.ist -o myDoc.not myDoc.ntn
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{terminal}
-\item\opt3
+\item\option{xdy}:
Either use one \app{makeglossaries} call:
-\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{terminal}
makeglossaries myDoc
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{terminal}
Or you need to run \app{xindy} three times (be careful not to insert
line breaks where the line has wrapped.)
-\begin{verbatim}
-xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.glg
--o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
-xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.alg
--o myDoc.acr myDoc.acn
-xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.nlg
--o myDoc.not myDoc.ntn
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\item\opt4
+\begin{terminal}
+xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo
+xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.alg -o myDoc.acr myDoc.acn
+xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.nlg -o myDoc.not myDoc.ntn
+\end{terminal}
+
+\item\option{b2g}:
With \app{bib2gls} only one call is required:
-\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{terminal}
pdflatex myDoc
-bib2gls --group myDoc
+bib2gls \switch{group} myDoc
pdflatex myDoc
-\end{verbatim}
-(Omit \verb|--group| if you don't need letter groups.)
+\end{terminal}
+(Omit \switch{group} if you don't need letter groups.)
\end{description}
-
-\section[glossaries and hyperref]{\styfmt{glossaries} and \styfmt{hyperref}}
+\section{Hyperlinks (\stytext{glossaries} and \stytext{hyperref})}
\label{sec:hyperref}
Take care if you use the \sty{glossaries} package with
\sty{hyperref}. Contrary to the usual advice that \sty{hyperref}
should be loaded last, \sty{glossaries} (and \sty{glossaries-extra})
must be loaded \emph{after} \sty{hyperref}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
-\usepackage{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
-If you use \sty{hyperref} make sure you use PDF\LaTeX\ rather than
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[colorlinks]\marg{hyperref}
+\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
+If you use \sty{hyperref} make sure you use \pdfLaTeX\ rather than
the \LaTeX\ to DVI engine. The DVI format can't break hyperlinks across
a~line so long glossary entries (such as the full form of acronyms)
won't line wrap with the DVI engine. Also, hyperlinks in sub- or
superscripts aren't correctly sized with the DVI format.
By default, if the \sty{hyperref} package has been loaded, commands
-like \cs{gls} will form a~hyperlink to the relevant entry in the
-glossary. If you want to disable this for \emph{all} your
+like \gls{gls} will form a~hyperlink to the relevant entry in the
+\idx{glossary}. If you want to disable this for \emph{all} your
glossaries, then use:
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{glsdisablehyper}
-\end{definition}
+\cmddef{glsdisablehyper}
If you want hyperlinks suppressed for entries in specific
-glossaries, then use the \pkgopt{nohypertypes} package option. For
+glossaries, then use the \opt{nohypertypes} package option. For
example, if you don't want hyperlinks for entries in the \code{acronym} and
\code{notation} glossaries but you do want them for entries in the
\code{main} glossary, then do:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
-\usepackage[acronym,nohypertypes={acronym,notation}]{glossaries}
-\newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[colorlinks]\marg{hyperref}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{acronym},\optvalm{nohypertypes}{acronym,notation}]\marg{glossaries}
+\gls{newglossary}\oarg{nlg}\marg{notation}\marg{not}\marg{ntn}\marg{Notation}
+\end{codebox}
If you want the hyperlinks suppressed the first time an entry is
used, but you want hyperlinks for subsequence references then use
-the \pkgopt[false]{hyperfirst} package option:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
-\usepackage[hyperfirst=false]{glossaries}
-\end{verbatim}
+the \optval{hyperfirst}{false} package option:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[colorlinks]\marg{hyperref}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\optval{hyperfirst}{false}]\marg{glossaries}
+\end{codebox}
The \sty{glossaries-extra} extension package provides another method
using category attributes. See the \sty{glossaries-extra} user
manual for further details.
@@ -1999,132 +3030,137 @@ manual for further details.
Take care not to use non-expandable commands in PDF bookmarks. This
isn't specific to the \sty{glossaries} package but is a~limitation
of PDF bookmarks. Non-expandable commands include commands like
-\cs{gls}, \cs{glspl}, \cs{Gls} and \cs{Glspl}. The \sty{hyperref}
+\gls{gls}, \gls{glspl}, \gls{Gls} and \gls{Glspl}. The \sty{hyperref}
package provides a~way of specifying alternative text for the PDF
-bookmarks via \cs{texorpdfstring}. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\section{The \texorpdfstring{\gls{fishage}}{Fish Age}}
-\end{verbatim}
-However, it's not a~good idea to use commands like \cs{gls} in
+bookmarks via \gls{texorpdfstring}. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{section}\marg{The \gls{texorpdfstring}\marg{\gls{gls}\marg{fishage}}\marg{Fish Age}}
+\end{codebox}
+However, it's not a~good idea to use commands like \gls{gls} in
a~section heading as you'll end up with the table of contents page in
-your location list. Instead you can use
-\begin{definition}
-\cs{glsentrytext}\marg{label}
-\end{definition}
-This is expandable provided that the \code{text} key doesn't
+your location list and it will unset the \idx{firstuseflag} too soon.
+Instead you can use
+\cmddef{glsentrytext}
+This is expandable provided that the \gloskey{text} key doesn't
contain non-expandable code. For example, the following works:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\section{The \glsentrytext{fishage}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{section}\marg{The \gls{glsentrytext}\marg{fishage}}
+\end{codebox}
and it doesn't put the table of contents in the location list.
If you use \sty{glossaries-extra} then use the commands that are
provided specifically for use in section headers. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\section{The \glsfmttext{fishage}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox*}
+\cmd{section}\marg{The \gls{glsfmttext}\marg{fishage}}
+\end{codebox*}
\section{Cross-References}
\label{sec:xr}
You can add a~reference to another entry in a~location list using
-the \code{see=}\marg{label list} key when you define an entry.
+the \gloskeyval{see}{\meta{label-list}} key when you define an entry.
The referenced entry (or entries) must also be defined.
For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\longnewglossaryentry{devonian}{name={Devonian}}%
-{%
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{longnewglossaryentry}\marg{devonian}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{Devonian}}\comment{}
+\marg{\comment{}
The geologic period spanning from the end of the
Silurian Period to the beginning of the Carboniferous Period.
-
+\codepar
This age was known for its remarkable variety of
fish species.
}
-
-\newglossaryentry{fishage}
-{
- name={Fish Age},
- description={Common name for the Devonian period},
- see={devonian}
+\codepar
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{fishage}
+\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{name}{Fish Age},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{Common name for the Devonian period},
+ \gloskeyval{see}{devonian}
}
-\end{verbatim}
+\end{codebox}
The cross-reference will appear as \qt{\emph{see} Devonian}. You can
-change the \qt{see} tag using the format
-\code{see=}\oarg{tag}\meta{label}. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{latinalph}
-{
- name={Latin alphabet},
- description={alphabet consisting of the letters
- a, \ldots, z, A, \ldots, Z},
- see=[see also]{exlatinalph}
+change the \qt{see} tag for an individual entry using the format
+\gloskeyval{see}{\oargm{tag}\meta{label-list}}. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{latinalph}
+\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{name}{Latin alphabet},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{alphabet consisting of the letters
+ a, \cmd{ldots}, z, A, \cmd{ldots}, Z},
+ \gloskey{see}=[see also]\marg{exlatinalph}
}
-\newglossaryentry{exlatinalph}
-{
- name={extended Latin alphabet},
- description={The Latin alphabet extended to include
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{exlatinalph}
+\marg{
+ \gloskeyval{name}{extended Latin alphabet},
+ \gloskeyval{description}{The Latin alphabet extended to include
other letters such as ligatures or diacritics.}
}
-\end{verbatim}
-If you use the \code{see} key in the optional argument of
-\cs{newacronym}, make sure you enclose the value in braces. For
-example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronym{ksvm}{ksvm}{kernel support vector machine}
-\newacronym
- [see={[see also]{ksvm}}]
- {svm}{svm}{support vector machine}
-\end{verbatim}
-The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides a \code{seealso}
+\end{codebox}
+In the above, I haven't enclosed the entire value of the
+\gloskey{see} key in braces.
+If you use the \gloskey{see} key in an optional argument, such as
+the optional argument of \gls{newacronym}, make sure you enclose the
+value (including the optional tag) in braces. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newacronym}\marg{ksvm}\marg{ksvm}\marg{kernel support vector machine}
+\gls{newacronym}
+ \oarg{\gloskeyval{see}{[see also]\marg{ksvm}}}
+ \marg{svm}\marg{svm}\marg{support vector machine}
+\end{codebox}
+The \sty{glossaries-extra} package provides a \gloskey{seealso}
key. This doesn't allow a tag but behaves much like
-\code{see=\{[\cs{seealsoname}]\marg{label}\}}. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newabbreviation{ksvm}{ksvm}{kernel support vector machine}
-\newabbreviation
- [seealso={ksvm}]
- {svm}{svm}{support vector machine}
-\end{verbatim}
+\gloskeyval{see}{[\gls{seealsoname}]\margm{label-list}}. For example:
+\begin{codebox}
+\gls{newabbreviation}\marg{ksvm}\marg{ksvm}\marg{kernel support vector machine}
+\gls{newabbreviation}
+ \oarg{\gloskeyval{seealso}{ksvm}}
+ \marg{svm}\marg{svm}\marg{support vector machine}
+\end{codebox}
Since the cross-reference appears in the location list, if you
-suppress the location list using the \pkgopt{nonumberlist} package
+suppress the location list using the \opt{nonumberlist} package
option, then the cross-reference will also be suppressed. With
-\app{bib2gls}, don't use the \pkgopt{nonumberlist} package
-option. Instead use the \code{save-locations=false} in the resource
+\app{bib2gls}, don't use the \opt{nonumberlist} package
+option. Instead use \resourceoptval{save-locations}{false} in the resource
options. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra}
-
-\GlsXtrLoadResources[
- src={terms}, % entries defined in terms.bib
- type={main}% put in main glossary
-]
-\GlsXtrLoadResources[
- src={abbrvs}, % entries defined in abbrvs.bib
- type={abbreviations},% put in abbreviations glossary
- save-locations=false% no number list for these entries
-]
-\GlsXtrLoadResources[
- src={syms}, % entries defined in syms.bib
- type={symbols}% put in symbols glossary
-]
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{codebox}
+\cmd{usepackage}[\opt{record},\opt{abbreviations},\opt{symbols}]\marg{glossaries-extra}
+\codepar
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{
+ \resourceoptvalm{src}{terms}, \comment{entries defined in terms.bib}
+ \resourceoptval{type}{main}\comment{put in main glossary}
+}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{
+ \resourceoptvalm{src}{abbrvs}, \comment{entries defined in abbrvs.bib}
+ \resourceoptval{type}{abbreviations},\comment{put in abbreviations glossary}
+ \resourceoptval{save-locations}{false}\comment{no number list for these entries}
+}
+\gls{GlsXtrLoadResources}\oarg{
+ \resourceoptvalm{src}{syms}, \comment{entries defined in syms.bib}
+ \resourceoptval{type}{symbols}\comment{put in symbols glossary}
+}
+\end{codebox}
\section{Further Information}
\label{sec:moreinfo}
\begin{itemize}
-\item \href{http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls-begin.pdf}{\styfmt{glossaries-extra}
+\item \ctanmirrordocnofn{support/bib2gls/bib2gls-begin}{\styfmt{glossaries-extra}
and \appfmt{bib2gls}: an introductory guide}.
\item The main \sty{glossaries} \docref{user manual}{glossaries-user}.
-\item The \href{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html}{glossaries FAQ}.
-\item \href{https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/}{Incorporating
+\item The \dickimawhrefnofn{faqs/glossariesfaq.html}{glossaries FAQ}.
+\item \dickimawhrefnofn{latex/buildglossaries/}{Incorporating
makeglossaries or makeglossaries-lite or bib2gls into the document
build}.
\item The \href{https://ctan.org/pkg/glossaries-extra}{\styfmt{glossaries-extra}} package.
\item The \href{https://ctan.org/pkg/bib2gls}{\appfmt{bib2gls}}
application.
\end{itemize}
-The \href{https://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery}{Dickimaw Books
-Gallery} provides additional example documents.
+The \gallery{Dickimaw Books Gallery} provides additional example documents.
+
+\printterms
+\printsummary
+\printuserguideindex
+
\end{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html
index 747c533b00..6024b43dfb 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html
@@ -1,1897 +1,904 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd">
-<!--http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd-->
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
->
-<head><title></title>
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" />
-<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)" />
-<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)" />
-<!-- xhtml,fn-in,css-in,uni-html4,utf8 -->
-<meta name="src" content="glossary2glossaries.tex" />
-
-<style type="text/css">
-<!--
-
-/* start css.sty */
-.cmr-17{font-size:170%;}
-.cmr-12{font-size:120%;}
-.cmr-8{font-size:80%;}
-.cmtt-12{font-size:120%;font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-12{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-12{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-12{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-12{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmr-9{font-size:90%;}
-.cmbx-9{font-size:90%; font-weight: bold;}
-.cmbx-9{ font-weight: bold;}
-.cmss-9{font-size:90%; font-family: sans-serif;}
-.cmss-9{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.cmss-9{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.cmtt-10{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-10{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-10{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-10{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-10{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmti-10{ font-style: italic;}
-.cmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.cmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.cmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.cmtt-8{font-size:80%;font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-8{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-8{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-8{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-8{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
-.cmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
-.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}
-.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}
-.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}
-.cmitt-10{font-family: monospace,monospace; font-style: italic;}
-.cmtt-9{font-size:90%;font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-9{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-9{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-9{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmtt-9{font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.cmti-8{font-size:80%; font-style: italic;}
-p{margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0}
-p.indent{text-indent:0;}
-p + p{margin-top:1em;}
-p + div, p + pre {margin-top:1em;}
-div + p, pre + p {margin-top:1em;}
-a { overflow-wrap: break-word; word-wrap: break-word; word-break: break-word; hyphens: auto; }
-@media print {div.crosslinks {visibility:hidden;}}
-a img { border-top: 0; border-left: 0; border-right: 0; }
-center { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }
-td center { margin-top:0em; margin-bottom:0em; }
-.Canvas { position:relative; }
-img.math{vertical-align:middle;}
-div.par-math-display, div.math-display{text-align:center;}
-li p.indent { text-indent: 0em }
-li p:first-child{ margin-top:0em; }
-li p:last-child, li div:last-child { margin-bottom:0.5em; }
-li p:first-child{ margin-bottom:0; }
-li p~ul:last-child, li p~ol:last-child{ margin-bottom:0.5em; }
-.enumerate1 {list-style-type:decimal;}
-.enumerate2 {list-style-type:lower-alpha;}
-.enumerate3 {list-style-type:lower-roman;}
-.enumerate4 {list-style-type:upper-alpha;}
-div.newtheorem { margin-bottom: 2em; margin-top: 2em;}
-.obeylines-h,.obeylines-v {white-space: nowrap; }
-div.obeylines-v p { margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; }
-.overline{ text-decoration:overline; }
-.overline img{ border-top: 1px solid black; }
-td.displaylines {text-align:center; white-space:nowrap;}
-.centerline {text-align:center;}
-.rightline {text-align:right;}
-pre.verbatim {font-family: monospace,monospace; text-align:left; clear:both; }
-.fbox {padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
-div.fbox {display:table}
-div.center div.fbox {text-align:center; clear:both; padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
-div.minipage{width:100%;}
-div.center, div.center div.center {text-align: center; margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em;}
-div.center div {text-align: left;}
-div.flushright, div.flushright div.flushright {text-align: right;}
-div.flushright div {text-align: left;}
-div.flushleft {text-align: left;}
-.underline{ text-decoration:underline; }
-.underline img{ border-bottom: 1px solid black; margin-bottom:1pt; }
-.framebox-c, .framebox-l, .framebox-r { padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
-.framebox-c {text-align:center;}
-.framebox-l {text-align:left;}
-.framebox-r {text-align:right;}
-span.thank-mark{ vertical-align: super }
-span.footnote-mark sup.textsuperscript, span.footnote-mark a sup.textsuperscript{ font-size:80%; }
-div.footnotes{border-top:solid 1px black; border-bottom:solid 1px black; padding-bottom:1ex; padding-top:0.5ex; margin-right:15%; margin-top:2ex; font-style:italic; font-size:85%;}
-div.footnotes p{margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-indent:0;}
-div.tabular, div.center div.tabular {text-align: center; margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em; }
-table.tabular td p{margin-top:0em;}
-table.tabular {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
-td p:first-child{ margin-top:0em; }
-td p:last-child{ margin-bottom:0em; }
-div.td00{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:0pt; }
-div.td01{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:5pt; }
-div.td10{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:0pt; }
-div.td11{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:5pt; }
-table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
-td.td00{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:0pt; }
-td.td01{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:5pt; }
-td.td10{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:0pt; }
-td.td11{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:5pt; }
-table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
-.hline hr, .cline hr{ height : 0px; margin:0px; }
-.hline td, .cline td{ padding: 0; }
-.hline hr, .cline hr{border:none;border-top:1px solid black;}
-.hline {border-top: 1px solid black;}
-.tabbing-right {text-align:right;}
-div.float, div.figure {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
-div.float img {text-align:center;}
-div.figure img {text-align:center;}
-.marginpar,.reversemarginpar {width:20%; float:right; text-align:left; margin-left:auto; margin-top:0.5em; font-size:85%; text-decoration:underline;}
-.marginpar p,.reversemarginpar p{margin-top:0.4em; margin-bottom:0.4em;}
-.reversemarginpar{float:left;}
-table.equation {width:100%;}
-.equation td{text-align:center; }
-td.equation { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }
-td.equation-label { width:5%; text-align:center; }
-td.eqnarray4 { width:5%; white-space: normal; }
-td.eqnarray2 { width:5%; }
-table.eqnarray-star, table.eqnarray {width:100%;}
-div.eqnarray{text-align:center;}
-div.array {text-align:center;}
-div.pmatrix {text-align:center;}
-table.pmatrix {width:100%;}
-span.pmatrix img{vertical-align:middle;}
-div.pmatrix {text-align:center;}
-table.pmatrix {width:100%;}
-span.bar-css {text-decoration:overline;}
-img.cdots{vertical-align:middle;}
-.partToc a, .partToc, .likepartToc a, .likepartToc {line-height: 200%; font-weight:bold; font-size:110%;}
-.chapterToc a, .chapterToc, .likechapterToc a, .likechapterToc, .appendixToc a, .appendixToc {line-height: 200%; font-weight:bold;}
-.index-item, .index-subitem, .index-subsubitem {display:block}
-div.caption {text-indent:-2em; margin-left:3em; margin-right:1em; text-align:left;}
-div.caption span.id{font-weight: bold; white-space: nowrap; }
-h1.partHead{text-align: center}
-p.bibitem { text-indent: -2em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em; }
-p.bibitem-p { text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em; }
-.paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;}
-.subparagraphHead, .likesubparagraphHead { font-weight: bold;}
-.verse{white-space:nowrap; margin-left:2em}
-div.maketitle {text-align:center;}
-h2.titleHead{text-align:center;}
-div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; }
-div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}
-div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10%; font-size:85%; font-style:italic; }
-div.abstract p {margin-left:5%; margin-right:5%;}
-div.abstract {width:100%;}
-.abstracttitle{text-align:center;margin-bottom:1em;}
-.warningsymbol { color: red; font-weight: bold;}
-div.important { border : solid red; }
-div.verbatim { font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; text-align:left; clear:both; padding-top: 2ex; padding-bottom: 2ex;}
-/* end css.sty */
-
-
--->
-</style>
-</head><body
->
-<!--l. 52--><p class="noindent" ><a
- id="top"></a>
-</p><!--l. 52--><p class="indent" >
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 52--><p class="indent" >
-
-
-
-</p>
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 52--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 52--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-17">Upgrading from the glossary package to the</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-17">glossaries package</span>
-</p>
-<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-1" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-1-1g"><col
-id="TBL-1-1" /></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-1-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-1-1-1"
-class="td11"><span
-class="cmr-12">Nicola L.C. Talbot</span></td></tr></table>
-</div>
-<!--l. 52--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-12">2021-11-01</span></p></div>
- <div
-class="abstract"
->
- <h3 class="abstracttitle">
-<span
-class="cmbx-9">Abstract</span>
-</h3>
- <!--l. 55--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-9">The purpose of this document is to provide advice if you want to convert</span>
- <span
-class="cmr-9">a LaTeX</span><span
-class="cmr-9">&#x00A0;document from using the obsolete </span><span
-class="cmss-9">glossary </span><span
-class="cmr-9">package to the</span>
- <span
-class="cmr-9">replacement </span><span
-class="cmss-9">glossaries </span><span
-class="cmr-9">package.</span>
-</p>
-</div>
- <h3 class="likesectionHead"><a
- id="x1-1000"></a>Contents</h3>
- <div class="tableofcontents">
- &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >1 <a
-href="#whyglossaries" id="QQ2-1-2">Why the Need for a New Package?</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >2 <a
-href="#packageoptions" id="QQ2-1-3">Package Options</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >3 <a
-href="#definingnewglossarytypes" id="QQ2-1-5">Defining new glossary types</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >4 <a
-href="#x1-50004" id="QQ2-1-6"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\make</span><span
-class="cmti-10">glossary name</span></a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >5 <a
-href="#storingglossaryinformation" id="QQ2-1-7">Storing glossary information</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >6 <a
-href="#addinganentrytotheglossary" id="QQ2-1-8">Adding an entry to the glossary</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >6.1 <a
-href="#x1-80006.1" id="QQ2-1-9"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\useglosentry</span></a></span>
-
-
-
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >6.2 <a
-href="#x1-90006.2" id="QQ2-1-10"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\useGlosentry</span></a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >6.3 <a
-href="#x1-100006.3" id="QQ2-1-11"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span></a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >6.4 <a
-href="#x1-110006.4" id="QQ2-1-12"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossary</span></a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >7 <a
-href="#acronyms" id="QQ2-1-13">Acronyms</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >7.1 <a
-href="#x1-130007.1" id="QQ2-1-14"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrln </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrsh</span></a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >7.2 <a
-href="#x1-140007.2" id="QQ2-1-15"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifacronymfirstuse</span></a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span class="subsectionToc" >7.3 <a
-href="#x1-150007.3" id="QQ2-1-16"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\resetacronym </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\unsetacronym</span></a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >8 <a
-href="#displayingtheglossary" id="QQ2-1-17">Displaying the glossary</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >9 <a
-href="#processingyourdocument" id="QQ2-1-18">Processing Your Document</a></span>
-<br /> &#x00A0;<span class="sectionToc" >10 <a
-href="#troubleshooting" id="QQ2-1-19">Troubleshooting</a></span>
- </div>
-<!--l. 62--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 62--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1 </span> <a
- id="whyglossaries"></a>Why the Need for a New Package?</h3>
-<!--l. 65--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package started out as an example in a tutorial, but I decided that I
-may as well package it up and upload it to CTAN. Unfortunately it was fairly rigid
-and unable to adapt well to the wide variation in glossary styles. Users began making
-requests for enhancements, but with each enhancement the code became more
-complicated and bugs crept in. Each fix in one place seemed to cause another
-problem elsewhere. In the end, it was taking up too much of my time to maintain, so
-I decided to replace it with a much better designed package. With the new <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
-package:
-</p>
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 76--><p class="noindent" >you can define irregular plurals;
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 78--><p class="noindent" >glossary terms can have an associated symbol in addition to the name and
- description;
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 81--><p class="noindent" >new glossary styles are much easier to design;
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 83--><p class="noindent" >you can add dictionaries to supply translations for the fixed names used
- in headings and by some of the glossary styles;
-
-
-
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 86--><p class="noindent" >you can choose<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn1x0" id="fn1x0-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-2001f1"></a>
- between using <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-2003"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-2004"></a> to sort the glossary. Using <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-2005"></a> means
- that:
-</p>
- <ul class="itemize2">
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 92--><p class="noindent" >there is much better support for terms containing accented or
- non-Latin characters;
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 95--><p class="noindent" >there is support for non-standard location numbers;</p></li></ul>
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 98--><p class="noindent" >you don&#8217;t need to remember to escape <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-2006"></a>&#8217;s special characters as this is
- done internally;
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 101--><p class="noindent" >hierarchical entries and homographs are
- supported;<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn2x0" id="fn2x0-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-2007f2"></a>
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 104--><p class="noindent" >there is better support for cross-referencing glossary entries;
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 106--><p class="noindent" >acronyms are just another glossary term which helps to maintain consistency;
- </p></li>
- <li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 109--><p class="noindent" >different acronym styles are supported.
-</p>
- </li></ul>
-
-
-
-<!--l. 113--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 113--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2 </span> <a
- id="packageoptions"></a>Package Options</h3>
-<!--l. 115--><p class="noindent" >When converting a document that currently uses the obsolete <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package to the
-replacement <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, it should be fairly obvious that the first thing you
-need to do is replace <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage{glossary}</span></span></span> with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\usepackage{glossaries}</span></span></span>,
-however some of the package options are different, so you may need to change those
-as well. Table&#x00A0;<a
-href="#tab:pkgopt">1<!--tex4ht:ref: tab:pkgopt --></a> shows the mappings from the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary </span>to the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package
-options.
-</p>
- <div class="table">
-
-
-
-<!--l. 124--><p class="indent" > <a
- id="tab:pkgopt"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
->
-
-
-
- <div class="caption"
-><span class="id">Table&#x00A0;1: </span><span
-class="content">Mappings from <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary </span>to <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package options</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-30011 -->
-<div class="center"
->
-<!--l. 128--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-2" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-2-1g"><col
-id="TBL-2-1" /><col
-id="TBL-2-2" /></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1"
-class="td11"><span
-class="cmssbx-10">glossary </span><span
-class="cmbx-10">option </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-2"
-class="td11"><span
-class="cmssbx-10">glossaries </span><span
-class="cmbx-10">option </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1"
-class="td11">style=list </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-2"
-class="td11">style=list </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1"
-class="td11">style=altlist </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-2"
-class="td11">style=altlist </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1"
-class="td11">style=long,header=none,border=none,cols=2 </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-2"
-class="td11">style=long </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1"
-class="td11">style=long,header=plain,border=none,cols=2 </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-2"
-class="td11">style=longheader </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1"
-class="td11">style=long,header=none,border=plain,cols=2 </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-2"
-class="td11">style=longborder </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1"
-class="td11">style=long,header=plain,border=plain,cols=2 </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-2"
-class="td11">style=longheaderborder </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1"
-class="td11">style=long,header=none,border=none,cols=3 </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-2"
-class="td11">style=long3col </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1"
-class="td11">style=long,header=plain,border=none,cols=3 </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-2"
-class="td11">style=long3colheader </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1"
-class="td11">style=long,header=none,border=plain,cols=3 </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-2"
-class="td11">style=long3colborder </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1"
-class="td11">style=long,header=plain,border=plain,cols=3 </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-2"
-class="td11">style=long3colheaderborder </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-1"
-class="td11">style=super,header=none,border=none,cols=2 </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-2"
-class="td11">style=super </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-1"
-class="td11">style=super,header=plain,border=none,cols=2</td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-2"
-class="td11">style=superheader </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-1"
-class="td11">style=super,header=none,border=plain,cols=2</td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-2"
-class="td11">style=superborder </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-1"
-class="td11">style=super,header=plain,border=plain,cols=2</td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-2"
-class="td11">style=superheaderborder </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-1"
-class="td11">style=super,header=none,border=none,cols=3 </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-2"
-class="td11">style=super3col </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-1"
-class="td11">style=super,header=plain,border=none,cols=3</td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-2"
-class="td11">style=super3colheader </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-1"
-class="td11">style=super,header=none,border=plain,cols=3</td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-2"
-class="td11">style=super3colborder </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-1"
-class="td11">style=super,header=plain,border=plain,cols=3</td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-2"
-class="td11">style=super3colheaderborder</td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-20-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-1"
-class="td11">number=none </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-2"
-class="td11">nonumberlist </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-1"
-class="td11">number=&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">counter name</span>&#x27E9; </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-2"
-class="td11">counter=&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">counter name</span>&#x27E9; </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-22-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-1"
-class="td11">toc </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-2"
-class="td11">toc </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-23-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-23-1"
-class="td11">hypertoc </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-23-2"
-class="td11">toc </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-24-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-24-1"
-class="td11">hyper </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-24-2"
-class="td11"><span
-class="cmti-10">no corresponding option </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-25-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-25-1"
-class="td11">section=true </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-25-2"
-class="td11">section </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-26-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-26-1"
-class="td11">section=false </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-26-2"
-class="td11"><span
-class="cmti-10">no corresponding option </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-27-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-27-1"
-class="td11">acronym </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-27-2"
-class="td11">acronym </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-28-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-28-1"
-class="td11">global </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-28-2"
-class="td11"><span
-class="cmti-10">no corresponding option </span></td></tr></table>
-</div></div>
-
-
-
- </div><hr class="endfloat" />
- </div>
-<!--l. 162--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3 </span> <a
- id="definingnewglossarytypes"></a>Defining new glossary types</h3>
-<!--l. 164--><p class="noindent" >If you have created new glossary types, you will need to replace all instances
-of
-</p><!--l. 166--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossarytype</span><a
- id="dx1-4001"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">log-ext</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">type</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">out-ext</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">in-ext</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">old style</span>
-<span
-class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span><br
-class="newline" />
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newcommand</span><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{\</span></span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">type</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></span><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">title</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-with
-</p><!--l. 171--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4002"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">log-ext</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">type</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">out-ext</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">in-ext</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">title</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-in the preamble, and, if the new glossary requires a different style to the main
-(default) glossary, you will also need to put
-</p><!--l. 176--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a
- id="dx1-4003"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">new style</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-immediately before the glossary is displayed, or you can specify the style when you
-display the glossary using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4004"></a> (see below).
-</p><!--l. 183--><p class="indent" > The &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">old style list</span>&#x27E9; optional argument can be converted to &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">new style</span>&#x27E9; using the same
-mapping given in Table&#x00A0;<a
-href="#tab:pkgopt">1<!--tex4ht:ref: tab:pkgopt --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 187--><p class="indent" > For example, if your document contains the following:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-1">
-\newglossarytype[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}[style=long,header]
-\newcommand{\notationname}{Index&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Notation}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 191--><p class="nopar" > You will need to replace the above two lines with:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-2">
-\newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Index&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Notation}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 195--><p class="nopar" > in the preamble and
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-3">
-\setglossarystyle{longheader}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 199--><p class="nopar" > immediately prior to displaying this glossary. Alternatively, you can specify the
-style using the <span
-class="cmss-10">style</span><a
- id="dx1-4005"></a> key in the optional argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4006"></a>. For
-example:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-4">
-\printglossary[type=notation,style=longheader]
-</pre>
-<!--l. 205--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 207--><p class="indent" > Note that the glossary title is no longer specified using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">glossary-type</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">name </span>(except
-for <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossaryname</span><a
- id="dx1-4007"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymname</span><a
- id="dx1-4008"></a>) but is instead specified in the &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">title</span>&#x27E9; argument
-of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4009"></a>. The short title which is specified in the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package by the
-command <span
-class="cmtt-10">\short</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">glossary-name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">name </span>is now specified using the <span
-class="cmss-10">toctitle</span><a
- id="dx1-4010"></a> key in the
-optional argument to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-4011"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 217--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 217--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4 </span> <a
- id="x1-50004"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">\make</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">glossary name</span>&#x27E9;</h3>
-<!--l. 219--><p class="noindent" >All instances of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\make</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">glossary name</span>&#x27E9; (e.g.&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-5001"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-5002"></a>)
-should be replaced by the single command <span
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-5003"></a>. For example, if your
-document contained the following:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-5">
-\makeglossary
-\makeacronym
-</pre>
-<!--l. 226--><p class="nopar" > then you should replace both lines with the single line:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-6">
-\makeglossaries
-</pre>
-<!--l. 230--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 232--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 232--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5 </span> <a
- id="storingglossaryinformation"></a>Storing glossary information</h3>
-<!--l. 234--><p class="noindent" >With the old <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package you could optionally store glossary information for later
-use, or you could simply use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossary</span><a
- id="dx1-6001"></a> whenever you wanted to add information to
-the glossary. With the new <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, the latter option is no longer
-available.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn3x0" id="fn3x0-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-6002f3"></a>
-If you have stored all the glossary information using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\storeglosentry</span><a
- id="dx1-6004"></a>, then you will
-need to convert these commands into the equivalent <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-6005"></a>. If you have
-only used <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossary</span><a
- id="dx1-6006"></a>, then see <a
-href="#x1-110006.4"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">6.4</span> </a><a
-href="#x1-110006.4"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossary</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:csglossary --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 245--><p class="indent" > Substitute all instances of
-</p><!--l. 246--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\storeglosentry</span><a
- id="dx1-6007"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">gls-entry</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-with
-</p><!--l. 250--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-6008"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">gls-entry</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-This should be fairly easy to do using the search and replace facility in your editor
-(but see notes below).
-</p><!--l. 256--><p class="indent" > If you have used the optional argument of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\storeglosentry</span><a
- id="dx1-6009"></a> (i.e.&#x00A0;you have
-multiple glossaries) then you will need to substitute
-</p><!--l. 259--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\storeglosentry</span><a
- id="dx1-6010"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">gls-type</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">gls-entry</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-with
-</p><!--l. 263--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-6011"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span></span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">gls-entry</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">,type=</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">gls-type</span>&#x27E9;<span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></span>
- <br /></div><hr>
-
-
-
- <br /></span>
-</p><!--l. 267--><p class="indent" > The glossary entry information &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">gls-entry</span>&#x27E9; may also need changing. If &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">gls-entry</span>&#x27E9;
-contains any of <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-6012"></a>&#8217;s special characters (i.e.&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">@ ! </span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">"</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">|</span></span></span>) then they should no
-longer be escaped with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">"</span></span></span> since the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package deals with these characters
-internally. For example, if your document contains the following:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-7">
-\storeglosentry{card}{name={$"|\mathcal{S}"|$},
-description={The&#x00A0;cardinality&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;set&#x00A0;$\mathcal{S}$}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 276--><p class="nopar" > then you will need to replace it with:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-8">
-\newglossaryentry{card}{name={$|\mathcal{S}|$},
-description={The&#x00A0;cardinality&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;set&#x00A0;$\mathcal{S}$}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 281--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 283--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="cmss-10">format</span><a
- id="dx1-6013"></a> and <span
-class="cmss-10">number</span><a
- id="dx1-6014"></a> keys available in <span
-class="cmtt-10">\storeglosentry</span><a
- id="dx1-6015"></a> are not available with
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-6016"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 287--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 287--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6 </span> <a
- id="addinganentrytotheglossary"></a>Adding an entry to the glossary</h3>
-<!--l. 289--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package provided two basic means to add information to the glossary:
-firstly, the term was defined using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\storeglosentry</span><a
- id="dx1-7001"></a> and the entries for that term
-were added using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\useglosentry</span><a
- id="dx1-7002"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\useGlosentry</span><a
- id="dx1-7003"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-7004"></a>. Secondly, the term was
-added to the glossary using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossary</span><a
- id="dx1-7005"></a>. This second approach is unavailable with the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package.
-</p><!--l. 298--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 298--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1 </span> <a
- id="x1-80006.1"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">\useglosentry</span></h4>
-<!--l. 301--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package allows you to add information to the glossary for a predefined
-term without producing any text in the document using
-</p><!--l. 304--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\useglosentry</span><a
- id="dx1-8001"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">old options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-Any occurrences of this command will need to be replaced with
-</p><!--l. 308--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span><a
- id="dx1-8002"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">new options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-The <span
-class="cmss-10">format</span><a
- id="dx1-8003"></a> key in &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">old options</span>&#x27E9; remains the same in &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">new options</span>&#x27E9;. However the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">number</span><a
- id="dx1-8004"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">counter name</span>&#x27E9; key in &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">old options</span>&#x27E9; should be replaced with <span
-class="cmss-10">counter</span><a
- id="dx1-8005"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">=</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">counter</span>
-<span
-class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; in &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">new options</span>&#x27E9;.
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 319--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 319--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.2 </span> <a
- id="x1-90006.2"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">\useGlosentry</span></h4>
-<!--l. 321--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package allows you to add information to the glossary for a predefined
-term with the given text using
-</p><!--l. 323--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\useGlosentry</span><a
- id="dx1-9001"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">old options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-Any occurrences of this command will need to be replaced with
-</p><!--l. 327--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a
- id="dx1-9002"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">new options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-The mapping from &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">old options</span>&#x27E9; to &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">new options</span>&#x27E9; is the same as that given
-<a
-href="#x1-80006.1"><span
-class="tcrm-1000">&sect;</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">6.1</span> </a><a
-href="#x1-80006.1"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\useglosentry</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:useglosentry --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 333--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 333--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.3 </span> <a
- id="x1-100006.3"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span></h4>
-<!--l. 335--><p class="noindent" >Both the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary </span>and the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>packages define the command <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-10001"></a>. In this
-case, the only thing you need to change is the <span
-class="cmss-10">number</span><a
- id="dx1-10002"></a> key in the optional
-argument to <span
-class="cmss-10">counter</span><a
- id="dx1-10003"></a>. Note that the new form of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-10004"></a> also takes a final optional
-argument which can be used to insert text into the automatically generated
-text.
-</p><!--l. 342--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 342--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.4 </span> <a
- id="x1-110006.4"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossary</span></h4>
-<!--l. 345--><p class="noindent" >When using the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, you should not use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossary</span><a
- id="dx1-11001"></a>
-directly.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn4x0" id="fn4x0-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">4</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-11002f4"></a>
-If, with the old package, you have opted to explicitly use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossary</span><a
- id="dx1-11008"></a> instead of storing
-the glossary information with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\storeglosentry</span><a
- id="dx1-11009"></a>, then converting from <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary </span>to
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>will be more time-consuming, although in the end, I hope you will see the
-benefits.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn5x0" id="fn5x0-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">5</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-11010f5"></a>
-If you have used <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossary</span><a
- id="dx1-11013"></a> with the old glossary package, you will instead need to
-define the relevant glossary terms using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-11014"></a> and reference the terms
-using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span><a
- id="dx1-11015"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a
- id="dx1-11016"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-11017"></a> etc.
-</p><!--l. 368--><p class="indent" > If you don&#8217;t like the idea of continually scrolling back to the preamble to type all
-your <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-11018"></a> commands, you may prefer to create a new file, in which to
-store all these commands, and then input that file in your document&#8217;s preamble.
-
-
-
-Most text editors and front-ends allow you to have multiple files open, and you can
-tab back and forth between them.
-</p><!--l. 375--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 375--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7 </span> <a
- id="acronyms"></a>Acronyms</h3>
-<!--l. 377--><p class="noindent" >In the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package, acronyms were treated differently to glossary entries. This
-resulted in inconsistencies and sprawling unmaintainable code. The new <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
-package treats acronyms in exactly the same way as normal glossary terms. In fact, in
-the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, the default definition of:
-</p><!--l. 382--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-12001"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">abbrv</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-is a shortcut for:
-</p><!--l. 386--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-12002"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">type=\acronymtype,</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">name={</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">abbrv</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">},</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">description={</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">},</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">text={</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">abbrv</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">},</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">first=</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9; <span
-class="cmtt-10">(</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">abbrv</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">)</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">}</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">plural=</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">abbrv</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">s</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">}</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
- <br /><span
-class="cmtt-10">firstplural=</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">s (</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">abbrv</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">s)</span><span
-class="cmsy-10">}</span><span
-class="cmtt-10">,</span>
- <br />&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmsy-10">}</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-</p><!--l. 397--><p class="indent" > This is different to the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package which set the <span
-class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-12003"></a> key to &#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;
-(&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">abbrv</span>&#x27E9;) and allowed you to set a description using the <span
-class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-12004"></a> key. If
-you still want to do this, you can use one of the description styles, such as
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">long-short-desc</span>, and use the <span
-class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-12005"></a> key in the optional argument of
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-12006"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 406--><p class="indent" > For example, if your document originally had the following:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-9">
-\newacronym{SVM}{Support&#x00A0;Vector&#x00A0;Machine}{description=Statistical
-pattern&#x00A0;recognition&#x00A0;technique}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 410--><p class="nopar" > Then you would need to first set the style:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-10">
-\setacronymstyle{long-short-desc}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 414--><p class="nopar" > and change the acronym definition to:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-11">
-\newacronym[description=Statistical&#x00A0;pattern&#x00A0;recognition
-technique]{svm}{SVM}{Support&#x00A0;Vector&#x00A0;Machine}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 419--><p class="nopar" > You can then reference the acronym using any of the new referencing commands,
-such as <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-12007"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span><a
- id="dx1-12008"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 423--><p class="indent" > With the old <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package, when you defined an acronym, it also defined a
-command <span
-class="cmtt-10">\</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">acr-name</span>&#x27E9; which could be used to display the acronym in the text.
-So the above SVM example would create the command <span
-class="cmtt-10">\SVM </span>with the old
-package. In the new <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, the acronyms are just another type of
-glossary entry, so they are displayed using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-12009"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>. Therefore, in the
-above example, you will also need to replace all occurrences of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\SVM </span>with
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span>.
-</p><!--l. 433--><p class="indent" > If you have used <span
-class="cmtt-10">\useacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-12010"></a> instead of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">acr-name</span>&#x27E9;, then you will need to
-replace all occurrences of
-</p><!--l. 435--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\useacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-12011"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">acr-name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-with
-</p><!--l. 439--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-12012"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-Note that the starred versions of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\useacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-12013"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">acr-name</span>&#x27E9; (which make the first
-letter uppercase) should be replaced with <span
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a
- id="dx1-12014"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 446--><p class="indent" > Alternatively (as from v1.18 of the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package), you can use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\oldacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-12015"></a>
-which uses the same syntax as the old <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package&#8217;s <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-12016"></a> and
-also defines <span
-class="cmtt-10">\</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">acr-name</span>&#x27E9;. For example, if your document originally had the
-following:
-</p><!--l. 451--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
-
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-12">
-<!--l. 455--><p class="noindent" >\newacronym{SVM}{Support&#x00A0;Vector&#x00A0;Machine}{description=Statistical
-</p><!--l. 455--><p class="noindent" >pattern&#x00A0;recognition&#x00A0;technique}
-
-</p></pre>
-<!--l. 455--><p class="nopar" >
- </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 456--><p class="noindent" ></p></span>
-then you can change this to:
-</p><!--l. 458--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
-
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-13">
-<!--l. 462--><p class="noindent" >\oldacronym{SVM}{Support&#x00A0;Vector&#x00A0;Machine}{description=Statistical
-</p><!--l. 462--><p class="noindent" >pattern&#x00A0;recognition&#x00A0;technique}
-
-</p></pre>
-<!--l. 462--><p class="nopar" >
- </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 463--><p class="noindent" ></p></span>
-You can then continue to use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\SVM</span>. However, remember that LaTeX&#x00A0;generally
-ignores spaces after command names that consist of alphabetical characters. You will
-therefore need to force a space after <span
-class="cmtt-10">\</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">acr-name</span>&#x27E9;, unless you also load the <span
-class="cmss-10">xspace</span>
-package. (See <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#sec:acronyms" >Acronyms</a> of the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>documentation for further details.) Note
-that <span
-class="cmtt-10">\oldacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-12017"></a> uses its first argument to define the acronym&#8217;s label (as used by
-commands like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-12018"></a>), so in the above example, with the new <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package,
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\SVM </span>becomes a shortcut for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls{SVM}</span></span></span> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\SVM* </span>becomes a shortcut for
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\Gls{SVM}</span></span></span>.
-</p><!--l. 478--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 478--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.1 </span> <a
- id="x1-130007.1"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrln </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrsh</span></h4>
-<!--l. 480--><p class="noindent" >In the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package, it is possible to produce the long and short forms of an
-acronym without adding an entry to the glossary using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrln</span><a
- id="dx1-13001"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrsh</span><a
- id="dx1-13002"></a>. With the
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package (provided you defined the acronym using <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-13003"></a> or
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\oldacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-13004"></a> and provided you haven&#8217;t redefined <span
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-13005"></a>) you can
-replace
-</p><!--l. 487--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrsh</span><a
- id="dx1-13006"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">acr-name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-with
-</p><!--l. 491--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-13007"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-and you can replace
-</p><!--l. 495--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrln</span><a
- id="dx1-13008"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">acr-name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
-
-
-
- <br /></span>
-with
-</p><!--l. 499--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span><a
- id="dx1-13009"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package also provides the related commands <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrshortpl</span><a
- id="dx1-13010"></a> (plural short
-form) and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrlongpl</span><a
- id="dx1-13011"></a> (plural long form) as well as upper case variations. If you use
-the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>&#8220;shortcuts&#8221; package option, you can use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acs</span><a
- id="dx1-13012"></a> in place of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-13013"></a>
-and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acl</span><a
- id="dx1-13014"></a> in place of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span><a
- id="dx1-13015"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 509--><p class="indent" > See <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#sec:acronyms" >Acronyms</a> of the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>manual for further details of how to use these
-commands.
-</p><!--l. 515--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 515--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.2 </span> <a
- id="x1-140007.2"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifacronymfirstuse</span></h4>
-<!--l. 517--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package command
-</p><!--l. 518--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifacronymfirstuse</span><a
- id="dx1-14001"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">acr-name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text1</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text2</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-can be replaced by the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>command:
-</p><!--l. 522--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a
- id="dx1-14002"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text2</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">text1</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-Note that <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a
- id="dx1-14003"></a> evaluates the opposite condition to that of <span
-class="cmtt-10">\ifacronymfirstuse</span><a
- id="dx1-14004"></a>
-which is why the last two arguments have been reversed.
-</p><!--l. 531--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 531--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.3 </span> <a
- id="x1-150007.3"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">\resetacronym </span>and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\unsetacronym</span></h4>
-<!--l. 533--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package allows you to reset and unset the acronym flag which is used to
-determine whether the acronym has been used in the document. The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
-package also provides a means to do this on either a local or a global level. To reset
-an acronym, you will need to replace:
-</p><!--l. 538--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\resetacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-15001"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">acr-name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
-
-
-
- <br /></span>
-with either
-</p><!--l. 542--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsreset</span><a
- id="dx1-15002"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-or
-</p><!--l. 546--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset</span><a
- id="dx1-15003"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-</p><!--l. 550--><p class="indent" > To unset an acronym, you will need to replace:
-</p><!--l. 551--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\unsetacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-15004"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">acr-name</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-with either
-</p><!--l. 555--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsunset</span><a
- id="dx1-15005"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-or
-</p><!--l. 559--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset</span><a
- id="dx1-15006"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">}</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-</p><!--l. 563--><p class="indent" > To reset all acronyms, you will need to replace:
-</p><!--l. 564--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\resetallacronyms</span><a
- id="dx1-15007"></a>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-with
-</p><!--l. 568--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsresetall</span><a
- id="dx1-15008"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[\acronymtype</span><a
- id="dx1-15009"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-
-
-
-or
-</p><!--l. 572--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslocalresetall</span><a
- id="dx1-15010"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[\acronymtype</span><a
- id="dx1-15011"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-To unset all acronyms, you will need to replace:
-</p><!--l. 576--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossary</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\unsetallacronyms</span><a
- id="dx1-15012"></a>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-with
-</p><!--l. 580--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsunsetall</span><a
- id="dx1-15013"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[\acronymtype</span><a
- id="dx1-15014"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-or
-</p><!--l. 584--><p class="indent" > <hr><div><span class="reversemarginpar"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></span><span class="obeylines-h">
- <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunsetall</span><a
- id="dx1-15015"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[\acronymtype</span><a
- id="dx1-15016"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">]</span>
- <br /></div><hr>
- <br /></span>
-</p><!--l. 588--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 588--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8 </span> <a
- id="displayingtheglossary"></a>Displaying the glossary</h3>
-<!--l. 590--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package provides the command <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-16001"></a> (or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\print</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9; for
-other glossary types) which can be used to print individual glossaries. The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
-package provides the command <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-16002"></a> which will print all the glossaries
-which have been defined, or <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-16003"></a><span
-class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">] </span>to print individual glossaries.
-So if you just have <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-16004"></a>, then you can leave it as it is, but if you have,
-say:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-14">
-\printglossary
-\printglossary[acronym]
-</pre>
-<!--l. 601--><p class="nopar" > or
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-15">
-\printglossary
-\printacronym
-</pre>
-<!--l. 606--><p class="nopar" > then you will need to replace this with either
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-16">
-\printglossaries
-</pre>
-<!--l. 610--><p class="nopar" > or
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17">
-\printglossary
-\printglossary[type=\acronymtype]
-</pre>
-<!--l. 615--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 617--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package allows you to specify a short title (for the table of contents
-and page header) by defining a command of the form <span
-class="cmtt-10">\short</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-10">glossary-type</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmtt-10">name</span>. The
-<span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package doesn&#8217;t do this, but instead provides the <span
-class="cmss-10">toctitle</span><a
- id="dx1-16005"></a> key which can be
-used in the optional argument to <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-16006"></a>. For example, if you have created
-a new glossary type called <span
-class="cmtt-10">notation</span>, and you had defined
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-18">
-\newcommand{\shortnotationname}{Notation}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 627--><p class="nopar" > then you would need to use the <span
-class="cmss-10">toctitle</span><a
- id="dx1-16007"></a> key:
-
-
-
-</p>
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-19">
-\printglossary[type=notation,toctitle=Notation]
-</pre>
-<!--l. 631--><p class="nopar" > The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package will ignore <span
-class="cmtt-10">\shortnotationname</span><a
- id="dx1-16008"></a>, so unless you have used it
-elsewhere in the document, you may as well remove the definition.
-</p><!--l. 636--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 636--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9 </span> <a
- id="processingyourdocument"></a>Processing Your Document</h3>
-<!--l. 638--><p class="noindent" >If you convert your document from using the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package to the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
-package, you will need to delete any of the additional files, such as the <span
-class="cmtt-10">.glo</span><a
- id="dx1-17001"></a> file, that
-were created by the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossary </span>package, as the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package uses a different format.
-Remember also, that if you used the <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglos</span><a
- id="dx1-17002"></a> Perl script, you will need to use the
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-17003"></a> Perl script instead. As from v1.17, the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package can
-be used with either <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-17004"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-17005"></a>. Since <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-17006"></a> was designed to be
-multilingual, the new <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is a much better option for non-English
-documents. If you use the extension package, <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-17007"></a>, then you also
-have the option of using <span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-17008"></a> instead (which also provides multilingual
-support).
-</p><!--l. 653--><p class="indent" > For further information on using <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-17009"></a>, <span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-17010"></a> or <span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-17011"></a> to create
-your glossaries, see <a
-href="glossaries-user.html#sec:makeglossaries" >Generating the Associated Glossary Files</a> of the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
-documentation.
-</p><!--l. 659--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
-<!--l. 659--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h2 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10 </span> <a
- id="troubleshooting"></a>Troubleshooting</h3>
-<!--l. 661--><p class="noindent" >Please check the <a
-href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html" >FAQ</a> for the <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package if you have any problems.
-</p><!--l. 2--><p class="noindent" >
-</p>
- <h3 class="likesectionHead"><a
- id="x1-1900010"></a>Index</h3>
-<!--l. 4--><p class="noindent" > <span
-class="cmbx-10">B</span>
-</p>
- <div class="theindex"><span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-17008" >1</a> <br /></span>
-<p class="theindex"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">F</span>
-
-
-
-<span class="index-item">file types<br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmtt-10">.glo</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-17001" >2</a> <br /></span>
-</p><p class="theindex"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">G</span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-17007" ><span class="underline">3</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>options<br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">counter</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-10003" >4</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">number</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-10002" >5</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>options<br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">counter</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-8005" >6</a> <br /></span>
-</p><p class="theindex"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">M</span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglos</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-17002" >7</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-17003" >8</a>, <a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-17009" >9</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-2003" >10</a>, <a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-2006" >11</a>, <a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-6012" >12</a>, <a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-17004" >13</a>, <a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-17010" >14</a>, <a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-2002" >15</a>, <a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-11004" >16</a>, <a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-11006" >17</a>, <a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-11012" >18</a> <br /></span>
-</p><p class="theindex"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">N</span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>options<br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">description</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-12004" >19</a>, <a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-12005" >20</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">name</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-12003" >21</a> <br /></span>
-</p><p class="theindex"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">P</span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>options<br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">style</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-4005" >22</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">toctitle</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-4010" >23</a>, <a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-16005" >24</a>, <a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-16007" >25</a> <br /></span>
-</p><p class="theindex"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">S</span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\storeglosentry </span>options<br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">format</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-6013" >26</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">number</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-6014" >27</a> <br /></span>
-</p><p class="theindex"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">U</span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\useglosentry </span>options<br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">format</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-8003" >28</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span
-class="cmss-10">number</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-8004" >29</a> <br /></span>
-</p><p class="theindex"> <span
-class="cmbx-10">X</span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-2004" >30</a>, <a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-2005" >31</a>, <a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-17005" >32</a>, <a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-17006" >33</a>, <a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-17011" >34</a>, <a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-11005" >35</a>, <a
-href="glossary2glossaries.html#dx1-11007" >36</a> <br /></span>
-
-
-
-</p></div>
- <div class="footnotes"><!--l. 87--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn1x0-bk" id="fn1x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">as from v1.17. Previous versions were designed to be used with </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-2002"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">only</span></p>
-<!--l. 102--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn2x0-bk" id="fn2x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">as from v1.17</span></p><!--l. 239--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn3x0-bk" id="fn3x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">mainly because having a key value list in </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\glossary</span><a
- id="dx1-6003"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">caused problems, but it also helps</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-8">consistency.</span></p>
-<!--l. 353--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn4x0-bk" id="fn4x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">4</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">This is because </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\glossary</span><a
- id="dx1-11003"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">requires the argument to be in a specific format and doesn&#8217;t use</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-8">the </span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-8">key</span>&#x27E9;<span
-class="cmr-8">=</span>&#x27E8;<span
-class="cmti-8">value</span>&#x27E9; <span
-class="cmr-8">format that the old glossary package used. The new package&#8217;s internal commands set</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-8">this format, as well as escaping any of </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-11004"></a><span
-class="cmr-8">&#8217;s or </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-11005"></a><span
-class="cmr-8">&#8217;s special characters. What&#8217;s more, the</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-8">format has changed as from v1.17 to allow the new package to be used with either </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-11006"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">or</span>
-<span
-class="cmtt-8">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-11007"></a><span
-class="cmr-8">.</span></p>
-<!--l. 362--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="#fn5x0-bk" id="fn5x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">5</sup></a></span><span
-class="cmr-8">From the user&#8217;s point of view, using </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">\glossary</span><a
- id="dx1-11011"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">throughout the document is time consuming,</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-8">and if you use it more than once for the same term, there&#8217;s a chance extra spaces may creep in which</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-8">will cause </span><span
-class="cmtt-8">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-11012"></a> <span
-class="cmr-8">to treat the two entries as different terms, even though they look the same in</span>
-<span
-class="cmr-8">the document.</span></p> </div>
-
-</body></html>
-
-
-
-
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html>
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
+<meta name="generator" content="TeX Parser Library">
+<!-- MathJax -->
+<script type="text/x-mathjax-config">
+MathJax.Hub.Config({tex2jax:
+{
+ inlineMath: [['\\(','\\)']],
+ displayMath: [ ['\\[','\\]'] ]
+}});
+</script>
+<script type="text/javascript" src="http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest/MathJax.js?config=TeX-AMS-MML_HTMLorMML">
+</script>
+ <title>Upgrading from the glossary package to the glossaries
+package</title>
+<style type="text/css">
+#main {margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 15%}
+div.tomain {position: absolute; left: 0pt; width: 5%; text-align: right; font-size: x-small;}
+div.tomain a {text-decoration: none;}
+div.labellink {display: inline; font-size: x-small; margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;}
+div.marginleft {position: absolute; left: 0pt; width: 5%;}
+div.marginright {position: absolute; right: 0pt; width: 15%;}
+div.displaymath { display: block; text-align: center; }
+span.eqno { float: right; }
+div.table { display: block; text-align: center; }
+table.tabular-cm
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: center;
+ vertical-align: middle;
+}
+table.tabular-cb
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: center;
+ vertical-align: bottom;
+}
+table.tabular-ct
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: center;
+ vertical-align: top;
+}
+table.tabular-lm
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: left;
+ vertical-align: middle;
+}
+table.tabular-lb
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: left;
+ vertical-align: bottom;
+}
+table.tabular-lt
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: left;
+ vertical-align: top;
+}
+table.tabular-rm
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: right;
+ vertical-align: middle;
+}
+table.tabular-rb
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: right;
+ vertical-align: bottom;
+}
+table.tabular-rt
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: right;
+ vertical-align: top;
+}
+table.tabular-m
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ vertical-align: middle;
+}
+table.tabular-b
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ vertical-align: bottom;
+}
+table.tabular-t
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ vertical-align: top;
+}
+table.tabular-l
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: left;
+}
+table.tabular-c
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: center;
+}
+table.tabular-r
+{
+ display: inline-table;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ align: right;
+}
+pre { white-space: pre-wrap; }
+div.figure { display: block; text-align: center; }
+div.caption { display: block; text-align: center; }
+div.marginpar { float: right; }
+div.abstract { display: block; margin-right: 4em; margin-left: 4em;}
+div.title { display: block; text-align: center; font-size: x-large;}
+div.author { display: block; text-align: center; font-size: large;}
+div.date { display: block; text-align: center; font-size: medium;}
+div.bibliography { display: block; margin-left: 4em; }
+div.bibitem { display: inline; float: left; text-indent: -3em; }
+span.numberline { display: inline-block; width: 3em; }
+.toc-subsection span.numberline { display: inline-block; width: 3em; }
+.toc-subsubsection span.numberline { display: inline-block; width: 4em; }
+.toc-paragraph span.numberline { display: inline-block; width: 5em; }
+.toc-subparagraph span.numberline { display: inline-block; width: 6em; }
+nav ul { list-style-type: none; }
+.toc-part { padding-left: 0em; padding-bottom: 1ex; padding-top: 1ex; font-weight: bold; font-size: large;}
+.toc-chapter { padding-left: 0em; padding-bottom: .25ex; padding-top: .25ex; font-weight: bold; }
+.toc-section { padding-left: .5em; }
+.toc-subsection { padding-left: 1.5em; }
+.toc-subsubsection { padding-left: 2em; }
+.toc-paragraph { padding-left: 2.5em; }
+.toc-subparagraph { padding-left: 3em; }
+.part { font-size: x-large; font-weight: bold; }
+div.bigskip { padding-left: 0pt; padding-right: 0pt; padding-top: 0pt; padding-bottom: 2ex;}
+div.medskip { padding-left: 0pt; padding-right: 0pt; padding-top: 0pt; padding-bottom: 1ex;}
+div.smallskip { padding-left: 0pt; padding-right: 0pt; padding-top: 0pt; padding-bottom: .5ex;}
+span.quad { padding-left: 0pt; padding-right: 1em; padding-top: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0pt;}
+span.qquad { padding-left: 0pt; padding-right: 2em; padding-top: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0pt;}
+.displaylist { display: block; list-style-type: none; }
+.inlinelist { display: inline; }
+dl.inlinetitle dt { display: inline-block; margin-left: 0; margin-right: 1em;}
+dl.inlinetitle dd { display: inline; margin: 0; }
+dl.inlinetitle dd::after { display: block; content: ''; }
+dl.inlineblock dt { display: inline-block; margin-left: 0; margin-right: 1em;}
+dl.inlineblock dd { display: inline; margin: 0; }
+dl.inlineblock dd::after { display: block; content: ''; }
+.clearfix::after { content: ""; clear: both; display: table; }
+span.inlineitem { margin-right: .5em; margin-left: .5em; }
+span.numitem { float: left; margin-left: -3em; text-align: right; min-width: 2.5em; }
+span.bulletitem { float: left; margin-left: -1em; }
+span.descitem { font: normal; font-weight: bold; }
+div.indexspace { min-height: 2ex; }
+.cell-noborder-nosep-r {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; text-align: right; }
+.cell-noborder-bothsep-l {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; }
+.cell-noborder-bothsep-r {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: right; }
+.cell-noborder-bothsep-halfwidth {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 50.000000%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; }
+.cell-noborder-nosep-l {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; text-align: left; }
+.cell-noborder-rightsep-l {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; padding-right: 0px; text-align: left; }
+.cell-noborder-leftsep-r {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; padding-right: 0px; text-align: right; }
+.cell-noborder-bothsep-c {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: center; }
+.cell-noborder-bothsep-eightypc {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 80.000000%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; }
+.cell-noborder-rightsep-c {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: center; }
+.cell-noborder-bothsep-threequarterwidth {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 75.000000%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; }
+.cell-noborder-rightsep-r {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: right; }
+.cell-noborder-bothsep-quarterwidth {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; width: 25.000000%; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; }
+.cell-noborder-rightsep-c {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 6.000000pt; padding-right: 0px; text-align: center; }
+.cell-noborder-rightsep-l {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 6.000000pt; text-align: left; }
+.cell-noborder-nosep-c {border-top: none; border-right: none; border-left: none; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; text-align: center; }
+span.mbox {border-style: none; }
+span.frame {border-style: solid; border-width: 1.000000pt; padding: 0.000000pt; }
+span.boxed {text-align: center; vertical-align: middle; border-style: solid; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 0.000000pt; width: 1.000000em; height: 1.000000em; display: inline-block; }
+span.circled {text-align: center; vertical-align: middle; border-style: solid; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 1.000000pt; border-radius: 5000.000000%;width: 1.000000em; height: 1.000000em; display: inline-block; }
+span.overlapped {text-align: center; border-style: none; padding: 0.000000pt; width: 1.000000em; height: 1.000000em; display: inline-block; }
+span.overlapper {text-align: center; border-style: none; padding: 0.000000pt; margin-left: -1.000000em; width: 1.000000em; height: 1.000000em; display: inline-block; }
+span.overlappertop {text-align: center; vertical-align: top; border-style: none; padding: 0.000000pt; margin-left: -1.000000em; width: 1.000000em; height: 1.000000em; display: inline-block; }
+span.partialoverlapper {text-align: center; border-style: none; padding: 0.000000pt; margin-left: -0.750000em; width: 1.000000em; height: 1.000000em; display: inline-block; }
+span.quarterleft {text-align: center; vertical-align: middle; border-style: none; padding: 0.000000pt; transform: rotate(-90.000000deg); -ms-transform: rotate(-90.000000deg); -webkit-transform: rotate(-90.000000deg); display: inline-block; }
+span.quarterright {text-align: center; vertical-align: middle; border-style: none; padding: 0.000000pt; transform: rotate(90.000000deg); -ms-transform: rotate(90.000000deg); -webkit-transform: rotate(90.000000deg); display: inline-block; }
+span.eighthleft {text-align: center; vertical-align: middle; border-style: none; padding: 0.000000pt; transform: rotate(-45.000000deg); -ms-transform: rotate(-45.000000deg); -webkit-transform: rotate(-45.000000deg); display: inline-block; }
+span.eighthright {text-align: center; vertical-align: middle; border-style: none; padding: 0.000000pt; transform: rotate(45.000000deg); -ms-transform: rotate(45.000000deg); -webkit-transform: rotate(45.000000deg); display: inline-block; }
+span.halfturn {text-align: center; vertical-align: middle; border-style: none; padding: 0.000000pt; transform: rotate(180.000000deg); -ms-transform: rotate(180.000000deg); -webkit-transform: rotate(180.000000deg); display: inline-block; }
+span.fwsdisabledicon {border-style: none; color: gray; }
+span.fwsactiveicon {border-style: none; color: green; }
+span.glsshowtargetfonttext {font-family: monospace; font-size: x-small; border-style: none; }
+dfn { font-style: normal; font-weight: bold; } a { text-decoration: none; } a:hover { text-decoration: underline; } div.tablefns { border-top: solid; } div.example { border-bottom: solid silver; padding: 20px; } div.example div.title { font-weight: bold; font-size: large; }
+div.sidenote {font-size: x-small; float: right; border-style: none; }
+span.advantage {border-style: none; color: green; }
+span.disadvantage {border-style: none; color: red; }
+strong.strong {font-weight: bold; border-style: none; }
+em.booktitle {font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; border-style: none; }
+code.code {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+code.cmd {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.cmdfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.comment {border-style: none; color: rgb(94,94,94); }
+code.csfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; color: rgb(84,111,26); }
+span.csfmtfont {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.csfmtcolourfont {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; color: rgb(84,111,26); }
+span.appfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.styfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.clsfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.envfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.optfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.csoptfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; color: rgb(104,34,139); }
+span.styoptfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; color: rgb(104,34,139); }
+span.clsoptfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.ctrfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.filefmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.extfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.deprecatedorbannedfmt {border-style: none; color: rgb(204,0,0); }
+span.summarylocfmt {font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; border-style: none; }
+span.menufmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+code.cbeg {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+code.cend {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.termslocfmt {font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; border-style: none; }
+span.crossreftag {font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; border-style: none; }
+div.crossref {border-style: none; margin-left: 1.000000em; }
+span.longargfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.shortargfmt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+span.qt {border-style: none; }
+code.qtt {font-family: monospace; border-style: none; }
+em.metainner {font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; border-style: none; }
+span.meta {font-family: serif; border-style: none; color: black; }
+em.initvalnotefmtinner {font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; border-style: none; }
+span.initvalnotefmt {font-family: serif; border-style: none; color: black; }
+span.summarytag {font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; border-style: none; }
+div.importanttitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: red; }
+div.important {border-style: solid; border-color: red; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(255,235,235); }
+div.warningtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: red; }
+div.warning {border-style: solid; border-color: red; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(255,235,235); }
+div.informationtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: rgb(0,128,128); }
+div.information {border-style: solid; border-color: rgb(0,128,128); border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(240,255,255); }
+div.pinnedboxtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+div.pinnedbox {border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(255,255,191); }
+div.terminaltitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+pre.terminal {font-family: monospace; border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(250,250,250); }
+div.transcripttitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+pre.transcript {font-family: monospace; border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(250,250,250); }
+div.ctrboxtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+div.ctrbox {border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(255,255,191); }
+div.codeboxtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+pre.codebox {font-family: monospace; border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(250,250,250); }
+div.resultboxtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+div.resultbox {border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; }
+div.badcodeboxtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+pre.badcodebox {font-family: monospace; border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(250,250,250); }
+div.unicodeboxtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+pre.unicodebox {font-family: monospace; border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(250,250,250); }
+pre.compactcodebox {font-family: monospace; border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 1.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(250,250,250); }
+pre.sidebysidecode {font-family: monospace; font-size: small; vertical-align: top; border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 1.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; margin-right: 3.000000%; margin-top: 0.000000pt; background-color: rgb(250,250,250); width: 47.000000%; display: inline-block; }
+div.sidebysideresult {vertical-align: top; border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 1.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; margin-top: 0.000000pt; width: 47.000000%; display: inline-block; }
+div.defnbox {border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 1.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(255,255,191); }
+div.optionsummarybox {border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 1.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(255,255,191); }
+div.optionvaluesummarybox {border-style: none; margin-left: 40.000000pt; }
+span.floatrightbox {float: right; border-style: none; }
+div.noteBox {border-style: none; }
+div.settingsboxtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+div.settingsbox {border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(255,255,227); }
+div.optionvalueboxtitle {text-align: right; border-style: none; color: black; }
+div.optionvaluebox {border-style: solid; border-color: black; border-width: 2.000000pt; padding: 2.000000pt; background-color: rgb(255,255,245); }
+div.nlctuserguideidx0 {border-style: none; margin-left: 0.000000pt; }
+div.nlctuserguideidx1 {border-style: none; margin-left: 20.000000pt; }
+div.nlctuserguideidx2 {border-style: none; margin-left: 40.000000pt; }
+div.nlctusernavbox {border-style: none; }
+div.abstractheader {font-weight: bold; text-align: center; border-style: none; }
+div.filedef {font-family: monospace; text-align: left; border-style: none; }
+div.tablefn {font-size: x-small; border-style: none; }
+div.tablefns {text-align: left; border-style: none; width: 80.000000%; }
+span.glostylefmt {font-family: sans-serif; border-style: none; }
+span.acrstylefmt {font-family: sans-serif; border-style: none; }
+</style>
+</head>
+<body>
+<div id="main">
+ <header><div class="title">Upgrading from the glossary package to the glossaries package</div><!-- end of title --><div class="author">Nicola L.C. Talbot</div><!-- end of author --><div class="date">2022-10-14</div><!-- end of date --></header><p>
+<p>
+
+<div class="abstract"><div class="abstractheader">Abstract</div><!-- end of abstractheader -->
+ The purpose of this document is to provide advice if you want to convert a LaTeX document from using the obsolete <span class="styfmt">glossary</span> package to the replacement <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package. The final version of the <span class="styfmt">glossary</span> package is 2.4 (2006-07-20). It was made obsolete after the release of <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> v1.0 (2007-05-16). </div><!-- end of abstract -->
+<p>
+For the main <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> user guide, see <span class="filefmt">glossaries-user.pdf</span>. <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.1"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div><a href="https://www.tug.org/texdoc/">texdoc</a> glossaries-user</pre> For a shorter guide for beginners, see <span class="filefmt">glossariesbegin.pdf</span>. <pre class="terminal"><div class="terminaltitle"><a id="wrglossary.2"></a><a href="#glo:sym.terminal"><span title="Terminal" class="icon">🔎</span></a></div><a href="https://www.tug.org/texdoc/">texdoc</a> glossariesbegin</pre><p>
+<nav class="toc">
+<section id="toc"><!-- start of section toc --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->Contents<div class="labellink"><a href="#toc">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#whyglossaries"><span class="numberline">1</span>Why the Need for a New Package?</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#section.2"><span class="numberline">2</span>Package Options</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#section.3"><span class="numberline">3</span>Defining new glossary types</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#section.4"><span class="numberline">4</span><code class="csfmt">\make<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-type</em>〉</span></code></a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#section.5"><span class="numberline">5</span>Storing glossary information</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#section.6"><span class="numberline">6</span>Adding an entry to the glossary</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:useglosentry"><span class="numberline">6.1</span><code class="csfmt">\useglosentry</code></a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#subsection.6.2"><span class="numberline">6.2</span><code class="csfmt">\useGlosentry</code></a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#subsection.6.3"><span class="numberline">6.3</span><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:csglossary"><span class="numberline">6.4</span><code class="csfmt">\glossary</code></a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+</ul>
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#section.7"><span class="numberline">7</span>Acronyms</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<ul>
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:acrlnsh"><span class="numberline">7.1</span><code class="csfmt">\acrln</code> and <code class="csfmt">\acrsh</code></a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#subsection.7.2"><span class="numberline">7.2</span><code class="csfmt">\ifacronymfirstuse</code></a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+
+<li class="toc-subsection"><a href="#sec:unreset"><span class="numberline">7.3</span><code class="csfmt">\resetacronym</code> and <code class="csfmt">\unsetacronym</code></a></li><!-- end of toc-subsection -->
+</ul>
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:printgloss"><span class="numberline">8</span>Displaying the glossary</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:makeglos"><span class="numberline">9</span>Processing Your Document</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#sec:troubleshooting"><span class="numberline">10</span>Troubleshooting</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#section*.2">Symbols</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+
+<li class="toc-section"><a href="#section*.4">Index</a></li><!-- end of toc-section -->
+ </ul></nav><!-- end of toc --><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section toc -->
+
+<section id="whyglossaries"><!-- start of section whyglossaries --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->1. Why the Need for a New Package?<div class="labellink"><a href="#whyglossaries">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+The <span class="styfmt">glossary</span> package started out as an example in a tutorial, but I decided that I may as well package it up and upload it to CTAN. Unfortunately it was fairly rigid and unable to adapt well to the wide variation in glossary styles. Users began making requests for enhancements, but with each enhancement the code became more complicated and bugs crept in. Each fix in one place seemed to cause another problem elsewhere. In the end, it was taking up too much of my time to maintain, so I decided to replace it with a much better designed package. With the new <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package:<p>
+
+<ul class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>you can define irregular plurals;<p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>glossary terms can have an associated symbol in addition to the name and description;<p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>new glossary styles are much easier to design;<p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>you can add dictionaries to supply translations for the fixed names used in headings and by some of the glossary styles;<p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>you can choose between using <a id="wrglossary.3"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.4"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> to sort the glossary. Using <a id="wrglossary.5"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> means that:<p>
+
+<ul class="displaylist">
+ <li><span class="bulletitem">&#x2013;</span>there is much better support for terms containing accented or non-Latin characters;<p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">&#x2013;</span>there is support for non-standard location numbers;
+</ul>
+<p>
+(Additional indexing options have since been added. See the <span class="qt">“Indexing Options”</span> section of the <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> user manual.)<p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>you don’t need to remember to escape <a id="wrglossary.6"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span>’s</a> special characters as this is done internally;<p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>hierarchical entries and homographs are supported (as from v1.17);<p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>there is better support for cross-referencing glossary entries;<p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>acronyms are just another glossary term which helps to maintain consistency;<p>
+<li><span class="bulletitem">•</span>different acronym styles are supported.<p>
+
+</ul>
+<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section whyglossaries -->
+
+<section id="section.2"><!-- start of section section.2 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->2. Package Options<div class="labellink"><a href="#section.2">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+When converting a document that currently uses the obsolete <span class="styfmt">glossary</span> package to the replacement <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package, it should be fairly obvious that the first thing you need to do is replace <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\usepackage</span>{glossary}</code> with <code class="code"><span class="cmdfmt">\usepackage</span>{glossaries}</code>, however some of the package options are different, so you may need to change those as well. Table <a href="#tab:pkgopt">1</a> shows the mappings from the <span class="styfmt">glossary</span> to the <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package options.<p>
+<div class="table"> <table class="tabular-c">
+<caption id="tab:pkgopt">Table&nbsp;1: Mappings from <span class="styfmt">glossary</span> to <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package options</caption><tr style=""><th class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"><span class="styfmt">glossary</span> option </th>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <span style="font-weight: bold; "><span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> option</span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">style=list </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> style=list</td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">style=altlist </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> style=altlist</td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">style=long,header=none,border=none,cols=2 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a>=<a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long"><span class="glostylefmt">long</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">style=long,header=plain,border=none,cols=2 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a>=<a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longheader"><span class="glostylefmt">longheader</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">style=long,header=none,border=plain,cols=2 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a>=<a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longborder"><span class="glostylefmt">longborder</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">style=long,header=plain,border=plain,cols=2 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a>=<a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">longheaderborder</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">style=long,header=none,border=none,cols=3 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a>=<a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3col"><span class="glostylefmt">long3col</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">style=long,header=plain,border=none,cols=3 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a>=<a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">long3colheader</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">style=long,header=none,border=plain,cols=3 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a>=<a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">long3colborder</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">style=long,header=plain,border=plain,cols=3 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a>=<a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.long3colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">long3colheaderborder</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">style=super,header=none,border=none,cols=2 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a>=<a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super"><span class="glostylefmt">super</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">style=super,header=plain,border=none,cols=2 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a>=<a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superheader"><span class="glostylefmt">superheader</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">style=super,header=none,border=plain,cols=2 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a>=<a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superborder"><span class="glostylefmt">superborder</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">style=super,header=plain,border=plain,cols=2 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a>=<a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.superheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">superheaderborder</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">style=super,header=none,border=none,cols=3 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a>=<a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super3col"><span class="glostylefmt">super3col</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">style=super,header=plain,border=none,cols=3 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a>=<a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super3colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">super3colheader</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">style=super,header=none,border=plain,cols=3 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a>=<a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super3colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">super3colborder</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">style=super,header=plain,border=plain,cols=3 </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a>=<a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.super3colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">super3colheaderborder</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">number=none </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">number=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter name</em>〉</span> </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></a>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter name</em>〉</span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">toc </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.toc"><span class="styoptfmt">toc</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">hypertoc </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.toc"><span class="styoptfmt">toc</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">hyper </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">no corresponding option</span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">section=true </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.section"><span class="styoptfmt">section</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">section=false </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">no corresponding option</span></td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">acronym </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <a href="#glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></a> </td>
+</tr><tr style=""><td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l">global </td>
+<td class="cell-noborder-bothsep-l"> <span style="font-style: italic; font-variant: normal; ">no corresponding option</span> </td>
+</tr></table>
+ </div><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section section.2 -->
+
+<section id="section.3"><!-- start of section section.3 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->3. Defining new glossary types<div class="labellink"><a href="#section.3">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+If you have created new glossary types, you will need to replace all instances of <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossary.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.7"></a><dfn id="glo:newglossarytype"><code class="csfmt">\newglossarytype</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">log-ext</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">out-ext</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">in-ext</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">old style list</em>〉</span>]<br><code class="csfmt">\newcommand</code>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span>name}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">title</em>〉</span>}
+</pre>with <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.8"></a><dfn id="glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">log-ext</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">out-ext</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">in-ext</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">title</em>〉</span>}
+</pre>in the preamble, and, if the new glossary requires a different style to the main (default) glossary, you will also need to put <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.9"></a><dfn id="glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">new-style</em>〉</span>}
+</pre>immediately before the glossary is displayed, or you can specify the style when you display the glossary using <a id="wrglossary.10"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a> (see below). <p>
+The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">old style list</em>〉</span> optional argument can be converted to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">new-style</em>〉</span> using the same mapping given in Table <a href="#tab:pkgopt">1</a>.<p>
+For example, if your document contains the following: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossary.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.11"></a><a href="#glo:newglossarytype"><code class="csfmt">\newglossarytype</code></a>[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}[style=long,header]
+<code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\notationname</code>}{Index of Notation}
+</pre> You will need to replace the above two lines with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.12"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Index of Notation}
+</pre> in the preamble and set the style to <a id="wrglossary.13"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longheader"><span class="glostylefmt">longheader</span></a> with <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.14"></a><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.15"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longheader"><span class="glostylefmt">longheader</span></a>}
+</pre> prior to displaying this glossary. Alternatively, you can specify the style using <a id="wrglossary.16"></a><a href="#glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></a> package option (which makes it the default style) or the <a id="wrglossary.17"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.style"><span class="csoptfmt">style</span></a> key in the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.18"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>. For example: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.19"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.20"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=notation</span>,<a id="wrglossary.21"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.style"><span class="csoptfmt">style</span></a><span class="optfmt">=<a id="wrglossary.22"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glostyle.longheader"><span class="glostylefmt">longheader</span></a></span>]
+</pre><p>
+Note that the glossary title is no longer specified using <a id="wrglossary.23"></a><a href="#glo:glossary-typename"><code class="csfmt">\<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-type</em>〉</span>name</code></a> (except for <a id="wrglossary.24"></a><a href="#glo:glossaryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryname</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.25"></a><a href="#glo:acronymname"><code class="csfmt">\acronymname</code></a>) but is instead specified in the <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">title</em>〉</span> argument of <a id="wrglossary.26"></a><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a>. The short title which is specified in the <span class="styfmt">glossary</span> package by the command <a id="wrglossary.27"></a><a href="#glo:shortglossary-typename"><code class="csfmt">\short<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-type</em>〉</span>name</code></a> is now specified using the <a id="wrglossary.28"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.toctitle"><span class="csoptfmt">toctitle</span></a> key in the optional argument to <a id="wrglossary.29"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section section.3 -->
+
+<section id="section.4"><!-- start of section section.4 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->4. <code class="csfmt">\make<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-type</em>〉</span></code><div class="labellink"><a href="#section.4">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+All instances of <a id="wrglossary.30"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossary-type"><code class="csfmt">\make<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-type</em>〉</span></code></a> (e.g. <a id="wrglossary.31"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossary"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossary</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.32"></a><a href="#glo:makeacronym"><code class="csfmt">\makeacronym</code></a>) should be replaced by the single command <a id="wrglossary.33"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>. For example, if your document contained the following: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossary.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.34"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossary"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossary</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.35"></a><a href="#glo:makeacronym"><code class="csfmt">\makeacronym</code></a>
+</pre> then you should replace both lines with the single line: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.36"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></a>
+</pre><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section section.4 -->
+
+<section id="section.5"><!-- start of section section.5 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->5. Storing glossary information<div class="labellink"><a href="#section.5">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+With the old <span class="styfmt">glossary</span> package you could optionally store glossary information for later use, or you could simply use <a id="wrglossary.37"></a><a href="#glo:glossary"><code class="csfmt">\glossary</code></a> whenever you wanted to add information to the glossary. With the new <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package, the latter option is no longer available. (This is mainly because having a key value list in <a id="wrglossary.38"></a><a href="#glo:glossary"><code class="csfmt">\glossary</code></a> caused problems, but it also helps consistency.) If you have stored all the glossary information using <a id="wrglossary.39"></a><a href="#glo:storeglosentry"><code class="csfmt">\storeglosentry</code></a>, then you will need to convert these commands into the equivalent <a id="wrglossary.40"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>. If you have only used <a id="wrglossary.41"></a><a href="#glo:glossary"><code class="csfmt">\glossary</code></a>, then see §<a href="#sec:csglossary">6.4</a>.<p>
+Substitute all instances of <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossary.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.42"></a><dfn id="glo:storeglosentry"><code class="csfmt">\storeglosentry</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>}
+</pre>with <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.43"></a><dfn id="glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>}
+</pre>This should be fairly easy to do using the search and replace facility in your editor (but see notes below).<p>
+If you have used the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.44"></a><a href="#glo:storeglosentry"><code class="csfmt">\storeglosentry</code></a> (i.e. you have multiple glossaries) then you will need to substitute <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossary.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.45"></a><a href="#glo:storeglosentry"><code class="csfmt">\storeglosentry</code></a>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">gls-type</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>}
+</pre>with <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.46"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span>,<a id="wrglossary.47"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">gls-type</em>〉</span>}</span>}
+</pre><p>
+The glossary entry information <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span> may also need changing. If <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">key=value list</em>〉</span> contains any of <a id="wrglossary.48"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span>’s</a> special characters (i.e. <a id="wrglossary.49"></a><a href="#glo:idx.at"><code class="code">@</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.50"></a><a href="#glo:idx.excl"><code class="code">!</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.51"></a><a href="#glo:idx.dblquote"><code class="code">"</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.52"></a><a href="#glo:idx.vbar"><code class="code">|</code></a>) then they should no longer be escaped with <a id="wrglossary.53"></a><a href="#glo:idx.dblquote"><code class="code">"</code></a> since the <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package deals with these characters internally. For example, if your document contains the following: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossary.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.54"></a><a href="#glo:storeglosentry"><code class="csfmt">\storeglosentry</code></a>{card}{<a id="wrglossary.55"></a><a href="#glo:opt.storegloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={$<a id="wrglossary.56"></a><a href="#glo:idx.dblquote"><code class="code">"</code></a><a id="wrglossary.57"></a><a href="#glo:idx.vbar"><code class="code">|</code></a><code class="cmd">\mathcal</code>{S}<a id="wrglossary.58"></a><a href="#glo:idx.dblquote"><code class="code">"</code></a><a id="wrglossary.59"></a><a href="#glo:idx.vbar"><code class="code">|</code></a>$}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.60"></a><a href="#glo:opt.storegloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={The cardinality of the set $<code class="cmd">\mathcal</code>{S}$}</span>}
+</pre> then you will need to replace it with: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.61"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{card}{<a id="wrglossary.62"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={$<a id="wrglossary.63"></a><a href="#glo:idx.vbar"><code class="code">|</code></a><code class="cmd">\mathcal</code>{S}<a id="wrglossary.64"></a><a href="#glo:idx.vbar"><code class="code">|</code></a>$}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.65"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={The cardinality of the set $<code class="cmd">\mathcal</code>{S}$}</span>}
+</pre><p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.66"></a><a href="#glo:opt.storegloskey.number"><span class="csoptfmt">number</span></a> key available in <a id="wrglossary.67"></a><a href="#glo:storeglosentry"><code class="csfmt">\storeglosentry</code></a> should be replaced with the <a id="wrglossary.68"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.counter"><span class="csoptfmt">counter</span></a> key in <a id="wrglossary.69"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>. The <a id="wrglossary.70"></a><a href="#glo:opt.storegloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> key in <a id="wrglossary.71"></a><a href="#glo:storeglosentry"><code class="csfmt">\storeglosentry</code></a> is also called <a id="wrglossary.72"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></a> in <a id="wrglossary.73"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>.<p>
+The <a id="wrglossary.74"></a><a href="#glo:storeglosentry"><code class="csfmt">\storeglosentry</code></a> <a id="wrglossary.75"></a><a href="#glo:opt.storegloskey.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a> key doesn’t have a counterpart in <a id="wrglossary.76"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>. You can, however, specify the format in the optional argument of commands like <a id="wrglossary.77"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.78"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a> or you can change the default format by redefining <a id="wrglossary.79"></a><a href="#glo:glsnumberformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumberformat</code></a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section section.5 -->
+
+<section id="section.6"><!-- start of section section.6 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->6. Adding an entry to the glossary<div class="labellink"><a href="#section.6">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+The <span class="styfmt">glossary</span> package provided two basic means to add information to the glossary: firstly, the term was defined using <a id="wrglossary.80"></a><a href="#glo:storeglosentry"><code class="csfmt">\storeglosentry</code></a> and the entries for that term were added using <a id="wrglossary.81"></a><a href="#glo:useglosentry"><code class="csfmt">\useglosentry</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.82"></a><a href="#glo:useGlosentry"><code class="csfmt">\useGlosentry</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.83"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>. Secondly, the term was added to the glossary using <a id="wrglossary.84"></a><a href="#glo:glossary"><code class="csfmt">\glossary</code></a>. This second approach is unavailable with the <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package, since all entries must be defined before they can be indexed.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section section.6 -->
+
+<section id="sec:useglosentry"><!-- start of section sec:useglosentry --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->6.1. <code class="csfmt">\useglosentry</code><div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:useglosentry">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+The <span class="styfmt">glossary</span> package allows you to add information to the glossary for a predefined term without producing any text in the document using <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossary.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.85"></a><dfn id="glo:useglosentry"><code class="csfmt">\useglosentry</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">old options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}
+</pre>Any occurrences of this command will need to be replaced with <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.86"></a><dfn id="glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">new options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}
+</pre>The <a id="wrglossary.87"></a><a href="#glo:opt.useglsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a> key in <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">old options</em>〉</span> is also called <a id="wrglossary.88"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></a> in <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">new options</em>〉</span>. However the <a id="wrglossary.89"></a>optdef<dfn id="glo:opt.useglsopt.number"><span class="csoptfmt">number</span></dfn>={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter-name</em>〉</span>} key in <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">old options</em>〉</span> should be replaced with <a id="wrglossary.90"></a>optdef<dfn id="glo:opt.glsopt.counter"><span class="csoptfmt">counter</span></dfn>=<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">counter-name</em>〉</span> in <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">new options</em>〉</span>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:useglosentry -->
+
+<section id="subsection.6.2"><!-- start of section subsection.6.2 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->6.2. <code class="csfmt">\useGlosentry</code><div class="labellink"><a href="#subsection.6.2">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+The <span class="styfmt">glossary</span> package allows you to add information to the glossary for a predefined term with the given text using <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossary.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.91"></a><dfn id="glo:useGlosentry"><code class="csfmt">\useGlosentry</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">old options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}
+</pre>Any occurrences of this command will need to be replaced with <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.92"></a><dfn id="glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">new options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">text</em>〉</span>}
+</pre>The mapping from <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">old options</em>〉</span> to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">new options</em>〉</span> is the same as that given §<a href="#sec:useglosentry">6.1</a>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section subsection.6.2 -->
+
+<section id="subsection.6.3"><!-- start of section subsection.6.3 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->6.3. <code class="csfmt">\gls</code><div class="labellink"><a href="#subsection.6.3">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+The <span class="styfmt">glossary</span> defines: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossary.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.93"></a><dfn id="glo:oldgls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code> (<span class="styfmt">glossary.sty</span>)</dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> The <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package defines a command with the same name, but be aware that it has a final optional argument: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.94"></a><dfn id="glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code> (<span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span>)</dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]
+</pre> In this case, the only thing you need to change is the <a id="wrglossary.95"></a><a href="#glo:opt.useglsopt.number"><span class="csoptfmt">number</span></a> key in the optional argument to <a id="wrglossary.96"></a><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.counter"><span class="csoptfmt">counter</span></a>. The <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span> optional argument in the new form of <a id="wrglossary.97"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> can be used to insert text into the automatically generated text, which will put it inside the hyperlink (if hyperlinks are supported).<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section subsection.6.3 -->
+
+<section id="sec:csglossary"><!-- start of section sec:csglossary --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->6.4. <code class="csfmt">\glossary</code><div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:csglossary">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+When using the <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package, you should not use <a id="wrglossary.98"></a><a href="#glo:glossary"><code class="csfmt">\glossary</code></a>. This is because the appropriate indexing syntax (including escaping any of <a id="wrglossary.99"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a>’s or <a id="wrglossary.100"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>’s special characters) is generated when the entry is defined. This reduces overall complexity as it no longer needs to be performed every time an entry is indexed. By placing the glossary definitions within the preamble, it also reduces the chance that the indexing special character may have their category code changed, which can cause interference.<p>
+If, with the old package, you have opted to explicitly use <a id="wrglossary.101"></a><a href="#glo:glossary"><code class="csfmt">\glossary</code></a> instead of storing the glossary information with <a id="wrglossary.102"></a><a href="#glo:storeglosentry"><code class="csfmt">\storeglosentry</code></a>, then converting from <span class="styfmt">glossary</span> to <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> will be more time-consuming, although in the end, I hope you will see the benefits. From the user’s point of view, using <a id="wrglossary.103"></a><a href="#glo:glossary"><code class="csfmt">\glossary</code></a> throughout the document is time consuming, and if you use it more than once for the same term, there’s a chance extra spaces may creep in which will cause <a id="wrglossary.104"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> to treat the two entries as different terms, even though they look the same in the document. If you have used <a id="wrglossary.105"></a><a href="#glo:glossary"><code class="csfmt">\glossary</code></a> with the old glossary package, you will instead need to define the relevant glossary terms using <a id="wrglossary.106"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> and reference the terms using <a id="wrglossary.107"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.108"></a><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a>, <a id="wrglossary.109"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> etc.<p>
+If you don’t like the idea of continually scrolling back to the preamble to type all your <a id="wrglossary.110"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a> commands, you may prefer to create a new file, in which to store all these commands, and then input that file in your document’s preamble. Most text editors and front-ends allow you to have multiple files open, and you can tab back and forth between them.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:csglossary -->
+
+<section id="section.7"><!-- start of section section.7 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->7. Acronyms<div class="labellink"><a href="#section.7">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+In the <span class="styfmt">glossary</span> package, acronyms were treated differently to glossary entries. This resulted in inconsistencies and sprawling unmaintainable code. The new <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package treats acronyms in exactly the same way as normal glossary terms. <p>
+Both packages provide <code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code>, but the syntax is different. With the <span class="styfmt">glossary</span> package, the syntax is: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossary.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.111"></a><dfn id="glo:oldnewacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code> (<span class="styfmt">glossary.sty</span>)</dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">cmd-name</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">acronym</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">old-options</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> With the <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package, the default definition of: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.112"></a><dfn id="glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code> (<span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span>)</dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">abbrv</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> is a shortcut for: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.113"></a><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{type=<a id="wrglossary.114"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a>,
+<a id="wrglossary.115"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">abbrv</em>〉</span>}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.116"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.117"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">abbrv</em>〉</span>}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.118"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">abbrv</em>〉</span>)}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.119"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">abbrv</em>〉</span>s}</span>,
+<a id="wrglossary.120"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.firstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">firstplural</span></a><span class="optfmt">={<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span>s (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">abbrv</em>〉</span>s)}</span>,
+<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>}
+</pre> (Note that this shortcut default is an older method of defining acronyms. If you use <a id="wrglossary.121"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a> introduced to <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> v4.02, then a more flexible method is adopted.)<p>
+This is different to the <span class="styfmt">glossary</span> package which set the <a id="wrglossary.122"></a><a href="#glo:opt.storegloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></a> key to <span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">long</em>〉</span> (<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">abbrv</em>〉</span>) and allowed you to set a description using the <a id="wrglossary.123"></a><a href="#glo:opt.storegloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> key. If you still want to do this, you can use one of the description styles, such as <a id="wrglossary.124"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short-desc</span></a>, and use the <a id="wrglossary.125"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a> key in the optional argument of <a id="wrglossary.126"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>.<p>
+For example, if your document originally had the following: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossary.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.127"></a><a href="#glo:oldnewacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{SVM}{Support Vector Machine}{<a id="wrglossary.128"></a><a href="#glo:opt.storegloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Statistical pattern recognition technique}</span>}
+</pre> Then you would need to first set the style: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.129"></a><a href="#glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></a>{<a id="wrglossary.130"></a><a href="#glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short-desc</span></a>}
+</pre> and change the acronym definition to: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.131"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.132"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Statistical pattern recognition technique}</span>]{svm}{SVM}{Support Vector Machine}
+</pre> You can then reference the acronym using any of the new referencing commands, such as <a id="wrglossary.133"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.134"></a><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a>.<p>
+With the old <span class="styfmt">glossary</span> package, when you defined an acronym, it also defined a command <a id="wrglossary.135"></a><a href="#glo:acr-name"><code class="csfmt">\<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">acr-name</em>〉</span></code></a> which could be used to display the acronym in the text. So the above SVM example would create the command <code class="csfmt">\SVM</code> with the old package. In the new <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package, the acronyms are just another type of glossary entry, so they are displayed using <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.136"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code>. Therefore, in the above example, you will also need to replace all occurrences of <code class="csfmt">\SVM</code> with <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.137"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{svm}</code>.<p>
+If you have used <a id="wrglossary.138"></a><a href="#glo:useacronym"><code class="csfmt">\useacronym</code></a> instead of <a id="wrglossary.139"></a><a href="#glo:acr-name"><code class="csfmt">\<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">acr-name</em>〉</span></code></a>, then you will need to replace all occurrences of <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossary.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.140"></a><dfn id="glo:useacronym"><code class="csfmt">\useacronym</code></dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">acr-name</em>〉</span>}
+</pre>with <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.141"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">insert</em>〉</span>]
+</pre>Note that the starred versions of <a id="wrglossary.142"></a><a href="#glo:useacronym"><code class="csfmt">\useacronym</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.143"></a><a href="#glo:acr-name"><code class="csfmt">\<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">acr-name</em>〉</span></code></a> (which make the first letter uppercase) should be replaced with <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.144"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}</code>. <p>
+Alternatively (as from v1.18 of the <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package), you can use <a id="wrglossary.145"></a><a href="#glo:oldacronym"><code class="csfmt">\oldacronym</code></a> which uses the same syntax as the old <span class="styfmt">glossary</span> package’s <a id="wrglossary.146"></a><a href="#glo:oldnewacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> and also defines <a id="wrglossary.147"></a><a href="#glo:acr-name"><code class="csfmt">\<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">acr-name</em>〉</span></code></a>. For example, if your document originally had the following: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossary.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.148"></a><a href="#glo:oldnewacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>{SVM}{Support Vector Machine}{<a id="wrglossary.149"></a><a href="#glo:opt.storegloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Statistical pattern recognition technique}</span>}
+</pre> then you can change this to: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.150"></a><a href="#glo:oldacronym"><code class="csfmt">\oldacronym</code></a>{SVM}{Support Vector Machine}{<a id="wrglossary.151"></a><a href="#glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></a><span class="optfmt">={Statistical pattern recognition technique}</span>}
+</pre> You can then continue to use <code class="csfmt">\SVM</code>. However, remember that LaTeX generally ignores spaces after command names that consist of alphabetical characters. You will therefore need to force a space after <a id="wrglossary.152"></a><a href="#glo:acr-name"><code class="csfmt">\<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">acr-name</em>〉</span></code></a>, unless you also load the <a id="wrglossary.153"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.xspace"><span class="styfmt">xspace</span></a> package. (See the <span class="qt">“Acronyms”</span> of the <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> documentation for further details.) Note that <a id="wrglossary.154"></a><a href="#glo:oldacronym"><code class="csfmt">\oldacronym</code></a> uses its first argument to define the acronym’s label (as used by commands like <a id="wrglossary.155"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>), so in the above example, with the new <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package, <code class="csfmt">\SVM</code> becomes a shortcut for <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.156"></a><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code></a>{SVM}</code> and <code class="csfmt">\SVM*</code> becomes a shortcut for <code class="code"><a id="wrglossary.157"></a><a href="#glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></a>{SVM}</code>.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section section.7 -->
+
+<section id="sec:acrlnsh"><!-- start of section sec:acrlnsh --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->7.1. <code class="csfmt">\acrln</code> and <code class="csfmt">\acrsh</code><div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:acrlnsh">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+In the <span class="styfmt">glossary</span> package, it is possible to produce the long and short forms of an acronym without adding an entry to the glossary using <a id="wrglossary.158"></a><a href="#glo:acrln"><code class="csfmt">\acrln</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.159"></a><a href="#glo:acrsh"><code class="csfmt">\acrsh</code></a>. With the <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package (provided you defined the acronym using <a id="wrglossary.160"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a> or <a id="wrglossary.161"></a><a href="#glo:oldacronym"><code class="csfmt">\oldacronym</code></a> and provided you haven’t redefined <a id="wrglossary.162"></a><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code></a>) you can replace <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossary.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.163"></a><dfn id="glo:acrsh"><code class="csfmt">\acrsh</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">acr-name</em>〉</span>}
+</pre>with <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.164"></a><dfn id="glo:acrshort"><code class="csfmt">\acrshort</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}
+</pre>and you can replace <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossary.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.165"></a><dfn id="glo:acrln"><code class="csfmt">\acrln</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">acr-name</em>〉</span>}
+</pre>with <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.166"></a><dfn id="glo:acrlong"><code class="csfmt">\acrlong</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}
+</pre>The <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package also provides the related commands <a id="wrglossary.167"></a><a href="#glo:acrshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\acrshortpl</code></a> (plural short form) and <a id="wrglossary.168"></a><a href="#glo:acrlongpl"><code class="csfmt">\acrlongpl</code></a> (plural long form) as well as upper case variations. If you use the <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> <span class="qt">“shortcuts”</span> package option, you can use <a id="wrglossary.169"></a><a href="#glo:acs"><code class="csfmt">\acs</code></a> in place of <a id="wrglossary.170"></a><a href="#glo:acrshort"><code class="csfmt">\acrshort</code></a> and <a id="wrglossary.171"></a><a href="#glo:acl"><code class="csfmt">\acl</code></a> in place of <a id="wrglossary.172"></a><a href="#glo:acrlong"><code class="csfmt">\acrlong</code></a>.<p>
+See the <span class="qt">“Acronyms”</span> of the <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> manual for further details of how to use these commands.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:acrlnsh -->
+
+<section id="subsection.7.2"><!-- start of section subsection.7.2 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->7.2. <code class="csfmt">\ifacronymfirstuse</code><div class="labellink"><a href="#subsection.7.2">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+The <span class="styfmt">glossary</span> package command <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossary.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.173"></a><dfn id="glo:ifacronymfirstuse"><code class="csfmt">\ifacronymfirstuse</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">acr-name</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">not used text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">has been used text</em>〉</span>}
+</pre>can be replaced by the <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> command: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.174"></a><dfn id="glo:ifglsused"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsused</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">has been used text</em>〉</span>}{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">not used text</em>〉</span>}
+</pre>Note that <a id="wrglossary.175"></a><a href="#glo:ifglsused"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsused</code></a> evaluates the opposite condition to that of <a id="wrglossary.176"></a><a href="#glo:ifacronymfirstuse"><code class="csfmt">\ifacronymfirstuse</code></a> which is why the last two arguments have been reversed.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section subsection.7.2 -->
+
+<section id="sec:unreset"><!-- start of section sec:unreset --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->7.3. <code class="csfmt">\resetacronym</code> and <code class="csfmt">\unsetacronym</code><div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:unreset">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<p>
+The <span class="styfmt">glossary</span> package allows you to reset and unset the acronym flag which is used to determine whether the acronym has been used in the document. The <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package also provides a means to do this on either a local or a global level. To reset an acronym, you will need to replace: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossary.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.177"></a><dfn id="glo:resetacronym"><code class="csfmt">\resetacronym</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">acr-name</em>〉</span>}
+</pre>with either <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.178"></a><dfn id="glo:glsreset"><code class="csfmt">\glsreset</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}
+</pre>or <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.179"></a><dfn id="glo:glslocalreset"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalreset</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}
+</pre><p>
+To unset an acronym, you will need to replace: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossary.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.180"></a><dfn id="glo:unsetacronym"><code class="csfmt">\unsetacronym</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">acr-name</em>〉</span>}
+</pre>with either <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.181"></a><dfn id="glo:glsunset"><code class="csfmt">\glsunset</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}
+</pre>or <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.182"></a><dfn id="glo:glslocalunset"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalunset</code></dfn>{<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">label</em>〉</span>}
+</pre><p>
+To reset all acronyms, you will need to replace: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossary.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.183"></a><dfn id="glo:resetallacronyms"><code class="csfmt">\resetallacronyms</code></dfn>
+</pre> with <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.184"></a><a href="#glo:glsresetall"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetall</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.185"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a>]
+</pre> or <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.186"></a><a href="#glo:glslocalresetall"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalresetall</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.187"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a>]
+</pre> To unset all acronyms, you will need to replace: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossary.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.188"></a><dfn id="glo:unsetallacronyms"><code class="csfmt">\unsetallacronyms</code></dfn>
+</pre> with <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.189"></a><a href="#glo:glsunsetall"><code class="csfmt">\glsunsetall</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.190"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a>]
+</pre> or <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.191"></a><a href="#glo:glslocalunsetall"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalunsetall</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.192"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a>]
+</pre><p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:unreset -->
+
+<section id="sec:printgloss"><!-- start of section sec:printgloss --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->8. Displaying the glossary<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:printgloss">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+The <span class="styfmt">glossary</span> package provides the command <a id="wrglossary.193"></a><a href="#glo:oldprintglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a> (or <a id="wrglossary.194"></a><a href="#glo:printtype"><code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span></code></a> for other glossary types) which can be used to print individual glossaries. The <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package provides the command <a id="wrglossary.195"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a> which will print all the glossaries which have been defined, or <a id="wrglossary.196"></a><dfn id="glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code> (<span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span>)</dfn>[<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">options</em>〉</span>] to print individual glossaries. So if you just have <a id="wrglossary.197"></a><a href="#glo:oldprintglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>, then you can leave it as it is, but if you have, say: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossary.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.198"></a><a href="#glo:oldprintglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.199"></a><a href="#glo:oldprintglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>[acronym]
+</pre> or <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossary.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.200"></a><a href="#glo:oldprintglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.201"></a><a href="#glo:printacronym"><code class="csfmt">\printacronym</code></a>*
+</pre> then you will need to replace this with either <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.202"></a><a href="#glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></a>
+</pre> or <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.203"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>
+<a id="wrglossary.204"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>[type=<a id="wrglossary.205"></a><a href="#glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></a>]
+</pre><p>
+The <span class="styfmt">glossary</span> package allows you to specify a short title (for the table of contents and page header) by defining a command of the form <a id="wrglossary.206"></a><a href="#glo:shortglossary-typename"><code class="csfmt">\short<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-type</em>〉</span>name</code></a>. The <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package doesn’t do this, but instead provides the <a id="wrglossary.207"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.toctitle"><span class="csoptfmt">toctitle</span></a> key which can be used in the optional argument to <a id="wrglossary.208"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>. For example, if you have created a new glossary type called <code class="code">notation</code>, and you had defined <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossary.sty</span></div>
+<code class="cmd">\newcommand</code>{<code class="cmd">\shortnotationname</code>}{Notation}
+</pre> then you would need to use the <a id="wrglossary.209"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.toctitle"><span class="csoptfmt">toctitle</span></a> key: <pre class="codebox"><div class="codeboxtitle"><span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span></div>
+<a id="wrglossary.210"></a><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code></a>[<a id="wrglossary.211"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></a><span class="optfmt">=notation</span>,<a id="wrglossary.212"></a><a href="#glo:opt.printgloss.toctitle"><span class="csoptfmt">toctitle</span></a><span class="optfmt">=Notation</span>]
+</pre> The <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package will ignore <code class="csfmt">\shortnotationname</code>, so unless you have used it elsewhere in the document, you may as well remove the definition.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:printgloss -->
+
+<section id="sec:makeglos"><!-- start of section sec:makeglos --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->9. Processing Your Document<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:makeglos">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+If you convert your document from using the <span class="styfmt">glossary</span> package to the <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package, you will need to delete any of the additional files, such as the <a id="wrglossary.213"></a><a href="#glo:ext.glo"><span class="extfmt">glo</span></a> file, that were created by the <span class="styfmt">glossary</span> package, as the <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package uses a different format. Remember also, that if you used the <a id="wrglossary.214"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglos"><span class="appfmt">makeglos</span></a> Perl script, you will need to use the <a id="wrglossary.215"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a> Perl script instead. As from v1.17, the <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package can be used with either <a id="wrglossary.216"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.217"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a>. Since <a id="wrglossary.218"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> was designed to be multilingual, the new <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package is a much better option for non-English documents. If you use the extension package, <a id="wrglossary.219"></a><a href="#glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span></a>, then you also have the option of using <a id="wrglossary.220"></a><a href="#glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></a> instead (which also provides multilingual support).<p>
+For further information on using <a id="wrglossary.221"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></a>, <a id="wrglossary.222"></a><a href="#glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></a> or <a id="wrglossary.223"></a><a href="#glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></a> to create your glossaries, see the <span class="qt">“Generating the Associated Glossary Files”</span> section of the <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> documentation.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:makeglos -->
+
+<section id="sec:troubleshooting"><!-- start of section sec:troubleshooting --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->10. Troubleshooting<div class="labellink"><a href="#sec:troubleshooting">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<p>
+Please check the <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html">FAQ</a> for the <span class="styfmt">glossaries</span> package if you have any problems.<p>
+
+</section><!-- end of section sec:troubleshooting -->
+
+<section id="symbols"><!-- start of section symbols --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->Symbols<div class="labellink"><a href="#symbols">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+
+<dl class="inlineblock">
+<dt><dfn id="glo:sym.terminal">🔎</dfn></dt>
+<dd>A command-line application invocation that needs to be entered into a <a href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/novices/html/terminal.html">terminal or command prompt</a>.</dd>
+
+</dl>
+
+</section><!-- end of section symbols -->
+
+<section id="index"><!-- start of section index --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h2><!-- start of section header -->Index<div class="labellink"><a href="#index">[link]</a></div></h2><!-- end of section header -->
+<div class="nlctusernavbox"><a href="#glssymbols">Symbols</a> <a href="#index6553600">A</a> <a href="#index6619136">B</a> <a href="#index6684672">C</a> <a href="#index6881280">F</a> <a href="#index6946816">G</a> <a href="#index7077888">I</a> <a href="#index7340032">M</a> <a href="#index7405568">N</a> <a href="#index7471104">O</a> <a href="#index7536640">P</a> <a href="#index7667712">R</a> <a href="#index7733248">S</a> <a href="#index7798784">T</a> <a href="#index7864320">U</a> <a href="#index8060928">X</a></div><!-- end of nlctusernavbox -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index -->
+
+<section id="glssymbols"><!-- start of section glssymbols --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->Symbols<div class="labellink"><a href="#glssymbols">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.excl"><code class="code">!</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.50">6</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<p>
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.dblquote"><code class="code">"</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.51">6</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.56">7</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.vbar"><code class="code">|</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.52">6</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.57">7</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.at"><code class="code">@</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.49">6</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section glssymbols -->
+
+<section id="index6553600"><!-- start of section index6553600 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->A<div class="labellink"><a href="#index6553600">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:acl"><code class="csfmt">\acl</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.171">12</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:acr-name"><code class="csfmt">\<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">acr-name</em>〉</span></code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.135">10</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.152">11</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:acrln"><code class="csfmt">\acrln</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:acrlnsh">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.165">11</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:acrlong"><code class="csfmt">\acrlong</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:acrlnsh">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.166">11</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.172">12</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:acrlongpl"><code class="csfmt">\acrlongpl</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.168">12</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:opt.acronym"><span class="styoptfmt">acronym</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:pkgopt">Table 1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:acronymname"><code class="csfmt">\acronymname</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.25">5</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:acronymtype"><code class="csfmt">\acronymtype</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.114">9</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.185">13</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.205">14</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:acrsh"><code class="csfmt">\acrsh</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:acrlnsh">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.163">11</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:acrshort"><code class="csfmt">\acrshort</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:acrlnsh">§7.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.164">11</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.170">12</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:acrshortpl"><code class="csfmt">\acrshortpl</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.167">12</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:acs"><code class="csfmt">\acs</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.169">12</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index6553600 -->
+
+<section id="index6619136"><!-- start of section index6619136 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->B<div class="labellink"><a href="#index6619136">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:app.bib2gls"><span class="appfmt">bib2gls</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.220">15</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index6619136 -->
+
+<section id="index6684672"><!-- start of section index6684672 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->C<div class="labellink"><a href="#index6684672">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:opt.counter"><span class="styoptfmt">counter</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:pkgopt">Table 1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index6684672 -->
+
+<section id="index6881280"><!-- start of section index6881280 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->F<div class="labellink"><a href="#index6881280">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:fileformat">file formats</dfn></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:ext.glo"><span class="extfmt">glo</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.213">15</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index6881280 -->
+
+<section id="index6946816"><!-- start of section index6946816 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->G<div class="labellink"><a href="#index6946816">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.glossaries-extra"><span class="styfmt">glossaries-extra</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.219">15</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:glossary"><code class="csfmt">\glossary</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.37">6</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.105">9</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:glossary-typename"><code class="csfmt">\<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-type</em>〉</span>name</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.23">5</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:idx.glossarystyle">glossary styles</dfn></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.long"><span class="glostylefmt">long</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:pkgopt">Table 1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.long3col"><span class="glostylefmt">long3col</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:pkgopt">Table 1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.long3colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">long3colborder</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:pkgopt">Table 1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.long3colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">long3colheader</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:pkgopt">Table 1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.long3colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">long3colheaderborder</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:pkgopt">Table 1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.longborder"><span class="glostylefmt">longborder</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:pkgopt">Table 1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.longheader"><span class="glostylefmt">longheader</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:pkgopt">Table 1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.13">5</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.longheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">longheaderborder</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:pkgopt">Table 1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.super"><span class="glostylefmt">super</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:pkgopt">Table 1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.super3col"><span class="glostylefmt">super3col</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:pkgopt">Table 1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.super3colborder"><span class="glostylefmt">super3colborder</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:pkgopt">Table 1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.super3colheader"><span class="glostylefmt">super3colheader</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:pkgopt">Table 1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.super3colheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">super3colheaderborder</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:pkgopt">Table 1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.superborder"><span class="glostylefmt">superborder</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:pkgopt">Table 1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.superheader"><span class="glostylefmt">superheader</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:pkgopt">Table 1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glostyle.superheaderborder"><span class="glostylefmt">superheaderborder</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:pkgopt">Table 1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:glossaryname"><code class="csfmt">\glossaryname</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.24">5</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:Gls"><code class="csfmt">\Gls</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.144">10</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.157">11</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:gls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code> (<span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span>)</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#subsection.6.3">§6.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.77">7</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.155">11</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.glsopt.counter"><span class="csoptfmt">counter</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:useglosentry">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.90">7</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.96">8</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.glsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.88">7</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:oldgls"><code class="csfmt">\gls</code> (<span class="styfmt">glossary.sty</span>)</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#subsection.6.3">§6.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.93">8</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsadd"><code class="csfmt">\glsadd</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:useglosentry">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.86">7</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.107">9</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.134">10</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glslink"><code class="csfmt">\glslink</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#subsection.6.2">§6.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.92">8</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.108">9</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glslocalreset"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalreset</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:unreset">§7.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.179">12</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:glslocalresetall"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalresetall</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.186">13</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glslocalunset"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalunset</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:unreset">§7.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.182">13</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:glslocalunsetall"><code class="csfmt">\glslocalunsetall</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.191">13</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:glsnumberformat"><code class="csfmt">\glsnumberformat</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.79">7</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsreset"><code class="csfmt">\glsreset</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:unreset">§7.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.178">12</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:glsresetall"><code class="csfmt">\glsresetall</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.184">13</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:glsunset"><code class="csfmt">\glsunset</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:unreset">§7.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.181">13</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:glsunsetall"><code class="csfmt">\glsunsetall</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.189">13</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index6946816 -->
+
+<section id="index7077888"><!-- start of section index7077888 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->I<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7077888">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifacronymfirstuse"><code class="csfmt">\ifacronymfirstuse</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#subsection.7.2">§7.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.173">12</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:ifglsused"><code class="csfmt">\ifglsused</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#subsection.7.2">§7.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.174">12</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7077888 -->
+
+<section id="index7340032"><!-- start of section index7340032 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->M<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7340032">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:makeacronym"><code class="csfmt">\makeacronym</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.32">5</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:app.makeglos"><span class="appfmt">makeglos</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.214">15</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:makeglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossaries</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.33">5</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.36">6</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:app.makeglossaries"><span class="appfmt">makeglossaries</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.215">15</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:makeglossary"><code class="csfmt">\makeglossary</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.31">5</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:makeglossary-type"><code class="csfmt">\make<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-type</em>〉</span></code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.30">5</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:app.makeindex"><span class="appfmt">makeindex</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.3">2</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.6">3</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.48">6</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.99">8</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.104">9</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.216">15</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7340032 -->
+
+<section id="index7405568"><!-- start of section index7405568 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->N<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7405568">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:newacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code> (<span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span>)</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#section.7">§7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.112">9</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.160">11</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:oldnewacronym"><code class="csfmt">\newacronym</code> (<span class="styfmt">glossary.sty</span>)</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#section.7">§7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.111">9</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.148">11</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:newglossary"><code class="csfmt">\newglossary</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#section.3">§3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.8">3</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.12">5</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:newglossaryentry"><code class="csfmt">\newglossaryentry</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#section.5">§5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.43">6</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.61">7</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.106">9</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.counter"><span class="csoptfmt">counter</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.68">7</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.65">7</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.116">9</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.151">11</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.first"><span class="csoptfmt">first</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.118">9</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.firstplural"><span class="csoptfmt">firstplural</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.120">9</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.62">7</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.115">9</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.plural"><span class="csoptfmt">plural</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.119">9</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.72">7</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.text"><span class="csoptfmt">text</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.117">9</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.gloskey.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.47">6</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:newglossarytype"><code class="csfmt">\newglossarytype</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#section.3">§3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.7">3</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.11">5</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:opt.nonumberlist"><span class="styoptfmt">nonumberlist</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:pkgopt">Table 1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7405568 -->
+
+<section id="index7471104"><!-- start of section index7471104 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->O<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7471104">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:oldacronym"><code class="csfmt">\oldacronym</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.145">10</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.150">11</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7471104 -->
+
+<section id="index7536640"><!-- start of section index7536640 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->P<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7536640">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:printacronym"><code class="csfmt">\printacronym</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.201">14</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:printglossaries"><code class="csfmt">\printglossaries</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.195">14</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:printglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code> (<span class="styfmt">glossaries.sty</span>)</a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:printgloss">§8</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.10">3</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.18">5</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.196">14</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.printgloss.style"><span class="csoptfmt">style</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.17">5</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.printgloss.toctitle"><span class="csoptfmt">toctitle</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.28">5</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.207">14</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.printgloss.type"><span class="csoptfmt">type</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.20">5</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.211">14</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:oldprintglossary"><code class="csfmt">\printglossary</code> (<span class="styfmt">glossary.sty</span>)</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.193">14</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:printtype"><code class="csfmt">\print<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">type</em>〉</span></code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.194">14</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7536640 -->
+
+<section id="index7667712"><!-- start of section index7667712 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->R<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7667712">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:resetacronym"><code class="csfmt">\resetacronym</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:unreset">§7.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.177">12</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:resetallacronyms"><code class="csfmt">\resetallacronyms</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:unreset">§7.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.183">13</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7667712 -->
+
+<section id="index7733248"><!-- start of section index7733248 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->S<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7733248">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:opt.section"><span class="styoptfmt">section</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:pkgopt">Table 1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:setacronymstyle"><code class="csfmt">\setacronymstyle</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.121">9</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.129">10</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.acrstyle.long-short-desc"><span class="acrstylefmt">long-short-desc</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.124">10</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:setglossarystyle"><code class="csfmt">\setglossarystyle</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#section.3">§3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.9">3</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.14">5</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:shortglossary-typename"><code class="csfmt">\short<span class="meta">〈<em class="metainner">glossary-type</em>〉</span>name</code></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.27">5</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.206">14</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:storeglosentry"><code class="csfmt">\storeglosentry</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#section.5">§5</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.42">6</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.102">8</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.storegloskey.description"><span class="csoptfmt">description</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.60">7</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.123">9</a>–<a href="#wrglossary.149">11</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.storegloskey.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.75">7</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.storegloskey.name"><span class="csoptfmt">name</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.55">7</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.122">9</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.storegloskey.number"><span class="csoptfmt">number</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.66">7</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.storegloskey.sort"><span class="csoptfmt">sort</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.70">7</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:opt.style"><span class="styoptfmt">style</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:pkgopt">Table 1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.16">5</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7733248 -->
+
+<section id="index7798784"><!-- start of section index7798784 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->T<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7798784">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:opt.toc"><span class="styoptfmt">toc</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#tab:pkgopt">Table 1</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7798784 -->
+
+<section id="index7864320"><!-- start of section index7864320 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->U<div class="labellink"><a href="#index7864320">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:unsetacronym"><code class="csfmt">\unsetacronym</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:unreset">§7.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.180">13</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:unsetallacronyms"><code class="csfmt">\unsetallacronyms</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:unreset">§7.3</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.188">13</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:useacronym"><code class="csfmt">\useacronym</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#section.7">§7</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.140">10</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:useGlosentry"><code class="csfmt">\useGlosentry</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#subsection.6.2">§6.2</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.82">7</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.91">8</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><a href="#glo:useglosentry"><code class="csfmt">\useglosentry</code></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:useglosentry">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.85">7</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><dfn id="glo:opt.useglsopt.format"><span class="csoptfmt">format</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.87">7</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx1"><a href="#glo:opt.useglsopt.number"><span class="csoptfmt">number</span></a><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#sec:useglosentry">§6.1</a>; <a href="#wrglossary.89">7</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.95">8</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx1 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index7864320 -->
+
+<section id="index8060928"><!-- start of section index8060928 --><div class="tomain"><a href="#main">[top]</a></div>
+<h3><!-- start of subsection header -->X<div class="labellink"><a href="#index8060928">[link]</a></div></h3><!-- end of subsection header -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:app.xindy"><span class="appfmt">xindy</span></dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.4">2</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.100">8</a>, <a href="#wrglossary.217">15</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+<div class="nlctuserguideidx0"><dfn id="glo:pkg.xspace"><span class="styfmt">xspace</span> package</dfn><span class="qquad"></span><a href="#wrglossary.153">11</a></div><!-- end of nlctuserguideidx0 -->
+
+</section><!-- end of section index8060928 -->
+</div><!-- end of main -->
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf
index f9a189ad1b..a8b9b0c324 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex
index 268d3c997a..2c334ff099 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex
@@ -1,62 +1,403 @@
-\documentclass{nlctdoc}
-
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
-\ifpdf
-\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-\usepackage{lmodern}
-\usepackage{fourier}
-\usepackage{mathpazo}
-\usepackage[scaled=.88]{helvet}
-\usepackage{courier}
-\fi
-\usepackage{cmap}
-
-\usepackage[colorlinks,
- bookmarks,
- hyperindex=false,
- pdfauthor={Nicola L.C. Talbot},
- pdftitle={Upgrading from the glossary package to
- the glossaries package}]{hyperref}
-\usepackage{xr-hyper}
-
-\newcommand*{\igloskey}[2][newglossaryentry]{\icsopt{#1}{#2}}
-\newcommand*{\gloskey}[2][newglossaryentry]{\csopt{#1}{#2}}
-\newcommand*{\acrstyle}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
-
-\ifpdf
-\newcommand{\glsentrytext}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
-\externaldocument{glossaries-user}
-\fi
-
-\IndexPrologue{\section*{Index}}
-\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}
+% arara: lualatex
+% arara: bib2gls: { group: on }
+% arara: lualatex
+% arara: bib2gls: { group: on } if found ("log", "Glossary entry `sym.")
+% arara: lualatex
+% arara: lualatex if found ("log", "Rerun to")
+
+\documentclass[titlepage=false,oneside,
+ fontsize=12pt,captions=tableheading]{scrarticle}
+
+\usepackage[noatsymgroup]{nlctuserguide}
+
+\renewcommand*{\thispackagename}{glossaries}
+
+\glsxtrnewgls{opt.glostyle.}{\glostyle}
+\glsxtrnewgls{opt.acrstyle.}{\acrstyle}
+
+\defsemanticcmd{\glostylefmt}{\textsf}{}
+\defsemanticcmd{\acrstylefmt}{\textsf}{}
+
+\glsxtrnewgls{opt.printgloss.}{\printglossopt}
+\newcommand{\printglossoptval}[2]{\optval{printgloss.#1}{#2}}
+\newcommand{\printglossoptvalm}[2]{\optval{printgloss.#1}{\marg{#2}}}
+
+\glsxtrnewgls{opt.gloskey.}{\gloskey}
+\newcommand{\gloskeyval}[2]{\optval{gloskey.#1}{\marg{#2}}}
+
+\glsxtrnewgls{opt.storegloskey.}{\storegloskey}
+\newcommand{\storegloskeyval}[2]{\optval{storegloskey.#1}{\marg{#2}}}
+
+\glsxtrnewgls{opt.glsopt.}{\glsopt}
+\newcommand{\glsoptval}[2]{\optval{glsopt.#1}{#2}}
+
+\glsxtrnewgls{opt.useglsopt.}{\useglsopt}
+\newcommand{\useglsoptval}[2]{\optval{useglsopt.#1}{#2}}
+
+\renewcommand{\nlctuserguidecustomentryaliases}{%
+ glossarystyle=index,
+ acronymstyle=index,
+}
+
+\nlctuserguidegls
+{
+ \def\gprintglossopt#1#2{%
+ \glsbibwriteentry{commandoption}{opt.printgloss.#1}{%
+ \field{name}{\csoptfmt{#1}}\parent{printglossary}#2}}%
+ \def\gglosty#1#2{\glsbibwriteentry{glossarystyle}{opt.glostyle.#1}%
+ {\field{name}{\glostylefmt{#1}}\parent{idx.glossarystyle}#2}}%
+ \def\gacrsty#1#2{\glsbibwriteentry{acronymstyle}{opt.acrstyle.#1}%
+ {\field{name}{\acrstylefmt{#1}}\parent{setacronymstyle}#2}}%
+ \def\ggloskey#1#2{%
+ \glsbibwriteentry{commandoption}{opt.gloskey.#1}{%
+ \field{name}{\csoptfmt{#1}}\parent{newglossaryentry}#2}}%
+ \def\gstoregloskey#1#2{%
+ \glsbibwriteentry{commandoption}{opt.storegloskey.#1}{%
+ \field{name}{\csoptfmt{#1}}\parent{storeglosentry}#2}}%
+ \def\gglsopt#1#2{%
+ \glsbibwriteentry{commandoption}{opt.glsopt.#1}{%
+ \field{name}{\csoptfmt{#1}}\parent{gls}#2}}%
+ \def\guseglsopt#1#2{%
+ \glsbibwriteentry{commandoption}{opt.useglsopt.#1}{%
+ \field{name}{\csoptfmt{#1}}\parent{useglosentry}#2}}%
+ \gidx{glossarystyle}{\name{glossary styles}\field{text}{glossary style}}
+ % \newglossarytype
+ \gcmd{new\-glossary\-type}
+ {%
+ \syntax{\oargm{log-ext}\margm{type}\margm{out-ext}\margm{in-ext}\oargm{old style list}}
+ }
+ % \newglossary
+ \gcmd{new\-glossary}
+ {
+ \syntax{\oargm{log-ext}\margm{type}\margm{out-ext}\margm{in-ext}\margm{title}}
+ }
+ % \setglossarystyle
+ \gcmd{set\-glossary\-style}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{new-style}}
+ }
+ % \printglossary (glossary.sty)
+ \gcmd{oldprintglossary}
+ {
+ \name{\csfmt{print\-glossary} (\styfmt{glossary.sty})}
+ \field{text}{\csfmt{print\-glossary}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{type}}
+ }
+ % \printglossary (glossaries.sty)
+ \gcmd{print\-glossary}
+ {
+ \name{\csfmt{print\-glossary} (\styfmt{glossaries.sty})}
+ \field{text}{\csfmt{print\-glossary}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}}
+ }
+ % \printglossaries
+ \gcmd{print\-glossaries}{}
+ % \printacronym
+ \gcmds{print\-acronym}{}
+ % \acronymtype
+ \gcmd{acronym\-type}{}
+ % \print<type>
+ \gcmdmeta{print}{type}{}{}
+ % \glossaryname
+ \gcmd{glossary\-name}{}
+ % \acronymname
+ \gcmd{acronym\-name}{}
+ % \<glossary-type>name
+ \gcmdmeta{}{glossary\dhyphen type}{name}{}
+ % \short<glossary-type>name
+ \gcmdmeta{short}{glossary\dhyphen type}{name}{}
+ % \make<glossary-type>
+ \gcmdmeta{make}{glossary\dhyphen type}{}{}
+ % \makeglossary
+ \gcmd{make\-glossary}{}
+ % \makeacronym
+ \gcmd{make\-acronym}{}
+ % \makeglossaries
+ \gcmd{make\-glossaries}{}
+ % \glossary
+ \gcmd{glossary}{}
+ % \storeglosentry
+ \gcmd{store\-glos\-entry}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{label}\marg{\keyvallist}}
+ }
+ % \newglossaryentry
+ \gcmd{new\-glossary\-entry}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{label}\marg{\keyvallist}}
+ }
+ % \glsnumberformat
+ \gcmd{gls\-number\-format}{\syntax{text}}
+ % \gls (glossary.sty)
+ \gcmd{oldgls}{
+ \name{\csfmt{gls} (\styfmt{glossary.sty})}
+ \field{text}{\csfmt{gls}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{label}}
+ }
+ % \gls
+ \gcmd{gls}
+ {
+ \name{\csfmt{gls} (\styfmt{glossaries.sty})}
+ \field{text}{\csfmt{gls}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{label}\oargm{insert}}
+ }
+ % \Gls
+ \gcmd{Gls}
+ {
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{label}\oargm{insert}}
+ }
+ % \glsadd
+ \gcmd{glsadd}{\syntax{\oargm{new options}\margm{label}}}
+ % \glslink
+ \gcmd{glslink}{\syntax{\oargm{new options}\margm{label}\margm{text}}}
+ % \useglosentry
+ \gcmd{use\-glos\-entry}{\syntax{\oargm{old options}\margm{label}}}
+ % \useGlosentry
+ \gcmd{use\-Glos\-entry}{\syntax{\oargm{old options}\margm{label}\margm{text}}}
+ % \newacronym (glossary.sty)
+ \gcmd{oldnewacronym}
+ {
+ \name{\csfmt{new\-acronym} (\styfmt{glossary.sty})}
+ \field{text}{\csfmt{new\-acronym}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{cmd-name}\margm{acronym}\margm{long}\margm{old-options}}
+ }
+ % \newacronym (glossaries.sty)
+ \gcmd{new\-acronym}
+ {
+ \name{\csfmt{new\-acronym} (\styfmt{glossaries.sty})}
+ \field{text}{\csfmt{new\-acronym}}
+ \syntax{\oargm{options}\margm{label}\margm{abbrv}\margm{long}}
+ }
+ % \oldacronym
+ \gcmd{oldacronym}
+ {
+ \syntax{\oargm{cmd-name}\margm{acronym}\margm{long}\margm{old-options}}
+ }
+ % \setacronymstyle
+ \gcmd{set\-acronym\-style}
+ {
+ \syntax{\oargm{glossary-type}\margm{style-name}}
+ }
+ % \useacronym
+ \gcmds{use\-acronym}
+ {
+ \syntax{\oargm{insert}\margm{acr-name}}
+ }
+ % \acrlong
+ \gcmd{acr\-long}{\syntax{\margm{label}}}
+ % \acrshort
+ \gcmd{acr\-short}{\syntax{\margm{label}}}
+ % \acrlongpl
+ \gcmd{acr\-long\-pl}{\syntax{\margm{label}}}
+ % \acrshort
+ \gcmd{acr\-short\-pl}{\syntax{\margm{label}}}
+ % \acs
+ \gcmd{acs}{\syntax{\margm{label}}}
+ % \acl
+ \gcmd{acl}{\syntax{\margm{label}}}
+ % \acrln
+ \gcmd{acrln}{\syntax{\margm{acr-name}}}
+ % \acrsh
+ \gcmd{acrsh}{\syntax{\margm{acr-name}}}
+ % \ifacronymfirstuse
+ \gcmd{if\-acronym\-first\-use}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{acr-name}\margm{not used text}\margm{has been used text}}
+ }
+ % \ifglsused
+ \gcmd{if\-gls\-used}
+ {
+ \syntax{\margm{label}\margm{has been used text}\margm{not used text}}
+ }
+ % \resetacronym
+ \gcmd{reset\-acronym}{\syntax{\margm{acr-name}}}
+ % \unsetacronym
+ \gcmd{unset\-acronym}{\syntax{\margm{acr-name}}}
+ % \resetallacronyms
+ \gcmd{reset\-all\-acronyms}{}
+ % \unsetallacronyms
+ \gcmd{unset\-all\-acronyms}{}
+ % \glsreset
+ \gcmd{gls\-reset}{\syntax{\margm{label}}}
+ % \glslocalreset
+ \gcmd{gls\-local\-reset}{\syntax{\margm{label}}}
+ % \glsunset
+ \gcmd{gls\-unset}{\syntax{\margm{label}}}
+ % \glslocalunset
+ \gcmd{gls\-local\-unset}{\syntax{\margm{label}}}
+ % \glsresetall
+ \gcmd{gls\-reset\-all}{\syntax{\oargm{glossary-types}}}
+ % \glsunsetall
+ \gcmd{gls\-unset\-all}{\syntax{\oargm{glossary-types}}}
+ % \glslocalresetall
+ \gcmd{gls\-local\-reset\-all}{\syntax{\oargm{glossary-types}}}
+ % \glslocalunsetall
+ \gcmd{gls\-local\-unset\-all}{\syntax{\oargm{glossary-types}}}
+ % \<acr-name>
+ \gcmdmeta{}{acr\dhyphen name}{}{\field{modifiers}{*}}
+ % new key: type
+ \ggloskey{type}{\syntax{\meta{glossary-type}}}
+ % new key: name
+ \ggloskey{name}{\syntax{\margm{text}}}
+ % new key: description
+ \ggloskey{description}{\syntax{\margm{text}}}
+ % new key: counter
+ \ggloskey{counter}{\syntax{\margm{counter-name}}}
+ % new key: sort
+ \ggloskey{sort}{\syntax{\margm{text}}}
+ % new key: first
+ \ggloskey{first}{\syntax{\margm{text}}}
+ % new key: firstplural
+ \ggloskey{first\-plural}{\syntax{\margm{text}}}
+ % new key: text
+ \ggloskey{text}{\syntax{\margm{text}}}
+ % new key: plural
+ \ggloskey{plural}{\syntax{\margm{text}}}
+ % old key: name
+ \gstoregloskey{name}{\syntax{\margm{text}}}
+ % old key: description
+ \gstoregloskey{description}{\syntax{\margm{text}}}
+ % old key: format
+ \gstoregloskey{format}{\syntax{\meta{csname}}}
+ % old key: number
+ \gstoregloskey{number}{\syntax{\meta{counter-name}}}
+ % old key: sort
+ \gstoregloskey{sort}{\syntax{\margm{text}}}
+ % gls key: format
+ \gglsopt{format}{\syntax{\meta{csname}}}
+ % gls key: counter
+ \gglsopt{counter}{\syntax{\meta{counter-name}}}
+ % useglosentry key: format
+ \guseglsopt{format}{\syntax{\meta{csname}}}
+ % useglosentry key: number
+ \guseglsopt{number}{\syntax{\margm{counter-name}}}
+ % package option style
+ \gstyopt{style}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{style-name}}
+ }
+ % package option nonumberlist
+ \gstyopt{nonumberlist}{}
+ % package option counter
+ \gstyopt{counter}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{counter-name}}
+ }
+ % package option toc
+ \gstyopt{toc}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ }
+ % package option section
+ \gstyopt{section}
+ {
+ \syntax{\meta{value}}
+ }
+ % package option acronym
+ \gstyopt{acronym}%
+ {%
+ \syntax{\meta{boolean}}
+ }
+ % printgloss style
+ \gprintglossopt{style}{%
+ \syntax{\meta{style-name}}
+ }
+ % printgloss type
+ \gprintglossopt{type}{%
+ \syntax{\meta{glossary-label}}
+ }
+ % printgloss nonumberlist
+ \gprintglossopt{no\-number\-list}{}
+ % printgloss toctitle
+ \gprintglossopt{toc\-title}{}
+ % acronym style: long-short-desc
+ \gacrsty{long\dhyphen short\dhyphen desc}{}
+ % glossary style: long
+ \gglosty{long}{}
+ % glossary style: longheader
+ \gglosty{long\-header}{}
+ % glossary style: longborder
+ \gglosty{long\-border}{}
+ % glossary style: longheaderborder
+ \gglosty{long\-header\-border}{}
+ % glossary style: long3col
+ \gglosty{long3col}{}
+ % glossary style: long3colheader
+ \gglosty{long3col\-header}{}
+ % glossary style: long3colborder
+ \gglosty{long3col\-border}{}
+ % glossary style: long3colheaderborder
+ \gglosty{long3col\-header\-border}{}
+ % glossary style: super
+ \gglosty{super}{}
+ % glossary style: superheader
+ \gglosty{super\-header}{}
+ % glossary style: superborder
+ \gglosty{super\-border}{}
+ % glossary style: superheaderborder
+ \gglosty{super\-header\-border}{}
+ % glossary style: super3col
+ \gglosty{super3col}{}
+ % glossary style: super3colheader
+ \gglosty{super3col\-header}{}
+ % glossary style: super3colborder
+ \gglosty{super3col\-border}{}
+ % glossary style: super3colheaderborder
+ \gglosty{super3col\-header\-border}{}
+ % applications:
+ \gapp{makeindex}{}
+ \gapp{xindy}{}
+ \gapp{makeglos}{}
+ \gapp{makeglossaries}{}
+ \gapp{bib2gls}{}
+ % punctuation
+ \gpunc{at}{\name{\code{@}}}
+ \gpunc{excl}{\name{\code{!}}}
+ \gpunc{dblquote}{\name{\code{"}}}
+ \gpunc{vbar}{\name{\code{|}}}
+ % packages
+ \gpkg{xspace}{}
+ \gpkg{glossaries\dhyphen extra}{}
+ % file types
+ \gext{glo}{}
+ \gext{glg}{}
+ \gext{gls}{}
+}
\title{Upgrading from the glossary package to the glossaries
package}
\author{Nicola L.C. Talbot}
-\date{2021-11-01}
+\date{2022-10-14}
-\newenvironment{oldway}{%
- \begin{labelledbox}{\styfmt{glossary}}\ttfamily\obeylines
-}{%
- \end{labelledbox}%
-}
+\newenvironment{oldway}
+{\begin{codebox*}[title={\styfmt{glossary.sty}}]}
+{\end{codebox*}}
-\newenvironment{newway}{%
- \begin{labelledbox}{\styfmt{glossaries}}\ttfamily\obeylines
-}{%
- \end{labelledbox}%
-}
+\newenvironment{newway}
+{\begin{codebox*}[title={\styfmt{glossaries.sty}}]}
+{\end{codebox*}}
\begin{document}
\maketitle
+\htmlavailable
+
\begin{abstract}
The purpose of this document is to provide advice if you want to
convert a \LaTeX\ document from using the obsolete \styfmt{glossary}
package to the replacement \styfmt{glossaries} package.
+The final version of the \styfmt{glossary} package is 2.4 (2006-07-20).
+It was made obsolete after the release of \styfmt{glossaries}
+v1.0 (2007-05-16).
\end{abstract}
+For the main \styfmt{glossaries} user guide, see
+\filefmt{glossaries-user.pdf}.
+\texdocref{glossaries-user}
+For a shorter guide for beginners, see
+\filefmt{glossariesbegin.pdf}.
+\texdocref{glossariesbegin}
+
\tableofcontents
\section{Why the Need for a New Package?}
@@ -83,10 +424,8 @@ to the name and description;
\item you can add dictionaries to supply translations for the
fixed names used in headings and by some of the glossary styles;
-\item you can choose\footnote{as from v1.17. Previous versions
-were designed to be used with \app{makeindex} only} between using
-\app{makeindex} or \app{xindy} to sort the glossary. Using
-\app{xindy} means that:
+\item you can choose between using \app{makeindex} or \app{xindy} to
+sort the glossary. Using \app{xindy} means that:
\begin{itemize}
\item there is much better support for terms containing accented
@@ -95,11 +434,15 @@ were designed to be used with \app{makeindex} only} between using
\item there is support for non-standard location numbers;
\end{itemize}
-\item you don't need to remember to escape \app{makeindex}'s
+(Additional indexing options have since been added. See
+the \qt{Indexing Options} section
+of the \styfmt{glossaries} user manual.)
+
+\item you don't need to remember to escape \app{makeindex}['s]
special characters as this is done internally;
-\item hierarchical entries and homographs are supported;\footnote{as
-from v1.17}
+\item hierarchical entries and homographs are supported (as
+from v1.17);
\item there is better support for cross-referencing glossary entries;
@@ -115,8 +458,8 @@ maintain consistency;
When converting a document that currently uses the obsolete
\styfmt{glossary} package to the replacement \styfmt{glossaries} package,
it should be fairly obvious that the first thing you need to do is
-replace \verb|\usepackage{glossary}| with
-\verb|\usepackage{glossaries}|, however some of the package options
+replace \code{\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossary}} with
+\code{\cmd{usepackage}\marg{glossaries}}, however some of the package options
are different, so you may need to change those as well.
Table~\ref{tab:pkgopt} shows the mappings from the \styfmt{glossary}
to the \styfmt{glossaries} package options.
@@ -125,38 +468,37 @@ to the \styfmt{glossaries} package options.
\caption[Mappings]{Mappings from \styfmt{glossary} to \styfmt{glossaries}
package options}
\label{tab:pkgopt}
-\begin{center}
+\centering
\begin{tabular}{ll}
\bfseries \styfmt{glossary} option & \bfseries \styfmt{glossaries} option\\
style=list & style=list\\
style=altlist & style=altlist\\
-style=long,header=none,border=none,cols=2 & style=long\\
-style=long,header=plain,border=none,cols=2 & style=longheader\\
-style=long,header=none,border=plain,cols=2 & style=longborder\\
-style=long,header=plain,border=plain,cols=2 & style=longheaderborder\\
-style=long,header=none,border=none,cols=3 & style=long3col\\
-style=long,header=plain,border=none,cols=3 & style=long3colheader\\
-style=long,header=none,border=plain,cols=3 & style=long3colborder\\
-style=long,header=plain,border=plain,cols=3 & style=long3colheaderborder\\
-style=super,header=none,border=none,cols=2 & style=super\\
-style=super,header=plain,border=none,cols=2 & style=superheader\\
-style=super,header=none,border=plain,cols=2 & style=superborder\\
-style=super,header=plain,border=plain,cols=2 & style=superheaderborder\\
-style=super,header=none,border=none,cols=3 & style=super3col\\
-style=super,header=plain,border=none,cols=3 & style=super3colheader\\
-style=super,header=none,border=plain,cols=3 & style=super3colborder\\
-style=super,header=plain,border=plain,cols=3 & style=super3colheaderborder\\
-number=none & nonumberlist\\
-number=\meta{counter name} & counter=\meta{counter name}\\
-toc & toc\\
-hypertoc & toc\\
+style=long,header=none,border=none,cols=2 & \opt{style}=\glostyle{long}\\
+style=long,header=plain,border=none,cols=2 & \opt{style}=\glostyle{longheader}\\
+style=long,header=none,border=plain,cols=2 & \opt{style}=\glostyle{longborder}\\
+style=long,header=plain,border=plain,cols=2 & \opt{style}=\glostyle{longheaderborder}\\
+style=long,header=none,border=none,cols=3 & \opt{style}=\glostyle{long3col}\\
+style=long,header=plain,border=none,cols=3 & \opt{style}=\glostyle{long3colheader}\\
+style=long,header=none,border=plain,cols=3 & \opt{style}=\glostyle{long3colborder}\\
+style=long,header=plain,border=plain,cols=3 & \opt{style}=\glostyle{long3colheaderborder}\\
+style=super,header=none,border=none,cols=2 & \opt{style}=\glostyle{super}\\
+style=super,header=plain,border=none,cols=2 & \opt{style}=\glostyle{superheader}\\
+style=super,header=none,border=plain,cols=2 & \opt{style}=\glostyle{superborder}\\
+style=super,header=plain,border=plain,cols=2 & \opt{style}=\glostyle{superheaderborder}\\
+style=super,header=none,border=none,cols=3 & \opt{style}=\glostyle{super3col}\\
+style=super,header=plain,border=none,cols=3 & \opt{style}=\glostyle{super3colheader}\\
+style=super,header=none,border=plain,cols=3 & \opt{style}=\glostyle{super3colborder}\\
+style=super,header=plain,border=plain,cols=3 & \opt{style}=\glostyle{super3colheaderborder}\\
+number=none & \opt{nonumberlist}\\
+number=\meta{counter name} & \opt{counter}=\meta{counter name}\\
+toc & \opt{toc}\\
+hypertoc & \opt{toc}\\
hyper & \emph{no corresponding option}\\
-section=true & section\\
+section=true & \opt{section}\\
section=false & \emph{no corresponding option}\\
-acronym & acronym\\
+acronym & \opt{acronym}\\
global & \emph{no corresponding option}
\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
\end{table}
\section{Defining new glossary types}
@@ -164,209 +506,225 @@ global & \emph{no corresponding option}
If you have created new glossary types, you will need to
replace all instances of
\begin{oldway}
-\ics{newglossarytype}\oarg{log-ext}\marg{type}\marg{out-ext}\marg{in-ext}\oarg{old style list}\newline
-\cs{newcommand}\verb|{\|\meta{type}name\verb|}|\marg{title}
+\cmddefsyntax{}{newglossarytype}\newline
+\csfmt{newcommand}\marg{\meta{type}name}\margm{title}
\end{oldway}%
with
\begin{newway}
-\ics{newglossary}\oarg{log-ext}\marg{type}\marg{out-ext}\marg{in-ext}\marg{title}
+\cmddefsyntax{}{newglossary}
\end{newway}%
in the preamble, and, if the new glossary requires a different style
to the main (default) glossary, you will also need to put
\begin{newway}
-\ics{setglossarystyle}\marg{new style}
+\cmddefsyntax{}{setglossarystyle}
\end{newway}%
immediately before the glossary is displayed, or you can specify
-the style when you display the glossary using \ics{printglossary}
+the style when you display the glossary using \gls{printglossary}
(see below).
The \meta{old style list} optional argument can be converted to
-\meta{new style} using the same mapping given in
+\meta{new-style} using the same mapping given in
Table~\ref{tab:pkgopt}.
For example, if your document contains the following:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossarytype[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}[style=long,header]
-\newcommand{\notationname}{Index of Notation}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{oldway}
+\gls{newglossarytype}\oarg{nlg}\marg{notation}\marg{not}\marg{ntn}\oarg{style=long,header}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{notationname}}\marg{Index of Notation}
+\end{oldway}
You will need to replace the above two lines with:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Index of Notation}
-\end{verbatim}
-in the preamble and
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setglossarystyle{longheader}
-\end{verbatim}
-immediately prior to displaying this glossary. Alternatively, you
-can specify the style using the \csopt{printglossary}{style} key in
-the optional argument of \ics{printglossary}. For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\printglossary[type=notation,style=longheader]
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{newway}
+\gls{newglossary}\oarg{nlg}\marg{notation}\marg{not}\marg{ntn}\marg{Index of Notation}
+\end{newway}
+in the preamble and set the style to \glostyle{longheader} with
+\begin{newway}
+\gls{setglossarystyle}\marg{\glostyle{longheader}}
+\end{newway}
+prior to displaying this glossary. Alternatively, you
+can specify the style using \opt{style} package option (which makes
+it the default style) or the \printglossopt{style} key in
+the optional argument of \gls{printglossary}. For example:
+\begin{newway}
+\gls{printglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{notation},\printglossoptval{style}{\glostyle{longheader}}}
+\end{newway}
Note that the glossary title is no longer specified using
-\cs{}\meta{glossary-type}\texttt{name} (except for \ics{glossaryname}
-and \ics{acronymname}) but is instead specified in the \meta{title}
-argument of \ics{newglossary}. The short title which is specified in
+\gls{glossary-typename} (except for \gls{glossaryname}
+and \gls{acronymname}) but is instead specified in the \meta{title}
+argument of \gls{newglossary}. The short title which is specified in
the \styfmt{glossary} package by the command
-\cs{short}\meta{glossary-name}\texttt{name} is now specified using
-the \csopt{printglossary}{toctitle} key in the optional argument to
-\ics{printglossary}.
+\gls{shortglossary-typename} is now specified using
+the \printglossopt{toctitle} key in the optional argument to
+\gls{printglossary}.
-\section{\texorpdfstring{\cs{make}\meta{glossary
-name}}{\textbackslash make...}}
+\section{\glsfmttext{makeglossary-type}}
-All instances of \cs{make}\meta{glossary name} (e.g.\
-\ics{makeglossary} and \ics{makeacronym}) should be replaced
-by the single command \ics{makeglossaries}. For example, if
+All instances of \gls{makeglossary-type} (e.g.\
+\gls{makeglossary} and \gls{makeacronym}) should be replaced
+by the single command \gls{makeglossaries}. For example, if
your document contained the following:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\makeglossary
-\makeacronym
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{oldway}
+\gls{makeglossary}
+\gls{makeacronym}
+\end{oldway}
then you should replace both lines with the single line:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\makeglossaries
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{newway}
+\gls{makeglossaries}
+\end{newway}
\section{Storing glossary information}
With the old \styfmt{glossary} package you could optionally store
glossary information for later use, or you could simply use
-\ics{glossary} whenever you wanted to add information to the glossary.
+\gls{glossary} whenever you wanted to add information to the glossary.
With the new \styfmt{glossaries} package, the latter option is no longer
-available.\footnote{mainly because having a key value list in
-\ics{glossary} caused problems, but it also helps consistency.} If
+available. (This is mainly because having a key value list in
+\gls{glossary} caused problems, but it also helps consistency.) If
you have stored all the glossary information using
-\ics{storeglosentry}, then you will need to convert these commands
-into the equivalent \ics{newglossaryentry}. If you have only
-used \ics{glossary}, then see \sectionref{sec:csglossary}.
+\gls{storeglosentry}, then you will need to convert these commands
+into the equivalent \gls{newglossaryentry}. If you have only
+used \gls{glossary}, then see \sectionref{sec:csglossary}.
Substitute all instances of
\begin{oldway}
-\ics{storeglosentry}\marg{label}\marg{gls-entry}
+\cmddefsyntax{}{storeglosentry}
\end{oldway}%
with
\begin{newway}
-\ics{newglossaryentry}\marg{label}\marg{gls-entry}
+\cmddefsyntax{}{newglossaryentry}
\end{newway}%
This should be fairly easy to do using the search and replace
facility in your editor (but see notes below).
-If you have used the optional argument of \ics{storeglosentry}
+If you have used the optional argument of \gls{storeglosentry}
(i.e.\ you have multiple glossaries) then you will need to
substitute
\begin{oldway}
-\ics{storeglosentry}\oarg{gls-type}\marg{label}\marg{gls-entry}
+\gls{storeglosentry}\oargm{gls-type}\margm{label}\marg{\keyvallist}
\end{oldway}%
with
\begin{newway}
-\ics{newglossaryentry}\marg{label}\verb|{|\meta{gls-entry},type=\meta{gls-type}\verb|}|
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\margm{label}\marg{\keyvallist,\gloskeyval{type}{\meta{gls-type}}}
\end{newway}
-The glossary entry information \meta{gls-entry} may also need
-changing. If \meta{gls-entry} contains any of \app{makeindex}'s
-special characters (i.e.\ \texttt{@} \texttt{!} \verb|"| or
-\verb"|") then they should no longer be escaped with \verb'"'
+The glossary entry information \keyvallist\ may also need
+changing. If \keyvallist\ contains any of \app{makeindex}['s]
+special characters (i.e.\ \idx{at} \idx{excl} \idx{dblquote} or
+\idx{vbar}) then they should no longer be escaped with \idx{dblquote}
since the \styfmt{glossaries} package deals with these characters
internally. For example, if your document contains the following:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\storeglosentry{card}{name={$"|\mathcal{S}"|$},
-description={The cardinality of the set $\mathcal{S}$}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{oldway}
+\gls{storeglosentry}\marg{card}\marg{\storegloskeyval{name}{\$\idx{dblquote}\idx{vbar}\cmd{mathcal}\marg{S}\idx{dblquote}\idx{vbar}\$},
+\storegloskeyval{description}{The cardinality of the set \$\cmd{mathcal}\marg{S}\$}}
+\end{oldway}
then you will need to replace it with:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newglossaryentry{card}{name={$|\mathcal{S}|$},
-description={The cardinality of the set $\mathcal{S}$}}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{newway}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\marg{card}\marg{\gloskeyval{name}{\$\idx{vbar}\cmd{mathcal}\marg{S}\idx{vbar}\$},
+\gloskeyval{description}{The cardinality of the set \$\cmd{mathcal}\marg{S}\$}}
+\end{newway}
+
+The \storegloskey{number} key available in \gls{storeglosentry}
+should be replaced with the \gloskey{counter} key in
+\gls{newglossaryentry}. The \storegloskey{sort} key in \gls{storeglosentry}
+is also called \gloskey{sort} in \gls{newglossaryentry}.
-The \csopt{storeglosentry}{format} and
-\csopt{storeglosentry}{number} keys available in \ics{storeglosentry}
-are not available with \ics{newglossaryentry}.
+The \gls{storeglosentry} \storegloskey{format} key doesn't have a
+counterpart in \gls{newglossaryentry}. You can, however, specify the
+format in the optional argument of commands like \gls{gls} or
+\gls{glsadd} or you can change the default format by redefining
+\gls{glsnumberformat}.
\section{Adding an entry to the glossary}
The \styfmt{glossary} package provided two basic means to add
information to the glossary: firstly, the term was defined
-using \ics{storeglosentry} and the entries for that term were
-added using \ics{useglosentry}, \ics{useGlosentry} and \ics{gls}.
-Secondly, the term was added to the glossary using \ics{glossary}.
+using \gls{storeglosentry} and the entries for that term were
+added using \gls{useglosentry}, \gls{useGlosentry} and \gls{gls}.
+Secondly, the term was added to the glossary using \gls{glossary}.
This second approach is unavailable with the \styfmt{glossaries}
-package.
+package, since all entries must be defined before they can be
+indexed.
-\subsection{\texorpdfstring{\cs{useglosentry}}{\textbackslash
-useglosentry}}
+\subsection{\glsfmttext{useglosentry}}
\label{sec:useglosentry}
The \styfmt{glossary} package allows you to add information to the
glossary for a predefined term without producing any text in the
document using
\begin{oldway}
-\ics{useglosentry}\oarg{old options}\marg{label}
+\cmddefsyntax{}{useglosentry}
\end{oldway}%
Any occurrences of this command will need to be replaced with
\begin{newway}
-\ics{glsadd}\oarg{new options}\marg{label}
+\cmddefsyntax{}{glsadd}
\end{newway}%
-The \csopt{useglosentry}{format} key in \meta{old options} remains
-the same in \meta{new options}. However the
-\csopt{useglosentry}{number}\texttt{=}\meta{counter name} key in
+The \useglsopt{format} key in \meta{old options} is also called
+\glsopt{format} in \meta{new options}. However the
+\optdefsyntax{}{useglsopt.number} key in
\meta{old options} should be replaced with
-\csopt{glsadd}{counter}\texttt{=}\meta{counter name} in \meta{new
-options}.
+\optdefsyntax{}{glsopt.counter} in \meta{new options}.
-\subsection{\texorpdfstring{\cs{useGlosentry}}{\textbackslash
-useGlosentry}}
+\subsection{\glsfmttext{useGlosentry}}
The \styfmt{glossary} package allows you to add information to the
glossary for a predefined term with the given text using
\begin{oldway}
-\ics{useGlosentry}\oarg{old options}\marg{label}\marg{text}
+\cmddefsyntax{}{useGlosentry}
\end{oldway}%
Any occurrences of this command will need to be replaced with
\begin{newway}
-\ics{glslink}\oarg{new options}\marg{label}\marg{text}
+\cmddefsyntax{}{glslink}
\end{newway}%
The mapping from \meta{old options} to \meta{new options} is
the same as that given \sectionref{sec:useglosentry}.
-\subsection{\texorpdfstring{\cs{gls}}{\textbackslash gls}}
+\subsection{\glsfmttext{oldgls}}
-Both the \styfmt{glossary} and the \styfmt{glossaries} packages define
-the command \ics{gls}. In this case, the only thing you need to
-change is the \csopt{gls}{number} key in the optional argument
-to \csopt{gls}{counter}. Note that the new form of \ics{gls} also takes
-a final optional argument which can be used to insert text into the
-automatically generated text.
-
-\subsection{\texorpdfstring{\cs{glossary}}{\textbackslash glossary}}
+The \styfmt{glossary} defines:
+\begin{oldway}
+\cmddefsyntax{}{oldgls}
+\end{oldway}
+The \styfmt{glossaries} package defines a command with the same
+name, but be aware that it has a final optional argument:
+\begin{newway}
+\cmddefsyntax{}{gls}
+\end{newway}
+In this case, the only thing you need to
+change is the \useglsopt{number} key in the optional argument
+to \glsopt{counter}. The \meta{insert} optional argument in the
+new form of \gls{gls} can be used to insert text into the
+automatically generated text, which will put it inside the hyperlink
+(if hyperlinks are supported).
+
+\subsection{\glsfmttext{glossary}}
\label{sec:csglossary}
When using the \styfmt{glossaries} package, you should not use
-\ics{glossary} directly.\footnote{This is because \ics{glossary}
-requires the argument to be in a specific format and doesn't use the
-\meta{key}=\meta{value} format that the old glossary package used.
-The new package's internal commands set this format, as well as
+\gls{glossary}. This is because the appropriate indexing syntax (including
escaping any of \app{makeindex}'s or \app{xindy}'s special
-characters. What's more, the format has changed as from v1.17 to
-allow the new package to be used with either \app{makeindex} or
-\app{xindy}.} If, with the old package, you have opted to
-explicitly use \ics{glossary} instead of storing the glossary
-information with \ics{storeglosentry}, then converting from
+characters) is generated when the entry is defined. This reduces
+overall complexity as it no longer needs to be performed every time
+an entry is indexed. By placing the glossary definitions within the
+preamble, it also reduces the chance that the indexing special
+character may have their category code changed, which can cause
+interference.
+
+If, with the old package, you have opted to
+explicitly use \gls{glossary} instead of storing the glossary
+information with \gls{storeglosentry}, then converting from
\styfmt{glossary} to \styfmt{glossaries} will be more time-consuming,
-although in the end, I hope you will see the benefits.\footnote{From
-the user's point of view, using \ics{glossary} throughout the
+although in the end, I hope you will see the benefits. From
+the user's point of view, using \gls{glossary} throughout the
document is time consuming, and if you use it more than once for the
same term, there's a chance extra spaces may creep in which will
cause \app{makeindex} to treat the two entries as different
-terms, even though they look the same in the document.} If you have
-used \ics{glossary} with the old glossary package, you will instead
+terms, even though they look the same in the document. If you have
+used \gls{glossary} with the old glossary package, you will instead
need to define the relevant glossary terms using
-\ics{newglossaryentry} and reference the terms using
-\ics{glsadd}, \ics{glslink}, \ics{gls} etc.
+\gls{newglossaryentry} and reference the terms using
+\gls{glsadd}, \gls{glslink}, \gls{gls} etc.
If you don't like the idea of continually scrolling back to the
-preamble to type all your \ics{newglossaryentry} commands, you may
+preamble to type all your \gls{newglossaryentry} commands, you may
prefer to create a new file, in which to store all these commands,
and then input that file in your document's preamble. Most text
editors and front-ends allow you to have multiple files open, and
@@ -377,158 +735,158 @@ you can tab back and forth between them.
In the \styfmt{glossary} package, acronyms were treated differently
to glossary entries. This resulted in inconsistencies and sprawling
unmaintainable code. The new \styfmt{glossaries} package treats
-acronyms in exactly the same way as normal glossary terms. In fact,
-in the \styfmt{glossaries} package, the default definition of:
+acronyms in exactly the same way as normal glossary terms.
+
+Both packages provide \csfmt{newacronym}, but the syntax is
+different. With the \styfmt{glossary} package, the syntax is:
+\begin{oldway}
+\cmddefsyntax{}{oldnewacronym}
+\end{oldway}
+With the \styfmt{glossaries} package, the default definition of:
\begin{newway}
-\ics{newacronym}\oarg{options}\marg{label}\marg{abbrv}\marg{long}
+\cmddefsyntax{}{newacronym}
\end{newway}
is a shortcut for:
\begin{newway}
-\ics{newglossaryentry}\marg{label}\{type=\cs{acronymtype},
-name=\marg{abbrv},
-description=\marg{long},
-text=\marg{abbrv},
-first=\{\meta{long} (\meta{abbrv})\},
-plural=\{\meta{abbrv}s\},
-firstplural=\{\meta{long}s (\meta{abbrv}s)\},
-\meta{options}\}
+\gls{newglossaryentry}\margm{label}\marg{type=\gls{acronymtype},
+\gloskeyval{name}{\meta{abbrv}},
+\gloskeyval{description}{\meta{long}},
+\gloskeyval{text}{\meta{abbrv}},
+\gloskeyval{first}{\meta{long} (\meta{abbrv})},
+\gloskeyval{plural}{\meta{abbrv}s},
+\gloskeyval{firstplural}{\meta{long}s (\meta{abbrv}s)},
+\meta{options}}
\end{newway}
+(Note that this shortcut default is an older method of defining
+acronyms. If you use \gls{setacronymstyle} introduced to
+\styfmt{glossaries} v4.02, then a more flexible method is adopted.)
This is different to the \styfmt{glossary} package which set the
-\csopt{newglossaryentry}{name} key to \meta{long} (\meta{abbrv}) and
+\storegloskey{name} key to \meta{long} (\meta{abbrv}) and
allowed you to set a description using the
-\csopt{newglossaryentry}{description} key. If you still want to do
+\storegloskey{description} key. If you still want to do
this, you can use one of the description styles, such as
\acrstyle{long-short-desc}, and use
-the \csopt{newglossaryentry}{description} key in the optional
-argument of \ics{newacronym}.
+the \gloskey{description} key in the optional
+argument of \gls{newacronym}.
For example, if your document originally had the following:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronym{SVM}{Support Vector Machine}{description=Statistical
-pattern recognition technique}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{oldway}
+\gls{oldnewacronym}\marg{SVM}\marg{Support Vector Machine}\marg{\storegloskeyval{description}{Statistical
+pattern recognition technique}}
+\end{oldway}
Then you would need to first set the style:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\setacronymstyle{long-short-desc}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{newway}
+\gls{setacronymstyle}\marg{\acrstyle{long-short-desc}}
+\end{newway}
and change the acronym definition to:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronym[description=Statistical pattern recognition
-technique]{svm}{SVM}{Support Vector Machine}
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{newway}
+\gls{newacronym}\oarg{\gloskeyval{description}{Statistical pattern recognition
+technique}}\marg{svm}\marg{SVM}\marg{Support Vector Machine}
+\end{newway}
You can then reference the acronym using any of the new referencing
-commands, such as \ics{gls} or \ics{glsadd}.
+commands, such as \gls{gls} or \gls{glsadd}.
With the old \styfmt{glossary} package, when you defined an
-acronym, it also defined a command \cs{}\meta{acr-name} which
+acronym, it also defined a command \gls{acr-name} which
could be used to display the acronym in the text. So the
-above SVM example would create the command \cs{SVM} with the old
+above SVM example would create the command \csfmt{SVM} with the old
package. In the new \styfmt{glossaries} package, the acronyms are just
another type of glossary entry, so they are displayed using
-\ics{gls}\marg{label}. Therefore, in the above example, you will
-also need to replace all occurrences of \cs{SVM} with
-\verb|\gls{svm}|.
+\code{\gls{gls}\margm{label}}. Therefore, in the above example, you will
+also need to replace all occurrences of \csfmt{SVM} with
+\code{\gls{gls}\marg{svm}}.
-If you have used \ics{useacronym} instead of \cs{}\meta{acr-name},
+If you have used \gls{useacronym} instead of \gls{acr-name},
then you will need to replace all occurrences of
\begin{oldway}
-\ics{useacronym}\oarg{insert}\marg{acr-name}
+\cmddefsyntax{}{useacronym}
\end{oldway}%
with
\begin{newway}
-\ics{gls}\marg{label}\oarg{insert}
+\gls{gls}\margm{label}\oargm{insert}
\end{newway}%
-Note that the starred versions of \ics{useacronym} and
-\cs{}\meta{acr-name} (which make the first letter uppercase) should
-be replaced with \ics{Gls}\marg{label}.
+Note that the starred versions of \gls{useacronym} and
+\gls{acr-name} (which make the first letter uppercase) should
+be replaced with \code{\gls{Gls}\margm{label}}.
Alternatively (as from v1.18 of the \styfmt{glossaries} package),
-you can use \ics{oldacronym} which uses the same syntax as
-the old \styfmt{glossary} package's \ics{newacronym} and also
-defines \cs{}\meta{acr-name}.
+you can use \gls{oldacronym} which uses the same syntax as
+the old \styfmt{glossary} package's \gls{oldnewacronym} and also
+defines \gls{acr-name}.
For example, if your document originally had the following:
\begin{oldway}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newacronym{SVM}{Support Vector Machine}{description=Statistical
-pattern recognition technique}
-\end{verbatim}
+\gls{oldnewacronym}\marg{SVM}\marg{Support Vector Machine}\marg{\storegloskeyval{description}{Statistical
+pattern recognition technique}}
\end{oldway}
then you can change this to:
\begin{newway}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\oldacronym{SVM}{Support Vector Machine}{description=Statistical
-pattern recognition technique}
-\end{verbatim}
+\gls{oldacronym}\marg{SVM}\marg{Support Vector Machine}\marg{\gloskeyval{description}{Statistical
+pattern recognition technique}}
\end{newway}
-You can then continue to use \cs{SVM}\@. However, remember that
+You can then continue to use \csfmt{SVM}\@. However, remember that
\LaTeX\ generally ignores spaces after command names that consist of
alphabetical characters. You will therefore need to force a space
-after \cs{}\meta{acr-name}, unless you also load the \styfmt{xspace}
-package. (See
-\xrsectionref{sec:acronyms}{glossaries-user}{Acronyms}
-of the \styfmt{glossaries} documentation for further
-details.) Note that \ics{oldacronym} uses its first argument to
-define the acronym's label (as used by commands like \ics{gls}), so
-in the above example, with the new \styfmt{glossaries} package,
-\cs{SVM} becomes a shortcut for \verb|\gls{SVM}| and \cs{SVM*}
-becomes a shortcut for \verb|\Gls{SVM}|.
-
-\subsection{\texorpdfstring{\cs{acrln} and
-\cs{acrsh}}{\textbackslash acrln and \textbackslash acrsh}}
+after \gls{acr-name}, unless you also load the \sty{xspace} package.
+(See the \qt{Acronyms} of the \styfmt{glossaries} documentation for
+further details.) Note that \gls{oldacronym} uses its first argument
+to define the acronym's label (as used by commands like \gls{gls}),
+so in the above example, with the new \styfmt{glossaries} package,
+\csfmt{SVM} becomes a shortcut for \code{\gls{gls}\marg{SVM}} and
+\csfmt{SVM*} becomes a shortcut for \code{\gls{Gls}\marg{SVM}}.
+
+\subsection{\glsfmttext{acrln} and \glsfmttext{acrsh}}
+\label{sec:acrlnsh}
In the \styfmt{glossary} package, it is possible to produce the
long and short forms of an acronym without adding an entry to
-the glossary using \ics{acrln} and \ics{acrsh}. With the
+the glossary using \gls{acrln} and \gls{acrsh}. With the
\styfmt{glossaries} package (provided you defined the acronym using
-\ics{newacronym} or \ics{oldacronym} and provided you haven't
-redefined \ics{newacronym})
+\gls{newacronym} or \gls{oldacronym} and provided you haven't
+redefined \gls{newacronym})
you can replace
\begin{oldway}
-\ics{acrsh}\marg{acr-name}
+\cmddefsyntax{}{acrsh}
\end{oldway}%
with
\begin{newway}
-\ics{acrshort}\marg{label}
+\cmddefsyntax{}{acrshort}
\end{newway}%
and you can replace
\begin{oldway}
-\ics{acrln}\marg{acr-name}
+\cmddefsyntax{}{acrln}
\end{oldway}%
with
\begin{newway}
-\ics{acrlong}\marg{label}
+\cmddefsyntax{}{acrlong}
\end{newway}%
The \styfmt{glossaries} package also provides the related commands
-\ics{acrshortpl} (plural short form) and \ics{acrlongpl} (plural long
+\gls{acrshortpl} (plural short form) and \gls{acrlongpl} (plural long
form) as well as upper case variations. If you use the
\styfmt{glossaries} \qt{shortcuts} package option, you can use
-\ics{acs} in place of \ics{acrshort} and \ics{acl} in place of
-\ics{acrlong}.
+\gls{acs} in place of \gls{acrshort} and \gls{acl} in place of
+\gls{acrlong}.
-See
-\xrsectionref{sec:acronyms}{glossaries-user}{Acronyms}
+See the \qt{Acronyms}
of the \styfmt{glossaries} manual for further details of
how to use these commands.
-\subsection{\texorpdfstring{\cs{ifacronymfirstuse}}{\textbackslash
-ifacronymfirstuse}}
+\subsection{\glsfmttext{ifacronymfirstuse}}
The \styfmt{glossary} package command
\begin{oldway}
-\ics{ifacronymfirstuse}\marg{acr-name}\marg{text1}\marg{text2}
+\cmddefsyntax{}{ifacronymfirstuse}
\end{oldway}%
can be replaced by the \styfmt{glossaries} command:
\begin{newway}
-\ics{ifglsused}\marg{label}\marg{text2}\marg{text1}
+\cmddefsyntax{}{ifglsused}
\end{newway}%
-Note that \ics{ifglsused} evaluates the opposite condition to
-that of \ics{ifacronymfirstuse} which is why the last two arguments
+Note that \gls{ifglsused} evaluates the opposite condition to
+that of \gls{ifacronymfirstuse} which is why the last two arguments
have been reversed.
-\subsection{\texorpdfstring{\cs{resetacronym} and
-\cs{unsetacronym}}{\textbackslash resetacronym and \textbackslash
-unsetacronym}}
+\subsection{\glsfmttext{resetacronym} and \glsfmttext{unsetacronym}}
+\label{sec:unreset}
The \styfmt{glossary} package allows you to reset and unset the
acronym flag which is used to determine whether the acronym has
@@ -536,108 +894,110 @@ been used in the document. The \styfmt{glossaries} package also
provides a means to do this on either a local or a global level.
To reset an acronym, you will need to replace:
\begin{oldway}
-\ics{resetacronym}\marg{acr-name}
+\cmddefsyntax{}{resetacronym}
\end{oldway}%
with either
\begin{newway}
-\ics{glsreset}\marg{label}
+\cmddefsyntax{}{glsreset}
\end{newway}%
or
\begin{newway}
-\ics{glslocalreset}\marg{label}
+\cmddefsyntax{}{glslocalreset}
\end{newway}
To unset an acronym, you will need to replace:
\begin{oldway}
-\ics{unsetacronym}\marg{acr-name}
+\cmddefsyntax{}{unsetacronym}
\end{oldway}%
with either
\begin{newway}
-\ics{glsunset}\marg{label}
+\cmddefsyntax{}{glsunset}
\end{newway}%
or
\begin{newway}
-\ics{glslocalunset}\marg{label}
+\cmddefsyntax{}{glslocalunset}
\end{newway}
To reset all acronyms, you will need to replace:
\begin{oldway}
-\ics{resetallacronyms}
+\cmddefsyntax{}{resetallacronyms}
\end{oldway}
with
\begin{newway}
-\ics{glsresetall}[\ics{acronymtype}]
+\gls{glsresetall}\oarg{\gls{acronymtype}}
\end{newway}
or
\begin{newway}
-\ics{glslocalresetall}[\ics{acronymtype}]
+\gls{glslocalresetall}\oarg{\gls{acronymtype}}
\end{newway}
To unset all acronyms, you will need to replace:
\begin{oldway}
-\ics{unsetallacronyms}
+\cmddefsyntax{}{unsetallacronyms}
\end{oldway}
with
\begin{newway}
-\ics{glsunsetall}[\ics{acronymtype}]
+\gls{glsunsetall}\oarg{\gls{acronymtype}}
\end{newway}
or
\begin{newway}
-\ics{glslocalunsetall}[\ics{acronymtype}]
+\gls{glslocalunsetall}\oarg{\gls{acronymtype}}
\end{newway}
\section{Displaying the glossary}
+\label{sec:printgloss}
-The \styfmt{glossary} package provides the command \ics{printglossary}
-(or \cs{print}\meta{type} for other glossary types) which
+The \styfmt{glossary} package provides the command \gls{oldprintglossary}
+(or \gls{printtype} for other glossary types) which
can be used to print individual glossaries. The \styfmt{glossaries}
-package provides the command \ics{printglossaries} which
+package provides the command \gls{printglossaries} which
will print all the glossaries which have been defined, or
-\ics{printglossary}\oarg{options} to print individual glossaries.
-So if you just have \ics{printglossary}, then you can leave it as
+\cmddefsyntax{}{printglossary} to print individual glossaries.
+So if you just have \gls{oldprintglossary}, then you can leave it as
it is, but if you have, say:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\printglossary
-\printglossary[acronym]
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{oldway}
+\gls{oldprintglossary}
+\gls{oldprintglossary}\oarg{acronym}
+\end{oldway}
or
-\begin{verbatim}
-\printglossary
-\printacronym
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{oldway}
+\gls{oldprintglossary}
+\gls{printacronym}*
+\end{oldway}
then you will need to replace this with either
-\begin{verbatim}
-\printglossaries
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{newway}
+\gls{printglossaries}
+\end{newway}
or
-\begin{verbatim}
-\printglossary
-\printglossary[type=\acronymtype]
-\end{verbatim}
+\begin{newway}
+\gls{printglossary}
+\gls{printglossary}\oarg{type=\gls{acronymtype}}
+\end{newway}
The \styfmt{glossary} package allows you to specify a short title
(for the table of contents and page header) by defining a command of
-the form \cs{short}\meta{glossary-type}\texttt{name}. The
+the form \gls{shortglossary-typename}. The
\styfmt{glossaries} package doesn't do this, but instead provides
-the \csopt{printglossary}{toctitle} key which can be used in the
-optional argument to \ics{printglossary}. For example, if you have
-created a new glossary type called \texttt{notation}, and you had
+the \printglossopt{toctitle} key which can be used in the
+optional argument to \gls{printglossary}. For example, if you have
+created a new glossary type called \code{notation}, and you had
defined
-\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand{\shortnotationname}{Notation}
-\end{verbatim}
-then you would need to use the \csopt{printglossary}{toctitle} key:
-\begin{verbatim}
-\printglossary[type=notation,toctitle=Notation]
-\end{verbatim}
-The \styfmt{glossaries} package will ignore \ics{shortnotationname},
+\begin{oldway}
+\cmd{newcommand}\marg{\cmd{shortnotationname}}\marg{Notation}
+\end{oldway}
+then you would need to use the \printglossopt{toctitle} key:
+\begin{newway}
+\gls{printglossary}\oarg{\printglossoptval{type}{notation},\printglossoptval{toctitle}{Notation}}
+\end{newway}
+The \styfmt{glossaries} package will ignore \csfmt{shortnotationname},
so unless you have used it elsewhere in the document, you may as
well remove the definition.
\section{Processing Your Document}
+\label{sec:makeglos}
If you convert your document from using the \styfmt{glossary} package
to the \styfmt{glossaries} package, you will need to delete any of
-the additional files, such as the \filetype{.glo} file, that were
+the additional files, such as the \ext+{glo} file, that were
created by the \styfmt{glossary} package, as the \styfmt{glossaries}
package uses a different format.
Remember also, that if you used the \app{makeglos} Perl script,
@@ -651,17 +1011,18 @@ non-English documents. If you use the extension package,
\app{bib2gls} instead (which also provides multilingual support).
For further information on using \app{makeglossaries},
-\app{makeindex} or \app{xindy} to create your glossaries, see
-\xrsectionref{sec:makeglossaries}{glossaries-user}{Generating the
-Associated Glossary Files}
-of the \styfmt{glossaries} documentation.
+\app{makeindex} or \app{xindy} to create your glossaries, see the
+\qt{Generating the Associated Glossary Files} section of the
+\styfmt{glossaries} documentation.
\section{Troubleshooting}
+\label{sec:troubleshooting}
-Please check the \urlfootref{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html}{FAQ}
+Please check the \dickimawhref{faqs/glossariesfaq.html}{FAQ}
for the \styfmt{glossaries} package if you have any
problems.
-\PrintIndex
+\printterms
+\printuserguideindex
\end{document}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/makeglossaries b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/makeglossaries
index b37d882285..67afb1a826 100755
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/makeglossaries
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/makeglossaries
@@ -2,13 +2,13 @@
# File : makeglossaries
# Author : Nicola Talbot
-# Version : 4.49
+# Version : 4.50
# Description: simple Perl script that calls makeindex or xindy.
# Intended for use with "glossaries.sty" (saves having to remember
# all the various switches)
# This file is distributed as part of the glossaries LaTeX package.
-# Copyright 2019 Nicola L.C. Talbot
+# Copyright 2007-2022 Nicola L.C. Talbot
# This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
# conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
# of this license or any later version.
@@ -28,12 +28,18 @@
# glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty,
# glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty,
# glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty,
-# glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, glossaries.perl.
+# glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, glossaries.l2h.
# Also makeglossaries and makeglossaries-lite.lua.
-my $version="4.49 (2021-11-01)";
+my $version="4.50 (2022-10-14)";
# History:
+# v4.50:
+# * Added -e (don't fix encap clashes)
+# * Add check for glsignore with encap clashes
+# * Don't fix encap clash if counter or prefix different
+# * Added check for illegal page
+# * Added brazil, brazilian, canadian and canadien mappings
# v4.48-4.49:
# * No change. (Version number updated in line with glossaries.sty)
# v4.47:
@@ -142,9 +148,10 @@ use strict;
use warnings;
# v2.05 added $opt_d
# v2.08 added $opt_x and $opt_m
+# v4.50 added $opt_e
use vars qw($opt_q $opt_t $opt_o $opt_s $opt_p $opt_g $opt_c $opt_r
$opt_l $opt_i $opt_L $opt_n $opt_C $opt_d $opt_x $opt_m $opt_Q
- $opt_k);
+ $opt_k $opt_e);
$Getopt::Std::STANDARD_HELP_VERSION = 1;
@@ -153,7 +160,7 @@ $Getopt::Std::STANDARD_HELP_VERSION = 1;
# .tex file)
# v1.5 added -n (print the command that would be issued but
# don't actually run the command)
-getopts('s:o:t:p:L:C:ilqQkrcgnd:x:m:');
+getopts('s:o:t:p:L:C:ilqQkrcgnd:x:m:e');
unless ($#ARGV == 0)
{
@@ -169,7 +176,11 @@ my %languagemap =
(
'american' => 'english',
'austrian' => 'german',
+ 'brazil' => 'portuguese',# v4.50
+ 'brazilian' => 'portuguese',# v4.50
'british' => 'english',
+ 'canadian' => 'english',# v4.50
+ 'canadien' => 'french',# v4.50
'francais' => 'french',
'frenchb' => 'french',
'germanb' => 'german',
@@ -242,10 +253,11 @@ my %xindy_error_text =
"\nRemember to use package option 'nomain' if you don't\n".
"want to use the main glossary.",
#v2.21: fixed spelling of \GlsAddXdyLocation
+#v4.50: added reference to esclocations
'badlocation' =>
"You may have forgotten to add a location \n"
. "class with \\GlsAddXdyLocation or you may have \n"
- . "the format incorrect.\n",
+ . "the format incorrect or you may need \nthe package option esclocations=true.\n",
'comp207' => "You may need to add 'compatible-2.07' package option.",
'noxdyfile' => "Style file not found. (Have you used \\noist by mistake?)"
);
@@ -363,6 +375,8 @@ unless ($istfile)
my $xindyapp = ($opt_x ? $opt_x :'xindy');
my $makeindexapp = ($opt_m ? $opt_m :'makeindex');
+my $fixencapclash = ($opt_e ? 0 : 1);
+
# v2.11 check for backslash character if on Windows
if ($^O=~/Win/)
{
@@ -386,6 +400,8 @@ my $mkidxopts = '';
if ($opt_i)
{
+# This option is of limited use as the basename must be supplied to
+# makeglossaries
$mkidxopts .= " -i";
}
@@ -545,7 +561,7 @@ if ($ext)
else
{
&makeindex("$name.$ext",$outfile,$transcript,$istfile,
- $mkidxopts,$opt_q, $opt_n, $makeindexapp, 1);
+ $mkidxopts,$opt_q, $opt_n, $makeindexapp, $fixencapclash);
}
@@ -672,7 +688,7 @@ else
else
{
&makeindex($inputfile,$outfile,$transcript,
- $istfile,$mkidxopts,$opt_q,$opt_n, $makeindexapp, 1);
+ $istfile,$mkidxopts,$opt_q,$opt_n, $makeindexapp, $fixencapclash);
}
}
}
@@ -952,7 +968,16 @@ sub run_app{
}
}
- if ($log=~/\(0 entries accepted,/
+ my $accepted = 1;
+ my $rejected = 0;
+
+ if ($log=~/\((\d+) entries accepted, (\d+) rejected\)/)
+ {
+ $accepted = $1;
+ $rejected = $2;
+ }
+
+ if ($accepted == 0 or $rejected > 0
or ( ($log=~/(\d+) warnings?/ and $1 gt 0))
or $log=~/not found/)
{
@@ -972,8 +997,9 @@ sub run_app{
$errno = $xdynotist;
last;
}
- elsif (/## Warning \(.*\):\s*$/)
+ elsif (/## Warning \(.*\):\s*$/ or /^!! Input index error/)
{
+ # v4.50: added check for Input index error
$warnings .= $_ . <TRANS>;
}
}
@@ -1023,7 +1049,7 @@ sub makeindex{
"\nPossible cause of problem:\n\n". $diagnostic . "\n\n":
"\n"
),
- "Check '$trans' for details\n";
+ "Exit status: $errno. Check '$trans' for details\n";
}
# 2.18: added check and repair for multiple encaps
@@ -1031,14 +1057,96 @@ sub makeindex{
{
warn $warnings unless $quiet;
- if ($repairencaps and $warnings=~/multiple encaps/)
+ my $multiencaps = $repairencaps and ($warnings=~/multiple encaps/);
+
+ # 4.50: added check for illegal page and cs in page
+
+ my $illegalpage = ($warnings=~/Illegal [A-Za-z]+ (number|digit)/);
+
+ # 'Illegal space within numerals in second argument'
+ # and 'No closing delimiter for second argument' most likely
+ # mean that a command has ended up in the location
+
+ my $csinlocation = ($warnings=~/(Illegal space|No closing delimiter).* second argument/);
+
+ # 4.50: added check for illegal page number
+ if ($multiencaps or $illegalpage or $csinlocation)
{
unless ($quiet)
{
- print "Multiple encaps detected. Attempting to remedy.\n";
+ my $msg = '';
+
+ if ($multiencaps)
+ {
+ $msg = "multiple encaps";
+ }
+
+ if ($illegalpage)
+ {
+ if ($msg)
+ {
+ $msg .= ', ';
+ }
+
+ $msg .= "illegal page number";
+ }
+
+ if ($csinlocation)
+ {
+ if ($msg)
+ {
+ $msg .= ', ';
+ }
+
+ $msg .= "potential LaTeX commands in location";
+ }
+
+ print "Encap/location issue: $msg detected. Attempting to remedy.\n";
+
print "Reading $in...\n";
}
+ my $page_invalid_regex = '[^a-zA-Z0-9\.]';
+ my $pagecomp = '.';
+ my $regexpagecomp = '\.';
+
+ if ($illegalpage)
+ {
+ # get the page compositor from the .ist file
+ if (open INFD, $ist)
+ {
+ while (<INFD>)
+ {
+ if (/page_compositor "(.)"/)
+ {
+ $pagecomp = $1;
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+
+ close INFD;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ warn "Can't open '$ist' $!\n";
+ }
+
+ if ($pagecomp eq '.' or $pagecomp eq '-'
+ or $pagecomp eq '\\'or $pagecomp eq ']')
+ {
+ $regexpagecomp = "\\$pagecomp";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $regexpagecomp = $pagecomp;
+ }
+
+ if ($pagecomp ne '.')
+ {
+ $page_invalid_regex = "[^a-zA-Z0-9$regexpagecomp]";
+ }
+ }
+
# if $in can't be opened at this point something wrong
# has occurred (otherwise how did makeindex manage to open
# it?)
@@ -1049,65 +1157,185 @@ sub makeindex{
while (<INFD>)
{
- if (/\\glossaryentry\{(.*)\|([^\|]*)\}\{(.*?)\}/)
+ # The encap usually starts with setentrycounter but may have
+ # ( or ) to indicate the start or end of a range.
+ # The encap will be glsseeformat for cross-references.
+ # \glossentry and \subglossentry may be preceded by
+ # \glsnonextpages or \glsnextpages
+
+ if (/\\glossaryentry\{(.*(?:\\glossentry|\\subglossentry\{\d+\}))\{([^\|]*)\}\|([^\|]*)\}\{(.*)\}$/)
{
my %entry =
(
- 'entry' => $1,
- 'encap' => $2,
- 'location' => $3
+ 'entry' => "$1\{$2\}",
+ 'label' => $2,
+ 'encap' => $3,
+ 'location' => $4,
+ 'counter'=>'',
+ 'prefix'=>''
);
- my $add = 1;
+ # Find the page counter (not available with
+ # cross-references)
+ if ($entry{'encap'}=~/setentrycounter\[(.*)\]\{([a-zA-Z0-9]+)\}"\\/)
+ {
+ $entry{'prefix'} = $1;
+ $entry{'counter'} = $2;
+ }
- for (my $idx = 0; $idx <= $#entries; $idx++)
+ # First move any commands out of the location.
+ if ($csinlocation)
{
- my $existing = $entries[$idx];
+ my $loc = $entry{'location'};
+ my $encap = $entry{'encap'};
- if ($entry{'entry'} eq $existing->{'entry'}
- and $entry{'location'} eq $existing->{'location'}
- and $entry{'encap'} ne $existing->{'encap'})
+ # This is only designed for locations in the form
+ # \cs{num} but allow for \protect\cs
+ if ($loc=~m/^(?:\\protect *)?\\([A-Za-z\@]+) *\{(.*)\}$/)
{
- $add = 0 if ($add == 1);
+ my $cs = $1;
+ $loc = $2;
- # Range encaps should take precedence.
+ # Normal glossary indexing will have the encap
+ # start with setentrycounter[prefix]{counter}
+ # This won't match a cross-reference (see) but
+ # that has its location always set to Z.
- if ($entry{'encap'}=~/^[\(\)]/)
+ if ($encap=~/^(setentrycounter\[.*\]\{.*\}"\\)(.*)$/)
{
- $add = 2;
+ $entry{'encap'} = "$1glslocationcstoencap\{$2\}\{$cs\}";
- if ($existing->{'encap'}=~/^[\(\)]/)
+ unless ($quiet)
{
- # too complicated, keep both
-
- last;
+ print "Invalid location '$entry{location}' detected for entry '$entry{label}'. Replaced with '$loc'\n";
}
- else
- {
- # remove existing
+ }
+ elsif (not $quiet)
+ {
+ warn "Invalid location '$entry{location}' detected for entry '$entry{label}' has unexpected encap '$encap'. Location replaced with '$loc'\n";
+ }
+
+ $entry{'location'} = $loc;
+ }
+ }
- splice @entries, $idx, 1;
+ if ($illegalpage)
+ {
+ my $loc = $entry{'location'};
- $idx--;
- }
+ if ($loc=~s/($page_invalid_regex)+/$pagecomp/g)
+ {
+ unless ($quiet)
+ {
+ print "Invalid location '$entry{location}' detected for entry '$entry{label}'. Replaced with '$loc'\n";
}
- elsif ($existing->{'encap'}=~/^[\(\)]/)
+
+ }
+
+ if ($loc=~s/^($regexpagecomp)+//)
+ {
+ unless ($quiet)
{
- if ($entry{'encap'}=~/^[\(\)]/)
- {
- # too complicated, keep both
+ print "Invalid location '$entry{location}' (starts with page compositor) detected for entry '$entry{label}'. Replaced with '$loc'\n";
+ }
+ }
- $add = 1;
- last;
- }
- # (otherwise drop new entry)
+ if ($loc=~s/($regexpagecomp)+$//)
+ {
+ unless ($quiet)
+ {
+ print "Invalid location '$entry{location}' (ends with page compositor) detected for entry '$entry{label}'. Replaced with '$loc'\n";
}
- elsif (&encap_overrides($entry{'encap'},
- $existing->{'encap'}))
+ }
+
+ if ($loc eq '')
+ {
+ unless ($quiet)
{
- $entries[$idx] = \%entry;
+ print "Invalid empty location detected for entry '$entry{label}'. Replaced with 0 (encap: glsignore).\n";
}
- }
+
+ $loc = '0';
+ $entry{'encap'} = 'glsignore';
+ }
+
+ $entry{'location'} = $loc;
+ }
+
+ my $add = 1;
+
+ if ($multiencaps)
+ {
+ for (my $idx = 0; $idx <= $#entries; $idx++)
+ {
+ my $existing = $entries[$idx];
+
+ #v4.50: added check for prefix and counter
+ # Since the encap includes the prefix and
+ # counter information, the same location and
+ # format for different counters or prefixes
+ # will be considered an encap clash by
+ # makeindex, but shouldn't be merged.
+
+ if ($entry{'entry'} eq $existing->{'entry'}
+ and $entry{'location'} eq $existing->{'location'}
+ and $entry{'prefix'} eq $existing->{'prefix'}
+ and $entry{'counter'} eq $existing->{'counter'}
+ and $entry{'encap'} ne $existing->{'encap'})
+ {
+ unless ($quiet)
+ {
+ if ($entry{'counter'} eq '' and $entry{'location'} eq 'Z')
+ {
+ print "Encap clash for entry '$entry{label}' possibly caused by multiple cross-reference instances\n";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print "Encap clash detected for entry '$entry{label}', counter: '$entry{counter}', location: '$entry{location}'. Encap '$entry{encap}' clashes with '$existing->{'encap'}'\n";
+ }
+ }
+
+ $add = 0 if ($add == 1);
+
+ # Range encaps should take precedence.
+
+ if ($entry{'encap'}=~/^[\(\)]/)
+ {
+ $add = 2;
+
+ if ($existing->{'encap'}=~/^[\(\)]/)
+ {
+ # too complicated, keep both
+
+ last;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ # remove existing
+
+ splice @entries, $idx, 1;
+
+ $idx--;
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($existing->{'encap'}=~/^[\(\)]/)
+ {
+ if ($entry{'encap'}=~/^[\(\)]/)
+ {
+ # too complicated, keep both
+
+ $add = 1;
+ last;
+ }
+ # (otherwise drop new entry)
+ }
+ elsif (&encap_overrides($entry{'encap'},
+ $existing->{'encap'}))
+ {
+ $entries[$idx] = \%entry;
+ }
+ }
+ }
}
push @entries, \%entry if $add > 0;
@@ -1156,10 +1384,20 @@ sub makeindex{
# as it would need a corresponding LaTeX command. (bib2gls deals
# with this better through its --map-formats switcn.)
# 2.21 check for range encap moved earlier
+# 4.50 add check for glsignore
sub encap_overrides{
my ($newencap, $existing) = @_;
+ if ($newencap=~/\\glsignore\s*$/)
+ {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ elsif ($existing=~/\\glsignore\s*$/)
+ {
+ return 1;
+ }
+
($existing=~/\\glsnumberformat\s*$/ or $newencap!~/\\glsnumberformat\s*$/ )
}
@@ -1189,58 +1427,114 @@ sub xindy{
}
# most languages work with xindy's default codepage, but
- # some don't, so if the codepage isn't specific, check
+ # some don't, so if the codepage isn't specified, check
# the known cases that will generate an error
# and supply a default. (For all other cases, it's up to the
# user to supply a codepage.)
+ #
+ # Now that glossaries.sty v4.50 will default to 'utf8' if
+ # \inputencodingname hasn't been defined or is empty, this also
+ # needs to check 'utf8'.
# v2.01 changed 'if ($codepage eq "")' to 'unless ($codepage)'
- unless ($codepage)
+# v4.50 changed to conditional to include encoding without modifiers
+
+ if ($codepage eq '' or $codepage=~/^utf8|latin\d+|cp\d+$/)
{
if ($language eq 'dutch')
{
- $codepage = "ij-as-ij";
+ if ($codepage eq '')
+ {
+ $codepage = "ij-as-ij";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $codepage = "ij-as-ij-$codepage";
+ }
}
elsif ($language eq 'german')
{
- $codepage = "din5007";
+ if ($codepage eq '')
+ {
+ $codepage = "din5007";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $codepage = "din5007-$codepage";
+ }
}
elsif ($language eq 'gypsy')
{
- $codepage = "northrussian";
+ if ($codepage eq '')
+ {
+ $codepage = "northrussian";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $codepage = "northrussian-$codepage";
+ }
}
- elsif ($language eq 'hausa')
+ elsif ($language eq 'hausa' and $codepage eq '')
{
- $codepage = "utf";
+ $codepage = "utf8";
}
- elsif ($language eq 'klingon')
+ elsif ($language eq 'klingon' and $codepage eq '')
{
- $codepage = "utf";
+ $codepage = "utf8";
}
- elsif ($language eq 'latin')
+ elsif ($language eq 'latin' and $codepage eq '')
{
- $codepage = "utf";
+ $codepage = "utf8";
}
elsif ($language eq 'mongolian')
{
- $codepage = "cyrillic";
+ if ($codepage eq '')
+ {
+ $codepage = "cyrillic";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $codepage = "cyrillic-$codepage";
+ }
}
elsif ($language eq 'slovak')
{
- $codepage = "small";
+ if ($codepage eq '')
+ {
+ $codepage = "small";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $codepage = "small-$codepage";
+ }
}
elsif ($language eq 'spanish')
{
- $codepage = "modern";
+ if ($codepage eq '')
+ {
+ $codepage = "modern";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $codepage = "modern-$codepage";
+ }
}
elsif ($language eq 'vietnamese')
{
- $codepage = "utf";
+ if ($codepage eq '')
+ {
+ $codepage = "utf8";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $codepage = "utf8-$codepage";
+ }
}
}
elsif ($language eq 'german' and $codepage!~/(din5007|duden|braille)/)
{
#v2.16 added check for german din/duden
+#v4.50 now redundant? may be removed in the next version
$codepage = "din5007-$codepage";
}
@@ -1535,6 +1829,7 @@ sub HELP_MESSAGE{
print "(See makeindex documentation for further details on these ";
print "options.)\n\n";
print "-c\t\tCompress intermediate blanks.\n";
+ print "-e\t\tDon't attempt to fix multiple encaps.\n";
print "-g\t\tEmploy German word ordering.\n";
print "-p <num>\tSet the starting page number to be <num>.\n";
print "-r\t\tDisable implicit page range formation.\n";
@@ -1567,7 +1862,7 @@ makeglossaries - Calls makeindex/xindy for LaTeX documents using glossaries pac
B<makeglossaries> [B<-o> I<file>] [B<-q>] [B<-Q>] [B<-k>] [B<-n>]
[B<-s> I<file>] [B<-t> I<file>] [B<-L> I<language>] [B<-c>] [B<-g>] [B<-l>]
[B<-p> I<num>] [B<-r>] [B<-d> I<aux dir>] [B<-m> I<file>] [B<-x> I<file>]
-[B<--version>] [B<--help>] I<basename>
+[B<-e>] [B<--version>] [B<--help>] I<basename>
=head1 DESCRIPTION
@@ -1584,38 +1879,27 @@ the option arguments to B<makeglossaries>.
=over 4
-=item B<-q>
-
-Quiet mode. Reduces chatter to standard output.
-
-=item B<-Q>
-
-Silences warning about being unable to fork.
+=item B<-e>
-=item B<-k>
-
-Don't try forking with piped redirection. (Lessens the
-effect of -q)
+Don't attempt to repair multiple encaps or illegal page number (B<makeindex> only).
-=item B<-n>
+=item B<-c>
-Print the commands that would normally be executed but don't run them.
+Compress intermediate blanks (B<makeindex> only).
-=item B<-o> I<file>
+=item B<-d> I<aux dir>
-Use I<file> as the output file. (Only suitable for documents
-containing a single glossary, otherwise each glossary will be
-overridden.)
+Specify the directory the .aux, .glo etc files are located.
+Defaults to the parent directory of the base file I<filename>.
-=item B<-s> I<file>
+=item B<-g>
-Use I<file> as the style file. Note that if you use this option,
-you need to know whether B<makeindex> or B<xindy> will be called, as
-they have different style files.
+Employ German word ordering (B<makeindex> only).
-=item B<-t> I<file>
+=item B<-k>
-Use I<file> as the transcript file.
+Don't try forking with piped redirection. (Lessens the
+effect of -q)
=item B<-l>
@@ -1626,31 +1910,46 @@ Letter ordering.
This option only has an effect if B<xindy> is called. Sets the
language. See B<xindy> documentation for further details.
-=item B<-c>
+=item B<-m> I<file>
-Compress intermediate blanks (B<makeindex> only).
+Specify the full path name for B<makeindex> to I<file> in the
+event that B<makeindex> isn't on the operating system's path.
-=item B<-g>
+=item B<-n>
-Employ German word ordering (B<makeindex> only).
+Print the commands that would normally be executed but don't run them.
+
+=item B<-o> I<file>
+
+Use I<file> as the output file. (Only suitable for documents
+containing a single glossary, otherwise each glossary will be
+overridden.)
=item B<-p> I<num>
Sets the starting page number to be I<num> (B<makeindex> only).
+=item B<-q>
+
+Quiet mode. Reduces chatter to standard output.
+
+=item B<-Q>
+
+Silences warning about being unable to fork.
+
=item B<-r>
-Disable implicit page range formation (B<makeindex> only).
+=item B<-s> I<file>
-=item B<-d> I<aux dir>
+Use I<file> as the style file. Note that if you use this option,
+you need to know whether B<makeindex> or B<xindy> will be called, as
+they have different style files.
-Specify the directory the .aux, .glo etc files are located.
-Defaults to the parent directory of the base file I<filename>.
+=item B<-t> I<file>
-=item B<-m> I<file>
+Use I<file> as the transcript file.
-Specify the full path name for B<makeindex> to I<file> in the
-event that B<makeindex> isn't on the operating system's path.
+Disable implicit page range formation (B<makeindex> only).
=item B<-x> I<file>
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.1 b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.1
index 24b1f7253b..1dd2705a1a 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.1
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.1
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.42)
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43)
.\"
.\" Standard preamble:
.\" ========================================================================
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
.\" ========================================================================
.\"
.IX Title "MAKEGLOSSARIES-LITE 1"
-.TH MAKEGLOSSARIES-LITE 1 "2021-11-01" "perl v5.32.1" "makeglossaries-lite Lua Script"
+.TH MAKEGLOSSARIES-LITE 1 "2022-10-17" "perl v5.34.1" "makeglossaries-lite Lua Script"
.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
.if n .ad l
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.lua b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.lua
index 3f735b6625..74a681d88b 100755
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.lua
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/makeglossaries-lite.lua
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
use the Perl makeglossaries script.
This file is distributed as part of the glossaries LaTeX package.
- Copyright 2019 Nicola L.C. Talbot
+ Copyright 2015-2022 Nicola L.C. Talbot
This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
of this license or any later version.
@@ -32,11 +32,11 @@
glossary-mcols.sty, glossary-super.sty, glossary-superragged.sty,
glossary-tree.sty, glossaries-compatible-207.sty,
glossaries-compatible-307.sty, glossaries-accsupp.sty,
- glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, glossaries.perl.
+ glossaries-babel.sty, glossaries-polyglossia.sty, glossaries.l2h.
Also makeglossaries and makeglossaries-lite.lua.
History:
- * 4.48 - 4.49:
+ * 4.48 - 4.50:
- no change.
* 4.47:
- Added hybrid instructions if record option detected but not \makeglossaries
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
- changed first line from lua to texlua
--]]
-thisversion = "4.49 (2021-11-01)"
+thisversion = "4.50 (2022-10-14)"
quiet = false
dryrun = false
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/makeglossaries.1 b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/makeglossaries.1
index 93fd8e53cc..145810ba33 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/makeglossaries.1
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/makeglossaries.1
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.42)
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43)
.\"
.\" Standard preamble:
.\" ========================================================================
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
.\" ========================================================================
.\"
.IX Title "MAKEGLOSSARIES 1"
-.TH MAKEGLOSSARIES 1 "2021-11-01" "perl v5.32.1" "makeglossaries Perl Script"
+.TH MAKEGLOSSARIES 1 "2022-10-17" "perl v5.34.1" "makeglossaries Perl Script"
.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
.if n .ad l
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ makeglossaries \- Calls makeindex/xindy for LaTeX documents using glossaries pa
\&\fBmakeglossaries\fR [\fB\-o\fR \fIfile\fR] [\fB\-q\fR] [\fB\-Q\fR] [\fB\-k\fR] [\fB\-n\fR]
[\fB\-s\fR \fIfile\fR] [\fB\-t\fR \fIfile\fR] [\fB\-L\fR \fIlanguage\fR] [\fB\-c\fR] [\fB\-g\fR] [\fB\-l\fR]
[\fB\-p\fR \fInum\fR] [\fB\-r\fR] [\fB\-d\fR \fIaux dir\fR] [\fB\-m\fR \fIfile\fR] [\fB\-x\fR \fIfile\fR]
-[\fB\-\-version\fR] [\fB\-\-help\fR] \fIbasename\fR
+[\fB\-e\fR] [\fB\-\-version\fR] [\fB\-\-help\fR] \fIbasename\fR
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
\&\fBmakeglossaries\fR is designed for use with LaTeX documents that
@@ -158,16 +158,34 @@ also be contained in the auxiliary file, but may be overridden by
the option arguments to \fBmakeglossaries\fR.
.SH "OPTIONS"
.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-.IP "\fB\-q\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-q"
-Quiet mode. Reduces chatter to standard output.
-.IP "\fB\-Q\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-Q"
-Silences warning about being unable to fork.
+.IP "\fB\-e\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-e"
+Don't attempt to repair multiple encaps or illegal page number (\fBmakeindex\fR only).
+.IP "\fB\-c\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-c"
+Compress intermediate blanks (\fBmakeindex\fR only).
+.IP "\fB\-d\fR \fIaux dir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-d aux dir"
+Specify the directory the .aux, .glo etc files are located.
+Defaults to the parent directory of the base file \fIfilename\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-g"
+Employ German word ordering (\fBmakeindex\fR only).
.IP "\fB\-k\fR" 4
.IX Item "-k"
Don't try forking with piped redirection. (Lessens the
effect of \-q)
+.IP "\fB\-l\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-l"
+Letter ordering.
+.IP "\fB\-L\fR \fIlanguage\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-L language"
+This option only has an effect if \fBxindy\fR is called. Sets the
+language. See \fBxindy\fR documentation for further details.
+.IP "\fB\-m\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m file"
+Specify the full path name for \fBmakeindex\fR to \fIfile\fR in the
+event that \fBmakeindex\fR isn't on the operating system's path.
.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4
.IX Item "-n"
Print the commands that would normally be executed but don't run them.
@@ -176,41 +194,29 @@ Print the commands that would normally be executed but don't run them.
Use \fIfile\fR as the output file. (Only suitable for documents
containing a single glossary, otherwise each glossary will be
overridden.)
+.IP "\fB\-p\fR \fInum\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-p num"
+Sets the starting page number to be \fInum\fR (\fBmakeindex\fR only).
+.IP "\fB\-q\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-q"
+Quiet mode. Reduces chatter to standard output.
+.IP "\fB\-Q\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Q"
+Silences warning about being unable to fork.
+.IP "\fB\-r\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-r"
+.PD 0
.IP "\fB\-s\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
.IX Item "-s file"
+.PD
Use \fIfile\fR as the style file. Note that if you use this option,
you need to know whether \fBmakeindex\fR or \fBxindy\fR will be called, as
they have different style files.
.IP "\fB\-t\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
.IX Item "-t file"
Use \fIfile\fR as the transcript file.
-.IP "\fB\-l\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-l"
-Letter ordering.
-.IP "\fB\-L\fR \fIlanguage\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-L language"
-This option only has an effect if \fBxindy\fR is called. Sets the
-language. See \fBxindy\fR documentation for further details.
-.IP "\fB\-c\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-c"
-Compress intermediate blanks (\fBmakeindex\fR only).
-.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-g"
-Employ German word ordering (\fBmakeindex\fR only).
-.IP "\fB\-p\fR \fInum\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-p num"
-Sets the starting page number to be \fInum\fR (\fBmakeindex\fR only).
-.IP "\fB\-r\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-r"
+.Sp
Disable implicit page range formation (\fBmakeindex\fR only).
-.IP "\fB\-d\fR \fIaux dir\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-d aux dir"
-Specify the directory the .aux, .glo etc files are located.
-Defaults to the parent directory of the base file \fIfilename\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-m\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-m file"
-Specify the full path name for \fBmakeindex\fR to \fIfile\fR in the
-event that \fBmakeindex\fR isn't on the operating system's path.
.IP "\fB\-x\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
.IX Item "-x file"
Specify the full path name for \fBxindy\fR to \fIfile\fR in the
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.pdf
index 1c122be642..5c76457ad5 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf
index 3cc3933031..bb10c4629e 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr-desc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr-desc.pdf
index 25e33fb118..0c2eda7825 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr-desc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr-desc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr.pdf
index b791a5edd3..dd6a3f73b6 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/mwe-acr.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/mwe-gls.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/mwe-gls.pdf
index 82529c18c4..0f5d902578 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/mwe-gls.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/mwe-gls.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf
index 2b8cefeedf..dd9fb5e8fc 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-chap-hyperfirst.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-chap-hyperfirst.pdf
index a72f7f531c..7537891ded 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-chap-hyperfirst.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-chap-hyperfirst.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf
index c785978e59..820c303bf6 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf
index bf869b5812..b5f310d937 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.tex
index b148363a25..2104090518 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.tex
@@ -24,8 +24,12 @@
% document the short form will be displayed in small caps, but in
% the list of acronyms the short form is displayed in normal
% capitals. To ensure this, the short form should be written in
-% lower case when the acronym is defined, and \MakeTextUppercase is
+% lower case when the acronym is defined, and \mfirstucMakeUppercase is
% used when it's displayed in the list of acronyms.
+%
+% Note that if glossaries.sty v4.50+ detects mfirstuc.sty 2.08+
+% the textcase package will no longer be loaded so use
+% \mfirstucMakeUppercase for uppercase.
\newacronymstyle{custom-fn}% new style name
{% Check for long form in case of a mixed glossary
@@ -79,7 +83,7 @@
}%
\renewcommand*{\ACRfullfmt}[3]{%
\glslink[##1]{##2}{%
- \MakeTextUppercase{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{%
\glsentrylong{##2}##3\space
(\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{##2}})%
}%
@@ -99,7 +103,7 @@
}%
\renewcommand*{\ACRfullplfmt}[3]{%
\glslink[##1]{##2}{%
- \MakeTextUppercase{%
+ \mfirstucMakeUppercase{%
\glsentrylongpl{##2}##3\space
(\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##2}})%
}%
@@ -113,7 +117,7 @@
% Set the name in the list of acronyms to the long form followed by
% the short form (in upper case) in parentheses:
\renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
- \Glsentrylong{##1}\space(\MakeTextUppercase{\glsentryshort{##1}})}%
+ \Glsentrylong{##1}\space(\mfirstucMakeUppercase{\glsentryshort{##1}})}%
}
% Now set the new acronym style (to override the default style)
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-dot-abbr.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-dot-abbr.pdf
index e487ccebb0..415de9b64d 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-dot-abbr.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-dot-abbr.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf
index f32bd5aab9..dd2a36445a 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-entrycount.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-entrycount.pdf
index 072b30e709..5bc5ad9323 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-entrycount.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-entrycount.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf
index 6cd63f1b08..fa01cc6365 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-font-abbr.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-font-abbr.pdf
index f08dd19aa9..828a70c734 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-font-abbr.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-font-abbr.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-ignored.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-ignored.pdf
index ac12cd6b91..88ce084092 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-ignored.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-ignored.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf
index 18aca297db..f0accb05b4 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf
index 6698179ca6..d63413fcd9 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf
index b977efca8e..7778924937 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf
index 09848adde7..de675de872 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.pdf
index a1b54f5bda..03dc07979d 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex
index cec83e1d98..55650242df 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.tex
@@ -20,9 +20,12 @@
% main entries
\newglossaryentry{elite}{%
-% first character needs to be grouped if its an extended character
-% otherwise first letter uppercasing (\Gls etc) won't work:
- name={{é}lite},
+% With old LaTeX kernels and old versions of glossaries.sty and
+% mfirstuc.sty, the first character needed to be grouped if
+% its an extended character otherwise the sentence-case commands (\Gls etc) won't work:
+ name={{é}lite},% mfirstuc v2.07
+ %name={élite},% mfirstuc v2.08
+ sort={elite},
description={select group of people}
}
@@ -37,7 +40,9 @@
}
\newglossaryentry{emigre}{%
- name={{é}migré},
+ name={{é}migré},% mfirstuc v2.07
+ %name={émigré},% mfirstuc v2.08
+ sort={emigre},
description={person who has emigrated to another country,
especially for political reasons}
}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.pdf
index 582a44bdb2..c9d5d71b91 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.tex
index d675c795fc..0b3022116c 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.tex
@@ -17,10 +17,12 @@
% main entries
\newglossaryentry{elite}{%
-% First letter must be grouped if it isn't a single character in
-% order for the first letter uppercasing commands (\Gls etc) to
-% work.
- name={{\'e}lite},
+% With old LaTeX kernels and old versions of glossaries.sty and
+% mfirstuc.sty, it was necessary to group the first letter if
+% it isn't a single character in order for the sentence-case commands
+% (\Gls etc) to work.
+ name={{\'e}lite}, % mfirstuc.sty v2.07 and lower
+ %name={\'elite},% mfirstuc.sty v2.08+
description={select group of people}
}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf
index ad89563aee..a5cf08ed9b 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf
index 11a2b3cb9d..083cd7f66d 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf
index d767daf03f..df5c3e0ba8 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf
index 7016990ab5..fc8b536565 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr-desc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr-desc.pdf
index b214d3e259..8453aff204 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr-desc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr-desc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr.pdf
index a38071e11c..b8a782a1d8 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample-storage-abbr.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf
index d44df95547..3b46b32396 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf
index 861d052dde..09176be059 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf
index 7c4dbaf66f..77ee5019fd 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf
index 64e1381697..3dd718a128 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.pdf
index 2c16b300f4..3d725939a0 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf
index b5d26b403c..1a2661b453 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf
index c26618e248..4e7a65b117 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf
index 21b90887d4..00436603a7 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf
index cedfdafb11..8b36ce58d2 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.pdf
index 6598cf1a09..434667bf30 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf
index 12b4afdd61..7141fdc50e 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf
index f6375699ad..14003ebe62 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf
index ea80da55ca..fcc6f0d2f3 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf
index 582c187a5c..b436a8e3f6 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf
index 83b823d4a5..5665b0dc79 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf
index fd34b28d6e..647dafc3ba 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf
index 1018d8008f..78e3c54389 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf
index 01bc7cd9ad..c86b2e9fe1 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf
index ec59009b20..00f9b33973 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.tex
index 08d407027e..7ea2338a7c 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.tex
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
\usepackage[notext,notextcomp]{stix}
\usepackage[colorlinks,plainpages]{hyperref}
-\usepackage[xindy,style=altlistgroup]{glossaries}
+\usepackage[xindy,esclocations,style=altlistgroup]{glossaries}
% Define a new command to do bold italic:
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf
index 24d2486123..8b64f8a9b6 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy3.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy3.pdf
index 36d2201509..c9e51ab8d1 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy3.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy3.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy3.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy3.tex
index 0ef2694fd4..64fc330bad 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy3.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/samples/samplexdy3.tex
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
\usepackage{fmtcount}
\usepackage[colorlinks,plainpages]{hyperref}
-\usepackage[xindy,style=altlistgroup]{glossaries}
+\usepackage[xindy,esclocations,style=altlistgroup]{glossaries}
% Define a new command to do bold italic:
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mismath/mismath.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/mismath/mismath.dtx
index a2c59ce7e8..1475b084fa 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mismath/mismath.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mismath/mismath.dtx
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Copyright (C) 2019-2020 by Antoine Missier <antoine.missier@ac-toulouse.fr>
+% Copyright (C) 2019-2022 by Antoine Missier <antoine.missier@ac-toulouse.fr>
%
% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license
@@ -20,23 +20,24 @@
%<*package>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2005/12/01]
\ProvidesPackage{mismath}
- [2020/11/15 v1.8 .dtx mismath file]
+ [2022/10/17 v1.9 .dtx mismath file]
%</package>
%<*driver>
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
\usepackage[english]{babel}
-\usepackage{lmodern}
+\usepackage{lmodern,mathpazo}
+\DeclareTextFontCommand{\extrafont}{\fontfamily{cmr}\selectfont}
\usepackage{mismath}
\usepackage{amssymb}
\usepackage{multicol}
%\enumber
\inumber
-\pinumber
+\pinumber[Symbol]
% for an example in this doc we substitute [ and ] by \OB and \CB
-\DeclareMathSymbol{\OB}\mathclose{UpSh}{093}
-\DeclareMathSymbol{\CB}\mathopen{UpSh}{091}
+\DeclareMathSymbol{\OB}\mathclose{operators}{093}
+\DeclareMathSymbol{\CB}\mathopen{operators}{091}
\DisableCrossrefs
%\CodelineIndex
@@ -58,7 +59,7 @@
%</driver>
% \fi
%
-%% \CheckSum{419}
+%% \CheckSum{428}
%
% \CharacterTable
% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
@@ -96,6 +97,11 @@
% \changes{v1.7}{2019/12/27}{Adding a table of contents to the documentation}
% \changes{v1.8}{2020/11/15}{Incompatibility and solution mentioned when using i
% with accent in beamer titles small changes in documentation}
+% \changes{v1.9}{2020/10/17}{UpSh replaced by operators font in math mode,
+% PackageWarning "command exist" replaced by PackageWarningNoLine,
+% and also used by commands with arguments,
+% medspace replaced by thickspace in the \bslash lfrac command,
+% changing font in documentation}
%
% \GetFileInfo{mismath.sty}
%
@@ -103,7 +109,7 @@
% corresponds to \textsf{mismath}~\fileversion, dated \filedate.
% Thanks to François Bastouil for help in English translation.}}
% \author{Antoine Missier \\ \texttt{antoine.missier@ac-toulouse.fr}}
-% \date{November 15, 2020}
+% \date{October 17, 2022}
%
% \maketitle
% \tableofcontents
@@ -112,7 +118,7 @@
%
% According to the International Standards ISO~31-0:1992 to ISO~31-13:1992,
% superseded by ISO~80000-2:2009, mathematical constants $\e$, $\i$, $\pi$
-% sould be typeset in upright shape and not in italic (sloping shape) like
+% should be typeset in upright shape and not in italic (sloping shape) like
% variables (see~\cite{TYPMA}~\cite{NIST}~\cite{ICTNS}~\cite{ISO}).
% This package provides some tools to achieve this (automatically).
%
@@ -133,7 +139,7 @@
% \begin{itemize}
% \item some standard operator names,
% \item a few useful aliases,
-% \item improving some spacings in mathematical formulas,
+% \item improving some spacing in mathematical formulas,
% \item systems of equations and small matrices,
% \item displaymath in double columns for long calculation.
% \end{itemize}
@@ -145,7 +151,7 @@
% compilation will produce a warning message and \textsf{mismath} definition
% will simply be ignored. To keep \textsf{mismath} command,
% either load \textsf{mismath} before the other package
-% with which it is in conflict for the name of the command
+% with which it is in conflict for the name of that command
% (assuming the other package supports it), or use
% |\let\|\meta{command}|\relax| before loading \textsf{mismath}.
%
@@ -159,7 +165,7 @@
%
% Another package,
% \textsf{mathtools} by Morten Høgholm and Lars Madsen~\cite{TOOL}
-% is also loaded. It provides many usefull macros.
+% is also loaded. It provides many useful macros.
%
% \medskip
% A recommendation, seldom observed, is to typeset uppercase Greek letters in italic shape
@@ -176,6 +182,7 @@
% \subsection{Mathematical constants}
%
% \DescribeMacro{\mathup}
+% \DescribeMacro{\e} \DescribeMacro{\i} \DescribeMacro{\j}
% As for classic functions identifiers, \emph{predefined} mathematical constants
% should be typeset in upright shape (generally in roman family),
% even if this practice is not really common and tedious
@@ -188,13 +195,12 @@
% produces a font with serif in \textsf{beamer}. This problem is solved by
% using \texttt{\bslash mathup} instead
% of \texttt{\bslash mathrm}.}),
-% \DescribeMacro{\e} \DescribeMacro{\i} \DescribeMacro{\j}
% the package provides |\e| command for the base of the natural logarithm
% and |\i| or |\j| for imaginary numbers.
% Let's notice that |\i| and |\j| already exist in \LaTeX:
-% using in LR mode, they produce ``\i'' and ``\j'' without the point
+% using in LR mode, they produce ``\extrafont{\i,\ \j}'' without the point
% so you can place accents on them, and in mathematical mode they produce
-% ``Latex warning: Command invalid in math mode''.
+% ``LaTeX Warning: Command |\i| invalid in math mode on input line \meta{line}''.
% Redefining |\i| and |\j| concerns only mathematical mode\footnote{Due to this
% \texttt{\bslash i} command redefinition, there is an incompatibility with
% \textsf{beamer} when using i with accents in beamer titles.
@@ -223,9 +229,10 @@
% \DescribeMacro{\pinumber\oarg{font}}
% Mathematical constant $\pi$ should also be typeset in upright shape
% (see~\cite{ICTNS} and~\cite{ISO}), which differs from italicized $\itpi$.
-% This recommendation is even less observed than the one concerning $\e$ and $\i$~\cite{TYPMA}.
+% This recommendation is even less observed than the one concerning
+% $\e$ and $\i$~\cite{TYPMA}.
% The \textsf{upgreek} package by Walter Schmidt~\cite{GREEK} makes it possible to typeset
-% greek letters in upright font by using commands such as |\upalpha|, |\upbeta|,\ldots\@
+% Greek letters in upright font by using commands such as |\upalpha|, |\upbeta|, \ldots\@
% To avoid typing a lot of |\uppi|, we provide the |\pinumber| macro,
% which has to be put in the preamble. This command loads the \textsf{upgreek} package
% with an optional \meta{font} argument: \texttt{Symbol} (by default), \texttt{Euler}
@@ -258,7 +265,8 @@
% In \textsf{mismath}, \textsf{esvect} is loaded with the option \texttt{b}:
% |\vect{AB}| gives $\vect{AB}$.
% To choose another type of arrow, \textsf{esvect} must be called
-% with the required option \emph{before} \textsf{mismath}, for instance |\usepackage[d]{esvect}|
+% with the required option \emph{before} \textsf{mismath},
+% for instance |\usepackage[d]{esvect}|
% will give the arrows produced by default in~\cite{VECT}.
%
% \medskip
@@ -303,7 +311,7 @@
% \DescribeMacro{\hvect}
% When vectors with arrows are typeset side by side,
% arrows can be set up a bit higher (with a vertical phantom box containing $h$)
-% to avoid inelegants effects:
+% to avoid inelegant effects:
% \begin{itemize}
% \item $\vect{AB}=\vect{u}+ \vect{AC}$ is less than $\vect{AB}=\hvect{u}+ \vect{AC}$,
% obtained with |\hvect{u}|;
@@ -328,8 +336,8 @@
% The norm of a vector is classically produced by the delimiters |\lVert| and |\rVert|
% (rather than \texttt{\bslash}$\mid$) or |\left\Vert| and |\right\Vert|
% for delimiters adapting to the content. Unfortunately, these delimiters
-% are always vertically centred, relatively to the middle of the base line,
-% whereas vectors with arrows are asymetrics objects,
+% are always vertically centered, relatively to the middle of the base line,
+% whereas vectors with arrows are asymmetric objects,
% the height above the middle of the base line
% being superior to the depth under it.
% The code |$\norm{\vec{h}}$| raises the double bar to produce $\norm{\vec{h}}$.
@@ -429,7 +437,7 @@
% \DescribeMacro{\oldRe} \DescribeMacro{\oldIm}
% The |\Re| and |\Im| macros already existed, to refer to real and imaginary part
% of a complex number, producing outdated symbols $\oldRe$ and $\oldIm$.
-% They have been redefined according to actual use, as mentionned in the above table,
+% They have been redefined according to actual use, as mentioned in the above table,
% but it's still possible to get the old symbols with |\oldRe| and |\oldIm|.
%
% \medskip
@@ -455,7 +463,7 @@
% that classic sets of numbers are typeset in bold roman:
% $\R, \C, \Z, \N, \Q$,
% whereas ``openwork'' letters ($\mathbb{R}, \mathbb{Z}, \ldots$)
-% are reserved for writing at blakboard~\cite{LSHORT};
+% are reserved for writing at blackboard~\cite{LSHORT};
% and likewise to designate a field: $\F$ or $\K$ (Körper in German).
% We get these symbols with the macros:
% \begin{center}
@@ -480,19 +488,19 @@
% they are placed on the right, as subscript or exponent. Compare:
% $\upzeta(s)=\sum_{n=1}^{\infty }\frac{1}{n^s}$ with
% \[\upzeta(s)=\sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n^s}.\]
-% \DescribeMacro{\dlim} \DescribeMacro{\dsum} \DescribeMacro{\dprod}
-% \DescribeMacro{\dcup} \DescribeMacro{\dcap}
% With in-line math mode, displaymath behavior can be forced with |\displaystyle|
% or its alias |\ds|, but then, all the rest of the current mathematical
% environment will be set in displaymath mode too (in the previous example,
% the fraction will be expanded).
-% Just like the \textsf{amsmath} command |\dfrac|
+% \DescribeMacro{\dlim} \DescribeMacro{\dsum} \DescribeMacro{\dprod}
+% \DescribeMacro{\dcup} \DescribeMacro{\dcap}
+% Just as the \textsf{amsmath} command |\dfrac|
% only transforms the required fraction in display style, we can limit
% display style effect to the affected symbol, by using the following macros:
% |\dlim|, |\dsum|, |\dprod|, |\dcup|, |\dcap|.
% So |$\dlim_{x\to +\infty}\frac{1}{x}$| gives $\dlim_{x \to +\infty}\frac{1}{x}$.
%
-% \medskip
+% \bigskip
% \DescribeMacro{\lbar} \DescribeMacro{\hlbar}
% Large bars over expressions are obtained with |\overline|
% or, shorter, its alias |\lbar|, to get for instance $\lbar{z_1z_2}$.
@@ -535,11 +543,11 @@
% \DescribeMacro{\iif}
% |\iif| is an alias for ``\iif'', to be used in text mode.
%
-% \subsection{Improving some spacings in mathematical formulas}
+% \subsection{Improving some spacing in mathematical formulas}
%
% \DescribeMacro{\mul}
% The multiplication symbol obtained with |\times| produces the same spacing than addition
-% or substraction operators, whereas division obtained with $/$ is closer to its arguments.
+% or subtraction operators, whereas division obtained with $/$ is closer to its arguments.
% This actually hides the priority of the multiplication on $+$ and $-$.
% This is why we provide the |\mul| macro, behaving like $/$
% (ordinary symbol) and leaving less space around than |\times|:
@@ -549,7 +557,7 @@
% \end{center}
%
% When using |\mul| before an operator name
-% or a |\left...\right| structure, additionnal spacing occur on the right side of |\mul|.
+% or a |\left...\right| structure, additional spacing occur on the right side of |\mul|.
% A solution to get the same amount of space on the two sides of |\mul|, is to
% enclose the operator name (or the structure) with brackets:
% \begin{center}
@@ -601,7 +609,7 @@
%
% \DescribeMacro{\lfrac}
% This macro behaves like |\frac|
-% but with medium spaces around the arguments,
+% but with thick spaces around the arguments,
% so the corresponding fraction bar is perceptibly a little bit longer:\\
% \begin{minipage}[t]{8cm}
% \begin{verbatim}
@@ -665,7 +673,7 @@
% By default, a system is written like an \texttt{array} environment with only one column,
% left aligned. The environment has an optional argument to create several columns,
% specifying their alignment, with the same syntax than the \texttt{array} environment of
-% \LaTeX : |\begin{system}[cl]| produces a two-column system, the first one being centred,
+% \LaTeX : |\begin{system}[cl]| produces a two-column system, the first one being centered,
% the second being left aligned, such as in the following example:\\
% \begin{minipage}[t]{7cm}
% \begin{verbatim}
@@ -685,7 +693,7 @@
% This spacing may be changed by typing |\renewcommand{\systemstretch}|\marg{stretch},
% inside the current mathematical environment (for a local change) or outside
% (for a global change). By default, stretch's value is 1.2.
-% In addition we can use a carriage return with a spacing option such
+% In addition we can use the end of line with a spacing option such
% as it has been done above with |\\[1ex]|.
%
% Another example with |\begin{system}[rl@{\quad}l]|\footnote{\texttt{@\{\ldots\}}
@@ -745,7 +753,7 @@
%
% \DescribeMacro{\changecol}
% The |\changecol| macro causes a change of column;
-% aligment is produced using the classic delimiters |&| and |\\|.
+% alignment is produced using the classic delimiters |&| and |\\|.
%
% \begin{verbatim}
%\begin{mathcols}
@@ -778,7 +786,7 @@
%
% \medskip
% The three following internal commands are meta commands for a
-% conditional macro definition with warning message if the macro already exists.
+% conditional macro definition with a warning message if the macro already exists.
% \DescribeMacro{\bslash}
% The |\bslash| macro used inside |\@mwarning| comes from \textsf{doc.sty} package
% by Frank Mittelbach. It can also be used in other documents instead of |\textbackslash|
@@ -786,16 +794,15 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
{\catcode`\|=\z@ \catcode`\\=12 |gdef|bslash{\}} % the \bslash command
\newcommand\@mwarning[1]{
- \PackageWarning{mismath}{
- Command \bslash #1 already exist and will not be redefined
- }
+ \PackageWarningNoLine{mismath}{
+ Command \bslash #1 already exist and will not be redefined}
}
\newcommand\@mmacro[2]{
\@ifundefined{#1}{
\expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname{#2}
}{\@mwarning{#1}}
}
-\newcommand\@moperator[3][]{% this macro is ugly, TODO: by default #1=#3
+\newcommand\@moperator[3][]{% this macro is ugly, by default #1=#3
\ifthenelse{\equal{#1}{}}{
\@ifundefined{#3}{
\DeclareMathOperator{#2}{#3}
@@ -804,17 +811,17 @@
\@ifundefined{#1}{
\DeclareMathOperator{#2}{#3}
}{\@mwarning{#1}}
- }
+ }
}
-
+
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% To work correctly with the \textsf{beamer} package, we did not use |\mathrm|
-% but |\mathup| (based on |\operatorfont| from the \textsf{mathopn} package)
-% to produce the correct upright shape font.
+% To produce the correct upright shape font even when working
+% with the \textsf{beamer} package, we did not use |\mathrm|
+% but |\mathup| (based on |\operatorfont| from the \textsf{amsopn} package).
% This command works also fine with other sans serif fonts like \textsf{cmbright}.
-% Moreover for \textsf{beamer}, |\enumber| must use
-% the family default font defined by the \textsf{beamer} package (sans serif),
+% Moreover for \textsf{beamer}, |\enumber| must be typeset in
+% the family default font (sans serif),
% therefore the |\AtBeginDocument| inside the macro (otherwise it has no effect).
% The same holds for |\inumber| and |\jnumber|.
%
@@ -827,24 +834,18 @@
\@mmacro{e}{\mathup{e}}
\AtBeginDocument{\let\oldi\i \let\oldj\j
\renewcommand{\i}{\TextOrMath{\oldi}{\mathup{i}}}
- \renewcommand{\j}{\TextOrMath{\oldj}{\mathup{j}}}
-}
+ \renewcommand{\j}{\TextOrMath{\oldj}{\mathup{j}}} }
-\DeclareSymbolFont{UpSh}{\encodingdefault}{\familydefault}{m}{n}
\newcommand{\enumber}{
- \AtBeginDocument{\DeclareMathSymbol{e}\mathalpha{UpSh}{`e}}
-}
+ \AtBeginDocument{\DeclareMathSymbol{e}\mathalpha{operators}{`e}} }
\newcommand{\inumber}{
- \AtBeginDocument{\DeclareMathSymbol{i}\mathalpha{UpSh}{`i}}
-}
+ \AtBeginDocument{\DeclareMathSymbol{i}\mathalpha{operators}{`i}} }
\newcommand{\jnumber}{
- \AtBeginDocument{\DeclareMathSymbol{j}\mathalpha{UpSh}{`j}}
-}
+ \AtBeginDocument{\DeclareMathSymbol{j}\mathalpha{operators}{`j}} }
\newcommand*{\pinumber}[1][Symbol]{
\@ifpackageloaded{upgreek}{}{\usepackage[#1]{upgreek}}
\let\itpi\pi
- \renewcommand{\pi}{\uppi}
-}
+ \renewcommand{\pi}{\uppi} }
\newboolean{arrowvect}
\setboolean{arrowvect}{true}
@@ -865,10 +866,11 @@
\newcommand*{\@@@norm}[1]{
\mbox{\tiny\raisebox{1pt}{$\Vert$}} #1
\mbox{\tiny\raisebox{1pt}{$\Vert$}} }
-\providecommand*{\norm}[1]{
- \mathchoice{\@norm{#1}}{\@norm{#1}}{\@@norm{#1}}{\@@@norm{#1}} }
+\@ifundefined{norm}{\providecommand*{\norm}[1]{
+ \mathchoice{\@norm{#1}}{\@norm{#1}}{\@@norm{#1}}{\@@@norm{#1}} }}{
+ \@mwarning{norm} }
-\newcommand{\di}{\mathop{}\!\mathup{d}}
+\@mmacro{di}{\mathop{}\!\mathup{d}}
\newcommand\probastyle{}
\let\Par\P % end of paragraph symbol
\renewcommand{\P}{\operatorname{\probastyle{P}}}
@@ -876,8 +878,8 @@
\@mmacro{V}{\operatorname{\probastyle{V}}}
\newcommand{\PEupright}{
\AtBeginDocument{% necessary for working with beamer
- \DeclareMathSymbol{P}\mathalpha{UpSh}{`P}
- \DeclareMathSymbol{E}\mathalpha{UpSh}{`E}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{P}\mathalpha{operators}{`P}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{E}\mathalpha{operators}{`E}
}
}
@@ -922,7 +924,7 @@
\@moperator[bigo]{\bigo}{O}
\@moperator[lito]{\lito}{o}
-\newcommand{\mathset}{\mathbf}
+\@mmacro{mathset}{\mathbf}
\@mmacro{R}{\ensuremath{\mathset{R}}\xspace}
\@mmacro{C}{\ensuremath{\mathset{C}}\xspace}
\@mmacro{N}{\ensuremath{\mathset{N}}\xspace}
@@ -937,8 +939,11 @@
\@mmacro{dprod}{\prod\limits}
\@mmacro{dcup}{\bigcup\limits}
\@mmacro{dcap}{\bigcap\limits}
+
\@mmacro{lbar}{\overline}
-\providecommand*{\hlbar}[1]{\overline{\vphantom{h}#1}}
+\@ifundefined{hlbar}{
+ \providecommand*{\hlbar}[1]{\overline{\vphantom{h}#1}}}{
+ \@mwarning{hlbar} }
\@mmacro{eqdef}{\stackrel{\mathup{def}}{=}}
\@mmacro{unbr}{\underbrace}
\@mmacro{iif}{if and only if\xspace}
@@ -949,13 +954,23 @@
% Without |\mbox{}|, the space produced by |\| would be suppressed in tables.
% \medskip
% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand*{\txt}[1]{\quad\text{#1}\quad}
-\providecommand*{\paren}[1]{\mathopen{\left(#1\right)}}
-\providecommand*{\pow}[2]{\left( #1 \right)^{\!#2}}
-\providecommand*{\abs}[1]{\left\vert#1\right\vert}
-\providecommand*{\lfrac}[2]{\frac{\:#1\:}{\:#2\:}}
-\DeclareMathSymbol{]}\mathord{UpSh}{093} % originally \mathclose
-\DeclareMathSymbol{[}\mathord{UpSh}{091} % originally \mathopen
+\@ifundefined{txt}{
+ \providecommand*{\txt}[1]{\quad\text{#1}\quad} }{
+ \@mwarning{txt} }
+\@ifundefined{paren}{
+ \providecommand*{\paren}[1]{\mathopen{\left(#1\right)}} }{
+ \@mwarning{paren} }
+\@ifundefined{pow}{
+ \providecommand*{\pow}[2]{\left( #1 \right)^{\!#2}} }{
+ \@mwarning{pow} }
+\@ifundefined{abs}{
+ \providecommand*{\abs}[1]{\left\vert#1\right\vert} }{
+ \@mwarning{abs} }
+\@ifundefined{lfrac}{
+ \providecommand*{\lfrac}[2]{\frac{\;#1\;}{\;#2\;}} }{
+ \@mwarning{lfrac} }
+\DeclareMathSymbol{]}\mathord{operators}{093} % originally \mathclose
+\DeclareMathSymbol{[}\mathord{operators}{091} % originally \mathopen
\newcommand{\systemstretch}{1.2}
\newcommand{\systemsep}{\medspace}
@@ -984,15 +999,15 @@
\begin{math}\begin{aligned}\displaystyle
}
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+% \bigskip
% \begin{thebibliography}{17}
% \bibitem{TYPMA} \emph{Typesetting mathematics for science and technology according
% to ISO 31/XI}, Claudio Beccari, TUGboat Volume 18 (1997), No.~1.
% \bibitem{NIST} \emph{Typefaces for Symbols in Scientific Manuscripts}.\\
% https://www.physics.nist.gov/cuu/pdf/typefaces.pdf.
% \bibitem{ICTNS} \emph{On the Use of Italic and up Fonts for Symbols in Scientific Text},
-% I.M.~Mills and W.V.~Metanomski, ICTNS (Interdivisional Committee on Nomenclature and Symbols),
-% dec 1999.
+% I.M.~Mills and W.V.~Metanomski, ICTNS (Interdivisional Committee
+% on Nomenclature and Symbols), dec 1999.
% \bibitem{ISO} \emph{ISO 80000-2}. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO\_80000-2
% \bibitem{AMS} \emph{The \textsf{amsmath} package}. Frank Mittelbach, Rainer Schöpf,
% Michael Downes, Davis M.~Jones, David Carlisle, CTAN, v2.17b 2018/12/01.
@@ -1005,13 +1020,13 @@
% \bibitem{FIXM} \emph{The \textsf{fixmath} package for \LaTeXe}, Walter Schmidt,
% CTAN, v0.9 2000/04/11.
% \bibitem{ISOM} \emph{\textsf{isomath}. Mathematical style for science and technology}.
-% Günter Milde, CTAN, v0.6.1 04/06/2012.
+% Günter Milde, CTAN, v0.6.1 2012/09/04.
% \bibitem{INT} \emph{The \textsf{interval} package}. Lars Madsen, CTAN,
% v0.3 2014/08/04.
% \bibitem{SYST} \emph{L'extension pour \TeX\ et \LaTeX\ \textsf{systeme}}.
% Christian Tellechea, CTAN v0.32 2019/01/13.
% \bibitem{SPAL} \emph{The \textsf{spalign} package}. Joseph Rabinoff, CTAN, 2016/10/05.
-% \bibitem{FR} \emph{L'extension \textsf{frenchmath}}. Antoine Missier, CTAN, v1.5 2020/11/02.
+% \bibitem{FR} \emph{L'extension \textsf{frenchmath}}. Antoine Missier, CTAN, v1.6 2022/10/16.
% \bibitem{LSHORT} \emph{The Not So Short Introduction to \LaTeXe}. \textsf{lshort} package by
% Tobias Oetiker, Hubert Partl, Irene Hyna and Elisabeth Schlegl, CTAN, v6.2 2018/02/28.
% \bibitem{COMP} \emph{The \LaTeX\ Companion}. Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens,
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mismath/mismath.ins b/macros/latex/contrib/mismath/mismath.ins
index e1eb94888b..8985defb61 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mismath/mismath.ins
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mismath/mismath.ins
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
%%
-%% Copyright (C) 2019-2020 by Antoine Missier <antoine.missier@ac-toulouse.fr>
+%% Copyright (C) 2019-2022 by Antoine Missier <antoine.missier@ac-toulouse.fr>
%%
%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
This is a generated file.
-Copyright (C) 2019-2020 by Antoine Missier <antoine.missier@ac-toulouse.fr>
+Copyright (C) 2019-2022 by Antoine Missier <antoine.missier@ac-toulouse.fr>
This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/mismath/mismath.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/mismath/mismath.pdf
index 236b631abf..24612b9bd9 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/mismath/mismath.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/mismath/mismath.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/ProfLycee-doc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/ProfLycee-doc.pdf
index 0d8b6bc1ee..0e377d341f 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/ProfLycee-doc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/ProfLycee-doc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/ProfLycee-doc.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/ProfLycee-doc.tex
index 1b57126d34..25b0e9471c 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/ProfLycee-doc.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/ProfLycee-doc.tex
@@ -63,8 +63,8 @@
\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
\definecolor{LightGray}{gray}{0.9}
-\def\PLversion{1.3.3}
-\def\PLdate{12 Octobre 2022}
+\def\PLversion{1.3.5}
+\def\PLdate{17 Octobre 2022}
\tcbset{vignettes/.style={%
nobeforeafter,box align=base,boxsep=0pt,enhanced,sharp corners=all,rounded corners=southeast,%
@@ -355,6 +355,10 @@ Par défaut, \ctex{minted} est chargé et donc la compilation nécessite d'utili
En compilant (notamment avec les packages \ctex{minted} et \ctex{pythontex}) on peut spécifier des répertoires particuliers pour les (ou des) fichiers auxiliaires.
Avec l'option \Cle{build}, l'utilisateur a la possibilité de placer les fichiers temporaires de \ctex{minted} et \ctex{pythontex} dans un répertoire \textsf{build} du répertoire courant.
+
+\smallskip
+
+Dans ce cas il vaut mieux créer au préalable le répertoire \textsf{build} avant de compiler un fichier !
\end{codeinfo}
\begin{codetex}[listing only]
@@ -637,7 +641,7 @@ On peut dans ce cas \textit{jouer} sur les coefficients de cette portion pour \t
Le plus \og simple \fg{} est donc:
%
\begin{itemize}
- \item de déclarer la liste des points de contrôle, grâce à \ctex{\textbackslash def\textbackslash LISTE\{x1/y1:d1§x2/y2/d2§...\}} ;
+ \item de déclarer la liste des points de contrôle, grâce à \ctex{\textbackslash def\textbackslash LISTE\{x1/y1/d1§x2/y2/d2§...\}} ;
\item de saisir la commande \ctex{\textbackslash splinetikz[liste=\textbackslash LISTE]} ;
\item d'ajuster les options et coefficients en fonction du rendu !
\end{itemize}
@@ -915,7 +919,7 @@ Peut-être que -- ultérieurement -- des options \textit{booléennes} seront dis
\begin{center}
\begin{tikzpicture}[x=5cm,y=1.5cm]
...
- \def\f{-0.25*\x*\x+\x}
+ \def\f{1+1/\x}
\recurrPL%
[fct={\f},no=0,uno=1,nb=7,poslabel=above right,decallabel=0pt,afftermes=false]%
[line width=1.25pt,ForestGreen,densely dashed][]
@@ -1095,7 +1099,7 @@ Donc, si plusieurs \textit{méthodes} sont utilisées pour insérer du code Pyth
\subsection{Présentation de code Python grâce à listings}
\begin{codeidee}
-L'environnement \ctex{\textbackslash envcodepython} (chargé par \ctex{ProfLycee} permet de présenter du code python, dans une \ctex{tcolorbox} avec un style particulier.
+L'environnement \ctex{\textbackslash envcodepython} permet de présenter du code python, dans une \ctex{tcolorbox} avec un style particulier.
\end{codeidee}
\begin{codetex}[listing only]
@@ -1141,7 +1145,7 @@ Si cette méthode est utilisée, il ne faut oublier de charger le package \ctex{
\begin{codetex}[listing only]
\begin{envcodepython}{} %les {}, même vides, sont nécessaires (bug avec # sinon !)
#environnement par défaut
-nb = int(input("Saisir un entier Python positif"))
+nb = int(input("Saisir un entier positif"))
if (nb %7 == 0) :
print(f"{nb} est bien divisible par 7")
#endif
@@ -1154,7 +1158,7 @@ def f(x) :
\begin{codesortie}
\begin{envcodepython}{}
#environnement par défaut
-nb = int(input("Saisir un entier Python positif"))
+nb = int(input("Saisir un entier positif"))
if (nb %7 == 0) :
print(f"{nb} est bien divisible par 7")
#endif
@@ -1269,11 +1273,11 @@ Le {package} \ctex{pythontex} permet d'insérer et d'exécuter du code Python. O
\end{itemize}
\end{codeidee}
-\begin{codeinfo}
+\begin{codeattention}
\textbf{Attention : }il faut dans ce cas une compilation en plusieurs étapes, comme par exemple \textsf{pdflatex puis pythontex puis pdflatex} !
Voir par exemple \url{http://lesmathsduyeti.fr/fr/informatique/latex/pythontex/} !
-\end{codeinfo}
+\end{codeattention}
\begin{codeinfo}
Compte tenu de la \textit{relative complexité} pour gérer les options (par paramètres/clés\ldots) des \textit{tcbox} et des \textit{fancyvrb}, le style est \og fixé \fg{} tel quel, et seules la taille et la position de la \textit{tcbox} sont modifiables. Si toutefois vous souhaitez personnaliser davantage, il faudra prendre le code correspondant et appliquer vos modifications !
@@ -1284,7 +1288,7 @@ Cela peut donner -- en tout cas -- des idées de personnalisation en ayant une b
\subsection{Présentation de code Python via pythontex}\label{pythontex}
\begin{codeidee}
-L'environnement \ctex{\textbackslash envcodepythontex} (chargé par \ctex{ProfLycee}, avec l'option \textit{autogobble}) permet de présenter du code python, dans une \ctex{tcolorbox} avec un style particulier.
+L'environnement \ctex{\textbackslash envcodepythontex} est donc lié à \ctex{pythontex} (chargé par \ctex{ProfLycee}, avec l'option \textit{autogobble}) permet de présenter du code python, dans une \ctex{tcolorbox} avec un style particulier.
\end{codeidee}
\begin{codetex}[listing only]
@@ -2103,9 +2107,9 @@ Les \Cle{Clés} pour cette possibilité sont :
\newpage
-\part{Outils pour les probabilités et les statistiques}\label{reglin}
+\part{Outils pour les statistiques}
-\section{Paramètres d'une régression linéaire par la méthode des moindres carrés}
+\section{Paramètres d'une régression linéaire par la méthode des moindres carrés}\label{reglin}
\subsection{Idée}
@@ -3033,6 +3037,8 @@ Sachant que la hauteur par défaut est de 1, il est -- a priori -- intéressant
\newpage
+\part{Outils pour les probabilités}
+
\section{Calculs de probabilités}\label{calcprobas}
\subsection{Introduction}
@@ -3044,7 +3050,9 @@ L'idée est de proposer des commandes permettant de calculer des probabilités a
\item binomiale ;
\item normale ;
\item exponentielle ;
- \item de Poisson
+ \item de Poisson ;
+ \item géométrique ;
+ \item hypergéométrique.
\end{itemize}
\end{codeidee}
@@ -3063,15 +3071,26 @@ De ce fait, les options de \ctex{siunitx} de l'utilisateur affecterons les forma
\begin{codetex}[listing only]
%loi binomiale B(n,p)
-\calcPbinomP{n}{p}{k} %P(X=k)
-\calcPbinomC{n}{p}{a}{b} %P(a<=X<=b)
+\calcPbinomP{n}{p}{k} %P(X=k)
+\calcPbinomC{n}{p}{a}{b} %P(a<=X<=b)
+
%loi de Poisson P (l)
-\calcPpoissP{l}{k} %P(X=k)
-\calcPpoissC{l}{a}{b} %P(a<=X<=b)
+\calcPpoissP{l}{k} %P(X=k)
+\calcPpoissC{l}{a}{b} %P(a<=X<=b)
+
+%loi géométrique G (p)
+\calcPgeomP{p}{k} %P(X=k)
+\calcPgeomC{l}{a}{b} %P(a<=X<=b)
+
+%loi hypergéométrique H (N,n,m)
+\calcPhypergeomP{N}{n}{m}{k} %P(X=k)
+\calcPhypergeomP{N}{n}{m}{a}{b} %P(a<=X<=b)
+
%loi normale N(m,s)
-\calcPnormC{m}{s}{a}{b} %P(a<=X<=b)
+\calcPnormC{m}{s}{a}{b} %P(a<=X<=b)
+
%loi exponentielle E(l)
-\calcPexpoC{l}{a}{b} %P(a<=X<=b)
+\calcPexpoC{l}{a}{b} %P(a<=X<=b)
\end{codetex}
\begin{codecles}
@@ -3086,24 +3105,25 @@ Pour les probabilités cumulées, on peut utiliser \ctex{*} comme borne ($a$ ou
% X -> B(5,0.4)
$P(X=3) \approx \calcPbinomP{5}{0.4}{3}$.
$P(X\leqslant1) \approx \calcPbinomC{5}{0.4}{*}{1}$.
+
% X -> B(100,0.02)
$P(X=10) \approx \calcPbinomP{100}{0.02}{10}$.
$P(15\leqslant X\leqslant25) \approx \calcPbinomC{100}{0.02}{15}{25}$.
+
% Y -> P(5)
$P(Y=3) \approx \calcPpoissP{5}{3}$.
$P(Y\geqslant2) \approx \calcPpoissC{5}{2}{*}$.
-% X -> N(0,1)
-$P(X\leqslant1) \approx \calcPnormC{0}{1}{*}{1}$.
-$P(-1,96\leqslant Z\leqslant1,96) \approx \calcPnormC{0}{1}{-1.96}{1.96}$.
-% X -> N(550,30)
-$P(Y\geqslant600) \approx \calcPnormC{550}{30}{600}{*}$.
-$P(500\leqslant Y\leqslant600) \approx \calcPnormC{550}{30}{500}{600}$.
-% Z -> E(0.001)
-$P(Z\geqslant400) \approx \calcPexpoC{0.001}{400}{*}$.
-$P(300\leqslant Z\leqslant750) \approx \calcPexpoC{0.001}{300}{750}$.
+
+% T -> G(0.5)
+$P(T=100) \approx \calcPgeomP{0.5}{3}$.
+$P(T\leqslant5) \approx \calcPgeomC{0.5}{*}{5}$.
+
+% W -> H(50,10,5)
+$P(W=4) \approx \calcPhypergeomP{50}{10}{5}{4}$.
+$P(1\leqslant W\leqslant3) \approx \calcPhypergeomP{50}{10}{5}{1}{3}$.
\end{codetex}
-\begin{codesortie}
+\begin{codesortie}[listing only]
$\bullet~~~~X \hookrightarrow \mathcal{B}(5\,;\,0,4)$ :\\
$P(X=3) \approx \calcPbinomP{5}{0.4}{3}$.\\
$P(X\leqslant1) \approx \calcPbinomC{5}{0.4}{*}{1}$.
@@ -3122,6 +3142,32 @@ $P(Y\geqslant2) \approx \calcPpoissC{5}{2}{*}$.
\medskip
+$\bullet~~~~T \hookrightarrow \mathcal{G}_{0,5}$ :\\
+$P(T=3) \approx \calcPgeomP{0.5}{3}$.\\
+$P(T\leqslant5) \approx \calcPgeomC{0.5}{*}{5}$.
+
+\medskip
+
+$\bullet~~~~W \hookrightarrow \mathcal{H}(50\,;\,10\,;\,5)$ :\\
+$P(W=4) \approx \calcPhypergeomP{50}{10}{5}{4}$.\\
+$P(1\leqslant W\leqslant3) \approx \calcPhypergeomC{50}{10}{5}{1}{3}$.
+\end{codesortie}
+
+\begin{codetex}[listing only]
+% X -> N(0,1)
+$P(X\leqslant1) \approx \calcPnormC{0}{1}{*}{1}$.
+$P(-1,96\leqslant Z\leqslant1,96) \approx \calcPnormC{0}{1}{-1.96}{1.96}$.
+
+% X -> N(550,30)
+$P(Y\geqslant600) \approx \calcPnormC{550}{30}{600}{*}$.
+$P(500\leqslant Y\leqslant600) \approx \calcPnormC{550}{30}{500}{600}$.
+
+% Z -> E(0.001)
+$P(Z\geqslant400) \approx \calcPexpoC{0.001}{400}{*}$.
+$P(300\leqslant Z\leqslant750) \approx \calcPexpoC{0.001}{300}{750}$.
+\end{codetex}
+
+\begin{codesortie}
$\bullet~~~~X \hookrightarrow \mathcal{N}(0\,;\,1)$ :\\
$P(X\leqslant1) \approx \calcPnormC{0}{1}{*}{1}$.\\
$P(-1,96\leqslant Z\leqslant1,96) \approx \calcPnormC{0}{1}{-1.96}{1.96}$.
@@ -3175,11 +3221,22 @@ Les commandes sont dans ce cas préfixées par \ctex{num} au lieu de \ctex{calc}
%loi binomiale B(n,p)
\numPbinomP(*)[prec]{n}{p}{k} %P(X=k)
\numPbinomC(*)[prec]{n}{p}{a}{b} %P(a<=X<=b)
+
%loi de Poisson P (l)
\numPpoissP(*)[prec]{l}{k} %P(X=k)
\numPpoissC(*)[prec]{l}{a}{b} %P(a<=X<=b)
+
+%loi géométrique G (p)
+\numPgeomP{p}{k} %P(X=k)
+\numPgeomC{l}{a}{b} %P(a<=X<=b)
+
+%loi hypergéométrique H (N,n,m)
+\numPhypergeomP{N}{n}{m}{k} %P(X=k)
+\numPhypergeomC{N}{n}{m}{a}{b} %P(a<=X<=b)
+
%loi normale N(m,s)
\numPnormC(*)[prec]{m}{s}{a}{b} %P(a<=X<=b)
+
%loi exponentielle E(l)
\numPexpoC(*)[prec]{l}{a}{b} %P(a<=X<=b)
\end{codetex}
@@ -3200,6 +3257,15 @@ $P(500\leqslant Y\leqslant600) \approx \numPnormC[4]{550}{30}{500}{600}$.
% X -> B(100,0.02)
$P(X=10) \approx \numPbinomP[7]{100}{0.02}{10} \approx \numPbinomP*[7]{100}{0.02}{10}$.
$P(15\leqslant X\leqslant25) \approx \numPbinomC[10]{100}{0.02}{15}{25} \approx \numPbinomC*[10]{100}{0.02}{15}{25}$.
+% H -> H(50,10,5)
+$P(W=4) \approx \numPhypergeomP[5]{50}{10}{5}{4}$.
+$P(1\leqslant W\leqslant3) \approx \numPhypergeomC[4]{50}{10}{5}{1}{3}$.
+% Z-> E(0,001)$ :
+$P(Z\geqslant400) \approx \numPexpoC{0.001}{400}{*}$.
+$P(300\leqslant Z\leqslant750) \approx \numPexpoC{0.001}{300}{750}$.
+% T -> P(5)
+$P(T=3) \approx \numPpoissP{5}{3}$.
+$P(T\geqslant2) \approx \numPpoissC[4]{5}{2}{*}$.
\end{codetex}
\begin{codesortie}
@@ -3216,8 +3282,36 @@ $\bullet~~~~X \hookrightarrow \mathcal{B}(100\,;\,0,02)$ :
$P(X=10) \approx \numPbinomP[7]{100}{0.02}{10} \approx \numPbinomP*[7]{100}{0.02}{10}$.
$P(15\leqslant X\leqslant25) \approx \numPbinomC[10]{100}{0.02}{15}{25} \approx \numPbinomC*[10]{100}{0.02}{15}{25}$.
+
+\medskip
+
+$\bullet~~~~W \hookrightarrow \mathcal{H}(50\,;\,10\,;\,5)$ :
+
+$P(W=4) \approx \numPhypergeomP[5]{50}{10}{5}{4}$.
+
+$P(1\leqslant W\leqslant3) \approx \numPhypergeomC[4]{50}{10}{5}{1}{3}$.
+
+\medskip
+
+$\bullet~~~~Z \hookrightarrow \mathcal{E}_{0,001}$ :
+
+$P(Z\geqslant400) \approx \numPexpoC{0.001}{400}{*}$.
+
+$P(300\leqslant Z\leqslant750) \approx \numPexpoC{0.001}{300}{750}$.
+
+\medskip
+
+$\bullet~~~~T \hookrightarrow \mathcal{P}_5$ :
+
+$P(T=3) \approx \numPpoissP{5}{3}$.
+
+$P(T\geqslant2) \approx \numPpoissC[4]{5}{2}{*}$.
\end{codesortie}
+\begin{codeinfo}
+\hfill~\includegraphics[height=3cm]{./graphics/pl-doc-probas_a}~~\includegraphics[height=3cm]{./graphics/pl-doc-probas_c}~~\includegraphics[height=3cm]{./graphics/pl-doc-probas_e}~~\includegraphics[height=3cm]{./graphics/pl-doc-probas_f}\hfill~
+\end{codeinfo}
+
\newpage
\section{Arbres de probabilités \og classiques \fg}\label{arbresprobas}
@@ -3251,7 +3345,7 @@ Les (deux) commandes sont donc liées à un environnement \ctex{tikzpicture}, et
Les \Cle{donnees} seront à préciser sous forme \ctex{<sommet1>/<proba1>/<position1>,<sommet2>/<proba2>/<position2>,...} avec comme \og sens de lecture \fg{} de la gauche vers la droite puis du haut vers le bas (on balaye les \textit{sous-arbres}), avec comme possibilités :
\begin{itemize}
- \item une donnée \Cle{<proba>} peuvent être laissé vide ;
+ \item une donnée \Cle{<proba>} peut être laissée vide ;
\item une donnée \Cle{<position>} peut valoir \Cle{above} (au-dessus), \Cle{below} (en-dessous) ou être laissée \Cle{vide} (sur).
\end{itemize}
\end{codeinfo}
@@ -3380,6 +3474,88 @@ Les nœuds crées par les commandes sont :
\newpage
+\section{Petits schémas pour des probabilités continues}\label{schemasprobas}
+
+\subsection{Idée}
+
+\begin{codeidee}
+L'idée est de proposer des commandes pour illustrer, sous forme de schémas en \TikZ, des probabilités avec des lois continues (normales et exponentielles).
+
+\smallskip
+
+Ces \og schémas \fg{} peuvent être insérés en tant que graphique explicatif, ou bien en tant que petite illustration rapide !
+\end{codeidee}
+
+\begin{codetex}[listing only]
+\LoiNormaleGraphe[options]<options tikz>{m}{s}{a}{b}
+
+\LoiExpoGraphe[options]<options tikz>{l}{a}{b}
+\end{codetex}
+
+\begin{codesortie}
+\hfill\LoiNormaleGraphe{100}{20}{80}{120}\hspace{3cm}\LoiExpoGraphe{0.001}{250}{1500}\hfill~
+\end{codesortie}
+
+\begin{codecles}
+Les probabilités \textit{illustrables} sont donc des probabilités \textbf{C}umulées ($P(a\leqslant X\leqslant b)$).
+
+\smallskip
+
+On peut utiliser \ctex{*} comme borne ($a$ ou $b$), pour les probabilités du type $P(X\leqslant b)$ et $P(X \geqslant a)$.
+\end{codecles}
+
+\subsection{Commandes et options}
+
+\begin{codecles}
+Quelques \Cle{Clés} sont disponibles pour ces commandes :
+
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item la clé \Cle{CouleurAire} pour l'aire sous la courbe ; \hfill{}défaut \Cle{LightGray}
+ \item la clé \Cle{CouleurCourbe} pour la courbe ; \hfill{}défaut \Cle{red}
+ \item la clé \Cle{Largeur} qui sera la largeur (en cm) du graphique ; \hfill{}défaut \Cle{2}
+ \item la clé \Cle{Hauteur} qui sera la hauteur (en cm) du graphique ; \hfill{}défaut \Cle{1}
+ \item un booléen \Cle{AfficheM} qui affiche la moyenne ; \hfill{}défaut \Cle{true}
+ \item un booléen \Cle{AfficheCadre} qui affiche un cadre pour délimiter le schéma. \hfill{}défaut \Cle{true}
+\end{itemize}
+\end{codecles}
+
+\begin{codeinfo}
+Les commandes sont donc des environnements \TikZ, sans possibilité de \og rajouter \fg{} des éléments. Ces petis \textit{schémas} sont donc vraiment dédiés à \textit{montrer} rapidement une probabilité continue, sans fioriture.
+\end{codeinfo}
+
+\begin{codetex}
+Avec centrage vertical sur l'axe des abscisses :
+\LoiNormaleGraphe[AfficheM=false,CouleurCourbe=Blue,CouleurAire=LightBlue]<baseline=0pt>{1000}{100}{950}{*}
+\end{codetex}
+
+\begin{codetex}
+Avec quelques modifications :
+
+\LoiNormaleGraphe[Largeur=4,Hauteur=2]{150}{12.5}{122}{160}
+
+\medskip
+
+Avec centrage vertical :
+\LoiNormaleGraphe[Largeur=5,Hauteur=2.5]<baseline=(current bounding box.center)>{200}{5}{204}{*}
+
+\medskip
+
+Avec centrage vertical sur l'axe des abscisses :
+\LoiExpoGraphe[AfficheM=false,CouleurCourbe=Blue,CouleurAire=LightBlue]<baseline=0pt>{0.05}{*}{32}
+
+\medskip
+
+\LoiExpoGraphe[Largeur=4,Hauteur=2]{0.00025}{5000}{*}
+\end{codetex}
+
+\subsection{Remarques et compléments}
+
+\begin{codeinfo}
+Pour le moment, seules les lois (continues) exponentielles et normales sont disponibles, peut-être que d'autres lois seront ajoutées, mais il ne me semble pas très pertinent de proposer des schémas similaires pour des lois discrètes, qui ont des \textit{représentations} assez variables\ldots
+\end{codeinfo}
+
+\newpage
+
\part{Outils divers et variés}
\section{Fractions, ensembles}
@@ -3831,7 +4007,7 @@ $\PLconvdecbin[affbase=false]{415}$
$\PLconvdecbin*[affbase=false]{415}$
\end{codesortie}
-\subsection{Conversion hexadécimal vers binaire}
+\subsection{Conversion binaire vers hexadécimal}
\begin{codeinfo}
L'idée est ici de présenter la conversion, grâce à la conversion \og directe \fg{} par blocs de 4 chiffres :
@@ -4598,6 +4774,12 @@ La grille, créée en \TikZ, est portée par le rectangle de \og coins \fg{} $(0
\part{Historique}
+{\small \bverb|v1.3.5|~:~~~~Correction d'un bug avec la loi géométrique (page \pageref{calcprobas})
+
+{\small \bverb|v1.3.4|~:~~~~Ajout de petits schémas, en \TikZ{}, de lois normales et exponentielles (page \pageref{schemasprobas})
+
+{\small \bverb| |~:~~~~Calculs de probas avec les lois géométriques et hypergéométriques (page \pageref{calcprobas})
+
{\small \bverb|v1.3.3|~:~~~~Ajout d'un environnement pour des arbres de probas classiques, en \TikZ{} (page \pageref{arbresprobas})
{\small \bverb|v1.3.2|~:~~~~Correction d'un bug sur les conversions bintohex avec lualatex (page \pageref{conversions})
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/graphics/pl-doc-probas_a.png b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/graphics/pl-doc-probas_a.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ee2a607de3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/graphics/pl-doc-probas_a.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/graphics/pl-doc-probas_b.png b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/graphics/pl-doc-probas_b.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6eb00e138b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/graphics/pl-doc-probas_b.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/graphics/pl-doc-probas_c.png b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/graphics/pl-doc-probas_c.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..78a8fee25d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/graphics/pl-doc-probas_c.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/graphics/pl-doc-probas_d.png b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/graphics/pl-doc-probas_d.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a4020e0f09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/graphics/pl-doc-probas_d.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/graphics/pl-doc-probas_e.png b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/graphics/pl-doc-probas_e.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..be1ff2c03c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/graphics/pl-doc-probas_e.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/graphics/pl-doc-probas_f.png b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/graphics/pl-doc-probas_f.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7778d450fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/graphics/pl-doc-probas_f.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/ProfLycee.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/ProfLycee.sty
index f869d6dc80..b4651856e7 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/ProfLycee.sty
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/ProfLycee.sty
@@ -3,9 +3,11 @@
% or later, see http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txtf
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{ProfLycee}[2022/10/12 v1.3.3 - Aide pour l'utilisation de LaTeX en lycee]
-% 1.3.2 Ajout de commandes pour des arbres de probas classiques, en tikz
-% 1.3.1 Correction d'une commande liée à la conversion bintohex (suppression clé trait)
+\ProvidesPackage{ProfLycee}[2022/10/17 v1.3.5 - Aide pour l'utilisation de LaTeX en lycee]
+% 1.3.5 Correction de bugs sur les calculs de probas (loi géométrique)
+% 1.3.4 Ajout des calculs de probas geomtriques et hypergeometriques + petits schémas probas
+% 1.3.3 Ajout de commandes pour des arbres de probas classiques, en tikz
+% 1.3.2 Correction d'une commande liée à la conversion bintohex (suppression clé trait)
% 1.3.1 Ajout d'une option pour ne pas afficher les bords des cases en pixelart
% 1.3.0 Ajout d'une commande pour mettre en forme une conversion depuis la base 10
% 1.2.9 Correction d'une incompatibilité avec simplekv (clés vides...)
@@ -2240,6 +2242,32 @@
{}
\xintFloatToDecimal{\xintfloateval{add(binomial(#1,i)*#2^i*(1-#2)^(#1-i), i=\BorneInf..\BorneSup)}}
}
+\newcommand\calcPgeomP[2]{%pk
+ \xintFloatToDecimal{\xintfloateval{(1-#1)^(#2-1)*(#1)}}
+}
+\newcommand\calcPgeomC[3]{%pab
+ \def\BorneInf{#2}\def\BorneSup{#3}
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#2}{*}}%
+ {\def\BorneInf{1}}
+ {}
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#3}{*}}%
+ {\def\BorneSup{\fpeval{trunc(1/#1*10,0)}}}
+ {}
+ \xintFloatToDecimal{\xintfloateval{add((1-#1)^(i-1)*(#1), i=\BorneInf..\BorneSup)}}
+}
+\newcommand\calcPhypergeomP[4]{%Nnmk
+ \xintFloatToDecimal{\xintfloateval{binomial(#3,#4)*binomial(#1-#3,#2-#4)/binomial(#1,#2)}}
+}
+\newcommand\calcPhypergeomC[5]{%Nnmab
+ \def\BorneInf{#4}\def\BorneSup{#5}
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#4}{*}}%
+ {\def\BorneInf{0}}
+ {}
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#5}{*}}%
+ {\def\BorneSup{#1}}
+ {}
+ \xintFloatToDecimal{\xintfloateval{add(binomial(#3,i)*binomial(#1-#3,#2-i)/binomial(#1,#2), i=\BorneInf..\BorneSup)}}
+}
\newcommand\calcPpoissP[2]{%lk
\xintFloatToDecimal{\xintfloateval{exp(-#1)*#1^#2/factorial(#2)}}
}
@@ -2312,6 +2340,60 @@
}
}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\numPgeomP}{ s O{3} m m }{%*=sci,2=prec,3=p,4=k
+ \IfBooleanTF{#1}%
+ {%
+ \num[exponent-mode=scientific]{\xintFloatToDecimal{\xintfloateval{round((1-#3)^(#4-1)*(#3),#2)}}}
+ }%
+ {%
+ \num[minimum-decimal-digits=#2]{\xintFloatToDecimal{\xintfloateval{round((1-#3)^(#4-1)*(#3),#2)}}}
+ }
+}
+
+\NewDocumentCommand{\numPgeomC}{ s O{3} m m m }{%*=sci,2=prec,3=p,4=a,5=b
+ \def\BorneInf{#4}\def\BorneSup{#5}
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#4}{*}}%
+ {\def\BorneInf{1}}
+ {}
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#5}{*}}%
+ {\def\BorneSup{\fpeval{trunc(1/#3*10,0)}}}
+ {}
+ \IfBooleanTF{#1}%
+ {%
+ \num[exponent-mode=scientific]{\xintFloatToDecimal{\xintfloateval{round(add((1-#3)^(i-1)*(#3), i=\BorneInf..\BorneSup),#2)}}}
+ }%
+ {%
+ \num[minimum-decimal-digits=#2]{\xintFloatToDecimal{\xintfloateval{round(add((1-#3)^(i-1)*(#3), i=\BorneInf..\BorneSup),#2)}}}
+ }
+}
+
+\NewDocumentCommand{\numPhypergeomP}{ s O{3} m m m m }{%*=sci,2=prec,3=N,4=n,5=m,6=k
+ \IfBooleanTF{#1}%
+ {%
+ \num[exponent-mode=scientific]{\xintFloatToDecimal{\xintfloateval{round(binomial(#5,#6)*binomial(#3-#5,#4-#6)/binomial(#3,#4),#2)}}}
+ }%
+ {%
+ \num[minimum-decimal-digits=#2]{\xintFloatToDecimal{\xintfloateval{round(binomial(#5,#6)*binomial(#3-#5,#4-#6)/binomial(#3,#4),#2)}}}
+ }
+}
+
+\NewDocumentCommand{\numPhypergeomC}{ s O{3} m m m m m }{%*=sci,2=prec,3=N,4=n,5=m,6=a,7=b
+ \def\BorneInf{#6}\def\BorneSup{#7}
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#6}{*}}%
+ {\def\BorneInf{0}}
+ {}
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#7}{*}}%
+ {\def\BorneSup{#3}}
+ {}
+ \IfBooleanTF{#1}%
+ {%
+ \num[exponent-mode=scientific]{\xintFloatToDecimal{\xintfloateval{round(add(binomial(#5,i)*binomial(#3-#5,#4-i)/binomial(#3,#4), i=\BorneInf..\BorneSup),#2)}}}
+ }%
+ {%
+ \num[minimum-decimal-digits=#2]{\xintFloatToDecimal{\xintfloateval{round(add(binomial(#5,i)*binomial(#3-#5,#4-i)/binomial(#3,#4), i=\BorneInf..\BorneSup),#2)}}}
+ }
+}
+
\NewDocumentCommand{\numPpoissP}{ s O{3} m m }{%*=sci,2=prec,3=lbda,4=k
\IfBooleanTF{#1}%
{%
@@ -2832,4 +2914,79 @@
\end{tikzpicture}
}
+%==============SCHEMASPROBAS============= OK!
+%densites utiles
+\def\densnorm#1{1/(sqrt(2*pi))*exp(-0.5*(#1*#1))}
+\def\densexpo#1{exp(-#1)}
+
+\defKV[GRPHPROBCONTINUES]{%
+ CouleurAire=\def\GRPHPROBcoulsurf{#1},%
+ CouleurCourbe=\def\GRPHPROBcoulcbe{#1},%
+ Largeur=\def\GRPHPROBlarg{#1},%
+ Hauteur=\def\GRPHPROBhauteur{#1}
+}
+
+\setKVdefault[GRPHPROBCONTINUES]{%
+ CouleurAire=LightGray,%
+ CouleurCourbe=red,%
+ Largeur=2,%
+ Hauteur=1,%
+ AfficheM=true,%
+ AfficheCadre=true
+}
+
+\NewDocumentCommand\LoiNormaleGraphe{ O{} D<>{} m m m m }{%1=options,2=optionstikz,3=m,4=s,5=a,6=b
+ %simplekv
+ \useKVdefault[GRPHPROBCONTINUES]%
+ \setKV[GRPHPROBCONTINUES]{#1}%
+ %unites
+ \def\UNITEX{\fpeval{\GRPHPROBlarg/8}}\def\UNITEY{\fpeval{\GRPHPROBhauteur/0.5}}%
+ %bornes
+ \def\BorneInf{\fpeval{(#5-#3)/#4}}\def\BorneSup{\fpeval{(#6-#3)/#4}}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#5}{*}}{\def\BorneInf{-4}}{}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#6}{*}}{\def\BorneSup{4}}{}%
+ %tikzpicture
+ \begin{tikzpicture}[x=\UNITEX cm,y=\UNITEY cm,#2]
+ \ifboolKV[GRPHPROBCONTINUES]{AfficheM}%
+ {\draw (0,-0.0375) node[font=\tiny,scale={2*\UNITEX}] {#3} ;}
+ {}
+ \ifboolKV[GRPHPROBCONTINUES]{AfficheCadre}%
+ {\draw[Gray] (-4,-0.075) rectangle (4,0.425) ;}
+ {}
+ \clip (-4,-0.075) rectangle (4,0.425) ;
+ \draw[black,semithick,fill=\GRPHPROBcoulsurf] ({\BorneInf},0) -- plot [domain={\BorneInf}:{\BorneSup},samples=100] (\x,{\densnorm{\x}}) -- ({\BorneSup},0) -- cycle;
+ \draw[thick,->,>=stealth] (-4,0)--(4,0) ;
+ \draw[thick,densely dotted] (0,0)--(0,0.39894) ;
+ \draw[thick,domain=-4:4,samples=100,\GRPHPROBcoulcbe] plot (\x,{\densnorm{\x}}) ;
+ \end{tikzpicture}
+}
+
+\NewDocumentCommand\LoiExpoGraphe{ O{} D<>{} m m m }{%1=options,2=optionstikz,3=l,4=a,5=b
+ %simplekv
+ \useKVdefault[GRPHPROBCONTINUES]%
+ \setKV[GRPHPROBCONTINUES]{#1}%
+ %unites
+ \def\UNITEX{\fpeval{\GRPHPROBlarg/4}}\def\UNITEY{\fpeval{\GRPHPROBhauteur/1}}%
+ \def\MOYENNE{\fpeval{trunc(1/#3,0)}}%
+ %bornes
+ \def\BorneInf{\fpeval{#3*#4}}\def\BorneSup{\fpeval{#3*#5}}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#4}{*}}{\def\BorneInf{0}}{}%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{#5}{*}}{\def\BorneSup{4}}{}%
+ %tikzpicture
+ \begin{tikzpicture}[x=\UNITEX cm,y=\UNITEY cm,#2]
+ \ifboolKV[GRPHPROBCONTINUES]{AfficheCadre}%
+ {\draw[Gray] (-0.2,-0.15) rectangle (3.8,0.85) ;}
+ {}
+ \clip (-0.2,-0.15) rectangle (3.8,0.85) ;
+ \draw[black,semithick,fill=\GRPHPROBcoulsurf] ({\BorneInf},0) -- plot [domain={\BorneInf}:{\BorneSup},samples=100] (\x,{0.7*\densexpo{\x}}) -- ({\BorneSup},0) -- cycle;
+ \ifboolKV[GRPHPROBCONTINUES]{AfficheM}%
+ {\draw (1,-0.075) node[font=\tiny,scale={\UNITEX}] {\MOYENNE} ;
+ \draw[thick,densely dotted] (1,0)--(1,{0.7*\densexpo{1}}) ;}
+ {}
+ \draw[thick,->,>=stealth] (-0.2,0)--(3.8,0) ;
+ \draw[thick,->,>=stealth] (0,-0.15)--(0,0.85) ;
+ \draw[thick,domain=0:3.8,samples=100,\GRPHPROBcoulcbe] plot (\x,{0.7*\densexpo{\x}}) ;
+ \end{tikzpicture}
+}
+
\endinput \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/unicodetex/latex/bithesis/bithesis.dtx b/macros/unicodetex/latex/bithesis/bithesis.dtx
index 215deabaf6..6f50618316 100644
--- a/macros/unicodetex/latex/bithesis/bithesis.dtx
+++ b/macros/unicodetex/latex/bithesis/bithesis.dtx
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
%<thesis>\ProvidesExplClass{bithesis}
%<report>\ProvidesExplClass{bitreport}
%<beamer>\ProvidesExplClass{bitbeamer}
-%<cls>{2022-09-30}{3.0.4}{BIT Thesis Templates}
+%<cls>{2022-10-17}{3.0.5}{BIT Thesis Templates}
%
%<oldcls>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2020/10/01]
%<book>\ProvidesClass{bitbook}
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
%<oldcls> [2022/05/09 v2.1.1 BIT Thesis Templates]
%
%<*driver>
-\ProvidesFile{bithesis.dtx}[2022/09/30 3.0.4 BIT Thesis Templates]
+\ProvidesFile{bithesis.dtx}[2022/10/17 3.0.5 BIT Thesis Templates]
\documentclass[letterpaper]{l3doc}
\usepackage{dtx-style}
@@ -653,6 +653,8 @@
%
% 该选项包含许多子项目,用于录入论文信息。具体内容见下。
% 一般以「En」结尾的项目表示对应的英文字段。
+%
+% 这其中的很多字段将用于封面信息的渲染,此时,可以使用 |\\| 来换行,以防止单行内容过长。
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}{info/title,info/titleEn}
@@ -978,7 +980,7 @@
% 绘制封面。
%
% 在默认配置下,封面中的下划线会自动计算最大宽度。
-% 此时,如果用户需要换行,可以通过「//」控制换行。
+% 此时,如果用户需要换行,可以通过「\\」控制换行。
%
% 当关闭自动计算下划线宽度后,
% 可以通过
@@ -1910,36 +1912,60 @@
\keys_define:nn { bithesis / info }
{
title .tl_set:N = \l_@@_value_title_tl,
+ title .initial:n = {形状记忆聚氨酯的合成及其在织物中的应用(示例)},
titleEn .tl_set:N = \l_@@_value_title_en_tl,
+ titleEn .initial:n = {Synthesis~and~Application~on~Texttiles~of~the~Shape~Memory~Polyurethane~(example)},
+ % 因为是覆盖选项,所以不需要设置初始值。
verticalTitle .tl_set:N = \l_@@_value_vertical_title_tl,
school .tl_set:N = \l_@@_value_school_tl,
+ school .initial:n = {网络空间安全学院(示例)},
major .tl_set:N = \l_@@_value_major_tl,
+ major .initial:n = {网络空间安全(示例)},
author .tl_set:N = \l_@@_value_author_tl,
+ author .initial:n = {张三(示例)},
studentId .tl_set:N = \l_@@_value_student_id_tl,
+ studentId .initial:n = {3120211xxx(示例)},
supervisor .tl_set:N = \l_@@_value_supervisor_tl,
+ supervisor .initial:n = {李四教授(示例)},
+ % 因为默认不显示,所以不需要设置初始值。
externalSupervisor .tl_set:N = \l_@@_value_external_supervisor_tl,
keywords .tl_set:N = \l_@@_value_keywords_tl,
+ keywords .initial:n = {聚氨酯,形状记忆,织物(示例)},
keywordsEn .tl_set:N = \l_@@_value_keywords_en_tl,
+ keywordsEn .initial:n = {Polyurethane,Shape Memory,Textiles (example)},
translationTitle .tl_set:N = \l_@@_value_trans_title_tl,
translationOriginTitle .tl_set:N = \l_@@_value_trans_origin_title_tl,
% 中国分类号,研究生学位论文使用
classification .tl_set:N = \l_@@_value_classification_tl,
+ classification .initial:n = {TQ~028.1(示例)},
% UDC 分类号,研究生学位论文使用
UDC .tl_set:N = \l_@@_value_udc_tl,
+ UDC .initial:n = {540(示例)},
chairman .tl_set:N = \l_@@_value_chairman_tl,
+ chairman .initial:n = {王五教授(示例)},
degree .tl_set:N = \l_@@_value_degree_tl,
+ degree .initial:n = {工学博士(示例)},
degreeEn .tl_set:N = \l_@@_value_degree_en_tl,
+ degreeEn .initial:n = {Doctor~of~Engineering~(example)},
institute .tl_set:N = \l_@@_value_institute_tl,
institute .initial:n = {\c_@@_label_university_tl},
defenseDate .tl_set:N = \l_@@_value_defense_date_tl,
+ defenseDate .initial:n = {2019年6月(示例)},
authorEn .tl_set:N = \l_@@_value_author_en_tl,
+ authorEn .initial:n = {San~Zhang~(example)},
schoolEn .tl_set:N = \l_@@_value_school_en_tl,
+ schoolEn .initial:n = {School~of~Network~Space~Security\\(example)},
supervisorEn .tl_set:N = \l_@@_value_supervisor_en_tl,
+ supervisorEn .initial:n = {Prof.~Si~Li~(example)},
chairmanEn .tl_set:N = \l_@@_value_chairman_en_tl,
+ chairmanEn .initial:n = {Prof.~Wu~Wang~(example)},
majorEn .tl_set:N = \l_@@_value_major_en_tl,
+ majorEn .initial:n = {Cyberspace~Security~and~Technology\\(example)},
instituteEn .tl_set:N = \l_@@_value_institute_en_tl,
instituteEn .initial:n = {\c_@@_label_university_en_tl},
defenseDateEn .tl_set:N = \l_@@_value_defense_date_en_tl,
+ defenseDateEn .initial:n = {June,~2019~(example)},
+ % 因为默认不显示,所以不需要设置初始值。
classifiedLevel .tl_set:N = \l_@@_value_classified_level_tl,
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -2585,11 +2611,11 @@
% \item \#1: |tl| 为封面信息条目的名称。
% \item \#2: |tl| 为封面信息条目的内容。
% \end{itemize}
-% |//| 会被视为换行符,从而实现信息条目换行的效果。
+% |\\| 会被视为换行符,从而实现信息条目换行的效果。
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new:Npn \@@_parse_entry #1 #2 {
- \seq_set_split:Nnx \l_@@_tmp_right_seq {//} {#2}
+ \seq_set_split:Nnx \l_@@_tmp_right_seq {\\} {#2}
\seq_clear:N \l_@@_tmp_left_seq
\seq_map_inline:Nn \l_@@_tmp_right_seq {
\seq_put_right:Nn \l_@@_tmp_left_seq {}
@@ -2611,9 +2637,9 @@
\seq_set_from_clist:NN \l_@@_input_seq #1
\seq_map_inline:Nn \l_@@_input_seq {
% 然后对于每一对 label 和 value,首先查找
- % value 中是否含有 // 字符,如果有,则将其分割成多个
+ % value 中是否含有 \\ 字符,如果有,则将其分割成多个
% label - value 对。
- % 比如 {label_1} {value // 1} 会被转换成
+ % 比如 {label_1} {value \\ 1} 会被转换成
% { {label_1} {value}, {} {1} }
\@@_parse_entry ##1
% 然后将这些 label - value 对添加到 \l_@@_right_seq
@@ -3974,11 +4000,11 @@
% \item \#1: |tl| 为封面信息条目的名称。
% \item \#2: |tl| 为封面信息条目的内容。
% \end{itemize}
-% |//| 会被视为换行符,从而实现信息条目换行的效果。
+% |\\| 会被视为换行符,从而实现信息条目换行的效果。
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new:Npn \@@_parse_entry #1 #2 {
- \seq_set_split:Nnx \l_@@_tmp_right_seq {//} {#2}
+ \seq_set_split:Nnx \l_@@_tmp_right_seq {\\} {#2}
\seq_clear:N \l_@@_tmp_left_seq
\seq_map_inline:Nn \l_@@_tmp_right_seq {
\seq_put_right:Nn \l_@@_tmp_left_seq {}
@@ -4000,9 +4026,9 @@
\seq_set_from_clist:NN \l_@@_input_seq #1
\seq_map_inline:Nn \l_@@_input_seq {
% 然后对于每一对 label 和 value,首先查找
- % value 中是否含有 // 字符,如果有,则将其分割成多个
+ % value 中是否含有 \\ 字符,如果有,则将其分割成多个
% label - value 对。
- % 比如 {label_1} {value // 1} 会被转换成
+ % 比如 {label_1} {value \\ 1} 会被转换成
% { {label_1} {value}, {} {1} }
\@@_parse_entry ##1
% 然后将这些 label - value 对添加到 \l_@@_right_seq
diff --git a/macros/unicodetex/latex/bithesis/bithesis.pdf b/macros/unicodetex/latex/bithesis/bithesis.pdf
index 9833758cbe..3c3e2dafb7 100644
--- a/macros/unicodetex/latex/bithesis/bithesis.pdf
+++ b/macros/unicodetex/latex/bithesis/bithesis.pdf
Binary files differ